:tt. 


MAIN  LIBRARY  AGR1C.  DEPT 


MAIN  LIBRARY  AGRIC.  DEPT 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  AMERICAN  HORTICULTURE 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF 
AMERICAN  HORTICULTURE 


COMPRISING  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  CULTIVATION  OF  HORTI- 
CULTURAL PLANTS,  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  SPECIES  OF 
FRUITS,  VEGETABLES,  FLOWERS  AND  ORNAMENTAL  PLANTS 
SOLD  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA,  TOGETHER 
WITH  GEOGRAPHICAL  AND  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES 


BY 

L.   H.    BAILEY 

Professor    of    Horticulture    in    Cornell    University 

ASSISTED    BY 

WILHELM  MILLER,  PH.D. 

Associate  Editor 

AND    MANY    EXPERT    CULTIVATORS    AND     BOTANISTS 


JJllustratrti  tout!) 
Houston*)  (EiffS 

Gfrigralringg 


IN  FOUR  VOLUMES 
VOL.   I-A-D 


THE 

UNIVERSITY 


/  SIXTH   EDITION 


gork 
THE    MACMILLAN    COMPANY 

LONDON:    MACMILLAN  &  CO.,  LTD. 
1909 

The  rights  of  reproduction  and  of  translation  are  strictly  reserved 


. 


COPYRIGHT,  1900 
BY    THE    MACMILLAN    COMPANY 


Set  np  and  electrotyped,  January,  1900 

Reprinted  July,  1903,  May,  1904,  January,  1906 

April.  1909 


IRaunt  $H?a0ant  ^rrss 

J.  Horace  McFarland  Company 
Harrisburg,  Pa. 


PREFACE 

T  IS  THE  PURPOSE  OF  THIS  WORK  to  make  a  cpmplete 
record  of  the  status  of  North  American  horticulture  as  it 
exists  at  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The  work  dis- 
cusses the  cultivation  of  fruits,  flowers  and  garden  vegetables, 
describes  all  the  species  which  are  known  to  be  in  the  hor- 
ticultural trade,  outlines  the  horticultural  possibilities  of  the 
various  states,  territories  and  provinces,  presents  biographies 
of  those  persons  not  living  who  have  contributed  most  to  the 
horticultural  progress  of  North  America,  and  indicates  the  leading  mono- 
graphic works  relating  to  the  various  subjects. 

It  has  been  the  dream  of  years  to  close  the  century  with  a  comprehensive 
index  to  American  horticulture,  and  for  a  long  period  the  Editor,  therefore, 
has  collected  notes,  books,  plants  and  information  for  the  furtherance  of 
the  work.  Before  the  active  preparation  of  the  manuscript  was  begun,  a 
year  was  expended  in  making  indexes  and  references  to  plants  and  litera- 
ture. Every  prominent  plant  and  seed  catalogue  published  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada  has  been  indexed,  and  the  horticultural  periodicals  have 
been  explored.  A  dozen  artists  have  be^n  employed  in  various  horticul- 
tural centers  to  draw  plants  as  they  grow.  Expert  cultivators  and  botanists 
have  contributed  on  their  various  specialties.  All  the  important  articles 
are  signed,  thus  giving  each  author  full  credit  for  his  work,  and  holding 
him  responsible  for  it. 

The  work  is  made  first-hand,  from  original  sources  of  information. 
So  far  as  possible,  the  botanical  matter  has  been  newly  elaborated  from 
the  plants  themselves  ;  and  in  all  cases  it  is  specially  prepared  directly  for 
this  Cyclopedia,  and  is  not  the  work  of  copyists  nor  of  space-writers.  In 
many  of  the  most  important  subjects,  two  authors  have  contributed,  one 
writing  the  culture  and  the  other  the  botany ;  and  in  some  cases  the 
culture  is  presented  from  two  points  of  view.  When  it  has  been 
necessary  to  compile  in  comparatively  unfamiliar  groups,  the  greatest 
pains  has  been  taken  to  select  authentic  sources  of  information  ;  and  the 
proofs  always  have  been  submitted  to  recognized  specialists.  In  fact, 

(v) 


205617 


vi  PREFACE 

proofs  of  every  article  in  the  work  have  been  read  by  experts  in  that 
subject. 

Every  effort  has  been  made  to  present  a  truthful  picture  of  American 
horticulture,  by  describing  those  plants  which  are  or  lately  have  been  in 
the  trade,  and  by  giving  cultural  directions  founded  upon  American 
experience.  Therefore  the  Old  World  cyclopedias,  which  represent  other 
horticultural  floras  and  other  methods  of  cultivation,  have  not  been  fol- 
lowed. Species  which  are  commonly  cultivated  in  the  Old  World,  or 
which  are  mentioned  prominently  in  horticultural  literature,  but  which  are 
not  known  to  be  in  North  American  commerce,  are  briefly  recorded  in 
smaller  type  in  supplementary  lists.  The  object  has  been  to  make  the 
work  essentially  American  and  wholly  alive. 

Particular  attention  has  been  given  to  the  tropical  and  sub -tropical 
plants  which  are  now  being  introduced  in  southern  Florida  and  southern 
California.  These  plants  already  represent  the  larger  part  of  the  cultivated 
tropical  flora ;  and  a  knowledge  of  them  will  be  of  increasing  interest 
and  importance  with  the  enlargement  of  our  national  sphere.  The  work 
is  intended  to  cover  the  entire  field  from  Key  West  and  the  Rio  Grande 
to  Quebec  and  Alaska. 

North  America  is  a  land  of  outdoor  horticulture,  and  the  hardy  fruits, 
trees,  shrubs  and  herbs  are  given  the  prominence  which  they  deserve.  In 
most  works  of  this  character,  the  glasshouse  and  fanciers'  plants  receive 
most  emphatic  attention. 

Since  it  is  hoped  that  the  work  will  be  of  permanent  value,  descriptions 
of  varieties  are  not  included ;  for  such  descriptions  would  increase  the  bulk 
of  the  work  enormously,  and  the  information  would  be  out  of  date  with  the 
lapse  of  a  few  months  or  years.  If  the  work  finds  sufficient  patronage,  it 
is  hoped  that  a  small  supplemental  volume  may  be  issued  annually,  to 
record  the  new  species  and  varieties  and  the  general  progress  of  horticul- 
tural business  and  science. 

The  illustrations  have  been  made  under  the  personal  supervision  of 
the  Editor  so  far  as  possible,  and,  with  few  exceptions,  they  are  owned 
and  controlled  by  the  publishers.  No  trade  cuts  have  been  purchased.  In 
various  confused  groups,  copies  have  been  made  of  old  prints  for  the  pur- 
pose of  showing  the  original  or  native  form  of  a  plant,  and  thereby  to 
illustrate  the  course  of  its  evolution ;  but  credit  is  given  to  the  source 
of  the  illustration. 

The  point  of  view  is  the  garden,  not  the  herbarium.      The   herbarium 


PREFACE  vii 

is  the  adjunct.  In  other  words,  the  stress  is  laid  upon  the  plants  as 
domesticated  and  cultivated  subjects.  Special  efforts  have  been  made  to 
portray  the  range  of  variation  under  domestication,  and  to  suggest  the 
course  of  the  evolution  of  the  greatly  modified  forms.  Garden  plants  are 
worthy  subjects  of  botanical  study,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  they 
have  been  neglected  by  systematists.  It  is  desired  to  represent  the 
plants  as  living,  growing,  varying  things,  rather  than  as  mere  species  or 
bibliographical  formulas. 

The  Editor  desires  to  say  that  he  considers  this  book  but  a  beginning. 
It  is  the  first  complete  survey  of  our  horticultural  activities,  and  it  is 
published  not  because  it  is  intended  to  be  complete,  but  that  it  may 
bring  together  the  scattered  data  in  order  that  further  and  better  studies 
may  be  made.  A  first  work  is  necessarily  crude.  We  must  ever  improve. 
To  the  various  articles  in  the  work,  the  teacher  of  horticulture  may  assign 
his  advanced  students.  The  Editor  hopes  that  every  entry  in  this  book 
will  be  worked  over  and  improved  within  the  next  quarter  century. 

T     TT     T^ATT  TPV 

HORTICULTURAL  DEPARTMENT, 

COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  OF    CORNELL  UNIVERSITY, 
ITHACA,  NEW  YORK,  December  $0,  1899. 


NOTE  TO  THE   SECOND  EDITION 

In  the  second  edition  several  changes  have  been  made  for  the  purpose 
of  reducing  typographical  errors  and  inconsistencies,  a  class  of  shortcomings 
which  is  to  be  found  chiefly  in  the  first  volume.  Perhaps  a  half-dozen  changes 
have  been  made  in  statements  of  fact  in  the  first  volume.  There  has 
been  no  attempt  at  a  revision,  since  it  is  the  purpose  of  the  Editor,  as 
explained  in  the  preface  to  Vol.  IV  of  the  original  issue,  to  let  the  work 
stand  as  an  expression  of  American  horticulture  at  the  time  it  was  made. 
This  expression  is  very  imperfect,  as  the  Editor  is  well  aware,  but  it  can- 
not be  greatly  improved  by  mere  changes  in  the  plates.  Therefore,  Cratsegus 
and  other  subjects  which  recently  have  been  much  studied  are  left  as  they 
were  understood  by  their  authors  in  1900. 

In  typographical  matters  the  Editor  desired  to  use  such  forms  as  he 
thought  would  help  the  reader  in  consulting  the  articles,  without  making 


viii  PREFACE 

any  strenuous  effort  at  mere  uniformity  or  so-called  consistency  in  the  vari- 
ous entries.  For  example,  the  entry- word  or  caption  is  usually  capitalized 
in  its  own  article,  as  Cabbage  in  the  article  Cabbage,  Strawberry  in  the 
article  Strawberry.  This  enables  the  reader  readily  to  catch  the  word — and 
therefore  the  leading  thought — wherever  it  occurs.  In  other  articles  in  which 
the  same  word  occurs,  but  when  it  is  a  minor  note,  it  is  not  capitalized. 
In  some  instances  of  general  -  language  terms  which  are  used  repeatedly, 
this  rule  is  not  followed  (except,  perhaps,  at  the  beginning  of  the  article), 
as  it  would  be  of  no  distinct  service  to  the  reader.  The  article  Bulbs  is 
an  example.  In  general,  generic  names  of  plants,  when  used  in  a  semi- 
technical  or  botanical  sense,  have  been  capitalized;  when  used  in  a  general- 
language  or  incidental  way  they  have  not  been  capitalized.  In  all  cases, 
mere  rules  have  been  considered  to  be  of  very  secondary  importance,  and 
they  have  been  broken  whenever  the  interest  of  the  reader  seemed  to 
demand  it. 

The  Editor  cannot  hope  that  all  the  errors  and  shortcomings  have 
been  eliminated  in  this  second  edition.  He  will  be  glad  to  have  readers 
advise  him  of  needed  corrections. 

L.  H.  BAILEY 

August   12,    1902. 


COLLABORATORS 


I,     PARTIAL    LIST   OF   CONTRIBUTORS    TO    THE    CYCLOPEDIA 

The   asterisk  designates   the  contributors  to  the  first  volume.     Many  of  the  contributors  have  also  assisted  in   reading 
f  roofs  and  in  other  ways. 


ADAMS,  GEO.  E.,  Asst.  Horticulturist,  E.  I.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Kingston,  E.  I.     (Rhode  Island.) 
*AMES,   OAKES,  Asst.   Dir.     Botanic    Garden,  and 
Instructor  in  Botany  in  Harvard  Univ.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.     (Many  genera  of  Orchids.) 
*ARNOLD,    Jr.,   GEO.,    Florist,   Eochester,    N.    Y. 
(China  Asters.) 

ARTHUR,  Prof.  J.  C.,  Purdue  Univ.,  Lafayette, 
Ind.  (Physiology  of  Plants.) 

ATKINSON,  GEO.  F.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Cornell  Univ., 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Mushrooms.) 

BALMER,  Prof.  J.  A.,  Horticulturist,  Wash.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Pullman,  Wash.     (Washington.) 
^BARCLAY,  F.  W.,  Gardener,  Haverford,  Pa.     (Na- 
tice  Asters.     Various  hardy  plants.) 

BARNES,  CHARLES  E.,  Prof,  of  Plant  Physiology, 
Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  Ills.  (Fertiliza- 
tion. Flower.} 

BAYERSDORFER,   H.,  Dealer  in  florists'  supplies, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.     (Everlasting  flowers.) 
*BEACH,  Prof.   S.  A.,  Horticulturist,   N.  Y.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Geneva,  N.  Y.     (Corn.     Thinning.) 
*BEADLE,  C.  D.,  Botanist  and  horticulturist,  Bilt- 
more,  N.  C.     (Bamboos.) 

BEAL,   Prof.  W.  J.,  Mich.  Agric.  College,  Agri- 
cultural College,  Mich.     (Article  "Grasses.") 
*BECKERT,  THEO.  F.,  Florist,  Allegheny  City,  Pa. 
(Bougainvillea.) 

BERCKMANS,  P.  J.,  Pomologist  and  nurseryman, 
Augusta,  Ga.  (Kaki.  Has  read  proof  of  vari- 
ous groups  of  importance  in  the  South.) 

BLAIR,  Prof.  J.  C.,  Horticulturist,  111.  Exp.  Sta., 

Champaign,  Ills.     (Glass.     Illinois.) 
*BRUCKNER,  NICHOL  N.,   Dreer's  nursery,  Eiver- 
toii,  N.  J.     (The  article  "Ferns."    Many  groups 
of  tender  ferns. ) 

BUFFUM,  Prof.  B.  C.,  Horticulturist,  Wyo.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Laramie,  Wyo.  (  Wyoming.) 

BURNETTE,  Prof.  F.  H.,  Horticulturist,  La.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Baton  Eouge,  La.  (Louisiana.) 

BUSH  AND   SONS  AND  MEISSNER,  Bushberg,  Mo. 

(Grape  Culture  in  the  Prairie  States.) 
*BUTZ,   Prof.   GEO.  C.,  Asst.    Horticulturist,    Pa. 
Exp.    Sta.,    State    College,    Pa.      (Carnation. 
Pennsylvania. ) 


*CAMERON,  EGBERT,  Gardener,  Botanic  Garden  of 
Harvard  Univ.  (  Various  articles  and  much  help 
on  rare  plants.  Alpinia.  Campanula,  etc.) 

^CANNING,  EDWARD  J.,  Gardener,  Smith  College, 
Botanic  Gardens,  Northampton,  Mass.  (Many 
articles  and  much  help  on  rare  plants.  Anthu- 
rium,  Gloxinia,  etc.) 

*CARD,  Prof.  FRED.  W.,  Horticulturist,  E.  I.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Kingston,  E.  I.  (Nebraska.  Botany  and 
culture  of  many  bush  fruits .  Amelanchier.  Ber- 
beris.  Blackberry.  Buffalo  Berry.  Currant.) 
CLINKABERRY,  HENRY  T.,  Gardener,  Trenton,  N. 
J.  (Certain  orchids,  as  Lcelia,  Lycaste.) 

*CooK,  O.  F.,  Div.  of  Botany,  Section  of  Seed  and 
Plant  Introduction,  Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  (Coffee.) 

CORBETT,  Prof.  L.  C.,  Horticulturist,  W.  Va.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Morgantown,  W.  Va.     (  West  Virginia.) 

*COULTER,  JOHN  M.,  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Dept.  of  Botany,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

*CRAIG,  Prof.  JOHN,  Horticulturist,  la.  Exp.  Sta., 
Ames,  la.  (Canada.  Gooseberry.) 

*CRAIG,  EGBERT,  Florist,  Philadelphia,  Pa.    (Arau- 

caria.     Ardisia.     Codiceum.) 
CRAIG,  W.  N.,  Taunton,  Mass. 

*CRANDALL,  Prof.  C.  S.,  Horticulturist,  Colo.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Fort  Collins,  Colo.     (Colorado.) 
CUSHMAN,    E.    H.,    Gladiolus    specialist,    Euclid, 
Ohio.     (Gladiolus.) 

*DAVIS,  K.  C.,  Science  teacher,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
( Eanunculacece.) 

*DAVY,  J.  BURTT,  Assistant  Botanist,  Univ.  of 
Calif.  Agric.  Exp.  Sta.,  Berkeley,  Calif. 
(Acacia.  Eucalyptus.  Myrtacece.) 

*DORNER,  FRED.,  Carnation  specialist,   Lafayette, 

Ind.     (Carnation.) 

DORSETT,  P . H . ,  Associate  Physiologist  and  Patholo - 
gist  Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.(  Violet.) 
DUGGAR,  B.  M.,  formerly  Asst.  Cryptogamic  Bota- 
nist, Cornell  Exp.  Sta.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Pollen.) 

*EARLE,   Prof.   F.    S.,  Horticulturist,    Ala.   Poly- 
technic Institute,  Auburn,  Ala.     (Alabama. ) 
EARLE,  PARKER,  Horticulturist,  Eoswell,  N.  M. 
(New  Mexico.) 


COLLABORATORS 


*EISELE,  J.  D.,  Foreman  Dreer's  Nursery,  River- 
ton,  N.  J.  (Cordyline.) 

*ELLIOTT,   WILLIAM    H.,  Florist,   Brighton,  Mass. 

(Asparagus  plumosus.) 

EMERY,  S.  M.,  Director  Mont.  Exp.  Sta.,  Boze- 
man,  Mont.     (Montana.) 

*ENDICOTT,  W.  E.,  Teacher,  Canton,  Mass.  (Achim- 
enes.  Acidanthera.} 

*EVANS,  WALTER  H.,  Office  of  Exp.  Stations,  Dept. 
of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Alaska.) 

*FAWCETT,  WM.,  Dir.  Dept.  Public  Gardens  and 
Plantations,  Kingston,  Jamaica.  (Tropical 
fruits,  as  Cherimoya,  Mangosteen,  etc. ) 

*FERNOW,  Prof.  B.  E.,  Dir.  College  of  Forestry, 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Conifers.  For- 
estry.) 

*FINLAYSON,  KENNETH,  Gardener,  Brookline, 
Mass.  (Diosma. ) 

*FLETCHER,  S.  W.,  Horticulturist,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
(Convolvulacece.  Helianthus.  Papaver. ) 

*FRANCESCHI,  Dr.  F.,  Manager  S.  Calif.  Acclima- 
tizing   Ass'n,    Santa     Barbara,    Calif.      (Rare 
plants  of  S.  Calif.,  as  Dasylirion,  etc.) 
GARFIELD,  C.    W.,   Horticulturist,  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.     (Michigan.) 

*GERARD,  J.  N.,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.     (Many  articles, 
especially  on    bulbous  plants,  as    Crocus,  Iris, 
Narcissus. ) 
GILLETT,  EDWARD,  Nurseryman,  Southwick,  Mass. 

(Hardy  Ferns.) 

GOFF,  Prof.  E.  S.,  Horticulturist,  Wis.  Exp.  Sta., 
Madison,  Wis.     (  Wisconsin.) 

*GOULD,  H.  P.,  Asst.  Entomologist  and  Horti- 
culturist, Maryland  Exp.  Sta.,  College  Park, 
Md.  (Brussels  Sprouts.  Celeriac. ) 
GREEN,  Prof.  S.  B.,  Horticulturist,  Minnesota 
Exp.  Sta.,  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minn.  (Minne- 
sota.) 

GREEN,  WM.    J.,  Horticulturist,  Ohio  Exp.  Sta., 
Wooster,  Ohio.     (Ohio.     Sub -irrigation.) 

*GREINER,  T.,  Specialist  in  vegetables,  La  Salle, 
N.  Y.  (  Garden  vegetables,  as  Artichoke,  As- 
paragus, Bean,  Cress.) 

*GREY,  ROBERT  M.,  Gardener,  North  Easton,  Mass. 

(Cypripedium  and  other  orchids.) 
GROFF,  H.  H.,  Simcoe,  Ont.     (Gladiolus.) 

*GURNEY,  JAMES,  Gardener,  Mo.  Botanical  Garden, 
St.  Louis,  Mo.  (Cacti.) 

*HALE,  J.  H.,  Nurseryman  and  pomologist,  South 
Glastonbury,  Conn.  (Connecticut.) 

*HALSTED,    Prof.    B.    D.,    Rutgers    College,  New 

Brunswick,  N.  J.     (Diseases.     Fungi.) 
HANSEN,  GEO.  ,  Landscape  architect  and  botanist, 

Berkeley,  Calif.     (Epidendrum.) 
HAN&EN,     Prof.    N.    E.,    Horticulturist,    S.   Dak. 
Exp.       Sta.,      Brookings,      S.    Dak.       (South 
Dakota. ) 


HASSELBRING,  H.,  Instructor  in  Botany,  Cornell 
Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Iris  and  certain  orchids, 
as  Gongora,  Odontoglossum .) 

^HASTINGS,  G.  T.,  Asst.  in  Botany,  Cornell  Univ., 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (Some  tropical  plants,  as  Berria, 
Bertholletia.) 
HATFIELD,    T.    D.,  Gardener,    Wellesley,    Mass. 

(Gesnera  and  various  articles.) 
HEDRICK,    U.    P.,    Asst.    Prof,    of    Horticulture, 
Agricultural  College, Mich.  (Evaporated Fruits .) 
^HENDERSON  &  Co.,   PETER,    Seedsmen,  37  Cort- 

landt  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Bulbs.) 
*HERRINGTON,     A.,    Gardener,     Florham     Farms, 

Madison,  N.  J.     (Chrysanthemum  coccineum.) 
HEXAMER,  Dr.  F.  M.,  Editor  American  Agricul- 
turist, New  York,  N.  Y.     (A.  S.  Fuller.) 
HICKS,  G.  H.,  late  of  Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.     (Seed  Testing.) 

*HiLL,  E.  G.,  Florist,  Richmond,  Ind.     (Begonia.) 
HOOPES,  JOSIAH,  Nurseryman,  West  Chester,  Pa. 

(Hedges.) 

*HORSFORD,  FRED.  H.,  Nurseryman,  Charlotte,  Vt. 
(Alpine  Gardens.     Has  read  proof  of  many  ar- 
ticles on  native  plants.) 
HUNN,  CHARLES  E.,  Gardener,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta., 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (Forcing  of  vegetables.) 
HUNTLEY,  Prof.  F.  A.,  Idaho  Exp.  Sta.,  Moscow, 

Idaho.     (Idaho.) 

HUTCHINS,  Rev.  W.  T.,  Sweet  Pea  specialist,  In- 
dian Orchard,  Mass.     (Sweet  Pea.) 
*!RISH,  H.  C.,   Horticulturist,  Mo.  Botanical  Gar- 
den, St.  Louis,  Mo.     (Capsicum.) 
*JACKSON  &  PERKINS  Co.,  Nurserymen,   Newark, 

N.  Y.     (Clematis.)  ' 

JORDAN,  A.  T.,  Asst.  Horticulturist,  New  Bruns- 
wick, N.  J.  (New  Jersey.) 

*KAINS,   M.  G.,Div.  of  Botany,  Dept.   of  Agric., 
Washington,    D.    C.     (Minor    vegetables.     Pot 
Herbs .     Impor  ta  tions . ) 
*KELLER,  J.  B.,  Florist,  Rochester,  N.  Y.     (Many 

groups  of  hardy  herbaceous  perennials .) 
KELSEY,  HARLAN  P.,  Landscape  architect,  Boston, 
Mass.     (North  Carolina  plants,  as  Galax  and 
Leucothoe.) 

^KENNEDY,  P.  BEVERIDGE,  Div.  of  Agrostology, 
Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Many 
genera  of  grasses.  Begonia.) 

KERR,  J.  W.,  Nurseryman,  Denton,  Md.  (Mary- 
land.) 

*KIFT,  ROBERT,  Florist,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Cut- 
flowers.  ) 

KING,  F.  H.,  Prof,  of  Agricultural  Physics,  Madi- 
son, Wis.     (Irrigation.) 
*KiNNEY,  L.    F.,    Horticulturist,    Kingston,    R.   L 

(Celery.) 

*LAGER  &  HURRELL,  Orchid  cultivators,  Summit, 
N.  J.  (Cattleya.) 


COLLABORATORS 


XI 


/JAKE,  Prof.  E.  R.,  Horticulturist,  Ore.  Exp.  Sta., 

Corvallis,  Ore.     (Oregon.) 

LAUMAN,  G.  N.,  Instructor  in  Horticulture,  Cor- 
nell Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Geranium.  Pelar- 
gonium.) 

*LONSDALE,  EDWIN,  Florist,  Chestnut  Hill,   Phila- 
delphia, Pa.     (Conservator}/.) 

LORD  &  BURNHAM  Co.,  Horticultural    architects 
and    builders,     Irvington- on-Hudson,     N.    Y. 
( Greenhouse  Construction.) 
*LOTHROP  &   HIGGINS,    Dahlia     specialists,    East 

Bridgewater,  Mass. 

*MANNING,  J.  WOODWARD,  Nurseryman,  Reading, 
Mass.     (Pyrethrum.     Has  read  proof  of  many 
groups  of  herbaceous  perennials .) 
MANNING,    WARREN    H.,     Landscape     architect, 
Boston,   Mass.      (Article,    "Herbaceous  Peren- 
nials.") 
MASSEY,  Prof.  W.  F.,  Horticulturist,  N.  C.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Raleigh,  N.  C.     (Figs.    North  Carolina.) 
MATHEWS,  Prof.  C.  W.,   Horticulturist,  Ky.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Lexington,  Ky.     (Kentucky.) 
*MATHEWS,   F.   SCHUYLER,  Artist,  2    Morley    St., 

Boston,  Mass.     (Color.) 

MAYNARD,  Prof.  S.  T.,  Horticulturist,  Mass. 
Hatch  Exp.  Sta.,  Amherst,  Mass.  (Massa- 
chusetts. ) 

MCDOWELL,  Prof.  R.  H.,  Reno,  Nev.     (Nevada.) 

*MCFARLAND,   J.    HORACE,    Horticultural    printer 

and    expert    in    photography,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

(Border. ) 

*McWiLLiAM,  GEO.,  Gardener,  Whitinsville,  Mass. 

(Dipladenia.) 

*MEAD,  T.  L.,  Horticulturist,  Oviedo,  Fla.     (Cri- 
nu  n.     Has  helped  in  matters  of  extreme  southern 
horticulture. ) 
MORRIS,  O.  M.,  Asst.  Horticulturist,  Okla.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Stillwater,  Okla.     (Oklahoma.) 
MOON,  SAMUEL  C.,  Nurseryman,  Morrisville,  Pa. 

(Trees for  ornament.) 
MUNSON,  T.  V.,  Nurseryman  and  grape  hybridist, 

Denison,  Tex.     (Grape  culture  in  the  South.) 
MUNSON,  Prof.  W.  M.,  Horticulturist,  Me.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Orono,  Me.     (Maine.) 

*NEWELL,  A.  J.,  Gardener,  Wellesley,  Mass.    (Cer- 
tain orchids.) 

NORTON,  J.  B.  S.,  Botanical  Assistant,  Mo.  Botan- 
ical Garden,  St.  Louis,  Mo.     (Euphorbia.) 
*OGSTON,    COLIN,    Gardener,    Kimball    Conserva- 
tories, Rochester,  N.  Y.     (Dendrobium.) 
*OLIVER,  G.  W.,  Gardener,  U.  S.  Botanic  Gardens, 
Washington,  D.   C.     (Many  articles  on  palms, 
aroids,  succulents  and  rare  plants,  and  much  help 
on  proofs.     Alstrcemeria.     Amaryllis.) 
*ORPET,    EDWARD  O.,   Gardener,    So.    Lancaster, 
Mass.  (Many  articles.  Border.  Cyclamen.  Dian- 
thus,  and  certain  orchids.) 


*PEACOCK,  LAWRENCE  K.,  Dahlia  specialist,  Atco, 
N.  J.  (Dahlia.) 

*POWELL,  Prof.  G.  HAROLD,  Horticulturist,  Del. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Newark,  Del.  (Cherry.  Delaware.) 

PRICE,  Prof.  R.  H.,  Horticulturist,  Tex.  Exp. 
Sta.,  College  Station,  Tex.  (lexas.) 

*PURDY,    CARL,    Specialist    in    California    bulbs, 
Ukiah,   Calif.      (Californian    native   plants,   as 
Brodicea,  Calochortus,  Fritillaria.) 
RANE,  Prof.  F.  W.,   Horticulturist,   N.   H.    Exp. 
Sta.,  Durham,  N.  H.     (New  Hampshire.) 

*RAWSON,  W.  W.,  Seedsman  and  market- gardener, 
Boston,  Mass.  (Cucumber.) 

*REASONER,  E.  N.,  Nurseryman  and  horticulturist, 
Oneco,  Fla.  (Many  articles,  and  much  help  on 
extreme  southern  horticulture.  Ccesalpinia. 
Cocos.) 

*REHDER,  ALFRED,  Specialist  in  hardy  trees  and 
shrubs,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  (Botany  and 
culture  of  most  of  the  hardy  trees  and  shrubs.) 

^ROBERTS,  Prof.  I.  P.,  Dir.  College  of  Agric., 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Drainage.  Fer- 
tility. Potato.) 

ROLFS,  Prof.  P.  H.,  Horticulturist,  S.  C.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Clemson  College,  S.  C.  (Florida.  Egg- 
plant.) 

*RosE,  J.  N.,  Asst.  Curator,  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb., 
Smithsonian  Inst.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Agave.) 

ROSE,  N.  J.,  Landscape  gardener  to  New  York 
City  Parks,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

*ROWLEE,  Prof.  W.  W.,  Asst.  Prof,  of  Botany, 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Nymphcea.  Nar- 
cissus .  Sa  lix .  Defini  tions . ) 

*SARGENT,  Prof.  C.  S.,  Dir.  Arnold  Arboretum, 
Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  (Abies.) 

*SCOTT,  WM.,  Florist,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (Acacia.  Cy- 
tisus.  Convallaria.  Cyclamen.  Smilax,  etc.) 

*ScoTT,  WM.,  Gardener,  Tarrytown,  N.  Y.  (Berto- 
lonia  and  other  dwarf  tender  foliage  plants.) 

*SEMPLE,  JAMES,  Specialist  in  China  Asters,  Belle - 
vue,  Pa.  (Aster.) 

*SHINN,  CHARLES  H.,  Inspector  of  Experiment  Sta- 
tions, Univ.  of  Calif.,  Berkeley,  Calif.  (Cali- 
fornia. Fig,  etc.) 

*SHORE,  ROBERT,  Gardener,  Botanical  Dept.,  Cor- 
nell Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (  Various  articles,  as 
Acalypha,  Bedding,  Marguerites,  Dichorisandra, 
Fittonia.) 

*SIEBRECHT,  HENRY  A.,  Florist  and  nurseryman, 
New  York  and  Rose  Hill  Nurseries,  New  Ro- 
chelle,  N.  Y.  (Dracaena  and  various  articles. 
Much  help  on  rare  greenhouse  plants,  particularly 
orchids. ) 

SIMONDS,  O.  C.,  Supt.  Graceland  Cemetery,  Buena 
Ave.,  Chicago,  111.  (Cemeteries,  in  article  on 
Landscape  Gardening.) 


Xll 


COLLABORATORS 


SLINGERLAND,  Prof.  M.  V.,  Asst.  Prof.  Economic 
Entomology,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
(Insects.  Insecticides.) 

*SMITH,  A.  W.,  Cosmos  cultivator,  Americus,  Ga. 
(Cosmos.  Moonflower.) 

*SMITH,  ELMER  D.,  Chrysanthemum  specialist, 
Adrian,  Mich.  (Chrysanthemum.) 

*SMITH,  JARED  G.,  Div.  of  Botany,  Dept.  of  Agric., 
Washington,  D.  C.  (Nearly  all  palms  and  va- 
rious genera, as  Centaurea,Cerastium,  Cotyledon.) 
SPENCER,  JOHN  W.,  Fruit -grower,Westfield,  Chau- 
tauqua  Co.,  N.  Y.  (Grapes.  Help  on  impor- 
tant fruits.) 

STARNES,  Prof.  HUGH  N.,  Horticulturist,  Ga.  Exp. 
Sta . ,  Athens ,  Ga .  ( Georgia . ) 

*STINSON,  Prof.  JOHN  T.,  Dir.  Mo.  Fruit  Exp.  Sta., 

Mountain  Grove,  Mo.     (Arkansas.) 
TAFT,  Prof.  L.  R.,  Horticulturist,   Mich.  Agric. 
Coll.,  Agricultural  Colle'ge,  Mich.     (Heating. 
Hotbeds. ) 

*TAPLIN,  W.  H.,  Specialist  in  palms  and  ferns, 
Holmesburg,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Culture  of 
many  palms,  ferns  and  foliage  plants.) 

*TAYLOR,  WM.  A.,  Asst.  Pomologist,  Div.  of  Po- 
mology, Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Nuts.) 

^THOMPSON,  C.  H.,  Assistant  Botanist,  Mo.  Botani- 
cal Garden,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (Many  genera  of 
Cacti.) 

*TOUMEY,  Prof.  J.  W.,  Biologist,  Ariz.  Exp.  Sta., 

Tucson,  Ariz.     (Arizona.     Date.) 
TRACY,  S.  M.,  Biloxi,  Miss.     (Mississippi.) 

*TRACY,  Prof.  W.  W.,  Seedsman,  Detroit,  Mich. 
( Cabbage. ) 

*TRELEASE,  Dr.  WM.,  Dir.  Mo.  Botanical  Garden, 
St.  Louis,  Mo.  (Aloe.  Apicra.  Gasteria.  Ha- 
worthia.) 

*TRICKER,    WM.,   Specialist   in   aquatics,    Dreer's 
Nursery,  Eiverton,  N.  J.     (Aquarium.     Aqua- 
tics.   Nymphcea.    Nelumbium.     Victoria,  etc.) 
TROOP,  Prof.  JAMES,  Horticulturist,  Ind.  Exp.  Sta., 

Lafayette,  Ind.     (Indiana.) 

TURNER,  WM.,  Gardener,  Tarrytown,  N.  Y. 
(Forcing  Fruits.) 


*TUTTLE,  H.  B.,  Cranberry  grower,  Valley  Junc- 
tion, Wis.  (Cranberry.) 

*UNDERWOOD,  Prof.  L.  M.,  Columbia  University, 
New  York,  N.  Y.  (Botany  of  all  ferns.) 

*VAN  DEMAN,   H.   E.,  Pomologist,  Parksley,  Va. 

(Date. ) 
VAUGHAN,  J.  C.,  Seedsman  and  florist,  Chicago 

and  New  York.     (Christmas  Greens.) 
VOORHEES,  Prof.  EDWARD  B.,  Dir.  N.  J.  Exp.  Sta., 

New  Brunswick,  N.  J.     (Fertilizers.) 
WALDRON,  Prof.  C.  B.,  Horticulturist,  N.  Dak. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Fargo,  N.  Dak.     (North  Dakota.) 

*WALKER,  ERNEST,  Horticulturist,  Arkansas  Exp. 
Sta.,  Fayetteville,  Ark.  (Annuals.  Basket 
Plants.  Watering.) 

WATROUS,  C.  L.,  Nurseryman,  Des  Moines,  la. 
(Iowa.) 

*WATSON,  B.  M.,  Instructor  in  Horticulture,  Bus- 
sey  Inst.,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.     (Colchicum. 
Cuttage.     Forcing.    House  Plants.) 
WATTS,  B.  L.,  Horticulturist,   Tenn.  Exp.  Sta., 
Knoxville,  Tenn.     (Tennessee.) 

*WAUGH,  Prof.  F.  A.,  Horticulturist,  Vt.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Burlington,  Vt.  (Beet.  Carrot.  Cucumber. 
Lilium.  Pentstemon.  Salad  Plants.  Vermont.) 

*WEBBER,   H.  J.,   In  charge    of    Plant   Breeding 

Laboratory,  Div.     of   Veg.    Phys.    and  Path., 

Dept.      of       Agric.,       Washington,       D.    C. 

(Citrus. ) 

WHITNEY,  Prof.  MILTON,   Chief    Div.  of    Soils, 

Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.     (Soil.) 
WRITTEN,  Prof.  J.  C.,   Horticulturist,  Mo.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Columbia,  Mo.     (Missouri.) 

*WICKSON,  EDWARD  J.,  Prof,  of  Agricultural  Prac- 
tice, Univ.  of  Calif.,  and  Horticulturist,  Calif. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Berkeley,  Calif.  (Almond,  Apri- 
cot, Cherry,  Grape,  etc.,  in  California.) 

*WiEGAND,  K.  M.,  Instructor  in  Botany,  Cornell 
Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Coreopsis.  Cordyline. 
Cyperus.  Dracaena.) 

*WYMAN,  A.  P.,  Asst.  to  Olmsted  Bros.,  Land- 
scape Architects,  Brookline,  Mass.  (Dirca, 
Epigcea,  Halesia  and  other  hardy  trees  and 
shrubs. ) 


II.     PARTIAL   LIST   OF  THOSE    WHO  HAVE   ASSISTED   BY  BEADING   PROOF, 

AND   IN  OTHER    WATS 


ANDREWS,  D.  M.,  Nurseryman,  Boulder,  Colo. 
(Native  western  plants, especially  new  hardy  Cacti.) 

BALL,  C.  D.,  Wholesale  florist,  Holmesburg,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.  (Palms.  Ferns.  Foliage 
Plants.) 

BARKER,  MICHAEL,  Editor  "American  Florist," 
324  Dearborn  St.,  Chicago,  111.  (Many  sug- 
gestions. ) 


BASSETT,  WM.  F.,  &  SON,  Hammonton,  N.  J. 
(Hibiscus  and  other  plants. ) 

BERGER  &  Co.,  H.  H.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (Japa- 
nese and  Calif ornian  plants.) 

BLANC,  A., Seedsman  andplantsman,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.  (Cacti.  Novelties.) 

BRECK  &  SONS,  JOSEPH,  Seedsmen,  Boston,  Mass. 
(Portrait  of  Joseph  Kreck. ) 


COLLABORATORS 


xiii 


BUDLONG  BROS.,  Pickle  makers,  Providence,  R.  I. 
(Cucumber.) 

CLARK,  Miss  JOSEPHINE  A.,  Asst.  Librarian,  Dept. 
of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Information  as 
to  species  since  Index  Kewensis  ) 

COATES,  LEONARD,  Napa  City,  Calif.  (Fruit  Cul- 
ture in  California.') 

COVILLE,  FREDERICK  V.,  Botanist,  Dept.  of  Agric., 
Washington,  D.  C.  (Suggestions  as  to  con- 
tributors.} 

COWEN,  J.  H.,  Horticulturist,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
(Colorado.) 

DAY,  Miss  MARY  A.,  Librarian,  Gray  Herbarium 
of  Harvard  Univ.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Bare 
books. ) 

DEANE,  WALTER,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Various 
botanical  problems.) 

DEVRON,  Dr.  G.,  Amateur  in  Bamboos,  New 
Orleans,  La.  (Bamboos.) 

DOCK,  Miss  M.  L.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.     (Bartram.) 

DREER,  H.  A.,  Seedsmen  and  plantsmen,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.  (Many  and  varied  services,  espe- 
cially in  aquatics,  ferns,  foliage  plants  and  rare 
annuals.) 

EGAN,  W.  C.  Amateur,  Highland  Park,  Ills. 
(Plants  of  exceptional  hardiness.) 

ELLWANGER  &  BARRY,  Nurserymen,  Rochester, 
N.  Y.  (Hardy  plants.) 

GANONG,  W.  F.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Smith  College, 
Northampton,  Mass.  (Cacti.) 

HALLIDAY  BROS.,  Baltimore,  Md.,  Florists. 
(Azalea.  Camellia.) 

LUPTON,  J.  M.,  Market-gardener,  Gregory,  L.  I. 
( Cabbage. ) 

MAKEPEACE,  A.  D.,  Cranberry  grower,  West  Barn- 
stable,  Mass.  (Cranberry.) 

MANDA,  W.  A.,  Nurseryman,  South  Orange,  N.  J. 
( Orchid  pictures. ) 

MANNING,  JACOB  W.,  Nurseryman,  Reading,  Mass. 
(Dried  specimens  of  herbaceous  perennial 
plants. ) 

MANNING,  ROBERT,  Sec.  Mass.  Hort.  Soc.,  Boston, 
Mass .  ( Biographical  sketches. ) 


MATHEWS,  WM . ,  Florist,  Utica,  N.  Y.     ( Orchids. ) 

MAY,  JOHN  N.,  Florist,  Summit,  N.  J.  (Florists' 
flowers. ) 

MEEHAN  &  SONS,  THOS.,  Nurserymen,  German- 
town,  Pa.  (Hardy  plants.) 

PIERSON,  F.  R.,  Nurseryman,  Tarrytown-on- 
Hudson,  N.  Y.  (Bulbs.) 

POWELL,  GEO.  T.,  Pomologist,  Ghent,  N.  Y. 
(Important  fruits.) 

RIDER,  Prof.  A.  J.,  Trenton,  N.  J.  (Cran- 
berry.) 

ROBINSON,  Dr.  B.  L.,  Curator  Gray  Herbarium  of 
Harvard  Univ.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Various 
articles.) 

SCOON,  C.  K.,  Fruit-grower,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 
(Cherry.) 

SEARS,  Prof.  F.  C.,  Wolfville,  Nova  Scotia. 
(Canada.) 

SHADY  HILL  NURSERY  Co.,  Boston,  Mass.  (Her- 
baceous perennials.} 

SLAYMAKER,  A.  W.,  Fruit-grower,  Camden,  Del. 
(Delaware.) 

STORRS  &  HARRISON,  Nurserymen,  Painesville, 
Ohio.  (Various  plants.) 

SUZUKI  &  IIDA,  Yokohama  Nursery  Co.,  11  Broad- 
way, New  York,  N.  Y.  (Japanese  plants.) 

THORBURN  &  Co.,  J.  M.,  Seedsmen,  New  York, 
N.  Y.  (Numerous  important  and  rare  plants, 
especially  annuals.) 

TODD,  FREDERICK  G.,  Landscape  architect,  Mon- 
treal, P.  Q.  (Hardy  trees  and  shrubs.) 

VICK'S  SONS,  JAMES,  Seedsmen,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
( Various  plants.) 

WARD,  C.  W.,  Florist,  Cottage  Gardens,  Queens, 
L.  I.  (Carnation. ) 

WEBB,  Prof.  WESLEY,  Dover,  Del.     (Delaware.) 

WHITE,  J.  J.,  Cranberry  grower,  New  Lisbon, 
N.  J.  (Cranberry.) 

WILLARD,  S.  D.,  Nurseryman,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 
(Important  fruits,  as  Cherry.) 

WOOD,  E.  M.,  Florist,  Natick,  Mass. 

WRIGHT,  CHARLES,  Horticulturist,  Seaford,  Del. 
(Delaware.) 


EXPLANATIONS 


HORTICULTURE  is  the  art  of  raising  fruits,  vege- 
tables, flowers  and  ornamental  plants.  The  lines 
of  demarcation  between  it  and  the  art  of  agricul- 
ture on  the  one  hand  and  the  science  of  botany 
on  the  other,  are  purely  arbitrary.  In  this  work, 
the  word  horticulture  has  been  interpreted  liber- 
ally. Herein  are  included  discussions  of  land- 
scape gardening,  and  brief  notes  of  such  impor- 
tant agricultural  subjects  as  Coffee,  Cotton,  Flax, 
and  such  economic  subjects  as  Cinchona,  India 
Rubber.  Forage  and  medicinal  plants  are  men- 
tioned only  incidentally. 

WHAT    IS   MEANT   BY  "  THE    TRADE" 

It  is  the  design  of  the  Cyclopedia  to  describe 
fully  all  those  species  of  plants  which  are  in  the 
American  trade, — that  is,  the  species  that  are 
bought  and  sold.  In  order  to  determine  what 
species  are  in  the  trade,  catalogues  of  nurserymen, 
seedsmen  and  florists  have  been  indexed,  and 
other  commercial  literature  has  been  consulted; 
in  addition  to  this,  specialists  have  been  consulted 
freely  for  lists  of  plants.  The  work  includes  the 
plants  offered  by  foreign  dealers  who  have  Ameri- 
can agents,  and  who  circulate  in  America  cata- 
logues printed  in  the  English  language:  therefore, 
the  work  will  be  found  to  include  many  species 
offered  by  the  bulb  growers  of  Holland,  and  by 
most  other  large  European  concerns.  The  pur- 
pose is  to  make  a  live  record  of  the  real  status 
of  our  horticulture,  rather  than  a  mere  compila- 
tion from  the  other  literature.  However,  im- 
portant plants  which  are  not  in  the  American 
trade  are  mentioned,  for  they  may  be  expected  to 
appear  at  any  time :  but  these  plants  are  in  sup- 
plementary lists  in  smaller  type.  Thus,  the  size 
of  type  indicates  that  Abobra  viridiflora  is  in  the 
trade,  whereas  Abroma  augusta  is  not.  It  will  no 
doubt  be  a  surprise  to  the  reader,  as  it  has  been 
to  the  Editor,  to  discover  the  great  wealth  of 
American  horticulture  in  species  of  plants. 

NOMENCLATURE 

The  Editor  has  desired  to  be  conservative  on  the 
vexed  question  of  nomenclature.  This  effort  is 
particularly  important  in  the  discussion  of  culti- 
vated plants,  because  names  become  established 


in  the  trade  and  are  worth  money.  A  plant  sells 
under  a  familiar  name,  but  it  may  be  a  commer- 
cial failure  under  a  new  or  strange  one.  Since 
plants  belong  as  much  to  the  horticulturist  as  to 
the  botanist,  it  is  only  fair  that  the  horticulturist 
be  consulted  before  wholesale  changes  are  made 
in  nomenclature. 

It  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  changes  in  the 
names  of  plants  proceed  from  two  general  causes, — 
(1)  from  new  conceptions  respecting  the  limits  of 
genera,  species,  varieties,  and  (2)  from  new  ideas  in 
the  merely  arbitrary  fashions  or  systems  of  nomen- 
clature. Changes  of  the  former  kind  are  usually 
welcomed  by  horticulturists,  because  they  eluci- 
date our  understanding  of  the  plants,  but  changes 
of  the  latter  kind  are  usually  deplored.  At  the 
present  moment,  there  is  the  greatest  unrest  in 
respect  to  systems  of  nomenclature.  This  unrest 
is,  to  be  sure,  in  the  interest  of  the  fixity  or  per- 
manency of  names,  but  there  is  no  guarantee— if, 
indeed,  there  is  any  hope — that  the  system  which 
may  be  adopted  to-day  will  be  accepted  by  the 
next  generation.  In  fact,  the  very  difficulty  of  ar- 
riving at  a  common  understanding  on  the  question 
is  itself  the  strongest  evidence  that  the  systems  do 
not  rest  on  fundamental  or  essential  principles, 
but  upon  expediency  and  personal  preference. 
There  is  no  evidence  that  names  which  are  mak- 
ing to-day  will  persist  any  longer  than  have  those 
which  they  are  supplanting. 

So-called  reforms  in  nomenclature  are  largely 
national  or  racial  movements,  often  differing 
widely  between  different  peoples  :  consequently  it 
is  impossible  to  bring  together  under  one  system 
of  nomenclature  the  cultivated  plants  of  the  world 
without  making  wholesale  changes  in  names. 
Therefore,  the  Editor  has  accepted  the  most  ten- 
able names  which  the  plants  bring,  without  in- 
quiring into  the  system  under  which  they  are 
given.  In  general,  however,  he  believes  that  the 
technical  name  of  a  plant  is  comprised  of  two 
words,  and  that  the  first  combination  of  these 
two  parts  should  be  accepted  as  the  name.  Such 
double  names  as  Catalpa  Catalpa  and  Glaucium 
Glaucium  are  the  results  of  carrying  arbitrary 
rules  to  the  utmost  limit,  but  their  ugliness  and 
arbitrariness  condemn  them.  It  is  to  be  expected 
that  in  the  names  of  plants,  as  in  everything  else, 
the  race  will  not  long  tolerate  inflexibility. 


(xiv) 


EXPLANATIONS 


xv 


In  generic  names,  the  system  of  Bentham  and 
Hooker  (Genera  Plantaruml  has  been  followed. 
This  system  makes  fewer  changes  in  accepted 
horticultural  names  than  any  other,  and  this  is 
considered  to  be  a  distinct  merit.  The  chief  rea- 
son for  adopting  the  British  ideas  of  genera,  how- 
ever, is  that  Index  Kewensis  affords  a  complete 
finding-list  of  species  under  those  genera.  It 
would  be  impossible,  in  a  work  like  the  present, 
to  follow  the  more  recent  system  of  Engler  and 
Prantl  (Die  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamilien),  be- 
cause there  is  no  index  or  finding-list  for  the 
species  under  those  genera,  and  to  make  the 
proper  combinations  of  generic  and  specific  names 
for  horticultural  plants  would  necessitate  a  compi- 
lation practically  equivalent  to  Index  Kewensis. 
However,  the  various  contributors  have  been  at 
liberty  to  adopt  their  own  ideas  of  generic  limita- 
tions, so  that  the  work  will  be  found  to  occupy  a 
somewhat  middle  ground  between  the  British  and 
German  ideas  of  genera. 

CHIEF  LITERARY  AIDS. 

In  the  compilation  of  this  work,  the  Editor  has 
had  access  to  most  of  the  important  world-floras, 
and  to  the  leading  geographical  floras.  In  the 
systematic  botany,  the  greatest  help  has  been 
derived  from  the  following  great  general  works  : 
Bentham  and  Hooker,  Genera  Plantarum  (1862- 
1883);  Hooker  &  Jackson,  Index  Kewensis  (1893- 
1895);  DeCandolle's  Prodromus  •  (1824-1873) • 
DeCandolle's  Monographiae  Phanerogamarum 
(1878-1896,  and  continuing);  Engler  and  Prantl, 
Die  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien  (begun  1889); 
Botanical  Magazine  (1786  to  the  present,  and  con- 
tinuing);  Botanical  Register  (1815-1847);  Eevue 
Horticole,  Paris  (1829  to  the  present,  and  continu- 
ing) ;  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  London  (1841,  and  con- 
tinuing);  Garden,  London  (1871,  and  continuing); 
Loddiges's  Botanical  Cabinet,  London  (1817-1833) ; 
Flore  des  Serres,  Ghent  (1845-1880) ;  L'lllustration 
Horticole,  Ghent  (1854-1896)  ;  Gartenflora,  Berlin 
(1852,  and  continuing);  Garden  and  Forest,  New 
York  (1888-1897);  Nicholson's  Illustrated  Diction- 
ary of  Gardening,  London  (1884-1887) ;  Mottet's 
translation  of  Nicholson,  Paris  (1892-1899)  ;  Siebert 
and  Voss,  Vilmorin's  Blumengartneri  (189G). 

HOW   TO   USE    THE  KEYS 

In  order  to  facilitate  the  study  of  the  plants,  the 
species  have  been  arranged  systematically,  under 
the  genus,  rather  than  alphabetically.  However, 
in  all  genera  which  contain  15  or  more  species,  an 
alphabetical  index  has  been  supplied  for  purposes 
of  rapid  reference.  The  grouping  of  the  species 
is  founded  preferably  on  horticultural  rather 


than  on  botanical  characters,  so  that  the  ar- 
rangement does  not  always  express  botanical  re- 
lationships. The  grouping  and  the  keys  are 
arranged  primarily  to  aid  the  gardener  in  making 
determinations  of  species.  Every  effort  is  made 
sharply  to  contrast  the  species  rather  than  to  de- 
scribe them.  A  word  of  explanation  will  facilitate 
the  use  of  the  keys.  The  species  are  arranged  in 
coordinate  groups  of  various  ranks,  and  groups  of 
equal  rank  are  marked  by  the  same  letter.  Thus, 
group  A  is  coordinate  with  AA  and  with  AAA,  and 
B  with  BB  and  BBB.  Moreover,  whenever  possible, 
the  coordinate  keys  begin  with  the  same  catch- 
word :  thus,  if  A  begins  "flowers,"  so  do  AA  and 
AAA  ;  and  this  catchword  is  not  used  for  keys  of 
other  rank.  As  an  example,  refer  to  Acer,  page 
12.  Look  first  at  A,  beginning  "foliage;"  then  at 
AA  (p.  15),  also  beginning  "foliage."  Under  A 
are  the  coordinate  divisions  B  and  BB,  each  with 
"bloom"  for  the  catchword.  Under  B  there  are 
no  subdivisions,  but  under  BB  there  are  divisions 
c,  cc  and  ccc,  each  with  "fls."  for  a  catchword. 
Under  c  there  are  no  subdivisions,  but  CO  has 
four  coordinate  divisions,  D,  DD,  DDD,  DDDD,  each 
with  "Ivs."  for  a  catchword,  and  so  on.  In  other 
words,  if  the  plant  in  hand  does  not  fall  under  A, 
the  inquirer  goes  at  once  to  AA.  If  it  falls  under 
A,  then  he  determines  whether  it  belongs  to  B  or 
to  BB,  and  so  on. 

A  diagrammatic  display  of  a  scheme  would 
stand  as  follows: 

A.    Leaves,  etc. 

B.    Flowers,  etc. 

c.    Fruits,  etc. 
c.    Fruits,  etc. 
BB.    Flowers,  etc. 
AA.    Leaves,  etc. 

B.    Boots,  etc. 

c.    Flowers,  etc. 

D.    Margins  of  leaves,  etc. 
DD.    Margins  of  leaves,  etc. 
c.    Flowers,  etc. 
BB.    Roots,  etc. 
BBB.    Roots,  etc. 
AAA.    Leaves,  etc. 

PRONUNCIATION 

Accent  marks  are  used  to  aid  the  reader  in  pro- 
nouncing the  name.  The  accent  designates  (1) 
stress,  or  the  emphatic  syllable,  and  (2)  the  length 
of  the  emphatic  vowel.  Following  the  American 
custom,  as  established  by  Gray  and  others,  a  grave 
accent  (  N  )  is  employed  to  designate  a  long  vowel, 
and  an  acute  accent  (/ )  a  short  vowel.  Thus, 
officinale  is  pronounced  offici-way-li  ;  microcdrpus 
is  pronounced  microcarp'-us.  Ordinarily  in  diph- 
thongs the  mark  is  placed  over  the  second  letter. 
Thus,  in  aurea  the  au  is  meant  to  have  its  custo- 
mary long  sound,  as  if  written  awe.  Double  vow- 
els take  their  customary  English  sounds,  as  ee  and 


XVI 


EXPLANATIONS 


oo.  Thus,  the  oo  in  HodJceri  is  to  be  pronounced 
as  in  hook.  In  most  cases,  the  letters  oi  (from  the 
Greek,  meaning  like  to)  are  to  be  pronounced  sep- 
arately :  if  the  *  is  the  penultimate  syllable  (next 
to  the  last),  it  is  long,  as  in  yuccol-des  ;  if  the  i  is 
the  antepenultimate  syllable  (third  from  the  end) 
it  is  short,  as  in  rhomboi-dea.  In  dioicus  and 
monoicus,  however,  the  oi  is  a  true  diphthong,  as 
in  moist.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  final 
e  terminates  a  separate  syllable,  as  commu-ne, 
vulgti-re,  grari-de.  This  final  e  takes  the  short 
sound  of  i,  as  in  whip. 

These  pronunciations  follow,  in  general,  the 
common  English  method  of  pronouncing  Latin 
names.  However,  many  of  the  Latinized  forms 
of  substantive  and  personal  names  are  so  unlike 
Latin  in  general  construction  that  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  them  cannot  follow  the  rule.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  biological  nomenclature  is  a  language  of 
itself  thrown  into  a  Latin  form,  and  it  should  not 
be  a  source  of  regret  if  it  does  not  closely  follow 
classical  rules  in  its  pronunciation.  It  has  seemed 
best  to  make  an  exception  to  the  literary  rules  in 
the  case  of  personal  commemorative  names  in  the 
genitive  :  we  retain,  so  far  as  possible,  the  pro- 
nunciation of  the  original  name.  Thus,  a  plant 
named  for  Carey  is  called  Ca-reyi,  not  Carey-i; 
for  Sprenger,  Spreng-eri,  not  Sprenger-i.  The 
original  spelling  ( as  written  by  the  author  of  the 
name)  of  the  masculine  genitive  ending  is  usually 
retained,  whether  i  or  tt,  but  the  syllable  is  usually 
pronounced  as  if  the  i  were  single.  Whether  one 


i  or  two  is  used  in  the  making  of  a  masculine 
genitive,  is  largely  a  matter  of  euphony  and  per- 
sonal preference. 

It  may  be  well  to  add  what  are  understood  to  be 
the  long  and  short  sounds  of  the  vowels  . 

&  as  in  cane.  6  as  in  cone. 

&  as  in  can.  6  as  in  con. 

6  as  in  mete.  ft  as  in  jute. 

6  as  in  met.  u  as  in  jut. 
i  as  in  pine. 
i  as  in  pin. 

y  is  often  used  as  a  vowel  instead  of  i, 


SPELLING 

The  original  spelling  of  generic  and  specific 
names  is  preferred.  In  some  instances  this  origi- 
nal orthography  does  not  conform  to  the  etymology 
of  the  name,  particularly  if  the  name  is  made  from 
that  of  a  person.  Such  a  case  is  Diervilla,  named 
for  Dierville.  Ideally,  the  name  should  be  spelled 
Diervillea,  but  Tournefort  and  Linnaeus  did  not 
spell  it  so,  and  a  name  is  a  name,  not  primarily  a 
monument  to  a  man. 

In  accordance  with  the  best  authorities,  the  di- 
graph OB  is  used  in  the  words  caerulea,  cserulescens, 
caespitosa,  caesia  ;  ce  is  used  in  coalestis  and  cce- 
lestinum. 

Digraphs  ce  and  ce  have  been  dropped  from  Latin - 
made  names  which  have  come  into  the  vernacular. 
Thus,  as  a  common  or  English  name,  Spiraea  be- 
comes spirea,  Paeonia  becomes  peonia  or  peony. 
Bougainvillaea  becomes  bougainvillea. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


/.    OF   GENERAL   EXPRESSIONS 

cult cultivated,  etc. 

dium diameter 

E east. 

ft feet. 

in •  inches. 

2f. north. 

S ,    .    .    .    .  south. 

trop tropics,  tropical. 

W west. 

II.    OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 

fl flower. 

fls flowers. 

fld flowered. 

fr fruit. 

h height. 

If, leaf. 

Ift leaflet. 

Ivs leaves. 

st stem. 

sts stems. 

syn synonym. 

var variety. 

III.    OF  BOOKS   AND    PERIODICALS 


To  aid  the  student  in  the  verification  of  the 
work,  and  to  introduce  him  to  the  literature  of  the 
various  subjects,  citations  are  made  to  the  por- 
traits of  plants  in  the  leading  periodicals  to 
which  the  American  is  most  likely  to  have  access. 
These  references  to  pictures  have  been  verified  as 
far  as  possible,  both  in  the  MS.  and  in  the  proof. 
A  uniform  method  of  citation  is  much  to  be  de- 
sired, but  is  extremely  difficult,  because  periodi- 
cals rarely  agree  in  methods.  With  great  reluc- 
tance it  was  decided  to  omit  the  year  in  most 
cases,  because  of  the  pressure  for  space,  but  the 
student  who  lacks  access  to  the  original  volumes 
may  generally  ascertain  the  year  by  consulting  the 
bibliographical  notes  below. 

An  arbitrary  and  brief  method  of  citation  has 
been  chosen.  At  the  outset  it  seemed  best  to  indi- 
cate whether  the  cited  picture  is  colored  or  not. 
This  accounts  for  the  two  ways  of  citing  certain 
publications  containing  both  kinds  of  pictures, 
as  The  Garden,  Revue  Horticole,  and  Gartenflora. 

(xvii) 


The  figures  given  below  explain  the  method  of 
citation,  and  incidentally  give  some  hints  as  to 
the  number  of  volumes  to  date,  and  of  the  number 
of  pages  or  plates  in  one  of  the  latest  volumes. 

A  few  works  of  the  greatest  importance  are 
mentioned  elsewhere  by  way  of  acknowledgment 
(p.  xv.).  The  standard  works  on  the  bibliography 
of  botany  are  Pritzel's  Thesaurus  and  Jackson's 
Guide  to  the  Literature  of  Botany;  also,  Jackson's 
Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Eoyal  Botanic 
Gardens,  Kew. 

A.  F.  .  .  .  The  American  Florist.  Chicago.  A  trade 
paper  founded  August  15, 1885.  The  vol- 
umes end  with  July.  Many  pictures  re- 
peated in  "  Gng."  ( 14 : 1524= vol.  and  page) . 

A.  G.    .    .    .  American  Gardening.  New  York.  Represents. 

14  extinct  horticultural  periodicals,  includ- 
ing The  American  Garden  (1888-1890). 
Founded  18791  (20:896  =  vol.  and  page.) 

B The  Botanist.    Edited  by  Maund.   No  years. 

on  title  pages.  Founded  1839.  8  vols., 
50  colored  plates  in  each  vol.  (8:400  = 
vol.  and  col.  plate.)  Cumulative  index. 

B.  B.    .    .    .  Britton  &  Brown.    An  Illustrated  Flora  of 

the  Northern  U.  S.,  etc.  New  York. 
1896-1898.  (3 :588  =  vol.  and  page. ) 

B.  H.  .  .  .  La  Belgique  Horticole.  Ghent.  35  vols. 
(1851-1885.) 

B.  M.  .  .  .  Curtis'  Botanical  Magazine.  London. 
Founded  1787.  The  oldest  current  peri- 
odical devoted  to  garden  plants.  The 
vol.  for  1899  is  vol.  125  of  the  whole 
work.  Index  to  first  107  volumes  by  E. 
Tonks.  London.  ( 7690  =  col.  plate. ) 

B.R.  .  .  .  Botanical  Register  (1815-1847).  Vols.  1-14 
edited  by  Edwards:  vols.  15-33  by  Lind- 
ley.  In  vols.  1-23  the  plates  are  num- 
bered from  1-2014.  In  vols.  24-33  they 
are  numbered  independently  in  each  vol. 
There  are  688  plates  in  vols.  24-33.  "An 
Appendix  to  the  First  Twenty-three  Vol- 
umes "  (bound  separately  or  with  the- 
25th  vol.),  contains  an  index  to  the  first 
23  vols.  An  index  to  vols.  24-31  may  be 
found  in  vol.  31.  (33: 70  =  vol.  and  col. 
plate.) 

D Dana.     How  to  Know  the  Wild    Flowers. 

New  York.     1893.     ( 298  =  page. ) 

Em.  .  .  .  Emerson,  G.  B.  Trees  and  Shrubs  of  Mas- 
sachusetts. Boston.  2  vols.  149  plates. 

F.  C.  .  .  .  Floral  Cabinet.  Knowles  &  Westcott.  Lon- 
don. 1837-1840.  3  vols.,  4to. 

F.  E.  .  .  .  The  Florists'  Exchange.  New  York.  A 
trade  paper,  whose  pictures  sometimes 
are  repeated  in  "A.G."  Founded  Dec.  8, 
1888.  ( 11 : 1298  =  vol.  and  page. ) 

F.  M.  .  .  .  Floral  Magazine.  London.  Series  I.  1861- 
1871,  8vo.  Series  II.  1872-1881,  4tc. 
(1881 : 450  =  year  and  col.  plate. ) 

F.  R.  .  .  .  Florists' Review.  Chicago.  A  trade  paper. 
Vol.  1,  Dec.  2,  1897,  to  May  26,  1898.  Two- 
vols.  a  year.  (4:660  =  vol.  and  page.) 


ABBREVIATIONS 


F.S.  .  .  .  Flore  des  Serres.  Ghent.  (1845-1880.) 
Inconsistent  in  numbering,  but  the  plate 
numbers  are  always  found  on  the  plate 
itself  or  on  the  page  opposite.  Valuable 
but  perplexing  indexes  in  vols.  15  and  19. 
(23:2481  =  vol.  and  col.  plate.) 

•Q.  C.  .  .  .  The  Gardeners'  Chronicle.  London.  Se- 
ries I.  (1841-1873)  is  cited  by  year  and 
page.  Series  II.  or  "New  Series"  (1874- 
1886),  is  cited  thus:  II.  26:  824=  series, 
volume  and  page.  Series  III.  is  cited 
thus:  111.26:416.  Two  vols.  a  year,  be- 
ginning 1874.  A  select  index  is  scattered 
through  1879  and  1880.  Consult  II. 
12:viii  (1879),  and  similar  places  in  sub- 
sequent vols. 
G.  F.  .  .  .  Garden  and  Forest.  New  York.  1888-1897. 

( 10 :518  =  vol.  and  page. ) 

G.M.  .  .  .Gardeners'  Magazine.  London.  Ed.  by 
Shirley  Hibberd.  Founded  1860.  Vols. 
31-42  are  cited.  (42:872  =  vol.  and  page.) 

Gn The  Garden.    London.    Founded  1871.   Two 

vols.  a  year.  (56:  1254  =  vol.  and  col. 
plate.  56,  p.  458  =  vol.  and  page  con- 
taining black  figure.)  An  Index  of  the 
first  20  vols.  was  separately  published. 
Complete  Index  of  Colored  Plates  to  end 
of  1888  in  vol.  54,  p.  334. 

•Gng.  .  .  .  Gardening.  Chicago.  Founded  Sept.  15, 
1892.  Vols.  end  Sept.  1.  (7:384  =  vol. 
and  page.) 

Gt Gartenflora.     Berlin.     Founded  1852.    (Gt. 

48: 1470  =  vol.  and  col.  plate.  Gt.  48,  p. 
670=  vol.  and  page  containing  black 
figure). 

G.  W.  F.  .  Goodale's  Wild  Flowers  of  America.  Bos- 
ton, 1886 .  ( 50  =  col .  plate . ) 

HBK.  .  .  Humboldt,  Bonpland  &  Kunth.  Nova 
Genera  et  Species,  etc.  Paris.  1815-25. 
7  vols.  Folio. 

.1.  H.  .  .  .  L'lllustration  Horticole.  Ghent.  (1854-1896.) 
(43 :72  =  vol.  and  col.  plate. )  The  volumes 
were  numbered  continuously,  but  there 
were  6  series.  Series  I.=  1854-63.  Se- 
ries II. =  1864-69.  Series  III. =  1870-80. 
Series  IV.  =  1881-86.  Series  V.  =  1887- 
93.  Series  VI.  =  1894-96.  The  plates 
were  numbered  continuously  in  the  first 
16  vols.  from  1  to  614  :  in  vols.  17-33 
they  run  from  1  to  619 :  in  series  V.  from 
1  to  190:  in  Series  VI.  they  begin  anew 
with  each  vol.  Valuable  indexes  in  vols. 
10  and  20.  Series  V.  in  4to,  the  rest  8vo. 

.J.  H.  .  .  .  Journal  of  Horticulture.  London.  Founded 
in  1848  as  The  Cottage  Gardener.  Series 
III.  only  is  cited,  beginning  1880.  (III. 
39:504=  series,  vol.,  page.) 

•Lt In  vol.   1  of  this  work,   sometimes  means 

Lindenia,  sometimes  Lowe's  Beautiful 
Leaved  Plants.  See  «  Lind."  and  "  Lowe." 

i..  B.  C.  .  .  The  Botanical  Cabinet.  Loddiges.  1817- 
33.  100  plates  in  each  vol.  Complete 
index  in  last  vol.  ( 20 :  2000  =  vol.  and 
col.  plate.) 

Lind.  .  .  .  Lindenia.  Ghent.  Founded  1885.  Folio. 
Devoted  to  orchids. 

Lowe  .  .  .  Beautiful  Leaved  Plants.  E.  J.  Lowe  and 
Howard.  London.  1864.  (60  =  col.  plate.) 

M A.  B.  Freeman-Mitford.  The  Bamboo  Gar- 
den. London.  1896.  (224  =  page.) 

.M.D.G.  .  Moller's  Deutsche  Gartner- Zeitung.  Erfurt. 
Founded  1886.  ( 1897:425  =  year  and  page. ) 

Mn.  .  .  .  Meehan's  Monthly.  Germantown,  Phila- 
delphia. Founded  1891.  (9:  192  =  vol. 
and  page  opposite  col.  plate.) 

JN Nicholson.    Dictionary  of  Gardening.    Vols. 

1-5  (1884-1901). 


P.  F.  G.  .  .  Lindley  &  Paxton.  Flower  Garden.  Lon- 
don. 1851-53.  3  vols.  4to. 

P.  G.  .  .  .  Popular  Gardening.  Buffalo.  1885-90. 
(5:  270=  vol.  and  page.) 

P.  M.  .  .  .  Paxton's  Magazine  of  Botany.  London. 
1834-49.  (16:  376  =  vol.  and  page  oppo- 
site col.  plate. )  Vol.  15  has  index  of  first 
15  vols. 

R Reichenbachia.  Ed.  by  Fred.  Sander.  Lon- 
don. Founded  1886.  Folio. 

R.  B.  .  .  .  Revue  de  1'Horticulture  Beige  et  Etrangere. 
Ghent.  Founded  1875  ?  (23:  288  =  vol.  and 
page  opposite  col.  plate. )  In  the  first  vol.  of 
the  CYCLOPEDIA  "R.B."  sometimes  means 
Belgique  Horticole,  but  the  confusion  is 
corrected  in  later  vols.,  where  Belgique 
Horticole  is  abbreviated  to  "B.H." 

R.  H.  .  .  .  Revue  Horticole.  Dates  from  1826,  but 
is  now  considered  to  have  been  founded  in 
1829.  ( 1899 : 596  =  year  and  page  opposite 
col.  plate.  1899,  p.  596  =  year  and  page 
opposite  black  figure.) 

S Schneider.  The  Book  of  Choice  Ferns. 

London.  In  3  vols.  Vol.  1,  1892.  Vol.  2, 
1893. 

S.  B.F.G.  .  Sweet  British  Flower  Garden.  London. 
Series  I.,  1823-29,  3  vols.  Series  II., 
1831-38,  4  vols. 

S.  H.  .  .  .  Semaine  Horticole.  Ghent.  Founded  1897. 
(3 : 548  =  year  and  page. ) 

S.  M.  .  .  .  Semaine  Horticole.  Erroneously  cited  in 
this  fashion  a  few  times  in  first  vol. 

S.S.  .  .  .  Sargent.  The  Silva  of  North  America. 
13  vols.  Vol.  1,  1891.  Vol.  12,  1898. 
(12:620  =  vol.  and  plate,  not  colored.) 

S.  Z.  .  .  .  Siebold  &  Zuccarini.  Flora  Japonica.  Vol. 
1,  1835-44.  Vol.  2  by  Miquel,  1870. 
(2: 150  =  vol.  and  plate.) 

V.  orV.M.  Vick's  Magazine.  Rochester,  N.  Y  Founded 
1878.  Vols.  numbered  continuously 
through  the  3  series.  Vols.  begin  with 
Nov.  (23:250  =  vol.  and  page.)  Some- 
times cited  as  "Vick." 

IV.  OF  AUTHORS  OF  PLANT  NAMES 

By  common  consent,  the  Latin  name  of  a  plant, 
in  order  to  be  considered  by  botanists,  must  first  be 
regularly  published  by  a  reputable  author  in  a  rep- 
utable book  or  periodical.  As  an  index  to  this 
name,  the  name  of  its  author  is  published  with  it 
whenever  an  accurate  account  of  the  species  is 
given.  Thus,  Abelia  Chinensis,  R.  Br.,  means  that 
this  name  was  made  by  Kobert  Brown.  This  cita- 
tion at  once  distinguishes  Eobert  Brown's  Abelia 
Chinensis  from  any  other  Abelia  Chinensis  ;  for  it  is 
possible  that  some  other  author  may  have  given 
this  name  to  some  other  plant, — in  which  case  the 
older  name  must  stand.  Thus,  the  Abelia  serrata  of 
Siebold  &  Zuccarini  is  not  the  A.  serrata  of  Nich- 
olson. In  some  cases,  the  fact  that  there  are  two 
plants  passing  under  one  name  is  indicated  in  the 
citation:  Abelia  rupestris,  Hort.,  not  Lindl.,  means 
that  the  rupestris  of  horticulturists  is  not  the  nipti** 
tris  of  Lindley.  "Hort."  means  that  the  particular 
name  is  one  in  use  amongst  horticulturists, — that 
it  is  a  garden  name. 

The  citation  of  authorities  gives  a  clue  to  the 
time  and  place  of  publication  of  the  species.  It  is 


ABBREVIATIONS 


xix 


an  index  to  the  literature  of  the  subject.  It  is  no 
part  of  the  idea  merely  to  give  credit  or  honor  to 
the  man  who  made  the  name.  It  is  held  by  some 
that  the  authority  is  au  integral  part  of  the  name, 
and  should  always  go  with  it;  but  common  usage 
dictates  otherwise,  for  the  authority  is  never  pro- 
nounced with  the  Latin  words  in  common  speech. 
The  authority  is  a  matter  of  bibliography,  not  of 
language. 

It  remains  to  be  said  (as  already  explained  un- 
der the  discussion  of  Nomenclature,  page  xiv.)  that 
the  Editor  holds  that  the  name  of  a  plant  is  of  two 
coordinate  words.  Therefore,  it  is  the  habit  of  this 
"york  to  cite  the  author  who  first  made  the  combi- 
nation of  the  two,  not  the  one  who  first  invented 
the  specific  name.  Thus,  Linnaeus  called  a  certain 
plant  Eupatorium  ccelestinum ;  DeCandolle,  however, 
prefers  to  put  this  plant  in  the  genus  Conoclinium, 
and  calls  it  Conoclinium  ccelestinum.  For  the  name 
in  Eupatorium,  Linnseus  is  cited:  for  the  name  in 
Conoclinium,  De  Candolle  is  cited.  Some  writers 
would  cite  both  authors  under  Conoclinium,  thus: 
Conoclinium  ccelestinum,  (Linn.)  DC.  The  authority 
in  parentheses  is  the  one  who  invented  the  specific 
name  itself:  the  other  is  the  one  who  made  the 
particular  combination.  This  double  citation  is 
bungling,  particularly  for  a  horticultural  work.  Its 
merit  is  the  fact  that  it  suggests  the  history  of  the 
name ;  but  it  is  not  complete  in  this  respect,  for 
the  name  may  have  been  used  in  other  combina- 
tions, of  which  the  citation  gives  no  hint.  The  full 
history  of  a  name  can  appear  only  in  the  synonymy. 
ADANS.  Michael  Adanson,  1727-1806.  France. 
AIT.  William  Alton,  1731-1793.  England. 
AIT.  f.  William  Townsend  Aiton,  the  son,  1766-1849. 

England. 

ALL.     Carlo  Allioni,  1725-1804.    Italy. 

ANDR.     Henry  C.Andrews, botanical  artist  and  engraver, 

conducted  The  Botanists'  Repository  from  1799-1811, 

and  illustrated  books  on  heaths,  geraniums  and  roses. 

ANDRE.     Edouard    Andre",  once    editor  of   Illustration 

Horticole,  now  editor-in-chief  of  Revue  Horticole. 
ARN.     George  Arnold  Walker  Arnott,  1799-1868.    Scot- 
land. 
BAILL.    H.  Baillon,  author  of  the  great  natural  history 

of  plants  in  French. 

BAKER.    John  Gilbert  Baker,  formerly  keeper  of  the  Her- 
barium of  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  England. 
BALT.     Charles  Baltet,  frequent  contributor  to  Revue 

Horticole. 
BEAN.    W.  J.  Bean,  recent  writer  from  Kew  in  Gard. 

Chron.  on  bamboos. 
BEAUV.    Ambroise  Marie  Francois  Joseph   Palisot  de 

Beauvois,  1755-1820.    France. 

BEISSN.  L.  Beissner,  Inspector  of  the  Botanic  Gardens 
at  Bonn,  and  Instructor  at  Poppelsdorf,  pub.  Hand- 
buch  der  Nadelholzkunde. 

BENTH.  George  Bentham,  1800-1884,  one  of  England's 
most  distinguished  botanists. 


BENTH.  &  HOOK.  George  Bentham  and  J.  D.  Hooker, 
authors  of  Genera  Plantarum.  England. 

BERNH.     Johann  Jacob  Bernhardi,  1774-1850.  Germany. 

BERT.  Carlo  Giuseppe  Bertero,  1789-1831.  Died  be- 
tween Tahiti  and  Chile. 

BIEB.  Friedrich  August  Marschall  von  Bieberstein, 
1768-1826.  German  botanist;  lived  later  in  Russia. 

BIGEL.    Jacob  Bigelow,  1787-1879.    Massachusetts. 

BL.     See  Blume. 

BLUME.  Karl  Ludwig  Blume,  b.  1796  at  Braun- 
schweig, d.  1862  at  Leyden.  Wrote  much  on  Javan 
plants. 

Boiss.     Edmond  Boissier,  1810-1886.    Switzerland. 

BOJER.  W.  Bojer,  1800-1856,  author  of  a  Flora  of  Mau- 
ritius. Austria. 

BRITTON.  Nathaniel  Lord  Britton,  Director  New  York 
Botanic  Garden,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

BRONGN.  Adolphe  Theodore  Brongniart,  1801-1876. 
France. 

BULL.    William  Bull,  plant  merchant,  London. 

BULL.  Pierre  Bulliard,  1742-1793,  author  of  the  great 
HerUer  de  la  France  in  12  folio  vols.,  with  600 
plates. 

BUNGE.    Alexander  von  Bunge,  1803-1890.     Russia. 

BURM.  Johannes  Burmann,  1706-1779,  Prof,  at  Amster- 
dam, wrote  on  plants  of  Ceylon  and  Malabar. 

BURM.  f .  Nickolaus  Laurens  Burmann,  1734-1793.  Soa 
of  Johannes. 

CARR.  Elie  Abel  Carriere,  1818-1896,  distinguished 
French  botanist  and  horticulturist,  editor  of  Revue 
Horticole. 

CASS.  Alexandre  Henri  Gabriel  Cassini,  Comte  de, 
1781-1832.  France. 

CAV.    Antonio  Jos4  Cavanilles,  1745-1804.    Spain. 

CERV.     Vicente  Cervantes,  1759  ( ?)-1829.    Mexico. 

CHAM.  Adalbert  von  Chamisso,  poet  and  naturalist, 
1781-1838.  Germany. 

CHAPM.  Alvan  Wentworth  Chapman,  1809-1899,  author 
of  Flora  of  the  Southern  United  States. 

CHOIS.    Jacques  Denys  Choisy,  1799-1859.    Switzerland. 

CUNN.  Richard  Cunningham,  1793-1835.  Colonial  bot- 
anist in  Australia. 

CUNN.,  A.  Allan  Cunningham,  b.  1791,  Scotland,  d. 
1839,  Sidney,  Australia.  Brother  of  Richard. 

CURT.  William  Curtis,  1746-1799.  England.  Founder 
of  the  Botanical  Magazine,  now  known  as  Curtis' 
Botanical  Magazine. 

CURTIS.  Moses  Ashley  Curtis,  1808-1873.  North  Carolina. 

DC.  Augustin  Pyramus  De  Candolle,  1778-1841,  projec- 
tor of  the  Prodromus,  and  head  of  a  distinguished 
f  amily .  Alphonse  •  De  Candolle,  the  son  ( 1806-1893 ) , 
and  Casimir  DeCandolle,  the  grandson,  are  also 
quoted  in  this  work. 

DECNE.    Joseph  Decaisne,  1809-1882.    France. 

DESF.     Ren6  Louiche  Desfontaines,  1750-1833.    France. 

DESV.    Augustin  Nicaise  Desvaux,  1784-1856.    France. 

DEVR.  Willem  Hendrik  de  Vriese,  1807-1862,  Prof, 
of  Botany  at  Leyden.  Wrote  on  medical  plants  and 
plants  of  the  Dutch  East  Indies. 

DICKS.  James  Dickson,  1738-1822,  Scotch  writer  on 
flowerless  plants. 

DIPP.  Dr.  L.  Dippel,  of  Darmstadt,  Germany.  Den- 
drologist;  pub.  Handbuch  der  Laubholzkunde. 


XX 


ABBREVIATIONS 


D.  DON.  David  Don,  brother  of  George,  1800-1841. 
Scotland. 

DON.     George  Don,  1798-1856.     England. 

DONN.  James  Donn,  1758-1813,  author  of  Hortus  Can- 
tabrigiensis.  England. 

DOUGLAS.  David  Douglas,  1799-1834,  collector  in  north- 
western America.  Scotland. 

DRUDE.     Prof.  O.  Drude,  of  Dresden,  Germany. 

DUCHESNE.  Antoine  Nicolas  Duchesne,  1747-1827. 
France. 

DUMORT.  Barthe"lemy  Charles  Dumortier,  1797-1878. 
Belgium. 

DUNAL.     Michel  Felix  Dunal,  1789-1856.     France. 

DYER.  W.  T.  Thistleton-Dyer,  Director  of  Kew  Gar- 
dens, present  editor  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa, 
etc. 

EATON,  A.  Amos  Eaton,  1776-1842,  author  of  a  Manual 
of  Botany  for  North  America,  1st  ed.  1817,  8th  ed. 
1841. 

EATON,  D.  C.  Daniel  Cady  Eaton,  Prof,  at  Yale  Col- 
lege, and  writer  on  ferns. 

EHRH.     Friedrich  Ehrhart,  1742-1795.     Germany. 

ELL.     Stephen  Elliott,  1771-1830.     South  Carolina. 

ELLIS.    John  Ellis,  1711-1776.     England. 

ENDL.  Stephan  Ladislaus  Endlicher,  1804-1849,  Prof, 
at  Vienna.  Numerous  works. 

ENGELM.     George  Engelmann,  1809-1884.     Missouri. 

ENGLER.  Prof.  A.  Engler,  of  Berlin,  joint  author  of 
Engler  and  Prantl's  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamilien. 

F.  C.  LEHM.     See  Lehm.,  F.  C. 

FEE.  Antoine  Laurent  Apollinaire  Fe"e,  1789-1874. 
France. 

FISCH.  Friedrich  Ernst  Ludwigvon  Fischer,  1782-1854. 
Russia. 

FORB.  John  Forbes,  catalogued  heaths,  willows,  coni- 
fers, and  other  plants  at  Woburn  Abbey. 

FORSK.  Pehr  Forskal,  1736-1768,  collected  in  Egypt 
and  Arabia. 

FORST.  Johann  Reinhold  Forster,  1729-1798.  Germany. 
(Also  Georg  Forster,  the  son. )  . 

FRASER.  John  Fraser,  1750-1811,  traveled  in  America 
1785-96.  Had  a  son  of  same  name. 

FRCEL.    Joseph  Aloys  Fnslich,  1766-1841.     Germany. 

F.  v.  M.  Ferdinand  von  Mueller,  Royal  botanist  of 
Australia,  author  of  many  works  on  economic 
plants.  See  Muell. 

GAERTN.    Joseph  Gaertner,  1732-1791.     Germany. 

OADD.  Charles  Gaudichaud-Beaupre",  1789-1864. 
France. 

OAWL.     See  Ker. 

GMEL.     Samuel  Gottlieb  Gmelin,  1743-1774.     Russia. 

OOEPP.  Heinrich  Robert  Goeppert,  1800-1884,  Prof,  at 
Breslau.  Wrote  much  on  fossil  botany. 

GORD.  George  Gordon,  1806-1879,  author  of  the  Pine- 
turn,  London,  1858. 

GRAY.  Asa  Gray,  1810-1888,  Harvard  University, 
Massachusetts.  America's  most  noted  botanist. 

GREENM.  J.  M.  Greenman,  writes  from  Harvard  Uni- 
versity on  Mexican  plants. 

GRISEB.,  GRIS.  Heinrich  Rudolph  August  Grisebach, 
1814-1879.  Germany. 

HASSK.    Justus  Karl  Hasskarl,  1811-        .    Germany. 

HAYNE.  Friedrich  Gottlob  Hayne,  1763-1832,  Prof,  at 
Berlin.  Medicinal  plants ;  trees  and  shrubs. 


HAW.     Adrian  Hardy  Haworth,  1772-1833.    England. 

HBK.  Friedrich  Alexander  von  Humboldt,  1796-1859. 
Germany.  Aime"  Bonpland,  1773-1858.  France.  Karl 
Sigismund  Kunth,  1788-1850.  Germany.  Authors  of 
a  great  work  on  plants  of  the  New  World. 

HEMSL.  W.  Botting  Hemsley,  Keeper  at  Kew,  has 
written  many  reviews  of  genera  of  horticultural 
value  in  Gard.  Chron.  and  elsewhere. 

HERB.     William  Herbert,  1778-1847.    England. 

HOCHST.  Christian  Friedrich  Hochstetter,  1787-1860, 
described  many  African  plants. 

HOFFM.     Georg  Franz  Hoffmann,  1761-1826.    Germany. 

HOOK.     William  Jackson  Hooker,   1785-1865.    England. 

HOOK.  f.    Joseph  Dalton  Hooker,  the    son,  1817- 
England. 

HORT.  Hortorum,  literally  of  tlie  gardens.  Placed  af- 
ter names  current  among  horticulturists,  but  not 
necessarily  all  horticulturists.  Often  used  with  less 
exactness  than  names  of  authors.  Frequently  in- 
dicates garden  or  unknown  origin.  Many  of  these 
plants  have  never  been  sufficiently  described. 

JACQ.     Nicolaus  Joseph  Jacquin,  1727-1817.     Austria. 

Juss.  Antoine  Laurent  Jussieu,  1748-1836,  the  first  to 
introduce  the  natural  families  of  plants.  France. 

KARW.  Wilhelm  Karwinsky  von  Karwin,  d.  1855,  col- 
lector in  Brazil. 

KAULF.  Georg  Friedrich  Kaulfuss,  Prof,  at  Halle,  d. 
1830.  He  described  the  ferns  collected  by  Chamisso. 

KER.  John  Bellenden  Ker,  1765  (?)-1871,  botanist,  wit 
and  man  of  fashion.  First  known  as  John  Gawler. 
In  1793  was  compelled  to  leave  army  because  of  sym- 
pathy with  French  Rev.  His  name  was  changed  in 
1804  to  John  Ker  Bellenden,  but  he  was  known  to  his 
friends  as  Bellenden  Ker.  First  editor  of  Edwards' 
Botanical  Register. 

KER-GAWL.     See  Ker. 

KLATT.  Friedrich  Wilhelm  Klatt,  a  contemporaneous 
botanist.  Germany. 

KLOTZSCH.  Johann  Friedrich  Klotzsch,  1805-1860,  cu- 
rator of  Royal  herbarium  at  Berlin,  monographer  of 
Begoniaceffi. 

KOCH.     Karl  Koch,  1809-1879.     Germany. 

KOEHNE.  Emil  Koehne,  Prof .  at  Berlin.  Pub.  Deutsche 
Dendrologie. 

KOTSCHY.  Theodor  Kotschy,  Asst.  curator  at  Vienna, 
1813-1866.  Wrote  on  oriental  plants. 

KRANZL.  F.  Kranzlin,  Berlin,  writes  on  orchids  in  The 
Gardeners'  Chronicle.  - 

KUNTH.     See  HBK. 

LAG.    Mariano  Lagasca,  1776-1839,  one  of  Spain's  most 
distinguished  botanists. 

LAM.  Jean  Baptiste  Antoine  Pierre  Monnet  Lamarck, 
1744-1829,  author  of  the  Lamarckian  philosophy  of 
organic  evolution.  France. 

LANGS.  Georg  Heinrich  von  Langsdorf,  1774-1852, 
Russian  consul-general  in  Brazil. 

LAUTH.  Thomas  Lauth,  1758-1826,  Prof,  of  Anatomy 
at  Strassburg,  wrote  a  40-page  monograph  on  Acer 
in  1781. 

LECQ.  Henry  Lecoq,  b.  1802,  once  Prof,  at  Clermont- 
Ferrand,  wrote  an  elementary  botany,  a  dictionary 
of  botanical  terms,  a  book  on  hybridization,  etc. 

LECONTE.  John  Eaton  LeConte,  1784-1860.  Pennsyl- 
vania. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


xxi 


LEDER.     Karl     Friedrich     von     Ledebour,     1785-1851. 

Russia. 
LEHM.     Johann    Georg    Christian  Lehmann,  1792-1860, 

Prof,  at  Hamburg,  wrote  several  monographs,  and 

described  many  new  plants. 
LEHM..  F.  C.     F.  C.  Lehmann,  living  German  collector 

in  South  America. 
LEK-HT.     Max    Leichtlin,  horticulturist,    Baden-Baden, 

Germany. 

LEM.     Charles  Lemaire,  1800-1871.     Belgium. 
L'HER.      C.     L.     L'He~ritier     de  Brutelle,     1746-1800. 

France. 

LIND.  &  ROD.     L.  Linden  and  E.  Rodigas,  once  adminis- 
trator and  editor,  respectively,  of  L'lllustration  Hor- 

ticole. 
LINDEN.    J.   Linden,    1817-1898.     Belgium.     For  many 

years  director  of  L'lllustration  Horticole. 
LINI>..  L.     Lucien  Linden,  associated  with  J.  Linden  for 

some  years  on  L'lllustration  Horticole. 
LINDL.     John    Lindley,     1799-1865,    one    of    the    most 

illustrious  of  English  horticulturists. 
LINK.     Heinrich  Friedrich  Link,  1767-1851.     Germany. 
LINN.     Carolus   Linnaeus  (Carl  von  Linne"),  1707-1778, 

the  "Father   of  Botany,"  and    author    of    binomial 

nomenclature.     Sweden. 

LINX.  f.     Carl  von  Linne",  the  son,  1741-1783.     Sweden. 
LODD.     Conrad   Loddiges,    nurseryman    near   London, 

conducted  Loddiges'  Botanical  Cabinet  from  1817-33, 

20  vols.,  2,000  colored  plates. 
LOISEL.    Jean  Louis  Auguste  Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, 

1774-1849.     France. 
LOUD.     John  Claudius  Loudon,  1783-1843,  an  extremely 

prolific  English  writer. 
LorK.    Juan  Loureiro,  1715-1796,  missionary  in  China. 

Portugal. 

MARSH.     Humphrey  Marshall,  1722-1801.   Pennsylvania. 
MART.     Karl  Friedrich  Philipp  von  Martius,  1794-1868, 

Prof,  at  Munich,  monographer  of  palms,  founder  of 

the  great  Flora    Brasiliensis,  and  author  of   many 

works. 
MAST.     Maxwell  T.  Masters,  editor  of  The  Gardeners' 

Chronicle,  wherein  he  has  described  great  numbers 

of  new  plants  of  garden  value ;  author  of  Vegetable 

Teratology,  etc. 
MAX.  or  MAXIM.      Karl  Johann  Maximowicz,  1827-1891, 

one  of  the  most  illustrious  Russian  systematic  bota- 
nists; wrote  much  on  Asian  plants. 
MEDIC.     Friedrich  Casmir  Medikus,  1736-1808,  director 

of  the  garden  at  Mannheim,  wrote  a  book  of  96  pages 

in  German  on  North  American  plants  in  1792. 
MEISX.     Karl   Friedrich   Meisner,  1800-1874.     Switzer- 
land. 
METT.     Georg  Heinrich  Mettenius,  1823-1866,  Prof,  at 

Leipzig,  wrote  on  flowerless  plants. 
MEY.     Ernst     Heinrich     Friedrich    Meyer,    1791-1851. 

Prussia. 
MEY.,  C.  A.     Carl  Anton    Meyer,   1795-1855,    director 

botanic  garden  at  St.  Petersburg,  wrote  on  Russian 

botany. 
JttiCHX.     Andre    Michaux,   1746-1802.     France,  but   for 

ten  years  a  resident  of  North  America. 
MICHX.  f .     Francois  Andre"  Michaux,  the  son,  1770-1855. 
France. 


MILL.     Phillip  Miller,  1691-1771,  of  Chelsea,  England, 
author  of    a    celebrated    dictionary  of    gardening, 
which  had  many  editions. 
MIQ.     Friedrich    Anton    Wilhelm    Miquel,     1811-1871. 

Holland. 
MITFORD.     A.  B.   Freeman-Mitford,  English    amateur, 

author  of  The  Bamboo  Garden. 
MOENCH.     Konrad  Moench,  1744-1805.     Germany. 
MONCH.     See  Moench. 

MOORE.  Thomas  Moore,  1821-1887,  curator  of  Chelsea 
Botanic  Garden,  author  of  Index  Filicum,  and  other 
well  known  works. 

MOQ.    Alfred     Moquin-Tandon,     1804-1863.       France. 
MORREN.     Charles  Jacques  Edouard  Morren,  of  Ghent. 

1833-1886. 

MOTT.     S.  Mottet,  frequent  contributor  to  Revue  Hor- 
ticole,   translator     of    Nicholson's     Dictionary    of 
Gardening. 
MUELL.  ARG.     Jean    Mueller,    of    Aargau,  wrote   for 

De  Candolle's  Prodromus,  vol.  16. 
MUELL.,  C.     Carl  Mueller,  1817-1870,  who  edited  vols. 

4-6  of  Walpers'  Annals. 

MUELL.,  F.  Ferdinand  von  Mueller,  Royal  botanist  at 
Melbourne,  has  written  much  on  Australian  and 
economic  botany. 

.  MUHL.    Henry  Ludwig  Muhlenberg,  1756-1817.     Penn- 
sylvania. 

MURR.    Johann  Andreas  Murray.  1740-1791.     Germany. 
MURR.,  A.     Andrew  Murray,  1812-1878,  author  of    The 

Pines  and  Firs  of  Japan.     London,  1863. 
NAUD.     Charles   Naudin,  1815-1899,  botanist,  frequent 

contributor  to  Revue  Horticole. 
NDN.     See  Naud. 
N.E.  BR.      N.  E.  Brown  describes  many  new  plants  in 

Gardeners'  Chronicle. 
NEES.     Christian  Gottfried  Nees  von  Esenbeck,   1776- 

1858.     Prussia. 
NICHOLS.     George  Nicholson,  Curator  at  Kew,   author 

of  The  Dictionary  of  Gardening. 
NUTT.     Thomas  Nuttall,  1786-1859.     Massachusetts. 
O'BRIEN.    James  O'Brien,  current  writer  on  orchids  in 

Gardeners'  Chronicle. 
OLIV.     Daniel  Oliver,  once  Curator  at  Kew,  and  founder 

of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa. 
ORPH.     Theodor  Georg  Orphanides,  Prof,  of  Botany  at 

Athens.     D.  1886. 
ORTEGA,   ORT.    Casimiro     Gomez    Ortega,   1740-1818. 

Spain. 

OTTO.     Friedrich  Otto,  1782-1856.     Germany. 
PALL.     Peter   Simon   Pallas,  1741-1811,  professor  and 

explorer  in  Russia.     Germany. 
PAX.     Ferdinand  Pax,  German  botanist.     Breslau. 
PAXT.     Joseph  Paxton,  1802-1865.     England. 
PERS.     Christian   Hendrick   Persoon,    1755-1837.     Ger- 
many. 
PLANCH.    Jules  Emile   Planchon,    professor   at   Mont- 

pellier.     France. 
POHL.    Johann    Emmanuel    Pohl,   1782-1834,    Prof,   at 

Vienna,  wrote  a  large  book  on  travels  in  Brazil. 
POIR.    Jean  Louis  Marie  Poiret,  1755-1834.     France. 
PRESL.    Karel  Boriweg  Presl,  1794-1852.     Bohemia. 
PURSH.     Frederick   T.  Pursh    (or  Pursch),   1774-1820 
Siberia,  but  for  12  years  in  the  United  States. 


XX11 


ABBREVIATIONS 


RADDI.     Giuseppe  Raddi,  1770-1829.     Italy. 

RAF.     Constantino  Samuel  Rafinesque-Schmaltz,  1784- 

1842.     Prof,  of  Nat.  Hist.  Transylvania  Univ.,  Lex- 
ington, Ky. 
K.  BB.     Robert   Brown,  b.   Scotland,  1773,  d.   London, 

1858.     Author  of  many  important  works. 
REGEL.     Eduard  von  Regel,  1815-1892,  German,  founder 

of  Gartenflora;  Dir.  Bot.  Garden  at  St.  Petersburg. 
REICH.     Heinrich  Gottlieb  Ludwig  Reichenbach,  1793- 

1879.    Germany. 

REICH,  f.     Heinrich  Gustav,  1823-1889,  son  of  the  pre- 
ceding.   Orchids. 

RICH.  John  Richardson,  1787-1865.  Scotland.  [prance. 
RICHARD.  Louis  Claude  Marie  Richard,  1754-1821. 
RIDDELL.  John  Leonard  Riddell,  1807-1865,  Prof,  of 

Chemistry  in  Cincinnati  and  New  Orleans. 
ROB.     Dr.  B.  L.  Robinson,  Director  Gray  Herbarium  of 

Harvard  Univ.,  is  editing  The   Synoptical  Flora  of 

North  America. 
ROD.     Emile  Rodigas,  for  some  years  connected  with 

L'lllustration  Horticole. 
ROEM.    Johann  Jacob  Roemer,  1763-1819.    Switzerland. 

Also  M.  J.  Roemer. 

ROSCOE.    William  Roscoe,  1753-1831.    England. 
ROSE.    J.  N.  Rose,  Asst.    Curator,  U.   S.  Nat.  Herb., 

Smithsonian  Institution.     Mexican  plants. 
ROTH.    Albrecht  Wilhelm  Roth,  1757-1834,  Physician  at 

Vegesack,  near  Bremen. 

ROXBG.     William  Roxburgh,  1759-1815.   India. 
ROYLE.    John  Forbes  Royle,  b.    1800  at  Cawnpore,  d. 

London,  1858.   Prof,  in  London.    Plants  of  India. 
Ruiz  &  PAV.     Hipolito  Ruiz  Lopez,  1764-1815,  and  Jose" 

Pavon,  authors  of  a  Flora  of  Peru  and  Chile.    Spain. 
RUPR.     Franz  J.  Ruprecht,  1814-1870.    Russia. 
S.  &  Z.     See  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 

SABINE.  Joseph  Sabine,  1770-1837.  England.  [land. 
SALISB.  Richard  Anthony  Salisbury,  1761-1829.  Eng- 
SALM-DYCK.  Joseph,  Prince  and  High  Count  Salm- 

Reifferscheidt-Dyck,  b.  at  Dyck,  1773,  d.  1861.   Wrote 

on  Aloe,  Cactus,  Mesembryanthemum. 
SARG.     Prof.   Charles   Sprague   Sargent,  Dir.    Arnold 

Arboretum,  author  of   Silva  of  North  America. 
SCHEIDW.    Michael    Joseph     Scheidweiler,    1799-1861, 

Prof,  of  Bot.  and  Hort.  at  Hort.  Inst.  of  Ghent. 
SCHLECHT.     Diedrich  Franz  Leonhard  von  Schlechten- 

dahl,  1794-1866.    Prof,  at  Halle, wrote  several  memoirs 

in  Latin  and  German. 
SCHLDL.     See  Schlecht. 
SCHOTT.     Heinrich   Wilhelm   Schott,    1794-1865,   wrote 

much  on  Aroids  with  Nyman  and  Kotschy. 
SCHRAD.     Heinrich  Adolph  Schrader,  1767-1836.     Ger- 
many. 
SCHW.,  SCHWEIN.     Lewis  David  von  Schweinitz,  1780- 

1834.    Pennsylvania. 

SCHWER.     Graf  Schwerin,  German  authority  on  Acer. 
SCOP.    Johann  Anton  Scopoli,  1723-1788.    Italy. 
SEEM.     Berthold    Seemann,  Hanover,  1825-1872,  wrote 

on  palms,  and  botany  of  the  voyage  of  the  Herald. 
SIBTH.    John  Sibthorp,  1758-1796,  author  of  a  Flora  of 

Greece.    England. 
SIEB.  &  Zucc.     Philipp   Franz  von    Siebold,  1796-1866, 

and    Joseph  Gerhard    Zuccariui,    1797-1848.      Ger- 
many. 


SIEBERT.  A.  Siebert,  Dir.  of  the  Palm  Gard.  at  Frank- 
furt, joint  author  of  Vilmorin's  Blumengartnerei. 

SIMS.  John  Sims,  1792-1838.  England,  for  many  years 
editor  of  Curtis'  Botanical  Magazine. 

SMITH.     James  Edward  Smith,  1759-1828.    England. 

SOL.,  SOLAND.     Daniel    Solander,  1736-1782.     England. 

SPACH.  Eduard  Spach,  b.  Strassburg,  1801,  d.  1879. 
Author  of  Histoires  Naturelle  des  Vegetatix. 

SPAETH.     L.  Spaeth,  Berlin,  nurseryman. 

SPRENG.     Kurt  Sprengel,  1766-1833.    Germany. 

STEUD.     Ernst  Gottlieb  Steudel,  1783-1856.     Germany. 

STEV.     Christian  Steven,  1781-1863.     Russia. 

ST.  HIL.    Auguste  de  Saint  Hilaire,  1779-1853.   France. 

SWARTZ.     Olof  Swartz,  1760-1818.    Sweden. 

SWEET.  Robert  Sweet,  1783-1835,  author  of  many  well 
known  works,  as  Geraniaceae,  British  Flower  Garden. 

Swz.     See  Swartz. 

THORE.    Jean  Thore,  1762-1823,  physician  at  Dax. 

THUNB.     Carl  Peter  Thunberg,  1743-1822.    Sweden. 

TORR.     John  Torrey,  1796-1873.    New  York.  [setts. 

TUCKM.     Edward     Tuckerman,     1817-1886.     Massachu- 

UNDERW.  Prof.  LucienM.  Underwood,  Columbia  Univ., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  has  written  much  on  ferns,  etc. 

VAHL.    Martin  Vahl,  1749-1804.    Denmark. 

VAN  HOUTTE.  Louis  Van  Houtte,  1810-1876,  founder 
and  publisher  of  Flore  des  Serres. 

VEITCH.  John  Gould  Veitch,  1839-1867,  and  successors, 
horticulturists  at  Chelsea,  England. 

VENT.     Etienne  Pierre  Ventenat,  1757-1808.    France. 

VERL.     B.  Verlot,  contributor  to  Revue  Horticole. 

VERSCH.  Ambroise  Verschaffelt,  1825-1886,  founder  and 
publisher  of  L'lllustration  Horticole  at  Ghent,  Bel- 
gium. 

VILL.    Dominique  Villars,  1745-1814.    France. 

VILM.  Several  generations  of  the  family  of  Vilmorin, 
Paris,  seedsmen  and  authors  of  many  books  and 
memoirs  on  botany  and  horticulture.  Pierre  Philippe 
Andr6  Leveque  de  Vilmorin,  1746-1804.  Pierre  Vil- 
morin,  1816-1860.  Henry  L.  de  Vilmorin,  d.  1899. 

Voss.  A.  Voss,  author  of  botanical  part  of  Vilmorin's 
Blumengartnerei. 

WAHL.     Georg  Wahlenberg,  1781-1851.    Sweden. 

WALL.  Nathanael  Wallich,  b.  Copenhagen  1786,  d. 
London  1854,  wrote  on  plants  of  India  and  Asia. 

WALP.     Wilhelm    Gerhard   Walpers,    1816-1853. 

WALT.  Thomas  Walter,  about  1740-1788,  author  of 
Flora  Caroliniana.  South  Carolina. 

WANG.  Friedrich  Adam  Julius  von  Wangenheim,  1747- 
1800.  Germany. 

WATS.     Sereno  Watson,  1826-1892.    Harvard  University. 

WEDD.  H.  A.  Weddell,  wrote  for  De  Candolle's  Pro- 
dromus,  vol.  16,  etc. 

WENDL.,  H.  Hermann  Wendland,  Dir.  Royal  Bot. 
Garden  at  Herrenhausen,  one  of  the  chief  writers  on 
palms. 

WILLD.     Karl  Ludwig  Willdenow,  1765-1812.    Germany.. 

WITH.,  WITHER.    William  Withering,  1741-1799.    Eng. 

WITTM.  Max  Karl  Ludwig  Wittmack,  editor  of  Gar- 
tenflora. Prof,  at  Berlin. 

WOOD.  Alphonso  Wood,  1810-1881.  Of  his  Class-Book 
of  Botany,  100,000  copies  have  been  sold  in  Amer. 

Zucc.  Joseph  Gerhard  Zuccarini,  1797-1848,  Prof,  at 
Munich. 


Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture 


AB^LIA  ( after  Dr.  Clarke  Abel,  d.  1826).  Caprifolia- 
cece.  Small  shrubs  :  Ivs.  opposite,  small,  petioled  and 
mostly  dentate:  fls.  tubular,  unequally  5-lobed,  in  axil- 
lary, 1-3-fld. cymes, sometimes  forming  terminal  panicles: 
fr.  a  dry,  leathery  berry.  E.  Asia,  Himalayas  and  Mexico. 
Free-flowering  low  shrubs  for  cool  greenhouse  or  outdoor 
cultivation.  The  Japanese  and  Chinese  species  are  the 
hardiest,  but  in  the  north  require  some  protection  during 
the  winter.  The  Mexican  species  are  hardy  only  south. 
If  potted,  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  loam  will  suit 
them ;  in  the  open  they  grow  best  in  sandy  soil  in  a  sunny 
position.  Prop,  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  summer  or  by 
layers  in  spring. 

Chinensis,  R.  Br.  (A.  mpestris,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  ovate, 
rounded  at  the  base,  serrate,  hairy  on  the  midrib  beneath 
and  sometimes  with  scattered  hairs  above,  deciduous: 
fls.  in  terminal  panicles,  white,  Kin.  long;  sepals  5;  sta- 
mens exserted.  Summer.  China.  B.R.  32:8.  On.  27, 
p.  424. 

floribunda,  Decaisne.  Shrub,  4  ft.:  Ivs.  persistent, 
oval,crenate-serrate,  ciliate:  peduncles  axillary,  1-3-fld. ; 
corolla  rosy  purple,  2  in.  long;  sepals  5.  Summer.  Mex. 
B.M.  4316.  F.S.  2:5.  R.B.  23:157. 

grandifldra,  Hort.  (A.  Chinensis  xuniflora,  A.  rupes- 
tris,  Hort.,  not  Lindl.  A.  rupestris,  var.  grandifldra, 
Andre.  A.  unifldra,  Hort.,  not  Turcz.).  Lvs.  ovate, 
rounded  or  attenuate  at  the  base,  serrate,  shining  above, 
nearly  glabrous,  half -evergreen :  fls.  in  terminal  panicles, 
white  flushed  pink,  over  %in.long;  sepals  2-5;  stamens 
not  exserted.  Of  garden  origin.  Gt.  41:1366.—  One  of 
the  hardiest  and  most  free-flowering  Abelias;  it  flowers 
continuously  from  June  to  Nov. 

A.  biflora,  Turcz.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  hairy,  coarsely  ser- 
rate, deciduous  :  fls.  white;  sepals 4.  Manchuria,  N.  China.— 
A.  serrdta,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Allied  to  A. biflora.  Sepals  2.  Japan. 
S.Z.l:-34.-A.spathuldta,Sieb.&Zncc.  Allied  to  A.  biflora.  Lvs. 
ovate:  fls.ove*  1  in.  long,  white  tinged  yellow  in  throat;  sepalsS. 
Japan.  S.Z.I: 34.  B.M. 6601.— A.triflbra.R.  Br.  Lvs. persistent, 
lanceolate,  nearly  entire,  hairy  :  fls.  white,  tinged  with  pink ; 
sep.  5,  linear,  long,  hairy.  Himal.  P.F.G.  3:  91.  R.H.  1870:  511.— 
A.Mni/Zora.R.Br.  (A.  serrata,  Nichols., not S.&Z.).  Lvs.  persis- 
tent, ovate-lanceolate  :  fls.  rosy  white  with  yellow  in  throat; 
sepals  2.  China.  B.M.  4694.  Gn.  27,  p.  425.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ABERIA(Mt.Aber).  Bixinacece.  The  Kei  Apple  of  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope;  a  spiny  plant  grown  S.  for  hedges, 
but  killed  in  Fla.  by  freeze  of  1893;  is  considered  prom- 
ising for  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla.  as  a  fruit  plant.  Int.  1891. 
Fresh  fruit  used  as  pickles. 

Caffra,  Hook,  f .  &  Harv.  Thorny,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  obo- 
vate,  obtuse,  cuneate  at  base,  entire:  fls.  dioecious, 
apetalous.  G.C.  III.  18:  737. 

ABIES  (derivation  doubtful).  Coniferce.  FIR.  Tall, 
pyramidal  trees :  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  obianceolate,  entire, 
sessile,  persistent  for  many  years;  on  young  plants  and 
lower  sterile  branches  flattened,  usually  deep  green  and 
lustrous  above  and  silvery  white  below  from  the  pres- 
ence of  many  rows  of  stomata,  rounded  and  variously 
notched  at  the  apex,  appearing  2-ranked  by  a  twist  at 
their  base;  on  upper  fertile  branches  crowded,  more  or 
less  erect,  often  incurved  or  falcate,  thickened  or  quad- 
rangular, obtuse  or  acute  :  fls.  axillary,  appearing  in 
early  spring  from  buds  formed  the  previous  summer  on 
branchlets  of  the  year,  surrounded  by  involucres  of  the 
enlarged  scales  of  the  flower-buds;  staminate  fls.  pen- 
dent on  branches  above  the  middle  of  the  tree;  pistil- 
late fls.  globular,  ovoid  or  oblong,  erect  on  the  topmost 
branches:  fr.  an  erect,  ovoid  or  oblong  cylindrical  cone, 
its  scales  longer  or  shorter  than  their  bracts,  separating 
at  maturity  from  the  stout,  persistent  axis.  Northern  and 
mountainous  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  often 
gregarious.  Twenty-three  species  are  distinguished; 
greatest  segregation  on  the  Cascade  Mountains  of  Ore- 


gon, in  the  countries  adjacent  to  the  Mediterranean,  and 
in  Japan.  All  the  species  produce  soft,  perishable  wood, 
sometimes  manufactured  into  lumber,  and  balsamic  exu- 
dations contained  in  the  prominent  resin  vesicles  in  the 
bark  characteristic  of  the  genus.  Handsome  in  cultiva- 
tion, but  usually  of  short-lived  beauty.  Moist,  well- 
drained  soil.  Prop,  by  sowing  and  by  grafts.  Seeds  are 
usually  kept  dry  over  winter  and  planted  in  frames  or 
seed-beds  in  spring.  Young  plants  usually  need  shade. 
Most  species  can  be  grafted  with  comparative  ease; 
A.  Picea  and  A.  balsamea  are  commonly  used  for 


1.   Spanish  Fir.— Abies  Pinsapo. 

stocks.  Many  species  which  have  been  referred  to  Abies 
are  now  included  in  Picea.  S.  S.  12.  Heinrich  Mayr, 
Monographie  der  Abietineen  des  Japanischen  Reiches. 
Gn.  11,  pp.  280,  281.  See  Conifers. 

The  following  species,  in  the  American  trade,  are  here 
described,  the  synonyms  being  in  italics :  amabilis,  Nos. 
4,8;  Apollinis,12;  balsamea,  6;  brachyphylla,ll;  Ceph- 
alonica,  12;  Cilicica,  3;  concolor,  9;  Fraseri,  7;  Gordoni- 
ana,  8;  grandis,  8;  homolepis,  11;  Hudsonia,  6;  Lowi- 
ana,9;  magniflca,  15;  nephrolepis,W;  nobilis,14;  Nord- 
manniana,  2;  Parsonsiana,  9;  pectinata,!;  Picea,!; 
Pichta,  5  ;  Pinsapo,  13  ;  Shastensis,  15  ;  Sibirica,  5  ; 
Veitchii,  10.  See  supplementary  list,  p.  3,  for  other 
cultivated  species. 

A.  JSuabies.  Leaves  flat,  grooved  on  the  upper  surface, 
only  occasionally  stomatiferous  above  on  upper 
fertile  branches. 

B.   Leaf  blunt. 
c.    Foliage  essentially  green,  — the  leaves  green  above  and 

whitish  only  beneath. 
D.    Cones  usually  upwards  of  4  in.  long. 

1.  Picea,  Lindl. (A. pectinata,  DC.).  SILVER  FIR.  Fig. 
2,c.  Tree  100-200  ft. :  trunk6-8ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  flat,  dis- 
tichously  spreading,  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  sil- 
very white  below:  cones  slender,  cylindrical,  light  green 
to  dark  purple,  5-6  in.  long  ;  bracts  slightly  longer  than 
their  scales.  Mountains  of  central  and  southern  Europe, 
often  gregarious.  —  Wood  esteemed  and  much  used; 
yields  Strasburg  turpentine.  Dwarf  forms,  with  erect 
and  pendulous  and  with  much  abbreviated  branches,  are 
common  in  gardens. 


ABIES 


ABIES 


2.  Nordmanniana,  Spach.  Fig.  2,  e.    Tree  100-150  ft.: 
trunk  4-6  ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  flat,  crowded,  dark  green  and 
very  lustrous  above,  silvery  white  below:  cones  oblong- 
cylindrical  or  ellipsoidal, dark  orange-brown,4-6  in.  long; 
bracts  as  long  as  or  slightly  longer  than  their  scales. 
Mountains  south  and  southeast  of  the  Black  Sea,  and  west- 
ern spurs  of  the  Caucasus.  B.M.  6992.  Gng.  6:51.  — Very 
hardy;  one  of  the  most  desirable  firs  in  northern  states. 

3.  Cilfcica,  Carriere.    Tree  45-60  ft. :  trunk  2-3  ft.  in 
diam. :  Ivs.  narrow,  flat,  dark  green  above,  silvery  white 
below:   cones  stout,  cylindrical,  orange-brown,  5-6  in. 
long;  bracts  rather  shorter  than  their  scales.    At  high 
elevations  on  the  Anti-Taurus  of  Asia  Minor,  and  on  the 
Lebanon.    A.  G.  16:255.    Gng.  4:113.  — Begins  to  grow 
early  in  the  spring  and  is  often  injured  by  late  frosts ; 
hardy  and  desirable  in  the  northern  states. 

4.  amabilis,  Forb.  WHITE  FIR.  Tree  100-1 50  ft.:  trunk 
4-6  ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  crowded,  dark  green  and  very  lus- 
trous above,  silvery  white  below,  occasionally  stoma- 
tiferous  on  the  upper  surface:  cones  oblong,  dark  pur- 
ple, 3%-6  in.  long;  bracts  much  shorter  than  their  scales. 
Cascade   Mountains  of  Washington  and   Oregon,  and 
Coast  Ranges  from  Vancouver  Island  to  Oregon.  — One 
of  the  handsomest  of  the  genus,  often  forming  groves 
at  high  elevations ;  in  cultivation  grows  slowly,  and  is  not 
very  satisfactory. 

DD.    Cones  usually  tinder  4  in.  long. 

5.  Sibirica,  Ledeb.   (A.Plchta,  Forbes). 
Tree  60-100  ft. :  trunk  2-4  ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs. 
crowded,  dark  yellow-green :  cones  cylin- 
drical, slender,  brownish  yellow,  2%-3  in. 
long;  bracts  much  shorter  thantheir  scales. 
Northern  and  eastern   Russia   to   Kamt- 
schatka  and  Mongolia,gregarious 

on  the  Altai  Mountains.  —  Very 
hardy,  the    early    growth   often 
injured  by  late  frosts  ;    in  cult, 
soon    becomes     thin 
and  loose  in  habit. 

6.  balsamea,    Mill. 
BALSAM  FIB.  Fig.2,6. 
Tree  50-80  ft. :  trunk 
17-30  in. in  diam.  :lvs. 
dark  green  and  lus- 


trous above,  pale 
below,  rounded  or 
obtusely  short- 
pointed  and  occa- 
sionally emargi- 
nate,  acute  or  acu- 
minate on  fertile 
branches  :  cones 
oblong,  cylindri- 
cal, purple,  2%-4 
2.  Abies  or  Fir.  in  long  .  bracts 

a.  A.  grandis  ;   b.  A.  balsamea  ;   c.  A.        shorter  or  rarely 
Picea;    d.  A.  concolor;  e.  A.  Nord- 
manaiana,  /.  A.  magniflca. 


tree.  Trees  sold  under  this  name  are  nearly  always  forms 
of  A.  balsamea. 

8.  grandis,  Lindl.  (A.  amabilis,  Murr.,  not  Forbes.  A. 
Gordonidna,Ca.rr.).  Fig.  2,  a.  Tree 200-300  ft.,  becoming 
4  ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  thin  and  flexible,  deeply  grooved,  very 
dark  green  above  and  silvery  white  beneath:  cones  cy- 
lindrical, 2-4  in.  long,  rounded  orretuseat  the  apex,  the 
broad  scales  somewhat  squarrose  and  irregularly  serrate 
and  furnished  with  a  short  point.   Coast  of  northern  Cali- 
fornia to  Vancouver  Island  and  to  the  western  slopes  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  of  Montana.    S.S.  12:  612.    Gn.  38, 
p.  291.   R.H.1894,  p.  274. -Occasional  specimens  are  seen 
in  parks  and  choice  grounds,  but 

it  rarely  thrives  in  eastern  states.  ., 

cc.  Foliage  pale  blue  or 
glaucous. 

9.  cdncolor, 
Lindl. &Gord. 
(A.  Lowiana, 
A.   Murr.     A. 
Parsonsiana, 
Hort.).  WHITE 
FIB.   Fig.2,d. 


Eastern  North 

America  from  Labrador  and  the  valley  of  the  Athabasca 
to  Iowa  and  the  mountains  of  Virginia.  S.  S.  12:610. 
G.C.  IIL  17:  423,  425,  431.  -Wood  occasionally  used  for 
lumber;  Canadian  Balsam,  or  Balm  of  Fir,  is  obtained 
from  bark  ;  in  cult,  loses  its  beauty  early. 

Var.  Hudsdnia,  Engelm.  (A.  Hudsdnica,  Hort.),  is  a 
dwarf  form. 

7.  Fraseri,  Foir.  SHE  BALSAM.  Tree  30-50  or  even  70 
ft.:  trunk  reaching  2%  ft.  in  diam.:  Ivs.  flat,  obtusely 
short-pointed,  twisted  at  the  base  so  as  to  appear  to  be 
crowded  on  the  upper  side  of  the  branches,  dark  green 
and  lustrous  :  cones  oblong-ovate  or  nearly  oval,  rounded 
at  the  slightly  narrower  apex,  2%  in.  long  and  1  in.  thick, 
the  scales  dark  purple,  twice  as  wide  as  long  and  at  matu- 
rity nearly  half  covered  by  palereflexed  bracts  or  points. 
Mountains  of  Va.,  Tenn.,  and  N.  C.  S.  S.  12:  609.  —  Too 
much  like  the  balsam  fir  to  be  prized  as  an  ornamental 


Tree     100-250 
ft. :  trunk  4-6 
ft.    in   diam. : 
Ivs. elongated, 
stomatiferous  on  the  upper 
surface,  on  fertile  branches 
often  falcate  and  thickened 
and  keeled  above :  cones  ob- 
long, gray-green,  dark  purple  or  bright 
canary-yellow,  3-5  in.  long;  bracts  shor- 
ter than  their  scales.     Western   North 
America  from  southern  Oregon  to  Lower 
California  and  to  Utah,  southern  Colo- 
rado, New  Mex.,  Ariz,  and  Sonora.  S.S. 
12:  613.    G.C.  III.  8:748,  749. -Of  all  fir  trees  best  with- 
stands heat  and  drought;    very  hardy,  grows  rapidly, 
and  the  most  desirable  of  the  genus  in  the  eastern  states. 

BB.    Leaf  pointed,  especially  on  main  shoots, 
and  usually  rigid. 

10.  VMtchii,  Lindl.  (A.  nephrdlepis,  Maxim.).    Tree 
80-100  ft. :   trunk  3-4  ft.  in  diam. :    branchlets  slender, 
pubescent:  Ivs.  crowded,  dark  green  and  lustrous  above, 
silvery  white  below  :    cones  cylindrical,  slender,  dark 
purple,  2-2%  in.  long  ;  bracts  shorter  than  their  scales. 
Mt.  Fuji-san,  Japan  ;  gregarious  and  forming  great  for- 
ests, coast  of  Manchuria.— Very  hardy  in  the  northern 
states,  and  in  a  young  state  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
of  fir  trees. 

11.  hom61epis,Sieb.&Zucc.(J..  brachyphylla, Maxim.). 
Tree  80-100  ft. :  trunk  6  ft.  in  diam :  upper  branches  long 
and  vigorous,  ultimately  forming  a  broad  round-topped 
head :  Ivs.  elongated,  sharp-pointed,  dark  green  and  very 
lustrous  above,  silvery  white  below:  cones  cylindrical, 
stout,  dark  purple,  3-3%  in.  long  ;  bracts  much  shorter 
than  their  scales.   Mountains  of  central  Japan,  singly  or 
in  small  groves.  B.M. 7114.  — Very  hardy,  and  in  its  young 
state  one  of  the  most  desirable  of  the  fir  trees  for  the 
northern  states. 

12.  Cephal6nica,  Loud.  Tree  60-70  ft. :  trunk  2-4  ft.  in 
diam. :    Ivs.  broad,  rigid,  sharp-pointed,  standing  out 
from  the  branches  at  right  angles:  cones  cylindrical, 
slender,  pointed,  gray-brown,  5-6  in.  long;  bracts  longer 
or  rarely  shorter  than  their  scales.  Mt.  Enos,  on  the  Island 
of  Cephalonia.    Gng.  6:49.— Hardy  as  far  N.  as  south- 
ern New  York. 

Var.  Apdllinis,  Boiss.  (A.  Apdllinis,  Link.),  with  nar- 
row and  blunter  leaves,  is  remarkable  in  its  power  to  pro- 
duce vigorous  shoots  from  adventitious  buds.  Mountains 
of  Greece  and  Roumelia,  often  gregarious:  more  hardy 
than  the  type  in  the- northern  states. 


ABIES 

13.  Pinsapo,  Boiss.    SPANISH  FIR.  Fig.  1.    Tree  70-80 
ft.:    trunk  4—6  ft.  in  diarn.:    Ivs.    short,  broad,  rigid, 
sharp-pointed,  bright  green,  spreading  from  all  sides  of 
the  stiff  branchlets  :   cones    cylindrical,  slender,  gray- 
brown,  5%-G  in.  long  ;  bracts  shorter  than  their  scales. 
Mountains  of  central  and  southern  Spain,  often  grega- 
rious.   G.C.  III.  21:407.  — Not  very  hardy  north  of  the 
Middle  states. 

AA.  Mobiles.  Leaves  blue-green,  often  glaucous,  stoma- 
tiferons  on  both  surfaces,  flat  or  4-sided  on 
sterile  branches;  4-sided,  acute,  incurved  and 
crowded  on  fertile  branches. 

14.  ndbilis,  Liudl.  RED  FIB.  Tree  150-250  ft. :  trunk  6-8 
ft.  in  diam. :    Ivs.  on  lower  branches  grooved  above, 
rounded  and  emarginate  at  the  apex:  cones  oblong-cylin- 
drical, purplish  or  olive-brown,  4-6  in.  long;  bracts  much 
longer,  thin  and  covering  the  scales,  strongly  reflexed, 
palo  green.  Cascade  and  Coast  Mountains  of  Washington 
and  Oregon,  of  ten  gregarious.  S.S.  12:617. 

G.  C.  III.  20:  275. -There  is  a  var.  glauca 
in  the  trade. 

15.  magnifica,  A.  Murr.  RED  FIR.   Fig. 
2,  /.    Tree  200-250  ft. :   trunk  6-10  ft.  in 
diam. :  Ivs.  quadrangular,  bluntly  pointed 
on  sterile  and, acute  on  fertile  branches: 
cones  oblong-cylindrical,  purplish  brown, 
6-9  in.  long;  bracts  much  shorter  than  the 
scales.  Sierra  Nevada  of  California;  gre- 
garious and  forming  great  forests.    S.  S. 
12:618.  Gn.  37,  p.  591.- Wood  occasionally 
manufactured   into  lumber.    Less  hardy 
in  the  eastern  states  than  A.  nobilis. 

Var.  Shastensis,  Lemm.,  of  southern 
Oregon  and  northern  California,  cones 
somewhat  smaller,  with  bracts  as  long  as 
or  longer  than  the  scales.  S.S.  620. 


ABUTA  3 

ABRdMA  (from  a,  not,  and  broma,  food).  Sterculid- 
<•>•«.  Greenhouse  evergreen  trees.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  by 
cuttings  in  spring  from  half -ripened  wood  under  glass. 

A.  augiista.  Linn,  f .  Lower  Ivs.  cordate,  3-5-lobed ;  upper  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate.  Trop.As.  B.R.  518.— A.fastubsa,  R.Br.  Lower 
Ivs.  cordate.  5-lobed;  upper  Ivs.  ovate:  fls.  dark  purple.  Trop, 
As.,  Austral. 

ABRONIA  (from  abros,  delicate,  referring  to  involu- 
cre). Nyctaginacece.  Trailing  plants,  with  fragrant  ver- 
bena-like flowers  suitable  for  baskets  and  rockeries; 
commonly  treated  as  hardy  annuals.  Mostly  tender 
perennials  from  Calif.  Height  6-18  in.  For  early  and 
continuous  summer  bloom,  seeds  may  be  sown  in  pots 
of  sandy  soil  the  previous  autumn  and  wintered  in  a 
frame.  Peel  off  the  husk  before  sowing  seed.  Cf .  Sereno 
Watson,  Bot.  Calif.  2:  3-5. 

A.  Flowers  yellow. 

latifdlia,  Esch.  Fig.  3.  Plant  very  viscid-pubescent: 
Ivs.  thick,  broadly  ovate  or  reni- 
form,  obtuse,  on  distinct  petioles: 
root  stout,  fusiform.  A.  are- 
ndria,  Menzies,  is  probably  the 
same,  but  is  considered  distinct  by 
some.  B.M.6546.  G.C.  II.  16:  365. 

A  A.  flowers  pink  or  rose. 

umbellata,  Lam.  Whole  plant 
viscid-puberulent :  Ivs.  typically 
narrower  than  the  above,  oval 
or  oblong  :  fls.  pink.  F.  S. 
11: 1095.  P.  M.  16:  36.  Var.  gran- 
difldra,  Hort.,  has  larger  fls.  and 
broader  Ivs. 

villdsa,  Watson.  Smaller  and 
slenderer  than  the  last  and  covered 
with  a  glandular-villous  pubes- 


A.   Albertidna,    Murr.=Tsuga     hetero- 
phylla.— A.  Baborensis,   Let.    Lvs.  dark, 
silvery  below.very  numerous,  %-l  in.  long: 
cones  4  or  5  together,  reaching  7  or  8  in. 
long  and  1  in.  diam.  N.  Africa.  R.H.  1866, 
p.   106.—  A.  bifida,    Sieb. 
&    Zucc.=  A.   firma.—  A. 
bractedta,  Hook.  &  Arn. 
=A.  yenusta.  —  A.    Can- 
adensis,   Michx.  =  Tsuga 
Canadensis.  —  A.   firma, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.=A.  Mome, 
Sieb.  Lvs.  thick  and  rigid, 
lin.long:cones  cylindrical 
often  6in. long, with  keeled 
scales.  Japan.  Promising 
for    S.—  A.    Hookeridna, 
Murr.=- Tsuga   Mertensi- 
ana. — A.lasiocdrpa,  Nutt. 

Lvs.  blue-green  and  glaucous:  cones  Sin.  long,  with  very  broad 
spineless  scales.  Western  U.S.Gng.4:373.  S.S.  12:611.- A. macro- 
carpa,  Vasey=Pseudotsuga  macrocarpa.  —  A.  Mdriesii,  Mast. 
Small  tree  with  crowded  branches  and  short,  dark  foliage  which 
is  pale  below:  cones  large,  darkpurple.  N.Japan.  —  A.  Merten- 
sidna,  Lindl. =Tsuga  heterophylla.  —  A.  Numidica,  DeLannoy 
=A.  Baborensis.— A. Pindrow,  Spach.,isaformof  A.Webbiana, 
but  has  longer  leaves  and  smaller  cones.  Himalayas.— A.  Eeg\- 
noR  Amdlice  —  A.  Cephalonica,  var.  Appolinis.  —  A.  religibsa, 
Lindl.  Long,  slender,  drooping  branches:  Ivs.  silvery  below: 
cones 5 in.  long.  Mex.  B.M.  6753.  —  A.Sachalinensis,  Mast.  Tall 
tree,  with  pale  bark,  white  buds,  and  long,  slender,  dark  green 
Ivs. :  cones  3  in.  long.  E.  Asia.  —A.  subalplna,  Engelm.=lasio- 
carpa.  —  A+venutta,  Koch.  Lvs.  acuminate,  dark  yellow,  green 
above  and  silvery  below  :  cones  4  in.  long,  with  long  slen- 
der bracts.  California.  S.  S.  12  :  615,  616.  B.  M.  4740.  —  A. 
Webbidna,  Lindl.  Lvs.  l-2%in.  long,  flat,  silvery  below:  cones 
cylindrical,  6  or  7  in.  long.  Himalayas.  See  Picea  for  A.  Aja- 
nensis,  alba,  Alcockiana,  Engelmanni,  excelsa,  Gregoriana, 
•miniata,  Morinda,  nigra,  obovata,  orientalis,  pendula,  polita, 
pungent,  Schrenkiana,  Smithiana.  See,  also,  Pseudotsuga  and 
Tsuga. 

C.  S.  SARGENT. 

ABdBRA  (Brazilian  name).  Cucurbitacece.  Green- 
house climber,cult.  for  its  numerous  small,  showy  fruits : 
grows  rapidly,  and  may  be  planted  out  in  summer.  The 
tuberous  roots  are  stored  like  dahlias.  Prop,  by  seeds  or 
rarely  by  soft  cuttings. 

viridiflora,  Naudin.  Height  10-15  ft. :  Ivs.  much  di- 
vided: fls.  small,  pale  green ,  fragrant:  fr.  a  scarlet  gourd. 
Brazil.  R.H.  18112:111. 


3.    Abronia  latifolia  (X 


cence:  Ivs.  rarely  1  in.  long:  fls.  5-15  in  a  cluster,  rose. 
Not  common  in  cult.    Int.  1891. 

AAA.  Flowers  white. 

mellifera,  Dougl.  Stouter  than  A.  umbellata:  involucre 
larger,  scarious:  Ivs.  longer  and  narrower.  B.M.  2879. 
Int.  1891. 

fragrans,  Nutt.  Lvs.  larger  than  in  A.  umbellata, 
broader  at  the  base  and  more  tapering:  fls.  night-bloom- 
ing. B.M.  5544. 

A.pulchella,  Nicholson.   Fls.  pinkish  rose.—  A.  rbsea,  Hart- 


weg.=umbellata  ? 


M. 


ABRUS  (from  abros,  soft,  referring  to  leaves).  Legu- 
minbsce.  Deciduous  greenhouse  climber,  or  used  S. 
outdoors  for  screens.  Roots  have  virtues  of  licorice. 
Needs  strong  heat  for  indoor  culture.  Prop,  by  seeds 
or  by  cuttings  under  glass  in  sand. 

precatdrius,Linn.  CRAB'S-EYE  VINE.  WEATHER-PLANT. 
Height  10-12  ft.  :  leaflets  oblong,  in  numerous  pairs  :  fls. 
varying  from  rose  to  white:  seeds  bright  scarlet,  with  a 
black  spot,  used  by  Buddhists  for  rosaries,  and  in  India 
as  standards  of  weight.  Tropics.—  The  absurd  claims 
made  for  its  weather-prophesying  properties  are  exposed 
by  Oliver  in  Kew  Bull.  Jan.  1890. 

ABtTTA  (native  name)  .  Menispermacece.  Greenhouse 
evergreen  climber.  Prop,  by  cuttings  under  glass  with 
bottom  heat.  —  A.  ruf6scens,  Aubl.  Lv.«.  ovate:  fls.  dark 
purple  within.  S.  Am.  Unimportant. 


ABUTILON 


ABUTILON 


ABtTTILON  (name  of  obscure  origin).  Malvacece. 
FLOWERING  MAPLE.  Attractive  coolhouse  shrubs  and 
window  plants.  Lvs.  long-stalked,  often  maple-like:  fls. 
with  naked  5-cleft  calyx,  5  separate  obovate  petals,  many 
stamens  united  in  a  column  about  the  many-branched 


4.    Abutilon  striatum  (X  Y_). 

style.  Of  very  easy  culture  in  conditions  which  are  suit- 
able for  geraniums  or  fuchsias.  Usually  grown  in  pots, 
but  sometimes  bedded  out  in  summer.  Dwarf  and  com- 
pact varieties  suitable  for  bedding  are  becoming  popular. 
The  tall  varieties  are  adaptable  to  growing  on  rafters 
or  pillars.  A . 

striatum   and  A.  ^, 

Thompsoni  are 
the  commonest 
type  forms.  Prop, 
by  greenwood  cut- 
tings  at  any  sea- 
son, preferably  in 
late  winter  or 

early  spring  ;  also  freely  by  seeds.    Many 
horticultural  varieties,  some  of  them  no 
doubt  hybrids,  are  in  common  cultivation. 
Following  are  well  known  :    Arthur  Bel- 
sham,  red,  shaded  gold.   Boule  de  Neige, 
pure   white,  very   free.    Eclipse,    foliage 
marbled  green  and  yellow :  fls.  of  fair  size ; 
sepals  scarlet;  petals  orange-buff  :   suited 
for  baskets  and  vases :  a  form  of  A .  mega- 
potamicum  (another  Eclipse  is   known). 
Erecta,  pink  orange-veined  erect  fls.    Gol- 
den Bell,  deep  yellow,  free-flowering.    Golden  Fleece, 
pure  yellow,   free-flowering.     Mary   Miller,    deep  rose 
pendulous  fls.    Mrs.  John  Laing,  purplish  rose.    Rosro- 
flora,  pinkish  rose.    Royal  Scarlet,  rich,,  shining  scarlet. 
Santana,  deep  red.    Savitzii,  dwarf,  with  white-edged 
foliage:  useful  for  bedding.    Snow  Storm,  semi-dwarf, 
pure  white.    Souvenir  de  Bonn,  Ivs.  large,  deep  green, 
not  mottled,  but  edged  with  a  broad  white  margin:  dis- 
tinct and  striking:  a  useful  bedding  plant.    Splendens, 
bright  red. 

A.   Leaves  prominently  lobed,  mostly  maple-like  or 

vine-like. 

B.    Corolla  widely  open  or  spreading. 
Darwini,  Hook,  f .    Strong  pubescent  shrub   3-5  ft. : 
Ivs.  velvety  pubescent  beneath,  thickish,  5-9-ribbed,  the 


lower  ones  lobed  to  the  middle,  the  upper  ones  shallow- 
3-lobed:  fls.  1-3  at  a  place,  orange  with  blood-red  veins. 
Brazil.  B.M.  5917.  — Blooms  in  both  winter  and  summer. 
Much  hybridized  with  other  species.  A.  grandiflbrum 
and  A.  compdctum  are  garden  forms  ;  also  A.  floribun- 
dum,  Hort.,  R.  H.  1881:  350. 

BB.    Corolla  mostly  longer  and  contracted  at  the  mouth. 

striatum,  Dicks.  Fig. 4.  Glabrous  throughout:  Ivs. thin, 
deeply  5-lobed,  the  lobes  long-pointed,  rather  closely  ser- 
rate, sometimes  small-spotted:  fls.  rather  small  and  slen- 
der, hanging  on  peduncles  4-6  in.  long,  red  or  orange, 
with  brown-red  veins,  the  stamens  scarcely  or  not  at  all 
exserted.  Brazil.  B.M. 3840.  P.M.  7:  53. -One  of  the  har- 
diest species,  blooming  continuously. 

Th6mpsoni,  Hort.  Fig.  5.  Graceful  but  strong-growing 
plant :  Ivs.  vine-like,  mostly  3-lobed,  the  middle  lobe  long- 
pointed,  thin  and  usually  glabrous,  mottled  with  green 
and  yellowish  blotches:  fls.  medium  size,  yellow  or 
orange  with  red  veins,  the  column  of  stamens  conspicu- 
ously exserted  in  the  single  forms.  R.H.  1885:  324.  G.W. 
70:133.—  Blooms  in  summer  and  winter.  An  offshoot  of 
A .  striatum,  or  a  hybrid  with  that  species.  In  the  double- 
fld.  form,  the  fls.  are  open-spreading.  Cions  often  convey 
the  variegation  to  the  stock.  Common  and  valuable. 

vendsum,  Lemaire.    Very  strong  grower:  Ivs.  large, 
deeply  palmate-lobed  and  strongly  toothed  :  fls.  large,  3 
in.  long,  on  peduncles  10-12  in.  long.    Mex.    B.M.  4463. 
—  A  showy  species. 
AA.   Leaves  not  lobed,  cordate,  but  prominently  toothed, 

sometimes  angled. 
B.   Corolla  wide-spreading. 

insigne,  Planchon.  (A.  igneum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  medium 
size,  crenate-dentate,  acuminate,  villous  pubescent  un- 
derneath:  fls.  large,  flaring-mouthed,  white  with  very 
heavy  and  rich  veining  and  markings  of  purple  and  red, 
on  slender  hanging  peduncles.  New  Granada.  B.M.  4840. 
Gn.  18:263. — Very  showy;  common. 

longicuspe,  Hochst.  White-canescent  shrub, with  long- 
acuminate,  broad-cordate  and  blunt-toothed  long-stalked 
Ivs.,  felt-like  below:  blue  veiny  wide-open  fls.  on  mostly 
many-branched  axillary  peduncles.  Abyssinia.  —  Re- 
cently introduced  by  S.  Cal.  Acclimatizing  Assoc.,  from 
seed  collected  by  Schweinfurth  and  distributed  from 
Berlin  in  1893. 


BB.  Corolla  long 
and  narrow. 
meg-apot  amicum , 
•  St.  Hil.  &  Naud. 
(A.  vexillarium, 
Morren).  Fig.6.  Droop- 
ing habit :  Ivs.  rather 
small,  lapce  -  ovate, 
acuminate,  sharp-ser- 
rate :  fls.  2-3  in.  long, 
on  short  drooping 
stalks,  the  long  calyx 
bright  red,  the  pro- 
truding petals  lemon- 
yellow,  the  column  of 
stamens  conspicuously 
protruding.  Trop.  Am. 
B.M.  5717.  Gn.  37:  745.  J.  H.  III.  18:  359. -A  strikingly 
handsome  species.  Common  in  windows  and  baskets. 
There  is  a  variegated-leaved  variety.  Generally  mis- 
spelled mesapotamicum. 
A.arboreum,  Sweet.  Lvs.  cordate,  tomentose:  fls.  pale  yellow. 


5.    Abutilon 

Thompsoni, 
double  (X 


ABUTILON 


ACACIA 


5 


Peril.  —  A.liedfordianum,  St.  Hil.  Lvs.  lobed:  fls.  yellow  with 
red:  very  tall.  Brazil.  —  A.  globifldrum,  Don.  Fls.  large,  cream- 
colored.  Mauritius.  —  A.i ntegerrimum, Hooker  &  Jackson.  Index 
Kcwt'iisis.  (Sida  integerrima,  Hook.  B.M.4360.)  Lvs.  entire,  cor- 
date, tomentose  below:  fls.  large,  yellow,  flaring.  New  Granada. 
—  A.pceonict'flbrttm.  Walpers.  Fls.  rather  small,  pink.  Brazil. 


Abutilon  megapotamicum  (X 


—  A.  pulchellum,  Sweet,  and  A.  pulchrum,  Don.=Plagianthus 
pulchellus.—  A.  vitifblium,  Presl.  Lvs.  lobed:  fls.  wid£-spread- 
ing,  light  blue  ( a  white-flowered  var. ) :  plant  one  of  the  hardiest. 
Chile.  B. M.  4227,  7328.  Gn.  51: 1117.  L.  H  B 

ACACIA  (ancient  name).  Leguminbsce,  tribe  Mimb- 
sece.  Shrubs  or  trees :  Ivs.  twice-pinnate,  of  many  leaf- 
lets, or  reduced  to  phyllodia  or  leaf -like  petioles,  as  in 
Figs.  8  and  9  (except  the  earlier  Ivs.  of  young  seedlings, 
and  occasionally  those  on  robust  shoots) :  fls.  yellow  or 
white,  minute,  in  conspicuous  globular  heads  or  cylin- 
drical spikes,  axillary,  solitary  or  fasciculate,  or  diffusely 
paniculate  at  the  ends  of  the  branches  ;  stamens  very 
many,  exserted.  Australia  (chiefly) ;  a  few  in  N.  and  S. 
America,  N.  and  S.  Africa  and  Asia.  Ours  Australian 
unless  otherwise  stated.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  under 
glass  as  soon  as  ripe,  or  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened 
wood  taken  with  a  heel,  in  summer;  the  seeds  should 
first  be  placed  in  hot  water  and  left  to  soak  24  hours. 
The  bark  of  most  of  the  Australian  and  of  some  other 
species  (especially  A. pycnantha,  A.  mollissima  and  A. 
decurrens)  abounds  in  tannins,  which  may  eventually 
make  their  cultivation  profitable  in  the  southwest.  For 
outdoor  planting  in  Calif,  and  the  S.,  keep  in  pots  until 
large  enough  to  place  in  permanent  quarters,  for  they  do 
not  transplant  well.  Several  African  species  yield  the 
gum  arabic  of  commerce,  especially  A.  Senegal.  Mono- 
graphed in  part  by  Baron  von  Miiller  in  his  Iconography 
of  Australian  Acacias,  cited  here  as  F.  v.  M.  Icon. 

J.  BURTT  DAVY. 

Of  several  hundred  known  kinds,  not  more  than  50  are 
in  cultivation,  and  a  dozen  species  will  cover  those  deserv- 
ing of  greenhouse  culture,  but  these  few  are  gems.  All 
of  this  most  important  section  thrive  in  a  winter  tem- 
perature ranging  from  40°  to  50°;  in  fact,  little  above 
the  freezing  point  is  sufficient.  They  do  not  like  heat, 
and  consequently  are  not  adapted  for  forcing.  If  win- 
tered cool  and  allowed  to  come  along  naturally  with  the 
increasing  heat  and  light  of  the  spring,  they  will  flower 
in  March  and  April,  a  season  when  their  graceful  beauty 
is  appreciated  in  the  private  conservatory  or  is  valuable 
to  the  commercial  florist.  The  prevailing  color  of  all  the 
Australian  species  is  yellow,  varying  from  pale  lemon  to 
deep  orange.  The  tall-growing  kinds,  or  rather  those  in- 
clined to  make  long,  straight  shoots,  make  excellent  sub- 
jects for  planting  permanently  against  a  glass  partition 
of  a  conservatory,  or  against  a  pillar.  There  is  scarcely 


a  more  beautiful  plant  than  A.  pubescens,  with  its 
slightly  drooping,  yellow  racemes.  It  deserves  a  fa- 
vored place  in  every  cool  conservatory.  The  Acacias  are 
of  easy  culture.  If  planted  permanently  in  the  border, 
provision  for  drainage  should  be  made.  A  good,  coarse, 
turfy  loam,  of  not  too  heavy  texture,  is  all  they  want, 
with  the  addition  of  a  fifth  part  of  leaf -mold  or  well- 
rotted  spent  hops.  Few  of  our  greenhouse  pests  trouble 
them.  Water  in  abundance  they  like  at  all  times,  and  in 
their  growing  season,  which  is  the  early  summer  months, 
a  daily  syringing  is  necessary.  Several  of  the  species  of 
bushy  habit  are  very  largely  grown  as  pot-plants  in  Eu- 
rope, and  are  now  largely  imported  and  sold  for  the  east- 
ern trade.  A.  armata  and  A.  Drummondii  are  good 
species  for  this  purpose.  We  believe,  with  our  hot  sum- 
mers, the  commercial  man  will  do  better  to  import  than 
to  attempt  to  grow  them  from  cuttings.  The  Acacias 
need  pruning,  or  they  will  soon  grow  straggling  and  un- 
shapely; more  especially  is  this  true  of  those  grown  in 
pots.  After  flowering,  cut  back  the  leading  shoots  rather 
severely.  Shift  into  a  larger  pot  if  roots  demand  it,  and 
encourage  growth  by  a  genial  heat  and  syringing,  giving 
at  same  time  abundance  of  light  and  air.  They  should 
be  plunged  out-of-doors  as  soon  as  danger  of  frost  is 
past,  and  removed  to  the  greenhouse  before  any  danger 
of  early  fall  frosts.  Cuttings  root  surely  but  not  quickly. 
The  best  material  is  the  side  shoots  from  a  main  stem 
in  the  condition  that  florists  call  half -ripened— that  is, 
not  green  and  succulent  as  for  a  verbena,  nor  as  firm 
and  hard  as  the  wood  of  a  hybrid  perpetual  rose  in  Nov. 
The  wood  or  shoot  will  be  in  about  the  right  condition 
in  June.  No  bottom  heat  is  needed,  but  the  cuttings 
should  be  covered  with  a  close  frame  and  kept  moder- 
ately moist  and  cool  by  shading.  The  following  spring 
these  young  plants  can  be  either  planted  out-of-doors, 
where  there  is  a  good  chance  to  keep  them  well  watered, 
or  grown  on  in  pots,  as  described  above*  A  few  of  the 
finest  species  are  A.  pttbescens,  suitable  for  training  on 
pillars;  A.  Hiceana  makes  a  bush  or  can  be  trained; 
A.  longifolia,  an  erect  species,  deserves  a  permanent 
position  in  the  greenhouse  border.  'Of  all  the  species 
best  adapted  for  medium-sized,  compact  pot-plants,  A. 
armata  and  A.  Drummondii  are  the  best.  The  former 
has  small,  simple,  dark  green  Ivs.  and  globular,  pure  yel- 
low fls.  A.  Drummondii  has  drooping,  cylindrical,  pale 
lemon  fls.  As  both  these  flower  in  March  without  any 
forcing  in  our  northern  greenhouses,  they  are  very  val- 
uable acquisitions  to  our  Easter  plants.  The  Acacia 
has  two  distinctive  charms:  the  foliage  is  either  small, 
simple  and  glaucous,  as  in  A.  armata,  or  much  divided, 
graceful  and  fern-like,  as  in  A.  pubescens.  All  the  Aca- 
cias are  among  the  freest-flowering  of  our  hard-wooded 
plants.  Cult,  by  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 

The  species  in  the  American  trade  are  here  described 
under  the  following  numbers :  A.  acinacea,  7 ;  aneura,  38 ; 
angustif olia,  16 ;  Arabica,  49 ;  argyrophylla,  15 ;  armata, 
5 ;  Baileyana,  45 ;  brachybotrya,  15 ;  calamif olia,  3 ;  Cate- 
chu, 52;  Cavenia,  48;  celastrifolia,  16;  cinerascens,  39; 
cultrata,I2;  cultriformis,  12 ;  cuspidata,  1;  cyanophylla, 
20;  Cyclops,  32;  dealbata,  43;  decurrens,  41;  diffusa,  1; 
dodonaeifolia,  10;  Drummondii,  53;  extensa,  4;  falcata, 
17;  f alcif ormis,  18 ;  Farnesiana,  47;  filicina,  50;  genistce- 
folia,  1;  glabra,  15;  glaucescens,  39;  glaucophylla,  15; 
grandis,  46;  Greggii,  51;  harpophylla,  29 ;  hispidissima, 
46;  holosericea,  40;  implexa,  30;  juncifolia,  2;  Latrobei, 
.7;  leptophylla,47;  leucophylla,  40;  linearis,  37;  lineata, 
6;  linifolia,  14 ;  longifolia,  36 ;  longissima,37;  lunata,  11; 
Meissneri,9;  melanoxylon,  31 ;  mollissima,42 ;  myrtifolia, 
16;  neriifolia,  22 ;  normalis,  16,  41 ;  obliqua,  8;  obtusata, 
21;  olecefolia,  11;  Oswaldi,  27;  oxycedrus,  33;  paradoxa, 
5;  pendula,  28;  penninervis,  18;  pentcedra,  4;  pinifoliat 
2;  pravissima,  13;  prominens,  14;  pubescens,  44;  pul 
chella,  46;  pycnantha,  23;  retinodes,  22;  Riceana,  35; 
rostellif era,  25 ;  rotundifolia,8;  salicina,  24;  saligna,  19; 
Sophorae,36;  suaveolens,26;  undulata ,  5 ;  verticillata,34. 

A.  Lvs.  simple;  that  is,  reduced  to  phyllodia  (except 
the  earlier  Ivs.  of  young  seedlings,  and  occasionally 
those  of  robust  shoots),  figs.  7,  8  and  9. 

B.    Fls.  in  globular  heads, 
c.    Phyll.  terete,  or  only  slightly  flattened. 
1.  diffusa,  Lindl.  (A.  genista  folia,  Link. ).    A  tall,  gla- 
brous shrub:    branches   angular:    phyll.  %-l  in.  long, 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


1-1%  linos  wide,  quadrangular-linear,  1-nerved:  fl.  hds. 
solitary,  or  2  or  3  together;  peduncles  short;  fls.  yellow, 
May.  B.M.  2417.  B.R.  634. 

Var.  euspidata,  Benth.  (A.  euspidata,  Cunn.).  Phyll. 
%  to  rarely  2  in.  long,  slender,  often  not  broader  than 
thick. 

2.  juncifdlia,  Benth.  (A.  pinifolia,  Benth.).    Tall,  gla- 
brous shrub:  branches  slender,  quite  terete:  phyll.  3-6  in. 
long,  often   nearly  tetragonous,  linear-subulate,  with  a 
scarcely  prominent  nerve  on  each  side:  fl.  hds.  solitary 
or  in  pairs;  peduncles  short.    F.v.M.Icon.  2:  8. 

3.  ealamifdlia,  Sweet.  BROOM  WATTLE.  Tall  shrub  6-10 
fr.. :  phyll.  3-4  in.  long,  linear-subulate,  slightly  flattened, 
with  1  nerve  prominent  or  indistinct ;  point  fine,  recurved 
cr  simply  oblique:  fl.  hds.  3  or  4,  shortly  racemed  in 
the  axils  of  the  terminal  phyll. ;  calyx  shortly  toothed  or 
lobed.    Feb.    B.R.  839. 

4.  ext6nsa,    Lindl.   (A.  pentcedra,   Regel).      Shrub: 
branches  angular  or   sometimes  winged:   phyll.  3-4  or 
even  8  in.  long,  slender,  linear-subulate,  almost  tetrago- 
nous, with  a  prominent  nerve  on  each  side:  peduncles 
1-headed  or  rarely  irregularly  racemose  in  the  axils  of 
the  terminal  phyll. :  calyx  triangular,  truncate.    Mar. 

cc.    Phyll.  vertically  flattened. 

D.    Veins  of  phyll.  1,  or  very  rarely  2. 

E.    Fl.  heads  solitary  or  in  pairs  or  clusters, 

p.   Length  of  phyll.  1  in.  or  less. 
G.    Stipules  persistent  as  slender  spines. 

5.  armata,  R.  Br.  (A.  undulctta,  Willd.    A.  paradoxa, 
DC.     Mimosa   paraddxa,   Poir.).     KANGAROO   THORN. 
Fig.  7.    Spreading  shrub,  6-10  ft.  high:  branches  pubes- 
cent: phyll.  1  in.  long,  semi-ovate,  undulate,  obtuse,  or 
with  a  short,  oblique  point:  heads  solitary:  peduncles 
axillary,  equaling  the  phyll.  ,borne  all  along  the  branches : 

fls.  fragrant.  Feb.  B.M.  1653.  F.E. 
9:401,  431. -Good  hedge  shrub. 
Grown  also  for  spring  bloom. 

GG.    Stipules  small,  deciduous, 
orO. 

6.  lineata,  Cunn.    Bushy  shrub: 
branches  pubescent,  terete:  phyll. 
%-%in.  long,  broadly  linear;  point 
small,  hooked  :   peduncle  solitary, 
axillary,  very  slender,  equaling  or 
exceeding  the  phyll.,  glabrous:  fls. 
rich  yellow.   Mar.    B.M.  3346. 

7.  acinacea,  Lindl.  (A.  Latrobei, 
Meissn.).     Shrub:    branches    gla- 
brous, angular:  phyll.  %-%in.  long, 
about  3  lines  wide,  obliquely  oblong 
or  somewhat  falcate,  obtuse,  with  a 
small,  recurved   point :   peduncles 
slender,  about  equaling  the  phyll. 
Mar.    F.v.M.  Icon.  4:7. 

8.  obliqua,    Cunn.    (A.  rotundi- 
folia,    Hook.).     Shrub  :    branches 
glabrescent :    phyll.    %    to   nearly 
%in.  long,  obliquely  obovate  or  or- 
bicular ;   mid-nerve  terminating  in 
a  minute,  recurved  point:  peduncles 
very  slender,  mostly  exceeding  the 
phyll.    Mar.    B.M.  4041. 

9.  Meissneri,  Lehm.    Tall  shrub : 
young  branches  glabrous,  acutely 
angular  :    phyll.  %-l  in.  long,  2-4 
lines  broad,  obovate-oblong  or  ob- 
liquely cuneate,  obtuse,  or  with  a 
small,    hooked    point  :    peduncles 
shorter  than  the  phyll. :  fls.  yellow. 
May. 

PP.    Length  of  phyll.  lY*-4  in. 

10.  dodonarifdlia,  Willd.  Tall  shrub,  very  resinous, shin- 
ing :  phyll.  2-4  lines  wide,  oblong-linear  or  lanceolate, 
mostly  obtuse,  1-nerved,  lateral  veins  prominent  and 
anastomosing:  stipules  0:  peduncles  solitary  or  in  pairs, 
about  %in.  long.  Mar. 


7.  Acacia  armata 

CXK). 


EE.    Fl.  heads   in  axillary  racemes  (rarely  reduced  to 

a  solitary  head). 

p.    Phyll.  2  in.  or   less   long,  broad. 
G.    Racemes  much  exceeding  the  phyll. 

11.  lunata,Sieb.(J..0Zeo2/rdfo'a,Cunn.).  Glabrous  shrub : 
phyll.  less  than  1  in.  long,  obliquely-lanceolate  or  ellipti- 
cal-cuneate,  obtuse,  or  with  a  minute,  oblique  or  recurved 
point:  fls.  yellow:  pods  linear-elliptical,  3-4  lines  broad ; 
seeds  placed  close  to  the  upper  suture.    Apr.  B.R.  1352. 
—Without  the  fruit  this  may  easily  be  mistaken  for  A. 
linifolia  v&r.prominens. 

12.  cultrif6rmis,  Cunn.  (A.cultrata,  Ait.).  Tall  shrub, 
glaiicous  with  wax  when  young  :    phyll.  %-%in.  long, 
falcate-ovate  or   almost   triangular,  mucronulate,  with 
thickened  margins  and  usually  a  marginal  gland  at  the 
angle  on  the  convex  side:  fl.  heads  in  axillary  racemes 
much  exceeding  the  phyll. :  pods  flat,  about  3  lines  broad ; 
seeds  placed  close  to  the  upper  suture.    Mar.   R.H.  1896, 
p.  503.   J.H.  III.  34:131. 

13.  pravissima,  F.v.M.    Tall  shrub  or  small  tree;  gla- 
brous :    phyll.  mostly  3-5  lines  long,  obliquely  f alcate- 
obovate,  or  almost  trapezoid,  recurved,  imperfectly  2- 
veined;  marginal  gland  much  below  the  angle  on  the 
convex  side :  fl.  heads  in  handsome  axillary  racemes  much 
exceeding  the  phyll. :    pods  flat,  about  3  lines  broad  ; 
seeds  placed  along  the  center  of  the  pod. 

GG.  Racemes  not,  or  only  slightly,  exceeding  the  phyll. 

14.  linifdlia,  Willd.    Tall  shrub:  phyll.  1-l^in.  long, 
linear  to  linear-lanceolate,  straight,  rather  thin ;  marginal 
gland  small,  near  the  base:  fl.  heads  in  slender,  axil- 
lary racemes  about  equaling  the  phyll. :  pods  linear,  very 
flat,  4-6  lines  broad;  seeds  placed  along  the  center.  B.M. 
2168.    See  No.  11. 

Var.  pr6minens,  Moore  ( A.  prdminens,  Cunn. ) .  Phyll. 
broader,  linear-lanceolate  to  oblong-falcate;  marginal 
gland  prominent,  distant  from  the  base.  B.M.  3502. 

15.  brachybdtrya,  Benth.  Tall  shrub:  phyll.  %-l%in., 
rarely,  in  luxuriant  specimens,  2  in.  long,  obliquely  obo- 
vate or  oblong,  firm,  rather  broad,  obtuse  or  mucronu- 
late:   fl.  heads  few,  in  short,  axillary  racemes,   about 
equaling  the  phyll.,  or  rarely  reduced  to  1  head:  fls  20- 
50  in  a  head:  pods  flat,  linear  to  narrow-elliptical. 

Var.  argryrophylla,  Benth.  (A.  argyrophylla,  Hook.). 
Silvery-silky,  turning  sometimes  golden  yellow:  phyll. 
mostly  %-l Kin.  long:  fl.  heads  often  solitary.  B.M.  4384. 

Var.  glaucophylla,  Benth.  Glaucous  and  more  or  less 
pubescent:  phyll.  mostly  %-%in.  long:  fl.  heads  mostly 
2-5,  shortly  racemose. 

Var.  glabra,  Benth.  Quite  glabrous:  phyll.  small  and 
narrow:  fl.  heads  small. 

16.  myrtifdlia,  Willd.  Shrub,  rarely  tall:  phyll.  1-2  in. 
long,  very  variable,  firm,  usually  acute  or   mucronate 
and  narrowed  at  base,  with  thickened,  nerve-like  mar- 
gins, and  a  marginal  gland  below  the  middle:  fl.  heads 
several,  in  short,  axillary  racemes  about  equaling  the 
phyll.:    fls.  2-4  in  a  head,  rather  large:    pods    linear, 
thick,  curved,  with  very  thick  margins,  2-3  lines  broad. 
B.M.  302,  as  Mimosa  myrtifolia. 

Var.  celastri!51ia,  Benth.  (A.  celastrifolia,  Benth.). 
Phyll.  mostly  1K-2  in.  long  and  often  1  in.  broad.  B.M. 
4306. 

Var.  normalis,  Benth.  Phyll.  mostly  1-2  in.  long  and 
about  Kin.  broad. 

FF.    Phyll.  2-6-12  in.  long  (sometimes  only  1%  in.  in 
A.  obtusata). 

Var.  angustifdlia,  Benth.  Phyll.  mostly  2-4  in.  long, 
2-4  lines  broad. 

G.    The  phyll.  distinctly  penniveined. 

17.  falcata,  Willd.   Tall  shrub  or  small  tree ;  glabrous: 
branches  angular:  phyll.  3  to  above  6 in.  long,  lanceolate- 
falcate,  acuminate,  much  narrowed  to  the  base;  margi 
nal  gland  close  to  the  base  or  0:    sepals  free,  narrow: 
pods  rather  narrow;  funicle  encircling  the  seed. 

18.  pennin6rvis,  Sieb.  Tree;  glabrous:  branches  angu- 
lar: phyll.  3  to  above  6  in.  long,  oblong  to  lanceolate- 
falcate,  acuminate,  much  narrowed  to  the  base;  margins 
nerve-like ;  gland  distant  from  the  base  or  0 :  pods  broad ; 
funicle  encircling  the  seed.    Mar,    B.M,  2754, 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


Var. falcifdrmis,  Benth.  (A.  falcifdrmis,  DC.).  Phyll. 
mostly  larger  and  more  falcate:  young  shoots  and  in- 
florescence minutely  hoary  or  golden-pubescent  :  pod 
nearly  %in.  broad. 

19.  sallgna,  Wendl.    Shrub  6-10  ft. :  branchlets  angu- 
lar: phyll.  4-6  in.  long,  falcate-lanceolate  or  oblanceolate, 
narrowed    to    the    base,   rather   obtuse,  glaucous    and 
smooth,  the  lateral  veins  but  little  conspicuous:  racemes 
short;  peduncles  short:  fl.  heads  few,  large.    Mar. 

20.  cyanophylla,  Lindl.   BLUE-LEAVED   WATTLE.    Tall 
shrub  18  ft.;  stolonif erous :   branches  drooping:   lower 
phyll.  about  12  in.  long;  upper  6  in.  or  less  and  narrower, 
linear-oblong  to  lanceolate-falcate,  much  narrowed  to- 
ward the  base,  glabrous  and  often  glaucous :  peduncles 
J^-^in.  long:  fl.  heads  3-5,  large,  golden  yellow.    Mar. 
Gn.  52,  p.  99. 

21.  obtusata,  Sieb.   Tall,  glabrous  shrub:  phyll.  l%-3 
in.  long,  oblong-linear,or  almost  spatulate, usually  almost 
straight,  rather  obtuse,  point  not  curved,  thick,  rigid, 
with  thickened,  nerve-like  margins;  marginal  gland  1, 
distant  from  the  base,  not  prominent :    racemes  about 
'% in.  long,  with  densely  packed  heads;  fls.  30  or  more. 
Mar. 

OG.  The  phyll.  thick,  iisually  with  inconspicuous  lateral 
veins  (conspicuous  in  A.  pycnantha). 

22.  neriifdlia,  Cunn.  (A.  retinddes,  Schlecht.    A.reti- 
nddes,  var.  floribunda,  Hort.).    Fig.  8.    Tall,  handsome 
shrub  or  small  tree:  branchlets  slender:  phyll.  3-5  in. 
long,  2-5  lines  wide,  linear-lanceolate,  falcate,  much  nar- 
rowed to  the  base:  racemes  l-2%in.  long  ;   peduncles 
about  2  lines  long  :  fls.  bright  yellow.    Mar.    F.v.M.Icon. 
5:  9.    B.H.  1896,  p.  505.    A.F.  13:  880. -Useful  as  a  street 
tree  in  Calif. 

23.  pycnantha,  Benth.    GOLDEN  WATTLE.    Small  tree: 
phyll.  3-6  in.  long,  lanceolate  to  oblanceolate,  or,  on  vig- 
orous shoots,, even  obovate-f  alcate,  obtuse  or  acutish,  dis- 
tinctly penniveined,  with  a  conspicuous  marginal  gland 
near  the  base:  fl.  heads  in  axillary  racemes,  on  short  pe- 
duncles, large,  fragrant:   funicle  scarcely  folded.    Feb. 
R.H.  1896,  p.  504.— Very  variable  in  shape  and  size  of 
phyll. 

24.  salicina,  Lindl.    Small  tree  :  branches  drooping  : 
foliage  pale:  phyll.  2-5  in.  long,  2%-6  lines  wide,  ob- 
long-linear or  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  base,  thick,  rigid, 
with  a  curved  point ;  midrib  and  marginal  veins  scarcely 
prominent:  racemes  short,  often  reduced  to  2  or  3  heads, 
or  even  only  1:  peduncles  slender:  fls.  about  20  in  the 
head:  pods  straight;   funicle  scarlet,  folded  under  the 
seed. 

25.  rostellifera,  Benth.    Tall  shrub,  perhaps  only  a  va- 
riety of  A.  salicina,  but,  according  to  Bentham,  different 
in  aspect  and  the  nerve  of  the  phyll.  much  more  promi- 
nent:  phyll.  linear-lanceolate,  with   an  oblique   or   re- 
curved callous  point. 

26.  suavdolens,  Willd.    Shrub  3-6  ft.  high,  glabrous: 
branches  acutely  angled :  phyll.  3-6  in.  long,  2-4  lines 
wide,  narrowly  lanceolate  to  linear;  margins  thickened: 
racemes  about  /4in.  long   before  opening,   inclosed  in 
large,  imbricate  bracts:  fls.  6-10  in  a  head.  Apr. 

DD.    Veins  of  phyll.  several  (rarely  only  2), 
longitudinal. 

27.  Oswald!,  F.  v.  M.  Tall  shrub:  phyll.  1^-2  in.  long, 
falcate-oblong  to  linear,  rigid,  mostly  mucronate,  finely 
striate,  twisted,  mostly  3  or  4  lines  broad.    F.  v.  M.  Icon. 
6:10. 

28.  pendula,  Cunn.  WEEPING  MYALL.  Handsome  small 
tree:  branches  pendulous:  foliage  pale  or  ash-colored, 
with  minute   pubescence:    phyll.  l%-2%in.  long,  nar- 
rowly lanceolate  or  almost  linear-falcate,  ending  in  a 
curved  cusp;  nerves  few,  indistinct:  racemes  very  short, 
sometimes   reduced  to  a  solitary  head;   peduncles  5-6 
lines  long.    F.  v.  M.  Icon.  6:  8. 

29.  harpophylla,  F.v.M.   Tree:  branchlets  slightly  an- 
gular: phyll.  6-8  in.  long,  lanceolate,  very  falcate,  nar- 
rowed at  the  end  but  obtuse,  much  narrowed  at  the  base, 
coriaceous,  pale  or  glaucous;  nerves  several,  fine;  reticu- 
late veins  few  and  indistinct:  peduncles  slender,  mostly 
clustered  in  the  axils  :    funicle    short.     F.  v.  M.  Icon. 
6:9. 


30.  implexa,  Benth.  Glabrous  tree:  branchlets  nearly 
terete:  phyll.  3-6  in.  long,  2%-5  lines  wide,  lanceolate 
and  very  falcate-acuminate,  with  a  short,  hooked  point, 
rather  thin;  reticulate  veins  numerous  and  distinct:  pe- 
duncles few,  in  a  very  short  raceme,  long  and  slender: 
fls.  pale  yellow  or  dirty  white :  pods  rather  narrow,  bi- 
convex, curved  or  twisted,  slightly  constricted  between 
the  seeds;  funicle  yellow,  folded  at  the  end  of  the  seed 
but  not  encircling  it.  F.  v.  M.  Icon.  8:  2. 


8.    Acacia  nerilfolia,  narrow-leaved  form. 


31.  melan6xylon,R.  Br.  AUSTRALIAN  BLACK  WOOD.  Tall 
tree,  usually  pyramidal,  glabrous:    branchlets   slightly 
angular:  phyll.  mostly  3  or  4  in.  long,  %-l  in.  wide,  nar- 
rowly lanceolate  to  falcate -oblong,  or  even  falcate-ob- 
lanceolate,  much  narrowed  to  the  base,  very  obtuse, 
thick  and  stiff;  reticulate  veins  numerous:  racemes  oc- 
casionally reduced  to  1  or  2  heads  ;    peduncles  short, 
stout :    fls.  pale  yellow  or  dirty  white  ;   petals  connate 
above  the  middle :  pods  flat,  3-4  lines  broad,  often  curved 
in  a  circle  ;    funicle  bright  red,  doubly  encircling  the 
seed.    Mar.    B.M.  1659. 

32.  Cyclops,  Cunn.  Shrub  6-10  ft. :  branchlets  angular : 
phyll.  1K-3  in.  long,  nearly  straight,  narrow-oblong,  ob- 
tuse, rigid:  racemes  short,  occasionally  redu'ced  to  1  or 2 
heads  :  fls.  yellow  ;  petals  smooth,  free  :  pods  flat,  4-6 
lines  wide,  curved  or  twisted  ;   funicle  richly  colored, 
doubly  encircling  the  seed.    Apr.    F.  v.  M.  Icon.  8:  3. 

BB.    Fls.  in  cylindrical,  or  rarely  oblong,  spikes. 
C.    Phyll.  narrow,  pungent-pointed,  %-l  in.  long. 

33.  oxycddrus,  Sieb.    Tall,  spreading   shrub  :    phyll. 
%-%,  or  rarely  1  in.  long,  narrowly  lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, scattered,  very  rigid,  striate,  with  3  or  4  prominent 
nerves  on  each  side;  stipules    small,  often  spinescent: 
spikes  often  above  1  in.  long.    B.M.  2928. 

34.  vertieillata,  Willd.  (Mimosa  vertieillata,  L'Her.). 
Bushy,  spreading   shrub  :   phyll.   %-%in.  long,  linear- 
subulate  to  lanceolate  or  oblong,  mostly  whorled,  rigid, 
with  1  prominent  central  nerve ;  stipules  minute :   spikes 
%-l  in.  long,  dense  ;    fls.  deep  yellow.    Apr.    B.  M.  110. 

35.  Riceana,  Hensl.    Tall  shrub  or  small  tree,  hand- 
some,dark  green:  phyll.  %-%in.  long,  linear  or  subulate, 
sometimes  very  narrow  and  1-1  Kin.  long,  scattered  or 
whorled,  1-nerved;  stipules  minute:  spikes  interrupted, 
slender,  often   above  1  in.  long  ;  fls.  pale  yellow.    Apr. 
N.  1:7. 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


cc.   Phyll.  broader,  less  rigid,  not  pungent-pointed, 
l%-6  in.  long. 

36.  longifdlia,  Willd.  SYDNEY  GOLDEN  WATTLE.  Fig. 
9.  Tall,  handsome  shrub:  phyll.  4-6  in.  long,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate;  longitudinal  veins  several,  promi- 
nent: spikes  1  in.  long,  loose,  axillary,  mostly  in  diver- 
gent pairs;  fls.  golden  yellow.  Mar.  B.R.  362.  B.M. 
2166.  B.H.  1896,  p.  504. -Useful  as  a  street  tree  in  Calif. 


9.   Phyllodia  and  racemes  of  Acacia 
longifolia. 

Var.  Sophdree,  F.v.  M.  (A.  Sophdree,  R.  fir.).    Phyll. 
2-3  in.  long,  5-8  lines  wide,  broadly 'oblong,  obtuse. 

37.  linefcris,  Sims.  (A.  longlssima,  Wendl.).    Shrub: 
phyll.  4-6  in.  long,  linear,  with  1  prominent  longitudinal 
nerve :  spikes  1-2  in.  long,  loose  and  interrupted,  slender: 
fls.  pale  yellow  or  dirty  white.    B.M.  2156.    B.E.  680.— 
Valued  as  a  street  tree  in  Calif. 

38.  aneura,  F.  v.  M.    MULGA.    Shrubby;  often  hoary, 
with   minute  pubescence  :    phyll.  l%-3  in.  long,  1-1% 
lines  wide,  narrowly  linear,  without  prominent  nerves  but 
minutely  striate,  rigid :  spikes  short  and  dense  on  short 
peduncles:  pods  broad,  flat,  short.    F.  v.  M.  Icon.  10:  8. 

39.  glauc6scens,  Willd.  (A.cinerdscens,  Sieb.).    Glau- 
cous tree  50  ft.  or  more  high:  phyll.  4-6  in.  long,  5-12 
lines  broad  at  the  middle,  linear-lanceolate,  narrowed  at 
both  enas,  falcate,  striate,  and  with  3-5  more  prominent 
nerves,  all  free  from  the  lower  margin:  spikes  in  pairs, 
1-2  in.  long  :  pods  narrow-linear,  biconvex,  irregularly 
twisted.    Mar.   B.M.  3174. 

40.  holosericea,  Cunn.  (A.  leucophylla,  Lindl.).   Shrub 
or  small  tree  10-20  ft.,  white,  silky  :   phyll.  4-6  in.  long, 
1-3  in.  broad,  oblong-lanceolate,  with  3  or  4  prominent 
nerves  confluent  with  the  lower  margin  at  the  base: 
spikes  mostly  in  pairs,  sessile,  about  2  in.  long.    Mar. 

AA.    Lvs.  all  bipinnate. 

B.    Fls.  in  globular  heads. 

0.    Heads  in  terminal-axillary  panicles  or  racemes: 

stipules  small  or  0. 
D.    Trees:  pinnae  in  8-15  pairs,  fl. -heads  panicled. 

41.  deciirrens,  Willd.  GREEN  WATTLE.  Branchlets  with 
very  prominent  angles   decurrent   from   the   petioles  ; 


glabrous,  or  the  young  shoots  slightly  tomentose-pubes- 
cent :  leaflets  1-2  lines  long,  narrow,  rather  distant : 
fls.  whitish  yellow:  pods  mostly  less  than  4  lines  wide, 
flat,  more  or  less  contracted  between  the  seeds.  Mar.- 
May. 
Var.  normalis,  Benth.  Leaflets  3-4  lines  long. 

42.  mollissima,    Willd.    (A.    decurrens    var.    mdllis, 
Lindl. ) .    BLACK  WATTLE.   Branchlets  with  decurrent  an- 
gles only  slightly  prominent:  foliage  and  branchlets  pu- 
bescent, the  young  shoots  of  a  yellowish  or  golden  tinge; 
leaflets  2-3  lines  long,  narrow,  crowded:    fls.  fragrant: 
pods  mostly  less  than  4  lines  wide,  flat,  more  or  less  con- 
tracted between  the  seeds.    Dec.-Mar.    B.R.  371.  — The 
names  of  this  and  of  the  next  species  are  often  inter- 
changed in  gardens  and  even  in  herbaria. 

43.  dealbata,  Link.   SILVER  WATTLE.   Branchlets  with 
decurrent  angles  only  slightly  prominent :   foliage  and 
branchlets  very  glaucous  or  hoary,  with  a  fine  pubes- 
cence, the  young  shoots  whitish;  leaflets  2-3  lines  long, 
narrow,  crowded  :  pods  mostly  more  than  4  lines  wide, 
flat,  hardly  constricted  between  the  seeds.    Mar.    A.F. 
13:  880.  R.H.  1896,  p.  502. 

DD.    Shrubs  or  small  trees:  pinna?  mostly  in  2-8  pairs: 
fl.  heads  racemed. 

44.  pubgscens,  R.  Br.  HAIRY  WATTLE.   Shrub  6-10  ft.: 
branches  and  petioles  hirsute:  pinnae  mostly  3-8  pairs; 
leaflets  6-20  pairs,  1-2  lines  long,  crowded,  linear,  gla- 
brous: racemes  slender,  longer  than  the  Ivs.  Mar.   B.M. 
3263.    F.R.  1:733. 

45.  Baileyana,  F.v.M.  Small, handsome  tree:  branches 
and  foliage  glabrous  and  glaucous:   pinnae  2-3  pairs; 
leaflets   about   13   pairs,   l%-2%    lines   long,   crowded, 
linear:  racemes  3-4  in.  long.    Jan.    F.  v.  M.  Icon.  12:  5. 
G.C.  III.  15:37. 

cc.    Heads  on  simple,  solitary,  or  clustered  peduncles: 
stipules  often  spinescent. 

46.  pulch611a,  R.  Br.  Elegant  shrub:  branches  slender, 
glabrous  or  hirsute,  usually  armed  with  subulate  axillary 
spines  :  pinnae  1  pair  ;  leaflets  4-7  pairs,  1-2  lines  long, 
obtuse:  fl.  heads  solitary;  fls.  yellow.   Apr. 

Var.  grandis,  Hort.  (A .  grdndis,  Henfr. ) .  Shrub  6  ft., 
glabrous:  leaflets  8-10  pairs,  longer:  fls.  yellow.  Feb.— 
May.  J.H.  111.35:369  (1897). 

Var.  hispidissima,  Hort.  (A.  hispidissima,  DC.). 
Branches  very  hirsute,  with  long,  spreading  hairs  : 
leaflets  narrow:  fls.  white.  B.M.  4588. 

47.  J&rnesikn&,Wmd..(A.leptophylla,'DC.).  POPINAC. 
OPOPANAX.  CASSIE.   HUISACHE.   Much  branching  shrub, 
6-10  ft. :    stipules  straight,  slender,  sometimes  minute 
spines;  pinnae  5-8  pairs;  leaflets  mostly  10-25  pairs,  1-2 
lines  long,  narrow,  linear,  glabrous :  peduncles  2  or  3  in 
the  older  axils :    fl.  heads  large,  globular,  deep  yellow, 
very  fragrant:  pods  almost  terete,  indehiscent,  at  length 
turgid  and  pulpy.    Feb.-Mar.     Tex.,  Mex.,  Asia,  Afr. 
and  Austral.    Grown  in  S.  France  for  perfumery. 

48.  Cavenia,  Bertero.   ESPINO.   CAVAN.   Height  20  ft. : 
spines  stout :  leaflets  scabrous,  scabious-pubescent.  Oth- 
erwise near  to  A.  Farnesiana,  of  which  it  is  sometimes 
considered  a  mere  variety.    Chile.  — A  good  hedge  plant. 

49.  Arabica,  Willd.  GUM  ARABIC  TREE.  Fig.  10.  Small 
tree,  with  spiny  stipules:  pinnae  3-6  pairs,  each  with  40 
or  less  very  narrow  leaflets  :   fls.  white,  in  globular,  pe- 
dunculate heads,  which  are  usually  in  3's.    Arab,  and  Eu. 

50.  filicina,  Willd.  Unarmed  shrub :  pinnae  2-15  pairs ; 
leaflets  20-50  or  more  pairs  (rarely  10-15),  very  small: 
fl.  heads  globular:  pods  linear,  straight,  flat,  not  pulpy. 
Tex.  and  Mex. 

BB.    Fls.  in  cylindrical  spikes. 

51.  Gr6ggii,  Gray.    Small    tree   10-20  ft.,  pubescent, 
often    with    scattered,   short,   stout,  hooked    prickles  : 
pinnae  2-4  pairs,  %-\  in.  long  ;  leaflets  3-5  pairs,  2  or  3 
lines  long,  oblong  or  oblong-obovate,  thick,  and  with  2  or 
3    straight    nerves  :     peduncles    %-l    in.   long.     Apr. 
Tex.,  S.  Calif,  and  Mex. 

52.  Catechu,  Willd.  Tree:  pinnae  8-10 pairs,  each  bear- 
ing 100  or  less  linear,  pubescent  leaflets  :  fls.  yellow  ; 
spikes  solitary  or  in  2'sor  3's.  E.  Ind.  — Yields  Catechu, 
a  valuable  tannin. 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


53.  Dnimmondii,  Benth.  Bush  or  small  tree: 
2-4  pairs,  each  with  4-10  linear,  very  obtuse  glabrous 
leaflets:  fls.  pale  lemon-yellow,  in  dense,  solitary,  droop- 
ing spikes  \-lY<t  in.  long.  Austral.  B.M.  Sigh-Hand- 
some, and  popular  for  spring  bloom,  as  at  Easter. 

In  the  following  supplementary  list,  the  heights  given  are 
those  attained  by  the  plants  under  glass  in  N.  Europe  ;  in  the 
open  air  in  the  southwest  I".  S.  tlu-y  often  grow  much  taller, 
and  sometimes  flower  2  months  earlier.  Except  when  other- 
wise stated,  the  flowers  are  yellow.  Those  marked  (*)  are  con- 
sidered most  desirable.  Those  marked  "  stove"  need  hothouse 
treatment;  the  others  can  be  grown  in  a  coolhouse,  or  in  the 
open  in  California.  A.  abietlna,  Willd.=linifolia.—  A.  acan- 
thocdrpa,  Willd. =*Mimosa  acanthocarpa.  —  A .  Acapulcensis, 
Kunth.=Lysiloma  Acapulcensis.— A.  acicidaris,"  Needle-leaved 
Acacia,"4ft.— A.afflnis,  Sweet. =dealbata.— A.alata,  R.Br.,6 
ft.  May.  B.R.  396.— A.  amcena,  Wendl.,  3  ft.  May.  Near  to  het- 
erophylla.— A.  angulata,  Desv.=discolor.— A.  angustifblia, 
Lodd.=longifolia,  var.  floribunda.— A.  argyrophylla,  Hook.= 
brachybotrya,  var.  argyrophylla.— A.  dspera,  Lindl.  (A.  Aus- 
feldii,  Regel.  A.  densifolia,  Benth.).  4ft.  May.— A.  Ausfeldii, 
Regel.=aspera.— A.  Bancroftidna,  Bert.=Caesalpinia  bijuga.— 
A.  Bartheridna,  Hort.=Berteriana?— A.  Berlandieri,  Benth. 
Fls.?  Mexico.— A. Berteridna, Balb.=Pithecolobium fragrans.— 
A .  biflbra,  R.  Br.  3ft.  May.— A.  binervdta,  DC.  8ft.  May.— A. 
brachyacdntha,  Humb.  &  Bonpl.=Mimosa  acanthocarpa.— -A. 
brevifblia,  Lodd.=lunata.— A.  brevipes,  Cunn.=melanoxylon.— 
A.  Burmannidna,  DC.  Fls.?  6  ft.  Ceylon.  Stove.— A.  buxifb- 
h'a.Cunn.  4ft.  Apr.  Hook,  Icon.  164.— J..  coma, Wight  &  Am. 
(A.  Intsia,  Willd.).  20ft.  E.  Indies.  Stove.— A.  celastrifolia, 
Benth. =myrtifolia,  var.  celastrifolia.— A.  centrophylla,DC.  20 
ft.;  white.  Jamaica.  Stove.— A.C'era&mia,Willd.=MiinosaCera- 
tonia.— A.  chrysdstachys,  Hort.=Piptadeniachrysostachys.— A. 
cilidta,  R.  Br.=strigosa.— A.  cinerdscens,  Sieb.=glaucescens.— 
A.cochledris,  Wendl.  4ft.  Apr.  to  May.— A.  concinna,DC.  20 
ft.;  fls.  white.  E.Indies.  Stove.— A.  Concordidna, Loud.=Pithe- 
colobium  umbellatum.— A.  conferta,  Cunn.  Apr.— A.  corddta,  a 
trade  name,  probably  belongs  to  some  other  species.— A.cori- 
dcea,  DC.  5ft.  May.— A.  cornigera,  Willd. =spadicigera.— A. 
coronillcefblia,  Desf.  10  ft.  N.  Africa.  Stove.— A.  crassicdrpa, 
Cunn.  6  ft.  May.— A.  cultrdta,  Hort.=cultriformis.— A.  cune- 
dta,  Benth.  Apr.— A.  cuspiddta,  Cunn.=diffusa,  var.  cuspidata. 
—A.cycnbrum,  Hook.=obscura.— A.  daviesicefblia,  Cunn.  6ft. 
June.— A.  decipiens,  v&r.prcemorsa,  Hort.*  3ft.  May.  B.M.  3244. 
—A.  decurrens,  var.  mollis,  Benth.=mollissima.— A.  densifolia, 
Benth.=aspera.— A.  dentifera,  Benth.  Apr.  B.M.  4032.— A.  de- 
pendens,  Cunn.=longifolia,var.mucronata.— A.detinens,  Burch. 
3ft.  May.  S.  Afr.— A.  diptera,  Willd.=Prosopis  juliflora.— A. 
diptera,  Lindl.  Shrub  :  fls.  ?—  A.  diptera,  var.  erioptera,  Gra- 
ham. Sept.  B.M.  3939.— A.  discolor,  Willd.  (A.  angulata,  Desv.). 
10ft.  May.— A.  divaricdta,  Willd.=Lysiloma  Schiedeana.— A . 
Donkeldarii  is  a  trade  name. =Mimosa?— A.  doratoxylon*^  Cur- 
rawang,  "a  beautiful  small  tree  :  fls.  golden  yellow.— A.  dumbsa, 
Wight  &Arn.=latronum.—A.e&«rnea,  Willd.  5ft.  E.Ind.  Stove. 
—A.echinula,  DC.=juniperina.— A.  edulis,  Humb.  &  Bonpl.= 
Farnesiana.— A.  eldta,  —*.  "Pepper-tree  Wattle."— A.  elongdta, 
Sieb.*6ft.  May.  B.M.  3337.  Especially  suitable  for  damp,  sandy 
land.— A.  emargindta,  Wendl. =*stricta.— A.  eriocldda,  Benth. 
June.— A.  Esterhdzia,  Mackay.  4  ft.  May.— A.  falciformis, 
DC.=penninervis,  var.  falciformis.  —  A.  ferruginea,  DC.  E. 
Indies.  Fls.?  Stove.  —  A.  flexicaulis,  Benth.=Pithecolobium 
flexicaule,  Coulter.— A.  floribunda,  Willd. =longifolia,  var.  flori- 
bunda.— A.  floribunda,  Hort. =neriifolia.— A.  formdsa,  Kunth. 
=Calliandra formosa.— A.frondbsa,  Willd. =Leucaena  glauca.— 
A.  fruticdsa,  Mart.=Piptadenia  latifolia.— A.  genistcefblia , 
Link.=diffusa.— A.  girdffce,  Willd.  "Camel-thorn."  40ft.  S. 
Afr.  Fls.  ?  Stove.— A. glauca,  Mcench.=Leucaena  glauca.— A. 
glauca,  Hort.=A.  glaucescens.— A.  grdndis,  Henfr.=pulchella, 
var.  grandis.— A.  grata,  Willd. =Piptadenia  macrocarpa.— 
A.  graveolens,  Cunn.=verniciflua.— A.  Guayaquilensis,  Desf. 
=Mimosa  Guayaquilensis.— A.  Guianensis,  Willd. =Stryph- 
nodendron  Guianense.  —  A .  gummifera,  Willd.  30  ft. 
Guinea.  Fls.  ?  —  A.  Hcematoxylon,  Willd.  20  ft.  Fls.  yellow  or 
white.  S.  Afr.  Stove.— A.  hastuldta,  Sm.  4ft.  May.  B.M. 
3341.— A.  heteracdntha,  Burch.  15ft.:  fls.?  S.  Afr.— A.  hetero- 
phylla,  Willd.  5  ft.  May.  Mascarene  Isls.— A.  hispida,  Hort. 
=Robinia  hispida.— A.  hispidissima,  DC.=IA.  pulchella,  var. 
hispidissima.— A.  homalophylla*  "Yarran."— A.  homomdlla, 
Wendl.=glaucescens.— A.Huegelii,  Benth.*  Pale  yellow.  Feb.— 
A.  humifusa,  Cunn.  Austral.— A.  hybrida,  Lodd.=armata.— 
A.  intermedia,  Cunn.=longifolia,var.floribunda.— A.  intertexta, 
Sieb.=longifolia.— A.  Intsia,  Willd.=Cfesia.— A.  Julibrissin, 
Willd.=Albizzia  Julibrissin.— A.  juniperlna,  Willd.*  (A.echi- 
nula, DC.).  6  ft.:  near  to  verticillata.— A.  Kalkbra,  G.  Don.= 
Albizzia  Julibrissin.— A.  Kba,  Gray.  Fls.  ?  Hawaiian  Isls. 
Stove.— A.  Ldmbertidna,  D.  Don.=Calliandra  Lambertiana.— 
A.  lanigera,  Cunn.  6ft.  Apr.  B.M.  2922.— A.  latisiliqua,  Willd.= 
Lysiloma  latisiliqua.— A.  Latrbbei,  Meissn.=acinacea.— A.  la- 
trbnum,Wi\ld.  (A.  dumosa,  Wight  &  Am.).  20  ft.;  fls.  ?  E.In- 
dies. Stove.— A.  laurifblia,  Willd.  4ft.  May.  Pacific  Islands. 
Stove.-A.  Lebbeck,  Willd.=Albizzia  Lebbek.-A.  leiophylla, 
Benth.=saligna.— A.  lentiscifblia,  Desf.  20  ft.  Fls.  ?  Mexico. 
Stove.— A.  leprbsa,  Sieb.*  May.  B.R.  1441.  "Graceful,  linear 
leaves,  and  habit  of  a  willow."—  A .  leprosa,v&r.  tenuifolia,  Benth. 
Stove.— A.  Icfitncdrpa,  Cunn.  6ft.  Apr.— A.  leptoneura,  Benth. 
6ft.  Apr.  B.M.  4350.— A.  leptophylla,  DC.=Farnesiana.— A. 


leucophl(jpa,Wi\\<\.  12  ft. ;  pale  yellow.  Tropical  Asia.  Stove.— 
A.  leucophylla,  Colvill.=holosericea.— A.  liguldta,  Cunn.=sali- 
cina.— A.  lonyi folia,  var.  floribunda,  F.  v.  M.  (A.  floribunda, 
Willd.  A.  intermedia,  Cunn.).  6ft.  Apr.  B.M.  3203.— A.  longi- 
folia,  var.  mucrondta,  F.  v.  M.  (A.  dependens,  Cunn.  A. 
mucronata,  F.v.  M.).  Mar.  B.M.  2747.— A.  longissima,  Wendl. 
=linearis.— A.  lophdntha,  Willd. = Albizzia  lophantha.— A. 
lophdntha,  var.  gigantea,  Hort.=Albizzia  lophantha,  var.  gigan- 
tea. —  A.  lucida,  Baill.=Albizzia  lucida.— A.  Mdnyium 
Willd.  10ft.  Molucca  Isls.  Stove.— A.  microphylla,  Willd.  = 
Piptadeniaperegrina.— A.  mdllis,  Wall.=Albizzia  Julibrissin.— 
A.Nemu,  Willd. =Albizzia  Julibrissin. — A.  neurocdrpa,  Cunn. 
=holosericea.— A.  nlgricans,  R.  Br.  6  ft.  Apr.  B.M.  2188.— A. 
nudifldra,Wi\\d.  (A.  Rohriana,  DC.).  30  ft.;  white.  W.Indies. 
Stove.— A.obscura,  A. DC.  (A.cycnprum,  Hook.).  2%ft.  B.M. 
4653.— A.  odoratis,sima,  Willd. = Albizzia  odoratissima.— A.  olete- 
fblia,  Cunn.=lunata.— A.  oligophylla,  Hoffmgg.  4  ft.  Habitat? 
Stove.— A.  orndta  is  a  name  in  the  trade,  probably  of  some  well- 
known  species.— A.  paradbxa,  DC.=armata.— A.  pentadenia, 
Lindl.  10ft.  May.  B.R.  1521.— A. pinifblia,  Benth.  =juncifolia. 
—A.  pinndta,  Link.=tamarindifolia.— A.  platyphylla,  Sweet. 
10  ft.  June.— A.  plumbsa,  Lowe.  20  ft.  Brazil.  B.M.  3366.  A 
stove  climber.— A. podalyricefdlia,  Cunn.*  Tall  shrub.  G.C.  III. 
15,  p. 39.— A.polybbtrya,  Benth.*  A  beautiful  pinnate-leaved  spe- 
cies.—A.  Portoricensis,  Willd. =Calliandra  Portoricensis.— 
A. prismdtica, Hoffmgg.  6ft.  Habitat?  Stove.— A. prominent, 
Cunn.=linifolia,  var.  prominens.— A.  Pseudacdcia,  Hort.=Ro- 
binia  Pseudacacia.— A.pulcherrima,  Willd.=Stryphnodendron 
floribundum. — A.  quadranguldris,  Link.=Calliandra  tetragona. 
—A.  retinbdes,  Schlecht.=neriifolia.— A.  ripdria,  HBK.  (A. 
sarmentosa,  Griseb.).  10ft.  W.  Indies.  A  stove  climber.-»-A. 
J2oAndJia,pC.=nudiflora.— A.rbsea,  Hort.=Robinia  hispida.— 
A.rusdfblia,  Cunn.=verticillata,  var.  latifolia.— A.  sarmentbsa, 
Griseb.=riparia.— A.  scdndens,  Willd. =Entada  scandens.— A. 
semicorddta,  Roxb.  40ft.;  fls.  ?  E.  Indies.  Stove.— A.  Senegal, 
Willd.  30ft.;  fls.  white.  Tropical  W.  Afr.  Stove.— A.sericdta, 
Cunn.  Apr.— A.  Simsii,  Cunn.  Apr.— A.  Sophbrce,  R.  Br.= 
longifolia,  var.  Sophorse.— A.  spadicigera,  Ch.  &  Schl.  (A.  cor- 
nigera, Willd.).  15  ft.;  pale  yellow.  Jamaica.  B.M.  7395. 
Stove.— A.  specibsa,  Willd.=Albizzia  Lebbek.— A.  spectdbilis, 
Cunn.*  Apr.  B.R.  1843:46.  Remarkably  beautiful.— A.  Splni, 
Balb.  15  ft.;  red  and  yellow.  Guadeloupe  Isl.  Stove.— A.squa- 
mdta,  Lindl.  Apr.  Hook.  Icon.  Plant.  367.— A.stenophylla,  Cunn. 
Mar.— A.  stipuldta,  DC.=Albizzia  stipulata.— A.  stricta,  Willd. 
(A.  emarginata,  Wendl.).  2ft.  Mar.  B.M.  1121.— A.  strigbsa, 
Link.  (A.  ciliata,  R.  Br.).  4  ft.— A.  strombulifera,  Willd.= 
Prosopis  strombulifera.— A.  subuldta,  Bonpl.  4ft.  May.— A. 
sulcdta,  R.  Br.  2ft.  July.  B.R.  928.— A.  Suma,  Gurz.  10ft.; 
fls.?  E.Indies.  Stove.— A.  tamarindi folia,  Willd.  (A.  pinnata). 
4  ft.;  white.  S.Amer.  Stove.— A.  taxifblia,  Lodd.=Riceana.— 
A.  tomentbsa,  Willd.  20  ft.;  fls.?  E.  Indies.  Stove.— A.  tri- 
chbdes,  Willd.=Leucaena  trichodes.— A.  trinervdta,  Sieb.  6ft. 
Apr.— A.  tristis,  Graham=armata.— A.  umbelldta.  Cunn.  Apr. 
— A.  uncindta,  Lodd.=undulaefolia.— A.  undulcefblia  (A.  tinci- 
nata,Lodd).  4ft.  May.  B.M.  3m.-A.urophylla,  Benth.  Pale 


10.    Acacia  Arabica. 


yellow.  Apr.  B.M.4573.— A.  vdga,  Willd.  40  ft.:  white.  Brazil. 
Stove.— A.  0enMSta,Willd.=Calliandra  Portoricensis.— A.  vera, 
Willd. =Arabica.— A.  vernictflua,  Cunn.  (A.  graveolens,  Cunn. 
A.virgata.Lodd.).  6ft.  Apr.  B.M.  3266,  3279.— A.verticilldta,vfir. 
angusta,Hort.  10ft.  Apr.— A.  verticillata,  var.  latifolia,  Benth. 
(A.' ruscifolia,  Conn.  A.moesta,  Lindl.).  10ft.  Apr.  B.M  3195. 
B.R.  1846:  67.— A.  vestlta,  Ker-Gawl.*  6ft.  June.  B.R. 698.— A. 
vimindlis,  Ait.  Apr.— Asvirescens,  DC.  20ft.  S.Amer.  Stove.— 
A.  virgdta,  Lodd.=verniciflua.— A.  viridirdmis,  Burch. =Xero- 
cladia  Zeyheri.  —  A.  viscidula,  Cunn.  6ft.  Feb.  Gt.  1109. 
A.  viscbsa,  Schrad.  =  dodona3ifolia.  — A.  vomeriformis ,  Cunn. 
Apr.— A.  Wallichidna.  DC.=Catechu.  j  BURTT  DAVY. 


10 


ACACIA,  FALSE 


ACANTHOMINTHA 


ACACIA,  FALSE.    See  JRobinia  Pseudacacla. 
ACACIA,  ROSE.    See  Robinia  hispida. 

AC2ENA  (from  akaina,  thorn).  Rosacece.  Dwarf, 
hardy  perennial  sub-shrubs  with  inconspicuous  green 
flowers,  cultivated  in  rockeries  for  their  showy  crimson 
spines,  which  are  borne  on  the  calyx ;  1-12  in.  As  ground- 
work for  dwarf,  spring-flowering  bulbs,  as  trilliums,  they 
are  unsurpassed.  Useful  in  protecting  native  orchids  and 
bog  plants.  Prop,  by  cuttings,  creeping  rootlets,  divi- 
sions and  seeds.  Monogr.  by  T.  Citerne,  in  Revue  des 
Sciences  Naturelles  de  1'Ouest,  1871,  Nos.  1,  2,  3. 

microphylla,  Hook.  f.  Lvs.  evergreen,  pale,  pinnate, 
serrate  :  spines  attractive  all  summer  and  autumn.  N. 
Zeal.  — Grows  well  in  either  wet  or  dry  soils. 

ovalifdlia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  a  little  larger  than  the 
latter;  leaflets  oblong,  subcuneate.  Chile.  Gn.  52,  p.  46. 

A.  argentea,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  silvery.  Chilean  Andes.— A. 
adscendens,  Vahl.  Austral.— A.  cuneata,  Hook.  &  Arn.,  is  a  good 
species  according  to  some,  but  may  =  A.  sericea.  Magellan.— A. 
millefolia,  Nicholson.  Fruit  not  in  globular  heads.  Hab.  ?— 
A.  myriophylla,  Lindl.  Fern-like.  Chile.  Gn.  37,  p.  177.— A. 
Novce-Zealdndice,  T.  Kirk.  Good  species  according  to  some,  but 
may  =  A.  microphylla.— A.  ovlna,  A.  Cunn.  Austral.— A.  pin- 
natifida,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Chile.— A.  pulchella,  Nicholson.  Lvs. 
bronzy.— A.  Sanguisorbce,  Vahl.  N.  Zeal.— A.  sarmentdsa,  Car- 
mich.=A.  Sanguisorbse.— A.  sericea,  Jacq.  f.  Mex.— A.  splen- 
dens,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Chile.  j  fi  KELLER 

ACAI/JTHA  (a  name  given  by  Hippocrates  to  a  net- 
tle). Euphorbiacece.  Tender  foliage  plants  much  used 
for  greenhouse  ornament,  and  especially  for  bedding- 
out.  For  the  latter  purpose  it  is  desirable  to  have  strong, 
well  hardened  plants  in  5-in.  pots,  which  should  be  set 
out  the  last  week  in  May,  and  grown  in  a  rich  soil  with- 
out check.  Prop,  by  cuttings,  chiefly  in  three  ways: 
(1)  in  fall  from  outdoor  bedded  plants  ;  (2)  from  plants 
lifted  in  fall,  cut  back,  and  kept  for  spring  stock  ; 
(3)  from  stock  plants  in  pots  reserved  from  the 
previous  season.  The  well  ripened  wood  of  these 
last  is  a  great  advantage,  and  gives  cuttings  that  may 


11.   Acalypha  Wilkesiana,  var.  Macafeana  (X  %). 

be  taken  with  a  heel.  A  mature  stem  will  furnish  sev- 
eral beside  the  top  one.  This  is  the  best  method  for  gen- 
eral purposes.  Cuttings  are  taken  below  joints,  and  re- 
quire mild  bottom  heat.  For  greenhouse  ornament  in  fall 
and  winter,  excellent  specimens  may  be  secured  from 
cuttings  made  in  summer  from  such  stock  plants. 

Cult,  by  ROBERT  SHORE. 


Wilkesiana,  Mull.  Arg.  (A.  tricolor,  Hort.  ex  Seem.). 
Lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  bronzy  green,  variously  mottled 
with  red:  fls.  inconspicuous.  S.  Sea  Islands.  Var.  Mac- 
afeana, Hort.  Fig.  11.  Lvs.  red,  marked  with  crimson 
and  bronze.  Perhaps  the  commonest  variety.  R.H. 
1882:288.  Var.  marginata,  Hort.  Lvs.  with  a  crimson 
margin.  F.M.  1875:  156.  Gn.  7,  p.  521.  Var.  musaica, 
Hort.  Lvs  green,  with  orange  and  red  markings.  Var. 
obovata,  Hort.  Lvs.  obovate,  green,  edged  white  when 
young,  changing  to  bronzy  green  with  rosy  pink  margins. 
Var.  triumphans,  Hort.  (A.  triumphans,  Lind.  &  Rod.). 
Lvs.  large,  spotted  with  crimson,  green,  and  brown. 
I. H.  35:55  (1888). 

Godseffiana,  Mast.  Lvs.  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate, 
green,  with  creamy  margin  :  fls.  unknown.  G.C.  III. 
28:242.  Gng.  6:278.  F.E.  10:554.  A. F.  13:1286. 

hispida,  Burm.  f.  (A.  Sdnderi,  N.  E.  Brown).  Fig. 
12.  Cult,  chiefly  for  its  long  red,  amarantus-like  spikes 
of  flowers  :  Ivs.  green.  E.  Ind.  Burm.  Fl.  Ind.,  p.  303, 
t.  61,  f.  1.  A. F.  13:1285.  A. G.  19:  453,  827.  F.E.  10:554. 
G.C.  III.  23:  248.  Gt.  47:  276.  Gn.  54:1180.  Gng.  6:  279. 
—The  leading  novelty  of  1899.  Called  by  various  names, 
as  Chenille  Plant,  Philippine  Medusa,  and  others. 

A.  colorata,  Spreng.=A.  integrifolia.— A.  Commersoniana, 
Baill.=A.  integrifolia.— A.  macrophylla,  Hort.,  not  HBK.=A. 
Wilkesiana,  var.  macrophylla.— A.  marginata,  Hort.,  not 
Spreng.=A.  Wilkesiana,  var.  marginata.— A. obovata,  Hort.,  not 
Benth.=A.  Wilkesiana,  var.  obovata.— A.  integrifblia,  Willd. 
4-7  ft. :  Ivs.  thick,  glabrous,  oblong,  green  above,  colored  below. 
Madagascar.  Other  trade  names  are  A.  Hamiltoniana  (Int. 
1893),  A.  Miltoniana,  and  A.  torta.  -^y  ]yj 

ACAMFE  (named  from  the  brittle  nature  of  the  flow- 
ers). Orchiddcece.  Greenhouse  epiphyte. 

A.  longifblia,  Lindl.  (Vanda  longifolia,  Lindl.).  E.  Ind.  A 
species  of  little  decorative  value,  said  to  be  sold  by  its  synonym. 

ACANTHEPHlPPIUM  (meaning  unknown).  Often 
spelled  Acanthophippium.  Orchidacece.  Terrestrial 
stove  orchids.  Fls.  rather  large,  racemose,  few  ;  sepals 
combined  to  form  a  broad  pitcher.  They  do  best  in  a 
compost  of  loam  and  leaf -mold.  Being  natives  of  the 
hottest,  moist,  densely  shaded  jungles,  they  require  much 
heat  and  moisture  during  the  growing  period.  Good 
drainage  is  essential.  Prop,  by  dividing  the  pseudobulbs 
as  soon  as  growth  begins.  Cult,  by  E.  O.  ORPET. 

Javanicum,  Blume.  Fls.  yellow  and  red,  with  dis- 
tinct longitudinal  stripes.  Java.  B.  M.  4492. 

A.  bicolor,  Lindl.  Fls.  purple  and  yellow.— A.  Curtisii,Reichb. 
f .  Fls.  many  colored.  Distinguished  by  the  five  keels  between 
the  side  laciniae.  Malay  Arch.  G.C.  II.  25  :169.— A.  Sylhetense, 
Lindl.  Fls.  white,  much  spotted.  Himalayas. 

ACANTH&DIUM.     See  Slepharis. 

ACANTHOLIMON  (akanthos,  spine,  and  limon,  sea 
lavender).  Syn.,Armeriastmm.  Plumbaginacece.  Hardy 
evergreen  perennials ;  dwarf,  tufted,  with  sharp-pointed, 
rigid  leaves;  less  common  than  Statice  and  Armeria.  An 
oriental  genus  of  slow-growing  and  sun-loving  plants  for 
rockeries.  Prop,  by  seeds  (which  germinate  slowly)  sown 
carefully  on  a  warm  but  somewhat  shaded  border,  and 
transplanted  when  plants  are  large  enough  to  handle ;  by 
cuttings  made  in  late  summer  and  wintered  in  a  frame ; 
by  very  carefully  made  divisions.  Boissier  describes  74 
species  in  the  Flora  Orientalis.  See  A.  Bunge,  Die  Gat- 
tung  Acantholimon,  St.  Petersburg,  1872. 

glumaceum,  Boiss.  Height  6  in. :  Ivs.  green  :  fls. 
small,  rose,  on  one-sided,  spicate  racemes,  6-9  in  each 
short,  dense  spikelet.  July-Sept.  Armenia.  F.  8.7:677. 
Gn.  31:  592.  R.  H.  1891,  p.  489. 

venustum,  Boiss.  (Armer  id  strum  diantlii  folium,  O. 
Kuntze).  About  8  in. :  Ivs.  grey-green,  very  stiff  :  fls. 
larger  than  the  last,  rose,  12-20  in  each  long,  loose  spike- 
let.  July-Sept.  Asia  Minor.  R.H.  1866:  450.  Gn.  13:117. 

B.  M.  7506.    Gn.  53,  p.  405.       T  T>    T^ 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

ACANTHOMINTHA.  Labiates.  THORNY  MINT.  Ten* 
der  annual,  with  the  habit  of  Lamium.  Its  chief  inter- 
est is  botanical,  the  nearest  relative  of  the  genus  being 
the  Brazilian  genus  Glechon.  Only  two  species  known. 
Prop,  by  seeds  in  spring  under  glass. 


ACANTHOMINTHA 


ACANTHUS 


11 


ilicifdlia,  Gray.  Height  6  in.:  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate, 
bluntly  toothed:  fls.  3-8  in  a  whorl,  chiefly  purple,  with 
yellow  and  white  marks.  Calif.  B.M.  6750.  Int.  1891. 
—  Less  desirable  than  Lamium,  which  see. 

ACANTHOPANAX  (a  thorny  Panax-like  plant).  Ara- 
lidcecf.  Hardy  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, long-petioled,  lobed  or  digitate,  deciduous:  fls.  in- 


12.  Acalypha  hispida  (A.  Sanderi). 

Conspicuous,  in  umbels  ;  petals  and  stamens  5  :  fr.  a 
blaek  2-5-seeded  berry.  Cent.  Asia  and  Himalayas.  Prop, 
by  seeds  or  by  root-cuttings;  A.  pentaphyllum  also  by 
hardwood  cuttings. 

A.  Lrs.  simple,  palmately  lobed. 
ricinifdlium,  Seem.(  Ardlia  Maximowiczii,'H.ort.  Kalo- 
pdnax  ricinifdlium,  Miq.).  Tree,  80ft. :  branches  with 
numerous  stout  prickles:  Ivs.  deeply  5-7-lobed,  9-14  in. 
in  diam.,  downy  beneath  when  young  ;  lobes  oblong- 
lanceolate,  serrate  :  inflorescense  terminal,  large,  com- 
pound. Japan.  F.S.  20:2067.— A  very  ornamental  tree 
of  striking  subtropical  effect.  A  new  form  from  Japan 
has  the  Ivs.  less  downy  beneath  and  with  short,  broad 

AA.    Lvs.  digitate. 

sessiliflorum,  Seem.  (Panax  sessiliflorum,  Rupr.  & 
Max.).  Shrub,  12ft. :  branches  with  only  few  prickles : 
leaflets  mostly  3,  obov  ate -lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, cuneate,  acuminate,  4-7  in.  long,  irregularly  cre- 
nate-serrate,  nearly  smooth :  fls.  dull  purplish,  sessile,  in 
globular  heads  on  stout,  downy  peduncles.  Manchuria, 
N.  China.  G.C.  III.  22:  339.  Gt.  11:  369. -The  freely  pro- 
duced heads  of  black  berries  are  decorative. 

pentaphyllum,  Marsh.  (A.  spinosum,  Hort.,  not  Miq. 
Ardlia  pentaphylla,  Thunb.).  Shrub, 5-10 ft. :  branches 
long  and  slender,  with  few  compressed,  straight  prickles : 
leaflets  5-7,  oblong-obovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  cuneate, 
acute,  %-l%in.  long,  crenate-serrate,  smooth:  tts.  green, 
in  long  and  slender-peduncled  umbels ;  styles  5,  connate. 
Japan.— A  graceful  shrub,  with  arching  branches  and 
bright  green,  shining  foliage,  excellent  on  rocky  banks 
and  slopes.  Var.  variegatum,  Hort.  Lvs.  edged  white. 
F.S.  20:2079. 

A.aculedtum,  Seem.  Spiny  shrub:  leaflets  3-5,  shortly  peti- 
oled, glabrous.  Himalayas.— A.  divaricatum,  Seem.  Allied  to 


A.  sessiliflorum.  Lvs.  hairy  beneath:  fls.  pedicelled.  Japan.— 
A.  innovans,  Franch.  et  Sav.  Unarmed  small  tree:  Ivs.  fascicu- 
late ;  leaflets  3-5,  nearly  sessile,  glabrous.  Japan.— A.  sciado- 
phylloldes,  Franch.  et  Sav.  Unarmed  tree,  40  ft. :  leaflets  5, 
long  petiolulate,  glabrous.  Japan.— A.  senticbsum,  Harms.  = 
Eleutherococcus  sentieosus.— A.  spinosum,  Miq.  Allied  to  A. 
pentaphyllum.  Lvs.  often  sparingly  appressed-setose  above  : 
peduncles  shorter  than  petioles  ;  styles  2,  separate.  China. 

ALFRED  BEHDEK. 
ACANTHOPHIPPIUM.     See  Acanthephippium. 

ACANTHOPHCENIX  (akantha,  thorn,  and  phoenix,  a 
date  palm).  J'o hnac<>a>,  tribe  Arecece.  Tall  palms,  spiny, 
with  the  stout  trunk  ringed  :  Ivs.  terminal,  equally  pin- 
natisect,  more  or  less  armed  with  long  slender  spines,  the 
narrow  segments  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  scaly  be- 
low, midrib  and  nerves  prominent,  the  thickened  margins 
recurved  at  the  base,  rachis  somewhat  3-sided,  sheath 
long,  smooth  or  spiny:  spadix  twice  branched,  pendent, 
with  a  short,  thick  peduncle,  glabrous  or  tomentose, 
smooth  or  spiny,  the  branches  slender  or  thick  and 
twisted  :  spathes  2,  compressed,  deciduous  :  fls.  red  or 
orange :  fr.  black,  scarcely  longer  than  a  grain  of  wheat. 
Species  3  or  4.  Madagascar. 

They  need  a  temperature  of  70°-90°  F. ;  never  less  than 
60°.  The  rooting  medium  should  be  somewhat  light,  with 
a  quantity  of  crushed  charcoal.  Drainage  should  be  very 
carefully  arranged,  as  they  demand  an  abundance  of 
moisture.  Prop,  only  by  seeds,  which  may  remain  two  or 
three  years  in  the  seed-pan  before  germinating.  For  gen- 
eral cult.,  see  Palms  and  Areca. 

crinita,  H. Wendl.  (Areca  crinlta,  Bory) .  Trunk  50-60 
ft.:  Ivs.  7-13  ft.  long  ;  petiole  densely  tomentose,  4-8  in. 
long  ;  leaf -sheath  2%-4%ft.  long,  thickly  covered  with 
short  brown  bristles  and  spines ;  segments  silvery  white 
beneath.  Mauritius.  F.S.  16:1706.  F.R.  2:  201.— Young 
plants  have  pale,  yellowish  green  Ivs. 

rubra,  H.  Wendl.  (Areca  rubra,Bory).  Trunk  60  ft.: 
Ivs.  6-12  ft.  long  ;  petiole  glabrous,  2-4  in.  long  ;  leaf- 
sheath  2%-4%ft.  long,  thickly  covered  with  long  brown- 
black  spines ;  pinnae  slightly  glaucous  beneath :  f r.  glo- 
bose, %-%in.  in  diam.,  with  a  prominent  ridge  extending 
from  the  stigma  to  the  base.  Mauritius  and  Isl.  Bour- 
bon.— Young  plants  have  dark  green  Ivs.  with  red  veins. 
JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

ACANTHOBHtZA  (akantha,  thorn,  and  rhiza,  root). 
Palmdcece,  tribe  Coryphece.  Spineless  palm, with  a  rather 
robust  caudex,  densely  clothed  with  the  bases  of  the  dead 
sheaths ;  roots  spinescent  at  the  base :  Ivs.  terminal,  the 
orbicular  blade  deeply  cut  into  3-  to  many -parted  cunei- 
form segments,  glaucous  below,  without  any  rachis  ; 
petiole  flattened  or  convex  above,  smooth  on  the  margins ; 
sheath  short,  fibrous  :  spadix  compressed  :  the  short 
peduncle  and  spreading  thickened  branches  white :  bracts 
and  spathes  elongated  toward  the  base  of  the  branches, 
coriaceous,  deciduous;  bractlets bristly,  deciduous.  Spe- 
cies 2  or  3.  Cent.  Amer.  About  one-fourth  of  the  soil 
given  them  should  be  vegetable  mold.  Prop,  by  seeds  in 
bottom  heat. 

aculeata,  H. Wendl.  ( Chamcerops  stauracdntha,ILort. ) . 
St.  spiny  at  base  :  Ivs.  orbicular,  with  a  narrow  sinus 
at  the  base,  whitish  beneath.  Mex.  I. H.  26:367.  B.M. 
7302.—  Succeeds  in  an  intermediate  house. 

Chuco,  Drude  (Thrinax  Chuco,  Mart.).  St.  smooth, 
about  30  ft.  high,  9-10  in.  in  diam.,  slender,  flexuous :  Ivs. 
orbicular,  with  a  narrow  sinus  at  the  base ;  petioles  slen- 
der, 3-6  ft.  long,  smooth;  blade  6  ft.  in  diam.,  divided  to 
or  beyond  the  middle;  segments  15-20,  lanceolate,  acute, 
1-2  in.  wide,  dark  green  above,  paler  and  glandular  be-- 
low. Braz. 

The  following  species  are  rarely  seen  outside  of  botanic  gar- 
dens, and  need  stove  temperature:  A.  Wdllisi,  H.  Wendl. 
Hab.  ?— A.  Warscewiczii,  H.  Wendl.  Panama. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

ACANTHUS  (a kanth os,  thorn).  Acanthdcece.  BEAR'S 
BREECH.  Mostly  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  of  vigorous 
growth  and  broad  foliage,  suitable  for  backgrounds  of 
borders  and  subtropical  effects.  The  acanthus  leaf  is  one 
of  the  commonest  of  art  forms.  The  ornamentation  of 
the  Corinthian  column  is  said  to  have  been  suggested 
by  A,  spinosus.  Height  3-4  ft.:  spikes  l-l%ft.  long  : 


12 


ACANTHUS 


fls.  dull  white  to  rose  or  purplish.  Mostly  southern 
Europe.  A.  mollis  may  have  suggested  the  more  conven- 
tionalized acanthus  leaf  of  Roman  architecture.  Must  be 
deeply  mulched  N.  in  winter.  They  need  a  rich,  light, 
well-drained  soil  and  much  sunshine.  Excessive  moisture 
is  fatal,  especially  in  winter  and  spring.  Fall-planted 
stock  should  always  be  protected  for  the  winter  by  long 


13.   Acanthus  spinosissimus. 


14.   Acanthus  mollis. 


litter  or  evergreen  boughs,  even  where  established  plants 
are  hardy.  Prop,  by  division  in  sp'ring  or  early  autumn, 
and  by  seeds.  Cult,  by  J.  B.  KELLER. 

A.    Lvs.  spiny. 

spinosissimus,  Desf.  Fig.  13.  Lvs.  dark  green,  pth- 
nately  parted;  spines  glistening:  fls. infrequent;  autumn; 
spikes  loose,  pilose  or  glabrescent:  spines  of  the  bracts 
recurved. 

spindsus,  Linn.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  pinnatifld,  pubescent ; 
spines  short,  whitish:  fls.  smaller  than  in  the  last;  sum- 
mer ;  spikes  dense,  slightly  villous.  B.  M.  1808.  Gn 
8 : 147. 

AA.    Lvs.  not  spiny. 

mdllis,  Linn.  Fig.  14.  Lvs.  2x1  ft.,  cordate,  sinuately 
pinnatifld,  mostly  radical :  fls.  summer;  spikes  loose,  pu- 
bescent. Gn.  52,  p.  239.  —Also  recommended  as  a  window 
plant.  Var.latif61ius,Hort.(A.Za^dZtttS,Hort.  A.Lusi- 
tdnicus,  Hort.)  is  larger  and  hardier.  Gn.  1,  p.  303. 

longifdlius,  Poir.  Lvs.  radical,  longer  and  narrower 
than  in  A.  mo II is,  bright  green:  fls.  June.— Though  said 
to  be  a  stove  species  in  Eu.,  it  is  the  hardiest  of  all  at 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

A.  Cdroli-Alexdndri,  Hausskn.  9-18  in.  Lvs.  few,  radical,  in 
a  lax  rosette,  lanceolate,  spiny;  spike  dense.  Greece.— A.  cardui- 
fblius,  Linn.==  Blepharis  carduifolia.— A.  ilitifblius  (Dilivaria 
ilicifolia,  Juss.).  Smooth  greenhouse  sub-shrub  with  leaves  re- 
sembling Ilex  aquifolium,  the  Eu.  Holly.  Prop,  by  cuttings 
under  glass.  E.Asia.— A.  montdnus,  T.Anders.  Lvs.  pinnatifid 
or  sinuate-spinose.  W.  Afr.  B.M.  5516.  Stove  species. 

ACER  (classical  Latin  name).  Sapinddcece*  MAPLE. 
Trees,  rarely  shrubs:  Ivs.  opposite,  long  petioled,  simple 
and  mostly  palmately  lobed,  or  3-5-foliolate,  deciduous: 
fls.  small,  in  racemes  or  corymbs;  petals  generally  5  ; 
stamens  4-12,  mostly  8  :  fr.  compound  of  two  long- 
winged  nutlets  called  samaras.  Asia,  especially  E.  Asia, 
N.  Amer.,  Europe.  Monograph  by  Pax  in  Engler's  Bot. 
Jahrb.,  6:287,  and  8: 177  (1885  and  1886),  suppl.  in  the 
same,  16:393  (1893),  and  Hook.  Ic.  Plant,  19,  t.  1897 


ACER 

(1889).  The  maples  are  among  our  most  ornamental  and 
valuable  trees  for  park  and  street  planting.  Nearly 
all  assume  a  splendid  color  in  autumn,  especially  the 
species  of  N.  Amer.  and  E.  Asia,  which  surpass  by  far 
the  European  maples.  Many  of  them  are  valuable  tim- 
ber trees,  and  some  American  species,  especially  A. 
saccharum,  produce  sugar.  For  purposes  of  shade, 
the  common  sugar  maple  is  best  and  most  popular. 
The  Norway  maple  makes  a  very  dense  and  round  head, 
and  is  excellent  for  lawns,  but  it  is  too  low-headed  for 
the  streets.  The  silver  maple,  A.  saccharinum  and  its 
vars.,  is  also  popular  where  quick-growing  trees  are  de- 
sired. The  Japanese  maples  are  among  the  most  strik- 
ing and  showy  exotic  small  trees,  and  are  adapted  for 
fine  grounds  and  for  growing  in  pots.  Prop,  by  seeds 
sown  in  autumn,  or  stratified  and  sown  in  spring.  The 
early  ripening  species,  like  A.  saccharinum  and  A.  ru- 
brum,  must  be  sown  soon  after  maturity ;  the  varieties 
and  rare  species  may  be  budded  in  summer  on  the 
typical  forms  or  allied  common  kinds;  some  shrubby 
species,  as  A.  palmatum,  also  A.  cissifolium  and  A. 
Iwtum,  var.  rubrum.  may  be  propagated  by  layers  or 
half-ripened  greenwood  cuttings  in  summer.  Fancy 
maples  are  readily  winter- grafted  by  the  veneer  method, 
the  stocks  being  grown  in  pots.  The  Japanese  kinds 
are  usually  worked  on  imported  stocks  of  A.  palmatiim. 
Monograph  of  the  garden  forms  and  varieties  by  Graf 
Schwerin  in  Gt.,  1893;  see,  also,  G.C.  II.  16:75.  About 
100  species. 

The  following  species  of  maple  are  cult,  in  this  coun- 
try: campestre,  No.  8;  carpinifolium,  28;  circinatum, 
15  ;  cissifolium,  30  ;  dasycarpum,  1;  Floridanum,  5; 
Ginnala,  24  ;  glabrum,  14  ;  grandidentatum,  6  ;  Hel- 
dreichi,  20;  insigne,  22;  Italum,  7;  Japonicum,  17;  lae- 
turn,  12;  macrophyllum,  18;  Monspessulanum,  9;  Ne- 
gundo,  31;  nigrum,  4;  Nikoense,  29;  palmatum  (poly- 
morphum),  16;  Pennsylvanicum,  27;  pictum,  11;  pla- 
tanoides,  13;  Pseudo-platanus,  19;  rubrum,  2;  rufinerve. 
26;  saccharinum,  1;  saccharum,  3;  spicatum,  25;  Ta- 
taricum,  23;  Trautvetteri,  21;  truncatum,  10. 

A.  Foliage  of  simple,  mostly  palmate  Ivs.  (occasionally 
8-foliolate  in  JVo.  14);  fls.  polygamous  or  monoecious. 

B.  Bloom  appearing  long  before  the  Ivs.  in  dense  lateral 
clusters:   Ivs.  5-lobed:   fr.  ripening  in  May  or  June. 

1.  saccharinum,    Linn.    (A.   dasycarpum,    Ehrh.    A. 
eriocdrpum,  Michx.).    SILVER  MAPLE.    Fig.  15.    Large 
tree,  120  ft. :  Ivs.  deeply  5-lobed  to  5-cleft,  4-6  in.  long, 
green  above,  silvery  white    beneath;  lobes  deeply  and 
doubly  serrate:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  apetalous:  fr.  pu- 
bescent when  young.    E.  N.  Amer.    S.S.  2:93.    G.C.  II. 
1:137.     Em.  556. —  Ornamental    tree,  with  wide-spread- 
ing, slender  branches,  growing  best  in  rich  and  moist 
soil,  but  succeeds  almost  anywhere.     Lvs.  turn   clear 
yellow  in  fall.    Many  garden  forms:   Var.  Wi6ri,  Schwer. 
( /ar.     Wieri  laciniatum,  Hort.).    Branches  pendulous: 
Ivs.  deeply  cleft,  with  dissected  lobes.    A  graceful  va- 
riety, remarkable  for  its  drooping  branches  and  finely 
divided  foliage.    Var.  heterophyllum,  Hort.  (var.  hetero- 
phyllum laciniatum,  Hort.).    Upright:  Ivs.  deeply  cut 
or  lobed.     Var.  tripartitum,  Hort.     Upright :    Ivs.   3- 
parted.    Var.  lutescens,  Hort.     Lvs.  yellow,  bronze-col- 
ored   when  unfolding.      Var.   albo-variegatum,    Hort. 
(var.  Jilhlkei,  Hort.).    Lvs.  spotted  with  white  or  rosy 
pink.    Var.  crispum,  Hort.  Lvs.  deeply  cut  and  crimped. 
—  Linnaeus  evidently  supposed   this   species   to  be  th'e 
sugar  maple,  and  named   it  accordingly.     He   did  not 
know  the  true  sugar  maple. 

2.  rubrum,  Linn.    RED  OR  SCARLET  MAPLE.    Fig.  16. 
Large  tree,  120  ft. :  Ivs.  3-5-lobed,  3-4  in.  long,  green 
above,  pale  or  glaucous  beneath;  lobes  unequally  and 
crenately  serrate:  fls.  red  or  scarlet,  rarely  yellowish; 
petals  5:  fr.  glabrous.    E.  N..  Amer.  S.S.  2:94.    Em.  557. 
G.C.  II.  1:173. —Very  valuable  tree  for  street  and  park 
planting;  attractive  at  every  season  from  its  excellent 
habit,  earliness  of  the  scarlet  fls.,  bright  red  fruits  in 
late  spring,  and  the  beautiful  foliage,  which  turns  bright 
scarlet  or  orange  in   autumn.     Var.  Colunmare,  Rehd. 
Of    upright,    columnar    habit.     Var.    globdsum,   Hort. 
Dwarf,  compact:  Ivs.  glaucous  beneath :  fls.  bright  scar- 
let.    Var.  Drummondi,  Sarg.   (A.  Drummondi,  Hook.  & 
Arn.K     Lvs.  large,  mostly  3-lobed,  tomentose  beneath 
fr.  bright  scarlet.    S.  states.    S.S.  2:95.      Var.  tomentu- 


ACER 


ACER 


13 


sum,  Arb.  Muse.  (A.  tomentdsum,  Desf.  A.  rubrum, var. 
fulficns,  Hort.).  Of  moderate  growth  :  Ivs.  5-lobed, 
pubescent  beneath:  fls.  bright  red. 

BB.    Bloom  appearing  with  or  after  the  Ivs.,  distinctly 

stalked. 
C.    Fls.  on  long,  pendulous,  mostly  hairy  pedicels,    i». 

almost   sessile   corymbs,  appearing   with  tin'   Irs., 

apetalous;  sejmls  connate. 

3.  saccharum,  Marsh.  (A.  saccharlnum,  Wangh.,  not 
Linn.   A.  barbatum,  Michx.).    SUGAR  or  ROCK  MAPLE. 
Pig.  17.    Large  tree,  120  ft.,  with  gray  bark  :    Ivs.  3-5- 
lobed,  cordate,  3-6  in.  long,  with  narrow  and  deep   si- 
nuses; lobes  acuminate,  sparingly  dentate,  usually  glau- 
cous and   glabrous    beneath  :    fr.  mostly  with  spreading 
wings.    E.  N.  Amer.   S.S.2:90.   Em.  558. -An  excellent 
street  and  shade  tree  of  upright,  dense  growth,  turning 
bright  yellow  and  scarlet  in  autumn.     It  does  well  in 
almost  every  soil.    Var.  Rugeli   (A.  Rugtli,  Pax.,  A. 
sJLccharum,  var.  barbdtum,  Trel.).    Lvs.  3-lobed,  gener- 
ally broader  than  long,  2-5  in.  across,  pale  green  or  glau- 
cous beneath,  and  at  length  mostly  glabrous,  coriaceous; 
lobes  nearly  entire.     Centr.  states.     S.S.  2:91,  as  var. 
nig  rum. 

4.  nigrum,  Michx.    (A.    saccharlnum,   var.    nlgrum, 
Torr.   &    Gray.    A.   saccharum,   var.    nlgrum,    Britt. ). 
BLACK  MAPLE.    Fig.  18.    Large  tree,  120  ft.,  with  black 
bark:  Ivs.  cordate,  with  the  sinus  mostly  closed,  gener- 
ally 3-lobed,  with  broad  sinuses,  the  sides  of  the  blade 
mostly  drooping,  green  and  pubescent  beneath  ;  lobes 
acute,  entire  or  obtusely  toothed  :    fr.    with    variable 
wings.    Centr.  states.  — Similar  to  A.  saccharum,  but  of 
duller  appearance  and  less  dense  habit.    Var.  monumen- 
t&le  (A.  saccharlnum  var.  monumentale,  Temple).    Of 
upright,  columnar  habit. 

5.  Floridanum,  Chapm.  (A.  barbdtum,  var.  Florida- 
num,  Sarg. ).  Tree,  rarely  50  ft.:  Ivs.  mostly  truncate  at 
the  base,  3-lobed,  l%-3  in.  across,  glaucous  beneath  and 
mostly  tomentose  ;   lobes  obtuse,  entire   or   slightly  3- 
lobed.    Gulf  states.    S.S.  2:91.    G.F.  4:148. 

6.  grandidentatum,  Nutt.  Tree,  40  ft. :   petioles  com- 
paratively short ;   Ivs.  slightly  cordate,'  3-5-lobed,  with 
broad  sinuses,  2-3  in.  across,  pubescent  beneath,  coria- 
ceous; lobes  acute  or  obtuse,  entire  or  slightly  3-lobed: 
corymbs  few-flowered,  short-stalked.    Rocky  Mts.    S.S. 
2:92. 


somewhat  drooping  :  fr.  with  slightly  spreading  wings. 
S.  Eu.,  Orient.— A  variable  species,  similar  to  a  small- 
leaved  sycamore  maple.  Var.  Hyrcanum,  Pax.  (A. 
Hyrcanum,  F.  &  M.  A.  Tauricum,  Hort.  A.  trilobdtum, 
Hort.,  not  Lam.).  Petioles  very  slender,  red,  2-4  in. 
long;  segments  of  the  Ivs.  3-lobed,  with  straight  margins. 


Acer  saccharinum  (or  A.  dasycarpum). 


cc.  Fls.  in  distinctly  peduncled  corymbs  or  short  um- 
bellate racemes,  mostly  erect,  with  petals  and 
distinct  sepals. 

D.    Lvs.  3-5-lobed,  with  obtuse,  entire  or  obtusely  toothed 

lobes:  corymbs  short-stalked  :  ovary  pubescent : 

winter-buds  with  several  outer  scales. 

1.  Italum,  Lauth.    Small  tree,  30  ft.:  Ivs.  5-lobed,  3-5 

in.  long,  glaucous  beneath  and  at  length  glabrous ;  lobes 

obtusely  dentate,  the  middle  ones  often  3-lobed :  corymbs 


16.   Red  Maple.— Acer  rubrum. 
b.  staminate  flowers;  a,  c,  pistillate  flowevs. 

v  8.  campestre,  Linn.  Shrub  or  tree,  occasionally  50  ft  , 
with  corky  branches  :  Ivs.  3-5-lobed,  !%-3%in.  long, 
green  and  pubescent  bene>th  or  nearly  glabrous;  lobes 
entire  or  the  middle  ones  slightly  3-lobed  :  corymbs 
erect,  hairy  :  fr.  with  horizontally  spreading  wings. 
Eu.,  W.  Asia.  — Shrub  or  tree  of  moderate,  dense  growth, 
with  dull  green  foliage,  valuable  for  planting  as  under- 
growth and  on  dry  ground.  Many  varieties  and  garden 
forms  :  Var.  argenteo-variegatum,  Hort.  Lvs.  with 
large  white  blotches.  Var.  pulverulentum,  Hort.  Lvs. 
sprinkled  with  white.  Var.  Austrlacum,  DC.  Usually  a 
tree  :  Ivs.  5-lobed,  with  acute,  nearly  entire  lobes.  Var. 
Tauricum,  Booth.  Shrub:  Ivs.  5-lobed;  small,  lobes  3- 
lobed.  Var.  hebecarpum,  DC.  Fr.  and  generally  the  Ivs. 
beneath  pubescent. 

9.  Monspessulanum,  Linn.     (A.    trilobdtum,    Lam.). 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  25  ft.:  Ivs.  3-lobed,  coriaceous,  1-3 
in.  across,  shining  above,  glaucous  and   glabrous  be- 
neath ;  lobes  entire  or  with  few  obtuse  teeth  :  corymbs 
erect  :    fr.  with   slightly  spreading  wings.     S.  Eu.,  N. 
Afr.,  W.  Asia.  —  Shrub  or  small  tree  of  slow  growth,  with 
a  dense,  rounded  head  and  in  temperate  regions  nearly 
evergreen  foliage,  thriving  well  in  dry  situations.    Var. 
Ibericum,  Koch.  (A.  Ibericum,  Bieb.).    Lvs.  larger,  the 
inner  lobes  usually  slightly  3-lobed,  obtuse. 

DD.  Lvs.  5-  or  7-lobed,  green  on  both  sides;  lobes  pointed, 
entire  or  with  few  pointed  teeth:  ovary  glabrous: 
winter-buds  with  several  outer  scales. 

10.  truncatum,  Bunge.    Tree:  Ivs.  deeply  5-lobed  and 
mostly  truncate  at  the  base,  2%-4  in.  across,  glabrous; 
lobes  acuminate,  setosely  pointed,  sometimes  the  middle 
ones  3-lobed  :  fr.  with  short,  diverging  yellow  wings. 
N.  China. —  Hardy  tree,  with  handsome,  dense  foliage. 

11.  pictum,  Thunb.   Tree,  60  ft. :  Ivs.  5-  or  7-lobed,  3-7 
in.  across,   usually   pubescent    beneath  when    young ; 
lobes  entire,  acuminate,  sometimes  very  broad  and  short: 
fls.  yellow:  wings  of  the  fr.  upright,  brown  or  brownish 

Jellow,  hardly  twice  as  long  as  the  nutlets.    Manchuria, 
apan.    Handsome  tree,  with  bright  green  foliage.    Var. 
Mono,  Maxim.     Lvs.  more  cordate  :    wings  of  the   fr. 
reflexed. 

12.  IsBtum,  C.  A.  Mey.    Tree,  50  ft. :    Ivs.  5-7-lobed, 
mostly  cordate,  3-6  in.  across,  glabrous;  lobes  entire, 
acuminate  :    fls.  greenish   yellow  :    wings  2-3  times  as 
long  as  the  nutlets.    Orient,  Himalayas.  — Much  resem- 
bling A.  pictum,  but  Ivs.  lighter  green   and  of  more 
membraneous  texture.    Var.  rubrum,  Hort.  (A.  Cdlchi- 
cum,  var.  rubrum,  Hort.).    Lvs.  dark  blood-red  when 


14 


ACER 


ACER 


unfolding.  Var.  tricolor,  Hort.  Lvs.  dark  blood-red, 
sprinkled  with  rosy  pink  when  young.  These  two  beau- 
tiful forms  usually  remain  shrubby. 

13.  platanoides,  Linn.  NORWAY  MAPLE.  Fig.  19. 
Large  tree,  100  ft. :  Ivs.  5-lobed,  cordate,  4-7  in.  across, 
glabrous;  lobes  pointed,  remotely  serrate:  fls.  yellowish 
green  :  fr.  with  horizontally  spreading  wings.  Eu., 
Caucasus.  — Large,  handsome  tree,  with  round,  spread- 
ing head,  resembling  somewhat  A.  saccharum.  The 
Ivs.  turn  pale  yellow  in  autumn.  Many  garden  forms, 
some  of  which  are  here  arranged  in  two  groups :  the 
first  being  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  manner  in  which 
the  Ivs.  are  cut ;  the  second  being  chiefly  remarkable 
for  their  coloring. 

(1)  Var.  cucullatum,  Nichols.    Lvs.  irregularly  and 
shortly  lobed,  crimpled,  light  green.    Var.  disgectum, 
Jacq.    Similar  to  var.  Lorbergi,  but  with  darker  foliage 
and  of  slower  growth.    Var.  globosum,  Hort.  Forming 
a  globose  head.    Var.  laciniatum,  Ait.  Lvs.  irregularly 
divided,  the  divisions  bending  downwards  :    growth 
upright.    Var.   Lbrbergi,  Van  Houtte.    Lvs.  divided 
nearly  to  the  base,  divisions  deeply  lobed. 

(2)  Var.  albo-variegatum,  Nichols.  Lvs.  with  large 
white  blotches.    Var.  aureo-marginatum,   Pax.   Lvs. 
with  yellow  margin,  somewhat  irregularly  lobed.   Var. 


17.    Common  Sugar  Maple.— Acer  saccharum   (X%). 


Reitenbachi,  Nichols.  Lvs.  greenish  red  when  unfold- 
ing, turning  dark  blood-red  in  late  summer.  Var. 
Scnw6dleri,  Koch.  Lvs.  bright  red  when  young, 
changing  to  dark  green. 

DDD.    Lvs.  3-5-lobed  or  S-foliolate,  doubly  serrate:  win- 
ter-buds small,  with  2  valvate  scales. 
14.  glabrum,  Torr.  (A.  Douglasi,  Hook.).    Shrub  or 

small  tree,  25  ft.,  quite  glabrous  :  petioles  bright  red  ; 

Ivs.  deeply  3-5-lobed  or  3-parted,  1-5  in.  across,  dark 

green  and  shining  above,  pale  or  glaucous  beneath  ; 
)bes  doubly  serrate.  W.  N.  Amer.  S.S.  2:89.  — Hand- 
some shrubby  maple,  with  graceful,  shining  foliage, 
contrasting  well  with  the  red  petioles  and  branches :  fr. 
often  rose-colored.  Var.  tripartitum,  Pax.  (A.tripartl- 
tum,  Nutt.).  Lvs.  small,  usually  3-foliolate. 

DDDD.    Lvs.  5-11-lobed,  lobes  serrate:    corymbs  long,  pe- 

duncled:  winter-buds  with  2  valvate  scales. 
*  15.  circinatum,  Pursh.  Small  tree,  rarely  40  ft. :  peti- 
oles and  peduncles  glabrous  ;  Ivs.  7-9-lobed,  2-7  in. 
across,  glabrous  :  lobes  acute,  doubly  serrate  :  fls.  in 
drooping  corymbs,  with  purple  sepals.  W.  N.  Amer. 
S.S.  2 : 87. —Handsome,  round-headed  tree  or  shrub,  beau- 
tiful with  its  delicate  light  green  foliage,  red  fls.,  rose- 
colored  fr.,  and  its  orange  and  scarlet  fall  coloring. 

16.  palmatum,  Thunb.  (A.  polymdrphum,  S.  &  Z.). 
JAPAN  MAPLE.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft. :  petioles  and 
peduncles  glabrous  ;  Ivs.  5-9-lobed  or  divided,  2^  in. 
across,  glabrous,  lobes  oblong,  acuminate,  doubly  ser- 
rate or  incised :  corymbs  few-flowered,  erect,  with  small 
purple  fls.  Japan.  S.Z.  1:145,  146.  A.F.  12: 11. -This 
species  and  A.  Japonicum  are  known  as  Japanese 


maples.  They  are  extremely  handsome  shrubs  of  dense 
though  graceful  habit,  and  with  elegant  foliage,  beauti- 
ful especially  in  spring  for  its  delicate  shades  of 
green  and  red,  and  again  in  autumn,  when  the  Ivs.  as- 
sume the  most  striking  tints.  Some  of  the  more  vigor- 
ous-growing varieties,  like  atropurpureum ,  dissectum, 
ornatum,  and  the  typical  forms,  are  hardy  even  in  New 
England,  while  the  most  variegated  forms  are  more  ten- 
der. They  grow  best  in  partly  shaded  situations  and  in 
well  drained,  rich  soil.  There  are  many  varieties,  mostly 
introduced  from  Japanese  gardens,  of  which  the  follow- 
ing are  some  of  the  best.  They  may  be  divided  into  5 
groups,  representing  various  degrees  of  dissection  of 
the  leaves  : 

(1)  A.  palmatum,  var.  Thiinbergi,  Pax.  (A.  palma- 
tum,  Thunb.).  Lvs.  deeply  5-9-lobed  or  cleft;  lobes  ob- 
long-lanceolate, coarsely  and  doubly  serrate  or  incised. 
Var.  atropurpureum,  Van  Houtte.  Fig.  20,  c.  Lvs.  dark 
purple,  coarsely  doubly  serrate.  F.S.  12:1273.  Var. 
sanguineum,  Hort.,  is  brighter,  and  var.  nigrum,  Hort., 
darker  red  than  var.  atropurpureum.  Var.  bicolor, 
Koch.  (var.  atropurpureum  variegatum,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
dark  purple,  with  large  carmine  blotches,  the  lobes 
half  purple  and  half  carmine.  Var.  aureum,  Nichols. 
Lvs.  yellow.  Var.  versicolor,  Van  Houtte.  Lvs.  bright 
green,  with  large  white  spots.  F.S.  14:1498.  Var. 
rdseo-marginatum,  Van  Houtte. 
Lvs.  small,  deeply  cut,  with  nar- 
row pink  margin.  Var.  crispum, 
Andre".  Fig.  20,  e.  Lvs.  small,  with 
involute  margins;  of  distinctly  up- 
right growth.  I.H.  13:  43. 

(2)  Var.     sept6mlobum,     Koch 
(A.   septe'mlobum,    Thunb.).    Lvs. 
mostly  7-lobed ;  lobes  broad,  equal- 
ly doubly   serrate.     Var.   rubrum, 
Schwer.  Lvs.  large,  deep  red  when 
young,  becoming  almost  green  later. 
Var.  reticulatum,  Andre".    Fig.  20, 
a.  Lvs.  greenish  yellow, with  green 
margin  and  dark  green  veins.  I.H. 
13:18.    Var.  tricolor,   Hort.     Lvs. 
with  red,  pink  and  white  spots. 

(3)  Var.    linearilobum,   S.  &   Z. 
(var.      scolopendrifolium,     Hort.). 
Lvs.  divided  nearly  to  the  base  ; 
lobes   linear,  remotely    serrate   or 
nearly    entire.      Var.    atrolineare, 
Schwer.   (var.    linearilobum   atro- 
purpureum, Nichols.,  var.  pinnati- 

fblium  atropurpureum,  Hort.).    Lvs.  dark  red. 

(4)  Var.  dissdctum,  Koch    (A.  polymdrphum,  var. 
decomp6situm,  S.  &  Z. ) .   Fig.  20,  f.   Lvs.  divided  to  the 
base  in  5-9  pinnatifid  lobes.    S.Z.  1:146.  Var.  ornatum, 
Carr.  ( v&r.disse'ctum  atropurpureum, Hort. ) .  Fig.  20. d. 
Lvs.  deeply  cut,  deep  red.    Var.  Frederici-Guil61mi, 
Carr.  (var.  pinnatifidum  roseo-pictum,  Lem.).    Lvs. 
finely  cut,  green,  with  white   and  pink  spots.     I.H. 
14:523.    R.H.  1867:391. 

(5)  Var.  sessilifdlium,  Maxim.    Lvs.  deeply  cut,  with 
very  short  petioles.    G.C.  II.  16.    Of  little  decorative 
value. 

17.  Jap6nicum,  Thunb.  Fig.  20,  b.   Small  tree  or  shrub : 
petioles  and  peduncles  downy  when  young  ;  Ivs.  7-11- 
lobed,  cordate,  3-6  in.  across,  light  green,  with  silky  hairs 
when  unfolding;  lobes  ovate,  doubly  serrate :  fls.  large, 
purple.    Japan.    S.Z.  1:144.    Var.  macrophyllum,  Van 
Houtte.  Lvs.  large,  light  green.  Var.  aureum,  Hort.  Lvs. 
yellow.  Var.  Personal,  Veitch.  (var.  filicifblium,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  large,  divided  nearly  to  the  base  in  9-11  pinnatisect 
segments. 

ccc.    Fls.  in  elongated,  distinctly  peduncled  racemes  or 

panicles. 
D.    Lvs.  distinctly  5-lobed,  large. 

18.  macrophy Hum, Pursh.  LARGE-LEAVED  MAPLE.  Tree, 
100  feet  high:  Ivs.  cordate,  deeply  3-5-lobed  or  cleft,  pu- 
bescent when  young,  pale  green  beneath,  8-12  in.  across', 
middle  lobe  mostly  3-lobed :  racemes  pendulous :  fr.  with 
yellow,  bristly  hairs,  largely  winged.    W.  N.  Amer.    S.S. 
2:  86,  87.  — Handsome  round-headed  tree,  remarkable  for 
its  large  foliage ;  not  hardy  in  the  North. 


ACER 


ACER 


15 


19.  Pseudo-platanus,  Linn.    SYCAMORE  MAPLE.    Tree, 
70  ft.  high:  Ivs.  5-lobed,  coarsely  crenate-serrate,  3%-7 
in.  across,  deep  green  above,  glaucous  and  mostly  gla- 
brous beneath  :  racemes  pendulous  :  fr.  glabrous.    Eu., 
Caucasus.  — Large  tree  of  vigorous  growth,  with  large, 
spreading  head;  thrives  well  even  in  exposed  sii nations. 
Many  varieties  and  garden  forms: 

Var.  villdsum,  Prsl.  Lvs.  charta- 
ceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Var. 
purpurascens,  Pax.  (vars.  pnrpu- 
reum  and  a tropurp i( re uni,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  purplish  red  beneath  ;  of  ro- 
bust growth.  Var.Handjeryi,Spiith. 
( var.  Prim  Ha  mljery,  Hort. ) .  Lvs. 
purplish  beneath,  bright  red  when 
unfolding.  Var. W6rleei,  Hort.  (var. 
luttscens,  Hort.).  Lvs.  yellow.  Var. 
albo-variegatum,  Hort".  Lvs.  with 
white  blotches  and  spots.  Var.  tri- 
color, Hort.  Lvs.  spotted  with  red, 
changing  to  white. 

20.  Heldreichi,  Orp.h.    Tree:  Ivs. 
5-lobed,  the  middle  incisions  reach- 
ing nearly  to,  the  outer  half  way  to 
the  base,  3-5  in.  across,  glabrous, 
dark     green    and    shining    above, 
glaucous  beneath  ;    lobes   coarsely 
and  doubly  serrate  :  panicle  erect, 
long-stalked,  ovate.    S.  E.  Eu.    Gt. 
:<4:1185.    G.C.II.  16:141. 

21.  Trautvetteri,   Medw.   (A.  velutinum,    Hort.,   not 
Boiss.).    Lvs.  slightly  cordate,  deeply  5-lobed,  5-7  in. 
across,  glaucous  beneath  and  pubescent  when  young  ; 
lobes  coarsely  crenate-serrate:  panicle  erect,  ovate.   Cau- 
casus.   Gt.  40,  pp.  264-266.     B.M.  6697.-  Similar  to  A. 
inxigne,  but  hardier  and  with  smaller  leaves. 

22.  insigne,  Boiss.  &  Buhse.  Large  tree:  Ivs.  5-lobed, 
deeply  cordate,  5-10  in.  across,  bright  green  above,  glau- 
cous  beneath  ;   lobes  broad,  coarsely  crenate-serrate  : 
panicles  large,  erect.     Caucasus,  N.  Persia.     G.C.  III. 
10: 189.— Remarkable  for  its  large,  handsome  foliage; 
not  hardy  in  the  North.    May  be  divided  into  two  varie- 
ties:   Var.  Van  V61xemi,  Pax.  (A.  Van  Volxemi,  Mast.). 
Lvs.  at  length  glabrous  beneath.   Var.  velutinum.  Boiss. 
Lvs.  densely  pubescent  beneath. 

DD.   Lvs.  mostly  S-lobed  or  without  lobes,  green  beneath. 

23.  Tataricum,  Linn.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft. :  Ivs. 
roundish  oval   or  oblong,  cordate,  sometimes    slightly 
lobed,  2-4  in.  long,  doubly  serrate,  nearly  glabrous:  fls. 
in  long  peduncled  panicles,  white.     S.  E.  Eu.,  Orient. 

—  Round-headed  small  tree,  growing  best  in  somewhat 
moist  soil. 

24.  Ginnala,    Max.     (A.    Tataricum,    var.    Ginnala, 
Hort. ) .   Fig.  21 .    Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft. :  Ivs.  3-lobed, 
l%-3^in.  long  glabrous,  the  terminal  lobe  elongated, 
doubly  serrate  :    fls.  in  long  peduncled  panicles,  yel- 
lowish,   fragrant.     Manchuria,   N.   China,   Japan.     Gt. 
1877:  308.—  Graceful  shrub,  with  handsome  foliage,  turn- 
ing bright  red  in  autumn;  may  be  used  as  a  substitute 
for  the  Japanese  maples  where  these  are  not  hardy. 
Var.  Semendvi,  Pax.   (A.  Semendvi,  Regel.).     Shrub: 
Ivs.  smaller,  deeply  3-  or  nearly  5-lobed.    Turkestan. 

25.  spicatum,    Lam.     MOUNTAIN    MAPLE.     Shrub    or 
small  tree,  rarely  30   ft.:    Ivs.  3-  or  slightly  5-lobed, 
coarsely  serrate,  pubescent  beneath,  2>a-4%  in.  long: 
racemes  rather  dense,  long,  upright:  fr.  with  diverging 
wings,  bright  red  in  summer.    E.  N.  Am.    S.S.  2:  82,  83. 

—  Valuable  as  undergrowth;  Ivs.  turn  yellow  and  scarlet 
in  fall. 

26.  rufinerve,   S.    &    Z.     Tree     with    striped    bark  : 
branches  glaucous  when   young  :    Ivs.  rounded   at   the 
base,   3-lobed,  3-5  in.  long,  doubly  serrate,  ferrugine- 
ously  pubescent  beneath  when  young  :  racemes  ferru- 
gineously  pubescent,   Japan.    S.Z.  2:148.  Var.  albo-lim- 
batum,  Hook.    Lvs.  edged  with  white.    B.M.  5793. 

27.  Penn8ylvanicum,Linn.(4.s^rid<wm,Dur).  STRIPED 
MAPLE.   MOOSEWOOD.    Tree,  rarely  40  ft.:  bark  greenish, 
striped  with  white  lines:  Ivs.  slightly  cordate,  roundish- 
obovate,  3-lobed  at  the  apex,  6-8  in.  long,  finely  serrate, 
ferrugineously  pubescent  beneath  when  young:  racemes 


glabrous,  drooping.  E.  N.  Amer.  S.S.  2  :84,  85.  Michx. 
Hist.  Arb.  2:17.  Em.  566.— Handsome  medium-sized 
tree  of  upright,  dense  habit,  with  bright  green,  large 
foliage,  turning  clear  yellow  in  autumn,  and  attractive 
even  in  winter  from  its  smooth,  greenish  bark,  striped 
with  white. 


18.    Black  Sugar  Maple. — Acer  nigrum. 


DDD.   Lvs.  not  lobed,  penninerved,  doubly  serrate, 
acuminate. 

28.  carpinifdlium,  S.  &  Z.   HORNBEAM  MAPLE.   Tree, 
30  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  sharply  and  doubly 
serrate,  nearly  glabrous,  3-6  in.  long  :  raceme  few-fld. 
S.Z.  2:142.    G.C.  II.  15:564.-Very  distinct,  hardy  spe- 
cies; the  Ivs.  are  almost  exactly  like  those  of  Carpinus. 

AA.    Foliage  of  S-5-foliolate  Ivs.  (cf.No.14):  fls. 

dioecious. 

B.  Petioles  and  young  branches  with  a  rufous,  villous 
tomentum:  fls.  in  terminal  few-flowered  racemes: 
winter-buds  with  many  scales. 

29.  Nikoense,  Max.    Tree,  40  ft. :  leaflets  ovate  or  ob- 
ovate,  acute,  entire  or  coarsely  serrate,  2-5  in.   long, 
villous-pubescent  beneath:  fr.  hairy,  with  large  wings. 
Japan.    G.F.  6:  185.  — Very    distinct;    Ivs.  turning  bril- 
liant scarlet  in  autumn. 


Acer  platanoidcE. 


BB.  Petioles  and  branches  smooth  or  velvety  pubescent: 
fls.  in  long  lateral  racemes:  winter-buds  with  Z 
or  4  outer  scales. 

30.  cissifdlium,  Koch.  (Negundo  cissifblium,  S.  &  Z.). 
Small  tree:  leaflets  3,  long-stalked,  ovate  or  elliptic, 
cuneate,  coarsely  serrate,  ciliate,  2%-4  in.  long:  fls,  in 


16 


ACER 


ACER 


long,  upright  racemes,  with  petals.  Japan.—  Handsome, 
round-headed  tree,  with  slender,  spreading  branches  and 
graceful  bright  green  foliage,  turning  orange-yellow  and 
scarlet  in  autumn;  hardy. 

31.  Negundo,  Linn.  (Negundo  fraxini folium,  Nutt.  N. 
aceroldes,  Monch.).  ASH-LEAVED  MAPLE.  Box  ELDER. 
Large  tree,  70  ft. :  Ivs. 
pinnate  ;  leaflets  3-5, 
ovate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, coarsely  serrate  or 
3-lobed,  mostly  gla- 
brous, 2-5  in.  long:  fls. 
before  the  Ivs. ;  stami- 
nate  fls.  in  pendulous 
corymbs,  pistillate  fls. 
in  pendulous  racemes. 
E.  N.  Amer.  S.  S.  2: 
•96.  Michx.  Hist.  Aro, 


23.  Japanese  Maples. 

a.  Acer  palmatum  var.  re- 
ticulatum;  b.  A.  Japoni- 
cum,  type;  c.  A.  palma- 
tum var.atropurpureum; 
d.  var.  ornatum;  e.  var. 
Thunbergi  ;  f.  var.  dis- 
sectum. 


2:18.— Large,  rapid-growing  tree  of  spreading  habit, 
thriving  best  in  moist  and  rich  soil.  Much  prized  in  the 
W.,  where  it  withstands  cold  and  dryness.  Largely  used 
for  shelter  belts  and  for  planting  timber-claims.  See 
picture,  under  Box  Elder.  Var.  Calif 6rnicum,  Sarg.  (A. 
Calif6rnicum,  Dietr.  Negundo  Califdrnicum,  Torr.  & 
Gray).  Branches  pubescent  when  young  :  leaflets  3, 
densely  pubescent  beneath.  W.  N.  Amer.  S. 8.2:97. 
Nutt.  N.  Am.  Sylv.  2:72.  Var.  violaceum,  Arb.  Muse. 
( A .  Ca  lifdrnicum,  Hort. ) .  A  vigorously  growing  form ; 
branches  purplish  with  glaucous  bloom  or  finely  pubes- 
cent when  young.  Var.  argenteo-variegatum,  Hort.  Lvs. 
with  broad  white  margin.  Probably  the  most  effective 
of  all  variegated  hardy  trees.  F.S.  17:1781.  Var.  aureo- 
maculatum,  Hort.  Lvs.  spotted  with  yellow.  Var.  aureo- 
marginatum,  Hort.  Lvs.  with  yellow  margin.  Var. 
auratum,  Spath.  Lvs.  yellow.  Var.  crispum,  G.  Don. 
Leaflets  curled.  These  horticultural  varieties  may  be 
grafted  on  common  Box  Elder  seedlings.  Box  Elder 
also  grows  from  hardwood  cuttings,  like  the  grape. 

A.  acumindtum,  Wall.  (A.  caudatum,  Wall.  A.  laevigatum, 
Hort.,  not  Wall.).  Tree  :  Ivs.  5-lobed,  deeply  doubly  serrate. 
Himalayas.  G.C.  II.  15:364.— A.  argutum,  Max.  Small  tree: 
Ivs.  small,  5-7-lobed,  doubly  serrate,  nearly  glabrous.  Japan. 
G.C.  II.  15:  725.  Hardy  and  graceful  species.— A.  A ustrlacum, 
Tratt.=A.  campestre,  var.  Austriacum.— A.  barbdtum,  Michx. = 
A.  saccharum.— A.  barbinerve,  Max.  Allied  to  A.  argutum.  Lvs. 


3-5-lobed,  pubescent  when  young.  Japan.— A.  Bascii,  Spach, 
Probably  hybrid,  A.  MonspessulanumXiataricum.— A.  Cah- 
fornicum,  Dietr.=A.  Negundo,  var.  Californicum.— A.  Califor* 
nicum,  Hort.=A.  Negundo,  var.  violaceum.— A.  capillipes.  Max. 
Allied  to  A.  rufinerve.  Lvs.  3-lobed,  glabrous.  Japan.— A.  cau- 
datum,  Wall.=A.  acuminatum.— A.  cinerascens,  Boiss.  Shrub 
or  small  tree  :  Ivs.  3-lobed,  %~2  in.  long.  Similar  to  A.  Mon- 
spessulanum.  Persia. —  A.  coridceum,  Tsch.  (A.  Creticum, 
Tratt.  A.  polymorphum,  Spach.).  Probably  A.  CreticumX 
Pseudo-platanus.— A.  cratcegi folium,  S.&  Z.  Tree:  Ivs.  oblong- 
ovate,  often  slightly  2-lobed  at  the  base,  inequally  serrate,  gla- 
brous. Japan.  S.Z.  1:  117.  Hardy.— A.  Creticum,  Linn.=A. 
orientale.— A. Cretic um,  Tratt. =A.coriaceum,  Tsch.— A.diaboli- 
cum,  Blume.  Tree,  30  ft.:  Ivs.  5-lobed,  3- G  in.  across,  coarsely 
dentate,  green  beneath  and  pubescent  when  young:  fls.  greenish. 
Japan.  G.C.  II.  15:  533.— A.  Diecki,  Pax.  Probably  A.  LobeliX 
platanoides.— A.  dissectum,  Thuiib.=A.  palmatum,  var.  dissec- 
tum.— A.  distylum,  S.  &  Z.  Tree:  Ivs.  ovate,  5-7  in.  long, 
coarsely  crenate-serrate,  glabrous.  Japan.  G.C.  II.  15:  499. — A. 
Douglasi,  Hook.=A.  glabrum. — A.  Drummondi,  Hook.=A. 
rubrum,  var.  Drummondi.— A.  Duretti,  Pax.  Probably  A. 
MonspessulanumXPseudo-platanus. — A.  eriocdrpum,  Michx.= 
A.  dasycarpum. — A.  glaucum,  Marsh.  =A.  dasycarpum. — A. 
heterophyllum,  Willd.=A.  orientale. — A.  Hobkeri,  Miq.  Tree, 
60  ft. :  Ivs.  cordate-oblong,  serrate,  4-6  in.  long.  Himalayas, 
China. — A.  Hyrcanum,  F.  &  M.=A.  Italum,  var.  Hyrcanum. — 
A.  hybridum,  Spach.  Probably  A.  Italum X Pseudo-platanus. — 
A.  hybridum,  Baudr.=A.  Boscii.  —  A.  Ibericum,  Bieb.=A. 
Monspessulanum,  var.  Ibericum. — A.  Icevigdtum,  Wall.  Small 
tree:  Ivs.  oblong,  nearly  entire,  attenuate  at  the  base,  green  be- 
neath. Himalayas. — A.  Icevigatum,  Hort.=A.  acuminatum. — 
A.  laurifblium,  Don.=A.  oblongum. — A.  leucoderme,  Small.  (A. 
Floridanum,  var.  acuminatum,  Trel.).  Allied  to  A.  saccharum. 
Small  bushy  <tree  with  white  bark:  Ivs.  mostly  3-lobed,  3-4  in. 
across,  greenish  and  finely  pubescent  beneath;  lobes  acuminate, 
nearly  entire:  corymbs  glabrous.  N.  C.,Ala.— A.  Lobeli,  Ten. 
Allied  to  A.  Isetum.  Branches  glaucous  :  Ivs.  rounded  at  the 
base;  lobes  mostly  undulated,  abruptly  pointed.  Italy. — A. 
Mexicdnum,  Pax,  not  Gray.=A.  serratum. — A.  micrdnthum, 
S.  &  Z.  Shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  5-7-lobed;  lobes  incised  and 
doubly  serrate,  glabrous:  fls.  and  fr.  small.  S.Z.  1:141. — A. 
Miydbei,  Max.  Tree,  40ft.:  branches  corky:  Ivs.  3-5-lobed,  pu- 
bescent and  pale  green  beneath,  4-6  in.  long ;  lobes  slightly 
lobed.  Japan.  G.F.  3:  143. — A.  montdnum,  Ait.=A.  spicatum. 
— A.Neapolitdnum,  Ten.=A.  obtusatum. — A.  neglectum,  Lange. 
Probably  A.  campestreX Lobeli.— A.  oblongum,  Wall.  Tree,  50 
ft.:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  entire,  quite  glabrous,  glaucous  be- 
neath, coriaceous.  Himalayas. — A.  obtusatum,  Waldst.  &  Kit. 
Allied  to  A.  Italum.  Small  tree  :  Ivs.  tomentose  beneath  ;  lobes 
short,  rounded:  peduncles  hairy.  S.  Eu.,N.  Afr. — A.  Opalus. 
Ait.=A.  Italum. — A.  opulifblium,  Vill.— A.  Italum. — A.  orien- 
tale, Linn.  (A.  Creticum,  Linn.  A.  sempervirens,  Linn.  A. 
heterophyllum,  Willd.).  Shrub,  4  ft.:  Ivs.  nearly  evergreen, 
orbicular  or  oval,  entire  or  3-lobed,  %-!%  in.  long,  glabrous. 
Orient. — A.  palmifolium,  Borkh.  =A.  saccharum. — A.  pectind- 
tum,  Wall.  Tree  :  Ivs.  3-lobed,  coarsely  serrate,  the  middle 
lobe  elongated,  acuminate.  Himalayas.  G.C.  II.  15:365. — A. 
polymorphum,  S.  &  Z.=A. palmatum. — A.  poly  rnorp  hum, Sp&ch 
=A.  coriaceum. — A.purpurdscens,  Franch.  Very  similar  to  A. 
diabolicum.  Fls.  purple.  Japan. — A.  Rugeli,  Pax  =  A.  saccha- 
rum, var.  Rugeli. — A.  saccharinum,  Linn.=A.  dasycarpum. — A. 
saccharinum,  Wangh.=A. saccharum. — A. saccharinum,  var.  ni- 
grum, Torr.  &  Gray=A.  nigrum.  —  A.  saccharum,  var.  col- 
umndre,  Temple.=A.  nigrum  var.  monumentale. — A.  sdccna- 
rum,  var.  nigrum,  Britt.=A.  nigrum. — A.  Schwerlni,  Pax. 
Tree:  Ivs.  cordate-oblong,  slightly  3-lobed  or  entire,  glaucous 
beneath,  5-7  in.  long.  Himalayas. — A.  Semenovi,  Regel.=A. 
Ginnala,  var.  Semenovi. — A.  sempervirens,  Linn.=A.  orientale. 
— A.  septemlobum,  Thunb.=A.  palmatum,  var.  septemlobum. — 
A.serrdtum,  Pax  (A.  Mexicanum,  Pax,  not  A.  Gray).  Allied 
to  A.  Negundo.  Leaflets  3,  pubescent,  equally  serrate.  Mex. — 
A.  Sieboldianum,  Miq.  Allied  to  A.  Japonicum.  Lvs.  9-11- 
lobed,  serrate  :  fls.  small,  yellowish.  Japan. — A.  Sikkimense, 
Miq.  Tree  :  Ivs.  cordate-ovate,  entire  or  serrate,  quite  gla- 
brous, coriaceous.  Himalayas. — A.  stridtum,  Dur.=A.  Penn- 
sylvanicum. — A.  Tatdricum,  var.  Ginndla,  Hort.=A.  Ginnala. — 
A.  Tatdricum,  var.  lacinidtum,  Regel.=A.  Ginnala. — A.  Tauri- 
cum,  Hort.=A.  Italum,  var.  Hyrcanum  or  A.  campestre,  var. 
Tauricum. — A.  tegmentbsum,  Max.  Allied  to  A.  Pennsylvani- 
cum.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  glabrous  beneath  ;  lobes  short  :  fls. 
small.  Manchuria.  G.C.  II.  15:  75.— A.  trifidum,  Hook.  &  Arn. 
Small  tree:  Ivs.  cuneate-obovate,  3-lobed,  small,  glabrous;  lobes 
entire.  China,  Japan.  S.Z.  2:143.  — A.  trilobdtum,  Lam.=A. 
Monspessulanum.—  A.  trilobdtum,  Hort.=A.  Italum,  var. 
Hyrcanum. — A.  tripartltum,  Nutt.=A.  glabrum,  var.  triparti- 
tum. — A.  Tschonoskii,  Max.  Small  tree:  Ivs.  5-7-lobed,  cordate, 
2-3^in.  long,  glabrous;  lobes  incised-serrate.  Japan.  Graceful, 
hardy,  shrubby  tree. — A.  Ukurunduense,  F.  &  M.  (A.  spicatum, 
var.  Ukurunduense,  Max.).  Allied  to  A.  spicatum.  Small  tree: 
Ivs.  5-7-lobed,  pubescent  beneath,  4-5  in.  long;  lobes  elongated, 
deeply  serrate.  Manchuria,  Japan.  G.C.  II.  15:  172. — A.  Van 
Volxemi,  Mast.=A.  iiisigne,  var.  Van  Volxemi. — A.  velutinum. 
Boiss.=A.  insigne,  var.  velutinum.—  A.  velutinum,'Rort.=A.. 
Trautvetteri.  —  A.  villbsum,  Wall.  Tall  tree:  Ivs.  5-lobed,  cor- 
date, 6-8  in.  across,  tomentose  below,  coarsely  serrate.  Hima- 
layas.— A.  Virginidnum,  Mill.  =A.  dasycarpum. — A.  Zoeschense, 
Pax.=A.  ueglectum,  Lange.  ALFRED  REHDEK. 


ACERANTHUS 


ACHIMENES 


17 


ACEKANTHUS  |  ;i  flown-  without  horns).  Berberi- 
dactce.  Slender,  hardy,  herbaceous  perennial. 

A  diphyllus,  Morr.  &  Decne.  (Epimedium  diphyllum.  Lodd.). 
Plant  rhizomatous  :  leaflets  obliquely  cordate,  green  above, 
glaucous  beneath  :  ns.  small,  bluish  white.  Japan.  B.M.3448. 
L.B.C.  19: 1858. 

ACHANIA.    See  Malvavisrnx. 

ACHILLE A  ( its  virtues  said  to  have  been  discovered 
by  Achilles).  Comp6sita>..  Includes  Ptarmica.  Hardy 
herbaceous  border  and  alpine  plants  of  easy  culture. 
Dwarf  kinds  make  carpets  in  dry,  sunny  places.  Large 
kinds  suitable  for  wild  gardens.  Lvs.  simple,  compound 
or  ternate:  fl. -heads  small,  corymbose.—  Prop,  in  spring 
by  division,  cuttings  and  seeds  ;  chiefly  by  the  first 
method. 

A.    Hays  about  5,  except  in  double  forms,  7ialf  as  Jong  as 
ilu>    ovate-oblong    involucre;     fls.  white,  red,   or 

yellow 

B.    Us.  white  or  red. 

Millefdlium,  Linn.  MILFOIL.  YARROW.  Height  1-3  ft. : 
Ivs.  bi-pinnately  parted,  segments  linear,  3-5  cleft:'  fls.  in 
flat  corymbs.  Juue-Oct.  Eu.,  Asia,  Amer.  Common  in 
pastures.  D.  95.— Less  commonly  cult,  than  vars.  ru- 
bruni  and  roseum,  with  red  or  purple  fls. 

BB.    Fls.  yellow. 

Tournef6rtii,  DC.  ( A.  ^Sgyptlaca,  Linn.}.  Height  12- 
18  in.  :  Ivs.  pinnatisect  ;  segments  roundish,  coarsely 
toothed  :  fls.  pale  yellow.  June-Oct.  Greece. 

filipendullna,  Lam.  (A.  Eupatbrium,  Bieb.).  Height 
4-5  ft. :  stem  erect,  furrowed,  almost  hairy:  fls.  in  dense, 
convex  compound  corymbs,  often  5  in.  across.  June- 
Sept.  Orient.— Needs  staking. 

tomentdsa,  Linn.  A  woolly,  carpet-like  plant  for  rock- 
eries. Height  8-10  in.  Eu.,  Orient,  N.  Am.  B.M.  498. 
Gn.  52,  p.  421. 

AA.    Rays  6-20,  as   long  as  or  longer  than  the  rotund 
or  campanulate  involucre;  fls.  white. 

B.    Lvs.  not  divided. 

Ptannica,  Linn.  SNEEZEWORT.  Height  1-2  ft. :  Ivs. 
serrate  :  fls.  in  loose  corymbs  ;  all  summer.  N.  Temp. 


Sibirica,  Ledeb.  (A.  Mongdlica,  Fisch.  A.  ptarmi 
coldes,  Maxim.).  Denser  than  the  last,  more  erect  and 
rigid:  height  l%-2  ft.  :  fls.  larger  and  in  more  com- 
pact corymbs.  July-Sept. 

BB.    Lvs.  deeply  divided. 

macrophylla,  Linn.  Height  3  ft. :  Ivs.  long,  broad. 
July.  Alps.  Gn.  52,  p.  421.—  Better  suited  to  shrubbery 
than  herbaceous  border. 


21.   Acer  Ginnala. 

Reg.  — Its  full-double  var.,  the  Pearl,  Fig.  22,  is  much 
used  for  cut-flowers  and  in  cemeteries,   and   is  one  of 
the  most  popular  of  all  hardy  herbaceous  plants.   There 
are  other  varieties. 
2 


22.   Achillea  Ptarmica,  var.  The  Pearl. 

Clavenae,  Linn.  (Commonly  spelled  A.  Clavennce.  A. 
argSntea,  Hort.,  not  Lam.).  Dwarf,  tufted,  hoary  alpine 
plant  :  height  10  in. :  Ivs.  dentate  at  apex  ;  segments 
obtuse:  fls.  spring  and  summer.  Eu.  B.M.  1287.  Gn. 
52,  p.  421.  — Thrives  in  sand. 

A.  Ageratum,  Linn.  Fls.  yellow.  Eu. — A.ageratifblia,  Benth. 
&  Hook.  (Anthemis  Aizoon).  Tufted,  woolly,  silvery  gray:  fls. 
white.  May-June.  Greece.— A.  alplna,  Linn.  Lvs.  pinnatifid: 
fls.  white.  May-June.  Alps. — A.  asplenifdlia,  Vent.  Lvs.  pin- 
nate, smooth:  fls.  white.  There  is  a  red-flowered  form.  Hab.? 
—A.  atrdta.  Linn.  Dwarf,  tufted,  aromatic:  radical  Ivs.  petio- 
late;  cauline  Ivs.  pinnatisect:  fls.  white.  Alps. — A.  decolbrans, 
Schrad.  Lvs.  undivided:  fls.  pale  yellow.  July.  Eu.— A.Herba- 
rbta.  All.  Dwarf,  tufted,  aromatic,  alpine  :  Ivs.  undivided,  ser- 
rate: fls.  white.  May-June. — A.  Ligustica,A\l.  Lvs. pinnatifid: 
fls.  white.  Eu.,  Orient.— A.  moschdta,  Jacq.  Lvs.  smooth,  pin- 
nately  parted,  lobes  uncut :  fls.  white.  Eu. — A.  ndna,  Linn. 
Dwarf,  hairy,  woolly,  aromatic :  Ivs.  pinnatisect :  fls.  white. 
Spring.  Eu.  Used  in  making  Chartreuse.— A.  odordta,  Linn. 
Lvs.  pinnatisect;  lobes  cut :  fls.  white. — A.  pectindta,  Willd. 
Fls.  pale  yellow.— A.  rupestris,  Huter.  Lvs.  %  in.  long,  linear- 
spatulate,  entire.  S.  Italy.  B.M.  6905.— A.  santolinoldes,  Lag. 
1  ft.:  Ivs.  pinnatisect,  hairy-woolly:  fls.  white.  July.  Spain. — 
A.  serrdta,  Retz.  Lvs.  pinnatifid,  woolly:  fls.  white.  Siberia? 
— A .  umbelldta,  Sibth.  Very  woolly  rock  plant,  4-5  in. :  Ivs.  pin- 
natifid ;  lobes  oblong,  bluntish,  entire  or  serrate :  fls.  white. 
June.  Greece.— A.  Valeslaca,  Stein.  Lvs.  pinnately  parted:  fls. 
white.  June-Aug.  Eu.  ^.  ^ 

ACHIMENES  ( Greek,  cheimaino,  to  suffer  from  cold ) . 
Gesneracece.  Greenhouse  herbs,  allied  to  gloxinias,  na- 
tive to  tropical  Amer.  Fls.  axillary;  the  5  caiyx  lobes 
narrow  and  short ;  the  corolla  tube  cylindrical  and  limb 
spreading;  anthers  4,  connivent  in  the  corolla  tube,  and 
a  rudiment  of  a  fifth  stamen  ;  style  long,  usually  ex- 
serted,  the  stigma  dilated  or  obscurely  2-lobed. 

The  rhizomes  of  Achimenes  should  be  potted  about 
the  first  of  April,  in  soil  which  has  been  made  loose  and 
open  by  the  addition  of  about  one-third  leaf -mold.  Six 
or  seven  of  these  in  a  5-inch  pot,  or  nine  or  ten  in  a 
6-inch  one,  make  specimens  of  the  most  convenient 
size.  The  young  growth  appears  in  about  eighteen  days, 
and  from  that  time  onward  great  pains  should  be  takeu 
to  keep  the  soil  moist,  for  a  single  severe  drying  will 
ruin  the  plants.  Liquid  manure  should  be  given  twice 


18 


ACHIMENES 


ACHIMENES 


a  week  after  flowering  begins,  i.e.,  toward  the  end  of 
May.  The  plants  are  generally  tied  up  to  slender  sup- 
ports as  growth  advances,  and,  so  treated,  make  surpris- 
ingly effective  specimens.  They  may  also  be  allowed 
to  grow  naturally,  when  they  will  droop  over  the  sides 
of  the  pots  and  flower  profusely.  Still  another  way  is 
to  pinch  off  the  tops  of  the  growing  plants  when  they 
are  4  or  5  inches  high.  As  this  produces  a  branching 
growth,  a  smaller  number  of  rhizomes  should  be  allowed 
to  each  pot.  The  flowers  of  Achimenes  are  produced  for 
several  months  without  cessation,  i.e.,  until  Oct.,  and 
sometimes  still  later  if  the  small-flowered  kinds  are 
used.  As  soon  as  blossoming  comes  to  an  end,  the  plants 
should  be  cut  off  level  with  the  tops  of  the  pots,  which 
should  then  be  stored  away,  putting  a  reversed  pot  on 
the  top  of  each  one  that  stands  on  its  base,  for  otherwise 
mice  may  destroy  all  the  roots.  Achimenes  are  propa- 
gated usually  by  means  of  the  natural  increase  of  the 
rhizomes,  but  all  kinds  may  be  grown  from  cuttings. 
Another  way,  which  produces  many  though  weak  plants, 
is  to  rub  off  the  scales  and  sow  them  as  if  they  were 
seeds.  The  roots  should  be  separated  from  the  soil  dur- 
ing the  winter,  and  care  should  be  taken  that  they  do 
not  decay  from  getting  too  wet  in  the  moist  air  of  green- 
house or  cellar.  Some  of  the  best  species  are  A.  longi- 
flora,  purplish  blue;  A.  longiflora  var.  alba  maxima, 
the  best  white  kind ;  A .  patens  var.  major,  a  large  flower 
of  purplish  rose  ;  A.  pedtinculata,  orange  ;  A.  hetero- 
phylla,  tubular,  a  fiery  orange  at  one  end  and  blazing  yel- 
low at  the  other.  Some  of  the  best  varieties  are  Am- 
broise  Verscheffelt,  white,  with  a  network  of  violet  lines ; 
Chirita,  deep,  intense  violet-blue  with  white  throat  ; 
Dazzle,  small,  vivid  scarlet,  and  late-blooming  ;  Lady 
Littleton,  rich  crimson;  Masterpiece,  rosy  violet  with 
white  throat;  Mauve  Queen,  a  very  large  and  substantial 
variety  of  A.  longiflora,  pale  purple;  Rose  Queen,  rich, 
rosy  lake;  Nisida,  lavender,  shading  to  white;  Trevi- 
rana  rosea,  like  Dazzle,  ex- 
cept in  color.  For  other  points 
in  the  culture  of  Achimenes, 
see  G.F.  7:  456,  477,  506, 
518;  8: 16.  In  the  grandiflora 
group  the  tubers  or  bulbs 
are  clustered  ;  in  the  longi- 
flora group  the  tubers  are 
pear-shaped  bodies,  growing 
on  the  ends  of  root-like  rhi- 
zomes. The  coccinea  and 
hirsuta  groups  (Fig.  23)  are 
late  bloomers. 

Cult,  by  W.  E.  ENDICOTT. 
The  garden  Achimenes  are 
much  confused  by  hybridi- 
zation, and  it  is  doubtful  if 
any  of  the  pure  species  are 
in  general  cultivation  in  this 
country.  Years  ago,the  small 
red-flowered  types  (of  the 
coccinea  section)  were  fre- 
quent, but  modern  evolution 
has  proceeded  from  the 
broad-flowered  purple  spe- 
cies. The  following  first 
six  species  seem  to  have 
contributed  most  largely  to 
the  present  garden  forms. 
A.  I*ls.  colored,  the  tube  usually  not  more  than  twice 

the  length  of  the  limb. 
B.    Blossoms  small,  red  or  scarlet. 
ocellata,  Hook.    Roots  small  and  tuberous  :    st.   1-2 
ft.:    Ivs.  rich  green  above  and  purple  beneath,  ovate, 
strongly  serrate,  with   conspicuous  purplish  petioles  : 
fls.  small,  1  in.  long,  broad-tubed,  spotted  with  black  and 
yellow,  the  lobes  short  and  obtuse  and  well  separated, 
drooping  on  reddish  peduncles.    Panama.    B.M.  4359.— 
Fine  for  foliage. 

coccinea,  Pers.  Height,  1-2  ft.  :  st.  reddish  :  Ivs.  3- 
whorled  or  opposite,  green,  ovate-acuminate,  serrate: 
fls.  small,  scarlet  the  corolla  twice  longer  than  the  erect 
lanceolate  parted, calyx  on  short  peduncles.  Minute  Ivs. 
Often  borne  in  the  axils.  Blooms  late.  Jamaica.  —  One 
of  the  older  types.  See  Fig.  23. 


23.   Achimenes;  tubers  of 
the  coccinea  section. 


heterophylla,  DC.  (A.  ignescens,  Lem.  A.  Ghies- 
brechtii,  Hort. ).  Root  fibrous:  st.  1  ft.  or  less,  dark  pur- 
ple, somewhat  hairy:  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  stalked,  ser- 
rate, the  two  of  each  pair  usually  unequal  in  size:  fls. 
solitary,  on  peduncles  somewhat  longer  than  the  leaf- 
stalks, long-tubular  and  slightly  curved,  with  a  narrow, 
nearly  equal  flaring  limb,  rich  scarlet,  yellow  within. 
Mex.  B.M.  4871.  — This  species  has  tubers  like  those  of 
the  grandiflora  section. 

pedunculata,  Benth.  St.  l%-2  ft.,  hairy,  reddish:  Ivs. 
opposite,  small,  ovate,  sharply  serrate,  green,  hairy,  on 
short  reddish  stalks :  fls.  medium  size,  drooping  and  di- 
lated upwards,  yellow-red  with  dark  markings  and  a 
yellow  throat,  the  limb  comparatively  short ;  on  long 
(4-5  in.)  bracted  stems.  Guatemala.  B.M.  4077.  — Stem 
produces  tubers. 

BB.    Blossom  large,  with  wide  limb,  blue,  violet 
or  purple. 

longifldra,  DC.  Fig.  24.  The  root-like  rhizomes  pro- 
ducing pear-shaped  tubers  at  their  ends  :  st.  1-2  ft.r 


24.   Achimenes  longiflora  (X  %). 


hairy:  Ivs.  opposite  or  3—  4-whorled,  ovate-oblong,  ser- 
rate, hairy,  sometimes  colored  beneath:  fls.  solitary,  the 
corolla  salver-shaped,  with  a  long  and  graceful  tube;  the 
limb  very  large  and  widely  spreading,  violet-blue  and 
whitish  beneath,  the  lowest  segment  sometimes  divided. 
Guatemala.  B.M.  3980.  P.M.  9:  151.-  A  popular  type. 

grandiflora,  DC.  Lvs.  mostly  larger  than  in  last, 
rusty  below,  often  oblique  at  base:  tts.  very  large,  dis- 
tinctly red  -tinged.  Mex.  B.M.  4012.—  Popular  type. 

patens,  Benth.  Height,  1-1%  ft.:  Ivs.  unequal,  ovate- 
acuminate,  hispid  and  serrate  :  fls.  violet-blue,  with 
downy  calyx,  tube  shorter  than  spreading  crenate  limb. 
Mex. 

AA.    Fls.  pure  white,  the  tube  8-4  times  the  length 
of  the  limb. 

tubifldra,  Nicholson,  Suppl.  p.  483  (  Gloxinia  tubifldra, 
Hook.  Dolichodeira  tubifldra,  Hanst.).  St.  short,  with 
opposite  oblong-acuminate,  crenate,  short-petioled  Ivs.: 
fls.  4  in.  long,  curved,  gibbous  at  the  base,  the  tube 
downy,  the  pedicels  opposite  and  2  in.  long.  Argentina. 
B.M.  3971.  —  Tubers  solid,  much  like  a  potato. 

A.  amdbilis,  Decne.=Nsegelia  multiflora.  —  A.  atrosanguinea, 
Lindl.=A.  foliosa.  —  A.  Candida,  Lindl.=Dicyrta  Candida.  —  A. 
cupredta,  Hook.=Episceacupreata.  —  A.  foliosa.  Morr.  Lvs.  cor- 
date, unequal  :  fls.  crimson,  with  saccate  tube  1%  in.  long,  with 
narrow  limb.  Guatemala.  —  A.  gloxiniceflbra,  Forkel.=Gloxinia 
glabrata.  —  A.  hirsuta,  DC.  Loose  grower  :  st.  bulbiferous  :  fls. 
rather  large,  with  swollen  tube  and  oblique  limb,  rose,  with  yel- 
low and  spotted  throat.  Guatemala.  B.M.  4144.  P.M.  12:  7. 
Once  popular.  —  A.  Jauregula,Warscz.=A.  longiflora.  —  A.Kleei, 
Paxt.  Dwarf:  fls.  pink-purple.  P.M.  16:  289.  Form  of  A  .  longi- 
flora? —  A.  multiflora,  Gardn.  Hairy:  Ivs.  broad-ovate:  fls.  blue, 
fringed.  Brazil.  B.M.  3993.—  A.picta,  Benth.=Tydsea  picta.— 
A.  rbsea,  Lindl.  Fls.  pink  or  rose,  the  peduncles  many-flowered. 
Guatemala.—  A.  Skinneri,  Gordon,=A.  hirsuta.—  Garden  forms 
and  hybrids  are  Escherii,  floribunda,  intermedia,  Jayii,  Mount- 
fordii,  ncugelioldes,  ntna,  venusta  (P.M.  15:121),  Verschaffeltii. 

L.  H.  B. 


ACHLYS 


ACONITUM 


ACHLYS  (the  goddess  of  obscurity).  Berberidacece. 
Hardy  herbaceous  perennial.  Fls.  minute,  numerous, 
spicate,  on  a  slender  scape. 

triph^lla,  DC.  Root-stock  terminated  by  a  strong, 
scaly  winter-bud  :  Ivs.  1  or  2  ;  leaflets  3,  fan-shaped, 
sinuate-dentate,  2%  x5  in.:  scape  1  ft.  long,  spike  1  in. 
long.  Spring.  W.  N.  Amer.— An  interesting  and  deli- 
cate plant.  Int.  1881. 

ACHRAS.    See  SajwJillo. 
ACHYRANTHES.    See  Iresine. 

ACID ANTHERA  (pointed  anthers).  Iridacece.  Ten- 
der herbaceous  perennials,  intermediate  between  Gladio- 
lus and  Ixia.  Lvs.  many,  linear  ensiform,  1-1  %ft.  long: 
spikes  3-6-flowered,  simple,  lax  :  fls.  long-tubed,  some- 
what pendulous :  conns  roundish,  flattened,  covered  with 
a  matted  fiber.  —  Prop,  by  seed  or  by  the  numerous  conns. 

bicolor,  Hochst.  St.  15-18  in.:  fls.  creamy  white, 
blotched  chocolate  brown  within,  fragrant :  corms  K-l 
in.  in  diam.  Abyssinia.  G.F.  1:486,  487.  Gn.  47:1014. 
G.C.  III.  20:393.  Mn.  8: 11.— Requires  a  somewhat 
stiffer  soil  than  the  tender  species  of  Gladiolus.  May  be 
grown  in  a  tub  outdoors  during  summer,  and  flowered 
within  during  Oct.  Several  corms  in  a  large  pot  give 
good  results.  Corms  should  be  dried  as  soon  as  lifted, 
to  prevent  rot. 

A.  cequinoctialis,  Baker.  St.  3-4  ft.,  stout,  stiffly  erect:  Ivs. 
strongly  ribbed:  fls.  white,  blotched  crimson  or  purple  within: 
corms  large.  Sierra  Leone.  B.M.  7393.  May  be  a  stronger 
growing  and  more  tropical  form  of  the  above. 

W.  E.  ENDICOTT  and  W.  M. 

ACINETA  (immovable,  the  lip  being  jointless).  Orchi- 
dacece.  Stout  epiphytes  with  interesting  pendent  scapes. 
Pseudobulbs  conspicuously  furrowed,  slightly  com- 
pressed :  leaf -blades  smooth,  conspicuously  veined, 
plaited  and  pliable  :  fls.  globose.  As  a  genus  it  is  too 
near  to  Peristeria  and  Stanhopea.  The  species  are 
rarely  seen,  as  they  are  less  conspicuous  in  their  color- 
ing than  many  orchids.  They  require  a  warm  house  and 
plenty  of  moisture  during  the  growing  season,  with  a 
decided  rest,  to  make  them  flower.  Use  baskets,  not  pots, 
as  the  flower-spikes  are  produced  from  the  base  of  the 
bulbs,  as  in  Stanhopea,  and  should  have  free  egress  or 
they  will  be  lost.  Cult,  by  E.  O.  ORPET. 

Barker!,  Lindl.  (Peristeria  Bdrkeri,  Batem.).  Pseu- 
dobulbs sub-conic,  about  5  in. :  leaf -blades  longer  than 
in  A.  Humboldtii :  fls.  12  or  more,  in  pendent  racemes, 
golden  yellow  spotted  with  brown.  Mex.  B.M.  4203.  I.H. 
2:  44.  Gn.  54,  p.  332.  P.M.  14:145. 

Humboldtii,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  about  3  in.: 
leaf -blades  about  1  ft.  long,  lanceolate,  acute:  scapes 
pendent,  2  ft.  long  ;  fls.  6  or  more,  chocolate  colored, 
about  2  in.  in  diam.  Ecuador,  high  elevations.  Gn. 
3:11. 

A.  chrysdntha,  Lindl.  Racemes  pendent;  fls.  golden  yellow, 
with  whitish  labellum  and  crimson  or  purplish  column ;  label  - 
lum  furnished  with  a  long,  blunt,  papillose  horn.  Mex. — A. 
densa,  Lindl.  (A.  Warscewiczii,  Klotzsch).  Fls.  subglobose,  fra- 
grant, pale  yellow,  spotted  externally  with  reddish  brown ;  label- 
lum yellow,  spotted  with  reddish  brown.  Costa  Rica. — A.Hru- 
bydna,  Reichb.  f .  Fls.  ivory  white,  in  loose  racemes ;  lip  spotted 
purple,with  erect  side  lobes.  New  Grenada. — A . sulcata, Reichb. f . 
Similar  to  A.  Humboldtii.  Fls.  yellow.  OAKES  AMES 

ACOKANTHERA  (mucronate  anthers).  Apocynacew. 
Tender  shrubs,  cult,  in  greenhouses  North,  and  outdoors 
in  Fla.  and  Calif.  Fls.  with  the  odor  of  jasmine,  lasting. 

spectabilis,  G.  Don.  (Toxicophlc&a  spectdbilis,  Sond. 
T.  Thunbergii,  Hort.,  not  Harv.).  Lvs.  3-5  in.  long, 
short  petiolate,  leathery,  elliptic,  acute,  shining  above: 
fls.  numerous,  in  dense  axillary,  branched,  short  cymes, 
pure  white,  very  sweet  scented.  Natal.  B.M.  6359.  R.H. 
1879 :  270.  G.F.  6 : 185.  G.C.  1872 :  363.  -  Poisonous.  The 
plants  cult,  under  this  name  are  said  by  trade  catalogues 
to  have  pink  or  violet  flowers. 

venenata,  G.  Don.  ( Toxicophlcea  cestroldes,  DC.  T. 
Thunbergii,  Harv.,  not  Hort. ).  Fls.  white  or  rose.  Dif- 
fers from  the  above  in  the  well  marked  venation  of  the 
leaves,  its  flowers  a  third  smaller,  its  calyx  not  pubescent, 
and  its  corolla-limb  less  widely  spreading. 

ACONITE,  WINTER.    See  Eranthi*. 


ACONlTUM.  Kanunculdcea>.  ACONITE.  MONKHOOD. 
WOLFSBANE.  A  genus  of  hardy  ornamental,  perennial 
herbs,  much  used  in  borders,  etc.  Many  species  are 
planted  in  European  gardens,  but  only  nine  have  been 
much  used  in  America.  The  number  of  species  varies. 
from  18  to  80,  with  different  botanists.  Native  in  moun- 
tain regions  of  Europe,  temperate  Asia,  and  five  in  N_ 
Amer.  Root  tuberous,  turnip-shaped,  or  thick  fibrous : 
st.  tall  or  long,  erect,  ascending  or  trailing  :  Ivs.  pal- 
mately  divided  or  cleft  and  cut-lobed:  fls.  large,  irregu- 
lar, showy ;  sepals  5,  the  large  upper  sepal  in  shape  of  & 
hood  or  helmet;  petals  2-5,  small;  stamens  numerous; 
carpels  3-5,  sessile,  many-ovuled,  forming  follicles  when 
ripened.  The  following  species  do  well  in  any  garden 
soil,  but  rich  preferred;  they  thrive  in  open  sun,  but 
flowers  last  longer  in  shaded  places.  Aconites  should 
never  be  planted  in  or  too  near  the  kitchen  garden  or 
the  children's  garden,  as  the  roots  and  some  of  the 
flowers  have  a  deadly  poison.  Prop,  easily  by  division. 
Reichenbach  Monographia  Generis  Aconiti,  Leipsic, 
1820,  2  vols.,  folio.  Reichenbach  Illustratio  Specierum 
Aconiti,  Leipsic,  1822-7,  folio. 

A.    Hoots  globular-tuberous. 
B.    Lvs.  deeply  cut,  but  not  to  the  base. 

Fischeri,  Reichb.  (A.  Columbianum,  Nutt.  A.  Cali- 
fdrnicum,  Hort.).  Stems  4-6  ft. :  Ivs.  large,  smooth,  3- 
parted,  attractive;  segments  much  cut  and  divided:  fls. 
numerous,  pale  blue,  panicled,  pedicels  pubescent;  hel- 
mets hemispherico-conical.  Autumn.  N.  Amer.  and 
Asia.  Int.  1889.  B.M.  7130. 

Cammarum,  Linn.  (A.  decorum,  Reichb.).  St.  3-4  ft. : 
Ivs.  with  short,  bluntish  lobes:  fls.  purple  or  blue;  pani- 
cles or  loose  spikes  few-flowered  ;  helmet  hemispheri- 
cal, closed.  July-Sept.  Hungary.  Int.  1889.  A.  Storkia- 
num,  Reichb.,  is  a  dwarf  form  of  this,  with  fewer  flowers 
and  somewhat  fibrous  roots. 

uncinatum,  Linn.  WILD  MONKSHOOD.  St.  slender, 
3-5  ft.,  inclined  to  climb:  Ivs.  thick,  deeply  cut  into  3-5- 
cut-toothed  lobes  :  fls.  loosely  panicled,  but  crowded  at 
the  apex  ;  blue,  pubescent,  1  inch  broad  ;  helmet  erect, 
nearly  as  broad  as  long,  obtusely  conical  :  follicles  3. 
June-Sept.  Low  grounds  of  Penn.  S.  and  W.,  Japan. 
Mn.  4:  81.— Much  planted  now. 

BB.    Lvs.  divided  to  tlie  base. 

variegatum,  Linn.  Erect,  1-6  ft.:  Ivs.  variously  di- 
vided into  usually  broad  lobes  and  cut  divisions;  lower 
petioles  long,  others  short  or  none :  fls.  in  a  loose  pani- 
cle or  raceme,  blue,  varying  to  whitish,  rather  smooth; 
helmet  higher  than  wide,  top  curved  forward  ;  visor 
pointed,  horizontal  or  ascending.  July.  Europe.  A. 
dlbum,  Ait.,  is  a  pure  white-flowered  form  of  this,  with, 
rather  fibrous  roots. 

AA.    Hoots  long -tuberous. 
B.    Carpels  usually  5. 

Japonicum,  Decne.  St.  erect,  3-4  ft.,  smooth  :  Ivs. 
dark  green,  shining,  petioled;  lobes  2-3  times  cut,  the 
parts  blunt  and  deeply  toothed :  fls.  large,  deep  blue  or 
violet,  tinged  with  red,  on  loose  panicles  with  ascending 
branches  ;  helmet  conical ;  beak  abruptly  pointed  :  fol- 
licles 5.  July-Sept.  Japan.  Int.  1889.  R.H.  1851,  p.  475. 
Var.  caeruleiim,  Hort.  Fls.  very  abundant ;  panicles 
shortened. 

BB.    Carpels  3  or  4. 

Nap611us,  Linn.(JL.  Tauricum,  Jacq.  A.  pyramidale, 
Mill.).  TRUE  MONKSHOOD.  OFFICINAL  ACONITE.  Fig.  25. 
The  best  known  and  most  poisonous  species,  and  used 
in  medicine.  Sts.  erect,  3-4  ft.:  Ivs.  divided  to  the 
base,  and  cleft  2-3  times  into  linear  lobes :  fls.  blue,  in  a 
raceme;  peduncles  erect,  pubescent;  helmet  broad  and 
low,  gaping,  smooth ish:  fr.  3-4-celled.  June-July.  Gn. 
12,  p.  362.— Very  many  varieties,  differing  in  shade  of 
flowers,  often  mottled  or  lined  with  white.  Var.  album 
is  nearly  white.  Var.  bicolor  and  var.  versicolor,  much 
used  in  gardens  for  the  large  blue  and  white  flowers. 
Reichenbach  has  divided  this  species  into  20-30  species. 
AAA.  Roots  in  the  form  of  a  scaly,  elongated  bulb,  or 

somewhat  fibrous. 
B.    Sepals  deciduous. 

autumnale,  Reichb.  AUTUMN  ACONITE.  Fig.  26.  St. 
3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  pedately  5-lobed:  fls.  in  a  simple  spike,  be- 


20 


ACONITUM 


ACROSTICHUM 


25.  Aconitum  Napellus 

(X'HJ 


coming  a  panicle ;  blue,  lilac  or  whitish;  helmet  closed. 

Sept.-Nov.    N.  China. 

Iyc6ctonum,  Linn.   (A.  barbdtum,  Patr.   A.  squarrb- 

sum,A.  ochroleucum,  Willd.).    PALE  YELLOW  WOLFS- 

BANE.  St.  slender,  simple,  3-6  ft. :  Ivs.  deeply  cut  into 
5-9  lobes  ;  long  petioles  and  un- 
der ribs  pubescent :  fls.  yellow  or 
whitish,  in  racemes  ;  helmet  a 
pinched  elongated  cone  ;  middle 
sepals  usually  bearded  :  fr.  usu- 
ally 3-celled.  June-Sept.  Eu., 
Siberia.  B.M.  2570.  G.M.  34:  124. 

BB.    Sepals  persistent. 
Anthdra,  L>inn.(A.Pyrenaicum, 
Pall.).  St.  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  parted  al- 
most to  the   base,    parts   deeply 
cut  and  lobed,  more  or  less  his- 
pid  beneath,    smoothish    above; 
petioles  long  :  fls.  in  lateral  and 
terminal    racemes,    pale    yellow, 
often  large;  racemes  or  panicles 
generally  pubescent ;    spur  bent 
back    or    hooked  ;     helmet 
arched,   but    cylindrical    at 
base:  follicles 5.  June-July. 
S.  Eu.   B.  M.  2654.  -  Several 
varieties. 

A.  Chinese,  Sieb.  Deep  blue 
spike  of  fls.  from  the  axil  of 
every  leaf  :  foliage  bold  and 
handsome.  B.M.  3852.  P.M. 
5:3.—  A.  delphinifdUum,  DC. 
Allied  to  A.  Napellus.— A.  het- 
erophyllum,  Wall.  Fls.  yellow 

and  violet.  Used  as  a  tonic  medicine  in  India.  B.M.  6092.— A. 
Noveboracense,  Gray.  Probably  =A.  paniculatum.— A.  panicu- 
latum, Lam.  (A.  toxicum,  Reichb.).  Has  blue  fls.  L.B.C.  9:810. 
—A.pyramiddle,  Mill.  Form  of  A.  Napellus.— A.  reclindtum 
Gray,  of  the  Alleghanies,  with  white  fls.  and  large  Ivs.,  is  worth 
cult.—  A.  septentrionale,  var.  Carpdticum,  Sims,  is  a  beautiful 
purple  kind,  closely  related  to  A.  Lycoctonum.  B.M.  2196.— A. 
tortubsum,  Willd.  Once  listed  in  the  trade;  not  now  found. 

K.  C.  DAVIS. 

ACORUS  (ancient  name  of  unknown  meaning). 
Aroldece.  Hardy,  herbaceous  water-loving  plants.  Lvs. 
sword-shaped,  erect;  spadix  appearing  lateral,  with  no 
true  spathe:  fls.  inconspicuous.  They  thrive  best  in 
moist  soil,  and  may  be  grown  in  shallow  water  or  on  dry 
land.  Prop,  easily  in  spring  or  autumn  by  division. 

Calamus,  Linn.  SWEET  FLAG.  Height  2  ft.  :  root- 
stock  horizontal,  pungent,  aromatic.  Fls.  early  summer. 
N.  Amer.,  Eu.  Var.  variegatus,  Hort.  Lvs.  striped  deep 
yellow  when  young,  fading  to  a  paler  color  later  in  sum- 
mer. Eu.  — Commoner  in  cult,  than  the  type. 

gramfneus,  Soland.  Height  8-12  in.  Much  smaller 
than  A.  Calamus,  forming  compact,  grassy  tufts.  Japan. 
Var. variegatus,  Hort.  Lvs.  striped  white.  Used  in  hang- 
ing baskets,  vases,  rockeries  and  for  cutting.  Often  grown 
indoors.  j.  B.  KELLER. 

ACEOCLlNIUM.    See  Helipterum. 

ACEOCOMIA  (name  means  a  tuft  of  leaves  at  the  top). 
Palmacece,  tribe  Cocoinece.  Spiny  tropical  American 
palms :  caudex  erect,  solitary,  ringed  and  swollen  at  the 
middle,  densely  spiny:  Ivs.  terminal,  pinnately  cut;  seg- 
ments narrowly  linear-lanceolate,  long,  obliquely  acumi- 
nate, the  naked  margins  recurved  at  the  base ;  midnerves, 
rachis  and  petiole  with  long  spines:  fr.  globose  or  ob- 
long, glabrous  or  prickly;  black  or  brown.  Species  8, 
mostly  difficult  to  distinguish;  allied  to  Cocos.  They 
need  a  rich,  sandy  loam.  The  chief  danger  with  young 
plants  is  overpotting,  as  few  leaves  are  on  a  plant  at  a 
time,  and  the  roots  are  not  abundant. 

sclerocdrpa,  Mart.  (A.aculeata,  Lodd.).  Height  30- 
45  ft.:  trunk  cylindrical,  about  1  ft.  thick,  with  black 
spines  2-4  in.  long:  Ivs.  12-15  ft.  long;  segments  in  ir- 
regular groups  of  2  or  3,  2-3  ft.  long,  %-l  in.  wide, 
smooth  and  shining  above,  whitish,  appressed-pilose  be- 
low, entirely  free  of  spines,  except  along  the  midrib. 
Braz.  to  W.  Ind.  I.H.  15:547. -Not  hardy  at  One"co,  Fla. 
Cult,  in  Calif.  «  Gru-gru"  and  «  corojo"  are  native  names . 


Havanensis,  Hort.  A  slow-growing,  thorny  plant,  of 
which  little  is  known.  Trade  name. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 
ACKOPfiKA.     See  Gongora. 

ACROPHtXLUM  (Greek,  top  and  leaf).  Saxifraga- 
cece.  One  Australian  evergreen  shrub,  A.  vendsum, 
Benth.  (A.  verticillatum,  Hook.),  excellent  for  spring 
flowering  in  the  coolhouse.  Prop,  by  cuttings  in  early 
summer.  Let  the  plant  rest  during  summer.  Do  not 
expose  to  frost.  It  produces  many  pinkish  fls.  m  dense 
spicate  whorls  near  the  top  of  the  branches.  Lvs.  in 
3's.  sessile,  dentate:  fls.  with  5  petals  and  10  stamens. 
4-6  ft,  B.M.  4050. 

ACKOSTICHUM  (derivation  obscure).  Polypodi&cecR. 
Greenhouse  ferns.  Includes  plants  of  great  diversity  of 
foliage,  wnich  are  often  referred  to  many  genera.  Sori 
spread  in  a  layer  over  the  entire  under  surface  of  the 
leaf  or  of  certain  of  the  upper  pinnae,  rarely  over  both 
surfaces.  Foliage  rather  coarse,  the  leaves  simple  or 
pinnate,  rarely  forked.  All  the  140  species  are  plants  of 
tropical  regions,  two  species  growing  in  S.  Fla.  Some 
kinds  are  adapted  to  covering  walls,  columns,  trunks  of 
tree  ferns,  etc.  The  kinds  with  long  fronds  are  excellent 
for  hanging  baskets.  As  all  kinds  require  an  abundance 
of  water  at  the  roots,  the  compost  should  be  very  porous. 


26.  Aconitum  autumnale  (X 


A  mixture  of  two  parts  fibrous  peat,  one  of  chopped 
sphagnum,  and  one  of  coarse  silver  sand  is  recom- 
mended. For  general  culture,  see  Ferns. 

The  following  species  are  cult,  in  Amer.:     alienum, 
No.  15;  aureuni,  17;  cervinum,  14;  conforme,  7;  crim- 


ACROSTICHUM 


ACROSTICHUM 


21 


turn,  9;  flp«ccidum,  8;  gorgoneum,  11 ;  lomarioides,  18; 
muscosum,  3;  nicotiamt'i'oliuin.  1(5:  osmundaceum,  19; 
peltatum,  20;  pilosum,5;  reticulatum.  10;  Bcaadens,  12; 
simplex,  6;  sorbifolium,  13;  sqxiamosum,  2;  villosum,  1; 
viscosum,  4. 

A.    Lvs.  simple,  lex*  tJuin  2  in.  tride;  reins  free. 

(Elaphogloxsum.) 

B.    Surface  of  Ivs.  densely  scaly  throughout, 
c.    Texture  thin,  flaccid. 

1.  villdsum,  Swz.    Fig.  27.    Sterile  Ivs.  6-9  in.  long; 
fertile  Ivs.  scarcely  more  than  half  as  large,  both  with 
abundant  slender,  dark-brown  scales.    Mex.  and  W.  Ind. 

—  Dwarf,  variable. 

CC.    Texture  thick,  leathery. 

2.  squamdsum,  Swz.    Lvs.  6-12   in.  long,  the   fertile 
narrower,  on  longer  stems  ;  both  surfaces  matted  with 
bright  reddish  brown  linear  or  lanceolate  scales.  Tropics 
of  both  hemispheres. 

3.  muscdsum,  Swz.    Sterile  Ivs.  6-12  in.  long,  fertile 
much  shorter  ;  upper  surface  slightly  scaly,  the  lower 
densely  matted  with  ovate,  rusty   scales.     Tropics  of 
both  hemispheres.    S.  1:  211.— Very  distinct  in  habit. 

BB.    Surface  of  Ivs.  slightly  scaly. 

4.  viscdsmn,  Swz.    Sterile  Ivs.  6-12  in.  long,  narrowed 
gradually  at  the  base  ;    the  fertile   shorter,  on  longer 
stems  ;  textxire  leathery,  the  surfaces  somewhat  viscid. 
Tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 

.").  pilosum,  HBK.  Lvs.  flexuous,  6-8  in.  long,  %in. 
wide,  with  tufts  of  star-like  scales  beneath;  texture  her- 
baceous. Mex.  to  Columbia.  —  Chiefly  of  botanical  in- 
terest. 

BBB.    Surface  of  Irs.  not  scaly;  texture  leathery. 
D.    Margins  of  Ivs.  thick,  cartilaginous. 

6.  simplex,  Swz.   Sterile  Ivs.  4-12  in.  long,  with  a  very 
acute  point,  the  lower  portion  gradually  narrowed  into  a 
short,  somewhat  margined  stem.    W.  Ind.  to  Brazil. 

7.  conforme,    Swz.    Sterile  Ivs.  2-9  in.  long,  with   a 
bluntish  point  and  wedge-shaped  or  spatulate  base ;  fer- 
tile Ivs.  narrower.    Tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 

DD.    Margins  of  leaves  not  thickened. 

8.  flaccidum,  Fee.    Sterile  Ivs.  6-12  in.  long,  with  very 
acute  point,  the  lower  portion  gradually  narrowed  to  the 
short  stem;  fertile  Ivs.  on  a  stem  3-4  in.  long.    S.  Amer. 

—  Of  botanical  interest  only. 

AA.    Lvs.  simple;  veins  uniting  to  form  a  network. 

B.    Surface  of  Ivs.  densely  clothed  with  narrow  scales. 

(Hymenodium.) 

9.  crinitum,  Linn.  ELEPHANT-EAR  FERN.  Lvs. 10-18  in. 
long,  4-8  in.  wide,  on  densely  scaly  stems  ;  fertile  Ivs. 
smaller,  on  shorter  stems.    W.  Indies.    F.S.  9:936,  as 
H.  crinitum.  — Omit  sand  in  potting,  and  avoid  over- 
watering. 

BB.    Surface  of  Ivs.  mostly  smooth,  6-15  in.  long. 

10.  reticulatum,  Kaulf.    Lvs.  on  distinct  stems,  with 
wedge-shaped  bases,  1%  in.  wide;  veins  forming  copious 
meshes.    (Chrysodium.)    Hawaiian  Islands.  — Of  botani- 
cal interest  only. 

11.  gorgoneum,  Kaulf.   Lvs.  tapering  gradually  down- 
ward to  the  short  stem,  2-3  in.  wide  ;    veins  forming 
meshes  only  near  the  margin.  (Aconiopteris.)  Hawaiian 
Isl.  — Of  little  decorative  value. 

AAA.    Lvs.  pinnate. 
B.    Ferns  climbing  with  narrow,  fertile  pinnce. 

12.  scandens,  J.  Smith.    Rootstock  widely  climbing  : 
Ivs.  1-3  ft.  long,  with  pinnae  4-8  in.  long  ;  fertile  pinnae 
slender,  6-12  in.  long;  texture  leathery.    (Stenochlcena.) 
India.    S.  1:  224.  — A  vigorous  grower  and  coarse  feeder, 
much  used  in  cooler  houses  of  large  ferneries. 

13.  sorbifdlium,  Linn.  Rootstock  climbing,  often  prick- 
ly:  Ivs.  12-18  in.  long,  6-12  in.wide,with  close  veins;  fer- 
tile pinna?  2-4  in.  long,  narrow.    (Lomariopsis.)   E.  and 
W.  Ind.  to  Braz. 

BB.    Ferns  icith  creeping  rootstocks  and  scattered  Ivs. 

c.     Veins  united  only  near  the  margin;  fertile  Ivs.  bi- 

pinnate. 

14.  cervinum,  Swz.    Fig.  28.    Lvs.  2-4  ft.  long,  with 
pinncc  4-9  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide;  fertile  pinnae  slender, 


narrow,  4-8  in.   long.    (Olfersia.)     Mex.  and   Cuba  to 

Braz.    S.  1 :  192. 

cc.    reins  forming  meshes  everywhere.    (Gymnopteris.) 

15.  alienum,  Swz.    Sterile  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  triangular, 
with  the  upper  pinnae  decurrent,  and  the  lower  at  least 
sinuate  or  even  incised  ;    fertile  Ivs.  smaller,  with  nar- 
row pinnae,  the  upper  decurrent.     Cuba  and  Mex.  to 
Braz. 

16.  nicotianaefdlium,  Swz.    Sterile  Ivs.  with  3-7  pinnae 
which  are  6-12  in.  long  and  2-3  in.  wide,  with  nearly 
entire  edges;  fertile  Ivs.  smaller,  with  3-7  pinnae  3-4  in. 
long,  1  in.  wide.   W.  Ind.  to  Braz. 


27.  Acrostichum  villosum 
(XK)-    See  No.  1. 


28.  Acrostichum  cervinum 
(X%).     See  No.  14. 


BBB.  Ferns  of  swampy  places,  growing  in  crowns  from 
erect  rootstocks. 

17.  aureum,  Linn.  Lvs.  fertile  only  in  the  upper  pinnae, 
3-6  ft.  long,  with  pinnae  6-10  in.  long,  short  stalked, 
coriaceous.    Fla.  to  Braz.  and  in  the  tropics  of  the  old 
world.     S.  1:187. -Strong-growing.     One  of   the  best. 
Should  be  treated  as  an  aquatic. 

18.  lomarioides,  Jenman.    Sterile  and  fertile  Ivs.  dis- 
tinct, the  sterile  shorter  and  spreading,  the  fertile  taller 
and  more  erect  in  the  center  of  the  cluster;  pinnae  9-14 
in.  long,  almost  sessile.   Fla.  to  Braz. 

AAAA.    Lvs.  bipinnatifid  or  bipinnate  ;  veins  free. 
(Polybotra.) 

19.  osmundaceum,  Hook.     Rootstock  wide,  climbing, 
with  long,  linear  scales  :    sterile  Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  the 
lower   pinnae    8-10   in.   long,  with    numerous    slightly 
stalked  segments;  fertile  Ivs.  tripinnate,  with  the  lower 
pinnae  1-2  ft.  long,  4-8  in.  wide,  with  narrow,  cylindric 
segments  K-/4  in.  long.    W.  Ind.  to  Braz.  — Probably 
the  handsomest  of  the  climbing  kinds. 

AAAAA.    Lvs.  palmate  from  creeping  rootstocks: 
plants  small. 

20.  peltatum,  Swz.    Lvs.  1-2  in.  each  way  on  slender 
stems,  repeatedly  forked   into  very  narrow  divisions; 
fertile  Ivs.  %-*/•>.  in.  wide,  circular,  or  somewhat  2-lobed. 
(Rhipidopteris. )    Mex.  and  W.  Ind.  to  Braz.— A  delicate 
and  distinct  plant,  needing  moisture  all  the  year  round, 


ACROSTICHUM 


ACTINOMERIS 


^especially  in  the  air.    Avoid  unnecessary  disturbances 
•of  roots.    Use  some  partly  decayed  leaf -mold. 

A.  acuminatum,  Hook.,  S.  1: 182,  A.  canaliculdtum,  and  A.cau- 
-dcttum,  Hook.,  all  from  S.  Amer.,  related  to  A.  osmundaceum. — 
A.  flagelliferum,  Wall.  Rooting  at  apex  of  terminal  pinna.  E.Ind. 
S.  1:201.— A.  foeniculaceum,  Hook.  Allied  to  A.  peltatum. 
Ecuador.— A.  Herminieri,  Bory.  Lvs.  simple.  Allied  to  A.  sim- 
plex. W.  Ind.  to  Braz. — A.  heteromorphum,  Klotzsch.  Lvs. 
simple,  l%-2  in.  long.  S.  Amer. — A.  latifolium,  Swz.  Lvs.  sim- 
ple, 9-18  in.  long.  Allied  to  A.  conforme.  Mex.  to  Braz.— A.  lepi- 
dbtum,  Willd.  Allied  to  A.  villosum.  Andes. — A.  quercifolium, 
Betz.  Allied  to  A.  flagelliferum.  Ind. — A.  serrati folium,  Mert. 
Pinnate,  with  Ivs.  1-2 1ft.  long.  Allied  to  A.  aureum.  Mex.  to 
Braz. — A.  spicdtum,  Linn.  Simple,  with  sori  on  long  contracted 
apex.  (Hymenolepis.)  E.Ind. — A.  tacccefolium,  Hook.  Allied 
to  A.  flagelliferum.  Philippines.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


29.   Actinidia  arguta  (X  %). 


ACT.ZEA  (ancient  name  of  the  elder,  transferred  by 
Idnnaeus).  Rammcul&cece.  Native  hardy  herbaceous 
perennials,  with  showy  spikes  of  small  fls.  and  hand- 
some clusters  of  berries  in  autumn.  Leaflets  of  the 
twice-  or  thrice-ternate  Ivs.  ovate,  sharply  cleft,  and  cut- 
toothed.  They  like  rich  woods  and  shade.  Useful  for 
rockery  and  wild  garden.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  by  root- 
division  in  spring. 

Alba,  Mill.  (A.  rubra,  Bigel.).  WHITE  BANEBEBBY. 
Height,  1-1%  ft.;  much  like  A.  spicata,  but  the  leaflets 
more  cut,  teeth  and  points  sharper;  plant  smoother:  fls. 
"white,  in  an  oblong  raceme,  and  a  week  or  two  later: 
pedicels  in  fr.  very  thick,  turning  red  :  berries  white, 
ovate-oblong,  often  purplish  at  the  end.  N.  states.  D.  53. 

spicata,  Linn.  COHOSH.  HEBB-CHBISTOPHER.  Plant 
1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  bi-  or  triternate,  serrated  :  fls.  white  or 
Bluish,  in  ovate  racemes :  berries  purplish  black,  oblong. 
-Apr.-June.  Eu. ,  Jap.  —  Less  cult.than  the  red- fruited  var. 

Var.  rubra,  Ait.  (A.  rubra,  Willd.).  RED  BANEBEBBY. 
Uather  taller  than  A.  alba:  Ivs.  bi-  or  triternate,  ser- 
iated :  fl.  cluster  white,  larger  than  in  A.  spicata:  ber- 
ries bright  red,  very  handsome.  Apr.-June.  Northern 
;States-  K.  C.  DAVIS. 

ACTINELLA( Greek, small-rayed).  Compdsitce.  Har- 
•dy  perennials  from  W.  N.  Amer. ,  for  cult,  in  alpine  gar- 
dens. Height  6-12  in.:  fls.  yellow,  summer.  Of  easy 
•cult,  in  light  soil.  Prop,  by  division  or  by  seeds. 

grandifldra,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Plant  densely  woolly :  lower 
Ivs.  pinnately  or  bip innately  parted,  with  margined  peti- 
oles from  broad,  scarious  bases;  upper  cauline  Ivs.  sim- 
ple or  sparingly  divided:  fls.  2-3  in.  wide,  summer.— A 
pretty  alpine  plant. 

scapdsa,  Nutt.  Plant  villous:  Ivs.  radical,  linear-spat- 
wlate,  2-3  in.  long,  punctate,  entire :  fls.  1  in.  wide ;  scapes 
tingle,  leafless,  1-fld.,  3-9  in.  long. 

A.  lanata,  Pursh.=Eriophyllum  caespitosum. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 


ACTINlDIA  (aktin,  ray ;  referring  to  the  radiate 
styles).  Ternstrcemiacece.  Hardy  climbing  deciduous 
shrubs,  strong-growing  and  excellent  for  covering  ar- 
bors, screens,  trellises,  walls  and  low  buildings.  Re- 
markably free  from  insects  and  fungi.  Lvs.  alternate, 
long-petioled,  serrate:  fls.  axillary,  single  or  in  corymbs, 
polygamous,  white,  cup-shaped,  %-%in.  in  diam. ;  sepals 
and  petals  5;  stamens  and  stigmas  numerous:  berry 
many-seeded,  about  1  in.  long,  edible.  E.  Asia,  Hima- 
layas. Prop,  by  seeds,  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  sum- 
mer, or  by  hardwood  cuttings;  also  by  layers.  Mono- 
graph by  Maximowicz  in  Diagn.  Plant.  As.  Nov.  6: 422. 

A.    Lvs.  dark  green,  shining,  chartaceous. 

arguta,  Miq.  (A.  polygama,  Hort.,  not  Miq.  A.  volu- 
bilis,  Hort.,  not  Miq.).  Fig.  29.  Petioles  mostly  setose: 
Ivs.  4-5  in.  long,  broad-elliptic,  cuneate  to  subcordate  at 
the  base,  abruptly  acuminate,  smooth  except  the  setose 
midrib  beneath,  setulosely  appressed  serrate:  fls.  3  or 
more,  greenish  white;  anthers  dark  purple:  fr.  green- 
ish yellow,  with  fig-like  flavor.  June.  Japan,  Saghalin, 
Manchuria.  A. G.  1891:142. 

AA.  Lvs.  bright  green,  dull,  membranaceous,  sometimes 
becoming  in  the  summer  handsomely  variegated 
above  the  middle:  fls.  fragrant:  not  climbing  high. 

polygama,  Miq.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  broad -ovate  or  ovate- 
oblong,  cuneate  to  subcordate  at  the  base,  appressed- 
serrate,  mostly  setose  at  the  nerves  on  both  sides :  fls. 
1-3,  %in.  in  diam.;  stigmas  on  a  short,  thick  style;  fr. 
yellow.  July.  Japan,  Saghalin,  Manchuria.  B.M.  7497. 
—  The  plant  attracts  cats  like  valerian. 

Kolomfkta,  Maxim.  Petioles  not  setose  ;  Ivs.  downy 
beneath  when  young,  4-6  in.  long,  ovate-oblong,  rounded 
or  cordate  at  the  base,  unequally  setulosely  serrate, 
sparsely  setose  beneath:  fls.  1-3,  >£in.  in  diam. ;  stigmas 
sessile.  July.  Japan,  Saghalin,  Manchuria.  R.H. 1898:36. 

A.  callbsa,  Lindl.  Allied  to  A.  arguta.  Lvs.  mostly  acute  at 
both  ends.  Himalayas.  ALFBED  REHDEB. 

ACTIN6LEPIS  (Greek,  a  scale-like  ray).  Compdsitcn. 
Hardy  annuals  from  Calif. ;  freely  branching,  and 
mostly  yellow-flowered. 

coronaria,  Gray  (Shdrtia  Callfdrnica,  Hort.  Bceria 
coronaria,  Gray).  Figs.  30,  31.  Lvs.  opposite,  except 
the  upper  ones,  2  in.  or  more 
long,  deeply  pinnatifld ;  lobes  5-7, 
distant,  linear,  entire.  B.M.  3828, 
as  ffymendxys  Calif6rnica.  —  One 
of  the  prettiest  of  annual  flow- 
ers, and  deserving  of  greater  pop- 
ularity. Excellent  for  edging.  An 
everlasting. 


30.   Actinolepis  coronaria. 
Nearly  natural  size. 


31.  Actinolepis  coronaria. 

Known  to  the  trade  as 

Shortia  Californica. 


ACTINOMEKIS  (from  Greek  aktis,  ray,  and  meris, 
part,  alluding  to  the  irregularity  of  the  rays).  Com- 
pdsitce.  Native  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  suitable  for 
wild  gardens  and  shrubbery.  Tall,  branching.  Cult, 
like  Helianthus.  Prop,  by  division. 

squarrdsa,  Nutt.  Height  4-8  ft.:  Ivs.  lance-oblong, 
acuminate,  subpetiolate,  tapering  to  both  ends :  fls.  nu- 
merous, corymbed,  yellow;  rays 4-10,  irregular.  Autumn. 

A.  helianthioldes,  Nutt.  Lys.  silky- villous  underneath:  rays 
about  8,  usually  more  than  in  A.  squarrosa.  Mn.  4: 129. — A. 
prbcera,  Steud.,  is  only  a  taller  form  of  A.  squarrosa. 

J.  B,  KELLER. 


ACT1NOPTERIS 


ADENOCARPUS 


23 


ACTIN6PTERIS  (ttktln,  r;iy,  and  pteris;  the  fronds 
rad  i  at  el  y  cut ).  Syn.,  Actiniopteris.  Polypodiacece . 
Greenhouse  ferns  from  India,  resembling  miniature  fan- 
palms.  The  sori  are  linear-elongate  and  submarginal, 
and  covered  with  indusia.  A.  raditita,  Link,  is  the  only 
recognized  species.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

ADA  (a  complimentary  nam&).  Orchiddcece ;  tribe 
Vdndece.  A  genus  of  epiphytes  containing  two  species. 
Petals  and  sepals  slightly  spreading  from  half  their 
length ;  labellum  parallel  with  the  column  and  united  to 
its  base.  Found  at  high  elevations  on  the  Colombian 
Andes.  Useful  for  the  coolhouse,  where  they  may  be 
grown  together  with  Odontoglossums,  blooming  in  no 
dt'tiiiite  season. 

aurantiaca,  Lindl.  Fig.  32.  Pseudobulbs  2-3  in., 
ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  subcylindrical  or  slightly  com- 
pressed, tapering  toward  the  summits,  bearing  1-3  nar- 
row leaf -blades  6-12  in.  long:  petals  and  sepals  narrow, 
pointed,  channeled;  labellum  half  as  long  as  the  petals: 
scape  drooping,  bearing  racemes  of  cinnabar-red  fls. 

Lehmanni,  Rolfe.  Leaves  marbled  with  gray  :  label- 
lum white.— Not  much  in  cultivation.  A  recent  species. 

OAKES  AMES. 

The  Adas  grow  at  the  altitude  of  8,500  ft.  To  grow 
them  successfully,  a  house  that  can  be  kept  very  cool  in 
summer  is  necessary,  one  having  a  northern  exposure, 
such  as  is  constructed  for  Odontoglossums  being  best,  as 
the  two  plants  are  found  growing  together.  Shading 
will  be  found  necessary  in  summer  during  the  hottest 
weather,  preferably  by  roller  shades,  that  can  be  rolled 
up  in  dull  weather,  as  by  this  means  a  current  of  cool 
air  is  constantly  passing  over  the  glass.  The  tempera- 
ture inside  the  structure  can  be  kept  below  that  outside 
in  hot  weather  by  careful  airing  and  spraying.  A.  au- 
rantiaca is  the  best  known,  and  is  much  valued  for  its 
bright  orange-colored  spikes  of  bloom,  which  last  a  long 
time.  A.  Lehmanni  is  very  rare  in  cultivation,  and  is 
-listinguished,  among  other  characteristics,  by  its  white 
up  and  by  being  a  summer-blooming  plant,  while  its 
companion  species  flowers  early  in  spring.  The  usual 
fern  fiber  and  sphagnum  moss  compost  will  be  found 
best  suited  for  their  cultivation,  taking  care  that  the 
plants  are  never  dry  at  the  roots,  either  in  summer  or 
winter.  E.  O.  ORPET. 

ADAM-AND-EVE.  See  Sempervivum  tectorum,  and 
Aplectrum  hyemale. 

ADAMIA.    SeeDichroa. 

ADAM'S  APPLE.  See  Citrus  Limetia,  Musa  para- 
disiaca,  and  Taberncumonlana  coronaria. 

ADAM'S  NEEDLE.    See  Yucca. 

ADANSONIA  (named  after  M.  Adanson,  French  bota- 
nist). Malvaceae.  The  Baobab  is  said  to  have  the  thick- 
est trunk  of  any  tree  in  the  world.  Adansonia  has  few 
congeners  familiar  to  the  horticulturist:  fls.  large,  pen- 
dulous ;  petals  5,  white,  obovate  •  stamens  numerous  ; 
ovary  5-10-celled  :  fr.  oblong,  woody,  indehiscent,  filled 
with  a  mealy  pulp  in  which  are  numerous  seeds. 

digitata,  Linn.  BAOBAB  TREE.  Height  not  more  than 
60  ft. ;  diam.  said  to  be  sometimes  30  ft.  or  more  :  Ivs. 
palmate,  with  3  leaflets  in  young  plants,  and  5-7  in  older 
ones :  fls.  6  in.  across,  with  purplish  anthers  on  long  ax- 
illary, solitary  peduncles.  Africa.  B.M.  2791.— Rarely 
cultivated  in  extreme  S.  Fla.,  where  fr.  is  9-12  in.  long, 
and  called  "Monkey's  Bread." 

ADDER'S-TONGUE.    See  Erythronium. 
ADDER'S-TONGUE  FERN.    See  OpMoglossum. 

ADENANDRA  (from  the  glandular  anthers).  Rutacece. 
Small  summer-flowering,  tender  shrubs  from  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope.  Lvs.  alternate,  small,  leathery,  subses- 
sile,  entire,  glandular-dotted  :  fls.  white  or  rosy  ;  petals 
obovate.  Prop,  by  cuttings  from  the  ripened  wood. 

fragrans,  Roem.  &  Schult.  (Didsma  frdgrans,  Sims). 
BREATH  OF  HEAVEN.  Height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong,  ob- 
tuse, dark  green  above,  whitish  beneath,  with  a  glandu- 
lar, denticulate  margin:  fls.  rosy.  B.M.  1519.— A  fa- 
vorite in  Calif. 


ADENANTHERA  (from  the  deciduous  pedicillate 
gland  on  each  anther).  Leguminosce.  Tender,  unarmed 
evergreen  tree,  cult,  in  greenhouses  only  for  its  eco- 
nomic interest,  and  also  in  Calif,  in  the  open  air.  Prop, 
by  seeds, which  should  be  softened  in  hot  water  previous 
to  sowing. 

Pavonina,  Linn.  RED  SANDAL-WOOD  TREE.  Leaflets 
about  13:  fls.  in  an  axillary  spike.  Trop.  Asia,  where  it 
grows  to  a  tree  of  great  size.  — The  red  lens-shaped 
"Circassian  Seeds"  are  curiosities  with  travelers,  and 
are  used  for  necklaces,  etc. 


32.  Ada  aurantiaca. 
a  shows  the  lip  and  column. 


ADENOG AL¥MNA  (glandular  covering;  ref earring  to 
leaves,  etc.).  Bignonidcece.  Tender  climbing"  shrub, 
closely  allied  to  Bignonia.  Grown  in  hothouses,  requir- 
ing considerable  moisture.  Prop,  by  cuttings  in  frames. 

comosum,  DC.  St.  rough,  punctate:  Ivs.  opposite,  tri- 
foliolate;  petioles  thickened  at  junction  with  the  blades: 
racemes  so  densely  clothed  at  first  with  large  bracts  as 
to  suggest  the  aments  of  the  hop-vine  ;  fls.  2  in.  across, 
brilliant  yellow,  trumpet-shaped  ;  upper  lip  of  2,  and 
lower  lip  of  3  rounded,  waved  lobes.  Braz.  B.M.  4210. 

ADENOG ARPUS  (from  the  glandular  pod,  which 
easily  distinguishes  it  from  allied  genera).  Leguminbsce. 
Shrubs,  rarely  small  trees,  more  or  less  pubescent:  Ivs. 
alternate,  trifoliolate,  small:  fls.  papilionaceous,  yellow, 
in  terminal  racemes ;  calyx  2-lipped :  fr.  a  glandular  pod, 
oblong  or  linear,  compressed.  About  14  species  in  S.  Eu., 
Asia  Minor,  N.  and  W.  Afr.,  Canary  Isl.  Low  shrubs, 
rarely  more  than  3  ft.,  of  spreading  habit,  with  handsome 
fls.  produced  profusely  in  spring  ;  very  attractive  when 
in  full  bloom.  They  require  a  sunny  position  and  well 
drained  soil.  They  are  especially  adapted  for  temperate 
regions,  but  do  not  bear  transplanting  well,  and  should 
be  grown  in  pots  until  planted.  They  are  also  hand- 
some greenhouse  shrubs,  and  grow  best  in  a  sandy  com- 
post of  peat  and  loam.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  greenwood 
cuttings  in  spring;  sometimes  also  by  layers  and  grafting. 

frankenioldes,  Choisy.  (A.  anagyrus,  Spreng.). 
Branches  pubescent :  Ivs.  persistent,  crowded  ;  leaflets 
linear-oblong,  complicate :  fls.  crowded,  in  short  racemes ; 
calyx  glandular,  the  lateral  segments  of  the  lower  lip 
longer  than  the  middle  one,  exceeding  the  upper  lip. 
Teneriffe. 

intermedius,  DC.  Branches  villous  :  Ivs.  deciduous, 
grouped  ;  leaflets  obovate  or  oblong-lanceolate  :  fls.  in 
elongated  racemes  ;  calyx  glandular,  middle  segment  of 


24 


ADENOCARPUS 


ADIANTUM 


the  lower  lip  longer  than  the  lateral  ones,  much  exceed- 
ing the  upper  lip.    Italy,  Spain,  Sicily. 

dec6rticans,  Boiss.  (A.  Boissieri,  Webb).  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  15-25  ft. :  branches  tomentose  :  Ivs.  crowded, 
persistent  ;  leaflets  linear,  pubescent  :  racemes  short, 
compact  :  calyx  villous,  segments  nearly  equal.  Spain. 
R.H.  1883: 156.  G.C.  II.  25:  725.  Gn.  30:  572. -Resem- 
bles English  Gorse,  but  is  thornless.  Bark  peels  natu- 
rally. Thrives  in  poor,  sandy  soil. 

A.  anagi/rus,  Spreng.=A.  frankenioides. — A.  Boissieri,  Webb 
»=A.  decorticans. — A.  complicdtus,  Gay.  (A.  parvifolius,  DC.). 
Branches  nearly  glabrous  :  racemes  elongated  ;  calyx  glandu- 
lar. S.  W.  France,  Spain.  B.M.  1387,  as  Cytisus  divaricatus.— 
A .  commutdtus,  Guss.  (A.  Telonensis,  DC.).  Branches  villous, 
pubescent :  racemes  loose  ;  calyx  villous.  Spain,  Orient. — A.  di- 
varicatus, Boiss. =A.  intermedius  when  held  to  include  A.  com- 
mutatus  and  complicatus.— A.  folioldsus,  DC.  Branches  and  Ivs. 
crowded,  villous  :  racemes  compact,  many-flowered;  calyx  vil- 
lous. Canary  Isl. — A.  grandiflbrus,  Boiss.  Branches  and  Ivs. 
glabrous  :  racemes  few-flowered  ;  calyx  pubescent.  S.  France, 
Spain. — A.  Hispdnicus,  DC.  Branches  velvety-pubescent :  Ivs. 
tomentose  beneath  :  racemes  dense,  many-flowered  ;  calyx  glan- 
dular. Spain. — A.  parvifolius,  DC. =A.  complicatus,  Gay.— A. 
Telonensis,  DC.=A.  commutatus. — A.  Telonensis,  Nicholson = 
A.  grandiflorus.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ADEN6PHORA  (gland-bearing;  referring  to  the  cy- 
lindrical nectary  which  surrounds  the  base  of  the  style). 
Campanulacea?.  A  genus  of  hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nials separated  from  Campanula  only  by  minor  charac- 
ters, as  the  trilocular  ovary  and  cylindrical  nectary. 
Fls.  blue,  nodding,  on  short  pedicels,  produced  freely  in 
midsummer  in  slender  but  stiff,  erect  panicles  or  loose 
racemes.  For  culture,  see  Campanula.  Prop,  by  seeds 
or  cuttings  in  spring.  The  plants  do  not  take  kindly  to 
division  or  other  disturbance  of  the  roots.  Many  other 
species  than  those  in  the  trade  are  worthy. 

communis,  Fisch.  (A.  lilifldra,  Schur.  A.Fischeri,  G. 
Don.  A.UUifdlia,Ledeb.).  Radical  Ivs.  petiolate,  ovate- 
rotund,  cordate,  crenate-dentate  ;  cauline  Ivs.  sessile, 
ovate-lanceolate,  coarsely  serrate  :  fls.  numerous,  in  a 
pyramidal  panicle  ;  lobes  of  the  calyx  triangular  ;  style 
exserted. 

Lamarckii,  Fisch.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  sharply  ser- 
rate, ciliate :  fls.  racemose;  lobes  of  the  calyx  lanceolate ; 
style  not  exserted. 

Potanini,  Hort.  Shrubby:  spikes  2-3  ft.  high:  fls.  134 
in.  across,  light  blue.  July-Aug.  Int.  1899. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

ADEN6STOMA  (aden,  gland,  stoma,  mouth  ;  calyx 
with  5  glands  at  the  mouth).  Rosacece.  Shrubs,  rarely 
small  trees  :  Ivs.  linear,  small  :  fls.  white,  about  1-5  in. 
broad,  in  terminal  panicles;  petals  5,  stamens  10-15:  fr. 
a  small  akene.  Two  species  in  Calif.  Heath-like  ever- 
green shrubs  ;  very  handsome  when  in  full  bloom. 
They  may  be  cult,  in  temperate  regions  in  a  sunny  posi- 
tion and  well  drained  soil.  A.  fasciculatum  stands 
many  degrees  of  frost.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  greenwood 
cuttings  in  spring. 

fascicul&tum,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Shrub,  2-20  ft. :  Ivs.  fas- 
ciculate, linear:  panicles  rather  dense,  2-4  in.  long:  fls. 
nearly  sessile.  May-June.  Ranges  northward  to  Sierra 
Co.  The  characteristic  shrub  of  the  chaparral  or 
chamisal  regions  of  the  coast  ranges  of  Calif.  Int.  1891. 

sparsifdlium,  Torr.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  6-12  ft., 
rarely  30  ft.,  resinous  :  Ivs.  alternate  :  panicles  loose  ; 
fls.  pedicelled,  larger,  fragrant.  S.  and  Lower  Calif. 
Int.  1891.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ADESMIA  (not  bound;  referring  to  the  free  stamens). 
LeguminbsoB.  Tender  shrubs  from  Chili. 

A.  balsdmica,  Bertero.  Lvs.  1-1%  in.  long  ;  leaflets  10-16  in 
pairs  :  racemes  3-8  fld. ;  fls.  %in.  across,  golden  yellow.  B.M. 
6921.—  Has  the  odor  of  balsam.  Not  in  Amer.  trade. 

ADHAT6DA  (native  name).  Acantliacece.  Tender 
shrubs,  distinguished  from  Justicia  by  the  less  spurred 
anthers,  and  often  by  the  habit  and  calyx.  For  culture, 
see  Justicia. 

cydoniaefdlia,  Nees.  Lvs.  opposite  on  short  petioles, 
ovate;  lower  lip  broadly  obovate,  purple  Brazil.  B.M. 
4962.  F.S.  12: 1222.  R.H.  1873: 110.-  Cult,  in  Calif. 

A  Vdsica,  Nees.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  white, 
streaked  red.  Ceylon.  B.M.  861  as  Justicia  Adhatoda. 


ADlA.T<n!'UyL(Greeksmwetted).Polypodiacerz.  MAIDEN- 
HAIR FERN.  A  large  genus  of  widely  distributed  ferns 
of  tropical  countries  largely,  with  polished  black  or  pur- 
plish stems,  mostly  smooth  foliage  to  which  water  will  not 
adhere,  and  marginal  sori  attached  underneath  an  inrolled 
portion  of  the  segment,  which  thus  forms  a  protecting  in- 
dusium.  The  requirements  of  cultivation  are  plenty  of 
space,  good  drainage,  and  a  compost  of  peat,  loam  *and 
sand.  Of  the  one  hundred  or  more  species,  five  are  na- 
tives, of  which  A  vedatum  is  the  best  known. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

The  genus  Adiantum  furnishes  us  some  of  the  most 
useful  and  popular  species  of  commercial  ferns.  They 
are  easy  of  cultivation.  They  need  a  slightly  shaded 
position,  moderately  moist  atmosphere,  and  a  temp,  of 
60-65°  F.  The  soil  should  be  composed  of  rich  loam  and 
leaf -mold  in  equal  parts,  and  should  be  kept  moderately 
moist.  Some  of  the  most  useful  ones  for  general  pur- 
poses (given  under  their  trade  names)  are:  A.cemulum, 
grows  about  12-15  in.  high,  and  has  very  graceful  dark 
green  fronds;  A.  bellum,  a  dwarf,  very  compact  species 
6-8  in.  ',  A.  cuneatum,  A.  cuneatum  var.  grandiceps,  with 
long,  heavily -crested,  drooping  fronds  ;  A.  cuneatum 
var.  variegatum  makes  a  neat  specimen  ;  A.  concin- 
num,  gracefully  drooping  dark  green  fronds  15  in. 
long,  with  overlapping  pinnae  ;  A.  concinnum  var.  la- 
turn,  of  upright  growth,  is  24  in.  high  ;  A.  decorum 
is  very  useful,  12-15  in.,  and  has  young  fronds  of  a 
pleasing  metallic  tint;  A.  excisum  var.  multlfidum ; 
A.  formosum  ;  A.  Fergusonii  ;  A.  fragrantissimiim  ; 
A.  pubescens ;  A.  tenerum  and  var.  roseum  ;  A.  Wie- 
gandi  ;  A.LeGrandi,  very  dwarf;  A.  mundulum,  a 
very  neat,  dwarf  species  ;  A.  rubellum,  a  dwarf  spe- 
cies with  mature  fronds  light  green,  young  fronds  of 
a  deep  ruby  tint.  The  above  may  easily  be  grown  from 
spores,  if  sown  on  a  compost  consisting  of  half  each  of 
finely  screened,  clean  soil  and  leaf -mold  or  peat,  and 
placed  in  a  moderately  moist  and  shady  place  in  the 
greenhouse  in  a  temp,  of  60°  F.  To  be  grown  most 
economically,  they  should  be  transplanted  in  clumps 
of  3  or  4  plants  as  soon  as  the  first  pinnae  have  appeared, 
and,  as  soon  as  strong  enough,  potted  off,  either  in 
clumps  or  singly. 

Some  very  desirable  species  to  grow  into  large,  tall 
specimens  are:  A.  ^Ethiopicum,  A.  Bausei,  A.  Collisii, 
A.  Fergusoni,  A.  formosiim,  A.  Lathomii,  A.  Peru- 
vianum,  A.  princeps,  A.  rhomboideum ,  A.  Sanctoe 
Catharines,  A.  trapeziforme,  and  A.  Williamsii.  The 
following  are  also  recommended  for  special  purposes: 
for  fern-dishes,  A .  fulvum;  for  cutting,  A .  gracillimum . 
The  following  kinds  are  economically  prop,  by  divi- 
sion, temp.  65° F. :  A.  Farley ense,  the  different  varieties 
of  Capillus-Veneris,  A.  rhodophyllum,  A  .  assimile,  etc. 
Some  kinds,  as  A.  dolabriforme,  A.caudatum  and  A. 
Fsdgeworthii,  form  small  plants  on  the  ends  of  fronds, 
which  may  be  detached  and  potted  separately,  and  if 


33.     Fruiting  pinnul._o  of   Adiantum  pedatum. 

kept  in  a  close  atmosphere  will  in  a  short  time  grow 
into  choice  little  plants.  Temp.  65-70°  F.  The  last  three 
kinds  are  adapted  for  hanging  baskets. 

NICHOL  N.  BRUCKNER. 

The  following  species  are  in  the  American  trade,  the 
names  in  italics  being  synonyms :  (A .  roseum  is  an  unde- 
termined horticultural  name,  possibly  referable  to  A. 


ADIANTf.M 


ADIAXTf.M 


25 


rubellura):  fpniulitm,  No.  28  ;  /Ethioi>iciini,  24  ;  affine, 
9  ;  amabile,  29  ;  assimilc.  '24  ;  />V/H.svi,  19  ;  bellum,  27; 
Capillus-Veneris,  26  ;  caudatum,  2  ;  Collisii,  22  ;  con- 
cinnum,  23  :  rmicatuin,  28  ;  curvatuni,  10  ;  r<i<-l(ixorutn, 
30  ;  decorum,  30  ;  diaphanum,  8  ;  digitatum,  35  ;  dolabri- 


34.   Adiantum  Farleyense. 


forme,  1;  Edgeworthii,2;  elegans,  30;  emar- 
ginatum,  20  ;  excisum,  25  ;  Farleyense,  18  ; 
Fergusoni,  2G  ;  formosum,  11;  fragrantissi- 
mum,  28  ;  gracillimum,  34  ;  hispidulum,  17  ; 
intermedium,  10  ;  Jordani,  20  ;  Kaulfussii,  5  ; 
Lathomi,  19  ;  LeGrandi,  34  ;  lunulatum,  1  ; 
macrophyllum,  4;  Mairisii,  26;  monochlamj's, 
32;  Moorei,  29;  mundulum,  28  ;  Novae-Cale- 
douiae,  14  ;  Oweni,  30  ;  palmatum,  35  ;  peda- 
tum,  15  ;  Peruvian um,  3;  polyphyllum,  7;  princeps,  19  ; 
pubescens,  17;  pulverulentum,  12  ;  rhodophyllum,  19  ; 
rhomboideum,  13  ;  rubellmn,  31  ;  Sanctce  Catharince,  6  ; 
Siebrechtii,  30  ;  speciosum,  35  ;  tenerum,  19  ;  trapezi- 
forme,  6  ;  variegatum,  28  ;  venustum,  33  ;  Versail- 
lense,  28;  Victoria,  19;  villosum,  13;  Wagneri,  30; 
Wl'-gandi,  30  ;  Williamsii,  21. 

A.    Fronds  with  a  single  row  of  small  leaflets  on  either 
side,  rooting  at  the  apex. 

1.  lunulatum,  Burm.(A.  dolabrifdrme, Hook.).  Fronds 
1  ft.  long  on  blackish  wiry  polished  stipes;  lower  leaflets 
nearly  semicircular,  all  on  hair-like  stalks.    India,  Trop. 
Amer.,  Australia. 

2.  caudatum,  Linn.  (A.  JJdgeivorthii,'Kook.).   Fronds 
G  in.  to  1  ft.  long  on  short  brownish  densely  hairy  stipes; 
leaflets  deeply  cut  into  several  spreading  narrow  lobes. 
Old  World. 

AA.    Fronds  with  usually  a  single  row  of  large  leaflets 
on  either  side,  not  rooting  at  the  apex. 

3.  Peruvianum,  Klotzsch.   Fronds  1  ft.  or  more  long,  on 
polished  stipes,  with  obliquely  ovate  pointed  leaflets,  2  in. 
long  by  1  %  in.  wide,  on  slender  stalks ;  sori  8-10  on  either 
side  of  the  leaflet,  twice  as  long  as  wide.    Peru. 

4.  macrophyllum,  Swartz.    Fronds  1  ft.  long,  on  rather 
stout  polished  stipes,  with  4-6  pairs  of  wedge-shaped  ses- 


sile leaflets  1K-2  in.  long  by  %-l  in.  wide  ;  indusium 
nearly  continuous  on  either  side  of  the  leaflet.  Trop. 
Amer. 

5.  Kaulfussii,  Kunze.    Fronds  6-8  in.  high,  on  slender 
black  stalks;  leaflets  5-11,  2  in.  long,  %-\  in.  wide,  with 
unequal  base;  indusia  very  long  and  narrow,  forming  an 
almost  continuous  marginal  band  on  either  side  of  the 
leaflet*.    Mex.,  W.  Ind. 

AAA.    Frond*  fit  least  bipinnate,  the  segments  dimidiate, 
i.  e.  with  the  veinlets  all  springing  from  the  lower 
.v<Wf  of  the  leaflet,  which  is  twice  as  long  as  broad. 
B.    Leaflets  l%-2  in.  long. 

6.  trapezi!6rme,  Linn.  Fronds  18  in.  or  more  high,  with 
the  terminal  leaflet  longer  than  the  lateral ;  leaflets  trape- 
zoidal, with  parallel  sides,  %-%in.  wide,  lobed,  and  with 
numerous  sori.    A.  Sdnctce-Catharlnce  is  a  form  with 
deeper  lobes.    Trop.  Amer. 

BB.    Leaflets  smaller,  an  inch  or  less  long. 
c.    Stalks  polished,  smooth. 

7.  polyphyllum,  Willd.    Fronds  often  tripinnate,  with 
stout  black  stalks ;  pinnae  6-8,  long,  with  closely  set  leaf- 
lets whieh  are  %-l  in.  long,  the  upper  margin  curved, 
with  4-6  circular  or  oblong  indusia.    S.  Amer. 

8.  diaphanum,  Blume.    Fronds  simply  pinnate  or  usu- 
ally with  1  or  2  pinnae  at  the  base  ;  leaflets  %in.  long, 
%in.  wide,  with  numerous  sori  placed  in  the  sinuses  of 
the  inner  and  outer  edges.    Asia  to  N.  Zeal. 

9.  affine,  Willd.  Fronds  bipinnate,  with  a  central  pinna 
and  several  lateral  ones ;  leaflets  not  exceeding  %in.  long, 
%in.  wide,  the  upper  edge  parallel  with  the  lower,  and 
crenate,  bearing  numerous  rounded  sori  on  the  upper 
and  outer  margin.    N.  Zeal. 

cc.    Stalks  polished  but  somewliat  tomentose. 

10.  intermedium,  Swartz.    Fronds  1  ft.  or  more  long, 
with  a  terminal  pinna  and  1-3  lateral  ones  on  each  side ; 
leaflets  1  in.  or  more  long,  with  interrupted  sori  on  the 
upper  and  two-thirds  of  the  outer  margins.  Trop.  Amer. 

ccc.    Stalks  rough  or  hairy. 

11.  formdsum,  R.  Br.    Fronds  1-2  ft.  long,  two-thirds 
as  broad,  mostly  tripinnate,  with  rough  scabrous  stalks 
and  rather  small  deeply  lobed  leaflets  K-%in.  long,  with 
rounded  and  toothed  outer  margins.    Austral. 

12.  pulverulentum,  Linn.  Fronds  of  ten  a  foot  long,  with 
a  large  terminal  pinna  and  several  lateral  ones,  bipin- 
nate ;  stalks  purplish,  hairy, as  are  also  the  rachises  ;  leaf- 
lets %-l  in.  long,  %in.  wide,  closely  placed,  the  outer 
edge  rounded  or  truncate.    W.  Ind. 

13.  villdsum,  Linn.  (A.rhomboldeum,  Swartz).  Fronds 
large,  with  a  terminal  and  several  lateral  pinnae  6-12  in. 
long,  on  stout  villous-hairy  stalks  ;    leaflets  numerous, 
nearly  1  in.  long  /^in.  wide,  trapezoidal,  with  the  inner 
side  parallel  to  the  rachis  ;  indusia  forming  an  almost 
continuous  line  along  the  upper  and  outer  margins.    W. 
Ind.  and  S.  Amer. 

14.  Ndvae-Caleddniae,  Keys.    Fronds  6-8  in.  long  and 
wide,  somewhat  pentagonal,  once  pinnate  with  one  or  two- 
secondary  basal  pinnae  on  the  lower  side  at  base;  leaflets 
attached  to  the  rachises  by  a  broad  base,  nearly  1  in.  long, 
pointed,   irregularly  incised,  bearing   1-4  rounded  sori 
next  to  the  base.    New  Caledonia. 

AAAA.    Fronds  forked,  the  two  branches  bearing  pinna? 
from  the  upper  side. 

B.    Stalks  polished,  smooth. 

15.  pedatum,  Linn.    Fig.  33.    COMMON  MAIDENHAIR  of 
our  northern   states,  with  circular  fronds  on  purplish 
stalks  1  ft.  or  more  high.  — Sometimes  transplanted  into 
gardens,  requiring  a  shady,  moist  and  protected  place. 

16.  curvatum,  Kaulf .  Fronds  forked  and  with  the  main 
divisions  once  or  twice  forked;  leaflets  1-1%  in.  long, 
nearly  %in.  wide,  the  upper  margin  rounded  and  lobed. 

BB.    Stalks  scabrous  (or  rough). 

17.  hispidulum,  Swartz  (A.  pubescens,  Schk.).     The 
two  divisions  branching  like  a  fan,  with  the  largest  pinnae 
6-9  in.  long,  made  up  of  numerous  leaflets  Kin.  or  more 
long,  two-thirds  as  broad,  with  numerous  circular  indusia- 
on  the  upper  and  rounded  outer  margin.    Old  World. 


26 


ADIANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


AAAAA.    Fronds  at  least  bip  innate,  often  tripinnate  or 
quadripinnate,  with  numerous   rather  small 
fan-shaped  or  wedge-shaped  leaflets  with  veins 
radiating  from  the  base. 
B.    Leaflets  an  inch  or  less  across. 
c.   Edges  deeply  cut  into  a  series  of  narrow  lobes. 
18.  FarleySnse,  Moore.    Fig.  34.    Fronds  often  reach- 
ing 15-24  in.  in  length,  forming  a  rich  profusion   of 
closely  overlapping  pin- 
nae, light  green ;  leaflets 
more     or    less     wedge- 
shaped  at  base,  with  cur- 
ved sides  and  the  outer 
margin      rounded      and 
deeply    cut    into     10—15 
narrow  lobes,  which  rare- 
ly bear  sori.   Barbadoes. 
I.H.  19 :  92.  —  Said  to  be  a 
garden  variety  of  A.  te- 
nerum,  but  apparently  a 
good  species, 
cc.   Edges  not  lacin- 
iately  cut. 

19.  t6nerum,    Swartz. 
Fronds  deltoid,  12-15  in. 
long,  two-thirds  as  wide, 
the    terminal    leaflets 
equally,  the   lateral  un- 
equally wedge-shaped  at 
base,  all  of  them  rhombic 
and  deciduous  when  dry, 
with  10  or  less  small  sori 
on  the  outer  and   inner 
margins.  A.  Lathomi,A. 
Victdrice,  A.  rhodophyl- 
lum,  A.princeps,  and  A. 
Bausei  are  horticultural 
forms.     Fla.   and   Trop. 
Amer. 

20.  J6rdani,  C.  Muell. 
(A.  emarginatum,  D.  C. 
Eaton,     not     Hook.). 
Fronds  1  ft.  or  more  long, 
6  in.  wide,  mostly  twice 
pinnate ,    with     nearly 
semicircular        leaflets  ; 

sori  elongate,  the  indusium  almost  continuous  around  the 
margin  of  the  leaflet.    Calif,  and  Oreg. 

21.  Williamsii,  Moore.    Fronds  triangular,  nearly  1  ft. 
high ;  leaflets  nearly  semicircular,  3^-lobed  on  the  outer 
margin,  bearing  5-8  sori  covered  with  oblong  indusia. 
Peru.  —  Similar  in  habit  to  the  last,  but  smaller  and  with 
more  numerous  sori. 

BB.    Leaflets  mostly  less  than  a  half  inch  across, 
c.   Fronds  at  least  quadripinnate,  broader  than  long. 

22.  C611isii,  Moore.     Fronds  1  ft.  or  more  long,  very 
broad,  the  black  rachises  apparently  repeatedly  forking; 
leaflets  rhombic-ovate  or  cuneate,  those  towards  the  outer 
portions  longer  and  larger  than  those  nearer  the  base.— 
Of  garden  origin,  possibly  a  hybrid. 

cc.    fronds  mostly  triangular  or  oblong,  longer 

than  broad. 

D.    Shape  of  leaflets  rhombic,  the  inditsia  kidney-shaped 
or  nearly  circular. 

23.  conclnnum,  HBK.   Fig.  35.     Fronds   2-3-pinnate, 
12—18  in.  long,  6-9  in.  wide,  on  rather  stout  black  stalks ; 
leaflets  rhombic-oblong,  slightly  lobed ;  sori  4-8  on  each 
leaflet,  usually  set  close  together.    Mex.  to  Braz. 

DD.    Shape  of  leaflets  roundish  with  obtuse  base,  small 
or  medium  size. 

24.  JEthidpicum,  Linn.  ( A.  assimile,  Swartz).    Fronds 
1  ft.  or  more  long  on  slender  stalks,  2-3-pinnate,  rather 
narrow ;  leaflets  roundish  or  obscurely  3-lobed,  the  mar- 
gin finely  serrulate ;  sori  2-3  to  a  leaflet,  with  oblong  or 
kidney-shaped  indusia.   Afr.  and  Austral. 

25.  excisum,  Kunze.  Fronds  2-3-pinnate,  6-12  in.  long, 
3-4  in.  wide;  leaflets  about  Kin.  wide,  roundish,  with  the 
margin  cut  into  small  rounded  lobes ;  sori  large,  2-4  to 
each  leaflet,  kidney-shaped  or  circular.    Chile. 


35.    Pinna  of  Adiantum 
concinnum.    Natural  size. 


DDD.    Shape  of  leaflets  distinctly  cuneate  at  the  base, 
E.    Indusia  oblong  or  indistinctly  lunate. 

26.  Capillus - VSneris,  Linn.  (A.  Fergusoni,  A.  Mai- 
risii,  Moore) .   Fig.  36.  Fronds  2-3-pinnate,  6-20  in.  long, 
3-8  in.  wide;  leaflets  nearly  Kin.  wide,  more  or  less  ir- 
regularly lobed  at  the  outer  margin  ;   sori  1-3  to  each 
leaflet,  with  oblong  or  more  or  less   elongate   narrow 
indusia.      Native    southward,    and    widely    distributed 
throughout  the  Old  World.— Exists  in  many  varieties, 
some  of  them  deeply  lobed,  like  A .  Farley  ense  ;  a  com- 
pact imbricated  form  is  very  effective. 

27.  b611um,  Moore.  Small,  3-8  in.  high,  bipinnate;  leaf- 
lets with  the  outer  margin  erose  and  often  divided  into 
2-3  shallow  lobes  ;  sori  2-3  to  each  leaflet,  rather  long 
and  broad  or  somewhat  lunate.    Bermuda. 

EE.    Indusia  nearly  circular,  with  a  narrow  sinus. 

28.  cuneatum,  Langs.  &  Fisch.  (A.  cemulum,  A.  mun- 
dulum,  Moore.    A.  Versaillense,  A.  fragrantissimum, 
Hort. ) .   Fronds  3-4-pinnate,  deltoid,  6-15  in.  long,  5-9  in. 
wide ;  leaflets  numerous,  obtuse  or  broadly  wedge-shaped 
at  base,  the  margin  rounded  and  more  or  less  crenately 
lobed ;  sori  3-5  to  each  segment,  with  rather  small  rounded 
indusia.    Braz.  —  Runs  into  many  forms,  of  which  A .  va- 
riegatum  is  one. 

29.  Moorei,  Baker  (A.  amdbile,  Moore,  not  Liebm.). 
Fronds  2-3-pinnate  on  long  slender  stalks,  6-15  in.  long; 
leaflets  %-%in.  long,  rhomboidal,  with  wedge-like  base, 
deeply  lobed  ;  sori  of  medium  size,  4-6  to  each  leaflet. 
Peru. 

30.  Wagneri,  Mett.  (A.  decorum,  A.  Wiegandi,  A.  ele- 
gans,  A.  Oweni,  A.cyclosbrum,  Moore).  Fronds  2-3-pin- 
nate, 6-9  in.  long,  4-6  in.  wide;  lateral  leaflets  rhomboid, 
the  terminal  cuneate,  slightly  lobed  or  incised  ;  sori  4-6 
to  each  leaflet,  with  very  large  membranous  circular  in- 
dusia.   Peru.— A.  Siebreclitii,  Hort.,  "supposed  to  be  a 
cross   between  A.  decorum   and    A.    Williamsii,"  has 
strong,  graceful  fronds  thickly  set  with  round  pinnules 
of  firm  texture. 

31.  rub611um,  Moore.    Fronds  4-6  in.  long,  deltoid,  bi- 
pinnate ;   texture   membranous,  bright   green,  reddish 
when  young  ;  leaflets  %in.  wide,  deltoid  or  the  lower 
rhomboid,  the  outer  margin  deeply  lobed  and  the  lobes 
finely  toothed  ;   sori  round  at  the  apices  of  the  lobes, 
Bolivia. 


36.     Pinna  of  Adiantum  Capillus-Veneris.    Natural  sue . 


ADIANTUM 


27 


32.  monochlamys,  I).  ('.  Eaton.    Fronds  ovate-deltoid, 
6-12  in.  lung,  tripimmte  ;    leaflets  Kin.  wide,  cuneate  at 
the  base,  the  upper  edge  rounded,  slightly  toothed,  with 
a  single  sorus  or  rarely  two  in  a  decided  hollow  at  the 
upper  edge.    Jap. 

33.  venustum,  Don.    Fronds  ovate-deltoid,  tri-quadri- 
pinnate,  6-12  in.  long  ;  leaflets  cuneate  at  the  base,  %in. 
wide,  with  the  upper  edge  irregularly  rounded  or  with 
3  indistinct  lobes,  finely  toothed,  bearing  1-3  sori  in  dis- 
tinct hollows.    Ind. 

BBB.  Leaflets  minute,  innumerable;  fronds  4-6-pinnate. 

34.  grracillimum,  Hort.     Fronds   1  ft.  or  more  long, 
nearly  as  wide,  4-6-pinnate,  with  innumerable  very  small 
leaflets,  which  are  %-%m.  wide  and  usually  bear  a  single 
sorus  or  rarely  two.  — Dense,  compact  forms  are  in  cult, 
tinder  the  name  of  A.  LeGrdndi. 

AAAAAA.    St.  climbing,  several  ft.  long,  S-4-pinnate. 

35.  digitatum,  Presl.  (A.  specibsum,    Hook.    A.  pal- 
matum,  Moore).    Fronds  2-3  ft.  long  on  a  stalk  18  in.  or 
more  long,  with  palmately  lobed  leaflets  1  in.  or  more 
wide.    S.  Amer.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

ADLUM.  JOHN.  Plate  II.  Grape  experimenter,  and 
author  of  "Memoir  on  the  Cultivation  of  the  Vine,"  1823 
and  1828,  the  first  separately  published  American  grape 
book.  Born  in  York,  Pa.,  Apr.  29,  1759.  Died  at  George- 
town, D.  C.,  Mar.  1, 1836.  He  was  a  soldier  in  the  Revo- 
lution, major  in  the  provisional  army  in  the  administra- 
tion of  the  elder  Adams,  and  later  a  brigadier-general  in 
t-he  militia  of  Pennsylvania.  He  was  also  a  surveyor 
and  civil  engineer.  He  also  held  an  associate  judgeship 
in  Lycoming  county,  Pennsylvania,  having  been  ap- 
pointed by  Gov.  Mifflln.  He  was  a  friend  of  Priestly,  and 
endeavored  to  apply  the  scientific  knowledge  of  his  time 
to  agriculture.  He  early  became  interested  in  the  ame- 
lioration of  the  native  grapes,  and  established  an  experi- 
mental vineyard  in  the  District  of  Columbia.  He  en- 
deavored, but  without  success,  to  secure  the  use  of  cer- 
tain public  land  in  Washington  for  the  purpose  of  "  cul- 
tivating an  experimental  farm."  He  brought  the  Ca- 
tawba  grape  to  public  notice.  He  was  a  pioneer  in  the 
awakening  industrial  activity  of  our  new  country.  The 
botanist,  Raflnesque,  commemorated  his  name  in  the 
pretty  genus  Adlumia  ;  but  otherwise  he  has  remained 
practically  unknown  until  very  recently.  For  further 
information,  see  Bailey,  "Evolution  of  our  Native 
Fruits."  L.  H.  B. 

ADLtTMIA  (from  John  Adlum).  Fumariacece.  Ahardy 
biennial  vine,  which  climbs  over  high  bushes  in  our  moist 
woods.  Sow  seed  in  spring  in  a  damp,  cool  place.  Trans- 
plant in  fall,  if  possible,  if  transplanted  at  all.  It  flowers 
the  first  season. 

cirrh6sa,Raf.  CLIMBING  FUMITORY.  MOUNTAIN  FRINGE. 
ALLEGHENY  VINE.  Figs.  37,  38.  Climbs  by  the  slender 
young  leaf -stalks.  Lvs.  thrice  pinnate  ;  leaflets  cut- 
lobed,  delicate  :  fls.  white  or  purplish,  in  ample  panicles. 
G.W.F.  13. 

ADONIS  ( a  favorite  of  Venus,  after  his  death  changed 
into  a  flower).  Ranunculacece .  Hardy  annual  and  per- 
ennial herbs  with  showy  flowers.  Six  well  known 
species,  natives  of  temperate  regions  of  Eu.  and  Asia. 
Fls.  solitary,  terminal  ;  petals  5-16,  yellow  or  red  ;  car- 
pels many:  st.  about  1  foot  high,  very  leafy:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, cut  into  very  narrow  divisions:  fr.  an  akene.  Cul- 
ture easy  in  any  good  soil,  light,  moist  earth  preferred. 
They  thrive  in  full  sun  or  partial  shade;  the  perennial 
species  well  suited  for  rockwork,  borders,  etc.  Annuals 
prop,  by  the  seeds,  which  are  slow-germinating,  sown 
in  autumn  or  earliest  spring  ;  perennials  by  seeds  or 
root  divisions. 

A.    Annuals  :  fls.  crimson  or  scarlet. 
B.    St.  simple  except  at  top  :  center  of  fl.  yellow. 

aestivalis,  Linn.  PHEASANT'S  EYE.  Stems  erect,  often 
branched  at  top  :  fls.  crimson  ;  petals  flat,  obtuse,  half 
longer  than  calyx.  June.  Var.  citrina,  Hoffm.,  is  a 
garden  Tariety  with  citron-yellow  fls. 

BB.    St.  branched:  center  of  fl.  dark. 
autumnalis,  Linn.  FLOS  ADONIS.  Fig.  39.  St.  branched: 
fls.  small,  crimson,  with    dark  center,  globose  ;    petals 


6-8,  concave,  slightly  larger  than  calyx.   May-July.   Gn 
12,  p.  131.  — Sparingly  naturalized. 

A  A.    Perennials:   fls.  yellow. 

B.    St.  not  branched. 

vernalis,  Linn.   (A.  Apennlna,  Jacq.    A.  Davitrica, 
Reichb.).    SPRING  ADONIS.    St.  simple:  lower  Ivs.  scale 


Flower  of  Adlumia 
Natural  size. 

like,  others  with  lobes 
numerous,  entire:  fls. 
large ;  petals  10-15,  lan- 
ceolate,  slightly 
toothed;  sepals  smooth. 
Early  spring.  Gn.  5,  p. 
519;  39:797.  A.distdrta, 
Tenore,  from  Italy  ;  a 
form  with  later  fls. 

Apennina,  Linn.  (A. 
vernalis,  var.  Sibirica, 
DC.  A.  Sibirica,  Pat- 
rin.).  This  species  is 
much  like  A.  vernalis  .- 
fls.  larger  :  lower  Ivs. 
sheath-like.  Apr.  Si- 
beria. 

BB.    St.  branched. 

Pyrenaica,  DC.  St. 
branched:  petals  8-10, 
obtuse,  smaller  than  in 
A.  vernalis:  lower  Ivs. 
with  long  branched  pe- 
tioles; upper  ones  ses- 
sile.the  numerous  lobes 
always  entire.  July.Gn. 
39,p.  269.  A.Ircuti&na, 
DC.,  a  form  with  some 
radical  leaves  ;  lobes 
dentate. 

Volgensis,  Stev.  (A. 
Wolgtnsis,  Hort.). 

Much  like  A.  vernalis,  but  st.  branched:  Ivs.  scale-like 
at  base,  petioled  or  sessile  above:  fls.  like .4.  Pyrenaica, 
but  sepals  pubescent  on  under  side.  Apr.  Volga  region. 

A.  Amurensis,  Regel  &  Radde,  a  beautiful  species,  with  broad 
yellow  fls. ;  not  much  cult,  in  Amer. ;  has  many  Japanese  varie- 
ties. B.M.7490.  GKM.40: 169.  Gn.52: 1125— A.microcdrpa,  DC., is 
a  pale-flowered  variation  of  A.  sestivalis. — A.parviflora,  Fisch. 

K.  C.  DAVIS. 

.ECHMfiA  (from  aichme,  point;  referring  to  the  rigid 
points  on  the  calyx).  Bromeliacece.  The  ^Echmeas  are 
closely  allied  to  the  Billbergias,  from  which  they  are  dis- 
tinguished by  smaller  flowers,  which  are  little  exserted 
from  the  calyx  and  not  widely  expanding,  short  filaments 
and  small  anthers,  sharp-pointed  sepals  and  conspicuous 
sharp-pointed  flower-bracts.  They  are  epiphytic  herbs, 
of  about  60  species,  natives  of  Trop.  S.  Amer.  Flower- 
cluster  arising  from  a  cluster  or  rosette  of  long,  hard 
leaves,  which  are  usually  serrate  ;  petals  3,  tongue- 
shaped,  obtuse  or  pointed,  2-3  times  the  length  of  the 
spine-pointed  calyx-lobes  ;  stamens  6,  shorter  than  the 


37.   Adlumia  cirrhosa. 


28 


.ECHMEA 


petals  :  ovary  inferior,  3-ceIled.  The  flowers  are  sub- 
tended by  (in  the  axils  of)  flower-bracts;  the  entire  head 
or  flower-cluster  is  often  reinforced  or  subtended  by 
conspicuous  leaf -bracts ;  in  the  compound-inflorescence 
types,  the  individual  branches  are  usually  subtended  by 
branch -bracts.  In  some  species,  as  A.Lalindei  and  A. 
Marice-Regince,  the  large  colored  leaf -bracts  are  the 
most  conspicuoxis  part  of  the  plant.  In  others,  as  A. 
Veitchii,  the  entire  head  is  the  showy  part.  Monograph 


39.     Adonis  autumnalis. 

by  Baker,  Journ.  Dot.  1879: 129,  161,  226.  Includes  Ca- 
nistrum,  Echinostachys,  Hohenbergia,  Hoplophytum, 
Lamprococcus ,  Pironneava,  Pothuava ;  and  some  of 
the  species  have  been  referred  to  Billbergia,  Cryptan- 
thus,  Guzmannia,  Tillandsia,  Chevaliera,  etc.  For  cul- 
ture, see  Billbergia. 

A.    Fls.  2-ranked  on  the  branchlets. 

distichantlia,  Lemaire.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  with  a  di- 
lated base  4-5  in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  the  blade  rigid 
and  channelled,  edges  prickly:  scape  1-1%  ft.:  fls.  in  a 
bipinnate  panicle  4-7  in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  the 
petals  tongue-shaped  and  red-purple,  longer  than  the 
obtuse-cuspidate  sepals:  fl. -bract  pocket-like,  %in.  long. 
Braz.  B.M.  5447. 
/LA..  Fls.  multifarious,  — in  several  or  many  rows  on  the 

spike  or  branchlets. 

B.    Inflorescence  simple. 

c.    Ovary  compressed  or  flattened. 

Lalindei,  Lind.  &  Rod.  Large  (3-4  ft.),  with  long  and 
broad  spine-edged  Ivs.:  spike  very  dense,  greenish 
white,  from  the  color  of  the  aggregated  calices,  the  fls. 
subtended  by  many  deflexed,  showy  red,  long-pointed, 
entire  bract-lvs.:  corolla  not  exserted.  New  Granada. 
I.H.  30:  481. -Striking. 

Mariae-Keginee,  Wendl.  Smaller  than  the  last  in  all 
its  parts  :  petals  blue-tipped  when  young,  fading  to 
crimson  like  the  bracts,  half  as  long  again  as  the  mealy 
cuspidate  .sepals  ;  fl. -bracts  entire,  small,  not  showy  : 
bract-lvs.  toothed.  Costa  Rica.  B.M.  6441.  — One  of  the 
best  species. 

Veitchii,  Baker.    Lvs.  spotted,  serrate  :  petals  pale,  a 
little  longer  than  the   sepals  :    fl. -bracts   conspicuous, 
toothed,  scarlet:  bract-lvs.  greenish,  erect,  serrate,  not 
encompassing  the  inflorescence.    S.  Amer.   B.M.  6329.— 
Referred  to  Ananas  by  Bentham  &  Hooker. 
CC.    Ovary  terete  (cylindrical). 
D.    Head  oblong. 

Lindeni,  Koch  (Hoplophytum  Lindeni,  Morr.).  Lvs. 
dilated  and  entire  at  base,  the  blade  minutely  toothed 
and  2-3  ft.  long,  the  tip  broad-rounded  and  short-cuspi- 
date: petals  lemon-yellow,  twice  as  long  as  sepals.  Braz. 
B.M.  6565. 


DD.    Head  globose. 

calyculata,  Baker  (Hoplophytum  calyculdtum,  Morr.). 
Lvs. about  1  ft.  long, with  an  oblong,  dilated  base,  the  blade 
minutely  toothed  and  rounded  at  the  tip,  but  terminated 
with  a  minute  cusp:  scape  shorter  than  the  Ivs.,  with 
several  deciduous  lanceolate  bract-lvs. :  petals  tongue- 
shaped,  not  half  an  inch  long,  bright  yellow:  fl. -bracts 
small,  entire,  reddish.  S.  Amer. 

fasciata,  Baker  (Billbergia  fascidta,  Lindl.  B.  rho- 
docydnea,  Lemaire).  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  with  an  oblong 
entire  clasping  base,  the  blade  strongly  toothed  and  the 
back  marbled  with  whitish  cross-lines,  the  tip  rounded 
and  mucronate  :  scape  1  ft.  high,  floccose,  the  several 
bract-lvs.  pale  red  and  erect ;  petals  %in.  long,  pink. 
Braz.  B.M.  4883.  B.R.  1130.  F.S.  3:  207. -Inflorescence 
sometimes  forked. 

BB.    Inflorescence  branched  (or  compound}. 

c.    Calyx  and  ovary  not  longer  than  the   fl. -bract. 

glomerata,  Hook.  Lvs.  strongly  toothed,  l%-2  ft. 
long:  fls.  in  dense,  rounded  spikes  disposed  in  a  narrow 
panicle  1  ft.  long  ;  petals  blue  or  violet,  longer  than  the 
calyx  :  fl. -bracts  long,  pointed,  scarlet  (in  one  variety 
whitish).  Braz.  B.M.  5668. 

CC.    Calyx  prominently  longer  than  the  fl.-bract. 
D.    Panicle  large,  S-pinnate;  petals  bright  red. 

spectabilis,  Brongn.  Lvs.  2-2}£  ft.  long,  minutely 
serrate  :  fl. -bracts  very  small  ;  petals  twice  as  long  as 
sepals.  Guatemala.  R.H.  1875:  310. 

DD.    Panicle  1-  or  2-pinnate  ;  petals  blue  or  violet. 
E.    Fls.  pedicellate. 

caerulescens,  Hort.  Lvs.  1K-2  ft.  long,  with  small 
prickles:  panicle  4-5  in.  long,  2-pinnate,  with  lax  few- 
fld.  crowded  branches;  petals  bluish  red,  %in.  long:  fl.- 
bracts  none  or  minute.  S.  Amer.  Gt.  1871:694.  — Pro- 
duces white  berries. 

EE.    Fls.  sessile. 

coelestis,  Baker.  Lvs.  much  as  in  the  last :  panicle 
deltoid,  3-5  in.  long,  2-pinnate,  floccose,  the  lower 
branches  subtended  by  red  branch-bracts  ]  in.  long  ; 
petals  nearly  half  an  inch  long,  blue.  S.  Amer. 

fiilgens,  Brongn.  (^E.  discolor,  Hort. ) .  Lvs.  broad, with 
small  distant  teeth,  with  a  broad  cuspidate  end :  panicle 
large,  simple  above,  branched  below,  glabrous,  bearing 
numerous  fls.;  petals  blue-tipped,  exceeding  the  rich 
red  calyx;  fl. -bracts  minute  or  none:  branch-bracts  yel- 
lowish. S.  Amer.  B.M.  4293. 

Weilbachii,  F.  Didr.  Lvs.  rather  short,  overtopped  by 
the  red-stemmed  and  red-bracted  scape:  panicle  narrow, 
1-pinnate,  the  fls.  rather  crowded,  blue  and  red.  S.Amer. 
R.H.  1871:170. 

Var.  Leodi6nsis,  Andre".  Lvs.  violet  and  spotted  :  fls. 
shorter.  Braz. 

IE.  augusta,  Baker.  Allied  to  ^E.  M arise- Reginae.  Plant  large: 
fls.  small,  rose;  petals  short-protruded;  panicle  1  ft._high,  del- 
toid. Braz.  R.H.  1881,  p. 437  (as  Hohenbergia  ferruginea).— J5. 
aurantlaca,  Baker.  PL  vigorous  :  Ivs.  expanded  in  the  middle  : 
fls.  yellow,  2  in.  long.  S.  Amer.  B.H.  1873:15  (as  Canistrum  au- 
rantiacum).— J5.  IMrteei,  Baker.  Fls.2-ranked;  corolla  pale  yel- 
low. Honduras.—^.  Brasiliensis,  Regel.  Lvs.  much  dilated  at 
base,  whitish  below,  black-toothed:  petals  light  blue,  calyx  and 
rachisred:  panicle  branched.  Braz.  Gt.  1885  =  1202.—  ^.bromelice- 
folia,  Baker.  Dense  spike  :  Ivs.  whitish  below,  3-4  ft.  long,  ser- 
rate or  spinescent:  fls.  light  yellow.  S.  Amer.— JE.  Cornui,  Carr. 
=M.  nudicaulis.— JE.Drakedna,  Andre.  Lvs.whitish,  finely  den- 
tate :  spike  simple  and  lax  ;  fls.  long-tubxilar,  light  blue  ;  bracts 
and  ovaries  coral-red  :  berries  rose,  becoming  blue.  S.  Amer. 
R.H.  1888,  p.  401.—^.  exsudans,  Morr.  Lvs.  whitish  below  : 
spike  globular  and  dense,  mucilaginous  ;  petals  yellow.  Braz. 
L.B.C.  9:801.  B.H.  1878:303.— ^.Furstenbergii,  Morr.=Strepto- 
calyx  Furstenbergii.— IE.  ferruginea,  Carr.=^E.  augusta.—^?. 
Hystrix,  Morr.  Lvs.  lepidote,  whitish,  crowded  :  spike  oblong, 
dense;  fls.  purple,  tomentose.  Guaiana.—  M.  macracdntha, 
Brongn.=^E.  Schiedeana.— M.  Melinbnii,  Hook.  Panicle  3-pin- 
nate,  dense  ;  petals  bright  red  :  Ivs.  spiny,  1/^-2  ft.  Guaiana. 
B.M.  5235.—^?.  Mexicdna,  Baker.  Lvs.  long  and  large,  fine- 
toothed  :  panicle  3-pinnate,  long  and  lax,  the  peduncles  mealy; 
petals  crimson.  Mex.— IE.  minidta,  Hort.=  Billbergia  thyr- 
soidea?  —  IE.  myriophylla,  Morr.  Allied  to  JE.  distichantha. 
Lvs.  narrow,  2-3  ft.,  spiny,  silvery-scaly  on  the  back :  fls.  red,  the 
petals  fading  blue.  Trop.  Amer.  B.M.  6939.  —  IE.  nudicaulis, 
Griseb.  Lvs.  long  and  straight,  brown-toothed  :  bract-lvs.  sub- 
tending :  spike  large,  brilliant  red  ;  petals  yellow.  Trop.  Amer. 
R.H.  1885:36  (as  M.  Cornui,  which  is  a  form  with  shorter  and 
denser  spike).— j&.paniculigera,  Griseb.  Lvs.  large  and  long: 


.ECHlviEA 

panicle  1-2  ft.  long,  with  few-flowered  branches  :  scape  tall. 
reddish,  downy:  fls.  purple.  Trop.  Amer.  -  .-E1.  Schiedeana, 
Schh-cht.  UE.macracantha,  Brongn.).  Lvs.  large,  rigid,  strongly 
armed  :  panicle  3-pinnate,  pubescent  ;  fls.  pale  yellow.  Mex. 
Gt.  1894:175.—  JE.zebrlna  is  Billbergia  zebrina.  ^.  H.  B. 

JEGLE  (from  ^Egle,  one  of  the  Hesperides).  Rutacecp, 
tribe  Aurantiete.  Small,  strongly  spinose  trees,  with  al- 
ternate, trifoliolate  leaves.  Distinguished  from  the  nearly 
related  genus  Citrus  (particularly  C.  trifoliate)  by 
the  hard,  gourd-like  rind  of  its  fruit  and  its  viscous, 
woolly  seeds. 

Marmelos,  Correa.  ELEPHANT  APPLE.  MAREDOO.  BEX- 
GAL  QUINCE.  BHEL  FRUIT.  Small  tree:  fr.  large,  2-4  in. 
in  diam.,  round  or  pear-shaped.  Trop.  Asia.  —  Cult. 
in  S.  Fla.  and  Calif.,  and  in  hothouses.  The  wood  is 
valued  for  its  strength,  and  the  sweet,  aromatic  pulp  is 
used  medicinally  in  India  for  diarrhoea  and  dysentery, 
and  also  as  a  lemonade  and  conserve. 


AERIDES 


29 


•JEGOPODIUM  (air,  goat,  and  podion,  a  little  foot; 
probably  from  the  shape  of  the  leaflets).  Utnbelliferce. 
GOUTWEED.  Coarse,  hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  with 
creeping  rootstocks,  biternate  Ivs.,  sharply  toothed, 
ovate  leaflets,  and  white  fls.  in  umbels. 

Podograria,  Linn.,  var.  variegatum,  is  a  variegated 
form  of  this  European  weed,  which  makes  attractive 
mats  of  white-margined  foliage.  Common  in  yards. 

AERANTHUS.     Consult  Angrcecum. 

AEKiDES(Greek,air-p?awO  .  Or  chid  etc  ece,  tribe  Vdndeve. 
Epiphytes  :  stems  erect,  roundish  :  Ivs.  distichous,  strap- 
shaped  and  spreading,  coriaceous,  deeply  channeled  at 
the  base,  obtuse:  peduncles  from  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.; 
fls.  in  loose  or  dense  racemes  ;  petals  narrower  than  the 
sepals.  A  genus  of  remarkably  beautiful  plants,  which 
develop  well  under  cultivation.  Species  confined  to  the 
tropics  of  the  Old  World.  The  genus  Aerides,  though 
not  in  general  cultivation,  has  many  sterling  qualities 
to  recommend  it.  Some  of  the  species  produce  dense 
racemes  of  great  beauty,  which  emit  a  pleasing  fra- 
grance, and  for  decorative  purposes  have  few  if  any 
rivals  in  the  Orchid  family.  The  genus  offers  no  excep- 
tional difficulties  to  the  horticulturist.  OAKES  AMES. 

All  the  species  of  Aerides  are  of  easy  culture  in  the 
warmest  greenhouse—  one  that  has  a  minimum  tempera- 
ture of  65°  F.  in  winter  being  best.  They  should  be  kept 
constantly  moist,  well  shaded,  and  warm,  with  fresh  live 
sphagnum  round  the  roots  at  the  base  of  the  stems.  A  . 
odoratum  is  perhaps  the  best  known.  Other  favorites 
are  A.  Lawrcncice  and  A.  Fieldingii;  the  latter  often 
has  racemes  18  inches  or  more  long,  of  a  beautiful  rose 
color-  Cult,  by  E.  O.  ORPET. 

Following  are  in  the  American  trade:  A.affine,No.  11; 
Amesianum,  9  ;  Augustianum,  8  ;  Ballantineanum,  4  ; 
Bermanicum,  1  ;  crassifolium,  15  ;  crispum,  14  ;  eylin- 
dricum,  18  ;  Dayanum,  2  ;  Ellisii,  2;  expansum,  10;  fal- 
catum,  10;  Fieldingii,  13;  Godefroyanum,  11;  Houlleti- 
anum,  10;  Japonicum,  16;  Larpentce,  10;  Lawrenciae,  9; 
Leeanum,  6;  Leonaei,  10;  Lindleyanum,  14  ;  Lobbii,  11  ; 
maculosum,  12;  majus,  1  ;  maximum  =  ?;  mitratum,  19; 
multiflorum,  11  ;  odoratum,!;  pallidum  =  ?;  purpu- 
rascens,  1  ;  quinquevulnerum,  5;  radicosum,  17;  Reichen- 
bachii,  4  ;  Roebelenii,  5  ;  Rohanianum,  4  ;  roseum,  11  ; 
Sanderianum,  9  ;  Savageanum,  3  ;  suavissimum,  4  ; 
Thibautianum,  7;  vandarum,  18;  virens,  2;  Warneri,  14. 

A.    Odoratum  section:   middle  lobe  of  labellum 

narrow-oblong. 

1.  odoratum,  Lour.  Lvs.  6-8  in.  long,  1-l^in.  wide, 
unequal  at  apices,  deep  green:  peduncles  not  branched, 
pendulous  ;  fls.  numerous,  crowded  ;  racemes  cylin- 
drical, as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  Ivs.;  lateral  sepals 
ovate;  petals  obovate-lanceolate,  white,  with  a  carmine 
apical  spot  ;  labellum  trilobed,  midlobe  magenta,  side 
lobes  white,  dotted  with  magenta;  spur  recurved,  green- 
ish or  white.  Cochin  China.  B.M.4139.  Gn.  49,  p.  158. 
Gt.  8:273.  B.R.  18:1485.  Var.  Bermanicum,  Reichb.  f. 
Fls.  smaller  than  in  the  type,  the  apices  of  the  petals 
with  mauve  lines  and  dashes  instead  of  blotches.  Var. 
purpurascens,  Hort.  Produces  large  racemes,  sepals  and 


petals  tipped  with  pale  amethyst.  Var.  majus,  Hort.  Fls. 
larger  ;  racemes  longer. 

2.  virens,  Lindl.    Peduncles  12-15  in.  long,  15-20  fld.; 
spur  dotted  with  magenta;  petals  and  sepals  tipped  with 
magenta.  Java.   P.M. 14:197.  B.R.  bO:  41.  — This  species 
is  very  similar  to  A.  odoratum,  of  which  it  is  considered 
by  some  to  be  a  geographical  form.    Var.  Ellisii,  Hort. 
(A.  Ellisii,  Hort.).  Sepals  and  petals  white,  suffused 
with  rose,  tipped  with  amethyst-purple.   Var.  Dayanum, 
Hort.    Racemes  very  long  ;  fls.  bright,  large. 

3.  Savageanum,  Hort.    Sepals  white  at  base,  dotted 
with  purple,  otherwise  crimson-purple;  petals  similar, 
narrower  ;   labellum  crimson-purple,  with  a  greenish, 
straight  spur  ;  midlobe  denticulate  on  the  margin. 

4.  suavissimum,  Lindl.    (A.   Reichenbachii,   Linden. 
A.  Rolianiannm,  Reichb.  f.).    Plant  robust,  more  lax  in 
habit  than  type:  fls.  20-30,  \YZ  in.  across;  petals  and  se- 
pals white,  suffused  with  carmine  at  apices  ;  labellum 
trilobed,  yellowish  dotted  and  suffused  with  carmine  ; 
apex  of  spur  white.    Straits  of  Malacca.    Var.  Ballan- 
tineanum.  Racemes  shorter;  blooms  earlier;  sepals  and 
petals  tipped  with  amethyst-purple. 

5.  quinquevulnerum,  Lindl.    Racemes  1  ft.  long  ;  fls. 
crowded;   dorsal  sepal  and  petals  equal,  lateral  sepals 
orbicular,  all  tipped  with  magenta;  midlobe  of  labellum 
magenta.    P.M.  8:241.    Var.  Roebelenii  (A.  Roebelenii, 
Reichb.  f.).     Sepals   and   petals    shading  to  green   at 
bases,  petals  denticulate  ;   lobes  of  the  labellum  lacer- 
ated, midlobe  rose-colored.   Manila. 

6.  Leeanum,  Reichb.  f .    Peduncles  much  longer  than 
the  Ivs.:  pedicels  rose-color  ;  sepals  rose-purple,  white 
at  base  ;  petals  similarly  colored ;  labellum  small  ;  mid- 
lobe  deep  purple  ;  spur  green  tipped.    India. 

7.  Thibautianum,   Reichb.    f.     Racemes    pendulous, 
longer  than  the  Ivs.;  sepals  and  petals  rose-color;  la- 
bellum amethyst-purple  ;   midlobe  narrow,  acute.  Ma- 
laya. 

8.  Augustianum,   Rolfe.     Petals    and   sepals    shaded 
with  rose  ;  spur  long,  straight.   Philippine   Isls.    G.C. 
111.7:233. 

9.  Lawrenciae,  Reichb.    (A.  Lawrencianum,    Hort.). 
Largest  species  of  the  section.    Fls.  20-30,  l%-2  in.  in 
diam.;  sepals  and  petals  flushed  with  amethyst-purple 
at  the  apices  ;   labellum  yellowish  ;   midlobe  amethyst- 
purple.    Philippine  Isls.    Gn.  35:702.    Var.  Amesianum, 


40.  Aerides. 

a.  A.  Lawrenciffi;  6.  flower  of  multiflorum  section; 
c.  flower  of  odoratum  section. 

Kranzl.  More  robust:  fls.  more  intense  in  color.  Var. 
Sanderianum,  Hort.  Lvs.  narrow  :  fls.  yellowish,  with 
amethyst  on  face  of  spur,  otherwise  like  the  species. 

AA.   Falcatum  section  :    lateral  lobes  of 

labellum  falcate. 

10.  falcatum,  Lindl.  &  Pax.  (A.  Larpentce,  Hort.  A, 
expansum,  Reichb.  f.).  Lvs.  loosely  arranged,  6-8  in. 
long,  l%in.  broad  :  fls.  loosely  arranged  on  racemes  ifi. 


30 


AERIDES 


.ESCHYNAXTHUC 


long,  1%  in.  in  diani. ;  sepals  and  petals  white,  tipped 
with  amethyst;  side  lobes  of  labellum  falcate,  pale  ame- 
thyst ;  front  lobe  convex,  denticulate,  keeled  above, 
amethyst  in  center,  margined  with  white  and  barred 
with  rose;  spur  short.  Upper  Burmah.  Var.  Houlletia- 
num  (A.Houlletianum,  Reichb.  f.).  Fls.  large,  l^in.  in 
diam.;  petals  and  sepals  pale  buff,  magenta  apical 
blotch;  labellum  creamy  white;  side  lobes  penciled  with 
magenta,  front  lobe  keeled.  Cochin  China.  R.B.  21 :  205. 
R.  H.  1891:324.  Var.  Lednaei  (A.  Lebncei,  Reichb.  f.). 
Side  lobes  blunt  and  retuse. 

AAA.    Multiflorum  section :  apical  lobe  of 

labellum  hastate. 
B.    Peduncles  not  ascending. 

11.  multilldrum,  Roxb.   (A.affme,  Wall.    A.  rdseum, 
Lodd.).    Plant  compact,  dwarf:    Ivs.   stout,   leathery, 
6-10  in.  long,  dotted  with  brown  (?):  scapes  15-20  in. 
long,  often  branching  :  fls.  small  and  crowded  ;  petals 
and  dorsal  sepals  ovate,  equal  in  length,  rose-colored 
shading  to  white  at  the  base,  dotted  and  spotted  with 
crimson,  inferior  sepals   pale,  less    spotted;    labellum 
cordate-rhomboid  at  right  angles,  with  other  segments 
scarcely  trilobed,  deep   rose  ;    spur  compressed,   very 
short.    India.     B.M.  4049.   Gt.  8:267.     Var.  L6bbi  (A. 
Ldbbii,  Hort.).    Lvs.  crowded:  peduncles  more  branch- 
ing :    fls.  more  intensely  colored  ;   very  distinct.   I.  H. 
15:559.   Var.  Godefroyanum,  Hort.  (A.  Godefroyanum, 
Reichb.  f.).    Fls.  larger  than  in  type  and  more  brilliant 
in  color.  R.B.  17: 169.  This  is  the  most  widely  distributed 
of  the  East  Indian  species,  if  we  except  A.  odoratum. 

12.  maculdsum,    Lindl.     Plant    compact  :     Ivs.   dark 
spotted  :    racemes  pendent,  sometimes  branching  ;   se- 
pals and  petals  pale  rose,  dotted  with  purple;  anterior 
lobe  rose-purple,  white  at  base.    India. 

13.  Fidldingii,  Lodd.    FOX-BRUSH  ORCHID.    Tall:  Ivs. 
glossy,  7-10  in.  long  :   peduncles  pendulous,  branched 
near  the  base,  18-24  in.  long  :  fls.  crowded,  petals  and 
sepals  white,  suffused  and  dotted  with  rose  ;  labellum 
scarcely  trilobed,  white   suffused  with    rose.    Sikkim, 
Assam. 

14.  crispum,  Lindl.    St.  brownish  :    Ivs.  rigid,  5-8  in. 
long  :    peduncle   often   branched,  pendulous  ;    fls.  not 
dense,  large;  petals  and  sepals  white,  flushed  with  rose- 
crimson,  deeper  colored  on  dorsal  surfaces ;  lip  trilobed, 
side  lobes  small,  midlobe  rose-amethyst.   S.  Ind.    B.M. 
4427.   F.S.  5:438.    Gn.  4,  p.  85.    B.R.  28:55.    Var.  Lind- 
leyanum,  Hort.    Larger:  fls.  paler,  racemes  branching. 
Var.  Warneri,  Hort.    Dwarf:  fls.  smaller  and  paler  than 
in  type. 

15.  crassifdlium,  Par.  &  Reichb.  f .  Compact  in  growth : 
Ivs.  6-10  in.  long  :  fls.  l%in.  in  diam.  j  petals  and  sepals 
bright  rose-magenta,  shading  off  towards  bases ;  label- 
lum trilobcd,  side  lobes  subfalcate,  rose-magenta,  front 
lobe  ovate,  deeper  colored.    Burma. 

16.  Japdnicum,  Reichb.  f .    Smallest  species  of  the  ge- 
nus in  cult. :  Ivs.  3-4  in.  long,  linear  oblong  :  fls.  few  : 
peduncles  loosely  racemose;  sepals  and  smaller  petals 
greenish  white,  lateral  sepals  barred  with  amethyst- 
purple  ;  labellum  crenate,  ridged,  dark  violet,  with  2 
erect  lobules.  Japan.  B.M.  5798.  — This  interesting  spe- 
cies marks  the  N.  limit  of  the  genus  Aerides.    Requires 
cooler  treatment  than  the  other  species. 

BB.   Peduncles  ascending. 

17.  radicdsum,  Reichb.    Lvs.  8  in.  long,  1  in.  wide  : 
peduncles  ascending,  8-10  in.  long,  sometimes  branching 
near  the  base  :   fls.  %in.  across,  purplish  ;    sepals  and 
petals  pale  rose,  verging  on  crimson;  column  winged. 
India. 

AAAA.     Vandarum  section  :  lip  various  :   Ivs.  terete. 

18.  vandarum,  Reichb.  f .  (A .  cylindricum,  Hook. ) .  St. 
slender:  Ivs. 4-6  in.  long,  channeled  above,  clasping  at 
bases,  alternate:   peduncles  2-3  fid.:    fls.  l%-2  in.  in 
diam. ;   segments  undulate  ;    sepals  white,  lanceolate  ; 
petals  white,  irregularly  obovate;  lip  trilobed,  nearly  di- 
vided in  front,  dentate,  sides  erect.    Sikkim  Himalaya, 
4,000-5,000  ft.    B.M.  4982.   J.H.  III.  34:  417.— Much  like 

Vanda  teres  in  foliage.    Subtropical  species. 

19.  mitratum,  Reichb.  f.    Lvs.  semi-terete  :  racemes 
many-fid.;  sepals  and  petals  white  ;  labellum  rose-pur- 


ple.   Burma.    B.M.  5728. 


OAKES  AMES. 


2ERVA  (name  of  no  signification).  Amarantacece. 
Tender  herbs  or  shrubs,  allied  to  Achyranthes.  Lanate 
plants  of  Trop.  Asia  and  Afr.,  with  perfect  or  imperfect 
fls.,  the  perianth  segments  short  and  hyaline:  stamens 
5  or  4,  sterile  filaments  intervening  :  fls.  very  small, 
usually  in  clusters,  white  or  rusty. 

sanguinol6nta,  Blume  (A.  sanguinea,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
!%-2%in.  long,  opposite  or  alternate,  ovate,  acuminate, 
soft,  pubescent,  pale  beneath.  Java.  — Cult,  for  its  dark 
red  leaves. 

JESCHYNANTHUS  (aischuno,  ashamed,  ugly,  and 
anthos,  flower;  probably  referring  to  the  wide-mouthed 
gaping  of  the  fls.).  Gesneracece.  About  40  species  of 
tropical  Asian  twining  or  rambling  parasitic  small 
shrubs,  bearing  very  showy,  more  or  less  fleshy  tubular 
fls.,  and  cult,  in  warm  houses  (stoves) :  Ivs.  opposite  or 
verticillate,  thick,  or  even  fleshy:  perfect  stamens  4, 
ascending  under  the  upper  part  of  the  imperfectly  2- 
lobed  corolla  ;  stigma  entire  :  capsule  2-valved. 

Nearly  all  the  species  of  this  exceedingly  interesting 
genus  are  from  the  hot,  tropical  forests  of  Java  and 
Borneo,  where  they  grow  in  company  with  orchids  and 
other  plants  on  the  trunks  of  trees.  The  fls.,  which  are 
produced  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.  and  at  the  ends  of  the 
shoots,  last  a  long  time  in  perfection.  Being  epiphytal 
under  natural  conditions,  they  should  be  put  in  a  root- 
ing medium  which  will  require  renewal  not  oftener  than 
once  in  two  years.  They  must  have  perfect  drainage,  as 
they  suffer  from  stagnant  moisture,  but  during  the 
period  of  growth  they  must  have  copious  supplies  of 
water.  Prop,  by  seeds,  cuttings,  and  division.  Cut- 
tings are  the  most  satisfactory  in  building  up  a  flower- 
ing plant  from  the  beginning.  Seeds  are  slow,  and  di- 
vided pieces,  unless  their  roots  are  in  a  good  condition 
previous  to  the  operation,  do  not  make  as  good  plants  as 
cuttings.  Cuttings  should  be  taken  early  in  the  spring, 
and  kept  close  until  they  are  rooted  and  established  in 
small  pots.  During  the  first  year  they  should  not  be 
allowed  to  bloom,  but  encouraged  to  make  growth  by 
pinching  out  the  ends  of  the  shoots  and  shifting  into 
larger  pots  as  they  require  it.  Most  of  the  kinds  look 
their  best  when  grown  as  basket  plants  suspended  from 
the  roof  of  the  stove.  Wire  baskets  are  best.  In  pre- 
paring them,  first  put  in  a  lining  of  moss,  next  a  goodly 
quantity  of  rough  cinders,  and  the  rooting  material  may- 
consist  of  chopped  fibrous  peat,  sphagnum,  charcoal,  and 
small  pieces  of  pots  or  bricks,  with  a  little  coarse- 
grained sand.  For  a  basket  12  i-n.  across,  several  small 
plants  out  of  3-inch  pots  may  be  used,  and  in  a  hot,  hu- 
mid atmosphere  the  growth 
is  encouraged  until  the 
sides  of  the  receptacle  are 
covered.  During  winter 
they  should  be  rested  by 
withholding  water  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  and  decreasing 
the  temperature  consider- 
ably. A  good  method  of 
growing  the  scandent 
kinds,  where  facilities  are 
at  hand,  is  to  start  the 
small  plants  on  blocks  of 
wood,  attach  these  to  damp 
but  warm  walls,  to  which 
they  will  cling  by  means 
of  the  roots  thrown  out 
from  every  leaf  joint. 

Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER. 
A.    Calyx  deeply  5-parted,  the  lobes  acute. 
grandifldra,  Spreng.    St.  creeping,  mostly  herbaceous, 
4-5  ft. :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  4-5  in.  long,  repand- 
serrate,  fleshy:  fls.  aggregated;  calyx  fleshy  and  short; 
corolla  arched-tubular,  2-3  in.  long,  downy,  orange-scar- 
let.  E.Ind.   B.M.  3843.   P.M.  5:  241.  -Will  succeed  in  an 
intermediate  house. 

AA.  Calyx  tubular,  entire  or  shortly  5-toothed. 
pulchra,  Don  (^.  pulcher,  DC.).  Figs.  41,  42.  Trail- 
ing: Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  distantly  small-toothed  :  corolla 
glabrous,  brilliant  scarlet,  3  times  longer  than  the  gla- 
brous greenish  calyx.  Java.  B.M.  4264.  R.B.  18:13. 
R.H.  1883:  204.  P.M.  16:161. 


41.  -flEschynanthus  pulchra 

(XH). 


ESCHYNANTHUS 


^ESCULUS 


31 


Lobbiana,  Hook.  The  commonest  species  in  cult,  in 
this  country  :  differs  from  ^E.  pulchra  in  narrower  and 
nearly  entire  Ivs.,  corolla  downy  and  projecting  only 
twice  or  less  the  length  of  the  purple  downy  calyx. 
Java.  B.M.  4260,  4261.  t 

E.  BoscMana,  DeVr.=  JE.  Lamponga.  —  3S.  fulgens,  Wall. 
Lvs.  lanceolate:  calyx  tubular,  short-toothed,  glabrous:  corolla 
about  2  in.  long,  orange-red,  pubescent.  E.  Ind.  B.M.  4891.— 
JE.  Javdnica,  Hook.  Allied  to  M.  pulchra:  differs  in  pubescent 


42.   -ffischynanthus  pulchra. 

cnlyx  and  corolla.  B.M.  4503.  F.S.  6:558.— JE.  Lamponga,  Miq. 
Lvs.  ovate  or  elliptic,  obtusish,  entire :  calyx  cylindrical,  gla- 
brous :  corolla  twice  as  long  (2  in.) ,  pubescent,  scarlet.  Sumatra. 
P.M.  13:175.— &.longiflora,~BlvLT3ie.  Vigorous:  Ivs.  3-5  in.  long: 
calyx  deeply  cut,  the  divisions  linear-subulate :  corolla  tubular, 
scarlet,  very  long:  fls.  fascicled.  Java.  B.M.  4328.  P.M.  15:  25. 
—  JE.  miniata,  Lindl.  Fls.  vermilion,  in  3's  in  the  axils  of  the 
oval  or  elliptic  entire  Ivs.:  corolla  pubescent.  Java,  Borneo. 
P.M.  16:  65.— ^E.  speciosa,  Hook.  Branches  knotty:  Ivs.  large, 
oval-lanceolate,  nearly  sessile,  the  upper  ones  verticillate  or  in 
3's  :  fls.  fascicled,  numerous  ;  calyx  with  linear-subulate  divi- 
sions; corolla  large,  orange-red,  curved.  Java.  B.M.  4320.  P.M. 
14 : 199.  Gn.  51 : 1109.— ^E.  splendens,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.= JS.  speciosa. 
—JE.  splendida,  garden  hybrid,  with  scarlet-spotted  black  fls., 
in  terminal  fascicles.—^,  tricolor,  Hook.  Lvs.  small,  oval  or 
lanceolate,  hairy  at  the  base:  calyx  obconic,  pubescent:  corolla 
small,  pubescent,  blood-red,  throat  orange,  upper  lobes  striped 
black  or  purple:  fls.  mostly  twin.  Borneo.  B.M.  5031.  R.B.10:  7. 
I.H.  5:169.  F.S.  13:1384.  J.H.  III.  35:571.  T  TT  TD 

Li.  ±1.  ±5. 

2ESCULUS  (ancient  name  of  some  oak,  or  mast-bear- 
ing tree).  Sapindacecp..  HORSE-CHESTNUT.  BUCKEYE. 
Deciduous  trees  and  shrubs:  Ivs.  opposite,  long-petioled, 
digitate  ;  leaflets  5-7,  large,  serrate  :  fls.  symmetrical  in 
terminal,  showy  panicles;  petals  4-5,  stamens  5-9:  fr. 
a  large  trilocular  capsule  with  1-6  seeds.  N.  Amer.,  E. 
Asia,  Himal.,  N.  Greece.  Ornamental  trees  and  shrubs 
with  handsome  fls.;  hardy  except  the  Californian  and 
Himalayan  species,  growing  best  in  moist  and  loamy 
soil.  The  larger-growing  species  are  excellent  shade 
trees,  and  the  fls.  are  showy  and  interesting.  The  fr.  is 
not  edible.  Prop,  by  seeds,  to  be  sown  in  the  fall  or 
stratified,  or  by  grafting  and  budding  on  common  species, 
and  the  shrubby  forms  also  by  layers.  JE.  parviflora 
prop,  also  by  root-cuttings. 

A.  Winter-buds  resinous:  claws  of  the  petals  not  longer 

than  the  calyx;  stamens  exserted. 

B.  Petals  4-5 ;    calyx  campanulate,  5-lobed ;    stamens 

5-8:  fr.  globular.  (Hippocastanum.) 
Hippocastanum,  Linn.  COMMON  HORSE-CHESTNUT. 
Fig.  43.  Large  tree,  60-80  ft. ;  leaflets  5-7,  sessile,  cune- 
ate-obovate,  acuminate,  obtusely  serrate,  nearly  gla- 
brous :  panicles  8-12  in.  long,  very  showy  ;  fls.  white, 
tinged  with  red:  fr.  echinate.  May.  From  Himalayas  to 
N.  Greece.  — Many  garden  forms,  as  var.  fldre  pleno,  with 
double  fls.;  bears  no  fr.  I.H.  2:  50.  Var.  pumila,  Dipp. 
Dwarf  form.  Var.  umbraculifera,  Hort.,  with  compact, 
roundish  top.  Var.  laciniata,  Dipp.  (var  dissecta,  Hort., 
var.  heterophylla,  Hort.),  leaflets  laciniate.  Var.  M6m- 


mingeri,  Hort.,  leaflets  dotted  with  white.  Some  other 
variegated  forms.  The  horse-chestnut  is  one  of  the  most 
popular  of  shade  trees  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  and 
is  also  much  planted  along  roads  and  in  parks  and  private 
grounds  in  this  country.  It  is  particularly  adaptable  for 
bowers  and  places  where  seats  are  desired,  as  the  top 
stands  heading-in  and  makes  a  very  dense  shade.  Hardy 
in  the  N.  states. 

turbinata,  Blume  (^E.  Sinfnsis,  Hort.,  not  Bunge.). 
Tree,  30  ft.*:  petioles  pubescent;  leaflets  5-7,  nearly  ses- 
sile, cuneate-obovate,  crenate-serrate,  pubescent  be- 
neath when  young  :  panicles  6-10  in.  long,  dense  and 
rather  narrow  ;  fls.  yellowish  white,  smaller  than  those 
of  A.  Hippocastanum:  fr.  rugose.  June.  N.  Chiaa, 
Japan.  G.C.  III.  5:  717. 

carnea,  Hayne  (^E.  Hippocastanum  x  Pavia.  A.  rubi- 
cunda,  Loisel.).  Tree,  20-40  ft. :  leaflets  mostly  5,  nearly 
sessile,  cuneate-obovate,  crenate-serrate,  nearly  gla- 
brous :  panicles  5-8  in.  long  ;  fls.  varying  from  flesh- 
color  to  scarlet :  fr.  with  small  prickles.  B.R.  1056. 
L.B.C.  13:1242.  F.S.  2229-30.  — Many  garden  forms,  ac- 
cording to  the  different  shades  in  coloring,  and  one  with 
double  fls.  Commonly  planted  in  parks  and  on  road- 
sides.  Handsome  and  desirable. 
BB.  Petals  4,  white  or  pale  rose-colored  ;  calyx  %-lipped; 

stamens  7-9:  fr.  pear-shaped,  smooth.   ( Calothyrsus.) 

Caliidrnica,  Nutt.  Tree  with  broad  top,  30-40  ft.: 
leaflets  5-7,  petioled,  oblong-lanceolate,  cuneate  or  ob- 
tuse at  the  base,  sharply  serrate,  smooth:  panicles  3-8 
in.  long,  rather  dense.  Calif.  B.M.  5077.  R.H.  1855,  p. 
150.  Gn.  49,  pp.  490,  492.  S.S.  2:71,  72.  F.S.  13:1312. 

AA.    Winter-buds   not  resinous :     claws  mostly  longer 

than  the  5-toothed  calyx. 
B.    Petals  4,  yellow  to  scarlet;  stamens  included  or 

somewhat  exserted  :  leaflets  petioled.  (Pavia.) 
glabra,  Willd.  (jE.  Ohioensis,  Michx.  Pavia  glabra, 
Spach.  P.  pdllida,  Spach.).  Small  tree  15-30  ft.:  leaf- 
lets 5,  oval  or  cuneate-obovate,  finely  serrate,  smooth: 
panicles  5-6  in.  long  ;  fls.  greenish  yellow  ;  claws  as 
long  as  the  calyx ;  stamens  exserted :  fr.  echinate.  May. 
N.Amer.  B.E.24:51.  S.S.2:67,68.  Var.  arguta,  Robins. 
(A.  arguta,  Buckl.)  Shrub:  leaflets  6-7,  obovate-lanceo- 
late,  unequally  serrate. 


43.   Opening  foliage  of  -flEsculus  Hippocastanum. 

octandra,  Marsh.  (^.  flava,  Ait.  ^E.  lutea,  Wangh. 
Pavia  lutea,  Poir.).  Large  tree,  40-90  ft.:  leaflets  5, 
oblong-obovate  or  elliptical,  cuneate,  equally  serrate, 
smooth  or  pubescent  beneath  :  panicles  4-6  in.  long  ; 
petals  yellow,  very  dissimilar;  stamens  7,  shorter  than 
the  petals  :  fr.  smooth.  May-June.  N.  Amer.  L.B.C. 
13:1280.  S.S.  2:69,  70.  Var.  discolor  (var.  hybrida, 
Sarg.  A.  flava,  var.  purpurdscens ,  Gray.  A.  discolor, 
Pursh.  A.  Michahxi,  Hort.).  Lvs.  tomentose  beneath: 
fls.  red  or  purple.  B.R.  310.  An  intermediate  form  is 
A.  negUcta,  Lindl.  B.R.  1009. 


32 


^ESCULUS 


AGAPANTHUS 


VQfBicolor,Dipp.(^E.octdndraxPdvia.  P^via  hybrida, 
Spach.  ^E.  or  P.  Lyoni,  Hort.).  Intermediate  between 
A.  octandra  and  A.  Pavia.  Lvs.  pubescent  beneath:  fls. 
yellow,  tinged  with  red  or  nearly  red. 

Pavia,  Linn.  (Pavia  rubra,  Poir.  P.  Michauxi, 
Spach.).  Shrub  or  small  tree,  4-20  ft.:  leaflets  oblong 
or  elliptical,  acute  at  both  ends,  finely  serrate,  smooth 
or  pubescent  beneath  :  panicles  4-7  in.  long,  loose  ;  fls. 
purplish  to  dark  red  ;  petals  very  dissimilar  ;  stamens 
mostly  8,  nearly  as  long  as  the  petals  :  fr.  smooth. 
May-June.  N.  Amer.  B.R.  993.  L.B.C.  13:1257.  Var. 
humilis  (A.  humilis,  Lodd.).  Low  shrub,  2-4  ft.: 
leaflets  coarsely  and  unequally  serrate,  tomentose  be- 
neath :  fls.  red,  tinged  with  yellow  ;  calyx  dark  red. 
B.R.  1018.— Many  garden  forms,  as  var.  carnea,  Hort. 
Fls.  flesh-colored.  Var.  atrosanguinea,  Hort.  Fls.  very 
dark  red.  Var.  Whitleyi,  Hort.  Fls.  brilliant  red.  Var. 
pendula,  Hort.  (P.  pumila,  var.  pendula,  Hort.).  Dwarf 
form,  with  pendulous  branches  :  Ivs.  smooth.  Some 
forms  with  variegated  Ivs. 
BB.  Fls.  pure  white,  small;  petals  4-5  ;  stamens  more 

than  twice  as  long  as  the  petals.    (Macrothyrsus.) 

parviflora,  Walt.  (^E.  macrostdchya,  Michx.  Pavia 
dlba,  Poir.).  Shrub,  3-10  ft.:  leaflets  5-7,  elliptical  or 
oblong-ovate,  nearly  sessile,  finely  serrate,  pubescent 
beneath  :  panicles  8-16  in.  long,  narrow  ;  fr.  smooth. 
July-Aug.  S.  states.  B.M.  2118.  Gng.  7:81.  — One  of 
the  handsomest  plants  for  a  lawn  clump. 

US.  Chinensis,  Bunge.  Allied  to  A.  turbinata.  Leaflets  dis- 
tinctly petioled,  rounded  at  the  base.  China. — J£.  Indica, 
Colebr.  Fls.  similar  to  _<E.  Hippocastanum :  Ivs.  obovate-lanceo- 
late,  distinctly  petioled,  smooth.  Himal.  B.M.  5117.— ^E.Pdrryi, 
Gray.  Similar  to  A.  Californica.  Leaflets  small,  obovate,  ca- 
nesceut-tomentose  beneath  :  calyx  5-lobed.  Calif.  G.F.  3:  356. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

&THION&MA  (aitho,  scorch,  and  nema,  filament; 
probably  referring  to  appearance  of  stamens ) .  Crucif- 
erce.  Dwarf  shrubs  for  the  hardy  herbaceous  border  or 
rockery.  Less  common  than  Iberis.  The  genus  differs 
from  Iberis  in  having  all  its  petals  equal,  and  from  Le- 
pidium  in  having  its  four  stamens  longer,  winged  and 
toothed.  Fls.  various  shades  of  pink  and  purple.  W.  B. 
Hemsley,  in  Gn.  9,  pp.  108,  109. 

They  dislike  a  moist  or  stiff  soil  or  shady  places ;  but 
in  light,  sandy  loam,  on  dry  and  sunny  slopes,  they  are 
compact  and  branchy,  and  when  once  fairly  established 
will  last  for  many  successive  years  without  replanting  or 
renewal,  while  under  the  opposite  conditions  the  plants 
grow  feeble  and  lanky,  and  may  die  after  a  year  or  two. 
They  keep  fully  as  well  as  the  Candytufts  in  water,  and 
can  be  cut  with  longer  and  straighter  stems.  Prop,  by 
seeds  in  spring  or  by  cuttings  in  summer  ;  annual  and 
biennial  kinds  by  seeds.  j.  B.  KELLER. 

coridifdlium,  DC.  (Iberis  jucunda,  Schott  &  Kotschy). 
Branches  numerous,  thick,  4-6  in.  high  :  Ivs.  crowded, 
short,  nerveless,  linear  or  linear-oblong,  acute  or  obtuse : 
fls.  smaller  and  later  than  in  the  next,  in  dense,  short, 
rounded  racemes.  Chalky  summits  of  Lebanon  and 
Taurus.  B.M.  5952.  — Good  for  edging.  A.  pulchelhtm 
was  sold  under  this  name  for  many  years. 

grandifldrum,  Boiss.  &  Hohen.  Branches  1-1%  ft.: 
Ivs.  usually  longer  than  in  A.  coridifolium,  more  linear 
and  more  acute:  fls.  as  large  as  those  of  Arabis  alpina, 
in  slender,  elongated  racemes ;  petals  4  times  as  long  as 
the  sepals.  Persia.  Gn.  9:5. 

P6rsicum,  Hort.  Stout,  erect,  shrubby,  dwarf.  Fls. 
deep  rose.  Best  of  dwarfs.  Int.  1892,  by  J.W.  Manning. 

pulchellum,  Boiss.  &  Huet.  Similar  to  A .  coridifolium, 
but  more  diffuse  and  trailing.  Fls.  smaller  and  brighter- 
colored;  petals  2%  times  as  long  as  the  sepals.  Persia. 
Gn.  25:436.  W.  M. 

AGALM^LA  (aqalma,  ornament,  and  hule,  wood;  an 
ornament  to  the  woods  in  which  they  grow  wild).  Ges- 
neraceoe.  Tender  climbers  from  Java,  which  may  be 
grown  in  a  basket  like  ^Eschynanthus. 

A.  longistyla,  Carr.,  is  considered  a  synonym  of  the  next.  R.H. 
1873:  270.— A.  staminea,  Blume.  St.  rooting  from  the  lower  sur- 
face: Ivs.  alternate,  with  an  abortive  one  opposite  the  base  of 
each  ;  petioles  4-8  in.  long  ;  blade  as  long,  ovate,  serrate  :  fls.  in 
large  axillary  sessile  fascicles  of  12-14;  stamens  exserted.  B.M. 
5747.  P.M.  15:73.  F.S.  4:358. 


AGANtSIA  (Greek  aganos,  desirable).  A  small  genus 
of  tropical  American  epiphytal  orchids,  little  cult,  in  N. 
Amer.  Botanically  allied  to  Warrea  and  Zygopetalum. 
Need  a  humid  atmosphere.  Grown  on  blocks  in  high 
temp.  Prop,  by  dividing  pseudobulbs. 

tricolor,  N.  E.  Brown.  Fls.  in  a  raceme;  sepals  whit- 
ish ;  petals  light  blue ;  lip  in  the  form  of  a  saddle,  marked 
with  orange-brown.  S.  Amer. 

pulch611a,  Lindl.  Fls.  white,  blotched  yellow  on  the 
lip,  in  a  racemose  spike  from  the  base  of  the  bulb. 
S.  Amer. 

The  above  species  are  the  only  ones  known  to  have  been  offered 
in  the  Amer.  trade.  There  are  5  or  6  others.  A.ccerulea,  Reichb.  1. 
Fls.  in  axillary  peduncles,  blue-blotched,  the  lip  bristled.  Braz. 
—A.  cydnea,  Benth.  &  Hook,  (not  Reichb.,  which  =  Acacaulis 
cyanea) .  Much  like  A.  tricolor,  the  lip  blue  and  undulate  at  the 
tip.  B.R.  1845:28,  as  Warrea  cinerea,  Lindl.;  also,  W.  cyanea, 
Lindl.  (see  Rolfe.,  G.C.  III.  6.  p.  492). 

AGAPANTHUS  (agape,  love,  and anthos,  flower).  Lil- 
idcece.  Conservatory  plants,  with  tuberous  rootstocks, 
tall  simple  scape,  and  2-bracted  umbel  of  handsome  fls. : 
perianth  with  6  wide-spreading  divisions,  nearly  regu- 
lar: pod  many-seeded;  seeds  flat,  winged  above :  foliage 
evergreen. 

In  this  country,  Agapanthuses  are  usually  grown  in 
tubs  (the  roots  are  apt  to  burst  pots),  and  are  flowered 
in  late  spring  or  early  summer  in  the  conservatory,  win- 
dow garden,  or  living  room.  The  plant  is  kept  dormant 
during  winter,  as  in  a  frame  or  light  cellar,  only  enough 
life  being  maintained  to  prevent  the  Ivs.  from  falling  (the 
\SkT.albidus  usually  loses  its  leaves).  When  in  bloom, 
give  abundance  of  water.  Plants  will  bloom  many  years 
if  given  a  large  enough  tub,  not  allowed  to  become  over- 
crowded in  the  tub,  and  supplied  with  manure  water, 
sending  up  many  clusters  each  year.  Good  results  can 
also  be  obtained  in  single  pots.  It  forces  well.  If  kept 
dormant  until  spring,  they  may  be  bedded  in  the  open, 
or  massed  in  vases,  for  summer  bloom.  Prop,  by  divid- 
ing the  roots  (and  rarely  by  seeds).  Old  roots  break  up 
more  easily  if  soaked  in  water  a  few  hours.  When  dor- 
mant, the  plant  will  stand  a  few  degrees— usually  10°  or 
less  — of  frost. 

umbellatus,  L'Her.  AFRICAN  LILY.  LILY  OF  THE  NILE. 
Fig.  44.  Lvs.  2  ft.  long  and  numerous,  thick,  narrow: 


Agapanthus  umbellatus. 


scape  rising  2-3  ft.  from  the  leaf -rosette,  bearing  an  um- 
bel of  20-50  handsome  blue  fls. ;  perianth  funnel-shaped, 
with  a  short  tube.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M.  500.  -  One 
of  the  best  known  of  half-hardy  liliaceous  plants.  There 
are  white-flowered  varieties  (the  best  known  is  var.  al- 
bidus;;  dwarfs,  as  var.  minor  and  var.  Mooreanus,  both 
with  blue  fls.;  giant  forms,  as  var.  maximus  (both  blue 


AGAPANTHUS 


AGAVE 


33 


and  white-fld.)  ,with  scape  4  ft.  high  ;  double-fld.  variety  ; 
variegated-lvd.  varieties,  as  var.  aureus  and  var.  varie- 
gatus  ;  var.  Leichtlinii,  a  compact-trussed  blue  form  ; 
and  others.  L.  H.  B. 

AGARICUS.  A  genus  of  fleshy  fungi,  considered  under 


AGATH.32A.    See  Felicia. 

A.GA.THIS(afjat1iis,  glome;  the  fls.  in  clusters).  Tender 
Australian  conifers,  allied  to  Araucaria,  yielding  Dam- 
mar resin.  Cones  axillary,  globular  or  short. 

robiista,  Hook.  (Ddmmara  robusta,  C.  Moore). 
Branches  somewhat  verticillate,  horizontal  :  Ivs.  broad, 
oval-lanceolate,  obtuse  :  tree  reaching  130  feet  in  Austral. 
-Cult,  in  Calif. 


45.    Agave  Americana,  as  commonly  grown  in  greenhouses. 

AGAVE  (Greek,  agauas,  admirable).  Amaryllidacece. 
Important  decorative  and  economic  plants  from  hot 
American  deserts,  the  most  familiar  of  which  is  A. 
Americana,  the  AMERICAN  CENTURY  PLANT.  St.  short 
or  wanting  :  Ivs.  mostly  in  a  close  rosette,  mostly  stiff 
and  more  or  less  fleshy,  persisting  from  year  to  year,  the 
margins  mostly  armed  with  teeth  and  the  apex  tipped 
with  a  more  or  less  pungent  spine  :  fls.  in  spikes  or 
panicles ;  perianth  6-parted,  more  or  less  funnel-shaped ; 
stamens  6,  mostly  long-exserted  ;  style  1  ;  ovary  infe- 
rior, 3-celled  ;  seeds  numerous,  flat,  thin,  triangular, 
black.  Some  species  flower  but  once  and  die,  others  oc- 
casionally, while  others  flower  from  year  to  year.  The 
number  of  species  is  about  150,  although  more  than  325 
have  been  described.  One  of  the  largest  collections  is 
at  Kew,  where  there  are  85  named  species.  The  largest 
collections  in  the  United  States  are  at  the  Botanical 
Garden  of  Washington  and  the  Missouri  Botanical  Gar- 
den, where  there  are  about  75  species  each.  Amateurs 
often  cultivate  a  greater  number  of  species  than  are  de- 
scribed in  this  account.  Agaves  are  essentially  fanciers' 
or  amateurs'  plants.  This  noble  group  of  plants  has 
never  received  the  attention  it  deserves,  and  yet  no  ge- 
nus of  plants  in  America  furnishes  so  many  suitable 
decorative  plants.  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  places  it  next  to 
the  palm  and  aloe,  but  the  former  is  a  great  family  of 
1,100  species.  While  in  the  United  States  we  think  of 
the  Agaves  only  as  decorative  plants,  yet  in  Mexico, 
their  native  home,  they  are  the  most  useful  of  plants. 
Many  species  furnish  fiber,  others  soap,  while  still 
others  produce  the  two  great  Mexican  drinks,  Pulque 
and  Mescal.  Pulque,  which  is  a  fermented  drink,  is  ob- 
tained from  several  species,  especially  A.  atrovirens. 
Mescal,  which  is  a  distilled  drink,  is  usually  not  ob- 
tained from  the  same  species  as  Pulque,  although  there 
is  a  general  belief  to  the  contrary.  The  species  from 
which  is  made  most  of  the  Mescal  used  in  Mexico  is 
unknown.  The  species  vary  so  much  in  size  and  form 
that  they  can  be  used  in  a  great  many  ways.  Some  of 
the  smaller  species  are  suitable  for  the  house,  and  even 
some  of  the  larger  species  are  so  used.  The  larger  spe- 
cies are  well  adapted  for  vases  in  large  gardens  and 
grounds,  along  walks,  terraces,  etc.  These  plants,  com- 
ing, as  they  do,  from  arid  or  even  desert  regions,  where 


they  have  a  hard  struggle  to  exist,  can  be  grown  with 
little  or  no  care,  but  they  respond  very  quickly  to  good 
treatment.  The  species  are  propagated  in  various  ways ;' 
some  produce  suckers  at  the  base  or  even  underground 
shoots  ;  others  give  off  buds  from  the  stem,  which  fall 
off  and  take  root,  or  may  be  detached  and  planted  ; 
while  not  a  few  produce  bulblets  in  the  flower-clusters, 
and  sometimes  in  great  abundance,  while  all  may  be 
produced  from  seed.  But  as  most  of  the  species  flower 
only  after  a  long  interval,  and  many  have  not  yet  been 
known  to  flower  in  cultivation,  th'is  latter  means  of 
propagation  can  not  be  relied  upon.  In  cultivation, 
fruit  is  set  very  sparingly  or  not  at  all  without  artificial 
pollination,  although  this  can  be  accomplished  with 
very  little  trouble.  Monograph  by  J.  G.  Baker,  Ama- 
ryllidese,  1888.  J.  N.  ROSE. 

None  of  the  Agaves  are  at  all  difficult  to  grow.  The 
soil  should  be  principally  loam  and  sand,  and  if  any  vege- 
table soil  be  given  it  should  be  in  small  quantities.  Good 
drainage  and  firm  potting  are  necessary.  To  grow  small 
plants  of  the  large-leaved  kinds  into  good-sized  specimens 
quickly,  they  should  be  plunged  out  in  a  sunny  spot  in 
spring,  taking  care  that  the  pots  are  large  enough  so  that 
they  will  not  require  repotting  in  the  fall.  Nearly  all  of 
the  large-growing  kinds  are  easily  increased  from  suck- 
ers, which,  when  the  plants  are  grown  in  a  pot-bound  con- 
dition, are  produced  very  readily.  They  should 'only  be 
taken  off  from  the  parent  plant  when  furnished  with  suf- 
ficient roots  to  give  them  a  start.  Some  kinds  are  raised 
only  from  seeds,which,  when  freshly  gathered,  germinate 
in  a  few  weeks.  Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

The  classification  of  the  Agaves  is  a  very  difficult  one. 
This  is  partially  owing  to  the  great  number  of  species, 
to  the  difficulty  of  preserving  study  material,  and  to  the 
infrequency  of  flowering  in  many  spe- 
cies. In  fact,  many  species  have  never 
been  known  to  flower.  The  most 
usable  characters  for  classification 
are  to  be  found  in  the  leaves,  and, 
although  such  an  arrangement  is 
more  or  less  artificial,  it  is  certainly 
the  most  satisfactory  in  naming  a 
collection.  From  a  botanical  point 
of  view,  however,  the  inflorescence 
shows  the  true  relationship  of  the 
species.  In  this  way  the  genus  is 
usually  divided  into  three  groups  or 
subgenera.  These  are  :  First,  the 
Euagave,  having  a  paniculate  in- 
florescence, with  candelabra  -  like 
branches.  Second,  the  Z/ittcea,  hav- 
ing a  dense  spike  of  flowers.  (The 
section  Littoea  has  been  considered 
by  some  a  good  genus,  but  it  seems 
to  connect  with  the  first  section 
through  certain  species.)  The  third 
section,  Manfreda,  is  very  different 
from  the  above,  and  is  considered  by 
the  writer  as  a  distinct  generic  type, 
although  treated  here  in  accordance 
with  general  usage.  Manfredas  are 
all  herbaceous,  appearing  each  year 
from  a  bulbous  base,  the  Ivs. 
are  soft  and  weak,  dying  down 
annually,  while  the  inflores- 
cence is  a  slender  open  spike, 
with  solitary  fls.  from  the  axils 
of  bracts. 

The  following  Agaves  are 
here  described  :  albicans,  No. 
30  ;  Americana,  1 ;  Amuren- 
sis,  27  ;  angustifolia,  3  ;  ap- 
planata,  7  ;  atrovirens,  5;  at- 
tenuata,  19  ;  Beaucarnei,  28  ; 
Botteri,  29 ;  brachystachys, 
40  ;  Candelabrum,  3  ;  Celsii, 

31 ;  coarctata,  5;  cochlearis,  6;  dasylirioides,  36  ;  densi- 
flora,  32;  Deserti,  10;  echinoides,  34  ;  Elemeetiana,  20  ; 
ensiformis,  34  ;  fllifera,  13  ;  geminiflora,  16  ;  Gilbeyi, 
26  ;  glaucescens,  19  ;  heteracantha,  22  ;  horrida,  26  ; 
ixtliotdes,3  ;  Kerchovei,  28  ;  Kochii,  27  ;  latissima,  5  ; 
Lecheguilla,  23;  Lehmanni,  5  ;  macracantha.  8  ;  macu- 


Agave  Americana  in 
flower. 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


latii,  39  ;  maculosa,  38  ;  Mexicana,  2  ;  micracantha,  33  ; 
mitis,  33;  mitrceformis,  5;  Nissoni,  25;  potatorum,  11; 
Fotosina,  41;  Pringlei,  4;  recurva,  34;  JRichardsii,  34; 
rigida,  3;  rigidissima,28',  Salmiana,  5;  schidigera,  14; 
Scolymus,  11;  Schottii,  18;  Shawii,  9;  Sisalana,  3;  stri- 
ata,  34  ;  stricta,  34  ;  Taylori,  17  ;  Thuacanensis,  5  ;  uni- 
vittata,21;  Utahensis,  12;  vestita,  15;  Victoriee-Reginse, 
24;  Virginica,  37;  xylonacantha,  27;  yuccsefolia,  35. 

A.  foliage  persisting  from  year  to  year:  inflorescence 

dense,  many-fid.:  plants  flowering  after  a  more 
or  less  long  interval,  often  but  once,  in  others 
occasionally. 

B.  Infloresence  a  compact  panicle;  fls .  borne  in  clusters 
near  the  ends  of  horizontal  branches.  (Euagave.) 

1.  Americana,  Linn.   COMMON  CENTURY  PLANT.    Figs. 
45,  46.    Plants  becoming  very  large  :  Ivs.  40-50,  either 
straight  or  the  tips  recurved ;  the  margin  scalloped  be- 
tween the  sharp  teeth:  fl.  3  in.  long,  yellow.    The  most 
common  species   in  cult.    A.F.  7:503.     Gn.  12,  p.  397. 
G.C.  III.  19:17.    Gn.47,p.  59.    F.E.10:595.    Trop.  Amer. 
Several  varieties,  of  which  var.  picta,  var.  variegata  (B. 
M.  3654)  and  var.  recurvata  are  the  best  known.  — Some 
forms  have  Ivs.  striped,  and  others  bordered  with  yellow. 
This  species  is  the  one  which  is  commonly  grown  as  a  tub 
plant  by  florists,  being  used  out-of-doors  in  the  summer 
for  lawn  and  porch  decoration. 

2.  Mexicana,  Lam.    Plants  becoming  very  large  :  Ivs. 
20-30  ;  similar  to  A.  Americana.    Common  in  Eu.    Int. 
about  1817,  from  Mex.    G.C.  II.  19:149. 

3.  rigida,  Miller.   St.  wanting  or  sometimes  4  ft.  long: 
Ivs.  thin,  narrow,  elongated;  the  margin  either  smooth 
or  toothed.    S.  Mex.    Perhaps  more  than  one  species  in- 
cluded under  this  name.    A.  angustifolia,  Haw.,  seems 
to  belong  here.    B.M.  5893,  as  A.  ixtlioides.    Gng.  5:  89. 

Var.  elongata,  Baker  (A.  Candelabrum,  Todaro).  St. 
much  elongated. 

Var.  Sisalana,  Engelm.  SISAL  HEMP.  Margin  of  the 
Ivs.  entire.  Yucatan.  Naturalized  on  Fla.  keys.— Rec- 
ommended for  cult,  on  a  large  scale  in  certain  cheap 
lands  of  Fla.  Largely  grown  in  Yucatan  as  a  fiber  plant, 
the  fiber  being  exported  to  U.  S.  and  used  in  making 
cheap  cordage. 

4.  Pringlei,  Engelm.    Lvs.  sword-like,  very  stiff,  18 
in.  or  less  long,  narrowed  from  near  the  base  to  the 
sharp  tip,  the  margin  with  small,  hooked,  brown  prick- 
les: fl.  l%in.  long,  yellow.    Lower  Calif. 

5.  atrdvirens,  Karw.( A.  Thuaca ntnsis,  Karw.  A.Sal- 
miana,  Otto).    Often  attaining  a  great  size:  Ivs.  few, 
10-30,  becoming  9  in.  broad  and  7-9  ft.  long  very  thick 
at  base  and  glaucous  throughout,  tipped  With  a  stout 
spine;    the  upper  part  of  the  margin  horny:  fl.  4  in. 
long     Mex.  G.C.  II.  8:177.  — Several  species  have  passed 
under  this  name. 

Var.  latissima  (A.  latissima,  coarctdta.  Lehmanni, 
and  mitrcefdrmis ,  Jacobi).  Lvs.  broader,  oblong-spatu- 
late  (8-9  in.  broad  above  the  middle). 

6.  cochlearis,  Jacobi.     PULQUE    PLANT  of  W.  Mex. 
Very   similar  to  the  above,  but  Ivs.  longer  and  a  foot 
wide,  not  glaucous.    Int.  about  1867,  but  rare  in  col- 
lections. 

7.  applanata,  Lena.    Stemless  :    Ivs.   sometimes  150, 
3-3 %in.  broad,  stiff  and  glaucous,  with  long,  pungent 
end  spine:  fl.  3  in.  long,  greenish  yellow.— A  beautiful 
species  from  Mex.    Int.  about  1862. 

8.  macracantha,  Zucc.   Small,  stemless,  compact:  Ivs. 
about  50,  a  foot  long,  very  stiff  and  pungent,  glaucous : 
fls.  in  a  lax  raceme.    Int.  about  1830,  from  central  Mex. 
G.C.  II.  8:137. 

9.  Shawii,   Engelm.     Stemless  :    Ivs.   50-60   or  even 
more,  oblong-spatulate,  8-10  in.  long,   dull  green  and 
slightly  glaucous,  with  a  brown  tip-spine  an  inch  long, 
the  edge  with  upturned  brown  teeth  %in.  or  less  long: 
fls.  3-3%in.  long,  greenish  yellow.    S.  Cal.    Int.  about 
1875. 

10  Deserti,  Engelm.  Stemless  :  Ivs.  few,  in  a  rosette, 
oblanceolate,  a  foot  or  less  long,  deep  concave  above, 
very  glaucous,  tip-spined,  the  lower  half  of  the  blade 
with  hooked  prickles  :  fl.  yellow,  2  in.  or  less  long.  S. 
Cal.  Int.  about  1875. 


11.  Sc61ymus,  Karw.  Lvs.  20-40,  9-18  in.  long.  3-6  in. 
wide,  glaucous;  the  margin  indented  between  the  teeth: 
fl.  2-3  in.  long,  yellowish.    Mex.     Gn.  12,  p.  397.     Int. 
about  1880.  — Said  to  be  common,  with  several  varieties. 
A.  potatdrum,  Zucc.,  may  be  only  a  form  of  the  above. 

12.  Utahensis,  Engelm.    Stemless  :  Ivs.  sword-like,  1 
ft.  or  less  long,  thick  and  rigid,  the  sharp  tip-spine  an 
inch  long,  the  margin  with  triangular  teeth,  glaucous : 
fl.  an  inch  long.    Utah  and  Ariz. 

BB.    Inflorescence  a  dense,  cylindrical  spike;  fls.  usu- 
ally borne  in  twos.    (Littcea.) 
c.    Margins  of  Ivs.  not  toothed. 

D.    Lvs.  linear,  stiff,  smooth,  with  the  margins  splitting 
off  into  fine  threads. 

13.  filifera,  Salm-Dyck.    Plant  small,  compact,  about 

1  ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  about  100,  linear,  stiff,  9  or  10  in.  in 
diam.,  light  green  in  color,  with  a  very  pungent  tip:  fl. 

2  in.  long,  brownish :  stalk  5-8  ft.  long.   Mex.    G.C.  III. 

21:  167.  I.H.  7:  243.- 
Several  species  are  often 
found  in  collections  un- 
der this  name. 

14.  schidigera,  Lem. 
Very  similar  to  the 
above,  but  with  some- 
what broader  Ivs.  and 
the  margin  splitting  off 
into  white  ribbons.  Mex. 
B.M.  5641. -Frequently 
flowers  in  cult. 


47.  Agave 

attenuata. 


15.  vestita,  Watson,  also  of  the  type  of  A.  filifera,  is  a 
very  recently  described  and  introduced  species.   Lvs. 
more  bronzy  than  that  species.    Mex.  table  lands.   A.G, 
1892:609.  — It  deserves  a  place  in  any  large  Agave  col- 
lection. 

16.  geminifldra,     Ker-Gawl.     (Bonapdrtea     juncea, 
Haw.).    Lvs.  often  200-300,  narrowly  linear,  somewhat 
recurved,    1/^-2   ft.    long,    somewhat   convex  on   both 
sides:  flower  stalk  sometimes  25  ft.  long.   Mexico, where 
it  grows  commonly  along  streams.    B.R.  1145.    F.S.  7, 
p.  6.  — Very  common. 

17.  Taylori,  Hort.   A  garden  hybrid  of  A.geminiflora 
and   A.  densiflora   is  often  seen  in  cult.    Mn.  7:111 
G.C.  II.  8:621. 

18.  Sch6ttii,  Engelm.    (A.    yemni flora   var.   Sondrce, 
Torr.).    Stemless  :  Ivs.  linear,  1  ft.  or  less  long  and  only 
%in.  broad,  flat  or  concave,  very  rigid,  sharp-tipped, 
the  margin  usually  with  white  threads:  fls.  1/^in.  long 
S.Ariz.   B.M.  7567. 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


35 


DD.    Lvs.  broad  and  fleshy. 

19.  attenuata,   Salm-Dyck  (,4.   glauce'scens,   Hook.). 
Figs.  47-49.    St.  4-5  ft.,  crowned  by  a  great  mass  of  Ivs., 
sometimes  6  ft.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  about  20,  2-3  ft.  long,  6-8 
in.  broad   at  the  widest  point,  very  glaucous  on  both 
sides:  fl. -spike 5  ft.  long;  fl.  2  in.  long,  greenish  yellow. 
G.F.  10:95.    G.C. II,  2:218,  223.    G.C.  III.  17:455,  457. 
B.M.  5333.    Gn.  51, p.  407.  — This  is  one  of  the  most  ma- 
jestic of  the  Agaves.    It  has  flowered  only  twice  in  the 
United  States,  — in  the  Washington  Botanical  Garden,  in 
1897  and  1898. 

20.  Elemeetiana,    Koch.    Very  near   the   above,   but 
stemless:   Ivs.  about  25,  l%-2  ft.  long,  4^-6  in.  wide  ; 
pale.    B.M.  7027.    G.C.  II.  8:749. -A  var.  subdentata  is 
sometimes  sold. 

cc.    Margins  of  Ivs.  more  or  less  toothed. 
D.    Border  of  Ivs.  horny  throughout. 

21.  univittata,  Haw.    Stemless:  Ivs.  about  50,  rigid, 

2-2 X  ft.  long,  dark  green 
except  a  pale  band  down 
the  center:  fls.  yellowish. 
Mex.  B.  M.  6655.  -  Int. 
about  1830. 

22.  heteracantha,  Zucc. 
Very  common.  Forms  seen 
in  collections  show  a  very 
polymorphous     species. 
Stemless  :    Ivs.    about  20, 
with  a  pale  band  down  the 
center;  teeth  widely  sepa- 
rated, never  banded,  12  in. 
long,  2  in.  broad.    Mex. — 
Numerous  varieties.    Int. 
1862. 

23.  Lecheguilla,    Torr. 
Rather  common  in  collec- 
tions, but  usually  passing 
as  A .  heteracantha .  Seem- 
ingly   a    good    species, 
though  referred  by  Baker 
to  A.  heteracantha.    Lvs. 
not  banded,  and  spine  very 
long.  W.  Tex.  and  N.  Mex. 

24.  Victdriae  -  Reginae, 
Moore.       Stemless  :      Ivs. 

sometimes  200,  very  compact,  rigid,  6-8  in.  long,  1%  in. 
broad,  the  margin  and  bands  on  the  back  white,  obtuse 
at  apex,  tipped  with  a  small  spine.  Mex.  Gn.  8,  p.  351. 
G.C.  II.  4:485;  11.18:841.  I.H.28:413.- A  very  remarkable 
species.  Int.  in  1872,  but  now  seen  in  all  collections.  Prob- 
ably more  cult,  than  any  other  kind  except  A.  Americana. 

25.  Nissoni,  Baker.    A  small  species  usually  growing 
in  clumps ;  especially  desirable  for  large  vases.    Lvs.  5-6 
in.  long,  with  a  pale  band  down  the  center.    Mex.— Not 
known  to  have  flowered. 

26.  horrida,  Lem.    Stemless  :  Ivs.  about  40,  compact, 
rigid,  with  a  very  stout  end  spine,  not  striped :  fls.  nearly 
2  in.  long,  yellowish.    Mex.   B.M.  6511.— Many  forms. 

Var.  Gilbeyi,  Baker.    Lvs.  with  a  pale  stripe  down  the 
center.    G.C.  I.  33:1305.    Gt.  1874,  p.  84. 

27.  xylonacantha,  Salm-Dyck.  Stout-stemmed:  Ivs.  20 
or  less,  sword-like,  3  ft.  or  less  long,  with  a  sharp  brown 
point,  slightly  glaucous  green,  with  a  few  darker  green 
lines  on  the  back,  the  margin  with  a  few  large  teeth:  fls. 
l%in.  or  less  long,  greenish  yellow.    Mex.    B.M.  5660. 
G.C.  II.  7:523.—^!.  Amurtnsis  and  A.  Kochii,  Jacobi, 
are  forms  of  this  species. 

28.  Kerchdvei,  Lem.  (A.  Beaucdrnei,L,em.    A.rigid- 
iioiima,  Jacobi).   Stemless:  Ivs.  20-30,  sword-like,  a  foot 
or  less  long,  rigid,  dull  green  with  a  pale  central  band 
above,    not   dark-lined   below,   with   lanceolate   curved 
teeth:    fls.  l%in.  long.     Mex.     G.  C.  II.  7:  523.— Many 
forms,  as  diplacantha,  macrod6nta,  pectirfata. 

DD.    Border  of  Ivs.  not  horny. 
E.    Lvs.  oblong,  with  small  teeth. 

29.  B6tteri,  Baker.    Stemless :  Ivs.  50, 2  ft.  long,  broad, 
pale   green;    triangular  teeth   on  margin,  crowded  and 
black.    Mex.    B.M.  6248.— A  very  beautiful  species. 


Flowers  of  Agave 
attenuata. 


30.  albicans,  Jacobi.  Stemless :  Ivs.  about  30,  in  a  dense 
cluster,  15  in.  or  so  long,  3-3%in.  wide,  tapering  to  a 
weak  spine,  glaucous  on  both  sides,  the  margin  lined 
with  small  black  teeth:  spike  of  fls.  about  15  in.  long; 
fls.  yellowish.    Mex.    B.M.  7207.    G.C.  II.  8:717.-This  is 
one  of  the  smaller  Agaves.    It  does  not  die  down  after 
flowering.    A  form  with  variegated  Ivs. 

31.  C61sii, Hook. (A.Celsidna, Jacobi).   Stemless:  Ivs. 
20-30,  oblong-spatulate,  2  ft.  or  less  long,  not  strongly 
spine-tipped,  the  marginal  lanceolate   spines  unequal, 
glaucous :  fls.  2  in.  or  less  long,  purplish  green,  the  tube 
very  short.    Mex.    B.M.  4934. 

32.  densifldra,  Hook.    Stemless:  Ivs.  30-40,  oblanceo- 
late-spatulate,  3  ft.  or  less  long,  glaucous  when  young 
but  becoming  green,  the  end-spine  %in.  long,  the  mar- 
ginal deltoid  prickles  1  line  or  less  long  :    fls.  2  in.  or 
less  long,  greenish  brown.    Mex.    B.M.  5006. 

33.  mitis,  Salm-Dyck.    Short-stemmed:  Ivs.  30,  oblan- 
ceolate,  15  in.  or  less  long,  3  in.  at  broadest  part,  tip- 
spine  weak,  the  teeth  very  small  and  green  or  only  ob- 
scurely brown -tipped,  green:    fls.  2  in.  long.    Mex.—  A. 
micracdntha,  Salm-Dyck,  is  very  similar. 

EE.   Lvs.  very  narrow,  weak,  the  surface  mostly  ribbed  : 
the  margin  minutely  serrulate 

34.  striata,  Zucc.    Stemless  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  150-200, 
linear  from  a  wide  base,  2%ft.  or  less  long,  scabrous  on 
the  edge,  sharp-tipped,  glaucous -green,  and  ribbed  on 
both  surfaces:  fl.  l%in.  long,  brown-green.    Mex.    B.M. 
4950.    Cult,  under  several  forms,  as  var.  recurva,  Baker. 
Lvs.  larger  and  more  falcate,  not  sharp-tipped.    Var. 
stricta,  Baker  (A.  stricta,  Salm-Dyck).     Dwarf:    Ivs. 
very  stiff,  1  ft.  long.   Var.  echinoides,  Baker  (A.  echi- 
noldes,  Jacobi.  A.  ensifdrmis  a.ndA.ftichardsii,  Hort.). 
Dwarf  and  stiff:  Ivs.  only  %ft.  long. 

35.  yucceefdlia,  DC.  St.  short:  Ivs.  20-40,  much  nerved, 
linear  and  recurved,  with  a  pale  center,  entire  or  nearly 
so.    Mex.    B.M.  5213. -Int.  about  1800. 

36.  dasylirioides,  Jacobi.    Stemless  :   Ivs.  about  100, 
linear,  stiff,  very  glaucous,  serrulate,  finely  striate  ver- 
tically on  both  faces :  fl.  nearly  2  in.  long,  yellow.    Mex. 
B.M.  5716. 

AA.  Foliage  weak  and  soft,  dying  down  annually :  in- 
florescence a  slender  open  raceme  or  spike  :  st. 
arising  from  true  bulbs.  (Manfreda.) 

37.  Virginica,  Linn.    Lvs.  few,  green,  6-20  in.  long, 
spreading,  lanceolate;  pale  green  or  brown  mottled,  with 
a  narrow  white  and  nearly  entire  margin :  stalk  3-6  ft. 
high:  fls.  greenish.    S.  states.    B.M.  1157. 

Var.  tigrina,  Engelm.,  a  form  from  South  Carolina  and 
Missouri,  has  spotted  Ivs. 

38.  maculdsa,  Hook.   Fig.  50.   Basal  Ivs.  6-10,  blotched 
with  brown  or  green,  soft  and  fleshy,  somewhat  recurved, 
the  margin  serrulate :  st.  15-25  in.  high,  bearing  a  few 
scattered  Ivs.  or  leaf -like  bracts :  fls.  10-25,  nearly  ses- 
sile, 2  in.  long,  purplish ;  stamens  a  little  longer  than  the 
segments  of  the  fl.    S.  Tex.    B.M.  5122.—  Generally  la- 
belled A.  maculata. 


49.   Cross-sections  of  leaf  of  Agave  attenuata. 

39.  maculata,  Regel.    A  name  commonly  used  for  the 
above,  but  a  very  uncertain  species.    It  is  probably  A, 
protuberans,  Engelm. 

40.  brachystachys,  Cav.    Lvs.  lanceolate,  green  with  a 
pale  nearly  entire  edge:  fls.  reddish.    B.R.  25:55.  — Rare 
in  collections,  but  a  very  important  plant  in  Mexico,  fur- 
nishing much  of  the  "amole  "  of  the  natives. 


36 


AGAVE 


AGRIMONIA 


41.  Potosina,  Rob.  &  Greenm.  An  odd  little  species, 
resembling  very  much  A.  Virginica.  Sometimes  met 
with  under  the  name  of  Delpinoa  gracillima. 

The  gardener  may  find  the  following  names  (those  marked  * 
are  or  have  been  offered  by  American  dealers) :  A.  Bonnetidna, 
Peacock,  is  considered  by  J.  G.  Baker  to  be  a  form  of  A.  ferox.— 
*A.Bouchei,  Jacobi.  Fls.  in  spikes  :  Ivs.  oblanceolate,  glaucous 
when  young,  brown-toothed.  Int.  18(54.  G.C.  III.  21:1(56,  167. 
B.M.  7558.— *A.  Caribcea,  Baker.  Fls.  in  spikes:  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
with  very  minute  and  close  teeth.  Isle  of  Martinique.— *A.  cal- 
cidna,  Hort.— *A.  chloracdntha,  Sahn-Dyck.  Fls.  in  spikes  : 
Ivs.  oblanceolate,  bright  green,  weak-spined.  Int.  about  1860. — 
A.  coccinea,  Roezl.  Has  never  fld.  Apparently  common  in 
Europe,  with  at  least  one  variety.  Lvs.  spatulate,  dark  green, 
repand-prickly.— A.ccmtJescen*,Salm-Dyck,  is  a  glaucous-leaved 
variety  of  A.  lophantha.— *A.  Corderoyi,  Baker.  Has  never  fld. 
in  cult.:  Ivs.  sword-like,  rigid  and  spreading,  channelled,  spine- 
edged.—  *A.  decipiens.  "Tall-growing:  Ivs.  dark  green.  Fla." — 
A.  Engelmanni,  Trelease.  A.F.  8:109.— *A.  erubescens,  Hprt.— 
*A.  ferox,  Koch.  Said  to  be  not  uncommon  in  cult.,  but  it  has 
never  fld.:  Ivs.  slightly  glaucous,  the  brown  teeth  %in.  long. 
G.C.  III.  20:  525.— *A.  Franzbsini.  "Large-growing,  of  peculiar 
blue  color. "  —  *A.  Gaulinidna,  Hort.  —  *A.  Ghlesbreghtii,  Koch. 
Int.  about  1862.  Several  varieties.  Lvs.  glossy  green,  minute- 
toothed.  It  has  never  fld.  Some  plants  circulated  under  this 
name  are  A.  pruinosa.— A.  grandidentdta,  Jacobi,  is  a  var.  of  A. 
horrida. — A .  Gustavidna,  Hort.  Considered  by  Baker  as  belong- 
ing to  A.  Maximiliana.  Lvs.  slightly  glaucous,  with  brown 
prickles.— *A.  Henriquesi,  Baker.  Fls.  in  spikes  :  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late-oblong, rigid,  brown-edged  and  prickly.  —  *A.  Houlletii, 
Jacobi.  Has  never  fld.  in  cult.  Lvs.  oblanceolate,  not  spiny.— 
A.Jacquinidna,  Schult.  Now  considered  a  variety  of  A.  lurida. 
Lvs.  oblanceolate,  very  glaucous,  with  black  prickles.  B.M.  5097. 
—*A.  Margarltce.  "Dwarf,  very  compact  and  prickly.  Lower 
Calif."— *A.marmordta,  Roezl.  Fls.  in  panicles:  Ivs.  glaucous, 
repand-prickly.— *A.  Mesotillo.  "  Pale  stripe  down  the  center  of 
the  leaf  :  similar  to  A.  Lecheguilla,  but  of  larger  and  stouter 
growth."— *A.  micracdntha,  Salm-Dyck.  A  small-spined  form  of 
A.  horrida.— *A.Miradorensis,  Jacobi.  Fls.  in  panicles:  Ivs.  ob- 
lanceolate, the  prickles  very  small.— *A.  Nickelsii.  "Similar  in 
appearance  to  A.  Victorias -Reginse,  except  that  it  is  of  much 
more  robust  growth,  the  Ivs.  being  thicker  and  the  white  mark- 
ings on  same  being  broader  and  more  distinct."  F.E.7:618. — 
A. Ousselghemidna,  Jacobi  =A.  albicans.— *A.Pdlmeri,  Engelm. 
A  beautiful  species  from  Ariz,  and  Mex.  Stemless:  Ivs.  oblanceo- 
late, glaucous,  repand-prickly.— A.  Pdrryi,  Engelm.  Now  con- 
sidered as  a  variety  of  A.  applanata.— *A.  polyacdntha,  Haw. 
Fls.  in  spikes  :  Ivs.  oblanceolate,  green  when  grown,  brown- 
toothed.  Int.  about  1820.— A. pruinosa,  Lem.,  see  Ghiesbreghtii. 
—*A.  pulcMrrima,  Hort.— A.  Regelidna,  Jacobi  =  A.  horrida. — 
*A.  Rbbini,  Hort.— *A.  rupicola,  Regel.  Fls.  in  spikes  :  Ivs.  ob- 
lanceolate, bright  green,  jagged.— *A.  Simaron.  "Resembling 
A.  Americana,  but  ashy  gray  in  color,  and  of  smaller  growth: 
thorns  on  points  of  Ivs.  much  longer."  Calif  .—A.  Simorri,  Hort. 
Same  as  above?— *A.  spectdbilis,Todaro.  Lvs.  nearly  200,  lan- 
ceolate, very  glaucous,  brown-toothed.— A.  subulata,  Hort.— *A. 
syloestris,  Hort.—  *A.  Tollinensis,  Hort.—  *A.Vanderwinneni, 
Jacobi.  Lvs.  oblong-spatulate,  dull  green,  brown-edged  and 
toothed.— A.  Verschaffeltii,  Lem.  Is  usually  considered  a  form 
of  A.  Scolymus.  I.H.  15:  564.— *A.  Wlldingii,  Todaro.  Lvs.  few, 
oblong,  bright  green,  with  small  brown  teeth,  j  jj  ROSE. 

AGDESTIS  (a  mythical  hermaphrodite  monster,  the 
genus  being  an  anomalous  one  in  its  order).  Phytolac- 
cctcew.  Amonotypic  genus.  Tender  climbing  shrub  from 
Mex.  Cult,  in  Calif. 

clematidea,  Moc.  &  Sesse.  Lvs.  alternate,  petiolate, 
cordate:  fls.  axillary  or  in  terminal,  branched,  racemose 
cymes,  white,  star-shaped;  sepals  4;  petals  0. 

AGERATUM  (Greek  for  not  growing  old,  probably 
applied  first  to  some  other  plant).  Composite.  About 
40  species  of  trop.  Amer.  herbs,  with  opposite  stalked 
Ivs.  and  blue  or  white  fls.  in  small  terminal  cymes  or 
panicles. 

conyzoides,  Linn.  (A.  Mexicdnum,  Sims,  and  Hort.). 
Fig.  51.  Annual  and  pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate-deltoid, 
crenate-serrate  :  fls.  blue  or  white,  or  varying  to  rose. 
Ordinarily  a  rather  loose-growing  plant  a  foot  or  two 
high,  but  there  are  dwarf  and  compact  forms  ;  also  va- 
riegated forms.  Trop.  Amer.  B.M.  2524.— This  is  the 
common  ageratum  of  gardeners  and  florists.  It  is  easily 
grown  from  seeds,  sown  in  the  border  where  the  plants 
are  to  stand,  or  started  in  the  house  or  hotbed.  If  the 
plants  are  to  be  used  for  bedding,  they  should  be  placed 
a  foot  or  less  apart.  They  thrive  in  any  garden  soil  and 
exposure.  They  bloom  all  summer  ;  and  if  sown  in 
late  summer  or  fall,  they  give  winter  bloom  under  glass. 

The  plant  sold  as  A.  conspicuum  is  an  Eupatorium  ; 
and  that  sold  as  A.  Lassebuxii  is  a  Conoclinium. 

L.  H.  B. 


AGLAlA  (Greek,  splendor;  from  the  order  and  gen- 
eral appearance).  Melidcece.  Tender  tree  from  China, 
with  minute,  yellow,  fragrant  fls.,  said  to  be  used  in  per- 
fuming certain  teas.  Prop,  by  cuttings. 

odorata,  Lour.  Lvs.  alternate,  5-7  pinnate  :  fls.  in  axil- 
lary, branching  panicles.  Cult,  sparingly  in  Calif. 

AGLAONfiMA  (Greek,  bright  thread).  Aroldece.  About 
15  species,  of  trop.  Asia  and  Africa,  allied  to  Arum, 
Alocasia  and  Dieffenbachia,  and  requiring  essentially 
the  same  treatment  as  those  genera.  Evergreen,  often 
beautifully  variegated.  Aglao- 
nema  may  be  divided,  or  cut- 
tings may  be  taken  from 
plants  that  become  too  tall 
and  weak.  In  either  case  the 
cuttings  and  divisions  should 
be  put  into  the  sand-bed  pre- 
vious to  potting,  to  develop 
new  roots.  All  of  the  kinds 
will  succeed  in  fibrous  loam 
enriched  with  rotted  ma- 
nure, with  the  addition  of 
a  moderate  quantity  of 
leaf -mold,  sand,  and  some 
crushed  charcoal. 

Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

pictum,  Kunth.  Dwarf  : 
Ivs.  somewhat  unequilateral, ob- 
long or  elliptic,  ovate  (4-7  in. 
long  and  2-3  in. wide),  very  dark 
green,  blotched  with  white,  the 
central  markings  usually  ex- 
tending the  whole  length  of  the 
midrib  :  spathe  white  or  whit- 
ish, 1-1  %in.  long.  Sumatra. 
I.H.  29:  445. 

nebuldsum,  N.  E.  Brown. 
Somewhat  larger :  Ivs.  narrower 
(5-8  in.  long,  l%in.  or  less 
wideS  more  acuminate,  the 
markings  rather  more  broken 
and  not  so  continuous  along  the 
midrib.  I.H.  1887:24.  A.G.  16: 
361,  and  F.E.  7:  961,  as  A.  pic- 
turn. — This  and  A.  pictum  are 
confused  in  the  trade.  Both 
species  deserve  more  attention 
than  they  have  received  in  this 
country. 

costatum,  Veitch.  Very  dwarf 
and  compact:  Ivs. heart-shaped, 
thick,  3  in. 
wide,     one- 
third  longer 
than    wide, 
seldom    ex- 
ceedingSin. 
long,    dark, 

shining  green,  with  midrib 
ivory-white  and  scattering 
blotches  of  white.  Holds  its 
tufted  Ivs.  through  the  win- 
ter. Moluccas. 


50.  Agave  maculosa. 


A.  commutdtum,  Schott.=Scindapsus  Cuscuaria.— A.  R<E- 
blinii,  Hort.,  is  "a  fine  decorative  plant,  with  thick,  leathery  fo- 
liage" (Manda). — A.  versicolor,  Hort.,  is  probably  a  form  of 
either  A.  pictum  or  A.  nebulosum. 

L.  H.  rJ. 

AGRIMONIA  (old  name  of  obscure  meaning).  Mosd- 
cece.  AGRIMONY.  Hardy  native  herbs,  with  interruptedly 
pinnate  Ivs.  and  small,  numerous,  yellow  fls.,  produced 
through  summer.  Lvs.  aromatic,  astringent.  Sometimes 
cult,  in  shrubbery  and  wild  gardens. 

Eupatoria,  Linn.  (A.  officindlis,  Lam.).  COMMON  AG- 
RIMONY. Fig.  52.  Petals  twice  as  Igng  as  calyx,  latter 
making  a  small,  lightly  adhering  bur.  Cult,  in  herb 
gardens  to  make  a  tonic  tea,  also  in  wild  borders.  Com- 
mon in  woods;  also  native  to  Eu.  Grows  2-3  ft.  high,  in 
little  clumps,  from  a  short  rootstock. 


AGRIMONLA 


AILANTHUS 


37 


odorata,  Mill.  Lfts.  narrower  than  in  A.  Eupatoria; 
leaflets  pubescent  :  lobes  more  deeply  crenate-dentate  : 
petals  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Italy.  Oc- 
casionally cult,  in  Am.  j.  B.  KELLER  and  W,  M. 


51.    Ageratum  conyzoides. 

AGROFfrRUM  (Greek  for  field  and  wheat).  Graminece. 
Perennials  or  annuals,  with  leaf-blades  flat  or  convo- 
lute :  spike  terminal,  usually  stiff  ;  spikelets  large,  3-8- 
fld.,  compressed,  sessile  at  each  joint  of  the  simple 
spike,  the  side  of  the  spikelet  placed  next  the  axis. 
Species  about  30.  Temperate  regions  of  Amer.  and  En. 

repens,  Beauv.  QUACK  GRASS.  COUCH  GRASS. 
QUICK  GRASS.  QUITCH  GRASS.  A  smooth,  pale  green 
or  glaucous  perennial,  very  variable,  with  the  in- 
ternodes  of  the  rootstock  long.  In  many  places  it 
has  become  one  of  the  worst  weeds,  spreading  in- 
veterately  by  its  underground  stems.  Fig  53.  It 
may  be  destroyed  by  constant  and  thorough  tillage. 
Often  valuable  to  hold  loose  lands.  Considered  by 
some  stock  raisers  as  a  valuable  hay  grass. 

AGROSTEMMA.    See  Lychnis. 

AGROSTIS  (agros.  field  ;  the  place  of  growth). 
Graminece.  BENT  GRASS.  A  genus  containing  many 
useful  grasses  for  lawns,  pastures  and  bouquets.  Pani- 
cles variable,  usually  spreading : 
spikelets  very  small,  awnless  or  oc- 
casionally a  short  awn  present. 
Species  about  100,  distributed  over 
the  entire  globe  ;  about  9  useful  in 
cult.  Some  species  are  much  con- 
fused with  Aira.  In  Agrostis  the 
spikelets  are  1-fld.;  in  Aira  2-  to 
several-fld. 


A.    Spik<  /f/.s-  about  1  line  long :  panicle-branches  short. 

Perennial  lawn  and  pasture  grasses. 

B.    A  loili'Hx  spikelets. 

alba,  Linn.  CREEPING  BENT  GRASS.  A  well  known  per- 
emiiiil,  creeping  or  stolonit'erous,  1-3  ft.  :  sheaths 
smooth:  leaf-blade  linear  or  narrowly  lanceolate,  4-8  in. 
long,  scabrous :  ptmicle  open,  4-10  in.  long,  the  branches 
sometimes  widely  spreading :  spikelets  about  1  line 
long:  ligulal-4  lines  long.  — Suitable  for  meadows,  pas- 
ture mixtures,  or  exclusively  for  lawn-making. 

Var.  vulgaris,  Thurb.  (A.vuh/clris,  With.).  RED-TOP. 
FINE  BENT  GRASS.  Distinguished  from  the  type  by 
the  smaller  ligule,  which  is  truncate,  and  less  than  1 
line  long.  — Commoner  in  cult,  than  the  type. 

Var.  stolonifera,  Linn.  (A  .  stolonifera,  Linn.).  Panicle 
contracted  linear;  culms  extensively  creeping  or  stolo- 
niferous  :  ligule  1-4  lines  long. 

BB.    Awned  spikelets. 

canina,  Linn.  BROWN  or  DOG'S  BENT  GRASS.  RHODE 
ISLAND  BENT  GRASS.  Slender,  creeping,  1-2  ft. :  panicle 
pyramidal,  4-6  in.  long  :  spikelets  near  the  ends  of  the 
branches,  very  small,  1-9 of  an  in.  long:  small  bent  awn 
on  back  of  flowering  glume.  Int.  from  Eu.  — Makes  a 
close  sod. 

AA.    Spikelets  about  %  line  long;  panicle-branches  long 
and  hair-like.  Annual  ornamental  grasses. 
B.    Culms,  Ivs.  and  panicle-branches  smooth. 

nebuldsa,  Boiss  &  Reut.  (A.  capilldris,  Hort. ).  CLOUD 
GRASS.  Fig.  54.  A  low  grass,  with  extremely  delicate, 
feathery-like  panicle  and  small  spikelets:  Ivs.  few  and 
very  small.  Spain.— Very  useful  for  vases  and  bouquets 

minutifldra,  Hort.  Very  similar  to  A.  nebulosa,  but 
smaller,  with  fewer  Ivs.  and  shorter  panicles.  — Useful 
for  vases  and  bouquets. 

BB.    Culms,  Ivs.  and  panicle-branches  scabrous. 

scabra,  Willd.  ROUGH-BENT.  TICKLE  GRASS.  FLY- 
AWAY GRASS.  HAIR  GRASS.  SILK  GRASS.  Hair-like,  deli- 
cate, with  widely  spreading,  capillary  panicles,  which 
at  maturity  break  away  from  the  culm  and  fly  about  in 
the  wind :  spikelets  very  small,  clustered  at  the  ends  of 


13.   Creeping  stem  or  "root "of  quack-grass. 


the  branches.  — Before  panicle  expands  it  is  often  sold  in 
the  vicinity  of  large  towns  for  dry  bouquets. 

A.  elegans,Hort.,not  Thore,  and  A.pulchella,  Hort.    These 
names  are  applied  by  florists  to  Aira  elegans  and  Aira  caryo- 


phyllea,  which  see. 


P.  B.  KENNEDY. 


52.    Agrimonia  Eupatoria  (X  3).    Flower  and  bur. 


AGUACATE,   ALLIGATOR   PEAR,    AVOCADO.    See 

Per sea. 

AILANTHUS  (from  its  native  name  Ailanto,  meaning 
Tree  of  Heaven).  Simarubacece.  Large  trees  :  Ivs.  al- 
ternate, large,  pinnate,  deciduous  :  fls.  small,  in  large 
terminal  panicles,  polygamous  ;  petals  5  ;  stamens  10  ; 
fr.  consisting  of  1-5  distinct  samaras.  Five  species  in 
Cent,  and  S.  Asia  and  N.  Austral.  — Large,  ornamental 
trees  of  loose  and  somewhat  spreading  habit,  with  ele- 
gant, feathery  foliage.  Very  rapid  growers.  Good  for 
smoky  cities.  Suckers  from  the  roots.  Prop,  by  seeds 
and  root  cuttings. 

glanduldsa,  Desf.  (A.  Japdnica,  Hort.).  TREE  OF 
HEAVEN.  Tree,  60  ft.  :  Ivs.  odd-pinnate,  1^-2  ft.  long  ; 
leaflets  13-25,  petiolulate,  ovate-lanceolate,  nearly  gla- 
brous near  the  base,  with  2-4  coarse  teeth,  each  with  a 
large  gland  beneath :  fls.  greenish:  samaras  l%in.  long. 
June.  China,  cult,  in  Japan.  — Valuable  tree  for  street 
planting,  much  used  in  the  temperate  regions  and  nat- 
uralized in  some  localities  ;  somewhat  tender  north  in 


38 


AILANTHUS 


AKEBIA 


a  young  state.  For  street  planting,  the  fertile  plant 
only  should  be  used,  because  the  male  exhales  a  disa- 
greeable odor  when  flowering,  and  the  pollen  is  said  to 
cause  catarrhal  troubles.  It  grows  in  almost  any  soil, 
but  best  in  a  light  and  some- 
what moist  one,  and  stands  dust 
and  smoke  well.  Var.  eryth.ro- 
carpa  (A.  erythrocdrpa ,  Carr. 
A.  rhbra,  Hort.).  Lvs.  darker 
green  above  and  more  glaucous 
beneath  :  fr.  bright  red,  very 
effective  in  late  summer  and 
autumn.  Var.  pendulifdlia,Carr. 
Lvs.  very  large,  drooping.  — The 
Ailanthus  foliage  gives  a  tropi- 
cal effect  when  the  growth  is 
very  strong.  If  plants  are  cut 
back  to  the  ground  after  they 
have  become  established  (in  two 
or  three  years  after  planting), 
they  will  throw  up  very  strong 
shoots  and  make  an  excellent 
screen,  as  shown  in  Fig.  55. 
This  practice  may  be  repeated 
year  after  year.  Sumacs,  pau- 
lownias,basswoods,  mulberries, 
and  other  fast-growing  things 
may  be  treated  in  this  way. 
The  Ailanthus  foliage  is  very 
like  that  of  the  Cedrela  (which 
see  for  illustration  of  differ- 
ences) . 

A.  excelsa,  Roxbg.  Tall  treei  Ivs. 
3  ft.  long,  abruptly  pinnate ;  leaflets 
20-28,  teeth  without  glands.  India. 
Can  be  grown  only  in  tropical  re- 
gions or  in  the  hothouse. — A.  fla- 
vescens,  Carr.  =  Cedrela  Sinensis. 
ALFRED  REHDER. 

AIRA  (an  ancient  Greek  name  for  Darnel).  Gramin- 
ece.  HAIR  GRASS.  A  genus  containing  delicate  annual 
grasses,  with  slender,  loose  panicle-branches :  spikelets 
very  small,  of  two  perfect  contiguous  flowers :  flowering 
glume  acutely  2-cleft  at  the  apex,  bearing  a  slender 
twisted  awn  below  the  middle.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.  — This  genus 
is  much  confused  with  Agrostis  by  florists.  Nat.  from 
Eu.  and  cult,  for  dry  bouquets. 

caryophyllda,  Linn.  (Agrtstis  tlegans,  Hort.,  not 
Guss.).  A  slender  and  elegant  tufted  annual,  10-20  in. 
high,  bearing  a  very  diffuse  panicle  of  purplish  and  at 
length  silvery  scarious  spikelets. 

elegans,  Gaud.  (Agrostis  elegans,  Hort.,  not  Guss.). 
A  slender,  erect  and  very  pretty  annual,  from  a  few 
inches  to  a  foot  high,  with  widely  spreading  capillary 
panicles  of  many  small  spikelets. 

A.  ccespitosa,  Linn.=  Desohampsia  csespitosa.— A.  ccerulea, 
Liinn.=  Molinia  coerulea,  Monch.  —  A.  flexuosa,  Linn.  =  Des- 
ehampsia flexuosa.  P  g  KENNEDY 


54.  Agrostis  nebulosa. 


AIR-PLANT.  In  common  speech,  any  plant  which 
grows  on  the  trunk  or  in  the  top  of  another  plant  is 
called  an  air-plant.  The  proper  term  is  epiphyte  (that  is, 
growing  on  a  plant).  In  horticulture,  the  term  air-plant 
is  usually  applied  to  epiphytal  orchids,  tillandsias,  and 
the  like.  Most  of  these  grow  upon  old  bark,  perhaps  de- 
riving some  of  their  nourishment  from  the  bark,  but  most 
of  it  from  the  air  and  rain.  They  are  not  parasites,—  do 
not  derive  their  support  from  the  juices  of  the  host. 

AJfrGA  (not  yoked  ;  the  calyx  not  bilabiate).  Labi&tw. 
BUGLE  WEED.  Hardy  herbaceous  European  perennials, 
creeping  by  stolons.  Height 6-12  in.:  fls.  numerous,  in 
whorls,  normally  blue  or  purple,  with  rosy  or  white 
varieties.  Prop,  by  division  or  seeds. 

Genevensis,  Linn.  (A .  rugosa,  Hort.  A .  alpina,  Hort. ) . 
St.  erect :  cauline  Ivs.  oblong-elliptic  or  obovate,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base  ;  lower  ones  petiolate  ;  floral  Ivs.  ovate 
or  wedge-shaped,  coarsely  toothed,  sparsely  hairy:  upper 
fl. -whorls  spicate  ;  lower  whorls  distant. 


55.  Ailanthus  shoots ;  with  a  few  sunflower  plants. 


56.   Akebia  quinata. 
The  expanded  flowers  are  pistillate;  the  others  are  staminate. 

pyramidalis,  Linn.  St.  erect :  cauline  Ivs.  obovate, 
hardly  petiolate,  in  a  4-sided  pyramid;  floral  Ivs.  broadly 
ovate,  the  highest  often  colored ;  all  Ivs.  entire :  fl.  whorls 
usually  all  spicate. 

reptans,  Linn.  St.  prostrate  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  obovate, 
entire  or  sinuate,  shiny.— A  low,  dense,  fast-spreading 
creeper,  excellent  for  covering  shady  slopes.  The  typical 
and  white-fld.  forms  are  less  cult,  than  the  following  : 
Var.  rubra,  Hort.  More  valued  for  its  dark  purple  Ivs. 
than  its  blue  fls.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  splashed 
and  edged  creamy  yellow. 

metallica  var.  crispa,  Hort,,  int.  by 
Henderson,  1899,  is  described  as  dwarf 
(4-5  in.),  with  curled,  metallic  glossy  and 
blue  fls.  in  a  pyramidal  spike.  A  bed- 
ding plant,  int.  from  Germany. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 
AKEBIA  (from  Akebi,  its  Japanese 
name).  Herberiddcece.  Twining  glabrous 
shrubs:  Ivs.  long-petioled,  digitate,  coria- 
ceous: fls.  monoecious  in  axillary  racemes, 
pistillate  at  the  base,  staminate  at  the  end 
of  the  raceme  ;  sepals  3  :  f r.  consisting  of 
one  or  more  very  large,  oblong  berries 
with  numerous  seeds.  Two  species  in 
Japan  and  China.  Very  ornamental,  hardy 
climbing  shrubs  of  graceful  appearance, 
especially  adapted  for  places  in  which 
very  dense  shade  is  not  wanted.  They 
require  a  sunny  position  and  well  drained 
soil;  also  valuable  in  the  cool  greenhouse 
for  covering  pillars  and  walls,  growing 
best  ia  a  sandy  compost  of  loam,  leaf  soil 


AKEBIA 


ALABAMA 


39 


Leaflets 


and  peat.    In  Japan  the  fr.,  which  is  very  showy,  but 
with  us  rarely  produced,  is  eaten,  and  the  stems   are 
much  used  for  wicker-work.    Prop,  by  seeds,  by  green- 
wood or  hardwood  cuttings,  and 
also  by  root  division  and  layers. 

quinata,  Decaisne.  Figs.  56, 
57.  Climbing  12  ft.  or  more:  leaf- 
lets 5,  oval  or  oblong-obovate, 
entire,  emarginate,  1-2  in.  long: 
fls.  fragrant,  the  pistillate  pur- 
plish brown,  about  1  in.  broad,  the 
staminate  smaller,  rosy  purple, 
in  early  spring:  berry  oblong,  3-5 
in.  long,  dark  purple  with  glau- 
cous bloom,  seeds  black. -Hardy, 
handsome,  not  attacked  by  insects 
or  fungi.  Very  graceful  and  de- 
sirable. China,  Japan.  B.R.  33  : 
28.  B.M.  4864.  G.F.  4:137.  A.G. 
March,  1891,  Figs.  5,  7,  and  plate. 
R.H.  1853:141.  S.Z.  77. 

lobata,  Decaisne. 
broadly  ovate, 
coarsely  crenate  : 
fls.  in  long  racemes, 
smaller  than  those 
of  A.  quinata.  Ja- 
pan, China.  B.M. 
7485.  A.G.  March, 
1891,  p.  140.  S.Z.I: 
7S.—A.clematifdlia 
and  A.  quercifblia, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.,  are 
probably  only  va- 
rieties of  this  spe- 
cies. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ALABAMA,  HORTICUL- 
TURE IN.  Fig.  58.  Commer- 
cial horticulture  has  not  as- 
sumed the  proportions  in  Ala- 
bama that  it  has  in  the  neigh- 
boring southern  states.  This 
must  be  largely  due  to  acci- 
dental causes,  since  in  soils, 
climate  and  transportation 
facilities  the  state  presents 
conditions  fully  equal  to  any 
of  the  others.  At  present  the 
most  important  horticultural 
centers  are  at  the  extreme 
northern  and  southern  ends 

of  the  state.  Mobile  has  long  been  known  as  one  of  the 
chief  sources  of  supply  for  early  vegetables  for  the 
northern  and  western  markets,  and  the  truck  business  is 
gradually  extending  from  Mobile  county  to  the  adjoin- 
ing counties  of  Baldwin  and  Washington.  Early  cab- 
bage and  Irish  potatoes  are  the  most  important  crops, 
though  snap  beans,  peas,  radishes,  and  many  other  vege- 
tables are  grown  in  considerable  quantities.  The  tomato, 
so  important  a  market  crop  in  many  southern  localities, 
is  very  little  grown  here,  owing  largely  to  the  preva- 
lence of  bacteriosis,  often  called  southern  tomato  blight. 

Huntsville,  in  northern  Alabama,  has  a  large  and  flour- 
ishing nursery  business.  Several  large  wholesale  es- 
tablishments are  located  there,  and  the  fertile  Tennes- 
see River  Valley  lands  prove  to  be  admirably  adapted  to 
the  growth  of  a  good  quality  of  nursery  stock.  Over 
1,300  acres  are  now  devoted  to  this  business  in  this 
neighborhood,  the  annual  shipments  fill  150  cars,  includ- 
ing 1,500,000  fruit  trees,  besides  roses  and  other  orna- 
mentals; and  the  sum  of  $40,000  is  paid  out  annually  for 
labor. 

Beginnings  have  been  made  ia  fruit  and  vegetable 
growing  at  various  other  points  in  the  state,  particularly 
at  Cullman,  Montgomery,  and  Evergreen,  on  the  Louis- 
ville and  Nashville  railroad,  and  at  Fruithurst,  in  north- 
eastern Alabama,  on  the  Southern  railway.  No  data  have 
been  secured  as  to  the  total  shipment  from  these  various 
points,  but  the  combined  amount  is  very  small,  as  com- 
pared with  those  from  the  Mobile  region.  One  road,  the 


57.  Akebia  vine. 


Mobile  and  Ohio,  torwarded  343  cars  of  home-grown 
fruits  and  vegetables  from  the  Mobile  depot  during  1897. 
These  figures  do  not  include  the  shipments  from  other 
stations  on  this  line,  nor  those  carried  by  the  Louisville 
and  Nashville. 

Such,  in  brief,  is  the  present  status  of  commercial 
horticulture  in  Alabama.  In  attempting  to  outline  the 
possibilities  of  its  future  development,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  glance  at  some  of  the  more  prominent  topograph- 
ical features  of  the  state.  For  our  purpose,  it  may  be 
roughly  divided  into  four  regions.  First,  at  the  north  is 
the  Tennessee  River  region,  or,  as  it  is  often  called,  the 
grain  belt  (Fig.  58,  A).  Its  strong  clay  soils  produce 
abundant  crops  of  corn,  wheat,  clover  and  timothy,  and 
were  originally  covered  by  a  heavy  growth  of  hardwood 
timber.  Next  comes  the  mineral  belt  (B),  including  the 
mountain  region  of  northeast  Alabama,  and  extending 
in  an  irregular  way  nearly  across  the  state  to  its  western 
border.  This  is  a  large  region,  containing  a  great  variety 
of  soils,  ranging  from  rich  creek  and  river  bottoms,  and 
the  fertile  red  soils  characteristic  of  the  Piedmont  region 
of  Georgia,  to  barren  sands  and  sterile,  rocky  hillsides. 
The  surface  is  very  much  broken,  and  great  areas  are 
still  covered  with  the  original  forests  of  mixed  pine  and 
hard  woods.  Below  the  mountain  country,  and  forming 
an  irregular  belt  or  girdle  across  the  middle  of  the  state, 
is  the  prairie  region  (Fig.  58,  C).  This  is  narrow  at  the 
east,  where  the  mountains  press  farthest  south  ward,  but 
broadens  out  toward  the  western  border.  The  soil  varies, 
in  some  places  being  light  and  sandy,  but  for  the  most 
part  it  is  a  dark,  retentive  loam,  resembling  that  of  the 
northern  prairies.  While  cotton  is  a  staple  crop  in  all 
parts  of  the  state,  this  is  preeminently  the  cotton  belt. 
Below  the  prairie  comes  the  timber  belt  (D),  covering  the 
southern  third  of  the  state,  and  extending  to  the  Gulf. 
Before  the  advent  of  the  lumberman  this  extensive  re- 


58.   Horticultural 

regions  of  Alabama. 


gion  was  an  unbroken  forest  of  long-leaf  yellow  pine, 
with  magnolias  and  other  broad-leaved  evergreens  bor- 
dering the  water  courses.  The  surface  is  rolling,  or  in 


40 


ALABAMA 


ALASKA 


some  parts  very  hilly.  The  soil  is  a  light,  sandy  loam, 
usually  underlaid  with  red  or  yellow  clay.  It  is  naturally 
poor,  being  deficient  in  potash  and  phosphoric  acid,  and 
yields  only  scanty  crops  without  fertilizers.  It  can, 
however,  be  made  very  productive  by  judicious  manur- 
ing, and  it  builds  up  rapidly  under  intelligent  intensive 
farming.  This  region  is  well  adapted,  both  by  soil  arid 
climate,  to  the  production  of  early  vegetables,  and  it 
seems  probable  that  the  business  of  truck-farming  will 
ultimately  spread  widely  from  its  present  center  at 
Mobile.  Among  fruits  most  promising  for  this  region 
are  grapes,  oriental  pears,  figs,  Japanese  persimmons 
and  strawberries.  Satsuma  oranges  on  hardy  trifoliata 
stocks  can  be  safely  planted  at  the  extreme  south,  and 
peaches  and  Japanese  plums  in  the  more  northerly  por- 
tion. Pecans  thrive  admirably,  and  the  better  kinds 
should  be  widely  planted. 

The  soils  of  the  prairie  region,  being  mostly  rather 
cold  and  wet  in  the  spring,  are  not  well  adapted  to  early 
vegetables.  Their  fruit-growing  capacity  has  not  been 
fully  tested,  cotton  claiming  almost  universal  attention. 
Peaches  and  plums  will  thrive  on  some  of  the  lighter 
soils,  though  the  trees  are  usually  short-lived.  Apple 
trees  grow  well  on  the  heavier  prairie  soils,  and  it  seems 
probable  that  with  a  proper  selection  of  varieties  and 
due  attention  to  spraying,  their  cultivation  would  prove 
profitable. 

The  mineral  or  mountain  region  presents  so  great  a 
variety  of  soils  and  conditions  that  it  is  hard  to  charac- 
terize it  as  a  whole.  Some  portions  present  almost  ideal 
conditions  for  peaches,  plums  and  grapes,  and  in  the 
moister,  heavier  lands  apples  thrive  and  yield  abun 
dantly .  If  the  people  of  Alabama  ever  interest  themselves 
in  fruit-growing  as  their  neighbors  in  Georgia  do  at  the 
present  day,  then  these  choice  mountain  locations  will 
certainly  be  covered  with  orchards  and  vineyards,  and 
this  mountain  region  will  advance  to  the  first  place  in 
the  magnitude  of  its  horticultural  interests. 

Tha  northern  region  already  has  its  well  established 
nursery  business,  which  seems  destined  to  increase. 
Owing  to  late  spring  frosts,  peach  and  plum  crops  are. 
too  uncertain  here  to  make  commercial  plantings  advis- 
able. It  is,  however,  a  promising  apple  country,  and 
strawberries,  raspberries  and  blackberries  succeed  well. 
An  undeveloped  but  promising  industry  for  this  region 
would  seem  to  be  the  growing  of  late  crops  of  cabbage 
and  Irish  potatoes  for  the  southern  market.  The  allu- 
vial soils  found  here  seem  well  adapted  for  this  purpose, 
and  all  the  southern  towns  and  cities  offer  a  near  and 
ready  market.  F-  s.  EARLE. 

ALANGIUM  (from  the  Malabar  name).  Corndcere.  A 
few  species  of  shrubs  or  small  trees  of  the  Old  World 
tropics,  with  alternate  entire  evergreen  Ivs.  and  small, 
perfect  purple  fls.  in  axillary  clusters.  Rarely  cult,  in 
Old  World  stoves,  but  probably  not  in  the  Amer.  trade. 

ALASKA,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Pig.  59.  When  con- 
sidered from  a  horticultural  or  agricultural  point  of  view, 
Alaska  may  be  very  conveniently  divided  into  two  divis- 
ions, the  southern  coast  region  and  the  interior.  These 
two  regions  differ  very  materially  in  their  climate,  and 
may  be  ultimately  found  as  unlike  in  their  possibilities. 
The  climate  of  the  coast  region,  which  extends  from 
Dixon's  Entrance  on  the  southeast  to  Unalaska  on  the 
southwest,  is  characterized  by  a  heavy  rainfall,  a  great 
preponderance  of  cloudy  weather,  and  a  rather  low  sum- 
mertemperature,  with  little  or  no  diurnal  variation  in  the 
readings  of  the  thermometer.  The  winter  temperature  is 
not  excessively  cold,  zero  weather  being  seldom  experi- 
enced,while  in  the  summer  it  is  seldom  high.  The  average 
rainfall,  as  shown  by  data  from  the  Government  Weather 
Service,  varies  from  55.9  inches  at  Killisnoo  to  92.1  at 
Unalaska,  about  one-third  of  the  precipitation  falling 
during  the  growing  period,  from  May  to  September.  The 
data  concerning  the  interior  portion  of  the  country  are 
mainly  from  along  the  Yukon  River,  that  being  the  great 
thoroughfare  of  the  region.  Here  the  rainfall  is  slight, 
and  during  summer  clear  skies  are  the  rule.  The  intense 
cold  of  winter  is  followed  by  comparatively  warm  tem- 
perature in  the  summer,  with  a  growing  period  of  about 
four  months,  although  occasional  frosts  have  been  re- 
ported from  the  upper  part  of  the  valley  during  the 
Rummer  months. 


The  soils  of  the  two  regions  are  very  similar,  being 
largely  of  vegetable  origin  overlying  rock  or  glacial  de- 
posits. In  the  coast  region  arable  areas  are  confined  to 
rather  narrow  valleys  and  the  slopes  along  the  sea.  In 
the  interior  are  reported  more  extensive  areas  of  com- 
paratively level  land.  Of  the  coast  region,  the  most  ex- 
tensive area  of  land  adapted  to  cultivation  is  that  on  the 
Kenai  Peninsula,  and,  extending  across  Cook  Inlet,  is 
continued  up  the  Sushitna  River.  This  region,  on  ac- 
count of  its  position  relative  to  ocean  currents,  partakes 
more  of  the  climatic  characteristics  of  the  interior,  al- 
though still  somewhat  modified. 

The  accompanying  map  shows  regions  where  some 
attempts  have  been  made  in  gardening,  from  which  defi- 
nite reports  have  been  secured.  Prom  the  data  at  hand 


59.  Sketch  map  of  Alaska. 


it  seems  probable  that  the  local  supplies  of  hardy  vege- 
tables might  be  produced  nearer  at  hand  than  the  Puget 
Sound.  This  is  undoubtedly  true  of  the  southeastern 
portion  of  the  country,  where  the  production  need  be 
limited  only  by  the  demand  for  such  supplies  and  the 
ability  to  secure  arable  lands  at  a  cost  that  will  permit 
the  producer  to  compete  with  the  Sound  country.  For 
some  time  certain  economic  features  will  enter  into  the 
subject  of  extensive  horticulture.  Among  these  are  the 
high  price  of  labor,  the  standard  being  at  present  deter- 
mined by  the  wages  paid  for  gold  mining,  the  question 
of  transportation,  and  the  rather  limited  markets. 

As  it  exists  at  the  present  time,  horticulture  in  Alaska 
is  of  a  very  primitive  type.  A  few  gardens  here  and 
there,  with  perhaps  a  row  of  berries  along  the  side  and 
an  occasional  fruit  tree,  represents  nearly  all  that  is  done 
along  this  line.  Near  Juneau  and  at  Killisnoo  are  mar- 
ket-gardens of  considerable  importance,  but  elsewhere 
only  small  areas  are  cultivated. 

It  has  been  said  that  during  the  Russian  occupancy 
of  the  country  many  attempts  were  made  to  cultivate 
gardens  and  fields,  but  the  data  are  often  so  meager  and 
contradictory  as  to  throw  doubt  upon  the  sincerity  of 
the  endeavor.  In  the  accompanying  account,  it  is  de- 
sired to  place  on  record  some  of  the  horticultural  achieve- 
ments as  gathered  from  reports  from  gardeners  in  many 
places,  as  well  as  the  personal  observations  of  the  writer 
during  two  seasons  in  the  country 

FRUITS.  — The  great  abundance  both  in  kind  and  quan- 
tity of  native  fruits,  especially  berries,  has  doubtless 
contributed  to  the  delay  in  the  attempted  introduction 
and  cultivation  of  other  sorts.  Some  effort  has  been  made 
in  this  line,  as  is  shown  by  the  presence  at  Sitka  of  a 
number  of  old  apple  trees,  remnants  of  the  Russian  days, 
which  bear  a  very  inferior  fruit.  A  few  young  bearing 
trees  of  unknown  variety  are  grown  at  the  same  place. 
At  Wrangell  there  are  apple  trees  of  what  are  thought  to 
be  the  Red  June  variety  in  bearing,  and  young  thriving 
trees  are  known  to  be  at  Juneau  and  Metlakahtla.  Plum 
and  cherry  trees  have  been  recently  planted  in  several 
places,  but  so  far  have  not  fruited.  The  mountain  ash 
( Sorbus  sambucifolia )  is  grown  as  an  ornamental  tree  in 
a  number  of  places.  Currants  flourish  wherever  planted, 
and  gooseberries  have  been  seen,  but  they  were  usually 


ALASKA 

badly  mildewed.  Cuthbert  raspberries  do  exceedingly 
well  at  WranirHl  and  Sitka,  the  fruit  be i tip:  of  rtne  size 
and  quality.  The  same  is  true  of  strawberries  at  the  sev- 
eral places  where  they  are  cultivated.  Attempts  have 
ht-cn  made  at  a  number  of  places  to  cultivate  some  of  the 
indigenous  fruits,  and  the  dewberry  or  "knesheneka" 
(Ii'itl/H*  ifet{at«M)yWild  currants  (Ribrx  ruhnon  and  R. 
bnn-tcoxnm),  and  the  strawberry  (Fragaria  Clii/<»n- 
sis/)  have  all  been  domesticated,  and  their  fruit  is 
fully  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  the  wild  product. 

VEGETABLES.  —  More  attempts  have  been  made  to  grow 
vegetables  than  fruits,  and  some  definite  data  have  been 
obtained,  showing  what  varieties  are  known  to  be  adapted 
to  Alaskan  conditions.  Most  of  these  data  have  been  se- 
cured from  Sitka  and  Wrangell,  in  the  southeastern  part 
of  the  country,  and  from  the  Holy  Cross  Mission,  near 
Koserefski,  on  the  lower  Yukon.  A  recent  report  from 
t  he  latter  place  states  that  potatoes  of  fine  quality,  weigh- 
ing \y±  pounds,  and  turnips  weighing  5%  pounds,  were 
grown  during  the  summer  of  1898.  In  addition,  notes 
were  given  of  some  of  the  varieties  of  vegetables  adapted 
to  the  region,  as  follows:  Cabbage— Early  Jersey  Wake- 
tield,  Flat  Dutch,  and  Drumhead  ;  cauliflower-Early 
Snowball,  Early  Dwarf  Erfurt ;  turnips  —  Early  Flat 
Dutch,  Yellow  Globe,  and  Extra  Early  Milan  ;  ruta- 
bagas—Improved American;  radish— French  Breakfast 
and  Chartier  ;  onions  — Extra  Early  Red  and  Yellow 
Danvers;  lettuce -Golden  Heart;  peas— American  Won- 
der and  Early  Alaska;  beets— Eclipse  and  Edmand's 
Blood  Turnip  ;  carrot- Oxheart ;  parsley-Extra  Early 
Double  Curled;  celery— White  Plume,  Giant  Pascal; 
rhubarb  —  Victoria. 

The  same  varieties, with  numerous  additions,  have  suc- 
ceeded in  the  coast  region.  Snap  beans,  Challenge  Black 
Wax  and  Golden  Wax,  have  done  fairly  well  at  Sitka, 
where  some  experiments  were  conducted  by  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  during  1898,  a-d  the 
English  Windsor  is  quite  in  its  element.  At  this  place 
the  Philadelphia  Butter  and  San  Francisco  Market  let- 
tuce made  fine  heads  of  a  most  superior  quality.  Par- 
snips and  carrots  grow  well,  and  salsify  and  spinach 
were  successfully  grown  at  Sitka  for  perhaps  the  first 
time.  Peas  were  found  to  grow  and  yield  well,  and  in 
addition  to  the  varieties  above  given,  some  of  the  dwarfs 
and  the  Norwegian  Sugar  peas  continued  to  produce 
their  crop  until  cut  off  by  the  frost.  The  blood  beets, 
Extra  Blood  Turnip  and  Extra  Early  Egyptian,  grew 
well  at  Sitka,  but  in  many  places  beets  are  a  failure  on 
account  of  their  tendency  to  run  to  seed.  This  unde- 
sirable trait  on  the  part  of  biennial  plants  is  shared  by 
other  vegetables,  principally  turnips,  although  cabbage 
and  cauliflower  have  bfen  reported  as  doing  likewise. 
It  is  believed  by  some  growers  that  the  flat  type  of  tur- 
nip is  more  subject  to  run  to  seed  than  the  globe  type. 
Celery  of  exceedingly  fine  quality  has  been  grown  at  a 
number  of  places,  although  at  Kadiak  specimens  were 
seen  in  which  the  central  axis  was  greatly  elongated. 
The  leafstalks  were  also  lengthened  in  about  the  same 
proportion,  and  this  trait  was  not  considered  undesirable. 

Potatoes  are  more  extensively  grown  than  any  other 
crop,  and  the  quality  varies  with  the  variety,  locality, 
season,  and  culture.  Usually  little  choice  is  exercised  in 
the  matter  of  varieties,  but  Polaris,  Beauty  of  Hebron, 
and  Early  Rose  appear  well  adapted  to  the  conditions 
existing  in  this  region.  The  two  last  are  the  most  ex- 
tensively known  varieties,  and  very  favorable  reports 
have  been  received  from  a  few  trials  of  the  Polaris. 
Season  and  method  of  planting  undoubtedly  exert  a 
strong  influence  on  the  crop.  If  the  soil,  which  usually 
contains  a  high  proportion  of  organic  matter  and  mois- 
ture, is  well  drained  or  thrown  up  into  beds,  as  is  the 
custom  in  many  places,  good  potatoes  can  be  grown  in 
the  average  season.  In  some  parts  of  the  country,  espe- 
cially from  Cook  Inlet  westward,  the  natives  cultivate  a 
small  round  potato,  called  the  Russian,  that  seems  to  be 
well  suited  to  the  country.  It  is  said  to  have  been  brought 
from  Siberia  fifty  or  more  years  ago.  Close  planting  of 
potatoes,  as  well  as  almost  every  other  vegetable,  is  the 
rule,  and  often  to  this  fact  alone  may  be  attributed  many 
failures.  The  object  seems  to  be  to  grow  a  large  crop 
by  planting  an  abundance  of  seed.  The  result  is  a  large 
growth  of  tops  that  completely  shade  the  ground,  thin- 
ning being  seldom  or  never  practiced.  Along  the  coast, 


ALASKA 


41 


where  cloudy  weather  is  the  rule,  it  is  safe  to  say  mat 
the  sun's  rays  never  strike  the  ground  after  the  grow- 
ing season  has  become  well  advanced.  Under  such  con- 
ditions it  is  not  an  uncommon  sight  to  see  a  crop  of  small 
potatoes  borne  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves  above  ground, 
no  tubers  being  formed  below  the  surface. 

In  general,  considerable  judgment  is  shown  in  the 
choice  of  garden  sites.  A  southwestern  slope  is  always 
preferred,  and  if  well  drained  the  garden  is  usually  a. 
thrifty  one.  In  many  places  the  earth  is  thrown  up  into 
beds  4  or  5  feet  wide  and  the  crop  planted  crosswise  the 
beds.  Where  it  can  be  easily  obtained,  sand  is  added  to 
warm  and  to  lighten  the  soil.  Kelp  is  extensively  em- 
ployed as  a  fertilizer  in  some  places,  but  its  value  whtn 
added  to  a  soil  already  largely  composed  of  vegetable 
debris  is  questionable.  Gardens  have  been  successfully 
maintained  at  Dawson,  Circle  City,  and  other  of  the  great 
mining  centers  of  the  upper  Yukon,  and  the  dirt  roof  of 
the  miner's  cabin  is  frequently  utilized  for  early  gar- 
dens, the  heat  from  within  supplying  the  necessary 
warmth  required  for  growing  early  radishes,  onions, 
lettuce,  turnips,  etc. 

WILD  BERRIES.  — The  abundance  of  native  fruits,  espe- 
cially of  berries,  has  already  been  mentioned,  and  an 
enumeration  of  some  of  them  would  seem  not  out  of  place. 
Of  widest  distribution  are  the  salmonberries  (Rubus 
spectabilis,  Fig.  60),  two  so-called  cranberries  (  Vibur- 
num pauciflorum  and  Vaccinium  Vitis-Idcea).  currants 
(  Ribes  rubrum,R.bracteosum,  and  R.  laxiflorum),crovr- 
berries  (Empetrum  nigrum),  huckleberries  (  Vaccinium 
uliginosum  and  its  var.  mucronatum),  blueberries  (  V. 
ovali folium),  red  huckleberries  (  V.  parviflonim),  the 
molka  or  baked-apple  berry  (Rubus  Chamcemorus)  im- 
properly called  salmonberry  in  the  interior,  and  rasp- 
berries (Rubus  strigosus).  Of  less  gen- 
eral distribution,  yet  very  abundant  in 
places,  may  be  mentioned  strawberries 
(Fragaria  Chiloensis),  dewberries  (Ru- 
bus stellatus),  thim- 
ble berries  (R.  par- 
viflorus),ssi\&l(Gatil- 
theria  Shallon),  bog 
cranberries  (  Vaccin- 
ium Oxy  coccus),  bear- 
berries  (Arctostoph- 
ylos  alpina),  etc. 


60.  Salmonberry,  one  of  the  wild  fruits  of  Alaska. 

FLORICULTURE.—  This  branch  of  horticulture  is  r.ot 
wholly  neglected  in  Alaska,  although  but  few  data  are 
available.  Many  of  the  hardier  plants  of  the  old-fash- 
ioned flower  garden  are  to  be  seen.  Pansies  of  great  size 
and  brilliant  color  are  common,  and  they  remain  in 
flower  all  summer.  In  some  parts  of  the  country  sweet 
peas  do  well,  and  poppies,  nasturtiums,  mignonette, 


42 


ALASKA 


ALEURITES 


sweet  alyssum,  chrysanthemums,  stock,  candytuft,  ver- 
benas, and  marigolds  are  not  uncommon  where  any  at- 
tempt is  made  to  grow  flowers.  Window  gardens  and 
boxes  add  many  sorts  to  the  list  already  given. 

A  single  season's  experimentation  at  Sitka,  under  the 
direction  of  the  Office  of  Experiment  Stations,  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  has  shown  that  much 
can  be  accomplished  in  horticulture  if  rational  methods 
of  culture  and  a  proper  selection  of  varieties  and  seed 
be  followed.  WALTER  H.  EVANS. 

For  further  information,  consult  Yearbook  of  Dept.  of 
Agric.  for  1897,  and  Bulletin  48,  Office  Exp.  Sta.,  Dept. 
Agric.  L.  H.  B. 

ALBEBTA  (from  Albertus  Grotus,  commonly  known 
as  Albertus  Magnus).  Rubidcce.  Tender  evergreen 
shrub  from  Natal,  suitable  for  greenhouse.  Little 
known  in  commerce  in  this  country. 

magna,  E.  Mey.  Bark  pale  :  Ivs.  4-5  in.  long,  obovate- 
oblong,  obtuse,  entire,  narrowed  into  a  short,  stout  pet- 
iole ;  midrib  stout :  panicle  terminal,  erect,  6  in.  high 
and  nearly  as  broad  at  the  base  ;  corolla  tube  1  in.  long, 
slightly  swelling  in  upper  part ;  lobes  5,  small,  triangu- 
lar, recurved.  B.M.  7454.  G.C.  III.  22:  416.  Gn.  53:1171. 

ALBfZZIA  (after  Albizzi,  an  Italian  naturalist).  Le- 
guminosce.  Trees  or  shrubs,  unarmed  :  Ivs.  alternate, 
bipinnate  ;  leaflets  small,  oblique  :  fls.  in  axillary,  pe- 
duncled  spikes  or  globular  heads  ;  calyx  and  corolla 
tubular  and  5-lobed  ;  stamens  long,  exserted  :  fr.  a 
large  strap-shaped  pod.  Twenty-five  species  in  trop. 
and  subtrop.  regions  of  Asia,  Afr.  and  Austral.  Orna- 
mental trees  and  shrubs  with  graceful,  feathery  foliage 
and  yellowish,  white  or  red  fls.  in  summer.  For  cult., 
see  Acacia. 

A.    Fls.  in  cylindrical  axillary  spikes  :    Ivs. 
semi-persistent. 

lophantha,  Benth.  (Acacia  lophdntha,  Willd.).  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  6-20  ft. :  Ivs.  with  14-24  pinnae,  each  with 
40-60  leaflets,  about  5  lines  long,  linear,  obtuse  :  spikes 
mostly  2,  about  2  in.  long,  yellowish.  S.W.Australia. 
B.M.  2108.  B.E.  5:361.  L.B.C.  8: 716. -Sometimes  cult, 
as  greenhouse  shrub  and  flowering  in  spring,  and  in  the 
open  in  the  S.  Often  known  as  Acacia  speciosa.  There 
is  a  var.  gigantea  in  the  trade. 

AA.   Fls.  in  globular  heads  :  Ivs .  deciduous . 
B.    Stamens  united  only  at  the  base. 
c.   Leaflets  ovate  or  oblong,  obtuse. 

Lebbek,  Benth.  (Acacia  Lebbek,  Willd.  A.  speci- 
dsa,  Willd.).  Tall  tree  :  Ivs.  with  4-8  pinnae,  each  with 
10-18  leaflets,  obliquely  oblong  or  oval,  l-l%in.  long, 
nearly  sessile:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  in  short-peduncled, 
axillary  heads,  3-4  together.  Trop.  Asia,  N.  Austral. 

occidentals,  Brandeg.  Small  tree,  15-25  ft. :  Ivs.  with 
8  pinnae,  each  with  6-10  leaflets,  oblique-oval,  %-l%in. 
long,  glabrous:  fls.  yellowish,  in  axillary  heads.  June- 
July.  Mex.,  Low.  Calif. — Perhaps  only  a  variety  of  A. 
Lebbek,  and  not  indigenous. 

odoratissima,  Benth.  (Acacia  odoratissima,  Willd.). 
Tall  tree:  Ivs.  with  downy  rachis;  pinnae  6-14,  each  with 
16-50  leaflets,  oblique-oblong,  %-l  in.  long,  glaucous 
beneath  :  heads  few-fld.,  numerous,  greenish  white, 
forming  large,  terminal  panicles.  E.  Ind. 

prdcera,  Benth.  (Acacia  prdcera,  Willd.).  Tall  tree: 
Ivs.  with  nearly  glabrous  rachis;  pinnae  6-10,  each  with 
12-16  leaflets,  oblique-oblong,  l-l^in.  long,  glabrous: 
heads  few-fld.,  greenish  white,  forming  large,  terminal 
panicles.  Trop.  Asia,  Austral. 

Moluccana,  Miq.  Tree  :  rachis  of  the  Ivs.  with  many 
glands;  pinnae  14,  each  with  12-40  leaflets,  obliquely  el- 
liptic-oblong, glaucous  and  pubescent  beneath.  Moluccas. 

cc.   Leaflets  falcate,  with,  the  midrib  close  to  the  upper 

edge,  acute. 

Julibrissin,  Durazz.  (Acacia  Julibrissin,  Willd.  A. 
Nemu,  Willd.  Albizzia  rbsea,  Carr.).  Tree,  30-40  ft.: 
rachis  of  the  Ivs.  with  a  small  gland  at  the  base;  pinnae 
8-24,  with  numerous  leaflets,  falcate-oblong,  Kin.  long: 
heads  pink,  crowded  on  the  upper  end  of  the  branches. 


Trop.  and  subtrop.  Asia  and  Afr.  R.H.  1870:  490.  F.S. 
21:2199.  — This  plant  is  the  hardiest  species,  and  will 
stand  many  degrees  of  frost.  Hardy  as  far  north  as 
Washington. 

Var.  mollis,  Benth.  (A.  mdllis,  Boiss.  Acacia  mdllis, 
Wall.).  Leaflets  broader,  densely  pubescent. 

stipulata,  Boiss.  (Acacia  stipuldta,  DC.).  Tall  tree  : 
young  branches  with  large,  persistent  stipules:  rachis 
of  the  Ivs.  with  many  glands,  pubescent;  pinnae  12-40, 
with  numerous  leaflets,  oblong-linear,  %-%in.  long,  pu- 
bescent beneath:  heads  in  axillary  simple  or  terminal 
compound  racemes.  Trop.  Asia. 

BB.    Stamens  connate  into  a  long,  narrow  tube. 

fastigiata,  Oliv.  (Zygia  fastigiata,  E.Mey.).  Tree  : 
branches  and  petioles  rusty-pubescent  ;  pinnae  8-14, 
each  with  16-30  leaflets,  trapezoid-oblong,  %-%in.  long, 
pubescent  beneath :  heads  in  terminal  corymbs  on  che 
end  of  the  branches.  Trop.  Afr.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ALBtTCA  (whitish ;  the  color  of  the  first-described 
species).  Lilidcece.  Tender  bulbs  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  allied  to  Ornithogalum,  and  treated  in  the 
same  way.  Prop,  by  offsets  or  seeds. 

aurea,  Jacq.  Bracts  yellow  :  fls.  10-30,  pale  yellow, 
upright. 

major,  Linn.  Bracts  red  :  fls.  6-15,  greenish  yellow, 
nodding.  B.M.  804.  L.B.C.  12:  1191. 

ALCHEMlLLA  (from  an  Arabic  name).  Rosacece. 
Hardy  herbaceous  perennials  with  corymbose,  incon- 
spicuous fls.,  suitable  for  rockeries  and  front  rows  of 
borders.  Of  easiest  culture.  Height  6-8  in.  Prop,  by 
division  or  seeds.  Native  in  Eu.,  and  A.  arve"nsis  is 
sparingly  naturalized  in  this  country.  There  are  also 
tropical  species. 

alpina,  Bieb.  Lvs.  digitate,  5-7  cut  ;  leaflets  usually 
7,  lanceolate-cuneate,  obtuse,  serrate  at  apex,  silky  hairy 
beneath,  shiny.  Eu. 

sericea,  Willd,  Lvs.  larger  than  in  A.  alpina,  5-7 
nerved,  digitate;  leaflets  7,  lanceolate,  acute,  deeply  ser- 
rate from  the  middle  to  apex,  downy  beneath.  Cau- 
casus. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  (A.  montana,  Schmidt).  LADY'S  MAN- 
TLE. Lvs.  7-9  nerved,  7-9  cut  ;  reniform,  plicate-con- 
cave.  N.  Temp.  Zone.  j  R  ^^ 

ALDEE.    See  Alnus. 

ALETBIS  (Greek  word  for  female  slave  who  ground 
corn;  alluding  to  apparent  mealiness  of  the  fls.).  ffce- 
madordcece.  Hardy  perennial,  smooth,  stemless,  bitter 
herbs.  Lvs.  thin,  flat,  lanceolate,  grass-like,  in  a  spread- 
ing cluster:  fls.  small,  in  a  spiked  raceme,  terminating 
a  slender  scape  2-3  ft.  high;  perianth  not  woolly,  but 
wrinkled  and  roughened  with  thick  set  points  which  give 
a  mealy  appearance.  July-Aug.  They  like  a  moist  but 
sunny  situation.  Prop,  slowly  by  division  or  seeds. 

aurea,  Walt.  Fls.  bell-shaped,  fewer  and  shorter  than 
in  A.  farinosa,  yellow  ;  lobes  short,  ovate.  Eastern  N. 
Amer.  B.M.  1418,  erroneously  as  A.  farinosa. 

farinosa,  Linn.  Fls.  longer  and  more  tubular  than  in 
A.  aurea,  white  ;  lobes  lanceolate-oblong.  N.  Amer. 
L.B.C.  12:1161. 

Japonica,  Hort.  Fls.  reddish  or  deep  purple,  in  long 
spikes.  j.  B.  KELLER. 

ALEUElTES  (Greek:  farinose  or  floury).  Euphor- 
biaceiK.  Half  dozen  or  less  tropical  species  of  evergreen 
trees,  with  small  momjecious  white  fls.  in  terminal,  lax 
cymes  and  alternate,  entire  or3-lobed  Ivs.  with  2  glands 
at  the  top  of  the  petiole. 

triloba,  Forst.  CANDLENUT,  or  CANDLEBERRY  TREK. 
Small  tree,  with3-5-lobed  pubescent  Ivs.,  originally  from 
the  eastern  tropics,  but  now  widely  distributed  :  cult, 
for  its  edible  nut,  which  is  spheroidal,  nearly  2  in.  in 
diam.,  2-loculed,  each  compartment  containing  a  walnut- 
like  seed.  The  dried  kernels  are  burned  for  illumina- 
tion by  natives.  The  nuts  yield  oil  which  is  used  in 
food  or  as  a  dryer  in  paint.  The  oil  is  variously  known 
as  Indian  Walnut  Oil,  Kekune  Oil,  Kukui  Oil.  Spar- 
ingly cult,  in  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla.  Fruits  in  S.  Calif. 


ALEURITES 


ALLAMANDA 


43 


cordata.  Steud.   Lvs.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  deeply 
cordate,  '.'-'•>  cuspidate  or  lobed.    S-  China.—  Yields  an 


excellent  lac  varnish. 


S.  China.  — Yields  an 
L.  H.  B. 


ALFALFA,  LUCERNE  (Jfedicago  saliva.  Linn.).  A 
deep-rooted  perennial  forage  plant  of  the  Leguminosce. 
The  plant  grows  a  foot  or  two  high,  bears  pinnate  Ivs. 
with  :*  ovate-oblong  toothed  leaflets,  and  small  head-like 
racemes  of  purple  clover-shaped  fls.  It  is  native  to  Eu. 
In  the  arid  parts  of  the  U.  S.  it  is  the  staple  hay  and 
foraire  plant,  and  it  is  also  grown  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent in  the  E.  Two  to  six  mowings  may  be  made  each 
year  from  established  meadows.  Fifteen  to  20  Ibs.  of 
seed  are  sown  to  the  acre;  and  the  seed  is  preferably 
sown  alone,  without  another  crop.  Alfalfa  should  not  be 
pastured  the  first  year.  In  two  or  three  years  it  be- 
comes thoroughly  established  and  productive,  and  it 
should  continue  for  many  years.  June  grass  often  runs 
it  out  in  a  cool,  moist  climate.  Alfalfa  often  becomes 
a  weed  in  waste  places. 

ALFILERIA.  The  West  American  or  Spanish  name 
for  ErbdiHiH  cicutarium,  L'Her.  Geranidcece.  A  hairy 
annual  which  is  used  for  pasture  in  dry  regions. 


ALGA,  plural  ALGJE.  A  general  name  for  chloro- 
phyll-bearing thallophytes.  They  are  flowerless  plants, 
allied  to  the  fungi,  and  generally  inhabit  water.  Those 
occurring  in  salt  water  are  known  as  seaweeds.  None 
are  cultivated.  The  green  "  moss"  on  flower-pots  is  made 
up  of  algze. 

ALGAROBA  is  the  fruit  of  Ceratonia  siliqua 

ALHAGI  (its  Mauritanian  name).  Legumindsw.  Low, 
•spiny,  much  branched  shrubs:  Ivs.  oblong,  small,  ob- 
tuse, entire,  alternate  :  fls.  papilionaceous,  in  few-fld. 
racemes.  Summer.  Three  closely  allied  species  from 
Greece  and  Egypt  to  Himalayas,  producing  the  Persian 
or  Alhagi  Manna.  They  may  be  cult,  in  temperate  re- 
gions in  dry  and  sunny  positions  and  prop,  by  seeds  and 
greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  with  a  little  bottom 
heat. 

A.  camelbrum,  Fisch.  CAMEL'S  THORN.  Glabrous  at  length  : 
ovary  glabrous.  Cau.  to  Himal.  —  A.  maurdrum,  DC.  Pubes- 
cent :  ovary  pubescent.  Egypt  to  Persia.  —  A.  grcecbrum,  Boiss. 
Very  spiny  and  more  densely  pubescent  :  ovary  pubescent. 
Greece.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ALlSMA  (derivation  doubtful).  Alism&cew.  Hardy 
aquatics,  with  small  white  or  pale  rose  fls.  on  scapes 
with  whorled,  panicled  branches.  Perennial  by  a  stout 
proliferous  corm.  Useful  in  ponds.  Prop,  by  division 
or  seeds. 

Plantago,  Linn.  WATER  PLANTAIN.  Lvs.  variable, 
but  usually  broadly  cordate-ovate  ;  thinner  and  nar- 
rower when  growing  under  water.  Panicle  1-2  ft.  long. 
Common  in  swales  and  still  waters  in  U.  S.;  also  inEu. 

A.  natans,  Linn.,  is  now  referred  to  the  monotypic  genus 
Elisma  (E.  natans,  Buch.).  It  is  native  to  Eu.,  and  is  offered  in 
foreign  catalogues.  Fl.  white,  single,  on  a  long  peduncle:  float- 
ing Ivs.  elliptic  and  obtuse. 

ALKANNA,  ALKANET.   See  Anchusa. 
ALKEKENGI.    See  Physalis. 

ALLAMANDA  (Dr.  Allamand,  Leyden).  Apocynacece. 
Greenhouse  shrubs,  mostly  climbers.  Lvs.  entire, 
whorled:  fls.  terminal,  large  and  funnel-shaped,  with  a 
flat-spreading  or  reflexed  limb,  the  tube  inflated  below 
the  throat:  ovary  1-loculed:  stamens  5,  the  filaments 
very  short. 

Allamandas  are  of  easy  culture.  They  are  usually 
grown  in  the  ground  or  in  large  tubs,  and  trained  on  the 
rafters.  For  best  results,  they  should  have  plenty  of 
sun.  The  bushy  kinds,  as  A.  neriifolia,  A.  grandiflora 
and  A.  Williamsi,  may  be  grown  as  specimen  plants 
in  pots.  The  strong  kinds,  as  A.  Schottii,  are  some- 
times used  as  stocks  upon  which  to  graft  the  weaker 
ones,  particularly  if  roof  plants  are  desired.  Prop,  by 
cuttings  of  growing  wood  in  a  bottom  heat  of  75°  ;  also 
by  layers.  The  species  are  much  confused. 
A.  Fls.  purple. 

Blanch6tii,  DC.  (A.  violdcea,  Gardn.).  Lvs.  in  4's, 
hairy  on  both  sides  :  fls.  in  terminal  clusters,  3  in.  across, 


salmon-purple:   habit  of  A.  cathartica.    Brazil.    B.M. 
7122.    Int.  into  U.  S.  in  1893. 

AA.    Fls.  yellow  or  orange. 
B.    Corolla  with  a  swollen  or  bulb-like  base. 
neriifdlia,  Hook.   A  stocky,  bushy  grower,  useful  for 
pots,  although  it  usually  needs  to  be  staked  or  grown 
against  a  support  if  allowed  to  take  its  full  course:  Ivs. 
in  H's-5's,  glabrous,  oblong  or  elliptic,  acuminate  :  co- 
rolla smaller  than  A.  Schottii  or  A.  Hendersoni,  deeper 
yellow,  streaked  with  orange.     S.  Amer.     B.M.  4594. 

—  Early  and  profuse  bloomer. 

BB.    Corolla  tube  long,  slender  and  stem-like. 

c.  Lvs.  and  calyx  more  or  less  hairy. 
nobilis,  Moore.  A  strong,  tall  climber,  with  purple 
twigs:  Ivs.  in  3's  or  4's,  large,  acuminate,  very  short- 
stalked:  fls.  very  large  (4-5  in.  across),  nearly  circular 
in  outline  of  limb,  bright,  clear  yellow,  with  magnolia- 
like  odor.  Finest  fls.  in  the  genus.  Braz.  B.M.  5764. 

cc.    Lvs.  and  calyx  glabrous  (except  perhaps  in  A. 

Williamsi). 

D.   Plant  tall-climbing. 

cathartica,  Linn.  Lvs.  rather  small,  obovate,  usually 
in  4's,  and  more  or  less  wavy-margined,  thin,  acuminate : 
fls.  golden  yellow,  white-marked  in  the  throat,  the  lobes 
acuminate  on  one  angle,  3  in.  or  less  across,  the  tube 
gibbous  or  curved.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  338.  P.M.  8:77. 

—  The  species  first  described,  but  now  rarely  seen  in 
cultivation. 

Sch6ttii,  Pohl.  Strong-growing,  suitable  for  rafters: 
young  shoots  and  petioles  slightly  pubescent,  the  older 
stems  warty:  Ivs.  in  3's  or  4's,  broadly  lanceolate  and 
acuminate:  corolla  large,  rich  yellow,  the  throat  darker 
and  beautifully  striped.  Braz.  B.M.  4351,  but  this  por- 
trait is  considered  by  Index  Ke  wen  sis  to  belong  to  A. 
cathartica.  A.  magnifica,  introdxiced  into  the  U.  S.  in 
1893,  is  probably  a  form  of  this  species. 

H§ndersoni,  Bull.  (A.  Wardley&na,  Lebas.).  Fig.  61. 
Tall  and  vigorous,  free-flowering,  excellent  for  roofs: 


61.   Allamanda  Hendersoni  (X  %). 

glabrous:  Ivs.  large,  elliptic-ovate,  thick  and  leathery, 
in  4's:  fls.  large,  yellow-orange,  with  5  light  spots  in  the 
throat,  the  corolla  of  thick  substance,  purplish  on  the 
exterior  when  in  bud.  Gn.  29:542.  I.H.  12:452.— The 
commonest  Allamanda  in  this  country.  By  some  authori- 
ties considered  to  be  a  variety  of  A.  cathartica;  by  oth- 
ers referred  to  A .  Schottii.  Int.  from  Guiana  by  Hender- 
son &  Co.,  St.  John's  Wood,  England,  and  distributed 
by  Bull  about  1865. 


44 


ALLAMANDA 


ALLIUM 


DD.    Plant  erect-bushy. 

grandiflora,  Lara.  St.  thin  and  wiry:  Ivs.  thin,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  pointed,  usually  in  3's :  tts.  somewhat  smaller 
than  those  of  A.  Hendersoni  but  larger  than  A.  cathar- 
tica,  lemon-  or  primrose-yellow.  Braz.  Gn.  39  :  794. 
P.  M.  12:  79.  — Thrives  well  when  grafted  on  stronger 
kinds. 

Williams!,  Hort.  Very  dwarf:  Ivs.  and  young  growth 
generally  somewhat  pubescent,  the  Ivs.  lonurand  narrow, 
acuminate,  usually  in  4's  :  fls.  in  continuous  clusters, 
rather  smaller  than  those  of  A .  Hendersoni  and  of  better 
substance,  fragrant.  Gn.  40:  832.  — Certificated  in  Eng. 
in  1891  by  B.  S.Williams  &  Son,  and  int.  in  U.  S.  in  1893. 
Supposed  to  be  a  hybrid.  Promising  for  pots. 

L.  H.  B. 

ALL-HEAL.    See  Brunella  vulgaris. 

ALLIGATOE    PEAK,  AGUACATE,  AVOCADO.    See 

Per  sea. 

ALLIUM  (ancient  Latin  name).  Liliacece.  Bulbous 
plants,  mostly  cult,  in  the  open  ;  but  a  few,  of  which  A . 
Neapolitanum  is  an  example,  are  of tener  grown  indoors. 
Fls.  in  a  simple  umbel,  from  a  1-2-lvd.  usually  scarious 
spathe;  stamens  and  perianth  segments  6;  style  slender, 
the  stigma  either  entire  or  parted. 

Alliums  are  of  the  easiest  cult.,  for  which  consult 
BULBS.  For  the  vegetable-garden  members  of  the  genus, 
see  CHIVES,  GARLIC,  LEEK,  ONION,  SHALLOT.  A  Ilium 
vineale,  a  bad  weed  in  parts  of  the  northeastern  states, 
has  a  slender  scape  sheathed  below  with  hollow  thread- 
shaped  Ivs.,  ana  greenish  rose-colored  fls.  (or  bulblets 
in  the  place  of  fls.). 

The  following  species  are  known  to  be  in  the  Amer. 
trade  :  acuminatum,  No.  4  ;  anceps,  26  ;  attenuifolium, 
21;  Bidwellise,23;  Bolanderi,  17;  cernuum,  9;  Cusickii, 
16;  falcifolium,  25;  fimbriatum,  24;  Geyeri,  13;  haema- 
tochiton,  11;  Hermettii,  3;  madidum,  15;  Moly,  1;  Nea- 


62.  Allium  Neapolitanum. 

politanum,3;  platycaule,27;  reticulatum,  12;  roseum,5; 
Sanbornii,  20;  scaposum,  14;  Schoenoprasum,  8 ;  senes- 
cens,  6;  serratum,  22;  stellatum,  19;  tricoccum,  7;  uni- 
folium,  18;  validum,  10;  Victorialis,  2. 

A.  Camptchdticum,  catalogued  by  Meehan,  is  perhaps 
a  form  of  some  other  species.  It  is  described  as  "dull 
pink.  July.  1%  ft.1' 


I.  Exotic  garden  Alliums. 

A.    Fls.  yellow. 

1.  Moly,  Linn.    Lvs.  flat,  broad  :   fls.  numerous,  in  a 
dense  umbel,  in  early  spring.     S.  Eu.    B.M.  499.— Well 
known,  and  a  favorite  for  massing.    Hardy  in  the  N. 

AA.    Fls.  white  or  whitish. 
B.   Lvs.  very  broad,  obtuse. 

2.  Victorialis;  Linn.    Tall  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  broad-oblong, 
short  :  fls.  greenish  white,  in  large  heads.    Spring.    Si- 
beria.   B.M.  1222.- Hardy. 

BB.    Lvs.  narrow,  acute  or  tapering. 

3.  Neapolitanum,  Cyr.    Fig.  62.    Lvs.  long  and  rather 
narrow,  loose-spreading,  shorter   than  the   scape  :    fls. 
large,  pure  white,  with  colored  stamens  on  long  pedicels. 
Eu.— Needs  protection  if  grown  outdoors.    Much  used 
for  cut-flowers  in  winter  and  spring.    The  most  popular 
species,   A.   Herm&ttii    grandiflorum,   recently     intro- 
duced from  Holland,  is  a  clear  white  odorous  variety, 
well  adapted  to  forcing. 

AAA.    Fls.  pink,  rose,  or  lilac. 
B.    Segments  with  recurved  tips. 

4.  acuminatum,  Hook.    Scape  4-10  in.:    Ivs.  2-4,  not 
longer  than  the  scape,  very  narrow  :  umbel  many-fld.: 
perianth  segments  a  third  longer  than  the  stamens,  the 
inner  ones  serrulate.    W.  Amer. 

BB.    Segments  not  recurved. 

5.  roseum,  Linn.    Scape  12-18  in. :  Ivs.  narrow,  with  in- 
rolled  tips:  fls.  few  (10-12),  on  long  pedicels  in  an  open 
umbel.    S.  Eu.    B.M.  978. 

6.  senescens,  Linn.    Scape  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  narrow,  erect, 
often  twisted:   fls.  rather  small,  numerous,  in  a  rather 
dense  head.    Eu.   B.M.  1150. 

II.  The  above  species  comprise  those  which  are  in  gen- 
eral cultivation  in  this  country.  Aside  from  these  there 
are  various  native  species,  mostly  from  western  Amer- 
ica, which  are  offered  by  dealers  in  American  plants. 
These  are  recorded  below.  Monograph  of  American  Alli- 
ums by  Sereno  Watson, in  Proc.Amer.Acad.  Sci.  14:  226. 

A.    Bulbs  clustered,  narrowly  oblong ;  scape  terete. 
B.    Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate,  2  or  8. 

7.  tric6ccum,  Ait.   COMMON  WILD  LEEK.   Fls.  greenish 
white  on  scape  4-12  in.  high  in  early  spring.    Grows  in 
clumps.   N.  Eng.  to  Wis.  and  N.  C. 

BB.    Lvs.  terete  and  hollow,  several. 

8.  Schoendprasum,  Linn.    CIVES  or  CHIVES.    Fls.  rose- 
color,  in  dense  little  heads:  Ivs.  short,  in  dense  mats. 
N.  U.  S.  and  Eu. 

BBB.   Lvs.  linear,  flat  or  channelled. 

9.  cernuum,  Roth.    Fls.  rose-colored  or  white,  in  open, 
nodding  umbels.   Alleghanies  W. 

10.  validum,  Wats.    Fls.  rose-colored  or  nearly  white, 
in  dense  erectish  umbels  :    scape  l-2%ft.,  very   stout. 
Nev.,Cal.,  Or. 

11.  haematochiton,  Wats.     Fls.  deep  rose,  in  a  small, 
erect  umbel  :   bulb-coats  deep  red  :    scape  1  ft.  or  less 
high.    Cal. 

AA.    Bulbs  usually  solitary,  globose  to  ovate  : 
scape  terete  or  nearly  so. 
B.    Coats  of  bulbs  fibrous. 

12.  reticulatum,  Fraser.     Scape  3-8  in. :  fls.  white  to 
rose,  with  thin  segments.   W.  Amer.    B.M.  1840,  as  A. 
stellatum. 

13.  Geyeri,  Wats.    A  foot  high  :   fls.  rose,  with  broad 
acute  segments.    W.  Amer. 

BB.    Coats  of  bulbs  not  fibrous. 

c.    Lvs.  2  or  several. 
D.    Ovary  with  only  3  crests,  or  none  at  all. 

14.  scaposum,  Benth.     Fls.   white,  red-veined,   in    a 
loose,  few-fld.  umbel  :  bulbs  dark  :  scape  1  ft.  or  more. 
W.  Amer. 

15.  madidum,  Wats.   Fls.  white  or  nearly  so,  in  a  many- 
fld. umbel:  bulbs  white:  scape  less  than  1ft.,  angled.  Or. 

16.  Cusickii,Wats.  Fls.  rather  numerous,  nearly  white: 
Ivs.  2,  %in.  wide:  scape  3-4  in.    Or. 


ALLIUM 


ALMOND 


45 


17.  Bolanderi,  \\  ats.  Fls.  rose,  few,  the  segments  ser- 
rulate: scape  4-10  in.  Calif. 

IS.  unifolium,  Kellogg.  Lvs.  several,  narrow  and  flat: 
scape  stout,  1-2  ft.:  Us.  rose,  10-30,  the  segments  ovate- 
lanceolate,  exceeding  stamens  and  style.  Calif. 

DD.   Ovary  distinctly  6-crettedf  /V.s1.  u. *n<t  1 1 y  rose-colored. 
E.    Scope  usually  more  than  /;  hi.  high  (in  the  wild). 

19.  stellatum,  Eraser.    Bulb-coats  reddish :  scape  6-18 
in.;  pedicels  ^-/4  in.  long;  stamens  and  styles  exserted. 
W.  Amer.     B.M.  1576. 

20.  Sanbornii,  Wood.    Bulb-scales  white:  scape  12-24 
in.:  pedicels  shorter;  umbel  densely  many-fld. ;  stamens 
and  styles  exserted.    Calif. 

21.  attenuifdlium,  Kellogg.     Lvs.  channelled  :    scape 
slender,  6-15  in.,  leafy  below;  umbel  dense  ;  fls.  nearly 
white.    W.  Amer. 

EE.    Scape  usually  less  than  6  in.  high  (in  the  wild). 

22.  serratum,  Wats.     Lvs.  very   narrow  :    filaments 
broadened  at  the  base.    W.  Amer. 

23.  Bidwelliae,  Wats.     Scape  2-3  in.:   umbel  few-fid., 
the  pedicels  Kin.  long  :  filaments  filiform.    Calif. 

CO.    Jjf.  solitary,  linear  or  filifo>m:  scape  2-5  in.  high: 
capsule  6-crested. 

24.  fimbriatum,    Wats.     Lf.    filiform   and    revolute  : 
scape  3  in.:  fls.  deep  rose  ,  stigma  3-cleft.    S.  Calif. 

AA.    Bulbs  mostly  solitary  :  scape  stout,  2-winged  : 

Ivs.  2,  broad. 
B.    Stamens  not  exserted. 

25.  falcifdlium,  Hook.  &  Am.    Fls.  rose,  the  segments 
minutely  glandular-serrate  and  twice  longer  than  sta- 
mens :  scape  2-3  in.    W.  Amer. 

26.  anceps,  Kellogg.    Fls.  white,  with  purplish  veins, 
the  segments  little  longer  than  stamens.    Calif.,  Or. 

BB.    Stamens  exserted. 

27.  platycaule,  Wats.    Fls.  rose,  the  segments  long- 
acuminate:  scape3-5in.    Calif.  B.M.  6227,  as  A.  anceps. 

L.  H.  B. 

ALLOPLECTUS  (diversely  plaited  ;  referring  to  ap- 
pearance of  the  calyx).  Gesneracece.  Tender  tropical 
evergreen  shrubby  plants,  with  tubular  yellowish  axillary 
fls.,  borne  singly,  to  be  grown  in  hothouses  and  given 
the  treatment  required  by  Gesneras. 

A.  rbpens,  Hook.  Trailing  by  means  of  roots  thrown  out  be- 
tween the  pairs  of  Ivs.:  Ivs.  ovate,  coarsely  serrate,  hairy  or 
smooth:  calyx  pale  green,  blotched  with  purple;  corolla  yellow, 
tinged  red,  gaping ;  tube  swollen  at  the  base ;  limb  of  four  spread- 
ing segments,  the  uppermost  being  twice  cut.  E.  Ind.  B.M.  4250. 
— A.  sparsiflbrus,~blart.  Erect:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  acute  entire; 
petiole  and  nerves  beneath  often  red  :  calyx  of  5  cordate  or  tri- 
angular dark  blood  or  purple  sepals,  forming  a  striking  contrast 
to  the  yellow  club-shaped  densely  hairy  corolla;  limb  of  corolla 
of  5  equal  segments.  Braz.  B.  M.  4216,  erroneously  as  A. 
dichrous. 

ALLSPICE.  The  dry  berry  of  the  Pimento  (Pimenta 
officinalis,  Lindl.),  an  evergreen  tree  of  the  Myrtacecn. 
The  tree  grows  in  the  W.  Indies.  Jamaica  yields  much 
of  the  product.  The  fresh  berry  is  about  the  size  of  a 
pea.  It  is  borne  in  clusters.  The  word  allspice  is  also 
applied  to  various  plants  with  aromatic  fragrance,  as 
Calycanthus. 

ALMOND.  A  name  given  to  the  tree  and  fruit  of  Pru- 
nus  Amjgdalut,  Baill.  (Amygdalus  communis,  Linn.), 
of  the  Rosactce.  It  is  also  applied  to  certain  dwarf  orna- 
mental trees  or  bushes,  as  Flowering  Almond  (see  Pru- 
nus).  The  Almond  has  been  cultivated  from  time  im- 
memorial. It  is  thought  to  be  native  to  the  Mediterranean 
basin.  Some  enquirers  have  supposed  it  to  be  the  original 
of  the  peach,  but  this  idea  is  evidently  untenable.  The 
flowers  are  peach-like  and  handsome  (Fig.  63).  The 
Almond  nut  of  commerce  is  the  pit  or  stone  of  a  peacfh- 
like  fruit  (Fig.  64).  The  fleshy  part,  which  is  so  thick 
and  edible  in  the  peach,  is  thin  and  hard,  and  it  splits  at 
maturity.  There  are  two  general  tribes  or  races  of 
Almonds,—  the  bitter  and  the  sweet.  The  former  has  a 
bitter  kernel,  which  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  flavor- 
ing extracts  and  prussic  acid.  It  is  grown  mostly  in 
Mediterranean  countries.  Of  the  sweet  or  edible  Al- 


6J.    Flower  of  common 
Almond  (X  %). 


monds,  there  are  two  classes,—  the  hard-shell  and  the 
soft-shell.  The  former  is  of  little  value,  and  is  not  grown 
to  any  extent.  The  soft-shell  type  produces  the  edible 
Almonds  of  commerce.  Some  of  the  thinnest-shelled 
forms  are  known  as  Paper-shells.  It  was  once  thought 
that  almond-growing  could  be  successfully  practiced  in 
the  peach-growing  sections  of 
the  East,  but  vagaries  of  late 
spring  frosts,  and  other  difficul- 
ties, have  caused  the  effort  to  be 
abandoned  commercially.  Indi- 
vidual Almond  trees  are  occa- 
sionally seen,  and  they  fre- 
quently bear  profusely.  They 
are  nearly  as  hardy  as  the  peach. 
The  commercial  cultivation  of 
the  Almond  is  confined  to  west- 
ern America,  and  the  remainder 
of  this  account  is,  therefore, 
written  from  the  Californian 
standpoint.  L.  H.  B. 

Almond-growing  in  California 
has  received  the  attention  of 
horticulturists  for  nearly  half  a 
century,  and  during  the  whole 
of  its  course  the  industry  has 
been  marked  by  vicissitudes 
which,  it  must  be  admitted,  are 
not  yet  ended.  Two  chief  sources  of  difficulty  are  now 
clearly  discerned  to  have  attended  the  effort  from  its  be- 
ginning, and  present  knowledge  may  enable  planters  to 
avoid,  in  the  future,  errors  which  have  led  to  much  dis- 
appointment and  loss— the  vestiges  of  which  still  encum- 
ber the  ground,  though  clearing  is  proceeding  rapidly. 
Thus  far  the  Almond  tree  has  yielded  more  firewood  than 
any  other  single  fruit  tree  which  has  been  largely  planted 
in  California,  and  yet  planting  has  continued,  in  the  hope 
of  better  results,  until  in  1897  there  were  about  1,500,000 
trees  included  in  the  reports  of  the  county  assessors,  of 
which  number  about  two-thirds  had  attained  bearing  age 
at  that  da'te.  The  product  of  1897  was  218  carloads,  and 
the  competition  in  the  eastern  markets  with  imported 
Almonds  was  so  grievous  that  prices  fell  below  what  is 
considered  a  profitable  return.  In  1898,  because  of  un- 
timely frosts,  the  product  fell  to  25  carloads,  which  is 
counted  about  equal  to  the  local  consumption  of  the  Pa- 
cific coast.  At  the  present  time,  1899,  planting  has  prac- 
tically ceased,  and  a  considerable  acreage  of  thrifty  trees 
cf  bearing  age  is  being  cleared  for  other  purposes,  be- 
cause growers  in  certain  places  are  out  of  patience  with 
the  Almond.  In  spite  of  these  facts,  the  Almond  will  re- 
main an  important  California  product,  through  the  satis- 
factory performance  of  trees  enjoying  favorable  envi- 
ronment. 

The  two  chief  sources  of  failure  with  the  Almond  are 
the  sterility  of  many  varieties  without  cross-pollination, 
and  the  extreme  propensity  of  the  tree  for  early  bloom- 
ing, with  the  consequent  destruction  of  the  bloom  or  the 
young  fruit  by  temperature  very  little  below  the  freezing 
point.  These  two  evils  have  been  singularly  associated 
historically,  and  only  lately  have  they  been  shown  to  be 
independent  factors  and  both  of  them  demanding  the 
closest  attention  from  planters.  At  first  it  was  thought 
that  the  wide  planting  of  self-sterile  varieties  by  them- 
selves was  the  cause  of  disappointment,  because,  after 
yea'rs  of  chopping-out  or  grafting-over  old,  unproductive 
trees  to  the  Prune  d'Agen,  for  which  it  is  an  excellent 
stock,  it  was  observed,  by  chance,  that  the  Languedoc  va- 
riety adjacent  to  Drake's  seedling,  of  local  origin,  was 
heavily  laden  with  nuts  when  it  was  sterile  without  such 
association.  Attention  was  then  directed  to  the  growth 
of  seedlings,  and  a  large  lot  of  seedlings  ofc  the  bitter 
Almond,  grown  by  A.  T.  Hatch,  exhibited  such  satis- 
factory bearing  habit  and  such  striking  variation  toward 
new  types  of  the  soft-shell  sweet  Almond  that  the  growth 
of  new,  selected  California  seedlings  was  seized  upon  as 
a  panacea  for  the  previously  experienced  troubles  with 
the  Almond.  These  new  varieties  were  conceived  to  be 
not  only  self-fertile  but  hardy,  and  large  plantations  were 
made  without  due  regard  to  the  frosty  character  of  the 
locations.  Low  valley  lands  of  great  area,  and  some  ex- 
tent of  high  plateaux,  were  planted.  Fine,  larere  trees 
grew  only  to  lose  their  crops  year  after  year  by  frosts 


46 


ALMOND 


ALMOND 


from  February  to  April,  until  the  growers  cast  the  trees 
upon  the  wood-pile.  As  a  deduction  of  the  experience  of 
several  decades,  we  have  arrived  at  what  seems  now  to 
be  the  proper  conception  of  the  situation  of  the  Almond 
in  California,  which  is,  that  the  most  prolific  varieties 
must  be  chosen,  must  be  associated  for  purposes  of  cross- 
pollination,  and  must  be  planted  in  places  of  least  lia- 
bility to  frost.  There  is  a  factor  of  some  moment  in  the 
late-blooming  habit  of  some  varieties,  which  will  be  con- 
sidered presently. 

The  soil  best  suited  to  the  Almond  is  a  light,  well- 
drained  loam.  The  tree  makes  a  strong  and  rapid  root- 
growth,  and  is  more  tolerant  of  drought  than  any  other 
of  our  leading  deciduous  fruit  trees.  For  this  reason,  as 
well  as  to  avoid  frost,  it  is  often  desirable  to  place  the 
Almond  on  the  higher  and  drier  lands  of  the  valley — 
providing  the  soil  is  not  heavy  and  too  retentive  of  sur- 
plus water  in  the  rainy  season.  The  root  is  most  intol- 
erant of  standing  water,  and  will  quickly  die  if  exposed 
to  it.  Because  of  its  thrift  in  light,  dry  soils  the  Almond 
root  is  used  rather  largely  as  a  stock  for  the  Prune 
d'Agen,  and  to  some  extent  for  the  peach  in  the  dry 
valleys. 

Almond  trees  are  grown  by  budding  into  seedlings 
grown  from  either  the  sweet  or  the  bitter  hard-shell 
Almonds,  the  bud  being  set  during  the  first  summer's 
growth  of  the  seedling,  and  then  either  planted  out  as  a 
dormant  bud  the  following  winter  or  allowed  to  make  one 
season's  growth  on  the  bud  in  the  nursery.  The  tree 
grows  so  rapidly,  both  in  root  and  top,  that  only  yearling 
trees  are  used. 

At  transplanting,  the  young  trees  are  cut  back  so  as  to 
form  a  low  head  with  only  about  a  foot  of  clear  trunk. 
They  are  allowed  to  make  free  growth  during  the  follow- 
ing summer,  and  in  the  following  winter  are  cut  back  so 
as  to  encourage  branching  on  the  main  limbs  within  a 
foot  of  their  attachment  to  the  trunk.  At  the  same  time 
the  branches  are  reduced  to  4  or  5  in  number,  symmet- 
rically arranged  around  the  stem  and  at  good  distance 
from  each  other,  so  that  they  shall  not  unduly  crowd 
each  other  as  they  enlarge.  Another  full  growth  during 
the  following  summer  and  another  cutting  back  the  fol- 
lowing winter  give  the  trees  the  vase-form  on  the  out- 
side, with  enough  interior  branches  to  fill  the  inside  of 
the  tree  without  crowding.  Thus  the  tree  is  systemati- 
cally pruned  after  each  of  its  first  two  years'  growth  in 
the  orchard.  After  that,  shortening-in  of  the  branches 
usually  ceases,  and  the  third  summer's  growth  is  allowed 
to  stand  for  fruit-bearing,  with  only  thinning-out  of 
growth  to  prevent  crowding.  This  thinning-out  has  to 
be  done  from  time  to  time  in  later  years,  otherwise  the 
tree  becomes  too  thick,  and  interior  branches  dwindle  for 
lack  of  light.  The  amount  of  thinning  varies  in  the  dif- 
ferent climates  of  the  state  :  the  greater  the  heat,  the 
denser  the  tree  for  its  own  protection.  With  the  proper 
adjustment  of  heat  and  light,  fresh  bearing  wood  may  be 
encouraged  in  the  lower  part  of  the  tree,  otherwise  it 
becomes  umbrella-shaped,  with  the  fruit  wood  at  the  top 
and  bare  poles  below. 

The  Almond  is  the  earliest  bloomer  of  our  common 
fruits.  It  puts  forth  flowers  sometimes  as  early  as  Janu- 


64.  Almond  nuts  (X  %). 

ary,  but  the  usual  date  is  about  February  10  for  the  ear- 
liest bloomers  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  state,  with 
the  later  bloomers  at  intervals  thereafter  until  April  1. 
Records  of  full  bloom  of  a  number  of  varieties  widely 
grown  in  California,  which  have  been  kept  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  sub-station,  situated  in  the  Sierra 
foot-hill  region, show  the  following  succession :  Commer- 
cial, February  27  ;  Sultana  and  Paper-shell,  March  10  ; 


King  and  Marie  Duprey,  March  11  ;  IXL,  March  12  ; 
Languedoc,  March  19  ;  Nonpareil,  March  20  ;  Routier 
Twin,  March  24;  Pistache,  March  25;  Drake  Seedling, 
April  2.  Obviously  the  late  bloomers  have  greater 
chance  of  escaping  frost,  and  there  is  at  present  some 
disposition  to  make  this  a  consideration  in  selecting 
varieties  for  planting.  The  dates  just  given  show  an 
extreme  variation  in  time  of  blooming.  Some  years  the 
intervals  are  much  shorter,  but  the  relation  seems  to  be 
constant.  The  crop  ripens  from  August  15  to  October  1, 
according  to  locality.  Early  maturity  does  not  follow 
early  blooming— that  is,  as  with  other  fruits,  the  first  to- 
bloom  are  not  necessarily  the  first  to  ripen. 

Not  less  than  25  varieties  of  Almonds  have  been  grown 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent  in  California.  Varieties  of 
foreign  origin  have  almost  wholly  given  place  to  selected 
seedlings  of  local  origin,  and  of  these  a  very  few  consti- 
tute the  main  crop  at  present.  These  are  named  in  the- 
order  of  their  acreage,  as  follows  :  IXL,  Nonpareil, 
Ne  Plus  Ultra,  Drake,  Paper-shell,  Languedoc.  Of  these, 
the  IXL  and  Nonpareil  occupy  not  less  than  three- 
fourths  of  the  acreage. 

In  handling  the  crop  the  local  climate  modifies  methods 
somewhat,  and  the  growth-habit  is  also  involved.  In 
regions  very  free  from  atmospheric  humidity  in  the 
summer,  the  hull  opens  readily  and  discloses  a  clean, 
bright  nut,  which  can  be  marketed  without  treatment. 
Where  this  is  not  the  case,  and  the  nut  is  more  or  less 
discolored,  bleaching  in  the  fumes  of  sulfur  has  to  be 
practiced.  The  nut  must  be  dry  before  sulfuring,  or  the 
fumes  will  penetrate  and  injure  the  flavor  of  the  kernel. 
Sulfured  nuts  also  lose  largely  in  power  of  germina- 
tion. The  practice  is  to  gather  the  nuts,  dry  for  a  few 
days  in  the  sun,  then  spray  with  water  very  lightly,  so- 
that  only  the  surface  of  the  shell  is  moistened,  and 
then  use  the  sulfur.  In  this  way  a  light  color  can 
be  secured  without  penetration  of  the  fumes.  The  nuts, 
can  usually  be  gathered  from  the  ground  as  they  nat- 
urally fall,  or  can  be  brought  down  by  shaking  or  the  use 
of  light  poles.  Some  varieties  are  more  easily  harvested 
than  others,  and  the  same  variety  falls  more  readily  in 
some  localities  than  in  others.  A  greater  or  less  per- 
centage, according  also  to  variety  and  locality,  will  have 
adhering  hulls,  and  for  clearing  them  locally-invented 
machines,  called  almond  hullers,  are  used.  Early  rains  in 
some  localities  are  apt  to  stain  the  nuts.  Such  stains 
cannot  be  removed  by  sulfuring,  and  the  nuts  have  to- 
be  crushed  and  the  product  marketed  as  kernels  for  the 
use  of  confectioners.  Machinery  is  also  used  for  this 
operation,  and  a  considerable  fraction  of  the  product 
reaches  the  market  in  this  form. 

The  standard  of  excellence  in  the  Almond,  from  a 
commercial  point  of  view,  as  learned  by  the  experience 
of  California  producers,  is  that  the  kernel  must  be  as- 
smooth,  symmetrical  and  plump  as  possible.  The  twin- 
ning of  kernels,  welcome  as  it  may  be  to  searchers  for 
philopenas,  results  in  misshapen  kernels,  which  are 
very  objectionable  to  the  confectioners,  who  are  very 
large  users  of  Almonds.  Constancy  to  single  kernels  is. 
therefore  a  good  point  in  a  variety. 

Large  proportion  of  kernel  to  shell  by  weight  is  also, 
obviously,  an  important  point  to  almond  buyers.  At  the 
same  time,  the  shell  may  be  so  reduced  in  strength  as 
to  break  badly  in  shipping  in  sacks  and  in  subsequent 
handling.  Incomplete  covering  also  exposes  the  kernel 
to  the  sulfur  and  to  loss  of  flavor.  The  ideal  is  such 
degree  of  thinness  of  shell  as  can  be  had  with  complete 
covering  of  the  kernel  and  durability  in  handling. 

Careful  comparison  of  the  proportion  of  kernel  weight 
to  gross  weight  of  the  popular  California  varieties,  as 
compared  with  a  leading  imported  variety,  was  made  by 
a  committee  of  the  California  Horticultural  Society,  with 
the  following  result:  From  one  pound  of  each  of  the 
following  varieties  the  net  weight  of  kernels  in  ounces 
was:  Imported  Tarragona, 6  2-5;  California  Languedoc, 
7K;  El  Supremo,  7%;  Drake,  8%  ;  IXL,  9;  Commer- 
cial, 9%;  La  Prima,  9%;  Princess,  9%;  Ne  Plus  Ultra, 
10;  King,  10;  Paper-shell,  11;  Nonpareil,  11  to  13. 

EDWARD  J.  WICKSON. 

ALMOND,  DEMERARA.     See  Terminalia  Catappa* 
ALMOND,  FLOWERING.    See  Prunus 


ALNUS 


ALNUS 


47 


ALNUS  (the  ancient  Latin  name).  Cupullferot,  sub- 
family  Betulacece.  ALDER.  Trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, shortly  petioled,  deciduous:  fls.  apetalous,  monce- 
cious  in  catkins,  staminate  ones  elongated  and  pendu- 
lous, pistillate  ones  erect,  short,  developing  into  an 
ovoid,  ligneous  cone  with  persistent  scales  :  fr.  a 
small  nutlet.  Twenty  species  in  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere, in  America  south  to  Peru.  Hardy  ornamental 
trees  and  shrubs,  suitable  for  planting  on  damp  soil, 
where  they  grow  very  rapidly,  but  A.  cordata,  firma, 
Japonica,  and  also  A.tinctoria  prefer  somewhat  drier 
soil.  The  profuse  male  catkins  are  pleasing  in  early 
spring.  The  wood  is  valuable  for  its  durability  in  water. 
Usually  prop,  by  seeds  gathered  in  the  fall  and  well 
dried:  sown  in  spring  with  but  slight  covering,  and 
kept  moist  and  shady,  they  germinate  soon  ;  a  slight 
covering  with  moss,  taken  off  when  the  seedlings  appear, 
will  be  useful.  At  the  end  of  the  same  year  or  the  fol- 
lowing springthe  seedlings  are  transplanted,  usually  into 
rows  1-2  ft.  apart  and  6  in.  from  each  other.  After  two 
years  they  can  be  planted  where  they  are  to  stand.  The 
shrubby  species,  also  A.glutinosa,  grow  from  hardwood 
cuttings  placed  in  moist  and  sandy  soil,  also  from  layers, 
and  A.  incana  from  suckers.  Rarer  kinds  are  grafted 
on  common  potted  stock  in  early  spring  in  the  propa- 
gating house;  grafting  out-of-doors  is  rarely  successful. 

Index:  aurea,  No.  10;  cordata,5;  cordifolia,5;  denticu- 
lata,  10;  firma,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.,  2  and  4;  glauca,  6;  gluti- 
nosa,  10;  imperialis,  10;  incana,  6;  incisa,  10;  Japonica, 
4;  laciniata,  6  and  10;  maritima,  3;  multinervis,  2  ;  ob- 
longata,  3  and  10  ;  Oregana,  8  ;  pyrifolia,  5  ;  rubra,  8  ; 
rubrinerva,  10  ;  rugosa,  9  ;  serrulata,  9  ;  Sibirica,  1  ; 
tiliacea,  5  ;  tilice folia,  5  ;  tinctoria,  7  ;  viridis,  1. 

A.  Fls.  opening  in  the  spring  with  the  Ivs.;  pistillate 

ones  enclosed  in  buds  during  the  winter:   fr.  with 
broad  membraneous  wings.   Alnobetula. 

1.  viridis,  DC.  GREEN  ALDER.  Shrub,  3-6  ft. :  Ivs.  usu- 
ally rounded  at  the  base,  round-ovate  or  oval,  sharply 
serrate,  l%-4  in.  long,  pale  green  and  pubescent  on  the 
veins  beneath:   cones  3-4,  oblong,  slender  peduncled. 
Northern  hemisphere,  in  the   mountains,  in  different 
varieties.—  Hardy  low  shrub  with  handsome  foliage,  of 
very  pleasant  effect  on  rocky  streamlets,  with  its  long, 
male  catkins  in  spring.     Var.  Sibirica,  Regel.  (A.   Si- 
birica, Hort.).    Sometimes  tree,  25  ft.:  Ivs.  larger,  cor- 
date-ovate. 

2.  firma,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.    Tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  sharply  and  doubly  ser- 
rate, with  10-15  pairs  of  veins,  2-4  in.  long,  often  nearly 
glabrous  beneath :  cones  2-4,  peduncled.    Japan. 

Var.  multinervis,  Regel.  Lvs.  with  14-24  pairs  of 
veins,  thicker. — Handsome  tree  with  dark  green  Ivs., 
growing  on  dry  and  rocky  soil;  quite  hardy. 

AA.  Fls.  opening  in  the  fall  from  catkins  of  the  same 
year:  Ivs.  not  plicately  folded  in  the  bud. 

3.  maritima,  Nutt.  (A.  oblongdta,  Regel.,  not  Ait.  nor 
Willd.).   Tree,  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  obovate, 
shining  above,  pale  green  beneath,  glabrous,  remotely 
and  crenately  serrate,  1-4  in.  long:  cones  2-4,  large,  on 
short,  stout  peduncles.     Del.,  Md.     S.S.   9:458.     G.F. 
4:269.     Nutt.  N.  Am.  S.  1: 10.— Ornamental    shrub   or 
small  tree  with  handsome  shining  foliage,  attractive  in 
autumn  with  its  male  catkins. 

AAA.  Fls.  opening  in  early  spring  before  the  Ivs.,  from 
catkins  formed  the  previous  year  and  remaining 
naked  during  the  winter. 

B.  Lvs.  not  plicate  in  the   bud,  green   beneath,   veins 

arcuate,  ending  mostly  in  the  incisions:  female 
catkins  usually  solitary  in  the  axils. 

4.  Jap6nica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  ( A.  firma,  Hort.,  not  S.  & 
Z.).  Tree,  50-80  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong-lanceolate,  acu- 
minate,  sharply  and  irregularly  serrulate,  glabrous  at 
length,  bearded  in  the  axils  of  the  veins  beneath,  2-6 
in.  long  :    cones  3-6,  peduncled.     Japan.     G.F.  6:345. 
— Tall,  pyramidal  tree  with  dark  green   foliage  ;    the 
largest  and  perhaps  the  most  beautiful  of  all  Alders. 

5.  cordata,    Desf.    (A.  cordifblia,  Ten.     A.  tiliacea, 
Hort. ) .  Small  tree,  20-50  ft. :  Ivs.  cordate,  ovate  or  round- 
ish, acuminate,  2-4  in.  long,  bearded  in  the  axils  beneath, 


glandular  when  young  :  cones  1-3,  peduncled.  Italy, 
Caucasus.  L.B.C.  13:1231.  G.C.  II.  19:  285.— Round- 
headed  tree  with  handsome,  distinct  foliage,  changing 
orange  yellow  in  autumn,  resembling  that  of  a  linden  or 
pear,  therefore  sometimes  as  A.  tilice  folia,  or  A.  py- 
rifblia,  in  gardens.  Not  quite  hardy  North. 

BB.  Lvs.  plicate  in  the  bud,  the  veins  going  straight  to 
the  points  of  the  larger  teeth:  female  catkins  S-6 
in  every  axil. 

c.    Under  side  of  Ivs.  glaucous  ;  not  bearded. 
6.  incana,  Willd.   Shrub  or  tree,  to  60  ft. :  branches  pu- 
bescent: Ivs.  oval  or  oblong-ovate,  acute,  1^-4  in.  long, 


65.  Alnus  glutinosa  (X 


doubly  serrate,  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous  beneath: 
cones  4-8,  mostly  sessile,  %in.  long.  Northern  hemi- 
sphere, in  different  varieties. 

Var.  glauca,  Ait.  (  A.  glauca,  Michx.  )  .  Shrub,  to  12  ft.  : 
Ivs.  often  nearly  glabrous  beneath.  N.  Amer.,  Eu. 
Em.  251. 

Var.  vulgaris,  Spach.  Tree,  to  50  ft.  :  Ivs.  usually 
densely  pubescent  beneath:  cones  1  in.  long.  Eu.,  Asia. 

Var.  pinnatifida,  Spach.  (var.  laciniata,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
pinnately  lobed  or  cleft,  with  dentate  lobes. 

7.  tinctdria,  Sargent  (A.  incana,  var.  tinctdria,  Hort.  ), 
Tree,  to  60  ft.  ;  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  4-6  in.  long,  membra- 
naceous,  coarsely  doubly  serrate,  slightly  lobed,  glau- 
cous and  rufously  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath.   Ja- 
pan.   G.F.  10:473.  —  Handsome  ornamental  tree  of  very 
vigorous  growth,  with  large  foliage. 

8.  rubra,  Bong.  (A.  Oregana,  Nutt.).    Tree,  40-50  ft.  : 
Ivs.  oblong-ovate,  3-5  in.  long,  crenate-serrate,  slightly- 
lobed,  revolute  on  the  margin,  nearly  glabrous  beneath; 
petioles  and  veins  orange  colored:'  cones  6-8,  oblong. 
W.  N.  Amer.    S.S.  9:45*.    Nutt.  N.  Amer.  S.  1:  9. 

CO.    Under  side  of  Ivs.  green  or  brownish  green;  usually 
bearded. 

9.  rugdsa,  Spreng.  (A.  serrulata,  Willd.).  Shrub,  to  25- 
ft.  :    Ivs.  usually  cuneate,  obovate  or  elliptic,  acute  or 
rounded  at  the  apex,  2-5  in.  long,  finely  serrate,  usually 
pubescent  on   the  veins  beneath:  cones  short-stalked. 
E.  N.  Amer.,  from  Mass,  south.    Em.  248. 

10.  glutindsa,  Gaertn.  BLACK  ALDER.  Fig.  65.  Tree,  to- 
70  ft.  :  Ivs.  orbicular  or  obovate,  rounded  or  emarginate 
at  the  apex,  2-5  in.  long,  irregularly  obtusely  serrate, 
with  5-7  pairs  of  veins,  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  glu- 
tinous   when    unfolding  :    cones   distinctly   peduncled. 
Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  Asia,  naturalized  in  some  localities  in  N. 
Amer.  —  A  vigorously  growing  tree  with   dark    green  ^ 
dull  foliage,  valuable  for  planting  in  damp  situations. 
Commonly  planted  in  many  forms  :  Var.  aurea,  Versch. 
Lvs.   yellow.     1.  H.  13:490.     Var.  denticulata,   Ledeb. 
(A.  oblongdta,  Willd.).   Lvs.  usually  cuneate,  serrulate- 


48 


ALNUS 


ALOCASIA 


S.  Eu.  Var.  imperialis,  Desf .  Fig.  66.  Lvs.  deeply  pin- 
nately  lobed  with  lanceolate  or  nearly  linear  lobes.  Var. 
incisa,  Willd.(var.  oxy acanthi fdlia,  Spach.).  Lvs.  small, 
deeply  incised,  like  those  of  Cratcegus  oxyacantha.  Var. 
laciniata,  Willd.  Lvs.  pinnately  lobed  ;  lobes  oblong. 


66.   Alnus  glutinosa,  var.  imperialis  (X 


Var.  rubrin6rvia,  Dipp.  Lvs.  large  and  shining,  with  red 
nerves  and  petioles  ;  pyramidal  tree  of  vigorous  growth, 
very  handsome. 

A.  acumindta,  HBK.  Tree:  Ivs.  usually  ovate  and  pubescent 
beneath,  doubly  serrate.  C.  Amer.,  north  to  Ariz.—  A.  Alnobet- 
ula,  Hort.=A.  viridis.  -A.  barbdta,  G.  A.  Mey.  Allied  to  A. 
glutinosa.  Lvs.  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  ovate.  Cauca- 
.sus.  Perhaps  hybrid  of  A.  glutinosaXsubcordata.—  A.  Cana- 
•densis,  Hort.=A.  rugosa.—  A.  communis,  Desf.=A.  glutinosa.— 
A.cordifblia,  Teu.=A.  cordata.—  A.  crispa,  Pursh=  A.  viridis. 
—A.  firma,  Hort.=A.  Japonica  or  A.  subcordata.—  A.  glauca, 
Michx.=A.incana.—  A.JorwMeraswj,  HBK.  Allied  to  A.  acumi- 
nata  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  coarsely  dentate.  C.  Amer.—  A. 
macrocdrpa,  Lodd.,  not  Regel.=A.  glutinosa  var.—  A.  macro- 
.phylla,  Hort.=A.  subcordata.—  A.  oblongdta,  Willd.=A.  gluti- 
nosa, var.  denticulata.—  A.  oblongdta,  Regel.=A.  maritima.—  A. 
oblongifdlia,  Torr.  Tree,  20-30  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate,  cuneate, 
doubly  serrate,  2-3  in.  long:  strobiles  X-l  in.  long,  peduncled. 
N.  Mex.  and  Ariz.  S.S.  9:  457.—  A.  Oregana,  Nutt.=A.  rubra.— 
A.  orientalis,  Decaisne=A.  subcordata.—  A.  pubescens,  Tsch.  (A. 
.glutinosaXincana)  .  Lvs.  roundish-ovate  or  obovate,  irregularly 
serrate,  pubescent  beneath.  Natural  hybrid.—  A.  rhombifblia, 
Nutt.  Tree,  60-80  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  oval  or  ovate,  2-3%in.  long, 
finely  serrate,  yellowish  green  and  puberulous  beneath  :  stro- 
biles oblong,  peduncled.  W.  N.  Amer.  S.S.  9:  456.—  A.  serruldta, 
Willd.=A.  rugosa.—  A.  Sibirica,  Hort.,  not  Fisch.=A.  viridis 
Sibirica.—  A.sinuata,  Rydb.  Allied  to  A.  viridis.  Shrub,  3-16 
ft.:  Ivs.  slightly  lobed,  serrulate,  glabrous,  thin.  W.  N.Amer. 
—A.  subcordata,  C.  A.  Mey.  (A.  orientalis,  Decaisne.  A.  firma, 
Hort.,  not,  S.&Z.  A.  macrophylla,  Hort.).  Tree,  30-50  ft.:  Ivs. 
rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  or  oblong,  2-6  in.  long,  crenately  ser- 
rate, often  pubescent  beneath.  Allied  to  A.  cordata.  Caucasus, 
Asia  Minor.—  A.  subrotunda,  Hort.=A.  glutinosa  var.  denticu- 
lata.— A.  tenuifblia,  Nutt.  (A.  incana,  var.  virescens,  Wats.  A. 
occidentalis,  Dipp.).  Small  tree,  occasionally  30  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate, 
2-4  in.  long,  slightly  lobed  and  doubly  serrate,  green  and  nearly 
.glabrous  beneath.  W.  N.  Amer.  S.S.  9:  455.—  A.  unduldta, 
Willd.=A.  viridis. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ALOCASIA  (name  made  from  Colocasia).  Aroidece. 
Stove  foliage  plants,  of  30  or  more  original  species, 
from  trop.  Asia  and  the  Malayan  Isls.  Closely  allied  to 
Caladium  and  particularly  to  Colocasia,  which  see. 
These  three  genera  differ  chiefly  in  characters  of  fruit. 
Monogr.  by  Engler  in  DeCandolle's  Monographic  Pha- 
xnerogamarum,  Vol.  2.  In  1890,  52  species  and  specific- 


ally named  hybrids  were  in  cult.  (Bergman,  Jour.  Soc. 
Nat.  Hort.  France.  I.H.  37:  80). 

Alocasias  are  propagated  by  suckers  or  cuttings  of 
the  rhizomes,  placed  in  small  pots  containing  a  mixture 
of  light,  fibrous  peat  and  sand  in  equal  proportions,  and 
plunged  in  a  close  frame  or  propagating  box  with  bot- 
tom heat.  They  may  also  be  grown  from  seeds  sown  in 
4-inch  pots,  in  a  light,  peaty  soil  in  a  temperature  of 
75°  F.  The  month  of  March  is  the  best  time  for  propa- 
gating. The  evergreen  species  (as  A.  cuprea,  longiloba, 
Lowii,  Hegina)  thrive  best  in  a  compost  of  two  parts 
fibrous  peat  and  sphagnum  moss  and  one  part  lumps  of 
fibrous  loam,  to  which  should  be  added  a  sprinkling  of 
silver  sand  and  a  few  nodules  of  charcoal  to  keep  the 
whole  sweet.  The  herbaceous  species  (as  A .  macrorh  iza ) 
do  best  in  good  fibrous  loam  to  which  %  of  well-rotted 
cow-manure  or  pulverized  sheep-manure  has  been  added. 
Perfect  drainage  of  the  pots  is  absolutely  necessary, 
and  in  potting,  the  evergreen  species  should  be  coned 
up  two  or  three  inches  above  the  rim  of  the  pot,  and 
finished  off  with  a  surfacing  of  live  sphagnum  moss. 
The  season  of  active  growth  commences  about  the  first 
of  March,  when  they  should  be  given  a  temperature  of 
70°  at  night,  with  a  rise  of  15°  by  day,  and  the  atmos- 
phere must  be  kept  in  a  humid  condition.  They  should 
be  given  a  position  free  from  draughts  and  direct  sun- 
light. They  require  an  abundance  of  water  at  the  roots 
as  the  leaves  develop,  and  are  greatly  benefited  by  an 
occasional  watering  of  clear  liquid  sheep  or  cow-manure 
water.  To  obtain  the  best  development  of  the  leaves, 
heavy  syringing  should  be  avoided,  but  frequent  spray- 
ing on  all  fine  days  with  an  atomizer  sprayer  is  very 
beneficial.  Towards  winter  the  humidity  of  the  atmos- 
phere and  the  supply  of  water  to  the  roots  should  be 
reduced  with  the  evergreen  species,  and  gradually  with- 
held altogether  as  the  leaves  mature  with  the  herba- 
ceous species.  The  temperature  during  winter  should 
not  fall  below  60°.  Cult<  by  E-  j.  CANNING. 

The  propagation  of  most  of  the  Alocasias  consists  of 
cutting  up  the  stems,  so  that  each  piece  will  have  at 
least  one  dormant  bud.  The  pieces  should  be  placed 
amongst  moss,  in  a  hot  propagating  frame,  where  they 
vegetate  quickly.  Such  kinds  as  A.  Sanderiana,  A. 
macrorhiza,var.variegata,&nd  A.  Jenningsii  (Colocasia) 
have  creeping  rhizomes,  at  the  ends  of  which  small 
resting  tubers  are  formed.  These  should  be  carefully 
collected,  and  the  two  first  named  started  in  a  propa- 
gating frame  in  a  pan  of  moss  and  sand.  A.  Jenningsii 
roots  readily  in  ordinary  soil.  Most  of  the  kinds  require 
a  soil  which  is  very  fibrous,  with  a  little  moss  added.  The 
pots  should  be  half  filled  with  potsherds  as  drainage. 
Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

A.  Lvs.  distinctly  notched  or  undulate  on  the  margin. 
princeps,  Nicholson.    Lvs.  sagittate,  the  basal  lobes 

narrow  and  spreading,  the  margins  deep-sinuate;  upper 
surface  olive-green,  with  darker  veins,  the  under  lighter 
colored,  with  brown  veins  and  margin;  petioles  brown- 
spotted,  slender.  E.  Ind. 

Sanderiana,  Bull.  Fig.  67.  Lvs.  long-sagittate,  with 
deeply  notched  margin,  the  basal  lobes  wide-spreading; 
deep  glossy  green  with  metallic  reflection,  with  promi- 
nent white  margins  and  veins;  petioles  brownish  and 
striped.  Philippines.  Gng.  1897:  84.-  One  of  the  best  of 
recent  introductions.  Runs  into  various  forms,  and  has 
entered  largely  into  cultivated  hybrids. 

AA.    Lvs.  plane  and  entire  on  the  margin. 

B.  Markings  chiefly  on  the  petioles,  the  blades  green. 
zebrina,  Koch  &  Veitch.     Lvs.  triangular-sagittate  ; 

petioles  beautifully  marked  with  large  zigzag  bands  of 
green.  Philippines.  F.S.  15:1541-2. 

Villeneiivei,  Lind.  &  Rod.  Lvs.  sagittate-ovate,  the 
veins  of  lighter  green  and  prominent,  basal  lobes  very 
unequal;  petioles  spotted  with  chocolate-brown.  Large. 
Borneo.  I.H.34:21.-Namedfor  de  Villeneuve,  Brazilian 
ambassador  to  Belgium. 

BB.    Markings  or  coloration  chiefly  on  the  leaf-blades. 

c.  Veins  and  midrib  light  yellow. 
Lindeni,  Rod.     Lvs.  cordate -ovate,  long-pointed,  8-12 
in.  long,  bright  green,  with  yellowish  veins  curving  off 


ALOCASIA 


ALOE 


49 


from  the  midrib  and  vanishing  near  the  margin;  petioles 
nearly  white.  New  Guinea.  I. H. 33: 603.— Bruised  Ivs. 
emit  a  strong  odor. 

cc.    Veins  and  midrib  ichite  or  silvery. 

longiloba,  Miq.  (.1.  gigantea,  Hort.).  Petioles  2  ft., 
greenish  white,  mottled  purple  ;  blade  sagittate,  18  in. 
long,  the  basal  lobes  very  long  and  erect,  the  upper  sur- 
face green,  with  silvery  or  gray  bands  along  veins  and 
midrib,  the  under  surface  light  purple.  Java. 

Putz6ysi,  N.  E.  Brown.  Much  like  A.  longiloba  :  Ivs. 
broader  (oval-sagittate),  dark  metallic  green,  promi- 
nently veined  and  bordered  white,  the  petioles  pale  red- 
pnrple,  under  surface  dark  purple.  Sumatra.  I.H. 
2!) :  4:W.  — More  brilliant  than  A.  longiloba,  and  has  wider 
spaces  between  the  veins. 

TMbautiana,  Mast.  Petioles  3  ft.,  greenish  ;  blade 
2  ft.  long  and  18-20  in.  broad,  ovate-cordate,  the  basal 
lobes  broad  and  rounded,  olive-green,  with  broad  silvery 
veins  and  rib,  the  under  surface  deep  purple.  Borneo. 
0. 0.111.17:485.  I.H.  28:  419. 

Ldwii,  Hook.  Petioles  2-3  ft.,  rose-color  ;  blade  nar- 
row-ovate, 18  in.  long  and  a  third  as  wide,  long-pointed, 
the  basal  lobes  long-acute,  upper  surface  olive-green, 
with  very  distinct  silvery  bands,  under  surface  rich 
purple.  "Borneo.  B.  M.  5376.  A.  F.  1895:559  as  var. 
<l>-<ni<lis.  Var.  picta,  Hook.  (B.M.  5497),  has  surface 
covered  with  small  white  reticulations.  This  var.  is 
A.  feitchii,  Schott.  (var.  Feitchii,  Engler). 

ccc.    Veins  white  and  leaf  blotched  and  mottled. 

macrorhiza,  Schott.  Large,  reaching  10  or  15  ft. :  leaf- 
blades  3  ft.  long,  long-sagittate  and  pointed,  the  lobes 
short  and  obtuse,  margin  often  somewhat  wavy,  the 
midrib  very  broad  and  conspicuous,  the  blotches  or 
patches  of  green  and  white  (in  the  var.  variegata,  which 
is  the  common  form)  very  striking.  Ceylon.  I.  H. 
8:  30.").  — One  of  the  commonest  species.  Lvs.  sometimes 
almost  white, 
cccc.  Veins  dark  or  purple,  or  the  leaf  dark-colored. 

cuprea,  Koch  (A.  metdllica,  Schott.).  Petioles  2ft.  or 
less  long,  green  ;  blade  ovate  and  peltate,  18  by  12  in., 
notched  at  the  base  and  cuspidate  at  the  point,  dark 
metallic  green  with  darker  rib  and  veins,  the  under 
side  rich  purple.  Borneo.  B.  M.  5190.  I.  H.  8:  283. 
Lowe,  60.  Gn.  50:  336.  — One  of  the  best,  and  common. 


67.   Alocasia  Sanderiana. 

Regina,  N.  E.  Brown.  Lvs.  thick,  ovate-cordate,  ob- 
tuse or  cuspidate,  the  basal  lobes  short  and  nearly  or 
quite  obtuse,  the  ribs  and  veins  beneath  pubescent, 
somewhat  fleshy,  dark  green  above  with  darker  veins 
and  brown-purple  beneath;  petioles  terete,  pubescent, 
spotted  purple.  Borneo.  I.H.  32:544. 

Several  cult,  varieties  and  hybrids  are  in  the  trade  in 
this  country:  A.argyrea,  hybrid  of  longiloba  xPucciana; 
Batavihisis,  petiole  dark  purple;  If. -blade  dark  green; 
Chantrieri  (raised  by  Chantrier  Bros.,  Mortefontaine, 
France),  hyb.  of  cuprea x Sanderiana,  with  long  wavy 
Ivs.,  purple  below  and  prominently  white-veined  (I.H. 
35:  64.  R.H.  1887,  p.  465) ;  Chelsoni,  cuprea  x  longiloba, 
with  Ivs.  purple  below  and  green  above  ;  glgas,  much 


like  Villeneuvei  ;  intermedia,  hybrid  by  Veitch  25  years 
ago;  La  Salliana ;  Lucidna,  ThibautianaxPutzeysi, 
with  Ivs.  dark  green  above  and  whitish  veins  and  mar- 
gins, purple  beneath  (I.H.  44:27);  Mortefontainensis, 
Lowii  x  Sanderiana  ;  Pucciana,  PutzeysixThibautiana; 
Sedeni,  cupreax Lowii,  with  ovate-pellate  Ivs.  purple  be- 
neath and  white  veined  above  (I.H.  24:292);  Van 
Houttei. 

The  following  names  are  also  in  our  trade:  A.  illus- 
£rt$=Colocasia  antiquorum;  Jenningsii=Coloc&sisi  af- 
finis;  J6hnstoni{=Cyrtospermsi  Johnstoni;  Marchdllii 
=  Colocasia  Marchalli;  violdcea  =  Colocasia  anti- 
quorum? 

The  following  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  American 
trade:  A.  Augutstinidna,  Liud.  &  Rod.  Lvs.  peltate  and  wavy, 
green  above  and  below,  with  pale  nerves,  the  petioles  brown- 
spotted  ;  allied  to  A.  zebrina.  I.H.  33:593.  New  Guinea? —  A. 
Ciirtisi,  N.  E.  Brown.  Petioles  3  ft.  or  less,  purple-barred  :  lf.- 
blade  20  in.  or  less,  and  half  as  wide,  shining  green  and  grey- 
ribbed  above,  deep  purple  beneath.  Penaiig.— A.  eminens,  N.  E. 
Brown.  Lvs.  peltate,  the  blade  2  ft.  or  less  long  and  nearly  half 
as  broad,  purple  beneath,  green  and  light-veined  above;  peti- 
oles 5  ft.  or  less,  barred.  E.  Ind.— A.  grdndis,  N.  E.  Brown. 
Large  :  Ivs.  2  ft.  or  less  long,  ovate-sagittate,  half  as  broad, 
black-green  below,  bright  green  above ;  petioles  4  ft.  or  less, 
blackish.  E.  Ind.— A.  guttdta,  N.  E.  Brown,  var.  imperidlis, 
N.  E.  Brown.  Lvs.  sagittate,  acute,  1%  ft.  or  less  long  and  half 
as  broad,  purple  beneath,  brown-green  and  dark-blotched  above. 
Borneo.  I.H.  31:  541.— A.Indica,  Schott.  St.  6 ft.  or  more,  stout 
and  fleshy:  Ivs.  very  large  (often  3  ft.  across) ,  ovate-cordate, 
bright  green  on  both  sides.  E.  Ind.  F.  S.  21:  2206.— A.  Mar- 
garitce,  Lind.  &  Rod.  Lvs.  slightly  peltate,  wavy,  shining,  green 
with  blackish  midrib,  the  veins  and  brownish  petioles  pubes- 
cent. New  Guinea.  I.H.  33:611.— A. margindta.  Said  to  have 
come  from  Braz.  Lvs.  2  ft.  or  less  long  and  very  broad,  slightly 
wavy,  rounded  and  short-pointed,  pale  green,  striped  and  mot- 
tled with  purple;  petioles  brown-marked.— A. plumbea,  Hort. 
=grandis?— A.  reversa,  N.  E.  Brown.  Dwarf  and  compact,  the 
petioles  6  in.  long,  blade  less  than  1  ft.  long,  bright  green,  with 
rib  and  nerves  olive-green.  B.M.  7498.  Philippines.— A.  Rodi- 
gasidna,  Andre.  ThibautianaXRegina.— A.  Sanderiana,  var. 
Oandavensis,  Rod.  Lvs.  wavy-margined,  purple  and  blotched 
beneath.  I.H.  43: 55.— A.  scabriuscula,  N.  E.  Brown.  Lvs. 
spreading,  not  deflexed,  sagittate  and  not  peltate,  shining  green 
above  and  paler  beneath.  Borneo.— A.  sinudta,  N.  E.  Brown. 
Lvs.  sagittate  and  sinuate,  dark  green  above  with  lighter  areas, 
and  whitish  green  below.  Philippines.— A.  Watsonidna,  Hort. 
=±Putzeysi.—  A.  Wavrinidna,  Masters.  Lvs.  erect,  toothed,  not 
sagittate,  lanceolate  and  long-pointed,  dark  green  ;  petioles 
purple-spotted,  winged.  G.q.  III.  23:243.  F.E.  10:886.  Gn. 
55: 183.  Celebes.  L  fj  g 

ALOE  (Arabic  name).  Lilidceoe,  tribe  Aloinece.  Acau- 
lescent  or  variously  caulescent  succulents  :  Ivs.  often 
largenusually  crowded  in  rosettes  or  along  end  of  st. : 
fls.  red  or  yellow,  often  paler-striped,  straight,  tubular, 
with  short,  straight  limb,  equaled  or  surpassed  by  the 
stamens.  Afr.,  especially  in  the  Cape  region,  one  species 
about  the  Mediterranean  and  extensively  naturalized  in 
all  warmer  parts  of  the  world,  and  one  in  China.  Plants 
of  thecoolhouse,  best  planted  out  in  a  well-drained  place 
in  summer,  when  they  flower  prettily.  Prop,  by  seed, 
which  usually  is  not  true  to  name,  and  by  suckers  or 
cuttings  well  dried-off.  Branching  for  this  purpose  may 
be  induced  by  searing  the  crown  of  old  plants.  Hy- 
brids are  said  to  occur  with  Gasteria  (A.  Bedinghausii 
=A .  aristata  x  G.  nigricans  ;  A .  £eguini=A .  aristata  x 
G.  verrncosa  ;  A.  Lapaixii-=A.  aristataxG.  maculata; 
A.  Lynchii=A.striataxG.  verrucosa,  and  A.  Nowotnyi 
=A.  aristatax ),  and  with  Lomatophyllum  (A.  Hoyeri= 
A.' serrataxL.  sp.).  J.  G.  Baker,  in  Jour.  Linn.  Soc. 
Bot.  18,  pp.  152-182.  WILLIAM  TRELEASE. 

Old  plants  of  Aloe  will  keep  healthy  for  several  years 
in  the  same  pots  without  a  renewal  of  soil,  and  flower 
freely  at  the  same  time.  The  soil  most  suited  to  their 
needs  is  sandy  loam  three  parts,  lime  rubble  and  broken 
brick  one  part,  with  a  little  decayed  manure  to  strengthen 
the  mixture.  Very  firm  potting  is  necessary.  Drainage 
is  a  more  important  item  than  soil,  and  must  be  per- 
fectly arranged  to  enable  the  surplus  water  to  run  freely 
from  the  soil.  Broken  bricks  are  preferable  to  pieces  of 
pots,  large  pieces  for  the  bottom  of  the  pot  or  tub,  and 
smaller  pieces  above,  till  the  last  layer  is  quite  fine. 
Some  of  the  species  need  freer  rooting  conditions  than 
others.  A.ciliaris  will  grow  from  5-7  ft.  in  a  season. 
A.  Abyssinica  is  of  robust  growth,  and  differs  from 
most  others  in  the  color  of  the  flowers,  which  are  pure 


50 


ALOE 


ALOE 


yellow,  most  of  the  others  being  orange  and  orange- 
scarlet.  A.  plicatilis  makes  an  ornamental  tub  plant 
when  4  or  5  ft.  high.  Except  during  the  period  in  which 
the  species  are  in  active  growth,  they  need  very  little 
water,  the  principal  idea  being  to  keep  the  soil  sweet 
and  porous  even  when  in  growth.  At  all  times  the 
air  of  the  house  should  be  as  dry  as  possible,  full 
sunshine  not  hurting  them.  Prop,  by  seeds,  suck- 
ers and  cuttings.  The  arborescent  kinds  should  be 
rooted  after  they  have  completed  growth.  Dust  over 
the  cut  part  cf  the  cutting  with  powdered  charcoal  and 
dry  in  sunshine  before  putting  it  in  to  root.  Insert 
singly  in  as  small  pots  as  they  will  go  into,  and  plunge 
in  a  sand  bed.  Very  little  moisture  is  necessary  while 
rooting.  G.  w.  OLIVER. 

The  generic  or  scientific  name  Aloe  is  a  Latinized 
form  of  an  Arabic  name.  As  an  English  word  it  is  pro- 
nounced in  two  syllables,  thus,  A'-loe.  Popularly  this 
word  is  loosely  used,  the  common  American  Aloe  being 
Agave  Americana,  the  commonest  "Century  Plant." 
The  "bitter  aloes"  of  commerce  is  a  resinous  juice  much 
used  as  a  laxative.  The  best  quality  is  called  "  Socotrine 
or  Zanzibar  Aloes, "a  product  of  A.  Perryi,  which  was 
known  by  the  Greeks  of  the  Fourth  century  B.C.  to 
come  from  the  island  of  Socotra.  The  "Barbadoes  Aloes  " 
is  the  product  of  A.  vera,  a  species  much  planted  in 
the  West  Indies.  Genera  allied  to  Aloe  are  Apicra,  Gas- 
teria,  Haworthia,  Pachidendron,  and  Phylloma.  The 
group  is  an  extremely  difficult  one  for  the  botanist,  there 
being  few  authentic  specimens  in  the  herbaria,  because 
of  the  large  size  of  the  plants,  the  infrequent  flowering, 
and  the  difficulty  of  suitably  drying  them. 

Aloes  are  much  cultivated  as  decorative  plants,  being 
amongst  the  most  popular  of  desert  and  succulent  plants 
for  their  stiff,  harsh  and  rugged  habit.  They  are  often 
grouped  about  large  public  buildings,  where  they  em- 
phasize certain  architectural  features.  Large  collections 
are  to  be  seen  only  in  botanic  gardens  and  in  the  col- 
lections of  a  few  fanciers.  The  largest  dealer  has  nearly 
a  hundred  kinds,  but  grows  only  five  or  six  kinds  in 
quantity.  For  index  to  the  following  species,  see  sup- 
plementary list,  p.  51.  "W.  M. 

A.  Arrangement  of  Ivs.  spiral  (except  in  seedlings). 

B.  Form  of  Ivs.  broadly  lanceolate,  acute  :  size  of  Ivs. 

moderately  large. 

C.  Border  of  Ivs.  thin,  horny  :  margin  entire  or 

denticulate. 

D.  Color  of  Ivs.  grayish :  shape  of  Ivs.  flattened. 

1.  striata,  Haw.  (A.paniculata,  Jacq.  A.  dlbo-cincta, 
Hort.).  Caulescent:  Ivs.  at  length  large,  finely  dark- 
lined,  scarcely  mottled, 
with  entire  white  border  : 
inflorescence  compound, 
broadly  cymose  :  fls.  red, 
constricted  above  the 
ovary.  Cape.  B.  M.  5210. 
Hybrids  with  A.  serrulata 
and  A.  grandidentata  oc- 
cur, having  toothed  Ivs. 

Var.  rhodocincta  (A . 
rhodocincta,  Hort.  A. 
ffanburiana,Na,nd.).  Lvs. 
purplish,  very  glaucous, 
with  entire  reddish  bor- 
der. 

2.  serrulata,  Haw.  Fig. 
68.  Lvs.  less  striate,  ob- 
scurely mottled,  the  white 
border  denticulate  :  inflo- 
rescence less  cymose. 
Cape.  B.M.  1415. 

DD.  Color  of  Ivs.  clearer  green:  shape  of  Ivs.  more  con- 
cave: teeth  small  and  cut  nearly  through  the 
border. 

3.  macrocarpa,  Tod.    Lvs.  interruptedly  green-lined, 
more  evidently  mottled:    inflorescence    branched  with 
elongated  racemes.   Abyssinia. 

4.  Schimperi,  Tod.  Lvs.  coarsely  green-lined,  scarcely 
mottled:  racemes  short  and  cymose.    Abyssinia,  China? 


68.  Aloe  serrulata. 


CC.    Border  of  Ivs.  usually  only  near  the  apex : 
mottling  present. 

5.  saponaria,  Haw.  (A.  disticha,  Mill.,  not  Linn,  nor 
Thunb.  A.  umbellata,  DC.).  Shortly  caulescent:  Ivs. 
somewhat  gray-green  or  purplish,  the  small  teeth  re- 
mote :  racemes  short  and  compact. 
Cape.  B.M.  460. -Varies  into  many 
forms. 

Var.    luteo- striata,    Haw.     Lvs. 
concave,  coarsely  pale-lined. 


69.  Aloe  heteracantha. 

6.  latifdlia,  Haw.  (A.  saponaria,  var.  latifdlia,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  apple-green,  thick  and    broad,  concave,  the    con- 
spicuous pale  blotches  irregularly  transversely  confluent ; 
teeth   large,   mostly   curved,  rather  remote  :     racemea 
short  and  dense.    Cape.    B.M.  1346. 

7.  commutata,  Tod.     Lvs.  rather  thinner  :    racemes 
several,  somewhat  elongated.    Abys. 

8.  obscura,  Mill.  (A.  picta,  Thunb.).    Lvs.  rather  nar- 
rower and  thinner  :    racemes  elongated.     Cape.     B.  M. 
1323. 

9.  grandidentata,  Salm.    Lvs.  and  racemes  still  more 
elongated.    Cape. 

ccc.    Border  of  Ivs.  nearly  absent :  mottling  scarcely 
present :  Ivs.  involute  at  tip, 

10.  glauca,  Mill.  (A.  rhodacdntha,  DC.).   Caulescent: 
Ivs. not  mottled, very  glaucous,  the  irregular  red  or  brown 
teeth  subconfluent :   inflor.  simple,  densely  racemose ; 
fls.  red,  scarcely  constricted  above  the  ovary.     Cape. 
B.M.  1278.    A  hybrid   with  A.  humilis,  var.  incurva,  is 
A.  cyanea. 

Var.  muricata,  Sch.    Lvs.  glaucous,  with  large  teeth, 
those  on  the  keel  or  apex  more  developed. 

11.  heteracantha,  Bak.  (A.inermis,  Hort..  not  Forsk.). 
Fig.  69.    Nearly  stemless,  often  densely  cespitose  :  Ivs. 
dark  green,  sometimes  with  a  few  obscure  yellowish 
green  spots,  slightly  striate  at  base,  entire  or  with  a  few 
remote  small  teeth.    Cape?    B.M.  6863. 

BB.    Form  of  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  thick,  mostly 
tuberculate  on  the  back  :  size  of  Ivs.  large. 

12.  ferox,  Mill.    (A.  muricata,  Schult.     A.    horrida, 
Haw.     Pachidendron    ferox,    Haw.).     Caulescent,    un- 
branched:  Ivs.  crowded  at  summit,  glaucous,  the  margin 
and  both  surfaces  remotely  coarsely  pungently  toothed : 
inflor.  branched,  with  elongated  very  dense  racemes; 
fls.  reddish,  with  stamens  twice  as  long  as  the  perianth. 
Cape.    B.M.  1975.    G.C.  II.  3:  243.—  Varies  into  several 
less  muricate  forms. 

13.  mitrif6rmis,  Mill.  (A.  mitra}f6rmis,Willd.,  not  DC. 
nor  Haw.    A.  Commelyni,  Willd.    A.  spinulosa,  Salm. 
A.pachyphylla,Hort.  A.xanthacdntha,Willd.).  Fig.70. 
Somewhat  branching:  Ivs.  spaced  along  the  stem  above, 
dark  green,  with  strong,  separated  marginal  teeth,  both 
faces  usually  muricate :  inflor.  sometimes  branched  .with 
short,  compact  racemes:   stamens  not  exserted.    Cape. 
B.M.  1270.  — Varies  into  numerous  forms. 


ALOE 


ALOE 


51 


BBB.    Form  of  Ivs.  elongated,  gradually  tapering:   size 
of  Ivs.  large:   border  absent  :   teeth  usually  coarse . 

14.  Bainesii,  Dyer.  (A  .  Barbene,  Dyer.).    A  very  large 
forking  tree,  in  cultivation  becoming  tall,  though  at  first 
slender  :  Ivs.  very  concave,  dark  green,  remotely  den- 
tate, spaced  along  the  stem  above,  with  white-margined 
sheathing  base  :  inflor.  short  and  compact,  the  reddish 
fls.  tumid.    S.Afr.    G.F.  3:115.    G.C.  II.  19,  pp.  506-571, 
ff.  117, 119,  120,  122.    B.M.  6848. 

15.  v6ra,  Linn.  (A.  vttlgdris,  Lam.    A.  Barbadensis, 
Mill.).     Low  or  small,  slender  tree  :    Ivs.  broader,  less 
channeled,  pale  gray-green,  coarsely  dentate,  not  sheath- 
ing: fls.  yellow.  Suckers,  freely  produced  in  cultivation, 
have  clear  apple-green  mottled  linear  Ivs.    Mediterra- 
nean region,  and  naturalized  through  the  warmer  parts 
of  the  world.— The  oldest  known  and  probably  the  com- 
monest species. 

Var.  officinalis,  Forsk.  (A .  rubescens,  DC.  A .  Indica, 
Royle).  Lvs.  purplish:  fls.  red-orange.  Orient. 

16.  Succotrina,  Litun.(A.sinudta,  Thunb.,  not  Willd.). 
Related  to  the  last :  Ivs.  relatively  narrower,  dark  green, 
coarsely  serrate  :  fls.  red,  variously  tipped  and  striped. 
Cape.    B.M.  472.    Gn.  45,  p.  303. -A  hybrid  with  A.eiJi- 
aris  is  A.de  Laetii. 

Var.  purpurascens,  Gawl.  ( A.  purpurdscens,  Haw.  A. 
rambsa,  Haw.).  Lvs.  purplish.  B.M.  1474. 

17.  arbor6scens,  Mill.  (A.  fruticosa,  Lam.).  Low,  slen- 
der tree:  st.  roughened  by  old  leaf  bases:  Ivs.  dark  green, 
glaucescent,  coarsely  green-dentate  to   hooked  serrate 
when  separated,  with  whitish  sheathing  bases  :  fls.  red. 
Cape.    B.M.  1300. 

Var.  frut6scens,  Salm.i^l.  frutescens,  Salm.).  Smaller, 
suckering  freely :  Ivs.  blue-glaucous,  the  sheathing  bases 
coarsely  green-striate. 


Form  of  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acute,  flat:  size  of  Ivs. 
small:  border  absent :  teeth  ciliate:  mottling 
absent :  Ivs.  sheathing,  with  perfoliate  margin. 

18.  ciliaris,Haw.  St. elongated, very  slender,branched: 
Ivs.  dark  green,  the  slender  white  teeth  longer  about  the 
base :  inflor.  axillary,  somewhat  elongated,  loosely  few- 
fld.:  fls.  red.   Cape. 

BBBBB.  Form  of  Ivs.  various,  thick, plano-convex :  size 
of  Ivs.  small:  border  absent:  mostly  toothed 
on  the  back:  mottling  absent:  Ivs.  crowded. 

19.  brevifolia,   Mill.    (A.  prolifera,   Haw.).     Short- 
stemmed  :     Ivs.  spreading,  broadly    lanceolate,  acute, 
shortly  and  pungently  white-toothed ;  a  few  similar  teeth 
occasionally  on  both  surfaces.    Cape.    B.R.  996. 

20.  humilis,  Mill.  (A.  echinata,  Willd.    A.  suberecta, 
Haw     A.  subtuberciilata,  Haw.).    Acaulescent :  Ivs.  as- 
cending, lanceolate,  gradually  attenuate,  loosely  soft- 
serrate,  both  surfaces  coarsely  tuberculate  or  echinate: 
raceme  somewhat  elongated,  loosely  fld:  fls.  red.    Cape. 
—  An  extremely  variable  species,  of  the  habit  of  certain 
Haworthias. 

Var.  Candollei,  Bak.  L.B.C.  15:1481.  Var.  incurva, 
Haw.  B.M.  828.  Var.  acuminata.  B.M.  757.  L.B.C. 
10:1504.  Var.  minor,  Hort.,  is  in  cult. 

21.  aristata,  Haw.  (^4.  longiaristata,Schu}t.).  Lvs.  as- 
cending, attenuate  into  a  long  bristle.    Cape. 

AA.    Arrangement  of  Ivs.  3-ranked  :  Ivs.  rather  small. 

22.  variegata,   Linn.     Short  -  stemmed  :    Ivs.  erect, 
v-shaped,  acute,  with  finely  warty  horny  white  margin 
and   keel,  mottled,  the  pale   blotches   variously  trans- 
versely confluent:  raceme  short,  rather  loose:  fls.  red- 
dish.   Cape.    B.M.  513.    F.E.  8:  98. -Common. 

AAA.   Arrangement  of  Ivs.  2-ranked  :  Ivs.  elongated. 

•J.'J.  Cooperi,  Bak.  (A.  Schmidtiana,Regel.).  Acaules- 
cent: Ivs.  suberect,  linear-oblong,  sharply-grooved  and 
keeled,  mottled,  faintly  striate,  the  small  white  teeth 
subconfluent:  inflor.  subcymose:  fls.  reddish  or  brown- 
ish, tumid  below.  Cape.  B.M.  6377.  Gt.  970. 

24.  plicatilis,  Mill.  (Rhipidodendron  plicdtile,  Haw.). 
Becoming  tall  and  stout,  branching  :  Ivs.  glaucous,  flat, 
lingulate,  obtuse,  serrulate  and  bordered  at  least  near 


theapex:  inflor.  shortly  racemose:  fls.  reddish,  the  petals 
nearly  free  within  the  tube.    Cape.    B.M.  457. 

WILLIAM  TRELEASE. 

In  the  following  alphabetic  list  are  included  (1)  the  more  im- 
portant species  (which  are  numbered,  and  have  been  fully 
described  previously),  (2)  synonyms  of  the  above  (which  are 
followed  by  the  sign  of  equality  and  a  number),  (3)  the  less  im- 
portant species  (which  are  briefly  described  in  the  present  list, 
but  not  previously).  Those  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*)  are 
advertised  in  the  catalogues :  A .  A  byssinica,  Lam . , var  Peacockii, 
Bak.  Lvs.  20-30  in  a  dense  sessile  rosette,  l%ft.  long,  5-6  in. 
broad  at  base,  glaucous  green,  not  mottled,  the  margins  with 
close,  spreading,  deltoid  spines,  with  horny  reddish  brown  tips: 
inflor.  as  long  as  the  Ivs.,  a  6-8-branched  panicle.  B.M.  6620.— 
*A.  Africdna,  Mill.  St.  stout,  marked  with  scars  of  fallen  Ivs.: 
Ivs.  alternate,  st.-embracing,  concave  ;  teeth  conical,  reddish 
orange  at  tip:  scape  bearing  a  dense  many-fld.  spike  of  long  cy- 
lindrical fls.  B.M.  2517.— A.  ayavcefblia,Tod.  Allied  to  A.  tri- 
color. St.  short:  Ivs.  dense,  copiously  white  spotted,  lanceolate ; 
teeth  large:  fls.  racemose,  red.  Trop.  Afr.— *A.dlbo-cincta=\.— 
A.  arborescens,  17.— A.  aristata,  21.— A.  Barbadensis  =  15.— A. 
Bainesii,  14.— A.  Bdrberce=14.—A.  brachystachys,  Bak.  Allied 
to  A.  Abyssinica.  St.  long,  slender :  Ivs.  ensiform,  in  a  dense 
rosette  at  the  top  of  the  st.,  all  drooping,  except  the  youngest, 
lK-2  ft.  long,  2  in.  broad  above  the  dilated  base,  bright  green, 
not  mottled;  marginal  prickles  deltoid,  not  brown:  peduncle 
flexuose;  raceme  dense;  bracts  with  5-7  distinct  brown  stripes. 
Zanzibar.  B.M.  7399.— A.  brevifolia,  IQ.— A.  Chinensis,  Bak.  Al- 
lied to  A.  Abyssinica.  Lvs.  15-20  in  a  sessile  rosette,  %-l  ft.  long, 
l%-2  in.  wide  at  base,  deeply  channelled  in  upper  part,  pale 
green:  scape  simple,  l/^ft.  long;  bracts  few,  distant,  small,  del- 
toid. B.M.  6301.  Hab.?— *A.ciliaris,18.— A.Commelyni=l3.— 
A .  commutdta,  7.— A .  Cooperi,  23.  —  A .  cydnea  =  10.  —  A .  diehdt- 
oma,  Linn.  f.  Allied  to  A.  Bainesii.  Arborescent:  st.  tall,  much 
branched:  Ivs.  in  dense  rosettes  at  the  tops  of  branches,  lanceo- 
late, 8-12  in.  long.  Namaqua-land.  G.C.  1873:713,  f.  1371.  1874: 
567, 571,  f.  118, 121.— A.  distans,  Haw.  (A. mitraformis,  var  brevi- 
folia). St.  3  or  more  ft.  high:  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  concave, 
scattered  along  the  st.,with  a  few  white  spots  on  the  back; 
teeth  short,  distant:  fls.  red,  tipped  green.  S.Afr.  B.M.  1362. 
—A.  disticha  =  5.—A.  echindta  =  2Q.— A.  elerjans,  Tod.  Little 


Aloe  mitriformis. 


known.  Not  mentioned  by  Baker.  Hab.?-A.  ferox,  12.— *A. 
frutescens,  Salm.=  17.— *A.  fruticosa  =  17.— A.  glauca,  10.— A. 
grdcilis.  Haw.  Allied  to  A.  arborescens.  St.  long  :  Ivs.  loosely 
arranged,  6-10  in.  long,  1  in.  wide  at  the  base,  ensiform,  acumi- 
nate, not  lined  or  spotted ;  prickles  minute,  spreading,  tipped 
brown  :  fls.  yellow,  tube  with  long  lanceolate  segments.— *A. 
grandidentdta,  9.  —  A.  Greenei,  Bak.,  in  the  Pictae  group,  is 
readily  distinguished  by  the  elongated  racemes  and  the  strong 


52 


ALOE 


ALPINIA 


constriction  of  the  perianth  below  the  middle.  Lvs.  12-15,  in 
dense  rosette,  lanceolate,  channelled,  bright  green ;  prickles  con- 
nected by  a  narrow  horny  line  :  fls.  pale  salmon  ;  bracts  awl- 
shaped,  purplish.  Cape?  B.M. 6520.— *A.  Hanburidna  =  l.— A. 
heteracdntha,  11.— A.  Hildebrdndtii,  Bak.  St.  l%-2  ft.;  inter- 
nodes  spotted  white  :  Ivs.  loosely  arranged,  6-10  in.  long,  glau- 
cous green  ;  teeth  small,  ascending  :  inflor.  a  lax  panicle,  l%ft. 
long,  with  10-12  branches  :  remarkably  prolific  of  fls.  B.M.  6981. 
—A.  h6rrida=12.—*A.humilis,  20.— A.  Indica=lZ.—A.inermis, 
ll.—A.insignis,  Brown.  A  hybrid  of  A.  drepanophyllaXA.  echi- 
nata.  G.C.II.24:41.— A.JIirfcii.Bak.  St.  very  short:  Ivs.  30-40, 
in  a  dense  rosette,  green,  not  spotted  ;  teeth  large  :  inflor.  2  ft. 
long,  3-branched  ;  fls.  red.  Zanzibar.  B.M.  7386.— A.  knipho- 
fioldes,  Bak.  Acaulescent:  Ivs.  linear,  rigid,  serrulate:  inflor.  an 
elongated  raceme.  Hook.  Icon.  1939.— A.  de  Lcetii=16.—*A.  lati- 
folia=Q.—A.  longiaristdta=21.—A.Luntii,  Bak.  A  very  distinct 
species  with  no  marginal  prickles:  st.  short:  Ivs.  7-8,  in  a  dense 
rosette,  1  ft.  long,  2  in.  wide  at  base,  pale  green,  not  spotted : 
peduncle  much  longer  than  Ivs :  panicle  of  4-5  long,  lax  racemes ; 
a  marked  character.  B.M.  7448.— A.  macracdntha,  Bak.  St.  2-3 
ft.:  Ivs.  20-30,  in  a  dense  rosette,  lanceolate,  bright  green, 
much  lined  ;  prickles  large,  brown  and  horny  in  upper  half : 
inflor.  a  dense  corymb;  fls.  yellow,  tinged  red;  tube  constricted 
above  the  globose  base.  B.M.  6580.  Said  to  be  the  finest  of  all 
spotted  Aloes.— *A. macracdrpa,  3. — A.  medica,  Hort.  Alverson 
•=  ?  —  A .  micracdntha,  Haw.  Lvs.  linear,  l3^f t.  long,  l%\n.  wide 
at  base,  deeply  channelled,  mottled;  spines  very  minute,  white: 
fls.  greenish  red,  in  a  lax  umbel-like  raceme ;  bracts  large,  ovate- 
acuminate,  striate.  S.Afr.  B.M. 2272.— A. minima, Bak.  Hook. 
Icon.  2423.  A  recent  and  little  known  species.— *A.  mitrceformis 
=13.— *A.  mitriformis,  13.— A.  muricata=12.— A.  nobilis,  Haw. 
Allied  to  A.  distans  and  A.  mitriformis.  Sts.  long :  Ivs.  loosely 
disposed,  not  spotted,  ovate-lanceolate  :  fls.  red.  S.  Afr.— A.  ob- 
scura,  8.  —  A.  pachyphylla=13.  —  *A.  paniculdta=l.  —  A.  per- 
cdssa,  Tod.=  A.  Abyssinica.— A. Perryi,  Bak.  St.  1  ft. long:  Ivs. 
12-20,  in  a  dense  rosette,  lanceolate,  1  ft.  long,  3  in.  wide  at  base, 
dull  green,  tinged  red  near  the  base,  channelled  :  prickles  /iin. 
apart :  peduncle  purplish  :  racemes  oblong-cylindrical,  3-6  in. 
long;  fls.  red.  Socotra.  B.M.  6596.— *A.picta  =  8.— A.plicdtilis, 
24.—A.pratensis,'Bfik.  AlliedtoA.humilis.  St. none:  Ivs. 60-80, 
not  spotted;  spines  large,  red-brown,  horny:  peduncle  1  ft.  long, 
stout ;  bracts  many.  B.M.  6705.— A.  prolifera=lQ.—A.  purpu- 
rdscens=16.—A.  rambsa=lQ.—*A.  rhodacdntha=lQ.—*A.  rho- 
dodncta=l.—*A.rosea-dncta,tLort.  Blanc  =  ?— A.rubescens  = 
15.— *  A.  sapondria,  5.—A.Schimperi,  4.— A .  Schmidtidna  =  23. — 
A.Sdllidris,~H.ort.  Alverson.  Typographical  error  for  A.  cili- 
aris?  —  *A.scopeldnia,  Hort.  T.  B.  Shepherd=?  —  A.  Serra,  DC. 
Allied  to  A.  brevifolia  and  A.  glauca.— A.  serruldta, 2.—A.sinu- 
ata=l6.—*A.  Socritrdna=16.—A.  spinulbsa=13.—A.  stridta,  1. 
—A.  suberecta  =  20.—A.  subtuberculdta  =  20.—A.  Succotrlna,  16. 
— A .  tricolor,  Bak.  Differs  from  A.  saponaria  by  its  racemose 
(not  capitate)  inflorescence,  and  tube  constricted  in  the  middle: 
white  spots  very  numerous,  oblong,  in  single  or  double  lateral 
rows:  fl.  tube  spotted  white  at  base.  B.M.  6324.— A.umbelldta 
=  5.—*A.variegdta,  22.— *  A.  vera,  15.— A.  vlrens,  Haw.  Allied  to 
A.  humilis.  Stemless:  Ivs.  30-40,  lanceolate,  white  spotted,  chan- 
nelled, notlined;  prickles  green:  raceme  lax,  15-18,  in.  long;  fls. 
red.  B.M.  1355.— *A.  vulgdris,  15.— A.  xanthacdntha=13. 

ALONSOA  I  Alonzo  Zanoni,  Spanish  botanist) .  Scroph- 
ularidcece.  Trop.  Amer.  plants,  cult,  as  annuals  in  the 
open,  or  rarely  grown  in  pots.  They  are  tender,  and  need 
protection  from  frost.  Seeds  are  usually  started  under 
glass  in  the  N.,  although  plants  bloom  well  from  seeds 
sown  directly  in  the  open.  Use  only  finely  prepared  soil. 
Fls.  showy;  plant  of  good  habit.  The  corolla  is  'very 
irregular  and  turned  upside  down  by  the  twisting  of  the 
pedicel,  bringing  the  larger  lobe  uppermost:  stamens  4: 
Ivs.  (at  least  below)  opposite  or  in  3's.  Cult,  species 
mostly  from  Peru  and  Mex. 

incisifolia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (A.  urticcefolia,  Hort.  Celsia 
urticcefdlia,  Sims,  B.M.  417).  About  2  ft.  high,  erect: 
Ivs.  ovate  to  oval-lanceolate,  long-stalked,  deeply  cut- 
toothed:  fls.  nearly  Kin.  across,  very  irregular  (some- 
what hood-shaped),  scarlet,  with  protruding  organs,  on 
slender  axillary  peduncles.  Also  a  white-fld.  var.— An- 
nual; but  perennial  in  warm  countries  or  under  glass. 

Var.  Warscewiczii,  Boiss.  (A.  Warscewlczii,  Regel. 
A.  grandiflbra,  Hort.).  Fls.  larger  (often  1  in.  across), 
rose-red,  the  plant  more  herbaceous  and  more  perfectly 
annual.  Also  white-fld.— The  commonest  form  in  our 
gardens. 

myrtifdlia,  Roezl.  Plant  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  broad-lanceolate, 
canaliculate,  prominently  serrate:  fls.  large,  scarlet  (a 
white  var. ) .  —  Perennial  under  glass.  Useful  for  winter- 
growing  in  pots. 

linifdlia,  Roezl.  Plant  l^ft.  or  less  high:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late or  narrower,  entire:  fls.  bright  scarlet. 

A .  acutifblia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  less  cut  than  in  A.  incisifolia : 
scarlet.— A.  caulialdta,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  less  cut  than  in  incisi- 


folia  :  fls.  smaller:  st.  4-angled.— A.  linearis,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs. 
linear,  entire  or  very  nearly  so,  often  fascicled  :  fls.  scarlet. 
Greenhouse.— A.  Mathewsii,  Benth.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  toothed: 
fls.  scarlet,  in  terminal  racemes.  Greenhouse. 

LJ.    11.    D. 

ALOtSIA.    See  Lippia. 

ALPINE  GAEDENS.  In  the  successful  culture  of 
alpine  plants,  the  most  important  point  is  to  give  them 
as  near  their  natural  alpine  conditions  as  possible.  So 
far  as  soil  is  concerned  this  is  not  difficult,  but  when  it 
comes  to  moisture  with  good  drainage  and  surrounding 
atmospheric  conditions,  especially  in  the  dryer  atmos- 
phere of  some  of  our  western  states,  we  have  a  more 
difficult  task.  In  their  natural  homes,  many  of  the  al- 
pines  are  found  growing  under  very  similar  conditions 
to  our  bog  plants,  and  the  two  classes,  for  the  most  part, 
may  be  brought  together  in  cultivation.  Of  course,  the 
mountain  Primula  might  never  withstand  the  stagnation 
to  which  the  roots  of  the  water  Arum  (Peltandra  Vir- 
ginica)  penetrate  in  the  wet  bog,  nor  should  we  expect 
the  Peltandra  to  survive  the  wintry  blasts  to  which  the 
Primula  is  exposed,  but  the  two  may  be  grown  together 
with  very  good  results  in  a  moist,  springy  situation,  iu 
the  same  bed  and  soil.  Any  light,  sandy  soil,  well 
drained,  but  through  which  water  is  constantly  passing 
in  and  out,  so  that  there  is  no  stagnation  and  always  a 
little  moisture  on  the  surface  (which  makes  it  cooler 
from  the  evaporation) ,  will  answer  for  most  of  the  bog 
plants  and  the  majority  of  the  alpines  also.  There 
should  be  a  natural  slope  to  the  surface  of  the  ground 
for  such  conditions,  and  if  the  surface  is  undulating,  so 
as  to  make  some  parts  drier  than  others,  those  plants 
which  require  the  most  moisture  can  go  into  the  wettest 
places.  Alpines  like  a  deep  soil,  into  which  their  roots 
can  penetrate.  Leaf-mold  should  be  used  in  place  of 
any  manure,  and  if  the  soil  is  a  very  fine  one  a  mixture 
of  gravel  should  be  introduced.  Shade  and  sun  are 
rather  necessary,  as  some  of  the  alpines  would  hardly 
stand  the  full  scorching  sun  of  our  hottest  days  in  sum- 
mer, even  though  the  surface  of  the  soil  were  moist, 
while  others  require  full  sun.  Alpines  have  been  suc- 
cessfully grown  in  sphagnum  moss.  This  is  done  with 
best  results  in  the  rockery,  where  the  various  pockets 
are  filled  with  the  fresh  moss  and  the  plants  set  in  it. 
Water  should  be  supplied  often  enough  to  keep  the 
moss  always  moist.  The  evaporation  from  the  wet  moss 
creates  a  cool  atmosphere  around  the  plants,  thus  giving 
them  a  condition  somewhat  like  that  which  they  have  in 
alpine  regions,  surrounded  by  mountain  fogs,  or  in  the 
moist  bog.  Many  alpine-garden  plants  are  not  confined  to 
alpine  situations.  They  grow  in  moist  places  in  much 
lower  altitudes  as  well.  Such  species  as  Houstonia 
ccerulea,  Parnassia  Caroliniana,  and  Smilacina  steUaia 
may  be  mentioned  among  these.  Most  of  the  alpines, 
when  set  in  the  fresh,  damp  sphagnum,  do  nicely  in  full 
sun,  but  for  the  alpine  ferns  shade  should  be  given. 
Those  which  grow  in  drier  places,  like  the  little  Woodsia 
glabella  or  W.  hyperborea,  need  less  shade  and  moisture, 
while  Asplenium  viride  and  A.  Tricliomanes  want  more 
moisture  about  their  roots,  and  deep  shade. 

F.  H.  HOKSFORD. 

ALPlNIA  (Prosper  Alpinus,  an  Italian  botanist). 
Scitamindcece.  Stove  herbs,  cult,  both  for  Ivs.  and  the 
racemes  or  panicles  of  fls.  The  fl.  has  3  exterior  parts 
and  4  interior  parts.  The  lowermost  part  is  lobed  or 
tubular.  Stamens  with  petal-like  filament.  They  need 
high  temperature,  much  water,  light  soil,  and  abundance 
of  room.  After  flowering,  allow  them  to  rest  in  heat, 
but  do  not  dry  them  off.  Prop,  by  dividing  the  ginger- 
like  roots. 

Alpinia  contains  many  handsome  species,  but  only  a 
few  are  common  in  cultivation.  They  are  tropical  plants, 
and  require  a  moist  air  and  a  temp,  of  55°  to  60°  F.  A 
mixture  of  2  parts  loam,  1  part  leaf-mold,  and  1  part 
dried  cow-manure  forms  an  excellent  compost.  While 
growing,  they  need  an  abundance  of  water,  and  the  large- 
growing  kinds  require  large  pots  or  tubs.  The  plants  are 
prop,  by  division  in  the  spring.  A.  mitans  is  grown  for 
its  handsome  fls.,  and  attains  a  height  of  12  or  13  ft.  A. 
rittata  is  popular  tn  account  of  its  variegated  foliage. 
A.  mutica  has  very  showy  fls.,  but  is  probably  not  in  the 
American  trade.  cult>  by  ROBERT  CAMERON. 


ALPINIA 


ALSTRGEMERIA 


53 


nutans,  Roscoe.  SHELL-FLOWER.  Striking  plant,  reach- 
ing 10-12  ft.,  with  long,  lanceolate  glabrous  long-veined 
Ivs.:  fls.  orchid-like,  yellow  with  pink,  sweet-scented,  in 
a  long,  drooping,  terminal,  spike-like  raceme.  E.  Ind. 
G.C.III.  19:301.  I.H.  43:259.  B.M.  1903.  P.M.  13:125. 
R.H.  1861,  51.  — Fine  for  foliage  masses,  and  an  old 
favorite. 

vittata,  Hook.  (Ambmum  vittatum,  Hort.).  Lower: 
Ivs.  in  tufts,  lanceolate,  with  whitish  bars  or  stripes  be- 
tween the  nerves  :  fls.  red,  in  axillary  spikes.  South 
Sea  Islands.  A. F.  8:787.  Gn.  4,  p.  25. 

albo-lineata,Hort.  A  plant 
3-4  ft. high, with  broad  bands 
of  white  and  pale  green  on 
the  elliptic  -  lanceolate  Ivs. 
Probably  a  form  of  some 
other  species. 

Other  species  are  A.Allitghas, 
Roscoe,fls.  in  terminal  panicles, 
white  and  rose  ;  A.  magnified, 
Roscoe  =  Amomum  ;  A.  Japon- 
ica,  Miq.,  once  int.  into  U.  S.  by 
Pitcher  &  Manda  ;  A.  mutica, 
Rpxbg.,  fls.  white  and  yellow, 
with  crimson  veins,  in  spicate 
racemes.  £,.  H.  B. 

ALSEUOSMIA  (alsos, 
grove,  and  euosme,  fra- 
grance). Capri  folidcefe. 
Tender  greenhouse  shrub 
from  New  Zealand. 

A.  macrophylla,  A.  Cunn. 
Lvs.  3-6  in.  long,  elliptic  or  ob- 
lanceolate,  acute,  serrate:  fls.  in 
small  axillary  clusters,  droop- 
ing, iKin.  long,  creamy  with 
dull  red  streaks  ;  corolla  lobes 
fimbriate.  B.M.  6951. 


71.   Pinna  of 
Alsophila  australis. 


ALSIKE. 

Tri  folium. 


See  Clover  and 


ALSOPHILA  (Greek,  grove-loving}.  Cyatheacece.  A 
genus  of  tropical  tree  ferns,  with  simple  or  forked  free 
veins,  round  sori,  and  no  indusia.  Numerous  species  are 
found  in  the  tropical  regions  of  both  hemispheres. 

Of  the  different  species  of  Alsophila,  only  one  is  in 
general  commercial  use.  A.  australis  is  a  very  graceful 
and  rapidly  growing  tree  fern,  with  finely  divided  fronds 
of  a  pleasiug  shade  of  light  green,  with  the  stipes  thickly 
covered  with  light  brown,  hairy  scales.  It  is  grown  from 
spores,  which  can  only  be  obtained  from  old  and  large 
specimens,  and  which,  like  the  spores  of  most  commer- 
cial terns,  will  germinate  very  freely  if  sown  on  a  com- 
post consisting  of  finely  screened  soil,  leaf -mold  and  sand 
in  equal  parts.  To  develop  a  good  crown  of  fronds  in 
old  specimen  plants  which  may  look  starved,  the  stem 
may  be  covered  to  any  thickness  consistent  with  good 
appearance  with  green  moss,  which  may  be  attached 
with  thin  copper  wire,  and  which,  if  kept  continually 
moist,  will  soon  be  thickly  covered  with  fine  roots.  Al- 
Konhilas  should  be  grown  in  a  temperature  of  60°  F., 
and  the  soil  should  never  be  allowed  to  become  very  dry. 

Cult,  by  NICHOL  N.  BRUCKNER. 
A.   Lvs.  bipinnate;  rachises  merely  fibrillose. 

RebSccse,  F.  Muell.    Lvs.  ample,  from  a  caudex  8  in.  or 
so  high;  pinnae  12-15  in.  long,  with  20-30  pinnules  on 
each  side,  which  are  2-3  in.  long  and  serrate  or  crenate 
throughout.    Australia. 
AA.    Lvs.  tripinnatifid  or  tripinnate  ;  rachises  armed 

with  spines. 

B.    Segments  long ,  strongly  curved;  pinnules  tapering 
to  a  slender  point. 

excelsa,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  coriaceous,  with  more  or  less 
woolly  rachises;  pinnae  6-10  in.  wide,  with  crowded  pin- 
nules, which  are  provided  with  about  20  pairs  of  seg- 
ments, which  are  strongly  curved  and  more  or  less 
enlarged  at  the  ends.  Norfolk  Is. -Said  to  have  a  trunk 
60-80  ft.  high. 

Codperi,  Hook.  Smaller  than  the  last:  rachises  with 
pale  brown  scales  :  pinnae  spear-shaped,  with  linear 
pinnules  4-5  in.  long.  Queensland. 


lunulata,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  rather  thick  herbaceous,  from 
smooth  rachises;  pinnules  close,  5-6  in.  long,  with  20-30 
pairs  of  segments,  which  are  finely  serrate  throughout. 

BB.    Segments  %in.  or  less  long. 

australis,  R.  Br.  Fig.  71.  Rachises  straw-colored  ; 
Ivs.  ample,  with  primary  pinnae  18  in.  long,  6-10  in.  wide ; 
pinnules  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  segments  broadest  at 
the  base,  ovate-oblong  and  sharply  serrate.  Tasmania 
and  Australia. 

ferox,  Presl.  (A.  aculedta,  J.  Sm.).  Rachises  brown- 
ish; pinnae  12-18  in.  long;  pinnules  narrow,  3-4  in.  long, 
%-%in.  wide,  with  15-18  pairs  of  segments,  which  are 
narrow  and  slightly  serrate.  Trop.  Amer. 

AAA.   Lvs.  quadripinnatifid. 

oligocarpa,  Fee.  Fig.  72.  Rachises  smooth,  grayish 
straw-colored  ;  pinnules  1K-2  ft.  long,  the  segments 
ligulate,  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  blunt  lobes ;  sori  median, 

4-6  on  the  lower  lobes.  Columbia.     T    ,,  TT 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

ALST6NIA  (Dr.  Alston,  once  professor  of  botany  at 
Edinburgh).  Apocynacece.  Between  30  and  40  species 
of  trees  or  shrubs  of  E.  Ind.  and  Australia,  with  small 
wh  te  fls.  in  terminal  cymes,  and  simple- entire  Ivs.  in 
whorls  or  opposite.  A.  scholdris,  R.  Br.,  is  the  Devil- 
tree  or  Pali-mara  of  India,  the  bark  of  which  is  medici- 
nal. Trees  yield  caoutchouc. 

macrophylla,  Wall.  A  tall  tree,  with  milky  juice,  spar- 
ingly cult,  in  S.  Fla.,  and  perhaps  in  S.  Calif. 

ALSTBCEMEBIA  (Baron  Alstroemer,  friend  of  Lin- 
naeus). Amaryllidacece.  Coolhouse  and  stove  plants, 
with  tuberous  roots,  treated  as  bulbs.  Fls.  small  (2  in. 
or  less  long),  comparatively  narrow,  with  6  segments, 
parted  nearly  or  quite  to  the  ovary,  often  irregular; 
stamens  mostly  declined  ;  stigma  3-cleft ;  sts.  slender 
and  leafy,  weak,  or  even  disposed  to  climb.  Monogr.  by 
Baker,  Handbook  of  the  Amaryllidese. 

Some  of  the  Alstroemerias  have  survived  the  winters 
in  Washington  of  late  years  only  when  a  heavy  mulch 
has  been  given,  as  A.  aurantiaca  and  its  form  A.  aurea, 


72.  Alsophila  oligocarpa. 

A.  Chilensis  and  its  forms.  Evidently  among  the  hardi- 
est are  A.  Brasiliensis  and  A .  pulchella,  although  some 
of  the  others  have  not  been  tried.  For  outdoor  planting, 
Alstroemerias  are  at  their  best  in  a  partly  shaded  posi- 


54 


ALSTRCEMERIA 


ALUM   ROOT 


tion,  and  at  all  times  during  their  growth  the  roots  must 
have  an  abundance  of  water.  In  fact,  there  is  little  use 
in  attempting  their  cultivation  out-of-doors  where  these 
conditions  cannot  be  given.  In  colder  climates,  the  Al- 
stroemerias  can  be  grown  very  successfully  by  planting- 
out  in  spring,  and,  as  soon  as  they  die  down,  lift,  and 
keep  over  winter  in  a  place  from  which  frost  is  excluded. 
An  annual  lifting,  or,  when  grown  in  pots,  an  annual 
shaking-out,  should  be  given,  because  they  increase  to 
such  an  extent  that  the  younger  and  smaller  crowns  are 
apt  to  take  the  nourishment  from  the  large,  flowering 
crowns.  The  largest  ones  ought  to  be  separated  from 
the  smaller  ones,  and  either  grown  in  pots  or  planted 
outside  when  the  proper  time  arrives.  In  this  way  the 
genus  will  become  much  more  popular  than  it  now  is, 
either  for  cutting  or  for  the  decoration  of  the  border. 
The  soil  best  suited  to  their  requirements  is  largely  com- 
posed of  vegetable  humus;  when  this  is  not  to  be  had, 
old,  well-decayed  cow  or  stable  manure  should  be  incor- 
porated with  the  soil.  When  they 
are  planted  outside,  the  tubers 
should  be  put  deep  in  the  ground, 
and  the  soil  should  be  well  worked 
for  at  least  15  inches.  The  tubers 
are  slightly  egg-shaped,  attached 
to  a  common  stem  ;  the  roots  are 
made  from  the  ends  of  the  tubers, 
and  also  from  near  the  growing 
points  of  the  crowns. 

One  of  the  best  for  greenhouse 
work  is  A.  Pelegrina,  var.  alba. 
Other  kinds  which  may  be  con- 
sidered tender  north  of  Washing- 
ton are  A.  hcemantha,  A.  versicolor  (or 
Peruviana)    and  its  forms,  A.  Hookerii 
and  A.  violacea.    Some  of  the  Van  Houtte 
hybrids,  raised  from  Hookerii  and  haeman- 
tha,  are  extremely  pretty,  but,  with  the 
others,  they  are  rather  unsuitable  for  pot- 
culture,  owing  to  the  peculiar  formation 
of  the  roots. 

The  species  are  easily  raised  from  seeds, 

which  should   be   sown   rather  thinly  in 

deep  pans,  and  allowed  to  remain  without 

pricking  off  or  shifting  for  the  first  season. 

Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER, 

A.    Lvs.  of  fl.  stem  (or  scape)  broad,  ob- 
long or  oblong -spatulate. 

pulch611a,  Linn.  f.  (A.  psittacina, 
Lehrn.).  Sterile  st.  a  foot  or  less  long, 
with  aggregated  petioled  Ivs. :  flowering 
st.  2-3  ft.,  with  scattered  Ivs.:  fls.  in  a 
simple  umbel,  on  pedicels  \-\%,  in.  long, 
long  funnel-shaped, the  segments  unequal, 
dark  red  and  tipped  with  green  and  spotted 
inside  with  brown;  stamens  nearly  as  long 
as  limb.  Brazil.  Fig.  73  is  a  copy  of  the 
A.  psittacina,  B.M.  3033.— An  old  garden 
plant. 

ChilSnsis,  Cree.  Stout,  2-4  ft.:  Ivs.  scat- 
tered, obovate  or  spatulate,  or  the  upper  becoming  lan- 
ceolate, twisted  at  the  base,  fringed,  somewhat  glaucous : 
fls.  large,  rose  or  red  (or  varying  to  whitish),  the  two 
lower  segments  longer  and  straighter  :  umbel  with  5 
or  6  2-fld.  peduncles.  Chile. 

AA.   Lvs.  of  fl.  st.  lanceolate  (at  least  the  lower  ones). 
B.    Fls.  purplish  or  red. 

Pelegrina,  Linn.  Fl.  st.  stout,  a  foot  or  less  high :  Ivs. 
about  30,  thin,  ascending,  2  in.  or  less  long  and  %in.  or 
less  wide:  fl.  2  in.  or  less  long,  lilac,  the  outer  segments 
broad  and  cuspidate,  the  inner  ones  spotted  red-purple: 
umbel  few-rayed,  normally  simple,  but  becoming  com- 
pound in  cult.  Also  a  pure  white  var.  Chile.  B.M.  139. 
Gn.  46,  p.  472.  L.B.C.  13: 1295. 

hsemantha,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (A.  Simsii,  Spreng.).  Fl.  st. 
2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  crowded  and  thin,  somewhat  stalked,  3-4  in. 
long  and  %in.  or  less  long,  the  upper  becoming  linear, 
glaucous  beneath  :  fls.  2  in.  or  less  long,  bright  red 
tipped  green,  the  inner  ones  with  red-purple  spots  on  a 
red-yellow  ground :  umbel  very  compound,  the  branches 


73.  Alstroemeria  pulchella 
(XX). 


4-6  in.  long.    A  white-fld.  variety  is  cult.    Chile.    B.M. 
2353,  as  A.  pulchella. 

BB.    Fls.  yellow  or  yellowish. 

aurantiaca,  Don.  Fl.  st.  2-4  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  nearly  50, 
thin,  somewhat  petiolate,  slightly  glaucous  below,  3-4  ft. 
long  and  %'m.  wide  :  fls.  10-30,  in  a  compound  umbel, 
the  perianth  bright  yellow,  outer  segments  tipped  green 
and  inner  ones  spotted  brown.  There  is  a  form  with 
pale,  unspotted  fls.  Chile.  B.M.  3350,  as  A.  aurea.  Gn. 
26:472. 

Brasiliensis,  Spreng.  St.  3-4  ft. :  Ivs.  remote,  thickish, 
oblong-lanceolate,  2  in.  long:  fl.  \%  in.  long,  in  a  5-rayed 
umbel  (each  ray  bearing  1-3  fls.),  the  segments  oblong- 
spatulate  and  reddish  yellow,  the  inner  ones  spotted 
brown;  stamens  shorter  than  segments.  Brazil. 

AAA.    Lvs.  of  flower  stem  linear. 

versicolor,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (A.  Peruviana,  Van  Houtte. 
A.  sulphurea  and  A.  tigrlna, 
Hort. ) .  Fl.  st.  short  (1  ft.  or  less 
high) ;  Ivs.  many,  the  lower  ones 
about  1  in.  long  :  fls.  1  in.  long,  in 
a  nearly  simple  umbel,  yellow 
spotted  purple,  the  segments  all 
oblanceolate  and  acute.  A  mar- 
ginate  var.  Chile. 

Ligtu,  Linn.   Fl.  st.  l%-2  ft.: 
Ivs.    20-30,  thin,  the   lowermost 
becoming  lanceolate,  2-3  in.  long: 
fls.  1%  in.  long,  in  a  nearly   or 
quite  simple  umbel,  whitish,  lilac 
or  pale  red,  streaked  purple,  the 
inner  segments  often  obtuse.  Var.  pulchra, 
Baker  (A.  pulchra,  Sims,  B.M.  2421.  A. 
Fids-Martini,    Ker.),  has  narrower  and 
longer  Ivs.,  and  all  the  segments  acute  or 
cuspidate.    Chile.    Common  and  variable 
in  cult.   A.  Hodkeri,  Lodd.,  is  a  form  of 
A.  Ligtu. 

The  A.  Ligtu  of  B.M.  125  is  A.  caryo- 
phyllea,  Jacq.,  with  long-clawed,  very  un- 
equal segments  in  two  sets  or  lips,  red  and 
red-striped.  Brazil. 

violacea,  Phill.  St.  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  scattered 
and  spreading,  1  in.  or  less  long,  those  on 
sterile  shoots  larger,  ovate-oblong  and  5- 
nerved:  fls.  on  forked  pedicels  in  a  5-rayed 
umbel,  l%-2  in.  long,  bright  lilac,  the 
outer  segments  obovate,  truncate  and  with 
a  short  cusp,  the  inner  oblong-acute, 
spotted.  Chile.  L.  H.  B. 

ALTERNANTHEKA,    See   Telanthera. 

ALTH55A  (Greek,  to  cure).  Malvaceae. 
Tall  biennial  or  perennial  herbs,  of  the 
warm-temperate  regions  of  the  Old  World, 
of  about  a  dozen  species.  Fls.  axillary, 
solitary,  or  racemose  in  the  axils  or  at 
the  summit  of  the  stem,  with  6-9  bracts 
below  the  calyx.  A.  frutex  and  A.  coelestis,  Hort.,  are 
Hibiscus  Syriacus. 

officinalis,  Linn.  MARSH  MALLOW.  Downy:  Ivs.  ovate, 
often  heart-shaped  or  3-lobed,  frequently  undivided, 
tomentose:  fls.  1  in.  across,  blush  or  rose,  clustered  in  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs.  Perennial.  E.  Eu.— Root  used  for  mu- 
cilage and  for  other  purposes  ;  also  medicinal.  The 
root  of  commerce  has  its  brown  outer  covering  removed. 
Rarely  cult.,  but  occasionally  escaped  in  marshes  near 
the  coast. 

rdsea,  Cav.  HOLLYHOCK,  which  see  for  culture.  St. 
strict  and  spire -like,  hairy:  Ivs.  large  and  rough, 
rounded-heart-shaped,  wavy-angled  or  lobed:  fls.  large 
and  nearly  sessile,  in  a  long  wand-like  raceme  or  spike, 
in  many  forms  and  colors.  Biennial.  China.  B.M.  3198, 

ficifdlia,  Cav.  Biennial,  5-8  ft. :  Ivs.  7-lobed,  toothed, 
fl.  yellow  or  orange,  large,  in  terminal  spikes,  showy. 
Eu.  Int.  by  Franceschi,  Cal.,  as  A.  sidce folia. 

L.  H.  B. 

ALUM  BOOT.    See  Heuchera. 


74.  Sweet  alyssum  (X 


ALYSSUM 

AL^SSUM  (classical  name).  Cruel ferw.  Low  plants, 
mostly  perennials  and  used  for  rockwork.  The  Sweet 
Alyssum  is  one  of  the  commonest  annuals,  grown  both 

in  the  open  and  forced 
in  benches,  beds  or 
pots.  It  is  of  the  easi- 
est culture,  either  in- 
doors or  out.  The  com- 
pact vars.  are  most 
prized  for  pot-culture. 
Under  glass,  requires 
temperature  of  a  car- 
nation house.  It  will 
stand  considerable 
frost  in  the  open,  and 
may  be  sown  early  ;  it  blooms  all  summer,  and  until 
killed  by  winter.  Useful  for  window  gardens  and  bas- 
kets. For  winter  bloom,  sow  seeds  late  in  Aug.  or  in 
Sept.  When  blooms  begin  to  fail,  cut  back  the  plant,  and 
it  will  bloom  again.  The  perennial  species  are  usually 
prop,  by  dividing  the  roots  ;  also  by  cuttings  and  seeds. 

A.   Fls.  white. 

maritimum,  Lam.  (A.  odordtum,  Hort.).  SWEET  ALYS- 
SUM. Fig.  74.  A  low,  spreading,  light  green  annual,  with 
lanceolate  or  linear  entire  Ivs.,  tapering  to  the  base,  and 
small  honey-scented  fls.  in  terminal  clusters,  which  be- 
come long  racemes.  Eu.  Many  cult,  vars.:  Benthami 
or  compactum,  a  dwarf  and  compact  form,  not  over  6  in. 
high  ;  variegatum,  with  pale  white-edged  Ivs. ;  gigan- 
teum,  robust,  broad-lvd. ;  procumbens,  of  spreading 
habit :  and  various  horticultural  forms  with  trade  names. 

spindsum,  Linn.  A  woody-stemmed  little  perennial, 
with  lanceolate  acute  silvery  Ivs.,  spiny  fl.  branches, 
and  very  small  numerous  fls.  Eu.  Rockwork;  3-6  in. 

AA.    Fls.  yellow:  perennials. 
B.   Lvs.  %  in.  or  less  long. 

serpyllifdlium,  Desf.  (.4.  alpe'stre,  Linn.?).  Dwarf 
(3-4  in.  high),  somewhat  woody  at  the  base,  with  rough- 
hoary  Ivs.,  and  pale  yellow  fls.  inracemes.  Eu.  Int. 1892 

BB.   Lvs.  1  in.  or  more  long. 

saxatile,  Linn.  GOLDEN-TUFT.  A  foot  high,  woody  at 
base  :  Ivs.  oblanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or 
wavy,  hoary-tomentose  :  fls.  golden  yellow,  numerous, 
in  little  compact  clusters.  Eu.  B.M.  159.  A. F.  5:37. 
—  Common  in  rockwork,  making  a  spreading  mat,  bloom- 
ing in  early  spring.  There  is  a  dwarf  var.  (compdctum  , 
and  a  pretty  variegated  variety  sold  as  A.  variegatum. 

Gemonense,  Linn.  Less  hardy  than  the  last:  Ivs.  lan- 
ceolate, velvety  :  fls.  lemon-yellow  :  st.  usually  more 
woody  at  base.  Eu. 

rostratum,  Stev.  (A.  Wierzbickii,  Heuff.).  About  20 
in.:  Ivs.  2  in.  long,  broad-oblong,  pointed,  hairy:  fls. 
deep  yellow,  in  dense  heads,  in  summer.  Asia  Minor. 

argenteum,  Vitm.  Dwarf  and  dense  grower,  15  in.  or 
less:  Ivs.  oblong-spatulate,  silvery  beneath:  fls.  yellow 


in  clustered  heads,  all  summer.    Eu. 
AMANlTA.    See  Mushroom. 


L.  H.  B. 


AM ARABOTA  (native  name).  Melastomacew.  A  ge- 
nus of  only  three  species  of  tender  shrubs  from  New 
Grenada,  which  are  showy  both  in  foliage  and  flower. 
Lvs.  large,  opposite,  sessile,  with  three  prominent 
nerves,  brownish  red  beneath:  fls.  large,  cymose;  petals 
usually  6;  stamens  12-15.  For  cult.,  see  Pleroma.  Not 
known  to  be  in  American  trade. 

A.amdbilis,  Linden.  Fls.  white,  margined  carmine;  stamens 
white:  style  red,  exserted.  I.H.  34:  9.  —  A.  princeps,  Linden. 
Fls.  cnrmine  ;  stamens  white;  styles  white.  I.H.  34:4.— 4. 
splendida.  Linden.  Fls.  6%  in.  across  ;  petals  narrower  at  the 
base  than  in  the  other  species;  stamens  yellow;  style  red,  ex- 
serted. I.H.  .'{4:r!4. 

AMARANTHS  (Greek,  unfading).  Amarantdcece. 
AMARANTH  Coarse  annual  plants,  grown  for  foliage  and 
the  showy  fl. -clusters.  Related  to  the  Cockscomb.  The 
Amaranths  are  usually  treated  as  open-air  annuals. 
They  thrive  best  in  a  hot  and  sunny  situation.  In  very 
rich  soil  the  Ivs.  become  very  large  but  usually  lack  in 


AMARANTHS  55 

bright  coloring.  Seeds  may  be  sown  in  the  open  or  in 
frames.  The  dwarf  arid  compact  vars.,  which  often  have 
beautifully  variegated  foliage,  may  be  grown  in  pots  or 
used  for  bedding.  Give  plenty  of  room. 

A.    Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  long  and  drooping. 

salicifdlius,  Veitch.  Graceful  pyramidal  habit,  3ft.: 
Ivs.  5-8  in.  long  and  %in.  wide,  wavy,  bronze-green, 
changing  to  orange-red.  Philippines.  G.C.I.  1871:1550. 
F.S.  19:1929. 

AA.    Lvs.  broad,  mostly  orate. 
B.    Spikes  drooping. 

caudatus,  Linn.  LOVE-LIES-BLEEDING.  Fig.  75.  Tall 
and  diffuse  (3-5  ft.) :  Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  stalked, 
green  :  spikes  red,  long  and  slender,  naked,  in  a  long 
and  drooping  panicle,  the  terminal  one  forming  a  long, 
cord-like  tail.  Also  vars.  with  yellowish  and  whitish 
panicles.  India.  G.W.  6:709. — Common,  and  an  old 
favorite. 

atropurpureus,  Hort.  Foliage  blood-red.  Probably  a 
form  of  A.  caudatus.  Perhaps  the  same  as  Roxburgh's 
A.  atropurpureus  from  India. 

BB.    Spikes  erect. 

hypochondriacus,  Linn.  PRINCE'S  FEATHER.  Tall  and 
glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  acute:  spikes  blunt, 
aggregated  into  a  thick,  lumpy  terminal  panicle,  of  which 
the  central  part  is  elongated:  bracts  long-awned.— An 
old  garden  plant,  with  the  heavy  heads  variously  col- 
ored, but  mostly  purple.  Lvs.  mostly  purple  or  purple- 
green.  Probably  Asian.  Cult,  also  as  A.crue'ntus  and 
A.  atropurpureus.  Sometimes  a  weed  in  cult,  grounds. 

paniculatus,  Linn.  St.  usually  pubescent :  Ivs.  usu- 
ally broader  than  in  the  last,  and  spikes  acute  or  acutish, 
and  in  an  open,  more  graceful  terminal  panicle:  bracts 
awn-pointed.  — Common,  and  sometimes  a  weed.  Lvs. 
usually  green,  but  often  blotched  or  bright  purple.  A 
showy  form  is  A.  speciosus,  Sims,  B.M.  2227.  Cult, 
also  as  A.sanguineus.  Probably  originally  Asian. 

Gangeticus,  Linn.  ( A.  melanch6licus ,  Linn.).  Usually 
a  lower  plant,  3  ft>.  or  less  and  often  only  1  ft.,  with  thin, 
ovate-pointed  Ivs.,  and  fls.  in  short,  glomerate,  inter- 
rupted spikes,  both  terminal  and  axillary.  — Very  varia- 
ble. Cult,  by  Amer.  Chinese  (Fig.  76)  as  a  pot-herb 
under  the  name  of  Hon-toi-moi,  with  green  Ivs.  (Bailey, 
Bull.  67,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.).  A  form  used  for  bedding, 
with  foliage  red,  yellow  and  green,  is  JOSEPH'S  COAT,  or 
A  tricolor  (G.W.  6:  709).  A  form  with  fiery  red  Ivs.  is 
known  as  A .  bicolor.  Various  dwarf  and  compact  bed- 
ding forms.  Used  more  for  foliage  than  for  fl.  panicles. 
Asian. 

Other  garden  Amaranthuses  are  A.  Abyssinicus, 
dark  red;  A.gibbdsus,  Hort.,  a  form  of  A . paniculatus ; 
A.  Htnderi,  probably  a  hybrid  with  A.  salicifolius,  or  a 


75.   Amarantus 
caudatus 


var.  of  it,  with  long-drooping,  orown  Ivs.,  and  tall,  pyra- 
midal stature  ;  A.  G6rdoni,  or  Sunrise,  with  bronzy 
banded  Ivs.  and  brilliant  scarlet  Ivs.  on  top;  A.superbus, 
int.  1893.  Other  Amaranthuses  are  common  weeds:  A. 


56 


AMARANTUS 


AMARYLLIS 


retroflexus,  Linn.,  A.  chlorostacht/s,  Willd.,  A.  dlbus, 
Linn.,  A,  blitoldes,  Wats.,  A.  spinosus,  Linn.  The  two 
first  are  known  as  pigweeds  and  beet-roots;  the  third  is 
a  common  tumbleweed.  L  H  B 


76.  Amaramus  Gangeticus  (X 

AMARYLLIS  (classical  name).  Amaryllid&cete. 
Bulbous  plants  from  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  flowering  in 
late  summer  or  in  fall,  the  Ivs.  appearing  later.  Perianth 
with  a  short  ribbed  tube,  the  divisions  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late, the  filaments  distinct  and  no  scales  between  them, 
fls.  5-12,  in  an  umbel,  on  a  tall  scape.  Monogr.  by  Her- 
bert, Amaryllidacete,  1837  ;  and  by  Baker,  Handbook  of 
the  Amaryllideae. 

In  dealing  with  the  culture  of  Amaryllis,  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  speak  of  the  genus  in  its  horticultural  sense, 
—to  include  Hippeastrum  and  related  things.  Such  is 
the  understanding  in  the  following  cultural  directions. 
There  are  two  widely  differing  methods  of  cultivating 
the  Amaryllis  to  produce  showy  flowers  in  the  spring 
months,—  the  border  method  and  the  pot  method.  Any 
one  trying  both  of  these  methods  will  soon  come 
to  the  conclusion  that  they  differ  not  only  in  method, 
but  in  flower-producing  results.  The  first  method 
is  to  plant  the  bulbs  out  in  a  prepared  border  after 
they  are  done  flowering,  say  about  the  middle  of  May. 
The  border  selected  should  have  perfect  drainage,  and, 
if  convenient,  be  situated  on  the  south  side  of  a  house  or 
wall,  fully  exposed  to  the  sun  during  the  greater  part 
of  the  day.  The  bulbs  are  set  out  in  rows,  necessarily 
with  as  little  disturbance  of  the  roots  as  possible,  because 
if  they  are  bulbs  which  have  undergone  similar  treat- 
ment the  previous  year,  by  the  middle  of  May  they  have 
made  a  considerable  number  of  new  roots;  besides,  the 
foliage  also  has  gained  some  headway,  and  may  be  con- 
sidered in  the  midst  of  actual  growth.  In  planting,  care- 
fully firm  the  soil  around  the  old  balls,  give  one  water- 
ing, and  on  the  succeeding  day,  after  the  surface  of  the 
soil  has  been  raked  over,  cover  to  the  depth  of  2  inches 

with  half-decayed  cow- 
manure.  With  frequent 
waterings  during  the 
summer  and  the  re- 
moval of  weeds,  they 
will  need  no  more  at- 
tention until  the  ap- 
proach of  cool  weather, 
when  they  should  be 
lifted,  sized,  and  pot- 
ted ;  however,  at  this 
season,  if  wet  weather 
has  predominated, 
some  of  the  bulbs  will 
be  in  a  semi-dormant 
state,  while  the  ma- 
jority will  yet  be  in 
active  growth.  Here 
is  the  drawback  to  this 
method  :  the  roots  are 
large  and  fleshy,  they 
take  up  considerable 
room  in  a  6-  or  7-inch 
pot,  and  the  soil  can- 
not be  evenly  distrib- 
uted amongst  them, 
neither  can  it  be  made 
as  firm  as  it  should  be. 
The  result  is  the  par- 
tial decay  of  the  roots 
and  leaves,  and  in  the 
spring, when  the  flower 
scapes  appear,  they  are  developed  at  the  expense  of  the 
bulb,  through  having  insufficient  roots  to  take  up  nour- 
ishment from  the  soil.  The  flowers  which  are  produced 
are  small,  few  in  number,  and  do  not  show  what  the 


77.  Amaryllis  Belladonna. 


Amaryllis  is  capable  of.  To  partly  ameliorate  these  con- 
ditions, the  bulbs  in  active  growth  at  lifting  time  may 
be  heeled-in  on  a  greenhouse  bench  until  they  gradu- 
ally ripen,  taking  care  that  some  of  the  soil  is  retained 
on  the  roots;  otherwise  the  ripening  process  is  altogether 
too  rapid,  so  that  the  roots  and  leaves  suddenly  lose  their 
robust  nature,  become  flabby,  and  erventually  die.  For 
this  method,  it  can  be  said  that  a  larger  number  of  bulbs 
can  be  grown  with  less  trouble  than  by  the  pot  method, 
but  neither  bulbs  nor  flowers  compare  in  size  with  those 
kept  in  pots  the  year  round.  For  the  purpose  of  simply 
increasing  stock,  the  outdoor  method  is  to  be  preferred. 
Most  of  the  kinds  are  naturally  evergreen ;  potting  under 
those  conditions  is  best  done  either  after  the  plants  have 
made  their  growth  in  the  fall  or  after  they  have  finished 
flowering  in  April.  When  done  in  the  fall,  they  are  al- 
lowed to  remain  rather  dry  during  the  winter;  this  will 
keep  the  soil  of  the  original  ball  in  a  sweet  condition 
until  the  time  arrives  to  start  them  into  growth,  which 
may  be  anywhere  after  the  1st  of  January,  or  even 
earlier  if  necessary.  They  will  winter  all  right,  and  keep 
their  foliage,  in  a  brick  frame  in  which  the  temperature 
is  not  allowed  to  fall  below  45°  F.  By  the  beginning  of 
February,  in  a  structure  of  this  sort,  they  will  be  showing 
flower-scapes,  and  should  then  be  taken  to  a  position 
where  more  heat  and  light  can  be  given.  A  weak  solu- 
tion of  cow-manure  will  much  help  the  development 
of  the  flowers.  When  in  bloom,  a  greenhouse  tempera- 
ture, with  slight  shade,  will  prolongthe  flowering  period. 
After  flowering,  the  greatest  care  should  be  taken  of  the 
plants,  as  it  is  from  that  period  till  the  end  of  summer 
that  the  principal  growth  is  made.  A  heavy  loam,  en- 
riched with  bone-dust  and  rotted  cow-manure,  suits  them 
well.  The  seeds  of  Hippeastrums  should  be  sown  as  soon 
as  ripe,  covered  very  lightly  with  finely  sifted  leaf -mold, 
and  if  this  shows  a  tendency  to  dry  too  quickly,  cover 
with  panes  of  glass  until  germination  takes  place.  As 
soon  as  the  first  leaves  are  developed,  they  should  be 
potted  in  the  smallest  sized  p^ts  and  kept  growing.  In 
the  propagation  of  varieties,  it  will  be  found  that  the 
large  bulbs  make  two  or  more  offsets  each  season ;  these 
should  not  be  detached  until  it  is  certain  that  they  have 
enough  roots  of  their  own  to  start  with  after  "being 
separated  from  the  parent.  If  a  well-flowered  specimen 
clump  is  desired,  the  offsets  may  be  allowed  to  remain 
attached  to  the  parent;  they  will,  in  most  cases,  flower 
the  second  year  under  generous  treatment.  Amaryllis 
Belladonna  and  the  plant  known  as  A.  longi  flora  (really 
a  Crinum)  are  hardy  in  the  District  of  Columbia;  A. 
longiflora  thrives  even  in  damp,  heavy  soils,  with  no 
protection,  and  flowers  abundantly  each  year.  The  seeds 
are  about  the  size  of  a  chestnut,  and  if  not  gathered  as 
soon  as  ripe,  they  are  apt  to  germinate  on  the  surface  of 
the  ground  during  the  next  rainy  spell  succeeding  the 
ripening.  A.  Belladonna  needs  a  warm,  sheltered  spot, 
with  deep  planting.  Cult>  by  G  w  OLIVER. 

Bellad6nna,  Linn.  BELLADONNA  LILY.  Fig.  77.  Scape 
2-4  ft.,  with  a  2-lvd.  dry  spathe  or  involucre  just  under- 
neath the  umbel:  fls.  lily-like,  short-tubed,  and'  flaring, 
with  pointed  segments  and  style,  and  6  stamens  deflexed, 
on  short  pedicels,  fragrant,  normally  rose-color;  scape 
solid  :  Ivs.  strap-shaped,  canaliculate  and  acute.  B.M. 
733.  Gn.  33:  641,  47,  p.  46,  49,  p.  276,  54:  414.  G.C.  III. 
24:315.  An  old  favorite.  There  are  varieties  ranging 
from  white  to  red,  and  varying  in  shape  and  size  of"  fls. 
A.  bldnda,  Gawl  (B.M.  1450),  is  a  large  form,  with  white 
fls.,  fading  to  blush.  A.  ffdllii,  Hort.,  said  to  be  from 
N.  China,  and  reported  as  hardy  in  New  England,  is 
apparently  a  Lycoris.  For  var.  rdsea  perfecta,  see  Gt. 
45,  p.  443;  spectabilis  tricolor,  45,  p.  358.  See  Brnns- 
vigiaforA.gigantea  sundorientalis;  Crinum f or  A.longi- 
folia  and  ornata  ;  Hippeastrum  for  A.  aulica,  eques- 
tris,  fulgida,  Johnsoni,  Leopoldii,  pardina,  procera,  JRe- 
gince,  reticulata,  vittata  ;  Lycoris  for  A .  avrea  ;  Nerine 
for  A.  Nerine;  Sprekelia  for  A.  formosissima ;  Stern- 
bergia  for  A.  lutea  ;  Vallota  for  A.  purpurea  ;  Zephy- 
ranthes  for  A.  Atamasco  and  Candida.  The  following 
trade  names  probably  belong  to  other  genera,  most  likely 
to  Hippeastrum  :  A.  crocea,  Graveana,  macrdntha,  re- 
fulgens.  A.  erubescens,  of  Horsford's  Cat.,  1899  (by 
mistake  printed  crubescens),  is  Zephyranthes  erubes- 
cens,  Wats.  It  is  not  now  offered. 

L.  H.  r>. 


AMASOXIA 


AMES 


57 


AMASONIA  (after  Thomas  Araason,  early  American 
traveler),  Verbenacvw.  Greenhouse  shrub  from  Trini- 
dad, with  long,  tubular,  hairy  yellow  fls.  and  bright  red 
i.rncts,  which  remain  attractive  two  or  three  months  at 
a  time. 

calycina,  Hook.  f.  ( A.punicea,Hort.  notVahl.).  Lvs. 
6-12  in.  long,  elliptic,  acuminate,  coarsely  irregularly 
toothed  or  sinuate,  glabrous,  except  the  floral  ones  :  fls. 
l%-2  in.  long,  drooping;  calyx  nearly  1  in.  long,  red. 
B.M.  6915.  Gn.  27:  479.  R.B.  20:  13. 

AMBROStNIA  (Giacinti  Ambrosini,  an  Italian). 
A  ro"i(lf(t'.  A  dwarf,  perennial,  tuberous  herb  of  Italy  and 
Algeria.  Half-hardy;  planted  in  the  open  or  in  pots, 
and  blooms  in  the  fall.  A  single  species. 


78.    Amelanchier 

alnifolia  (X%). 


Bassii,  Linn.  Three  or  4  inches  :  Ivs.  2  or  3,  over- 
topping the  spathe,  the  leaf-blade  ovate  or  ovate-ellip- 
tic, obtuse,  often  retuse:  spathe  %  in.  long,  tipped  with 
a  brown  tail,  divided  lengthwise,  the  anthers  being  in 
one  compartment  (which  has  a  hole  to  admit  insects), 
and  the  solitary  ovary  in  the  other,  thus  preventing  au- 
tomatic close  pollination.  B.M.  6360.  — Prop,  by  seeds 
started  inside  or  in  frames,  or  by  division  in  spring. 
There  is  a  narrow-leaved  form  (var.  angustifdlia,  Guss.), 
a  spotted-leaved  form  (var.  vnaculata,  Engler),  and  a 
form  with  pale  green  reticulations  (var.  reticuldta, 
Angler).  L.  H.  B. 

AMELANCHIER  (Savoy  name).  Rosacece.  Shrubs 
or  small  trees  of  Eu.,Asia  and  Amer. :  Ivs.  alternate, 
simple,  usually  serrate  :  fls.  white,  in  racemes,  rarely 
solitary;  calyx  tube  campanulate,  5-lobed,  lobes  narrow, 
reflexed,  persistent ;  petals  5  ;  ovary  2-5-celled,  each 
subdivided  and  containing  2  ovules :  berry  round  or  ob- 
long, with  prominent  cavity,  red  or  dark  purple,  sweet, 
juicy.  Temperate  regions  around  the  globe.  Species 
few  and  closely  related.  Desirable  for  ornament,  the 
dwarf  varieties  also  valuable  as  fruit-bearing  plants. 


Bloom  very  early  in  spring,  often  before  Ivs.  appear. 
They  thrive  upon  a  variety  of  soils  and  over  a  wide  range, 
succeeding  well  in  dry  climates.  Prop,  by  seeds  or 
suckers.  A.  oval  is  and  A.  alplna  of  horticulturists, 
sometimes  purporting  to  come  from  Eu.,  are  our  native 
Pyrus  nigra,  which  see.  See  Juneberry. 

A.    Lvs,  acute  or  acuminate,  finely  serrate. 
B.    Petals  narrow,  lanceolate,  oblanceolate  or  spatulate. 

Canadensis,  Medic.  COMMON  SHAD-BUSH.  Tree,  25-40 
ft.,  upright,  narrow,  oblong,  round-topped  :  trunk  tall, 
straight:  branches  small,  spreading:  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate, 
acute  or  acuminate,  rounded  or  cordate  at  base,  sharply 
and  finely  serrate,  soon  becoming  glabrous  :  fruit  glo- 
bose. Early  summer.  Newfoundland  to  Fla.,  west  to 
Ark.  and  Minn.  S.S.4:194. 

Botryapium,  DC.  (A.  Canadensis,  var.  oblongifdlia, 
Torr.  &  Gray).  COMMON  DWARF  JUNEBERRY.  Bush  or 
small  tree  :  Ivs.  and  flower-stalks  whitish  woolly  when 
young,  often  nearly  or  quite  glabrous  when  old;  Ivs.  ob- 
long, broadly  elliptical,  seldom  cordate,  often  pointed  at 
base  :  racemes  dense,  shorter  than  in  A.  Canadensis; 
fls.  smaller:  fr.  juicy,  of  good  flavor.  New  Brunswick, 
to  Fla.,  west  to  Mo.  and  Minn.  B.M.  7619.  G.C.  III. 
21:  333.  S.S.  4:195,  as  A.  Canadensis  vsLT.obovdlis,  Sarg. 
.  Asiatica,  Endl.  (A.  Canadensis,  var.  Japdnica,  Miq.. 
A .  Japonica ,  Hort. ) .  Small  tree  with  slender  branches : 
Ivs.  ovate-elliptical,  acute,  densely  woolly  when  young: 
racemes  dense,  compound.  China  and  Jap. 

BB.    Petals  broad,  obovate. 

oligocarpa,  Roem.  Low  shrub  2-9  ft.,  nearly  glabrous, 
throughout:  Ivs.  thin,  narrowly  ovate  or  oblong,  pointed 
at  each  end,  finely  and  sharply  serrate  :  racemes  few- 
flowered  ;  petals  broad,  obovate  :  fr.  dark  blue-purple, 
pear-shaped,  with  heavy  bloom,  sweet,  of  pronounced, 
flavor.  Swamps,  Lab.  to  N.  Y.  G.F.  1:  247. 

AA.    Lvs.  broader,  obtuse  or  rounded  at  apex,  coarsely 

serrate  or  dentate. 

alnifolia,  Nutt.  Fig.  78.  Shrub  :  Ivs.  thick,  broad, 
oval  or  nearly  circular,  coarsely  toothed  toward  the: 
apex:  petals  narrowly  obovate  or  oblanceolate,  cuneate: 
fr.  dark  purple  or  blue,  with  bloom,  large,  sweet,  juicy. 
W  Ont.  to  Mich.,  New  Mex.  and  westward.  G.F.  1:185; 
5:  415.  S.S.  4: 196.— A  valuable  species  for  fruit  or  or- 
nament. Aronia  alnifolia  of  some  lists. 

rotundifolia, Roem.  (A.  Canadensis,  var.  rotundifolia,. 
Torr.  &  Gray).    Low,  stragglish  bush:    Ivs.  rounded,, 
coarsely    serrate  :    fr.   ripening   after  A. 
Canadensis.    N.  Brunswick  to  Minn. 

spicata,  Dec.  Small  bush  1-3  ft. :  Ivs. 
elliptic  or  oval,  rounded  at  both  ends  or- 
somewhat  cordate  at  base  :  fls  in  numer- 
ous 4-10-fld.  racemes  :  plant  woolly  on 
young  growths,  but  becoming  glabrous. 
Dry,  rocky  places.  Pa.  and  N.  J. 

vnlgaris,  Monch.  SERVICE-BERRY.  Dwarf 
shrub  :  Ivs.  roundish,  coarsely  serrate, 
woolly  beneath  when  young  :  racemes  short ;  petals  long- 
narrowly  oblanceolate  :  fr.  blue-black.  Cent.  Eu.  — Cult, 
for  ornament ;  also  for  fr.  under  the  name  of  European. 
Juneberry.  FRED  W.  CARD. 

AMES,  FREDERICK  LOTHROP  (June  8,  1835-Sept. 
13,  1893),  of  the  fourth  generation  of  a  family  distin- 
guished in  the  history  of  Massachusetts  enterprise,  was. 
born  in  North  Easton,  in  that  state.  He  was  graduated 
from  Harvard  College  in  the  class  of  1854,  and  devoted 
his  life  to  the  management  of  great  commercial  and  in- 
dustrial interests.  Business  did  not  occupy  all  his  atten- 
tion; he  was  a  Fellow  of  Harvard  College,  a  trustee  of 
the  Massachusetts  Society  for  Promoting  Agriculture, 
and  of  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts;  and  an  active  and 
faithful  director  of  charitable  and  benevolent  institu- 
tions. A  munificent  patron  of  arts  and  sciences,  he  was 
successful  in  stimulating  the  increase  of  knowledge  in 
many  fields  of  human  research.  Devoted  through  his 
whole  life  to  horticulture,  he  gained  distinction  for  his 
wide  and  accurate  knowledge  of  tropical  orchids  and 
their  cultivation,  and  his  collection  of  these  plants  at  his 
country  place  in  his  native  town  was  the  most  complete; 


58 


AMES 


AMORPHOPHALLUS 


in  the  New  World.  His  important  services  to  botany  and 
horticulture  are  commemorated  in  Lcelia  Amesiana, 
Lcelia  anceps  var.  Amesiana,  Phalwnopsis  F.  L.  Ames, 
Cypripedium  Amesianum,  Cypripedium  insigne  var. 
Amesianum,  Vanda  Amesiana,  Stanhopea  Amesiana, 
Miltonia  vexillaria  var.  Amesiana,  Odontoglossum 
Rossice  var.  Amesiana,  and  Cattleya  Hardyana  var. 
Amesiana.  C.  S.  SARGENT. 

AMHERSTIA  (Countess  Amherst  and  her  daughter, 
Lady  Amherst,  promoters  of  botany  in  India).  Legu- 
minbsce.  One  of  the  noblest  of  flowering  trees,  native 
to  India,  where  it  reaches  a  height  of  40  ft.  and  more. 
Gaudy  red  fls.  8  in.  long,  with  wide-spreading  petals,  the 
upper  ones  gold-tipped,  and  colored  >petal-like  bracts,  in 
long,  hanging  racemes  :  Ivs.  pinnate,  nearly  3  ft.  long. 
The  tree  first  flowered  in  Eng.  in  1849.  It  requires  hot- 
house treatment.  The  fls.  last  only  2  or  3  days.  Demands 
rich,  loamy  soil,  and  abundant  moisture  during  the  grow- 
ing season,  after  which  the  wood  must  be  ripened  firm. 
B.M.  4453.  F. 8.5:513-516. 

AMIANTHIUM.    See  Zygadenus. 

AMMOBIUM  (Greek,  living  in  sand).  Compdsitce. 
Hardy  herb,  cult,  as  an  everlasting  or  immortelle.  Florets 
Perfect,  yellow,  surrounded  by  a  dry,  silvery  white  invo- 
lucre, and  subtended  by  chaffy  scales;  pappus  of  2  bris- 
tles and  2  teeth.  Commonly  treated  as  an  annual,  but 
seeds  are  sometimes  sown  in  Sept.,  and  the  plant  treated 
as  a  biennial.  Of  easiest  culture,  the  seeds  being  sown 
where  the  plants  are  to  grow.  In  the  N.,  sow  seeds  in 
spring.  Cut  the  fls.  before  they  are  fully  expanded,  and 
'hang  in  a  dry,  shady  place.  They  will  then  remain  white. 

alatum,  R.  Br.  Three  ft.  or  less  high,  erect  and 
branchy,  white-cottony,  the  branches  broadly  winged  : 
early  root-lvs.  ovate  at  the  ends  and  long-tapering  be- 
low (javelin-shaped) ;  st.-lvg.  linear  or  linear-lanceolate, 
•entire  or  nearly  so  :  heads  1-2  in.  across,  the  involucre 
becoming  pearly  white.  Australia.  A  large-headed  form 
is  var.  grandifldrun.  L.  H.  B. 

AMMOCHARIS  (amwos,  sand;  charis,  beauty).  Ama- 
ryllidacece.  Greenhouse  bulb  from  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
J.  G.  Baker,  Amaryllide®,  p.  96.  For  cult.,  see  Bulbs. 

falcata,  Herb.  Bulb  ovoid,  sometimes  6-9  in.  in  diam., 
with  brown  tunics  :  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  1  in.  wide,  strap- 
.shaped,  spreading,  produced  before  the  Ivs.:  fls.  20-40, 
in  an  umbel,  bright  red,  fragrant.  Winter.  Probably 
the  fruit  figured  in  B.M.  1443  is  that  of  a  Brunsvigid, 
mismatched  with  the  flowers. 

Ammocharis  falcata  requires  rich,  loamy  soil.  It 
starts  to  grow  in  the  spring.  Give  plenty  of  water  during 
growing  season  in  summer.  It  can  be  cultivated  out-of- 
•doors.  When  perfected  and  finished  in  autumn,  the  bulb 
can  be  put  under  the  greenhouse  bench  ;  keep  moder- 
ately dry  in  sand  or  earth  ;  can  be  potted  in  January, 
after  which  it  will  soon  throw  out  its  fine,  fragrant 
blooms.  Cult,  by  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 

AMMONIACAL    CARBONATE     OF    COPPEK.      See 

Fungicide. 

AMM6PHILA  (Greek,  sand-loving).  Graminece.  A 
coarse  perennial,  with  long,  hard  rootstocks.  Spikelets 
1-fld.,  in  large,  spike-like  panicles,  jointed  above  the 
•empty  glumes :  flowering  glume  surrounded  at  the  base 
by  a  tuft  of  hairs :  axis  of  spikelet  terminating  in  a  small 
bristle-like  rudiment.  Species  one.  Eu.  and  N.  Amer. 

arenaria,  Link.  (A.  arundinacea,  Host.).  BEACH 
GRASS.  MARRAM  GRASS.  Abundant  along  the  sandy 
coasts  of  the  Atlantic,  and  the  great  lakes.  Adapted  for 
binding  drifting  sands  of  coasts.  p  fi  KENNEDY 

AMOMUM  (Greek-made  name).  Scitaminacece.  Hot- 
house ginger-like  herbs,  with  narrow  entire  Ivs.,  and  fls. 
in  dense  cone-like  spikes,  which  are  usually  near  the  base 
of  the  plant  or  on  a  scape.  Closely  allied  to  Alpinia 
(which  see  for  culture). 

Cardamon,  Linn.  CARDAMON.  Thick,  spicy,  lanceolate 
Ivs. :  plant  4-8  ft. :  fls.  brownish,  in  a  recximbent  com- 
pound spike.  E,  Ind.  Produces  the  Cardamon  seeds  of 


commerce.    Not  to  be  confounded  with  Elettaria  Carda- 
momum  (which  see). 

Other  species  •d.reA.angustifdlium,  Sonner,with  linear-lanceo- 
late Ivs.  and  yellow  fls.,  Madag. ;  A.-Ddnielli,  Hook.,  Ivs.  lance- 
oblong  and  fl.  large,  red  and  yellow,  Afr. ;  A.  Granum-Paradisi, 
Linn.  (A.  grandiflomm,  Smith),  with  colored  stems  and  white- 
tinted  fls.,  Afr. ;  A.  magnificum,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Alpinia  mag- 
nifica,  Roscoe),  10-12  ft.,  fls.  very  numerous,  in  a  gaudy  bracted 
head,  large,  red,  Mauritius,  B.M.  3192  ;  A.  vittdtum,  Hort.=Al- 

Einia  vittata  ;  A.  vitellinum,  Lindl.,  with  oval  Ivs.  and  yellow 
s.,E.Ind.  L.  H.  B. 

AMOEPHA  (Greek  amorphos,  deformed;  the  fls.  are 
destitute  of  wings  and  keel).  Legiiminosce.  Shrubs  : 
Ivs.  alternate,  odd-pinnate,  deciduous,  with  entire  leaf- 
lets :  fls.  in  dense,  terminal  spikes,  small, papilionaceous, 
but  without  wings  and  keel ;  stamens  exserted  :  pod 
short,  slightly  curved,  with  1-2  seeds.  Eight  species, 
6  in  N.  Amer.  Hardy  flowering  shrubs,  with  graceful  fo- 
liage, well  adapted  for  small  shrubberies,  especially  in 
somewhat  dry  and  sunny  situations.  Prop,  usually  by 
seeds  ;  also  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  in  early 
summer,  or  by  hardwood  cuttings,  placed  in  sheltered 
situations  early  in  fall  and  left  undisturbed  till  the  fol- 
lowing autumn.  They  may  be  grown,  also,  from  layers 
and  suckers. 

can6scens,  Nutt.  LEAD  PLANT.  Low  shrub,  1-3  ft., 
densely  white-canescent :  Ivs.  sessile,  2-4  in.  long,  leaf- 
lets 21-49,  nearly  sessile,  oval  or  ovate-lanceolate,  4-7 
lines  long  :  fls.  blue,  the  spikes  crowded  into  terminal 
panicles.  June.  S.  states.  Mn.5:707.  B.M. 6618.  R.H. 
1896:280.  — Handsome  free-flowering  shrub  of  dense 
habit,  well  adapted  for  rockeries  and  borders  of  shrub- 
beries in  sunny  and  well-drained  situations. 

fruticdsa,  Linn.  BASTARD  INDIGO.  Shrub,  5-20  ft.: 
Ivs.  petioled,  6-16  in.  long,  leaflets  11-21,  oval  or  elliptic, 
mostly  obtuse  and  mucronulate  :  spikes  dense,  3-6  in. 
long,  usually  in  panicles  ;  fls.  dark  purple.  From  Wis. 
and  Pa.  south.  B.R.  5 :  427.  —  Interesting  ornamental 
shrub  of  spreading  habit,  with  fine,  feathery  foliage  ; 
remarkable  for  the  unusual  color  of  its  dark  violet- 
purplish  fls.  A  very  variable  species;  slightly  differing 
forms  have  been  described,  and  are  cult,  under  many  dif- 
ferent names,  as,  e.  g. :  A.  Caroliniana,  Croom  ;  croceo- 
lanata,  Wats. ;  dealbata,  Hort. ;  elata,  Hort. ;  fragrans, 
Sweet;  glabra,  Desf . ;  Icevigata,  Nutt. ;  Lewisi,  Lodd.; 
Ludoviciana ,  Hort.;  mimosifolia,  Hort. ;  ornato,Wend.; 
paniculata,  Torr.  &  Gr.  ;  Tennesseensis,  Shuttlew.  ; 
Texana,  Buckl. 

A.  Californica,  Nutt.  Allied  to  A.  fruticosa.  Pubescent :  sts. 
and  leaf-stalks  furnished  with  prickly  glands  :  spikes  usually 
single.  Calif  .—A.  herbacea,Wnlt.  (A.  pubescens,Willd.) ,  2-4  ft. : 
Ivs.  nearly  sessile,  pubescent  or  glabrous  ;  leaflets  with  black 
glands  beneath  :  spikes  mostly  panicled  ;  fls.  blue  or  white.  S. 
states.  L.B.C.  7:  689.— A.  microphylla,  Pursh.  (A.  nana,  Nutt.). 
One  ft.  high  :  leaflets  small,  %in.  long,  crowded,  glandular  be- 
neath :  spikes  usually  single.  From  Minn,  and  Iowa  west  to 
Rocky  Mts.— A.  virgdta,  Small.  Allied  to  A.  fruticosa.  Peren- 
nial, 2-6  ft.,  sparingly  branched:  leaflets  broad,  coriaceous': 
spikes  single  or  few.  S.  states.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

AMORPHOPHALLUS  (Greek-made  name).  Aroldece. 
Giant  aroids,  from  the  eastern  tropics,  grown  as  curiosi- 
ties in  hothouses.  Spathe  (or  "flower")  springing  from 
the  great  bulb-like  tuber  in  advance  of  the  Ivs.,  the  latter 
usually  pedately  compound:  differs  from  Arum  and  re- 
lated genera  by  technical  characters.  Monogr.  by  Engler 
in  De  Candolle's  Monographic  Phanerogamarum,  vol.  2, 
1879. 

Amorphophalluses  are  propagated  by  offsets  of  the 
tubers.  Towards  the  end  of  March  the  plants  should  be 
taken  from  their  winter  quarters  and  placed  on  the 
stages  of  a  moderately  warm  greenhouse  and  kept  moist, 
where,  if  the  tubers  are  strong  enough,  they  will  soon 
flower.  The  leaves  begin  to  grow  immediately  after  the 
flowering  season.  Towards  the  end  of  May  they  should 
be  planted  out  in  the  open  ground,  or  they  may  be  used 
in  subtropical  bedding.  Plants  should  be  lifted  in  the 
fall,  before  frost,  and  potted  in  any  good,  rich  soil,  and 
placed  in  a  warm  greenhouse  to  ripen  off  the  leaves,  after 
which  they  may  be  stored  away  under  the  greenhouse 
stages,  or  any  convenient  place  where  the  temperature 
does  not  fall  below  50°,  giving  just  sufficient  moisture  to 
keep  the  tubers  from  shriveling. 

Cult,  by  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 


AMORPHOPHALLUS 


AMPELOPSIS 


59 


79.   Inflorescence  and 
bit  of  leaf  of 


Rivieri,  Dur.   DEVIL'S  Tosr.uE.    SNAKE  PALM.   Fig.  79. 
Scape  i  sent  up  in  early  spring)  preceding  the  Ivs.,  .'{-4  ft., 
dark  colored  and  speckled  with  light  red:   If.  often  4  ft. 
across,  pedately  decompound,  the  petiole  mottled,  stand- 
ing on  a  stalk  like  an  umbrella:  spathe 
^  rosy,  calla-like,  with  a  long-project- 

«  i  ing   and    slender    dark   red    slightly 

curved   spadix,  the   whole   "flower" 
often   measuring  3  ft.  long.    Cochin 
China.    R.H.  1871,  p.  573.  — The  best 
known    species    in    Amer.    gardens. 
Has  a  strong  and  disagreeable  odor, 
campanulatus,  Blume.    STANLEY'S 
WASH   TUB.     Scape   lower  (2  ft.  or 
less):    spathe   nearly   or  quite  2  ft. 
broad  and  15   in.  high,  with  a  hori- 
zontal, spreading  fluted  bor- 
der (not  calla-like),  red-purple 
on  the   margin  and  grayish, 
spotted  white  lower  down,  and 
becoming  purple  in  the  cen- 
ter :     spadix   10-12  in.   high, 
the  purple  top  enlarged  and 
convoluted :  If.  much  as  in  A . 
Rivieri:   tuber  weighing  8-10 
Ibs.,  shape  of  a  fiat  cheese.  An 
old   garden   plant   from  E.   Ind. 
B.M.  2812.    F.S.  15:1602-3.    G.C. 
1872:1720,  1721  ;  III.  5:755. 

griganteus,  Blanc.  "Fl.  larger 
than  A.  campanulatus  (often  2 
ft.  across)  and  much  more  pleas- 
ing in  color,  shading  from  deep 
red  to  cream  color  towards  the 
center.  The  club-shaped  spadix 
is  dark  maroon,  with  yellow  and 
red  base.  After  flowering,  the 
foliage -stem  appears,— a  stout 
stem  of  deep  green  color,  mottled 
with  gray.  After  growing  at  the 
Amorphophallus  Rivieri.  rate  of  several  inches  a  day,  it  ex- 
pands into  a  large  palm-like  leaf, 

of  a  rich,  dark  green  color,  often  measuring  5  ft.  across." 
Blanc,  1892,  received  "under  this  name  from  India."  A. 
<-ii  mpn  H  H  latus  ?  Probably  not  the  A .  giganteus  of  Blume. 
Simlense.  Blanc.  "Fl.  15  in.  long,  the  inside  of  peculiar 
golden  color,  spotted  purple ;  the  back  is  metallic  brown. 
Fine  palm-like  foliage."  The  cut  in  Blanc's  catalogue 
shows  a  spathe  produced  into  a  long  foliaceous  summit, 
and  a  long,  slender,  recurved  spadix.  Probably  of  some 
other  genus  :  very  likely  an  Arisaema. 

A.  Afzelii,  Hort.  (Corynophallus  Azelii,  Schott)  =  Hydrosme 
Leonensis.— A.  Elchleri,  Hook.  f.  Spathe 2  in.  across,  purple  and 
white  :  spadix  5  or  6  in.  high,  thick,  brown  :  If.  single,  much  di- 
vided. W.  Afr.  B.M.  7091.— A.  Lacourii,  Linden.  (Pseudodra- 
fontiumLaoourii.N.E.Br.).  Petioles  barred  with  yellow ;  blades 
much  cut.  green,  spotted  white.  Cochin  China.  I.H.  25:  316.— 
A. Leopold/cunts,  Nicholson  (Hydrosme  Leopoldiana, Masters). 
Spathe  reddish,  long  acuminate  on  one  side,  with  undulate  mar- 

fins;  spadix  2-3  ft.,  terete,  recurved  :  If .  2-3  ft.  across.  Congo. 
.H.  34  :23  ;  42,  f.  49.— A.  nivosus,  Lem.,  I.H.  12:  424  =  Dracon- 
tium  asperum.— A.  Titanum,  Beccari.  One  of  the  most  remark- 
able plants  known.  Tuber  5  ft.  in  circ. :  If.-  stalk  10  ft. :  If.-  blade 
45  ft.  in  circ. :  spathe  3  ft.  in  diam. :  spadix  6  ft.  high.  Bloomed 
at  Kew  in  1890,  the  tuber  dying  thereafter.  Sumatra.  B.M. 
7153-5.  G.C.  III.  5:748.  L  jj  B 

AMPELOPSIS  (Greek  ampelos,  vine,  and  opsis,  like- 
ness). Vitacece.  Shrubs,  climbing  by  tendrils  opposite 
the  Ivs.:  Ivs.  alternate,  petioled,  digitate,  bipinnate  or 
simple  :  corymbs  opposite  the  Ivs.  or  terminal  ;  fls.  per- 
fect, greenish  and  small  ;  petals  and  stamens  usually  5  : 
fr.  a  1-4-seeded  berry.  Allied  to  Vitis,  but  easy  to  dis- 
tinguish, even  in  the  winter  state,  by  its  bark  bearing 
lenticels  and  the  white  pith  of  the  branches,  while  Vitis 
has  a  shredding  bark  and  brownish  pith.  About  20  spe- 
cies in  N.  Amer.,  E.  Asia  and  Himal.  Hardy  and  orna- 
mental climbing  vines,  thriving  in  almost  any  soil. 
Prop,  by  seeds  and  by  hardwood  or  greenwood  cuttings. 
A.  quinquefolia  is  usually  increased  by  hardwood  cut- 
tings, while  A.  tricuspidata  grows  best  from  seeds 
planted  under  glass  or  out-of-doors  ;  also  from  green- 
wood cuttings  in  spring  or  early  summer,  under  glass. 
Layers  also  root  readily.  All  species  may  be  prop,  by 


cuttings  with  a  good  eye  placed  in  sandy  soil  under  bell- 
glasses,  in  Sept.  Monogr.  by  Planchon'in  De  Candolle, 
Monographiee  Phanerogamarum,  5:447-463.  Cf.  Cissus. 

A.    Tendrils  mostly  disk-bearing :  berries  dark  purple 
irifh  blue  bloom,  pea-sized.    (Pa*ikenoti*g*t.) 

quinquefdlia,  Michx,  (A.  hederacea,  DC.  Vitis  quinque- 
folia,  Lam.).  VIRGINIA  CREEPER.  Fig.80.  High-climbing: 
Ivs.  digitate  ;  Ifts.  usually  5,  elliptic  or  oblong-obovate, 
coarsely  serrate.  N.Amer.  Em.  2:  535.  Var.  laaitantis- 
sima,  Rehder.  Young  branches  and  Ifts.  beneath  pubes- 
cent :  tendrils  with  many  ramifications  and  well  devel- 
oped disks.  Var.  murdrum,  Rehder.  (A.  hederdcea,  var. 
inurbrum,  Focke.  A.murbrum  and  muralis,  Hort.).  In- 
florescence and  tendrils  like  the  former  ;  Ifts.  glaucous 
and  glabrous  beneath.  Var.  Engelmanni,  Hort.  Similar 
to  the  last,  with  smaller  and  more  dense  foliage.  Var. 
latifdlia,  Dipp.  (A  Rdylei,  Hort. ) .  Of  vigorous  growth  : 
Ivs.  very  large,  shining.  Var.  Graebneri,  Rehder.  Pubes- 
cent, intense  scarlet  in  fall.  Gt.  48: 1462.  Var.  vitacea, 
Knerr.  Aerial  roots  none,  and  the  tendrils  scarcely  disc- 
bearing  :  berries  large  and  early.  Mich,  to  Kans.  Does 
not  cling  to  walls.— A  very  valuable  climber  of  vigorous 
growth,  coloring  bright  scarlet  in  autumn  ;  the  varieties 
radicantissima  and  murorum  well  adapted  for  covering 
walls,  clinging  firmly,  growing  more  straight  upward 
than  the  following  species. 

tricuspidata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (A.  Veitchi,  Hort.  A. 
Rdylei,  Hort.  Vitis  inconstans,  Miq.).  JAPANESE  IVY. 
BOSTON  IVY.  Figs.  81,  82.  High-climbing,  with  short 
and  disciferous  tendrils  :  Ivs.  3-lobed  or  3-foliolate, 
coarsely  and  remotely  dentate,  shining  and  glabrous  on 
both  sides  :  racemes  short-stalked.  China,  Jap.  R.B. 
1877: 11.  Gng.  4:  353,  1:  373.-A  hardy  and  very  useful 
climber,  clinging  firmly  and  covering  walls  densely  ; 
the  glossy  foliage  stands  dust  and  smoke  well,  and  turns 
to  a  brilliant  orange  and  scarlet  in  fall.  Probably  the 
favorite  of  all  hardy  vines  in  cities. 

AA.   Tendrils  without  disks  :  not  climbing  very  high. 
B.   Lvs.  not  lobed  or  rarely  tricuspidate. 

cordata,  Michx.  ( Vitis  indivlsa,  Willd.  Cissus  Am- 
pel6psis,Pers.).  Nearly  glabrous  :  Ivs.  cordate,  round- 
ish-ovate, acuminate,  acutely  serrate  :  berries  bluish  or 
greenish.  From  111.  and  Ohio  south. 

BB.    Lvs.  3-5-lobed  or  divided. 

heteroph^lla,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Lvs.  cordate,  slightly  3- 
or  deeply  3-5-lobed,  nearly  glabrous  and  shining  be- 
neath, lobes  serrate  or  incised  :  berries  light  blue,  punc- 


Leaves  and  fruit 
of  Virginia  Creeper  (X^). 


tate.  E.Asia.  B.M.  5682.  Gt.  1873:  765. -Well  adapted 
for  covering  rocks  and  low  trellis  work  ;  handsome  in 
autumn,  with  its  freely  produced  light  blue  berries. 

Var.  elegans,  Koch  (A.  tricolor,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
blotched  and  striped  with  white,  flushed  pink  when 
young  :  slow-growing  and  tender.  Gn.  54,  p.  5. 


60 


AMPELOPSIS 


ANACARDIUM 


aconitifdlia,  Bunge.  (A.  quinquefolia,  var.  aconitifolia, 
Hort.).  Lvs.  3-  or  5-cleft,  the  middle  lobe  often  pin- 
nately  lobed,  shining  and  nearly  glabrous  beneath:  ber- 
ries small,  yellow.  N.China.  Var.  dissecta,  Koehne  (A. 
dissecta,  Carr.  A.  affinis,  var.  dissecta,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
5-parted,  the  middle  or  the  three  inner  lobes  pinnatifid. 
R.H.  1883,  p.  318.  Gn.  5,  p.  523.  — Graceful  climber  for 
trellis  work. 


81.   Ampelopsis 

tricuspidata. 

Showing  a  young  leaf  and  the  disks  on  the  tendrils  by  which 
the  plant  is  attached  to  walls. 

serjaniaeidlia,  Bunge.  Roots  tuberous  :  lvs.3-5-parted 
or  digitate,  chartaceous,  shining  and  dark  green  above, 
the  divisions  pinnate,  with  winged  rachis,  the  pinnae 
separate  from  the  wings  :  berry  small,  blue,  punctate. 
Jap.,  N.  China.  Gt.  16:  531.  R.H.  1870, p.  17. 

BBB.   Lvs.  Mpinnate,  leaflets  distinctly  stalked. 

arbdrea,  Koehne  (  VUis  bipinndta,  Torr.  &  Gr.  Cissus 
stdns,  Pers.).  St.  erect  or  somewhat  climbing:  pinnae 
and  leaflets  usually  5  ;  leaflets  ovate  or  cuneate-obovate, 
coarsely  toothed,  %-!%  in.  long  :  berries  dark  purple. 
S.  states,  Mex. 

A.  bipinndta,  Michx.=A.  arborea. — A.  brevipedunculdta, 
Koehne=A.  heterophylla,  var. — A .  citrulloldes,  Hort.^hetero- 
phylla. — A.  Davididna,  Mottet=Vitis  Pagnucci. — A.  disseeta, 
Hort.=A.  aconitifolia,  var.  dissecta. — A.  hederdcea,  DC.=A. 
quinquefolia— A.  hederdcea,  Hort.=A.  quinquefolia,  var.  muro- 
rum.— A.HoggijUort.^A.  tricuspidata. — A  .humulifolia,'Bii-nge. 
=A.  heterophylla  var. — A.incmistans,  Miq.=A.  tricuspidata. — 
A.  Japonica,  Hort.=A.  tricuspidata. — A.  lucida,  Carr.=A.  aco- 
nitifolia.— A  .napiformis ,  Carr.=A.serjanisefolia. — A.orientalis, 
Planch.  Allied  to  A.  arborea.  Petioles  longer;  Ivs.  ovate-ellip- 
tic, quite  glabrous:  petals  and  stamens  4.  Orient. — A.Roylei, 
Hort.=A.  quinquefolia,  var.  latifoliaor  A.  tricuspidata. — A.  ru- 
bricaulis,  Carr.=A.  aconitifolia. — A.  sempervirens ,  Hort.=Cis- 
sus  striata. — A.Sieboldi,  Hort.=A.  heterophylla,  var.  elegans. — 
A.  tripartlta,  Carr.=A.  aconitifolia.— A .  trilobdta,  Cam==A. 
aconitifolia. — A.tuberbsa,  Carr.-=A.  serjaniaefolia.— A.'  V&rtchi, 
Hort.=A.  tricuspidata.— A.  Virginidna,  Hort. =A. quinquefolia. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

AMPELOVlTIS.     See  Vitis. 

AMPHICARP2EA  (Greek,  alluding  to  the  two  kinds 
of  fruits).  Leguminosce.  A  half-dozen  little  herbaceous 
vines  of  E.  Amer.  and  Himalayas,  bearing  subterranean 
cleistogamous  fls. :  Ivs.  pinnate,  of  3  leaflets:  fls.  small, 
purplish.  Two  common  species  are  A.  monoica,  Nutt., 
and  A.  Pitcheri,  Torr.  &  Gray  (also  known  as  Falcata 
comosa  and  J'7.  Pitcheri).  Not  known  to  be  in  cult. 

AMPHICOME  (amphi,  both,  and  kome,  hair  ;  the  seeds 
havingatuftof  hair  at  both  ends).  Eignonidcece.  Green- 
house herbaceous  rockery  plants  from  the  Himalayas, 
with  large,  rosy,  funnel-shaped,  5-lobed  fls. 

A.  arguta,  Royle.  Height  3  ft.:  leaflets  in  3-4  pairs,  sessile, 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  deeply  serrate  :  fls.  in  terminal  racemes, 
fewer  than  in  the  next ;  corolla  tube  not  orange-colored  ;  calyx 
lobes  long,  awl-shaped.  P.M.  6:79.— A.  Emodi,  Royle.  Height 
1/^-3  ft. :  leaflets  in  5-7  pairs,  cordate-ovate,  obtuse,  shortly 
petiolulate,  margin  crenate-lobate  :  fls.  at  first  corymbose  ;  co- 
rolla tube  and  throat  orange  ;  calyx  lobes  short,  thick,  fleshy. 
B.M.  4890.  Gn.  8,  p.  25.  Gn.  38,  p.  458.  F.S.  11:1109. 


AMSONIA  (named  for  Charles  Amson).  Called  also* 
Ansonia.  Apocyndcece.  Tough-barked  perennial  herbs 
of  eastern  N.  Amer.  and  Jap.,  with  terminal  panicles  of 
blue  or  bluish  narrow-limbed  small  fls.  in  May  and  June, 
the  inside  of  the  corolla  tube  bearing  reflexed  hairs. 
Grown  in  the  hardy  border,  mostly  with  shrubbery. 
Prop,  mostly  by  dividing  the  clumps  ;  also  by  seeds- 
and  by  cuttings  in  summer. 

Tabernaemontana,  Walter  (A.  latifdlia,  Michx.  A.  sa- 
Ucifdlia,  Pursh.  Taberniemontdna  Amsdnia,  Linn.). 
Glabrous  or  nearly  so,  2-3  ft.  :  Ivs.  willow-like,  ovate  to 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  alternate,  short-petioled  :  fls. 
many,  with  lanceolate  spreading  lobes,  succeeded  by 
slender,  milkweed-like  follicles  or  pods  2-3  in.  long. 
Holds  its  foliage  late.  N.  C.  to  Tex.  B.M.  1873.  L.B.C. 
592.  B.R.  151.  G.W.F.  48. 

angustifolia,  Michx.  (A.cilidta,  Walt.).  Villous  when 
young,  the  stem  1-3  ft.  :  Ivs.  linear  to  lance-linear,  an 
inch  or  two  long,  much  crowded,  margins  becoming  revo- 
lute  :  corolla  lobes  ovate-oblong  to  linear-oblong.  S. 
states.  Int.  1883.  L.  H.  B. 

AMYGDAL6PSIS.     See  Primus. 

AMlTGDALUS  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to  the- 
furrowed  pit).  Rosdcece.  A  name  given  to  the  peaches, 
apricots  and  their  kin,  but  here  treated  as  a  section  of 
the  genus  Prunus,  which  see. 

ANACAMPSEROS  (Greek-made  name).  Portulacdceoe . 
Succulent  herbs,  of  a  dozen  species,  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  but  not  grown  in  this  country  except  in  bo- 
tanic gardens.  They  are  greenhouse  plants,  with  ovate 
fleshy  Ivs.,  fls.  expanding  in  the  sun  ;  prop,  by  seeds  or 
by  cuttings  of  stems  or  leaves. 

ANACARDIUM  (name  refers  to  the  heart-shaped  char- 
acter of  .the  nut).  Anacardidcece.  Eight  or  ten  species, 
native  to  the  Amer.  tropics,  of  which  one  is  widely  cult. : 
occidental,  Linn.  CASHEW. 
A  large,  spreading  tree,  very 
impatient  of  frost,  and  there- 
fore adaptable  only  to  extreme 
southern  Pla.  in  the  U.  S.  : 
Ivs.  oval,  rounded,  or  even 
emarginate  at  the  top ;  fls. 
rosy  tinted,  fragrant,  in  pani- 
cles terminating  the  young 
branches  :  nut  kidney-shaped 
or  heart-shaped,  the  size  of  a 
large  bean,  the  kernel  edible. 
This  nut  is  borne  on  a  fleshy 


82.  Ampelopsis  tncuspiaata. 

receptacle  (the  cashew  apple) which  varies  from  the  size 
of  a  cherry  to  that  of  a  pear,  from  white  to  yellow  and 
red,  and  is  acid  and  edible.  Gn.  11,  p.  211. — A  vinous 
liquor  is  made  from  the  apple.  The  kernel  of  the  nut 
yields  oil,  and  is  edible  when  roasted  ;  the  shell  of  the 
nut  is  exceedingly  acrid,  even  the  fumes  from  the 


AX  AC  ART)  I UM 


ANDROMEDA 


61 


roasting  being  highly  irritant.  The  tree  yields  a  gum 
which  is  the  basis  of  a  varnish,  being  used  to  protect 
books  and  woodwork  from  the  ravages  of  white  ants  and 
other  insects.  The  tree  grows  20-40  ft.  high.  L.  H  B 

ANAGALLIS  (Greek,  meaning  deWjhtful).  Primula- 
•ceff.  PIMPERNEL.  Annual,  biennial  or  perennial  herbs 
cult,  in  the  open.  In  Amer.  only  the  annual  species  are 
L'.'tirnilly  known.  Fls.  axillary  :  Ivs.  in  pairs  or  3's. 
These  are  easily  grown  in  a  warm  soil,  the  seed  usually 
being  sown  where  the  plants  are  to  grow.  The  perennials 
are' prop,  by  division  and  are  grown  in  glass  houses,  or 
well  protected  if  grown  in  the  open. 

arvensis,  Linn.  POOR  MAN'S  WEATHER-GLASS.  Spread- 
ing and  low  :  Ivs.  ovate,  pale,  shorter  than  peduncles  : 
Us.  small,  red  to  white,  the  petals  fringed  with  glandular 
teeth.  Annual.  Eu. — Often  runs  wild.  Fls.  said  to 
close  on  the  approach  of  rain! 

Var.  caerulea,  Neilr.  (A.  ccerulea,  Lam.).  Blue  fls. 
Supposed  to  be  more  tender. 

linifolia,  Linn.  More  upright,  a  foot  high  :  Ivs.  linear 
or  lanceolate  :  fls.  Kin.  in  diani.,  blue.  Many  named 
varieties,  in  various  colors  and  habits.  Biennial  or  per- 
ennial, but  most  of  the  annual  Anagallises  of  gardens 
are  supposed  to  be  forms  of  it,  as  A.  grandifldra,  An- 
drews (blue  annual);  A.  colllna,  Schousb.  (vermilion, 
greenhouse);  A.  Mortlli,  Linn,  (blue,  greenhouse); 
A.  WilmoreAna,  Hook  (purple).  S.  Eu.  and  N.  Afr. 
B.M.  319,  831  (as  A .  fruticosa),  3380.  — The  biennial 
forms  often  cult,  in  cool  greenhouses.  L  H  B 

ANANAS  (modified  from  aboriginal  S.  Amer.  name). 
Written  also  Ananassa.  Bromelidcece.  Stove  herbs,  al- 
lied to  the  Billbergias,  and  demanding  the  same  general 
treatment.  As  ornamental  subjects,  grown  mostly  for 
the  rosette  of  rigid  Ivs.  and  the  strange  often  colored 
head  of  fleshy  fls.,  which  are  6-cleft,  with  6  stamens  and 
one  style.  The  ripe  head  is  composed  of  the  thickened 
rachis,  in  which  the  fleshy  berry  is  imbedded,  and  the 
fleshy  persistent  bracts  ;  in  the  pineapple,  the  fls.  are 
abortive.  Prop,  by  the  leafy  crown  or  topknot,  by 
stroug  suckers,  or  by  small  offsets  from  the  base  :  these 
#re  treated  as  cuttings,  being  rooted  in  sand  with  bottom 
heat,  or  in  the  S.  set  directly  in  the  field.  Monogr.  by 
Mez,  DC.,  Monogr.  Phaner.  9. 

sativus,  Schult.  f.  PINEAPPLE,  which  see  for  field  cul- 
ture. Fig.  83.  Plant  producing  a  single  shaft  2-4  ft. 
high,  and  when  12-20  mos.  old  bearing  a  head  or  pine- 
apple, on  the  top  of  which  is  a  rosette  of  stiff  Ivs. :  Ivs. 
long  and  sword-shaped,  stiff,  more  or  less  rough-edged. 
The  same  stalk  does  not  bear  a  second  time,  but  a  new 
shoot  may  arise  from  the  same  root  and  bear  another. 
Better  results  are  usually  secured  by  severing  the 
sucker  or  crown,  and  growing  a  new  plant.  Amer. 
tropics.  B.M.  1554.  B.R.  1081.  — There  is  a  common 
cult,  form  (var.  variegataorstratifblia),  with  striped  Ivs. 
Gn.51,  p.  57.  A .  Porteanus ,  Koch, is  &  form  of  A.  sativus, 
with  olive-green,  sharp-spined  Ivs.  with  a  yellow  central 
band.  A.  Cocliincliinensis,  Hort.,  is  another  form  (in- 
troduced by  Pitcher  &  Manda,  1891). 

A.bracteatus,  Schult.  f.,  is  a  showy  species  with  red  heads, 
all  the  bracts  being  elongated,  spiny  and  prominent.  Braz. 
B.M.  5025.  Regarded  by  Mez  as  a  form  of  A.  sativus.— A.  mac- 
rodontes,  E.  Morr.,like  a  Bromelia,  has  large  toothed  bracts. 
Braz.— A.  Mnrdilbnus,  Hort.,  a  form  of  A.  sativus  probably, 
has  variegated  spineless  Ivs.  L  H  B 

ANAPHALIS  (Greek  name  of  a  plant).  Compbsitce. 
EVERLASTING.  Much  like  Antennaria,  but  differs  in  the 
pappus-bristles  of  the  staminate  fls.  not  being  thickened 
(these  are  thickened  upwards  in  that  genus)  and  the 
st.  leafy.  Hardy  border  plant  ;  useful  for  immortelles. 

margaritacea,  Benth.  &  Hook.  A  foot  or  two  high, 
with  many  corymbose  heads,  white  :  Ivs.  sessile,  linear- 
lanceolate,  long-pointed  :  involucre  pearly  white,  hence 
the  value  of  the  plant  as  an  everlasting.  N.  states. 

ANAKRHlNUM  (snoutless).  Scrophulariacece.  A 
dozen  biennials  and  perennials  of  S.  Eu.  and  N.  Afr. 
Allied  to  Antirrhinum,  but  not  cult,  in  this  country. 
Fls.  small,  in  spike-like  racemes,  white  or  blue. 

ANASTATICA.    See  Resurrection  Plants. 


ANCHtTSA  (anchousa,  a  paint  for  the  skin).  Bora- 
<th>ni-t><t>,  ALKANET.  Hardy  plants,  with  fls.  blue  or  pur- 
ple, in  panicled  scorpioid  racemes,  the  corolla  trumpet- 
shaped  and  the  throat  closed  by  scales.  Of  easy  cult,  in 
sunny  position.  Prop,  by  seed  generally. 


83.  Ananas  sativus  (pineapple). 

A.    Fls.  small,  like  forget-me-nots. 

Barrelieri,  Vilm.  Perennial :  height  2  ft.  :  Ivs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  smaller  and  shorter  than  in  A.  Italica  :  fls. 
with  a  white  tube  and  pink  throat.  May.  Eu.  and  Asia 
Minor.  B.M.  2349.  -  Valued  for  its  earliness,  and  for  cut 
fls.  The  least  common  of  the  three  species. 

Cap6nsis,  Thunb.  Biennial:  height  IK  ft.:  Ivs.  nar- 
rowly lanceolate  and  less  hispid  than  in  A. Italica  :  fls. 
red-margined,  with  a  white  throat  ;  buds  red  ;  calyx  in- 
flated after  the  fl.  has  withered  ;  divisions  short,  obtuse. 
June-Sept.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M.  1822.— Fine  for 
cut  fls.  Often  winter-killed,  but  seeds  itself  freely. 
AA.  Fls.  large. 

Italica,  Retz.  Perennial  :  height  3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  largest 
of  the  three  species  here  contrasted,  ovate-lanceolate, 
rough,  shining ;  radical  ones  sometimes  2  ft.  long. 
Mediterranean.  B.M.  2197.  L.B.C.  14:  1383,-If  not  al- 
lowed to  go  to  seed,  will  bloom  continuously  from  June 
to  Sept.  Commonest  and  perhaps  best  species. 

A.  Agdrdhii,  Lehm.  Lvs.  linear.  Siberia.  Rare.— A.myosoti- 
difldra,  Lehm.  Lvs.  large  :  radical  ones  long-petiolate,  cordate- 
reniform  ;  cauline  ones  sessile,  oval.  Siberia,  Caucasus.— A. 
officindlis.  Linn.  Lvs.  lanceolate  ;  radical  ones  clustered  :  fls. 
opening  in  pairs.  June-Get.  Eu.  B.M.  1897  is  A.  officinalis  var. 
angustifolia.  —  A.  semper virens.  Linn.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate; 
lower  ones  petiolate  :  racemes  short,  generally  bracted  at  the 
base.  Eu.  Esteemed  in  France,  j  B  KELLER  and  w  M 

ANDlKA  (Brazilian  name).  Legumindsce.  Nearly  30 
species  of  tropical  Amer.  trees,  with  conspicuous  fls.  in 
racemes.  Two  or  three  species  are  sometimes  cult,  in 
hothouses  in  the  Old  World. 

ANDROMEDA  (Greek  mythological  name).  Erica- 
cece.  Low  shrub,  quite  glabrous:  Ivs.  small,  evergreen, 
entire,  short-petioled :  fls.  pedicelled,  in  terminal  umbels ; 
corolla  globose -urceolate,  with  10  included  stamens  : 
capsule  splitting  into  5  carpels,  with  numerous  very  small 
seeds.  One  species  through  the  northern  hemisphere  ; 
in  America  from  Penn.  northward,  and  Alaska.  Low, 


62 


ANDROMEDA 


ANEMIA 


evergreen  shrub,  with  delicate  fls.,  growing  best  in  peaty 
or  sandy  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  thinly  soon  after 
maturity,  in  pots  or  pans  of  sandy  peat  soil,  placed  in  a 
coolframe.  They  germinate  easily  if  sown  in  cut  sphag- 
num, but  must  be  pricked  into  boxes  as  soon  as  they  can 
be  handled.  Cuttings  from  mature  wood,  placed  in  sand 
under  glass  in  fall,  and  kept  in  a  cool  greenhouse  during 
the  winter,  will  root  easily  ;  also  increased  by  layers. 
See,  also,  Z/encothoe,  Chamcedaphne ,  Pieris  &nd  Zenobia. 
polifdlia,  Linn.  (A.  rosmarini  folia,  Pursh).  One-half 
to  2  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  or  linear,  %-l%in.  long, 
whitish-glaucous  beneath,  with  strongly  revolute  mar- 
gins: fls.  nodding,  white  or  pink.  June.  L.B.C.  6:  546, 
16:1591, 18:1714.  — There  are  a  number  of  forms,  differing 
in  the  color  and  size  of  the  fls.  and'  shape  of  the  Ivs. 

A.  acumindta,  Ait.=Leucothoe  populifolia.— A.arbbrea,  Linn. 
=  Oxydendrum  arboreum.  —  A.  axillaris,  Michx.=  Leucothoe 
Catesbaei.  —  A.  axillaris,  Lam.=  L.  axillaris.  —  A.  calyculata, 
Linn.=  Chamaedaphne  calyculata.  —  A.  campanuldta,  MiQ.= 
Enkianthus  campanulatus.— A.  Candida,  Hort.=  Zenobia  pul- 
verulenta.— A.cassinicefdlia,Vent.=  Z.  pulverulenta.— A.  Cdtes- 
&a?i,Walt.=Leucothoe  Catesbaei.— A.  cernua,  Miq.=Enkianthus 
cernuus.— A.  dealbdta,  Lindl.=  Zenobia  pulverulenta.— A.  fas- 
tigidta,  Wall. =  Cassiope  fastigiata.  —  A.  ferruginea,  Walt.= 
Lyonia  ferruginea.— A.  floribunda,  Pursh  =  Pieris  floribunda. — 
A.  A>rmosa,Walt.= Pieris  formosa.— A.glauca,  Hort.=Zenobia 
pulverulenta.— A.  «7apo/uca,Thiinb.=Pieris  Japonica.— A.  ligus- 
trlna,  Muhlbg.= Lyonia  ligustrina.— A. Mariana,  Linn.=Pieris 
Mariana.— A.nitida,Bartr.=  Pieris  nitida.— A.ovalifolia,WaU. 
=  Pieris  oyalifolia.— J..  paniculdta,  Ait.  =  Lyonia  ligustrina.— 
A .  parabolica,  Duh.=  L.  ligustrina.— A .  populifolia,  Lam.=  Leu- 
cothoe populifolia.— A. pulverulenta,  Bartr.=  Zenobia  pulveru- 
lenta.— A. racemosa,  Linn.=  Leucothoe  racemosa.— A.  speciosa, 
Michx.=  Zenobia  pulverulenta.— A.  tetrdgona,  Linn.  =  Cassiope 
tetragona.  —  A .  tomentdsa,  Hort.,  not  Dum.- Cours.=  Lyonia 


ligustrina  pubescens. 


ALFRED  REHDER. 


ANDROPOGON  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to  the 
bearded  flowers).  Graminece.  A  polymorphous  genus, 
spread  over  all  parts  of  the  world  in  the  tropical  and 
temperate  zones.  The  species  prefer  dry  places,  espe- 
cially plains.  Lvs.  usually  long  and  narrow:  spikes  ter- 
minal and  axillary;  spikelets  in  pairs  at  each  node  of  the 
jointed  hairy  branches,  one  sessile  and  perfect;  the  other 
with  a  pedicel  and  either  staminate,  empty,  or  reduced  to 
a  single  scale:  a  straight  or  twisted  awn  present.  Spe- 
cies, about  180.  Includes  many  species  of  useful  pasture 
grasses.  Two  or  three  species  are  grown  occasionally  for 
ornament.  They  are  of  easiest  culture,  either  from  seeds 
or  division  of  clumps. 

arg6nteus,  DC.  SILVER  BEARD-GRASS.  A  stout,  tall 
grass,  2-4  ft.  high,  with  a  distinct  ring  of  white  hairs  at 
the  nodes  :  panicles  narrow,  silver-bearded  :  If. -blades 
long  :  spikelets  covered  with  long  white  hairs  at  the 
base  :  awn  1  in.  long. —A  handsome  ornamental  grass. 
Probably  a  form  of  A.  saccharoldes,  Swartz,  of  Trop. 
Amer. 

Halep6nsis,  Brot.  JOHNSON  GRASS.  A  stout  perennial, 
with  smooth,  erect  culms,  3-6  ft.  high,  and  strong, 
creeping  rootstocks  :  panicles  variable,  more  or  less 
drooping,  exserted,  rays  mostly  in  whorls  of  4,  rarely  2-6 ; 
sessile  spikelets  variable  ;  pedicellate  spikelets  stami- 
nate or  neutral,  much  narrower  than  the  sessile  ones. 
S.  Eu.,  S.  Amer.,  Australia.  Gn.  13,  p.  305.— Abundantly 
grown  in  the  southern  states  for  hay,  where  it  makes  a 
very  rapid  growth.  When  once  it  has  become  established 
it  is  exceedingly  difficult  to  eradicate,  and  hence  it  has 
become  a  very  troublesome  weed  in  some  parts.  Much 
admired  in  Eu.  as  an«ornamental  grass,  and  sometimes 
cult,  in  the  N.  for  that  purpose. 

Schoenanthus,  Linn.  (A.  formdsus.  A.citr&tus,  Hort.). 
LEMON  GRASS.  A  very  handsome  tropical  grass,  growing 
in  fine  clumps  5-6  ft.  high ;  effective  for  borders  and  as 
single  lawn  specimens.  S.  Asia,  Japan,  and  Trop.  Africa. 
Gn.  10,  p.  605;  12,  p.  495.-  Cult,  in  India  and  Ceylon. 
Yields  a  fragrant  oil, called  both  oil  of  verbena  and  lemon- 
grass  oil.  Used  as  a  stimulant  and  antispasmodic  for  neu- 
ralgia and  rheumatism,  and  also  in  the  adulteration  of 
attar  of  roses. 

A.Ndrdus,L,inn.  CITRONELLA  GRASS.  Cult,  in  Ceylon.  Yields 
the  citronella oil, which  is  used  for  scenting  soap  and  perfumery. 
Forty  thousand  pounds  of  oil  distilled  annually  from  this  grass. 
S.  Asia  and  N.  Australia.  Gn.  12,  p.  495.  —  A.  Sorghum,  Brot. 
(Sorghum  vulgare,  Linn.).  Includes  all  the  varieties  of  culti- 
vated Sorghum ;  of  great  economic  value  for  sugar,  brooms, 


brushes,  fodder,  alcoholic  drinks.  Seed  prized  for  poultry. 
E.Ind.— A.squarrdsus,  Linn.  Rhizomes  fragrant.  If  sed  in  India 
for  thatching,  weaving  into  mats,  fans,  brushes.  Roots  said  to 
keep  garments  free  from  insects.  Sold  by  druggists  in  Europe 
under  the  name  of  Radix  anatheri.  Introduced  into  Louisiana. 
India,  W.  Ind.  Is.,  and  Brazil.  P  B  KENNEDY. 

ANDROSACE  (Greek-made  name).  Primulacece. 
ROCK  JASMINE.  Small  tufted  plants  cult,  in  the  alpine 
garden,  those  known  in  Amer.  being  perennials.  Fls. 
constricted  at  the  throat,  primula-like,  in  umbels,  on 
short  leafless  scapes.  Fl.  in  very  early  spring.  Many 
species  are  known  in  European  gardens,  but  alpine -gar- 
dening is  little  known  in  this  country,  and  only  those 
species  which  have  been  found  to  succeed,  and  are  in 
the  trade,  need  to  be  mentioned. 

A  well-drained  soil,  partial  shade,  free  circulation  of 
air,  frequent  waterings  during  our  dry  summer  months, 
and  protection  from  heavy  fall  and  spring  rains,  will 
lead  to  success  with  these  charming  alpines.  A  heavy 
shading  of  evergreen  boughs  in  winter  will  be  found  of 
great  benefit.  Close  covering  is  not  to  be  recommended, 
because  it  smothers  the  plants.  A  great  many  species 
have  been  tried  in  this  country,  with  variable  and  not 
very  encouraging  results,  but  in  a  few  instances,  with 
extra  care,  plants  have  done  well.  The  northern  aspect 
of  a  steep  rockery  seems  to  be  the  most  favorable  posi- 
tion for  them.  Prop,  by  division,  seeds  or  cuttings. 
Plants  should  be  kept  in  pots  until  thoroughly  es- 
tablished. Cult<  by  J.  B.  KELLER. 

lanuginosa,  Wall.  Lvs.  scattered,  oblong-obovate, 
acute,  1  in.  long,  silky-hairy  :  fls.  rose-purple  with  yel- 
low eye,  the  mouth  contracted  with  a  crenated  ring,  in  a 
dense  umbel  :  plant  6-10  in.  high,  with  many  trailing 
shoots,  making  a  good  drapery  for  rocks.  Himal.  B.M. 
4005.  Gn.  49,  287. 

sarmentosa,  Wall.  Lvs.  oblanceolate  or  spatulate, 
silky-hairy  on  the  edges,  in  rosettes  :  plant  producing 
many  pink  runners,  which  root  freely  :  fls.  in  umbels  of 
10-20,  pink  with  white  eye.  Himal.  B.M.  6210.  Gn.  54, 
p.  128. 

carnea,  Linn.  Lvs.  very  narrow  and  pointed  :  fls.  a 
half  dozen,  flesh-color,  with  yellow  eye.  Switz. 

Var.  exiraea,  Hook.  Lvs.  less  rigid,  strongly  recurved : 
fls.  larger  (%  in.  across).  Switz.  B.M.  5906.  L.H.B. 

ANDROSTEPHIUM  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to- 
the  corona).  Liliacece.  Small  genus  of  S.  W.  United 
States,  with  funnel-shaped,  spreading-limbed,  6-)obed 
perianth,  6  stamens,  and  3-angled  ovary,  and  a  corona, 
or  crown  at  the  mouth  :  Ivs.  linear,  radical  :  scape 
simple,  leafless.  Plant  in  a  sunny  place  in  sandy  soil, 
placing  the  bulbs  4-6  ft.  deep  ;  protect  in  winter.  "Prop, 
by  division  of  the  bulbs  and  by  seeds. 

viplaceum,  Torr.  Slender,  6-10  in. :  fl.  blue,  1  in.  long, 
3-6  in  loose  umbel.  Blooms  in  spring  ;  pretty. 

ANEILEMA  (Greek  ;  no  involucre) .  Conimelinacece. 
Sixty  tropical  perennials,  of  which  A.  bifldrum,  R.  Br., 
and  A.  Sinicum,  Lindl.,  are  sometimes  cult,  in  Old 
World  hothouses.  These  species  are  blue-fld.,  diffuse  or 
trailing  plants. 

ANEMIA  (Greek,  naked;  the  panicles  .devoid  of 
sporangia).  Schizceacece.  A  genus  of  tropical  ferns, 
with  the  lower  pair  of  pinnae  elongate  and  bearing  the 
sporangia  in  panicles  at  their  extremities.  Of  the  40 
species,  two  are  found  in  the  southern  states,  and  a  few 
are  occasionally  in  cult.  L>  M>  UNDERWOOD. 

Anemias  are  dwarf,  compact  ferns,  suited  for  shelves, 
or  for  growing  near  the  glass  in  warm  pits  or  low 
houses.  They  prefer  being  grown  in  small  pots  to  being 
planted  out  in  the  fernery.  Their  growth  is  too  slow  to 
make  them  popular  decorative  ferns  for  general  pur- 
poses. Prop,  by  spores,  which  germinate  freely  ;  tufted 
kinds  by  division  between  Mar.  15  and  Apr.  30.  — Schnei- 
der, Book  of  Choice  Ferns. 

A.    Leaf  2-3 -pinnate,  with  narrow  divisions. 

adiantifolia,  Swz.  Leaf  6-9  in.  long  on  a  stalk  often 
twice  as  long,  the  ultimate  divisions  oblong  or  linear- 
cuneate,  with  the  outer  margin  toothed.  S.  Fla.  and 
tropics. 


ANEMIA 


ANEMONE 


63 


AA.    Leaf  only  once  pinnate  with  broad  pinnae. 

B.     Veins  free. 

Mexicana,  Klotzsch.  Leaf  6-9  in.  long,  with  4-6  pinnae 
on  either  side,  which  are  distinctly  stalked,  ovate-lanceo- 
late and  rounded  on  both  sides  at  the  base  :  panicles 
3-4  in.  long,  dense.  Tex.  and  Mex. 

collina,  Raddi.  Plants  a  foot  high,  on  hairy  stalks  ; 
Ivs.  with  about  10  leaflets  on  each  side,  which  are 
rounded  at  the  outer  ends  and  truncate  at  the  upper  side 
at  the  base  :  panicles  about  1%  in.  long,  dense.  Braz. 
S.  1:384. 

BB.    Veins  anastomosing  (running  together). 

Phyllitidis,  Swz.  (.1.  lanceolata,  Lodd.  A.  long  i  folia, 
Link.  Anemidictyon  Phyllitidis,  Willd.).  Leaf  4-12  in. 
long,  with  4-12  pairs  of  sessile  pinnae,  with  a  crenulate 
margin  and  a  rounded  or  unequal  base  ;  veins  form- 
ing long,  narrow  areolae  :  panicle  3-9  in.  long,  dense. 
Cuba  and  Mex.  to  Braz.  S.  1 :  390.  L.  -^  UNDERWOOD. 

ANEMIDtCTYON.    See  Anemia. 

ANEMONE  (Greek,  wind).  JRanunculaceee.  ANEMONE, 
or  ANEMONY.  WINDPLOWER.  A  genus  of  about  85  spe- 
cies, with  many  handsome  garden  forms;  all  hardy  per- 
ennials ;  chiefly  native  of  the  north  temperate  and 
mountainous  regions.  Stems  usually  erect,  with  great 
variation  in  height.  Basal  leaves  lobed,  divided  or  dis- 
sected, those  of  the  stem  forming  an  involucre  near  to, 
or  remote  from,  the  flower.  Sepals  few  or  many,  petal- 
like  ;  no  true  petals.  Stamens  many,  shorter  than  sepals. 
Carpels  numerous  ;  fruit  a  1-seeded  akene. 

The  plants  thrive  best  in  a  fresh,  rather  rich,  sandy 
loam,  well  drained;  but  most  of  the  species  will  do  well 
in  any  good  garden  soil.  The  tuberous  species  are  suit- 
able for  hardy  borders,  while  most  of  the  others  prefer 
a  place  in  a  rockery,  and  some  are  partial  to  shady  places. 
A.  hortensis,  coronaria,  fulgens  and  others  will  well 
repay  the  little  indoor  or  greenhouse  care  they  require 
for  producing  winter  blossoms.  They  require  essentially 
the  same  handling  as  tulips  and  hyacinths,  and  are  usu- 
ally classed  with  bulbous  plants.  Tubers  placed  in  pots 
in  Sept.  or  Oct.  bring  forth  a  beautiful  show  of  bloom  by 
Jan.  or  March.  For  this  purpose  they  should  be  well 
drained,  and  not  kept  very 
wet  or  too  warm  before  the 
growth  is  well  started  ; 
they  prefer  more  moisture 
at  flowering  time.  Nearly 
all  the  species  can  be  read- 
ily propagated  by  both  root 
division  and  seed.  The 
season  for  both  out  and 
indoor  planting  will  di- 
rectly influence  the  flower- 
ing season.  Good  seasons 
for  outdoor  planting  are 
Sept.,  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec., 
Feb.  and  March.  As  a 
rule,  the  tuberous  Anem- 
ones will  blossom  at  any 
time  desired,  being  influ- 
enced by  the  time  they  are 
kept  out  of  the  ground. 
The  bulbs  may  be  ripened 
after  flowering  time  by  be- 
ing taken  from  the  ground 
to  dry,  or  by  covering  the 
bed  to  keep  out  rains.  A. 
Japonica  is  one  of  the  fin- 
est of  all  fall-blooming 
herbs.  Pritzel,  Revision 
of  Anemone,  in  Linnaea 
15:498  (1841).  Britton,  N. 
Amer.  Anemone,  in  Ann. 
N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.  6:  217 
(1891-92). 

Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  below  (syno- 
nyms in  italics):  A.  acutipetala,  Hort.,  6  ;  acutipetala, 
Schl.,  4  ;  alpina,  Linn.,  6  ;  alpina,  Hort.,  5  ;  apennina, 
13  ;  blanda,  14  ;  Canadensis,  23  ;  Caroliniana,  11  ;  coro- 
naria, 7;  decapetala,  11;  deltoidea,  17;  dichotoma,  23; 
fulgens,  8;  Grayi,  19  ;  Halleri,  2  ;  hortensis,  Linn.,  9  ; 


hortensis,  Thore.,  8;  Japonica,  21  ;  multifida,  22  ;  nar- 
cissiflora,  24  ;  nemorosa,  15  ;  nemorosa,  var.  quinque- 
folia,  16  ;  occidentalis,  5  ;  Oregana,  19  ;  palmata,  10  ; 
patens,  3  ;  Pavoniana,  8  ;  Pennsylvania,  23  ;  Pulsa- 
tilla, 4  ;  quinquefolia,  16  ;  ranunculoides,  18  ;  rubra,  4  ; 
stellata,  9  ;  sulphurea,  1  ;  sylvestris,  12  ;  umbellata, 
24  ;  vernalis,  1  ;  Virginiana,  20.  See  supplementary 
list. 


84.    Anemone  patens,  var. 
Nuttalliana  (X  K). 


85.   Tubers  of  Anemone  coronaria. 


A.  Akenes  with  long  styles,  which  may  become  feather 

like   on  ripening;    fls.  solitary .  — Pulsatilla  sec 
tion. 

B.  Involucre  bell-shaped,  dissected  into  numerous  lineal 

equal  lobes. 

1.  vernalis,  Linn.  (Pulsatilla  vernalis,  Mill.    A.  sul- 
phurea, All.).    Very  shaggy,  6  in.  high  or  less:  Ivs.  pin- 
nately  parted,  segments  trifid:  fls.  purple  without,  whit- 
ish within,  and  smoothish  ;  erect,  on  very  short  pedun- 
cles ;    sepals  6,    rarely    spreading.     Apr.     Cool,   moisl 
places.    Eu.   1896.    J.  H.  III.  32:  223.    Gn.25:436. 

2.  Halleri,  All.     Villous,    6   in.    or  less   in   height ; 
simple :  Ivs.  p  innately  divided  with  segments  3-4  parted ; 
the  lesser  divisions  lanceolate-linear  ;  involucre  of  long 
narrow    segments,   sessile  :    fls.   large,  erect,    whitish 
purple  ;  sepals  6  ;  anthers  yellow.    Apr.    Sunny  places. 
Switzerland.    1889.    L.B.C.  10:  940. 

3.  patens,  Linn.    Much  like  the  first  variety  below, 
which   is   more   common   in  Amer.,  but  differs   in  its 
broader  and  shorter  leaf-segments  and  smaller  fls.    Eu. 

Var.  Nuttalliana,  Gray  (Pulsatilla  hirsutissima, 
Brit.).  WILD  PATENS.  AMERICAN  PASQUE  FLOWER.  Fig. 
84.  Villous,  with  long,  silky  hairs,  4-9  in.  high  :  radical 
Ivs.  petioled,  others  sessile,  all  much  divided  into  narrow, 
linear,  acute  lobes  :  fls.  appearing  before  the  root-lvs.. 
bluish  purple  or  whitish,  erect,  seldom  nodding  :  akenes 
silky  :  styles  plumose,  becoming  2  in.  long  ;  peduncle 
elongates  several  inches  after  flowering.  Apr.  Low 
ground.  N.  central  states  and  Siberia. 

Var.  ochroleuca,  Sims.  Fls.  creamy  white,  appearing 
at  same  time  as  basaJ  Ivs.  Mar.- Apr.  J.  H.  III.  30:  343. 
B.  M.  1994. 

4.  Pulsatilla,  Linn.     (Pulsatilla   vulgaris,  Mill.     A. 
acutipetala,  Schl.).  PASQUE  FLOWER  of  Europe.  Villous, 
hairy,  rising  %-l  ft.  :  basal  Ivs.  finely  thrice-pinnately 
divided,  on  slender  petioles  ;   involucre  sessile,  deeply 
cut  into  long  narrow  lobes  :  fls.  blue  to  reddish  purple, 
1K-2X    in.  across.     Apr.    Well-drained   soil   or  stony 
places.    Eu.    Gn.  32:623.    L.  B.  C.  18: 1704.    Var.  rubra, 
Hort.    (A.  rubra,  Lam.).    Dwarfer  :  fls.  always  erect. 
Var.  varieg-ata,  Hort.    Fls.  pale,  appearing  in  May. 

BB.  Involucral  leaves  3,  on  short  petioles,  sheathing 
the  stem. 

5.  occidentalis,  ^«ts.    (A.  alpina,  Hook.,  not  Linn.). 
Silky-hairy,  %-lX  ft.  high,  simple  :   Ivs.  2-parted,  the 
divisions  deeply  pinnatifid  into  usually  incised  linear, 
acute  lobes  ;  involucre  short-petioled  ;  basal  Ivs.  long- 
petioled  :  fls.  solitary,  white  or  purple,  varying,  1-2  in. 
across  ;  receptacle  conic,  sometimes  much  elongated  : 
akenes   pubescent :  plumose  styles  reflexed  ;  peduncle 
becoming  much  elongated  after  sepals  fall.   May.  Calif, 
to  Brit.  Columbia.    Int.  1892. 


ANEMONE 


ANEMONE 


6.  alpina,  Linn.  (A.  acutipetala,  Hort.).  Closely  al- 
lied to  the  above.  Stem  %-lKft.  high,  from  thick,  strong 
roots  :  Ivs.  large,  finely  divided,  cut  and  serrated,  smooth 
or  hairy  ;  Ivs.  of  involucre  similar  :  fls.  few,  in  an  umbel 
or  solitary,  2-3  in.  in  diam.,  creamy  white  inside,  purple 
outside,  but  varying  much  ;  anthers  yellow.  Mountain 
sides.  Eu.  May-June.  L.B.C.  17:  1617.  B.M.  2007  (var. 
major).  Var.  sulphurea,  Hort.  Fls.  a  delicate  sulfur 
yellow,  larger,  downy  beneath  :  Ivs.  larger.  Moist,  rich 
soil.  1882.  Gn.  35:682. 

AA.    AJcenes  woolly  or  smooth  is  Ji,u'it7i  sliort  styles. 

(Anemone  proper. ) 
B.  Peduncle  1  (rarely  2};  involucre  mostly  3-leaved. 

c.    Head  of  fr.  cylindric  ;  akenes  woolly. 
D.    Roots  tuberous  ;  involucre  usually  sessile. 
1.  coronaria,    Linn.     POPPY-FLOWERED  A.     Figs.  85, 
86,  87.     One-half  to  1   ft.  high,  from  tuberous  roots  : 
Ivs.   cut    into  many    fine  lobes 
and  lobules;  involucral  Ivs.  ses- 
sile, 3-4-parted,  deeply  cut :  fls. 
1^2-2%  in.  across,  poppy-like,  of 
many   colors    and   mixtures  of 
red,  blue,  white,  etc. ;  stamens 
blue.    Early  in  spring  to  June. 
Meadows  Mediterranean  region. 
Vick's  Mag.  11:257.    B.M.  841. 
Gn.  50:  1073  ;    16,  p.  111.    R.H. 


Anemone  coronaria. 
single-fid,  form  (X%). 


87.  Anemone  coronaria,  double- 
fid,  form  (X%). 


1893:  232.  Caen,  Scarlet,  The  Bride,  St.  Brigid,  Victoria 
Giant,  etc.,  are  some  of  the  trade  names  given  to  the 
single  forms.  Var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.  Fls.  double,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  87,  by  the  pistils  becoming  petal-like,  the 
stamens  mostly  remaining  perfect ;  many  colors,  scarlet 
being  the  most  common  at  present.  F.S.  16:  1678.  Var. 
chrysanthemiflora,  Hort.  A  seedling  variety  produced  in 
1848,  and  introduced  many  years  later.  Fls.  more  com- 
pletely doubled  than  the  above  variety,  by  the  stamens 
all  becoming  petal-like.  A  dozen  forms,  beautiful,  self- 
colored,  as  deep  red,  sky-blue  and  even  pure  white, 
have  been  fixed  and  named.  Useful  as  cut  fls.  Gn.  30 :  564. 
E.H.  1887:36;  1897,  pp.  418-19.  R.B.  21:  260-1. 

8.  fiilgens,   Gay    (A.   Pavoniana,  var.   fulgens,   DC. 
A.nortensis,  Thore.).    Fig.  88.    One  ft.  high,  simple: 
basal  Ivs.  3-5-lobed,  with  rounded  outline,  followed  later 
by  deeply  cut  Ivs.  ;  sessile  involucre  several  inches  be- 
low the  solitary  fl. :  fls.  vivid  scarlet,  2  in.  across  ;  sta- 
mens black.    May  and  June.    France.    Sometimes  called 
a  variety  of  A.  hortensis,  Linn.,  from  which  it  may  have 
descended.     Several  garden  forms,  as  annuata-grandi- 
flora,  multipetala,  and  Southern  Star.   Gn.  11 :  65.    Gt. 
27:66.    R.B.  21:262-3.    R.H.  1877:  270. 

9.  hort6nsis,    Linn.    (A.    stellata,     Lam.).     BROAD- 
UEAVED  GARDEN  A.    Fig.  89,    St.  simple,  erect,  10  in. 


high  :  basal  Ivs.  lobed  and  cut  irregularly  :  involucre 
small,  3-5-lobed,  usually  3  or  more  in.  below  the  fl. ;  fls. 
red,  rosy  purple,  or  whitish,  single,  IX  in.  across  ;  sta- 
mens brownish  violet.  Rich,  light  soil.  S.  Eu.  May. — 
This  differs  from  A.  coronaria  in  its  coarse,  broad  Ivs. 
and  its  elongated,  rather  narrow-pointed  sepals.  Gar- 
den names  are  given  to  the  forms  with  different  colora- 
tion. B.M.  123,  from  which  Fig.  89  is  taken. 

10.  palmata,   Linn.     St.  6-9  in.  high   from  tuberous 
root  :    basal  Ivs.  leathery,  3-5-lobed,  cordate,  toothed  ; 
involucral  Ivs.  3-parted  :    fls.  golden  yellow,  solitary  or 
in  2's  ;    sepals    10   or  more.     May-June.     Deep,  light 
soil,  Mediterranean  region.    B.R.  200.  — Three  good  va- 
rieties in  the  trade.  Var.  fldre-pleno,  Hort.,  with  double 
yellow  or  white  fls.  Var.  alhida,  Sims  (var.  alba,  Hort). 
Fls.  white  ;  basal  Ivs.  lobed.    B.M.  2079.    L.B.C.  2: 175. 
Gn.  22:364.    Var.  Ititea,  Lodd.,  like  the  last,  but  with 
yellow  fls.    L.B.C.  17: 1660. 

11.  Caroliniana,  Walt.  (A.  decape"tala,  Amer.  authors, 
not  Ard.).     St.  simple,  slender,  %-l  ft.  high,   arising 
from  a  large  tuber :  Ivs.  of  involucre  sessile,  with  3  wedge- 
shaped  clefts  ;  basal  Ivs.  thrice  divided,  and  much  lobed 
and  parted,  slender-petioled  :  solitary  fl.  erect,  1-1%  in. 
broad,  creamy  white  or  purple  ;  sepals  often  numerous  : 
akenes  densely  woolly.    April-May.    Open  places.    U".  S. 

DD.    Rootstock  creeping  :  Ivs.  of  involucre  petioled. 

12.  sylvSstris,  Linn.    St.  1-1%  ft.,  simple,  or  branched 


89.   Anemone  hortensis. 

Reduced  from  an  old  cut,to  show 

a  little-improved  form. 

once  at  involucre,  from  a  creeping  rootstock  :  Ivs.  3-4- 
parted,  deeply  cut  at  top,  hairy  beneath  :  involucre 
petioled  ;  fls.  solitary  or  in  2's,  pure  white,  1%  in. 
across,  nodding,  sweet-scented ;  sepals  6.  May-July. 
Wooded  places,  Eu.  and  Liberia.  B.M.  54.  Gn.  18,  p.  561  ; 
30,  p.  173.  L.B.C.  18: 1739.  Var.fldre-pl6no,Hort.  DOUBLE 
SNOWDROP  A.  Has  large,  white,  double  fls.  G.C.  III. 
19 :  739. 

cc.    Head  of  fruit  hemispherical ;    akenes 

silky -pubescent. 
D.    Roots  tuberous, 

13.  Apennina,   Linn.     St.   simple,    slender,    4-9    in. : 
Ivs.  twice-divided  and  lobed,  much  toothed  :    fls.  sky- 
blue,  1%  in.  across  ;    sepals  10-12,  elongated,    obtuse  ; 
anthers  white.    Mar.-Apr.    Woods,  Italy.     Gn.  46:975. 
—  This  and  a  form  with  whitish  fls.,  both  well  suited 
for  shady  nooks  in  clumps  of  shrubbery,  etc. 

14.  blanda,  Schott  &  Kotschy.    St.  4-6  in.  high,  from 
a   cylindrical    rootstock  :    Ivs.   like   A.  apennina,   but 
harder  and  smoother,  and  principal  divisions  sessile  : 
fls.  intense  sky-blue,  differing  from  above  species  in 
being  larger,  more  finely  rayed,  styles  black-pointed, 
and   sepals  smooth  on  the  outside  ;  opens   in  earliest 
spring  or  mild  winter  weather.    From  Taurus  Mts.  and 
Greece.  Rocky  places.  Int.  1898.  Gn.  14: 143;  46,  p.  152. 


ANEMONE 


ANEMONOPSIS 


65 


DD.    Rootstock  xlcndcr.  <•>•('<•  ping,  cylindrical. 

15.  nemorosa,  Linn.    WOOD   A.    St.  simple,  3-8  in., 
nearly  smooth  :   rootstock  horizontal,  3-4  times  tin-  st. 
in  diameter  :  Ivs.  of  involucre  petioled,  3-5-parted  ;  ba- 
sal Ivs.  appearing  after  the  fl.  st.,  5-parted,  divisions 
wedge-shaped,  toothed  :  fls.  white  or  purplish,  solitary, 
1  in.  across  :  akenes  pubescent ;  styles  hooked.    Apr.- 
May.    En.  and  Siberia.    Three  or  more  horticultural  va- 
rieties.   Var.  alba,  Hort.  (var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.).    Fls. 
larger,  pure  white,  and  abundant.    Int.  1883.    Gn.  32 :  618. 
D.25.    Var.  Robinsoniana.  Hort.  (var.  ccerulea,  Hort.). 
A  robust  form,  6-12  in.,  with  broader  and  thicker  Ivs., 
and  large  fls.,  becoming  blue.     Sometimes  given  as  a 
separate    species.      Mar.-Apr.     Gn.  46,  p.  153  ;  32:  618: 
p.  34.1.   Var.  rosea,  Hort.  (var.  rubra  flore-pleno,  Hort.). 
Fls.  a  reddish  purple  ;  now  much  used. 

16.  quinquefdlia.  Linn.  (A.  nemorbsa,  var.  quinquefo- 
lia,  Gray).    This  American  .species  differs  from  A.  nento- 
rofia  in  having  smaller  fls.,  involucral  Ivs.  less  lobed, 
foliage  paler,  and  much  more  slender  st.  and  petioles. 
The  common  Windflower  or  Spring  Anemone,  formerly 
called  -1 .  nonorosa. 

17.  deltoidea,  Dougl.     St.   simple,   slender,   6-12   in. 
high,  from  a  slender   rootstock  :    Ivs.  trifoliate,   basal 
ones  petioled,  others  nearly  sessile,  coarsely  crenated, 
often  incised  :  fls.  solitary,  white,  rather  large:  akenes 
several,  densely  pubescent ;    style  very  short.    Spring. 
Pacific  slope. 

DDD.    Rootstock  horizontal,  fleshy  or  somewhat  tuberous . 

18.  ranunculoides,  Linn.    YELLOW  WOOD  A.    St.  3-8 
in.,  from  elongated,  somewhat  tuberous  rootstock  :  Ivs. 
3-5-parted,  divisions  deeply  cut  and  serrated  :  fls.  gol- 
den yellow,   usually    solitary,   single    or    semi-double. 
Mar.  and  Apr.    Rich,  light  soil  in  open  places  and  woods. 
Eu.  and  Siberia.   Gn.  35:  699.    L.B.C.  6:  556. 

19.  Grayi,  Behr.  (A.  Oregana,  Gray).    St.  slender,  3-12 
in.  high,  from  a  fleshy,  brittle  rootstock:  basal  Ivs.  slen- 
der-petioled,  3-parted,  coarsely  serrate  ;  involucral  Ivs 
petioled,  trifoliate,  the  parts  2-3-lobed,  much  toothed  . 
sepals  blue  or  purplish :  akenes  pubescent,  in  a  globose 
head.   Moist,  shady  slopes.  Oreg.  and  Wash.   In  gardens 
west  of  the  Rockies.    Int.  1892. 

BB.    Peduncles  2-5  (mostly  3). 

C.    Fruits  (akenes)  ivoolly  or  ^ery  silky  ;  secondary 
involucre  present. 

20.  Virginiana,  Linn.    Plant  hairy,  2-3  ft.  high,  stout, 
branching  at  the  involucre:  the  petioled  involucral  Ivs. 
3-parted,  the  leaflets  cleft  and  lobed;  basal  Ivs.  similar, 
broader  than  long,  on  long  petioles:  fl.  peduncles  naked 
(or  the  lateral  ones  2-lvd. ) :  fls.  greenish  or  white,  1-1  Kin. 
across :  akenes  woolly,  in  an  oblong  head  ;  styles  short, 
awl-shaped.  June-Aug.  Woods  and  meadows.  U.S.  and 
Canada.    G.M.  33:763. 

21.  Japdnica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.    Fig.  90.    Stately,  branch- 
ing st.,  2-3  ft.  high  :  plant  soft  and  downy,  with  short 
haiis  :   Ivs.  ternate,  much  lobed  and  toothed  :   fls.  rosy* 
purple  or  carmine;  1-3  whorls  of  sepals,  2-3  in.  in  diam., 
on  long  peduncles  from  leafy  involucre  ;  stamens  yel- 
low :    akenes  silky.     A  very  useful   species  for  mixed 
borders  or  for  pot  culture.    Hardy  in  N.  states.    Sept.  to 
late  frosts.  Rich  soil,  China  and  Japan.  1844.  Gn.  30:558. 
B.  M.  4341.     P.  M.  14:25.     A.  G.  19:305.     Gng.  1:221; 
3:131.   G.C. III. 16:661.   A.F.12:29.   F.S.2:74.  Var.  alba, 

Hort.    HONORINEJOBERT.    THE  BRIDE.    WHIRLWIND,  etc. 

Two  or  three  whorls  of  large,  white  sepals  :  fls.  2-3 
in.  across,  lasting  until  hard  frosts.  Vick's  Mag. 
14:47.  Gng.  5:117.  R.H.  1867:11.  Var.  h^brida,  Hort, 
(vars.  rosea  and  elegans,  Hort.).  Radical  Ivs.  5-lobed, 
often  cordate;  lobes  twice  serrate:  fls.  somewhat  paler, 
earlier;  sepals  rather  broader.  Said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  A. 
Japonica  and  A.  viti folia;  produced  in  Royal  Gardens, 
1848.  G.M.B.  1:17.  Var.  rubra,  Hort.  LADY  ARDILAUN. 
Probably  the  same  as  the  type,  but  having  Ivs.  and  fls. 
with  a  waxy  gloss:  plant  4-5  ft.  high. 

22.  multifida,    Poir.     Plant    silky -hairy,    somewhat 
branched,  K-l%ft.  high,  from  a  branched,  upright  root- 
stock  :  main  involucre  2-3-lvd.,  others  2-lvd.  or  naked, 
short  petioles,  similar  to  the  root  Ivs.,  2-3  times  3-parted 


and  cleft,  divisions  1'near:  fls.  j^-1  in.  across,  red,  vary- 
ing to  white  or  yellow:  akenes  very  woolly.  Early  sum- 
mer. Rocks  and  uplands.  Middle  states  to  Hudson  Bay. 

cc.   Fruits  (akenes)  glabrous  at  first ;  fls.  white, 
someu'Jiat  umbellate. 

23.  Canadensis,  Linn.  (A. Pennsylvania,  Linn.  A.di- 
cJt6toma, ,  Am.  Auth.  &  Michx.,not  Linn.).    Hairy,  stout, 
1-2  ft.  high,  branching  at  or  above  the  involucre  :  the  3 
Ivs.  of  main  involucre  sessile,  3-cleft;  upper  involucres 
each  2-lvd. ;  basal  Ivs.  broader  than  long,  much  divided, 
cleft  and  toothed;  petioles  long:  fls.  white,  1-2  in.  across : 
akenes   wing-margined,    naked,    becoming    pubescent, 
grouped   into  a  spherical  head.     Summer.     In  shaded 
woods  and  open  meadows.    N.  Amer.    Gng.  2:  21. 

24.  narcissifldra,  Linn. (A.umbellata,  Lam.).  St.  erect, 
rather  stout,  %-l%ft.  high  :  Ivs.  of  involucre  sessile  ; 
basal  Ivs.  petioled,  3-5-parted,  divisions  deeply  cut:  fls 
white,  %-l  in.  across,  several  in   an   umbel  ;    anthers 
yellow  :    akenes  smooth,  with   short   style.     May-July. 
Mountainous  regions.    Northern  hemisphere.    Gn.30,  p. 
173.    B.M.  1120. 


90.  Anemone  Japonica. 


A.  Alba,  Juss.  Allied  to  A.  sylvestris,  if  not  the  same.  L.B.C. 
4:  322.  B.M.  2167.— A.  cyltndrica,  Uray.  A  tall  native  species, 
used  for  beauty  of  foliage  and  fruit.  —  A.  decapetala,  Ard. 
(A.  trilobata,  Juss.  A.  heterophylla,  Nutt.).  Native  and  culti- 
vated in  S.  states.  1891.— A.  Fdnnini,  Haw.  Fls.  pure  white,  2-3 
in.  across:  5  ft.  high:  Ivs.  1  ft.  across.  B.M.  6958.  Gn.  34:  664.— 
A.parvifldra,  Michx.  Pretty  white  tis.  Native  of  N.  states  and 
Canada.— A. polyanthus,  Don.  Allied  to  A.  narcissiflora.  B.M. 
6840.  J.H.  III.  32:  259.— A.  prattnsis,  Linn.  Allied  to  A.  Pulsa- 
tilla.  L.B.C.  9: 900.— A.pratensis,  var. obsoleta,  Sims.  Fls. pale: 
leaflets  terminated  with  a  sort  of  bristle.  B.M.  1863. -j A.  spheno- 
phylla,  Poepp.  Fls.  blue.  S.  W.  U.  S.— A.  trifblia,  Linn.  Lvs. 
beautifully  regular:  fls.  white,  1  in.  across.  Two  blue  vars.  B.M. 
6846.— A.  vitifdlia.  Ham.  Allied  to  A.  Japonica.  Has  cordate 
5-7-partedlvs.  B.M.  3376.  K.  C.  DAVIS. 

ANEMONELLA.    See  Syndesmon. 

•  ANEMONOPSIS  (Anemone-like).  Ranunculacece.  A 
monotypic  genus  from  Japan,  now  much  planted  in 
American  gardens.  A  beautiful  hardy  plant  for  border 
purposes.  Perennial  herb,  with  erect  stems  ;  radical 
and  stem  Ivs,  rather  large,  ternately  compound  and 


66 


ANEMONOPSIS 


ANGR^CUM 


much  incised,  similar  to  Actaea  :  sepals  many  (often 
only  9),  regular,  petal-like,  deciduous  ;  petals  many 
(often  12),  short,  sessile,  with  nectariferous  impression 
at  the  base  ;  carpels  few  (3-4),  forming  many-seeded 
follicles.  In  general  appearance  similar  to  the  Japanese 
Anemones,  but  smaller  in  all  its  parts,  and  with  numer- 
ous drooping  fls.,  about  IK  in.  across,  of  pale  purple  color. 
Thrives  well  in  rich,  deep  loam,  in  well-drained  situations 
in  partial  shade.  Prop,  by  division  or  seed,  in  late  fall 
or  early  spring. 

macrophylla,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (A.  Calif  drnica,  Hort.). 
The  only  known  species.  The  petals,  instead  of  spread- 
ing, form  a  half  -closed  bud-like  cone  within  the  sepals. 

K.  C.  DAVIS. 

ANEMOPJSGMA,    Consult  Bignonia. 

ANfiTHUM.    See  Dill  and  Peucedanum  ;  also  Fennel. 

ANGELICA  (supposed  to  have  angelic  healing  vir- 
tues). Umbelliferce  .  A  large  genus  in  temperate  re- 
gions, widely  distributed.  A  number  of  them  are  native 
to  N.  Amer.  See  also  Archangelica. 

Curtisii,  Buckley.  Stout  perennial,  2-5  ft.,  glabrous  : 
Ivs.  2-ternate,  with  quinate  divisions,  the  leaflets  thin, 
ovate  lanceolate,  irregularly  sharp-toothed.  Pa.  to  N.  C. 
—  Grown  for  the  subtropical  effect  of  its  finely  cut,  ample 
foliage.  Int.  by  H.  P.  Kelsey,  1891. 

hirsuta,  Muhl.  (Archangelica  hirsuta,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Pubescent  above  :  Ivs.  twice  pinnately  or  ternately 
divided,  the  leaflets  thickish  and  serrate.  E.  states. 
Int.  1892  by  H.  P.  Kelsey. 

ANGELONIA  (South  American  name).  Scrophula- 
ridcece.  Perennial  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  with  pretty, 
irregular  2-lipped  axillary  fls.,  in  a  long,  leafy  terminal 
raceme:  Ivs.  opposite,  long:  branches  4-sided.  Grown  as 
pot  plants  in  warm  glass-houses,  and  prop,  by  seeds  or 
.-softwood  cuttings. 

salicariaefolia,  Humb.  &  Bonpl.  Three  ft.  or  less  :  Ivs. 
lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  sessile,  toothed,  closely 
pubescent  :  fls.  deep  blue.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  2478.  P.M. 
5:75.  B.R.  415. 

Gardner!,  Hook.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  more  strongly 
toothed  throughout  their  length  :  fl.  purple,  white-cen- 
tered, handsome  :  plant  pubescent-glandular  and  aro- 
matic. S.  Amer.  B.M.  3754.  —  The  plant  sold  in  this 
country  as  A.  grandiflora  probably  belongs  here.  The 
A.  grandiflora  introduced  by  Benary  in  1897  (a  good 
annual),  however,  is  represented  as  an  entire-lvd.  pot 
plant  :  see  the  picture  in  Gt.  46,  p.  612  ;  G.C.  III.  22  :  307  ; 
Gn.  52,  p.  461  ;  R.B.  23:  272.  L-  H.  B. 

ANGI6PTERIS  (Greek,  vessel-fern).  Marattidcece. 
An  Old  World  genus  of  coarse  greenhouse  ferns,  with 
twice-  or  thrice-pinnate  Ivs.,  and  the  sporangia  arranged 
in  boat-shaped  marginal  conceptacles.  In  cultivation, 
requires  plenty  of  room  and  abundant  drainage.  The 
only  recognized  species  is 

evecta,  Hoffm.  Growing  from  an  erect  caudex,  2-6  ft. 
high  :  Ivs.  6-15  ft.  long,  mostly  bipinnate,  with  swollen 
rachises  ;  leaflets  4-12  in.  long,  %-l  %in.  wide,  the  margin 
entire  or  slightly  toothed.  India  and  Jap.  to  Madagas- 
car and  Queensland.  S.  1:399.—  Known  under  various 
names  in  cultivation,  as  A.  longifolia,  etc.  The  trade 
names,  which  appear  to  indicate  species,  may  be  re- 
garded as  varieties.  L  M  UNDERWOOD. 

Angiopteris  grows  wild  in  swampy  places,  and  is  of 
robust  habit.  If  grown  in  pots,  the  pots  may  stand  in 
2  or  3  in.  of  water.  Although  spores  are  freely  produced, 
no  seedlings  are  on  record.  Easily  prop,  by  the  fleshy 
scales  at  the  base  of  each  frond.  Each  scale  contains  at 
least  two  dormant  buds,  and  should  not  be  divided. 
They  may  be  laid  in  sand,  covered  with  sphagnum,  and 
kept  in  a  close  case  for  3-5  months.  They  start  quicker 
in  early  spring.  —  Schneider,  Book  of  Choice  Ferns. 


(vessel-bearing  ;  Greek,  in  allusion  to 
shape  of  fruit).  Myrtacece.  Five  or  six  Australian 
trees  or  shrubs,  sometimes  cult,  in  glass  houses  in  the 
Old  World,  but  not  known  to  the  trade  in  this  countrv. 


ANGKJECUM  (Malayan  name).  Orchiddcece,  tribe 
Vdndece.  Epiphytes.  Lvs.  variably  distichous,  coria- 
ceous :  racemes  few-  to  many-flowered,  produced  from 
the  axils  of  the  Ivs.  :  labellum  exserted  into  a  conspicu- 
ous spur,  sometimes  many  inches  long.  Trop.  and  S. 
Afr.,  Madagascar  and  Jap.  With  exception  of  A  .  falca- 
turn,  the  species  of  this  genus  require  high  tempera- 
tures in  order  to  develop  satisfactorily.  For  culture, 
see  Orchids.  Prop,  by  removing  upper  portion  and 
planting  separately.  It  should  include  a  few  roots. 

Angraecums  are  valued  for  their  winter-flowering  and 
lasting  qualities.  The  compost  found  most  suitable  is 
fresh-growing  sphagnum  moss,  no  earthy  matter  being 
desirable,  as  most  of  the  roots  are  seen  striking  out  into 
the  atmosphere  for  their  needs,  and  do  not  take  kindly 
to  confinement  in  pots.  Moisture  is  essential  at  all 
times,  as  Angrsecums  do  not  have  bulbs  to  fall  back  on 
for  their  sxistenance  during  rest  or  blooming,  in  which 
respect  they  resemble  the  Aerides,  Vandas  and  Sacco- 
labiums.  The  moss  must  not  be  allowed  to  become  de- 
cayed, but  kept  living  by  renewal  when  seen  to  be 
necessary,  usually  in  springtime.  Some  of  the  favorite 
species  are  A.  JSllisii,  superbutn,  sesquipedale, 
Humblotii  and  falcatum.  Cult,  by  E.  O.  ORPET 

Alphabetical  list  of  American  favorites  :  A.  articula- 
tum,  6  ;  citratum,  9  ;  distichum,  4  ;  eburneum,  12  ; 
Ellisii,  7  ;  falcatum,  3  ;  Humblotii,  1  :  A.  Leonls,  1  ; 
modestum,  8  ;  pertusum,  11  ;  Sanderianum,  8  ;  Scotti- 
anum,  5  ;  sesquipedale,  2  ;  superbum,  12  ;  virens,  12. 

A.    Pedicels  winged. 

1.  Humbldtii,  Reichb.  f.  (A.  Lebnis,  Hort.  Aerdnthus 
Lebnis.  Reichb.  f. ).   Lvs.  sword-shaped,  equitant,  about 
8  in.  long  :    tts.  few,  white  ;    spur  longer  than  winged 
pedicel  ;  petals  and  sepals  lanceolate  ;  labellum  rotund. 
Comoro  Isls. 

AA.    Pedicels  not  winged. 
B.    Fls.  rarely  more  than  6. 

2.  sesquipedale,    Thouars  (Aerdnthes    sesquipeddlis, 
Lindl.).    Lvs.  coriaceous,  oblong,  about  1  ft.  in  length, 
2  in.  wide,  bluntly  bilobed  at  the  summits,  dark  green  : 
fls.  fleshy,  7  in.  across,  ivory-white  ;  petals  and  sepals 
similar  ;    labellum    ovate,  serrate  in  part,  acuminate  ; 
spur  nearly  1  ft.  long.   Madagascar,  in  low,  hot  districts. 
A.G.  1892:  217.    A.F.  7:  831.    Gn.  2,  p.  5.    F.S.  14:  1413. 
B.M.  5113.— Noblest  of  Angrsecums. 

3.  falcatum,  Lindl.    Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  about  2  in. 
long  :  fls.  whitish,  about  /^  in.  across  ;  sepals  and  petals 
linear,  acute  or  nearly  so  ;    labellum  trilobed  ;  spur  as 
long  as  pedicel.    China.  — One  of  the  first  brought  into 
cultivation. 

4.  distichum,  Lindl.    Plants  rarely  exceeding  5  in.  in 
height :  Ivs.  short,  those  below  clasping  those  above  at 
base  :  fls.  inconspicuous,    white,  borne   singly.     Sierra 
Leone.  — Not  worth  cultivating. 

5.  Scottianum,    Reichb.    f.     Lvs.   terete  :    peduncles 
slender  ;  fls.  inverted,  pale  yellow.    Comoro  Isls. 

BB.    Fls.  numerous. 
C.    Color  white  or  yellowish. 

6.  articulatum,  Reichb.  f.  Dwarf:  Ivs.  oblong-cuneate, 
4-5  in.  long,  unevenly  bilobed  :    fls.  white,  in   pendent 
racemes.  Madagascar.  R.  55.— A  pretty  species,  difficult 
to  grow. 

7.  Ellisii,  Reichb.  f.    St.  stout:  Ivs.  oblong:  peduncles 
pendulous  ;   fls.   white.    Madagascar.     Often   confused 
with  A.  articulatum,  but  distinguished  from  it  by  its 
orange-colored  spurs.   L.  92. 

8.  modestum,  Hook.  f.  (A.  Sanderidnum,  Reichb.  f.). 
Dwarf  :  Ivs.  elliptical,  coriaceous  :  fls.  whitish,  in  pen- 
dent racemes.  Madagascar.  R.H.  1888:  516.  R.B.  15:217. 

9.  citratum,  Thouars.    Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  4-5  in. 
long,  1  in.  wide:  racemes  of  yellowish  fls.    Madagascar, 
in  vicinity  of  swamps.    B.M.  5624.    L.  238.  I.H.  33:  592. 

10.  pertusum,  Lindl.    Lvs.  ligulate  :  peduncles  about 
6  in.  long  ;  fls.  small,  white.    Bourbon.    B.M.  4782. 

cc.    Color  of  fls.  green. 

12.  supeYbum,  Thouars  (A.  eburneum,  Lindl.).  Lvs. 
coriaceous,  striated,  2  in.  wide,  over  1  ft.  long,  strap- 
shaped,  light  green,  unequal  at  the  summits  :  peduncle 


ANGR.ECUM 


ANISE 


67 


from  near  the  ba§e  of  the  st. ;  fls.  large,  green  and  white, 
placed  alternately  back  to  back  ;  sepals  and  petals 
spreading,  green  ;  labellum  whitish,  round,  thickish  ; 
spur  green.  Valuable  ;  grows  to  enormous  proportions. 
Madagascar.  B.M.  4761.  B.R.  1522.  L.  236.  Var.  virens, 
Hort.  (A..  '•}/•<  us,  Lindl.).  Fls.  smaller  ;  labellum  tinged 
with  green.  B.M.  5170.  QAKES  AMES. 

ANGULOA  (dedicated  to  Don  Francisco  de  Angulo). 
0refc«d4ee<B,tribe  r«Hr7w.  Pseudobulbs  rather  tall  (when 
old),  spinose  at  the  summits  with  the  remnants  of  leaf 
veins  :  leaf -blades  1-2  ft.  long,  prominently  nerved,  as 
in  Acineta,  Stanhopea  and  Lycaste  :  fls.  large,  sub- 
globular,  on  erect  scapes  :  habit  similar  to  Lycaste, 
which  is  a  member  of  the  same  sub-tribe.  The  Anguloas 
grow  iinder  shade  of  trees  in  leaf -mold.  Some  growers 
find  that  they  do  well  when  placed  under  vines.  They 
are  coolhouse  orchids,  but  require  a  moderate  rise  in 
temperature  during  the  growing  season.  OAKES  AMES. 

Anguloa  is  a  very  interesting  genus  of  cool  orchids 
that  thrive  well  in  an  ordinary  greenhouse  temperature, 
in  which  a  minimum  of  50°  can  be  maintained.  They  are 
natives  of  the  Andes  of  Colombia  and  Peru.  The  popular 
name  of  "  Boat  Orchid "  somewhat  suggests  their 
shape  and  general  appearance,  the  lip,  being  delicately 
hinged  at  its  base,  allowing  this  organ  to  oscillate  when 
shaken.  A.  Clowesii  is  the  best  known  as  well  as 
the  most  decorative  species,  its  color  being  clear  yel- 
low. A.  Buckeri  is  similar  in  structure,  but  the  fls. 
are  chocolate-brown,  with  a  decided  aromatic  fragrance, 
resembling  Anise.  There  is  also  a  white  variety  of  A. 
Clowesii,  but  it  is  very  rare  in  cultivation,  as  are  all  of 
the  white  forms  of  well  known  orchids,  this  making 
them  very  valuable  commercially.  A.uniflora  is  also  a 
pretty  plant,  with  white  flowers,  spotted  with  pink.  Pot 
culture  is  best,  as  they  require  similar  treatment  to 
Lycaste  Skinneri.  E  Q  QRPET. 

unifldra,  Ruiz  &  Pavon.  (A.  virgindlis,  Hort.).  Pseu- 
dobulbs about  6  in. high(  sometimes  considerably  higher) : 
leaf -blades  134-2  ft.  long,  lanceolate  :  fls.  whitish,  some- 
times spotted  within,  or  the  labellum  streaked  with  rose. 
Colombia.  G.  C.  III.  19:  423. 
A.  F.  6:  607. -There  is  a 
white-fld.  var. 

C16wesii,  Lindl.  Larger 
in  every  way  than  the  above : 
fls.  lemon-yellow,  labellum 
tending  toward  white,  mar- 
bled with  orange.  Colombia. 

Riickeri,  Lindl.  Smaller 
than  A.  Clowesii:  fls.  yel- 
low, spotted  with  crimson. 
A  variety  has  been  figured 
with  the  crimson  or  red  color 
predominant  (var.  sanguin- 
ea,  A.F.  6:607).  Colombia. 

eburnea,  Nicholson.  Simi- 
lar to  A.  Clou'esii,lmt  sepals 
and  petals  pure  white  and 
lip  spotted  pink.  New  Gra- 
nada. OAKES  AMES. 


as  wide  at  base,  the  upper  surface  variously  fissured, 
even  to  the  edges,  presenting  an  irregular  warty  appear- 
ance :  fls.  central,  about  1  in.  long  and  broad,  shading 
from  whitish  to  rose.  On  limestone  hills  in  the  "Great 
Bend  "  region  of  the  Rio  Grande  in  Texas,  and  extending 
into  Mexico.  I.H.  16,  p.  73,  and  fig. 

Kotchubeyi,  Lem.  (A.  sulcdtum,  Salm-Dyck).  This 
appears  as  a  trade  name,  but  the  form  is  very  uncertain, 
as  no  type  seems  to  be  in  existence.  According  to  the 
description,  it  is  very  much  like  the  preceding  species, 
except  that  the  upper  surface  of  the  tubercle  is  not  ir- 
regularly fissured,  but  is  smooth,  at  least  at  the  edges, 
except  for  the  central  furrow. 

B.    Upper  surface  of  tubercle  not  grooved. 

prismaticum,  Lem.  The  flat  top  3-8  in.  across:  tuber- 
cles imbricate,  but  squarrose-spreading,  sharply  triangu- 
lar-pyramidal and  very  acute,  with  a  sharp,  cartilaginous 
tip,  which  usually  disappears  with  age  and  leaves  the 
older  tubercles  blunt  or  retuse,  %-l  in.  long  and  about 
as  wide  at  base,  the  upper  surface  almost  plane  and 
smooth,  except  that  it  is  more  or  less  pulverulent,  and 
often  bears  a  small  tomentose  tuft  just  behind  the  claw- 
like  tip:  fls.rose  color.  Mts.ofMex.  — Resembles  an  Aloe. 

JOHN  M.  COULTER. 

ANIGOZANTHUS  (Greek,  expanded-flower) .  ffa-imo- 
dordcece.  Eight  or  10  species  of  Australian  greenhouse 
or  half-hardy  perennials,  with  greenish,  yellow  or  purple 
fls.  and  sword-like  Ivs.,  cult,  in  Europe,  but  unknown 
to  the  Amer.  trade. 

ANISACANTHUS  (Greek,  unequal  acanthus).  Acan- 
thdcece.  A  genus  of  six  species  of  Mexican  and  Ameri- 
can shrubs,  with  mostly  lanceolate,  entire,  petioled  Ivs., 
and  loosely  spicate  or  scattered  red  fls.  an  inch  or  more 
long  ;  corolla  lobes  4  ;  stamens  2,  equaling  or  exceed- 
ing the  corolla  lobes. 

Wrightii,  Gray.  Height,  2-4  ft. :  Ivs.  1-2  in.  long,  ob- 
long- or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate.  S.  and  W. 
Tex.  — Once  sold  by  John  Saul,  Washington,  DC. 


91.   Informal  disposition  of  annuals,—  a  mass 

against  a  background.     (See  Annuals,  p.  68.) 


ANHALONIUM  (name  of 
no  significance).  Cactdcece. 
Top-shaped  succulent  des- 
ert plants,  mostly  buried  in 
the  ground,  the  flat  aerial 
portion  covered  with  angular 
tubercles  bearing  no  spines.  A  genus  of  4  or  5  species, 
strictly  Mexican,  except  that  a  single  species  (A.  Engel- 
manni )  crosses  the  Rio  Grande  into  Texas.  It  is  referred 
to  Mamillaria  by  some.  For  A.  Williamsii  and  A. 
Lewinii,  see  under  Echinocactus,  section  Lophophora. 
For  culture,  see  Cactus. 

A.   Upper  surface  of  tubercle  with  a  broad  and  deep  wool 
bearing  longitudinal  groove,  which  widens  below. 

Engelmanni,  Lem.  (A.  fissurdtum,  Engelm. ).  LIVING 
ROCK.  The  flat  tubercle-covered  top  2-5  in.  across,  taper- 
ing below  into  a  thick  root  :  tubercles  imbricated  and 
appressed,  triangular  in  outline,  %-l  in.  long  and  about 


ANISE.  Umbelliferce.  An  aromatic  condimental  and 
medicinal  herb  (Pimpinella  Anlsum,  Linn.)  of  the  Ori- 
ent. It  is  an  annual,  and  is  easily  grown  from  seeds  in 
any  warm  and  mellow  soil.  The  seeds  are  commonly 
sown  where  the  plants  are  to  stand.  The  seeds  are  used 
in  medicine  and  in  cookery,  and  for  flavoring  liquors. 
They  yield  a  highly  perfumed  essential  oil.  They  are 
mostly  grown  in  Mediterranean  countries.  The  leaves  are 
also  used  as  seasoning  and  garnishing.  The  plant  reaches 
a  height  of  2  ft.,  bears  twice-pinnate  Ivs.  and  small  yel- 
lowish white  fls.  in  large,  loose  umbels.  The  seeds  are 
oclong  and  curved,  ribbed  on  the  convex  side,  grayish, 


68 


ANISE 


ANNUALS 


the  size  of  carawuy  seed.  In  common  with  all  umbel- 
liferous seed,  Anise  seed  does  not  retain  its  viability  long, 
the  normal  longevity  being  1  to  3  years. 

ANNUALS.  Plants  which,  in  cultivation,  are  prefer- 
ably grown  from  seeds  each  year  are  commonly  classed 
as  Annuals.  More  strictly,  Annuals  are  plants  which 
normally  live  but  a  single  season.  Among  Annuals  are 
found  a  number  of  the  most  showy  flowers.  As  a  rule, 
they  are  easily  grown,  producing  quick  results  and  af- 
fording a  variety  of  brilliant  colors.  The  class  is,  there- 
fore, one  of  the  greatest  value.  Some  of  the  Annuals  last 
only  a  few  weeks  in  bloom,  others  continue  throughout 
the  summer.  There  are  trailers  and  climbers,  dwarfs  and 
tall  growers.  By  a  judicious  selection  and  arrangement 
of  kinds,  the  handsomest  effects  may  be  produced.  Many 
of  the  showy  kinds  are  adapted  to  mass  effects,  while  the 
dwarf -growing  sorts  make  tine  flowering  edgings  for  beds 
or  walks.  With  the  latter,  handsome  ribbon-beds  are  pos- 
sible, but  this  requires  care  in  the  selection  of  kinds,  and 
as  the  use  of  the  trimming  shears  is  almost  precluded  it 
is  best  to  limit  oneself  to  simple  designs.  Annuals  are 
well  adapted  to  the  covering  of  bare  spots  of  ground  in 
the  border.  Annuals,  like  other  flowers,  show  off  best 
when  seen  against  a  background  of  foliage.  See  Figs. 
91,  92.  The  tall  and  leafy  kinds  make  excellent  covers 
for  unsightly  objects  ;  see  Screens.  For  climbing  and 
twining  kinds,  see  Vines.  See,  also,  Everlastings  and 
Grasses. 

In  the  case  of  others  than  the  continuous  bloomers,  a 
succession  of  sowings  or  plantings  is  desirable  to  pro- 
vide for  a  continuous  display  ;  then  as  a  kind  begins  to 
fail  its  place  may  be  filled  with  young  plants  of  the  same 
or  other  species.  The  usual  method  of  securing  suc- 
cession is  to  sow  the  seeds  in  flats,  or  beds,  and  trans- 
plant the  seedlings  first  to  pots.  The  potted  plants  may 
be  set  out  at  any  time,  with  but  little  check  to  growth. 

Most  Annuals  prefer  an  open,  sunny  situation,  but 
pansies,  forget-me-nots,  and  some  others,  thrive  where 
they  get  the  full  sunshine  for  only  half  the  day.  In  all 
cases  the  best  results  are  obtained  only  when  the  soil  is 
well  enriched  and  thoroughly  prepared  previous  to  sow- 
ing or  planting  ;  and  it  is  far  better  to  make  this  prepa- 
ration a  fortnight  or  more  in  advance.  A  considerable 
proportion  of  humus  in  the  soil  is  desirable,  rendering  it 
less  subject  to  baking  and  drying  out.  Cow -manure, 
stable-manure  or  leaf -mold,  worked  in  liberally,  will  sup- 
ply this.  Beds  should  be  spaded  thoroughly  and  at  least 
a  foot  deep.  If  the  surface  is  then  again  worked  over  to 
half  this  depth,  better  results  will  be  obtainable.  The 
soil  should  not  be  disturbed,  however,  unless  it  pulver- 
izes readily.  For  the  reception  of  seeds,  the  surface 
should  be  mellow  and  smooth.  The  seeds  are  sown  in 
drills  or  concentric  circles,  according  to  the  method  of 
planting  decided  upon.  Taller  growing  kinds  are  sown 


92.  Annuals  filling  the  formal  space  between  a  drive  and  a  tree-group. 


toward  the  center  or  back  of  the  bed.  Only  the  best 
seeds  should  be  purchased,  and  it  is  generally  best  to 
get  the  colors  in  separate  packets.  In  the  open  ground, 
seeds  may  be  covered  to  a  depth  of  four  or  five  times 
their  own  thickness,  but  when  sown  indoors  in  trays  or 
pots,  the  rule  is  to  cover  them  to  about  their  own  thick- 
ness. The  position  of  each  row  or  kind  should  be  marked, 
so  that  when  weeds  and  flowers  spring  up  there  will  be 
no  trouble  in  separating  the  sheep  from  the  goats.  After 
covering,  the  soil  should  be  pressed  firmly  over  the  seed 
with  a  board  or  hoe,  or  the  feet.  In  soils  which  are  in- 
clined to  bake,  a  sprinkling  of  sand  or  fine  litter  over 
the  surface  after  sowing  will  remedy  this  evil.  Ever- 
green boughs  placed  over  the  beds  until  the  seedlings 
have  appeared  will  afford  useful  shelter  from  beating 
rains.  It  is  desirable  to  sow  the  seeds  thickly.  When 
up,  the  plants  may  be  thinned  to  their  proper  distances. 
Particular  care  should  be  given  to  this  matter,  and  to 
keeping  down  weeds,  or  the  plants  may  become  weak, 
spindling  and  valueless.  No  seed  pods  should  be  allowed 
to  form,  else  the  vitality  of  the  plants  will  be  exhausted. 
The  flowers  may  be  freely  gathered  with  advantage  to 
the  flowering. 

It  is  customary  to  divide  Annuals  into  three  classes: 
(1)  Hardy  Annuals  are  those  which  are  sown  directly  in 
the  open  ground  where  they  are  to  grow.  They  are  vitally 
strong,  developing  without  artificial  heat,  and  may  be 
sown  from  February  to  May,  according  to  the  season  and 
latitude.  Some  of  them,  as  sweet  peas,  may  be  sown 
even  in  the  fall.  For  this  class,  a  well  prepared  border 
on  the  south  side  of  a  fence  or  wall,  or  other  sheltered 
place,  is  usually  preferred  for  early  sowings.  From  here 
the  seedlings  are  transplanted  later  where  they  are  to 
grow.  Some  sorts,  however,  do  not  bear  transplanting 
well,  consequently  must  be  sown  in  the  places  they  are  to 
occupy.  Among  such  are  poppies,  eschscholtzia,  barto- 
nia,  Venus'  looking-glass,  lupine,  malope,  and  the  dwarf 
convolvulus.  (2)  Half-hardy  Annuals  are  usually  sown 
in  February  or  March  in  the  window  or  a  warm  frame. 
The  season  is  usually  not  long  enough  to  enable  them  to 
reach  full  development  in  the  open.  In  the  early  stages 
of  growth,  they  need  protection  and  warmth.  Such 
kinds  are  sometimes  sown  in  the  fall  and  wintered  over 
in  a  coldframe.  When  once  established,  they  are  hardy 
with  slight  protection.  Pansies  and  some  other  kinds 
are  grown  to  their  greatest  perfection  only  in  this  way. 
(3)  Tender  Annuals  require  still  more  warmth,  and  are 
started  from  January  to  May  in  the  greenhouse  or  other 
suitable  place.  They  commonly  need  a  temperature  of 
from  60°  to  70°.  The  danger  with  early  grown  seedlings, 
especially  those  started  in  the  window,  is  crowding  and 
want  of  light.  As  soon  as  crowding  begins,  the  plants 
should  be  thinned  out  or  transplanted  to  other  trays,  or 
into  pots,  and  reset  from  time  to  time,  as  they  need  ; 
frequent  transplanting  is  usually  an  advantage.  The 
last  transplanting  is  preferably  into  small 
pots,  as  then  the  seedlings  may  be  readily 
set  out  in  the  open  ground  at  the  proper 
time,  with  little  or  no  check  to  growth. 

Some  of  the  staple  or  general-purpose 
types  of  Annuals  in  the  North  are  the  fol- 
lowing :  Petunias,  phloxes,  pinks  or  dian- 
thuses,  larkspurs  or  delphiniums,  calliopsi.s 
or  coi'eopsis,  pot  marigolds  or  calendula, 
bachelor's  buttons  or  Centaurea  Cyanus, 
clarkias,  zinnias,  marigolds  or  tagetes,  col- 
linsias,  gilias,  California  poppies  or  esch- 
scholtzias,  verbenas,  poppies,  China  asters, 
sweet  peas,  nemophilas,  portulacas,  silenes, 
candytufts  or  iberis,  alyssum,  stocks  or 
matthiolas,  morning-glories,  nasturtiums  or 
tropaeolums.  Other  species  are  mostly  of 
special  or  particular  use,  not  general-use 
types.  In  the  South,  and  occasionally  at  the 
North,  some  of  the  Annuals  come  up  volun- 
tarily year  after  year  from  self-sown  seeds. 
Petunias,  phloxes  and  morning-glories  are 
examples. 

For  further  suggestions,  see  Seedage. 
For  an  annotated  list  of  Annuals  suited  for 
northern  climates,  see  Bull.  161,  Cornell 
Exp.  Sta.  ERNEST  WALKER. 


ANCECTOCHILUS 


ANONA 


69 


ANCECTOCHlLUS  (Greek.  op,>n  ///>). 
tribe  Neott\e<i  .  A  genus  cultivated  for  the  beautifully 
reticulated  Ivs.,  which  are  oval  or  ovate,  membranaceous 
and  diversely  colored.  Fls.  small,  not  ornamental.  The 
known  species  belong  to  India  and  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago.  Although  many  methods  have  been  adopted  for 
the  successful  cultivation  of  the  best  species  and  varie- 
ties, failure  has  been  the  general  rule,  so  that  at  the 
present  time  few  Amer.  collections  contain  even  a  single 
specimen.  "For  a  time  — it  may  be  two,  or  even  five 
years  — they  will  grow  and  remain  in  health,  and  then 
suddenly  they  go  wrong,  the  plants  perishing  one  after 
the  other,  in  "spite  of  all  one  can  do."— W.  Watson. 

Bulleni,  Low.  Lvs.  about  2  in.  long,  bronze-green, 
with  3  longitudinal  bands  of  copper-red.  Borneo. 

regalis,  Blume.  One  of  the  most  attractive  species  of 
the  group  :  Ivs.  oval,  large,  bronze-green  netted,  veined 
with  gold,  the  surface  of  the  Ivs.  like  velvet.  Java. 
B.M.  4123.  F.S.  2:  79  as  A.  setaceus.—  Several  good  va- 
rieties exist. 

R6xburghii,  Lindl.  Lvs.  ovate,  median  line  of  pale 
green,  reticulated  and  veined  with  gold.  Java  and  Ind. 

Many  species  are  described  and  figured  in  foreign  publica- 
tions, but  they  are  all  fanciers'  plants.  Other  names  which  ap- 
pear in  the  Amer.  trade  are:  A.  Dayana=l—A.  Dawsoni 
(ZM?<'.wu/aw/*)=Hfemaria.  —  A.  Lbwii,  Hort.=Dossinia.— A. 
Petbla,  Hort.=Macodes.— A.  Veitchidnus,  Hort.=Macodes. 

OAKES  AMES. 

ANOMATHfiCA.    See  Lapeirousia. 

ANONA  (aboriginal  name).  Anonacece.  CUSTARD- 
APPLE.  Tropical  trees  and  shrubs,  cult,  for  their  large, 
fleshy  fruits,  and  for  ornament.  Fls.  perfect,  solitary, 
terminal  or  opposite  the  Ivs. :  petals  typically  6,  but  half 
of  them  sometimes  reduced  to  small  scales  or  even  want- 
ing: pistils  many,  each  with  one  erect  ovule,  united  into 
a  fleshy  fruit-like  body  or  syncarpium.  Small  trees  or 
shrubs,  over  50  in  number,  of  Tropical  America,  and  a 
few  in  Africa  and  Asia.  Some  of  the  species  have  been 
introduced  into  southern  Florida,  but  they  are  generally 
imperfectly  known,  both  to  horticulturists  and  botanists. 
Aside  from  the  species  described  below,  various  other 
Anonas  have  beeen  introduced  into  southern  Florida,  but 
their  botanical  status  is  unknown  and  some  of  them 
are  probably  forms  of  old  species.  Amongst  these 
names  are  A.  Mcjricana,  which  was  a  catalogue  name 
used  by  Loddiges,  the  species  never  having  been  fully 
described;  A.  Africana,  a  very  obscure  species  founded 
by  Linnaeus  tipon  an  American  specimen,  with  lanceolate 
pubescent  Ivs. ;  A.  trilobata  is  undoubtedly  Asimina  tri- 
loba  ;  A.  aurantiaca,  A.  macrocarpa,  A.  maritima,  A. 
rettiformis,  and  A.  suavissima  are  either  horticultural 
names,  or  belong  to  other  genera  ;  the  Beriba,  introduced 
by  Reasoner  Bros.,  from  Brazil,  is  evidently  a  Rollinia, 
possibly  R.  orthopetala.  For  A .  longi  folia,  see  Duguetia, 
and  for  A.  niuscosa,  see  Rollinia.  Some  of  the  species 
are  imperfectly  evergreen.  See  Artabotrys. 

Anonas  are  of  easy  culture,  requiring  no  special  treat- 
ment in  frostless  countries.  They  propagate  readily  by 
seeds,  and  are  usually  tlnis  grown  ;  also,  by  ripened  cut- 
tings under  glass.  In  the  U.  S.  they  are  sometimes 
grown  under  glass  as  ornamental  subjects.  They  should 
then  be  kept  fairly  dry  in  winter,  for  at  that  time  they 
assume  a  semi-dormant  condition.  They  thrive  best  in 
heavy  loam. 

A.    Petal*  cor(l,ttr-oi;tte  or  oborate,  the  inner  ones 
conspicuous. 

B.   Exterior  petals  plainly  acute,  inner  ones  obtuse, 
c.   Fruit  bearing  weak  spines. 

muricata,  Linn.  (A.  Asidtica,  Linn.).  SouR-Sop. 
<UANABENA.  CORRESOL.  SUIRSAAK.  SUSAKKA.  Small 
tree,  the  size  of  a  peach  tree,  evergreen,  the  young 
growth  scurfy-pubescent:  exterior  petals  scarcely  exceed- 
ing the  interior  ones,  1-2  in.  long,  and  yellowish  or  green- 
ish,the  inner  ones  yellow  or  red :  Ivs.  elliptic  and  pointed, 
varnished  above  and  rusty  beneath,  but  becoming  gla- 
brous: fr.  very  large  (6-8  in.  long  and  weighing  from  1-5 
Ibs.),  oblong  ortconical  and  blunt,  dark  green,  the  skin 
rough  and  spiny;  pulp  soft,  white  and  juicy,  subacid,with 
a  turpentine-like  flavor,  West  Indies,' where  it  is  a  popu- 


lar fruit.  — It  is  grown  with  especial  excellence  in  Porto 
Rico,  and  is  common  in  the  markets  of  Key  West,  whither 
it  is  shipped  from  the  islands  to  the  southward.  A 
favorite  drink  is  made  from  the  juice.  It  is  one  of  the 
tenderest  trees  of  the  genus,  and  thrives  only  in  extreme 
southern  Florida  and  California.  Introduced  in  the  Old 
World. 

CC.   Fruit  nearly  or  quite  smooth  (or  in  A  .  pyriform  is 

undescribed) . 

glabra,  Linn.  (A.  laurifolia,  Dunal).  POND-APPLE. 
MAMON.  Fig.  93.  Small  nearly  evergreen  tree,  with 
smooth  growth:  exterior  petals  somewhat  exceeding  the 


93.  Anona  glabra.    Nearly  %  natural  size. 

interior  ones,  greenish :  Ivs.  oblong-ovate  or  long-ovate, 
pointed,  green  on  both  sides  and  glossy  above  :  fr.  the 
size  and  shape  of  a  Bellflower  apple  or  an  ox's  heart,  yel- 
low or  brownish  yellow,  smooth,  the  stem  pulling  out 
of  the  fruit  at  maturity  and  leaving  a  very  deep  cavity; 
pulp  cream-colored  and  very  fragrant,  fair  in  quality. 
Native  in  swamps,  both  salt  and  fresh,  in  southern 
Florida,  and  on  the  Indian  River;  also,  in  the  West  Indies. 
B.R.  1328.  SS.  1:17, 18.-The  fruit,  although  acceptable 
to  many  people,  is  not  generally  prized. 

pyrif6rmis,  Bojer.  Climbing,  glabrous  :  petals  of  the 
two  series  nearly  equal,  oblong-spatulate  or  obovate 
( about  2  in.  long) ,  flat,  the  outer  ones  hooded  or  cucullate 
at  the  top  ;  sepals  joined  half  their  length  :  Ivs.  nearly 
oblong  (3-6  in.  long),  obtuse  or  acutish, thick  and  rigid, 
somewhat  shining  and  glaucous.  Mauritius.— Said  to 
have  been  introduced  into  southern  Florida  recently,  but 
it  is  imperfectly  known. 

BB.   Exterior  petals  obtuse  or  nearly  so. 

palustris,  Linn.  ALLIGATOR  -  APPLE.  CORK-WOOD. 
MONKEY -APPLE.  BUNYA.  Tree,  10-15  ft.  high,  the  young 
growth  smooth:  exterior  petals  ovate,  exceeding  the  ob- 
long inner  ones,  a  half-inch  or  more  long,  and  yellow,  with 
a  red  spot  at  the  base  within,  the  interior  red  inside:  Ivs. 
ovate-elliptic  or  oblong,  with  a  short,  narrow  point  (or 
occasionally  bluntish),  smooth  on  both  sides,  rather 
thick,  and  more  or  less  evergreen:  fr.  2  in.  in  diam.,  yel- 
low, and  somewhat  roughened  or  scaly.  Cuba  to  Rio 
Janeiro;  also,  in  Africa.  B.M.  4226.  — Introduced  in 
southern  Florida,  but  imperfectly  known  in  cultivation. 
Unless  improved  by  cultivation,  the  fruit  is  probably 
unworthy  of  cultivation. 

BBB.   Exterior  and  interior  petals  all  acute. 

paludosa,  Aubl.  Shrub,  with  rusty -villous  branches  -. 
outer  petals  acute,  twice  longer  than  the  canescent  inner 
ones  :  Ivs.  oblong-acute,  rounded  at  the  base,  sparsely 
pubescent  above  and  tomentose  beneath  :  fr.  ovate  and 
tuberculate,  pubescent  when  young.  Guiana.  — Intro- 
duced into  southern  Florida,  where  it  is  yet  very  little 
known. 


70 


ANONA 


ANTENNARIA 


AA.   Petals  (exterior)  linear  or  oblong,  the  inner  ones 
minute  (or  conspicuous  in  A.  muscosa). 

B.   Fruit  smooth  or  very  nearly  so  (in  A.amplexicaulis 

undescribed) . 

0.   Lvs.  velvety  beneath. 

Cherimolia,  Miller  (A.  tripetala,  Aiton) .  CHEBIMOYER, 
or  CHEBIMOYA.  JAMAICA-APPLE.  Tree,  15-20  ft.  high, 
with  young  growth  scurfy -pubescent  :  fls.  opposite 
the  Ivs.,  greenish,  and  fragrant,  the  exterior  petals  ob- 
long-linear and  keeled  on  the  inner  side,  velvety  :  Ivs. 
ovate  or  oblong  (about  3  in.  long),  obtuse  or  scarcely 
acute,  dark  green,  and  sparsely  hairy  above  and  velvety 
beneath  :  fr.  very  large  (from  the  size  of  a  large  apple 
to  8  in.  or  more  in  diam. ),  spherical  or  slightly  flattened 
at  the  ends,  nearly  smooth,  brownish  yellow,  sometimes 
with  a  red  cheek,  the  flesh  soft  and  rich.  Peru  and  ad- 
jacent regions  northward,  but  naturalized  in  Central 
America  and  Mexico,  the  West  Indies  and  parts  of  the 
Old  World.  B.M.  2011.-  It  is  a  well-known  fruit  of  the 
tropics,  and  it  thrives  upon  the  Florida  keys  and  the 
adjacent  coasts.  It  is  also  grown  to  a  limited  extent  in 
southern  California.  Fruit  will  stand  transportation  if 
picked  green.  Possibly  the  plants  sold  as  A .  macrocdrpa 
and  A.  suavissima  are  forms  of  the  Cherimoyer.  See 
Cherimoyer. 

cc.   Lvs.  not  velvety. 

reticulata,  Linn.  CUSTARD-APPLE.  BULLOCK'S-HEART. 
FRUTA  DE  CONDE.  A  tree,  15-25  ft.  high,  with  growth 
smooth  or  nearly  so:  fls.  with  the  exterior  petals  oblong- 
linear  and  keeled  on  the  inside,  acute,  greenish,  with 
purple  spots  at  the  base  :  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  oblong  and 
pointed,  glabrous  above  and  rough  beneath,  but  becoming 
smooth:  fr.  3-4  in.  in  diam.,  smooth,  with  small  depres- 
sions, in  various  shades  of  yellow  or  even  russet,  with 
a  soft  yellow  cream-like  pulp  next  the  skin,  and  a  white 
pulp  at  the  middle,  sweet  and  excellent.  West  Indies, 
where  it  is  a  very  popular  fruit.  It  thrives  in  southern 
Florida,  where  it  has  lately  been  introduced.  B.M.  2911, 
2912. 


94.  Anona  squamosa,  grown  in  Bermuda  (X 


amplexicaulis,  Lam.  Erect  shrub,  glabrous  :  outer 
petals  oblong  and  obtuse  (l%in.  long),  the  inner  very 
much  shorter  and  lanceolate  and  pointed:  Ivs.  oblong  or 
ovate,  obtuse  or  acute  (4-6  in.  long),  thick  and  rigid, 
glaucous  and  somewhat  shining,  deeply  cordate-clasping 
at  the  base.  Mauritius  and  Madagascar.  —  Said  to  have 
been  lately  introduced  into  southern  Florida.  Little 

BB.   Fruit  tuberculate. 

squamdsa,  Linn.  (A.  cinerea,  Dunal).  SWEET-  SOP. 
SUGAR-APPLE.  Fig.  94.  Diffuse  small  tree,  or  a  shrub, 
10-20  ft.  high  :  fls.  with  the  outer  petals  oblong-linear  and 


blunt,  keeled  on  the  inner  side,  greenish:  Ivs.  thin,  ob 
long-ovate,  very  sparsely  hairy  on  both  sides,  but  often 
becoming  smooth,  glaucous  :  fr.  egg-shaped,  or  of  the 
form  of  a  short  pine  cone,  3-4  in.  in  diam.,  yellowish 
green,  and  tuberculate  (each  carpel  forming  a  protuber- 
ance); the  pulp  creamy  yellow  and  custard-like,  very 
sweet.  West  Indies  to  Brazil.  B.M.  3095.  — Much  prized 
in  the  tropics,  and  considerably  grown  on  the  Florida 
keys,  and  extending  north,  with  some  protection,  nearly 
to  the  middle  of  the  state;  also  cultivated  in  California. 
Introduced  in  the  Old  World.  Lvs.,  green  frs.,  and  seeds 
said  to  be  used  for  destroying  vermin.  L.  H.  B. 

ANSELLIA  (John  Ansell,  African  explorer).  Or- 
chiddcece,  tribe  Vdndece.  Inflorescence  terminal  :  stems 
tufted,  jointed,  nodes  conspicuous  :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  alter- 
nate toward  the  summit  of  the  stems,  visibly  nerved, 
about  6  in.  long.  The  species  require  high  temperatures 
for  successful  development.  Epiphytes.  For  further 
culture,  see  Orchids. 

Africana,  Lindl.  Plants  2  ft.  or  more  high  :  stems 
cylindrical :  fls.  numerous  (40-80),  yellowish,  verging  on 
green,  marked  with  curiously  oblong,  brown-purple 
spots  ;  labellurn  yellow,  3-lobed.  Sierra  Leone.  B.M. 
4965.  — This  is  undoubtedly  the  type,  all  other  forms  so 
far  known  being  departures  from  it  of  horticultural 
merit  only. 

gigantea,  Reichb.  f.  (Cymbidium  Sdndersoni,  Harv.). 
Habit  as  above.  Sepals  and  petals  sparingly,  if  at  all, 
spotted.  Natal?  OAKES  AMES. 

ANSONIA.    See  Amsonia. 

ANTENNAEIA  (pappus  likened  to  antenna?) .  Com- 
pdsitce.  EVERLASTING.  CAT'S-EAR.  Small,  white-woolly 
perennial  herbs,  with  spatulate  or  obovate  root-lvs.,  and 
mostly  leafless  scapes,  bearing  small  gray  or  white 
heads  which  remain  stiff  and  dry.  They  are  interesting 
for  rockwork  and  the  edges  of  borders,  and  for  this  pur- 
pose have  been  sparingly  introduced  in  the  last  few 
years.  They  are  perfectly  hardy,  and  thrive  in  poor 
soil.  The  fls.  are  often  cut  before  fully  mature  and 
dried  (and  often  dyed)  as  everlastings.  Several  spe- 
cies grow  wild.  Prop,  mostly  by  division  of  the  mats  ; 
also  by  seeds.  Allied  to  Anaphalis  and  Gnaphalium. 
Dio3cious.  See  Everlastings. 

A.    Pappus  of  sterile  fls.  not  thickened  at  the  tip, 
minutely  roughened. 

dim6rpha,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Tufted  with  spatulate  Ivs. 
and  a  sparsely-leaved  fl.-st.  an  inch  or  less  high,  from  a 
stout,  much-branched  caudex.  Neb.  west. 

AA.    Pappus  of  sterile  fls.  thickened  at  the  top. 
B.    Not  spreading  by  stolons. 

Ge^eri,  Gray.  Stout,  thick-woolly,  from  a  woody  base : 
fl.-st.  3  in.  or  more  high,  very  leafy  to  the  top  :  pistil- 
late heads  narrow  :  involucre  with  rose-purple  or  ivory- 
white  tips  to  the  inner  scales.  Cal.  N. 

BB.    Spreading  by  stolons. 
c.    Heads  solitary  or  in  a  cymose  cluster. 

dioica,  Linn.  Basal  Ivs.  1%  in.  or  less  long,  1-nerved 
or  only  indistinctly  3-nerved  :  st.  2-12  in.  :  involucral 
bracts  all  light  green  or  light  brown,  with  white  or 
pinkish  tips.  N.  states  and  Eu.  —  The  plant  in  the  trade 
as  A.  tomentdsiim  is  probably  a  form  of  this  species. 
Also  in  cult,  under  the  proper  name,  A.  dioica. 

alpina,  Gaertn.  Plant  1-4  in. :  involucral  bracts  in  fer- 
tile heads,  dark  brownish  green,  acute.  Canada,  Rocky 
Mts.,  Sierra  Nevadas. 

plantaginifdlia,  Rich.  Basal  Ivs.  \YZ  in.  or  more  long, 
distinctly  3-nerved  :  st.  6-18  in.  high.  Stoloniferous, 
making  broad  patches.  Common  in  fields  and  old  pas- 
tures. Perhaps  not  in  cult. 

cc.   Heads  loosely  panicled. 

racemosa,  Hook.  Light-woolly,  6-20  in.  high,  the  sts. 
sparsely  leafy,  the  heads  mostly  on  slender  peduncles  : 
involucre  brownish.  Rocky  Mts.  L  jjt  B_ 


ANTHEMIS 

ANTHEMIS  (Greek  name  of  the  chn  nomile).  Coni- 
p6sit<r.  CHAMOMILE.  Pyrethrum-like  heavy-scented 
plants,  annual,  biennial  or  perennial,  members  of  a 
large,  Old  World  temperate-region  genus.  Heads  many- 
tiowered,  the  disk  yellow,  the  rays  white  and  yellow  and 
(in  the  common  cult,  species)  pistillate,  the  receptacle 
conical  and  chatty,  the  akcnt-s  terete  or  ribbed,  and 
either  naked  or  bearing  a  minute  crown  :  Ivs.  pinnately 
dissected.  Two  or  three  of  the  species  are  weeds. 
Others  are  excellent  border  plants.  The  true  chamo- 
mile  is  a  medicinal  plant.  The  hardy  perennial  species, 
which  alone  are  grown  in  this  country,  are  easily 
handled  in  the  border,  where  they  bloom  from  midsum- 
mer till  frost.  They  thrive  in  almost  any  soil,  but  need 
full  exposure  to  sun.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  division  of  the 
clumps,  usually  the  latter. 

A.  Itai/x  normally  yelloic. 

tinctdria,  Linn.  GOLDEN  MARGUERITE.  Of  bushy 
habit,  2-3  ft.,  with  angular  st.  and  pinnately  divided, 
and  again  piunatifid  or  cut-toothed  Ivs.,  and  large,  daisy- 
like,  golden  yellow  tis.  (1-2  in.  across).  A.  Kelwayi, 
Hort.  (or  var.  Kelicayi,  Hort.),  has  finer-cut  foliage  and 
deeper  yellow  fls.  There  is  also  a  pale-rayed  var.  Gn. 
52: 1149. -An  excellent  hardy  border  plant,  and  useful  at 
the  same  time  for  cut  fls. 

AA.    Hays  white. 

B.  Perennial ;  cultivated. 

n6bilis,  Linn.  CHAMOMILE.  Half -spreading  and  much- 
branched,  downy,  the  Ivs.  very  finely  dissected  :  pappus 
wanting,  chaff  of  the  receptacle  blunt.— A  pleasant- 
scented  herb,  sometimes  escaped  from  cult.  It  yields  the 
medicinal  chamomile  fls.  of  commerce.  For  medicinal 
purposes,  the  heads  (the  single  preferred)  are  cut  as 
soon  as  fully  expanded,  and  dried.  Cult,  also  as  a  hardy 
border  plant ;  often  double. 

BB.    Biennial  or  annual ;  weeds. 

arv6nsis,  Linn.  Pubescent,  not  ill-scented;  Ivs.  rather 
coarsely  1-2  pinnately  parted  :  pappus  a  minute  border: 
heads  1  in.  or  more  across :  rays  pistillate. —Not  common. 

C6tula,  DC.  MAY-WEED.  A  common  weed  along  road- 
sides, ill-scented,  growing  a  foot  or  two  high,  with  finely 
dissected  Ivs.,  neutral  rays,  and  many  aster-like  fls.  1  in. 
across. 

A.  Aizoon,  Griseb.=Achillea  ageratifolia.— A.  Ardbica,  Linn. 
=Cladanthus.— A.  corondria,  Hort.=Chrysanthemum  coro- 

L.  H.  B. 
ANTHEE.   See  Flower. 

ANTHEEICUM  ( Greek,  flower  hedge).  Includes  Pha- 
langium.  Liliaceo?.  Herbs,  with  tuber-like  rhizomes, 
and  racemes  of  rather  small,  white,  deep-cut  fls. :  peri- 
anth rotate  ;  anthers  attached  between  their  basal  lobes, 
and  the  locules  many-ovuled— in  these  characters  differ- 
ing from  Paradisea.  Grown  in  borders,  where  the  roots 
should  have  a  cover  of  leaves  or  litter  in  winter  ;  also 
in  pots  and  under  benches  in  coolhouses.  Useful  for 
lawn  vases.  Prop,  naturally  by  stolons  ;  increased  also 
by  division  and  seeds.  Of  easiest  culture.  Give  plenty 
of  water  when  in  bloom.  A.  Uliastrum,  St.  Bruno's 
Lily,  will  be  found  under  Paradisea.  A.picturatum,  va- 
riegatum  and  vittatum  will  be  found  under  Chlorophy- 
tum.  A.  Californicum  of  some  catalogues  perhaps  be- 
longs to  Chlorophytum. 

Liliago,  Linn.  ST.  BERNARD'S  LILY.  Fig.  95.  Stem 
simple,  2-3  ft.  high,  bearing  an  open  raceme  of  open- 
spreading  fls.  1  in.  or  less  across,  the  segments  linear- 
oblong  :  Ivs.  long  and  narrow.  S.  Eu.  and  N.  Afr.  B.M. 
914.  Var.  major,  Sims,  is  larger  in  all  its  parts.  B.M. 1635. 

ramosum,  Linn.  (A.  gramini folium,  Hort.).  Stem 
branched  :  fls.  somewhat  smaller.  Eu.  B.M.  1055. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANTHOLt'ZA  (name  from  the  Greek,  of  no  particu- 
lar application).  Iriddcew.  About  20  Cape  and  Trop. 
African  cormous  plants,  with  linear  or  sword-shaped 
Ivs.  and  bright  fls.  in  2-sided  spikes.  Perianth  long- 
tubular,  curved,  dilated  above,  the  uppermost  segments 
largest :  stamens  3  :  style  branched  :  ovary  3-loculed. 
Cult,  the  same  as  gladioli,  being  taken  up  in  the  fall. 
The  tubers  are  often  started  in  a  frame  or  in  the  house 
before  planting  in  the  open.  See  Baker,  Irideee. 


ANTHURIUM  71 

A.    Perianth  red,  segments  very  unequal. 

Cundnia,  Linn.     Corm   small:    st.  simple,  1-1%  ft.: 

Ivs.  about  4,  linear,   1  ft.   or  less  long  :    fls.  4-6,  in  a 

lax  spike,  bright  red,  an  inch  long,  the  stamens  reaching 

to  the  tip  of  the  upper  segment.    Cape.   L.B.C.  20:  1971. 


95.   Stolon  of  Anthericum  Liliago. 

Caffra,  Banks.    Corm  large  :  st.  2  ft.  or  less  :  Ivs.  nar- 
row-linear, 1  ft. :  fls. 12-20,  in  a  lax  spike,  bright  red,  1-1% 
in.  long,  stamens  not  quite  reaching  tip  of  upper  segment. 
Cape.  — Has  been  hybridized  with  gladiolus. 
AA.   Perianth  red  and  yellow,  segments  less  unequal. 

.ffithidpica,  Linn.  Corm  large  :  st.  branched,  3-4  ft. : 
Ivs.  several,  sword-shaped,  1  in.  broad  and  1-1%  ft.  long: 
spike  6-9  in.  long,  rather  dense  :  fls.  l%-2  in.  long,  red 
and  yellow  ;  stamens  reaching  to  the  tip  of  the  upper 
segment.  Cape.  B.M.  561. 

Var.  minor,  Lindl.  (A.  Ucolor,  Gasp.).  Dwarf:  Ivs. 
narrow  :  fls.  red  at  top,  pale  yellow  below. 

Var.  vittigera,  Baker  (var.  ringens,  Nichols.).  Tall 
as  the  type  :  fls.  bright  yellow,  striped  red.  B.M.  1172. 

Var.  immarginata,  Baker.    Fls.  red,  with  dull  yellow. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANTHOXANTHUM  (yellow -flower,  from  the  Greek). 
Graminece.  A.  odoratum,  Linn.,  of  the  temperate  parts 
of  the  Old  World,  is  the 
Sweet  Vernal  Grass.  It  is 
a  perennial,  of  low  growth, 
very  early  bloom,  and 
sweet  odor  when  mown. 
It  is  used  in  mixtures  of 
pasture  grasses, and  is  also 
spontaneous  in  the  E. 
states  in  pastures,  mead- 
ows, and  along  roads.  A. 
Puelii,  Lee.  &  Lamotte, 
is  an  annual  species,  of 
smaller  size,  sometimes  \|i 
used  in  forage  mixtures.  \j 


ANTHtEIUM  (Greek, 
tail  -  flower).  Aroldece. 
Tropical  herbs,  of  200  or 
more  species,  cult,  mostly 
in  stoves,  grown  for  the 
showy  spathes  and  spadi- 
ces  or  for  foliage.  Spathe 
usually  spreading  or  even 
reflexed,  only  rarely  par- 
tially enclosing  the  spadix. 
Differs  from  Alocasia  and 
allied  genera  in  technical 
characters.  Monogr.  by 
Engler  in  DeCandolle's 
Monograph  iae  Phanero- 
gamarum,  Vol.  2  (1879). 

Propagation  is  effected  by  suckers  or  cuttings  of  the 
rhizome  inserted  in  small  pots  containing  a  mixture  of 
peat  fiber,  chopped  sphagnum  moss  and  silver  sand  in 


96.  Anthurlum  Scherzerianum. 


72 


ANTHURIUM 


ANTHURIUM 


equal  proportions,  and  plunged  in  a  propagating  box  in 
a  temperature  of  75°  to  80°,  with  bottom  heat.  About 
the  end  of  January  is  the  most  suitable  time  to  take  the 
cuttings.  Anthuriums  may  also  be  propagated  by  seeds 
sown  in  a  mixture  of  very  fine  fibrous  peat  and  chopped 
sphagnum  moss  in  4-inch  pots.  The  seeds  should  be 
lightly  covered  with  sphagnum  and  the  pots  placed 
either  in  a  propagating  case  or  under  bell  glasses,  where 
a  temperature  of  80°  can  be  maintained.  A  constant  hu- 
mid atmosphere  is  very  necessary  to  induce  the  seeds  to 
germinate.  The  compost  in  which  Anthuriums  thrive 
best  is  a  mixture  of  one-third  fern  root,  or  the  fiber  of 
peat  with  the  dust  shaken  out,  one-third  sphagnum 
moss  and  one-third  broken  crocks  and  charcoal.  The 
pots  must  be  well  drained,  and  'the  plants  should  be 
coned  up  2  or  3  inches  above  the  rim  of  the  pots,  and 
finished  off  with  a  surfacing  of  live  sphagnum  moss. 

Established  plants  will  only  need  repotting  once  in  2 
or  3  years,  but  should  have  a  fresh  top-dressing  every 
year  ;  the  best  time  to  overhaul  them  is  about  the  end 
of  January,  or  before  active  growth  commences.  They 
should  be  given  a  shaded  position,  free  from  draughts 
of  cold  air,  and  ordinary  stove  temperature. 

Like  most  evergreen  aroids,  they  require  a  copious 
supply  of  water  at  the  roots  and  a  humid  atmosphere 
during  the  spring  and  summer  months,  and  at  no  season 
of  the  year  must  the  plants  be  allowed  to  become  dry. 
Care  must  also  be  taken  not  to  mar  the  leaves  by  hard 
spraying.  The  temperature  during  winter  should  not 
fall  below  55°.  Cult,  by  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

Anthuriums  such  as  A.  Andrmnum,  A.  ornatum, 
and  their  numerous  hybrid  progeny,  require  at  all  times 
a  high  and  humid  atmosphere.  Under  those  conditions 
and  in  a  good  rooting  medium,  they  ought  to  be  contin- 
ually in  flower.  A  bloom  is  produced  from  the  axil  of 
each  leaf,  and  immediately  beneath  this  leaf  a  new  root 
is  produced,  thick  and  succulent  at  first,  becoming  tough 
with  age,  and,  if  not  allowed  to  bury  itself  among  the 
compost  in  which  the  plant  grows,  it  eventually  hardens 
and  is  of  no  help  in  the  sustenance  of  the  plant.  There- 
fore, the  growing  point  of  the  specimens  should  not  be 
allowed  to  get  too  high,  or  the  flowers  will  be  few  and 
poor.  When  the  plant  forms  stems  above  the  pot,  the 
compost  should  either  be  built  up  around  the  stem,  to 
catch  the  roots, or  the  plant  may  be  cut  over,rooted  afresh 
in  sand,  and  given  a  new  start  in  a  pot.  The  two  orna- 
mental-leaved species,  A.  Veitchii  and  A.  Warocque- 
anum,  should  be  treated  in  the  same  manner.  When  cut 
down,  we  may  look  for  the  old  stocks  to  send  out  small 
growths,  which  in  course  of  time  may  be  taken  off  and 
put  in  small  pots.  All  of  the  above  are  such  free-rooting 
kinds  that  they  may,  with  the  addition  of  some  rotted 
manure,  be  grown  in  sphagnum  moss.  A  good  mixture 
is  as  follows :  Sphagnum,  chopped  not  too  fine,  one  part ; 
fern  or  kalmia  roots,  chopped  up  and  the  fine  substance 
removed,  one  part ;  another  part  to  be  made  up  equally 
of  sand  and  rotted  manure.  With  well-drained  pots,  this 
forms  an  admirable  rooting  substance.  Most  of  the  other 


97.   Anthurium  Andraeanum. 


species  and  their  forms,  including  A.  Scherzerianum 
and  A.  crystallinum,  will  thrive  better  in  material 
mainly  composed  of  rough,  fibrous  loam  and  peat  with  the 
fine  material  sifted  from  it.  This  rough,  fibrous  material 
should  be  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  each  of  sphagnum, 


charcoal  and  sand.     Good  drainage,  and  less  water  than 
is  needed  for  the  Audreanum  section,  will  be  necessary. 
A.  Scherzerianum,  although  thriving  well  in  the  hottest 
house,  will  succeed  in  an  interme- 
diate house.    Seeds  are  obtained  by 
pollinating  the    flowers,    the    stig- 
mas of  which  become  mature  long        g;* 

u 


before   the    anthers.       The 


98.  Anthurium  Veitchii. 
Young  leaf,  not  yet  showing  the 
arched  depressions. 


should  be  sown  on  the  surface  of  a  pan  of  chopped  moss 
and  sand  covered  with  glass;  they  sometimes  show  signs 
of  germinating  almost  before  being  gathered,  so  that  it 
is  dangerous  to  keep  them  any  length  of  time  before  sow- 
ing. To  prevent  damping, the  seedlings  should  be  pricked 
off  round  the  edge  of  a  3-inch  pot  as  soon  as  the  first  leaf 
is  large  enough  to  handle.  Seeds  of  such  kinds  as  crys- 
tallinum and  regale  will  germinate  well  on  the  moss  of 
nepenthes  baskets.  Cult>  by  G>  w>  OLIVER. 

A.    Lvs.  plain  green:  grown  mostly  for  the  showy 
"flowers." 

Scherzerianum,  Schott.  Fig.  96.  A  foot  or  two  high, 
evergreen  :  Ivs.  long-lanceolate  (the  blade  1  ft.  or  more 
long  and  petiole  of  nearly  equal  length),  thick,  usually 
somewhat  revolute,  with  a  strong  vein  parallel  with  each 
edge  and  close  to  it,  and  many  cross-veins  :  scape  long 
and  slender  (1-2  ft.),  red  :  spathe  ovate-oblong,  3-4  in. 
long,  spreading  or  deflexed,  intense  red  (sometimes 
double,  I.H.  37:  67):  spadix  slender,  often  curled,  yel- 
low. Central  Amer.  B.M.  5319.  R.B.22:121.  A. F.  6:569 
(in  variety).— An  old  favorite.  Runs  into  many  forms  : 
Spathe  white,  vars.  album,  album  magnificum,  Idcteum, 
maximum  album,  Williamsii,  Vervcvneum  ;  spathe  par- 
ti-colored, vars.  Andegavensis  (scarlet  on  the  back, 
white  and  scarlet  spotted  above),  mutdbile  (white-bor- 
dered), nebuldsum  (double,  white  spotted  rose),  Both- 
schildiamtm  (scarlet  mottled  white,  Gn.  30:570),  Wa- 
rocqueanum  (not  A.  Warocquednum)  (white  spotted 
red);  spathe  very  large,  vars.  giganteum,  mdximum, 
Wdrdii,  Woddbridgti.  Very  dwarf  is  var.  pygmceum ; 
rose-salmon  spathe  and  orange  spadix  is  var.  Parisi- 
ense  ;  sharp  pointed  Ivs.  and  spathes  is  var.  Benufttil. 


AXTHTRirM 


ANTHYLLIS 


73. 


Spathiphyllum,  N.  E.  Brown.  Two  ft.  or  less,  stem- 
less  or  nearly  so  :  k-at'-bhuU-  2  ft.  or  less,  narrow-lan- 
ceolate, attenuate  in  u  straight  line  from  the  middle  to 
the  base,  acuminate,  bright  green  above  and  grayish 
beneath,  with  prominent  midrib  :  spathe  2  in.  or  less 
long  and  a  half  or  more  as  wide,  erect,  boat-shaped,  pale 
green  or  whitish  :  spiuljx  1  in.  long  and  very  blunt,  pale 
yellow.  Trop.  Amer. 

Andraeanum,  Li  ml.  Fig.  97.  Low  species,  with  leaf- 
blades  drooping  like  an  Alocasia  and  cordate  ovate-laii- 
ceolate  :  spathe  cordate-ovate,  thick  in  texture,  6-10  in. 
long,  orange-red,  widely  open-spreading  :  spadix  3-4  in. 
long,  yellowish,  with  white  band  marking  the  zone  in 
which'the  stigmas  are  receptive.  Colombia.  B.M.  6616. 
A. F.  6:569;  10:1065.  Gt.  38:1293.  I. H.  24:  271;  37:105. 
—  Beautiful  and  popular.  Runs  into  many  varieties,  some 
with  very  large  spathes  and  others  with  white  ones. 
Also  hybridized  with  other  species. 
AA.  Lvs.  prominently  marked  with  white  or  colors,  or 

u-ith  deep  bands  of  green:  cult,  mostly  for  foliage. 
B.  Markings  green  or  greenish. 

Veitchii,  Mast.  Fig.  98.  Tall  and  robust  species  (st. 
2-3  ft.):  If. -blades  pendent,  like  a  fine  Alocasia,  often 
3-4  ft.  long,  cordate  or  eared  at  base,  metallic  green,  but 
marked  by  deep-sunk  nerves,  which  arch  off  the  mid- 
rib :  spathe  1  ft.  long,  horizontal,  green  :  spadix  6-8  in. 
long,  straw-color.  Colombia.  G.C.  II.  6:  773.  B.M.  6968. 
Mn.  8: 187.  — Striking. 

BB.    Markings  white  or  essentially  so. 

Warocqueanum,  Moore.  Fig.  99.  Very  vigorous:  1  vs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  long-tapering,  hanging,  2-4  ft.  long, 
deep  velvety  green,  with  rib  and  principal  veins  of  a 
prominently  lighter  shade,  making  handsome  contrasts. 
Colombia.— A  handsome  and  striking  foliage  plant. 

magnificum,  Lind.  Leaf-blade  deep  cordate,  oval, 
2  ft.  long,  upper  surface  olive-green  with  white  nerves : 
petiole  4-angled  :  spathe  small,  oblong,  green  :  spadix 
green,  cylindrical.  Colombia. 

crystallinum,  Lind.  &  Andre".  Like  A.  magnificum  : 
differs  in  petiole  terete  or  only  very  imperfectly  ang)ed, 
sinus  of  blade  smaller,  veins  wide-banded  and  whiter 
and  very  regular  :  leaf-blade  ovate-cordate,  short,  deep, 
velvety  green,  with  the  midrib  and  two  consecutive 
bands  crystal  white  :  spathe  linear-oblong,  acuminate, 
green.  Peru.  I.H.20:128.  G.C.III.24:417(var.  illustre). 

regale,  Lind.  Leaf -blade  cordate-oblong,  long-cuspi- 
date, 3  ft.  or  less,  at  first  tinged  rose,  but  becoming  dull 
green  and  marked  with  white  veins  ;  petiole  nearly 
terete  :  spathe  broad-lanceolate,  greenish.  Peru. 

Various  horticultural  forms  and  hybrids  are  in  cult, 
in  this  country  :  A.  amdbile.  Lvs.  soft  rose  :  crystalli- 
num x  magnificum.—^..  cdrneum  is  a  hybrid  of  Andrse- 
anum  and  ornatum.— A.  Chantrieri.  Lvs.  triangular, 
with  wide-spreading  basal  lobes  :  spathe  ivory-white, 
erect :  nymph  aefoliumxsubsignatum.— A.  Clarkianum. 
Lvs.  large  and  broad  :  spathe  resembling  that  of  An- 
draeanum but  salmon-rose.  —A .  Ferriere'nse.  Lvs.  large, 
cordate  :  spathe  cordate,  brilliant  red  :  ornatum  x  An- 
draeanum.— A.  floribundum,  Linden  and  Andre"=Spathi- 
phyllum  floribundum. —A .  Fr&belii.  Lvs.  large  and  cor- 
date :  spathe  deep  carmine  :  Andraeanum  x  ornatum.— 
A.  grdnde  —  magnificum.— A.  hybridum.  Lvs.  large, 
lobed  at  base,  obtuse,  green.—  A.  musdicum.—A.  ornd,- 
tu  m .  Lvs.  oval  or  oblong,  cordate  :  spathe  linear-oblong, 
white,  purple-tinted.—  A. Reynoldsidnum, various  forms: 
Ferrierense  x  Andraeamim  ?— A.  Siebrechti&mim.  Lvs. 
much  as  in  magnificum,  rich,  velvety  green,  with  thick 
margins  :  spathe  light  green  shading  to  cream  :  spadix 
large, crimson.  —  A. triumphans.  Lvs. long-heart-shaped, 
bright  green  with  lighter  veins  :  spathe  narrow,  green: 
spadix  greenish  white. 

A.  acutum,  N.  E.  Brown.  Lvs.  8-10  in.  long,  triangular  and 
long-acuminate,  green  :  spathe  reflexed,  green  :  spadix  deep 
green.  Braz.  —  A.  Allendorfii  :  Andreanum  X  Grusoni.  —  A . 
Bakeri,  Hook.  Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  linear,  green  :  spathe 
small,  reflexed,  green :  spadix  3  in.  long,  yellowish  green,  be- 
coming longer  and  red  and  drooping  in  fruit,— the  chief  merit 
of  the  plant.  Costa  Rica.  B.M.  6261.— A.  JRogotense,  Schott. 
Lvs.  with  a  very  broad  halberd-shaped  base  and  a  long-acumi- 
nate middle  lobe,  dark  green.  Gt.  46,  p.  525.— A.  brevilobiim, 
N.  E.  Brown.  Lvs.  oval-acuminate,  cordate,  8-10  in.,  paper-like, 
green  :  spathe  lanceolate,  purplish  :  spadix  purplish  brown.— 


A.  Chamberlaini,  Masters.  Lvs.  4  ft.  long,  broadly  cordate-ovate 
and  narrowly  long-pointed,  green  :  spathe  erect,  boat-shaped, 
8-9  in  long,  purplish  outside,  crimson  inside,  partially  inclosing 
the  purplish  spadix.  Venezuela.  G.C.  III.  3:  465.  I.H.  35:  62. 
B.M.  7297.— Jl .  CJluzibvii,  Hook.  Leaf -blade  obovate-oblong,  not 
hanging,  tapering  to  petiole,  green  and  strongly  light-veined  : 
spathe  linear-oblong,  often  twisted,  purple  (as  is  also  the 
spadix).  Braz.  B.M.  6833.— A.  insigne,  Masters.  G.C.  11.6:365 
=-Philodendron  tripartitum. — A.  Knlbrej/eri,  Hort.  Climbing  : 
lvs.9-parted.  New  Granada.  G.C.II.1G:117.— A.nymphcefolium, 
Koch.  Spathe  white:  spadix  purple.  Venezuela. — A.purpureum, 
N.  E.  Brown.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  thick,  green  :  spathe  and 
spadix  purple.  Braz. — A.signatum,  Koch.  Lvs.  3-lobed,  deep • 
green.  Venezuela. — A.  splcndidum,  Bull.  Lvs.  ovate-cordate, 
short-pointed  or  blunt,  the  basal  sinus  narrow,  bullate  and  mot- 
tled green,  1  ft.  or  less  long  :  spathe  lanceolate,  white  :  spadix 
green,  becoming  yellow  and  brick  red  :  peduncles  winged.  S. 
Amer.  G.C.  1883,  1:  381.  B. M. 6878.  Gt.  33:  145, 146.  I.H.31:510. 
— A.  tnfidum,  Oliver.  B.M.  6339=signatum.  L.  H.  P>. 


99.   Anthurium  Warocqueanum. 

ANTHtXLIS  (Greek,  meaning  downy  flowers).  KID- 
NEY VETCH.  Leguminbsw.  Perennial  herbs,  or  some- 
what shrubby,  prized  for  their  spikes  or  heads  of  yel- 
low, purple  or  white  fls.  and  usually  silky  pinnate  foli- 
age ;  also  for  forage.  In  the  Old  World,  prized  mostly 
for  rockwork.  The  cult,  is  the  easiest,  as  the  plants 
thrive  even  in  poor  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  division,  or, 
rarely,  by  soft  cuttings.  Not  generally  known  in  U.  S. 

Vulneraria,  Linn.  SAND  CLOVER.  WOUNDWORT.  A 
foot  high  :  Ifts.  5  or  more  :  fls.  normally  yellow,  but 
there  are  red  and  white  varieties.  Eu.— A  deep-rooted, 
clover-like,  hardy  plant,  excellent  for  sandy  and  light 
lands.  Useful  for  forage,  and,  for  that  purpose,  occa- 
sionally grown  in  this  country.  Requires  20  Ibs.  of  seed 
to  the  acre. 


74 


ANTHYLLIS 


APHANANTHE 


montana,  Linn.  A  foot  or  less  high,  silky-hoary;  Ifts. 
numerous:  fls.  purple.  Herbaceous.  Eu.  L. B.C. 6:578. 

Barba-Jovis,  Linn.  JUPITER'S  BEARD.  Glasshouse 
Silky  evergreen,  3-8,  or  even  12  ft.  high,  with  several 
to  many  pairs  of  narrow,  pointed  Ifts. :  fls.  straw-colored 
or  whitish,  in  clover-like  heads.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  1927. -In 
frostless  countries,  endures  sea-winds  and  salt  spray. 

L.  H.  B. 

AN  TIGRIS  toxicaria,  Lesch.  Urticacece.  UPAS  TREE 
of  Java.  The  juice  and  gum  are  virulently  poisonous, 
and  it  was  once  supposed  that  no  life  could  exist  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  tree,  but  this  is  false.  The  tree  has 
been  grown  in  botanic  gardens.  See  Hooker,  in  Com- 
panion to  Botanical  Magazine.  Gn.  12,  p.  407. 

ANTIDlSSMA  (Greek,  for  «nd  band,  the  bark  of  A.  Bii- 
nius  being  used  for  cordage).  J£uphorbid,cece.  Tropical 
tree  or  shrubs, with  simple,  entire  Ivs.  and  inconspicuous 
unisexual  fls.,  in  spikes:  fr.  a  1-seeded  little  drupe. 

Bunius,  Spreng.  A  tree  with  dark  green  foliage  and 
small,  round  berries  of  a  subacid  taste,  much  used  for 
preserves:  the  bark  yields  a  fiber.  Adapted  to  S.  Calif, 
and  S.  Fla.  Malay. -Cult,  in  S.  Calif. 

ANTIGONON  (name  from  the  Greek).  Polygonacece. 
Tropical  tendril-climbers:  sepals  5,  colored  and  petal- 
like,  the  2  interior  ones  narrower;  stamens  8;  styles  3, 
and  ovary  3-angled:  Ivs.  alternate  and  entire:  fls.  in 
racemes,  which  end  in  branching  tendrils. 

leptopus,  Hook.  &  Am.  MOUNTAIN  ROSE.  ROSA  DE 
MONTANA.  SAN  MIGUELITO.  Probably  the  only  species 
cult,  in  this  country.  Stem  slender  and  tall,  glabrous, 
or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  cordate  and  acuminate,  or  hastate- 
ovate,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  6-15 
in  the  raceme,  handsome  rose- 
pink.  Mex.  B.M.  5816.  G.C. 
III.  17:797.— One  of  the  hand- 
somest summer  -  blooming 
greenhouse  climbers,  requir- 
ing abundance  of  light;  usu- 
ally grown  from  seeds, but  also 
from  cuttings.  In  the  S.  it 
blooms  freely  in  the  open,  pre- 
ferring sunny  and  hot  places; 
protect  the  root  well  in  win- 
ter, or  plant  deep.  It  is  tu- 
berous rooted.  Give  plenty  of 
water  when  in  fl.,  but  keep 
dry  when  at  rest. 

Guatemalense  ,Meis  sn . 
(A.  insigne,  Mast.). 
Pubescent:  Ivs.  broad- 
er: fls. more  numerous, 
the  sepals  nearly  twice 
longer  (1  in.  long)  than 
in  the  last.  Guatemala. 
G.C.  II.  7:789. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANTIRRHINUM 

(Greek,  snout-flower) . 
Scrophiilaridcece. 
SNAPDRAGON.  Over  60 
species  of  herbs,  na- 
tives to  the  Old  and 
New  World,  in  warm 
temperate  regions. 
Lvs.  usually  opposite 
below  and  generally 
entire,  never  com- 
pound :  corolla  saccate 
or  gibbous  at  base,  but 
not  spurred,  personate 
or  closed  at  the  throat: 
stamens  4.  Closely  al- 
lied to  Linaria,  from 
which  it  differs  in  the 
spurless  fls. 

Snapdragons  are  flowered  either  in  the  open  or  under 
glass.  The  common  varieties  are  forms  of  A .  majiis,  and 
are  perennial,  although  the  first  crop  of  bloom  is  usually 


the  only  one  which  is  desired.  Most  of  the  varieties  of 
this  species  are  hardy  in  the  N.  if  well  covered  during 
winter.  Seeds  sown  very  early  in  the  spring,  especially 
under  frames, arid  transplanted,  produce  blooming  plants 
the  same  season.  It  is  usual,  however,  if  early  bloom  is 
desired,  to  sow  the  seeds  in  Aug.  or  Sept.,  and  cover 


100.    Young  spike  of  a  dwarf  form 
of  Antirrhinum  ma  jus  (X  %)• 


101.    Antirrhinum  maurandioides,  in  bud  (X 


the  plants  with  a  mulch  on  the  approach  of  cold  weather. 
These  fall-sown  plants  may  be  transplanted  into  pots  (or 
grown  in  them  from  the  first)  and  flowered  in  the  house. 
For  forcing  in  this  way,  Snapdragons  are  very  satisfac- 
tory. The  temperature  and  treatment  required  for  gera- 
niums and  carnations  suit  them  well.  Dwarf  vars.  are 
used  for  edgings. 

A.     Common  Snapdragon,  strictly  erect. 

majus,  Linn.  COMMON  OR  LARGE  SNAPDRAGON.  Fig. 
100.  Perennial,  or  practically  a  biennial  under  cult.: 
1-3  ft.,  not  downy  except  in  the  fl. -cluster  :  Ivs.  oblong 
or  lanceolate,  entire,  sometimes  variegated  :  fls.  large, 
long  tubular,  with  spreading,  very  irregular  lobes,  in  an 
elongated  terminal  spike  or  raceme.  In  many  colors  and 
varieties  (ranging  from  red  and  purple  to  white),  in 
forms  both  tall  and  dwarf.  Mediterranean  region  ;  some- 
times running  wild  about  gardens.  A. F. 9:909;  13:949. 
I. H.  41:22.  A.G.  17:379.  F.E.  7:711. -There  are  double 
forms.  Some  of  the  varietal  names  used  by  horti- 
culturists are  album,  bicolor,  coccineum,  variegdtuw. 

Ordntium,  Linn.  SMALL  SNAPDRAGON.  A  low,  slender 
annual,  with  linear  Ivs.  and  small  fls.  purple  or  white 
(Yz  in.  long)  in  the  axils.  An  occasional  weed  in  cult, 
grounds,  6  in.  or  less  high;  not  cult. 

AA.    Native  species,  producing  tendril-like  branches  in 
the  inflorescence. 

Orcuttianum,  Gray.  Slender,  2-4  ft.,  glabrous :  corolla 
%in.  long,  white  or  violet,  lower  lip  not  much  larger 
than  the  upper:  lower  Ivs.  spatulate-lanceolate,  the  up- 
per linear.  Annual.  Lower  and  S.  Calif.  Int.  by  Orcutt 
in  1891. 

AAA.     Climbing  vine. 

maurandioides,  Gray  (Maurandia  antirrlnni  flora, 
Wild.).  Fig.  101.  Climbing  2-6  ft.  by  means  of  the 
coiling  petioles  and  peduncles  :  Ivs.  3-lobed,  halberd- 
shape  :  fls.  axillary,  1  in.  or  more  long,  violet  or  purple, 
handsome.  Tex.  to  Calif.  B.M.  1643.— Attractive  plant 
for  the  window,  cool  greenhouse  or  conservatory. 
Suitable  for  baskets.  ]J<  jj>  jj_ 

ANTROPHYUM  (Greek,  growing  in  caverns).  Poly- 
podiacea*.  A  genus  of  inconspicuous,  simple-leaved 
ferns  rarely  found  in  cultivation.  Require  high  temp. 

AP£RA  (Greek,  undivided).  Craminece.  One  or  two 
European  and  Asian  grasses  of  the  tribe  Agrostidece.  A . 
arundinacea,  Hook.,  is  a  tender  grass  from  New  Zea- 
land, of  erect  habit  and  exceedingly  long,  pendulous 
panicles,  grown  under  glass;  but  it  really  belongs  to  the 
genus  Stipa.  G.C.  111.22:283.  Likely  to  come  into 
American  trade. 

APHANANTHE  (Greek,  aphanes,  inconspicuous, 
and  ant  he,  flower).  Urticacece.  Trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs. 
alternate,  petiolate,  serrate:  fls.  monoecious,  inconspic- 
uous; staminate  in  corymbs;  pistillate  single,  axillary: 


APHANANTHE 


APIOS 


75 


fr.  a  drupe.  Three  species  in  Jap.  and  Austral.  Prop. 
by  seeds  or  perhaps  in  the  same  way  as  Celtis,  and  also 
by  grafting  on  Celtis. 

aspera,  Planch.  Small  tree  :  Ivs.  ovate,  oblique,  acu- 
minate, serrate,  2K-4  in.  long,  rough  to  the  touch  :  fls. 
greenish,  with  the  Ivs.:  drupe  globular,  black,  slender- 
stalked.  Jap. — Not  hardy  N.,  with  slender  branches, 
not  much  different  in  appearance  from  Celtic  occiden- 
tal ix.  Little  known  in  this  country.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

APHELANDKA  (Greek-made  name).  Acanthacece. 
Nearly  70  species  of  evergreen  tropical  American  shrubs, 
grown  in  hothouses  for  the  tine  foliage  and  showy  4-sided 
terminal  spikes  of  red  or  yellow  gaudy-bracted  fls.  Of 
•easy  culture,  if  given  plenty  of  diffused  light  in  the  grow- 
ing season,  and  plants  are  not  allowed  to  become  tall  and 
leggy.  It  is  well  to  grow  new  plants  frequently.  Prop, 
by  seeds  when  obtainable,  or  by  cuttings  of  partially 
ripened  wood  at  any  season.  They  bloom  in  autumn, 
but  can  readily  be  brought  into  flower  at  other  seasons. 
When  done  blooming,  the  plants  should  be  rested  in  an 
intermediate  temperature,  kept  rather  dry,  but  not  al- 
lowed to  wilt  or  shrivel.  Require  treatment  of  Justicias, 
and  thrive  along  with  Allamandas  and  Poinsettias. 

L.  H.  B. 

All  Aphelandras  like  a  stovehouse  temperature  and  a 
light  leaf -mold,  with  a  liberal  proportion  of  sand.  They 
should  not  be  kept  very  wet  in  winter.  They  propagate 
readily  from  cuttings  and  seeds.  The  leading  trade 
names  are  .4.  aurantiaca,  chrysops,  fascinator,  Rozzlii. 
A.  chrysops  is  one  of  the  handsomest  of  the  group. 

H.  A.   SlEBRECHT. 

A.   Fls.  in  shades  of  yellow. 

Chamissoniana,  Nees.  (A.  punctata,  Bull).  Lvs.  ob- 
long-lanceolate or  elliptic -lanceolate,  acuminate,  the 
center  banded  with  white,  and  white  dots  running  off 
towards  the  margin,  the  midrib  green  :  fls.  and  spiny 
bracts  bright  yellow.  S.  Amer.  I.H.  29:  457.  B.M.  6627. 

squarrdsa,  Nees.  (A.  Leopoldi,  Hort.  A.  chrijsops, 
Hort.).  Lvs.  large,  ovate  to  ovate-elliptic,  acuminate, 
•dark  green  above  (pale  below),  with  white  rib  and  main 
veins  :  fls.  bright  yellow  and  much  exserted  beyond  the 
yellow  crenate-dentate  bracts.  Braz.  A .  squarrdsa  itself 
is  probably  not  in  cult.,  the  showy  plant  in  the  trade 
(and  described  above)  being  called  A.  squarrbsa  var. 
Leopoldi  by  Van  Houtte  (F.S.  9:  889).  — One  of  the  most 
:showy. 

Blanchetiana,  Hook.  f.  (A.  amcena,  Bull).  St.  thick 
and  stout:  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  with  many  pairs  of  con- 
spicuous nerves,  green,  the  midrib,  and  often  the  main 
veins,  white:  fls.  dark  yellow,  exceeding  the  long,  entire, 
cusp-pointed  red  scales  :  spike  sessile.  Braz.  B.M. 
7179.— Known  in  the  trade  as  A.  amcena,  having  been 
described  under  that  name  before  it  had  flowered  in 
cult. 

AA.    Fls.  orange,  verging  to  scarlet. 

aurantiaca,  Lindl.  Lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  deep  green 
above,  light  green  below,  strongly  veined,  but  not  parti  - 
•colored,  slightly  wavy  edged:  fls.  orange,  with  a  tinge  of 
scarlet,  the  spreading  limb  overhanging  the  greenish 
sharp-toothed  scales.  Mex.  B.M.  4224.  B.R.31:  12. 

Var.  Roezlii,  Nicholson  (A.  Hoezlei,  Carr.).  Fls.  with 
more  scarlet:  Ivs.  twisted,  with  silvery  hue  between  the 
reins.  Mex.  — Showy  and  good.  Not  so  tall  as  A.  au- 
rantiaca. 

AAA.  Fls.  red. 

Fascinator,  Lind.  &  Andre".  Lvs.  ovate  to  ovate-ellip- 
tic, the  rib  and  veins  widely  margined  with  interlocking 
bands  of  white,  the  under  surface  purple  :  fls.  large, 
brilliant  vermilion,  obscuring  the  inconspicuous  bracts. 
New  Granada.  I.H.  21:164.  — Very  showy  and  desirable. 

A.  atrbvirens,  N.  E.  Brown.  Dwarf :  Ivs.  very  dark  green 
above  and  purplish  beneath  :  fls.  yellow,  1  in.  long.  Braz.  I.H. 
31:  527.  —  A.  cristdta,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  green:  fls.  dark 
red,  very  long  and  curving,  2-3  in.  Long  known.  W.  Ind.  B.M. 
1578.— A.  JLibonidna,  Linden.  Dwarf :  Ivs.  ovate  and  long-acu- 
minate, with  a  white  rib,  green  below  :  fls.  deep  yellow,  small, 
scarcely  exserted  beyond  the  red  bracts.  Braz.?  B.M.  5463. — 
A.  Macedoidna,  Lind.  &  Rod.  Said  to  be  a  form  of  A.  atrovi- 
rens.  Lvs.  with  white  rib  and  main  veins.  Braz.  I.H.  33:583. 
—A.  Margarita,  Hort.  Lvs.  elliptic-acuminate,  barred  with 
hrhite,  purple  below:  fls.  yellow,  the  bracts  strong-toothed. 


Once  catalogued  by  John  Saul.  Braz.  G.C.II1.  2:585.— A.  nltens, 
Hook.  Compact :  Ivs.  ovate,  thick,  shining  green  above,  dark 
purple  beneath  :  fls.  vermilion-scarlet,  large,  the  bracts  rot 
showy.  New  Granada.  B.M.  5741.  Gn. 48:1027.  —  A.  orientdlis, 
offered  in  America,  is  possibly  a  form  of  some  well  known 
species.  L  H  B 

APlCRA  (not  bitter,  from  the  Greek).  Liliacece,  tribe 
Aloinece.  Shortly  caulescent  small  succulents  :  Ivs. 
spirally  arranged  or  crowded  along  the  stem  :  fls.  green- 
ish, often  striped  with  white,  straight,  tubular  or  pris- 
matic, with  short,  flat  or  spreading  white  limb  surpass- 
ing the  stamens.  Cape  region.  Agave  house  or  cactus 
house  ;  suitable  for  rockeries  during  the  summer. 
Prop,  like  Aloe.  Monogr.  by  Baker.  G.C.  II.  11:  717 
(1879) ;  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  18:  216. 

A.  Lvs.  as  broad  as  long,  actiminate,  horizontal. 

folio!6sa,Willd.  ( Aloe  folioldsa,  Haw.  Hawdrthia  folio- 
Ibsa,  Haw. ) .  Lvs.  densely  crowded,  thin-margined,  very 
acuminate,  smooth,  serrulate  :  fls.  smooth.  Cape.  B.M. 
1352. 

AA.  Lvs.  more  elongated,  thick,  acute,  erect  or  ascending, 

except  in  age. 

B.  Fls.  smooth. 

aspera, Willd.  (Aloedspera,  Haw.  Hawdrthia  aspera , 
Haw.).  Lvs.  small,  crowded,  finely  tuberculate,  rough- 
ened on  the  back  and  margin,  only  the  uppermost  erect. 
Cape. 

pentagona,  Willd.  ( Aloe  pentdgona,  Haw.,  not  Jacq. 
Hawdrthia  pentdgona,  Haw.).  Fig.  102.  Lvs.  larger, 
from  slightly  concave  and 
angled  becoming  biconvex  ; 
5-ranked  ;  finely  pale-tuber- 
culate  on  back  and  margin. 
Cape.  B.M.  1338. -Includes 
several  forms  :  Var.  Wil- 
dendvii,  Baker  ;  var.  bullu- 
lata,  Willd.  (Aldebtillulata, 
Jacq.);  var.  spirilla,  Baker 
(Aide  spirflla,  Salm.  Ha- 
wdrthia spirilla,  Haw.). 
BB.  Fls.  rough-tuberc^^late. 

spiralis,  Bak.  (A.  imbri- 
cdta,  Willd.  Aide  spiralis, 
Linn.,  not  Haw.  Hawdr- 
thia  imbricata,  Haw.).  Lvs. 
small,  irregularly  dispersed, 
smooth,  the  margin  and  keel 
denticulate.  Cape.  B.  M. 
1455. 

Other  species  are  :  A.  bicari- 
ndta,  Haw.  (Aloe  bicarinata, 
Spreng.) ;  A.congesta,I$ak.(Aloe 
congesta,  Salm.)  ;  A.  deltoldea, 
Bak.  (Aloe  deltoidea,  Hook.  f.). 
B.M.  6071. 

WILLIAM  TRELEASE. 


102.   Apicra  pentagona. 


APIOS  (pear,  from  the  Greek,  alluding  to  the  shape  of 
the  tubers) .  Leguminbsce.  Perhaps  half  a  dozen  species 
in  N.  Amer.  and  Asia,  of  twining,  tuberous -rooted  pin- 
nate-leaved herbs.  Fls.  in  dense,  short  racemes  :  pod 
linear  and  flat,  several-seeded.  A  light  soil  and  sunny 
place  are  essential  to  free  growth.  Under  these  con- 
ditions, the  plant  covers  a  trellis  or  other  support  in  a 
comparatively  short  time. 

tuberdsa,  Monch.  GROUNDNUT.  WILD  BEAN.  Four 
to  8  ft.,  climbing  over  bushes  :  root  bearing  strings  of 
edible  tubers,  1-2  in.  long:  leaflets  5-7,  ovate-lanceolate: 
fls.  fragrant,  chocolate-brown,  the  standard  very  broad 
and  turned  back,  the  keel  long,  incurved  and  of  scythe- 
shape.  July- Aug.  G.W.F.  44.  —  Common  in  low  grounds. 
The  fruit  often  fails  to  mature.  Prop,  by  the  tubers, 

2  to  4  of  which  should  be  planted  together  at  a  depth  of 

3  or  4  inches  ;  also,  by  seeds.    Grows  well  in  the  wild 
border,  in  any  loose,  rich  soil.    Likely  to  become  a  weed 
in  rockeries. 

A.  Fortunei,  Maxim.,  is  occasionally  cult,  in  Japan  for  its 
small,  ovate,  edible  tubers.  A.G.  1892:77.— A.  Pricedna,  Robin- 
son, native  to  Kentucky,  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  trade. 
The  root  is  a  single  large  tuber,  becoming  6  or  7  in.  in  diam. : 
fls.  greenish  white,  tinged  with  rose-purple  or  magenta.  A  vig- 
orous climber,  first  described  in  1898  (Bot.  Gaz.  25:451,  with 
illustration).  j.  %  KELLER  and  L.  H-  B 


76 


APIUM 


APPLE 


APIUM.    See  Celery. 

APLECTRUM  (Greek,  with  no  spur).  Orchidclcece.  A 
small  orchid,  with  smallish  dull-colored  fls.  in  a  raceme, 
on  a  leafless  scape,  which  springs  from  a  large  corm-like 
tuber.  Single  species,  in  woods  in  the  N.  states. 

hyemale,  Nutt.    PUTTY  ROOT.    ADAM-AND-EVE.    Fig. 
103.    Sends  up  a  pointed  green  If.  2-6  in.  long,  which 
lasts  through  the  winter,  and  in  spring  a  stalk  about  a 
foot  high,  bearing  a  raceme  of  rather  large  greenish 
brown  fls.,  which  are  succeeded  by 
hanging,  oblong-pointed  pods  (Fig. 
103).    Hardy.    May  be  grown  in  rich, 
loamy   borders.    Interesting,  but  not 
showy. 

APLOPAPPUS  (Greek,  simple 
pappus ) .  Syn . ,  Hap lopappus .  Com  - 
positce.  About  115  species,  mostly 
from  California  and  Chili.  Fls.  yel- 
low, in  summer  and  autumn.  The 
only  species  known  to  be  in  Ameri- 
can trade  is 

lanugindsus,  Gray.  Hardy  alpine 
herb,  woolly,  4  in.  high,  from  creep- 
ing rootstocks  :  Ivs.  soft,  narrowly 
spatulate,  or  upper  linear,  1-2  in. 
long  :  rays  15-20.  Mts.  of  Wash, 
and  Mont.  Int.  1889,  by  F.  H.  Hors- 
ford. 

A.  ericoldes,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Shrub,  2-5 
ft.  high  :  Ivs.  very  numerous,  filiform, 
those  of  the  dense  fascicles  2  or  3  lines 
long:  fls.very  numerous.  G.C.  III.  20:  301. 

APOCYNUM  (Greek  for  dog-bane). 
Apocynacece.  DOG-BANE.  INDIAN 
HEMP.  Tough  perennial  herbs, chiefly 
of  N.  Temp,  zone,  with  oblong  or 
ovate  opposite  Ivs.,  milkweed-like  fls. 
in  small  cymes,  and  slender  follicles 
or  pods.  About  25  species,  3  or  4  native 
to  N.  Amer. 

androsaemifolium,  Linn.  Three  ft. 
or  less  high,  usually  glabrous,  the 
branches  spreading  :  lobes  of  corolla 
revolute  and  tube  of  corolla  longer 
than  the  calyx  :  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate, 
short-petioled :  cymes  loose:  fls.  bell- 
like,  white  or  pink.  N.  states  :  com- 
mon. B.M.  280.  D.  189. -Sold  by 
dealers  in  native  plants.  Useful  for 
the  hardy  border. 

cannabinum,  Linn.  Branches  erect- 
or nearly  so:  lobes  of  corolla  nearly 
erect,  the  tube  not  longer  than  calyx: 
Ivs.  ovate  to  lance-oblong,  short- 
petioled  :  cymes  dense:  fls.  greenish 
white.  N.  states:  common.— Not 
known  to  be  in  the  trade,  but  apt  to 
be  confounded  with  the  above. 

APONOGfiTON   (Greek   name,   re- 
ferring to  its  habitat  in  the  water). 
Naiadacece.  About  20  tropical  or  sub- 
103.  Fruit  of  Aplec-    tropical  water  plants.     Fls.  in  twin 
trum  hyemale.        terminal   spikes,  wholly  naked,  but 
Nearly  natural  size,    subtended  by  a  double  row  of  petal- 
like  bracts. 

distachyum,  Thunb.  CAPE  POND-WEED.  WATER  HAW- 
THORN (from  the  fragrance).  Forked  spikes  4-8  in.  long, 
with  several  pairs  of  pure  white  bracts,  borne  on  the 
emersed  ends  of  long  scapes  :  fls.  very  fragrant,  with 
purple  anthers  :  Ivs.  with  very  long  petioles,  the  blade 
floating,  oblong-lanceolate,  round-based,  parallel-veined, 
3-6  in.  long.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M.  1293.  F.R. 
1 :  463.  P.G.  4:  106. -A  charming  and  interesting  plant. 
In  a  protected  pool,  especially  if  it  can  be  covered  in 
winter,  the  plant  is  hardy  in  the  N.,  blooming  nearly  all 
summer.  Removed  to  tubs  in  the  fall,  it  blooms  nearly 
all  winter  ;  or  it  can  be  grown  permanently  in  tubs  or 
deep  pans  in  the  house.  Requires  about  2  ft.  of  water, 


or  out-of-doors  it  may  have  twice  that  depth.  Prop, 
chiefly  by  seeds,  but  fls.  should  be  pollinated  and  kept 
above  water  at  least  24  hours  afterwards,  and  seeds  not 
be  allowed  to  become  dry.  Var.  Lagrangei,  Hort.  (A. 
Lagrangei,  Hort.),  is  a  rare  and  beautiful  variety,  with 
violet  bracts  and  Ivs.  violet  beneath.  It  props,  slowly. 
R.H.  1895:380.  L<  H  B 

APPLE.  Rosacea?.  TheApple  is  native  to  southwestern 
Asia  and  adjacent  Europe.  It  has  been  cultivated  from 
time  immemorial.  Charred  remains  of  the  fruit  are  found 
in  the  prehistoric  lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland.  Now 
widely  cultivated  and  immensely  variable,  it  is  grown 
in  every  temperate  climate,  and  is  the  most  important 
commercial  pomological  fruit. 

TheApple  has  come  from  two  original  stems.  All  the 
common  Apples  are  modifications  of  Pyrus  Mains  (see 
Pyrus),  a  low  round-headed  tree,  with  thick  and  fuzzy, 
irregularly  dentate,  short-stemmed  leaves  and  fairly  com- 
pact clusters  of  woollystemmed  flowers.  The  crab- 
apples  are  derived  from  Pyrus  baccata,  commonly  known 
as  the  Siberian  crab.  This  species  is  probably  of  more 
northern  or  eastern  origin  than  the  other.  It  is  of  smoother 
and  more  wiry  growth,  with  narrower  and  thinner  es- 
sentially glabrous  long-stemmed  leaves,  and  more  open 
clusters  of  glabrous-stemmed  flowers.  The  fruit  is  small 
and  hard,  and  the  calyx-lobes  fall  at  maturity,  leaving  the 
eye  or  basin  of  the  fruit  smooth  and  plain.  Hybrids  be- 
tween these  species  have  given  the  race  of  large-fruited 


104.   A  ten-year-old  Nebraska  Apple  orchard. 
The  trunks  are  protected  from  the  sun  by  board  jackets. 

crab-apples,  of  which  the  Transcendent  and  Hyslop  are 
examples.  This  race  is  known  to  botanists  as  Pyrus 
pruni  folia.  CertainApples  are  native  to  North  America. 
Two  species,  Pyrus  loensis  and  P.  corona ria ,  are  of  in- 
terest to  the  pomologist.  The  former  is  the  prairie- 
states  crab,  and  is  the  more  promising.  In  characters  of 
growth,  leaves  and  flowers,  it  bears  a  striking  resem- 
blance to  forms  of  Pyrus  Malus.  The  fruit  is  spherical 
or  spherical-oblong,  short-stemmed,  very  hard,  and  re- 
mains green-colored.  Th'e  fruit  of  the  eastern-states 
crab,  Pyrus  coronaria,  is  distinctly  flattened  endwise, 
and  is  long-stemmed.  The  leaves  are  deep-cut  and  often 
three-lobed.  There  are  no  improved  varieties  of  this 
eastern  species,  and  no  authentic  hybrids  between  it  and 
the  common  Apples.  The  fruit  is  sometimes  used  by  set- 
tlers, but  it  has  little  comestible  value.  Pyrus  loensis 
has  produced  a  number  of  promising  hybrids  with  the 
common  Apple,  and  this  mongrel  race  is  known  as>  Pyrus 
Soulardi.  The  Soulard  crab  is  the  best  known  of  these,. 
Its  value  lies  only  in  its  extreme  hardiness.  The  pomo- 
logical value  of  the  native  crabs  is  prospective.  For 
a  completer  account  of  the  native  Apples,  see  Bailey 
"Evolution  of  our  Native  Fruits." 

The  most  perfect  Apple  region  of  this  country — consid 
ering  productiveness,  quality,  long-keeping  attributes, 
longevity  of  tree  — is  that  which  begins  with  Nova  Scotia 
and  extends  to  the  west  and  southwest  to  Lake  Michigan. 
Other  important  regions  are  the  Piedmont  country  of 
Virginia  and  the  highlands  of  adjacent  states,  the  Plains 
regions,  the  Ozark  and  Arkansas  region,  and  the  Pacific 


£ 
~  *u 

»   5T 
~    ? 

r- 
!r 


2.   n> 

iQ        ^ 


?a 
|| 

"     n 

Z-    o 

5-E 

?> 

*  *° 
±  T3 


APPLE 


APPLE 


i  i 


region,  the  last  comprising  the  foothills  in  California  and 
the  country  to  the  northward.  All  parts  of  the  United 
States  north  of  Florida  and  the  Gulf  borders,  and  exclud- 
ing the  warm-temperate  parts  of  the  Southwest  and  the 
Pacific  coast,  are  adapted  to  the  Apple  in  greater  or  lesser 
degree.  North  America  is  the  leading  Apple-growing 
country  of  the  world.  A  full  crop  for  the  United  States 
and  Canada,  of  all  kinds  and  grades,  is  probably  not  less 
than  100.000.000  barrels.  The  Apple  is  a  cosmopolitan 
fruit  ;  and  since  it  thrives  almost  anywhere,  it  is  com- 
monly neglected.  The  plants  which  are  most  difficult  to 
cultivate  are  the  ones  which  are  best  cultivated. 

The  Apple  was  early  introduced  into  this  country.  In 
the  early  days  it  was  prized  chiefly  for  cider.  It  is  an 
ancient  and  common  notion  that  any  Apple  is  good  enough 
for  cider  ;  and  this  is  one  reason  for  the  neglect  in  which 
the  Apple  plantation  is  commonly  allowed  to  stand.  The 
best  results  in  Apple-growing  are  to  be  expected  when 
the  land  is  tilled.  The  reasons  for  tilling  the  orchard  are 
those  which  apply  to  other  crops,— to  make  plant-food 
available,  to  extend  the  area  in  which  the  roots  can  grow, 
to  conserve  moisture.  It  is  especially  important,  in  our 
hot  and  sunny  country,  that  the  roots  extend  deep  enough 
to  escape  the  disastrous  effects  of  drought.  The  ideal 
treatment  of  orchard  land  is  to  fit  the  ground  deep  before 
the  trees  are  planted,  to  plow  deep  for  a  year  or  two  or 
three  in  order  to  force  the  roots  down  and  to  thoroughly 
ameliorate  the  soil,  and  to  practice  shallow  tillage  in  order 
to  conserve  moisture.  (See  Tillage.)  Since  trees  make 


105.  A  good  New  York  Apple  orchard  at  25  years. 

most  of  their  growth  early  in  the  season,  the  tillage  should 
be  begun  as  soon  as  the  land  is  fit  in  spring;  and  it  may  be 
discontinued  by  midsummer  or  August.  This  cessation 
of  the  tillage  allows  of  the  growing  of  some  cover  crop 
or  catch  crop  (see  Cover- crops)  late  in  the  season,  in 
order  to  secure  humus  and  to  improve  the  physical  tex- 
ture of  the  soil.  If  the  land  is  well  handled  in  the  first 
few  years,  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  turn  a  furrow  in  the 
orchard  thereafter,  but  merely  to  loosen  the  surface  in 
the  spring  with  a  spading  harrow,  spring-tooth  harrow, 
or  other  tool,  in  order  to  reestablish  the  surface  mulch. 
The  only  reasons  for  turning  a  furrow  will  occur  when 
the  land  is  so  hard  that  the  surface  tools  cannot  mellow 
the  surface,  or  when  it  is  desirable  to  turn  under  a  green- 
manure  crop.  Even  hard  lands  may  be  got  in  such  con- 
dition, by  means  of  tillage  and  green -manures,  that  they 
may  be  worked  up  with  harrow  tools  when  the  orchard 
comes  into  hearing.  Plowing  the  orchard,  therefore,  has 
two  legitimate  objects  :  to  mellow  and  ameliorate  the 
land  to  a  considerable  depth,  so  that  the  roots  may  forage 
deep  ;  to  turn  under  a  cover  crop.  The  former  purpose 
should  not  be  necessary  after  the  first  few  plowings.  An 
incidental  object  of  plowing  is  to  facilitate  the  making 
of  the  annual  surface  mulch  ;  and  this  mulch  is  to  save 
the  moisture. 

The  Apple  thrives  in  a  variety  of  soils,  but  it  is  most 
productive  and  longest-lived  on  land  which  has  a  con- 
siderable original  admixture  of  clay :  that  is,  in  a  clay 
loam.  Lands  which  yield  good  crops  of  wheat  and  corn 
may  be  expected  to  be  goodApple  lands,  if  other  condi- 
tions are  right.  Rollins:,  inclined,  or  somewhat  elevated 
lands  are  generally  considered  to  be  most  desirable. 


106.  Apple  badly  attacked  by 
the  scab. 


Their  value  lies  in  the  better  drainage  of  water  and  air, 
The  trees  may  be  set  in  either  fall  or  spring.  Forty  feet 
apart  each  way  is  the  standard  distance  for  Apple  trees  • 
but  some  varieties,  as  the  Wug- 
ener  and  the  crabs,  may  be  set 
closer.  In  the  South  and  on  the 
Plains,  trees  may  be  set  closer, 
as  they  do  not  attain  such  great 
size  as  in  the  northeastern 
states.  In  general,  it  is  best  to 
devote  the  land  to  Apples  alone; 
but  persons  who  are  willing  to 
give  the  plantation  the  best  of 
care  may  plant  other  trees 
between  theApples,  as  fill- 
ers. The  more  diverse  the 
kinds  of  trees  which  are 
planted  together,  the  more 
difficult  it  is  to  give  the 
proper  care  to  each.  Some 
of  the  shorter-lived  varieties  of  Apples  make  excellent 
fillers  in  the  Apple  orchard  :  and  in  special  cases  dwarf 
Apples  may  be  used. 

It  should  be  the  general  purpose  to  till  the  Apple 
orchard  throughout  its  life;  but  whenever  the  trees  seem 
to  be  growing  too  rapidly,  the  plantation  may  be  seeded 
down  for  a  time.  That  is,  tillage  is  the  general  practice; 
seeding  down  is  the  special  practice.  For  the  first  few 
years,  annual  crops  may  be  grown  in  th^  Apple  orchard; 
but  every  year  a  more  generous  open  space  should  be 
left  about  the  trees.  Till  as  often  us  the  land  becomes 
crusted  or  baked.  On  strong  soils  which  are  well  han- 
dled, it  is  rarely  necessary  to  apply  concentrated  fertil- 
izers until  the  trees  are  old  enough  to  bear.  What  fer- 
tilizers are  then  needed,  and  how  much  to  apply,  are  to 
be  determined  by  the  behavior  of  the  trees.  If  the  trees 
are  making  insufficient  growth,  and  the  foliage  lacks 
color,  one  or  all  of  three  things  may  be  the  trouble  :  the 
trees  may  need  water  ;  they  may  be  suffering  from  in- 
sects or  disease  ;  they  may  lack  nitrogen.  If  it  is  thought 
that  they  lack  nitrogen,  this  material  may  be  supplied  in 
the  form  of  nitrate  of  soda,  sulfate  of  ammonia,  or  the 
unburned  animal  substances,  as  blood  and  tankage.  Two 
to  three  hundred  pounds  to  the  acre  of  the  nitrate  of  soda 
or  sulfate  of  ammonia  are  liberal  applications  on  well- 
tilled  lands.  If  the  trees  are  making  vigorous  growth, 
the  probability  is  that  they  are  not  in  need  of  more  nitro- 
gen. Potash  and  phosphoric  acid  may  then  be  applied. 
Three  hundred  pounds  of  muriate  of  potash,  or  other 
concentrated  material,  should  be  sufficient  for  an  acre, 
under  ordinary  conditions.  As  a  rule,  all  orchards  in 
full  bearing  should  have  a  liberal  annual  application  of 
fertilizing  materials.  In  the  East,  Apple  trees  should  be 
in  profitable  bearing  at  10  years  from  planting,  and 
should  continue  in  that  condition  for  30  years. 

The  two  staple  enemies  of  the  Apple  are  the  apple- 
worm  (the  larva  of  the  codlin-moth ) ,  and  the  apple-scab 
(Fig.  106).  These  are  readily  held  in  check  by  spraying, 
—  with  arsenical  poisons  for  the  worm,  and  with  Bor- 
deaux mixture  for  the  scab.  (See  Spraying.)  Spraying 
for  the  worm  should  be  performed  as  soon  as  the  last 


107.   Ready  for  the  first  general  spraying. 

petals  fall ;  for  the  scab  as  soon  as  tne  buds  are  well 
burst  (Fig.  107).  In  badly  infected  regions  and  011  very, 
susceptible  varieties,  it  may  be  necessary  to  spray  first 
for  the  scab  before  the  buds  swell.  Since  there  are  insects 
(as  canker-worms,  case-bearers,  bud-moth)  which  appear 


78 


APPLE 


APPLESEED 


before  the  flowers  open,  it  is  advisable  to  add  Paris  green 
or  other  arsenical  poison  to  the  Bordeaux  mixture  at  the 
early  spraying.  The  number  of  times  to  spray  depends 


108.  Spur  and  fruit- 
bud  of  Apple. 


109.   One  Apple  sets  in 
a  cluster. 


upon  the  thoroughness  of  the  work,  the  pests  to  be  corn- 
batted,  and  the  season  ;  but  it  is  a  good  rule  to  expect 
to  spray  with  the  combined  Bordeaux  and  Paris  green 
mixture  when  the  buds  burst,  and  again  when  the  petals 
have  fallen.  In  the  Plains  country,  less  spraying  may 
be  necessary  for  the  fungous  diseases. 

TheApple  commonly  bears  on  spurs.  The  fruit-bud  is 
distinguished  by  its  greater  size  (usually  somewhat 
thicker  than  its  branch),  its  greater  width  in  proportion 
to  its  length,  and  more  conspicuous  pubescence.  It  is 
also  distinguished  by  its  position.  A  fruit-bud  is  shown 
in  Fig.  108.  A  fruit-scar  is  shown  near  the  base  of  the 
branch.  If  this  fruit  was  borne  in  1898,  the  side  branch 
grew  in  1899,  from  a  bud  which  came  into  existence  in 
1898.  If  we  go  back  to  the  spring  of  1898,  the  matter  can 
be  made  plain.  A  cluster  of  flowers  appeared.  One 
flower  set  a  fruit  (Fig.  109).  This  Apple  is  at  the  end  of 
the  branchlet  or  spur.  The  spur  cannot  increase  in 
length  in  the  same  axis.  Therefore,  a  bud  appears  on 
the  side  (Fig.  110).  The  fruit  absorbs  the  energies  of 
the  spur.  There  is  little  nourishment  left  for  the  bud. 
The  bud  awaits  its  opportunity  ;  the  following  year  it 
grows  into  a  branchlet  and  makes  a  fruit-bud  at  its  end 
(Fig.  108);  and  thereby  there  arises  an  alternation  in 
fruit-bearing. 

The  Apple  is  budded  or  root-grafted  upon  common 
Apple  seedlings.  These  seedlings  are  usually  grown  from 


110.  Showing  the  side  bud  which  is  to  continue 
the  spur  the  following  year. 

seeds  obtained  from  cider  mills.  In  the  East,  budded 
trees  are  preferred.  In  the  West,  root-grafted  trees  are 
preferred,  largely  because  own-rooted  trees  of  known 


hardiness  can  be  secured.  (See  Graftage.)  In  Russia, 
seedlings  of  Pyrus  baccata  are  used  as  stocks.  They 
prevent  root-killing,  and  give  earlier  fruit-bearing.  Ap- 
ples are  dwarfed  by  working  them  on  various  kinds  of 
Paradise  and  Doucin  stocks.  These  stocks  are  merely 
naturally  dwarf  forms  of  the  common  apple,  and  which, 
in  some  remote  time,  have  originated  from  seeds.  Dwarf 
Apples  are  much  grown  in  Europe,  where  small-area  cul- 
tivation and  wall-training  are  common,  but  they  are  lit- 
tle known  in  America.  Apple  trees  are  usually  planted 
when  two  or  three  years  old. 

The  varieties  of  Apple  trees  actually  on  sale  in  North 
America  in  any  year  are  not  far  from  1.000  kinds.  Each 
great  geographical  area  has  varieties  which  are  particu- 
larly adapted  to  it.  In  the  northern  Mississippi  valley, 
there  are  few  of  the  eastern-states  Apples  which  thrive. 
Varieties  have  been  introduced  from  Russia  with  the 
expectation  that  they  will  be  adapted  to  the  region;  but 
more  is  to  be  expected  of  their  progeny  than  of  them- 
selves. Varieties  of  local  origin,  coming  from  various 
stem  types,  are  now  providing  that  country  with  satis- 
factory Apples.  In  the  selection  of  varieties,  one  should 
be  guided  by  this  adaptation  to  the  region,  and  by  the  pur- 
pose for  which  the  fruit  is  designed  to  be  grown.  Con- 
sult the  recom- 
mended lists  of 
the  state  horti- 
cultural socie- 
ties ;  ask  per- 
sons who  have 
had  experience 
in  the  given  re- 
gion ;  write  to 
the  experiment 
station;  enquire 
at  the  markets. 
The  leading 
commercial  va- 
rieties in  North 
America  are  Al- 
bemarle  Pippin, 
American  Gol- 
den Russet,  As- 
trachan,  Baldwin,  Ben  Davis,  Blue  Pearmain,  Duchess 
of  Oldenburg,  Fameuse,  Gilliflower,  Gravenstein,  Janet, 
King,  Lawver,  Maiden's  Blush,  Missouri  Pippin,  New- 
town  Pippin,  Northern  Spy,  Peck's  Pleasant,  Pennock, 
Rhode  Island  Greening,  Rome 
Beauty,  Shockley,  Twenty  Ounce, 
Wealthy,Willow  Twig,  Wolf  River, 
York  Imperial.  See  Plate  I.  Bald- 
win and  Ben  Davis,  the  former  of 
inferior  quality  and  the  latter  of 
worse,  hold  the  supremacy  in 
American  market  Apples.  The 
Apples  of  the  eastern  and  central 
country  tend  toward  flattened  or 
oblate  shape  (Fig.  111).  The  typi- 
cal form  of  the  so-called  long  or 
conical  American  Apple  may  be 
seen  in  Fig.  110.  The  Apples  of 

Europe  are  often  distinctly  attenuated  and  ribbed  at  the 
apex  (Fig.  112);  and  this  form  is  also  accented  in  the 
regions  beyond  the  Rockies. 

Three  books  devoted  wholly  to  the  apple  have  ap- 
peared in  North  America:  Warder,  Apples,  1807  (the 
best) ;  Todd,  Apple  Culturist,  1871;  Bailey,  Field  Notes 
on  Apple  Culture,  1886.  Consult,  also,  Vol.  25,  Nebraska 
State  Horticultural  Society,  1894  ;  The  Apple,  a  report 
of  the  Kansas  State  Horticultural  Society,  1898.  Nearly 
all  the  fruit  manuals  devote  space  to  the  apple. 

L.  H.  B. 

APPLESEED,  JOHNNY.  An  interesting  and  eccen- 
tric character,  who  sowed  apple  seeds  in  the  wilds  of 
Ohio  and  Indiana  between  1801  and  1847.  His  real  name 
was  Jonathan  Chapman.  He  was  born  in  Boston  in 
1775,  and  died  in  1847.  For  46  years  he  walked  bare- 
foot through  the  wilderness,  and  was  never  harmed  by 
snakes,  wild  animals,  or  Indians.  He  was  often  clad  in 
a  coffee-sack,  in  which  he  made  holes  for  the  arms  and 
legs.  He  would  never  kill  any  creature,  and  considered 
pruning  and  grafting  wicked.  Swedenborg  and  the 


111.   The  flat  or  oblate  American  apple. 


112,   An  Irish  apple. 


APPLESEED 


APRICOT 


79 


113.   Apricot  leaves. 

P.  Mume  on  left  ; 

P.  Armeniaca  on  right. 


New  Testament  he  read  aloud  in  many  frontier  log 
cabins.  He  had  many  peculiarities,  but  was  always 
welcomed  and  respected  everywhere.  In  the  war  of 
1812  he  saved  many  lives  by  warning  the  settlers  of 
Hull's  surrender  and  the  approach  of  the  Indians.  He 
lived  to  see  trees  bearing  fruit  over  a  territory  of 
100,000  acres.  The  story  of  this  self-sacrificing  and 
useful  man  is  told  by  W.  D.  Haley  in  Harper's, 
43:830-836(1871).  w  M 

APBICOT.  Ros&cece.  The  Apricot  is  a  fruit  some- 
what intermediate  between  the  peach  and  the  plum. 
The  tree  is  a  round-headed,  spreading  grower,  with 
dark,  somewhat  peach-like  bark,  and  very  broad  or  al- 
most circular  leaves.  The  fruit,  which  generally  ripens 
in  advance  of  both  the  peach  and  plum,  is  peach-like  in 
shape  and  color,  with  a  smoother  skin,  rich,  yellow  flesh 
and  large,  flat,  smooth  stone.  The 
flesh  is  commonly  less  juicy  than 
that  of  the  peach,  and,  as  a  rule, 
perhaps,  of  higher  quality.  The 
Apricots  are  of  three  species,  all 
probably  native  of  China  or  Japan. 
The  common  Apricot  of  Europe 
and  America  is  Prunus  Armeni- 
aca :  fr.  variable,  but  smooth  at 
maturity,  red  or  yellow,  the  sweet 
and  firm  flesh  free,  or  very  nearly 
so,  from  the  large,  smooth,  flat 
stone  :  tree  with  a  round,  spread- 
ing top,  and  a  reddish,  cherry-like 
or  peach-like  bark :  lvs.(Fig.  113, 
right)  ovate  or  round-ovate,  with 
a  short  point  and,  sometimes  a 
heart-shaped  base,  thin  and  bright  green,  smooth,  or 
very  nearly  so  below,  as  are  the  gland-bearing  stalks,  the 
margins  rather  obtusely  and  mostly  finely  serrate  :  fls. 
pink-white  and  borne  singly,  sessile  or  very  nearly  so, 
preceding  the  leaves  (Fig.  116).  The  Russian  Apricot 
is  a  hardy  but  smaller-fruited  race  of  this  species.  The 
Japanese  Apricot,  in  Japan  grown  for  flowers  rather 
than  for  fruit,  is  Primus  Mume  :  fr.  small,  yellowish  or 
greenish,  the  flesh  rather  hard  and  dry,  and  adhering 
tightly  to  the  pitted  stone  :  tree  like  the  commonApricot, 
but  with  a  grayer  or  greener  bark  and  duller  foliage  : 
Ivs.  grayish  green,  generally  narrower  (Fig.  113,  left) 
and  long-pointed,  more  or  less  hairy  along  the  veins  be- 
low and  on  the  shorter  mostly  glandless  stalk,  thick  in 
texture  and  prominently  netted  beneath  :  fls.  fragrant, 
borne  singly  or  in  2's,  and  sessile  (without  stalks). 
Only  recently  introduced  into  this  country,  chiefly  under 
the  name  of  Bungoume  plum.  The  third  species  is  the 
purple  or  black  Apricot,  Prunus  dasycarpa,  which  is 
little  cultivated:  fr.  globular  and  somewhat  plum-like, 
with  a  distinct  stem,  pubescent  or  fuzzy  even  at  ma- 
turity, dull  dark  purple,  the  sourish,  soft  flesh  clinging 
to  the  plum-like  fuzzy  stone:  tree  round-headed,  with 
much  the  habit  of  the  common  Apricot,  with  Ivs.  ovate 
and  more  or  less  tapering  at  both  ends,  thin,  dull  green, 
on  slender  and  pubescent  mostly  glandless  stalks,  fine]y 
appressed-serrate,  and  hairy  on  the  veins  below:  fls. 
large  and  plum-like,  blush,  solitary  or  in  2's,  on  pubes- 
cent stalks  a  half-inch  or  more  long,  and  appearing  in 
advance  of  the  leaves.  See  Prunus  for  related  species. 
The  Apricot-plum,  Prunus  Simonii,  is  discussed  under 
Plum. 

The  Apricot  is  as  hardy  as  the  peach,  and  it  thrives  in 
the  same  localities  and  under  the  same  general  cultiva- 
tion and  treatment,  but  demands  rather  strong  soil.  It 
is  grown  commercially  in  New  York  and  other  eastern 
states.  There  are  three  chief  reasons  why  the  Apricot 
has  remained  in  comparative  obscurity  in  the  East  : 
Ignorance  of  the  fruit;  loss  of  crop  by  spring  frosts, 
because  of  the  very  early  season  of  blooming  of  the 
Apricot;  the  fondness  of  the  curculio  for  the  fruit.  To 
these  may  be  added  the  fact  that  we  have  not  yet  ar- 
rived at  an  understanding  of  the  best  stocks  upon  which 
to  bud  the  Apricot;  but  this  difficulty  may  be  expected  to 
disappear  as  soon  as  greater  attention  is  given  to  the 
fruit  and  our  nurserymen  begin  to  propagate  it  exten- 
sively. Aside  from  the  above  difficulties,  there  are  prob- 
ably no  reasons  why  Apricots  should  not  be  grown  in  the 
East  as  easily  as  plums  or  peaches.  The  varieties  of 


Apricots  which  are  chiefly  prized  in  the  eastern  states 
are  Harris,  Early  Moorpark,  and  St.  Ambroise  tor  early: 
Turkish  or  Roman  (Fig.  114),  Montgamet,  Royal  and 
Moorpark  for  mid-season  and  late.  Of  the  Russian  race, 
the  best  known  are  Alexander,  Gibb,  Budd,  Alexis, 
Nicholas,  and  Catherine. 

The  ideal  soil  for  the  Apricot  seems  to  be  one  which 
is  deep  and  dry,  and  of  a  loamy  or  gravelly  character. 
The  rolling  loamy  lands  which  are  well  adapted  to  apples 
seem  to  be  well  suited  to  the  Apricot,  if  the  exposure 
and  location  are  right.  The  Apricot  seems  to  be  particu- 
larly impatient  of  wet  feet,  and  many  of  the  failures  are 
due  to  retentive  •subsoils.  Particular  attention  should 
be  given  to  the  location  and  exposure  of  the  Apricot 
orchard.  In  the  East,  the  best  results  are  obtained  if 
the  plantation  stands  upon  elevated  land  near  a  large 
body  of  water,  for  there  the  spring  frosts  are  not  so 
serious  as  elsewhere.  Generally,  a  somewhat  backward 
exposure,  if  it  can  be  obtained,  is  desirable,  in  order  to 
retard  blooming.  Apricots  will  be  sure  to  fail  in  frosty 
localities.  The  Apricot  should  always  be  given  clean 
culture.  For  the  first  two  or  three  years  some  hoed! 
crop  may  be  grown  between  the  trees,  but  after  that 
the  trees  should  be  allowed  the  entire  land,  particu- 
larly if  set  less  than  20  feet  apart.  Cultivation  should 
ba  stopped  late  in  summer  or  early  in  the  fall,  in  order 
to  allow  the  wood  to  mature  thoroughly.  The  trees  are 
pruned  in  essentially  the  same  way  as  plums.  The  fruit- 
buds  are  borne  both  upon  spurs  (two  are  shown  in  Fig. 
115),  and  also  on  the  wood  of  the  last  season's  growth, 
on  either  side  of  the  leaf -bud,  as  shown  in  the  twin  and 
triplet  buds  above  a  in  Fig.  115.  Each  bud  contains  a 
single  naked  flower  (Fig.  116).  As  the  fruit  begins  to 
swell,  the  calyx-ring  is  forced  off  over  the  top  (Fig.  117;  ; 
and  the  injury  from  curculio  may  then  be  expected. 

When  grown  under  the  best  conditions,  the  Apricot 
may  be  considered  to  be  nearly  or  quite  as  productive 
as  the  peach.  Like  other  fruit  trees,  it  bears  in  alter- 
nate years,  unless  the  crops  are  very  heavily  thinned ; 
but  it  can  never  be  recommended  for  general  or  indis- 
criminate planting.  Only  the  best  fruit-growers  can 
succeed  with  it.  Apricots  are  to  be  considered  as  a. 
dessert  or  fancy  fruit,  and,  therefore,  should  be  neatly 
packed  in  small  and  tasty  packages.  The  most  serious 
enemy  of  the  Apricot  is  the  curculio,  the  same  insect 
which  attacks  the  plum  and  peach.  It  seems  to  have  a 
particular  fondness  for  theApricot,  and  as  the  fruit  sets 
very  early  the  crop  maybe  expected  to  be  destroyed  un- 
less the  most  vigilant  means  are  employed  of  fighting 
the  insect.  Spraying  with  arsenical  poisons  is  uncertain. 
The  insect  must  be  caught  by  jarring  the  trees,  in  the 


114.  Apricot,  the  Roman  (X 


same  manner  as  on  plums  and  peaches,  but  the  work 
must  be  even  more  thoroughly  done  than  upon  those 
fruits.  The  jarring  should  begin  as  soon  as  the  blos- 
soms fall,  and  continue  as  long  as  the  insects  are  nu- 
merous enough  to  do  serious  damage.  It  will  usually  be 


-80 


APRICOT 


APRICOT 


necessary  to  catch  the  insects  for  three  to  six  weeks,  two 
or  three  times  a  week,  or,  perhaps,  even  every  day.  The 
work  must  be  done  early  in  the  morning,  while  the  cur- 
culio  is  indisposed  to  fly.  The  operation  consists  in 
knocking  the  insects  from  the  tree  by  a 
quick  jar  or  shake,  catching  them  upon  a 
white  sheet  or  in  a  canvas  hopper.  The 
catcher  most  commonly  used  in  western  New 
York  is  a  strong  cloth  hopper  mounted  upon 
a  wheelbarrow-like  frame,  and  running  upon 
two  wheels.  The  hopper  converges  into  a  tin 
box,  into  which  the  curculios  roll  as  they  fall 
upon  the  sheet.  One  man  wheels  the  device, 
by  barrow-like  handles,  under  the  tree,  then 
drops  the  handles  and  jars^the  tree  ;  or  some- 
times two  men  go  with  a  machine,  one  wheel- 
ing it  and  the  other  jarring  the  trees.  This 
device  is  used  extensively  by  practical  fruit- 
growers for  catching  the  curculio  on  the  vari- 
ous stone  fruits. 

It  is  not  yet  certain  what  are  the  best  stocks 
for  Apricots  in  the  East,  in  commercial  or- 
chards. It  is  probable  that  no  one  stock  is 
best  under  all  circumstances.  The  Apricot 
root  itself  seems  to  be  impatient  of  our  cold 
and  wet  soils,  which  are  drenched  by  the  drain- 
age of  winter.  It  needs  a  very  deep  and  rich 
soil,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  it  is  safe  for  the 
East.  The  common  plum  (not  myrobalan)  is 
an  excellent  stock  for  plum  soils,  and  the  Apri- 
cot does  well  either  nursery-budded  or  top- 
worked  upon  it.  Peach  is  probably  the  com- 
monest stock,  and,  for  peach  soils,  it  is  prob- 
ably the  best  that  can  be  used.  If  the  Apricot 
thrives  upon  various  stocks,  it  is  thereby 
adapted  to  many  soils. 

The  Apricot  is  often  trained  on  walls,  where 
the  fruit  reaches  the  highest  perfection.  Care 
should  be  taken  that  the  wall 
does  not  face  to  the  east  or  the 
south,  or  the  early-forced  flowers 
may  be  caught  by  frost.  An  over- 
hanging cornice  will  aid  greatly 
in  protecting  from  frost. 

L.  H.  B. 

THE  APRICOT  IN  CALIFORNIA. 
—  TheApricot  is  one  of  the  lead- 
ing commercial  fruits  of  Cali- 
fornia. It  was  introduced  by  the 
Mission  Fathers,  for  Vancouver 
found  it  at  the  Santa  Clara  Mis- 
sion in  1792.  However,  there  is 
no  relation  between  this  early 
introduction  and  the  expansion 
which  quickly  followed  the  Amer- 
ican occupation,  because  the  Mis- 
sion Fathers  had  only  seedling  fruits,  while  the  early 
American  planters,  shortly  before  the  gold  discovery, 
introduced  the  best  French  and  English  varieties,  and 
were  delighted  to  find  that  these  sorts,  usually  given 
some  protection  in  the  Old  World,  grew  with  surpris- 
ing thrift  of  tree  and  size  of  fruit  in  valley  situations 
in  California  in  the  open  air.  Upon  these  facts  the  Apri- 
'cot  rose  to  wide  popularity.  The  acreage  has  steadily 
increased  during  the  last  fifty 'years,  and  with  particu- 
Jarly  swift  rate  during  the  last  twenty  years,  until  the 
mumber  of  trees  at  the  present  date  (1899)  is  about  three 
millions,  occupying  upwards  of  forty  thousand  acres  of 
:land.  This  notable  increase,  and  the  present  prospect  of 
much  greater  extension,  is  based  upon  the  demand  which 
'has  arisen  for  the  fruit  in  its  fresh,  canned,  dried  and 
•crystallized  forms,  in  all  the  regions  of  the  United  States, 
in  England  and  on  the  Continent,  where,  by  reason  of 
its  superior  size  and  acceptable  manner  of  curing,  it  has 
achieved  notable  popularity.  The  year  1897  was  the 
greatest  thus  far  in  amount  of  dried  product  realized, 
viz.:  30,000,000  pounds.  The  year  1895  was  greatest  in 
amount  of  canned  product,  which  reached  upwards  of 
360,000  cases,  each  containing  two  dozen  2  %  -pound  cans. 
The  shipment  of  fresh  Apricots  out  of  California  during 
'"the  summer  of  1897  was  177  carloads. 

The  chief  part  of  the  Apricot  crop  of  California  is 
»grown   in  the  interior  valleys.    In   the  low   places   in 


115.  Fruit-buds  of  the 
Apricot. 

Borne  beside  the  leaf- 
bud,  as  on  the. peach, 
and  also  on  spurs. 


these  valleys,  however,  the  fruit  is  apt  to  be  injured  and 
sometimes  almost  wholly  destroyed  by  spring  frosts,  a5 
though  the  trees  make  excellent  growth.  In  foothill 
situations  adjacent  to  these  valleys,  there  is  also  serious 
danger  of  frost  above  an  elevation  of  about  fifteen  hun- 
dred feet  above  sea-level,  and  the  tree  is  rarely  planted 
for  commercial  purposes.  In  southern  California  the 
Apricot  succeeds  both  in  the  coast  and  interior  valleys. 
But  along  the  coast  northward,  excepting  the  very  im- 
portant producing  regions  of  the  Alameda  and  Santa 
Clara  valleys,  eastward  and  southward  from  the  Bay  of 
San  Francisco,  the  Apricot  is  but  little  grown  owing  to 
frost  troubles.  In  respect  to  these,  the  Apricot  is  some- 
what less  subject  to  harm  than  the  almond,  but  it  is 
less  hardy  than  the  peach,  and  has,  therefore,  a  much 
narrower  range  of  adaptation.  The  average  date  of  the 
blooming  of  Apricot  varieties  is  about  two  weeks  later 
than  that  of  the  almonds.  The  Apricot  is  adapted  to  a 
wide  range  of  soils,  because  to  the  rather  heavy,  moist 
loams  which  its  own  root  tolerates,  it  adds  the  lighter 
tastes  of  the  peach  root,  upon  which  it  is  very  largely 
propagated.  However,  attempts  to  carry  the  Apricot 
upon  heavier,  moister  soils  by  working  it  upon  the  plum 
root  have  not  been  very  successful,  owing  to  the  dwarf- 
ing of  the  tree;  and  the  movement  toward  the  light,  dry 
loams,  by  working  upon  the  almond  root,  has  failed  be- 
cause the  attachment  is  insecure,  and  the  trees  are  very 
apt  to  be  snapped  off  at.  the  joining,  even  though  they 
may  attain  bearing  age  before  the  mishap  occurs.  The 
Apricot  root  itself  is  a  favorite  morsel  with  rodents,  and 
is  for  that  reason  not  largely  used.  Our  mainstay  for  the 
Apricot,  then,  is  the  peach  root,  and  the  soils  which  this 
root  enjoys  in  localities  sufficiently  frost-free  are,  there- 
fore, to  a  great  extent  the  measure  of  our  Apricot  area. 
Apricot  trees  are  produced  by  budding  on  peach  or 
Apricot  seedlings  during  their  first  summer's  growth  in 
the'nursery  row,  from  pits  planted  when  the  ground  is 
moist  and  warm,  at  any  time  during  the  preceding  win- 
ter. When  there  is  a  great  demand  for  trees,  planting 
in  orchard  is  sometimes  done  with  dormant  buds,  but 
ordinarily  the  trees  are  allowed  to  .make  one  summer's 
growth  in  the  nursery.  The  trees  branch  during  the  first 
year's  growth  from  the  bud,  and  usually  come  to  the 
planter  with  a  good  choice  of  low-starting  branches,  from 
which  to  shape  the  low-headed  tree  which  is  universally 
preferred.  The  method  of  seem  ing  such  a  tree  is  iden- 
tical with  that  already  described  for  the  almond,  but  the 
treatment  of  the  tree  after  reaching  bearing  age,  in  its 
third  year,  is  very  different  from  the  after  treatment  of 
the  almond.  The  Apricot  is  a  ram- 
pant grower  and  most  profuse 
bearer.  Unless  kept  continually  in 
check  it  will  quickly  rush  out  of 
reach, and  will  destroy  its  low  shoots 
and  spurs  by  the  dense  shade  of  its 
thick,  beautiful  foliage.  There  is 
continually  necessary,  then,  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  thinning  of  the  sur- 
plus snoots  and  shortening  of  the 
new  growth  to  continue  the  system 
of  low  branching,  to  relieve  the 
tree  from  an  excess  of  bearing 
wood,  and  to  avoid  small  fruit  and 
exhaustion  of  the  tree,  resulting  in 
alternate  years  of  bearing.  In  the 
coast  regions,  where  the  tree  makes 
moderate  wood  growth,  it  can  be 
kept  in  good  form  and  bearing  by 
regular  winter  pruning.  In  warmer 
regions,  where  the  tendency  is  to 
exuberant  wood  growth,  the  main 
pruniner  is  done  in  the  summer, 
immediately  after  the  fruit  is 
gathered.  This  has  a  tendency  to 
check  wood  growth  and  promote 
fruit  bearing,  and  where  the  main 
cutting  is  done  in  the  summer,  win- 
ter pruning  is  reduced  to  thinning 
out  shoots,  to  prevent  the  tree  from  becoming  too  dense 
and  to  lessen  the  work  of  hand-thinning  of  the  fruit  later 
on.  In  addition,  however,  to  the  most  intelligent  prun- 
ing, much  fruit  must  be  removed  by  hand  when  there 
is  a  heavy  set  of  it,  in  order  to  bring  the  fruit  to  a  size 


116.  Flowers  of  the 
Apricot. 


APRICOT 


AQUARIUM 


81 


117.    Young  Apricots 
shedding  the  ring. 


satisfactory  to   shippers  or  canners,  and  to  reach  the 
highest  grades,  if  drying  is  practiced.     CaliforniaApri- 
cot  orchards  are  all  grown  with  clean  tillage,  for  the 
main  purpose  of  moisture  conservation.     In  regions  of 
good     rainfall     and     sufficiently 
retentive  loams   no  irrigation   is 
required  ;    good  tillage  will   suf- 
fice for  the    production  of  large 
fruit  and  perfection  of  fruit-buds 
for  the   following  year.    As  the 
trees    are    becoming   older    and 
bearing  larger  crops  the  demand 
for  moisture   increases,  and  the 
use  of  irrigation  water  is  grow- 
ing.    In   most  places,    however, 
one  irrigation   is    sufficient,  and 
that  is  given  after  fruit  gather- 
ing, to  carry  the  tree  through  the 
last  half  of  its  season's  work.    In 
the  regularly  irrigated  regions  of 
the    state,  water   is   periodically 
applied  through  the  growing  sea- 
son, in  such  amount  and  at  such  intervals  as  the  local 
climate  and  soils  require. 

Though  probably  all  the  good  varieties  of  theApricot 
in  the  world  have  been  introduced  into  California  during 
the  last  half  century,  and  scores  of  selected  seedlings 
of  local  origin  have  been  widely  tested,  the  varieties 
which  have  survived  the  tests  and  are  now  widely  grown 
are  comparatively  few  in  number.  Most  of  the  rejected 
varieties  met  this  fate  because  of  shy  bearing,  and  those 
which  now  constitute  the  bulk  of  the  crop  are  very  regu- 
lar and  full  bearers  under  rational  treatment.  A  local 
seedling,  the  Pringle,  was  for  many  years  chiefly  grown 
for  the  earliest  ripening,  but  this  has  recently  been 
largely  superseded  by  another  local  seedling,  the  New- 
castle, which  is  of  superior  size  and  about  as  early. 
The  European  varieties,  Large  Early  and  Early  Golden, 
are  fine  in  a  few  localities  where  they  bear  well,  and  do 
better  in  southern  California  than  elsewhere.  The  uni- 
versal favorite  is  the  Royal ;  probably  three-fourths  of 
all  the  trees  in  the  state  are  of  this  variety,  though  re- 
cently the  area  of  the  Blenheim  has  been  increasing 
largely.  The  Hemskirk  stands  next  to  the  Blenheim  in 
popularity.  The  Peach  is  largely  grown  in  the  Sacra- 
mento valley.  The  best  Apricot  grown  in  California  is 
the  Moorpark  ;  in  size  and  lusciousness,  when  well  ri- 
pened, it  heads  the  list.  It  is,  however,  rather  shy  in 
bearing,  and  is  forsaken  for  this  fault  in  most  regions. 
It  shows  the  best  behavior  in  the  Santa  Clara  valley,  and 
is  there  retained,  in  spite  of  frequent  lapses,  because  of 
the  high  prices  which  it  commands  at  the  canneries. 
About  a  dozen  other  varieties  are  carried  in  small  num- 
ber by  the  nurserymen  to  meet  limited  local  demands. 

Apricots  for  canning  and  drying  are  graded  according 
to  size  :  Extra,  not  less  than  2%  .inches  in  diameter  ; 
No.  1.  2  inches  ;  No.  2, 1%  inches  ;  No.  3,  1  inch.  The 
first  three  grades  must  be  sound,  clean  and  free  from 
blemish,  and  No.  3  must  be  of  good  merchantable  quality. 
The  shippers  and  canners  require  well-colored  but  only 
firm-ripe  fruit,  because  both  the  long  rail  transportation 
and  the  canning  process  re'quire  it ;  soft-ripe  fruit  will 
neither  can  nor  carry.  For  drying,  riper  fruit  is  used, 
and  yet  over-ripeness  has  to  be  guarded  against  to  avoid 
too  dark  color.  For  canning,  the  fruit  must  be  carefully 
hand-picked  ;  for  drying,  much  is  shaken  from  the 
trees.  The  drying  process  consists  in  cutting  the  fruit 
in  halves  longitudinally,  dropping  out  the  pits  and  plac- 
ing the  halves  cavity  uppermost  upon  light  wooden 
trays.  Breaking  or  tearing  the  fruit  open  will  not  do  ; 
it  must  show  clean-cut  edges.  When  the  trays  are  cov- 
ered they  are  placed  in  a  tight  compartment,  usually 
called  a  "sulfur  box,"  though  it  may  be  of  considerable 
size,  and  the  fruit  is  exposed  to  the  fumes  of  slowly 
burning  sulfur,  to  ensure  its  drying  to  the  light  golden 
color  which  is  most  acceptable  to  the  trade.  The  pro- 
duction of  the  right  co!or  is  the  end  in  view,  and  differ- 
ent dryers  regulate  the  amoant  of  sulfur  and  the  length 
of  exposure  according  to  the  condition  of  their  fruit  and 
their  judgment  of  what  it  needs.  The  exposure  varies 
from  half  an  hour  to  two  or  three  hours,  according  to 
circumstances.  After  sulfuring,  the  trays  are  taken  to 
open  ground,  and  the  fruit  is  cured  in  the  sun.  Only  a 


very  small  fraction  of  the  California  product  of  evapo- 
ratedApricots  is  cured  in  an  evaporator.  It  requires  about 
six  pounds  of  fresh  Apricots  to  make  one  pound  of  cured 
fruit. 


118.   A  museum-jar  Aquarium. 
More  animal  life  would  make  a  better  equilibrium. 

A  moderate  estimate  of  the  yield  of  Apricots  might  be 
placed  at  seven  and  one-half  tons  to  the  acre  :  extreme 
yields  are  far  away  from  this  both  ways. 

TheApricot  is,  as  a  rule,  a  very  healthy  tree  in  Cali- 
fornia. It  is,  however,  subject  to  injury  by  scale  insects 
of  the  lecanium  group  in  some  parts  of  the  state.  Dur- 
ing recent  years  there  has  been  increasing  injury  by  a 
shot-hole  fungus,  which  perforates  the  leaves  and  makes 
ugly  pustules  upon  the  fruit.  Such  fruit  is  unfit  for 
canning  except  the  fruit  be  peeled,  which  is  little  done 
as  yet.  It  also  makes  low-grade  dried  product.  This 
fungus  can  be  repressed  by  fungicides  of  the  copper 
class.  EDWARD  J.  WICKSON. 

AQUARIUM.  AnAquarium,  to  be  in  a  healthy  condi- 
tion, should  contain  living  plants— oxygenators— which 
are  as  necessary  as  food,  as  fish  cannot  live  on  food  only. 
The  Aquarium  must  be  kept  clean.  The  sediment  should 
be  removed  from  the  bottom  with  a  dip  tube  t^vice  a 
week,  and  the  inner  side  of  the  glass  cleaned  with  a 
wiper  once  a  week.  Encourage  the  growth  of  the  plants 
at  all  seasons  ;  admit  plenty  of  light,  but  no  direct  sun- 
shine. There  should  also  be  a  few  tadpoles  and  snails 
in  the  Aquarium.  These  are  very  essential,  as  they  are 
scavengers,  and  devour  the  confervoid  growth  that  fre- 
quently accumulates  on  the  plants.  In  fall,  give  a  thor- 
ough cleaning  and  rearrangement  of  theAquariura,  so 
that  all  are  in  the  best  condition  possible  before  winter 
sets  in.  In  March 
it  should  be  care- 
fully looked  over, 
and  undesirable 
plants  removed  or 
transplanted.  Ad- 
ditions may  be 
made, or  any  change 
if  necessary.  Fol- 
lowing are  some  of 
the  best  plants  to 
place  in  the  Aqua- 
rium, all  of  which 
can  be  easily  and 
cheaply  procured 
from  dealers  who  119.  A  rectangular  glass  Aquarium, 
make  a  specialty  of 

aquatics:  Cabomba  riridifolia  (C.  Caroliniana),  the 
Fanwort  (sometimes  called  Washington  Fish  Grass, 
being  found  in  quantities  in  D.C.  and  southward),  is 


82 


AQUARIUM 


AQUATICS 


120.  Permanent  Aquarium  made 
of  wood  and  glass. 


a  most  beautiful  and  interesting  plant  of  a  light  green 
color.  The  leaf  is  fan-shaped,  composed  of  filaments 
or  ribs,  much  like  a  skeletonized  leaf.  Ludwigia  Mu- 
lerttii  is  also  a  beautiful  plant,  as  well  as  a  valuable 
oxygenator,  having  dark  green,  glossy  foliage,  the 
under  side  of  the  leaf  bright  red.  Valllsneria  spiralis 

is  the  well  known 
eel  grass :  Lvs.  strap- 
like  :  root  creeping 
and  spreading  :  fls. 
strictly  dioecious  : 
a  very  interesting 
plant  in  large  Aqua- 
riums. Sagittaria 
nutans  somewhat  re- 
sembles Vallisneria, 
but  the  Ivs.  are  wider 
and  not  so  long,  of  a 
bright  green  color, 
and  it  makes  better 
growth  in  winter, 

which  is  very  desirable.  Myriophyllum  verticillatum  : 
Ivs.  pinnately  parted  into  capillary  divisions  ;  foliage 
and  stem  of  a  bronzy  green  color.  This,  with  M.  heie- 
rophyllum,  as  well  as  Cabomba,  are  sold  by  dealers  in 
bunches,  but  established  plants  are  preferable  for  stock- 
ing the  Aquarium.  The  above  plants  are  wholly  sub- 
merged, growing  under  the  surface  of  the  water,  and 
are  of  the  most  importance  in  the  Aquarium.  Another 
submerged  plant  that  does  not  require  planting,  and 
is  sometimes  used,  is  Stratiotes  aloides,  the  water 
soldier  or  water  aloe.  The  young  plants  are  very 
pretty,  but  the  large  plants  are  stiff  and  the  edges  of 
the  Ivs.  are  dangerous,  being  armed  with  spines.  Nu- 
merous floating  plants  are  adapted  to  the  Aquarium, 
but  too  many  must  not  be  in  evidence,  or  the  fish  may 
become  suffocated.  The  Azollas  are  very  pretty,  and  the 
fish  will  occasionally  eat  the  plants.  The  Salvinia  is 
another  small  plant  often  seen  in  the  aquarium,  but 
•under  favorable  conditions  it  grows  very  rapidly,  and 
forms  a  complete  mat,  which  must  be  avoided.  The  Eu- 
ropean and  American  frog's-bits  (LimnoMum  Spongia, 
HydrocJiaris  Morsus -ranee)  are  very  attractive  plants, 
their  long,  silky  roots  reaching  down  in  the  water.  The 
water  hyacinth,  JSichJiornia  crassipes,  var.  major,  in  a 
small  state  is  a  curious  and  pretty  plant,  but  does  not 
continue  long  in  a  good  condition,  generally  resulting 
from  too  much  shade  and  unnat- 
ural conditions  of  atmosphere.  *  T~ 
This  plant  is  of  benefit  to  the  *  • 
Aquarium  in  the  breeding  sea- 
son, as  the  roots  are  receptacles 
for  fish  spawn.  The  water 
lettuce  (Pistia  Stratiotes)  is 
another  very  attractive  plant, 
but  it  should  be  avoided  except 
where  the  water  is  kept  warm. 

WILLIAM  THICKER. 

Aquariums  are  rapidly  in- 
creasing in  popularity  for  home 
use,  and  are  of  great  service  in 
nature  study.  The  following 
points,  together  with  the  illus- 
trations, are  taken  from  Life 
in  an  Aquarium,  Teachers' 
Leaflet  No.  11,  published  by  the 
College  of  Agriculture,  Cornell 
University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. :  A 
permanent  Aquarium  need  not 
be  an  expensive  affair.  The  rec- 
tangular ones  are  best  if  large 
fishes  are  to  be  kept,  but  they 
are  not  essential.  A  simple 
home-made  Aquarium  of  glass 
and  wood  is  described  in  Jack- 
man's  Nature  Study,  as  follows 
(the  dimensions  being  slightly 
altered):  "Use  an  inch  board 
11%  inches  wide  and  12  inches 
long  for  the  bottom,  and  two 
boards  of  the  same  thickness 
and  length,  10%  inches  high, 


for  the  ends.  Three-eighths  of  an  inch  from  the  edge 
on  either  side,  with  a  saw,  make  a  groove  J^inch  deep 
and  wide  enough  to  receive  loosely  double-strength 
glass.  Groove  the  end  boards  and  fasten  them  to  the 
bottom  with  screws,  so  that  the  grooves  will  exactly 
match.  Partially  fill  the  grooves  with  soft  putty,  or, 
better,  Aquarium  cement,  and  press  into  each  side  a 
pane  of  glass.  By  making  the  bottom  board  11%  inches 
long,  an  ordinary  10  x  12  window  pane  will  be  the  proper 
size.  When  the  glass  is  pressed  to  the  bottom  of  the 
groove,  draw  the  two  ends  in  at  the  top  until  the  glass 
is  held  firmly  and  then  fasten  them  in  place  by  narrow 
strips  of  wood,  one  on  each  side  of  the  tank,  placed  on 
top  of  the  glass  and  screwed  to  the  end  pieces.  These 
strips  also  protect  the  hands  from  injury  while  working 
with  the  specimens  in  theAquarium.  Before  filling  with 
water,  the  inner  surface  of  the  bottom  and  ends  should 
be  well  rubbed  with  oil  or  paraffine  and  the  grooves 
inside  the  glass  well  packed  with  putty."  After  the  box 
is  made  it  would  be  well  to  let  it  stand  in  water  for  a 
day  or  two.  The  wooden  sides  will  swell  and  tighten 
the  joints,  and  leakage  will  be  less  probable. 

AQUATICS,  America  is  the  most  highly  favored  coun- 
try in  the  world  for  the  cultivation  of  Aquatic  plants. 
Collections  can  easily  be  made  to  furnish  a  display  of 
flowers  from  April  to  October  in  the  open  without  arti- 
ficial heat. 

All  Aquatics  require  a  rich  soil,  and  this  without  limit, 
a  depth  of  water  from  1  to  3  feet,  and  ample  space  to 
spread  their  succulent  leaves.  In  a  natural  pond,  where 
there  is  an  accumulation  of  humus  overlaying  a  clayey 
subsoil,  nothing  more  is  wanted,  but  on  a  sandy  or 
gravelly  bottom  it  is  necessary  to  place  a  layer  of  rich  soil 
12  to  18  inches  deep.  In  artificial  ponds,  built  of  masonry 
(Pig.  122),  a  layer  of  rich  soil  is  necessary  if  the  plants 
are  to  be  planted  out,  as  is  best  for  Nelumbiums.  The 
soil  best  suited  for  Aquatics  is  a  turfy  loam,  inclining 
to  heavy,  and  thoroughly  rotted  cow-manure,  two  parts 
of  the  former  to  one  of  the  latter,  and,  where  possible, 
it  should  be  composted  some  time  before  using,  and 
turned  over  two  or  three  times  to  thoroughly  incorporate 
the  manure.  When  cow -manure  can  not  be  obtained, 
other  thoroughly  rotted  manure  may  be  used.  The  next 
best  fertilizer  is  pulverized  sheep  manure,  but,  this  being 
less  bulky  and  stronger  in  proportion,  should  not  be  used 
as  freely  as  other  manures  ;  one  part  sheep  manure  to 


= 

•=»                                                                  «- 

,„ 

i 
j 

e 

1 

i 

— 

:=»                                                                                                 «5S 

j| 

e 

L 

.  „-._  1 

I 

i£^**«»W  OA~  TW/C/T 

/°xf/V£:  OT6^>1S5 

,o^-  1 

n*— — -'*£-.~ 


'T 

i 

i 


SECTION  ON  L/A/£  A-B 


121.  Working  drawings  for  making  box  shown  in  Fig.  120. 


AQUATICS 

nine  of  soil  is  sufficient.  Chemical  manures,  ground 
bone,  horn  shavings,  etc.,  should  not  be  used  unless  in 
extreme  cases,  and  then  very  cautiously. 

DEPTH  OF  WATKK.—  In  natural  ponds,  water-lilies  are 
found  growing  in  water  from  a  few  inches  to  4  and  6 
feet  deep,  but  in  artificial  ponds  a  depth  of  12  to  18  inches 
will  be  found  sufficient  for  most  Nymphaeas,  and  18  to  24 
inches  is  a  good  depth  for  Victorias.  In  constmcting  an 
artificial  pond,  a  depth  of  2  to  2%  feet  is  ample.  Water 
to  the  depth  of  12  inches  above  the  crowns  of  the  plants 
is  sufficient,  and  a  box  containing  the  soil  maybe  12  inches 
deep.  Thus  a  pond  2  feet  in  depth  is  deep  enough,  and 
will  allow  a  man,  with  hip  boots  on,  to  walk  between  the 
plants  with  ease.  For  a  small  pond,  less  than  12  feet 
over,  a  plank  laid  across  will  suffice  for  all  operations. 

PROTECTION.— Where  severe  frosts  are  prevalent  in 
whiter,  and  ice  12  to  18  inches  in  thickness  is  found, 
there  will  be  danger  of  the  roots  freezing.  In  such  cases, 
an  additional  depth  of  6  inches  will  be  a  great  advantage, 
and  a  protection  of  bracken,  salt  hay,  green  manure, 
leaves,  or  any  other  non-conducting  materials  should  be 
used  to  protect  the  masonry,  in  severe  weather,  against 
expansion  and  breakage. 

PLANTING.— All  hardy  Nymphaeas  may  be  planted  any 
time  between  the  1st  of  April  and  the  1st  of  September. 
Those  planted  early,  other  things  being  equal,  will  give 
good  results  the  same  season,  while  those  planted  late 
will  get  well  established  before  winter,  and  will  be  in 
excellent  condition  to  start  at  nature's  summons  early 
the  following  spring.  The  hardy  Nymphaeas  differ  con- 
siderably as  to  rootstocks.  Those  of  the  native  varieties 
are  long  and  of  a  spongy,  soft  texture,  and  rambling  in 
growth,  while  the  European  species  have  a  much  larger 
and  very  firm  root  stock,  and  grow  more  compact.  In 
planting,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  press  the  rootstock 
firmly  into  the  soil,  and  if  there  is  any  danger  of  the 
root  rising  to  the  surface,  place  a  brick  or  any  weight 
upon  it,  to  keep  it  in  position  until  anchored  by  its  own 
roots.  Tender  Nymphaeas  should  not  be  planted  until 
the  latter  end  of  May  or  beginning  of  June,  according  to 
location.  They  should  not  be  planted  out  before  Coleus, 
Alternanthera,  and  other  tender  bedding  plants.  They 
require  to  be  started  indoors,  and  will  be  grown  in 
pots,  which  are  much  handier  to  plant  than  roots  of  the 
hardy  varieties,  and  can  be  planted  under  the  water  with 
ease  and  facility.  Nelumbiums  should  not  be  planted 
until  about  the  1st  of  May.  Southward  the  season  is 
earlier.  The  existing  conditions  should  be  such  that 
tubers  shall  start  at  once  into  active  growth.  They  should 
be  already  "started"  before  setting  out.  The  tubers 
should  be  laid  horizontally  in  a  slightly  excavated  trench 
and  covered  with  2  or  3  inches  of  soil,  using  a  weight, 
if  necessary,  to  keep  the  tubers  in  position.  Plants, 
established  in  pots  or  pans,  are  very  convenient  for 
planting,  and  may  be  purchased  when  tubers  can  no 
longer  be  procured,  and  can  be  planted  a  month  later  in 
the  season  with  good  results. 

The  Victoria  Regia  has  always  been  an  aristocrat 
among  water-lilies,  and  few  cultivators  could  indulge  in 
such  a  horticultural  luxury.  To  grow  it  satisfactorily, 
a  large  surface  space  with  a  greater  depth  of  water  is 
necessary  than  for  other  aquatics,  and  a  higher  tempera- 
ture is  needed  at  the  early  stages.  It  can  be  cultivated  in 
the  open  air,  but  artificial  heat  must  usually  be  applied 
and  protection  afforded,  so  as  to  maintain  a  temperature 
of  85°  F.  This  applies  more  particularly  to  the  varieties 
V.  Regia  and  V.  Randi.  In  1898  the  introducer  of  V. 


AQUATICS 


83 


Trickeri  brought  the  Victoria  within  easy  reach  and  cul- 
ture of  all  lovers  of  aquatic  plants.  V.  Trickeri  is  en- 
tirely distinct  from  other  known  varieties,  and  can  be 
grown  in  the  open  alongside  of  Nymphoea  Zanzibarensis 
and  N.  Devoniensis,  and  under  precisely  the  same  con- 


122.   Lawn  pond  of  aquatics,  with  mason-work  margin. 


123.  Tub  of  water-lilies. 

ditions.  When  planted  out  about  the  middle  of  June, 
the  plants  grow  rapidly,  and  will  develop  their  gigantic 
leafage  and  magnificent  flowers  in  August,  and.  continne 
to  do  so  until  destroyed  by  frost. 

ENEMIES.— Aquatics,  like  other  plants,  have  their  ene- 
mies in  the  line  of  insect  pests,  though  in  a  less  degree 
than  most  plants.  Aphides  are  sometimes  troublesome, 
or  at  least  very  unsightly.  These,  however,  have  their 
enemies,  especially  the  coccinella  (lady-bird),  insectiv- 
orous birds,  etc.  Where  these  do  not  keep  them  down, 
a  weak  application  of  kerosene  emulsion  will  make  a 
clearance.  Another  method  of  getting  rid  of  these  pests, 
especially  in  a  small  artificial  pond,  where  an  overflow  is 
(or  should  be)  provided,  is  to  take  the  hose  with  a  spray, 
using  a  little  force,  and  drive  the  insects  off  the  plants, 
and,  as  they  readily  float  on  the  water,  the  action  with 
the  hose  will  drive  them  out  at  the  overflow  pipe.  Re- 
cently an  insect  pest  that  has  its  home  in  Florida  has 
migrated  northward,  causing  some  annoyance.  The  larva 
of  the  moth  (Hydrocampa  proprialis)  eats  the  leaf,  and 
also  cuts  out  pieces  of  the  same,  which  it  uses  for  protec- 
tion, thereby  greatly  disfiguring  the  plant,  and  at  the 
same  time  making  it  difficult  to  get  at  the  enemy.  The 
best  remedy  for  this  and  the  Nelumbium  moth,  which  is 
very  much  like  it,  is  a  lamp  trap.  Any  ordinary  lamp 
placed  near  the  plants  at  night,  and  standing  in  a  shal- 
low vesessl  containing  kerosene,  will  attract  the  insects, 
which,  on  striking  the  lamp,  fall  into  the  kerosene  and 
are  no  further  trouble.  Muskrats  are  more  or  less 
troublesome,  especially  where  Nelumbiums  are  grown. 
They  will  eat  the  tubers  in  winter  and  early  spring,  and 
will  make  sad  havoc  with  banks.  They  will  also  eat  the 
roots  of  some  Nymphaeas.  The  best  remedy  for  these  is 
the  steel  trap.  A  sporadic  disease  has  also  made  its  ap- 
pearance. The  leaves  are  affected  with  spots,  which, 
under  a  damp,  warm  atmosphere,  spread  rapidly.  Such 
climatic  conditions,  followed  by  bright  sunshine,  cause 
the  affected  leaves  to  shrivel  up.  This  greatly  weakens 
and  checks  the  plants.  This  disease  yields  readily  to  a 
weak  solution  of  Bordeaux  mixture.  The  same  remedy 
is  also  very  valuable  in  ridding  the  pond  of  all  con- 
fervoid  growth. 

TUB  CULTURE  should  be  resorted  to  only  from  lack  of 
space,  or  when  no  other  method  can  be  adopted  (Fig.  123). 
For  this-  system  of  culture,  Nymphaeas  should  be  selected 
that  are  moderate  growers,  yet  free-flowering,  and  other 
miscellaneous  aquatic  plants.  The  tubs  should  hold 
from  4  to  12  cubic  feet  of  soil  for  Nymphaeas,  according 


AQUATICS 


AQUILEGIA 


to  the  variety,  some  being  moderate  growers,  others  vig- 
orous and  robust.  ,Tr 

WILLIAM  THICKER. 

[The  best  book  on  the  American  culture  of  Aquatics  is 
The  Water  Garden,  by  Win.  Tricker,  N.  Y.  1897,  pp.  120, 
to  which  the  reader  is  referred  for  extensive  cultural 
directions  and  for  lists  of  Aquatic  plants.  For  botanical 
descriptions  of  the  various  kinds  of  Aquatics,  with  brief, 
special  cultural  directions,  the  reader  may  consult  the 
CYCLOPEDIA  OF  AMERICAN  HORTICULTURE,  under  the 
various  genera,  as  JVymphcea.  Nelumbium.  and  Victoria. 
-L.  H.  B.J 

AQUILEGIA  (from  aquilegus,  water-idrawer,  not  from 
aquila,  eagle).  Hammculacece.  COLUMBINE.  Hardy  per- 
ennial herbs  of  the  northern  hemisphere  ;  mostly  with 
paniculate  branches,  terminated  by  showy  flowers,  and 
1-3  ternately-compound  leaves,  commonly  glaucous ;  the 


124.   Aquilegia 

Canadensis. 


leaflets  roundish  and  obtusely  lobed  :  fls.  large,  showy, 
usually  in  spring  or  early  summer  ;  sepals  5,  regular, 
petaloid  ;  petals  concave,  produced  backward  between 
the  sepals,  forming  a  hollow  spur  ;  stamens  numerous : 
fr.  of  about  5  many-seeded  follicles.  About  30  distinct 
species.  The  Columbines  are  among  the  most  beautiful 
and  popular  of  all  hardy  plants.  Seeds  sown  in  pans,  in 
coldframes  in  March,  or  open  air  in  April,  occasionally 
bloom  the  first  season,  but  generally  the  second.  The 
different  species  should  be  some  distance  apart,  if  pos- 
sible, if  pure  seed  is  desired,  as  the  most  diverse  species 
hybridize  directly.  They  may  be  propagated  by  division, 
but  better  by  seeds.  Absolutely  pure  seed  is  hard  to  ob- 


tain, except  from  the  plants  in  the  wild  state;  and  some 
of  the  mixed  forms  are  quite  inferior  to  the  true  species 
from  which  they  have  come.  A.  ccerulea,  glandulosa. 
and  vulgaris  are  likely  to  flower  only  two  or  three  years, 
and  should  be  treated  as  biennials;  but  A.  vulgaris  may 
be  kept  active  for  a  longer  period  by  transplanting.  A. 
Gray,  Syn.  Flora  of  N.  A., Vol.  1,  Part  1,  Fasc.  1,  pp. 42-45. 
J .  G.  Baker,  A  Synopsis  of  the  Aquilegia,  in  Gard.  Chron. 
II.  10:19,  76,  111,  203  (1878).  K.  C.  DAVIS. 

A  light,  sandy  soil,  moist,  with  good  drainage,  shel- 
tered, but  exposed  to  sun,  is  what  they  prefer.  Some  of 
the  stronger  species,  when  of  nearly  full-flowering  size, 
may  be  transplanted  into  heavier  garden  soil,  even  heavy 
clay,  and  made  to  succeed;  but  for  the  rearing  of  young 
seedlings,  a  light,  sandy  loam  is  essential.  The  seed  of 
most  Columbines  is  rather  slow  in  germinating,  and  it  is 
necessary  to  keep  the  soil  moist  on  top  of  the  ground 
until  the  young  plants  are  up.  A  coldf  rame,  with  medium 
heavy  cotton  covering,  is  a  good  place  to  grow  the  plants. 
The  cotton  retains  sufficient  moisture  to  keep  the  soil 
moist  on  top,  and  still  admits  sufficient  circulation  of  air 
to  prevent  damping-off  of  the  young  seedlings.  When 
large  enough,  the  seedlings  may  be  pricked  out  into 
another  frame  for  a  time,  or,  by  shading  for  a  few  days 
until  they  get  a  start,  they  may  be  set  into  the  permanent 
border,  or  wherever  they  are  to  be  placed. 

F.  H.  HORSFORD. 

The  following  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  the  species  de- 
scribed below  :  A.  alpina,  16  ;  atrata,  9  ;  atropurpurea , 
Miq.,6;  atropururea,  Willd.,  4;  bicolor,  10;  blanda,9', 
Buergeriana,  6;  cserulea,  15;  ecerulea,  var.  flavescens,  5; 
Californica,!!',  Canadensis,  5 ;  Canadensis,  var.  aurea, 

13  ;  Canadensis,  var.  formosa,  11  ;  caryophylloides,  19  ; 
chrysantha,  13 ;  flabellata,  7;  flavescens,  5',  flaviflora,5; 
formosa,  11;  Garneriana,W;  glandulosa,  17;  Jonesii,  1; 
lactiflora,  3  ;  leptoceras,  Fisch.  &  Mey.,  8  ;   leptoceras, 
Nutt.,  15  ;  leptoceras,  var.  chrysantha,  13  ;  longissima, 

14  ;  macrantha,  15  ;   Olymplca,  9  ;  oxysepala,  2  ;  Sibir- 
ica,  10  ;  Skinneri,  12;  Skinneri,v&r.  hybrida,  13  ;  speci- 
osa,W  •  stellata,  9;  Stuarti,  18;  truncata,  11;  viridiflora, 
4  ;  vulgaris,  9  ;    Wittmanniana,  9. 

A.    Sepals  not  more  than  %  or  %in.  long  :  expanded 

fls.  1  or  l%in.  in  diam. 
B.   Limb  of  petal  sliorter  than  the  sepal. 

1.  Jonesii,  Perry.    True  st.  very  short  or  almost  want- 
ing, soft  pubescent :  tufted  root-lvs.  1-2  in.  high  from 
the  stout,  ascending  branches  of  the  rootstock,  biter- 
nately  divided;  partial -petioles  very  short  or  none;  leaf- 
lets very  crowded :  fls.  blue;  sepals  oblong-obtuse,  equal- 
ing the  spurs  and  twice  the  length  of  the  petal-limbs 
and  head  of  stamens  :  follicles  glabrous,  large,  nearly 
1  in.  long  ;  styles  half  as  long  ;  peduncles  lengthening  to 
about  3  in.  in  fr.    July.    Wyom.  and  Mont.    G.F.  9 :  365. 

2.  oxysepala,  Traut.  &  Mey.    Plant  2%  ft.,  slightly 
pubescent  above  :  radical  Ivs.  long-petioled,  secondary 
divisions  sessile  :    sepals  blue,  ovate-lanceolate,  much 
exceeding  in  length  the  petal  limbs,  which  are  6  lines 
long,  white,  rounded-truncate  ;  stamens  not  protruding 
beyond  the  petal  limb  :    spur  knobbed,   bent  inward, 
shorter  than  petal-limb  :  follicles  pubescent,  with  styles 
their  own  length.  June.  Siberia.  — In  1898  F.  H.  Horsford 
said  :    "The  first  to  bloom  with  me,  and  one  of  the  most 
attractive  in  the  list.    It  is  one  of  the  most  dwarfed  ; 
fls.  large,  blue,  yellow  and  white  :  it  comes  so  much  be- 
fore the  others  that  its  capsules,  as  a  rule,  all  fertilize 
before  any  of  the  other  species  come  into  flower."   Only 
recently  introduced. 

3.  lactifldra,  Kar.  &  Kir.    St.  l%ft.  high,  glabrous  in 
the  lower  part :  partial -petioles  of  root-lvs.  1K-2  in.  long; 
Ifts.  sessile  or  short-stalked,  1  in.  long,  many  lobes  reach- 
ing half  way  down;  st.-lvs.  petioled  and  compound:  fls. 
about  3  to  a  st. :  sepals  nearly  white  or  tinged  with  blue, 
over  Kin.  long,  narrow;  petal-limb  half  as  long  as  sepal; 
spur  Kin.,  slender,  nearly  straight,  not  knobbed  at  tip; 
stamens  equal  in  length  to  the  limb.    June.    Altai  Mts., 
Siberia.— A  desirable  species,  but  not  much  used. 

BB.   Limb  of  petal  about  equal  to  sepal. 

4.  viridifldra,  Pallas.    St.  l-l%ft.  high,  finely  pubes- 
cent throughout,  several-fld. :  the  partial-petioles  of  root- 
lvs.  1-2  in. long;  Ifts. sessile  or  the  end  one  shortly  stalked, 


AQUILEGIA 

lobes  rather  narrow  and  deep  ;  lower  st.-lvs.  petioled, 
biternate  :  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  ascending,  greenish, 
equaling  the  broad,  greenish  petal-limb,  but  not  reaching 
the  head  of  stamens  ;  spur  straight,  slender,  Kin.  long, 
not  knobbed:  pubescent  follicles  as  short  as  their  styles. 
Summer.  E.  Siberia. —  Not  so  much  used  as  the  follow- 
ing variety  : 

Var.  atropurpurea,  Vilm.  (A.  atropurpurea,  Willd.). 
Limbs  of  the  petals  deep  blue  or  lilac-purple,  and  the 
sepals  and  spur  somewhat  tinged  with  the  same  hue. 
B.R.  922. 

5.  Canad6nsis,  Linn.    COMMON  COLUMBINE  of  America. 
Fig.  124.    Height  1-2  ft. :  primary  divisions  of  petioles 
of  root-lvs.  1-2  in.,  having  3  divisions  ;  2  or  3  of  the  st.- 
lvs.  petioled,  biternate  :  fls.  several  to  a  st. ;  sepals  yel- 
lowish or  tinted  on  the  back  with  red,  about  Kin.  long, 
not  reflexing  ;  limb  of  petals  a  little  shorter,  yellowish, 
truncate  ;  spur  %in.  long,  nearly  straight,  knobbed  at 
the  end,  bright  red  throughout;  stamens  much  protrud- 
ing :  follicles  %in.  long,  with  styles  half  as  long.    May- 
July.    Stony  banks,  etc.,  east  of  Rocky  Mts.    Int.  1890. 
B.M.  246.     L.B.C.  9:  888.    Mn.  5:  21.     R.H.  1896,  p.  109. 
G  W.F.  1.     There  are  some  beautiful  hybrids  of  this 
and  the  blue  species.   Var.  nana,  Hort.    Plant  1  ft.  high 
or  less:  fls.  like  the  type. 

Var.  flavescens,  Hook.  A  pale-lvd.  yellow-fld.  variety. 
Very  pretty.  Int.  1889.  This  has  often  been  called  A . 
flavescens,  Wats.;  A.  ccerulea,  var.  flavescens,  Lawson; 
and  A.  flaviflora,  Tenney  ;  A.  Canadensis,  var.  Ham- 
flora,  Brit.  B.M.  6552  B. 

6.  Buergeriana,    Sieb.    &    Zucc.    (A.   atropurpurea, 
Miq.).     More    slender    than   A.  vulgar  is ;    1  ft.  high, 
finely  pubescent  toward  the  top  ;  branched  to  form  sev- 
eral heads,  bearing  2-3-petioled,  biternate  Ivs.;  partial- 
petioles  of  basal  Ivs.  K-l  in.  long,  with  3  sessile  divis- 
ions :   fls.  yellow,  tinted  with  purple,  1-1%  in.  in  diam.; 
sepals  /4in.  long,  acute,  spreading  ;  spurs  erect,  nearly 
straight,  as  long  as  the  limb  of  petals,  and  about  equal- 
ling the  sepal;  head  of  stamens  equal  to  limb  in  length: 
follicles  pubescent,  Min.  long,  style  half  as  long.    Early. 
Japan.  — Brought  from  St.  Petersburg,  1892. 

AA.  Sepals  about  1  in.  long  :  expanded  fl.  about  %  in. 

in  diameter. 
B.  Spttrs  shorter  than  the  petal-limb,  and  incurved. 

7.  flabellata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.     Stem  1-1%  ft.,  few-fld.: 
partial-petioles  of  root-lvs.  1   in.  or  more,  Ifts.  nearly 
sessile  ;   st.-lvs.  large  and  petioled  :  fls.  bright  lilac,  or 
pale  purple  or  white  ;  sepals  1  in.  long,  obtuse  ;  limb  of 
petal  half  as  long,  often  white  in  the  lilac-fld.  form;  spur 
shorter  than  the  limb,  slender  toward  the  end,  much 
incurved  ;    stamens  not  protruding  beyond  the  petal- 
limbs  :  follicles  glabrous.    Summer.    Japan.    R.H.  1896, 
p.  109.    Var.  nana-alba,  Hort.  (var.  f  lore-alba  f  Hort.). 
Fls.  pure  wlyte  :  plant  dwarfish.    R.B.  15: 157. 

BB.  Spiir  at  least  as  long  as  petal-limb. 
C.   Stamens  short,  not  mtich  protruding. 

8.  leptoceras,  Fisch.  &  Mey.   Stem  several-fld.,  about 
1  ft.  high  :  partial-petioles  of  root-lvs.  over  1  in.,  Ifts. 
sessile  ;  st.-lvs.  petioled,  biternate  :  fls.  violet,  with  the 
tips  of  the  sepals  greenish,  and  tips  of  the  short  petal- 
limb  yellow  ;  spur  slender,  slightly  curved,  Kin.  long, 
not  knobbed  ;    stamens  protruding  a  little  beyond  the 
limbs  of  petals  :  follicles  slender,  glabrous,  nearly  1  in. 
long.    Summer.    E.Siberia.    B.R.  33:64.    F.S.  3:296.— 
Little  used  in  America. 

9.  vulgaris,    Linn.    (A.    stelldta,    Hort.     A.    atrata, 
Koch).     COMMON  C.  of  Europe.     Stems  1K-2  ft.  high, 
many-fld.,  finely  pubescent  throughout  :    root-lvs.  with 
3   partial -petioles    1K-2   in.   long,   secondary   branches 
certain,  ultimate  leaf -lobes  shallow  and  roundish,  tex- 
ture firm  ;    lower  st.-lvs.  petioled  and  biternate  :    fls. 
violet,  furnished  with  a  claw,  acute,  1  in.  long,  half  as 
wide  ;  petal-limb  %in.  long,  equaling  the  head  of   sta- 
mens ;  spur  about  same  length,  stout,  much  incurved, 
knobbed  :  follicles  densely  pubescent,  1  in.  long,  style 
half  as  long.  Summer.  Eu.,  Sib.,  and  naturalized  in  Am. 
On.  12,  p.  288.    Var.  flore-plSno,  Hort.    Fls.  much  dou- 
bled, ranging  from  pure  white  to  deep  blue.    Here  be- 
long many  horticultural  varieties  with  personal  names. 


AQUILEGIA 


85 


Var.  Vervaeneana,  Hort.  (var.  foliis-aureis,  Hort.  Var. 
atroriolacea.  Hort.).  Lvs.  with  yellow  variegated  lines. 
Var.  nivea,  Baumg.  (var.  alba,  Hort.).  MUNSTEAD'S 
WHITE  C.  Often  2-3  ft.  high  :  a  great  profusion  of  large, 
pure  white  fls.  for  several  weeks  in  early  spring. 

Var.  Olympica,  Baker  (A.  Olympica,  Boiss.  A.Witt- 
iiniiuiiana,  Hort.  A.  bldnda,  Lem.).  A  fine  variety, 
with  several  large  flowers  ;  sepals  light  lilac  or  bright 
purple,  1  in.  or  more  in  length  ;  petal-limb  white.  I.H. 
4:146.  R.H.  1896,  p.  108. 

Var.  hybrida,  Sims.  Much  like  the  last  variety,  but 
with  stout,  lilac-purple  spurs  as  long  as  the  sepals,  only 
slightly  incurved.  Probably  a  hybrid  of  A.  vulgaris  and 
A.  Canadensis.  B.M.  1221. 

10.  Sibirica,  Lam.  (A.  bicolor,  Ehrh.  A.  Garnieridna, 
Sweet.    A.  specidsa,  DC.).    Stem  1K-2  ft.  high,  many- 
fld.  ;  often  nearly  glabrous  throughout  :  partial-petioles 
of    root-lvs.    1-2    in.,    sometimes    showing    3    distinct 
branches;  terminal  Ifts.  1  in.  or  more  broad,  lobes  rather 
shallow  and  rounded  ;  lower  st.-lvs.  petioled  and  biter- 
nate :  fls.  pale  or  bright  lilac-blue  ;  oblong  sepals  fully 
1  in.  long,  spreading  or  reflexed  a  little  ;  petal-limb  half 
as  long,  equaling  the  head  of  stamens,  and  often  white  ; 
spur  rather  stout,  Kin.  or  more,  very  much  incurved, 
or  even  coiled  :  follicles  glabrous,  1  in.  long,  style  Kin- 
Summer.  E.  Siberia.  S.B.F.G.  II.  1:  90.  Var.  flore-pleno, 
Hort.   (A.  bicolor,  var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.).    Fls.  much 
doubled  by  the  multiplication  of  both  the  limbs  and  the 
spurs. 

Var.  spectabilis,  Baker  (.4.  spectdbilis,  Lem.).  A 
large,  bright  lilac-fld.  var.;  petal-limbs  tipped  yellow. 
Amurland.  I.H.  11:403. 

cc.  Stamens  long,  protruding  far  beyond  the  petal-limb. 

11.  formosa,    Tesch.    (A.  Canadensis,  var.    formosa, 
Wats.).    Habit  as  in  A.  Canadensis  ;  root-lvs.  and  st.- 
lvs.  like  that  species,  but  fls.  brick  red  and  yellow,  or 
wholly  yellow,  and  sepals  larger,  quite  twice  as  long  as 
petal-limb  ;  spurs  more  spreading,  somewhat  more  slen- 
der, and  often  shorter.    May-Aug.    Sitka  to  Calif,  and 
E.  to  the  Rockies.     Int.  1881.     B.M.  6552.    F.S.  8:  795. 
Gt.  32 :  372.    R.H.  1896,  p.  108.    G.C.  1854 :  836.    Var.  hy- 
brida,  Hort.  (A.  Califomica,va,r.  hybrida,  Hort.).    Fls. 
large,  with   scarlet   sepals  and   yellow  petals  ;    spurs 
spreading,  long  and  slender.    A  supposed  .hybrid  with 
A.  chrysantha.     F.M.  1877:  278.    Vick's  1:  33  f.  2.    Var. 
rubra  pleno,  Hort.  (var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.).     Fls.  as  in 
var.  hybrida,  but  several  whorls  of  petal-limbs.     Var. 
nana  alba,  Hort.     Fls.  pale,  often  nearly  white  ;  plant 
not  exceeding  1  ft. 

Var.  truncata,  Baker  (A.  truncata,  Fisch.  A.  Cali- 
fdrnica,  Lindl.).  Fls.  with  short,  thick  spurs  and  very 
small  sepals  and  a  small  petal-limb.  Int.  1881.  F.  S. 
12: 1188  (as  A.  eximia,  Hort.). 

12.  Skinneri,  Hook.    Stem  1-2  ft.  high,  many-fld.,  gla- 
brous :    root-lvs.  long-petioled,  with  both  primary  and 
secondary  divisions  long  ;  Ifts.  cordate,  3-parted  ;  sev- 
eral st.-lvs.  petioled  and  biternate  :  sepals  green,  keeled, 
lanceolate,  acute,  never  much  spreading,  %-l  in.  long  ; 
petal-limb  greenish  orange,  half  as  long  as  sepal;  spur 
brigt  red,  tapering  rapidly,  over  1  in.  long  ;  stamens 
protruding  far  beyond  the  limb  ;  styles  3  :  f r. ,  at  least 
when  young,  bearing  broad,  membranous,  curled  wings. 
After  flowering,  the  peduncles  become  erect.   July-Sept. 
Mts.  of  Nor.  Mex.     B.M.  3919.    P.M.  10:199.    B.'H.4:1. 
F.S.  1:17.    Vick's  1:33  f.  5  (poor). -A  handsome  plant, 
requiring  a  light  soil  in  a  sunny  border.     Var.  flore- 
pleno,  Hort.    Fls.  double.    Gt.34:57.    Very  fine. 

BBB.  Spurs  very  long,  several  times  the  length  of 
petal-limb. 

13.  chrysantha,  Gray  (A.  leptoceras,  var.  chrysantha, 
Hook.).    Fig.  125.    Height  3-4  ft. :    root-lvs.  with  twice 
3-branched    petioles,   Ifts.    biternate ;    st.-lvs.   several, 
petioled  :  fls.  many  on  the  plant,  2-3  in.  across  ;  sepals 
pale  yellow,  tinted  claret,  spreading  horizontally  ;  petal- 
limb  deep  yellow,  shorter  than  the  sepals,  and  nearly  as 
long  as  the  head  of  stamens  ;  spur  rather  straight,  very 
slender,  divergent,  about  2  in.  long,  descending  when 
fl.  is  mature  :  follicles  glabrous,  1  in.  long  ;  style  half 
as  long.  May-Aug.   N.  Mex.  and  Ariz.   Gn.  16:198.  B.M. 


86 


AQUILEGIA 


8073.  Gn.  51,  p.  385.  R.H.  1896:  108.  F.R.2:169.  Gt. 
33:84.  G.C.  1873:  1501.  F.M. 1873:88.  Vick's  1:  33  f.  3. 
F.S.  20:  2108.  Var.  flavescens,  Hort.  (A.  aurea,  Junk. 
A.  Canade"nsis,  var.  aurea,  Roezl.).  Fls.  yellow,  tinged 
with  red  ;  spurs  incurved,  and  shorter  than  in  the  type. 
Gt.  21:734.  Var.  alba-plena,  Hort.  (var.  grandiflbra 
Alba,  Hort.).  Fls.  very  pale  yellow  or  nearly  white,  with 
two  or  more  whorls  of  petal-limbs.  Int.  1889.  Vick's 
12:311.  Var.  nana,  Hort.  (A.  leptoceras,  var.  lutea, 
Hort.).  Like  the  type,  but  plant  always  small,  not  ex- 
ceeding 1>2  ft.  Var.  Jaeschkani,  Hort.  About  the  same 
height  as  last :  fls.  large,  yellow,  with  red  spurs.  Thought 
to  be  a  hybrid  of  A.  chrysanthaXSkinneri,  hence  some- 
times called  A.  Skinneri,  var.  hybrida,  Hort. 

14.  longissima,  Gray.  Tall,  somewhat  pubescent  with 
silky  hairs,  or  smoothish  :  root-lvs.  biternate,  even  in 
the  petioles  ;  Ifts.  deeply  lobed  and  cut,  green  above, 
glaucous  beneath  ;  st.-lvs.  similar,  petioled  :  fls.  pale 
yellow,  sepals  lanceolate,  broadly  spreading,  1  in.  or 


AQUILEGIA 

white  or  yellow.  The  true  form  of  this  is  probably  A . 
cceruleaX  A.  chrysantha.  Gn. 51, p. 385.  R.H.  1896:108. 
A. G.  15:315.  Gn.  16:198.  I. H.  43:  61  (1896).  Var.  f  lore - 
pleno,  Hort.  Fls.  longer  and  very  showy,  more  or  less 
doubled  toward  the  center. 

BB.  Spurs  incurved  and  hardly  longer  tJian  petal-limbs. 

16.  alpina,  Linn.  (incl.  var.  s^lperba,  Hort.).    Fig.  126. 
Stem  nearly  1  ft.  high,  finely  pubescent  upwards,  2-5- 
fld.,  bearing  petioled,  biternate  Ivs.;  partial-petioles  of 
basal-lvs.  1-2  in.  long,  with  3  nearly  sessile  divisions, 
deeply  lobed  :    expanded  fl.  1K-2  in.  across,  blue,  rarely 
pale  or  white  ;  sepals  1%  in.  long,  half  as  broad,  acute  ; 
petal-limb  half  as  long  as  sepals,  often  white  ;    spur 
stout,  incurved,  same  length  as  the  limb  ;  head  of  sta- 
mens not  protruding  :  follicles  pubescent,  1  in.  long  ; 
style  much  shorter.     May-June.    Switzerland.    L.B.C. 
7:657.    Gn.9:17. 

17.  glandulosa,  Fisch.    Fig.  127.    Stem  1-1%  ft.  high, 


127.  Aquilegia  glandulosa  (X  K) 


125.  Aquilegia  chrysantha  (X 


more,  the  spatulate  petals  a  little  shorter,  about  equal- 
ing the  head  of  stamens  ;  spur  with  a  narrow  orifice,  4 
in.  long  or  more,  always  hanging.  Distinguished  from 
A.  chrysantha  by  its  longer  spur  with  contracted  orifice, 
by  the  narrow  petals,  and  by  the  late  season  of  flower- 
ing. Late  July  to  Oct.  1.  Ravines  S.W.Texas  into  Mex. 
G.F.  1:  31.  — The  seed  must  be  obtained  from  wild  plants, 
as  those  cult,  usually  fail  to  produce  seed  ;  hence  not 
much  used. 

AAA.  Sepals  !%-!%  or  even  2  in.  long  :  expanded  fls. 
2Yt-S  in.  in  diam.;  stamens  not  protruding. 

B.  Spurs  long  and  not  incurved. 

15.  caerulea,  James  (A.  leptoceras,  Nutt.  A.  ma- 
crdntha,  Hook.  &  Am.).  Stem  1-1  %  ft.,  finely  pubescent 
above,  bearing  several  fls.;  lower  st.-lvs.  large  and  bi- 
ternate ;  basal-lvs.  with  long  3-branched  petioles  ;  Ifts. 
3-lobed  on  secondary  stalks  :  fls.  2  in.  across, whitish,  but 
variously  tinted  with  light  blue  and  yellow;  sepals  often 
blue,  oblong,  obtuse,  twice  as  long  as  the  petal-limb  ; 
spurs  long,  slender,  knobbed  at  the  end,  rather  straight, 
but  curving  outward  ;  head  of  stamens  equaling  the 
petals  :  follicles  pubescent,  1  in.  long  ;  style  %  in.  Apr. 
-July.  Lower  mt.  regions,  Montana  to  N.  Mex.  B.M. 
4407.  Gn.  16:198.  Mn.6:61.  Vick's  1: 33  f.  4.  B.M. 
5477.  F.S.  5:  531.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  Fls.  of  same  size  but 
entirely  white.  Int.  1883.  Var.  hybrida,  Hort.  Sepals 
some  shade  of  blue  or  pink,  or  mixed,  and  petals  nearly 


glandular  pubescent  in  the  upper  half,  1-3  fld. :  partial- 
petioles  of  root-lvs.  1-2  in.  long,  each  with  3  distinct 
divisions;  Ift.-segments  narrow  and  deep  ;  st.-lvs.  few, 
bract-like  :  fls.  large,  nodding  ;  sepals  bright  lilac-blue, 
ovate,  acute,  about  1%  in.  long  and  half  as  broad;  petal- 
limb  same  color,  but  tipped  and  bordered  with  creamy 
white,  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  sepals,  very  broad  ; 
spur  very  short,  %  in.,  stout,  much  incurved  ;  stamens 
not  protruding  :  follicles  1  in.  long,  6-10  in  number, 
densely  hairy,  with  short,  falcate  style.  Allied  to  A.  al- 
pina, but  a  taller  plant,  with  shorter  spurs,  larger  fls., 
and  a  greater  number  of  follicles.  May-June.  Altai 
Mts.  of  Siberia.  B.  5 :  219.  F. W.  1871 :  353.  Gn.  15 : 174  ; 
45,  p.  193.  Gt.  289  f.  1.  — One  of  the  handsomest. 

Var.  jucunda,  Fisch.  &  Lall.  Fls.  rather  smaller  than 
in  the  type  ;  petal-limb  white,  more  truncate  at  the  tip  ; 
stamens  as  long  as  limb.  B.R.33:19.  F.S.  5:  535. -A 
fine  variety,  with  some  tendency  to  double. 

18.  Stuarti,  Hort.     A  recorded  hybrid  of  A.  glandu- 
losa X  A.  vulgariSfVur.  Olympica.    Fls.  very  large  and 
beautiful.    It  very  much  resembles  the  latter  in  form  of 
sepals  and  petals,  and  the  former  in  shape  of  spurs  and 
coloration.    May-June.    Int.  1891.    Gn.  34:670. 

19.  caryophylloides  is  a  garden  name  given  to  some 
very  mixed  forms,  with  a  great  variety  of  colors.    Spe- 
cial characters  seem  not  to  be  well  fixed. 

K.  C.  DAVIS. 


ARABIS 


ARALIA 


87 


ARABIS  (Arabia).  Cnicifenv.  ROCK-CRESS.  Small 
perennial  or  annual  herbs,  with  white  or  purple  U.S., 
grown  mostly  in  rockwork.  Fls.  mostly  in  terminal 
spikes  or  racemes,  small,  but  often  many,  or  appearing 
for  a  considerable  period  of  time  :  siliques  long,  linear, 
flat :  stigma  2-lobed.  In  temperate  regions,  several  na- 
tive to  this  country.  Usually  prop,  by  division  ;  also 
by  seeds  and  cuttings.  Hardy,  requiring  plenty  of  sun, 
and  thriving  even  in  poor  soil.  The  following  four 
species  are  perennials: 

A.    Fls.  purple  or  rose. 

muralis,  Bertol.  (A.  rbsea,  DC.).  A  foot  high,  with  a 
rather  dense  raceme  of  pretty  fls.:  Ivs.  oblong,  sessile 
(the  radical  ones  with  a  long,  narrow  base),  prominently 
and  distantly  blunt-toothed,  sparsely  pubescent.  Spring 
and  summer.  Italy.  B.M.  324G. 

AA.    -Fls.  ivhite. 

serpyllifolia,  Vill.  (A.nivdlis,  Guss.).  Tufted,  2-6 in. : 
radical  Ivs.  entire  or  few-toothed,  the  st.  Ivs.  small  and 
sessile,  not  clasping  :  fls.  in  a  short  cluster,  the  calyx  as 
long  as  the  peduncle,  the  limb  of  the  petals  linear- 
oblong  and  erect.  Eu. 

alMda,  Stev.  (A.  Caucdsica,  Willd.).  A  few  inches 
high,  pubescent  :  lower  Ivs.  narrow  at  the  base,  the  up- 
per auriculate-clasping,  all  angle-toothed  near  the  top  : 
fls.  in  a  loose  raceme,  the  calyx  shorter  than  the  pedicel, 
the  petal-limb  oval  and  obtuse.  Eu.  B.M.  2046.  Also  a 
variegated  var.  (Gt.  45:  108).  — Blooms  early,  is  fragrant, 
and  is  well  adapted  for  rockwork  and  edgings,  and  for 
covering  steep  banks. 

alpina,  Linn.  Fls.  smaller  than  in  the  last,  plant  only 
slightly  pubescent  and  hairy :  Ivs.  somewhat  clasping  but 
not  auriculate,  small-toothed  nearly  or  quite  the  entire 
length,  the cauline  ones  pointed.  Eu.  B.M.  226.  — Blooms 
very  early,  and  is  one  of  the  best  rock  plants.  There  is 
a  dwarf  form  (nana  compacta,  Gt.  44:203);  also  a  va- 
riegated variety. 

A.  arenbsa,  Scop.  Fls.  rose  varying  to  white  :  Ivs.  pinnatifid, 
those  on  the  st.  deep-toothed.  Eu.— A.  blepharophylla,  Hook. 
&  Arn.  Fls.  large,  rose-purple  :  Ivs.  sharp-toothed,  sessile  or 
clasping,  the  margins  hairy.  Calif.  B.M.  6087.— A.  lucida, 
Linn,  f.  Fls.  white  :  Ivs.  shining,  obovate,  clasping.  There  is  a 
variegated  form.  Eu.— A.  mollis,  Stev.  Fls.  white  :  Ivs.  pubes- 
cent, large-toothed,  the  lower  ones  rounded  and  long-stalked, 
Eu.— A.  petroea,  Lam.  Fls.  white:  Ivs.  toothed,  the  radical 
ones  often  parted,  the  st.  Ivs.  oblong-linear.  Eu.— A.  prcecox, 
Wald.  &  Kit.=A.  prociirrens.— A.  procurrens,  Wald.  &  Kit. 
Fls.  white  :  Ivs.  ciliate,  those  on  the  st.  entire  and  sessile,  the 
others  stalked:  stoloniferous.  A  variegated  var.  Eu.— A. 
verna,  R.  Br.  Annual,  hairy :  fls.  large,  purple :  Ivs.  oblong- 
ovate  to  round-oblong,  the  upper  ones  clasping,  rather  coarse- 
toothed.  Eu.  B.M.  3331.  T  TT  D 

Li.  xl.  t>. 

ARACE.E.     See  Aroidece, 

ARACHIS  (Greek,  without  a  rachis).  Leguminbsce. 
PEANUT.  GOOBER.  Sometimes  grown  in  the  economic 
house  of  botanical  gardens.  The  genus  has  seven  spe- 
cies, of  which  six  are  Brazilian.  Fls.  5-7,  yellow,  in 
a  dense,  axillary,  sessile  spike.  As  a  hothouse  annual, 
the  seeds  of  the  Goober  may  be  sown  in  heat,  and  the 
plants  potted  in  sandy  loam.  For  outdoor  culture,  see 
Peanut,  by  which  name  the  plant  is  commonly  known. 

hypogoea,  Linn.  One  ft.  or  less  high  :  Ivs.  abruptly 
pinnate,  with  two  pairs  of  leaflets  and  no  tendril.  Mn. 
7:105.  Procumbent. 

ARALIA,  including  Dimorphdnthus  (derivation  ob- 
scure). Araliacece.  Perennial  herbs  or  shrubs  :  Ivs.  al- 
ternate, deciduous,  large,  decompound  :  fls.  small, 
whitish,  in  umbels,  usually  forming  large  panicles  ; 
petals  and  stamens  5:  berry,  or  rather  drupe,  2-5-seeded, 
black  or  dark  purple,  globular,  small.  Some  of  the 
Aralias  are  hardy  outdoor  deciduous  herbs  and  bushes; 
others  are  fine  stove  plants,  botanically  unlike  the  true 
Aralias  as  defined  above.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

There  are  about  35  kinds  of  tender  Aralias  in  cult. 
Some  of  them  are  of  robust  growth,  and  make  handsome 
specimens  for  greenhouse  and  hothouse  decoration  when 
j^rown  to  a  height  of  10  or  12  ft.;  others  of  more  deli- 
jate  and  slender  growth,  such  as  A.  Chabrieri  (really 


an  Elaeodendron),  A.  concinna  (see  Delarbrea),  A.  ele- 
(jitHtixxiHiu  and  A.  Veitchii,  var.  gracillima,  are  most 
beautiful  as  smaller  plants,  say  from  1-3  ft.  in  height. 
These  small  plants  are  very  beautiful  as  table  pieces, 
and  are  not  surpassed  in  delicate  grace  and  symmetry 
by  any  plants;  A.  Veitchii,  var.  gracillima,  is  oneof  the 
very  finest  of  the  dwarf er- growing  kinds.  The  more 
robust  sorts  are  usually  prop,  by  cuttings,  in  the  usual 
manner,  or  by  root  cuttings,  as  Bouvardias  are.  The 
more  delicate  varieties,  as  A.  Chabrieri,  elegantissima, 
etc.,  do  best  when  grafted  on  stronger-growing  varie- 
ties, like  A.  Guilfoylei,  A.reticulata  (which  is  an  Oreo- 
panax),  etc.  The  slender-growing  sorts  require  light, 
rich  soil,  made  of  equal  parts  of  sandy  loam  and  peat  or 
leaf-mold.  They  require  plenty  of  water  and  a  moist 
atmosphere.  They  are  much  subject  to  attacks  of  scale, 
which  may  be  removed  or  prevented  by  frequent  care- 
ful sponging  with  a  weak  solution  of  seal-oil  soap,  fir- 
tree  oil,  or  other  like  insecticide. 

Cult,  by  ROBERT  CRAIG. 

The  glasshouse  species  are  much  confused,  largely 
because  some  kinds  receive  trade  and  provisional 
names  before  the  fls.  and  frs.  are  known.  See  Acantho- 
panax  for  A.  Maximowiczii,  pentaphylla,  and  ricinifo- 
lia  ;  Delarbrea  for  A.  concinna  and  A.  spectabilis  ; 
Elceodendron  for  A.  Chabrierii ;  Fatsia  for  A.  Ja- 
ponica,  papyrifera,  and  Sieboldii ;  Oreopanax  for  A. 
reticulata  ;  Polyscias  for  A.  latifolia  ;  Sciadophyllum 
for  A.  Amboinense.  Other  related  genera  are  Hepta- 
pleurum,  Monopanax,  Oreopanax,  Panax,  Pseudopanax. 

A.    Tender  evergreen  Aralias,  grown  only  under  glass. 

(By  some  regarded  as  belonging  to  other  genera.) 

B.   Lvs.  digitate. 

Kerchoveana,  Hort.  Lvs.  the  shape  of  a  Ricinus,  the 
7-11  leaflets  elliptic-lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  with 
undulate, and  serrate  margins  and  a  pale  midrib.  S. 
Sea  Islands.  Certificated  in  Eng.  in  1881  (Gn.  19,  p. 
457).  R.H.  1891,  p.  225.  — Slender-stemmed,  of  beautiful 
habit. 

Veitchii,  Hort.  Leaflets  9-11,  very  narrow  or  almost 
filiform,  undulate,  shining  green  above  and  red  beneath. 
New  Caledonia.  — One  of  the  best  and  handsomest  spe- 
cies. Var.  gracillima,  Hort.  (A.gracillna,  Linden,  R.H. 
1867,  p.  38).  Leaflets 
still  narrower,  with  a 
white  rib.  R.H.  1891, 
p.  226.  Gn.  39,  p.  565. 
Very  desirable.  Origi- 
nally described  as  A  . 
gracilina  (thin-lined), 
which  name  has  been 
mistaken  for  gracil- 
lima (very  graceful). 
elegantissima,  Veitch. 
Petioles  mottled  with 
white:  leaflets 7-11,  fil- 
iform and  pendulous. 
N  e  w  Hebrides .  —  Ex- 
cellent. 

leptophylla,       Hort 
Slender  plant  :  leaflets  128.  Aralia  Guilfoylei. 

filiform  and  drooping, 
broadened  at  the  extremities,  deep  green.    Australasia. 

Reglna,  Hort.  Graceful  :  petioles  olive,  pink  and 
brown  :  Ifts.  drooping,  roundish.  New  Hebrides. 

BB.    Lvs.  pinnate. 

Guilfoylei,  Cogn.  &  March.  Fig.128.  Leaflets  3-7  (digi- 
tate-like),  ovate  or  oblong,  irregularly  cut  on  the  edges 
or  obscurely  lobed,  white-margined  and  sometimes  gray- 
splashed  :  st.  spotted,  erect.  New  Hebrides.— Rapid 
grower,  showy,  and  good  for  pots. 

monstrosa,  Hort.  Leaflets  3-7,  ovate-acute,  deeply  and 
often  oddly  cut,  broadly  white-margined,  also  gray- 
spotted  :  Ivs.  drooping.  S.  Sea  Isl.  R.H.  1891,  p.  225. 
Gn.  39,  p.  565. 

filicifdlia,  Moore.  Stem  erect,  purplish,  white-spotted : 
Ivs.  fern-like  (whence  the  name);  leaflets  3-7  pairs, 
lance-oblong  and  acuminate,  long,  deeply  notch-toothed. 


88 


ARALIA 


ARAUCARIA 


deep  green  and  purple  ribbed.  Polynesia.  l.H.  23:240. 
R.H.  1891,  p.  224.  Gn.  39,  p.  565.  A.G.  19:374.-One 
of  the  best. 

1.  Ohabrieri,  Hort.;  see  Elseodendron.— A.  crassifolia,  So- 
land  ;  see  Pseudopanax.— A.  longipes,  Hort.  Lvs.  digitate,  the 
Ifts.  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  wavy.  N.  Austral.— A.  no- 
b'dis,  Hort.  "  A  theophrasta-like  plant,  with  closely  packed,  bold 
foliage,  the  Ivs.  oblong  obovate-acuminate,  undulate  at  the 
margins."  Once  offered  by  Saul.— A.  Osyana,  Hort.  Like  A. 
leptophylla,  but  leaflets  deeply  bifid,  and  nerves  and  veins 
brown.  S.  S.Isl.— A.  quercifblia,  Hort.  Leaflets  3,  sinuate  ;  Ivs. 
opposite.  New  Britain.— A.  rotunda,  Hort.  Leaf  of  a  single 
orbicular-cordate  leaflet  or  sometimes  3-foliolate,  white-toothed. 
Polynesia.— A.  spectdbilis,  Hort.=  A.  filicifolia.— A.  splendidls- 
sima,  Hort.  Lvs.  pinnate,  the  leaflets  shiny  green.  New  Cale- 
donia.—A.  ternata,  Hort.  Lvs.  opposite,  ternate  or  3-lobed, 
the  leaflets  oblong-lanceolate  and  sinuate.— A.  Victorice,  Hort. 
See  Panax.  Some  of  the  above  probably  belong  to  Oreopanax 

and  other  genera.  T     TT    r> 

Li.  ri.  D. 

AA.   Hardy  or  true  Aralias. 
B.    Prickly  shrubs  or  rarely  low  trees  :  Ivs.  bipinnate, 

%-8  ft.  long  :  umbels  numerous,  in  a  large,  broad, 

compound  panicle  :  styles  distinct. 
spinosa,  Linn.  ANGELICA  TREE.  HERCULES'  CLUB. 
DEVIL'S  WALKING-STICK.  Stems  very  prickly,  40  ft. 
high  :  Ivs.  lK-2%  ft.  long,  usually  prickly  above  ;  Ifts. 
ovate,  serrate,  2-3%  in.  long,  glaucous  and  nearly 
glabrous  beneath,  mostly  distinctly  petioled ;  veins  curv- 
ing upward  before  the  margin.  Aug.  S.  states  north  to 
Tenn.  S. 8.5:211.  Gn.  50,  p.  126.  — The  stout,  armed 
stems,  the  large  Ivs.,  and  the  enormous  clusters  of  fls. 
give  this  species  a  very  distinct  subtropical  appearance. 
Not  quite  hardy  north. 

Chin6nsis,  Linn.  (A.  Japdnica,  Hort.  A.  Mand- 
shtirica,  Hort.).  CHINESE  ANGELICA  TREE.  Stems  less 
prickly,  40  ft. :  Ivs.  2-4  ft.  long,  usually  without  prickles ; 
Ifts.  ovate  or  broad  ovate,  coarsely  serrate  or  den- 
tate, usually  pubescent  beneath,  nearly  sessile,  3%-6  in. 
long  ;  veins  dividing  before  the  margin  and  ending  in 
the  points  of  the  teeth.  Aug.,  Sept.  China,  Japan.— In 
general  appearance  very  much  like  the  former  species, 
but  hardier.  Nearly  hardy  north.  Grows  well  also  in 
somewhat  dry,  rocky  or  clayey  soil.  Var.  elata,  Dipp. 
(Dimorphdnthus  eldtiis,  Miq.).  St.  with  few  prickles  : 
Ifts.  pubescent  beneath.  The  hardiest  and  most  com- 
mon form  in  cult.  Var.  canescens,  Dipp.  (A.  cane"scens, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Lvs.  often  prickly  above;  Ifts.  gla- 
brous beneath,  except  on  the  veins,  dark  green  above. 
More  tender.  Var.  Mandshurica,  Rehder  (Dimorphdn- 


129.    Unsymmetrical  Araucaria  grown  from  a  side  shoot. 


thus  Mandshuricus,  Maxim.).  St.  prickly  :  Ifts.  pu- 
bescent only  on  the  veins  beneath,  more  sharply  and 
densely  serrate  than  the  foregoing  var.,  and  hardier. 
There  is  also  a  form  with  variegated  Ivs.  (l.H.  33:  609). 

BB.    [Inarmed  herbs:  styles  united  at  the  base. 

c.    Umbels  numerous,  in  elongated  puberulous  pani- 
cles :  3-10  ft.  high. 

racemdsa,  Linn.  SPIKENARD.  Height  3-6  ft. :  glabrous, 
or  slightly  pubescent  :  Ivs.  quinately  or  ternately  de- 
compound ;  leaflets  cordate,  roundish  ovate,  doubly  and 
sharply  serrate,  acuminate,  usually  glabrous  beneath, 
2-6  in.  long:  fls.  greenish  white.  July,  Aug.  E.  N. 
Amer.  west  to  Minn,  and  Mo.  B.B.  2:  506. 

Calif6rnica,  Wats.  Height  8-10  ft.:  resembles  the 
preceding :  Ifts.  cordate,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate, 
shortly  acuminate,  simply  or  doubly  serrate  :  panicle 
loose  ;  umbels  fewer,  larger,  and  with  more  numerous 
rays.  Calif. 

cordata,  Thunb.  (A.edulis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Height 
4-8  ft.:  Ivs.  ternately  or  quinately  decompound,  pinnae 
sometimes  with  7  Ifts.;  Ifts.  cordate  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  abruptly  acuminate,  un- 
equally serrate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  4-8 
in.  long.  Japan.  Gt.  13:432  as  A.  racemosa,  var.  Sacha* 
linensis.  R.H.  1896,  p.  55.  A.G.  1892,  pp.  6,  7. 

Cachemirica,  Decne.  (A.  Cashmeriana,  Hort.  Saul 
1891.  A  macrophylla,  Lindl.).  Height  5-8  ft.  :  Ivs. 
quinately  compound,  pinnae  often  with  5-9  leaflets  ;  leaf- 
lets usually  rounded  at  the  base,  oblong-ovate,  doubly 
serrate,  glabrous  or  bristly  on  the  veins  beneath,  4-8  in. 
long.  Himalayas. 

cc.    Umbels  several  or  few  on  slender  peduncles  ; 

pedicels  glabrous  :   1-3  ft,  high. 

Lispida,  Vent.  BRISTLY  SARSAPARILLA.  WILD  ELDER, 
Height  1-3  ft.,  usually  with  short,  woody  stem,  bristly: 
Ivs.  bipinnate  ;  Ifts.  ovate  or  oval,  rounded  or  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  acute,  sharply  and  irregularly  ser- 
rate, 1-3  in.  long  :  umbels  3  or  more  in  a  loose  corymb; 
fls.  white.  June,  July.  From  Newfoundland  to  N.  Caro- 
lina, west  to  Minn,  and  Ind.  B.M.  1085.  L. B.C.  14:1306. 
nudicaulis,  Linn.  WILD  SARSAPARILLA.  SMALL 
SPIKENARD.  Stemless  or  nearly  so  :  usually  1  leaf,  1  ft. 
high,  with  3  quinately  pinnate  divisions  ;  Ifts.  oval  or 
ovate,  rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  acuminate, 
finely  serrate,  2-5  in.  long  :  umbels  2  or  3  ;  fls.  greenish. 
May,  June.  Newfoundland 
to  N.  Carolina,  west  to  Mo. 
B.B.  2:506. 

A.  Quinquefdlia,  Decne.  & 
PI  anch . =Panax  quinquef  olium . 
—A.  irifblia,  Decne.  &  Planch. 
=  Panax  trifolium.  (See  also 
Ginseng.) 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ARAUCARIA  (Chilian 
name).  Coniferce,  tribe 
Araucdrieoe.  About  15  spe- 
cies of  S.  Amer.  and  the 
Australian  region,  grown  for 
their  striking  symmetrical 
habit  and  interesting  ever- 
green foliage.  In  the  S.  some 
species  will  thrive  in  the 

open,  where  the  climate  is  not  too  dry,  but  in  the  N.  all 
are  grown  under  glass  only.  Lvs.  stiff,  sharp-pointed, 
crowded:  cones  globular  or  oblong,  terminal,  hard  and 
woody,  of  some  species  several  inches  in  diameter. 
Most  of  the  species  become  gigantic  forest  trees  in  their 
native  haunts.  As  here  treated,  the  genus  includes  Co- 
lumbea  and  JSutacta.  L.  jj.  B. 

There  are  some  15  Araucarias  in  cultivation.  Most  of 
these,  however,  are  grown  in  limited  numbers  in  private 
and  botanical  collections.  The  kinds  most  popular  in 
this  country  are  A.  excelsa  and  its  varieties  glauca  and 
robusta  compacta.  Of  A.  excelsa,  probably  250,000 
plants  in  5-inch  and  6-inch  pots  are  annually  sold  in  the 
U.  S.  These  are  nearly  all  imported  in  a  young  state 
from  Ghent,  Belgium,  where  the  propagation  and  grow- 
ing of  them  is  made  the  leading  specialty  at  many  nur- 


AKAUCARIA 


ARAUCARIA 


89 


series,  of  which  there  are  over  700  in  that  one  city.  The 
trade  of  the  world  has  been  supplied  for  many  years 
from  Ghent.  Some  of  the  large  English  growers  have 


130.   Good  specimen  of  Araucaria  excelsa. 

begun  to  grow  them  in  considerable  quantities  in  the 
past  five  years,  but  it  is  likely  that  Ghent  will  be  the 
main  source  of  supply  for  many  years  to  come.  A  few 
are  now  propagated  in  this  country,  and  as  they  grow 
easily  here,  it  is, likely  that  the  number  will  be  largely 
increased  in  the  near  future,  the  high  price  of  labor 
being  the  greatest  drawback.  The  Araucaria  is  the 
most  elegant  and  symmetrical  evergreen  in  cultivation, 
and  for  this  reason  is  very  popular  as  an  ornamental 
plant  for  home  decoration.  It  is  particularly  popular  at 
Christmas  time,  and  is  then  sold  in  great  quantities. 
Araucarias  are  propagated  from  seed  and  from  cuttings; 
the  latter  make  the  most  compact  and  handsome  speci- 
mens. To  make  symmetrical  specimens,  take  cut- 
tings from  the  leading  shoots  (see  Fig.  129).  If  used 
as  house  plants,  they  thrive  best  in  a  cool  room,  where 
the  temperature  is  not  over  60°  at  night,  and  they 
should  be  placed  near  the  light.  In  summer  they 
grow  best  if  protected  by  a  shading  of  light  laths, 
placed  about  an  inch  apart,  which  will  admit  air  and 
at  the  same  time  break  the  force  of  the  sun's  rays. 
They  do  well  in  any  good  potting  compost,  and  should 
be  shifted  about  once  a  year  (in  the  spring)  into  larger 
pots.  The  cuttings  should  be  planted  in  light 
compost  or  sand  in  the  fall  or  during  the  winter 
in  a  cool  greenhouse,  with  moderate  bottom 
heat,  and  will  root  in  about  8  or  10  weeks,  after 
which  they  may  be  potted  into  small  pots.  In 
addition  to  A.  excelsa  and  its  variations,  the 
following  attractive  species  are  grown  in  small  quanti- 
ties :  A.  Bidirillii,  which,  being  of  a  tough  and  hardy 
nature,  does  remarkably  well  as  a  room  plant,  and  it  is 
hardy  in  Florida  and  many  of  the  most  southern  states; 
A.  Goldieana,  a  very  distinct  and  handsome  form,  and 
rather  scarce  at  present  ;  A.  elegans  (a  form  of  A. 
Brazilians),  an  elegant  form  of  dwarf  and  exceedingly 
graceful  habit,  and  a  most  beautiful  table  plant. 

Cult,  by  ROBERT  CRAIG. 

A.  Lvs.  (or  most  of  them]  awl-like. 
excelsa,  R.  Br.  NORFOLK  ISLAND  PINE.  Figs.  130, 
131, 132.  Plant  light  green  :  branches  frondose,the  Ivs. 
curved  and  sharp-pointed,  rather  soft,  and  densely 
placed  on  the  horizontal  or  drooping  branchlets.  Nor- 
folk Isl.  F.R.  2:411.  — The  commonest  species  in  this 
country,  being  much  grown  as  small  pot  specimens.  A 
blue-green  form  is  cult,  as  A.  glauca.  There  is  also  a 
Strong-growing,  large  variety,  with  very  deep  green  fo- 


liage (A.  robusta).  In  its  native  wilds  the  tree  reaches 
a  heieht  of  over  200  ft.  and  a  diameter  of  even  9  or  10 
ft.  The  solid,  globular  cones  are  4  or  5  in.  in  diam. 
F.S.  22:  2304-5.—  An  excellent  house  plant,  and  keeps 
well  in  a  cool  room  near  a  window.  In  summer  it  may 
be  used  on  the  veranda,  but  must  be  shaded. 

Cunningham!,  Sweet.  Plants  less  formal  and  sym- 
metrical than  A.  excelsa,  the  upper  branches  ascending- 
and  the  lower  horizontal  :  Ivs.  stiff  and  very  sharp- 
pointed,  straight  or  nearly  so.  There  is  also  a  glaucous 
form  (A.  glauca);  also  a  weeping  form.  Austral., 
where  it  reaches  a  height  of  200  ft.,  yielding  valuable 
timber  and  resin.  Locally  known  as  Hoop  Pine,  More- 
ton  Bay  Pine,  Colonial  Pine,  Coorong,  Cumburtu, 
Coonam. 

Codkii,  R.  Br.  (A.  columndris,  Hook.).  Branches  dis- 
posed as  in  A.  excelsa,  but  tree  tending  to  shed  the  lower 
ones  :  young  Ivs.  alternate  and  rather  distant,  broad 
and  slightly  decurrent  at  base,  slightly  curved,  mu- 
cronate ;  adult  Ivs.  densely  imbricated,  short  and 
ovate,  obtuse  ;  cones  3-4  in.  in  diam.  and  somewhat 
longer.  New  Caledonia,  where  it  reaches  a  height  of  200 
ft.,  making  very  straight  and  imposing  shafts.  B.M. 
4635.  A.F.  12:  559.  — Named  for  Captain  Cook. 

AA.   Lvs.  broader,  usually  plane  and  imbricated. 

Rulei,  Muell.  Leafy  branchlets  very  long  :  Ivs.  oval- 
elliptic,  imbricated,  plane  or  lightly  concave,  arched  to- 
wards the  branch,  nearly  or  quite  obtuse,  with  a  promi- 
nent dorsal  nerve.  Variable  at  different  ages.  When 
young,  the  branches  are  often  drooping  and  the  Ivs. 
compressed  and  obscurely  4-angled  and  nearly  or  quite 
subulate  (var.  polymorpha,  R.H.  1866,  p.  350.  There  is 
a  var.  compacta).  New  Caledonia.  Reaching  50  ft.  in 
height.  R.H.  1866,  p.  392,  and  plate.  I.H.  22:  204.  The 
figure  in  G.C.  1861:  868,  is  ^4.  Muelleri,  Brongn.  &Gris., 
a  broader-leaved  species. 

Goldieana,  Hort.  Like  A.  Rulei,  and  perhaps  a  form 
of  it  :  Ivs.  in  whorls,  dark  green,  variable  :  branches 
drooping. 

Bid willii,  Hook.  Fig.  133.  Rather  narrow  in  growth, 
especially  with  age,  the  branches  simple  :  Ivs.  in  two 
rows,  lance-ovate  and  very  sharp-pointed,  thick,  firm 
and  shining.  Austral.,  where  it  attains  a  height  of 


131.   Araucaria  excelsa. 
A  ragged  plant,  grown  with  insufficient  room  and  attention. 


-90 


ARALTCARIA 


ARCHONTOPHCENIX 


132.  Araucaria  excelsa  (X  K). 


133.  Araucaria  Bidwillii  (X 


150  ft.,  and  is  known  as  Bunga-bunga.  R.H.  1897,  p. 
500.  G.C.  III.  15:  4(55,  showing  the  pineapple-like  cone. 
—  One  of  the  best  and  handsomest  species  for  pots. 

Braziliana,  A.  Rich.  Branches  verticillate,  somewhat 
inclined,  raised  at  the  ends,  tending  to  disappear  below 

as  the  plant  grows  : 
Ivs.  alternate,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  somewhat 
decurrent,  much  atten- 
uated and  very  sharp - 
pointed,  deep  green, 
loosely  imbricated  : 
cone  large  and  nearly 
globular'.  S.  Braz., 
reaching  a  height  of 
100  ft.  F.S.  21:  2202. 
A.  tlegans,  Hort.,  is 
a  form  with  very 
numerous  branches 
and  more  crowded 
an,d  often  glaucous 
Ivs.  Var.  Bidolfiana, 
Gord.,  is  a  more  robust 
form,  with  larger  and 
longer  Ivs. 

imbricata,  Pav. 
MONKEY  PUZZLE. 
Branches  generally  in 
5's,  at  first  horizontal, 
with  upward-curving 
(sometimes  downward- 
curving)  tips,  but  fi- 
nally becoming  much 
deflexed,  the  If.-shin- 

gled  branchlets  in  opposite  pairs  :  Ivs.  imbricated  and 
persisting,  even  on  the  trunk,  ovate-lanceolate,  very 
stiff  and  leathery  and  sharp-pointed,  an  inch  long  and 
half  as  wide,  bright  green  on  both  sides  :  cone  6-8 
in.  in  diam.  Western  slope  of  the  Andes  in  Chile, 
reaching  a  height  of  100  ft,  F.S.  15:  1577-80.  R.H. 
1893,  p.  153;  1897,  pp.271,  319.  Gt.  44:115.  G.C.  III. 
21:  288  ;  24:  154.  — Hardy  in  the  S.  This  is  the  species 
which  is  grown  in  the  open  in  England  and  Ireland. 

L.  H.  B. 

ARAUJIA  is  treated  under  PJiysianthus. 
ARBORICULTURE.  The  culture  of  trees.  It  is  a 
generic  term,  covering  the  whole  subject  of  the  plant- 
ing and  care  of  trees.  More  specific  terms  are  sylvicul- 
ture, the  planting  of  woods  ;  orchard-culture,  the  plant- 
ing of  orchards  or  fruit  trees. 

ARBUTUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Ericacece.  Trees  or 
:shrubs  :  branches  smooth  and  usually  red  :  Ivs.  ever- 
.green,  alternate,  petiolate  :  fls.  monopetalous,  ovate  or 
globular,  white  to  red,  about  %in.  long,  in  terminal 
panicles  :  fr.  a  globose,  many-seeded  berry,  granulose 
•outside,  mostly  edible.  About  10  species  in  W.  N.  Amer., 
Mediterranean  reg.,  W.  Eu.,  Canary  Isl.  Ornamental 
trees,  with  usually  smooth  red  bark  and  lustrous  ever- 
green foliage,  of  great  decorative  value  for  parks  and 
.gardens  in  warm-temperate  regions ;  especially  beautiful 
when  adorned  with  the  clusters  of  white  fls.  or  bright 
red  berries.  They  grow  best  in  well-drained  soil  in  some- 
what sheltered  positions  not  exposed  to  dry  winds.  Very 
handsome  greenhouse  shrubs,  thriving  well  in  a  sandy 
•compost  of  peat  and  leaf  soil  or  light  loam.  Prop,  -by 
seeds  sown  in  early  spring  or  in  fall,  or  by  cuttings  from 
mature  wood  in  fall,  placed  in  sandy  peat  soil  under 
.glass;  they  root  but  slowly.  Increased  also  by  budding 
•or  grafting,  usually  veneer-grafting,  if  seedlings  of  one 
•of  the  species  can  be  had  for  stock.  Layers  usually 
take  two  years  to  root. 

A.    Panicles  short,  nodding :   Ivs.  usually  serrate. 

Unedo,  Linn.  STRAWBERRY  TREE.  From  8-15  ft.: 
Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  2-3  in.  long, 
glabrous,  green  beneath  :  fls.  white  or  red,  ovate  :  fr. 
scarlet,  warty,  %in.  broad.  Sept.-Dec.  S.  Eu.,  Ireland. 
L.B.C.  2:123.  Var.  integerrima,  Sims.  Lvs.  entire* 
•B.M.  2319.  Var.  rubra,  Ait.,  and  var.  Crodmi,  Hort. 


(Gn.  33,  p.  320),  have  red  fls.  — Very  beautiful  in  autumn 
when  the  tree  bears  its  large,  scarlet  fruits  and  at  the 
same  time  its  white  or  rosy  fls. 

AA.    Particles  erect :   Ivs.  usually  entire. 

Menziesi,  Pursh.  MADRONA.  Occasionally  100 ft.  high: 
trunk  with  dark  reddish  brown  bark  :  Ivs.  rounded  or 
slightly  cordate  at  the  base,  oval  or  oblong,  3-4  in.  long, 
glabrous,  glaucous  beneath  :  fls.  white,  in  5-6  in.  long 
panicles  :  fr.  bright  orange-red,  Kin.  long.  Spring. 
W.  N.  Amer.  B.R.  21:1753,  as  A.  prbcera,  Dougl. 
S. 8.5:231.  P.M.  2:147.  G.-F.  3:515-;  5,  151.  Mn.  3:85. 
—  The  hardiest  and  probably  the  handsomest  species 
of  the  genus  ;  it  stands  many  degrees  of  frost. 

Arizdnica,  Sarg.  (A.  Xalapensis,  var.  Arizonica, 
Gray) ;  Tree,  40-50  ft, :  trunk  with  light  gray  or  nearly 
white  bark  :  Ivs.  usually  cuneate  at  the  base,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  l%-3  in.  long,  glabrous,  pale  beneath  :  fls. 
white,  in  loose,  broad  panicles  2-3  in.  long  :  fr.  globose 
or  oblong,  dark  orange-red.  Spring.  Ariz.  G.F.  4:318. 
S.S.  5:  233.  — The  contrast  between  the  white  bark  of  the 
trunk,  the  red  branches,  and  the  pale  green  foliage 
makes  a  very  pleasant  effect  :  fr.  and  fls.  are  also  very 
decorative. 

A.  Andrdchne,  Linn.  From  10-30  ft.:  Ivs.  oval-oblong,  usu- 
ally entire,  yellowish  green  beneath  :  fls.  yellowish  white  :  fr. 
bright  red.  Greece,  Orient.  B.M.  2024.  B.R.  2:113.— A.andrach- 
noldes,  Link  (A.  Andrachne  X  Unedo.  A.  hybrida,  Ker.  A. 
serratifolia,  Lodd.).  Lvs.  serrate:  panicles  drooping;  fls. 
white.  B.R.  8:619.  L.B.C.6:580.— A.  Canariensis,lAnA\.  Height 
10-30  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  serrate,  glaucous  beneath  : 
panicles  erect ;  fls.  greenish  white.  Canary  Isl.  B.M.  1577. — 
A.  densiflora,  HBK.  Height  20  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong  or  ovate,  ser- 
rate, downy  beneath  :  fls.  white.  Mex.— A.  hybrida,  Ker.  =A. 
arachnoides.— A.  laurifolia,  Hook.=A.  Menziesi.— A.  laurifo- 
lia, Lindl.=  A.  Xalapensis.— A.  mollis,  HBK.  Shrub  or  small 
tree  :  Ivs.  oblong,  serrate,  pubescent  beneath  :  fls.  white,  often 
tinged  greenish  red.  Mex.  B.M.  4595.— A.pilbsa,  Grah.=  Per- 
nettya  pilosa.— A.  procera,  Dougl.=  A.  Menziesi.— A.  serratifo- 
lia, Lodd.,  not  Salisb.=A.  andrachnoides.— A.  Texana,  Buckl. 
=  A.  Xalapensis.— A.  tomentosa,  Pursh.  =  Arctostaphylos  to- 
mentosa.— A.  TJva-Ursi,  Linn.=  Arctostaphylos  Uva-Ursi.— A. 
Xalapensis,  HBK.  (A.  laurifolia,  Lindl.) .  Height  10-20  ft. :  Ivs. 
oval  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  crenately  serrate,  glabrous 
or  downy  beneath  :  fls.  reddish  ;  corolla  abruptly  contracted 
above  the  middle.  Mex.,  Tex.  S.S.  5:232.  B.R.  25:67. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ARBUTUS,  TRAILING.   See  Epigva. 

ARCHANGELICA  (Greek,  chief  angel,  from  fancied 
medicinal  virtues).  Umbelliferce.  A  few  strong-smell- 
ing coarse  herbs  closely  allied  to  Angelica,  but  differing 
in  technical  characters  associated  with  the  oil-tubes  in 
the  fruit. 

officinalis,  Hoffm.  A  European  and  Asian  biennial  or 
perennial,  known  also  as  Angelica  Archangelica.  Stout 
herb,  with  ternately  decompound  Ivs.  and  large  umbels 
of  small  fls.  The  stems  and  ribs  of  the  Ivs.  were  once 
blanched  and  eaten,  after  the  manner  of  celery,  and 
they  are  still  used  in  the  making  of  sweetmeats.  Little 
known  in  this  country,  although  it  is  offered  by  Ameri- 
can dealers.  Its  chief  value  to  us  is  its  large  foliage. 
Seeds  may  be  sown  in  the  fall  as  soon  as  ripe,  or  the 
following  spring. 

ARCHONTOPHCENIX  (Greek,  majestic  phoenix).  Pal- 
mdcece,  tribe  Arecece.  Tall,  spineless  palms,  with  stout, 
solitary,  ringed  caudices  :  Ivs.  terminal,  equally  pin- 
natisect ;  segments  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate  or  bi- 
dentate  at  the  apex,  the  margins  recurved  at  the  base, 
sparsely  scaly  beneath,  the  midnerves  rather  promi- 
nent, nerves  slender  ;  rachis  convex  on  the  back,  the 
upper  surface  strongly  keeled  ;  petiole  channelled 
above,  sparsely  tomentose  ;  sheath  long,  cylindrical, 
deeply  fissured  ;  spadices  short-peduncled,  with  slen- 
der, flexuose,  glabrous,  pendent  branches  and  branch- 
lets  :  spathes  2,  entire,  long,  compressed,  deciduous  : 
bracts  crescent-shaped,  adnate  to  the  spadix  ;  bractlets 
persistent ;  fls.  rather  large  :  fr.  small,  globose-ellip- 
soidal. Species,  2.  Austral.  They  are  beautiful  palms, 
requiring  a  temperate  house.  Prop,  by  seeds.  The 
Seaforthin  elegans  of  gardeners  belongs  here.  For  cult., 
see  Palms. 


ARCHONTOPHCEXIX 


ARDISIA 


91 


A.  Leaf  segments  whitish  underneath. 
Alexandreae,  H.  Wendl.  &  Driule  (Ptychosptrma  Alex- 
dndreee,  F.  Muell.).  Trunk  70-80  ft.:  Ivs.  several  ft. 
long  ;  rachis  very  broad  and  thick,  glabrous  or  slightly 
scurfy;  segments  numerous,  the  longer  ones  1%  ft. 
long,  /^-l  in.  hroad,  acuminate  and  entire  or  slightly 
notched.  grtM-n  ahove,  ashy  glaucous  beneath.  Queens- 
land. F.S.  18:1910. 

AA.    Leaf  segments  green  on  both  sides. 

Cunninghamii,  H.  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Ptychosperma 
Cunnhii/lHtnu'i,  H.  Wendl.).  Trunk  and  general  habit 
like  the  preceding,  but  the  segments  acuminate  and 
entire  or  scarcely  notched.  Queensland  and  N.  S.  W. 
B.M.  4961  as  Seaforthia  elegans. 


AKCTIUM  (from  Greek  word  for  bear,  probably  al- 
luding to  the  shaggy  bur).  Compbsitce.  BURDOCK.  A 
few  coarse  perennials  or  biennials  of  temperate  Eu.  and 
Asia,  some  of  them  widely  distributed  as  weeds.  Invo- 
lucre globular  and  large,  with  hooked  scales,  becoming 
a  bur  :  receptacle  densely  setose  :  pappus  deciduous,  of 
bristles  :  Ivs.  large  and  soft,  whitish  beneath:  plant  not 
prickly  :  fls.  pinkish,  in  summer. 

Lappa,  Linn.  (Ldppa  major,  Gaertn.).  COMMON  BUR- 
DOCK. The  Burdock  is  a  common  and  despised  weed  in 
this  country,  although  it  is  capable  of  making  an  excel- 
lent foliage  mass  and  screen.  In  Japan  it  is  much  cult. 
for  its  root,  which  has  been  greatly  thickened  and  ame- 
liorated, affording  a  popular  vegetable.  It  is  there 
known  as  Gobo  (see  Georgeson,  A.G.  13,  p.  210). 

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS  (Greek,  bear  and  grape).  Erica- 
fete.  MANZANITA.  Shrubs  or  small  trees:  Ivs.  alternate, 
evergreen,  usually  entire,  rarely  deciduous  :  fls.  small, 
urceolate,  mostly'white,  tinged  red,  in  terminal,  often 
panicled  racemes,  in  spring  :  fr.  usually  smooth,  a  red 
berry  or  rather  drupe,  with  1-10  1  -seeded,  separate  or  co- 
herent cells.  About  30  species  in  N.  and  Cent.  Amer., 
2  species  also  in  N.  Eu.  and  N.  Asia.  Handsome  ever- 
green shrubs,  though  generally  with  less  conspicuous  fls. 
and  frs.  than  those  of  the  allied  genus  Arbutus.  Some 
Cent.  Amer.  species,  however,  as  A.arbutoides,  arguta 
and  polifolia  are  beautiful  in  flower,  and  well  worth  a 
place  in  the  greenhouse  or  in  the  garden  in  temperate 
regions  ;  of  the  American  species,  A.  Pringlei,  viscida 
and  bicolor  are  some  of  the  handsomest.  Only  the  trail- 
ing species  are  hardy  north.  For  culture,  see  Arbuttis. 
Includes  Comarostaphylis. 

A.    Trailing  or  creeping  :   Ivs.  %-!%  in.  long  :   fls.  in 
short  and  rather  few-fid,  clusters. 

tTva-tlrsi,  Spreng.  BEARBERRY.  Lvs.  obovate-ob- 
long,  tapering  into  the  petiole,  retuse  or  obtuse  at  the 
apex  :  fls.  small,  about  %in.  long,  white  tinged  with 
red.  Northern  hemisphere,  in  N.  Amer.  south  to  Mex. 
Em.  2:  431.—  Hardy  trailing  evergreen  shrub,  like  the 
following  valuable  for  covering  rocky  slopes  and  sandy 
banks.  Cuttings  from  mature  wood  taken  late  in  sum- 
mer root  readily  under  glass. 

Nevadensis,  Gray.  Lvs.  obovate  or  obovate-lanceolate, 
abruptly  petioled,  acute  or  mucronate  at  the  apex  :  fls. 
in  short-stalked  clusters,  white  or  tinged  with  red. 
Calif.,  in  the  higher  mountains. 

AA.    Erect  shrubs  :   Ivs.  usually  1-2  in.  long  :   fls.  in 
mostly  many-fid,  panicled  racemes. 

B.   Lvs.  glabrous,  rarely  minutely  pubescent. 
c.    Pedicels  glabrous. 

pungens,  HBK.  From  3-10  ft.;  glabrous  or  minutely 
pubescent  :  Ivs.  slender-petioled,  oblong-lanceolate  or 
oblong-elliptic,  acute,  entire,  green  or  glaucescent  :  fls. 
in  short,  umbel-like  clusters  :  fr.  glabrous,  about  Kin. 
broad.  Mex.,  Low.  Calif.  B.R.  30:17.  B.M.  3927. 

Manzanita,  Parry  (A.  pungens,  Authors).  Fig.  134. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  30  ft.  :  Ivs.  ovate,  usually  obtuse 
and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  glabrous,  dull  green  :  fls. 
in  prolonged  panicled  racemes  :  fr.  glabrous,  %-%  in. 
broad.  WT.  N.  Amer.,  from  Ore.  south.  G.F.  4:  571. 


cc.    Pedicels  glandular. 

glauca,  Lindl.  From  8-25  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong  or  orbicular, 
obtuse  and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  glaucescent  or  pale 
green  :  fls.  in  prolonged  panicled  racemes  ;  pedicels 
glandular:  fr.  minutely  glandular.  Calif.  Int.  1891. 

viscida,  Parry.  From  5-15  ft. :  Ivs.  broad  ovate  or  el- 
liptic, abruptly  mucronulate,  acute  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  glaucous  :  tts.  in  slender  and  spreading,  panicled 
racemes  ;  pedicels  viscid  ;  corolla  light  pink  :  fr.  de- 
pressed, about  %in.  broad,  smooth.  Ore.  to  Calif. 


134.  Manzanita.— Arctostaphylos  Manzanita. 

BB.    Lvs.  more  or  less  pubescent  ;  branchlets  mostly 
bristly -hairy. 

tomentosa,  Dougl.  From  2-6  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late or  ovate,  acute,  sometimes  serrulate,  pubescent  be- 
neath, pale  green  :  fls.  in  rather  dense  and  short,  usu- 
ally panicled  racemes  ;  pedicels  short  :  fr.  puberulous, 
glabrous  at  length.  W.  N.  Amer.  B.R.  21:1791.  B.M. 
3320.  — The  hardiest  of  the  erect  species. 

Pringlei,  Parry.  Shrub  :  Ivs.  broad-ovate  or  elliptic, 
usually  abruptly  mucronulate,  pubescent,  sometimes 
glabrous  at  length,  glaucous  :  panicled  racemes  pedun- 
cled,  usually  leafy  at  the  base,  many-fld. ;  slender  pedi- 
cels and  calyx  glandular-pubescent  :  fr.  glandular  his- 
pid. Calif.,  Ariz. 

bicolor,  Gray.  From  3-4  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-oval,  acute  at 
both  ends,  revolute  at  the  margin,  glabrous  and  bright 
green  above,  white-tomentose  beneath  :  fls.  in  nodding, 
rather  dense  racemes  ;  pedicels  and  calyx  tomentose  ; 
corolla  Yz  in.  long,  rose-colored  :  fr.  smooth.  Calif. 

A.alplna,  Spreng.  Prostrate  shrub  :  Ivs.  deciduous,  obovate, 
serrate  :  racemes  few-fld. :  f r.  black.  Arctic  regions  and  moun- 
tains of  northern  hemisphere.— A.  arbutoldes,  Hemsl.  Five  to 
6  ft.;  Ivs.  lanceolate-oblong,  ferrugineously pubescent  beneath: 
panicles  erect,  loose.  Guatem.  B.R.  29:30.— A.  arguta,  Zucc. 
(A.  nitida,  Benth.).  Five  to  6  ft.:  Ivs. oblong-lanceolate,  ser- 
rate, glaiicous  and  glabrous  :  panicles  loose,  erect.  S.  Mex. 
B.R.  31:  32.  B.M.  3904  as  A.  nitida.— A.  California,  Hort.=A. 
Nevadensis.— A.  diversifdlia,  Parry.  Six  to  15  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  or 
narrow-oblong,  acute,  iisually  serrate,  tomentose  beneath  :  ra- 
cemes elongated.  Calif.  Mn.  5:231.— A.  nitida,,  Benth.=A.  ar- 
guta.'— A. polifblia,  HBK.  Height  1-3 ft.:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
glaucous  and  puberulous  beneath:  fls.  red,  in  loose,  erect  ra- 
cemes. Mex.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ARCTOTIS  (Greek  for  bear's  ear,  alluding  to  the 
akene).  Compdsitce.  Herbs  with  long-peduncled  heads 
and  more  or  less  white-woolly  herbage,  of  30  or  more 
African  species :  akenes  grooved,  with  scale-like  pappus : 
involucre  with  numerous  imbricated  scales  :  receptacle 
bristly.  One  species,  treated  as  an  annual,  is  sold  in 
this  country. 

breviscapa,  Thunb.  (A.  leptorhlza,  var.  breviscapa, 
DC.).  Stemless  or  nearly  so  (6  in.  high),  half-hardy,  read- 
ily prop,  from  seeds,  and  to  be  grown  in  a  warm,  sunny 
place.  Lvs.  usually  longer  than  the  scape,  incised-den- 
tate  :  scape  hirsute,  bearing  one  large  fl.  with  dark  cen- 
ter and  orange  rays. 

AEDlSIA  (pointed,  alluding  to  the  stamens  or  corolla 
lobes).  Myrsinaceoz.  Large  genus  of  tropical  trees  and 
shrubs,  with  5-parted  (sometimes  4- or  6-parted)  rotate 
corolla,  5  stamens  attached  to  the  throat  of  the  corolla, 
with  very  large  anthers  and  a  1-seeded  drupe  the  size  of 


92 


ARDISIA 


ARECA 


a  pea.  Lvs.  entire,  dentate  or  crenate,  thick  and  ever- 
green :  fls.  white  or  rose,  usually  in  cymes.  Ardisias 
are  grown  in  hothouses  or  conservatories,  and  bloom 
most  of  the  year. 

There  are  about  a  dozen  Ardisias  in  cultivation  ;  only 
two,  however,  are  grown  in  quantity  in  America,— A. 
crenulata  ( red-berried)  and  A,  Japonica  (white-ber- 
ried). The  former  is  the  more  beautiful  and  valuable. 
It  is  one  of  the  handsomest  berry-bearing  plants,  and  is 
very  popular,  particularly  at  Christmas  time.  The  A. 
Japonica  is  not  nearly  so  showy  nor  handsome  as  A. 
crenulata,  and  for  this  reason  is  not  so  generally  grown. 
Ardisias  are  readily  grown  from  seed,  which  should  be 
sown  in  the  spring  ;  the  seedlings  will  bloom  the  fol- 
lowing spring,  and  the  berries  will  be  Veil  colored  by  the 
next  Christmas.  They  will  thrive  in  almost  any  good 
potting  compost  and  in  a  winter  night  temperature  of 
about  50°.  They  are  most  beautiful  when  about  2  feet 
high,  after  which  they  generally  lose  their  bottom  fo 
liage,  and  present  a  naked  or  "  leggy"  appearance.  When 
they  get  in  this  state  it  is  well  to  root  the  tops  over 
again,  which  may  best  be  done  without  removing  them 
from  the  plant,  by  making  an  incision  in  the  stem  and 
covering  the  wounded  part  with  moss,  which  should  be 
tightly  wrapped  with  string  and  kept  damp  ;  the  moss 
will  be  filled  with  roots  in  about  a  month,  when  the  tops 
may  be  cut  off  and  potted,  thus  obtaining  most  beautiful 
young  plants,  covered  with  foliage  to  the  bottom.  This 
process  will  not  interrupt  the  blooming  at  all;  they  fre- 
quently set  an  abundance  of  buds  while  undergoing  this 
operation.  The  crop  of  berries  on  an  Ardisia  will  re- 
main on  the  plant  for  more  than  a  year,  if  the  plant  be 
grown  in  a  cool  temperature,  say  not  exceeding  50°  at 
night  in  winter.  Two  full  crops  of  ripe  berries  at  one 
time  are  not  unusual.  Ardisias  may  be  propagated  also 
from  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  ;  early  spring  is  the 
best  time  to  strike  them.  The  greatest  insect  enemy  of 
the  Ardisia  is  the  large  brown  scale  ;  frequent  sponging 
of  the  stems  and  Ivs.  with  strong  tobacco  water  is  the 
best  preventive.  Cult,  by  ROBERT  CRAIG. 

A.    Fls.  red  or  rose-colored. 

crenulata,  Lodd.  (A.crendta,  Sims.  A.crispa,Hort.). 
Fig.  135.  As  cult.,  a  compact  and  neat  shrub,  with  lance- 
oblong,  wavy-margined,  alternate  Ivs.  and  drooping 
clusters  of  small  coral-red  frs.  Sweet-scented.  Prob- 


135.   Ardisia  crenulata  (X 


ably  native  to  E.  Ind.  or  China.  B.M.  1950.  L.B.C.  1 :  2. 
Mn.  1:58.  A. P.  13:  558.  — The  commonest  species.  It 
thrives  in  a  conservatory  temperature  (not  lower  than 
45°).  Best  plants  are  obtained  from  seeds.  The  young 
plants  should  be  given  bottom  heat  and  kept  growing 
rapidly.  If  they  become  stunted,  it  is  very  difficult  to 


make  them  into  satisfactory  plants.  Well-grown  plants 
should  bear  fruit  in  a  -year  from  the  seed.  The  seed 
may  be  sown  whenever  ripe.  The  fruits  often  hang  on 
for  a  year  and  more.  Hardy  in  the  South. 

humilis,  Vahl.  Lvs.  lance-oblong,  shining  :  frs.  shin- 
ing black.  India. 

Oliver!,  Mast.  Lvs.  nearly  sessile,  recurved,  oblanceo- 
late  and  acuminate,  6-8  in.  long,  entire  :  fls.  pink,  in 
large,  dense  heads,  like  an  Ixora,  the  limb  rotate,  %in. 
across.  Costa  Rica.  G.C.  II.  8:  681.— Elegant  stove  plant. 

AA.    Fls.  white. 

Jap6nica,  Blume.  Lvs.  short-oblong  or  somewhat  cu- 
neate,  whorled,  serrate  :  fls.  on  red  pedicels  in  drooping 
racemes  :  berries  white.  Dwarf.  Jap.  Probably  hardy 
in  the  North. 

polycephala,  Wall.  Lvs.  bright  green,  red  or  wine- 
colored  when  young,  opposite  :  fr.  black.  E.  Ind. 

AAA.    Fls.  black-dotted. 

Pickeringia,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Glabrous,  5-9  ft. :  Ivs. 
ovate  to  lance-oblong,  entire,  narrowed  to  a  petiole  : 
panicle  many-fld. ;  corolla  lobes  oval  and  becoming  re- 
flexed:  fr.  as  large  as  peas.  E.  Fla.  Int.  1891. 

A.umbelldta  is  offered  in  this  country  as  coming  from  India. 
The  A.  umbellata,  Baker  (of  the  botanists),  is  a  Madagascar 
plant,  and  it  is  doubtful  if  it  is  in  cult,  in  this  country.  Species, 
with  white  fls.  are  A.  acumindta,  Willd.,  B.M.  1678  ;  capitdta, 
Gray;  mamilldta,  "Hance  ;  punctdta,  Roxbg.;  villosa.  Wall. 
Species  with  red  or  reddish  fls.  are  A.  macrocdrpa,  Wall., 
B.M.  6357  ;  panivuldta,  Roxbg.,  B.M.  2364  ;  serruldta,  Swartz  ; 


Wdllichii,  DC. 


L.  H.  B. 


AEfiCA  (from  a  native  name  in  Malabar).  Palmdcew, 
tribe  Arecece.  Spineless  palms,  with  trunks  solitary  or 
cespitose  in  a  ring  :  Ivs.  terminal,  equally  pinnatisect, 
the  segments  lanceolate,  acuminate,  plicate,  with  the 
margins  recurving  at  the  base,  the  upper  one.s  conflu- 
ent and  bifid  or  truncate  and  many-parted  :  rachis  3- 
sided,  convex  on  the  back,  the  upper  face  acute,  the 
base  and  petiole  concave  :  sheath  elongated  ;  spadix 
broad  or  narrow,  the  spreading  branches  at  length  pen- 
dent:  spathes  3  or  many,  papery,  the  lowest  complete, 
the  upper  ones  bract-like  ;  fls.  white  :  fr.  medium  or 
large,  red  or  orange.  Species,  24.  Trop.  Asia,  Malay 
Arch.,  Trop.  Austral,  arid  New  Guinea.  The  name 
Areca  is  one  of  the  most  familiar  of  all  palm  genera, 
but  most  of  the  well-known  species  are  now  referred  to- 
other genera.  A.  lutescens,  the  most  popular  kind,  is. 
Chrysalidocarpus  lutescens.  A.  Catechu  and  A.trian- 
dra  are  both  very  quick  in  germinating.  They  form  very 
ornamental  plants  for  a  moderate  sized  greenhouse. 
For  A.  aurea,  see  Dictyosperma.  For  A.  Madagascar- 
ensis,  see  Dypsis. 

Aliceae,  W.  Hill.  Sts.  several  from  the  same  rhizome, 
9  ft.  or  more  high,  slender:  Ivs.  3-6  ft.  long  ;  segments 
acute,  several  confluent,  especially  at  apex.  Queensland. 

Catechu,  Linn.  BETEL  NUT.  St.  solitary,  40-100  ft. : 
Ivs.  4-6  ft.;  leaflets  numerous,  1-2  ft.,  upper  confluent, 
quite  glabrous  :  fr.  1^-2  in.,  ovoid,  smooth,  orange  or 
scarlet.  Asia  and  Malayan  Islands. 

llsemanni,  Hort.  Resembles  a  red-stemmed  Chrysa- 
lidocarpus :  young  Ivs.  very  dark  red,  becoming  green; 
fronds  slender,  arching,  with  curving  pinnae.  Oceanica. 
A.G.  20:223  (1899). 

triandra,  Roxb.  Trunk  40-50  ft.  high,  1  ft,  thick,  cy- 
lindrical :  fronds  8  ft.  long  ;  segments  with  6  primary 
nerves  about  1  line  apart;  petiole  about  1  ft.  long.  India. 

A.  alba,  Bory.=Dictyosperma  alba.— A.Baueri,  Hook.  f.= 
Rhopalostylis  Baueri.— A.  elegantissima,  Hort.  Trade  name? 
— ^.fwrft/racea,Hort.=Dictyospermafurfuracea.— A.gigantea* 
Hort.=Pinanga  Gernatensis.— A.grdcilis,  Roxb.=Pinanga  gra- 
cilis.— A.  grdcills,  Thou.=Dypsis  pinnatifrons.— A.  grdcilis, 
Giseke=Drymophlceus  appendiculatus.— A.  lutescens,  Bory.= 
Clrysalidocarpus  lutescens. —J..r/iorz.os<ac7i2/a,Mart.=Bacularia 
monostachya.— A.  montdna,  Hort.  Trade  name?— A.  Nibung, 
Griff  .=  Oncosperma  filamentosum.—  A.  olerdcea,  Jacq.=  Oreo- 
doxa  oleracea.— A.pumila,  Blume.=Nenga  Wendlandiana.— A. 
riibra,  Hort.=Dictyosperma  rubra.— A.  riibra,  Bory.=Acantho- 
phcenixrubra.— A.Sanderidna,~H.ort.  Tradename ?  —  A.sapida, 
Soland.=  Rhopalostylis  sapida.  —  A.  speciosa,  Hort.  Trade 
name?  —  A.  tigilldria,  Jack. =  Oncosperma  filamentosa.  —  A. 
Verschaffeltii,  Hort.=Hyophorbe  Verschaffeltii. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 


ARENARIA 


ARGEMONE 


93 


ARENARIA  (arena,  sand,  where  many  of  the  species 
grow).  Caryophylldcta.  Low  herbs,  mostly  with  white 
fls..  usually  forming  mats,  and  suitable  for  rockwork  or 
alpine  gardens.  Only  the  perennial  species  are  com- 
monly cult.  Of  easiest  culture  in  almost  any  soil.  Prop, 
by  uivision  ;  also  by  seeds,  and  rare  species  sometimes 
by  cuttings.  The  species  inhabit  temperate  and  cold 
regions.  The  stamens  are  usually  10  ;  styles  3  or  4  ; 
petals  ~)  as  a  rule,  entire  or  emarginate.  Nearly  200  rec- 
ognized species.  Monogr.  by  F.  N.  Williams,  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  33:326  (1897-8). 

A.   Lrs.  ovate  or  lanceolate. 

Balearica,  Linn.  Very  low  (3  in.  high),  with  small 
ovate  glossy  Ivs.  Balearic  Is.,  Corsica.  — Not  hardy  in 
latitude  of  'New  York  City. 

macrophylla,  Hook.  Sts.  decumbent  and  angled,  pu- 
bescent :  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  elliptic,  mostly  acute  :  pe- 
duncles slender,  1-5-fld.  Lake  Superior  to  the  Pacific. 
Int.  1881. 

A  A.    Lvs.  linear  or  awl-like. 
B.    Sepals  obtuse. 

Groenlandica,  Spreng.  Annual :  very  low,  forming 
mats,  the  decumbent  or  erectish  sts.  bearing  1-5  fls.: 
Ivs.  linear  and  obtuse,  Kin.  or  less  long  :  sepals  and 
petals  blunt,  the  latter  sometimes  notched.  High  alti- 
tudes and  latitudes,  but  coming  to  the  sea  coast  in  parts 
of  N.  Eng.,  and  ranging  down  the  mountains  to  N.  Car. 
Int.  188-1.  —  A  neat  little  alpine. 

grraminifdlia,  Schrad.  A  foot  or  less  high  :  Ivs.  long 
and  filiform,  rough -margined  :  fls.  in  3-forked  loose  pu- 
bescent panicles.  Eu. 

BB.    Sepals  pointed  or  even  awned. 

grandiflora,  Linn.  Variable  :  6  in.  or  less  high  :  Ivs. 
flat-awl-shaped,  3-nerved  and  ciliate  :  fls.  solitary  or  in 
2's  or  3's,  long-stalked.  Eu. 

montana,  Linn.  Smaller:  Ivs.  linear  or  nearly  so:  fls. 
large,  solitary,  very  long-stalked.  S.  W.  Eu. 

v6rna,  Linn.  (Als\ne  verna,  Bartl.).  Dwarf  :  1-3  in. 
<iigh:  Ivs.  linear-subulate,  flat,  strongly  3-nerved,  erect: 
fls.  on  filiform  peduncles,  with  strongly  3-nerved  sepals. 
Eu.  and  Rocky  Mts.  — Excellent  little  rock  plant.  Var. 
caespitdsa,  Hort..  is  a  compact,  leafy  form. 

aculeata,  Wats.  Sts.  4-6  in.  high:  Ivs.  stiff  and  sharp, 
glaucous,  fascicled,  white,  but  often  purple.  W.  Amer. 
Int.  1889. 

Franklinii,  Dougl.  Sts.  3-5  in.  high,  nearly  or  quite 
glabrous  :  Ivs.  in  3-6  pairs,  narrow-subulate,  sharp- 
pointed  :  fls.  in  dense  cymes  at  the  top  of  the  st.  W. 
Amer.  Int.  1881.  „  _ 

L.  H.  r>. 

ARENGA  (derivation  doubtful).  Palmacece,  tribe 
Arecett.  Spineless  palms,  with  the  thick  caudex  clothed 
above  with  dead,  fibrous  leaf-sheaths,  at  length  bearing 
vigorous  shoots.  Lvs.  terminal,  elongated,  unequally 
pinnatisect,  the  linear  or  cuneate  somewhat  petiolate  seg- 
ments praemorse  or  obliquely  divided  at  the  apex  ;  mid- 
veins  prominent ;  nerves  parallel ;  margins  irregularly 
toothed  above  the  middle,  recurved  at  the  base  and  one  or 
the  other  of  them  auricled,  pale  below :  petiole  plano-con- 
vex, with  the  margin  spiny  :  sheaths  short,  reticulate- 
fibrous,  the  margin  crenate  :  spadix  large,  with  short 
reflexed  peduncle  and  elongated,  slender,  pendulous 
branches  ;  spathes  numerous,  attached  to  the  peduncle, 
membranaceous,  deciduous  :  bracts  and  bractlets  broad : 
fls.  brown  or  brownish  green  or  purplish :  fr.  yellow, 
fleshy.  Species  5.  Trop.  Asia,  Malay  Archipelago,  New 
Guinea,  and  Trop.  Austral.  JARED  G>  SMITH. 

Arenga  saccharifera,  in  a  young  state,  is  surpassed  in 
beauty  by  most  palms.  Specimens  eight  to  ten  years 
old,  however,  show  their  characteristics  well,  and  from 
that  period  till  they  begin  to  flower  (which  they  do  from 
the  top  of  the  stem  downwards  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves ) , 
they  are  among  the  most  striking  subjects  for  high  and 
roomy  conservatories.  The  temperature  should  not  be 
allowed  to  fall  below  55°  F.  during  the  coldest  weather. 

G.  W.  OLIVER. 


obtusifAlia,  Mart.  Trunk  20-30  ft.  high,  l-l%ft.  thick: 
fronds  9-13,  12-16  ft.  long  :  petiole  thickly  spiny  :  seg- 
ments l%in.  apart,  2-3  ft.  long,  l%-2  in.  wide,  alternate, 
lanceolate-linear,  unequally  acutely  dentate,  attenuate, 
2-auricled  at  the  base,  the  lower  auricle  the  larger, 
glaucous  beneath  ;  branches  of  the  spadix  short,  lax, 
nodding.  Java. 

saccharifera,  Labill.  Trunk  40  ft.  high  :  petioles 
smooth  :  segments  fasciculate,  in  4's  or  5's,  linear-ensi- 
form,  1-  or  2-auricled  at  the  base,  the  lower  auricle  the 
longer,  2-lobed  or  variously  dentate  at  the  apex,  white 
or  silvery  beneath  ;  branches  of  the  spadix  long,  fas- 
tigiate,  pendulous.  Malaya.  JARED  G  SMITH- 

ARETHtTSA  (the  nymph  Arethusa}.  Orchidacece. 
A  few  species  of  handsome  terrestrial  orchids.  Fl.  gap- 
ing, the  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate  and  nearly  alike, 
arching  over  the  column. 

bulbosa,  Linn.  A  very  pretty  hardy  orchid,  8-10  in., 
with  one  linear,  nerved  If.  and  a  bright  rose-pink  fl.  on 
an  erect  scape,  the  lip  recurved  and  bearded.  Bogs,  N. 
Car.,  N.  and  W.;  not  common.  May,  June.  Mn.  5:141. 
G.W.F.  17.  — Requires  a  moist  and  shady,  cool  situation 
and  open,  porous  soil.  A  shady  nook  on  north  slope  of 
rockery,  where  it  can  be  watered  in  dry  weather,  is  an 
ideal  place.  Prop,  by  the  solid  bulbs. 

J.  B.  KELLER. 

ARETIA.    See  Douglasia. 

ARGEMONE  (fanciful  name).  Papaveracece.  ARGE- 
MONY.  A  few  American  plants,  mostly  herbs,  with  prickly 
sepals  and  pods,  3-6-lobed  stigma,  coarse  often  white- 
spotted  foliage,  and  yellow  juice.  Annuals,  or  cult,  as 
annuals.  Easy  to  manage  from  seeds  sown  where  the 
plants  are  to  stand,  or  transplanted  from  pots.  They 
need  a  light  soil  and  full  sunny  exposure.  Monogr.  by 
Prain,  Journ.  Bot.  33:  207  et  seq. 

A.   Fls.  yellow  or  yellotvisJi. 

Mexicana,  Linn.  (A .  specibsa ,  Hort. ) .  PRICKLY  POPPY. 
Fig.  136.  A  moderately  prickly-stemmed  herb,  1-2  ft. 
high,  sprawling,  glaucous  :  Ivs.  coarsely  sinuate-pin- 


136.   Argemone  Mexicana  (X  %). 

natifid  :  fls.  sessile  or  nearly  so,  the  petals  obovate  and 
an  inch  or  less  long,  orange  or  lemon-colored.  Trop. 
Amer.,  but  naturalized  in  E.  and  S.  states  and  in  the 
Old  World.  B.M.  243. 

Var.  ochroleuca,  Lindl.     Petals   yellowish  white,  and 
style  longer.    Tex.    B.R.  1343. 


94 


ARGEMONE 


ARISARUM 


AA.   Fls.  white  (rarely  purple). 

grandifldra,  Sweet.  Glabrous  and  glaucous,  1-3  ft. 
high,  almost  destitute  of  prickles  :  Ivs.  sinuate-pinnatifid, 
the  lobes  only  weakly  spinescent  :  bracts  scattered  along 
the  fl.  branches:  capsule  valves  scarcely  crested.  S.  W. 
Mex.  B.R.  1264.  L.B.C.  16:1546.  B.M.  3073. 

platyceras,  Link  &  Otto.  Robust,  1^-4  ft.,  very  spiny, 
the  Ivs.  glaucous  ;  Ivs.  sinuate-pinnatifid,  spiny  :  fl.- 
bracts  aggregated  below  the  fls.  :  petals  large  (rarely 
purple)  :  capsule  valves  crested  or  spiny.  Mex.  to  Colo. 

Var.  hispida,  Prain.  (A.  hispida,  Gray).  Petals 
rounded  ;  sepals  and  capsule  densely  prickly  :  plant 
hispid.  Wyo.  and  Ark.,  W.  and  S.  L.  H.  B. 

ARGYREIA  (silvery,  referring  to  the  under  side  of 
the  Ivs.).  Convolvuldcece.  Tender  climbers  from  the 
orient,  allied  to  Ipomoea.  Lvs.  usually  large,  silvery, 
tomentose  or  villous  beneath  :  cymes  usually  few-fid. 
They  require  too  much  room  before  flowering  to  be  popu- 
lar here.  A  .  cuneata  is  one  of  the  dwarf  est  and  most  florif- 
erous  kinds.  Light,  rich  soil.  Prop,  by  cuttings  or  seeds. 

tiliaefdlia.  Wight.  Lvs.  heart-shaped  :  fls.  white  and 
violet.  Prop,  from  seeds.  E.  Ind.-Int.  1890  by  Peter 
Henderson  &  Co. 

ARIA.    See  Sorbus. 


AA.  Leaflets  S. 

triphyllum,  Torr.  JACK-IN-THE-PULPIT.  INDIAN  TUR- 
NIP. Fig.  137.  Usually  dioecious  :  Ivs.  usually  2,  with 
ovate  or  elliptic-ovate  Ifts. :  spadix  club-shaped  and 


(Greek-made  name,  of  no  particular  sig- 
nificance). Arbidew.  About  60  widely  distributed  herbs, 
with  tuberous  roots,  and  a  spathe  rolled  in  or  convolute 
about  the  spadix  below,  and  often  arched  oVer  it  :  fls. 
unisexual,  the  pistillate  on  the  lower  part  of  the  spadix, 
and  each  consisting  of  a  1-loculed  ovary,  and  generally 
ripening  into  a  showy  berry.  Some  species  are  native, 
and  several  of  them  are  hardy  in  the  open  ;  others  are 
cult,  under  cover,  as  recommended  for  Arum  (which  see). 
Monogr.  by  Engler  in  De  Candolle's  Monographic  Pha- 
nerogam arum,  Vol.  2. 

A.  Leaflets  7-11. 

Drac6ntium,   Schott.     DRAGON-ROOT.     Sending  up   a 
solitary  leaf  1-2  ft.  high,  pedately  divided  into  oblong- 


137.  Jack-in-the-Pulvit.  Arisaema  triphyllum  (X 


lanceolate  pointed  Ifts.  :  spadix  long-pointed  and  pro- 
jecting beyond  the  greenish  spathe  :  scape  much  shorter 
than  the  leaf.  Low  grounds  in  E.  Amer.-  Occasionally 
grown  in  borders  and  rockwork. 


138.   Aristolochia  macrophylla. 

covered  by  the  arching  purplish  spathe,  Common  in 
woods.  G.W.F.  28.  D.  281.  — Tuber  or  corm  flattish  and 
large,1  very  acrid,  often  employed  as  a  domestic  remedy. 
Berries  red  and  showy,  ripening  in  early  summer. 
Planted  in  a  moist,  shady  place,  the  Ivs.  remain  until 
fall  ;  but  in  exposed  places  they  die  down  early  in  sum- 
mer. This  and  the  last  are  very  interesting  native 
plants  of  easy  culture,  propagated  by  tubers  and  by 
seeds. 

fimbriatum,  Masters.  FRINGED  CALLA.  Leaf  solitary, 
the  petiole  a  ft.  or  less  high,  sheathed  below  ;  Ifts.  broad- 
ovate  and  acuminate,  short-stalked  :  scape  as  long  as 
the  petiole,  bearing  a  large,  purple-limbed,  white- 
streaked,  long-pointed  spathe  :  spadix  ending  in  a  long 
and  gracefully  drooping,  feather-like  appendage.  E. 
Ind.  G.C.  11.22:689;  III.  15:763.  B.M.  7150.  Mn.8:59. 
—A  handsome  and  striking  pot-plant,  blooming  in  sum- 
mer. Grow  in  rich  soil.  Dry  off  the  tuber  when  the  Ivs. 
turn  yellow  after  flowering,  and  keep  dry  in  sand  or 
earth  until  spring. 

Other  species  are:  A.  anomalum,  Hemsl.  Lfts.  3,  broad-ovate, 
acuminate  :  spathe  small,  purplish  and  streaked,  arching  over 
the  short  spadix  :  suggests  A.  triphyllum.  Malacca.  B.M.  7211. 
—A.  conclnnum,  Schott.  Leaf  solitary,  with  10  or  more  Ifts.: 
spathe  colored,  tailed.  India.  B.M. 5914.— A.curvatum,  Hook. 
=A.  tortuosum.— A.  galeatum,  N.  E.  Br.  Leaf  solitary,  with  3- 
Ifts.:  spathe  purple  inside.  India.  B.M. 6457.— A.  Griffithii, 
Schott.  Lvs.  2,  Ifts.  3,  nearly  orbicular  :  spathe  very  large,  with 
a  spreading  and  wrinkled  limb  several  inches  broad,  and  rich 
purple  with  green  veins.  India.  B.M.  6491.  One  of  the  hand- 
somest of  all  Arissemas.— A.  nepentholdes,  Mort.  Leaf  pedate, 
of  5 narrow  Ifts.:  spathe auricled.  India.  B.M.  6446.— A. ringens, 
Schott.  Lfts.  3,  ovate,  acuminate  :  spathe  purple,  arched.  Japan. 
Perhaps  hardy  in  the  open.  Gn.  37,  p.  577.— A.  Sieboldii,  De 
Vriese.=A.  ringens.— A.specibsiim,  Mort.  Lfts.  3  :  spathe  large 
and  very  dark  purple  ;  spadix  with  a  very  long,  string-like  tip. 
India.  Gn.  37:  758.  B.M.  5964.— A.  tortuosum,  Schott.  Lvs.  usu- 
ally 2,  with  several  or  many  Ifts.:  spathe  purple  outside  :  spa- 
dix long-tailed  but  erectish,  greenish.  India.  B.M.  5931  (as  A. 
curvatum).— A.  utile,  Hook.  Lvs.  2,  with 3  crenate  Ifts. :  spathe 
reddish,  green-ribbed  :  spadix  purple  :  tubers  eaten  by  natives 
in  India.  B.M.  6474.— A.  Wrayi,  Hemsl.  Leaf  solitary,  pedate, 
the  Ifts.  lanceolate  :  spathe  green  or  whitish  :  spadix  slender, 
recurved.  India.  B.M.  7105.— Except  A.  ringens,  probably  all 
the  above  species  require  pot  cult,  in  the  N.  L  jj<  3^ 

ARISARUM  (old  Greek  name).  Aroidece.  Three  or 
four  variable  species  of  Arum-like  plants  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region.  Differs  from  Arisaema,  its  nearest 
ally,  in  having  the  margins  of  the  spathe  connate  rather 
than  convolute,  and  in  other  technical  characters.  For 
culture,  see  Ariscema  and  Arum. 


ARISARUM 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


95 


vulgare,  Targ.  (Arum  Arisarum.  Linn.).  A  foot 
high  :  Ivs.  cordate  or  somewhat  hastate,  long-stalked  : 
spathe  purple,  incurved  at  the  top.  — Has  many  forms 
and  many  names.  Can  be  grown  in  the  open  with  pro- 
tection. 

ARISTOLOCHIA  (named  for  supposed  medicinal  vir- 
tues). Aristolochidcece.  BIRTHWORT.  Many  species  of 
tropical  and  temperate  regions, 
remarkable  for  the  very  odd- 
shaped  fls.  The  corolla  is  want- 
ing, but  the  calyx  is  corolla-like, 
tubular,  variously  bent,  and  com- 
monly tumid  above  the  ovary  ; 
stamens  commonly  (!,  short  and 
adnate  to  the  style  (Fig.  140). 
Mostly  woody  twiners,  the  great- 
er part  of  them  known  to  cult, 
only  in  warm  glass-houses.  Many 
species  are  evergreen.  The  ten- 
der species  are  cult,  for  the  strik- 
ingly irregular  and  grotesque  fls. 
Monogr.  by  Duchartre  in  De- 
Candolle's  Prodromus,  Vol.  15, 
Part  1(1864).  L.  H.  B. 


139.   Flower  of  Dutchman's  Pipe,  Aristolochia  macrophylla. 

Sliowing  the  ovary  at  a, 
and  the  swelling  of  the  calyx-tube  at  b.    Natural  size. 

The  best  known  representative  of  this  genus  is  Aris- 
tolochia macrophylla  (or  A.  Sipho),  the  "Dutchman's 
Pipe,"  than  which  there  is  no  better  hardy  climbing  vine 
for  shade  or  screen  purposes.  No  insects  or  other  trou- 
bles seem  to  mar  its  deep  green  foliage,  for  which  it  is 
most  valued,  as  the  fls.  are  small,  siphon- shaped,  and 
inconspicuous,  in  early  spring  soon  after  the  Ivs.  are 
formed.  There  are  many  tropical  Aristolochias,  the  fls. 
of  some  of  them  being  of  extraordinary  size,  structure, 
and  odor,  but  they  are  rarely  seen  on  account  of  the  last 
characteristic,  the  odor  being  so  suggestive  of  putridity 
as  to  make  its  proximity  apparent  to  all,  and  even  to 
deceive  the  flies  as  to  its  origin.  One  of  the  most  gi- 
gantic varieties  is  A.  grandiflora,  var.  Sturtevantii. 
Another  fine  species  is  A.  Goldieana  ;  but  the  best  of 
the  tropical  kinds  for  general  culture  in  glass  structures 
is  A.  elegans,  as  it  is  very  easily  raised  from  home- 
grown seeds,  flowers  the  first  year,  is  very  decorative 
as  a  climber,  and  has  no  odor.  We  find  it  very  easy  of 
culture  in  rich  soil,  and  it  is  evergreen,  as,  indeed,  are 
most  of  the  tropical  kinds.  The  Aristolochias  are  of  easy 
culture,  requiring  only  good  loam  and  careful  attention 
to  keep  them  thrifty  and  free  of  insects.  They  can  be 
trained  on  trellises,  pillars,  or  rafters.  Most  of  them 
require  a  rather  warm  temperature,  but  if  in  pots  they 
may  be  flowered  in  the  conservatory.  The  large-growing 
species  require  much  room,  and  do  not  bloom,  as  a  rule, 
until  they  are  several  feet  high.  Prop,  readily  by  cut- 
tings in  a  frame.  Except  as  oddities,  most  of  the  Aristo- 

*ias  are  of  little  value.  ^  fey  £   Q   QRPET 

A.    Herbs,  not  climbing. 

Serpentaria,  Linn.  VIRGINIA  SNAKEROOT.  Height  3 
ft.  or  less  :  pubescent,  with  short  rootstocks  and  aro- 
matic roots  :  Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  cordate,  acuminate 


at  the  top  :  fls.  terminal,  solitary,  S-shaped,  much  en- 
larged above  the  ovary,  greenish.  E.  states.  — Occasion- 
ally cult.  Roots  used  in  medicine.  Reputed  remedy  for 
snake  bites. 

Clematitis,  Linn.  Two  ft.  or  less  tall,  glabrous  :  Ivs. 
reniform-pointed,  ciliate  on  the  margins  :  fls-  axillary 
and  clustered,  straight,  greenish.  Eu.  — Rarely  cult., 
and  occasionally  escaped. 

AA.     Woody,  twining. 
B.    Cultivated  in  the  open. 

macrophylla,  Lam.  (A.  Sipho,  L'Her).  DUTCHMAN'S 
PIPE.  Figs.  138,  139,  140.  Very  tall,  twining,  glabrous  : 
Ivs.  very  large,  broadly  reniform  or  rounded,  becoming 
glabrous  :  fls.  solitary  or  2  or  3  together  in  the  axils, 
U-shaped,  enlarged  above  the  ovary,  with  a  3-lobed, 
spreading  limb,  purplish.  E.  states.  B.M.  534.  G.W.P. 
43.  Gng.  1:53.  G.F.  5:509  ( habit). -Au  excellent  vine 
for  porches,  the  great  Ivs.  affording  a  dense  shade. 

tomentdsa,  Sims.  Much  like  the  last,  but  very  tomen- 
tose  :  Ivs.  less  rounded  :  fl.  yellow,  with  reflexed  lobes. 
N.  Car.  to  Mo.  and  S.  B.M.  1369. 

Californica,  Torr.  Silky  pubescent,  6-10  ft. :  Jvs.  ovate- 
cordate,  2-4  in.  long,  obtuse  or  acutish,  short-petioled : 
fls.  U-shaped,  little  contracted  at  the  throat,  the  limb 
2-lobed,  with  the  upper  lip  of  2  broad,  obtuse  lobes  and 
a  thickening  on  the  inner  side.  Calif. 

BB.    Greenhouse  or  warm  house. 
G.    flower-limb  of  2  narrow  lobes. 
ridicula,  N.  E.  Br.    Very  slender,  stiff-hairy  through- 
out :    Ivs.   round -reniform,   cordate  :    fls.  axillary  and 
solitary,  2  in.  long  aside  from  the  limb,  with  a  long  sac 
at  the  base  of  the  tube,  pale  yellow  with  dull  purple 
veining  ;  limb  of  two  spreading,  deflexed,  narrow  lobesr 
glandular,   reminding   one   of   donkeys'  ears.     Brazil. 
B.M.  6934.    G.C.  II.  26:361. 

cc.  Flower-limb  ample  and  flowing. 
cymbifera,  Mart.  &  Zucc.  (A.  labiosa,  Sims).  Gla- 
brous :  st.  striate  :  Ivs.  reniform,  obtuse  and  deeply  cut 
at  the  base,  pedately  7-9-nerved,  long  stalked  :  fls.  long- 
stalked,  8-10  in.  long,  strongly  2-lipped  ;  the  upper  lip 
short  and  lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate  ;  the  lower  lip 
(which,  by  position  of  fl.  may  seem  to  be  the  upper)  very 
large,  dilated  at  base,  and  produced  into  a  long,  boat- 


140.   Longitudinal  section  of  flower  of 

Dutchman's  Pipe. 
Showing  the  ovary,  and  short  column  of  stamens  at  g. 


96 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


ARIZONA 


shaped  (whence  the  name,  from  cymba,  a  boat)  usually 
2-lobed  projection  :  H.  creamy  white,  marked  and 
blotched  with  maroon.  Brazil.  B.M.  2545.  P.M.  6:  53 
as  A.  "hyperborea,  Paxt. 

Brasiliensis,  Mart.  &  Zucc.(A.ornittioc6phala,  Hook.). 
Glabrous :  Ivs.  cordate-reniform,  obtuse,  with  deep  sinus 
at  base  :  peduncle  8-10  in.  long,  1-fld. :  fl.  very  large, 
dingy  yellow,  with  marks  and  reticulations  of  purple, 
the  limb  strongly  2-lipped  ;  upper  lip  5  in.  long,  lan- 
ceolate-acuminate, projecting  from  the  inflated  head- 
like  tube  like  the  long  beak  of  a  bird,  hairy  within  ; 
lower  lip  on  a  stalk  2  in.  long,  then  expanding  into  a 
flattened,  wavy,  beautifully  marked  limb  4-6  in.  across. 
Brazil.  B.M.  4120.  Gn.  "  \ 

45,  p.  289.— A  most  odd 
and  interesting  species, 
not  infrequent  in  fine 
establishments. 

grandif lora,    S  w  a  r  t  z 
( A.glgas,  Lindl.).  PEL- 
ICAN -  FLOWER.     GOOSE- 
FLOWER.  Fig.141.  Downy 
climbing      shrub  :     Ivs. 
cordate-acuminate  ;    pe- 
duncles   opposite   a  leaf,    stri- 
ate,  exceeding  the  petiole, 1-fld. ; 
the  fl.-bud  is  "  bent  like  a  siphon 
in  the  tube,  so  as  to  resemble 
the   body   and  neck  of  a  bird, 
while  the  limb,  in  that  state, 
resembles  the  head   and  beak 
thrown  back  upon  the  body,  as 
a  pelican  when  that  bird  is  at 
rest,  whence  the  name"  (Hook, 
in  B.M.  vol.  74) :  the  great   ex- 
panded cordate-ovate  limb  sev- 
eral inches   across,   wavy-mar- 
gined,    purple  -  blotched      and 
veined,  terminating   in  a  long 
and  slender  ciliated  tail :  strong- 
scented.    W.  Ind.,  Cent,  and  8. 
Amer.  B.M.  4368-9.  B.R.  28:60. 
K  S.   4:351-2.      G.  P.  3:597-9. 
A.F.   10:157.    G.C.  III.  19:  73. 

Gng.  3: 23.  Gn.  50:  378.  Var.  Sturtevantii,  W.  Wat- 
son, is  the  form  chiefly  known  in  cult.,  being  very 
large-fld.,  and  with  a  tail  3  ft.  long.  Var.  Hodkeri, 
Duchartre  (A.  gigantea,  Hook.),  is  glabrous,  in- 
odorous, with  a  short-tailed  fl.  B.M.  4221. 

Goldieana,  Hook.  Glabrous  :  Ivs.  ovate-cordate  or 
triangular-cordate,  acuminate,  the  base  deeply  cut: 
fls.  very  large,  greenish  outside  but  brown-veined 
and  blotched  inside,  the  lower  part  of  the  tube 
straightish  and  8  in.  long,  the  upper  part  sharply 
bent  over  and  a  foot  long,  with  a  funnel-shaped, 
spreading  limb  a  foot  or  more  across,  and  indis- 
tinctly 3-lobed,  each  lobe  terminated  by  a  short  tail : 
stamens  24.  W.  Afr.  B.M.  5672.  G.C.  III.  7:521  ; 
21:337.  G.M.  1890:286. 

elegans,  Masters.  Slender,  glabrous,  the  fls.  borne  on 
the  pendulous  young  wood:  Ivs.  long-stalked,  reniform- 
cordate,  2-3  in.  across,  with  wide  sinus  and  rounded  ba- 
sal lobes,  the  tip  obtuse  :  fls.  solitary,  long-stalked,  the 
tube  yellow-green,  1%  in.  long,  the  limb  cordate-circu- 
lar, 3  in.  across,  purple  and  white  blotched,  white  on  the 
exterior,  the  eye  yellow  :  not  strong-smelling.  Braz. 
G.C.  II.  24:301;  111.22:123.  B.M.  6909.-A  small-fid, 
and  graceful,  free-blooming  species. 

A.  altissima,  Desf.  Fls.  2  in.  or  less  long,  brownish.  Sicily 
and  Algeria.  Would  probably  be  hardy  with  protection  in  the 
Middle  states.  B.M.  6586.— A.  anguitida,  Jacq.  Lvs.  long-cor- 
date :  fls.  small,  1-2  in.  long,  with  a  long-pointed  limb.  New 
Granada.  B.M.  4361.  F.S.  4:  344.— A.  barbtita,  Jacq.  Lvs.  ob- 
long and  cordate  :  fls.  2%  in.,  purple.  Venezuela.  B.M.  5869.— 
A.  cauddta,  Booth=A.  macroura.— A.  cilidta,  Hook.,  and  A. 
cilibsa,  Benth.=A.  fimbriata.— A.  clypedta,  Lindl.  &  Andre. 
Lvs.  triangular-ovate,  pointed  :  fls.  with  a  large,  oval,  purple- 
spotted,  tailless  limb.  S.  Amer.  I.H.17:40.  B.M.  7512.-A. 
Duchdrtrei,  Andre=A.  Ruiziana.— A.  fimbriata,  Cham.  Lvs. 
small,  cordate-orbicular  :  fls.  small,  the  little  limb  glandular- 
ciliate.  Braz.  B.M.  3756  (as  A.ciliala).— A.  Mans,  Willd.  Lvs. 
ro\ind-cordate  :  fls.  bronze-green,  with  lobed  limb  and  a  hairy 
beak.  Venezuela.  B.M.  7073.  Allied  to  A.  Brasiliensis.—  A. 
Kcempferi,  Willd.  Tall-climbing  :  Ivs.  ovate-cordate  or  hastate, 


variable  :  fls.  solitary,  tomentose,  with  narrow  rim,  yellow  out- 
side, purple  inside.  Jap.  Probably  hardy  in  the  N.— A.  longi- 
cauddta,  Masters  Lvs.  ovate  and  cordate  :  tis.  cream-colored, 
with  purple  markings,  with  a  large  sac-like  tube,  hairy  at  the 
throat,  with  no  expanded  limb  but  a  very  long  tail.  S.  Amer. 
G.C.  III.  8:  493.— A.  longifblia.  Champ.  Branches  climbing, 
from  a  woody  rootstock  :  Ivs.  thick,  linear-lanceolate  :  fls. 
U-shaped,  with  a  2-lobed  purple  limb  2%  in.  across.  Hong 
Kong.  B.M.  6884.— A.  macroura,  Gomez.  Lvs.  reniform,  lobed: 
fl.  dark,  6-spurred,  the  lip  with  a  twisted  cusp.  Braz.  B.M. 
3769  (as  A.  caudata).— A.  oduratissima,  Linn.  Lvs.  cordate- 
ovate:  fl.  solitary,  purple,  sweet.  Jamaica.— A.  ringens,  Vahl. 
Lvs.  round-reniform  :  fl.  7-10  in.  long,  green  marked  with  dark 
purple,  hairy  inside,  with  2  long  lips,  one  of  which  has  a  much- 
expanded  limb.  Braz.  B.M.  5700.— A.  Ruiziana,  Duchartre. 
Lvs.  reniform  -  cordate  :  fls.  with 
tube  1  in.  or  less  long,  the  cordate- 
ovate  limb  3  in.  across,  and  brown- 
spotted.  Braz.  B.M.  5880  and  G.C. 
1868:516  (as  A.  Duchartrei).—  A. 
saccdta,  Wall.  Lvs.  long-ovate  :  fls. 
small,  U-shaped, with  a  very  narrow 
rim  (suggesting  the  Dutchman's 
Pipe),  red.  India.  B.M.  3640.— A. 
Sdlpinx,  Musters.  Lvs.  ovate-lan- 
ceolate :  fls.  small,  with  a  trumpet- 
shaped,  somewhat  2-lipped  mouth, 
purplish.  Paraguay.  G.C.  II.  26: 
457.— A.  tricawddta,  Lem.  Lvs.  ob- 
long -  acuminate,  rugose,  ciliate  : 
fls.  purple,  with  3  long  tails.  Mex. 
I.H.  14:  522.  R.B.  20:  37.  B.M.  6067. 
—A.  ungulifolia,  Masters.  Lvs. 
3-lobed :  fls.  small,  brownish  and 
reddish,  with  a  ciliate,  tongue-like 
lip.  Borneo.  G.C.  II.  14: 117.  B.M. 
7424.— A.Westtandii,  Hemsley.  Lvs. 
oblong  -  lanceolate  :  fl.  pendulous, 
with  a  spreading  purple  -  marked 
limb  5  or  6  in.  across.  China.  B.M. 
7011-  L.  H.  B. 

ARISTOTfiLIA  (after  the  Greek  philosopher 
Aristotle).  Tiliacece.  Trees  and  shrubs  from 
the  southern  hemisphere,  allied  to  Elseocarpus. 
Lvs.  nearly  opposite,  entire  or  toothed  :  fls. 
polygamous;  sepals  4-5,  valvate;  petals  of  the 
same  number  :  berries  small,  edible. 

racemdsa,  Hook.  f.  Small  tree,  20  ft.  :  Ivs.  glossy: 
fls.  white.  New  Zeal.  Cultivated  somewhat  in  south- 
ern California. 

ARIZONA.  In  no  part  of  Arizona,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  occasional  areas  of  a  tew  acres  in  extent 
on  the  high  mountains,  is  there  sufficient  rainfall  to 
grow  horticultural  plants  without  irrigation.  The 
rivers  of  Arizona  available  for  irrigation  on  an  ex- 
tended scale  are  confined  to  the  southern  half  of  the 
territory.  All  of  northern  Arizona  is  drained  by  the 
Colorado  River  and  its  tributaries,  but  here  the  river 
lies  at  the  bottom  of  a  deep  canon,  and  is  practically 
valueless  in  its  application  to  horticulture.  All  of 
this  region  has  very  limited  possibilities  from  a 
horticultural  standpoint,  the  flow  of  the  few  avail- 
able streams  being  small  and  very  uncertain.  On 
the  many  mountain  ranges  of  Arizona,  at  an  ele- 
vation varying  from  five  thousand  to  eight  thousand 
feet,  are  isolated  areas  of  limited  extent  where  crops  of 
great  variety  are  grown  without  irrigation.  Although 
these  areas  are  utilized  largely  for  growing  hay,  grain 
and  hardy  vegetables,  some  of  the  best  flavored  and 
choicest  apples,  peaches  and  small  fruit  grown  in  the 
territory  are  from  these  mountain  "garden  patches." 
The  mountains  at  every  side  temper  the  climate,  offer 
protection  from  winds,  and  make  them  almost  ideal 
localities  for  the  growing  of  a  great  variety  of  deciduous 
and  small  fruits,  as  well  as  many  sorts  of  vegetables. 
Although  these  isolated,  restricted  areas  are  worthy  of 
consideration,  it  is  only  in  the  valleys  of  southern  Ari- 
zona having  rivers  of  considerable  size  and  regularity 
in  their  flow  that  large  areas  of  land  are  available  for 
cultivation.  The  shaded  areas  on  the  map  (Fig.  142) 
show  the  leading  horticultural  areas  thus  far  developed. 
One  cannot  get  an  adequate  conception  of  the  prob- 
lems confronting  the  horticulturist  in  this  region  with- 
out first  carefully  considering  the  meteorological  condi- 
tions of  this,  the  most  arid,  the  most  desert-like  part 
of  the  United  States.  At  Phreuix  and  Yuma,  two  repre- 


ARIZONA 


ARIZONA 


97 


sentative  localities  of  southern  Arizona,  having  the 
greatest  horticultural  possibilities,  the  average  yearly 
rainfall  is  only  7  inches  for  the  former  and  3  for  the 
latter.  In  general,  the  precipitation  is  during  two  dis- 
tinct seasons.  The  heaviest,  or  summer  rains,  begin 
about  the  first  of  July  and  increase  in  frequency  until 
August,  the  month  of  greatest  precipitation  during  the 
year.  The  winter  rains  are  at  their  maximum  in  Decem- 
ber. With  the  exception  of  infrequent  intervals  during 
the  rainy  season,  dews  are  unknown  and  fogs  are  of  rare 
occurrence.  On  the  other  hand,  from  experiments  con- 
ducted at  Tucson,  the  evaporation  is  about  78  inches  per 
year,  reaching  the  maximum  of  11  to  nearly  13  inches 
during  the  month  of  June. 

At  Phoenix  the  mean  temperature  may  range  from  32.2° 
to66°F.  in  Jan.  It  steadily  increases  till  July,  when  it  may 
range  from  72°  to  107°.  It  then  steadily  declines  until 
the  next  Jan.  The  corresponding  ranges  at  Yuma  are 
42°-65°  for  Jan.,  and  77°  to  106°  for  July.  The  variation 


>^ L 

142.  Arizona. 

The  shaded  parts  show  horticultural  sections. 

There  is  also  a  horticultural  section  about  Yuma. 

in  temperature  from  day  to  night  is  frequently,  in  sum- 
mer, from  25°  to  40°F.,  while  in  winter  it  is  even  greater. 
The  annual  range,  however,  is  not  so  great  as  it  is  in  the 
northern  states. 

The  intense  heat  and  dryness  of  the  atmosphere,  with 
continuous  sunshine  and  frequent  scorching  winds,  not 
only  draw  the  moisture  in  wonderful  rapidity  from  irri- 
gated fields,  but  the  foliaee  of  cultivated  plants,  save 
those  with  firm  leaves,  protected  by  thick  epidermis,  are 
overtaxed  at  times,  and  not  infrequently  the  leaves 
wither  and  burn,  even  when  the  roots  of  the  plants  are 
well  supplied  with  water.  In  some  instances  the  differ- 
ence of  a  few  days  in  time  of  irrigating  makes  or  loses 
the  crop.  At  times,  flooding  at  midday  is  disastrous, 
destroying  the  plants  as  effectually  as  if  swept  by  fire. 
The  temperature  of  water  in  irrigating  ditches  in  mid- 
summer often  ranges  from  85°  to  92°F. 

The  rivers  of  Arizona  draw  their  moisture  from  the 
wooded  mountains,  but  as  these  mountains  are  snow- 
covered  only  during  winter  and  early  spring,  as  the  sum- 
mer advances  their  supply  gradually  becomes  less  and 
less  until  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season.  Conse- 
quently the  cultivation  of  all  crops  must  lead  toward 
great  economy  in  the  use  of  water  during  the  months  of 
May  and  June.  All  crops  sown  broadcast  or  in  narrow 
drills  are  irrigated  by  flooding, while  orchards,vineyards 


and  crops  grown  in  rows  are  usually  irrigated  by  running 
the  water  through  furrows.  In  either  system  it  is  impera- 
tive that  the  land  be  graded  and  thoroughly  worked,  in 
order  to  attain  the  best  results  in  the  distribution  of  water. 
The  desert  lands  of  Arizona,  in  their  virgin  state,  are 
seldom  suited  for  orchards,  vineyards,  gardening,  etc. 
It  is  expedient  to  grow  alfalfa  for  a  few  years  before  at- 
tempting to  produce  horticultural  crops.  Usually  the 
virgin  soil  is  deficient  in  humus  and  nitrogen,  constitu- 
ents which  are  most  economically  supplied  by  growing 
alfalfa.  Many  orchards  and  vineyards  have  failed  in 
Arizona  on  account  of  being  planted  on  virgin  soil. 

Market-gardening  in  Arizona  is  largely  in  the  hands 
of  the  Chinese,  who  practice  high  culture,  and  keep  their 
lands  in  a  continual  succession  of  crops.  Cabbage  and 
cauliflower  must  be  grown  as  winter  crops.  For  years 
it  was  thought  that  corn  could  not  be  successfully  grown 
in  southern  Arizona.  When  planted  in  the  spring,  the 
excessive  heat  and  dryness  of  June  renders  the  pollen 
impotent,  and  a  well-developed  cob  bearing  a  few  scat- 
tered kernels  of  corn  is  the  result.  Experience  has  re- 
cently taught  that  most  excellent,  well  filled  corn  may  be 
grown,  if  planted  in  July  and  pollenized  at  the  end  of 
the  rainy  season. 

Artificial  fertilizers  are  seldom  used  in  Arizona.  In 
preparing  the  soil  for  nearly  all  vegetables,  both  in  ama- 
teur and  commercial  methods  of  culture,  it  is  thrown 
into  high  ridges  and  the  seed  sown  in  hills  or  drills  on 
either  side  of  the  ridge  a  few  inches  below  the  summit. 
In  irrigating,  the  water  is  run  between  the  ridges,  so  that 
it  reaches  the  hills  or  drills  without  covering  them,  and 
is  allowed  to  run  for  a  greater  or  less  length  of  time,  de- 
pending upon  the  ability  of  the  soil  to  take  water.  In 
many  of  the  heavier  adobe  soils  it  is  necessary,  when 
planting  melon  and  many  other  seeds,  to  cover  them  with 
sand.  If  the  adobe  soil  of  the  field  is  used  as  a  cover,  it 
bakes  so  hard  that  the  germinating  seeds  are  unable  to 
make  their  way  to  the  surface.  Beets,  and  occasionally 
other  vegetables,  when  planted  on  an  extended  scale,  are 
sown  in  drills  without  ridging  the  soil.  After  planting, 
furrows  are  made  between  the  rows  in  which  to  run  the 
water,  it  being  imperative  that  the  water  be  not  allowed 
to  break  through  the  furrows  and  flood  the  crop. 

In  fruit-culture,  the  important  principle  is  practically 
the  same  for  all  fruit,  it  being  essential  to  fill  the  ground 
with  water  during  the  winter  season,  when  the  ditches 
are  running  full,  and  by  thorough  tillage  during  spring 
and  early  summer  to  retain  the  moisture,  to  fortify  the 
plants  against  the  lack  of  water  in  May  and  June. 
Orchards  and  vineyards  may  be  flooded  several  times 
during  the  winter,  or  the  same  or  better  results  may  be 
obtained  by  making  furrows  at  a  distance  of  every *4  to 
6  feet  throughout  the  orchard,  and  running  a  subsoil  plow 
in  the  furrows  to  loosen  and  break  up  the  soil  to  consider- 
able depth.  When  so  prepared,  the  soil  will  take  water 
with  great  avidity,  and  if  the  process  be  repeated  two  or 
three  times  during  the  winter,  water  required  for  subse- 
quent culture  will  be  much  lessened. 

In  orchards  and  vineyards,  frequent  irrigation  with 
little  water  is  expensive  and  results  are  unsatisfac- 
tory. The  ground  should  be  thoroughly  wet  through- 
out, even  between  the  rows,  and  as  soon  as  practicable 
after  irrigating,  tilled  and  later  leveled  by  using  a 
fine-toothed  harrow.  This  process  will  leave  a  mulch  of 
loose  earth  a  few  inches  in  thickness  over  the  moist  soil, 
and  assist  greatly  in  retention  of  moisture.  When  neces- 
sary to  improve  the  condition  of  the  soil  by  adding  plant 
food,  it  is  most  economically  and  satisfactorily  accom- 
plished by  green-manuring,  growing  the  crop  during  the 
fall  and  winter  and  turning  it  under  in  the  spring. 

Great  variation  in  temperature  during  February  and 
March  is  very  disastrous  to  successful  fruit  and  nut  cul- 
ture in  southern,  Arizona.  Almonds  begin  to  bloom  in 
February,  and  are  followed  in  succession  by  apricots  and 
peaches,  all  of  which  are  likely  to  be  injured  by  spring 
frosts. 

In  humid  regions,  methods  of  pruning  tend  toward 
thinning  out  the  center  of  the  tree,  so  that  the  sun  may 
reach  the  fruit  spurs  within.  In  Arizona  fruit  trees  are 
usually  headed  low,  in  order  that  the  trunk  be  shaded. 
Deciduous  trees  are  usually  cut  back  annually,  throwing 
the  fruit  spurs  toward  the  center  of  the  tree,  that  as 
much  as  possible  of  the  developing  fruit  be  shaded  by 


98 


ARIZONA 


ARKANSAS 


the  foliage.  Citrous,  olive  and  fig  trees  are  rarely  if  ever 
pruned,  and  grapes  are  usually  cut  back  to  two  or  three 
buds  Among  small  fruits,  strawberries,  although  pro- 
ducing the  larger  part  of  their  crop  during  April  or 
May,  ripen  fruit  every  month  of  the  year. 

The  following  is  a  brief  list  of  the  best  and  most  prof- 
itable commercial  varieties  of  the  more  important  fruits 
and  nuts  grown  in  the  irrigated  regions.  The  list  is 
compiled  from  the  answers  to  a  circular  letter  sent  to 
60  of  the  largest  fruit-growers  in  southern  Arizona  : 

Almonds.— He  Plus  Ultra,  IXL. 

Apples,  early.— Early  Harvest,  Early  Strawberry,  Red  Astra- 

chan. 

Apples,  late.— White  Pearmain,  Ben  Davis. 
Apricots,  early.— Bennet's  Early,  New  Castle,  Peach,  Pringle. 
Apricots,  late.— Moorpark,  Royal,  Smith's  Triumph,  St.  Ain- 

broise. 

Blackberries.— Lawton's  Early,  Crandall's  Early,  Early  Har- 
vest. 

Dewberries . — M  ay '  s . 
Gropes.— Thompson's  Seedless,  Sultana  Seedless,  Rose  of  Peru, 

Salem,  Muscat,  Rogers'  No.  9. 
Grape  Fruit.—  Triumph,  Walter,  Bowin. 
Lemons.— Villa  Franca,  Sicily. 
Mulberries.— Downing,  Russian. 
Olives.— Manzanillo,  Nevadillo  Blanco,  Mission. 
Oranges.— Ruby  Blood,  Jaffa,  Parson's  Brown,  Mediterranean 

Sweet,  Bahia  (Washington  Navel). 
Peaches,  early.— Early  Crawford,  Parson's  Early,    Triumph, 

Sneed,  Strawberry. 
Peaches,  late.— Globe,  Salway,  Oldmixon,  Heath's  Freestone, 

Muir,  December  Cling. 

Pears,  early.— Wilder,  Brandywine,  Bartlett. 
Pears,  late.— Winter  Nelis,  Pia  Berry. 
Plums.— Wickson,  Kelsey,  Botan  White,  Royale  Hative. 
Pomegranates.— Ruby,  Sweet,  Red  Papershell  (?),  Golden. 
Quinces. — Champion,  Portugal,  Orange. 
Strawberries.— Arizona  Everbearing. 

J.  W.  TOUMEY. 

ARKANSAS.  The  horticultural  products  of  Arkansas 
are  varied,  owing  to  the  great  differences  of  climate, 
elevation  and  soil.  The  seasons  in  the  southern  part  of 
the  state  are  about  three  weeks  earlier  than  in  the  north- 
ern. There  is  much  variation  between  nearby  points. 
In  the  western  part  of  the  state,  owing  to  the  differ- 
ence in  altitude,  within  a  distance  of  60  miles  there  is 
from  a  week  to  10  days  difference  in  the  seasons.  This 
admits  of  a  great  diversity  of  fruit  and  vegetable  pro- 
duction within  the  limits  of  the  state. 

The  northwestern  section  of  the  state  is  noted  for  its 
fine  apples,  and  they  are  grown  extensively  for  market. 
This  section  has  also  produced  a  number  of  seedling  ap- 
ples that  are  being  largely  planted  there  as  well  as  else- 
where. There  are  several  of  these  new  apples,  and 
others  of  value  are  constantly  coming  into  notice.  A 
few  of  those  of  special  value  are  Arkansas,  Oliver,  Col- 
lins, and  Givens.  It  is  probable  that  some  of  these  new 
apples  will  become  standard  varieties,  for  in  addition  to 
being  productive  they  are  good  keepers.  Winter  apples 
are  not  grown  so  extensively  in  other  sections  of  the 
state,  but  summer  and  fall  varieties  are  grown  to  some 
extent  in  all  sections. 

Peaches  are  grown  for  market  along  the  lines  of  rail- 
road in  the  western  section  of  the  state,  and  the  acreage 
is  being  largely  increased  each  year.  For  marketable 

Purposes  the  Elberta  is  grown  almost  exclusively,  and 
»  shipped  in  car  lots  to  the  northern  markets.  The 
earlier  varieties  have  not  proved  profitable  for  ship- 
ping purposes.  Peaches  are  grown  for  home  market 
throughout  the  state.  Strawberry-growing  is  an  impor- 
tant industry  in  western  Arkansas,  and  is  carried  on  to 
some  extent  in  many  localities  in  the  eastern  and  south- 
ern parts,  where  they  are  grown  in  small  quantities  for 
shipment.  The  acreage  around  some  of  the  shipping 
points  in  the  western  part  is  large,  reaching  about  three 
thousand  acres  at  one  point.  The  varieties  grown  most 
extensively  are  Michel  and  Crescent.  Owing  to  the 
strict  laws  against  the  selling  of  wine  in  the  state,  grape- 
growing  is  not  carried  on  to  any  great  extent.  On  the 
elevated  sections  the  table  and  wine  grapes  succeed 
well,  and  in  some  localities  table  grapes  are  grown  for 
shipment.  The  Scuppernong  succeeds  in  south  Arkan- 
sas. Pears  are  grown  in  some  sections  for  market,  but 
not  to  any  great  extent,  owing  to  the  prevalence  of  pear 
blight,  while  blackberries  and  raspberries  are  grown  for 
the  home  market  in  most  sections.  Cherries  are  grown 


only  for  the  home  market,  the  Morello  type  alone  being 
successful. 

In  order  to  describe  more  accurately  the  horticultural 
condition  of  the  state,  we  have  divided  it  into  four  sec- 
tions, in  the  order  of  their  present  development  and  their 
natural  adaptability  to  horticultural  productions  (Fig. 
143).  Section  1,  located  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the 


143.  The  horticultural  zones  of  Arkansas. 

state,  is  a  mountainous  country,  fairly  well  developed, 
and  is  adapted  to  all  classes  of  horticulture.  Section  2, 
located  south  of  section  1,  is  partly  mountainous  and 
partly  low  land  and,  from  a  horticultural  standpoint,  is 
not  so  well  developed  as  section  1,  while  in  sections  3 
and  4,  located  in  the  extreme  southern  and  eastern  parts 
of  the  state,  horticulture  has  received  little  attention. 

SECTION  1.  — The  elevation  of  this  section  ranges  from 
800  to  2,000  feet,  the  greater  portion  beiug  about  1,200 
feet.  The  country  is  mostly  uneven,  and  parts  of  it  are 
somewhat  mountainous.  The  Ozark  Mountain  system, 
enters  the  state  from  the  northwest,  while  the  Boston 
Mountains,  a  range  of  this  system,  extend  across  the 
section  just  north  of  and  parallel  with  its  southern 
boundary.  Fruit  and  vegetables  are  grown  for  shipping 
along  the  lines  of  railroad  in  the  western  part.  The  re- 
mainder of  this  section,  although  remote  from  railroads, 
is  well  adapted  to  fruit-growing,  and  with  transportation 
facilities  it  promises  to  be  equally  productive.  The  apple 
leads  as  a  fruit  product.  In  1897,  there  were  shipped 
from  the  western  part,  principally  from  two  counties, 
over  2,000  cars  of  apples. 

SECTION  2. — The  elevation  of  this  section  ranges  from 
300  to  2,820  feet,  the  greater  part  of  it,  however,  ranging 
from  300  to  800  feet.  Most  of  this  section  consists  of 
rough  land.  Strawberries  are  grown  for  shipment,  prin- 
cipally in  the  western  part.  The  berries  ripen  early  in 
this  locality,  and  the  growers  usually  begin  shipping 
the  latter  part  of  April.  At  a  few  points,  peaches  are 
extensively  grown  for  shipment.  Plums,  blackberries, 
raspberries  and  summer  apples  are  grown  to  some 
extent  in  all  localities,  while  winter  apples  are  success- 
fully grown  on  the  higher  land.  Here,  vegetable-grow- 
ing for  the  northern  markets  is  receiving  much  atten- 
tion. Such  crops  as  beans,  peas,  tomatoes  and  canta- 
loupes are  extensively  grown  in  some  localities  along 
the  railroads.  The  area  in  cantaloupes  reaches  nearly 
1,000  acres  at  some  of  the  shipping  points.  These  crops 
can  be  grown  early  enough  to  bring  good  prices  in  the 
markets  of  the  north,  and  are  shipped  in  car  lots. 

SECTION  3.— This  section  is  mostly  low,  but  the  land 
is  uneven,  and  much  of  it  is  adapted  to  fruits  and  vege- 
tables. It  ranges  in  elevation  from  140  to  360  feet. 
Peaches  and  summer  apples  succeed  on  the  higher  land, 
and  are  grown  to  some  extent  in  all  localities.  Vege- 
tables can  also  be  successfully  grown,  but  little  atten- 
tion has  been  given  to  these  lines  of  farming  here. 
Strawberries  are  grown  only  for  home  market. 


ARKANSAS 


AROIDE.E 


99 


SECTION  4. — This  section  comprises  the  low  lands  of 
the  eastern  part  of  the  state.  It  ranges  in  elevation 
from  130  to  350  feet,  and  the  lard  is  low  and  flat, with  the 
exception  of  a  ridge  a  few  miles  vide  running  through 
it  north  and  south.  But  little  fruit  is  grown  in  this 
section  for  commercial  purposes ;  however,  fruits  could 
be  grown  successfully  for  market  in  some  parts  of 
it,  and  early  vegetables  are  now  grown  for  market  at 
several  points.  JOHN  T.  STINSON. 

ARMENlACA.    See  under  Prnnus. 

ARMfiRIA  (an  old  Latin  name).  Plumbagindcece. 
SEA  PINK.  THRIFT.  Small  perennial  herbs,  with  rosettes 
of  narrow  evergreen  Ivs.  on  the  ground,  sending  up 
a  naked  simple  scape  2-12  in.  high,  on  which  is  borne  a 
compact  head  of  pink,  lilac  or  white  fls.,  the  head  being 
subtended  by  small  bracts,  forming  a  kind  of  involucre. 
Species  much  confused.  They  are  excellent  for  borders, 
especially  where  a  low  edging  is  wanted;  also  for  rock- 
work.  They  are  of  easiest  culture,  being  hardy  and  free 
growers.  Prop,  by  division  of  the  stools;  also  by  seeds. 
See  Boissier,  in  DeCandolle's  Prodromus,  vol.  12. 

A.    Calyx-tube  pilose  all  over. 

maritima,  Willd.  Lvs.  linear,  1-nerved,  somewhat  ob- 
tuse, glabrous  or  slightly  ciliate  :  scape  low,  somewhat 
villose  ;  calyx-tube  about  the  length  of  the  pedicel,  the 
limb  nearly  equal  to  the  tube,  with  very  short  ovate  and 
aristate  lobes.  Eu.  and  Amer.,  along  the  sea  coast.— 
The  A.  vulgaris  of  horticulturists  seems  to  belong  here. 
A.  Laucheana,  Hort.,  with  very  bright  rose-colored  fls., 
is  a  form  of  it.  Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls.  Also  a 
white-lvd.  form.  A.  argentea,  Hort.,  is  perhaps  another 
form,  with  small  white  fls. 

Sibfrica,  Turcz.  Lvs.  linear,  1-nerved,  obtuse,  gla- 
brous :  scape  rather  taller,  thicker  ;  calyx -tube  longer 
than  pedicel,  the  limb  about  length  of  tube,  with  tri- 
angular, short-mucronate  lobes  :  involucre  brown  :  fls. 
white.  Siberia. 

juncea,  Girard  (A.  setacea,  Delile).  Outer  Ivs.  of 
rosette  narrow-linear  and  subdentate,  the  inner  ones 
longer  and  filiform:  head  small,  with  pale  involucre,  the 
pedicel  much  shorter  than  the  calyx-tube  :  calyx-limb 
short,  the  lobes  ovate-obtuse  and  aristate:  fls.  pink.  Eu. 

AA.    Calyx-tube  glabrous,  or  pilose  only  on  tTte  ridges. 
B.   Lvs.  elliptic -lanceolate  or  broader. 

latifdlia,  Willd.  (A.  cep~haUt.es,  Link  &  Hoffm.,  not 
Hook.).  Glabrous  and  glaucous:  Ivs.  broad -oblong,  5-7- 
nerved,  the  margin  remotely  denticulate:  head  large,  the 
involucre  dry  :  calyx-limb  long,  with  very  small  or  no 
lobes  and  long  teeth:  fls.  bright  pink.  S.  Eu.  B.M.7313. 
P.M.  11:79  (as  Statice  Pseudo-Armeria).  —  A.  formdsa, 
Hort.,  probably  belongs  here. 

Mauritania,  Wallr.  (A.  cephalotes,  Hook.,  not  Link 
&  Hoffm.).  Lvs.  broad-spatulate  or  elliptic-lanceolate, 
3-5  nerved,  glaucous-green,  the  margin  scarious-white  : 
heads  large  (2-3  in.  across),  the  involucre  brownish,  the 
calyx  short-toothed  and  aristate  :  fls.  pink.  Eu.,  Algeria. 
B.M.  4128. 

BB.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  or  narrower. 

alpina,  Willd.  Glabrous  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  equal- 
ing the  scape,  1-nerved  or  obscurely  3-nerved  :  head 
large,  the  involucre  pale  brown  :  pedicels  shorter  than 
calyx-tube,  the  tube  equaling  the  oblong  long-aristate 
lobes  :  fls.  deep  rose.  Mts.,  Eu. 

elongata,  Hoffm.  Lvs.  linear,  long,  1-nerved,  acutish: 
involucre  white  :  pedicels  as  long  as  calyx -tube,  limb 
equaling  the  tube,  and  the  lobes  ovate-aristate  :  pink. 
Var.  purpurea,  Boiss.  (A.purpiirea,  Koch),  has  purple 
heads.  Central  Eu. 

plantagfnea,  Willd.  Glabrous  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
3-7-nerved,  acute  or  acuminate  :  scape  tall  :  head  dense 
and  globular,  the  involucre  white  :  pedicels  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,  the  lobes  ovate  and  long-aristate  and  as  long 
as  tube  ;  pink.  Central  and  S.  Eu.  Var.  leucantha, 
Boiss.  (A.  dianthoides,  Hornm.  &  Spreng.),  has  white 
flowers. 


argyroc6phala,  Wallr.  ( A .  undulata,  Boiss.).  Gla- 
brous :  outer  Ivs.  in  rosette,  short  and  lanceolate  or 
linear-lanceolate  and  3-nerved  and  often  sinuate,  the  in- 
ner ones  linear  or  setaceous  and  1-3-nerved  :  head  large, 
the  involucre  white  :  pedicel  nearly  as  long  as  calyx- 
tube,  the  calyx-limb  with  long-triangular  aristate  lobes  ; 
fls.  white,  showy.  Greece.  L  R  B  ftnd  j  R  KBLMBIU 

ARMERIASTRUM.    See  Acantholimon. 
ARNATTO.    See  Bixa. 

ARNEBIA  (Arabic  name).  Boraginacece.  Annual  or 
perennial  hispid  herbs,  of  nearly  20  species  in  Africa 
and  Asia.  Lvs.  alternate  :  fls.  yellow  or  violet,  in  ra- 
cemes or  cymes,  the  color  changing  with  the  age  of  the 
blossom  ;  corolla  slender-tubed,  with  5  obtuse  lobes. 

echioides,  DC.  (Macrotbmia  echioldes,  Boiss. ) .  PROPH- 
ET -FLOWER.  Hardy  perennial,  3-12  in.  high,  short- 
hairy,  with  spreading,  obovate-oblong  Ivs. :  fls.  in  a 
scorpioid  raceme  or  spike,  yellow,  with  purple  spots, 
fading  to  pure  yellow.  Caucasus,  Armenia,  etc.  B.M. 
4409.  G.C.  II.  11 :  689.  —  Blooms  in  spring.  In  full  sun  or 
in  rather  dry  ground,  it  is  difficult  to  keep  this  charm- 
ing plant  in  a  healthy  condition  ;  partial  shade  is  essen- 
tial to  its  welfare.  One  can  grow  luxuriant  specimens 
on  the  northern  slope  of  a  rockery  or  close  to  a  build- 
ing on  the  east  or  north  side.  Prop,  by  seeds,  division, 
or  by  root-cuttings. 

cornuta,  Fisch.  &  Meyer.  ARABIAN  PRIMROSE.  An- 
nual, 2ft.,  bushy:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  linear-oblong, 
pointed  :  fls.  %  in.  across,  yellow  and  black-spotted, 
changing  to  maroon  and  then  to  yellow.  Orient.  G.C. 
111.7:52.  J.H.  III.  31:29.  A.  F.  5:  400.  A.  G.  44:181 
(1890).— An  attractive  and  not  very  common  annual, 
easily  grown  in  the  open. 

A .  Grtffithii,  Boiss.  Annual :  Ivs.  narrow-oblong,  obtuse,  cili- 
ate :  fls.  long-tubed,  with  a  black  spot  in  each  sinus  :  9-12  in. 
India.   B.M.  5266.— Not  known  to  be  in  the  American  trade. 
L.  H.  B.  and  J.  B.  KELLER. 

ARNICA  (ancient  name).  Compdsitce.  Small  genus 
of  perennial  herbs,  with  clustered  root-lvs.  and  large, 
long-peduncled  yellow  heads.  Native  to  Eu.,  Asia,  and 
N.  Amer.— Tincture  of  the  European  .4.  montana  is  used 
in  medicine.  Grown  mostly  as  alpines  or  in  rockwork  ; 
some  species  also  grow  fairly  well  in  the  common  bor- 
der. Prop,  by  division,  and  rarely  by  seeds. 

A.  Radical  Ivs.  cordate,  with  slender  or  winged  petioles. 

cordifolia,  Hook.  Two  ft.  or  less  high,  hairy  :  heads, 
few  or  even  solitary,  with  inch-long  rays  ;  involucre  % 
in.  high,  pubescent.  Rocky  Mts.  and  W. 

latifdlia,  Bong.  Glabrous  or  very  nearly  so,  the  stem- 
Ivs.  not  cordate  or  petioled  :  heads  smaller  than  in  pre- 
ceding. Rocky  Mts.  and  W. 

AA.  Radical  Ivs.  not  cordate,  but  petioled. 

amplexicaulis,  Nutt.  Glabrous  or  nearly  so  :  Ivs.  ovate 
to  lance-oblong,  acute,  those  on  the  stem  clasping  and 
dentate  :  stem  leafy  to  the  top.  Oregon  and  N. 

folidsa,  Nutt.  Pubescent :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  strongly 
nerved,  small-toothed,  the  upper  ones  somewhat  clasp- 
ing :  heads  sometimes  solitary,  short-peduncled  :  stem 
leafy,  strict.  Rocky  Mts.  and  W. 

montana,  Linn.  MOUNTAIN  TOBACCO.  MOUNTAIN 
SNUFF.  A  foot  high,  the  stem  sparsely  hairy  :  radical 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  glabrous  and  entire  :  heads  3-4, 
large.  Eu.  B.  M.  1749.  J.  H.  III.  34: 441. -The  best 
known  species  in  cult.;  but  none  of  the  Arnicas  are 
common  in  American  gardens.  L.  jjt  jj4 

AROIDEJE,  or  ARACEJE.  A  KOI  us.  A  large  order  of 
spathe-bearing,  tuberous  herbaceous  plants,  containing 
many  of  the  most  highly  prized  greenhouse  plants.  The 
culture  of  Aroids  is  too  diverse  to  be  given  in  any  one 
place.  See  the  leading  genera,  &sAglaonema,  Alocasia, 
Anthurium,  Ariscema,  Arum,  Caladiutn,  Colocasia, 
Dieffenbachia,  Dracunculus,  Helicodiceros ,  Homalo* 
mena,  Monstera,  Philodendron,  Richardia,  Schizmato- 
glottis,  Spathiphyllum,  Xanthosoma,  etc, 


100 


AROMA 


ARONIA.  See  Sorbus.  A.  alni folia,  Nutt.  ==Ame- 
ianchier  alnifolia. 

ARPOPHYLLUM  (Cimiter  and  leaf).  Orchidacece , 
fa-ibe  Epidendrece.  Epiphytes  :  racemes  dense,  cylin- 
drical, erect :  Ivs.  strap-shaped  or  linear,  on  jointed, 
terete  stems  :  fls.  small,  inverted  ;  segments  concave. 
—  Orchids  of  minor  importance.  Consult  Epidendrum. 

giganteum,  Lindl.  Plants  robust :  sts.  about  10  in. 
high  :  Ivs.  coriaceous,  strap-shaped  ;  peduncle  stout  : 
raceme  several  in.  long  ;  fls.  numerous,  pink-purple. 
Alex.  — Give  plenty  of  light. 

spicatum,  Llave  et  Lex.  Smaller  than  the  above  :  Ivs. 
linear  :  fls.  paler.  B,M.6022. 

ARROW- ROOT.  An  edible  starch,  obtained  from  the 
rhizome?,  of  various  scitaminaceous  plants,  as  Maranta, 
Curcuma,  Tacca,  Canna.  The  West  Indian  Arrow-root 
is  mostly  from  Maranta  arundinacea,  Linn.  The  Bra- 
zilian is  from  Manihot  utilissima,  Pohl.  The  East  In- 
dian is  chiefly  from  Curcuma  angusti  folia,  Roxbg.  Po- 
tato and  maize  starches  are  also  a  source  of  Arrow-root. 
Arrow-root  is  also  obtained  from  Manihot. 

ARTABOTRYS  (suspend  prapes,  alluding  to  the  hang- 
ing fruit).  Anondcece.  About  25  tropical  climbing 
shrubs,  with  3-sepaled  and  6-petaled  solitary  or  fascicu- 
late fls.,  and  shining  evergreen  foliage. 

odoratissimus,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  oblong  or  lanceolate, 
pointed,  thick,  dark  glossy  green  :  fls.  brownish,  very 
fragrant  :  hooks  on  the  peduncles.  E.  Ind.  B.R.  423.— 
Hardy  in  S.  Fla.  and  S.  Cal.,  and  somewhat  cult.  The 
ylang-ylang  perfume  is  made  from  the  fls.  The  Ivs.  are 
used  in  native  medicine. 

ARTEMISIA  (Artemisia,  wife  of  Mausolus).  Com- 
pdsitce.  A  large  genus  of  aromatic  herbs  and  small 
shrubs,  mostly  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  most 
aoundant  in  arid  regions.  Lvs.  alternate,  often  dis- 
sected :  heads  small  and  mostly  inconspicuous,  numer- 
ous, and  generally  nodding,  with  yellow  or  whitish 
florets.  In  the  West,  many  of  the  species,  particularly 
A.  tridentata,  are  known  as  Sage  Brush.  Grown  for 
their  medicinal  properties  or  for  foliage  effects.  The 
cult,  kinds  are  perennials,  and  thrive  in  the  most  ordi- 
nary conditions,  even  in  poor  and  dry  soil.  Prop,  mostly 
by  division.  For  an  account  of  the  species,  see  Besser, 
in  DeCandolle's  Prodromus,  vol.  6,  and  Gray,  in  Synop- 
tical Flora,  vol.  1,  part  2. 

A.  Heads   with   two   kinds  of  florets    (heterogamous). 

B.  Disk-fls.   with   both   stamens   and  pistils,   but   the 

ovary  abortive  (not  producing  seed) :  style  tisu- 
ally  entire. 

Dracunculus,  Linn.  TARRAGON.  ESTRAGON.  Herb  ; 
green  and  glabrous,  with  erect,  branched  stems  2  ft. 
high  :  radical  Ivs.  3-patted  at  the  top  ;  stem-lvs.  linear 
or  lanceolate,  entire  or  small-toothed  :  panicle  spread- 
ing, with  whitish  green,  nearly  globular  fl. -heads.  Eu. 
R.H.  1896,  p.  285.  —  Tarragon  Ivs.  are  used  for  seasoning, 
but  the  plant  is  little  grown  in  this  country.  The  Ivs. 
may  be  dried  in  the  fall,  or  roots  may  be  forced  in  a 
coolhouse  in  the  winter.  Prop,  by  division  ;  rarely  pro- 
duces seed. 

Canadensis,  Michx.  Herb,  2  ft.  or  less  high,  glabrous 
or  very  nearly  so  :  Ivs.  usually  2-pinnate,  with  filiform, 
plane  lobes  :  fls.  in  a  long,  narrow  panicle,  with  numer- 
ous small  greenish  heads.  Wild  on  banks  and  plains  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  country.  Int.  1891. 

filifdlia,  Torr.  Shrubby,  canescent,  3  ft.  or  less  high, 
very  leafy,  the  branches  rigid  :  Ivs.  filiform,  the  lower 
usually  3-parted  :  panicle  long  and  leafy.  Plains,  W.— 
Plant  has  a  purplish,  mist-like  aspect  when  in  fruit. 

BB.    Disk-fls.  perfect  and  fertile  :  style  2-cleft. 
c.   Receptacle  hairy. 

irigida,  Willd.  Herb,  8-12  in.,  with  a  woody  base, 
silvery  canescent  :  Ivs.  much  cut  into  linear  lobes  : 
heads  small  and  globular,  with  pale  involucre,  in  nu- 
merous racemes.  Plains  and  mountains  W.  Int.  1883.— 


ARTICHOKE 

Good  for  borders.  Known  in  Colo,  as  "Mountain  Fringe," 
and  used  medicinally. 

Absinthium,  Linn.  WORMWOOD.  Almost  shrubby,  2-4 
ft.  high,  spreading  and  branchy,  white-silky  :  Ivs.  2-3- 
parted  into  oblong,  obtuse  lobes  :  heads  small  and  nu- 
merous, in  leafy  panicles.  — Wormwood  is  native  to  Eu., 
but  it  occasionally  escapes  from  gardens.  It  is  a  common 
garden  herb,  being  used  in  domestic  medicine,  especially 
as  a  vermifuge.  Wormwood  tea  is  an  odorous  memory 
with  every  person  who  was  reared  in  the  country. 

argentea,  L'Her.  Shrubby,  erect :  Ivs.  white-silky, 
2-pinnate,  the  lobes  linear  or  lanceolate  :  heads  globu- 
lar, tomentose,  nodding,  in  racemose  panicles  ;  1-2  ft. 
Madeira.  — Useful  for  rockwork. 

cc.   Receptacle  not  hairy. 

Abr6tanum,  Linn.  SOUTHERNWOOD.  OLD  MAN. 
Shrubby,  3-5  ft.,  green  and  glabrous,  the  st.  rather 
strict  :  Ivs.  1-3-pinnately  divided,  the  divisions  fine- 
filiform  :  panicle  loose,  with  yellowish  white  heads.  Eu. 
—  Southernwood  is  grown  for  its  pleasant-scented  foli-' 
age  ;  and  it  sometimes  escapes  into  waste  places. 

P6ntica,  Linn.  ROMAN  WORMWOOD.  Shrubby,  erect, 
1-4  ft.:  Ivs.  canescent  below,  pinnatisect,  the  lobes 
linear  :  panicle  open  and  long,  with  small,  globular, 
nodding,  whitish  yellow  heads.  Eu. — Roman  wormwood 
is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  A.  Absinthium,  and 
is  more  agreeable.  Chief  source  of  absinthe. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  MUGWORT.  Herb,  erect,  paniculately 
branched  :  Ivs.  white-cottony  beneath  but  soon  green 
above,  2-pinnately  cleft,  with  lanceolate  lobes  :  upper 
Ivs.  sometimes  linear  .  heads  many,  oblong,  yellowish. 
Eu.  and  northern  N.  Amer.,  and  naturalized  in  E. 
states.  — Mugwort  is  grown  for  the  ornament  of  its  foli- 
age. There  are  variegated-leaved  and  golden-leaved  va- 
rieties. It  was  once  a  domestic  remedy.  Variable. 

Stelleriana,  Bess.  OLD  WOMAN.  Herb,  2  ft.,  from  a 
woody  creeping  base,  densely  white  tomentose  :  Ivs. 
pinnatifid,  with  obtuse  lobes  •  heads  large  and  many- 
fld.,  in  a  racemose-glomerate  inflorescence.  N.E.Asia 
and  on  the  coast  of  Mass. — Attractive  from  its  whiteness. 
Useful  for  borders. 

Ludoviciana,  Nutt.  Herb,  2-3  ft.,  white-tomentose  or 
Ivs.  becoming  greenish  above  :  Ivs.  linear  to  oblong,  the 
lower  ones  toothed  or  parted,  the  upper  ones  entire  : 
heads  small,  bell-shaped,  paniculate.  Plains  and  banks, 
W.  Int.  1891. 

AA.    Heads  with  perfect  fls .  throughout :  receptacle 
not  hairy. 

arbiiscula,  Nutt.  SAGE  BRUSH.  Shrubby  ;  a  foot  or 
less  high  :  Ivs.  short,  wedge-shaped,  3-lobed,  the  lobes 
obovate  and  often  2-lobed,  canescent  :  panicle  simple 
and  strict,  often  spike-like,  the  5-9-fld.  heads  erect. 
Plains,  W. 

tridentata,  Nutt.  SAGE  BRUSH.  Shrubby  ;  reaching 
height  of  12ft.,  although  of  ten  only  a  foot  high,  branchy, 
canescent :  Ivs.  wedge-shaped,  3-7-toothed  or  lobed, 
truncate  at  the  summit,  the  uppermost  ones  narrower  : 
heads  5-8-fld.  Plains,  W.  Int.  1881. 

JU.    ±1.    D. 

ARTICHOKE  ( Cynara  Scdlymus,  Linn. ) .  Compdsitcg. 
A  coarse  and  robust  perennial,  cult,  for  the  edible  fl.- 
headsandlvs.  The  fl. -heads  are  3-5  in.  across  just  before 
they  open,  and  at  this  stage  they  are  cut  for  the  table. 
The  fleshy  outer  scales  and  the  "  bottom "  of  the  head 
(this  is,  the  receptacle,  the  florets  being  removed)  are 
eaten  raw  or  cooked.  When  the  blue  florets  begin  to  show, 
the  head  is  too  old  for  eating.  Fig.  144  shows  edible  heads. 
For  pickling,  the  heads  are  often  taken  when  only  half 
grown.  The  young  sts,  and  Ivs.  are  sometimes  blanched 
and  eaten,  after  the  manner  of  cardoons;  and  these  parts 
comprise  the  "Artichoke  salad  ''of  the  markets.  There  are 
a  score  or  more  varieties  in  European  gardens,  but  the 
Globe  is  the  one  generally  sold  here. 

Although  the  Artichoke  is  perennial,  the  plant  declines 
in  vigor  after  it  has  borne  two  or  three  crops.  In  the  N. 
the  plants  should  be  protected  in  winter  with  a  liberal 
mulch.  Artichokes  are  of  easiest  culture  on  rich  soil. 
As  they  grow  3-5  ft.  high  and  branch  freely,  and  make 
Ivs.  3  ft.  long,  they  should  not  be  set  nearer  than  2  or  3 


ARTICHOKE 

ft.  in  the  rows,  and  the  rows  should  be  4  or  5  ft.  apart. 
In  this  country,  the  plant  is  propagated  mostly  by  seeds. 
These  are  sown  early  in  the  spring.  Seedlings  rarely 


ARUM 


144.   Edible  heads  of  Artichoke  (X 

give  many  heads  before  the  second  year.  A  quicker  and 
better  method  of  propagation  is  to  use  the  suckers,  which 
are  freely  produced  about  the  crown.  The  suckers  repro- 
duce the  variety.  The  Artichoke  is  little  known  in  Amer- 
ica, but  is  worthy  greater  attention.  The  habit  of  propa- 
gating by  seed  is,  perhaps,  one  reason  why  the  Artichoke 
has  not  obtained  greater  prominence  in  this  country. 
The  great  woolly,  pinnatifid  Ivs.  and  strong  habit  make 
the  plant  an  attractive  ornamental  subject.  See  Cardoon. 

ARTICHOKE,  JERUSALEM  (Helidnthus  tiiberdsus, 
Linn.).  Comp6sitce.  While  the  Globe  Artichoke  is  sel- 
dom seen  in  American  gardens  or  on  American  tables, 
and  surely  not  appreciated  by  our  people,  the  Jerusalem 
Artichoke  is  so  common  as  to  be  despised  as  a  weed. 
The  Jerusalem  Artichoke  is  the  tuber  of  a  perennial  sun- 
flower-like plant.  (Fig.  145.)  It  thrives  on  almost  any 
drained  land,  without  much  attention  as  to  manuring, 
and  without  coddling.  The  tubers  may  be  cut  to  single 
eyes  and  planted  like  common  potatoes.  The  cultivation 
is  about  the  same  as  that  usually  given  to  corn  or  pota- 
toes. Any  time  in  the  fall  after  frost  has  killed  the  tops, 
or  the  latter  have  matured,  the  crop  can  be  gathered. 
Pull  up  the  whole  plant  by  the  roots,  or  dig  the  tubers 
with  a  potato  hook  or  prong  hoe.  Or,  swine  may  be  turned 
into  the  field  and  allowed  to  root  up  and  feed  on  the 
tubers.  All  kinds  of  farm  animals  seem  to  be  fond  of 
them.  They  may  be  ground  and  fed,  mixed  with  ground 

grains,  to  poultry 
with  good  results. 
As  a  succulent  food 
for  cattle,  sheep, 
swine,  and  perhaps 
other  farm  stock,  this 
tuber  seems  to  de- 
serve more  general 
attention  on  the  part 
of  the  American 
farmer  than  it  has 
usually  received.  It 

is  far  ahead  of  the  potato  in  productiveness,  and  much 
more  cheaply  grown.  Raw  or  boiled  and  served  with 
vinegar,  the  tuber  also  makes  a  very  good  winter  or 
spring  salad,  and  for  this  purpose  it  may  find  a  limited 
sale  in  our  markets.  The  chief  demand  for  it  will  be 
for  seed  purposes.  The  easiest  way  of  keeping  the  crop 
over  winter  is  by  leaving  the  tubers  in  the  ground 


145.   Tuber  of  Jerusalem  Artichoke 


where  they  grew,  as  they  are  not  hurt  by  frost  when 
covered  with  soil.  Tubers  already  gathered  can  be 
pitted  like  beets  or  turnips,  but  will  need  even  less  cover- 
ing of  soil.  The  Mammoth  White  French  is  said  by  some 
propagators  to  be  an  improved  strain  of  the  ordinary  or 
Jerusalem  Artichoke.  The  plant  often  becomes  a  weed  ; 
but  hogs  will  root  it  out.  The  plant  is  native  to  upper 
Canada  and  middle  parts  of  the  U.  S.  It  was  cult,  by  the 
Indians.  See  ffelianthus.  T.  GREINER. 

ARTOCARPUS  (artos,  bread,  and  carpos,  fruit) .  Urti- 
cacece.  BREAD  FRUIT.  Tropical  fruit  plants,  originally 
from  the  East  Indies,  sometimes  cult,  with  difficulty  in 
northern  botanic  gardens  for  their  great  economic  inter- 
est. They  need  a  hot,  moist  atmosphere,  much  water, 
and  perfect  drainage.  Prop,  slowly  by  cuttings  of  young 
lateral  growth.  The  fruits  do  not  bear  shipment  to  the  N. 

incisa,  Linn.  f.  BREAD  FRUIT.  Tree,  30-40  ft.,  with  a 
viscid,  milky  juice  :  branches  fragile  :  Ivs.  1-3  ft.  long, 
leathery,  ovate,  cuneate  and  entire  at  base,  upper  part 
3-9-lobed :  male  fls.  in  a  dense  club-shaped  yellow  catkin, 
10-16  in.  long;  female  fls.  in  a  subglobular  echinate  head, 
having  a  spongy  receptacle  :  fr.  as  large  as  a  melon, 
typically  muricated,  but  in  the  best  cult,  varieties  reticu- 
lated only,  and  seedless.  Gt.  39,  p.  273.  Gng.  5:  233,  and 
B.M.  2869-71,  where  the  romantic  story  of  its  transfer  to 
the  West  Indies  is  told.  Sparingly  cult,  in  S.  Fla. 

integrifdlia,  Linn.  f.  JACK  FRUIT.  Tree,  30  ft.,  with 
milky  juice:  Ivs.  4-6  in.  long,  very  various;  those  of  fer- 
tile branches  nearly  obovate,  entire  ;  those  of  higher 
branches  more  obovate  and  oblong ;  those  of  young  shoots 
from  the  root  very  narrow,  or  2-3-lobed  :  fr.  attaining  a 
weight  of  60-70  Ibs.  Less  palatable  than  the  bread  fruit. 
The  oily  seeds  when  roasted  are  said  to  resemble  chest- 
nuts. G.  C.  111.20:717.  B.  M.  2833-4.  Gt.  39,  p.  273. 
Gn.  35:455. 

Cannonii,  Bull.  Lvs.  varying  from  cordate  to  deeply 
3-lobed,  1  ft.  long,  red  beneath,  bronzy  crimson  and  pur- 
ple above,  very  showy.  Society  Is.  F.S.  21 :  2231-2. 

ARUM  (ancient  name).  Aroidece.  Tuber-bearing  low 
herbs,  of  few  species,  in  Eu.  and  W.  Asia.  Lvs.  simple, 
the  petiole  sheathed  at  the  base  :  spathe  convolute,  va- 
riously colored,  mostly  including  the  short  spadix  :  pis- 
tillate fls.  at  the  base.  Grown  usually  as  oddities,  mostly 
under  the  general  name  of  Callas.  Some  of  the  species 
are  hardy  ;  others,  as  A.  Palcestinum,  are  tender,  and 
require  glasshouse  treatment.  The  tender  kinds  are 
managed  in  essentially  the  same  way  as  the  fancy -leaved 
Caladiums.  Plant  the  tubers  sufficiently  deep  that  roots 
may  form  from  near  the  top.  Give  rich  soil,  and  water 
freely  when  growing  or  in  bloom.  The  hardy  species 
should  be  well  mulched  in  late  fall.  They  thrive  best  in 
partially  shaded  places  and  in  rich  soil.  Prop,  by  nat- 
ural offsets  ;  also  by  seeds  or  berries,  which  some  spe- 
cies produce  freely.  Some  of  the  species  are  acrid- 
poisonous.  Monogr.  by  Engler  in  DeCandolle's  Mono- 
graphise  Phonerogamarum,  vol.  2. 

The  following  names  are  in  the  American  trade  : 
albispathum,  Nos.  5,  7;  alpinum,  6;  Arisarum  = 
Arisarum  vulgare  ;  Byzantinum,  7  ;  Canariense,  7  ; 
concinnatum,  7;  cormitum=1',  Corsicum,!;  crinitum  = 
Helicodiceros  crir.itus  ;  cylindraceum,  7;  Cyprium,  2; 
detruncatum,  3 ;  Dioscoridis,  2 ;  Dracunculus  =  Dracun- 
culus  vulgaris;  elongation, 5;  gratum,5;  immaculatum, 
6;  intermedium,  6;  Italicum,  7;  maculatum,  6;  Malyi, 
6;  marmoratum,  7;  nigrum,  5;  Nordmanni,5;  orientate, 
5;  Palcestinum,  4;  pictum,  1;  sanctum,  4;  spectabile,  2; 
Syriacum,  2  ;  ternatum  =  Pinellia  tuberifera  ;  vario- 
latum,  5  ;  vulgare,  6  ;  Zelebori,  6. 

A.    Mature  Ivs.  cordate,  oblong-ovate. 

1.  pictum,  Linn.  f.  (A.  C6rsicum,  Lois.).    Lvs.  ap- 
pearing in   spring,  long-petioled,  light  green  :    spathe 
bright  violet,  swollen  at  the  base  :  spadix  purple-black, 
exceeding  the  spathe.    Corsica,  Balearica,  etc.— Hardy. 

AA.    Mature  Ivs.  hastate  or  sagittate. 
B.    Tuber  round-flattened  or  oblate,  the  Ivs.  and  pedun- 
cles arising  from  a  depressed  center:   Ivs.  appear- 
ing before  the  spathe. 

2.  Dioscoridis,  Sibth.  &  Smith  (A.  spectdbile,  Regel. 
A.  Syriacum,  Blume.    A.    Cyprium,  Schott.).     Leaf- 


102 


ARUM 


blade  oblong-triangular  or  ovate-triangular :  spathe 
tube  pale  within,  the  limb  6-8  in.  long,  lanceolate-oblong, 
and  colored  with  large  lenticular  purple  spots  :  spadix 
short,  included.  Asia  Minor.  — Runs  into  many  forms, 
with  variously  marked  spathes.  Pots. 

3.  de truncation,  Meyer.  Lvs.  more  or  less  truncate  at 
the  base,  the  blade  shorter  than  in  the  last  :  yellowish 
green  and  purple-spotted,  large  (10-15  in.  long)  and 
short-stalked,  the  limb  acuminate.  Persia.— Hardy. 


146.  Arum  Italicum  (X  K). 

4.  Palaestinum,  Boiss.  (A.  sdnctum,  Hort.).    BLACK 
CALLA.    SOLOMON'S  LILY.     Lvs.  cordate-hastate,  6  in. 
broad  across  the  base  and  about  equal  in  length,  the 
middle  lobe  broad-ovate  and  nearly  blunt  :  spathe  about 
the  length  of  the  leaf,  with  a  short  green  tube,  and  an 
elongated  lance-oblong-tapering  limb,  which  is  greenish 
on  the  outside  and  continuous  black-purple  within,  the 
tip   sometimes    recurving :    spadix   shorter    than    the 
spathe,  the  upper  part  dark  colored.    Palestine.    B.M. 
5509.    Gn.  45,  p.  311.— Perhaps  the  most  popular  Arum  at 
present,  being  grown  in  pots  as  an  oddity. 

5.  orientals,   Bieb.     A    foot    high :    Ivs.    brownish, 
broadly  hastate-sagitate,  the  front  lobe  oblong-acute  : 
spathe  tube  oblong-ovoid  and  white  within,  the  limb 
ovate  to  oblong  and  intense  black-purple  (rarely  pale), 
resembling  A.  maculatiim.—A  hardy  species  from  Asia 
Minor,  running  into  many  forms.    Some  of  the  plants 
referred  here  are  A.  nigrum,  variolatum,  Nordmanni, 
grafum,   Schott. ;    A.  elongatum  and  A.  albispathum, 
Steven  (not  A.  albispathum,  Hort.,  which  is  A.  Ital- 
icum). 

BB.  Ttiber  ovoid  or  oblong,  propagating  horizontally, 
the  Ivs.  and  peduncles  arising  from  the  apex : 
Ivs.  appearing  before  or  with  the  spathe. 

6.  maculatum,  Linn.  (A.  vulgare,  Lam.).   LORDS-AND- 
LADIES.     CUCKOO  PINT.    WAKE  ROBIN   (in  England). 
About  a  foot  high  :  Ivs.  usually  black-spotted,  hastate 
or  sagittate,  the  front  lobe  triangular  ovate,  about  as 
high  as  the  spathe  :  the  spathe  swollen  at  its  base,  the 
margins    of    the   lance-ovate  limb  becoming   inrolled, 
spotted  with  purple  :    spadix  shorter  than  the  spathe, 
purple.    Eu.— A  hardy  species,  of  many  forms.   A  form 
with  spotless  Ivs.  and  a  whitish  tube  with  a  medial  pur- 
ple  zone,  is    A.  immaculdtum   and   Zelebdri,  Schott. 


ARUNDO 

Var.  angustatum,  Engler,  has  a  narrow  light-purple 
spathe  (A.  intermedium,  Schur.  A.  Mdlyi,  Schott.). 
Var.  alpinum.  Engler  (A.  alplnnm,  Schott.  &  Kotschy) 
has  peduncles  longer,  and  an  ovate-lanceolate  spathe. 

7.  Italicum,  Miller  (A.  cylindraceum,  Gasp.).  Fig. 
146.  Larger  than  the  last :  Ivs.  hastate,  nearly  truncate 
below,  light-veined  :  spathe  scarcely  swollen  below,  the 
limb  erect  and  not  expanding  and  including  the  short 
spadix  (tip  sometimes  deflexed  after  flowering).  Yel- 
lowish or  white  and  faintly  striate.  Eu.  B.M.  2432.— A 
hardy  species  ;  also  grown  in  pots.  In  the  open,  the 
Ivs.  appear  in  the  fall.  A  very  variable  species.  Var. 
Canariense,  Engler  (A.  Canari^nse,  Webb.  &  Berth.), 
has  narrow  leaf-lobes  and  spathe.  Var.  concinnatum, 
Engler  (A.  concinnatum  and  marmoratum,  Schott.), 
has  broad  gray-spotted  Ivs.  Var.  Byzantinum,  Engler, 
(A.  Byzantlnum,  Schott.),  has  spathe  tube  oblong, 
white  inside  and  purple  at  the  mouth,  and  an  acuminate 
purple  or  green  limb.  Var.  albispathum,  Hort.,  has  a 
white  spathe.  L.  jj€  B 

ARtfNCUS(  old  name).  Bosacece.  Tall  perennial  herbs, 
often  referred  to  the  genus  Spiraea,  with  numerous  small 
dioecious  white  fls.  in  panicled  spikes  :  stamens  many  ; 
pistils  commonly  3.  Two  species,  American  and  Japanese. 

Sylvester,  Kost.  (Spircea  Aruncus,  Linn.).  Tall  (5-7 
ft.),  erect  branchy  herb  :  Ivs.  large,  1-2-pinnate,  of  3-7 
ovate  Ifts. :  follicles  deflexed  in  f  r.  Rich  woods,  N.  Amer. , 
N.  Eu.  and  Asia.— A  desirable  hardy  border  plant  of 
easy  culture. 

astilboides,  Maxim.  (Spircea  Aruncus,  var.  astilboldes, 
Maxim.  S.  astilboldes,  Hort.  Astilbe  astilboldes,  Le- 
moine,  Gn.  48,  p.  355-6) .  Dwarfer  and  more  graceful  than 
the  above  (2  f t. ) :  pedicels  erect  in  f  r.  Japan.  —  Neater  than 
the  American  species.  See  Astilbe  for  illustration. 

L.  H.  B. 

ARUNDINARIA.    See  Bamboo. 

AEtJNDO  (Latin,  reed).  Graminece.  Tall  leafy  per- 
ennial grasses  resembling  bamboos,  5-15  ft.  high,  or 
even  30  ft.  in  favorable  locations.  Lvs.  broad  and  grace- 
fully arching  :  sts.  leafy  to  near  the  top,  terminating  in 
an  immense  plume  1-2  ft.  long  :  spikelets  long  and 
pointed. 

Ddnax,  Linn.  GIANT  REED.  Figs.  147, 148.  Towering 
straight  stems  8-30  ft.  high,  which  grow  very  rapidly, 
clothed  with  broad,  pointed  leaves  at  regular  intervals. 
Grown  for  lawn  decoration  and  to  conceal  unsightly  ob- 
jects. In  some  countries  used  for  laths,  woven  work 
and  thatching,  and  the 
roots  as  a  diuretic.  The 
tall,  showy  plumes  are 
reddish  at  first  and  last 
a  long  time.  Mediter- 
ranean, Orient.  Gn.  1, 
p.  391;  3,  p.  493  ;  8,  p. 
199  ;  17,  p.  407.  P.G. 
3:2.  Var.  variegata, 
Hort.  (var.  versicolor, 
Hort.).  Much  dwarf er 
and  less  hardy  than 
the  type,  usually  4-7  or 
even  12  ft,  high,  with 
elegant  longitudinal 
stripes  of  creamy  white 
and  green.  Gt.  39,  p. 
209.  F.  8.14:1425.  Var. 
macrophy  lla ,  Hort.. 
has  large,  very  glau- 
cous Ivs. 

conspicua,  Forst.  f. 
A  rare  and  handsome 
form,  bearing  silky 
white  fls.,  which  are 
beautiful  for  months. 
Less  hardy  than  A. 
Donax,  and  with  nar- 
rower Ivs.  Lvs.  2-4  ft. 

long,  very  slender,  involute,  coriaceous,  deeply  chan- 
neled ;  upper  surface,  margins,  and  long,  slender  point 
roughish.    N.  Zeal.    B.M.  6232.    Gn.  18,  p.  479  ;  49,  p 
229-  P.  B.  KENNEDY 


147.   Arundo  Donax. 


ARUNDO 

Arundo  Donax  is  one  of  the  most  popular  of  all  grasses 
or  hardy  foliage  plants,  especially  wherever  the  Pampas 
Grass  is  not  hardy.  Although  if  succeeds  almost  any- 
where in  borders,  beds,  and  on  lawns,  it  is  really  at  home 

in  moist  soils  and 
near  the  water.  It 
is,  therefore,  one 
of  the  standard 
plants  for  striking 
aquatic  effects.  Prop, 
chiefly  by  division,  or 
as  follows :  The  ripe 
canes  may  be  laid  on 
damp  moss  during 
winter,  and  in  a  few 
months  nearly  every 
joint  will  sprout  and 
form  a  small  rooted 
plant.  The  canes 
may  then  be  cut  up 
and  the  young  plants 
potted  off  singly,  to 
be  planted  out  the 
following  spring, 
J.  B.  KELLER. 

ASABUM  (obscure 
name).  Aristolochi- 
acece.  Low,  nearly 
stemless  herbs  of  a 
few  species,  but 
widely  disseminated 
in  N.  Temp,  zone, 
with  odd  purplish  or 
brown  fls.  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground 
(or  nearly  so),  under- 
neath the  heart-like 
or  kidney-like  Ivs. : 
corolla  wanting,  but 
calyx  corolla  -  like  ; 
stamens  12  :  ovary 
inferior.  The  Asa- 
rums  inhabit  rich, 
siiady  woods,  spread- 
ing on  the  ground, 
and  the  fls.  are  un- 
seen except  by  the 
close  observer.  They 
148.  are  of  easy  culture  if 

Plume  of  Arundo         transplanted  to  rich, 
Donax.  moist  places.     They 

make  attractive  car- 
pets in  borders  and 
groves.  The  species 

described   below   are  sold   by  dealers  in  native  plants. 

Some   of  the  species   are  reported  to  have   medicinal 

properties. 

A.   Plant  markedly  pubescent. 

Canadense,  Linn.  WILD  GINGER.  CANADA  SNAKEROOT. 
Lvs.  about  2  to  a  plant,  thin,  kidney-shaped,  pointed, 
with  a  deep  and  open  sinus,  not  mottled  :  fl.  slender 
stalked,  with  lance-acuminate  calyx-lobes  an  inch  or 
more  across  at  the  expanded  mouth,  chocolate -brown  : 
style  6-lobed.  Frequent  in  woods  E.  B.M.  2769.  A.G. 
13:517.  D.  279. 

Hartwegi,  Watson.  Tufted,  loose-pubescent  :  Ivs. 
large  and  thick,  cordate,  with  rounded  basal  lobes, 
mostly  acute  at  the  apex,  margin  ciliate,  glabrous  and 
mottled  above  :  fl.  stout-stalked,  the  lobes  often  ovate 
and  long-pointed,  the  ovary  inferior  :  styles  6.  Sierra 
Nevadas,  4,000-7,000  ft.  alt. 

Europaeum,  Linn.  Lvs.  kidney-shaped,  evergreen, 
dark  green,  the  petiole  3-5  in. :  fls.  greenish  purple, 
%in.,  with  incurved  lobes  :  styles  6,  and  grooved  or  2- 
parted,  recurved.  Eu. 

AA.   Plant  slightly  or  not  at  all  pubescent. 

caudatum,  Lindl.  Rather  slender,  with  long  root- 
stocks,  sparingly  pubescent :  Ivs.  cordate-kidney-shaped, 
and  more  or  less  cupped  or  cucullate,  acute  :  fls.  slen- 


ASCLEPIAS 


103 


der-stalked,  the  calyx-lobes  oblong  and  attenuate  : 
styles  united.  Pacific  coast. 

Lemmoni,  Watson.  Like  the  last,  but  Ivs.  plane  or 
flat,  rounded  at  apex,  less  pubescent,  calyx  lobes  short. 
Sierra  Nevadas. 

Virginicum,  Linn.  Lvs.  broad-ovate  or  orbicular, 
rounded  at  the  top,  the  sinus  narrow  :  fl.  short-stalked, 
purple,  the  calyx-lobes  broad  and  rounded  :  styles  6, 
2-lobed  ;  anthers  not  pointed.  Va.,  S. 

arifdlium,  Michx.  Lvs.  thickish  and  usually  mottled, 
orbicular  to  hastate,  obtuse  :  fl.  stout-stalked,  urn- 
shaped  and  much  contracted  at  the  throat  :  styles  6,  2- 


lobed  ;  anthers  pointed.    Va.,  S. 


L.  H.  B. 


ASCLEPIAS  (ancient  Greek  and  Latinized  name). 
Asclepiadacece.  MILKWEED.  SILKWEED.  Many  herbs, 
mostly  North  American,  generally  with  opposite  or 
whorled  Ivs.,  milky  juice,  and  umbels  of  odd  fls.  The 
fls.  are  gamopetalous,  the  corolla  segments  generally 
strongly  reflexed  ;  stamens  5,  attached  to  the  corolla, 
the  anthers  more  or  less  united  about  the  stigma  ;  be- 
tween the  corolla  and  the  stamens  is  a  crown  of  five 
cornucopia-like  appendages  ;  pollen  cohering  into  a  waxy 
mass  (pollinium),  which  is  removed  bodily  by  insects 
which  visit  the  fl.  The  pollination  of  an  Asclepias  fl.  is 
shown  in  Fig.  149.  The  pollen-masses  are  usually  twin 
(as  at  6),  and  the  handle  or  caudicle  lies  in  a  chink  on 
the  side  of  the  stigma.  The  pollen-masses  become  at- 
tached to  the  legs  or  mouth  parts  of  the  insect,  and 
are  thereby  transferred  to  another  fl.  The  Milkweeds 
are  common  in  waste  places  in  N.  Amer.,  and  are 
rarely  cult.  Several  species  ( described  below )  have  been 
int.  by  dealers  in  native  plants.  The  Butterfly-weed  and 
some  others  are  very  showy  and  worthy  of  more  general 
attention.  The  large-lvd.  kinds  are  desirable  when  heavy 
foliage  effects  are  wanted.  They  are  all  perennials  of 
the  easiest  culture.  Prop,  by  division,  rarely  by  seeds. 
See  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  N.  Amer.  2.,  pt.  I  (which  is  here 
followed ) . 

A.    Fls.   {corolla  and  crown)  orange. 

tuberdsa,  Linn.  BUTTERFLY-WEED.  PLEURISY  ROOT. 
Hairy,  2-3  ft.  high,  from  long,  horizontal  roots,  with 
more  or  less  alternate,  lance-oblong  or  lance-linear  Ivs.: 
umbels  several,  short-peduncled  :  pods  pnbesceut,  erect. 
Dry  banks  and  fields  ;  widespread,  and  not  infrequent. 
B.R.  76.  D.  223. -A  handsome  plant. 

AA.    Fls.  in  shades  of  red  or  purple. 

Curassavica,  Linn.  Plant  glabrous,  2  ft.  or  less  :  Ivs. 
opposite  and  short-petioled,  thin,  oblong-lanceolate : 
corolla  scarlet :  pods  glabrous,  erect.  Fla.  and  La. 
B.R.  81. 

incarnata,  Linn.  Glabrous  or  nearly  so,  leafy  and 
branching,  3  ft. :  Ivs.  opposite,  oblong-lanceolate  :  co- 
rolla rose-purple  to  flesh  color,  with  oblong  lobes  :  pods 
glabrous,  erect.  B.R.  250.  Var.  pulchra,  Pers.  Hirsute, 
and  Ivs.  broader.  Swamps.  — Common. 

AAA.   Fls.  greenish,  yellowish  or  white  (sometimes  pur- 
ple-tinged, especially  in  A.  quadrifolia). 

B.    Pods  tomentose  and  soft-spiny. 

speciosa,  Torr.  (A.  Douglasii,  Hook.).  Stem  stout 
and  simple,  3  ft.  or  less,  fine-tomentose  or  becoming 
glabrous  :  Ivs.  large  and  broad,  ovate,  transversely 
veined,  short-petioled  :  fls.  purplish  and  large,  the  pe- 
duncle of  the  umbel  shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Neb.  W.  and 
S.  B.M.  4413. 

Corntiti,  Decne.  (A.  Syrlaca,  Linn.).  Differs  from  last 
in  having  obtuse  and  short  hoods  to  the  crown,  taller, 
less  pubescent :  Ivs.  oblong  or  oval :  fls.  dull  purple, 
in  large,  more  or  less  nodding  umbels.  Mn.  7:221.— 
The  common  milkweed  of  the  E.  states. 

BB.   Pods  glabrous  and  unarmed. 
c.    Fruiting  pedicels  decurved  or  deflexed,  the  pods 

erect  or  ascending. 

amplexicaulis,  Michx.  Plant  glabrous  and  glaucous  : 
st.  decumbent,  1-2  ft.  long  :  Ivs.  numerous,  cordate- 
ovate  and  clasping,  obtuse,  succulent :  corolla  green- 
purple.  Barrens,  N.  Car.  and  S. 


104 


ASCLEPIAS 


ASPARAGUS 


phytolaccoides,  Pursh  (A.  nlvea,  Sims).  Plant  gla- 
brous and  green,  3-4  ft.,  erect  :  Ivs.  thin,  oval  to  lance- 
oval,  acuminate  and  short-petioled  :  fls.  greenish,  in 
large,  loose  umbels.  Moist  ground  ;  frequent.  B.M.1181. 


149.   Milkweed  flower,  showing  pollination. 

variegata,  Linn.  Two  ft.  or  less  high  :  Ivs.  3-7  pairs, 
oval,  ovate  or  oblong,  thinnish,  green  and  glabrous  above 
and  pale  beneath  :  fls.  white  and  pink,  in  1-3  umbels. 
Dry,  shady  places,  Cent,  and  S.  states.  B.M.  1182. 

eriocarpa,  Benth.  Densely  woolly  all  over  :  Ivs.  alter- 
nate or  in  3's,  long-oblong  or  lanceolate,  short-petioled  : 
fls.  dull  white,  in  few  or  several  umbels.  Calif. 

CO.  Fruiting  pedicels  erect,  and  the  pods  erect. 

quadrifolia,  Linn.  About  2  ft.,  not  branched,  with  Ivs. 
towards  the  top  of  the  st.  in  whorls  of  4  :  Ivs.  ovate  or 
lance-ovate,  acuminate,  thin,  nearly  or  quite  glabrous  : 
fls.  pink  to  white  in  2-4  loose  umbels.  Dry  soil ;  fre- 
quent. L.B.C.  13:1258. 

verticillata,  Linn.  About  2  ft.,  slender,  very  leafy  : 
Ivs.  in  whorls  of  3-6,  very  narrow-linear  and  revolute  : 
fls.  greenish  white,  in  many  small  umbels.  Dry  soil  ; 
frequent.  L.B.C.  11:  1067. 

Var.  pumila,  Gray.  A  few  in.  high,  from  a  fascicled 
root :  Ivs.  filiform,  crowded.  Plains,  W. 

Mexicana,  Cav.  Height,  5  ft.  or  less  :  Ivs.  in  whorls 
of  3-6,  or  sometimes  opposite  or  fascicled,  linear  or 
narrow-lanceolate  :  fls.  greenish  white  or  purplish  in 
dense,  many-fld.  umbels.  Ore.  W.  and  S.  L.  H.  B. 

ASCYRUM  (Greek,  not  hard  or  rough ) .  Hypericdcece. 
Low  herbs  or  subshrubs,  with  bright  yellow  fls.,  2  small 
sepals  and  2  large  ones,  4  petals,  and  many  stamens. 
Dry,  sandy  soils  in  E.  states  (also  one  or  two  West  In- 
dian and  one  Himalayan  species),  sometimes  grown  in 
borders.  Of  easiest  culture,  but  should  be  covered  in 
winter  in  the  N.  Prop,  by  division  ;  also,  by  seeds. 

hypericoides,  Linn.  (A.  Crux- Andrew,  Linn.).  ST. 
ANDREW'S  CROSS.  A  ft.  or  less  high,  branchy  :  Ivs.  ob- 
long or  obovate,  narrowed  to  the  base  :  styles  2.  G.F. 
5:257.  Mn.3:65. 

stans,  Michx.  ST.  PETER'S-WORT.  Taller,  scarcely 
branched  :  Ivs.  broad-oblong  or  oval  and  clasping : 
styles  3-4.  L  R  R 

ASH.    See  Fraxinus. 

ASlMINA  (from  Assiminier,  a  French -and -Indian 
name).  Anonacece.  PAPAW  (the  papaw  of  literature  is 
Carica,  which  see ) .  Small  trees  or  shrubs :  Ivs.  alternate, 
entire,  usually  deciduous :  fls.  purple  or  whitish,  campan- 
ulate,  solitary  or  few,  axillary;  sepals3;  petals  6,  the  inner 
ones  smaller  ;  stamens  numerous  :  fr.  consisting  of  one 
or  a  few  large  berries.  Eight  species  in  E.  N.Amer.  Or- 
namental trees  or  shrubs,  with  large  fls,  in  early  spring, 


and  handsome  foliage.  Only  2  species  are  cultivated,  of 
which  the  arborescent  one  is  the  hardier  and  the  hand- 
somer in  foliage,  while  the  more  tender  A.  grandiflora 
has  larger  and  showier  fls.  They  grow  best  in  rich  and 
moist  soil.  They  transplant  with  difficulty.  Prop,  by  seeds 
sown  in  autumn,  or  stratified  and  sown  in  spring,  or  by 
layers  in  autumn;  also,  by  root-cuttings.  In  the  North, 
the  seeds  should  be  sown  in  pots  or  pans.  Description 
of  all  species  is  given  in  Gray,  Syn.  PI.  N.  Amer.  l,"pt.  1, 
pp.  62  and  464. 

trfloba,  Dun.  (Anbna  iriloba, Linn.).  Pig.  150.  Small 
tree,  10-40  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate-oblong,  acute,  %-l 
ft.  long,  glabrous :  fls.  with  the  Ivs.  from  branches  of  the 
previous  year,  green  when  expanding,  changing  to  pur- 
plish red,  with  yellow  in  the  middle,  2  in.  broad  :  fr. 
oblong,  2-6  in.  long,  dark  brown.  S.  states,  north  to  N. 
York,  west  to  Mich,  and  Kansas.  S.S.  1:15,  16.  Gn. 
33,  p.  321.  G.F.  8:  495.  A.G.  44:713.-  This  is  the  only 
arborescent  species  of  the  genus.  It  is  well  worth  a 
place  in  the  garden,  for  its  large  foliage  is  very  hand- 
some and  the  fls.,  appearing  in  the  early  spring,  are  at- 
tractive. The  large  fr.  is  edible,  and  may  be  still  im- 
proved by  cultivation  and  careful  selection  of  the  best 
varieties.  Many  people  do  not  relish  the  highly  aromatic 
flavor;  and  the  large  seeds  are  a  disadvantage.  The  tree 
has  proved  hardy  in  Mass,  and  Ontario.  One  or  two 
named  forms  have  been  offered. 

grandiflora,  Dun.  Shrub,  2-6  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate 
or  oblong,  obtuse,  2-4  in.  long,  rufous -pubescent  when 
young,  at  length  glabrous  and  chartaceous  :  fls.  large, 
appearing  with  the  Ivs. ;  outer  petals  cream-colored,  over 
2  in.  long,  much  larger  than  the  inner  ones :  the  large  f  r. 
is  said  to  be  very  delicious.  S.  Georgia,  Fla. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ASPARAGUS,  ESCULENT  (Asparagus  officinalis, 
Linn.).  Liliacece.  A  perennial  herb,  cult,  for  the  succu- 
lent young  shoots  which  arise  from  the  roots  in  spring. 
The  plant  is  native  to  Eu.  and  Asia,  and  has  been  cult, 
for  2,000  years  and  more.  It  was  known  to  the  Greeks 
and  Romans.  The  so-called  Ivs.  of  asparagus  are  really 
leaf-like  branches.  The  Ivs.  are  the  scales,  which  are 
well  shown  on  the  shoot  at  the  left  in  Fig.  151.  From 


150.  Asimina  triloba(X^). 


the  axils  of  these  scales  branches  may  arise,  a  a.  At 
b  b  are  shown  clusters  of  branchlets,  or  "leaves,"  issuing 
from  the  axils  of  scales  or  Ivs. 

Asparagus,  being  a  rather  rugged  plant,  will  live,  and 
in  a  measure  thrive,  on  almost  any  kind  of  soil,  even 
under  neglect.  One  frequently  finds  apparently  thrifty 
plants  in  neglected  fence  rows,  or  strong  stalks  pushing 
up  through  stone  heaps  or  other  rubbish  piled  several 
feet  in  thickness  upon  an  abandoned  asparagus  bed. 
The  stalks  that  are  wanted  for  the  table  and  for  a  dis- 


ASPABAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


105 


criminating  market,  however,  are  those  an  inch  or  more 
in  diameter  and  deliciously  succulent,  which  one  can 
grow  only  on  good  plants  set  far  enough  apart  on  well- 
drained,  well-manured  and  well-tilled  soil.     To  secure 
earliness  of  crop,  the  land  selected  for  an  Asparagus 
patch  should  be  a  warm  loam,  preferably  exposed  to 
south  or  east.    Manures  of  any  kind  may  be  used  with 
greatest  liberality,  too  much  being  almost  out  of  the 
question.     Unless  the   soil    is   already   well    supplied 
with  vegetable  matter,  and  for  that  reason  very  loose 
and  mellow,  bulky  manures,  such  as  fairly-well  rotted 
stable  manure  or  rich  compost,  are  almost  indispensable 
at  the  start.    A  heavy  dressing  is  to  be  plowed  under. 
Afterwards  concentrated  manures,  rich  in  nitrogen  and 
potash,  will  do  very  well  for  loose  soils,  and  may  be 
used  broadcast  on  top,  as  the  crop  seems  to  need  them 
from  year  to  year.    Much  depends  on  good  plants. 
These  are  easily  grown.    To  grow  one's  own  supply  for 
starting  a  plantation  is  ordinarily  a  safer  plan  than  to 
depend  on  purchased  plants.   Use  strong  1-year  plants 
in  preference  to  older  ones.   The  male,  or  pollen-bearing 
plants,  are  more  vigorous,  therefore  more  productive  of 
good  stalks  and  more  profitable  than  the  female  or  seed- 
bearing  plants  ;  but  it  is  not  always  an  easy  task  to  dis- 
tinguish the  one  from  the  other  at  an  early  age  unless 
they  bloom.     To  raise  the  plants,  sow  seed  in  early 
spring  thinly  in    drills,  in  a  well-prepared   seed-bed. 
Have  the  drills  a  foot  apart ;  cover  the  seed  half  an  inch 
to  an  inch  deep,  and  thin  the  plants  early  to  stand  3 
inches  apart.   With  the  same  attention  as  that  demanded 
by  other  close-planted  garden  vegetables,  strong  plants 
will  then  be  the  sure  outcome.     Get  the  land  ready  for 
setting  the  plants  by  deep   and   careful   plowing  and 
thorough  harrowing.    Then  plow  out  furrows  5  or  even 
6  feet  apart.    If  the  demand   is   for  the  green   stalks 
(those  grown  above  ground),  popular  in  some  markets, 
the   furrows   may   be    made     6  or   7   inches     deep.    If 
blanched  shoots  are  wanted  (and  they  are  of  superior 
flavor  and  tenderness,  provided  they  are  grown  in  mel- 
low soil  and  under  high  and  skillful  culture),  they  have 
to  be  grown  below  ground;  hence  the  furrows  are  to  be 
made  a  few  inches  deeper  than  for  plants  set  for  green 
stalks.    Set  the  plants  in  the  furrows  not  less  than  2 
feet  apart,  each  on  a  little  mound  of  soil,  spreading  the 
roots  in  the  same  way  as  they  grew  in  the  seed  bed. 
Cover  with  mellow  soil  to  the  depth  of  a  few  inches,  and 
afterwards,  in  the  course  of  some  weeks  and  by  means 
of  suitable  tools    (smoothing  harrow,  cultivator,  etc.), 
gradually  fill  the  furrows  even  with  the  ground  level. 
A  still  better  plan  whene  the  material  can  be  had,  is  to 
fill  the  furrows  with  fine  old  compost,  as  the  covering 
above  the  crowns  of  the  plants  can   not  be  made  tco 
loose.    It  is  advisable,  and  will  insure  closer  attention 
in  cultivation,  to  grow  some  hoed  crop,  like  beets,  tur- 
nips, cabbage,  beans,  peas,  radishes,  etc.,  between  the 
rows  of  Asparagus  the  first  year.    In  the  fall,  and  every 
fall  thereafter,  cut   the  Asparagus  stalks  close  to  the 
ground  and  remove  them  from  the  patch,  to  avoid  the 
scattering  of  the  seed. 

In  early  spring  of  the  second  year,  the  surface  of  the 
groxind  is  to  be  loosened  by  shallow  plowing  or  deep  cul- 
tivating; and  when  the  first  sprouts  appear,  the  rows 
may  be  hilled  up  to  some  extent,  especially  if  blanched 
stalks  are  to  be  grown.  The  wisdom  of  cutting  that 
season  more  than  a  very  few,  if  any,  of  the  shoots  for 
the  table  or  sale  may  well  be  doubted.  Plants  left  intact 
until  the  third  year  will  grow  much  stronger  and  be 
more  productive  afterward.  In  the  absence  of  a  spe- 
cially devised  Asparagus  knife,  any  ordinary  table  or 
pocket  knife  may  be  used  for  cutting  the  shoots,  or  in 
mellow  soil  the  shoots  may  be  broken  off  at  the  base  with 
the  finger.  In  cutting,  be  very  careful  to  avoid  injury  to 
later  shoots  or  to  the  crown  of  the  plant.  The  third  sea- 
son and  every  year  thereafter  loosen  up  the  ground  as 
directed  for  the  second  season.  The  shoots  are  now  to 
be  cut  indiscriminately  and  clean,  up  to  the  beginning 
of  the  green-pea  season.  After  that,  allow  them  to  grow 
undisturbed,  but  continue  cultivation,  to  keep  the  ground 
surface  mellow  and  free  from  weed  growth.  For  market, 
wash  the  freshly-cut  stalks  and  tie  them  in  neat,  com- 
pact bunches  of  the  size  demanded  bv  the  particular 
market,  using  some  bright-colored  ribbon,  or  perhaps 
rubber  bands.  If  to  be  shipped,  especially  for  a  longer 


distance,  pack  the  bunches  in  moist  moss  or  other  ma- 
terial that  will  prevent  the  stalks  from  wilting.  Varia- 
tions in  the  Asparagus  plant  are  due  more  to  differences 
in  culture  and  environment  than  to  those 
characteristic  of  the  variety.  American 
seedsmen  offer  the  following  as  distinct 
varieties  :  Colossal  (Conover's),  Palmetto, 
Mammoth  (Barr's),  Columbian  (Mammoth 
Columbian  White).  The  last  named  is 
perhaps  the  only  one  having  an  undisputed 


151.  Leaves  and 

branches    of 
common  Asparagus. 


claim  to  varietal  distinction,  on  account 
of  the  white  color  of  its  young  shoots. 
To  save  the  seed,  strip  the  scarlet  berries 
off  the  ripe  stalks  by  hand,  or  thresh  them 
off  with  a  flail,  put  them  in  a  sound  barrel 
or  tank,  and  mash  them  with  a  wooden 
pounder,  to  separate  the  hard,  black  seeds  from  the 
pulp.  Clean  them  by  washing  in  plenty  of  water,  pour- 
ing off  the  pulp  and  skins  ;  dry  and  store. 

In  the  Atlantic  coast  states,  north  of  Virginia,  the 
Asparagus  rust  (Puccinia  Asparagi)  has  often  done  con- 
siderable damage.  Outside  of  that  region  this  fungous 
disease  is  hardly  known.  Burning  the  infected  stalks 
is  recommended.  According  to  the  Massachusetts  Ex- 
periment Station,  "the  best  means  of  controlling  the 
rust  is  by  thorough  cultivation  in  order  to  secure  vig- 
orous plants,  and  in  seasons  of  extreme  dryness  plants 
growing  on  very  dry  soil  with  little  water -retaining 
properties  should,  if  possible,  receive  irrigation."  As- 
paragus anthracnose  has  appeared  in  a  few  instances. 
Of  insect  enemies,  only  two  have  thus  far  attacked  As- 
paragus plants  in  America,  namely,  the  common  Aspara- 
gus beetle  (Crioceris  Asparagi,  Linn.),  and  the  12- 
spotted  Asparagus  beetle  (C.  12-punctata,  Linn.).  The 
following  remedies  are  recommended  :  Chickens  and 
ducks  ;  close  cutting  of  the  young  shoots  in  the  early 
season,  and  the  freense  of  fresh,  air-slaked  lime  or  of 
arsenites  dusted  on  the  dew-wet  plants  after  the  cut- 
ting period.  Even  with  all  kinds  of  vegetables  in  abun- 
dant supply  and  much  cheaper  than  ever,  there  is  hardly 
any  danger  that  a  superior  article  of  Asparagus  will  go 
begging  for  customers  in  any  of  otir  markets,  or  that  the 
grower  of  such  product  could  not  get  several  hundred 
dollars  per  acre  for  his  crop. 

There  are  no  books  of  American  origin  devoted  wholly 
or  chiefly  to  Asparagus  ;  but  all  the  vegetable-garden- 
ing manuals  discuss  it.  T.  GREINER. 


106 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS,  OENAMENTAL.  Liliacece.  The  genus 
Asparagus  comprises  about  150  species,  which  are  widely 
dispersed  in  warm  or  tropical  regions,  being  particularly 
abundant  in  S.  Afr.  The  species  are  of  very  various 
habit.  Some  are  climbers,  some  drooping  or  trailing,  and 
some  erect-bushy.  Many  of  them  are  highly  prized  for 
their  very  graceful  and  fine  foliage.  Some  species  even 
surpass  the  most  delicate  ferns  in  elegance  of  habit  and 
delicacy  of  spray.  The  foliage  is  really  composed  of  leaf- 
like  branches  (cladophylla)  rather  than  of  true  Ivs.  (see 
Fig.  151,  and  the  discussion  of  it).  Although  all  are  per- 
ennial, the  sts.  of  some  kinds  annually  die  down  or  cast 
their  Ivs.  With  the  exception  of  A.  vertlcillatus,  the  fol- 
lowing species  must  be  grown  under  glass,  except  in 
S.  Fla.  and  S.  Calif.  They  are  of  easy  culture.  Best 
when  propagated  by  seeds  (which  are  usually  freely  pro- 
duced), but  are  also  multiplied  by  division  and  cuttings. 
Roots  generally  tuberous.  Mongr.  by  Baker,  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  14  (1875) ;  account  of  cult,  species  by  Watson, 
G.C.  111.23:122, 147, 178. 

A.   Foliage  ovate. 

medeoloides,  Thunb.  (Myrsipnyllum  asparagoldes, 
Willd.).  SMILAX  of  florists.  Fig.  152.  Tall,  slender,  gla- 
brous twiner  :  cladophylla  1  in.  or  more  long,  thick, 
glossy  green  on  both  sides,  strong-nerved,  standing  edge- 
wise to  the  branch  :  fls.  single,  fragrant ;  berries  dark 
green.  S.Afr.  B.M.  5584.— Much  grown  by  florists  for 
use  in  decorations  ( see  cultural  notes  below) . 

AA.   Foliage  narrow,  but  distinctly  flat  and  plain. 

Spr6ngeri,  Regel.  Figs.  153, 154.  Tubers  fleshy,  white : 
branches  long  and  slender,  branched,  drooping  :  Ivs. 
1  in.  long,  glossy  green:  fls.  small  and  whitish,  in  short 
racemes,  fragrant:  berry  small,  coral-red.  Natal.  Gn. 
54,p.88.  A.G.  18:86,883;  19:101.  Gng.  4:167.  F.E.9:  sup. 
Mn.  8:151.  — One  of  the  most  popular  basket  and  decora- 
tive plants,  of  easy  cult.  Prop,  by  division,  but  most 
efficiently  by  seeds,  which  can  be  purchased.  At  a  night 
temp,  of  65°  they  germinate  in  4-5  weeks.  Int.  to  horti- 
culture by  Dammann  &  Co.,  Italy,  in  1890,  and  named  for 
their  collector,  Herr  Sprenger.  There  is  a  white-lvd. 
variety. 

lucidus,  Lindl.  Climber  :  tubers  l%in.  long  :  sts.  4-6 
ft.,  spiny,  branching  :  Ivs.  narrow  and  curved,  2  in.  or 
less  long,  2-6  in  a  cluster,  more  or  less  deciduous  :  fls. 
small,  white,  axillary  :  berries  pink  or  white,  %in.  in 
diam.  China  and  Japan,  where  the  tubers  are  eaten 
(A.G.  13:78).— Needs  warm  treatment. 

AAA.  Foliage  filiform  or  thread-like. 

plumosus,  Baker.  Fig.  155.  Tall-climbing,  with  spiny 
terete  sts.  (10-15  ft.) :  branches  flattish  and  spreading 
horizontally  in  elegant  sprays  :  Ivs.  short,  bright  green, 
in  clusters  :  fls.  white,  commonly  solitary  :  berry  black, 
nearly  globular,  1-seeded.  S.Afr.  G.C.  III.  23:146.- 
One  of  the  most  popular  of  decorative  plants,  the  cut 
strands  holding  their  shape  and  color  for  weeks  ( see  note 
on  culture  below) .  It  is  propagated  by  seeds,  division,  and 
cuttings.  Several  garden  forms.  Var.  nanus,  Hort.,  Fig. 


plant  or  seeds  being  the  only  methods  that  answer  for  it," 
A. F.  11:1178.  Var.  tenuissimus,  Hort.  (A.  tenuissimus, 
Hort.).  Fig.  156.  Only  partially  climbing,  very  light 


152.   Asparagus  medeoloides,  or  Smilax. 
Natural  size. 


155  (but  not  dwarf,  as  its  name  implies),  is  commoner 
than  the  type,  from  which  it  is  distinguished,  according  to 
Watson,  "by  the  fulness  and  flatness  of  its  fronds,  and  by 
its  refusal  to  multiply  by  means  of  cuttings,  division  of  the 


153.  Asparagus 

Sprengeri  (X  %) . 


green  :  sprays  more  open  and  delicate  than  those  of 
the  type,  because  of  the  fewer  and  longer  Ivs.  Var. 
declinatus,  Hort.,  has  drooping  sprays.  Var.  cristatus, 
Hort.,  has  forking-tasseled  sprays. 

Comorensis,  Hort.  Similar  to  A.  plumosus  :  more  ro- 
bust, darker  green,  softer  foliage  :  berries  globular. 
G.C.  111.23:181.  I.H.  42,  p.  61. 

crispus,  Lam.  (A.  decumbens,  Jacq.,  and  Hort.).  Tu- 
bers many,  oblong  :  climbing  (2-4  ft.),  the  sts.  fine  or 
almost  hair-like  and  annual,  the  branches  zigzag  :  Ivs. 
numerous,  usually  in  close  pairs,  very  short  (% in.), 
glaucous-green  :  fls.  white,  with  orange  anthers  : 
berry  large  (%in.  long),  oval,  soft,  brown,  about 
6-seeded.  S.  Afr.  A.  defUxus,  Hort.,  is  probably 
a  form  of  this  species. 

verticillatus,  Linn.  Tall-climbing  (10-15  ft.) 
hardy  plant :  rootstock  woody  :  sts.  stout  (%in.  in 
diam.),  said  to  be  edible  when  young,  but  becom- 
ing woody,  spiny  :  Ivs.  in  tufts,  hair-like,  2  in. 
or  less  long  :  fls.  small  :  berries  red.  Persia,  Si- 
beria 

retrofractus,  Linn.  (A.  retrofrdctus  arbdreus, 
Hort.).  Sts.  slender  (4-8  ft.),  becoming  woody  and 
gray,  scarcely  climbing,  zigzag,  spiny,  the  branches 
wiry:  Ivs.  in  close  clusters,  green,  hair-like,  1-2  in. 
long :  fls.  white,  small,  umbellate  :  berry  small, 
nearly  globular,  1-seeded.  S.  Afr. 

virgd,tus,  Baker.  A  bushy,  branchy  plant  3-6  ft., 
the  branches  arching  :  Ivs.  in  3's,  dark  green,  1 
in.  or  less  long  :  fls.  small,  white:  berries  red,  1-seeded. 
S.  Afr. 

A.  acutifolius,  Linn.  Hardy,  rigid,  5  ft.:  Ivs.  tufted,  hair-like: 
fls.  yellow:  berry  red.  Eu.— A.  ^thiopicus,  Linn.  Suggests  A. 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


107 


Sprengeri :  evergreen  :  Ivs.  flat  and  falcate,  in  clusters  of  3-6. 
Afr.— A.  Africdnus,  Lain.  Climber:  Ivs.  rigid,  dark  green,  clus- 
tered, evergreen.  S.  Afr.— A.  Asidticus,  Linn.  Tall  climber  : 
Ivs  li;iir-like,  soft,  %\n.—A.  Cobperi,  Baker.  Similar  to  A.  plu- 
mosus.  S.  Afr.— A.  declindtus.  Linn.  "Allied 
to  A.  plumosus,  from  which  it  differs  in  having 
deltoid  prickles,  pale  green  stems,  and  smaller 
berries."  S.  Afr.  —  A.  falcdtus,  Linn.  Very  tall 
(25-30  ft.),  climbing:  Ivs.  in  whorls,  flat  and 
falcate.  S.  Afr.,  Trop.  Asia.  G.C.  III.  23:  123, 
178.— A.  lariclnus,  Burch.  Shoots  annual,  10-12 
ft.:  Ivs.  hair-like,  persistent,  in  clusters.  Simi- 
lar to  A.  retrofractus.  S.  Afr.  G.C.  III.  23:122. 
—A.prociiinbens,  a  trade  name.  —A.  racembsus, 
Willd.  Climber :  Ivs.  grayish,  4-angled :  fls. 
whitish,  fragrant ;  racemes  2  in.  long.  Trop. 
Mr  and  Asia.  G.  C.  III.  23;147.— A.  sarmentb- 
svs,  Linn.  Not  climbing,  but  loose,  4  ft. :  Ivs. 
green  and  flat :  berries  bright  red.  Trop.  Asia 
(and  Afr.?).  G.C.  III.  16:747;  23:179.— A. 
scdndens,  Thunb.  Climbing,  slender:  Ivs. 
in  3's,  curved,  flat,  dark  green.  S.  Afr.— 
A .  Schoberioides,  Kunth.  One  ft.:  Ivs.  de- 
ciduous, in  3's  or  4's,  linear,  curved  :  fls. 
sessile:  berries  red.  Hardy.  Jap.— A.  ten- 
it  ifolius.  Lam.  Shrubby,  hardy,  3  ft.:  Ivs. 
grayish,  linear.curved :  berries  very  large, 
red.  S.  Eu.  Not  to  be  confounded  with 
A.  tenuissimus,  which  is  a  form  of  A.  plu- 
mosus.—A.  trichophyllus,  Bunge.  Sts.  an- 
nual, weak,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs.  clustered,  stiff  and 
nwl-like :  fls.  long-pedicelled.  Hardy.  Si- 
beria, China. —A. umbelldtus,  Link.  Some- 
what shrubby,  the  sts.  wiry: 
Ivs.  3-angled,  stiff,  in  clusters: 
fls.  white,  fragrant,  in  umbels. 
L.  H.  B. 

CULTURE  OP  SMILAX 
(Asparagus  medeololdes). 
—  Commercially,  Smilax  is 
grown  in  solid  beds  under 
glass,  and  the  tall  growth 
is  tied  to  strings.  These 
strings  are  cut  for  sale. 
Some  growers  do  not  renew 
their  beds  of  Smilax  for  3  or  4  years.  It  is,  doubtless,  the 
most  profitable  to  replant  with  young  stock  every  year. 
Smilax,  like  all  its  family,  is  a  heavy  feeder.  A  heavy 
loam  with  one-fifth  half -rotted  cow-manure  is  the  best 
compost  for  the  bed.  A  light  house  is  not  essential.  The 
middle  of  an  equal-span  house  running  north  and  south 
is  an  ideal  place  for  it,  if  there  is  height  sufficient  to  run 
up  the  strings  7  or  8  feet.  Plant  as'early  as  possible  in 
July.  Many  florists  who  grow  a  few  hundred  strings  of 
Smilax  make  the  mistake  of  putting  them  in  a  coolhouse. 
It  will  grow  in  a  temperature  of  50°,  but  not  profitably : 
60°  at  night,  and  even  65°,  is  the  right  temperature. 
The  plants  should  be  8  in.  apart  in  the  rows  and  10  in. 
between  rows.  If  not  syringed  frequently,  red  spider 
attacks  the  Smilax  ;  but  there  is  no  excuse  for  that,  as  a 
daily  syringing  is  a  sure  preventive.  When  cutting  the 
strings,  avoid  picking  out  one  here  and  there.  Begin  to 


154.   Strong 

new  shoot  of 
Asparagus  Sprengeri 


should  also  be  taken  in  cutting,  for  many  times  there  will 
be  several  young  growths  a  foot  or  so  high  that  can  be 
saved  for  a  future  string,  and  they  may  be  worse  than  use- 
less if  cut.  Smilax  for  planting  in  July  should  be  raised 
from  seed  sown  in  February.  When  2  or  3  in.  high,  and 
showing  its  character-leaves,  it  should  be  potted  in  2-in. 
pots.  In  May,  they  should  go  into  3-in.  pots.  It  is  very 
important  that  the  first  growth,  which  is  always  weak, 
should  be  made  in  these  3-in.  pots  ;  then,  when  planted 
out,  the  first  growth  in  the  beds  is  strong  enough  to  make 
saleable  strings.  Never  neglect  tying  up  Smilax  as  soon 
as  the  preceding  crop  is  cut.  Contrary  to  what  is  the 
case  with  many  plants,  the  hotter  Smilax  is  grown  the 
hardier  and  more  durable  the  leaves,  providing  it  is  not 
cut  prematurely.  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 

CULTURE  OF  ASPARAGUS  PLUMOSUS.  — The  first  and 
all-important  factor  in  the  cultivation  of  Asparagus 
is  the  construction  of  the  bed.  To  meet  with  any  degree 
of  success,  the  bed  must  have  perfect  drainage.  The 
house  should  be  25  or  30  feet  high,  and  wired  at  the  top 
and  bottom.  The  wires  beneath  are  made  fast  to  each 


Asparagus  plumosus,  var.  nanus  (X  %). 


cut  at  one  end  of  the  bed  and,  as  much  as  possible,  clear 
off  all  the  strings,  because  when  denuded  of  so  much 
growth  the  fleshy  roots  are  liable  to  rot  if  over-watered; 
little  water  is  needed  till  young  growth  starts.  Care 


156.  Asparagus  plumosus.  var.  tenuissimus  (X 

side  of  an  iron  trellis  about  8  inches  apart  and  at  the 
top  an  equal  distance  apart,  in  order  that  the  strings 
may  be  as  nearly  straight  as  possible. 

The  early  growth  of  Asparagus  plumosus,  var.  nanus, 
is  very  slow  ;  but  as  soon  as  it  is  transplanted  and  well 
rooted  in  a  rich  soil,  the  growth  is  more  rapid,  the  tender 
shoots  developing  into  a  vine  which  will  be  ready  to  cut 
for  the  market  in  about  a  year.  There  is  great  difficulty 
in  obtaining  the  seed  of  the  nanus.  In  a  whole  house, 
there  may  be  only  a  few  seed-bearing  strings.  After 
being  picked,  the  berries  are  allowed  to  dry  for  a  month, 
and  are  then  ready  for  planting.  A  good,  rich  soil,  cov- 
ered with  a  thin  film  of  sand,  serves  very  well  to  start 
them.  The  temperature  should  be  about  65°,  and  as 
nearly  constant  as  possible.  When  the  plant  is  well 
rooted,  it  is  removed  to  a  deeper  soil  or  potted  in  3- 
or  4-inch  pots  and  placed  on  a  bench.  Here  it  remains 
a  year,  and  is  then  placed  in  the  bed. 

Up  to  this  time  a  small  amount  of  labor  suffices  to  keep 
the  plant  growing  in  a  healthy  condition  ;  but  from  now 
on  great  care  must  be  taken  and  much  labor  expended 
to  produce  the  best  crop.    The  bed  into  which 
the  young  plant  is  set  should  be  carefully  laid 
with  rocks  at  the  bottom,  so  the  water  can 
escape  freely.    Over  this  place  two  or  three 
feet  of   soil,    manure,    and 
dead  leaves.  It  is  but  a  short 
time  now  that  the  roots  have 
room  to  expand  before  the 
shoots  appear  above  the  trel- 
lis, and  the  stringingbegins. 
Strong  linen  thread  is  used 
for  strings. 

The  first  crop  will  not  be 
ready  to  cut  before  the  end 
of  the  second  year  ;  that  is, 
from  the  time  the  seed  is 
planted.  As  soon  as  this  crop  is  exhausted,  new  strings 
are  put  in  place  of  the  old,  and  another  crop  is  started. 
This  goes  on  year  after  year.  Now  that  the  plant  has 
gotten  its  growth,  it  is  more  hardy,  and  is  constantly 


108 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPHODELINE 


sending  up  new  shoots.  If  the  bed  is  well  made  in  the 
beginning,  the  Asparagus  need  not  be  disturbed  for  eight 
or  ten  years.  However,  at  the  end  of  that  time  it  is  well 
to  take  the  plants  up  and  fill  the  beds  with  fresh  soil 
and  manure. 

In  the  spring,  when  the  sun  gets  high,  the  Asparagus 
houses  are  shaded  with  a  light  coating  of  white  lead, 
whiting  and  kerosene  oil.  This  is  absolutely  necessary, 
as  the  summer  sun  would  in  a  very  short  time  burn  the 
tops  of  the  vine.  The  vine  flowers  in  the  fall,  and  only 
on  strings  that  have  been  matured  six  months  or  more. 

The  vine  alone  is  not  the  only  source  of  profit.  When 
the  plant  is  a  year  old,  a  few  of  the  most  nearly  perfect 
sprays  may  be  taken  without  injuring  its  growth.  These 
are  very  desirable  in  the  market.  There  is,  of  course, 
some  waste  in  working  up  the  Asparagus  to  be  shifted, 
but,  on  the  whole,  it  is  very  slight.  The  different  forms 
in  which  it  is  sold  utilize  by  far  the  greater  part  of  it. 

Insects  destroy  the  shoots  and  sprays.  This  is  pre- 
vented to  a  great  extent  by  insect  powder.  The  cut- 
worms do  the  most  damage.  About  the  only  way  to  get 
rid  of  them  is  to  pick  them  off  the  strings  during  the 
night,  as  they  generally  seek  shelter  under  the  thick 
clusters  of  the  plant  at  daylight.  There  are  many  draw- 
backs ingrowing  Asparagus,  among  which  are  expensive 
houses,  the  slow  growth  of  the  plants  (which  makes  it 
necessary  to  wait  at  least  two  years  before  receiving 
any  return  from  the  expenditure),  injury  from  insects, 
and  the  great  amount  of  labor  involved  in  looking  after 
the  houses.  WILLIAM  H.  ELLIOTT. 

ASPASIA  (Greek  personal  name,  of  little  significance 
here).  Orchidacece, tribe  Vdndece.  Pseudobulbous :  Ivs. 
sub-coriaceous  :  racemes  radical  :  perianth  spreading  : 
lateral  sepals  free,  the  upper  one  connate  at  the  base  of 
the  petals  :  labellum  concave  :  column  semi-terete  : 
pollinia  2.  Eight  or  10  Trop.  Amer.  species.  The  genus 
is  closely  allied  to  Odontoglossum. 

epidendroldes,  Lindl.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  :  racemes, 
with  about  4  fls. ;  erect :  sepals  and  petals  streaked  with 
brown  ;  labellum  white,  dotted  with  violet-purple.  Pan- 
ama and  Colombia.  OAKES  AMES. 

ASPEN.    See  Populus. 

ASPEBELLA  (diminutive  of  asper,  rough) .  Syn. ,  As- 
prella.  Graminece.  Perennial  grasses,  with  looser  and 
more  slender  terminal  spikes  than  Elymus.  Spikelets 
usually  in  pairs,  on  short  pedicels,  empty  glumes  wanting 
or  appearing  as  simple  rudiments  in  the  lowest  spikelets 
of  each  spike.  Species  4.  N.  Amer.,  Siberia,  New  Zeal. 

Hystrix,  Humb.  BOTTLE -BRUSH  GRASS.  Spikelets 
stand  out  at  right  angles,  suggesting  brushes  used  for 
cleaning  bottles.  A  native  grass,  growing  in  woodlands 
and  on  the  borders  of  thickets  ;  sometimes  used  for 
lawn  decoration.  P>  B.  KENNEDY. 

ASPEKULA  (roughish;  referring  to  Ivs.).  RuUacew. 
Mostly  dwarf,  hardy  herbs,  for  borders,  rockeries  and 
shady  places,  with  square  stems,  whorled  Ivs.  (some  of 
the  Ivs.  are  really  stipules),  and  many  small,  4-parted 
fls.,  produced  freely  from  May  to  July.  The  commonest 
species  is  A.  odorata,  the  Waldmeister  of  the  Germans, 
which  is  used  in  their  Maitrank,  or  May  wine,  and  in 
summer  drinks.  The  dried  Ivs.  have  a  hay-like  fra- 
grance, lasting  for  years,  and  are  often  kept  with 
clothes.  The  plant  occasionally  escapes  from  gardens. 
A.  hexaphylla,  with  its  delicate,  misty  spray,  is  used 
with  sweet  peas  and  other  cut-flowers  that  are  inclined 
to  look  lumpy.  Other  plants  for  this  purpose  are  Gyp- 
sophila  paniculata,  Statice  latifolia,  and  several  Gali- 
ums,  all  of  which  have  small,  abundant  fls.  in  very  loose 
panicles  on  long,  slender  stems.  In  half -shaded  and 
moist  soil,  Asperulas  grow  very  luxuriantly  until  late 
fall.  In  dry  and  sunny  places  they  soon  become  stunted, 
and  die  down  before  the  season  is  over.  Prop,  by  divi- 
sion and  by  seeds. 

A.  Plants  perennial :  fls.  white. 
B.  Corollas  4-lobed. 

odorata,  Linn.  SWEET  WOODRUFF.  Fig.  157.  Habit 
erect  or  ascending  :  height  6-8  in.  :  Ivs.  usually  in 
whorls  of  8,  lanceolate,  finely  toothed  or  roughish  at  the 


margin  :  corollas  campanulate  :  seeds  rough.  Eu.  and 
Orient.  — Increases  rapidly,  and  is  used  for  carpeting 
shady  places,  and  for  edgings. 

hexaphylla,  All.  Plant-stem  glabrous  :  habit  ascend- 
ing, slender  :  height  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  6,  linear, 
acute,  rough  :  corollas  tubular-funnel  shaped  :  panicles 


157.  Asperula  odorata. 

very  loose  :  fls.  larger  than  the  bracts  :  seeds  smooth. 
Italy,  Hungary,  Pyrenees  on  high  passes  and  dry  mt. 
sides.— Well  grown  specimens  may  be  3  ft.  in  diam.  and 
nearly  as  high. 

BB.  Corollas  often  3-lobed. 

tinctdria,  Linn.  DYER'S  WOODRUFF.  Habit  procum- 
bent unless  supported  :  height  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  linear ; 
lower  ones  in  6's,  middle  ones  in  4's,  uppermost  ones  in 
2's  :  bracts  ovate  :  fls.  reddish  on  outside  :  roots  large, 
creeping  widely,  reddish.  Dry  hills  and  rocks  of  Eu. 

AA.  Plants  annual :  fls.  blue. 

orientalis,  Boiss.  &  Hohen.  ( A.  azurea  and  A.  setosa, 
Jaub.  &  Spach.  A.  azurea-setosa  and  A.  setosa-azurea, 
Hort. ).  Height  1  ft.:  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  8,  lanceolate, 
bristly  :  fls.  longer  than  the  bracts.  Eu.  and  Orient. 


N.  1:124. 


J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 


ASPHODEL,     See  Asphodeline  and  Asphodelus. 

ASPHODELINE  (name  modified  from  Asphodelus). 
Liliacece.  Hardy  herbaceous  plants,  distinguished  from 
Asphodelus  by  their  erect  and  leafy  sts.  They  have 
long  racemes  of  yellow  or  white  fls.  in  June  and  July. 
All  the  older  species  were  described  under  Asphodelus. 
In  1830,  Reichenbach  made  the  new  genus  Asphodeline 
for  A.  lutea  and  others.  The  only  species  advertised  in 
America  is  A.  luteus,  but  all  those  described  below  are 
likely  to  be  in  cult.  Monog.  by  J.  G.  Baker  in  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  15 :  273-278  ( 1877) .  W.  M. 

The  culture  of  Asphodeline  lutea  is  simple.  Any  soil 
will  suit.  Partial  shade  is  allowable,  but  fls.  are  often 
better  in  the  sun.  Prop,  readily  by  division. 

A.    Stems  leafy  up  to  the  raceme. 

B.   Fls.  yellow. 

lutea,  Reichb.  (Asphddelus  luteus,  Linn.).  TRUE  AS- 
PHODEL of  the  ancients,  or  KING'S  SPEAR.  Height  2-4 
ft. :  roots  thick,  fleshy,  stolonif erous :  Ivs.  3-12  in.  long: 
margins  rough :  racemes  6-18  in.  long,  3  in.  wide:  bracts 
large,  membraneous,  persistent.  Italy,  Mauritania  and 
Algeria  to  Tauria  and  Arabia.  B.M.  773.  L.B.C.  12:1102 
as  A.  Tauricus.  —  The  best  species. 
BB.  Fls.  white. 

Taurica,  Kunth.  Height  1-2  ft. :  roots  slender  :  Ivs. 
3-9  in.  long;  margins  membranaceous:  raceme  6-12  in. 
long,  1K-2  in.  wide:  bracts  9-12  lines  long.  Caucasus, 
Tauria,  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  Greece.  G.C.  III.  21 :  175. 

AA.    Stems  leafy  only  a  third  or  half  the  way  to  the 

raceme. 

B.    Fls.  white  :  raceme  dense. 

globifera,  J.  Gay.  Height  2-3  ft. :  capsule  globose 
Cappadocia. 


ASPHODELINE 


ASPIDISTRA 


109 


BB.    Fls.  yellow  :  raceme  lax. 
C     Bracts  large,  6-12  lines  long,  long-cuspidate. 

tenuior,  Ledeb.  Height  1  ft.  Caucasus,  Armeu.,  N. 
Persia.  B.M.  2626.— Smaller  than  A.  luteus,  with  finer 
Ivs.  ;ind  smaller,  fewer  and  paler  fls.  Especially  dis- 
tinguished by  the  stalk  being  naked  at  the  upper  part, 
below  the  raceme  of  fls.,  and  the  bracts  as  short  as 
or  shorter  than  the  peduncle. 

cc.    Bracts  small,  l%-3  lines  long,  short -cuspidate. 

Liburnica,  Reichb.  (A.  Cretica,  Vis.,  not  Boiss.). 
Height  1-2  ft.  Greece,  Crete,  Dalmatia,  Austria,  Italy, 
not  Asia  Minor.  L.B.C.  10:  915  aa  A.  Cretica. 

brevicaulis,  J.  Gay  (A.  Cretica,  Boiss.,  not  Vis.).  St. 
often  flexuose,  that  of  all  the  others  here  described  being 
erect  and  strict.  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  Palestine,  Egypt. 

AAA.    Stems  leafy  only  at  the  base:  fls.  white:  racemes 

dense. 

B.    Racemes  usually  simple, 
c.    Stems  having  leaf-scales  :  height  8  ft. 
imperialis,  Siehe.     Tallest  species  of  the  genus  :  fls. 
large,  reddish  white.    Cappadocia.    G.C.  III.  22:  397. 

cc.    Stems  not  having  leaf-scales  :  height  l%-2  ft. 

Damascena,  Baker.  Height  1^-2  ft. :  bracts  membra- 
naceous,  lanceolate,  the  lowest  9-12  lines  long.  Mt. 
Lebanon. 

Balansse,  J.  Gay.  Height  2  ft. :  bracts  scarious,  6-9 
lines  long.  Cilicia.  Gt.  46,  p.  521.  G.C.  III.  23:  111. 

BB.   Racemes  much  panicled. 

isthmocarpa,   Gay.     Height   2  ft.    Cilicia.    G.C.  III. 

W.M. 

ASPH6DELUS  (Greek  name  of  unknown  origin).  Lili- 
d,ce&.     Hardy  herbaceous  stemless  plants,  with  white, 
lily-like  flowers  in  long  racemes,  fleshy,  fascicled  roots, 
and  firm,  linear,radical,tufted  leaves. 
Perianth  funnel-shaped  ;  segments  6, 
oblong-ligulate,  obtuse,  equal,  with  a 
distinct  nerve  on  the  back,  and  always 
ascending.   The  Asphodel  of  the  an- 
cients, or  King's  Spear,  is  Asphode- 
line  luteus,  which  see.    Homer  men-      f 
tions  the  Asphodel  meadows  of  the 
dead,  where  the  shades  of  heroes  con-  | 

gregated  in  Hades.  The  Asphodel  in 
Greek  mythology  was  the   peculiar 
flower  of  the  dead.    It  has   always  been   a 
common  weed  in  Greece,  and  its  pallid  yel- 
low flowers  are  associated  with  desert  places 
and  tombs.    The  word  daffodil  is  a  corrup- 
tion of  Asphodel.  The  Asphodel  of  the  early 
English   and    French   poets   is    Narcissus 
Pseudo-narcissiis.    J.  G.   Baker,  in  his  re- 
vision of  the  genus  in  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  15: 
268-272  (1877),  refers  40  species   of    other 
botanists  to  A.  ramosus,  the  dominant  type,  of  which  he 
makes  three  subspecies.   These  subspecies  are  here  kept 
distinct,  for  horticultural   purposes,  as  good   species. 
They  are  the  ones  first  described  below.  A .  ramosiis  and 
A.  albus  are  the  only  current  trade  names  in  America. 
Culture  simple;  see  Asphodeline. 

A.   Plant  perennial :  Ivs.S-angled. 

B.   Scape  long. 

C.   Racemes  simple  or  sparingly  branched. 
albus,   Miller,   not    Willd.      BRANCHING    ASPHODEL. 
Bracts  buff  colored  when  young  :   filaments  deltoid  at 
the  base  :  capsules  medium-sized,  5-6  lines  long,  sub- 
globular  or  ellipsoid.    Southern  Eu. 

cerasiferus,  J.  Gay.  Bracts  pale  yellow  :  filaments 
wedge-shaped  at  the  base,  but  rapidly  becoming  awl- 
shaped  :  capsule  large,  8-10  lines  thick,  flatfish  globu- 
lar, umbilicate.  Western  Mediterranean  region. 

cc.  Racemes  much  branched  or  panicled. 

microcarpus,  Vis.  (A.  cestlvus,  Brot.).  Bracts  pale  yel- 
low at  first :  filaments  4-angled  at  the  base :  capsule  small, 
3-4  lines  long, obo void-globose.  Mediterranean,  Canaries. 


BB.    Scape  short,  almost  wanting. 
acaulis,  Desf.     Lvs.  6-20,  in  a  dense  rosette,  3-4  in. 
long,  minutely  pubescent :  fls.  6-20,  in  a  crowded  corymb : 
segments  of  perianth  2-3  lines  wide.   Algiers.   B.M.  7004. 

AA.  Plant  annual :  leaves  cylindrical,  hollow. 
fistuldsus,  Linn.  Height  16-20  in. :  Ivs.  12-30,  in  a  dense 
rosette,  6-12  in.  long,  striate,  awl-like,  glabrous  :  seg- 
ments of  perianth  1-2  lines  wide,  lined  with  pink:  buds 
pink ;  fls.  pinkish.  Prance  and  Portugal  to  Syria,  Arabia 
and  Afghanistan.  B.M.  984.  L.B.C.  12:1124.— Needs  pro- 
tection under  glass  in  winter.  If  removed  early  in  autumu 
to  a  greenhouse,  it  may  be  induced  to  seed  freely. 

A.  Creticus  =Asphpdeline  Liburnica.— -A.  luteus  =Asphodel- 
ine  luteus.—  .1 .'  ViUarxii.  Verl.,  is  a  form  of  A.  ramosus,  from 
E.  France,  with  long,  dense  racemes  and  dark  brown  bracts. 


N.  1:125. 


W.M. 


ASPIDISTRA  (Greek, a  small, round  shield;  referring, 
probably,  to  the  shape  of  the  stignia).  Liliacece.  A 
popular  florists'  plant,  grown  for  its  stiff,  shining,  beau- 
tiful foliage,  and  still  Tnore  interesting  for  its  remarkable 
fls.,  which  are  inconspicuous  because  borne  close  to  the 
ground.  The  casual  observer  never  suspects  that  Aspi- 
distra is  a  liliaceous  plant.  The  parts  of  the  fl.  in  mono- 
cotyledons are  typically  in  3's.  The  genus  Aspidis- 
tra is  considered  abnormal,  as  usually  having  its  parts 
in  4's.  This  tetramerous  state  (which  is  here  con- 
sidered the  normal  one,  and  described  below)  is  pic- 
tured in  B.M.  2499,  but  the  species  was  first  described 
upon  a  trimerous  state,  and  pictured  in  B.R.  628.  In  A. 
lurida  the  trimerous  state  must  be  regarded  as  au  ex- 
ceptional reversion  :  in  A.  typica,  B.M.  7484.  the  tri- 
merous state  is  thought  to  be  constant.  Of  all  plants  that 


158.   Aspidistra  lurida. 

are  rented  for  the  temporary  decoration  of  public  halls, 
Aspidistra  lurida  is  one  of  the  greatest  favorites,  as  it 
stands  much  abuse,  such  as  dust,  dry  air,  and  lack  of 
water  and  light.  It  is,  however,  naturally  fond  of  wa- 
ter, and  grows  freely  on  the  margins  of  ponds  or  streams, 
especially  south.  In  rich  soil  the  variegation  often  dis- 
appears altogether  until  the  plants  begin  to  starve,  hence 
a  compost  of  nearly  half  sand  is  desirable.  The  best 
method  of  propagation  is  by  means  of  division  in  spring, 
before  active  growth  begins,  as  the  young  leaves  are  not 
then  disfigured. 

lurida,  Ker-Gawl.   Fig.  158.   Lvs.  15-20  in.  long,  stiff, 
evergreen,  oblong-lanceolate,   sharp-pointed,    radical ; 


110 


ASPIDISTRA 


ASPLENIUM 


blade  narrowed  into  a  channeled  petiole  a  third  of  its 
length:  fls.  lurid  purple,  on  short  1-fld.  scapes;  perianth 
segments  8  ;  stamens  8  ;  stigma  broadly  shield-shaped, 
like  a  small  mushroom.  China. — The  variegated  form 
is  more  commonly  grown,  the  alternation  of  the  green 
and  white  stripes  being  singularly  beautiful.  No  two 
Jvs.  are  exactly  alike.  E>  Q.  ORPET  and  W.  M. 

ASPlDIUM.    See  Dryopteris  and  Polystichum. 
ASPLENlSNDRIUM.    See  Thamnopteris . 

ASPLENIUM  (Greek,  not  the  spleen;  referring  to  sup- 
posed medicinal  properties).  Polypodi&cece.  A  large, 
widely  distributed  genus  of  ferns,  containing  some  200 
species.  Easily  distinguished  by  the  free  veins,  and1  by 
the  elongated  sori  covered  by  an  indusium,  which  nor- 
mally is  attached  to  one  side  of  a  vein. 

Aspleniums  enjoy  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the 
roots,  but  they  will  turn  brown  in  the  winter  months  in 
an  excessively  moist  atmosphere.  They  should  be  kept 
in  a  very  lightly  shaded  position.  A  good  potting  ma- 
terial consists  of  equal  parts  of  rich  soil  and  leaf -mold  or 
peat.  The  following  are  some  of  the  most  useful  com- 
mercial kinds:  A.  Belangeri,  height  2%ft.;  A.  bulbif- 
erum,  2  ft. ;  A.  laxum,  which  grows  quickly  into  a 
handsome  specimen  about  20  in.  high,  and  seems  to 
stand  the  hot,  dry  American  summers  better  than  other 
species  ;  A.  salicifolium;  and  A.  viviparum,  which  is 
dwarf ,  compact,  with  lace-like  fronds,  and  easily  propa- 
gated. For  hanging  baskets,  A.  flaccidum  is  best.  The 
foregoing  species  and  others  of  like  habit  develop  small 
plantlets  on  the  surface  and  edge  of  pinnae.  As  soon^as 
these  are  sufficiently  strong,  they  may  be  detached,  with 
a  small  piece  of  old  pinnae,  and  pricked  into  shallow  pans, 
the  older  part  being  placed  below  ground  to  hold  the 
young  plant  firmly  in  position  until  roots  have  formed. 
The  best  soil  for  this  purpose  is  composed  of  equal  parts 
of  fresh  garden  soil,  leaf -mold  or  fine  peat,and  sand.  Plant 
very  firmly,  and  place  in  a  shady,  moderately  moist  and 
close  position,  where  in  10  to  15  days  they  wilfmake  roots. 
The  foregoing  ones  do  best  in  a  temperature  of  50°  F. 
A.  cicutarium  is  easily  grown  from  spores,  and  is  very 
useful  for  fern  dishes.  NICHOL  N.  BRUCKNER. 

Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  below  :  A.  Adi- 
antum-nigrum,  14  ;  affine,  13  ;  angustifolium,  10  ;  Bap- 
tistii,  12;  Belangeri,  23 ;  bulbif erum,  18 ;  cicutarium,  20 ; 
cuneatum,  15;  ebeneum,  8;  ebenoides,  4;  Filix-foemina, 
25;  faeniculaceum,  16 ;  fontanum,  17;  formosum,  9;  fra- 
grans,  16;  Hemionitis,  2;  laxum,  18;  myriophyllum,  19; 
nobilis ,  24: ',  obtusilobum,  21 ;  palmatum,  2;  parvulum,  7; 
pinnatifidum,3;  platy  neuron,  8;  rhizophyllum,19;  rutae- 
folium,  22;  salicifolium,  11;  serratum,  1  ;  spinulosum, 
27;  thelypteroides,  26 ;  Trichomanes,  6 ;  viride,  5;  vivip- 
arum,  24.  The  following  are  native  and  hardy  :  Nos. 
3,  5,  6,  7,  10,  25,  26. 

A.    Sort  linear  or  oblong,  straight,  borne  on  the 
back  of  the  If. 

B.   Lf.  simple,  with  a  serrate  margin. 

1.  serratum,  Linn.    Lf.  1-3  ft.  long,  on  a  very  short 
stipe,  2-4  in.  wide,  gradually  narrowed  below:  sori  1  in. 
or  more  long.    Fla.  to  Brazil. 

BB.   Lf.  lobed  or  pinnatifid. 

2.  Hemionitis,  Linn.  (A.  palmatum,  Lam.).     Lf.  4-6 
in.  each  way,  hastate,  with  a  triangular  terminal  lobe  and 
two  lateral  ones,  and  a  large,  rounded  sinus  at  the  base: 
sori  often  over  1  in.  in  length.    Spain,  Canary  Islands. 
8.1:586. 

3.  pinnatifidum,  Nutt.    Lvs.  clustered,  from  a  short 
rootstock,  3-9  in.  long,  with  mostly  rounded  lobes  at  the 
base  and  terminating  in  a  slender  point ;  texture  thick, 
herbaceous  ;  occasionally  rooting  at  the  tip.    Pa.  to  Ala. 
8.1:628. 

4.  ebenoides,  R.  R.  Scott.    Texture  thin  :  Ivs.  5-10  in. 
long,  with  a  few  irregular  divisions  near  the  base,  and 
a  long,  slender,  much-incised  apical  portion,  occasionally 
rooting  at  the  apex.   A  very  rare  native  species. 


BBB.   Lvs.  once  pinnate. 

c.  Pinnae  less  than  %in.  long,  blunt. 

D.   Rachises  greenish. 

5.  viride,  Huds.    Lvs.  3-8  in.  long,  scarcely  more  than 
%in.  wide,  with  numerous  rather  distant  Ifts.,  which  are 
ovate  and  deeply  crenate  :    sori  abundant,  oblique.    A 
subalpine  species  of  N.  Eu.  and  N.  Amer.    S.  1:  661. 

DD.   Rachises  purplish  or  blackish. 

6.  Trich6manes,  Linn.    Lvs.  densely  clustered,  3-8  in. 
long,   %  in.  wide,  with  densely  crowded  oval  leaflets, 
which  are  slightly  crenate  on  the 

upper  side  and  suddenly  narrowed 
at  the  base.  Northern  hemis- 
phere generally.  A.G.  1892:653. 
S.  1:653. 

7.  parvulum,  Mart.  &  Galeotti. 
Leaf  5-9  in.  long,  with  20-30  pairs 
of  mostly  opposite  Ifts., which  are 
%-%  in.    long,    rounded    at   the 
outer  margin  and  squarely  trun- 
cate at  the  base.  South- 
ern states  and  Mex. 

cc.  Pinnae  %-l  inch 
long,  with  a  strong 
auricle  at  the  up- 
per side  of  the  base 
or  deeply  incised 
on  the  tipper  mar- 
gin. 

8.  platyneuron,  Oakes 
(A.  ebeneum,  Ait.). 
Lvs.  6-15  in.  long,  with 
30-35  pairs  of  Ifts. 
which  have  an  enlarged 
auricle  at  the  upper 
side  at  the  base,  the 
lower  Ifts.  reduced  to 
mere  triangular  auri- 
cles :  sori,  when  ma- 
ture, covering  the  en- 
tire surface.  Canada  to 
S.Amer.  A.G.1892:654. 
S.  1:535. 

9.  formdsum,  Willd. 
Lvs.    12-16    in.     long, 
with  numerous    alter- 
nate pinnae  which  are  mostly  deflexed,  with  the  upper 
margin  deeply  incised  and  the  lower  margin  toothed  : 
sori  3-5  to  each  1ft.    Trop.  Amer.    S.  1:  576. 

ccc.   Pinnce  2-6  in.  long,  linear  or  lanceolate. 

10.  angustiidlium,  Michx.   Lvs.  18-24  in.  long  on  stout 
stalks,  4-6  in.  wide,  with  20-30  pairs  of  nearly  sessile 
pinnae,  which  are  truncate  at  the  base  and  extend  to  a 
tapering  point ;  fertile  pinnae  narrower  and  more  dis- 
tant.   Moist  woods  northward.    S.  1:496. 

11.  salicifolium,  Linn.    Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  with  about 
20  distinctly  stalked  horizontal  pinnae,  which  are  wedge- 
shaped  at  the  base,  and  curve  upward  to  a  long  point  : 
sori  strongly  oblique  to  the   midrib,   wide  apart,  not 
reaching  either  margin  or  midrib.    W.  Ind.  to  Braz. 

BBBB.    Lvs.  2-4  pinnate. 

c.    Ultimate  divisions  linear  or  cuneate  :  venation 
somewhat  fan-shaped  :  texture  thick. 

12.  Bdptistii,  Moore.     Leaf  bipinnate,  with  broadly 
ovate  pinnae  5  in.  or  more  long,  each  with  about  4  stipi- 
tate  linear  toothed  pinnules  ;  sori  nearly  parallel  with 
the  midvein  and  close  to  it ;  rachises  scaly,  with  pur- 
plish lined  scales.    South  Sea  Islands. 

13.  affine,  Swz.    Leaf  9-18  in.  long,  with  numerous 
pinnae  on  either  side,  the  lower  ovate  deltoid,  the  upper 
lanceolate  ;    pinnules  incised  :    sori  linear.    Mauritius 
and  Ceylon  to  E.  Ind. 

14.  Adiantum-nigrum,  Linn.    Stalks  brownish,  Ivs.  3- 
pinnatifid  from  winged  rachises,  triangular,  5-9  in.  long; 
ultimate  divisions  ovate,  sharply  incised  and  serrate  on 
both  sides.    Old  World  generally.    S.  1:  486. 


159.    Asplenium  rhizophyllum. 


ASPLENIUM 


ASTER 


111 


15.  cuneatum,  Lam.    Lvs.  12-16  in.  long,  4-6  in.  wide, 
tripinnate  below,  the  ultimate  divisions  broadly  obtuse 
above  and  strongly  cuneate  below  ;  sori  linear,  usually 
long   for    the    size   of    the   segments.     Trop.    regions 
generally. 

16.  fragrans,    Swartz     (A.    fceniculaceum,   Kunth.). 
Lvs.  2-3-pinnate  ;  ultimate  segments  lanceolate,  sharp- 
serrate  above  ;  veins  simple  or  the  lowest  forked  :  sori 
oblong,  extending  from  midrib  to  near  base  of  the  lobes  : 
petiole  brownish,  rachis  flattened.   W.  Ind.    S.  1:  577. 

cc.    Ultimate  division  rhombic,  sharply  spinulose: 
texture  herbaceous. 

17.  fontanum,   Bernh.      Growing   in  dense  clusters  : 
Ivs.  3-6  in.  long,  1  in.  or  more  wide,  2-pinnate;  segments 
with  2-5  spinulose  teeth  which  are  widely  divergent  : 
sori  at  maturity  covering  nearly  the   entire  surface  of 
the  segments.    Eng.  and  Spain  to  the  Himalayas.     S. 
1  :  574. 

000.    intimate  divisions  longer,  not  spinulose:  texture 
membranous  or  herbaceous. 


18.  bulbiferum,  Forst.  (A.  ldxum,Hort.).  Lvs.  1- 
long,  6-8  in.  wide,  3-pinnatifld  ;    pinnae  tapering  to  a 
slender  toothed  point  :  often  bearing  bulbs  from  which 
new  plants  originate  while  still  attached  to   the   leaf. 
Afr.  and  Australasia.    S.  1  :  508. 

19.  rnizophyllum,  Kunze  (A.  myriophyllum,  Presl.). 
Fig.   159.     Growing   in   extensive  tufts,   with   grayish 
brown  stalks  and  rachises  :  Ivs.  6-15  in.  long,  3-pinnate 
or  4-pinnatifid,  the  ultimate  segments  frequently  deeply 
2-lobed  with  a  single  sorus  to  each  division.    Fla.  to  S. 
Araer. 

20.  cicutarium,  Swz.    Lvs.  3-pinnatifld  with  a  winged 
rachis,  8-18  in.  long  ;    pinnules  ovate,  with  5-7  narrow 
divisions,  each  bearing  a  single  sorus  ;    texture  thin, 
membranous.   Trop.  Amer.,  rare  in  Fla. 

AA.    Sori  linear,  marginal  or  submarginal,  on  narrow, 
linear,  ultimate  divisions  of  the  leaf.    (Darea.) 

B.   Lvs.bipinnatifid,  less  than  a  foot  long. 

21.  obtusilobum,  Hook.     Lvs.  4-7  in.  long,  2  in.  wide 
or  less,  with  about  10  pinnae,  which  are  made  up  of  5-7 
narrow  segments  bearing  occasional  sori  on  the  outer 
margin  of  the  segments.    New  Hebrides  and  Fiji  Isls. 
8.1:624. 

BB.    Lvs.  2-pinnate  or  3-pinnatifid,  over  a  foot  long. 
C.   Pinnae,  short,  with  close  segments. 

22.  rutae!61ium,  Kunze.    Lvs.  13-15  in.  long,  with  12-20 
pinnae  on  each  side,  each  with  7-11  narrow  segments, 

2  or  3  of  the  lower  ones  2-fld.  or  rarely  3-fld.    S.  Afr., 
Ind.  and  Jap. 

23.  Belangeri,  Kunze.    Fig.  160.    Lvs.  15-18  in.  long, 

3  in.  wide,  with  numerous  horizontal  pinnae  on  each  side, 
cut  into  about  12  segments  on  either  side,  which  are  set 
nearly  at  right  angles  to  tne  rachis  ;  the  lower  basal 
segment  often  forked.    E.  Ind. 


160.  Asplenium  Belangeri. 

cc.   Pinnae,  longer,  with  scattered  narrowly  linear 

segments. 

24,  viviparum,  Presl.  Lvs.  15-24  in.  long,  6-8  in.  wide, 
on  rather  short  stalks  with  pinnatifid  pinnules  and  ulti- 
mate segments,  which  are  narrowly  linear  and  often 


forked  :  plant  often  bulb-bearing,  like  A.  bulbiferum. 
Mauritius  and  Bourbon.  Cult,  under  various  names. 
S.  1:  062.  A.  ndbilis,  Hort.,  is  a  garden  variety. 

AAA.    Sori  more  or  less  curved,  sometimes  horseshoe- 
shaped  :  Ivs.  ample,  2-4  pinnatifid. 

25.  Filix-foemina,  Bernh.    Lvs.  18  in.  to  3  ft.,  broadly 
ovate-oblong,  bipinnate  ;  pinnae  4-8  in.  long,  lanceolate, 
with  numerous  more  or  less  pinnately  incised  or  serrate 
segments.    Eu.  and  N.  Amer.  — Very  variable,  especially 
in  cult.    Schneider  describes  56  varieties. 

26.  thelypteroides,  Michx.    Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  on  long, 
straw-colored  stalks  :    6-12  in.  wide,  2-pinnatifid,  with 
linear-lanceolate  pinnae ;    segments    crowded,  oblong, 
minutely  toothed  :    sori  10-12  to  each  segment.    Rich 
soil  in  the  eastern  U.  S.    S.  1:  651. 

27.  spinulosum,  Baker.    Lvs.  9-12  in.  each  way,  del- 
toid, 3-4-pinnatifid,  with  9-12-pinnae  on  either  side,  the 
lowest  much  the  largest ;  segments  short  and  sharply 
toothed.   China  and  Jap. 

Supplementary  list  of  less  common  trade  names  :  A.  aculed- 
tum,  Hort.  Hab.  I—A.  arbdreutn.  See  Diplazium.— A.  biti- 
dum=A..  lineatum.— A.  decussdtum.  See  Callipteris.— A.  ellip- 
ticum,  Hort.,  a  trade  name.— A.  fldccidum,  Forst.  Coolhouse 
basket  fern  from  Australia,  Tasmania  and  N.  Z.  Fronds  2-3  ft. 
long,  4-8  in.  broad  ;  stipes  stout,  flexible,  greenish,  naked  ; 
pinnae  numerous,  close  or  distant,  lanceolate,  leathery,  4-8  in. 
long,  %-%in.  broad.  Very  variable. — A.  Goringidnum,  var. 
pictum,  Mettenius.  (Athyrium  Groringianum,  var.  pictum, 
Hort.).  Distinguished  from  all  other  members  of  the  genus  by 
the  bright  color  of  its  entirely  deciduous  fronds,  which  are  10- 
15  in.  long,  spear-shaped,  and  pendulous.  Possibly  the  only 
hardy  variegated  fern.  It,  however,  needs  glass  protection  for 
best  results.  Stalks  purple  or  claret-colored;  Ivs.  green  with  a 
central  band  of  gray;  Ifts.  divided  into  sharply  toothed  pinnules 
on  which  the  oblong  or  kidney-shaped  sori  are  arranged  in  two 
rows  parallel  to  the  mid  vein.  Jap.— A.  Idnceum.  See  Dipla- 
zium.—A.  lineatum,  Swz.  Warmhouse  species  from  Mauritius 
and  Bourbon,  is  very  variable,  running  into  forms  with  Ifts. 
again  pinnate,  which  have  either  small,  linear  pinnules  or  these 
again  twice  cut:  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  4-6  in.  wide  :  stalks  erect,  6-9 
in.  long,  more  or  less  scaly.— A.  longissimum,  Blume.  The  best 
of  all  the  genus  for  large  baskets.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  4-6  in. 
broad  ;  stalks  blackish,  3-12  in.  long ;  Ifts.  sessile,  auricled. 
E.  Ind.  8.1:602.— A.  macrophyllum,  Swz.  Coolhouse  species 
from  Polynesia,  Malaya,  China,  and  Himalayas.  Lvs.  6-18  in. 
long,  6-12  in.  wide  ;  stalks  brownish  ;  Ifts.  6-12  pairs,  stalked, 
3-6  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide,  sharp-pointed,  serrate.— A.  Nidus,  or 
A.  Nidus- Avis.  See  Thamnopteris.— A .  Shepherdi,  Spreng.  See 
Diplazium. 


L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


ASPRfcLLA.    See  Asperella. 


ASTER  (a  star).  Compdsitce.  ASTER.  STARWORT. 
MICHAELMAS  DAISY.  A  large  temperate-zone  genus  of 
attractive  but  botanically-confused 
herbs,  particularly  abundant  in  N. 
Amer.  The  genus  is  characterized 
by  numerous  flattish  rays  (white, 
blue,  red,  or  purple),  slender  style 
appendages,  compressed  several - 
nerved  akenes,  and  an  involucre 
with  unequal  bracts  in  few  or  sev- 
eral rows,  the  pappus  simple,  soft, 
and  abundant  (Fig.  161).  Leafy- 
stemmed,  mostly  blooming  in  the 
autumn.  Some  of  the  species  are 
annual,  but  those  in  cult,  are  per- 
ennial (or  rarely  biennial).  All  are 
easy  of  cultivation  in  ordinary  soil 
and  exposures,  and  are  among  the 
best  plants  for  the  hardy  border 
or  for  naturalizing  in  the  freer 
parts  of  the  grounds  They  grow  161  D-sk  fl  t  of 
readily  from  seeds,  but  are  gen-  Aster 

erally  prop  by  division  of  the  a ,pappus;  ^rolla; 
clumps.  Cahmeris  and  Linosyris  c,  stamens ;  d,  styles, 
are  kept  distinct  in  this  book. 

A.    Old  World  Asters,  some  of  them  old  garden  plants, 

and  somewhat  modified  by  cult. 
B.    Stems  simple  and  scape-like,  bearing  a  single  fl. 

alpinus,  Linn.  Lvs.  entire  and  spatulate,  forming  a 
cluster  on  the  ground,  those  on  the  stem  small  and 
linear  :  st.  3-10  in.,  bearing  a  large  violet-rayed,  hand- 
some head.  B.M.  199.  — In  its  wild  state,  the  plant  also 


112 


ASTER 


ASTER 


occurs  in  the  Rocky  Mts.  Valuable  alpine  or  rockwork 
plant,  with  fls.  varying  to  pink  and  white.  Var.  specid- 
sus,  Hort.,  is  taller  and  stronger,  with  heads  3-4  in. 
across.  Var.  superbus,  Hort.  (Gn.  54:  1193),  is  a  large 
and  showy  form. 

Himalaicus,  C.  B.  Clarke  (A.  Himalayensis,  Hort.). 
Similar  to  A.  alpinus,  but  dwarfer  :  rays  lilac-blue, 
slightly  recurved  at  the  tip  :  sts.  4-12  in.,  slightly  vil- 
lous  :  Ivs.  oblong  or  elliptic,  nearly  entire.  Himalayas, 
13,000-15,000  ft. -Little  known  in  America. 

diplostephioides,  Benth. 
Two  to  3  ft. ,  soft-pubescent 
or  hairy,  the  st.  simple  and 
solitary  :  Ivs.  obovate  or 
oblanceolate,  entire  but 
ciliate :  solitary  head  large, 
inclined,  2-3  in.  across, 
blue  or  pale  purple,  very 
showy.  Himalayas.  B.M. 


162.   Aster  cordifolius. 

A  handsome  blue-flowered  native 

Aster. 

6718.  J.H.  III.  33:262.-In  the 
Amer.  trade  has  been  mis- 
spelled A.  Deptostaphides. 

BB.    Stems  usually  branched 
and  several-  to  many-fid. 

Amellus,  Linn.  St.  simple  or  nearly  so,  few-fld.  or 
sometimes  only  1-fld. :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  acute, 
somewhat  serrate,  more  or  less  3-nerved,  roughish- 
pubescent  :  involucre  scales  oblong,  obtuse  or  nearly 
so,  spreading,  in  4-5  rows;  heads  large,  purple.  Eu.  and 
Asia.  Gn.  35:689.  — Variable,  and  several  well-marked 
garden  forms. 

Var.  Bessarabicus,  DC.  (A.  Bessarabicus,  Bernh.). 
Lvs.  oblong  and  attenuated  at  base  :  plant  taller  and 
larger-fld.,  deep  purple.  Gn.  35,  p.  173.  — Showy  and  de- 
sirable. 

Var.  Cassubicus,  Hort.  (A.  Cassiardbicus,  Maund?). 
Fls.  larger  than  in  the  type,  the  rays  regular  and  de- 
flexed,  the  disk  bright  golden  and  broad. 

Sibiricus,  Linn.  A  foot  or  less  high,  somewhat  pu- 
bescent, each  branch  terminating  in  a  single  head  :  Ivs. 


163.  Aster  Novae-Angliae. 
One  of  the  best  and  most  showy  of  native  Asters. 


oblong-spatulate  to  broad-lanceolate,  serrate  :  heads 
violet  or  lilac.  Arctic  Eu.  and  Amer.,  and  Rocky  Mts.— 
Excellent  rockwork  plant. 

acris,  Linn.  About  2-3  ft.,  slender-branched  :  Ivs. 
linear,  or  lance-linear  :  heads  large  and  blue,  with  long, 
distinct,  handsome  rays.  S.  Eu.  Gn.  37:744. 

trinervius,  Roxbg.  About  3  ft.,  stout,  corvmbose  at 
summit :  Ivs.  lance-ovate  and  strongly  toothed  :  heads 
large,  blue  or  purple  (a  pale  var.),  wuh  narrow,  spread- 
ing rays.  Himalayas.  R.H.  1892: 396. -Hardy,  hand- 
some, variable. 

Tataricus,  Linn.  f.  St.  erect  and  striate,  hispid, 
corymbose  at  the  summit,  often  7  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  large 
(the  radical  2  ft.  long),  lanceolate  or  oval  lanceolate, 
attenuate  at  base,  entire  :  involucre  scales  purplish  at 
tip  ;  heads  blue  or  purple,  late.  Siberia.  G.F.  4:197. — 
Excellent  for  the  hardy  border,  particularly  for  its  very 
late  blooming. 

AA.   NATIVE  ASTERS.    These  plants  are  one  of 
the  charms  of  the  Amer.  autumn,  and  are  amongst 
the  best  of  all  hardy  border  plants.    They  gener- 
ally improve  greatly  in  habit  when  transferred 
to  cultivated  grounds.   Any  of  these  wild  Asters 
are  likely  to  come  into  cultivation 
at  any  time.    The  number  of  kinds 
is  large.  The  student  will  find  them 
all  described  in  Gray's  Synoptical 
Flora  of  North  America,  'l,  pt.  2. 
Those  of  the  northeastern   states 
and  adjacent  Canada  will  be  found 
Britton   and    Brown's    Illustr. 
ra  of  the  U.  S.,  and  Gray's  Man- 
.   Those  of  the  S.  are  described 
in  Chapman's   Flora  of  the 
S.  states.  The  following  list 
comprises   those    known  to 
be  in  cult.    Of  these,  only 
A.    Novce-Anglice     is    well 
known     in     domestication. 
The  species  are  much  con- 
fused : 

A.  acumindtits,  Michx.; 
amethystinus,  Nutt.  (G.F. 
5:378);  Andersoni,  Gray; 
Bigelovii,  Gray  (B.M.  6430) ; 
canescens,  Pursh ;  Caroli- 
nidnus,Walt. ;  Chamissbnis, 
Gray  ;  Chdpmani,  Torr.  &  Gray  ; 
commutatus,  Gray;  c<5nco?or,Linn. ; 
conspicuous,  Lindl.;  cordifolius, 
Linn.  (Fig.  162; ;  corymbbsus,  Ait. ; 
Cusickii,  Gray;  diffusus,  Ait.,  and 
var.horizontdlis;Douglasii,LmdL ; 
Drummondii,  Lindl.;  dumbsus, 
Linn.;  ericoldes,  Linn.;  falcatus, 
Lindl.;  Fendleri,  Gi'ay;  foliaceus, 
Lindl.;  Fremonti,  Gray;  grandi- 
flbrus,  Linn.;  Hdllii,  Gray;  Her- 
veyi,  Gray  (G.F.  2:473);  integri- 
fblius,  Nutt.;  Icevis,  Linn.;  linarii- 
fblius,  Linn.;  Lindleyamis,  Torr. 
&  Gray  (G.F.  2:449);  longifblius, 
Lam.  (G.F.  9:507,  G.W.F.  10); 
macrophyllus,  Linn.  (G.F.  4:89); 
Menziesii,  Lindl.;  multiflbrus,  Ait.;  nemordlis,  Ait.; 
Nbvce-AnglicB,  Linn.  (Fig.  163.  A.F.  9:283),  and  var. 
rbseus  ;  Nbvi-B6lgii,~L\rm.;  oblongifdlius,l$\itt.',  panic- 
uldtus,  Lam.;  pdtens,  Ait.,  and  var.  Meehanii ;  poly- 
phylhis,  Willd.:  Pbrteri,  Gray  ;  prenantholdes ,  Muhl.; 
ptarmicoldes,  Torr.  &  Gray  (G.F.  3:153);  pulchellus, 
Eaton  ;  puniceus,  Linn.  (Fig.  164;,  and  var.  Icevicaulis 
and  var.  lucidulus ;  radullnus,  Gray;  sagitifblius , 
Willd.;  salicifblius,  Ait.;  sericeus,  Vent.  (G.F.  5:  473); 
Shdrtii,  Hook.  ( G.F.  4 :  473) ;  spectdbilis,  Ait.  (Mn.  5:41); 
surculbsus,  Michx.  (G.F.  5:521);  tanacetifblius ,  HBK.; 
Tradescdnti,  Linn.;  turbintllus,  Lindl.  (G.F.  6:17); 
unduldtus,  Linn.  (G.W.F.  4);  versicolor,  Willd. 

In  the  following  list,  those  marked  *  are  offered  by  Amer. 
dealers:  *A.  coccineus  Nevadensis=l—*A.Datschi='i—*A.hd- 
bridus  nanus  =  ?  "Rosy  color,  only  6  in.  high  "— *A.  lancifb- 
lius  Calif ornicus  =  1  —  *A.  lilaclnus  Nevadensis=  ?  —  *A. 


ASTER 


ASTER 


113 


Mebhani,  Hort.,  is  a  well  marked  form  of  A.  patens,  found  by 
Joseph  Meehan  at  Antietaui.  —  *A  .  .\<»  n--<-<rruleu8=  ]—*A.pyr- 
amidalis^-  '.  —  A.  Ifd-resii'.  Hort.,  is  A.  ericoides,  var.  Reevesii, 
Gray,  a  "rigid  form,  comparatively  stout,  glabrous,  except  that 
the  Ivs.  are  often  hispidulous-ciliate  toward  the  base,  the  heads 
and  rays  as  large  and  the  latter  about  as  numerous  as  in  A. 
polyphyllus."  N.  Amer.—  *A.  rotundifblius,  Thunb.=Felicia.— 
A.  8iUcimtnti»i  Hook.  Three  to  4  ft.,  stout  and  erect:  Ivs. 
lanceolate-aciiminate,  spinulose-serrate  :  heads  purple,  in  large 
corymbs.  Himalayas.  B.M.  4557.—  A.  Stracheyi,  Hook.  Stem- 
less  and  sarmentose,  with  1-tid.  bracted  scapes  :  radical  Ivs. 
spatulate,  hairy  :  heads  lilac-blue,  1  in.  across.  Pretty.  Hima- 
layas. B.M.  6!)!1-'.—  *A.  ter»iin(tli$=*  '.—  A.  Townshendii,  Hook. 
=A.  Bigelovii,  Gray  (N.  Amer.).  Lt  jj.  g 

•  The  native  Asters  are  amongst  the  very  best  plants  for 
borders  and  roadsides.  They  should  be  better  known. 
A  .  (tcinninatus  grows  well  in  shade  in  ordinary  soil,  not 
necessarily  moist;  increases  in  vigor  under  cultivation. 
A.  cordifolius  prefers  open  or  partial  shade  ;  improves 
much  under  cultivation  with  good  soil.  A.  corymbosus 
prefers  at  least  partial  shade,  and  will  grow  even  in  very 
deep  shade;  seeds  very  freely;  does  well  on  dry  ledges 
and  in  small  crevices  in  rock;  very  tenacious  of  life.  A. 
ditniosns  prefers  full  sunlight  and  dry  situation.  A.  eri- 
coides wants  full  sunlight  and  dry  situation  ;  will  grow 
in  very  poor  or  shallow  soil,  but  does  best  where  roots 
can  penetrate  deep.  A.  Icevis  grows  in  either  full  sun- 
light or  partial  shade  and  good  soil.  A.  Novce-Anglice 
will  not  endure  much  shade  ;  prefers  moist  soil,  but 
grows  well  in  ordinary  garden  situations.  Fall-sown 
seedlings  of  A.  Novae-  Anglice,  var.  roseus,  come  prac- 
tically true  to  varietal  name,  though  varying  in  shade 
of  color,  and  these  seedlings  bloom  later  than  elder 
plants  and  at  height  of  18  inches,  making  the  plant  of 
value  as  a  late  bedding  plant  treated  as  an  annual.  A. 
Novi-Belgii  prefers  moist  soil  ;  will  not  endure  heavy 
shade.  A.  paniculatus  prefers  moist  soil,  but  will  do 
well  in  rather  dry  situations  ;  will  endure  more  shade 
than  either  of  the  two  above  species.  A.  patens  wants 
open  or  half-shaded  places,  and  good  soil  ;  one  of  the 
w  'aker  species,  often  proving  short-lived.  A.puniceux 
will  not  endure  shade  ;  prefers  moist  places,  but  will 
grow  in  good  soil  not  over  moist  ;  in  dry  situations  it 
loses  its  vigor  ;  spreads  rapidly  in  favored  locations. 
A  .  spectabilis  prefers  open  or  partly  shaded  places;  one 
of  the  weaker  species  in  wild  state  ;  rather  short-lived. 
A  .  undulatus  wants  open  or  half  shade  ;  late-flowering, 
lisuidsome  plant,  forming  large  bushes  where  allowed  to 
develop.  A.vimineus,  although  not  in  the  trade,  is  a  fine 
plant  in  cultivation.  p  w  BARCLAY. 


ASTER,  CHINA.  Callistephus  hortensis,  Cass. 
listephus  Chine"nsis,  Nees.  Cnllistemma  hortensis, 
Cass.  Aster  Sinensis,  Hort.).  Compdsitce.  The  genus 
Callistemma  is  older  than  Callistephus,  but  it  is  too  like 
Callistemon  to  stand.  B.M.  7616.  Gn.  53:  1163.  -One  of 
the  most  popular  of  all  garden  annuals,  being  particu- 
larly valuable  for  its  fall  blooming.  The  evolution  of 
the  China  Aster  suggests  that  of  the  chrysanthemum 
at  almost  every  point,  and  it  is,  therefore,  a  history  of 
remarkable  variations.  The  plant  is  native  to  China.  It 
was  introduced  into  Europe  about  1731  by  E.  P.  d'lncar- 
ville,  a  Jesuit  missionary  in  China,  for  whom  the  genus 
Incarvillea  of  the  Bignonia  family  was  named.  At  that 
time  it  was  a  single  flower  ;  that  is,  the  rays  or  ligulate 
florets  were  of  only  2-4  rows.  These  rays  were  blue,  vio- 
let or  white.  The  center  of  the  flower  (or  head)  was 
comprised  of  very  numerous  tubular,  yellowish  florets. 
Philip  Miller,  the  famous  gardener-botanist  of  Chelsea, 
Eng.,  received  seeds  of  the  single  white  and  red  Asters 
in  1731,  evidently  from  Prance  ;  and  he  received  the 
single  blue  in  1736.  In  1752  he  obtained  seeds  of  the 
double  red  and  blue,  and  in  1753  of  the  double  white. 
At  that  time  there  appears  to  have  been  no  dwarf  forms, 
for  Miller  says  that  the  plants  grew  18  in.  or  2  ft.  high. 
Martyn,  in  1807,  says  that  in  addition  to  these  varieties 
mentioned  by  Miller,  there  had  then  appeared  a  "varie- 
gated blue  and  white  "  variety.  The  species  was  well 
known  to  American  gardeners  at  the  opening  of  this  cen- 
tury. In  1806  M'Mahon,  of  Philadelphia,  mentioned  the 
"China  Aster  (in  sorts)"  as  one  of  the  desirable  garden 
annuals.  Bridgeman,  a  New  York  seedsman,  offered  the 
China  and  German  Asters  in  1837  "in  numerous  and 
splendid  varieties,"  specifying  varieties  "alba,  rubra, 

8 


cerulea,  striata  purpurea,  etc."  In  1845,  Eley  said  that 
"China  and  German  Asters  ""are  very  numerous  "  in  New 
England.  This  name  German  Aster  records  the  fact  that 
the  first  great  advances  in  the  evolution  of  the  plant 
were  made  in  Germany,  and  the  seed  which  we  now  use 
comes  largely  from  that  country.  The  first  marked  de- 
parture from  the  type  appears  to  have  been  the  pro- 
longation or  great  development  of  the  central  florets  of 
the  head,  and  the  production  of  the  "quilled"  flower. 
This  type  of  Aster  was  very  popular  40  and  50  years  ago. 
Breck,  in  the  first  edition  of  his  Flower  Garden,  in  1851, 
speaks  of  the  great  improvement  of  the  Aster  "within  a 


164.  Aster  puniceus. 

few  years"  "by  the  German  florists,  and  others,"  and 
adds  that  "the  full-quilled  varieties  are  the  most  highly 
esteemed,  having  a  hemispherical  shape,  either  a  pure 
white,  clear  blue,  purple,  rose,  or  deep  red  ;  or  beauti- 
fully mottled,  striped,  or  edged  with  those  colors,  or 
having  a  red  or  blue  center."  About  50  years  ago  the 
habit  of  the  plant  had  begun  to  vary  considerably,  and 
the  progenitors  of  our  modern  dwarf  races  began  to  at- 
tract attention.  The  quilled,  high-centered  flower  of  a 
generation  or  more  ago  is  too  stiff  to  satisfy  the  tastes 
of  these  later  days,  and  the  many  flat-rayed,  loose  and 
fluffy  races  are  now  most  in  demand,  and  their  popu- 
larity is  usually  greater  the  nearer  they  approach  the 
form  of  the  uncombed  chrysanthemums.  The  China 
Aster  had  long  since  varied  into  a  wide  range  of  colors 


114 


ASTER 


ASTER 


of  the  cyanic  series— shades  of  blue,  red,  pink  and  pur- 
ple. The  modern  evolution  of  the  plant  is  in  the  direc- 
tion of  habit,  and  form  of  flower.  Some  type  varies— 
generally  rather  suddenly  and  without  apparent  cause— 
into  some  novel  form,  still  retaining  its  accustomed 
color.  The  florist  fixes  the  variation  by  breeding  from 
the  best  and  most  stable  plants,  and  soon  other  colors 
appear,  until  he  finally  obtains  the  entire  range  of  color 
in  the  species.  So  it  happens  that  there  are  various 
well  marked  races  or  types,  each  of  which  has  its  full 
and  independent  range  of  colors.  The  Comet  type  (with 
very  flat  rays),  now  one  of  the  most  deserving  of  the 
China  Asters,  illustrates  these  statements  admirably. 
The  Comet  form— the  loose,  open  flower  with  long,  strap- 
like  rays— appeared  upon  the  market  about  1886  or  1887, 
with  a  flower  of  a  dull  white  overlaid  with  pink.  The 
pink  tended  to  fade  out  after  the  flower  opened,  leaving 
the  color  an  unwashed  white.  The  rose-colored  Comet 
next  appeared,  and  the  blue  was  introduced  in  1890.  The 
first  clear  white  was  introduced  in  America  in  1892, 
coming  from  Vilmorin,  of  Paris,  and  the  China  Aster  had 
reached  its  greatest  artistic  perfection. 

It  is  impossible  to  construct  a  satisfactory  classifica- 
tion of  the  China  Asters.  It  is  no  longer  practicable  to 
classify  the  varieties  by  color.  Neither  is  it  feasible  to 
classify  them  upon  habit  or  stature  of  plant,  for  several 
of  the  best  marked  types  run  into  both  tall  and  dwarf 
forms.  Vilmorin,  however,  still  divides  the  varieties 
into  two  groups,  the  pyramidal  growers,  and  the  non- 
pyramidal  growers.  The  most  elaborate  classification 
is  that  proposed  by  Barren,  from  a  study  of  exten- 
sive tests  made  at  Chiswick,  Eng.  Barron  has  17  sec- 
tions, but  they  are  not  coordinate,  and  they  are  really 
little  more  than  an  enumeration  of  the  various  types 


165.   China  Aster-The  branching  type. 

or  classes.  After  considerable  study  of  the  varieties 
in  the  field  and  herbarium,  the  following  scheme  seems 
to  be  serviceable  : 


A.  Flat-rayed  Asters,  in  which  all,  or  at  least  more  than  5  or  6 
rows  of  rays,  are  more  or  less  prominently  flat  and  the 
florets  open. 

B.  Incurved  or  ball-shaped. 
BB.   Spreading  or  reflexed. 

AA.  Tubular  or  quilled  Asters,  in  which  all,  or  all  but  the  2  or  3 
outer  rows  of  florets,  have  prominently  tubular  corollas. 
B.  Inner  florets  short,  outer  ones  longer  and  flat.  Repre- 
sented by  the  German  Quilled. 
BB'  All  the  florets  elongated  and  quilled. 
In  1895,  250  varieties  of  Asters  were  offered  by  Amer. 
seedsmen.  For  growing  in  borders,  perhaps  the  best 
type  is  the  Comet,  in  vari- 
ous colors.  Other  excellent 
races  are  the  Branching 
( Vick'sBranching  is  shown 
in  Fig.  165),  Truffaut  (Fig. 
166) ,  known  also  as  Perfec- 
tion and  Peony-flowered; 
Chrysanthemum-flowered ; 
Washington  ;  Victoria, 
Mignon ;  and  Queen  of  the 
Market.  The  last  is  com- 
mended for  earliness  and 
graceful,  open  habit,  and 
it  is  one  of  the  best  for 
cut-flowers.  Many  other 
types  are  valuable  for  spe- 
cial purposes.  The  Crown 
or  Cocardeau  is  odd  and 
attractive.  Amongst  the 
quilled  Asters,  the  various 
strains  of  German  Quilled 
(Fig.  167), Victoria  Needle 
(Fig.  168),  and  Lilliput  are 
excellent.  The  very  dwarf 
tufted  Asters  are  well 
represented  in  Dwarf  Bou- 
quet or  Dwarf  German, and 
Shakespeare.  All  these  are 
easily  grown  in  any  good 
garden  soil.  For  early 
bloom,  seeds  may  be 
started  under  glass  ;  but  ' 
good  fall  bloom  may  be 
had,  even  in  the  North,  by 
sowing  seeds  in  the  open 
as  late  as  the  1st  of  June.  Asters  make  very  showy 
bedding  plants  when  grown  in  large  masses,  and  are 
also  valuable  for  filling  up  vacancies  in  the  mixed 
herbaceous  border,  where  they  ought  to  be  planted  in 
clumps,  the  dwarfer  kinds  put  in  front  and  the  taller 
behind. 

There  are  two  or  three  insects  which  prey  upon  the 
China  Aster,  but  they  do  not  appear  to  be  widespread. 
The  most  serious  difficulty  with  them  is  the  rust,  a  fungus 
( Coleosporium  Sonchi-arvensis)  which  attacks  the  under 
side  of  the  leaf  and  raises  an  orange -colored  pustule. 
Timely  sprays  with  the  copper  fungicides  will  keep  this 
disorder  in  check.  The  Bordeaux  mixture  discolors  the 
plants,  and  it  is,  therefore,  better  to  use  the  ammoniacal 
carbonate  of  copper.  Spray  it  upon  the  plants  before  the 
fungus  appears,  and  repeat  every  week  or  ten  days.  Use 
a  cyclone  nozzle  and  spray  upwards,  so  as  to  strike  the 
under  sides  of  the  leaves.  L.  jj.  B. 

In  recent  years,  the  Branching  Asters  have  come  to  be 
prominent,  and  they  are  bound  to  increase  in  popularity 
as  their  merits  become  known.  The  long  stem,  large 
size,  and  soft  shades  of  pink  and  lavender  have  made 
this  the  most  useful  to  the  florist  of  all  the  Asters. 
The  Comet  has  been  rather  short-stemmed  for  a  com- 
mercial cut-flower.  As  to  culture,  it  does  not  seem  to 
be  generally  understood,  even  by  florists,  that  the  young 
Aster  plants  will  stand  more  frost  than  cabbage.  If 
started  under  glass  about  the  middle  of  February,  in 
New  York  state,  they  will  be  ready  to  plant  out  the 
latter  part  of  April  or  first  of  May.  They  will  then  come 
in  at  about  the  same  time  they  would  if  grown  entirely 
under  glass,  although  not  so  long-stemmed.  For  fall 
flowers,  we  sow  out-of-doors  with  seed  drill  and  culti- 
vate with  wheel  hoe.  Plants  have  been  ruined  by  be- 
ing planted  near  squashes.  The  late  brood  of  striped 
beetles  fed  on  the  Aster  flowers. 

GEORGE  ARNOLD,  JR. 


166.   China  Aster— 
Truffaut's  Peony-flowered. 


ASTER 


ASTILBE 


115 


The  first  requisite  to  the  growing  of  China  Asters  is  to 
have  good,  plump  seed.  As  soon  as  the  ground  is  in 
good  or  fair  condition  in  spring,  spade  up  a  seed-bed 


167.    China  Aster—  German  Quilled. 

where  the  ground  is  rich,  and  rake  it  fine.  Then  make 
shallow  drills  about  an  inch  deep  ;  whiten  the  drills 
with  air-slaked  lime,  to  keep  worms  and  insects  from 
eating  the  young  roots.  Sow  the  seed  in  the  drills,  cov- 
ering about  %in.  deep  with  fine  dirt  run  through  a  sieve 
of  %in.  mesh.  When  plants  are  about  an  inch  high, 
draw  good,  fine  dirt  to  the  roots,  so  that  the  seed-bed  is 
nearly  level  and  all  the  weeds  are  covered.  The  plants  are 
hardier  and  better  when  grown  in  the  open  ground  than 
when  started  under  glass.  For  the  permanent  quarters, 
plow  ground  that  has  been  well  and  heavily  manured  with 
cow-manure  the  previous  season  ;  then  harrow  thor- 
oughly. Scatter  20  to  30  bushels  of  common  lime  to  the 
acre,  if  thought  necessary,  then  plow  again  and  harrow 
well.  With  a  one-horse  plow  make  furrows  the  length 
of'  the  field  about  3  or  4  inches  deep  and  2%  feet  apart. 
In  these  furrows  one  man  drops  the  plants  in  two  rows 
about  12  or  16  in.  apart,  for  two  men  to  plant.  Do  not 
furrow  much  ahead  of  the  planters,  so  that  they  have 
fresh  dirt  to  put  to  the  roots  of  the  plants.  By  this 
method  the  plants  seldom  wilt.  If  a  dry  spell  follows  in 
three  or  four  days,  level  the  furrow  with  a  hoe  ;  if  wet, 
let  stand  for  about  two  weeks,  then  scatter  100  pounds 
of  guano  or  other  fertilizer  to  the  acre,  and  work  the 
land  with  a  spike-tooth  cultivator,  with  no  shovels,  so 
that  no  dirt  is  thrown  on  the  small  plants.  Hand-hoe 


between  the  plants,  running  horse  and  cultivator  twice 
in  each  row.  The  cultivator  loosens  the  ground  as  deep 
as  it  was  plowed.  Cultivate  and  hoe  every  two  weeks, 
especially  after  it  has  rained,  until  buds  appear  ;  then 
keep  clean  by  hand.  When  blooms  begin  to  appear, 
mulch  liberally  with  tobacco  stems,  to  keep  down  weeds, 
and  to  kill  aphis  at  the  roots.  When  the  fls.  begin  to 
open,  keep  a  strict  watch  for  the  black  beetle.  When  it 
makes  its  appearance,  put  about  a  pint  of  water  and 
a  gill  of  benzine  in  an  old  can  and  hold  it  under  the 
bugs  ;  they  drop  into  it.  These  pests  last  from  six 
to  nine  days.  Have  them  looked  after  three  times  a 

JAMES  SEMPLE. 

ASTlLBE  (Greek  name,  of  no  particular  significance). 
Saxifrag&cece.  Includes  Hoteia.  Tall  perennial  herbs,  of 
7  or  8  species  in  eastern  N.  Amer.  and  Asia.  They  look 
much  like  Aruncus  (which  see),  and  are  often  called 
Spiraea.  Aruncus  and  Spiraea  are  rosaceous  genera,  and 
are  characterized  by  many  stamens  and  usually  by  sev- 
eral to  many  separate  pistils,  whereas  Astilbe  has  8  or  10 
stamens  (twice  the  number,  or  of  the  same  number,  as 
the  petals),  and  a  2-3-lobed  pistil  (which  finally  sepa- 
rates into  more  or  less  distinct  follicles).  Astilbe  and 
Aruncus  are  so  much  alike  that  they  are  constantly  con- 
founded by  horticulturists  and  even  by  botanists.  They 
probably  inter-cross.  It  is  probable  that  they  should  be 
placed  in  the  same  family,  despite  the  technical  botani- 
cal differences.  The  Astilbes  are  hardy  plants  of  great 
merit.  They  are  easily  grown  in  any  well-made  border. 
They  give  conspicuous  masses  of  bloom  in  summer. 
Prop,  mostly  by  division.  jj<  jj  g 

FORCING  OF  ASTILBE.  — Few  herbaceous  plants  force 
with  greater  ease  than  Astilbe  Japonica  and  its  var.  com- 
pacta;  but  three  weeks  longer  time  should  be  given  the 
latter  to  fully  develop  its  feathery  spikes.  Astilbes  are 
so  easily  and  cheaply  imported  that  for  the  commercial 
florist  it  is  cheaper  to  buy  than  to  divide  and  grow  his 
own  plants.  When  first  received,  the  clumps  of  roots 
should  be  stored,  with  a  little  earth  or  moss  between  the 
roots  and  a  little  soil  over  the  crown,  until  the  florist  is 
ready  to  pot  them.  No  amount  of  freezing  does  them 
the  slightest  harm  ;  but  the  boxes  or  flats  in  which  they 
are  stored  are  best  covered  with  a  little  straw  or  litter, 
and  should  have  the  full  benefit  of  rain  or  snow  to  keep 
the  roots  from  drying.  From  potting  or  burying  into  the 
greenhouse,  it  requires  from  ten  to  fourteen  weeks  to 
bring  them  into 
flower,  according  to 
the  earliness  of  the 
season  at  which 
they  are  wanted  in 
flower.  The  quality 
of  soil  is  of  no  con- 
sequence, provided 
it  is  light  and  easily 
handled.  They  need 
water  in  great  abun- 
dance. Tempera- 
ture is  also  of  little 
consequence.  Any- 
thing above  50°  at 
night  will  do  ;  but 
it  is  best  not  to  flow- 
er them  in  higher 
temperature  than 
60°,  or  they  will  quickly 
wilt  when  cut  or  used  for 
decorations.  From  the 
time  the  sprays  begin  to 
show  white  color  until 
they  are  fully  developed, 
every  Astilbe  should 
stand  in  a  saucer  in 
which  there  should  be 
constantly  an  inch  of 
liquid  manure.  When  168.  China  Aster- Victoria  Needle, 
sold  for  window  plants 

or  for  decoration,  Astilbes  are  often  disappointing.  It 
is  merely  want  of  water.  Before  the  full  development 
of  the  shoots  and  Ivs.  they  are  easily  hurt  by  tobacco 
smoke,  and  should  be  covered  with  paper  or  well  wetted 


116 


ASTILBE 


ASTROCARYUM 


when  fumigation  is  necessary.  Aphis,  spider  or  thrips 
never  trouble  Astjlbe.  As  a  border  plant,  Astilbe  is  one 
of  the  hardiest  of  our  hardy  herbaceous  plants  ;  but  the 
feathery  plume  obtained  in  the  greenhouse  is  much 
shorter,  more  compact,  and  lacks  the  pure  whiteness  of 
the  outdoor-grown  specimens.  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 

A.   Fls.  opening  white  or  yellowish. 
decandra,  T>on(A.bitemata,ftritt.).  Somewhat  pubes- 
cent, 3-6  ft. :  Ivs.  2-ternate,  the  Ifts.  ovate  and  cordate  or 
abrupt  at  base,  sharp-ser- 
rate :  fls.  yellowish  white, 
in  a  large  (10-12  in.  long) 
racemose     panicle  ;      sta- 
mens 10.   Woods,  Va.  and 
S. — Often  conf  ounde.d  with 
Aruncus  Sylvester. 

Japdnica,  Gray  (Hotela 
Japdnica,  Morr.  &  Decne. 
ff.barbata,  Morr.  &  Decne. 
Spircea  Japdnica,  Hort.). 


169.  Astilbe  Japonica. 

Fig.  169.  Erect,  1-3  ft., 
hairy  on  the  petioles 
and  nodes  :  Ivs.  3-2-ter- 
nate,  petiole  reddish ;  Ifts. 
ovate-acute,tapering  to  the 
base,  serrate  :  fls.  white, 
in  a  pubescent  racemose 
panicle;  stamens  10.  Ja- 
pan. B.M.  3821.  Gn.  48, 
p.  366.  Mn.  5:174.-  Com- 
monly known  as  a  spring 
glasshouse  plant  in  this 
country,  but  hardy  in  the 
open.  There  are  various 
cult,  forms,  as  var.  gran- 
difldra,  Hort.,  with  larger 
and  denser  panicle  ;  var. 
compacta,  Hort.,  the  pani- 
cle more  compact ;  var. 
multifldra,  Hort. ;  var.  va- 
riegata,  Hort.,  with  varie- 

geted  Ivs.;  var.  purpurea,  Hort.,  with  purple-shaded 
foliage.  Astilbe  Japonica  is  often  confused  with  Arun- 
cus astilboides;  Figs.  169  and  170  will  aid  in  distin- 
guishing them. 

Lemdinei,  Hort.  Foliage  graceful,  standing  1  %ft.  high, 
with  Ifts.  broad-oval,  dentate  and  crimped,  satiny  green, 
hairy  :  fls.  with  white  petals  and  10  pink  stamens,  very 
numerous,  in  plume-like  clusters  disposed  in  panicles 
iKft.long.  Gn.  48,  p.  355.  R.H.1895,p.567.  A.F.  11:459. 
—  Garden  plant,  supposed  to  be  a  hybrid  of  A.  Japonica 
and  Aruncus  astilboides.  Hardy,  and  forces  well. 

rivul^ris,  Hamilt.  Rhizome  creeping:  st.  3-5  ft.:  Ivs. 
2-ternate,  the  Ifts.  ovate,  dentate,  the  petioles  tawny- 
hairy:  fls,  yellowish  white,  changing  to  reddish,  in  large 


170.   Aruncus  astilboides. 

For  comparison  with 

Astilbe. 


spikes,  which  are  disposed  in  panicles;  stamens  8  or  10, 
pure  white.  Nepal.  Gn.  48,  p.  355.— Attractive  border 
species,  blooming  late.  Probably  needs  protection. 

Thunbergii,  Miq.  Silky-hairy,  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  pinnate,  the 
Ifts.  oval,  serrate,  yellowish  green:  fls.  white,  on  reddish 
stalks,  changing  to  pink,  in  clusters  on  the  fl. -branches. 
Japan.  R.H.  1895,  p.  565.—  A  graceful  plant.  Forces  well. 

AA.   Fls.  opening  pink  or  red. 

Chinensis,  Franch.  &  Sav.  Plant  l%-2  ft.,  graceful  : 
Ivs.  3-ternate,  the  Ifts.  serrate  :  fls.  in  a  branchy,  rather 
compact  panicle,  with  purplish  or  pink  reflection,  but 
the  petals  whitish.  China.  — Possibly  a  form  of  the  pre- 
ceding. Yet  rare  in  Amer. 

rubra,  Hook.  &  Thorn.  St.  simple,  4-6  ft.,  long-hairy: 
Ivs.  2-ternate ;  Ifts.  oblique-ovate,  more  or  less  cordate, 
sharp-serrate  :  fls.  numerous,  rose-red,  in  compact,  ro- 
bust panicles  ;  stamens  10,  shorter  than  petals.  India. 
B.M.  4959.— Needs  protection.  Little  known  in  Amer. 

L.  H.  B. 

ASTRAGALUS  (ancient  Greek  name  of  some  shrub). 
Leguminosce.  MILK  VETCH. 
A  genus  of  over  1,000  spe- 
cies  of    hardy    herbs    or 
subshrubs.      Lvs.   mostly 
odd-pinnate:  fls.  in  spikes 
or  racemes,  yellow,  purple 
or  white.    They  prefer   a 
light,  porous   soil  and  no 
shade.    The  dwarfer  kinds 
may  be  placed  in  the  front 
of  the    border   or   in  the 
rockery.    Prop,  ciiiefly  by 
seeds,     which     germinate 
slowly,  or  slowly  by  careful 
division  in   early   spring. 
Many  kinds  are  likely  to 
die  if  divided    or   trans- 
planted.   Many   kinds  are 
cultivated     in     the     Old 
World,   but   the   four  de- 
scribed below  are  the  only 
kinds    commonly   sold    in 
America.   Of  the  many  na- 
tive kinds,  mostly  known 
as    rattle-weeds,    the  following  are  ad- 
vertised at  present:    A.  Canadensis  = 
A.  Carolinianus ,    A.  caryocarpus,    A. 
Drummondii,    A.    flexuosus,    A.   Lax- 
manni,    A.  Parry i,   A.   racemosus,  A. 
JRobbinsii,   A.    Shortianus.     The   Loco- 
weed  of  the  prairies,  which  is  said  to 
poison  cattle,  is  A.  mollissimus.    For 
these  and  many  others  the  student   is 
referred   to  Britton  and   Brown's  Illus- 
trated Flora,  and   Coulter's  Manual  of 
Rocky  Mountain  Botany. 

A.   Fls.  yellow. 

alopecuroides,  Linn.  St.  erect,  strict  : 
height  2-5  ft. :  Ifts.  ovate-lanceolate,  pu- 
bescent. Siberia.  B.M.  3193. 

AA.   Fls.  not  yellow. 
Monspessulanus,   Linn.     St.   trailing  : 
height   9   in.:    fls.  purple,    purplish   or 
white,  in  smaller  and  looser  heads  than 
the  above.    Eu.    B.M.  375. 

hypogldttis,  Linn.  Height  3-24  in. :  Ifts.  17-25  :  fls. 
violet-purple,  6-10  lines  long,  in  dense  heads  :  pods  4-5 
lines  long,  2-celled,  densely  villous,  with  white  hairs. 
Eu.,  Asia,  and  from  Kansas  W.  to  Nev.  and  N.  to  Alaska. 
—Also  a  white  var.,  excellent  for  pots. 

alpinus,  Linn.  Height  6-15  in. :  Ifts.  13-25:  fls.  violet, 
keel  darker  :  pods  1-celled,  black-pubescent.  Northern 
and  Arctic  regions  round  the  world. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

ASTROCARYUM  (Greek,  astron,  star,  and  karyon, 
nut;  referring  to  star-like  arrangement  of  the  fruits). 
Palmacece,  tribe  Cocoinece.  Spiny  palms,  stemless  or 
with  a  short  caudex,  or  with  a  tall,  ringed,  spiny  cau 


ASTROCARYUM 


ATRIPLEX 


117 


dex  :  Ivs.  terminal,  pinnatoly  parted  ;  segments  ap- 
proximate, equi-distant  or  fasciculate,  lanceolate-acumi- 
nate or  attenuate  to  the  obliquely  truncate  apex,  plicate, 
whitish  beneath,  the  terminal  ones  free  or  confluent,  the 
spiny  margins  recurved  at  the  base  ;  petiole  very  short ; 
sheath  short,  open  :  spadices  short  or  long,  the  finely 
divided  branches  pendulous,  thickened  at  the  base, 
thence  very  slender,  long,  naked,  the  fioriferous  naked 
basal  portion,  as  it  were,  pedunculate  ;  spathes  2,  the 
lower  one  membranous,  deciduous,  the  upper  fusiform, 
coriaceous  or  woody,  open  on  the  ventral  side,  persist- 
ent ;  bracts  of  the  female  fls.  broad,  imbricated,  like  the 
bractlets  ;  pistillate  fls.  with  a  stipitate  male  one  on 
cither  side :  f  r.  rather  large,  ovoid  or  subgloboss,  beaked, 
smooth  or  spiny,  red  or  orange.  Species  30.  Trop- 
ical America. 

Astrocaryums  are  elegant  palms  of  medium  height, 
very  suitable  for  moderate  sized  conservatories.  A. 
JUtirnninru,  A.  Mexican nm  and  A.argenteum  are  the 
kinds  most  commonly  met  with  in  collections.  The  Ivs. 
are  pinnate,  and  in  small  plants,  at  least  in  some  of  the 
species,  the  segments  are  narrow,  four  or  five  pairs  of 
these  alternating  with  two  very  broad  ones.  A.  argen- 
teum  has  the  under  surfaces  of  the  Ivs.  of  a  much 
lighter  color  than  the  others.  In  a  young  state,  the 
plants  require  the  temperature  of  the  stove,  and  after 
attaining  the  height  of  a  few  feet  they  may  be  removed 
to  a  house  where  the  temperature  frequently  falls  as 
low  as  45°  F.  Specimens  8-10  ft.  high  fruit  freely. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  which  are  slow  in  germinating.  The  soil 
in  which  they  are  sown  should  be  changed  occasionally, 
to  prevent  it  from  becoming  sour.  Be  careful  not  to 
overpot,  or  the  fleshy  roots  will  decay.  See  Palms. 

A.    Lvs.  scurfy,  at  least  beneath  or  on  the  petioles. 

Murumuru,  Mart.  Lvs.  9-12  ft.  long;  segments  lanceo- 
late, somewhat  falcate,  rich  green  above,  silvery  beneath : 
sts.  12-15  ft.  high,  densely  covered  with  stout,  black 
spines  6  in.  long.  Brazil.  I.H.  22:  213. 

argenteum,  Hort.  Petioles  and  under  surface  of  the 
Ivs.  covered  with  silvery  white  scurf  ;  Ivs.  arching, 
wedge-shaped,  2-lobed,  distinctly  plicate,  bright  green 
above  ;  petioles  with  numerous  dark,  spreading  spines 
1  in.  long.  Colombia.  F.E.  3:  569. 

filiare,  Hort.  Small,  slender  :  Ivs.  erect,  narrowly  cu- 
neate,  with  2  divergent  lobes,  inversely  sagittate ; 
petioles  densely  scurfy  ;  rachis  scurfy  on  both  sides  ; 
spines  numerous  on  the  petioles  and  rachis,  and  on  the 
principal  nerves  above  ;  brown.  Colombia. 

AA.    Lvs.  not  scurfy. 

Ayri,  Mart.  Trunks  18-30  ft.  high,  8-12  in.  in  diam., 
usually  caespitose  :  Ivs.  15  ft.  long,  equally  pinnatisect 
to  the  apex  ;  petiole  piano-compressed,  membranaceous 
on  the  margins,  densely  scaly  and  with  scattered  spines; 
lower  segments  over  3  ft.  long.  l%-2  in.  wide,  2  in. 
apart,  the  upper  ones  2-2%  ft.  long,  1  in.  wide,  1%  in. 
apart,  conduplicate  at  the  base,  linear,  long  attenuate, 
pointed,  minutely  and  remotely  spiny  along  the  margins, 
white-tomentose  below.  Braz. 

Mexicanum,   Liebm.      St.   4-6    ft.   high,   cylindrical, 
thickly  covered  with  rings  of  black,  straight,  ancipital 
spines  :    petiole  2  ft.  long,  4-sided,  the  2  upper  sides 
concave,  clothed  (as  is  the  rachis)  with  straight  black 
spines  ;  blade  6  ft. ;  segments  15-18  in.  long,  1  in.  wide, 
alternate,  broadly  linear,  acute,  straight,  white  beneath, 
with  deciduous  black  spines  along  the  margins.    Mex. 
A.  Granatense,  Hort.,  is  an  unidentified  trade  name. 
JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

ASTROPHYTUM.    See  Echinocactus. 

ASYSTASIA  (obscure  name).  Including  Henfreya 
and  Mackaya.  Acanthacece.  Twenty  to  30  herbs  or 
shrubs  of  the  Old  World  tropics.  Corolla  tube  straight 
or  curved,  the  spreading  limb  5-lobed  and  nearly  or 
quite  regular  :  stamens  4,  unequal  :  stigma  blunt  or 
minutely  2-lobed  :  Ivs.  thin,  entire  :  fls.  white,  blue  or 
purple,  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters,  often  very  showy. 
General  treatment  of  Justicia,  in  intermediate  or  warm- 
houses. 


bella,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Mackaya,  bella,  Harvey), 
Glabrous,  upright  subshrub  :  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, spreading,  short-stalked,  sinuate-toothed  :  fls.  li- 
lac, 2  in.  long,  with  a  long  tube  below  the  flaring  throat, 
the  spreading  segments  ovate-obtuse,  disposed  on  one 
side  of  a  raceme  5-8  in.  long.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  5797.  — A 
beautiful  plant,  rarely  seen,  and  thought  to  be  difficult 
to  manage  ;  but  it  seems  to  flower  readily  in  fall  in  our 
climate,  if  rested  during  the  previous  winter  and 
brought  on  in  the  summer.  Prop,  by  cuttings  of  firm 
wood  in  spring  or  summer.  Young  plants  in  small  pots, 
often  bloom  well. 

A.  Coromandeliana,  Nees  (A.  Comorensis,  Bojer.  Justicia. 
Gangetiea,  Linn.).  Zigzag  subshrub :  Ivs.  ovate-cordate,  wavy: 
fls.  purple,  nearly  sessile,  in  6-10-fld.  raceme.  Ind.  B.M.  4248. 
P.M.  14:  125.  F.S.  2: 179.— A.  scdndens,  Lindl.  (Henfreya  scan- 
dens,  Lindl.).  Climbing:  Ivs.  obovate  to  ovate,  thick,  entire  : 
fls.  large,  yellow,  white  and  blush,  in  a  thyrse.  Afr.  B.M.  4449. 
B.R.  33:31.  F.S.  3:231.  T  TT  „ 

Li.  H.  r>. 

ATAMASCO  LILY.    See  Zephijranthes. 
ATHANASIA.    Consult  Lonas. 
ATHYRIUM.    See  Asplenium. 
ATRAGENE.    See  Clematis. 

ATRAPHAXIS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Polygondcece. 
Low  shrubs  :  Ivs.  alternate  or  fasciculate,  deciduous  : 
fls.  small,  apetalous,  in  few-fld.  axillary  clusters,  form- 
ing1 terminal  racemes  ;  sepals  4-5  ;  stamens  6-8  :  fr.  a 
small  akene,  enclosed  by  the  enlarged  inner  sepals. 
Summer.  About  18  species  in  central  and  western  Asia, 
Greece,  and  N.  Afr.  Low  shrubs  of  spreading  habit, 
with  usually  small  Ivs.,  attractive  with  their  numerous 
racemes  of  white  or  rose-colored  fls.,  which  remain  un- 
changed for  a  long  time,  owing  to  the  persistent  calyx. 
They  grow  best  in  well-drained  soil  and  sunny  situations, 
but  do  not  stand  transplanting  well  when  older.  Prop, 
by  seeds  sown  in  spring  ;  the  seedlings  are  liable  to  rot 
if  kept  too  moist,  or  in  damp  air.  Increased,  also,  by 
greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  in  early  summer,  and  by 
layers. 

A.  buxifblia,  Jaub.  &  Spach.  (Polygonum  crispulum,  Sims). 
Height  1-2  ft.,  spineless  :  Ivs.  obovate,  crenate,  dark  green, 
3^-1  in.  long :  racemes  short.  Transcaucasia,  Turkestan.  B.M. 
1065.— A.  frutescens,  Koch  (A.  lanceolata,  Meissn.).  Height 
1-2  ft.,  spineless :  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  glaucescent,  %-l  in. 
long :  racemes  loose.  Caucasus,  Turkest.,  Siberia.  L.B.C.  5:489. 
B.R.  3:254.— A.  latifdlia,  Koehne  (A.  Muschketowi,  Krassn.). 
Erect,  2-3  ft.,  spineless  :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  crenate,  %-2  in.  long: 
fls.  white,  in  compact  racemes.  Turkest.  B.M.  7435.  Gt.  40:1344. 
— A.  spinbsa,  Linn.  Height  1-2  ft.,  spiny  :  Ivs.  elliptic,  entire, 
glaucescent,  %-%  in.  long :  racemes  short.  S.  Russia,  Orient, 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ATRIPLEX  (derivation  disputed).  Chenopodiacece. 
A  large  genus  containing  many  succulent  weeds  of  des- 
ert regions.  A .  hortensis  is  a  garden  vegetable  used  like 
spinach  ;  for  culture,  see  Orach.  A.  leptocarpa  and  A. 
semibaccata  are  two  plants  lately  introduced  as  supple- 
mentary forage  plants  for  arid  regions.  See  Circular 
No.  3,  Div.  of  Agrost.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric. 

A.    Garden  vegetable  (with  ornamental-lvd.  variety). 

hort6nsis,  Linn.  ORACH.  SEA  PURSLANE.  Annual  : 
stem  herbaceous,  erect :  Ivs.  hastate,  cordate,  or  trian- 
gular-oblong, acute,  4-5  in.  long,  2%-3  in.  wide  ;  petioles 
12-18  lines  long  :  fruiting  bracts  4-8  lines  long,  short- 
pediceled.  Var.  atro-sangnmea,  Hort.,  is  a  crimson- 
leaved  ornamental  about  4  ft.  high,  sometimes  grown 
with  amarantus-like  plants. 

AA.    Ornamental  shrubs. 

canescens,  James.  A  pale,  densely  scurfy  shrub,  1-3  ft. 
high  :  Ivs.  oblanceolate,  entire  :  fruiting  bractlets  with 
4  vertical,  Reticulated  wings.  July-Sept.  N.  Mex.  to  S. 
Dak.  and  W.  to  Calif. 

Halimus,  Linn.  Low-spreading  shrub  with  grey  foli- 
age, cult,  in  Calif,  for  hedges  and  for  seaside  planting: 
Ivs.  1-1%  in.  long  ;  petioles  3-4  lines  long  :  fls.  purplish : 
fruiting  bracts  1%  lines  long,  2  lines  wide,  sessile,  reni- 
form,  obtuse,  entire  :  seed  compressed,  yellowish. 
Mediterranean  region  and  S.  Afr. 


118 


ATROPA 


AURICULA 


ATROPA  (after  Atropos,  that  one  of  the  three  Fates 
cut  the  thread  of  life).  Solanacece,.  BELLADONNA. 
'Calyx  with  5  ovate  leafy  divisions,  enlarging  in  fruit ; 
•corolla  bell- shaped  or  "funnel  form.  The  purple  ber- 
ries are  poisonous.  The  plant  is  used  in  medicine. 

Belladdnna,  Linn.  Plant  low,  spreading:  Ivs.  ovate, 
"entire,  pointed:  fls.  single  or  in  pairs,  nodding  on  lateral 
peduncles;  corolla  dull  purple.  Eu.  to  India. 

ATTALfiA  (attains,  magnificent).  Palmacece,  tribe 
Cocoinece.  Spineless  palms,  with  a  single,  thickish 
ringed  or  scarred  caudex:  Ivs.  arising  almost  perpen- 
dicular and  the  upper  part  arched,  pinnately  cut, 
linear  -  lanceolate,  acuminate,  with  the  margins  re- 
curved at  the  base;  petiole  concave  above:  fls.  yellow: 
fr.  rather  large.  Species  20.  Trop.  Amer.  The  leaflets 
on  the  lower  side  of  the  rachis  hang  straight  down,  and 
those  on  the  upper  side  point  straight  up.  The  Attaleas 
are  unprofitable  to  grow  as  commercial  decorative 
plants,  because  they  take  too  long  to  make  good  sized 
plants  from  the  seedling  state.  Perfect  drainage,  and 
a  soil  having  a  mixture  of  leaf-mold  or  peat,  with  a  tem- 
perature ranging  from  60°  to  80°  F.,  will  be  found  to 
suit  them.  Put  the  seeds  about  2  in.  deep  in  a  box  and 
sink  the  box  in  a  warm  border  out  of  doors  in  summer, 
«over  with  a  mulch  of  moss,  and  water  frequently. 

A.    Trunks  becoming  tall. 

exc61sa,  Mart.  St.  90-100  ft.  high  in  the  wild,  16-20  in. 
In  diam. :  Ivs.  erect-spreading:  pistillate  fls.  solitary  on 
t;he  branches  of  the  spadix:  drupe  obovate.  Braz.  . 

funifera,  Mart.  St.  18-30  ft.,  8-13  in.  diam.,  smooth: 
Ivs.  as  long  as  the  caudex;  petioles  with  very  long  hang- 
ing fibers  ;  segments  broadly  linear- acuminate,  in  clus- 
ters of  3-5,  divaricate :  drupe  4  in.  long'  Braz. 

Cohune,  Mart.  St.  40-50  ft. :  Ivs.  erect,  pinnate,  the 
dark  green  pinnae  30-50  and  18  in.  or  less  long;  petiole 
flat  above  and  rounded  below:  drupe  broadly  ovate, 
nearly  3  in.  long,  with  a  very  short  beak.  Honduras.— 
Fruit  used  for  soap-making,  and  exported  from  Cent. 
Amer.  for  that  purpose.  Used  for  thatching. 

AA.     Without  trunks. 

spectabilis,  Mart.  Stemtess,  or  with  a  very  short  cau- 
•dex:  Ivs.  18-21  ft.  long,  the  lower  segments  3-4  ft.,  the 
Tipper  12-16  in.,  %  in.  wide,  linear-acuminate.  Braz. 

amygdalina,  HBK.  (A.  nucifera,  Karst. ).  Stemless  : 
Ivs.,  5-6  ft.  long,  crowded,  pinnatisect;  segments  90-100 
•on  each  side,  ensiform,  glabrous  above, with  hairs  along 
the  outer  margins  beneath,  2-%-2%  ft.  long,  about  1/^in. 
"wide;  petiole  with  rusty  scales  beneath.  Braz. 

A.  Guichire  is  a  trade  name:  "extremely  long-leaved."— A. 
Jlfdripa,  Mart.  (A.  Mariposa,  Hort.)  See  Maximiliana. 

JABED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

AUBRIETIA  (Claude  Aubriet,  French  natural  history 
painter  of  last  century).  Cruciferce.  Perennial,  more 
or  less  evergreen  trailers,  excellent  for  rockwork  or  edg- 
ings. Prop,  by  seeds,  or  by  layers  or  cuttings.  The  genus 
is  distinguished  chiefly  by  the  outer  sepals  being  saccate 
at  base,  the  shorter  filaments  toothed,  and  the  valves  of 
^;he  silique  convex  and  not  ribbed.  Italy  to  Persia. 

deltoidea,  DC.  Lvs.  oblong-spatulate,  deltoid  orrhom- 
"fooid,  with  1  or  2  teeth  on  either  side,  grayish,  narrowed 
into  a  very  short  petiole  :  fls.  in  few-fid.,  lax  clusters, 
the  violet  or  purple  petals  twice  the  length  of  the  calyx. 
—  Grows  2-12  in.  high.  Pretty  spring  bloomer.  Hardy 
in  the  north.  Var.  Bougainville!,  Hort.  Fls.  light  vio- 
let :  dwarf  and  compact.  Var.  Campbell!,  Hort.  Fls. 
large,  purple  :  plant  large.  Var.  Eyrei,  Hort.  Fls. 
large  and  long,  deep  violet.  Var.  Graeca,  Hort.  Dwarf 
»nd  compact,  large-fld.  One  of  the  best.  Var.  Hender- 
••soni,  Hort.,  probably  the  same  as  Campbelli.  Var. 
Xeichtlini,  Hort.  Profuse  bloomer,  pink  fls.  Var. 
'Olympica,  Hort.  Fls.  large,  violet,  like  var.  Eyrei. 
Var.  violacea,  Hort.  One  of  the  largest  forms. 

L.  H.  B. 

AUCUB A  (its  Japanese  name).  Corndcece.  One  ever- 
green shrub,  with  glossy,  often  variegated  Ivs.,  enduring 
-smoke  and  dust:  fls.  small,  dioecious,  4-merous,  in  pani- 
cles: fr.  a  1 -seeded  drupe.  Hardy  S.  In  the  N.  states,  Au- 


cubas  are  grown  in  coolhouses  — those  adapted  to  azaleas 
are  excellent— and  they  are  kept  evergreen  by  keeping 
them  in  a  pit  during  winter,  or  by  holding  them  cool  and 
partially  dry  in  the  house.  They  will  stand  5  or  6  de- 
grees of  frost  in  a  pit.  From  cuttings  of  half-ripened 
wood,  good  specimen  plants  may  be  had  in  2  or  3  years. 
Fruiting  plants,  with  their  numerous  bright  scarlet  ber- 
ries, are  exceedingly  attractive,  but  as  the  plant  is 
dioecious,  there  must  be  male  plants  with  the  female 
ones.  If  grown  in  pots  and  under  glass,  the  plant  must 
be  fertilized  by  shaking  the  flowering  male  plant  over 
the  female,  or  by  applying  the  pollen  with  a  camel's 
hair  pencil.  If  the  male  plant  flowers  earlier,  the  pollen 
may  be  collected  and  kept  dry  until  the  female  plant  is 
in  flower  ;  it  remains  effective  for  some  weeks.  In  the 
open,  Aucuba  grows  well  in  any  good,  somewhat  moist 
though  well-drained  soil,  in  a  half-shaded  position.  In 
pots,  it  will  thrive  in  a  sandy  loam  with  sufficient  drain- 
age, and  requires  plenty  of  water  during  its  growing 
period.  Fruiting  plants  should  not  have  too  large  pots. 
Prop,  very  easily  by  half-ripened  greenwood  cuttings  at 
nearly  any  time  of  the  year,  under  glass,  and  by  seeds 
sown  soon  after  maturity  ;  the  varieties  are  sometimes 
grafted  on  the  common  form  in  early  spring,  under  glass. 
Japonica,  Thunb.  Shrub,  4-15  ft. :  fls.  usually  ovate, 
3-8  in.  long,  remotely  and  coarsely  dentate,  acuminate, 
shining  :  berries  scarlet,  rarely  white  or  yellow,  usually 
oblong.  From  Himal.  to  Jap.  B.M.  5512.  I. H.  11:399. 
Var.  Himalaica,  Dipp.  (A.  Himalaica,  Hook.  &  Thorn.). 
Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  more  dentate  :  panicles  more 
pilose:  fr.  orange  to  scarlet.  Himal.  P. 8.12:1271.  I.H. 
6:197. —There  are  many  garden  forms,  mostly  with 
variegated  Ivs.,  which  are  more  cultivated  than  the 
green  forms.  Handsome  variegated  varieties  are :  albo- 
variegata,  aurea,  aureo-maculata  (Flor.  Mag.  10:527. 
Flor.  World  1876:353),  tricolor,  latimaculata,  lim- 
bata,  medio-variegata,  picturata,  punctata,  variegata 
(B.M.  1197.  F.M.  5:277).  The  following  forms  have 
green  Ivs. :  angustifolia,  dentata,  macrophylla,  ovata, 
salicifolia,  pygmaea.  A.  crani  folia,  once  offered  in 
Amer.  trade,  is  probably  a  form  of  A.  Japonica. 

ALFRED  RE-HDER. 

AUDIBERTIA  (M.  Audibert,  of  Tarascon,  Provence). 
LabiatfK.  Perennial,  hoary,  aromatic  herbs  from  Calif., 
with  rugose,  sage-like  Ivs. 

grandifldra,  Benth.  St.  villous,  glandular,  1-3  ft. 
high  :  Ivs.  woolly  beneath  ;  lower  Ivs.  hastate,  obtuse, 
3-8  in.  long,  coarse  ;  bracts  crowded,  conspicuous  :  fls. 
1-1%  in.  long,  red  or  crimson-purple,  in  dense,  showy 
glomes  or  clusters.  — Prized  for  bees. 

AURICULA  (Primula  Auricula,  Linn.).  Fig.  171.  A 
European  perennial,  sending  up  short  scapes,  bearing 
fls.  of  many  colors.  It  is  one  of  the  most  famous  of 
florists'  flowers,  but  it  has  never  received  the  attention 
in  this  country  that  it  has  in  Europe.  Our  summers  are 
generally  too  hot  for  it.  In  this  country  generally  treated 
as  a  greenhouse  plant ;  but  it  is  hardy,  and  in  the  Old 
World  is  grown  largely  in  frames.  See  Primula. 

Auriculas  may  be  propagated  by  seed  for  general  pur- 
poses and  for  the  production  of  new  varieties,  but  to 
perpetuate  very  choice  varieties,  it  is  necessary  to  propa- 
gate either  by  offsets  or  division  of  the  plants.  Seed 
should  be  sown  in  shallow  pans  or  4-inch  pots  early  in 
March,  so  that  the  seedlings  will  be  well  developed  be- 
fore very  warm  weather  sets  in.  The  soil  used  in  the 
seed  pans  should  be  very  light  and  sandy,  the  surface 
should  be  made  smooth,and  the  seeds  then  pressed  lightly 
into  the  soil,  after  which  a  light  covering  of  sand  should 
be  given,  and  the  pans  placed  in  a  temp,  of  60°  until  they 
have  germinated,  which  usually  takes  from  three  to  four 
weeks  ;  they  should  then  be  removed  to  a  light  position, 
shaded  from  direct  sunlight,  in  a  rather  lower  tempera- 
ture, to  induce  a  stocky  growth.  As  soon  as  the  seedlings 
are  large  enough  to  handle  conveniently,  they  should  be 
pricked  off  into  other  pans  or  shallow  boxes  containing 
a  mixture  of  three  parts  leaf -mold  and  one  part  sifted 
loam  and  clean  silver  sand.  Watering  should  be  care- 
fully attended  to,  and  everything  done  to  promote  active 
growth,  so  that,  if  possible,  the  plants  may  be  large 
enough  to  require  a  second  shift  into  other  boxes,  simi- 
larly prepared,  by  the  end  of  June.  Auricula  seedlings 


AURICULA 


AZALEA 


119 


171.  Auricula  (X  %). 


go  through  the  hottest  months  much  better  in  boxes  than 
in  pots,  as  they  can  be  kept  more  evenly  moist.  For  their 
summer  quarters,  a  wooden  frame  placed  on  sifted  coal 
ashes  on  the  north  side  of  a  building  or  wall,  or  almost 
any  position  where  they  will  be  sheltered  from  the  sun 
and  still  receive  plenty  of  light,  should  be  given  them. 
The  frame  should  be  provided  with  sash,  which  should 
be  kept  over  the  plants  most  of  the  time,  giving  air  in 
abundance  in  favorable  weather,  and  during  the  warmest 
weather  the  whole  frame 
should  be  raised  by  placing 
a  brick  under  each  corner, 
so  as  to  allow  a  good  cir- 
culation of  air  among  the 
plants.  About  the  second 
week  in  September  the 
young  plants  should  be 
potted,  using  a  compost  of 
two  parts  good,  fibrous 
loam,  one  part  leaf-mold, 
and  one  part  well  decayed 
cow  or  sheep  manure,  with 
a  little  sand  added.  The 
frame  should  be  kept  a 
little  close  for  a  few  days 
after  potting,  and  from 
this  time  care  must  be 
taken  not  to  wet  the  foli- 
age in  watering.  The 
plants  may  remain  in 
the  frame  until  dan- 
ger of  freezing,  when 
they  should  be  trans- 
ferred to  a  cool  green- 
house for  the  winter. 
All  decaying  leaves 
should  be  carefully 
removed,  and  but  lit- 
tle water  will  be  re- 
quired during  the 
dull  winter  months. 

Towards  the  end  of  February  the  plants  will  show  signs 
of  flowering,  when  they  should  be  given  a  top-dressing 
of  pulverized  sheep  manure  and  placed  in  a  light,  airy 
position,  in  a  temp,  of  55°.  The  flowering  season  lasts 
about  two  months,  after  which  the  plants  should  receive 
their  annual  potting.  All  diseased  or  decayed  roots 
should  be  cut  away,  and  most  of  the  old  soil  carefully 
removed.  The  propagation  of  very  choice  varieties  by 
offsets  or  division  is  best  done  at  this  time.  The  pots 
used  in  potting  should  be  well  drained,  and  no  larger 
than  will  just  accommodate  the  plants.  The  soil  best 
suited  is  the  same  as  before  recommended.  After  pot- 
ting they  may  be  placed  in  their  summer  quarters. 
Offsets  should  be  inserted  round  the  edge  of  4-inch  pots, 
using  very  sandy  soil,  and  kept  in  a  moist,  shaded  posi- 
tion until  rooted.  By  annually  repotting  and  giving  a 
little  extra  care  during  the  summer  months,  a  batch  of 
Auriculas  will  return  very  satisfactory  results,  and  may 
be  kept  in  a  good,  healthy  condition  for  several  years. 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

A  VENA  (classical  name).  Graminece.  OATS.  A  genus 
of  annuals  or  perennials  well  known  from  the  cultivated 
oat.  Panicles  wide  open,  and  loosely  flowered,  bearing 
large  2-6-flowered  spikelets.  A  long,  twisted,  geniculate 
awn  present,  except  in  the  cultivated  oat.  Species, 
about  50.  Widely  spread  in  the  temperate  regions  of  the 
Old  and  New  World. 

fatua,  Linn.  WILD-OATS.  SAND-OATS.  Resembles  the 
cultivated  oat;  can  be  distinguished  by  the  larger  spike- 
lets  and  long,  brown  hairs  on  the  flowering  glume.  Awn 
an  inch  in  length.  Eu.— A  very  troublesome  weed  in 
some  parts.  Not  cult. 

st6rilis,  Linn.  ANIMATED  OATS.  Much  larger  than  the 
cultivated  oat :  spikelets  large,  in  a  drooping  panicle  ; 
awn  very  long  and  geniculate.  Mediterranean  region 
and  E.—  Occasionally  cult,  for  the  odd  behavior  of  the 
"seeds."  It  is  the  twisting  and  untwisting  of  this  awn, 
when  exposed  to  moisture  and  dryness,  that  has  given 
to  the  grass  the  name  Animated  Oats.  The  untwisting  of 
the  awn  causes  the  spikelet  to  tumble  about  in  various 
directions,  suggestive  of  independent  motion. 


The  common  oat  is  Avena  sativA,  Linn.,  native  of  the  Old 
World.  Pasture  grasses  sold  as  Avenas  are  A.  elatior,  which  is 
an  Arrhenantherum  ;  and  A.  flavescens,  which  is  a  Trisetum. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

AVERRHOA  (after  Averrhoes,  the  Arabian  physi- 
cian). Geranidcece.  Tropical  fruit  trees,  cult,  in  India 
and  China,  and  sometimes  grown  under  glass  for  orna- 
ment. Lvs.  alternate,  odd-pinnate;  Ifts.  alternate,  ovate- 
acuminate,  entire,  stalked,  sensitive  :  fls.  borne  on  the 
naked  stems  and  branches,  minute,  fragrant,  rose-colored 
to  reddish  purple,  racemose ;  calyx  red;  corolla campanu- 
late  ;  petals  5. 

Carambdla,  Linn.  CARAMBOLA.  Height  15-20  ft. :  Ifts. 
4-5  pairs  :  tts.  rosy  purple  :  fr.  varying  in  size  from  a 
hen's  egg  to  a  large  orange,  ovate,  acutely  5-angled,  yel- 
low, fragrant,  the  pulp  acid.  The  half -grown  fr.  used  as 
pickles  ;  the  ripe  fr.  for  preserves.  Said  to  produce  3 
crops  a  year.  P.M.  15:231.  Cult,  sparingly  in  S.  Calif. 

A.  Bilimbi,  Linn.  CUCUMBER  TREE.  BILIMBI.  Height  8-15 
ft.:  Ifts.  5-10  pairs  :  fls.  red,  in  longer  racemes  than  the  above  : 
fr.  smaller  than  the  Carambola,  cucumber-shaped,  smooth, 
green  rind,  and  acid  pulp.  Extensively  cult,  in  S.  Amer.  P.M. 
15:231. 

AVOCADO,  ALLIGATOR  PEAR.    See  Persea. 

AZALEA  (from  Greek  azaleas,  dry  :  Linnaeus  be- 
lieved them  to  grow  in  dry  locations).  Ericaceae. 
Shrubs  :  Ivs.  deciduous  or  persistent,  alternate,  more 
or  less  nairy  and  ciliate,  rarely  glabrous  and  never  lepi- 
dote  or  scurfy  :  fls.  in  terminal  umbellate  racemes, 
rarely  lateral;  corolla  5-lobed,  funnel-form,  campanulate 
or  rotate  ;  stamens  5-10  ;  ovary  5-celled,  hairy  or  se- 
tose, with  or  without  glands  :  fr.  a  loculicidal  capsule 
(Fig.  172),  with  numerous  minute  seeds.  This  genus  is 
often  united  with  Rhododendron,  which  is  easier  to  dis- 
tinguish by  its  Ivs.  and  general  habit  than  by  its  fls.  In 
Rhododendron,  the  Ivs.  are  coriaceous,  generally  per- 
sistent, usually  revolute  at  the  margin,  glabrous  or  to- 
mentose  beneath,  often  lepidote,  not  ciliate,  or  ciliate 
and  lepidote  :  stamens  usually  10  :  ovary  glabrous, 
glandular,  lepidote  or  tomentose,  never  setose,  some- 
times more  than  5-celled.  The  glabrous  species  of 
Azalea  have  5  stamens  and  deciduous  Ivs.  There  are  35 
species  in  Asia  (especially  E.  Asia)  and  N.  Amer.  Con- 
sult Maximowicz,  Rhododendrese  Asiae  Orientalis,  St. 
Petersburg,  1870.  The  Azaleas  belong  to  our  most  orna- 
mental and  beautiful  flowering  shrubs,  and  are  often 
completely  covered  with  large  showy  fls.  of  brilliant  and 
various  colors.  They  grow  best  in  peaty  or  sandy  soil 
containing  no  limestone,  and  prefer  somewhat  moist  and 
half-shaded  situations.  In  regard  to  the  culture,  they 
may  be  divided  into  two  groups  :  Hardy  deciduous 
Azaleas,  and  Indian  Azaleas. 

HARDY  DECIDUOUS  AZALEAS.  — These  include  the  spe- 
cies of  the  sections  Euazalea  and  Rhodora,  and  the  hy- 
brids known  as  Ghent  Azaleas.  They  are  hardy,  but  in 
the  N.  and  in  exposed  situations  a  protection  with  brush, 
hay  or  mats  should  be  given  during  the  winter,  to  pre- 
vent the  flower-buds  from  sudden  changes  of  tempera- 
ture. They  are  usually  increased  by  seeds  sown  in  early 
spring  in  frames  or  pans,  in  sandy  peat,  without  cover- 
ing, and  kept  moist  and  shady.  When  the  seedlings  ap- 
pear they  should  have  air  and  a  daily  syringing.  In  au- 
tumn they  are  transplanted  into  boxes  or  frames,  in 
sandy,  peaty  soil.  The  seeds  germinate  very  readily 
sown  in  cut  sphagnum,  but  ought  to  be  pricked  into 
boxes  as  soon  as  they  can  be  handled.  The  second  year 
the  seedlings  should  be  planted  out  in  beds,  sufficiently 
wide  apart  to  allow  a  growth  of  two  years.  Long  upright 
branches  should  be  shortened,  to  secure  well-branched 
plants.  The  named  varieties  are  grafted  on  any  of  the 
common  species,  usually  by  veneer-grafting  in  autumn 
in  the  greenhouse,  on  potted  stock.  They  may  also  be 
increased  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  2-3  in.  long,  taken 
with  a  heel  late  in  summer,  and  placed  in  sand  under 
glass.  Layers  usually  require  2  years  to  root  sufficiently ; 
they  are  made  in  spring,  and  the  buried  part  enclosed  in 
moss.  Azaleas  are  easy  to  transplant,  either  in  early 
spring  or  in  early  autumn,  when  the  year's  growth 
has  ripened.  If  desired,  they  may  be  planted  for  deco- 
rative purposes  in  early  spring,  in  beds,  without  injuring 
the  abundance  or  brilliancy  of  the  flower,  and  after- 


120 


AZALEA 


AZALEA 


wards  removed  to  give  space  for  other  decorative  plants, 
and  planted  carefully  in  nursery  beds, where  they  remain 
till  next  spring  ;  and  so  on  every  year.  Especially  the 
hybrids  and  varieties  of  A.  mollis  are  often  and  easily 
forced  for  winter-flowering.  If  intended  for  early  forc- 
ing, they  should  be  grown  in  pots,  and  care  taken  to 
allow  them  to  finish  their  growth  as  early  as  possible  ; 
for  later  forcing,  after  Christmas,  they  may  be  potted  in 
fall,  or  even  just  before  bringing  them  into  the  forcing- 
house.  With  a  temperature  of  50-55°  at  night,  they  will 
bloom  in  about  6  weeks.  The  Ghent  Azaleas  are  grown 
in  great  quantities  in  the  Low  Countries  and  in  Germany 
ior  export  to  America  ;  it  is  usually  more  profitable  to 
buy  this  stock  each  fall  than  to  attempt  to  raise  it  here, 
where  labor  is  high-priced  and  the  climate  dry  and  hot. 

In  the  open,  the  flowering  period  of  hardy  Azaleas  ex- 
tends from  April  to  July.  First  comes  A .  Canadensis ,  A . 
rhombica  and  A.  Vaseyi  ;  then  A .  nudi flora  &nd  A .  mol- 
lis, followed  by  A.  Pontlca  and  A.  calendulacea ,  and 
nearly  at  the  same  time  A.  Schlippenbachi  and  A. 
Albrecliti ;  somewhat  later,  A.  occidentalis,  and  last,  A. 
arborescens  and  A.  viscosa.  One  of  the  most  beauti- 
ful is  the  American  A.  calendulacea,  which  is  hardly 
surpassed  in  the  brilliancy  and  abundance  of  its  flowers 
by  any  of  the  Ghent  hybrids.  Some  good  hybrids,  or 
Ghent  Azaleas,  are  the  following  : 

Single-fid,  varieties  :  Albicans,  white  with  yellow 
blotch,  fragrant  ;  Admiral  de  Ruyter,  deep  red  scarlet  ; 
Altaclarensis,  white,  bordered  pink,  spotted  yellow, 
fragrant,  B.R.  28:  27  ;  Anthony  Foster,  orange-yellow  ; 
Comte  de  Gomer,  bright  rose,  spotted  orange,  R.B. 
1 :  97  ;  Daviesi,  nearly  pure  white,  fragrant,  Gt.  42 : 1307; 
Directeur  Charles  Baumann,  cherry  red,  spotted  yellow ; 
Ge"ant  des  Batailles,  deep  crimson  ;  Hilda,  red-orange  ; 
Louis  Hellebuyck,  carmine,  blotched  orange,  F.S.  19: 
2019;  Marie  Verschaffelt,  pink,  blotched  yellow;  Morteri, 
rosy  pink  with  yellow  blotch,  S.B.F.G.  II.  1: 10  ;  Prin- 
cesse  d'Orange,  salmon-pink;  Sanguinea,  deep  crimson; 
Tsarine,  bright  pink,  R.B.  20:  277;  Van  Dyck,  blood-red; 
Viscosa  floribunda,  pxire  white,  fragrant. 

Double-fid,  varieties  :  Arethusa,  creamy  white,  tinged 
yellow  ;  Bijou  de  Gandbrugge,  white,  bordered  rose, 
F.S.  19: 2024  ;  Louis  Aime"  Van  Houtte,  carmine,  tinged 
orange,  F.S.  19:  2022  ;  Madame  Mina  Van  Houtte,  pink, 
tinged  salmon  and  white,  F.S.  19:2021 ;  Murillo,  pink, 
tinged  purple,  R.B.  19:232  ;  Phebe,  yellow,  tinged  or- 
ange, R.B.  19:232;  Raphael  de  Smet,pink;  Virgile,  pale 
rose,  striped  yellow  in  the  center,  R.B.  19:232. 

INDIAN  AZALEAS.— This  group  contains  A .  Indica  and 
other  species  of  the  section  Tsusia  and  the  hybrids  of 
them.  They  are  well  known  evergreen  shrubs,  in  the  N. 
requiring  cultivation  in  the  greenhouse  during  the  win- 
ter, but  some  varieties,  as  A.  Indica,  var.  Kcempferi  and 
var.  amcena,  are  hardy  even  near  New  York.  A.  ros- 
marinifolia  and  A.  llnearifolia  will  stand  many  de- 
grees of  frost  in  somewhat  sheltered  positions.  They 
are  rarely  increased  by  seeds,  which  may  be  sown  in  the 
greenhouse  in  the  same  way  as  with  the  former  group. 
Usually  they  are  propagated  by  cuttings  or  grafting. 
The  cuttings  root  best  when  made  in  August  from  half- 
ripened  wood,  and  placed  in  sand  under  a  frame,  with 
gentle  bottom  heat.  Choicer  varieties  are  usually  in- 
creased by  veneer-  or  tongue-grafting,  either  in  winter 
or  in  July  and  Aug.  on  vigorous-growing  varieties  raised 
mostly  from  cuttings.  Grafting  on  Rhododendron  is 
now  used  in  some  German  nurseries  with  very  good  re- 
sults. The  best  soil  for  Azaleas,  if  grown  in  pots,  is  a 
sandy  compost  of  half  peat  and  half  leaf-soil,  with  an 
addition  of  good  fibrous  loam.  It  is  essential  to  plant 
them  firmly,  and  to  give  very  good  drainage.  The  base 
of  the  stem  should  be  just  above  the  surface.  The  best 
time  for  repotting  is  after  flowering,  when  the  new 
growth  commences.  During  the  summer,  they  should  be 
kept  in  a  coldframe  or  in  the  open  in  a  sheltered  spot, 
with  the  pots  plunged  in  the  soil,  or  planted  out  in  pre- 
pared beds,  where  they  make  a  very  vigorous  and 
healthy  growth.  In  Sept.  they  should  be  repotted  and 
transferred  to  the  greenhouse.  They  must  have  plenty 
of  water  and  free  syringing  during  the  hot  months. 
The  natural  flowering  time  is  from  April  to  June,  but  in 
the  greenhouse,  Azaleas  may  be  had  in  flower  from  Nov. 
till  June.  Against  the  red  spider  and  thrips,  from  which 
the  Azaleas  are  liable  to  suffer  if  the  air  is  too  dry,  free 


syringing  with  water  is  the  best  remedy.  Most  of  the 
plants  used  for  forcing  in  this  country  are  imported 
from  Holland  and  Belgium  ;  and  it  is  cheaper  to  buy 
them  than  to  attempt  to  raise  them.  Formerly  Azaleas 
were  kept  in  summer  in  shade  or  partial  shade,  but  now 
it  is  the  custom  of  the  best  growers  to  give  them  full 
exposure  to  the  sun,  either  planted  out  or  in  the  pots 
plunged  to  the  rim  in  ashes  or  other  good  drainage  ma- 
terial ;  in  the  latter  case  a  top-dressing  of  2  or  3  inches 
of  old  cow  manure  is  very  beneficial.  The  only  Ameri- 
can treatise  is  Halliday's  Treatise  on  the  Propagation 
and  Cultivation  of  Azalea  Indica,  Baltimore,  1880. 

Some  of  the  best  varieties  of  Indian  Azaleas  are  the 
following  (for  a  completer  account,  see  August  Van  Geert, 
Iconographie  des  Azalees,  abbreviated  here  as  Ic.  Az.) : 

Single-fid. :  Antigone,  white,  striped  and  spotted  vio- 
let, R.B.  7:241;  Ic.Az.  3;  Apollo,  vermilion,  Ic  Az.  20; 
Charmer,  rich  amaranth,  very  large,  F.M.  5:303-4,  1  ; 
Comtesse  de  Beaufort,  rich  rose,  blotched  deep  crim- 
son ;  Criterion,  rich  salmon-pink,  bordered  white  mul 
blotched  crimson,  F.S.  8:796  ;  Diamond,  white,  blotched 
dark  crimson,  F.S.  21:  2233-34  ;  Due  de  Nassau,  rich 
rosy  purple,  very  free  and  large ;  Eclatante,  deep  crim- 
son, shaded  rose  ;  Fanny  I  very,  deep  salmon-scarlet, 
blotched  magenta,  F.M.  10:  ^42  ;  Fielder's  White,  pure 
white,  early,  A.F.  13:1169;  Flambeau,  rich,  glowing 
crimson,  Gn.  16:242,4;  Fuerstin  Bariatinsky,  white, 
striped  red,  Gn;  16,  242,  Ic.Az.  13  ;  Jean  Vervsene,  sal- 
mon, striped,  bordered  white,  R.B.  2:  145,  Ic.Az.  11; 
John  Gould  Veitch,  lilac  rose,  bordered  and  netted 
white,  striped  crimson,  F.S.  20:2071-72;  La  Victoire, 
reddish,  white  towards  the  edges,  spotted  maroon  crim- 
son; Louise  von  Baden,  pure  white,  sometimes  speckled 
pink  ;  F.S.  17: 1796,  F.M.  3: 158  ;  Madame  Charles  Van 
Eeckhaute,  pure  white,  with  crisped  edges  ;  Madame 
Van  Houtte,  scarlet  rose,  bordered  white,  F.S.  23:  2383, 
Ic.  Az.  5  ;  Marquis  of  Lome,  brilliant  scarlet,  very 
fine  ;  Miss  E.  Jarret,  pure  white,  with  crisped  edges, 
R.B.  14:  213;  Mrs.  Turner,  bright  pink,  bordered  white, 
spotted  crimson,  F.S.  8:  451;  Mons.  Thibaut,  orange-red; 
President  Victor  Van  den  Hecke,  white  striped  and 
speckled  crimson,  with  yellow  center,  F.S.  15: 1567-68  ; 
Princess  Alice,  pure  white,  one  of  the  best ;  Princesse 
Clementine,  white,  spotted  greenish  yellow  ;  Reine  des 
Pays-Bas,  rich  violet-pink,  bordered  white,  I.H.  13 :  479  ; 
Roi  de  Hollande,  dark  blood-red,  spotted  black  ;  Sigis- 
mund  Rucker,  rich  rose,  bordered  white,  blotched  crim- 
son, very  showy,  F.S.  19:2010-11,  Ic.Az.  31;  Stella, 
orange-scarlet,  tinged  violet;  Wilson  Saunders,  pure 
white,  striped  and  blotched  vivid  red. 

Double-fld. :  Borsig,  pure  white  ;  Alice,  deep  rose, 
blotched  vermilion,  I.H.  23:244;  Baron  M.  de  Rothschild, 
rich  purple-violet,  large,  F.S.  23:  2177-78  ;  Bernard  An- 


172.   Capsule  of 

Azalea  nudiflora. 


173.   Azalea  nudiflora  (X 


dre",  dark  violet-purple,  large  ;  Bernard  Andre  alba, 
white,  I.H.  17:15,Ic.  Az.  19;  Charles  Leirens,  dark  sal- 
mon, blotched  dark  purple,  good  form  and  substance,  F.S. 
19:  1971-72  ;  Charles  Pynaert,  salmon,  bordered  white, 
R.B.  10:25;  Chicago,  deep  carmine,  bordered  white, 
large  ;  Comtesse  Eugenie  de  Kerchove,  white,  flaked  red- 
carmine;  Deutsche  Perle,  pure  white,  early,  R.H.  1886- 


AZALEA 


AZALEA 


121 


516,  Gn  33:  649.  Ic.  Az.  25  :  Dominique  Vervaine,  bright 
orange  ;  Dr.  Moore,  deep  rose,  snuded  wuire  and  violet, 
very  tine,  R.  Br.  11:61;  Empereur  du  Bresil,  rich  rose, 
banded  white,  upper  petals  marked  red,  Ic.  Az.  15  ; 
Francois  de  Vos,  deep  crimson,  I.H.  14:  512,  Ic.  Az.  14, 
P.M.  8:443;  Imbricata,  white,  sometimes  flaked  rose, 
I.H.  24:281,  F.S.  22:2284-85;  Imperatrice  des  Indes, 
salmon-rose,  festooned  white  and  dark  carmine,  F.M. 
18: 357,  Ic.  Az.  21  ;  Johanna  Gottschalk,  white  ;  Louise 
Pynaert,  white,  R.  B.  4:  209  ;  Mme.  Iris  Lefebvre,  dark 
orange-carmine, shaded  bright  violet  and  blotched  brown- 
i.-u  red,  F.S.  18:  1862-63  ;  Madame  Van  der  Cruyssen, 
pink,  tine  form,  A.F.  12:1003  ;  Madeleine,  white,  large, 
semi-double  ;  Niobe,  white,  fine  form  ;  Pharailde  Ma- 
rhilde,  white,  spotted  cherry-red,  R.B.  13:145;  President 
(ihellinck  de  Walle,  bright  rose,  upperpetals  spotted  yel- 
low and  striped  crimson;  President  Oswald deKerchove, 
pink,  bordered  white,  blotched  carmine;  Raphael,  white; 
Saknntala,  white,  very  free-flowering;  Souv.  du  Prince 
Albert,  rich  rose-peach,  broadly  margined  white,  very 
tree-flowering,  F.M.  4:201,  Ic.  Az.  24;  Theodore  Rei- 
niri-s.  lilac,  large  ;  Vervaeneana,  rose,  bordered  white, 
sometimes  striped  salmon. 

The  following  Azaleas  are  described  below  :  A.  alba, 
No.  15  ;  albiflora,  16  ;  Albrechti,  12  ;  amoena,  14;  arbo- 
rescens,  2;  balsa  mince  flora,  14;  calendulacea,  5;  Cali- 
fornica,  1  ;  calyciflora,  14  ;  Canadensis,  9;  cauescens,  4; 
crispiflora,  14  ;  crocea,  5;  Daniels  iana,  14  ;  flammea,  5; 
Gandavensis,  7  ;  glauca,  3  ;  hispida,  3  ;  Indica,  14  ; 
Kaempferi,  14  ;  lateritia,  14  ;  ledifolia,  15  ;  lilii flora,  15; 
macrantha,  14  ;  moUis,  8  ;  narcissiflora,  15  ;  nitida,  3  ; 
nudiflora,  4  ;  obtusa,  14  ;  occidentalis,  1  ;  Pontica,  6  ; 
punicea,  15  ;  purpurea,  15;  rhombica,  10;  Rollissoni,  14; 
rosiflora,  14  ;  rosmarinifolia,  15  ;  Schlippenbachi,  13  ; 
Simsi,  14  ;  Sinensis,  8  ;  speciosa,  5  ;  Vaseyi,  11  ;  vis- 
cosa,  3. 

A.    Fls.  in  terminal  1-many-fld.  clusters. 
B.    Zrs.  it)td  fix.  from  different  buds  :  winter-buds  with 

many  scales:   Ivs.  deciduous. 

c.  Corolla  with  rather  long  tube  and  usually  acute 
segments,  pubescent  or  hairy  outside:  stamens  5: 
Ivs.  ciliate.  (Euazalea.) 

D.    Stamens  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the. limb:  tube 
long  and  narrow,  outside  glandular. 

E.    Color  ivhite,  pink  or  rose. 

1.  occidentalis,  Torr.  &  Gray  (Rhododendron  occiden- 
tale,  Gray.    A.  Californica,  Hort.j.     Height  2-6  ft.: 
branchlets  glabrous  or  pubescent :  Ivs.  obovate-oblong, 
finely  ciliate,  slightly  pubescent  beneath  when  young  : 
corolla  2-2%  in.  long,  white  or  slightly  tinged  rose,  with 
yellow  on  the  upper  lobe,  fragrant.    May,  June.    Calif. 
B.M.  5005.   F.S.  14:1432.    Gn.  34:673. 

2.  arborescens,    Pursh    ( Rhododendron    arbortscens , 
Torr. ) .  From  8-20  ft. :  branchlets  nearly  glabrous  :  Ivs. 
obovate  or  obovate-oblong,  acute,  ciliate,  glabrous,  green 
or  glaucescent  beneath  :  fls.  white  or  tinged  rose,  2  in. 
long,   fragrant ;    style  and   stamens   red.    June,  July. 
Allegh.  Mts.    G.F.  1:401.    L.B.C.  17:1632,  as  A.  verti- 
cillata. 

3.  viscdsa,   Linn.    (Rhododendron  viscdsum,  Torr.). 
From  4-8  ft. :   winter-buds  glabrous  :    branchlets  with 
stiff  hairs  :  Ivs.  obovate-oblong,  obtuse  or  mucronulate, 
ciliate,  bristly  hairy  on  the  veins  beneath  :  fls.  white  or 
tinged  rose,  1/^-2"  in.  long,  viscid  outside,  fragrant; 
style  red.   June,  July.   E.  N.  Amer.   Em.  2:438.    Var. 
nitida,  Nichols.   From  1-3  ft. :  Ivs.  oblanceolate,  bright 
green  on  both  sides  :  corolla  tinged  red.    B.R.  5:414. 
Var.  glauca,  Ait.    Lvs.  whitish-glaucous  beneath,  dull 
and  glaucous  above.  L.B.C.  16:1518.   Var.  hispida,  Britt. 
(A.  hixpida,  Pursh).    Pedicels  bristly  hispid  :   fls.  usu- 
ally pink  :  Ivs.  glaucescent  beneath.    L.B.C.  5:  441. 

4.  nudiflora,  Linn.  (A.  lutea,  Linn.    R.  nudifldrum, 
Torr.).    Figs.  172,  173.     Height  2-6  ft.:   winter-buds 
more  or  less  pubescent :  branchlets  pubescent  and  often 
with  stiff  hairs  :   Ivs.  oblong  or  obovate,  hairy  on  the 
midrib  or  pubescent  beneath  :  fls.  pink  to  nearly  white, 
before  or  with  the  Ivs.,  about  1%  in.  broad,  pubescent 
outside.     Apr.,  May.     E.  N.  Amer.     B.R.  120.     L.B.C. 
1:51.     G.W.F.  36.     Mn.  2:17.     Var.  canescens,  Rehder 
(A.  can6scens,  Michx.).     Lvs.  .tomentose  or  pubescent 
beneath,  usually  elliptic:  fls.  glandular  outside. 


EE.    Color  yellow  to  flame-red. 

5.  calendulacea,  Michx.    (R.  calendul&ceum,  Torr.). 
From  4-10  ft. :  branchlets  glabrous  or  with  stiff  hairs  : 
Ivs.  obovate  or  ovate,  usually  pubescent  beneath,  serru- 
late-ciliate  :  fls.  orange-yellow  or  flame-red,  often  2  in. 
broad,  with  the  Ivs.,  nearly  scentless  ;   tube  usually 
shorter  than  the  limb  ;  stamens  thickened  at  the  middle. 
May,  June.    E.  N.  Amer.    Var.  flammea,   Michx.    (A. 
speciosa,  Willd.).    Fls.  flame- or  orange-red.    B.R.  145. 
L.B.C.  7:624.   B.M.  180.   Var.  crdcea,  Michx.    Fls.  yel- 
low or  orange-yellow.   B.M.  1721.   L.B.C.  14: 1324. -One 
of  the  most  showy  species. 

6.  Pdntica,  Linn.  (R.  flavum,  Don).    Plant  2-6  ft.: 
branchlets  hairy:  pedicels  and  petioles  glandular  :  Ivs. 
cuneate,  oblong,  usually  hairy  on  both  sides  when  young, 
2-4  in.  long  :  fls.  yellow,  2-2%  in.  broad,  very  fragrant ; 
stamens  as  long  as  the  limb.    May.    Orient,  Caucasus. 
B.M.  433;  2383  (var.  albiflora).— A  very  fragrant  and 
free-flowering  species,  not  common  in  cult.   Nearly  all 
varieties  referred  to  this  species  in  nursery  catalogues 
are  hybrids,  for  which  the  collective  name  A.  Ganda- 
vensis may  be  used. 

7.  Gandav6nsis,  Hort.    GHENT    AZALEAS.    Fig.    174. 
These  are  hybrids  between  A .  Pontica,  and  the  American 


174.   Ghent  azalea—  A.  Gandavensis  (X 


species,  and  A.  Sinensis,  now  more  in  cult,  than  the 
typical  species.  Of  a  number  of  them  the  parents  are 
easily  recognized,  but  many  are  hybrids  of  the  second 
degree  or  more,  and  it  is  impossible  to  be  sure  about 
their  parentage.  They  vary  in  all  shades  of  white,  yel- 
low, orange,  pink,  carmine,  lilac,  and  red,  with  single 
and  double  fls.,  and  also  in  the  time  of  flowering,  from 
May  to  July.  A  short  selection  of  some  good  varieties 
has  already  been  given. 
DD.  Stamens  shorter  than  the  limb  :  corolla  funnel- 

form-campanulate,  outside  pubescent,  not  glan- 

dular. 

8.  Sinensis,  Lodd.  (A.  mdllis,  Blume.  R.  Sintnse, 
Sweet).  From  3-8  ft.:  branches  hairy  :  Ivs.  oblong  or 
obovate-oblong,  2-4  in.  long,  appressed-setose  above, 
glaucescent  beneath  and  nearly  glabrous  except  on  the 
midrib,  rarely  pubescent  :  fls.  2-2%  in.  broad,  yellow, 
orange  or  pink.  April,  May.  China,  Japan.  F.S.  19: 
2032-36.  Gn.  46,  p.  265,  546.  B.R.  15:1253.  L.B.C.  9:  885. 


122 


AZALEA 


AZALEA 


Gt.  16:556.    Gng.  4:279. -A  valuable  species,  with  large 
but  scentless  fls.    A  large  number  of  varieties  and  hy- 
brids has  been  raised,  which  are  well  adapted  for  forcing 
purposes  and  also  for  groups  in  the  open,  being  as  hardy 
as  the  American  species.  See  Rhododendron  for  picture. 
CC.    Corolla  with   very  short   tube,  rotate-campanulate 
or  two-lipped,   glabrous   outside :    segments  ob- 
tuse: stamens  7-10.    (Rhodora.) 
D.   Limb    of    corolla    %-lipped,    not    spotted,    the    two 

lower  segments  divided  nearly  to  the  base:    fls. 

before  the  Ivs. 

9.  Canadensis,  O.  Ktze.  (Rhodbra  Canadensis,  Linn. 
Rhododendron  Rhodbra,  Don).    From  1-3  ft.:  Ivs.  oval, 
obtuse  and  mucronulate,  glaucous  and  slightly  pubes- 
cent beneath  :  fls.  5-7,  on  very  short  pedicels  1-1%  in. 
broad,  rose-purple  ;  segments  narrow,  the  lower  ones 
revolute  ;  stamens  10.    Apr..  May.    E.  N.  Amer. :  New- 
foundland to  Pa.    Em.  2:  441.    B.M.  474. 

10.  rh6mbica,  O.  Ktze.   (Rhododendron    rhdmbicum, 
Miq. ) .   Shrnb,  3-8  ft. :  Ivs.  rhombic-elliptic,  acute  at  both 
ends  and  sparsely  hairy  above,  yellowish  pubescent  at 
the  nerves  beneath  :    tts.  2-3  ;  corolla  l%-2  in.  broad, 
somewhat  campanulate,  bright  rose-colored,  segments 
oblong;  stamens  10.  Apr.,  May.   Japan.   B.M. 6972.   Gt. 
17:586;  G.C.  III.  20:  38. 

DD.  Limb  of  corolla  rotate-campanulate,  or  slightly 
%-lipped,  divided  usually  till  below  the  middle  : 
upper  lobes  spotted. 

11.  Vaseyi,  Rehder    (Rhododendron    Vaseyi,  Gray). 
From  5-15  ft.  high  ;  branchlets  without  bristles  :  Ivs. 
oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  sparsely   hirsute  : 
fls.  before  or  with  the  Ivs.;    corolla    slightly  2-lipped, 
lower  lobes  widely  spreading;  stamens  7,  rarely  5.  Apr., 
May.    N.  Car.    G.F.  1:377.    G.C.  III.  20:  71. -Excellent. 

12.  Albrechti,   O.    Ktze.     (Rhododendron    Albrechti, 
Maxim.).   From  2-5  ft.:    branchlets  glandular-pilose: 
Ivs.  obovate  or  elliptic,  acute,  3-5  in.  long,  appressed- 
pilose  above,  pubescent  along  the  veins  beneath  :   fls. 
purple,  with  the  Ivs.  2  in.  broad  ;  stamens  10.   Japan. 

13.  Schlippenbachi,  O.  Ktze.  (Rhododendron  Schlip- 
penbachi,  Maxim.).    Three  to  5  ft.:  branchlets  glandu- 
lar-pilose :    Ivs.  cuneate,  broadly  obovate,  2-5  in.  long, 
rounded  and  mucronate  at  the  apex,  hirsute  on  both 
sides  or  glabrous  at  length  :    fls.  with  the  Ivs.,  2-3  in. 
broad,  pale  rose-colored,  upper  lobes    spotted   reddish 
brown  :    stamens  10.     May.     Japan.     B.M.  7373.     Gn. 
46:972.    G.C.  III.  19:561. 

BB.  Lvs.  and  fls.  from  the  same  terminal  bud :  winter 
buds  with  2-4  scales  of  nearly  equal  length  : 
corolla  glabrous  outside:  Ivs.  usually  persistent. 
(Tsusin.) 

14.  tndica,  Linn.  (Rhododendron  Indicum,    Sweet). 

Figs.  175,  176.  From 
1-8  ft.:  branchlets, 
Ivs. and  pedicels  more 
or  less  rufously  ap- 
pressed-strigose  :lvs. 
lanceolate  or  obo- 
vate :  fls.  1-3  ;  calyx 
densely  setose,  not 
glandular,  with  usu- 
ally small  lobes  ;  co- 
rolla pink  or  purple, 
upper  segments  spot- 
ted ;  stamens  5-10. 
China,  Jap.  Gn.  50, 
p.  192;  54,  p.  487. 
R.B.  20:121:  21:85; 
23:37.  A.G.  14:473. 
Gng.  4:  359.  F.  E. 
9:431.  F.R.  2:579.— 
This  is  a  very  vari- 
able and  much-cul- 
tivated species,  and 

the  following  varieties  are  often  described  as  species. 

(1)  Lvs.  lanceolate  or  elliptic,  acute,  2-3  in.  long,  dull 
above  and  rufously  strigose :  shrubs.  2-8  ft. 
high,  somewhat  loosely  branched. 

Var.  Kaempferi,  Rehder.   Lvs.  deciduous,  only  a  few 
small  ones  below  the  fl.-buds  persisting  till  spring, 


elliptic,  bright  green :  fls.  2-3,  with  or  before  the  Ivs. ; 
calyx-lobes  oval,  rounded  ;  corolla  1-2  in.  broad,  pink 
or  orange-red;  stamens  5,  with  yellow  anthers.  Apr., 
May.  Jap. — This  is  the  hardiest  variety  ;  hardy  even 
in  New  Eng. 

Var.  Simsi,  Rehder  (A.  Indica,  Sims,  not  Linn.). 
Lvs.  persistent,  dark  green,  lanceolate  :  fls.  1-3,  rose- 


175.  Azalea  Indica  (X  %}. 


176.  Double-flowered  Azalea  Indica  (X 


colored  or  carmine  ;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate  ;  stamens 
10,  with  purple  anthers.  May,  June.  China.  B.M. 
1480.  L.  B.C.  3:  275. 

(2)  Lvs.  obovate  or  obovate-lanceolate,  obtuse,  rarely 
acute  ;  Yi-%  in.  long,  less  strigose,  and  usually 
shining  above  :  low,  much-branched  shrubs. 

Var.  macrantha,  Reichb.  (A.macrdntha,  Bunge.  A. 
Danielsiana,  Paxt.).  Lvs.  coriaceous,  dark  green, 
shining,  obovate  or  oval  :  fls.  usually  single,  2-3  in. 
broad,  pink  or  purplish  pink  ;  stamens  5-10,  usually 
enclosed.  May,  June.  China.  P.M.I:  129.  S.B.F.G.II. 
3:  261.  —  From  this  variety  nearly  all  of  the  beautiful 
garden  forms  of  the  Indian  Azaleas  have  originated  by 
cross-breeding  with  other  varieties  and  forms  of  ^4. 
Indica  introduced  from  Japanese  and  Chinese  gai'dens, 
and  by  hybridizing,  especially  with  A.  rosmarinifblia. 
To  this  variety  may  be  referred  the  following  re- 
markable forms  :  Var.  crispifldra,  Van  Houtte.  Fls. 
large,  rose-colored,  with  distinctlv  crisped  segments. 
F.S.  9:887.  B.M.  4726.  Var.  lateritia,  Lindl.  Lvs. 
oblong-lanceolate  :  fls.  salmon  or  brick-red.  B.R.  1700. 

Var.  rosifldra,  Rehder  (  A.  rosiflbra,  Flor.  Mag.  A. 
balsaminceflbra,  Carr.  A.  Rdllissoni,  Hort.  ).Lvs.  ob- 
long-lanceolate: fls.  salmon-red,  very  double,  with  im- 
bricated, oblong  segments,  resembling  the  blooms  of  a 
camellia-fid,  balsam.  F.M.  19:418.  Gn.  18:249. 
R.H.  1882:432. 

Var.  obtusa,  Rehder  (A.  obtusa,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  obo- 
vate or  ovate,  obtuse  :  fls.  1-3,  pink  or  orange-red  ; 
corolla  1-1  %  in.  broad,  lobes  oval-oblong;  stamens  5, 
exserted,  anthers  yellow.  May.  China,  Jap.  B.R. 
32:37.  G.C.  II.  25:"585.  R.H.  1876:  370.  Var.  obtusa 
alba,  Hort.  Fls.  white.  G.F.  9:395.  Var.  calycifldra, 
Rehder  (A  .  calycifldra,  Hort.  )  .  Fls.  brick-red,  corolla 
double  (hose-in-hose). 

Var.  amoena,  Rehder  (A.  amoena,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  obo- 
vate or  elliptic,  obtuse  or  acute,  %-l  in.  long,  dark 
green:  corolla  usually  double  (hose-in-hose),  purple, 
%-l  in.  broad  ;  stamens  5.  Apr.,  May.  China,  Jap. 
B.M.  4728.  F.S.  9:885.  G.C.  III.  23:  fig.  125.  A.G. 
15:373;  18:568.  Gng.  2:  385.  A.  F.  12:33.  F.E.  9:573. 
—  Flowering  early  and  very  abundantly  ;  hardy  north 


AZALEA 


AZOLLA 


123 


to  New  York.  There  are  some  forms  and  crosses  of 
this  variety,  of  which  the  following  may  be  recom- 
mended :  Caldwelli,  with  larger  purple  fls.,  Geert, 
Ic.Az.  18  :  Marvel,  lilac-carmine,  double,  Flor.  Mag. 
11;  14;  Princess  Maud,  rosy  magenta,  R.H.  1886:  516; 
Mrs.  Carmichael,  crimson-magenta  ;  Princess  Bea- 
trice, bright  mauve  ;  Prime  Minister,  soft  pink  ;  Miss 
Buist,  pure  white. 

15.  rosmarinifdlia,  Burm.  (A.  alba,  Sweet.    A.  ledi- 
fdlia,  Hook.    A.  lilii flora,  Poit.).    Much  branched,  low 
shrub,  1-3  ft.:  branches,  Ivs.  and  pedicels  densely  ru- 
fously  appressed-strigose  :  Ivs.  elliptic  or  elliptic-lan- 
ceolate, persistent,  1-3  in.  long  :    fls.  1-3  ;   calyx  with 
lanceolate  serrate-glandular  lobes  ;   corolla  pure  white 
or  rosy  purple,  2-3  in.  broad,  fragrant ;  stamens  usually 
10.   May.    China.    B.R.  10:811.    B.M.  2901.    L.B.C.  13: 
1253. -Some  remarkable  varieties  of  this  species  are 
the  following  :    Var.  alba,  Behder  (A.Indica,  var.  alba, 
Lindl.    R.  Itiicdnthnm,  Bunge).   Fls.  white,  sometimes 
striped  pink.    Var.  purpurea,  Render  (It.   ledifolium, 
T*r.jM*rp£re«m,  M*x.).  Fls.  rosy  purple.  Var.  narcissi- 
flora,   Rehder   (A.  narcissiflbra,   Fort.).    Fls.  double, 
white;  rarely  purple.   Var.  punicea,  Rehd.  (A.punicea, 
Sweet.   A.  ledifdlia,  var.  pluenicea,  Hook.   A.  Indica, 
var.  calycina,  Paxt.).    Fls.  single,  purple;  calyx  with 
linear,  not  serrate  and  less  glandular  lobes.    B.M.  3239. 
L.B.C.  18:1735.    A.  rosmarinifdlia  has  produced,  with 
A.    Indica,   a  large  number  of   beautiful  hybrids,  of 
which  one  of  the  first  was  figured  in  1833  as  Rhododen- 
dron pulchrum. 

AA.  Fls.  from  lateral  l-fld.  buds  toward  the  end  of  the 
branches:  corolla  rotate  campanulate,  glabrous. 
(Azalea  strum.) 

16.  albiflora,   O.   Ktze.    (Rhododendron    albifldrum, 
Hook. ) .    About  2-3  ft. :  branches  strigose  and  glandular 
when  young :    Ivs.  oblong,  pale  green,  appressed-stri- 
gose above  and  at  the  midrib  beneath,  slightly  ciliate  : 
fls.  nodding,  on  short  pedicels  ;  corolla  white,  5-cleft, 
about  1  in.  broad  ;  calyx  glandular  ;  stamens  10.    Rocky 
Mts.    B.M.  3670. 

A.  Dahurica,  Koch  =  Rhododendron  Dahuricum.  —  A.  di- 
anthiflbra,  Carr.=A.  rosmarinifolia,  var.  dianthiflora.— A.  dila- 
tdta,  O.  Ktze.  (R.  dilatatum,  Miq.) .  Allied  to  A.  rhombica.  Lvs. 
glabrous  :  stamens  5.  Japan.— A.  Fdrrerce,  Koch  (A.  squa- 
mata,  Lindl.).  Allied  to  A.  Schlippenbachi.  Lvs.  rhomboid- 
ovate,  somewhat  coriaceous:  fls.  whitish  pink,  spotted.  China. 
B.R.  33:3.— A.  Japonica,  Gray=A.  Sinensis.— A.  Kamschdtica, 
O.  Ktze.  (Rhododendron  Kamschaticum,  Pall.).  Low  or  pros- 
trate shrub,  to  10  in.  high  :  Ivs.  obovate,  setose  :  fls.  1-5,  long- 
peduneled,  i%-2  in.  broad,  campanulate,  purple.  N.  E.  Asia, 
N.  W.  Amer.  Gt.  36:1260.— A.  Lapponica,  Linn.=  R.  Lapponi- 
cum.— A.  linearifblia,  Hook.  (R.  linearifolium,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.). 
Allied  to  A.  rosmarinifolia.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  :  corolla 

S'nk,  deeply  divided  into  5  linear-lanceolate  segments.  April, 
ay.  Japan.  B.M.  5769.— A.  macrosepala,  O.  Kuntze  (R.  macro- 
sepalum,  Maxim.).  Height  1-2  ft.;  branchlets  densely  villose  : 
Ivs.  deciduous  or  semi-persistent,  elliptic  :  fls.  umbellate,  rose- 
lilac,  spotted,  about  2  in.  broad;  calyx  pubescent-glandular. 
Japan.  Gt.19:  (562.— A.  mucrondta,  Blume=A.  rosmarinifolia.— 


A.  obtusa,  Lindl.=A.  Indica,  var.  obtusa.— A.  ovata,  Lindl.  (R. 
ovatum.  Planch.).  Allied  to  A.  albirtpra.  Height  2-12  ft.:  Ivs. 
ovate,  glabrous:  Us.  pink  or  nearly  white,  spotted,  rotate, !%-!% 
in.  broad:  stamens  5.  China.  B.  M.  5064.— A.  reticulata,  Koch 
=A.  rhombica.—  A.  semibarbdta,  O.  Kuntze  (R.  semibarbatum, 
Maxim.).  Allied  to  A.  albiflora,  Lvs.  elliptic,  crenately  ciliate, 
setose  beneath  :  tts.  greenish  yellow,  spotted  purple,  %-%in. 
broad.  Japan.  Gt.  19:  666.— A.  serpyllifblia,  Gray  (R.  serpylli- 
folium,  Miq.).  Allied  to  A.  Indica.  Low,  rigid  shrub  :  Ivs.  de- 
ciduous, obovate,  M-/£m.  long:  fls.  single,  rosy  red,  %-%in. 
broad.  Japan.  B.M.  7503.-A.  Sieboldi,  Miq.=A.  Indica.— A. 
squamata,  Lindl. =A.  Farrerse.— A.  Tschonoskii,  O.  Kuntze  (R. 
Tschonoskii,  Maxim.).  Allied  to  A.  Indica.  Low  shrub  :  Ivs. 
elliptic,  %-%in.  long:  fls.  2-4,  white,  %in.  broad.  Japan. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

AZABA  (I.  N.  Azara,  a  Spanish  promoter  of  science, 
especially  of  botany) .  Bixacece.  Shrubs  or  small  trees  : 
Ivs.  evergreen,  alternate,  with  usually  enlarged  and  leaf- 
like  stipules  :  tts.  small,  in  axillary  peduncled  racemes 
or  clusters,  apetalous  ;  sepals  4-5  ;  stamens  numerous, 
rarely  5  :  fr.  a  many-seeded  berry.  About  20  species 
in  S.  America,  especially  Chile.  Handsome  evergreen 
shrubs,  with  small  but  fragrant  fls.,  for  warm  temperate 
regions  ;  probably  only  A.  microphylla  will  thrive  far- 
ther north  in  a  sheltered  position  and  protected  during 
the  winter.  Grow  best  in  a  sandy  compost  of  loam  and 
leaf  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  cuttings  of  mature  wood 
in  autumn,  placed  in  slight  bottom  heat  under  glass. 

microphylla,  Hook,  f .  From  3-12  ft. :  Ivs.  obovate,  ser- 
rate, or  nearly  entire,  %-%in.  long,  shining,  glabrous, 
the  stipules  similar,  but  half  the  size  :  fls.  greenish,  in 
few-fld.  clusters;  stamens  5:  berries  orange.  Feb.,  Mar. 
Chile.  G.C.  II.  1:  81.  — Graceful  evergreen  shrub,  regu- 
larly pinnately  branched,  excellent  for  covering  walls  ; 
the  hardiest  of  all  the  cultivated  species. 

Gilliesi,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Height  10-15  ft. :  Ivs.  2K-3  in. 
long,  broad-ovate,  with  coarse,  spiny  teeth,  glabrous  ; 
stipules  orbicular,  much  smaller  :  fls.  in  dense,  elliptic, 
nodding  heads,  yellow.  Feb.,  Mar.  Chile.  B.M.  5178. 
F.S.  23:  2445.— The  handsomest  of  all  Azaras. 

A.crassifblia,  Hort.  =  A.  Gilliesi.  —  A.  dentdta,  R.  &  Pav. 
Height  12  ft.:  Ivs.  obovate  or  elliptic,  crenate-serrate:  fls.  yellow, 
in  small  corymbs.  Chile.  B.R.  21:1788.— A.  intearifblia,  R.  & 
Pav.  Height  10-20  ft.:  Ivs.  entire:  fls.  yellow,  in  oblong  heads. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

AZOLLA  (Greek,  to  destroy  by  drying).  Salvinidcece. 
A  small  genus  of  floating  aquatics  with  small,  pinnate 
stems  and  minute  fleshy  2-lobed  Ivs.,  producing  two 
sorts  of  spores  in  globular  sporocarps.  The  species  mul- 
tiply rapidly  by  self-division,  but  will  grow  readily  in 
water  containing  a  little  nutriment.  The  species  are 
distinguishable  only  by  microscropic  examination. 

Caroliniana,  Willd.  Plant  %-l  in.  long  :  anchor-like 
processes  of  spores  with  septa.  N.  Y.  to  the  Gulf  of  Mex. 

filiculoldes,  Lam.  Plants  1-2  in*  long  :  anchor-like 
processes  without  septa.  Calif,  to  Chile. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


BABIANA  (said  to  come  from  Dutch  for  baboon,  be- 
cause those  animals  eat  the  bulbs).  Iriddcece.  About 
50  cormous  plants  of  S.  Afr.  Fls.  showy,  red  or  purplish, 
in  a  short  spike-like  cluster  or  raceme,  tubular  at  the 
base,  the  segments  with  claws  or  narrow  bases,  and  the 
limb  erect-spreading  :  ovary  3-loculed  :  Ivs.  narrow, 
hairy,  plaited,  standing  edgewise  to  the  stem.  Low 
plants,  of  e*asy  culture  if  treated  like  freesias  or  hya- 
cinths. Three  or  4  corms  in  a  4-in.  pot  give  attractive 
bloom  in  March  or  later.  Grown  only  indoors  or  under 
frames  in  the  N.  They  are  showy  and  useful  plants. 
Monogr.  by  Baker  in  Handbook  of  the  Iridese,  1892. 

A.    Perianth  limb  regular  or  nearly  so,  and  wide- 
spreading. 

stricta,  Ker.  (S.  villosa,  and  B.  purpurea,  Ker.). 
Fig.  177.  A  foot  or  less  high:  Ivs.  broad,  oblong-lanceo- 
late or  sword-shaped,  barely  reaching  the  spikes  :  fls. 
scattered,  showy,  usually  red  or  purple,  with  a  promi- 
nent tube,  the  segments  oblong-lanceolate.  B.M.  583, 
621.  — Babianas  are  not  sold  under  species-names  in  this 


177.  Babiana  stricta  (X  %). 

country,  but  as  mixed  varieties.'  These  varieties  are 
chiefly,  if  not  wholly,  of  this  species.  Many  forms  and 
colors.  Var.  angustifdlia,  Sweet.  Lvs.  linear.  B.M. 
637.  Var.  rubro-cyanea,  Ker.  Limb  lilac,  throat  red. 
B.M.  410.  Var.  sulphurea,  Ker.  Yellow  or  whitish. 
B.M.  1053.  Two  other  long-cultivated  types  are  de- 
scribed below. 


AA.   Perianth  limb  distinctly  ringent  or  gaping. 
plicata,   Ker.    Low  :    Ivs.   lanceolate,  hairy,   usually 
overtopping  the  spikes  :  fls.  lilac  or  red,  long-tubed,  the 
segments  oblong  and  unequal.    B.M.  576. 

disticha,  Ker.  Differs  from  the  last  in  having  the 
perianth-tube  distinctly  exserted  from  the  spathe. 

L.  H.  B. 
BABY'S  BEEATH.    See  OypsopMla. 

BACCHAEIS  (bakkaris,  an  ancient  Greek  name). 
CompdsitcR.  GROUNDSEL  TREE.  Shrubs  or  herbs  :  Ivs. 
alternate,  usually  serrate,  deciduous  or  persistent:  heads 
of  fls.  small,  white  or  yellowish,  dioecious ;  involucre  with 
many  imbricate  scales:  akenes  with  pappus.  About  250 
species  in  America,  mostly  in  tropical  regions.  A  few 
species  are  cultivated  particularly  for  the  snow-white 
pappus,  which  gives  the  fruiting  plant  a  very  showy 
appearance.  They  grow  in  almost  any  well  drained  soil 
in  a  sunny  position,  and  are  well  adapted  for  dry  and 
rocky  slopes,  and  valuable  for  seashore  planting.  Prop, 
by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  under  glass. 

halimifdlia,  Linn.  Shrub,  3-12  ft.;  branches  angular: 
Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  obovate,  coarsely  toothed,  the  up- 
permost entire,  glabrous,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  large  pani- 
cles :  pappus  white,  about  %in.  long.  Sept.  Seacoast, 
from  N.  Eng.  southward.  Gng.  7: 113.  — The  hardiest 
species  ;  in  fruit  resembling  a  shrub  with  abundant 
snow-white  fls. 

B.  Patagonica,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Low  evergreen  shrub :  Ivs. 
%-%in.  long:  heads  mostly  axillary.  Patag.—  B.  piluldris,  DC. 
Height  6  ft.;  evergreen:  Ivs.  1  in.  long:  heads  in  racemose  pani- 
cles. Pacific  coast.— -B.  salicifolia,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Allied  to  B. 
halimifolia.  Lvs.  narrow-oblong  or  linear-lanceolate.  Colo,  to 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

BACHELOR'S  BUTTONS.  See  Centaurea  Cyanus, 
Gomphrena  globosa  and  Ranunculus  acris. 

B ACTRIS  (Greek,  baktron,  cane ;  the  young  stems  used 
for  walking-sticks).  Palmdcece,  tribe  Cocoinece.  Usually 
low  palms,  very  rarely  entirely  spineless,  with  solitary  or 
fasciculate  ringed,  spiny  or  smooth  caudices,  sprouting 
from  the  roots  :  Ivs.  terminal  or  scattering,  equally  or 
unequally  pinnatisect,  glabrous  or  pubescent;  segments 
sparse  or  aggregated,  or  more  or  less  imperfectly  con- 
nate, forming  a  bifid  blade,  acute  or  rarely  obtuse  at  the 
apex,  the  ciliate  margins  recurved  at  the  base  ;  petiole 
short  or  long;  sheath  long,  spiny ;  spadices  sessile  or  pe- 
dunculate, perforating  the  leaf -sheaths  ;  spathes  2,  the 
lower  short,  open  at  the  apex,  the  upper  coriaceous 
or  woody,  exceeding  the  spadix,  or  fusiform,  ventrally 
dehiscent,  smooth,  bristly  or  spiny  ;  bracts  persistent  : 
fls.  small  or  medium,  pale  yellow  or  greenish:  fr.  small, 
green,  ovoid  or  globose.  Species,  about  100.  Tropical 
America.  Ornamental,  but  little  grown  on  account  of 
the  spines.  See  Palms. 

A.    Spines  yellow,  tipped  black. 

pallidispina,  Mart.  (B.  flavisplna,  Hort, ) .  St.  10-18  ft. 
high,  1-2  in.  in  diam.,  the  internodes  spiny:  Ivs.  showy, 
5-9  ft.  long,  equally  interruptedly  pinnatisect ;  petiole 
4-6  ft.,  brown-scaly,  thickly  covered  with  very  long 
(%-2%in.),  black-tipped  yellow  spines,  either  solitary  or 
in  groups  of  2-4  ;  segments  linear-lanceolate,  caudate- 
acuminate,  prickly  on  the  margins,  the  basal  ones  2-8  In. 
long,  l%in.  wide,  the  upper,  12  in.  by  l%in.  Brazil. 

AA.    Spines  black. 
B.   Lf. -segments  acute  at  both  ends. 

major,  Jacq-.  St.  9-15  ft.  high,  1-l^in.  in  diam.,  armed 
with  rows  of  black  spines,  2  in.  long:  petiole  armed  with 
very  long  black,  terete  spines  ;  Ivs.  4-6  ft.  long,  equally 
pinnatisect  nearly  to  the  rachis ;  sheath  and  rachis  spiny 
and  white  or  brown  tomentose  ;  segments  linear,  acute 
at  both  ends,  25-35  on  each  side,  1-nerved,  8-12  in.  long, 
%-/<2vn.  wide,  glabrous  on  both  sides,  densely  setose, 
with  black  hairs  along  the  margin.  Brazil, 


(124) 


BACTRIS 


BALSAM 


125 


BB.   Lf.-  segments  acute  at  tip. 

Gasipaes,   HBK.    (Guilielma    specibsa,   Mart.).     St. 
about  GO  ft.  high,  single  or  csespitose,  with  rings  of  subu- 


178.   Balaka  Seemanni. 

late-compressed  black  spines,  1  in.  long,  the  rings  about 
as  far  apart  as  the  diam.  of  the  st. :  Ivs.  6  ft.  long,  curv- 
ing ;  segments  dark  green  above,  pale  green  below,  very 
numerous,  approximate,  l%ft.  long,  1%  in.  wide,  linear- 
lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  bristly  or  minutely  prickly 
along  the  margins.  Lower  Amazon. 

hdrrida,  Oerst.  Ceespitose  stems  6-8  ft.  high,  8-9  in. 
diam.,  very  spiny,  sheathed  for  most  of  its  length  with 
bases  of  dead  Ivs. ;  spines  3-4  in.  long,  4-sided,  whitish 
tomentose,  at  length  glabrous :  Ivs.  2%-3  ft.  long;  sheath 
8  in.,  brown-tomentose  ;  petiole  1/^ft.,  densely  spiny, 
subtetragonal,  densely  brown-tomentose  beneath  ;  seg- 
ments 7  in.  long,  %in.  wide,  lanceolate,  rigid,  glaucous. 
Nicaragua.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

BACULARIA  ( Latin,  baculum,  a  small  walking-stick ) . 
Palmdcece,  tribe  Arecece.  Low  spineless  palms,  with  an- 
nular reed-like  single  or  fasciculate  sts:  Ivs.  terminal, 
unequally  pinnatisect;  segments  membranous,  broad  or 
narrow,  split  or  toothed  at  the  apex,  the  broader  ones 
many-nerved,  the  narrow  ones  1-nerved,  the  terminal 
confluent  ;  midrib  and  nerves  without  scales  below; 
margins  not  thickened,  recurved  at  the  base;  petiole  and 
rachis  sparsely  scurfy,  convex  on  the  back,  flat  above  or 
concave  toward  the  base  :  sheath  short,  open  :  spadices 
numerous,  longer  than  the  Ivs.,  spreading,  recurved  : 
peduncle  very  slender,  scurfy,  compressed  at  the  base  : 
spathes  2,  remote,  the  lower  one  at  the  base  of  the  pe- 
duncle tubular,  the  upper  membranaceous,  linear,  ensi- 
form  :  fls.  green  :  fr.  small,  elongate-ovoid,  subacute, 
green,  %-Kin.  long.  Species  2.  Temperate  and  tropical 
Australia.  See  Palms. 


monostachya,  F.  Muell.  (Areca  monostdchya,  Mart. 
Ktntia  monostdchya,  F.  Muell.).  Trunk  6-12  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  l%-4  ft.  long  ;  the  sheath  broad,  coriaceous,  about 
6  in.  long,  produced  into  2  stipular  lobes;  segments  very 
irregular,  acuminate,  very  variable  in  breadth  and  dis- 
tance, adnate  to  the  rachis,  or  tapering  at  the  base,  the 
longest  about  1  ft.  long.  Queensland,  N.  S.W.  B.M.  6644. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

BAERIA  (after  the  Russian  zoologist,  Karl  Ernst  von 
Baer).  Compdsitce.  Calif ornian  annuals  (or  one  peren- 
nial species),  with  numerous  showy,  inch-wide  yellow 
fls.  in  early  summer. 

gracilis,  Gray  (Burrieiia  grdcilis,  DC.).  Easily  dis- 
tinguished from  Actinolepsis  coronaria  by  its  hairy  sts. 
and  foliage  and  undivided  Ivs.:  plant  much  branched: 
height  4-12  in. :  Ivs.  opposite,  connate,  linear-lanceolate: 
fls.  solitary,  on  slender  terminal  peduncles  :  involucre 
leafier  than  in  Actinolepsis  coronaria,  the  scales  longer, 
downy,  in  2  series:  rays  8-12.  B.M.  3758.  —  This  is  likely 
to  be  cult,  as  Lasthenia  Californica,  which,  however,  is 
not  hairy  and  has  much  longer  Ivs. 

JB.  chrysostoma,  Fisch.  &  May.  Lvs.  narrowly  linear,  1  line 
or  less  wide  :  fls.  larger  than  in  B.  gracilis  :  habit  more  erect. 
— B.  corondria=Actinolepsis  coronaria. 

BALAKA  (the  Fijian  vernacular  name).  Palmdcece, 
tribe  Arecece.  Differs  from  Ptychosperma  in  having 
the  seed  not  sulcate,  and  in  the  half-rhomboid  seg- 
ments of  the  Ivs.;  and  from  Drymophloeus  in  the  form 
of  the  leaf  and  the  caducous  spathes.  Species  2.  Fiji 
Islands. 

SeSmanni,  Becc.  (Ptychosperma  Seemanni,  H. 
Wendl.).  Fig.  178.  Caudex  slender,  8-12  ft.  high, 
straight,  ringed,  about  1  in.  in  diam.:  Ivs.  pinnatisect, 
4  ft.  long  ;  segments  erose-dentate  at  the  apex,  alter- 
nate, 9  on  each  side,  semi-rhomboid,  obliquely  truncate, 
the  upper  margin  longer,  cuspidate  at  the  apex,  the 
terminal  one  deeply  bifid.  Growing  as  underwood  in 
dense  forests.  Fiji.  — Stems  used  for  spears  by  natives, 
because  of  their  strength  and  straightness.  Fig.  178  is 
adapted  from  Seeman's  Flora  Vitiensis. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

BALLOON  VINE.   See  Cardiospermum. 

BALM  (Melissa  officindlis,  Linn.).  Labidtce.  Sweet 
herb,  the  Ivs.  being  used  for  seasoning,  particularly  in 
liquors.  It  has  a  lemon-like  flavor.  It  is  a  hardy  peren- 
nial from  southern  Eu.  The  plant  grows  1-2  ft.  high, 
somewhat  hairy,  loosely  branched,  with  ovate-crenate 
Ivs.  and  yellowish  or  whitish  fls.  in 
loose  axillary  clusters.  Thrives  in 
any  warm  position,  and  is  easy  to 
gr.)w.  Prop,  by  seeds  ;  also  by  di- 
vision. 


179.  Pod  of 
garden  Balsam. 


180.   Explosion  of 
Balsam  pod. 


BALSAM,  Impdtiens  Balsdmina,  Linn.  (Balsdmina 
hort6nsis,DC.  Balsdmina  Impdtiens,  Hort.  Impdtiens 
coccinea,  Sims,  B.M.  1256).  Geranidcece.  An  erect, 
much-branched,  half  succulent  annual,  long  ago  intro- 
duced from  India,  and  now  widely  cult,  for  its  showy 


126 


BALSAM 


fls.  It  has  varied  immensely  in  the  doubling,  size  and 
color  of  its  fls.  and  in  the  stature  of  the  plant.  It  was 
known  to  Gerarde  in  1596.  The  plant  has  lanceolate, 
toothed  Ivs.,  the  lower  ones  being  mostly  in  pairs.  The 
fls.  are  clustered  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.,  on  very  short 


181.  Camellia-flowered  Balsam. 

stalks  ;  sepals  and  petals  similarly  colored  and  not 
easily  distinguished,  one  of  the  sepals  (of  which  there 
seem  to  be  3)  long-spurred  ;  petals  apparently  3,  but 
two  of  them  probably  represent  two  united  petals, 
thus  making  5  ;  stamens  5.  The  pod,  shown  in  Figs. 
179  and  180,  is  explosive.  It  has  5  carpels  and  very  thin 
partitions,  and  seeds  borne  on  axile  placentae.  When 
the  capsules  are  ripe,  a  pinch  or  concussion  will  cause 
the  valves  to  separate  and  contract,  the  seeds  being 
thrown  with  considerable  force. 

The  full-double  Balsams  are  known  as  the  Camellia- 
flowered  varieties  (Fig.  181).  In  well  selected  stock,  the 
greater  part  of  the  flowers  from  any  batch  of  seedlings 
should  come  very  double.  The  colors  range  from  white 
to  dark  blood-red,  yellowish  and  spotted.  Balsams  are 
of  very  easy  culture.  They  are  tender,  and  should  be 
started  in  thumb-pots  or  boxes  indoors,  or  in  the  open 
when  danger  of  frost  is  past.  The  seeds  are  large, 
and  germinate  quickly.  The  plants  prefer  a  rich,  sandy 
loam,  and  must  not  suffer  for  moisture.  Transplanting, 
and  pinching-in  the  strong  shoots,  tend  to  make  the 
plants  dwarf  and  compact.  It  is  well  to  remove  the  first 
flower-buds,  especially  if  the  plants  are  not  thoroughly 
established.  Better  results  are  obtained  when  only  a 
few  main  branches  are  allowed  to  grow,  all  the  secondary 
and  weak  ones  being  pinched  out.  The  lower  Ivs.  may 


182.  The  garden  Balsam. 


be  removed  if  they  obscure  the  fls.  Well  grown  plants 
should  stand  2  ft.  apart  each  way,  and  the  tall  kinds  will 
reach  a  height  of  2-2%  ft.  Seed  of  the  finest  double 
strains  is  expensive,  but  inferior  or  common  seed 
gives  little  satisfaction.  Plants  started  early  in  May 


BAMBOO 

should  give  fls.  in  July,  and  should  bloom  until  frost. 
A  full  grown  plant  is  shown  in  Fig.  182.  At  the  present 
time,  Balsams  are  grown  chiefly  for  their  value  as 
flower-garden  plants  ;  but  some  years  ago  the  fls.  were 
largely  used  as  « groiindwork"  in  florists'  designs,  par- 
ticularly the  double  white  varieties.  The  flowers  were 
wired  to  toothpicks,  and  were  then  thrust  into  the  moss 
which  formed  the  body  of  the  design.  L  H  B 

BALSAMORRHIZ A  (Greek,  balsam  root) .  Compdsitce. 
Low  perennials  with  thick,  deep,  resinous  roots,  tufts  of 
radical  Ivs.,  and  large,  yellow  fls.  Cent,  and  W.  N.  Amer 

Hodkeri,  Nutt.  Height  4-12  in. :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  1-2- 
pinnately  parted  :  fls.  solitary,  on  naked  scapes.  Int. 
1881  by  E.  Gillett,  but  scarcely  known  to  horticulturists. 

BAMBOO.  Various  giant  perennial  grasses  consist- 
ing of  the  genera  and  species  of  the  tribe  Bambusece, 
order  Graminece.  Usually  large  and  often  tree-like, 
woody,  rarely  herbaceous  or  climbing,  of  wide  geo- 
graphical range.  The  species  are  irregularly  distributed 
throughout  the  tropical  zone,  a  few  occurring  in  sub- 
tropical and  temperate  zones,  and  reaching  their  maxi- 
mum development  in  the  monsoon  regions  of  Asia. 
About  23  genera,  only  2  being  common  to  both  hemi- 
spheres. Something  more  than  200  species  are  recog- 
nized, of  which  upwards  of  160  occur  in  Asia,  about  70 
in  America,  and  5  in  Africa.  They  extend  from  sea-level 
to  altitudes  of  more  than  10,000  ft.  in  the  Himalayas  and 
15,000  ft.  in  the  Andes,  and  under  the  most  favorable 
conditions  some  species  may  attain  a  height  of  100-120 
ft.,  with  a  diam.  of  culm  of  8-12  inches. 

An  attempt  to  portray  the  many  economic  uses  of  the 
giant-grasses  would  greatly  overreach  the  field  of  this 
article  ;  but  as  objects  of  grace  and  beauty  in  the  garden, 
conservatory,  and  special  conditions  of  landscape,  the 
Bamboos  are  invaluable.  Not  only  are  they  available  to 
planters  where  the  climatic  conditions  are  very  favora- 
ble, but  it  is  possible  to  grow  certain  species  where  the 
cold  of  winter  may  reach  zero  Fahrenheit,  or  even  occa- 
sional depressions  of  greater  severity. 

Bamboos  delight  in  a  deep,  rich  loam,  and  generously 
respond  to  good  treatment.  A  warm,  slightly  shady 
nook,  protected  from  the  prevailing  winds  of  winterr 
and  where  moist  but  well-drained  soil  is  plentiful,  is  an 
ideal  location  for  these  beautiful  grasses.  A  top-dress- 
ing of  manure  and  leaves  is  not  only  beneficial  in  winter, 
by  preventing  the  frost  from  penetrating  the  ground  too 
deeply,  but  it  also  preserves  the  moisture  that  is  so  es- 
sential to  the  welfare  of  the  plants  during  the  growing 
season.  Some  species  produce  rampant  subterranean 
stems,  and  spread  rapidly  when  once  established.  It  is 
best  to  plant  each  group  of  but  one  species,  and  to  re- 
strict the  rapidly-spreading  sorts  to  isolated  positions. 
The  most  effective  results  to  be  obtained  by  planting 
Bamboos  are  secured  on  gentle  banks  above  clear  water 
and  against  a  strong  background  of  the  deepest  green. 
In  such  situations  the  gracefully  arched  stems,  the 
dainty  branches,  bending  with  their  wealth  of  soft  green 
Ivs.,  and  the  careless  lines  of  symmetry  of  each  individ- 
ual, lend  a  bold  contrast  of  the  richest  beauty.  It  will 
require  a  few  years  to  thoroughly  establish  a  clump  of 
Bamboos  in  the  open  air,  and  until  this  is  effected  the 
vigor,  hardiness  and  beauty  that  characterize  some  noble 
sorts  are  lacking.  During  the  early  life  of  the  groups, 
some  protection  should  be  given  where  the  winters  are 
trying,  and  even  with  this  precaution  it  is  likely  the 
plants  will  suffer  to  some  extent  at  first  during  cold 
weather.  Planted  out  in  conservatories  or  confined  in 
tubs  or  large  pots,  the  Bamboos  present  many  admirable 
qualities.  As  decorative  plants  in  tubs  or  pots,  either 
alone  or  associated  with  palms  and  other  stock,  several 
species  offer  many  inducements  to  their  cultivation,  es- 
pecially as  they  may  be  grown  in  summer  and  wintered 
in  a  coolhouse.  Propagation  is  best  effected  by  careful 
division  of  the  clumps  before  the  annual  growth  has 
started.  The  difficulty  of  procuring  seeds  in  some  in- 
stances is  very  great ;  indeed,  the  fruiting  of  a  number 
of  species  has  never  been  observed.  Some  species  flower 
annually,  but  the  majority  reach  this  stage  only  at  inter- 
vals of  indefinite  and  frequently  widely  separated  peri- 
ods. In  some  species  the  fls.  appear  on  leafy  branches  ; 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


127 


in  others  the  Ivs.  fall  from  the  culms  before  the  fls. 
appear,  or  the  inflorescence  is  produced  on  leafless,  radi- 
cal stems.  Fructification  does  not  exhaust  the  vitality 
of  some  species  ;  but  others,  on  the  other  hand,  perish 
even  to  the  portions  underground,  leaving  their  places 
to  be  filled  by  their  seedling  offspring.  Owing  largely 
to  the  difficulty  in  obtaining  flowering  specimens,  the 
systematic  arrangement  or  nomenclature  of  the  Bamboo 
is  in  a  sad  plight.  As  it  is  sometimes  even  impossible  to 
accurately  determine  the  genus  without  fls.,  the  correct 
positions  of  some  forms  are  not  known. 

Four  subtribes  of  Bambuse®  are  regarded  by  Hackel, 
namely:  Arundinariece.—  Stamens  3  ;  palea  2-keeled  : 
t'r.  with  the  seed  grown  fast  to  the  seed-wall.  To  this 
belongs  Arundinaria.  Eubambusece.—  Stamens  6  :  fr. 
with  the  seed  fused  to  a  delicate  seed-wall.  Bambusa  is 
the  only  garden  genus.  Dendrocalamece.—  Stamens  6 
(rarely  more) :  palea  2-keeled  :  fr.  a  nut  or  berry.  Here 
belongs  Deudrocalamus.  Melocannece.  —  Characters  of 
last,  but  palea  not  keeled.  Melocanna  is  an  example. 

The  genera  Arundinaria,  Bambusa  and  Phyllostachys 
contain  the  most  important  species  in  cultivation,  some 
of  which  are  briefly  described  below.  Roughly,  the 
species  of  Arundinaria  may  be  separated  from  Phyllo- 
stachys by  the  persistent 
sheaths  and  cylindrical 
stems.  In  Phyllostachys  the 
sheaths  are  early  deciduous, 
and  the  internodes,  at  least 
those  above  the  base,  are  flat- 
tened on  one  side.  Arundina- 
ria and  Bambusa  cannot  be 
separated  by  horticultural 
characters.  It  is  probable 
that  many  of  the  forms  now 
classed  as  species  of  Bam- 
busa will  eventually  be  found 
to  belong  to  Arundinaria. 
Extended  information  re- 
garding the  Bambuseaa  may 
be  found  in  the  following  publications  : 
Munro's  Monograph,  in  Transactions  of 
the  Linnsean  Society,  vol.  26  (1868); 
Hackel,  in  Die  Nacurlichen  Pflanzenfa- 
milien,  vol.  2,  part  2,  p.  89  (1887), Eng- 
lish Translation  by  Lamson-Scribner  & 
Southworth,  as  The  True  Grasses,  N.  Y., 
1890 ;  papers  by  Bean  in  Gardeners'  Chron- 
icle III.,  15: 167,  et  seq.  (1894) ;  Freeman- 
Mitford,  The  Bamboo  Garden,  1896,  N.  Y., 
Macmillan,  p.  224 ;  A.  and  C.  Riviere, 
Les  Bambous,  Paris,  1879.  The  first  two 
are  systematic ;  the  others  contain  popular 
and  cultural  notes.  The  following  species  are  commended 
as  being  among  the  hardiest :  Phyllostachys  Henonis, 
P.  nigra,  P.  viridi-glaucescens,  Arundinaria  Japonica, 

A.  nitida,  A.  macrosperma,  Bambusa  palmata,  B.  tes- 
sellata  and  B.  pygmcea.  C.  D.  BEADLE. 

The  illustrations  in  the  present  article  are  adapted 
from  Mitford's  Bamboo  Garden.  Mitford's  work  cannot 
be  praised  too  highly.  It  has  done  much  to  create  a 
popular  appreciation  of  Bamboos,  and  also  to  clear  up 
the  complete  confusion  into  which  the  trade  names  have 
fallen.  Mitford's  book  has  a  literary  quality  that  is 
very  rare  in  horticultural  writing,  and  represents  a  type 
that  deserves  the  warmest  appreciation  in  America;  viz., 
the  discriminating  enthusiasm  of  the  expert  amateur. 

Arundinaria  is  derived  from  Latin  arundo,  a  reed  ; 
Bambusa  from  a  Malay  name  ;  Phyllostachys  from 
Greek  phyllon,  leaf,  and  stachys,  spike.  W.  M. 

The  following  alphabetical  list  contains  all  the  kinds 
of  Bamboos  known  to  be  cult,  in  Amer.  A  =  Arundina- 
ria ;  B  =  Bambusa;  D  —  Dendrocalamus  ;  P  =  Phyllo- 
stachys ;  T  =  Thamnocalamus,  which  is  here  considered 
a  subgenus  of  Arundinaria.  No  Japanese  native  names 
are  given  below,  although  many  Bamboos  are  still  ad- 
vertised under  such  names.  The  prevailing  tendency  is 
to  discard  Japanese  native  names  in  every  branch  of 
horticulture,  as  they  breed  hopeless  confusion. 

B.  angustifolia,  15  ;  B.  arundinacea,  11 ;  B.  aurea,  28; 
P.  aurea,  28  ;  A.  auricoma,  16  ;  P.  bambusoides,  32  ; 
P.  Castillonis,26  ;  A.  chrysantba,  17;  B.  chry»antha,17; 

B.  disticha,  18  ;   B.  erecta,  10  ;  A    falcata,  9  ;  B.  fal- 


cata,  9  ;  A.  Falconer!,  8  ;  T,  Falconeri,  8  ;  A.  Fortunei, 
14;  A.  Fortunei,  var.  aurea,  1C;  A.  Fortunei,  var» 
i-ifitUx,  22  ;  B.  Fortunei,  14  ;  B.  Fortunei,  var.  aurea, 
16:  B.  gracilis,  8  ;  B.  Henonis,  30;  P.  Henonis,  30; 

A.  Hindsii,  10  ;  A.  humilis,  22  ;  A.  Japonica,  6  ;  P.  Ku- 
nuixn<:a,  33  ;  P.  Kumasasa,  33  ;  A.  macrosperma,  4  ;  A. 
macrosperma,  var.  suffruticosa,  5  ;  B.  Maximowiczii,  7  ; 

B.  Mazeli,  29  ;  B.  Metake,  6  ;  B.  mitis,  25  ;  P.  mitis,  25  ; 
B.  nana,  18  ;  A.  Narihira,!;  B.  Narihira,!;   B.  nigra, 
24  ;  P.  nigra,  23;  A.  nitida,  3;  B.  palmata,  19;  B.plicata, 
7;  A.pumila,  2;  B.pumila,2;  B.  pygmsea, 21 ;  B.quad- 
rangularis,  12  ;  B.  Quilioi,29  ;  P.  Quilioi,  29  ;  B.  Raga- 
mowskii,  20;    B.  rusci folia,  33  ;    P.  ruscifolia,  33  ;    A. 
Simoni,  7  ;  B.  Simoni,  7  ;  A.  tecta,  5;  B.  tessellata,  20  ; 
A.  Veitchii,  1  ;    B.    VeitcUi,  1  ;  B.   Vilmorinl,  15  ;  B. 
viminalis,  33  ;  B.  violascens ,24  ;  P.  violascens,  24  ;  B. 
viridi-striata ,  7  ;    B.  viridi-glaucescens,  31  ;    P.  viridi- 
glaucescens,  31  ;  B.  vulgaris,  13. 

SECTION  I. — Internodes  not   flattened  :  sheaths  persist- 
ent.   (  The  genera  Arundinaria  and  Bambusa.) 
A.    Color  of  stems  purple,  or  purplish. 

B.   Height  1-2  ft. 

1.  A. Veitchii,  N.  E.  Brown(  Bambusa  Veitchii,  C&rr.). 
Fig.  183.  Height  about  2  ft.:  stems  pur- 
ple, white-waxy  below  the  nodes:  Ivs. 
5-7  in.  long,  about  2  in.  wide,  bright 
..--,'  green  above,  below  pale  and  minutely 
pubescent,  serrate.  Jap.  M.  77,  but 
not  G.C.  III.  15: 169,  or  R.B.  23,  p.  270, 


183.  Arundinaria  Veitchii. 


which  are  pictures  of  B.  palmata,  as  explained  in  G.C. 
III.  15:  209.— This  is  also  liable  to  confusion  with  B.  tes- 
sellata, No.  20.  The  edges  of  the  Ivs.  wither  in  late  au- 
tumn, giving  a  variegated  but  shabby  appearance. 

2.  A.pumila,  Mitford  (-B.p«miZa,Hort.) .  Heightl2-20 
in. :  stems  very  slender,  purplish,  white-waxy  below  the 
nodes  :  Ivs.  4-5  in.  long,  %  in.  or  less  wide,  minutely  pu- 
bescent, bright  green.  — Much  rarer  than  No.  1,  dwarf er, 
the  stems  merely  purplish,  the  Ivs.  shorter  and  nar- 
rower.   The  Ivs.  are  a  darker  green  than  in  A  .  humilis, 
shorter,  narrower,  and  tapering  less  gradually  :  nodes 
less  well  defined  and    less  downy,  but  having  a  waxy 
bloom;  internodes  about  2%  in.  long. 

BB.    Height  6-8  ft.  or  more. 

3.  A.  nitida,  Mitford.    Fig.  184.    Stems  slender,  about 
the  size  of  a  goose-quill  :  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  Kin.  wide, 
shining  green  above,  pale  beneath  ;    sheaths  purplish, 
pubescent.  China.   M.  73.   G.C.  III.  18: 179;  24:211.  Gn. 
49,  p.  388.  — Considered  by  Mitford  the  daintiest   and 
most    attractive  of  all   the   genus,  and   exceptionally 
hardy.    Some  shade  is  needed,  as  the  Ivs.  curl  up  in  full 
sunlight.     Easily  distinguished   from  Nos.  1  and  2  by 
the  deeper  color  of  the  stems,  which  are  almost  black, 
and  from  A.  Falconeri,  which  it  resembles  in  habit,  the 
branches  of  both  occurring  in  dense  clusters. 

AA.    Color  of  stems  green. 

B.    Height  more  than  6  ft. 

c.    Species  native  to  the  U.  S. 

4.  A.  macrosperma,Michx.  LARGE  CANE.  Height  10-20 
ft.,  branches  numerous,  short,  divergent :    Ivs.  4-6  in. 


128 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


long,  %-2  in.  broad,  smoothish  or  pubescent :  sheaths 
very  persistent:  stems  arborescent,  rigid,  simple  the 
first  year,  branching  the  second,  afterwards  fruiting  at 
indefinite  periods,  and  soon  after  decaying.  Banks  of  the 


184.   Arundinaria  nitida. 


larger  rivers  N.  C.  to  Fla.,  forming  cane-brakes.  —  This 
and  the  next  are  the  only  two  species  of  Bamboos  native 
to  the  U.  S.  They  are  rarely  cult,  in  Calif,  and  Eu.  as 
ornamentals. 

5.  A.  tecta,  Muhl.  (A.  macrosperma,  var.  suffruticdsa, 
Munro).  SMALL  CANE.  SWITCH  CANE.  SCUTCH  CANE. 
Height  2-15  ft.  :  stems  slender  :  Ivs.  3^-8  in.  long, 
4-12  lines  wide,  roughish:  sheath  bearded  at  the  throat. 
Swamps  and  moist  soil,  Md.  and  S.  Ind.  southward. 
B.B.  1:233.  —  Sometimes  fruiting  several  years  in  suc- 
cession. 

cc.    Species  not  native  to  the  U.  S. 

D.    Plants  relatively  hardy. 
E.   Branches  borne  singly  in  the  axils. 


6.  A.  Jap6nica,  Sieb.&  Zucc.^.Jfeta'fce.Sieb.).  Height 
6-10  ft.  :  Ivs.  6-12  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  above  smooth 
and  shining,  below  whitened  and  finely  pubescent  : 
sheaths  conspicuous.  Jap.  M.  1.  G.C.  III.  15:239; 
18:185.  —  The  commonest  of  all  hardy  Bamboos,  and 
readily  distinguished  from  all  other  tall  kinds  by  the 
broader  and  larger  Ivs.  and  by  the  broad,  persistent 
sheaths  which  almost  cover  the  sts.  It  is  especially  dis- 
tinguished from  A.  Simoni  by  the  bud  being  a  simple 
flattish  scale  instead  of  a  complex  scaly  one,  and  also  by 
the  less  amount  of  waxy  bloom  on  the  st.  Particularly 
reconim"n(l,'d  for  cities. 


EE.  Branches  borne  in  dense,  semi-verticillate  clusters 
(which  easily  distinguishes  the  Himalayan  spe- 
cies from  Phyllostachys). 

F.    Plants  sometimes  variegated. 

7.  A,  Simoni,  A.  and  C.  Riviere  (B.  Simoni,  Carr.    B. 
viridi-stridta,     Hort.     A.    and    B.    Narihlra,  Hort.). 
Height  10-20  ft. :    Ivs.  8-12  in.  long,  about  1  in.  wide, 
pale  beneath,  very  minutely  pubescent, tapering  to  along, 
fine  point  :  mid-vein  glaucous  on  one  side  toward  the 
apex,  green  on  the  other.    Himal.  and  China.    G.C.  III. 
15:301 ;  18:  181.  — A  silver  variegated  form  is  sometimes 
known  as  B.  Haximowiczii,  Hort.,  and  B.  plicata,  Hort. 
B.M.  7146.    This  is  the  tallest  of  the  genus,  and,  next  to 
P.  mitis,  the  tallest  of  all  hardy  Bamboos.    The  plant  is 
very  late  in  beginning  growth,  and  many  of  the  culms 
should  be  removed  in  order  to  let  the  strong  ones  ripen, 
as  weak  shoots  are  untidy.    It  flowers  occasionally,  but 
d>>es  not  die  thereafter.     It  has  a  shabby  appearance 
until  midsummer,  and  may  take  several  years  to  be- 
come established,  meanwhile  sending  up  dwarf,  slender 
shoots  and  narrow  foliage,  but  Mitford  urges  patience, 
as  the  plant  is  hardy,  and  ultimately  very  vigorous  and 
handsome. 

FF.    Plants  never  variegated. 

8.  A.  Falconer!,  Mitford  ( T.  Fdlconeri,  Hook,   f .    B. 
grdcilis,  Hort.,  not  Wall. ).  Height  10-15  ft.:  stems  slen- 
der, bright  green,  the  internodes  white-waxy  :  Ivs.  thin, 
3-4  in.  long,  about  K  in.  wide.    Himal.  — Not  very  hardy. 
The  leaf-sheaths  are  smooth,  cat  short  at  the  top,  with- 
out a  fringe,  and  with  an  elongated  ligula  ;  while  A. 
falcata,  No.  9,  has  very  downy  leaf-sheaths,  fringed  with 
long  hairs  at  the  intersection  with  the  leaf.    The  serra- 
tions of  the  leaf-edges  are  more  pronounced  in  A.  Fal- 
coneri,  especially  on  one  side.    Venation  of  Ivs.  on  upper 
surface  is  striate,  not  tesselated. 

9.  A.  falcata,  Nees  (B.  falcata,  Hort.).    Height  6-10 
ft. :    Ivs.  3-5  in.  long,  about  %  in.  wide,  light  green  : 
stems  annual  (perennial  under  glass),  slender,  tufted. 
Himal.  — The  great  majority  of  the  plants  cult,  under 
this  name  are  really  A.  Falconeri,  which  has  larger 
Ivs.   In  a  small  state,  A.  falcata  can  be  distinguished 
from  No.  8  only  by  the  glabrous   leaf-sheaths  of   the 
latter.    The  flower-bearing  and  leaf -bearing  sts.  of  A. 
falcata  are    distinct,  the  former   flowering   and   seed- 
ing each  year. 

10.  A.   Hindsii,   Munro   (B.   ertcta,   Hort.).    Height 
sometimes  7  ft.,   branches  quasi-verticillate  :  Ivs.  up- 
right at  first,  of  various  lengths  up  to  9  in.,  and  about 
%  in.  wide  ;  veins  conspicuously  tesselated;  internodes 
3-7  in.  long,  waxy-white  ;  leaf -sheaths  with  a  few  hairs. 
Jap.  — The  erect  habit  of  growth  is  very  marked.    A  re- 
cent species  of  doubtful  hardiness.    Adv.  by  Dr.  Fran- 
ceschi,  who  considers  it  one  of  the  hardiest. 

DD.   Plants  relatively  tender  (Wos.  11,12, 13). 
E.    Branches  spiny. 

11.  B.  arundinacea,  Retz.    A  majestic  species,  often 
attaining  a  height  of  more  than  40-60  ft.  The  stems, which 
are  produced  in  dense  clumps,  are  green  and  shining, 
with  more  or  less  spiny  branches:  Ivs.  4-8  in.  long,  %in. 
or  a  little  more  wide,  nearly  glabrous ;  sheaths  persistent : 
fls.  are  produced  at  long  intervals,  and  after  perfecting 
seeds,  the  plants  die.    India.  — Nos.  11  and  12  are  green- 
house plants,  not  recommended  by  Mitford  for  outdoors. 

EE.    Branches  not  spiny. 

12.  B.  quadrangularis,  Fenzi.  Stems  square, especially 
in  older  plants,  20  ft.  or  more  high  :  Ivs.  deep  green, 
serrate,  6-7  in.  long,  about  1  in.  wide.    Jap.  — Franceschi 
says  it  is  as  hardy  as  any  Phyllostachys.    See  No.  11. 

13.  B.vulgaris,  Schrad.  Height  20-80  ft.:  stems  hollow, 
4  in.  in  diam.  or  more  ;  branches  numerous,    striate  ; 
internodes  1-1%  ft.  long  :  Ivs.  usually  6-10  in.  long,  8-15 
lines  wide,  sometimes  1  ft.  long,  2  in.  wide,  rough  on  and 
near  the  margins  and  beneath.    India.    G.C.  III.  25:  390. 
—  Sold  south,  but  not  recommended  by  Mitford.    This 
and  D.  giganteus  are  the  only  two  Bamboos  extensively 
cult,  in  the  Orient,  though  others  are  more  useful.    It  is 
also  naturalized  and  cult,  in  the  W.  Ind.,  Mex.  and  Braz., 
but  there  is  no  evidence  of  an  Amer.  origin. 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


129 


BB.    Height  less  than  6  ft. 
c.     Variegation  white. 

14.  A.  Fortune!,  A.  arid  C.  Riviere  (B.  Fdrtunei,  Van 
Houtte.  and  var.  i-ai-ief/ata,  Hort.).    Height  3-4  ft.:  Ivs. 
4-5  in.  long,  half  as  wide  or  a  little  more,  striped  with 
white.   Jap.    F.S.  15:  1535.  — Loses  its  Ivs.  in  winter,  but 
quickly  recovers  in  spring.    More  popular  than  the  next 
two  species.    The  internodes  are  rarely  more  than  1  in. 
apart,  while  in  A.  auricoma  they  are  3-5  in.  apart.  Var. 
an  rea,  Hort.,  with  yellow  variegation,  is  A.  auricoma. 
Var.  riridix.  Hort.=vl.  hinnilis.  This  is  an  old  favorite, 
and   far  more  common  than  the  next  4  species.    Rhi- 
zomes are  more  active  than  the  next,  and  demand  more 
room . 

15.  B.    an&ustifdlia,   Mitford  (B.    Vilmorlni,  Hort.). 
Height  about  1  ft. :  sts.  slender,  purplish  or  light  green : 
Ivs.  2-4  in.  long,  about  %  in.  wide,  serrate,  frequently 
variegated  with  white.   Jap. 

cc.    Variegation  yellow. 

1C.  A.  auricoma,  Mitford  (A.  and  B.  Fdrtunei,  var. 
a  urea,  Hort.).  Height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  5-6  in.  long,  about  1 
in.  wide,  brilliantly  variegated  with  yellow,  softly  pu- 
bescent beneath,  serrate.  Jap. 

17.  A.  chrysantha,  Mitford  (B.  chrysdntha,  Hort.). 
Height  3-5  ft.:    Ivs.  5-7  in.  long,  1  in.  or  less  wide, 
nearly  smooth,  sometimes  variegated  with  yellow,  but 
not   so  brightly  as   in  A.   auricoma.    Jap.     Also  dis- 
tinguished from  A.  auricoma  by  the  lower  surface  of 
the  leaf  being  markedly  ribbed,*  and  lacking  the  soft, 
velvety  down.    "  Being  neither  frankly  green  nor  frankly 
variegated,  it  is  rather  a  disappointing  plant. "—Mitford. 

ccc.    Variegation  absent. 
D.   Arrangement  of  Ivs.  distichous. 

18.  B.  disticha,  Mitford  (B.  ndna,  Hort.,  not  Roxb.). 
Height  2-3  ft. :  branches  numerous  :  Ivs.  2-2%  in.  long, 
%  in.  wide  or  less,  serrate,  green,  produced  in  two  ver- 
tical ranks.    Origin  uncertain.    A  recent  and  rare  spe- 
cies of  great  interest,  the  distichous  arrangement  of  Ivs. 
being  quite  unique  among  Bamboos,  and  giving  a  very 
distinct  habit. 

DD.    Arrangement  of  Ivs.  not  distichous. 
E.   Lvs.  long,  10-18  in. 

19.  B.palmata,  Burbidge.    Fig.  185.    Height  2-5  ft.: 
Ivs.  10-15  in.  long,  2-3 %  in.  wide,  bright  green,  sharply 
serrate,  smooth  and  shining  above,  below  pale  and  mi- 
nutely pubescent :  longitudinal  veins  very  prominent. 
Jap.    M.  79.    Gn.  49,  p.  59,  shows  a  clump  36 

ft.  in  circumference. 

20.  B.  tessellata,  Munro  (B.  Ragamdwskii, 
Hort. ) .   Height  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  12-18  in. 

long,  3-4  in.  wide,  smooth  and  shin- 
ing above,  whitened  beneath,  sharply 
serrate;    midrib    prominent,    and 
bearing  a  tomentose  line  on  one  side, 
and  Jap.    G.C.  III.  15:  167  ;  18:189.   R.B.  23, 
p.  269.  —  Produces  the  largest  Ivs.  of  any  hardy 
Bambusa  in  cult.,  which  is  especially  remark- 
able on  account  of  its  dwarf  habit.  Much  con- 
fused in  gardens,  but  unnecessarily,  with  A. 
Veitchii,  as  the   tomentose  line   on  one  side 
of  the  midrib  is  unique  in  B.  tessellata.    The 
Ivs.  are  used  by  the  Chinese  for  wrapping  tea. 

EE.    Lvs.  shorter,  3-6  in.    (Here  might  be  sought 
A.  pumila,  Xo.  2.) 

21.  B.  pygmsea,  Miq.  Height  %-lft.:  stems  very  slen- 
der, much  branched  :   Ivs.  3-4  in.  long,  about  %  in.  wide, 
serrate,  pubescent,  bright  green  above,  glaucous  and 
pubescent  beneath.   Jap.  —  The  smallest  of  Bamboos,  and 
remarkably  hardy.    It  is  especially  valuable  for  making 
a  thick  carpet  in  wild  places,  but  its  rampant  growth 
makes  it  a  nuisance  in  a  border.    The  sts.  are  purple  : 
the  nodes  prominent,  and  furnished  with  a  waxy,  glau- 
cous band  round  the  bass. 

22.  A.  humilis,  Mitford    (A.  Fdrtunei,  var.  vlridis, 


Hort.).  Height  2-3  ft.:  branches  in  2's  and  3's,  long  in 
proportion  to  sts. :  Ivs.  4-6  in.  long,  the  largest  about 
%in.  wide  :  internodes  2-5  in.  apart.  Dies  down  in  a 
hardy  winter.  A  rare  species,  liable  to  confusion  with 
.1.  pumila,  No.  3. 

SECTION  II. — Internodes  flattened,  at  least  on  one  side  : 
sheaths  early  deciduous.    (The  genus  Phyllostachys.} 

A.    Color  of  stems  black. 

23.  P.  nigra,  Munro  (B.  nlgra,  Lodd.).    BLACK  BAM- 
BOO.   Fig.  186.    Height  10-20  ft. :  stems  green  at  first, 
but  changing  to  black  the  second  year  :  Ivs.  very  thin, 
2-6  in.  long,  6-10  lines  broad.   China  and  Japan.   M.  142, 
and  frontis.    G.C.  III.  15:369  ;  18:185.    R.B.  23,  p.  268. 
—  One  of  the  most  popular  of  all  Bamboos,  and  very  dis- 
tinct by  reason  of  its  black  stems.    Var.  punctata,  Hort. 
Franceschi,  has  yellowish  stems  spotted  with  black. 

24.  P.  viplascens,  A.  and  C.  Riviere  (B.  violdscens, 
Carr.).    Height  sometimes  13  ft.:  stems  violet,  almost 
black  the  first  months,  changing  the  second  year  to  a 
dingy  yellow  or  brown  :  Ivs.  very  variable  in  size,  2-7  in. 
long,  >£-2  in.  wide,  the  larger  Ivs.  borne  on  young  shoots 
or  on  the  ends  of  the  lower  branches  near  the  ground.  The 
Ivs.  are  sharply  serrated  and  have  a  well-defined  pur- 
plish petiole.    Franceschi  ssiys  it  is  hardy,  and  that  P. 
bambusioides  is  often  sold  under  this  name. 

AA.    Color  of  stems  yellowish,  or  striped  yellow. 

25.  P.  mitis,  A.  and  C.  Riviere  (B.  mitis,  Hort.,  not 
Poir.).   Height  15-20  or  more  ft. :  stems  arched,  yellow- 
ish ;  internodes  at  the  base  not  short :  leaf  characters 
identical  with  P.  aurea,  with  which  it  is  closely  allied. 
Japan.    Gn.  17,  p.  44. -The  tallest  of  all  Bamboos,  but, 
unfortunately,  not  one  of  the  hardiest. 

26.  P.    Castilldnis,    Hort.    (B.     Castilldnis,    Hort.). 
Unique  in  the  genus  for  having  both  sts.  and  Ivs.  varie- 
gated.  Height  6-20  ft. :  sts.  1  in.  or  more  thick,  much 
zigzagged,  bright  yellow,  with  a  double  groove  of  green: 
Ivs.  sparingly  striped  yellowish  white,  7  in.  long,  1%  in. 
wide,  serrated  on  both  margins  :  leaf-sheath  topped  by 
a  whorl  of  dark  brown  or  purple  hairs.   Jap.  — Cult,  bv 
Dr.  Franceschi.  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

27.  B.  striata,  Lodd.    Height  4-5  ft.:   stems  striped 
yellow  and  green,  as  thick  as  the  thumb  ;  internodes  4-6 
in.   long:    Ivs.   6-8  in.   long,    %-l   in.   broad.    China. 


185.    Bambusa  palmata. 

B.M.  6079,  which  shows  a  flowering  specimen  with  con- 
spicuous anthers,  red-purple  at  first  and  fading  to  lilac. 
Not  described  by  Mitford.  Sold  S.  and  by  Yokohama 
Nursery  Co. 


130 


BAMBOO 


BANANA 


28.  P.  aurea,   A.  and  C.   Riviere  (B.   aurea,  Hort.). 
Height  10-15  ft. :  stems  straight,  yellowish  ;  internodes 
at  the  base  remarkably  short  :  Ivs.  narrowed  from  near 
the  base  to  the  apex,  minutely  and  regularly  serrate  on 
only  one  border,  usually  2-4  in.  long  and  %in.  wide,  but 
variable,   light    green,    glabrous  ;    sheaths    deciduous, 
marked  with  purple.    Japan.    Gn.  8,  p.  206.    A.F.  5:41. 
—  The  name  is  not  distinctive,  as  others  of  the  Phyllo- 
stachys  group  have  yellowish  stems.  Hardier  and  easier 
of  cult,  than  P.  mitis. 

AAA.    Color  of  stems  green,  often  yellowish  when  ripe, 

B.    Height  6-18  ft. 
c.    Lvs.  spotted  with  brown. 

29.  P.  Quilioi,  A.  and  C.  Riviere  (B.  Quilioi,  Hort.    B. 
Maztli,  Hort.).   Height  sometimes  18ft.:  habit  looser 
than  in  P.  mitis  or  aurea  : 

stems  arched  :  Ivs.  much 
larger  and  especially 
broader  than  in  any  other 
Phyllostachys,  the  largest 
8  in.  long,  1%  in.  wide,  the 
serration  of  one  edge  con- 
spicuous; Ivs.  dark  green, 
often  spotted  brown,  very 


186.   Phyllostachys  nigra. 


glaucous  beneath  ;  leaf -sheaths  a  peculiar  feature,  be- 
ing pinkish  brown,  deeply  mottled  with  purple  spots. 
Cult.  S.  and  in  Calif. -Rare. 

cc.   Lvs.  not  spotted  with  brown. 
D.    Habit  sliqhtly  zigzag. 

30.  P,  Hendnis,  Mitford  (B.  Hendnis,  Hort.).   Height 
6-15  ft. :  stems  arched  :  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  a  little  under 
Kin.  broad,  narrowed  below  the  middle  to  the  base  and 
long  attenuate  at  the  apex,  bright  green ;  sheaths  decid- 
uous, yellowish,  inclined  to  purplish:  internodes  5-6  in. 
long  near  the  base  and  middle  of  the  stem,  distinctly 
grooved  with  a  double  furrow.    Japan.  — This  is  Mit- 
ford's  favorite  Bamboo. 

DD.    Habit  strongly  zigzag. 

31.  P.  viridi-glaucescens,  A.  and  C.  Riviere  (B.  viridi- 
glaucescens,  Carr. ).    Height   10-18  ft.:  stems  slender, 
zigzag,  arched,  bright  green  at  first,  fading  as  they  ripen 
to  a  dingy  yellow  :  Ivs.  3-4  in.  long,  about  Kin.  wide  or 
little  more,  bright  green  above,  whitened  below.    China. 
Gn.  7,  p.  279.    G.C.  III.  15:433;  18:183.  — The  name  is 
unfortunate  because  not  distinctive,  as  all  Bamboos  have 
green  Ivs.  with  more  or  less  whitened  lower  surfaces. 
Very  hardy  and  common. 

32.  P.  bambusoides,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.   Height  about  5  ft. 
in  the  second  year  :  stems  zigzag,  green  at  first,  ripen- 
ing to  yellow,  the  branch-bearing  side  flattened  rather 
than  grooved,  as  in  other  species  of  Phyllostachys  :  in- 
ternodes long  in  proportion  to  length  of  stem,  sometimes 
8  in. :  branches  in  3s,  the  longest  at  the  middle  of  the 
st.,  and   only  about  9  in.:    Ivs.  of   various   sizes,  the 
largest  8  in.  long,  1M  in.  wide,  edges  serrate,  sharply  on 
one  side.     Jap.  — Cult,  by  Dr.   Franceschi,  Santa  Bar- 
bara, Calif. 


BB.    Height  2  ft.  or  less  :  habit  zigzag. 

33.  P.  ruscifolia,  Hort.  Kew.  (P.  Kumasdca,  Munro, 
P.  Kumasdsa,  Mitford.  B.  ruscifolia,  Sieb.  B.  vimi- 
ndlis,Hort.).  Height  1K-2  ft. :  stems  zigzag,  dark  green; 
sheaths  purple  :  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  about  1  in.  wide,  ovate 
in  outline.  Jap.  G.C.  III.  15:  369.  G.C.  III.  18:  189.- 
The  stem  is  channeled  on  the  branching  side,  almost 
solid  :  nodes  1-2  in.  apart :  branches  in  3's  and  4's, 
not  more  than  1-1%  in.  long.  — Dwarf est  species  of 
Phyllostachys.  c.  D.  BEADLE. 

The  following  are  trade  names  in  America  of  rare  kinds  : 
B.  agrestis,  Poir.  India,  Cochin  China.  Adv.  by  Yokohama 
Nurs.  Co.— B.  argentea,  Hort.=B.  argentea-striata,  Regel  ?— B. 
aureo-stridta,  Regel.  Jap.— A.  foliis-variegdtis,  Hort.,  is  pre- 
sumably A.  Fortunei,  the  commonest  low-growing,  variegated 
Arundinaria.  —  B.  Marliacea,  Hort.  Adv.  by  Yokohama  Nurs. 

Co.  as  a  "wrinkled 
Bamboo."  Doubtless 
named  after  M.  La- 
tour  Marliae,  the  cele- 
n-ated  French  hybri- 
dizer of  water-lilies, 
nnd  dealer  in  Bam- 
boos and  aquatics.— 
D.  tnembrandceus, 
Munro.  Height  at- 
taining 60-70  ft.:  Ivs. 
4-5  in.  long,  4-6  lines 

wide,  roundish  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  mucronate, 
rough  above  and  on  the  margin,  hairy  below,  petio- 
ate.  Burma.  Rare.  Adv.  by  Dr.  Franceschi,  Santa 
Barbara,  Calif.—  P.  heterocycla,  Carr.,  the  "Tor- 
toise Shell  Bamboo,"  is  really  an  abnormal  or 
malformed  condition  of  several  species,  especially 
P.  mitis,  aurea  and  nigra,  as  explained  in  G.C.  III. 
24: 92.  For  the  first  foot  or  two  above  ground  each 
internode  is  long  on  one  side  and  very  short  on  the  other, 
which  makes  a  grotesque  appearance.  M.  160.  G.C.  III.  15:  559. 
—A.  Metdke,  Sieb.=A.  Japonica.— A.  Narihira,  Hort.,  Yoko- 
hama Nurs.  Co.,  is  presumably  A.  Simoni.— B.  orientdlis, 
Nees.  E.  Ind.  Adv.  by  Dr.  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif., 
who  regards  it  as  a  form  of  B.  arundinacea,  with  Ivs.  larger 
and  velvety  to  the  touch.  It  forms  clumps  quickly.— P.  quad- 
ranguldris,  Hort.,  Yokohama  Nurs.  Co.=B.  quadrangularis  ?— 
B.  scriptoria,  Dennst.  (Beesha  Rheedei,  Kunth)  =  Melocanna 
bambusoides,  Trin.  This  was  John  Saul's  favorite  hardy 
Bamboo  at  Washington  in  1890,  but  is  no  longer  advertised. 
—  B.  striatifblia,  var.  aurea,  Hort.,  John  Saul,  1890,  an  aban- 
doned trade  name  never  recognized  by  botanists.—  B.  stricta, 
Hort.,  Saul,  1890,  an  old  trade  name,  probably  not  B.  stricta, 
Roxb.—  D.  strfctus,  Nees.  Int.  1889  by  Reasoner  Bros.,  Oneco, 
Fla.,  and  now  adv.  by  Dr.  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 
Height  50-60  ft. :  sts.Sin.indiam.  The  true  species  flowers  every 
year.  Ind.—  B.  variegdta,  Sieb.=A.  Fortunei. — JB.  verticilldta, 
Hort.  Franceschi.  Height  15-20  ft.:  stems  orange-yellow  :  Ivs. 
in  whorls,  striped  white.  \V\  M. 

BANANA  (Musa  sapitntum,  Linn.,  chiefly).  Scit- 
amindcece.  This  very  valuable  tropical  plant  is  prized 
for  its  fruit,  textile  fiber,  and  decorative  effect  in  land- 
scape gardening.  Most  species  are  cultivated  for  their 
fruit,  and  one  or  two  species  for  fiber— although  all 
sorts  have  a  fiber  of  considerable  value.  Every  spe- 
cies is  worthy  a  place  in  decorative  planting.  For  an 
account  of  the  species  and  their  ornamental  values,  see 
Musa. 

The  species  mostly  in  demand  for  fruiting  seldom  or 
never  produce  seeds,  and  naturally  increase  by  suckers 
around  the  base  of  each  plant.  These  form  a  large 
clump,  if  allowed  to  grow  without  care.  They  are  most 
readily  separated  from  the  parent  root-stalk  by  a  spade, 
and  are  then  fit  for  further  planting.  This  is  a  slow  pro- 
cess of  increase,  but  it  is  sure,  and  the  suckers  so  pro- 
duced make  large  and  vigorous  plants.  A  quicker 
method  of  propagation  is  to  cut  the  entire  root-stalk 
into  small,  wedge-shaped  pieces,  leaving  the  outer  sur- 
face of  the  root  about  1  by  2  inches  in  size,  planting 
in  light,  moist  soil,  with  the  point  of  the  wedge  down 
and  the  outer  surface  but  slightly  covered.  The  best 
material  for  covering  these  small  pieces  is  fine  peat,  old 
leaf -mold,  mixed  moss  and  sand,  or  other  light  material 
which  is  easily  kept  moist.  The  beds  so  planted  should 
be  in  full  open  sunshine  if  in  a  tropical  climate,  or  given 
bottom  heat  and  plenty  of  light  in  the  plant-house.  The 
small  plants  from  root-cuttings  should  not  be  allowed  to 
remain  in  the  original  bed  longer  than  is  necessary  to 
mature  one  or  two  leaves,  as  that  treatment  would  stunt 
them.  The  textile  and  ornamental  species,  also,  may  be 


BANANA 


BAPTISIA 


131 


increased  by  the  above  process,  but  as  these  species 
usually  produce  seeds  freely,  seedlings  can  be  more 
quickly  grown,  and  with  less  trouble.  The  seeds  of 
Bananas  should  be  sown  as  fresh  as  possible,  treating 
them  the  same  as  recommended  for  root-cuttings.  As 
soon  as  the  seedlings  show  their  first  leaves,  they  should 
be  transplanted  into  well-prepared  beds  of  rich,  moist 
soil,  or  potted  off  and  plunged  into  slight  bottom  heat, 
as  the  needs  of  the  grower  or  his  location  may  demand. 
Both  seedlings  and  root-cuttings  should  have  proper 
transplanting,  sufficient  room  and  rich  soil,  as  a  rapid, 
unchecked  growth  gives  the  best  and  quickest  results. 
The  cultivation  of  Bananas  for  fruit  is  carried  on  very 
extensively  in  all  tropical  countries.  In  theWest  Indies, 
Central  America  and  Mexico,  they  are  raised  for  export 
to  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The  site  selected  is 
usually  a  level  plain  in  the  lowlands,  near  the  coast,  or 
in  valleys  among  the  hills,  where  the  rainfall  or  artificial 
moisture  is  sufficient.  The  variety  most  commonly 
grown  at  present  is  the  Martinique,having  large  bunches, 
with  long,  yellow  fruit.  The  Barac.oa  (or  fled  Jamaica) 
is  more  sparingly  grown  now  than  formerly,  and  its  dark 
red  fruits,  of  largest  size,  are  not  commonly  exported. 
For  distant  shipping,  bunches  of  fruit  are  cut  with 
"machetes"  or  knives,  after  they  reach  their  full  size 
and  are  almost  mature,  but  quite  green  in  color.  Ripen- 
ing is  effected  during  shipment  in  warm  weather,  and 
by  storing  in  dark,  artificially-heated  rooms  during  cold 
weather.  Banana  flour  is  a  valuable  product  of  ripe 
Bananas  prepared  among  the  plantations  in  the  tropics. 
It  is  nutritious,  and  has  an  increasing  demand  and  use 
as  human  food.  A  recently  invented  process  of  drying 
ripe  Bananas  has  been  found  very  successful,  and  the 
industry  promises  to  be  of  vast  importance  as  the  mar- 
ketable article  finds  ready  sale.  In  the  United  States 
there  is  little  commercial  cultivation  of  Bananas,  since 
the  frostless  zone  is  narrow  and  the  fruit  can  be  grown 


iana,  and  southwestward  to  the  Pacific  coast.  The  plants 
will  endure  a  slight  frost  without  injury.  A  frost  of  5 
or  6  degrees  will  kill  the  leaves,  but  if  the  plants  are 
nearly  full  grown  at  the  time,  new  foliage  may  appear 
and  fruit  may  form.  If  the  entire  top  is  killed,  new 
suckers  will  spring  up  and  bear  fruit  the  following  year. 
A  stalk,  or  trunk,  bears  but  once  ;  but  the  new  sprouts 
which  arise  from  the  roots  of  the  same  plant  continue 


187.  A  bearing  Banana  plant. 

PO  much  more  cheaply  in  Central  America  and  the  West 
Indies.  Small  Banana  plantations  are  common  in  south- 
ern Florida,  however,  and  even  as  far  north  as  Jackson- 
ville. They  are  also  grown  in  extreme  southern  Louis- 


188.   Tip  of  flower-cluster  of  Banana. 

the  fruit-bearing.  A  strong  sprout  should  bear  when 
12-18  months  old  (from  2-3  years  in  hothouses).  The 
plantation  will,  therefore,  continue  to  bear  for  many 
years.  A  bearing  stalk,  as  grown  in  southern  California, 
is  shown  in  Fig.  187. 

The  peculiar  flower-bearing  of  the  Banana  is  shown  in 
Fig.  188,  which  illustrates  the  tip  of  a  flower-cluster. 
This  cluster  may  be  likened  to  a  giant  elongating  bud, 
with  large,  tightly  overlapping  scales  or  bracts.  Three 
of  these  bracts  are  shown  at  a  a  a,  in  different  stages  of 
the  flowering.  As  they  rise  or  open,  the  flowers  below 
them  expand.  The  bracts  soon  fall.  The  flowers  soon 
shed  their  envelopes,  but  the  styles,  &,  persist  for  a 
time.  The  ovaries  soon  swell  into  Bananas,  c.  The  bracts 
are  royal  purple  and  showy.  E>  N>  REASONER. 

BANCROFT,  GEORGE.  The  famous  American  his- 
torian (1800-1891)  deserves  remembrance  among  horti- 
culturists for  his  splendid  collection  of  roses  at  his  sum- 
mer home  in  Newport,  R.  I.,  an  account  of  which  may 
be  found  in  the  American  Garden,  1891.  For  a  portrait 
and  sketch,  see  Appleton's  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1890. 
In  Mr.  Bancroft's  garden,  George  Field  found  a  rose  with- 
out a  name,  which  is  now  known  to  be  the  French  variety 
Mme.  Ferdinand  Jamin.  It  was  introduced  by  Field  & 
Bro.  as  the  American  Beauty.  Though  little  known 
abroad,  it  is,  probably,  the  most  famous  of  all  roses  cult, 
in  America. 

BANEBERRY.     See  Actcea. 

BANESIA  (Sir  Joseph  Banks,  1743-1820,  famous  Eng- 
lish scientist).  Protedcece.  Many  species  of  Australian 
evergreen  shrubs,  with  handsome  foliage,  but  scarcely 
known  in  cult.  hexre.  Prop,  by  nearly  mature  cuttings, 
in  frames. 

BANYAN  TREE.    See  Ficus  Indica. 
BAOBAB.    See  Adansonia. 

BAPTtSIA  (Greek,  to  dye,  alluding  to  the  coloring 
matter  in  some  species).  Syn.,  Podalyria.  Z/egumindsce. 
Small  genus  of  perennial  herbs  of  eastern  N.  Amer. 
Corolla  papilionaceous,  the  standard  not  larger  than  the 
wings  :  calyx  campanulate,  the  5  teeth  separate  and 
equal  or  the  2  upper  ones  united:  stamens  10,  distinct  : 
pod  stalked  in  the  calyx.  — Plants  usually  turn  black  in 
drying.  Baptisias  are  suitable  for  borders.  They  thrive 
in  any  ordinary  soil  and  under  common  treatment,  pre- 
ferring free  exposure  to  sun.  Prop,  by  division  or 
seeds. 


132 


BAPTISIA 


A.  Lvs.  simple  :  fls.  yellow. 

simplicifdlia,  Croom.  Branchy,  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  2-4  in. 
long,  sessile,  broadly  ovate  and  obtuse  :  fls.  in  numerous 
terminal  racemes.  Fla.  — Int.  1891. 

perfoliata,  R.  Br.,  of  S.  Car.  and  Ga.,  with  small  axil- 
lary fls.  and  broad  perfoliate  Ivs.,  is  occasionally  planted, 
and  is  hardy  as  far  N.  as  Washington,  but  is  evidently 
not  in  the  trade.  B.M.  3121. 

AA.  Lvs. 'com pound,  3-foliolate. 
B.  Fls.  yellow. 

tinctdria,  R.  Br.  WILD  INDIGO.  Bushy-branched,  2-4 
ft.,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  stalked,  the  Ifts.  small,  obovate  or 
oblanceolate,  and  nearly  or  quite  sessile  and  entire  :  fls. 
%in.  long,  bright  yellow,  in  numerous  few-fld.  racemes. 
Common  in  E.  States.  B.  M.  1099.  Mn.  5:  81. 

lanceolata,  Ell.  About  2  ft.,  pubescent  when  young, 
but  becoming  nearly  glabrous  :  Ivs.  short-stalked,  the 
Ifts.  thick,  lanceolate  to  obovate  and  obtuse  :  fls.  large, 
axillary  and  solitary.  Pine  barrens,  N.  Car.  S. 

BB.  Fls.  blue. 

australis,  R.  Br.  (B.cwrulea,  Eat.  &  Wr.  B.  exalttita, 
Sweet).  Stout,  4-6  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  short-stalked; 
Ifts.  oblanceolate  to  oval,  entire,  obtuse  :  fls.  lupine-like, 
nearly  or  quite  an  in.  long,  in  loose-fld.,  long  terminal 
racemes.  Penn.  W.  and  S.  J.H.  III.  29 :  64  ;  34 :  511.  - 
Handsome.  Probably  the  best  species  for  cultivation. 

BBB.  Fls.  white  or  wJiitisli. 

alba,  R.  Br.  Wide-branching,  1-3  ft.,  glabrous  :  ivs. 
stalked  ;  Ifts.  oblong  or  lanceolate,  obtuse,  thin,  dry- 
ing green  :  fls.  white,  %in.  long,  in  long-peduncled, 
elongated  lateral  racemes.  N.  Car.W.  and  S.  B.M.  1177. 

leuc&ntha,Torr.  &  Gray.  Branching,  more  or  less  suc- 
culent, 2-4  ft.,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  stalked  ;  Ifts.  obovate  to 
oblanceolate  to  cuneate,  very  obtuse,  drying  black  :  fls. 
white,  nearly  an  in.  long,  in  loose-fld.,  lateral  racemes. 
E.  states. 

leucophaea,  Nutt.  Stem  stout  and  angled,  but  low  and 
wide-branched,  1-2%  ft.,  hairy  or  nearly  glabrous  :  Ivs. 
short  petioled  ;  Ifts.  oblanceolate  to  obovate,  stiff,  dry- 
ing black  :  fls.  large  and  cream-colored,  on  slender  erect 
n"cels,  borne  in  1-sided  declined  racemes.  Ga.  W. 
.5900.  Mn.3:177.  P.S.23:2449.  L.  H.  B. 

BARBACENIA  (Barbacena,  a  Brazilian  governor). 
Amaryllidacece.  About  20  Brazilian  plants,  with  scape 
bearing  a  single  large  purple  flower.  Grown  mostly  in 
baskets,  after  the  manner  of  many  orchids.  B.  purpurea, 
Hook.,  is  occasionally  seen  in  fine  collections,  but  does 
not  appear  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade.  Grown  in  a  warm, 
moist  house.  It  has  many  scapes  and  long,  grass-like, 
toothed  Ivs.  B.M.  2777. 

BARBADOES  CHEEKY  is  Malpighia  ;  B.  Lily,  Hip- 
pea  strum. 

BARB  ARE  A  (from  the  old  name,  Herb  of  Saint  Bar- 
bara). Cruciferce.  Hardy  biennials,  with  yellow  fls.; 
allied  to  water  cress  and  horseradish. 

vulgaris,  R.  Br.  COMMON  WINTER  CRESS.  UPLAND 
CRESS.  YELLOW  ROCKET.  Height  10-18  in.:  lower  Ivs. 
lyrate,  the  terminal  lobe  round,  the  lateral  usually  1-4 
pairs  :  upper  Ivs.  obovate,  cut-toothed  at  the  base.  Eu. 
Asia. —Cult,  for  salad.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  Ivs. 
splashed  and  mottled  with  yellow,  is  cult,  as  a  border 
plant,  and  grows  freely  in  rich  soil.  If  the  fls.  are  picked 
off,  stem  and  all,  before  they  open,  the  plant  will  be 
practically  perennial.  A  common  native. 

prsecox,  R.  Br.  EARLY  WINTER,  or  BELL  ISLE  CRESS. 
Distinguished  by  the  more  numerous  divisions  of  the 
Ivs.  (4-8  pairs).  Slightly  cult,  as  a  salad,  and  known  S.  as 
Scurvy  Grass.  Naturalized  from  Eu.  J.B.KELLER. 

BAKBE  DE  CAPUCIN.    See  Chicory. 
BARBERRY.    See  Berberis. 

BARBIERIA  (after  J.  B.  G.  Barbier,  French  physi- 
cian). LeguminbsfK.  A  genus  of  only  two  species,  one 
from  Porto  Rico  and  one  from  Peru.  Its  nearest  allies 
familiar  to  the  horticulturist  are  Indigophera  and  Te- 


BARRY 

phrosia.  It  is  distinguished  from  allied  genera  by  the 
long  fls.  Tender  evergreen  shrubs,  with  odd-pinnate 
Ivs.,  numerous  entire  Ifts.,  and  awl-shaped  stipules  :  fls. 
large,  racemose  red.  Prop,  by  seed. 

polyphylla,  DC.  (Clitbria  polypJiylla,  Poir.).  Lfts. 
9-11  pairs,  elliptic-oblong,  mucronate,  pubescent  with 
age  :  racemes  few  fid.,  shorter  than  the  Ivs.:  fls.  2  in. 
long.  Porto  Rico.—  B.  gfabe'lla,  Hort.,  Peter  Henderson 
&  Co.,  1899,  is  probably  a  variety. 

BARE.  Is  often  used  in  a  general  way  to  designate 
the  softer  outer  envelope  of  a  stem  or  root.  In  this 
sense,  it  includes  all  that  peels  readily,  as  the  bark  of  the 
hemlock  and  oak,  used  for  tanning  leather.  In  a  stricter 
sense,  it  is  applied  to  the  corky  layers  formed  on  the 
outer  surface  of  woody  plants.  It  is  formed  from  an 
active  layer  of  tissue,— the  phellogen.  The  bark  is  de 
veloped  in  different  ways  upon  different  trees.  So  dis- 
tinct are  the  resulting  tissues  that  species  of  trees  may 
be  readily  recognized  by  their  bark  alone.  Cork  of  com- 
merce is  the  bark  of  the  cork  oak,  a  native  of  south- 
western Europe.  w.  W.  ROWLEE. 

BARKERIA.    See  Epidendrum. 

FARLERIA  (J.  Barrelier,  1606-1673,  French  botanist) . 
Acanth&cew.  Many  species  of  tropical  shrubs,  mostly 
African,  sometimes  seen  in  fine  collections  of  stove 
planes,  but  not  offered  in  the  Amer.  trade.  They  have 
large  fls.  (yellow,  purple  or  white),  often  in  clusters. 
Prop,  oy  softwood  cuttings.  B.  cristata,  Linn.,  E.  Ind., 
is  a  good  blue-fld.  bedder. 

BARLEY.  Various  kinds  of  Hordeum  of  the  Gramin- 
ece.  Common  Barley  is  H.  sativiim,  Jess.  According 
to  Hackel,  it  "undoubtedly  originated  from  H.  spontd- 
neum,  C.  Koch,  which  grows  wild  from  Asia  Minor  and 
Caucasian  countries  to  Persia  and  Beloochistan,  as  well 
as  in  Syria,  Palestine,  and  Arabia  Petraea."  The  com- 
mon Barley  has  a  4-rowed  ear  or  head.  There  are  also 
2-rowed  and  6-rowed  races,  and  other  well  marked  forms. 
They  are  probably  all  domestic  forms  of  one  parent  stock. 

BAROSMA  (heavy  scent),  fiutacece.  Some  25  to  30 
South  African  heath-like  shrubs.  They  are  evergreens, 
and  in  the  N.  must  be  grown  under  glass.  Prop,  by 
mature-wood  cuttings.  B.  pulchella,  Bart.  &  Wendl.,  is 
now  handled  by  florists  from  imported  stock.  It  grows 
3  ft.  or  less  high,  and  has  axillary  purplish  fls.,  with  5 
sepals,  5  petals  and  10  stamens. 

BARRY,  PATRICK.  Plate  II.  Nurseryman,  editor 
and  author;  was  born  near  Belfast,  Ireland,  in  May,  1816, 
and  died  in  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  June  23,  1890.  He  came 
to  America  at  the  age  of  twenty,  and  after  four  years  of 
service  with  the  Princes,  at  Flushing,  on  Long  Island, 
he  founded,  in  1840,  with  George  Ellwanger,  at  Roches- 
ter, N.  Y.,  the  Mount  Hope  Nurseries.  Ellwanger  and 
Barry  introduced  fruit-growing  into  western  New  York 
at  a  time  when  there  were  no  collections  of  fruits,  no 
railroad  or  telegraphic  facilities,  nor  any  fast  ocean 
steamers  to  bring  over  their  importations  from  Europe. 
From  1844  to  1852,  Barry  edited  "The  Genesee  Farmer," 
an  excellent  and  influential  paper— afterwards  merged 
in  "The  Cultivator  and  Country  Gentleman."  After  the 
death  of  A.  J.  Downing  he  succeeded  to  the  editorship 
of  "The  Horticulturist,"  which  he  removed  to  Rochester, 
until  June,  1855,  after  which  this  famous  magazine  had 
many  vicissitudes  until  1887,  when  it  went  to  swell  the 
number  of  periodicals  now  represented  commercially  by 
" American  Gardening."  In  1851  appeared  his  "Treatise 
on  the  Fruit-Garden,"  a  new  and  thoroughly  revised 
edition  of  which  was  issued  in  1872,  under  the  title  of 
"Barry's  Fruit-Garden."  It  is  still  one  of  our  most 
popular  books  on  pomology,  and  deservedly  so.  The 
catalogue  of  fruits  which  he  compiled  for  the  American 
Pomological  Society  is  a  monumental  work.  Mr.  Barry 
did  much  to  make  Rochester  a  city  of  nurseries  and 
western  New  York  a  famous  fruit-growing  region.  The 
Western  New  York  Horticultural  Society,  of  which  he 
was  president  for  more  than  thirty  years,  and  until  his 
death,  has  long  exercised  a  more  than  sectional  influence. 
The  work  of  Barry  was  truly  national,  and  essentially 


Plate  II.     Prominent  American  Horticulturists 


BARRY 

that  of  a  pioneer.  He  must  be  considered  in  the  front 
rank  of  pomological  authors,  with  the  Downings, Warder, 
and  Thomas,  whose  combined  weight  gave  a  great 
impulse  towards  establishing  orcharding  on  a  large  scale 
in  America.  For  a  fuller  account,  with  portrait,  see 
"Annals  of  Horticulture,"  1890,  287-290,  \\r  M 

BART6NIA.     See  Mentzelia. 

BARTEAM,  JOHN.  Called  by  Linnaeus  the  greatest 
natural  botanist  in  the  world.  Was  born  at  Marple,  near 
Darby,  Pennsylvania,  Mar.  23,  1699,  and  died  Sept.  22, 
1777.  He  was  a  Quaker  farmer,  who  became  interested 
in  botany  after  the  age  of  twenty-four.  In  1728,  at  King- 
sessing,  on  the  Schuylkill  River,  he  established  the  first 
botanic  garden  in  America,  which,  together  with  his 
house,  built  in  1731,  of  stone  hewn  by  his  own  hands,  is 
happily  preserved  to-day  as  part  of  the  park  system  of 
Philadelphia.  He  traveled  much  in  America,  and  was 
for  many  years  the  chief  medium  of  exchange  between 
Europe  and  America  of  plants  of  all  kinds,  especially 
new  and  important  species,  as  Rhododendron  maximum 
and  Cypripedium  acaule.  His  correspondence  with 
Peter  Collinson  lasted  nearly  half  a  century.  The  let- 
ters, preserved  to  us  in  Darlington's  "Memorials  of 
John  Bartram  and  Humphrey  Marshall,"  are  rich  in 
botanical,  historical  and  general  interest.  "Observa- 
tions on  the  Inhabitants  *  *  *  made  by  John  Bar- 
tram  in  his  Travels  from  Pensilvania  to  Onondago, 
Oswego,  and  the  Lake  Ontario  *  *  *  London,  1751," 
is  similarly  readable,  and  a  document  of  great  value  in 
the  study  of  aboriginal  races. 

At  the  age  of  seventy  he  undertook,  with  his  son  Wil- 
liam, an  expedition  to  Florida,  which  is  recorded  in  the 
"Journal  Kept  upon  a  Journey  from  St.  Augustine  up 
the  River  St.  Johns."  Bartram  was  probably  the  first 
American  to  perform  successful  experiments  in  hybridi- 
zation. His  sons,  John  and  William,  continued  his 
garden.  For  many  years  it  was  the  largest  and  best  col- 
lection of  trees  and  shrubs  in  America,  and  the  services 
of  the  garden  to  early  American  horticulture  were  very 
great.  He  is  commemorated  in  Bartramia,  a  genus  of 
mosses,  and  in  "Bartram's  Oak,"  for  the  literature  of 
which,  see  I.  C.  Martinale's  "Notes  on  the  Bartrara  Oak, 
Qttercus  heterophylla,  Michx.,"  published  at  Camden, 
N.  J.,  1880.  Bartram's  garden  is  a  unique  spot  in 
America.  Many  of  the  trees  have  attained  great  age, 
size  and  beauty.  The  garden  also  contains  many  quaint 
and  picturesque  relics  which  have  associations  of  great 
interest.  On  the  whole,  John  Bartram  is  one  of  the  most 
illustrious,  and  by  far  the  most  picturesque,  of  the  early 
botanists  and  horticulturists  of  America,  and  his  simple, 
wholesome,  powerful  personality  presents  a  picture  that 
is  altogether  amiable.  New  editions  of  the  works  of 
Bartram  and  Darlington  are  much  to  be  desired,  and 
offer  ajaromising  field  to  critical  labors.  John  Bartram's 
son  William  is  well  known  to  students  of  American 
history  for  his  "  Observations  on  the  Creek  and  Cherokee 
Indians,  1789."  It  is  very  much  to  be  regretted  that  no 
authentic  portrait  of  John  Bartram  is  known.  For  an 
excellent  illustrated  account  of  Bartram  and  his  garden, 
see  the  article  by  Miss  M.  L.  Dock  in  Garden  and  Forest, 
9:121-124  (1895).  See  also  Harper's  Mag.  60:321-330 

W.M. 

BASELLA  (native  Malabar  name).  Chenopodictcece. 
MALABAR  NIGHTSHADE.  A  genus  containing  only  one 
species,  which  is,  however,  remarkably  variable.  An- 
nual or  biennial  herbs,  cult,  in  the  tropics  as  a  pot-herb, 
like  spinach.  Rarely  cult.  N.  as  an  ornamental  warm- 
house  climber.  It  may  also  be  started  indoors,  and  set 
out  in  May  for  use  as  a  garden  vegetable,  to  follow 
spinach.  Prop,  by  seeds. 

rubra,  Linn.  Lvs.  succulent,  alternate,  rarely  oppo- 
site, almost  entire,  of  various  forms  :  fls.  not  pedicelled, 
in  simple  spikes  or  racemes ;  spikes  short  or  long,  lax, 
few-fld.  The  following  species  are  now  considered  only 
forms  of  the  above  :  alba,  a  white-fid,  form  rarely  cult, 
as  a  trailer  from  roofs  of  warm-houses,  or  as  a  basket 
plant ;  caninifblia  ;  cordifolia,  with  heart-shaped  Ivs. 
4-5  in.  long  and  2-2^  in.  wide  ;  crassifdlia  ;  Japdnica  ; 
lucida,  from  India  ;  nigra,  a  Chinese  form  ;  rambsa  and 
voliibilis.  Under  the  name  of  Sweet  Malabar  Vine,  A. 


BASKET     PLANTS 


133 


Blanc  advertises  a  form  with  tiny  yellow  and  red  fls., 
and  Ivs.  variegated  with  white,  pink,  and  green.  He 
says,  "with  age  it  assumes  a  drooping  habit.  When  cut 
keeps  fresh  for  weeks." 

BASIL.  Species  of  Ocimum,  of  the  Labidtce.  They 
are  Indian  annuals,  and  are  cult,  as  pot-herbs,  the  clove- 
flavored  foliage  being  used  as  seasoning  in  soups,  meats 
and  salads.  They  are  of  easiest  culture,  the  seed  being 
sown  in  the  open  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled. 
Common  Basil  is  0.  Sasilicnm,  Linn.,  a  ft.  high,  branch- 
ing, with  ovate  toothed  Ivs.,  and  white  or  bluish  white 
fls.  in  leafy  terminal  racemes  or  spikes.  O.  minimum, 
Linn.,  the  Dwarf  Basil,  is  lower,  and  smaller  in  all  its 
parts  ;  rarely  seen.  When  Basil  is  in  bloom,  it  can  be 
cut  and  dried  for  winter  use. 

BASKET  PLANTS.  Fig.  189.  Under  this  term  are 
included  all  those  plants  which,  from  their  habit  of 
growth  and  blooming,  have  been 
found  especially  suitable  for  use  in 
hanging  baskets.  Most  of  these  are 
dwarfish  plants  of  indeterminate 
growth,  of  gracefully  drooping  or 
vine-like  habit,  and  are  valued  either 
for  their  grace,  or  for  freedom  and 
daintiness  of  bloom.  Some  of  the 
plants  used  in  baskets  are  of  upright 
habit.  These  are  either 
plants  of  naturally  email 
stature,  or  are  practically 
such  for  a  season  from  a 
slow  habit  of  growth.  The 
suitability  of  these  erect- 
growing  plants  for  the 
purpose  is  determined, 
aside  from  their  stature, 
by  their  freedom  of  bloom, 
beauty  of  foliage,  striking 
form,  or  grace  of  habit. 
Such  plants  are  used  prin- 
cipally for  filling  the  cen- 
tral part  of  the  basket  ; 
whereas,  plants  of  trail- 
ing habit  are  inserted  near 
the  sides  — some  to  droop, 
others  to  twine  upwards 
on  the  cords  or  handle  by 
which  the  basket  is  sus- 
pended. In  addition  to  the 
long  drooping  or  climbing 
plants,  there  are  a 
number  of  half-erect 
habit,  like  the  lobelia, 
sweet  alyssum  and 
russelia.  These  may 
droop  somewhat,  but  are 
not  of  a  truly  vine-like 
habit.  Some  plants  are 
more  suitable  than  others 
for  shady  places  :  the 
selaginellas,  for  instance. 
Others  thrive  only  with 
several  hours  of  direct 
sunshine  each  day. 

The  following  list  of 
common  trade  names  em- 
braces a  number  of  the 

most  important  basket  plants,  arranged  according  to 
their  habit  of  growth  and  blooming.  The  list  is  not  given 
as  a  complete  one.  Any  list  would  need  amending'from 
year  to  year  to  suit  individual  taste  and  experience. 
Plants  which  will  bear  considerable  shade  are  marked 
with  an  asterisk  (*) ;  those  which  will  bear  more  are 
marked  with  two  asterisks  (**): 

1.  PLANTS  OF  VINE-LIKE  HABIT. 
a.  LONG-DROOPING. 

**English  Ivy,  *Kenilworth  Ivy,*Vinca  major,  *V.  Har- 
risonii,  Saxifraga  sarmentosa,  *Cissus  discolor,*  Money- 
wort Ivy,  Tropeeolums  (Nasturtiums).  Lonicera  Halli- 
ana,  L.  aurea,  var.  reticulata,  Nepeta  Glechoma,  Ampe- 
lopsis  quinquefolia,  A.  Veitchii. 

NOTE.— The  Ampelopsis  is  deciduous,  and  not  suitable 
for  winter  baskets. 


189. 
Basket. 


134 


BASKET     PLANTS 


BAUHINIA 


6.  CLIMBING. 

Maurandia,  **Lygodimn  scandens,  *Senecio  scandens, 
Thunbergia,  Cobaea  scandens,  Japanese  Variegated  Hop, 
Manettiabicolor,  LoniceraHalliana,  L.  aurea,  var.  reticu- 
lata,  Clematis  coccinea,  Tropaeolum  peregriiiura. 

c.  SHORT-DROOPING,  OR  HALF-ERECT. 

*Lobelia  Erinus,  *Othonna  crassifolia,*Sweet  Alyssum, 
*Tradescantia,  Petunias,  Oxalis  flpribiinda,  *Russelia 
juncea  (also  bears  sun  well),  *Fittonia,  *Fuchsia  procum- 
bens,  Ice  Plant,  Verbena,  *Ivy  Geranium,  **Selaginellas, 
*Begonia  glaucophylla,  var.  scandens,  *Sedum  Sieboldi, 
*S.  carneum,  var.  variegatum,  *Asparagus  Sprengerii, 
*Passifloras,  *Panicum  variegatum,  Gazania  splendens, 
Abutilon  megapotamicum  and  var.  variegatum,  Lantana 
delicatissima,  Solanum  jasminoides,  S.  Seaforthianum, 
Convolvulus  Mauritanicus. 

2.  PLANTS  OF  UPRIGHT  HABIT. 
a.  LOW-GROWING. 

1.  Flowering  Plants. 

*Torenia,  *Pansy,  Cuphea  platycentra,  C.  hyssopifolia, 
*Primula  obconica,  Dwarf  Alyssum,  Bellis  perennis, 
Linum  or  Reinwardtia  trigynum,  Phlox  Drummondii, 
Dutch  bulbs. 

2.  Foliage  Plants. 

*Peperomia,  *Begonia  Rex,  *Farfugium  grande,  Alter- 
nanthera,  **Maidenhair  Fern,  Geraniums  (especially 
Mme.  Salleroi),  *Isolepis  gracilis  (droops  with  age). 

6.  TALLER  GROWING. 

1.  Flowering. 

Geraniums — Pelargonium  *Fuchsias,  Petunias,  *Bego- 
nias,  Browallia,  *Stevia  serrata,  var.  nana,  Madagascar 
Periwinkle,  *Nierembergia,  Lantana, *Impatiens  Sultana, 
Cuphea  Llavea,  Swainsona,  Chrysanthemum  frutes- 
cens,  Salvias. 

2.  Foliage. 

*Dusty  Miller,  *Crotons,  *Palms,  **Ferns,  *Fancy  Cala- 
diums,  Coleus,  Achyranthes,  **Aspidistra,  *Cyperus  alter- 
nifolius,  *Draeaena  indivisa,  *D.  terminalis,  Coccoloba 
platyclada. 

Some  of  the  above  plauts  make  large  subjects  when 
growing  in  the  open  ground.  Of  such,  only  young  or 
smaller  plants  are  available  for  use  in  hanging  baskets. 
Ordinarily,  several  different  sorts  of  plants  are  used  for 
filling  a  basket.  In  some  cases,  however,  a  pretty 
basket  is  made  by  using  but  one  kind  of  pla^t.  A  hang- 
ing basket  filled  with  sword  fern,  for  instance,  makes 
a  handsome  object. 

Baskets  of  a  variety  of  patterns  are  obtainable  from 
florists  and  other  dealers.  The  baskets  most  extensively 
used,  perhaps,  are  made  of  strong  wire,  woven  into  hem- 
ispherical or  other  forms.  These  are  sometimes  plain, 
and  again  of  ornamental  character.  The  better  form  has 
a  flat  bottom,  or  a  stand,  formed  of  wire,  to  support  the 
basket  in  an  upright  position  when  it  is  not  pendent. 
Another  style  is  f .  rmed  of  rustic  work.  Here  the  vessel 
or  plant  basin  is  covered  about  the  sides  with  rough 
bark  or  knotted  roots.  For  this  purpose  the  roots  of  the 
laurel  are  much  used.  Above  the  basket  there  is  an  arch 
or  handle  by  which  it  is  suspended.  Again,  earthen- 
ware vessels,  to  be  suspended  by  wires,  are  offered  for 
sale  in  a  variety  of  shapes.  Some  of  these  are  moulded 
and  painted  in  imitation  of  logs,  and  are  known  as  "  stick  " 
and  "log  baskets."  Such  baskets  are  often  without  pro- 
vision for  drainage.  When  this  is  the  case,  holes  should 
be  drilled  at  the  lowest  point  in  the  bottom.  A  special 
form  of  basket  is  much  used  for  orchids.  It  is  made  of 
square  cedar  slats  in  raft-  or  log-fashion.  Fern-fiber  and 
broken  bits  of  brick,  flower-pots  or  charcoal,  are  used 
for  filling  them. 

The  soil  used  in  hanging  baskets  is  simply  good, 
common  florists'  potting  soil.  This  usually  contains 
about  25  per  cent  of  humus,  and  a  small  amount  of 
sharp  sand  to  make  it  porous.  Prior  to  filling,  wire 
baskets  must  be  lined  with  moss.  This  is  merely  com- 
mon woodland  moss  from  rotting  logs,  or  rich,  damp  soil. 
In  filling  baskets,  a  few  drooping  or  climbing  plants  are 
disposed  around  the  sides  ;  then  one  or  more  upright- 
growing  or  half-erect  plants,  according  to  the  size  of  the 
plants  and  basket,  are  planted  in  the  center.  Immediate 
effects  require  plants  which  have  already  made  consid- 
erable growth.  Florists  usually  carry  a  stock  of  suitable 
plants.  In  case  seedlings  or  cuttings  are  grown  for  the 
purpose,  it  is  usually  best  to  start  them  in  seed-pans  or 
cutting-boxes,  and  transfer  them  later  to  the  basket. 


Seeds  may  be  sown,  or  the  cuttings  started  in  the  basket, 
but  it  is  so  long  before  they  fill  the  basket  that  there  is 
no  advantage  in  it. 

A  common  mistake  in  arranging  baskets  is  crowding, 
or  filling  them  too  full.  Fewer  plants  will  appear  more 
graceful,  growth  will  be  more  vigorous,  and  the  basket 
will  retain  its  grace  and  beauty  for  a  ionger  time.  Exer- 
cise vigilance  and  care  in  watering.  After  the  roots 
have  well  filled  the  basket,  watering  is  best  done  by 
dipping  the  basket  in  a  tub  or  barrel  of  water,  and  al- 
lowing it  to  remain  until  it  is  well  saturated.  Dipping 
the  basket  in  weak  liquid  manure  once  or  twice  a  month 
will  greatly  promote  vigor  when  the  plants  have  been 
long  in  the  basket.  These  remarks  also  apply  in  a 
general  way  to  vases  and  rustic  stands. 

ERNEST  WALKER. 

BASSWOOD.    See  Tilia. 

BAST.  The  soft  part  of  the  flbro-vascular  bundles  iiv 
plants,  abundant  in  the  inner  bark.  It  increases  in 
thickness  simultaneously  with  the  wood,  but  much  less 
rapidly.  The  fibrous  elements  in  the  bast  of  Basswood 
have  been  used  in  making  cordage  ;  also  in  making 
strong  paper.  w.  W.  ROWLEE. 

BATATAS.    See  Ipomcea. 

BATEMANNIA  (in  honor  of  James  Bateman,  the  dis- 
tinguished collector  and  cultivator,  and  author  of  im- 
portant' works  on  Orchids).  Ore hidacece,  tribe  Vdndew. 
Pseudobulbs  short  :  leaf -blades-  coriaceous  :  fls.  large, 
2%-3  in.  in  diam.,  single  or  in  pairs.  Cult,  like  Cattleya. 
During  the  growing  period  they  should  be  well  supplied 
with  water  and  kept  from  strong  sunlight. 

Cdlleyi,  Lindl.  Petals  and  sepals  purplish  or  umber- 
brown,  shading  to  yellowish  green  at  the  base.  Deme- 
rara.  B.E.  1714.  B.M.  3818. 

Meleagris,  Reichb.  f.  Petals  and  sepals  pale  yellow, 
brown  toward  the  summits,  broad  at  the  base  :  labellum 
white  at  the  base.  Brazil. 

B.  Burtii,  Endr.  &  Reichb.  f.,with  1-fld.  peduncles, =Zygo- 
petalum.  OAKES  AMES. 

BAUHlNIA  (after  John  and  Caspar  Bauhin,  sixteenth 
century  herbalists  ;  the  twin  leaflets  suggesting  two 
brothers).  Leguminosce,  but  there  is  nothing  to  sug- 
gest the  legume  family  to  the  northern  horticulturist  ex- 
cept the  pod.  MOUNTAIN  EBONY.  A  genus  of  over  200 
species,  allied  to  Cercis.  Tropical  trees,  shrubs,  or  vines, 
with  showy  fls.  ranging  from  white  to  purple,  and  Ivs. 
which  may  be  entire  or  2-lobed,  in  some  cases  the  Ifts. 
being  entirely  free  ;  the  petiole  is  prolonged  into  a 
short  but  characteristic  awn  between  the  Ifts. :  petals  5. 
The  number  and  fertility  of  the  stamens  are  important 
characters  in  determining  the  subgenera.  They  are 
much  cult,  in  S.  Fla.  and  S.  Calif,  in  sandy  soils.  Prop, 
by  seeds  ;  rarely  by  cuttings  of  half -ripened  wood. 

B.  variegata  and  B.  purpurea  are  two  of  the  com- 
monest and  showiest  small  trees  of  India,  and,  although 
frequently  introduced  into  northern  greenhouses,  have 
rarely  succeeded  permanently.  B.  variegata  is  much 
cult,  in  India,  and,  when  covered  with  blossoms,  resem- 
bles a  gigantic  Pelargonium.  The  astringent  bark  is 
used  in  tanning  and  dyeing,  and  the  Ivs.  and  fl.-buds  as 
a  vegetable,  the  latter  being  pickled.  "The  reason  for 
these  plants  being  so  little  grown  in  our  hothouses," 
says  J.  D.  Hooker,  "is,  no  doubt,  that  they  must  attain 
some  size  before  they  flower,  and  that  they  require  a 
dry  season  to  ripen  their  wood,  the  giving  of  which, 
without  killing  the  plant  by  drought,  is  the  standing 
crux  of  all  establishments."  Great  numbers  of  species 
of  Bauhinia  are  likely  to  be  introduced  from  time  to 
time  because  of  their  gorgeous  appearance  in  the  trop- 
ics. In  the  experience  of  Old  World  gardeners,  the  most 
reliable  species  under  glass  are  B.  variegata,  B.  corym- 
bosa,  and  B.  Natalensis.  These  can  be  planted  outside 
here  in  summer,  and  kept  over  winter  as  oleanders  are. 

A.  Lvs.  divided  not  to  the  middle. 

B.  Fls.  usually  colored. 

variegata,  Linn.  Tree,  6-20  ft. :  Ivs.  3-4  in.  across, 
orbicular,  9-11  nerved,  lobes  rounded  ;  petiole  1-2  in. 
long  :  fls.  about  7,  in  a  short  raceme,  4  in.  across  ;  calyx 


BATH  INI  A 


BEAN 


135 


spathe-like  :  petals  5,  clawed,  obovate-oblong,  veined, 
rose-colored,  the  lowest  one  larger,  broader  above  the 
middle,  strongly  marked  with  crimson  :  pod  1-2  ft.  long. 
India.  B.M.  6818.— The  coloring  of  the  Us.  varies, 

Var.  Candida,  Koxb.  (.4.  alba,  Buck-Ham.).  Height 
12  ft.:  tls.  white,  beautifully  veined  with  green;  fls. 
Feb.  TO  May.  B.M.  7312.  "A  taller  grower  than  A. 
ai-iiniinnta. "blooming  in  late  winter  and  early  spring. 
Very  quick-growing,  and  ornamental  even  when  not  in 
bloom."— Reasoner  Bros. 

purpurea,  Linn.  Height  6  ft.:  Ivs.  coriaceous,  rufous- 
tomentose  beneath  when  young  ;  Ifts.  broadly  ovate, 
4-nerved  :  petals  red,  one  streaked  with  white  on  the 
claw,  lanceolate,  acute;  fertile  stamens  3,  very  long,  the 
rest  sterile  or  abortive  :  pod  1  ft.  long.  India,  Burma, 
China.— Without  doubt  one  of  the  finest  flowering  small 
trees  in  S.  Fla.  Flowers  are  borne  in  the  greatest  pro- 
fusion, 3  to  5  inches  across,  varying  in  color  from 
almost  white  to  a  shade  of  rich  purple,  and  marked 
and  shaded  with  many  tones.  The  plant  is  very  robust 
and  hardy  here,  growing  to  a  height  of  15  feet  in  less 
than  2  years,  and  blooms  all  winter  and  spring. 

Galpini,  N.  E.  Brown.  Half -climbing  shrub,  5-10  ft. : 
Ivs.  1-3  in.  long,  2-lobed  from  one-fifth  to  one-half  their 
length,  7-nerved  ;  petiole  about  34  in.  long:  racemes 
6-10-fld.:  petals  5,  all  alike,  1-1% in.  long;  claw  as 
long  as  the  limb  ;  limb  orbicular,  cuspidate,  brick-red  ; 
fertile  stamens  3  :  pod  3-5  in.  long  ;  seeds  dark  brown. 
S.  and  Trop.  Afr.  B.M.  7494. -Discovered  Mil.  Fls 
borne  continuously  from  spring  to  late  autumn. 

BB.  Fls.  ptire  white. 

acuminata,  Linn.  Height  5-6  ft. :  Ifts.  ovate,  acumi- 
nate, parallel,  4-nerved,  closing  at  night  :  fls.  2-3  in. 
across  ;  fertile  stamen  long  and  nearly  free,  the  other 
9  short,  connected,  and  sterile.  India,  Malaya,  China. 
—  One  of  the  most  satisfactory  of  all,  either  for  open 
ground  or  greenhouse  culture,  as  it  will  bloom  the  firsf 
summer,  when  but  a  few  months  old  and  but  a  foot  or 
two  high,  and  in  succeeding  summers  blooms  continu- 
ously from  May  to  September. 

AA.   Lvs.  divided  beyond  the  middle. 
B.    Leaflets  not  entirely  free:  fls.  colored. 
corymbosa,  Roxb.  Woody  climber,  branching  from  the 
ground.:  branches  grooved:  tendrils  opposite, revolute : 
Ivs.  l>2-2  in.  long,  outer  edges  slightly  rounded,  inner 
edges  straight  and  parallel;  nerves  2-4  :  fls.  numerous, 
corymbose,  1  in.  across,  rosy,  ithw  fluted  petals,  and 
characteristic  venation  ;  stamens  3.  bright  red,  3  very 
long,  the  rest  abortive.    China.     B.M.  6621. 

BB.  Leaflets  entirely  free  •  fls.  white. 

Natalensis,  Oliver.  Small  shrub  :  Ivs.  numerous  ; 
leaflets  each  1  in.  long,  with  a  midrib  and  a  few  nerves, 
dark  green  ;  petioles  %-Kin.  long  :  fls.  single  or  in 
2's,  IK  in.  across,  white,  the  midvein  of  the  3  upper 
petals  reddish  ;  petals  erect  or  spreading,  the  2  lower 
ones  larger  ;  stamens  10,  5  long  and  5  short  :  pod  3  in. 
long.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  6086.  — Not  advertised  at  present. 

B.  Hobkeri,  F.  Muell.,  from  Austral.,  and  B.  Richardsoni, 
Hort.,  Franceschi,  are  also  advertised  at  present. 

E.  N.  REASONER  and  W.  M. 

BAY  TREE.     See  Laurus. 

BEAN.  A  name  applied  to  various  plants  of  the  Legu- 
i,)ini>x(p.  The  Beans  chiefly  known  to  agriculture  are  of 
five  types  :  (1)  The  Broad  Bean  (Vicia  faba),  or  the 
Bean  of  history,  an  erect-growing  plant,  producing  very 
large  and  usually  flat,  orbicular  or  angular  seeds.  Prob- 
ably native  to  S.W.Asia  (Figs.  190,  191,  a).  See  Vicia. 
These  types  of  Beans  are  extensively  grown  in  Europe, 
mostly  for  feeding  animals.  They  are  either  grown  to 
full  maturity  and  a  meal  made  from  the  Bean,  or  the  plant 
is  cut  when  nearly  full  grown  and  used  as  foraere  or  made 
into  ensilage.  The  Broad  Bean  needs  a  cool  climate  and 
long  season.  In  the  U.  S.  the  summers  are  too  hot  and 
dry  for  its  successful  cultivation  on  a  large  scale,  and  the 
plant  is  practically  unknown  there.  In  Canada,  the  plant 
Is  used  in  connection  with  corn  to  make  ensilage;  and 
this  combination  is  known  as  the  "Robertson  mixture." 


(2)  Kidney  Bean  (Phaseolus  rulgaris,  which  see  ;  Figs. 
191,  b,  192).  This  is  the  plant  which  is  every  where  known 
as  Bean  in  North  America,  comprising  all  the  common 
field,  garden,  snap  and  string  Beans,  both  bush  and 
climbing.  By  the  French  it  is  known  as  Haricot,  and  this 


190.  Broad  Bean -Vicia  Faba  (X  1-5). 

word  is  often  found  in  our  literature.  Its  nativity  is  un- 
known, but  it  is  probably  of  tropical  American  origin. 
For  inquiries  into  the  nativity  of  the  Bean,  see  DeCan- 
dolle,  Origin  of  Cultivated  Plants  ;  Gray  &  Trumbull, 
Amer.  Jour.  Sci.  26:130  ;  Sturtevant,  Amer.  Nat.  1887: 
332  ;  Wittmack,  Ber.  der  Deutschen  Bot.  Gesellschaft, 
6:374  (1888).  (3)  Lima  or  Sugar  Beans  (Phaseolus  lu- 
natus,  which  see).  Long-season,  normally  tall-climbing 
plants,  producing  large,  flat  seeds  (Figs.  191,  c,  193). 
Native  to  S.  Amer.  See  Bailey,  Bull.  87,  Cornell  Exp. 
Sta.  (4)  Various  species  of  Dolichos  (as  D.  sesquipe- 
dalis).  Vines  which  produce  very  long,  slender  pods  and 
small,  narrow  Beans  (Figs.  191,  d,  194).  Native  to  trop. 
Amer.  See  Dolichos.  (5)  Soy,  or  Soja,  Bean  (Glycine 
hispida,  which  see).  A  bushy,  erect,  hairy  plant,  pro- 
ducing small  pods  in  clusters,  and  pea-like  seeds  (Figs. 
191,  e,  195).  In  this  country  comparatively  little  known, 
and  used  mostly  for  forage.  Native  to  China  and  Japan , 
where  it  is  much  grown.  Aside  from  these  types,  there 
are  others  of  less  economic  importance.  The  Scarlet 
Runner  type  is  a  perennial  Phaseolus  (P.  multiflorus), 
grown  in  this  country  mostly  for  ornament  (Fig.  196). 
Various  other  species  of  Phaseolus  are  also  cult,  ni 
various  parts  of  the  world  under  the  name  of  Beans.  P. 
radiatus  is  prized  in  Japan,  and  has  been  int.  into  the 
U.  S.  as  Adzuki  Bean  (see  Georgeson,  Bull.  32,  Kans. 
Exp.  Sta.).  Vigna  Sinensis,  known  in  N.  Araer.  as 
Cowpea  (which  see),  is  sometimes  called  a  Bean.  The 
Velvet  Bean  of  the  South  is  aMucuna  (which  see).  The 
Jack  Bean  is  a  Canavalia  (Fig.  197).  The  Sea  Beans  of 
the  Florida  coast  are  seeds  of  various  tropical  legumi- 
nous plants,  and  are  transported  by  ocean  currents  ( see 
Coe,  in  G.F.  7:503).  L<  H>  B- 

CULTURE  OP  THE  BEAN.  — The  practical  grower  usually 
divides  the  many  varieties  of  Beans  into  two  groups  — 
the  bush  and  the  pole  Beans.  The  one  includes  all  those 


136 


BEAN 


grown  as  "field  Beans"  for  the  dry-shelled  seeds,  as  also 
both  the  green-podded  and  the  yellow-podded  garden, 
string,  or  snap  Beans.  The  pole  or  running  sorts  are 
usually  grown  for  garden  purposes,  and  rarely  for  the 
dry-shelled  Bean.  The  ordinary  bush  Beans  make  no 
great  demands  for  soil  fertility.  They  do  well  on  ordi- 
narily good,  warm  farm  loam.  If  the  soil  contains  a 
fair  proportion  of  humus,  the  plants  will  secure  much 
of  their  nitrogen  from  the  air  ;  and  if  additional  fer- 
tilizers are  needed,  they  may  be  given  in  potash  and 
phosphoric  acid  alone.  Plant  only  after  danger  from 

late  frosts  is  past. 
The  work  may  be 
done  by  hand,  or 
with   any   of   the 
various  tools  de- 
vised for  The  pur- 
pose.    The  rows 
are  to  be  from  2-3 
feet    apart,    with 
plants      standing 
singly  every  3-6  in.,  or  in 
-   bunches  of   3  or  4  every 
12-18  in.    A  quart  of  seed 
will  plant  about  150  ft.  of 
row.      Keep   the   soil  be- 

)    ~V^S^^gj^gSg^ig^^       tween  the  rows  well  stirred 
with    a   fine-toothed,  nar- 
row cultivator. 
Hand   -  hoe 
when    needed. 
The     pods     of 
the      garden 
Beans     are 
picked       and 
used    as    snap 
or  string  Beans 
as  soon  as  well 
formed,     and 
must  be  picked 
clean  if  the  plant  is 
wanted     to     remain 
long  in  bearing.  Pods 
left  to  ripen  seed  stop 
the  growth   and   de- 
velopment of  others. 
In       growing      field 
Beans, early  and  even 
ripening  is  desirable 
above  almost   every- 
thing else.    For  har- 


191.  Types  of  Beans.    Natural  size. 

a  Vicia  Faba.  b,  Phaseolus  vulgaris.  c,  Phaseolus  lunatus. 
d,  Dolichos  sesquipedalis.  e,  Glycine  hispida.  f,  Phaseolus 
multiflorus. 

vesting  the  crop,  special  tools  have  been  devised  and 
are  in  use  by  those  who  make  a  business  of  Bean-grow- 
ing ;  but  when  a  regular  Bean-puller  is  not  available, 
or  when  hand  labor  is  cheap,  the  plants  may  be  pulled 
by  hand  and  placed  in  i*ows  on  the  ground,  bottom- 
side  up,  and  when  sufficiently  cured  put  in  stooks  or 
taken  to  the  barn,  and,  in  due  time,  threshed  with  the 
flail  or  with  a  regular  Bean-thresher.  After  being  cleaned 
by  running  through  a  fanning  mill,  picking  over  by 
hand  will  also  be  required  in  most  cases. 

Among  the  leading  sorts  of  field  Beans  are  White  Mar- 
rowfat, Navy  or  Pea  Bean,  Medium,  and  the  Kidneys. 
For  string  Beans,  Early  Valentine,  which  has  various 
strains,  probably  stands  first  in  popular  favor  as  a 
green-podded  variety  for  the  market-garden  at  the 
present  time.  Other  good  current  sorts  are  Stringless 
Green  Pod,  Early  Mohawk,  Refugee,  etc.  The  best 


BEAN 

among  yellow-podded  sorts  are  Black  Wax  or  German 
Wax,  Golden  Wax,  Kidney  Wax  and  White  Wax.  The 
Wax  or  Yellow-podded  sorts  need  a  richer  soil  than  the 
other  kinds.  A  good  string  Bean  has  a  thick,  meaty 


192.   Common  or«  Kidney  Bean  —  Phaseolus  vulgaris. 

pod,  which  snaps  off  completely  when  broken,  leaving 
no  string  along  the  back.    Fig.  198  shows  ideal  pods. 

Pole  or  running  varieties  of  Beans  require  fertile  soil  ; 
and  for  that  king  of  table  Beans,  the  Lima  of  all  forms, 
too  much  can  hardly  be  done  in  the  way  of  enriching 
the  ground.  Warm  soil  is  one  of  the  first  essentials  of 
success  in  growing  pole  Beans.  When  poles  are  to  be 
used  for  support,  they  should  be  set  not  less  than  4  ft. 
apart  each  way,  before  the  Beans  are  planted.  Four  or 
five  Beans  are  to  be  placed  around  each  pole,  1  to  1/-2  in. 
deep.  While  it  is  a  safe  rule  to  put  the  seed  eye  down- 
ward, it  is  not  a  necessary  condition  of  prompt  and 
uniform  germination.  In  case  of  absence  or  scarcity  of 
poles,  a  serviceable,  cheap  and  ornamental  trellis  may 
be  constructed  by  setting  posts  firmly  at  proper  dis- 
tances along  the  row,  connecting  them  with  two  wires, 
one  a  few  inches  and  the  other  5  or  6  ft.  from  the  ground, 
and  finally  winding  cheap  twine  zigzag  fashion  around 
the  two  wires.  Cultivate  and  hoe  frequently.  A  top- 
dressing  of  good  fertilizer,  or  of  old  poultry  or  sheep 
manure,  hoed  in  around 
the  plants,  may  be  of 
great  help  in  keeping  up 
the  productiveness  of 
the  plants  to  the  end  of 
the  season.  To  have  a 
continuous  supply  dur- 
ing the  entire  season,  the 
pods,  when  large  enough, 
must  be  gathered  fre- 
quently and  clean. 
Among  the  varieties 
used  both  for  string  and 
shell  Beans,  we  have  the 
Green  -  podded  Crease- 
back,  several  wax  varie- 
ties, Golden  Cluster,  and 
the  popular  Horticultural 
or  Speckled  Cranberry 
Bean,  besides  any  num- 
ber of  others.  A  very 
fine  Bean  is  the  Dutch 


quality  and  resembles  it 

in  habit  of  growth.  The  seed  is  of  largest  size  and 
clear  white  in  color.  Highly  ornamental  is  the  closely 
related  Scarlet  Runner,  with  its  abundance  of  showy 
scarlet  blossoms.  This  Bean  is  grown  in  Europe  for 
eating,  but  is  rarely  used  for  that  purpose  here. 


BEAN 


BEAUMONTIA 


137 


Of  all  pole  Beans,  the  Limas  have  undoubtedly  the 
greatest  economic  value.  They  enjoy  a  deserved  popu- 
larity, and  are  usually  grown  wjth  profit  by  the  market- 
gardener.  The  varieties  might  be  classed  in  three  types, 
—  that  of  the  Large  Lima,  the  Dreer  Lima,  and  the 
Small  Lima  or  Sieva.  Each  of  them  has  a  number  of 
sub-varieties  or  strains,  and  appears  in  both  pole  and 
bush  form.  The  old  Large  Lima  (Fig.  193)  is  a  very 
large,  flat  Bean,  and  yet  largely  grown  for  main  crop. 
To  the  same  type  belong  Extra-early  Jersey,  King  of 
the  Garden,  and  others.  The  pods  of  these  are  very 
large,  and  the  Beans  ir  them  somewhat  flattened.  The 
dwarf  form  of  this  type  is  known  as  Burpee's  Bush 
Lima.  The  Dreer  Lima  of  both  forms  is  appreciated 
especially  for  its  high  quality.  The  seeds  are  more 
roundish  and  crowded  close  together  in  the  pods,  the 
latter  being  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  Large  Lima. 
The  seeds  of  these  two  types  are  light  colored,  with  a 
greenish  tinge,  but  the  Large  Lima  is  also  represented 
by  red  and  speckled  (red-and-white)  sports.  The  Small 
Lima,  or  Sieva,  with  its  dwarf  form,  Henderson's  Bush 
Lima,  seems  to  be  hardier  and  earlier  than  the  two 
larger  types,  but  pod  and  Bean  are  quite  small.  The 
color  of  this  Bean  is  nearly  clear  white,  but  there  is  also 
a  speckled  sub-variety  of  it.  Wherever  there  is  a  place 
for  the  Sieva,  its  bush  form  will  be  appreciated.  The 
bush  forms  of  the  two  larger  types,  however,  are  not 
uniformly  productive  enough  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pole  forms  entirely.  The  latter  will  often  be  found 
preferable  where  a  long  season  of  continuous  bearing  is 
desired.  For  further  notes  on  Lima  Beans,  dwarf  and 
pole,  see  Bailey,  Bulls.  87  and  115,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta. 

Beans  are  easily  forced  under  glass,  in  a  temperature 
suitable  for  tomatoes.  They  may  be  grown  either  in 
pots  or  beds.  The  bush  varieties,  as  Sion  House,  are 
preferred.  Keep  them  growing,  and  look  out  for  red 
spider.  See  Bailey,  Forcing-Book  ;  and  for  the  forcing 
of  pole  Beans,  see  Rane,  Bull.  62,  N.  H.  Exp.  Sta.  See 
Forcing. 

Three  other  members  of  the  Bean  tribe  might  be  men- 
tioned in  this  connection  ;  namely,  the  Black  Bean  or 
Cow-pea  of  the  South,  the  Japanese  Soy  Bean,  and  the 
English  or  Broad  Bean.  The  Cow-pea  takes  in  some 
measure  the  same  place  in  the  southern  states  that  red 
clover  takes  at  the  North,  being  used  both  as  stock  food 
and  as  a  green-manure  crop.  There  are  many  varieties 
of  it,  early  and  late,  some  of  strictly  bush  habit  and 
some  producing  long  runners.  (See  Cow-pea.)  Of 
greater  value  for  the  same  purposes,  north  of  New  Jer- 
sey, seems  to  be  the  Japanese  Soy  Bean,  which  is  early 
enough  to  come  to  maturity  almost  anywhere  in  the 
United  States.  Its  foliage  is  rather  thin  or  open,  how- 
ever, which  impairs  its  value  for  green-manuring.  The 
dry  Bean  constitutes  one  of  the  richest  vegetable  foods 
known,  and  its  flavor  seems  unobjectionable  to  all  kinds 
of  stock.  Sow  1  bus.  to  the  acre.  Similar  to  this  in  value 
is  the  English  Broad  Bean,  several  varieties  of  which, 
as  the  Broad  Windsor,  the  Horse  Bean,  etc.,  are  grown 


tention  in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  country.  Being  about 
as  hardy  as  peas,  they  may  be  planted  much  earlier  than 
would  be  safe  for  ordinary  Beans.  The  Windsor  is  used 


194.   Dolichos  sesquipedalis,  or  Yard-long  Bean. 

and  are  popular  in  England  and  in  some  parts  of  the 
European  continent.  In  most  parts  of  the  United  States 
they  are  scarcely  known,  and  in  none  generally  culti- 
vated. Only  a  few  of  our  seedsmen  list  them  in  their 
otherwise  complete  catalogues.  Yet  they  are  a  decidedly 
interesting  group  of  plants,  and  worthy  of  greater  at- 


195.   Soy  Bean  —  Glycine  hispida  (X  %). 

by  people  in  England  much  in  the  same  way  that  we 
use  Lima  Beans  ;  but  the  latter  are  so  much  better 
that  in  the  United  States  we  have  no  need  of  plant- 
ing the  former  as  a  table  vegetable.  T  GREINER 

BEARBERRY.  See  Arctostaphylos. 
BEAR'S  BREECH.  See  Acanthus. 
BEAUCARNEA.  See  Nolina. 

BEAUMONTIA  (after Mrs.  Beaumont,  of  Bretton  Hall, 
Yorkshire,  Eng.).  Apocyndcece.  A  genus  of  three  East 
Indian  trees  or  tall  climbers,  with  very  large,  white, 
fragrant,  bell-shaped  fls.  in  terminal  cymes.  The  genus 
is  more  nearly  allied  to  the  familiar  greenhouse 
shrub  Trachelospermum  jasminoides  than  to  the  splen- 
did tropical  climbers  in  Allamanda  and  Dipladenia. 
B.  grandiflora  has  been  neglected  of  late,  presumably 
because  it  needs  so  much  room.  It  should  be  planted  out 
in  the  strong,  fibrous,  loamy  soil  of  a  warm  house,  as  it 
rarely  succeeds  in  pots.  It  is  best  trained  to  the  roof,  as 
full  light  is  necessary  for  flowering,  if  not  for  growth. 
The  shoots  may  be  thinned  if  the  large  Ivs.  cast  too 
much  shade  on  the  plants  beneath.  The  wood  should  be 
well  ripened  to  produce  an  abundance  of  winter  bloom. 
The  fls.  are  produced  on  the  growth  of  the  previous 
season.  After  flowering,  the  plant  should  be  severely 
pruned  to  produce  lateral  shoots  for  the  next  season's 
bloom.  In  its  native  country,  this  vine  climbs  over  very 
tall  trees. 

grandifldra,  Wall.  Lvs.  obovate,  cuspidate,  wavy 
margined  :  sepals  5,  large,  ovate,  wavy,  pink-tipped  ; 
corolla  tube  veined  with  green,  the  limb  5-cleft.  B.M. 
3213.  Gn.  45,  p.  138  ;  49,  p.  314.  J.H.  III.  28:  243. 


138 


BEDDING 


BEDDING 


BEDDING,  or  BEDDING-OUT.  The  temporary  use 
out-of-doors  of  plants  that  are  massed  for  showy  and 
striking  effects.  There  are  four  main  types  :  spring, 
summer,  subtropical,  arid  carpet  bedding. 

SPRING  BEDDING  is  the  most  temporary  of  all,  and  is 
usually  followed  by  summer  bedding  in  the  same  area. 


196.  Phaseolus  multiflorus.    Natural  size.    (See  Bean,  p.  135.) 

It  is  the  only  kind  that  largely  employs  hardy  plants,  as 
crocuses,  narcissi,  daffodils,  tulips,  hyacinths,  and  other 
Dutch  bulbs.  All  four  types  of  bedding  are  commonly 
seen  in  public  parks,  but  spring  bedding  is  the  most 
appropriate  for  amateur  and  home  use,  as  the  bulbs 
flower  at  a  dreary  time  of  the  year,  when  their  brave 
colors  are  most  cheering,  and  also  because  they  are 
much  more  familiar  than  the  subtropical  and  foliage 


plants  of  summer.  Then,  too,  hardy  bul^s  are  more 
easily  cultivated  than  any  other  class  of  plants,  and  they 
are  cheap.  The  main  principle  is  to  plant  them  early 
enough  to  secure  a  strong  root  development.  Hence 
they  should  be  ordered  early,  and  planted  in  the  latter 
part  of  October  or  flrsc  of  November.  The  colors  may  be 
massed  or  mixed  according  to  taste,  the  terms  massed  and 
mixed  bedding  referring  to  unity  or  variety  of  effect, 
and  being  applicable  in  each  of  the  four  main  types  men- 
tioned above.  Opposed  to  this  style  of  bedding  is  the 
naturalizing  of  bulbs  in  the  lawn.  Crocuses  and  squills 
are  particularly  charming  when  they  appear  singly,  or  in 
twos  or  threes,  at  unexpected  places  in  the  lawn.  Daffo- 
dils are  usually  naturalized  in  large  masses  in  spots 
where  the  grass  is  not  mowed.  Pansies  are  the  only 
other  plants  that  are  used  extensively  for  spring  bed- 
ding. English  double  daisies  and  catchflies  are  largely 
used  for  edgings.  Pansies  are  set  out  between  April  1 
and  15.  In  large  operations,  pansy  seed  is  sown  in  August 
of  the  preceding  year,  and  the  young  plants  are  trans- 
planted once  and  wintered  in  a  coldframe.  After  flower- 
ing, the  plants  are  thrown  away.  The  other  method  is  to 
sow  the  seed  in  a  greenhouse  in  January.  The  August- 
sown  pansies  give  larger  and  earlier  blooms,  but  the  Jan- 
uary-sown pansies  will  last  longer,  and  in  partially 
shaded  places  will  give  scattering  bloom  all  summer, 
especially  if  protected  from  drought. 

SUMMER  BEDDING  often  follows  spring  bedding  in  the 
same  space  of  ground,  and  employs  chiefly  geraniums, 
coleus,  begonias,  ageratum,  salvia,  vinca,  alyssum, 
petunia,  verbena,  heliotrope,  grasses,  cacti,  and  aquatic 
plants,  the  culture  and  varieties  of  which  may  be  sought 
elsewhere  in  this  work.  As  to  tenderness,  these  fall  into 
two  groups,  the  first  of  which  may  be  set  out  about 
May  15  in  New  York,  and  the  second  about  June  1. 
Geraniums  are  the  most  important  of  the  first  group, 
and  coleus  is  an  example  of  the  tenderest  material, 
which  is  set  out  simultaneously  with  subtropical  plants 
when  all  danger  of  frost  is  past.  As  to  fondness  for 
sunlight,  there  are  again  two  groups,  but  the  only  bed- 
ding plants  ol  importance  that  prefer  shade  are  tuberous 
begonias  and  fuchsias.  The  wonderful  popularity  lately 
achieved  by  the  former  in  Europe  will  probably  never 
be  duplicated  in  America.  The  secret  of  their  culture  is 
shade,  shelter,  and  moisture  at  the  roots.  Hence  a  clay 
bottom  is  desirable  for  a  bed  of  tuberous  begonias,  as 
being  more  retentive  of  moisture  than  a  sandy  or  porous 
soil.  They  enjoy  cool  air  and  as  much  indirect  light  as 
possible,  but  not  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun.  Hence  the 
north  side  of  a  building  is  better  for  them  than  a  station 
under  trees,  as  the  trees  usually  give  too  dense  a  shade, 
and  their  roots  interfere.  On  the  other  hand,  coleus  is 
more  highly  colored  in  full  sunlight  than  in  shade. 
The  only  fibrous-rooted  begonias  largely  used  for  bed- 
ding are  varieties  of  the  semperflorens  type,  of  which 
Vernon  and  Erfordii  are  extremely  popular  at  present. 
In  the  manipulation  of  tender  perennials,  there  are  often 
two  methods  of  propagation,  either  of  which  may  be 
better,  according  to  the  ideal  in  view.  As  a  matter  of 
general  tendency,  propagation  by  cuttings  gives  bloom 
that  is  earlier  but  not  as  continuous  or  profuse  as  by 
seeds.  Salvias  and  verbenas  are  pronounced  examples. 
On  the  contrary,  cuttings  must  be  depended  on,  as  a 
rule,  to  keep  the  choicest  varieties  true  to  type,  as  the 
mission  of  seeds  in  nature  seems  to  be  to  produce  more 
variation  than  can  be  attained  by  non-sexual  methods  of 
propagation,  as  by  bulbs  or  cuttings.  Salvias  are  also  an 
example  of  plants  that  are  particularly  effective  when 
seen  at  a  great  distance,  and  also  of  plants  that  are 
generally  massed  for  unity  of  effect,  and  not  mixed  with 
others.  Verbenas  are  commonly  grown  by  themselves, 
but  this  is  because  they  demand  much  room  by  reason 
of  their  trailing  habit. 

SUBTROPICAL.  BEDDING  is  a  department  of  summer 
bedding  which  employs  chiefly  cannas,  musas,  castor-oil 
plants,  crotons,  palms,  ferns  of  coarser  habit,  screw- 
pines,  drac8enas,araucarias,  elephant-ear  caladiums,  and 
to  a  lesser  extent,  abutilon,  acalyphas,  achyranthes, 
anthericum,  Carica  Papaya,  sanchezia,  and  others. 
Cannas  are  by  far  the  most  popular  at  the  present  time, 
especially  for  mass-work.  Sometimes  the  tall,  purple- 
leaved,  old-fashioned,  small-flowered  types  are  used  iq 
the  center  or  at  the  back  of  the  bed,  and  the  dwarf, 


BEDDING 


BEDDING 


139 


modern,  lar^e-flowered  types  around  the  edges  or  in 
front.  Frequently,  massing  with  a  single  variety  of 
nan  mi  is  practiced.  Next  to  raimas  in  popularity  prob- 
nhly  conn-  the  crotons  or  codiffiums,—  the  broad-leaved 
types,  as  Queen  Victoria,  being  better  for  this  purpose 


197.  The  Chickasaw  Lima,  or  Jack  Bean 

Canavalia  ensiformis  (X  %). 

(See  Bean,  p.  135.) 


than  the  narrower  -  leaved  or  simply  cu- 
rious kinds,  as  Codiceum  interruption 
and  C.  volutum,vihich  belong  to  fan- 
ciers' collections.  For  carpeting  the 
ground  in  a  croton  bed,  two  variegated 
trailers  can  be  used  with  good  effect,  the 
wandering  jew  or  tradescantia  and  Op- 
lismenns  Surmanni,  which  is  famil- 
iar to  gardeners  as  Panicum  variega- 
tum.  The  large  leaves  of  bananas  give 
a  very  rich  tropical  effect,  especially  if 
they  can  be  so  sheltered  that  the  wind 
will  not  split  them.  One  of  the  very 
best  plants  for  encircling  a  public 
String  Beans  fountain  is  the  huge-leaved  elephant- 
<X%).  (Seep.136.)  ear  caladium.  For  interesting  points 
concerning  its  culture,  see  Colocasia. 
Among  the  first  half-dozen  favorites  for  siibtropical  bed- 
ding is  the  castor-oil  plant,  or  ricinus.  Its  marvellous 
growth  from  seed  in  a  single  season  makes  it  one  of  the 
very  best  of  all  plants  for  rapidly  filling  up  large  areas 
temporarily.  Grasses  furnish  an  exception  to  the  general 
rule  that  bedding  plants  are  tender.  There  are  many 
kinds  of  bamboos  that  are  perfectly  hardy  in  the  north- 
ern states,  and  these  are  bound  to  increase  in  popularity. 
A  favorite  combination  of  grasses  for  bedding  is 
Anindo  Donas,  the  giant  reed,  surrounded  by  eulalias. 
Grasses  and  their  kind  are  particularly  effective  in 
aquatic  groups.  No  well  kept  establishment  is  complete 
without  a  pond  or  body  of  water  in  which  aquatic  plants 
are  naturalized.  For  a  more  extended  account  of  this 
attractive  subject,  see  the  article  Aquatics,  There  is  a 


large  class  of  tender  material  — as  palms,  screw-pines, 
the  coarser  ferns,  draca?nas,  araucarias  — a  class  of  foli- 
age plants  which  really  does  better  outdoors  during 
summer  in  a  shady  and  sheltered  position  than  indoors 
all  the  year  round.  In  the  more  formal  styles  of  orna- 
mental gardening,  such  planes  often  form  the  nucleus  of 
u  subtropical  bed.  the  large  tubs  of  the  palms  being  hid- 
den by  lower-growing  plants,  as  begonias,  or  whatever 
may  be  left  over  from  the  spring  operations.  In  less 
formal  gardening,  the  tubs  may  be  hidden  by  plunging 
them  half-way  into  the  ground  and  grading  the  sod, which 
has  been  previously  broken,  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
conceal  the  tubs  entirely.  The  plants  are  arranged  in  a 
freer  and  more  natural  manner,  and  the  outer  fringe  of 
begonias  and  the  like  maybe  dispensed  with.  The  chief 
dangers  to  such  plants  are  from  the  sun  and  wind. 
Palms  once  scorched  or  wind-whipped  are  ruined. 
Hence,  a  sheltered  position  on  the  north  side  of  a  build- 
ing, or  under  the  shade  of  trees,  is  usually  the  best  spot 
for  their  summer  vacation. 

CARPET  BEDDING  is  the  most  formal  and  most  expen- 
sive of  all  kinds  of  bedding,  and  employs  plants  that 
stand  pinching  and  shearing,  as  coleus,  achyranthes, 
alternanthera,  lobelia,  one  of  the  dusty  millers  (Cen- 
taurea  gymnocarpa,  —  C.  candidissima  will  not  bear  the 
shears),  certain  succulents  of  the  hen-and-chickens 
type  (as  echeverias),  and  many  others,  which  list  may 
be  found  in  a  classified  and  convenient  form  at  p.  245  of 
Bailey's  Garden-Making.  The  terms  "geometrical  bed- 
ding" and  "  fancy  bedding"  are  somewhat  synonymous. 
Here  belong  the  imitations  of  buildings  and  animals, 
the  portraits  of  men,  the  lettered  greetings  to  conven- 
tions, the  calendars,  floral  clocks,  and  similar  ingenui- 
ties. A  single  example  is  pictured  in  Fig.  199.  A  ground 
plan  for  a  fancy  carpet  bed  is  shown  in  Fig.  200.  For 
designs  and  for  extended  cultural  information,  the 
reader  is  referred  to  the  numerous  German  books  on  the 
subject,  to  Mottet's  La  Mosa'iculture,  and  to  a  book  pub- 
lished by  Geo.  A.  Solly  &  Son,  Springfield,  Mass.  This 
style  of  bedding  requires  the  highest  degree  of  tech- 
nical skill,  and  is  especially  enjoyed  by  the  Germans, 
whose  gardeners  excel  in  it. 

The  position  of  a  bed  is  far  more  important  than  the 
style  of  bedding  or  the  kinds  of  plants  that  are  used. 
The  natural  school  of  landscape  gardening,  as  opposed 
to  the  various  schools  of  ornamental  gardening,  makes 
no  objection  to  beds  in  themselves,  but  dislikes  their 
usual  position.  They  are  commonly  given  the  most  con- 
spicuous places,  where  they  must  be  seen,  whether  peo- 
ple like  them  or  not.  They  should  be  in  a  place  by 
themselves  where  they  do  not  interfere  with  the  quieter 
and  larger  pictures  of  the  whole  place.  Sunken  areas, 


198. 
Typical    Snap,  or 


199.  Example  of  fancy  bedding. 

as  in  Fairmount  Park,  Philadelphia,  are  particularly 
commendable.  A  flower-bed  should  not  be  in  the  mid- 
dle of  a  large  lawn,  because  it  distracts  the  attention 


140 


BEDDING 


BEET 


from  the  larger  picture,  and  because  the  lawn  is  the 
canvas  upon  which  the  landscape  gardener  makes  his 
picture.  The  chief  merit  of  beds  is  their  attractiveness 
and  brightness,  which  accounts  for  their  presence  in 
parks  and  public  places.  On  the  other  hand,  they  are 
expensive,  and  they  are  at  their  best  only  two  or  three 
months  in  the  year,  while  a  mud-hole  in  a  lawn  for 
nine  months  of  the  year  is  an  unsightly  object.  Formal 
beds,  especially  of  foliage  plants,  with  their  gaudy  colors 
and  unchanging  monotony,  are  considered  by  some  the 
most  unnatural  and  the  least  artistic  style  of  garden- 
ing. Nevertheless,  they  require  a  high  degree  of  techni- 
cal skill,  which  deserves  appreciation. 

A  few  practical  suggestions  may  be  given  for  making 
a  bed.  The  soil  should  be  rich  and  full  of  vegetable 
matter.  If  a  foot  or  18  in.  of  the  surface  soil  is  so  poor 
that  it  must  be  removed,  it  may  be  replaced  by  two  parts 
of  fibrous  loam  and  one  of  well-rotted  manure,  with 
some  upturned  broken  sods  in  the  bottom  for  drainage. 
The  fall  is  the  proper  time  to  apply  manure,  and  if  the 
bed  be  thoroughly  spaded  over  and  left  rough  during 
the  winter,  the  alternate  freezing  and  thawing  will  fine 
both  the  soil  and  the  fiber  of  the  manure.  Beginners 
nearly  always  fail  to  supply  perfect  conditions  for  wa- 


200.  Plan  ot  a  complex  carpet  bed. 

tering.  A  midsummer  mulch  of  half -rotted  manure  en- 
ables the  plants  to  take  all  the  moisture  they  need  dur- 
ing the  drought  and  to  keep  it.  The  soil  should  be  in  ideal 
condition  before  the  plants  are  set  into  it.,  — mellow, 
rich,  full  of  fiber,  and  of  firm  and  uniform  texture. 
Begin  in  the  middle  and  work  toward  the  edges.  When 
the  bed  is  finished,  give  it  one  thorough  soaking,  to  settle 
the  soil  at  the  roots.  ROBERT  SHORE. 

BEECH.     See  Fagus. 

BEECHER,  HENRY  WARD  (1813-1887).  The  cele- 
brated American  clerygyman  and  orator  deserves  espe- 
cial remembrance  for  his  work  as  editor  of  the  Western 
Farmer  and  Gardener  in  pioneer  days  of  western  horti- 
culture. A  selection  of  his  contributions  was  printed  in 
1859  as  a  book  of  420  pp.,  entitled  "Plain  and  Pleasant 
Talk  About  Fruits,  Flowers  and  Farming."  A  second 
edition  was  published  in  1874  as  "Pleasant  Talk,  etc.,"  a 
book  of  498  pp.,  containing  also  articles  written  for  the 
New  York  Ledger.  These  papers  have  a  higher  literary 
quality  than  is  usual  in  horticultural  writings,  and  are 
still  entertaining  and  suggestive.  They  did  much  to 
spread  the  taste  for  country  life  and  gardening. 

BEET.  There  are  4  or.  5  species  of  the  genus  Beta, 
which  are  sometimes  cultivated  under  the  name  of 
Beet,  but  Beta  vulgaris,  Linn.,  is  the  only  one  of  practi- 
cal importance.  From  it  all  our  common  garden  varie- 
ties are  derived.  According  to  DeCandolle,  the  aborigi- 


201.  Bassano  Beet. 


nal  slender-rooted  species  is  found  in  sandy  soil,  and 
especially  near  the  sea,  throughout  southern  Europe, 
and  on  nearly  all  the  coasts  of  the  Mediterranean.  It 
also  occurs  as  far  eastward  as  the  Caspian  Sea  and 
Persia.  "Everything  shows  that  its  cultivation  does  not 
date  from  more  than  two  or  three 
centuries  before  the  Christian  era." 
It  is  now  highly  improved,  princi- 
pally in  the  one  direction  of  large 
and  succulent  roots,  and  is  much 
esteemed  in  all  civilized  countries. 
See  Seta. 

Young  Beets  constitute  one  of  the 
most  important  early  crops  in  truck - 
gardening.  Many  acres  of  them  are 
grown  near  all  the  city  markets,  and 
as  they  bear  transportation  well,  they 
are  often  grown  at  comparatively 
remote  places.  Large  quantities  are 
shipped  early  from  Norfolk,  Va.,  and 
from  other  southern  points  to  north- 
ern markets.  Like  all  root  crops,  the 
Beet  needs  a  loose,  light,  fresh, 
clean,  rich  soil,  which  must  be  in  the  best  condition 
of  tillage.  No  fermenting  manure  should  be  used,  but 
instead  fully  rotted  barn  manure,  with  some  good  pot- 
ash fertilizer.^  The  seed  for  the  first  crop  is  sown 
early  in  spring,  as  soon  as  the  soil  can  be  well 
worked.  Where  intensive  gardening  is  practiced,  the 
drills  may  be  as  fclose  as  1  ft.  apart,  in  which  case  the 
young  Beets  are  thinned  to  6  in.  apart  in  the  row.  But 
in  ordinary  gardening,  it  will  be  found  most  convenient 
to  run  the  rows  2-3  ft.  apart,  allowing  cultivation  with 
the  horse.  The  plants  in  such  rows  can  be  left  4  in. 
apart  at  thinning  time.  The  thinning  is  clone  when 
the  young  plants  are  large  enough  to  be  pulled  for 
"greens,"  for  which  purpose  they  find  a  ready  market. 
Beets  are  also  grown  in  quantities  as  a  fall  crop,  and 
are  stored  for  winter  use.  When  this  is  to  be  done,  the 
seed  is  sown  in  June,  and  the  plantation  is  managed  in 
all  respects  like  the  spring  sowing.  Beets  are  some- 
times forced  in  greenhouses,  but  as  they  are  hardly 
profitable,  they  are  grown  only  in  vacant  spaces  or  after 
other  crops  are  out.  When  the  young  roots  are  ready 
for  the  early  market,  they  are  pulled  and  tied  in  bunches 
of  five  or  six.  The  fall  crop  is  pulled  soon  after  the  first 
frost,  the  tops  are  removed,  and  the  roots  stored  in  pits 
or  root  cellars. 

The  most  popular  varietal  types  of  the  garden  Beet  are 
the  following :  Bassano  ( Fig.  201 ) .  -  Flesh  white  and  light 
red  mixed  ;  an  old-time  early  variety,  now  less  grown 
than  formerly.  Early  Blood  Turnip .  —  Rich,  deep  blood- 
red,  flattened  turnip-shape  ;  an  old  and  well-known 
sort.  Edmand.— Moderate  size  ;  handsome,  rounded, 
smooth,  deep  red  ;  good  grain  and  flavor  ;  not  quite 
first  early.  Eclipse.— Uniformly  globular,  bright  red  ; 
fine-grained  and  sweet  ;  one  of  the  best  quick-growing 
early  Beets.  Egyptian  Ttirnip.  —  Tops  quite  small  ; 
roots  fair  size,  rich,  deep  red  ;  a  standard  early  variety. 

For  field  culture  of  culinary  Beets,  the  long-rooted 
varieties  are  chiefly  used.  These  are  sown  in  the  field 
as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled,  in  rows  far  enough 
apart  to  allow  of  tillage  by  horse.  Most  of  them  require 
the  entire  season  in  wrhich  to  mature.  They  are  grown 
mostly  for  storing  for  winter  use.  They  were  once 
grown  for  stock,  but  the  Mangel-wurzels  give  much 
greater  yields.  The  various  types  of  Long  Blood  Beet 
(Fig.  202)  are  chiefly  used  for  field  culture. 

Favorite  varieties  of  Mangel-wurzels  are  Golden 
Tankard,  Golden  Yellow  Mammoth,  Mammoth  Long  Red. 
Several  sorts  of  Sugar  Beets,  mostly  imported  from  Ger- 
many, are  being  grown  in  divers  places  in  America.  Of 
Chard,  there  are  no  selected  varieties  offered  in  America. 

The  varieties  of  Beta  vulgaris  may  be  conveniently 
divided  into  five  sections,  though  the  distinctions  are 
somewhat  arbitrary  and  of  no  fundamental  importance. 
These  sections  are  as  follows  : 

1.  GARDEN  BEETS.  Varieties  with  comparatively  small 
tops  :  roots  of  medium  size,  smooth,  regular  and  fine- 
grained :    mostly  red,   but  sometimes  whitish  or  yel- 
lowish. 

2.  MANGEL-WURZELS,    or   MANGELS.     Large,    coarse- 
growing  varieties,  with  large  tops  and  often  very  large 


BEET 


BEGONIA 


141 


roots,  the  latter  frequently  rising  some  distance  out  of 
the  ground  :  rather  coarse-grained.  Extensively  grown 
for  stock-feeding. 

3.  SUGAR  BEETS.  Sometimes  said  to  belong  to  another 
species,   but   doubtless  to  be  classified   here.     Rather 
small-growing    varieties,    with    medium    tops  :     roots 
small  to   medium,    usually   fusiform,    smooth,    nearly 
always  yellowish  or  whitish. 

4.  CHARD,  or  Swiss  CHARD.    Varieties  with  compara- 
tively large  tops,  broad  leaf -blades  and  very  large,  suc- 
culent leaf-stems,  which  are  cooked  and  eaten  somewhat 
like  asparagus.    The  thrifty,  tender  young  Ivs.  make  a 
very  excellent  pot-herb.    Chard  has  sometimes  been  re- 
ferred to  a  separate  species,  Beta  Cicla,  but  should  be 
included  with  B.  vulgaris.    See  CJiard. 

5.  FOLIAGE  BEETS.   A  race  which  has  been  developed 
to  produce  luxuriant  foliage  of  many  colors  and  varied 
markings.    Of  such  varieties  are  the  Brazilian,  Chilian, 
Victoria,  and  Dracaena-leaved.    The  ribs  of  the  Ivs.  are 
usually  beautifully  colored.  Where  the  leaf -blight  fungus 
is  not  serious,  these  foliage  Beets  make  excellent  bor- 
ders where  strong  and  heavy  effects  are  desired,  and 
they  are  excellent  for  bedding.    Raised  from  seeds,  as 
other  Beets  are  ;  roots  may  be  kept  over  winter. 

The   Beet  is  not  often  damaged  by  insects.    It   is 
sometimes   attacked   by  rust,    rot,    spot-diseases,    and 


202.   Long  Blood  Beet. 


scab,  of  which  the  last  is  the  worst.  The  scab  is  the 
same  disease  which  attacks  the  potato,  and  one  of  the 
chief  precautions  is,  therefore,  to  avoid  following  pota- 
toes with  Beets.  For  the  most  part,  clean  culture  and 
proper  rotations  will  forestall  serious  injury  from  plant 
diseases.  Spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture  may  be  ex- 
pected to  prevent  the  leaf  diseases.  ™  »  TTT 

r  .  A.  \\  AUGH. 

BEGONIA  (named  after  M.  Begon).  Begoni&cece. 
ELEPHANT'S  EAR.  BEEFSTEAK  GERANIUM.  A  large  ge- 
nus of  very  popular  and  useful  plants  for  the  house, 
conservatory  and  garden.  Succulent  herbs  or  under- 
shrubs,  having  the  stein  in  some  cases  reduced  to  a  thick 
rhizome,  in  others  to  a  distinct  small  tuber,  while  a  few 
others  possess  a  semi-tuber,  in  which  there  are  a  num- 
ber of  closely  set  scales  or  suppressed  Ivs.,  resembling 
bulbs  :  Ivs.  variable,  alternate,  more  or  less  unequal- 
sided,  entire,  or  lobed,  or  toothed,  ovate-acuminate,  or- 
bicular or  peltate  :  fls.  usually  in  axillary  cymes,  monoe- 
cious, large  ;  males  usually  with  4  petals,  females  with 
5  (rarely  2),  pink,  white,  rose,  scarlet,  yellow,  and  all 
shades  of  these,  being  represented  ;  stamens  numerous  ; 
filaments  free  or  united  at  the  base  ;  styles  2  or  4,  free, 
sometimes  connate  ;  stigmas  branched  or  twisted  like  a 
corkscrew  :  fr.  usually  a  3-winged  capsule,  which  is 
often  colored  ;  ovary  inferior  ;  seeds  numerous,  very 
minute.  The  first  Begonia  was  introduced  into  England 
in  1777.  Since  then,  out  of  the  350  species  known,  about 
150  have  proved  of  value  to  the  horticulturist.  Few 
other  plants  have  been  improved  so  rapidly,  there  being 
thousands  of  varieties  now  in  cult.,  displaying  the  most 
gorgeous  colors  in  their  fls.  and  beauty  and  coloring 


in  their  Ivs.  Their  geographical  distribution  is  very  dis- 
junctive and  localized.  They  are  indigenous  to  Mex., 
Cent,  and  S.  Amer.,  Asia,  and  S.  Afr.  They  seem  to 
have  no  genetic  relationship  with  other  plants  now 
living.  For  literature,  see  Dryander,  The  Genus  Be- 
gonia, Trans,  of  the  Linn.  Soc.,  Vol.  1,  1789  ;  Klotzsch, 
Begoniaceen-Gattungen  und  Arten,  12  plates,  1855  ;  De- 
Candolle's  Prodromus,  15,  1864;  Ravenscroft,  B.C.,  Be- 
gonia Culture  for  Amateurs,  1894  ;  Wynne,  Tuberous 
Begonias. 

The  Begonias  now  in  cult,  may  be  roughly  divided 
into  four  sections  or  groups  : 

I.   FIBROUS-ROOTED,  OR  WINTER-FLOWERING. 

Nos.  1-71. 
II.   SEMI-TUBEROUS,  OR  SOCOTRANA. 

Nos.  72-76. 

III.  TUBEROUS,  OR  SUMMER-FLOWERING. 

Nos.  77-99. 

IV.  REX,  OR  ORNAMENTAL-LEAVED. 

Nos.  100-103. 

In  the  following  account,  the  dates  refer  to  intro- 
duction into  cultivation,  not  into  American  trade.  They 
are  European  dates.  p.  B.  KENNEDY. 

There  are  four  sections  of  the  Begonia  family,  and  as 
each  requires  somewhat  different  directions  for  their 
cultivation,  it  is  desirable  to  treat  them  separately.  The 
first  section,  the  Fibrous-rooted,  comprises  such  varie- 
ties as  B.  nitida,  semper florens,  var.  gigantea  rosea, 
albo-picta,  Haageana,  and  Duchartrei.  Cuttings  taken 
from  clean,  healthy  stems  will  strike  readily  in  an  ordi- 
nary propagating  box  or  bench,  and  if  potted-on,  as 
they  require  root-room,  will  make  fine  plants  for  late 
winter-  and  spring-flowering.  As  soon  as  one  neglects 
good  treatment,  especially  in  regard  to  light,  fresh  air 
and  fresh  soil,  the  red  spider,  a  physiological  disease 
appearing  like  rust,  and  the  dreaded  nematodes,  will 
soon  attack  them  and  give  them  a  sickly  and  stunted 
appearance.  They  require  a  temperature  of  from  55-60° 
at  night  and  65-70°  in  the  day  time.  The  plants  should 
be  kept  close  to  the  glass  during  the  early  stages  of 
their  growth,  on  account  of  the  tendency  of  many  of  the 
varieties  to  send  out  rather  long  shoots.  A  compost  of 
3  parts  good  loam,  1  part  well-rotted  manure,  and  1 
part  sand,  will  be  found  very  suitable  for  their  growth. 
While  Begonias  in  general  are  injured  by  too  strong 
sunshine  during  summer,  they  are  benefited  by  all  the 
sunshine  they  can  get  during  the  winter  and  early  spring 
months.  Strong  sunshine,  however,  pouring  through 
imperfect  glass  upon  wet  foliage,  is  apt  to  blister  the 
leaves  of  any  Begonia.  Such  varieties  as  B.  Dregei  and 
Weltoniensis,  which  produce  at  their  base  a  thickened, 
fleshy  stem  like  a  potato,  may  be  propagated  either  by 
division  or  by  cuttings.  Nearly  all  the  varieties  be- 
longing to  this  section  can  be  grown  by  amateurs,  and 
make  excellent  house  plants,  especially  B.  manicata. 
rubra,  speculata,  argyrostigma,  var.  picta,  ricinifolia, 
heraclei  folia. 

The  second  section,  the  Semi-tuberous,  comprises 
such  Begonias  as  B.  Socotrana  and  Gloire  de  Sceaux. 
They  require  greater  care,  and  should  be  grown  in  a  soil 
with  considerably  more  leaf -mold  and  a  temperature  of 
65-70°  in  the  daytime  and  60°  at  night.  Of  Gloire  de 
Sceaux  and  other  hybrids,  plants  2  years  old  will  be 
found  best  for  decorative  purposes. 

The  third  section,  the  Tuberoxis  Begonias,  are  grown 
in  pots,  boxes  or  baskets,  under  glass,  or  as  bedding 
plants  in  a  shaded  border.  If  the  plants  are  intended 
for  pot  culture  in  the  gieenhouse,  it  is  best  to  use  the 
tubers.  For  early  flowering,  start  the  tubers  in  February 
or  March,  either  in  small  pots  or  shallow  boxes.  The  soil 
maybe  composed  of  loam,  sharp  sand  and  leaf -mold,  and 
the  temperature  about  60°- 65°.  When  the  plants  are 
ready  for  repotting, well-rotted  manure  may  be  added,  and 
when  the  roots  have  taken  a  fresh  hold  a  cooler  tempera- 
ture may  be  maintained.  For  bedding  purposes,  seed- 
ling plants,  as  well  as  tubers,  may  be  used,  providing  they 
are  of  a  first-class  strain.  Tubers  are  preferred  if  early- 
flowering  plants  are  desired.  They  bloom  more  abun- 
dantly in  the  early  part  of  the  season,  as  they  have  the 
strength  of  the  already  formed  tubers.  Plant  in  the  mid- 


142 


BEGONIA 


die  of  May  or  beginning  of  June,  according  to  locality, 
from  3%-  or  4-inch  pots.  Although  they  grow  fairly  well 
under  trees,  the  north  side  of  a  building  is  to  be  preferred ; 
but  they  must  not  be  crowded.  Plenty  of  light,  with  mois- 
ture at  the  roots,  and  a  mulching  with  half -rotted  leaves 


203.  Young  plants  starting  from  the  incisions  on  a 
Begonia  leaf. 

in  hot  weather,  will  greatly  benefit  the  plants.    Water, 
when  necessary,  under  the  leaves.    See  Bedding. 

The  tubers  should  be  lifted  after  the  first  light  frost, 
and  stored.  Seeds  sown  in  March  will  produce  flower- 
ing plants  by  July  or  August,  but  2-year-old  tubers 
are  more  satisfactory  for  continual  blooming.  The  seed 
may  be  sown  in  any  shallow  box  or  seed-pan,  which 
should  first  be  filled  with  material  which  will  give  plenty 
of  drainage,  over  which  place  some  finely  sifted  soil  to 
receive  the  seed.  Scatter  the  seed  thinly.  Sufficient 
covering  will  be  given  by  simply  pressing  the  soil  down 
level.  Keep  in  darkness  by  covering  with  glass  or  vaper 
for  a  few  days,  in  a  temp,  of  not  less  than  70°.  As  soon 
as  the  seedlings  appear  the  covering  must  be  removed, 
and  when  the  little  plants  attain  roots  about  %in.  long 
they  may  be  pricked  into  nicely  prepared  soil.  In  most 
places  in  this  country,  Tuberous  Begonias  do  not  thrive 
out-of-doors,  but  in  some  places  and  with  careful  treat- 
ment they  do  well.  They  are  very  satisfactory  for 
blooming  in  a  well-shaded  greenhouse  in  the  summer. 

The  fourth  section,  the  Rex  Begonias,  are  grown  en- 
tirely for  the  beauty  of  their  foliage.  They  may  be 
prop,  by  means  of  either  shoot-  or  leaf-cuttings,  the 
latter  being  the  better  when  plants  have  to  be  raised  in 

quantity.  Large  and 
well-matured,  but  still 
healthy  and  vigorous, 
leaves  may  have  the 
principal  nerves  cut  on 
the  under  side.  The 
leaf  is  then  pegged  or 
weighted  down  on  the 
surface  of  a  well- 
drained  propagating 
bed.  If  carefully 
shaded,  roots  will  be 
formed  at  every  cut,  a 
tiny  leaf  will  follow 
(Fig.  203),  and  the  lit- 
tle plants  may  be  in- 
serted singly  in  small 
pots.  Another  method 
is  to  cut  the  large 
leaves  into  triangular 
parts,  with  a  bit  of  the 
main  petiole  at  the  tip 
of  each,  and  insert  the 
pieces  about  1  in.,  with 
the  lower  or  thickest 
end  of  the  rib  down- 
ward (Fig.  204).  Still 
another  method  is  to 
cut  the  leaf  in  two, 
across  the  veins  (Fig. 
205),  and  stand  it  edgewise  in  the  propagating  bed.  The 
young  plants  may  be  potted-up  into  small  pots,  using  a 
light,  porous,  sifted  soil.  Keep  shaded  in  a  low  house 
with  a  moist  atmosphere.  The  soil  may  be  gradually 


204.  Plant  arising  from  the  base 
(or  tip)  of  a  triangular  leaf- 
cutting. 


BEGONIA 

made  coarser  with  each  potting  until,  in  the  final  shift, 
an  unsifted  compost  of  2  parts  loam,  1  part  leaf -mold,  1 
part  well-rotted  manure,  and  1  part  sand,  is  used,  add- 
ing a  sprinkling  of  lime.  While  watering,  avoid  wetting 
the  leaves  as  much  as  possible,  and  keep  large,  well  de- 
veloped plants  in  a  shaded  house,  with  plenty  of  ven- 
tilation day  and  night  during  the  summer. 

ROBERT  SHORE. 

The  Begonia  is  exacting  in  its  requirements  ;  yet  these 
requirements  are  simple.  It  responds  readily  to  intelli- 
gent culture  ;  most  of  the  varieties  are  extremely  rapid 
in  growth,  and  a  year's  time  will  produce  an  excellent 
specimen  from  a  rooted  cutting.  For  horticultural  pur- 
poses, Begonias  are  usually  divided  into  three  general 
classes  :  the  Tuberous-rooted,  Rex,  and  Shrubby  or 
Flowering  sections.  Tuberous -rooted  Begonias  attained 
a  short-lived  popularity  in  this  country  some  12  or  15 
years  ago,  when  they  were  imported  in  large  quantities 
from  France  and  England  and  used  as  bedding  plants. 
It  was  hoped  that  they  might  share  patronage  with  the 
Geranium,  but  our  burning  summers  and  long-continued 
droughts  wrought  such  havoc  with  them  that  they 
speedily  fell  into  disfavor,  and  very  few  growers  now 
handle  them.  This  is  much  to  be  regretted,  for  they  are 
gorgeous  flowers,  and  careful  selection  has  produced 
blooms  of  enormous  size  and  wonderful  form,  in  the 
most  vivid  shades  of  red,  white,  yellow  and  pink. 

The  Rex  division  has  been  a  great  favorite  for  many 
years.  In  no  other  class  of  plants  are  the  rich  metallic 
shades  of  various  colors  found  so  satisfactorily  blended 


205.  Upright  leaf-cutting  of  Begonia. 

as  here,  while  the  form  and  size  of  the  Ivs.  are  of  the 
greatest  variety  ;  those  of  the  old  Rex  and  of  Mrs.  Bon- 
ner  are  frequently  a  foot  and  more  in  length,  while  little 
Marquis  Peralta  makes  a  compact  mass  of  tiny  zoned 
foliage  averaging  only  2  or  3  in.  long.  To  the  Rex  va- 
rieties showing  bright  green,  pure  silver,  bronze,  and 
velvety  green,  have  been  added  Lucy  Closson  and  Louise 
Closson,  both  showing  bands  of  bright,  rosy  plum  color, 
and  Mme.  Gache,  with  its  zone  of  light,  dull  red.  A 
class  of  Hybrid  Rex  contains  some  of  the  most  useful 
and  beautiful  of  ornamental  plants.  They  are  nearly  all 
crosses  between  Lesoudii  and  Diadema.  These  all 
show  the  Rex  texture  and  general  habit,  while  the  Ivs. 
are  deeply  notched  and  zoned  ;  they  are  more  substan- 
tial than  the  average  Rex,  and  they  make  symmetrical 
specimens  with  less  trouble.  Some  of  the  principal 
American  varieties  of  this  section  are  Anna  Dorner, 
Elsie  Coles,  Bertha  McGregor,  Flora  Hill,  Mrs.  Shep- 
herd, and  Richmond  Beauty.  Rex  Begonia  culture  is 
simple.  Soil  should  be  a  mixture  of  loam,  woods  earth, 
sharp  sand,  and  well-rotted  cow-manure.  It  must  be 
light  and  porous.  Temperature  required  is  a  warm 
greenhouse  for  growing  ;  but  grown  specimens  can  be 
hardened  to  a  much  lower  temperature.  They  enjoy  a 
moist  atmosphere,  and  must  be 'shaded  from  hot  sun- 
shine. They  have  few  insect  enemies.  Of  later  years 
they  have  been  subject  to  the  attack  of  a  very  destruc- 
tive fungous-like  disease,  but  careful  attention  to  han- 
dling and  propagation  will  keep  it  in  check.  The  propaga- 
tion of  Rex  Begonias  is  very  simple,  a  leaf,  or  portion 
of  leaf  with  a  strong  midrib,  rooting  very  readily  in  the 
propagating  bench  with  bottom  heat. 

The  Shrubby  or  Flowering  Begonias  comprise  a  num- 
ber of  ornamental  sorts  with  inconspicuous  flowers,  and 
also  varieties  that  are  huge  bouquets  of  bloom.  Among 
the  former  are  Albo-picta,  Diadema,  Nigricans,  Mme. 


BKUON1A 


BEGONIA 


Lionnet  and  Metallica,  all  forming  beautiful  specimens 
of  foliage.  Of  the  flowering  sorts,  two  of  the  most 
widely  cultivated  an-  th.'  old  favorites,  Rubra  and  Wei 
toniensis.  Vernon  and  Erfordii  are  veritable  weeds  for 
growth,  and  are  covered  with  bloom.  Paul  Bruaut  is 
one  of  the  freest  bloomers  of  the  group,  the  plant  being 
covered  with  Ms.,  while  the  Ivs.  are  large,  dark,  pointed 
and  shining.  Gloire  de  Lorraine  is  the  most  wonderful 
of  recent  Begonias,  a  well  grown  plant  being  a  sight 
never  to  be  forgotten.  The  fls.  are  large,  bright  pink, 
and  borne  in  wonderful  profusion.  It  is  semi-tuberous 
in  character,  and  requires  a  season  of  rest  each  year. 
The  Semperflorens  gigantea  class  is  a  very  useful  one, 
and  many  improved  varieties  now  add  value  to  it. 
Among  them  are  La  France,  Elegantissima  alba,  Goliath, 
Mastodonte  and  Obelisque.  The  Shrubby  section  thrives 
in  much  the  same  soil  as  Rex,  or  a  trifle  heavier,  re- 
quiring less  heat  and  moisture.  Cuttings  can  be  struck 
as  easily  as  those  of  the  geranium.  E  Q.  HILL. 

Index  to  the  Begonias  here  described  :  Abel  Carriere, 
No.  104  ;  Abundance,  39  ;  A.  Dalliere,  105;  Admiration, 
99AA;  Adonis, 74;  Adrienne  Schmidt,  105;  alba  flmbriata, 
99AA;  Albatross,  20  ;  albo-coccinea,  19  ;  albo-picta,  15  ; 
Alice  Manning,  99AA  ;  atheeittora,  99AA  ;  Amelias,  40  ; 
angularis,  41  ;  argenteo-guttata,  38;  argyrostigma,  28  ; 
Ascotiensis,  42  ;  atropurpurea  compacta,  20  ;  Autumn 
Rose,  76  ;  aucubce  folia,  12  ;  Baron  A.  Vriere,  104  ;  Bau- 
mannii,  86  ;  Bertha  de  Chateaurocher,  43  ;  Bertha  Mac- 
Gregor,  108  ;  Bexley  White,  99AA  ;  bicolor,  87  ;  Bijou, 
76;  Bijou  deGand,  44;  Bismarcki,  45;  Boliviensis,  81; 
Bruanti,  47,  sub  3  ;  Caffra,  24  ;  CanneU's  Gem,  99AA  ; 
caroliniaefolia,  46  ;  Carriere,  47;  Charles  Baltet,  99AA  ; 
Chelsoni,  83;  cinuabarina,  89;  Clarkei,  84;  Clementinae, 
105;  coccinea,  29;  Comte  de  Limminghe,  18;  corallina, 
29;  Corbeille  de  Feu,  48  ;  coronata,  26  ;  Count  Erdody, 
108;  Countess  Louise  Erdody,  107;  Countess  of  Craven, 
99AA;  Credneri,  sub  3  ;  Crimson  Gem,  20  ;  crinita,  90  ; 
cvclophylla,  91  ;  daedalea,  32;  Dandy,  99AA;  Davisii, 
77  ;  Dewdrop,  47;  Diadem,  20  ;  diadema,  49  ;  digitata, 
50;  Digwelliana,  66  ;  discolor,  85;  diversifolia,  87; 
Domini,  107;  Dr.  Masters,  99AA  ;  Dr.  Nachtigal,  23  ; 
Dre»;ei,  24  ;  Duchartrei,  2  ;  Duchesse  de  Brabant,  108  ; 
Duchessof  Edinburgh,  20;  Duchess  of  York, 20;  Duchess 
of  Lemster,  99AA;  Duke  of  York,  99AA;  Duke  Zeppelin, 
99AA  ;  D.  Wettstein,  105  ;  echinosepala,  51  ;  Edward  B. 
Kennedy,  104  ;  Ed.  Fynaert,  104  ;  elegantissima,  20  ; 
elliptica,  16  ;  Erdody,  107,  108  ;  Erfordii,  52  ;  Evansi- 
ana,  85  ;  Fairy  Queen,  20;  Feastii,53;  Flamingo,  99AA; 
F.  E.  Laing,  99A  ;  foliosa,  14  ;  Froebeli,  78  ;  Froebeli 
vernalis,  78  ;  fuchsioides,  13  ;  geranifolia,  92  ;  gera- 
nioldes,  80  ;  Gilsoni,  54  ;  glaucophylla,  18  ;  Gloire  de 
Lorraine,  75;  Gloire  de  Sceaux,  76;  Glory  of  Stanstead, 
99AA  ;  Goegoensis,  30  ;  Goliath,  20  ;  gracilis,  87  ;  gra- 
cilis,var.  Martian*,  87  ;  Graliamiana,  19  ;  grandiflora, 
94  ;  grandis,  85,  107  ;  Griffithi,  100  ;  gunneraefolia,  9  ; 
Haageana,  3  ;  Ha.-mkarli,  5  ;  Hecla,  99AA  ;  Henri  Dor- 
neck,  105;  Henri  Vilmorin,  104;  Henshaw  Russell,  99AA; 
heracleifolia,  33  ;  hernandice folia,  63  ;  hybrida  multi- 
flora,  55  ;  hydrocotylifolia,  8  ;  Illustration,  20  ;  imperi- 
alis,  4  ;  imperialis,  var.  smaragdina,  4  ;  incarnata,  12  ; 
Ingrami,  56  ;  insignis,  12  ;  John  Heal,  74  ;  Julia,  74  ; 
Knowlsleyana,  57  ;  Kuuthiana,  58  ;  laciniata,  101  ;  Lady 
Balfour  of  Burleigh,  99AA;  Lady  Grinthorpe,  99AA  ;  La 
France,  20  ;  leopardinus,  107;  Leopoldi,  107;  Lesoudii. 
105;  Line"e,  105;  Lothair,  99AA;  Louise  Closson,  108; 
Louise  Chretien,  108  ;  Lubbersi,  59;  Lucaniae,  60;  Lucy 
Closson,  108;  lucida,  16;  Lyncheana,  61;  maculata, 
28  ;  maculata,  var.  corallina,  29  ;  Mad.  d'Lamagny,  105; 
Madame  de  Lesseps,  62  ;  Mad.  Treyve,  104;  Mad.  Funck, 

104  ;    Mad.  F.  Alegatiere,  104  ;    Mad.  Georges  Bruant, 

105  ;  Mad.  Chas.  Weber,  104  ;  Mad.  G.  Van  Meerbeeke, 
104  ;  Mad.  Jos.  Moens,  104  ;    Mad.  Luizet,  104  ;    Mad. 
Isabella  Bellon,   105  ;    Mad.  D.  Wettstein,    105  ;    Mad. 
Wagnet,  107  ;  manicata,  17;  manicata,  var.  aureo-macu- 
lata,  17  ;   Margaritas,  6  ;  Marquis  de  Peralta,  108  ;  Mar- 
tiatia,  12;   Mastodon,  20;  Margarita,  99AA;  Matilda,  108; 
M.  Crousse,  105  ;    metallica,  10  ;    minor,  23  ;  Miranda, 
107  ;  Miss  Edith  Wynne,  99AA  ;  Miss  Falconer.  99AA  ; 
Miss  A.  de  Rothschild,  99AA  ;  Moonlight,  99AA  ;    Mrs. 
Brassey,  99AA  ;  Mrs.  J.  Thorpe,  99AA  ;  Mrs.  Regrnart, 
99AA  ;  Natalensis,  93  ;  nelumbiifolia,  63  ;  nigricans,68; 
nitida,  23  ;  nitida,  var.  odorata  alba,  23  ;  Obelisque,  20; 


obliqua,  23  ;  Octavie,  99AA  ;  octopetala,  94  ;  Olbia,  36  ; 
Otto  Forster,  107;  Packe,99AA  ;  palmata,  50  ;  Papillon, 
105  ;  parvifolia,  24  ;  Paul  Bruant,  64  ;  Pearcei,  88  ;  pel- 
tata,  5  ;  phyllomaniaca,  22  ;  Picotee,  99AA  ;  picta,  100  ; 
Pictavensis,  sub  3;  platanifolia.  9;  polypetala,  95;  Pres. 
Belle,  104  ;  Pres.  Carnot,  65  ;  Pres.  de  Boureuilles,  68  ; 
Pres.  de  la  Devansaye,  104  ;  Prince  Troubetzkoi,  107  ; 
Princess  May,  99AA  ;  Queen  of  Whites,  99AA  ;  Reading 
Snowflake,  20  ;  Rex,  103  ;  Rexxdiadema  hybrids,  103  ; 
Rexxdiscolor  hybrids,  103  ;  ricinifolia,  11  ;  Hoezlii,61  ; 
rosaeflora,  79;  Rosy  Morn,  99AA  ;  rubella,  34;  rw6r«,29; 
rubricaulis,  96  ;  Sanderson!,  66  ;  sanguinea,  31  ;  Sauli, 
53A  ;  scandens,  16  ;  Scarlet  Gem,  99AA  ;  sceptra,  49  ; 
Scharffi,  3  ;  Scharffiana,  1  ;  Schmidti,  7  ;  Schmidtiana, 
7  ;  Sedeni,  97  ;  Sellou-ii,  20  ;  semperflorens,  20  ;  sem- 
perflorens  gigantea  rosea,  21  ;  Sieberiana,  21  ;  Sir  Jo- 
seph Hooker,  104 ;  Socotrana,  72  ;  Souv.  de  Mad. 
la  Baronne  de  Bleichrb'der,  104  ;  Sovereign,  99AA  ;  spe~ 
ciosa,  23  ;  speculata,  35  ;  Stanstead  Surprise,  99AA  ; 
stigmosa,  67  ;  strigillosa,  32  ;  subpeltata  nigricans,  68  ; 
Sunderbruchi,69;  Sutherlandi,98;  tenera,99;  Teuscherir 
37;  Theodore  Schmidt,  105;  Thurstoni,  70;  Thwaitesii, 
99  ;  Torrey  Laing,  99AA  ;  Triomphe,  99AA  ;  Triomphe 
de  Lemoine,  73  ;  Triomphe  de  Nancy,  73  ;  Veitchi,  82  ; 
Vernon,20;  Verschaffelti,21;  Verschaffeltiana,  27;  Ve- 
suvius, 99AA  ;  Washingtoniana,  9  ;  Weltoniensis,  25  ; 
Wettsteinii,  71  ;  Wilhelm  Pfltzer,  105  ;  Winter  Gem,  74; 
xanthina,  102  ;  zebrina,  41. 

I.   FIBROUS-ROOTED  OR  WINTER-FLOWERING. 

A.  Lvs.  hairy,  velvety,  or  downy  on  the  upper  surface. 

B.  Shape  of  Ivs.  obliquely  ovate-acuminate,  orbicular- 

acuminate,  or  peltate. 

c.    Size  of  Ivs.  large,  more  than  2  in.  wide. 
D.   Fls.  with  red  hairs  on  under  surface  of  petals,  large. 

1.  Scharffiana,  Regel.  Fig.  206.  A  robust  herbaceous 
perennial,  1%  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  large,  thick,  fleshy,  hairy, 
olive-green  above,  crimson  below  :  stipules  very  large 
and  prominent :  fls.  waxy  white.  Braz.  — This  Begonia 
requires  warmth  and  care  to  succeed  well.  When  well- 
grown,  it  is  an  excellent  bracket  plant. 


206.  Begonia  Scharffiana.    No.  1. 

2.  Duchartrei,  Hort.,  hybrid  (B.  echinosepala -x.  Scharf- 
fidna) :  st.  2-3  ft.  high,  branched  profusely,  hairy,  pur- 
ple: Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  acuminate,  green  above,  hairy, 
red  below:  fls.  large,  waxy  white,  a  few  red  hairs  on  the 
under  surface  of  petals.  — Int.  by  Bruant  in  1892. 

3.  Haageana,  Watson  (B.  Scharffi,  Hook.).   Fig.  207. 
Tall-shrubby,   whole   plant  hairy  :    Ivs.  ovate-cordate, 
acuminate,  wavy,  red-nerved  above:  fls.  rose-pink,  with 
a  cyme  8-12  in.  in  diam.,  males  with  2  round  and  2  nar- 
row petals,  females  with  5  equal  petals.    Brazil.    G.C. 


144 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


III.  16:633  (1894).  B.M.  7028,  as  B.  Scharfii.-One  of 
the  most  beautiful  plants  of  the  genus.  Has  been  dis- 
tributed as  B.  Scharffiana  by  mistake. 

B.  Credneri.  Hort.  (B.  Scharffiana  x  metdllica).  Int. 
by  Haage  &  Schmidt,  1890.  There  is  another  plant  named 
B.  Credneri,  which  was  raised  by  Lemoine  in  1891  from 
the  same  parents.  Bruant  also  used  these  two  parents 
in  1891,  and  called  his  plant  B.  Pictaviensis.  All  three 
plants  are  identical,  and  can  only  be  distinguished  from 
B.  Haageana  by  their  smaller  flowers  and  the  peduncles 
standing  erect  and  not  gracefully  bending  over,  as  in 
Haageana.  There  is  another  plant  spelled  B.  Pictavensis, 
raised  by  Bruant  in  1881,  a  cross  of  B.  Schmidtiixsem- 
perflorens.  It  has  also  been  called  B.  Bruanti.  (See 
R.H.  1882,  p.  377;  1883,  pp.  8,  52.) 

DD.   Fls.  white  or  greenish  white,  small. 

4.  imperialis,  Lem.   St.  short,  herbaceous,  green:  Ivs. 
4-6  in.  wide,  very  hairy,  brownish  green,  with  irregular 
bands  of  bright  green  along  the  nerves  :  fls.  insignifi- 
cant, white.     I.H.  8:274.     Var.  maculata,  Hort.,  has 
brown  Ivs.  with  green  blotches.   Var.  smaragdlna,  Hort., 
has  wholly  bright  green  Ivs.   I.H.  7:  262. 

5.  peltata,  Hassk.   (B.  Hdsskarli,  Zoll.).     St.  per- 
ennial :  Ivs.  peltate,  ovate  acuminate,  thick  and  succu- 
lent, covered  with  a  whitish  tomentum,  6-9  in.  long:  fls. 
small,  white,  on  long  peduncles.    Braz.  — It  is  the  only 
Begonia  in  cult,  with  thick,  felted,  peltate,  silvery  Ivs. 

cc.   Size  of  Ivs.  small,  less  than  2  in.  wide. 

6.  Margaritas,   Hort.    (B.  metdllica  x  echinosepala) . 
Plant  1-2  ft.  high  :  sts.  purple,  hairy  :  Ivs.  ovate-acumi- 
nate, sinuously  dentate,  green  above,  red  beneath  :  fls. 
in  cymes,  large,  rose  colored  ;  sepals  with  long  hairs  at 
the  base.  — Int.  by  Bruant  in  1884. 

7.  Schmidtiana,  Kegel  (B.  Schmidti,  Hort.).    Dwarf, 

herbaceous,    1    ft.   or    less    in 
height :     Ivs.    lobed,    toothed, 
hairy,  about  2  in.  long,  reddish 
beneath  :  fls.  white,  tinted  with 
rose.  Braz.  B.H.  1883,  pp.  56, 57. 
Gn.  17,  pp.  268,269.— A  very  use- 
ful plant  for  summer  bedding. 
8.  hydrocotyliiolia, 
Otto.       St.     succulent, 
creeping:  Ivs.rotundate- 
.-^^H^HR^  •          cordate  :   petiole  short  : 
whole  plant   hairy  :   pe- 

Jj^B^^^^BHk  duncles  l  ft.  high, pilose ; 
fls.  dipetalous,  rose-col- 
ored. Mex.  B.M.  3968. 


207. 

Begonia  Haageana 
(XX).    No.  3. 


reniform,  lobed,  hispid  on  both  sides,  dark  green,  lobes 
acute,  toothed,  ciliated  :  fls.  in  axillary  dichotomous 
cymes,  large,  white,  tinted  rose.  Braz.  B.M.  3591.  —  B. 


BB.    Shape   of  leaves  incised,   or  parted. 

c.   Fls.  white  or  whitish. 

9.  platanifdlia,  Graham.   St.  5-6  ft.  high,  erect,  robust, 
.-smooth,  green,  joints  annulated  :   Ivs.  8-10  in.  in  diam., 


208.  Begonia  fuchsioides  (X 


f/unnerce  folia,  Lind.  (B.  Washingtoniana,  Hort.),  once 
offered  by  Saul,  is  very  similar  to  this,  but  its  Ivs.  are 
not  so  deeply  lobed  and  the  fls.  are  very  insignificant. 
I.H.  22:212. 

cc.   Fls.  pink. 

10.  metallica,  G.  Smith.     Sts.  perennial,  succulent, 
hairy,  4  ft.  high,  branched  :  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate,  lobed 
and  serrated,  3-6  in.  long,  upper  surface  green,  shaded 
with  a  dark  metallic  color  :  tts.  blush-white,  under  side 
of  petals  clothed  with  red  bristly  hairs.     There  are  a 
number  of  varieties;  e.  g.,  var.  variegata,  var.  velutina, 
var.  cyprea,  but  they  do  not  differ  much  from  the  origi- 
nal.   Bahia.     R.H.  1844  :  218.    G.C.  II.  5:  397.—  A  very 
attractive  plant,  both  in  foliage  and  flower. 

11.  ricinifolia,  Hort.    (B.  heracleifbliaxpeponifblia). 
St.  a  short,  thick  rootstock  :    Ivs.  large,  bronzy  green, 
lobed,  resembling  castor-oil  plant  :    fls.  numerous,  on 
long,  erect  peduncles,  rose  pink. 

AA.    LVS.  glabrous,  or  only  a  few  scattered  hairs  on  the 

upper  surface  or  on  the  margins. 

B.     Under  surface  of  Irs.  green. 

c.    Margins  entire  or  toothed. 

D.    Width  of  Ivs.  less  than  1  in. 

E.    Fls.  pink,  scarlet,  or  carmine. 

12.  incarnata,    Link   &   Otto  (B.   aucubcefolia,  Hort 
B.Martidna,  Schlecht.    B.  insiynis,  Grah.).    St.  erect, 
herbaceous,  2-3  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  unequally  cordate,  lanceo- 
late, toothed  :    fls.  rose-colored,  abundant,  males  IK  in. 
across,  with  2  ovate  and   2   narrow    petals  ;     females 
smaller,  with  5  equal  petals.    B.M,  2900,  as  B.  ins  ignis. 
A.  G.  16:97.     A.  F.  12:  724-5  ;     13:588.    R.H.  1870,  p.  266  ; 
1875:  151.     Var.  grandiflora,  Hort.,  is  a  new  and  much 
improved  variety,  which  is  very  useful  for  cut-flowers  or 
decoration  in  winter. 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


145 


13.  fuchsioides,  Hook.  Fig.  208.  Rootstock  woody  : 
sts.  tall  and  succulent  :  Ivs.  ovate,  1/^in.  long,  tinged 
with  red  when  young  :  fls.  drooping  like  a  fuchsia,  rich 


209.   Begonia  semperflorens. 

A  recently  struck  cutting.  To  show  the  precocity  of  bloom. 
No.  20. 

scarlet,  males  with  4  petals,  females  with  5  petals.  New 
Granada.  B.M.4281.  Var.  miniata,  Linden  (B.  cinna- 
barlna,  Hort.),  differs  ouly  in  having  flesh-colored  fls. 
R.H.  1855:221.  F. 8.8:787*. 

EE.   Fls.  white  or  whitish,  small. 

14.  foliosa,  HBK.    Shrubby,  sts.  herbaceous,  slender, 
branching :     Ivs.    frond-like,    very    small,    3-lobed, 
glossy  green  :    fls.  white,  tinged  with  rose.    Blooms 
early"  summer.    New  Granada.  —  An  elegant  basket 
and  ornamental  plant. 

15.  albo-picta,  Hort.    Shrubby,  compact   growth- 
freely  branched  :  Ivs.  elliptical,  lanceolate,  covered 
with  "numerous  small  silvery  white  spots:  fls.  green- 
ish white,  males  with  2  broad  and  2  narrow  petals, 
females  of  5   subequal    petals.    Braz.— An   elegant 
foliage  plant.    Int.  by  Bull  in  1885. 

DD.    Width  of  Ivs.  more  than  1  in. 
E.    Stem  rhizomatons,  creeping,  or  climbing. 

16.  scandens,  Swartz(Z?.  lucida,Otto  &  Dietr.  B. 
elliptica,  Kunth).   Sts.  climbing  or  trailing,  clinging 
by  means  of  short  aerial  roots :  Ivs.  ovate,  acuminate, 
lobed,  glossy  green,  4  in.  long:  fls.  small,  white,  hang- 
ing in  ball-like  clusters.  W.  Ind.    R.  H.  1879,  p.  300. 
—An  excellent  basket  or  climbing  plant. 

17.  manicata,  Brougn.     A  short-stemmed,  succulent 
plant:  Ivs.  ovate,  obliquely  cordate,  thick,  fleshy,  smooth, 
shiny  green,  6-8  in.  long  :  petioles  covered  with  fleshy, 
scale-like  hairs:  peduncles  a  foot  or  more  long,  bearing 
loose  panicles  of  pink  dipetalous  fls.    Mex.    Var.  aureo- 
maculata,  Hort.,  has  large  blotches  of  yellowish  white 
on  the  Ivs.    F.E.  8:1159.    F.R.2:435. 

18.  glaucophylla,  Hook.  (B.  glaucophylla  spUndens, 
Hort.    B.  glaucophylla   scdndens,  Hort.    B.  Comte  de 
Limminghe,  Hort. ).    Probably  a  hybrid,  but  parents  not 
known.    Sts.  long,   drooping   or  creeping :    Ivs.  ovate, 
wavy.  3  in.  long,  glaucous-green,  reddish  and  variegated 
in  bud  :  fls.  rose-red,  males  1  in.  across,  with  2  ovate  and 
2  narrow  petals,  females  of  4  equal  petals.    Braz.?   B.  M. 
7219.  —  A  good  basket  plant,  flowering  freely  all  winter. 

10 


19.  albo-coccinea,   Hook.    (B.  Grahamiana,  Wight). 
Rootstock  creeping  :    Ivs.  peltate,  ovate,  leathery,  6  in. 
long  :    peduncles   1   ft.  long,  coral  red  ;  male  fls.  1  in. 
across,  with  4  petals  ;  female  fls.  also  of  4  petals,  white 
above,   coral-red    beneath.     Flowers   in   winter.     Braz. 
B.R.  32:39.    B.M.  4172. 

EE.    Stem  erect. 

20.  semperfldrens,  Link    &    Otto   (B.   Sellowii,  Kl.)- 
Fig.  209.     St.  herbaceous,  smooth,   green   or   reddish, 
6-18  in.  high  :  Ivs.  ovate,  rotuudate,  obtuse  at  the  base, 
toothed  and  ciliate  along  the  margin,  pale  glossy  green, 
tinged  with  red  on  the  midrib  and  petiole  :  peduncles 
axillary,  few-flowered  :  fls.  white  or  rose-colored  ;  males 
with  4  petals,  females  with  5  petals  :    capsule  green, 
wings  tinged  with  red.   Braz.  L. B.C.  15:1439.  R.H.  1897, 
p. 46.  B.M.  2920.  —  This  is  an  exceedingly  variable  species. 
An  endless  number  of  garden  forms  has  been  produced 
from  it.    Some  of  the  most  important  are  as  follows  : 
Var.  atropurpiirea  compdcta,  Gt.  44,  p.  570  (  Vernon),  an 
excellent  bedder,  deep  red  ;    Fairy  Queen,  bright  rosy 
carmine,  bedding  ;  Duchess  of  York,  crimson,  bedding  ; 
Crimson  Gem,  foliage  crimson-bronze,  fls.  elegant  car- 
mine ;  Duchess  of  Edinburgh,  fls.  large,  white,  easily 
grown  from  seed  ;    Heading   Snowflake,  white  ;  Dia- 
dem,  dark   rose  ;    Illustration,   carmine  ;     Albatross, 
elegantissima,  Mastodonte,  Goliath,  La  France,  Obelis- 
que,etc. 

21.  Var.  gigantea    rdsea  (B.  semper  fldrensxLynche- 
ana).   Very  distinct :  rootstock  woody  ;  sts.  succulent, 
about  3  ft.  high :  Ivs.  on  short  petioles,  ovate  or  reniform, 
toothed  at  the  margins,  about  7  in.  across,  bright  green, 
with  a  red  spot  at  base  of  sinus  :  peduncles  axillary, 
stout,  4-8  in.  long,  bearing  large  panicles  of  large  rosy 
red  fls.,  of  which  the  males  have  2  ovate  petals,  the  fe- 
males 2-4  smaller  petals.  A. F.  13:586.  A.G.  16:41. -One 


V 

210.   Begonia  semperflorens,  var.  Sieberiana.     No.  21. 

of  the  best  Begonias  for  winter  decoration  in  the  green- 
house. Int.  by  Lemoine  in  1888.  Var.  Sieberiana,  int. 
hy  Lemoine,  is  shown  in  Fig.  210  (from  the  French). 


146 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


22.  phyllomaniaca,  Mart.  Fig.  211.  St.  perennial :  Ivs. 
obliquely  cordate,  attenuate,  4-6  in.  long,  slightly  lacini- 
ated  and  fringed  :  fls.  pale  pink.    B.M.  5254.    Brazil.— 
This  species  is  peculiar  in  that  it  produces  from  the  stem, 
petioles  and  Ivs.  innumerable  Ifts.  or  small  growths.    It 
is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  plants,  though  not  of 
much  decorative  value. 

23.  nitida,  Dryander  (B.  minor,  Jacq.    B.  specibsa, 
Hort.    B.  obllqua,  L'Her).    St.  3-4  ft.  high,  perennial, 
fleshy,  woody  at  the  base  when  old  :  Ivs.  obliquely  ovate, 
wavy,  4-6  in.  across,  glossy  dark  green  :  fls.  on  long, 
axillary   peduncles,  pale   pink,  with   a  silvery  blush  ; 
males  \%  in.  across,  with  2  broad  and  2  narrow  petals  ; 
females  smaller,  with  5  equal  petals.  Jamaica.  B.M.  4046. 
—A  very  useful  plant  in  the  greenhouse,  flowering  all 
winter.    Also  interesting  on  account  of  being  the  first 
Begonia  introduced  into  Europe  (1777).    Var.  odorata 
alba  is  a  very  handsome  variety  of  this  species,  which 


BB.  Lvs.  red,  reddish  or  red-veined  on  the  under  surface. 
C.    Margins  entire  or  serrate. 

28.  maculata,  Raddi  (B.  argyrostigma,  Fisch.).     St. 
erect,  branching,  woody  when  old  :  Ivs.  cordate,  lanceo- 
late, wavy,  4-6  in.  long,  upper  surface  sometimes  with 
large  white,  roundish  spots :  fls.  pale  rose  or  white,  males 
with  2  ovate  and  2  narrow  petals,  females  with  5  equal 
petals.    It  includes  several  forms.    Braz.    B.R.  666.   Var. 
argyrostigma  picta,  Hort.,  is  a  common  form,  with  very 
large  white  spots  on  the  Ivs. 

29.  coccinea,  Hook.   (B.  rubra,  Hort.    B.  maculata, 
var.  coralllna,  Hort. ).   Tall,  succulent  sts. :  Ivs.  on  short 
petioles,  obliquely  oblong,  angular,  with  wavy  red  mar- 
gins, 4—6  in.  long:  fls.  deep  coral-red;  males  %in.  across, 
with  4  unequal  petals ;  females  more  attractive,  owing  to 
the  length  and  rich  color  of  the  ovary,  which  has  3  small 
subequal  wings.    Braz.    B.M.  3990.  —  The  fls.  are  very 


211. 

Begonia  phyllomaniaca. 

Showing  the  adventitious 

plantlets.    No.  22. 


has  smaller  fls.  of  the  purest 
white  and  sweet-scented.  Dr. 
Nachtigal,  hybrid  (B.  nitida, 
Dry.,  var.  odorata  albaxLynche- 
ana),  is  similar  in  general  form 
to  the  above,  but  has  fls.  of  a  deli- 
cate rose-pink,  especially  on  the 
inner  surface  of  petals. 

cc.    Margins  incised,  lobed  or 

parted. 

D.  Width  of  Ivs.  less  than  2  in. 
24.  Dr6gei,  Otto  &  Dietr.  (B. 
Cdffra,  Meissn.  B.  parvifdlia, 
Grab..  B.  renifdrmis,  Hort.). 

Rootstock  a  fleshy,  globular  tuber  ;  sts.  succulent,  an- 
nual, 1-2  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  thin,  small,  green,  deeply  ser- 
rated, reddish  on  the  under  side  :  fls.  white,  small, 
profuse.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M.  3720. 

25.  Weltoni6nsis,  hybrid   (parents  not  known).     St. 
reddish,  l%-2  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  light  green,  smooth,  ovate- 
acuminate,  lobed,  dentate,  1K-2  in.  across  :  petiole  red, 
1-1%  in.  long  :  fls.  pink,  profuse,  on  short  peduncles.— 
Int.  by  Major  Clark,  of  Welton  Park.    Var.  alba,  Hort., 
has  white  fls. 

DD.  Width  of  Ivs.  more  than  2  in. 

26.  coronata,  Hort.,  hybrid  (B.  carolinicefoliaxpoly- 
dntha).    St.  shrubby,  coarse,  2-3  ft.  high,  covered  with 
numerous  withered  stipules  :  Ivs.  large,  lobed,  on  long 
petioles  :    fls.  pale  pink,  with   large,  somewhat  droop- 
ing cymes. 

27.  Verschaffeltiana,  Regel.  (B.    Verschaffelti,  Hort. 
B.   manicatax carolinice fblia).     St.  a   thick    rhizome: 
Ivs.  large,  ovate,    acuminate,  lobed  :    fls.  rose-colored, 
pendent  on  long  peduncles.    I.H.  2 :  68.  -  Tall,  coarse  and 
unsightly  as  an  old  specimen,  but  when  well  grown  from 
year  to  year  from  cuttings  makes  a  splendid  plant. 


persistent     and     ex- 
ceedingly    ornamen- 
tal,  especially  when 
planted  out.    Choice. 
30.  ,Goego6nsis,  Brown.   FIRE  KING.    St. 
a  short,  thick  rootstock :  Ivs.  peltate,  ovate- 
orbicular,  6-9  in.  long,   surface  blistered 
or  puckered,    green,  with    dark,   bronzy 
blotches,    red    on    the    under   side  :    fls. 
small,    rose-pink.     Sumatra.  — A   distinct 
and  ornamental-leaved  plant. 

31.  sanguinea,  Raddi.  Sts.  perennial, 
woody  at  the  base,  red :  Ivs.  subpeltate, 
obliquely  cordate,  thick,  fleshy,  smooth,  shining,  bright 
green  above,  blood-crimson  below:  fls.  small,  white.  Rio 
de  Janeiro.  B.M.  3520.— A  handsome  evergreen  foliaged 
Begonia. 

32.  daedalea,  Lem.  (B.  strigillosa,  Dietr. ) .   St.  a  short, 
thick  rootstock:  Ivs.  large,  green,  ovate-acuminate,  cor- 
date, margins  slightly  serrate  and  beset  with  long  red- 
dish hairs,  surface  covered  with  a  peculiar  network  of 
russet-brown:  peduncles  spotted  and  slightly  hairy:  fls. 
white,  tinged  with  pink.   Mex.   I.H.  8 :  269.  -A  handsome 
foliage  plant,  not  very  widely  known. 

cc.   Margins  incised,  lobed  or  parted. 
D.    St.  creeping  ;  a  short,  thick  rhizome. 

33.  heracleifdlia,  Cham.  &  Schlecht.  (B.  jatrophce  folia, 
Hort.).    St.  a  short,  thick  rhizome  :  Ivs.  6-12  in.  across, 
palmate,  lobes  toothed,  rich  green  :  peduncles  3-4  ft. 
long:  fls.  white  or  rose-tinted.  Mex.  B.M.  3444.  B.R. 1668. 
Var.  nigricans,  Hort.,  has  the  margins  of  the  Ivs.  bor- 
dered with  dark  green.  B.M.  4983.    Var.  longipila,  Hort., 
has  long,  fleshy  hairs  on  the  leafstalks  and  peduncles. 
Var.  punctata,  Hort.,  has  green  lvs\,  reddish  near  the 
margin  :   fls.  rose-colored,  with  deep  red   spots  on  the 
outside. 

34.  rubella,  Hamilt.    St.  a  short,  thick  rhizome  :  Ivs. 
large,  cordate,  acuminate,  deeply  lobed,  smooth,  spotted 
with  irregularly  shaped  dark  brown  marks  :  fls.  pale 
pink,  on  long  peduncles.    Nepal. 

35.  speculata,    Hort.,    hybrid?     St.    a    short,    thick 
rhizome:  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  cordate,  on  long, 
hairy  petioles,  dull  green,  rough,  speckled  with  grey, 
hairy,  reddish  on  the  under  side,  veins  very  prominent, 
light  green,  profusely  branched  :  fls.  on  long,  hairy  pe- 
duncles, pink-white,  males   and   females   both   with   2 
petals  :  capsule  green,  with  small  red  spots.  — Origin  not 
known,  though  quite  common  in  cultivation.    A  hardy 
and  useful  Begonia. 


BEGONIA 


BI-;<;OXIA 


147 


DD.    Stem  erect. 

36.  Olbia,  Kerehove.    St.  leathery,  2-3  ft.  high  :  Ivs. 
lobed,  hairy  and  olive-green  above,  .smooth  and  red  be- 
neath, margins  reddish,  petioles  grooved,  smooth,  veins 
prominent  as  dark  lines:  fls.  concealed  by  Ivs.,  in  small 
clusters   directly  on   the   st.  without   peduncles,  large, 
white,  male  and  female  in  same  cluster.    Braz. 

37.  Teuscheri,  Lind.    St.  2-3  ft.   nigh,  erect,   strong 
grower:   Ivs.  large,  acutely  lobed,  ovate-lanceolate,  mar- 
gins serrate,  bright  green  above,  with  greyish  blotches, 
red  veined  below:    fls.  in  axillary  clusters,   bright   red, 
large.    Malaya.    I.H.2«:3r>s. 

38.  arg6nteo-guttata,    Hort.    (B.   dlbo-pictax  Olbia). 
Profusely  branching  :  Ivs.  shining  green,  ovate-acumi- 
nate, slightly  lobed,  smooth,  2Hin.  wide,  3-5  in.  long, 
thickly  dotted  with  white  spots :  fls.  in  clusters,  variable ; 
petals  white,  tinged  with  pink:  capsule  rose-pink.  — Int. 
by  Lemoine,  1889. 

SUPPLEMENTARY  LIST  — FIBROUS-ROOTED. 

39.  Abundance   (B.  fuchsioidesXsemperflorens). 
Plant,  2  ft.  high  :    st.   reddish  :    Ivs.  glossy  green, 
ovate,   2  in.  long,  dentate:    fls.  rose-pink. — Int.  by 
Leinoine  in  1891. 

40.  J.meZtcB(B.BruantiXRoezlii).  Plant, 2 ft. high: 
Ivs.  green,  broadly  ovate,  smooth  :  fls.  rose-colored. 
—Int.  by  Bruant  in  1886. 

41.  anguldris,  Raddi  (B.  zebrina,  Hort.).     St.  smooth,  su. 
culent,  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  elongate,  ovate-acuminate,  margins 
undulate,    shiny  green,  veins  white :    fls.   insignificant,   light 
pink.    Braz. 

42.  Ascotiensis,  Webb.   Lvs.  ovate,  2  in.  long,  smooth,  brown, 
margin  green,  dentate:  fls.  on  peduncles  4  in.  long,  bright  red. 

43.  Kcrtha  de  Chateaurocher,  Hort.  Var.  of  B.  Ascotiensis  : 
fls.  bright  currant-red.—  Useful  for  cut-flowers. 

44.  Bijou  de  Qand,  Hort.    Caulescent :  fls.  rose,  in  clusters. 
Very  similar  to  Teuscheri  (which  see). 

45.  Bis marcki,  Hort.   Caulescent:  fls.  in  clusters,  rose,  males 
insignificant,  females  a   gorgeous    display.     Very  similar  to 
Teuscheri. 

Cdffra,  Meissn.   See  B.  Dregei. 

46.  carolinicefdlia,~Regel.  St. erect,  thick,  fleshy:  Ivs.  palmate, 
lobes  deeply  divided  into  6  or  8  :  fls.  pink,  on  long  peduncles. 
Mexico. 

47.  Carri«rei,Hort.(B.semperflorensXSchmidtii).  DEWDROP. 
BRUANTI.  Plant,  about  1  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  like  semperflorens  :  fls. 
white.— Excellent  bedding  Begonia.   Int.  by  Bruant  in  1883. 


48.  Corbeille  de  Feu  (B.  semperflorens  Xfuchsioides).    Fls. 
bright  coral-red.— Int.  by  Lemoine  in  1891. 

49.  diadema,  Linden  (B.  sceptra.  Hort.).  Plant,  2  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
green,  deeply  parted,  blotched  with  white,  dentate:  fls.  insignifi- 
cant.  Borneo.   I. H.  29:  44(5. 


212.   Begonia  Madame  de  Lesseps  (X  }/?) .      No.  62. 


213.  Begonia  President  Carnot.     No.  65. 


50.  digitdta,  Raddi  (B.  palmata,  Hort.).    Lvs.  palmate,  10-12- 
parted,  somewhat  pubescent,  green  above,  brownish  beneath. 
Brazil. 

51.  echinosepala,  Hort.    St.  green,  succulent :  Ivs.  obliquely 
oblong  :  fls.  on  axillary  peduncles,  white,  with  curiously  papil- 
lose sepals. 

52.  Erfordii,  Hort.  (B.  Schmidtii  X  semperflorens  Vernon). 
Very  dwarf  and  bushy,  l%ft.  high:  fls.  abundant,  rose-carmine. 
—Excellent  for  bedding.  Int.  by  Haage  &  Schmidt  in  1894. 

53.  l^as«u,Hort.(B.manicataXhydrocotylifolia).  St.  a  short, 
thick  rootstock  :  Ivs.  suborbicular,  thick,  red  beneath,  entire  ; 
petioles  irregularly  marked :  fls.  light  pink,  on  long  peduncles. 
—Int.  by  John  Feast,  of  Baltimore,  before  1880. 

Sauli,  Hort.,  is  a  newly  introduced  species  from  Guatemala, 
resembling  Feastii  in  the  shape  and  color  of  its  Ivs.,  but  with  a 
distinct  red  sinus  at  junction  of  petiole  with  leaf. 

54.  Gilsoni,  Hort.  (origin  American).    Plant,  2  ft.  high  :  st. 
shrubby,  coarse:  Ivs.  large,  lobed:  fls.  on  long,  erect  peduncles, 
pale  pink.— Interesting  as  being  the  only  double-fld.  fibrous- 
rooted  Begonia.    Named  for  Gilson,  colored  gardener  to  Mrs. 
Livingston,  N.  Y. 

55.  h$brida  multiflbra,  Hort.  (B.  hybrida  floribunda,  Hort.). 
Plant  2-4  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  small,  1  in.  long,  %in.  across,  dentate, 
green  below  :  fls.  rose-pink,  hanging  in  clusters  like  a  fuchsia. 

56.  Ingrami,  Hort.  (B.  nitidaXfuchsioides).     Combines  the 
characters  of  the  two  species  :  fls.  light  pink.— Int.  by  Ingram 
in  1849. 

insignis.  See  B.  incarnata,  No.  12. 

57.  Knowlsleydna,  Hort.  (origin  not  known).    Very  similar 
to  B.  incarnata. 

58.  Kunthiana,  Walp.    Stem  erect  :   Ivs.  lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, serrate,  smooth,  green  above,  red  below  :  fls.  white,  large. 
B.M.  5284.  Brazil. 

59.  Lubbersi,  E.  Morr.    Stem  a  short  rhizome :   Ivs.  large, 
palmate,  green  :  fls.  pink,  on  long  peduncles.   Brazil.   G.C.  III. 
3:301.   R.H.  1888,  p.  225. 

60.  Luciano:,  Hort.,  hybrid  (B.  Lyncheana  X  Bruanti).    Fls. 
large,  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.,  rose.— Int.  by  Bruant  in  1889. 

61.  Lyncheana,   Hook.   (B.  Roezlii,  Regel.).    St.   erect,  tail, 
succulent,  smooth  :   Ivs.  green,  smooth,  ovate-cordate  ;  sinus 
red  :   fls.  in  axillary,  drooping  cymes,  deep,  reddish  crimson. 
New  Granada.   B.M.  6758.— Almost  identical  with  B.  semper 
floreus  gigantea  rosea,  but  not  so  strong  a  grower. 


148 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


microphylla,  Willd.   Is  B.  foliosa,  No.  14. 

minidta,  Planch.  &  Linden.   Is  B.  fuchsioides,  No.  13. 

62.  Madam  de  Lesseps.   Fig.  212.    Strong,  erect  grower  :  Ivs. 
acutely  lobed,   large,  margins  serrate,  green  above,  red  and 
strongly  veined  below :  fls.  large,  white,  in  axillary  clusters, 
males  insignificant. 

63.  nelumbii folia,  Cham.  &  Schl.  (B.  hernandiaefolia,  Hort.). 
St.  a  short,  thick  rhizome  :  Ivs.  large,  12-18  in.  long,  8-12  in. 
wide,  peltate,  hairy  on  the  under  side  :  fls.  small,  white  or 
rose-colored.   Mex. 

Razzia,  Regel.   See  B.  Lyncheana,  No.  61. 

64.  B.PaulBruantCB.  manicataXO)  ).  St.  short,  thick  :  Ivs. 
large,  olive-green  tinged  with  red,  deeply  lobed  :  petioles  large, 
long,  striped  with  red  ;    a  ring  of  fine  hairs  at  the  junction  of 
petiole  and  leaf :  fls.  abundant,  pale  pink,  large,  on  long1  pe- 
duncles.  R.H.  1888.  p.  544.— Int.  by  Bruant  in  1892. 

65.  President  Carnot.  Fig.  213.   Plant,  2-6  ft.  high,  leggy:  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  acute-lobed,  ribs  on  the  under  side  red  :  fls. 
in  a  large  cluster ;  males  small,  insignificant ;  females  large, 
bright  red-carmine,  2  in.  long,  including  capsule.— Striking. 

66.  Sdndersoni,  hybrid  (origin  not  known.    B.  Digwelliana, 
Hort.).  Fls.  scarlet.  1882. 

Sauli.  See  below  B.  Feastii,  No.  53. 

67.  stigmbsa, ,  Lindl.   St.  a  short,  creeping  rhizome:  Ivs.  large, 
cordate-acute,  irregularly  toothed,  smooth  above,  hairy  beneath , 
green,  with  purple-brown  blotches  :  fls.  insignificant,  white,  in 
cymose  panicles.  Mex. 

68.  subpeltata  nlgricans,  Hort.  (B.  nigricans,  Hort.).    Plant, 
2-3  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  ovate,  acuminate,  blood-red  below,  silvery  and 
slightly  hairy  above,  4-8  in.  long,  2-4  in.  across  :  fls.  rose-pink, 
profuse:  capsule  wings  equal,  pink.— Very  useful  for  decoration. 
Var.  Pres.  de  Boureuilles,  Hort.,  has  Ivs.  of  a  much  richer  color, 
and  more  profusely  studded  with  red  hairs :  fls.  of  a  deeper 
pink. 

69.  Sunderbruchi,  Hort.  An  American  form  of  B.  heracleifolia, 
'  var.  longipila  :  Ivs.  bronze-green,  silver  bands  along  the  nerves, 

purple  underneath. 

70.  TMrstom,TLoTt.  (B.  metallicaXsanguinea).  St.  2  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  orbicular-acuminate,  shiny,  smooth,  rich  purple,  red  on  the 
tinder  side,  veins    prominent :    fls.  insignificant,  small,  rosy 
white,  on  slender  peduncles.  A.F.  7:  728,— Excellent. 

velutina,  Hort.   See  B.  metallica,  No.  10. 


214.   Begonia  Wettsteinii  (X 


71.  Wettsteinii,  Hort.  Fig.  214.  St.  a  foot  high,  branching 
from  the  base  :  Ivs.  slightly  lobed,  elongated,  ovate-acuminate: 
fls.  on  long,  slender,  graceful  peduncles,  large,  in  clusters, 
bright  red  :  capsule  large,  red  and  showy,  very  profuse. 

zebrlna,  Hort.   See  B.  angularis,  No.  41. 


II.    SEMI-TUBEROUS  OR  SOCOTRAN  SECTION. 

72.  Socotrana,  Hook.    Fig.  215.    St.  annual,  stout  and 
succulent,  forming  at  the  base  a  number  of  closely  set 
scales  or  suppressed  Ivs.  resembling  bulbs  :  Ivs.  dark 
green,  orbicular,  peltate,  4-7  in.  across,  center  depressed, 
margin    recurved,    crenate  :    fls.   in    terminal   few-fld. 
cymes,  bright  rose.  B.M.  6555.    Gn.  21:327.    Gri.49:1069. 
G.C.  II.  15:8.      A.F.   13:587,   588.  — Semi-tubers     were 
brought  from  the  burning  hot,  sandy  island  of  Socotra 
by  Dr.  I.  B.  Balfour,  and  given  to  Kew  in  1880.      The 
plant  was  discovered  by  Alexander  Scott,  the  gardener 
accompanying  the  expedition  to  Socotra  sent  out  by  the 
Geogr.  Soc.  of  London.    Semi-tubers  should  rest  during 
summer  and  be  planted  in  heat  in  winter. 

The  following  are  Socotrana  derivatives  : 

73.  Triomphe  de  Lemoine  (B.SocotranaXRcezlii).    Stem  her- 
baceous, spreading,  then  erect  and  branching  into  numerous 
flowering  branches  :  Ivs.  large,  coriaceous,  orbicular,  somewhat 
oblique,  margins  slightly  cenerous, 6  in.  diam.:  fls.  in  dichoto- 
naous  cymes  from  axils  of  Ivs.,  rose-carmine,  female    fls.  ex- 
ceedingly rare,  males  very  profuse,  plant  resembling  a  large 
bouquet  when  in  full  bloom.   G.F.  2:557.— Int.  by  Lemoine  in 
1887.   Retains  its  fls.  after  they  are  withered,  a  rare  occurrence 
in  Begonias.  Another  hybrid  from  the  same  parent  is  Triomphe 
de  Nancy,  with  fls.  rich  yellow  in  the  center,  double,  and  the 
outer  petals  of  a  paler  hue.— Int.  bv  Lemoine  in  1888. 

74.  John  Heal  (B.  Socotrana  X  Viscountess  Doneraile).    A 
tuberous  variety.    Plant  intermediate  between  parents,  9  in. 
high,  branching  naturally  and  freely:    Ivs.  obliquely  heart- 
shaped,  not  peltate,  as  in  B.  Socotrana;  light  green:    fls. borne 
loosely  on  graceful  peduncles,  standing  well  above  the  foliage, 
every  stem  developing  male  flowers,  1%  in.  diam.,  bright,  rosy 
carmine.    Blooms  from  Sept.  to  Jan.    Gn.  35:691.— No  female 
fls.  have  been  produced  from  this  hybrid,  so  that  seedlings  have 
been  impossible.    Prop,  by  cuttings  and  semi-tubers.    Int.  by 
John  Heal  in  1885.    Adonis  (John  HealXtuberous  variety). 
Plant  more  robust :  fls.  twice  as  large  as  John  Heal,  3  in.  diam., 
all  male,  soft  rose  color,  on  graceful,  arching  peduncles.— Int. 
by  John  Heal.    Winter  Gem  (B.  SocotranaXcrimson  tuberous 
variety).    Habit  like  B.  Socotrana,  but  more  compact:    fls. 
large,  deep  carmine.— It  combines  the  characters  of  the  tuber- 
ous and  semi-tuberous  sections.    Int.  by  John  Heal.     Julia 
(SocotranaXtuberous  variety).    The  plant  is  very  similar  to  a 
double  slimmer-flowering  tuberous  Begonia.    It  has  fls.  of  a 
salmon-pink  shade. 

75.  Gloire  de  Lorraine  (B.  SocotranaXDregei) .    Lvs.  small, 
nearly  regular,  pure  green :     fls.  almost  exclusively  male,  4- 
petaled,  large,  borne  in  broad   panicles,  covering  the   whole 
superior  part  of  the  plant,  rose-colored,  not  deciduous.    Gt.  42, 
p.  111.    A.F.  12:842.    G.F.  5:247.— Although   B.    Socotrana    is 
semi-tuberous  and  B.  Dregei  has  a  thickened  rhizome,  the  hy- 
brid forms  show  neither,  but  the  base  of  the  stem  throws  out 
many  shoots,  which  can  be  separated  and  insure  the  multipli- 
cation of  the  plant.  Int.  by  Lemoine  in  1892.— Excellent. 

76.  Gloire  de  Sceaux  (B.  SocotranaXsubpeltata).    Fig.  216. 
Plant  stout,  half  shrubby,  erect,  vigorous,  compact,  2  ft.  high, 
!-!>£ ft.  across  :  Ivs.  dark  metallic  green,  thick,  large,  red  be- 
neath, veins  red  above,  sub-orbicular,  slightly  oblique  :  fls.  pro- 
fuse, beautiful  rose-pink,  shiny,  females  none.   Fls.  from  Dec 
till  May.   R.H.  1884:516.   G.F.  7:185.— Interesting  as  connecting 
the  fibrous-rooted  and  semi-tuberous  sections.   Int.  by'Thibaut 
and  Keteleer  in  1885.    Autumn  Rose  (B.  Socotrana X insignia). 
Lvs.  intermediate  between  parents,  but    larger  than  either, 
oblique;  fls.  intermediate,  clear,  deep  rose.   Fls.  all  winter.— In- 
teresting as  connecting  the  fibrous-rooted  and  semi-tuberous 
sections.    Int.  by  John  Heal,  of  Veitch  &  Sons,  1882.    Bijou  is 
another  hybrid  from  the  same  parents,  with  large  green  Ivs. 
and  red-carmine  fls.;  males  and  females  present. 

III.    TUBEROUS  OR  SUMMER-FLOWERING  SECTION 
(Figs.  217,  218,  219). 

A.  Stemless,  Ivs.  springing  directly  from  tuber. 

B.  Color  of  fls.  bright  red  or  brilliant  scarlet. 

77.  Davisi,  Veitch.    Stemless  :  Ivs.  springing  directly 
from  a  rootstock,  ovate-cordate,  shining  green,  slightly 
hairy,  underside  red,  petiole  short,  fleshy  :  peduncles, 
pedicels,  and  fls.  bright  red.    Peru.    B.M.  6252.    F.M. 
1876:  231.    G.C.  II.  15:  669. -A  favorite  with  hybridists. 
Has  given  rise  to  numerous  dwarf,  erect-habited  garden 
forms,  with  small  but  brightly  colored  fls. 

78.  Froebeli,  A.  DC.  Stemless:  Ivs.  numerous,  cordate, 
acuminate,  green,  covered  with  fleshy,  purplish  hairs  : 
fls.  in  tall,  lax,  drooping,  branching  cymes,  brilliant  scar- 
let, large.   Winter.    Ecuador.    Gn.  12,  p.  376.— A  beauti- 
ful flowering   plant,   useful  for   conservatory  work  in 
winter.    B.  Froebeli  vernalis,  Hort.,  hybrid  (Froebeli  x 
Dregei),  similar  to  type.    Int.  by  Deleuil  in  1880. 


BEGONIA 

BB.    Color  of  fls.  rose-red  or  white. 

79.   rosaeflora,    Hook.      Stemless  :     petioles,    scapes, 
bracts,  and  stipules  bright  red:  Ivs.  green,  2-4  in.  wide, 


BEGONIA 


149 


215.   Begonia  Socotrana  (X 


No.  72. 


on  stout,  bairy  petioles,  2-6  in.  long,  orbicular,  reniform, 
concave,  margins  lobed,  red,  toothed  :  fls.  2  in.  across, 
rose-red.  Peru.  B.M.  5680.  -Light  colored  seedlings  of 
this  species  gave  rise  to  Queen  of  Whites,  put  into  com- 
merce in  1878,  and  destined  to  be  a  most  important 
factor  in  subsequent  garden  forms  of  the  same  color. 
Int.  in  1867. 

80.  geranioides,  Hook.     Stemless,  rootstock    fleshy  : 
Ivs.  radical,  reniform.  6  in.  across,  lobed  and  toothed, 
green,  hairy,  petioles  8  in.  long:  peduncles  erect,  6-12  in. 
long,  reddish,  hairy,  bearing  a  lax  panicle  of  Us.,  each 
l%in.  across,  pure  white,  with  a  button-like  cluster  of 
yellow  anthers.    Natal.    B.M.  5583.  -Planted  in  a  border 
IT)  a  sunny  greenhouse,  this  is  a  fine  Begonia,  flowering 
profusely  during  Oct.  and  Nov.    Int.  to  Kew  in  1866. 

AA.    St.  present. 

B.    Color  of  fls.  cinnabar-red,  orange-red,  bright  red  or 
scarlet. 

81.  Boliviensis,  A.  DC.      St.    herbaceous,    succulent, 
2  ft.  high,  branching  :    Ivs.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  ser- 
rate, 3-5  in.  long  :  fls.  in  drooping   panicles,  cinnabar- 
scarlet,  fuchsia-like  ;  males  twice  as  large  as  females. 
Bolivia     B.M.  5657.  -The  first  Tuberous  Begonia  intro- 
duced into  England,  1864. 


82.  Vditchii,  Hook.   St. very  short,  thick,  fleshy,  green : 
Ivs.  orbiculate,  cordate,  lobed  and  incised,  margins  cili- 
ated, green,  principal  veins  radiating  from  a  bright  car- 
mine spot  near  the  center,  under  side  pale  green ;  petiole 
thick,  terete    pilose:  fls.  2%in.  in  diam.,  cinnabar-red: 
capsule  smooth,  unequal  wings.    Peru.   B.M.  5663.    F.S. 
22:  2:*26.  — One  of  the  progenitors  of  the  Tuberous  race. 
Int.  1867. 

83.  Ch61soni,    Hort.     (B.    Sedenix. Boliviensis).     St. 
fleshy,  2   ft.  high  :    Ivs.  oblique,  lanceolate,  irregularly 
lobed  :    fls.  large,  orange-red,  drooping.     Gn.  4:  109.— 
Int.  by  Veitch  in  1870. 

84.  Clarkei,  Hook.     St.  purplish,  fleshy,  stout :    Ivs. 
obliquely-cordate,  serrate  :    fls.  in  pendulous   racemes, 
abundant,   large,   bright    red.      Bolivia.     B.M.   5675.— 
Resembles  .Z?.  Veitchii.    It  was  the  seed  parent  of  Vesu- 
vius and  Emperor,  two  important  and  useful  varieties 
for  bedding  out. 

BB.    Color  of  fls.  rose-red  or  pink. 

85.  Evansiana,  Andr.  (B.  discolor,  R.  Br.  B.  grdndis, 
Dry.).    St.  herbaceous,  branching,  smooth,  2  ft.  high  : 
Ivs.  ovate-acute,  sub-cordate,  lobed,  margins   denticu- 
late, green  above,  underside  and  petioles  red,  peduncles 
branching,  axillary :  fls.  numerous,  flesh-colored,  large. 
Java,  China,  Jap.    B.M.  1473.— A  handsome  and  almost 
hardy  species.    Int.  in  1804  to  Kew.    Little  cult.  now. 

86.  Baumannii,  Lemoine.    Tubers  as  large  as  ostrich 
eggs  :    Ivs.  large,  orbicular,  with  short,  thick  petioles: 
peduncles  18  in.  high,  bearing  panicles  of  4-6  fls.,  which 
are  rose-red,  4-petalled,  from  3-4  in.  across,  and  fragrant 
as  roses.    Bolivia,     Gt.  40:  1348  :    42,  p.  25.  A.F.  7:  561. 
G.F.  5:  77.  — It  is  described  as  plentiful  in  the  moist  val- 
leys of  the   Cordilleras,  where  it  is   eaten   by  cattle. 
Sweet-scented.    Distributed  by  Lemoine  in  1890. 

87.  gracilis,  H.B.K.  (B.  bicolor,  Watson.    B.  diversi- 
folia,  R.  Grab.).     St.  erect,  not  branched,   succulent: 
Ivs.  thinly   scattered   along  sts.,  almost  heart-shaped, 
slightly  hairy,  lobed,  denticulate,  ciliate  :  fls.  on  short, 
axillary  peduncles,  pink.    Mex.    B.M.  2966.  — In  axils  of 
Ivs.  between    stipules   a  cluster   of   bulbils   is   borne. 
These  may  be  gathered  and  sown  as  seeds.    Along  with 
its   varieties,  annulata,  diversifolia,  Martiana,  etc.,  it 
makes  a  very  beautiful  summer-flowering  greenhouse 
Begonia.    Int.  by  P.  Neil,  of  Cannon  Mills,  Edinburgh, 
in  1829. 

88.  Pdarcei,  Hook.    St.  1  ft.  high,  succulent,  branch- 
ing :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  cordate,  acuminate,  toothed,   gla- 
brous above,  tomentose  beneath,  pale  red  on  under  sur- 
face :  fls.  in  loose,  axillary  panicles,  large,  bright  yel- 
low.   Bolivia.    B.M.  5545.— It  has  been  the  chief  factor 
in  the  production  of  the  hundreds  of  yellow,  buff  and 
orange-colored  garden  forms.   Int.  in  1865. 

SUPPLEMENTARY  LIST  — TUBEROUS-ROOTED. 

(A)  The  following  tuberous-rooted  species  are  not 
known  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade,  but  they  are  in  cultiva- 
tion in  greater  or  less  purity  : 

89.  cinndbarlna,  Hook.     Sts.  annual,   short,   green,   zigzag, 
slightly  downy :  Ivs.  on  short  petioles,  obliquely  ovate,  lobed 


216.  Begonia  Gloire  de  Sceaux  IX  %),    No.  76. 


150 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


and  serrated  :  peduncles  9-12  in.  long,  red  ;  fls.  cinnabar-red, 
2  in.  across.  Bolivia.  B.M.  4483.  P.M.  16:  225.— Int.  by  Hender- 
son in  1849. 

90.  crinlta,  Oliver.    Sts.  red,  hairy.  1  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  ovate-cor- 
date, irregularly  toothed,  tinged  with  red  on  the  under  side : 
peduncles  erect,  red,  pi-oducing  3   pale  rose-colored  fls.     Bo- 
livia.   B.M.  5897.— Int.  by  Veitch  in  1866. 

91.  cyclophylla,  Hook.    Stemless  :  Ivs.  orbicular,  6  in.  across, 
green,  with  fimbriated  margin  :    peduncles  erect,  6  in.  long  ; 
fls.  rose-colored,  with  the  fragrance  of  roses.    China.    B.M. 
6926.— Int.  to  Kew  in  1885. 

92.  gerani  folia,  Hook.    St.  1  ft.  high,  erect,  greenish  :  Ivs.  cor- 
date, lobed,  serrated,  green,  margins  red,  whole  plant  smooth  : 
fls.  2  or  3  on  terminal  peduncles,  outer  petals   orbicular,  red  ; 
the  two  inner  obovate,  white.   Lima.   B.M.  3387.— Int.  1833. 

93.  Natalensis,  Hook.    Sts.  fleshy,  annual,  1-2  ft.  high :  Ivs. 
obliquely  cordate,  lobed,  sinuate,  2-3  in.  long,  green,  sometimes 
mottled  with  grey,  veins  reddish  :  fls.  bluish  white,  1  in.  across. 
Natal.   B.M.  4841.-Int.  to  Kew  in  1854. 

94.  octopetala,    L'Her.    (B.   grandiflora,    Knowl.    &   West). 
Stemless,  Ivs.  long,  succulent,  downy,  petioles  \%  ft.  long,  cor- 
date, deeply  lobed  and  serrated,  bright  green  :    fls.  greenish 
white,  males  with  8  petals,  females  generally  fewer.    Peru. 
B.M.  3559.   F.S.  20:  2056-7.   A.F.  4:  225  (var.  Lemoinei), 


duced  from  six  species  ;  viz.,  B.  Boliviensis,  B.  Pearcei, 
B.  Veitchii,  B.  rosceflora,  B.  Davisii,  and  B.  Clarkei, 
by  crossing  and  recrossing  : 

(1)  SINGLE -FLOWERED  VARIETIES. 

a.  CRIMSONS  AND  SCARLETS.— Admiration,  fls.  vivid  orange- 
scarlet,  of  dwarf,  compact  habit,  free  flowering  :   Charles 
Baltet,  rich,  velvety  vermilion  ;  Dr.  Masters,  fls.  large,  with 
immense  spikes,  deep  red-crimson  ;  F.  E.  Laing,  deep,  vel- 
vety crimson,  full  and  free  ;    Mrs.  Brassey,   deep,  glowing 
crimson  ;  Lothair,  dark  scarlet-carmine  ;  Scarlet  Gem,  very 
dark  scarlet,  dwarf,  and  very  floriferous  ;   Vesuvius,  bright 
orange-scarlet,  compact  and  free;  one  of  the  finest  bedders. 

b.  ROSE-COLORED.— Lady  Guinthorpe,  rose  color,  extra  large 
and  fine  ;  Marginata,  large,  round  fls.,  white,  with  a  margin 
of  bright  pink;   Packe,  soft,  rosy  red,   shaded  light  rose; 
Stanstead  Surprise,  deep  rose,  very  large. 

c.  WHITES.— Alba  fimbriata,  a  fine,  large,  pure  white  flower, 
with  fringed  petals  ;  Bexley  White,  an  immense  flower  of  the 
purest  white  ;  Mrs.  J .  Thorpe,  white,  the  petals  edged  with 
reddish  lake ;  Queen  of  Whites,  large,  erect,  pure  white  fls. 
of  great  substance  ;  Moonlight,  pure  white,  very  free. 

d.  ORANGE  AND  YELLOWS.— Duchess  of  Leinster,  orange- 
buff,  large,  erect  fls. ;  Miss  A .  de  Rothschild,  pure  yellow ;  Sover- 


217.   Single  Tuberous  Begonia  (X  >»). 


218.   Form  of  double  Tuberous  Begonia  (X 


95.  polypetala,  A.  DC.    St.  short,  fleshy,  annual :  Ivs.  ovate- 
eordate,  toothed,  hairy,  with  raised  veins,  10  in.  by  8  in. :  fls. 
with  9  or  10  ovate-oblong  petals  an  inch  long,  red  :  ovary  hairy, 
with  one  long  wing.   Peru.   Gn.  14, p.  531.— Int.  by  Froebel  in 
1878. 

96.  rubricaulis,  Hook.    Lvs.  4-6  in.  long,  ovate,  wavy,  ciliate 
along  the  margins,  deep  green  :  fls.  large,  males  l^in.  across, 
5-petaled  ;   females  smaller,  6-petaled,  reddish.    Country  un- 
known.  B.M.  4131.— Int.  to  Birmingham  Bot.  Gar.  in  1844. 

97.  Sedeni,  Hort.,  hybrid  (B.  Boliviensis X  Veitchii?).    Lvs. 
long,    pale  green  :    fls.   solitary,   brilliant  red  ;    females  of  4 
petals  ;  males  of  5  petals.    R.H.  1872:  90.— Int.  by  Thibaut  and 
Keteleer  in  1872. 

98.  Sutherlandii,  Hook.   St.  annual,  herbaceous,  1-2  ft.  high, 
bright  red  :  Ivs.  4-^5  in.  long,  lanceolate,  lobed  and  serrated, 
green,  with  red  veins  and  margin  ;  petioles  slender,  red :  fls. 
numerous,  coppery  or  salmon-red.    Natal.    B.M.  5689.— Int.  by 
Backhouse  in  1867. 

99.  tenera.  Dry.  (B.  Thwaitesii,  Hook.).    Lvs.  radical,  cor- 
date, 5  in.  long,  coppery  green,  mixed  with  purple  and  blotched 
with  grey,  under  surface  crimson  :  fls.  white,  tinged  pink. 
Ceylon.    B.M.  4692.— Chiefly  interesting  as  a  variegated  plant. 
Int.  to  Kew  in  1852. 

(AA)  The  following  list  comprises  some  of  the  best  and 
most  distinct  of  the  innumerable  garden  forms  and  hy- 
brids now  existing,  which  have  almost  all  been  pro- 


eign,  rich  golden  yellow,  very  free,  and  excellent  in  every 
way  ;  Torrey  Laing,  reddish  orange-yellow,  an  unusual  color. 

(2)  DOUBLE-FLOWERED  VARIETIES. 

a.  CRIMSONS  AND  SCARLETS.—  Cannell's  Gem,  bright  scar- 
let; Dandy,  intensely  bright  scarlet,  extremely  free-flowering; 
Flamingo,  brilliant  scarlet ;  Henshaw  Russell,  scarlet,  one  of 
the  best ;  Triomphe,  rich,  bright  crimson  ;    Duke  Zeppelin, 
dazzling  scarlet  fls.,  new. 

b.  ROSE-COLORED. —Althoeiflora,  bright  rosy  cerise,  distinct ; 
Duke  of  York,  deep  rose  ;   Glory  of  Stanstead,  soft  rose,  light 
center ;  Hecla,  bright,  glistening  pink,  free  bloomer  ;  Rosy 
Morn,  rose-pink,  large,  broad,  wavy  petals. 

c.  WHITES.— Countess  of  Craven,  pure  white  fls.,  dwarf; 
Miss  Edith  Wynne,  pure  creamy  white  ;  Octavie,  pure  white 
blossoms,  very  floriferous  ;  Picotee,  delicate  white,  pink  mar- 
gin, dwarf  ;  Princess  May,  pure  white,  undulated  or  crimpled 
at  the  edges. 

d.  YELLOWS.— Lady  Balfour  of  Burleigh,  large  yellow  fls., 
erect ;  Miss  Falconer,  clear  yellow ;  Mrs.  Regnart,  chrome- 
yellow,  petals  prettily  undulated  ;  Alice  Manning,  primrose- 
yellow  blossoms. 

IV.    REX,  OR  ORNAMENTAL-LEAVED  SECTION. 

100.  Griffith!!,  Hook.  (B.  picta,  Hort.).    St. -Ivs.  and 
habit  as  in  B.  Rex :   Ivs.  olive-green,  with  a  broad  zone 


BEGONIA 


BELLADONNA    LILY 


151 


of  grey,  tinged  with  red  on  the  under  side  :  fls.  large, 
fleshy,  pink  :  ovary  curiously  crinkled  along  the  angles. 
Assam.  B.M.  4HS4.  —  Int.  by  Henderson,  England,  in 
1856. 

101.  laciniata,   Roxb.     St.    perennial  :    Ivs.    roundly 
ovate,  lobed.  pubescent,  black-purple,  with  a  broad  zone 
of  green,  reddish  on  the  under  side  :   fls.  as  in  B.  Rex. 
India.  IS.  China.    B.M.  f>021.  — Int.  to  Kew  in  1857.    Var. 
Bowringiana,  Hort.,  has  green  Ivs.  and  rosy  fls.    B.M. 
5182. 

102.  xanthina,  Hook.    Similar  to  B.  Sex,  and  probably 
only  a  form  of  that  species  :   Ivs.  large,  fleshy,  cordate- 
ovate,   acuminate,   sinuate-ciliated,  dark   green   above, 
purplish  beneath  :  fls.  yellow  :  capsule  with  one  large 
win-.      B.M.   4683. -Var.   pictifdlia,   Hort.,  B.M.  5102. 
Vari  Lazuli,  B.M.  5107. 

103.  R6x,  Putz.    Fig.  220.    St.  a  short,  fleshy  rhizome, 
from  which  spring  the  long-stalked,  large,  ovate,  wavy 
Ivs.,  which  are  hairy  and  colored  a  rich  metallic  green, 
with  a  zone  of  silvery  grey :  peduncles  erect  :  fls.  large, 
rose-tinted,  males  2  "in.  across,  with  4  unequal  petals  ; 
females  smaller,  with  5  nearly  equal  petals  :    ovary  3 
angled,  with  2  short  and  1  long  wing.     Assam.     F.S. 
12:1255-1258.    B.M.  5101.— This  magnificent  species  is 
the  principal  parent  in  the  production  of  the  numerous 
ornamental-foliaged    Begonias.     It    has    been    crossed 
with  a  few  species  in  the  first  place,  and  then  hybrid 
seedlings  have  been  raised  again  and  again  from  the 
progeny.   Fig.  220  is  a  copy  of  a  part  of  the  original  fig- 
ure in  Flore  des  Serres  (1857),  and  is  given  here  for  the 
purpose  of  showing  what  this  species  was  like  when  first 
known  to  horticulturists. 

Following  are  some  of  the  derivative  types  of  Rex 
Begonias : 

104.  Rex  X  discolor  hybrids.    I.H.  28:  434.    Mad.  Jos.  Moens, 
silvery  white,  with  green  articulations  towards  the  margins, 
and  a  green  disc.   Mad.  Chas.  Weber,  green,  spotted  with  white. 
Mad.  Q.  Van  Meerbeeke,  silvery,  with  a  narrow  green  edge,  and  a 
central  green  disc  running  out  along  the  veins.    Souv.  de  Mad. 
la  Barone  de  Bleichroder,  disc  and  hroad  margin  downy  green, 
central  portion  silvery.    Mad.  Funck,  disc  and  broad  margin 
light  apple-green,  intermediate  portion  silvery.  Baron  A .  Vriere, 
disc  dark  green,  center  silvery,  margin  broad,  dark  green,  silver- 
spotted.     Others  are  Mad.  Treyve,  Mad.  Luizet,  Edw.  B.  Ken- 
nedy. Henri  Vilmorin,  Pres.  Belle,  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  Ed.  Py- 
ndert,  Pres.  de  la  Devansaye,  Mad.  F.  Alegatiere,  Abel  Carriere. 

105.  RexXdiadema  hybrids.    R.  H.  1888,  p.  20.    R.  B.15,  p.  91. 
Lesoudii,  very  similar  to  B.  Rex,  but  larger  leaved.    Adrien 
Schmidt,  green  on  the  margins,  marked  and  spotted  silver  in 
the  center.     Clementince,  lobes  very  acute,  white  blotches  in 
center.    Mad.  Alamagny,  Ivs.  very  large,  deeply  lobed,  pure 
metallic-white,   with  a  green  center.     Mad.   Isabelle  Bellon, 
finely  dentate,  lobed  and  undulated,  center  olive-green,  sur- 
rounded by  a  zone  of  white,  becoming  rose  on  the  inner  mar- 
gin.   M.   Crousse,  very  long,  dentate,  green  center,  band  of 
silver  around  margin.    Others  are  Theodore  Schmidt,  Henri 
Domeck,  Linee,  Papillon,  Mad.  D.  Wettstein,  D.  Wettstein,  A. 
Dalliere,  Mad.  Georges  Bruant,  Wilhelm  Pfitzer. 

106.  RexXSocotrana.    A  plant  has  been  produced  which  com- 
bines the  characters  of  the  two  parents  in  a  pleasing  manner  : 
Ivs.  like  B.  Rex,  but  with  shorter  petioles,  and  crowded  on  the 
stem  ;    prettily  colored :    fls.  in  erect,  sturdy  racemes,  which 
stand  well  above  the  plant ;    like  B.  Socotrana  in  color,  but 
paler.   Plant  said  to  be  evergreen.— Interesting  as  a  connecting 
link  between  the  Rex  and  semi-tuberous  sections.   Int.  by  San- 
der &  Co.  in  1897. 

107.  Miscellaneous  Rex  hybrids  of  known  origin  :    Rex  leop- 
rtrilinus   (RexXxanthina,  var.  Reichenheimei).    Very  similar 
to  B.  Rex,  but  much  larger.  F.S.  13: 1317.— Int.  by  Van  Houtte 
in  1859.     Orandis  (RexXsplendida).    Very  similar  to  B.  Rex. 
F.S.  1:5:1330.— Int.  by  Rollison.   Otto  Forster  (RexXimperialis). 
Dwf.  habit :  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate,  dark  green,  marbled  with 
silvery    greyish    green :     fls.   greenish    white,  inconspicuous. 
Miranda  (RexXimperialis,  var.  smaragdina).    Very  similar  to 
above,  but  marbled  with  silver.  Domini  (RexXargentea).  Leo- 
poldi    (GriffithiXsplendida).     I.H. 6:205.     Prince    Troubetzkoi, 
double  hybrid  (GriffithiXXanthina,  var.  marmorata  and  rubro- 
venia),  I.H.  5:158;    also,  from  the  same  cross,  Madame  Wag- 
ner,  I.H.  5: 161.  and  Miranda.    Countess  Louise  Erdody  (Alex- 
ander, var.  HumboldtXargentea-cupreata).     Fig.  221.     Lvs. 
obliquely  cordate,  ovate-acute,  the  smaller  of  the  two  lobes 
twisted   in  a  spiral  manner,  with  as  many  as  4  coils  ;    upper 
surface  silvery,  with  veins  deep  green  ;  under  surf  ace  reddish , 
pilose.    I.H.  31:516.    G.C.  11.22:205.— Int.  by  F.  Nemeczik,  gar- 
dener to  Count  Erdody,  a  Hungarian  nobleman,  in  1884. 

108.  Other  Rex  varieties  of  unknown  or  uncertain  origin : 
Louise  Closson.    Lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  lobed,  veins  deep  pur- 
ple, surface  blotched  with  deep  purple  bronze,  metallic  luster 


very  bright.  Lucy  Closson  is  very  similar,  but  more  vigorous, 
with  the  blotches  more  numerous  and  better  distributed. 
Marquis  de  Peralta.  Lvs.  small,  margins  hairy,  numerous 
silvery  spots  on  surface.  Compact,  dense  grower.  Duchesse  de 


Brabant.  Lvs.  large,  purple,  mar- 
gins and  surface  hairy,  otherwise 
like  B.  Rex.  Louise  Chretien.  Lvs. 
green,  with  a  zone  of  glossy  silver 
toward  the  center,  covered  with 
very  small  white  spots.  Bertha 
MacOregor.  Lvs.  ovate-acuminate, 
lobed,  white,  center  and  margin 
green.  Count  Erdody.  Silver-white, 
green -striped  along  the  veins,  hairy; 
lobes  twisted  into  a  spiral,  hairy. 
Matilda.  Lvs.  silvery  white,  center 
and  along  veins  green,  margins 
hairy.  Alice  White.  Large,  bright 
silver,  center  bronze,  satin  luster. 
P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

BELEMCANDA  (East  Indian      \ 
name).  Iridacece.  BLACKBERRY  21Q.  A  type  of 

LILY.     LEOPARD     FLOWER.     A          Tuberous  Begonia, 
monotypic  genus,  containing  an  double-flowered, 

interesting    hardy,    herbaceous 

perennial  plant,  which  is  an  old  garden  favorite.  The 
first  of  the  popular  names  comes  from  the  clusters  of 
shining,  black,  roundish  seeds,  and  the  second  from  the 
flower,  which  is  orange,  spotted  red.  It  is  more  commonly 
sold  as  a  Pardanthus,  which  also  means  Leopard  Flower. 
Perianth  segments  oblong,  the  3  inner  slightly  shorter 
and  spirally  twisting  as  they  fade.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  by 
division.  Of  easy  culture  in  rich,  sandy  loam  and  in  a 
sunny  place.  Commonly  spelled  Belamcanda. 

Chin6nsis,  Leman.  (Belamcdnda  punctata,  Moench. 
Ixia  Chintnsis,  Linn.  Pardanthus  Chine"nsis,  Ker- 
Gawl.  P.  Sintnsis, Van  Houtte).  Fig.  222.  Height  2-3  ft.; 
rootstock  a  short,  stoloniferous  rhizome  :  Ivs.  about  6,  in 
a  lax  tuft,  equitant,  striate,  1-1%  ft.  long,  1  in.  broad  : 
outer  spathe  valves  %-l  in.  long;  pedicels  1-2  in.  long: 
capsule  1-1% in.  long;  valves  reflexing,  persistent. 
China  and  Jap.  B.M.  171.  F.S.  16:1632.  L.B.C.  19:18/4. 
—The  seed-stalks  are  sometimes  used  with  dried  grasses 
for  decoration.  It  is  said  that  the  birds  sometimes  mis- 
take the  seeds  for  blackberries. 

BELLFLOWEE.    See  Campanula. 
BELLADONNA.    See  Atropa. 
BELLADONNA  LILY.    See  Amaryllis. 


152 


BELLIS 


BENE 


BELLIS  (Latin,  belhis,  pretty).  Compdsitce.  ENG- 
LISH DAISY.  The  Daisy,  as  it  grows  wild  in  England, 
has  a  yellow  center,  surrounded  bv  numerous  rays  in  a 


220.   Begonia  Rex,  in  its  original  form.    No.  10H. 
(See  Begonia,  p.  151.) 

single  row,  but  the  favorite  cultivated  forms  are  double, 
the  rays  rising  in  tier  upon  tier,  and  frequently  crowd- 
ing out  every  trace  of  a  yellow  center.  The  English 
Daisy  is  essentially  a  pink  or  pinkish  fl.  in  its  general 
effect,  the  tips  of  the  rays  sometimes  and  the  under 
surfaces  usually  being  pink  or  red.  There  are  27  species 
in  the  genus,  only  one  of  which  is  American.  B.  Integ- 
rifolia  is  found  in  moist  soil  from  Ky.  and  Tenn.  to 
Ark.  and  Tex.,  but  is  too  rare  and  sectional  to  become  a 
general  favorite.  The  plant  that  is  most  commonly 
called  Daisy  in  America  is  Chrysanthemum  Leucan- 
themum.  For  an  illustrated  account  of  the  various 
plants  known  as  Daisies  in  America,  see  Daisy. 

Daisies  are  favorite  border  plants,  and  are  much  used 
in  spring  bedding,  especially  for  edging.  They  thrive 
in  a  cool  soil  and  moist  atmosphere,  a,nd  are,  therefore, 
much  better  adapted  to  English  than  American  gar- 
dens. A  light  mulch  is  desirable  for  winter  protection. 
In  home  gardening,  the  plants,  after  flowering,  are  di- 
vided into  single  crowns.  These  are  planted  about  6  in. 
apart  in  good,  rich  garden  soil.  Each  crown  soon  sends 
out  side  growths,  which,  in  time,  form  new  crowns. 
Before  winter  sets  in  the  young  clumps  can  be  moved 
readily  to  any  place  in  the  garden  where  they  are 
wanted  to  bloom.  Daisies  are  also  forced  by  florists  for 
winter  bloom.  When  Daisies  are  desired  for  edging 


221.   Erdody  Begonia  (X  %).     No.  107. 
(See  Begonia,  p.  151.) 

spring  flower  beds,  the  clumps  are  divided  into  single 
plants  during  the  previous  September,  or  early  enough 
to  allow  the  new  plants  to  get  a  firm  hold  before  winter, 


and  are  placed  3  in.  apart  in  a  narrow  trench.  These 
edgings  must  be  renewed  each  year,  as  the  plants,  if 
they  grow  well,  spread  too  wide,  or  irregularly.  In  dry 
summers  many  roots  fail,  and  if  they  remain  in  the 
same  spot  year  after  year,  the  fls.  will  degenerate  to  the 
single  condition. 

The  simplest  way  of  propagating  and  growing  Eng- 
lish Daisies  for  spring  bedding  in  this  country  is  to 
sow  the  seed  in  shallow  boxes  about  August  10.  As 
soon  as  large  enough  to  handle,  transplant  5  inches 
apart  into  coldframes,  and  when  the  winter  sets  in 
put  on  the  sash,  giving  air  whenever  the  weather  may 
be  mild.  Transplant  to  the  flower  beds  as  early  as  pos- 
sible in  the  spring,  where  in  a  very  short  time  they 
will  be  a  mass  of  bloom,  and  will  continue  to  bloom  till 
the  beginning  of  June,  when  they  should  be  thrown  out, 
.  and  the  summer  bedding  plants 
planted.  Longfellow  and  Snowball 
are  the  two  best  varieties  for  this 
purpose.  Myosotis  alpestris  and 
Silene  pendula  may  be  grown  the 
same  way,  using  the  Daisies  as 
edging  when  in  the  beds,  and  the 
others  as  center  pieces. 

The  Daisy  is  propagated  by  seeds 
(which  are  sown  early),  and  by  di- 
visions, the  choicest  varieties  be- 
ing maintained  by  the  latter  method . 
The  main  types  growd  from  seed 
are  the   white,  rose,    quilled,    and 
white    with     red 
center,      all       of 
which  are  double. 
A    dark     red     is 
less  common.    Of 
kinds     prop,    by 
seed,   Longfellow   is 
now   the    best   rose- 
colored,  and  Snowball 
the  best  white  vari- 
ety, the  latter  being 
especially  prized   by 
florists  for   cut-flow- 
ers, as   it  has   long, 
stiff    stems.      Other 
varieties  are  Maxima, 
Snowflake,  and   Rob 
Roy,   which   is    per- 
haps the  best  red. 

per6nnis,  Linn. 
TRUE  OR  ENGLISH 
DAISY.  Hardy  herba- 
ceous perennial,  3-6 
in.  high :  Ivs.  clus- 
tered at  the  root, 
spatulate  or  obovate : 
fls.  1-2  in.  across, 
solitary,  on  hairy 
scapes.  Apr.-June. 
W.  Eu.;  naturalized 
in  Calif. ;  rarely  runs 
wild  in  the  eastern 
states.  B.M.  228.  F. 
S.  6:584, which  shows 
11  well  marked  types.— An  interesting  but  not  perma- 
nent form,  which  is  a  result  of  overfeeding,  is  the  «Hen- 
and-Chickens  Daisy,"  in  which  a  number  of  small  fl.- 
heads  are  borne  on  short  stalks  springing  out  of  the 
main  fl.-head.  Cockscomb  forms,  in  which  several 
scapes  unite  to  produce  a  monstrous  flower,  are  some- 
times seen,  but  cannot  be  perpetuated.  The  rays  are 
sometimes  wholly  incurved,  or  reflexed,  or  quilled. 
Other  English  names  of  the  Daisy  are  Herb  Margaret, 
Ewe-  or  May-gowan,  Childing  Daisy,  Bone-  or  Bruise- 
wort,  Bone  Flower,  March  Daisy,  Bairn-wort. 

J.  B.  KELLER,  E.  J.  CANNING,  and  W.  M. 

BELLWORT.    In  England,  any  member  of  the  Cam- 
panulacece.    In  America,  Uvularia. 

BELVIDEKE,  or  SUMMER  CYPRESS.     See  Kochia. 
BENE.     See  Sesamum. 


222.  Belemcanda  Chinensis  (X  %). 
(See  Belemcanda,  p.  151.) 


BENI 


BERBERIS 


153 


BENI,  JAPANESE.     Sec  Cnrynplrrlx  Mastucantlms. 

BENINCASA  i  name  of  an  Italian  nobleman).  Cncnr- 
liff <}<'<•<!•.  One  species  from  E.  Ind.  Annual,  running, 
squash-like  herbs,  with  solitary  yellow  monoecious  fls., 
the  staininate  long-peduncled,  the  pistillate  nearly  ses- 
sile ;  corolla  deeply  lobed  ;  tendrils  2-3-branched. 

cerffera,  Savi.  Fig.  223.  WAX  GOURD.  ZIT-KWA. 
CHINESE  PRESERVING  MELON.  CHINESE  WATERMELON. 
Vine  long,  like  a  muskmelon,  hairy,  with  cordate  lobed 
Ivs.:  fr.  mostly  oblong,  10-16  in/  long,  hairy,  white- 


223.   Benincasa  cerifera. 

waxy,  with  solid  white  flesh  and  small,  cucumber-like 
seeds.  Cult,  the  same  as  muskmelon  or  cucumber. 
R.H.  1887:540.  — Recently  int.  into  the  U.  S.  (Bull.  67, 
Cornell  Exp.  Sta. ),  and  used  for  making  preserves  and 
sweet  pickles  ;  said  to  be  eaten  raw  in  warm  countries. 

L.  H.  B. 
BENJAMIN  BUSH.    Benzoin  odoriferum. 

BENT  GRASS.     See  Agrostis. 
BENTHAMIA.     Referred  to  Cormis. 

BENZOIN  (of  Arabic  or  Semitic  origin,  meaning  a 
gum  or  perfume).  Syn.,  Lindera.  Laurdcece.  Trees 
or  shrubs,  aromatic  :  "ivs.  alternate,  usually  deciduous, 
entire  or  sometimes  3-lobed  :  fls.  polygamous -dioecious, 
apetalous,  small,  in  axillary,  umbel-like  clusters  ;  calyx 
6-parted  ;  staminate  fls.  with  9  stamens  :  fr.  a  berry. 
About  60  species  in  trop.  and  E.  Asia  and  N.  Amer. 
Some  E.  Asiatic  species  yield  an  odorous  oil,  used  in 
perfumery.  Only  a  few  deciduous  species  are  cult. 
They  are  attractive  on  account  of  their  handsome  foli- 
age, which  turns  bright  yellow  in  fall,  and  their  black 
or  scarlet  fr.  The  hardiest  species  is  B.  odoriferum, 
though  B.  obtusilobiim  and  B.  hypoglaucum  may  also 
be  grown  north  in  sheltered  positions.  They  thrive  best 
in  peaty  and  sandy  soil.  Prop,  usually  by  seeds  sown 
after  maturity;  also  by  layers,  which  root  best  in  peaty 
soil  ;  of  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass,  one-half  may 
be  expected  to  root.  The  Benzoin  of  the  druggists  is  a 
balsamic  resin  obtained  from  Styrax  Benzoin. 

odoriferum,  Nees  (Lindera  Benzoin,  Blume).  SPICE 
BUSH.  BENJAMIN  BUSH.  WILD  ALLSPICE.  FEVER  BUSH. 
Fig.  224.  Shrub,  6-15  ft.,  nearly  glabrous  :  Ivs.  oblong- 
obovate,  finely  ciliate,  bright  green,  pale  beneath,  3-5  in. 
long:  fls.  yellow,  before  the  Ivs.:  berry  red,  oblong, 
spicy.  N.  Eng.  southward  and  west  to  Kans.  .Em.  365. 
—  The  bark  is  aromatic,  stimulant,  tonic,  astringent. 

B.  cpstirdle,  Nees-=B.  odoriferum.— B.  grdcile,  0.  Kuntze 
(Daphnidium  gracile,  Nees).  Lvs.  ovate,  3-nerved,  charta- 
(£°^'  H.abitat  unknown.  Stove  plant.— B.  hypoglaucum, 
Kend.  (Lindera  hypoglauca,  Max.).  Lvs.  penninerved  glau- 
cous beneath  :  clusters  few-fld.,  with  or  before  the  Ivs. :  berries 
black.  Japan.—/?,  melissifblinm^ees.  Allied  to  B.  odoriferum. 
Branches  pubescent :  Ivs.  oblong,  downy  beneath.  S.  states. 
B.M.  1470.— B.  obtusilobum,  O.  Kuntze.  Lvs.  3-nerved,  ovate  or 
3-lobed:  clusters  many-nd. :  berries  black.  Japan.  G.F.  6:295. 
— B.  prcecox,  S.  &  Z.  Lvs.  penninerved,  elliptic-oblong  •  clus- 
ters few-fld.,  before  the  Ivs.:  berries  brownish,  %in.  diam. 
Japan.— #.  sericeum,  S.  &  Z.  Lvs.  penninerved,  pubescent  be- 
neath :  clusters  many-fid.,  with  the  Ivs.  Japan 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


BERBERID6PSIS  (from  Berberis  and  Greek  opsis, 
likeness).  Berberid&cea,  Climbing  evergreen  shrub  : 
Ivs.  alternate,  petioled,  dentate  :  fls.  on  long  pedicels  in 
terminal  racemes  ;  bracts,  sepals  and  petals  gradually 
passing  into  one  another,  9-15,  the  inner  ones  concave  ; 
stamens  8-9  :  fr.  a  berry.  One  species  in  Chile.  Orna- 
mental low-climbing  shrub,  with  deep  green  foliage  and 
crimson  fls.  in  drooping  racemes,  for  temperate  regions, 
or  the  cool  greenhouse,  growing  in  almost  any  soil. 
Propag.  by  seeds  sown  in  spring,  by  greenwood  cuttings 
in  spring,  or  by  layers  in  autumn. 

coralllna,  Hook.  Lvs.  cordate,  oblong-ovate,  coarsely 
spinulose-dentate,  2-3  in.  long  :  fls.  globose,  over  %  in. 
long,  crimson,  in  many-fid,  leafy  racemes.  B.M.  5343. 

F-S'20:2137-  ALFRED  RKHOEB. 

BERBERIS  (Arabic  name).  Berber idacece.  BAR- 
BERRY. Shrubs,  with  yellow  inner  bark  and  wood,  often 
spiny :  Ivs.  alternate,  often  fasciculate,  usually  glabrous, 
simple  or  pinnate,  deciduous  or  persistent,  mostly  spin- 
ulose-dentate :  fls.  in  racemes,  rarely  umbellate  or  soli- 
tary ;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens  6  :  fr.  a  1-celled  berry 
with  one  or  several  oblong  seeds.  Nearly  100  species  in 
America  from  Brit.  Col.  to  Patagonia,  Asia,  Eu.,  and  N. 
Afr.  Low  ornamental  shrubs,  of  which  a  large  number 
is  cultivated.  Most  of  the  deciduous  species  are  quite 
hardy,  while  the  evergreen  ones  are  to  be  recommended 
for  more  temperate  regions,  except  B.  Aquifolium  and 
B.  repens,  which  may  be  cultivated  even  north  in  some- 
what sheltered  positions.  Both  evergreen  and  deciduous 
kinds  are  very  attractive  in  spring,  with  their  bright  or 
orange-yellow  fls.,  and  in  fall  with  their  red,  dark  blue 
or  nearly  black  fruits.  Some,  as  B.  Amurensis  and  B. 
Thunbergii,  while  amongst  the  handsomest  in  fr., 
assume  a  splendid  fall  coloring.  They  grow  in  almost 
any  soil,  but  prefer  drier  situations  ;  the  evergreen 
species  thrive  best  in  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and 
loam.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  soon  after  maturity,  or 
stratified  and  sown  in  spring  ;  even  B.  vulgaris,  var. 
atropurpurea,  may  be  increased  in  this  way,  as  a  large 
percentage  '  comes 
true.  The  evergreen 
species  grow  from 
cuttings  in  Septem- 
ber, placed  in  sand 
under  glass.  Most  of 
the  deciduous  species 
can  be  grown  from 
greenwood  cuttings, 
taken  from  forced 
plants  in  spring  and 
put  under  glass  with 
slight  bottom  heat. 
Layers  put  down  in 
autumn  usually  re- 
main 2  years  before 
they  can  be  sepa- 
rated. Some  species 
may  be  propagated  by 
suckers.  Rarer  kinds 
and  varieties  are 
sometimes  grafted  on 
B.  vulgaris  or  Thun- 
bergii, in  August 
or  September  under 
glass,  or  in  early 
spring  in  the  green- 
house. The  root 
and  the  inner  bark 
are  sometimes  used 
for  dyeing  yellow. 
Some  species  have 
medicinal  properties. 
In  wheat-growing 
districts,  planting  of 
Berberis  should  be 
avoided,  as  it  is  the 
host  of  the  ^iScidium -stage  of  Puccinia  graminis,  a  fun- 
gus which  causes  the  wheat-rust.  Destroying  the  Ber- 
beris, however,  will  not  check  the  propagation  of  the 
fungus,  as  it  is  able  to  grow  and  to  spread  for  years 
without  forming  the  JEcidium -stage.  Monogr.  of  spe- 


224.    Benzoin 

odoriferum  (X  %). 


154 


HERBERTS 


BERBERIS 


«ies  cult,  in  England  in  Flore  des  Serres,  6:  66  and  73 
(1850-1). 

Index  :  Amurensis,  No.  2  ;  Aquifolium,  21  ;  aristata, 
15  ;  asperma,  1 ;  atropurpurea,  1  ;  JBealii,  19;  buxifolia, 
9;  Canadensis,  4;  Caroliniana,  4;  Darwini,  12;  dulcis, 
1,  9  ;  emarginata,  3;  Fortune!,  24;  Fremonti,  17;  Hako- 
date, 2  ;  heteropoda,  6  ;  ilicifolia,  11,  14  ;  integrifolia, 
7  ;  Jamesoni,  13,  16  ;  Japonica,  2,  19  ;  Maximowiczi,  8  ; 


225.   Berberis  vulgaris,  in  fruit. 

Nepalensis,  20  :  nervosa,  22  ;  Neuberti,  14  ;  pinnata, 
18  ;  pluriflora,  8  ;  repens,  23  ;  Sieboldi,  2,  and  suppl. 
list  ;  Sinensis,  5  ;  stenophylla,  10  ;  Thunbergi,  8  ;  vul- 
garis, 1 ;  Wallichiana,  13. 

A.    Lvs.  simple,  usually  fasciculate  in  the  axils  of 

spines,  deciduous  or  persistent. 
B.    Foliage  deciduous  :    Ivs.  membranaceous  or 

chartaceous. 
c.   Fls.  in  racemes. 

D.    Branches  gray,  except  those  of  the  purple-leaved 
form. 

1.  vulgaris,  Linn.    COMMON  BARBERRY.   Fig.  225,  226. 
From  4-8  ft.,  rarely  15:  branches  grooved,  upright  or 
.arching  :    Ivs.  oblong-spathulate  or   obovate,  setulose- 
dentate,  membranaceous,  1-2  in.  long  :  racemes  pendu- 
lous, many-fld. ;  fls.  bright  yellow  :  fr.  oblong,  usually 
purple.    May,  June.    Eu.  to  E.  Asia  ;  escaped  from  cul- 
ture and  naturalized  in  E.  N.  Amer.    Gn.  35 :  693.  —  Hand- 
some in   spring,  with  its  golden  yellow  fls.  and  light 
green  foliage;  and  in  fall,  with  its  bright  scarlet  fruits, 
remaining  through  the  whole  winter.    A  very  variable 
species  ;  also  the  six  following  species  are  included  by 
some  botanists  as  varieties.    Of  the  many  garden  forms, 
the  most  effective  is  var.  atropurpurea,  Rgl.,  with  pur- 
ple colored  Ivs.    Gt.  9:278,  1.    There  are  also  varieties 
with  variegated  Ivs.  and  purplish  black, whitish  or  yellow 
berries,  as  var.  alba,  white-fruited  ;  var.  aspermai  seed- 
less ;  var.  dulcis,  less  acid  ;  var.  lutea,  yellow-fruited  ; 
var.  mitis,  less  thorny  ;  var.  nigra,  black-fruited  ;   var. 
violacea  or  friictu-violaceo,  violet-fruited.    The  spines 
of  the  Barberry  are,  morphologically,  Ivs.,  and  the  Ivs. 
.are  borne  on  short  branches  in  their  axils  (Fig.  226). 
The  stamens  are  sensitive.    Touch  the  filaments  with  a 
pin  when  the  fls.  first  open,  and  the  stamens  fly  for- 
ward upon  the  pistil. 

2.  Amur6nsis,   Rupr.   (B.  vulgaris,  var.  4mur6nsis, 
Rgl. ) .  Three  to  8  ft. :  branches  straight,upright,  grooved : 
Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  elliptic,  densely  ciliate-dentate, 
distinctly  veined  beneath,  1-3  in.  long:  racemes  upright 
or  nodding,  6-12-fld.,  about  as  long  as  Ivs.:  fr.  oblong, 
scarlet.     Manchuria,  N.  China.    Gng.  5:119.    Var.  Ja- 
pdnica,  Rehd.  (B.  vulgaris,  var.  Japdnica,  Rgl.    B. Sie- 
boldi, Hort.,  not  Miq.    B.  Hakodate,  Hort.).   Lvs.  firmer 
and  more   chartaceous,   prominently    veined    beneath, 
shorter  petioled,  dark  green  above.    Jap.    G.F.  3:  249  as 
B.  Sieboldi.     A. G.  18:  454.— Vigorous-growing  shrubs, 
standing  drought  well,  with  brilliant  orange  and  scarlet 
fall-coloring,  especially  the  variety. 

3.  emarginata,  Willd.   One  to  3  ft.,  in  culture  usually 
higher  :  spines  simple    to    5-parted,  sometimes  longer 
than  the  Ivs. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate  or  obovate-oblong, 
setulose-dentate,  %-!%  in.  long  :    racemes    short,   up- 
right;  petals  usually  emarginate.    S.  Eu.  to  Himal.— 
Low  spiny  shrub  with  handsome  fall-coloring. 

DD.    Branches  reddish  brown  or  brown:  Ivs.  usually 
sparsely  dentate,  sometimes  entire. 

4.  Canadensis,  Milt.  (B.  Caroliniana,  Loud.).    One  to 
.3  ft. :  spines  small,  3-parted  ;    Ivs.  cuneate-oblong,  re- 


motely spinulose-dentate,  rarely  entire,  1-2  in.  long  : 
racemes  few-fid.,  nodding,  about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.; 
petals  retuse  or  emarginate  :  fr.  short-oval  or  nearly 
globular,  coral-red.  Alleghanies.  — The  plant  sold  under 
this  name  is  usually  B.  vulgaris. 

5.  Sinensis,  Desf.    From  4-6  ft.,  with  slender,  often 
arching  branches  and  small,  3-5-parted  spines  :  Ivs.  cu- 
neate, oblong  or  obovate-lanceolate,  coarsely  setulose- 
dentate,  sometimes  entire,  green  or  glaucescent  beneath, 
1-2  in.  long  :    racemes   pendulous,   slender-peduncled, 
bright  or  pale  yellow  :  berries  oval  or  oblong,  blood-red. 
From  Caucasus  to  Himal.  and   China.     B.M.  6573.— A 
hardy,  graceful  species,  very  handsome  in  fruit. 

6.  heteropoda,   Schrenk.     Three  to   6   ft. :    branches 
stout,  spreading,  with  few  short  spines  :  Ivs.  broadly 
obovate,  entire  or  remotely  serrate,  pale  bluish  green, 
1/^-2  in.  long,  some  short  and  some    slender-petioled: 
fls.  in  long-stalked,  few-fld.  racemes,  orange-yellow,  fra- 
grant:   fr.  oblong,  dark  blue  with  glaucous  bloom.    May. 
Turkestan,    Songaria.      G.F.    8: 455.  — Handsome     and 
very  distinct  species. 

7.  integerrima,  Bunge.   In  habit  and  appearance  very 
like  No.  6,  and  difficult  to  distinguish  without  fl. -clus- 
ters :   stems  terete  and  brown  :  Ivs.  broad -obovate,  re- 
motely dentate  or  entire,  dark  bluish  green  above  :  ra- 
cemes dense  and  upright.   Persia,  Turkestan,  Songoria. 

cc.    Fls.  usually  solitary,  rarely  in  few-fid,  umbels: 
I  us.  entire. 

8.  Thunbergii,  DC.   Figs.  227,  228.    Dense,  low  shrub, 
2-4  ft.:    branches    spreading,  deeply   grooved,   brown, 
with  simple  spines:  Ivs.  obovate  or  spathulate,  quite  en- 
tire, glaucescent  beneath,  %-l%in.  long  :  fls.  1-3,  pale 
yellow  :  fr.  elliptic  or  nearly  globose,  bright  red.   Apr., 
May.  G.F.  2:53.  B.M.  6646.  R.H.  1894:173.  A.G.  18:357. 
Gng.  4 :  241  ;  5 : 119,  353,  355.    Mn.  2 : 118.    A.F.  8 :  526. - 
One  of  the  most  valuable  species,  especially  remarkable 
for  its  low,  dense,  horizontal  growth,  its  large,  brilliant 
red  frs.,  remaining  fresh  till  the  following  spring,  and  for 
its  bright  scarlet  fall-col- 
oring ;    hardy.     Very  val- 
uable for  borders  of  walks 

and  drives.  Endures  par- 
tial shade.  Cattle  and 
sheep  do  not  browse 
it  much.  Var.  Maximo  - 
wiczi,  Franch.  &  Sav., 
has  the  Ivs.  green  beneath. 
Var.  plurifldra,  Koehne, 
with  3-10  fls.  in  short,  um- 
bel-like raceme,  is  perhaps 
a  hybrid  with  B.  vulga- 
ris ;  it  has  almost  gray 
branches.  China,  Japan. 


226.   Berberis  vulgaris. 

Natural  size,  showing  the 

spines   and  foliage. 


BB.    Foliage  evergreen  or  half-evergreen, 
c.    Lvs.  entire,  or  rarely  with  few  spiny  teeth. 

9.  buxifdlia,  Poir.  (B.  dulcis.  Sweet).  One  to  3  ft.: 
branches  brown,  grooved  ;  spines  usually  3-parted, 
short  :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate  or  elliptic,  %-l  in.  long  : 
fls.  solitary,  on  long  pedicels,  orange  yellow  :  fr.  nearly 


BERBKKIS 


BERBERIS 


155 


globese,  blackish  purple.  May.  Chile  to  Strait  of  Ma- 
gellan. B.M.  6505.  S.B.F.G.  II.  1:100.  P.M.  10:  171. 
—  A  very  irraeet'ul,  free-flowering  shrub  ;  one  of  the 
hardiest  of  the  evergreen  species  ;  will  stand  the  win- 
ter even  north  if  somewhat  protect  <•<!. 

10.  stenophylla,   Mast.   (B.  Ddru-ini  x  empetrifoHa). 
Height    l-'J  ft.,   with  slender,   arching   branches  :    Ivs. 
narrow-oblong,  revolute  at  the  margins,  spiny  pointed, 
K-lV-t  in.  long,  dark  green  above  :   fls.  2-6,  in  pedun- 
cled.  pendulous  umbels.    Of  garden  origin.    May.    G.C. 
III.  7:619.     A.F.  6:325.  — Handsome  shrub,   nearly  as 
hardy  as  the  former. 

CO.    Lvs.  coarsely  spiny  dentate. 
D.    Fls.   in  simple  racemes  or  clnsters. 

11.  ilicifolia,  Forst.  Holly-leaved.  Lvs.  partially  ever- 
green, persisting  till  late  in  winter,  shining  dark  green, 
ovate,  tapering  at  base,  coarsely  spiny-toothed:  pedicels 
short,  4-fld.,  somewhat  corymbose  ;  fls.  orange-yellow. 
Terra  del  Fuego.    B.M.  4308.    F.S.  3:291. 

12.  Darwini,  Hook.    Height  1-3  ft. :  branches  brown, 
pubescent  when  young  :  Ivs.  sessile,  cuneate,  obovate, 
usually  3-fld  at  the  apex,  glossy  dark  green  above,  %-l 
in.   long  :    racemes    short,   many-fld.,    pendulous  ;    fls. 
orange-yellow,  often  reddish  outside  :  style  longer  than 
the  ovary  :  fr.  dark  purple.    Chile  to  Patagonia.    B.M. 
4590.    F.S.  7:663.    P.F.G.  2:46. 

13.  WallicMana,  DC.  (#.e^mes0nt,  Hort.,  not  Lindl.). 
Shrub,  to  10  ft.,  with  grayish  brown  branches  :  spines 
3-parted,  nearly  an  inch  long  :  Ivs.  sessile,  oblong-ellip- 
tic or  lanceolate,  remotely  spiny  serrate,  shining  on  both 
sides,  1-2  in.  long  :  fls.  long-pedicelled,  nodding,  3-6  in 
a  cluster.    Himalayas.   B.M.  4656.    P.F.G.  1:79. 

14.  Neuberti,  Lem.  (B.  ilicifolia,  Hort.,  not   Forst. 
B.  Aquifolium  x  vulgaris}.    Branches  grayish   brown, 
without  spines,  upright  :    Ivs.   simple,   oval  or  ovate, 
sometimes  with  1  or  2  smaller  lateral   Ifts.,   spiny  or 
setulo.se-dentate,  dark  grayish  green  above,   l%-3  in. 
long:  fls.  in  racemes.    Of  garden  origin.    I.H.  1:111. 
G.C.  III.  9:73,  75. -Hardy  north,  but  Ivs.  not  persistent. 


v* 


228.   Berberis  Thunbergii. 


DD.    Fls.  in  compound,  pendulous  racemes. 

15.  aristata,  DC.   Bush,  2-6  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong,  semi-per- 
sistent,  usually  spinose-dentate,  1-3  in.  long  :   fls.  in 
long-peduncled,  compound  racemes.    Himalayas.    B.R. 
9:729. 

16.  Jameson!,   Lindl.    Shrub,    much   branched  :    Ivs. 
oblonsr,  2-3  in.  long,  with  few  large  and  strong  spines  : 
fls.  orange,  in  drooping  panicles  or  compound  racemes. 
Ecuador.   I.H.  6:201. 


AA.    Li's,  pinnate,  persistent:   branches  spineless. 

(Mahonia.) 

B.    Petioles  short  or  almost  none. 

c.    Racemes  few-fid.,  slender,  mostly  lateral. 

17.  Fremonti,  Torr.    From  5-12  ft. :  Ifts.  3-7,  rigidly 

coriaceous,  ovate  or  oblong,  with  few  strong,  spiny  teeth, 

glaucous,  dull,  %-l  in.  long:   racemes  loose,  3-7-fld.; 


229.   Berberis  Aquifolium  (X 


pedicels  slender  :  fr.  at  least  %in.  in  diam.,  red,  in- 
flated,  and  rather  dry.  W.  Texas  to  Utah  and  Mex. 
G.F.  1:  497.  —  Remarkable  for  its  pale,  glaucous  foliage 
and  large  berries.  Not  hardy  north. 

cc.    Racemes  many-fid.,  dense. 

18.  pinnata,  Lag.  (Mahbnia  fasciculdris,  DC.).    Two 
to  3  ft.  :  Ifts.  5-17,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  coriaceous, 
undulate  at  the  margin  and  with  few  spiny  teeth,  dark 
green,  somewhat  shining:  fls.  in  short,  fascicled  racemes: 
fr.  blue.    Calif.,  N.  Mex.    B.M.  2396.    B.R.  9:702.  -Not 
hardy  north. 

19.  Japdnica,  Spreng.  (M.  Japdnica,  DC.    B.  Bealii, 
Fort.  )  .    Height  5-10  ft.  :  Ifts.  9-13,  roundish  or  ovate, 
coriaceous,  usually  truncate  at  the  base,  with  large,  re- 
mote, spiny  teeth,  2-5  in.  long  :  racemes  3—4  in.  long, 
fascicled  :  fr-  bluish  black.    China,  Japan.    B.M.  4846, 
4852.     P.F.G.  1:11.     F.S.  6:  79.  -Very  effective   by  its 
large  foliage,  thriving  best,  like  the  other  Mahonias,  in 
a  partly  shaded  position.    Hardy  north  to  New  York  in 
sheltered  positions. 

20.  NepalSnsis,  Spreng.  (B.  Japdnica,  Hort.).    Tall, 
4-6  ft.  :  Ifts.  5-25,  rigid,  obovate-oblong,  repand-toothed, 
with  few  spiny  teeth  on  each  edge.    India  to  Japan. 
N.  1:182.    A.G.  18:355. 

BB.   Petioles  prominent  or  elongated. 
c.    lifts,  truncate  or  rounded  at  the  base. 

21.  Aquifolium,  Pursh  (Mahonia  Aquifblium,  Nutt.). 
Fig.  229.    From  3-6  ft.  :  Ifts.  5-9,  oblong  or  oblong-ovate, 
shiny  dark    green  above,  spinulose-dentate  :    racemes 
erect,  fascicled:  berries  blue,  small.    May.   British  Co- 
lumbia to  Ore.    B.R.  17:1425.    L.B.C.  18:1718.    P.M.B. 
9:  5.  —  Handsome  evergreen  shrub,  hardy  north  in  shel- 
tered positions. 

22.  nervosa,  Pursh.    Dwarf  evergreen  shrub  :  sts.  but 
a  few  inches  high,  tipped  with  long,  husk-like,  pointed 
bud-scales  :  Ifts.  11-21,  lance-ovate,  3-5-ribbed,  remotely 
spiny-toothed,  borne  on  a  strongly  jointed   stalk  :    ra- 
cemes elongated,  erect:  fr.oblong,  blue.  Ore.  B.M.  3949. 
L.B.C.    18:1701.     F.S.  2:127.     P.M.   7:55,  as  Mahonia 
glumacea. 

23.  repens,  Lindl.    (Mahonia  repens,   Don).    Rarely 
over  1  ft.  high,  stoloniferous  :  Ifts.  3-7,  roundish  ovate 
or  ovate,  pale  or  glaucous  and  dull  above,  spinulose- 
dentate  :  fls.  and  fr.  like  the  former.    Brit.  Columbia  to 
Calif,  and  N.  Mex.    B.R.  14:1176.    L.B.C.  19:1847. 

cc.    Lfts.  cuneate  at  base,  narrow  -lanceolate. 

24.  Fortune!,  Lindl.    Dwarf  :   Ifts.  5-9,  distant,  nar- 
rowJy  lanceolate;  spiny  teeth  numerous,  small  :  racemes 
erect,  fascicled.    China.    F.S.  3:287  bis. 

B.  actinacdntha,  Mart.    One  to  3  ft.,  evergreen  :    spines  5- 
parted  :  Ivs.  small,  spiny  :  fls.  in  sessile  clusters.   Chile.  B.R. 


156 


BERBERIS 


BERTOLONIA 


31:55.—!?.  ^tfinensis,  Prsl.  Allied  to  B.  emarginata.  Low, 
dense  shrub,  with  small  Ivs.  and  long  spines.  Sicily,  Sardinia, 
Corsica.— .B.  angulosa,  Wall.  Height  4  ft.:  Ivs.  deciduous, 
small,  entire  or  sparsely  spinulose  :  fls.  solitary  or  few.  Him- 
alayas. B.M.  7071.— B.  Asidtica,  Roxb.  Three  to  10  ft.:  Ivs. 
persistent,  oblong,  entire  or  with  few  teeth,  whitish  beneath, 
1-3  in.  long :  fls.  in  short,  sessile  racemes.  Himal. — B.  Bel- 
stanidna.  Hort.  =  B.  virescens.— B.  brachybbtrys,  Edgew.  =  B. 
emarginata,  var.— B.  Chitria,  Hamilton  =  B.  aristata.— B.  con- 
cinna,  Hook.  Low :  Ivs.  small,  semi-persistent,  glaucous  be- 
neath, spinulose  :  fls.  solitary,  pendulous.  Himal.  B.M.  4744. 
— B.  congestifldra,Gny.  Five  to  7ft.:  Ivs.  persistent,  orbicular, 
or  broad-oblong,  spinose,  glaucous  beneath  :  fls.  in  dense,  glo- 
bose clusters.  Chile.  B.M.  6770.— .B.  coridcea,  Lindl.  =  B.  flori- 
bunda.— B.  cratceglna,  DC.  Low  :  Ivs.  small,  semi-persistent, 
entire  or  spinulose ;  fls.  in  short,  erect  racemes  :  fr.  blue.  Ori- 
ent to  Himal.— B.  Cretica,  Linn.  Spines  3-parted  :  Ivs.  decidu- 
ous, small,  usually  entire  :  fls.  2-5,  in  short,  sessile  umbels. 
fc>.  Eu.,  Orient.— .B.  dealbdta,  Lindl.  Lvs.  persistent,  nearly 
orbicular,  with  few  spiny  teeth  :  racemes  short,  dense,  nodding. 
•Mex.  B.R.  21:1750.— .g.  didphana,  Max.  Lvs.  deciduotis.sparsely 
spinulose  :  fls.  long-peclicelled,  fascicled  :  fr.  translucid.  China. 
— B.  empetrifblia,  Lam.  Low  :  branches  slender  :  Ivs.  persist- 
ent, linear,  revolute  at  the  margin  :  fls.  1-2,  slender-peduncled. 
Chile  to  Patagonia.  B.R.  26:27.— .B.  fasdculdris,  Sims  =  B. 
pinnata.— B.  Fendleri,  Gray.  Allied  to  B.  Canadensis.  Spines 
3-5-fld :  Ivs.  obovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  spinulose  :  racemes 
dense,  pendulous.  Colo,  to N.  Mex.  G.F.  1:462.—  B.  floribunda, 
Wall.  Lvs.  deciduoiis,  entire  or  sparsely  spinulose-ciliate  :  ra- 
cemes long-peduncled.  Himal.  B.R.  27:46  (as  B.  coriaria)  and 
30:44  (as  B.  umbellata).— B.  Gulmpeli,  Koch  =  B.  Sinen sis.— 
B.  heterophylla,  Juss.  Lvs.  persistent,  ovate-lanceolate,  entire 
or  with  2-4  spiny  teeth  :  fls.  solitary.  Straits  of  Magellan.— 
B.  Iberica,  Stev.  &  Fisch.  =  B.  cratsegina.— B.  Iberica.  Hort.= 
B.  vulgaris,  var.— B.  Loxensis,  Benth.  Lvs.  persistent,  shining, 
with  few  spiny  teeth  :  fls.  small,  on  peduncled,  loose  racemes. 
Peru.  F.S.  6,  p.  69.— B.  Lycium,  Royle.  Lvs.  semi-^>rsistent, 
obovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  spinulose :  racemes  sessile,  much 
longer  than  the  Ivs.,  drooping:  fr.  violet.  Himal.  B.M.  7075. 
— B.  pdllida,  Benth.  Lvs.  pinnate,  persistent ;  Ifts.  9-13,  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  spinose  :  racemes  compound,  loose.  Mex. 
B.R.  30:16.— B.  ruscifblia,  Lam.  Lvs.  persistent,  oblong,  entire 
or  with  few  coarse  teeth  at  the  apex  :  fls.  4-5  on  a  short  pedun- 
cle. Argentina.— B.  serotina,  Lange.  Allied  to  B.  Sinensis. 
Lvs.  usually  entire,  bright  green  :  racemes  short,  dense,  pedun- 
clsd.  Origin  unknown.— B.  serrdta,  Koehne  (B.  microphylla, 
var.  serrata,  Hort.).  Lvs.  small,  spinulose,  deciduous:  ra- 
cemes dense,  much  shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Origin  unknown. — 
B.  Sibirica,  Pall.  Lvs.  deciduous,  obov.ite,  remotely  dentate- 
ciliate:  fls.  short-pedicelled,  solitary  or  2-3.  Siberia.  B.R.  6:487. 
— B.  Sieboldi,  Miq.  Low :  branches  brown,  2-edged  towa  Is 
the  end  :  Ivs.  oblong,  densely  ciliate-dentate  :  raceme  few-fld., 
nodding.  Japan.— B.  Sieboldi,  Hort.,  not  Miq.  =  B.  Amurensis, 
var.— B.  tenuifolia,  Lindl.  Lvs.  pinnate,  persistent ;  Ifts.  3-7, 
lanceolate,  entire :  racemes  nodding,  very  long  and  loose.  Mex. 
B.R.  30:26.— B.  trifolioldta,  Moric.  (B.  trifoliata,  Hartw.).  Lvs. 
3-foliolate,  persistent ;  Ifts.  sessile,  pale,  coarsely  spinose- 
toothed:  racemes  short,  few-fld.  Tex.  to  Mex.  B.R.  31:10. 
F.S.  1:56.  P.F.G.  2-.G8.-B.  trifurca,  Fort.  Allied  to  B.  Nepal- 
ensis,  and  probably  a  var.  Leaflets  oblong-ovate,  3-pointed  at  the 
apex  and  with  few  teeth  at  the  base.  China.  P.F.G.  3:57.— .B. 
umbellata,  Wall.  Lvs.  deciduoxis,  sparsely  serrulate  :  racemes 
long-peduneled,  umbel-like.  Himal.  B.M.  2549.— B.  virescens, 
Hook.  Lvs.  deciduous,  small,  entire  or  remotely  spinulose, 
pale  green  :  fls.  greenish  yellow,  fascicled,  or  in  very  short 
racemes.  B.M.  7116. 

ALFRED  REHDEB  and  FRED  W.  CARD. 

BERCHEMIA  (derivation  uncertain).  Rhamn&cece . 
Shrubs,  mostly  climbing,  rarely  trees  :  Ivs.  deciduous, 
alternate,  slender,  petioled,  entire  or  nearly  so,  with  mi- 
nute stipules:  fls.  inconspicuous,  5-merous,  in  terminal, 
usually  leafy  panicles  :  fr.  a  small  berry-like  drupe  with 
2-celled  stone.  Twelve  species  in  E.  Asia,  N.  Amer.,  E. 
Afr.  — Ornamental  climbing  shrubs,  not  quite  hardy 
north,  with  small,  bright  green  graceful  foliage,  useful 
for  covering  trellis  work  in  sunny  positions.  They 
grow  in  almost  any  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  by  root 
cuttings  in  spring  under  glass  ;  also  by  layering  the 
young  shoots  and  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  fall 
under  glass. 

scandens,  Koch  (B.  volubilis,  DC.).  SUPPLE  JACK. 
Ten  to  15  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  acuminate, 
often  undulate,  1-2  in.  long,  with  9-12  pairs  of  lateral 
v^ins  :  fls.  greenish  white  :  fr.  bluish  black.  June. 
S.  states. 

racemdsa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Closely  allied  to  the  former. 
Lvs.  cordate,  ovate,  with  6-8  pairs  of  veins  :  fls.  green- 
ish :  fr.  first  red,  becoming  black  at  length.  July.  Jap., 
China.  — Hardier  than  the  former, -not  high-climbing; 
attractive  in  late  summer,  with  its  red  fruits. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


BEBGAMOT.  Name  applied  to  various  aromatic 
plants,  particularly  to  members  of  the  Labidtre,  as 
Menthas  and  Monardas.  The  Bergamot  essence  of. 
commerce  is  made  from  a  citrous  fruit.  See  Citrus. 

BERRIA  (after  Dr.  Andrew  Berry,  a  Madras  botanist). 
Syn.,  Berry  a,  DC.,  not  Klein.  Tilidcece.  A  genus  of 
one  or  two  species,  with  no  familiar  allies. 

Ammonilla,  Roxb.  High  tree:  Ivs.  entire,  heart-shaped, 
long-petioled,  smooth,  5-7-nerved,  alternate  :  fls.  in 
racemes,  small,  white,  very  numerous :  fr.  a  3-celled  cap- 
sule with  6  wings,  the  3-12  seeds  with  stiff  hairs,  which 
readily  penetrate  the  skin  and  produce  a  painful  itching. 
Growing  abundantly  in  the  Philippines  and  Ceylon, 
where  it  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  valuable  timber 
trees.  The  wood,  being  light  and  strong,  is  used  for 
building,  for  oil  casks,  and  for  boats.  It  is  exported  as 
"Trincomalee  wood."  Cult,  by  Dr.  Franceschi,  Santa 
Barbara,  Calif.  G>  T  HASTINGS. 

BERTHOLLETIA  (after  Louis  Claude  Berthollet, 
French  chemist).  Myrtdcece.  BRAZIL  NUT.  PARA 
NUT.  CREAM  NUT.  NIGGER  TOE.  Large  trees  :  Ivs.  al- 
ternate, bright  green,  leathery,  about  2  ft.  long,  G  in. 
broad:  fls.  cream  colored  ;  calyx  parts  united  and  tear- 
ing into  2  parts  when  the  flower  opens  ;  petals  6,  sta- 
mens many,  united  into  a  hood-shaped  mass,  the  upper 
ones  sterile  :  fr.  round,  about  6  in.  in  diam.,  with  a  hard 
shell  containing  18-24  3-sided  nuts.  Fig.  230.  Spe- 


230.   Bertholletia  excelsa. 
Cross-section  of  husk,  showing  Brazil  nuts  (X  %). 

cies  2,  both  of  which  furnish  Brazil  nuts.  Curiously 
enough,  the  common  trade  name  of  the  Brazil  nut  is 
Castanea,  which  is  properly  the  name  of  the  genus  that 
includes  the  chestnuts. 

exc61sa,  Humb.  &  Bonpl.  Fig.  230.  A  tree,  100-150  ft. ; 
with  a  smooth  trunk  3-4  ft.  in  diam. :  branches  near  the 
top.  It  forms  large  forests  on  the  banks  of  the  Amazon 
and  Rio  Negro.  The  natives  gather  the  nuts  in  large 
quantities,  choppingthe  fruit  open.  They  are  exported  in 
large  quantities,  chiefly  from  Para.  An  oil  is  expressed 
from  the  kernels,  and  the  bark  is  used  at  Para  for  caulk- 
ing ships.  The  tree  is  of  little  value  for  decorative  pur- 
poses, and,  according  to  the  Bulletin  on  Nut  Culture  of 
the  Division  of  Pomology,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  is  too 
tender  for  growth  any  where  in  the  United  States.  — Cult. 
at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.  G>  T  HASTINGS. 

BERTOLONIA  (after  A.  Bertolini,  Italian  botanist). 
Melastomdceoe.  Splendid  warmhouse  foliage  plants 
from  Brazil,  always  dwarf ,  and  sometimes  creeping;  the 
garden  forms  with  membranaceous,  5-7-nerved  leaves 
5-8  in.  long,  and  purple  beneath  :  fls.  rose-colored,  5- 
petaled,  in  scorpioid  racemes  or  spikes.  Within  the 
restricted  definition  of  the  latest  monographer  of  the 
Melastomacese  (A.  Coigneaux,  in  DC.  Mon.  Phan.  vol.  7), 
there  are  only  five  good  species,  but  some  earlier  bota- 
nists do  not  separate  certain  allied  genera  which  usu- 
ally cannot  be  distinguished  by  habit  alone.  The  surest 
character  is  the  inflated  and  3-angled  or  3-winged  calyx 
of  Bertolonia.  In  Bertolonia,  flower-parts  are  in  5's,  but 


BERTOLOXIA 


BESCHORNERIA 


157 


the  ovary  is  3-celled.  Gravesia  has  a  5-celled  ovary, 
and  Sunerila  is  trimerous.  In  Bertolonia  the  connective 
'of  the  anthers  has  no  appendage  ;  in  Salpinga  there  is 
a  spur  below  and  behind  the  connective  ;  in  Monolena 
there  is  a  spur  in  front,  and  the  calyx  is  not  hairy. 

Bertolonias  are  essentially  fanciers'  plants.  It  is 
somewhat  difficult  to  bring  out  their  true  characteristics 
under  ordinary  stove  treatment,  as  they  require  a  more 
humid  atmosphere  than  can  usually  be  maintained,  even 
in  a  small  house.  The  additional  shelter  of  a  small 
frame  should  be  provided,  where  the  atmospheric  con- 
ditions will  be  much  more  easily  regulated.  A  plentiful 
supply  of  water  at  the  roots  is  necessary  ;  syringing  or 
sprinkling  overhead  is  not  advisable.  The  most  con- 
venient method  of  propagation  is  by  cuttings,  which 
strike  readily,  in  a  moderately  close  propagating  case 
filled  with  sharp,  clean  sand.  The  pots  should  be  thor- 
oughly clean  and  drained,  and  the  compost  open  and 
porous.  Thrive  in  dense  shade.  Old  plants  are  not  so 
brilliant  as  young  ones. 

Bertolonias  and  their  allies  furnish  an  excellent  ex- 
ample of  Van  Houtte's  triumphs  in  hybridization.  The 
two  species  described  below  have  probably  been  im- 
portant factors  in  the  plant-breeding,  and  Gravesia  gut- 
tata even  more  so.  Gravesia  is  a  Madagascar  plant, 
and  has,  perhaps,  been  crossed  with  the  Brazilian  Ber- 
toionias.  Unfortunately,  the  pictures  in  Flore  des  Ser- 
res  show  no  flowers,  and  the  pedigree  is  not  given.  The 
Bertonerilas  figured  and  described  in  I.H.  43,  pp.  188 
and  189,  with  colored  plates  64  and  68,  are  presumably 
hybrids  between  Bertolonia  and  Sonerila.  Excepting  C. 
waculata&nd.  C.  marmorata;  the  following  are  hybrids. 

A.   Veins  not  lined  on  both  sides  with  a  colored  band. 

marmorata,  Naudin.  Stem  less  densely  hairy  than 
the  above  :  Ivs.  more  narrowly  ovate,  or  ovate-oblong, 
acute,  sparsely  hairy,  streaked  with  white  along  the 
veins  :  calyx  sparsely  hairy,  not  glandular :  petals 
somewhat  blunter,  dilute  purple.  R.H.  1848:  381,  as 
JUriocnema  marmorata,  Naudin.  F.S.7:  750,  as  B.  macu- 
lata,  var.  marmorata,  Planchon.  Coigneaux  recognizes 
two  varieties,  var.  genuina,  with  Ivs.  green  above,  and 
banded  with  white  along  the  veins  ;  var.  aenea  (Erioc- 
nema  cenea  and  B.  cenea,  Naudin),  with  Ivs.  dark  green 
with  a  coppery  cast,  but  not  spotted  or  only  slightly  so. 

Mirandaei,  Van  Houtte.  Spots  red  on  the  lower  Ivs. 
and  white  on  the  upper  or  younger  ones  :  Ivs.  purple 
beneath.  F.S.  21:  2235  (1875). 

AA.    Vn'ns  lined  on  both  sides  with  a  white  or  colored 

band. 

B.  Bands  and  spots  magenta  or  purple. 
maculata.  DC.  Stem  short,  decumbent,  rooting  at  the 
base,  densely  clothed  with  rusty  hairs  :  Ivs.  long- 
petioled,  cordate,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  hispid  above 
and  at  margins,  dark  velvety  green  above,  often  spot- 
ted: calyx  densely  clothed  with  glandular  hairs:  petals 
obovate,  somewhat  acute,  rose-colored.  B.M.4551. 

Houtteana,  Van  Houtte  ( B.  Van  Houttei,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  purple  beneath.  This  was  the  sensational  plant  of 
1874,  and  Van  Houtte  refused  $2,000  for  his  stock  of  it. 
It  was  originated  by  his  propagator,  Marchand.  F.  S. 
20:2120. 

BB.  Bands  and  spots  silvery  white. 

c.  Spots  very  distinct. 

Hrubyana,  Van  Houtte.  This  has  bars  of  white  con- 
necting the  veins.  The  under  side  of  the  Ivs.  seems  to 
be  green  instead  of  purple,  at  least  toward  the  tip.  F.S. 
23:2381. 

Rodeckiana.  Van  Houtte.  Distinguished  from  the 
above  and  all  others  of  this  group  by  the  abundance  of 
dark  red  color  in  the  upper  surface  of  the  Ivs.  Veins 
of  the  under  side  prominent  and  green.  F.S.  23:12382. 

cc.  Spots  very  faint. 

Legrelleana,  Van  Houtte  (B.  Legrttle,  Hort.).  There 
are  a  few  longitudinal  bars,  but  they  do  not  connect  the 
veins.  Reterred  to  Gravesia  guttata  by  Coigneaux. 
F.S.  23:  2407. 

Other  trade  names  are  B.  guttata.  Hook,  f.=Gravesia  gut- 
tata.— B.  margaritdcea,  Hort.  Bull.= Salpinga  margaritacea.— 
B.  primulceflbra,  Hort.=  Monolema  primulaeflora.— B.  pubes- 


cens,  Hort.,  with  long  white  hairs  and  a  chocolate  band  down 
the  center.  Equador.— B.  punctattssima,  Hort.— B.  superbis- 
sima,  Hort.  (B.  superba  ?  Hort.),  with  rose  colored  spots,  which 
are  larger  and  brighter  near  the  margin.  F.M.  151  (1875).— 
Probably  a  var.  of  Gravesia  guttata. 

WM.  SCOTT,  Tarrytown,  N.  Y.,  and  W.  M. 

BERTONERlLA.  A  class  of  handsome  foliage  plants, 
presumably  hybrids  between  Bertolonia  and  Sonerila. 
I.H.  vol.  43  (1896).  For  culture, -see  Bertolonia. 

BESCHORNERIA  (after  H.  Beschorner,  German 
botanist).  Amarylliddcece.  Succulent  desert  plants,  al- 
lied to  Bravoa  and  Doryanthes.  Lvs.  in  a  rosette,  glau- 
cous, roughish  at  the  margins,  not  so  thick,  firm  or 
fleshy  as  in  Agave  (which  has  a  strong  end-spine  and 
horny  marginal  prickles):  rootstock  short,  tuberous. 
In  Beschorneria,  the  perianth  is  usually  reddish  green, 
with  scarcely  any  tube  and  with  long,  oblanceolate  seg- 
ments; in  Doryanthes  the  perianth  is  bright  red,  the  seg- 
ments long,  narrowly  falcate  ;  in  Bravoa  the  perianth 
is  red  or  white,  the  tube  curved,  subcylindral,  and  the 
segments  short.  J.  G.  Baker,  Amaryllideae,  161.  Culture 
similar  to  Agave.  The  species  are  very  closely  allied, 
and  difficult  to  distinguish.  The  following  are  the  only 
kinds  well  known,  and  they  are  all  from  Mex.  They  flower 
at  long,  irregular  periods,  as  do  century  plants. 

The  species  succeed  best  when  treated  similarly  to 
Agaves,  with  the  exception  of  the  soil,  which  may  be 
made  richer  by  the  addition  of  crushed  bone  and  a 
little  vegetable  mold.  All  of  the  species  need  green- 
house protection  in  the  northern  states.  Useful  for 
bedding. 

A.   Houghish  on  both  surfaces  of  Ivs. 

tubifldra,  Kunth.  Lvs.  12  or  more,  l%-2  ft.  long,  1  in. 
broad,  linear,  long-acuminate,  narrowest  of  the  genus. 
B.M.  4642.  — The  oldest  and  best  known  species. 

AA.    Roughish  beneath  and  on  the  margins  of  Ivs. 

B.    Lvs.  very  glaucous. 

Tpn61ii,  Jacobi  (B.  Tonelidna,  Jacobi).  Allied  to  B. 
tubi flora,  but  with  looser  habit  and  much  broader  Ivs. 
Lvs.  .15-20,  1-1%  ft.  long,  2-2%  in.  broad,  short-acumi- 
nate, and  more  boldly  contracted  below  the  middle. 
B.M.  6091. 

BB.    Lvs.  less  glaucous. 
c.   Base  of  Ivs.  thick,  about  %  inch. 

Dekpsteriana,  C.  Koch.  Lvs.  15-20.  2-4%  ft.  long, 
2-2%  in.  broad,  oblanceolate,  long-acuminate,  very  grad- 
ually tapering  both  ways  from  the  middle,  1-1  %  in. 
broad  above  the  base  ;  the  bases  thickest  in  the  genus. 
B.M.  6768. 

cc.    Base  of  Ivs.  thinner. 
D.    Narrowed  to  less  than  1  inch  above  the  base. 

bracteata,  Jacobi.  Lvs.  20-30,  l%-2  ft.  long,  2  in. 
broad,  short-acuminate  ;  texture  thin  but  firm.  B.M. 
6641.  — In  the  picture  the  margins  are  rougher  than  in 
any  other  species,  and  they  are  also  wavy  or  revolute  at 
intervals. 

DD.    Narrowed  to  %  inch  above  the  base. 

yuccoides,  Hook,  f .  Lvs.  about  20,  1-1%  ft.  long,  2  in. 
broad,  lanceolate,  short -acuminate.  B.M.  5203. -The 
Ivs.  are  broader  than  in  A.  tubi  flora,  shorter  acuminate, 
and  more  boldly  narrowed  below  the  middle.  In  the 
picture  cited,  the  Ivs.  seem  more  spreading  and  less 
revolute  than  in  the  rest  of  the  genus. 

B.  Califdrnica  is  offered  by  Dr.  Franceschi,  Santa 
Barbara,  Calif.,  without  description. 

As    Beschornerias  can   be  certainly   identified    only 
when  in  flower,  the  following  key  is  added  : 
A.  Inflorescence  racemose. 

B.  Fls.  highly  colored,  purple  and  red—  Tonelii. 
BB.  Fls.  dull-colored,  reddish  green— tubi  flora. 
AA.  Inflorescence  panicled. 

B.  Fl«.  2  or  3  in  a  cluster— Dekosteriana. 
BB.  Fls.  more  numerous  in  the  cluster,  3-7. 
C.  Peduncles  bright  red— yuccoides. 
CC.  Peduncle  dull  reddish  brown— bracteata. 
G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W.  M. 


158 


BESLERIA 


BETULA 


BESLERIA  (after  Basil  Besler,  Nuremberg  apothe- 
cary, and  reputed  author  of  the  superb  Hortus  Eystetten- 
sis,  1613).  Gesneracece.  Tropical  plants,  mostly  sub- 
shrubs,  with  somewhat  4-angled  stems,  large,  membra- 
naceous,  opposite,  petiolate  Ivs.  prominently  veined  be- 
neath, and  yellow,  white  or  purple  fls.  B.  Imray  is 
herbaceous,  with  serrate  Ivs.  and  yellow  axillary  fls. 
B.M.  6341.  Prop,  by  cuttings.  None  are  known  to  be 
offered  in  America. 

BESSERA  (after  Dr.  Besser,  professor  of  botany  at 
Brody).  MEXICAN  CORAL  DROPS.  An  exceedingly  pretty 
summer-flowering  bulbous  plant,  with  umbels  of  pendu- 
lous fls.,  which  are  vermilion  outside,  have  a  white  co- 
rona or  cup  within,  and  long,  purple  stamens.  It  is  a 
monotypic  genus  allied  to  Androstephium.  Perianth 
cup-shaped,  the  tube  shorter  than  the  oblong-lanceolate 
segments;  stamens  6.  Culture  simple.  Bulbs  planted 
out,  and  lifted  when  ripe.  Belongs  to  lily  family. 

Slegans,  Schult.  f.  Bulb  globular,  1  in.  thick,  tuni- 
cated  :  Ivs.  2-3,  about  10-12  in.,  or  even  2  ft.,  long  : 
scape  1-2  ft.  long,  hollow,  fragile;  umbels  4-10-fld.; 
pedicels  1-1%  in.  long  ;  perianth  9-10  lines  long,  keeled 
on  the  back,  variously  marked  with  white  within,  but 
usually  with  vermilion  margins  and  center-band  :  fls. 
borne  through  two  months  of  late  summer  and  early 
autumn.  G.F.  4:125.  Gn.  25:423.  B.E.  25:34.  B.R. 
1546,  as  Pharitim  fistulosum.  F.S.  4:424,  as  B.  minia- 
tum.  —  Strong  bulbs  sometimes  throw  up  6-10  scapes, 
with  12-20-fld.  umbels.  W.  M. 

BETA  (Latin  name).  Chenopodiacecv.  Perhaps  a  dozen 
or  15  species  of  herbs,  ranging  from  the  Canary  Islands 
to  eastern  India.  One  polymorphous  species  yields  the 
cultivated  Beets.  This  is  B.  vulgaris,  Moq.,  the  origi- 
nal form  of  which  is  perennial,  and  grows  on  the  coasts 
of  southern  Europe,  reaching  as  far  N.  as  the  Straits  of 
Dover.  Moquin  (DC.  Prodr.  13,  pt.  2:56)  divides  the 
derivatives  of  this  species  into  three  groups  :  (1)  The 
slender-  and  hard-rooted,  essentially  wild  forms,  includ- 
ing B.  maritima  of  Linnaeus  ;  (2)  Leaf  Beet  (B.  Clcla), 
comprising  the  various  kinds  of  Chard  or  Spinach  Beet 
(see  Chard)',  (3)  the  common  garden  Beets,  or  Beet- 
root. The  ornamental  Beets,  grown  for  their  handsome 
colored  Ivs.,  are  akin  to  the  Chards.  All  these  races 
have  been  developed  in  comparatively  modern  times, 
probably  from  one  original  form.  Cf .  Sturtevant,  Amer. 
Nat.  1887:433.  See  Beet.  L>  Hj  B> 

BETEL,  or  BETLE.  The  leaf  of  Piper  Betle,  a  kind 
of  pepper  used  in  wrapping  the  pellets  of  betel-nut  and 
lime  which  are  commonly  chewed  in  the  Orient.  The 
pellets  are  hot,  acrid,  aromatic,  astringent.  They  redden 
the  saliva  and  blacken  the  teeth,  and  eventually  corrode 
them.  The  betel-nut  is  the  fruit  of  Areca  Catechu,  a 
palm. 

BETONICA  and  BETONY.    See  Stachys. 

BETULA  (ancient  Latin  name).  Betulacece,  a  tribe  of 
Cupuliferce.  BIRCH.  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  the  bark  usu- 
ally separating  into  thin,  papery  plates  :  Ivs.  alternate, 
deciduous,  petioled,  serrate  :  fls.  monoecious,  apetalous, 
in  catkins,  opening  in  spring  with  the  Ivs.;  staminate 
catkins  usually  long  and  pendulous,  formed  in  the  au- 
tumn and  remaining  naked  during  the  winter,  every 
scale  bearing  3  fls.,  each  with  2  stamens  divided  at  the 
apex  ;  pistillate  catkins  oblong  or  cylindrical,  bearing  in 
the  axil  of  every  scale  3  naked  ovaries  :  fr.  a  minute 
nut,  often  erroneously  called  seed,  with  membranaceous 
wings,  dropping  at  maturity  with  the  bracts  from  the 
slender  rachis.  About  35  species  in  N.  America,  Europe, 
N.  and  Oent.  Asia,  especially  in  the  northern  regions. 
No  tree  goes  farther  north  than  the  Birch  ;  in  N.  America 
B.  papyrifera  reaches 66°  N.  lat.,  and  in  Europe  B.  alba 
goes  to  the  North  Cape,  and  is  still  a  forest  tree  at  70°. 
The  hard  and  tough  wood  is  often  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  furniture  and  of  many  small  articles,  in 
making  charcoal,  and  for  fuel ;  from  the  bark,  boxes,  bas- 
kets, and  many  small  articles  are  made ;  also  canoes  from 
that  of  the  B.  papyrifera  ;  in  Russia  and  Siberia  it  is 
used  in  tanning  leather.  The  sap  of  some  species  is  used 
es  a  beverage.  The  Birches  are  very  ornamental  park 


trees,  hardy,  except  2  or  3  Himalayan  species,  and  espe- 
cially valuable  for  colder  climates.  Their  foliage  is  rarely 
attacked  by  insects,  and  turns  to  a  bright  or  orange-yellow 
in  fall.  Their  graceful  habit,  the  slender,  often  pendulous 
branches,  and  the  picturesque  trunks  make  them  con- 
spicuous features  of  the  landscape.  Especially  remark- 
able  are  those  with  white-colored  bark,  as  B.  papyrifera, 
populifolia,  alba,  Ermani,  and  also  B.  Maximowiczii 
with  yellow  bark.  Most  Birches  prefer  moist,  sandy  and 
loamy  soil  ;  but  some,  as  B.  alba  and  popiili  folia,  grow 
as  satisfactorily  in  dry  localities  and  poor  soil  as  in 
swamps  and  bogs,  and  they  are  especially  valuable  in 
replanting  deserted  grounds  as  nurses  for  other  trees  ; 
both  are  comparatively  short-lived  trees.  Prop,  readily 
by  seeds,  gathered  at  maturity  and  sown  in  fall,  or  usu- 
ally kept  dry  during  the  winter,  or  stratified  ;  but  B. 
nigra,  which  ripens  its  fruits  in  June,  must  be  sown  at 
once,  and  by  fall  the  seedlings  will  be  several  inches 
high.  The  seeds  should  be  sown  in  sandy  soil,  slightly 
or  not  at  all  covered,  but  pressed  firmly  into  the  ground 
and  shaded.  The  seedlings  must  be  transplanted  when 
one  year  old.  Rarer  species  and  varieties  are  grafted, 
usually  on  B.  lenta,  papyrifera,  nigra  or  alba.  Cleft  or 
tongue-grafting  in  early  spring,  on  potted  stock  in  the 
greenhouse,  is  the  best  method.  Budding  in  summer  is 
also  sometimes  practiced.  Shrubby  forms  may  also  be 
increased  by  layers,  and  B.  nana  by  greenwood  cuttings 
under  glass.  Monographs  by  Regel  :  Monographische 
Bearbeitung  der  Betulacese  ( 1861) ;  and  in  De  Candolle, 
Prodromus,  16,  2,  p.  162  (1869). 

Index  :  alba,  10  ;  atropurpurea,  10  ;  Bhojpattra,  2  ; 
Carpatica,  10  ;  cordif  olia,  8  ;  costata,  6  ;  Dalecarlica,  10 ; 
Ermani,  5  ;  excelsa,  4,  10  ;  fastigiata,  10,  13  ;  glandu- 
losa,  12  ;  Japonica,  10  ;  laciniata,  10,  9  ;  lenta,  3  ;  lutea, 
4  ;  Maximowiczii,  1  ;  minor,  8  ;  nana,  14;  nigra,  7;  occi- 
dentalis,  11  ;  odorata,  10  ;  papyracea,  8  ;  papyrifera,  8; 
pendula,  10,  9  ;  persicifolia,  14  ;  platyphylla.  8  ;  Pon- 
tica,  10  ;  populifolia,  9  ;  pubescens,  10  ;  pumila,  13  ; 
pyrifolia,  8  ;  rubra,  7  :  tortuosa,  10  ;  urticifolia,  10  ; 
utilis,  2  ;  verrucosa,  10. 


A.     Veins  of  Ivs.  more  than  7  pairs, 
above.   Trees. 


tally  impressed 


B.    Lvs.  large,  4-6  in,  long,  deeply  cordate:    cones 
cylindrical,  racemose,  2-4. 

1.  Maximdwiczii,  Regel.    Tree,  80-90  ft.,  with  smooth, 
orange-colored  trunk  and  dark  reddish  brown  branch- 
lets  :    Ivs.  long-petioled,  broadly   ovate,   coarsely   and 
doubly  serrate,  membranaceous,  pubescent  on  younger 
trees,  nearly  glabrous  on  older  ones  :    cones   %-3  in. 
long,  slender,    nodding;    fr.  with  very  broad   wings. 
Jap.  — This  is  probably  the  most  beautiful  of  all  Birches, 
perfectly  hardy  north  and  of  rapid  growth  ;    its  large 
foliage  and  the  yellow  color  of  the  trunk  render  it  a 
highly  ornamental  and  conspicuous  park  tree. 

BB.  Lvs.  2-5  in.  long  :  cones  solitary,  erect :  wings  nar- 
rower than  the  fruit. 

c.  Shape  of  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  rounded  and  often 
cordate  at  the  base,  broadest  about  the  middle: 
veins  distinctly  impressed  above,  comparatively 
short-petioled. 

2.  utilis,  Don  (B.  Bhojpdttra,W&ll.).  Tree,  40-60  ft,: 
trunk  with  reddish  brown  bark  :  Ivs.  ovate,  rounded  at 
the  base,  acuminate,  densely  irregularly  serrate,  pubes- 
cent when  young,  2-3  in.  long,  with  8-12  pairs  of  veins : 
cones  peduncled,  cylindrical,  1-2  in.  long  ;  bracts  with 
erect  oblong  lobes,  the  middle  one  much  longer.    Himal., 
Jap.  — Not  quite  hardy  N. 

3.  lenta,  Linn.    CHERRY,  SWEET,  or  BLACK  BIRCH. 
Tree,  60-70  ft.;  trunk  dark  reddish  brown,  young  bark 
aromatic,  of  agreeable  flavor  :    Ivs.  oblong-ovate,  usu- 
ally cordate  at  the  base,  sharply  and  doubly  serrate, 
hairy  beneath  when  young,  nearly  glabrous  at  length, 
2-5  in.  long:  cones  ovoid-oblong,  1-1  %  in.  long;   bracts 
with  broad  lobes,  the  middle  one  slightly  longer.    From 
Newfoundland  to  Florida,  west  to  Illinois  and  Missouri. 
S. 8.9:448.      Em.  232.-Very   handsome     tree,  round- 
headed,  and  with  pendulous  branches  when  older  ;   at- 
tractive in  spring,  with  its  long  staminate  catkins. 

4.  lutea,  Michx.  (B.  excelsa,  Pursh,  not  Ait.).    YEL- 
LOW BIRCH.    Fig.  231.    Tree,  sometimes  100  ft.:  bark 


BETULA 


BET  U  LA 


159 


silvery  gray  or  light  orange,  on  old  trunks  reddish 
brown  :  young  bark  aromatic,  but  somewhat  bitter  : 
branch  let's  usually  pilose  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate, 
usually  rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  sharply  and 


231.   Cone  of  Betula  lutea. 
Natural  size. 


doubly  serrate,  usually  hairy  along  the  veins  beneath: 
cones  like  the  last,  but  thicker,  and  bracts  larger,  pu- 
bescent outside.  From  Newfoundland  south  to  N.  Caro- 
lina and  Tenn.,  west  to  Minn.  S.S.  9:449.  Em.  235.- 
One  of  the  most  valuable  forest  trees  in  the  northern 
states,  much  resembling  the  former  in  habit.  Var.  per- 
sicifolia,  Dipp.,  has  larger  and  longer  Ivs.,  often  ovate- 
lanceolate. 

cc.  Shape  of  Ivs.  ovate,  broad  and  usually  truncate, 
sometimes  cordate  at  the  base:  veins  not  im- 
pressed above:  long -pet  loled. 

5.  Armani,  Cham.  Tree.  60ft.:  trunk  white;  branches 
orange-colored  ;    branchlets  usually  glandular  and  pu- 
bescent when    young :    Ivs.   broadly   triangular-ovate, 
acuminate,   irregularly  coarsely  serrate,   2-4  in.  long, 
hairy  when  unfolding,  with  7-10  pairs  of  veins  :  cones 
oblong  ;    bracts   pubescent,    with   linear-oblong   lobes, 
middle  one  somewhat   longer.     N.   E.  Asia,   Japan.— 
Handsome  round-headed  tree,  with  slender  branches. 

6.  costata,  Trautv.  Tree,  50ft.:  bark  yellowish  brown: 
branches  not  or  slightly  glandular  :   Ivs.  ovate,  rarely 
oblong-ovate,  irregularly  doubly  serrate,  with  9-12  pairs 
of   veins,   long   acuminate,   2-3j^   in.    long,   glabrous  : 
cones  elliptic  ;  bracts  glabrous,  with  short,  rhombic  or 
obovate  lateral  lobes.    Japan.    Manchuria. 

ccc.  Shape  of  Ivs.  rhombic -ovate,  cuneate  at  the  base; 
veins  slightly  impressed  above:  petioles  rather 
short  :  cones  erect,  peduncled,  cylindrical. 

1.  nigra,  Linn.  (B.  riibra,  Michx.).  RED  or  RIVER 
BIRCH.  Tree,  50-90  ft.:  bark  reddish  brown,  or  silvery 
gray  on  younger  branches,  separating  into  numerous 
thin,  papery  flakes  :  branchlets  pubescent  :  Ivs.  rhom- 
bic-ovate, acute,  doubly  serrate,  pubescent  when  young, 
at  length  only  on  the  veins  beneath,  pale  or  glaucescent 
beneath,  2-3  K  in.  long  :  cones  1-1%  in.  long,  cylindri- 
cal, ripening  in  May  or  June  ;  bracts  pubescent,  with 
erect,  linear-oblong,  nearly  equal  lobes.  From  Mass, 
south  to  Fla.  and  west  to  Kans.  and  Minn.  S.S.  9:  452. 
—  A  moisture-loving,  graceful  tree,  with  slender,  very 
numerous  branches,  and  remarkable  for  its  torn  and 
fagged  bark. 


AA.     Veins  of  Ivs.  7  or  less,  not  impressed  pairs. 

B.    Wings  usually  broader  than  the  nut. 
c.    Trunk  with  white  bark.     Trees  ;  rarely  shrub*. 

8.  papyrifera,  Marsh. (B.  papyracea,  Ait.).    PAPER  or 
CANOE    BIRCH.     Fig.   232.    Tree,    00-80,  exceptionally 
120,  ft. :  branchlets  glandular,  hairy  when  young  :   Ivs. 
ovate,   narrowed    to   cordate   at   the   base,   acuminate, 
coarsely  and  usually  doubly  serrate,  pubescent  on  the 
veins    beneath    or  nearly    glabrous,   l%-4%  in.  long: 
cones  peduncled,  1-2  in.  long  ;    bracts  with  short  and 
broad  divergent  lateral  lobes.    N.  states  from  the  Atlan- 
tic to  Pacific  coast.     S.S.  9:451.    Em. 238.    G.F.8:223. 
—  Ornamental  tree,  with  very  white  trunk  and  a  loose, 
graceful  head  when  older.  Var.  cordifolia,  Regel.  (B. 
pyrifblia  &n(l  platyphylla,H.ort.).    Lvs.  broadly  ovate, 
usually    cordate,  large.     Var.  minor,  Tuckerm.     Low, 
bushy  tree  with  smaller  Ivs.  and  frs.    Mts.  of  N.  Eng. 
and  N.  York.  » 

9.  populifdlia,  Ait.  (B.  dlba,  v&r.populi  folia,  Spach.). 
WHITE  BIRCH.     Small  tree,  exceptionally  40  ft.,  with 
smooth  white  bark  ;  branchlets  with  numerous  resinous 
glands  :    Ivs.  slender,  petioled,  triangular  or  deltoid, 
long  acuminate,  coarsely  doubly  serrate,  glutinous  when 
young,  glabrous  at  length  and  shining  :  cones  slender, 
stalked,  cylindrical,  about  1  in.  long  ;  bracts  pubescent, 
the  lateral  lobes  divergent,  about  as  long  as  the  middle 
one.    From  N.  Brunswick  to  Delaware,  west  to  Ontario. 
S.S.  9:450.    Em.  1:242.-A  small,  graceful,  but  short- 
lived  tree,    yet  thriving  in  dry  and  poor  soil.     Var. 
laciniata,  Hort.    Lvs.  incised-laciniate.    Var.  pendula, 
Hort.    Branches  distinctly  pendulous.    Var.  purpurea^ 
Hort.     Lvs.  purple  when  young,  gr^en  at  length.    B. 
populifoliaxpapyrifera  is  shown  in  G.F.  8:  356. 

10.  dlba,  Linn.    EUROPEAN  WHITE  BIRCH.    Fig.  233. 
Tree,  sometimes  80  ft.,  with  white  bark  :  Ivs.  slender- 
petioled,  ovate  or  rhombic-ovate,  acute  or  acuminate, 
doubly  serrate  :  cones  erect  or  pendulous,  cylindrical; 
bracts  with  horizontally  spreading  lateral  lobes  about  as 
long  as  the  middle  one.    From  Eu.  to  Jap.  — This  very 
variable  species  may  be  divided  into  2  subspecies : 

(1)  pSndula,  Roth  (B.  verrucdsa,  Ehrh.).  Branches 
more  pendulous,  glabrous,  usually  glandular  :  Ivs. 
rhombic-ovate,  glutinous  when  young  :  cones  all  pen- 
dulous. The  following  varieties  belong  here  :  Var, 


232.  Staminate  catkin  (natural  size)  and  flowers  (enlarged) 
of  Betula  papyrifera. 

atropurpurea,  Hort.  Lvs.  dark  purple.  Var.  Dalecar- 
lica,  Linn.  (B.laclniata,  Hort.).  Fig.  234.  Lvs.  more 
or  less  deeply  lobed  with  incised-serrate  lobes.  Var. 
fastigiata,  Hort.  Of  straight,  upright,  columnar 
growth.  Var.  Japdnica,  Miq."  (B.  dlba,  var.  Tauschi, 


160 


BETULA 


BIARUM 


Regel.).  Lvs.  broad-ovate,  usually  truncate  at  the 
base.  Var.  pendula,  Hort.  Branches  slender,  dis- 
tinctly pendulous  ;  cult,  in  several  different  forms,  as 
var.  pendula  laciniata,  Hort.,  with  laciniate  Ivs.;  a 
very  graceful  form  (Fig.  234);  var.  pendula  elegans  ; 
var.  pendula  Youngi,  and  others. 

(2)  pubescens,  Ehrh.  (B.  odordta,  Bechst.).  Less 
pendulous  or  upright,  sometimes  shrubby  ;  branchlets 
usually  pubescent,  not  glandular  :  Ivs.  ovate,  pubes- 
cent beneath,  at  least  when  young  :  cones  pendu- 
lous or  erect.  The  first  grows  more  in  dry  situations, 
while  the  latter  is  found  growing  in  moist  places, 
often  in  swamps.  To  this  subspecies  belong  the  follow- 
ing varieties  :  Var.  excelsa,  Regel.  (B.  excelsa,  Ait.). 
Tree  :  Ivs.  ovate,  short  petioled,  pubescent  beneath. 
Var.  pub6scens,  Regel.  Branches  and  Ivs.  pubescent, 
at  least  when  young  ;  Ivs.  ovate,  acute.  Var.  urticifo- 
lia,  Spach.  Lvs.  small,  deep  green,  irregularly  in- 
cised-serrate,  unequal  at  the  base.  Var.  Carpatica, 
Regel,  P6ntica,  Dipp.,  and  tortudsa,  Regel,  are  small 
trees,  without  any  horticultural  value. 

CO.    Trunk  witJi  dark  bronze-colored  bark. 

11.  occidentalis,  Hook.  Small  tree,  occasionally  40  ft. ; 
branchlets  slender,  glandular :    Ivs.   broadly   ovate   or 
nearly  orbicular,  acute  or  obtuse,  sharply  serrate,  short- 
petioled,  glabrous  or  sparsely  pubescent  at  the  veins  be- 
neath, 1-2  in.  long  :  cones  1-1/4  in.  long  ;    bracts  with 
erect,  oval  lobes,  the  middle  one  usually  longer.  North- 
west Amer.,  east  to  Dakota  and  Nebraska.    S.S.  9:  453. 

BB.    Wings  smaller  than  the  nut:  shrubs  1-15  ft.:    Ivs. 
small,  short-petioled  :  cones  erect. 

c.    Branchlets  glandular,  not  pubescent. 

12.  glanduldsa,  Michx.    Only  1-4  ft. :  Ivs.  short-peti- 
oled,  rounded    or   cuneate   at    the   base,   orbicular   or 
broadly  obovate,  obtuse,  dentate,  glabrous,  %-l>2   in« 
long  :  cones  peduncled,  %-%in.  long  :  lobes  of  bracts 
nearly    equal,    slightly    spreading.     Newfoundland    to 
Alaska,  south  to  Michigan,  and  in  the  Rocky  Mountains 
to  Colorado.     B.B.  1:510. 

cc.   Branchlets  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous,  not 
glandular. 

13.  pumila,  Linn.   Usually  2-8  ft.,  rarely  15  :  branch- 
lets  tomentose  or  pubescent,  at  least  when  young  :  Ivs. 
orbicular  or  oval,  acute  or  obtuse,  coarsely  dentate,  pale 
and  glabrous  or  pubescent  beneath,  %-2  in.  long:  cones 
peduncled,  %-l  in.  long  ;  lateral  lobes  of  the  pubescent 
bracts  spreading,  shorter  than  the  middle  one.    New- 
foundland to  Minn.,  south  to  Ohio.    B.B.  1:511.    Var. 

fastigiata,  Hort.  (B.  humilia 
fastigiata,  Hort.).  Of  distinct, 
upright  growth.  B.  pumila  x 
lenta  is  shown  in  G.F.  8:245. 


14.  nana,  Linn.  Low,  spreading,  rarely  4  ft. :  Ivs. 
o-bicular  or  cuneate-obovate,  crenate,  rounded  at  apex, 
glabrous,  %-%hi.  long  :  cones  nearly  sessile,  X-%in. 
long  ;  the  upper  bracts  usually  entire,  the  lower  ones 


*.__.  .r**7^n{F9RS.grn  ^ 

234.  Cut-leaved  Weeping  Birch—  Betula'^albaJ  /- 


233.  Leaves  of  Betula  alba.    Natural  size. 


3-lobed.  Arctic N.E.  Amer.,  N.  Eu.,  Siberia.  B.B.  1:511. 
—A  low,  graceful  shrub  for  rockeries  and  rocky  slopes. 
B.  alnoldes,  Hamilt.  (B.  cylindrostachya,  Wall.).  Tree, 50-60 
ft.:  bark  brown:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  doubly  cuspidately  serrate: 
cones  racemose.  Himal.  Tender.— B.  alpestris,  Fries  =  B.  inter- 
media.— B.  carpinifolia,  Ehrh.=  B.  lenta.— B.  corylifblia,  Regel. 
Allied  to  B.  nigra.  Lvs.  broad  elliptic  or  obovate,  coarsely  den- 
tate :  cones  cylindrical.  Japan.  B.  cylindrostachya.  Wall.  = 
B.  alnoides.— B.  Dahurica,  Pall.  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  bark  brown : 
Ivs.  ovate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  1-2  in.  long  :  cones 
oblong.  Dahur.,  Manchuria.— B.  fruticosa,  Pall.  Shrub,  to  15 
ft.:  Ivs.  ovate,  glabrous  at  length  and  usually  glandular  be- 
neath, 1-2  in.  long.  Siber.,  Manchuria. — B.  Omelini,  Bunge= 
B.  fruticosa.— B.  grdndis.  Schrad.=B.  papyrifera.— B.  grbssa, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Allied  to  B.  lenta.  Lvs.  ovate,  unequally  serrate, 
%-2  in.  long :  lobes  of  bracts  rounded.  Jap.— B.  humilia, 
Schrank.  Two  to  6  ft.:  branchlets  glandular  :  Ivs.  K-l%in. 
long,  crenately  serrate,  glabrous.  M.  and  N.  Eu.,  N.  Asia. — B. 
hybrida,  Bechst.  Natural  hybrid  of  B.  pendulaXpubescens. 
Tree.— B.  intermedia,  Thomas  (B.  albaXnana).  Shrub  :  Ivs. 
orbicular  or  ovate,  %-\  in.  long,  glabrous.  N.  Eu.— B.  Med- 
wedjewi,  Regel.  Tree,  allied  to  B.  Ermani :  Ivs.  elliptic,  8-11- 
nerved  :  cones  cylindrical.  Trans-Caucasia.  Gt.  36,  p.  384.— 
B.  Raddedna,  Trautv.  Allied  to  B.  fruticosa.  Tree  :  Ivs.  small, 
ovate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  :  cones  oblong.  Cauca- 
sus. Gt.  36,  p.  384.— B.  ulmifblia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
Tree:  Ivs.  ovate,  doubly  serrate,  with  10-14  pairs 
of  veins  :  bracts  of  cone  with  linear  oblong 
lobes.  Jap.—  B.Youngi pendula,  Hort.  =  B.  alba, 
var.  pendula  Youngi.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

BIARUM  (old  and  obscure  name). 
Aroldece.  Dwarf,  tuberous  perennials  of 
the  same  tribe  with  our  native  jack-in- 
the-pulpit.  They  are  hardy  in  England, 
but  probably  are  suitable  only  for  pot-cul- 
ture in  the  northern  U.  S.  They  have  a 
spathe  which  is  tubular  at  the  base,  mostly 
with  a  long  limb,  and  usually  a  long  tail- 
like  spadix.  They  grow  a  few'inches  high. 
Odd.  Little  known  in  America. 

tenuifdlium,  Schott  (Arum  tenuifolium, 
Linn.).  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  or  spatu- 
late,  appearing  after  the  fls.  decay:  spathe 
long-acuminate,  at  length  recurved  and 
twisted  spirally,  about  10  in.  long,  out- 
side green,  streaked  purple  ;  inside  dull 
purple,  spotted  ;  margins  wavy  :  spadix 
15  in.  long.  Spain.  B.M.  2282. 

Pyr&mi^Eug.d'schantmPyrdmi,  Schott). 
Lvs.  oblong  above  the  middle,  narrowing 
abruptly  to  a  very  long  petiole,  resembling 


BIARUAI 


BIGXONIA 


161 


Calla  palustris  :  spathe  green  outside,  shining,  velvety 
purple  within,  shorter  and  broader  than  in  B.  tubiflorn  tn  , 
at  length  revolute  ;  tube  swelling,  connate  only  at  the 
very  base  :  spadix  thicker  and  shorter.  Syria.  B.M. 
5.324. 

B6vei,  Blume.  Lvs.  similar  to  B.  Pyrami :  spathe- 
tube  connate  a  fourth  of  its  length  ;  blade  of  spathe 
longer  and  more  narrowly  lanceolate,  green  outside, 
dark  purple  within.  Syria,  Asia  Minor. 

BlDENS  (Latin,  twice-toothed,  referring  to  the  seed). 
Compdsitce.  BUR  MARIGOLD.  Mostly  American  hardy 
annual  and  perennial  herbs,  allied  to  Dahlia  and  Core- 
opsis, and  distinguished  by  the  barbed  awns  of  the  seed, 
which,  in  B.  frondosa,  our  common  Stick-Tight,  or 
Devil's  Bootjack,  are  very  troublesome  by  clinging  to 
the  clothing.  B.  grandifldra,  Balb.,  from  S.  Amer.,  is  a 
yellow-fld.  hardy  annual,  growing  2  ft.  high,  bearing 
glabrous  pinnatisect  Ivs. ;  occasionally  cult.  For  B. 
atrosanguinea,  Hort.,  see  Cosmos  diversifolius. 

BIENNIAL.  A  plant  living  two  years  ;  particularly 
one  which  does  not  bear  flowers  and  fruit  until  the  second 
year  from  the  seed.  Plants  vary  greatly  in  their  dura- 
tion, depending  upon  the  climate  in  which  they  grow 
and  the  treatment  which  they  receive.  Comparatively 
few  plants  are  true  biennials.  The  common  mullein  and 
bull  thistle  (Cnicits  lanceolatus)  are  examples.  Most 
cultivated  biennials  become  annuals  if  grown  in  a  warm 
or  long-season  climate,  as  turnips,  celery,  cabbage, 
onion.  If  the  plants  are  crowded ,  or  not  allowed  to  attain 
their  full  development,  they  tend  to  run  to  seed  and  com- 
plete their  growth  the  first  year.  Gardeners  are  familiar 
with  this  fact  in  celery,  carrots  and  beets.  Plants  which 
are  practically  annuals  under  such  conditions,  but  which 
have  the  power  of  carrying  themselves  over  winter  by 
means  of  bulbs,  corms,  tubers,  and  other  food-storage 
parts,  have  been  called  psend-annuals.  DeCandolle  esti- 
mates that  true  or  natural  biennials  comprise  1  or  2  per 
cent  of  the  total  number  of  species  of  seed-bearing 
plants.  L  H  B 

BIFBENABIA  (Latin  for  twice  and  strap,  referring 
to  the  connective  of  the  pollinia).  Orchiddcece,  tribe 
Vdndece.  Very  like  Maxillaria,  and  distinguished  by 
technical  characters  of  the  pollinia.  About  25  trop. 
Amer.  species,  of  which  the  two  following  are  best 
known  to  the  horticulturist.  These  species  do  well  at 
the  cool  end  of  the  Cattleya  house,  and,  in  general, 
should  be  treated  like  Maxillaria  and  Lycaste. 

aurantiaca,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate  or  ovoid,  mono- 
phyllous  ;,  leaf -blades  about  6  in.  long,  oval  or  nearly 
so  :  fls.  about  1  in.  across,  yellow,  dotted  with  deeper 
yellow.  British  Guiana.  B.M.  3597. 

vitellina,  Lindl.  Fls.  deeper  yellow  than  in  the  above, 
with  a  brown  spot  on  the  labelium.  Brazil. 

OAKES  AMES. 

BIGELOVIA  (after  Dr.  Jacob  Bigelow,  author  of 
Florula  Bostoniensis,  Medical  Botany  of  U.  S.,  etc.). 
Compdsitce.  The  only  species  in  cult,  is  the  original 
one,  which  resembles  a  goldenrod.  Prop,  by  cuttings 
and  by  seed.  Culture  simple. 

grraveolens,  Gray  (Bigelbwia  dracunculoldes ,  DC.). 
Low  shrub,  1-6  ft.  high,  densely  white-tomentose,  much 
branched,  very  leafy,  malodorous  only  in  drying  :  Ivs. 
linear,  1-2  in.  long  :  fl. -heads,  yellow,  5-8  lines  high, 
very  numerous,  crowded,  in  terminal  corymbose  cymes, 
rayless.  Alkaline  soils  Dak.  to  B.  C.  and  S.  to  S.  Calif, 
and  Ariz.  Var.  albicaulis  is  more  permanently  and 
densely  woolly,  dwarfer,  and  recommended  by  D.  M. 
Andrews,  Boulder,  Colo.,  for  low  hedges  and  edgings. 

B  BIGELOW,  JACOB.  Botanist,  physician,  educator, 
and  founder  of  Mt.  Auburn  Cemetery,  the  prototype  of 
all  garden  and  landscape  cemeteries,  was  born  at  Sud- 
bury,  Mass.,  February  27,  1787,  and  died  at  Boston,  Jan- 
uary 10,  1879.  He  was  graduated  from  Harvard  in  1806, 
and  began  the  practice  of  medicine  in  1810.  His  Florula 
Bostoniensis,  1814  (2d  ed.  1824),  was  the  first  American 
local  flora  of"  importance,  and  served  for  many  years  as 
the  only  popular  manual  of  New  England  botany.  He 
was  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  in  Harvard  from  1815 

11 


to  1855.  and  for  twenty  years  Physician  to  the  Massachu- 
setts General  Hospital.  His  American  Medical  Botany, 
1817-20,  was  the  first  work  of  its  kind.  Each  of  the  three 
volumes  contained  descriptions  of  20  species,  with  a 
colored  plate  of  each  produced  by  the  aqua-tinting  pro- 
cess, a  method  invented  by  Dr.  Bigelow  just  before 
lithography.  His  essay  on  "  Self-limited  Diseases,"  an 
attack  on  heroic  remedies  and  a  plea  for  the  recuperative 
processes  of  nature,  marked  an  epoch  in  medical  reform. 
Dr.  O.  W.  Holmes  said  that  it  probably  had  more  influ- 
ence on  medical  practice  in  America  than  any  work  ever 
published  in  this  country.  He  also  did  much  to  introduce 
science  into  colleges  that  were  too  exclusively  classical. 
The  genus  Bigelovia,  named  after  him  by  DeCandolle, 
was  founded  on  a  western  plant  resembling  goldenrod. 
He  was  the  one  man  without  whom  Mt.  Auburn  Ceme- 
tery would  never  have  existed.  This  cemetery  has  been 
one  of  the  most  important  factors  in  the  development  of 
landscape  gardening  in  America,  and  without  the  reve- 
nues derived  from  it  the  Massachusetts  Horticultural 
Society  could  never  have  played  so  important  a  part  in 
American  horticulture.  Dr.  Bigelow  was  one  of  the  most 
versatile,  useful  and  interesting  men  of  his  day.  The 
popular  use  of  the  word  "technology"  dates  from  his 
"Elements  of  Technology,"  1827.  For  a  fuller  account, 
see  the  sketch  by  L.  H.  Bailey,  in  Botanical  Gazette, 
8:217  (1883),  and  Scientific  Papers  of  A.  Gray,  2:413. 
See,  also,  Dr.  Bigelow's  book  on  the  history  of  Mt.  Au- 
burn. w  M 

BIGNONIA  (The  Abbe  Bignon,  librarian  to  Louis 
XIV.).  Bignonidcece.  Climbing  American  shrubs,  mostly 
tropical,  of  more  than  100  species.  Fls.  mostly  large  and 
showy,  long-tubular,  with  a  contracted  base,  5-lobed  or 
-toothed,  2-lipped  limb;  perfect  stamens  4 :  seeds  winged, 
in  a  linear,  compressed  capsule. 

Bignonias  are  strong  and  rapid-growing  evergreen 
greenhouse  climbers,  requiring  considerable  space  for 
their  best  development,  such  as  the  roof  of  a  large  con- 
servatory, or  the  back  wall  of  a  lean  to  greenhouse.  If 
convenient,  they  should  be  planted  out  under  the  plant 
stage  of  the  greenhouse,  or  otherwise  in  boxes  placed  on 
the  stage.  A  box  5  ft.  x  IK  ft.  and  1  ft.  deep  wil,l  be  found 
a  convenient  size  for  them.  As  with  most  greenhouse 
climbing  plants,  the  roots  like  considerable  freedom; 
but  with  Bignonias  the  roots  must  be  somewhat  re- 
stricted (though  not  to  the  limitations  of  a  flower-pot), 
otherwise  an  immense  growth  and  few  flowers  will  be 
the  result.  They  are  not  very  fastidious  as  to  soil.  A 
good,  fibrous  loam,  to  which  one-third  well  decomposed 
cow  or  sheep  manure  has  been  added,  suits  them  admi- 
rably. A  winter  temperature  of  45°  to  50°,  with  a  gradual 
rise  as  the  days  lengthen,  should  be  given  them,  admit- 
ting air  freely  whenever  the  weather  is  favorable.  They 
like  plenty  of  moisture  at  the  roots  — especially  during 
the  spring  and  summer  (the  growing  season)  — but  per- 
fect drainage  should  be  ensured,  as  the  soil  at  no  time 
must  become  saturated  or  sour.  Except  when  in  flower, 
a  good  syringing  on  all  fine  days  will  be  very  beneficial. 
They  should  also  be  sprayed  once  or  twice  a  week  with 
a  moderately  strong  solution  of  kerosene  emulsion,  or 
kerosene  and  water,  to  keep  them  free  from  mealy  bug, 
as  they  are  very  subject  to  this  pest.  The  vines  should 
be  trained  so  as  to  allow  a  free  circulation  of  air  among 
the  branches  for  the  purpose  of  ripening  the  wood,  as 
upon  this  depends  the  assurance  of  flowers.  All  super- 
fluous branches  and  weak  shoots  should  be  removed, 
and  before  the  growing  season  begins  all  the  branches 
should  be  shortened  from  1  to  3  feet,  according  to 
their  strength  ;  this  will  throw  the  energy  of  the  plant 
into  the  lateral  buds,  which  will  produce  the  flowering 
branches,  providing  the  wood  has  been  properly  ripened 
the  previous  season. 

Propagation  is  effected  by  cuttings  taken  in  late 
spring  and  inserted  in  sand  under  a  bell  glass,  or  in 
a  propagating  box,  in  a  warm  temperature.  Choose,  if 
possible,  stout,  short-jointed  lateral  growths  for  the  pur- 
pose. They  must  be  carefully  watered  until  rooted, 
which  usually  takes  from  6  to  10  weeks. 

Cult,  by  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 
A.   Lvs.  simple,  opposite. 

magnifica,  Bull.  Free-growing  and  floriferous,  need- 
ing warm  treatment:  Ivs.  ovate-elliptic,  stalked,  entire: 


162 


BIGNONIA 


BILLBERGIA 


fls.  panicled,  large  (3%in.  across),  ranging  from  mauve 
to  purple-red,  the  throat  primrose,  limb  wide-spreading. 
Colombia.  G.C.  II.  12:73. 

regalis,  Hort.  Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate  :  fls.  large,  yel- 
low and  red.  Guiana.  —  Of  recent  introduction.  Requires 
warm  treatment. 

argyreo-violascens,  Hort.  Lvs.  ovate,  cordate  at  base, 
short-stalked,  purple  when  young,  but  becoming  beau- 
tifully veined  and  blotched  with  white  :  fls.  purple. 
S.  Amer.?  I.H.  13:469. 

AA.  Lvs.  pinnately  compound,  the  %  lower  Ifts.  usually 
foliaceous  and  the  others  represented  by  tendrils. 

B.  Fls.  normally  from  the  axils  of  the  Ivs, 
c.  Pedicels  l-fld. 

capreolata,  Linn.  TRUMPET-FLOWER.  CROSS-VINE. 
QUARTER-VINE.  Climbing  to  great  heights  (often  50  ft. 
or  more),  glabrous,  evergreen  :  Ifts.  stalked,  oblong- 
acuminate,  cordate,  entire  :  fls.  in  many  2-5-fld.  short- 
peduncled  cymes,  yellow-red  and  lighter  within,  tubu- 
lar (2  in.  long),  with  a  stout  limb  Native  from  Md.  S. 
and  W.,  and  often  a  pest  in  orchards,  climbing  on  the 
trees.  B.M.  864.  Gng.  1: 370,  371. -Handsome  vine  for 
outdoor  use.  Good  for  covering  walls.  Sometimes 
grown  in  conservatories.  A  cross-section  of  the  stem 
presents  a  cross-form  appearance,  whence  one  of  the 
common  names. 

Var.  atrosanguinea,  Hook.  f.  (B.  atrosanguinea, 
Hort.).  Lvs.  longer  and  narrower:  fls.  dark  purple, 
the  lobes  short  and  triangular-ovate.  B.M.  6501.  F.R. 
2:27.  — Handsome. 

Tweediana,  Lindl.  Leaflets  lanceolate  and  pointed, 
cordate,  3  in.  or  less  long  :  fls.  trumpet-shaped,  2  in. 
long,  orange-yellow,  the  limb  of  rounded,  spreading 
lobes  and  from  2-4  in.  across.  Argentina.  B.R.  26:  45. 
Gn.  40:812. -Will  stand  a  little  frost  if  grown  in  the 
open  in  the  South. 

cc.    Pedicels  2-fld. 

Lindleyi,  DC.  Glabrous  :  Ifts.  oblong  or  ovate-oblong, 
cordate,  acute,  somewhat  wavy-margined  :  fls.  pale 
purple,  with  spots  and  stripes,  the  tube  oblong-cylin- 
drical (2  in.  long),  the  limb  short  and  the  lobes  obo- 
vate-rounded  and  undulate.  Argentina.  — Blooms  when 
young. 

specidsa,  R.  Grab.  Glabrous:  leaflets  3  in.  long,  ellip- 
tical and  more  or  less  acuminate,  shining,  the  midrib 


235.  Bignonia  venusta  (X 


prominent  :  fls.  3  in.  long,  with  compressed  tube,  which 
is  furrowed  or  plaited  below  and  yellowish  with  lilac 
streaks,  the  limb  2-3  in.  across,  purple  and  streaked,  the 
lobes  spreading-reflexed,  obtuse  and  wavy.  Argentina. 
B.M.  3888.  —  Needs  warm  or  intermediate  temp.  ;  blooms 


in  spring  and  early  summer.    When  grown  in  the  open 
in  the  S.,  will  stand  a  little  frost. 

BB.    Fls.  in  clusters  terminating  the  branchlets. 
c.    Branches  prominently  4-angled. 

buccinatdria,  Mairet.  (B.  Cherere,  Lindl.  B.  Kerere, 
Hort.).  Tall:  leaflets  2-3  in.  long,  elliptic  or  ovate-ob- 
long, obtuse  or  only  cuspidate,  pellucid-dotted,  the 
petioles  (as  the  racemes)  tomentose  :  fl.  long-tubular 
(4  in.  long),  blood-red,  but  yellow  at  base,  the  limb 
rather  narrow,  with  retuse  lobes.  Mex.  Gn.  26:471. 
B.M.  7516.  R.H.  1898:  580.  — Needs  coolhouse  treatment. 
Strong  grower.  One  of  the  finest  species. 

c.    Branches  terete  or  very  nearly  so. 

aequinoctialis,  Linn.  Glabrous  :  Leaflets  ovate  to 
oval-lanceolate,  obtuse  or  acuminate,  shining  above  : 
fls.  in  both  terminal  and  axillary  panicles  ;  corolla  gla- 
brous, trumpet-shaped,  2%  in.  long,  purple,  with  dark 
rose  stripes  (but  said  in  garden  books  to  be  yellow); 
fls.  sometimes  only  in  2's.  W.  Ind.  and  S.  Amer.  — Per- 
haps not  the  plant  known  under  this  name  in  the  trade. 

Chamberlaynii,  Sims.  Glabrous  :  leaflets  ovate-acu- 
minate, glabrous,  shining  above,  paler  beneath,  more  or 
less  tapering  at  base  :  fls.  tubular,  contracted  below, 
3-4  in.  long,  the  limb  comparatively  short  and  spread- 
ing, bright  yellow  ;  cluster  many-fld.  Braz.  B.M.  2148. 
—  Perhaps  a  form  of  the  last.  This  species  and  B. 
cequioctialis  are  referred  to  the  genus  Anemopwgma  by 
some. 

venusta,  Ker-Gawl.  Fig.  235.  Sts.  striate  or  some- 
what angular,  the  young  ones  pubescent :  leaflets  usu- 
ally 3,  glabrous,  ovate-acuminate,  more  or  less  tapering 
at  base  :  fls.  in  corymbose,  mostly  drooping  racemes  ; 
corolla  slender  and  long-tubular,  contracted  in  the  lower 
half  (2-3  in.  long),  with  2-lipped  limb  and  oblong,  obtuse, 
reflexing  lobes,  crimson-orange.  Braz.  B.M.  2050.  A.F. 
11: 1023.  — Requires  a  rather  warm  house.  Profuse 
bloomer;  early  winter.  One  of  the  best  rafter  plants. 

purpurea,  Lodd.  Glabrous,  tall-climbing  :  leaflets 
often  3,  usually  2,  lance-obovate,  abruptly  acuminate, 
short-stalked,  toothed  or  entire  :  fls.  mauve  or  rose-pur- 
ple, with  a  white  eye,  the  flaring  tube  1  in.  long,  the 
wide-spreading  lobes  rounded.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  5800. 
G.C.  III.  24:  399.  — Requires  warm  treatment. 

B.  adenophylla,  Wall.=Heterophragma.—  B.  alba,  Hort.= 
Pithecoctenium.— B.  grandifldra,  Th\mb.=Tecoma.— B.  radl- 
cans,  Linn.=Tecoma.— B.  suaveolens,  Roxbg.=Stereospermum. 
— B.  Thunbergii,Hort'=Tecoma.  L.  H.  B 

BILIM^I.    See  Averrhoa. 

BILLAKDlfiKA  (after  J.  J.  Labillardiere,  French 
botanist  and  traveler.)  Piltospordcece.  Tender  Austra- 
lian climbers,  with  terminal,  solitary,  pendulous,  tubu- 
lar, stalked  fls.,  generally  yellow,  and  edible  fr.  B.  lon- 
giflora  and  B.  scandens  are  cult,  abroad  as  greenhouse 
climbers.  B.  cymosa,  cult,  outdoors  at  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif.,  is  Sollya  heterophylla. 

BILLBfiKGIA  (for  the  Swedish  botanist,  J.  G.  Bill- 
berg).  Bromeliacece.  About  40  tropical  American  ever- 
green epiphytal  herbs,  now  much  cult,  by  amateurs  and 
in  fancy  collections.  A  few  kinds  are  well  known  to 
florists.  A  closely  allied  genus  is  ^Echmea,  which  see 
for  botanical  differences.  The  fls.  are  in  a  spike  or  spi- 
cate  panicle,  which  rises  from  the  center  of  the  rosette 
of  long,  spiny  edged,  and  usually  stiff,  pineapple-like 
Ivs. :  fls.  showy,  with  3-parted  calyx  and  3  long  petals, 
6  exserted  stamens,  thread-like  style,  and  berry-like 
fr.  The  colored  bracts  of  the  fl. -clusters  are  usually 
very  showy.  Cf.  Charles  Mez,  the  latest  monographer, 
in  DC.  Phaner.  Monogr.  9.  Species  confused  ;  but 
the  artificial  arrangement  given  below  may  aid  the 
gardener. 

Billbergias  can  be  cultivated  best  in  greenhouses, 
planted  in  pans,  pots,  wooden  cribs,  or  wire  baskets, 
with  loose,  light  material  about  their  roots,  such  as 
pieces  of  charcoal,  roots  of  very  fibrous  plants,  or  fern 
roots  and  sphagnum  moss,  and  such  material.  They 
require  little  water  at  the  roots  in  winter,  and  nothing 
but  light  sprinkling  over  the  foliage  is  required  to  keep 
them  alive  during  that  time.  But  in  summer,  when  the 
heat  is  great  and  they  are  making  their  growth,  they 


BILLBERGIA 


BIRTHWORT 


163 


can  withstand  an  abundance  of  moisture,  at  the  roots 
as  well  as  at  the  top,  most  of  the  time  holding  water  in 
the  funnel-like  center  or  body  of  the  plant.  They  gener- 
ally bring  their  conspicuous,  showy  flowers  in  the  spring, 
when  moisture  overhead  or  sprinkling  should  be  with- 
held in  order  to  prolong  the  beauty  of  the  flowers.  They 
require  at  night  a  temperature  of  from  50°-75°,  but,  of 
course,  can  stand  any  amount  of  heat  in  summer.  Bill- 
bergias,  like  all  other  Bromeliads,  make  very  good  house 
plants,  and  they  will  thrive  exceedingly  well  in  a  living- 
room  temperature.  They  love  plenty  of  light  and  sun. 
All  first-class  private  garden  establishments  should 
have  at  least  a  few  of  this  class  of  plants.  They  are 
propagated  best  from  suckers  or  sprouts,  which  arise 
from  the  base  of  the  old  plant,  generally  after  it  has 
bloomed  and  performed  its  functions.  The  old  plant 
then  gradually  deteriorates,  sending  out  from  two  to  five 
young  plants  from  its  base.  These  can  be  taken  off  as 
soon  as  they  are  hardy  and  substantial  enough,  and  can 
be  mounted  or  potted  into  the  same  kind  of  material. 
Then,  suspended  in  the  greenhouse,  conservatory,  or 
window  for  an  exhibition,  they  thrive  best.  Besides 
their  beautiful  and  attractive  flowers,  they  have  very 
handsome  foliage,  which  is  of  a  tough  and  leathery 
texture.  Billbergias,  ^Echmeas,  and  the  like,  are  na- 
tives of  the  tropics,  and,  therefore,  require  a  warm  tem- 
perature. ^Echmeas  are  usually  larger  than  Billbergias 
and  Tillandsias.  Cult;  by  H.  A>  SIEBRECHT. 

A.  Fls.  greenish  or  yellowish,  often  tipped  with  blue. 

B.    Petals  curling  spirally  after  fl.  expands. 
(Helicddea.) 

zebrina,  Lindl.  (Bromelia  zebrina,  Herb.  ^Echmea 
zebrina,  Hort.).  St.  very  short,  or  none  :  Ivs.  sheath- 
ing, deep  green,  with  blotches  and  zones  of  gray-white, 
strongly  spine-margined  :  fl. -cluster  loose,  long  and 
drooping  :  fls.  green  or  yellow-green,  the  stamens  be- 
coming long-exserted  :  bracts  salmon  or  rose,  long-lan- 
ceolate. S.  Amer.  L.B.C.  20:  1912.  B.M.  2686. 

decora,  Poepp.  &  Endl.  (Helicbdea  Baraquinidna, 
Lem.).  Differs  from  the  last  in  having  longer  petals, 
denser  spike  and  longer  bracts  :  Ivs.  8-10,  from  1-2  ft. 
long,  mealy,  white-blotched  and  banded.  Brazil.  I.H. 
11:421.  B.M.  6937. 

BB.    Petals  not  spirally  twisting. 

specidsa,  Thunb.  ( B.  amoena,  Lindl.  B.  pdllida,  Ker- 
Gawl).  Lvs.  strap-shaped,  connivent,  and  forming  a 
tube  at  the  base,  1-2  ft.  long,  somewhat  spine-margined, 
green  above  and  lepidote  and  somewhat  striped  on  the 
back  :  fl. -cluster  large  and  loose,  erect  or  drooping  ; 
bracts  rose  :  fls.  pale  green  or  whitish,  tipped  with  blue. 
Brazil.  B.R.  1068.— An  old  and  well  known  species. 

nutans,  Wendl.  Stemless,  stoloniferous  :  Ivs.  linear 
and  long-pointed,  1-2  ft.,  distantly  small  toothed,  finely 
striate  on  the  back  :  fls.  4-8,  in  a  loose,  drooping  spike  ; 
petals  green,  blue-edged ;  bracts  lanceolate,  red.  Brazil. 
B.M.  6423.  Gn.  32,  p.  107. 

AA.    Fls.  markedly  red  or  purple. 
B.    Essentially  red. 

thyrsoidea,  Mart.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.,  broad-ligulate,  spine- 
margined,  concave  on  upper  surface,  green  above  and 
paler  beneath,  abruptly  acuminate  :  fl. -cluster  shorter 
than  Ivs.,  farinaceous,  densely  red-bracted  :  fls.  numer- 
ous, bright  red,  petals  reflexing.  Brazil.  B.M.  4756.— 
Showy.  Runs  into  several  varieties,  some  of  them  with 
purple-tipped  fls.  (as  vars.  sp!6ndida  -and  fastudsa, 
Andre,  R.  H.  1883:300).  B.  spUndens,  Hort.,  is  evi- 
dently one  of  the  forms.  Species  too  near  the  next. 

pyramidalis,   Lindl.    (Bromelia  pyramiddlis,    Sims. 

B.  Croyidna,  DeJonghe).    Afoot  high  :  differs  from  the 
last  in  having  more  gradually  acuminate  Ivs.,  which  are 
more  strongly  and  distantly  toothed  and  whitish,  or  even 
banded  on  the  back  :  fl. -cluster  less  farinaceous,  broader 
and  looser,  the  fls.  less  numerous.    Peru.    B.M.  1732. 

BB.    Essentially  purple. 

Morelii,  Brongn.  ( B.  Morelidna,  Hort.  B.  We'therellii, 
Hook.).  Lvs.  short  (1-1%  ft.),  with  few  weak  spines, 
wide,  glabrous  and  green :  fl. -cluster  exserted  and 


drooping,  with  showy,  pointed  red  bracts,  the  rachis 
woolly  :  fls.  with  red  sepals  and  purple-limbed  petals. 
Brazil.  B.M.  4835.  — Very  showy. 

vexillaria,   Andr6.     Fig.  236.    Hybrid  of   B.  thyrso- 
idea and  B.  Morelii.     Fls.  purple  :    lower  bracts  long- 
pointed  and  red  ;    spike-erect,  exceeding 
the  Ivs.    R.H.  1889:468. 

vittata,    Brongn.    (B.  Leopoldi,  Hort., 
not   Morr. ).    Vigorous,  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  long 
and  large,  concave  above,  recurved  at  the 
summit,    obtuse      or 
abruptly    pointed, 
red  -  spined,      cross- 
banded  on  the  back : 
fl.- cluster  loose  and 
nodding,  shorter  than 
the  Ivs.,  red-bracted: 
fls.    deep   blue,  with 
recurving    limbs. 
Brazil.     Gn.  32 :  608. 
R.H.  1869,  p.  87. 

Liboniana,  De 
Jonghe.  Small,  1-1% 
ft.,  producing  run- 
ners :  Ivs.  long-linear 
or  strap  -  shaped, 
spiny,  very  sharp- 
pointed,  concave  and 
green  above  and 
whitish-mealy  below: 
fl.- cluster  erect  or 
nearly  so,  rather  slen- 
der, the  bracts  not 
prominent :  fls.  with 
red  sepals  and  erect 
blue  petals.  Brazil. 
B.M.  5090.  F.S.  10: 
1048. 

Quesneliana, 
Brongn.  ( Quesntlia 
Cayenntnsis ,  Baker ). 
Lvs.  numerous,  aris- 
ing from  a  trunk  or 
stem,  rigid  and 

spreading  or  recurved,  concave  above,  very  sharp- 
spined,  more  or  less  white-marked  on  the  back,  long- 
acuminate  :  fl.-cluster  a  dense,  erect  spike,  with  red  and 
white-blotched  obtuse  bracts  :  fls.  deep  purple.  Guiana. 
F.S.  10:1028. 

In  the  American  trade  the  following  names  have  been  used: 
B.  clavdta  longifblia,  once  offered  by  Pitcher  &  Manda,  is  proba- 
bly uEchmea  bromeliaefolia.— B.  fasddta  =  ^Echmea  fasciata. — 
B.  maxima  =?—  B.  orndta=1—B.  r hodocydnea  =  ^Echmea 
fasciata.— B.  8tricta=1 

Any  of  the  following  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  Amer. 
trade  at  any  time  :  B.  Andegavensis ,  Hort.,  is  B.  thyrsoidea X 
Morelii ;  fls.  red  and  blue.— B.  Bdkeri,  Morr.  (B.  pallescens, 
Baker).  Fls.  greenish,  tipped  purple.  B.M.  6342.— .B.  Breaute- 
dna,  Andre.  B.  pallescens  X  vittata,  has  reddish,  purple- 
limbed  fls.  R.H.  1885:300.— B.  Bruanti,  Hort.  B.  BakeriX 
decora;  fls.  greenish,  bracts  red.— B.  Enderi,  Regel.  Small  :  flg. 
very  deep  blue  ;  bracts  coral-red.  Brazil.— .B.  iridifblia,  Lindl. 
Pis.  red  and  yellow,  blue-tipped.  Brazil.  B.R.  1068.— .#.  Lietzei, 
Morr.  Fls.  and  bracts  rose.  Brazil.— .B.  Portedna,  Brongn. 
Fls.  green,  the  petals  rolling  spirally.  Brazil.  B.M.  6670.— .B. 
Sanderidna,  Morr.  Fls.  green,  tipped  blue.  Brazil.— B.  Saun- 
dersi,  Bull.  Fls.  greenish,  tipped  blue :  Ivs.  striking,  green 
above,  reddish  beneath,  white-blotched  and  red-spined.  Brazil. 
Gt.  39:1316.  L  H  fi 

BILSTED.    See  Liquidambar. 

BINDWEED.  Name  applied  to  various  twining,weedy 
plants,  particularly  to  various  kinds  of  Convolvulus. 

BIOTA.    See  Thuya. 

BIKCH.    See  Betula. 

BIRD-OF-PARADISE  FLOWER.    See  Strelitzia. 

BIRD'S-NEST  FERN.   See  Thamnopteris. 

BIRD'S-TONGUE   FLOWER.    See  Strelitzia. 

BIRTHWORT.    See  Aristolochia  ;  also  Trillium. 


236.   Billbergia  vexillaria. 


164 


BISMARCKIA 


BLACKBERRY 


BISMARCKIA  (in  honor  of  Prince  Bismarck).  Pal- 
infrcece,  tribe  Bordssece.  A  genus  nearly  related  to  La- 
tania  and  Borassus,  distinguished  by  fruit  characters. 
Forms  a  tree  200  ft.  high,  with  a  gigantic  crown  of  pal- 
mate Ivs.  with  white  streaked  petioles  and  blades  10 
ft.  in  diam. :  fr.  borne  in  large,  drooping  clusters,  dark 
brown,  plum-like,  l%in.  in  diam.,  with  a  thin  outer 
shell  and  a  fibrous  inner  one  enclosing  a  rounded, 
wrinkled  seed  1  in.  in  diam.,  reticulated  like  a  walnut 
and  ruminated,  as  in  the  nutmeg.  Cult,  as  for  Latania. 

nobilis,  Hildeb.  &  Wendl.  Young  plants  :  petiole  con- 
vex on  the  back,  channelled  above,  finely  serrate  on  the 
ridges  above,  thinly  clothed  with  tufts  of  fibrous  scales, 
half  as  long  as  the  blade  ;  blade  blue-green,  rigid,  3  ft. 
in  diam. ;  segments  20,  2  in.  wide,  1  ft.  long,  apex  blunt, 
obtuse,  with  a  long  curved  filament  from  the  base  of 
each  sinus.  Madagascar.  G.F.  6:246.  F.R.  2:257. 
Gt-  1221-  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

BITTEE- SWEET.    See  Celastrus  and  Solanum. 

BlXA  (South  American  name).  Bixdcece.  A  genus 
of  two  species  of  tropical  trees  with  large,  entire  Ivs. 
and  showy  fls.  in  terminal  panicles.  B.  Orellana  is  cult, 
in  the  E.  and  W.  Indies  for  the  Annatto  dye  which  is 
prepared  from  the  orange-red  pulp  that  covers  the  seeds. 
It  is  the  coloring  matter  chiefly  used  in  butter  and 
cheese.  It  is  also  used  in  dyeing  silks,  and  preparing 
chocolate. 

Orellana,  Linn.  Height  30  ft. :  Ivs.  cordate  :  fls.  pink- 
ish. B.M.  1456.— It  is  rarely  grown  in  northern  green- 
houses as  an  ornamental.  Cuttings  taken  from  a  flower- 
ing plant  will  produce  flowering  plants  of  a  convenient 
size.  Plants  from  seed  usually  flower  less  freely,  and 
must  attain  a  greater  size  before  flowering. 

BLACKBERRY.  A  name  applied  to  various  species 
of  Rubus,  of  which  the  receptacle  remains  with  the 
drupelets  when  fruit  is  picked.  As  a  commercial  fruit, 
it  is  known  only  in  America.  Although  a  well-known 


237.  Agawam  Blackberry. 


wild  fruit  from  the  earliest  times,  the  Blackberry  has 
only  recently  made  its  appearance  among  the  more 
orderly  and  promising  garden  fruits.  The  type  species 
is  Rubus  nigrobaccus,  although  it  has  long  been  known 
under  the  name  Rubus  villosus  (see  Rubus).  It  is  a 
most  variable  species,  and  the  number  of  forms  which 
may  be  recognized  depends  only  upon  the  judgment  of 
the  botanist  who  is  reviewing  them.  There  are  several 
distinct  types  or  groups  in  cultivation.  (1)  The  Long- 
Cluster  Blackberries,  Rubus  nigrobaccus.  The  plants 
grow  tall  and  upright,  the  leaflets  are  long-stalked,  rather 
finely  serrate  and  taper  pointed.  The  flower  cluster  is 
long,  leafless  and  open,  with  the  individual  flowers  stand- 
ing almost  at  right  angles  to  the  central  stem.  The  fruit 
is  normally  oblong  or  thimble-shaped,  sweet,  rather  dull 
in  color,  with  drupelets  small  and  closely  packed.  The 
Taylor  is  one  of  the  best  representatives  of  this  class. 
(2)  The  White  Blackberry,  R.  nigrobaccus,  var.  albinus. 
Similar  to  the  above,  but  with  nearly  round,  yellowish 
green  canes  and  pinkish  cream-  or  amber-colored  fruit. 
Many  varieties  of  this  type  have  been  introduced,  but 
none  have  attained  prominence.  (3)  The  Short-Cluster 
Blackberries,  R.  nigrobaccus,  var.  sativus.  This  is  the 
commonest  form  of  cultivated  Blackberry,  and  includes 
such  varieties  as  the  Snyder,  Lawton  arid  Agawam  ( Fig. 
237).  In  this  type  the  clusters  are  shorter,  but  leafless, 
the  pedicels  more  oblique,  the  fruits  shorter  and  rounder, 
glossy  black,  the  drupelets  large  and  irregularly  set. 
The  leaflets  are  broader,  coarsely  and  unevenly  serrate, 
or  jagged  and  less  tapering  at  the  point.  (4)  The  Leafy- 
Cluster  Blackberries,  R.  argutus.  This  is  a  lower  and 
more  bushy  form,  with  narrow,  coarsely  toothed,  light - 
colored  leaflets  and  short  cluster,  having  simple  leaves 
intermingled  with  the  flowers.  Its  best  common  repre- 
sentative is  the  Early  Harvest.  (5)  The  Loose-Cluster 
Blackberries,  R.  nigrobacciisx.villosus.  This  is  a  group 
of  hybrid  origin,  being  intermediate  between  the  Black- 
berry and  dewberry  (see  Dewberry).  The  plants  have 
a  low,  spreading  habit  of  growth,  broad  jagged  and 
notched  leaves,  short  dewberry-like  clusters,  with  large, 
roundish  fruits,  made  up  of  very  large,  loosely  set  drupe- 
lets. The  Early  Wilson  and  Wilson  Junior  are  its  best 
known  representatives  (Fig.  238).  (6)  The  Sand  Black- 
berry, R.  cuneifoUus  (Fig.  239).  A  sturdy  little  shrub, 
armed  with  vicious  recurved  thorns,  with  thickish, 
wedge-shaped  leaflets,  whitened  woolly  beneath.  The 
clusters  are  few-flowered,  opening  from  the  center  out- 
ward, the  fruit  roundish,  loose-grained,  very  black  and 
good.  Known  in  cultivation  only  as  the  Topsy,  or  Tree 
Blackberry.  (7)  There  is  still  another  type  of  Black- 
berry, known  as  the  Thornless  or  Mountain  Blackberry 
(R.  Canadensis),  but  it  is  not  in  cultivation.  This  is 
characterized  by  smooth,  unarmed  canes,  narrow,  sharp- 
pointed  leaflets,  the  upper  ones  borne  on  long,  slender 
leaf -stalks,  an  open  flower-cluster,  a  short,  roundish, 
glossy  black  fruit,  with  large  drupelets.  It  ripens  later 
than  the  common  Blackberry,  and  is  not  so  good  in 
quality.  For  further  account  of  the  Blackberry  tribes, 
see  Bailey,  Evolution  of  Our  Native  Fruits. 

The  first  Blackberry  introduced  into  cultivation  was 
the  Dorchester,  which  was  exhibited  before  the  Massa- 
chusetts Horticultural  Society  in  1841.  This  was  fol- 
lowed by  the  Lawton  a  few  years  later,  which  became 
much  more  prominent.  The  Kittatinny  soon  divided  hon  - 
ors  with  this,  and  both  now  largely  have  given  place  to 
the  Snyder,  which  is  undoubtedly  the  most  widely 
grown  variety  of  the  present  day.  This,  like  many  com- 
mercial fruits,  is  a  variety  of  poor  quality,  but  extremely 
hardy  and  productive.  The  rapid  strides  made  by  the 
Blackberry  in  cultivation  prove  that  a  place  was  ready 
and  waiting  for  it  in  the  pomological  world,  a  place  which 
it  has  proved  itself  eminently  fitted  to  fill,  owing  both  to 
its  desirable  qualities  in  general  and  to  its  ability  to 
rapidly  vary  and  develop  new  types.  At  the  present 
time  it  is  one  of  the  most  important,  most  generally  liked 
and  most  profitable  bush -fruits  grown. 

The  Blackberry  thrives  on  almost  all  soils,  but  to  reach 
perfection  demands  a  strong  loam,  retentive  of  moisture 
and  tending  toward  clay  rather  than  sand.  Soil  must 
be  well  drained  at  all  times.  If  too  rich  in  humus  and 
nitrogen,  a  tendency  toward  a  rank  growth  of  plant, 
with  diminished  fruitfulness,  appears,  while  a  light, 
sandy  soil  will  fail  to  carry  the  fruit  through  periods  of 


BLACKBERRY 


BLACKBERRY 


165 


drought,  which  is  usually  the  greatest  obstacle  to  suc- 
cess with  this  fruit.  For  this  reason  a  cool  northern 
exposure  is  always  desirable,  and  in  the  region  of  the 
Plains,  a  good  windbreak  on  the  south  and  west  is  very 
beneficial.  Fertilizers  containing  a  liberal  proportion  of 
potash  are  most  suitable.  Too  much  stable  manure,  or 
nitrogen  in  other  forms,  will  induce  a  rank  growth  of 
canes  at  the  expense  of  fruit. 

Plants  are  propagated  either  by  root-cuttings,  or  by 
means  of  the  suckers  which  naturally  spring  up  about 
the  parent  plants.  The  latter  are  most  commonly  used 
in  commercial  work.  Root-cuttings  may  be  made  in  the 
fall  and  carried  over  winter  in  sand,  or  started  under 
glass  toward  spring,  or  the  cuttings  can  be  made  in 
spring  and  sowed  in  furrows,  like  peas.  Planting  is 
best  done  in  spring,  as  a  rule.  If  set  in  the  fall,  each 
plant  should  be  covered  with  a  mulch  of  earth  or  strawy 
manure,  which  should  be  removed  in  spring.  The  rows 


pruning  is  the  method  of  thinning  the  Blackberry,  and 
judgment  must  always  enter  into  the  question  of  thin- 
ning fruit.  In  the  region  of  the  Plains,  where  moisture 
is  likely  to  be  deficient,  both  in  soil  and  atmosphere,  it 
is  frequently  found  better  not  to  cut  back  the  growing 
shoots  in  summer,  but  to  let  them  develop  one  straight 
cane,  which  is  cut  back  to  2%  or  3  feet  in  spring.  This 
will  generally  develop  all  the  fruit  which  the  plant  can 
carry  to  maturity  under  such  conditions.  A  few  grow- 
ers in  other  parts  of  the  country  train  to  wires,  and  in 
that  case  the  shoots  are  also  allowed  to  grow  at  will,  but 
are  left  much  longer  in  spring  and  tied  to  the  wires  for 
support.  Close-pruned,  stocky  bushes  may  be  covered 
with  straw  as  a  protection  against  late  spring  frosts. 

The  best  of  cultivation  is  always  demanded.  In  a  crop 
in  which  so  much  depends  upon  an  abundant  supply  of 
moisture  in  the  soil,  none  should  be  allowed  to  go  to 
waste.  Hence,  the  cultivation  should  be  frequent  and 


238.    Wild  hybrid  of  Blackberry  and  Dewberry. 


should  be  about  8  feet  apart,  and  the  plants  may  be  set 
from  2  to  4  feet  apart  in  the  row.  At  the  latter  distance, 
cultivation  may  be  given  in  both  directions  for  the  first 
year  or  two.  With  high  culture,  good  results  may  be 
obtained  by  planting  in  hills,  7  or  8  feet  apart  each  way. 
Pruning  the  Blackberry  is  not  difficult,  yet  upon  its 
proper  performance  depends  much  of  the  success  of  the 
crop.  The  old  canes  should  be  removed  yearly,  prefer- 
ably in  summer,  as  soon  as  they  have  borne  their  crop 
of  fruit.  They  then  no  longer  interfere  with  the  symmet- 
rical development  of  the  young  canes,  and  if  gathered 
and  burned  at  once,  much  is  gained  in  keeping  the  field 
clear  of  certain  fungi  and  insects.  The  young  canes 
should  be  clipped  off  when  they  reach  a  height  of  18 
inches  or  2  feet,  in  order  to  induce  early  branching  and 
a  stocky  bush  with  well  developed  laterals,  capable  of 
producing  and  holding  up  a  heavy  crop  of  fruit.  It  is 
very  important  that  the  shoots  be  not  allowed  to  get 
higher  than  2  feet  before  this  clipping  is  done.  They 
will  then  elongate  and  make  the  bush  high  enough.  If 
neglected,  and  later  cut  back  to  2  feet,  the  buds  will  be 
weak,  the  growth  poor,  the  bush  low,  and  the  crop  small. 
The  laterals  are  usually  cut  back  to  about  18  inches  in 
length  the  following  spring,  but  varieties  differ  in  their 
habit  of  bearing  fruit-buds,  and  it  is  not  safe  to  cut  by 
measure.  It  should  be  remembered  that  this  spring 


constant,  but  always  shallow,  for  deep  cultivation  dis- 
turbs the  roots  and  induces  increased  suckering.  In 
small  garden  patches  mulching  may  be  substituted. 
Growers  in  the  middle  West  have  found  mulching  with 
green  clover  in  the  row,  and  cultivating  between,  very 
beneficial. 

In  many  parts  of  the  country  winter  protection  is  abso- 
lutely essential  to  success,  and  often  adds  greatly  to 
the  yield  in  other  regions,  where  not  considered  a  neces- 
sity. This  protection  is  by  no  means  always  called  for 
by  reason  of  extreme  cold.  The  winters  of  Nebraska 
and  Kansas  are  nearly  always  milder  than  those  of  cen- 
tral New  York  ;  yet  during  one  of  the  mildest  of  these, 
when  the  mercury  reached  zero  but  once,  and  was  then 
only  five  degrees  below,  Taylor  Blackberries  were  killed 
to  the  ground,  while  the  succeeding  winter,  which  was 
decidedly  colder,  they  came  through  unharmed.  It  may 
be  as  much  a  matter  of  moisture  as  of  temperature.  The 
needed  protection  is  best  given  by  loosening  the  earth 
on  both  sides  of  the  plant,  carefully  turning  it  down  and 
covering  the  tips  with  soil,  laying  the  next  plant  upon 
the  roots  of  this,  and  so  on.  In  mild  climates,  covering 
the  tips  is  sufficient ;  in  especially  unfavorable  ones  the 
whole  plant  must  be  covered.  The  cost  of  this  need  not 
exceed  $5  to  $8  an  acre. 

The  fruit  of  the  Blackberry  should  be  left  upon  the 


166 


BLACKBERRY 


BLECHNUM 


plants  as  long  as  possible  before  picking,  for  it  is  not 
ripe  when  it  first  turns  black.  It  should  never  be 
exposed  to  the  sun  after  it  is  removed  from  the  bushes. 
The  Blackberry  generally  outyields  all  the  other  mem- 
bers of  this  family,  and  is  usually  one  of  the  most  profit- 


239.  Sand 
Blackberry. 


able  to  grow  when  properly  managed,  provided  the  cli- 
mate and  other  general  conditions  are  favorable. 

There  are  several  formidable  enemies  of  the  Black- 
berry, but  they  are  generally  easily  mastered  by  the 
alert  and  energetic  grower.  Cutting  out  the  bearing 
canes  as  soon  as  they  are  through  fruiting  will  circum- 
vent the  borer  which  sometimes  works  in  the  canes,  and 
will  aid  in  preventing  the  spread  of  anthracnose  and 
leaf  rusts.  The  orange  rust  must  be  fought  by  digging 
up  and  burning  infected  bushes  as  soon  as  detected,  for 
there  is  no  cure.  But  this  trouble  is  seldom  serious. 

FRED  W.  CARD. 

BLACKBERRY  LILY.    See  Belemcanda. 

BLACKWOOD,    See  Acacia. 

BLADDER  NUT.    See  Staphylea. 

BLADDERWORT.    See  Utricularia. 

BLANDFORDIA  (after  George,  Marquis  of  Bland- 
ford).  Lillacece.  Tender  bulbous  plants  from  Australia 
and  Tasmania,  placed  by  J.  G.  Baker  (Jour.  Linn.  Soc. 
11:364)  between  Kniphofia  and  Funkia,  but  very  dif- 
ferent in  general  appearance  from  Funkia.  Roots  tu- 
berous fibers:  Ivs.  in  two  vertical  ranks,  narrowly  linear, 
hard,  persistent  :  fls.  large,  l%-3  in.  long,  showy,  nod- 
ding, in  short  racemes,  usually  orange-red  to  crimson, 
with  yellow  tips. 

Being  tenderer  than  the  poker  plant,  and  of  more 
difficult  culture,  Blandfordias  are  rarely  grown  in 
America.  B.  flammula,  var.  princeps,  is  the  best  kind. 
In  New  South  Wales  they  grow  in  peat  bogs  and  on 
shady  mountain  sides.  During  the  growing  season  they 
must  be  shaded  from  bright  sunshine,  and  during  the 


resting  season  they  may  be  placed  in  a  light  pit,  where 
they  are  not  crowded  or  shaded  by  taller  plants.  They 
like  a  moist  atmosphere  and  plenty  of  air,  but  not 
draughts.  The  chief  element  of  the  potting  soil  should 
be  peat  ;  if  the  peat  is  heavy,  use  sand  freely  ;  if  light, 
use  some  loam,  and  pack  firmly  ;  if  spongy,  add  some 
charcoal.  Pot  after  flowering,  in  early  spring,  being 
careful  not  to  overpot,  and  plan  to  leave  roots  undis- 
turbed for  two  years  at  least.  A  top-dressing  each  year 
and  liquid  manure  during  growing  season,  is  necessary 
to  produce  a  good  flowering.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in 
sandy  peat  with  mild  bottom  heat,  or  usually  by  careful 
and  not  too  frequent  divisions  of  the  root,  made  in  early 
spring,  after  flowering,  at  the  time  of  repotting,  and 
preferably  when  strong  offsets  are  formed. 

A.    Margin  of  Ivs.  not  roughish. 

Cunningham!,  Lindl.  Lvs.  18-24  in.  long,  3-4  lines 
wide,  broader  than  in  B.  flammea  :  fls.  10-15,  or  even 
20.  Blue  Mts.  of  Australia.  B.M.  5734.  Gn.  24:411.— 
This  has  lately  been  held  to  be  synonymous  with  B. 
grandiflora,  but  it  is  horticulturally  distinct,  and  the 
pedicels  are  shorter. 

AA.    Margin  of  Ivs.  roughish. 
B.    Fls.  golden  yellow,  without  any  red. 
aurea,  Hook.  f.    Lvs.  8-12  in.  long,  1^-2  lines  wide: 
fls.  3-6,  the  only  ones  in  the  genus  not  touched  with 
red  ;  perianth  wide-swelling,  sometimes  nearly  as  wide 
as  long,  more  bell-shaped  than  any  other  species.   N.  S. 
Wales.    B.M.  5809. 

BB.    Fls.  red-tubed  and  yellow-tipped, 
c.    Perianth  long,  3-4  times  as  long  as  wide. 

nbbilis,  Smith.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  %-%  lines  wide, 
dark  green,  sharply  3-angled  :  fls.  4-9,  smallest  of  the 
genus,  and  narrowest.  Near  Port  Jackson.  B.M.  2003. 
B.R.  286. 

flammea,  Lindl.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  2-2%  lines  wide: 
fls.  4-12,  typically  constricted  near  the  base  of  the  tube 
and  much  lower  down  than  in  B.  Cunninghami.  E.  Aus- 
tralia. B.M.  4819.  P.M.  16:354.  F.S.  6:585.  F.S.  18: 
1829,  as  B.  Cunninghami. 

Var.  princeps,  Baker  (B.  princeps,  W.  G.  Smith),  has 
larger  and  brighter  colored  fls.,  and  is  the  best  of  the 
genus.  The  perianth  is  longer  and  less  spreading  than 
in  the  type,  and  swells  very  gradually  from  the  base, 
instead  of  being  constricted  near  the  base.  B.M.  6209. 
F.M.  1875:170.  F.S.  22:2314.  Gn.  47:1013. 

cc.  Tube  short,  scarcely  twice  as  long  as  wide. 
grandifldra,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  3-4K  lines 
wide:  fls.  10-30.  Distinguished  from  all  others  by  hav- 
ing the  filaments  inserted  above  instead  of  at  the  middle, 
but  in  var.  intermedia,  Baker,  which  connects  B.  grandi- 
flora and  nobilis,  the  filaments  are  inserted  at  the  mid- 
dle of  the  tube,  the  Ivs.  are  narrower,  and  the  fls.  smaller. 
Tasmania.  B.R.  924.  — The  name  grandiflora  is  now  a 
misnomer,  as  the  fls.  are  smaller  than  in  any  other  spe- 
cies except  B.  nobilis.  The  rarest  species.  ^.  M. 

BLANKET  FLOWER.    See  Gaillardia. 
BLAZING  STAR.     See  Liatris. 

BLECHNUM  (Greek  name  for  some  fern).  Polypodid- 
cece.  Rather  coarse  greenhouse  Ferns,  with  pinnatifid 
or  pinnate  Ivs.,  and  rows  of  almost  continuous  sori  par- 
allel to  the  midvein  and  close  to  it,  covered  with  a 
membranous  indusium.  Blechnums  will  thrive  in  al- 
most any  compost,  but  their  Ivs.  quickly  turn  brown  and 
then  black  if  watered  overhead.  Prop,  by  spores.  In 
Blechnum  we  have  a  singular  knot  in  nomenclature. 
Linnaeus  described  two  species  in  1753,  and  to  the  West 
Indian  one  he  gave  the  name  B.  orientate,  citing  figures, 
etc.,  to  show  that  it  is  the  plant  that  recent  writers 
call  B.  occidentale.  His  East  Indian  plant  he  simi- 
larly called  B.  occidentale.  The  normal  or  ordinary 
usage  has  been  followed  below,  the  name  B.  orientale 
being  given  to  the  eastern  plant. 

Blechnums  are  very  useful  to  florists  for  jardinieres, 
and  for  specimen  Ferns.  To  attain  best  results,  it  is 
necessary  to  maintain  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the 


BLECHNUM 


BLOOMERIA 


167 


roots,  with  a  drier  atmosphere  than  most  other  Ferns  re- 
quiiv.  to  prevent  fronds  from  turning  brown  during  win- 
ter months.  Average  temp.  60-05°  F.  Soil,  equal  parts 
of  rich  loam  and  leaf -mold  or  peat.  The  spores  of  most 
Blechnums  germinate  very  freely  if  sown  on 
a  compost  of  loam  and  leaf -mold  or  peat  in 
equal  parts,  and  placed  in  a  moderately 
moist  and  shady  position  in  a  temp,  of  60- 
65°  F.  Some  of  the  species  send  out  creep- 
ing rhizomes,  which  develop  young  plants  at 
the  cuds.  When  of  sufficient  size  these  may 
be  detached  and  potted,  and  in  a  short  time 
they  will  develop  into  good  specimens. 
Some  very  attractive  spe- 
cies are  found  among  the 
hardy  British  Blechnums. 
Cult,  by  N.  N.  BRUCKNER. 

A.  Pinnce  strongly  decurrent 

at  the  base,  joining  with 
the  one  next  below. 

Brasili6nse,  Desv.  Grow- 
ing from  a  stout,  slightly  ar- 
borescent trunk  1  ft.  or  more 
long  :  Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  1  ft. 
or  more  wide,  with  the  pinnae 
set  at  an  acute  angle  with 
the  rachis,  the  lower  much 
shorter  and  more  distant. 
Braz.  S.  2:4. 

nitidum,   Presl.    Habit  of 

B.  Brasiliense,    but  much 
smaller:  Ivs.  pinnate;  pinnae 
oblong-falcate,  thickish,  2-4 
in.   long,    serrate.     Braz.— 
Plant  1-2  ft.  high. 

Corcovad6nse ,  R  a  d  d  i . 
Pinnae  not  cut  to  the  rachis, 
much  crowded  and  shorter 
than  the  last;  longest  pinnae 
less  than  6  in.  long,  attenu- 
ate at  the  tips;  Ivs.  crimson 
when  young,  and  gradually 
turning  to  a  metallic  hue 
before  becoming  perma- 
nently green.  By  some  con- 
sidered a  variety  of  B.  Bra- 
siliense. Braz.  Var.  crispum,  Hort.,  with  wavy  edges, 
may  be  commoner  in  cult,  than  the  type. 

AA.    Pinnce  contracted  at  the  base  to  the  midrib, 
forming  a  very  short  stalk. 

occidentals,  Linn.  Lvs.  from  an  erect  caudex,  which 
is  covered  with  brownish  scales :  Ivs.  9-18  in.  long,  4-6  in. 
wide,  with  the  pinnae  truncate  or  even  cordate  at  the 
base  and  slightly  falcate.  Mex.  and  W.  Ind.  to  Braz. 
See  Fig.  240. 

serrulatum,  Rich.  Growing  from  an  ascending  nearly 
naked  rootstock  :  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  6-15  in.  wide,  with 
numerous  narrow  pinnae,  which  are  contracted  at  the 
base  and  of  nearly  uniform  width  throughout ;  margins 
finely  serrulate;  texture  coriaceous.  Fla.  to  Braz. 

B.  orientdle,  Linn.,  is  a  large  East  Indian  and  Polynesian 
Fern,  with  Ivs.  often  3  ft.  long  ;  well  worthy  of  cultivation. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 
BLEEDING  HEART.    See  Dicentra. 

BLEPHARIS  (Greek,  eyelash,-  referring  to  fringed 
bracts).  Acanthacece.  An  unimportant  genus  of  dwarf, 
often  spiny  shrubs  and  herbs,  allied  to  Acanthus,  and  of 
similar  culture. 

carduifdlia,  T.  Anders.  (Acanthus  carduifdlius,  Linn. 
Acantlibdium  carduifdlius,  Nees).  Plant  villous  :  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  sinuate-dentate,  spiny  :  spike  terminal, 
cylindrical  :  bracts  roundish,  palmately  5-spined  at 
the  apex. 

BLETIA  (Louis  Blet,  Spanish  botanist).  Orchiddcece, 
tribe  Epidendrece.  Terrestrial  or  epiphytal  herbs,  widely 
distributed  :  Ivs.  plicate,  membranaceous,  sheathing  the 
St.,  erect.  This  genus  lends  itself  readily  to  cultivation, 


240.   Blechnum  occidentale. 


but  is  not  showy  enough  to  be  popular.  They  need  a 
lon.y  season  of  rest.  The  commonly  cult,  kinds  are  ter- 
restrial, and  thrive  in  ordinary  orchid  loam. 

hyacinthina,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  about  1  ft.  long:  fls.  looking 
down,  in  various  shades  of  purple,  on  a  scape  about  1  ft. 
high.  China.  B.M.  1492,  as  Cymbidium  hyacinthinum. 
—  Stands  some  frost. 

verecunda,  R.  Br.  The  first  exotic  Orchid  introduced 
(1731).  Racemes  showy  and  branching,  2-3  ft. :  fls.  pur- 
plish. W.  Ind. ;  also  in  Middle  and  E.  Fla. 

Shepherdii,  Hook.  Very  like  the  last,  and  perhaps  a 
form  of  it :  fls.  deep  purple  ;  center  of  labellum  yellow. 
B.M.  3319. 

Sherratiana,  Bateman.  Lf.- blades  pointed  at  both 
ends:  fls.  large,  more  showy  than  in  the  above,  brilliant 
lilac  or  rose  color;  labellum  purple,  with  3  golden  yellow 
lines.  New  Grenada.  B.M.  5646. 

patula,  Hook.  Fls.  deep  pink-lilac,  numerous  and  large 
(2  in.  across).  B.M.  3518.  —  Requires  culture  given 
Cattleyas. 

campanulata,  La  Llave  &  Lex.  Fls.  bell-like,  purple, 
with  white  center.  Mex.  — Not  common  in  cult. 

B.  aphylla,  Nutt.,  is  a  native  species  growing  as  far  N.  as 
N.  Carolina.—  B.  Tdnkervillece,  R.  Br.,  is  a  Phaius. 

OAKES  AMES. 

BLIGHT.  An  indefinite  term,  popularly  used  to  desig- 
nate any  sudden  and  inexplicable  death  of  plants.  The 
term  is  now  restricted  by  botanists  to  parasitic  diseases. 
These  diseases  are  of  two  classes,—  those  due  to  bacteria 
or  microbes,  and  those  due  to  parasitic  fungi.  For  an 
account  of  these  troubles,  see  Diseases. 

ELITE.    See  Chenopodium. 
BLOODROOT.    See  Sanguinaria. 

BLOOMERIA  (named  for  Dr.  H.  G.  Bloomer).  Lili- 
aceve.  A  genus  of  two  species,  natives  of  southern 
California.  In  every  way  they  are  closely  allied  to 
Brodiaea,  but  differ  in  having  the  perianth  parted 
nearly  to  the  base.  Bloomerias  have  a  flattish  conn, 
much  like  Crocus,  covered  with  fiber,  and  not  often  pro- 
ducing offsets.  The  Ivs.  are 
radical,  slender,  and  grass- 
like;  scape  slender  but  stiff, 
6  to  18  in.  high,  naked,  ex- 
cept for  short  bracts  be- 
neath the  many-rayed  um- 
bel ;  pedicels  slender, 
jointed;  fls.  nearly  rotate, 
less  than  an  inch  across, 
orange.  Bloomerias  prefer 
a  sandy,  warm  and  well- 
drained  soil.  In  northern 
California,  with  a  minimum 
temperature  of  15°  above 
zero,  they  are  perfectly 
hardy.  In  a  colder  climate, 
a  covering  of  straw  or  leaves 
or  a  position  in  the  cold- 
frame  would  be  a  judicious 
precaution.  Plant  early,  and 
see  that  the  soil  is  light  and 
sweet.  They  like  the  sun, 
and  are  good  for  forcing. 
The  light  soil  and  warmth  of 
a  pot  more  nearly  approxi- 
mates natural  conditions 
than  the  open 
ground  does  in  cool- 
er climates.  After 
ripening,  it 
is  best  to  dig 
and  replant 
in  fall.  The 
seeds  grow 
readily,  and 
the  plants 
241.  Bloomeria  aurea  (X  %).  flower  in  3 

to  4  years. 

aurea,  Kellogg.  Fig.  241.  Scape  roughish,  6-18  in. : 
If.  %-%in.  broad:  fls.  numerous,  bright  orange,  in  a 


168 


BLOOMERIA 


BOMAREA 


dense  umbel:  stamens  nearly  as  long  as  the  perianth, 
the  filaments  dilated  at  the  base.  B.M.  5896  (as  Nothos- 
cordumatireum).  G.C.  III.  20:  687. 

Old velandi, Wats.  More  slender:  Ivs.  3-7:  fls.  smaller, 
keeled  with  brown,  the  stamens  shorter.  G.C.  III.  20 : 687. 
—  Less  valuable  than  the  other.  -,  PTTRDV 

BLUEBELL.    See  Campanula. 
BLUEBERRY.    Species  of  Vaccinium. 
BLUE  FLAG.    See  Iris. 
BLUETS.    See  Houstonia. 

BLUMENBACHIA  (after  Dr.  J.  F.  Blumenbach, .pro- 
fessor at  Gb'ttingen) .  Loasacece.  A  genus  of  S.  American 
plants  allied  to  Loasa  and  Mentzelia  (Mexican  prickly 
poppy),  not  cult,  in  Amer.  because  of  their  covering  of 
stinging  hairs.  The  fls.  are  odd  and  pretty.  The  gar- 
den forms  are  mostly  treated  as  tender  annuals. 

B.  Chiquitensis,  Hook,  f .  Lvs.  8-10  in.  long :  fls.  l%-2  in. 
long,  brick  red,  tipped  yellow  without,  and  yellow  Within  ; 
petals  5-10,  boat-shaped.  Peru,  Equador.  B.M.  6143.— -B.  grandi- 
flbra,  G.  Don  (B.  contorta,  Hook.  f.  B.M.  6134).  Lvs.  4-6  in. 
long :  fls.  l%-2  in.  long,  wholly  red  ;  scales  %in.  long,  cup- 
shaped,  green ;  stamens  in  5  bundles,  with  long  filaments. 
Peru.—  B.  insignis,  Schrad.  Stem  climbing,  4-sided:  petals 
white,  ungmculate.  B.M.  2865. 

BOCCONIA  (after  Dr.  Paslo  Bocconi,  Sicilian  botanist 
and  author).  Papaveracece.  PLUME  POPPY.  A  genus  of 
5  species,  of  which  .B.  cordata  is  the  only  one  worthy  of 
cultivation.  The  large,  handsome,  glaucous  Ivs.  remind 
one,  by  their  texture  and  lobing,  of  bloodroot  and  Sty- 
lophorum,  which  belong  to  allied  genera.  The  fls.  are 
very  unlike  our  common  poppies,  being  small  and  with- 
out petals,  but  they  are  borne  in  great  feathery  or 
plumy  masses,  in  terminal  panicles  raised  high  above 
the  heavy  foliage,  making  the  plant  unique  in  its 
picturesque  general  appearance.  Hence,  it  is  much  used 
for  isolated  lawn  specimens,  or  for  very  bold  and  strik- 
ing effects,  being  especially  adapted  to  be  viewed  at 
long  distances.  It  is  also  placed  in  shrubberies,  wild 
gardens,  and  at  the  back  of  wide  borders,  as  it  spreads 


242.    Bocconia  cordata. 

rapidly  by  suckers,  any  one  of  which,  if  detached,  will 
make  a  strong  plant  in  a  single  season.  The  Plume 
Poppy  seems  to  be  much  hardier  in  America  than  in  the 
Old  World.  It  was  popular  early  in  the  century,  but  was 
neglected,  probably  because  it  spread  so  rapidly. 


Lately  it  has  become  popular  again.  It  deserves  to  be 
permanently  naturalized  in  the  American  landscape. 
To  produce  the  largest  specimens,  it  is  well  to  plant  in 
very  rich  soil,  give  the  old  clumps  liquid  manure  in 
spring,  and  cut  off  the  suckers.  Prop,  chiefly  by  suckers. 

cordata, Willd.  (B.  Japdnica,  Hort.).  Pig.  242.  Hardy 
herbaceous  perennial :  height  5-8  ft.:  Ivs.  large,  glau- 
cous, heart-shaped,  much-lobed,  deeply  veined  :  fls. 
pinkish  ;  stamens  about  30.  China,  Japan.  B.M.  1905. 
Gn.  54,  p.  279.  Gng.5:342. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

BCEHMERIA  (G.  R.  Boahmer,  a  German  botanist). 
Urticacece.  Many  widely  distributed  species.  B.  nivea, 
Gaud.*  of  trop.  Asia,  is  cult,  in  some  countries  as  a  fiber 
plant,  and  has  been  introduced  into  this  country  for  that 
purpose.  It  is  a  strong-growing,  large-lvd.  perennial, 
well  suited  to  the  border  as  an  ornamental  subject. 
B.argentea,  Lind.,  a  stove  plant,  is  useful  for  subtropi- 
cal bedding  ;  but  it  is  not  in  the  Amer.  trade. 

BOLANDRA  (H.  N.  Bolander,  Californian  botanist). 
Saxifragacece.  Two  species  of  small  west  American 
herbs,  with  purplish  fls.  in  lax  corymbs  ;  petals  5.  in- 
serted on  the  throat  of  the  5-lobed  calyx  ;  stamens  5, 
alternate  with  petals.  Delicate  herbs,  suitable  for  rock- 
work. 

Oregana,  Wats.  A  foot  or  two  high,  pubescent  and 
glandular  :  Ivs.  laciniately  toothed  and  lobed  :  fls.  deep 
purple  ;  tube  of  the  calyx  equaling  the  teeth  and  a  little 
shorter  than  the  petals  :  pedicels  reflexed  in  front. 
Oregon. -Int.  by  Gillett  in  1881. 

The  first-described  species,  B.  Californica,  Gray, 
seems  not  to  have  been  offered  in  the  trade.  It  is  a 
smaller  species,  less  pubescent,  with  smaller  fls.,  the 
lower  Ivs.  round -reniform  and  5-lobed  :  plant  3-12  in. 
high,  the  stems  weak  and  slender. 

BOLDOA  FRAGRANS,  cult,  in  S.  Calif.    See  Peumus. 
BOLETUS.    Consult  Mushrooms. 
BOLLEA.    See  Zygopetalum. 

BOLTONIA  (James  Bolton,  English  botanist).  Com- 
pdsitce.  FALSE  CHAMOMILE.  Four  or  5  species  of  aster- 
like  glabrous,  often  glaucous  herbs  of  the  United  States 
and  eastern  Asia.  They  are  tall  and  leafy  plants,  bloom- 
ing profusely  in  late  summer  and  autumn,  and  excellent 
for  the  hardy  border.  Differs  from  aster  in  having  a 
convex  receptacle,  short  pappus  bristles  and  awns,  and 
other  technical  characters.  Boltonias  are  of  easiest  cul- 
ture. They  take  care  of  themselves  when  once  estab- 
lished. Prop,  by  division.  Should  be  better  known  to 
gardeners.  They  stand  without  staking. 

asteroides,  L'Her.  (B.glastifdUa,L'B.er.).  Sts.2-8ft., 
simple  below  and  branching  at  the  top  :  Ivs.  broadly 
lanceolate  or  the  upper  narrower:  heads  short-peduncled, 
numerous,  the  rays  varying  from  white  to  violet  and 
purple;  involucre  "bracts  lanceolate  and  acute,  greenish; 
scales  of  the  pappus  numerous  and  conspicuous,  the 
two  awns  sometimes  missing.  Pa.  to  111.  and  S.  B.M. 
2381,2554.  Mn.  1:33. -Perennial. 

latisquama,  Gray.  A  handsomer  plant,  with  larger 
and  more  showy  heads  with  blue-velvet  rays  :  invo- 
lucre bracts  oblong  or  obovate  and  obtuse  (often  bear- 
ing a  minute  point);  pappus  scales  small,  the  awns 
present  and  conspicuous.  Kans.  and  Mo.  G.F.  5:  271. 
Perennial. 

B.  CantonUnsis,  Franch.  &  Sav.,  is  native  to  Japan, 
where  the  young  plants  are  used  for  greens.  See  George- 
son,  A.G.  13,  p.  8,  fig.  4.  It  is  annual.  Has  not  yet  ap- 
peared in  the  Amer.  trade.  Gray  restricts  Boltonia  to 
the  U.  S.,  and  regards  this  species  as  of  another  genus. 

L.  H.  B. 

BOMAREA  (derivation  doubtful).  Amaryllidacew. 
Tender  South  American  plants  allied  to  Alstrcemeria, 
and  with  similar  fls.  but  a  twining  habit.  Lvs.  parallel- 
veined,  usually  borne  on  short,  twisted  petioles:  fls.  in 
pendulous  umbels,  variously  colored  and  spotted,  borne 
in  early  spring  and  summer  :  perianth  funnel-shaped  : 
tube  none.  See  Baker,  AmaryHideae. 

Bomareas  delight  in  a  rich,  fibrous  soil,  and  require 
plenty  of  water  during  the  growing  season,  which  com- 


\> 

OF   THE 

UNIVERSITY 


Plate  III.    A  hardy  border 
A  permanent  plantation  of  woody  and  herbaceous  plants,  well  grown  and  well  placed.    John  Sloane  estate,  Lenox,  Mass. 


BOMAREA 


BORDER 


169 


mences  early  in  spring.  Late  in  fall  the  stems  are  cut 
down  to  the  ground  and  the  roots  are  kept  in  the  soil  in 
a  dry  state.  While  they  often  make  satisfactory  pot 
plants,  they  do  best  when  planted  out  in  an  open,  sunny 
position  in  a  cool  conservatory,  where  they  have  plenty 


of  air  in  summer.  Prop,  by  fresh  seeds, 
which  germinate  readily  if  sown  in  shallow 
pans  in  a  warm  propagating-house.  Also, 
and  more  rapidly,  by  careful  division  of  the  rhizome, 
to  which  some  of  the  roots  should  be  attached. 

Cult,  by  N.  J.  ROSE. 
A.    Perianth  segments  equal. 
B.    Umbel  simple  :  fls.  medium-sized. 
oligantha,  Baker.     Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  oblong,  acute, 
lax,   thin,  densely  pubescent  beneath  :    fls.  6-8  in  an 
umbel:  bracts  large,  leaf -like;  segments  1-134  in.  long, 
outer  dull  red,  inner  bright  yellow  with  reddish  brown 
spots.   Peruvian  Andes. 

BB.    Umbel  compound. 

c.    Fls.  small. 

Salsilla,  Herb.  (B.  ociilata,  M.  Roem.  Alstr&meria 
oculata,  Lodd.).  Pig.  243.  Lvs.  2-4  in.  long,  Kin. 
broad,  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  moderately  firm, 
glabrous  beneath  :  umbel  4-15-rayed  ;  rays  1-3  in.  long, 
1-3-fld. ;  bracts  small  :  fls.  pink  or  red,  marked  with 
blue  and  dark  purple  within.  Chili.  L.B.C.  19:1851. 
B.M.  3344. 

cc.    Fls.  large. 

Carderi,  Mast.  Lvs.  4-6  in.  long,  l%-3  in.  broad,  ob- 
long, acute  :  umbel  1  ft.  long,  6-9-rayed  ;  rays  1-4-fld. : 
bracts  large,  leafy  ;  perianth-segments  2  in.  long,  outer 
pale  pink,  spotted  brown  near  the  top,  inner  greenish 
white,  much  spotted.  P.M.  1876:  239.  G.C.  II.  5:  793. 

Shuttle worthii,  Mast.  Lvs.  5-6  in.  long,  oblong,  acute, 
glabrous  :  umbel  1  ft.  long,  5-10-rayed  ;  rays  usually  3- 
fld.:  perianth  segments  2  in.  long,  outer  reddish, .inner 
greenish  yellow.  Colombian  Andes.  G.C.  II.  17:  77  and 
85.  The  curious  egg-shaped  tubers  terminate  un- 
branched  roots,  which  spring  from  a  rhizome  about  1  in. 
wide.  Having  no  eyes  or  buds,  they  cannot  be  used  for 
propagating. 
AA.  Perianth  segments  not  equal,  the  inner  longer 

than  the  outer. 
B.    Umbel  simple. 

Patacoc6nsis,  Herb. (I?.  confMa,  Benth.).  Stems  pur- 
ple-tinted, pubescent  :  Ivs.  5-6  in.  long,  oblong-lanceo- 
late, pubescent  beneath  :  fls.  20-30  ;  outer  segments 
l/^  in.  long,  bright  red,  inner  ones  2K  in.  long,  bright 
red,  yellow-keeled,  with  a  few  spots.  Andes  of  Equador 
and  Colombia.  G.C.  II.  17:  187.  B.M.  6692. -When  well- 
grown,  the  umbel  is  very  dense  and  many-fld. 

BB.    Umbel  compound. 

vitellina,  Mast.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  ovate-oblong  :  um- 
bel about  12-rayed  :  perianth  segments  bright  yellow, 
outer  IK  in.  long,  inner  2  in.  long  :  bracts  large,  leafy. 
Peruvian  Andes.  G.C.  II.  17: 151.  W.  M. 

BOMB  AX  (a  Greek  name  for  raw  silk,  alluding  to  the 
cottony  contents  of  the  pods).  Malvacew.  SILK  COTTON 
TREE.  Ten  or  12  tropical  trees,  with  digitate  5-9-foliolate 


Ivs.,  1-fld.  axillary  or  clustered  peduncles,  and  usually 
large  white  or  scarlet  fls.  Specimens  are  rarely  seen  in 
cult,  in  fine  glass-houses,  and  none  of  the  species  appear 
to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade.  The  bark  of  some  species  pro- 
duces commercial  fiber. 

BONESET.    Eupatorium  perfoliatum. 

BORAGE   (Borago  officinalis,  Linn.).    Boraginacece. 
A  coarse  annual  plant  grown  for  culinary  use  in  some 
parts  of  Eu.,  as  in  Germany.    Used  as  a  pot-herb  and 
sometimes  with  salads.    Only  the  young  Ivs. 
are  palatable.    Mostly  known  in  this  country 
as  a  bee-plant  and   for    its   handsome    blue 
or  purplish  racemed  fls.    It  is  a  hairy  plant, 
l%-2  ft.  high,  with  oval  or  oblong  Ivs.    Eu., 
North  Africa. 

BORASSUS.  Palmacece.  Tall  palms,  with  large  pal- 
mately  flabelliform  plicate  Ivs. :  sheath  short :  petiole 
spiny:  ligule  short,  rigid  :  fr.  large,  subglobose,  brown. 
Species  1.  Trop.  Africa. 

flabellifdnnis,  Linn.  Fig.  244.  St.  30-100  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
8-10  ft.  long;  If. -segments  bifid  at  the  apex.— Widely 
cultivated.  One  of  the  most  useful  palms  of  India. 
The  fruits  are  very  large.  Many  parts  of  the  plant  are 
utilized  by  the  natives  as  food  and  in  the  arts.  Wood 
black,  very  hard.  This  plant  requires  rich  soil  and 
strong  heat  for  its  best  development,  and  is  rather  slow- 
growing  under  cultivation,  especially  while  young.  The 
illustration  (Fig.  244)  is  adapted  from  Martius'  Natural 
History  of  Palms. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

BORDER.  A  narrow  planting,  particularly  if  it  is 
alongside  a  walk,  drive,  fence,  or  other  boundary. 
Plate  III.  Figs.  245, 246.  The  term  border  may  be  taken 
to  have  meant  originally  a  line  of  plants  set  out  to  mark 
the  edge  or  dividing  line,  or  termination  of  a  part  of  the 
grounds,  in  many  instances  still  to  be  seen  in  the  most 
ancient  gardens  of  castles  and  other  residences.  These 
are  formed  on  the  ter- 
race, where  no  other  ^iM^if^. 
form  of  floral  decora- 
tion would  be  possible. 
In  these  places  are 
often  herbs,  shrubs  and 
trees  that  are  grand 
old  specimens  of  very 
rare  or  tender  subjects, 
that  would  not  thrive 
in  any  other  location. 

There  are  three  dis- 
tinct types  of  border  : 

(1)  the  shrubbery  bor- 
der,  in  which  various 
forms  of  garden  plants 
of  fruticose   habit  are 
blended  so  as  to  make 
a    harmonious    whole. 

(2)  Another    form    of 
border,  now  happily  al- 
most obsolete,   is    the 
"ribbon     border,"     in 
which  plants  of  dwarf 
habit  and  bright  color- 
ing are  used  to  produce 
geometrical  designs  on 
the  greensward.    This 
form  of  gardening  was 
very  common  in  parks 
and  public  spaces  until 
recent  years,  but  pub- 
lic taste  has  been  edu- 
cated to  see  and  to  like 
the  old-fashioned  bor- 
der, or  (3)  the  border 
proper,— the    one   that 

was  used  when  gardening  had  to  be  done  without  the  aid 
of  glass  structures,  all  the  occupants  being  hardy  by  na- 
ture, whether  of  annual,  biennial  or  perennial  dura- 
tion. It  may  be  said  that  we  are  in  the  renaissance  of 
the  flower  border  ;  but  much  has  been  added  to  it,  and 


Borassus  flabelliformis. 


170  BORDER 

the  greater  possibilities  we  have  are  due  largely  to  our 
greater  wealth  in  plants. 

To  have  a  good  flower  border  is  by  no  means  an  ex- 
pensive undertaking  if  a  few  essentials    are  regarded. 


245.  Border  on  the  side  of  a  lawn,  the  body  of  the 
plantation  being  made  of  shrubbery. 

The  first  and  most  important  requisite  is  a  good  depth 
of  soil  ;  it  matters  little  what  the  kind  of  soil,  if  good, 
but  it  is  better,  if  possible,  to  vary  the  texture  and  be 
able  to  control  the  quantity  of  moisture.  Lilies  are 
among  the  most  beautiful  of  border  flowers,  but  they 
like  a  soil  that  is  light,  cool  and  moist  ;  hence  decayed 
humus,  as  leaf -mold,  is  valuable.  Many  other  subjects, 
as  annuals  from  warmer  climates,  like  a  soil  that  ab- 
sorbs heat  rapidly  and  retains  it,  such  as  a  soil  of  a 
sandy  texture.  In  this  will  thrive  all  bulbs  that  die 
down  early  in  summer,  such  as  tulips  and  narcissuses.  It 
enables  the  bulbs  to  mature  well  and  remain  dry  in 
winter,  and  to  make  an  early  start  in  spring.  The  great 
majority  of  plants,  however,  require  a  retentive  compost, 
that  will  not  dry  out  readily  in  hot  weather,  and  it  must 
be  made  rich  enough  to  grow  vegetable  crops.  One 
cannot  starve  the  plant  and  expect  a  good  harvest  of 
bloom.  If  the  natural  soil  be  not  really  good  or  suitable, 
make  it  so.  If  it  is  not  possible  to  do  it  all  at  once,  be- 
gin well,  and  add  to  it  as  time  goes  on  and  the  plants 
need  the  space,  for  it  will  be  found  that  in  a  mixed  bor- 
der of  plants  which  practically  take  care  of  themselves, 
there  will  always  be  plenty  for  one's  own  use,  and  a 
quantity  of  roots  to  spare. 

The  location  of  such  a  border  is  an  important  con- 
sideration so  far  as  general  effect  and  efficiency  are  con- 
cerned.   Along  the  line  of  a  fence  or  boundary,  near  the 
margin  of  a  walk,  drive,  or  avenue,  or  next  the  house, 
are  good  locations.     The  front  line 
may  be  straight,  curved  or  irregular 
in  outline,  according  to  the  situation 
or  fancy  of  the  owner.    The  plants 
will  lend  themselves  kindly  to  one  or 
all  forms,  oftentimes  forming  a  line 
of  their  own  by  outgrowing  their  al- 
lotted space.  The  number  of  subjects 
suitable   for  this  kind  of  work  are 
many.    Begin  with  the  old-fashioned 
flowers,  such  as  peonies,  dicentras, 
larkspurs,    perennial    poppies,    py- 
rethrums,   iris,  hemerocallis,  and   a 
host  of  others.    Hollyhocks  are  most 
excellent,  but  in  the  East  the  disease 
or  rust  must  be  kept  off  by  thorough 
spraying.    The  perennial   garden 
phlox  must  be  added,  but  see  to  it 
that  it  does  not   seed  the   bed  and 
produce   a    tiresome    crop    of  poor, 
weedy  sorts.    The  same  may  be  said 
of    the    larkspur.      In   fact,    unless 
some  specially  marked   flowers  are  wanted  for   seeds, 
it   is   best  not  to   allow  border  plants  to  seed  in  the 
soil,  for  they  speedily  make   trouble.    Sweet-smelling 


BORDER 

plants  are  very  desirable,  such  as  bergamot,  monarda, 
the  perennial  fennel,  with  its  graceful  foliage  for  blend- 
ing with  cut-flowers,  a  little  bush  of  rue,  one  of  marjo- 
ram, a  plant  of  the  lemon-scented  verbena  or  aloysia 
(which  may  be  wintered  over  indoors),  the  scented  gera- 
niums, southernwood,  and  many  others  that  have  old 
associations,  and  help  to  take  the  memory  back  of  self 
and  friends.  Spring  flowers  must  not  be  neglected,  as 
they  "come  before  the  swallow  dares."  Narcissuses  in 
many  kinds  are  hardy  and  permanent ;  so,  also,  are  the 
Darwin  tulips,  even  though  unlike  the  florists'  ideal. 
This  recent  race  of  tulips  and  those  of  the  Gesneriana 
type  live  year  after  year  and  grow  better,  besides  giv- 
ing fine  blooms  for  cutting.  Crocuses  may  be  placed  near 
the  margins  in  warm  corners,  planting  over  them  or 
sowing  a  few  seeds  of  annuals  to  cover  the  soil  that 
hides  them  in  summer.  Stocks,  zinnias,  asters  and 
mignonette  are  all  admissible  and  most  suitable,  with  a 
clump  or  row  of  sweet  peas  near  the  back  at  intervals. 
Gladioluses  are  excellent.  The  lilies  ought  to  be  planted 
in  a  group,  to  do  them  justice,  and  the  bulbs  can  then  be 
covered  in  fall  with  a  coat  of  dry  leaves  or  pine  needles 
to  protect  them.  The  regal  Japan  iris  needs  much  wa- 
ter, and  may  be  given  a  special  bed,  where  it  can  be  sup- 
plied freely,  other  semi-aquatic  plants  being  placed  with 
them,  provided  the  one  border  does  not  give  the  desired 
variety  of  soils  ;  but  the  whole  of  the  above-named 
plants  may  be  made  to  grow  in  a  mixed  border  if  it  be 
properly  prepared. 

One  of  the  best  uses  of  a  border  is  to  make  it  a  re- 
pository or  catch-all  for  hardy  plants.  Here  plant  wild 
asters  and  goldenrods,  wild  lilies  and  buttercups,  and 
anything  and  everything  which  interests  you  in  the 
woods  or  fields.  These  plants  may  be  dug  even  in  sum- 
mer. Cut  off  the  tops,  leaving  a  few  leaves  just  above 
the  ground,  plant  them  firmly,  and  most  of  them  will 
live.  The  border  reflects  the  personality  of  its  maker. 
One  caution  must  be  given,— never  spade  up  or  fork 
over  such  a  border.  Let  all  enrichment  be  given  as  a 
top-dressing  in  fall,  allowing  the  plants  to  come  up 
through  it  as  they  will.  The  best  time  to  plant  is  early 
in  fall,  before  the  soil  loses 
its  stored-up  warmth,  as  the 
plants  then  get  well  estab- 
lished before  spring  ;  but  if 
division  and  replanting  are 
necessary,  wait  until  things 
have  made  a  visible  start 
spring,  so  that  nearby 
plants  are  not  injured  by  the 


246.   An  informal  border  along  the  fence 


BORDER 


BOROXIA 


171 


spade  or  fork.     Tin-  border  is  an  important  conception 
in  landscape  irardrning   (sec  /.,/ inlsrajic  (,'<i niotiny). 

E.  O.  OKPET. 

THE  HARDY  BORDER  may  be  made  a  most  attractive 
feature  of  any  planting.  A  good  model  to  follow  may 
often  be  found  along  a  country  road  which  has  not  been 
''cleaned  up"  into  formality  and  monotony.  The  charm 
of  the  hardy  border  lies  as  much  in  its  happy  faculty 
of  change  as  in  its  beauty  ;  every  day  of  the  growing 
season,  and  every  week  of  the  year,  there  appear  new 
points  of  interest.  It  is  apparently  nature's  workshop, 
and  the  changing  habits  of  plants  are  of  vital  interest. 
It  is  always  crowded,  never  full ;  the  shy  beauty  found 
on  a  ramble  takes  its  place  promptly  among  the  older 
friends.  Witli  a  little  care  and  previous  observation, 
•and  reasonable  preparation  of  the  soil,  the  hardy  border 
can  be  made  to  reflect  the  preferences  and  personality 
of  the  planter.  The  available  material  is  so  rich  and 
plentiful  that  there  need  never  be  duplication.  Nor  is  the 
best  hardy  border  an  expensive  luxury  ;  it  requires  no 
rare  exotics,  and  its  chief  members  may  well  be  the  com- 
mon plants  of  the  neighborhood,  brought  together  under 
•conditions  which  give  each  a  chance  for  development. 
A  border  is  recalled  which  shows  as  its  chief  glory  in 
•September  an  enormous  boneset ;  visitors  who  exclaim 
at  its  beauty  do  not  recognize  the  roadside  weed.  This 
particular  border  is  most  catholic  in  its  hospitality  to 
^11  American  plants— no  foreigners  are  allowed  admis- 
sion. In  early  spring  the  great  fiddle-heads  of  the  un- 
curling cinnamon  ferns  mate  with  the  trilliums,  and  the 
moss-pink  carpets  the  edge,  alternating  with  the  spring 
beauty  and  bluet.  The  columbines  hangj  their  bells 
against  a  rocky  point,  which  later  is  a  glory  of  wild 
roses.  Shady  corners  have  the  laurels  and  the  rhodo- 
dendrons, and  the  warmth  of  early  summer  brings  out 
the  yarrow  and  the  rudbeckia,  just  before  the  happy 
succession  of  asters  and  goldenrods  start  on  their  pro- 
cession toward  winter.  No  two  days  show  the  same 
blooms  ;  often  a  visit  in  the  afternoon  gives  a  totally 
different  impression  from  the  morning  view. 

Artistically  treated,  and  with  care  to  keep  out  any  of 
the  formal  and  comparatively  artificial  plants  (gera- 
niums, coleus,  verbenas,  and  the  like),  the  hardy  border 
may  be  a  source  of  much  enjoyment  and  edification, 
whether  it  be  in  a  city  back  yard  or  a  great  park.  Often 
an  existing  cluster  of  shrubs  or  bed  of  lilies  in  the  home 
grounds  may  serve  as  a  starting  for  the  border  ;  and 
some  fine  examples  are  remembered  as  incidental  ad- 
juncts to  the  farm  vegetable  patch,  while  one  which  has 
a,  most  distinct  individuality  of  beauty  unobtrusively 
flanks  a  unique  Connecticut  grass  garden. 

To  create  an  individual  hardy  border,  the  planter 
must  divest  himself  of  prejudice,  and  cheerfully  start  a 
burdock  where  its  richness  of  foliage  is  needed,  backed 
up  with  a  skunk  cabbage  for  greater  breadth  of  green, 
if  need  be.  He  should  estimate  plants  for  their  beauty, 
their  individuality  and  their  season  of  bloom,  as  mem- 
bers of  his  general  plan.  He  should  be  prepared  to  con- 
sider any  plant  a  prize  in  the  border  if  it  fits,  and  any 
plant  a  weed  if  it  is  inharmonious. 

J.  HORACE  MCFARLAND. 

BORECOLE.    See  Kale. 

BORONIA  (after  Francis  Borone,  an  Italian  who  lost 
his  life  at  Athens  in  the  service  of  Dr.  Sibthorp). 
Hntacftt .  A  genus  of  Australian  shrubs  with  numerous 
rls.  having  a  rue-like  fragrance  :  Ivs.  opposite,  odd-pin- 
nate, or  simple.  B.  megastigma  and  its  allies,  B.  elatior 
and  B.  Jieterophylla,  are  remarkable  for  their  very  large 
stigma  (which  is  4-lobed  at  the  base),  and  their  curious 
stamens,  4  of  which  are  small,  yellow,  pollen-bearing, 
and  hidden  under  the  stigma,  while  the  4  large,  conspicu- 
ous ones  are  dark  purple  or  black,  and  bear  no  pollen. 

The  chief  value  of  Boronias  is  their  delicious  fra- 
grance. A  small  specimen  will  perfume  a  whole  house 
for  two  or  three  weeks.  Boronias  are  cultivated  like 
Cape  heaths  in  a  cool  greenhouse.  After  flowering  they 
should  be  cut  back,  in  order  to  make  compact,  bushy 
specimens.  The  leading  shoots  may  be  frequently 
pinched,  to  prevent  a  straggling  growth.  As  most  of 
them  are  natives  of  barren,  sandy  places,  not  bogs, 
good  drainage  is  necessary.  Sour  soil  is  very  disastrous 


to  them.  The  English  florists  set  their  young  plants  in 
the  open  ground  during  summer,  being  careful  to  shade 
them  with  lath  frames.  Plants  that  have  flowered  two 
seasons  are  thrown  away  and  replaced  by  younger  speci- 
mens. Robert  Cameron  propagates  them  by  cuttings 
from  half -ripened  wood  inserted  in  4-inch  pots,  which 
are  filled  to  within  an  inch  of  the  top  with  a  compost  of 
finely  sifted  loam,  peat  and  sand,  over  which  is  spread 
a  layer  of  sharp  sand.  After  a  thorough  watering, 
they  may  be  placed  under  a  bell-glass  in  a  greenhouse 
where  the  temperature  ranges  from  45-50°  F.,  and 
shaded  from  bright  sunshine.  Seeds  germinate  readily 
in  the  same  temperature,  and  make  good  flowering 


247.  Boronia  mejjastiema  (X  %). 

plants  in  one  season.  Seeds  can  be  obtained  from  Ger- 
man or  Australian  dealers,  large  quantities  being  col- 
lected in  the  wild.  Boronias  belong  to  a  large  class  of 
hard-wooded  Australian  plants  that  were  popular  along 
with  the  Cape  heaths  in  the  early  part  of  the  19th  cen- 
tury. These  were  largely  replaced  by  quicker-growing, 
soft-wooded  plants.  The  renewed  interest  in  Boronias 
is  largely  due  to  the  more  recently  introduced  species, 
of  which  the  first  three  described  below  are  the  best. 
American  florists  have  lately  grown  them  somewhat  for 
Easter,  especially  B.  Jieterophylla.  Many  species  are 
likely  to  be  introduced,  as  these  shrubs  are  very  bril- 
liant in  Australia,  blooming  when  very  young,  and  re- 
maining attractive  for  two  or  three  months. 

A.    Stigmas  large. 
B.    Lvs.  less  than  1  in.  long  :  leaflets  in  1  or  2  pairs, 

plus  an  odd  one. 
c.    Fls.  borne  singly 

megastigma,  Nees.  Fig.  247.  Height  about  2  ft. :  Ivs. 
very  sparse,  %-%  in.  long,  sessile,  the  upper  with  one 
pair,  the  lower  with  two  pairs  of  Ifts.  beside  the  end 
one  ;  Ifts.  narrowly  linear  :  fls.  maroon-purple  outside, 
yellow  within,  borne  less  densely  than  in  B.  elatior.  At 
times  some  fls.  are  chiefly  brown,  others  chiefly  purple. 
B.M.  6046.  — The  best  species. 

cc.  Fls.  borne  in  whorls  of  4  or  6. 
heterophylla,  F.  Muell.  Height  5-6  ft.  in  Australia  : 
Ivs.  1-1%  in.  long,  sometimes  simple,  usually  with  1 
pair,  rarely  2  pairs  of  Ifts. :  fls.  bright  scarlet,  but 
usually  pictured  as  purplish  crimson.  Differs  from  B. 
elatior  and  B.  megastigma  in  its  larger  leaves,  fewer 
Ifts.,  more  brilliant  fls.  and  longer  filaments.  Cult,  only 
in  its  var.  br6vipes,  Hook,  f.,  which  differs  merely  in 
the  shorter  peduncles.  B.M.  6845.  Gn.  32:  622.  — Of  late 
years  it  has  been  grown  for  Easter  by  florists  to  a  con- 
siderable extent. 


172 


BORONIA 


B.    Lvs.  more  than  1  in.  long  :  leaflets  in  2-6 pairs, 

plus  an  odd  one. 

elatior,  Bartl.  Height  about  4  ft. :  pubescence  va- 
riable :  Ivs.  close-set,  1-2  in.  long,  %-%  in.  broad, 
petioled,  with  Ifts.  in  2-6  pairs  :  Ifts.  broader  and 
shorter-acuminate  than  in  B.  megastigma  :  fls.  dark 
red-brown,  or  rosy  red,  or  purple,  sometimes  showing 
groups  of  widely  different  colors  on  the  same  branch, 
and  borne  so  densely  as  to 
hide  one  side  of  the  branch. 
B.M.  6285.  Gn.  10:39.  F.E. 
9:491. 

AA.    Stigmas  small. 

pinnata,  Smith.  Lfts«.  in 
2-4  pairs,  very  smooth, 
acute  :  peduncles  dichoto- 
mous,  5-7-fld. :  stamens  8. 
B.M.  1763.  L.B.C.  5:  473. 

tetrandra,  Labill.  Lfts.  in 
4-5  pairs,  obtuse,  glabrous: 
branches    pilose  :     pedicels 
short,  1-fld. :  stamens  4. 
W.  M. 

BOSTON      FERN.        See 

Nephrolepis . 

BOTANY.  The  science 
which  treats  of  plants ;  plant- 
knowledge.  In  its  widest 
sense,  and  properly,  it  in- 
cludes much  that,  by  com- 
mon consent,  is  usually  in- 
cluded in  horticulture,—  as 
amelioration  of  plants  by 
domestication,  hybridizing, 
and  the  like. 

BOTRYCHIUM  (Greek,  in 
allusion  to  the  grape-like 
sporangia).  Ophioglossaceoz. 
Native  Ferns  of  woods  and 
pastures,  with  fleshy  roots, 
broad  ternate  Ivs.,  and 
sporangia  borne  in  a  pani- 
cle, which  branches  from  the 
common  st.  Grown  in  the 
hardy  border,  or  against  a 
building  on  the  shady  side. 
They  require  no  special 
treatment,  and  are  little  cul- 
tivated. 

A.   Lf.  ample,  sessile  near 
the  middle  of  the  stem. 
Virginianum,  Swz.  MOON- 
WORT.    Six  in.  to  2  ft.  high, 
with  abroad,  triangular  leaf, 
with  3  main  tri-quadri-pin- 
natifid  divisions :  sporophyll 
long-stalked.    Eastern  U.  S. 
—The  only  species  which  is 
large  enough  to  make  a  display. 

AA.   Lf.  stalked  from  near  the  base  of  the  com- 
mon stem. 

obliquum,  Muhl.  Fig.  248.  Plant,  6-15  in.  high,  with  a 
ternate  If.  2-6  in.  wide :  segments  obliquely  ovate  or  ob- 
long, %-%in.  long  :  sporophyll  long-stalked.  (B.  ter- 
natum,  Authors,  not  Swz.,  which  is  a  very  different 
Japanese  species.)  Eastern  U.  S. 

dissectum,  Spreng.  Plant,  6-18  in.  high,  with  a  ternate, 
finely  dissected  If.,  3-8  in.  wide,  the  ultimate  divisions 
•Yo  in.  or  less  wide.  Eastern  U.  S.— Evergreen;  delicate 
and  graceful.  Grows  in  woods.  L  M  UNDERWOOD. 

BOTTLE-BRUSH.    See  Metrosideros. 

BOTTOM  HEAT.  Said  of  soil  temperature  which  is 
higher  than  that  of  the  superincumbent  air.  Most  ten- 
der plants  require  to  have  the  roots  warmer  than  the 
tops,  particularly  when  grown  under  glass, 


248.   Botrychium  obliquum. 


BOUGAINVILLAEA 

BOUGAINVlLLJEA  (De  Bougainville,  1729-1811,  a 
French  navigator).  Nyctaginacece.  A  half  dozen  or 
more  species  of  S.  American  shrubs,  with  alternate 
petiolate  entire  Ivs.  The  fls.  are  small  and  inconspicu- 
ous, tubular,  the  margin  5-6-lobed  ;  stamens  7-8,  on 
unequal  capillary  filaments  ;  ovary  stipitate.  Fls.  in  3's, 
each  one  subtended  by  a  very  large  colored  bract.  These 
bracts  are  very  gaudy,  and  constitute  the  decorative 
value  of  the  plants.  Two  more  or  less  scandent  species 
are  chiefly  known  in  cultivation.  Bougaiuvilleas  are 
just  now  receiving  much  attention  in  this  country. 

glabra,  Choisy.  Fig.  249.  Growing  10-16  ft.  high  and 
wide,  when  planted  in  the  ground  and  allowed  to  have 
its  way  ;  glabrous  :  Ivs.  ovate  and  acuminate,  glabrous 
and  bright  green  :  bracts  cordate-ovate,  bright  rosy  red,, 
distinctly  veined.  Brazil.  G.C.  III.  23 : 168.  Gn.  54,  p. 
257.  R.H.  1889:276.  A.  G.  16:15.  A. F.  11:137.  F.E. 
10:  106.  — Free-flowering  and  handsome  ;  often  grown  in 
pots  and  kept  dwarf.  Var.  Sanderiana,  Hort.  Very  flo- 
rif  erous,  blooming  even  in  very  small  pots :  bracts  deeper 
colored.  Gn.  45:962.  A.F.  10:307;  11:977;  12:1185. 
Gng.  4:281  ;  5:  345.— A  very  worthy  plant. 

spectabilis,  Willd.  (B.  specidsa,  Lindl.  B.  splendens, 
Hort. ).  Taller  and  stricter,  with  larger  and  thicker  Ivs., 
hairy  :  fls.  in  large  panicles  ;  bracts  larger,  deep  rose 
color,  but  vary  ing  to  purple  and  greenish.  Brazil.  B.M. 
4810,  4811.  P.M.  12:51.  I.H.  42:  30.  — Variable  ;  known 
also  as  B.  Brasiliensis,  B.  bracteata  and  B.  Peruviana. 
Var.  lateritia,  Lem.  (B.  lateritia,  Hort.),  has  brick-red 
bracts.  I.H.  14:  466.  More  showy  than  the  last  when  in- 
full  bloom,  but  more  difficult  to  grow,  and,  therefore,, 
not  so  desirable.  Int.  to  cult,  earlier  than  B.  glabra. 

refiilgens,  Bull.  Lvs.  pubescent :  racemes  long  and1 
drooping,  and  bracts  purple.  Brazil.  — Perhaps  a  form 
of  B.  spectabilis.  L.  jj.  B. 

There  is  much  confusion  in  species  and  varieties  of 
Bougainvilleas  in  the  trade.  They  seem  to  vary  consid- 
erably. B.  spectabilis  and  its  varieties  seem  to  be  un- 
promising. Our  experience  with  thousands  of  plants  of 
B.  glabra  and  var.  Sanderiana  leads  us  to  say  that  we 
cannot  think  of  any  class  of  plants  so  readily  handled. 


249.  Bougainvillaea  glabra  (X 


They  are  easily  propagated,  are  not  particular  as  to  soil 
or  treatment,  their  growth  is  strong  and  rapid,  they  can 
be  flowered  with  ease  and  certainty,  and  they  are  but 
little  subject  to  insect  attacks.  Their  flowering  charac- 
ter is  so  persistent  that  a  small  stock  of  plants  will  afford 


BOUGAINVILLAEA 


BOUVARDIA 


173 


cutting  material  for  almost  six  months.  The  bloom- 
i.r;i«-ts  art-  extremely  durable.  They  harmonize  well  with 
some  of  the  popular  orchids,  and  also  go  well  with  Amer- 
ican Beauty  roses.  Entire  heads  of  plants  produce  very 
decorative  results,  and  are  very  satisfactory  on  account 
of  their  durability. 

Bougainvilleas  are    propagated   easily  in  April,  May 
and  June.     Secure   half-ripened    or  old-wood 
puttings  — no  wood  is  too  old  or  too   heavy  — 
and  cut  into  (5-1'2-in.   lengths,    or   shorter  if 
more  attention  is  given  to'  them.    Place  the 
lower   part   2-4  in.  deep  in   sand  in  an  airy 
situation,  fully  exposed    to   the    sun  during 
April,  with  some  bottom  heat  for  this  month. 
In  May  and   June  give   no  bottom  heat,  but 
slight    shade    should    be    given   during  the 
brighter  hours  of  the  day.    The  sand  should 
be    kept    moist,    not    wet,    and    cuttings    be 
syringed    several    times 
every     day     in      bright 
weather.  The  foliage  will 
•drop   mainly  at  the  end 
of  the  first  week  ;  after 
the  second    week,    roots 
may  be  seen.    The  time 
of  rooting  varies  from  12 
to  30  days,  according  to 
conditions.    In  propaga- 
ting in  quantity,  it  is  ad- 
visable to  grade  the  wood 
according    to     ripeness, 
•enabling  the  removal  of 
the  same  from  sand  with 
less  trouble  and  loss  of 
time.    For  first   potting, 

use  a  light,  sandy  loam,  with  pots  to  suit  the 
roots  ;  place  in  a  sunny  situation,  keep  them 
on  the  dry  side  for  a  week  or  so,  giving  light 
syringing  daily,  and  shade  during  midday 
hours.  In  four  or  five  weeks  they  can  be 
shifted  to  larger  pots,  and  water  may  be  given 
more  freely  ;  after  this  they  can  be  shifted 
almost  monthly.  From  the  time  they  are  in 
54n.  pots  they  should i  have  careful  drainage, 
AS  they  will  want  daily  syringing  and  a  free 
supply  of  water.  They  should  be  grown  with 
full  sun  exposure  under  glass,  and  plenty  of 
air,  and  in  July  and  August  may  receive  al- 
most daily  drenchings  of  water.  All  growths 
should  be  exposed  to  the  sun  by  occasional 
turning  of  plants;  this  secures  a  ripened  con- 
dition of  wood,  which  is  essential  to  best 
results.  So  grown,  every  shoot  will  flower 
freely.  If  crowded  or  shaded,  satisfactory  re- 
sults are  risked.  The  aim  should  be  to  secure 
strong,  well-ripened  growths  by  the  last  of 
October.  For  earliest  bloom,  plants  may  be 
held  drier  from  this  time  on,  but  in  the  case  of 
B.  ghibra  not  enough  to  yellow  the  foliage, 
unless  in  very  strong  plants.  With  a  little 
experience,  the  earliest  rested  plants  can  be 
flowered  for  Christmas,  and  others  can  be 
brought  in  successively.  The  new  growths 
will  afford  cut-flower  material  until  midsum- 
mer. In  June,  the  flowering  plants  should  be 
held  as  cool  and  airy  as  possible,  but  not 
shaded  or  only  slightly  so.  If  held  too  warm 
or  dry,  the  bracts  drop  in  a  short  time.  After 
the  flowering  season  is  all  completed,  the 
plants  may  be  held  dry  for  a  week  or  ten 
days;  then  all  old  soil  should  be  removed,  the 
roots  and  tops  pruned  to  suit,  and  the  plants 
repotted  to  smallest  suitable  pots,  with  perfect 
drainage.  Then  treat  exactly  as  for  a  rooted 


sun.    Growths  may  be  pinched  according  to  the  end  in 
view. 

Strong,  well-ripened  shoots  of  B.  glabra,  tied  hori- 
zontally, produce  numerous  laterals,  whose  inflorescence 
is  very  distinct  in  character  from  the  earlier  bloom, 
clusters  of  intense  mauve  bracts  crowding  the  shoots, 
offset  by  the  dark  green,  glossy  foliage.  The  arrange- 
ment or  disposition  of  the  bracts  on  such 
shoots  is  a  revelation  of  beauty  compared  with 
the  more  familiar  form.  B.  glabra  is  gener- 
ally spoken  of  as  a  climbing  plant,  which  may 
apply  in  a  large  state  or  when  the  plant  is 
unrestricted  as  to  root  room.  In  pots  up  to 
12-15  in.  we  have  frequently  seen  shoots  20-25 
ft.  long,  but  these  always  prove  mainly  self- 
supporting.  Both  B.  glabra  and  its  variety 
make  distinct  and  extremely  showy  subjects 
for  the  lawn.  In  a  partially  sheltered  situ- 
ation they  could  be  held  in  fair  condi- 
tion for  at  least  a  month. 

B.  glabra,  var.  Sanderiana,  has 
proved  valuable  as  a  decorative  plant, 
particularly  for  Easter,  as  it  can  be 
flowered  unerringly,  and  possesses  the 
merit  of  being  durable  for  weeks,  — a 
decided  advantage  over  most  subjects 
grown  for  that  season.  B.  glabra  also 
may  be  grown  into  showy  specimens, 
but,  being  less  compact  than  Sanderi- 
ana, requires  more  attention  to  secure 
shapely  plants.  It  should  be  noted  that 
B.  glabra,— on  account  of  the  larger 
size  of  the  bracts  (fully  three  times  as 
large  as  those  of  Sanderiana )  and  their 
arrangement  on  the  branches,  offset  by 
luxuriant  glossy  foliage,  — appears  to 
be  the  most  desirable  variety  for  cut- 
flower  material  ;  while  Sanderiana, 
from  its  elegant,  compact  habit,  affords 
a  splendid  subject  for  pots. 

THEO.  F.  BECKKRT. 

BOUSSINGAtLTIA  (J.  B.  Boussin- 
gault,  born  in  1802,  a  famous  agricul- 
tural chemist).  Chenopodidcece.  A  few 
tropical  American  climbing  herbs.  Fls. 
small,  perfect,  with  a  5-parted,  short- 
tubed  perianth,  5  stamens,  and  3- 
divided  style,  in  long  racemes.  Lvs. 
alternate,  thick,  entire. 

baselloides,  HBK.    MADEIRA  VINE. 
MIGNONETTE  VINE.    Fig.  250.    Peren- 
nial, root  tuberous:  stems  smooth  and 
twining,  reaching  10-20  ft.  in  a  season, 
and  in   late    summer   or  fall   bearing 
profusely  of  the   fragrant  white  fls. 
(which  become  nearly  black  with  age) , 
and    producing    little    tubercles,     by 
means  of  which  the   plant  is   propa- 
gated.   Equador.   B.M.  3620.— A  com- 
mon vine,  prized  for  porches  and  ar- 
bors. The  roots  are  stored  in  the 
winter,  and  planted  out  after  dan- 
ger of  frost   is  past.     The  plant 
will  not  endure  frost.  Sometimes 
grown  in  the   conservatory   and 
window  garden.  L.  jj  g 

BOUVARDIA  (Dr.Charles  Bou- 
vard,  physician  to  Louis  XIII., 
and  superintendent  of  the  Royal 
Gardens  in  Paris).  Rubiacece. 
Between  20  and  30  American 


cutting.    As  an  excess  of  water  is  injurious  at    250.  Madeira  Vine,  or  Boussingaultia.  (chiefly  Mexican)  shrubs  or  per- 
this  stage,  shade  for  a  few  days  and  syringe  (X%.) 

frequently.  Keep  on  the  dry  side*  until  the 
foliage  indicates  that  water  may  be  given  more  freely. 
Hundreds  of  eyes  will  push  from  strong  plants  ;  and 
the  plants  will  soon  make  rapid  growth,  when  they  may 
be  syringed  and  watered  daily.  A  yellowish  foliage  is 
evidence  of  too  much  water,  but  this  will  hardly  occur 
plants  thoroughly  drained  and  exposed  to  the  full 


ennial  herbs.  Mostly  tropical,  but 
some  of  them  range  as  far  N.  as 
Texas.  They  have  entire  and  mostly  sessile,  opposite 
or  verticillate  Ivs.  with  small  stipules  interposed,  and 
terminal  cymes  of  long-tubular  fls.  with  4-parted  limb 
(lobes  becoming  more  numerous  in  cult.),  4  stamens, 
and  1  style  with  a  slightly  2-lobed  stierma. 

Bouvardias  are  verv  useful  late  fall  or  early  winter- 


174 


BOUVARDIA 


BOWIEA 


flowering  greenhouse  plants.  Though  they  may  be  prop- 
agated by  cuttings  inserted  in  sand  in  a  propagating 
frame  with  bottom  heat,  yet  a  better  and  more  expedi- 
tious way  is  to  cut  up  the  largest  roots  of  a  healthy 
plant  into  pieces  about  1  inch  in  length,  placing 
them  thickly  in  pans  of  light,  peaty  soil  and  covering 
them  to  the  depth  of  1  inch  with  the  same  mixture.  If 
the  pans  are  then  placed  in  a  warm  temperature  with 
bottom  heat,  every  piece  will  quickly  develop  one  or 
more  buds  and  grow  into  a  young  plant.  March  is  per- 
haps the  best  time  for  propagating.  As  soon  as  the 
young  plants  are  well  rooted  they  should  be  potted 
singly  into  small  pots  and  grown  along  in  a  tempera- 
ture of  about  60°.  By  the  end  of  May  the  plants  may  be 
planted  out,  either  in  spent  hotbeds  or  frames  prepared 
with  a  goodly  proportion  of  leaf -mold  mixed  with  the 
soil,  if  fine  pot  plants  is  the  ultimate  aim  ;  or  if  grown 
for  cut-flowers  only,  they  may  be  planted  out  in  the 
greenhouse  benches  about  15  inches  apart,  giving  all 
the  air  possible  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  moisture.  In 
both  cases,  the  plants  must  be  kept  well  pinched  back 
to  induce  a  bushy  habit,  and  also  to  insure  a  greater 
profusion  of  flowers.  Towards  the  end  of  September 
those  intended  for  pot  plants  should  be  lifted  and  potted 
and  placed  in  a  close  frame  for  a  week  or  ten  days, 
keeping  them  moist  and  well  shaded  until  they  have  re- 
covered from  lifting.  Before  the  approach  of  frost  they 
should  be  removed  to  the  greenhouse  and  given  a  tem- 
perature of  50°.  They  are  very  subject  to  the  attacks  of 
mealy  bug  and  green  fly.  They  therefore  should  be 
sprayed  once  a  week  with  an  insecticide,  with  a  vapor- 
izer sprayer,  choosing  fine  mornings  for  the  operation. 
After  flowering,  the  plants  should  be  rested  by  keeping 
them  almost  dry.  Towards  the  end  of  April  they  should 
be  well  pruned  back,  and  in  May  again  planted  out  for 
the  summer.  The  same  plants  may  be  grown  in  this 
way  for  several  years,  when  in  4  or  5  years'  time  they 
will  make  very  fine  specimens. 

Cult,  by  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

The  Bouvardias  of  florists  do  not  represent  any  of  the 
type  species.  They  are  sports,  hybrids,  and  other  types 
of  variations.  The  Latin-form  names  in  American 
trade  catalogues  nearly  all  belong  to  these  garden  forms. 
The  species  which  are  of  most  import  to  the  horticul- 
turist are  mentioned  below: 

A.    Fls.  in  shades  of  red. 

B.   Lvs.  normally  in  3's  (except,  perhaps,  on  the 
branchlets). 

triph^lla,  Salisb.  (B.  Jdcquini,  HBK.).  Small  pu- 
bescent shrub,  2-6  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  in  3's  or  4's  (or  oppo- 


—  The  genus  Bouvardia  was  founded  upon  this  species, 
which  was  introduced  into  England  about  100  years  ago. 
It  is  evidently  the  most  important  parent  strain,  al- 
though it  is  probably  not  in  cult,  in  its  original  form. 
Figs.  251  and  252  partake  very  strongly  of  this  species. 
In  fact,  Fig.  251  compares  well  in  botanical  characters 


251.  Common  garden  form  of  Bouvardia. 
Terminal  truss. 

site  on  the  branchlets),  lanceolate  to  lance-ovate, glabrous 
above :  fls.  an  inch  long,  pubescent,  red.  Mex. ,  and  reach- 
ing N.  to  Ariz.  B.M.  1854;  3781  as  B.  splendens,  Grah. 


252.   Bouvardia. 
Cluster  from  a  side  growth. 

(except  less  long-pointed  Ivs.)  with  the  early  pictures 
of  B.  triphylla. 

leiantha,  Benth.  Much  like  B.  triphylla  ;  more  bushy 
and  better  grower  :  stems  hairy  :  Ivs.  hairy  above  :  fls. 
glabrous.  Mex.  E.H.  1851:  81.  — Perhaps  only  a  form  of 
the  preceding. 

Other  red-fld.  3-lvd.  species  are :  B.  angustifdlia,  HBK. 
Lvs.  lanceolate,  revolute,  glabrous  above  and  fine-pu- 
bescent below  :  branches  nearly  glabrous.  Mex.  B,  hir- 
te"lla,  HBK.  Very  similar  :  Ivs.  pubescent  on  both  sur- 
faces. Mex.  B.  scdbra,  Hook.  &  Am.  Lvs.  ovate, 
short-stalked:  fls.  large,  in  dense  clusters,  pink  :  stem 
hairy.  Mex. 

B.    Lvs.  opposite. 

Cavanillesii,  DC.  (B.  multiflbra,  Schult.).  Hairy: 
Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  broad  at  base,  short-stalked,  edges, 
hairy:  fls.  1%  in.  long,  very  slender,  glabrous.  Mex. 

AA.    Fls.  yellow. 

flava,  Decne.  Lvs.  opposite,  ovate-lanceolate  or  lance- 
elliptic,  very  short-stalked,  ciliate  :  fls.  very  long,, 
drooping,  in  3-5-fld.  racemes,  bright  yellow.  Mexico. 

AAA.   Fls.  white. 

longifldra,  HBK.  Glabrous,  branching  shrub  :  Ivs. 
opposite,  ovate-acuminate,  stalked  :  fls.  l%-2  in.  long, 
with  a  very  slender  tube  and  a  wide-spreading,  large 
limb,  2  or  3  together  and  aggregated  into  a  terminal 
cyme.  Mex.  B.M.  4223.  F.S.  2:123.-Gray  supposes 
(Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  iv.,  p.  314)  that  this 
species  belongs  to  the  genus  Houstonia.  Not  known  to- 
be  in  the  American  trade. 

Humboldtii,  Hort.  Lvs.  opposite,  ovate-acuminate  : 
fls.  very  large,  fragrant,  in  a  large,  terminal  cluster. 
G.C.  1873:717.  — This  is  a  choice  conservatory  plant,  and 
is  in  the  Amer.  trade.  It  is  usually  catalogued  as  B. 
Humboldtii  corymbi flora.  Blooms  from  summer  to- 
winter.  Probably  a  derivative  of  B.  longiflora.  B.  can- 
didissima,  Hort.,  white-fld.,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid,  with 
B.  Humboldtii  as  one  of  its  parents. 

jasminifldra,  Hort.  Compact  and  dwarf,  very  florif- 
erous,  the  fls.  in  close,  terminal  clusters.  G.C.  1872:215. 
—  Probably  a  derivative  of  B.  longiflora.  T  TT  _. 

L.  H.  B. 

BOWIEA(afterJ.  Bowie,  collector f or Kew).  Liliacece. 
A  monotypic  genus  containing  one  of  the  most  curious 
plants  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  A  round,  green  bulb 
4-5  in.  thick  throws  up  yearly  a  very  slender,  twining 
flower-stem  6-8  ft.  high,  with  many  compound,  forked, 
curving  branches  below,  and  numerous  small  green  fls. 
above.  The  st.  is  somewhat  asparagus-like.  There  are 


BOWIKA 


BRAHEA 


175 


no  Ivs.  except  two  small,  linear,  erect  scales  at  the  apex 
of  the  bulb,  which  quickly  vanish.  The  Ivs.  show  its 
relation  to  Drimia  and  Scilla. 

volubilis,  Harv.  Fig.  25:?.  Perianth  6-cleft to  the  b;iM<: 
-cirments  incurved  at  the  tips.  S.  Afr.  B. M.  5(519.— 
Sold  by  Reasoner  Bros.,  Oneco,  Fla.,  and  cult,  in  botanic 
iranlens  with  cactus-like  Euphorbias  and  other  curi- 
osities. w  M 

Sou- lea  rolxbiUfi  is  a  useful  plant  for  twining  on  the 
supports  of  a  moderately  warm  greenhouse,  and  is  of 
the  easiest  possible  culture.  Propagation  is  effected  by 


253.    Bowiea  volubilis. 

seeds,  or  occasionally  by  the  natural  division  of  the 
bulbs.  The  season  of  growth  usually  begins  about  the 
first  of  October,  when  the  bulbs  should  be  repotted  in 
any  light,  rich  soil,  and  kept  well  watered  until  the 
stems  begin  to  mature,  which  usually  occurs  in  May, 
when  water  should  be  gradually  withheld,  and  the 
plants  stored  away  in  some  shaded  part  of  the  green- 
house and  kept  quite  dry  until  the  season  of  growth 
begins  again.  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

BOX.    See  Buxus. 

BOX  ELDEE  (Acer  Negundo,  which  see).  Fig.  254. 
A  very  popular  small  native  tree  for  planting  on  the 
prairies  and  in  trying  climates.  It  propagates  most 
readily  from  seeds.  It  is  an  excellent  nurse  tree  for 
other  species.  The  wood  is  of  inferior  quality.  It  grows 
with  great  rapidity  for  a  few  years. 

BRACHYCH-ffiTA  (Greek,  short  bristle).  Comp6sitce. 
One  species,  growing  in  open  woods  from  Ky.  to  N.  C. 
and  Ga.  Closely  allied  to  Solidago,  from  which  it  differs 
in  the  very  short  pappus  (the  bristles  shorter  than  the 
akene),  and  the  lower  Ivs.  cordate.  B.  cordata,  Torr.  & 


Gray,  which  has  been  int.  by  dealers  in  native  plants, 
is  2-.'{  ft.  high,  soft-pubescent,  with  thin,  serrate  Ivs.: 
11s.  golden  yellow,  in  small  heads,  which  are  borne  on 
raceme-like  secund  branch  lets.  Recommended  for  the 
native  border. 

BRACHYCOME  (sJtort 
//'//>•,  from  the  Greek,  al- 
luding to  the  pappus). 
Compdsitce.  Australian 
herbs,  with  membrana- 
ceous  involucral  bracts, 
naked  receptacle,  very 
short  pappus  bristles,  and 
diffuse  leafy  growth.  One 
species  in  cult. : 

iberidif61ia,Benth.  SWAN 
RIVER  DAISY.     Figs.  255, 
256.   A  very  graceful  little 
annual) 6-12  in.  high)  from 
Austral.,    suited    to    bor- 
ders,   and   also    attractive 
in  pots ;  seeds  may  be  sown  in  the 
open  or  under  glass.    Fls.  blue  or 
white,  an  inch  across:  Ivs.  small, 
pinnate,  with  very  narrow  divis- 
ions ;  glabrous.  L.  H.  B. 

BRAHEA  (Tycho  Brahe,  the 
astronomer).  Palmdcece,  tribe 
Coryphece.  Spineless  palms,  with 
medium  caudices,  ringed  below, 
and  clothed  above  with  the  bases 
of  the  fibrous  sheaths.  Leaves 
terminal,  orbicular,  somewhat 
peltate,  flabellate  -  plicate,  split 
down  the  middle,  the  lobes  bifid, 
infolded,  filamentous  on  the  mar- 
gins ;  rachis  short,  narrow ;  ligule 
subtriangular;  petioles  flattened, 
dentate  along  the  margins  ; 
sheaths  fibrous  :  spadices  long, 
pendulous,  paniculately  much 
branched,  the  ultimate  long  ver- 
miform obtuse  branches  rigid, 
spreading,  very  densely  velvety 
tomentose  :  spathes  many,  long- 
linear,  firm,  coriaceous,  split,  glabrous  ;  bracts  and 
bractlets  minute:  fls.  smaller  than  the  diameter  of  the 
branches,  hidden  in  the  tomentum:  frs.  %  in.  long,  ob- 
liquely ellipsoidal,  minutely  pubescent,  laterally  keeled, 
pale  when  dry.  Species  4,  Mex.  to  the  Andes.  Of  sim- 
ple culture  in  a  fibrous  compost,  with  an  admixture  of 
sand.  Prop,  by  seeds. 

dulcis,  Mart.  PALMA  DULCE.  Stem  10-20  ft.,  6-8  in. 
thick,  cylindrical :  Ivs.  4-5  ft.  long  ;  petiole  plano-con- 
vex, green,  with  pale  margins ;  ligule  short,  subtriangu- 


254.   Raceme  of  younjf 
fruit  of  Box  Elder. 


255.   Brachycome  iberidifolij 


176 


BRAHEA 


BRASSIA 


lar,  green,  the  scarious  villous  margin   at   length   de- 
ciduous: fr.  edible.    Mex. 

B.  filamentosa,  Hort.=Washingtonia  filifera.— B.  filifera, 
Hort.=W.  filifera.— B.  glauca,  Hort.=Washingtonia  filifera.— 
B.  robusta,  Hort.=Washingtonia.— B.  Roezlii,  Lindl.(B.  glauea, 
Hort.)=Washingtonia  filifera.  JAKED  G.  SMITH. 

BBAKE.  A  name  applied  to 
various  coarse  ferns,  particu- 
larly to  Pteris  aquilina. 

BRAMBLE.  Thorny  plants 
of  the  genus  Rubus,— raspber- 
ries, blackberries,  dewberries. 

BRASENIA  (meaning  unex- 
plained). Nymphceacece.  WATER 
SHIELD.  One  species  of  aquatic 
plant  widely  distributed  (in  N. 
Amer.,  Asia,  Afr.,  Austral.). 
Lvs.  oval  and  entire,  floating, 
centrally  peltate  :  fls.  axillary 
near  the  summit  of  the  stem, 
small,  purple  ;  sepals  3  or  4  ; 
petals  3  or  4,  linear  ;  stamens 
12-18,  on  filiform  filaments  ; 
pistils  4-18,  forming  indehis- 
cent  follicles.  B.  peltata, 
Pursh,  is  not  a  showy  plant, 
but  is  interesting  for  ponds. 
It  is  catalogued  by  dealers  in 
native  plants.  Grows  in  1-6  ft. 
of  water.  L.  H.  B. 

BRASSAVOLA  (A.M.  Bras- 
savola,  Venetian  botanist) .  Or- 
chidacece,  tribe  JSpidendrece. 
About  20  Trop.  Amer.  epi- 
phytes, closely  allied  to  Lselia, 
and  demanding  similar  treat- 
ment. Suspend  on  blocks.  The 
fls.  are  large,  solitary  or  ra- 
cemose, the  sepals  and  petals 
narrow  and  greenish,  the  lip 
white:  Ivs.  thick,  solitary.  For 
the  cultivator,  the  treatment  of 
Brassavola  is  identical  with 
that  of  the  Mexican  Lselias. 
Plenty  of  sun  to  mature  the 

Brachycome  iberidifolia.     young  growths,  and  water  when 

Natural  size.  growing,  with  a  somewhat  drier 

atmosphere  when  resting,  will 

be  found  to  suit  them.    B.Digbyana,  Lindl.,  is  Lcelia 
Digbyana;  B.  glauca,  Ljndl.,  is  Lcelia  glauca. 

A.    Flower  solitary. 

cucullata,  R.  Br.  (B.  cuspiddta,  Hook.).  Leaf  terete 
and  subulate,  grooved  above:  scape  very  short  but  bear- 
ing a  very  long-tubed  fl.,  so  that  the  blossom  seems  to 
be  elevated  on  a  stem:  sepals  cream-colored,  tinged 
red;  petals  white;  lip  3-lobed,  fimbriate,  the  middle 
lobe  beak-like.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  543,  3722. 

AA.    Fls.  in  racemes  on  corymbs. 

acaulis,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.  Low:  Ivs.  very  narrow:  fls. 
large,  greenish  white;  lip  cordate;  tube  red-spotted  at 
base.  Cent.  Amer. 

cordata,  Lindl.  Lvs.  linear,  rigid,  recurved :  fls. 
corymbose  ;  sepals  and  petals  lance-linear,  acuminate, 
pale  green;  lip  roundish-cordate,  cuspidate,  entire, 
scarcely  as  Jong  as  the  claw.  Jamaica,  Braz.  B.M.  3782. 

nodosa,  Lindl.  (B.  grandifldra,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  channeled  above  :  fls.  few  and  large, 
corymbose ;  sepals  and  petals  linear-acuminate ;  lip 
round-ovate,  long-cuspidate,  entire,  longer  than  the 
claw.  Jamaica,  Mex.,  IS.  B.M.  3229,  of  this  name,  is  B. 
subuli folia.  L.  H  B 

BRASSIA  (William  Brass,  botanical  collector  of  last 
century).  Orchidacece,  tribe  Vandece.  About  30  Trop. 
Amer.  plants,  closely  allied  to  Oncidium.  Distinguished 
from  that  genus  by  the  very  long  and  pointed  sepals 


256. 


and  the  wingless  column.  The  fls.  are  odd  and  spider- 
like  in  form,  and  are  cultivated  chiefly  for  that  reason. 
They  can  be  grown  with  Cattleyas.  They  bloom  in  sum- 
mer, and  during  that  time  should  have  liberal  supplies 
of  water.  Keep  them  quiet  in  winter,  but  do  not  dry 
them  off  completely.  Grow  in  pots  with  thorough 
drainage,  in  a  soil  of  fibrous  peat  and  sand.  Prop,  by 
division. 

The  Brassias  succeed  well  in  the  Orchid  house  de- 
voted to  Cattleyas,  one  that  is  not  too  warm  in  winter 
and  furnishes  plenty  of  air  during  the  warm  months. 
They  have  not  been  popular  in  gardens,  as  their  flowers 
lack  brilliant  coloring,  but  their  shape  is  weird,  and  to 
the  collector  they  have  charms  that  are  almost  as  allur- 
ing as  the  Odontoglossums.  Pot  culture  is  best,  as  the 
plants  make  fine  specimens,  and  are  vigorous  root-pro- 
ducers. B.  Lawrenceana  and  its  variety  longissima, 
with  B.  verrucosa,  are  the  best  known  in  gardens,  and 
are  most  desirable  from  a  cultivator's  standpoint. 

Cult,  by  E.  O.  ORPET. 
A.    Sepals  and  petals  whitish  or  greenish, 

verrucdsa,  Batem.  Fig.  257.  Strong  :  foliage  deep 
green:  fls.  many  and  large,  the  greenish  white  petals 
and  sepals  blotched  with  dark  .purple,  the  lip  white  and 
warty.  Guatemala.  Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.,  has  fls. 
twice  larger  than  in  the  type. 

AA.    Sepals  and  petals  greenish  yellow. 
maculata,  R.  Br.    Sepals  and  petals  pale  or  greenish 
yellow,  short  for  the  genus,  marked  with  large,  irregu- 


lar brown  spots,  the  large  lip  white,  spotted       )l 

with  brown  and  purple.    Jamaica.     B.M.  1691. 

—  Int.  into  Eu.  in  1806,  being  one  of  the  first 

known  of  exotic  Orchids.    Flowers  large,  but  not  very 

showy. 

Var.  guttata,  Lindl.  (B.  Wrayce,  Skinner).  Fls. 
greener,  much  spotted,  lip  yellowish  :  spikes  2-3  ft, 
high.  Guatemala.  B.M.  4003. 


BRASSIA 


BRASSICA 


177 


(•[<'<!  ri'r   1/fHoiC. 

caudata,  Lindl.  Spikes  drooping,  12-18  in.:  sepals 
and  petals  very  long  (4-6  in. ),  barred  with  brown:  lip 
yellow  and  broad  spotted.  W.  lud.  A.F.  6:609. 

Lanceana.  Lindl.  Robust,  with  2  dark  green  leaves 
from  each  pseudobulb  :  fls.  large  and  numerous,  very 
fragrant,  lasting  '2  or  3  weeks;  sepals  and  petals  bright 
yellow,  long  and  tapering,  blotched  with  brown  or  red, 
the  lip  yellow  and  wavy,  spotted  at  the  base.  S.  Amer. 
B.M.  :>.">77.—  A  handsome  species.  There  are  two  or 
three  varieties. 

Lawrenceana,  Lindl.  Sepals  and  petals  bright  yellow, 
spotted  with  brown  and  green;  lip  yellow  tinged  with 
i,M-een  :  otherwise  much  like  the  last.  Braz.  J.H.  III. 
30:275. 

Var.  longissima,  Reichb.  f.,  has  a  spike  18-20  in.  long, 
and  very  slender  sepals,  which  are  6  or  7  in.  long,  the 
lip  purple-spotted  near  the  base.  Costa  Rica.  B.M. 
5748.  — A  remarkable  plant. 

Gireoudiana,  Reichb.  f.  &  Warsc.  Large,  with  many- 
fid,  scapes:  fls.  larger  than  in  S.  Lanceana,  the  sepals 
and  petals  very  long,  they  and  the  lip  bright  yellow, 
blotched  with  deep  red.  Costa  Rica.  L  jj  B. 

BRASSICA  (old  classical  name).  Cruciferce.  Prob- 
ably 100  species  of  annual,  biennial  and  perennial  herbs, 
natives  of  temperate  regions  of  Europe,  Africa,  and 
Asia.  Petals  and  stamens  4:  pod  long,  beaked  :  seeds 
not  winged  (Figs.  258,  259).  Includes  all  the  mustards, 
cabbages,  turnips,  and  the  like  ;  and  to  these  plants  the 
reader  should  refer  for  other  information. 

In  common  with  nearly  all  cultivated  plants,  espe- 
cially those  which  are  perplexing,  the  Brassicas  have  re- 
ceived too  little  attention  from  botanists.  The  inevita- 
ble outcome  of  such  neglect  or  of  any  superficial  study 
is  a  reduction  of  species,  and  in  this  direction  Brassica 
has  suffered  greatly.  It  is  usually  confusing  to  reduce 
types.  The  most  perplexing  species  in  our  manuals  are 
those  which  contain  the  greatest  number  of  old  types 
or  synonymous  names.  It  is  true  that  this  is  supposed  to 


origin  is  lost,  and  perspicuity  demands  that  they  be  kept 
distinct  in  a  horticultural  treatise. 

The  confusion  into  which  our  Brassicas  have  fallen  is 


258.   Flower  of  Mustard. 
(X3.) 

be  primarily  due  to  the  va- 
riation   of    the    species    or 
.croups,  but  it  is  often  to  be  charged 
to  superficial  study  or  insufficient  ma- 
terial.   Our  manuals  contain  too  few 
rather   than   too    many    species    of 
Brassica  ;  at  all  events,  the  miscel- 
laneous dumping  of  rutabagas,  tur- 
nips,   rape    and    other    plants    into 
Brassica   campestris    is    unnatural, 
and,  therefore,  unfortunate.    One  of 
the  best   presentations  of  the   true 
259.    Pod  or  silique  Brassicas  is  that  of    De   Candolle's 
of  Mustard-Brassicaprodromus,  as  long  ago  as  1824  (also 
juncea  (X2).       in   Trans.   Lond.   Hort.    Soc.   vol.   5, 
and  in  Sy sterna,  2:582-607),  and  the 
following  scheme  closely  follows  that  outline.     Some 
of  the  forms  which  are  here  kept  separate  as  species  may 
be  derived  from  their  fellows,  but  the  evidence  of  such 

12 


260.   Flowers  of  Cabbage  —  Brassica  oleracea  (X  %). 

in  some  measure  due  to  the  different  vernacular  names 
which  they  bear  in  different  countries.  The  French  use 
the  word  chou  generically  to  include  all  forms  of  B. 
oleracea  and  the  rutabaga— that  is,  all  the  blue,  thick- 
leaved  Brassicas— while  in  England  the  rutabaga  is 
called  the  Swedish  Turnip.  A  tabular  view  of  the  dif- 
ferent vernaculars  may  be  useful : 


French. 
Chou  Cabus, 
Chou  de  Milan, 
Chou  de  Bruxelles, 
Choux-verts, 

Chou-rave, 
Chou-navet, 

English. 
Cabbage, 
Savoy, 
Brussels  Sprouts, 
Borecole  or  Kale, 
f  Turnip  Cabbage 
I     or  Kohlrabi, 
f  Turnip-rooted 
A      Cabbage  or 

American. 
Cabbage. 
Savoy  Cabbage. 
Brussels  Sprouts. 
Borecole  or  Kale. 

}  Kohlrabi. 
[-Rutabaga. 

Chou-fleur, 


Navet (or Chou-navet),  Turnip, 


I     Swedish  Turnip, ) 
Cauliflower,  Cauliflower. 


Turnip. 


A.  Whole  plant  glaucous -blue  when  in  flower  :  Ivs.  of 

the  flower-stems  clasping :  fls.  various.    (Brassica 
proper. ) 

B.  Lvs.  from  the  first  more  or  less  fleshy  throughout, 

and  glaucous-bine  even  when  young :    fls.  large 
and  creamy  yellow,  the  petals  conspicuously  long- 
clawed,  and  the  sepals  usually  erect. 
oleracea,  Linn.    CABBAGE,  CAULIFLOWER,  BRUSSELS 
SPROUTS,  KALE.    Fig.  260.    Lvs.  smooth  from  the  first, 
and  the  root  never  tuberous.     Sea  shores  of  the  Old 
World,  and  naturally  perennial.    See  Cabbage. 

Napus,  Linn.  RAPE.  Lvs.  smooth  from  the  first ; 
differing  from  B.  oleracea  chiefly  in  habit  and  more 
deeply  scalloped  Ivs.  The  botanical  position  of  the 
Rapes  is  open  to  doubt. 

campestris,  Linn.  RUTABAGA.  Fig.  261.  First  Ivs. 
hairy,  the  root  usually  tuberous. 


178 


BRASSICA 


BB,   I/vs.  (except  upon  the  flower-stem)  thin  and  green: 

fls.  smaller  and  bright  yellow,  less  prominently 

clawed. 
0     Plant  potentially  biennial  (that  is,  the  root  hard  and 

thickened,  often  distinctly  tuberous):   foliage  firm 

in  texture. 

D.    Foliage  distinctly  hairy. 

Kapa,  Linn.  COMMON  TURNIP.  Lvs.  prominently 
lyrate  or  interrupted  below,the  root  tuberous.  —Whatever 
the  origin  of  the  Rutabaga  and  Turnip  may  be,  the  two 
plants  show  good  botanical  characters.  The  tubers  of 
the  two  are  different  in  season,  texture  and  flavor.  In 
the  Rutabaga,  the  small  leaves  immediately  following 
the  seed-leaves  are  sparsely  hairy,  but  all  subsequent 
leaves  are  entirely  smooth,  densely  glaucous-blue,  thick 
and  cabbage-like,  with  a  fleshy  petiole  and  midrib.  In 
the  Turnip,  the  radical  leaves  are  always  more  or  less 
hairy,  and  they  are  green  and  radish-like,  thin,  with 
slender  petiole,  and  the  leaves  are  much  more  lyrate, 
with  interrupted  leaflets  on  the  petiole ;  the  small  leaves 
following  the  seed-leaves  are  also  thinner  and  narrower 
and  more  deeply  scalloped.  In  the  Rutabaga,  the  flow- 
ers are  large  and  more  cabbage-like,  whereas  in  the 
Turnip  they  are  small,  yellow  and  mustard-like,  with 
shorter  claws  and  more  spreading  calyx.  The  Turnips 
vary  in  hairiness,  but  the  cone  of  expanding  leaves, 
or  the  "heart-leaves,"  always 
shows  the  hairs  distinctly, 
while  the  heart-leaves  of  the 
Rutabagas  are  entirely  gla- 


BRASSICA 

feathered  petioles,  sharply  and  irregularly  toothed,  with 
a  thin  bloom  :  beak  of  the  pod  more  abrupt :  root  dis- 
tinctly hard  and  tuberous.  — This  vegetable  appeared  in 
France  in  1882  from  seeds  sent  by  Dr.  Bretschneider, 
of  the  Russian  legation,  Pekin.  It  was  offered  by  Amer. 
seedsmen  as  early  as  1889.  The  plant  is  a  biennial, 
with  thin,  bluish  foliage,  and  a  small  tuberous  root  like 
a  conical  turnip.  These  roots  reach  a  diameter  of  3  or 
4  inches,  and  are  scarcely  distinguishable  from  white 
turnips  in  appearance,  texture  and  flavor.  In  China  the 
tubers  are  used  as  a  winter  vegetable,  the  seeds  being 
sown  in  summer.  The  plant  is  native  to  China.  It  does 
not  appear  to  have  been  brought  to  the  attention  of 
botanists  until  Bretschneider  published  an  account  of  it 
in  a  French  journal  in  1881.  Paillieux  and  Bois  (Le 
Potager  d'un  Curieux)  regard  it  as  a  variety  of  Brassica 
juncea,  to  which  the  Chinese  mustard  belongs,  but  it  is 
very  different  from  that  plant.  It  is  nearly  related  to 
Pak-Cnoi,  and  it  may  have  sprung  from  the  same  spe- 
cies; but  it  is  clearly  distinguished  by  its  sharply 
toothed  Ivs.,  one  of  which  is  shown  in  Fig.  264. 

cc.  Plant  truly  annual:  foliage  profuse,  loose  and  soft. 
Pe-tsdi,  Bailey.  PE-TSAI  CABBAGE.  Fig.  265.  Nu- 
merous radical  Ivs.,  large 
and  light  green,  oblong  or 
ovate-oblong,  crinkled  and 
very  veiny,  and  the  mar- 
gins wavy,  contracted  into 
a  flat  and  ribbed  petiole  1-3 


261.     Flowers    of    Rutabaga  — 
Brassica  campestris  (X  %). 


262.   Pak -Choi  — Brassica  Chinensis. 


brous,  fleshy,  and  remind  one  of  the  young  shoots  of 
sea-kale.  The  Turnip  usually  produces  seed  freely  if 
the  bottoms  are  left  in  the  ground  over  winter  ;  and 
thereby  the  plant  spreads,  becoming  a  true  annual  and  a 
bad  weed,  with  a  slender,  hard  root. 

DD.    Foliage  not  hairy. 

Chin6nsis,  Linn.  PAK-CHOI  CABBAGE.  Figs.  262,  263. 
Radical  Ivs,  wavy  and  ample,  glossy  green,  obovate  or 
round-obovate  in  general  outline,  either  entire  or  ob- 
scurely wavy  or  even  crenate,  tapering  to  a  distinct  and 
thick,  strong  petiole,  which  is  generally  not  prominently 
margined  ;  pod  large  and  tapering  into  a  beak  half  an 
inch  long;  root  sometimes  tuberous.— This  plant  is 
grown  by  the  American  Chinese,  and  is  occasionally 
seen  in  other  gardens  (see  Bailey,  Bull.  67,  Cornell  Exp. 
Sta.).  It  is  impossible  to  determine  if  this  particular 
plant  is  the  one  which  Linnaeus  meant  to  distinguish  by 
his  Brassica  Chinensis,  but  it  best  answers  the  de- 
scription in  his  Amoanitates  (vol.  4).  In  Linnaeus'  her- 
barium is  a  Brassica  marked  "  Chinensis  "  in  his  own 
handwriting,  but  it  is  purple-fld.  and  has  lyrate-lobed 
Ivs.,  whereas  Linna3us  described  his  plant  as  having 
yellow  fls.  and  Cynoglossum-like  Ivs. 

napifdrmis,  Bailey  (Sindpis  juncea,  var.  napif6rmis, 
Paill.  &  Bois).  TUBEROUS-ROOTED  CHINESE  MUSTARD. 
Fig.  264.  Radical  Ivs.  comparatively  few,  the  blade  thin 
and  oval  in  outline,  and  on  long  and  slender,  slightly 


in.  wide,  which  is  provided  with  a  wide,  thin,  notched  or 
wavy  wing;  stem  Ivs.  sessile  and  clasping;  pod  of  me- 
dium size,  with  a  short  cose-like  beak.  — The  Pe-tsai,  or 
Chinese  Cabbage,  is  no  longer  a  novelty  in  Amer.  gar- 
dens, although  it  does  not  appear  to  be  well  known,  and 
its  merits  are  not  understood.  Its  cultivation  and  pecu- 
liarities were  described  in  France  as  long  ago  as  1840, 
by  Pepin,  who  says  that,  while  the  plant  had  been 
known  in  botanic  gardens  for  20  years,  it  was  brought  to 
notice  as  a  culinary  vegetable  only  three  years  before 
he  wrote.  It  appears  to  have  attracted  little  attention 
in  Europe  until  very  recent  years,  however,  and  it  is 
still  included  in  the  second  edition  of  Paillieux  &  Bois' 
Le  Potager  d'un  Curieux,  1892.  It  began  to  attract  at- 
tention in  the  United  States  probably  about  15  years 
ago.  The  leaves  tend  to  form  an  oblong,  loose  head, 
like  Cos  lettuce.  See  Cabbage. 

Jap6nica,  Sieb.  CALIFORNIA  PEPPER-GRASS.  POT- 
HERB MUSTARD.  Fig.  266.  Rather  numerous  radical 
Ivs.,  oblong  or  oblong-obovate,  the  margins  either 
crisped  or  cut  into  many  very  fine  divisions,  the  petiole 
distinct  at  its  lower  end  ;  stem  Ivs.  all  petioled  ;  pod 
very  small,  with  a  slender  beak.— The  soft,  thin  Ivs. 
make  excellent  "greens."  Long  known,  but  with  no 
designative  name,  in  old  gardens  in  this  country,  and 
occasionally  runs  wild.  Int.  in  1890  by  John  Lewis 
Childs  as  California  Pepper-grass.  A  very  worthy 
plant  (see  Bull.  67,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.). 


BRASS  1C  A 


BRECK 


179 


AA.     Whole  plant  yni- 
in  flower:   Irs. 


or  but  *li</litljj  <flattconx   iclit'ii 
on  tlie  fl.  -stems  not  prominently 
fix.    xnntll    and    yellow.     Annuals. 
(Sinapis  or  Mustard.) 

B.    Pod  terete  or  nearly  so. 

juncea,  Coss.  (Sinajtis  ju  ticca,  Linn.).  CHINESE  MUS- 
TARD. Figs.  259,  267.  Rank  and  coarse  grower,  in  the 
common  forms  making  great  tufts  of  root-lvs.  if  sown 
curly:  radical  Ivs.  generally  abundant  and  often  very 
large,  oval  or  oboval  in  outline,  the  blade  angled  or 
toothed,  tapering  into  a  narrow  petiole,  which  generally 
bears  leafy  appendages  ;  lower  stem-lvs.  more  or  less 
toothed  and  petiolate,  the  upper  ones  oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  entire  and  usually  sessile  or  clasping  :  flow- 
ering stems  and  Ivs.  more  or  less  lightly  glaucous  :  fls. 
bright  yellow  :  pod  slender,  of  medium  size,  tapering 
into  a  short  beak.  Asia.  —  This  much  abused  species  is 
held  by  Hooker  and  Thomson  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  v.  170) 
to  include  a  great  variety  of  forms,  as  Sinapis  Icevigata, 
Linn.;  S.  inteyrifolia,  Willd.  ;  S.  ramosa,  rugosa,  pa- 
ten.*,  cidici  folia,  Roxbg.  ;  S.  lanceolata,DG.,  and  others. 
There  are  two  types  of  it  in  cultivation  in  our  gardens, 
one  with  the  radical  Ivs.  somewhat  sharply  toothed  and 
nearly  smooth  below  (sometimes  grown  as  Brassica  [or 
Sinapis]  rugosa),  the  other  with  root-lvs.  obtusely 
toothed  and  spinescent  on  the  veins  below  (comprising 
Chinese  Mustard,  Chinese  Broad-leaved  Mustard,  and 
Brown  Mustard).  Linnaeus  founded  his  Sinapis  juncea 
upon  a  figure  in  Hermann's  Paradisus  (Hermann,  Para- 
disus  Batavus,  t.  230,  1705),  which  represents  a  plant 


anth-tube  :  fr.  3-celled,  many-seeded.  Native  of  the 
mountain  and  table  land  region  of  Mex.  —  Five  species 
have  been  described,  but  recent  explorations  have 
brought  to  light  some  5  or  6  additional  species.  While 


263.    Tuberous  Root  of  Pak-Choi. 

very  like  the  former  type  mentioned  above,  and  which 
Hermann  described  as  "lettuce-leaved." 

alba,  Boiss.  WILD  MUSTARD.  Tall :  Ivs.  pinnatifid 
and  rough -hairy:  pods  spreading,  hairy,  the  lower  part 
thick  and  few-seeded  :  seeds  pale  brown,  large.  Weed, 
from  Europe. 

Sinapistrum,  Boiss.  CHARLOCK.  Tall :  Ivs.  strong- 
toothed,  or  sometimes  nearly  lyrate  :  pods  knotty, 
glabrous  or  hairy,  the  upper  third  indehiscent  and 
2-edged,  usually  1-seeded.  Weed,  from  Europe. 

BB.    Pod  distinctly  4-angled. 

uigra,  Koch.  BLACK  MUSTARD.  Fig.  268.  Wide- 
spreading  and  loose  grower  :  Ivs.  pinnatifid,  somewhat 
haiiy :  pods  short  and  erect,  glabrous  ;  seeds  small  and 
dark  brown,  pungent,  supplying  the  mustard  of  com- 
merce. Cult,  in  Eu.,  but  a  weed  in  this  country.  -» Com- 
mercial mustard  is  the  flour  of  the  seeds  of  this  species 
chiefly,  but  the  seeds  of  B.  alba  and  probably  of  B. 
jinn-fa  are  sometimes  used.  L  jj  j$ 

BRAVOA  (Bravo,  Mexican  botanist).  Amarylliddcecf. 
A  small  genus,  much  resembling  in  some  of  its  species 
the  tuberose  ( Polianthes),  and  considered  by  the  writer 
as  hardly  distinct  from  it.  Stems  slender,  from  small 
thickened  rootstocks:  Ivs.  mostly  basal:  inflorescence  a 
lax  spike  or  raceme;  fls.  always  in  pairs  more  or  less 
bent  or  curved  ;  stamens  G,  included  within  the  peri- 


264.   Lower  stem-leaf  of  Tuberous-rooted  Mustard  — 
Brassica  napiformis. 

the  flowers  are  not  as  showy  as  the  common  tuberose, 
yet  the  genus  should  be  found  in  every  choice  bulb  col- 
lection. Only  one  species  has  been  cultivated  to  any 
extent,  and  even  this  species  is  not  well  known.  As  the 
species  often  grow  in  the  high  mountains  of  Mexico, 
they  ought  to  be  hardy  in  the 
southern  stretches  of  the  tem- 
perate zone. 

geminiflora,  Llav.  &  Lex. 
MEXICAN  TWIN  FLOWER.  Stems 
1-2  ft.  high:  bulbs  small,  1-1% 
in.  long,  the  outer  scales  cut 
into  fine  fibers  at  the  top :  basal 
Ivs.  linear,  erect,  6  lines  or  less 
broad,  smooth:  fls.  in  a  slender 
raceme,  reddish  or  orange-col- 
ored ;  lobes  minute,  rounded. 
B.  M.  4741.  —  Handsome,  and 
worthy  of  more  attention. 

B.  Bullidna,  Baker.  Basal  lys. 
described  as  lanceolate,  1-1%  in. 
broad :  fls.  in  5  or  6  pairs,  white. 
Seemingly  too  near  the  little  known 
Polianthes  Mexicans.  Not  in  cult.— 
B.  sessiliflora,  B.  densiflbra,  and  B. 
singulifldra  are  rare  species,  only 
known  from  herbarium  specimens. 
The  latter  two,  however,  should 
probably  be  excluded  from  this 
8rouP-  J.  N.  ROSE. 

BRAZIL  NUT.    See  Bertholletla. 

BREAD  FRUIT.    See  Artocarpus. 
BREAD  NUT  is  Brosimum  Alicastrum. 

BRECK,  JOSEPH  (1794-1873).  Plate  II.  Boston  seeds- 
man, and  author  of  "  The  Flower  Garden,  or  Breck's  Book 
of  Flowers,"  first  published  in  1851,  and  reissued  in  1866 


265.  Pe  -Tsai  Cabbage  —  Brassica  Pe  -Tsai. 


180 


BRECK 


BRINCKLE 


as  the  "New  Book  of  Flowers."  This  was  preceded,  in 
1833,  by  "The  Young  Florist."  In  1822,  he  founded  the 
seed  business  now  conducted  at  51  North  Market  St., 
under  the  name  of  Joseph  Breck  &  Sons.  He  was  one 
of  the  original  members  of  the  Massachusetts  Horticul- 


256.    Brassica  Japonica. 

tural  Society,  and  its  president  from  1859-1862.  He 
edited  the  old  New  England  Farmer  for  many  years,  but 
discontinued  it  in  1846,  when  he  turned  over  his  list  of 
subscribers  to  Luther  Tucker,  of  Albany,  N.  Y.,  at  the 
time  of  the  founding  of  The  Horticulturist,  which  was 
edited  by  the  illustrious  A.  J.  Downing.  He  also  edited 
The  Horticultural  Register  from  1836-1838,  in  company 
with  Thomas  Fessenden.  The  revision  of  his  book  in 
1866  was  undertaken  when  the  author  was  70  years  old. 
It  was  a  popular  book  in  its  day.  A  portrait  of  Joseph 
Breck  is  seen  in  the  catalogues  of  the  present  firm. 

W.  M. 

BEEVOOETIA  (J.  Carson  Brevoort,  Regent  N.  Y. 
State  University).  Lili&cece.  Differs  from  Brodiaea  in 
the  long-tubular  and  6-saccate  corolla.  One  species. 

Ida-Maia,  Wood.  (B.  cocclnea,  Wats.  Brodicea  coc- 
cinea,  Gray).  FLORAL  FIRE-CRACKER.  Lvs.  slender, 
grassy:  scapes  slender,  1-2  ft.  high,  with  3-60  pendu- 
lous tubular-saccate  fls.  1-2  in.  long,  which  are  bril- 
liant crimson-red,  tipped  with  pea-green.  N.  Calif,  to 
Ore.  B.M.  5857.  G.C.  III.  20:  687.  Gn.  46,  p.  503.- 
The  flowers  are  very  lasting  and  beautiful.  Half-hardy. 
Needs  partial  shade  and  a  deep,  loose  soil,  thoroughly 


267.   Broad-leaved  Chinese  Mustard  —  Brassica  juncea. 


drained,  and  with  some  leaf  mold.    Bulb  the  size  of  a 
nutmeg.    Grows  2-3  ft.  high.  CARL  PURDY. 

BEEWEEIA  (Samuel  Brewer  was  an  English  bota- 
nist of  last  century).  Convolviilcicece.  Herbs,  rarely 
somewhat  woody:  fls.  much  like  those  of  Convolvulus, 
but  style  2-cleft,  the  divisions  simple,  with  capitate 
stigma,  the  corolla  pubescent  outside  in  the  bud :  Ivs. 
simple.  Trailing  plants  of  30  or  more  species  in  warm 
climates. 

grandifldra,  Gray.  Root  tuberous :  stem 
pubescent  :  Ivs.  broad-ovate  and  very 
short-stalked  :  peduncles  1-fld. :  fl.  very 
large  (3  in.  long),  bright  blue  and  showy, 
funnel-shaped  ;  "  stigmas  large  and  glo- 
bose. S.  Fla.  — Int.  by  Reasoner  Bros. 

BRIAR.  In  America,  commonly  applied 
to  brambles  or  thorny  plants  of  the  genus 
Rubus,  especially  blackberries.  In  the 
Old  World,  it  is  applied  to  large,  wild- 
growing  roses. 

BEICKELLIA  (Dr.  John  Brickell,  an 
early  American  naturalist).  Compdsitce. 
About  40  species  of  herbs  or  small  shrubs 
in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  U.  S.  and  Mex. , 
only  one  of  which  seems  to  be  in  the 
trade.  Somewhat  allied  to  Eupatorium. 
Lvs.  veiny,  either  opposite  or  alternate  : 
fls.  white,  cream-colored  or  flesh-colored, 
small,  with  pappus  either  scale  -  like  or 
somewhat  plumose  :  akenes  striate. 

grandifldra,  Nutt.  TASSEL  FLOWER. 
Nearly  glabrous,  2-3  ft.,  branchy  above  : 
Ivs.  triangular-cordate  or  triangular-lance- 
olate above,  coarsely  toothed :  heads  about 
40-fld.,  drooping,  in  large  panicles,  tassel- 
shaped  and  yellowish  white.  Rocky  Mts. 
—  Recommended  for  moist,  shady  borders. 

BRIDAL  WREATH.  See  Spircea  prv- 
ni  folia. 

BEIDGEMAN,  THOMAS.  Plate  II.  Gar- 
dener, florist,  seedsman  and  author;  was 
born  in  Berkshire,  Eng.,  came  to  America 
in  1824,  and  established  the  business  which 
is  now  conducted  under  the  name  of  his 
son,  Alfred  Bridgeman,  at  37  E.  19th  St., 
New  York.  An  historical  account  of  this 
business  may  be  found  in  the  catalogue  of 
the  present  firm.  In  1829,  Thomas  Bridge- 
man published  "The  Young  Gardener's 
Assistant,"  which  was  many  times  re- 
printed and  eventually  enlarged  to  five 
times  its  original  bulk.  It  was  copyrighted 
in  1847,  when  it  appeared  as  a  large-sized 
work  in  three  parts,  covering  fruit,  vege- 
table, and  ornamental  gardening.  Two  of 
these  parts  were  published  separately  in 
the  same  year  as  "The  Kitchen  Gardener's 
Instructor,"  and  "The  Florist's  Guide." 
The  first-named  work  was  revised  by 
Sereno  Edwards  Todd,  and  republished  in  1866  by  Alfred 
Bridgeman.  Thomas  Bridgeman  died  in  1850.  ^V\  ^ 

BEINCKLE,  WILLIAM  DEAPEE.  Plate  II.  Physi- 
cian and  amateur  pomologist,  was  born  in  Delaware, 
began  the  practice  of  medicine  at  Wilmington  in  1820, 
moved  to  Philadelphia  in  1825,  where  he  passed  most  of 
his  life  as  a  busy  physician,  and  died  at  Groveville,  N.  J. , 
in  1863,  at  the  age  of  sixty-four.  In  a  room  of  his  Phila- 
delphia home  he  hybridized  strawberries,  and  had  fruit 
at  every  season  of  the  year.  He  also  had  a  little  garden 
about  the  size  of  a  parlor.  He  produced  the  Cushing 
strawberry,  the  Wilder,  President  Cope,  Cushing,  and 
Orange  raspberries,  and  the  Wilmington  and  Catherine 
Gardette  pears.  Unfortunately,  most  of  his  work  with 
raspberries  was  done  with  ttubus  Idceus,  the  Old  World 
species,  which  is  not  hardy  in  America,  but  his  yellow- 
fruited  variety  of  raspberry  is  still  regarded  by  many  as 


BRINCKLE 


BRODI^A 


181 


the  acme  of  quality.  He  was  for  many  years  vice-presi- 
dent of  the  Pennsylvania  Horticultural  Society,  and 
was  regarded  as  a  leader  of  American  pomology.  In 
raising  pear  seedlings,  he  was  wont  to  graft  and  regraft 
annually,  after  the  second  or  third  year  from  seed.  He 
thus  produced  new  fruits  in  half  the  time  required  by 
Van  Mons,  many  of  whose  novelties  did  not  fruit  within 
twenty  years  from  seed.  Dr.  Brinckle"  gave  away  thou- 
sands of  grafts  to  amateurs  and  tradesmen  everywhere, 
and  always  prepaid  the  carriage.  In  1860  he  edited 
"Hoffy's  North  American  Pomologist,"  a  high-class  peri- 
odical with  colored  plates,  which,  unfortunately,  did  not 
survive.  Some  sprightly  anecdotes  of  Dr.  Brinckle"  are 
reprinted  from  the  Gardener's  Monthly  for  1863,  in 
Bailey's  "Evolution  of  Our  Native  Fruits."  -^y  ]\j 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA.    See  Canada. 

BRlZA  (Greek  name  of  a  grain).  Graminece.  QUAK- 
ING GRASS.  A  genus  of  grasses  cultivated  for  the 
graceful  panicles,  which  tremble  in  the  slightest  breeze. 
Lvs.  flat  or  convolute;  panicles  loosely  flowered  and 
open  ;  spikelets  many-flowered,  triangular  or  heart- 
shaped,  nodding  ;  glumes  membranaceous  and  rounded 
on  the  back;  awnless.  Species,  12  in  Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  S. 
Amer.  About  5  are  considered  to  be  ornamental  and 
useful  for  dry  bouquets. 

geniculata,  Thunb.  Fig.  269.  Plant  12-18  in.  high: 
culms  geniculate  at  the  base :  Ivs.  3-5  in.  long,  smooth 
above,  slightly  rough  below:  spikelets  showy,  nodding, 
oblong-cordate,  ^  in.  long,  9-12 -fld.,  with  a  striking 
ribbed  appearance. 

maxima,  Linn.  (B.  major,  Presl.).  Annual,  14-18  in. 
high  :  Ivs.  long  and  linear-acuminate  :  panicles  nod- 
ding: spikelets  oblong-cordate,  13-17-fld.  Eu.— A  hand- 
some ornamental  grass. 

media,  Linn.  COMMON  QUAKING  GRASS.  Plant  6  in.  to 
2  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  short,  linear-acuminate  :  spikelets  tri- 
angular, ^  in.  long,  5-12-fld.  Eu. 

minor,  Linn.  (B.  grdcilis,  Hort.  B.  minima,  Hort.). 
Plant  4-15  in.  high:  Ivs.  1-5  in. 
long :  panicle  with  hairlike 
branches  ;  spikelets  triangular, 
3-6-fld. ;  empty  glumes  longer 
than  the  flowering  glumes.  Eu., 
N.  Afr.— An  exceedingly  pretty 
little  ornamental  grass. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

BRIZOPtRUM.      See    Desma- 


BROCCOLI.    See  Cauliflower. 

BRODIJEA  (J.  J.  Brodie,  a 
Scotch  botanist).  Liliacece.  West 
American  cormous  plants  of  low 
growth,  some  of  which  are  now 
becoming  popular  in  cult.  The 
fls.  are  several  on  a  scape,  the 
perianth  mostly  funnel-form,  and 
either  saccate  or  non-saccate, 
ranging  from  purple  to  red,  white 
and  yellow;  stamens  6,  3  of  them 
sometimes  reduced  to  staminodja. 
In  Bot.  of  Calif.,  Watson  includes 
under  Brodiaea  a  number  of 
genera  erected  by  previous  au- 
thors. Baker,  in  his  latest  re- 
vision of  Brodiaea,  still  further 
enlarges  the  genus  by  including 
269.  Briza  eeniculata.  some  species  of  South  American 
(X  %.)  bulbs  heretofore  separated  under 

Milla  and  Triteleia.   Brodiaea,  as 

thus  outlined,  includes  Hookera,  Triteleia,  Milla,  Calli- 
prpra  and  Hesperoscordum.  For  horticultural  purposes, 
it  is  better  and  more  convenient  to  merge  all  into  Bro- 
diaea. In  this  broad  sense  Brodiaea  includes  about  30 
species,  which  must  be  divided  into  several  groups. 
The  species  differ  so  widely  in  every  way  that  cultural 
directions  must  follow  the  group.  For  B.  voliibilis, 


see  Stropholirion ;  for  B.  coccinea,  see  Brevoortia. 
Monogr.  by  Baker,  in  G.C.  III.  20,  pp.  213,  238,  459,  687: 
also  Watson,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  14:  236. 

Index  to  the  species:  Bridgesii,  4;  Californica,  11; 
caudida,2;  congesta,  19;  Douglasii,  22;  erecta,  6;  fllifolia, 
16:  gracilis,9;  grandiflora,  10;  Hendersoni,  5;  Howellii, 
23;  hyacinthina,  7;  ixioides,  6;  lactea,  8;  laxa,  1;  lilacina, 


270.   Brodiaeas. 

At  top,  B.  Candida  ;  at  bottom,  B.  ixioides, 
var.  splendens  :    at  left,  B.  Bridgesii. 

8,23,  and  supplementary  list;  major,  8;  minor,  6,  12; 
multiflora,  20 ;  Orcuttii,  15;  parviflora,  20;  peduncularis, 
3  ;  Purdyi,  18  ;  rosea,  17  ;  splendens,  6  ;  stellaris,  14  ; 
terrestris,  13. 

Group  1. 

In  this  group,  which  contains  some  of  the  best  species 
in  cultivation,  the  plants  have  a  fibrous-coated  flattened 
corm,  resembling  that  of  the  crocus;  not  usually  bulbif- 
erous.  The  Ivs.  are  few,  all  radical  and  grass-like ;  the 
scapes  are  slender  but  stiffly  erect,  naked  except  for 
bracts  below  the  many-fld.  umbel ;  the  fls.  are  oftener 
broadly  tubular,  borne  on  slender  pedicels,  and  are  in 
purples,  white  and  yellow.  All  are  hardy,  but  a  protec- 
tion of  straw  or  leaves  is  advisable  in  the  colder  regions. 
A  light,  loose,  well-drained,  sandy  or  loamy  soil  best 
meets  their  needs,  and  an  excess  of  moisture  and  very 
rich  soils  are  to  be  avoided. 

1.  laxa,  Wats.    Strong,  with    many   broadly    tubular 
purple  fls. :  tube  very  narrow,  and  equaling  or  exceed- 
ing the  segments  ;  jfilaments  very  slender  ;  stamens  in 
2  rows.    N.  Cal.    G.C.  III.  20:  241. -Showy,  and  one  of 
the  best.   There  are  many  variations. 

2.  Candida,  Baker.    Fig.  270.    Much  like  B.  laxa  in 
characters  of  bloom,  but  segments  white  or  bluish  with 
a  green  vein,  and  the  fls.  set  at  an  angle  on  the  pedicel, 
so  that  they  all  face  one  way  :  further  distinguished  by 
early  flowering  and  the  very  broad  and  glossy,  scarcely 
carinate  Ivs.    Calif. 

3.  peduncularis,  Wats.    Still  stouter  (1-2  ft.),  with 
smaller  and  fewer  white  fls.  on  pedicels  a  few  inches  to 
a  foot  long;  filaments  short  or  none.   N.  Calif.    G.C. 
III.  20:  243.  — This  species  grows  in  wet,  heavy  ground 
close  to  water,  and  is  very  bulbiferous. 

4.  Bridgesii,  Wats.    Fig.  270.    Similar  to  B.  laxa,  but 
stamens  in  one  row,  corolla  with  a  spreading  limb,  and 
color   reddish    purple  ;    filaments   deltoid.    Cent.  Calif. 
G.F.  1:  126.  — Grows  a  foot  or  more  high. 

5.  H6ndersonii,  Wats.    Resembles  B.  Bridgesii:  yel- 
low, banded  purple :  filaments  somewhat  winged,  but  not 
deltoid:  small-fld.    Central  and  N.  Calif,  to  Ore. 


182 


BRODI^EA 


6.  ixioides,  Wats.   Allied  to  B.  laxa,  butdwarfer  (3  in. 
to  2  ft.).   Fls.  few  to  many,  on  pedicels  1-4  in.  long,  in 
shades  of  yellow  and   often  purple-tinged  ;    filaments 
winged,  2-toothed  above.    S.  Calif,  to  Ore.    B.R.  1590. 
B.~M..3o88(eisCalUprora  hitea).  G.C.  III.  20:  459.— Many 
handsome  varieties.    The  best  is  var.  splSndens,  Hort. 
(Fig.  270),  with  large,  bright  yellow  fls.,  the  limb  wheel- 
shaped.    Var.  minor,    Hort.    Dwarf :    tis.  yellow,   with 
dark  band  and  blue  anthers.  Var.  er6cta,  Hort.   Dwarf. 

7.  hyacintnina,  Bailey,  Ann.  Hort.  1891,  267  (Tritelela 
hyacinthlna,  Greene).    From  1-2  ft.:   Ivs.  linear  :   fls. 
10-30, 1  in.  or  less  long,  milky  white  or  purplish.    Calif. 
—  Probably  a  form  of  the  next. 

8.  lactea,  Wats.    In  the  type,  has  the  habit  of  B.  laxa, 
but  the  fls.  have  a  short  tube  with  a  rotate  corolla',  and 
are  white,  with  green  midvein;  filaments  deltoid.    Calif, 
to  Brit.  Columbia,  in  many  forms.    B.R.  1639  (as  Hes- 
peroscordum  lacteum,  and  H.  hyacinthinum).    G.C.  III. 
20:459.— Var.  lilacina,  Wats.,  is  much   stronger,  very 
bulbiferous,  grows  in  wet,  heavy  soils,  and  has  a  larger 
fl.,  which  is  usually  lilac-colored.    Var.  major,  Purdy. 
Like  var.  lilacina,  but  fls.  white. 

9.  gracilis,  Wats.    A  tiny  species,  with  small  yellow 
fls.    Scape  2-4  in.  arid  purplish:  If.  1:  fls.  Kin.  long,  on 
pedicels  of  equal  or  greater  length;  filaments  elongated 
and  very  slender.  N.  Calif.,  in  Sierras. 

Group  2. 

In  this  group  the  corm  is  not  flattened,  and  bears  many 
strong  offsets  ;  the  coating  is  hairy  and  reddish.  The 
Ivs.  are  linear  and  grassy;  the  scapes  stiff,  few-fld. ;  the 
fls.  of  a  thick,  waxy  texture,  funnel-form  (except  B. 
Piirdyi),very  lasting,  usually  purple.  These  Brodiaeas 
are  native  to  a  heavy  soil,  in  rather  moist  situations,  and 
are  hardy.  They  will  thrive  under  conditions  recom- 
mended for  Group  1.  (Hookera.) 

10.  grandifldra,  Smith  (Hookera  coronaria,  Salisb.). 
Scape  4-10  in.  high:  Ivs.  nearly  terete,  dying  before  the 
fl.-st.  appears:  fls.  3-10,  blue,  of  good  size  (1  in.  long), 
very  lasting;  staminodia  obtuse;  anthers  linear.    Calif, 
to  Brit.  Col.,  Ore.,  and  Wash.     B.R.  1183.     B.M.  2877. 
G.C.  111.20:213. 

11.  Calif6rnica,  Lindl.  (Hookera  Califdrnica,  Greene). 
Very  like  B.  grandiflora  :   scape  longer  (12-30  in.) :  fls. 
10-20,  1/4-2  in.  long,  rose  to   deep  purple  :  staminodia 
linear  and  cuspidate.    N.  Calif.    G.C.  III.  20:  215.— "The 
finest  species  for  garden  purposes,"  ace.  to  Baker. 

12.  minor,  Wats.    Very  slender,  3-6  in. :  fls.  >£-!  in. 
long:  staminodia  broad  and  usually  emarginate;  anthers 
oblong.    Calif,  to  Ore. 

13.  terr6stris,   Kellogg.     Scape  short  or  practically 
none,  the  umbel  sitting  on  the  earth :  Ivs.  nearly  terete : 
fls.  %-l  in.  long;  staminodia  emarginate,  yellowish:  an- 
thers sagittate-oblong.    Central  Calif.,  along  the  coast. 

14.  stellaris,  Wats.  Low:  scape  with  long  pedicels  and 
3-6  bright  purple  fls.,  with  white  centers  :  Ivs.  nearly 
terete:  anthers  winged  behind :  staminodia  white,  longer 
than    the    stamens,   emarginate.     N.  Calif.     G.C.  III. 
20:  213. -Very  pretty. 

15.  Orcuttii,  Bailey,  Ann.  Hort.  1891,  267    (Hookera 
Orcuttii,  Greene).    Plant  rather  stout,  a  foot  or  more 
high:    Ivs.  linear,  flat  or  nearly  so:  fls.  5-15,  less  than 
an  inch  long,   short-tubed,   lila'c;    staminodia  a  small, 
triangular  scale  or  none.    S.  Calif.     G.C.   111.20:215. 

16.  filifdlia,  Wats.  (Hookera  filifdlia,  Greene).   From 
6-12  in.:  Ivs.  slightly  flattened:    fls.  3-6,  %  in.  or  less 
long,  dark  colored ;  staminodia  triangular,  twice  shorter 
than  the  anthers.    S.  Calif. 

17.  rdsea,   Baker   (Hookera  rdsea,    Greene).     About 
3-6  in. :    Ivs.  nearly  terete :    fls.  5-8,  under  1  in.  long, 
rose-red  ;  filaments  dilated  ;   staminodia  white,  obtuse 
and  entire,  longer  than  the  anthers.  N.  Calif.    G.C.  HI. 
20:213.— A  pretty  species. 

18.  Piirdyi,  Eastw.  Different  from  others  in  having  a 
short-tubed  fl.  with  broadly  spreading,  declinate  seg- 
ments, the  throat  constricted.    Cent.  Calif.,  in  Sierras. 

Group  2. 

In  these  pretty  Brodiaeas  the  corm  is  long  and  bulbif- 
erous. Lvs.  grassy;  the  scape  tall,  slender  and  flexuous; 


BROMUS 

the  fls.  in  a  close,  head-like  umbel,  the  separate  fls. 
waxy  and  narrowly  tubular.  They  like  a  loose,  perfectly 
drained,  loamy  soil,  with  some  humus.  Hardy.  The  spe- 
cies are  not  readily  distinguished.  All  are  from  Cent. 
Calif,  to  Wash.  Known  as  "California  Hyacinths." 

19.  cong6sta,  Smith.    Tall  (2-3  ft.),  with  a  globular 
head  of  purple  fls. :  Ivs.  somewhat  terete  :  fls.  6-12,  ses- 
sile or  nearly  so,  %  in.  long  ;  filaments  0  ;  staminodia 
purple,  2-toothed.  N.  Cal.  G.C. III. 20: 213. -Blooms  late, 

20.  multiflora,  Benth.    Similar  to  B.  congesta :    fls. 
6-20,  sessile    or   short-stalked,   umbellate,  %  in.  long, 
blue;  staminodia  lanceolate,  entire.   Calif.,  Ore.,  Utah. 

21.  capitata,   Benth.     Lower  (1-2  ft.):   Ivs.  narrow- 
linear:  fls.  many,  in  a  capitate  umbel,  %  in.  or  less  long, 
lilac  (a  var.  alba);  three  inner  anthers  winged.   Calif., 
Utah,  N.  Mex.      B.M.    5912.     G.C.  III.  20:  238. -Early 
blooming. 

Var.  parvifldra,  Torr.    Dwarf  (3-6  in.),  very  early. 

Group  4. 

Bulb  as  in  Group  1:  fls.  many,  in  a  dense  umbel,  the 
tube  about  as  long  as  the  segments. 

22.  Douglasii,  Wats.    Lvs.  linear:  scape  1^-2  ft. :  fls. 
few,  in  a  close  umbel,  saccate  as  in  Brevoortia  coccinea, 
blue  :  segments  as  long    as  the  tube,  the  inner  ones 
wavy:    filaments  winged.    Ore.  and  Wash.    B.M.  6907. 

23.  Hdwellii,    Wats.    (Tritelela    Hdwellii,     Greene). 
Fls.  bell-shaped,  white:  differs  from    B.  Douglasii  in 
smaller  fls.,  and  segments  not  more  than  half  as  long  as 
tube.    Wash.    B.M.  6989. 

Var.  lilacina,  Hort.  One  of  the  handsomest  of  all 
Brodieeas,  and  a  good  grower.  Fls.  porcelain-blue,  sug- 
gestive of  Brevoortia  coccinea.  Wash.  G.C.  III.  19:  767; 
20 :  239.  Gn.  46 :  992.  —  Large  and  strong. 

B.  crdcea,  Wats.  1  ft.  or  more :  fls.  6-15,  yellow.  N.  Calif.— B. 
insul&ris,  Greene.  Like  B.  capitata,  but  more  robust  and 
larger  fid.  Islands  off  Calif.— B.  Lemmonce,  Wats.  1  ft.:  fls. 
small,  deep  orange.  N.  Ariz. — B.  leptdndra,  Baker.  1  ft.  or 
less  :  fls.  2,  purple.  Calif.— B.  lilacina,  Baker.  1  ft.  or  less  : 
fls.  10-15,  lilac-purple.  Calif.— B.  lugens,  Baker.  Like  B.  ixioides, 
but  fls.  saffron  color  within  and  brown-black. on  tiibe  and  ribs 
Calif  —  B.  Pdlmeri,  Wats.  Lvs.  linear  :  fls.  many,  lilac.  S. 
Calif.  G.F.  2:  245.—B.pulchella,  Greene.  Probably  the  same  as 
B.  congesta. — B.  scdbra,  Baker.  Like  B.  ixioides,  but  scabrous: 
fls.  bright  yellow.  Calif.  CABL  pURDY  and  L.  H.  B. 

BROM&LIA  (Bromel,  a  Swedish  botanist).  Brome- 
lidcece.  About  two  dozen  species  of  tropical  Amer. 
herbs,  with  stiff,  pineapple-like  Ivs.,  and  fls.  in  panicles; 
corolla  3-parted;  calyx  of  3  ovate-oblong  sepals.  Differs 
from  Billbergia  and  Ananas  in  technical  characters, 
particularly  in  the  deeper-cut  calyx.  Less  popular  as 
stove  plants  than  ^Echmeaand  Billbergia.  B.  bracteata 
and  B.  macrodontes  of  trade  lists  belong  to  Ananas. 
Culture  as  for  Billbergia,  which  see.  Monogr.  by  Mez, 
in  De  Candolle's  Monogr.  Phaner.  9. 

Pinguin,  Linn.  PINGUIN  of  Jamaica.  WILD  PINE. 
Three  or  4  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  broad-toothed  and  spiny, 
bright  green,  but  becoming  pink  and  red  with  age  :  fls. 
reddish,  pubescent,  in  a  dense  panicle,  with  a  mealy 
rachis,  the  sepals  acute  :  fr.  as  large  as  plums,  acid". 
W.  Ind.— Makes  a  good  hedge  in  tropical  countries,  and 
the  fr.  yields  a  cooling  juice. 

Bindti,  Morr.  Panicle  lax:  sepals  rounded  at  the  top: 
habit  open  and  spreading.  Braz.  jj>  jj  g 

BROMPTON  STOCK.   See  Matthiola. 

BROMUS  (Greek,  food).  Graminece.  BROME  GRASS. 
Annual  or  perennial  grasses,  with  large  spikelets,  usu- 
ally over  1  in.  long.  Lvs.  flat,  the  sheaths  often  closed: 
panicle  branched,  somewhat  spreading  ;  spikelets  sev- 
eral-fld.,  erect  or  drooping,  awned,  rarely  awnless; 
empty  glumes  2,  unequal,  acute;  flowering  glumes  usu- 
ally rounded  on  the  back  ( except  B.  ^lnioloides ) .  Species 
about  40,  most  abundant  in  the  North  Temperate  zone, 
some  also  in  temperate  S.  Amer. ;  a  few  on  the  moun- 
tains of  the  tropics.  A  number  of  kinds  used  as  for- 
age grasses.  The  common  Chess  is  B.  secalinus. 

A.    Spikelets  10-flowered  or  more. 
brizaefdrmis,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  (B.  squarrdsus,\a,r.muti- 
cus,  C.  A.  Mey.).    An  elegant  biennial  grass  with  droop- 


BROMUS 


BROWALLIA 


183 


ing  panicles  of  spikelets  about  as  large  as  those  of  Briza 
tixi.i-hna  :  Ivs.  5-7.  soft-pubescent,  blades  2-3  in.  long  : 
spikelets  10-15-fld.,  nodding,  awn  short.  Int.  from  Eu. 
—  Very  useful  in  the  mixed  border,  and  for  drying  for 
winter  decoration. 

macr6stachys,  Desf.  (  f>.  1<tn<-<'»1afn»,  Roth.  B.  dh-ari- 
catux.  Rohde).  An  erect,  smooth  annual  :  Ivs.  soft, 
covered  with  hairs;  sheaths  slit  :  panicles  erect,  nar- 
row, the  branches  very  short  or  the  lower  ones  some- 
what long  ;  spikelets  large,  lanceolate,  10-16-fld.  Medi- 
terranean, Siberia. 

AA.    Spikelets  from  1-10- flowered . 

Madritensis,  Linn.  (B.  polystachyus,  DC.).  LONG- 
A-VVNED  BROME  GRASS.  Fig.  271.  A  soft,  erect,  slender 
annual,  geniculate  at  the 
base  :  sheaths  longer  than 
the  internodes;  blades  2%-3 
in. long ;  spikelets  dull  green, 
7-10-fld. :  flowering  glume 
linear- lanceolate,  about  % 
in.  long,  including  the  two 
slender  points :  awn  about  1 
in.  long.  — Pretty  ornament;;! 
grass.  Int.  from  Eu. 

unioloides,  H  B  K.  (B. 
tit-hradcri.  Kimth).  RESCUE 
GRASS.  A  stout,  erect  an- 
nual, 2-3  ft.  high  :  sheaths 
shorter  than  the  internodes ; 
blades  flat,  smooth  on  the 
lower  side,  scabrous  on  the 
tipper  ;  panicle  variable, 
about  8  in.  long;  rays  stout, 
bearing  1  to  few  spikelets 
along  the  upper  part.  N. 
Amer. 

B.  inermis,  Leys.  (B.  gigaii- 
teus,  Hort.).  An  erect  peren- 
nial 2-5  ft.  high.  In  Europe 
classed  among  the  best  forage 
plants.  Int.  from  Eu.— B.  mol- 
lis,  Linn.  An  erect  annual  1-3 
ft.  high.  Resembles  chess  (B. 
secalinns) ,  from  which  it  differs 
by  its  more  erect  panicle  and 
hairiness.—  B.  secdliniis,  Linn. 
CHESS.  CHEAT.  A  well-known  ^  74-) 

weedy   annual    grass,  with 

spreading  and  more  or  less  drooping  panicles.  As  it  very 
often  occurs  in  wheat  fields,  it  is  erroneously  regarded  as  de- 
generated wheat.  Int.  from  Eu.  p  g^  KENNEDY. 

BROOM.    See  Cytixus  and  Genista. 

BROOM  CORN.  Brooms  are  made  of  the  rays  or  pe- 
duncles of  the  flower-cluster  of  Andropogon  Sorghum 
(Sorghum  vulgare),  the  species  which  in  other  forms  is 
known  as  Sorghum,  Kaffir  Corn,  and  Guinea  Corn. 
Broom  Corn  is  grown  in  various  parts  of  the  U.  S. 

BR6SIMUM  (Greek,  edible).  Urticacece.  A  few 
large  trees  of  Trop.  Amer.,  yielding  edible  fr.  B.  Ali- 
ciixtrinn,  Swz.,  is  the  Bread-nut  of  Jamaica,  but  it  is 
not  grown  within  the  U.  S.  It  bears  round  yellow  fr., 
about  an  inch  in  diameter,  containing  a  single  large, 
edible  seed.  The  tree  has  shining  lance-elliptic  Ivs. 

BROUGHTONIA  (Arthur  Broughton,  English  bota- 
nist). Orchiddcece,  tribe  Epid£ndrece.  Two  or  three  W. 
Indian  Orchids  much  like  Laalia  and  Cattleya.  Several 
species  which  have  been  referred  to  this  genus  are  now 
distributed  in  Epidendrum,  Maxillaria,  Phajus,  etc. 
Plant  producing  pseudo-bulbs,  and  sending  up  a  bracted 
scape  bearing  several  or  many  showy  fls. :  calyx  of  3 
equal  lanceolate  sepals;  two  lateral  petals  broad -ovate 
and  somewhat  crisped,  the  labellum  round-cordate  and 
somewhat  2-lobed,  crenate,  with  a  spur  at  the  base  ad- 
nate  to  the  ovary.  Require  warmhouse  treatment.  Cul- 
ture like  that  for  Lselia.  Do  not  dry  off  enough  to 
shrink  the  bulbs.  Prop,  by  division. 

sanguinea,  R.  Br.  (B.  coccinea,  Hook.).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  clustered,  roundish-ovate  and  some  what  flattened, 


271.   Bromus  Madritensis. 


often  brown-marked  :  scape  1  ft.  high:  fls.  stalked,  in  a 
loose,  erect  raceme,  bright  crimson,  lasting  a  long  time 
in  perfection.  Jamaica.  B.M.  307G,  3536.  L.  H.  B. 

BROUSSONfiTIA  (after  T.  N.  V.  Broussonet,  a  French 
naturalist).  I'rticacece.  Trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  decidu- 
ous, alternate,  petioled,  large  :  fls.  dioecious,  incon- 
spicuous, apetalous,  the  staminate  in  cylindrical,  nod- 
ding catkins,  with  4-parted  calyx  and  4  stamens,  the  pis- 
tillate in  globular  heads :  collective  fr.  globular,  consist- 
ing of  small  fleshy  nutlets.  Three  species  in  E.  Asia, 
and  there  often  cultivated,  the  bark  being  used  for 
paper-making.  Ornamental  trees  with  broad,  round 
heads,  but  under  culture  often  shrubby,  of  vigorous 
growth  when  young,  and  effective  by  its  large,  often 
deeply  lobed  foliage,  not  hardy  north  or  only  in  very  shel- 
tered positions.  They  thrive  best  in  rich,  somewhat 
moist  soil  and  sheltered  positions.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown 
after  maturity  or  in  spring,  by  greenwood  cuttings  under 
glass,  or  by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood,  kept  in  colder 
climates  during  the  winter  in  the  greenhouse  ;  also  by 
root-cuttings  and  layers.  Budding  in  summer  or  graft- 
ing in  early  spring  in  the  greenhouse  is  sometimes 
practised.  Known  as  Paper  Mulberries. 

papyrlfera,  Vent.  Tree,  30-50  ft.,  with  thick,  pubes- 
cent branches :  Ivs.  long-petioled,  usually  cordate-ovate, 
acuminate,  coarsely  dentate,  often  deeply  lobed,  espe- 
cially on  younger  plants,  rough  above,  pubescent  be- 
neath, 3-8  in.  long  :  fr.-heads  %  in.  across,  red.  May. 
China,  Jap.  B.M.  2358.— Many  varieties.  Var.  cucul- 
lata,  Ser.  (B.  navicularis,  Lodd.).  Lvs.  small,  curled 
upward.  Var.  laciniata,  Ser.  Lvs.  deeply  lobed  and  in- 
cised. Decorative  form,  but  more  tender  than  the  type. 
Var.  macrophylla,  Ser.  Lvs.  large,  usually  undivided. 

Kazinoki,  Sieb.  (B.Kcempferi,  Hort.).  Branches  slen- 
der, glabrous  at  length  :  Ivs.  short-petioled,  ovate  or 
ovate-oblong,  nearly  glabrous,  only  somewhat  rough 
above,  entire  or  2-3-lobed,  2-8  in.  long  :  fr.-head  less 
than  Kin.  in  diam.  China,  Jap.  — This  species  is  more 
tender  than  the  former,  which  is  also  cultivated  some- 
times as  B.  Kcempferi,  while  the  true  B.  Kcempferi, 
Sieb.,  with  the  Ivs.  resembling  in  shape  those  of  B. 
Kazinoki,  but  much  smaller  and  pubescent,  and  with 
very  small  fr.-heads,  seems  not  to  be  cultivated. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

BROWALLIA  (after  John  Browall,  Bishop  of  Abo, 
Sweden).  Solanacece.  A  genus  of  about  10  South 
American  annuals,  with  abundant  blue,  violet  or  wliite 
flowers.  The  seeds  can  be  sown  in  the  open  border,  but 
for  the  sake  of  the  earlier  bloom  it  is  better  to  start 
them  indoors  in  early  spring  and  transplant  into  the 
open  about  May  15,  where  they  will  bloom  profusely  all 
through  our  hot,  dry  summers,  and  until  frost.  They 
can  be  grown  in  poorer  soil  than  most  half-hardy  an- 
nuals, and  make  excellent  bedding  plants.  They  are 
also  used  for  winter  decoration,  the  seeds  being  sown  in 
midsummer,  earlier  or  later  according  to  the  size  of 
the  specimens  desired.  They  should  be  placed  near  the 
glass  and  frequently  stopped,  in  order  to  produce  com- 
pact plants.  Large  specimens  are  excellent  for  cutting, 
and  small  potted  plants  should  be  grown  more  com- 
monly by  florists  for  home  decoration  at  Christmas.  It 
is  even  possible  to  lift  flowering  plants  from  the  open 
before  the  first  frost  of  autumn  and  pot  them  for  con- 
servatory decoration,  though  the  flowers  are  likely  to 
become  successively  smaller.  Blue  flowers  are  rare  in 
winter,  and  Browallias  are  especially  desirable  for  their 
profuse  bloom  all  through  winter  and  early  spring. 
The  flowers  are,  however,  likely  to  fade,  especially  the 
purple  ones.  In  the  names  of  the  early  species,  Linnaeus 
commemorated  the  course  of  his  acquaintancship  with 
Browall  :  elata,  reflecting  the  exalted  character  of  their 
early  intimacy  ;  demissa,  its  rupture  ;  and  alienata,  the 
permanent  estrangement  of  the  two  men. 

A.  Corolla  segments  long,  acuminate :  fls.  large. 

speciosa,  Hook.  Lvs.  sometimes  opposite,  sometimes 
alternate  :  fls.  thrice  as  large  as  in  B.  grandi flora,  all 
solitary,  axillary  :  peduncle  shorter  than  the  Ivs. :  co- 
rolla-tube thrice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  and  abruptly 
swelled  at  the  top  into  a  globular  form :  limb  of  5  ovate, 


184 


BROWALLIA 


BRUNFELSIA 


striated,  dark  purple  segments,  pale  lilac  beneath. 
Colombia.  B.M.  4339.  P.M.  16:  290. -There  are  blue, 
violet  and  white-fld.  varieties.  Var.  major,  Hort.,  has 
violet  fls.  2  in.  across.  R.B.  20:  240.  B.  gigantea,  Hort., 
is  a  florist's  variety,  with  very  deep  blue  fls.  and  long- 
blooming  habit.  Int.  into  Amer.  trade  in  1899, 

AA.  Corolla-segments  short,  %-lobed  or  notched:  fls. 
smaller. 

B.    Upper  Ivs.  not  stalked:  fls.  all  in  loose  racemes: 

calyx  not  hairy. 

grandifldra,  Graham  (B.  Rwzlii,  Hort.).  Stem  and 
Ivs.  glabrous,  or  in  the  upper  part  of  the  plant  minutely 
clammy-puberulent :  Ivs.  ovate,  the  lower  petioled  : 
calyx-teeth  oblong,  somewhat  obtuse,  equal,  scarcely 
shorter  than  the  tube,  spreading:  corolla  white  or  pale 
blue,  the  limb  wider  than  in  B.  demissa.  Peru.  B.M. 
3069.  In  B.  Roe-zlii,  from  Rocky  Mts.,  some  fls.  are 
white,  some  pale  blue.  No  dark  blue  or  violet  colored 
forms  are  known. 

BB.    Upper  Ivs.  stalked:  fls.  solitary  and  axillary 
below,  racemose  above. 

c.    Calyx  hairy. 

demissa,  Linn.  (B.  elata,  Linn.).  Fig.  272.  Stem  and 
Ivs.  pubescent  or  glabrous  :  Ivs.  ovate,  with  longer 
stalks  than  in  B.  grandiflora :  calyx-teeth  acute,  un- 
equal, much  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube.  The  Ivs.  are 
variable,  cuneate,  rotund,  or  rarely  cordate.  S.  Amer. 
B.M.  34  and  1136.  The  following  are  now  referred  to 
the  above  :  B.  Americana,  elata,  elongata,  nervbsa. 
This  species  is  the  commonest,  and  is  usually  known  as 
B.  elata.  Blue,  violet,  white  and  dwarf  forms  are  cult. 

cc.    Calyx  sticky  or  clammy. 

viscosa,  HBK.  (B.  pulche"lla  and  B.  Czerniakowski- 
ana,  Hort.).  Plant  viscous -pubescent :  Ivs.  short-peti- 


272.  Browallia  demissa  (X  %). 

oled,  ovate,  rough-hairy  on  both  sides  :  pedicels  a  little 
shorter  than  the  calyx  :  calyx  teeth  very  clammy,  oblong, 
shorter  than  the  corolla  tube.  The  Ivs.  are  similar  to 


B.  demissa,  but  the  habit  is  stiffer  and  the  fls.  more 
numerous.  The  calyx  teeth  spread  less  than  in  B. 
grandiflora.  So.  Amer. 

B.  Americana,  Linn.,  is  considered  by  some  a  separate 
species  from  the  above,  but  in  Germany,  where  most  seeds  of 
annual  flowers  are  grown,  it  is  used  by  Siebert  and  Voss  (in 
Vilmorin's  Blumengartnerei)  to  include  B.  demissa,  B.  elata, 
and  other  forms.— B.  Jamesonii,  Benth.  =  Streptosolen  Jame- 
sonii.— B.  pulchella,  Hort.,  is  likely  to  be  either  B.  grandiflora 
or  B.  viscosa.  \V".  M. 

BROWNEA  (Patrick  Brown  wrote  a  history  of  Ja- 
maica). Legumindsce.  Several  small  evergreen  trees  of 
trop.  Amer.,  allied  to  Amherstia,  but  little  known  in  the 
Amer.  trade.  Lvs.  alternate  and  pinnate  :  fls.  showy, 
red,  in  dense  terminal  or-axillary  clusters.  Cult,  in 
hothouses.  B.  Ariza,  Benth.  (B.  Princeps,  Lind.)  has 
drooping  heads  of  scarlet  fls.  B.  grandiceps,  Jacq.,  tts. 
red,  in  capitate  spikes  :  Ifts.  about  12  pairs,  lance-oblong. 
B.  Rosa- de- Monte,  Berg.,  fls.  scarlet,  in  dense  heads  : 
Ifts.  2-3  pairs,  oval,  acuminate. 

BBUCKENTHALIA  (after  S.  von  Bruckenthal,  an 
Austrian  nobleman).  Ericaceae.  Low,  heath-like,  ever- 
green shrub,  5-8  in.  high,  with  small,  linear,  whorled 
Ivs.:  fls.  rosy  pink,  nodding,  in  short,  terminal  racemes. 
Only  one  species  — B.  spiculifldra,  Reichb.,in  the  moun- 
tains of  S.  E.  Europe.  A  pretty  little  plant  for  rock- 
eries, quite  hardy,  and  requiring  the  same  treatment  as 
hardy  Ericas.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

BRUGMANSIA.    Consult  Datura. 

BRITNELLA  (probably  from  old  German  breune  or 
braiine,  quinsy,  which  it  was  thought  to  cure).  Often 
written  Prunella.  Labiatce.  Low-growing,  hardy,  her- 
baceous perennials,  with  fls.  usually  violet  or  purple, 
produced  all  summer  on  heads  an  inch  or  more  high. 
They  are  best  suited  for  the  rockery  and  slightly  shaded 
parts  of  the  border,  succeeding  in  almost  any  soil  that 
is  not  excessively  dry. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  SELF-HEAL.  HEAL-ALL.  Lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  entire  or  toothed,  usually  pubescent  :  corolla 
violet  or  purple,  rarely  white,  %-%in.  long,  not  twice 
as  long  as  the  purplish  calyx.  Amer.,  Eu.,  Asia. 
D.  255.  — One  of  the  most  cosmpolitan  of  all  plants,  be- 
ing too  common  in  the  wild  to  be  cult.  A  form  with 
variegated  Ivs.  is  rarely  found  wild. 

grandiflora,  Jacq.  (B.  Pyrendica,  Phillipe) .  Lvs.  often 
toothed,  especially  at  the  base  :  corolla  over  1  in.  long, 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Eu.  B.M.  337.— 
The  best  of  the  garden  kinds. 

Webbiana,  Hort.  Lvs.  shorterthan  in  B.  grandiflora, 
and  not  so  pointed  :  fls.  very  freely  produced,  more 
than  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  bright  purple.  June- 
September,  j.  B.  KELLEK  and  W.  M. 

BRUNFELSIA  (Otto  Brunfels,  physician  and  botanist 
of  the  ]6th  century).  Syn.,  Franciscea.  Solanacece. 
More  than  20  trees  and  shrubs  of  tropical  America,  a  few 
of  which  are  grown  in  warm  glasshouses.  Lvs.  entire, 
oblong,  often  shining  :  fls.  in  terminal  cymes  or  clus- 
ters, or  solitary,  large  and  showy,  fragrant ;  corolla 
with  5  rounded  and  nearly  equal  spreading  lobes  (or  two 
of  them  a  little  more  united) ;  stamens  4,  in  the  throat 
of  the  corolla,  the  anthers  all  alike  :  fr.  berry-like. 
Brunfelsias  are  usually  winter-flowering  plants.  The 
wood  must  be  well  ripened  before  flowering  begins. 
Grow  in  a  rather  sandy  compost.  Of  easy  culture.  Re- 
quire a  night  temperature  of  50°.  They  bloom  best  when 
pot-bound.  Prop,  by  cuttings  from  the  new  growth  in 
spring. 

Hopeana,  Benth.  (Franciscea  Hopeana,  Hook.  F.uni- 
fldra,  Pohl. ).  Compact  and  dwarf:  Ivs.  lance-oblong, 
alternate,  paler  beneath  :  fls.  solitary  or  in  2's,  with  a 
whitish  tube  and  a  bluish  violet  or  purple  limb.  Brazil. 
B.M.  2829. -Grows  12-18  in.  high.  One  of  the  least 
worthy  species. 

paucifldra,  Benth.  (F.  calyclna,  Hook.).  Branches 
terete  and  glabrous,  with  abundant  evergreen  foliage  : 
fls.  in  large  trusses,  purple,  with  a  lighter  ring  about 


BRUNFELS1A 


BRYANTHUS 


185 


the  mouth  of  the  tube  ;  calyx  large,  as"  long  as  the 
curved  tube  of  the  corolla.  Brazil.  B.M.  4583.  Gn.  40:815. 
—A  handsome  plant,  flowering  in  succession  most  of  the 
year.  The  commoner  species  in  cult. 

B.  confertiflbra,  Benth. =B.  ramosissima. — B.  exirnia,  Bosse 
-B  macrophylla.—  B.  grandiflbra,  Don.  Fls.  large  (2  in. 
across),  greenish,  in  terminal  corymbs.— B.  Lindeniana, 
Nicholson.  Fls.  3  in.  across,  violet-mauve.—  B.  macrophylla, 
Benth.  Fls.  2-2%  in.  across,  deep  purple:  Ivs.  longer  and  duller 
than  those  of  F.  calycina.— B.  ramosissima,  Benth.  Fls.  large, 
in  crowded  corymbs,  deep  violet-purple  :  foliage  luxuriant. 
One  of  the  best;  may  be  grown  cooler  in  winter  than  the  other 
species.  L.  H.  B. 

BRUNSVlGIA  (after  the  Duke  of  Brunswick).  Ama- 
ryllitlacece.  Tender  flowering  bulbs  from  S.  Afr.,  with 
umbels  of  large,  numerous,  brick-red  fls.  The  bulbs 
must  be  thoroughly  rested  from  the  time  the  Ivs.  fade 
until  the  scape  appears,  or  from  May  to  Aug.  Bruns- 
vigias  are  hard  to  flower.  They  require  rich,  sandy  soil, 
plenty  of  heat  and  sunlight.  When  growing,  give  water 
and  liquid  manure  freely.  They  propagate  by  offsets. 
J.  G.  Baker,  Handbook  of  the  Amaryllidese,  p.  96. 

A.    Lvs.  ^trap-shaped. 

Josephinae,  Ker-Gawl.  Bulb  5-6  in.  thick  :  Ivs.  8-10, 
strap-shaped,  glaucous  or  greenish,  thick,  closely  ribbed, 
2-3  ft.  long,  \Yz-2  in.  broad  :  scape  1  in.  thick,  1%  ft. 
long:  fls.  20-30,  rarely  50-60,  in  an  umbel:  pedicels  %-l 
ft.  long  :  capsules  smaller  than  in  B.  gigantea,  less 
conical  and  less  strongly  angled.  B.M.  2578.  F.S.  4:322. 
—  Named  after  the  Empress  Josephine,  who  purchased 
the  original  bulb  after  it  flowered  at  Malmaison. 

AA.    Lvs.  tongue-shaped. 

gigantea,  Heist.  (Amaryllis  gigantea,  Van  Marum. 
A.orientalis,  Ecklon).  Bulb  very  large:  Ivs.  about  4, 
tongue-shaped,  closely  ribbed,  3-5  in.  broad,  usually  un- 
der 1  ft.  long:  scape  red  or  green,  a  finger's  thickness: 
fls.  20-30  in  an  umbel,  paler  than  in  B.  gigantea,  and 
less  numerous  ;  pedicels  stout,  strongly  ribbed,  4-6  in. 
long.  B.M.  1619  as  B.  multifora. 

B.  falcdta,  Ker-Gawl=Ammocharis  falcata. 

H.  A.  SIEBBECHT  and  W.  M. 

BRUSSELS  SPROUTS.  Fig.  273.  Although  this  vege- 
table is  popular  in  England  and  on  the  Continent,  and 
is  extensively  grown  there,  it  is  infrequent  in  Ameri- 
can home  gardens  ;  it  is  also  but  little  grown  as  a 
market-garden  crop.  The  edible  part  of  the  plant  con- 
sists of  the  little  "  sprouts  "  or  diminutive  heads  which 
form  along  the  stalk  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.  These 
small  heads  may  be  boiled  like  cabbage  or  cooked  in 
cream  the  same  as  cauliflower.  This  is  considered  by 
many  to  be  one  of  the  most  delicately  flavored  vege- 
tables of  the  whole  cabbage  family.  The  requirements 
of  the  crop  and  its  general  treatment  differ  but  little 
from  those  of  cabbages  and  cauliflowers.  Any  soil 
which  will  produce  good  crops  of  these  vegetables  is 
well  adapted  to  the  growing  of  Brussels  Sprouts  — a 
good,  rich,  well-drained  soil  being  the  best. 

For  early  fall  use,  the  seeds  should  be  sown  in  April 
(in  the  North),  in  a  mild  hotbed,  or  if  the  weather  is 
sufficiently  warm  the  open  ground  will  suffice.  As  soon 
as  the  first  true  leaves  have  developed,  the  seedlings 
should  be  transplanted  to  a  coldf rame  or  some  pro- 
tected place,  being  set  2-3  in.  apart  each  way.  These 
plants  will  be  ready  to  transfer  to  the  field  or  garden  in 
June.  June-set  plants  should  be  ready  for  use  in 
September. 

For  field-culture,  the  plants  should  be  set  in  rows  about 
3  ft.  apart  and  18  in.  to  2  ft.  asunder  in  the  rows.  Ordi- 
narily good  cultivation  should  be  given  during  the  grow- 
ing season.  As  soon  as  the  sprouts  become  large  enough, 
so  that  they  crowd  at  all,  the  leaves  should  be  cut  or 
broken  off  as  close  to  the  stalk  as  possible,  in  order  to 
give  the  sprouts  more  room  to  develop.  A  tuft  or  ro- 
sette of  leaves  only  should  be  left  at  the  top  of  the 
stalk.  These  early-set  plants  will  continue  to  develop 
sprouts  for  some  weeks. 

The  crop  for  late  fall  and  winter  use  requires  the 
same  general  treatment,  up  to  the  time  of  severe  freez- 
ing, as  the  earlier  crop  does,  except  that  the  seeds 


should  be  sown  in  June.  The  plants  will  be  ready  for 
setting  out  in  August.  These  plants  will  make  much  of 
their  growth  in  the  cool  fall  days,  and  by  the  time  of 
freezing  weather  they  will  be  in  condition  for  storing. 

The  late  crop  is  usually  less  troubled  by  aphis,  and 
more  profitable.  Where  the  climate  is  not  too  severe  the 


273.   Brussels  Sprouts. 


plants  may  be  left  in  the  field  undisturbed,  and  the 
sprouts  gathered  from  them  during  the  winter  as  they 
are  desired.  This  method  is  followed  by  some  of  the 
Long  Island  growers.  But  where  the  climate  is  too  rigor- 
ous, the  plants  may  be  dug,  with  considerable  soil  re- 
maining on  the  roots,  and  packed  as  closely  together  as 
they  will  stand  in  some  sheltered  place,  as  in  a  vacant 
coidframe  or  some  similar  place  where  they  can  be  suffi- 
ciently well  protected,  to  prevent  repeated  freezing  and 
thawing.  The  essentials  for  good  storage  are  the  same  as- 
for  cabbages.  Frosts  improve  the  quality  of  the  sprouts. 
They  are  hardier  than  cabbages. 

In  marketing,  the  sprouts  are  cut  from  the  stalk  and 
shipped  in  crates.  They  are  usually  sold  by  the  quart. 
To  bring  the  best  prices,  much  care  must  be  taken  in 
preparing  the  sprouts.  All  discolored  leaves  should  be 
removed,  and  it  is  also  well  to  have  them  as  uniform  in 
size  as  possible. 

Although  a  dozen  or  more  sorts  are  catalogued  by  the 
seedsmen,  there  is  but  little  difference  between  those  of 
the  same  type  or  form,  they  being  little  more  than  dif- 
ferent strains  of  the  same  thing.  There  are  two  forms, — 
the  tall  and  the  dwarf.  The  former  grows  to  a  height  of 
2%  ft.  or  more,  and  the  sprouts  are  smaller  and  less 
closely  packed  along  the  stalk  than  the  dwarf  ones  are. 
The  latter  seldom  exceed  18  or  20  in.  in  height. 

For  the  botany  of  Brussels  Sprouts,  see  Cabbage. 

H.  P.  GOULD. 

BRYANTHUS  (Greek,  bryon,  moss,  and  anthos, 
flower:  growing  among  mosses).  Syn.  PhylUdoce. 
JEricacece.  Low  evergreen  shrubs  :  Ivs.  small,  linear, 
alternate,  crowded  :  fls.  in  terminal  umbels  or  short  ra- 
cemes, nodding,  on  slender  pedicels  ;  corolla  urceolate 
or  rotate-campanulate,  5-lobed ;  stamens  8  or  10:  fr.  a, 
many-seeded  capsule.  Eight  species  in  arctic  regions- 


186 


BBYANTHUS 


BRYOPHYLLUM 


of  N.  Eu.  and  N.  Asia,  in  N.  Amer.  in  the  Rocky  Mts. 
southward  to  California.  Heath-like  prostrate  shrubs, 
quite  hardy,  with  handsome,  delicate  fls.,  but  rarely  cul- 
tivated. They  thrive  best  in  peaty  and  sandy  soil,  and 
can  only  be  grown  successfully  in  localities  where  the 
air  is  moist  and  cool,  but  B.  erectus  is  less  particular. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring  in  peaty  soil  or  cut 


monoecious,  fascicled:  fr.  about  the  size  of  a  cherry, 
spherical,  green,  with  pretty  white «markings.  Asia, 
Afr.,  Austral.  F.S.12:1202. 

Var.  erythrocarpa,  Naud.  (B.  erythrocarpa,  Naud.). 
Has  red  fr.  with  white  marks.  I.H.  12:  431.  F.S.  21:2237. 
Gn.  6,  p.  193.— A  warmhouse  plant,  rarely  grown  in  pots 
and  trained  to  rafters.  Prop,  by  seeds.  ^  ]yj 


274.  Sprouting  leaf  of  Bryophyllum. 

sphagnum  and  kept  moist  and  shady,  by  cuttings  in 
August  under  glass,  and  by  layers. 

empetriformls,  Gray.  Five  to  8  in. :  Ivs.  %-%  in.  long, 
finely  serrate:  fls.  campanulate,  6  or  more  on  slender, 
glandular  pedicels,  in  short  racemes:  corolla  rosy  pur- 
ple, about  %  in.  broad.  Brit.  Columbia  to  Calif.  B.M. 
3176  (as  Menziesia  empetriformis). 

er6ctus,  Lindl.  (B.  empetriformis  x  Rodothdmnus 
Chamcecistus).  Six  to  10  in. high:  Ivs.  slightly  serrate: 
fls.  2-10,  rosy  pink,  rotate-campanulate,  about  Kin. 
broad.  F.S.  7:  659.  P.F.G.  1:  19.  — Of  garden  origin. 

B.  Brdweri,  Gray.  Allied  to  B.  empetriformis.  Fls.  larger; 
stamens  exserted.  Sierra  Nevada.— .B.  glanduliflorus,  Gray. 
Fls.  urceplate-ovate,  sulphur-yellow.  Sitka  to  Brit.  Columb.— 
B.  Gmelini,  Don.  Fls.  small,  rosy,  3-10,  in  slender  peduncled 
racemes.  Kamschatka,  Behring's  Isl.— B.  taxifblia,  Gray.  Fls. 
oblong-urceolate,  purple.  High  Mts.  of  N.  E.  Amer.,  Greenland, 
N.  Eu.,  N.  Asia,  N.  Jap.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

BRYONIA  (Greek,  to  sprout,  referring  to  the  annual 
growth  from  the  tuber).  Cucurbitaceve.  A  genus  of 
7  species  of  perennial  cucurbits,  natives  of  Europe  and 
W.  Asia.  They  are  herbaceous  perennial  climbers,  with 
the  staminate  fls.  in  racemes,  while  Bryonopsis  is  an 
annual  plant,  with  the  staminate  fls.  in  fascicles.  All  spe- 
cies of  Bryonia  are  dioecious  except  B.  alba.  Bryonopsis 
is  monoecious.  See  Cogniaux,  in  DC.  Mon.  Phan.  2:469. 

A.   Fls.  dioecious  :  stigmas  rough :  fruits  red. 

didica,  Jacq.  BRYONY.  Height  6-12  ft.:  root  long, 
fleshy,  branching,  white,  a  finger's  thickness:  Ivs.  ovate 
or  roundish  in  outline,  5-lobed,  margin  wavy-toothed, 
rough  with  callous  points,  paler  beneath  :  pistillate  fls. 
greenish  white,  corymbose,  short-peduncled.  Common 
in  Eng.  and  in  central  and  S.  Eu.  Rarer  in  W.  Asia  and 
N.  Afr.  Not  sold  in  Amer.,  but  a  common  sight  along 
English  highways.  It  grows  rapidly  over  hedges  and 
fences. 
AA.  Fls.  monoecious  :  stigmas  smooth :  fruits  black. 

alba,  Linn.  Height  6-12  ft. :  roots  thick,  tuberculate, 
yellowish  outside,  white  within:  Ivs.  long-petioled :  pis- 
tillate fls.  in  long-peduncled  racemose  corymbs.  Eu.t 
Caucasus,  Persia. 


275.  Flowers  of  Bryophyllum  (X 


BRYOPHYLLUM  (Greek,  sprouting  leaf).  Crassu- 
Idcece.  A  small  genus  of  succulent  plants  in  the  same 
order  with  stonecrops,  houseleeks  and  Cotyledon.  The 
only  species  in  cult,  is  a  rapid-growing  window-plant, 
and,  like  the  Begonias,  a  familiar  example  of  plants  that 
are  propagated  by  leaf  -cuttings.  It  is  hardly  a  decora- 
tive plant,  but  is  very  odd  and  interesting.  It  is  only 
necessary  to  lay  the  leaves  on  moist  sand  or  moss,  and 
at  the  indentations  new  plants  will  appear  after  a  time 
(see  Fig.  274).  It  is  even  possible  to  pin  leaves  on  the 
wall,  and  without  water  new  plants  will  come.  Useful 
in  botanical  demonstrations. 

calycinum,  Salisb.  Fig.  275.  Height  2-4  ft.  :  stem 
reddish,  with  raised,  oblong,  whitish  spots  :  Ivs.  oppo- 


B.  lacinibsa,  Linn.=Bryonopsis  laciniosa. 


W.  M. 


BRYONOPSIS  (Greek,  Bryony-like).  Cucurbitacece. 
A  genus  of  two  species  of  annual  climbers.  Consult 
Bryonia  for  generic  differences. 

laciniosa,  Naud.  (Brybnia  lacinibsa,  Linn.).  Lvs. 
deeply  5-lobed,  rough,  light  green  above,  paler  beneath; 
segments  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate  :  fls. 


276.  Flowers  of 

Buckwheat. 

Natural  size. 


site,  fleshy,  simple  or  ternate,  ovate,  crenate,  obscurely 
veined  above:  fls.  pendulous,  in  terminal-compound 
panicles :  calyx  and  corolla  cylindrical,  reddish  green, 
spotted  white  ;  calyx  1%  in.  long  ;  corolla  2%  in.  long, 


BRYOPHYLLUM 

with  4  sliarhtly  curving  tips  (Fig.  275).  Mex.  B.M.  1409. 
LBC.  877. -It'  is  siifd  that  the  Ivs.  are  sour  in  the  morn- 
ing, tasteless  at  noon,  and  somewhat  bitter  towards 
evening.  This  cluinirt-  has  been  attributed  to  the  absorp- 
tion of  oxygen  at  night  and  its  disengagement  in  daylight. 

W.  M. 
BUCKEYE.     Consult  ^Escnlu*. 

BUCKTHORN.  Rliamnus,  particularly  /?.  catharticus 


BUDDLEIA 


187 


281.  Apple  twig,  showing  an  expanding  flower-bud. 

BUCKWHEAT  (Fagopprum  esculentum,  Moench). 
Po1ygo)i()cei¥,  A  tender  annual  grain  plant,  flour  being 
made  of  the  large  3-cornered  fruit.  It  is  much  grown  in 
the  northern  U.  S.,  usually  being  sown  about  the  first  of 
July.  It  is  also  a  favorite  for  bee  forage.  Buckwheat  is 
native  to  central  Siberia  and  Manchuria,  and  is  now 
widely  cult.,  although  it  is  a  grain  of  secondary  impor- 
tance! The  flower-cluster  is  shown  in  Fig.  276.  The 
Tartarian  Buckwheat  (F.  Tatdricum,  Gaertn.)  is  occa- 
sionally seen.  It  has  smaller  and  yellowish  fls.,  and  a 
smaller,  roughish,  wavy-angled  fruit. 

BUD.  The  undeveloped  or  embryo  state  of  a  branch. 
As  commonly  known  to  the  horticulturist,  the  bud  is  a 
more  or  less" dormant  organ  ;  that  is,  the  horticulturist 
does  not  recognize  the  bud  until  it  has  attained  sufficient 
size  to  be  obvious  or  to  suggest  some  practice  in  the 
treatment  of  the  plant.  In  this  state  the  bud  usually 
represents  a  resting  stage  of  the  plant.  The  bud-cover- 
ing protects  the  growing  point  in  the  cold  or  dry  season. 
The  bud  is  a  shortened  axis  or  very  condensed  branch. 


house-leek)  is  intermediate  in  structure  between  a  bulb 
and  a  normal  branch.  A  cabbage  head  is  essentially  a 
gigantic  bud. 

Horticulturists  speak  of  buds  as  leaf -buds  and  flower- 
buds,  according  as  they  give  rise  to  barren,  leafy  branches 
or  to  flower  branches  (for  flower-clusters  are  modified 
branches).  True  flower-buds  or  fruit-buds  are  those 
which  produce  only  flowers,  as  those  of  the  apricot 
(Fig.  116)  and  the  peach.  Mixed  flower-buds  or  fruit- 
buds  are  those  which  contain  both  flowers  and  leaves,  as 
those  of  the  apple  (Fig.  281)  and  pear.  On  dormant 
plants,  leaf -buds  and  flower-buds  are  distinguished  by 
position,  size  and  shape.  The  position  of  the  flower-bud 
varies  with  the  kind  of  plant,  but  is  commonly  termi- 
nal, either  on  a  branch  of  common  length  or  on  a  very 
abbreviated  branch  or  spur.  The  flower-bud  is  com- 
monly larger  and  thicker  than  the  leaf -bud,  because  it 
contains  the  embryo  flower.  Illustrations  of  flower- 
buds  and  leaf -buds  are  shown  in  Figs.  277-280.  With 
Pig.  279  compare  Fig.  298,  showing  a  section  of  cabbage 
head.  The  reader  is  referred  to  The  Pruning-Book  for 
detailed  discussion  of  the  subject. 

Of  all  the  buds  which  form,  very  many  do  not  grow, 
being  crowded  out  in  the  struggle  for  existence.  These 
buds  often  remain  alive  and  dormant  for  several  years, 
each  succeeding  year  decreasing  their  chances  of  grow- 
ing even  if  favorable  conditions  occur.  It  is  a  common 
opinion  that  these  dormant  buds  become  covered  by  the 
thickening  bark,  and  grow  when  large  limbs  are  re- 
moved ;  but  this  is  an  error.  The  shoots  which  arise 
from  a  wound  on  an  old  limb  are  from  true  adventitious 
buds,  or  those  which  are  newly  formed  for  the  occasion 
in  the  cambium.  Buds  are  normally  formed  in  close 
proximity  to  leaves,  usually  in  their  axils;  but  adventi- 
tious buds  form  under  stress  of  circumstances,  without 
reference  to  leaves.  L.  H.  B. 

BUDDING.    See  Graftage. 

BUDDLEIA  (after  Adam  Buddie,  an  English  bota- 
nist). Syn.,  Buddlea.  Loganiacece.  Shrubs  or  trees, 
with  usually  quadrangular  branches :  Ivs.  opposite,  short- 
petioled,  deciduous  or  semi-persistent,  usually  tomen- 
tose  when  unfolding,  entire  or  serrate  : 
fls.  in  racemes,  panicles  or  clusters  ;  co- 
rolla tubular  or  campanulate,  4-lobed  ; 
stamens  included,  4  :  fr.  a  2-celled  cap- 
sule, with  numerous  minute  seeds.  About 
70  species  in  tropical  and  temperate  regions 
of  America,  Asia  and  S.  Africa,  of  which 
only  a  small  number  of  hardier  species  is 
cultivated.  Ornamental  shrubs,  flowering 
freelv  in  summer;  not  quite  hardy  north; 
the  hardiest  seems  to  be  B.  Japonica, 
which  may  be  grown  in  sheltered  positions 
north,  but  also  many  of  the  others,  as  B. 
ylobosa,  variabilis,  Lindleyana,  Colvillei, 
will  stand  many  degrees  of  frost,  and,  when 
killed  to  the  ground,  they  freely  push  forth 


277.  Apple  buds— fruit- 
bud  on  the  left,  leaf- 
bud  on  the  right. 


278.  Pear  twigs — fruit- 
buds  on  the  left,  leaf- 
buds  on  the  right. 


The  dormant  or  resting  bud  (as  the  winter  bud  of  all 
trees)  is  covered  with  protective  scales  which  are  modi- 
fied leaves  ;  and  the  core  of  it  is  the  nascent  or  embryo 
branch  or  flower-cluster,  with  rudimentary  leaves.  Since 
the  bud  is  an  embryo  branch,  it  follows  that  disbudding 
is  a  most  efficient  means  of  pruning.  A  bulb  is  a  form 
of  bud ;  and  a  dense  rosette  of  leaves  (as  in  the  common 


279.   Sections  of  pear  buds  - 

fruit-bud  on  the  left,  leaf-  the  peach, 

bud  on  the  right.  The  mid- 

dle bud  is 

young  shoots,  which  will  flower  mostly  the  a  leaf-bud 
same  season,  especially  .Z?.  Japonica,  Lind-  ?"d  th,e 
leyana  and  intermedia.  The  handsomest  buds  Sare 
in  flower  are  B.  Colvillei,  variabilis,  glo-  fruit  buds. 
bosa  and  Lindleyana.  They  grow  best  in 
a  light,  well-drained  soil,  in  a  sunny  position.  Prop, 
readily  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  in  gentle  bottom  heat, 


188 


BUDDLEIA 


BUFFALO  BERRY 


by  greenwood-cuttings  under  glass,  or  by  hardwood  cut- 
tings taken  off  in  fall  and  kept  during  the  winter  in  a 
frost-proof  room. 

A.  FU.  in  panicles. 

B.  Corolla  small,  with  long,  narrow  tube,  %-%  in.  long. 
0.  Color  violet  or  lilac. 

Jap6nica,  Hemsl.  (B.  curviflora,  Hort.,  not  Hook.  & 
Arn.).  Three  to  6  ft.,  with  quadrangular,  winged 
branches  :  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  remotely 
denticulate,  slightly  tomentose  or  nearly  glabrous  be- 
neath, 3-6  in.  long  :  fls.  in  dense,  terminal,  pendulous 
racemes,  4-8  in.  long ;  corolla  slightly  curved,  lilac 
outside,  with  grayish  tomentum.  Japan.  I.  H.  17:25. 
R.  H.  1870,  p.  337,  and  1878,  p.  330. 

Lindleyana,  Fort.  Three  to  6  ft. :  Ivs,  ovate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  remotely  denticulate,  pale  green 
beneath,  and  slightly  pubescent  or  glabrous,  2-4  in.  long: 
racemes  dense,  erect,  3-5  in.  long  ;  corolla  purplish 
violet,  slightly  curved,  pubescent  outside.  China.  B.R. 
32:4.  F.S.2:112.  P.M.  14:5. 

intermedia,  Carr.  (B.  Japdnica  X  Lindleyana).  Hy- 
brid of  garden  origin,  similar  in  habit  to  B.  Japonica. 
Lvs.  ovate -oblong,  dark  green  above,  4-5  in.  long  :  fls. 
violet,  in  slender,  arching  or  pendulous  racemes,  10-20 
in.  long.  R.  H.  1873:  151.  Var.  insignia,  Hort.  (B.  in- 
signis,  Carr.),  has  the  upright  habit  of  B.  Lindleyana. 
Branches  distinctly  winged  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  of- 
ten in  3's  :  racemes  erect,  rather  dense,  4-6  in.  long, 
usually  panicled  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  with  rosy 
violet  fls.  B.H.  1878:  330. 

variabilis,  Hemsl.  Three  to  8  ft. :  Ivs.  nearly  sessile, 
ovate-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  acuminate,  coarsely  ser- 
rate, whitish-tomentose  beneath,  4-10  in.  long  :  fls.  in 
dense,  terminal,  erect  panicles,  4-6  in.  long  ;  corolla 
lilac,  with  orange-yellow  mouth,  glabrous  outside. 
China.  B.M.  7609.  R.H.  1898:  132.  G.C.  Ill,  24:  139.- 
A  newly  introduced,  very  handsome  species,  with  showy 
and  fragrant  fls. 

CC.  Color  yellow. 

MadagascariSnsis,  Lam.  Shrub,  6-12  ft.,  with  densely 
tomentose  branchlets  :  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  rounded  or 
slightly  cordate  at  the  base,  acuminate,  entire,  dark 
green  and  lustrous  above,  whitish  or  yellowish  tomen- 
tose beneath  :  fls.  tomentose  outside,  in  large  terminal 
panicles,  appearing  during  the  winter.  Madagascar. 
B.R.  15:1259.  B.  M. 2824.— Hardy  only  in  subtropical 
regions. 

BB.  Corolla  with  broad  cylindrical  tube,  limb  over 
1  in.  broad. 

C61villei,  Hook.  &  Thorns.  Shrub,  occasionally  tree, 
to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  serrate, 
pubescent,  and  pale  or  grayish  green  beneath,  5-7  in. 
long  :  panicles  broad,  pendulous,  12-18  in.  long  ;  corolla 
purple  or  crimson,  with  white  mouth.  B.  M.  7449.  R.H. 
1893:520.  I.  H.  41: 10.  F.  8.14:1487.  J.  H.  Ill,  31:  85.- 
The  most  beautiful  of  all  Buddleias,  and  a  very  desirable 
shrub  for  warmer  temperate  regions  ;  only  older  plants 
flower  freely. 

AA.  Fls.  in  globular  heads. 

globdsa,  Lam.  Three  to  10  ft.,  with  the  branches  and 
Ivs.  beneath  yellowish-tomentose  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  crenate,  rugose  above,  3-7  in. 
long :  fls.  orange-yellow,  in  dense,  long-pedimcled, 
axillary  heads  at  the  ends  of  the  branches  ;  fragrant. 
Chile.  B.  M.  174.— A  graceful  and  very  distinct  shrub, 
standing  some  degrees  of  frost. 

B.Americana,  Linn.  Eight  to  12  ft. :  fls.  in  globular  clusters, 
forming  terminal  panicles.  Peru.  Tender.— .B.  Asidtica,  Lour. 
Three  to  15  ft.:  fls.  white,  in  long,  usually  panicled  spikes,  fra- 
grant. S.  Asia.  B.  M.  6323.— B.  capitdta,  Jacq.=B.  globosa.— 
B.  crispa,  Benth.=  B.  paniculata.— B.  heterophylla,  Lindl.=  B. 
Madagascariensis.— B.  Neemda,  Roxb.=  B.  Asiatica.—  B. panic- 
ulata, Wall.  (B.  crispa,  Benth.),  6-15  ft.:  fls.  lilac,  in  rather 
dense  panicles:  branches  and  Ivs.  tomentose.  B.  M.  4793.  F.  S. 
9:  958.— B.  salicifdlia,  Jacq.=  Chilianthus  arboreus.— B.  salici- 
fblia,  Hort.=  B.  Lindleyana. -B.  saltgna,  Willd.=  Chilianthus 
arboreus.  ALFRED  REHDER. 


BUEL,  JESSE.  American  agriculturist  and  editor, 
was  born  at  Coventry,  Conn.,  Jan.  4,  1778,  and  died  at 
Danbury,  Conn.,  Oct.  6,  1839.  He  lived  at  Albany  from 
1813  until  1821,  when  he  retired  to  his  farm  near  by.  He 
was  one  of  the  founders,  in  1834,  of  The  Cultivator,  a 
monthly,  "to  improve  the  soil  and  the  mind,"  the  sub- 
scription price  of  which  was  fifty  cents  a  year.  In  1866, 
The  Cultivator  was  merged  with  The  Country  Gentle- 
man, a  weekly  founded  in  1853,  and  The  Cultivator  and 
Country  Gentleman  is,  therefore,  the  oldest  surviving 
American  agricultural  paper. 

BUFFALO  BEKKY.  Fig.  282.  Shepherdia  argentea, 
Nutt.  (Lepargyrceaargtntea,  Greene).  Elceagnacece.  The 


282.  Buffalo  berry  (X  %). 

Buffalo  Berry  has  been  long  before  the  public,  but  it  is 
only  within  the  last  few  years  that  it  has  attained  any 
prominence  as  a  fruit  plant.  In  Hovey's  Magazine  of 
Horticulture  for  1841,  page  251,  it  is  mentioned  as  fre- 
quently cultivated,  indicating  that  it  found  its  way  into 
our  gardens  earlier  than  the  blackberry.  Its  position  to- 
day bears  evidence  that  no  such  place  was  awaiting  it 
as  stood  ready  for  the  blackberry,  or  that  if  there  were, 
it  has  lamentably  failed  in  attempting  to  fill  it.  The 
plant  did  not  find  its  place  as  a  cultivated  shrub  until 
the  settlement  of  the  West  created  a  demand  for  hardy 
and  drought-resisting  fruits.  The  plant  belongs  to  the 
Oleaster  family,  and  now  bears  the  name  of  Lepargyrcea 
argentea  (Nutt.),  though  more  commonly  known  as 
Shepherdia  argentea.  It  occurs  commonly  throughout 
the  Rocky  Mountain  region  and  the  dry  plains  to  the 
eastward,  from  Saskatchewan  to  Colorado,  and  even 
New  Mexico.  Its  fruit  is  frequently  used  for  jelly,  and 
is  sprightly  and  agreeable,  but  small,  with  a  single  large 
seed,  and  borne  among  numerous  thorns,  so  that  it  is 
far  less  promising  than  most  of  our  other  garden  fruits. 
Apparently  its  chief  value  lies  in  its  adaptability  to 
regions  where  more  desirable  bush-fruits  can  not  be 
grown.  Where  the  currant  thrives,  there  is  little  need 
for  the  Buffalo  Berry,  except  as  a  novelty  or  for  orna- 
ment. It  possesses  ornamental  qualities  of  value,  and 
may  well  be  planted  for  that  purpose.  It  is  often  recom- 
mended as  a  hedge  plant  for  the  Northwest.  There  are 
two  forms,  one  bearing  bright  red  and  the  other  yellow 
fruit.  The  plant  propagates  readily,  either  by  seeds  or 
cuttings,  and  also  by  the  suckers  which  sometimes 
spring  up  about  the  base  of  the  plants.  It  is  direcious, 
and  both  staminate  and  pistillate  plants  must  be  grown 
together,  or  no  fruit  will  result.  These  may  be  distin- 
guished by  the  buds  in  winter,  those  of  the  pistillate 


BUFFALO     BERRY 


BULBS 


189 


plant  being  more  slender,  less  numerous,  and  arranged 
in  less  compact  clusters,  those  of  the  staminate  plants 
being  rounded,  and  borne  in  dense  clusters. 

FRED  W.  CARD. 
BUGBANE  is  Cimicifuga. 

BUIST,  ROBERT.  Florist,  seedsman,  and  author,  was 
born  at  Cupar  Fyfe,  near  Edinburgh,  Scotland,  Nov.  14, 
180.1,  and  died  iii  Philadelphia,  July  13,  1880.  He  was 
trained  at  the  Edinburgh  Botanic  Gardens,  came  to 
America  in  August,  1828,  and  was  employed  for  a  time 
by  Henry  Pratt.  In  1830  he  became  the  partner  of  Hib- 
bert,  who  had  established  the  first  notable  florist's  busi- 
ness in  Philadelphia.  He  became  noted  for  his  suc- 
cesses with  roses,  which  were  at  that  time  second  in 
popular  favor  to  the  camellia  with  the  Philadelphians. 
The  great  improvement  of  the  verbena  was  largely  due 
to  him,  and  was  immediately  followed  by  the  introduc- 
tion into  America  of  a  distinct  class  of  bedding  plants. 
He  introduced  Poinsettia  pulcherrima  to  the  trade,  and 
his  sale  of  the  double  form  is  said  to  have  been  the  first 
transaction  of  the  kind  accomplished  by  ocean  telegraph. 
He  was  the  author  of  The  American  Flower-Garden 
Directory-,  in  1832,  The  Rose  Manual,  1844,  and  The 
Family  Kitchen-Gardener  (copyrighted,  1847),  all  of 
which"  were  frequently  reissued,  and  enjoyed  a  consid- 
erable sale  for  many  years.  An  excellent  account  of  his 
life  may  be  found  in  The  Gardener's  Monthly  22:372 
(1888).  The  frontispiece  of  the  bound  volume  for  the 
year  is  his  portrait.  \yt  j^ 

BULB,  BULBS.  A  bulb  is  a  thickened,  fleshy,  and 
usually  subterranean  bud,  generally  emitting  roots  from 
its  under  side.  The  function  of  the  bulb  is  to  carry 
the  plant  over  an  unpropitious  season,  as  over  winter 
or  a  dry  period.  True  Bulbs  are  either  tunicated, 
formed  in  rings  or  layers,  like  those  of  hyacinths  and 
onions  (Fig.  283),  or  scaly,  like  those  of  liliums  (Fig. 
284 ) ;  but  as  popularly  understood  and  in  commercial 
parlance,  the  term  Bulbs  applies  to  a  large  class  of 
flowering  and  ornamental  bulbous -like  plants  in  their 


which  are  solid,  as  crocus  and  gladiolus  (Fig.  285); 
tubers  which  are  succulent  and  have  the  buds  or  eyes 
near  the  surface,  as  the  dahlia  and  potato  (Fig.  286); 
rhizomes,  fleshy,  creeping  underground  stems  like  cer- 


284.  Scaly  bulb  of  Lilium 
pardalinum. 


283.  Onion  bulbs. 


285.  Corm  or  solid  bulb  of  Gladiolus. 


dormant  condition,  during  which  period  they  are  col- 
lected, dug.  stored,  shipped,  sold  and  planted,  like  so 
many  potatoes.  This  class  includes,  in  addition  to  the 
true  bulbs,  many  that  are  botanically  known  as  conns, 


286.   Potato— Example  of  a  tuber. 

tain  iris,  ginger,  and  many  wild  plants  (Fig.  287  ;  also, 
Fig.  53,  p.  37) ;  pips,  the  flowering  crowns  of  lily-of-the- 
valley  ;  and  certain  other  dormant  fasciculated  fleshy 
roots  like  those  of  peonies,  ranunculus,  etc.  A  variety 
of  bulbs  is  shown  in  Fig.  288.  The  true  or  feeding  roots 
grow  generally  from  the  base  of  the  bulb,  the  stems, 
flowers  and  foliage  from  the  crown  of  the  bulb,  or  the 
eyes.  There  is  an  exception  to  this  in  certain  lilies, 
which  throw  out  roots  above  the  bulb  also  (Fig.  289). 
The  bulb  is  a  storehouse  for  the  plant,  wherein  is  formed, 
after  flowering,  new  stems,  leaves  and  flowers.  In  fact, 
the  bulb  contains  a  new  plant,  which  is  protected  and  sus- 
tained within  the  bulb  by  the  reserve  food  and  energy 
collected  therein  during  one  season  for  the  plant's  suc- 
cessor. After  the  flowering  period,  the  plant  above  the 
bulb  and  the  roots  beneath  it  ripen  off  and  die  away. 
The  bulb  is  then  in  a  dormant  condition.  It  is  during 
this  state  of  rest,  lasting  approximately  from  three  to 
six  months,  that  bulbs  are  taken  out  of  the  ground  and 
transported  easily  and  safely  from  continent  to  conti- 
nent, if  required;  after  which  the  incipient  roots,  stems, 
foliage  and  flowers  develop  with  as  much  luxuriance 
and  perfection— conditions  being  congenial— as  if  the 
bulb  had  remained  in  its  original  environment. 

Bulbous  flowering  plants  (bulbs)  are  very  popular 
with  flower-loving  people.  There  is  a  particular  charm 
and  interest  in  growing  them.  As  a  rule,  they  produce 
flowers  of  remarkable  beauty,  unsurpassed  by  any  other 
class  of  plants,  and  many  of  them  are  deliciously  fra- 
grant. They  comprise  an  endless  variety  in  habit,  form, 
size  and  color,  are  adaptable  for  many  purposes,  and 
many  of  them  flower  equally  well  under  either  garden 
or  house  culture.  Soon  after  their  beauty  fades  they 
hide  away,  or  may  be  removed  ;  and  in  the  interval, 
their  places  may  be  occupied  by  other  seasonable  flow- 
ering plants.  Not  the  least  among  the  merits  of  bulbs 
is  their  ease  of  culture,  and  the  great  certainty  and 
perfection  with  which  their  flowers  are  produced,  under 
suitable  conditions. 

Among  bulbous  plants  are  many  that  are  sufficiently 
hardy  to  withstand  the  severity  of  our  northern  winters. 
The  kinds  that  are  suitable  are  nearly  all  dormant  in 
the  fall,  which  is  the  proper  time  for  planting  them,  and 
they  will  flower  the  coming  season.  In  March  or  earlier, 
spring  is  ushered  in  with  the  blooming  of  snowdrops, 
chionodoxas,  anemones,  scillas,  crocus,  winter  aconites, 
bulbocodiums,  etc.,  followed  in  April  with  brilliant  hya- 
cinths, tulips,  narcissus  and  hosts  of  others.  In  April 
appear  the  unapproachable  late  tulips,  poet's  daffodils, 
dicentras,  etc.,  followed  in  succession  until  frost,  notably 
with  peonies,  irises,  hemerocallis,  lilies,  montbretias, 
tritomas,  etc.  All  these  are  useful  for  gardens,  lawns, 
and  parks. 

Gardeners  usually  think  of  bulbs  as  divided  into  two 
classes,— hardy  and  tender,  or  those  which  stand  freez- 
ing and  those  which  do  not.  There  is  a  class  from  South 
Africa  known  as  Cape  bulbs,  which  usually  bloom  in 
the  fall.  There  are  now  so  many  improved  hybrids  and 
breeds  that  are  crowding  out  the  types,  that  the  term 


190 


BULBS 


BULBS 


"Cape  bulb  "  has  lost  its  significance  in  this  country.  In 
the  present  article,  bulbs  are  treated  under  the  follow- 
ing general  heads  :  hardy  spring  bulbs  for  design  bed- 
ding ;  hardy  bulbs  in  the  herbaceous  garden,  mixed 
flower  border  or  lawn  ;  summer-  and  autumn-flowering 
tender  bulbs  for  spring  planting  ;  bulbs  for  flowering 


287.    Example  of  a  rhizome— Smilacina  racemosa. 

in  the  house  and  greenhouse  ;  keeping  dormant  bulbs, 
tubers,  etc. ;  hints  on  buying  and  selecting  bulbs  ; 
catalogue  of  bulbs. 

HARDY  SPRING-FLOWERING  BULBS  FOR  DESIGN  BED- 
DING.—The  only  bulbs  adapted  for  geometrical  beds  are 
Dutch  hyacinths  and  tulips.  It  is  not  best  to  use  both 
in  the  same  bed  for  really  fine  effects.  While  there  are 
hundreds  of  varieties  in  both  hyacinths  and  tulips  with 
colors,  gradations  and  variegations  innumerable,  yet  for 
this  style  of  bedding  only  solid,  bright,  contrasting 
colors  should  be  used.  This  limits  the  selection  in  hya- 
cinths to  dark  crimson,  rose-red,  pink,  purple,  blue, 
lavender,  white  and  yellow  (the  latter  is  seldom  satis- 
factory), and  in  tulips  to  dark  blood-red,  scarlet,  rose, 
blush-pink,  yellow,  white,  and  a  bluish  claret,  which 
last  is  seldom  used.  In  ordering  the  bulbs  for  this  style 
of  bedding,  it  is  important  to  select  kinds  that  bloom 
at  the  same  time  and  are  of  uniform  height.  The  bulb 
catalogues  give  this  information;  or,  deal  with  a  reliable 
firm  and  leave  the  selection  to  them.  In  planting  bulbs 
in  "design  beds,"  it  pays  for  the  extra  trouble  to  first 
remove  the  soil  to  a  depth  of  6  inches,  spade  up  the 
lower  soil,  using  well-rotted  manure  and  plenty  of  bone 
dust  worked  in.  Then  level  off,  smooth,  and  cover  with 
an  inch  of  sand.  This  prevents  the  manure  from  touch- 
ing the  bulbs,  allows  the  water  to  drain  away  from  im- 
mediate contact  with  them,  thus  removing  causes  which 
may  lead  to  their  decay.  Bulbs  set  in  this  manner  on 
the  sand  may  be  placed  in  their  exact  position,  after 
which  the  top  soil  is  carefully  replaced.  It  is  a  difficult 
matter  to  set  bulbs  just  4  inches  deep  and  4  to  6  inches 
apart  with  an  ordinary  trowel.  The  planter  is  almost 
sure  occasionally  to  chop  off  a  piece  of  a  neighboring 
bulb  or  displace  it.  Bulbs  planted  in  the  manner  ad- 
vised, being  all  of  an  even  depth,  will  flower  uniformly; 
often,  when  planted  with  a  trowel,  some  bulbs  will  be 
an  inch  too  high  and  some  an  inch  too  low,  which  in 
early  spring  makes  considerable  difference  in  the  time 
of  blooming.  Besides,  when  bulbs  are  planted  with  a 
trowel  or  dibble,  there  is  danger  of  "hanging"  a  bulb 
occasionally,  where  it  may  perish  on  account  of  not 
touching  bottom. 

HARDY  BULBS  IN  THE  HERBACEOUS  GARDEN,  MIXED 
FLOWER  BORDER,  OR  LAWN.  — The  mixed  border  is  a 
favorite  place  for  most  hardy  bulbs.  They  should  be 
planted  in  little  colonies  here  and  there  among  the  hardy 
plants  and  shrubs  ;  and  it  is  here  that  bulbs  seem  to 
thrive  and  give  the  most  pleasure.  As  spring  ap- 
proaches, the  sombre  winter  browns  and  dull  greens  of 
the  deciduous  and  evergreen  plants  are  suddenly  trans- 
formed into  an  unrivaled  setting,  studded  with  bril- 
liantly colored  and  fragrant  flowers,  the  contrasts  being 
exceedingly  effective  and  cheery;  and  besides,  from  the 
border  one  does  not  hesitate  to  cut  a  few  flowers  for  the 
house  for  fear  of  spoiling  the  effect,  as  would  be  the 
case  in  formal  bedding.  Furthermore,  bulbs  seem  to  do 
better  and  last  longer  in  a  border  because  the  flowers 


are  cut  freely  in  bud  or  when  just  approaching  their 
prime,  which  is  the  best  possible  time  for  the  benefit  of 
the  bulb,  for  the  efforts  of  any  bulb  to  form  seeds  weak- 
ens the  bulb.  A  hyacinth  bulb  that  matures  seed  is 
virtually  destroyed.  Then,  again,  in  an  herbaceous  bor- 
der the  bulbs  are  not  disturbed.  The  foliage  remains 
uninjured  until  ripe,  thus  fulfilling  its  duty  of  re- 
charging the  bulb  with  new  energy  for  the  next 
season's  display. 

Bold  clumps  of  the  taller  bulbous  plants  are 
very  effective  on  the  lawn,  where  beds  of  one  kind 
should  be  isolated,  and  be  given  a  position  not  too- 
prominent  nor  too  near.  The  object  desired  is  a 
mass  of  one  color,  which  at  a  little  distance  is- 
more  striking  on  account  of  the  contrast  with  the 
surrounding  green  grass  and  trees.  Among  the 
best  hardy  bulbous  plants  for  this  purpose  are  : 
hemerocallis,  such  lilies  as  candidum,  tigrinum, 
speciosum  and  auratum;  also  dicentra,  crown  im- 
perials, month retias,  tritomas,  peonies,  Kaempferi 
and  Germanica  irises,  etc. 

Bulbs  planted  right  in  the  sod  on  the  lawn  make 
a  very  pleasing  picture  when  in  bloom  in  the  early 
spring.  Make  patches  here  and  there  of  golden, 
white  and  purple  crocus,  the  little  chionodoxas, 
snowdrops,  Scllla  amoena,  winter  aconite,  snow- 
flakes,  bulbocodium  and  triteleia.  These  grow,  increase, 
bloom  and  ripen  the  foliage  before  it  is  necessary  to 
use  the  lawn  mower,  so  that  the  surface  of  the  lawn  in 
summer  is  not  marred.  The  bulbs  may  be  dibbled  in 
when  the  ground  is  moist  and  soft  during  the  fall  rains, 
but  it  is  better  to  cut  and  turn  back  the  sod  here  and 
there,  plant  the  bulbs  under  it,  then  press  the  sod  back 
again. 

For  parks,  groves  and  wild  outlying  grounds  beyond 
the  closely  clipped  lawn,  a  very  happy  style  of  "natural- 
izing" bulbous  and  other  plants  is  coming  much  into 
vogue.  Such  bulbs  should  be  used  as  can  be  planted  in 
quantity,  twenty-five  to  a  hundred  or  more  of  a  kind  in 
a  patch,  and  only  those  should  be  used  which  are  hardy, 
and  will  flower  and  thrive  and  increase  under  neglect. 
Fortunately,  there  are  many  bulbous  plants  that  suc- 
ceed even  better  in  such  rough  places  than  in  the  prim 
garden.  Among  them  are  hardy  anemones,  camassia, 
convallaria,  dicentras,  erythroniums,  funkias,  certain 
iris,  liliums,  poet's  narcissus,  Von  Siori  narcissus,  tril- 
liums,  and  numerous  others. 

In  regard  to  the  preparation  of  beds  for  hardy  bulbs, 
planting  and  treatment,  we  can  only  generalize.  De- 
tailed directions  suited  to  the  different  species,  and  also 
varieties  where  treatment  varies,  will  be  found  under 
their  respective  headings  in  this  Cyclopedia.  As  a  rule, 
well-rotted  manure  (mind  that  it  is  well  rotted,  not  fresh 


Various  types  of  bulbs  and  tubers. 


1.  Tuberose.    2.  Colocasia  Antiquonun  ( Caladium  eseulentiim). 

3.  Easter  Lily.    4,  Jonquil.    5.  Gladiolus.    6.  Lilium 

pardalinum.    7.  Hyacinth.    8.  Lily-of-the- Valley. 

and  heating)  should  be  liberally  applied  and  dug  into 
the  ground  deeply.  It  must  be  where  the  long,  feeding 
roots  can  get  at  it,  and  yet  not  touch  the  bulbs,  nor  be 
too  near  their  base.  This  is  easily  accomplished  by  re- 
moving a  few  inches  of  the  top  soil  first,  as  described 
under  "Design  Bedding,"  above.  If  it  is  impracticable  to 


BULBS 


BULBS 


191 


do  this,  then  it  is  not  advisable  to  use  manure  at  all,  for 
the  bulbs  are  liable  to  come  in  contact  with  it  and 
become  diseased.  Bone  meal  alone  is  then  the  safest 
fertilizer  to  use,  and  it  should  be  applied  lavishly.  Most 
bulbs  like  rich  food  if  properly  applied.  Although  the 
embryo  flowers  were  formed  within  the  bulb  the  season 


289.   The  Easter  lily  throws  out  feeding  roots  both 
below  and  above  the  bulb. 

before,  yet  their  size,  luxuriance  and  brilliancy  this 
season  depend  largely  upon  the  nutrition  the  roots 
receive.  Liberal  applications  of  manure  water,  when 
the  bulbs  are  in  bud,  often  produce  excellent  results. 

The  proper  depth  to  plant  bulbs  varies  according  to 
the  kinds.  It  is  a  common  fault  to  plant  them  too  near 
the  surface.  Some  kinds,  notably  the  Californian  Hum- 
boldtii  and  Washingtonianum  lilies,  do  best  when  10  to 
12  inches  deep  ;  hyacinths,  tulips,  narcissus,  and  simi- 
lar large  bulbs  from  4  to  6  inches  deep  ;  smaller  bulbs 
somewhat  shallower.  Hardy  bulbs  root  during  the  fall 
and  early  winter,  and  if  planted  too  near  the  surface  the 
freezing,  thawing  and  heaving  of  the  upper  crust  of 
soil  in  mild  winters  often  causes  the  bulbs  to  break 
from  their  roots,  and,  in  consequence,  only  inferior 
flowers  are  produced.  When  good,  cold  weather  has  set 
in  and  a  light  crust  has  been  frozen  on  the  soil,  then 
cover  the  bed  with  leaves,  straw,  marsh  hay  or  reeds  to 
a  depth  of  from  4  to  6  inches.  This  protects  not  only 
from  severe  freezing,  but  from  equally  injurious  unsea- 
sonable thaws.  Do  not  put  the  covering  on  too  early, 
for  it  might  warm  the  soil  so  that  the  bulbs  would  com- 
mence to  grow  and  afterward  be  injured  from  freezing. 
Gradually  remove  the  covering  in  the  spring. 

The  general  run  of  bulbous  plants  thrive  in  a  loamy 
soil,  inclining  to  sand.  This  soil  attracts  moisture, 
allows  free  drainage,  and  admits  air.  If  the  soil  is  cold 
and  stiff,  a  liberal  admixture  of  leaf -mold  and  sand,  with 
the  addition  of  manure  applied  as  above  described,  will 
be  beneficial.  The  texture  of  the  soil  should  be  such 
that  stagnant  water  will  not  remain  around  the  bulbs, 
as  it  tends  to  rot  them,  particularly  when  dormant.  An 
excess  of  humus  is,  therefore,  to  be  guarded  against 
for  most  bulbs.  While  the  majority  of  bulbous  plants 
thrive  under  the  soil  conditions  advised  above,  yet  there 
are  many  notable  exceptions.  Happy  should  be  the  man 
on  whose  grounds  can  be  found  a  variety  of  soils  and 
exposures,  shade  and  sun.  A  small  wooded  valley  or 
ravine,  with  a  brook  flowing  through  it  into  an  open, 
moist  meadow,  affords  conditions  suitable  for  growing 
to  perfection  the  greatest  variety  of  bulbous  and  other 


plants,  many  of  which  cannot  be  enjoyed  in  the  average 
monotonous  garden. 

The  sooner  bulbs  can  be  put  in  the  ground  after  they 
are  ripe  the  better  for  the  bulbs  ;  for,  no  matter  how 
long  they  will  keep,  they  do  not  improve  when  out 
of  the  ground,  but  tend  to  dry  out  and  lose  vitality. 
There  are,  however,  many  reasons  why  bulbs  cannot  be 
planted  as  soon  as  ripe  ;  and  when  they  are  to  be  kept 
for  certain  purposes,  they  should  be  stored  as  advised 
below.  Hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs  should  be  planted 
in  the  open  ground  in  the  fall,  not  earlier  than  six  weeks 
before  regular  frosty  and  freezing  nights  are  expected. 
Plant  as  much  later  as  necessary,  providing  the  bulbs 
are  keeping  sound,  but  it  is  not  advisable  to  plant  them 
earlier.  Cool  weather  is  necessary  to  deter  top  growth, 
which  is  very  liabl®  to  start  after  four  to  six  weeks  of 
root  development ;  and  young,  succulent  top  growth  is 
apt  to  be  injured  by  the  succeeding  freezing.  In  Maine, 
Ontario,  Wisconsin,  and  other  northern  parts  (about  45 
degrees  north  latitude),  such  hardy  bulbs  as  hyacinths, 
tulips,  narcissus,  etc.,  may  be  planted  in  September.  In 
New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  etc.  (about  40  degrees), 
plant  about  the  middle  of  October.  In  the  latitude  of  Rich- 
mond, Louisville,  St.  Louis,  etc.,  the  middle  of  Novem- 
ber is  early  enough.  In  the  latitude  of  Raleigh,  Nash- 
ville, and  south,  do  not  plant  until  middle  of  December; 
and  for  the  latter  section  let  the  selection  of  bulbs  run 
to  late-flowering  varieties,  such  as  Bizarre,  Darwin  and 
late  double  tulips,  late  hyacinths,  late  narcissus,  etc., 
for  they  are  not  so  likely  to  be  caught  by  the  occasional 
freezing  weather  in  January  and  February.  In  this 
southern  latitude,  however,  very  early-flowering  bulbs, 
such  as  Roman  hyacinths,  Due  van  Thol  tulips,  Paper 
White  narcissus,  etc.,  if  planted  in  September,  are 
usually  through  blooming  before  freezing  weather  be- 
gins. South  of  the  freezing  belt,  hardy  spring-flowering 
bulbs  are  not  very  successful,  as  a  rule,  there  being  no 
sufficiently  cool  weather  to  deter  top  growth  and  force 
root  action  first,  without  which  the  flowers  and  foliage 
will  not  develop  beyond  such  sustenance  as  the  bulb 
can  supply ;  and  this  sustenance  is  usually  exhausted  by 
the  time  the  flower-spikes  are  half  grown.  But  there  are 
many  half-hardy  and  tender  bulbs  that  are  more  easily 
grown  and  flowered  in  the  South  than  in  the  North. 

The  treatment  of  bulbs  after  flowering  is  important 
when  the  bulbs  are  to  be  used  again,  for  it  must  never 
be  forgotten  that  the  flowers  and  resources  for  the  next 
season  are  garnered  within  the  bulb  after  blooming, 
through  the  agency  of  the  roots  and  foliage.  Imper- 
fectly developed  and  matured  foliage  this  year  means 
poor  flowers  or  none  at  all  next  year  ;  so  it  is  best  to 
leave  the  bulbs  alone  until  the  leaves  have  died  down. 
When  summer  bedding  plants  are  to  be  substituted,  it 
is  sometimes  necessary  to  remove  bulbs  before  ripe.  In 
such  cases,  the  bulbs  should  be  carefully  taken  up  with 
a  spade.  Disturb  the  roots  as  little  as  possible,  and  do 
not  cut  or  crush  the  leaves.  Heel-in  the  plants  in  a 
shallow  trench  in  some  half-shady  out-of-the-way  place 
until  ripe. 

SUMMER-  AND  AUTUMN-FLOWERING  GARDEN  BULBS 
FOR  SPRING  PLANTING.  — This  class  (Tender)  includes 
some  of  our  showiest  garden  flowers,  which  are  almost 
indispensable.  They  are  of  the  easiest  possible  culture. 
Planted  in  the  spring,  after  danger  from  frost  is  over, 
in  a  sunny  position  in  good,  rich,  loamy  soil,  they  will 
flower  with  great  certainty  the  same  season.  After  flow- 
ering and  ripening  of  the  foliage,  they  should  be  taken 
up  and  stored  for  the  winter  as  advised  below,  under 
"Keeping  Dormant  Bulbs,"  until  wanted  the  next  spring. 
Among  the  more  important  species  of  this  class  of  bulbs 
are  the  undermentioned  (those  marked  F  must  be  kept 
in  a  semi-dormant  condition  in  a  coldframe  or  green- 
house): Agapanthus  (F),  alstroemeria  (F),  amorpho- 
phallus,anomatheca  (F),antholyza  (F), tuberous  begonia, 
bessera,  colocasia  (caladium),  cooperia,  crinum,  cypella, 
gladiolus,  galtonia(Hyacinthus  candicans),  boussingaul- 
tia  (madeira  vine),  montbretia,  nemastylis,  border  ox- 
alis,  ornithogalum  (F),  pancratium,  richardia  (calla), 
schizostylis  (F),  sprekelia,  tigridia,  tuberose,  watsonia, 
zephyranthes. 

BULBS  FOR  FLOWERING  IN  THE  HOUSE  AND  GREEN- 
HOUSE.—There  is  no  class  of  plants  that  gives  more 
satisfaction  for  this  purpose,  with  so  little  skill,  than 


192 


BULBS 


BULBS 


the  various  bulbs.  Perhaps  the  most  important  class  of 
all  bulbs  for  winter-flowering  and  forcing  are  certain 
hardy  and  half-hardy  kinds.  They  are  the  most  easily 
managed  of  all,  and  need  occupy  no  space  in  the  window 
or  greenhouse,  excepting  when  in  bud  and  bloom.  Un- 
der suitable  treatment,  they  flower  with  great  certainty, 
and  their  flowering  period  may  be  hastened  (forced)  or 
retarded  at  pleasure,  so  as  to  "bring  them  in  "  for  certain 
occasions,  or  to  give  a  continuous  succession  of  bloom. 
There  is  a  great  variety  of  kinds  of  bulbs  to  select  from 
for  this  purpose  (see  list  of  species  at  end  of  this  arti- 
cle), yet  the  great  demand,  at  this  writing,  has  centered 
on  the  following  leaders,  especially  for  forcing  pur- 
poses :  A  Uiiim  Neapolitamim,A .Hermetti  grandiflorum, 
Anemone  fulgens,  convallaria  (Lily-of-the-Valley),*J'Vee- 
sia  refracta  alba,  gladiolus  "The  Bride,"  early  single- 
flowering  Dutch  Hyacinths  and  "Romans,"  Campernelle 
Jonquil,  Lilium  candidum,  L.  Harrisii  and  L>.  longi- 
florum.  Several  narcissuses  are  in  demand,  notably 
among  the  large  trumpet  varieties  :  Emperor,  Em- 
press, Golden  Spur,  Horsfleldi,  Maximus  and  Trumpet 
major  ;  among  the  medium  and  small  trumpets  :  Sir 
Watkins,  Barrii  conspicuus  and  Poeticus  ornatus;  of  the 
doubles  are  Von  Sion  and  Orange  Phoenix  ;  of  the  Poly- 
anthus narcissus  :  Paper  White  grandiflora  (Totus 
albus),and  Double  Roman  (Constantinople).  Of  other 
species  of  bulbs,  Ornithogalum  Arabicum,  Spircea  astil- 
boides  floribunda  (Aruncus),  and  single  and  double 
tulips  of  the  early  varieties  are  in  demand.  The  prin- 
ciples of  culture  for  hardy  bulbs  for  winter  flowering 
are  the  same,  whether  only  a  few  are  grown  in  pots  for 
the  window  garden,  or  whether  they  are  to  be  forced  by 
the  thousand  by  the  florist.  The  first  essential  is  to 
secure  the  strongest  bulbs.  Remember  that  the  flowers 
were  formed  within  the  bulbs  the  previous  season.  If 
you  buy  bulbs  of  narcissus  containing  only  one  flower, 
or  hyacinths  with  only  ten  bells  on  a  spike,  the  best 
culture  possible  cannot  make  them  produce  more  ;  but 
good  culture  will  develop^such  flowers  larger  and  better. 
The  next  most  important  essential— we  might  say  the 
secret  of  success  in  flowering  bulbs  in  the  house  or 
greenhouse— is  perfect  root  development  before  the  tops 
begin  to  grow.  To  aid  the  uninitiated  in  this  important 
matter,  we  will  illustrate :  When  hardy  bulbs  are  planted 
in  the  open  ground  in  the  northern  states  in  the  fall,  the 
weather  above  them  is  cool  or  cold,  the  ground  beneath 
them  is  warmer,  and  the  conditions  are  congenial  for 
root  action  but  deterrent  to  top  growth.  This  results  in 
the  perfect  development  of  such  flowers  as  the  bulbs 
contain.  On  the  other  hand,  when  hyacinths,  tulips, 
narcissus,  and  most  other  hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs 
are  planted  in  fall  in  our  extreme  southern  states,  they 
usually  prove  disappointing,  because  the  weather  is 
warm,  causing  the  flowers  and  foliage  to  begin  to  grow 
before  the  roots ;  and  as  soon  as  such  sustenance  as  the 
bulb  could  supply  has  been  exhausted,  the  plant  stops 
growing  and  dwindles.  WThen  we  grow  bulbs  under  arti- 
ficial conditions,  we  must  make  them  produce  roots  first. 
Failure  to  do  this  is  responsible  for  nine-tenths  of  the 
disappointments. 

When  hardy  bulbs  are  to  be  grown  in  pots  for  winter 
blooming  in  the  house  or  conservatory,  the  bulbs  should 
be  potted  as  soon  as  they  are  procurable,  between  Au- 
gust and  November.  Some  writers  recommend  that 
bulbs  be  planted  in  successional  lots  to  give  later  and 
continuous  flowers,  but  we  think  such  advice  is  at  fault, 
as  the  bulbs  tend  to  dry  out  and  lose  vitality  when  kept 
dry  too  long.  It  is  no  trouble  to  retard  the  flowering  of 
hardy  bulbs  in  winter,  as  hereafter  described,  without 
keeping  them  out  of  the  ground. 

The  soil  should  be  rich  loam.  Fresh  manure  cannot 
be  used.  Of  thoroughly  rotted  manure,  some  may  be 
pulverized  and  worked  into  the  soil,  but  it  is  safer  to 
use  pure  bone  meal,  one  part  to  fifty  of  soil.  If  the  soil 
is  stiff  and  heavy,  mix  it  with  sand  and  leaf -mold  or 
peat.  The  size  of  pots  depends  upon  the  kinds  of  bulbs. 
A  5-inch  pot  is  best  for  a  first-sized  hyacinth,  or  large- 
bulbing  narcissus,  particularly  the  Polyanthus  type. 
Tulips,  small  narcissus,  and  bulbs  of  a  similar  size, 
while  they  can  go  individually  into  a  4-inch  pot,  are  bet- 
ter when  put  three  or  more  of  one  variety  together  in  a 
larger  pot,  as  the  soil  retains  a  more  even  temperature 
and  moisture  ;  and  for  this  reason  some  prefer  earthen 


bulb-pans,  which  come  in  various  sizes,  from  8  to  18 
•inches  in  d'iameter.  In  potting,  place  a  little  broken 
pottery  or  lumps  of  charcoal  in  the  bottom  for  drainage, 
then  fill  the  pot  with  soil  and  shake  it  down,  but  do  not 
pack  it.  Neither  must  the  bulb  be  pressed  or  screwed 
into  the  soil,  else  the  soil  will  be  packed  under  it  so 
that  when  the  roots  start  they  often  raise  the  bulb  out 
of  the  pot.  Plant  the  bulb  just  deep  enough  that  its  top 
will  not  show.  Large  and 
soft  bulbs,  which  are  lia- 
ble to  rot,  may  be  set  in 
a  cushion  of  sand,  and 
the  bulb  not  covered  with 
soil  until  it  has  taken 
root  and  become  estab- 
lished (Fig.  290). 

When  planting  mixed 
bulbs  in   the   same  pot, 
pan  or  box,  care  should 
be  used  in  selecting  dif- 
ferent varieties  that  will 
flower  at  the  same  time. 
290.  Bulb  with  a  cushion  of       An    early-flowering   Due 
sand  beneath  it  to  prevent  decay,   van  Thol   and   a    double 
Tournesol    tulip     would 

flower  a  month  apart  under  the  same  treatment.  Some 
varieties  of  hyacinths,  of  narcissus,  and  of  most  species 
of  bulbs  vary  greatly  in  time  of  blooming,  which,  of 
course,  would  spoil  the  effect. 

When  florists  force  bulbs  in  quantity  for  cut-flowers, 
they  seldom  use  pots,  but  shallow  boxes,  or  flats,  of  a 
size  to  economize  bench  room.  Usually  these  boxes  are 
cut  down  from  soap  boxes  to  a  depth  of  3  or  4  inches. 
The  bulbs  are  planted  closely  in  these,  from  an  inch  to 
2  inches  apart,  according  to  the  kind.  The  tops  of  the 
bulbs  (excepting  lilies)  are  kept  about  even  with  the 
top  of  the  soil.  Do  not  water  them  unless  the  soil  is 
very  dry,  for  bulbs  in  a  dormant  condition  resent  an 
excess  of  moisture.  After  the  bulbs  are  potted,  or  boxed, 
as  described,  they  should  be  placed  in  a  coldframe  or 
cold-pit  to  root.  This  is  the  most  important  detail  in 
flowering  bulbs  under  artificial  conditions.  Cover  the 
pots,  boxes  or  pans  with  4  inches  of  sand,  ashes,  rotted 
leaves,  tanbark  or  similar  substance,  and  do  not  put  the 
sashes  on  until  freezing  weather,  and  even  then  remove 
the  sash  on  pleasant  days.  When  no  coldframes  or  pits 
are  available,  the  pots  may  be  covered  as  advised  in  a 
cool  cellar.  It  is  preferable,  however,  to  sink  them  in 
the  open  ground.  The  writer  never  had  finer  flowers  on 
hardy  bulbs  than  when  treated  as  follows:  A  trench  a 
foot  deep  is  dug  in  the  garden  where  water  will  not  set- 
tle on  it,  and  it  is  protected  from  the  north  and  west 
cold.  Three  inches  of  coal  ashes  is  first  placed  in  the 
trench,  to  allow  drainage  and  keep  the  worms  out.  The 
pots  are  then  placed  on  the  ashes,  the  earth  is  filled  in 
about  the  pots,  filling  the  trench  rounding  over.  No 
further  attention  is  required,  as  everything  is  congenial 
to  perfect  root  development,  while  the  weather  is  cool 
enough  to  check  top  growth.  When  the  weather  gets 
cold  enough  to  freeze  a  crust  on  the  soil,  an  additional 
covering  of  about  4  inches  of  rough  stable  manure, 
leaves  or  straw,  is  put  over.  Some  early  bulbs,  such  as 
Roman  hyacinths,  Paper  White  narcissus,  Due  van 
Thol  tulips,  etc.,  will  root  sufficiently  in  five  or  six 
weeks  to  be  taken  up  for  first  flowers,  which  should  be 
out  by  Christmas  or  earlier,  but  it  is  safer  to  allow  all 
bulbs  not  less  than  eight  weeks  for  rooting.  Every  two 
weeks  after  the  first  removal  of  pots,  or  as  needed,  fur- 
ther relays  of  rooted  bulbs  may  be  taken  out  for  a  con- 
tinuous display  of  bloom.  When  the  pots  of  hardy  bulbs 
have  been  taken  up,  place  them  in  a  cool  greenhouse  or 
cool,  light  store  room,  with  temperature  not  over  50°. 
This  temperature  will  allow  the  flower  stems  and  foliage 
to  grow,  and  at  the  same  time  prevent  the  opening  of 
the  flowers  until  the  stems  have  attained  their  proper 
height,  after  which  the  pots  may  be  taken  to  a  sunny, 
warm  window,  or  wherever  they  are  wanted  to  flower. 
Bulbs  treated  in  this  manner  will  produce  perfect  spikes 
of  flowers.  A  good  rule  to  keep  in  mind  in  flowering 
hardy  bulbs  is:  Temperature,  40°  for  roots,  50°  for  foli- 
age and  stems,  60°  for  best  flowers,  70°  for  quick  de- 
velopment, 80°  to  rush  bloom  with  loss  of  substance 
and  risk  of  "going  blind"  (producing  no  flowers). 


BULBS 


BULBS 


193 


The  exceptions  to  the  above  advice  are  liliums  and 
lily-of-the-valley.  Liliitm  Harrisii  and  Lilhim  lonyi- 
florum  bulbs  particularly,  in  addition  to  throwing  ouT 
roots  from  the  base  of  the  bulbs,  usually  form  roots 
from  the  new  stem  just  above  the  bulb,  and  the  plants 
and  flowers  derive  much  strength  from  these  top  roots. 
So  in  potting  lily  bulbs,  it  is  best  to  put  them  down  so 
deep  that  there  will  be  sufficient  soil  above  the  bulbs  to 
entice  and  sustain  the  stem  roots.  In  other  respects 
treat  the  bulbs  after  potting  as  just  advised.  Winter- 
flowering  lily-of-the-valley  forms  no  new  roots.  The 
thick,  fleshy,  fibrous  old  roots  should  be  trimmed  at  the 
bottom,  leaving  them  from  2  to  3  inches  long.  This  al- 
lows them  to  absorb  the  abundant  moisture  with  which 
they  should  be  supplied  while  the  flowers  and  foliage 
are  developing.  They  flower  just  as  well  in  sand  or 
moss,  or  anything  that  retains  an  even  moisture  and 
temperature,  as  they  do  in  soil,  but  lily-of-the-valley 
for  flowering  in  the  house  or  greenhouse  requires  freez- 
ing before  it  can  be  successfully  brought  into  flower. 
Without  freezing,  many  pips  will  "come  blind,"  or  pro- 
duce malformed  spikes.  So  it  is  just  as  well  for  ama- 
teurs to  plant  their  pips  an  inch  or  two  apart  in  pots  or 
bulb-pans,  and  plunge  them  in  the  garden,  as  recom- 
mended for  other  hardy  bulbs.  Florists  generally  freeze 
their  pips  in  refrigerators,  or  have  them  placed,  just  as 
they  arrive  from  Germany,  2,500  pips  in  a  case,  in  cold 
storage,  in  a  temperature  of  from  28  to  30°. 

After  being  forced  or  flowered  in  the  greenhouse  or 
•window,  hardy  bulbs  are  of  little  value,  for  most  bulbs 
suitable  for  the  purpose  have  attained  their  maximum 
size,  and,  in  consequence,  are  ready  to  break  up.  Flor- 
ists usually  throw  these  bulbs  away.  Still,  if  space  can 
be  spared  for  the  bulbs  to  complete  their  growth  after 
flowering  and  ripening,  many  of  them  can  be  utilized 
for  planting  in  the  mixed  border  or  garden,  there  to 
remain,  where  some  of  them  will  eventually  recuperate 
.  and  flower. 

Half-hardy  bulbs  for  winter-flowering  and  forcing 
should  be  treated  the  same  as  hardy  bulbs,  excepting 
that  after  potting  they  should  be  placed  for  rooting 
where  they  will  not  freeze.  Yet  they  can  go  pretty  close 
to  it  and  be  all  the  better  for  it.  In  northern  states,  a 
coldframe  or  pit  or  cold  greenhouse  to  root  them  in  is, 
therefore,  almost  indispensable.  For  tender  winter-  and 
summer-flowering  greenhouse  bulbs,  the  culture  varies 
with  almost  every  species,  and  as  no  general  instruc- 
tions would  suit  all  kinds,  the  reader  may  refer  to  their 
individual  cultures  given  under  their  respective  head- 
ings in  this  Cyclopedia.  ( See  list  of  species  at  the  end 
of  this  article.) 

The  flowering  of  bulbs  in  glasses,  bowls,  unique  pots, 
etc.,  is  always  interesting.  Among  the  most  successful 
and  interesting  are  hyacinth  bulbs  in  glasses  of  water. 
Use  early-flowering  single  varieties  only.  The  seedsmen 
and  dealers  in  bulbs  supply  special  hyacinth  glasses 
for  the  purpose.  They  come  in  various  shapes,  colors 
and  decorations,  and  vary  in  price  from  20  cts.  to  $1.50 
each.  These  are  simply  filled  with  fresh,  pure  water. 
A  lump  of  charcoal  thrown  in  absorbs  impurities,  but  it 
is  not  absolutely  necessary.  The  bulb  rests  in  a  cup- 
shaped  receptacle  on  top  of  the  glass.  In  filling,  the 
water  should  not  quite  touch  the  bottom  of  the  bulb. 
Put  in  a  cool,  dark,  airy  place  until  the  roots  have 
reached  the  bottom  of-  the  glass,  which  should  be  in 
about  six  weeks.  Do  not  place  them  in  a  close,  warm 
closet.  They  must  have  fresh  air.  As  the  water  evapo- 
rates, fill  the  glasses,  and  change  the  water  entirely  when 
needed  to  keep  it  sweet  and  clear.  After  rooting,  place 
the  glasses  in  a  light  storeroom  where  the  temperature 
averages  about  50°,  until  the  stems  and  foliage  have 
developed  ;  then  remove  to  a  warm,  sunny  window  for 
flowers  to  open.  There  are  other  kinds  that  do  equally 
well  when  rooted  in  water,  providing  the  largest  healthy 
bulbs  are  chosen.  Among  them  are  sprekelia  ( Jacobeean 
lily),  Trumpet  narcissus  Horsfieldi  and  Golden  Spur, 
polyanthus  narcissus  Grand  Monarque  and  Gloriosa, 
large  bulbs  of  Roman  hyacinths,  early  single  tulips, 
and  Mammoth  Yellow  crocus,  etc.  We  have  flowered 
hyacinths  on  a  piece  of  virgin  cork  floating  in  an  aqua- 
rium, a  hole  being  cut  through  the  cork  for  the  roots  to 
reach  the  water.  The  so-called  "Chinese  Sacred  Lily," 
a  variety  of  Polyanthus  narcissus,  grows  and  flowers 

13 


luxuriantly  in  bowls  of  water,  provided  they  are  not 
placed  in  a  dry,  furnace-heated  room,  which  will  cause 
the  buds  to  blast  before  opening.  Sufficient  pebbles  or 
shells  should  surround  the  bulbs  to  prevent  them  from 
toppling  over. 

Crocus,  Roman  hyacinths  and  lily-of-the-valley  pips 
are  very  pretty  when  nicely  flowered  in  columnar,  hedge- 
hog- or  beehive-shaped  hollow  pots  with  holes  for  the 
reception  of  the  bulbs.  A  bulb  is  placed  in  front  of  each 
hole  from  the  inside,  with  the  crown  of  the  bulb  looking 
outward.  The  pot  is  then  filled  with  soil  through  the 
large  opening  in  the  bottom,  moss  being  pressed  in  last 
to  hold  the  contents  in  place,  after  which  the  pots  are 
put  outside  for  the  bulbs  to  root,  as  explained  for  other 
hardy  bulbs  for  the  house. 

KEEPING  DORMANT  BULBS,  TUBERS,  ETC.  — Bulbs  and 
tubers  of  the  various  species,  as  well  as  their  varieties, 
vary  greatly  in  size.  Some,  like  oxalis,  snowdrops, 
chionodoxas,  etc.,  often  do  not  exceed  half  an  inch  in 
diameter,  while  other  bulbs,  such  as  those  of  Caladium 
esculentum,  certain  arums,  crinums,  etc.,  attain  great 
size,  frequently  weighing  several  pounds  each.  Such 
solid  bulbs  as  those  of  tulips,  hyacinths,  narcissus, 
etc.,  will  remain  out  of  the  ground  solid  and  plump,  in 
a  suitable  place,  for  three  or  four  months.  The  larger 
the  bulb  the  longer  it  will  keep,  as  a  rule.  Large  cri- 
num  bulbs  have  been  kept  for  fifteen  months.  Still,  it 
is  always  better  to  plant  the  bulbs  as  soon  as  possible, 
for,  although  they  keep,  they  do  not  improve,  and  their 
tendency  is  always  towards  drying  out  and  loss  of  vi- 
tality. 

Never  keep  bulbs  packed  up  air-tight.  They  are  apt 
to  generate  heat  or  sweat,  mold  or  rot,  or  to  start. 
When  solid  bulbs  are  to  be  kept  dormant  for  any  length 
of  time,  they  should  be  stored  away  from  bright  light  in 
baskets,  shallow  boxes  or  slatted  trays,  in  a  room  or 
cellar  where  there  is  a  circulation  of  fresh  air  and  the 
temperature  is  as  cool  as  possible.  Forty  degrees  is  the 
desideratum  for  all  excepting  tender  bulbs.  Scale-like 
bulbs,  as  liliums,  soon  dry  out  and  shrivel  if  exposed 
to  the  air  for  any  length  of  time  ;  therefore,  they  are 
best  kept  in  open  boxes  packed  with  some  substance 
that  will  retain  a  slight  and  even  moisture,  such  as 
sphagnum  moss,  rotted  leaf -mold,  cocoanut  fiber  refuse, 
or  moist  sand,  but  they  must  be  kept  cold  to  check  any 
efforts  to  start.  Fleshy  roots,  like  those  of  peonies, 
certain  irises,  astilbes,  etc.,  should  be  treated  like  the 
lily  bulbs.  When  a  cold-storage  room,  with  an  average 
temperature  of  36°  to  40°,  is  available,  it  is  the  safest 
place  to  carry  over  hardy  bulbs  and  roots  for  spring 
planting. 

Lily-of-the-valley  pips  are  carried  in  rooms  of  about 
28°  to  30°.  The  pips  and  packing  freeze  solid  ;  and  here 
they  are  kept  for  months  until  wanted  for  forcing. 
When  they  are  removed  from  this  arctic  chamber,  they 
must  be  thawed  out  gradually  and  as  soon  as  possible, 
by  plunging  in  cold  water,  before  they  are  subjected  to 
any  heat ;  otherwise,  they  are  likely  to  rot.  For  this 
reason,  "cold-storage  pips  "  cannot  be  safely  shipped  any 
distance  in  warm  weather,  this  often  being  the  cause  of 
the  country  florists'  disappointment  in  results. 

Tender  dormant  bulbs,  as  begonias,  gloxinias,  ama- 
ryllis,  pancratiums,  tigridias,  tuberoses,  etc.,  must  be 
kept  in  a  warm,  dry  atmosphere,  not  below  50°.  The 
cause  of  tuberoses  not  flowering  is  often  that  the 
bulbs  have  been  kept  below  40°,  which  destroys  the 
flower  germ,  although  the  foliage  grows  just  as  vigor- 
ously. Tender  tubers,  such  as  dahlias,  cannas,  etc., 
should  be  stored  in  dry  sand  in  a  warm,  dry  cellar  or 
under  the  greenhouse  bench. 

HINTS  ON  BUYING  AND  SELECTING  BULBS.— As  already 
said,  bulbs  can  develop  only  the  flowers  which  were 
formed  within  them  before  they  were  ripened.  A  bulb 
may  be  poor  because  not  full  grown  or  too  young,  or 
because  grown  in  impoverished  soil  or  under  unconge- 
nial conditions,  or  because  it  may  not  have  been  matured 
when  dug  ;  or  it  may  be  injured  from  heating,  sweating, 
rotting  or  moldiness  in  storage  or  transit,  caused  by 
improper  curing  or  packing,  or  it  may  be  dried  out  from 
having  been  out  of  the  ground  too  long.  In  the  major- 
ity of  cases  in  which  poor  bulbs  are  planted,  however, 
it  is  the  buyer's  fault  in  procuring  cheap  bulbs,  which 
in  many  cases  are  second  grades,  lacking  age  and 


194 


BULBS 


BULBS 


proper  size.   The  commoner  varieties  of  a  species  usually  GENERA,  ETC.  HARDINESS.  DORMANT. 

propagate  the  fastest,    and   it   is  generally  these   less  Anemone*! H.&H.H... Aug.  to  Nov. 

salable  varieties   and    inferior   seedlings   and    cullings  Anomathecag H.H Oct.  to  April 

from  the  named  bulbs  that  go  to  make  up  most  "  mixed  Antholyza  § H.H Oct.  to  April 

colors  "and  "mixed  varieties."    Therefore,  for  best  re-  ^gZlh HH oS'S 

suits ,  it  is  advisable  to  expend  a  given  amount  of  money  £J|um™f    ;  [  |  ]?'. .  | ."  .Aug.  to  April 

for  the  first  size  named  varieties,   rather  than  for  a  Babiana  *...!. !.'"""!! '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. .H.H... ..... ..'.'.. Aug. to  Nov. 

larger  quantity  of  cheaper  seconds  and  mixtures ,  unless ,  Begonia,  Tuberous  t  g ............  T Oct.  to  April 

of  course,  the  bulbs  are  wanted  for  large  permanent  Besserag H.H Oct.to  April 

plantings,  as  in  promiscuous  borders  for  naturalizing,  Blandfordia* T Aug.  to  Nov. 

etc.,  where  best  flowers  the  first  season  are  of  secondary  Bloomeria  J H Aug.  to  Nov. 

.  ,        , .  Bomarea  "I  j H.H Aug.  to  Oct. 

"Thfbe-sHamed  hyacinths-top  roots,"  as  they  are  SaW^EE          :::«."  •"$&£&£ 

called   in  Holland— require  from   four  to   six  years  to  Bravoat H.H Oct.  to  April 

attain  full  size  and  give  best  flowers.    Such  bulbs,  ac-  Brodiaea  *  I H.H Aug.  to  Oct. 

cording  to  the  variety,  should  measure  from  20  'to  24  Bulbocodium  % H Aug.  to  Oct. 

centimeters  (8  to  10  in. )  in  circumference.    These  nat-  Caladium  t  §  . T Oct.  to  April 

urally  cost  more  to  grow  than  the  younger  second  or  Calochortus  *  J ^.....H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

«  bedding  "grade  of  bulbs,  measuring  from  18  to  20  cen-  g^naas!ia  " ? Oct%o°  April 

timeters  ( 6  to  8  in.) .    There  is  a  third  size,  ranging  from  Chionodoxa  *  t'. ! '. '.'. '. '. '.'. '. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  .'H.'  .' .' .' '. ." .' .' .' .' .' .' .' ."  .'Aug.  to  Oct. 

16  to  18  centimeters  (4  to  6  in.),  that  goes  in  mixtures,  Chlidanthus  g H.H Oct.  to  April 

and  a  fourth  size  (12  to  14  centimeters)  that  goes  out  as  Colchicum  || H Aug.  to  Sept. 

"Dutch  Romans,"  "Pan  Hyacinths,"  "Miniatures,"  etc.  Commelina  |. H.H Oct.  to  April 

Some  growers  even  scale  their  sizes  a  centimeter  or  two  Convallaria    J H Oct.  to  April 

less  than  mentioned,  to  enable  them  to   quote   lower  gS*S3?g§f"  -™ Aug  tol^riL 

prices.    Crocus,  narcissus,  tulips  and  many  other  bulbs  Crinum  t  g .' T '. .  '.Nov.'  to  April 

are  also  sorted  into  sizes,  enabling  the  grower  to  catch  Crocus  *  t H Aug.  to  Oct. 

all  classes  of  buyers.  Crocosmiag.. H.H Oct.to  April 

A  first-size  crocus  bulb  should  measure  10  centimeters  Crown  Imperials  J H Aug.  to  Oct. 

(4  in. )  in  circumference,  and  such  bulbs  produce  from  Cummingia  t T Aug.  to  Oct. 

6  to  12  flowers  each.  A  smaii,  cheap  buib  produces  only  g^jp^^»;;:::::;:;;:?;H;;:::::::;;;is;:Sg^. 

two  or  three  flowers.    A  narcissus  bulb  of   maximum  Cyclobothrag H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

size  will  produce  from  3  to  5  flowers  (sometimes  more),  Cypella  g .................. ..T  ...............Oct.to  Dec. 

and  an   inferior  size   usually  but   a  single  flower.    A  Cyrtanthust T Oct.  to  April 

White  Roman  hyacinth  bulb  14- to  16-centimeter  size  Dahlias  § T Oct.to  April 

(5-6  in.  circumference)  will  produce  3  and  often  4  spikes  Dicentra  t.. H Oct.  to  March 

of  firsts  and  several  seconds,  while  an  11-  to  12-centi-  oseoreall  " H °ct- 

meter  size  will  average  only  one  first  grade  spike  and  a 

couple  of  seconds,  or  perhaps  nothing  but  seconds.    The  Erythronium  t H Aug.  to  Nov. 

best  lily-of-the-valley  pips  bear  from  12  to  16  bells  on  a  Eucharist T Sept.  to  Dec. 

spike,  usually  all  firsts.    Cheaper  inferior  grades  of  pips  Eurycles  t T Oct.to  March 

have  seldom  more  than  7  to  10  bells.    If  the  florist  or  Freesia*..... H.H Aug.toNov. 

planter  wants  the  best  bulbs,  he  must  pay  more  money  £rl1tlllf"a  »t H.  &  H.H Aug.  to  Oct. 

for  them,  but  they  are  cheapest  in  the  end,  for  second-  ggj^f  *  * H  H oSf'to  A^rii 

grade  stock  takes  up  just  as  much  room  and  requires  as  Geissorhiza }.'.'.  ','. ! Aug. to  Nov. 

much  care,  fire,  and  other  expenses.    It  is  the  grade  of  Gesnera  *  t. ...... .. '. '. '. '. .... '. ... '.  .T ...............  Oct.  to  April 

flowers  called  firsts  that  sell  and  pay  a  profits.   The  supply  Gladiolus  g H.H Sept.  to  April 

of  seconds  is  often  so  abundant  that  the  market  price  Gloriosat T Oct. to  April 

for  them  does  not  pay  the  cost  of  the  bulbs. 

CATALOGuEoFBuLBs.-Toaidintheseiection of buibs 

for  particular  purposes,  we  append  a  list  of  the  leading  Helleborus  t H Oct.  to  April 

species  that  are  procurable  while  dormant  (between  the  Hemerocallis  || H Oct.  to  April 

months  specified)  from  seedsmen  and  bulb  dealers,  and  Homeria  § H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

we  affix  a  sign  to  each  to  indicate  the  purpose  for  which  Hyacinth  *  t .      H Aug.  to  Nov. 

the  species-or  certain  varieties  in  it-are  adapted.  Some  Hymenocallis  §  t. T Oct.  to  April 

kinds  are  useful  for  more  than  one  purpose,  and  such  ^^^Tj^;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;^*^::::::^.^^ 

have  a  corresponding  number  of  signs.    For  example :  if  IriSf  Rhizomatous,  etc.  t  II H Oct.  to  April 

a  selection  of  bulbs  is  to  be  made  for  winter-flowering  Ismene g  t T Oct.  to  April 

in  the  house,  make  a  note  of  those  to  which  an  aste-  Ixia* H.H Aug.toNov. 

risk  ( *)  is  affixed,  then  turn  to  their  respective  headings  Ixiolirion  t H Aug.  to  Nov. 

in  this  Cyclopedia,  where  will  be  found  full  descriptions  Jonquils  *  J H Aug.  to  Oct. 

of  the  varieties  as  well  as  species-and  cultural  instruc-  aStaft  I H* Auf  o  Oct' 

tions- which  will  enable  any  one  to  make  an  intelligent  {SSP7 .  • '  '•  '•  itept.  to  April 

selection.  Lycoris  g  f.'. '. '. '. '. ". '. '. ". ". '. '. ! '. '. '. '. '. '. ". '. '. '.  H.'H'.'.  '. '. '. '. ". '. ". '. ". ". '.  Oct.  to  April 

For  winter-flowering  bulbs  for  greenhouse  or  window,  select  Milla  g H.H Oct.  to  April 

from  species  marked  *.  Montbretia  || H.H Oct.  to  April 

For  summer-  and  fall-flowering  bulbs  for  pots  for  greenhouse  Muscaria  t H Aug.  to  Nov. 

and  other  decoration,  select  from  species  marked  t.  Nsegelia  *  t T Oct.  to  April 

For  spring -flowering  hardy  bulbs  for  gardens,  lawns,  etc. ,  select  Narcissus  *  t H Aug.  to  Oct. 

from  species  marked  J.  Nemastylus  g T Oct.  to  April 

For  slimmer-  and  fall-flowering  hardy  bulbs  for  gardens,  Nerine  f T Aug.  to  Nov. 

lawns,  etc.,  select  from  species  marked  II.  Ornithogahim  *  g H.  &  H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

For  summer- and  fall-flowering  (not  hardy)  bulbs  for  spring  Oxalis,  Winter-flowering  *  t H.H Aug.toNov. 

planting  in  garden,  etc. ,  select  from  species  marked  g.  Oxalis,  for  borders  § H.H Sept.  to  April 

For  climbing  bulbous  plants,  select  from  species  marked  T.  Pseonias  II H Oct.  to  April 

Those  marked  H  are  hardy ;  H.H,  half-hardy  ;  T,  tender.  Pancratium  t  § T Oct.  to  April 

Phsedranassa  * T Oct.  to  April 

GENERA,  ETC.  HARDINESS.  DORMANT.  Polygonatum  || H Oct.  to  April 

Abobrafl  § H.H Oct.  to  April  Puschkinia  t H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Achimenes  t T Oct.  to  April  Ranunculus  * H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Agapanthusf  § H.H Oct.to  April  Richardia*t  § T Sept.  to  Dec. 

Albuca  t T Oct.  to  April  Rigidella  § T Oct.  to  April 

Allium  *  t H.  &  H.H Aug.  to  Dec.  Sanguinaria  t H Oct.  to  April 

Alstroemeria  t  § H.H Sept.  to  Nov.  Schizostylis  *  g H.H Oct.  to  April 

Amaryllis  *t T Oct.  to  April  Scilla  J  * H.  &  H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Amorphophallus  g T Oct.  to  April  Sparaxis * H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 


BULBS 


BUPHANE 


195 


GENERA,  ETC.  HARDINESS.  DORMANT. 

Spirea  ( Astilbe)  * H Oct.  to  April 

Sprekelia  *  tg T Sept.  to  April 

Sternbergia  !! H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Tecophylea  * H.H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Tigridisi  <? X Oct.  to  April 

Trillium  I! H Oct.  to  March 

Triteleia  t H.H Oct.  to  April 

Tritonia* „ H.H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Tritoma  II H Oct.  to  April 

TropaBolum,  Tuberous  *  11 H.H Aug.  to  Dec. 

Tuberoses  § T Nov.  to  May 

Tulip*  t H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Tydsea  *  t T Oct.  to  April 

Urceolina  t T Oct.  to  April 

Vallota  t T Oct.  to  April 

Watsonia  *  § H.H Sept,  to  Dec. 

Zephyranthes  *  g H.H Aug.  to  April 

PETER  HENDERSON  &  Co. 

BULBlNE  (Greek,  bolbos,  a  bulb).  Lilidcece.  Half- 
hardy  African  plants,  of  several  species,  allied  to  Antheri- 
cum,"but  practically  unknown  in  this  country.  Some  of 
the  species  are  bulbous,  and  require  the  general  treat- 
ment given  Cape  bulbs  (see  Bulbs). 

BULBLNELLA.    See  CJtrysobactron. 

BULBOCODIUM  (Greek,  woolly  btilb).  Lilidcece.  A 
half  dozen  low,  crocus-like  bulbous  plants  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region  and  eastward,  some  spring-flowering 
and  others  autumn-flowering.  The  spring-flowering  spe- 
cies, B.  vernum,  is  the  only  one  in  our  gardens.  It 
is  hardy,  and  demands  the  same  soil  and  location  as 
crocuses. 

v6rnu.ni,  Linn.  Fig.  291.  Blooms  in  earliest  spring, 
before  the  Ivs.  appear,  the  fls.  resting  nearly  on  the 
ground  :  fls.  rosy  purple,  white-spotted  on  the  interior, 

1-3  from  each  bulb:  Ivs. 
broad  and  channelled. 
B.M.  153  (cf.  Fig.  291). 
F.S.  11  :  1149. -Bulbs 
should  be  taken  up  and 
divided  every  2  or  3 
years.  Plant  in  the  fall. 
Usually  blooms  in  ad- 
vance of  the  crocus. 
L.  H.  B. 

BULBOP,HtLLUM 

(Greek,  bulb -leaf). 
Orchiddcece,  tribe  Epi- 
dtndrece.  Many  species 
of  trop.  orchids,  mostly 
of  the  Old  World,  more 
odd  than  ornamental. 
Very  few  are  known  to 
cultivators.  They  are 
plants  with  a  stout, 
creepingrhizome, small 
pseudobulbs  bearing 
one  or  two  stiff  Ivs. :  lip 
jointed,  moving  when 
touched,  sometimes 
hairy:  fls.  in  racemes 
or  spikes,  or  solitary. 
Require  warm  temper- 
ature and  much  water. 
Do  not  dry  them  off. 
They  thrive  on  blocks  or  trunks  of  ferns.  B.  Btccari, 
Reichb.  f.,  is  one  of  the  largest  of  orchids,  its  rhizomes 
twining  about  trees,  and  its  fls.  emitting  the  vilest  con- 
ceivable odor;  see  G.C.  II.  11:  41,  and  14:  326,  525; 
B.M.  6567. 

L6bbii,  Lindl.  Leaf  solitary,  broadly  lance-elliptic  : 
scape  1-fld.,  arising  from  the  side  of  the  pseudobulb, 
shorter  than  the  If. :  fls.  large  and  spreading  (2  in. 
across) ;  sepals  lanceolate  and  acuminate,  yellow,  more  or 
less  marked  with  purple ;  petals  smaller, streaked  purple ; 
lip  cordate-ovate,  yellow  and  orange-dotted,  not  bearded. 
Java.  B.M.  4532.  — Flowers  in  early  summer.  Once  cata- 
logued by  Pitcher  &  Manda. 

BULL,  EPHRAIM  W.  The  introducer  of  the  Concord 
grape  lived  a  long,  quiet,  and  useful  life  in  Concord, 


291.  Bulbocodium  vernum. 


Mass.,  where  he  died  Sept.  27, 1895,  in  his  ninetieth  year. 
In  commercial  importance,  the  greatest  event  in  the  early 
history  of  American  grapes  was  the  introduction,  early 
in  the  fifties,  of  this  variety  of  the  northern  fox-grape. 
The  first  fruit  of  this  grape  was  obtained  in  1849.  Its 
exact  origin  is  obscure.  In  1840,  Mr.  Bull  bought  the 
house  in  which  he  lived  until  his  death.  That  year  some 
boys  brought  from  the  river  some  wild  grapes,  and 
scattered  them  about  the  place.  A  seedling  appeared 
from  which  Mr.  Bull  obtained  a  bunch  of  fruits  in  1843. 
He  planted  seeds  of  this  bunch,  and  a  resulting  plant, 
fruited  in  1849.  This  variety  was  named  the  Concord. 
It  soon  became  the  dominant  grape  in  all  eastern 
America,  as  it  was  the  first  variety  of  sufficient  hardi- 
ness to  carry  the  culture  of  the  vine  into  every  garden, 
in  the  land.  It  is  a  pregnant  type,  and  has  given  rise  to 
no  less  than  fifty  honorable  seedlings,  which  range  in 
color  from  greenish  white  to  purple-black.  The  quality 
of  the  fruit  is  excelled  by  many  varieties,  but  the  latter 
usually  demand  more  careful  cultivation.  The  Concord 
is  the  one  most  important  type  of  American  grape,  and 
the  really  successful  commercial  viticulture  of  the  coun- 
try dates  from  its  dissemination  ;  and  yet  this  grape  is 
a  pure  native  fox-grape,  and  evidently  only  twice  removed 
from  the  wild  vine. 

Ephraim  W.  Bull  was  loved  of  his  neighbors  and  hon- 
ored by  every  countryman  who  grows  or  eats  a  grape. 
He  made  very  little  money  from  his  variety,  and  died  in 
extreme  poverty.  The  original  vine  is  still  preserved. 
It  is  a  sprout  from  the  old  root.  L  H.  B. 

BULLACE.  A  small  wild  or  half-domesticated  plum, 
standing  midway  between  the  cultivated  European  sorts 
( Prunus  domestica )  and  the  wild  sloe  ( P.  spinosa ) .  This 
plum  is  usually  referred  to  P.  insititia,  but  it  is  so  closely 
related  to  the  Damsons  as  to  be  best  classified  with  them. 
The  Bullace  would  then  take  the  botanical  name  of  the 
Damsons,  P.  domestica,  var.  Dnmascena  (see  Bot.  Gaz. 
27:481).  This  plum  is  rather  common  in  parts  of  Eu- 
rope, but  is  very  seldom  seen  in  America. 

F.  A.  WAUGH. 

BUMELIA  (ancient  Greek  name  for  an  ash-tree). 
Sapotacece.  Small  trees  or  shrubs,  usually  spiny,  with 
rather  small,  entire,  deciduous  or  persistent  Ivs.  and 
small  white  fls.  in  axillary  clusters :  fr.  an  oblong  black 
drupe.  About  20  species  from  S.  N.  America  to  Brazil. 
None  of  them  is  of  much  horticultural  value,  but  as 
they  grow  naturally,  mostly  on  dry,  rocky  or  sandy  soil, 
they  may  be  used  sometimes  with  advantage  for  plant- 
ing in  similar  situations.  Prop,  by  seeds. 

lanugindsa,  Pers.  Tree,  sometimes  50  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong- 
obovate  or  cuneate-obovate,  rounded  and  often  apiculate 
at  the  apex,  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  tomentose 
beneath,  sometimes  nearly  glabrous  at  length,  1-2%  in. 
long  :  clusters  many-fld. ;  pedicels  slender  hairy  :  fr. 
oblong  or  obovate,  %in.  long.  S.  8.5:247.  S.  states 
north  to  S.  Illinois,  west  to  Texas.  — This  species  and  B. 
lycioldes,  Pers.,  are  the  hardiest.  They  have  proved 
hardy  in  very  sheltered  positions  even  in  Massachu- 
setts ;  besides  these,  B.  angusti  folia,  Nutt.,  and  B. 
tinax,  Willd.,  are  the  most  common  species  in  the  S. 
states.  B.  Pdlmeri,  Rose,  from  Mex.,  is  illustrated  in 
G.F.  7:196.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

BUPHANE  (Greek,  cattle-destroyer,  alluding  to  poi- 
sonous properties).  Amarylliddcece.  Two  or  three  South 
African  bulbs,  practically  unknown  in  this  country. 
They  are  large  plants,  with  many  red  fls.  in  an  umbel. 
Perianth  tubular,  segments  equal  and  narrow,  spread- 
ing :  stamens  6,  exserted  :  Ivs.  long  and  sword-like, 
thick.  See  Baker,  Amaryllidese. 

disticna,  Herb.  (B.  toxicdria,  Herb.,  Hcemdnthus 
toxicdrius,  Thunb.).  Bulb,  6-9  in.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  sev- 
eral, distichous,  1-2  ft.  long  :  peduncle  or  scape  stout 
(6-12  in.  high)  and  solid,  compressed,  glaucous,  bearing 
a  dense  umbel.  B.M.  1217.  — Sparingly  offered  in  this 
country.  Lvs.  said  to  be  very  poisonous  to  cattle  in 
S.  Afr. ;  bulb  furnishes  arrow  poison  for  the  natives. 

Another  species  is  B.  cilidris,  Herb.,  with  fewer,, 
shorter  Ivs.,  and  shorter  peduncle,  bearing  50-100  fls. 
Not  known  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade.  L  jj  g 


196 


BUPHTHALMUM 


BUXUS 


"BUPHTHALMUM  (Greek  for  ox-eye).  Composite^. 
-A.  few  European  and  W.  Asian  perennial  herbs,  some- 
•  times  grown  in  the  hardy  border.  Heads  large,  with 
long  yellow  rays  :  Ivs.  alternate,  entire  or  dentate  : 
pappus  short,  often  connate  into  a  corona  :  akenes 
ig'abrous.  Showy  plants  of  easy  culture. 

speciosissimum,  Ard.  Lvs.  cordate  and  clasping,  the 
'upper  ones  oval  and  acuminate  :  heads  solitary  on  the 
ends  of  the  stems  :  2-5  ft.,  flowering  in  July  and  later, 
salicifoliura,  Linn.  (B.  grandifldrum,  Linn.).  Lvs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  3-nerved,  somewhat  pubescent  and 
slightly  serrate  :  fls.  solitary  and  terminal,  large  :  lower 
than  the  last. 

specidsum,  Schreb.  (B.  cordlfbliiim,  Waldst.  &  Kit.). 
Lvs.  very  large,  cordate,  coarse-serrate  :  fls.  very  large 
and  showy,  on  an  upward-thickened  peduncle  :  3-4  ft., 
blooming  in  June  and  later.  B.  M.  3466,  as  Telekia  spe- 
dosa.  .  L.  H.  B. 

BUPLEURUM  (Greek,  ox  and  rib  :  of  no  obvious  ap- 
plication). Umbelliferce.  Weedy  plants  of  the  Old  World, 
of  which  one  (B.  rotundi folium,  Linn.),  is  naturalized 
in  the  Eastern  states,  and  another  (B.  falcatum,  Linn.), 
is  cult,  in  Japan  for  greens  (A.G.  13:  9). 

BURBtDGEA  (after  F.  W.  Burbidge,  who  discovered 
it  in  Borneo).  Scitamindcece.  A  monotypic  genus  allied 
to  Hedychium,  but  with  no  lateral  perianth  segments  and 
-the  lip  reduced  to  a  small  blade.  The  showy  orange- 
scarlet  fls.  rival  cannas  in  brilliancy.  For  culture,  see 
Alpinia  and  Hedychium. 

nitida,  Hook,  f .  Tender  herbaceous  perennial :  height 
2-3  ft. :  rootstock  creeping,  matted  :  stems  tufted,  slen- 
der :  leaf -blades  glossy,  4-6  in.  long,  eared  at  junction 
with  the  sheath  :  panicle  terminal,  4-6  in.  long,  many- 
fld. ;  inner  perianth  tube  1-1%  in.  long  ;  outer  segments 
l%-2  in.  long,  orange-scarlet,  the  dorsal  one  shorter 
and  more  roundish  than  the  2  lateral  ones.  B.  M*.  6403. 
Sold  by  Siebrecht  &  Son. 

BURCHELLIA  (W.  Burchell,  botanical  traveler). 
JRubi&cew.  One  species  from  S.  Afr.,  an  evergreen 
«hrub,  with  opposite  short-petioled  Ivs.  and  dense  ter- 
minal clusters  of  sessile  scarlet  fls.:  corolla  tubular, 
"bell  shaped  ;  stamens  5,  inserted  in  the  tube  :  fr.  a  2- 
celled,  many  seeded  berry.  B.  Cap6nsis,  R.  Br.,  is  in 
the  Amer.  trade,  being  cult,  for  its  rich,  dark  foliage 
and  brilliant  fls.  It  is  very  variable,  and  has  received 
several  names.  3-10  ft.  Prop,  by  cuttings.  Grown  un- 
der glass.  B.M.2339.  R.H.  1886:420.  J.H.  III.  34:  81. 

BURDOCK.    See  Arctium. 
BURLINGTONIA.    See  Rotriguezia. 

BURNET  (Potirium  Sanguisbrba,  Linn.).  A  hardy 
rosaceous  perennial,  the  piquant  Ivs.  of  which  are  some- 
times used  in  flavoring  soups  and  salads.  The  dried 
'roots  are  occasionally  used  as  a  family  remedy.  Burnet 
tls  little  known  in  this  country  as  a  condimental  herb. 
It  is  worthy  a  place  in  the  hardy  border  for  the  orna- 
'tnental  character  of  its  odd-pinnate  Ivs.  and  its  little 
iheads  of  fls.  with  drooping  stamens.  The  leaflets  are 
very  dark  green,  ovate  and  notched.  Stems  1-2  ft.  high, 
bearing  oblong  or  globular  monoecious  heads.  Of  easiest 
•culture,  either  from  seeds  or  by  division  of  the  clumps. 
Native  of  Europe.  £,  H.  B. 

BURNING-BUSH.    See  Euonymus. 
BURRIELIA.    SeeBaeria. 

BURS  ARIA  (Bursa,  a  pouch,  alluding  to  the  shape 
of  the  pods).  Pittospor&cece.  Two  species  of  shrubs 
with  white  fls.  in  clusters  ;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens 
each  5  :  fr.  a  2-loculed  capsule,  in  shape  like  that  of  the 
Shepherd's  Purse. 

spindsa,  Cav.  An  elegant  spiny  shrub  or  small  tree, 
with  drooping  branches  and  pretty  white  fls.,  produced 
in  summer:  Ivs.  small,  oblong-cuneate,  alternate  and 
nearly  sessile  :  fls.  small,  lateral  or  terminal,  mostly 
terminal.  Australia,  Tasmania.  B.M.  1767.  — Cult,  in 
SS.  California. 


BURSERA  (Joachim  Burser,  a  disciple  of  Caspar 
Bauhin).  Burser&cece.  Generally  tall  trees,  with  sim- 
ple or  pinnately  compound  Ivs. :  fls.  small,  in  clusters, 
4-5  parted,  with  twice  as  many  stamens  as  petals  or 
sepals,  and  a  3-parted  ovary  containing  6  ovules  :  fr.  a 
3-parted  drupe  with  usually  only  1  seed.  About  40  spe- 
cies of  trees  in  tropical  America.  For  B.  servi&ta,  see 
Protium. 

Simarubra,  Sarg.  (B.  gummifera,  Jacq.).  Lvs.  odd- 
pinnate,  with  3-5  pairs  of  Ifts. ;  Ifts.  ovate,  acute,  mem- 
branous, smooth  on  both  sides,  entire,  the  netted  veins 
prominent  on  the  under  side  :  fls.  in  a  very  knotty  ra- 
ceme, 4-6  parted  :  fr.  a  drupe,  with  a  3-valved  succulent 
rind  and  3-5  nuts.  A  tall  tree  with  a  straight  trunk  and 
spreading  head,  found  in  Florida,  Mexico,  and  Central 
America  and  the  West  Indies.  — It  yields  a  sweet,  aro- 
matic balsam,  which  is  used  in  tropical  America  as  a 
medicine  for  internal  and  external  application  ;  dried, 
it  is  known  in  the  trade  as  Chibou,  or  Cachibou  resin, 
or  Gomart  resin.  It  is  a  hardy  greenhouse  plant,  and 
thrives  in  a  compost  of  loam  and  peat.  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings under  glass,  with  bottom  heat. 

G.  T.  HASTINGS. 

BUSH-FRUITS.  A  term  used  to  designate  those 
small  fruits  which  grow  on  woody  bushes.  It  includes 
all  small-fruits— as  that-  term  is  used  in  America— ex- 
cept strawberries  and  cranberries.  Bush-fruits  is  an 
English  term,  but  it  has  been  adopted  lately  in  this 
country,  notably  in  Card's  book  on  "Bush-Fruits."  The 
common  bush-fruits  are  currants,  gooseberries,  rasp- 
berries, blackberries,  and  dewberries. 

BUTE  A  (Earl  of  Bute).  Legumlnbsw.  Three  or  four 
species  of  trees  or  woody  vines  of  India  and  China,  with 
deep  scarlet  papilionaceous  fls.  in  racemes  and  pinnate 
Ivs.  In  the  Old  World  rarely  grown  in  stoves.  In  this 
country,  one  is  cult,  in  S.  Calif. 

fronddsa,  Roxbg.  A  leafy  tree,  yielding  gum  or  lac  : 
Ifts.  3,  roundish,  pubescent  beneath,  the  lateral  ones 
unsymmetrical  :  fls.  2  in.  long,  orange-crimson,  very 
showy  ;  stamens  9  together  and  1  free.  India.  — Reaches 
a  height  of  50  ft. 

BUTOMUS  (Greek,  bous,  ox,  and  temno,  to  cut ;  the 
leaves  too  sharp  for  the  mouths  of  cattle).  Alismdcece. 
Hardy  perennial  aquatic  of  easy  culture  on  margins  of 
ponds.  Prop,  by  division.  All  the  species  are  referred 
by  DC.,  in  Mon.  Phan.,  vol.  3,  to  B.  umbellatus,  or  to 
the  Australian  Butomopsis,  which  is  also  a  monotypic 
genus. 

umbellatus,  Linn.  FLOWERING  RUSH.  Rhizome  thick : 
Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  iris-like,  sheathing  at  the  base,  3-cor- 
nered  :  fls.  rose-colored,  25-30  in  an  umbel,  on  a  long 
scape  ;  sepals  3  ;  petals  3.  Summer.  Eu.,  Asia. 

BUTTERCUP.     Species  of  Ranunculus. 
BUTTERFLY  WEED.    Asclepias  tuberosa. 
BUTTERNUT.     See  Juglans. 
BUTTON-BUSH  is  Cephalanthus. 
BUTTONWOOD.     Consult  Platanus. 
BUTTERWORT.    See  Pinguicula. 

BUXUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  JSuphorbidcece.  Box 
TREE.  Evergreen  shrubs  or  small  trees  :  Ivs.  opposite, 
short-petioled,  entire,  almost  glabrous,  coriaceous  and 
rather  small :  fls.  monoecious,  in  axillary  or  terminal 
clusters,  consisting  usually  of  one  terminal  pistillate 
flower,  with  6  sepals,  and  several  lateral  staminate  fls. 
with  4  sepals  and  4  stamens  :  fr.  an  obovate  or  nearly 
globular  3-pointed  capsule,  separating  into  3  valves, 
each  containing  2  shining  black  seeds.  About  20  species 
in  the  mountains  of  Cent,  and  E.  Asia,  N.  Afr.,  and  S. 
Eur.,  also  in  W.  India  and  C.  Amer.  Ornamental  ever- 
green shrubs  of  dense  but  rather  slow  growth,  with 
shining,  small  foliage  and  inconspicuous  fls.  and  fr. 
The  common  Box  Tree  and  B.  micropTiylla  may  be 
grown  in  sheltered  positions  even  north,  while  B.  Wal- 
Hchiana  and  B.  Balearica,  two  very  distinct  and  hand- 


BUXUS 


BUXUS 


197 


some  species,  grow  in  the  warmer  temperate  regions 
only.  B.  semperrirt'Hx  stands  pruning  very  well,  and 
In  the  old  formal  gardens  of  Europe  was  formerly  much 
used  for  hedges,  and  sometimes  trimmed  into  the  most 
fantastical  shapes  ;  the  dwarf  variety  is  still  often 
planted  for  bordering  flower  beds.  The  very  hard  and 
close-grained  wood  is  in  great  demand  for  engraving 
and  finer  turnery  work.  The  Box  Tree  thrives  in  almost 
any  well-drained  soil,  and  best  in  a  partially  shaded 
position.  Prop,  by  cuttings  from  mature  wood  early  in 


The  lower  spray  shows 
the  under  surface. 


fall,  kept  during  the  winter  in  the  cool  greenhouse  or 
under  handlights  in  the  open  ;  in  more  temperate  re- 
gions they  may  be  inserted  in  a  shady  place  in  the  open 
air  ;  4-6  in.  is  the  best  size  for  outdoor  cuttings.  Layers 
will  also  make  good  plants.  The  dwarf  variety  is  usu- 
ally propagated  by  division.  In  planting  borders,  it  is 
essential  to  insert  the  divided  plants  deeply  and  as  firmly 
as  possible,  and  to  give  plenty  of  water  the  first  time. 


Seeds  are  sown  soon  after  maturity,  'out  it  takes  a  long 
time  to  raise  plants  of  good  size  from  them. 

semp6rvirens,  Linn.  COMMON  Box  TREE.  Fig.  292. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft. :  branches  quadrangular, 
sparingly  pubescent :  Ivs.  oval-oblong  or  oval,  rarely 
roundish  oval  or  lanceolate,  usually  obtuse,  %-!%  in. 
long  :  fls.  in  axillary  clusters  ;  staminate  fls.  sessile,. 
with  a  gland  half  as  long  as  the  calyx  in  the  center.  S. 
Eur.,  N.  Afr.,  Orient,  China.  Very  variable  in  size,, 
color  and  shape  of  the  Ivs. ;  some  of  the  most  cultivated 
forms  are  the  following  :  Var.  angustifdlia,  Loud.  (var. 
longifolia,  Hort. ;  var.  salicifolia,  Hort. ).  Lvs.  narrow, 
oblong-lanceolate,  usually  shrubby.  Var.  arborescens, 
Linn.  Tall  shrub  or  small  tree  :  Ivs.  usually  oval.  Var. 
arg6nteo-marginata,  Hort.  Lvs.  edged  white.  Var. 
aurea,  Hort.  Lvs.  yellow.  Var.  aureo-marginata,  Hortr 
Lvs.  edged  yellow.  Var.  suffruticdsa,  Linn.  (var.  nana^ 
Hort-).  Dwarf  :  Ivs.  small,  oval  or  obovate  :  flowering 
clusters  usually  only  terminal. 

Japdnica,  Muell.  Arg.  (B.  obcorddta,  Hort.  B.  F6r- 
tunei,  Hort,).  Shrub,  6  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate  or 
roundish  obovate,  obtuse  or  emarginate  at  the  apex, 
K-1%  in.  long,  with  usually  pubescent  petioles  ;  clus- 
ters axillary  ;  staminate  fls.  sessile,  with  a  central  gland 
as  long  as  the  calyx.  China,  Japan.— Nearly  as  hardy  as. 
the  former.  There  are  also  some  variegated  forms. 

microphylla,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (B.  Japdnica,  var.  micro- 
phi/lla,  Muell.  Arg.).  Dwarf,  often  prostrate  shrub,, 
quite  glabrous  :  Ivs.  obovate  or  obovate-lanceolate,  %-l 
in.  long  :  clusters  mostly  terminal  ;  staminate  fls.  ses- 
sile, with  a  central  gland,  like  the  former.  Japan. 

Balearica,  Willd.  Shrub,  6-15  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic  or 
oblong,  acute  or  obtuse  at  the  apex,  1-2  in.  long,  light 
green  :  clusters  axillary  ;  staminate  fls.  pedicelled.  S. 
Spain,  Balear.— Handsome  shrub,  but  less  hardy  than 
the  former. 

B.  California,  Lk.  =  Simmondsia  California.— B.  Fdrtunei, 
Hort.  =  B.  Japonica.— B.  Hdrlandi,  Hance.  Branches  pubes- 
cent :  Ivs.  narrow  obovate,  emarginate,  %-!%  in-  long.  China. 
— B.  longifolia,  Boiss.  Lvs.  narrow-elliptic  or  lanceolate,  1-1/4 
in.  long.  Orient,  China.— B.  longifolia,  Hort.  =  B.  sempervi- 
rens, var.  angustifolia.— B.  Wallichidna,  Baill.  Branches  pu- 
bescent :  Ivs.  linear-elliptic,  1-2%  in.  long.  Himalayas. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


CABBAGE,  Brdssica  oleracea,  Linn.,  is  a  crucifer- 
ous plant  which  grows  wild  on  the  sea-cliffs  of  western 
and  southern  Europe.  Figs.  293  and  294,  from  nature, 


293.  Wild  Cabbage  on  the  cliffs  of  the  English  Channel. 

show  the  common  form  as  it  grows  on  the  chalk  cliffs  of 
the  English  Channel.  It  is  a  perennial  plant,  or  per- 
haps sometimes  a  biennial,  with  a  very  tough  and  woody 
root,  a  diffuse  habit,  and  large,  thick,  deep-lobed  leaves 
in  various  shades  of  green  and  reddish,  and  more  or 
less  glaucous.  The  leaves  of  this  plant  were  probably 
eaten  by  the  barbarous  or  half -civilized  tribes ;  and  when 
history  begins,  the  plant  had  been  transferred  to  culti- 
vated grounds  and  had  begun  to  produce  dense  rosettes 
or  heads  of  leaves.  It  appears  to  have  been  in  general 
use  before  the  Aryan  migrations  to  the  westward.  There 
were  several  distinct  types  or  races  of  the  Cabbage  in 
cultivation  in  Pliny's  time. 

From  the  one  original  stock  have  sprung  all  the  forms 
of  Cabbages,  Cauliflowers,  Brussels  Sprouts  and  Kales. 
For  this  family  or  group  of  plants  the  English  language 
has  no  generic  name.  The  French  include  them  all  under 
the  term  Chou,  and  the  Germans  treat  them  under  Kohl. 
These  various  tribes  may  be  classified  as  follows  (cf. 
De  Candolle,  Trans.  Hort.  Soc.  London,  5,  1-43  ;  Prodr. 
1.213): 

Var.  ac6phala,  DC.  The  various  headless  Cabbages. 
It  comprises  the  Kales,  in  many  types  and  varieties,  as 
the  tall  or  tree  Kales,  Curled  or  Scotch  Kales,  and  Col- 
lards.  The  Georgia  Collards,  grown  in  the  south  and 
shipped  to  northern  markets,  is  shown  in  Fig.  295.  Its 
likeness  may  be  found  wild  on  the  cliffs  of  the  south- 
eastern coast  of  England  to-day.  A  Curled  Kale  is 
shown  in  Fig.  296.  The  thick,  tender  leaves  of  the  Kales 
are  used  as  "greens."  See  Collards  and  Kale. 

Var.  gemmifera,  Hort.  The  bud-bearing  Cabbage,  or 
Brussels  Sprouts  ( see  Fig.  273) .  In  this  group,  the  main 
stem  or  axis  is  tall  and  erect,  and  the  axillary  buds  are 
developed  into  little  heads. 

Var.  capitata,  DC.  The  head-bearing,  or  true  Cab- 
bages. In  this  tribe,  the  main  axis  is  short  and  thick, 
and  the  leaves  are  densely  packed  into  a  gigantic  bud  or 
head  (Figs.  297,  298).  The  varieties  of  Cabbage  are 
very  numerous  and  various.  A  serviceable  classification 
of  them  might  follow  this  order: 


A.  Lvs.  plain  (not  blistered). 

B.  Head  oblong  or  conical  (Fig.  299). 
C.  Green. 
CO.  Red. 
BB.  Head  oblate  or  flattened  (Fig.  299) ,  including  c  and 

cc,  as  above. 

AA.  Lvs.  blistered  or  puckered.  The  Savoy  Cabbages,  Fig. 
300  (B.  oleracea,  var.  bullata,  DC.),  to  be  further  di- 
vided, as  in  A. 

Var.  botrytis,  DC.  Cauliflower  and  Broccoli,  in  which 
the  head  is  formed  of  the  condensed  and  thickened 
flower-cluster.  See  Cauliflower. 

The  Chinese  Cabbage  is  a  wholly  different  species 
from  the  common  Cabbages  (see  Brassica).  It  does  not 
form  a  compact  and  rounded  head,  but  a  more  or  less 
open  and  soft  mass  of  leaves,  after  the  manner  of  Cos 
Lettuce.  It  is  of  easy  culture,  but  must  be  grown  in  the 
cool  season,  for  it  runs  quickly  to  seed  in  hot  and  dry 
weather.  L.  H.  B. 

CULTURE  OF  CABBAGE.  — The  Cabbage  is  a  gross  feeder. 
It  endures  much  abuse.  We  may  cover  its  leaves  with 
dust,  dose  it  with  all  sorts  of  substances,  mutilate  its 
leaves  or  roots  as  we  choose,  plant  it  in  heavy  clay, 
black  muck  or  pure  sand,  and  it  will  do  fairly  well  in 
spite  of  all  conditions  if  we  but  supply  an  abundance  of 
easily  secured  food  and  the  right  quantity  of  water  to 
enable  the  pfent  to  take  it  in  and  make  it  available. 
Next  to  plenty  of  food,  its  great  requisite  is  a  proper 
supply  of  water,  and,  though  its  native  home  seems  to 
be  near  the  ocean,  it  is  by  no  means  an  aquatic,  and  suf- 
fers as  much  from  an  over-supply  of  water  as  from  any 
untoward  condition.  Cabbages  cannot  endure  hot  sun- 
shine and  dry  air,  and  do  best  at  all  stages  of  growth  in 
a  cool,  moist  atmosphere,  and  while  young  plants  do 
fairly  well  in  a  higher  one,  provided  there  is  plenty  of 
light  and  air,  the  older  ones  cannot  be  made  to  form  per- 
fect heads  in  such  weather  as  prevails  in  most  parts  of 
the  United  States  during  the  summer  months.  They  are 
quite  hardy,  and  will  endure  a  too  low  temperature  bet- 
ter than  one  which  is  too  high,  their  hardiness  in  this  re- 
spect depending  largely  upon  the  condition  of  the  plant. 
The  leaves  of  one  rapidly  grown  in  a  greenhouse  will  be 
killed  by  2°  or  3°  of  frost,  while  it  will  take  20°  to  25°, 
continued  for  some  time,  to  kill  one  grown  slowly  out- 
of-doors.  It  is  clear  that  if  the  plant  is  to  be  grown  suc- 
cessfully in  our  southern  states,  it  must  be  during  the 
cooler  winter  and  spring  months  ;  and  at  the  north 
seed-sowing  must  be  so  timed  as  to  avoid  bringing  the 
plants  to  a  heading  condition  during  hot  weather.  Cab- 
bages can  be  grown  without  protection  at  the  south 


294.    Wild  Cabbage  plant  in  seed. 

wherever  a  minimum  temperature  of  about  15°  above 
zero  is  the  coldest  that  may  be  expected,  and  at  the 
north  well-grown  and  hardened  plants  for  early  crop 
may  be  set  out  as  soon  as  danger  of  a  temperature  below 
about  20°  above  zero  is  passed.  The  earliest  maturing 


(198) 


CABBAGE 


CABBAGE 


199 


varieties,  when  grown  without  check,  will  come  into 
heading  condition  in  about  ninety  days  from  the  seed, 
and  the  time  necessary  for  the  different  sorts  to  perfect 
heads  varies  from  that  to  some  200  days  for  the  latest. 
In  about  sixty  days  from  the  seed  the  plant  will  be  as 
large  as  can  be  profitably  transplanted,  so  that  when 
plants  can  be  safely  set  out-of-doors  early  in  March  the 
seed  should  be  sown  early  in  February,  the  date  of  sow- 
ing to  be  determined  by  the  local  climatic  conditions. 
We  think  the  best  plan  is  to  sow  the  seed  in  boxes, 
about  3  inches  deep,  and  of  convenient  size  to  handle, 
filled  with  rather  heavy  but  very  friable  soil.  We  plant 
the  seed  in  drills,  about  2  inches  apart,  dropping  about 
ten  seeds  to  the  inch.  The  seedlings  need  abundant 
light  and  air,  and  the  great  danger  to  be  guarded  against 
is  their  becoming  soft  and  spindling  through  too  high 
temperature  and  the  want  of  light.  They  should  be  fully 
exposed  whenever  the  weather  will  permit.  In  from 
fifteen  to  twenty  days  after  sowing  the  seed  the  plants 
should  be  "pricked  out,"  setting  them  about  2  inches 
apart,  in  a  rich  and  somewhat  heavier  soil  than  was  used 
in  the  seed  boxes,  and  as  soon  as  well  established  they 
should  be  given  all  the  light  and  air  possible.  A  few  de- 
grees of  frost  for  a  night  will  be  an  advantage  rather 
than  an  injury.  It  was  formerly  the  custom,  and  one  still 
followed  by  some  successful  growers,  to  sow  the  seed  in 
the  open  ground  in  September,  transplanting  into  cold- 
frames  in  late  October  or  November,  and  carry  the  plants 
through  the  winter  in  a  dormant  or  slowly  growing  condi- 
tion. Such  plants,  being  very  hardy,  can  be  set  out  early, 
and,  if  all  goes  well,  will  mature  somewhat  earlier  than 
spring-grown  plants,  but  this  method  is  now  generally 
thought  to  be  more  expensive,  less  profitable  and  certain 
than  spring  planting.  For  the  later  or  general  crop  at 
the  north,  and  for  those  parts  of  the  south  where  no  pro- 
tection is  necessary,  seed  is  sown  in  beds  out-of-doors. 
For  this  purpose,  select  a  well-drained,  level  spot,  of 
rich,  friable  soil,  as  near  the  field  where  the  crop  is  to 
be  grown  as  practicable,  and  get  it  into  the  best  possible 
condition  as  to  tilth  and  moisture  by  repeated  cultiva- 
tion. In  the  latitude  of  New  York,  the  latter  part  of 
May  or  the  first  of  June  is  considered  the  best  time  for 
sowing  seed  for  the  general  crop,  but  fine  yields  are 
often  obtained  there  from  seed  sown  as  late  as  the  mid- 
dle of  July,  and  many  of  the  most  successful  growers 
wisely  make  several  sowings,  one  as  early  as  May  10, 
and  one  or  two  later,  so  as  to  be  sure  to  have  plants  in 
the  best  condition  for  transplanting  at  the  time  when 
the  condition  of  the  field  and  weather  is  favorable.  The 
seed  should  be  sown  in  drills,  about  a  foot  apart,  at  the 
rate  of  about  fifty  to  the  foot,  or,  if  thicker,  the  plants 
should  be  thinned  to  about  one-fourth  inch  apart,  as 


small  roller,  or,  best  of  all,  the  foot ;  this  firming  of  the 
soil  is  often  quite  essential  to  success.  It  is  sometimes 
the  case  that,  in  spite  of  all  our  efforts,  the  seed-bed  be- 
comes so  dry  that  seed  will  not  germinate.  In  such  cases 
one  can  often  get  a  good  stand  by  watering  the  ground 
before  planting,  filling  the  drills  two  or  three  times  with 


295.    Georgia  Collards. 

soon  as  fairly  up.  Some  growers  sow  the  seed  and  leave 
the  plants  much  thicker,  but  we  think  it  pays  to  give 
them  plenty  of  room.  The  seed  should  be  lightly  cov- 
ered, and  the  soil  pressed  firmly  over  it  with  the  hoe,  a 


296.   Curl'ed  Kale.     Brassica  oleracea,  var.  acephala. 

water,  and  when  it  has  settled  away  sow  the  seed  and 
cover  with  dry  earth,  well  pressed  down.  In  most  cases 
an  attempt  to  wot  the  bed  by  sprinkling,  either  before 
or  after  the  seed  is  planted,  will  do  more  harm  than 
good.  As  soon  as  the  starting  seed  breaks  ground  the 
surface  should  be  carefully  stirred  with  a  rake,  and  this 
should  be  repeated  at  least  as  often  as  four  times  a  week 
unjil  the  plants  are  taken  to  the  field. 

A  full  stand  of  healthy,  well-established  plants  is  of 
great  importance,  and  does  much  towards  assuring  a 
profitable  crop.  So  important  is  it,  that  many  growers 
wait  for  damp  weather  before  setting,  regardless  of  the 
season.  We  think  they  often  make  a  mistake  in  doing 
so,  and,  while  a  cloudy  or  damp  day  is  desirable,  it  is  of 
far  greater  importance  that  our  plants  are  set  at  the 
proper  time,  and  the  moisture  of  the  soil  conserved  by 
cultivation  before  and  stirring  of  the  surface  immedi- 
ately after  setting.  Careful  attention  should  be  given 
to  so  arrange  the  work  that  the  young  plants  should  be 
taken  up  so  as  to  save  all  the  root  possible,  protected 
from  the  sun,  and  set  as  soon  as  practicable.  Just  how 
this  can  be  best  done  will  depend  upon  each  planter's 
circumstances  and  the  help  he  has  at  his  command. 
There  is  one  point  in  transplanting  which  is  of  especial 
importance  with  Cabbage  plants,  that  is  that  the  roots 
are  not  doubled  back  upon  themselves.  This  is  often 
done  by  careless  men,  and  some  of  the  transplanting 
machines  are  worthless  because  of  this  fault.  A  Cabbage 
plant  so  set  never  does  well,  and  seems  to  suffer  much 
more  than  if  the  root  had  been  cut  off  instead  of  folded 
back. 

The  Cabbage  is  very  dependent  upon  a  proper  supply 
of  water,  and  suffers  more  from  the  want  of  it  than  most 
of  our  garden  vegetables.  Its  roots,  though  abundant 
and  of  quick  growth,  are  comparatively  short,  and  less 
capable  of  gathering  moisture  from  a  dry  soil  than  those 
of  such  plants  as  the  bean.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is 
quickly  and  seriously  injured  by  an  over-supply  of 
water  at  the  root.  Want  of  consideration  of  these  char- 
acteristics is  a  frequent  cause  of  failure.  Men  seem  to 
think  that,  because  the  plant  is  a  rank  feeder,  all  that  is 
necessary  is  an  abundant  supply  of  food,  and  set  them 
on  rich,  black  soils,  made  up  chiefly  of  vegetable  mat- 
ter, but  so  open  that  they  quickly  dry  out  during  sum- 
mer droughts  and  the  plants  die  or  fail  to  do  well,  or 
on  lands  so  poorly  drained  that  in  a  wet  time  the  ground 
is  flooded  and  the  plants  drowned  out.  Not  only  should 
we  select  ground  where  the  natural  water  supply  is 
good,  but  one  where  the  physical  conditions  are  such 
that  we  can  conserve  the  soil  moisture  by  frequent  and 
thorougl.  cultivation,  both  before  and  after  setting  the 
plants. 

For  the  highest  possible  development,  the  evenness  of 


200 


CABBAGE 


CABBAGE 


distribution  and  the  degree  to  which  the  plant-food  has 
become  immediately  available  is  of  equal  or  greater 
importance  than  the  quantity.  Land  can  be  put  into 
the  best  condition  for  raising  a  maximun  crop  by  a 
heavy  dressing  of  stable  manure,  thoroughly  worked  into 
a  well-drained,  loamy  soil,  and  repeating  the  process 
yearly  for  several  seasons.  A  much  heavier  dressing  of 
manure  can  be  profitably  applied  to  a  soil  which  has 
been  well  fertilized  in  previous  years  than  to  one  which 
has  received  little  or  none.  The  most  successful  grow- 
ers use  large  quantities  of  manure,  often  as  high  as  one 
hundred  tons  to  the  acre.  When  stable  manure  cannot 
be  readily  obtained,  it  may  be  supplemented  by  com- 
mercial fertilizers,  so  made  up  as  to  contain  about 
seven  parts  of  nitrogen  to  eight  of  available  phosphoric 
acid  and  about  six  of  potash.  If  we  depend  entirely 
upon  fertilizers,  we  should  use  from  2,000  to  3,000  pounds 
to  the  acre,  and  we  should  not  forget  that  upon  all  ordi- 
nary soils  the  yield  and  profitableness  of  a  crop  of 
Cabbage  is  largely  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  avail- 
able and  evenly  distributed  plant-food  and  the  degree 
to  which  the  soil  is  kept  always  moist,  and  more  with 
conditions  which  can  only  be  secured  by  frequent  and 
thorough  cultivation. 

DISEASES  AND  SOME  OF  THE  MOST  COMMON  INSECT 
PESTS.  —  Club-root.  —  This  is  the  effectof  afungus  (Plas- 
midiophora  Brassicce),  which  develops  within  the  cells 
of  the  root,  causing  them  to  become  distorted  and  the 
plant  to  develop  imperfectly  or  die.  On  the  death  of 
the  plant,  the  spores  of  the  fungus  become  mixed  with 
the  soil,  where  they  lie  dormant  until  roots  of  some 
other  host-plant  come  in  contact  with  them,  and  the 
conditions  are  favorable  for  their  development.  They 
develop  within  several  of  our  common  weeds,  and  we 
believe  that  the  spores  are  to  be  found  in  most  of  our 
cultivated  fields,  and  need  only  favorable  conditions  to 
develop.  We  have  found  that  the  disease  is  seldom 
troublesome  except  where  the  cultural  conditions,  par- 
ticularly as  to  moisture,  are  unfavorable  to  the  Cab- 
bage, and  that  the  best  preventive  is  careful  attention 
to  the  health  and  vigor  of  the  plant.  We  know  of  no 
practical  remedy  where  a  plant  or  field  is  badly  affected. 

Flea  Beetle.— A.  small,  quick -moving  black  insect 
(Phyllotreta  vittata),  which  sometimes  destroys  the 
seedlings  before  they  have  formed  true  leaves.  By  at- 
tending to  them  promptly,  we  have  always  succeeded  in 
protecting  our  plants  by  dusting  them  with  tobacco 
dust,  used  liberally  and  as  often  as  necessary,  which 
may  be  twice  a  day.  A  great  deal  depends  upon  using 
the  tobacco  as  soon  as  the  first  beetles  appear.  It  is  a 
great  deal  easier  to  keep  them  off  than  to  dislodge  them 
after  they  are  once  there. 

Cabbage  Moot  Maggot  (Phorbia  Brassicce).  —  This  is 
the  larva  of  a  fly  very  much  like  the  common  house  fly, 
though  a  little  smaller.  They  appear  in  the  latitude 


preventive,  only  practicable  for  use  on  early  plants  of 
high  prospective  value,  is  to  surround  the  plants  with 
shields  formed  of  octagon  pieces  of  tarred  paper  about 
three  inches  across,  and  having  a  small  hole  in  the  cen- 
ter, from  which  there  is  a  slit  to  one  edge,  by  means  of 


297.  A  modern  Cabbage  head— Early  Flat  Dutch. 

of  Detroit  early  in  May,  and  the  female  deposits  her 
eggs  in  the  ground  at  or  close  to  the  plant,  usually  put- 
ting her  abdomen  into  the  opening  in  the  soil  formed 
by  the  movement  of  the  plant  by  the  wind.  The  eggs 
hatch  in  a  few  days,  and  the  maggots  feed  upon  the 
roots  and  soon  destroy  them.  An  effective  but  costly 


298.   Section  of  Cabbage  head. 

Showing  the  thickened  rachis  and  leaf-stalks,  and  the 
buds  in  the  axils. 

which  the  guard  can  be  slipped  around  the  plant  and 
pressed  down  on  the  ground,  so  that  the  fly  is  prevented 
from  laying  her  eggs  in  the  earth,  and,  laid  on  the  sur- 
face, they  will  perish  for  want  of  moisture.  We  have 
also  done  much  to  prevent  injury  by  scattering  among 
the  plants  bits  of  sticky  fly-paper,  by  means  of  which  a 
great  many  of  the  flies  are  caught  and  killed.  It  is 
important  that  the  paper  should  be  put  out  early,  so  as 
to  catch  as  many  as  possible  before  they  have  laid  their 
eggs.  In  the  seed-bed,  the  maggot  can  be  destroyed  by 
injecting  bisulfide  of  carbon  about  the  roots  from  a 
syringe,  or  pouring  it  into  a  hole  and  quickly  closing- 
the  hole  (cf.  Slingerland,  Bull.  78,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.). 

The  Green  Cabbage  Worm  (Pieris  Rapce).—  We  have 
succeeded  best  in  protecting  our  young  plants  from 
worms  by  spraying  with  Paris  green  and  water  in 
about  the  proportions  used  for  potato  bugs.  As  the  plants 
become  larger,  and  the  use  of  the  poison  objectionable, 
we  dust  the  plants  with  pyrethrum  powder,  which,  if 
pure,  will  be  very  effective. 

HARVESTING,  STORING  AND  MARKETING.— Nearly  all 
of  a  well-grown  crop  of  Cabbage  of  a  good  stock  will 
mature  at  about  the  same  time,  and,  while  the  earlier 
sorts  remain  in  prime  condition  but  a  few  days,  the 
later  ones  remain  so  for  two  or  three  weeks,  and  can  be 
stored  so  as  to  be  salable  for  several  months.  Often  the 
maturing  of  the  crop  can  be  delayed  to  advantage  by 
partially  pulling  the  plants  and  pressing  them  over  to 
the  north.  The  southern  crop  is  usually  marketed  from 
the  field  as  soon  as  it  is  fit,  being  sent  forward  in  open 
crates  containing  from  two  to  ten  dozen  heads.  The 
early  fall  market  is  usually  supplied  by  local  growers, 
who  deliver  direct  to  retailers.  The  late  fall  crop  is 
often  shipped  long  distances  in  open  or  well  ventilated 
cars.  At  the  north  they  may  be  stored  till  spring.  We 
have  tried  more  than  a  score  of  highly  praised  methods 
of  storing,  and  found  that  each,  under  certain  condi- 
tions, had  ad  vantages,  but  we  have  found  that  generally 
the  best  and  most  certainly  successful  plan,  at  least  for 
the  latitude  of  Detroit,  is  to  store  in  trenches,  as  fol- 
lows :  Plow  and  replow  several  times  a  strip  of  well- 
drained  sandy  land,  where  there  is  no  danger  from  sur- 
face water,  and  open  a  trench  some  10  inches  deep  and 
about  20  inches  wide.  Then  pull  the  Cabbages,  remove 
a  few  of  the  outer  leaves,  stand  them  on  their  heads  for 


CABBAGE 


CABBAGE 


201 


a  fe-v  hours,  that  any  water  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  may 
escape,  and  set  them  in  the  trench,  heads  up  and  as  com- 
pactly as  possible,  throwing  a  little  earth  over  the  roots 
as  we  do  so.  We  have  found  it  profitable  to  build  a  roof 
of  four  rough  boards  over  them,  but  this  is  not  essen- 
tial, and  they  may  be  slightly  covered  with  corn-stalks 
or  other  coarse  litter,  or  even  the  refuse  leaves  of  the 


299.   Jersey  Wakefield  Cabbage. 

Cabbage  may  be  used.  As  soon  as  there  is  danger  of 
frost,  cover  with  earth,  to  protect  them  from  it  and  the 
rain.  If  the  boards  are  used,  they  should  be  covered 
with  earth  in  the  same  way,  and  in  both  cases  the  cov- 
ering should  be  increased  as  the  weather  grows  colder, 
and  if  it  should  be  very  cold,  a  covering  of  straw  or 
coarse  manure  is  desirable.  The  aim  is  to  protect  the 
heads  from  rain,  but  to  keep  them  moist  and  at  an  even 
temperature— one  of  about  32°  is  best,  and  one  some- 
what lower  is  less  objectionable  than  one  much  higher. 
The  cost  of  growing  an  acre  of  general  crop  or  late 
Cabbage  on  good  ground,  not  including  ground  rent,  is 
about  as  follows  :  Fertilizer,  $20  to  $40  ;  preparation  of 
the  ground,  $10  ;  growing  and  setting  about  8,000  plants, 
$13  ;  cultivating  and  hoeing,  $10  ;  harvesting  and  mar- 
keting, $10.  The  yield  should  be  about  7,500  heads, 
making  the  cost  of  growing  about  one  cent  a  head. 

VARIETIES.  —  The  Cabbage  has  been  made  more  valu- 
able to  man  by  the  development  of  a  tendency  to  form 
more  and  larger  leaves,  and  thickening  them  with  thick- 
walled  cells  deposited  both  in  the  blade  and  the  ribs. 
There  has  also  been  a  shortening  of  the  stem,  particu- 
larly at  the  top,  until  the  upper  leaves  are  crowded  and 
folded  over  each  other  and  form  a  bud  or  head,  the  inner 
portion  of  which  becomes  blanched,  tender  and  sweet, 
and,  through  the  loss  of  much  of  the  naturally  strong 
taste,  well-flavored.  The  thicker  the  leaves  and  the  more 
solid  the  head,  the  sweeter,  more  tender  and  better  fla- 
vored the  Cabbage.  If  the  leaves  are  long  and  narrow, 
with  large  midrib  and  little  blade  at  the  base, 
the  upper  part  of  the  head  may  be  solid ;  but 
the  lower  part,  being  made  up  chiefly  of  the 
thickened  midribs,  will  be  open  and  coarse. 
If  the  leaves  are  broad  and  proportionately 
too  short,  they  will  not  lap  well  over  each 
other,  and  the  head  will  be  soft  and  even 
open  at  the  center.  Many  varieties  have  been 
developed,  differing  in  season  of  maturity, 
shape  of  head,  etc.,  and  adapted  to  different 
cultural  or  market  conditions.  Many  of  them, 
though  differing  in  some  point,  are  essentially 
identical,  and,  as  the  list  is  an  ever-increasing 
and  constantly  changing  one,  we  would  refer 
our  readers  to  the  various  seedsmen's  cata- 
logues for  descriptions,  only  speaking  of  a 
few  representative  sorts  of  the  different  type?-, 
between  which  there  are  many  intermediate 
forms. 

Jersey  Wakefield  (Fig.  299),  Express,  New 
York. — These   are    small-growing,  early-ma- 
turing and  small-headed  sorts.    Under  favor- 
able conditions  they   become   fit   for  use  in 
from  90  to  110  days  from  seed,  and  continue  in 
edible  condition  but   a   comparatively  short 
time.    The  plants  are  compact  and  erect-growing,  with 
very  thick,  smooth  and  smooth-edged  leaves,  and  are 
very  hardy.    The  hearts  are  small,  as  compared  with  the 
later  sorts,  more  or  less  conical  in  shape,  quite  solid, 


and  of  good  quality.  Owing  to  the  hardiness  and  com- 
pact habit  of  the  plants,  they  are  the  best  sorts  for  forc- 
ing under  glass  and  early  spring  planting  at  the  north, 
and  for  winter  culture  at  the  south. 

Wimtitfstddt  is  in  some  respects  much  like  the  above, 
but  is  larger  in  plant  and  head,  somewhat  later,  and  a 
much  better  keeper.  The  heads  are  sharply  conical,  with 
the  leaves  convolute  rather  than  overlapping  at  the  top, 
and  very  hard  ;  of  good  quality,  and  remain  a  long  time 
in  condition  for  use.  The  type  is  very  sure  heading  and 
hardy,  and  will  form  good  heads  under  circumstances 
where  most  others  would  fail. 

Henderson's  Early  Summer,  Early  Flat  Dutch  (Fig. 
297),  All-Head,  are  strong-growing,  vigorous  sorts,  be- 
coming fit  for  use  in  from  100  to  140  days,  and  continuing 
in  condition  much  longer  than  the  Wakefield  type.  The 
plants  are  large,  spreading,  with  large,  broad,  smooth, 
thick  leaves,  and  form  a  more  or  less  flattened,  oval  head 
of  good  size  ;  solid,  and  of  good  quality.  They  are  best 
adapted  to  early  fall  use. 

Late  Flat  Diitch,  Stone  Mason,  Late  Drumhead. — 
Strong-growing,  spreading  plants,  forming  very  large, 
solid  heads  in  from  120  to  180  days,  and  remaining  a  long 
time  in  usable  condition.  They  are  th«  best  type  for 
general  crop,  will  give  the  largest  yield,  and  keep  well 
through  the  winter. 

Hollander,  Luxemburg.—  A  type  of  Danish"  origin, 
which  has  become  qiiite  popular  of  late  years,  particu- 
larly for  shipping  long  distances.  The  plants  are  strong- 
growing  and  the  hardiest  of  all,  enduring  with  but  little 
injury  frost  or  drought  which  would  ruin  other  sorts. 
They  come  to  maturity  slowly,  and  form  a  comparatively 
small  but  very  hard  round  head  of  good  quality,  which 
keeps  well  and  which,  because  of  its  shape  and  solidify, 
can  be  handled  in  shipping  better  than  most  sorts. 

Savoy  (Fig.  300).— A  class  of  Cabbage  in  which  the 
leaves  of  both  the  plant  and  head  are  crumpled  or  sa- 
voyed  instead  of  smooth,  as  in  the  preceding.  There  are 
varieties  of  all  the  types  found  in  smooth-leaved  sorts, 
though  generally  they  are  less  certain  to  form  good 
heads,  and  the  heads  are  smaller.  As  a  class  they  are 
very  hardy,  particularly  as  to  cold.  They  are  extensively 
grown  in  Europe,  where  they  are  esteemed  to  be  much 
more  tender  and  delicate  in  flavor  than  the  smooth - 
leaved  sorts. 

Red  Cabbage.— A.  class  of  which  there  are  many  varie- 
ties, and  in  which  the  leaves  of  the  plant  are  dark  pur- 
ple and  those  of  the  head  bright  red.  The  heads  are 


300.  Savoy  Cabbage. 

small,  but  usually  very  solid,  and  are  especially  esteemed 
for  use  as  "cold  slaw." 

SEED-GROWING.  — It  is  only  through  the  constant  exer- 
cise of  the  utmost  care  and  skill  in  the  growing  of  the 


202 


CABBAGE 


CACALIA 


seed  that  this  or  any  other  vegetable  can  be  improved, 
or  even  its  present  good  qualities  maintained.  It  would 
seem  to  be  an  easy  matter  to  save  and  use  only  the  seed 
of  a  few  of  the  most  perfect  Cabbages,  for  the  plant  is 
capable  of  enormous  seed  production.  We  have  known 
a  single  plant  to  yield  35  ounces  of  seed,  enough, 
if  every  seed  grew,  to  furnish  the  plants  for  50  acres; 
but  it  is  not  quite  so  easy  as  this  showing  would  make 
it— first,  because  the  yield  mentioned  is  an  exceptional 
one,  and,  secondly,  because  it  is  very  seldom  that  an 
isolated  plant  yields  a  crop  of  seed.  The  flower  of  the 
Cabbage  is  sexually  perfect,  and  I  think  there  is  no  dis- 
covered reason  why  individual  plants  are  self-impo- 
tent, but  we  have  never  succeeded  in  getting  more 
than  a  very  few  seeds  from  an  isolated  plant,  either  in 
the  open  air  or  when  enclosed  in  an  insect-tight  struc- 
ture of  glass  and  cloth,  in  which  a  number  of  bees  were 
confined.  Again,  we  have  repeatedly  isolated  the  best 
plant  of  an  hundred,  setting  the  rest  in  a  block,  and  the 
few  seeds  obtained  from  the  isolated  one  produced  plants 
showing  more  variation,  and  quite  inferior  in  evenness 
and  type,  than  those  from  the  block.  At  least  one  of  our 
popular  varieties  is  made  up  of  the  descendants  of  a 
single  isolated  plant,  but  it  is  a  curious  fact  that  in  the 
second  and  subsequent  generations  the  stock  was  very 
different  in  type  from  that  of  the  selected  plant  from 
which  it  was  descended.  The  originator  of  one  of  our 
best  varieties  maintains  that  it  is  essential  to  the  produc- 
tion of  the  best  seed  of  that  sort  that  seed-plants  of  very 
different  types  should  be  set  together,  and  by  crossing 
they  will  produce  and  give  plants  of  the  desired  type. 
In  spite  of  those  facts,  we  believe  that  the  general  rule 
and  practice  which  give  the  best  results  with  other  plants 
are  equally  desirable  for  the  Cabbage,  and  that  in  this, 
as  with  other  plants,  we  should  first  form  a  distinct  and 
exact  conception  of  the  plant  we  wish  to  produce,  and 
then  raise  seed  from  the  one  which  comes  nearest  to  that 
ideal.  It  would  seem  that  the  necessity  of  a  distinct  and 
well  defined  ideal  of  exactly  what  we  want  to  produce 
would  be  self-evident,  but  some  seed-growers  have  a 
very  vague  idea  of  the  exact  type  wanted.  Some  years 
ago  we  visited  the  originator  of  one  of  our  best  varieties, 
for  the  purpose  of  learning  what  he  considered  the  type 
01  the  variety.  He  was  an  intelligent  man,  a  good  culti- 
vator, and  had  been  growing  this  strain  for  over  twenty 
years.  He  took  us  into  a  field  of  as  handsome  Cabbages 
as  we  ever  saw,  but  which  were  far  from  uniform.  We 
asked  him  to  select  an  ideal  plant  of  his  strain,  and  care- 
fully noted  its  every  characteristic.  Going  to  another 
part  of  the  field,  we  asked  him  to  select  another,  and  he 
picked  out  one  which  in  color,  shape,  and  general  charac- 
ter of  the  crop,  was  very  different  from  the  first.  Both 
were  fine  market  Cabbages,  but  so  different  that  if  either 
were  taken  as  the  true  type  of  the  variety,  the  other 
should  be  thrown  out  of  a  seed  crop  as  being  a  different 
sort.  Third  and  fourth  selections  were  intermediate 
between  the  first  two,  and  the  fifth  very  nearly  like  the 
first.  This  man  had  been  growing  this  strain  for  twenty 
years,  and  was  intent  upon  developing  a  strain  of  supe- 
rior quality  for  marketing,  and  in  his  selection  and 
breeding  had  looked  solely  to  the  selling  quality  of  the 
heads.  His  course  was  as  unwise  as  it  would  be  for  a 
breeder  of  Jersey  cattle  to  breed  from  black,  red,  white, 
big  or  little  cows,  regardless  of  anything  but  the  qual- 
ity of  their  milk.  Having  formed  a  carefully  consid- 
ered ideal,  we  should  select  from  10  to  100  of  the 
plants  which  come  nearest  to  it,  and  from  these  make  0' 
an  extra  selection  of  about  one-tenth  of  the  best.  We 
would  set  the  whole  lot  in  a  nearly  square  block,  with 
the  extra  selections  in  the  center.  We  would  save  and 
plant  seed  from  each  extra  select  plant  by  itself,  and 
having,  by  very  careful  examination,  ascertained  which 
lot  adhered  most  closely  and  evenly  to  our  ideal  type,  & 
would  select  our  plants  for  next  year's  seeding  from  it,  Jj 
rather  than  use  the  best  individual  plants  found  in  all  V. 
the  lots.  Experience  has  satisfied  us  that  by  this  method  , 
we  can  gradually  fix  and  improve  our  stocks,  and  grow 
seed  much  better  than  that  usually  produced. 

In  commercial  seed-growing,  they  aim  to  so  time  the 
planting  that  the  crop  will  be  just  coming  to  maturity  ;, 
at  the  time  of  storing  for  winter.    Mixtures  and  inferior 
plants  can  be  detected  and  thrown  out  then  as  well  as 
when  the  plants  are  fully  matured,   and  the  younger 


plants  will  go  through  the  winter  and  seed  better  than 
those  which  are  fully  ripe  when  put  away  for  the  win- 
ter. The  plants  are  usually  wintered  in  the  manner 
described  for  storing  for  market  use,  except  that  the 
trench  is  usually  narrower.  The  plants  are  set  out  for 
seed-bearing  as  early  as  possible  in  the  spring.  It  is 
usually  necessary  to  carefully  open  the  head  by  two 
cross-cuts  with  a  knife  in  order  to  let  the  tender  seed- 
stalk  break  through.  The  plants  are  given  double  or 
treble  the  space  which  they  required  the  first  year.  It 
is  generally  true  that  the  more  developed  and  better  the 
stock,  the  smaller  the  yield  of  seed.  ^yyt  w.  TRACY. 

CAB6MB A  (aboriginal  name).  Ifymphce&cece.  Haifa 
dozen  aquatics  of  the  western  hemisphere,  with  small 
flowers  h'aving  persistent  sepals  and  petals,  each  3  or  4, 
and  stamens  few  ;  carpels  2-3,  free  and  distinct,  and 
submerged  Ivs.  finely  dissected  and  mostly  opposite. 

Caroliniana,  Gray  (C.  aqudtica,  DC.,  not  Aubl.  C. 
viridifolia,  Hort.).  Floating  Ivs.  green,  oblong-linear  : 
fls.  white,  with  2  yellow  spots  at  base  of  each  petal ; 
stamens  6.  N.  Car.,  S.  and  W.  A.G.  15:157.— tf.  rosce- 
fdlia,  Hort.,  is  a  form  with  reddish  Ivs.  A.G.  15:157. 

The  true  G.  aqudtica,  Aubl.,  of  trop.  Amer.,  with 
yellow  fls.  and  nearly  orbicular  floating  Ivs.,  is  shown 
in  B.M.  7090.  L  H.  B. 

Cabomba  Caroliniana  is  very  largely  used  by  growers 
of  aquatics.  It  is  one  of  the  indispensable  plants  for 
the  aquarium.  It  is  grown  largely  in  North  Carolina, 
District  of  Columbia  and  Maryland,  where  it  can  be  ob- 
tained in  quantities  during  the  year  for  persons  in  the 
large  eastern  cities,  where  it  is  commonly  called  Fish 
Grass,  Washington  Grass,  etc.  It  is  tied  in  bunches  with 
a  metallic  fastening,  »which  acts  as  a  weight,  thus  re- 
taining the  same  in  a  natural  position  in  water.  In  a 
moderate  temperature  it  soon  emits  roots  and  grows 
freely.  It  is  a  submerged  plant,  except  in  midsummer, 
when  the  flowers  are  borne  above  the  water,  accompa- 
nied by  a  few  floating  leaves.  It  is  one  of  the  best 
plants  for  domestic  fish.  It  also  grows  in  New  Jersey, 
where  it  is  quite  hardy.  C.  roscefolia  is  tender,  does  not 
retain  its  delightful  carmine  coloring  under  confinement, 
and  is  not  so  often  met,  except  in  Florida. 

WILLIAM  THICKER . 


CACALIA  (ancient  Greek  name).  Compdsitce.  Peren- 
nial herbs,  of  which  9  or  10  are  native  to  the  U.  S. 
Florets  all  hermaphrodite,  with  white  or  flesh-colored 
corollas,  each  of  the  5  lobes  with  a  midnerve  :  akenes 




:^MSifSiiieBia 

301.    Cactus  forms. 


CACALIA 


CACTUS 


203 


glabrous  :  Ivs.  petioled.  None  of  the  species  are  known 
to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade,  but  some  of  the  native  kinds 
may  he  expected  to  appear  in  commerce.  For  an  account 
of  the  N.  Amer.  species,  see  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.,  vol.  1,  p.  2, 
pp.  394-6. 

CACALIA  of  the  florists.    See  Emilia. 


302.   Showing  the  remarkable  condensation  of  the  plant 
body  in  a  cactus— Mamillaria  micromeris. 

CACALI6PSIS  (Cacalia-like).  Compdsitce.  One  spe- 
cies, with  discoid,  very  many-fld.  heads  of  perfect  yel- 
low florets,  and  palmate  Ivs. 

Nard6smia,  Gray.  Strong  perennial,  1-2  ft.  high, 
loose,  woolly,  but  becoming  nearly  glabrous :  Ivs.  nearly 
all  radical,  long-stalked,  5-9-cleft  or  parted,  the  lobes 
dentate  or  cut:  heads  an  inch  high,  in  a  loose  cluster 
at  the  summit  of  the  nearly  naked  stem,  fragrant.  Pine 
woods,  Calif,  to  Wash.  — Int.  by  Gillett  in  1881  as  a 
border  plant. 

CACAO,  COCOA.    See  Theobroma. 

CACTUS,  CACTI.  The  peculiar  forms  included  under 
this  name  constitute  the  family  Cact&cece.  They  are 
especially  characteristic  of  the  warm  and  dry  regions  of 
America,  their  display  being  greatest  in  Mexico,  although 
extending  from  the  plains  of  North  America  and  east- 
ward southward  through  the  West  Indies  and  Mexico  to 
southern  South  America.  Aside  from  certain  African 
species  of  Rhipsalis,  this  great  family,  containing  about 
1,000  known  species,  is  absolutely  restricted  to  Amer- 
ica. The  common  prickly  pear  (Opuntia  Ficus-Indlca) 
has  long  been  naturalized  throughout  the  Mediterranean 
region,  and  its  pulpy  fruit  is  eaten  under  the  name  of 
"Indian  fig."  The  chief  display  of  Cacti  in  the  United 
States  is  in  the  Mexican  border  states,  representing 
the  northern  edge  of  the  still  more  extensive  Mexican 
display. 

The  peculiar  habit  of  the  family  seems  to  be  the  re- 
sult of  perennial  drought  conditions,  to  which  they  have 
become  remarkably  adapted.  The  two-fold  problem  pre- 
sented by  such  conditions  is  the  storage  of  water  and 
the  regulation  of  its  loss.  As  a  result  of  water  storage, 
the  plant  bodies  are  characteristically  succulent.  Loss 
of  water  by  transpiration  is  reduced  to  a  minimum  by 
heavy  epidermal  walls  and  cuticle,  and  other  anatomi- 
cal devices,  but  perhaps  still  more  by  reducing  the  sur- 
face exposure  of  the  body  in  comparison  with  its  mass 
(Figs.  301,  302,  303).  For  the  most  part,  foliage  leaves 
have  been  abandoned  entirely,  and  their  peculiar  work 
has  been  assumed  by  the  superficial  tissues  of  the  stem. 
The  stem  itself  is  flat  or  columnar  or  globular,  the  last 
form  representing  the  least  exposure  of  surface  in  pro- 
portion to  the  mass.  The  laterally  developed  leaves  and 
branches  common  to  ordinary  stems  are  generally  re- 
placed by  various  ephemeral  or  abortive  structures,  the 
most  notable  of  which  are  the  bristles  and  remarkably 
varied  spines.  The  real  nature  of  Cactus  spines  is  a  dis- 
puted question,  and  not  a  very  important  one.  When 
rudimentary  leaves  appear,  as  in  Opuntia,  they  are 
found  subtending  the  cushion  or  area  in  connection 
with  which  the  spines  are  developed.  This  area  is 
clearly  an  aborted  branch,  and  the  spines  represent 


lateral  members  upon  it ;  and  most  probably  these 
lateral  members  represent  leaves.  The  Cactus  forms  are 
not  always  leafless  or  compact,  for  the  species  of  Peres- 
kia  are  climbing,  woody  forms,  with  well  -  developed 
petiolate  leaves  (Fig.  309);  and  even  the  well-known 
prickly  pears  (Opuntia)  are  more  or  less  expanded,  and 
have  very  evident  ephemeral  leaves. 

The  flowers  are  usually  conspicuous,  in  many  cases 
remarkably  large  and  brilliantly  colored.  The  sepals 
and  petals  are  numerous,  arranged  in  several  imbrica- 
ting series  ;  the  stamens  are  indefinite  in  number  and 
inserted  at  the  base  of  the  corolla  :  the  style  is  promi- 
nent, with  spreading,  stigmatic  lobes  (Fig.  305).  The 
inferior  ovary  contains  numerous  seeds,  ripening  into  a 
smooth  or  bristly  or  spiny  fleshy  fruit,  often  edible 
(Figs.  304,  306). 

The  largest  forms  are  species  of  Cereus,  with  huge, 
columnar  and  fluted,  spiny  bodies,  bearing  a  few  clumsy 
ascending  branches,  said  to  sometimes  attain  a  height 
of  50  or  60  feet.  These  arborescent  forms  are  especially 
developed  in  the  drainage  basin  of  the  Gulf  of  Califor- 
nia. On  the  western  slopes  of  Mexico  proper,  and  on 
the  eastern  slopes  of  Lower  California,  these  Cactus 
trees  occur  in  extensive  forests,  forming  the  so-called 
"cardon  forests." 

In  Bentham  and  Hooker's  Genera  Plantarum,  13  gen- 
era of  CactacecB  are  recognized,  while  in  Engler  and 
Prantl's  Pflanzenfamilien,  recently  published,  Schu- 
mann recognizes  20  genera.  Of  these  20  genera,  15  are 
included  in  trade  catalogues,  and. five  of  them  are  rep- 
resented in  the  United  States.  Generic  and  specific 
lines  among  the  Cactacece  are  very  indistinct,  and  the 
greatest  diversity  of  opinion  in  reference  to  them  ex- 
ists. The  group  seems  to  be  a  very  modern  one  geolog- 
ically, and  unusually  plastic,  responding  readily  to 
varying  conditions,  so  that  forms  that  have  been  de- 
scribed as  distinct  species  will  undoubtedly  prove  to  be 
but  different  phases  of  a  single  species.  The  confusion 
has  been  further  intensified  by  the  description  of  nu- 
merous garden  forms.  As  a  result,  many  catalogue 
names  are  very  uncertain,  being  applied  differently  in 


303,  Extreme  condensation  of  the  plant  body 
Pelecyphora  aseliformis. 


204 


CACTUS 


different  garden  collections.  In  addition  to  forms  which 
appear  normal,  various  so-called  "monstrosities"  are 
apt  to  arise,  both  in  nature  and  in  cultivation.  These 


304.   Fruit  of  Cereus  Martinii. 


abnormal  forms  are  of  two  general  types  :  one,  in  which 
the  body  takes  the  form  of  a  fan  or  contorted  ridge,  is 
designated  by  the  varietal  name  cristatus  and  its  gender 
equivalents  ;  the  other,  in  which  there  is  an  irregular 
bunching  of  branches,  is  designated  in  the  same  way 
as  var.  monstrosus. 

A  brief  synopsis  of  the  15  genera  announced  in  trade 
catalogues  is  as  follows  : 

A.    Calyx -tube  produced  beyond  the  ovary:  stems  with 
tubercles  or  tuberculate  ribs. 

B.    Stems  short:  fls.  in  axils  of  tubercles  or  ribs. 

1.  Melocactus.    Nearly  globular,  strongly  ribbed  and 
spiny,  easily  recognized  by  the  distinct  flower-bearing 
crown.    About  30  species,  found  chiefly  in  W.  India  and 
Brazil. 

2.  Mamillaria,    Fig.  302.    Globular  to  short  cylindri- 
cal, not  ribbed,  but  with  prominent  tubercles  bearing 
terminal  clusters  of  spines,  and  fls.  usually  in  zones. 
The  largest  genus,  nearly  300  species  being  recognized, 
ranging  from  northern  U.  S.  into  S.  Amer. 

3.  Pelecyphora.    Pig.   303.    Like  the    last,   but   the 
spirally  arranged  tubercles  are  flattened,  and  bear  two 
rows  of  flat,  overlapping,  horny  scales  instead  of  spines. 
A  single  Mexican  species. 

4.  Anhalonium.    Low,  flat -topped  forms,  the  tubercles 
spineless  and  resembling  thick,  imbricate  scales.  About 


305.  Flower  of  Phyllocactus. 

5  species,  all  Mexican,  one  of  which  is  found  in  the  U. 
S.  The  proper  name  of  this  genus  is  Ariocarpus.  By 
many  it  is  considered  as  belonging  to  JSchinocactus. 


CACTUS 

BB.    Stems  short:   fls.  terminal,  on  tiibercles  which 
are  often  confluent  into  ribs. 

5.  Echinocactus.      Globular     to      short     cylindrical, 
strongly  ribbed  forms.    The  second  genus  in  the  num- 
ber of  its  species,  200  being  recognized,  ranging  from 
the  U.  S.  to  Chile  and  Brazil. 

6.  Malacocarpus.    Closely  resembling  the   last,   and 
often  included  under  it.    Distinguished  by  the  woolly 
tuft  at  the  very  apex  of  the  stem.    Aboiit  8  species  are 
recognized,  restricted  to  Brazil  and  Uraguay. 

BBB.    Stems  mostly  elongated,  erect  or  climbing, 
branching,  ribbed  or  angled. 

7.  Cereus.    Fig.  304.    From  almost  globular  to  stout 
columnar,  or  slender,  climbing,  creeping  or  deflexed.    A 
genus  of  about  100  species,  extending  from  the  U.  S. 
into  South  America. 

8.  Pilocereus.    Distinguished  from  the  large,  colum- 
nar forms  of  Cereus  by  the  development  of  abundant 
white  hairs  instead  of  rigid  spines.    About  45  species 
are  recognized,  ranging  from  Mexico  to  Brazil. 

9.  Echinopsis.    Like  columnar  species  of  Cereus,  but 
very  short  (sometimes  globose)  and  many-ribbed,  with 
remarkably  elongated  calyx  tubes.     About  10  species, 
restricted  to  southern  S.  Amer. 

10.  Echinocereus.    Like  cylindrical  species  of  Cereus, 
but  small,  and  with  weak  spines  and  short  calyx  tubes. 
About  30  species,  found  in  both  N.  and  S.  Amer. 


306.  Fruit  of  Phyllocactus  anguliger. 

BBBB.    Stems  flattened  or  winged,  jointed. 

11.  Phyllocactus.    Figs.  305,  306.     Mostly  epiphytic, 
the  joints  flat,  becoming  thin  and  leaf -like  upon  cylin- 
drical stems.    About  12  species  are  recognized  in  Cent, 
and  S.  Amer. 

12.  Epiphyllum.    An  epiphyte,  with  numerous  hang- 
ing, many-jointed  stems.    A  single  S.  American  species, 
the  other  species  usually  referred  to  this  genus  belong- 
ing to  Phyllocactus. 

AA.    Calyx  tube  not  produced  beyond  the  ovary  :  stems 
branching  and  jointed. 

13.  Rhipsalis.     Small,    epiphytic   forms,   with   joints 
ribbed,  cylindrical  or  flat,  with  or  without  bristles.    A 
genus  of  50  species,  chiefly  developed  in  Cent,  and  S. 
America. 

14.  Opuntia.  Figs.  307,  308.    Branching,  jointed  forms, 
the  joints  flat  or  cylindrical,  usually  bristly  and  spiny. 
A  large  genus  of  150  species,  ranging  from  central  N. 
Amer.  to  Chile.     The  cylindrical  forms  belong  to  the 
more  desert  regions,   while  the  flat-jointed   forms,  or 
"prickly  pears,"  as  a  rule  occupy  conditions  not  so  ex- 
tremely dry. 

15.  Pereskia.    Fig.  309.    Climbing,  woody  forms,  with 
perfectly  developed  Ivs.    About  15  species  are  known, 
ranging  from  Mexico  to  Argentine.    The  name  is  ordi- 
narily written  Pereskia. 

The  completest  monograph  of  Cacti,  with  descriptions 
of  species,  is  Schumannn's  Gesammtbeschreibung  der 
Kakteen,  Berlin,  1899.  JoHN  M.  COULTER. 


CACTUS 


CACTUS 


205 


CULTURE  OF  CACTI.  — To  enable  one  to 
hope  to  be  fairly  successful  in  the  culti- 
vation of  a  collection  of  Cacti,  it  may  be 
well  to  observe  the  following  sugges- 
tions :  Always  endeavor  to  secure  plants 
in  May  or  early  June,  as  at  that  time 
any  wounds  caused  by  packing  or  in 
transportation  become  quickly  healed, 
and  a  perfect  callus  is  formed,  which 
gem-rally  prevents  further  decay.  Again, 
always  be  sure  that  the  plant  is  in  per- 
fect condition  before  it  is  potted.  Plants 
collected  from  their  native  habitats  are 
usually  received  without  roots  ;  or,  if 
they  have  roots,  they  will  be  found,  in 
most  cases,  to  be  so  injured  that,  for 
the  safety  of  the  plant,  they  would  better 
be  taken  off  close  to  the  plant  with  a 
sharp  knife.  This  done,  proceed  to  closely  examine 
the  plant,  and  be  sure  that  every  part  of  it  is  per- 
fectly free  from  all  signs  of  sickness  or  rot.  Plants 
which  have  been  on  the  road  only  a  few  days  may  arrive 
with  a  certain  percentage  dead.  Such  plants  undoubt- 
edly looked  good  while  being  packed,  but  a  careful 
examination  would  have  shown  them  to  be  unfit  for 
sale.  If,  on  examination,  any  sign  of  sickness  or  decay 
should  be  found,  let  the  bad  parts  be  at  once  taken  out 
until  healthy  tissue  is  reached,  after  which  place  the 
plants  in  full  exposure  to  sun  and  wind,  allowing  them 
to  so  remain  until  every  atom  of  the  treated  part  has 
become  covered  with  a  dry  and  perfect  callus.  It  may 
sometimes  be  found  necessary  to  use  a  hot  iron  where 
decay  is  doing  very  rapid  work.  When  the  plant  re- 
ceived is  very  large  and  old,  or  the  bottom  has  become 
hard,  dry  and  woody,  or  the  roots  injured,  then  at  once 
cut  off  the  woody  bottom  up  to  living  tissue  ;  and  plant 
only  after  the  wound  has  been  dried  thoroughly.  Treated 
thus,  the  plant  will  produce,  in  most  cases,  an  abundant 
supply  of  new  roots  in  a  very  short  time,  and  thus  give 
a  virtually  young  plant ;  but  if  any  old,  woody  part  is 
left  on,  the  chances  will  be  against  the  forming  of  new 
roots.  Never  take  the  hard  trunk  of  a  plant  for  propa- 
gating purposes,  but  choose  the  active,  growing  part, 
in  which  the  cells  are  full  of  life. 

In  preparing  soil  for  Cacti,  it  will  be  found  advisa- 
ble to  use  one-half  good,  fibrous  loam  and  one-half  very 
old  lime  rubbish,  secured  from  some  old,  torn  down 
b"ick  building,  taking  care  to  sift  from  it  the  fine,  dusty 
particles  to  ensure  material  of  perfect  drainage.  To 
this  may  be  added  good,  clean  sand.  In  potting  Cacti, 
it  is  generally  supposed  that  a  pot  as  large  as  the  body 
of  the  plant  is  sufficient ;  but  it  is  better  to  select  pots 
of  a  rather  larger  size,  for  during  the  season  of  growth 
the  plant  must  be  supplied  with  water,  and  when  pots 
are  too  small  this  cannot  be  done.  In  such  case  tlie 
plant  has  to  depend  upon 
its  own  resources.  In  the 
process  of  potting,  fill  the 
pot  one-third  with  rough 
lumps  of  coke  or  other 
such  material,  on  the  top 
of  which  place  a  liberal 
supply  of  finely  broken 
crockery.  Now  add  the 
soil,  taking  care  to  put  the 
coarsest  soil  directly  on 
top  of  the  crocks,  and  then 
the  finer,  on  whicL  to  place 
the  cuttings  or  plants. 
Take  care  to  plant  very 
little  below  the  surface. 
Be  sure  that  the  soil  is 
fairly  dry,  and  carefully 
abstain  from  watering  for 
some  time  ;  but  if  the 
weather  is  very  warm  and 
bright,  a  very  light  syring- 
ing may  be  given  once  each 
day.  If  pots  are  plunged 
in  open  ground,  this  light 
daily  syringing  will  be 
sufficient  until  the  plant 
shows  signs  of  growth. 


307.  Opuntia. 


308.  Leaf-like  branches  of  Opuntia— Opuntia.  or  Nopalea, 
coccinellifera,  the  cochineal  plant. 

It  is  a  mistake  to  repot  Cacti  very  often,  unless  the 
roots  have  become  infested  with  mealy  bug  or  other 
pest.  Should  this  occur,  the  plant  must  be  turned  out 
of  the  pot,  roots  thoroughly  washed,  and  planted  in  a 
new  pot  and  in  new  soil.  The  condition  of  the  soil  in 
each  pot  should  be  constantly  and  carefully  examined, 
and  if  the  slightest  sign  of  imperfect  drainage  is  mani- 
fest, the  case  should  receive  prompt  attention. 

In  the  summer  season,  some  persons  turn  their  plants 
out  of  pots  into  the  open  borders.  They  may  do  well 
during  the  season,  but,  as  there  is  more  or  less  danger 
of  bruising  or  injuring  them  in  taking  them  up  from 
open  ground  and  repotting,  the  practice  is  unwise. 
Avoid  inflicting  any  injury  on  the  plants  in  the  late  fall 
or  winter.  It  will  be  found  a  much  safer  practice  to 
plunge  the  plants,  in  their  pots,  in  late  spring  or  as 
soon  as  the  cold  spring  rains  are  over.  Any  warm,  well- 
drained  bed  or  border  may  be  selected  for  this  purpose, 
where  they  may  receive  sunlight  and  perfect  venti- 
lation. 

For  winter  protection,  select  a  naturally  damp  house, 
—one  with  floor  sunken  two  feet  or  more.  It  should  not 
be  made  wet  by  constant  syringing  or  by  a  leaky  roof, 
but  by  keeping  the  floor  of  the  house  damp,  thus  ren- 
dering it  unnecessary  to  be  constantly  watering  the 
plants.  Let  the  temperature  of  the  house  be  kept  as 
close  as  possible  to  50°,  promptly  ventilating  when  the 
heat  begins  to  increase.  Avoid  all  severe  changes.  Use 
as  mild  a  fire  heat  as  possible  to  be  safe  from  cold. 

Cacti  may  be  propagated  from  seed,  by  division  of 
large  clumps,  and  by  cuttings  or  offsets.  The  most 
interesting,  instructive  and  permanently  successful 
method  is  from  seed.  Plants  grown  in  this  way  will 
furnish  the  grower,  in  two  or  three  years,  with  a  fine 
stock  of  thrifty  plants  which  will  be  a  permanent  source 
of  satisfaction.  Raising  seedlings  is  better  than  import- 
ing the  plants  from  their  native  habitats  if  one  desires 
to  secure  a  fine  collection  of  Cacti.  There  would  be 
many  more  amateur  collections  of  Cacti  if  persons 
would  start  by  raising  plants  from  seed.  The  most 


Of  THf 

UNIVERSITY 


206 


CACTUS 


C^SALPINIA 


desirable  Cacti  to  be  raised  from  seed  are  Pelecyphora, 
Mamillaria,  Cereus,  Echinopsis  and  Echinocactus.  When 
raised  from  seed,  any  of  these  may  be  successfully 
grown  as  window  plants,  with  little  danger  of  loss. 

Perhaps  the  most  easily  grown  of  the  Cactus  family 
are  Opuntias,  but  these  are  not  to  be  recommended  for 


window  culture,  on  account  of  their  full  equipment  of 
barbed  spines.  Cereus  flagelliformis,  Rhipsalis,  and 
Epiphyllums  on  their  own  roots,  flourish  well  and  are 
exceedingly  attractive.  But  the  best  of  all  are  the  Phyl- 
locacti ;  these  are  without  spines,  grow  vigorously,  and 
produce  an  abundance  of  blooms  if  they  are  given  a 
sunny  window  and  the  necessary  amount  of  water. 
Cactuses  generally  are  subject  to  insects  and  fungous 
troubles.  One  of  the  most  common  pests  is  a  scale  in- 
sect. The  safest  way  to  rid  the  plants  of  these  is  to 
clean  them  off  with  a  small  brush  which  has  bristles  of 
only  moderate  stiffness.  The  mealy  bug  may  be  easily 
disposed  of  by  dissolving  5  grams  castile  soap  in  hot 
water,  and  adding  1%  quarts  of  alcohol ;  then  add  100 
grams  of  fusel  oil  ;  apply  with  a  very  fine  spray. 

JAMES  GURNEY. 

CADIA  (Arabic  name,  Kadi}.  Leguminbsce,  tribe 
Sophbrece.  About  3  species  of  small  evergreen  trees  of 
Arabia  and  Africa,  remarkable  for  their  regular  mallow- 
like  fls. :  Ivs.  pinnate  :  fls.  axillary,  mostly  solitary, 
drooping  ;  stamens  10,  free. 

purpurea,  Forsk.  (C.  varia,  L'Her.).  Lfts.  20-40  pairs, 
very  narrow  :  fls.  bell-shaped,  pedunculate,  rose-red, 
pretty  ;  not  spiny.  Arabia.  -  Cult,  in  S.  Calif. 

C.  Ellisiana,  Baker,  has  few  large  Ifts.  and  rose-colored  fls. 
Madag.  B.M.  6685.— C.  pubescens,  Bojer.  Lfts.  8-10  pairs, 
broad-oblong.  Madag. 

CJESALPlNIA  (Andreas  Caesalpinus,  1519-1603,  Ital- 
ian botanist).  Leguminbsce .  BRASILETTO.  Shrubs  or 
trees,  with  bipinnate  Ivs.  and  racemes  or  panicles  of 
red  or  yellow  fls.,  with  obovate  more  or  less  clawed  pet- 
als, 10  stamens,  and  a  very  long  style.  The  fls.  are  not 
papilionaceous.  The  species,  all  tropical,  are  nearly  50. 
The  genus  yields  tanning  materials  and  dye  stuffs ;  and 
most  of  the  species  are  very  showy  in  flower  and  are 
favorites  in  tropical  and  semi-tropical  countries.  They 
are  grown  rarely  in  warm  glass  houses.  The  botanical 
status  is  confused.  £,.  jj.  3. 

In  Caesalpinia,  propagation  is  readily  effected  by 
seeds,  which  should  be  well  soaked  in  warm  water  for 


some  hours  before  sowing.  A  sandy  soil  should  be 
chosen  for  the  seed-bed,  and  lightly  shaded.  After  the 
plants  show  the  first  true  leaf,  they  should  be  potted 
off  into  small  pots  of  ordinary  garden  soil,  not  too  rich, 
made  light  by  the  addition  of  sand  if  of  a  clayey  nature. 
The  plants  grow  very  rapidly,  and  must  be  shifted  into 
larger  pots  as  their  size  requires  for  greenhouse  cul- 
ture, but  in  tropical  climates  may  be  transplanted  into 
permanent  positions  outdoors  after  they  reach  a  fail- 
size  in  pots.  The  dwarf  species  are  elegant  subjects  for 
subtropical  gardening  during  the  summer  months  in 
temperate  climates,  provided  a  sunny  location  is  given 
them,  as  they  revel  in  rather  dry,  very  warm  soil,  and 
do  not  require  artificial  watering  after  being  established. 
A  rocky,  sunny  situation  may  be  given  C.  pulcherrima 
and  its  variety  flava,  where  they  will  bloom  during 
many  weeks  of  summer,  until  frost  checks  them,  if 
strong  plants  about  a  foot  high  are  selected  in  early 
summer.  Care  should  be  taken  to  gradually  harden 
off  plants  in  the  house,  so  that  they  may  not  be  chilled 
when  transplanted  outdoors.  While  they  will  do  well 
in  a  poor  soil,  an  application  of  manure  or  chemical  fer- 
tilizer may  be  given  them  to  advantage,  causing  them 
to  make  a  more  vigorous  growth  and  give  better  and 
larger  heads  of  flowers.  In  the  tropics,  and  also  in  sub- 
tropical climates,  these  shrubs  and  trees  are  always 
admired  and  are  commonly  planted  for  ornament.  The 
Royal  Poinciana  (C.  Regia,  but  properly  Poinciana 
Regia,  which  see),  and  also  the  Dwarf  Poinciana,  or 
Flower -fence  (C.  pulcherrima},  will  thrive  in  close 
proximity  to  the  sea,  and  are  valuable  for  planting  in 
exposed  coast  situations.  E>  N>  REASONER. 

A.    Stamens  long-exserted:  fls.  very  showy:  trees, 
unarmed  or 


Gilliesii,  Wall.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  very  many 
small,  elliptic  pinnules  :  fls.  light  yellow,  with  brilliant 
red  stamens  protruding  3-5  in.,  in  terminal  racemes  ; 
sepals  hairy-fringed.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  4006,  as  Poinci- 
ana Gilliesii,  Hook.  F.S.  1:61.  R.H.  1893,  400.  G.C. 
III.  15:73.— Endures  mild  winters.  A  very  showy  and 
worthy  plant. 

pulcherrima,  Swtz.  BARBADOES  PRIDE.  BARBADOES 
FLOWER-FENCE.  DWARF  POINCIANA.  Shrub,  with  deli- 
cate, evergreen,  mimosa-like  Ivs.,  few  scattered  prickles, 
and  very  gaudy  red  and  yellow  crisped  fls.  on  the  ends 
of  the  new  growth  :  stamens  and  style  red,  and  long- 
exserted.  Generally  distributed  in  the  tropics.  B.  M. 
995.  — One  of  the  most  popular  shrubs  in  warm  climates, 
as  S.  Fla.  and  S.Calif.  There  is  a  var.  flava,  with  yel- 
low fls. 

AA.    Stamens  not  much  exceeding  the  petals,  or 

shorter. 

B.    Lfts.  small,  %-l  in.  long,  very  obtuse. 
c.    Shrub,  unarmed. 

panndsa,  Brandegee.  Shrub,  2-4  ft.,  with  slender 
branches  clothed  with  white,  deciduous  bark  :  Ivs.  de- 
compound ;  pinnae  2-4,  each  with  4-6  oblong  and  retuse 
Ifts.  :  fls.  yellow,  showy  ;  pod  glandular,  1-2-seeded. 
Lower  Calif.— A  rapid-growing  species,  recently  dis- 
covered and  introduced  to  the  trade. 

cc.    Shrubs  or  trees,  prickly. 
D.    Pod  smooth  :  shrubs. 

sepiaria,  Roxbg.  Pinnules  about  10  pairs,  oblong, 
rounded  on  both  ends  :  fls.  yellow.  India.  — Furnishes 
dye  wood  ;  also  used  as  a  hedge  plant. 

Japdnica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Loose,  spreading  shrub,  armed 
with  stout,  recurved  prickles  :  pinnules  7-9  pairs,  ob- 
long, very  obtuse  :  fls.  in  large,  panicle-like  clusters, 
canary-yellow,  the  stamens  bright  red.  Japan.  Gn. 
40:  837.  J.H.  Ill,  34:  531. -Endures  the  winters  in  some 
parts  of  England.  The  hardiest  species  of  the  genus, 
probably  hardy  as  far  north  as  Washington,  D.C. 

DD.    Pod  prickly  :  tree. 

echinata,  Lam.  Tree,  with  prickly  branches,  blunt, 
elliptic,  shining,  alternate  Ifts.,  yellow  fls.,  and  spiny 
pods  ;  stamens  shorter  than  the  petals.  Brazil.  — Yields 
dye  wood. 


C^SALPINIA 


CALADIUM 


207 


BB.    Lfts  1-3  in.  long,  acute  or  mucronulate  : 
pod  prickly. 

Minax,  Hance.  Diffuse  shrub,  thorny:  pinnce  10,  with 
12-20  ovate-lanceolate  glabrous  Ifts.,  1-1%  in.  long  :  ra- 
cemes panicled,  many-fld.,  with  very  large  bracts  :  fls. 
white  and  pvirple :  pods  7-seeded  ( seeds  large  and  black ) , 
spiny.  China. 

B6nduc,  Roxbg.  Climbing  shrub,  with  prickly,  pubes- 
cent Ivs.,  oblong-ovate  mucronate  Ifts.,  1/^-3  in.  long, 
yellow  fls.,  and  a  few  large  yellow  seeds  in  a  short, 
prickly  pod.  Tropics  ;  S.  Fla. 

C.  bijilga,  Swtz.  (Acacia  Bancroftiana,  Bert.).  Spiny  shrub, 
with  ultimate  Ifts.  in  2  pairs  :  fls.  paniculate.  Jamaica.— C. 
Regia,  Dietr.=Poinciana  Regia. 

L.  H.  B.  and  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CAHOUN.     Consult  Attalea  Coliune. 

CAJ ANUS  (aboriginal  name).  Leguminbsce.  Tropical 
shrub  with  pinnate,  3-foliolate  Ivs.,  yellow  papiliona- 
ceous fls.,  and  a  small,  hairy  pod  bearing  edible  seeds. 
Several  species  described,  probably  all  derivatives  of 
the  following  : 

Indicus,  Spreng.  A  shrub  with  yellow  and  maroon 
fls.,  blooming  all  through  the  year,  and  bearing  a  con- 
tinuous crop  of  highly  nutritious  peas.  Lfts.  elliptic- 
oblong.  Plant  more  or  less  hairy.  Grows  from  4-10  ft. 
high,  very  diffuse  and  spreading.  Much  cult,  in  the 
tropics  for  the  seeds  or  pulse.  It  varies  greatly  in 
stature  and  in  character  of  seeds  :  C.  flarus,  DC.,  has 
yellow  fls.  and  2-3-seeded  pods  which  are  not  spotted  ; 
C.  bicolor,  DC.,  has  red-striped  fls.,  and  4-5-seeded  pods 
which  are  spotted:  see  B.M.  6440  and  R.H.  1874:190. 
Usually  treated  as  an  annual.  Probably  native  to  Chi- 
nese territory.  Known  under  many  local  names,  as 
Pigeon  Pea,  Congo  Pea,  Dhal,  Toor,  and  others. 

L.  H.  B. 

CALABASH  GOURD.    See  Lagenaria. 

CALADIUM  (origin  of  name  obscure).  Ardidece.  Her- 
baceous perennials,  arising  from  large  rhizomes  or 
tubers,  acaulescent,  with  beautifully  marked,  long- 
petioled  Ivs.  with  a  deep  basal  lobe.  Differs  from  Colo- 
casia  in  floral  characters.  A  dozen  or  less  species  in 
Trop.  Amer.  Two  of  the  species  are  immensely  variable, 
and  many  named  horticultural  varieties  are  in  the  trade. 
Engler  in  DC.  Monog.  Phan.  2:  452  (1879) ;  also  F.S.  13. 

In  Caladium,  propagation  is  effected  by  division  of 
the  tubers  at  the  beginning  of  the  growing  season, 
which  is  about  the  first  of  March.  The  soil  best  suited 
to  them  is  a  mixture  of  fibrous  loam,  leaf  mold,  peat, 
and  well-rotted  cow  or  sheep  manure  in  equal  parts, 
with  a  sprinkling  of  sand  added.  The  tubers  should  be 
potted  at  first  in  as  small  pots  as  will  conveniently 
accommodate  them,  and  shifted  on  into  larger  pots  as 
they  require  it.  But  little  water  must  be  given  at  the 
roots  till  active  growth  commences,  when,  as  the  plants 
develop,  they  require  an  abundance.  A  warm,  humid 
atmosphere,  such  as  is  recommended  for  Alocasias,  is 
necessary  for  their  best  development.  They  must  also 
be  shaded  from  bright  sunlight.  As  the  leaves  mature 
in  the  fall,  water  should  be  gradually  withheld,  though 
at  no  time  must  the  tubers  be  allowed  to  become  quite 
dry.  Caladiums  should  be  kept  for  the  winter  in  the 
pots  in  which  they  have  been  grown,  and  stored  away 
in  some  convenient  place  in  a  temperature  not  less  than 
50°  or  more  than  60°.  E<  j.  CANNING. 

FANCY-LEAVED  CALADIUMS.— As  soon  as  the  plants 
begin  to  lose  their  leaves  in  the  fall,  water  should 
gradually  be  withheld  until  the  leaves  are  all  gone. 
The  pots  should  then  be  removed  to  a  position  under  a 
bench,  and  laid  on  their  sides,  or  taken  from  the  soil 
and  placed  in  sand.  During  the  resting  period  they 
should  not  be  subjected  to  a  lower  temperature  than  60° 
F.,  and  kept  neither  too  wet  nor  too  dry.  About  the  be- 
ginning of  March  the  tubers  should  be  started  for  the 
earliest  batch  to  be  grown  in  pots.  Arrange  the  tubers 
in  their  sizes,  and  keep  each  size  by  itself.  The  largest 
sized  tubers  will  start  quickest,  and  it  is  desirable  to  be- 
gin with  these  for  pot  plants.  Start  them  in  chopped 
moss  in  boxes.  The  tubers  may  be  arranged  pretty  close 
together  in  the  box,  and  merely  covered  over  with  the 


moss  to  the  depth  of  about  an  inch.  The  new  roots  are 
made  from  the  top  part  of  the  tuber,  so  it  is  important 
that  this  part  should  be  covered  to  encourage  the  roots. 
For  starting,  a  heat  varying  between  70°  and  85°  will 
suffice.  As  soon  as  a  healthy  lot  of  roots  make  their 
appearance,  the  plants  should  be  potted,  using  as  small 
sized  pots  as  possible.  The  soil  for  this  potting  should 
be  principally  leaf -mold,  with  a  little  sand.  In  a  short 
time  they  will  need  another  shift  ;  the  soil  should  on 
this  occasion  be  a  little  stronger  ;  give  a  position  near 
the  glass,  and  shade  from  strong  sunshine.  New  forms 
are  raised  from  seed,  this  operation  being  an  exceed- 
ingly easy  one  with  the  Caladium,  as  they  cross-fertilize 
very  readily.  The  flowers,  unlike  those  of  the  Anthu- 
rium,  are  monoecious,  the  females  ripening  first.  To 
pollinate  them,  part  of  the  spathe  must  be  cut  away. 
Seedlings  at  first  have  the  foliage  green,  and  it  is  not 
until  the  fifth  or  sixth  leaf  has  been  developed  that 
they  show  their  gaudy  colorings.  Propagation  of  the 
kinds  is  effected  by  dividing  the  old  tubers,  the  cut  sur- 
faces of  which  should  be  well  dusted  with  powdered 
charcoal  to  prevent  decay.  As  bedding  plants,  the  fancy- 
leaved  Caladiums  are  gradually  getting  more  popular. 
To  have  them  at  their  best  for  this  purpose,  the  ground 
should  be  worked  for  some  time  previous  to  planting 
out,  with  a  goodly  quantity  of  bone  meal  incorporated 
with  the  soil.  The  tubers  are  best  put  out  in  a  dormant 
state,  as  then  they  make  very  rapid  progress,  and  eventu- 
ally make  finer  plants  than  when  they  are  first  started 
in  the  greenhouse,  as  by  this  system  they  are  too  apt  to 
sustain  a  check  in  the  hardening-off  process,  and  lose 
their  leaves.  The  fine,  highly  colored  kinds  are  not  so 
well  suited  for  outdoor  work  as  those  having  green  pre- 
dominating in  the  foliage,  but  some  of  the  kinds,  such 
as  Dr.  Lindley  and  Rosini,  do  remarkably  well.  Fre- 
quent watering  with  manure  water  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  the  development  of  the  foliage,  both  outdoors 
and  in-  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

The  following  species  and  varieties,  most  of  which 
are  in  the  American  trade,  are  here  described,  the  syno- 
nyms being  in  italic  :  albinervium,55;  albomaculatum, 
16;  albostriatulum,  51  ;  Alfred  Bleu,  16;  amoenum,  17; 
Appunianum,56;  argyrites,  57;  argyroneuron,  5;  argy- 
rospilum,  36;  Baraquinii,  12 ;  Belleymei,  49;  bicolor,  8, 
11;  Brongniartii,  32;  Chantini,  17;  Conn&rtii,  17;  cor- 
datum,  3;  cupreum,  53;  Curwadlii,  37;  Devosianum,28; 
Devosianum,  28 ;  discolor,  29;  Duchartrei,  35 ;  Eckhartii, 
23;  elegans,  54;  Enkeanum,  45;  erythraeum,  3;  esculen- 
fom=Colocasia  Antiquorum  esculenta ;  firmulum,  9; 
Gcerdtii,  15  ;  griseo-argenteum,  39  ;  Haageanum,  17  ; 
haematostigmatum,  29;  hcemostigmatum,  29;  hastatum, 
50 ;  Hendersoni,  24 ;  Houbyanum,  26 ;  Houlletii,  18 ;  Hum- 
boldtii,  57;  Ketteleri,  13;  Kochii,38;  Kramerianum,  20 ; 
Laucheanum,  43;  Lemaireanum,  55 ;  Leopoldii,  15 ;  Lin- 
deni,  46 ;  macrophyllum,  39 ;  marginatum,  19 ;  marmora- 
tum,  7;  marmoreum, 2;  Martersteigianum ,  17;  mirabile, 
33  ;  Mooreanum,  18  ;  myriostigma,  58  ;  Neumanii,  40  ; 
Ottonis,  28;  Osyanum,  52;  pallidinervium,  30;  pelluci- 
dum,  27,  29;  Perrierii,  22;  pictum,  4,  34;  picturatum,  48; 
poecile,  30  ;  porphyroneuron,  53  ;  punctatissimtim,  17; 
'Purdieanum,9;  piisillum,9;  regale,  31;  ReicTienbachi- 
anum,  41;  Hogierii,  15;  roseum,  14;  rubellum,  41;  rubi- 
cundum,  11;  nibronertmtm,  42;  rubrovenium,  42 ;  sagit- 
tw  folium,  31',  Schmitzii,3;  Schcelleri,5;  Schomburgkii, 
1;  Sieboldii,  25;  splendens,  14;  Spruceamim,  9;  Stan- 
geanum,  21;  subrotundum,  6 ;  Surinamense,  31;  thripe- 
destum,  7;  .transparens,  10;  Troubetskoyi,  56  ;  Vellozi- 
anum,  9;  Verschaffeltii,  47 ;  viridissimum,55;  Wagneri, 
31;  Wallisi,2S;  Wightii,  44. 

It  will  be  seen  that  most  of  the  cultivated  Caladiums 
are  considered  to  be  forms  of  C.  bicolor  and  C.  pictura- 
tum. Only  5  species  are  concerned  in  the  following  list: 
Schomburgkii,  I  ;  marmoratum,  7;  bicolor,  8;  pictura- 
tum, 48 ;  Humboldtii,  57.  C.  odoratum,  Lodd.=  Alocasia 
macrorrhiza. 

A.   Itlade  not  at  all  peltate,  obliquely  elliptical-ovate. 

1.  Sch6mburgkii,  Schott.  Petiole  slender,  4  times 
longer  than  the  blade,  sheathed  %  its  length  ;  blade 
obliquely  elliptical-ovate ;  midrib  and  4-5  acxitely  ascend- 
ing primary  nerves  silvery,  pale,  or  red ;  sparsely  spot- 
ted above,  paler  beneath.  French  Guiana  to  Para.  —  Runs 
into  the  following  forms : 


208 


CALADiUM 


(1)    Veins  red. 

2.  Var.  marmoreum,  Engl.      Blade   dull    green,  with 
brownish  red  nerves,  bordered  with  yellow. 

3.  Var.  erythrseum,  Engl.  (C.  Schmitzii,  Lem.    C.  cor- 
ddtum,  Hort.).    Midribs  and  nerves  red.    I.H.  8:  297. 

4.  Var.  pictum,  Engl.  With  white  or  red  spots  between 
the  red  veins.    S  Amer. 

(2)    Veins  silvery  or  green. 

5.  Var.   argyroneurum,   Engl.   (C.  argyroneuron,   C. 
Koch.    C.  Schcelleri,  Lem.).    Midrib  and  veins  silvery. 
I.H.  8:297. 

6.  Var.  subrotundum,  Engl.  (C.  subrotundum,  Lem.). 
Leaf -blade  rounded  at  the  base,  or  shortly  cordate,  with 
white  or  red  spots.    Brazil. 

AA.   Blade  distinctly  peltate. 
B.    Leaf  sagittate-oblong -ovWte. 

7.  marmoratum,  Mathieu  (Alocdsia  Rcezlii,  Bull.    C. 
thripedestum,  Lem. ) .    Petiole  cylindrical,  12-16  in.  long, 
twice  as  long  as  the  blade,  variegated;  blade  dark  green, 
with  irregular  gray,  yellowish  green   and   snow-white 
spots,  glaucous-green   beneath,   sagitt#te-oblong-ovate, 
the  upper  lobe  semi-ovate,  slightly  cuspidate,  the  basal 
ones  unequal,  %  or  >£  as  long  as  th«  upper,  connate 
%-%  their  length.    Equador.    I.H.  5,  p.  59. 


310.  Caladium  bicolor.  var  Chantini.     (No.  17.) 

BB.   Leaf  ovate -triangular,  or  ovate-sagittate. 

8.  bicolor,  Vent.  (Arum  bicolor,  Ait.).    Fig.  310.    Peti- 
ole smooth,  3-7  times  as  long  as  the  blade,  pruinose  to- 
ward the  apex  ;  blade  ovate-sagittate,  or  ovate-triangu- 
lar, variegated  above,  glaucous  beneath ;  upper  lobe  semi- 
ovate,  narrowing  gradually  to  a  cuspidate  point,  the  basal 
ones  %  to  but  little  shorter  than  the  upper,  oblong-ovate, 
obtuse,  connate  1-5-%  their  length.     S.  Amer.     Intro- 
duced into  cult,  in  1773.     B.M.  820.— Very  common  in 
cult.,  furnishing  many  of  the  fancy-leaved  Caladiums. 
The  marked  varieties  are  as  follows : 

(1)  Leaf-blade  and  veins  of  one  color. 

9.  Var.  Vellozianum,  Engl.  (C.  Vellozidnum,  Schott. 
C.  Purdiednum,   Schott.     C.  pusillum,  C.  Koch.     C. 
Sprucednum,    Schott.     C.    firmulum,    Schott).      Leaf- 
blade  dark  green  above  ;  basal  lobes  connate  past  the 
middle.    Brazil,  Peru.    E.B.  10:169. 

(2)  Leaf-blade  more  or  less  variegated. 

(a)    With  a  colored  disc. 
(b)  Disc  transparent. 

10.  Var.  transparens,  Engl.  (C.  transpdrens,  Hort.). 
Blade  with  a  pale  green,  nearly  transparent  disc  ;  mid- 
rib and  primary  veins  red-purple.       t 


CALADIUM 

11.  Var.  rubicundum,  Engl.  ( C.  bicolor,  Kunth).    Peti- 
ole green,  or  variegated  green  and  violet;  blade  green, 
with  a  red,  transparent,  central  disc,  and  a  very  narrow 
red  line  between  the  disc  and  the  margin. 

(bb)  Disc  opaque. 
(c)  Purple  disc. 

12.  Var.  Baraquinii,   Engl.   (C.  Baraquinii,  Hort.). 
Petiole  violet  ;  blade  with  a  purple-red  disc ;  beautiful 
green  between  the  disc  and  margin;  nerves  and  midrib 
red-violet.    Para.    I.H.  7:257.    F.S.  13:1378. 

13.  Var.  K6tteleri,  Engl.  (C.  Ketteleri,  Hort.).    Peti- 
ole crimson,  variegated  toward  the  base  ;    blade  with 
purple  disc,  midrib  and  primary  veins,  sparsely  marked 
between  the  veins  with  many  small,  rosy  spots. 

(cc)  Bed  disc. 

14.  Var.  splendens.  Engl.  (C.roseum,  Hort.    C.spUn- 
dens,  Hort.).    Petiole  green   below,  red  above  ;    blade 
with  a  red  disc  at  the  middle  ;    midvein  and  primary 
veins  red-purple  ;  green  between  the  nerves  and  along 
the  margin.    L.  4. 

15.  Var.    Leopold!,    Engl.    (C.    Leopoldi,    Hort.      C. 
Gcerdtil,  C.  Koch.     C.  Rogieri,  Ch.  &  Lem.).      Petiole 
violet  beneath,  red-purple  above  ;  blade  with  a  broad, 
reddish  disc  ;  margin  green,  red  spotted  ;  midrib  and 
primary  veins  dark  red-purple.    Para,  1864. 

16.  Var.    albomaculatum,   Engl.    (C.   Alfred    Bleu}. 
Petiole  green  ;  blade  green,  with  red  disc,  midrib  and 
primary   veins,  and  marked  clear  to  the  margin  with 
many  large,  white  spots  between  the  nerves. 

(ccc)  Rose  disc. 

17.  Var.  Chantini,  Engl.  ( C.  Chantini,  Lem.    C.  Con- 
ncertii,  Hort.    C.  amoenum,  Hort.    C.  Martersteigidmim, 
Hort.  C.punctatissimum,  Hort.  C.  Haagednum,  Hort.). 
Fig.  310.    Petiole  more  or  less  violet ;   blade  broadly 
red-purple  along  the  midrib  and  primary  nerves,  rosy 
at  the  center,  and  with  very  numerous,  unequal  spots 
between  the  nerves  clear  to'  the  marginal  vein.     I.  H. 
5:  185.     F.  S.  13:  1350, 1351.     B.  M.  5255.     B.  L.  PI.  19 
(1891).    Para,  1858.    A.F.  8:129. 

(cccc)  Light  green  disc. 

18.  Var. Houlletii,  Engl. (C.HoulUtii,  Lem.  C'.Moere- 
dnum,  Hort.).    Petiole  green,  the  sheath  and  a  little  of 
the  base  violet-variegated  ;    basal   lobes  of   the  blade 
somewhat  introrse,  rounded,  connate  % ;  blade  obscurely 
green  toward  the  margin,  the  midrib  and  primary  veins 
slightly  reddish,  and  with  a  pale  disc  marked  with  many 
irregular  white  spots. 

(aa)    Without  a  colored  disc. 

(b)  Margins  colored  throughout. 

(c)  Red  margin. 

19.  Var.    marginatum,    Engl.    (C.   margindtum,   C. 
Koch).    Blade  dark  green,  with  a  red  line  on  the  outer 

(cc)   Fellow  margin. 

20.  Var.    Kramerianum,    Engl.    (C.    Krameridnum, 
Hort.).    Veins  purple  ;  yellow  margin. 

21.  Var.    Stangeanum,    Engl.    (C.   Stangednum,    C. 
Koch).    Blade    reddish  ;    green  along  the  narrow  mar- 
gin, yellowish  toward  the  margin. 

(ccc)  Solid  white  margin. 

22.  Var.  Perrierii,  Engl.  (C.  Perrieri,  Lem.).   Petiole 
violet-black  ;  blade  dull  green,  with  many  red-purple 
spots,  and  white  along  the  margin.    Brazil,  1861. 

(cccc)  /Spotted  margin. 

23.  Var.  Eckhartii,  Engl.  (C.  Eckhartii,  Hort.).   Peti- 
ole violet-blotched  at  the  base,  green  above  the  middle; 
blade  green,  with  few  rosy  spots  along  the  margin,  and 
email  white  ones  in  the  middle. 

\  24.  Var.  Hendersoni,  Engl.  (C.  Hendersoni,  Hort.). 
Petiole  variegated  violet  and  green,  reddish  toward  the 
apex  ;  blade  mostly  green,  reddish  next  the  lower  parts 
of  the  nerves  ;  midrib  and  primary  veins  red-purple 
>tted  ;  small  red  spots  along  the  margin. 
>.  Var.  Sieboldii,  Engl.  (C.  ISieboldii,  Hort.).  Peti- 
ole violet  and  green,  reddish  toward  the  apex  ;  basal 
lobes  of  the  leaf  somewhat  introrse,  connate  %  their 


CALADIUM 


CALADIUM 


209 


length,  dark  green  ;  midrib  and  primary  veins  beauti- 
fully red-purple  spotted,  and  a  very  narrow  white  bor- 
der, marked  with  small,  purple-red  spots.  A. P.  8: 127. 

(ccccc)  Purple  margin. 

26.  Var.  Eoubyanum,  Engl.  (C.  Houbyanum,  Hort.). 
Petiole  dirty  green  on  the  lower  surface,  bright  red 
above  ;  blade  bright  green,  with  large  pale  spots,  and 
small  red-purple  ones  between  the  midrib  and  primary 
veins  ;  a  red-purple  spot  above  the  insertion  of  the  peti- 
ole, and  a  pale  purple  line  around  the  margin. 

2/.  Var.  pellucidum,  Engl.  (C.  pellucidum,  DC.). 
Petiole  reddish,  variegated  with  violet ;  blade  broadly 
reddish  purple  spotted  along  the  midrib  and  primary 
veins,  and  more  or  less  marked  with  transparent,  red- 
dish purple  spots  between  the  primary  veins  ;  a  contin- 
uous purple  line  along  the  outer  margin. 

(bb)  Unit/  the  margin  of  the  basal  sinus  colored. 

28.  Var.  Devosianum,  Engl.  (C.  Devosidnum,  Lem. 
C.  Walli*!.,  Hort.    C.  Ottonis,  Hort.).     Petiole  green; 
blade  bright  green,  with  small,  irregular  white  spots  be- 
tween  the   midrib    and   primary  veins,  and  a  narrow 
crimson  border  at  the  sinus.    Para.    I.H.  9:  322. 

29.  Var.    haematostigmatum.    Engl.    (C.  hcematostig- 
matnm,  Kth.    C.  pellucidum,  DC.).    C. discolor,  Hort. ). 
Petiole  violet ;  blade  dark  green,  with  a  purple  line  on 
the  basal   sinus,  and  sparsely  marked  with  blood-red 
spots.    Para. 

30.  Var.  poecile,  Engl.  (C.poeclle,  Schott.    C.pallidi- 
ntrvium,  Hort.).     Petiole   reddish    brown,  or    closely 
streaked-variegated  ;    blade   dark  green ;    midrib   and 
primary  veins  paler,  often  whitish  ;    a  red-purple  spot 
where  the  petiole  joins  the  blade,  narrowly  purple-mar- 
gined in  the  sinus.    Brazil. 

31.  Var.  regale,  Engl.  (C.  reg&le,  Lem.    C.  Wdgneri, 
Hort.    C.  SurinamSnse,  Miq.    C.  sagittcefblium,  Sieb.). 
Blade  bright  green,  purple-margined  at  the  sinus,  every- 
where marked  with  small,  confluent  white  spots.    West 
Indies,  1710.    I.H.  9:  316. 

(bbb)  No  colored  disc  or  colored  margin. 
(c)    Variegated  green  blade. 

32.  Var.  Brongniartii,  Engl.  (C.  Brongnidrtii,  Lem.). 
Very  large  ;    petiole  variegated   violet  and  green,  red- 
dish toward  the  apex  ;  blade  green,  except  along  the 
nerves  below,  where  it  is  colored  reddish,  paler  green 
between  the  primary  nerves,  deep   green   toward   the 
margin  ;   veins    and   nerves   red-purple.      Brazil-Para, 
1858.    F.S.  13:1348, 1349.    I.H.  5,  p.  58. 

33.  Var.  mirabile,  Engl.  (C.  mirdbile,  Lem.).    Petiole 
green  ;  blade  bright  green,  densely  covered  with  large 
and  small  irregular  pale  green  spots  between  the  pri- 
mary nerves  and  midvein.    Para.    I.H.  10:  354. 

(cc)  Slue-green  blade. 

34.  Var.  pictum,  Kunth   (C.  pictum,  DC.).     Petiole 
greenish,  variegated  beneath  ;    basal  lobes  connate  1-5 
their    length  ;    blade    thin,   blue-green,    marked    with 
large,  irregular,  usually  confluent,  pale  yellowish  semi- 
transparent  spots.    L.  43. 

(ccc)   Colorless  blade. 

35.  Var.  Duchartrei,  Engl.  ( C.  Duchdrtrei,  Hort. ) .  The 
long  petiole  green  above,  variegated  below  the  middle 
with  violet-black  ;  blade  colorless,  except  the  midrib  and 
all  the  veins,  or  here  and  there  pale  rosy  or  red  spotted, 
or  even  more  or  less  dirty  green.    A.F.  8: 129. 

(cccc)  Solid  green  blade. 
(d)  Dark  green. 

36.  Var.    argyr6spilum,     Engl.     (C.    argyrdspilum, 
Lem.).      Petiole     grayish     red,     sparsely    and     finely 
streaked  ;  blade  a  most  beautiful  green,  with  a  crimson 
spot  at  the  middle,  and  with  many  small  white  spots 
between  the  primary  veins.    Para.    F.S.  13:  1346,1347. 

37.  Var.    Curwadlii,    Engl.    (C.    Curwddlii,    Hort.). 
Petiole    greenish,    slightly  violet-blotched   toward    the 
base  ;    blade  reddish  purple  along  the  midrib  and  pri- 
mary veins,  marked  between  the  veins  with  large  white 
spots,  otherwise  dark  green. 

14 


38.  Var.    Kdchii,    Engl.    (C.  Kdchii,   Hort.).      Leaf- 
blade  more  rounded,  dark  green,  with  small  white  spots 
midway  between  the  midrib  and  margin.    Para,  1862. 

39.  Var.    macrophyllum,    Engl.    (C.    macrophi/llton, 
Lem.      C.  griseo-arg6nteum,    Hort.).     Petiole    green  ; 
blade  dark  green,  marked  everywhere  with  many  small, 
scarcely  confluent  white  or  slightly  rosy  spots.     Para, 
1862.    I.H.  9:  316. 

40.  Var.   Neumann!!,   Engl.    (C.  Neumannii,  Lem.). 
Petiole  green  ;    blade   very  beautiful  dark  green,  with 
scarcely  paler  veins,  marked  between  the  primary  veins 
with  large   and    small  white-margined,  reddish  purple 
spots.    F.S.  13:  1352,  1353.    B.M.5199. 

(dd)  Light  green. 
(e)  Not  spotted. 

41.  Var.  rubellum,  Engl.  ( C.  nibellum,  Hort.  C.  Reich- 
enbachianum,    Stangl.).      Blade   green,    with    reddish 
purple  midrib  and  primary  veins. 

42.  Var.  rubrovenium,  Engl.  (C.  rubrovenium,  Hort. 
C.rubrontrvium,  Hort.).    Petiole  variegated  green  and 
violet ;  blade  small,  oblong-ovoid,  the  basal  lobes  some- 
what introrse,  obtuse,  connate  almost  to   the  middle, 
pale  caulescent  or  red-green  along  the  midrib  and  pri- 
mary veins  ;  veins  pale  red  or  scarlet.    Para,  1862. 

(ee)  Spotted. 
(f )    With  white  spots. 

43.  Var.   Laucheanum,   Engl.    (C.   Lauche&num,   C. 
Koch).     Blade  bright  green,  with  white  spots  at  the 
middle. 

(ff )    With  purple  and  white  spots. 

44.  Var.  Wightii,  Engl.  (C.  Wlghtii,  Hort.).    Petiole 
pale  green  ;    blade  very  beautiful  green,   marked  be- 
tween the  primary  veins  with  large,   red-purple  and 
small  white  spots.    French  Guiana. 


311.   Caladium  picturatum,  var.  Belleymei.     (No.  49.) 

(fff )    With  red  or  crimson  spots. 

45.  Var.  Enkeanum,  Engl.  (C.  Enkednum,  C.  Koch). 
Blade  bright  green,  marked  with  large  and  small  red 
spots. 

46.  Var.  Lindeni,  Engl.  (C.  Lindeni,  Hort.).    Blade 
bright  green,  with  confluent  small  red  spots. 

47.  Var.     Verschaff61tii,     Engl.     (C.     Verschafftltii, 
Lem.).    Petiole  pale  green  ;  blade  very  beautiful  green, 
with  few  irregular  crimson  spots.    I.H. 5: 185.    B.M.  5263. 
L.  46. 

BBB.  Blade  lanceolate-sagittate. 

48.  picturatum,   C.   Koch.      Petioles    usually    green, 
variegated  below,  elongated  ;  blade  lanceolate-sagittate, 
cuspidate  and  submucronate  at  the  apex,  the  upper  lobe 
nearly  triangular,  oblong  or  ovate-lanceolate,  basal  lobes 
over  half  as  long,  lanceolate  subacute,  connate  1-6-% 
their  length,  separated  by  a  triangular  sinus  ;  primary 


210 


CALADIUM 


CALAMOVILFA 


lateral  veins  4-7,  erect-spreading  or  spreading.  Brazil.  — 
Variable,  furnishing  many  of  the  fancy-leaved  Caladi- 
ums. 

(1)   Transparent  white  blade. 

49.  Var.  Belleymei,  Engl.  ( C.  Belleymii,  Hort. ) .  Fig. 
311.  Petiole  greenish  above,  variegated  violet  beneath; 
blade  slenderly  hastate-sagittate,  white,  translucent  ex- 


312.  Caladium  Humboldtii.     (No.  57.) 

cept  the  green  veins  and  nerves,  with  small  green  spots 
along  the  margin  ;  basal  lobes  1-5,  or  rarely  M  or  % 
connate.  Para.  I.H.  7:252.  A.F.  8:127. 

(2)  Pale  green  blade. 
(a)  With  transparent  blotches. 

50.  Var.  hastatum,  Engl.  (C.  hastatum,  Lem.).    Peti- 
ole  long,  stout,  white,  violet-spotted  ;    blade   hastate- 
sagittate,  slightly  contracted  above  the  lobes  ;  dull,  pale 
green,  very  irregularly  marked  with  transparent  blotches ; 
basal  lobe    %  connate,  crimson  margined  in  the  sinus. 
Para. 

(aa)  Opaque. 

51.  Var.  albostriatulum,  Engl.    Blade  greenish  white 
along  the  midrib  and  veins,  white-striped  and  dotted 
between  the  nerves. 

52.  Var.  Osyanum,  C.  Koch.     Blade  white  along  the 
midrib  and  primary  veins,  with  purple  spots  between 
the  veins. 


let ;  blade  broadly  hastate-sagittate,  dull,  pale  green, 
slightly  reddish  on  the  veins,  opaque  basal  lobes  1-6-% 
connate.  Peru  and  Brazil.  I.H.  8:297. 

(3)  Dark  green  blade. 

54.  Var.  elegans,  Engl.    Petiole  rosy,  greenish  below, 
variegated  ;    blade  narrowly  hastate-sagittate,  slightly 
contracted  above  the  lobes,  dark  green  above,  broadly 
red  or  purple  next  the  midrib  and  primary  lateral  veins ; 
basal  lobes  1-5  connate. 

55.  Var.  Lemairefcnum,  Engl.  ( G.  Lemaireanum,  Barr. 
C.  picturatum  albintrvium,  C.  Koch.     C.  picturatum 
viridissimum,G.  Koch).    Blade  shaped  like  preceding, 
dark  green  ;    midrib  and  primary  veins  pale  green  or 
white.    S.Amer.,1861.    I.H.  9:311. 

56.  Var.  Troub6tskoyi,  Engl.  (C.  Troubetskoyi,  Chan- 
tin.    C.  Appunidnum,  Hort. ).    Petiole  red,  variegated; 
blade    very    narrowly    hastate-sagittate,   slightly    con- 
tracted  above   the   lobes,    dark  green   above,    broadly 
marked   with  pale  red   along  the  midrib  and  primary 
veins,  and  with  scattered,  transparent,  small  white  or 
rose  spots.    F.S.  13:  1379. 


BBBB.  Blade  oblong-ovate,  or  oblong:  plant  small. 

57.  Humboldtii,    Schott     (C.  argy  rites,  Lem.).     Fig. 
312.    Petiole  slender,  variegated,  2-3  times  longer  than 
the  blade  ;  sheath  slender,  narrow;  blade  oblong-ovate, 
or  oblong,  green  along  the  margin,  midrib  and  primary 
veins,  with  many  large  and  small  transparent  spots  be- 
tween ;  shortly  and  very  acutely  acuminate,  the  apical 
lobe  oblong-ovate,  twice  as  long  as  the  oblong  or  ovate- 
triangular,  obtuse  basal  ones  ;   basal  lobes  %  connate, 
separated  by  an  obtuse  triangular  sinus,  the  3-4  primary 
veins  of  the  apical  lobe  uniting  in  a  collective  nerve  re- 
mote from  the  margin.    Brazil.    I.H. 5: 185.    F.S. 13:1345. 
Gng.  3:279.    A.F.  10:197.    L.  22. 

58.  Var.    myriostigma,    Engl.    (C.   my rio stigma,   C. 
Koch).     Blade   marked   everywhere  with    small  white 

spots>  JABED  G.  SMITH. 

GALAMA6BOSTIS  (Greek  for  reed  grass).  Gra- 
minece.  REED  BENT-GRASS.  A  genus  of  perennial  grasses 
with  running  rootstocks.  Very  similar  to  Agrostis,  but 
spikelets  usually  larger.  Can  be  distinguished  from  it 
by  the  tuft  of  long  hairs  at  the  base  of  the  fl. -glume, 
and  the  flowering  axis  continued  beyond  the  palet. 
Spikelets  1-flowered  (rarely  an  aborted  or  second  flower 
present).  Glumes  3,  the  first  two  nearly  equal  and 
empty,  the  third,  or  fl. -glume,  awned  on  the  back,  usu- 
ally below  the  middle.  Species  about  120,  very  widely 
distributed  over  the  world  in  the  temperate  and  arctic 
zones  and  on  the  high  mountains  of  the  tropics.  For 
C.  brevipilis,  see  Calamovilfa. 

Canadensis,  Beauv.  BLUE- JOINT  GRASS.  Very  com- 
mon in  the  northern  and  northwestern  states,  usually 
growing  in  moist  meadows  and  swales.  Under  such 
conditions  it  yields  a  large  amount  of  indifferent  hay, 
which  is  used  'in  some  places.  It  is  not  used  for  horti- 
cultural purposes.  This  species  grows  3-5  ft.,  and  has 
flat,  glaucous-blue  Ivs.:  panicle  oblong, becoming  open- 
upper  glume  weak-awned  near  the  middle. 

stricta,  Beauv.  (C.  negUcta,  Gsertn.).  PONY  GRASS. 
A  rather  slender,  erect  perennial,  with  narrow  leaves 
and  a  contracted,  densely-flowered  panicle,  3-6  in.  long: 
fl. -glume  about  %  as  long  as  the  second  empty  glume, 
and  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  basal  hairs  ;  awn 
bent,  exceeding  the  glume.  Northern  U.S.— A  varie- 
gated form  has  been  brought  into  cultivation  for  orna- 
mental  purposes.  p  R  KENNEDY. 

CALAMfNTHA  (Old  Greek  name,  meaning  beautiful 
mint).  Labiatce.  Various  species  of  herbs  or  very  small 
shrubs,  2  or  3  of  them  occasionally  grown  in  borders  for 
their  fls.  and  aromatic  fragrance.  Calyx  2-lipped,  ob- 
long or  tubular  ;  corolla  with  a  straight  tube,  and  gen- 
erally exceeding  the  calyx,  the  throat  commonly  en- 
larged ;  stamens  parallel  under  the  upper  lip  :  fls.  in 
whorls,  which  are  usually  arranged  in  a  long  interrupted 
spike.  Plants  mostly  of  temperate  regions,  and  of  easy 
culture.  The  cult,  kinds  are  perennial,  more  or  less 
hairy,  mint-like  herbs,  1-3  ft.  high. 

grandifldra,  Moench.  Lvs.  ovate,  serrated  :  stems  de- 
cumbent, branching  from  the  base  :  fls.  in  axillary 
whorls,  quite  large,  1%  in.  long,  with  a  straight  tube  ; 
upper  lip  flattened,  purple  ;  June-July  ;  h.  9-12  in 
Europe  ;  this  and  C.  alplna,  Lam.,  which  is  smaller  in 
all  its  parts,  are  the  two  best  species  for  garden  use. 
C.  officinalis,  Moench,  the  common  Calamint  of  Eu.,  is 
sometimes  seen  in  gardens,  being  an  old  domestic  medi- 
cinal plant.  It  has  long,  ascending  branches,  ovate 
crenate-serrate  Ivs.,  and  few-fld.  cymes  :  1-3  ft. 

J.  B.  KELLER. 

CALAMOVlLFA  (Calamos,  reed,  and  Vilfa,  a  kind  of 
grass).  Graminece.  A  genus  recently  separated  from 
Calamagrostis.  Distinguished  from  it  only  in  that  the 
flowering  axis  is  not  produced  beyond  the  flower.  Tall 
grasses,  with  stout,  horizontal  Ivs.  and  paniculate  in- 
florescence. Spikelets  1-flowered,  with  a  ring  of  hairs 
at  the  base  of  fl. -glume.  Three  known  species,  natives 
of  the  temperate  and  subtropical  regions  of  N.  America. 

brevipilis,  Hack.  (Calamagrdstis  brevipilis,  Gray). 
PURPLE  BENT-GRASS.  Culms  hard,  wiry,  2-4  ft.  high  : 
Ivs.  flat,  with  an  open,  purplish  panicle.— A  rare  grass, 


CALAMOV1LFA 


CALANTHE 


211 


apparently  limited  to  the  sandy  swamps  and  pine  bar- 
rens of  New  Jersey.  Now  in  cultivation  as  an  orna- 
mental grass.  p.  B.  KENNEDY. 

CALAMPELIS  is  Eccremocarpus. 

CALAMUS  (Greek  for  reed).  Palmctcew,  tribe  Lepi- 
doedrpce.  Slender,  cespitose  or  climbing  palms,  with 
pinnatisect  Ivs. ;  Ifts.  with  reduplicate  sides,  acuminate, 
entire, with  parallel  nerves  :  fr.  of  many  carpels,  clothed 
•with  reflexed,  shining,  closely  imbricated  appressed 
scales  :  spathes  tubular,  persistent,  flowering  annually. 
Species  about  150.  Tropical  Asia. 

ciliaris,  Blume.  Stem  slender,  climbing  by  means  of 
long,  axillary,  leafless  branches,  covered  with  hooked 
spines:  Ivs.  1  ft.  long,  6  in.  wide;  Ifts.  numerous,  hairy; 
petiole  2  in.  long,  with  few  hooked  spines.  Malaya. 
F.  R.  1 :  607.  G.  C.  III.  21 :  86.  — Introduced  into  cultiva- 
tion in  1869. 

C.  Andreanum,  Hort.,  P.  &  M.=*?— C.  calicarpus.  Griff.  =* 
Daamonorops  calicarpus,  Mart.— C.  Lewisidnus,  Griff. =Daemon- 
orops  Lewisianus,  Mart.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

Calamus  is  an  easily  grown  group  of  palms,  very 
ornamental,  even  in  a  young  state.  Some  of  the  spe- 
cies have  stems  several  hundred  feet  long,  which  enable 
them  to  unfold  their  leaves  at  the  tops  of  the  tallest 
trees.  The  leaves  are  peculiarly  well  adapted  to  assist 
the  plant  in  climbing,  having  numerous  hook-like  pro- 
cesses arranged  on  a  long  continuation  of  the  midrib  of 
the  leaf.  Where  accommodations  can  be  given  these 
plants  should  be  selected,  as  their  growth  is  rapid,  and 
they  are  capable  of  furnishing  a  large  conservatory 
quickly.  Numerous  suckers  are  produced,  so  that  when 
the  main  stem  ascends  the  lower  part  is  clothed  in  foli- 
age. Calamus  tennis  (or  C.JKoyleanus)  and  C.Rotang 
furnish  the  rattan  canes.  Malacca  canes  are  furnished 
by  C.  Scipionum.  Young  plants  thrive  best  in  a  root- 
ing medium  containing  a  considerable  quantity  of  leaf- 
mold.  Older  plants  need  soil  of  a  more  lasting  nature; 
a  quantity  of  ground  bone  and  charcoal  in  the  soil  may 
be  used  to  advantage.  Old,  well-furnished  plants  need 
enormous  quantities  of  water.  All  of  them  require  stove 
temperature.  Q.  w.  OLIVER. 

CALAMUS  or  SWEET  FLAG.    See  Acorus  Calamus. 
CALANCHOE.    See  Kalinchoe'. 

CALANDRlNIA      (J.    L     Calandrini, 
Genevan  botanist  of  last  century ) .  Por- 
tulacdcece.    Fleshy,  spreading,  or  nearly 
trailing  plants,  with  mostly  alter- 
nate Ivs.  and  red  fls.  of  short  dura- 
tion.   Petals  3-7;  stamens  3-5--12. 
A  number  of  species  in  N.  and  S. 
America  and  Austral.    Sometimes 
cult,  in  borders  and  rockeries,  or 

used  fof  edgings  in  sunny  places.  Prop,  from  seeds,  and 
usually  treated  as  annuals  (which  some  of  them  are). 

umbellata,  DC.  Four  to  6  in,:  Ivs.  linear  and  hairy: 
fls.  in  a  corymb,  or  umbel-like  terminal  cluster,  bright 
crimson.  Peru.  R.H.  1853:  5.—  This  species  is  hardy  in 
many  parts  of  the  U.  S,»  in  our  northern  climate,  it 
should  be  planted  in  a  well-sheltered  position,  or  pro- 
vided with  ample  protection  in  winter;  sometimes  it  acts 
like  the  biennials,  but,  as  seeds  are  produced  very  freely, 
young  seedlings  spring  up  constantly  between  the  old 
plants,  and  one  does  not  miss  the  few  which  may  decay 
during  the  second  year  ;  the  plant  forms  a  very  neat, 
slightly  spreading  tuft ;  flowers  are  produced  in  many- 
flowered  umbels,  terminal,  numerous,  and  large,  glow- 
ing crimson-magenta,  saucer  shaped,  very  showy.  June 
to  November.  Full  exposure  to  sun,  and  light  sandy 
soil,  are  needed  to  bring  out  the  rare  beauty  of  these 
plants.  The  flowers  close  up  when  evening  comes,  like 
the  annual  portulacas,  but  they  reopen  on  the  follow- 
ing day.  In  the  sunny,  sloping  part  of  a  rockery,  even 
"when  quite  dry,  or  among  other  low  plants  in  a  bed  or 
border,  they  are  highly  satisfactory.  This  is  the  only 
species  which  we  have  found  to  be  tolerably  hardy  with 
us  in  the  north  as  a  perennial  ;  it  may  also  be  treated 
like  the  annuals,  as  it  flowers  the  first  summer  just  as 
freely  as  afterwards.  Can  be  prop,  by  cuttings. 


discolor,  Schrad.  (C.  flegans,  Hort.).  One  to  2  ft.: 
Ivs.  fleshy  and  obovate,  purple  beneath  :  fls.  bright 
rose,  with  yellow  stamens.  Chile.  B.M.  3357. 

caul6scens,  HBK.,  var.  M6nziesii,  Gray  (C.  speciosa,. 
Lindl.).  Three  to  12  in.  high,  with  green  herbage,  gla- 
brous, or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  linear, or  spatulate-oblanceolate: 
fls.  rose-red  or  purple,  rather  large  and  long-peduncled: 
(petals  Vz  in.  long).  Calif.,  N.  B.  R.  1598. -Variable. 
There  is  a  white-fld.  var.  advertised. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  L.  H.  B. 

CALANTHE  (Greek  for  beautiful  flower).  Orchida- 
cece,  tribe  Vdndece.  A  genus  of  sub-epiphytal  or  terres- 
trial orchids  found  in  the  eastern  hemisphere,  and  spar- 
ingly in  the  western  hemisphere.  Scapes  erect,  many- 
flowered  :  Ivs.  broad,  plaited  :  fls.  white  or  rose-colored, 
rarely  yellow :  pseudobulbs  angulate,  with  greyish 
green  sheaths  in  the  Vestitffi  section,  but  absent  in  the 
Veratrifoliffi  section.  Many  species  are  known  to  orchid 
fanciers. 

vestita,  Lindl.  (C.oculata,  Hort.).  Lvs.  broadly  lan- 
ceolate, nearly  2  ft.  long,  from  greyish  green  pseudo- 
bulbs  :  fls.  nearly  3  in.  across,  numerous,  in  racemes; 
petals  and  sepals  whitish,  all  more  or  less  overlapping, 
the  former  oval-oblong,  the  latter  obovate-oblong;  label- 
lum  flat,  large,  three-lobed,  the  midlobe  cleft ;  a  yellow 
or  crimson  blotch  in  front  of  the  short  column ; 
scapes  from  2-3  ft.  high,  hairy.  Blooms  in  winter. 
Malaya.  B.  M.  4671.  F.  E.  9 :  325.  A.  F.  6 :  655.  F.  S. 


are  many  forms,  of 
which  the  following 
are  the  most  impor- 
tant :  Var.  gigantea,  Hort. 
Larger  in  all  parts :  fls.  white, 
with  red  eye.  Var.  nivalis, 
Hort.  Fls.  pure  white.  Var. 
Turner!,  Hort.  (C.  Turneri, 
Reichb.  f.).  Fls.  more  numer- 
ous, labellum  with  a  crimson 
blotch  ;  blooms  later  in  the 
season  than  the  next.  Var. 
rubro-oculata,  Hort.  Label- 
lum with  a  crimson  -  purple 
blotch.  October  -  February. 
Var.  luteo-oculata,  Hort.  Yel- 
low-blotched. Var.  Eegnieri, 
Hort.  (C.  Regnieri,  Reichb. 
f.  C.  Stevensiana,  Regnier). 
Pseudobulbs  more  elongated,with  a  depression  above  the 
middle,labellum  rose-colored,  with  a  purple  blotch  in  front 
of  column,  less  deeply  lobed  than  in  the  type.  A.F.  6 :  655. 
veratrifdlia,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  about  2 
ft.  long,  from  a  creeping  rhizome  :  fls.  white,  in  dense 


212 


CALANTHE 


CALATHEA 


corymbose  racemes  ;  petals  obovate-spatulate,  sepals 
obovate-oblong  ;  labellum  4-parted,  the  anterior  lobes 
Usually  broader  than  the  posterior  or  basal  lobes. 
Blooms  from  May  to  July.  Malaya.  B.M.  2615. 

Veitchii,  Lindl.  Pig.  313.  A  hybrid  between  C.  rosea 
and  C.  vestita :  fls.  rose-colored  ;  labellum  with  white 
spot  near  the  base.  Winter-flowering.  There  is  also  a 
white  variety.  This  hybrid  was  raised  by  Veitch,  in 
1856.  B.  M.  5375.  Forms  of  this  are  var.  bella,  Hort., 
with  pink  fls.;  var.  Sandhurstiana,  Hort.,  with  crimson 
fls.;  var.  Sedeni,  Hort.,  with  deep  rose  fls.  C.  Eyer- 
manii,  Hort.  (G.F.  4: 17),  is  a  hybrid  of  C.  Veitchii  and 
C.  vestita.  Var.  superba,  Hort.,  has  richer  color. 

Masuca,  Lindl.  Scape  2  ft.  long,  with  large,  many- 
ribbed,  dark  Ivs.:  fls.  1  in.  across,  the  segments  over- 
lapping ;  deep  violet,  fading  to  lilac,  the  lip  deep  violet- 
purple.  Summer  and  autumn.  N.  India.  B.M. 4541. 
Var.  grandiflora,  Hort.,  is  of  greater  size  throughout. 

C.  discolor,  Lindl.,  and  C.  Japonica,  Blume,  both  of  Japan, 
have  been  offered  by  dealers  in  Japanese  plants;  but  they  are 
unknown  to  general  cultivation.  OAKES  AMES. 

CALATHfiA  (Greek  for  basket,  the  application  not 
agreed  upon).  Scitaminacece.  Perennial  foliage  plants 
which  are  commonly  cult,  as  Marantas.  From  Maranta 
the  genus  differs  chiefly  in  technical  characters.  In 
Maranta  the  fruit  is  1-seeded,  in  Calathea  usually  3- 
seeded;  in  the  former  the  fl. -clusters  are  branched  and 
few-fld.,  in  Calathea  usually  capitate  or  cone-like.  Of 
Calatheas  there  are  70  or  80  species,  mostly  of  trop 
Amer.,  but  a  few  of  trop.  Afr.  The  Ivs.,  for  which  the 
plant  is  grown,  are  variously  marked  with  shades  of 
green,  red,  brown,  yellow,  and  white.  The  Ivs.  spring 
from  the  very  base  of  the  short  stem,  just  above  the  rhi- 
zome. Sepals  3,  free  and  equal :  corolla  tubular,  with  3 
spreading  lobes  :  stamens  3,  petal-like,  2  sterile  and  1 
bearing  an  anther  on  its  side  (compare  Canna).  L.H.B 

Calatheas  are  among  the  handsomest  of  ornamental 
leaved  stove  plants.  They  may  be  propagated  by  divi 
sion  of  the  crowns,  or  in  those  species  which  make  sec- 
ondary growths,  by  cuttings  taken  just  below  the  node 
and  inserted  in  sharp  silver  sand  in  thumb-pots  and 
plunged  in  a  propagating  box  with  bottom  heat.  About 
the  beginning  of  April,  or  just  before  active  growth 
commences,  is  the  best  time  for  propagating  and  also 
for  repotting.  The  soil  best  suited  to  them  is  one-third 
good,  fibrous  loam  in  small  lumps,  one-third  fibrous  peat 
or  chopped  fern-root,  and  one-third  leaf -mold  and  clean 
silver  sand,  to  which  may  be  added  a  few  nodules  of 
charcoal  to  keep  the  mixture  sweet.  In  repotting,  the 
old  soil  should  be  shaken  from  the  roots,  and  the  plants 
potted  loosely  in  the  new  mixture,  using  clean,  well- 
drained  pots,  or  for  the  creeping  and  shallow-rooting 
species,  pans  are  preferable.  All  matured  leaves  should 
be  removed  at  this  time,  and  after  repotting  they  should 
be  placed  in  a  close,  warm,  moist  atmosphere  and  kept 
shaded,  to  induce  active  root  growth.  As  the  leaves  de- 
velop they  require  an  abundant  supply  of  water  at  the 
roots,  frequent  spraying  with  a  fine  syringe,  and  to  be  well 
shaded  from  direct  sunlight.  These  conditions  should 
be  reduced  on  the  approach  of  winter,  but  at  no  season 
must  the  plants  be  allowed  to  become  dry.  The  tempera- 
ture during  winter  should  not  fall  below  60°.  Strong- 
growing  species,  as  C.  zebrina,  do  best  planted  out  in  a 
palm  house  under  the  shade  of  palm  trees,  while  the 
low-growing  or  creeping  species  are  excellent  subjects 
for  inside  rockeries,  where  a  warm,  humid  atmosphere 
can  be  maintained.  Cult  by  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

There  are  many  species  of  Calathea  in  fancy  collec- 
tions, but  the  following  list  includes  those  which  are 
known  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade.  Since  the  plants  are 
often  named  and  described  before  the  flowers  are 
known,  it  is  not  always  possible  to  determine  the  proper 
genus.  Consult  Maranta,  Phrynium,  and  Stromanthe. 
For  horticultural  purposes,  botanical  characters  cannot 
oe  used  in  classification  of  the  species  ;  the  following 
scheme,  therefore,  is  based  on  evident  leaf  characters. 

Index  :  C.  albo-lineata,  3;  Bachemiana,  9;  Chimbora- 
censis,  10;  crotalifera,  20;  eximia,  21;  fasciata,  4;  La- 
geriana,  7;  Lagrelliana,  19;  Lietzei,  11;  Lindeniana,  12; 
majestica,  3;  Makoyana,  13;  Marcelli,  25;  medio-picta, 
22;  micans,23;  nitens,14;  olivaris,l3;  ornata,  3;  Prin- 


ceps,  15;  pulchella, 2;  regalis,S;  rosea -lineata,G;  rosea 
picta,  6;  smaragdina,  5 ;  tubispatha,  8 ;  Vandenheckii, 
24  ;  Veitchiana,  16  ;  virginalis,  25  ;  Wagneri,  6  ;  War- 
scewiczii,  17;  Wiotiana,  18;  zebrina,!. 

A.    Lvs.  marked  only  by  transverse  bars. 

1.  zebrina,  Lindl.  (Maranta  zebrina,  Sims).    Large, 
free-growing  plant  :    Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  purple  beneath, 
satiny  green  above,  with  alternating  bars  of  deep  and 
pale  green  :    fls.  dull  purple,  on  a  very  short    scape. 
Braz.     B.M.  1926.    L.B.C.  5:494.     R.H.  1865:90.     S.H. 
1:164.      L.  1.  —  The   commonest   species,  occurring  in 
nearly  all  collections  of  warm  greenhouse  plants. 

2.  pulchella,  Kcern.    Weaker  grower  than  C.  zebrina, 
the    Ivs.  lighter   colored,  with   two   series    (large   and 
small)  of  broad  green  bars.    Braz.  — By  some  considered 
to  be  a  form  of  C.  zebrina. 

3.  ornata,  Kcern.  (Maranta  regalis,  Hort.).     Dwarf: 
Ivs.  oblong-acuminate,  the  stalks  1  ft.  long  and  blades 
usually  shorter,  red  beneath,  green  above  and  marked 
with  two  bars  between  each  of  the  transverse  veins. 
Colombia.  — The  transverse  markings  are  usually  bright 
red,  and  this  form  is  taken  as  the  type  of  the  species 
(I.H.  2:  74.    L.  20).    In  var.  albo-lineata,  Hort.  (Cala- 
thea and  Maranta  dlbo-linedta,  Hort.),  the  lines   are 
white  (F.S.  4:413.    L.  55).    Var.  majestica,  Hort.  (M. 
maje'stica,  Lindl.),  attains  a  height  of  4-5  ft.    It  has  red- 
striped  Ivs.   I.H.  41: 1. 

4.  fasciata,  Regel  &  Kcern.   Dwarf:  Ivs.  long-cordate, 
the  blade   10-12  in.  long,  pale  green  and  purple-tinged 
below,  green  above,  with  white  bands  running  off  to  the 
margin.    Braz.    Gn.  2,  p.  3.    L.  23. 

5.  smaragdina,  Lind.  &  Andre".     Two  ft. :  Ivs.  wide- 
spreading,    oblong-lanceolate    and    acuminate,    silvery 
green  below,  dark  green  above,  with  prominent  bands 
of   different  shades  of  green,  the   midrib   prominent. 
S.  Amer.    I.H.  17:  16. 

AA.    Lvs.  variously  marked  and    blotched,  often   mar- 
gined, or  only  the  midrib  colored. 
B.    Markings  red,  parallel  with  the  margin. 

6.  rdsea-pfcta,   Regel    (C.   rbsea-lineata ,  Hort.?   M. 
Wdgneri,  Hort.).    Dwarf  :  Ivs.  nearly  orbicular,  purple 
beneath,  the  upper  side  dark  green,  the  midrib  red,  and 
an  irregular  red  zone  (sometimes  two  zones)  two-thirds 
of  the  distance  from  the  midrib  towards  the  margin. 
Amazon.    F.S.  16:1675-6.    Gn.  2,  p.  3. 

BB.    Markings  in  shades  of  brown  or  bronze. 

7.  Lagreriana,  Hort.    Lvs.  large,  dark  red  beneath, 
the  prominent  veins  rich  bronze. 

8.  tubispatha,  Hook.  f.    Two  feet  or  less  high  :  Ivs. 
obovate-elliptic,    short-acuminate   or    cuspidate,    thin, 
greenish  beneath,  lively  green  above,  and  marked  mid- 
way between  the  rib  and  the  margin  with  lighter  green 
and  squarish  patches  of  brown.    W.  Afr.    B.M.  5542. 

BBB,    Markings  in  shades  of  yellow  and  green. 

9.  Bachemiana,  Morr.    Lvs.  unequilateral,  cordate  at 
the    base,    long,    smooth,   finely   striate,  with   parallel 
greenish  or  whitish  markings  along  the  primary  nerves, 
purplish  beneath.    Brazil. 

10.  Chimborac6nsis,  Lind.    Dwarf  :  Ivs.  oblong-ovate, 
8-12  in.  long,  acuminate,  green  above  and  below,  with  a 
very  dark  green  white-margined  band  running  length- 
wise the  blade  midway  between  the  rib  and  each  mar- 
gin.   Neighborhood  of  Mt.  Chimborazo.    I.H.  17:6. 

11.  Lietzei,  Morr.    Lvs.   oval-lanceolate,  truncate  or 
shallow-cordate  at  base,  undulate,  purple  beneath,  deep 
green  and  shining  above,  with  feather-like  blotches  of 
deeper  green.    Brazil. 

12.  Lindeniana,  Wallis  (C.  Lindeni,  Wallis  &  Andre"). 
Lvs.    elliptic-oblong,    short-acuminate   (12   in.    or   less 
long),  deep  green  above  with  an  olive-green  zone  either 
side  of  the  midrib,  and  beyond  which  is  a  darker  zone 
of  green,  the  under  side  counterfeiting  tiie  upper  side, 
but  with  purplish  zones.    Peru.    I.H.  18:32.  — By  some 
considered  to  be  a  form  of  C.  rosea-picta. 

13.  Makoyana,    Morr.     (Maranta    olivaris,    Hort.). 
One  to  4  ft.  :    Ivs.  broad-oblong,  obtuse  or  somewhat 
short-pointed,  the  stalks  red,   the  leaf  olive  green  or 
cream-colored  above   but  marked   against   the   midrib 


C A LATHE A 


CALCEOLARIA 


213 


with  outspreading,  dark  green  blotches  of  oblong,  oval 
or  pyriform  shape,  the  under  surface  similarly  marked, 
but  in  red.  Brazil.  F.S.  20:2048-9.  G.C.  1872:1589. 
Gn.  4,  p.  87. 

14.  nltens,  Hort.    Dwarf  :  Ivs.  oblong,  glossy  green, 
on  each  side  of  the  rib  marked  with  oblong,  pointed 
greenish  bars,  which  alternate  with   dark  green  lines. 
Brazil. 

15.  princeps,  Regel.    Leaf  elongated  or  elliptical-lan- 
ceolate. 7-10  in.  long,  3-3%  in.  broad,  light  green  above, 
with  broad  black-green,  flaming,  broken  band  along  the 
middle  nerve,  violet-purple  below.    Amazon. 


314.  Calathea  Veitchiana. 

16.  Veitchiana,  Veitch.    Fig.  314.   Very  handsome,  3-4 
ft.:  Ivs.  large,  ovate-elliptic,  obtuse  or  nearly  so,  rather 
thin,  glossy,  purplish  below,  dark,  rich  green  above  and 
marked  with  one  or  two  rows  of   light   yellow-green 
irregular  blotches  running  the  length  of  the  blade  (often 
shading  into  white).    Tropical  Africa.    B.M.  5535.    G.C. 
1870:924.     Gn.  2,  p.  545.     F.  S.  16:1655-8.— Common  ; 
one  of  the  handsomest  and  most  serviceable  species. 
The  darker  parts  of  the  blade  are  often  bronze-brown. 

17.  Warscewiczii,   Koern.     Rather  large  :    Ivs.  2  ft. 
long,    oblong-lanceolate,    acuminate,    purple    beneath, 
dark,  velvety  green  above,  but  the  midrib  broadly  feath- 
ered with  yellow-green.    Trop.  Amer.    F.S.  9:939-940. 
Gn.  17:238.    L.  17. -One  of  the  best. 

18.  Wiotiana,  Makoy  (C.Widti,  Hort.).    Lvs.  bright 
green,  with  two  rows  of  olive-green  blotches.    Brazil. 

BBBB.  Markings  white  or  very  nearly  so. 

19.  Le&relliana,  Regel.   Leaf  elliptical,  pointed,  5-6  in. 
long,  2-3%in.  broad,  above  shining  green,  with  broad, 
white,  flaming,  broken  middle  band   along  the  middle 
nerve  and  numerous  broken  white  linear  small  bands  be- 
tween the  side  nerves ;  lower  surface  whitish  green  and 
marked  with  red  and  green.    Equador.  — Neat  species. 

20.  crotalif era, Wats.  RATTLESNAKE  PLANT.  Lvs.  oval, 
abruptly  acute  at  each  end,  2  ft.  or  less  long  and  half  as 
broad,  yellowish  green,  with  a  white-margined  midrib; 
petiole  2-3  ft.  long,  curved,  sheathing:  peduncles  1  or  2 


and  8-10  in.  high,  bearing  distichous  yellow-fld.  spikes. 
Guatemala.—  Offered  in  Fla. 

21.  eximia,  Koern.  (Phryniuni  eximium,  Koch).    Peti- 
ole grooved,  greenish,  closely  covered  with  soft  hair  and 
naked  only  on  the  somewhat  thickened  end.    Leaf  sur- 
face somewhat  long-elliptical,  pointed,  in  full-grown  Ivs. 
8-10  in.  long  and  4-5  in.  broad,  lightly  shining  blue-green, 
and  marked  with  broad  white  cross  bands ;  the  under  side 
of  the  Ivs.  covered  with  short,  velvety  hair,  and  of  a. 
brownish  purple  color.    S.  Amer.    Gt.  686. 

22.  medio-picta,    Makoy.     Lvs.    oval -lanceolate    and 
tapering  to  both  ends,  dark  green,  with  the  rib  feathered 
with  white  from  base  to  summit.    Brazil. 

23.  micans,  Koern.    Very  small :  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  ob- 
long-lanceolate, somewhat  acuminate,  green  and  shining 
above,  the  rib  in  a  feathered  white  stripe.    Brazil.   L.  49. 

24.  Vandenh6ckei,  Regel.    Lvs.  dark  green,  shining, 
red-purple  beneath,  the  upper  surface  marked  with  two 
concentric  zones  of  white,  and  the  rib  margined  with 
white.    Brazil  ? 

25.  virginalis,  Lind.    Lvs.   soft-hairy   below,  broad- 
oval,  rather  blunt,  7-9  in.  long,  4-6  in.  broad,  upper  sur- 
face light  green,  and  below,  in  the  common  form,  whitish 
green  and  lighter  zones  shown,  as  on  the  upper  surface, 
—or  in  another  form,  which  has  been  distributed  in  gar- 
dens as  C.  (Maranta)  Marcelli,  under  side  shaded  a  light 
violet  and  without  zones.    Brazil.    A.F.  7:  611. 

C.  argyrcea,  Koern.  Has  been  offered  in  the  American  trade. 

—  C.  arrecta,  Lind.  and  Andre.   Tall :  Ivs.  oblong,  red  beneath, 
green  above,  with  the  nerves  all  prominent.  Equador.  I. H. 18:77. 

—  C.  Baraquini,  Regel.   Lvs.  oval-lanceolate,  green,  with  bands 
of  white.    Brazil.—  C.  Fascinator,  Hort.    Dwarf :  Ivs.  broad- 
ovate-oblong,  purplish  beneath,  green  above  and  with  blotches 
of  lighter  color  and  transverse  narrow  bars  of  red.    Brazil. 
I.H.  41:104,  as  Maranta  Fascinator.— C.  hieroglyphica,  Lind. 
and  Andre.  Dwarf:  Ivs.  short-ovate,  short-pointed,  purplish  be- 
neath, green  above  and  marked  by  many  oblique  bands  or  bars 
of  silvery  white.  Colombia.  I.H.  20:122-3.—  C.  illustris,  Hort. 
(Maranta  illustris,  Lind.).    Dwarf:  Ivs.  broad-ovate  or  some- 
what obovate,  purple  beneath,  green  above,  with  oblique  bars  of 
lighter  green  and  an  encircling  zone  of  shaded  white.  Equador. 
I.H.  14:  515.—  C.  leopardlna,  Regel.   Medium  to  large  :  Ivs.  ob- 
long, olive-green,  with  blotches  of  deep  green.  Brazil.—  C.  Mas- 
sangedna,  Hort.=Maranta  Massangeana.—  C.  pardlna,  Planch. 
&  Lind.  =  C.  villosa.— C.  rufibdrba,  Hook.  f.  Brown-hairy:  Ivs. 
long-oblong  or  linear-oblong,  bright  green  above,  and  bluish 
green  and  violet-tinged  beneath :  fls.  yellow.  Brazil  ?  B.M.  7560. 

—  C.  splendens  and  splendida,  Hort.=«  Maranta  splendida.—  C. 
villbsa,  Lindl.    Large :  Ivs.  10-20  in.  long,  oblong-ovate,  pale 
green,  with  dark  brown  angular  blotches :  fls.  yellow.   S.  Amer. 
P.S.  11:1101-2,  as  C.  pardina ;  also,  L.  32.—  C.  vittata,  Koern. 
Lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  less  than  1  ft.  long,  light  green,  with 
many  transverse  bars  of  yellow- white.  Brazil.  L.  38. 

L.  H.  B. 

CALCEOLARIA  (Latin  calceolus,  a  slipper,  alluding- 
to  the  saccate  fl.).  Scrophularidcece.  Many  species  of 
herbs  and  shrubs,  chiefly  natives  of  S.  Amer.,  but  some 
in  Mexico  and  New  Zealand.  Corolla  2 -parted  nearly  to 
the  base,  the  lower  part  or  lip  deflexed  and  inflated-slip- 
per-like,  the  upper  lip  smaller  and  ascending,  but  usu- 
ally saccate  ;  stamens  2  or  rarely  3,  and  no  rudiments 
(A,  Fig.  315) :  fruit  a  many-seeded  capsule:  Ivs.  usually 
hairy  and  rugose,  mostly  opposite.  Calceolarias  are 
grown  for  the  variously  colored  and  usually  spotted 
ladyVslipper-like  fls.  The  colors  are  often  very  rich  and 
intense.  The  genus  falls  into  two  horticultural  sections, 
the  herbaceous  kinds,  and  the  shrubby  kinds.  The  former 
are  the  only  ones  generally  known  in  this  country.  They 
are  grown  from  seeds.  They  are  often  known  as  the 
hybrid  Calceolarias  (C.  hybrida,  Hort.),  since  the  com- 
mon varieties  are  evidently  the  products  of  inter-crossingr 
and  plant-breeding.  £,.  H.  B. 

Of  the  hybrid  section,  seeds  are  best  sown  at  the  end 
of  June  or  beginning  of  July,  in  pans.  Care  should  be 
taken  to  have  the  pans  thoroughly  clean.  Good  drainage 
is  essential.  A  good  soil  is  one  composed  of  equal  parts 
of  sand,  leaf -mold  and  sod  soil.  This  should  be  finely 
sifted.  After  filling  the  pans,  thoroughly  dampen,  and 
allow  to  drain  before  sowing.  It  is  unnecessary  to  cover 
the  seeds  with  soil,  but  a  close-fitting  pane  of  glass  should 
be  placed  over  the  pan  until  the  little  plants  are  well 
started,  when  the  glass  should  be  gradually  removed.  In 
the  early  stages,  watering  is  best  done  by  immersion,  but 
it  is  not  advisable  to  keep  the  pans  standing  in  water. 


214 


CALCEOLARIA 


Prick  off,  when  large  enough  to  handle,  into  pans  or 
•shallow  flats  one  inch  apart.  Same  compost  as  for  seeds 
will  suit.  When  plants  begin  to  crowd,  pot  into  thumb- 
pots.  This  time  the  compost  should  have  the  addition  of 
a  sixth  part  of  finely  sifted  dried  cow-manure.  Subse- 
quent shifts  should  be  given  as  required,  the  last  being 
into  7-inch  pots.  Shade  is  necessary  all  along,  but  should 
not  be  so  heavy  as  to  induce  the  plants  to  become  drawn. 
A  house  or  frame  with  a  northern  elevation  is  most  suit- 
able for  their  culture,  keeping  the  temperature  as  low  as 
possible  during  the  warmer  months.  Later  on,  provide 
a  night  temperature  of  40°  and  a  day  temperature  of  50° 
to  55°.  Water  carefully,  avoiding  extremes,  and  when  the 
flower  spikes  begin  to  show,  weak  liquid  manure  may  be 
frequently  used  with  advantage.  Green-fly  is  the  only 
really  troublesome  insect  enemy.  This  can  be  kept  in 
check  by  the  free  distribution  of  tobacco  stems  around 
the  benches  where  the  plants  are  set.  If  it  gets  thoroughly 
established,  evaporate  tobacco  extract  in  the  house. 

The  shrubby  Calceolarias  are  grown  extensively  in 
Europe,  especially  Britain,  as  a  bedding  plant,  but  the 
heat  of  an  American  summer  proves  too  much  for  them. 
Propagation  is  effected  chiefly  by  cuttings,  which  are 
taken  there  the  end  of  August,  struck,  and  wintered  over 
in  cold  frames  protected  from  frost. 

WM.  SCOTT,  of  Tarrytown. 

The  herbaceous  garden  forms  of  Calceolarias  cannot 
often  be  referred  to  botanical  species.  In  the  following 
account,  the  important  stem  species  are  described.  Rodi- 
gas  considers  the  garden  hybrids  to  be  offshoots  chiefly 
of  G.  arachnoidea  and  crenatiflora,  and  he  has  called  this 
race  C.  arachnoideo-crenati flora  (see  I.H.  31:528,  536; 
35:  54).  Fig.  315.  C.  crenatiflora  seems  to  have  left  its 
impress  most  distinctly  on  the  greenhouse  forms. 


315.   Calceolaria  arachnoideo-crenatiflora. 

A.  Herbaceous  Calceolarias,  parents  of  the  florists' 
varieties  of  this  country. 

B.  Lvs.  simple. 
C.  Fls.  essentially  yellow. 

crenatifldra,  Cav.  ( C.  pendula,  Sweet) .    One-2  ft.,  1he 
;stem  soft-hairy,  terete:  radical  Ivs.  ovate  and  long  peti- 


CALCEOLARIA 

oled  (the  petioles  winged  at  top),  undulate  and  dentate, 
sometimes  obscurely  lobed,  rugose  and  pubescent,  paler 
beneath,  often  purplish  towards  the  tip ;  stem-lvs.  shorter- 
petioled  and  becoming  sessile  above  :  fls.  in  a  forking 
corymb,  the  slipper  large,  oblong  or  oblong-obovate,  fur- 
rowed or  crenate,  hanging,  yellow,  with  orange-brown 
dots.  Chile.  B.M.  3255.—  From  this  species  we  seem  to 
have  derived  the  spots  of  Calceolaria  fls. 

corymbdsa,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  One-2  ft.,  the  stem  4-angled : 
radical  Ivs.  ovate  and  sometimes  cordate,  obtuse  or  nearly 
so,  doubly  crenate,  rugose  and  hairy,  whitish  beneath ; 
stem-lvs.  smaller  and  narrower,  somewhat  clasping,  op- 
posite :  fls.  small  (about  half  as  large  as  in  C.  crenati- 
flora), in  a  broad,  somewhat  loose  corymb,  the  slipper 
somewhat  short-oblong,  clear  yellow  outside  and  marked 
with  red  lines  inside.  Chile.  B.M.  2418. 

amplexicaulis,  HBK.  A  ft.  or  two  high:  Ivs.  cordate- 
ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  pubescent, 
woolly  beneath  and  deep-rugose  above,  clasping  :  fls. 
small,  in  an  upright  corymb,  pale  yellow  and  spotless, 
the  slipper  hoof-shapecl  Equador,  etc.  B.M.  4300. 

cc.  Fls.  purple. 

purpurea,  Grab.  Stems  erect,  pubescent,  1-2  ft. :  radi- 
cal Ivs.  spatulate  and  acutish,  with  a  strong  midrib, 
sparsely  hairy,  rugose,  dentate;  stem-lvs.  broad -cordate 
and  clasping,  less  toothed :  fls.  in  loose  corymbs,  small, 
purplish  or  reddish  violet,  the  slipper  somewhat  fur- 
rowed. Peru.  B.M.  2775.—  Supposed  to  have  entered 
largely  into  purple-fld.  varieties. 

arachnoidea,  Grab.  Stem  a  foot  or  two  high,  terete, 
branchy,  woolly,  with  appressed  hairs  :  Ivs.  oblong  or 
Ungulate,  narrowing  into  long  winged  petioles,  clasping, 
obscurely  toothed,  rugose,  woolly  on  both  sides  :  pe- 
duncles in  pairs,  forking:  fls.  small,  dull  purple,  the  slip- 
per nearly  globular  and  furrowed.  Chile.  B.M.  2874. 

B.  Lvs.  compound,  or  essentially  so. 

scabiosaefolia,  Sims.  Often  2  ft.,  the  stem  terete,  hairy 
and  leafy :  Ivs.  opposite,  with  clasping  petioles,  cut  nearly 
or  completely  to  the  midrib  :  Ifts.  varying  from  lanceo- 
late to  broad-oval,  acuminate,  ciliate,  dentate  :  fls.  very 
small,  in  small  hairy  corymbs,  pale  yellow,  the  slipper 
nearly  orbicular  in  outline.  Peru.  B.M.  2405.— In  es- 
sentially pure  form,  this  is  sold  by  seedsmen  as  an  annual 
and  bedding  plant. 

pinnata,  Linn.  Often  reaches  3  ft.  or  more  :  Ivs.  pin- 
natifld  or  completely  compound,  the  divisions  short  and 
nearly  entire,  obtuse  or  nearly  so  :  fls.  small,  sulfur- 
yellow.  Peru.  B.M.  41.  — The  first  known  garden  spe- 
cies, still  sold  as  an  annual. 

AA.    Shrubby  Calceolarias. 

integrifolia,  Murr.  (C.  rugasa,  Ruiz  and  Pav.    C. 
salvicefolia,  Pers.).    Two  ft.  or  less  high,  branchy 
and  bushy  :    Ivs.  glabrous,  oval-lanceolate,  crisped 
x  and  dentate,  the  short  petioles  winged  :  fls.  in  ter- 
minal clusters,  small,  yellow.   Chile.    B.M.  2523.— 
[         Variable.     Probably  the  chief  source  of  shrubby 
'          Calceolarias. 

thyrsifldra,  Grab.  More  shrubby  :  Ivs.  linear  and 
clustered,  toothed,  sessile,  not  hairy  :  fls.  small,  yel- 
low, in  a  close,  terminal  cluster.  Chile.  B.M.  2915. 

C.  alba,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Shrubby :  Ivs.  linear,  toothed  above : 
fls.  small,  white.  Chile.  B.M.  4157.  G.C.  III.  22:141.  Gn. 
51:1102.  —  C.  Andlna,  Benth.  Shrubby,  glandular-pubescent : 
Ivs.  orbicular-ovate,  thick,  rugose,  hairy  :  fls.  small,  yellow,  the 
slipper  crenate.  Chile.  B.M.  7326.— C.  bicolor,  Ruiz  &  Pav. 
Shrubby  :  Ivs.  ovate,  dentate  :  fls.  small,  the  slipper  sulfur- 
yellow  above  and  white  below.  Peru.  B.M.  3036.— C.  Burbidgei, 
Hort.  Handsome  yellow- fld.  hybrid  of  C.  PavoniiX  C.  fuchsiae- 
folia.  Gn.  47:1012.— C.  flexudsa,  Ruiz  and  Pav.  Shrubby  at 
base :  Ivs.  large-ovate,  coarsely  crenate-dentate :  fls.  rather 
large,  clear  yellow,  with  very  large  green  calices.  Peru.  B.M. 
5154.  F.S.  22:2331.— C.  fuchsicefblia,  Hemsl.  Shrubby:  Ivs. 
lanceolate :  fls.  yellow,  panicled,  upper  lip  very  large.  Peru  ? 
Gn.  15:173.  G.C.  II.  15:269.— C.  Henrici,  Hook.  f.  Shrubby, 
evergreen  :  Ivs.  willow-like,  small-toothed  :  fls.  panicled,  clear 
yellow,  the  upper  lip  large.  Equador.  B.M.  5772.— C.  hyssopi- 
fblia,  HBK.  Shrubby  :  Ivs.  crowded,  small,  lanceolate  and 
toothed,  or  at  top  of  stem  linear  and  entire,  margins  revolute: 
fls.  rather  large,  in  many-fld.  corymbs,  pale  sulfur-yellow,  the 
slipper  obovate-orbicular  and  crenate.  Equador.  B.M.  5548.— 
C.  lobdta,  Cav.  Herbaceous :  Ivs.  triangular-ovate,  palmately 
5-7-lobed,  dentate  :  fls.  in  terminal  clusters,  clear,  pale  yellow. 


CALCEOLARIA 


CALIFORNIA 


215 


and  spotted  on  the  up-curved  slipper.  Peru,  Bolivia.  B.M. 
6330.— 6'.  Pavbnii,  Benth.  Herbaceous  :  Ivs.  large  and  wrinkled, 
ovate,  truncate  or  cordate  at  base,  the  radical  ones  winged,  all 
jagged  and  toothed  :  ns.  large,  clear  yellow,  the  lip  up-curved. 
Peru.  B.M.  4.VJ.V  —  ('.  PtMMOfUlnrf*,  Meyer.  Shrubby:  Ivs. 
ovate-cordate,  nearly  or  quite  obtuse,  nearly  sessile,  irregu- 
larly crenate,  margins  renexed  :  fls.  large,  orange  varying  to 
red,  the  slipper  up-curved.  Peru.  B.M.  5677.— C.  plantcfginea, 
Smith  Herbaceous,  stemless  :  Ivs.  ovate-spatulate,  toothed  at 
top  :  scapes  many,  few-fld.,  the  fls.  large,  yellow,  the  under 
side  of  the  slipper  dotted  with  red.  Chile.  B.M.  2805.- C.  Sin- 
clairii.  Hook.  Herbaceous,  half-hardy:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate, 
stalked,  crenate-dentate,  hairy  :  Us.  small,  lilac  or  flesh-col- 
ored, spotted  within,  the  two  lips  nearly  equal,  not  saccate. 
New  Zeal.  B.M.  6597.— C.  tenella,  Poepp.  &  Endl.  Herba- 
ceous, half-hardy,  6  in.  high  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  orbicular,  small 
(%in.  long),  nearly  or  quite  sessile  :  fls.  yellow,  spotted  within. 
Chile.  B.M.  6231.— C.  violdcea,  Cav.  Shrubby:  Ivs.  small, 
ovate-cordate,  deep-toothed,  stalked :  fls.  yellow-salmon, 
spotted  within  and  without,  the  two  lips  not  saccate.  Chile. 
B.M.  4929.  L.  H.  B. 

CALENDULA  (Latin,  calendar  or  calends:  flowering 
throughout  the  months ) .  Compdsitce.  Herbs  of  temper- 
ate regions,  of  20  or  more  species.  Annuals  or  peren- 
nials, with  alternate  simple  Ivs.,  mostly  large  heads 
with  yellow  or  orange  rays,  glabrous  incurved  akenes, 
plane  naked  receptacle,  pappus  none,  and  involucre 
broad,  with  scales  in  one  or  two  series. 

officinalis,  Linn.  POT  MARIGOLD.  Fig.  316.  Annual: 
1-2  ft.  high,  more  or  less  hairy  :  Ivs.  oblong  and  more 
or  less  clasping,  entire,  thickish  :  heads  solitary,  on 
stout  stalks,  large  with  flat,  spreading  rays,  showy, 
closing  at  night.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  3204.  — One  of  the  most 
universal  garden  fls.,  running  into  many  vars.,  distin- 
guished by  size,  color,  and  degree  of  doubling.  The 
color  varies  from  white-yellow  to  deep  orange.  This  is 
the  Marygold  of  Shakespeare's  time.  The  fl.-heads  are 
sometimes  used  in  cookery,  to  flavor  soups  and  stews. 
The  Calendula  is  of  the  easiest  culture  in  any  warm, 
loose  soil.  The  seeds  are  usually  sown  where  the  plants 
are  to  stand,  but  they  may  be  sown  indoors  or  in  a 
frame  and  the  plants  transplanted.  The  akenes  are 
large  and  germinate  quickly.  The  plant  blooms  the 
whole  season,  particularly  if  the  fls.  are  picked.  It  is  a 
hardy  annual,  and  in  the  southern  states  will  bloom 
most  of  the  year. 

suffruticdsa,  Vahl.  More  diffuse,  annual  :  Ivs.  ses- 
sile, lanceolate,  somewhat  dentate  :  heads  bright  yel- 
low, not  doubled,  very  numerous,  on  long  peduncles. 
W.  Mediterranean  region.  — Seeds  are  sold  by  American 
dealers. 

C.  Pongei,  Hort.,  and  C.  pluvidlis,  Linn.,  will  be  found  under 
Dimorphotheca.  L.  H  B 

CALICO  BUSH  is  a  Kalmia. 

CALIFORNIA,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  California  oc- 
cupies the  mountain  slopes  and  plain-like  valleys  of  a 
vast  area,  much  of  which  is  peculiarly  well-fitted  to 
horticultural  uses.  New  York,  Ohio,  Maine,  New  Jersey, 
Vermont,  Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  Connecticut, 
Delaware,  and  Rhode  Island,  united,  have  a  less  area 
than  California.  The  range  of  products  grown  suc- 
cessfully in  California  is  nearly  or  quite  as  great  as 
that  of  all  the  rest  of  the  United  States  ;  the  humid  sea- 
level  islands  of  Florida  are  adapted  to  some  plants, 
such  as  Cassava,  which  do  but  poorly  in  California,  but 
on  the  sheltered  uplands  of  California  many  species 
which  entirely  fail  in  Florida  are  perfectly  at  home. 
Here,  as  every  tourist  can  see  in  a  single  summer,  one 
finds,  and  often  on  an  enormous  scale,  the  vines,  wal- 
nuts and  prunes  of  France  ;  the  olives,  oranges,  lemons, 
chestnuts,  figs  and  pomegranates  of  Italy  and  Spain  ; 
the  Acacias,  Eucalypts,  Casuarinas,  and  salt-bushes  of 
Australia ;  the  melons  of  Turkestan ;  the  cotton  and  to- 
bacco of  the  south  ;  the  hemp,  flax,  rye,  Russian  mul- 
berries, and  other  products  of  the  more  extreme  north, 
the  cereals  of  the  great  west,  the  bulbs  of  Holland,  the 
costly  seed-crops  of  European  gardens,  and,  in  brief, 
examples  of  the  greater  part  of  the  useful  horticultural 
productions  of  the  temperate  zones. 

While  the  American  pioneers  of  Kentucky  were  fight- 
ing Indians,  and  struggling  to  obtain  the  right  to  navi- 
gate the  Mississippi,  the  Spanish  pioneers  of  California 


were  planting  pear,  orange  and  olive  trees,  date  palms, 
and  European  grapes,  about  the  early  Missions.  After 
the  American  conquest,  and  the  gold  discovery  of  1848, 
horticulture  gained  a  foothold  in  the  mountain  lands 
below  the  Sierra  peaks.  Every  village  and  town  had  its 
gardens  and  its  beginnings  of  orchards.  Soon  the 
thoughts  of  men  turned  to  the  broad,  fertile,  untilled 
valleys,  and  in  a  few  years  the  wheat  farmer  became  the 
typical  Californian.  Lastly,  the  state  entered  upon  a 
magnificent  and  still  continuing  period  of  horticultural 
development,  which  well  deserves  to  be  written  down  in 
history  as  one  of  the  most  important  facts  of  modern 
material  progress. 

Not    so    long   ago    almost   160,000    square    miles    of 
California  were  considered  "nearly  all  waste."    Now, 


316.  Calendula  officinalis,  double-flowered  (X  %). 


one  finds  that  forests,  pastures,  farms,  gardens,  so  sug- 
gestively occupy  the  land  that,  although  there  is  room 
for  many  more,  it  is  difficult  to  call  anything  worthless 
except  the  great  heights  that  shelter  and  water  the  val- 
leys below.  Even  the  deserts  have  underlying  streams, 
and  blossom  with  tree  and  vine  as  men  sink  artesian 
wells  there.  The  miracles  of  Italy,  ancient  Palestine, 
modern  India,  are  being  repeated  over  large  districts  of 
California. 

The  great  valleys  and  nearly  level  lands  of  Califor- 
nia, the  true  cereal  belts,  subject  to  frosts,  comprise 
about  40,000,000  acres  of  land;  the  foothill  fruit-belts, 


216 


CALIFORNIA 


of  Coast  Range  and  Sierra,  hardly  as  yet  one-tenth  oc- 
cupied, comprise  fully  25,000,000  acres;  in  timber  and 
fine  grazing  lands,  capable  of  perpetual  renewals,  are 
12,000,000  acres;  high  mountains  cover  some  13,000,000 
acres;  arid  lands,  often  yielding  enormously  under  irri- 
gation, or  slowly  conquered  by  neutralizing  their  super- 
abundant alkali,  occupy  about  10,000,000  acres.  Over 
these  great  areas  every  wind  current,  every  mountain 
spur,  every  alteration  in  slope  or  altitude,  helps  to  make 
a  local  climate.  The  complicated  geological  develop- 
ment of  California  has  produced  soils  almost  as  varied 
as  its  local  climates.  Still,  the  state  can  be  conveniently 
divided  into  five  characteristic  climate-zones:  in  the 
high  Sierras  the  mean  annual  temperature  is  from  30° 
to  44°;  in  the  lower  Sierras  it  is  from  44°  to  52°;  near 
the  Pacific  ocean  it  is  from  52°  to  67° ;  in  the  central 
valleys  of  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  it  is  from  60°  to 
68°,  and  in  the  southern  counties  from  68°  to  72°.  But 
every  part  of  California  shows  very  sharp  horticultural 
contrasts  upon  farms  not  a  mile  apart.  Local  climate  is 
the  key-note  of  California  life.  Placer  county,  for  in- 
stance, extends  from  the  center  of  the  Sacramento  val- 
ley east  to  the  summit  of  the  Sierras.  It  has  upland 
Canadian  valleys,  pines  and  snow-blockades  at  one  end; 
groves  of  oranges  and  lemons  in  the  Sierra  foothills,  and 
rich  alfalfa  fields  along  the  "bottoms  "  of  the  Sacramento 
valley  rivers.  See  Fig.  317. 

Statistics  are  apt  to  be  dull  reading,  but  the  horticul- 
ture of  California  can  be  shown  only  by  some  of  its  re- 
sults in  recent  years.  Let  us  glance  at  a  few  of  the 
records.  Take  the  well-known  industry  of  raisin-mak- 
ing. In  1873,  120,000  pounds  were  produced  in  Califor- 
nia. By  1894  this  crop  had  grown  to  103,000,000  pounds. 
The  interstate  shipments  of  fresh  fruits,  beginning  late 
in  the  seventies,  rose  by  1894  to  nearly  180,000,000 
pounds.  The  interstate  shipments  of  dried  fruits  rose 
between  1884  and  1897,  from  about  2,000,000  pounds  to 
150,000,000  pounds.  During  the  same  period  of  only  13 
years,  the  product  of  beet-sugar  increased  from  about 
2,000,000  to  over  70,000,000  pounds.  Oranges,  for  many 
years  a  noted  California  product,  rose  between  1884  and 
1898,  from  850,000  boxes  to  4,640,000  boxes.  Turning  to 
some  other  separate  industries,  in  1897  the  dried  apricot 
crop  was  over  30,000,000  pounds,  the  prune  crop  was 
over  97,000,000  pounds,  the  dried  peach  crop  was  over 


-IJAR.IZONA 


v/v  COAST  A-ND 

COAST  VALLtTS 

-SC-  INTERIOR  VALA.EYS 
*&*.  FOOTMIU* 

•23-    MOUNTAIN. PLATEAUX. 
ANO  OCSERT 

n 

Fig.  317.   Horticultural  regions  of  California. 

27,000,000  pounds.  The  wine-production  of  the  state  in 
1897  was  34,500,000  gallons.  The  pack  of  canned  fruit 
in  1898  was  2,000,000  cases.  In  1893,  in  a  very  careful 
tabulation  of  the  area  planted  to  fruit-trees  and  vines, 


CALLIANDRA 

made  by  me  for  the  Popular   Science  Monthly,  I  esti- 
mated as  follows : 

Kind  Acreage 

Citrus  and  semi-tropic 95.000 

Deciduous  fruits 200.000 

Nut-bearing  trees 25,000 

Grapes 191,933 

Small  fruits 5,081 

Total 517,014 

At  the  usual  distances  of  planting,  this  would  give 
48,000,000  fruit  trees  and  about  240,000,000  grape-vines. 
Since  1893  nearly  six  years  have  passed,  and  yet  the 
acreage  has  not  greatly  gained.  Some  vineyards  and 
worn-out  orchards  have  been  destroyed.  The  area  in 
small  fruits  has  nearly  doubled.  The  citrus  and  semi- 
tropic  fruits  have  somewhat  increased  in  area.  There 
have  been  seasons  of  heavy  frosts  and  of  light  rainfall. 
The  industry  has  been  less  generally  profitable  during 
recent  years.  A  multitude  of  lesser  horticultural  occu- 
pations have  attracted  attention. 

Among  these  new  horticultural  industries  of  the  last 
decade  or  so  are  the  extensive  growth  of  tree,  flower  and 
vegetable  seeds,  of  cut-flowers,  of  vegetables  and  of  dec- 
orative plants.  California  has  always  had  important 
nurseries  and  large  market-gardens,  but  there  is  now  a 
tendency  to  specialize  more  than  ever  before,  and  to 
supply,  in  many  departments,  the  markets  of  America 
and  Europe.  Portugese,  Italian,  Chinese  and  Japanese 
peasants  have  settled  in  large  numbers  in  the  richer 
districts  of  California,  introducing  their  special  horti- 
cultural industries.  Large  farms  and  orchards  are  still 
profitable,  but  every  year  the  small,  well-tilled  plots  in- 
crease in  number  and  relative  importance. 

CHARLES  H.  SHINN. 
CALIFORNIA  POPPY  is  Mschscholtzia. 

CALIFORNIA  YELLOW  BELLS  is  Emmenanthe 
penduli  flora. 

CALlMERIS  (Greek,  beautiful  arrangement).  Com- 
pdsitce.  A  few  Asian  herbs,  often  united  with  Aster,  but 
horticulturally  distinct,  and  differing  from  that  genus 
in  the  hemispherical  involucre  of  few,  nearly  equal, 
scarious-margined  bracts,  and  broad,  convex  receptacle. 
Akene  flat  and  hairy.  Hardy  perennials  of  low  growth, 
suited  to  the  border  in  front  of  stronger  plants.  C '.  Ta- 
tarica  is  described  in  the  genus  Heteropappus. 

incisa,  DC.  (Aster  inclsus,  Fisch. ) .  One  to  2  ft.,  erect, 
corymbose  at  the  summit :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  remotely  in- 
cise-dentate  :  scales  of  involucre  red -margined  :  fls. 
large,  purple-rayed  or  almost  white,  and  yellow-centered. 
—  Of  easy  culture  in  any  good  soil,  making  a  display 
throughout  July  and  Aug.  The  commonest  species. 

Altaica,  Nees  (Aster  Altdicus,  Willd.).  Lower,  pu- 
bescent or  hispid  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  and  entire  : 
scales  of  involucre  pubescent  and  white-margined  :  rays 
narrow,  blue.  L  jj_  g 

CALIPHRURIA.    See  Calliphruria. 

CALLA  (ancient  name,  of  obscure  meaning).  Arbidece. 
A  monotypic  genus,  containing  a  native  bog-plant  with 
a  white  spathe.  Herbs,  with  creeping  rhizomes  and  2- 
ranked  Ivs.  Differs  from  Orontium  in  the  parallel  sec- 
ondary and  tertiary  veins  of  the  leaf -blade.  See  Rich- 
ardia  for  C.  ^dSthiopica,  albomaculata,  JSlliottiana,  and 
nana.  The  Calla  of  florists,  or  Calla  Lily,  is  Richardia. 

palustris,  Linn.  Fig.  318.  Rhizome  bearing  many  dis- 
tichous Ivs.  one  year,  the  next  only  2  Ivs.  and  the  pe- 
duncle :  petioles  cylindrical,  long-sheathed  :  blade  cor- 
date: spathe  elliptical,  or  ovate-lanceolate,  white.  Eu., 
N.  Asia,  and  E.  N.  Amer.  B.  M.  1831.— An  interesting 
little  perennial  plant,  useful  for  outdoor  ponds. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

CALLIANDRA  (Greek,  beautiful  stamens).  Legu- 
mindsce.  Tropical  American  shrubs,  distinguished  from 
Acacia  by  the  presence  of  a  thickened  margin  on  the 
pod.  Lvs.  bipinnate;  If ts. numerous:  fls.  usually  borne 
in  globose  heads  ;  corolla  small,  obscured  by  the  nu- 
merous, long,  silky,  purple  or  white  stamens.  Cult,  in 
S.  Calif.,  and  prop,  by  cuttings. 


CALLIANDRA 


CALLIRHOE 


217 


Lambertiana,  Benth.  (Acacia  Lambertiana,  D.Don). 
Unarmed  :  branches  terete  :  Ivs.  pubemlous-villous  : 
pinnae  2-3-yoked  :  Ifts.  9-12-yoked,  oval-oblong,  obtuse 
at  both  ends  :  petiole  not  glandular  :  peduncles  3-5, 
racemose  :  heads  roundish  ;  stamens  20-25,  exserrcd. 
Mexico.  B.R.721 


318.    Calla  palustris. 

tetragona,  Benth.  (Ac&cia  tetragona,  Willd.).  Un- 
armed, glabrous:  branches  tetragonal :  pinnae  5-6-yoked : 
Ifts.  16-29-yoked,  linear,  acute,  the  outer  larger  :  heads 
pedunculate,  axillary;  fls.  white  :  pod  linear-obtuse, 
thickened  at  the  margin. 

Portoric6n8is,  Benth.  (Acacia  Portoricensis ,  Willd.). 
Unarmed  shrub,  10  ft.  high:  pinnae  5-yoked:  Ifts.  15-25- 
yoked,  linear,  obtuse  ;  petioles  not  glandular:  branch- 
lets  pubescent:  heads  globose,  pedunculate,  axillary: 
calyx  ciliate  on  the  margin  :  filaments  long,  white  :  sta- 
mens 20-25:  pod  straight,  linear,  tapering  at  the  base. 
West  Indies. 

CALLICAEPA  (Greek,  beauty  and  fruit).  Verbend- 
cece.  Shrubs  or  trees,  mostly  with  rough,  stellate  hairs: 
Ivs.  opposite,  usually  dentate  and  deciduous  :  fls.  small, 
perfect,  in  axillary  cymes  ;  corolla  with  short  tube,  4- 
lobed  ;  stamens  4 :  fr.  a  small,  berry-like  drupe,  red, 
lilac  or  violet,  with  2-4  seeds.  About  30  species  in  trop. 
and  subtrop.  regions  of  Asia,  Australia,  N.  and  C.  Amer. 
Some  species  are  cult,  chiefly  for  their  decorative  fr., 
profusely  produced  in  fall  ;  the  hardiest  are  C.  pur- 
purea  and  C.  Japonica,  and  they  may  be  grown  even 
north  in  sheltered  positions,  if  somewhat  protected  dur- 
ing the  winter.  If  killed  to  the  ground,  young  shoots 
spring  up  vigorously,  and  will  produce  fls.  and  fr.  in  the 
same  season.  If  grown  in  the  greenhouse,  they  require 
a  sandy  compost  of  loam  and  peat,  and  plenty  of  light 
and  air.  Prop,  readily  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  spring 
or  summer  under  glass,  also  by  hardwood  cuttings,  layers 
and  seeds. 


A.    Lvs.  tomentose  beneath. 

Americana,  Linn.  Shrub,  3-6  ft.,  with  scurfy,  downy 
tomentum  :  Ivs.  cuneate,  elliptic-ovate,  acuminate,  ob- 
tusely serrate,  3-6  in.  long:  cymes  short-stalked;  corolla 
bluish,  glabrous:  fr.  violet.  July-Aug.  Virg.  to  Texas 
and  W.  India.  — One  of  the  handsomest  in  fr.,  but  more 
tender  than  the  Japanese  species.  There  is  a  var.  with 
white  fr. 

AA.    Li'ft.  glabrous  beneath,  but  glandular:  corolla 
glandular  outside. 

Jap6nica,  Thunb.  Shrub,  2-5  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  ellip- 
tic or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  crenately  serrate, 
2^2-5  in.  long:  cymes  peduncled,  many-fld. ;  fls.  pink  or 
whitish:  fr.  violet.  August.  Japan.  P.F.G.2,p.  165. 

purpurea,  Juss.  (C.  grdcilis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Shrub, 
1-4  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  elliptic  or  obovate,  coarsely  serrate 
above  the  middle,  entire  toward  the  base,  1/^-3  in.  long: 
cymes  peduncled,  few  or  many-fld.;  fls.  pink:  fr.  lilac- 
violet.  August,  Japan,  China.  Gn.  23:  392. -Closely  al- 
lied to  the  former,  but  smaller  in  every  part. 

C.  cana.  Linn.  Shrub  :  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic,  shining  above 
and  whitish-tomentose  beneath  :  fr.  deep  purple.  E.  India, 
China,  Philippine  Isl.—  C.  dichotoma,  C.  Koch  =  C.  purpurea.— 
C.  landta,  Schau.,  not  Linn.=C.  pedunculata.— C.  Mimurazaki, 
Sieb.=C.  Japonica.—  C.  mollis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Shrub,  to  4  ft.: 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  rounded  at  the  base,  tomentose  beneath: 
fls.  and  fr.  pink.  Japan.— C.  peduncvldta,  R.  Br.  Shrub:  Ivs. 
oblong-ovate,  nearly  sessile,  and  rounded  at  the  base,  green  and 
slightly  tomentose  beneath:  cymes  slender-peduncled.  E.  Ind., 
Austr.  Sieb.  Flor.  d.  Jard.  4:  97.— C.  rubella,  Lindl.  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  to  20ft.:  Ivs.  cordate-oblong,  tomentose  beneath: 
fr.  purple.  Himal.,  China.  B.  R.  11:  883.  P.  S.  13: 1359  (as  C. 
purpurea).  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CALLI6PSIS.    Consult  Coreopsis. 

CALLIPHRURIA  (Greek,  beautiful  prison;  referring 
to  the  spathe  inclosing  the  flowers ) .  Written  also  Cali- 
phuria.  Amaryllidacece.  Tender  bulbs  from  New 
Granada,  distinguished  from  Eucharis  by  the  stamens, 
the  filaments  being  petalid,  with  three  large  linear  teeth 
on  top,  the  middle  one  bearing  the  anther.  The  fls.  ap- 
pear with  the  Ivs.  Prop,  by  offsets.  J.  G.  Baker.  Ama- 
ryllidete,  p.  112. 

Hartwegiana,  Herb.  Bulb  ovid,  1  in.  thick,  stolonifer- 
ous,  with  brown  membranous  tunics :  Ivs.  bright  green, 
firmer  and  more  closely  veined  than  in  Eucharis,  with 
an  oblong-acute  blade  4-5  in.  long,  2  in.  broad,  narrowed 
into  a  petiole,  which  is  flat  above,  and  round  beneath  : 
scape  slender,  1  ft.  long  :  fls.  6-8,  in  an  umbel,  white  ; 
perianth  1  in.  long  and  wide.  Andes  of  Bogota.  B.M.6259. 
Int.  in  1889  by  Reasoner,  who  has  never  flowered  it. 

C.  subedentdta.  Baker  =*  Eucharis  subedeutata. 

CALLIFBOBA  is  included  in  Brodicea. 

CALLfPTERIS  (Greek,  beautiful  fern).  Polypodiacece. 
A  genus  of  ferns  allied  to  Asplenium,  with  elongate  sori 
formed  on  both  sides  of  the  veins,  and  the  veins  uniting 
to  form  meshes  or  areolee.  Some  fifteen  species  are  known 
from  the  warmer  parts  of  both  hemispheres.  The  follow- 
ing is  the  only  one  in  cultivation.  Culture  of  tropical 
Asplenium  s. 

pro  lifer  a,  Bory  (Asplenium  decussatum,  Swz.).  Lvs. 
2-4  ft.  long  besides  the  stalks,  which  are  1-2  ft.  long,  with 
numerous  pinnae  6-12  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  with  deeply 
crenate  margins  and  frequently  with  bulblets  in  the  axils ; 
veins  pinnate,  with  the  branches  of  contiguous  veins 
uniting.  Polynesia  and  Malaya.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CALLlRHOE  (Greek  mythological  name).  Malvacece. 
POPPY-MALLOW.  Seven  native  species  of  hardy,  showy 
herbs  of  the  easiest  culture  and  deserving  a  much  greater 
popularity.  The  two  kinds  mentioned  are  chiefly  prop, 
by  seeds,  but  the  perennial  species  may  also  be  prop, 
by  cuttings.  The  name  is  also  written  Callirrhoe'. 
A.  Annual:  involucre  absent. 

pedata,  Gray.  Fig.  319.  Height  1-3  ft. :  stem  erect, 
leafy :  radical,  and  lower  Ivs.  round -cordate,  palmately  or 
pedately  5-7-lobed  or  -parted,  the  lobes  coarsely  toothed 
or  incised,  upper  3-5-cleft  or  -parted,  usually  into  narrow 
:  fls.  red-purple,  cherry  red,  varying  to  lilac. 


divisions 
Common  in  Texas. 


R.H.  1857,  p.  430. 


218 


CALLIBHOE 


CALLUNA 


AA.  Perennial:  involucre  present. 
involucrata,  Gray.    Height  9-12  in.,  plant  hirsute  or 
even  hispid  :  root  large,  napiform  :  stems  procumbent: 
Ivs.  of  rounded  outline,  palmately  or  pedately  5-7-parted 


319.   Callirhoe  pedata. 

or  -cleft,  the  divisions  mostly  wedge-shaped,  incised,  the 
lobes  oblong  to  lanceolate  :  fls.  crimson-purple,  cherry 
red  or  paler.  All  summer.  Minn,  to  Tex.  G.W.F.  26. 
K.H.  1862:171,  as  C.  verticlllata. 

Var.  lineariloba,  Gray.  Less  hirsute  than  the  type  : 
stems  ascending  :  Ivs.  smaller,  1-2  in.  across,  the  upper 
or  all  dissected  into  linear  lobes.—  An  excellent  trailer, 
especially  for  rockeries.  Thrives  even  in  very  dry  soils, 
the  root  penetrating  to  a  great  depth.  A  sunny  position 
is  preferable. 


CALLISTfcMMA,  CALLISTEPHUS.  See  Aster,  CUna. 

CALLIST£MON  (Greek,  hallos,  beauty;  stemon,  a 
stamen  ;  in  most  of  the  species  the  stamens  are  a  beau- 
tiful scarlet  color).  Myrtacece.  BOTTLE-BRUSH.  Au- 
stralian shrubs  :  Ivs.  evergreen,  short  :  fls.  in  dense, 
cylindrical  spikes,  at  first  terminal,  but  the  axis  grow- 
ing out  into  leafy  shoots  ;  anthers  versatile,  with  par- 
allel cells  opening  longitudinally  :  fr.  persisting  several 
years.  Prop,  by  ripened  cuttings  in  sand  under  a  hand- 
glass, which  flower  when  small  ;  or  by  seeds,  but  the 
seedlings  are  slow  in  reaching  the  flowering  state. 
Rapid  growers  ;  very  ornamental  ;  greenhouse  in  the 
north  ;  hardy  in  California,  thriving  in  any  soil  and 
without  irrigation. 

A.    Lvs.  flat,  penniveined. 

specidsus,  DC.  Lvs.  thick,  narrow-lanceolate,  pubes- 
cent when  young  :  spikes  dense,  large  :  fls.  scarlet,  the 
calyx  and  corolla  pubescent  ;  stamens  obscurely  or  very 
shortly  5-adelphous.  March-April.  West  Australia. 
B.M.  1761,  as  Metrosideros  speciosa.  Height  10  ft. 

lanceolatus,  Sweet.  Fig.  320.  Height  6-10  ft.  :  Ivs. 
crowded,  thick,  lanceolate,  punctate,  reddish  when 
young:  spike  rather  loose,  of  reddish  fls.  N.S.Wales.  6ft. 

rigidus,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  linear  or  narrowly  linear-lanceo- 
late, rigid,  almost  pungent-pointed  :  spikes  dense  :  fls. 
red  ;  anthers  dark.  New  South  Wales.  4  ft. 

AA.   Lvs.  channeled  above,  linear,  nerveless  or 
1-nerved. 

linearis,  DC.  Height  4  to  6  ft.:  fls.  dark  or  pale  scar- 
let :  fr.  more  globular  and  more  contracted  at  the  mouth 
than  in  C.  rigidus.  June.  N.  S.  Wales. 

J.  BURTT  DAVY. 

CALLtTRIS  (from  the  Greek  for  beautiful}.  Conif- 
erce,  tribe  Cupresslnece.  About  15  trees  or  shrubs", 
growing  in  Africa  and  the  Australian  region,  allied  to 


Thuja.  The  small  cones  have  4-6  separating  woody 
scales  :  Ivs.  small  and  scale-like,  persistent.  Of  very 
attractive  habit.  The  only  species  in  the  Amer.  trade  is 
robusta,  R.  Br.  CYPRESS  PINE.  Somewhat  resembles 
our  native  red  cedar,  but  is  conical  in  form  and  very 
dense.  It  is  a  fine  tree  for  tall  hedges  and  windbreaks. 
Young  trees  planted  out  in  S.  Fla.  make  fine  specimens, 
branching  from  the  ground.  In  five  years  the  plants 
reach  10-12  ft.  high.  Little  known  in  this  country. 
Queensland.  j^  H.  B. 

CALLUNA  (Greek,  to  sweep  ;  the  branches  are  some- 
times used  for  making  brooms).  Ericaceae.  HEATHER. 
Low  evergreen  shrubs  with  imbricated,  scale-like  Ivs. 
in  four  rows,  the  branchlets  therefore  quadrangular  : 
fls.  in  terminal  racemes  ;  corolla  campanulate,  4-lobed, 
shorter  than  the  4-parted  colored  calyx  ;  stamens  8  : 
fr.  capsular.  One  species  in  W.  and  N.  Eu.,  also  in 
Asia  Minor  ;  in  E.  N.  Amer.  in  some  localities  natural- 
ized. For  culture,  see  Erica. 

vulgaris,  Salisb.  (Erica  vulgaris,  Linn.).  From  %-3 
ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-linear,  obtuse,  sagittate  at  the  base, 
glabrous  or  pubescent  :  fls.  small,  in  long,  erect,  rather 
dense  racemes,  rosy  pink,  sometimes  white.  Aug.- 
Sept.  — Cultivated  in  many  varieties  :  Var.  alba  (and 
var.  alba  Hammondi),  with  white  fls.;  var.  Alpdrti,  of 
more  vigorous  growth,  with  rosy  carmine  fls. ;  var.  car- 
nea,  with  flesh-colored  fls. ;  var.  flore-pleno,  with  double 


Callistemon  lanceolatus. 


rose-colored  fls. ;  var.  pygmaea,  forming  low,  moss-like 
tufts;  var.  tomentosa,  the  branchlets  and  Ivs.  with 
grayish  tomentum.  The  Heather  is  a  very  handsome 


CALLUNA 


CALOCHORTUS 


219 


small  shrub,  well  adapted  for  borders  of  evergreen 
shrubberies,  or  for  dry  slopes  and  sandy  banks  and 
preferring  sunny  positions  ;  it  is  also  found  growing 
well  in  swamps  and  in  partly  shaded  situations.  Cut 
branches  keep  their  life-like  appearance  for  many 
months.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CALOCHORTUS  (Greek  for  beautiful  and  grass). 
Lilidcece,  tribe  Tulipew.  West  American  cormous 
plants,  the  occidental  representatives  of  Tulipa.  St. 
usually  branched,  and  from  a  coated  corm,  more  or  less 
leafy:  perianth  of  unequal  segments,  the  outer  ones  the 
smaller  and  more  or  less  sepal-like,  the  3  inner  ones 
large  and  showy  and  bearing  glands  and  hairs ;  stigmas 
3,  sessile  and  recurved  ;  stamens  6  ;  fls.  showy,  shal- 
low-cupped on  the  inner  segments,  arching.  Nearly  all 
the  species  are  in  cult.  Monogr.  by  J.  G.  Baker,  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  14:  302-310  (1875);  and  by  S.  Watson,  Proc. 
Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  14:262-268  (1879).  See  also 
Colochorti  in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  by  George  Hansen, 
Erythea,  7:  13-15;  A.  Davidson,  Erythea,  2:  1-2,  27-30. 

L.  H.  B. 

Calochortuses  are  natives  of  western  North  America. 
One  or  two  extend  into  British  America,  and  a  few,  be- 
longing to  a  peculiar  group,  are  found  in  Mexico  ;  the 
remainder  are  natives  of  the  United  States,  from  Ne- 
braska to  the  Pacific  ocean.  While  the  generic  charac- 
teristics are  unmistakable,  the  species  and  even  varie- 
ties have  the  most  variable  tastes  as  to  soil,  exposure 
and  climate.  The  Colorado  desert  and  the  summits  of 
the  Sierra  Nevada,  the  heavy  clay  lands  of  Californian 
valleys,  the  volcanic  soils  of  the  foothills  and  the  mead- 
ows of  the  Northwest,  each  has  its  own  representa- 
tives of  this  beautiful  tribe.  The  character  of  the  genus 
can  be  treated  better  under  the  various  groups.  Nearly 
every  known  species  is  in  cultivation  to  some  extent. 
Some  are  readily  grown,  others  present  considerable 
cultural  difficulties  ;  but  while  there  are  some  which 
will  probably  always  be  difficult  to  cultivate,  there  are 
many  species  — and  the  number  includes  the  very  best— 
which  can  be  successfully  grown  by  any  one  who  is 
willing  to  give  a  little  special  care  to  their  culture ;  and 
there  are  a  few  which  possess  such  vigor  and  hardiness 
as  to  be  adapted  to  extensive  cultivation.  All  Calo- 
chortuses are  hardy  in  the  sense  of  withstanding  ex- 
treme cold,  but  they  will  not  withstand  alternate  thaw- 
ing and  freezing  nearly  so  well ;  and  thus  we  have  the 
paradox  of  their  going  safely  through  severe  eastern  or 
European  winters  and  suffering  the  loss  of  foliage  in 
mild  ones.  They  should  be  planted  in  the  fall,  and  it  is 
better  to  plant  late,  so  that  leaf  growth  is  delayed  until 
spring.  Diverse  as  are  their  natural  habitats,  one  soil 
will  answer  the  needs  of  all.  In  my  own  experience,  a 
light  loam,  made  lighter  with  sand  or  sawdust,  powdered 
charcoal,  or  spent  tan-bark,  is  best.  My  very  best  re- 
sults have  been  with  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  a  good 
light  loam  and  spent  tan -bark,  with  a  little  broken  char- 
coal. Wallace,  one  of  the  most  successful  English 
growers,  recommends  making  a  bed  sloping  to  the 
south,  composed  of  leaf-mold  and  road  grit  in  equal 
parts,  with  a  smaller  proportion  of  sharp  sand.  The 
idea  is  a  light,  porous,  not  too  stimulating  soil,  with 
perfect  drainage.  Wallace  recommends  covering  the 
beds  with  reeds  to  throw  off  the  heavy  rains.  I  accom- 
plish the  same  end  by  such  thorough  drainage  that  the 
rains  pass  through  quickly.  It  is  better  to  lift  the 
bulbs  as  soon  as  they  ripen,  and  replant  in  the  fall. 
Water  sparingly  at  all  times.  They  take  well  to  pot  cul- 
ture with  similar  soils  and  treatment.  While  not  to  be 
forced  rapidly,  they  considerably  anticipate  their  out-of- 
door  season.  The  same  treatment  can  be  used  in  cold- 
frame  culture,  but  do  not  coddle  them  too  much.  Under 
suitable  conditions  they  are  really  very  hardy  and  tena- 
cious of  life,  but  excessive  moisture,  either  in  air  or 
ground,  is  not  to  their  liking  after  the  flowering  season 
arrives.  Theoretically,  all  Calochortuses  of  Section  A 
(Star  Tulips)  should  have  shade,  and  all  Mariposas  (AA) 
sunshine ;  but  I  find  that  the  light  shade  of  the  lath-house 
suits  all  alike,  giving  much  finer  bloom  in  the  Mariposas. 
The  flowering  season  extends  over  three  months,  accord- 
ing to  species.  CARL  PURDY. 

Index:  albus,  No.  1  ;  amoenus,  1,  6  ;  apiculatus,  8  ; 
atroviolaceus,  25  ;  aureus,  22  ;  Benthami,  4  ;  caeruleus, 


5;  Catalinee,  28;  citrinus,  17,21;  clavatus,  23;  concolor, 
21  ;  elegans,  6  ;  flexuosus,  26  ;  Greenei,  14  ;  Gunnisoni 
31  ;  Howellii,  16  ;  Kennedyi,  20  ;  Leichtlinii,  30  :  lilaci 
nus,  10  ;  Lobbii,  6  ;  longebarbatus,  15 ;  luteus,  21 
Lyallii,  6  ;  macrocarpus,  32  ;  Maweanus,  3  ;  nanus,  6 
nitidus,  13  ;  nudus,  12  ;  Nuttallii,  29  ;  Obispoensis,  19 
oculatus,  21  ;  Palmeri,  27  ;  paniculatus,  1  ;  pictus,  24 
Plummerse,  18  ;  pulchellus,  2;  Purdyi,9;  purpurascens 
24  ;  roseus,  3,  24  ;  ruber,  25  ;  sanguineus,  24  ;  splen 
dens,  25  ;  sulphureus,  24  ;  Tolmiei,  7  ;  uniflorus,  11 
venustus,  24  ;  Vesta,  24  ;  Weedii,  17. 

A.  STAR  TULIPS.—  Blossoms  or  fruit  more  or  less  nod- 
ding :  inner  perianth  segments  strongly  arched. 

B.  Fls.    subglobose,    nodding :    st.  usually    tall    and 

branching.  GLOBE  TULIPS.  — These  have  a  single 
long  and  narrow  shining  leaf  from  the  base,  and 
slender,  flexuous,  leafy  stems,  the  perfection  of 
grace  in  outline.  The  flowers  are  exquisite  in  deli- 
cacy of  tints.  Woodland  plants. 

1.  albus,  Dougl.  Fig.  321.  Strong,  1  ft.  high :  fls.  globu- 
lar, pendent,  1  in.  across,  of  a  satiny  texture,  delicately 
fringed  with  hairs.  Calif.  B.R.  1661.  F.S.  11: 1171.- 
Chaste  and  delicate. 


321.  Calochortus  albus  (X 


Var.  paniculatus,  Baker.  Lower  :  Ivs.  narrower,  fls. 
smaller. 

Var.  amoenus,  Hort.  Like  C.  albus,  but  rosy  colored. 
Cent.  Calif. 

2.  pulch611us,  Dougl.    Similar,  but  fls.  flatter,  of  pure 
yellow,  the  edges  of  petals  with  a  line  of  stiff   hairs: 
very  handsome.    Northwest  Calif.    B.R.  1662. 

BB.  Fls.  bell-shaped,  erect  when  open,  mostly  lined 
with  hairs,  the  pedicels  becoming  recurved:  stem 
mostly  low,  and  fls.  often  more  or  less  umbellate. 
STAR  TULIPS  PROPER..—  Like  the  Globe  Tulip,  but 
smaller  as  a  rule,  and  the  fls.  dainty  open  cups. 
All  of  the  species  resemble  each  other,  and  were 
first  included  under  C.  elegans. 

3.  Maweanus,    Leichtl.     Plant  low   (4-10   in.),  usu- 
ally branched  :    fls.  white,  purplish  at  the  base,  filled 
with  silky  hairs,  the  gland  covered  by  a  broad  semi- 
circular scale  :    capsule  long-elliptic.     Calif.  N.    B.M. 
5976  as  C.  elegans.  —  Variable.   Var.  major,  Hort.    Fig. 
322.    Twice  as  large  in  all  its  parts.    Var.  rdseus,  Hort. 
Fls.  tinged  rose. 

4.  Benthami,  Baker.    Resembles  C.  pulchellus  :  sts. 
low  :  Ivs.  narrow:  fls.  nearly  erect,  yellow,  the  segments 
%  in.  long  and  brown  at  the  base.    Sierra  Nevadas,  in 
Calif.   J.H.  III.  30:549. 


220 


CALOCHORTUS 


CALOCHORTUS 


5.  caeruleus,   Wats.     Similar   to   C.   Maiveanus,  but 
lined  and  dotted  with  blue  :    low,  2-5-fld.,  the  pedicels 
very  slender  :  perianth  ciliate  inside :  capsule  nearly  or 
quite  orbicular.    Calif.,  in  the  Sierras. 

6.  elegans,  Pursh.    Similar  to  the  last :  petals  greenish 
white  and  purplish  at  base,  bearded,  little  or  not  at  all 
ciliate :  gland  covered  by  a  deeply  fringed  scale.    Ore- 
gon, Idaho. 

Var.  amoenus,  Hort.  Fls.  lilac,  large  and  showy.  G.C. 
III.  15:808. 

Var.  Ldbbii,  Baker  (C.  Ldbbii,  Hort.).  Dwarf er, 
alpine:  fls.  straw-colored,  with  dark  eye;  anthers  less 
pointed.  Ore. 

Var.  nanus,  Wood  (C.  Lyallii,  Baker).  Subalpine, 
dwarf  :  petals  narrow  and  usually  more  acute,  more 
hairy  and  ciliate.  Mts.  Calif.,  N. 

BBB.  Fls.  bell-shaped:  like  BB,  but  tall  (1  ft.  or  more), 
and  stoutly  erect,  with  several  fine,  erect  cups, 
similar  to  C.Maweanus.  GIANT  STAR  TULIPS.— 
In  this  splendid  group  we  have  the  very  dainty, 
silky  fls.  and  handsome,  glossy  Ivs.  of  the  Star 
Tulip,  with  a  stout  st.  a  foot  or  two  high,  and 
large  fls.  Unlike  the  others,  they  naturally 

grow  in  open   places,   and   have  a  vigor  and 
ealth  which  are  a  high  recommendation. 

7.  Tolmiei,  Hook.  &  Arn.    Stout,  a  ft.  high,  generally 
branched  :  petals  often  more  than  an  inch  long,  tinged 
lilac,  with  purple  and  white  hairs  :    gland  without  a 
scale  :  capsule  broad-elliptic,  acutish.    Mt.  Shasta,  N.— 
Remains  a  long  time  in  bloom. 

8.  apiculatus,  Baker.   Taller  and  stouter,  with  umbel- 
late straw-colored  fls.    N.  Idaho. 

9.  Piirdyi,  Eastw.    Fls.  silvery  white,  filled  with  blue 
hairs.    S.  Ore.    G.C.  III.  23:  395. -Very  handsome. 

BBBB.  Fls.  bell-shaped,  the  petals  naked  or  hairy  only 
at  the  base :  low :  leaf  solitary.  MEADOW 
TULIPS.  — These  Calochortuses  are  natives  of 
wet  meadows.  C.  lilacinus  and  C.  Vesta  grow 
well  in  all  soils  as  long  as  well  drained,  and 
as  garden  plants  thrive  everywhere.  In  habit 
they  are  4ow,  flexuous  and  leafy.  The  cups 
are  open,  erect  and  numerous,  an  inch  or  so 
in  diameter. 

10.  lilacinus,    Kellogg   (C.    umbellatus,    Wood).      A 
handsome  species,  with  large,  clear  lilac  fls.,  hairy  only 
at  base  :  fls.  4-10,  on  long,  slender  scapes:  capsule  ellip- 
tic, obtuse.    Grows  naturally  in  wet  meadows,  and  makes 
offsets   freely.     N.  Calif,  and   Ore.     B.M.   5804  as  C. 
unifldrus.    Perhaps  the  same  as  the  next. 

11.  uniflorus,  Hook.  &  Arn.     St.  very  short,  bearing 
bulbs  at  base,  1-2-fld. :  petals  lilac,  with  purple  claw  and 
hairy  on  the  lower  half.    Coast  ranges,  Calif. 

12.  nudus,  Wats.    Low,  delicate  :    leaf  solitary  :    fls. 
1-6,  umbellate,  small,  white  or  pale  lilac,  not  hairy,  den- 
ticulate.   Calif.,  in  the  Sierras. 

AA.  MARIPOSA  TULIPS.— Blossoms  on  stout,  erect  pedi- 
cels, the  stems  stout  and  strict :  fls.  open-bell- 
shaped.  Excepting  in  B,  the  Mariposa  or  Butter- 
fly Tulips  have  slender,  grassy,  radical  Ivs., 
stiff,  erect  stems  bearing  cup-shaped  fls.,  and 
sparingly  leafy  and  with  an  erect  capsule.  Bulbs 
small. 

B.  Capsule  acute-angled  or  winged  :  fls.  lilac  or  white. 
These  are  hardy  species,  growing  in  the  meadows 
from  Oregon  to  Montana,  where  they  endure 
much  cold.  They  form  a  connecting  link  between 
the  Giant  Star  Tulips  and  the  true  Mariposas. 
Their  Ivs.  are  like  those  of  the  Star  Tulips— long, 
broad  and  glossy.  Like  the  Star  Tulips,  too,  the 
seed-pod  is  handsome,  3-cornered  and  winged. 
The  stems  are  stiffly  erect:  the  fls.  cup-shaped, 
not  so  brilliant  as  the  true  Mariposas,  but  very 
delicate:  the  plants  are  hardy,  healthy  and  vig- 
orous, and  are  to  be  highly  recommended  for 
cold  climates. 

13.  nitidus,  Dougl.    Scape  erect,  but  not  stiff  :    leaf 
solitary,  glossy,  narrow:   fls.  1-3,  large  and  showy,  lilac, 
yellowish,  or  white,  with  a  deep  indigo  blotch  in  the  cen- 


ter, lined  with  yellow  hairs.    Meadows,  E.  Ore.  to  Mont, 
—Very  beautiful  and  showy. 

14.  Greenei,  Wats.    St.  stout  and  branching,  1  ft.,  2-5- 
fld.:    sepals  with  a  yellowish  hairy  spot;    petals  lilac 
barred  with  yellow  below,  and  somewhat  purplish,  loose- 
hairy,  not  ciliate  :  capsule  beaked.    Calif,  and  Ore. 

15.  longebarbatus,  Wats.    Slender,  about  1  ft.  high, 
bulb-bearing  near  the  base,  with  1  or  2  narrow  radical 
Ivs.,  2-branched  and  usually  2-ttd.:  fls.  erect  or  nearly 
so,  lilac  with  yellow  at  base,  scarcely  hairy  except  the 
long-bearded  gland.   Washington. 

16.  Hdwellii,  Wats.    St.  erect,  1  ft.  or  more,  1-2-fld. : 
Ivs.  very  narrow:  sepals  ovate,  short-acuminate;  petals 
yellowish  white,  1  in.  long,  denticulate,  slightly  ciliate 
near  the   base,   brown-hairy  inside,  the  gland  yellow- 
hairy.    Ore. 

BB.    Capsule  obtuse -angled. 

c.  Color  yellow  or  orange  or  orange-red,  more  or  less 
marked  with  brown  and  purple  (except  in  forms 
of  C.  luteus) :  in  cult,  forms  running  into  other 
colors. 

17.  Weedii,  Wood.   Radical  leaf  single,  glossy,  broad: 
st.  tall,  leafy,  bearing  large  orange-colored  fls.  dotted 
with  purple  :    petals  triangular,  square-topped  :    gland 
small,  hairy  :    bulb  heavily  coated  with  fiber.     Calif. 
B.M.  6200,  as  C.  citrinus.    G.C.  III.  16:  183.  — Varies  to 
white. 

18.  Plummerae,  Greene.    Similar,  but  purple  and  very 
showy.    Calif.    G.C.  III.  16:  133.    J.H.  III.  29:  289.    Gn. 
47:  999. -A  fine  species,  with  fl.  of  large  size  and  full 
outline,  lined  with  long,  silky  yellow  hairs.    It  is  the  C. 
Weedii,  var.  purpurascens,  of  Watson. 

19.  Obispoensis,  Lemm.    Tall  and  slender,  branching, 
very  floi-iferous  :    petals  yellow,  verging  to  red  at  the 
tip  and  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  orange-brown 
sepals.    Calif.   G.F.  2: 161. -Odd  and  bizarre. 

20.  Kennedy!,   Porter.     Bulb   small   and   ovoid  :    st. 
slender,  18  in.,  sometimes  branches:  Ivs. 

linear,  tufted  from  the  branching  of  the 
st. :  fls.  2-5  ;  sepals  broad  with  a  purple 
spot  ;  petals  red-orange  to  vermilion,  not 


ciliate  nor  prominently 
hairy,  purple-spotted  at 
the  center.   Desert  spe- 
cies  of  S.  Calif.     B.M. 
7264.  -  Brilliant    and    desirable, 
but  difficult  to  grow. 

21.  luteus,  Dougl.  St.  1-10-fld., 
bulb-bearing  near  the  base  :  Ivs. 
very  narrow  :  sepals  narrow-lan- 
ceolate, with  a  brown  spot ;  petals 
2  in.  or  less  long,  yellow  or  orange, 
brown-lined,  slightly  hairy  below 
the  middle,  the  gland  densely 
hairy.  Calif.  B.R.  1567. -Varia- 
ble. Some  of  the  forms  are  sold 
as  C.  venustus. 

Var.  citrinus,  Wats.  (C.venus- 
tiis,v&r.  citrinus,  Baker).  Petals 
lemon  -  yellow,  with  a  central 
brown  spot. 

Var.  oculatus,  Wats.  ( C.  venus- 
Calochortus  Maweanus,  tus,  var.  oculatus,  Hort.).    Petals 
var.  major  (X  %).        P&le  or  white,  lilac  or  yellowish, 

with  a  dark  spot. 

Var.  cdncolor,  Baker  ( C.  cdncolor,  Hort. ) .  Petals  deep 
yellow,  marked  with  red  bands,  hairy  below.  Gn. 
48:1043. 


332. 


CALOCHORTUS 


CALOPHACA 


221 


22.  aureus,  Wats.    Very  low:  petals  yellow,  not  hairy, 
the  hairy  gland  purple-bordered.    S.  Utah. 

23.  clavatus,  Wats.    Petals  yellow  lined  with  brown, 
the  lower  part  bearing  club-shaped  (or  clavate)  hairs, 
the  gland  deep  and  circular  ;  anthers  purple.    Calif.— 
In  this  excellent  sort  we  have  the  largest-flowered  and 
stoutest-stemmed  of  all  Mariposas.     The  bulb  is  very 
large,  the  single  bare  leaf  1  or  2  ft.  long  :  the  st.  is 
heavy,  stout  and  zigzag.     The  fls.  are  shaped   like  a 
broad-based  bowl,  sometimes    5  or  6  in.  across.    The 
color  is  a  deep,  rich  yellow,  and  the  lower  half  is  cov- 
ered thickly  with  stiff  yellow  hairs,  each  tipped  with  a 
round  translucent  knob,  and  in  the  light  like  tiny  icicles. 
There  are  various  strains  :  El  Dorado,  the  largest,  not 
so  deep   yellow  ;    Ventura,   very   stout,  deep   yellow  ; 
Obispo,  like  the  last,  but  the  upper  half  of  the  back  of 
«ach  petal  is  olive  brown,  which  shows  through  the  deep 
yellow  of  the  inside,  giving  changeable  shades. 

cc.    Color  white  or  lilac  :  sometimes  running  into 
yellows. 

24.  venustus,  Benth.   BUTTERFLY  TULIP.    Stout,  6-36 
in.:  petals  white  or  pale  lilac,  with  a  reddish   spot   at 
top,  a  brown-yellow   center,  and   brown  base  :    gland 
large  and  oblong,  usually  densely  hairy :  capsule  1-2 Hin. 
long.    Calif.    B.R.  1669.     F.S.  2:104.    Gn.  46,  p.  395.- 
Very  variable.     The  yellow  forms  (as  var.  sulphureus, 
Hort.)  are  often  treated  as  forms  of  C.  luteus.    To  this 
group  of  Calochortuses  is  properly  applied  the  Spanish 
name  Mariposa  (butterfly),  for  their  brilliantly  colored 
fls.,  with  eye-like  spots  on  each  petal  and  sepal,  and 
other  delicate  markings  with  dots,  lines  and  hairs,  which 
are  strongly  suggestive  of  the  wings  of  a  brilliantly 
colored  butterfly.    Botanists  have  variously  divided  this 
great  group  of  allied  forms  between  C.  luteus  and  C. 
venustus.    Botanically  all  can  be  considered  as  either 
strains  of  one  variable  species  or  as  a  number  of  closely 
allied  species. 

Var.  pictus,  Wallace  (G.C.  III.  18,  p.  14).  Creamy 
white,  brilliantly  marked,  often  with  a  gold  blotch.  Gn. 
48,  p.  277. 

Var.  purpurascens,  Wats.  Petals  deep  lilac  or  pur- 
plish, darker  at  center,  the  fl.  fully  3  in.  across.  Strong 
grower.  Gn.  46:986. 

Var.  rdseus,  Hort.  (C.  rdseus,  Hort.).  Creamy  white 
or  lilac,  with  an  eye  midway  and  a  rose-colored  blotch 
at  apex.  Gn.  46:986. 

Var.  sangruineus,  Hort.  Fls.  deep  red,  with  very  dark 
eye,  and  without  the  rose  blotch  at  the  apex.  Perhaps  a 
form  of  C,  luteus. 

Var  V6sta,  Hort.  (C.  Vesta,  Wallace).  Tall,  long- 
stemmed,  vigorous,  bearing  large  white  fls.  tinged  witn 
lilac  and  beautifully  marked.  Produces  large  offsets, 
which  flower  in  2  years.  Gn.  46:  986. 

25.  splendens,  Dougl.   Strong  and  tall,  1-2  ft. :  fls.  2-3 
in.  across  ;  petals  large,  pale,  clear  lilac,  paler  below, 
with  a  darker  claw  and  scattered  long,  white  hairs  be- 
low the  middle.    S.  Calif.    B.R.  1676. 

Var.  atroviolaceus,  Hort.  Tall  and  slender:  fls.  1-l^in. 
across,  of  a  deep  purple  color,  with  a  dark  spot  on  the 
claw,  and  short  hairs  on  the  lower  third. 

Var.  ruber,  Hort.  As  large  as  the  type  but  deep,  red- 
dish purple,  with  a  dark  purple  spot  at  base  of  claw. 

26.  flexudsus,   Wats.    Related   to    C.  splendens,   but 
with  sts.  so  weak  as  to  almost  be  said  to  creep.    The 
fls.  are  large  and  very  brilliant,  a  dazzling  purple,  with  a 
darker  purple  eye,  and  yellow  hairs  below.    S.  Utah.— 
Int.  by  Purdy  in  1897. 

27.  Palmeri,  Wats.    St.  1-2  ft.,  very  slender  and  flexu- 
ous,  1-7-fld.,  bulb-bearing  near  the  base  :  sepals  with 
long,  narrow,  recurved  tips,  spotted;  petals  1  in.  or  less 
long,  white  (or  yellowish  below),  with  a  brownish  claw 
and  bearing  scattered  hairs  about  the  gland  :   capsule 
very  narrow.   S.Calif.  — The  C.  Palmeri  of  dealers  is 
not  always  this  species. 

28.  Catalinse,  Wats.  Habit  of  C.  venustus  :  st.  2  ft., 
branching  :  fls.  white  to  lilac,  or  deep  lilac,  very  large 
and  handsome,  a  large  round  black  spot  at  base  of  each 
petal.— A  lovely  species   between  C.  splendens  and  C. 
venustus.    Remarkable  for  blooming  with  the  Star  Tulip 


323.  Calochortus 
Gunnisoni. 
Natural  size. 


section,  fully  a  month  before  other  Mariposas.    Native 
to  Santa  Catalina  Isl.,  off  S.  Calif.;  also  to  Calif,  coast. 

29.  Niittallii,  Torr.  &  Gray.   SEGO  LILY.    St.  slender, 
bulb-bearing  at  base,  usually  with  only  1  cauline  leaf, 
1-5-fld.:    sepals   ovate-lanceolate,   often   dark-spotted; 
petals  1-2  in.  long,  white  tinged  with  greenish  yellow  or 
lilac,  with  a  purplish    spot  or  band  above  the  yellow 
base  and  hairy  about  the  gland  ; 

anthers  obtuse.     Dak.    to   Calif, 
and  N.  Mex.  — There  are  no  more 
exquisitely    beautiful     fls.     thun 
these  Sego  Lilies  (the    Mormon 
name)    of    the     Great 
Basin.     Most  of  them 
are  plants  of  the  sage- 
brush deserts.  Thelvs. 
are  an  ashy  green,  the 
foliage   scant,  but  the 
great  fls.  are  wonder- 
ful in  tintings.   There 
are    shades    in    blue, 
pink,  lilac,  and  yellow- 
ish; also  white. 

30.  Leichtlinii,  Hook.  f.    Slen- 
der alpine  species  (5-6  in.  high), 
by  some  regarded  as  a  form  of 
C.NuttalUi:    fls.  smoky   white, 
banded  with    green   and  marked 
with  dark  brown.  Sierra  Nevadas. 
B.M.  5862.    F.S.  20:2116. 

31.  Gunnisoni,  Wats.    Fig.  323. 
Much  like  C.  Nuttallii:   anthers 
acuminate  :    fls.  light  blue  or  al- 
most   white,    delicate    yellowish 
green  beloxtf  the  middle,  purple- 
banded  at  the  base,  and  bearing  a 
band  of  green  hairs  across  each 
petal.    Rocky  Mts.,  Wyo.  to  New 
Mexico. 

32.  macrocarpus,  Dougl.   St.  stiff,  the  cauline  Ivs.  3-5: 
fls.  1  or  2;  sepals  acuminate,  sometimes  spotted;  petals 
2  in.  or  less,  acute,  lilac  with  a  greenish  midvein,  some- 
what hairy.    B.R.  1152.   N.  Calif,  to  Wash,  and  Idaho.— 
This  fine  species  forms  a  group  by  itself.    It  has  a  very 
large  bulb,  a  stout  almost  leafless   stem,  and  a  large 
flower  of  an  exquisite  pale  lavender,  banded  down  the 
back  with  green.    Petals  long,  narrow  and  pointed. 

CARL  PURDY  and  L.  H.  B. 

CALODfiNDKUM  (Greek,  beautiful  tree).  Hutacece. 
One  of  the  handsomest  deciduous  trees  at  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope.  Cult,  in  northern  greenhouses,  and  out- 
doors in  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla.  Its  great  panicles  of  white 
or  flesh-colored  fls.  are  sometimes  7  in.  across  and  6  in. 
deep.  A  monotypic  genus.  It  is  a  symmetrical  tree, 
with  attractive,  evergreen  foliage,  and  many  interesting 
features.  Called  "Wild  Chestnut"  in  Africa.  Prop,  by 
cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass  in  heat. 

Cap6nsis,  Thunb.  CAPE  CHESTNUT.  Height  in  Africa, 
70  ft.:  branches  opposite,  orinS's:  Ivs.  simple,  decus- 
sate, ovate,  obtuse,  retuse  or  acute,  parallel-nerved,  4-5 
in.  long,  studded  with  oil  cysts,  which  look  like  translu- 
cent spots  when  held  to  the  light  :  panicles  terminal  ; 
peduncles  usually  trichotomous  :  calyx  deciduous  :  pet- 
als 5,  linear-oblong,  \%  in.  long,  2  lines  wide,  sprinkled 
with  purple  glands  :  stamens  10,  5  alternate,  sterile, 
and  petaloid  :  seeds  2  in  each  cell,  larger  than  a  hazel- 
nut,  black  and  shining.  G.C.  II,  19:  217. 

CALOPHACA  (Greek,  kalos,  beautiful,  and  phaka, 
lentil).  Leguminbsce.  Deciduous  shrubs  or  herbs,  with 
alternate,  odd-pinnate,  pubescent,  and  often  glandular 
Ivs.:  fls.  papilionaceous,  solitary  or  in  racemes:  pod 
pubescent  and  glandular,  cylindrical.  About  10  species 
from  S.  Russia  to  E.  India.  The  two  cultivated  species 
are  low,  prostrate  shrubs,  with  grayish  green  foiinge, 
and  rather  large  yellow  fls.  in  erect  racemes,  followed 
by  decorative,  reddish  pods.  They  prefer  a  well-drained 
soil  and  sunny  position,  and  are  well  adapted  for  bor- 
ders of  shrubberies  and  sandy  or  rocky  slopes.  Prop, 
by  seeds,  sown  in  spring  ;  the  young  seedlings  should 
have  plenty  of  light  and  air,  as  they  are  very  liable  to 


222 


CALOPHACA 


CALTHA 


damp-off  if  kept  too  moist  and  shady.  Sometimes  grafted 
high  on  Caragana  or  Laburnum,  forming  a  very  attrac- 
tive, small  standard  tree. 

Wolgarica,  Fisch.  Two-3  ft. :  pubescent  and  glandu- 
lar :  Ifts.  11-17,  roundish- ovate  or  oval,  %-%  in.  long  : 
racemes  long-peduncled,  with  4-7  fls.;  corolla  over  % 
in.  long.  June-July.  S.  Russia,  Turkestan.  —  C.  grandi- 
flora,  Regel,  is  similar,  but  Ifts.  17-25 :  racemes  10-16- 
fld.;  corolla  1  in.  long.  S.  Russia.  Gt.  35:  1231. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CALOPHtLLTJM  (Greek,  beautiful-leaved).  Gut- 
tlferacece.  Tropical  trees,  with  shining,  leathery,  ever- 
green penninerved  Ivs.  and  panicled  fls.  The  following 
is  cult,  outdoors  in  S.  Fla.  and  S.  Calif.,  and  possibly  in 
northern  warmhouses.  Prop,  by  cuttings. 

Inophyllum,  Linn.  Branches  terete  :  Ivs.  obovate, 
usually  marginate  :  fls.  white,  fragrant,  in  loose,  axil- 
lary racemes;  peduncles  1-fld.,  usually  opposite;  sepals 
4:  fr.  reddish,  as  large  as  a  walnut.  E.  Tropics.— Int. 
by  Reasoner,  1893.  Also  in  S.  Calif.  A  tall  tree,  with 
beautiful  glossy  Ivs.  and  white  fls.  Oil  is  extracted  from 
the  seeds.  Has  medicinal  properties. 

CALOPOGON  (Greek,  beautiful  beard).  Orchidacece. 
One  of  our  daintiest  native  orchids,  with  pink  fls.  an  in. 
across,  grass-like  Ivs.,  and  a  small  bulb.  The  lip  is  on 
the  upper  side  of  the  flower,  spreading,  distant  from 
the  column,  with  a  narrowed  base.  One  of  the  choicest 
hardy  bog  plants.  A  moist  and  shaded  position  and 
very  porous  soil  are  most  suitable  for  this  pretty  plant, 
though  I  have  seen  it  do  admirably  well  on  a  rockery 
only  slightly  shaded  at  midday,  but  here  the  plants  were 
watered  very  freely  every  day  during  hot  or  dry  weather. 
Prop,  by  offsets,  separated  from  the  old  tubers,  but  the 
old  established  plants  should  not  be  disturbed  very 
often.  Collected  clumps  of  all  our  native  orchids  are 
offered  at  very  reasonable  figures,  and  these  give  imme- 
diate satisfactory  results,  while  the  small  offsets  would 
not  be  strong  enough  to  flower  for  several  years,  and 
require  much  attention  during  the  first  year,  or  perhaps 
longer. 

pulch611us,  R.  Br.  Height  12-18  in. :  scape  2-6-fld. : 
fls.  pink,  magenta,  or  purple  :  lip  bearded  with  white, 
yellow,  and  purple  club-shaped  hairs.  Bogs,  Newf.  to 
Fla. ,  west  to  Minn,  and  Mo.  G. W.  F.  14.  G.  F.  10 :  505. 
J.  H.  III.  35:  45.  B.M.  116,  as  Limodorum  tuberosum.— 
Eleven  fls.  on  a  scape  is  the  average  number  in  Penn- 
sylvamabogs.  J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

CALOTHAMNUS  (Greek,  beautiful  bush).  Myr- 
tdcece.  Australian  shrubs  somewhat  similar  to  Calliste- 
mon  but  more  graceful  in  habit  :  Ivs.  long,  alternate  : 
fls.  showy,  usually  red,  in  lateral  clusters  :  stamens 
united  in  bundles  opposite  the  petals  ;  anthers  erect, 
attached  by  the  base,  oblong  or  linear  ;  cells  parallel, 
turned  inwards,  opening  by  longitudinal  slits.  Orna- 
mental greenhouse  shrubs.  Hardy  out  of  doors  in  Cali- 
fornia. For  cult.,  see  Callistemon. 

quadrifidus,  R.Br.  Height  2-4  ft. :  Ivs.  narrow,  terete 
or  slightly  flattened,  heath-like,  glandular-dotted:  fls. 
rich  crimson,  4-merous  ;  calyx  2-lobed  in  fruit ;  stami- 
nal  bundles  nearly  equal,  of  15  to  20  or  more  filaments. 
W.  Austral.  B.M.  1506.  j.  BuRTT  DAVY> 

CALPtfRNIA  (after  Calpurnius,  an  imitator  of  Virgil, 
because  these  plants  are  allied  to  Virgilia).  Legumi- 
ndsoe.  Trees  and  shrubs  from  tropical  and  southern 
Afr.  cult,  out  of  doors  in  S.  Calif.  Lvs.  odd-pinnate  ; 
racemes  long,  axillary  and  terminal  :  fls.  yellow. 

sylvatica,  E.  Mey.  Shrub,  6-10  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  2-6  in. 
long:  Ifts.  in  3-10  pairs,  membranous,  obovate-elliptical, 
retuse  or  obtuse  :  fls.  %  in.  long  :  ovary  glabrous. 
Caffraria.— Also  rarely  cult,  north  as  a  greenhouse 
shrub. 

lasidgyne,  E.  Mey.  ( C.  aurea,  Benth. ) .  A  taller  shrub, 
with  larger  Ivs.  and  fls.,  more  coriaceous,  more  pubes- 
cent, and  exactly  elliptical  or  oblong  leaflets.  The  silky 
ovary  at  once  distinguishes  it.  Natal. 


CALTHA  (Latin  name  of  the  Marigold).  Sanuncu- 
laceve.  A  genus  of  beautiful  marsh  plants,  about  10> 
species,  of  temperate  and  frigid  regions.  Succulent, 
perennial  herbs,  glabrous,  with  a  fascicle  of  strong, 
fibrous  roots  :  Ivs.  simple,  rather  rounded-cordate  at 
base  :  fls.  yellow,  white  or  pink  ;  sepals  large,  decid- 
uous, petal-like  ;  petals  none  ;  stamens  numerous,  car- 
pels sessile,  becoming  follicles,  with  two  rows  of 
seeds.  They  flourish  best  in  wet  places  near  running 
water.  Though  naturally  bog  plants,  they  succeed  ad- 
mirably well  in  an  ordinary  border  in  rather  rich  soil. 
They  should  be  introduced  more  liberally  into  the  flower 
garden,  where  they  flower  very  freely  year  after  year, 
and  generally  mature  a  second  quite  abundant  crop  of 
bloom  in  the  fall.  The  flowers  last  a  long  time  in  water, 
and  sell  readily  in  the  cut-flower  market.  Monogr.  by 
G.  Beck,  in  Kaiserlich-Konigliche  Zool.-Bot.  Gesell- 
schaft  (Vienna,  1886 ),  36 :  347-363  ;  E.  Huth,  Monogr. 
in  Helios  9 :  69-74. 

biflora,  DC.  No  true  stem  ;  scape  slender,  usually 
2-fld. :  Ivs.  as  in  C.  palustris  :  sepals  6-9,  nearly  white 
or  sometimes  bluish  :  follicles  at  maturity  distinctly 
stalked.  Spring.  Calif .  to  Alaska.  Int.  1881.  , 

Ieptos6pala,  DC.  Stout  scape,  8-12  in.:  Ivs.  all  basal 
or  barely  one  on  stem  ;  nerves  at  base  nearly  parallel, 
otherwise  like  those  of  C.  biflora  :  sepals  7-10,  oblong, 
becoming  narrower,  white;  fls.  solitary:  follicles 
scarcely  stalked.  May-June.  Alaska  to  Wash,  and  Colo. 
Gn.  30 :  565. 

palustris,  Linn.  MARSH  MARIGOLD.  Stem  hollow,  1-2 
ft.,  branching,  several-fid. :  Ivs.  cordate  or  reniform,  den- 


324.  Calycanthus  floridus. 


tate,  crenate  or  entire  :  fls.  bright  yellow,  1-2  in.  broad; 
sepals  5  or  6,  rarely  7:  follicles  compressed,  %  in.  long. 
Apr.-June.  Wet  ground.  Carolina  to  Canada  and  west- 
ward. Gt.  47,  p.  630.  D.  115,  pi.  35. -Used  before  flow- 
ering in  the  spring  as  "Cowslip  greens."  Var.  moD- 


CALTHA 


CALYPTROGYNE 


223 


strdsa-pleno,  Hort.  (var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.).  An  im- 
provement on  the  above  :  fls.  larger,  of  greater  sub- 
stance, and  often  much  doubled.  Very  beautiful. 

K.  C.  DAVIS  and  J.  B.  KELLER. 
CALTEOPS.    Trapa. 

CALYCANTHUS  (Kalyx  and  nnthos,  flower;  the  calyx 
is  large  and  conspicuous).  Calycanthacece.  CAROLINA 
ALLSPICE.  SWEET-SCENTED  SHRUB.  Deciduous  shrubs 
of  aromatic  fragrance  :  Ivs.  opposite,  petioled,  entire, 
usually  rough  above  :  fls.  terminal  or  axillary,  solitary, 
rather  large,  with  numerous  sepals  and  no  distinct  petals ; 
stamens  5-23 :  fr.  capsule-like,  but  not  dehiscent,  like  the 
rose-hip,  formed  by  the  calyx  tube  and  containing  nu- 
merous akenes.  Six  species  in  N.  America  and  E.  Asia. 
Ornamental  shrubs,  with  rather  large,  handsome  foliage 
and  mostly  sweet-scented  fls.;  they  are  almost  hardy 
north,  except  C.  occidentalis  and  C.prcecox.  They  grow 
in  almost  any  well  drained  and  somewhat  rich  soil,  and 
succeed  as  well  in  shady  as  in  sunny  positions.  Prop,  by 
seeds  sown  in  spring;  also,  increased  by  layers  put  down 
in  summer,  and  by  suckers  or  division  of  older  plants. 

A.  Winter-buds  without  scales,  very  small:  fls.  brown, 
in  summer. 

B.  Lvs.  densely  pubescent  beneath. 

!16ridus,  Linn.  Fig.  324.  Three-6  ft. :  Ivs.  oval  or 
broad-ovate,  acuminate,  dark  green  above,  pale  or  grayish 
green  beneath,  l%-3  in.  long  :  fls.  dark  reddish  brown, 
fragrant,  about  2  in.  broad.  Va.  to  Fla.  B.M.  503.  — This 
species  is  the  most  cultivated  for  its  very  fragrant  fls. 

BB.  Lvs.  glabrous  beneath  or  nearly  so:  fls.  slightly 
or  not  fragrant. 

fertilis,  Walt.  ( C.  ferox,  Michx.  C.  Icevigatus,  Willd.). 
Three-6  ft. :  Ivs.  usually  elliptic  or  oblong,  acute  or  acu- 
minate, green  beneath,  2-5Kin.  long:  fls.  reddish  brown, 
l^in.  broad.  Alleghanies.  B.R.  6:481. 

glaucus,  Willd.  Fig.  325.  Four-6  ft. :  Ivs.  usually  ovate 
or  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  glaucous  beneath,  2-4%in. 
long:  fls.  reddish  or  yellowish  brown,  l%in.  broad.  Va. 
to  Ga.  B.R.  5:  404.  — Var.  oblongifdlius,  Nutt.,  with 
oblong-lanceolate  Ivs. 

occidentalis,  Hook.  &  Am.  (C.  macrophyllus ,  Hort.). 
To  12  ft. :  Ivs.  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  or  ob- 
long-ovate, green  beneath  and  sometimes  slightly  pubes- 
cent, 4-6  in.  long  :  fls.  light  brown,  3  in.  broad.  Calif. 
B.M.  4808.  F.S.  11:1113.  R.H.  1854:  341. 


7:617.  G.C.  III.  11 :  213.  -  Desirable  for  temperate  regions 
for  its  very  early,  sweet-scented  fls. 

The  newly  introduced  C.  nitens,  Oliv.,  from  China, 
allied  to  C.  prcecox,  has  the  Ivs.  coriaceous,  long-acumi- 
nate, shining  and  smooth  above.  ALFRED  REHDER. 


AA.  Winter-buds  with  scales:  fls.  before  the  Ivs.,  axil- 
lary, with  5  fertile  stamens.    (Chimonanthus .) 
praecox,  Linn.  (Chimonanthus  fragrans,  Lindl.).  Lvs. 
elliptic-ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  green  and 
glabrous  beneath,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  very  fragrant,  1-1% in. 
broad,  outer  sepals  yellow,  inner  ones  striped  purplish 
brown.    China,  Japan.     B.M.  466.     B.R.  6:451.    L.B.C. 


wee 


326.   Calypso  borealis. 


CALYCOTOME  (Kalyx,  and  tome,  a  section  or  cut ; 
calyx  looks  as  if  cut  off ) .  Leguminbsw.  Low,  spiny, 
divaricate  shrubs :  Ivs. 3-foliolate,  deciduous:  fls.  papilio- 
naceous, yellow,  fascicled  or  in  short  racemes  ;  calyx 
truncate,  obscurely  denticulate.  Four  species  in  the 
Mediterranean  region,  of  which  two  are  sometimes  culti- 
vated ;  not  hardy  north.  They  prefer  a  sunny  position 
and  well  drained  soil.  For  prop.,  see  Cytisus. 

villosa,  Link.  Two-4  ft. :  branchlets  grayish  tomen- 
tose:  leaflets  obovate,  densely  silky  beneath,  under  >ain. 
long  :  fls.  %in.  long,  3  or  more,  fascicled  :  pod  villous. 
May,  June.  — It  is  excellent  for  dense,  low  hedges. 

spinosa,  Link.  Closely  allied,  but  somewhat  larger 
in  every  part,  and  with  glabrous  branchlets  and  pods  : 
fls.  solitary  or  few.  B.R.  32:  55.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CALYPSO  (from  the  Greek  goddess,  whose  name  sig- 
nifies concealment ;  referring  to  its  rarity  and  beauty). 
Orchidacece.  One  of  our  rarest  and  most  prized  native 
orchids,  a  delicate  bog-plant,  3-4  in.  high,  with  a  small 
bulb,  one  roundish  or  ovate,  striated  leaf,  and  one  pink 
flower  with  a  spotted  sac.  A  monotypic  genus.  For 
culture,  see  Calopogon;  but  more  difficult  to  grow  than 
that  plant. 

borealis,*_Salisb.  Fig. '326.  Leaf  an  inch  wide  and 
long  :  scape  3-4  in.  high,  with  about  3  sheaths  :  sepals 
and  petals  similar,  ascending,  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
pink  :  lip  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  fl.,  with  brown 
spots  in  lines  and  purple  and  yellow  markings,  woolly- 
hairy  within  :  column  petal-like,  ovate,  bearing  the  lid- 
like  anther  just  below  the  apex.  Maine  to  Minn,  and  N. ; 
also  Eu.  Abundant  in  parts  of  Oregon  and  Washing- 
ton. B.M.  2763. 

CALYPTROGYNE  (Greek-made  name).  Palmacece, 
tribe  Arecece.  Spineless  stoloniferous  palms,  with  short 
orlongcaudices,  ringed  below:  Ivs.  terminal,  unequally 
pinnatisect  :  segments  a  few  joined  together,  narrow  or 
broad,  falcate,  very  long-acuminate,  plicate  ;  margin 


224 


CALYPTROGYNE 


CAMBIUM 


recurved  at  the  base  ;  nerves  numerous  :  petiole  very 
short  :  sheath  short,  open;  spadices  simple  or  branched 
at  the  base,  long-pedunculate  ;  spathes  2,  narrow,  the 
lower  much  shorter  than  the  peduncle,  split  at  the  apex, 
the  upper  deciduous,  elongated,  split  its  entire  length  ; 
bracts  connate,  bordering  the  lower  lip  of  the  flower- 
bearing  cavity  ;  bractlets  minute  :  fr.  small,  oblong  or 
obovoid.  Species  8.  Trop.  Amer. 

(iniesbrechtiana,  H.  Wendl.  (Geonoma  Ghiesbreghti- 
ana,  Lindl.  &  H.  Wendl.).  Stem  short  or  almost  none  : 
petiole  5  ft.  long  :  Ivs.  elongate-oval  ;  segments  in  6 
pairs,  unequal,  almost  opposite,  rather  remote,  lanceo- 
late, very  long-acuminate,  falcate,  the  two  uppermost 
on  each  side  very  wide.  Chiapas,  Mex. 

C.  spicigera,'H.  Wendl.  Stem  evident:  Ivs.  irregularly  pin- 
nate, 3  ft.  or  less  long,  the  stalks  flat  on  upper  side.  Guate- 
mala.—C.  Swdrtzii,  Hort.,  is  a  Geonoma. 

Calyptrogynes  are  handsome  palms,  seldom  seen  out- 
side of  large  collections.  Special  care  must  be  given  to 
the  soil  so  that  it  will  be  sweet  and  porous,  especially 
after  the  plants  leave  the  seed-pan.  Well-drained  pots 
and  a  little  charcoal  mixed  wifti  the  soil,  and  the  plants 
kept  in  a  uniformly  moist  state,  are  conditions  essential 
to  the  healthy  growth  of  the  plants. 

In  this  genus,  C.  Ghiesbrechtiana  is  the  most  widely 
known  species,  another  garden  name  for  which  is 
Geonoma  Verschaffelti.  These  are  shade-loving  palms, 
having  leaves  of  comparatively  thin  texture,  and  con- 
sequently are  subject  to  attacks  of  red  spider  unless 
properly  cared  for  in  regard  to  moisture.  Calyptrogynes 
are  most  useful  in  a  small  state,  old  plants  in  general 
being  rather  leggy  and  poorly  furnished. 

JARED  G.  SMITH,  G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

CALYST£GIA.  see  Convolvulus. 

CALYX.    The  outer  floral  envelope.    See  Flower. 


327.   Camassia  esculenta. 


CAMASSIA  (Quamash  or  Camass  is  the  Indian  name). 
Lilidcece.  Fls.  blue,  purple,  or  whitish,  with  6  spread- 
ing, 3-7-nerved  sepals,  and  6  filiform  stamens,  filiform 
style,  and  3-angled,  3-valved,  several-seeded  capsule. 


The  Camassias  are  bulbous  plants,  found  only  in  the 
temperate  regions  of  N.  Amer.,  and  closely  allied  to 
Scilla.  Bulb,  as  in  Scilla  ;  the  many  lance-shaped  Ivs. 
sheathing  at  base  :  st.  erect,  many-fld.,  bracted  below 
each  flower,  and  flowering  in  long  succession  from  the 
bottom.  The  genus  has  not  been  carefully  studied,  and 
many  forms  are  confused  under  the  same  names. 
Monogr.  by  J.  G.  Baker,  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  13:256;  S. 
Watson,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  14:240.  On 
questions  of  nomenclature,  consult  Coville,  Proc.  Biol. 
Soc.  Wash.  11:  61. 

Camassias  are  natives  of  rich  meadows,  very  wet  in 
winter  and  spring  but  dry  in  summer.  They  do  well  in 
any  good  loam,  avoiding  too  rank  manures.  They  are 
perfectly  hardy.  Bulbs  should  be  set  in  e?,rly  fall,  at  a 
depth  of  4-6  inches,  and  left  undisturbed.  As  cut-flowers, 
they  open  in  long  succession.  The  bulbs  produce  off- 
sets very  sparingly.  Seeds  grow  readily,  and  seedlings 
bloom  in  three  to  four  years. 

A.    Plant  2  ft.  or  more  high,  robust:   fls.  very  many 
(30  or  more). 

Cusickii,  Wats.  Bulb  very  large  (weighing  4-8  oz.): 
Ivs.  numerous,  broad,  glaucous,  somewhat  undulate  (15 
in.  long,  often  1%  in.  wide) :  st.  often  3  ft.  high  :  fls. 
30-100,  very  pale,  delicate  blue  ;  segments  spreading, 
crinkled  at  the  base,  faintly  3-5-nerved.  Ore.  G.F.  1:174. 

—  One  of  the  best  of  the  genus.    Differs  from  C.  escu- 
lenta in  its  larger  bulb,  more  numerous  Ivs.  and  stouter 
and  more  clustered  habit.    Grows  on  drier  land.    Hardy 
in  New  Eng.,  and  grows  well  in  good  garden  soil. 

AA.    Plant  usually  less  than  2  ft.  high,  with  shorter 
spikes  :  fls.  fewer. 

escu!6nta,  Lindl.  CAMASS.  Fig.  327.  Not  very  stout, 
1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  %in.  or  less  broad  :  fls.  10-40,  dark  blue  or 
purple,  the  perianth  irregular  (5  segments  on  one  side 
and  1  on  the  other,  and  deflexed) ;  segments  3-5-nerved 
and  a  little  longer  than  the  stamens,  narrow  and  chan- 
neled at  the  base  :  pedicel  not  exceeding  the  fls. :  cap- 
sule ovate  to  oblong,  obtuse,  transversely  veined.  Calif, 
to  Utah  and  N.  B.R.  18:1486.  F.S.3:275.  Gn.  46,  p.  339, 
983. -Bulb  cooked  and  eaten  by  the  Indians.  The  fls. 
vary  to  white. 

Leicatlinii,  Wats.  Stout,  often  3  ft, high:  fls.  cream- 
colored,  ranging  to  white,  nearly  regular,  the  stamens 
and  style  ascending;  segments  broad  and  flattened  at  the 
base,  usually  5-7-nerved  :  capsule  oblong-ovate,  emar- 
ginate,  obliquely  veined.  Mts.,  Calif.,  N.  B.M.  6287, 
as  C.  esculenta,  var.  Leichtlinii,  Baker.  —  Purple-fld. 
Camassias  are  sometimes  referred  to  this  species,  but 
it  is  doubtful  if  they  belong  with  it. 

Hdwellii,  Wats.  Bulb  rather  small  :  Ivs.  few,  1  ft. 
long  and  less  than  %in.  wide  :  st.  often  2  ft.  high,  many- 
fld.,  with  spreading  pedicels  twice  or  more  longer  than 
the  linear  bracts  :  fls.  pale  purple,  opening  in  the  after- 
noon, the  segments  Kin.  long,  3-5-nerved  :  capsule 
small,  broadly  triangular-ovate  and  very  obtuse.  Ore. 

—  Int.  1892  by  Pilkington  &  Co. 

Fraseri,  Torr.  Scape  12-18  in.  high  :  Ivs.  keeled  :  fls. 
light  blue,  smaller  than  in  C.  esculenta  ;  segments  3- 
nerved  :  pedicels  mostly  longer  than  the  fls.  Penn., 
W.  and  S.  B.M.  1574,  as  Scilla  esculenta. 

Var.  angusta,  Torr.  (C.  angusta,  Hort.).  Very  slen- 
der, and  Ivs.  narrower  (%in.  wide):  fls.  smaller,  %  or 
%in.  long.  La.  and  Ark.  to  Tex. 

L.  H.  B.  and  CARL  PURDY. 

CAMBIUM  is  a  nascent  layer  of  tissue  between  the 
wood  and  bark  of  trees  and  shrubs.  From  it  is  developed 
secondary  wood  and  bast.  The  thickening  of  stems  and 
roots  is  mainly  due  to  activity  of  the  cambium.  It  is 
most  evident  in  June  and  July,  when  tissues  are  rapidly 
forming.  Woodsmen  take  advantage  of  this  to  peel  bark. 
Boys  also  take  advantage  of  the  readiness  with  which 
bark  and  wood  separate  at  the  cambium  to  make  whistles 
of  basswood  or  willow.  Trees  are  more  easily  bruised  at 
this  time  in  the  year  than  at  any  other.  The  cambium 
plays  an  important  part  in  the  healing  of  wounds  upon 
stems.  It  is  the  union  of  the  cambium  layers  of  cion  and 
stock  that  makes  grafting  possible.  ^y.  \\r  ROWLEE. 


CAMELLIA 


CAMELLIA 


225 


CAMELLIA  (after  George  Joseph  Kamel  or  Camellus, 
a  Moravian  Jesuit,who  traveled  in  Asia  in  the  seventeenth 
century).  Ternttrami&ceat.  Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs: 
Ivs.  alternate,  short-petioled,  serrate:  Ms.  large,  axillary 
or  terminal,  usually  solitary,  white  or  red  ;  sepals  and 
petals  5  or  more :  stamens  numerous,  connate  at  the  base : 

fr.  a  3-5-celled,dHiis- 
cent  capsule,  with 
large,  globular  or 
ovoid  seeds.  About 
10  species  in  trop.and 
subtrop.  Asia,  di- 
vided into  the  sub- 
genera  JSucamellia 
and  Thea,  considered 
by  some  to  be  distinct 
genera,  by  some  all 
united  under  Thea. 
The  species  of  Eu- 


328.   Camellia 

Japonica  — 
Abby  Wilder 


camellia,    especially    C. 
Japonica,    are     popular 
decorative  shrubs,  with 
very  showy  fls.  About  50 
years  ago  one  of  the  most 
appreciated    greenhouse    329-   Camellia 
shrubs,  and  several  hun-      Japonica  — 
dred  varieties  were  culti-          Lucida. 
vated.      Of    the    second 
subgenus,    C.    Thea     is 
cultivated  in  nearly  all  subtropical  coun- 
tries and  in  the  mountainous  regions  of 
the  tropics  for  its  leaves,  which  yield  the 
well-known  tea,  and  are  an  article  of  great 
commercial  importance.    There  is  a  mono- 
graph of  this  genus  by  Seemann  in  Trans. 
Linn.   Soc.  XXII.  p.  337-352.    Illustrated 
monographs  of  the  horticultural  varieties 
are :  Curtis,  Monogr.  of  the  genus  Camellia 
(1819);    Baumann,  Bollweiler   Camellien- 
sammlung    (1828);    Chandler,    Camellieae 
( 1831 ) ;  Berlese,  Monogr.du  genre  Camellia 
a  (1839);     Verschaffelt,    Nouvelle    Mono- 
graphic du  Camellia  (1848-60):    the  last 
with  576  and  the  foregoing  with  300  colored 
plates. 

A.  Fls.  sessile,  erect,  terminal  and  axil- 
lary; calyx-lobes  deciduous.  Camel- 
lia proper. 

Jap6nica,  Linn.  Figs.  328-331.  Shrub 
or  tree,  sometimes  to  40  ft.,  glabrous: 
Ivs.  very  shining  and  dark  green  above, 
ovate  or  elliptic,  acuminate,  sharply  serrate,  2-4  in.  long: 
fls.  red  in  the  type,  3-5  in.  across  ;  petals  5-7,  round- 
ish. China,  Japan.  B.M.  42.  S.Z.  82.  F.S.  20:  2121.- 
Var.  alba,  Lodd.  Fls.  white.  L.B.C.  7:636.  Gn.  54,  p. 
243.  Var.  alba  plena,  Lodd.  Fls.  white,  double.  L.B.C. 
3:  2ii<).  Var.  anemonifldra,  Curtis.  Fls.  red,  with  5  large 
petals,  the  stamens  changed  into  numerous  smaller  and 
narrow  petals;  the  whole  fl.  resembling  that  of  a  double 
Anemone.  L.B.C.  537.  B.M.  1654.  For  the  numerous 
other  garden  forms,  see  the  above  mentioned  mono- 
graphs ;  also,  Flore  des  Serres,  L'lllustration  Horticole, 
and  other  older  horticultural  publications  contain  a 
large  number  of  varieties  with  illustrations. 

reticulata,  Lindl.  Large  shrub,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  dull 
green,  not  shining  above,  reticulate,  flat,  elliptic-oblong, 
acuminate,  serrate,  3-5  in.  long  :  fls.  5-7  in.  across,  pur- 
plish rose;  petals  15-20,  obovate,  loosely  arranged.  China. 
B.R.  13:1078.  B.M.  2784.  P.M.  3: 101. -Var.  plena, 
Hort.  Fls.  with  twice  as  many  petals,  and  more  regularly 
arranged.  B.M.  4976.  F.S.  12:1279-80. 

Sasanqua,  Thunb.  Shrub  of  loose,  straggling  habit, 
with  the  branches  pubescent  when  young  :  Ivs.  elliptic, 

15 


bluntly  pointed  at  the  apex,  crenate-serrate,  shining, 
dark  green  and  hairy  on  the  midrib  above,  l%-3  in.  long: 
fls.  l%-2  in.  across,  white  ;  petals  5  or  more,  obovate  or 
oblong.  China,  Japan.  Gn.  54:1189.  S.Z. ,83  (except  the 
red  vars.).  — Var.  semiplena,  Hort.  Fls.  semidouble, 
white.  B.R.  1:12  and  13:1091.  Var.  anemonifldra,  Seem. 
Fls.  large,  double,  outer  petals  white,  inner  ones  much 
smaller,  yellow.  B.M.  5152.  Var.  oleifera,  Rehd.  ( C.  oleif- 
era,  Lindl.).  Of  more  robust  habit,  with  Ivs.  and  the 
single  white  fls.  larger  than  in  the  type.  B.R.  11:  942. 
L.B.C.  11:1065. 

AA.  fls.  pedicel  led,  nodding,  mostly  axillary:  calyx- 
teeth  persistent.    Thea. 

Thea,  Link.  (C.  theifera,  Griff.  Thea  Sinensis,  Linn.). 
TEA.  Shrub,  sometimes  tree,  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic-lance- 
olate or  obovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate,  glabrous, 
sometimes  pubescent  beneath  :  fl.  white,  fragrant,  1— 
l^in.  broad;  petals  5.  China,  India.  — Usually  two  varie- 
ties are  distinguished:  Var.  Bohda  (Thea  Bohea,  Linn.). 
Lvs.  elliptic,  dark  green,  to  3  in.  long:  branches  erect. 
B.M.  998.  L.B.C.  3:  226.  Var.  viridis  (Thea  viridis, 
Linn.).  Lvs.  pale  green,  lanceolate,  to  5  in.  long: 
branches  spreading.  B.M.  3148.  L.B.C.  3:227  and  19: 
1828.  The  black  tea,  however,  and  green  tea  of  commerce 
do  not  come  from  certain  varieties,  but  are  the  result 
of  different  treatment  of  the  leaves  after  gathering. 

C.  axilldris,  Roxb.=  Grordonia  anomala.—  C.  drupifera,  Lour. 
(C.  Kissi,  Wall. ) .  Shrub  to  8  ft.  -.  Ivs.  elliptic,  long  acuminate: 
fls.  l%in.  wide,  fragrant,  white:  petals  obovate.  Himal.,  India. 
L.B.C.  19:1815.—  C.  euryoides,  Lindl.  (Thea  euryoides,  Booth). 
Shrub  to  4  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  silky  beneath  :  fls.  white, 
nodding,  axillary,  rather  small.  B.R.  12:983.  L.B.C.  15:1493.— 
C.  euryoides,  Hort.=  C.  rosiflora,  var.  maliflora.—  C.  rosiflbra. 
Hook.  (C.  Sasanqua,  fl.  rubro,  Sims).  Shrub:  Ivs.  ovate,  acumi- 
nate :  fls.  pink  ;  petals  5,  obcordate  :  ovary  glabrous.  China. 
B.M.  5U44.  Var.  maliflora,  Rehd.  (C.  maliflora,  Lindl.).  Fls. 

double,  pink.    B.R. 

7:547.      L.B.C.  12: 

1134.   B.M.  2080. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

Camellias  are 
not  hard  to  grow, 
either  the  well- 
known  C.  Japon- 
ica or  the  less 
common  C.  Sa- 
sanqua, and  C. 
Thea,  the  Tea 
Plant.  They  re- 
quire a  coolhouse, 
not  too  dry  an 
atmosphere,  and 


Camellia 
Japonica  — 
H.  A.  Downing 


must  never  suffer 
from  dryness  at  the 
roots  ;  a  somewhat 
shady  position  is 
helpful,  and  good 
ventilation  is  essen- 
tial. A  night  tem- 
perature of  45°-50° 
F.  is  best  for  them 
while  at  rest ;  this 
is  also  the  time  of 
blooming,  but  it 
may  be  increased 
during  the  period 
of  growth ;  the  day 
temperature  should  be  from  60°-70°  F.  The  soil  for  es- 
tablished plants  should  be  made  mainly  of  well- rotted 
sods,  to  which  should  be  added  some  leaf-mold,  rotted 
cow-manure,  and  enough  sand  to  insure  good  drain- 
age ;  sod  and  leaf -mold  should  be  unsifted.  For  young 
plants,  the  Dutch  growers  use  a  rather  fine  soil  of 
peat,  leaf -mold  and  sand  ;  the  Japanese  gardeners  use 


331.   Camellia 

Japonica  — 
President  Clark. 


226 


CAMELLIA 


CAMPANULA 


a  heavier  soil,  apparently  containing  some  clay.  The 
pots  and  tubs  should  be  well  drained  with  potsherds  and 
charcoal,  the  drainage  being  protected  by  sphagnum  to 
insure  durability,  the  older  plants  not  requiring  frequent 
shifts.  Potting  should  be  done  just  before  new  growth 
starts,  when  the  flowering  is  about  over;  the  exact  time 
can  be  determined  by  noting  the  beginning  of  the  root 
growth,  which  generally  precedes  the  expanding  of  the 
leaf -buds.  The  soil  should  be  moist,  not  wet,  and  made 
firm.  Large  shifts  should  be  avoided;  in  many  cases,  by 
renewing  the  drainage  and  removing  the  surface  soil,  a 
larger  pot  will  be  found  unnecessary.  After  potting,  the 
temperature  may  be  increased,  and  the  plants  should  be 
kept  close  until  a  new  growth  is  established. 

When  the  weather  in  May  becomes  settled,  they  should 
be  placed  in  summer  quarters.  This  may  be  a  cool  green- 
house, well  shaded,  or,  preferably,  a  position  in  the  open 
air,  protected  from  sun  and  wind.  Lath  screens  may  be 
employed,  or  the  shade  of  trees  or  fences.  In  any  case 
there  must  be  plenty  of  light  and  air.  Great  care  must 
always  be  given  to  watering,  but  especially  at  this  time, 
while  they  are  making  and  ripening  their  growth  ;  the 
dropping  of  flower  buds  in  November  is  often  the  result 
of  careless  watering  in  summer.  Plenty  of  water  must 
be  given  to  the  roots,  never  in  driblets,  and  the  foliage 
should  be  syringed  night  and  morning  in  dry  weather. 
The  forcible  application  of  water  in  the  form  of  spray  not 
only  keeps  the  plant  in  good  condition,  but  checks  mealy- 
bug and  red-spider.  In  September  they  should  be  put  in 
the  cool  end  of  the  coolhouse,  or  they  can  be  stored  in  a 
pit  and  brought  in  later.  The  Camellia  is  nearly  hardy, 
but  should  not  be  exposed  to  actual  frost.  Large  speci- 
mens can  be  planted  out  in  a  coolhouse  or  winter  gar- 
den. They  thrive  wonderfully  in  the  evenly  moist  soil 
of  such  a  position,  and  give  an  abundant  bloom  at  Christ- 
mas and  New  Year,  when  flowers  are  scarce;  the  foliage, 
too,  can  be  freely  cut,  since  growth  under  these  condi- 
tions is  so  much  improved. 

Propagation  is  now  effected  by  cuttings  and  grafts. 
Formerly  inarching  and  even  layering  were  employed. 
Cuttings  should  be  made,  November  to  January,  from 
wood  of  the  previous  season's  growth,  from  l%-2  or  2% 
inches  long,  each  having  from  1-3  eyes ;  in  single-eye 
cuttings  the  leaf  is  left  entire,  in  others  1  or  2  leaves  are 
removed.  Plant  firmly  in  sharp  sand,  keeping  them  cool, 
well  watered  and  carefully  shaded  for  the  first  few  weeks. 
Sometimes  they  will  be  sufficiently  rooted  in  June  for 
potting  in  thumbs,  but  at  others  they  will  not  be  ready 
until  October.  Shift  on  the  young  plants  as  their  growth 
requires,  never  giving  them  too  large  pots ;  they  make  a 
surprisingly  good  growth  when  once  established.  Flower 
buds  should  be  picked  from  young  stock  ;  sometimes 
there  is  trouble  from  blind  eyes,  but  a  new  bud  will 
eventually  form.  Grafting  is  done  in  November,  Decem- 
ber and  January,  using  the  improved  veneer  graft ;  a 
close  frame  is  not  necessary,  but  is  often  used,  in  which 
case  great  care  must  be  given  to  watering  and  ventila- 
tion. If  raffia  is  used  for  tying,  it  should  be  smeared 
with  grafting  wax  to  prevent  decay;  the  process  of  unit- 
ing is  lengthy.  Stock  can  be  obtained  from  seed  or  by 
cuttings  of  easily  rooted  varieties.  Mealy-bug  and  red- 
spider  can  be  avoided  by  proper  syringing  ;  thrips  and 
aphis  are  kept  down  by  tobacco  fumigation ;  scale  must 
be  checked  by  washing  and  spraying;  a  troublesome  leaf- 
eating  insect  is  only  removed  by  hand  picking. 

Consult  Practical  Camellia  Culture,  by  Robert  Halli- 
day,  Baltimore,  1880.  Illus.  The  only  other  American 
book  on  Camellias  is  an  American  edition  of  The  Abbe 
Berlese's  Monography  of  the  Genus  Camellia,  by  Gen. 
Dearborn;  Boston,  1838.  For  a  list  of  varieties,  see  also 
Nouvelle  Iconographie  des  Camellias,  Amb.  Verschaffelt 
Fils;  Ghent,  1856-60.  Illus.  B.  M.  WATSON. 

Camellias  are  general  favorites  with  most  people,  and, 
when  well-grown,  have  few  equals  among  hardwooded, 
cool,  greenhouse  plants.  They  may  be  propagated  by 
seeds,  cuttings,  layering,  grafting  or  inarching  ;  the 
two  latter  methods  are  best  for  the  double  forms,  as 
they  succeed  better  when  grafted  or  inarched  on  the 
single  forms  than  on  their  own  roots,  the  operation  be- 
ing performed  immediately  after  the  flowering  season, 
or  just  as  soon  as  new  growth  is  about  to  commence, 
and  the  method  known  as  "  side-grafting  "  is  best  if  this 
means  of  propagation  is  used.  The  single  species  are 


best  propagated  by  seeds,  if  these  can  be  obtained  fresh. 
They  should  be  sown  in  early  spring,  in  4-inch  pots, 
containing  a  mixture  of  peat,  leaf -mold  and  sand,  in 
equal  proportions.  The  pots  should  be  placed  in  a 
warm  temperature,  where  they  will  usually  germinate 
in  from  4  to  6  weeks.  If  propagated  by  cuttings,  the 
half -ripened  wood  should  be  chosen,  and  the  cuttings 
inserted  around  the  edge  of  4-inch  pots  containing  a 
sandy,  peaty  mixture,  pressed  very  firm.  The  pots 
should  be  placed  in  a  shaded,  close  position,  where  an 
even  temperature  of  about  60°  can  be  maintained.  The 
pots  plunged  in  a  half-spent  hotbed  would  be  an  ideal 
place.  If  carefully  attended  to,  they  should  be  rooted 
in  about  two  months,  after  which  they  should  be  potted 
singly,  in  small  pots,  and  grown  on  as  rapidly  as  possi- 
ble. When  of  suitable  height,  stopping  should  be  at- 
tended to,  to  induce  a  bushy  habit.  As  the  plants  in- 
crease in  size,  a  slightly  heavier  soil  should  be  used 
when  potting,  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  loam,  leaf -mold 
and  fibrous  peat  being  most  suitable.  Camellias  re- 
quire at  all  seasons  a  good  supply  of  water  at  the  roots, 
and  during  the  flowering  season  they  should  have  an 
abundance.  If  allowed  to  become  dry,  the  flower  buds 
will  fall  off.  They  also  require  to  be  shaded  from  direct 
sunlight  during  the  spring  and  summer  months.  A 
lean-to  greenhouse,  with  a  north  aspect,  is  an  ideal  one 
in  which  to  grow  Camellias.  In  such  a  house  they  might 
be  planted  out,  providing  an  abundance  of  air  could  be 
given  during  the  summer ;  they  make  much  larger 
plants  and  flower  more  freely  when  planted  out  than 
when  grown  in  pots  or  tubs.  The  flowering  season  is 
usually  from  the  beginning  of  February  to  the  middle 
of  April,  if  grown  in  ordinary  cool  greenhouse  tempera- 
ture, but  they  will  stand  gentle  forcing  if  the  flowers 
are  wanted  earlier.  After  flowering,  they  should  be  kept 
syringed  to  encourage  the  new  growth,  and  also  to  keep 
them  free  from  thrips.  If  grown  in  pots  or  tubs,  they 
should  be  placed  in  a  sheltered,  shaded  position  outside 
for  the  summer.  EDWARD  j  CANNING 

CAMEL'S  THOKN.    See  Alhagi. 

CAMPANULA  (Latin,  a  little  bell).  Campanuld,cea>. 
BELL  FLOWER.  A  genus  of  about  300  species,  confined 
to  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  containing  some  of  the 
most  popular  garden  plants,  especially  of  hardy  her- 
baceous perennials.  The  root-lvs.  are  usually  larger 
than  the  stem-lvs.,  and  often  of  different  shape,  and 
more  or  less  transitory.  Fls.  blue,  violet  or  white ;  calyx 
5-fid  ;  corolla  5-lobed  or  5-fid  ;  stamens  5,  free  ;  fila- 
ments wide  at  the  base,  membranaceous  ;  stigmas  3  or 
5,  filiform  :  capsule  3-5-valved,  dehiscing  laterally  by 
3-5  valves  :  seeds  ovate,  complanate,  or  ovoid.  Allied 
genera  of  garden  value  are  Adenophora,  Canarina,  Jasi- 
one,  Lightfootia,  Phyteuma,  Platycodon,  Specularia, 
Symphyandra,  Trachelium,  and  Wahlenbergia,  in  which 
genera  many  species  originally  described  as  Campanu- 
las may  be  sought.  Of  these,  perhaps  the  two  best 
known  cases  are  Platycodon  grandiflorum,  the  "Balloon 
Flower,"  with  its  characteristic  inflated  buds,  dark 
green,  glossy  leathery  Ivs.,  and  Specularia  Speculum 
( C.  Speculum),  "Venus'  Looking-glass,  "a  pretty  annual, 
which  grows  in  the  grain  fields  of  S.  Europe,  and  is 
cult,  for  its  violet  fls.  with  a  white  eye.  The  calyx -tube 
of  Specularia  is  much  longer,  proportionately,  than  in 
any  Campanula. 

Botanically,  Campanulas  are  divided  into  two  impor- 
tant groups,  based  on  the  presence  or  absence  of  calyx 
appendages.  The  subgenus  Medium  has  the  appen- 
dages, and  Eucodon  lacks  them.  In  straightening  out 
one's  garden  labels,  the  calyx  appendages  are  one  of 
the  first  things  to  be  looked  for,  and  they  are  often 
minute  and  disguised.  In  cultivation,  Campanulas  tend 
to  become  taller  and  more  robust,  less  hairy,  more 
branched,  and  more  floriferous.  A  very  few  have  white 
or  yellowish  fls.,  with  no  blue  or  violet  forms.  Any  blue 
or  violet-flowered  form  is  likely  to  have  white  varieties, 
and  double  and  semi-double  forms  are  common  in 
3  or  4  of  the  most  popular  species.  All  flowers  tend  to 
become  larger  and  more  numerous  on  a  stem.  In  culti- 
vation, the  3-celled  species  are  likely  to  have  5  stigmas 
instead  of  3,  and  5-celled  capsules,  often  along  with 
normally  constructed  fls,  on  the  same  plant.  The  height 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


227 


is  the  most  variable  feature  of  all,  and  in  the  scheme 
below  C.  CarfHtih-a  and  (\  />nn<-tafa  especially  will  seem 
wrongly  placed  to  many.  But  the  characters  used  by 
De  Candolle  in  vol.  7,  part  2  of  the  Prodromus  are  well- 
nigh  useless  to  the  gardener,  and  nothing  else  but  a 
distinction  of  height  can  bring  out  the  two  important 
cultural  groups  of  Campanulas,  viz:  Border  or  tall 
kinds,  and  rock-garden  or  dwarf  kinds.  The  best  gar- 
den 7iionograph  of  Campanulas  is  by  F.  W.  Meyer,  in 
The  Garden,  48:294-299  (1895).  See,  also,  The  Garden 
for  May  in,  1899,  and  8: 173-180  (1875). 

The  most  popular  of  all  Campanulas  is  the  Canterbury 
Bell  (C.  Medium  and  its  var.  calycantkema).  Of  all 
wild  forms  the  best  known  is  certainly  C.  rotund  i  folia, 
the  true  "Hairbell,"  or  "Blue  Bells  of  Scotland."  Of  the 
border  kinds,  the  6  most  popular  are  probably  C.  Me- 
dium, C.  rotundifolia  (in  its  many  forms),  C. pyramid- 
all^,  ('.  pcrxicifolia.  C1.  glomerata  and  C,  Carpatica. 
Of  the  rock-garden  kinds,  the  most  popular  in  America 
are  possibly  C.  Carpatica,  C.ca>spitosa,&nd.  C.rotundi- 
folia.  The  greatest  curiosities  are  C.  punctata,  C.  mac- 
rostyla,  C.  Zoysii  and  C.  rotundifolia,  var.  soldanellce- 
flora .  For  exhibition  and  for  pot-culture,  C.  pyramida Us 
is  most  used.  For  pendent  effects  in  rockeries,  baskets 
or  window  boxes,  C.  fragilis  is  best.  For  edgings,  C. 
Cut- i>at tea  is  perhaps  the  favorite.  For  large,  isolated 
specimens,  C.  pyramldalis,  the  tallest  species,  is  best. 
F.  W.  Meyer's  choice  of  varieties  and  classification 
should  be  consulted  by  all  who  intend  to  import  Cam- 
panulas.' England  is  probably  the  most  favored  spot  in 
the  world  for  the  culture  of  Bell-flowers,  and  the  Eng- 
lish dealers  offer  the  greatest  variety.  Unfortunately, 
Campanula-culture  is  at  a  low  ebb  in  America  to-day, 
partly  because  the  plants  are  less  hardy  here,  and  also 
because  rock-gardens  and  amateurs'  collections  are  less 
frequent  than  in  England.  Many  failures  with  Campan- 
ulas, however,  are  directly  traceable  to  ignorance  of 
their  natural  term  of  life.  Some  species  are  perennial 
in  the  wild,  but  practically  biennial  in  cultivation,  and 
each  kind  must  be  studied  by  itself.  Unless  otherwise 
specified,  they  are  presumed  to  be  perennial.  C.  Me- 
dium may  be  treated  as  a  hardy  annual  or  biennial,  or 
as  a  tender  annual  or  biennial.  The  general  rule  is  that 
Campanulas  give  the  most  and  best  flowers  in  the  sec- 
ond year,  but  C.  Medium  can  be  sown  indoors  in  early 
spring  and  set  out  later,  with  the  expectation  of  getting 
the  best  bloom  the  same  year.  As  a  rule,  all  border 
Campanulas  that  are  propagated  by  division  should  be 
divided  every  year,  or  every  2  years  at  most.  Mr.  Cam- 
eron recommends  several  species  which  are  not  de- 
scribed below,  as  they  can  be  obtained  only  through 
botanic  gardens.  W.  M. 

The  genus  Campanula  is  a  very  important  one,  and 
contains  many  showy  and  useful  plants.  Their  cultiva- 
tion is  very  easy,  and  most  of  the  strong-growing  kinds 
can  be  grown  in  any  rich,  well-drained  garden  soil, 
while  the  dwarf  kinds  can  be  grown  in  the  rockery,  and 
many  of  them  in  the  front  row  of  the  mixed  border. 
Propagation  is  done  either  by  division,  cuttings  or  seeds. 
The  genus  can  easily  be  divided  into  three  groups— 
annuals,  biennials,  and  perennials. 

The  annuals  can  be  raised  in  the  border  by  sowing 
the  seeds  late  in  April  or  May,  or  raised  in  the  green- 
house and  then  transferred  to  the  border.  The  best  of 
the  annuals  are  C.  ramosissima  and  var.  alba,  C.  dra- 
bifolia,  C.  Erinus,  C.  macrostyla,  and  C.  Americana. 

Of  the  biennials,  many  will  flower  the  first  season  if 
the  seeds  are  sown  early  in  spring  in  the  greenhouse 
and  the  plants  put  out-of-doors  when  the  weather  is 
favorable.  One  of  the  most  important  is  C.  Medium 
(Canterbury  Bells),  and  its  numerous  varieties.  Its 
variety  calycanthema  is  so  named  because  the  calyx  has 
broadened  out  into  a  saucer-shaped  secondary  flower, 
which  is  very  showy  and  interesting.  Canterbury  Bells 
are  generally  raised  from  seeds,  which  can  be  sown  in 
April,  May  or  later,  in  pots,  boxes  or  beds,  and  can  then 
be  transferred  into  some  sheltered  place  where  they  can 
be  slightly  protected  during  the  winter,  and  then  trans- 
planted in  spring  to  their  permanent  places  into  good, 
rich  soil,  where  they  will  make  a  great  show  if  they 
have  obtained  the  right  treatment.  A  few  other  good 
biennials  are  C.  primulcefolia,  C.  Sibirica,  C.  spicata, 
and  C,  thyrsoides, 


Of  the  perennial  species,  the  best  border  plants  are 
the  following:  C.  Carpatica  and  vars.  alba  and  turbi- 
•utitii  ;  C.  glomerata,  especially  var.  Dahurica  ;  C.  lac- 
fiflora  ;  C.  lati folia,  especially  its  vars.  eriocarpa  and 
macrantha;  C.  nobilis  (about  2  ft.  in  height);  C.per- 
sicifolia  and  its  numerous  vars.,  especially  the  white 
kinds  ;  C.  punctata  (about  1%  ft.);  C.  pyramidalis,  a 
very  showy  plant  when  well  grown,  but  not  quite  relia- 
ble in  the  eastern  states  as  to  hardiness  ;  makes  a  good 
pot-plant  for  the  cool  greenhouse  ;  C.  rapunculoides, 
which  spreads  rapidly  and  must  be  so  placed  that  it  will 
not  crowd  out  the  other  plants  that  are  near  it  ;  C.  ro- 
tundifolia ;  C .  Trachelium  ;  C.  Van  ffouttei,  a  hybrid, 
and  one  of  the  best  bell 
flowers. 

The  following  are  the  best 
low-growing  kinds  for  the 
rockery  :  C.  Carpatica  and 
its  varieties,  C.  Caucasica, 
C.  fragilis  (which  needs 
protection,  but  makes  a 
good  pot-plant),  C.  pulla  in 
sheltered  position,  C.  Por- 
tenschlagiana,  C.  rotundi- 
folia, and  C.  pusilla.  Many 
of  the  larger-growing  kinds 
are  also  good  for  the  rock 
garden.  R-  CAMERON. 


332.   Canterbury  Bells  — 

Campanula  Medium. 


Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  :  C.  alliariaefo- 
lia,  3  ;  Allionii,  23  ;  alpina,  26  ;  Americana,  7  ;  bar- 
bata,  24  ;  Bononiensis,  16;  crespitosa,  41 ;  Carpatica,  35; 
celtidifolia,  11  ;  divaricata,  21  ;  Elatines,  31;  excisa,  42; 
floribunda,  36  ;  fragilis,  29 ;  Garganica,  30  ;  glome- 
rata, 10  ;  grandis,  9  ;  Grossekii,  5  ;  ffohenackeri,  27  ; 
Hostii,  39  ;  isophylla,  36  ;  lactiflora,  11  ;  lamiifolia,  3  ; 
Langs  dor  ffiana,^  ;  latifolia,  15  ;  latiloba,  9;  linifolia, 
var.  Scheuchzeri,  40  ;  macrantha,  15  ;  macrophylla,  3  ; 
macrostyla,  1  ;  Medium,  2  ;  mirabilis,  6  ;  mollis,  25  ; 
muralis,  32  ;  nobilis,  22  ;  persicifolia,  8  ;  Portenschla- 
giana,  32  ;  pulla,  38  ;  pumila,  41  ;  punctata,  22  ;  pu- 
silla, 41;  pyramidalis,  14  ;  Rainerii,  33;  rapunculoides, 
19;  Ranunculus,  44;  rhomboidalis,  17;  rotundifolia,  39; 
Ruthenica,  16  ;  Sarmatica,  4  ;  Scheuchzeri,  40  ;  Scou- 
leri,  37;  Sibirica,  27;  Soldanella,  39;  Tenorii,  34; 
thyrsoides,  12  ;  Trachelium,  18  ;  turbinata,  35  ;  urtici- 
folia,  18  ;  Valdensis,  40  ;  versicolor,  20  ;  Vidalli,  13  ; 
Waldsteiniana,  28  ;  Zoysii,  43. 

A.    Tall  or  Border  Campanulas,  a  foot  or  more  high. 

B.    Calyx  with  an  appendage  at  the  base  of  each  sinus. 

c.    Capsule  5-celled  :  stigmas  5. 

D.    Style  excessively  long,  the  stigma  an  inch  or  more 

long. 

1.  macrdstyla,  Boiss.  &  Heldr.  Annual,  1-2  ft.  high, 
branched  from  the  base,  hispid  with  rigid,  spreading, 
scattered  bristles  :  branches  stout :  Ivs.  scattered, 
small  for  the  size  of  the  plant,  sessile,  bristly  on  both 
surfaces ;  lower  ones  ovate-oblong,  acute  ;  upper  ovate- 
lanceolate,  recurved,  cordate,  eared  at  the  base  :  calyx 


228 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


tube  hidden  by  the  bladdery  appendages,  small,  broader 
than  long  :  fls.  solitary,  on  stout  peduncles,  2-2%  in. 
broad  ;  corolla  very  broad  and  open,  pale  purple  with- 
out, dull  purple  within  marked  with  violet  and  hairy  to- 
ward the  bottom  ;  lobes  very  broad,  short  and  acute. 
Mt.  Taurus  in  Anatolia.  Gn.  15:178  and  12,  p.  209. 
B.M.  6394.  — Easily  told  from  all  other  species  by  the 
very  long  exserted  style,  which  is  brown  and  spindle- 
shaped  before  spreading  open.  Self-sown  seeds  some- 
times wait  a  year  before  sprouting. 

DD.    Style  not  excessively  long. 

2.  Medium,  Linn.     CANTERBURY    BELLS.     Fig.   332. 
Biennial,  1-4  ft.  high  :  plant  pilose  :  st.  erect ;  Ivs.  ses- 
sile, ovate-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  crenate -dentate;  peti- 
oles not  marginal  :  raceme  lax,  many-fld. :   calyx  lobes 
ovate-acuminate,  the  appendages   half  as  long  as  the 
ample,  ovate,   obtuse  lobes  :   corolla  very  large,  bell- 
shaped,  inflated.    S.  Eu.    Much  less  cult,  than  var.  caly- 
canthema,  Hort.    CUP  Am>  SAUCER.   HOSE  IN  HOSE.    Has 
the  calyx  colored  like  the  corolla.    A  fair  per  cent  come 
true  from  seed.   G.C.  III.  24:  65.   R.H.  1897,  p.  238.   R.H. 
1896:301.    Gng.  5:  88.    Gn.  48,  p.  295.    F.S.  19,  p.  152.- 
Canterbury  Bells  are  probably  the  oldest  and  most  popu- 
lar of  all  Campanulas.    They  are  most  commonly  treated 
as  hardy  biennials,  the  seed  being  sown  in  the  open 
border,  but  they  do  not  flower  the  first  year.    They  can 
also  be  treated  as  tender  annuals,  the  seed  being  sown 
indoors  in  early  spring  and  the  plants  set  out  May  1- 
15.     They  will  then  flower  well  the  first  season,  but 
always  better  the  second  year.    Double  forms  are  very 
popular  and  interesting,  1-4  perfect  bells  being  formed 
one  within  another.   The  name  Medium  has  no  reference 
to  size  of  plant  or  flower,  but  was  the  name  of  an  old 
genus,  now  a  subgenus  of  Campanula. 

cc.    Capsule  8 -celled :  stigmas  3. 

DD.    Corolla  with  a  curious  projection  at  the  base  of 

each  sinus. 

3.  alliariaefdlia,  Willd.  (C.  lamiifblia,  Bieb.    C.  mac- 
rophylla,    Sims).     Fig.    333.     Height  l%-2   ft.:    stem 
erect,  striate,  woolly,  branched  only  at  the  top:  root-lvs. 
large,  heart-shaped,  crenate,  tomentose  :  stem-lvs.  on 
petioles  which  gradually  shorten  upwards,  the  highest 

being  sessile:  fls.  white,  nod- 
ding, on   short   stalks,  borne 
singly  in  the  axils  of  the  floral 
Ivs.  as  in  C.  Sar- 
matica,   but    the 
floral-  Ivs.   larger 
and     broader : 
calyx   a   third  or 
a   fourth    shorter 
than   the   corolla,   with   mar- 
gins rolled  back,  and  appen- 

^  /  ''''}  flfiVf      ^  W  dages  less  minute  than  in  C. 

ft  :*/,?"'§  A  Sarmatica •:      corolla    always 

9   * '""'  M  white,  2  in.  long,  ciliated   at 

the  margin,  and  with  charac- 
teristic tooth-like  processes 
at  the  base  of  each  sinus, 
which  are  especially  interest- 
ing in  the  bud.  Caucasus, 
Asia  Minor.  B.M.  912. -Int. 
into  England  about  1805  by 
Loddiges.  No  blue-fld.  form 
seems  to  be  known.  Prop,  by 
seeds. 

4.  Sarmatica,  Ker  -  Gawl. 
Height  1-2  ft.:  stem  simple, 
striate,  pubescent :  Ivs.  re- 
markable for  their  gray  color, 
harsh,  leathery,  wrinkled,  to- 
mentose, oblong-cordate,  cre- 
nate, the  lower  long-petioled, 
the  upper  sessile  :  calyx  with  minute  reflexed  appen- 
dages, and  a  short,  densely  hairy  tuft :  fls.  about  6  on 
a  stem,  nodding  ;  corolla  about  1  in.  long,  and  1%  in. 
across,  marked  with  5  hairy  lines.  Caucasus,  subal- 
pine  portions.  B.M.  2019.  L.B.C.  6:  581. 

5.  Grdssekii,  Heuff.    Has  the  habit  and  inflorescence 
of  C.  Trachelium,  but  the  calyx  is  appendaged,    Height 


333.  Campanula 

alliariaefolia. 


2%  ft.,  branching  from  the  base,  angled,  pilose:  Ivs. 
hispid,  the  lower  cordate  unequally  petioled,  doubly 
crenate-serrate,  the  uppermost  ovate-acute,  narrowed 
into  a  petiole  :  calyx  setose-ciliate,  lobes  lanceolate, 
spreading,  reflexed  at  the  apex,  appendages  lanceolate, 
a  third  shorter  than  the  lobes  ;  corolla  hispid,  2  or  3 
times  longer  than  the  calyx  lobes  :  fls.  large,  bell- 
shaped,  violet,  in  a  long  raceme.  Hungary.  Gt.  35,  p. 
477,  f.  55.— A  rare  plant. 

6.  mirabilis,  Correvon.    Height  1  ft.  or  more.    "The 
leaves   forming  the  rosette   are    somewhat   thick    and 
fleshy,  the  lower  ones  spreading  out  to  a  diameter  of 
about  9  or  12  inches,  the  succeeding  leaves  smaller  and 
arranged  in  an  overlapping  manner."  Upper  Ivs.  ovate- 
serrate  :   fls.  pale  blue,  hairy,  2  in.  across,  bell-shaped, 
sometimes  strongly  angled  :  raceme  lax  or  dense.    Cau- 
casus.   G.C.  III.  24:33.     Gt.  47  :192.     Gn.  54,  p.  454.- 
Int.  in  Europe  in  1896  by  Leicthlin.    Very  rare  and  in- 
teresting.    Probably  a  biennial  rock  plant.    Slow  from 
seed. 

BB.    Calyx  without  an  appendage  at  the  base  of 

each  sinus, 
c.    fls.  rotate  or  wheel  shaped. 

7.  Americana,  Linn.   Annual  and  biennial  :  height  3-6 
ft. :  st.  erect,  simple  :  Ivs.  thin,  serrate,  somewhat  pi- 
lose, root-lvs.  ovate-acute,  subcordate,  petiolate  ;  stem- 
lvs.   ovate -lanceolate,  acuminate   at   both  ends  :   calyx 
tube  long,  obconical,  the  teeth  linear-acuminate,  almost 
entire,  spreading  shorter  than  the  5-fid,  wheel-shaped 
corolla  :  fls.  light  blue,  1  in.  broad,  in  long  spikes,  soli- 
tary or  in   3's  ;    corolla   shallow,  lobes   pilose  outside 
and  at  the  apex  ;  style  long,  strongly  declined  and  up- 
wardly curved  :   capsule  cylindrical,  grooved.    Shaded 
low  ground  western  N.  Y.  to  Iowa,  south  to  Ga.  and 
Ark.    Rarely  cult.    It  is  possible  that  Phyteuma  canes  - 
cens  is  still  cult,  as  C.  Americana. 

cc.  Fls.  saucer-shaped  or  broadly  bell-shaped,  i.  e., 
the  tube  shallower  and  the  limbs  more  widely 
spreading  than  the  bell-shaped. 

D.    Stem-lvs.  linear -lanceolate,  crenulate. 

8.  persicifdlia,  Linn.    Fig.  334.    Height  2-3  ft. :  stem 
erect :  Ivs.  glabrous,  rigid,  crenulate  ;  root-lvs.  lanceo- 
late-obovate  ;    stem-lvs.  linear-lanceolate  or  spatulate, 
often  3  in.  long  :    calyx  lobes   acuminate,  wide  at  the 
base,  entire,  half  as   long  as  the  broadly  bell-shaped 
corolla  :  fls.  blue  or  white,  pedicelled,  solitary,  terminal 
and  axillary,  often  \%  in.  long,  2  in.  broad  :   capsule 
ovoid,  3-grooved.    Eu.    B.M.  397.    Var.  macrantha  is  a 
large-fld.  form  with  fls.  all  along  the  stem.    Gt.  44,  p.  148. 
Gn.  48,  p.  306.   A. F.  6:383.    S.H.  1:131.   Var  alba  grand - 
iilora  and  var.  Backhouse!  are  among  the  popular  white- 
fld.  forms.    There  are  double  and  semi-double  forms  in 
blue  and  white.    The  double  white  is  useful  for  cutting. 
The  var.   alba  grandiflora  is  F.   W.  Meyer's  favorite 
of  all  Campanulas.    This  species  occasionally  runs  wild, 
especially  in  England.    The  Ivs.  are  very  characteristic, 
and,   once  seen,  are  never  forgotten.     Var.   coronata, 
Hort.,  is  a  semi-double  white  form.    F.S.  7:699.     The 
pictures  in  B.M.  and  F.S.  show  distinctly  saucer-shaped 
flowers. 

DD.    Stem-lvs.  wider  and  coarsely  toothed. 

9.  latiloba,  DC.  (C.  grdndis,  Fisch.  &  Mey.     Height 
1-1%  ft. :  glabrous  :    stem  erect,  simple,  terete  :    stem- 
lvs.  3-5  in.  long,  4-6  lines  wide,  lanceolate,  narrowed  at 
both    ends,   crenate-serrate  :    calyx   lobes   ovate-acute, 
broad,  entire,  erect,  one-half  shorter  than  the  broadly 
bell-shaped  corolla  :  fls.  blue,  with  a  white  form,  often 
2    in.   wide,   sessile,   solitary   or    somewhat    clustered, 
sometimes    equaling   the    ovate-acute,   dentate   bracts. 
Mt.  Olympus.    P.M.   10:31.  — Fls.  like   C.  persicifolia. 
Quickly  forms  a  dense  carpet.   Int.  into  Eng.  about  1842 
from  St.  Petersburgh. 

ccc.   Fls.  bell-shaped  or  tubular,  not  saucer-shaped. 
D.    Inflorescence  a  dense  roundish  head. 

10.  glomerata,   Linn.     One   of    the    most    variable  : 
DeCandolle  makes  8  botanical  varieties.    Height  1-2  ft. : 
typically  pubescent :    stem  erect,   simple,  terete  :  Ivs. 
serrulate,   lower    ones    rough,   with    very   short,    stiff 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


229 


hairs,  1%-S  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  with  a  cordate,  ovate- 
oblong  blade  shorter  than  the  petiole  ;  upper  ones  ses- 
sile, ovate,  acute  :  fls.  in  dense  heads  or  glomes,  15-20 
in  the  terminal  heads,  fewer  in  the  axillary  ones.  Eu., 
Armenia,  Persia,  Siberia. 
B.M.  2649  is  var.  speciosa, 
which  has  the  largest  Us. 
L.B.C.  6:505  is  var.  sparsi- 
flora,  with  much  smaller 
clusters.  — This  is  one  of  the 
earliest  flowering  and  easi- 
est of  cultivation.  Pis.  typi- 
cally dark  purple,  with  no 
recorded  white  varieties. 
Var.  Dahurica,  Hort.,  is 
probably  the  commonest 
form.  Terminal  clusters  3 
in.  or  more  thick  ;  a  very 
characteristic  inflorescence. 
The  fl.  has  a  longer  tube 
than  C.  lactiflora  and  thyr- 
soides. 

DD.    Inflorescence  a  spike 
or  raceme,  dense  or  loose. 

E.  Color  of  fls.  normally 
ivhite  or  yellowish. 

F.  Corolla  small,  short- 

tubed. 

11.  lactifldra.Bieb.  Height 
2K-5  ft. :  stem  erect,  branch- 
ing :  Ivs.  sessile,  ovate-lan- 
ceolate, acutely  serrate  : 
calyx  lobes  very  broad, 
acute,  serrulate,  one-half 
shorter  than  the  broadly 
bell-shaped  corolla:  fls.  in  a 
loose  or  dense  panicle,  which 
may  be  3%  in.  long  and 
thick  ;  corolla  white  or  pale 
blue,  1  in.  long,  nearly  1% 
in.  broad  :  capsule  ovoid, 
erect.  Caucasus,  Siberia. 
B.M.  1973. -Not  advertised 
in  Amer.  at  present.  C. 
celtidifolia,  Boiss.,  referred  to  the  above,  may  be  a 
strongly  marked  variety.  A  plant  once  cult,  at  Harvard 
Botanic  Gardens  has  very  characteristic,  perfectly  el- 
liptical Ivs.,  blue  fls.,  and  more  open  inflorescence. 

12.  thyrsoides,    Linn.      Biennial  :     height    1-1%  ft. : 
stem  grooved  :  Ivs.  all  covered  with  long  hairs  at  the 
margin  ;  root-lvs.  sessile,  spatulate  or  obtusely  lanceo- 
late, 2%  in.  long,  %  in.  wide,  in  a  dense  rosette,  lying  on 
the  ground  ;    upper  Ivs.  more  narrow  and  acute  :  fls. 
40-50,  sulfur  or  creamy  yellow,  in  a  dense  thyrse-like 
spike,  which  may  be  6  in.  long  and  2%  in.  broad  :  style 
exserted.     B.M.  1290.     L.B.C.    17: 1644. -Intermingled 
with  the  fls.  in  the  spike  are  Ivs.  which  are  longer  than 
the  fls.,  which  is  not  true  of  C.  lactiflora.    Should  not 
be   confounded  with  C.  thyrsoidea,  Lapeyr.,  which  = 
C.  speciosa.    No  blue  or  purple  forms  are  known.    The 
picture  in  B.M.  shows  a  characteristic  red-tipped  calyx. 

FF.    Corolla  large,  long-tubed. 

13.  Vidalli,  H.C.Wats.     Perennial:    height  1-2  ft.: 
stem  branching  from  the  base  :  some  branches  short, 
sterile,   others   tall,   floriferous,  all   grooved,   clammy, 
glossy  :  Ivs.  3-4  in.  long,  oblong-spatulate,  coarsely  ser- 
rate, thick,  fleshy,  firm,  viscid,  the  upper  ones  gradually 
becoming  bracts  :  fls.  2  in.  long,  nodding,  about  9  in  a 
loose  terminal  raceme ;  calyx  lobes  triangular,  thick,  one- 
fourth  shorter  than  the  corolla  ;  corolla  tubular,  swelled 
below,  constricted  above,  with  a  yellow  base.    Azores. 
B.M.  4748.    F.S.  7:729.     A.F1.  3:  116.     Gn.  54,  p.  299. 
G.C.  III.  18:  95.- Very  distinct. 

EE.    Color  of  fls.  normally  blue  or  purple,  with  white 

varieties. 

P.    Size  of  fls.  large. 
G.    Raceme  pyramidal,  usually  dense. 

14.  pyramidalis,  Linn.    CHIMNEY  CAMPANULA.    Figs. 
335,  336.    Glabrous  :  Ivs.  glandular-dentate,  lower  petio- 


334.  Campanula  persicifolia. 
(There  are  forms  with  more 
broadly  bell-shaped  flowers.) 


late,  ovate-oblong,  subcordate  ;  stem-lvs.  sessile,  ovate- 
lanceolate  :  calyx  lobes  acuminate,  spreading,  half  as 
long  as  the  broadly  bell-shaped  corolla  :  fls.  numerous, 
in  pyramidal  racemes.  Austria,  near  Adriatic.  Gn.  45, 
p.  67  ;  48,  p.  306  ;  51,  p.  221  (a  staked  pot  plant).  R.H. 
1897,  p.  238.  Gn.  53,  p.  535  (with  extensive  cultural 
notes). 

Var.  compacta,  Hort.  S.M.  2:97.  Gn.  47,  p.  86  (with 
very  full  cultural  notes).  The  tallest  of  Campanulas 
and  one  of  the  oldest.  Much  grown  in  pots  for  exhibi- 
tion. The  compact  variety  is  very  floriferous  and  con- 
venient for  conservatory,  but  lacks  the  characteristic 
tall,  pyramidal  habit. 

GG.    Raceme  not  pyramidal,  usually  looser. 

15.  latifdlia,  Linn.    Height  3-4  ft. :  Ivs.  large,  doubly 
serrate  ;  root-lvs.  sometimes  6  in.  long,  petiolate,  cor- 
date, covered  with  soft  hairs  ;  stem-lvs.  sessile,  more 
acuminate  :  peduncle  1-fld. :  calyx  lobes  long-acuminate, 
one-third  shorter  than  the  corolla  :  fls.  6-15  in  a  loose 
spike  or  raceme  about  8  in.  long,  erect,  very  large,  2% 
in.  long,  purple  or  dark  blue,  hairy.    Eu.,  Persia.    Var. 
macrantha,  Sims  (C.  macrdntha,  Fischer),  is  commoner 
in  cult,  than  the  type,  a  little  hairier,  with  a  glabrous 
calyx  and  very  large  fls.     B.M.  2553  and  3347.     R.H. 
1897,  p.  239.     Var.  eriocarpa,  DC.,  has  the  stem  and  Ivs. 
pilose  and  more  pallid,  and  a  hispid  calyx  tube.    There 
is  a  white-fld.  form.    It  is  native  to  England,  and  is 
easily  naturalized  in  their  wild  gardens.    The  stem-lvs. 
are  probably  the  largest  of  any  of  the  garden  kinds, 
often  3%  in.  long  and  2  in.  wide. 

FF.    Size  of  fls.  small,'  less  than  1  in.  long. 

16.  Bononi6nsis,  Linn.     Height  2-2%  ft.:    scabrous: 
stem  simple  :  Ivs.  serrulate,  ovate -acuminate,  pallid  be- 
neath ;  root-lvs.  cordate-petiolate  ;  upper  Ivs.  clasping: 
calyx  lobes  acuminate,  one-fourth  shorter  than  the  fun- 
nel-shaped corolla: 
fls.    normally   pur- 
plish,   in    a    long, 
loose,       pyramidal 
spike,    which    may 
be  2  ft.  long,  with 

^  60-100  small  fls.; 
*ra  corolla  %in.  long 
**  *  and  broad.  E.Eu., 
W.  Siberia,  and 
Caucasus.  Var. 
Ruth6nica  (C.  Ru- 
thtnica,  Bieb.)  has 
Ivs.  wider  and  to- 
mentose  beneath. 
Caucasus  and  Tau- 
ria.  B.  M.  2653. 
There  is  a  white- 
fld.  form.  The  fls. 
are  much  smaller 
than  in  C.  latifolia, 
and  the  raceme  is 
much  larger. 


335.  Pot  plant  of  Campanula 
pyramidalis. 


336.   Nearer  view  of  flow- 
ers— Campanula  pyramidalis. 


17.  rhomboidalis,  Linn.  Height  1  ft.,  sometimes  2  : 
stem  simple,  erect :  Ive.  sessile,  ovate-acute,  serrate  : 
calyx  lobes  awl-shaped,  one-half  shorter  than  the  bell- 
shaped  corolla  :  fls.  8-10  in  an  almost  corymbose  ra- 
ceme, the  lower  pedicel?  of  which  may  be  3  in.  long,  the 


230 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


uppermost  1  in.  or  less  :  corolla  purplish  blue,  with  a 
white  variety,  1  in.  long  and  a  little  wider.  Mts.  of  Eu. 
B.M.  551,  as  C.  asurea.  —  It  flowers  in  July  and  August, 
after  which  the  stems  and  Ivs.  die  down  quickly. 

18.  Trach^lium,  Linn.    Pig.  337.    Height  2-3  ft. :  stem 
angular,  covered  with  dense,  short  hairs  :  Ivs.  rough, 
acuminate,  coarsely  crenate-dentate ;  root- 
Ivs.  cordate,  ovate,  short-stalked  :   calyx 
lobes    erect,    triangular  -  acuminate,    one- 
third  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped  corolla: 
peduncle    1-3-fld. :    fls.    erect   at  first,    at 
length  tending  to  droop,  in  a  loose  raceme, 
which   may  be    12-18  in.    long  :     capsule 
nodding.    Eu.,  Caucasus,  Siberia,  Japan. 
R.H.      1897,     p.      239. 
There  is  a  double -fld. 
form.  —  One     of      the 
commonest  and  hardi- 
est of  the  border  per- 
ennials, often  running 
out  the  other  Campan- 
ulas, and  hence  pass- 
ing    under    many 
especially    C. 


names, 
urticifolia. 

19. 

Linn, 
stem 
than 
Hum 


337.  Campanula  Trachelium. 


rapunculoides, 
Height  2-4  ft, : 
a   little   rougher 
in     C.    Trache- 
Ivs.       rough, 
ovate-acuminate ;  root- 
lvs.  petiolate,  cordate, 
crenulate  ;     stem  -  Ivs. 
serrulate  :  calyx  a  lit- 
tle rougher  than  in  C. 
Trachelium:  lobes  lin- 
ear-lanceolate,   at 
length    reflexed,    one- 
fourth  shorter  than  the 
funnel-formed  corolla: 
fls.   solitary,    nodding, 
in    long,     racemose 
spikes.  Eu.,  Caucasus, 
Siberia. 

20.  versicolor,  Sibth. 
&  Sm.  Height  3-4  ft. : 
plant  glabrous  :  stem 
ascending :  Ivs.  ser- 
rate ;  root-lvs.  long-petioled,  ovate-acute,  subcordate  ; 
stem-lvs.  short-petioled,  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate  : 
calyx-teeth  acuminate,  spreading,  at  length  reflexed,  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  corolla  :  fls.  in  long,  spicate  racemes; 
style  exserted  :  capsule  spheroid.  Greece.— Rare. 

DDD.    Inflorescence  an  open,  compound  panicle. 

21.  divaricata, Michx.    Glabrous:  height  1-3 ft. :  stem 
erect,  slender,  paniculate  above  :  branches  slender,  di- 
vergent :  Ivs.  sparse,  subsessile,  ovate -lanceolate,  acu- 
minate at  both  end's,  coarsely  serrate  :  calyx-lobes  awl- 
shaped,  one-half  shorter  than  the  tubular,  bell-shaped 
corolla  :  fls.  small,  nodding,  blue,  in  a  very  open  and 
compound  panicle;  style  straight  exserted.  Alleghanies, 
from  Va.  to  Ga.  — Rare  in  gardens. 

AA.    Low-groiving  or  rock-garden  Campanulas,  mostly 
less  than  a  foot  high 

B.    Calyx  with  an  appendage  at  the  base  of  each  sinus, 
often  minute  or  disguised  in  form, 
c.    Throat  of  corolla  spotted  violet. 

22.  punctata,  Lam.  (C.ndbilis,  Lindl.).    Named  from 
the  spotted  corolla,  the  purplish  spots  being  inside  and 
showing  through  faintly  in  the  fresh  fl.  but  more  plainly 
in  the  dried  specimen.    Height  1  ft. :  stem  with  longer 
and  looser  hairs  than  in  C.  alliaricefolia :    upper  Ivs. 
nearly  sessile,  and  more  sharply  toothed  than  the  lower: 
calyx-lobes  one-third  as  long  as  the  corolla,  longer,  looser 
and  hairier  than  in  C.  alliariai  folia ,  and  the  margins  much 
more  recurved :  peduncle  1-4-fld. :  fls.  nodding;  corolla 
cylindrical,  2%  in.  long,  white,  spotted  within,  strongly 
ribbed.    Siberia,  Japan.    C.  nobilis  has  been  considered 
distinct.    In  F.  S.  3:  247  the  corolla  is  dark  violet  with- 
out, the  limb  hairy,  while  in  B.  M.  1723  (C. punctata)  the 


corolla  is  white  outside  and  not  bearded.  In  F.S.  6:  563 
(C.  nobilis,  var.  alba)  the  limb  is  not  bearded  and  the 
stem  is  red,  and  not  hairy.  The  three  pictures  show 
great  differences  in  foliage,  pubescence  and  appendages. 
This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  all  Campanulas, 
and  is,  unfortunately,  usually  considered  more  quaint 
than  beautiful.  Cannot  be  used  for  cutting.  The  spot- 
ted throat  readily  separates  it  from  all  Campanulas. 
See  supplementary  list  for  C.  Van  Houttei,  a  supposed 
hybrid. 

cc.    Throat  of  corolla  not  spotted. 
D.    Stems  1-flowered. 

23.  Allidnii,  Villars.     Height  3-5  in. :  rootstock  slen- 
der, creeping  underground,  sending  up  stems  at  inter- 
vals of  %-l  in. :  Ivs.  few,  about  7  on  a  stem,  1-2  in.  long, 
linear-lanceolate,  sessile,  slightly  hairy,  entire,  midrib 
distinct,  lower  ones  in  a  whorl  of  about  5,  upper  ones 
similar  but  more  erect  :  calyx-lobes  lanceolate,  half  as 
long  as  the  corolla,  the  appendages  ovate,  reflexed,  one- 
third  the  length  of  the  calyx-lobes :  fls.  purple,  with  a  rare 
white  variety,  only  one  on  a  stem,  inclined  or  nodding, 
1%  in.  long,  and  as  broad  across  the  mouth,  the  largest 
for  the   size  of  the  plant  of  any  Campanula.    A  very 
local  species,  found  only  in  the  Alps  of  Piedmont  and 
Savoy.    B.  M.  6588.  — No  white-fld.  form  is  known.    Int. 
into  Eng.  about  1879  by  G.  Maw.    "It  is  an  excellent 
rock-plant,  and,  though  requiring  plenty  of  moisture,  it 
should  have  a  well-drained  position,  and  is  therefore 
best  grown  in  a  narrow  crevice  filled  with  sandy  loam 
and  an  abundance  of  small  stones  and  grit."—  F.  W. 
Meyer. 

DD.    Stems  several- flowered. 
E.    Margin  of  corolla  bearded. 

24.  barbata,  Linn.    Height  6-9  in. :  stein  pilose  :  Ivs. 
villous,  entire  or  nearly  so;  root-lvs.  tufted,  lanceolate; 
stem-lvs.  few,  ligulate?:  raceme  loose,  3-4-fld. :  fls.  nod- 
ding, pale  blue  ;  calyx  appendage  ovate,  obtuse,  half  as 
long  as  the  lobes  ;  corolla  bell-shaped,  shorter  than  in 
C.  Allionii,  and  with  a  bearded  mouth.    Alps.    L.B.C. 
8:788.   Gn.  48,  p.  297. -There  is  a  white-fld.  form,  but  ap- 
parently no  purple.     Readily  fold  from  C.  Allionii  by 
the  different  colored,  bearded    and   smaller  fls.,  which 
are  rarely  borne  singly,  and  by  the  dense,  soft  hairs  of 
the   stem.     Commonest  species   in  the  Alps.     "In  the 
rock-garden  it  should  be  grown  in  poor,  stony  soil,  as  it 
is  apt  to  become  somewhat  coarse  when  grown  in  rich 
soil."— F.  W.  Meyer. 

EE.    Margin  of  corolla  not  bearded. 
F.    Fls.  erect. 

25.  xudllis,  Linn.     Perennial  :  velvety   gray  :    height 
6-8  in. :  stems  procumbent,  about  2-fld. :  root-lvs.  tufted, 
obovate  or  spatulate  ;  stem-lvs.  ovate  or  rotund  :    fls. 
loosely   panicled  ;    calyx-lobes    lanceolate,    erect,    half 
shorter  than  the  glabrous,  bell-shaped  corolla  ;  appen- 
dages minute,  shorter  than  the  calyx  tube ;  corolla  erect, 
dark  purplish  blue  or  lavender,  with  a  white  throat,  the 
tube   long,   segments    short,   broad,   spreading,   acute. 
Spain,  Crete.    B.M.  404.  —Rock  or  border  plant;  not  adv. 
in  America. 

FF.    Fls.  nodding. 

26.  alpina,  Jacq.    Height  3-8  in. :    stem    furrowed  : 
Ivs.  smaller  than  in  C.  barbata,  more  narrowly  lanceo- 
late, entire,  hairy  :  fls.  typically  deep  blue,  bell-shaped, 
with  broader  and  shorter  segments  than  in  C.  barbata  : 
calyx-lobes  proportionately  very   long,  surpassing  the 
fl.-bud,  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  flower,  but  widely 
spreading.    Swiss  and  Austrian  Alps.    B.M.  957.   J.H. 
III.  29:  5.  — There  is  a  white-fld.  var.    Int.  into  England 
about  1805  by  Loddiges.    The  plant  has  a  characteristic 
shaggy  appearance  from  the  hairy  Ivs.    Easy  of  cult. 

27.  Sibirica,  Linn.  (C.  Hbhenackeri,  Fisch.).     Seta- 
ceous-pilose :  stem  erect,  simple,  panicled  above  :  Ivs. 
crenulate  ;    root-lvs.  petioled,  obovate,  obtuse  ;    stem- 
lvs.  lanceolate -acuminate  :  calyx  hairy,  the  lobes  long- 
acuminate,  a  third  shorter  than  the  corolla  :  calyx  ap- 
pendages like  the  lobes  but  half  shorter  and  reflexed : 
fls.  25  or  more,  violet,  with  a  longer  and  narrower  tube 
than  in  C.  alpina,  and  longer  divisions  of  the  limb. 
N.  Asia,  Caucasus,  W.  Eu.    B.M.  659.    R.H.  1861:  431.— 
The  type  is  rare,  but  var.  eximia,  Hort.,  is  somewhat 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


231 


commoner.  It  is  dwarfer,  much  branched,  with  long, 
scabroxis  Ivs.  und  pale  l>luish  to  violet  fls.  See  Mottet's 
translation  of  Nicholson.  Diet.  Gard.  Var.  divSrgens, 
Willd..  lias  larger  fls.  and  broader  Ivs.  than  the  type. 
G.C.  III.  lt'>:f>(.>7.  C.  Sibirica  usually  does  best  when 
treated  as  a  biennial. 

BB.    Calyjr  without  appendages. 
C.  Fls.  very  wide-spreading,  i.e.,  rotate,  wheel-shaped, 

almost  flat. 
D.    Blossoms  all  erect. 

28.  Waldsteiniana,    Roem.    &     Schult.      Perennial  : 
height  4-ti  in. :   stems  rigid,  glabrous  :   Ivs.  fleshy,  ses- 
sile, gray-green,  lanceolate,  slightly  serrate-dentate,  the 
lower  obtuse,  the  upper   long-acuminate  :    calyx  lobes 
awl-shaped,  spreading  or  recurved,  one-fourth  shorter 
than  the  corolla  :  fls.  5-9  in  a  corymbose  raceme  1%  in. 
long,  %  in.  wide,  pale  purplish  blue  ;  corolla  rotate,  al- 
most starlike,  with  a  dark  spot  in  the  throat  :    pistil 
large,  white,  twice  the  length  of  the  corolla,  with  a  yel- 
low stigma.     Hungary.    Gn.  8,  p.  173.  — Not  advertised 
in  America  at  present. 

DD.    Blossoms  not  all  erect. 
E.    Habit  trailing  or  pendulous. 

29.  fragilis,  Cyrill.    Perennial :  height  4-6  in. :  stems 
diffuse,  trailing  :    root-lvs.  long-petioled,  roundish-cor- 
date, obtusely   dentate,  or  crenately  lobed  ;    stem-lvs. 
smaller,  scattered,  the  uppermost  ovate-lanceolate  :  fls. 
pale  purplish  blue  with  a  white  center,  1%  in.  wide,  in 
loose  corymbs  ;     calyx  lobes    linear-lanceolate,    acumi- 
nate, erect,  almost  equaling  the  corolla;  style  exserted: 
capsule  ovoid.    Italy.    B.M.  6504.    P.M.  11:25.    Gn.  8, 
p.  174,  and  47,  p.  278.    Var.  hirsuta,  DC.,  is  a  hairier 
form.— This  is  the  best  species  for  hanging  baskets, 
window   and   veranda   boxes,  and   for   covering    large 
stones  in  the  rockery.    Prop,  by  cuttings  in  spring,  the 
roots  being  too  fragile  to  divide  well.    Not  so  hardy  as 
C.  Garganica. 

30.  Garganica,  Tenore.   Height  3-6  in. :  stem  diffuse: 
lower  Ivs.  reniform-cordate,  crenate-dentate  ;  upper  Ivs. 
ovate-acute,  dentate  :  raceme  lax  :    peduncles  1-2 -fld. : 
calyx  tube   spheroid,  the  lobes   spreading,  a  third   or 
fourth  shorter  than  the  glabrous  corolla.    Mt.  Gargano 
inltaly.   B.R.  21:1768.   Gn.  48,  p.  295,  and  43,  p.  25.    Var. 
hirsuta.  Hort.,  is  a  hairier  form.    Gn.  46,  p.  253,  and  48, 
p.  297.— "Owing  to  the  pendent  character  of  its  flower- 
ing branches,  its  proper  place  is  against  a  rocky  ledge, 
over  which  its  masses    of  flowers  may  hang."— J.  C. 
Niven.    Half -shaded  position.    Prop,  by  cuttings  or  by 
division. 

EE.    Habit  not  trailing  or  pendulous. 

31.  Elatines,  Linn.   Perennial,  more  or  less  pubescent : 
height  5-6  in.:  Ivs.  cordate,  coarsely  and   acutely  den- 
tate,  lower   rotund,  others   ovate-acute  :    raceme   lax  : 
calyx  tube  spherical,  the  lobes  spreading,  linear-lanceo- 
late, somewhat  unequal,  a  half  shorter  than  the  rotate 
corolla:  style  exserted.    Piedmont.  — Rare  rock  plant  for 
light,  stony  soil. 

32.  Portenschlagiana,  Roem.  &  Schult.  (C.  muralis, 
Port.).    Height  6-8  in.:  stems  somewhat  erect :  Ivs.  all 
alike  petiolate,  cordate,  roundish,  acutely  angular-den- 
tate: calyx  tube  spheroid,  lobes  erect,  acuminate,  a  third 
shorter  than  the  infundibuliform  corolla  :  fls.  racemose. 
Dalmatia.— Allied  to  C.  Garganica,  "but  the  corolla  not 
so  deeply  5-cut.    Little  known.    For  conflicting  descrip- 
tions, see  Gn.  8,  p.  173,  and  48,  p.  297. 

cc.  Fls.  broadly  bell-shaped,  less  widely  spreading 
than  in  C.,  wider  than  in  CCC. 

D.  Height  2-3  in. 

33.  Bainerii,  Perpenti.  Height  2-3  in. :  stems  suberect, 
branching;  branches  1-3-fld. :  Ivs.  subsessile,  ovate,  dis- 
tantly serrate,  the  lower  smaller  and  obovate:  calyx  tube 
obconical,  the  lobes  long-acuminate,  erect,  half  shorter 
than  the  broadly  infundibuliform  corolla:  fls.  large,  soli- 
tary, erect,  dark  purplish  blue;  style  short,  not  exserted: 
capsule  obovate.    Mts.  near  Lake  Como.    F.S.  18:1908.— 
One  of   the  choicest  rocli  plants,  but  somewhat  rare. 
Several  forms  of  the  hybrid  Campanula  G.  F.  Wilson 
are  often  cult,  under  this  name,  but  their  Ivs.  are  lighter 


green  and  less  tomentose  than  C.  Rainerii.    Enjoys  a 
well  drained,  sunny  position. 

DD.  Height  more  than  2-3  in. 

34.  Tendril,  Moretti.    Height  8-12  in.,  glabrous  :  stem 
ascending  or  prostrate :  Ivs.  leathery ;  root-lvs.  long-peti- 
oled, ovate,  subcordate,  irregularly  serrate  ;   stem-lvs. 
petiolate,    ovate-acute,    coarsely    serrate  :    calyx    lobes 
linear-lanceolate,  spreading,  half  as  long  as  the  broadly 
bell-shaped  corolla  :   fls.  racemose  :   capsule  spherical. 
Naples. — This  is  now  referred  to  the  Grecian  species 
C.  versicolor,  which  is  typically  taller.    In  the  garden, 
C.   Tenorii  resembles   C.  pyramidalis   in  foliage  and 
flower,  but  is  shorter. 

E.    Style  not  exserted. 

35.  Carpatica,  Jacq.     Fig.  338.    Height  9-18  in.,  gla- 
brous :  stem  branching  :  lower  Ivs.  thin,  long-petioled, 
ovate-rotund,  cordate,  coarsely  dentate,  undulate;  upper 
ones  shorter  petioled,  ovate-acuminate :  peduncles  long, 
terminal  and  axillary,  1-fld. :  fls.  large,  often  l%in.  wide, 
deep  blue  or  white :  calyx  tube  obconical,  the  lobes  acute, 
wide  at  the  base,  subdentate,  erect,  a  third  or  half  as  long 
as  the  broadly  bell-shaped  corolla  :  style  not  exserted  : 
capsule  ovoid-cylindrical.    Carpathian  Mts.  of  Austria. 
B.M.  117.  Gn.  48,  p. 297.    Var.  turbinata,  Hort.  ( C.  turbi- 
nata, Schott),  is  dwarf er,  more  compact,  with  fls.  more 
bell-  or  top-shaped,  and  often  2  in.  across,  purplish  blue. 
It  also  has  larger  Ivs.  and  more  decumbent  habit.  Gn.  45, 
p.  171.    A  form  with  pallid  fls.  is  rarer.    Var.  G.  F.  Wil- 
son, Hort.,  is  a  hybrid  of  var.  turbinata  and  C.  pulla, 
with  the  large  fls.  of  the  former  and  the  handsome  dark 
foliage  of  the  latter.     It  is  compact,  dwarf,  and  small, 
ovate,  very  hairy  Ivs.,  with  crenate-serrate  margin.    C. 
Haylodgtnsis,  Hort.,  is  a  garden  hybrid,  probably  be- 
tween C.  Carpatica  and  C.  ccespitosa.    Raised  by  Ander- 
son Henry,  Hay  Lodge,  Edinburgh.     Height  6-9   in. : 
root-lvs. tufted,  roundish  cordate,  slightly  dentate :  stem- 
lvs.  light  green,  ovate-cordate,  con- 
spicuously toothed  :   fls.  light  blue, 

bell-shaped,   few,   at    the  ends  of 
stems.     Var.    pelvifbnnis,    Hort., 
from   Crete,  has  very   large,   pale 
lilac,      almost      saucer- 
shaped   fls.     R.H.   1882, 
p.  509.  Var.  Henderson!, 
Hort.,    is   generally    re- 
ferred to  var.  turbinata, 
but  is  more  robust.    Lvs. 
ovate  and  ovate-cordate, 
1%  in.  long,  %in.  broad, 
slightly    hairy    on    both 
sides,    folded    upwards, 
serrate;  petioles  1-1  %in. 
long:  fls.  dark  blue,  l%-2 
in.  wide,   in    short,  6-9- 
fld.  racemes.  — This  spe- 
cies  is   among   the  first 
dozen  in  popularity,  and 
is  very  variable   in 
height  and  in  shape 
of  flowers. 

EE.    Style  exserted. 

36.  isophflla,  Moretti 
(C.    floribunda,    Viv.). 
Stem  suberect  :  Ivs.  all 
alike,    petiolate,    round- 
ish cordate,  crenate-den- 
tate:  calyx  lobes  acumi- 
nate, half    shorter   than 
the  broadly   bell-shaped 
corolla:   fls.  pale  blue,  1 
in.  or  more  wide,  corym- 
bose; style  exserted :  capsule  ovoid.    Italy.    B.M.  5745. 
Gn.  49,  p.  483;  48,  p.  297.— An  excellent  basket  or  rock 
plant  in  sun  or  half  shade.    The  white  variety  seems 
to  be  more  popular.    Fls.  may  be  saucer-shaped. 

ccc.   Fls.  bell-shaped. 
D.    Style  exserted. 

37.  Sconleri,  Hook.    Height  8-12  in. :  stem  simple  or 
branched  :  Ivs.  acutely  serrate,  somewhat  hirsute  ;  lower 
ones  ovate-acute,   petioled  ;   middle  ones  ovate-lanceo* 


338-  Campanula  Carpatica. 


232 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


late  ;  upper  linear-lanceolate,  sessile  :  calyx  lobes  awl- 
shaped,  erect,  one-third  shorter  than  the  corolla  :  fls. 
racemose,  or  more  or  less  panicled  :  style  exserted  : 
capsule  ovoid.  Columbia  river.— The  capsular  valves 
are  a  little  above  the  middle,  while  in  C.  Carpatica  and 
C.  persicifolia  they  are  near  the  apex.  A  rare  western 
American  species. 

DD.    Style  not  exserted. 
E.    Color  very  dark  purple. 

38.  pulla,  Linn.    Height  3-5  in.:  stem  normally  1-fld.: 
Ivs.    glabrous,    crenulate-dentate ; 
lower    ones    short-petioled,    ovate- 
rotund  ;      upper     sessile,     ovate- 
acute  :  calyx  lobes  long-acuminate, 
erect,  a  half  shorter 
than      the      bell- 
shaped,       nodding 
corolla.       Mts.     of 
Austria.      In  B.M. 
2492  the  calyx  lobes 
are     short  -  acumi- 
nate, a  sixth  as  long 
as  the  corolla.    L.B.C. 
>:  554.— Darkest  flow- 
ered  of   all  Campanu- 
las. 


339.   "Blue  Bells  of  Scotland"— 
Campanula  rotundifolia. 

Natural  size. 

EE.  Color  not  very  dark  purple. 
39.  rottmdifdlia,  Linn.    HAIR- 
BELL.    HAREBELL.   BLUE  BELLS 
OF  SCOTLAND.   Fig.  339.   Height  340.  Campanula  rotundifolia, 
6-12     in.      Root-lvs.     petiolate,          var.  soldanellaeflora. 
cordate,  crenate-dentate  :  stem- 

Ivs.  linear  or  lanceolate,  usually  entire :  calyx  lobes  awl- 
shaped,  erect, a  third  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped  corolla : 
fl.  buds  erect.  Eu.,  Siberia,  W.  N.  Amer.  Gn.  53: 1153. 
—  This  is  one  of  the  most  cosmopolitan  of  all  Campanu- 
las, and  the  true  hairbell  or  bluebell  of  literature.  In 
the  wild  it  is  slenderer  and  taller  than  in  the  garden. 
In  shady  woods  it  often  grows  2  ft.  high.  The  type  has 
a  white-fld.  variety  which  is  much  less  popular,  but 
G.C.  1861:  698  shows  an  excellent  pot-plant  of  it.  Var. 
Hdstii,  Hort.  (C.  Hdstii,  Baumg.),  has  larger  fls.  than 
the  type  and  stouter  stems.  The  lower  stem-lvs.  are 
lanceolate,  remotely  dentate,  the  upper  linear  entire  : 
calyx  lobes  longer  than  in  the  type,  a  half  shorter  than 
the  corolla.  The  white-fld.  form  is  not  as  vigorous. 
The  most  pronounced  form  is  var.  soldanellaefldra, 
Hort.  (C.  soldanella,  Hort.).  Fig.  340.  With  semi- 
double  blue  fls.  split  to  the  base  into  about  25  divisions. 
F.S.  18:  1880.  — This  curious  variation  is  unique  in  the 
genus.  The  alpine  soldanellas  are  famous  among  trav- 
ellers for  melting  their  way  through  the  ice.  They  have 
fringed  blue  fls.  The  name  of  this  species  seems  singu- 
larly inappropriate  until  we  have  sought  the  root-lvs. 
in  early  spring. 


40.  Scheuchzeri,  Vill.  (C.  llnifolia,  var.  Scheuchzeri) 
Height  4-12  in.:    stem  1-4-fld.,  usually  1-fld.:  root-lvs 
roundish,  ovate,  or  cordate  :    stem-lvs.  linear  or  nar- 
rowly lanceolate,  sessile,  denticulate,  the  lowest   stem 
Ivs.  spatulate  :   calyx  lobes   slender,  linear-awl-shaped, 
nearly  as  long  as  the  bell-shaped  corolla.    Alpine  and 
subarctic  regions  of  Newfoundland,  Labrador,  Alaska. 
F.S.  21:  2205,  not  L.B.C.  5:  485,  which  DeCandolle  states- 
most  emphatically  is  C.  rotundifolia  and  nothing  else. 
The  stem-lvs.  of  C.  Scheuchzeri  are  distinctly  serrate, 
while  in  C.  rotundifolia  they  are  entire  ;    the  flower- 
buds  nod  in  the  former,  but  are  erect  in  the  latter.    The 
calyx  lobes  are  relatively  longer  in  C.  Scheuchzeri,  and 
perhaps  the  bell  is  deeper. 

41.  caespitdsa,  Scop.  (C.  pumila,  Curt.     C.  pusilla, 
Haenk. ) .   Height  4-6  in. :  root-lvs.  tufted,  short-petioled, 
ovate,  glandular-dentate,  shining  :   calyx  lobes  linear, 
erect,  a  third  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped  corolla  :  fls. 
nodding,  pale  blue  or  white ;  pollen  violet-colored.    B.M. 
512.    Gn.  43 :  892.   Gn.  48,  p.  297.  —  Dwarf er  than  C.  rotun- 
difolia, with  root-lvs.  never  reniform,  shorter-petioled, 
and  lasting  until  after  fls.  have  gone.   Perennial,  quickly 
forms  a  dense  mat.    Border,  edgings,  or  rockery.    The 
European  trade  catalogues  usually  offer  C.  ccespitosa 
and  C.  pusilla  separately,  and  doubtless  plants  of  dis- 
tinct horticultural  value  are  passing  under  these  names, 
but  there  seem  to  be  no  botanical  or  horticultural  de- 
sc  riptions  that  will  distinguish  them. 

42.  ezcisa,  Schleich.    Perennial,  glabrous  :  height  4-5 
in.:  stems  slender,  1-fld.:  root-lvs.  spatulate:  upper  Ivs. 
linear:  calyx  lobes  bristly,  spreading,  at  length  reflexed, 
a  third  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped  corolla  :  fls.  pale 
blue,  divided  to  about  half  their  depth,  with  a  round  hole 
at  the  base  of  each  sinus,  which  easily  distinguishes  it 
from  C.  pulla  and  all  other  Campanulas.    Rare  in  Alps. 
B.M.  7358.  L.B.C.  6:561.— A  rare  rock  plant.  Likes  cool, 
moist  air,  and  not  too  full  exposure  to  sun.    Not  adver- 
tised in  America. 

cccc.  Fls.  long -tubular,  abnormal. 

43.  Zdysii,  Wolf.    Height  3-4  in. :   plant  tufted,  gla- 
brous :  stems  few-fld. :  root-lvs.  entire,  crowded,  petio- 
late, ovate-obovate,  obtuse:  stem-lvs.  obovate-lanceolate 
and  linear:  peduncles  1-fld,  terminal,  rarely  axillary  : 
calyx  lobes  linear,  awl-shaped,  spreading,  a  fourth  shorter 
than  the  corolla  :  corolla  long-cylindrical,  constricted  at 
the  apex,  wider  at  the  base,  sharply  angled.    Austrian 
Alps.    Gn.  8,  p.  173.    G.C.  III.  20:183.— A  rare  and  abnor- 
mal species.  "Fls.  large  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the 
plant,  azure  blue,  *  *  *  terminated  before  expansion  by 
a  pretty  stellate  process,  arising  from  the  infolding  of 
the  segments  of  the  corolla  after  expansion.    These  are 
seen  to  be  densely  bearded,  forming  a  mass  of  hairs  sur- 
rounding the  large  capitate  stigma."— «7.  C.  Riven. 

AAA.    Kitchen  garden  vegetable:  roots  radish-like. 
A  salad  plant. 

44.  Bapunculus,  Linn.   RAMPION.   Biennial:  height  2-3 
ft. :    root  spindle-  or  long-radish-shaped,   %  in.  thick, 
white  :   stem  erect,  sulcate  :   lower  Ivs.  obovate,  short- 
petioled,  somewhat  crenate:  stem-lvs.  linear-lanceolate, 
entire :  fls.  lilac,  in  a  spike  or  raceme :  calyx  tube  obconi- 
cal,  lobes  glabrous  or  bristly,  erect,  awl-shaped,  a  half 
shorter  than  or  nearly  equal  to  the  funnel-shaped  corolla. 
Eu.,  Orient,  N.  Asia,  N.  Afr.— The  roots  and  Ivs.  are 
eaten  as  a  salad.    The  seeds,  which  are  the  smallest  of 
any  kitchen  garden  vegetable,  are   sown  in  the  open 
ground  in  early  May  either  broadcast  or  in  drills.    A  little 
sand  mixed  with  the  seed  gives  an  evener  sowing.  Press 
firmly,  and  water  carefully.    Thin  out  the  seedlings  if 
necessary.   Water  freely  in  hot  weather.   A  fresh  sowing 
may  be  made  in  June,  as  early  sown  plants  may  run  to 
seed.    Roots  are  gathered  in  October,  and  may  be  stored 
in  sand  for  winter  use.    Rapunculus  means  a  little  tur- 
nip.   Vilmorin-Andrieux,  The  Vegetable  Garden. 

C.  abietlna,  Griseb.  Rare,  tufted,  rockery  plant,  with  slender, 
wiry  stems  9-15  in.  high  :  fls.  light  blue  in  loose,  branching 
spikes.  July-Aug.  E.  Eu.— C.  calycdnthema,  Hort.=  C.  Me- 
dium, var.  calycanthema.— C.  Cenisia,  Linn.  A  rare  rock  plant 
from  Mt.  Cenis  and  other  mts.  of  the  Alps,  is  a  rare  tufted 
rock  plant  with  solitary  deep  blue  fls.  on  stems  2  in.  high. 
Root-lvs.  obovate,  obtuse  ;  stem-lvs.  ovate-oblong  ;  all  Ivs. 
sessile-entire  :  calyx  hirsute,  the  lobes  linear-lanceolate,  a  half 
shorter  than  the  deeply  5-cut,  spreading  corolla.— C.  Dahurica. 


CAMPANULA 

Hort  Plants  sold  under  this  name  are  likely  to  be  C.  glom- 
er:ita.  v;.r.  ipeekMft.— C.  Eriniut.  Linn.  Annual  :  plant  hispid  : 
height  3-9  in. :  Ivs.  small,  glossy.  %-%  in.  broad,  cordate,  deeply 
cut  the  pointed  lobes  conspicxious  :  ns.  sessile,  pale  blue  with 
a  light  .-enter,  tubular  (or  star-shaped?),  %in.  broad,  with 
acute  narrow  lobes  ;  style  long,  conspicuous,  colored  like  co- 
rolla •  racemes  long,  semi-prostrate,  10-20-fld.  Mediterranean. 
Hare  short-lived  rock  plant.  Also  for  edgings  and  pots.-O. 
(irandifliint,  Jacq.=Platycodon  grandiflorus.— C.  Lamdrckii, 
I)  I)ietr.=Adenophora  Lamarckii.— C.  mtida,  Ait.— O.  plani- 
flora.— T.  i>l(tn ifl»ra,  Lam.  (C.  nitida,  Ait.),  Glabrous:  height 
3-9  in.:  stem  simple:  Ivs.  sessile,  leathery,  shining :  root-lvs. 
Crowded  in  a  dense  rosette,  ovate  or  obovate-obtuse,  crenulate, 
l%in.  long  :  stem  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  nearly  entire: 
fls.  blue  or  white,  with  double  varieties,  in  spieate  racemes  ; 
calyx  lobes  ovate,  acute,  broad,  erect,  a  third  shorter  than  the 
broadly  bell-shaped  or  saucer-shaped  corolla.  Not  American, 
though  commonly  so  stated.  Habitat  unknown.  J.H.  III. 
33:  283.  Rock  plant,  for  sunny  position.— C'.  speciosa,  Pourr.,  is 
a  rare  species.  Most  of  the  plants  passing  under  this  name  are 
likely  to  be  C.  glomerata.  B.M.  2649  is  C.  glomerata,  var.  spe- 
ciosa.— C.  Speculum,  Linn.=Specularia  Speculum.— C.  urtici- 
fdlia.  This  name  is  now  abandoned.  Plants  are  likely  to  be  C. 
Trachelium.— C.  Van  Houttei,  Carr.  Height  2  ft.:  root-lvs. 
long-petioled,  roundish  cordate,  more  or  less  lobed  ;  stem-lvs. 
sessile,  oval-lanceolate,  irregularly  bi-dentate,  2%-4  in.  long, 
more  or  less  villous,  strongly  nerved  :  fls.  usually  solitary, 
nodding  at  the  end  of  a  small  braiichlet,  2  in.  long,  half  as 
broad,  indigo  blue,  or  violet;  calyx  lobes  linear,  spreading,  1 
in  long  A  garden  hybrid  resembling  C.  punctata.  Int.  into 
France  1878 by  Thibaut  and  Keteleer.  R.H.  1878,  p.  420(descr.). 
Var.  pallida  has  pale  lavender  fls.  \v.  M. 

CAMPHORA  (from  camphor,  made  from  its  juice). 
Laur&cece.  The  Camphor  Tree  (Camphora  officindlis, 
Steud.)  is  native  to  China  and  Japan,  but  it  is  now  in- 
troduced into  S.  Fla.  Botanically,  it  is  very  closely  al- 
lied to  the  cinnamons,  and  is  often  referred  to  that 
genus  (as  Cinnamomum  Camphora),  but  it  differs  in 
its  scaly  buds,  membranaceous  calyx,  and  leaf  characters. 
Camphora  officinalis  attains  a  height  of  40  ft.,  and  en- 
dures light  frosts.  It  has  alternate,  ovate-elliptic,  en- 
tire, thick  Ivs.,  and  axillary  panicles  of  small,  yellow 
fls.  The  whole  plant  contains  camphor.  The  gum  is 
obtained  from  the  extracted  juice. 

CAMPION.    See  Silene. 
CAMPSIDIUM.    See  Tecoma. 

CAMPTOSORUS  (Greek,  bent  sori,  alluding  to  the 
irregular  arrangement).  Polypodiacece.  A  small  genus 
of  hardy  ferns,  with  simple,  pointed  Ivs.,  which  take 
root  at  the  apex,  and  are  hence  known  as  "Walking-leaf 
Ferns."  A  single  species  is  na- 
tive mostly  on  lime-bearing 
rocks,  and  an  allied  species  is 
known  from  Japan  and  N.  Asia. 

rhizophyllus,  Link.    Fig.  341. 
Lvs.  simple,    tapering   from   a 
heart-shaped  base,  4-12  in.  long; 
veins  forming  meshes  near  the 
midrib  ;    sori  irreg- 
ularly       scattered. 
Canada  to  Alabama. 
—  Sometimes  grown 
in     rockeries     and 
wild  gardens. 
L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CAMPYLOBO- 
TRY8.      See   ffoff- 

mannia. 

CANADA.  Figs. 
342-4.  The  most 
important  fruit  re- 
gions of  Canada  are 
those  surrounded 
wholly  or  in  part  by 
bodies  of  salt  or 
fresh  water.  In  the 
extreme  east  the 
Atlantic  ocean  with 
its  indentations,  is 
the  influencing  climatic  factor.  In  central  Canada  the 
great  lakes,  Ontario  and  Erie,  serve  the  same  useful 
office,  while  in  the  extreme  west  the  Pacific  ocean,  with 


CANADA 


233 


341.   Camptosorus  rhizophyllus. 


its  £ulf  stream,  tempers  the  climate  of  British  Colum- 
bia, and  gives  sufficient  atmospheric  moisture,  so  that 
all  but  tropical  and  citrns  fruits  may  be  grown  in  the 
most  favored  localities.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that 
while  on  the  eastern  Atlantic  coast  apples  are  success- 
fully grown  as  far  north  as  the  47th  parallel  north  lati- 
tude, and  in  British  Columbia  as  far  north  as  the  52d 
degree  north  latitude,  yet  in  the  interior  of  Ontario  and 
Quebec  they  have  not  succeeded  north  of  the  46th  par- 
allel. 

The  fruits  of  Canada  of  to-day  are  attributable  to  5 
main  sources  :  1.  Seeds,  brought  by  the  first  French 
missionaries  and  English  colonists.  2.  Seeds  and  plants 
obtained  from  Virginia  and  New  England.  3.  Plants  and 
seeds  brought  in  by  United  Empire  Royalists.  4.  Chance 
seedling  production.  5.  Recent  importation  from  Europe, 
and  systematic  plant-breeding. 

In  order  to  obtain  an  idea  of  the  character  of  fruits 
cultivated  in  the  Dominion,  it  will  be  necessary  to  con- 
sider the  provinces  separately : 

PRINCE  EDWARD  ISLAND.  — Latitude,  46  degrees  to  47 
degrees  north,  area  about  one  and  a  quarter  million  acres. 
The  surface  is  undulating,  the  whole  island  eminently 
agricultural  and  pastoral.  Soil,  a  reddish  loam,  some- 
times sandy  and  occasionally  clayish.  The  climate  is 
sufficiently  mild  to  admit  of  the  cultivation  of  pears  and 
of  plums  of  the  Primus  domestica  type.  The  winters  are 
long  and  tedious,  with  heavy  snowfalls,  and  frequent 
fogs  and  sleety  rains.  The  first  fruits  introduced  were 
apples,  by  French  colonists.  Later,  the  English  and 
Scotch  settlers  brought  other  apples  and  pears,  in  addi- 
tion to  Kentish  cherries.  It  is  probable,  also,  that  some 
of  these  early  fruits  were  introduced  by  the  Acadian 
French.  We  still  find  on  the  island  a  few  of  the  old 
French  orchards  of  apples  and  cherries.  Cherries  have 
been  cultivated— in  fact,  they  have  taken  care  of  them- 
selves—with success  since  the  time  of  their  first  intro- 
duction. They  belong  to  the  Kentish  type,  and  ripen  in 
that  locality  a  month  later  than  do  the  same  varieties 
grown  in  eastern  Ontario.  Black-knot  has  lately  ap- 
peared, but  is  being  attended  to.  Apple-growing  is  on 
the  increase.  The  better  practices  in  fruit-growing  are 
being  introduced;  a  few  large  orchards  are  already 
established  and  are  bearing  satisfactorily.  The  climate 
has  an  important  effect  upon  the  keeping  properties  of 
apples  and  pears.  Such  late-maturing  varieties  as  Ben. 
Davis,  Stark,  and  Missouri  Pippin  do  not,  as  a  rule,  at- 
tain full  size  and  perfection.  The  autumn  and  early 
winter  apples  of  the  west  are  the  most  suitable  varie- 
ties. Of  these  are  Ribston,  Blenheim  Pippin,  Hubbard- 
ston  and  Grimes  Golden.  The  same  is  true  of  pears. 
The  early  and  midseason  varieties  do  best.  Clapp, 
Bartlett,  Howell,  and  Anjou  are  doing  well.  Among 
plums,  Moore's  Arctic,  Early  Damson  and  Lombard  are 
favorites.  Peaches  cannot  be  grown  successfully  unless 
artificially  protected  during  winter. 

Small-fruits  are  grown  successfully  in  all  parts  of  the 
island.  The  most  important  of  these  is  the  cranberry. 
The  area  devoted  to  this  fruit  is  extending  rapidly.  The 
product  is  shipped  to  England.  There  is  undoubtedly  a, 
future  for  fruit-growing  on  this  island,  with  its  natural 
under-drainage  in  many  parts,  its  equable  climate,  and 
its  proximity  to  the  European  market. 

NOVA  SCOTIA  AND  CAPE  BRETON.  — The  Dominion  owes 
very  much  to  this  province  for  the  good  pioneer  work 
done  in  advertising  the  fruit-growing  capabilities  of 
Canada  in  the  European  markets.  The  best  advertise- 
ment that  could  be  given  by  any  country  was  afforded  by 
the  magnificent  display  of  fruit  made  by  the  Province  of 
Nova  Scotia  through  its  Fruit  Growers'  Association  at 
the  Indian  and  Intercolonial  exhibition  in  London  in  1886. 
As  early  as  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  the  Acadian 
French,  who  then  peopled  Kings  and  Annapolis  counties, 
cultivated  apples  and  pears  with  great  success.  When 
these  lands  fell  into  the  hands  of  Connecticut  and  Eng- 
lish immigrants  in  1760,  old  pear  and  apple  trees  were 
found  in  many  places;  some  of  the  latter  exist  at  the 
present  day.  It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  apple 
growing  of  Nova  Scotia  is  restricted  to  the  Annapolis 
valley.  This  valley  is  only. one  of  several,  and  the  con- 
tiguous fertile  valleys  of  the  Cornwallis  and  Gaspereaux 
rivers  are  equally  well  adapted  and  eqxially  productive. 
The  protection  afforded  in  this,  the  best  fruit  section  of 


234 


CANADA 


CANADA 


the  province,  by  the  low  parallel  lines  of  hills,  known  as 
the  north  and  south  mountain  ranges,  is  important  and 
valuable  as  windbreaks.  The  numerous  bays  and  inlets 
assist  in  equalizing  temperatures,  and  exercise  a  marked 
influence  upon  the  longevity  of  the  apple  tree  in  this 
region.  The  soil  consists  of  sand,  sandy  loam  and  clay, 
overlaying  sandstone  formation.  The  enormous  rise  and 
fall  of  the  tides  have  produced  extensive  deposits  con- 
stituting the  present  marsh  and  dyked  lands.  These 
marsh  lands  serve  the  purpose  of  supplying  an  abundant 
annual  supply  of  herbage,  in  addition  to  yielding  an  in- 
exhaustible store  of  cheap,  natural  fertilizer,  used  by 
fruit-growers  with  great  advantage  upon  the  upland 
orchard  areas.  Figs.  342,  343. 

Fruit  Regions  and  Fruits,— Kentville,  Wolfville,  and 
Berwick  are  important  fruit  producing  centers.  Here 
are  found  many  of  the  old  English  types  of  apples,  such 
as  Golden  Pippin  and  Devonshire  Quarrenden.  Good 
apples  are  grown  in  nearly  all  parts  of  the  province,  but 
the  valleys  already  mentioned  contain  the  major  portion 
•of  the  bearing  orchards.  The  total  orchard  area  is  esti- 
mated at  80,000  acres,  and  is  rapidly  increasing.  Pears 
tave  long  been  cultivated,  but  the  industry  has  not  grown 
like  the  apple.  Plums  are  widely  cultivated.  Domesticas 
And  Japans  do  well;  Moore's  Arctic  is  the  favorite  of  the 
former  class  and  Burbank  of  the  latter. 

The  export  of  apples  to  Britain  began  in  1875,  and  has 
been  steadily  on  the  increase  since  that  time.  The  mar- 
ketable crop  of  apples  in  1896  amounted  to  500,000 
barrels,  nearly  all  exported  to  Britain.  The  characteris- 
tic apple  of  the  province  is  Gravenstein.  This,  with 
Ribston  Pippin,  was  imported  from  England  by  Hon. 
Charles  Bamage  Prescott,  between  1830  and  1835.  Col. 
John  Burbidge  introduced  the  Nonpareil  Russet.  Doctor 
Inglis,  the  first  bishop  of  Nova  Scotia,  introduced  Yellow 
Bellefleur  to  the  Annapolis  valley,  where  it  is  now  known 
by  the  name  of  Bishop's  Pippin. 

The  cranberry  industry  is  developing  rapidly.  In  1890 
the  output  from  the  cultivated  bogs  amounted  to  400 
barrels ;  in  1898  it  had  nearly  reached  4,000  barrels.  The 
varieties  cultivated  are  selected  from  the  wild  marshes. 

The  fruit-growers  of  the  province  are  intelligent  and 
energetic.  The  Provincial  Fruit-growers'  Association, 
the  oldest  in  the  Dominion,  assists  in  maintaining  a  hor- 
ticultural school,  which  was  established  at  Wolfville 
and  is  affiliated  with  Acadia  College. 

The  fruit-growing  industry  in  Cape  Breton  is  yet  in 
its  infancy.  The  climate  and  soil  resemble  that  of  Prince 
Edward  Island,  and  practically  the  same  class  of  fruits 
are  being  tested. 

NEW  BRUNSWICK.  — The  climate  of  this  province  fa- 
vors a  mixed  husbandry.  Wild  raspberries,  strawber- 
ries, blueberries  and  cranberries  grow  in  wild  profusion, 
and  have  to  some  extent  hindered  the  growing  of  culti- 
vated forms.  Apples  may  be  grown  successfully  for  home 
use  in  nearly  all  parts.  Commercial  orchards  are  now 


342.  Ontario,  Quebec  and 

Nova  Scotia. 

i,  1,  peach  and  grape  regions;  2,  mixed 
fruit  zone;  3  general  agriculture,  and 
apples.  Nova  Scotia  :  1,  plums,  pears,  apples;  2,  apples. 

being  planted  in  the  valley  of  the  St.  John  river,  at 
and  about  Woodstock.  Damson  and  Moore's  Arctic 
plums  are  grown  to  a  considerable  extent.  A  few  grow- 
ers have  found  it  profitable  to  protect  their  plum  trees 
in  winter  by  planting  them  in  such  a  manner  as  admits 
of  the  trees  being  reclined  on  the  ground  in  the  autumn. 


The  snowfall  is  heavy,  and  is  a  sufficient  protection. 
Thomas  A.  Sharpe,  of  Woodstock,  is  a  pioneer  in  this 
work.  Of  apples,  the  following  varieties  have  been 
most  successful  in  the  St.  John  river  valley:  Duchess, 
Wealthy,  Fameuse,  Pewaukee,  Longfield,  and  Scott's 
Winter.  The  small-fruit  harvest  is  a  week  later  than  in 
Nova  Scotia.  New  Brunswickers  are  therefore  enabled 
to  place  their  berries  upon  the  Boston  market  at  a  time 
when  competition  from  other  quarters  is  light  in  these 
classes  of  fruits.  Native  raspberries  and  wild  cranber- 
ries (Vaccinium  Vitis-Idcea)  are  gathered  and  shipped 
in  large  quantities  to  Boston.  V.  Vitis-Idcea  is  com- 
monly known  in  New  Brunswick  as  Wolfberry  or  Low- 
bush  Cranberry.  In  the  past,  lumbering,  fishing  and 
mining  have  absorbed  much  attention  in  New  Bruns- 
wick, but  fruit  culture  is  constantly  receiving  increased 
attention.  Bright  minds  are  at  work  in  the  province. 
What  to  grow,  and  how  to  grow  it,  are  questions  receiv- 
ing earnest  attention. 

QUEBEC. — The  climatic  conditions  in  eastern  Quebec 
approach  quite  closely  those  obtaining  in  many  parts  of 
New  Brunswick.  We  find  the  principal  fruit  areas  ly- 
ing south  of  that  great  artery  of  commerce,  the  St. 
Lawrence  river.  Here  and  there,  not  on  the  low  clay 
flats,  but  on  the  higher  middle  elevations,  with  gravelly 
subsoil  affording  natural  drainage,  we  find  orchards 
made  up  of  "La  Belle  Fameuse,"  Pomme  Gris,  and  St. 
Laurent,  truly  Canadian  and  truly  delicious  apples.  In 
the  lower  St.  Lawrence  region,  especially  on  the  north 
side,  the  keeping  season  of  apples  is  very  much  ex- 
tended— or  rather,  the  ripening  season  is  very  much  re- 
tarded. At  Chicoutmi,  on  the  Saguenay,  Red  Astrachan 
ripens  about  the  end  of  September  and  Wealthy  is  late 
winter. 

In  L'Islet  county,  about  70  miles  northeast  of  the  city 
of  Quebec,  plum-growing  has  become  a  somewhat  spe- 
cialized industry  during  its  evolution,  which  covers  a 
period  of  a  century  and  a  quarter.  Varieties  of  Reine 
Claude  and  of  Orleans  plums  have  originated,  and  are 
now  peculiar  to  that  district.  Reine  Claude  de  Mont- 
morency  is  a  fine  flavored  strain  of  the  parent  group. 
All  plums  grow  in  stocky  form,  with  widely  spreading 
branches,  and  are  very  productive.  The  trees  are 
grown  in  sod,  with  little  pruning  and  fertilizing. 
The  marketing  season  extends  from  September  15  to 
October  15.  Hardy  forms  of  Kentish  cherries  have  also 
been  developed.  The  season  is  a  month  later  than  at 
Ottawa,  Ont.  Between  Quebec  and  Montreal,  along  the 
St.  Lawrence  river,  plums  and  apples  are  grown  to  a 
limited  extent  only.  The  heavy  blue  clay  of  the  region 
between  the  Richelieu  and  St.  Lawrence  rivers  is  un- 
suited  to  the  cultivation  of  fruits.  A  wild  fruit  which 
is  being  grown  by  the  French  habitant  of  the  Richelieu 
and  its  tributaries  is  the  choke  cherry,  Prunus  Vir- 
giniana,  Linn.  The  fruit  is  eaten 
raw,  but  is  also  made  into  jellies 
and  conserves.  A  yellow  variety  is 
common  to  gardens  in  the  vicinity 
of  St.  Hyacinth,  Que.  The  Island 
of  Montreal  is  undoubtedly  the 
cradle  of  the  fruit  industry  of  the 
province.  Here  a  truly  intensive 
style  of  fruit-growing  prevails. 
Apples, plums  and  pears  are  staples. 
Strawberries,  gooseberries,  and 
other  small  fruits  are  largely  culti- 
vated. Convenient  market  facili- 
ties, both  at  home  and  abroad,  assist 
the  fruit-grower.  The  hardier  types 
otPrunus  domestica,  such  as  Dam- 
son and  Orleans  plums,  succeed 
of  unusual  se- 
Japan  plums  have 


except  in   seasons 
verity,  when  their  fruit  buds  fail. 


not  yet  been  sufficiently  tested  on  the  island,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  Burbank,  which  fruits  uncertainly.  So  far  as 
can  be  ascertained,  the  Island  of  Montreal  is  the  home 
of  the  Fameuse  and  St.  Lawrence,  and  possibly  Pomme 
Gris.  About  the  foothills  of  those  curious  outcrop- 
pings  of  the  Vermont  mountains  that  we  find  in  the 
Richelieu  valley  and  in  the  eastern  townships — locali- 
ties peopled  by  U.  E.  Loyalists  — fruit -growing  is  a 
leading  branch  of  rural  labor.  Beloeil,  Rougemont 
and  Abbotsford  are  well  known  to  Quebec  fruit-growers 


CANADA 


CANADA 


235 


as  leading  fruit-growing  centers  of  the  province.  The 
standard  commercial  apples  of  Ontario  and  New  York, 
:is  (Jreening.  Baldwin  and  Spy.  do  not  succeed.  Fameuse, 
\\Yalthy  and  Duchess,  with  Canada  Baldwin  and  Win- 
ter St.  Lawrence,  do  well,  the  latter  two  being  natives 
of  the  Province,  and  much  appreciated.  The  fruit  area 
along  the  New  York  bound- 
ary line  is  rapidly  extending. 
Apples  and  plums  are  sta-  j 
pies,  while  pears  and  grapes 
are  grown  for  home  use. 
The  earlier  varieties  of 
grapes  only  are  grown.  Con- 
cord does  not  ripen  with 
certainty  every  year.  Dela- 
ware, Lady  and  Moore's 
Early  are  generally  reliable 
in  this  western  region. 

Gibbland  Farm,  once  the 
home  of  Charles  Gibb  (de- 
ceased 1890),  a  prominent 
amateur  fruit-grower  and 
philanthropist,  is  located  at 
Abbotsford,  Que.,  and  con- 
tains a  large  collection  of 
Russian  fruits.  These  fruits 
were  widely  distributed  in 
Quebec  through  the  efforts 
of  Mr.  Gibb.  A  few  of  the 
summer  varieties  have  su- 
perseded older  kinds.  The 
only  winter  Russian  apple 
which  has  become  at  all 
well  known  in  Quebec  is 

Arabka  of  Ellwaiiger  &  Barry.  Longfield  is  also  suc- 
cessful in  eastern  Quebec,  where  it  keeps  till  midwinter. 
Unless  carefully  managed,  this  variety  soon  deteriorates 
by  overbearing. 

Montreal  is  the  chief  apple  shipping  port  during  Sep- 
tember and  October.  Later  in  the  year  Ontario  and 
Quebec  apples  go  to  Europe  via  Halifax,  Portland  or 
Boston.  For  a  number  of  years  past  fruit-growers  in 
the  vicinity  of  Montreal  have  shipped  Duchess  and 
Alexander  apples  to  Liverpool  and  Glasgow.  The  un- 
satisfactory feature  about  the  commercial  side  of  fruit- 
growing in  Quebec  is  the  scarcity  of  good  winter  export 
apples.  The  old  standards  are  not  reliable  and  de- 
sirable substitutes  have  not  been  found.  Canada  Bald- 
win, Scott,  Winter  and  Pewaukee  are  generally  rec- 
ommended. 

ONTARIO.  — From  the  standpoint  of  a  fruit-grower,  the 
province  may  be  divided  as  follows  : 

1.  An  apple-growing  region  in  the  extreme  east,  on 
the  north  side  of  the  St.  Lawrence. 

2.  A  pear,  plum  and  apple-growing  region   between 
Toronto  and  Kingston,  along  the  shore  of  Lake  Ontario. 

3.  An  extended  and  distinctively  apple-growing  area 
between   Toronto   on   the   south,  Owen   Sound  on  the 
north,  Haliburton  on  the  northeast,  and  Lake  Huron  on 
the  west.    [In  the  vicinity  of  Owen  Sound,  on  the  south 
shore  of  Georgian  Bay,  plums  of  P.  domestica  class  are 
extensively  cultivated.] 

4.  A  peach,  grape,  pear,  plum  and  small-fruit  region 
in  the  Niagara  peninsula,  between  the  overlapping  ends 
of  Lakes  Erie  and  Ontario.    1,  Fig.  342. 

5.  A  peninsula  in  the  west,  between  Lakes  St.  Clair 
and  Erie— an  area  where  fruits  similar  to  those  noted 
in  the  last  are  cultivated.    Pelee  Island,  in  Lake  Erie, 
might  be  included  in  this  fruit  zone.    1,  Fig.  342. 

Historical.—  Along  the  banks  of  the  Detroit  river,  in 
the  extreme  southwest,  are  gigantic  pear  trees.  These 
are  from  seed  planted  probably  by  French  missionaries. 
One  of  the  oldest  trees  is  said  to  date  from  1705.  These 
trees  are  productive,  but  the  fruit  is  not  valuable.  The 
planting  of  apple  orchards  began  in  this  region  about 
the  year  1784.  The  planting  of  vineyards,  for  which  the 
region  is  noted,  dates  back  about  40  years.  The  Niagara 
Peninsula  was  settled  somewhat  later  than  the  Essex 
region.  Here,  between  1780-90,  the  United  Empire  Loy- 
alists received  grants  of  land  from  King  George,  and 
planted  seeds  of  apples  brought  from  their  homes  in 
the  United  States.  Here  we  are  told  that  John  Smith, 
in  the  early  part  of  this  century,  offered  to  sell  his  claim 


to  200  acres  of  land  for  a  cow,  but  found  no  buyer.  This 
land  is  now  valued  at  from  $300  to  $500  per  acre.  The 
improvement  of  native  fruits  began  in  1830  by  the  in- 
troduction of  foreign  varieties,  and  by  the  establishment 
of  home  nurseries. 

and  statistical.— The  peach  industry  of 


343.  Apple  orchards  in  the  Annapolis  valley,  Nova  Scotia. 

the  Leamington  district,  in  the  west  (5),  is  growing 
rapidly.  Though  not  more  than  20  years  has  elapsed 
since  its  inauguration,  the  present  annual  output  is 
very  large.  In  1894,  35,000  baskets  of  peaches  were 
shipped  from  Leamington  station,  Essex  county ;  in  1895 
more  than  double  that  quantity  was  sent  out.  In  1896, 
more  than  half  a  million  peach  trees  were  planted  in 
that  region.  In  the  Niagara  district  the  output  of 
peaches  is  much  larger,  and  the  fruit  industry  is  more 
uniformly  diversified.  The  Niagara  fruit-grower  is 
strictly  up-to-date.  Electric  cars  run  every  half  hour 
past  the  doors  of  the  fruit-growers  residing  between 
Hamilton  and  Beamsville  ;  telephones  connect  their 
homes,  and  bring  daily  market  reports.  During  the 
shipping  season,  a  fruit  train  leaving  Niagara  Falls 
daily  and,  running  to  Hamilion,  carries  away  such 
peaches,  plums,  cherries,  grapes,  pears  and  berries  as 
are  not  shipped  by  boat  from  St.  Catharines,  Port  Dal- 
housie,  or  Niagara  on  the  Lake. 

The  standard  varieties  of  apples  of  the  province  are 
Spy,  Greening  and  Baldwin.  Ben  Davis,  York  Imperial 
and  Ontario  are  being  widely  planted— the  latter  a  native 
of  the  province.  It  is  a  cross  between  Northern  Spy  and 
Wagener,  produced  by  the  late  Chas.  Arnold,  of  Paris. 
Princess  Louise  and  Mclntosh  Red,  supposed  seedlings 
of  Fameuse,  are  becoming  well  known  in  the  eastern 
parts  of  the  province.  Among  other  fruits  produced  in 
the  province  are  the  Moyer  and  Jessica  grapes,  the  Fitz- 
gerald and  Longhurst  peaches. 

C.  C.  James,  Deputy  Minister  of  Agriculture  for 
Ontario,  gives  the  following  estimated  statistics  regard- 
ing fruits  and  fruit  areas  in  the  province  in  1895.  Area 
in  orchard,  garden  and  vineyard,  320,122  acres;  number 
of  apple  trees  of  bearing  age,  5,913,900;  young  trees  not 
bearing,  3,548,053.  In  1896,  the  yield  of  apples  in  the 
province  was  estimated  to  amount  to  20,000,000  barrels. 

The  Provincial  Fruit-growers' Association  has  a  mem- 
bership of  5,000,  and  publishes  a  monthly  Journal  of 
Horticulture.  Secretary  and  editor,  Linus  Woolverton, 
Grimsby,  Ont. 

A  series  of  fourteen  fruit  experiment  stations  has  re- 
cently been  established,  so  located  as  to  cover  the  va- 
rious climatic  divisions  of  the  province.  The  object  is 
to  test  and  report  upon  all  fruits,  old  and  new.  These 
are  under  the  joint  control  of  the  Ontario  Agricultural 
College  and  the  Ontario  Fruit-growers'  Association, 
with  L.  Woolverton  as  executive  officer,  whose  duty 
it  is  to  make  an  annual  report  of  the  whole  to  the  Min- 
ister of  Agriculture. 


236 


CANADA 


CANADA 


MANITOBA  AND  THE  NORTHWEST  TERRITORIES.— As 
far  as  the  tree  fruits  are  concerned,  those  which  can  be 
grown  successfully  in  these  regions  without  extraordi- 
nary care  have  yet  to  be  produced.  A  few  Russian 
apples  and  Siberian  crabs  have  survived  and  have  pro- 
duced some  fruit  in  southeastern  Manitoba.  Pyrus 
baccata  (the  berried  crab  of  Europe)  is  hardy  atthe  Dom. 
Experiment  Stations  at  Brandon,  Man. ,  and  Indian  Head, 
N.  W.  Terr.  This  has  been  crossed  with  the  hardiest 
Russian  apples  in  the  hope  that  the  resultant  seedlings, 
of  which  there  are  now  many  thousands,  will  prove 
hardy  in  tree,  and  produce  fruit  of  edible  size. 

With  the  protection  afforded  by  belts  of  timber,  small 
fruits  of  nearly  all  kinds— grapes,  however,  being  a  no- 
table exception— are  grown  with  a  moderate  degree  of 
success.  The  natural  obstacles  are  appreciably  less  in 
Manitoba  than  in  the  Provinces  of  Assiniboia,  Alberta 
and  Saskatchewan,  where  late  spring  frosts,  high  winds 
and  periods  of  summer  drought  and  severe  winter  cold 
make  the  cultivation  of  the  hardiest  fruits,  such  as 
gooseberries  and  currants,  difficult  and  precarious.  Na- 
tive types  of  these  fruits  are  cultivated.  Juneberries 
are  much  appreciated.  Without  doubt  the  rancher  and 
wheat  grower  of  these  northwest  provinces  will  be  de- 
pendent for  his  fruit  supply  upon  Ontario  and  British 
Columbia  for  many  years  to  come.  The  chief  sources  of 
horticultural  information  in  this  region  are  the  Do- 
minion experiment  stations  already  referred  to. 


\ 


\ 


if 

344.  British  Columbia.    The  fruit  regions  are  between  the  parallel  series  of  dotted  lines 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA.—  Fig.  344.  I  am  indebted  to 
J.  R.  Anderson,  Deputy  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the 
province,  for  much  of  the  following  data.  British  Col- 
umbia is  wonderfully  diversified,  and  has  great  fruit- 
growing possibilities  in  its  deltas,  its  coast  line,  its 
valleys,  its  benches,  its  irrigated  lands.  Great  climatic 
variation  means  a  corresponding  widening  of  the  possi- 
bilities of  fruit-culture,  and  there  is  here  undoubtedly 
a  more  extended  range  of  thermometric  variation  and 
atmospheric  moisture  than  is  found  in  any  other  prov- 
ince of  the  Dominion. 

Historical.  —  Regarding  the  early  history  of  fruit- 
growing, and  some  of  its  later  developments,  Mr.  An- 
derson writes  as  follows  : 

« It  was  soon  discovered  by  the  early  settlers  in  and 
about  the  old  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  forts  of  Victoria 
and  Langley,  that  apple  trees  would  mature  and  bear 
fruit.  There  was,  however,  a  deep-rooted  belief  that  the 
greater  part  of  the  country  would  not  produce  fruit,  or, 
indeed,  for  that  matter,  crops  of  any  kind.  However, 
gradually  trials  were  made  by  adventurous  spirits, 
miners,  packers,  and  others  (probably  never  by  practi- 
cal farmers  or  fruit-growers),  and  it  gradually  dawned 
upon  the  sparse  population  that  apples  and  field  crops 
would  grow  in  most  parts  of  the  coast  line  of  the 
province,  and  of  that  part  known  as  the  dry  belt  lying 
between  the  Coast  Range  and  the  Rocky  mountains. 
Then  it  appeared  to  occur  to  the  residents  that  other 
fruits  might  do,  and  thereupon  trees  and  plants  were 


procured  from  California,  and  in  most  cases  all  were 
found  to  be  successful.  Up  to  this  time  (between  1855 
and  1860),  most  of  the  fruit  was  the  produce  of  seed- 
lings, the  offspring  of  seeds  procured  from  other  coun- 
tries, which  being  acclimatized,  with  a  good  climate, 
freedom  of  insect  pests  and  diseases,  produced  wonder- 
ful crops  without  the  trouble  of  cultivating,  pruning  and 
spraying.  Now,  however,  fruit  trees  of  a  superior  qual- 
ity began  to  be  imported,  and  for  some  time  throve 
equally  well  as  those  of  humbler  origin,  but  by  and  by, 
for  some  unaccountable  reason,  the  trees  did  not  bear 
as  well  as  formerly,  nor  was  the  fruit  as  good  or  as 
large  as  it  used  to  be,  and  old-timers  wondered  what  was- 
the  matter,  and  so  things  went  on  from  bad  to  worse, 
until  people  of  a  new  generation  began  to  settle  in  the 
province,  who  soon  ascertained  the  cause  of  failure  to- 
be  due  to  the  importation  with  the  trees,  from  the 
neighboring  states  and  provinces,  of  pests  and  dis- 
eases hitherto  unknown  in  the  province.  It  was  then 
that  the  legislature  enacted  the  Horticultural  Board  Act, 
which  provides  for  the  appointment  of  a  "Board,"  whose 
duties  are,  infer  alia,  to  inspect  all  fruit  and  fruit  trees 
entering  the  province,  and  orchards  within  the  province, 
and  to  make  such  recommendations  in  the  interest  of 
fruit-growers  as  they  may  deem  necessary.  It  has  fol- 
lowed, as  a  matter  of  course,  that  in  consequence  of  the 
stringent  regulations,  a  better  class  of  nursery  stock  is 
now  imported  into  the  province,  and  although  it  is  quite 
impossible,  even  with  the  strictest  in- 
spection, to  detect  all  infestations,  and 
although  people  have  been  slow  in 
adopting  even  those  measures  best  cal- 
culated for  their  benefit  which  have  been 
recommended  by  the  Board  of  Horticxil- 
ture,  there  is  a  marked  improvement 
in  the  state  of  the  orchards  of  the  prov- 
ince, and  of  the  fruit  pro- 
duced. 

v^%  The      young      orchards 

planted  out  since  the  inau- 
guration of  the  newer  and 
more  intelligent  methods, 
are  likewise  coming  into 
bearing.  The  production 
of  fruit  is  even  now  in 
many  lines  in  excess  of 
local  demands,  and  hence, 
in  view  of  the  line  of  action 
pursued  by  the  Board  of 
Horticulture,  which  now 
prevents  this  province 
from  being  the  dumping 
ground  for  the  refuse  fruit 
of  the  neighboring  states, 

it  may  reasonably  be  concluded  that  the  imports  of 
fruits  will  be  restricted  in  the  future  to  those  early  fruits 
which  mature  in  the  south,  or  to  the  production  of  the 
antipodes  at  a  time  when  those  of  this  country  are  not 
in  season. 

Fruits.  —  "The  principal  fruits  produced  in  the 
province  are  apples,  pears,  cherries,  plums,  prunes,  and 
all  the  small  fruits.  Other  fruits,  such  as  peaches  and 
grapes,  have  not  been  produced  in  sufficient  quantities 
to  meet  the  demand,  those  like  the  first  named  having- 
been  at  first  considered  unsuitable  to  the  country,  but 
are  now  found  to  do  excellently  in  many  parts." 

Fruit  Sections.  —  Some  of  the  best  fruit  lands  are  to- 
be  found  along  the  mountains  and  foothills  on  either 
side  of  the  numerous  valleys  of  the  province.  This  is 
particularly  true  of  the  region  along  the  Fraser  river 
between  Chilliwack  and  Hope.  The  region  along  the 
Fraser  river  from  Agassiz  to  the  coast  is  one  abun- 
dantly supplied  with  water  and  now  producing  large 
quantities  of  plums,  apples  and  berries.  Some  of  the 
interior  valleys  are  eminently  adapted  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  tenderest  tree  fruits.  Peaches  are  being 
successfully  cultivated  here  and  there  on  the  lower 
bench  lands.  The  accompanying  map  shows  the  princi- 
pal fruit-producing  areas  of  the  province.  At  Vernon, 
in  the  Okanagan  valley,  the  Earl  of  Aberdeen,  a  late 
governor-general  of  Canada,  has  an  extensive  orchard 
of  200  acres.  Here  an  irrigation  plant,  while  not  deemed 
absolutely  essential  to  fruit-growing,  is  thought  to  be  a 


CANADA 

desirable  adjunct.      This    valley   is   producing   apples, 
pears  and  plums  of  good  quality. 

Miirki-tx. — "The  exportation  of  fresh  fruit  to  the  North- 
west Territory  and  Manitoba,  which  is  the  natural  mar- 
ket of  the  prov- 
ince, is  assuming 
large  proportions, 
more  especially  in 
plums,  for  which 
British  Columbia 
is  specially  noted. 
The  markets  of 
the  Orient  and 
Australia  will  in 
the  near  future 
also  be  outlets  for 
the  surplus  fruits 
of  the  country. 
Canneries  and 
fruit  -  preserving 
establishments  of 
various  kinds  also  afford  means  of  disposing  of  some 
of  the  surplus  fruits  which  are  not  in  a  condition  to 
l»e  exported.  The  high  price  of  labor,  and  the  compe- 
tition which  has  to  be  met,  in  the  matter  of  the  cheap 
jams  and  other  products,  adulterated  with  foreign  sub- 
stances and  glucose,  which  come  from  the  east  and 
California,  are,  however,  very  serious  factors  which  mil- 
itate against  the  success  of  such  establishments." 

Pests.— Most  of  the  pests  which  have  caused  such 
serious  loss  to  the  orchardists  of  other  countries  have 
made  their  appearance  in  the  province,  but,  thanks  to 
the  efforts  made  for  their  suppression,  the  codlin  moth 
and  curculio  are  notable  exceptions. 

Climate.— The  climate  of  the  coast  is  most  equable. 
The  temperature  seldom  falls  to  zero  nor  rises  above 
75°  or  80J.  In  the  interior  the  variations  are  naturally 
greater,  but  even  there,  in  the  coldest  part  of  the  win- 
ter, the  temperature  does  not  long  remain  at  or  below 
zero.  On  the  coast,  the  precipitation  is  almost  entirely 
in  the  form  of  rain,  which  is  sufficient  for  the  most 


CANNA 


237 


J45.    Seeds  of   Canavalia  ensiformis. 
Full  size. 


with  drooping,  inflated  buds  and  solitary,  bell-shaped 
tls.  more  than  1  in.  long  and  \%  in.  wide,  dull  yellow, 
Unshed  and  veined  with  dull  purplish  brown.  Lvs.  has- 
tate. B.M.  444. -Not  in  the  Amer.  trade. 

CANARY- BIRD  FLOWER  is  a  Tropceolum. 
CANARY  GRASS  is  a  Phalaris. 

CANAVALIA  (an  aboriginal  name).  Legumindsa '.. 
Trailing  or  twining  herbs  :  fls.  in  axillary  racemes, 
with  bell-shaped,  2-lipped  calyx,  papilionaceous  corolla, 
9  stamens  united  and  1  free  for  most  of  its  length  : 
pods  large  and  ribbed  on  edges.  Several  species, 
widely  distributed  in  warm  countries. 

ensif6rmis,  DC.  (C.  gladidta,  DC.).  JACK  BEAN. 
CHICKASAW  LIMA.  Figs.  197,  345.  Grown  in  the  south- 
ern states  for  stock,  but  the  pods  make  passable  snap 
beans  when  not  more  than  4  or  6  in.  long.  In  warm 
countries  it  is  a  bushy  plant,  with 
little  tendency  to  climb.  The  pods 
reach  a  length  of  10-14  in.,  the  walls 
being  very  hard  and  dense  when  ripe. 
The  halves  of  the  pod,  when  split 
apart,  roll  up  spirally,  often  into  an  al- 
most perfect  cylinder.  The  large  white, 


346.     The  parts 

of  the 

Canna  flower. 
(SeeCanna,  p.238.) 


part  for  agricultural 
poses,  the  objection  be- 
ing that  little  or  none 
falls  during  the  summer 
months.  In  the  interior, 
where  the  precipitation 
is  mostly  in  the  shape 
of  snow,  it  is  so  light 
that  irrigation  has  to  be 
resorted  to.  JOHN  CRAIG. 

CANAIGRE.     See  Bumex  hymenosepalus. 

CANARINA  (from  the  Canary  Islands).  Campanu- 
Idcece.  Three  species  of  tropical  herbs  closely  allied  to 
Campamila,  but  with  the  tubes  of  the  calyx  and  corolla 
grown  together,  and  the  floral  parts  in  6's.  C.  cam- 
pa  nn  la  ta,  Linn.,  is  a  tender  plant  from  the  Canaries, 


347.  Old-time  Canna.  348.  Modern  flowering  Canna. 

turgid  beans,  bearing  a  very  prominent  brown  seed- 
scar,  are  packed  crosswise  the  pod,  imbedded  in  a  very 
thin  white,  papery  lining.  The  flowers  are  small  and 
light  purple,  resembling  those  of  the  Cow-pea  (though 
larger)  and  of  various  species  of  Dolichos.  The  leaflets 
are  3,  large  and  broad  (5-8  in.  long  and  half  or  three-fifths 
as  broad),  strongly  veined  and  dull,  dark  green,  abruptly 
pointed  and  smooth.  Tropics.  A.G.  14 :  84.  B.M.  4027.  — 
Beans  said  to  be  used  as  a  coffee  substitute.  LU  jj,  g. 

CANDLEBERRY,  CANDLENUT.    See  Aleurites. 
CANDYTUFT.    See  Iberis. 


CANE-BRAKE. 

under  Bamboo). 


Species    of  Arundinaria    (treated 

CANLSTRUM.    See  ^Echmea. 

CANNA  (name  of  oriental  origin,  of  no  application). 
Scitamin&cece.  Stout,  unbranched,  large-leaved  tropi- 
cal and  warm-temperate  herbs  of  both  hemispheres,  with 
large  and  ornamental  foliage.  Fls.  mostly  red  or  yellow, 


238 


CANNA 


C^NNA 


in  a  terminal  raceme  or  panicle,  very  irregular  :  capsule 
3-loculed  and  several-many-seeded  (p,  Fig.  346) ;  sepals, 
s.  3  and  small  and  usually  green  ;  petals  3,  ccc,  mostly 
narrow  and  pointed,  green  or  colored  ;  style  single  and 
long,  e  ;  the  stamens  are  represented  by  petal-like,  ob- 
lanceolate  bodies  or  staminodia,  aaab,  2  or  3  of  which 
are  usually  much  produced  and  broadened,  and  one  is 
deflexed  and  narrower  and  forms  the  lip  of  the  flower, 
6;  the  pollen  is  borne  in  a  single-loculed  anther,  f,  borne 
on  the  side  of  a  narrow  and  more  or  less  coiled  stami- 
nodium. 

A  generation  ago,  Cannas  were  grown  for  their 
foliage  or  mass-effect.    They  were  tall  and  long- 
jointed,  with  small  and  late  flowers  (Fig.  347). 
The   parent  of  the  old-time  garden  race  of  tall 
Cannas  was  C.  Anncei,  raised  by  M.  Anne"e,  of 
France,   from  seeds  of  C.  Ne- 
palensis,   sown    in   1848.     The 
flowers  from   which  the    seeds 
were  taken  probably  had  been 
pollinated  by  some    other  spe- 
cies, most  likely  with  C.  glauca. 
In  1863,  a  new  race  appeared, 
as  the  result  of  the  union  of  C. 
iridiflora  with  C.  Warscewiczii. 
This  hybrid   was  known  as  C. 
ETiemanni    (and    C.    iridiflora 
hybrlda}.  This  was  of  interme- 
diate  stature,  with  showy  foli- 
age and  better  drooping   flow- 
ers. Under  this  name  plants  are  still  sold,  but  they 
may   not  be    identical  with  the  original  C.  Elie- 
manni.    This  race  has  been  variously  crossed  with 
other  species    ana  forms,   and  from   innumerable 
seedlings  there  have  been  selected  the  dwarf  and 
large-flowered  Cannas  (Figs.  348,  349),  which  have 
now   practically   driven  out  the   old,   tall,  small- 
flowered    forms.    These   dwarf   Cannas    are  often 
known  as  French  Cannas,  from  the  country  of  their 
origin  ;    also,  as  Crozy  Cannas,  from  the  most  re- 
nowned  breeder   of  them.    Within   recent   years, 
another  race  of  Cannas  has  arisen  from  the  amal- 
gamation of  our  native  Canna  flaccida  with  the  gar- 
den  forms    and  with   G.  iridiflora.     These   have 
come  mostly  from  Italy  and  are  known  as  Italian 
Cannas;  also,  as  orchid-flowered  Cannas.  The  flow- 
ers are  characterized  by  soft  and  flowing  iris -like 
outlines,  but  they  are  short-lived.    Of  this  class 
are  the  varieties  Italia  (Fig.  350),  Austria,  Bavaria, 
Burgundia,  America,  Pandora,  Burbank  and  others. 
For  a  sketch  of  the  evolution  of  the  garden  Cannas, 
see  J.  G.  Baker,  Journ.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc.,  Jan.,  1894; 
also,  Bailey,   Plant-Breeding,   140  ;    also,  particu- 
larly for  the  history  of  the   Italian   race,  Revue 
Horticole,   1895,    516,    and   Gardeners'    Chronicle, 
Dec.  14,  1895. 

The  culture  of  Cannas  is  simple  and  easy.  They 
demand  a  warm,  friable,  rich  and  moist  soil.  They 
are  injured  by  frost,  and  therefore  should  not  be 
planted  out  until  the  weather  is  thoroughly  settled. 
For  mass  effects,  set  the  plants  not  more  than  1 
foot  apart  each  way;  but  if  it  is  desired  to  show 
individual  plants  and  their  flowers  at  the  best, 
give  three  times  that  amount  of  room  to  a  single 
plant.  Pick  the  flowers  as  soon  as  they  wilt,  to 
prevent  the  formation  of  seeds  (which  causes  the 
plant  to  lessen  flowering),  and  keep  the  plants  in 
fldy  condition.  If  the  best  plants  are  desired,  give 
the  soil  and  treatment  which  produce  the  best  re- 
sults with  Indian  corn. 

>New  varieties  are  raised  from  seeds.  The  seeds 
usually  germinate  slowly,  and  sometimes  not  at  all, 
unless  the  hard  integument  is  cut  or  filed,  or  is 
softened  by  soaking  in  water  ;  these  precautions 
taken,  they  germinate  quickly.  Sow  late  in  winter,  in 
rather  strong  bottom  heat,  either  in  flats  or  pots.  Prick 
out,  and  give  plenty  of  room  as  they  grow.  Commonly, 
Cannas  are  propagated  by  dividing  the  rootstock.  This 
rootstock  is  a  branchy  mass,  with  many  large  buds.  If 
stock  is  not  abundant,  as  many  plants  may  be  made  from 
a  rootstock  as  there  are  buds,  although  the  weak  buds 
produce  weak  plants.  Leave  as  much  tissue  as  possible 
with  each  bud.  These  1-bud  parts  usually  give  best  re- 


sults if  started  in  pots,  so  that  the  plant  is  6-12  in.  high 
at  planting  time.  The  commercial  Canna  plants  are  grown 
mostly  in  pots.    If  one  has  sufficient  roots,  however,  it 
is  better  not  to  cut  so  close,  but  to  leave  several  strong 
buds  on  each  piece  (as  shown  in  Fig.  351).  These  pieces 
may  be  planted  directly  in  the  ground,  although  more 
certain  results  are  to  be  secured  by  starting  them  in  the 
house  in  boxes  or  pots.    If  strong  effects  are  desired, 
particularly  in  shrub  borders,  it  is  well  to  plant  the  en- 
tire stool.    In  the  fall,  when  the  plants  are  killed  by 
frost  and  the  tops  have  dried  a  few  days,  dig  the  roots, 
and  let  them  dry  as  if  they  were  potatoes. 
Then   store   them   on   shelves    in   a   cellar 
which   will   keep    Irish  or   round  potatoes 
well.     Take  care  that  the  roots  do  not  be- 
come too  warm,  particularly  be- 
fore cold  weather  sets  in  ;  nor 
^^^^  too    moist.     Well  cured   roots. 

'ftSPIiik         from  wel1  matured  plants  usu- 
ally keep  without  difficulty. 

Cannas  are   commonly  used 
only  in  formal  beds,  but  most 
excellent    effects    may   be   se- 
cured by  scattering  them  singly 
or  in  very  small  clumps  in  the 
hardy  border  or  amongst  shrub- 
bery.    Against   a  heavy  back- 
ground   of    green,   the   gaudy 
flowers  show  to  their  best,  and 
the  ragged  effect  of  the  dying^ 
flowers  is  not  noticed.    They  also  make 
excellent  center-pieces  for  formal  beds. 
The  tall-growing  Cannas,  with  small  and 
late    flowers,    have    given   way    almost 
wholly  to  the  modern  race  of  Crozy  or 
French   dwarf    Cannas,    which   usually 
remain  under  4  ft.  high,   and   give  an 
abundance  of  large  early  flowers.     The  Canna  al- 
ways must  be  used  for  bold  planting  effects,  be- 
cause the  flowers  have  not  sufficient  durability  to 
be  useful  as  cut  flowers.     As  individual   blooms, 
the  flowers  are  not  usually  attractive,  but  they  are 
showy  and  interesting  in  the  mass  and  at  a  dis- 
tance.   The  new  race  of  Italian  or  Flaccida  Cannas 
has  more   attractive  flowers,   but  even  these  are 
most  useful  when  on  the  plant.   Of  varieties  there 
are  legion,  and  many  new  ones  are  imported  each 
year,  chiefly  from  France;  and  there  are  so  many 
new  aspirants  each  year  that  it  is  not  worth  while 
to  enumerate  varieties  in  a  cyclopedia. 

The  garden  Cannas  are  now  so  much  varied  and 
inter-bred  that  it  is  no  longer  possible  to  classify 
them  by  the  characters  of  the  species.  One  of  the 
best  classificatory  schemes  is  the  following  ( adapted 
fromG.  C.  III.  14:432): 

I.  Tall  varieties. 
A.  Foliage  green. 

B.  Self -colored  varieties. 

C.  Minor  flower-segments  narrow, 
cc.  Minor  flower-segments  broad. 
BB.  Bicolor  forms,  in  which  the  lip  is  of  a  dif- 
ferent color  from  the  other   segments. 
Divided  into  c  and  cc,  as  above. 
BBB.  Spotted  varieties.    Including  c  and  cc,  as 

above. 

BBBB.  Blotched  varieties.    Including  c  and  cc. 
BBBBB.  Margined  varieties.    Including  c  and  cc. 
AA.  Foliage  purple.    Divisions  as  under  A. 
349.          II.  Dwarf  varieties.    Divisions  as  under  I. 

To  many  of  the  garden  forms  and  hybrids  spe- 
cific Latin  names  have  been  given ;  but  the  follow- 
ing synopsis  (adapted  from  Baker's  "Synopsis  of 
the  Species  of  Cannas,"  in  G.C.  III.  13:  42,  70,  164, 
196)  gives  a  general  view  of  the  original  species.    The 
names  here  accounted  for  are  :    aurantiaca,  14;    aureo- 
vittata,  4;  carnea,  15;  cinnabarina,6;  coccinea,  6;  eom- 
mutata,  14;  compacta,  13;  crocea,  14;  densifolia,  5;  de- 
nudata,20',  discolor,19;  divaricata,2Q-,  edulis,  S;  Ehren- 
bergii,  5  ;  esculenta,  9  ;  excelsa,  20  ;  exigna,  5  ;  Fintel- 
manni,  3  ;  flaccida,  21  ;    flavescens,  5  ;    floribunda,  4  ; 
formosa,  6  ;  fulgida,  6  ;  gigantea,  7  ;  glauca,  10  ;  heli- 
coniae folia,  11 ;    humilis,  5  ;    Indica,  1 ;    iridiflora,  22  » 


H  .  n"c® 

" 


CANNA. 


CANNA 


239 


iceta,  4  ;  Larjnnensis.  14  ;  Lamberti,  2  ;  lanuginosa,  12; 
latifolia,  7;  le}>t<x-ln'iln.  l(i  ;  leucocarpa,  14;  liliiflora, 
2:>  :  limbata.  4:  Inngifolia.  10;  lutea,  14:  nt<n-r<>i-<i rjxi , 
14  ;  tnnrrop It ylltt.  7  ;  tnaciilafa,  14  :  Mexicana,  10  ; 
Morifzimta.  14  :  <\<'/xt  It-nxis,  16  ;  occidentalis,  4  ;  ori- 
entalis,  5  ;  pallida,  14  ;  paniculata,  20  ;  patens,  4  ;  pe- 
dunculata.  8  ;  polydada,  17  ;  polymorpha,  16  ;  Portori- 
<-<nsix,  (i  ;  /> <il<- /ifn.  f>  :  rei-iin'ttta,  4;  Reevesii,  21;  Hos- 
coeana,!!',  ruln-a,  (\  :  xotin-ate-rubra,  4  ;  Schh-rhtfu- 
d<thliana,3  ;  Selloicii,  4  ;  speciosa,  16  ;  spectabilis,  4  ; 
stolonifera,  10;  xnli>hnr<  a,  14  :  Snrin<unt -nsls.  6  ;  syl- 
vestris,  6  ;  Texensis,  4  ;  Tinei,  14  ;  variabilis,  15  ;  ra- 
riegnta,  4:  ri-ntriruxa,  4;  vitellina, 
14  ;  Warscewiczii,  18. 

A.    EUCANNA.  —  Corolla     lobes    and 
sttuniHodia   united  into  a  short 
tube  :   two  or  three  of  the  upper 
staminodia  petal-like. 
B.    Three  upper  staminodia petal- 

Uke. 
c.    Lvs.  of  ordinary  consistency  or 

thickness. 
D.    £//>  entire. 

1.  Indica,  Linn.    INDIAN 
SHOT.     Stem  slender,  gla- 
brous, green,  3-5  ft. :  Ivs. 
oblong  and   acute,  green, 
half   as  broad    as  long  (1 
ft.  long) :  racemes  simple 
and  lax,  some  of  the   fls. 
in  pairs,  the  bracts  green 
and  nearly  orbicular  :  fls. 
small  ;   sepals  oblong  and 
green,  %   in.  long;  petals 
lanceolate,  pale  green,  about  1 
staminodia  bright  red,  entire, 

row  ;  lip  linear,  red-yellow,  spotted  with  red;  cap- 
sule globose,  1  in.  in  diam.    W.  Indies  and  Guiana. 

2.  Lamberti,  Lindl.    Stem  stout,  green  and  gla- 
brous, 12-14  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong,  green,  acute:  raceme 
simple  or  forked,  lax  and  few-fld.,  the  bracts  large 
and  oblong,  green  :  sepals  lanceolate,  pale  green, 
%in.  long;  petals  lanceolate,  2  in.  long,  reddish; 
staminodia  entire,  scarcely  longer  than  the  petals, 
bright  crimson ;  lip  bright  crimson :  capsule  oblone 
large.    W.  Ind.,  S.  Amer. 

3.  Fintelmanni,  Douche".    Stem  green  and  glau- 
cous. 4-5   ft. :  Ivs.  oblong   and   acute,  green   and 
glaucous  :  raceme  few-fld.  and  lax,  the  bracts  green 
and  oblong:  sepals  oblong,  3^in.,  green;  petals  lan- 
ceolate, pale  green,  IKin. ;  staminodia  obtuse  and 
entire,  2-3  in.,  yellow;    lip   oblanceolate,  yellow, 
mottled  red  :    capsule  large.     Trop.  Amer.?  — Pos- 
sibly a  hybrid  of   C.  glauca   and   C.  Indica.   C. 
Schlechtendahlidna,  Douche",  is  similar,  but  has  the 
staminodia  spotted  red. 

DD.    Lip  emarginate. 

4.  patens,  Roscoe.    Stem  slender,  green  and  gla- 
brous, 4-5  ft. :    Ivs.  oblong  and  acute,  green,  the 
lower  1  ft.  long:  raceme  few-fld.,  simple  and  lax, 
the  bracts  orbicular  and  green,  the  fls.  single  or  in 
pairs  :   fls.   small  ;    petals  lanceolate,  pale   green, 
about  l^in.  long  ;    upper  staminodia  bright  red, 
entire,  2  in.  long,  and  narrow;  lip  bright  red-yellow, 
with  minute  red  dots  :    capsule  globose,  1  in    in 
diam.    Trop.  Amer.    D.M.  454  as  C.  Indica. 

V&r.  limbata,   Baker  (C.  limbata,   Roscoe.    C. 
aureo-vittata^odd.).  Upper  staminodia  bright  red,  with  a 
border  of  bright  yellow.  —  To  C.  patens  Daker  would  refer 


in.  long  ;  3  upper 
in.  long  but  nar- 


350 


Var.  flav6scens,  Baker  (C.  flarfxrens,  Link).  Upper 
staminodia  and  the  lip  entirely  yellow.  — With  C.  orien- 
talis  probably  belong  C.  densifolia,  Ehrenbergii,  exigua, 
ft  tan  His  and  pulchra  of  Douche". 

6.  coccinea,  Miller  (C.  riiftra,  Willd.).  Stem  slender, 
green,  4-6  ft. :  Ivs.  longer  than  those  of  C.  Indica,  oblong 
and  acute:  raceme  simple  and  lax,  with  small,  green,  or- 
bicular bracts :  sepals  lanceolate,  /^in.  or  less  long,  tinged 
with  red;  petals  lanceolate,  l%in.  long,  tinged  with  red; 
staminodia  2  in.  long  and  narrow,  often  emarginate;  lip 
red-yellow:  capsule  globose  and  small.  Trop.  Amer.  — To 
this  species  Daker  would  refer  C.  cinnabarina,  formosa, 
fidgida,  Portoricensis  and  Surinamensis 
of  Douche". 

Var.  sylvestris,  Daker  (C.  sylvtetris, 
Roscoe).    Staminodia  longer,  plain  deep 
crimson,  that  and  the  lip  with 
a  long  claw.    Trop.  Amer. 

7.  latifdlia,   Miller   (C.  gi- 
gantea,  DC.    C.  macrophylla, 
Douch^).    Stem  stout  and  pu- 
bescent, 10-16  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong 
and   acute,   green,  the   lower 
ones  often  3-4  ft.  long:  fls.  in 
several    racemes    forming    a 
panicle,. the  bracts  oblong  or 
the  lower  ones  becoming  sev- 
eral inches  long  ;    sepals  ob- 
long and  green,   %  in.  long  ; 
petals   lanceolate,  2  in.  long, 
tinged  with  red ;  staminodia  3 
in.  or  less  long,  entire  or  emar- 
ginate, bright  red  ;  lip  bright 
red:  capsule  large.    S.  Amer. 
D.M.  2316. 

8.  pedunculata,  Sims.  Stem 
slender,  green  and   glaucous, 
glabrous,  5-6  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate,  green    and    glau- 
cous, 1-2  ft.  long  and  3-4  in.  broad  :  fls.  in  a 
many-fld.  lax  raceme,  with  a  hairy  rachis  and 
long-spreading  pedicels,  the  bracts  small,  ob- 
long and  obtuse  ;    sepals  oblong,  small  and 
green;  petals  lanceolate,  green,  reflexed,  1  in. 

long;  staminodia  emarginate,  about  1  in.  long,  pale 
yellow ;  lip  oblanceolate,  plain  yellow  :  capsule 
globose,  small.  S.  Drazil.  D.M.  2323.  — Probably 
not  in  cult. 

9.  6dulis,  Ker.  (C.  escultnta,  Lodd.).    Rootstock 
thick  and  edible:  stem  stout,  8-12  ft.,  purple:  Ivs.. 
oblong,  green  or  bronze,  1-2  ft.  long  :   raceme  lax, 
forked  or  simple:  fls.  usually  in  pairs;  bracts  or- 
bicular or  oblong;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  %in. 
long,    tinged  with   red;    petals   lanceolate,  l%-2: 
in. ;  staminodia  entire  or  emarginate,  2%in.  long, 
bright  red  or  orange ;  lip  bright  red  or  yellow-red : 
capsule  large.     Trop.  Amer.     D.M.  2498.  — Starch 
is  procured  from  the  roots,  and   for  this  purpose 
the  plant  is  widely  cult,  in  the  tropics. 

10.  glauca,  Linn.    Stem  green  and  glaucous,  5-6 
ft. :  Ivs.  green  and  glaucous,  oblong-lanceolate  and 
very  acute,  tapering  both  ways  (the  middle  of  the 
blade    about  4  in.  wide):    raceme  lax,  simple   or 
forked:  sepals  lanceolate,  green,  %in.  long;  petals 
lanceolate,  yellow-green,  l%-2  in.;  staminodia  en- 
tire, 2%-3  in.,  yellow,  not  spotted;  lip  linear,  emar- 
ginate, pale  yellow:  capsule  oblong,  l%-2  in.  long. 

Mexicana  and 


the  following:  C.  floribunda,  la>ta,  recurvata,  saturate- 
rnbra,  Sellowii,  spectabilis,  Texensis,  variegata  and 
veutricosa  of  Douche".  C.  occidentalis  ,  Roscoe,  has  only 
2  staminodia,  petal-like. 

5.  orientalis,  Roscoe.  Stem  slender,  glabrous,  3-4  ft.  : 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  a  foot  or  more  long  :  raceme  lax, 
simple  or  forked,  the  bracts  oblong  :  sepals  oblong- 
lanceolate.  green,  %in.  or  less  long  ;  petals  lanceolate, 
peenish,  l^in.  long;  upper  staminodia  2%in.  or  less 
long,  bright  red,  often  emarginate;  lip  red-yellow:  cap- 
sule globose  and  very  small.  Old  World  tropics. 


Italia  Canna.  Trop.  Amer.—  The    C'.    longifolia, 
stolonifera  of  Douche"  belong  here. 

cc.    'Lvs.  thin  and  papery. 

11.  heliconieefdlia,  Douche\    Stem  6-8  ft.:  Ivs. oblong,, 
green,  2-3  ft.  long  (resembling  those  of  Heliconia) :  fls. 
in  a  panicle  formed  of  several  lax  racemes ;   sepals  lan- 
ceolate, %in.  long;  petals  lanceolate,  Kin.  long,  colored ; 
staminodia  not  much  longer  than  the  petals,  scarlet;  lip 
scarlet:  capsule  ellipsoidal,  large.    Mex. 

BB.    Two  upper  staminodia  petal-like, 
c.    Stem  woolly -pubescent. 

12.  lanugindsa,  Roscoe.    Stem  green,  woolly,  4-6  ft.: 
Ivs.  oblong,  acute,  green  :    raceme  lax,  few-fld.,  simple . 


240 


CANNA 


CANTERBURY   BELL 


or  forked,  the  bracts  obtuse,  small  and  green  :  sepals 
lanceolate,  green,  Kin.  or  less  long  ;  petals  lanceolate, 
IK  in.  long,  tinged  with  red  ;  staminodia  entire,  red  or 
red-yellow  ;  lip  the  same  color,  oblanceolate  and  emar- 
ginate. Brazil. 

cc.    Stem  glabrous. 

D.    Leaves  green. 

13.  compacta,  Roscoe.  Stem  stout  and  green  :  Ivs. 
broad,  oblong  and  acute  :  raceme  simple  and  many-fld., 
•dense  :  sepals  lanceolate,  Kin.  long  ;  petals  unequal, 
lanceolate,  1%  in.  long,  red-yellow  ;  staminodia  slightly 
•emarginate,  1K-2  in.  long,  bright  crimson  ;  lip  emar- 
ginate,  red-yellow.  Trop.  Amer. 


351.  Stool  of  Canna,  showing  how  it  may  be  divided. 

14.  Ifctea,  Miller.     Stem   slender  and  green,  3-4  ft. : 
Ivs.  oblong  and   acute  :  raceme  lax,  simple  or  forked, 
the  small  green  bracts  oblong  and  obtuse :  sepals  green- 
ish, oblong,  Kin.;  petals  lanceolate,  pale  green,  1-1% 
in.    long  ;    staminodia   pale   yellow,  often   emarginate, 
1/4-2    in.    long  ;    lip   linear,   pale   yellow,   emarginate. 
'Trop.  Amer. 

Var.  pallida,  Roscoe.  Staminodia  and  lip  pale  yellow, 
spotted  red. 

Var.  aurantiaca,  Roscoe  (C.  Tinei,  Todaro).  Petals 
tinged  red  ;  staminodia  red- yellow  ;  lip  red -yellow  and 
red-spotted.  — To  C.  lutea  are  to  be  referred  C.  commu- 
tata,  leucocarpa,  Moritziana,  and  Roscoeana,  of  Bouche"; 
C.  crocea,  Lag.;  C.  Lagunensis,  Lindl. ;  C.  maculata, 
Link  ;  G.  macrocarpa,  sulphurea  and  vitellina,  of  Hora- 
ninow. 

15.  variabilis,Willd.(Cr.  caVnea,  Roscoe).   Stem  green, 
3-4  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong  and  acute  :  raceme  simple  and  lax, 
the  small  bracts  oblong  and  obtuse  :  sepals  lanceolate, 
green,  Kin.  long  ;  petals  lanceolate,  IK  in.  long,  pale 
green ;  staminodia  pale  red,  entire ;  lip  linear  and  entire. 
Brazil. 

16.  specidsa,  Roscoe  (C.  leptochella  and  polymdrpha, 
Douche"  ).    Stem  green,  5-6  ft. :  Ivs. broad-oblong,  acute: 
fls.  in  a  deeply  forked,  long-branched  panicle  ;    sepals 
lanceolate,  %in.  long,  pale  red  ;  petals  lanceolate,  2  in. 
long,  pale  red  ;  staminodia  3  in.  long,  emarginate,  bright 
red  ;    lip   emarginate,    bright  red-yellow.     Himalayas. 
B.M.  2317.-  C.NepaUnsis, Wall.,  has  Supper  staminodia. 

DD.    Lvs.  bronze  or  brown,  at  least  on  the  margins. 

17.  polyclada,  Wawra.     Stem  tall   and   slender  :  Ivs. 
oblong   and   acute,   base    rounded,    brown-edged  :    fls. 
(often  in  pairs)  in  a  long,  much-branched  panicle,  the 
bracts  nearly  orbicular  ;  sepals  lanceolate,  Kin.  long  ; 
petals  lanceolate  and  unequal,  the  longest  2  in.,  tinged 
red;  staminodia  acute,  not  longer  than  the  petals,  bright 
crimson  ;  lip  oblanceolate,  the  claw  yellow-spotted,  the 
limb  bright  crimson.   Brazil. 


18.  Warscewiczii,    Dietr.      Stem    claret-purple    and 
glaucous,  3-4  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong  and  acute,  more  or  less 
claret-   or   bronze-tinged  :    raceme    simple    and    rather 
dense,  with  ovate,  brown,  glaucous  bracts  :   sepals  lance- 
oblong,   Kin.,  glaucous  ;  petals  lanceolate,  2   in.   long, 
reddish  and  glaucous  ;  staminodia  (sometimes  3)  entire 
or  nearly  so,  2K-3  in.  long,  bright  scarlet ;  lip  oblan- 
ceolate, emarginate,  bright  scarlet.     Costa  Rica.    B.  M. 
4854. 

19.  discolor,  Lindl.    Stem  stout,  6-10  ft.,  purple  and 
glaucous  :    Ivs.  broad-oblong,  acute,  brown-tinted,  the 
lower  ones  sometimes  3  ft.  long  :  fls.  in  a  deeply  forked 
panicle  of  lax  racemes,  the  bracts  small  and  orbicular  ; 
sepals  lanceolate,  Kin.  long,  green  ;  petals  lanceolate, 
IK  in.  long,  pale  green  ;  staminodia  entire,  2K  in.  long, 
bright  red  ;    lip  lanceolate  and  emarginate,  brick-red. 
Trop.  Amer. 

AA.    DISTEMON.  —  Corolla  tube  short:    upper  stami- 
nodia suppressed. 

20.  paniculata,   Ruiz  &  Pav.  (C.  denudata,  Roscoe. 
C.  excelsa,  Lodd.     C.  divaricata,  Klotsch).     Stem  tall 
and  slender,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  oblong  and  acute,  green  and 
glabrous  :    racemes  lax,  disposed  in   a  large  panicle  ; 
sepals  lanceolate,  Kin.  long  ;  petals  lanceolate,  yellow- 
green,  2-3  in.  long  ;  lip  rather  longer  than  the  petals, 
crimson.    S.  Brazil. 

AAA.    EURYSTYLUS.  —  Corolla  tube  2-2%  in.  long  :  3 
staminodia  produced,  clawed  :   lip  orbicular. 

21.  fldccida,  Salisb.  (C.  Reevesii,  Lindl.).  Stem  green 
and   glabrous,  4-5  ft.,  very  leafy  below  :  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate,  green  :  raceme  simple,  lax  and  few-fld.,  the 
bracts  very  small  :  sepals  lanceolate,  1  in.  long,  green  ; 
corolla  lobes  lanceolate  and  reflexed,  nearly  as  long  as 
the    tube  ;  3  upper  staminodia  obovate,  sulfur-yellow, 
2-3  in.  long  by  1  in.  broad  ;  lip  large,  yellow.    Swamps, 
S.  Car.  to  Fla.,  near  the  coast.    L.B.C.  6:  562.  — Useful 
for  its  good  habit  and  iris-like  fls. 

AAAA.    ACHIRIDIA.  —  Tube  of  corolla  and  staminodia  as 
long  as  the  blade  :  fls.  large  and  pendulous. 

22.  iridifldra,  Ruiz  &  Pav.    Stem  green,  6-10  ft. :  Ivs. 
oblong,  bright  green,  slightly  pubescent  beneath  :    ra- 
cemes paniculate,  drooping  :    sepals  lanceolate,    1    in. 
long,  green  ;  corolla  lobes  lanceolate,  red-brown,  2Kin. 
long  ;    3  upper  staminodia  somewhat  longer  than   the 
corolla  lobes,  obovate,  nearly  or  quite  1  in.  broad,  rose- 
crimson  ;  lip  narrow,  deeply  emarginate,  rose-crimson. 
Andes  of  Peru.    B.M.  1968.    R.H.  1861:  110. 

23.  liliifldra,  Warscew.    Stem  robust,  green,  8-10  ft. : 
Ivs.  many,  oblong,  green,  3-4  ft.  long,  spreading  from 
the  stem  at  a  right  angle  :  fls.  in  a  corymbose  panicle  ; 
sepals  linear,  as  long  as  the  tube  of  the  corolla  ;  corolla 
lobes  lanceolate,  2-3   in.  long,  pale  green,  the  tube  of 
equal  length  ;  3  upper  staminodia  white,  united  into  a 
tube  for  half  their  length,  the  blade  obovate  and  spread- 
ing; lip  oblanceolate,  as  long  as  the  staminodia.    Colom- 
bia.    R.H.  1884:132.    F.  S.  10:  1055-6. -A  fine   species. 
The  white  fls.  finally  become  tinged  with  brown  ;  loni- 
cera-scented.  L.  H.  B. 

CANNABIS  (the  ancient  Greek  name).  Urticacece. 
HEMP.  A  single  species,  probably  native  to  central  Asia, 
and  now  widely  cult,  as  a  fiber  plant.  Hemp  is  also  grown 
occasionally  as  an  ornamental  plant,  being  grown  from 
seeds  and  treated  as  a  half-hardy  annual.  It  makes  ex- 
cellent screens  in  remote  places.  It  thrives  best  in  a  rich, 
rather  moist  soil.  C.  sativa,  Linn.,  is  the  only  species, 
but  various  forms  have  received  specific  names.  In  gar- 
dens, the  form  known  as  C.  gigantea  is  commonest;  this 
reaches  a  height  of  10  ft.  and  more.  The  seeds  are  usu- 
ally sown  where  the  plants  are  to  stand  ;  but  if  quick 
effects  are  wanted,  they  may  be  started  indoors  in  pots  or 
boxes.  Hemp  is  dioecious.  The  staniinate  fls.  are  in 
axillary  panicles,  and  have  5  sepals  and  5  drooping  sta- 
mens. The  pistillate  fls.  are  in  short  spikes,  with  1  sepal 
folding  about  the  ovary.  Lvs.  digitate,  with  5-7  nearly 
linear,  coarse-toothed  leaflets.  The  plant  is  annual, 
roughish  and  strong-smelling.  j^  H.  B. 

CANTERBURY  BELL.    See  Campanula  Medium. 


CANTUA 


CAPSICUM 


241 


CANTUA  (from  Cantu,  Peruvian  name).  Polemnniti- 
cece.  Ten  species  of  South  American  flowering  shrubs 
with  very  variable  foliage  and  showy,  tubular  fls.  of  va- 
rious colors.  C.  buxifolla  is  cult,  out  of  doors  in  S.  Calif., 
and  is  recommended  in  Europe  as  a  coolhouse  shrub. 
Probably  no  tenderer  than  Fuchsias.  Prop,  by  cuttings. 

buxifblia,  Lam.  (C.  de}n'>t(J<  us.  Pers.).  Much  branched 
shrub,  about  4  ft.  high  ;  branches  more  or  less  downy: 
Ivs.  very  variable,  generally  obloug-obovate,  acute,  taper- 
ing at  the  base,  entire  or  serrate,  downy  or  glabrous  : 
fls.  5-8,  drooping  vertically,  in  a  kind  of  leafy,  termi- 
nal corymb  ;  calyx  pale,  membranous,  green-streaked, 
5-toothed,  a  fourth  shorter  than  the  corolla  tube;  corolla 
long-funnel-shaped,  the  tube  2%in.  long,  red,  usually 
streaked  ;  limb  of  fringed,  obcordate,  crimson  lobes  : 
stamens  included.  Peru.  B.M.  4582.  F.S.  7:650.  R.H. 
1858,  p.  294.  —  One  of  the  choicest  of  European  green- 
house plants.  Very  liable  to  red  spider  in  our  climate. 

C.  bicolor,  Lem.  Distinguished  from  the  above  by  the  entire 
Ivs.,  which  are  shorter,  about  1  in.  long,  and  the  solitary  fls.  ,  with 
a  short,  yellow  tube,  the  limb  not  fringed.  The  fls.  droop,  but 
not  vertically.  Peru.  B.M.  4729.  F.S.  4:343.  Probably  less  de- 
sirable than  the  above.  —  C.  pyrifolia,  Pers.  Lvs.  generally 
broader  and  more  toothed  than  in  C.  bicolor:  fls.  as  many  as  17, 
in  an  erect,  terminal,  compound  corymb  ;  calyx  red-tipped, 
nearly  half  as  long  as  the  yellow  corolla  tube  ;  corolla  about 


n.  long,  with  a  white  limb  :  stamens  long,  exserted.    Peru. 
B.M.  4386.   F.S.  4:383.  W.  M. 

CAPE     BULBS. 

Treated    under 
Bulbs. 

CAPE    CHEST- 

NUT   is    Caloden- 
drtim  Capensis. 

CAPE  GOOSEBEEEY  is  a 

Phy  sails. 

CAPE  JESSAMINE.  See 
Gardenia. 

CAPE    PONDWEED.      See 

Aponogeton. 

CAPEK.  See  Capparis. 
For  Caper-spurge,  see  Euphor- 
bia Lafhyrus. 

CAPPAEIS  (Greek,  caper). 
CAPER-BUSH,  or  CAPER  TREE. 
Capparidacece.       Capers    are 
pickles    made   by   preserving 
the  flower  buds  of  C.  splnosa, 
straggling     shrub     which 
grows  out  of  old  walls,  rocks, 
and  rubbish  in  Mediterranean 
regions  and  India.  Also  rarely 
cult,  as  a  greenhouse  flowering 
shrub.  The  genus  is  large  and 
polymorphic,  and  none  of  its 
relatives  are   familiar  north. 
Prop,  by   cuttings   in   green- 
houses, and  by  seeds  south. 
spinosa,  Linn.  Spiny  shrub, 
ft.  high  :    Ivs.   roundish  or 
ovate,    deciduous  :   fls.  borne 
singly,  alternately,  and  fading 
before  noon  ;  sepals  4  ;  petals 
4,  oblong,  clawed,  wavy,  white, 
long  :    stamens  40-50: 
filaments  purple    above,  per- 
haps the  chief  beauty  of  the 
plant.  B.M.  291.—  What  seems 
to  be  the  long  style 
with    a   short,   un- 
opened   stigma,    is 
really      the      elon- 
gated  peduncle    or 
torus      topped     by 
the  pistil,  which  has  no  style  and  a  minute  stigma. 

W.  M. 
CAPEIFOLIUM.     See  Lonicera. 


CAPElOLA  (the  wild  goat,  which  feeds  upon  this 
grass).  Graminew.  Low,  creeping  perennials,  with 
short,  flat  leaves  and  slender  spikes,  which  spread  out  at 
the  apex  into  finger-like  branches.  Spikelets  1-fld., 
awnless,  sessile,  in  two  rows  along  one  side  of  a  slender, 
continuous  axis.  Glumes  3,  the  first  2  narrow,  keeled, 
usually  acute,  empty;  the  third  or  floral  glume  broader 
and  usually  a  little  longer  than  the  empty  ones.  Species 
4.  One  distributed  throughout  the  tropical  and  warmer 
temperate  regions  of  the  world. 

Dactylon,  Kuntze  (Cynodon  Dactylon,  Pers.).  BER- 
MUDA GRASS.  Fig.  352.  A  widely  dispersed  grass,  with 
a  creeping  habit  of  growth,  extending  rapidly  over  the 
surface  of  the  ground  and  rooting  at  the  joints.  Used 
extensively  in  the  south  for  lawn-making,  where  Ken- 
tucky blue  grass  and  the  bent  grasses  cannot  be  success- 
fully grown.  Except  in  the  far  south,  however,  it  is  not 
a  desirable  lawn  grass,  as  it  quickly  turns  brown  upon 
the  approach  of  cold  weather,  and  is  rather  late  in  be- 
coming green  in  the  spring.  A  variety  known  as  St.  Lucie 
Grass  is  regarded  as  a  more  desirable  form  for  lawns 
than  the  species.  Experiments  made  in  central  Michi- 
gan by  Beal  seem  to  show  that  Bermuda  Grass  is  val- 
uable to  mix  with  June  grass  for  a  lawn  where  the 
soil  is  rather  thin,  the  June  grass  occupying  the  soil 
from  early  spring  until  hot,  dry  weather,  when  the  Ber- 
muda covers  the  ground.  In  the  cool  autumn,  June  grass 


appears  again  at  the  surface. 


P.  B.  KENNEDY. 


352.  Capriola  Dactylon.  Nat.  size. 


CAPSICUM  (name  of  uncertain  origin,  perhaps  from 
kapto,  to  bite,  on  account  of  the  pungency  of  the  seed  or 
pericarp;  or  from  capsa,  a  chest,  having  reference  to  the 
form  of  fruit).  Solanacece.  RED  PEPPER.  CAYENNE 
PEPPER.  Herbs  or  shrubs,  originally  from  trop.  Amer., 
but  escaped  from  cultivation  in  Old  World  tropics,  where 
it  was  once  supposed  to  be  indigenous.  Stem  branchy, 
1-6  ft.  high,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  subel- 
liptical,  entire,  actuninate  •  fls.  white  or  greenish  white, 
rarely  violaceous,  solitary  or 
sometimes  in  2's  or  3's ; 
corolla  rotate,  usually  5- 
lobed ;  stamens  5,  rarely  6 
or  7,  with  bluish  anthers  de- 
hiscinglongitudinally  ;ovary 
originally  2-3-loculed  :  fr. 
a  juiceless  berry  or  pod, 
extremely  variable  in  form 
and  size,  many-seeded,  and 
with  more  or  less  pungency 
about  the  seeds  and  peri- 
carp. Fig.  353.  The  fruit  be- 
comes many-loculed  and 
monstrous  in  cultivation.  353.  Normal  2-loculed  fruit  of 
About  90  species  have  been  Capsicum,  in  cross  section, 
named,  most  of  which  are 

now  considered  forms  of  one  or  two  species.  Monogr.  by 
Irish,  9th  Ann.  Kept.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  For  culture,  see 
Pepper. 

A.  Annual  or  biennial. 

annuum,  Linn.  Herbaceous  or  suffrutescent,  grown  as 
annuals  in  temperate  climates,  but  in  warmer  latitudes 
often  treated  as  biennials.  All  of  the  leading  commer- 
cial varieties  in  the  United  States  readily  find  classifica- 
tion within  the  types  or  botanical  varieties.  The  species 
has  never  been  found  wild. 

B.  Fruit  oblong -linear. 

c.    Calyx  usually  embracing  base  of  fruit. 

Var.  conoides,  Irish  (C.  conoldes,  Miller).  Suffrutes- 
cent: Ivs.  numerous,  rather  small,  2-3  in.  long,  %-2  in. 
wide:  peduncles  slender,  straight,  erect:  fls.  small;  calyx 
obconical  or  cup-shaped,  usually  embracing  base  of  fruit ; 
corolla  greenish  white,  spreading,  %-%in. :  fr.  erect,  sub- 
conical  or  oblong  cylindrical,  about  l%m.  long  or  less, 
usually  shorter  than  the  peduncles  and  mostly  borne 
above  the  Ivs.,  very  acrid.  Coral  Gem,  Tabasco. 

Var.  fasciculatum,  Irish  (C.  fasciculdtum,  Sturt.). 
Stem  herbaceous,  round  or  nearly  so:  branches  few:  Ivs. 
clustered  or  crowded  in  bunches  about  the  summit,  ellip- 
tical-lanceolate, pointed  at  both  ends :  fr.  also  clustered, 
erect,  slender,  about  3  in.  long  by  24  in.  in  diam.,  very 
acrid.  This  is  the  Red  Cluster  Pepper. 


16 


242 


CAPSICUM 


CARAGANA 


Var.  acuminatum,  Fingerh.  (C.  ChiUnse,  Hort. ).  Her- 
baceous, very  branchy,  about  2%ft.  high,  bearing  a  dense 
mass  of  foliage  :  fl.  medium  size,  spread  %-%  in. :  fr. 
larger  than  the  preceding,  either  erect  or  pendent. 
Chile.  Long  Cayenne. 

CO.    Calyx  not  usually  embracing  base  of  fruit. 

Var.  16ngum,  Sendt.  (C.  annuum,  Linn.  C.  Ungum, 
DC.).  Plants  herbaceous,  about  2%ft.  high,  with  com- 
paratively few  branches  :  Ivs.  large,  often  4  in.  long  by 
2%in.  wide:  fl.  large;  corolla  spreading,  %-l%in.,  dingy 
white  ;  calyx  usually  pateriform  or  funnel-form,  rarely 
embracing  base  of  fruit :  f r.  often  a  foot  long  by  2  in.  in 
diam.  at  base  ;  flesh  thick  and  in  some  varieties  very 
mild.  Black  Nubian,  County  Fair,  Elephant's  Trunk, 
Ivory  Tusk. 

BB.    Fruit  of  various  shapes,  but  not  oblong -linear. 

Var.  grdssum,  Sendt.  (C.  grossum,  Linn.).  Fig.  354. 
Herbaceous,  about  2  ft.  high,  with  few  branches  :  Ivs. 
very  large,  often  3  by  5  in.,  sometimes  coriaceous,  lower 
ones  usually  pendent ;  petioles  deeply  channeled  :  pe- 
duncles stout,  about  1  in.  long;  corolla  large,  spreading, 
%-lMin.:  fr.  large,  oblate,  oblong,  or  truncated,  3-4- 
lobed,  usually  with  basal  depression,  more  or  less  sulcate 
and  rugose;  flesh  thick,  firm,  and  of  a  mild  flavor.  Em- 
peror, Monstrous,  Bell,  Sweet  Mountain,  Golden  Dawn, 


354.  Foliage  and  flowers  of  Capsicum  annuum,  var.  grossum. 

Ruby  King,  Golden  King,  Brazilian  Upright,  Golden 
Upright,  Squash. 

Var.  abbreviation,  Fingerh.  (C.  umbilicatum,  Veil.  C. 
luteum,  Lam. ) .  Suff  rutescent :  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  2-4  in. 
long:  peduncles  slender,  straight  or  curved,  as  long  as  or 
longer  than  the  berry:  fr.  about  2  in.  long  or  less,  vary- 
ing much  in  the  different  horticultural  varieties,  in  gen- 
eral ovate,  quite  rugose,  except  in  one  variety,  sometimes 
turbinate.  While  this  variety  is  used  to  some  extent  for 
pickling,  it  is  noted  more  as  an  ornamental  plant.  Celes- 
tial, Etna,  Kaleidoscope,  Red  Wrinkled,  Yellow  Wrinkled. 

Var.  cerasifbrme,  Irish  (C.  cerasifdrme,  Miller).  Fig. 
355.  Suff  rutescent :  Ivs.  medium  size,  ovate  or  oblong 
acuminate,  about  l%-3%in.:  calyx  seated  on  base  of 
fruit ;  corolla  large,  spreading,  %-l%in. :  fr.  spherical, 
subcordate,  oblate,  or  occasionally  obscurely  pointed  or 
slightly  elongated,  smooth  or  rarely  minutely  rugose  or 
sulcate  ;  flesh  firm,  one-twelfth-%in.  thick,  extremely 
pungent.  Cherry,  Yellow  Cherry,  Oxheart. 

AA.   Perennial. 

frut6scens,  Linn.  Fig.  356.  Shrubby,  perennial,  3-6  ft. 
high,  with  prominently  angled  or  somewhat  channeled 
stem  and  branches :  branches  loosely  spreading  or  trail- 
ing: Ivs.  broadly  ovate  acuminate,  3-6  in.  long,  2-3%in. 
wide:  peduncles  slender,  1-2  in.  long,  often  in  pairs,  usu- 
ally longer  than  the  fruit:  calyx  cup-shaped,  embracing 


355.   Capsicum  annuum,  var. 
cerasiforme  (X  %). 


base  of  fruit ;  corolla  often  with  ocherous  markings  in  the 
throat :  fr.  red,  obtuse  or  oblong-acuminate,  %-l%in. 
long,  %-%in.  in  diam.,  very  acrid.  — Cultivated  only  in 
the  south,  as  the  seasons  in  temperate  latitudes  are  not 
long  enough  to  mature  the  fruit. 

Var.  baccatum, 
Irish  (C.  baccatum, 
Linn.).  Plants  not 
as  tall,  but  more 
erect  than  the  spe- 
cies :  branches  slen- 
der, fastigiate,  flex- 
uose:  corolla  small, 
spreading,  about  % 
in. :  fr.  ovate  or  sub- 
round,  about  %in.  in 
diam. 

H.  C.  IRISH. 

CARAGANA  (Car- 
agan,  its  Mongolian 
name).  Leguminbsce. 
PEA  TREE.  Shrubs 
or  small  trees  :  Ivs. 
deciduous,  abruptly 
pinnate,  often  with 
spiny  -  pointed  and 
persistent  rachis  ;  Ifts.  small,  entire,  mucronulate ; 
stipules  deciduous  or  spiny  and  persistent  :  fls.  papilio- 
naceous, axillary,  solitary  or  fascicled,  usually  yellow  : 
fr.  a  linear  pod.  About  20  species  from  S.  Russia  to 
China.  Ornamental  shrubs,  with  handsome  yellow  fls., 
appearing  late  in  spring  or  early  in  summer  ;  quite 
hardy,  except  a  few  Himalayan  species.  They  grow  in 
almost  any  soil,  but  best  in  a  sandy  soil  and  sunny 
position,  and  are  well  adapted  for  shrubberies.  C.  ar- 
borescens  is  the  only  one  which  grows  into  a  small  tree, 
and  is  of  upright  habit,  like  C.  friitescens,  which  is  about 
half  as  high  and  more  graceful ;  all  the  other  species 
are  low  shrubs,  of  usually  spreading  habit.  Prop,  by 
seeds  sown  in  fall  or  in  spring  ;  if  kept  dry  during  the 
winter,  soaking  in  tepid  water  for  2  or  3  days  before 
sowing  will  be  of  advantage  ;  also,  increased  by  root- 
cuttings  and  layers,  or  by  grafting  on  seedling  stock  of 
C.  arborescens  in  spring. 

A.   Lfts.  8-18:  rachis  of  the  Ivs.  deciduous. 

arborescens.  Lam.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft. :  Ifts. 
8-12,  obovate  or  oblong,  sparsely  pubescent  beneath  or 
glabrous  at  length,  %-i  in.  long  :  fls.  2-4,  pale  or  bright 
yellow,  %in.  long  ;  pedicels  usually  longer  than  the  fls. 
May,  June.  Siber.,  Manchuria. — There  are  some  varie- 
ties, of  which  var.  pendula,  Hort.,  with  pendulous 
branches,  is  the  most  remarkable  ;  it  should  be  grafted 
high. 

microphylla,  Lam.   (C.  Alta- 
gana,  Poir. ) .  From  4-6  ft. :  Ifts. 
12-18,  obovate,  pubescent  when 
young,    one-sixth- %    in.    long: 
fls.  1  or  2,  yellow,   %in.  long; 
pedicel  about  as  long  as  the  fl. 
Siber.,   China.     L.  B.C. 
11  :  1064.  —  Under    this 
name   a  dwarf   form  of 
the  former  is  often  cul- 
tivated. 

AA.   Leaflets  2-4. 

B.   JKachis  of  the  Ivs.  de- 
ciduous: pedicels  as 
long    as    or    longer 
than  the  fls. 
frutescens,    DC.     (C. 

Mttex,   C.  Koch).     Fig. 

357.   From  6-10  ft. :  Ifts. 

4,    approximate,    nearly 

digitate,  cuneate,  obovate 

or    oblong,    rounded    or 

emarginate  at  the  apex, 

glabrous,  %-l  in.  long  :  fls.  solitary,  %-l  in.  long,  yel- 
low. May.  S.  Russia  to  China.  Gt.  10:348.  S.B.F.G. 

3:227.— Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.    Fls.  somewhat  larger: 

Ifts.  usually  large  and  broad. 


CARAGANA 


CARDIANDRA 


243 


BB.    Rachis  p«r*i»te*t,  *pi*y  :  pedicels  shorter 
than  the  fls. 

Chamlagu,  Lam.  Shrub,  2-4  ft.:  spines  long:  Ifts.  4, 
in  2  somewhat  remote  pairs,  chartaceous,  obovate,  emar- 
ginate  or  rounded  at  the 
apex, glabrous, %-%  in.  long: 
fls.  solitary,  reddish  yellow, 
l%in.  long.  May.  N.  China. 

pygmaea,  DC.  One  to  3 
ft.:  spines  short,  %in.:  Ivs. 
nearly  sessile  ;  Ifts.  4,  ap- 
proximate and  almost  digi- 
tate, cuneate,  linear-elliptic 
or  linear-lanceolate,  gla- 
brous, %-K  in.  long:  fls. 
solitary,  %in.  long,  golden 
yellow.  Cauc.  to  Siber. 
and  Thibet.  B.  R.  12:  1021. 
—  Grafted  high  on  C.  arbo- 
rescens, it  forms  a  graceful, 
standard  tree,  with  pendu- 
lous branches. 

grandif!6ra,  DC.  Similar 
to  the  former.  Lfts.  cuneate- 
oblong :  fls.  1/^in.  long ; 
calyx  gibbous  at  the  base. 
Cauc.  —  Under  this  name 
mostly  a  variety  of  (7.  frutes- 
cens  is  cultivated. 

C.  Altagdna,  Poir.=C.  micro- 
phylla.— C.  arborescens  arend- 
ria, Hort.=C.  microphylla.— C. 
arendria,  Dipp.=C.  aurantiaca, 
Koehne.—  C.  arendria,  Loud., 
see  C.  cuneifolia.— C.  auranti- 
dca,  Koehne.  Allied  to  C.  pyg- 
masa.  Fls.  orange-yellow;  calyx 
as  long  as  broad:  ovary  glabrous.  Siber.— C.  brevisplna,Royle. 
Spines  2-3  in.  long:  Ifts.  12-16,  pubescent:  fls.  2-4,  on  a  common 
peduncle.  Himal.  P.  F.G.  2: 184.— C.  cuneifolia,  Dipp.  ('C.  Be- 
dowskii,  Hort.,notDCJ.  Probably  var.  of  C.  arborescens.  Stip- 
ules spiny:  Ifts.  small,  cuneate ;  pedicels  shorter,  pubescent: 
seeds  brown,  spotted  black.  C.  arenaria.  Loud.  (B.  M.  1886), 
seems  to  be  the  same.— C.  frutex,  C.  Koch=C.  f rutesceiis—  C. 
Gerardidna,  Royle.  Spines  l%-2  in.  long:  stipules  large,  scari- 
ous:  Ifts.  8-12,  densely  pubescent:  fls.  1-2,  short-pedicelled. 
Himal.—  C.  grdcllis,  Hort.=  C.  pygmaea—  C.  jubdta,  Pall. 
Branches  spiny,  villous,  thick,  with  rounded  Ivs.:  stipules 
large,  scarious  :  Ifts.  8-10,  villous  beneath  :  fls.  whitish,  short- 
pedicelled.  Siber.  F.S.  19:2013.  L.B.0.6:522.  Gt.  10:331.  A 
very  distinct  and  curious  looking  species;  hardy.— C.  Redbw- 
skii,  Hort.,  not  DC.=cuneifolia,  Dipp.— C.  spinosa,  DC.  Spines 
1  in.  long:  Ifts.  4,  rarely  more,  approximate,  cuneate-lanceolate, 
glabrous:  fls.  solitary,  short-pedicelled.  Siber.— C.  spinosissima, 
C.  Koch  =  C.  spinosa.—  C.  tragacantholdes,Poir.  Spiny:  Ifts. 
4-8,  cuneate,  oblong,  pubescent :  fls.  solitary,  short-pedicelled; 
calyx  villous-pubescent.  Himal.— C.  trifldra,  Lindl.=C.  brevi- 
spina.— C.  vulgdris,  Hort.=C.  arborescens. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CARAGUATA.  By  the  latest  monographer  referred 
to  Guzmania,  which  see. 

CARAMBOLA.    See  Arerrhoa. 

CARAWAY  (Cdrum  Cdrui,  Linn.).  Umbelliferce. 
A  biennial  or  annual  herb  grown  for  its  seeds,  which 
are  used  in  flavoring  bread,  cakes  and  cheese  ;  also  oc- 
casionally for  the  young  shoots  and  leaves,  which  are 
eaten.  It  grows  a  foot  or  two  high,  has  finely-cut,  pin- 
nately  compound  foliage,  and  small  white  flowers  in 
umbels.  It  is  of  the  easiest  culture.  The  seed  is  usu- 
ally sown  in  spring  and  the  crop  of  seed  taken  the  fol- 
lowing year.  It  thrives  in  any  garden  soil.  The  plant 
occasionally  runs  wild.  See  Carum. 

CARBENIA  (name  of  doubtful  meaning).  Compds- 
ittf.  BLESSED  THISTLE.  A  monotypic  genus  allied  to 
Centaurea,  and  distinguished  from  it  botanically  by 
involucre,  achenes,  pappus  and  anthers.  Its  habit  in 
the  garden  is  very  different  from  the  Bachelor's  But- 
tons, being  thistle-like,  and  more  interesting  than  orna- 
mental. A  hardy  annual,  low-growing  herb,  rough, 
branching  and  pilose.  Once  thought  to  counteract  poi- 
son. Culture  easy.  Fit  for  wild  gardens  and  rockeries. 


benedicta,  Adans.  (Cdrduus  benedictus,  Authors. 
CHECKS  benedictiis,  Linn.  Centaurea  benedicta,  Linn. ). 
Fig.  858.  Height 2  ft.:  Ivs.  alternate,  sinuate-pinnatifid, 
the  lobes  and  teeth  spiny:  fls.  terminal,  yellow,  1  in. 
wide.  Mediterranean  regions  and  Caucasus.  Sometimes 
cult. ;  also  rarely  seen  in  waste  places  of  southern  Atlantic 
states  and  Calif,  as  a  weed  adventive  from  Eu. 

CARDAMINE  (Greek  name  of  a  cress).  Cruciferce. 
Small  perennials  growing  in  low,  rich  land,  blooming  in 
spring  or  early  summer.  Petals  obovate  or  spatulate  ; 
pods  linear  and  straight,  the  wingless  seeds  in  1  row. 

pratensis,  Linn.  CUCKOO  FLOWER.  Plant  slender  and 
usually  glabrous,  12-20  in.,  somewhat  branched  :  Ivs. 
pinnately  divided;  Ifts.  of  root  Ivs.  small  and  rounded 
(%  in.  or  less  across),  those  of  the  upper  stem-lvs.  ob- 
long or  even  linear  and  entire  or  somewhat  toothed: 
fls.  %  in.  long,  in  a  corymb,  white  or  rose-color,  pretty. 
Eu.  and  Amer.,  in  the  northern  parts.  — In  the  gardens 
it  is  chiefly  known  in  the  double-fld.  form,  which  prob- 
ably has  been  obtained  from  European  rather  than 
American  sources.  There  are  other  forms  of  it.  It  is 
an  excellent  little  plant  to  grow  in  moist  places,  particu- 
larly along  creeks  and  about  springs.  It  is  also  useful 
in  drier  places,  as  in  rockeries. 

angulata,  Hook.  Erect,  1-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  3-5-folio- 
late,  the  Ifts.  ovate  or  oblong  and  the  middle  one  usu- 
ally coarsely  toothed  :  fls.  rather  large,  white,  in  short, 
few-fld.  racemes.  Mts.  of  Ore.  and  Wash.  — Int.  1881  by 
Gillett. 

C.  gemmdta,  int.  by  Pilkington,  1892,  is  evidently  Dentaria 
macrocarpa.  L  H  B 

CARDAMON.    See  Amomum  and  Elettaria. 


358.   Carbenia  benedicta. 

CARDIANDRA  (Greek,  heart,  and  man  or  stamen: 
alluding  to  the  shape  of  the  anthers).  Saxifragdcece. 
Low  deciduous  shrub,  allied  to  Hydrangea,  with  alter- 
nate, rather  large  Ivs. :  fls.  in  terminal,  loose  corymbs, 
small,  those  of  the  margin  large,  radiant  and  sterile. 
One  species  in  S.  Japan  and  China.  Tender  and  suffruti- 
cose,  thriving  in  any  good  garden  soil ;  best  in  a  partly 
shaded  position.  Prop,  by  greenwood  cuttings  under 
glass 

alterniidlia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  1-3  ft. :  Ivs.  broadly  ellip- 
tic to  elliptic -lanceolate,  tapering  into  a  very  short 


244 


CARDIANDBA 


CAREX 


petiole,  coarsely  serrate,  sparsely  pilose,  membrana- 
ceous,  3-7  in.  long  :  fls.  white,  tinged  red.  Summer. 
S  Z.  66,  67.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CARDINAL  FLOWER.    Lobelia  cardinalis. 


359.    Balloon  Vine  — 

Card ios perm um  Halicacabum. 


CARDIOSPERMUM  (Greek,  heart-seed,  from  the 
white  heart-shaped  spot  on  the  round  black  seed ;  hence 
the  plant  was  thought  a  cure  for  heart  diseases).  Sa- 
pind&cece.  Thirty  tropical  American  species  of  climbing 
herbs,  with  alternate,  biternate  Ivs.,  coarsely  serrate 
Ifts.,  and  small  white  fls.  in  axillary  racemes  or  corymbs. 
The  most  popular  is  the  interesting  Balloon  Vine,  which 
is  a  rapid-growing,  tender  annual,  curious  for  its  in- 
flated seed-vessels. 

Halicacabum,  Linn.  Fig.  359.  Height,  10  ft.:  stem 
and  branches  grooved:  balloons  an  inch  or  more  thick. 
E.  and  W.  Indies.  B.M.  1049. -A  general  favorite,  es- 
pecially with  children.  W.  M. 


CARDOON  (Cyntira  Carduncvlus,Lmn.).  A  thistle- 
like  plant  of  southern  Europe,  cult,  for  the  thick  leaf- 
stalk and  midrib.  It  is  thought  to  be  of  the  same  spe- 
cies as  the  artichoke,  and  to  have  been  developed  from 
it  by  long  cultivation  and  selection.  The  plant  has  been 
introduced  into  South  America,  and  has  run  wild  exten- 
sively on  the  pampas.  Darwin  writes  that  "no  culti- 
vated plant  has  run  wild  on  so  enormous  a  scale  as  the 
Cardoon."  From  the  artichoke  it  differs  in  talter  and 
more  prickly  growth  and  smaller  heads.  The  Cardoon 
is  perennial,  but  it  is  not  hardy,  and  is  treated  as  an 
annual.  Seeds  are  sown  in  spring,  either  in  pots  under 
glass  or  in  the  open  where  the  plants  are  to  stand. 
The  later  sowing  is  usually  preferred.  The  plants  are 
given  rich  soil  and  should  have  abundant  moisture  sup- 
ply, for  they  must  make  continuous  and  strong  growth. 
When  the  leaves  are  nearly  full  grown,  they  are  tied  to- 
gether near  the  top,  straw  is  piled  around  the  head,  and 
earth  is  banked  against  it.  This  is  to  blanch  the  plant, 
for  it  is  inedible  unless  so  treated.  From  two  to  four 
weeks  is  required  for  the  blanching.  The  procedure  is 
not  very  unlike  that  adopted  for  the  blanching  of  celery 
or  endive.  If  the  plants  are  late,  they  may  be  dug  just 
before  frost  and  blanched  in  a  storage  pit.  The  plants 
are  usually  grown  from  2-3  ft.  apart  in  rows  which  are 
4  ft.  apart.  They  are  sometimes  grown  in  trenches,  after 
the  old  manner  of  growing  celery.  Cardoon  is  almost 
unknown  in  America,  except  amongst  foreigners. 

L.  H.  B. 

CARDUUS.    For  C.  benedictus,  see  Carbenia. 

CAREX  (name  of  obscure  origin).  Cyperclcece. 
SEDGE.  Hundreds  of  grass-like  plants  in  temperate  cli- 
mates. Fls.  unisexual,  in  spikes,  the  staminate  naked 
and  subtended  by  a  bract  or  scale,  the  pistillate  com- 
prising a  single  pistil  enclosed  in  a  thin  sac  or  perigyn- 
ium.  The  two  sexes  may  be  in  the  same  or  separate 
spikes  ;  and  rarely  they  are  on  different  plants  (plant 
dioecious ) .  Carices  are  very  abundant  in  cool  temperate 
regions,  both  in  species  and  in  individual  plants.  Many 
of  them  grow  on  dry  land,  but  the  largest  species  grow 
in  low  grounds  and  swales,  and  often  form  much  of  the 
bulk  of  bog  hay  (Fig.  360).  The  species  are  very  diffi- 
cult to  distinguish  because  they  are  very  similar,  and 
the  study  of  them  is  usually  left  to  specialists.  Some  of 
our  broad-leaved  native  species  make  excellent  borders 
and  interesting  clumps  in  corners  about  buildings  and 
along  walls.  Many  of  the  lowland  species  are  excellent 
adjuncts  to  the  pond  of  hardy  aquatics.  Others  have 
very  graceful  forms,  with  drooping  spikes  and  slender 
culms  ( Fig.  361 ) .  The  following  native  species  have  been 
offered  by  collectors  :  aurea,  ebiirnea,  flara,  Grayi, 
hystricina,  lupulina  and  its  var.  pedunculata,  lurida, 
Magellanica,  Pennsylvanica,  plantaginea,  Pseudo-Cy- 
perus,  retrorsa,  Hichardsoni,  riparia,  Tuckermanit 
utriculata,  vulpinoidea.  The  following  species  are  in 
the  Amer.  trade : 


362.   Carex  Morrowi. 

Mdrrowi,  Boott.    (C.   Jap6nica,   Hort.,   not    Thunb. 
C.  tenuissima,  Hort.     C.  acutifblia,  Hort.).     Fig.  362. 


CAREX 


CARICA 


245 


Lvs.  stiff  and  evergreen,  long-pointed,  in  the  common 
garden  form  with  a  white  band  near  either  margin  : 
culm  1  ft.,  with  a  terminal  staminate  spike  and  two  or 
three  slender  pistillate  spikes  (1  in.  long)  from  sheaths: 
perigynium  small  and  firm,  somewhat  excurved,  2- 
toothed,  glabrous.  Jap.  G.C.  III.  13:173.  R.B.  20,  p.  9. 
—A  very  handsome  plant,  suited  for  pots  or  the  border. 
The  stiff,  clean,  white-edged  foliage  keeps  in  condition 
for  months,  making  the  plant  useful  for  decorations 
in  which  pot-plants  are  used.  It  is  perfectly  hardy  in 
central  New  York,  holding  its  foliage  all  winter.  A  use- 
ful florists'  plant. 

tenaria,  Hort.  (C.  ttnera,  Hort.).  Slender  but  stiff  : 
Ivs.  narrow,  rolling  more  or  less  when  dry:  staminate 
spikes  long-stalked  :  pistillate  spikes  1  or  2,  short- 
stalked,  short,  with  few  large-turgid,  tapering,  shining 


360.   Carex  lurida.  one  of  the  common  bog  species. 

(Natural  size.) 
a,  staminate  spike;   6,  b,  pistillate  spikes. 

perigynia  and  awl-like,  rough-pointed  scales.  Probably 
Japanese. -Cult,  for  its  stiff  foliage.  Grows  18-30  in. 
high.  Allied  to  the  N.  Amer.  C.  bullata,  Schk. 


Gaudichaudiana,  Kunth  (C.  vulgaris,  Fries,  var. 
Gaudich(ti«liana,  Boott).  Culms  erect,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  long 
and  grass-like  :  staminate  fls.  in  terminal  spikes  ;  pis- 
tillate fls.  in  2-3  cylindrical, 
sessile  or  subsessile  spikes  : 
perigynium  lenticular,  small, 
very  short  beaked,  obscurely  2- 
toothed,  finely  nerved,  longer 
than  the  narrow  scale.  Jap., 
Austral.,  N.  Zeal.— Useful  for 
bog  planting. 

Fraseri,  Andrews.  Lvs.  1  in. 
or  more  broad,  stiff,  but  with 
no  midnerve,  flat  and  thick, 
evergreen  :  culm  16  in.  or  less 
high,  bearing  at  its  summit  a 
single  whitish  spike  which  is 
staminate  at  top  :  perigynium 
ovoid,  thin  and  inflated.  Rich 
mountain  woods,  Va.  B.M.  1391 
as  C.  _?Vaseriom#.  — Rare,  and  a 
very  remarkable  plant. 

L.  H.  B. 

CAKICA       (a      geographical 
name).  Passifloracece.  PAPAW. 
Small  trees,   mostly   with    un- 
branched     trunks,     the     juice 
milky.    Lvs.  near  the  top  of  the 
trunk,  alternate,  large  and  vari- 
ously lobed,  soft,  long-stalked: 
plant  usually   dioecious:    fls.  in 
racemes  from  the  leaf -axils,  the 
staminate    funnel-shaped     and 
bearing  10  anthers  on  the  throat, 
the  pistillate  larger  and  with  5 
distinct  petals  and  1  pistil  with 
5-rayed  stigma.  There  are  about 
20   species,   in    tropical   Amer. 
They  have  somewhat  the  aspect 
of  palms.  Under  glass  in  frosty 
countries,  the  common  C.  Pa- 
paya is  frequent,  and 
is  grown  for  its  foliage 
and   interesting    habit 
(Fig.    363).     In   frost- 
less  countries,  this  spe- 
cies  is   grown   for  its 
fruit  (Fig.  364),  which 
is     oblong      or      egg- 
shaped,   a   foot   or 
long,      orange  -  yellow 
when  ripe,  thick-skin- 
ned, with   many  small 
black  seeds.  The  young 
fruit    is     cooked    and 
eaten,     and     the    ripe 
fruit   is   eaten  by  na- 
tives. 

T      TT     R 

The  soil  most  suited  36L  Carex  ^^^  (X 
for  Caricas  is  a  rich  loam,  having  perfect  drainage. 
As  the  stem  is  succulent  and  tender,  great  care  is  nec- 
essary to  avoid  bruising ;  hence  pot-grown  plants  are 
much  to  be  preferred  to  seedlings  from  the  open 
ground.  Seeds  should  be  selected  from  the  best  and 
largest  fruits  and  sown  in  a  well-worked  bed  under  a 
slight  shade.  If  seeds  are  quite  dry  or  old,  they  should 
be  soaked  in  warm  water  before  sowing.  The  seed- 
ling plants  are  delicate,  and  require  close  watching  at 
first  to  avoid  damping-off.  Soon  as  plants  are  well 
up  remove  the  shading,  and  after  the  third  leaf  ap- 
pears they  may  be  pricked  out  into  a  larger  bed,  or  bet- 
ter, potted  off  in  fairly  rich  soil.  After  plants  are  a 
few  weeks  old,  and  have  been  shifted  once  into  larger 
pots,  they  may  be  set  permanently  outdoors  in  the 
tropics.  Caricas  seldom  branch,  but  usually  grow  up- 
right like  a  palm,  hence  cuttings  are  not  often  avail- 
able. Sometimes  small  branches  form,  and  these  may 
be  cut  off  and  as  readily  rooted  as  most  tropical  deco- 
rative plants,  provided  the  cutting  is  not  too  young 
and  tender.  In  temperate  climates,  Caricas  have  been 


246 


CARICA 


CARLUDOVICA 


found  to  be  good  decorative  plants  for  both  conserva- 
tory and  summer  bedding,  the  deeply  cut,  palmate  leaves 
forming  a  striking  contrast  to  ordinary  vegetation.  In 
bedding  out,  select  open,  sunny  exposure,  with  perfect 
drainage,  and  make  the  soil  rich  and  friable.  Constant 
cultivation  with  a  light  hoe  will  cause  a  luxuriant  growth 
under  these  conditions,  and 
the  planter  will  be  amply  re- 
paid for  his  trouble  by  beau- 
tiful, showy  specimens  as 
unique  and  tropical-appearing 
as  palms. 

Cult,  by  E.  N.  REASONER. 

Papaya,  Linn.  PAPAW. 
MELON  PAPAW.  MELON  ZA- 
POTE.  Figs.  363,  364.  Trunk 
reaching  20  ft. :  Ivs.  often  2 
ft.  across,  palmately  7-lobed: 
fr.  6-12  in.  long  and  half  as 
thick,  hanging  from  the  lower 
axils  of  the  pistillate  plant. 
Trop.  Amer.,  but  widely  natu- 
ralized. Grows  spontaneously 
in  the  wild  in  S.  Fla.  B.M. 
2898-9.  A.  G.  18:  137.-  The 

plant  seems  sometimes  to  be  polygamous  (to  bear 
both  kinds  of  flowers).  The  fruit  is  used  as  a 
vermifuge  and  a  cosmetic.  The  juice  of  the  fruit 
or  the  macerated  leaves,  if  rubbed  on  animal  flesh, 
make  it  very  tender.  It  is  best  to  roll  the  meat 
and  leaves  together  for  a  few  hours.  The  fruits  are 
made  into  sauces  or  conserves,  and  are  sometimes 
eaten  raw.  The  Papaw  is  variable.  C.  pyrifdrmis, 
Hort.,  has  pear-shaped  fr.  G.  atroviolacea,  Hort., 
with  purple  fr.,  is  evidently  only  a  form  of  it. 

gracilis,  Hort.  Larger  than  C.  Papaya,  with 
finely  cut  palmate  Ivs.  with  pink  veins.  A  form  of  C. 
Papaya ? 

Candamarcensis,  Hook.  f.  (C.  Cundinamarctnsis , 
Lindl.).  Lvs.  numerous,  dark  green  above  and  pale 
beneath,  pubescent  below,  circular-cordate  in  out- 
line (lYz  ft.  across),  5-lobed  to  the  middle,  the  lobes 
more  or  less  pinnatifld :  fls.  green  and  pubescent:  fr. 
small,  obovoid  and  pointed,  contracted  at  the  base, 
5-angled,  golden  yellow,  5-loculed.  Equador.  B.M. 
6198.  — "Probably  the  most  hardy  of  all  Papaws  ; 
makes  rapidly  a  bold  foliage  plant,  the  sweet-scented 
yellowish  flowers  being  produced  here  all  the  year." 
—  Franceschi,  S.  Calif. 

quercifdlia,  Benth.  &  Hook.  ( Vasconc6lla  querci- 
fdlia,  St.  Hil.).    Lvs.  shaped  like  those  of  the  Eng- 
lish oak,  palmately  3-nerved,   ovate  or  ovate-lance- 
olate and  sometimes  obscurely  cordate,  the  margin 
undulate  or  inequally  few-lobed,  the  lobes 
obtuse  or  the  lower  ones  acute.    S.  Braz. 
and    S.— "A   quick-growing,   hardy  kind, 
with  small  fruits,  but  its  large  halberd- 
shaped  leaves  contain  a  higher  percentage 
of  papaine,  now  much  used  in   medicine 
in  preference  to  pepsin."— Franceschi. 
L.  H.  B. 


CARfSSA  (aboriginal  name).  Apocynd- 
cece.  About  20  very  branchy  spinose  shrubs 
of  the  tropics  of  Africa,  Asia  and  Australia,  cult,  for 
ornament  or  for  the  edible  berry-like  fr.  Fls.  white, 
solitary  or  in  cymes  ;  lobes  of  calyx  and  corolla  5,  the  5 
stamens  free  and  included  in  the  throat,  the  ovary  2- 
loculed  :  Ivs.  opposite  and  thick,  simple.  In  the  Old 
World  sometimes  cult,  in  warmhouses,  but  in  this 
country  known  only  in  the  extreme  S.  Prop,  by  seeds 
and  cuttings  of  ripe  wood. 

Carandas,  Linn.  CARAUNDA.  CHRIST'S-THORN.  Ever- 
green shrub  or  small  tree,  with  dark  green  ovate  or 
elliptic  mucronate  entire  Ivs.,  strong  axillary  spines 
(which  are  often  forked)  and  fragrant  white  fls.  in  clus- 
ters of  2-3,  the  corolla  twisted  to  the  left  in  the  bud  : 
fr.  the  size  of  a  cherry  (1  in.  in  diam.),  reddish,  pleas- 
ant-tasted. India.  L. B.C.  7:  663.  — Reaches  20  ft.  Half 
hardy  in  central  Fla.  The  fruits  are  eaten  from  the 
hand  when  ripe,  and  pickled  when  green.  Might  serve 
for  hedges. 


Arduina,  Lain.  AMATUNGULA.  MARITZGULA.  Spines 
strong,  often  2  in.  long  :  Ivs.  ovate  and  subcordate, 
mucronate,  glabrous  and  entire  :  fls.  white,  the  corolla 
twisted  to  the  right  in  the  bud.  S.  Afr.— A  choice  ever- 
green shrub,  rather  hardy,  with  thick  camellia-like  Ivs., 
very  glossy:  fls.  large,  fragrant,  white,  and  borne  pro- 
fusely: fr.  dark  red,  1-1% 
in.  long,  resembling  in  fla- 
vor red  raspberries,  and 
having  a  papery  skin  and 
few  small  seeds.  A  fine 
pot  shrub.  Well  worth  ex- 
tensive planting  in  S.  Fla. 
and  Calif.  The  fruit  is  said 
to  be  unsurpassed  for  jam 
making. 

acuminata,  DC.  Spines 
weak:  Ivs.  smaller,  ovate- 
acute,  subcordate,  mucro- 
nate :  peduncles  short, 
forked,  axillary  :  fls.  with 
lance-acuminate  calyx 
lobes,  the  corolla  twisted 
to  the  right  in  the  bud.  S. 
Africa. 

grandifldra,  DC.  NATAL  PLUM.  Spiny  shrub : 
Ivs.  ovate-acute,  tapering  to  the  base  :  fls.  large, 
white,  fragrant,  solitary  and  terminal,  twisted  to 
the  right:  fr.  red,  size  of  a  cherry,  good.  S.  Afr. 
B.M.  6307.  E.  N.  REASONER  and  L.  H.  B. 

CARLINA  (said  to  have  cured  the  army  of  Charle- 
magne [Carolinus]  of  the  plague).  Compdsitce.  Some 
15  or  20  species  in  the  Mediterranean  region.  Low, 
rather  coarse  annuals,  biennials  or  perennials,  with 
thistle-like  foliage,  large  white  or  purplish  heads,  a 
feathery  pappus,  and  chaffy  receptacle. 

acaulis,  Linn.  A  small  and  very  dwarf  hardy  plant: 
height  3-6  in. :  Ivs.  glossy,  pinnatifid,  divided,  with 
spiny  ends:  fl.  arising  barely  above  the  foliage,  soli- 
tary, very  interesting,  the  scales  surrounding  the 
flower-head  being  long  and  narrow  and  ray-  or  petal- 
like,  silky,  shiny:  head  6  in.  across  when  expanded. 
June,  July  and  late  fall.  G.C.  II.  13:720,  721. -Cult. : 
an  open,  sunny  place  and  ordinary  garden  soil  are  all 
they  require.  They  are  capital  for  the  sunny  part  of 
a  rockery.  Prop,  by  cuttings  or  seeds. 

J.  B.  KELLER. 

CARLUDOVICA    (Charles    IV.,    and    his    Queen 
Louisa,  of  Spain).  Cyclanthdcece.  Palm-like  plants 
of  Trop.  Araer.,  allied  on  the  one  hand  to   screw 
pines  and  on  the  other  to  aroids.     The  plants  are 
monoecious,  the  two  sexes  being  on  the  same  spadix, 
which    is   enclosed    in  a  41leaved   spathe. 
Staminate  fls. with  many  stamens  and  many- 
lobed  calyx,  4  of  them  surrounding  a  pis- 


363.   Carica  Papaya. 


364.   Carica  Papaya  (X  1-6). 

tillate  fl.— the  latter  have  a  4-sided  ovary,  4  barren  sta- 
mens,and  4-lobed  calyx^fr. a  4-sided, many-seeded  berry. 
The  Carludovicas  are  usually  regarded  and  treated  as 
palms  by  gardeners.  They  are  useful  for  decoration. 
The  family  CyclanthaceaB  is  exclusively  American,  of 


CARLUDOVICA 


CARNATION 


247 


35-40  species  and  4  genera  (Stelestylis,  Carludovica, 
Ludovia,  Cyclanthus) ;  it  is  often  united  with  the  Pan- 
danaceae  or  screw  pine  family.  L,  H.  B. 

Carludovica  palmata  is  the  species  most  frequently 
met  with  under  cultivation.  Under  favorable  conditions 
it  grows  to  a  height  of  about  8  feet.  All  of  the  kinds 
need  stove  treatment  during  the  winter  months  ;  in 
summer  they  may  be  used  for  subtropical  bedding  with 
good  results.  They  have  a  certain  palm-like  appear- 
ance, but  the  leaves  are  of  a  softer  texture  than  any  of 
the  palms.  They  may  be  propagated  by  division,  choos- 
ing the  early  spring  for  the  operation.  C.  pa  Imata  seeds 
freely.  The  fruit,  when  ripe,  has  an  ornamental  appear- 
ance for  a  short  time  after  bursting  open.  The  seeds 
are  very  small,  and  should  be  carefully  washed  free  from 


365.   Carludovica  palmata. 

the  pulp,  and  sown  on  the  surface  of  a  pan  of  finely 
chopped  sphagnum  moss.  Germination  takes  place  in 
two  weeks  from  sowing  if  kept  in  a  brisk,  moist  heat. 
The  species  are  not  particular  as  to  soil,  but  the  drain- 
age must  be  perfect,  as  the  plants  require  an  abundance 
of  water  when  growing.  Q  w.  OLIVER. 

A.    Lvs.  3-5-lobed. 

palmata,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Fig.  365.  No  trunk  :  petioles 
3-6  ft.  long,  glabrous,  terete  and  unarmed  ;  blades 
4-lobed,  the  lobes  again  cut  into  narrow  segments,  dark 
green,  gracefully  spreading,  and  drooping  at  the  mar- 
gin. Peru.  R.H.  1861,  p.  10.  — The  common  species,  and 
a  very  useful  plant.  Panama  hats  are  made  from  this 
plant. 

rotundifdlia,  H.  Wendl.  Much  like  the  last,  but  more 
compact  under  cult.,  owing  to  the  shorter  petioles,  but 
growing  much  larger:  petiole  distinctly  pubescent: 
leaf -blade  large  and  orbicular,  3-  or  4-lobed.  Costa  Rica. 
B.M.  7083. 

elegans,  Williams.  Blades  with  4  or  5  lobes,  which 
are  very  deeply  cut  into  straight  strap-like  divisions. 
Probably  of  horticultural  origin. 


AA.    Lvs.  2-lobed. 

atrovirens.  H.  Wendl.  Blades  very  deeply  2-lobed  and 
very  deep,  rich  green  (whence  the  name,  dark  green), 
glabrous.  Colombia. 

humilis,  Poepp.  <fe  Endl.  Dwarf :  blades  angular, 
2-lobed  at  the  summit,  the  segments  more  or  less  jagged 
but  not  divided,  a  foot  or  less  broad.  Colombia.  R.H. 
1869,  p.  327.  — One  of  the  best. 

Plumerii,  Kunth  (C.  palmcefdlia,  Sweet).  Caudex 
erect  :  blades  with  2  lanceolate  and  plicate  divisions, 
bright  green  above  and  pale  beneath :  spadices  pendu- 
lous. Martinique. 

imperialis,  Lind.  &  Andre*.  Caudex  short  and  pros- 
trate :  blades  with  2  ovate-lanceolate  entire  segments, 
with  very  prominent  veins,  the  lobes  about  5  in.  wide 
and  shining  green;  petiole  purplish,  canaliculate,  tumid 
at  the  base.  Equador.  I.H.  21:166  (by  error  165). 

L.  H.  B. 

CABNATION  (Didnthus  Caryophyllus,  Linn.).  Cary- 
ophyllacece.  Figs.  366,  367.  Half-hardy  perennial,  her- 
baceous, suffrutescent  at  base  :  height  2  ft. :  stem 
branching,  with  tumid  joints  :  Ivs.  linear,  glaucous, 
opposite :  fls.  terminal,  solitary ;  petals  5,  flesh-col- 
ored, very  broad,  beardless  margins  toothed  ;  calyx 
cylindrical,  with  scaly  bracts  at  base.  June-August. 
Native  of  southern  Eu. ;  occasionally  met  in  the  wild 
state  in  England,  where  it  was  introduced  through  cul- 
tivation. 

Theophrastus,  who  lived  about  300  years  B.C.,  gave 
the  name  Dianthus  (Greek  Dios,  divine;  anthos,  flower) 
to  the  genus,  probably  suggested  by  the  delightful  fra- 
grance. The  specific  name  Caryophyllus  (Greek,  Gary  on, 
nut ;  and  phyllon,  leaf)  has  been  applied  to  the  clove 
tree  (Caryophyllus  aromaticus),  and  because  of  the 
clove -like  fragrance  of  the  Carnation,  this  name  was 
applied  to  the  species  ;  otherwise  it  would  have  no  sig- 
nificance. The  name  Carnation  (Latin,  camatio,  from 
caro,  carnis,  flesh)  has  reference  to  the  flesh-color  of 
the  flowers  of  the  original  type.  This  plant  has  been  in 
cultivation  more  than  2,000  years,  for  Theophrastus 
(History  of  Plants,  300  B.C.)  says  :  "The  Greeks  cul- 
tivate roses,  gillyflowers,  violets,  narcissi,  and  iris," 
gillyflower  being  the  old  English  name  for  the  Carna- 
tion. It  was  not,  however,  until  the  beginning  of  the 
sixteenth  century  that  the  development  of  the  Carnation 
into  numerous  varieties  made  an  impression  upon  its 
history.  The  original  flesh-color  of  its  flowers  was 
already  broken  up  into  its  component  colors,  red  and 
white.  The  gardeners  of  Italy,  France,  Germany,  Hol- 
land and  England,  with  their  respective  ideals  of  beauty 
in  this  flower,  contributed  so  many  varieties  that  in 
1597  Gerard  wrote  that  "to  describe  each  new  variety  of 
carnation  were  to  roll  Sisyphus'  stone  or  number  the 
sands." 

There  were  many  attempts  at  classification,  but  most 
of  them,  like  the  varieties  they  serve,  have  disappeared. 
Two  of  them  are  as  follows  :  The  French  scheme  ar- 
ranged all  varieties  into  three  classes,  thus :  —  Grenadins 
(Fig.  368),  including  those  with  strong  perfumes,  flow- 
ers of  medium  size,  either  single  or  double,  petals 
fringed,  and  of  but  one  color  ;  Flamands,  including 
those  with  large  flowers,  round  and  double,  rising  in 
the  center  to  form  a  convex  surface,  petals  entire,  either 
unicolored  or  striped  with  two  or  more  colors  ;  Fancies, 
including  those  with  colors  arranged  in  bands  on  light 
grounds,  the  petals  toothed  or  not.  The  English  classi- 
fication of  these  varieties  makes  four  categories  :  Selfs, 
or  those  possessing  only  one  color  in  the  petals  ;  Flakes, 
or  those  having  a  pure  ground  of  white  or  yellow  and 
flaked  or  striped  with  one  color,  as  scarlet,  purple  or 
rose  ;  Bizarres,  or  those  having  a  pure  ground  marked 
as  in  the  Flakes,  but  with  two  or  three  colors  ;  and 
Picotees,  or  those  having  a  pure  ground  of  white  or 
yellow,  and  each  petal  bordered  with  a  band  of  color  at 
the  margin.  This  last  class  has  been  regarded  with  the 
distinction  of  a  race. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century  English 
gardeners  exercised  very  great  care,  in  the  growing  of 
Carnations,  to  mature  only  perfect  flowers.  Imperfect 
and  superfluous  petals  were  extracted  with  forceps  ; 
petals  appearing  out  of  place  were  arranged  in  a  per- 


248 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


feet  imbrication  ;  the  calyx  tube  was  cut  partly  down 
between  the  teeth,  to  prevent  excessive  splitting  at  one 
side  and  to  give  more  freedom  to  the  expansion  of  the 


366.   Section  of  Carnation  flower. 
c,  d,  bracts;   6,  calyx;   a,  style. 

flower.  These  and  many  more  tedious  details  seem  to 
have  wrought  the  downfall  of  this  sweet  flower  about 
the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

All  the  foregoing  has  reference  to  those  types  of  Car- 
nations which  are  but  little  known  or  grown  in  America 
at  the  present  day.  The  varieties  so  common  in  Europe 
are  usually  kept  in  coldframes  or  coolhouses  during 
the  winter,  and  as  spring  approaches  the  plants  are 
brought  into  their  blooming  quarters,  for  no  flower  is 
expected  to  appear  until  the  month  of  July,  when  there 
is  a  great  profusion  of  blossoms,  but  for  a  short  season. 
Therefore,  they  can  all  be  classed  as  a  summer  race. 
They  are  also  grown  permanently  in  the  open. 

PERPETUAL-FLOWERING  CARNATION  ( Remontant, 
Monthly,  or  Tree).  — The  Carnations  so  common  in 
America,  and  grown  so  extensively  under  glass  for  win- 
ter cut-flowers,  originated  about  1840  as  a  distinct  race 
of  Perpetual-flowering  Carnations.  A  French  gardener, 
M.  Dalmais,  according  to  M.  Jean  Sisley,  of  Lyons,  ob- 
tained the  first  real  constant-blooming  Carnation,  which 
was  called  Atim,  and  sent  out  in  1844.  It  was  the  result 
of  artificially  crossing  Oeillet  de  Mahon,  or  St.  Martin, 
because  it  was  regularly  bloomed  in  November,  with 
pollen  from  Oeillet  Biohon.  The  first  gain  was  crossed 
with  Flemish  Carnation  with  repetition.  In  1846  he 
obtained  a  great  number  of  varieties  of  all  colors. 
M.  Schmitt,  a  distinguished  horticulturist  of  Lyons,  fol- 
lowed in  the  work,  and  obtained  several  fine  varieties, 
like  Arc-en-ciel  and  Etoile  Polaire,  which  were  culti- 
vated for  several  years.  The  next  enthusiast  who  aided 
materially  in  the  development  of  this  new  race  of  Car- 
nations was  M.  Alphonse  Alegatiere,  who,  by  careful 
crossing,  obtained  varieties  with  stiff  stems.  About 
1866  the  number  of  such  varieties  was  increased,  and  as 
a  class  they  received  the  name  of  Tree  Carnations,  but 
in  America  they  were  more  generally  termed  the  Monthly 
Carnations.  The  earliest  importation  of  this  race  of 
varieties  into  America  seems  to  have  been  made  in  1868, 
and  included  such  varieties  as  Edwardsii,  President 
Degraw,  La  Purite  and  Variegated  La  Purite,  and  for  a 
period  of  ten  years  were  grown  as  pot  plants  for  sum- 
mer or  winter  blooming.  About  1875  bench  culture  was 


introduced  in  coolhouses,  and  was  attended  with  such 
marked  success  that  soon  entire  greenhouses  were  de- 
voted to  the  cultivation  of  the  Carnation,  and  there  arose 
the  carnation  specialist,  or  carnationist,  the  latter  title 
being  used  first,  in  1892,  with  such  men  as  Starr, 
Swayne,  Tailby  and  Dorner.  There  are  now  about  500 
distinct  varieties  in  this  country,  all  of  American  origin. 
The  winter  forcing  of  Carnations  is  now  more  highly 
developed  in  America  than  anywhere  else  in  the  world. 
For  sketches  of  the  evolution  of  the  Carnation,  particu- 
larly of  the  American  cut-flower  race,  see  Bailey,  "Sur- 
vival of  the  Unlike." 

Propagation.  —  The  perpetual-flowering  Carnations  are 
propagated  by  cuttings  (Fig.  369).  The  best  "wood  "  for 
this  purpose  is  found  in  the  lateral  shoots  at  the  base  of 
thrifty  branches  ;  shoots  appearing  high  on  the  flower- 
ing stem  are  not  desirable.  No  cuttings  should  be  taken 
from  stems  bearing  small,  sickly,  or  poorly  colored 
flowers.  Diseased  plants,  and  plants  which  have  been 
greatly  stimulated  and  forced  in  a  high  temperature, 
should  also  be  avoided  in  propagation.  The  material  for 
cuttings  is  pulled  from  the  plants  by  a  lateral  move- 
ment, and  in  this  condition,  — that  is,  without  further 
cutting  or  trimming,  — is  considered  by  many  propaga- 
tors as  ready  for  the  sand-bench  ;  others  remove  a  por- 
tion of  the  leaves  or  the  tips  of  the  long  ones.  Cuttings 
are  successfully  made  from  December  1  to  May  1. 
Growers  choose  different  portions  of  this  period  for 
the  best  results.  February  is,  perhaps,  most  frequently 
chosen.  The  cuttings  are  usually  planted  in  sand- 
benches  to  be  rooted,  either  in  a  separate  propagating 
house  or  upon  a  portion  of  bench  prepared  for  the  pur- 
pose in  the  regular  Carnation  house.  For  a  limited  num- 
ber of  cuttings,  "flats"  may  be  used  and  placed  where 
they  will  receive  proper  treatment.  The  temperature  in 
which  cuttings  are  best  rooted  is  50°  F.  for  the  first  few 
days,  then  increased  to  55°  or  60°  F.  During  sunshine 
the  young  cuttings  are  shaded,  and  at  all  times  mois- 
ture is  carefully  regulated,  to  avoid  the  "damping  off'' 
fungus  and  the  flagging  of  the  cuttings.  In  about  four 
weeks  a  good  bunch  of  roots  will  be  formed,  and  the 
cuttings  are  transplanted  into  small  pots  or  flats.  They 
are  then  kept  in  coolhouses  (45  to  50°  F.)  until  it  is 
possible  to  plant  them  in  the  field.  Propagation  by  lay- 


367.  Showing  the  anthers  becoming  leaves,— a  stage 
in  the  doubling  of  the  Carnation. 

ering  is  practiced  abroad  (Fig.  370),  but  is  too  slow  for 
American  conditions.  Plants  are  grown  from  seed  only 
when  it  is  desired  to  obtain  new  varieties. 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


249 


Summer  Treatment.  — The  young  plants  are  carefully 
hardened  in  the  spring,  to  enable  them  to  be  planted 
in  the  open  field  in  May.  Various  soils  have  given 
good  results.  A  sandy  soil  yields  fine  plants  if  a  drought 
does  not  prevail  ;  a  clay  soil  will  make  short,  stiff 
plants,  which  are  slow  to 
yield  flowers  in  the  fall  ; 
a  sandy  loam  is  the  best 
soil. 

The  field  soil  is  well  pre- 
pared by  applying  a  liberal 
quantity  of  well- 
rotted  manure  or 
an   equivalent  in 
V  commercial  ferti- 
lizer,         plowing 
deeply    and    har- 
rowing thorough- 
ly. The  plants  are 
then  set,  as  soon 
as  danger  from  heavy  frosts  is 
past,  putting    them    10  inches 
apart,  in  rows  12   inches  apart 
if    to   be   worked    entirely    by 
hand,  and  3  feet  apart  if  to  be 
worked  with    horse  and   culti- 
vator.  Throughout  the  summer 
the  plants  are  kept  free  from 
weeds    and    frequently    culti- 
vated. No  blossoming  by  plants 
intended   for  winter   flowering 
is  permitted.    All  rising  shoots 
are  cut  back  to  2-4  inches  as 
fast  as  they  appear.  Such  prun- 
ing ceases  about  August  1  to  10. 
In  the  month  of  September  the 
plants   are  lifted    and   planted 
upon  the  benches.    Some  grow- 
ers transplant  with  "balls"  of 
ground,  others  without  any  soil 
clinging  to  the  roots. 

Winter  Treatment.— The  Car- 
nation house  usually  stands  east 
and  west,  and  is  provided  with 
both  raised  and  solid  benches. 
Much  experience  and  a  long 
controversy  have  resulted  in 
the  conclusion  that  some  varie- 
ties of  Carnations  should  be 
planted  on  raised  benches  and 
others  on  solid  benches.  The 
soil  is  prepared  some  time  pre- 
368.  Grenadin  Carnation,  vious  to  its  use,  with  three- 
(X  %.)  fourths  loam  and  one-fourth 

well-rotted     manure,     turning 

several  times  to  thoroughly  mix  the  elements.  About 
September  1  it  is  placed  on  the  benches,  enough  to  be 
4  or  5  inches  deep  when  settled.  The  plants  are  set  8 
to  12  inches  apart  each  way,  watered  thoroughly,  and 
syringed  frequently  until  established.  Staking  is  nec- 
essary to  keep  the  branches  off  the  ground  and  the  flow- 
ers above  the  foliage.  Various  arrange- 
ments of  wires  and  strings  are  devised. 
The  use  of  plant-stakes  has  been  universally 
abandoned. 

The  temperature  of  the  Carnation  house 
is  maintained  at  50  to  55°  F.  at  night  and 
about  10°  warmer  in  the  daytime,  during 
the  whole  winter.  The  proper  use  of  water 
maintains  a  healthy  growth,  ensures  sub- 
stantial flowers,  and  prevents  red  spider. 
On  bright  days  the  houses  are  freely 
syringed.  Fertilizers  are  used  with  great 
liberality  on  the  plants  in  the  benches,  and 
with  good  results.  Liquid  manures  from 
horse,  cow,  sheep  or  hen  droppings,  diluted  369.  Carna- 
to  the  color  of  weak  tea,  are  applied  about  tion  cutting, 
once  a  week,  beginning  about  January  1, 
or  a  mulch  of  well-rotted  cow  manure  is  put  over  the 
ground  after  the  plants  become  well  set.  Disbudding  is 
practiced  to  produce  large  flowers  on  stiff  stems. 

Carnations  are  not  very  seriously  annoyed  by  insects 
or  fungous  diseases.    The  red  spider  is  usually  kept 


under  control  by  syringing  judiciously  with  water,  and 
the  greenfly  by  fumigation  with  rose-leaf  extract  or  the 
use  of  tobacco  stems  on  the  floor  of  the  house.  Three 
fungous  diseases  have  recently  become  annoying  ;  viz., 
rust  (Uromyces  caryophyllinus,  Schr.),  anthracnose 
(  Volutella  sp.),  and  spot  or  blight  (Septoria  Dianthi, 
Desm).  The  best  treatment  is  to  destroy  diseased  plants 
and  to  spray  the  rest  with  Bordeaux  mixture. 

Varieties  are  constantly  changing.  The  following 
represent  the  common  range  of  variation : 

White- Lizzie  McGowan  (Fig.  372),  Ivory,  Alaska, 
Uncle  John,  Flora  Hill,  White  Cloud. 

Pink-Wm.  Scott  Daybreak  (Fig.  374),  Albertini, 
Bridesmaid,  Delia  Fox,  Triumph,  Victor. 

Scarlet— Hector,  Portia,  Dazzle,  Jubilee  (Fig.  373). 

Variegated  —  Minnie  Cook,  Helen  Keller,  Mrs.  Geo. 
M.  Bradt,  Armazindy. 

Yellow— Eldorado,  Buttercup,  Mayor  Pingree,  Gold 
Nugget. 

Crimson-Meteor,  Tidal  Wave,  Cartledge. 

Carnations  in  Pots.  — For  pot  culture,  the  Carnation 
is  propagated  and  treated  as  previously  described  in 
field  culture  up  to  the  time  of  lifting  the  plants,  when 
they  are  taken  up  and  planted  singly  in  pots,  — 4-,  5-. 


370.   Layer  of  Carnation. 
The  parent  stem  was  severed  at  S. 

6-,  or  7-inch  sizes,  suiting  them  to  the  size  of  the  plants. 
If  the  heading-back  was  not  continued  too  late  in  the 
field,  many  plants  may  be  in  bud  in  October  and  be 
excellent  specimens  for  fall  sales.  The  bulk  of  the 
potted  plants,  however,  are  intended  for  spring  sales, 
and  are  carried  over  the  winter  in  well-built  coldframes, 
left  uncovered  as  long  as  fine  weather  will  permit ; 
frosts  and  even  light  freezes  will  not  hurt  the  plants. 
At  the  approach  of  severe  weather,  sashes  are  covered 
over  the  plants,  but  on  mild  days  liberal  ventilation  is 
given,  and  during  extreme  winter  cold  additional  cov- 
ering is  placed  over  the  frames.  About  the  first  of 
March  these  plants  are  brought  into  a  coolhouse,  and 
one  month  later  they  are  graced  with  a  profusion  of 
buds  and  blossoms  ;  with  proper  care  they  will  continue 
to  flower  throughout  the  summer.  The  varieties  pre- 
ferred for  pots  are  those  of  dwarf  habit,  with  stems  stiff 
enough  to  hold  up  the  flowers  without  staking.  In 
color,  the  varieties  known  as  "  fancies  "  are  usually  more 
salable  than  those  with  single  colors.  Varieties  recom- 
mended for  pot  culture  are  Portia,  Mrs.  Fisher,  Grace 
Wilder,  Buttercup,  American  Flag,  Robert  Craig, 
E.  G.  Hill. 

OTHER  CARNATIONS.  — Aside  from  the  forcing  Carna- 
tions, the  following  groups  receive  attention  in  this 
country: 

Carnation,  Malmaison.  —  This  is  a  group  of  varieties 
grown  in  Europe.  It  is  said  ( Revue  Horticole,  1888)  that 
the  original  variety  of  the  group  was  taken  from  La  Mal- 
maison  in  the  time  of  Napoleon  I.  It  was  pure  white  in 
color,  but  now  all  the  shades  of  red  are  in  the  group. 
The  flowers  are  very  large,  even  6  inches  in  diameter 
with  good  culture.  The  plants  are  dwarf,  very  florifer 


250 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


ous,  but  not  constant  bloomers,  never  seeding.  The 
stems  are  strong  and  straight.  Usually  propagated  by 
cuttings  or  layers. 

Carnation,  Victoria.— A.  group  of  varieties  under  this 
name  originated  with  M.  Benary,  Erfurt,  Germany,  in 
1879  (Revue  Horticole.  1890),  probably  descendants 
from  Souvenir  de  la  Malmaison,  which  it  closely  re- 
sembles, but  of  greater  merit  because  of  a  firmer  calyx. 
All  the  colors  of  Carnations  are  represented ;  petals  are 
large,  finely  fringed.  The  plant  is  dwarf,  not  remontant. 
Propagated  by  layers  or  cuttings.  The  members  of  this 
group,  as  of  the  preceding,  have  not  received  much 
attention  in  this  country. 

Carnation,  Marguerite  (Pig.  371).— A  comparatively 
new  class  of  Carnations.  Origin  not  definitely  known; 
supposed  to  have  been  in  somewhat  obscure  cultivation 
in  Italy  and  Algeria  a  very  long  time.  The  plants  are 
generally  raised  from  seed,  and  blossom  in  about  four 
months.  A  very  large  majority  of  flowers  come  double 
or  semi-double,  strongly  clove-scented,  deeply  fringed  ; 
•color  red,  pink  or  white.  The  plant  is  dwarf,  10-15 
inches  high,  compact,  erect,  branching.  It  is  a  constant 
bloomer,  but  in  quality  the  flowers  are  far  inferior  to 
the  Perpetual-flowering  Carnation.  The  Marguerite 
Carnations  are  highly  prized  for  massing  in  summer 
beds,  and  are  treated  as  annuals.  GEORGE  C.  BUTZ. 

COMMERCIAL,  CARNATION  CULTURE.  — Carnation  cul- 
ture can  be  divided  into  three  parts  or  periods — propa- 
gation of  the  young  plants  during  the  winter  and  early 
spring  months  ;  the  summer  culture,  generally  carried 
•on  in  the  field  or  garden,  for  the  growing  of  the  young 
plants  to  a  stage  of  maturity  suitable  for  the  transfer 
to  the  houses  in  the  fall  ;  and  the  winter  or  house  cul- 
ture, which  is  often  prolonged  through  spring  and  early 
summer,  depending  on  the  condition  of  plants  and  va- 
riety. Of  late,  experiments  have  been  made  with  summer 
culture  under  glass,  a  subject  which  is  treated  below. 

To  make  the  mode  of  cultivation  more  comprehensi- 
ble, it  will  be  well  to  speak  first  of  the  habit  of  the  Car- 
nation in  general,  for  there  is  a  great  difference  in 
growth  and  blooming  of  the  different  varieties,  without 
making  one  variety  or  the  other  less  profitable.  Al- 
though the  came  treatment  may  be  applied,  a  slight 
•deviation  from  general  rules  may  often  be  practical  and 
more  fitting  to  certain  varieties.  We  find  among  our 
present  varieties  some  with  a  more  spreading,  straggling 
growth,  as  Daybreak,  while  others  grow  more  compact, 
as  Jubilee.  We  find  early  and  late  bloomers  ;  some 
that  are  continuous  bloomers,  as  Mrs.  Geo.  M.  Bradt, 
and  others  that  show  a  tendency  to  "crop",  while  with 
some  varieties  the  coming-off  crop  and  the  new  coming- 
in  are  so  linked  together  that  it  will  only  be  noticed  by  a 
-less  quantity  and  smaller  flowers,  as  in  White  Cloud; 
with  others  it  is  so  marked  that  often  an  interval  of  from 
four  to  six  weeks,  or  an  entire  cessation  of  blooming, 
will  take  place,  as  in  Bridesmaid.  In  the  aggregate, 
the  continuous  bloomer  and  the  cropper  may  furnish 
the  same  number  of  flowers  through  the  season,  and, 
under  circumstances,  one  may  be  as  profitable  as  the 
•other. 

Propagation  can  be  carried  on  from  January  to  May. 
Early  propagation  is  preferable,  as  often  in  April  warm 
weather  will  interfere  with  good  results.  When  the 
plants  are  expected  to  commence  to  bloom  early  in  fall 


371.   One  form  of  the  Marguerite  Carnation  (X  /<$)• 


and  furnish  a  good  quality  of  blooms,  early  propagation 
is  a  necessity.  Late-blooming  varieties,  when  propa- 
gated early,  advance  their  time  for  blooming  consider- 
ably. Late-propagated  plants  may  have  to  be  trans- 
ferred from  the  propagating  bed  to  the  field  at  a  time 
when  the  hot  weather  will  prove  very  severe  on  the 
little  plants  ;  they  are  deprived  of  the  advancing  spring 
growth,  and  consequently  make  little  headway  through 
the  hot  summer  months,  but  will  make  good  plants  for 
late  blooming,  or,  when  not  allowed  to  bloom,  will  fur- 
nish excellent  cuttings  for  early  propagation. 

Any  young  shoots  riot  advanced  into  bud  formation, 
but  seeming  to  be  capable  of  producing  a  good  flower  in 
time,  will,  as  a  cutting,  make  a  good  plant.  If  the  bud 
has  commenced  to  form,  even  only  to  half  the  size 
of  a  pinhead,  it  is  bound  to  develop  ;  it  retards  root 
formation,  and  when  eventually  roots  are  formed,  all 
the  nourishment  taken  up  is  used  to  mature  that  bud. 
Such  cuttings,  doubtful  at  their  taking,  but  which  will  in 
time  develop  a  flower-bud,  are  not  to  be  necessarily 
classed  as  bad  cuttings  if,  at  the  first  symptoms,  the 
bud  is  removed  ;  when  left  to  develop  it  may  still  make 
a  plant  after  a  lapse  of  two  or  three  months,  but  time  is 
lost.  In  general,  the  strongest  and  best  cuttings  are 
found  at  the  base  of  the  flower-stem;  those  that  appear 
upon  the  flower  stem  are  of  an  inferior  quality,  and  will  in 
time  show  symptoms  of  degeneration;  the  same  will  be 
the  case  when  taken  from  exhausted  blooming  plants. 
For  this  reason  the  late-propagated  plants,  whose  growth 
has  been  made  through  the  late  fall  months,  and  where 
the  flower  stems  are  removed  as  fast  as  they  appear, 
and  the  whole  strength  thrown  into  the  young  shoots 
appearing  below  the  break,  will  furnish  the  best  cut- 
tings. The  plant  is  in  quite  a  different  stage  of  growth 
when  producing  new  shoots,  and  when  young  shoots- 
cuttings— are  produced  only  in  connection  with  the  ma- 
turing of  flowers.  This  will  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  to 
produce  the  best  cuttings,  a  separation  of  the  culture  for 
flowers  and  the  culture  for  cuttings  is  the  best  solution. 
A  cutting  should  have  an  average  length  of  4  inches, 
with  at  least  1-inch  clean  stem.  When  taken  off  close  from 
the  branch  or  stem  out  of  the  axil  of  a  leaf,  no  further 
trimming  of  the  heel  is  necessary  except  an  occasional 
removing  of  some  wood  fibers  that  may  adhere  from  the 
break.  When  the  shoot  is  too  long  and  demands  a  cut 
with  the  knife,  the  cut  should  be  made  at  or  right  above 
a  joint,  so  that  the  two  leaves  can  be  peeled  off  and  leave 
a  clean  heel.  If  cut  too  high  above  a  joint,  the  stem  gets 
too  hard;  if  below,  the  bark  will  be  peeled  off  with  the 
leaves,  and  gives  occasion  to  rot.  Leaves  should  be  re- 
moved as  far  as  the  cutting  is  inserted  in  the  sand, 
and  the  top  of  the  leaves  shortened,  so  as  not  to  give  too 
much  surface  to  evaporation. 

The  propagating  bed  should  be  filled  with  3  inches  of 
clean,  sharp  sand,  not  too  coarse,  and  well  packed. 
When  the  cuttings  are  to  be  inserted,  a  line  should  be 
drawn  with  a  knife  to  the  required  depth  of  about  1 
inch,  the  cutting  inserted  and  the  sand  pressed  on.  A 
tile  or  brick  bottom  in  the  propagating  bed  is  much  su- 
perior to  a  common  wooden  bottom  ;  it  assures  better 
drainage  and  less  danger  of  fungus.  The  utmost  clean- 
liness should  be  observed  in  a  propagating  house,  and 
no  decaying  matter  be  allowed  to  lie  around.  Water  is 
needed  every  two  or  three  days  when  the  bench  has 
good  drainage.  The  house  should  be  shaded  either  from 
the  outside  with  a  whitewash  of  white  lead  and 
coal  oil,  or  on  the  inside  with  a  light  white  mus- 
lin. Ventilation  is  advisable  whenever  the 
temperature  comes  near  to  60°;  general  tem- 
perature 55°,  and  all  available  means  should  be 
employed  to  keep  it  at  that  point.  Day  tem- 
perature may  be  two  or  three  degrees  above, 
and  night  temperature  as  much  below. 

Average  time  to  root  Carnation  cuttings  is 
four  weeks,  and  depends  much  on  the  variety. 
Mary  Wood  may  root  in  two  weeks,  while  it  may 
take  six  weeks  to  root  Mrs.  Geo.  M.  Bradt.  In 
a  higher  temperature,  cuttings  will  root  more 
quickly,  but  it  is  not  advisable,  as  it  increases 
the  danger  of  cutting-bench  fungus  and  soft- 
ens the  young  plants. 

As  soon  as  rooted,  transplant  into  a  light  soil 
enriched  with  well  decomposed  manure— none 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


251 


other  should  be  used-in  a  light,  well-ventilated  house, 
either  on  benches,  in  flats  or  small  pots,  the  latter  pref- 
erable, as  early-rooted  plants  can  be  shifted  into  larger 
pots,  and  the  fater-rooted  be  just  in  good  shape  for  the 
transfer  to  the  field.  Temperature  the  same  as  in  the 
propagating  house,  but  when  the  young  plants  become 
well  established  may  be  kept  5°  lower. 

The  ground  for  the  field  or  summer  culture  should  be 
well  prepared,  and  any  working  in  it  be  avoided  when 
too  wet:  planting  to  be  done  as  soon  as  the  weather  will 
permit.  A  good  spring  growth  is  of  the  greatest  advan- 
tage, especially  if  good  plants  are  wanted  for  early  fall 
blooming.  Late  spring  frosts  will  not  injure  the  plants, 
and  a  cool  atmosphere  is  more  congenial  to  a  good 
growth  than  the  hot  summer  weather,  when  growth  is 
comparatively  slow  ;  plants  to  stand  at  least  15-18 
inches  apart  each  way.  or  at  any  greater  distance,  as 


through  a  drought  than  when  resort  is  had  to  watering. 
Watering,  unless  it  can  be  done  thoroughly  and  kept 
up,  should  not  be  resorted  to,  and  only  as  a  last  measure 
in  a  severe  drought. 

When  the  plants  attain  the  height  of  5-6  inches,  top- 
ping should   be 
commenced  and 
be    kept  up   as 
long      a  s      the 
plants  remain  in 
the  field.     This 
operation  is  for 
the   purpose  of 
removing      the          ^-  ^^ty 
top        shoots      jf~^b^|^>*J^A\&v 
when-       buds       4,         3M^&^\W 
are  forming,  or  ^alOS?*^ 


373.   Carnation.  Jubilee. 


374.   Carnation,  Daybreak. 


the  mode  of  cultivating  the 
soil  to  be  adopted  may  re- 
quire. From  the  time  of 
planting,  as  soon  as  a  crust 
forms  after  a  rain  it 
should  be  broken  and  the 
surface  of  the  soil  kept  in 
a  mellow  condition  to  a 
depth  of  2  inches  through- 
out the  summer ;  any 
deeper  cultivating  is  in- 
jurious rather  than  bene- 
ficial to  the  plants.  A 
thorough  cultivating  will  not  only  destroy  weeds,  but 
will  keep  the  soil  in  condition  in  which  it  retains  mois- 
ture the  longest,  and  will  carry  the  plants  much  better 


372.   Carnation. 

Lizzie  McGowan. 


where  a  part  of  the  plant  grows  out  of  proportion  to 
the  other,  to  force  the  plant  to  grow  into  a  symmetrical, 
bushy  form.  At  the  same  time,  care  must  be  taken  not 
to  cut  any  more  than  the  purpose  of  topping  calls  for, 
for  the  plant  is  just  as  dependent  on  all  its  leaves  as  on 
its  roots.  Any  bloom  is  at  the  expense  of  the  fall  and 
winter  crop,  for  it  retards  the  growth  of  the  plant  and 
uses  up  energy  that  is  wanted  at  a  more  desired  time. 
The  transfer  from  the  field  to  the  house  for  the  fol- 
lowing winter  culture  is  an  ordeal  to  the  plants  and 
much  anxiety  to  the  grower.  If  early  flowers  are  wanted , 
au  early  transfer  has  to  be  made  — as  early  as  the  latter 
part  of  August  and  beginning  of  September.  Late- 
rooted  plants,  that  had  not  the  chance  of  any  spring 
growth,  should  be  given  the  benefit  of  a  fall  growth  and 
be  transferred  later. 


252 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


The  preparation  of  the  soil  for  the  benches  in  the 
houses  should  be  commenced  the  year  before.  If  pos- 
sible, select  a  piece  of  sod— but  other  ground  will  an- 
swer—give it  a  good  coat  of  stable  manure  and  plow 
under.  In  the  spring,  add  more  manure  or  any  fertilizer 
that  the  soil  may  mostly  require,  especially  bone,  wood- 
ashes  and  lime,  if  not  already  in  the  soil,  plow  again, 
and  repeat  the  plowing  two  or  three  times  during  the 
summer.  As  to  the  texture  of  the  soil,  a  loam  that  con- 


375.   Carnation,  Little  Gem. 
A  striped  flower. 


tains  some  clay  without  making  it  too  heavy,  is  prefer- 
able. It  requires  a  rich  soil  and,  therefore,  the  prepara- 
tion has  to  be  commenced  in  time,  so  that  ihe  manures 
become  decomposed  and  well  incorporated,  ready  for 
assimilation. 

Light,  roomy  houses,  with  good  ventilation,  are  re- 
quired to  insure  a  bountiful  crop.  Whether  solid  or 
raised  benches,  especially  for  the  latter,  fresh  soil  is  re- 
quired every  season.  Good  drainage  and  an  even  fill- 
ing and  packing  of  the  soil  insures  an  even,  healthy 
growth.  Strong-growing  varieties  should  be  planted 
12-15  inches  each  way,  less  strong  ones  closer  ;  any 
crowding,  when  not  diminishing  the  quantity  of  flowers 
to  the  square  foot,  will  certainly  degrade  the  quality  of 
the  same.  Transplanting  is  an  ordeal  for  the  plants, 
and  has  to  be  done  with  the  greatest  care  and  dispatch, 


especially  as  the  ordeal  is  often  aggravated  by  hot 
weather  during  early  transplanting.  Points  to  be  ob- 
served are,  in  the  first  place,  a  careful  lifting.  When  the 
ground  is  sandy  and  loose,  the  ground  may  be  shaken 
off,  but  when  hard  and  baked,  so  there  is  danger  of 
breaking  the  roots,  it  is  better  to  leave  a  ball.  In  setting, 
plants  should  be  cleaned  of  all  decaying  leaves,  and 
buds  removed.  Place  the  plants  in  a  natural  position  by 
spreading  the  roots  out  over  a  little  mound  formed  in. 
the  excavation  made  for  the  plant,  and  press  the  ground 
on  firmly.  Any  deeper  planting  than  the  plants  have 
stood  in  the  fields  invites  stem-rot.  W^ater  well  after 
transplanting,  after  that  more  sparingly,  as  a  too  wet, 
cloggy  soil  will  retard  root-formation.  Other  precau- 
tions to  facilitate  the  establishing  of  the  plants  are 
shading  of  the  house,  and  reduction  of  ventilation  to  a. 
minimum.  A  moist,  cool  air,  even  if  close,  that  other- 
wise would  be  injurious,  has  to  be  employed  to  prevent, 
a  too  strong  enervating  evaporation  from  the  leaves  — in 
other  words,  to  prevent  wilting.  An  occasional  syring- 
ing two  or  three  times  a  day  will  give  enough  moisture 
to  the  soil  after  the  first  watering,  and  keeps  a  moist 
atmosphere.  When  plants  showing  signs  of  having 
formed  new  roots  become  established,  any  of  the  pre- 
cautions employed  to  gain  this  end  become  injurious. 
The  shading  is  to  be  gradually  removed,  ventilation  in- 
creased, syringing  reduced,  and  a  normal  treatment  of 
growing  plants  assumed.  House  culture  may  be  summed 
up  as  follows :  Average  night  temperature  55°,  day  tem- 
perature on  cloudy  days  60°  to  65°.  When  over  60°,  ven- 
tilation should  be  given,  and  increased  when  necessary 
to  retain  the  desired  point.  Fresh  air  is  a  necessity; 
and  ventilators  should  be  opened  whenever  it  is  practi- 
cable to  do  so.  All  syringing  is  to  be  avoided  and  the 
water  applied  to  the  soil  below  the  plants.  Water  should 
be  given  freely  when  needed,  and  care  be  taken  to  make 
the  wateringthorough,reachingthe  bottom  of  the  bench. 
Glass  roof  should  be  kept  clean,  so  the  plants  will  de- 
rive the  benefit  of  every  moment's  sunshine.  Cultivat- 
ing the  soil,  with  the  exception  of  a  mere  scratching,  is 
of  more  injury  than  benefit,  as  it  will  destroy  the  white 
roots  coming  near  the  surface  in  quest  of  food. 

The  principles  of  support  are  to  hold  the  body  of  the 
plant  off  from  the  soil  for  a  free  circulation  of  air  un- 
derneath, and  to  support  the  flower  stems  in  a  way  so 
as  not  to  impair  the  plant  in  its  freedom  of  growth,  and 
leave  free  access  to  cut  the  blooms  with  any  desired 
length  of  stem. 

The  Carnation  is  rather  a  heavy  feeder,  and  quantity 
and  quality  of  blooms  depend  largely  on  the  nourish- 
ment supplied.  The  necessity  for  feeding  depends  on 
the  richness  of  the  soil,  and  to  avoid  a  disastrous  over- 
feeding, food  has  to  be  applied  judiciously— rather  weak 
and  often  than  too  strong  at  a  time.  Feeding  can  be 
done  with  a  mulch  of  well  decomposed  manure,  or  best, 
with  prepared  liquid  manure.  If  it  can  be  arranged  so 
a  part  of  the  liquid  manure  could  be  given  with  each  or 
every  other  watering,  best  results  will  follow  and  danger 
of  overfeeding  be  avoided.  In  the  preparation  of  liquid 
manure,  it  is  best  to  take  fresh  cow-manure  as  a  base 
and  add  any  other  ingredients  desirable,  as  chicken 
manure,  bone  meal,  sulfate  of  potash  ;  but  avoid  any- 
thing that  contains  lime,  as  lime  will  set  free  the  valua- 
ble ammonia. 

Summer  culture  under  glass  has  been  experimented 
with  in  late  years,  but  with  no  generally  satisfactory  re- 
sults. The  hot,  close,  greenhouse  air  is  against  it ;  the 
plants  grow,  as  greenhouse  plants  do,  soft  and  drawn,  not 
to  be  compared  with  the  sturdy,  short-jointed,  hardier 
outdoor  growth,  so  productive  of  a  good  crop.  Indoor- 
grown  plants  lack  the  foundation  gained  in  the  field. 
True,  the  plants  will  not  have  the  set-back  of  a  trans- 
planting, but  better  results  have  to  be  shown  before 
this  mode  of  summer  culture  will  become  general. 

Every  year  new  varieties  are  produced  and  introduced, 
superseding  older  ones.  A  list  of  the  varieties  grown 
at  present  may  be  useless  in  three  or  four  years,  so  we 
mention  only  the  best  grown  now.  Among  the  whites, 
Lizzie  McGowan  ( Fig.  372 )  has  been  a  standby,  but  White 
Cloud  now  stands  as  the  best.  Maceo  is  the  best  deep 
red  or  maroon  yet  produced  ;  a  very  free  and  continu- 
ous bloomer.  In  the  scarlets,  Jubilee  (Fig.  373)  wants 
first  place,  but  indications  are  that  it  will  be  superseded 


Plate  IV.     Carnations 
Types  of  the  American  winter-flowering  Carnation.    Half  size 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


CARNATION 


CARRIERIA 


253 


by  G.  H.  Crane.  Among  the  light  pinks,  Daybreak 
(Fig.  374)  is  still  a  standby,  but  there  are  some  among 
the  new  ones  that  will,  to  all  appearance,  push  it  into 
the  background.  In  the  dark  pinks,  Scott  yet  claims  the 
honors,  but  Mrs.  Francis  Joost,  as  the  newer  variety, 
may  succeed  to  its  place.  In  yellow,  Gold  Nugget  is 
conceded  the  best.  Mayor  Pingree  is  a  good  large  flower, 
but  rather  of  a  pale  color,  and  a  shy  bloomer.  The 
•Carnation  par  excellence  is  Mrs.  Geo.  M.  Bradt,  white 
striped  scarlet— an  even,  continuous  bloomer  through- 
out the  whole  season  ;  a  fine,  large  flower,  admired 
wherever  grown.  FRED  DORNEB. 

CAROB.     See  Ceratoxio. 

CAROLINA  ALLSPICE.    See  Calycanthus. 

CARPEL.  One  of  the  separable  or  component  parts 
of  a  compound  pistil.  See  Flon'er. 

CARPENTARIA  ( after  Professor  Carpenter,  of  Louisi- 
ana). Safifraf/acew.  Evergreen  shrub,  with  rather  large 
opposite  Ivs.:  fls.  large,  in  terminal, loose  corymbs;  calyx 
5-parted  ;  petals  5  ;  stamens  numerous  ;  ovary  almost 
superior,  5-6-celled  :  fr.  a  many-seeded  dehiscent  cap- 
sule. One  species  in  Calif.  A  highly  ornamental  ever- 
green shrub,  with  very  large,  white  and  fragrant  fls., 
but  not  hardy  north.  It  requires  a  well-drained,  light 
and  sandy  soil,  and  sunny,  somewhat  sheltered  position; 
it  especially  dislikes  moisture  during  the  winter,  and  its 
perishing  is  often  more  due  to  an  excess  of  moisture 
than  to  the  cold.  Prop,  by  greenwood  cuttings  under 
glass  in  summer,  and  by  suckers,  which  it  produces 
freely;  also,  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring. 

Calif6rnica,  Torr.  Shrub,  6-10  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceo- 
late, entire  or  remotely  denticulate,  bright  green  above, 
whitish-tomentose  beneath,  2-4  in.  long:  fls.  pure  white, 
2%-3  in.  in  diara.,  fragrant ;  petals  orbicular,  concave. 
June,  July.  B.M.6911.  Gn.  31:  581,  and54,  p.248.  G.C. 
11,26:113.  R.H.1884,p.365.  J.H.  111,29:  251. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CARPET  BEDDING.    See  Bedding. 

CARPlNUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Cupuliferce  (or 
Betnlticece).  HORNBEAM.  Tree,  of  medium  size,  some- 
times shrubby:  Ivs.  deciduous,  petioled,  alternate,  ser- 
rate; stipule?  deciduous:  fts.  in  catkins,  appearing  with 
the  Ivs.;  staminate  catkins  pendulous,  each  scale  bear- 
ing 3-13  stamens,  2-forked  at  the  apex  ;  pistillate  cat- 
kins terminal,  slender,  each  scale  bearing  two  ovaries, 
the  bracts  and  bractlets  of  which  develop  into  a  large, 
leafy,  more  or  less  3-lobed  bract,  embracing  the  small, 
nut-like  fruit  at  the  base.  About  8  species  in  C.  and  E. 
Asia,  2  in  Europe  and  W.  Asia  and  1  in  N.  and  C.  Amer. 
Hardy,  ornamental  tree,  usually  with  dense,  round 
head,  and  of  somewhat  slow  growth.  The  wood  is  very 
hard  and  close-grained,  and  much  used  in  making  tools 
and  other  sma'  1  articles.  The  handsome  foliage  is  rarely 
attacked  by  insects,  and  assumes  a  yellow  or  scarlet 
color  in  fall.  The  most  beautiful  are  C.  cordata,  with 
large  Ivs.,  and  C.  Japonica,  of  graceful  habit  and  with 
elegant  foliage.  The  Hornbeam  bears  severe  pruning 
well,  and  is  *ery  valuable  for  high  hedges,  and  the 
European  species  was  formerly  much  used  in  the  old 
formal  gardens  for  this  purpose;  the  latter  makes,  also, 
an  excellent  game  cover,  as  it  retains  its  withered  foli- 
age almost  1^-oughout  the  whole  winter.  They  grow  in 
almost  any  soil,  and  even  in  dry,  rocky  situations. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  usually  in  fall,  germinating  very 
irregularly  ;  if  they  do  not  spring  up  the  first  spring, 
the  seed  bed  should  be  covered  until  the  following 
spring  with  moss  or  leaf-mold,  to  keep  the  soil  moist. 
If  intended  for  hedges,  the  seedlings  should  be  trans- 
planted after  the  first  year,  and  allowed  sufficient  space 
to  prevent  them  from  growing  into  slender,  tall  plants, 
unfit  for  hedges.  The  varieties  of  rarer  species  are 
grafted  in  spring  under  glass,  or  in  the  open  air  on 
seedlings  of  one  of  the  common  species. 

Caroliniana,  Walt.  ( C.  'A  mericdna ,  Michx. ) .  AMERICAN 
HORNBEAM.  BLUE  BEECH.  Fig.  376.  Bushy  tree,  rarely 
40  ft. :  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  usually  rounded  at  the  base, 
acuminate,  sharply  and  doubly  serrate,  glabrous  at 
length,  except  in  the  axils  of  the  veins  beneath,  2-4  in. 


long:  fruit-clusters  peduncled,  2-4  in.  long:  bracts  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  '%-\  in.  long,  with  2  broad  and  short 
inequal  lateral  lobes,  and  a  much  longer  middle  lobe, 
usually  serrate  only  on  one  margin.  E.N.  America,  west 
to  Minnesota  and  Texas;  also,  in  Mexico  and  C.  Amer. 
S.  S.  9:447.  Em.  1: 199.  — Bushy  tree,  with  dense,  but 


376.   Carpinus  Caroliniana  (X  %). 

slender  and  often  somewhat  pendulous  branches,  and 
dark  bluish  green  foliage,  changing  to  scarlet  or  orange- 
yellow  in  fall. 

Betulus,  Linn.  EUROPEAN  HORNBEAM.  Tree,  to  60  or 
70  ft. :  Ivs.  similar  to  those  of  the  former,  cordate  or 
rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  of  somewhat 
thicker  texture,  and  the  veins  more  impressed  above: 
fruit-clusters  3-5  in.  long  :  bracts  over  1%  in.  long,  with 
ovate,  lateral  lobes,  and  much  longer  oblong-lanceolate 
middle  lobe,  the  margins  almost  entire  or  remotely  den- 
ticulate. Europe  to  Persia. — The  most  remarkable  of  the 
garden  forms  are  the  following:  Var.  incisa,  Ait.  (var. 
quercifdlia,  Desf.).  Lvs.  incised  or  lobed,  smaller.  Var. 
fastigiata,  Hort.  Of  upright  growth.  Var.  purpurea, 
Hort.  Lvs.  purplish  when  young,  green  at  length.  It 
grows  into  a  taller  tree  than  the  American  species,  though 
the  former  is  of  more  vigorous  growth  when  young  ; 
the  foliage  turns  yellow  in  fall,  and  remains  on  the  tree 
throughout  the  winter. 

C.  Americana,  Michx.=C.  Caroliniana.— C.  cordata,  Blme. 
To  40  ft. :  Ivs.  deeply  cordate,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  with  14-20 
pairs  of  veins,  4-7  in.  long.  Japan,  Manchuria.  G.  F.  8:295. 
The  most  beautiful  species,  and  quite  hardy.— C.  duinensis, 
Scop.=C.  orientalis.— (7.  Japonica,  Blme.  ToSOft.:  Ivs.  slightly 
cordate  or  rounded,  oblong-ovate,  3-4  in.  long,  with  about  20  or 
more  pairs  of  veins.  Japan.  G.F.  6:  365  (as  Carpinus  Carpinus). 
R.H.  1895:427.  A  very  graceful  species.— C.  laxifldra,  Blme.  To 
50  ft.:  Ivs. ovate  or  elliptic-ovate,  long  acuminate,  2-3  in.  long, 
with  10-14  pairs  of  veins.  Japan.  Very  attractive  in  fall,  with 
its  long  and  slender  catkins.— C.  orientalis.  Mill.  Bushy  tree, 
to  15  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  l%-2  in.  long,  with  about 
10  pairs  of  veins.  S.E.Europe  to  Persia.— (7.  Turczaninbwi, 
Hance.  Shrubby  tree:  Ivs.  ovate,  acute,  1-2  in.  long,  with  10-12 
pairs  of  veins.  N.  China.— C.  Virginiana,  Michx.  f.=C.  Caro- 
linians.— C.  Tedoensis,  Maxim.  Small  tree:  branchlets  and  Ivs. 
beneath  pubescent ;  Ivs.  ovate-elliptic  or  ovate-lanceolate,  with 
about  12  pairs  of  veins,  2-3  in.  long.  Japan. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CARRIERIA  (after  E.  A.  Carri ere,  prominent  French 
horticulturist  and  botanist,  died  1896).  Bixdcece.  De- 
ciduous trees,  with  alternate,  long-petioled,  glabrous 
Ivs.,  resembling  in  appearance  the  genus  Idesia.  Two 
species,  recently  discovered  in  China,  of  which  one,  C. 
calycina,  Franch.,  has  been  introduced.  It  is  a  tree  to 
50  ft.  high,  with  rather  large,  oval  or  obovate  Ivs.  and 
apetalous  fls.  with  5  large  sepals  in  few-fld.  terminal 
racemes.  It  will  be  probably  of  the  same  hardiness  and 
culture  as  Idesia.  R.  H.  1896,  p.  498. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


254 


CARROT 


CARYOPTERIS 


CARROT  (Daiicus  Carota,  Linn.).  Umbelliferce.  A 
native  of  the  British  Isles,  and  one  of  the  bad  intro- 
duced weeds  of  eastern  North  America  (Fig.  377).  The 
improved  succulent-rooted  garden  varieties  are  believed 
to  be  descended  from  the  same  stock,  though  this  has 
been  denied.  It  seems  probable  that  the  horticultural 
improvement  of  the  species  was  begun  in  Holland,  and 
it  is  said  that  the  cultivated  forms  were  introduced 
thence  into  the  gardens  of  England  during  the  reign  of 
Queen  Elizabeth.  The  Carrot  is  now  very  generally, 
though  not  extensively,  cultivated  everywhere,  both  for 
culinary  purposes  and  for  stock-feeding.  It  is  some- 
times forced  under  glass,  but  to  no  great  extent.  Car- 
rots are  most  useful  in  culinary  practice  for  soups, 
stews,  and  salads,  and  as  this  class  of  cookery  has 
never  been  reasonably  popular  in  America,  this  vege- 
table has  not  received  the  attention  it  deserves. 

The  Carrot  requires  a  loose,  friable,  warm  soil,  in  the 
very  best  mechanical  condition,  and  especially  for  the 
early  crop  of  tender  spring  roots,  this  needs  to  be  lib- 
erally fertilized  with  well-rotted  stable  manure  and 
some  rapidly  available  potash  fertilizer.  Seed  for  the 
first  crop  of  Carrots  should  be  sown  as  soon  as  the 
ground  is  warm  and  di-y  enough,  in  rows  1-2  feet 
apart.  As  they  germinate  slowly,  the  land  should  be 
free  of  weeds.  When  they  are  large  enough  to  be 
thinned,  the  plants  are  decimated  to  stand  2-3  inches 
apart  in  the  rows.  Careful,  clean  cultivation  is  requi- 
site, and  drought  is  to  be  especially  avoided,  even  at  the 
cost  of  any  practicable  irrigation.  Later  crops,  and 
Carrots  grown  for  stock  feed,  may  be  sown  in  May  or 
early  June,  and  treated  like  the  early  sowing.  When 
the  young  roots  are  ready  for  market  they  are  pulled 
and  tied  in  bunches  of  six  or  ten  or  a  dozen  (Fig.  378). 
In  the  early  spring,  when  a  considerable  appetite  for 
green  stuff  can  be  depended  on,  a  great  many  young 
Carrots  are  shipped  north  from  southern  gardens. 
Well-ripened  roots  of  the  fall  crop  may  be  stored  in 
pits  or  in  the  root-cellar.  The  Carrot  has  no  enemies  of 
importance. 

The  varieties  of  Carrots  differ  chiefly  in  respect  to 
size  and  grain,  with  differences  in  earliness  closely  cor- 
related. The  following  are  favorite  varieties: 

French  Forcing  (Earliest  Short  Horn).  — One  of  the 
smallest  and  earliest  ;  root  small,  almost  globular, 
orange-red. 

Danvers.  —  Cylindrical  stump-rooted,  medium  large, 
dark  orange,  fine-grained ;  the  favorite  all-purpose 
variety. 

Oxheart. —  Medium  size,  oval,  rather  light  colored, 
fine  grain  and  flavor ;  recently  introduced  from  France, 
and  muite  successful. 


CAETHAMUS  (Arabic  name,  alluding  to  the  color). 
Composite.  Hardy  annuals  2-3  ft.  high,  with  spiny  Ivs. 
Involucre  with  spreading  and  leafy  outer  scales  and  the 
inner  ones  more  or  less  spiny :  receptacle  chaffy : 
akenes  glabrous,  mostly  4-ribbed,  the  pappus  none  or 
scale-like.  Of  easiest  culture,  from  seed. 


377.   Last  year's  umoel  of  wild  Carrot. 

Half-long  Scarlet. —  Top  small,  roots  medium  size, 
cylindrical  pointed  ;  much  used  for  bunching. 

Early  Scarlet  Horn.  —  Top  small,  roots  half-long, 
somewhat  oval,  smooth,  fine  grain  and  flavor;  a  favorite 
garden  sort. 

Large  White  Belgian.  —  Very  large  and  rather  coarse, 
whitish;  principally  grown  for  stock-feeding. 

P.  A.  WAUGH. 


378.   A  bunch  of  Carrots. 

tinctdrius,  Linn.  SAFFLOWER.  FALSE  SAFFRON. 
One  to  3ft.  high,  glabrous,  branched:  Ivs.  ovate,  spiny- 
toothed:  fl. -heads  with  upward-tapering  involucre,  and 
a  globular  crown  of  orange  florets.  Asia.  — The  flowers 
furnish  a  dye  material,  which  is  used  in  place  of  the 
true  .Saffron  (which  is  a  Crocus).  L  H  B 

CARUM  (Caria,  in  Asia  Minor).  Umbelliferce.  Gla- 
brous annual  or  perennial  herbs,  widely  distributed  in 
temperate  and  subtropical  regions.  Lvs.  pinnate,  or 
ternate  and  pinnately  decompound  :  fls.  white  or  yel- 
lowish, small,  in  compound  umbels,  the  calyx-teeth 
small  :  fruit  ovate  or  oblong,  sometimes  compressed, 
more  or  less  ribbed,  glabrous,  or  sometimes  hispid. 
Roots  often  tuberous.  Fifty  or  more  species. 

Carui,  Linn.  CARAWAY  (which  see).  Stem  slender 
but  erect,  furrowed,  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  pinnately  decompound, 
with  thread-like  divisions.  Old  World.  —  Sometimes  runs 
wild. 

Petroselinum,  Benth.  &  Hook.  f.  (Petrosellnum  sa- 
tlvum,  Hoffm.).  PARSLEY  (which  see).  Erect,  1-3  ft.: 
Ivs.  ternate-pinnate,  the  Ifts.  ovate  and  3-cleft  (much 
cut  in  the  "curled  "  garden  vars.),the  upper  ones  nar- 
rower and  nearly  entire  :  fls.  yellowish.  Old  World. 

—  Much  cult.,  and  occasionally  runs  wild.»N 
Gairdneri,  Gray.    Stem    solitary,  1-4  ftT  Ivs.  mostly 

simply  pinnate,  with  3-7  linear  or  thread-like  Ifts.,  the 
upper  Ifts.  usually  entire,  but  the  lower  ones  often  di- 
vided: fr.  with  long  style.  Dry  hills,  in  Calif,  and  Nev. 

—  Int.  1881  by  Gillett   as  an  ornamental  plant.    Roots 
tuberous  and  fusiform.  L.  H.  B. 

CARtTMBIUM.    See  Homalanthus. 
CAKYA  is  treated  under  Hicoria. 

CARYOPHYLLUS,  the  Clove  Tree,  is  now  referred  to 
Eugenia. 

CARY6PTERIS  (Greek  for  nut  and  wing).  Verbe- 
nacece.  Small  shrubs  with  deciduous  opposite  Ivs.  and 
blue  or  violet  fls.  in  axillary  cymes  :  corolla  5-lobed, 


CARYOPTERIS 


CASIMIROA 


255- 


one  segment  larger  and  fringed;  stamens  4,  exserted; 
fr.  separating  into  4  somewhat  winged  nutlets.  About 
6  species  in  E.  Asia.  Free-flowering,  small  shrubs,  very 
valuable  for  their  late  blooming  season  ;  not  hardy 
north;  even  if  well  protected  they  will  be  killed  almost 
to  the  ground,  but  the  young  shoots,  springing  up  freely, 
will  flower  profusely  the  same  season.  They  require 
well-drained  and  sandy  soil  and  sunny  position  ;  if 
grown  in  pots,  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  leaf  soil  or 
loam  will  suit  them,  and  they  will  flower  in  the  green- 
house until  midwinter.  Prop,  readily  by  cuttings  of 
half-ripened  wood  in  summer  or  fall  under  glass,  and 
by  seeds  sown  in  spring. 

Mastacanthus,  Schauer  (C.  inctina,  Miq.  C,  Sintnsis, 
Dipp.).  Fig.  379.  Suffruticose,  1-5  ft.:  Ivs.  petioled, 
ovate  or  oblong,  coarsely  serrate,  pubescent  above, 
grayish  tomentose  beneath,  2-3  in.  long  :  cymes  pe- 
duncled,  dense-fld.;  fls.  small,  violet-blue  or  lavender- 
blue.  Aug.-Nov.  China,  Jap.  B.R.  32:2.  B.M.  6799. 
R.H.  1892:324.  R.B.  19:273.  G.C.  II.  21:149.  Mn.5:5. 
S.  H.  2,  p.  89.— Known  in  the  nursery  trade  as  "Blue 
Spiraea."  There  is  also  a  new  variety  with  white  fls. 

('  MongblicOi  Bunge.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  almost  entire:  cymes 
with  fewer  but  larger  fls.  R.H.  1872:450. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CABY6TA  (old  Greek  name).  Palmclcew,  tribe  Arecece. 
FISH-TAIL  PALM.  Spineless,  monocarpic  palms,  with 
tall,  stout,  ringed  halms,  at  length  bearing  suckers.  Lvs. 
disposed  in  an  elongated  terminal  fringe,  ample,  twice 
pinnately  divided  ;  segments  dimidiate-flabelliform,  or 
cuneate,  entire,  or  split,  irregularly  dentate,  plicate, 
folded  back  in  the  bud  :  midnerves  and  primary  nerves 
flabellate  :  petiole  terete  below:  sheath  keeled  on  the 
back,  fibrous  along  the  margins  :  ligule  short  ;  spadices 
usually  alternately  male  and  female  :  peduncle  short, 
thick  :  branches  long,  pendent  :  spathes  3-5,  not  entire, 
tubular  ;  bractlets  broad  :  fls.  rather  large,  green  or 
purple  :  fr.  the  size  of  a  cherry,  globular,  purple.  Spe- 
cies, 12.  Malaya,  New  Guinea,  Australia. 

Remarkable  for  the  delta-shaped  or  fish-tail-shaped 
leaflets,  which  make  the  graceful,  spreading  fronds  very 
attractive.  They  are  excellent  warmhouse  palms,  very 
useful  for  decoration,  particularly  when  young.  They 
are  frequently  planted  out  in  protected  places  for  the 
summer.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  suckers.  For  culture,  see 
Pa  1ms. 

There  being  so  many  different  genera  to  choose  from 
in  selecting  plants  for  moderate-sized  conservatories, 
the  members  of  this  genus  are  not  very  popular  for 
providing  small  specimens.   In  a  high,  roomy  structure, 
however,  they  are  among  the  most  ornamental  of  the 
tribe.   They  are  quick-growing,  with  large,  broad  leaves, 
finely  cut  up,  the  small  divisions  resembling  the  tail  of 
a  fish  ;  hence  the  name  "Fish-tail  Palm."  After  reach- 
ing maturity  the  plant  begins  flowering  at  the  top,  and 
continues  downwards  until  the  vitality  of  the  stem  is 
exhausted.    Suckers  are  freely  produced  by 
some  species,  but  these,  as  a  rule,  do  not 
become  so  robust  as  the  parent  stem,  owing 
probably  to  the   soil   becoming  exhausted. 
Seeds  are  offered  by  most   dealers.      The 
young  plants   should   be   grown  in  a  warm, 
moist   atmosphere,   the   soil  consisting   of 
loam  with  about  one-third  of  its  bulk  leaf- 
mold  and  sand  in  equal  parts.    They  some- 
times lose  their  roots  if  kept  too  cool  and 
wet  in  winter. 

mitis,  Lour.  (C.  sobolifera,  Wall.).  Caudex  15-25  ft. 
high,  4-5  in.  in  diam.,  soboliferous  :  petioles,  leaf- 
sheaths  and  spathes  scurfy -villous  ;  Ivs.  4-9  ft. ;  pinnae 
very  obliquely  cuneiform,  irregularly  dentate,  upper 
margins  acute  ;  pinnules  4-7  in.  long.  Burma  to  Malaya. 

urens,  Linn.  WINE  PALM.  TODDY  PALM.  Caudex 
stout,  30-40  ft.  high,  1  ft.  thick,  not  soboliferous  :  Ivs. 
18-20  by  10-12  ft.;  pinnae  5-6  ft.,  curved  and  drooping, 
very  obliquely  truncate,  acutely  serrate,  the  Tipper  mar- 
gin produced  and  caudate  ;*  pinnules  4-8  in.:  petiole 
very  stout.  India,  Malaya.  A. F.  12:295.  Gng.  5:131. 

Rumphiana,  Mart.  Lvs.  2-pinnate,  several  feet  long, 
the  pinnules  thick,  sessile,  6  in.  long  or  nearly  so,  ob- 
long. Malaya.- Var.  Albertii,  Hort.  ( C.Albertii,  Muell.), 


is  in  the  trade.  It  is  large  and  free-growing,  the  Ivs. 
being  16-18  ft.  long  and  two-thirds  as  broad  ;  If.-seg 
ments  fan-shaped  and  oblique,  toothed. 

C.  Blancbi,Hort.,  from  the  Philippines, is  intheAmer.  trade. 
It  is  probably  a  form  of  C.  urens. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

CASHEW  is  Anacardium  occidental' . 

CASIMIROA  (named  in  honor  of  Cardinal  Casimiro 
Gomez).  Ruta.cetv.  Evergreen  trees  :  Ivs.  alternate, 
long-petioled,  digitate,  3-7-foliolate  ;  Ifts.  petiolulate, 
lanceolate,  entire  or  slightly  serrate,  smooth  or  pubes- 
cent beneath  :  fls.  regular,  polygamo-dicecious  ;  calyx 
5-parted,  small  ;  petals  5,  ob!ong,  valvate,  apex  in- 
curved ;  disc  inconspicuous,  circular  ;  stamens  5,  free; 
filaments  subulate  ;  anthers  cordate  :  ovary  sessile,  on 
disc,  globose,  5-  or  occasionally  6-8-lobed,  5-celled  : 
stigma  sessile,  5-lobed  :  ovules  solitary  in  the  cells,  ax- 
illary :  fr.  a  drupe,  large,  depressed-globose  ;  pulp 
agreeable  to  taste,  edible  :  seeds  oblong,  compressed, 
exalbuminose.  Mexico.  Two  species,  of  which  the  fol- 
lowing only  is  in  cultivation  : 

edulis.  LaLlave.  WHITE  SAPOTA.  COCHIL  SAPOTA. 
Large  tree  :  trunk  ashen  gray,  with  warty  excrescences : 
Ivs.  dark  green,  glossy:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  small:  fr. 
greenish  yellow  when  ripe,  with  strong,  thick  epicarp,. 
%in.  thick,  about  the  size  of  an  orange  :  seeds  nearly 
1  in.  long  and  half  as  wide.  Mex.  Cultivated  to  a  lim- 
ited extent  in  Calif. —  The  fruit  of  this  species  is  said 
to  have  a  delicious  flavor,  similar  to  that  of  a  peach. 
They  are  used  in  Mexico  as  an  aid  in  inducing  sleep, 
and  the  leaves  are  used  as  a  remedy  for  diarrhoea.  Tree* 
grown  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  are  said  to  have  reached 
an  age  of  over  80  years  and  to  have  borne  fruit  regu> 


379.    Caryopteris 

Mastacanthus. 


larly,  though  entirely  neglected.  The  tree  would  prob- 
ably succeed  well  in  southern  Texas,  Louisiana  and 
Florida.  It  grows  on  the  coast  of  Mexico  to  an  altitude 
of  about  7,000  feet.  It  does  not  root  well  from  cuttings,, 
but  may  be  raised  from  seeds.  jj<  j.  WEBBER. 


256 


CASSABANANA 


CASSABANANA.    See  Sicana. 
CASSANDKA.    See  Chamcedaphne. 
CASSAVA.    Consult  Manihot  utilissima. 

CASSEBEERA  (from  a  German  botanist).  Polypo- 
diacece.  A  small  genus  of  small  Brazilian  ferns  allied 
to  the  maidenhair,  but  rarely  seen  in  cultivation. 

CASSIA  (ancient  Greek  name).  Leguminosce.  SENNA. 
Several  hundred  herbs,  shrubs  or  trees  in  many  parts 
of  the  world,  of  which  a  very  few  are  in  cult,  in  Amer., 
mostly  as  border  plants.  Lvs.  even-pinnate:  fls.  nearly 
regular  (not  papilionaceous),  with  the  nearly  equal 
calyx-teeth  mostly  longer  than  the  tube  ;  corolla  of  5 
spreading,  nearly  equal  clawed  petals;  stamens  5  or  10, 
frequently  unequal,  and  some  of  the  anthers  abortive  : 
fr.  a  stalked  pod  which  is  either  flat  or  terete,  contain- 
ing numerous  seeds.  The  Cassias  delight  in  a  sunny 
exposure.  Most  of  those  which  are  cultivated  here  are 
herbs  or  herb-like  shrubs,  attractive  for  the  finely  cut 
foliage  and  the  showy  fls.  Some  of  them  are  cultivated 
only  in  the  extreme  south.  Prop,  mostly  by  divisions 
and  seeds,— the  annual  species  always  by  seeds. 

Senna  leaves,  used  in  medicine  as  a  cathartic,  are  de- 
rived from  various  species,  chiefly  from  C.  acutifolia  of 
Egypt,  and  C.  angustifolia  of  India  and  other  Old 
World  tropics.  The  "Cassia  lignea"  of  drug  stores  is 
made  from  a  Cinnamomum. 

A.   Hardy  border  plants  :  leaflets  6  or  more  pairs. 

Marylandica,  Linn.  WILD  SENNA.  Perennial,  glabrous 
or  nearly  so,  stems  nearly  simple  :  Ifts.  6-10  pairs,  ob- 
long or  lance-oblong  and  entire,  short-acuminate  or 
nearly  obtuse:  fls.  in  axillary  racemes  near  the  tops  of 
the  stems  and  often  appearing  as  if  panicled,  bright 
yellow,  wide  open.  New  Eng.  to  Mich,  and  south, 
mostly  in  wet  soil.  — Grows  3-4  ft.  high,  and  has  attrac- 
tive light  green  foliage. 

Chamaecrista,  Linn.  PARTRIDGE  PEA.  Annual,  erect 
or  spreading,  2  ft.  or  less  high:  Ifts.  10-15  pairs,  small, 
narrow-oblong,  mucronate,  sensitive  to  the  touch  :  fls. 
large,  2-5  together  in  the  axils,  canary-yellow  and  2 
of  the  petals  purple-spotted.  — Dry  soil,  Maine  S.  and  W. 

AA.    Tender  plants,  grown  far  south,  or  under  glass: 
Ifts.  mostly  fewer. 

B.  Tree,  with  very  long,  woody,  indehiscent  pods. 
Fistula,  Linn.    PUDDING  PIPE  TREE.    Lvs.  large,  the 

Ifts.  4-6  pairs,  and  ovate-acuminate  :  fls.  in  long  lax  ra- 
cemes, yellow  :  pods  cylindrical,  black,  3-furrowed,  1-2 
ft.  long,  containing  1-seeded  compartments.  India,  but 
introduced  in  W.  Ind.  and  other  tropical  countries. 
Sparingly  cult,  in  S.  Fla.  — Furnishes  the  Cassia  pods 
of  commerce. 

BB.    Shrubs  or  herbs,  with  shorter  and  more  or  less 
dehiscent  pods. 

Sophera,  Linn.  ( C.  schinifolia,  DC. ) .  Shrub,  6-10  ft. : 
Ifts.  6-10  pairs,  lanceolate-acute  :  fls.  yellow  on  many- 
fld.  axillary  and  terminal  peduncles,  which  are  shorter 
than  the  Ivs. :  pod  thin,  tardily  dehiscent.  Oriental 
tropics.  Int.  in  S.  Calif. 

tomentdsa,  Linn,  f .  Shrub,  4-8  ft. :  Ifts.  6-8  pairs, 
oval-oblong  and  obtuse,  white-tomentose  beneath  :  fls. 
yellow.  Mex.-^Said  to  be  a  good  winter  bloomer  in  S. 
Calif. 

corymbosa,  Lam.  Shrub,  half-hardy  in  middle  states, 
4-10  ft.:  Ifts.  3  pairs,  oblong-lanceolate  and  somewhat 
falcate,  obtuse  or  nearly  so:  fls.  yellow,  in  long-stalked, 
small  axillary  and  terminal  corymbs.  Argentina.  B.M. 
633.  Gn.  50,  p.  139.  — The  best  known  stove  species. 

artemesioides,  Gaud.  Tree-like  shrub,  soft-canescent 
and  gray  all  over  :  Ifts.  3-4  pairs,  very  narrow-linear  : 
racemes  axillary,  5-8-fld.,  the  fls.  deep  yellow.  Austral. 
—  Int.  in  S.  Calif.  Withstands  drought. 

bifldra,  Linn.  Shrub,  4-8  ft.:  Ifts.  6-8  pairs,  broad- 
oblong,  very  obtuse  :  fls.  lerge,  yellow,  on  2-4-fld.  pe- 
duncles, which  are  shorter  than  the  Ivs.  S.  Amer.  B.M. 
810.  — Sparingly  cult,  in  greenhouses. 

C.  Schrdderii,  "yellow,  dark  spotted  fls.  in  racemes,  2-3  ft.," 
is  offered,  but  its  systematic  position  is  doubtful.   Lt  fj   B. 


CASTANEA 

CASSlOPE  (Greek  mythological  name),  firicacece. 
Low,  procumbent,  evergreen,  heath-like  shrubs  :  Ivs. 
small,  usually  imbricated  and  opposite  :  tts.  solitary, 
nodding ;  corolla  campanulate,  5-lobed  ;  stamens  10, 
included  :  fr.  capsular.  Ten  species  in  arctic  regions 
and  high  mountains  of  N.  Amer.,  N.  Eu.,  N.  Asia  and 
Himal.  Graceful,  delicate  plants,  adapted  for  rockeries, 
flowering  in  summer.  They  are  of  somewhat  difficult 
culture,  and  require  peaty  and  sandy,  moist  but  well- 
drained  soil  and  partly  shaded  situation,  though  C.  hyp- 
noides  grows  best  in  full  sun,  creeping  amongst  grow- 
ing moss.  Drought,  as  well  as  dry  and  hot  air,  is  fatal 
to  them.  Prop,  readily  by  cuttings  from-  mature  wood 
in  August  under  glass  ;  also  by  layers,  and  by  seeds 
treated  like  those  of  Erica.  Formerly  included  under 
Andromeda. 

C.  fastigidta,  Don.  Ascending:  Ivs.  imbricate,  in4rows,  with 
white  fringed  margin  :  fls.  axillary,  white.  Himal.  B.M.  4796. 
—  C.  hypnoldes,  Don.  Creeping  :  Ivs.  linear,  loosely  imbricate: 
fls.  terminal,  deeply  5-cleft.  Arctic  regions.  B.M.  2936.  L.B.C. 
20:1946.—  C.Mertensidna,  Don.  Erector  ascending  to  1ft.  high: 
Ivs.  imbricate,  in  4  rows,  carinate  on  the  back  :  fls.  axillaryi 
white  or  slightly  tinged  rosy.  Sitka  to  Calif.—  C.  tetrdgona, 
Don.  Similar  to  the  former,  but  lower,  and  the  Ivs.  with  a 
deep  furrow  on  the  back.  Arctic  regions.  B.M.  3181. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CASTANEA  (ancient   Latin  name).    Cupullferce  (or 
Fagacece).  CHESTNUT.  Deciduous 
trees  or   shrubs,    with   alternate 
serrate  Ivs.:    fls.  monoecious,  the 
staminate    ones     with     6-parted 
calyx  and  10-20  stamens,  in  long, 
erect,    cylindrical    catkins  ;    the 
pistillate  ones  on  the  lower  part 
of  the   upper  catkins,  usu- 
ally 3  together  in  a  prickly 
involucre :  f r.  a  large  brown 
nut,  1-7  together  in  a  prickly 
involucre  or  bur.   Five  spe- 
cies   in    the  temperate    re- 


380.  Castanea  Americana. 


381.  Castanea  sativa. 


CASTANEA 


CASUARINA 


257 


ai 

i 


gions  of  N.  E.  Amer.,  Eu.,  N.  Afr.  and  Asia.  Hardy 
ornamental  trees  or  shrubs  with  handsome  foliage, 
which  generally  is  not  injured  by  insects  or  fungi;  very 
attractive  when  in  bloom.  C.  Americana  and  C.  sativa 
are  large-sized  trees,  while  C.  pumila  and  C.  crenata 
sually  remain  shrubby.  The  coarse-grained  wood  is 
uch  used  for  furniture,  railway  ties  and  fence-posts, 
it  is  very  durable  in  the  soil.  The  Chestnut  is  exten- 
ively  cultivated  in  Europe  and  E.  Asia  for  its  edible 
fruit.  It  grows  best  in  well-drained  soil  on  sunny  slopes, 
and  even  in  rather  dry  and  rocky  situations,  but  dis- 
likes limestone  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  fall  where 
there  is  no  danger  of  them  being  eaten  by  mice  or  squir- 
rels ;  otherwise  they  should  be  stratified  in  boxes  and 
buried  1  or  2  feet  deep  in  a  warm  soil  until  early  spring, 
when  they  are  sown  in  rows  about  3  inches  deep.  If 
growing  well  they  can  be  transplanted  the  following  fall 
or  spring  2  or  3  feet  apart  from  each  other,  and  planted 
where  they  are  to  stand  after  three  or  four  years.  They 
are  also  increased  by  layers  in  moist  soil.  Varieties  are 
usually  worked  on  seedling  stock  or  on  sprouts  by 
whip-grafting  above  the  ground  when  the  stock  is  just 
beginning  to  push  into  leaf.  Crown-grafting,  root-graft- 
ing and  budding  are  also  sometimes  practiced,  but  no 
method  gives  wholly  satisfactory  results,  and  usually 
only  one-half  take  well.  See  Chestnut. 

A.    Lvs.  glabrous  or  nearly  so  at  maturity. 

Americana, Rat.  (C.  dent ata,Borkh.).  Fig.380.  Tree, 
occasionally  100  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  nearly  glabrous  when 
young,  6-10  in.  long  and  somewhat  pendulous  :  fls.  of 
heavy  fragrance,  in  June  or  July  :  nuts  %-\  in.  wide. 
S.Maine  to  Mich.,  south  to  Ala.  and  Miss.  8.8.9:440-41. 
Em.  187.  G.F.  10 :373.  —  The  tallest,  most  vigorous-grow- 
ing and  hardiest  species.  The  nuts,  though  smaller, 
have  a  better  flavor  than  the  European  varieties. 

sativa,  Mill.  (C.  vesca,  Gartn.).  Pig.  381.  Tree,  50-80 
ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  coarsely  serrate,  slightly 
pubescent  or  tomentose  beneath  when  young,  nearly 
glabrous  at  length,  5-9  in.  long,  erect :  nut  over  1  in. 
wide.  June.  From  S.  Eu.  and  N.  Afr.  to  China.  Gn.  50, 
p.  389.  Gng.  3 :  209.  —  There  are  some  garden  forms  with 
variegated  Ivs.,  and  others,  of  which  var.  asplenifolia, 
Lodd.,  with  laciniately  cut  and  divided  Ivs.,  is  the  most 
remarkable.  Of  several  varieties  cultivated  for  their 
fruit,  Paragon,  a  precocious  kind,  and  Numbo,  a  variety 
with  very  large  fr.,  are  the  most  extensively  planted  in 
this  country.  See  Chestnut. 


382.   Japanese 
Chestnut— 

Castanea  crenata. 


crenata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (C.  Japonica,  Blume).  Fig.  382. 
Shrub  or  tree,  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, usually  rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  crenately 
serrate,  or  the  teeth  reduced  to  a  long,  bristle-like 
point,  slightly  pubescent  when  young,  glabrous  at 
length  or  only  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  3-7  in. 
long,  erect:  nut  over  lin.  wide.  Japan,  China. —  Shrubby 
and  very  precocious  ;  it  usually  begins  to  fruit  when 
about  six  years  old.  Hardy  as  far  N.  as  Mass. 

AA.  Lvs.  whitish  tomentose  beneath. 
pumila,  Mill.  CHINQUAPIN.  Shrub  or  small  tree, 
rarely  50  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  elliptic-oblong  or  oblong- 
obovate,  acute,  serrate,  teeth  often  reduced  to  bristle- 
like  points,  3-5  in.  long  :  fr.  usually  solitary,  ovate, 
small,  about  %in.  wide  and  %-l  in.  long.  May,  June. 
From  Pa.  to  N.  Fla.  and  Texas.  S.S.  9:  442-43. -Useful 
for  planting  on  dry  and  rocky  slopes  ;  attractive  when 
in  flower,  and  again  in  fall,  with  its  abundant  light  green 
burs  among  the  dark  foliage.  The  closely  allied  C.  alni- 
folia,  Nutt.,  in  the  S.  states,  grows  only  a  few  feet 
high,  and  has  larger  Ivs.  and  fr.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CASTANEA  of  commerce.   The  nuts  of  Bertholletia. 

CASTAN6PSIS  (Castanea  and  opsis,  chestnut-like). 
Cupuliferce  (or  Fagacece).  Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs, 
closely  allied  to  Castanea  and  in  some  degree  also  to 
Quercus,  with  sometimes  entire  Ivs.  and  spiny  or  tuber- 
culate  involucre.  About  25  species,  chiefly  in  the  trop. 
and  subtrop.  mountains  of  Asia,  and  1  in  W.  N.  Amer., 
which  is  the  hardiest,  and  is  sometimes  cultivated.  For 
propagation,  see  Castanea. 

chrysophylla,  DC.  (Castanea  chrysophylla,  Hook.). 
Tree,  to  150  ft.,  shrubby  at  high  elevations  :  Ivs.  ovate- 
oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  narrowed  at  both  ends, 
entire,  dark  green  above,  coated  with  minute  golden 
yellow  scales  beneath,  2-6  in.  long :  nut  about  Kin. 
wide,  usually  solitary  in  the  spiny  involucre.  Summer. 
Ore.  to  Calif.  S.S.  9:439.  B.M.  4953.  G.C.  III.  22:411. 
F.  8.12:1184.  R.B.7:240.-A  highly  ornamental  tree 
with  beautiful  foliage,  hardy  only  in  the  warmer  tem- 
perate regions,  but  the  shrubby  form  is  much  hardier. 

ALFRED  REHDEK. 

CASTANOSPEBMUM  ( Chestnut  seed,  because  of  the 
taste  of  the  seeds).  LeguminbscK.  One  tall  Australian 
tree,  with  odd-pinnate  Ivs.,  the  Ifts.  broad,  thick,  entire; 
fls.  large,  orange-colored,  in  lateral  racemes  ;  petals  4  ; 
stamens  free :  ovary  long-stipitate,  many-ovuled :  seeds 
larger  than  Italian  chestnuts,  globular.  C.  australe, 
Cunn.  &  Fraser,  is  the  species  known  locally  as  "More- 
ton  Bay  Chestnut."  The  seeds  are  roasted  and  eaten. 
Int.  in  S.  Calif. 

CASTILLfilA  (a  Spanish  botanist,  D.  Castillejo). 
Scrophulariacece .  PAINTED  CUP.  Herbs,  with  small, 
solitary  fls.  in  terminal,  gaudy-bracted  spikes,  mostly 
N.  Amer.:  corolla  tubular,  sometimes  flattened  laterally, 
2-lipped  ;  lower  lip  smaller,  more  or  less  3-toothed  : 
stamens  4  :  Ivs.  alternate,  entire  or  cut.  C.  coccinea, 
Spreng.,  the  common  Painted  Cup  of  the  E.  states, 
has  been  offered  by  collectors.  It  has  showy  laciniate 
bracts.  Castilleias  are  little  known  in  gardens.  They 
are  of  simple  culture. 

indivisa,  Engelm.  Annual,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs. -lance-linear 
and  entire  (or  sometimes  2-3-lobed):  bracts  not  laciui- 
ate,  bright  red  and  showy.  Texas.  — Blooms  early  in 
spring. 

affinis,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Perennial,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs. narrow- 
lanceolate,  entire  or  the  upper  ones  toothed  at  apex  : 
fl. -bracts  becoming  short  and  broad,  red  :  spike  lax  be- 
low. Calif.,  in  moist  soils.  — Int.  1891  by  Orcutt. 

folioldsa,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Woolly  perennial,  1-2  ft.,  the 
base  woody:  Ivs.  small  (1  in.  or  less  long),  narrow- 
linear,  crowded  or  fascicled  :  bracts  3-parted  :  spike 
dense.  Calif.,  in  dry  soils.— Int.  1891  by  Orcutt. 

L.  H.  B. 

CASTOK  BEANS  are  discussed  under  Ricinus. 

CASUARiNA,(said  to  be  derived  from  Casuarius,  the 
Cassowary,  from  resemblance  of  the  branches  to  the 
feathers).  Casuarinacece.  BEEFWOOD.  SHE  OAK.  A 


258 


CASUABINA 


score  or  more  of  trees  and  shrubs  in  the  Australian  re- 
gion and  the  Indies,  being  the  only  plants  of  the  family. 
They  are  usually  classified  near  the  walnut  and  hickory 
tribes,  although  very  unlike  them— or  other  known 
plants  — in  botanical  characters.  They  are  jointed  and 
leafless  plants,  somewhat  suggesting  Equisetums  in 
gross  appearance  of  branches.  The  fls.  are  unisexual. 
The  staminate  are  in  cylindrical  terminal  spikes,  each 
fl.  consisting  of  a  stamen  inclosed  in  4  scales,  2  of  the 
scales  being  attached  to  the  filament.  The  pistillate  fls. 
are  in  dense  heads  borne  in  the  axils,  and  this  head 
ripens  into  a  globular  or  oblong  cone  ;  they  are  com- 
posed of  1-ovuled  ovaries  subtended  by  bracts.  The 
fruit  is  a  winged  nutlet.  The  branches  are-  long  and 
slender.  Beefwood  is  planted  in  the  extreme  south  for 
its  very  odd  habit,  and  also  to  hold  sands  of  the  sea 
coast.  The  wood  burns  quickly,  and  is  very  hard  and 
durable.  The  redness  of  the  wood  has  given  the  popu- 
lar name,  Beefwood.  Remarkable  for  rapid  growth. 
They  grow  well  in  brackish  and  alkaline  soils.  Prop, 
by  seeds  and  cuttings. 

equisetifdlia,  Linn.  Tree,  becoming  150  ft.  high  in 
favorable  climates,  and  a  most  rapid  grower.  Branches 
drooping,  pale  green,  simple,  6-8-angled  or  terete,  the 
internodes  very  short  (less  than  %in.):  sheath-teeth  7 
(6-8)  lanceolate  and  appressed  :  staminate  cone  nearly 
terete :  pistillate  cone  short-peduncled,  ellipsoidal, 
about  12-sided.  Widely  distributed  in  Old  World 
tropics,  and  the  best  known  species  in  this  country 
(S.Fla.  and  Calif. ).  — The  wood  is  valuable  for  many 
purposes. 


383.  Catalpa  speciosa  in  fruit. 


stricta,  Dryand.  Becoming  20-30  ft.  high  :  branches 
erect,  simple,  6-7-angled,  scarcely  green,  internodes 
short,  as  in  the  latter  :  sheath-teeth  usually  7,  ovate- 
lanceolate  and  appressed:  staminate  cone  slender;  pis- 
tillate cone  nearly  sessile,  oblong  (sometimes  staminate 
above),  about  14-sided.  Austral. 

toruldsa,  Dryand.  (C.  tenuissima,  Sieber).  .  Reaches 
70  or  80  ft. :  branches  erect,  capillary,  mostly  terete,  in- 
ternodes short  :  sheath-teeth  4,  very  short,  triangular 
appressed  :  staminate  cones  filiform  :  pistillate  cones 
ellipsoidal,  8-10-sided.  Austral.  L  H.  B. 

CATALPA  (the  Indian  name  of  C.  bignonioides) . 
Bignoni&cece.  Deciduous  trees  with  opposite  or  whorled, 
long-petioled ,  large  and  simple  Ivs. :  fls.  in  large,  showy 
panicles;  corolla  tubular-campanulate,  2-lipped,  with  2 
smaller  upper  and  3  larger  lower  lobes ;  calyx  2-lipped : 
fertile  stamens  2  :  fr.  a  very  long,  cylindrical  capsule, 
separating  into  2  valves,  with  numerous  small,  oblong, 
compressed  seeds  bearing  a  tuft  of  white  hairs  on  each 
end.  Eight  species  in  N.  Amer.,  W.  India  and  E.  Asia, 
of  which  4  are  hardy  in  the  colder  temperate  regions. 
Highly  ornamental  trees  with  large,  bright  green  fo- 
liage and  beautiful  white  or  yellowish  fls.  in  large, 
showy  panicles.  The  coarse-grained  and  soft  wood  is 
very  durable  in  the  soil,  and,  therefore,  much  valued 
for  fence-posts  and  railway  ties.  They  grow  in  almost 
any  somewhat  moist  soil,  and  are  hardy  as  far  north  as 
New  England.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in  spring,  in  the 
north,  best  with  slight  bottom  heat,  or  by  cuttings  from 
ripe  wood,  the  varieties  often  by  softwood  cuttings  in 


CATALPA 

early  summer  or  by  grafting  on  seedlings  or  on  roots 
under  glass  in  spring  ;  also  increased  sometimes  by 
layers  and  root  cuttings. 


384.  Catalpa  speciosa.    Natural  size., 

A.   Fls.  white,  with  two  yellow  stripes  inside,  and 
spotted  purplish  brown. 

bignonioides,  Walt.  (C.  syringifolla,  Sims).  Tree, 
20-50  ft. :  Ivs.  often  whorled,  cordate-ovate,  abruptly 
acuminate,  sometimes  with  2  lateral  lobes,  pubescent 
beneath,  5-8  in.  long,  of  unpleasant  odor :  panicles 
many-fld.;  fls.  about  2  in.  in  diam.,  thickly  spotted  in- 
side :  pod  6-20  in.  long,  %-%  in.  thick.  June,  July. 
S.  states,  north  to  Tennessee,  often  naturalized  else- 
where. B.M.  1094.  L.B.C.  13:1285.  S.S.  6:288-89. 
Gng.  6: 118-119.  G.  P.  3:  537,  539.  J.  H.  III.  32: 121. 
G.C.III.  21: 298. -Usually  low  tree,  with  very  wide- 
spreading  branches.  There  are  some  garden  forms. 
Var.  aturea,  Hort.  Lvs.  yellow.  Var.  nana,  Hort.  (C. 
Btingei,  Hort.,  not  C.  A.  Mey.).  Forms  a  dense,  round 
bush,  often  grafted  high.  Gng.  3:195.  Var.  purpurea, 
Hort.  Lvs.  purple  when  young,  green  at  length. 

specidsa,  Warder.  Fig.  383,  384.  Tree,  to  100  ft.:  Ivs. 
cordate-ovate,  long-acuminate,  pubescent  beneath,  8-12 
in.  long:  panicles  usually  few-fld.:  fls.  about  2%  in.  in 
diam.,  inconspicuously  spotted  inside:  pod  %-%in. 
thick.  June.  From  southern  Illinois  and  Indiana  to 
Louisiana  and  Mississippi.  S.S.  6:290-91.  R.  H. 
1895:136.— A  very  desirable  ornamental  tree,  closely  al- 
lied to  the  former,  but  taller  and  hardier. 


hybrida,  Spath.  (C.  bignonioldes  X  ov&ta) .  TEAS' 
JAPAN  HYBRID.  Large  tree,  intermediate  between  the 
parents:  the  Ivs.  resemble  more  those  of  C.  ovata,  and 
are  purplish  when  unfolding,  but  much  larger  and 


CATALPA 


CATTLEYA 


259 


slightly  pubescent  beneath,  while  the  fls.  are  more  like 
B.  bignonioides,  with  the  inflorescence  often  twice  as 
long.  Originated  at  J.  C.  Teas'  nursery,  at  Baysville, 
Ind.,  about  20  years  ago.  G.F. 2:305.  Gt.  47:1454.-A 
very  valuable  tree,  flowering  profusely;  of  rapid  growth 
and  hardy.  Seedlings  usually  resemble  C.  ovata. 

AA.  Fls.  yellow,  striped  inside  orange  and  spotted  dark 
violet,  about  1  in.  in  diam. 

ovata,  Don  (C.  Kiempferi,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Fig.  385. 
Tree,  to  20  ft. :  Ivs.  broadly  cordate-ovate,  abruptly  acu- 
minate, often  3-5-lobed,  nearly  glabrous  at  length,  with 
reddish  spots  in  the  axils  of  the  veins  beneath,  5-8  in. 
long:  panicles  many-fld.,  4-7  in.  long,  fragrant.  June. 
China,  much  cult,  in  Japan.  B.M.  6611.  I.H.  9:319.- 
Hardierthan  the  American  species. 

C.  Bungei,  C.  A.  Mey.  Allied  to  C.  ovata.  Lvs.  truncate  at 
the  base,  long  acuminate.  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  large,  nearly  white, 
infew-fld.  panicles.  China.—  C.  Bungei,  Hort.=C.  bignonoides, 
var.  imua.—  C.  longtssima,  Sims.  Tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong- 
ovate,  coriaceous  :  fls.  small,  white.  W.  Ind.,  often  planted  as 
shade  tree  in  Cuba.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CATANANCHE  (Greek  name,  referring  to  ancient 
custom  of  using  the  plant  in  love-making).  Compdsitce. 
A  half  dozen  annual  or  perennial  herbs  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region, with  the  Ivs.  crowded  at  the  base  of 
the  stem,  and  linear  or  lanceolate.  Head  long-peduncled, 
blue  or  yellow.  Akene  oblong,  ribbed  and  generally  vil- 
lose  or  setose.  Pappus  of  5-7  scales.  Of  easiest  culture 
in  any  garden  soil,  particularly  if  light*  Useful  for 
cutting. 

caerulea,  Linn.  Perennial,  2  ft. :  Ivs.  tomentose,  lanceo- 
late and  few-toothed  :  fl. -heads  2  in.  across,  with  wide, 
flat-toothed  blue  ra}'s,  on  long,  slender  stems.  Blooms 
in  ,lune,  July  and  Aug.  S.  Eu.  B.M.293.  R.H.  1890,  p. 
523.  Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls.  Var.  bicolor, 
Hort.,  has  white  margin  and  blue  center.  Often  used  as 
Everlastings.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  division.  L  jj  & 

CATASETUM  (Greek  for  downward  or  backward, 
and  bristle).  Orchidacece,  tribe  Vdndece.  Flowers  globose 
or  expanded;  labellum  fleshy;  column  erect;  pollinia  2. 
Stems  short  fusiform  ;  Ivs.  plaited,  membranaceous  ; 
scapes  basal,  fls.  in  racemes;  the  column  provided  with 
sensitive  appendages  which,  when  touched,  cause  the 
pollen-masses  to  fly  out.  There  are  about  50  or  60  spe- 
cies in  the  Amer.  tropics,  either  terrestrial  or  epiphytic. 
The  fls.  are  in  racemes  or  spikes,  firm  in  texture,  and 
white  or  in  shades  of  green,  yellow,  brown  or  purple. 
Catasetums  are  not  much  cultivated,  since  most  of  the 
species  are  not  showy,  but  they  are  interesting  to  the 
botanist  and  amateur  because  of  the  striking  ejection  of 
the  pollen-masses.  Gardeners  often  have  trouble  with 
Catasetums,  but  they  are  not  difficult  to  grow  if  given 
good  care.  They  need  a  high  temperature,  long  period 
of  rest,  and  free  supply  of  water  during  the  growing 
season.  They  are  grown  in  both  pots  and  baskets. 
Readily  propagated  by  dividing  the  plants  at  the  base; 
also  from  very  ripe  pseudobulbs  cut  in  pieces  and 
put  in  sand.  The  genus  includes  Monachanthus  and 
Myanthus. 

A.    Flowers  white. 

Bungerdthii,  N.  E.  Brown.  Stems  8-9  in.  tall ;  sepals 
larger  than  the  petals,  nearly  2  in.  long;  labellum  tend- 
ing toward  concave,  roundish  •,  appendages  thickish. 
Equador.  B.M.  6998.  G.C.  III.  1:142.  I.H.  37:117; 
34:10.  Gn. 33:646.  A. F.  6:  633.— A  striking  plant. 

AA.    Fls.  yellowish,  more  or  less  marked  with  brown 
or  red. 

macrocarpum,  Rich.  (C.  Cldveringi,  Lindl.  C.  triden- 
tittttlft,  Hook.).  Fls.  large,  nearly  3K  in.  across  ;  petals 
and  sepals  yellow,  verging  on  green,  spotted  with  red- 
dish brown  j  labellum  yellow.  Guiana.  B.M.  2559,  3329. 
I.H.  33:619. 

fimbriatum,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.  Pseudobulbs,  2-3  in.  long: 
raceme  pendulous,  8-  or  more-fid.:  fls.  234  in.  across  ; 
sepals  whitish  or  pale  yellow,  closely  barred  with  red. 
Braz.  B.M.  7158.  A.F.  6:609. 

Iongrif61ium,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  deflexed:  Ivs.  nar- 
row and  glaucous,  reaching  3  ft. :  fls.  on  drooping,  com- 
pact spikes ;  sepals  and  petals  greenish  yellow  tipped 


with  dull  red;   lip  helmet-like,  orange-yellow.    Guiana. 
Epiphyte. 

AAA.    Fls.  essentially  red  or  brownish. 

decipiens,  Reichb.  f.  Fls.  IK  in.  across  ;  sepals  and 
petals  lanceolate,  red-brown  and  spotted  ;  lip  saccate, 
yellowish  outside  and  red-brown  inside.  Venezuela. 
A.F.  6:609. 

AAAA.    Fls.  many-colored,  grotesque. 

Gn6mus,  Andre".  Pseudobulb,  oblong-ovate  and  alter- 
nate, articulated :  fls.  in  a  long  loose  raceme  on  slender- 
pedicels  ;  sepals  greenish  and  purple-barred  ;  2  lateral 
petals  spreading,  concave,  purple  ;  lip  bluntly  conical, 
olive-green  spotted  outside,  ivory  white  within,  fringedi 
above.  S.  Amer.  I.H.  24:270.  A.F.  12:293. 

C.  barbatum,  Lindl.  Fls.  green,  blotched  with  purple.  Guiana. 
—  C.  callosum,  Lindl.  Odd:  fls.  with  chocolate-brown,  narrow- 
lanceolate  sepals  and  petals  ;  lip  greenish,  speckled  with  red. 
Venezuela.  B.M.  4219,  6648.—  C.  Christyanum,  Reichb.  f.  Se- 
pals and  petals  usually  chocolate  ;  lip  greenish  yellow,  purple 
fringed.  S.  Amer.?  G.C.  III.  18:617.-  C.  discolor,  Lindl.  Fls. 
purple.  An  old  sort,  now  rarely  seen.  Braz.—  C.  Garnettidnum, 
Rolfe.  Allied  to  C.  barbatum  :  fls.  small  ;  sepals  and  petals 
very  narrow,  green,  with  large  bars  of  red-brown  :  lip  white, 
fringed.  Amazon.  B.M.  7069.—  C.  imperiale,  Lind.  &  Cogn. 
Sepals  and  petals  ovate-acute,  white,  purple  spotted  ;  lip  orbic- 
ular-cordate, purple  in  center  and  white  margined.  G.C.  Ill; 
17:329.  S.H.I,  p.  369.  J.H.  III.  30:25.—  G.  Lindeni,  Cogn.  Fls. 
large  (as  of  C.  Bungerothii) ;  sepals  and  petals  yellow,  with 
purplish  spots  and  bars;  lip  yellow,  spotted  at  base.  G.C.  III. 
17:329.  S.H.  1,  p.  369.—  C.  mirdblle,  Cogn.  Fls.  very  large,  the 
sepals  and  petals  oblong-lanceolate,  and  yellowish,  with  purple 
spots  and  bars;  lip  kidney-shaped,  bright  yellow  with  2  purple 
spots,  toothed.  G.C.  III.  17:329.  S.H.  1,  p.  369.—  C.  Scurra, 
Reichb.  f.  Compact :  fls.  fragrant,  yellowish  white,  green- 
veined;  Iip3-lobed.  Guiana.  G.C.  11.7:304,305.—  C.  splendent* 
Cogn.  Intermediate  between  C.  Bungerothii  and  C.  macrocar- 
pum: sepals  greenish  white  with  purplish  center;  petals  white 
with  many  purple  spots :  lip  cream-color,  purple-marked. 
Runs  into  many  forms  :  Var.  album,  Lind.  &  Cogn.,  white  or 
nearly  so.  Var.  Alicia?,  Lind.  &  Cogn.  Fls.  large  ;  sepals  and 
petals  purplish  ;  lip  white,  toothed.  Var.  aureo-maculatum. 
Bossch.  Yellow.  I.H.  43: 54.  Var.  atropurpureum,  Hort. 
Blackish  purple.—  C.  Warscewtczii,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.  From  Pan- 
ama. Now  rarely  seen.  OAKES  AMES. 

CATCHFLY.   Consult  Silene. 
CATECHU.   See  Acacia  Catechu. 

CATERPILLARS.  The  worm-like  pods  of  Scorpiurus 
vermiculdta,  Linn.,  8.  subvillosa,  Linn.,  and  others 
(Leguminbsce) ,  are  sometimes  used  as  surprises  in 
salads  and  soups  ;  and  for  that  purpose  they  are  cult, 
in  parts  of  Europe,  and  seeds  are  sold  in  this  country. 
They  are  sometimes  catalogued  as  Worms.  They  are 
annuals  of  the  easiest  culture.  The  pods  of  Medicago 
scutellata,  Mill.,  and  others  are  known  as  Snails.  The 
pods  are  not  edible.  European  plants.  A.G.  13:  681. 

CATMINT  or  CATNIP.   See  Nepeta. 
CAT-TAIL.    Typha. 

CATTLEYA  (William  Cattley,  an  early  English  nat- 
uralist). Orchiddcece,  tribe  Epidtndrece .  Epiphytes  of 
tropical  America.  Pseudobulbous  :  leaf -blades  1-3,  cori- 
aceous: fls.  usually  terminal,  large,  fleshy  or  membrana- 
ceous ;  petals  and  sepals  nearly  equal,  or  the  former 
much  broader  :  labellum  cucullate,  usually  trilobed, 
proximal  part  inclosing  the  fleshy,  clavate  column, 
except  in  C.  Aclandice  and  G.  bicolor :  pollen  masses  4 
(2  pairs),  with  short  appendages.  A  genus  generally 
cultivated  for  its  large,  showy  flowers,  which  for  inten- 
sity of  color  have  few,  if  any,  equals  in  the  family  of 
orchids.  Most  of  the  species  do  satisfactorily  under 
artificial  conditions,  although  there  is  an  opinion  preva- 
lent that  they  degenerate  or  "run  out."  Naturally,  some 
kinds  are  difficult  to  grow,  since  the  horticulturist  is 
not  well  enough  informed  concerning  their  require- 
ments, but  there  is  no  reason  why  the  majority  of  the 
species  should  degenerate  if  properly  treated.  The 
genus  Cattley  a  was  founded  on  C.  labiata  by  John 
Lindley  in  1824.  As  a  genus,  it  is  very  closely  allied  to- 
Lselia,  being  distinguished  by  having  two  pollinia  (4 
pollen  masses),  whereas  that  genus  has  four  (or  8  pollen, 
masses.)  OAKES  AMES. 


260 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


The  Cattleyas  are  indigenous  to  the  western  hemi- 
sphere only,  Central  and  S.  America  being  the  regions 
where  they  abound,  particularly  in  the  latter,  from  the 
different  countries  of  which  large  quantities  are  im- 
ported yearly.  During  the  last  few  years  the  collecting 
and  importing  of  Cattleyas  into  the  U.  S.  has  assumed 
large  proportions,  owing  to  a  continually  and  steadily 
increased  demand,  not  only  by  amateurs  but  also  by  the 
trade  in  general.  There  are  two  particular  reasons  for 
this  increased  demand  :  First,  the  exquisitely  beautiful 
flowers,  combined  with  size  and  marvelous  colors,  and 
adapted  for  decorations  at  all  sorts  of  functions,  they  be- 
ing never  out  of  place  ;  second,  their  easy  culture.  Flor- 
ists and  amateurs  alike  are  beginning  to  realize  that, 
after  all,  orchids  are  only  plants,  and  if  only  treated  in  a 
common-sense  way  they  are  by  far  easier  to  grow  than 
a  good  many  plants,  and  especially  so  the  Cattleyas, 
provided  some  attention  is  paid  to  their  requirements. 

Cattleyas  in  general  delight  in  a  genial,  moist  atmos- 
phere and  a  temperature  ranging  all  the  way  from  55° 
to  70°.  They  all  require  an  abundant  supply  of  water, 
•accompanied  by  a  liberal  supply  of  air  and  light,  dur- 
ing their  respective  growing  seasons.  A  Cattleya  house 
^should,  if  possible,  have  bottom  and  top  ventilators, 
which  when  open  produce  a  current  of  fresh  air  impos- 
sible to  obtain  or  imitate  in  any  other  way,  and  in  which 
these  plants  delight.  The  glass  should  be  shaded  with 
a  thin  coat  of  naphtha  and  white  lead,  enough  to  pre- 
vent the  sun  from  burning  the  plants,  for,  while  they 
enjoy  all  the  light  possible,  the  full  sun  in  our  climate 
is  too  strong  for  them,  and  they  are  liable  to  dry  and 
shrivel,  and  thus  lose  their  natural  luxuriance.  The 
'shading,  however,  may  be  removed  entirely  during  the 
•dullest  winter  months.  Cattleyas  will  grow  equally  well 
in  baskets,  pots,  or  on  boards  ;  the  former  are  prefera- 
ble where  limited  quantities  are  grown,  inasmuch  as 
they  are  easily  managed  and  may  be  hung  up  or  taken 
•down  or  moved  from  one  place  to  another  with  the 
greatest  ease.  The  large  blocks  or  boards  are  to  be  rec 
ornmended  where  large  quantities  of  plants  are  grown 
for  cut-flowers,  being  more  economical  in  every  sense 
of  the  word.  When  boards  are  used,  the  width  ought 
not  to  be  less  than  10  inches,  as  the  plants  would  very 
soon  grow  over  the  sides  of  the  boards  ;  the  length  may 
be  adjusted  to  suit  the  house,  but  should  not  exceed  5 
feet— anything  larger  is  liable  to  be  too  clumsy  to  han- 
dle conveniently. 

The  best  potting  material  is  soft,  fibrous  peat,  with  a 
sprinkling  of  live  sphagnum  intermixed.  Too  much 
stress  cannot  be  laid  on  soft  peat,  as  frequently  too 
coarse  material  is  used,  resembling  amass  of  wire,  with 
the  result  that  the  water  benefits  the  plants  but  very 
little,  and  root-action  is  slow,  if  taking  place  at  all. 
One  thing  is  imperative  in  the  cultivation  of  Cattleyas, 
in  whatever  receptacles  they  are  grown  :  they  must  be 
firm,  without  going  to  the  extreme  of  ramming  in  the 
stuff  too  hard.  A  plant  lying  loose  in  a  basket  or  a  pot 
•will  never  grow  well,  but  will  gradually  dwindle  away 
to  nothing.  Where  boards  or  large  blocks  are  used,  the 
plants  are  fastened  on  by  means  of  galvanized  staples, 
inserting  a  piece  of  peat  between  the  staple  and  the 
rhizome,  so  as  to  keep  the  staple  from  burning  while 
new.  In  this  way  freshly  imported  Cattleyas  may  be 
fastened  on  to  clean  boards  or  blocks,  and  by  liberal 
overhead  syringing  the  roots  soon  appear,  when  a  mix- 
ture of  chopped  peat  and  sphagnum  may  be  shaken  in 
between  the  plants  to  cover  the  roots.  In  using  baskets, 
it  is  advisable  to  use  them  shallow  and  less  material, 
the  compost  thus  keeping  fresh  and  sweet  for  a  consid- 
erable period  of  time.  Cattleyas,  as  previously  men- 
tioned, enjoy  a  copious  supply  of  water  during  their 
respective  growing  seasons.  In  our  climate  the  best 
method  is  to  use  the  hose,  and  water  overhead,  which, 
if  adhered  to,  will  cause  the  plants  to  soon  assume  a 
•natural  green  color  and  luxuriance  common  to  them  in 
their  native  habitats.  Besides,  the  overhead  watering 
will  keep  down  vermin,  such  as  scales,  etc.  By  the  so- 
•called  resting  season  of  Cattleyas  is  generally  under- 
stood the  time  after  the  plants  have  finished  the  flow- 
ering bulb,  and  until  they  begin  to  send  up  the  next 
growth.  During  this  time,  when  they  are,  in  a  sense, 
dormant,  the  quantity  of  water  should  be  diminished, 
"which  causes  the  new  eyes  to  move  slowly  and  break 


strong.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  new  breaks  are  fairly 
under  way  they  should  be  encouraged  in  the  way  of 
moisture,  when  the  new  roots  will  soon  appear  and  the 
plants  go  ahead  with  renewed  vigor.  If  the  plants  are 
in  baskets,  suspended  under  the  roof,  they  should  be 
taken  down  at  intervals  and  dipped  thoroughly.  Hand- 
in-hand  with  a  copious  watering  must  go  a  liberal  sup- 
ply of  light  and  air  at  all  times.  In  order  to  obtain  the 
best  results,  the  plants  should  be  placed  as  near  to  the 
light  as  possible— say,  from  1-3  feet  from  the  glass, 
according  to  kinds  and  to  the  space  available  in  the 
house.  Kinds  such  as  G ' .  Triancei,  C.  labiata,  C.  Men- 
delii, C.  Mossice  and  C.  Harrisoniana  will  grow  and 
flower  well  in  any  part  or  position  of  the  house,  pro- 
vided they  have  plenty  of  light  and  air,  but  3  feet  is 
the  maximum  distance  from  the  glass  at  which  any  of 
the  Cattleyas  should  be  placed,  to  be  successfully  grown. 
A  capital  illustration  of  the  above  is,  for  instance,  C. 
gigas,  which  does  admirably  suspended  under  the  ridge 
of  the  house,  where  it  receives  the  full  benefit  of  air 
and  light,  in  which  position  it  flowers  profusely,  while 
if  grown  on  a  bench  or  stage  it  rarely  flowers. 

The  best  twelve  varieties  of  Cattleyas  for  commercial 
purposes,  and,  indeed,  for  amateurs  also,  are  the  fol- 
lowing: C.  Trianaei,  flowers  Jan.-March;  Schrcederiana, 
fls.  March,  April  ;  Mossise,  fls.  April,  May;  Mendelii, 
fls.  April,  May;  Warneri.  fls.  May,  June  ;  gigas,  fls. 
June,  July  ;  chrysotoxa,  fls.  June,  July  ;  Gaskelliana, 
fls.  Aug.,  Sept. ;  Harrisoniana,  fls.  Sept.,  Oct. ;  labiata, 
fls.  Oct.,  Nov.;  Bowringeana,  fls.  Oct.,  Nov.;  Percival- 
iana,  fls.  Dec. 

With  a  number  of  plants  of  each  of  the  above  kinds, 
it  will  be  seen  that  it  is  possible  to  have  a  succession  of 
flowers  from  one  end  of  the  year  to  the  other. 

JOHN  E.  LAGER. 

Index  :  Aclandiro,  18  ;  amethystina,  21  ;  amethysto- 
glossa,  25  ;  aurea,  2  ;  autumnalis,  16  ;  bicolor,  19  ; 
Bluntei,  6  ;  Bogotensis,  1  ;  Bowringeana,  16  ;  bulbosa, 
30;  Candida,  23  ;  Carrierei,  1;  Chocoensis,  9;  chryso- 
toxa, 2  ;  citrina,  17  ;  Dawsonii,  5  ;  dolosa,  21 ;  Dowi- 
ana,  2  ;  Eldorado,  3  ;  Ernesti,  1  ;  Forbesii,  22  ;  Gas- 
kelliana, 4;  gigas,  12;  gloriosa,  1;  granulosa,  26; 
guttata,  24  ;  ffarrisonice,  23  ;  Harrisoniana,  23  ;  Hoi- 
fordi,3Q;  imperialis,  1;  intermedia, 21  ;  Keteleerii,  25; 
labiata,!;  Lawrenceana,  14;  Leeana,\;  Lemoniana,  1  ; 
Leopoldii.  24 ;  Loddigesii,  23 ;  Luddemanniana,  5 ; 
luteola,  30  :  Massangeana,  1  ;  maxima,  13  ;  Mendelii, 
6  ;  Morgance,  1 ;  Mossise,  7  ;  Nalderiana,  1  ;  nobilior, 
31  ;  pallida,  1 ;  Parthenia,  21  ;  Peetersii,  1  ;  Perci- 
valiana,  8;  Perrinii,  1  ;  Prinzii,25;  punctatissima,  21; 
quadricolor,  9  ;  Reineckiana ,  7  ;  Raezlii,  1 ;  Bollis- 
soni,  1  ;  Sanderiana,  12  ;  Schilleriana,  29  ;  Schofieldi- 
ana,  27  ;  Schroederiana,  9  ;  Skinneri,  15  ;  speciosis- 
sima,  5  ;  splendens,  28  ;  superba,  28  ;  Triansei,  9  ; 
Victoria-Begina,  20;  violacea,  28  ;  virginalis,  1  ;  Wag- 
neri,  7  ;  Walkeriana,  31  ;  Wallisii,  3  ;  Warneri,  10  ; 
Warocqueana,  1  ;  Warscewiczii,  11. 

The  following  Amer.  trade  names  belong  to  Lselia  : 
crispa,  lobata,  marginata,  pumila.  See,  also,  the  list 
of  hybrids  at  the  close  of  Cattleya.  For  G.aurantiaca, 
see  Epidendrum. 

Of  several  of  the  following  species,  there  are  named 
vars.  in  the  Amer.  trade,  varying  in  stature,  habit,  and 
particularly  in  the  color  of  the  flowers. 

A.   Blossoms  from  a  leafy  pseudobulb. 

B.    fls.  membranaceous,  not  fleshy, 
c.    Number  of  fls.  not  more  than  5,  or  rarely  6 : 

pseudobulb  1-leaved. 

1.  labiata,  Lind.  Pseudobulbs  4-8  in.  high,  com- 
pressed, from  stout  creeping  rhizomes  :  leaf-blades 
broadly  ovate  or  oblong,  about  6  in.  in  length:  fls.  2-5, 
ranging  in  color  from  rosy  mauve  to  white  ;  petals 
3%  in.  long,  2%  in.  wide,  ovate-oblong,  several  times 
broader  than  the  sepals  ;  labellum  2%-3%  in.  long,  ex- 
panded portion  2  in.  across,  blotched  or  veined  with 
crimson  or  magenta-purple,  the  margin  crisped  and 
paler;  the  posterior  part  stained  with  yellow  and  veined 
with  crimson-purple.  Blooms  in  autumn.  B.M.  3998. 
P.M.  4:121.  Gn.  51:1107.  G.C.  III.  19: 13.  R.B.  22:25. 
A. G.  17:65;  19:811.  F.B.  1:8;  2:531.  Gng.  2:275.  F.E. 
9:327.  A.F.  6:607.  — Int.  in  1818  from  the  Organ  moun- 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


26T 


tains  of  South  America.  It  was  lost  for  many  years  and 
became  exceedingly  rare,  but  recently  its  rediscovery 
has  made  it  a  common  orchid,  and  many  beautiful  varie- 
ties are  in  cultivation.  Some  of  the  varieties  have  here- 
tofore been  regarded  as  species,  but  as  the  points  of 
distinction  are  too  slight  to  be  specific,  it  has  seemed 
best  to  put  such  forms  as  C.  Warneri,  C.  Triaruei  and 
C.  Mossi<e  in  their  proper  place  under  the  original 
species.  C.  labiata  is  probably  the  most  useful  species 
of  orchid.  Immensely  variable  :  some  of  the  leading 
varieties  are  described  below.  These  forms  are  regarded 
variously  as  species,  varieties  or  sub-varieties,  by  dif- 
ferent authors.  Besides  the  names  given  below,  the 
following  are  to  be  referred  to  C.  labiata  :  C.  Bogot&n- 
sis,  Lind.;  C.  Carrierei,  Houll.;  C.  Ernestl,  Hort. ; 
C.  uloridsa,  Carr. ;  C.  imperidlis,  O'Brien  ;  C.IJeedna, 
Hort.;  C.  Lemonidna,Ltind\.',  C.  Massangedna,  Reichb. 
f. ;  C.M6rgana>,  Warner;  C.  Nalderidna,  Reichb.  f.; 
C.  pdllida,  Lindl.  &  Paxt. ;  C.  Peetersii,  Andr6  ;  C. 
Perrinii,  Endl.  (not  Lindl.);  C.  Hcezlii,  Reichb.  f. ;  <7. 
Rdllissonii,  Moore  ;  C.  virgindlis,  Lindl.  &  Andr6  ;  C. 
Warocquedna.  More  than  100  other  specifically  made 
names  are  referred  to  this  species.  There  are  white- 
fid,  forms  of  nearly  all  the  vars. 

2.  Var.  Dowiana,  Veitch  (C.Dowidna,  Batem.).    Fls. 
nankeen-yellow,  except  for  the  disproportionately  large 
labellum  ;    petals   about  twice  as  wide  as  the  sepals, 
about  the  same  length  as  the  labellum,  wavy  margined, 
obtuse  ;  sepals  lanceolate,  acute  ;  labellum   amply  ex- 
panded, margin  crisped,  surface  velvety,  dark  purple, 
beautifully  and  finely  veined  with  golden  yellow  lines, 
which   radiate   from  the  median  line.     Strong    plants 
produce  3  or  more  fls.  on  each  peduncle.     B.M.  5618. 
R.H.  1869 :30.  —  Discovered  in  Costa  Rica  by  Warscewicz. 
Little  was  known  about  it  until  1864,  when  Mr.  Arce 
found  plants  and   sent  them  to  England,  where  they 
flowered  in  the  autumn  of  1865.     There  are  now  several 
geographical  varieties  of  this  orchid,  the   one   called 
aurea  or  chrysot6xa  (I.H.  30:493.   J.H.  III.  31:253.  R.H. 
1892:492.    A.F.  6:  563;  12: 10.    F.R.  1:  76),  being  more 
easy  to  grow.    This  variety  is   recognized   by  having 
deeper  yellow  petals  and  sepals,  and  more  copious  vein- 
ing  on  the  labellum.    The  fragrance  of  this  orchid  sug- 
gests vanilla,  and   renders   it   readily  distinguishable 
from  other  varieties. 

3.  Var.  Eldorado,  Veitch  (C.  Eldorddo,  Linden).    Fls. 
pale  rosy  lilac,  except  for  the  more  or  less  tubular  la- 
bellum, which  bears  at  its  distal  end  a  border  of  crimson- 
magenta,   which   shades    into  an   orange-yellow   disc  ; 
petals  narrowly  ovate  ;  sepals  lanceolate.    Int.  in  1866 
from  Braz.    F.S.  18: 1826. -The  fragrance  of  this  orchid 
is  very   characteristic,  while   its  fls.,  which  are  much 
smaller  than  in  the  type,  are  produced  in  July  and  Aug. 
There  are  several  recognized  forms.    Sub-var.  crocata 
is  paler  in  the  sepals  and  petals.    Sub-var.  Wallisii  is 
a  white  form  (A.  Wallisii,  Linden). 

4.  Var.  Gaskelliana,  Hort.    Petals  and  sepals  usually 
narrower  than  in  the  type,  perhaps  paler.    Blooms  from 
June  to  Aug.     The  usual  forms  are  not  distinct  enough 
to  be  varietal.    Venezuela.     I.H.  33:613.    A.F.  6:185. 
Gng.  5:72. 

5.  Var.  Luddemanniana,  Hort.  (C.  Luddemannidna, 
Reichb.   f.     C.  Ddwsonii,  Warner.     C.  speciosissima, 
Hort. ) .  Petals  and  sepals  delicate  rose  color  or  pink-lilac, 
petals  much  broader  than  the  sepals;   labellum  wavy  or 
crisped  at  the  margin,  compressed  dorsiventrally,  apex 
deeply  divided,  front  lobe  deep  crimson -purple,  the  color 
carried  back  into  the  throat  in  streaks,  front  part  of  the 
lateral  lobes  nearly  white,  margined  with  blush-rose  ; 
throat  yellowish.    Venezuela. 

6.  Var.  Mendellii,  Backhouse  (C.  Mtndellii,  Hort.). 
Fig.  386.    Petals  and  sepals  pale  rosy  mauve  to  white  ; 
labellum  blotched  with  crimson-purple,  throat  yellowish. 
Blooms  in  May  and  June  or  earlier.     Of  this  variety 
there  are  many  beautiful  forms.    Eastern  Cordilleras, 
New  Granada.    S.H.  2:413.  — (7.  Bluntei,  Hort.,  is  a  pure 
white  form  with  a  beautifully  fringed  lip. 

7.  Var.  M6ssiae,  Hook.  (C.  M6ssia>.  Parker).    Habit  as 
in  type,  or  very  similar;  petals  broadly  ovate:  labellum 
broad  in  expanded  part,  crisped  at  the  usually  whitish 


margin;  throat  yollow  lined  with  purple,  expanded  por- 
tion mottled  with  crimson  ;  frequently  much  inter- 
mingled with  orange-yellow.  La  Guayra.  B.M.  3669. 
R.H.  1857,  p.  322.  S.H.  1:149.  A.G.  14:" 70.  A.F.  6:563. 
—  C.  Wdgneri,  Hort.,  is  a  white  form  of  this  Cattleya. 
C.  Reineckidna,  Reichb.  f.,  is  the  most  beautiful  form. 
It  has  white  sepals  and  petals  and  a  richly  colored: 
labellum. 

8.  Var.  Percivaliana,  Reichb.  f.  (C.  Percivalidna, 
O'Brien).  Fls.  rather  small  ;  petals  and  sepals  deeper 
colored  than  in  the  type  species' ;  labellum  relatively 


386.  Cattleya  labiata,  var.  Mendellii. 


small,  pale  at  margin;  throat  deep  yellow  streaked  with 
crimson,  expanded  part  crimson-purple.  F.R.  1:298, 
J.H.  III.  32:179. 

9.  Var. Trianeei, Veitch  (C.  Triancei,  Lind.  &  Reichb.  f. 
C.  quadricolor,  Lindl.).    Fig.  388.  Foliage  more  robust, 
perhaps,  than  in  the   type  species,  though,  of  course, 
cultivation  has  much  to  do  with  this  ;  petals  broader 
than  in  the  type  species,  ovate-rhomboid  ;  exceedingly 
variable  in  color;  expanded  portion  (not  usually  so  wide 
or  spreading  as    in   C.  labiata)  crimson-magenta,  the 
margin  less  wavy  than  in  the    other  varieties.    New 
Grenada.    B.M.  5504.  R.H.  1860,  p.  406-7.   A.G.  17:177. 
Gng.  3:151.    A.F.   6:607;    13:715.    F.E.  9:325.     F.R. 
1:672-3.     S.H.   1:11,27;    2:403,   405. -The  fls.  are  pro- 
duced   3-5  on  the    stout    peduncles.      Sub-var.    alba. 
White  fls.,  yellow  blotch  in  throat.    Sub-var.  Chocoen- 
sis,  Hort.    Very  similar  to  the  above,  but  the  fls.  have 
the  appearance  of  not  wholly  expanding.     Colombia. 
I.H.  20:120.    A.F.  6:563.    Sub-var.  Schroederiana , Hort. 
(C.  Schroederidna.  Reichb.  f.).     Fragrant;    petals  and 
sepals  vary  from  white  to  pale  rosy  mauve  ;  labellum 
has  more  orange-yellow  than  usual.    Blooms  at  about 
the  same  time  with  the  above,  and  on  account  of  its  pale 
fls.  is  a  valuable  variety.    G.C.  III.  20:73.    A.G.  15:211. 
F.E.  9:331.-<7.  Triancei  is   probably  the  most  popular 
single  garden  orchid. 

10.  Var. Warneri,  O'Brien  (C.  Warneri,  Moore) .  Very 
similar  to  C.  labiata  itself,  differing  from  it,  perhaps, 
only  in  its  blooming  season.     May,  June  and  July.    S. 
Brazil.  A.F.  6:563. 

11.  Var.  Warscewiczii,  Reichb.  f.    Fls.  large  ;  label- 
lum yellow  in  the  throat,  streaked  with  magenta-red,  the 
infolding  portion  similar  in  color  to  the  expanded  por- 
tion, which  is  uniformly  crimson-purple.    New  Granada. 
G.C.  III.  22:163.— At  the  entrance  to  the  throat  there 
are  usually  two  yellow  blotches,  or  "eyes." 


262 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


12.  Var.  Sanderiana,  Hort.  (C.  glgas,  Lind.  &  Andre"). 
Fig.  387.    A  noble-fld.  form,  which,  besides  being  rich  in 
color,  is  larger  than  the  usual  varieties  of  C.  labiata. 
New  Grenada.    I.E.  21:178.    Gn.  45,  p.  445.    G.F.  1:437. 
A.G.  July  23,  1898,  Suppl.     F.B.  1:77  and  674.    F.E. 
10:  892. -This  is  a  form  of  var.  Warsccwiczii. 

13.  maxima,  Lindl.    Plants  about  1  ft.  high  :  sepals 
and  petals  pink-lilac  ;  labellum  oval-oblong,  obscurely 
3-lobed,    richly  veined   with   crimson,    expanded    part 
crisped  at  the  margin,   a  yellow  median  band  on  the 
disk.   Equador.   B.M.  4902.    F.S.  20:2136.   F.R.  1:298. 

14.  Lawrenceana,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  12-15  in. 
high,  frequently  brownish,  rarely  green  :    sheath   red- 
dish brown  :  fis.  few,  about  4  in.  across  ;  petals  oblong, 
blunt  at  the  apices  ;  sepals  pale  mauve,  narrow;  label- 
lum purple  shaded  with  maroon.    March.    British  Gui- 
ana.   B.M.  7133. 

cc.    Number  of  fls.  usually  more  than  6: 
pseudobulb  %-3-leai>ed. 

15.  Skinneri,  Batem.    Stems  about  1  ft.  high,  attenu- 
ated at  base,  2-lvd.:  fls.  6-8,  sometimes  more,  about  4 
in.  across,  rose-mauve  ;  disk  of  labellum  whitish,  bor- 
dered with  deeper  rose-mauve  or  deep  purple.    Guate- 
mala.   B.M.  4270.    P.M.  11:193.    R.B.  22:201.    G.C.  III. 
20:6.    G.F.  3:201.  — Common,  and  a  favorite.    Runs  into 
white-fld.  forms. 

16.  Bowringeana,   Veitch    (C.    autumndlis,    Hort.). 
Pseudobulbs  about  18  in.  tall,  %in.  in  diam.,  subcylin- 
drical,  jointed,  nodes  about  6,  base  swollen,  2-3-lvd.: 
fls.  5-30,  on  stout  peduncles  1  ft.  long,  double-sheathed ; 
petals  1%  in.  long,  deep  rose-mauve;  labellum  magenta- 
purple  at  distal  end,  deeper  colored  toward  sulfurous 
yellow  throat.  Blooms  in  autumn.  Honduras.  R.B. 21:37. 

R.H.  1890: 300. -Undoubtedly  a  variety  of 
the  preceding. 

BB.   Fls.  not  membranaceous,  fleshy, 
thick :   usually  2-leaved. 

c.   Peduncles  pendent. 
17.  citrlna,Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid, 
not  erect,  with  membranaceous 
whitish   sheaths:    If. -blades 
glaucous,  about  6  in.  long  :   fls. 


387.    Cattleya 
labiata.  var. 
Sanderiana. 


tf7 

never- fully  expanding;  sepals  and  petals  very  thick, 
lemon-yellow;  labellum  yellow,  anterior  margin  crisped 
and  white.  Mex.,  at  high  elevations.  B.M.  3742.  J.H. 
III.  30:399.— Not  an  especially  easy  orchid  to  grow. 
Fragrant. 


CO.    Peduncles  erect. 
D.   Lateral  lobes  of  labellum  practically  wanting. 

18.  Aclandise,  Lindl.    Dwarf  :  sts.  slender,  4  in.  tall  : 
Ivs.  elliptical:  peduncle  1-2-fld. :  fls.  about  4  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  nearly  equal,  oblong,  yellowish  verg- 
ing on  green,  spotted  and   blotched  with  dark  purple 
(much  less  distinct  on  dorsal  surface);  labellum  with 
small  lateral  lobes  that  do  not  include  the  column,  pale 
purple,  with  dark  veins  and  a  yellow  line  under  the 
fleshy  column.    Brazil.    B.M.  5039. 

19.  bicolor,  Lindl.    Sts.  nearly  3  ft.  high,  2-lvd.:  Ivs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  about  6  in.  long  :  peduncle  2-5-fld., 
sometimes  more  :   fls.  4  in.  across  ;    petals  and  sepals 
greenish  brown,  sometimes  spotted  with  brown  ;  label- 
lum tongue-shaped,  crimson  or  deep  rose-mauve,  mar- 
gins recurved  ;  lateral  lobes  do  not  cover  the  column. 
Brazil.    B.M.  4909. 

DD.    Lateral  lobes  of  labellum  inclosing  column. 

20.  Victdria-Regina,  O'Brien.     Pseudobulbs  slightly 
clavate  :  Ivs.  elliptical-oblong  :  peduncle  short,  2-3-  or 
more   fld. :    sepals   oblong-lanceolate,    obtuse,    inferior 
ones  tinged  with  yellow  at   the  base,  otherwise  pink- 
lilac  ;  petals  undulate,  similar  to  the  sepals  in  color  ; 
labellum  3-lobed,   lateral   lobes   whitish,  with    purple- 
violet  blotch  near  summit,  midlobe  rounded  on  distal 
margin,  crimson  ;  disk  yellow,  striated  with   crimson. 
Pernambuco,  1891.— A  hybrid  between  C.  labiata  and 
C.    Leopoldi,   var.   Pernambucensis.     One    peculiarity 
that  tends  to  show  this  origin  is  the  variability  in  the 
number  of   leaves,    sometimes  1,   sometimes  2   being 
borne  on  a  stem. 

21.  intermedia,    Graham    (C.    amethystina,    Morr.). 
Pseudobulbs  18  in.  high,  jointed,   rarely  3-lvd.:    Ivs. 
narrowly  ovate,  serrulate  on  basal  margins  :  fls.  white, 
suffused  with  pale  rose-lilac :  labellum  distinctly  3-lobed ; 
throat  whitish  streaked  with  crimson-magenta,  midlobe 
rather  narrow,  crimson-magenta.    Rio  de  Janeiro.    B.M. 
2851.    P.M.  1:151.  — Var.  punctatissima,  Sander,  is  simi- 
lar to  the  type,  but  the  petals  and  sepals  are  peppered 
unevenly  with   crimson  spots   of  various  sizes.    Var. 
Parthenia,  Reichb.  f.,  is  white  throughout.    Brazil,  1886. 

22.  F6rbesii,  Lindl.   Fls.  about  5  ;  sepals  oblong,  ob- 
tuse, pale  greenish  yellow  ;    petals  oblong-lanceolate, 

undulate,  same  color:  labellum  trilobed,  lateral  lobes 
pale  yellow  without,  brighter  yellow  within  ;  the 
midlobe  rather  dentate,  pale  yellow  ;  the  disk 
brighter  yellow,  spotted  with  reddish  purple  toward 
the  base.  Braz.  B.M.  3265. 

23.  L6ddigesii,  Lindl.  (C.  cdndida,Wil- 
liams).     Pseudobulbs  about  1    ft.   high  : 
If.-blades   ovate,  5   in.  long  :     fls. 
2-4,  pale  pink-lilac;  sepals  elliptic- 
oblong;  petals  very  similar;  label- 
lum 3-lobed,  throat  and  inner  sur- 
face of  lateral  lobes  whitish,  colored 
on  the  outside  like  the  petals,  the 
raidlobe    colored    like  the    petals, 
spreading,  base  yellowish:  column 
closely  pressed   to    the    labellum. 
Brazil.  — This   Cattleya   was  form- 
erly called  Epidendrum  violaceum, 
and  as  an  horticultural   species  is 
much  older  than  C.  labiata,  which  is  often 
considered  the  oldest  species  in  the  group. 
Var.   Harrisoniana,    Hort.    (C.   Harri- 
soniana, Batem.  C.  Hdrrisonice,  Paxt. ). 
Surface  of  the  labellum  more  corrugated. 
Really  too  like  the  preceding  even  to  be  a 
variety.    P.M.  4:247.    Gn.  48:1040. 

24.  guttata,    indl.     Pseudobulbs  fusiform,  2-3-lvd.; 
If.-blades  elliptic-oblong  :  peduncle  stout,  bearing  sev- 
eral large  fls. ;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate  ;  petals  rather 
broader,  all  yellowish   green   (metallic),  spotted   with 
brown-purple ;    labellum   3-lobed,   lateral    lobes    pink- 
lilac,  midlobe  large,  cuneiform,  deeper  colored.    Rio  de 
Janeiro.     Var.  Leopoldi,  Hort.  (C.  Leopoldii.  Versch. 
&  Lena.),  has  smaller  and  more  numerous  fls.  £.H.2:69. 

25.  amethystoglbssa,  Linden  &  Reichb.  f.  (C.  guttata, 
var.  Prinzii,  Reichb.  f.    G.  Prinzii,  Hort.    C.  puttata, 


CATTLEYA 


CAULIFLOWER 


263 


var.  Keteleerii,  Houlbt.).  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate  :  ra- 
ceraes  many-fld. :  petals  and  sepals  about  equal,  the 
former  obovate,  the  latter  narrower,  all  suffused  with 
rose  and  spotted  with  deep  crimson  ;  labellum  3-lobed, 
lateral  lobes  white  outside,  the  reflexed  apices  crimson, 
midlobe  broad,  deep  crimson,  disk  corrugated  and  pap- 
illose. Bahia,  Brazil.  B.M.  5683.  R.H.  1869:210. 


388.   Cattleya  labiata,  var.  Trianaei. 

26.  granuldsa,  Lindl.    Foliage  very  similar  to  that  of 
the  preceding  species :  peduncles  stout,  bearing  several 
large  fls. :  sepals  oblong,  olive-green,  spotted  with  red; 
petals  obovate-oblong,    undulate,  margined,  otherwise 
like  sepals ;  labellum  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes  yellow  inside, 
whitish  outside,  midlobe  attenuated  toward  the  disk, 
expanded  part  subrenif  orm,  white,  covered  with  numer- 
ous purple  papillae.   Guatemala. 

27.  Schofieldiana,  Reichb.  f.    Lvs.  2,  dark  green,  6  in. 
long  and  2  in.  wide  :  sepals  and  petals  light  greenish 
yellow,  the  petals  very  narrow  at  the  base  and  very 
broad  and  blunt  at  the  top  ;   lip  much  like  that  of  C. 
granulosa,  the  side  laciniee  whitish,  the  middle  laciniffi 
purple-amethyst.    Brazil.    G.C.  III.  22:252.  —  Fls.  larger 
than  in  C.  granulosa,  and  the  lip  is  granulated. 

28.  sup6rba,  Lindl.  (C.  violdcea,Hort.).    Sts.  clavate, 
about  1  ft.  high  :    Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  very  thick  :   fls. 
about  6,  5  in.  across  ;  sepals  and  petals  oblong-lanceo- 
late, about  equal,  deep  rose  color,  pale  at  the  base  ; 
labellura  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes  deep,  rich  crimson  out- 
side ;  rnidlobe  broadly  margined  with  same  color,  pass- 
ing abruply  into  yellow,  veined  with  crimson     British 
Guiana.     B.M.    4083.     P.M.   9:265.     J.H.    III.   31:321. 
A.F.  11:1351.  —  This  plant  is  reputed  difficult  to  grow. 
There  is  a  form  called  var.  splendens,  Hort.    It  is  palar 
in  color  than  the  type. 

29.  Schilleriana,  Reichb.  f.    Sts.  5  or  6  in.  high,  red- 
dish brown,  2-lvd.:  Ivs.  elliptical,  dark  above,  brownish 
purple  beneath  :   peduncles  usually  2-fld. :    fls.  several 
in.  across  ;  petals  and  sepals  equal,  oblong-lanceolate, 


purple-brown,  spotted  with  deeper  brown  :  labellum 
3-lobed,  lateral  lobes  infolding  the  column,  whitish 
without,  yellow  veined  wuh  purple  within  ;  midlobe 
reniform,  deep  rose-mauve  with  whitish  veins,  throat 
yellow.  Braz.  B.M.  5150.  F.S.  22:2286.  A.F.  6:563. 

30.  luteola,  Lindl.  (C.  Hdlfordi,  Hort.).    Lf.  1,  short 
and  broad  (3  in.   long),  the   pseudobulb  compressed  : 
peduncle  short,  5-6-  or  more-fld. :  fls.  very  small,  yel- 
low, the  sepals  and  petals  uniform  and  1-2-in.  long  and 
obtuse  ;  lip  about  as  long  as  the  petals,  3-lobed,  vel- 
vety within.    Brazil.    B.M.  5032.    F.S.  23:2479. 

AA.   Blossoms  from  a  leafless  pseudobulb, 

31.  Walkeriana,  Gardner  (C.  bulbdsa,  Lindl.).    Stems 
2-5  in.  tall,  1-2-lvd. :  Ivs.  oblong,  3-5  in.  long;  peduncles 
come  from  the  rhizome  near  the  base  of  the  folia-stems, 
and  are  leafless;  fls.  large,  1  or  2;  petals  and  sepals  rosy 
mauve  or  pink-lilac  ;    labellum   3-lobed,  lateral   lobes 
erect,  partially  infolding  the  column,  midlobe  spread- 
ing, anterior  end  deeper  rose-mauve;  posterior  end  yel- 
lowish, striated  with  rose-mauve.    Braz.   A.. G.  11:159.— 
This  Cattleya  is  distinct  from  all  others  in  producing 
its  fls.  from  a  leafless  shoot. 

Var.  doldsa,  Veitch  (C.  doldsa,  Reichb.  f.).  Peduncles 
produced  from  between  two  Ivs.  This  variety,  together 
with  several  others,  must  be  regarded  as  perpetuated 
anomalies  of  C.  Walkeriana. 

Var.  nobilior,  Veitch  ( C.  nobilior,  Reichb.  f . )  •.  Large 
and  handsome  :  front  lobe  of  lip  spotted  with  creamy 
white.  I. H.  30:485. 

Some  of  the  hybrid  Cattleyas  are  the  following  :  C.  Albertii 
=intermedia  X  superba  ;    C.  BaUantidna=Trianse>i  X  Warsce- 
wiczii :  C.  -Bra&anta'ee=LoddigesiiXAclandi8B  ;  C.  Brymeriana, 
Reichb.  f.=supposed  natural  hybrid  of   superbaX Eldorado  ; 
C.  (7assandra=LoddigesiiXL8elia  elegans ;  C.  Chamberlaini&na 
=LeopoldiiXDowiana  ;    C.  Dormaniana=Ijse\ia  pumilaX 
Cattleya  bicolor?;  C.  .Eo;om09ms,  Veitch  (Lselia  Exoniensis) 
=supposed  natural  hybrid  of  C.  MossiaeXLseliapurpurata; 
G.  frrasta=LoddigesiiXExoniensis ;  C.  Hardyana,  doubtful 
parentage,  probably=DowianaXgigas(F.R.  1:78);  C.Hdrrisii= 
LeopoldiiXMendellii;  O.A#&ridajn'cto=guttataXinterinedia;  C, 
Krameriana,  Reichb.  f.,  is  a  supposed  natural  hybrid  of  inter- 
media XForbesii  ;     (7.  Ziown/d»a=intermedia  X  Forbesii  ?  ;    C. 
Manxes  ii=LuddemannianaXLoddigesii;  C.  Mdrdelli=lind^0- 
tnatmiana  XLoelia  elegans;    C.  Mars£erso»UE=LoddigesiiXla- 
biata  ;    C.  Medsuresii^Aclandise  X  Walkeriana  ;    C.  velutina, 
Reichb.  f..  is  probably  a  hybrid  with  bicolor  and  some  other 
species  (Gt.  44:1420.    G.C.  III.  24:333) ;    C.  Whltei,  Reichb.  f.,  a 
supposed  natural  hybrid  of  labiata X Schilleriana?  C.  Zenbbia 
=LoddigesiiXLaelia  elegans.  OAKES  AMES. 

CAULIFLOWER  (Brdssica  oleracea,  Linn.,  var. 
botrfitis,  DC.).  One  of  the  cabbage  tribe,  of  which  the 
head  is  composed  of  the  metamorphosed  flowers  and 
flower-cluster  (Fig.  389).  (See  Cabbage.)  The  Cauli- 
flower is  one  of  those  crops  in  the  culture  of  which  the 
unskilled  amateur  is  liable  to  stumble  upon  success, 
and  the  more  experienced  professional  to  meet  with 
failure.  One  can  undertake  to  grow  this  crop  intelli- 
gently and  with  some  assurance  of  a  favorable  outcome 
only  when  he  thoroughly  understands  the  particular 
requirements  of  this  fastidious  vegetable.  These 
requirements  mean  especially  a  high  degree  of  soil 
fertility,  perpetual  moisture  with  proper  drainage,  and 
protection  from  an  excess  of  direct  sun  heat.  In  the 
heat  of  mid-season,  Cauliflowers  seldom  head  well,  ex- 
cept in  more  than  ordinarily  favorable  locations  or  sea- 
sons. For  this  reason,  the  early  crop  is  usually  expected 
to  head  before  midsummer,  while  the  late  crop  is 
planted  with  the  expectation  to  have  it  come  to  a  head 
after  the  hottest  summer  weather  is  over.  In  all  cases, 
try  to  select  the  richest  land  for  Cauliflower,  giv- 
ing a  rich  pasture  or  clover-field  the  preference.  A 
strong  loam,  neither  too  clayey  nor  too  sandy,  is  best. 
Plenty  of  good  manure,  horse  manure  being  considered 
best,  must  be  well  incorporated  with  the  soil,  and  the 
latter  be  brought  into  the  highest  state  of  tilth. 

For  the  early  crop,  start  the  plants  from  best  seed  ob- 
tainable, under  glass,  as  early  as  the  early  cabbage  plants 
are  started.  This  can  be  done  in  a  greenhouse  or  a 
hotbed.  The  possessor  of  the  greenhouse,  of  course, 
has  the  advantage  that  he  is  sure  to  be  in  position  to 
plant,  and  that  no  postponement  will  be  necessary  on 
account  of  the  weather.  The  aim  is  to  have  the  seed- 


264 


CAULIFLOWER 


CEANOTHUS 


lings  pricked  out  into  a  coldframe  and  grown  to  good 
transplanting  size,  and  also  well  hardened  off  by  expo- 
sure, by  the  time  that  the  soil  can  be  brought  into  good 
working  order  in  early  spring.  With  properly  hardened 
plants,  late  spring  frosts  are  not  much  to  be  feared. 
Liberal  applications  of  good  commercial  fertilizers,  say 
up  to  a  ton  per  acre,  and  made  either  before  or  after  the 


389.  Cauliflower,  trimmed  for  market. 

plants  are  set,  are  often  of  material  help  ;  and  an 
ounce  or  two  of  nitrate  of  soda  scattered  around  each 
plant  soon  after  setting  seldom  fails  to  show  marked 
or  even  remarkable  results.  Salt,  lime,  kainit,  or  muri- 
ate of  potash  frequently  tend  to  aid  the  plants  in  mak- 
ing increased  growth.  No  application,  however,  can  be 
more  necessary  or  more  useful  than  that  of  cultivator 
and  hoe.  The  soil  at  all  times  should  be  kept  loose  and 
mellow. 

The  best  demand  for  Cauliflower  is  usually  during 
the  pickling  season,  in  September  and  October.  Plants 
can  be  started  from  seed  and  transplanted  to  the  field 
at  the  same  time  that  we  start  and  »set  late  cabbage 
plants,  or  a  little  later.  In  a  general  way,  the  crop  is 
handled  similarly  to  the  early  crop.  It  is  not  always  an 
easy  task,  however,  to  get  the  plantation  started  during 
the  hot  and  dry  weather  of  July.  A  favorite  method 
of  raising  late  Cauliflower  is  to  sow  a  few  seeds  right 
in  the  hill  where  the  plants  are  wanted  to  grow.  Put 
the  soil  in  perfect  tilth  previously,  then  mark  out  rows 
3  feet  apart,  drop  the  little  pinches  of  seed  about  2  or 
2K  feet  apart  in  these  shallow  marks,  and  lightly  cover 
with  the  foot,  firming  well  by  stepping  on  each  hill. 
Later  on  the  plants  are  thinned  to  one  in  the  hill.  The 
soil  must  be  kept  stirred  frequently,  unless— and  this  is 
a  much  better  plan,  and  one  which  we  always  try  to 
practice— the  soil  is  kept  well  covered  with  a  mulch  of 
fresh  manure,  thick  enough  to  keep  down  all  weed 
growth.  In  dry  weather,  water  may  be  poured  upon 
this  layer  of  manure,  and  will  furnish  both  food  and 
drink  for  the  plants. 

Of  the  enemies  of  the  crop,  none  is  more  formidable 
than  the  cabbage  root-maggot.  This  seems  to  have  a 
special  liking  for  the  Cauliflower.  The  protective 
measures  which  are  used  for  early  cabbages  are  all  the 
more  necessary  for  early  Cauliflower.  Among  such 
measures,  that  of  enveloping  each  plant  with  a  tight- 
fitting  collar  of  tarred  felt,  and  the  other  of  injecting 
about  a  teaspoonful  of  bisulfide  of  carbon  into  the  soil 
under  the  roots  of  each  plant,  are  probably  the  best  and 
most  surely  effective.  Plant  lice  are  another  serious 
pest  of  this  crop.  Effective  remedies  are  dusting  with 
fine  tobacco  dust,  or  spraying  with  strong  tobacco  tea  or 
kerosene  emulsion.  At  times  we  have  had  fair  success 
by  dashing  hot  soap-suds  upon  the  plants. 

VARIETIES.  — There  are  no  typical  or  very  marked 
differences  between  any  of  our  most  popular  varieties. 
Most  of  them  are  selected  strains  of  the  Early  or  Earli- 
est Dwarf  Erfurt.  Among  tnese  are  Alabaster,  Best 
Early,  Gilt  Edge,  Ideal,  Lackawanna,  La  Crosse  Fa- 


vorite, Long  Island  Beauty,  Sea  Foam,  Snowball,  Snow- 
storm, and  others.  All  these  may  be  planted  for  early 
as  well  as  the  late  crop.  A  large  form  of  the  Early  Er- 
furt (and  a  little  later)  seems  to  be  slightly  better 
adapted  to  growing  in  warm  weather.  Early  Paris  and 
Half-early  Paris  are  varieties  well  suited  to  summer 
conditions.  Autumn  Giant  or  Giant  Naples  is  a  rather 
late  sort,  which  gives  good  satisfaction  in  some  of  our 
coast  states. 

The  hot  summers  of  the  United  States  are  not  favor- 
able for  the  production  of  Cauliflower  seed,  so  that, 
until  quite  recently,  almost  every  pound  of  seed  used 
here  was  imported  from  Europe.  Now,  however,  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  it  is  being  grown  on  the  Pacific 
coast  (Puget  sound),  and  seems  superior  to  the  im- 
ported in  plumpness  and  vitality.  We  have  always  se- 
cured especially  strong  plants  from  this  American- 
grown  seed.  For  seed-growing  purposes,  sow  seed  dur- 
ing July,  transplant,  and  winter  the  partially-developed 
heads  over  in  coldframe  or  cellar,  to  be  set  in  open 
ground  again  in  early  spring,  and  otherwise  to  be 
handled  similarly  to  early  cabbage  when  grown  for  seed. 

T.  GREINER. 

CAVAN  is  Acacia  Cavenia. 

CEANOTHUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  NEW  JERSEY 
TEA.  fthamnacece.  Shrubs  or  rarely  small  trees,  some- 
times spiny:  Ivs.  alternate,  sometimes  opposite,  serrate 
1  or  entire,  and  usually  3-nerved  ac  the  base  :  fls.  perfect, 
5-merous,  white,  blue  or  purplish,  small,  but  in  showy, 
often  panicled  clusters :  fr.  a3-celled  drupe,  dry  at  length 
and  separating  into  3  stones.  Thirty-six  species  in  N. 
America,  chiefly  Pacific  coast  region.  Ornamental,  free- 
flowering  shrubs,  some  especially  valuable  for  their  late 
flowering  period.  Many  of  them  are  only  hardy  in  the 
warmer  temperate  regions,  but  C.  Americanus,  C.ovatus, 
and  C.  Fendleri  are  hardy  north,  while  the  numerous  hy- 
brids of  C.  Americanus  are  only  half  hardy,  and  even  if 
protected  they  are  killed  to  the  ground  in  the  north,  but 
the  young  shoots  will  usually  flower  the  same  season. 
The  safest  way,  however,  to  have  good,  free-flowering 
plants  of  these  beautiful  hybrids  will  be,  in  the  north,  to 
dig  them  up  in  fall,  store  them  away  in  a  frost-proof  pit 
or  cellar,  and  to  plant  them  out  again  in  spring.  Pruning 
of  the  late  flowering  species  will  be  of  advantage;  about 
one-hal  f  of  last  year's  growth  may  be  taken  away.  They 
grow  in  almost  any  soil ,  but  best  in  a  light  and  well  drained 
one,  and  most  of  the  Californian  species  prefer  a  sunny 
position.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  and  by  cuttings 
of  mature  wood  in  autumn,  inserted  in  a  coldframe  or 
greenhouse  ;  softwood  cuttings  also  grow  readily  if 
taken  in  early  spring  from  forced  plants.  Sometimes 
increased  by  layers,  and  the  varieties  and  hybrids  by 
grafting  on  roots  of  C.  Americanus  under  glass  in  early 
spring  ;  the  cions  must  be  fresh  and  with  leaves,  taken 
from  plants  kept  in  the  greenhouse  during  the  winter. 

A.  Lvs.  alternate. 
B.   Margins  of  Ivs.  serrate  or  crenate. 

c.   Fls.  white. 
D.   Foliage  deciduous. 

Americanus,  Linn.  Fig.  390.  Low,  e*ect  shrub,  to  3  ft. ; 
Ivs.  ovate,  usually  acute,  finely  and  irregularly  serrate, 
bright  green  and  dull  above,  paler  and  pubescent  or 
nearly  glabrous  beneath,  l%-3  in.  long:  fls.  in  terminal 
and  axillary  panicles  on  slender  peduncles,  forming 
large,  corymbose  panicles.  July-Sept.  From  Canada  to 
S.  Carolina  and  Texas.  B.M.  1479.  —  Common  in  dry 
woods  and  making  a  profusion  of  bloom,  which,  bow- 
ever,  is  short-lived.  Many  hybrids  have  been  raised 
from  this  species  in  Eu.  (see  C.  hybridus).  Var.  inter- 
medius,  Trel.  ( C.  intermedius,  Pursh) ,  has  smaller,  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate  Ivs.  and  the  fls.  in  small,  very  slen- 
der, peduncled.  short  racemes  or  panicles.  Tennessee  to 
S.  Carolina. 

ovatus,Desf.  (C.  ovalis,  Bigel.).  Low  shrub:  Ivs.  ellip- 
tic to  elliptic-lanceolate,  obtuse  or  acute,  crenulate-ser- 
rate,  nearly  glabrous,  glossy  above,  1-2  in.  long:  inflores- 
cence like  the  former,  but  usually  smaller.  New  England 
to  Colorado  and  Alabama. 


CEANOTHUS 

sangnineus,  Pursh  (C.  Oreganus,  Nutt. ).  Tall  shrub, 
with  purple  or  reddish  glabrous  branches:  Ivs.  orbicular 
to  ovate  or  obovate,  obtuse,  serrate,  nearly  glabrous, 
1-3  in.  long:  fls.  in  rather  long,  narrow  panicles,  on  stout, 
leafless  peduncles,  axillary,  from  branches  of  the  previous 
year.  May,  June.  Brit.  Columbia  to  Calif.  B.M.  5177. 

DD.   Foliage  persistent,  shining  above,  canescent 
beneath. 

velutinus,  Dougl.  Tall  shrub  :  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic, 
mostly  subcordate,  obtuse,  serrate,  dark  green  and  gla- 
brous above,  2-3  in.  long  :  fls.  in  large,  compound  pani- 
cles at  the  ends  of  the  branches.  June,  July.  Brit. 
Columbia  to  Colo,  and  Calif.  B.M.  5165. 

cc.   Fls.  blue,  purplish  or  pink :  Ivs.  half  evergreen. 

birsutus,  Nutt.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  villous 
branches:  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic  or  ovate,  rounded  or  cor- 
date at  the  base,  obtuse  or  acute,  with  glandular  teeth, 
villous  and  usually  green  beneath,  %-2  in.  long  :  fls. 
deep  blue  to  purplish,  in  narrow  panicles,  1-2  in.  long. 
April,  May.  Calif.- Var.  Orcutti,  Trel.  (C.  Orcutti,  Tor- 
rey).  Fls.  blue,  paler:  fr.  loosely  villous. 

thyrsiflorus,  Eschsch.  Shrub  or  small  tree  :  Ivs.  ob- 
long, obtuse,  crenate-serrate,  nearly  glabrous,  l-l^in. 
long  :  fls.  blue,  rarely  white,  in  narrow  panicles,  about 
3  in.  long.  May-July.  Oregon  to  Calif.  B.R.  30:38. 
S.S.  2 :  64.  G.C.  Ill,  20 :  363.  —A  very  fine,  free-flowering 
species  of  beautiful  blue  color.  Probably  natural  hybrids 
of  this  species  are  :  C.  Veitchidnus,  Hook.  (C.  thyrsi- 
florus xrigidus),  with  deep  blue  fls.  in  dense  panicled 
clusters;  B.M.  5127;  F.S.  13:1383,  and  C.  Lobbianus, 
Hook.  (C.  thyrsiflorusxdentatus),  with  deep  blue  fls., 
in  oval,  peduncled,  solitary  clusters.  B.M.  4810  (4811  by 
error).  F.S.  10:1016. 


CEDRELA 


265 


390.  Ceanothus  Americanus  (X 


hybridus,  Hort.  Hybrids  of  garden  origin,  chiefly  be- 
tween C.  Americanus  or  C.  ovatus  and  C.  thyrsiflorus 
or  C.  azureus,  mostly  raised  in  French  nurseries.  Some 
of  the  most  distinct  are  :  Albus-plenus,  with  double 
white  fls.;  Atrocceruleus  purpureus,  fls.  blue,  foliage 
purple  when  young  ;  Arnoldi,  fls.  sky-blue,  in  large 
panicles  ;  Gloire  de  Versailles,  with  bright  blue,  large 
panicles  ;  Gloire  de  Plantieres,  fls.  dark  blue,  in  large 
panicles  ;  Marie  Simon,  fls.  flesh-colored  ;  Rbseus,  fls. 
pink.  R.H.1875:30. 


BB.   Margins  of  Ivs.  entire  or  nearly  so:  half  evergreen. 

Fendleri,  Gray.  Low,  prostrate  and  spiny  shrub:  Ivs. 
oval,  rounded  or  nearly  acute  at  both  ends,  entire,  rarely 
finely  serrulate,  grayish  green,  minutely  tomentose  be- 
neath, K-l  in.  long:  fls.  white,  in  short  racemes,  termi- 
nal, on  short,  lateral  branchlets.  June,  July.  From  S. 
Dakota  to  New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  — A  very  graceful 
and  free-flowering  shrub  of  almost  creeping  habit,  well 
adapted  for  covering  dry,  sandy  banks  ;  half  evergreen 
and  hardy  north. 

integerrimus,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Tall,  erect  shrub, with  gla- 
brescent  branches  :  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic  or  ovate,  spar- 
ingly hairy  or  glabrous,  bright  green  beneath,  1-3  in. 
long  :  fls.  blue,  sometimes  white,  fragrant,  in  3-6-in. 
long,  narrow  panicles.  April-June.  Washington  to  Calif, 
and  S.  E.  Arizona. 

divaricatus,  Nutt.  Tall,  erect  shrub,  with  usually  glau- 
cous branches  and  often  spiny  :  Ivs.  ovate,  obtuse  or 
nearly  acute,  glaucous  and  glabrous  or  grayish  tomen- 
tose, %-l  in.  long:  fls.  pale  blue,  sometimes  whitish,  in 
2-3  in.  long,  narrow  panicles.  April-June.  Calif. 

AA.   Lvs.  opposite,  persistent. 

cuneatus,  Nutt.  Tall,  much-branched  shrub:  Ivs.  spatu- 
late  or  cuneate-obovate,  mostly  obtuse,  entire,  minutely 
tomentose  beneath,  %-l  in.  long  :  fls.  white,  in  small 
clusters  along  the  branches.  March-May.  Oregon  to 
Calif.  B.H.  8:  170. 

prostratus,  Benth.  Procumbent  shrub  :  Ivs.  cuneate, 
obovate  or  spatulate,  coarsely  and  pungently  toothed, 
sometimes  only  3-pointed  at  the  apex,  often  minutely 
silky  when  young,  K-l  in.  long  :  fls.  blue,  in  clusters, 
terminal  on  short  branchlets.  Spring.  Washington  to 
Calif. 

C.  Africdnus,  Linn.=Noltea  Afrieana.  —  C.  atrocceruleus  pur- 
pureus, see  C.  hybridus.—  C.  azureus,  Desf.  Low  shrub  :  Ivs. 
membranaceous,  oblong,  serrate,  pubescent :  fls.  blue,  in  large 
panicles.  Summer.  Mexico.  L.B.C.  2:110.  B.R.  4: 291.  P.M. 
2:74.  Under  this  name  a  hybrid  of  this  species  with  C.  Ameri- 
canus is  often  cultivated.—  C.  bicolor,  HBK.=  C.  azureus.—  C. 
cceruleus,  Lag.=  C.  azureus.—  C.  dentdtus,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Low 
shrub  :  Ivs.  oblong,  penninerved,  dentate,  glandular-papillate 
above,  loosely  hairy  :  fls.  blue,  in  peduncled  clusters.  Calif. 
F.S.  6:567,  2.  B.H.  3:101.— C.  dentdtus,  var.  floribundus.  Trel. 
(C.  floribundus,  Hook.).  Fl. -clusters  numerous,  nearly  sessile: 
Ivs.  smaller.  B.M.  4806.  F.S.  10:977.  I.H.  7:238.  B.H.  5:129. 
C.  folibsus,  Parry.  Low  shrub  :  Ivs.  small,  broadly  elliptic, 
glandular-toothed,  slightly  hairy,  pale  or  glaucous  beneath:  fls. 
deep  blue,  in  numerous  small  clusters.  Calif.—  C.  intermedius, 
Pursh=C.  Americanus,  var.  intermedius.—  C.  Icevigdtus,  Dougl. 
Tall  shrub:  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic,  serrate,  glabrous,  glaucous  be- 
neath: fls.  yellowish  white,  in  large  panicles.  Calif.—  C.  Lobbi- 
dnus,  Hook.,  see  C.  thyrsiflorus.— C.  microphyllus ,  Michx.  Low 
shrub:  Ivs.  very  small,  obovate  or  elliptic,  nearly  glabrous:  fls. 
white,  in  small,  short -peduncled  clusters.  Florida.—  C.  Ore- 
gdnus,  Nutt.=  C.  sanguineus.—  C.  Orcutti,  Parry  =  C.  hirsutus, 
var.  Orcutti.—  C.  papilldsus,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Low  shrub :  Ivs. 
narrow-oblong,  dentate,  glandular-papillate  above,  villous  be- 
neath :  fls.  deep  blue,  in  peduncled,  axillary  oblong  clusters. 
Calif.  B.M.  4815.  F.S.  6:567, 1.  P.F.G.  1.  p.  74.  R.H.  1850:321.— 
C.  Pdrryi,  Trel.  Large  shrub:  Ivs.  elliptic  or  ovate,  denticulate, 
cobwebby  beneath :  fls.  deep  blue,  in  peduncled,  narrow  panicles. 
Calif.—  C.  rigidus,  Nutt.  Rigid,  much-branched  shrub :  Ivs. 
opposite,  cuneate-obovate,  denticulate,  usually  glabrous,  small: 
fls.  blue,  in  small,  nearly  sessile,  axillary  clusters.  Calif.  B.M. 
4660  (as  C.  verrucosus)  and  4664.—  C.  Veitchidnus,  Hook.,  see 
C.  thyrsiflorus.—  C.  verrucosus,  Nutt.  Low  shrub:  Ivs.  mostly 
alternate,  roundish  obovate,  emarginate,  denticulate,  nearly- 
glabrous,  small:  fls.  white,  in  small,  axillary  clusters  along  the 
branches.  Calif.—  C.  verrucbsus,  Hook.—  C.  rigidus. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CEDRELA  (from  Cedrus,  the  wood  resembling  that 
of  Cedrus).  Meliacece.  Tall  trees,  with  alternate,  usu- 
ally abruptly  pinnate  Ivs.,  without  stipules  ;  Ifts.  peti- 
oled,  entire  or  slightly  serrate  :  fls.  inconspicuous,  whit- 
ish, usually  perf  ect,  5-merous,  in  large,  pendulous,  termi- 
nal panicles ;  the  5  petals  forming  a  tube  with  spreading 
limb  :  fr.  a  capsule,  dehiscent,  with  5  teeth,  with  many 
flat,  winged  seeds.  Eight  species  in  trop.  Amer.  and  8, 
forming  the  subgenus  Toona,  in  E.  India  and  Australia. 
Tall,  ornamental  trees,  and  well  adapted  for  avenues  ; 
only  hardy  in  S.  Calif,  and  in  the  Gulf  states,  except 
C.  Sinensis.  The  wood  of  some  species  is  known  as 
cedar  wood,  and  much  valued  for  making  furniture  and 
boxes.  They  thrive  best  in  rich  loam,  and  are  prop,  by 
seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood,  and,  also,  by  root- 
cuttings,  all  with  bottom  heat. 


266 


CEDRELA 


CEDRUS 


Ailanthus. 
Cedrela  on  the  right  (X  %). 


A.   Lfts.  10-25,  quite  glabrous. 

Sinensis,  Juss.  Fig.  391.  Tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  long- 
petioled,  10-20  in.  long  ;  Ifts.  10-22,  oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  slightly  and  remotely  serrate, 
4-8  in.  long  :  fls.  white,  in  very  long,  pendulous  ra- 
cemes :  fr.  oblong  or  obo- 
vate,  about  1  in.  long.  June. 
China.  R.H.  1891,  p.  574-75, 
and  1875,  p.  87.  Gng.  4:1.- 
Ornamental  tree,  with  large, 
feathery  foliage ;  very  valu- 
able for  avenues ;  similar  to 
Ailanthus,  and  nearly  of  the 
same  hardiness,  but  of  more 
regular  and  dense  growth, 
and  without  the  disagreeable 
odor  when  flowering.  Ailan- 
thus can  be  easily  distin- 
guished by  the  few  coarse 
teeth  near  the  base  of  the 
Ifts.,  each  bearing  a  large 
gland  beneath  (Fig.  391). 

serrata,  Royle.  Tree,  to 
70  ft. :  Ivs.  usually  odd-pin- 
nate, 15-20  in.  long ;  Ifts. 
15-25,  ovate-lanceolate  or 
ovate-acuminate,  irregularly 
serrate,  glaucous  beneath: 

391.  Leaflets  of  Cedrela  and  panicles  long,  pendulous  : 
fls.  fragrant.  Himalayas.— 
This  is  probably  the  hardi- 
est of  the  tropical  species. 
Closely  allied  to  this  species  is  C.  Toona,  Roxb.,  from 
E.  India,  but  Ivs.  abruptly  pinnate,  and  Ifts.  usually 
entire. 

Odorata,  Linn.  Tree,  to  80  ft. :  Ivs.  10-20  in.  long;  Ifts. 
12-20,  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  nearly  entire,  4-6  in. 
long:  panicles  shorter  than  the  Ivs.:  fr.  oblong,  almost 
1%  in.  long.  W.  India.  — The  cedar  wood  comes  mostly 
from  this  species. 

AA.    Lfts.  6-10,  finely  ciliate. 

Dugesi.Wats.  Tree:  Ivs.  10-15 in.  long;  Ifts.  cuneate, 
ovate-lanceolate,  long  and  slender  acuminate,  nearly 
entire,  shining  above,  4-6  in.  long:  panicles  rather  com- 
pact, much  shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Mexico. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CEDKONELLA  (a  little  Cedar,  from  the  odor  of  C. 
triphylla,  a  species  from  the  Canary  Islands,  sometimes 
called  "Balm  of  Gilead").  Labiatce.  Eight  species  of 
herbs  or  shrubs,  allied  to  Dracocephalum.  The  two  na- 
tive kinds  described  below  are  compact,  free-flowering 
border  perennials,  with  aromatic  Ivs.  and  numerous 
showy,  purplish  pink  fls.  with  blue  stamens,  and  borne 
in  dense  whorls  on  long  racemes  or  spikes.  They  are 
not  quite  hardy  north,  and  should  have  a  sheltered, 
sunny  position,  or  some  winter  protection. 

cana,  Hook.  Height  2K-3  ft.:  stems  hard,  square, 
subshrubby:  branches  numerous,  especially  at  the  base, 
opposite,  hoary  with  a  minute  pubescence:  upper  Ivs. 
small,  K-1K  in.  long,  entire,  hoary,  numerous  near  the 
fls.,  ovate  ;  lower  Ivs.  larger,  cordate-ovate,  dentate- 
serrate  :  spikes  numerous  :  whorls  dense,  15  or  more 
fld. :  corolla  1  in.  long,  limb  5-cleft,  the  lowest  lobe 
largest,  crenate,  revolute.  June-Oct.  Mex.  and  N.  Mex. 

Mexicana,  Benth.  (Gardbquia  betonicoldes ,  Lindl.). 
Height  1-3  ft.:  root  creeping:  Ivs.  l%-2%  in.  long, 
ovate-lanceolate  (the  lower  ones  cordate),  crenate-den- 
tate,  becoming  purplish  below,  petioled  :  fls.  very  like 
above,  bright  pink.  Mex.,  Mts.  S.Ariz.  B.M.  3860.- 
Rarer  in  cult,  than  above.  Lvs.  larger,  longer  and  fewer. 

triphylla,  Moench (Dracocephalum  Cana+iense,  Linn.). 
BALM  OF  GILEAD.  Shrubby:  leaflets  3,  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late :  fls.  purple  or  white,  in  loose  spicate  whorls.  Aro- 
matic plant  from  Canary  Is.  Three  to  4  ft. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

CEDRUS  (Kedros,  ancient  Greek  name).  Coniferce. 
CEDAR.  Large  evergreen  trees,  with  quadrangular,  stiff, 
fasciculate  Ivs.:  fls.  monoecious,  forminir  cylindrical  cat- 
kins: cones  ovate,  3-5  in.  long,  with  iiroad,  closely  imbri- 


cate  bracts,  attaining  maturity  in  two  or  three  years  ; 
seeds  winged.  Three  closely  allied  species  in  N.  Africa, 
Asia  Minor  and  Himalayas.  Large  ornamental  Conifers, 
with  wide-spreading  branches,  very  distinct  in  habit 
from  most  other  Conifers  ;  not  hardy  north,  but  the 
hardiest,  C.  Atlantica,  may  be  grown  as  far  north  as 
New  York  in  sheltered  positions,  while  C.  Deodara  can 
be  only  grown  safely  in  Calif,  and  S.  states.  The  very 
durable  and  fragrant  wood  of  all  species  is  highly 
valued.  The  Cedars  prefer  well-drained,  loamy  soil, 
and  will  also  grow  in  sandy  clay,  if  there  is  no  stagnant 
moisture.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring  ;  the  varieties 
by  veneer  grafting,  in  late  summer  or  in  fall,  on  seed- 
lings of  C.  Atlantica;  or,  in  warmer  regions,  on  G. 
Deodara  ;  they  grow  also  from  cuttings,  if  the  small 
shoots  are  selected  which  spring  occasionally  from  the 
old  wood.  Plants  of  this  genus  are  the  true  Cedars  ; 
but  trees  of  other  genera  are  often  called  Cedar.  See 
Chamcecyparis,  Juniperus,  and  Thuya;  also  Cedrela. 

A.   Branches  stiff,  not  drooping  :  cones  truncate, 
and  often  concave  at  the  apex. 

Atlantica,  Manetti.  Fig.  392.  Large,  pyramidal  tree, 
to  120  ft.,  with  upright  leading  shoots  :  Ivs.  mostly  less 
than  1  in.  long,  usually  thicker  than  broad,  rigid,  glau- 
cous-green :  cones  2-3  in.  long,  light  brown.  N.  Africa. 
Gng.  2: 163.  G.F.9:417.  R.H.  1890,  p.  32.  Var.  glauca, 
Hort.  Foliage  glaucous,  with  silvery  hue  ;  a  very  de- 
sirable and  vigorous  form.  Var.  fasti  giata,  Carr.  Of 
upright  columnar  habit.  R.H.  1890,  p.  32. 

Libani,  Barr.  Large  tree,  with  wide  spreading,  hori- 
zontal branches,  forming  a  broad  head  when  older,  lead- 
ing shoot  nodding  :  Ivs.  1  in.  or  longer,  broader  than 
thick,  dark  or  bright  green,  sometimes  bluish  or  silvery: 
cones  3-4  in.  long,  brown.  Lebanon,  Taurus,  S.  Ana- 
tolia and  N.  Africa.  Gng.  5:65.  Mn.l:39.  G.F.8:335. 
Gn.  48,  p.  237.  Var.  argentea,  Loud.  With  blue  or  sil- 
very hue.  Var.  nana,  Loud.  Dwarf  form. 


392.  Cedrus  Atlantica. 

AA.    Branches  and  leading  shoot  pendulous  : 

cones  obtuse. 

Deodara,  Loud.  Tall  tree,  of  pyramidal  habit,  to  150 
ft.:  Ivs.  1-2  in.  long,  dark  bluish  green,  rigid,  as  thick 
as  broad  :  cones  3%-5  in.  long,  reddish  brown.  Himal. 


CEDRUS 


CELERIAC 


267 


Ong.  2:8.  Var.  argentea,  Hort.  Lvs.  with  silvery  hue. 
Var.  viridis,  Hort.  Lvs.  bright  green.  Var.  robusta, 
Hort.  Lvs.  about  2  in.  long,  very  rigid. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CEIBA.     See  Jfriodendron. 
CELANDINE.    See  Chelidonium. 

CELASTBUS  (Kelastros,  ancient  Greek  name).  Celas- 
trdceif.  Shrubs,  usually  climbing,  with  alternate,  peti- 
oled,  usually  deciduous  and  serrate  glabrous  Ivs.:  fls. 
polygamous,  5-merous,  inconspicuous,  greenish  white, 
in  axillary  or  terminal  panicles  or  racemes  :  fr.  a  cap- 
sule, dehiscent  into  3  valves,  each  containing  1  or  2 
seeds,  enclosed  in  a  fleshy  crimson  aril.  About  26  spe- 
cies in  S.  and  E.Asia,  Australia  and  America.  Hardy 
ornamental  shrubs,  very  effective  by  their  bright-colored 
fruit  remaining  usually  throughout  the  winter  ;  they 
are  very  valuable  for  covering  trellis-work,  trees  or 
rocks  and  walls.  They  grow  in  almost  any  soil  and 
situation,  and  as  well  in  shaded  as  in  sunny  positions. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  fall  or  stratified,  and  by  root- 
buttings  or  layers  ;  suckers  are  freely  produced,  and 
become  sometimes  a  nuisance  in  nurseries  ;  they  can  be 
also  increased  by  cuttings  of  mature  and  of  soft  wood. 
The  species  with  perfect  fls.  in  axillary  cymes  and  with 
evergreen  Ivs.,  being  rigid  and  often  spiny  shrubs,  are 
now  included  under  Gymnosporia,  which  see. 

scandens,  Linn.  FALSE  BITTER  SWEET.  Fig.  393. 
High,  climbing  to  20  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  crenate-serrate,  glabrous,  2-4  in. 
long  :  fls.  in  terminal,  many-fld.  panicles  or  racemes  : 
fr.  about  Kin.  in  diam.,  orange-yellow,  with  crimson 
seeds.  Canada  to  S.  Dakota  and  N.  Mexico.  Em.  545. 
A. G.  11:29,31.  G.F.5:569.  Gng.  5:119. 

orbiculatus,  Thunbg.  ( C.  articulcLtus ,  Thunbg. ) .  High 
climbing  shrub  :  Ivs.  cuneate,  suborbicular  to  oblong  or 
obovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  crenate-serrate,  2-3  in. 
long  :  fr.  globular,  orange-yellow,  with  crimson  seeds. 
Japan,  China.  B.M.  7599.  G.F.3:550.  A.F.9:534.  G. 
C.  111,23:  29.  Gng.  5: 119.  Var.  punctatus,  Rehder  (C. 
punctcttus,  Thunb.).  A  less  vigorous  grower,  with 
smaller,  elliptic  Ivs.  C.  orbiculatus  is  of  more  vigorous 
growth  than  the  former  species,  and  fruits  very  pro- 
fusely, but  the  fruits  are  hidden  by  the  foliage,  and  are 
not  very  conspicuous  until  the  Ivs.  have  fallen,  while  C. 
scandens  bears  its  fruits  above  the  Ivs. 


back  as  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  although 
writers  for  a  century  or  more  previous  to  this  time  made 
references  which  would  seem  to  relate  to  this  vegetable, 
but  the  identity  is  obscure.  Its  origin  was  probably  the 
same  as  that  of  the  common  garden  celery,  of  which  it 


paniculatus,  Willd.  (C.  deptndens,  Wall.).  Branches 
with  white  lenticels,  pendulous:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong  or 
obovate :  fls.  in  terminal  pendulous  panicles.  Himalayas. 
Not  hardy  N. 

C.  nutans,  Hort.  Reasoner.not  Roxbg.=Quisqualis  Indica.— 
C.  Orixa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.=Orixa  Japonica. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CELERIAC  (Apium  gravdolens,  Linn.,  var.  rapa- 
ceum,  DC.).  Umbelliferce.  Fig.  394.  An  offshoot  of  the 
celery  species,  producing  an  edible  root  instead  of 
edible  leaves.  Just  how  long  Celeriac,  or  Turnip-rooted 
Celery,  has  been  in  cultivation  is  unknown.  Its  history 
as  a  garden  vegetable  can  be  traced  definitely  as  far 


394.   Celeriac  (X%). 

is  doubtless  a  state  wherein  the  root  has  become  en- 
larged and  edible.  This  form  is  supposed  to  be  the  one 
most  remotely  removed  from  the  wild  state. 

Celeriac  is  very  little  grown  in  this  country,  and  to 
Americans  is  almost  unknown,  but  it  is  much  prized  in 
Europe.  It  is  cultivated  chiefly  where  there  is  a  Ger- 
man population.  Fifteen  or  20  varieties  are  mentioned 
in  the  seed  catalogues,  but  there  is  very  little  difference 
in  the  various  sorts,  some  seedsmen  even  making  no 
distinction  between  varieties,  but  catalogue  the  plant 
simply  as  Celeriac. 

In  general,  the  culture  is  the  same  as  for  celery,  ex- 
cept that  no  blanching  is  required,  since  it  is  the  enlarged 
root  which  constitutes  the  edible  portion.  Sow  the  seed 
during  the  spring  in  a  well-prepared  seed-bed,  prefera- 
bly in  a  more  or  less  shaded  location.  A  coldframe  or  a 
spent  hotbed  is  a  good  place.  The  seed  is  slow  to  ger- 
minate, and  must  be  kept  well  watered.  When  the 
plants  are  2  or  3  inches  tall,  they  ought  to  be  trans- 
planted ;  about  3  inches  apart  each  way  is  a  good  dis- 
tance to  place  them  at  this  handling.  Later,  again 
transplant  them  to  the  open  ground,  in  rows  about  2 
feet  apart  and  6  or  8  inches  distant  in  the  row.  The 
soil  should  be  a  rich,  light  loam  well  supplied  with 
moisture. 

The  seed  may  be  sown  where  the  plants  are  to  remain, 
and  thinned  to  the  required  distance,  but  stronger, 
more  stocky  plants  are  obtained  by  transplanting  as 
above  directed. 

Plants  thus  treated  will  be  ready  fpr  fall  and  winter 
use.  If  they  are  desired  for  earlier  use,  the  seeds  may 
be  sown  in  a  mild  hotbed  and  transplanted  to  the  open 
as  soon  as  the  ground  is  in  good  condition  in  the  spring. 
Aside  from  frequent  tillage,  Celeriac  requires  but  little 
attention  during  growth.  It  is  a  frequent  practice 
among  growefs  to  remove  a  little  of  the  earth  from 
about  the  plants  after  the  root  has  become  well  enlarged, 
and  to  cut  off  the  lateral  roots.  This  tends  to  make  the 
main  root  grow  larger,  smoother  and  more  symmetrical 
in  shape. 

For  winter  use,  the  plants  may  be  protected  with 
earth  and  straw  sufficient  to  keep  out  frost,  or  packed 
in  moist  sand  and  placed  in  a  cool  cellar. 

The  principal  use  of  Celeriac  is  for  the  flavoring  of 
soups  and  stews,  but  it  is  also  served  in  several  other 


268 


CELERIAC 


CELERY 


ways.  It  may  be  boiled  and  eaten  with  a  white  sauce, 
like  cauliflower  ;  as  a  salad,  either  first  being  cooked 
as  beets  or  turnips,  or  else  cut  up  into  small  pieces  and 
used  raw  ;  when  boiled,  sliced  and  served  with  oil  and 
vinegar,  it  forms  the  dish  known  as  "celery  salad."  An 
extract  may  be  obtained  from  it  which  is  said  to  have 
certain  medicinal  properties.  jj.  P.  GOULD. 

CELEEY  (Apium  grareolens,  Linn.).  Umbellifera. 
Annual  or  biennial  plants:  leaf-stalks  6-15  in.  long, 
bearing  3  pairs  and  a  terminal  leaflet,  all  of 
which  are  coarsely  serrate  and  more  or  less 
ternately  lobed  or  divided :  flower  stalk  2-3 
ft.  high,  branched  and  leafy,  bearing  nu- 
merous rather  small  compound  umbels  of 
inconspicuous  white  flowers:  fruit  small, 
flattened  on  the  sides,  broader  than  long. 
An  ounce  contains  between  60,000  and 
70,000  seeds. 

Celery  is  known  in  America  only  as  a 
garden  vegetable,  and  is  cultivated  mainly 
for  the  leaf  stalks,  which  are  blanched  and 
eaten  raw  with  salt,  made  into  salads,  or 
boiled  and  served  like  asparagus.  Celery 
roots,  leaves  and  seeds  are  also  used  in  fla- 
voring soups,  meats,  etc.  The  garden  form 
resembles  wild  celery,  which  grows  over  a 
wide  range  in  Europe  and  Asia,  but  the 
plants  are  less  acrid  and  pungent  and  the 
leaf -stalks  are  much  larger  and  more  meaty  and  solid. 
Ancient  writers  left  little  definite  information  about  this 
plant,  and  it  is  doubtful  if  its  cultivation  as  a  staple  gar- 
den vegetable  really  began  until  after  the  Middle  Ages. 
Previous  to  that  time  it  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
clearly  distinguished  from  parsley,  which  was  mainly 
used  at  funeral  ceremonies,  and  not  at  all  as  a  salad 
plant.  It  is  supposed  that  the  Selinon  mentioned  by 
Homer  in  the  Odyssey  was  wild  celery,  and  it  has  also 
been  stated  that  Dioscorides  distinguished  between  the 
wild  and  the  cultivated  forms  of  this  plant,  but  later 
writers  were  singularly  silent  about  garden  celery  until 
the  seventeenth  century.  In  1629  Parkinson  wrote  that 
"sellery"was  a  rarity  in  England.  It  seems  to  have 
been  introduced  there  from  Italy,  where  its  cultivation 
as  a  garden  vegetable  probably  began.  In  1699  John 
Evelyn  wrote  of  "sellery"as  Apium  Itallcum,  and  de- 
scribed it  as  a  hot  and  more  generous  form  of  Mace- 
donian parsley  or  smallage,  which,  he  stated,  for  its 
high  and  grateful  taste  was  ever  placed  in  the  middle 
of  the  Grand  Sallet  at  the  great  men's  tables  and 
Praetors'  Feasts  as  the  grace  of  the  whole  board.  Dur- 
ing the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  celery  was 
frequently  called  smallage  in  England  and  ache  in 
France,  but  now  these  names  have  fallen  into  disuse. 
Until  about  1850  celery  was  grown  in  trenches ;  later 
level  culture  was  gradually  adopted.  For  20  or  25  years 
following  1850  celery  was  used  almost  entirely  as  a  win- 
ter vegetable.  The  plants  were  only  partially  blanched 


-».  ft: 


The  demand  for  earlier  celery  increased  after  1875  or 
1880.  The  introduction  of  two  new  kinds  of  celery  a  few 
years  later,  namely  the  White  Plume  and  the  Paris 
Golden,  both  with  distinct  self-blanching  tendencies, 
gave  a  fresh  impetus  to  the  cultivation  and  the  con- 
sumption of  early  celery.  These  new  kinds  were  more 
attractive  as  table  decorations,  and  they  were  also  more 
easily  grown  and  blanched  than  any  varieties  previously 
cultivated.  Soon  after  their  introduction  boards  began 
to  be  used  in  the  place  of  earth  in  blanching  early 


395.  Celery  planted  thick,  and  the  patch  edged  with 
boards. 

in  the  field,  then  lifted  and  placed  in  trenches  or  celery 
pits,  where  they  remained  until  the  blanching  process 
was  completed,  being  taken  out  from  time  to  time  dur- 
ing the  winter.  Celery  is  reported  as  naturalized  on  the 
coast  of  southern  California,  and  as  escaped  from  culti- 
vation in  southeastern  Virginia. 


396.   The  last  earthing-up  of  Celery. 

celery.  This  proved  a  decided  advantage  to  growers 
because  the  rows  could  be  from  2%  to  3  feet  apart  in- 
stead of  4  or  5  feet,  as  was  necessary  before,  and  also 
less  labor  was  required  in  caring  for  the  crop  and  pre- 
paring it  for  market.  With  the  new  varieties  and  im- 
proved methods  of  blanching,  early  celery  began  to  be 
grown  on  a  large  scale  after  1885,  and  now  large  markets 
are  supplied  with  Celery  throughout  the  entire  year. 

STARTING  THE  PLANTS.  — Celery  seed  is  usually  sown 
in  frames  where  there  is  but  little  artificial  heat.  The 
seeds  germinate  slowly,  and  the  seedlings  require  about 
three  months  after  the  seed  is  planted  to  mature  suffi- 
ciently to  be  set  in  the  field.  Sowings  for  the  early  crop 
begin  in  January,  and  those  for  the  late  crop  about  the 
middle  of  March  in  the  northern  states.  The  seed  is 
sown  broadcast,  and  when  the  plants  are  large  enough 
to  handle  they  are  transplanted  into  other  frames,  being 
set  2  or  3  inches  apart  each  way.  The  soil  in  these 
frames,  and  also  where  the  seed  is  sown,  is  made  very 
f  ertile.to  insure  a  strong  growth 
of  both  roots  and  foliage.  After 
being  transplanted  the  plants 
are  allowed  to  remain  in  the 
frames  only  long  enough  to 
send  out  a  new  set  of  roots  and 
leaves.  If  for  any  reason  the 
plants  remain  in  the  frames  too 
long,  they  often  go  to  seed  pre- 
maturely when  set  in  the  field. 
This  is  much  more  likely  to  oc- 
cur with  the  early  than  with  the 
late  crops. 

FIELD  CULTURE.—  Moist, 
peaty  soil  is  preferred,  but  cel- 
ery is  successfully  grown  on 
clayey  and  even  sandy  soils, 
when  these  are  highly  fertilized 
and  irrigated.  Level  culture  is 
now  generally  practiced,  the  old 
method,  in  which  plants  were 
set  in  single  or  double  rows  in 
trenches  (Fig.  397)  being  nearly 
obsolete.  The  plants  are  set 
from  6  inches  to  a  foot  apart  in  the  rows,  and  the  rows 
from  2%  to  3%  feet  apart.  Early  and  late  varieties  are 
often  set  in  alternate  rows.  Boards  are  used  to  blanch 
the  plants  that  mature  first,  and  when  these  are  out  of 
the  way  there  is  room  to  bank  the  remaining  rows  with 
earth  (Fig.  396). 

Celery  plants  are  also  set  7  or  8  inches  apart  each  way 
in  beds.  This  method  requires  intensive  culture.  The 
plants  must  be  frequently  fertilized  and  copiously 
watered  during  their  growth.  In  this  case  the  crowding 
of  the  leaves  is  sufficient  to  blanch  the  stalks  of  the 


397.  The  old  method 
of  growing  Celery 
in  trenches.  Plants 
are  sometimes  stored 
for  winter  in  such 
trenches. 


CELERY 


CELERY 


269 


Paris  Golden,  whii-h  is  the  variety  generally  grown  in 
this  way,  and  boards  are  used  only  around  the  outside 
of  the  beds  (Fig.  395).  This  method  is  known  as  the 
"New  Celery  Culture, "or  Niven's  method. 

BLANCHING.  — When  the  weather  is  warm  in  summer 
celery  often  blanches  in  two  weeks  after  boards  are  set 
up  beside  the  rows,  but  later  in  the  fall  it  takes  three  or 
four  weeks,  and  the  winter  varieties  are  often  banked 
with  earth  considerably  longer  than  this  and  then  placed 
in  celery  pits,  where  the  blanching  process  continues. 
Hemlock  boards  an  inch  thick,  a  foot  wide  and  12  feet 
long,  are  largely  used  for  blanching  summer  celery. 
These  are  placed  on  edge  beside  the  rows  and  drawn 
nearly  together  at  the  top,  where  they  are  held  by  small 
•wooden  cleats.  When  thus  placed  the  boards  enclose 
the  entire  plants,  with  the  exception  of  ends  of  scatter- 
ing leaves,  which  project  above  them.  In  market  gar- 
dens these  boards  are  moved  from  one  field  to  another 
after  the  crops  mature,  and  kept  in  constant  use  from 
the  middle  of  June  until  late  in  November.  When  freez- 
ing weather  is  expected,  the  remaining  plants  of  the 
early  varieties  are  lifted  and  set  in  beds  in  the  field, 
where  they  are  enclosed  on  the  sides  and  covered  as 
•closely  as  circumstances  may  require  with  the  boards. 

Late  celery  is  blanched  mainly  by  hanking  with  earth, 
the  earth  being  thrown  up  against  the  plants  at  two  or 
three  different  times;  first,  the  base  of  the  bank  is 
thrown  up  about  one  foot  high,  the  leaves  being  held 
together  during  the  operation  to  prevent  the  soil  from 
filling  in  between  the  stalks.  The  top  of  this  bank  is 
left  broad  and  dishing  so  that  the  plants  can  be  watered. 
Two  or  three  weeks  later  the  bank  is  raised  8  inches  or  a 
foot  higher,  and  often  it  is  again  raised,  the  top  of  the 
highest  banks  being  about  3  feet  above  the  ditches  be- 
tween the  rows.  The  plow  is  used  in  loosening  the  soil, 
but  the  banking  is  mainly  done  by  hand.  The  old  method 
of  growing  celery  intrenches  (Fig.  397)  in  order  to  bleach 
it  is  now  entirely  obsolete  in  this  country.  A  well-hilled 
field  is  shown  in  Fig.  396. 

Celery  is  sometimes  blanched  by  wrapping  the  plants 
in  thick  paper  (Fig.  398),  or  by  placing  large  pieces  of 
drain  tile  over  them. 

PREPARATION  FOR  MARKET.— After  pulling,  the  celery 
is  trimmed,  then  taken  to  the  packing  room,  where  it  is 
washed  and  tied  in  bunches,  the  bunches  being  from  3 
to  4  inches  in  diameter  and  containing  from  2  to  6 
"heads" or  plants.  The  root  is  cut  to  a  point,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  399.  After  bunching,  it  is  packed  in  cases  of 
various  patterns  which  hold  from  2  to  5  dozen  bunches 
each.  A  common  style  of  celery  crate,  for  the  marketing 
of  trimmed  plants,  is  shown  in  Fig.  400.  Sometimes 
celery,  especially  the  early  crop  and  for  nearby  markets, 
is  not  trimmed  at  the  roots ;  but  the  roots  are  left  intact, 
the  plant  washed  and  stripped  of  its  dead  and  broken 
leaves  and  then  shipped  in  a  tray  which  holds  water. 
Fig.  401  shows  Niven's  tray,  used  for  this  purpose.  This 
tray  or  crate  will  hold  24-30  roots.  The  sides,  A  A,  are 
20x40  in.;  B  B,  14^x40  in. ;  top  pieces,  C,  l%in.  wide  by 
%in.  thick ;  posts,  D,  1x1x12  in.  The  joints  are  mitered 
and  painted  before  nailing.  The  inside  of  the  tray  is 
painted  white. 

VARIETIES.  —  Not  less  than  50  kinds  of  celery,  which  are 
more  or  less  distinct,  are  catalogued  by  American  seeds- 
men. The  plants  vary  in  size  from  the  Paris  Red  Ribbed, 
which  is  scarcely  a  foot  high,  to  the  Giant  Pascal,  which 
is  fully  three  times  as  tall;  and  in  color  of  the  foliage 
from  the  deep  green  of  the  Boston  Market  to  the 
golden  yellow  of  the  Paris  Golden  and  the  almost  pure 
white  of  the  White  Plume.  Some  kinds  are  turnip- 
rooted  (see  Celeriac),  others  have  red  leafstalks,  and 
still  others  are  very  bitter  and  pungent;  yet  all  of  these 
variations  seem  to  have  resulted  from  high  cultivation 
and,  possibly,  in  some  cases,  from  crossings  of  the  differ- 
ent kinds.  A  half  dozen  leading  types  may  be  described. 

Paris  Golden  or  Golden  Self-blanching.  —  This  variety 
was  raised  by  M.  Chemin  in  his  market-gardens  near 
Paris,  France,  and  it  was  introduced  into  the  United 
States  about  1885.  It  was  entirely  distinct  from  all 
other  varieties,  and  it  gained  favor  among  growers  rap- 
idly. Since  1892  or  1893  it  has  been  the  leading  summer 
kind,  and  more  generally  planted  in  market-gardens 
than  any  other.  The  plants  are  stocky,  they  can  be 
planted  closely,  conveniently  blanched  with  boards, 


packed  in  small  space  when  bunched,  the  bunches  keep 
remarkably  well,  are  exceptionally  attractive  when  ex- 
posed for  sale  in  the  market,  and  the  stalks  are  never 
disagreeably  bitter.  Leaf-stalks  below  the  lower  pair 
of  leaflets  6  to  8  inches  long  and  from  1%  to  1%  inches 
in  circumference,  generally  with  9  distinct  ridges  and 
13  rather  small  fibrovascular  bundles,  the  latter  not  im- 
bedded in  green  cells,  the  ridges  flattened  and  the 
furrows  between  them  shallow;  leaf -bearing  part  of  the 
stalk  12  to  14  inches  long,  with  a  decided  constriction 
where  the  lower  pair  of  leaflets  unite  with  it;  leaflets 
thick,  sharply  serrate,  usually  wedge  shaped  at  the  base 
and  with  characteristic  yellow  specks,  which  increase  in 


398.   Blanching  Celery  by  wrapping  it  with  paper. 

numbers  as  the  plants  mature  until  the  entire  foliage 
appears  to  be  of  a  light  golden  hue. 

The  Paris  Red  Ribbed  celery  is  a  very  dwarf  variety, 
having  thick  leaflets  with  yellow  specks  in  them  like  the 
Paris  Golden,  but  the  plants  are  smaller,  not  so  full  in 
the  centers  and  the  leaf  stalks  are  shaded  with  red. 
Another  variety  of  recent  introduction,  known  as  the 
Broad  Ribbed  celery,  is  evidently  nearly  related  to  the 
preceding  kinds.  The  foliage  shows  the  yellow  specks, 
the  leaf  stalks  are  large  and  rounded  on  the  edges,  and 
the  plants  mature  early,  but  they  are  open  in  the  center. 
Some  strains  of  this  variety  have  reddish  leaf  stalks. 

White  Plume.  —  Introduced  by  Peter  Henderson  in 
1884.  For  several  years  this  variety  was  more,  generally 
grown  than  any  other  kind.  The  plants  are  distinctively 


270 


CELERY 


CELERY 


self-blanching  ana  beautiful,  and  it  has  been  claimed 
that  this  variety  surpasses  all  others  as  a  table  decora- 
tion. Leaf-stalk  below  the  lower  pair  of  leaflets  8  to  10 
inches  long,  1  to  2  inches  in  circumference,  light  green, 
becoming  pure  white  when  blanched,  ridges  9,  fibrovas- 
cular  bundles  13  imbedded  in  green  cells ;  leaflets  large, 
borne  on  slender  divisions  of  the  main  stalk,  turning 
light  colored  and  sometimes  nearly  pure  white  when  the 


399.   Celery  plant  trimmed  lor  market. 

plants  approach  maturity.  This  variety  often  requires 
artificial  ripening  to  reduce  the  strong  flavor,  in  addition 
to  what  is  necessary  to  whiten  the  stalks. 

The  Pink  Plume  is  a  nearly  related  variety,  having 
reddish  stalks  but  is  hardly  equal  to  the  preceding  kind. 

Boston  Market.  — An  old  variety,  that  has  been  grown 
in  the  vicinity  of  Boston  since  about  1850.  Plants  low  and 
spreading,  very  dark  green  and  glossy,  forming  numer- 
ous secondary  crowns,  leaf-stalks  short  and  stout,  ridges 
9  or  11,  with  shallow  furrows  between  them,  flbrovascular 
bundles  13  or  15,  imbedded  in  green  cells;  leaflets  thick, 
rounded  in  outline,  deeply  cleft,  serrations  shallow,  each 
terminating  in  a  whitish  point.  There  is  a  constriction 
where  the  lower  pair  of  leaflets  unite  with  the  stalk,  and 
the  stalk  is  lighter  colored  here  than  elsewhere;  above 
this  point  the  central  stalk  tapers  rapidly  to  the  end. 

The  Early  Arlington  celery  is  a  sub-variety  of  the 
Boston  Market. 

Golden  ffeart.  —  A.popnl&r  kind  before  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  self -blanching  varieties,  but  now  placed  in 
the  background  with  the  Golden  Half  Dwarf,  White 
Solid,  Schumacher,  Perle  le  Grande,  and  Alpha. 

Hose. — A  tall,  red  variety,  better  known  than  any  other 
kind  of  this  class.  It  was  introduced  in  1886  by  Peter 
Henderson,  but  it  never  has  been  extensively  grown  for 
market.  Leaf-stalk  red  or  purplish,  10  to  15  inches 
long,  1%  to  2  inches  in  circumference,  ridges  9,  fibro- 
vascular  bundles  13;  leaflets  dull  green,  thin,  and  the 
edges  inclined  to  turn  upward  ;  the  whole  plant  tall, 
slender  and  rather  hard  to  blanch.  The  young  stalks 
retain  the  red  color  when  blanched,  and  are  exception- 
ally attractive  in  appearance,  crisp,  and  have  the  nutty 
flavor  that  is  so  highly  prized  in  choice  celery.  It  was 
formerly  supposed  that  the  red  varieties  of  celery  kept 
better  than  the  others,  but  the  supposition  does  not  seem 
to  be  well  founded. 


Other  varieties  of  this  class  are  the  Crimson  Bouquet,. 
Pink  Aromatic,  and  Convent  Garden  Rose. 

Giant  Pascal.  — This  variety  is  peculiarly  adapted  to 
the  production  of  a  large  amount  of  edible  matter.  The 
stalks  are  of  the  largest  size,  tender,  and  never  pungent, 
even  before  they  are  blanched  ;  grown  both  in  private 
gardens  and  for  market.  Leaf-stalks  very  large,  long 
and  thick,  generally  with  12  flattened  ridges  and  16 
fibrovascular  bundles;  leaflets  dark  green,  thick,  deeply 
cleft  and  coarsely  serrate.  Plants  with  full  centers  and 
usually  without  secondary  crowns. 

Although  the  variety  is  much,  the  value  and  appear- 
ance of  the  plant  depend  much  upon  the  growing.  There 
are  different  ideals  in  different  parts  of  the  country. 
In  the  west,  a  plant  of  the  type  of  Fig.  402  is  wanted. 
About  Boston,  a  broad -based  and  thick-set  plant  (ob- 
tained by  much  transplanting  and  less  crowding)  is 
demanded  (Fig.  403). 

FERTILIZERS.— Celery  rarely  makes  satisfactory  growth 
on  land  of  ordinary  fertility;  it  is  a  crop  that  must  have 
liberal  treatment  to  yield  good  returns.  Organic  ferti- 
lizers rich  in  nitrogen  are  mainly  used,  although  gener- 
ally in  market-gardens  these  are  supplemented  with  pot- 
ash and  other  salts.  It  is  customary  to  apply  the  organic 
fertilizers  in  a  decomposed  condition  and  plow  them  in 
before  the  plants  are  set.  Later,  when  the  plants  are 
about  half  grown,  some  commercial  fertilizer  is  scattered 
along  the  rows  before  each  hoeing.  It  is  important  that 
the  fertilizers  used  should  not  make  the  land  too  porous. 
They  should  increase  its  capacity  for  holding  moisture, 
and  not  hasten  evaporation.  When  coarse,  light  manures 
must  be  used  for  this  crop,  it  is  better  to  place  them  on 
the  surface  as  a  mulch  than  to  plow  them  in. 

DISEASES.  — Of  diseases,  there  are  two  or  three  serious 
blights  or  rusts,  but  there  are  no  widespread  and  serious 
insect  depredators.  (See  Duggar,  Bull.  132,  Cornell 
Exp.  Sta.,  and  reports  from  stations  in  Conn.,  N.  Y. 
(state),  N.  J.,  Dept.  Agric.,  etc.)  The  best  general 
treatment  is  to  start  with  healthy  seed  on  land  which 
has  not  bred  the  disease,  and  then  spray  early  and  fre- 
quently with  Bordeaux  mixture,  or  other  fungicide. 
The  treatment  should  all  be  done  early  in  the  life  of 
the  crop. 

STORING.— If  celery  is  to  be  kept  for  winter  use,  it 
must  be  cool  and  moist.  It  is  usually  set  out  again,  so 
that  the  roots  take  sufficient  hold  upon  the  earth  to  pre- 
vent the  plant  from  wilting.  For  home  use,  the  plants 
may  be  set  in  an  old  shoe  case,  in  which  there  are  a  few 
inches  of  earth  in  the  bottom,  the  top  of  the  box  being 
left  uncovered.  If  the  box  is  as  deep  as  the  height  of 
the  Celery,  holes  should  be  made  in  the  side  of  the  box 
to  admit  of  ventilation.  The  box  may  now  be  kept  in  a 
cool  cellar.  Taking  similar  precautions,  Celery  may  be 
stored  in  barrels  in 
the  cellar.  For  mar- 
ket, Celery  may  be 
set  in  trenches,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  397. 
Two  boards  are  then 
leaned  over  the 
plants,  to  form  a  ga 
ble  roof;  and  as  cold 
weather  approaches, 
straw  is  thrown  on 
top.  In  large  celery 
areas,  however,  the 
crop  is  now  stored  in 
sheds  or  cellars  made 
for  the  purpose.  In 
these  sheds,  the  cel- 
ery is  planted  out, 
and  the  temperature 
is  kept  above  hard 
frost.  Full  discussion  of  this  method  will  be  found 
under  Storing. 

For  further  information,  see  Greiner's  "Celery  for 
Profit";  Vaughan's  "Celery  Manual";  Van  Bochove's 
"Kalamazoo  Celery";  Hollister's  "Livingston's  Celery 
Book."  L.  F.  KTNNEY. 

COMMERCIAL  CELERY  CULTURE.  — The  increasing  de- 
mand for  this  delicious  vegetable  has  interested  both  the 
gardener  and  farmer  in  studying  its  needs.  They  have 


400.  Celery  crate. 


CELERY 

succeeded  so  well  that  the  quality  has  been  improved 
and  the  length  of  the  market  season  increased  to  such 
an  extent  that  instead  of  finding  it  for  sale  only  during 
the  fall  and  winter  months,  we  now  have  it  the  greater 
part  of  the  year.  The  greater  part  of  the  crop  is  pre- 
pared for  shipping  by  trimming  off  the  outer  stalks 


CELERY 


271 


401.   Water-holding  Celery  crate. 

uud  roots,  washing  and  tying  in  bunches  of  one  dozen 
roots,  and  packing  in  boxes  containing  from  4  to  8  dozen, 
according  to  the  size  of  the  roots.  The  California  and 
some  of  the  Michigan  and  New  York  growers  ship  with 
the  roots  on  unwashed,  and  load  in  refrigerator  cars, 
with  two  decks  put  in  and  the  bunches  placed  on  the 
decks.  A  car  contains  by  this  process  from  1,200  to  1,500 
dozens,  while  a  car  loaded  with  the  boxed  product  con- 
tains from  1,500  to  2,000  dozens. 

The  seeds  are  very  small  and  slow  to  germinate.  The 
first  leaves  are  small  and  digest  food  slowly,  which 
makes  it  necessary  to  have  plant-food  available  at  all 
times  during  the  growth  of  the  plant,  so  that  nature  may 
be  assisted  in  her  work  of  building  it  up  and  giving  to 
it  a  constitution  strong  enough  to  resist  disease,  which 
sometimes  comes  in  the  shape  of  a  fungus  which  attacks 
the  leaves,  and,  with  the  plant  in  its  weak  condition, 
absorbs  the  sap  and  destroys  the  digesting  surface  of 
the  leaf  to  such  an  extent  that  the  outer  stalks,  and 
sometimes  the  inner  ones  as  well,  dry  up,  and  the  crop 
is  a  total  loss.  Fortunately,  the  climatic  conditions  for 
the  development  of  the  fungi  do  not  remain  more  than 
3  or  4  days  at  a  time,  and,  with  means  for  irrigation  and 
with  food  containing  the  different  materials  that  the  plant 
desires,  this  difficulty  is  successfully  met.  In  Colorado 
and  other  parts  of  the  west,  they  expect  to  demonstrate 
that  the  disease  cannot  exist,  on  account  of  irrigation 
keeping  the  plant  well  supplied  with  food,  the  large 
amount  of  lime  the  soil  contains,  the  bright  sunlight, 
and  cool  nights,  as  all  these  are  to  the  advantage  of  the 
plant  and  against  the  development  of  fungi. 

The  soils  best  adapted  to  the  plant  are  cranberry  bogs 
and  low  marshes,  filled  with  a  deposit  of  decayed  vege- 
table matter  from  2  to  15  feet  deep,  which,  when  drained 
by  open  and  tile  drainage,  cleared  of  trees  and  roots, 


the  surface  cut  with  disk-harrow,  smoothed  and  pulver- 
ized with  common  harrow  and  roller,  are  then  ready  for 
a  crop  of  corn  or  millet  the  first  season.  The  following 
season  the  surface  is  treated  with  a  ton  of  air-slaked 
lime  to  the  acre,  which  is  turned  under  to  hasten  the 
decay  of  the  vegetable  matter  and  correct  the  accumu- 
lated acidity  which  abounds  from  the  decay  of  such 
large  quantities  of  vegetables.  The  lime  also  destroys 
fungous  growth  and  tends  to  strengthen  the  constitution 
of  the  plant.  The  surface  is  then  dressed  with  a  ferti- 
lizer composed  of  1  ton  of  fine  raw  bone,  40  bushels  of 
wood  ashes,  and  500  pounds  of  salt  to  the  acre.  Where 
barnyard  manure  can  be  had,  the  raw  bone  is  reduced 
1,000  pounds,  and  20  loads  of  manure  are  applied.  In 
Florida  the  amount  of  bone  is  increased  to  3,000  pounds, 
and  200  pounds  of  high-grade  potash  added  and  the  ashes 
omitted.  In  Colorado,  where  the  soil  contains  10  per 
cent  of  lime,  it  is  not  necessary  to  use  lime.  With  ferti- 
lizers containing  10  per  cent  of  potash,  4  per  cent  of 
nitrogen,  and  10  percent  phosphoric  acid,  applied  at  the 
rate  of  1  ton  to  the  acre,  and  with  the  physical  conditions 
of  the  land  improved  by  turning  under  green  crops, 
such  as  corn  or  alfalfa,  success  is  anticipated.  Celery 
is  also  raised  on  sandy  loam,  but  unless  50  loads  of 
coarse  manure  is  plowed  under,  and  water  plentifully 
supplied  during  growth,  either  by  rains  or  irrigation, 
the  crop  is  poor  in  quality  and  light  in  quantity. 

In  the  north  and  middle  states,  the  early  plants  are 
started  on  hotbeds  March  1,  and  transplanted  in  cold- 
frames  March  10-12,  then  into  the  open  field  after  May  10. 
For  the  late  or  main  crop,  the  seed  is  sown  in  the  open 
ground  April  1,  and  by  June  1  the  plants  are  large 
enough  to  cut  back  to  the  heart  leaves.  This  makes 
them  stocky  and  increases  the  root-growth,  and  by  June 
10  they  are  large  enough  to  be  removed  to  the  field, 
where  they  are  cultivated  frequently  by  both  horse  and 
hand  cultivators.  In  Florida,  plants  are  all  started 
under  a  half  shade  in  August,  and  transplanted  under 
another  half  shade  made  by  setting  posts  in  the  ground, 
5  feet  high  and  12  feet  apart,  on  the  tops  of  which  a 
board  is  nailed,  forming  a  rest  or  frame,  and  3-inch  slats 
nailed  on  3  inches  apart,  thus  protecting  the  beds  from 
the  bright  sun  in  day  time  and  cold  at  night.  The  plants 
are  removed  to  the  open  field  after  September,  and 
planting  is  continued  until  about  February  1.  In  Colo- 
rado the  early  plants  cannot  be  grown  successfully  with 
glass  close  to  the  plants.  The  bright  sun  penetrates  the 
soil  and  takes  up  the  moisture  so  fast  that  germination 
is  retarded  and  takes  place  very  unevenly .  By  covering 
the  glass  with  plant-cloth,  tacked  on  the  inside,  the  light 
is  subdued  and  success  attained.  For  the  month  of 
April,  beds  covered 
with  plant-cloth  alone 
do  very  well.  It  is  not 
practical  to  sow  late 
plants  in  the  open 
ground  •without  the 


402.  A  good  Celery  plant  of  the  middle  and  western  states. 


403.  The  Boston  ideal. 


272 


CELERY 


CELTIS 


plant-cloth  protection  against  the  bright  sunlight  and 
frequent  winds  that  prevail  during  April  and  May  in 
this  latitude.  Close  watching  and  spraying  twice  each 
day  will  bring  the  seed  up,  and,  after  the  fourth  leaf 
is  well  started,  the  cloth  is  removed  for  a  few  hours 
toward  night  each  day  until  the  plants  are  2  inches 
high;  then  the  cloth  is  removed  during  the  night  after 
May  10,  and  the  plants  are  hardened. 

Prom  20,000  to  30,000  plants  are  set  on  an  acre.  In 
sixty  days  plants  are  large  enough  to  blanch  for  the 
early  market.  Pine  boards  1  foot  wide,  1  inch  thick,  10 
feet  long,  dressed  on  both  sides,  are  placed  against  the 
celery  on  both  sides  of  the  plants,  and  are  held  in  an 
upright  position  by  a  piece  of  wire  bent  at  each  end  so 
as  to  form  a  double  hook.  The  lumber  excludes  the 
light,  inducing  the  heart  of  the  plant  to  grow  rapidly 
and  blanch  at  the  same  time,  and  in  15  to  18  days 
after  the  lumber  is  put  up,  the  celery  is  ready  to 
market.  Lumber  induces  a  taller  growth,  but  the  flavor 
is  not  quite  as  tine  as  that  blanched  with  earth.  The 
lumber  is  safer  for  early  blanching  for  the  reason  that 
the  disease  commonly  called  rust  is  liable  to  attack  the 
stalks  if  earth  is  used  before  September  10.  Earthing 
up  becomes  a  necessity  after  September  20,  as  frost  may 
appear  any  night  after  this  date  and  damage  the  crop 
where  the  lumber  is  used,  while  that  with  the  earth  up 
to  it  is  protected.  The  process  of  earthing  up  with  a 
spade  is  seldom  seen  nowadays,  as  there  are  banking 
plows  with  attachments  that  push  the  leaves  into  an 
upright  position  and  turn  the  earth  up  at  the  same  time, 
one  horse  handling  the  plow  very  easily. 

In  harvesting  the  crop,  leading  growers  have  washing 
machinery  to  clean  and  cool  the  stalks,  which  adds  to 
its  keeping  qualities  during  transit  and  delivery  from 
market  to  the  consumer.  Great  pains  is  taken  to  sort 
and  grade  the  different  sized  roots,  bind  them  into 
bunches,  and  pack  them  into  neat  new  packages  made 
for  the  purpose.  Large  quantities  are  marketed  from 
September  20  to  October  20,  to  save  the  expense  of  stor- 
ing in  the  winter  houses,  as  the  loss  in  those  is  liable  to 
be  great  from  evaporation,  disease  and  consequent  de- 
cay. California  and  Florida  shipments  come  in  Novem- 
ber, and  all  through  the  winter  months  the  leading 
markets  are  supplied  with  this  appetizing  vegetable. 

The  popular  varieties  are  :  First,  the  White  Plume, 
which  is  early  and  makes  a  very  fine  appearance,  quality 
medium;  and  next  the  Dwarf  Golden  Heart,  which  is  a 
little  later  but  much  hardier  than  the  former,  also  pos- 
sessing much  better  flavor.  The  best  for  winter  use  are 
the  old  reliable  Boston  Market  and  its  half  brother,  the 
Giant  Pascal.  These  two,  when  grown  to  perfection,  are 
good  keepers  and  of  excellent  quality. 

E.  J.  HOLLISTER. 

CELOSIA  (Greek,  kelos,  burned  ;  referring  to  the 
burned  look  of  the  fls.  in  some  species).  Amarantacece . 
COCKSCOMB.  The  genus  containing  the  common  Cocks- 
comb of  old-fashioned  gardens  has  about  42  species,  all 
tropical  and  mostly  annual  herbs,  with  alternate,  entire 
Ivs.  narrowed  into  a  petiole,  various  in  form,  and  with 
fls.  borne  in  dense  spikes.  There  are  two  main  types  of 
Celosias,  the  crested  form  and  the  feathered  or  plumy 
ones.  The  crested  Cockscomb  is  very  stiff,  formal  and 
curious,  while  the  feathered  sorts  are  less  so,  and  are 
used  to  some  extent  in  dried  bouquets.  The  plumy 
sorts  are  grown  abroad  for  winter  decoration,  especially 
under  the  name  of  C.  pyramidalis,  but  to  a  small  extent 
in  America.  The  crested  Cockscomb  is  less  used  as  a 
summer  bedding  plant  than  formerly,  but  it  is  still  com- 
monly exhibited  in  pots  at  small  fairs,  the  object  being 
to  produce  the  largest  possible  crest  on  the  smallest 
plant.  For  garden  use,  the  seeds  are  sown  indoors  in 
early  spring,  and  the  plants  set  out  May  1-15.  If  the 
roots  dry  out  the  Ivs.  are  sure  to  drop  off.  The  Cocks- 
comb is  a  moisture-loving  plant,  and  may  be  syringed 
often,  especially  for  the  red  spider,  which  is  its  greatest 
enemy.  A  light,  rich  soil  is  needed. 

A.    Spikes  crested,  monstrous. 

cristata,  Linn.  COCKSCOMB.  Height  9  in.  or  more  ; 
stem  very  glabrous  :  Ivs.  petiolate,  ovate  or  somewhat 
cordate-ovate,  acute,  glabrous,  2-3  in.  long,  1  in.  wide: 
spikes  crested,  subsessile,  often  as  wide  as  the  plant  is 
high:  seeds  small,  black,  shining,  lens-shaped.  Tropics. 


Gn.  13,  p.  231.  R.H.  1894,  p.  58.  — There  are  8  or  9  well 
marked  colors  in  either  tall  or  dwarf  forms,  the  chief 
colors  being  red,  purple,  violet,  crimson,  amaranth  and 
yellow.  The  forms  with  variegated  Ivs.  often  have  less 
dense  crests.  A.  Japonica,  Mart.,  little  known  to  bota- 
nists, is  said  to  be  a  distinct  garden  plant  with  branch- 
ing, pyramidal  habit,  each  branch  bearing  a  ruffled 
comb. 

AA.    Spikes  plumy,  feathery,  or  cylindrical. 

argentea,  Linn.  Taller  than  the  above:  Ivs.  shorter- 
stalked,  narrower,  2-2%  in.  long,  4—6  lines  wide,  linear- 
lanceolate,  acute :  spikes  1-4  in.  long,  erect  or  drooping, 
long-peduncled,  pyramidal,  or  cylindrical.  India.  — This 
species  is  considered  by  Voss  (in  Vilmorin's  Blumen- 
gartnerei),  to  be  the  original  one  from  which  the  crested 
forms  are  derived.  He  makes  9  botanical  forms,  to  one 
of  which  he  refers  C.  cristata.  The  range  of  color  is 
even  greater  in  the  feathered  type  than  in  the  crested 
type,  as  one  form  has  whitish  fls.  The  spikes  are  very 
various  in  form  and  habit.  Various  forms  are  shown  in 
Gn.  6,  p.  513  ;  9,  p.  149  ;  17,  p.  331.  R.H.  1857,  p.  78  and 
1890,  p.  522. 

Huttoni,  Mart.  Height  1-2  ft.:  habit  bushy,  pyra- 
midal :  stem  sulcate-striate  :  Ivs.  reddish  or  crimson, 
lower  ones  lanceolate,  subsessile  :  spikes  red,  cylindri- 
cal, oblong,  obtuse,  1%*  in.  long:  perianth  segments  ob- 
long (not  lanceolate,  as  in  C.  argentea).  Java.  G.C. 
1.32:214.  — A  foliage  plant,  and  less  common  than  the 
two  species  above.  \y_  ]yj 

CELSIA  (Olaus  Celsius,  1670-1756,  a  Swedish  oriental- 
ist). Scrophularidcece.  Herbs,  with  yellow  fls.  in  termi- 
nal racemes  or  spikes,  closely  allied  to  Verbascum,  but 
has  only  4  stamens,  and  they  are  of  two  sorts.  There  are 
many  species.  Only  C.  Cretica,  Linn.f.,  is  known  in 
Amer.,  and'  that  very  sparingly.  It  is  a  hardy  or  half- 
hardy  biennial,  with  alternate  Ivs.,  of  which  the  lower 
are  pinnate  and  the  upper  toothed  and  clasping  :  fls. 
large  and  rotate  (nearly  2  in.  across),  yellowish,  with 
dark  markings  in  the  center  and  conspicuous  deflexed 
stamens.  Stout,  hairy  plant,  3-6  ft.  high,  from  Crete. 
B.M.  964. 

CELTIS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Urticacea.  NETTLE 
TREE.  Trees  or  shrubs  :  Ivs.  alternate,  petiolate,  stipu- 
late, deciduous  or  persistent,  usually  oblique  at  the  base 
and  3-nerved  :  fls.  polygamous-monoecious,  inconspicu- 
ous, apetalous,  4-5-merous,  staminate  in  small  clusters, 
pistillate  axillary  and  solitary  :  fr.  a  1-seeded,  small 
drupe,  edible  in  some  species.  Sixty  species  in  the  tem- 
perate and  tropical  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
of  which  few  hardy  ornamental  species  are  cultivated; 
they  are  valuable  as  shade  trees  or  as  single  specimens 
on  the  lawn,  mostly  with  wide  spreading  head  and  light 
green  foliage,  which  is  rarely  seriously  injured  by  insects 
or  fungi;  they  thrive  in  almost  any  soil  and  even  in  dry 
situations,  they  are  of  vigorous  growth  when  young,  and 
are  easily  transplanted.  The  straight-grained  wood  is 
light  and  elastic,  easily  divided,  and  much  used  for  the 
manufacture  of  small  articles  and  for  furniture;  that  of 
C.  australis  is  valued  for  carving.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown 
after  maturity;  also  by  layers  and  cuttings  of  mature 
wood  in  fall ;  rarer  kinds  are  sometimes  grafted  on 
C.  occidentalis. 

A.   Lvs.  entire,  or  rarely  with  few  teeth,  thin, 
at  length  glabrous. 

Mississippi6nsis, Bosc  (C.  Icevigdta,  Willd.  C.  integri- 
folia,  Nutt.).  Tree,  60-80  ft.:  Ivs.  unequally  rounded  or 
cuneate  at  the  base,  oblong-lanceolate  or  ovate,  acumi- 
nate, usually  falcate,  smooth  above.  2-4  in.  long  :  fr. 
orange-red,  nearly  globular,  Kin.  thick,  on  slender  pedi- 
cel, longer  than  the  petiole.  From  S.  Illinois  to  Texas 
and  Florida,  west  to  Missouri.  S. 8.7:318.  G.F.  3:41, 
figs.  9-11.  Mn.  7: 225,  227.  — Var.  reticulata,  Sarg.  Lvs. 
smaller,  ovate,  usually  cordate,  rough  above.  S.S.  7:319. 

AA.   Lvs.  serrate. 
B.   Foliage  scabrous  above,  membranaceous ,  more  or 

less  pubescent. 

occidentalis,  Linn.  Large  tree,  occasionally  120  ft.: 
Ivs.  oblique  and  rounded  at  the  base,  ovate,  acuminate, 
pubescent  when  young,  light  green,  2-4  in.  long  :  fr. 


CELTIS 


CENTAUREA 


273 


orange-red,  %in.  long,  on  slender  pedicel,  longer  than  the 
petiole.  S. 8.7:317.  G.F.  3: 40, 43.  Em.  304.  Mn.  7:231, 
233.  — Very  variable  species.  Var.  crassifolia,  C.  Koch, 
has  firm,  very  rough  and  large  Ivs.,  to  6  in.  long,  usually 
cordate  at  base.  Michx.  Hist.  Arb.  3:  228.  Var.  pumila, 
Gray,  is  a  dwarf  form  with  smaller  Ivs. 

australis,  Linn.  Tree,  to  GO  ft.:  Ivs.  oblique,  cordate 
or  rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  oblong,  acuminate,  pubes- 
cent beneath,  2%-5  in.  long  :  fr.  over  %in.  long,  dark 
purple,  sweet :  pedicels  2-3  times  longer  than  the  peti- 
oles. Mediter.  region  to  Persia.—  Not  hardy  north. 

BB.   Foliage  smooth  and  glossy  above,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so,  leathery. 

Sinensis,  Pers.  (C.Japdnica,  Planch.).  Tree, to 30  ft.: 
Ivs.  usually  rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base,  broadly  ovate 
to  oblong  ovate,  acuminate,  serrate-dentate,  pubescent 
when  young,  pale  or  glaucescentand  prominently  reticu- 
late beneath,  2-4  in.  long  :  fr.  dull  orange-red  ;  pedicels 
rather  stout,  not  much  longer  thin  the  petioles.  China, 
Japan.— Not  hardy  north  ;  often"  the  following  is  culti- 
vated under  this  name. 

Bungeana,  Blume  (C.  Davididna,  Carr. ).  Tree:  Ivs. 
narrow  or  rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  or  narrow  elliptic, 
acuminate,  crenate-serrate,  nearly  glabrous  when  young, 
green  and  shining  on  both  sides,  2-4  in. :  fr.  purplish 
black,  small:  pedicels  2-3  times  longer  than  the  petioles. 
N.  China.  — Hardy,  and  a  very  distinct  species,  with  dark 
green  and  glossy  foliage. 

Kraussiana,  Bernh.  Tree  :  Ivs.  oblong  ovate,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  crenate-serrate,  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  semipersistent:  ovary  tomen- 
tose :  fr.  mostly  pubescent,  slender  pedicelled.  S.  Africa 
to  Abyssinia.-Hardy  only  south.  ALFRED  REHDER 

CEMETERY.    See  Landscape  Gardening. 

CENCHRUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Graminece.  An- 
nual or  perennial  grasses,  with  spreading  or  erect  culms 
bearing  an  inflorescence  of  globular,  spiny  burs.  Spik- 
lets  1-fld.,  1-4  together,  with  an  ovoid  or  globular  invo- 
lucre of  rigid,  more  or  less  connate  bristles,  forming 
spiny  burs,  which  fall  off  at  maturity.  Glumes  as  in 
Panicum,  awnless.  Species  about  12,  in  the  tropical  and 
warmer  temperate  regions  of  both  hemispheres. 

tribuloides,  Linn.  SAND -BUR.  BUR -GRASS.  Culms 
ascending,  branching,  1-2  ft.  long,  with  spikes  composed 
of  10-15  coarse,  spiny  burs,  which  readily  attach  them- 
selves to  passing  objects.  It  is  one  of  the  worst  of  annual 
weeds  wherever  it  becomes  abundant.  It  is  distributed 
more  or  less  throughout  the  United  States  in  sandy  dis- 
tricts, and  said  to  be  perennial  in  the  southern  states. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

CENIA  (Greek  for  empty,  in  allusion  to  the  hollow 
receptacle).  Compdsitw.  Low  herbs  from  South  Africa, 
with  the  aspect  of  Mayweed.  Head  small  and  rayed,  the 
ray  fls.  pistillate,  the  disc  fls.  compressed  and  4-toothed, 
the  receptacle  gradually  enlarged  from  the  top  of  the 
peduncle,  and  hollow.  C.  turbinata,  Pers.,  is  a  common 
weed  in  Cape  Colony,  and  it  is  occasionally  seen  in  Amer. 
gardens.  It  is  annual,  diffusely  branched,  and  a  foot  or 
less  high,  with  finely  dissected,  soft,  almost  moss-like 
foliage,  and  long-peduncled,  small,  yellow  heads.  Of 
easy  culture.  L  H  B 

CENTAUREA  (a  Centaur,  famous  for  healing). 
Compdsitce.  CENTAURY.  DUSTY  MILLER.  BACHELOR'S 
BUTTON.  CORN  FLOWER.  KNAPWEED.  Annuals  or 
half-hardy  perennials  ;  fine  for  bedding,  vases,  baskets 
and  pots,  and  for  borders  and  edgings.  Differs  from 
Cnicus  in  having  the  achenes  obliquely  attached  by  one 
side  of  the  base  or  more  laterally.  Species  about  400, 
much  confused,  mostly  in  Eu.,  Asia  and  N.  Afr.,  1  in 
N.  Amer.,  3  or  4  in  Chile.  The  involucre  is  ovoid  or 
globose,  stiff  and  hard,  sometimes  prickly.  Receptacle 
bristly.  The  marginal  florets  are  usually  sterile  and 
elongated,  making  the  head  look  as  if  rayed.  Several 
Old  World  species  have  become  weeds  in  this  country. 

The  following  species  of  Centaurea  are  here  described, 
the  synonyms  being  in  italics  :  Americana,  7  ;  argen- 
tea,  2  ;  atropurpurea,  13  ;  Babylonica,  14  ;  Senedicta  = 

18 


Carbenia  benedicta;  calocephala,  13;  candidissima,  1; 
Cineraria,  1  ;  Clementei,  3  ;  Cyanus,  4  ;  dealbata,  12  ; 
declinata,  10;  flore-pleno,^;  gymnocarpa,  2 ;  imperialis, 
5;  leucophylla,  10;  macrocephala,  8 ;  Margaritacea,  6; 
Margarita?,5',  montana,  11;  moschata,  5;  nigra,  9;  odor- 
ata,5  ;  plumosa,  2  ;  splendens,  6  ;  suaveolens,  5;  varie- 
gata,  9  ;  Victoria,  4. 

A.   DUSTY  MILLER.—  White-tomentose  low  plants,  used 

for  bedding  or  for  the  saki  of  their  foliage. 
1.  Cineraria, Linn.  (C. candidissima,  Lam.).  Fig. 404. 
Perennial  :  sts.  erect,  3  ft.,  branched,  the  entire  plant 
white-tomentose  :  Ivs.  almost  all  bipinnate  (except  the 
earliest),  the  lower  petioled,  all  tie  lobes  linear-lanceo- 
late, obtuse  :  scales  of  the  ovate  involucre  appressed, 
with  a  membranous  black  margin,  long-ciliate,  the  api- 
cal bristle  thicker  than  the  others:  fls.  purple.  S.  Italy, 
Sicily,  etc.  — Much  used  as 
a  bedding  plant,  not  being 
allowed  to  bloom.  The 
first  Ivs.  of  seedlings  are 
nearly  entire  (as  shown  in 
Fig.  404),  but  the  subse- 
quent ones  become  more 
and  more  cut.  Grown  both 
from  seeds  and  cuttings. 
Seedlings  are  very  apt  to 
damp  off  unless  care  is 
taken  in  watering. 


Lower  leaf 
from  a  young 
plant  of  Cen- 
taurea Cinera- 
ria (X  %). 


405.  Radical  leaf  of 
Centaurea  Rymnocarpa. 


2.  gymnocarpa,  Moris  &  DeNot  (C.  argtntea,  Hort. 
C.  plumdsa,  Hort.).   Fig.  405.    Perennial:  entire  plant 
covered  with  velvety  white  pubescence  :  sts.  1^-2  ft. 
high,  erect:  Ivs.  bipinnatisect;  segments  linear,  entire, 
acute  :  fi. -heads  small,  in  a  close  panicle,  mostly  hidden 
by  the  Ivs.:   fls.  rose-violet  or  purple.    Caprea.— Very 
ornamental   on  account  of  its  velvety  finely  cut   Ivs. 
Much  used,  like  the  last,  for  low  foliage  bedding  ;  Ivs. 
more  compound,  and  usually  not  so  white. 

3.  Clem6ntei,    Boiss.     Perennial,    the    entire    plant 
densely  white-woolly  :  sts.  erect,  branching,  with  few 
Ivs. :   root-lvs.  petioied,  pinnate,  the  lobes  ovate-trian- 
gular, sharp-pointed  :  st.-lvs.  sessile  :  fl. -heads  termi- 
nal on  the  branches,  globose  :   involucre  scales  with 
scarious,  ciliate  margins,   scarcely  spiny  :   fls.  yellow. 
Spain. 

AA.  CORN  FLOWER,  OR  BACHELOR'S  BUTTON.  —  Tall- 
growing  annual,  with  very  narrow  Ivs.,  grown 
for  the  showy  fls. 

4.  Cyanus,  Linn.   BLUEBOTTLE.    BLUET.   BACHELOR'S 
BUTTON  ( see  also  Gomphrena ) .  CORN  FLOWER.  RAGGED 
SAILOR.    Fig.  406.    Annual,  slender,  branching,  1-2  ft. 


274 


CENTAUREA 


CEXTAUREA 


high,  woolly-white  when  young  :  Ivs.  linear,  entire,  or 
the  lower  toothed,  sometimes  pinnatifid  :  fls.  blue,  pur- 
ple or  white,  the  heads  on  long,  naked  stems  :  involu- 
cral  bracts  rather  narrow,  fringed  with  short,  scarious 
teeth.  S.  E.  Eu.  Gt.  38,  p.  641 ;  39,  p.  537.  —  One  of  the 
most  popular  of  garden  fls.,  running  into  many  wirieties. 
It  is  perfectly  hardy,  blooming  until  frost  and  coming 
up  in  the  spring  from  self-sown  seed.  The  following  are 


406.  Centaurea  Cyanus  (X 


varieties  of  this:  Pure  White;  Victoria,  a  dwarf,  for 
pots  and  edgings  ;  Emperor  William,  fine  dark  blue  ; 
flore  pleno,  with  the  outer  disc  fls.  converted  into  ray 
fls.  ;  nana  compacta,  dwarf. 

AAA.  SWEET  SULTANS.  —  Straight-growing,  smooth  an- 
nuals or  perennials,  with  dentate  Ivs.,  grown 
for  the  large  fragrant  heads. 

5.  moschata.  Linn.  (C.  suaveolens,  Linn.  C.  odordta, 
Hort.  C.  Amberbdi,  Mill.  Amberbda  moschdta,  Less.). 
SWEET  SULTAN.  Fig.  407.  Annual  :  sts.  2  ft.  high, 
branching  below,  erect  :  whole  plant  smooth,  bright 
green  :  Ivs.  pinnatifid,  the  lobes  dentate  :  fl.  -heads  long- 
peduncled  ;  in  vol.  round  or  ovate,  smooth  ;  only  the  in- 
nermost of  the  invol.  scales  with  scarious  margins:  fls. 
white,  yellow  or  purple,  fragrant.  Orient.  Mn.  4:  149. 
Gn.  54:1195.  l.H.  42,  p.  106.  Gng.  4:147. 

Var.  alba,  Hort.  (C.  Margarita,  Hort.).  Fls.  white. 
Gn.  19,  p.  337:  54:1195.  A.G.  13:  607.  This  form,  known 


as  C.  Margarita},  is  pure  white  and  very  fragrant.   It  was 
int.  by  an  Italian  firm  in  1891. 

Var.  rubra,  Hort.  Fls.  red.  Gn.  54: 1195.— A  popular, 
old-time  garden  flower,  with  long-stalked  heads ;  of  easy 
culture.  It  does  not  bear  transplanting  well. 

C.  imperidlis,  Hort.,  is  the  offspring  of  C.  moschata 
and  C.  Margaritce,  int.  into  the  American  trade  in  1899. 
Plants  are  said  to  inherit  the  vigorous,  free  growth  of 
C.  moschata,  being  of  the  same  easy  culture  and  forming 
clumps  3-4  ft.  high.  The  fls.  resemble  C.  Margaritce,  but 
are  twice  as  large  and  abundantly  borne  on  long  stems 
from  July  until  frost.  They  range  through  white,  rose, 
lilac  and  purple,  are  fragrant,  and  if  cut  when  first  open, 
will  keep  10  days.  C.  Mdrice,  Hort.,  int.  1899,  resembles 
C.  imperialis,  but  the  fls.  open  sulfur-yellow,  become 
lighter,  and  are  tipped  with  rose. 

AAAA.  OTHER  CENTAUREAS  of  various  kinds,  occa- 
sionally grown  in  hardy  borders  for  their  fls* 
or  imposing  stature. 

B.    Foliage  green  on  both  sides. 
c.    Jjvs.  pinnate  or  bipinnate. 

6.  splendens,  Linn.  (C.  margaritdcea,  Ten.).  Peren- 
nial :  sts.  erect,  branched  :  Ivs.  smooth,  the  lowest  bi- 
pinnate, the  upper  pinnate,  all  with  very  narrow,  linear, 
entire,  acute  lobes  :  fl. -heads  subglobose  ;  scales  of  the 
involucre  with  a  rounded,  almost  entire,  rather  lax  tip  ; 
fls.  purple.  Spain,  Italy. 

cc.   Lvs.  entire  or  dentate,  not  pinnatisect. 

1.  Americana,  Nutt.  (Plectocephalus  Americdnus, 
Don).  BASKET  FLOWER.  Fig.  408.  Hardy  annual,  nearly 
smooth  :  sts.  stout,  simple,  2-5  ft.,  thickened  under  the 
naked  head  :  Ivs.  mostly  entire,  oblong-lance-shaped  : 
involucre  %-l>a  in.  in  diam.,  its  bracts  all  with  fringed, 
scarious  appendages  ;  fls.  rose  or  flesh-colored  ;  disc 
1-3  in.  diam. ;  narrow  lobes  of  the  ray 
flowers  often  1  in.  long.  Ark.  to  Ariz. 
F.  S.  4:  327.  S.  H.  2:  223. -Very  attractive. 

8.  macrocephala,    Puschk.     Perennial : 
stems    simple,    erect,    swollen  below  the 
flower-head,   leafy,   2^-3  ft.   high  :    Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  slightly  decurrent,   sca- 
brous, acute,  somewhat  serrate,  gradually 
diminishing  upwards  to  the  base  of  the 
single  terminal    head  :    head  subglobose, 
larger  than  a  hen's  egg,  often  3-4  in.  in 
diam. ;    involucre    of    8-12    rows    of    ap- 
pressed,  scarious-margined,  rusty,  fringed 
scales  :    fls.  yellow,  the  marginal  and  disc 
alike.     Armenia.     B.  M.  1248.     J.  H.  Ill, 
33:331.  — Often  grown  from  seeds. 

9.  nigra,    Linn.      KNAPWEED.      HARD 
HEADS.      Perennial,   1-2   ft.   high :      sts. 
branching,   rough  pubescent:   Ivs.  lance- 
shaped  and  entire  or  lower 

sparingly   toothed  :    invo- 

lucral    bracts   with   pecti- 

nate-ciliate-frdnged    black 

appendages:  fls.  all  alike, 

the  disc  and  marginal  ones 

of  the  same  size.    Europe. 

—Var.    varieg&ta,    Hort. 

Lvs.   edged   with   creamy 

white,  tufted.  A  very  strik- 
ing border  plant. 

BB.  Foliage  white  or  to- 
i  mentose,  at  least  be- 
neath (often  green 
above). 

c.    Stems  low,  weak, 
not  strict. 

10.  leucophylla,Bieb.(<7. 
deqlindta,  Bieb.).     Peren- 
nial :  stems  short,  decum- 
bent, with  very  few  Ivs. : 
root-lvs.  petioled,  tomen- 


407.  Centaurea  moschata. 
CXXO 


tose-woolly  on  both  sides,  pinnate,  the  ovate  lobes  un- 
dulate, sparsely  cut-lobed  or  sinuate-toothed  :  fl.-head 
with  few  bracts,  solitary,  terminal  ;  scales  of  the  ovate 
involucre  lanceolate,  acuminate,  brown,  long-ciliate : 
fls.  purple.  Caucasus. 


CEXTAUREA 


CEPHALANTHUS 


275 


408.  Centaurea  Ameri 
cana  (X  %). 


11.  montana,  Linn.     MOUNTAIN  BLUET.     Perennial  : 
sts.  low,  stoloniferous,  unbranched,  12-16  or  rarely  20 
in.  high  :  Ivs.  decurrent,  the  young  ones  silvery  white, 
oval-lance-shaped  :   involucre  of  4  or  5  rows  of  scales, 
black-ciliate  along  the  margins;  fls.  blue,  the  marginal 
ones  1  in.  long,  disc-fls.  very  short,  becoming  purple. 
Europe.    B.  M.  77.    Var.  Alba,  Hort.     Fls.  white.     Var. 
rosea,  Hort.     Fls.  rose-colored.    Var.  citrina,  DC.  (var. 
xuljthftrea.  Hort.).     Disc-fls.  brown,  rays  yellow.    Ar- 
menia.   B.M.  1175. 

cc.    Stems  erect,  simple  or  branched. 

12.  dealbata,  Willd.     Perennial  :  sts.  sub-erect,  8-24 
in.  high  :    Ivs.  white-villous  beneath,  glabrous  above, 

the  lower  ones  \-\%  ft.  long,  pet- 
ioled,  pinnate,  the  obovate  lobes 
coarsely  cut-toothed  or  auricled  at 
the  base;  stem-lvs.  sessile,  pinnate, 
with  oblong-lance  lobes  :  fl.-head 
solitary,  just  above  the  uppermost 
leaf  :  fls.  red,  those  of  the  disc 
rosy  or  white  :  outer  scales  of  the 
involucre  with  lanceolate  tips,  the 
middle  rounded,  deeply  fringed, 
ciliate.  Asia  Minor,  Persia. 

13.  atropurpurea,  Waldst.  &  Kit. 
(C.  calocSphala,  Willd.).  Peren- 
nial :  sts.  erect,  branched,  about 
2-3  ft.  high,  the  branches  white- 
woolly  at  the  summit :  Ivs.  bipin- 
nate,  lobes  linear-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate ;  lowest  Ivs.  petioled,  upper- 
most pinnatifid:  fl. -heads  without 
bracts  ;  invol.  scales  with  fringed 
ciliate  white  lanceolate  tips,  the  innermost  ones  rounded, 
scarious-margined  :  fls.  black-purple.  Hungary. 

14.  Babyldnlca,  Linn.  Silvery  white  perennial :  sts. 
simple,  stout,  erect,  6-10  or  12  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  long,  coria- 
ceous, strongly  decurrent  on  the  stem,  the  radical  lyrate, 
the  lower  stem-lvs.  oval  or  oblong-acute,  entire  or  undu- 
late, the  upper  lance-acute  :  fls.  yellow,  the  globular 
heads  almost  sessile  in  the  axils  of  narrow  bract-like 
Ivs.;  %-%  of  the  stem  flower-bearing:  involucre-scales 
with  a  short,  recurved  tip.  Asia  Minor,  Syria.  Gn.  2,  p. 73; 
8,  p.  263.  R.  H.  1859,  pp.  540-1.  -Tall,  stout  and  striking 

plant>  JABED  G.  SMITH  and  L.  H.  B. 

CENTAURlDIUM.    See  Xanthisma. 

CENTRADENIA  (Greek  for  toothed  gland,  alluding  to 
the  anther  glands).  Melastomacece.  Four  species  in 
Mexico  and  Central  Amer.,  grown  in  warmhouses  for 
their  showy-colored  Ivs.  and  pretty  fls.  They  are  herbs 
or  shrubs,  with  angled  or  winged  branches,  petiolate, 
opposite  lanceolate  or  ovate-entire,  ribbed  Ivs.,  and  fls. 
With  4-lobed  calyx,  4  petals,  8  stamens,  and  a  4-loculed 
ovary.  The  blossoms  are  pink  or  white,  in  axillary  or 
terminal  clusters.  Prop,  by  cuttings.  Very  showy  and 
desirable  plants.  Stems  often  colored.  Centradenias 
like  rich  leaf -mold  with  sharp  sand,  and  brisk  heat. 
Give  a  light  but  shady  position.  Strong  plants  are  much 
benefited  by  liquid  manure,  and  such  applications  give 
better  colors  in  both  flowers  and  fruit.  Monogr.  by 
Cogniaux,  DC.,  Monographic  Phanerogamarum,  7: 116. 

grandifolia,  Endl.  Branches  4-winged  :  Ivs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  strongly  3-nerved,  brilliant  red  beneath, 
long-pointed  and  curving  at  the  end:  cymes  many-fld., 
shorter  than  the  Ivs.,  the  fls.  light  rose,  rotate,  the 
petals  very  obtuse,  the  stamens  unequal.  B.M.  5228.— 
The  plant  grows  2  ft.  high,  and  blooms  in  winter.  Very 
showy.  The  cut  branches  hold  their  color  a  long  time, 
making  the  plant  useful  for  decorations. 

floribunda,  Planch.  Branches  obscurely  angled,  pu- 
bescent, red:  Ivs.  narrow-lanceolate,  tapering  below,  3- 
nerved,  red-nerved  below  :  fls.  pink,  in  terminal  pani- 
cles. F.S.  5:453.  — Smaller  than  C.  grandifolia. 

inaequilateralis,  G.  Don  ( C.  rdsea,  Lindl. ) .  Lvs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  unequal-sided,  entire,  ciliate,  reddish  be- 
neath: fls.  pink,  in  terminal  corymbose  racemes:  dwarf. 
Mex.  B.R.  29:20.  L.  H.  B.  and  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 


CENTRANTHUS  ( Greek, spurred  flower).  Valerian- 
acece.  A  few  annual  and  perennial  herbs  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region,  with  dense  clusters  of  small  red  or 
white  fls.  terminating  the  branches,  and  opposite  entire 
or  cut  Ivs. :  calyx  cut  into  5-15  narrow  divisions,  en- 
larging after  flowering;  corolla  slender-tubed,  5-parted, 
spurred  at  the  base;  stamen  1:  fls.  with  a  pappus-like 
crest.  Of  easiest  culture. 

ruber,  DC.  RED  VALERIAN.  JUPITER'S  BEARD.  Per- 
ennial, 1-3  ft.,  smooth  and  glaucous,  forming  a  compact 
and  floriferous,  busby  plant  :  Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceolate, 
some  of  them  toothed  at  base:  fls.  very  numerous,  deep- 
crimson.— A  very  handsome  old  garden  plant,  too  much 
neglected.  It  blooms  all  summer.  Excellent  for  cut- 
ting. Increased  by  division;  also  by  seeds.  There  is  a 
white-fld.  form  (var.  dibits). 

macrosiphon,  Boiss.  Annual,  of  easy  culture  in  any 
good  soil:  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate,  glaucous,  toothed:  fls. 
larger  than  in  the  last,  red.  Spain.  — There  are  white- 
fld.  (var.  dlbus)  and  dwarf  (var.  ndnus)  forms.  Excel- 
lent for  rockeries  and  borders ;  also  good  for  lawn  vases. 

L.  H.  B. 

CENTROPOGON  (Greek  kentron,  spur,  and  pogon, 
beard,  referring  to  the  fringed  stigma).  Campanu- 
lacece.  About  36  tropical  Amer.  sub-shrubs  or  shrubs, 
often  scandent,  with  alternate,  mostly  dentate  Ivs.,  and 
long,  tubular  fls.  which  are  violet,  purple,  red,  or  orange, 
and  usually  borne  singly  on  long  peduncles :  bracteoles. 
very  small  or  wanting.  Warmhouse  perennial,  prop,  by 
cuttings. 

Lucyanus,  Houllet.  Height  1-2  ft. :  stem  somewhat 
woody:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  finely  toothed :  fls.  rose,  win- 
ter; hemispherical,  with  lanceolate  segments  recurved 
at  the  tips.  R.H.  1868:290. -Said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  C. 
fastuosus  and  Siphocampylus  betiilceformis ,  but  seems 
to  show  little  influence  of  the  latter,  which  has  longer 
petioles  and  peduncles,  more  coarsely  toothed  Ivs., 
longer  calyx-segments,  and  a  yellow-tipped  corolla. 

fastuosus,  Scheidw.  Lvs.  peach-like,  oblong,  acute, 
bordered  with  glandular  teeth,  very  glabrous,  short- 
petioled:  fls.  rose-colored,  winter  ;  calyx  hemispherical^ 
with  5  lanceolate,  denticulate  segments.  Mex.  R.H^ 
1853:181.  w  M> 

CENTROSEMA  (Greek,  spurred-standard) .  Legu- 
minbsce.  BUTTERFLY  PEA.  Twining  herbs  (at  least 
those  in  cult.),  with  pinnate,  3-7-foliolate  Ivs.,  and 
showy  white  or  reddish  fls.  in  the  axils.  Fl.  papiliona- 
ceous, the  standard  spurred  on  the  back,  the  keel  broad, 
and  the  style  bearded  at  the  apex.  Species  nearly  40  in 
tropical  Amer.  and  2  in  U.  S. 

Virginianum,  Benth.  Roughish,  climbing,  2-6  ft. : 
Ifts.  ovate  to  linear,  shining,  stipitate  :  fls.  1-4  in  the 
axil,  1  in.  long,  violet  and  splashed,  showy:  pod  straight 
and  long-pointed,  4-5  in.  long.  Md.  S.,  in  sandy  lands. 
A.G.  13:649.  — Int.  to  cult,  many  years  ago,  but  again  in- 
troduced in  1892  (as  C.  grandiflorum) ,  and  much  adver- 
tised. It  is  a  hardy  and  desirable  perennial  vine,  bloom- 
ing the  first  season  from  seed.  There  is  a  white-fld.  var. 

L.  H.  B. 

CENTURY  PLANT.    Consult  Agave. 

CEFHALANTHERA  (Greek  for  head  and  anther). 
Orchiddcece,  tribe  Nedttlece.  About  10  species  of  small, 
temperate-region  terrestrial  orchids,  allied  to  Epipactis, 
Pogonia,  etc.  Some  of  them  are  western  N.  American, 
and  others  are  European.  Sepals  3:  petals  small,  ovate: 
lip  saccate  :  Ivs.  (sometimes  wanting)  lanceolate  or 
oblong:  fls.  mostly  small  (sometimes  showy),  in  an  open 
spike.  The  species  are  scarcely  known  in  cult.,  but  two 
Japanese  species  have  been  offered  by  importers.  These 
are  E.  falcata,  Blume,  yellow,  and  E.  erecta,  Blume, 
white. 

CEPHALANTHUS  (Greek,  head  and  flower;  fls.  in 
heads).  Rubiacece.  BUTTON  BUSH.  Shrubs  with  oppo- 
site or  whorled,  entire,  stipulate  Ivs. :  fls.  small,  tubu- 
lar, white  or  yellowish,  4-merous,  with  included  stamens 
and  long,  exserted  style,  in  globular  heads :  fr.  dry,  sepa- 
rating into  2  nutlets.  Six  species  in  Amer.,  Africa  and 
Asia,  of  which  only  the  one  North  American  species  is 


276 


CEPHALANTHUS 


CERASTIUM 


cult.  Hardy  ornamental  shrub,  with  handsome  glossy 
foliage  and  very  attractive  with  its  flower  balls  appear- 
ing late  in  summer.  It  thrives  in  any  good  garden  soil, 
best  in  a  sandy,  somewhat  moist  one.  Prop,  by  seeds  or 
by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood  in  fall,  and  also  by  green- 
wood cuttings  taken  from  forced  plants  early  in  spring. 
occidentalis,  Linn.  Shrub,  3-12  ft. :  Ivs.  long-petioled, 
ovate  or  oval,  acuminate,  glossy  above,  glabrous  or 
slightly  pubescent  below,  3-6  in.  long:  heads  about  1  in. 
in  diam.,  long-peduncled,  3  or  more  at  the  end  of  the 
branches.  July-Sept.  From  New  Brunswick  south, 
west  to  Ontario  and  Calif .  Em.  394.  R.H.  1889,  p.  280.- 
Var.  angustifdlia,  Andre".  Lvs.  oblong,  lanceolate,  usu- 
ally in  3's.  R.H.  1889,  p.  281.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CEPHALARIA  ( Greek  for  head,  alluding  to  the  capi- 
tate flower-clusters).  Dipsacece.  Coarse  annual  or  per- 
ennial herbs  of  Europe,  Africa  and  Asia,  much  like 
Dipsacus,  but  the  heads  less  spiny.  The  heads  are  ter- 
minal and  globular,  bearing  many  4-parted  yellowish, 
whitish  or  bluish  florets. 

Tatarica,  Schrad.  Perennial,  6  ft.,  rank,  with  striate 
stems,  suited  to  the  rear  border,  where  strong  effects  are 
desired,  with  showy  cream-white  flat  heads  in  July  and 
Aug.:  Ivs.  pinnate,  the  Ifts.  broad -lanceolate  and  ser- 
rate. Grows  readily,  and  is  increased  by  seed  or  divid- 
ing the  clumps.  jj.  jj.  B. 

CEPHALOTAXUS  (Greek,  head;  Taxus-lilne  plant, 
with  fls.  in  heads  or  clusters).  Coniferce,  tribe  Taxacece. 
Trees  or  shrubs,  with  evergreen,  linear,  pointed  Ivs. 
with  2  broad,  glaucous  lines  beneath,  arranged  in  2 
rows:  fls.  dioecious,  staminate  in  1-8-fld.,  short-stalked 
clusters,  pistillate  consisting  of  a  small  cone  with  sev- 
eral bracts,  each  bearing  2  naked  ovules.  Seed  enclosed 
in  a  fleshy  envelope,  drupe-like,  about  1  in.  long,  reddish 
or  greenish  brown.  From  allied  genera  it  may  be  easily 
distinguished  by  the  resin-canal  in  the  center  of  the 
pith,  and  by  the  glaucous  lines  beneath  from  Taxus, 
which  has  the  Ivs.  yellowish  green  beneath,  and  from 
Torreya  by  the  glaucous  lines  being  broader  than  the  3 
green  lines,  while  in  Torreya  the  glaucous  lines  are 
narrower  than  the  green  ones.  Six  closely  allied  spe- 
cies from  Himal.  to  Jap.  Ornamental  evergreen  shrubs, 
in  appearance  very  like  a  yew,  but  of  more  graceful 
habit.  Not  hardy  north,  or  only  in  very  sheltered  posi- 
tions. They  thrive  best  in  a  somewhat  moist  but  well- 
drained,  sandy  loam,  and  in  partly  shaded  situations. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  stratified  and  sown  in  spring;  imported 
seeds  usually  do  not  germinate  until  the  second  year  ; 
increased  also  by  cuttings  in  August,  under  glass,  and 
by  veneer-grafting  in  summer,  on  one  of  the  species  or 


409.   Cepnaiotus  tollicularis 


on  Taxus  baccata.  For  cions  and  cuttings,  terminal 
shoots  should  be  selected,  which  form  regular  plants 
with  whorled  branches  like  seedlings,  while  cuttings 
from  lateral  branches  grow  into  irregular,  low,  spread- 
ing shrubs. 


A.    Lvs.  2-3  in.  long  :  branchlets  yellowish  green, 
pendulous. 

Fbrtunei,  Hook.  Lvs.  tapering  gradually  into  a  sharp 
point,  usually  falcate,  dark  green  and  shining  above  : 
fr.  greenish  brown,  obovate.  N.  China,  Jap.  B.M.  4499. 
F.S.  6:  555.  R.H.  1878,  p.  117.  — This  is  the  most  grace- 
ful species,  with  long  and  slender  branches,  attaining  in 
its  native  country  50  ft.  in  height,  in  culture  usually  re- 
maining a  shrub. 

AA.    Lvs.  1-2  in.  long. 

peduneulata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  With  spreading,  often 
somewhat  pendulous  branches,  dark  green  when  young: 
Ivs.  to  2  in.  long,  narrowed  into  a  sharp  point,  shining 
and  dark  green  above:  fr.  ovoid,  rounded  at  both  ends, 
rarely  globular.  Jap.,  China.  G.C.  III.  18:  716. -In 
Japan,  tree  to  25  ft.  high,  usually  shrub  in  culture.  A 
remarkable  form  is  var.  fastigiata,  Carr.  (Podocdrpus 
Koraiana,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.),  of  columnar  habit,  with  up- 
right branches  and  spirally  arranged  Ivs.  G.C.  II. 
21:112.  S.H.  2:450.  Gng.  2:341. 

drupacea,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Branches  spreading,  stiff, 
usually  light  green  when  young  :  Ivs.  about  1  in.  long, 
abruptly  pointed,  narrow  and  straight,  often  upturned: 
fr.  usually  obovate,  narrowed  at  the  base.  Jap.  G.C. 
III.  18:717.— This  is  the  dwarfest  species,  usually  form- 
ing a  low  bush  with  stiff,  spreading  branches. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CEPHALOTUS  (Greek,  in  a  head,  referring  to  the 
crowded  stamens).  Saxifragacece.  One  species  in 
Australia.  Lvs.  all  radical,  of  two  kinds,  the  ordinary 
foliage  Ivs.  being  spatulate  or  elliptic,  hairy,  and  entire, 
the  others  being  pitchers  with  purple  tints  and  a  netted 
and  veined  lid.  The  fls.  are  borne  in  an  interrupted 
spike,  on  an  erect  scape;  they  are  apetalous,  and  have 
a  white,  6-parted  calyx,  12  stamens  in  two  sets,  and  6 
1-seeded  carpels.  The  species  is  C.  follicularis,  Labill. 
(Fig.  409).  It  is  cult,  in  coolhouses  for  its  odd  insec- 
tivorous pitchers,  which  are  1-3  in.  long  and  beautifully 
lined  and  shaded  with  purple  and  green.  The  plant  is 
grown  in  peat  and  moss,  after  the  manner  of  Drosera 
and  Dioneea.  Delights  in  plenty  of  moisture,  mounted 
on  sphagnum  moss.  Give  a  cool  and  shady  position. 
Prop,  by  seeds  (allow  only  one  seed  vessel  to  mature) 
and  also  by  division.  A  most  interesting  plant.  R.B. 
23:233.  I. H.  27:391.  J.H.  III.  35:260. 

L.  H.  B.  and  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 

CERASTIUM  (Greek  for  horn,  alluding  to  the  shape 
of  the  pod).  Caryophyllacece.  Decumbent  annuals  or 
perennials,  with  weak,  slender  stems,  small,  opposite 
Ivs.  and  small  white  fls. :  differs  from  Arenaria  in  the 
shape  and  dehiscence  of  the  capsule:  sepals  5  or  4; 
petals  as  many,  often  2-cleft;  stamens  10  or  less.  Valu- 
able in  rockeries  or  for  bedding  and  borders.  Species 
about  100,  of  world-wide  distribution. 

A.    Lvs.  green,  merely  pubescent. 

arvense,  Linn.  (var.  oblong iiblium,  Holl.  &  Britt.). 
STARRY  GRASSWORT.  Fig.  410.  Perennial,  low,  much 
branched  and  matted;  stems  8-12  in.  long;  Ivs.  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  pale  green,  pubescent,  obtuse,  %-l%  in.  long, 
V±  in.  wide:  fls.  very  numerous,  appearing  in  April  and 
May;  petals  5,  deeply  bifid  ;  capsules  twice  as  long'  as 
the  calyx.  On  magnesian  rocks,  N.  Y.  to  Va.  and  west- 
ward. Bui.  74,  Ind.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  from  which  Fig.  410 
is  adapted.  — Recommended  as  a  bedding  plant,  for  its 
mat-like  habit,  covered  with  white  bloom. 

AA.    Lvs.  silvery  or  grayish. 
B.    Capsule  equaling  the  calyx. 

grandifldrum,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  Creeping  perennial  : 
Ivs.  linear,  acute,  the  margins  reflexed  ;  inflorescence 
dichotomous  :  fl. -stems  6-8  in.  high  :  petals  oval,  2- 
parted,  transparent  white,  twice  as  long  as  calyx.  E. 
Europe. 

BB.  Capsule  much  longer  than  the  calyx. 
Biebersteinii,  DC.  Stems  6  in.,  creeping,  diffuse, 
branched  :  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  tomentose-woolly  ;  pe- 
duncles erect,  dichotomous  ;  capsule  ovate-cylindrical. 
Tauria.  B.M.  2782.  — Like  C.  tomentosum,  but  with 
larger  Ivs.  Fine  for  edgings. 


CERASTIUM 


CERATOZAMIA 


277 


Boissierii,  Gren.  Low:  Ivs.  silvery,  ovate-lanceolate, 
acute,  entire,  sessile;  peduncles  4-12  in.  high  :  inflores- 
cence a  dichotoraous  cyme  :  fls.  large,  white.  Spain. 


410.    Cerastium  arvense. 

tomentosum,  Lhm.  .Low,  creeping,  branched :  Ivs.  ob- 
long, spatulate,  grayish  woolly,  upper  Ivs.  lanceolate  ; 
peduncles  6  in.  high,  erect,  dichotomous :  capsule  cylin- 
drical. Eu.  — Much  used  for  edgings. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

CEEASUS.    Consult  Primus. 

CERATIOLA  (Greek,  a  little  horn,  referring  to  the 
4-branched,  serrate  stigma).  Empetracew.  A  heath- 
like  evergreen,  much-branched  shrub  from  the  sand 
barrens  of  Ga.  and  S.  C. ;  rarely  cult.  N.,  but  not  hardy. 
Only  1  species. 

ericoides,  Michx.  Height  2-8  ft. :  branches  subverti- 
cillate,  marked  with  scars  of  numerous  fallen  Ivs.,  the 
younger  and  upper  ones  only  retaining  foliage  :  Ivs. 
crowded,  almost  whorled,  %-%  in.  long,  linear,  rigid, 
shining,  pale,  rounded  above,  grooved  beneath:  fls.  in- 
conspicuous, dkecious,  of  peculiar  structure  :  berries 
round,  orange-yellow.  B.M.  2758. 

CEEAT6LOBUS  (Greek  for  homed  pod).  Palmaceo?,. 
Spiny  Javanese  palms,  with  pinnate  Ivs.,  sometimes 
seen  in  fine  collections,  but  not  in  the  Amer.  trade. 
The  species  are  C.  c6ncolor,  Blume  ;  C.  glauctscens, 
Blume;  C.  Micholitziana,  Hort.  G.C.  III.  23:251;  C. 
Findleyanus,  Hort.,  A.G.  15:169.  Treated  the  same  as 
Calamus. 

A  small  genus  of  warmhouse  palms,  natives  of  Java 
and  Sumatra.  The  members  of  this  genus  are  slender- 
growing,  spiny  palms,  with  pinnate  leaves,  one  of  the 
best  being  C.  Micholitziana,  which  has  rather  short 
pinnae  irregularly  grouped  along  the  rachis.  A  shaded 
house,  with  a  night  temperature  of  65°  to  70°,  a  moist 
atmosphere,  and  plenty  of  water  at  the  root,  are  the  most 
essential  points  in  their  culture. 

L.  H.  B.  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 


CERATONIA  (Greek  for  horn,  in  reference  to  the 
large  pod).  Legutninosce.  A  tree  of  the  Mediterranean 
basin,  belonging  to  the  Cassia  tribe.  The  petals  are 
wanting;  stamens  5  ;  pod  long,  filled  with  a  pulpy  sub- 
stance. C.  Siliqua,  Linn.,  the  only  species,  is  now 
widely  distributed  in  warm  countries,  being  grown  both 
for  shade  and  for  the  edible  pods.  It  reaches  a  height 
of  40-50  ft.  It  is  evergreen.  Lvs.  pinnate,  shining,  the 
Ifts.  oval  and  obtuse.  It  thrives  well  in  S.  Calif,  and  S. 
Fla.  The  pulp  about  the  seeds  is  sweet  and  edible,  but 
the  fruit  is  used  chiefly  for  feeding  stock.  In  Europe 
these  pods  are  much  prized  for  the  fattening  of'  swine. 
The  dry  pods  are  occasionally  seen  in  the  fruit  stands 
in  northern  markets.  Var.  longissima  differs  only  in 
having  very  long  pods.  The  Ceratonia  is  known  as  Al- 
garoba,  Carob,  Karoub,  Caroubier,  and  St.  John's  Bread. 
The  last  name  records  the  notion  that  the  seeds  and 
sweet  pulp  are  respectively  the  locusts  and  wild  honey 
which  St.  John  found  in  the  wilderness.  The  dry 
valves  or  pods  have  been  supposed  to  be  the  husks 
which  became  the  subsistence  of  the  prodigal  son.  See 
G.P.  3:318,  323.  L.  H.  B. 

CEEATOPTEEIS  (Greek,  horn  fern).  Ceratopteri- 
dacece.  A  genus  of  aquatic  tropical  ferns,  forming  the 
type  of  a  distinct  family.  The  plants  root  in  mud,  and 
the  sterile  lv».  either  float  '~n  the  surface  or  are  carried 
above  the  surface  of  the  water.  The  sporophylls  are  bi- 
tripinnate,  with  pod-like  ultimate  segments,  entirely 
unlike  the  sterile  Ivs.  Only  a  single  species  is  known. 
C.  thalictroides,  Brongn.  Tropical  waters  of  both  hemi- 
spheres, rare  in  Florida.  — Useful  in  ponds  and  aquaria. 
Must  be  taken  indoors  on  approach  of  cold  weather. 
Best  grown  when  planted  in  loam  and  leaf -mold  topped 
with  spagnum,  and  tied  in  a  pan  or  crib  and  set  into  a 
tub  in  medium  temperature,  with  the  crown  on  top  of 
the  water.  To  propagate,  pull  out  several  of  the  center 
leaves,  and  new  crowns  will  form ;  these  can  be  divided. 
L.  M.  UNDERWOOD  and  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 

CEEATOSTlGMA(Greek,fcorned  stigma).  Plumbagi- 
naceoe.  Different  from  Plumbago  in  having  no  glands 
on  the  calyx,  stamens  adnate  to  the  corolla  tube,  fls.  in 
dense  clusters  rather  than  spicate,  and  other  technical 
characters.  There  are  3  or  4  species  in  warm  regions  of 
the  Old  World.  Herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  with  alternate,  obo- 
vate  Ivs.  and  blue  or  rose-red  fls. 

plumbaginoides,  Bunge  (Plumbago  Ldrpentce,  Lindl. 
Valor&dia  plumbaginoides,  Boiss.).  Perennial  herb, 
6-12  in.,  the  stem  red  and  branchy:  Ivs.  entire,  strongly 
ciliate  on  the  edges  :  fls.  slender- tubed,  with  a  wide- 
spreading,  deep  blue  limb,  the  5-lobes  minutely  toothed, 
collected  in  dense  heads  or  umbels.  China.  B.M.  4487. 
F.S.  4:  307.— A  hardy  bedding  plant,  producing  profusely 
of  its  deep  blue  fls.  late  in  fall.  Very  valuable.  Needa 


covering  in  winter  in  the  N. 


L.  H.  B. 


CEEATOTHECA  (Greek  for  horned  capsule).  Pedalia- 
cece.  Tropical  African  herbs  of  3  or  4  kinds,  with  usually 
opposite  Ivs.  which  are  ovate,  5-parted  calyx,  2-lipped 
corolla,  fls.  solitary  in  the  axils,  and  a  2-horned  capsule. 
C.  triloba,  Meyer,  is  occasionally  grown  in  S.  Fla.,  and  it 
may  be  adapted  to  glasshouses.  It  is  a  tall  herb  (5  ft.), 
with  the  habit  of  foxglove,  probably  biennial,  hairy:  Ivs. 
stalked  and  crenate-dentate :  fls.  3  in.  long,  blue,  pubes- 
cent, deflexed,  the  lower  lobe  prolonged.  Handsome. 
B.M.  6974. 

CEEATOZAMIA  (Greek,  horned  Zamia  ;  referring  to- 
the  horned  scales  of  the  cones,  which  distinguish  this 
genus  from  Zamia).  Cycaddcece.  Handsome  Mexican 
foliage  plants,  with  Cycas-like  Ivs.,  but  less  commonly 
cultivated  in  American  palm-houses  than  Cycas.  Best 
raised  from  young  imported  plants,  but  rarely  prop,  by 
seeds,  or  by  offsets  from  the  slow-growing  trunk.  Burn 
out  the  center  of  the  plant  with  a  hot  iron,  and  a  num- 
ber of  offsets  will  spring  from  the  trunk  and  the  crown ; 
these  may  be  used  for  propagation. 

Mexicana,  Brongn.  Trunk  thick,  short,  covered  with 
the  remains  of  fallen  leaf-stalks  :  Ivs.  rich,  dark  green, 
pinnate,  on  prickly  petioles  5-6  in.  long,  which  are- 
shaggy  when  young  ;  leaflets  very  numerous,  6-12  in. 


:278 


CERATOZAMIA 


CEBCOCARPUS 


long  or  more,  lanceolate  :  cones  produced  annually  on 
'separate  plants;  female  cones  9-12  in.  long,  4-6  in.  thick, 
the  scales  2-horned  ;  male  cones  narrower,  longer,  on  a 
ihairy  stalk,  the  scales  with  two  small  teeth.  Mex.  Gn.  9, 
,pp.  308,  309.— An  excellent  decorative  plant,  best  grown 
in  sandy  loam.  Give  freely  of  water  and  heat  in  spring 
and  summer,  but  keep  cooler  and  dryer  in  winter. 

H.  A.  SIEBRECHT  and  W.  M. 

CEKCIDIPHtLLUM  (Cercis  and  phyllon,  leaf  ;  the 
Ivs.  resemble  those  of  Cercis).  Trochodendracece.  Tree, 
with  deciduous,  usually  opposite,  petioled  and  palmately 
nerved  Ivs. :  fls.  dioecious,  inconspicuous,  apetalous,  soli- 
tary, staminate  nearly  sessile,  bearing  numerous  stamens 
with  slender  filaments,  pistillate  pedicelled,  consisting  of 
3-5  carpels, ending  in  long,  purplish  styles  and  developing 
into  about  %in.  long,  dehiscent  pods,  with  many  seeds. 
One  species  in  Japan.  Hardy,  ornamental,  shrubby  tree 
of  pyramidal  and,  when  young,  almost  fastigiate  habit, 
with  handsome,  light  green  foliage,  purplish  when  un- 
folding, turning  bright  yellow  or  partially  scarlet  in  fall. 
It  prefers  rich  and  moist  soil,  and  grows  rapidly  when 
young.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring,  and  by  green- 
wood-cuttings, taken  from  forced  plants  in  early  spring, 
•or  by  layers  ;  cuttings  from  half -ripened  wood  in  sum- 
mer, under  glass,  grow  also,  but  not  very  well. 

Jap6nicum,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Bushy  tree,  usually  20-30  ft., 
•but  sometimes  rising  to  100  ft.,  with  slender,  glabrous 
branches  :  Ivs.  opposite,  occasionally  alternate,  slender 
petioled,  cordate,  orbicular  or  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  cre- 
nate-serrate,  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath,  2-3  in.  long. 
Japan.  G.F.  7:106, 107,  and  6:  53.  Mn.  3:74.  Gng.  5:135. 
—A  very  desirable  tree,  one  of  the  best  of  the  newer 
introductions  from  Japan.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CERCIS  (Kerkis,  ancient  Greek  name).  Legumindsca. 
JUDAS  TREE.  RED  BUD.  Trees  or  shrubs  :  Ivs.  decidu- 
ous, alternate,  petioled,  palmately  nerved,  entire  :  fls. 
papilionaceous,  pedicelled,  pink  or  red,  appearing  before 
or  with  the  Ivs.,  in  clusters  or  racemes  from  the  old 


seeded.  Seven  species  in  N.  America,  and  from  S.  Europe 
to  Japan.  Very  ornamental  trees  or  shrubs,  with  hand- 
some, distinct  foliage  and  abundant  showy  fls.  in  spring, 
very  effective  by  their  deep  pink  color.  They  are  well 
adaped  for  shrubberies  or 
as  single  specimens  on 
the  lawn,  and  attain  rarely 
more  than  20  or  30  ft.  in 
height,  forming  a  broad, 
irregular  head  when  older. 
Only  C.  Canadensis  is 
hardy  north,  while  none  of 
the  others  can  be  grown 
successfully  farther  north 
than  New  York.  They 
grow  best  in  rich,  sandy 
and  somewhat  moist  loam, 
and  should  be  transplanted 
when  young,as  older  plants 
can  be  hardly  moved  with 
success.  Young  plants,  4 
or  5  years  old,  produce  fls. 
freely  and  may  be  recom- 
mended for  forcing,  espe- 
cially C.  Chinensis,  which 
is  the  most  beautiful  of 
all.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown 
in  spring,  best  with  gentle 
bottom  heat ;  sometimes 
increased  by  layers,  or  by 
greenwood  cuttings  from 
forced  plants  in  early 
spring ;  C.  Chinensis  grows 
also  from  greenwood  cut- 
tings in  summer  under 
glass. 

A.  Lvs.  abruptly  and  snort 

acuminate,     usually 

slightly        pubescent 

near  the  base  beneath. 
Canad6nsis,  Linn.  Fig. 
411.  Tree,  to  40  ft. :  Ivs. 
roundish  or  broadly  ovate, 
usually  cordate,  3-5  in. 
long  :  fls.  rosy  pink,  Kin. 
long,  4-8  in  clusters:  pod 
2%-3%in.  long.  From  New 
Jersey  south,  west  to  Mis- 
souri and  Texas.  S.  S. 
3:  133-34.  A.  F.  13:  1370. 
Gng.  6:  290.  F.E.  9:  593.— A  very  desirable  ornamental 
tree  for  the  northern  states.  There  is  also  a  variety  with 
double  fls. 

Chin6nsis,  Bunge  ( C.  Japdnica,  Sieb.).  Fig.  412.  Tree, 
to  50  ft.,  shrub  in  culture:  Ivs.  deeply  cordate,  roundish, 
with  a  white,  transparent  line  at  the  margin,  subcoria- 
ceous,  shining  above,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  5-8,  purplish  pink, 
%in.  long  :  pod  3-5  in.  long,  narrow.  China,  Japan. 
F. 8.8:849.  Mn.2:139.  G.F.  6:  476. -The  most  beautiful 
species,  with  the  fls.  nearly  as  large  as  those  of  C.  Sili- 
quastrum  and  more  abundant. 

AA.   Lvs.  rounded  or  emarginate  at  the  apex,  usually 

broader  than  long. 

occidentalis,  Torr.  (C.  Califdrnica,  Torr.).  Shrub,  to 
15  ft. :  Ivs.  cordate,  roundish,  glabrous,  about  2  in.  wide: 
fls.  rose-colored,  Kin.  long:  pod  2-2%in.  long.  Calif.— A 
closely  allied  species  is  C .  renifdrmis ,  Engelm.  (C.  Tex- 
6nsis,  Sarg. ).  Small  tree  :  Ivs.  subcoriaceous,  3-5  in. 
wide,  sometimes  pubescent  beneath  :  pod  2-4  in.  long. 
Texas,  N.  Mexico.  S.S.  3:135. 

Siliquastrum,  Linn.  Tree,  to  40  ft.:  Ivs.  roundish, 
deeply  cordate,  glabrous,  3-5  in.  wide  :  fls.  3-6,  purplish 
rose,  %in.  long  :  pod  3-4  in.  long.  S.  Europe,  W.  Asia. 
B.M.  1138.  Gn.  42:  879,  and  52,  p.  5.— There  is  a  variety 


412.   Cercis  Chinensis. 

Natural  size. 


with  white  fls. 


ALFRED  REHDER. 


411.  Cercis  Canadensis  (X  %). 


'wood :  calyx  5-toothed,  red :  petals  nearly  equal,  the  up- 
permost somewhat  smaller  :  pod  compressed,  narrow- 
•oblong,  narrow-winged  on  the  ventrical  suture,  many- 


CEKCOCARPUS  (Greek,  tail  and  fruit;  the  fruit  with 
a  long,  hairy  tail) .  Bosacece.  Small  trees  or  shrubs,  with 
alternate,  persistent,  rather  small  Ivs. :  fls.  inconspicu- 
ous, apetalous,  whitish  or  reddish,  in  the  axils  of  fas- 
cicled Ivs. :  fr.  an  akene,  surmounted  by  the  persistent, 


CERCOCARPUS 


CEREUS 


279 


long  and  hairy  style.  Small  genus  of  about  4  species,  in 
the  Rocky  Mts.  from  Montana  south  to  Mexico;  without 
decorative  value,  but  probably  valuable  for  covering  dry, 
rocky  or  gravelly  slopes  in  arid  temperate  regions,  as 
they  thrive  under  very  unfavorable  conditions.  The 
very  heavy  and  close-grained  wood  is  manufactured  into 
small  articles,  and  valued  as  fuel  and  for  making  char- 
coal. They  may  be  cultivated  in  a  peaty  and  sandy,  well 
drained  soil  in  sunny  positions,  and  prop,  by  seeds  or  by 
cuttings  of  half -ripened  wood  under  glass.  C.  ledifolius, 
Nutt.,  is  the  hardiest,  and  stands  frost  to  zero.  It  has 
narrow,  entire  Ivs.,  while  the  Mexican  C.  fothergllloides, 
HBK.,  has  the  Ivs.  somewhat  larger,  serrate  and  tomen- 
tose  beneath,  and  clustered  fls.  C.  parvifdlius,  Nutt.,  has 
cuneate-obovate,  coarsely  serrate  Ivs.  D.  M.  Andrews,  of 
Colorado,  who  handles  this  shrub,  writes  of  it  as  follows : 
"Mountain  Mahogany,  6  feet.  A  nearly  evergreen  rosa- 
ceous shrub  of  peculiar  and  attractive  habit  of  growth. 
Flowers  white,  early,  followed  by  the  long,  plumose 
akenes,  which  are  3-5  in.  long,  strangely  curled  and 
twisted,  arranged  above  and  on  each  side  of  the  slender 
branches,  so  that  at  a  little  distance  they  have  an  appear- 
ance suggestive  of  ostrich  plumes.  Easily  transplanted, 
and  thrives  anywhere."  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CEREUS  (from  the  Latin  ;  some  think  it  comes  from 
the  word  for  candle,  in  allusion  to  the  shape  of  the  stem; 
others  that  it  comes  from  the  word  for  pliant).  Cacta- 
cece.  A  genus  of  varying  habit,  from  stout-columnar  to 
almost  globular,  deflexed  or  creeping  or  slender-climb- 
ing, generally  ribbed.  The  fls.  are  borne  singly  on  the 
side  of  the  stem  ;  they  have  a  long  tube  which,  with  the 
ovary  below  it,  is  beset  with  scales  or  bracts  ;  petals 
numerous  and  spreading.  The  sts.  bear  numerous  tuber- 
cles or  woolly  tufts,  which  bear  spines  ;  these  spines 
are  usually  of  two  kinds  or  groups,— the  interior  ones, 
or  "centrals,"  which  stand  at  nearly  right  angles  to  the 
stem,  and  the  outer  ones,  or  "radials,"  which  are  vari- 
ously spreading.  The  largest  Cacti  are  Cereuses.  A 
genus  of  about  100  species,  extending  from  the  arid 
regions  of  southwestern  U.  S.  southward  through  Mex. 
and  Cent.  Amer.  into  S.  Amer.  Formerly  the  genus  was 
made  to  include  the  numerous  species  of  Echinocereus, 
but  these  are  now  regarded  as  forming  a  distinct  genus. 
Those  who  miss  well  known  Cereus  forms  from  the 
following  list  should  look  under  Echinocereus.  Not  all 
of  the  specific  names  to  be  found  in  the  trade  cata- 
logues can  be  accounted  for  at  present,  but  the  following 
synopsis  contains  the  most  important  in  the  Amer. 
trade  ;  and  the  unidentified  names  will  be  found  in  the 
supplementary  list.  See  Cactus. 

JOHN  M.  COULTER. 

The  Night-blooming  Cereuses  are  the  only  species 
(except  C.  flagelliformis)  which  are  generally  culti- 
vated. The  sts.  of  the  Night-blooming  Cereus  are  either 
cylindrical  or  angled,  and  are  trailing  or  climbing  in 
habit.  Some  species  grow  to  a  great  height.  They  are 
excellent  for  growing  against  pillars  or  rafters  in  the 
greenhouse.  They  grow  most  luxuriantly  where  they 
receive  abundant  light  and  a  good  circulation  of  air. 
They  are  not  particular  about  soil,  but  do  well  in  any 
open,  porous  compost.  Great  care  should  be  taken  that 
the  drainage  is  perfect,  as  stagnation  at  the  roots  of 
such  fleshy  succulent  plants  is  sure  to  prove  disastrous. 
During  the  summer  months  the  stems  should  be  syringed 
twice  a  day  ;  but  during  the  winter  they  require  no  syr- 
inging and  very  little  water.  Good  plants  can  be  grown 
in  pots,  using  a  compost  of  one-half  good  fibrous  loam 
and  the  other  half  lime  rubbish,  broken  brick  and  sand. 
The  best  species  are  C.  grandiflorus,  C.  MacDonaldce, 
C.  nycticalus,  and  C.  triangularis .  At  the  Harvard 
Botanic  Garden  is  a  very  large  plant  of  C.  triangularis, 
which  has  often  had  as  many  as  65  to  70  flowers  open  in 
one  night.  The  flowers  of  all  the  species  open  but  once. 
They  collapse  when  the  sun  strikes  them. 

ROBERT  CAMERON. 

The  following  Cereuses  are  here  described  :  Alacri- 
portanus,  22  ;  Alamosensis,  8  ;  atroptirpureus ,  45  ; 
azureus,  34  ;  Baumanni.  27  ;  Belieuli,  24  ;  Bonplandii, 
44;  Baxaniensis,  43  ;  Bridgesii,  33  ;  csesius,  35;  can- 
delabrum, 24  ;  candicans,  4  ;  Cavendishii,  29  ;  cha- 
lybffius,  25;  Chilensis,  7;  Chiotilla,  10;  coccineus,  37  ; 


Cochal,  21;  cserulescens,  32;  colubrimts,27;  Donkelaeri, 
49  ;  Dumortieri,  10  ;  Dyckii,  11  ;  eburneus,  19;  edulis, 
19;  Emoryi,  39;  eriophorus,  30;  eruca,  41  ;  euphorbi- 
oides,  12  ;  extensus,  59  ;  Fernambucensis,  42  ;  flagelli- 
formis, 47  ;  formosuSf  42  ;  gemmatus,  15  ;  geometri- 
zans,  20  ;  giganteus,  1  ;  grandiflorus,  50  ;  grandis,  42  ; 
Greggii,  36 ;  gummosus,  40 ;  hamatus,  56 ;  Hankea- 
nus,  17  ;  inermis,  55  ;  isogonus,  28  ;  Jamacuru,  23  ; 
lageniformis,  33  ;  lamprochlorus,  5  ;  Landbecki,  32  ; 
leptophis,  47 ;  MacDonaldise,  61  ;  macrogonus,  18 ; 
Mallisoni,  48 ;  marginatus,  15 ;  Martianus,  53 ;  Mar- 
tinii,  46;  Maynardii,  51  ;  Mexicanus,  38;  monacanthus , 
46  ;  monoclonos,  22  ;  Napoleonis,  58  ;  nycticalus,  54  ; 
Olfersii,  12 ;  Pasacana,  3  ;  Pecten-aboriginum,  18 ; 
Pernambucensis ,  42  ;  Peruvianus,  22  ;  Pitajaya,  42  ; 
platygonus,  31,  48  ;  princeps,  43  ;  Pringlei,  1  ;  pruino- 
SHS,  19  ;  pugioniferus ,  20  ;  Queretarensis,  9;  Regelii, 
57;  repandus,  30;  Roezlii,  13;  rostratus,56',  Schrankii, 
37;  Seidelii,34-,  serpentinus,  26;  Smithii,48',  Spachi- 
anus,  6  ;  speciossisimus,  37  ;  speciosus,  37  ;  spinulo- 
sus,  52  ;  splendens,  29  ;  stellatus,  11  ;  tephracanthus, 
14  ;  Thurberi,  2  ;  Tonelianus,  11 ;  tortuosus,  45  ;  tri- 
angularis, 60 ;  uranos,  50  ;  validus,  23 ;  variabilis, 
42,  43. 

A.    Sts.  erect,  2  in.  or  more  in  diameter. 

B.    New  growth  green,  not  pruinose  (i.  e.,  not  covered 

with  a  bloom  or  glaucum). 

C.    Bibs  of  stem  10  or  more. 

1.  giganteus,  Engelm.    SUWARRO.   Fig.  413.    A  stout 
form,  25-60  ft.  high,  simple  or  with  a  few  erect  branches 
shorter  than  the  main  st. :  ribs  12-15  below,  18-21  above, 
often  almost  obliterated  and  spineless  on  older  parts: 
spines  straight,  bulbous  at  base,  white  or  straw-color,  be- 
coming ashy  or  dark,  the  6  centrals  stout,  the  11-17  outer 
ones  setaceous  :  fls.  yellowish  or  whitish  :  fr.  oval  or 
pear-shaped,  2-3  in.  long  and  1-2  in.  in  diam.    In  rocky 
valleys  and  on  mountain  sides  from  Ariz,  into  Sonora 
and  L.Calif.    B.M.  7222.    A.G.  11:451,  528.-The  best 
known  of  the  tree  forms.    The  young  plants  are  globu- 
lar for  several  years.    Forms  the  cordon  forests  of  the 
Sonoran  region.    Runs  into  crested  or  cristate  forms. 

C.  Pringlei,  Wats.,  is  one  of  the  cordon  Cereuses  of 
N.  Mex.  Not  so  tall  as  C.  giganteus,  ribs  fewer,  and 
fls.  scattered.  Not  in  cult.  G.F.  2:65. 

2.  Thurberi,  Engelm.    Several  stems  arising  from  the 
same  root,  becoming  10-15  ft.  high,  fasciculate-jointed : 
ribs  13-16,  very  slightly  prominent :  spines  7-16,  slender 
and  rigid  or  almost  setaceous,  very  unequal  in  length  : 
fls.  greenish-white  :  fr.  globose,  1-3  in.  in  diam.,  olive- 
color,  with  crimson  pulp.    Southwestern  Ariz.,  through 
Sonora  and  L.  Calif. 

3.  Pasacana,  Weber.     A  gigantic  species,  reaching  a 
height  of  20-30  ft.,  and  sometimes  even  50  ft.,  and  a 
diam.  of  12-16  in. ;  sparingly  branching  above  ;  in  new 
growth  dark  green,  becoming  gray  or  bluish :  ribs  15- 
20,  or  in  young  plants  only  9-10 :  areolse  %-%  in.  apart, 
large,  brown,  becoming  yellowish  and  finally  gray:  ra- 
dial spines   10-13,  about  1   in.  long,  the  under  one  or 
lowest  pair  straight,  subulate,  the  others  curved  ;  cen- 
trals mostly  4,  the  under  and  upper  ones  the  longest, 
reaching  2  in.  in  length,  straight  or  curved;  the  young 
spines  are  clear  brown,  often  with  alternating  rings  of 
light  and  dark  tissue,  later  gray,  bulbose  at  the  base  : 
fls.  from  the    lateral  areolae,  about  6  in.  long,  white. 
Argentine  Republic.  — This  is  the  giant  Cereus  of  the 
Argentine   desert,   as    C.  giganteus  is  of  the  Mojave 
desert. 

4.  candicans,  Gillies.     Stems  upright,  low,  cylindri- 
cal, bright  green,  2%-3  ft.  high  by  6-8  in.  in  diam.; 
freely  branching  from  the  base :  ribs  10,  obtuse  angled  : 
areolro  %-%in.  apart,  large,  depressed,  white,  becoming 
gray  :    radial   spines   11-14,    spreading,   at    first    thin, 
needle  form,  later  stronger,  stiff,  straight,  about  %  in. 
long  ;  central  solitary  or  later,  3-^4  additional  ones  ap- 
pearing above,  stronger,  reaching  a  length  of  1%  in., 
sometimes  somewhat  curved  ;  all  the  spines  horn-col- 
ored, with  tips  and  bases  brown,  later  becoming  gray: 
fls.  long,  funnel  form,  resembling  those  of  Echinopsis, 
10  in.  long  by  6  in.  in  diam. :  fr.  spherical  to  ellipsoidal, 
about  3  in.  in  diam.,  red,  somewhat  spiny,  flesh  white. 
Argentine  Republic. 


280 


CEREUS 


CEREUS 


5.  lamprochldrus,  Lem.   Related  to  C.  candicans  .  of  a 
taller  growth,  cylindrical,  3-6%  ft.  high  by  about  3  in. 
in  diam.,  at  first  simple,  but  later  branching  at  the  base; 
in   new   growth  bright  green,  later   dirty   green  :  ribs 
10-11  or  occasionally  15;  conspicuously  crenate,   later 
blunt  and  but  little  crenate:  areolse  medium  size,  about 
%in.  apart,  yellowish  white,  becoming  gray;  above  each 
areola  two  radiating  grooves   form  a  letter  V:  radial 
spines  11-14,  spreading,  straight,  sharp-pointed,  about 
%in.  long,  clear  to  dark  amber  color;  some  are  strong 
and  rigid,  while  others  are  bristle-form;  centrals  mostly 
4,  somewhat  longer,  stronger  and  deeper  colored,  with 
brown  bases,  becoming  dark  gray,  about  %in.  long  :  fls. 
from  the  previous  year's  growth,  about  8-10  in.  long  by 
6  in.  in  diam.,  white.    Argentine  Republic. 

6.  Spachianus,  Lem.     Stems  upright,  at  first  simple, 
later  profusely  branching  at  the  base,  branches  ascend- 
ing parallel  with  the  main  stem,  2-3  ft.  high  by  2-2%  in. 
in  diam.,  columnar:  ribs  10-15,  obtuse,  rounded  :  areolse 
about  %in.  apart,  large,  covered  with  curly  yellow  wool, 
becoming  white  :    radial    spines   8-10,   34-%    in.  long, 
spreading,  stiff,  sharp,  amber-yellow  to  brown;  central 
solitary,  stronger  and  longer;  all  the   spines  later  be- 
coming gray :  fls.  about  8  in.  long  by  about  6  in.  in  diam. , 
white.    Argentine  Republic. 

7.  Chilensis,  Colla  ( C.  Chiloensis,  DC. ) .  Stems  strong, 
upright,  simple  (so  far  as  known),  about  2%  ft.  high  by 
3%-5   in.   in    diam.,  cylindrical  to    somewhat  clavate, 
bright,  clear  green:  ribs  10-12,  obtuse:  areolse  about  an 
inch  apart,  large:  radial  spines  straight,  sharp,  rigid,  at 
first  9,  but  later  4  others  appear  above  these;  centrals 
mostly  4,  seldom  but  a  single  one,  bulbose  at  the  base ; 
the  young  spines  are   brown   honey-yellow,  becoming 
white,  with  dark  tips,  and  finally  gray  :  fls.  from  the 
upper  lateral  areolae,  about  6  in.  long,  white,  resembling 
those  of  Echinopsis.    Chile. 

co.   Ribs  of  stem  7-9. 

8.  Alamosensis,  Coult.    Upright  columnar,  about  2  ft. 
high  by  about  2  in.  in  diam.,  several  stems  arising  from 
a  common  root-crown:  ribs  7-9,  compressed  and  slightly 
crenate:  areolse  prominent,  about  1-1%  in.  apart,  hemi- 
spherical, Densely  covered  with  short,  reddish  brown 
wool:  radial  spines  15-18,  slender  but  rigid,  rather  un- 
equal, spreading,  straight  or  curved,  %-l  in.  long,  ashy 
gray;  centrals  commonly  4,  much  stouter  and  longer, 
the  three  upper  ones  erect  or  divergent,  the  lowest  (usu- 
ally the  longest  and  somewhat    flattened),  porrect   or 
deflexed,  all  more  or  less  angular,  sometimes  teretish, 
134-2  in.  long,  when  young  yellowish,  with  dark  brown 
base,  finally  becoming  gray:  fls.  from  the  upper  lateral 
areolae,  funnel-form,  about  1%  in.  long,  red.     Northern 
Mexico. 

9.  Queretarensis,  Weber.     Arborescent,  with  a  trunk 
about  3  ft.  high  by  about  14  in.  in  diam. ;   the  much- 
branched  crown  has  a  diameter  of  12-16  ft.,  the  total 
height  of  a  plant  being   about  20  ft.;  branches  dark 
green,  in  young  growth  frequently  of  a  peculiar  violet- 
brown  :  ribs  6-7,  separated  by  sharp  grooves,  which  later 
become  much  flattened,  and  the  stem  consequently  more 
cylindrical  :    areolse   depressed,    dark     brown :    radial 
spines  6-9,  the  lower  ones  the  longest,  about  134  in. 
long  ;  centrals  4  (often  but  2),  reaching  1%  in.:  fls. nu- 
merous from  the  upper  part  of  the  branches,  about  4—5 
in.  long  :  fr.  yellow  to  red,  about  2  in.  long,  covered  with 
dark  yellow  to  brown  spines,  about  1  in.  long,  and  bul- 
bose at  the  base.   Mexico. 

10.  Chiotilla,  Weber.     Arborescent,  stem   reaching  a 
diameter  of  16  in.,  freely  branching  from  the  base  up- 
ward, the  whole  plant  reaching  a  height  of  16  ft.,  with  a 
crown  12-14  ft.  in  diam.,  branches  8  in.  in  diam.,  dark 
green:    ribs   mostly  7   (seldom    8):    areolse  elliptical, 
pointed   above   and   below,  large,  gray  :  radial  spines 
10-15,  straight,  very  stiff,  radiate,  34-%  in.  long  ;  cen- 
trals 1-2,  rarely  3-4,  the  under  one  long  and  very  strong, 
about  2  in.  long,  curved  downward,  and  either  to  the 
right  or  to  the  left,  the  others  about  half  as  long  ;  all 
the  spines  are  horn  colored  ;  the  narrow  groove  con- 
necting the  areolse  bears  a  few  bristles  :    fls.  from  the 
lateral  areolse,  near  the  end  of  the  branches,  134-1%  in. 
long,  sulphur-yellow:  fr.  spherical,  little  more  than  an 
inch   in  diameter,  scaly,  brown-red,  with  a  violet  flesh 
within.    Mexico. 


11.  stellatus,  Pfeiff.  ( C.  Df/ckii,  Mart.    C.Tonellianus, 
Lem.).     Stems  upright,  columnar,  10-14  ft.  high,  light 
green  ;    branches  upright,  2-3  in.  in  diam. :  ribs  7-10. 
rarely  15  :    areolse  %-l  in.  apart,  sunken  between  adja- 
cent swellings  of  the  rib:  radial  spines  8-10,  about  %in. 
long;  centrals  3-5,  the  upper  ones  upright  or  divergent, 
the  under  one  porrect,  about    %-%  in.  long  ;  all  the 
spines  bulbose  at  the  base,  rigid,  white,  and  sometimes 
with  dark  tips,  turning  gray  with  age  :  fls.  forming  a 
crown  at  the  end  of  the  stem,  about  2  in.  long,  light 
pink  :    fr.  spherical,  1%  in.  in  diam.,  red  outside  and 
carmine-red  within.    Central  Mexico.  — Fruit  edible  and 
common  in  the  Mexican  markets. 

12.  euphorbioides,  Haw. (C.  Olfersii,  Otto).  Columnar, 
simple,  10-16  ft.  high  by  about  4%  in.  in  diam.,  in  young 
growth  pale  green,  changing  with  age  to  gray-green  : 
ribs  8-10,  separated  by  sharp  grooves,  sharp-angled,  be- 
coming flattened  in  older  growth  :    areolse   about  %in. 
apart,  small,  white  to  gray:  radial  spines  mostly  6,  the 
under  one  the  longest,  reaching  a  length  of  over  an 
inch,  strong,  yellowish  brown  to  black,  the  upper  ones 
shorter  and  bristle  form  ;    central   solitary,  in  young 
plants  twice  as  long  as  the  radials;  all  the  spines  finally 
become  gray:  fls.  from  near  the  crown,  3%^4  in.  long, 
beautiful  flesh-red,  remaining  open  for  24  hours.  Brazil. 
R.H.  1885,  p.  279. 

13.  EoBzlii,  Haage.     Upright,  columnar,  about  3   in. 
in  diam. :  ribs  9,  separated  by  sharp,  somewhat  serpen- 
tine grooves,  obtuse;  above  the  areolse,  two  radiating, 
slightly  curved  grooves  form  a  letter  V:    areolae  %-% 
in.  apart,  comparatively  large,  slightly  sunken,  yellow- 
ish, later  gray:  radial  spines  9-12,  radiate,  nearly  %in. 
long,  straight,  subulate,  tolerably  sharp,  slightly  thick- 
ened at  the  base,  clear  brown,  with  darker  stripes ;  cen- 
tral solitary,  reaching  1%  in.  in  length,  straight,  porrect, 
later  somewhat  deflexed,  clear  brown ;  later  all  the  spines 
become  gray.    Andes  of  Peru  or  Equador. 

14.  tetracanthus,    Lab.       Upright,     arborescent     or 
bushy,  freely  branching,  young  branches   leaf -green, 
later  gray-green  :    ribs  8-9,  low,  arched  :   areolse  me- 
dium sized,  slightly  sunken,  about  %in.  apart,  white  to 
gray:  radials  5,  later  7,  radiate,  about  %in.  long,  straight, 
subulate,  stout,  white,  with  brown  tips  and  bases,  later 
ashy  gray;  centrals  1-3,  under  one  largest  and  porrect, 
when  young  yellow  and  translucent,  later  gray:  fls.  re- 
semble those  of  C.  tortuosus.    Bolivia. 

ccc.    Ribs  of  stem  3-6. 

15.  marginatus,  DC.  (C.  gemmatus,  Zucc.).     Simple 
or  branching  at  apex,  2-3  in.  in  diam.,  with  5-6  obtuse 
ribs,  which  are  woolly  their  whole  length:  spines  short- 
conical,  rigid,  7-9,  all  nearly  alike:  fls.  brownish  purple, 
about  1%  in.  long  :  fr.  globular  and  spiny.     Mexico.— 
Frequently  used  for  hedges  in  S.  Mexico.    The  stem  is 
often  covered  with  a  woody  crust. 

16.  Dumortieri,   Salm-Dyck.     Tall,  strong,   6-angled, 
columnar  stems,  much  resembling  C.  marginatus,  but 
with  the  confluent  areolae  armed  with  slender,  needle- 
form,  yellow  spines :  radials  about  9-15,  radiating,  about 
%-%   in.  long  ;    centrals   1-4,  the  under  one  longest, 
reaching  1%  in.  in  length  :  fls.  numerous,  funnel-form, 
about  2  in.  long,  opening  to  about  1  in.  in  diam.,  white. 
Mexico. 

17.  Hankeanus,  Weber.    Upright,  robust,  not  branch- 
ing (so  far  as  known),  young  growth  bright  green,  later 
dark  green,  about 2  in.  in  diameter:  ribs  4-5,  compressed, 
about  134  in.  high,  conspicuously  crenate,  with  an  S-form 
line  passing  from  each  areolse  toward  the  center  of  the 
stem  :    areolae   %-l  in.  apart,  horizontally  elliptical  to 
heart-shaped,  brown,  becoming  gray  below  and  yellow 
above:  radial  spines  3,  needle-like,  stout,  sharp-pointed, 
about  %in.  long,  amber-colored  when  young,  turning  to 
brown  ;    central   solitary,  straight,  porrect,  %in.  long, 
stronger  than  the  radials,  horn-colored  ;    later  all  the 
spines  become  gray:  fls.  4-5  in.  long,  white.    S.  Amer. 

BB.    New  growth  blue,  white-  or  gray-prulnose 

(i.  e.,  covered  with  a  bloom). 

C.    Ribs  of  stem  comparatively  broad  and  low  ;  more  or 
less  triangular  in  transverse  section. 

18.  macrdgonus,  Otto.     Arborescent,  sparsely  branch- 
ing, reaching  a  heigh  of  20  ft.  (in  cultivation,  6  ft.  high 


CEREUS 


CERE US 


281 


by  3-5  in.  in  diani. ),  branches 
columnar  :  ribs  mostly  7,  sel- 
dom 8-9,  thick,  slightly  undu- 
late, obtuse  and  with  convex 
faces,  about  1  in.  high,  bluish 
green,  frequently  having  a  de- 
pressed line  near  the  areolae: 
areol®  about  3^in.  apart,  large, 
gray:  radial  spines  6-9,  radi- 
ate or  spreading,  strong,  sub- 
ulate, %in.  long,  horn  color, 
later  black  ;  central  spines 
1-3,  somewhat  stronger  and 
longer  than  the  radial s,  more 
or  less  conspicuously  porrect: 
fls.  from  the  lateral  areolae, 
near  the  end  of  the  branches, 
2/4-3  in.  long,  tolerably  fleshy, 
white  :  fr.  depressed-globose, 
2  in.  in  diam.  by  little  more 
than  1  in.  long.  Brazil. 

C.  Ptcten  -  aborigimtm, 
Wats.,  is  closely  allied  to  the 
above.  It  is  Sonoran,  but  not 
known  to  be  in  cult.  G.  F. 
7 :  335. 

19.  eburneus,     Salm-Dyck 
(C.  pruinosus,  Otto.    C.  tdu- 
lis,  Hort.).    Stem  simple  and 
glaucous,    with     7-10     ribs  : 
spines  subulate,  rigid,  ivory- 
white,  with  black  tip  (purplish  when  young), 
radials  8-10,  central  usually  solitary  (some- 
times 3-4):    fls.   purplish.    W.   Ind.,  Mex., 
Cent  Amer.,  S.  Amer. 

20.  geom6trizans, Mart.  (C. pugioniferus ,  Lena.).  Sim- 
ple, 4  in.  in  diam.,  with  5-9  obtuse  ribs  with  broad  in- 
tervals :    spines  3-6,  unequal,  stout  and   blackish,  the 
solitary  central  one  (sometimes  wanting)  very  long  and 
stout :  fls.  pinkish  white,  about  1  in.  long  and  2  in.  broad. 
Mexico. 

21.  Cdchal,  Orcutt.     Stout   at  base,   and   repeatedly 
forking  above,  becoming  4—10  ft.  high:  ribs  4-8,  obtuse, 
with  wide,  shallow  intervals  :  spines  few  and  stout,  the 
solitary  central  one  stoutest :  fls.  purplish  green,  1-1% 
in.  long  :  fr.  the  size  and  shape  of  an  olive,  not  spiny, 
red  (frequently  grayish  or  yellowish  brown) .   L.  Calif.  — 
The  short  and  stout  woody  trunk  is  often  1ft.  in  diam., 
the  long  branches  2-8  in.  in  diam. 

cc.   JRils  of  stem  strongly  compressed  laterally. 

22.  Peruvianus,  Haw.  (C.  monoclonos,DC.).    HEDGE 
CACTUS.    Tall,  30-50  ft.,  branching  freely   toward   the 
base,  columnar,  4-8  in.  in  diam.,  new  growth  dark  green 
and  glaucous,  becoming  a  dull  green  with  age,  and,  in 
old  stems,  becoming  corky:  ribs  5-8,  compressed  :  are- 
olae Yi-\  in.  apart,  in   new  growth   covered  with  con- 
spicuous, curly  brown  wool,  becoming  gray :  radial  spines 
about  6-7,  about  %-%  in.  long  ;  central  solitary,  reach- 
ing a  length  of  2%  in.;  the  number  of  spines  increases 
with  age  to  as  many  as  20,  all  are  rigid,  brown  :  fls. 
abundant,  from  the  lower  part  of  the  stem,  white,  noc- 
turnal, 6-7  in.  long  by  5  in.  in  diam.    Fla.,  W.  Ind.,  Mex. 
and  S.  Amer.    G.C.  Ill,  24: 175  (var.  monstrosus). 

Var.  Alacriportanus,  K.  Sch.  (C.  Alacriportanus, 
Mart.).  Of  somewhat  weaker  growth, low,  and  less  con- 
spicuously pruinose  in  the  new  growth,  which  is  con- 
sequently nearly  clear  green.  S.  Brazil. 

23.  Jamacaru,  Salm-Dyck  (C.  vdlidus,  Haw.).    Stems 
upright,  robust,  rigid,  12-16  ft.  high  by  as  much  as  6  in. 
in  diam. ;  young  growth  azure-blue,  turning  dark  green 
with  age,  glaucous:  ribs 4-6,  thin,  compressed,  crenate: 
radial    spines  5-7,  stiff,  needle-like,  clear  yellow  with 
brown  points,  or  brown  and  finally  black,  about  >£-%in. 
long;  centrals  2-4,  somewhat  stronger,  porrect,  54-3  in. 
long:  fls.  large,  10  in.  long  by  8  in.  in  diam.,  white  noc- 
turnal.   Braz.,  Venezuela. 

24.  candelabrum,  Weber  (C.  Belieuli,  Hort.).    Tall, 
columnar,  simple  or  branching  only  at  the  base,  dark 
green  with  a  faint  trace  of  blue,  30  ft.  high  by  4  in.  in 
diam. :  ribs  9,  blunt,  strongly  compressed,  %in.  high, 
slightly   crenate  :     areolae    1-2   in.  apart,  ovate,  large, 


413. 
Cereus  giganteus 

forest 
in  Arizona. 

white:  radial  spines  mostly  9,  the  under  ones  longest 
and  about  an  inch  long,  laterally  compressed,  the  upper 
ones  shorter,  round,  all  bulbose  and  black  at  the  base, 
ivory-white  above  ;  central  solitary,  very  large,  3-4  in. 
long,  dagger-like,  laterally  compressed  and  faintly  an- 
gled, porrect,  ivory-white  to  gray,  base  black  and 
strongly  bulbose  :  fls.  from  the  lateral  areolae,  3-4  in. 
long,  white:  fr.  the  size  of  a  small  orange,  covered  with 
small  scales,  in  the  axils  of  which  are  wool  and  bristles 
Mexico. 

25.  chalybseus,  Otto.  Stems  upright,  branching  above, 
arborescent,  azure  blue  and  pruinose,  later  dark  green, 
13^-4  in.  in  diam. :  ribs  6,  in  young  growth  very  much 
compressed,  later  depressed  till  the  stem  is  nearly  cy- 
lindrical :  areolae  about  %in.  apart,  dark  gray-brown  ; 
radial  spines  mostly  7,  about  %in.  long;  centrals  3-4, 
similar  but  somewhat  stronger  and  a  little  longer ;  all 
the  spines  are  pointed,  stiff,  when  young   are   black, 
later  brown  to  gray  with  black  tips,  bulbose  at  the  base: 
fls.  very  similar  to  those  of  C.  ccerulescens.    Argentine 
Republic. 

AA.    Stems  erect,  less  than  2  in.  in  diam. 
B.   Itibis  of  stem  10  or  more. 

26.  serpentinus,  DC.    Stems  columnar,  tall,  slender, 
flexuose,  5-8  ft.  high  by  l-l%in.  in  diam.,  tapering  at 
the  point :  ribs  10-13,  low,  obtuse  :  areolae  about  %in. 
apart:  radial  spines  10-12,"slender,needle  form,  stiff, %in. 
long  ;  centrals  1^4,  pink  and  white  when  young,  later 
gray;  the  number  of  spines  increases  by  new  ones  ap- 
pearing later  :  fls.  from  the  upper  lateral  areolae,  slen- 
der, green,  spiny  tube  with  funnel-shaped  corolla,  about 
6  in.  long  by  3  in.  in  diam.,  white,  nocturnal:  fr.  ovoid, 
red,  covered  with  deciduous  spines.    Cent.  Mex.    B.M. 
3566. 

27.  Baumannii,  Lena.  (C.  cohibrlnus,  Otto).    Stems 
dark  green,  slender,  flexuose,  columnar,  reaching  a  height 
of  6  ft.  and  a  diam.  of  1-1%  in.,  the  few  branches  ascend- 


282 


CEREUS 


CEREUS 


ing  slender,  parallel  with  the  main  stem  :  ribs  12-16, 
rounded:  areolae  close  together,  brown;  spines  fine,  slen- 
der, very  sharp,  15-20,  fascicled,  white  to  yellow  or  dark 
brown,  about  %  in.  long;  sometimes  a  single  one  from  the 
center  reaches  a  length  of  %  in. :  fls.  numerous,  tubular, 
zygomorphous,  2/^-3  in.  long  by  about  ^in.  in  diame- 
ter throughout,  red  or  sometimes  with  orange-red  petals 
and  red  tube.  Uruguay,  Paraguay  and  Argentine  Re- 
public. 

28.  isogonus,  K.Sch.    Stem  upright,  columnar,  about 
1-1%  in.  indiam.,  in  young  growth  light  green  to  yellow- 
green,  later  darker  :    ribs  15-16  :    areolae  approximate, 
white,  turning    gray:    radial    spines   as   many  as   20, 
spreading,  at  first  clear  or  dark  yellow,  becoming  white, 
and  finally  gray,  bristle  form,  flexible,  about  %in.  long; 
centrals  6-8;  two  of  these  are  somewhat  stronger  and 
stiffer,  about  %  in.  long,  one  directed  upward  and  one 
downward,  yellowish  brown  to  dark  honey-color  ;  later 
gray,  as  in  the  radials.    S.  Amer. 

29.  splendens,  Salm-Dyck.    Columnar,  slender,  short, 
rigid,  more  or  less  branching  from  the  base,  reaching  a 
height  of  about  2  ft.  and  about  1-1%  in.  in  diam.,  light 
to  yellowish  green  :  ribs  about  10-12,  rounded  :    areolse 
prominent,  about  %  in.  apart,  tawny,  becoming  white, 
tomentose  :    radial    spines  8-12,  radiating,  yellow  and 
light    brown,   becoming   gray;    centrals    1-3,   scarcely 
larger  than  the  radial,  yellowish  to  white ;  all  the  spines 
slender,  bristle  form,  about  %-/4  in.  long.  — This  may 
be  but  a  lower,  stouter  form  of  C.  repandus.    C.  Caven- 
dishii  has  been  referred  to  this  species,  but  with  some 
question. 

BB.    Ribs  8-10. 

30.  repandus,   Haw.    (C.   eritphorus,   Pfeiff.).    Stem 
simple,  20  ft.  high,  tapering   at   summit  and  jointed, 
with  8-10  obtuse  ribs :  spines  9-12,  needle-shaped,  white 
with  black  tips  :  large  white,  funnel  form  flowers,  the 
calyx-tube  covered  with  long  wool.    W.  Indies. 

31.  platygonus,  Otto.    At  first  upright,  later    some- 
what  reclining,  branching,   at  the  base  about  1  in.  in 
diam.,  tapering  in  the  new  growth:  ribs  8,  low,  arched > 
areolee  about  %  in.  apart,  very  small,  yellow,  becoming 
gray,   subtruded    by   a   small    3-angled    bract ;    radial 
spines  12-15,  spreading,  bristle  form,  little  more  than 
%  in.  long;  central  solitary,  slightly  longer  and  stronger; 
all  the  spines  at  first  yellow-brown,  changing  to  white 
or  gray  with  age. 

32.  cserulSscens,    Salm-Dyck   (C.   I/dndbecki,   Phil.). 
Arborescent  or  shrubby,  3-5  ft.  high:  stems  1-1K  in.  in 
diam. :  ribs  usually  8,  obtuse :  areolte  approximate,  white 
bud  soon  becoming  black  :  spines  rigid  ;    radials  9-12, 
%-%  in.  long,  black  ;  centrals  4,  %  in.  long,   stronger, 
black  or  white  :  fls.  from  the  side  of  the  stem,  slightly 
curved,  6-8  in.  long  by  6  in.  indiam.,  tube  bronze-green, 
corolla  white  or  occasionally  rose-pink:  frs.  ellipsoidal, 
pointed  at  both  ends,  about  3  in.  long  and  half  that  in 
diam.,  bright  red,  with  blue  glaucous  covering.    Argen- 
tine Republic.    B.M.  3922. 

33.  Bridgesii,   Salm-Dyck.    Upright,  tall,  columnar, 
simple  or  later  branching  at  the  base,  bright  green  when 
young,  becoming  blue  to  gray-green,  l%-2  in.  in  diam. : 
ribs  5-7,  very  broad    and  low  :    areolae  %-%in.  apart, 
yellowish  to  gray:  spines  3-5,  radiating,  the  under  one, 
or  seldom  the  upper  one,  the  longest,  1%  in.  long,  stiff, 
sharp,  straight,  dark  honey-yellow,  with  brown  tips,  be- 
coming gray  with  age.    Bolivia. 

Var.  Iagenif6rmis,  K.  Sch.  (C.  lagenifdrmis,  Forst.). 
Spines  more  numerous,  somewhat  longer. 

34.  azureus,  Pa,rm.(C.Seldelii,  Lehm.).  Stem  upright, 
tall,  slender,  columnar,  branching  from  the  base,  in  the 
young,  fresh  bluish  green,  later  dark  green  with  gray, 
glaucous  covering,  about  3-4  ft.  high  and  about  1  in.  in 
diam. :    ribs   5-7,   rounded,   enlarged    at    the    areolae  : 
areol®  about  %-l  ft.  apart,  elevated,  large,  abundantly 
woolly  when  young  :    spines  8-18,  nearly  alike,  about 
V»~y%  in.  long,  stiff,  slender,  needle-form  to  bristle-like, 
black;  the  2-4  central  ones  somewhat  longer:  fls.  8-12 
in.  long,  obliquely  attached  to  the  stem,  slightly  curved, 
white.    Braz. 

35.  Cffisius,  Otto.   Upright,  columnar,  branching  at  the 
base,  somewhat  tapering  above ;  in  new  growth,  beauti- 


ful light  blue,  pruinose  ;  later,  light  green  to  slightly 
bluish,  about  1%  in.  in  diam.:  ribs  5-6,  separated  by 
sharp  grooves,  about  %  in.  high,  compressed,  faintly 
crenate,  becoming  depressed  in  older  growth  :  areolae 
about  %  in.  apart,  small,  yellow  at  first,  later  becoming 
white  and  finally  gray  :  radial  spines  8-10,  sometimes 
more  appear  later;  radiate,  light  amber-color,  brown  at 
the  base,  the  lower  pair  the  longest,  mostly  about  %  in. 
long  ;  centrals  4-7,  like  the  radials  but  usually  some- 
what stronger,  longer  and  darker  ;  all  the  spines  thin, 
needle-form,  flexible,  sharp  ;  later,  light  horn-color, 
finally  gray.  S.  Amer.  (?). 

36.  Greggii,  Engelm,   Slender  and  branching,  2-3  ft. 
high   and   %-l  in.  in   diam.,  from   an   extraordinarily 
large,  tuberous  root  (often  6-10  in.  long  and  4-6  in.  in 
diam. ) :  ribs  3-6,  acute  :  spines  subulate  from  bulbous 
base,  very  short  and  sharp,  7-11,  1  or  2  being  central: 
fls.  white  or  yellowish,  6-8  in.  long;  fr.  ovate,  alternate 
at  base  and  apex,  bright  scarlet,  fleshy  and  edible,  1-2 
in.  long.    Southwestern   Tex.  to  Ariz.,  and  south  into 
Chihuahua  and  Sonora.    Generally  in  gravelly  or  hard, 
clayey  soil. 

37.  specidsus,  K.  Sch.  (C.  coccineus,  Salm-Dyck.    C. 
Schrdnkii,  Zucc.     C.  speciosissimus,  DC.).    Slender, 
much  branched  from  toward  the  base;  stems  about  2  ft. 
in  length  by  about  1  in.  in  diam.,  sometimes   having 
aerial  roots  near  the  young  growth:  ribs  3-5,  serrated: 
areolae  occupy  the  short  upper  side  of  the  serrations, 
large,  copiously  white,  woolly  :    spines  fascicled,  5-8, 
more  in  age,  spreading,  slender,  stiff,  sharp-pointed,  the 
under  one  bristle-form,  about  %  in.  long,  yellow  :    fls. 
appearing  from  the  older  growth  of  the  stems  ;  large, 
6  in.  in  diam.,  remaining  open  several  days,  purple-red, 
with  irridescent,  bluish  center  :    fr.  ovoid,  with  a  few 
scattering  scales,  l%-2  in.  long.    Mex.  and  Cent.  Amer. 
B.M.  3822.    I.H.  32:548.    Gn.  53,  p.  153. -This  species  is 
commonly  hybridized  with  other  species  of  Cereus  and 
of  Phyllocactus,  giving  rise  to  numerous  horticultural 
varieties. 

38.  Mexicanus,  Lem.   Said  by  Lemaire  to  be  a  garden 
hybrid  between  C.  speciosus  and  some  other  species  not 
mentioned. 

AAA.    Stems  prostrate. 

39.  Emoryi,  Engelm.     Prostrate,  cylindrical,  2-4  ft. 
long,  with  ascending  or  erect  branches  6-10  in.  high  and 
1-2  in.  in  diam. :    ribs  15,  tuberculate  :  spines  slender 
and  rigid,  interlocked,  yellow  ;  radials  40-50,  very  slen- 
der; central  usually  solitary,  stouter  and  much  larger  : 
fls.  greenish  yellow,  1-2  in.  broad  :    fr.   globose,  very 
spiny,  1-1%  in.  in  diam.     Rocky  hills,  S.  Calif,  into  L. 
Calif,  and  adjacent   islands.—  Grows  in  thick  masses, 
covering  patches  10-20  ft.  square. 

40.  gummdsus,    Engelm.    (C.    gumminbsus,    Hort.). 
Prostrate  and  assurgent,  1-4  ft.  long,  3-4  in.  in  diam., 
dull  purplish  green:  ribs  (on  young  branch)  7-9,  tuber- 
culate: spines   stout  and  rigid,  black,  from  a  strong, 
bulbous  base;  radials  about  12;  centrals  3-6,  stout  and 
angled:  fls.  purple,  4-5  in.  long:  fl.  subglobose,  about  3 
in.  in   diam.,  spiny,   bright    scarlet  with  purple  pulp 
("color  of  ripe  watermelon"),   acid  and   pleasant.    L. 
California. 

41.  eruca,  Brandegee.    Prostrate  and  stout,  single  or 
slightly  branched,  2-4  ft.  long,  3-7  in.  in  diam.,  rooting 
from  the  under  surface,  generally  in  patches  of  20-30  : 
ribs  13-21:  spines  stout,  ashy,  interlocked;  centrals  5-8, 
stouter,  the  lowest  flattened  and  strongly  deflexed  :  fls. 
4-5  in.  long,  reported  to  be  yellow:  fr.  globular,  2  in.  in 
diam.,  somewhat  spiny,  dull  red,  with  purple  pulp.  Sandy 
plains,  coasts  of  L.  Calif,  and  adjacent  islands.— A  plant 
of  curious  and  uncouth  habit,  often  in  large  masses,  and 
from  a  distance  "looking  like  a  lot  of  firewood  thrown  at 
random  on  the  ground." 

AAAA.  Stems  weak,  clambering  over  rocks  or  other  plants 
for  support;  without  aerial  roots. 

42.  Pitajaya,  DC.   (C.  Pernambucensis   [Femambu- 
censis],  Lem.    C.  formdsus,  Salm-Dyck.    C.  varidbilis, 
Pfeiff. ) .   Stems  at  first  simple,  later  branching,  in  young 
growth  light  green,  turning  grayish   green  with  age, 
pointed,  %-l%in.  in  diam. :  ribs  3-5,  commonly  4:  areolse 
about  1  in.  apart,  large,  bearing  a  conspicuous  amount  of 


CEREUS 


CEUETTS 


283 


curly  hair,  about  Kin.  long,  in  new  growth :  radial  spines 
5-7  and  a  solitary  central  one,  uniform,  about  %-%in. 
long,  amber  color  to  brown  and  finally  gray :  fls.  from  the 
older  growth,  large,  about  8  in.  long,  slightly  curved, 
white,  nocturnal.  Uruguay,  Brazil,  Columbia.  B.M.  4084. 
—  C.  grand  is,  Haw.,  according  to  Dr.  Weber,  is  but  a 
rger  form  of  this  species. 

43.  princeps,  Pfeiff.  (C.  Baxanie'nsis,'K&rw.  C.varid- 
ilis,  Engelm.).    Erect,  3-10  ft.  high,  2  in.  in  diam.,  and 
•  or  4-angled :  spines  4-6,  stout  and  radiant,  unequal,  the 
rger  1-1  %  in.  long:  fls.  white,  long-tubular,  7-8  in.  long: 

fr.  oval,  spiny,  2-3  in.  long,  scarlet,  and  with  luscious  red 
pulp.  Lower  Rio  Grande,  on  Mex.  side.  — The  young 
shoots  are  said  to  have  8  ribs  and  more  numerous  slen- 
der spines,  and  in  cultivated  forms  the  spines  are  often 
much  longer  than  given  above. 

44.  Honplandii,  Parm.    Stems  at  first  upright,  later 
clambering  over  rocks   and   bushes,  about  1-1  Kin.  in 
diam.,  branching  and   spreading,  in  new  growth  com- 
monly of  a  bluish  or  purplish  green,  later  gray-green  : 
ribs  4-6,  sharp,  compressed,  crenate,  separated  by  broad, 
concave  faces ;  later  the  ribs  become  much  depressed,  so 
that  the  stem  is  sometimes  nearly  cylindrical  ;  the  ribs 
commonly  run  spirally  around  the  axis  of  the  stem  : 
areolee  K-lKin.  apart,  at  first  considerably  depressed, 
later  shallower,  white,  becoming  gray  :   radial  spines 
4-6  (later  1-4  more  appear),  straight,   spreading,  the 
largest  about  K-l  in.,  stout,  subulate,  pointed,  the  under 
one  needle  form  and  shorter  ;  central  solitary,  straight, 
stronger,  1  in.  long,  deflexed  or  porrect  ;  the  stronger 
spines  are  white,  with  tips  and  bases  brown,  when  young 
beautiful  ruby-red,  later  all  are  gray,  with  black  tips  and 
bulbous  bases :  fls.  from  the  lateral  areolse,  about  10  in. 
long,  white,  nocturnal :  fr.  nearly  spherical,  about  2  in. 
in  diam.,  mammate,  dark  carmine-red.  Paraguay,  Brazil, 
and  Argentine  Republic. 

45.  tortudsus,    Forbes    (C.   atropurpureus,    Haage). 
Stems  slender,  weak,  at  first  upright,  but  later  reflexed, 
reaching  a  length  of  3-4  ft.,  and  1-lKin.  in  diam. :  ribs 
commonly  7,  sometimes  but  5,  rounded,  low,  separated  by 
regular  serpentine  grooves  :   areolse  about  1  in.  apart, 
large:  radial  spines  5-8,  about  %-l  in.  long:  centrals  1-4, 
about  %-lKin.  long  ;  all  the  spines  slender,  rigid,  red- 
brown  when  young,  becoming  ashy  with  age  :  fls.  from 
the  previous  year's  growth,  about  6  in.  in  length,  trum- 
pet -  shaped,    tube    olive,-  green    and 

spiny,  in  the  axils  of  the  reddish 
green  scales;  outer  petals  pale  green, 
tinted  with  brown  ;  inner  petals 
clear  white  :  fr.  spherical,  bril- 
liant red  without  and  white  within, 
mammate,  bearing  a  few  spines  on 
the  summits  of  the  lower  mammas. 
Argentine  Republic. 

46.  Martinii,    Lab.    (C.  monacdn- 
thus,  Hort.).    At  first  upright,  later 
requiring  a  support;  freely  branch- 
ing  from  the   base,  branches   long, 
reaching  nearly  5ft.,  %-l  in.  in  diam., 
slightly  tapering,  dark  green :   ribs 
5-6,  separated  by  serpentine  grooves, 
contracted  between  the  areolse ;  some- 
times the  ribs  are  not  evident,  when 
the  stem  is  cylindrical :  areolse  about 
1-1%  in.  apart,  white:  radial  spines     /' 
5-7,  reddish,  short,  bristle-form,  with 
bulbous  bases  or  short  conical,  usu- 
ally about  %  in.  long  ;   central  soli- 
tary, mostly  deflexed,  K-l  in.  long 
(in    young    growth,    frequently   not 

longer   than  the    radial),    subulate,  414.  Cereus 

robust,  light  brown  or  white,  with 
bases  and  tips  black  :    fls.  from  the 
older   growth    stems,    8-9   in.   long,  clear    white,   noc- 
turnal:    fr.  spherical    (very  similar  to   C.  tortuosus), 
pointed,  dark  carmine-red,  about  2  in.  in  diam.,  mam- 
mate, a  few  spines  on  the  mammas,  toward  the  base 
of  the  fr.     Argentine  Republic.     R.  H.  1860,  pp.  658-9. 
—This   species  is  commonly  sold  under  the  name  of 
C.  platygonus 


AAAAA.  Stems  more  or  less  climbing,  attaching  tliem- 
selves  to  trees,  walls,  etc.,  by  means  of  aerial 
roots. 

B.   Ribs  of  stem  5  or  more. 

47.  flagellifdrmis,  Mill.    RAT-TAIL,  CACTUS.    Creeping 
or  pendent,   slender  and  very  branching,  cylindrical, 
K-l  in.  in  diam.,  branches  1  ft.  long  or  more:  ribs  10-12, 
tuberculate  :  spines   short,  rather   rigid  ;    radials  8-12, 
reddish  brown  ;  centrals  3  or  4,  brown,  with  golden  tip : 
fls.  funnel-form,  crimson,   2-3   in.  long  :    fr.   globose, 
Kin.  in  diam.,  reddish  and  bristly,  the  pulp  greenish 
yellow  ("with  the  taste  of  a  prune").    W.  Ind.,  Mex., 
Cent.  Amer.,  S.  Amer.  — This  is  commonly  hybridized 
with  other  species.    It  is  a  very  common  window  plant. 

Var.  leptophis,  K.  Sch.  (C.  Uptophis,  DC.).  Of  more 
handsome  appearance  :  new  spines  on  the  growing  point 
carmine-red  :  ribs  at  the  most  8:  fls.  somewhat  smaller 
and  lighter. 

48.  Mallisoni,  Hort.  (C.  Smithii,  Lindl.).    This  is  a 
garden  hybrid  of  C.  flagelliformis  on  C.  speciosus.  Habit 
of  C.  flagelliformis,  but  stouter  :  fls.  more  like  those  of 
C.  speciosus.    B.M.  3822. 

49.  Donkelaeri,  Salm-Dyck.    A  bushy  epiphyte,  richly 
branching,  clinging  to  the  bark  of  trees  by  aerial  roots, 
commonly  in   company  with  orchids  ;    branches  very 
long  and  thin,  scarcely  %in.  in  diameter,  cylindrical  or 
inconspicuously  6-angled,  or  rarely  7-8-angled  :  areolse 
very  close  together,  small,  white  :    spines  10-15,  very 
short,    snow-white ;     sometimes     2-3    short,    stronger 
spines  appear  in  the  center  of  each  cluster  :  fls.  resem- 
bling those  of  G.  grandiflorus .    Brazil. 

50.  grandifldrus,  Mill.     FRAGRANT  NIGHT-BLOOMING 
CEREUS.    Fig.  414.    Diffusely  creeping,  with  very  long 
and  flexuous  climbing  5-7-angled  branches,  K-l  in.  in 
diam.,  with  bunches  of  white  bristles  associated  with  the 
5-12  short  spines:  fls.  white  and  fragrant,  6-8  in.  broad. 
W.  Ind.,  Mex.   B.M.  3381.  — Long  cultivated  in  gardens  as 
the  "Night-blooming  Cereus,"  and  made  to  vary  widely. 
C.  Uranos,  Hort.,  is  but  a  form  of  this  species. 

51.  Maynardii,  Lem.  ( C.  grandiflorus, var.  Maynardii, 
Hort.).    A  garden  hybrid  of  C.  grandiflorus  on  G.  spe- 
ciosus.   Habit  of  C.  grandiflorus,  but  red  colors  of  C. 
speciosus. 


grandiflorus.  one  of  the  night-blooming  Cereuses  (X  K). 


52.  spinuldsus,  DC.  Stems  slender,  climbing,  reach- 
ing  a  height  of  8-10  ft.,  %-l  in.  in  diam.,  branches  more 
slender  :  ribs  commonly  5,  sometimes  6,  sharp,  becom- 
ing obliterated  with  age  :  areolse  small,  about  Kin. 
apart  :  radial  spines  about  8,  very  short,  bristle-form, 
brown,  becoming  gray  ;  central  solitary,  somewhat 
longer:  fls.  5-6  in.  long  by  3-4  in.  in  diam.,  white,  flushed 


284 


CEREUS 


CEROPEGIA 


with  pink,  nocturnal.  W.  Ind.  and  Mex.  — The  plant 
much  resembles  C.  grandiflorus,  but  is  easily  distin- 
guished by  its  smaller  and  different  colored  fls. 

53.  Martianus,  Zucc.     Of  bushy  growth,  branching, 
reaching  a  height  of  3  ft.  and  more  ;  branches  slender, 
provided  here  and  there  with  aerial,  roots,  cylindrical, 
about   %in.  in  diam  :  ribs  commonly  8,  straight,  sepa- 
rated  by   sharp   grooves,  very  low  :    areolse   %-%    in. 
apart,  small,  white  :    radial  spines  6-10,  bristle-form, 
spreading,  clear  honey-yellow,  at  base  brownish,  later 
whitish  and  becoming  gray,  about  %in.  long  ;  centrals 
3-4,  similar,   only  somewhat  stouter  and  darker  :  fls. 
usually  abundant,  straight  or  slightly  S-shaped,  4-5  in. 
long,  scarlet-red  :  fr.  spherical,  reddish  green,  covered 
with  bristles.    Southern  Mex.    B.M.  3768. 

BB.   fiibs  of  stem  3-5. 

54.  nycticalus,  Link.   NIGHT-BLOOMING  CEREUS.   Sub- 
erect,  very  long- jointed,  %-l  in.  in  diam. :  joints  vari- 
able, some  cylindrical,  others  4-6-angled  :    ribs  acute 
at  first,  obtuse  later  :  spines  1-4,  and  very  small  :   fls. 
white  and  fragrant,  about  7  in.  long.     Mex.  — The  com- 
monest Night-blooming  Cereus. 

55.  inermis,  Otto.    Sts.  branching,  climbing,  branches 
4-5-angled,  sharp-winged,  yellowish  green,  later  darker, 
slightly   crenate  :    areolae    in   the   depressions,    small, 
bearing  a  few  bristles  when  young,  but  soon  naked. 
Venezuela. 

56.  hamatus,  Scheidw.  (C.  rostratus,  Lem.).    Stems 
slender,  weak,  climbing,  bright  green,  less  than  1  in.  in 
diam.,  reaching  a  length  of  10ft. :  ribs  remotely  serrate, 
the   serrations  repand,   and  bearing  on  their  anterior 
edge  the  small  areolee:  spines  5-6,  bristle-form,  whitish 
to  brown,  very  short  and  partly  deciduous  :  fls.  large, 
10-16  in.  long  and  nearly  the  same  in  diameter,  white, 
nocturnal.    Central  Mexico. 


57.  Regelii,  Hort.  This  form  is  very  common  in  the 
trade ;  is  a  very  excellent  plant,  with  good,  fixed  char- 
acters ;  is  a  slender  climbing  plant.  Its  origin  is  ob- 
scure, but,  from  its  vegetative  characters,  as  well  as 
floral,  it  is  apparently  closely  related  to  either  G.  hama- 
tus or  C.  MacDonaldice,  with  one  of  which  it  may  be  a 
hybrid. 


58.  Napoleonis,  Graham.    Suberect  and  long- jointed, 
the  joints  3-angled  and  with  flat  sides,  12  in.  or  more 
long,  %-l  in.  in  diam. :  spines  3  or  4,  subulate,  unequal, 
black;  sometimes  a  few  white  bristles:  fls.  snowy  white, 
8  in.  long  and  6  in.  broad:  fr.  bluish  and  spiny,  3  by  4 
in.   W.  Ind.,  Mex.    B.M.  3458. 

59.  ext6nsus,    Salm-Dyck.     Climbing :    stems    richly 
branching,  about  3  ft.  long  by  about  %in.  in  diam.,  dark 
green,  soon  becoming  covered  with  gray-yellow,  corky 
flakes :  3-angled,  angles  blunt,  later  becoming  depressed, 
so  that  the  older  stems  are  cylindrical  :  areolae  K-2% 
in.  apart,  white,  becoming  gray:  spines  2-4,  very  short 
and  strong,  straight  or  very  slightly  curved,  dark  brown, 
becoming  gray  with  age  :    fls.  from  the   sides   of   the 
branches,  8-9  in.  long,  rose-red.    Trinidad.    B.M.  4066. 

60.  triangnlaris,  Haw.    Stems  jointed,  long  and  slen- 
der, climbing  :  ribs  3,  compressed,  thin,  and  about  1  in. 
or  more  high,  crenate,  with  a  corneous  margin  connect- 
ing  the   areolse  :  areolae  about  1-1%  in.  apart  :  radial 
spines  2-4,  bristle-form,  short,  soon  deciduous  ;  centrals 
1-3,  conical   from  a  bulbous  base,  dark  colored  :    fls. 
large,  about  1  ft.  long  by  about  the  same  diameter  when 
fully  open,  white,  nocturnal,  tube  covered  with  large, 
leaf -like  scales  :  fr.  large,  covered  with  the  persistent 
large  scales.    Mexico  and  West  Indies.    B.M.  1884    Mn. 
6:5.— The  fruit  is  edible  and  very  refreshing,  and  is 
common  in  the  Mexican  markets. ' 

BBB.    Ribs  inconspicuous  or  wholly  absent. 

61.  MacD6naldiae,    Hook.      Climbing,    and    of    rapid 
growth,  richly  branching,  branches  very  long,  cylindri- 
cal or  with  here  and  there  very  obtuse  and  not  continu- 
ous angles,  dark  green  :    areolae  elevated  on  tubercles 
which  are  arranged  spirally  on  the  branches,   small : 
spine  solitary   (or  rarely  2),  short,  porrect,  brown  or 
black,  inconspicuous :  fls.  lateral,  about  14  in.  long,  white, 

nocturnal.    Honduras.    B.M.  4707. 

The  following  horticultural  names,  in  the  Amer. 
trade,  are  not  accounted  for  in  the  foregoing  synop- 
sis: C.  Chlldsii,  C.  diversispina,  C.  erectus,  C.  fari- 
nbsus,  C.  frdgilis,  C.  Gebseri,  C.  Guadalupdnus ,  C. 
Zaucacdri. 

The  following  names,  in  the  Amer.  trade,  belong 
to  Echinocereus :     C.  Berlandi&ri,  C.  ccespitbsus,  C. 
chlordnthus,  C.  coccineus,  C.  conoideus,  C.  ctenoldes, 
C.  dasyacdnthus,  C.  dubius,  C.  Engel- 
manni,  C.  enneacdnthus,  C.  Fendleri,  C. 
gonacdnthus,   C.   longisetus     C.  Moja- 
vensis,   C.  paudsplnus,   C.  pectindtus, 
C.  phoenice^,  C.  prociimbens,  C.  Roet- 
teri,  C.  Scheeri  (Schlini),  C.  stramineus, 
C.  tuberosus,  C.  viridiflbrus . 

C.  cylindricus  is  Opuntia.  C.  Nickelsii 
and  C.  senilis  are  Pilocereus. 

JOHN  M.  COULTER  and 
C.  H.  THOMPSON. 
CERlNTHE  (Greek,  keros,  wax; 
anthos,   flower :    the   ancients  be- 
lieved  that   the    bees  visited  the 
flowers    for   wax).      Boraginacece. 
About  6  species  of  annual  or  per- 
ennial herbs  from  Europe  and  Asia 

Minor,  with  alternate,  glaucous  Ivs.  and  showy  purple 
bracts.  The  best  species  is  C.  retorta,  which  has  a  unique 
appearance  in  the  garden,  and  is  strongly  recommended 
for  more  general  cultivation.  It  is  a  hardy  annual  of 
easy  culture.  For  a  garden  review  of  the  other  Honey- 
worts,  see  Gn.  41,  p.  212. 

retdrta,  Sibth.  &  Sm.  HONEYWORT.  Fig.  415.  Height 
l%-2  ft.  :  Ivs.  glaucous,  often  spotted  white  or  red  ; 
lower  Ivs.  obovate-spatulate  ;  upper  Ivs.  amplexicaul, 
with  2  round  ears,  on  the  flowering  branches  gradually 
becoming  smaller  and  closer  together  until  they  pass  into 
purple  bracts,  which  form  the  chief  attractive  feature  of 
the  plant :  fls.  when  full-blown  protruded  beyond  the 
bracts  :  corolla  tubular-club-shaped,  yellow,  tipped  pur- 
ple, with  5  small,  spreading  teeth.  Greece.  B.M.  5264. 
Gn.  41:847.  W.  M. 

CEROPEGIA  (Greek,  wax  and  fountain,  the  flowers 
having  a  waxy  look ) .  A  sclepiadacece.  Greenhouse  vines 
of  Africa  and  Asia,  not  in  the  Amer.  trade.  A  dozen  spe- 
cies are  known  in  Old  World  collections.  Many  of  them 
have  tuberous  roots,  and  need  a  season  of  rest  and  dry- 
ness.  Prop,  by  cuttings.  Odd  and  handsome. 


CEROXYLON 
CER6XYLON  NIVEUM,  Hort.=  Diplothemium. 

CESTEUM  (old  Greek  name).  Syn.,  Habrothdmnus. 
Solanaceue.  Greenhouse  shrubs  of  many  species,  in  trop- 
ical Amer.  Some  of  them  have  a  climbing  habit.  The 
tubular  fls.  are  in  axillary  or  terminal  cymes,  red,  yellow, 
greenish  or  whitr.  oftm  very  fragrant.  Lvs.  alternate 
and  entire,  usually  rather  narrow.  Fruit  a  berry.  Ces- 
trums  are  among  the  most  useful  of  bright-flowering, 
shrubby,  greenhouse  plants,  and  they  may  be  grown 
either  as  pot  plants,  or  planted  out  against  the  back  wall 
or  supports  of  a  greenhouse,  where,  if  given  a  light  po- 
sition, they  will  produce  an  abundance  of  flowers  from 
January  to  April.  The  Mexican  species  will  do  well  In 
a  winter  temperature  of  45°  to  50°,  but  the  species  from 
Central  America  require  stove  temperature.  They  are 
propagated  by  cuttings  taken  in  February  or  early  in 
March,  and  inserted  in  sand  in  a  warm  temperature, 
keeping  them  somewhat  close  until  rooted,  when  they 
should  be  potted  in  a  light  soil,  after  which  they  may  be 
grown  in  pots,  shifrinar on  as  often  as  required,  or  planted 


CHAM.EBATIA 


285 


416.  Cestrum  elegans  (X 


out  in  the  open  ground  towards  the  end  of  May  in  a  sunny 
position,  where,  if  kept  pinched  back  to  induce  a  bushy 
growth  and  attention  is  paid  to  watering,  they  will  make 
fine  plants  by  the  first  of  September.  They  should  then 
be  lifted  and  potted  in  a  light,  rich  soil  and  kept  close 
and  shaded  for  a  few  days,  and  then  transferred  to  their 
winter  quarters.  After  flowering,  the  plants  should  be 
given  a  rest  for  a  month  or  six  weeks,  gradually  reducing 
the  supply  of  water  to  induce  the  leaves  and  wood  to 
ripen,  after  which  they  should  be  cut  well  back,  the  old 
soil  shaken  off,  and  the  roots  trimmed  back,  and  then 
either  potted  again  or  planted  out  for  the  summer.  While 
in  the  greenhouse,  Oestrums  are  very  subject  to  the 
attacks  of  insects,  especially  the  mealy  bug  (  Coccus 
adonidum  )  .  To  keep  these  in  check  they  should  be  given 
an  occasional  spraying  of  kerosene  emulsion.  The  Oes- 
trums are  much  grown  in  warm  countries,  and  they 
bloom  continuously.  Following  are  the  only  species 
known  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade  : 

A.   Fls.  red. 

61egans,  Schlecht.  (Habrothdmnus  Elegans,  Erongn.). 
Fig.  416.  Tall  and  slender,  half  -climbing,  the  branches 
pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate,  lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  of 
medium  size,  pubescent  beneath:  fls.  red-purple,  swollen 
near  the  top  of  the  tube,  in  loose  clusters,  which  nod  at 
the  ends  of  the  branches,  the  lobes  ciliate.  Mex.  F.S. 
2:82.  —  One  of  the  commonest  and  best  of  greenhouse 
shrubs,  blooming  almost  continuously.  There  is  a  form 
with  variegated  Ivs. 

fasciculatum,  Miers.  Spring  bloomer,  with  larger  fls. 
than  those  of  C.  elegans,  and  more  compact,  nearly 
globular  fl.  -clusters,  the  cluster  subtended  by  small  Ivs. 
as  if  an  involucre:  Ivs.  ovate.  Mex.  -B.M.  4183  (and 
probably  the  C.  elegans,  B.M.  5659.) 

Newelli,  Hort.  (H.  Newelli,  Veitch).  Fls.  bright 
crimson,  larger  and  more  brilliant  than  those  of  C.  ele- 
gans and  C.  fasciculatum.  Gn.  34:  660.  —  A  free-growing 
plant,  originating  from  seed  by  Mr.  Newell,  Downham 
Market,  Eng.  Evidently  an  offshoot  of  one  of  the  pre- 
ceding species. 


AA.    Fls.  Orange. 

aurantlacum,  Lindl.  Of  half -climbing  habit  :  Ivs. 
oval  to  ovate,  more  or  less  undulate  :  fls.  sessile,  in  a 
panicle,  orange-yellow.  Guatemala.  R.H.  1858,  p.  238. 

AAA.  Fls.  white,  greenish,  or  cream -yellow. 

Parqui,  L'Her.  Shrub,  half-hardy  :  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
petioled,  short,  acuminate:  fls.  long,  tubular,  with  a  wide- 
spreading  limb,  in  an  open  panicle,  greenish  yellow,  very 
fragrant  at  night.  Chile.  B.  M.  1770. 

diurnum,  Linn.  Quick-growing  evergreen  shrub:  Ivs. 
oblong  and  short-acute,  thickish  and  glabrous,  shining 
above:  fls.  white,  very  sweet-scented  by  day,  in  axillary 
long  peduncled  spikes :  f r.  white.  W.  Ind. 

nocturnum,  Linn,  Shrub  6-9  ft. :  branches  brownish, 
very  slender  or  flexuose,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  :  Ivs. 
thinner,  ovate  or  elliptic,  prominently  acuminate  :  fls. 
creamy  yellow,  very  fragrant  by  night.  Jamaica. 

E.  J.  CANNING  and  L.  H.  B. 

CH2ENACTIS  (Greek,  gaping  ray:  the  marginal 
corollas  often  ray-like).  Composite.  West  American 
herbs  or  under-shrubs,  with  alternate  and  mostly  dis- 
sect id  Ivs.,  and  yellow,  white  or  flesh-colored  fls.  on 
solitary  peduncles  or  in  loose  cymes.  Florets  of  one 
kind,  but  the  marginal  ones  with  a  more  or  less  en- 
larged limb :  involucre  cainpanulate :  receptacle  flat  and 
generally  naked  :  pappus  of  scales  (wanting  in  1  spe- 
cies). Three  species  have  been  introduced  as  border 
plants,  but  they  are  little  known  to  gardeners.  Of  easy 
culture.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  division. 

A.    Pappus  of  entire  or  nearly  entire  persistent  scales. 

tenuifolia,  Nutt.  Small,  tufted  annual,  white  pubes- 
cent when  young  but  becoming  nearly  or  quite  glabrous : 
1  ft. :  Ivs.  once  or  twice  pinnately  parted,  the  lobes  linear 
or  filiform:  heads  %in.  high,  lemon-yellow.  S.  Calif. 

Doftglasii,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Biennial  or  perennial,  3-15 
in.  high,  usually  white-woolly  when  young:  Ivs.  broad, 
pinnately  parted  into  short  and  crowded,  obtuse  lobes: 
heads  %-%in.  high,  white  or  whitish.  Mont.  S.  and  W. 
—Variable. 

AA.    Pappus  of  fimbriate  and  deciduous  scales,  or  even 
wanting. 

artemisiseidlia,  Gray.  Tufted  annual,  1-2  ft.,  rusty- 
pubescent  and  somewhat  sticky  :  Ivs.  2  or  3,  pinnately 
parted  into  short-linear  or  oblong  lobes  :  heads  %  in. 
high,  the  involucre  viscid,  the  florets  white  or  cream- 
color.  S.  Calif.  L.  H.  B. 

CH.ENOMELES.    Cydonia. 

CHJSNOSTOMA  (gaping  mouth,  in  allusion  to  the 
shape  of  the  corolla).  Scrophulariacece.  About  30 
African  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  with  simple  Ivs.  mostly 
opposite,  and  axillary  or  terminal-racemose,  showy  fls. ; 
stamens  4,  in  2's,  attached  to  the  throat  of  the  corolla, 
more  or  less  exserted:  style  filiform  and  club-shaped, 
and  obtuse  at  the  apex  :  corolla  tubular,  swollen  in  the 
throat,  with  a  5-lobed  spreading  limb. 

hispidum,  Benth.  Small  perennial,  with  opposite,  oval 
or  oblong-toothed  Ivs.,  and  blush-white,  star-like  fls. 
%  in.  across,  in  dense  clusters.  S.  Afr.  J.H.  III.  33:636. 
—An  old  and  deserving  greenhouse  or  pot  plant,  but 
rarely  seen  at  present.  It  blooms  almost  continuously, 
the  fls.  sometimes  hiding  the  foliage.  Prop,  by  seeds  or 
cuttings,  either  in  fall  or  spring.  Begins  to  bloom  when 
4-6  in.  high.  To  be  recommended  for  windows,  and  for 
summer  vases. 

CHAM-ffiBATIA  (Greek,  dwarf,  and  bramble,  allud- 
ing to  its  bramble-like  fls.).  Bosacece.  Low  shrub, 
clothed  with  glandular  pubescence :  Ivs.  alternate,  stipu- 
late, tripinnatifid,  persistent  :  fls.  in  terminal  corymbs, 
white,  with  5  petals  and  numerous  stamens :  f r.  a  small 
akene.  One  species  in  Calif.  Ornamental  shrub  of 
agreeable  aromatic  odor,  with  graceful  foliage  and 
showy  white  fls.  in  June  and  July;  hardy  only  in  warmer 
temperate  regions.  .  It  thrives  best  in  sandy,  well- 
drained  soil  and  sunny  position.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown 
in  spring  and  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 


286 


CHAM^BATIA 


CHAM^CYPARIS 


foliolosa,  Benth.  Two  to  3  ft.:  Ivs.  nearly  sessile, 
oval  or  ovate-oblong,  closely  tripinnately  dissected, 
lK-2Kin.  long:  fls.  white,  %  in.  wide,  in  4-8-fld. 
corymbs.  B.M.  5171.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHAM.EBATIARIA.    See  Sorbaria. 
CHAM.ffiC£RASUS.    See  Lonicera, 

CHAMjffiCYPARIS  (chamai,  dwarf,  and  kuparissos, 
Cypress;  referring  to  its  affinity).  Conifers.  Evergreen 
trees,  with  opposite,  scale-like  Ivs.  in  4  rows,  densely 
clothing  the  compressed  branchlets  :  fls.  monoecious, 
small ;  pistillate  inconspicuous,  globose  ;  staminate  yel- 
low or  red,  oblong,  often  conspicuous  by  their  abun- 
dance :  cones  small,  globular,  with  6-8  bracts,  each  bearing 
2  or  rarely  5,  winged  seeds,  ripening  the  first  season. 
Closely  allied  to  Cupressus,  which  differs  by  its  larger 
cones  maturing  the  second  year,  the  bracts  containing 
4  or  more  seeds,  and  by  its  quadrangular  branches  and 
minutely  denticulate  Ivs.  Five  species  in  N.  Amer.  and 
Japan,  all  very  valuable  timber  trees  in  their  native  coun- 
tries. Highly  ornamental  evergreen  trees  of  pyramidal 
habit,  of  which  only  C,  sphcvroidea  is  fully  hardy  north, 
while  the  Japanese  species  are  hardy  in  sheltered 
positions  north  to  New  England,  and  C.  Latcsoni- 
ana  only  from  New  York  south.  They  grow  best  in 
somewhat  moist  but  well-drained,  sandy  loam  and  in  a 
partly  shaded  position,  sheltered  against  dry  winds. 
C.  Lawsoniana  and  C.  obtusa  like  more  dry,  the  others 
more  moist  situations,  and  C.  sphceroidea  grows  well 
even  in  swamps.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring  ;  in- 
creased also  by  cuttings  from  mature  wood  in  fall,  in- 
serted in  a  sandy  soil  and  kept  in  a  coolframe  or  green- 
house during  the  winter ;  if  in  early  spring  gentle  bottom 


ana,  are  readily  increased  in  this  way,  while  the  typical 
forms  of  C.  Nutkaensis,  obtusa  and  sphceroidea  do  not 
grow  well  from  cuttings;  therefore  for  most  varieties 
veneer  grafting  on  seedling  stock  during  the  winter  in 


417.   Chamsecyparis  pisifera. 

heat  can  be  given,  it  will  hasten  the  development  of  roots 
considerably.  All  the  so-called  Retinosporas  and  the 
dwarfer  forms,  and  most  of  the  varieties  of  <7.  Lawsoni- 


418.   Chamaecyparis  pisifera,  var.  plumosa. 

greenhouse  is  preferred,  but  dwarf  forms  always  should 
be  grown  from  cuttings,  as  they  often  lose  their  dwarf 
habit  if  grafted.  The  so-called  Retinosporas  of  the  gar- 
dens,withlinear,  spreading  Ivs.,  are  juvenile  forms, which 
have  retained  the  foliage  of  the  seedling  state.  There 
are  similar  forms  in  Thuya.  For  their  distinguishing 
characters,  see  Betinospora.  For  the  numerous  garden 
forms,  see  Beissner,  Handb.  der  Nadelholzk.,  pp.  64-99. 

A.   Lvs.  green  on  both  sides  or  paler  beneath. 

sphaeroidea,  Spach  (Cupre"ssiis  thuyoldes,  Linn.). 
WHITE  CEDAR.  Tree,  to  70  or  80  ft.,  with  erect,  spreading 
branches  :  branchlets  irregularly  arranged,  spreading, 
not  pendulous,  very  thin  and  slender,  flattened  :  Ivs. 
closely  imbricate,  glaucous  or  light  green,  with  a  con- 
spicuous gland  on  the  back,  fragrant:  cones  small,  %in. 
in  diam.,  bluish  purple,  with  glaucous  bloom.  From 
Maine  to  Florida,  west  to  Mississippi.  S.S.  10:  529. -Var. 
ericoides,  Beissn.  &  Hochst.  (C.  ericoldes,  Carr.  Betin6s- 
pora  ericoides,  Hort.).  Compact  shrub,  of  erect,  dense 
habit :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  spreading,  with  two  glau- 
cous lines  beneath,  coloring  in  winter  usually  reddish 
brown.  Var.  Andelyensis,  Carr.  ( Retindspora  leptocldda, 
Hort. ) .  Intermediate  form  between  the  former  and  the 
type;  bluish  green,  and  of  erect  growth,  with  loosely  ap- 
pressed,  lanceolate  Ivs. ;  often  some  branchlets  with  Ivs. 
of  the  type  and  some  with  Ivs.  of  the  var.  ericoides. 
R.H.  1869,  p.  32,  and  1880,  p.  36.  Var.  glauca,  Endl.  (var. 
Kewtnsis,  Hort.).  Of  compact  habit,  very  glaucous,  with 
silvery  hue.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Branchlets  partially 
colored  golden  yellow. 

Nutkaensis,  Spach  (Cupressus  NootkaUnais,  Lamb. 
TTiuydpsis  borealis,  Hort.).  YELLOW  CEDAR.  Tree,  to 
120  ft.,  with  ascending  branches,  pendulous  at  the  ex- 
tremities :  branchlets  distichously  arranged,  slightly 
flattened  or  nearly  quadrangular,  pendulous :  Ivs.  densely 
imbricate,  usually  dark  green,  acute,  mostly  without 
glands  :  cones  subglobose,  nearly  %in.  in  diam.,  dark 
red-brown,  with  glaucous  bloom.  From  Sitka  to  Oregon. 
S.S.  10:530.  R.H.  1869,  p.  48. -Var.  glauca,  Hort.  With 
very  glaucous  foliage.  Var.  pendula,  Hort.  Distinctly 
pendulous.  There  are  some  forms  with  variegated  Ivs. 


CHAM^CYPARIS 


CHAM^DAPHNE 


287 


On.  50,  p.  68.     C.  Nntlfacnxix  is  about  as  hardy  as  the 
Japanese  species. 

AA.    Li's,   -with    glaucous    or   whitish    marks    beneath  : 
branches  with  horizontally  spreading  ramifications. 

Lawsoniana,  Purl.  (Cuprtssus  Laivsoniana,  Murr. ). 
Tree,  to  200  ft.,  witli  horizontally  spreading  and  usually 
pendulous  branches  :  branchlets  frond-like  arranged, 
flattened  :  Ivs.  closely  appressed,  obtuse  or  somewhat 


419.   Chamaecyparis  pisifera,  var.  squarrosa. 

acute,  usually  bright  green,  with  a  gland  on  the  back  : 
staminate  catkins  bright  jed  (yellow  in  all  other  species)  : 
cone  globose,  about  %in.  across,  red-brown  and  often 
glaucous.  From  Oregon  to  Calif .  8.8.10:531.  Gng.  2:327. 
—  This  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  Conifers  and  very 
variable,  about  60  garden  forms  being  cultivated  in 
European  nurseries  and  collections.  The  following  are 
some  of  the  best :  Var.  albo-spica,  Hort.  Tips  of  branch- 
lets  creamy  white,  of  slender  habit.  Var.  Alumi,  Hort. 
Of  columnar  habit,  foliage  very  glaucous,  with  a  bluish 
metallic  hue.  The  best  blue  columnar  form.  Var.  ar- 
g6ntea,  Hort.  Of  slender  habit,  with  very  glaucous, 
almost  silvery  foliage.  Var.  er6cta  viridis,  Hort.  Dense, 
columnar  habit  and  bright  green  foliage.  One  of  the  most 
beautiful  varieties,  but  somewhat  tender.  Var.  erecta 
glauca,  Hort.  Similar  in  habit,  but  with  glaucous  foliage. 
Var.  filifbrmis,  Hort.  Branches  elongated,  somewhat 
pendulous,  with  few  lateral  branchlets,  of  low,  globular 
habit.  Var.  glauca,  Hort.  Foliage  of  metallic  glaucous 
tint.  One  of  the  hardier  forms.  Var.  gracilis,  Hort. 
(var.  gracilis  pendula,  Hort. ) .  Elegant  light  g^reen  form, 
with  graceful,  pendulous  branchlets.  Var.  intertexta, 
Hort.  Glaucous  form,  of  vigorous  growth,  with  remote, 
pendulous  branches  and  distant,  thickish  branchlets. 
Var.  lutea,  Hort.  Of  compact  habit,  young  growth  clear 
yellow.  G.C.  III.  20:721.  Var.  nana,  Hort.  Dwarf ,  glo- 
bose habit ;  with  some  variegated  and  glaucous  forms. 
There  are  also  different  variegated  forms  with  the  habit 
of  the  type. 

obtusa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (Cuprtssus  obtusa,  Koch.  Ret- 
indspora  obtusa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  HINOKI  CYPRESS. 
Tree,  to  120  ft.,  with  horizontal  branches  :  branchlets 
frond-like  arranged,  flattened,  pendulous  :  Ivs.  bright 
green  and  shining  above,  with  whitish  lines  beneath, 
thickish,  obtuse,  and  very  closely  appressed,  with  a  gland 
on  the  back:  cones  globose,  nearly  Kin.  in  diam.,  brown. 
Japan.  S,  Z.  121.  G.C.  IL  5:  236  R  H.  1869,  p.  97.- 


Var.  albo-spica,  Hort.  Tips  of  branchlets  whitish.  Var. 
aurea,  Hort.  Golden  yellow.  Var.  breviramea,  Rehder 
( C.  breviramea,  Max.  Var.  filicoldes,  Hort.).  Of  slow 
growth,  with  short  and  densely  frond-like  arranged 
branchlets.  G.C.  11,5:235.  Var.  gracilis  aurea,  Hort. 
Graceful  form,  foliage  bright  golden  yellow  when  young, 
changing  later  to  greenish  yellow.  Var.  lycopodioides, 
Carr.  Low  form,  of  somewhat  irregular  habit,  with 
spreading,  rigid  branches  and  thick,  nearly  quadrangu- 
lar, dark  green  branchlets.  Var.  nana,  Carr.  Low  form, 
of  slow  growth,  with  short,  deep  green  branchlets.  Var. 
pendula,  Beissn.  (C.  pendula,  Maxim.).  Branches  elon- 
gated, thick  and  thread-like,  pendulous,  with  few  distant 
branchlets.  Var.  pygmaea,  Carr.  Very  dwarf  form,  with 
horizontal,  almost  creeping  branches,  densely  frond-like 
branched.  Exceedingly  interesting  form  for  rockeries. 

pisifera,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (Cuprtssus  pisifera,  Koch. 
Retindspora  pisifera,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  SAWABA  CY- 
PRESS. Fig.  417.  Tree,  to  100  ft.,  with  horizontal 
branches  :  branchlets  flattened,  distichously  arranged 
and  some  what  pendulous:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  pointed, 
shining  above,  with  whitish  lines  beneath:  cones  globu- 
lar, %-%  in.  in  diam.,  brown.  S.Z.  122.  G.C.  II.  5:237. 
—  This  is,  next  to  C.  sphceroidea,  the  hardiest  species,  and 
some  varieties  are  much  cultivated,  while  the  type  is 
less  planted.  Var.  aurea,  Hort.  Yellow  foliage.  Var. 
filifera,  Hort.  (Retinospora  filifera,  Hort.  C.  obtusa  fili- 
fera,  Hort.).  Branches  elongated  and  slender,  thread- 
like, gracefully  pendulous,  with  distant  branchlets  and 
Ivs.  Very  decorative  forms.  G.C.  II.  5:  237.  Var.  plu- 
mdsa,  Hort.  Fig.  418.  Of  dense,  conical  habit : 
branches  almost  erect,  with  slender  branchlets  of 
feathery  appearance:  Ivs.  subulate,  pointed  and  slightly 
spreading,  bright  green.  Intermediate  between  the 
type  and  VAT.  squarrosa.  G.C.  II.  5:236.  Var.  plumdsa 
arg£ntea,  Hort.  Tips  of  branchlets  whitish.  Var.  plu- 
mdsa aurea,  Hort.  Young  growth  of  golden  yellow  color. 
A  very  showy  form.  Var.  squarrdsa,  Beissn.  &  Hochst. 
(Retinospora  squarrosa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  R.  leptoclada, 
Zucc.).  Fig.  419.  Densely  branched,  bushy  tree  or 
shrub,  with  spreading,  feathery  branchlets :  Ivs.  linear, 
spreading,  glaucous  above,  silvery  below.  A  very  dis- 
tinct and  beautiful  variety.  S.Z.  123.  R.H.  1869,  p.  95, 
and  1880,  p.  37.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHAM  52  DAPHNE  (chamai,  dwarf,  and  daphne,  the 
laurel  in  ancient  Latin,  alluding  to  its  dwarf  habit  and 
evergreen  Ivs.).  Syn.,  Cassdndra.  Ericaceae.  LEATHER 
LEAP.  Low  shrub  with  evergreen,  alternate  small  Ivs. : 
fls.  nodding  in  terminal,  leafy  racemes : 
corolla  urceolate-oblong,  5-lobed,  with 
5  included  stamens:  fr.  a  capsule.  One 
species  in  the  colder  regions  of  the 
northern  hemisphere.  Low,  hardy, 
ornamental  shrub,  valuable  for  the 
earliness  of  its  pretty  white  fls.  It 
thrives  best  in  a  peaty  and  sandy, 
moist  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds 
sown  in  sandy  peat,  only 
slightly  or  not  covered,  and 
kept  moist  and  shady  ;  also 
by  layers  and  suckers  and 
by  cuttings  from  mature 
wood  in  late  summer  under 


calyculata,  Moench  (Cas- 
sdndra calyculata,  Don). 
Fig.  420.  Shrub  with  spread- 
ing or  horizontal  branches, 
1-3  ft.:  Ivs  short-petioled, 
oblong,  obtuse,  slightly  ser- 
rulate and  revolute  at  the 
margins,  dull  green  above 
and  rusty-lepidote  beneath : 
fls.  short-peduncled,  nod- 
ding; corolla  white,  oblong, 
about  %  in.  long.  B.M.  1286. 
L.  B.  C.  6:  530  ;  15:  1464; 
16:1582.  Em.  423.  —  Var. 
angustifdlia,  Gray.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  undulate  and 
crisped  at  the  margin.  Var.  nana,  Lodd.  One  foot  or 
less  high,  with  horizontal  branches.  L.B.C.  9:862. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


420.   Chamaedaphne 
calyculata  (X  %). 


288 


CHAM/EDOREA 


CHARD 


CHABLffiDOREA  (Greek,  dwarf  and  gift).  Palmacece, 
tribe  Arecece.  Spineless,  erect,  procumbent  or  rarely 
climbing  palms,  the  trunks  solitary  or  cespitose,  slen- 
der or  reed-like.  Lvs.  simple,  bifid  at  the  apex  or  va- 
riously equally-pinnatisect :  lobes  broad  or  narrow, 
straight  or  oblique,  acuminate,  plicate-nerved,  usually 
callous  at  the  base,  the  basal  margins  folded  back  or 
recurved  :  petiole  usually  cylindrical ;  sheath  tubular, 
oblique  at  the  throat;  spadices  among  or  below  the  Ivs., 
simple  or  paniculately  branched ;  spathes  3  or  many, 
alternate,  sheathing,  elongated,  split  at  the  apex,  mem- 
branous or  coriaceous,  usually  persistent  :  pistillate  fls. 
very  small  :  fr.  small,  of  1-3  globose  or  oblong-obtuse 
carpels,  coriaceous  or  fleshy.  Species  about  60.  Mex. 
to  Panama. 

Peat  or  leaf -mold,  loam  and  sand  in  equal  parts,  with 
a  little  charcoal  added,  form  the  best  soil.  The  species 
common  in  cultivation  are  quick-growing.  They  are 
well  suited  for  planting  out  in  greenhouse  borders. 
The  sexes  are  on  different  plants,  therefore  several 
should  be  planted  in  a  group  if  the  handsomely  colored 
fruit  is  desired.  All  of  the  kinds  require  warm  tempera- 
ture in  winter.  Increased  from  seeds.  Of  the  many 
species,  only  the  following  appear  in  the  Amer.  trade: 

A.   Lvs.  simple. 

Slogans,  Mart.  Stem  strict,  6  ft.,  closely  ringed:  Ivs. 
narrowly  lanceolate,  acuminate,  straight  :  fr.  globose. 
Mex.  G.C.  1.33:508. 

Ernesti- August!,  Wendl.  Stem  3-4  ft.,  reedy,  erect, 
radicant  at  base  ;  blade  obovate,  cuneate  'at  the  base, 
deeply  bifid,  coarsely  serrate  along  the  margins ;  petiole 
shorter  than  blade ;  sheath  amplexicaul ;  sterile  spadix 
8-9  in.,  the  simple  branches  6-8  in.,  attenuate,  slender  : 
fertile  spadix  simple  :  fls.  red.  Venezuela.  B.M.  4837. 
G.C.  I.  33:508. 

AA.    Lvs.  pinnate. 
B.   Plant  becoming  of  climbing  habit. 

desmoncoides,  H.  Wendl.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  with 
drooping,  narrow  Ifts.  a  foot  long,  and  glaucous 
petiole  :  plant  tending  to  climb  after  it  becomes  a  few 
feet  high.  Mex. 

BB.    Plant  not  climbing. 
c.    Stem  or  trunk  evident. 

Sartorii,  Liebm.  Stem  8-14  ft.,  ringed,  clothed  above 
with  leaf -sheaths  :  Ivs.  3-3  %  ft.  long  ;  petiole  terete, 
sulcate,  dilated  at  the  base  ;  sheath,  petiole  and  rachis 
white  on  the  back;  Ifts.  12  in.  long,  1K-2  in.  wide,  alter- 
nate, falcate,  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base.  Mex. 

Tepejildte,  Liebm.  Stem  4-6  ft.  high,  closely  ringed: 
Ivs.  4ft.;  Ifts.  1-nerved,  close,  alternate,  falcate,  acute, 
narrowly  lanceolate,  13-15  in.  long,  \%  in.  wide:  rachis 
convex  on  the  back,  canaliculate  above.  Mex.  B.M. 
6030. 

glaucifdlia,  H.  Wendl.  Stem  20  ft. :  Ivs.  long,  pinnate ; 
Ifts.  narrowed,  long  and  slender,  dark  green,  glaucous. 
Guatemala.  G.F.  8:507. 

Arenbergiana,  H.  Wendl.  (G.  latifblia,  Hort.).  Stem 
slender,  5-6  ft.,  green  :  Ivs.  erect-spreading;  Ifts.  10-15 
pairs,  alternate  and  drooping,  very  long-pointed,  plicate 
and  many  ribbed.  Guatemala.  B.M.  6838. 

cc.    Stem  or  trunk  none. 

Pringlei,  Wats.  Acaulescent  or  nearly  so  ;  Ivs.  erect, 
pinnate,  3  ft.;  Ifts.  12-15  on  each  side,  linear-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  6-8  in.  long,  %-%  in.  wide  ;  rachis  tri- 
angular ;  spadix  simple,  8  in.  long.  San  Louis  Potosi, 
Mex  JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

CHAM2EPEUCE.    Now  referred  to  Cnicus. 

CHAM£!RANTHEMUM  (dwarf  and  flower,  from  the 
Greek).  Acanthdcece.  Three  or  4  Brazilian  small  herbs, 
allied  to  Eranthemum,  but  readily  distinguished  by  the 
4  (instead  of  2)  stamens.  Lvs.  large  and  membranaceous, 
entire,  variously  marked.  Fls.  showy,  white  or  yellow, 
in  bracteate  clusters.  Grown  chiefly  for  the  beautiful 
foliage.  C.  igneum,  Regel  (Eranthemum  igneum,  Lind. ) , 
is  in  the  Amer  trade.  It  is  a  low,  spreading,  warmhouse 
plant  (culture  of  Eranthemum  and  Justicia),  with  dark 


green  Ivs.  and  veins,  richly  banded  with  orange  or  yel- 
low.   Fls.  small.    F.S.  17:1722. 

CHAMJEROPS  (Greek  for  dwarf  bush).  Palmacece, 
tribe  Coryphece.  Low,  fan-leaved  palms,  with  cespitose 
caudices  branched  from  the  base  and  clothed  with  the 
bases  of  the  leaf-sheaths.  Lvs.  terminal,  rigid,  semi 
orbicular  or  cuneate-flabillate,  deeply  laciniate,  the  lobes 
narrow,  bifid,  plicate  ;  no  rachis  ;  ligule  very  short ; 
petiole  slender,  bi-convex,  the  margins  smooth  or 
rough;  sheath  split,  reticulate,  fibrous;  spadices  short, 
erect  compressed  :  branches  short,  densely  flowered  : 
spathes  2-4,  broad,  thickly  coriaceous,  the  lower  ones 
split,  the  upper  entire ;  bracts  small,  subulate ;  bractlets 
none  :  fls.  small,  yellow  :  fr.  globose  or  ovoid,  3-sided 
toward  the  base,  brown  or  yellow.  Species  2.  Mediter- 
ranean region.  The  common  C.  humilis  is  widely  cult., 
and  very  variable.  Many  of  the  specific-made  names  of 
the  genus  are  forms  of  this  species.  Of  such  cases  are 
evidently  the  garden  names  G.  arborescens,  argentea, 
Canariensis,  elata,  elegans,  farinosa,  gracilis,  litto- 
ralis,  nivea. 

Fibrous  loam  two  parts,  leaf -mold  and  sand  one  part, 
with  good  drainage.  Prop,  by  suckers  and  by  seeds. 
These  are  among  the  hardiest  of  all  palms,  and  are  well 
suited  to  greenhouses  where  a  high  temperature  is  not 
kept  up. 

humilis,  Linn.  (Phoenix  Rancedna,  Hort.).  Fig.  421. 
Stem  1-1%  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  ragged,  fibrous  ;  margins  of 
the  petioles  armed  with  stout,  straight  or  hooked  spines ; 
blade  suborbicular,  truncate  or  cuneate  at  the  base, 
rigid,  palmately  multifid  ;  segments  acuminate,  bifid. 
Mediterranean.  B.M.  2152.  R.H.  1892:84  (showing 
habit  and  a  colored  plate  of  the  fruit).  Reaches  20  ft. 


421.    Chamaerops  humilis. 

C.  Biroo,  Sieb.=«Livistona  rotundifolia.—  C.  Byrrho,  Hort.= 
Livistona  rotundifolia.— C.  excelsa,  Thunb.=Trachycarpus  ex- 
celsus.—  C.  Fortunei,  Hook.=Trachycarpus.—  C.  humilis  X 
Hystrix,  Hort.  Said  to  be  a  "choice  garden  hybrid  of  Florida 
origin."—  C.  Hystrix,  Fras.=Rhapidophyllum  Hystrix.—  O. 
stauracantha,  Hort.=Acanthorhiza  aculeata. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

CHAMOMILE.    Consult  Anthemis 

CHAPMAN,  JONATHAN.     See  Appleseed,  Johnny. 

CHAPTALIA  (J.  A.  C.  Chaptal,  agricultural  chemist). 
Gomp6sit.ce.  American  low  perennial  herbs,  with  white 
or  purplish  fls.  on  naked  scapes,  blooming  in  spring  and 
summer.  Heads  radiate,  the  ray-fls.  pistillate,  and  the 
disk-fls.  perfect,  but  some  or  all  of  them  sterile:  invo- 
lucre campanulate  or  turbinate,  of  appressed  and  imbri- 
cated bracts:  pappus  of  soft  capillary  bristles:  akenes 
oblong  or  fusiform,  narrowed  above,  5-nerved.  The  only 
species  in  the  Amer.  trade  is  C.  tomentdsa,  Vent.,  of  N. 
Car.  and  S.  Of  this  the  scape  is  1  ft.  or  less  high,  and 
the  heads  are  purple-rayed:  Ivs.  spatulate  or  lanceolate, 
entire  or  nearly  so,  rather  thick,  white  tomentose  be- 
neath. Introduced  as  a  border  plant. 

CHARD  (ch  pronounced  as  in  charge).  A  form  of  the 
plant  (Beta  vulgaris)  which  has  produced  the  common 
beet.  Often  known  to  horticulturists  as  Beta  Cycla. 


CHARD 


OHEILANTHES 


289 


See  Bret  and  Beta.  The  beet  plant  has  given  rise  to  two 
gci'.eral  types  of  varieties:  those  varieties  with  thickened 
roots  /the  beet  of  America,  the  beet-root  of  European 
literature) ;  and  those  with  large  and  pulpy  or  thickened 
leaves  (but  whose  roots  are  small  and  woody).  The  lat- 


422.   Chard,  or  Sea-Kale  beet. 

ter  type  is  known  under  the  general  name  of  leaf-beets. 
These  leaf -beets  may  be  ranged  into  three  sub-groups: 
(1)  common  or  normal  leaf -beets,  or  spinach  beets,  in 
which  the  leaf -blade  is  large  and  pulpy,  and  is  used  as 
spinach  is;  (2)  Chard,  in  which  the  petiole  and  midrib 
are  very  broad  and  thick  (Fig.  422);  (3)  ornamental 
beets,  of  which  the  foliage  is  variously  colored. 

Chard  is  of  the  easiest  culture.  Seed  is  sown  in 
spring,  as  for  common  beets.  The  broad  petioles,  or 
Chards,  may  be  gathered  from  midsummer  until  frost. 
These  broad  white  stalks  or  ribs  are  used  as  a  pot-herb; 
and,  if  desired,  the  leaf -blades  may  be  cooked  with  them. 
The  dish  is  usually  more  attractive,  however,  if  only  the 
Chards  are  cooked.  This  vegetable  is  also  known  as 
Sea-kale  Beet  and  Swiss  Chard.  L  jj  3, 

CHARLOCK.    Consult  Brassica  ;  also  Raphanus. 

CHASTE  TREE.    See  Vitex. 

CHEAT,  or  CHESS.   Bromus. 

CHECKERBEflKY.    Gaultheria. 

CHEESES.    Vernacular  for  Malva  rotundi folia . 

CHEILANTHES  (Greek,  lip-flower,  alluding  to  the  in- 
dusium).  Polypodiacecf.  Semi-hardy  or  hothouse  ferns 
of  small  size,  often  hairy  or  woolly,  with  the  sori  termi- 
nal on  the  veins  and  covered  with  a  roundish  indusium. 
Some  60  or  70  species  are  known,  nearly  a  third  of 
which  are  natives  of  the  west  and  southwest,  one  spe- 
cies as  far  east  as  Connecticut.  They  are  of  easy  cul- 
ture, enjoying  a  position  near  the  glass,  and  disliking 
strong,  close  heat  and  syringing  or  watering  overhead. 

A.    LVS.  pentagonal-deltoid,  the  indusium  confined  to  a 

single  veinlet. 

Calif6rnica.  Mett.  (Hypolepis  Califdmica,  Hook.). 
Lvs.  densely  cespitose  from  a  short  creeping  rootstock 
2—4  in.  each  way.  on  stems  4-8  in.  long,  quadripinnatifld; 
ultimate  segments  lanceolate,  incised  or  serrate.  Calif. 


meifolia,  D.  C.  Eaton.  Lvs.  cespitose,  with  slender 
brown  stems  5-7  in.  long,  the  lamina  2-3  in.  each  way, 
3-4-pinnatifid,  with  finely  cut  segments  1-10  of  an  in. 
wide.  Mex. 

AA.    Lvs.  ternately  divided,  with  dark  polished  stems. 

pedata,  A.  Br.  Lvs.  cespitose,  on  long  (9-12  in. )  stems, 
about  0  in.  either  way,  the  3  divisions  bipinnatifid  ; 
sori  numerous,  placed  on  both  sides  of  the  segments. 
Jamaica,  Cuba. 

AAA.   Lvs.  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate. 

B.    Segments  flat :  indusia  extending  over  the  apices  of 

several  veinlets,  but  not  continuous. 

c.    Surface  of  Ivs.  smooth. 

microphylla.  Swz.  Lvs.  4-10  in.  long,  on  stems  nearly 
as  long,  from  a  short,  creeping  rootstock,  bi-tripinnate : 
stems  glossy,  rusty-pubescent  on  the  upper  side.  Fla. 
and  New  Mex.  southward. 

cc.    Surface  of  Ivs.  viscid-glandular. 

viscida,  Davenp.  Lvs.  3-5  in.  long,  on  stems  of  the 
same  length,  tripinnatifid  ;  segments  toothed,  every- 
where glandular.  Calif. 

ccc.    Surface  of  Ivs.  hairy,  not  woolly. 

hirta,  Swz.  Lvs.  densely  cespitose,  with  short,  scaly 
stems  which  are  brownish,  like  the  rachides ;  pinnae  nu- 
merous, rather  distant  bipinnatifid,  the  segments  with 
much  incurved  margins.  The  Ivs.  are  usually  6-15  in. 
long.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  — Var.  Ellisiana  is  more  com- 
monly cult. 

landsa,  Wats.  (C.  vestlta,  Swz.).  Fig.  423.  Cespitose, 
with  stems  2-4  in.  long,  slightly  hairy,  as  are  the  seg- 
ments :  Ivs.  tripinnatifid,  4-10  in.  long,  1-2%  in.  wide, 
the  pinnae  lanceolate-deltoid  :  indusia  formed  of  the 
ends  of  roundish  or  oblong 
lobes.  Conn,  to  Kan.  and 
Ala.  — Hardy. 

Codperae, D.C.Eaton.  Lvs. 
3-8  in.  long,  bipinnate,  the 
stems  covered  with  nearly 
white  hairs,  each  tipped  with 
a  gland;  pinnules  roundish 
ovate,  crenate  and  incised. 
Calif,  to  Mex. 

BB.  Segments  bead-like,  mi- 
nute :  indusium  usu- 
ally continuous. 

D.  Lvs.  hairy  or  woolly 
beneath,  but  not  scaly. 

E.  Upper  surface  of  seg- 

ments smooth. 

grracillima,  D.  C.  Eaton. 
LACE  FERN.  Lvs.  cespitose, 
1-4  in.  long,  besides  the 
nearly  equal  dark  brown 
stems,  bipinnate  ;  pinnae 
with  about  nine  pinnules, 
finally  smooth  above.  Idaho 
to  Calif. -Hardy. 

Cleveland!!,  D.  C.  Eaton. 
Lvs.  4-8  in.  long,  tripinnate, 
dark  brown  beneath,  with 
closely  imbricate,  ciliate 
scales,  which  grow  on  both 
the  segments  and  the  rach- 
ides ;  segments  nearly 
round,  the  terminal  larger. 
Calif. 

EE.    Upper  surface  of  segments  pubescent. 

tomentdsa,  Link.    Lvs.  8-15  in.  long,  on  stems  4-6  in. 
long,  everywhere  covered  with  brownish  white  hairs, 
tripinnate  ;    terminal  segments  twice  as   large   as   the 
lateral.    Va.  to  Ariz. 
DD.    Lvs.  covered  beneath  with  scales,  but  not  woolly. 

Fendleri,  Hook.  Lvs.  3-6  in.  long  besides  the  chaffy 
stems,  rising  from  tangled,  creeping  rootstock s,  tripin- 
nate :  rachides  with  broadly -ovate  white-edged  scales, 
which  overlap  the  subglobose  segments.  Tex.  and 
Colo,  to  Calif. 


423.  Cheilanthes  lanosa. 

(XHJ 


19 


290 


CHEILANTHES 


CHENOPODIUM 


DDD.    Lvs.  covered  beneath  with  both  scales  and  wool. 

myriophylla,  Desv.  (G.  elegans,  Desv.).  Lvs.  densely 
cespitose  from  short,  erect,  scaly  rootstocks,  3-9  in. 
long,  beside  the  chestnut-colored  scaly  stems  ;  tri- 
quadripinnatifld  :  ultimate  segments  minute,  innumer- 
able. Tex.,  Ariz,  and  Trop.  Amer. 

Another  native  species  worthy  of  cultivation  is  C. 
leucopbda,  Link,  from  Tex.,  with  broadly  deltoid-ovate 
leaves.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CHEIEANTHUS  (derivation  in  dispute,  but  probably 
from  Greek  for  hand  and  flower}.  Cruciferce.  A  dozen 
or  more  Old  World  herbs,  with  large  purple  or  yellow 


fls.,  entire  Ivs.,  and  a  strict  or  upright  habit.  Lateral 
sepals  sac-like  at  the  base  :  valves  of  the  pod  with  a 
strong  midnerve.  Much  confounded  with  Matthiola,  and 
the  genera  are  not  sufficiently  distinct.  In  Cheiranthus, 
the  Ivs.  are  acute,  stigma  more  spreading,  pod  more 
flattened  and  seeds  not  thin-edged. 

Cneiri,  Linn.  WALLFLOWER.  Fig.  424.  Perennial, 
slightly  pubescent,  1-2%  ft. :  Ivs.  lanceolate  and  entire, 
acute  :  fls.  large,  mostly  in  shades  of  yellow,  in  long, 
terminal  racemes.  S.  Eu.— An  old  garden  favorite, 
blooming  in  spring.  Although  a  woody  perennial,  it  is 
best  to  renew  the  plants  from  seed,  for  they  begin  to 
fail  after  having  bloomed  one  or  two  years.  Seedlings 
should  bloom  the  second  vear.  There  are  dwarf  and 


double-fld.  varieties,  and  innumerable  forms  in  various 
shades  of  yellow,  brownish,  and  even  purple.  Not 
prized  so  much  in  Amer.  as  in  Eu.  It  thrives  in  any 
good  garden  soil. 

C.  dnnuus,  Hort.=Matthiola,  but  early-blooming  forms  of 
C.  Cheiri  seem  to  pass  under  this  name. — C.  Menziesii,  Benth. 
&  Hook.=Parrya.  j^  H.  B. 

CHELIDdNIUM  (Greek  for  the  swallow:  the  fls. 
appear  when  the  swallow  comes).  Papaveracece.  CEL- 
ANDINE. One  or  two  loose-growing  herbs,  with  fl.-buds 
nodding,  and  small  yellow  fls.  in  small  umbel-like  clus- 
ters :  sepals  2  ;  petals  4  ;  stamens  16-24  :  style  very 
short,  the  stigma  2-lobed ;  pod  slender,  2-valved,  open- 
ing first  at  the  bottom.  C.  ma  jus,  Linn.,  is  a  European 
plant,  now  run  wild  in  waste  places,  and  often  seen  in 
old  gardens.  It  is  biennial  or  perennial,  with  brittle, 
hairy  stems  and  pinnately-parted  Ivs.,  the  lobes  rounded 
and  toothed  (or,  in  var.  lacinidttim  again  dissected). 
The  plant  has  yellow  juice.  Lvs.  light-glaucous  under- 
neath. 

CHELONE  (Greek  for  tortoise  or  turtle:  the  corolla 
fancied  to  resemble  a  reptile's  head).  Scrophularidcece. 
TURTLE  HEAD.  Several  North  American  perennial  herbs, 
some  of  which  are  now  sold  by  dealers  in  native  plants. 
Allied  to  Pentstemon.  Corolla  more  or  less  2-lipped  or 
gaping,  white  or  red:  anthers  4,  woolly,  and  a  rudiment 
of  a  fifth  stamen  :  seeds  winged:  Ivs.  opposite,  serrate: 
fls.  large  and  showy.  Half-shaded  places  are  preferable 
for  these  easily  cultivated  plants.  Very  dry  ground  should 
be  avoided,  from  the  fact  that  they  are  best  in  swampy 
places.  In  the  ordinary  border  they  should  have  a  very 
liberal  mulch  of  old  manure  in  their  growing  season :  4 
to  5  in.  thick  is  none  too  much  ;  the  surface  roots  will 
feed  in  this  compost,  and  the  plants  are  not  so  liable  to 
suffer  from  drought  when  thus  protected. 

A.    fls.  in  terminal  and  axillary  close  spikes. 

B.    Lvs.  broad-ovate,  long-petioled. 
Lyoni,  Pursh.    Plant,  about  2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  often  cor- 
date at  base,  thin,  evenly  serrate :  fl. -bracts  minutely  cili- 
ate;  fls.  rose-purple.    Mts.,  N.  Car.  and  S. 

BB.    Lvs.  lanceolate  or  oblong,  short-petioled. 
obliqua,  Linn.   Two  ft.  or  less:  Ivs.  2-5  in.  long,  broad- 
lanceolate  or  oblong,  very  veiny,  sharp-  or  deep-serrate : 
fl. -bracts  ciliate:  fls.  deep  rose.    Damp  grounds,  111.  and 

\  tl.  ?  O« 

glabra,  Linn.  (C.  obliqua,  var.  dlba,  Hort.).  Une-2 
or  more  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  narrower,  acuminate,  appressed- 
serrate,  nearly  sessile,  not  very  veiny:  fl.-bracts  not 
ciliate  :  fls.  white  or  rose-tinged.  Wet  grounds  ;  com- 
mon. 

AA.    Fls.  in  a  loose  thyrse  or  panicle. 

nemorosa,  Dough.  Two  ft.  or  less  high,  of  unpleasant 
odor  :  Ivs.  ovate  and  acute,  sharp-dentate,  sessile  or 
nearly  so:  fl.-bracts  none;  corolla  1  in.  long,  violet-pur- 
ple. Calif,  and  N. 

C.  barbata  of  gardens  is  Pentstemon  barbatus. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  L.  H.  B. 

CHENILLE  PLANT.  A  proposed  name  forAcalypha 
hispida,  better  known  as  A.  Sanderi. 

CHENOPODIUM  (goose-foot,  alluding  to  the  shape  of 
the  Ivs.).  Chenopodiacece.  Widely  dispersed  weedy 
herbs,  with  very  inconspicuous  greenish  fls.  in  glome- 
rules'' or  spikes.  Spinach,  beet,  and  orach  are  allied 
plants.  Fls.  perfect;  calyx  4-5-parted;  petals  wanting; 
stamens  usually  5;  styles  2  or  3.  The  calyx  sometimes 
enlarges  and  becomes  succulent  and  colored,  enclosing 
the  fr.,  and  the  glomerules  may  then  look  like  berries, 
as  in  the  common  Strawberry  Blite  ( C.  cap  itatum, Wats., 
or  Blitum  cap  itatum,  Linn.).  This  plant  has  been  in- 
troduced to  the  trade  as  a  pot-herb.  It  is  an  annual  of 
easiest  culture,  with  hastate-ovate  toothed  Ivs.  and 
fleshy  red  glomerules.  The  common  pigweeds  are 
Chenopodiums  of  several  kinds,  the  commonest  being 
C.  album,  Linn.  This  species  and  others  are  used  as 
pot-herbs  or  greens  in  the  country.  The  Good-King- 
Henry  is  C.  Bonus-Henricus,  Linn.  It  is  a  perennial, 
of  ten  cult,  for  its  succulent  spring  shoots  and  Ivs.,  which 


OF   THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


Plate  V.     Cherries 
Showing  several  commercial  varieties  of  sweet  and  sour  kinds 


(11  i:\OPODIUM 


CHERRY 


291 


are  used  as  greens.  In  American  gardens  it  is  usually 
known  :is  Mercury  (the  name  is  sometimes  corrupted  to 
Markery).  Lvs.  triangular-ovate,  with  very  long,  wide- 
spreading  basal  lobes  ;  margins  entire  ;  plant  mealy. 
The  plant  is  of  the  easiest  culture;  1-2  ft.  high.  Other 
Chenopodiums  of  economic  interest  are  the  Quinoa  (C. 
Q union,  Willd.),  of  S.  Amer.,  of  which  the  large  seeds 
are  used  as  food  (it  is  an  annual,  with  aspect  of  the 
common  pigweed,  C.  album;  seeds  sold  by  European 
dealers.  P,.M.  iii'.ll ) ;  ('.  <( nthrosioides,  Linn.,  Mexican 
Tea,  affords  a  medicinal  extract  ;  (7.  anthelminticiim, 
Linn.,  Wormseed,  affords  a  vermifuge.  The  Feather 
(ieranium  or  Jerusalem  Oak  of  florists  is  C.  Botrys, 
Linn.  It  is  annual,  glandxilar-pubescent  and  aromatic, 
1-3  ft.  high,  with  pinnatifid  Ivs.  and  long,  feather-like, 
enduring  spikes,  for  which  it  is  used  in  vases  and 
baskets.  Pretty.  L.  H.  B. 


425.   Cherimoya. 


CHERIMOYA,  CHERIMOYER  (Anona  Cherimolia, 
Mill. ) .  Fig.  425.  The  Cherimoya  is  considered  by  many 
to  be  the  finest  of  the  subtropical  fruits,  and  that  not 
only  by  the  natives  of  the  countries  where  it  grows,  but 
also  by  Europeans.  It  is  somewhat  like  the  Sweet  Sop 
(A,  sqnamosa) ;  both  are  excellent  when  grown  in  cli- 
mates that  suit  them;  but  the  Cherimoya  has  a  decided 
acidity,  which  is  most  agreeable  and  grateful  to  the  taste. 
See  A  nona.  The  fruit  is  rounded,  but  irregular  in  shape, 
weighing  from  3  to  5  Ibs.,  and  even  double  that  under 
cultivation.  There  is  a  thin,  greenish  rind,  marked  off 
by  somewhat  raised  lines  into  pentagonal  or  hexagonal 
spaces.  Beneath  is  a  white  pulp,  embedded  in  which  are 
the  black  seeds,  radiating  from  an  internal  central  stalk. 
The  white  pulp  is  the  edible  portion  ;  it  is  of  the  con- 
sistence of  a  corn-flour  pudding.  If  picked  when  full- 
g row n,  they  will  ripen  gradually,  and  can  be  kept  7  or 
8  days  before  eating. 

The  tree  is  from  15  to  30  feet  in  height,  with  a  broad 
spreading  head  and  pendent  branches.  The  leaves  are 
oblong,  with  velvety  down  on  the  under  surface.  The 
flowers  have  3  outer  petals,  which  are  oblong-linear 
in  shape,  and  keeled  on  the  inner  side  ;  the  3  inner 
petals  are  minute,  alternate  with  the  outer.  It  is  found 
growing  spontaneously  at  certain  elevations  in  Central 
America,  and  western  South  America,  as  far  south  as 
Chile,  but  it  is  quite  uncertain  where  it  is  truly  wild  in 
all  this  region.  De  Candolle,  in  his  "Origin  of  Cultivated 
Plants, "considers  it  most  probable  that  it  is  indigenous 
in  Equador,  and  perhaps  in  the  neighboring  part  of 
Peru.  It  was  introduced  into  Jamaica  in  1786  by  Mr. 
Hinton  East,  and  is  now  of  spontaneous  growth  in  a 
limited  area  at  a  certain  elevation  on  the  southern  slopes 
of  the  Blue  mountains,  corresponding  fairly  well  with 
the  district  in  which  the  far-famed  Blue  Mountain  coffee 
is  cultivated.  The  altitude  at  which  it  is  found  is  be- 
tween 2,500  and  5,000  feet.  In  Madeira,  the  Cherimoya 
has  taken  the  place  of  the  grape  vine  on  many  of  the 
estates  on  the  warm  southern  slopes  of  the  island.  The 


cultivation  is  systematic.  The  2-year-old  seedlings 
are  grafted.  The  trees  are  pruned  and  trained,  and 
manure  is  regularly  supplied.  The  result  of  careful 
selection  is  that  there  are  varieties  with  scarcely  any 
seeds,  and  weighing  12  to  16  Ibs.  Ordinary  fruits, 
weighing  3  to  8  Ibs.,  are  sold  in  the  London  market  at 
$1.50  ;  large  ones  are  sold  at  $2.50,  and  even  $3. 

W.  FAWCETT. 

CHEEKY.  Cultivated  tree  Cherries  have  probably 
sprung  from  two  European  species,  Prunus  Avium, 
Linn.,  and  Prunus  Cerasus,  Linn.  The  domesticated 
forms  of  Prunus  Avium  are  charac- 
terized by  a  tall,  erect  growth  (Fig. 
426);  reddish  brown,  glossy  bark, 
which  separates  in  rings  ;  flowers 
generally  in  clusters  on  lateral  spurs, 
appearing  with  the  limp,  gradually 
taper-pointed  leaves  ;  fruit  red,  yel- 
low, or  black,  generally  sweet,  spher- 
ical, heart-shaped,  or  pointed  ;  flesh 
soft  or  firm.  Sour  Cherries  are  low- 
headed  and  spreading  (Fig.  427); 
flowers  in  clusters  from  lateral  buds, 
appearing  before  the  hard,  stiff, rather 
abruptly  pointed,  light  or  grayish 
green  leaves.  The  following  is  the 
latest  classification  (Bailey,  Bull.  98, 
Cornell  Exp.  Sta.): 

Prunus  Avium  has  four  represent- 
atives in  the  United  States : 

I.  The  Mazzards,  or  inferior  seed- 
lings;   fruit  of   various  shapes   and 
colors ;  common  along  roadsides.    In 
the  middle  Atlantic  states,  the  wild 
Mazzard  trees  often  attain  great  age 
and   size,  particularly  in  the   Dela- 
ware-Chesapeake   peninsula    (Fig. 
428). 

II.  The  Hearts,  or  heart-shaped, 

soft,  sweet   Cherries,  light  or  dark,  426'  Tall,  erect  growth 
represented  by  Black  Tartarian  and     of  Sweet  Cherry. 
Governor  Wood. 

III.  The    Bigarreaus,   or  heart-shaped,  firm-fleshed, 
sweet  Cherries,  like  the  Napoleon  and  Windsor. 

IV.  The  Dukes  ;    light-colored,  somewhat  acid  flesh, 
such  as  May  Duke  and  Reine  Hortense. 

From  Prunus  Cerasus  two  classes  have  sprung: 

I.  The  Amarelles,  or 
light  -  colored        sour 
Cherries,    with     color- 
less juice,  represented, 
by     Early     Richmond, 
and  Montmorency. 

II.  The  Morellos,  or 
dark-colored  sour  Cher- 
ries, with  dark -colored 
juice,  like  the  English 
Morello      and      Louis 
Philippe. 

The  following  spe- 
cies also  have  horticul- 
tural value :  Prunus 
Mahaleb,  an  Old  World 
type,  hardier  and 
smaller,  on  which  other 
Cherries  are  largely 
worked ;  Prunus  Penn- 
sylvanica,  the  native 
wild  red,  pin,  or  bird  Cherry,  whose  hardiness  may  adapt 
it  as  a  stock  for  the  Plains  states ;  Prunus  Besseyi  and 
Prunus  pumila,  the  native  sand  or  dwarf  Cherries,  the 
former  represented  by  the  Improved  Dwarf  Rocky 
Mountain  Cherry.  See  Prumis. 

The  Cherry  is  not  cultivated  as  a  leading  industry  east 
of  the  Rocky  mountains,  except  in  western  New  York, 
where  the  sour  varieties  are  grown  for  canning.  The 
sweet  Cherry  is  confined  mostly  to  door-yard  and  fence- 
corner  plantings.  Sour  kinds  are  found  in  orchard  blocks 
in  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Michigan, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Kansas  and  Nebraska.  Sweet  Cherry 
culture,  however,  is  adapted  to  the  states  between  the 


427.   Low-headed  and  spreading 
growth  of  Sour  Cherry. 


292 


CHERRY 


CHERRY 


39th  and  44th  degrees  of  latitude  and  the  68th  and  86th 
degrees  of  longitude,  and  to  contiguous  areas  having 
similar  climatic  conditions.  Spontaneous  forms  of  it 
attain  great  size  on  the  Chesapeake  peninsula  (Fig.  428). 
The  sour  Cherry  may  be  grown  with  profit  between  the 
35th  and  45th  degrees  of  latitude  and  the  68th  and  100th 
degrees  of  longitude. 

The  Mazzard  is  the  best  stock  for  both  sweet  and  sour 
Cherries  in  the  east.  The  Mahaleb  is  more  widely  used 
for  the  sour  kinds,  however,  as  it  is  easier  to  bud,  and 
it  is  free  from  leaf  blight  in  the  mirsery.  The  Mazzard 
forms  a  better  root  system,  stronger  union,  a  longer 
lived  tree,  and  is  sufficiently  hardy.  For  the  Plains 
states  the  hardier  Mahaleb  stocks  should  be  used. 

The  Cherry  likes  an  elevated,  naturally  light,  dry, 
loamy,  retentive  soil.  The  sour  kinds  need  more  mois- 
ture, and  will  thrive  in  heavier  land.  A  soil  not  natur- 
ally dry  may  be  corrected  by  under-draining,  and  on 
light,  dry  knolls,  the  moisture  capacity  may  be  increased 
by  green  manures  and  surface  tillage. 

The  sweet  Cherries  should  be  set  28  feet  to  30  feet 
apart  each  way;  the  sour  kinds,  from  16  feet  to  18  feet. 
The  trees  are  generally  set  at  two  years  from  the  bud. 

The  sweet  kinds  are  started  with  3  to  5  main  arms, 
with  no  central  leader,  about  3%  feet  high,  and  the 
branches  are  pruned  to  side  buds  for  a  few  years  to  in- 
duce a  spreading,  rather  than  a  spire-like  form.  The 
top  of  a  sour  Cherry  is  made  like  that  of  a  peach  tree. 

Plow  the  Cherry  orchard  lightly  in  the  early  spring, 
and  cultivate  it  every  ten  days,  or  after  every  rain,  till 
the  middle  of  June  or  the  first  of  July.  Seed  at  the  last 
cultivation  with  a  winter  cover-crop.  Stimulate  the 
trees  with  leguminous  cover-crops  when  needed,  but 
the  sweet  Cherry  is  a  gross  feeder  and  a  rapid  grower, 
and  undue  stimulation  must  be  avoided.  Keep  the 
orchard  in  sod  and  pasture  it  with  sheep,  along  the 
southern  and  western  limits  of  profitable  sweet  Cherry 
culture,  and  withhold  nitrogenous  manures. 

Nitrogen,  potash,  and  phosphoric  acid  are  the  three 
essential  fertilizers.  Nitrogen  may  be  supplied  in  legu- 
minous crops;  potash  as  muriate,  at  150  Ibs.  to  300  Ibs. ; 
and  phosphoric  acid  in  dissolved  rock,  at  300  Ibs.  to 
500  Ibs  per  acre. 

Cherries  should  be  picked  by  the  stems  into  small 
baskets  a  few  days  before  ripe.  Sort  out  all  stemless, 
small  and  imperfect  fruits.  Face  the  perfect  Cherries 
in  small,  attractive  boxes  or  baskets,  and  pack  these  in 
small  cases  or  crates.  The  choicer  the  fruit,  the  more 
strikingly  it  should  be  displayed.  Guard  against  break- 
ing the  fruit  spurs  in  picking  the  sweet  Cherries.  Fruit 
for  canning  is  less  laboriously  packed,  but  may  be  as 
carefully  picked. 

The  profits  depend  on  the  varieties  and  markets,  but 


428.  Old  Sweet  Cherry  tree  on  the  Chesapeake  peninsula. 


largely  on  the  personality  of  the  grower,  and  on  his  skill 
as  a  salesman.  The  range  of  profit  for  the  sour  Cherry 
is  from  $30  to  $100  per  acre,  and  from  $50  to  $300  or 
more  for  the  sweet. 

The  varieties  adapt  themselves  to  a  wide  range  of 
territory.  An  imperative  need,  however,  is  the  develop- 
ment of  varieties  with  striking  f eatui-es  for  local  adapta- 
tion. In  the  prairie  states  and  the  extreme  north,  the 
hardier  Amarelles  and  Morellos  comprise  the  profitable 
kinds.  Formally  the  dark-colored,  more  acid  Morellos 
were  most  sought  after;  now  the  milder  Amarelies  are 
demanded  by  both  canners  and  consumers.  In  the  fol- 
lowing lists,  the  varieties  are  named  more  for  the  pur- 
pose of  illustrating  the  different  types  than  for  recom- 
mending specific  varieties. 

Amongst  Amarelles,  the  Early  Richmond  and  Mont- 
morency  are  the  leading  types. 

Early  Richmond  (Fig.  429).— Size  medium;  pit  large;  light 
red;  poor  quality;  vigorous  growth.  Ripens  June  20  in  New 
York. 

Montmorency .— Large,  broad,  flattened  ;  pit  medium;  light 
red  ;  flesh  nearly  colorless  ,-  juice  moderately  sour ;  vigorous 
growth  ;  generally  productive.  Two  weeks  after  Early  Rich- 
mond. Most  valuable  Amarelle  for  the  east. 

Among  the  Morellos,  Ostheim,  Louis  Philippe  and 
English  Morello  are  important  types. 

Ostheim  (Fig.  430).— Dark  red;  roundish;  flesh  dark,  tender; 
juice  mild,  dark;  productive;  hardy;  growth  slender.  A  week 
after  Early  Richmond,  smaller.  Too  early  for  the  east. 

Louis  Philippe.— Size  of  Montmorency,  and  ripens  with  it; 
round;  acid;  skin  and  flesh  dark.  Rather  shy  bearer  in  the 
east,  but  valuable  in  the  west. 

English  Morello.— Two  weeks  later  than  Montmorency;  more 
open,  drooping  habit:  fruit  medium,  roundish;  red-black;  very 
sour,  slightly  astringent ;  flesh  and  juice  dark,  purplish 
crimson. 

Among  the  sweet  Cherries,  the  firm-fleshed  red  or 
black  Bigarreaus  are  the  most  profitable.  The  light 
Bigarreaus  and  Hearts  are  more  susceptible  to  the  fruit- 
rot,  and  sell  less  readily.  Representative  types  of 
Heart  and  light  Bigarreaii  Cherries  are  the  following: 

Slack  Tartarian— The  most  valuable  Heart  Cherry.  Produc- 
tive ;  vigorous,  hardy,  early  ;  large  :  dark  red  or  black  ,  flesh 
dark  purplish;  very  juicy,  sweet. 

Napoleon  (Fig.  431)  .—One  of  the  best  light  Bigarreaus.  Fruit 
large;  flesh  hard,  brittle,  colorless;  light  lemon  yellow,  with 
reddish  cheek ;  heavy  bearer ;  rots  if  not  picked  before  ripe ; 
splits  in  wet  weather.  A  week  before  Black  Tartarian. 

From  the  dark  Bigarreaus  the  following  are  among  the 
best  types: 

Robert's  Red  Heart.— bright,  dark  red,  with  an  under  mot- 
tling; as  large  as  Napoleon;  flesh  pinkish;  juice  nearly  color- 
less, subacid  ;  heavy,  regular  bearer  in  Hudson  river  valley. 
Ripens  with  Napoleon. 

Mezel.— Large,  heart-shaped  obtuse,  flattened  at  both  sides; 
uneven  skin,  dark  red  to  black  ;  firm,  but  heart-like  ;  juicy  ; 
very  sweet ;  stem  long  and  tortuous  ;  heavy  bearer  locally. 
Ripens  with  Napoleon. 

Windsor.— Large ;  roundish-oblong;  firm;  juicy;  mottled 
dark  red ;  flesh  pinkish  white  ;  stem  medium,  set  in  slight, 
broad  depression ;  heavy  bearer,  vigorous,  upright.  Ripens 
two  weeks  after  Napoleon.  Very  profitable. 

Dikeman.— Large,  heart-shaped,  obtuse,  flattened  on  one  side; 
black,  with  extremely  firm,  reddish  flesh  ;  subacid,  reddish 
juice  ;  stem  medium,  in  a  slight,  broad  depression  ;  vigorous. 
Ripens  three  weeks  or  more  after  Windsor.  A  variety  of  great 
value. 

DISEASES   AND    INSECTS.  — The   brown    rot   (Monilia 
fructigena),  which   attacks  the    fruit   at   the   ripening 
period,  and  particularly  during  sultry  weather,  can  be 
largely  avoided  by  picking  the  fruit  a  few  days  before 
ripe.     It  may  also  fatally  attack  the   flowers, 
leaves    and    twigs.     In    localities    where    the 
Cherry  blooms,  but  does   not  fruit,  the  trees 
-should  |be  sprayed  with  Bordeaux  mixture  be- 
fore the  buds  unfold,  again  when  the  fruit  is 
set,  and  two  or  three  times  thereafter,  with  a 
colorless  fungicide. 

Black    knot    (Plowrightia    morbosa,   Sacc.). 
See  under  Plum. 

Leaf  blight  (Cylindrosporium,  Padi,  Kurst). 
See  under  Plum. 
Powdery   mildew    (Podosphcera    oxycanthce, 


CHERRY 


CHERRY 


293 


De  Bray)  is  often  severe  in  the  sour  Cherry,  but  can 
be  ,-hec'ked  b\  thorough  applications  of  a  fungicide. 

The  aphis  (My»U»  o-rnsi.  Linn.)  appears  in  tin-  early 
part  of  tin-  season  on  the  young  shouts,  the  leaves,  the 
stems,  and  less  frequently  on 
the  body  of  the  fruit  of  the  sweet 
Cherries.  It  excretes  honey -dew 
abundantly.  The  leaves  curl  up- 
ward and  inward.  Spray  with 
kerosene  emulsion,  1  part  to  6 
of  water;  or  with  fish-oil  soap, 
1  pound  to  6  gallons  of  water, 
before  the  leaves  curl. 

The  curculio  (Conotrachelus 
nenuphar) .  See  same  on  Plum. 

CLIMATIC     INJURIES.  —  Snn- 
x<-<tld  and  bursting  of  the  bark. 
—  The  sweet  Cherry  is  liable  to 
a  fatal  injury  from  sun-scald  in 
the    south    and    prairie    states. 
The  trouble  occurs  in  the  spring, 
429.  Early  Richmond         when  the  rays  of  the  sun  cause 
Cherry  (X  %).  alternate  freezing  and  thawing 

of  the  growing  tissues  on   the 

south  and  west  sides.  In  these  localities,  the  bark 
of  the  tree  frequently  bursts  open,  and  large  quantities 
of  gum  exude.  A  rich  garden  loam,  a  summer  drought 
followed  by  fall  rain,  excessive  wood  stimulation,  violent 
changes  of  temperature  in  the  winter,  or  other  factors 
unfavorable  to  the  maturing  of  the  wood,  aggravate  the 
difficulty.  The  bursting  of  the  bark  is  probably  caused 
by  the  freezing  and  thawing  of  the  tissues  under  these 
unfavorable  conditions.  Both  troubles  are  more  injuri- 
ous to  trees  with  exposed  trunks.  A  low-headed  and 
spreading  top,  soils  not  too  rich,  and  cultural  methods 
which  favor  the  early  maturity  of  the  wood,  lessen  the 
danger.  The  trunks  may  also  be  protected  by  a  board, 
matting,  or  screen  of  some  kind  on  the  sunny  side  dur- 
ing the  spring  montns.  G.  HAROLD  POWELL. 

THE  CHERRY  IN  CALIFORNIA.  — In  commercial  impor- 
tance, the  Cherry  is  least  of  the  fruits  of  the  temperate 
zone  grown  in  Cal  if  ornia  on  a  commercial  scale .  This  is  not 
because  the  finest  Cherries  cannot  be  grown,  but  because 
the  avenues  for  the  disposition  of  the  product  are  not  as 
wide  as  for  other  leading  fruits.  Recently  there  are 
indications  that  these  avenues  will  be  widened,  for  last 
year  (1898)  about  300  car  loads  were  profitably  shipped 
in  a  fresh  state  to  eastern  markets,  and  a  product  of 
150,000  cases  of  canned  Cherries  was  disposed  of  to  ad- 
vantage; but  until  it  is  demonstrated  that  such  distant 
demands  will  increase,  present  plantations  will  not  be 
largely  extended.  Cherries  are  costly  in  picking  and 
packing,  and  to  incur 
the  chances  of  a  local 
market,  over  supplied 
when  ever  the  trees  do 
their  full  duty,  the 
grower  does  not  enjoy. 
Cherry  drying  has 
never  seemed  war- 
ranted on  a  large  scale, 
because  of  the  large 
amount  of  labor  re- 
quired to  the  pound 
of  product  ;  and  the 
grower  has  had  no  re- 
course when  the  canner 
and  local  consumer 
would  only  pay  the  cost 
of  picking  and  boxing. 
A  good  shipping  de- 
mand seems,  therefore, 
the  measure  of  the  ex- 
tension of  California's  Cherry  interest,  and  the  early 
ripening  of  the  fruit,  which  permits  its  sale  during  the 
blooming  season  of  eastern  Cherry  trees,  is  the  leading 
surety  of  such  demand.  On  several  occasions  early  va- 
rieties have  been  shipped  from  the  Vacaville  district 
overland,  on  March  31,  but  the  usual  opening  date  is 
about  two  weeks  later,  and  thence  on  ward  later  varieties, 
and  from  later  regions,  may  be  shipped  until  July,  if 
found  profitable. 


430.   Ostheim  Cherry  (X  K). 


But,  though  there  is  plenty  of  good  land  upon  which 
to  multiply  the  present  total  of  half  a  million  trees,  the 
Cherry  regions  of  ( 'alifornia  are  restricted.  It  is  one  of 
the  most  exacting  of  all  trees,  and  is  only  profitable  when 
its  requirements  are  respected'.  About  one-half  of  the 
present  acreage  lies  in  valleys  opening  upon  the  bay  of 
San  Francisco,  where  deep  and  moist,  but  well  drained 
alluvial  soil  fosters  strong  and  sound  root-growth,  and 
modified  atmospheric  aridity  favors  leaf  and  fruiting. 
On  similar  deep  and  moist  soils,  however,  the  tree  enters 
the  hot  interior  valleys  to  certain  limits,  chiefly  along 
the  river  bottoms.  It  abhors  dry  plains.  In  dry  air  it 
usually  refuses  to  fruit,  although  if  the  soil  be  moist, 
it  may  make  stalwart  tree  growth.  In  foot-bill  valleys 
it  sometimes  does  admirably,  both  in  growth  and  fruit- 
ing, and  in  mountain  valleys,  above  an  elevation  of  2,000 
feet,  on  good  soil,  and  in  the  greater  rainfall,  and  even 
with  the  snow  flurries,  which  are  experienced  every  year 
at  proper  elevations,  the  tree  becomes  very  thrifty  and 
profitable  to  the  limits  of  local  markets.  The  tree  seems 
to  have  no  geographical  limitations  in  Calif  ornia;  where- 
ever  suitable  soil  and  weather  conditions  occur,  it  accepts 
the  situation— the  Dukes  and  Morellos  succeeding  under 
conditions  too  trying  for  the  Hearts  and  Bigarreaus,  but 
the  latter  comprise  all  the  varieties  that  are  of  commer- 
cial account. 

Cherry  trees  are  grown  by  budding  upon  Mazzard  and 
Mahaleb  seedlings— the  latter  chiefly  imported.  It  is  cus- 


431.   Napoleon  Cherry  (X  %). 


tomary  to  plant  out  in  orchards  at  the  end  of  the  first 
year's  growth  from  the  bud,  though  2-year-old  Cherry 
trees  can  be  more  successfully  handled  than  other  2- 
year-olds.  The  trees  are  headed  at  1  to  2  feet  from 
the  ground,  cut  back  to  promote  low  branching  for  two 
years,  and  then  allowed  to  make  long  branches,  and 
not  usually  shortened-in,  so  long  as  thrifty  and  healthy. 
The  tree,  in  a  good  environment,  is,  however,  a  very 
hardy  tree,  and  will  endure  pruning  to  almost  any 
degree.  We  have  many  trees  which  have  made  a  very 
broad  but  not  usually  high  growth,  bearing  1,000  Ibs.  of 
fruit  to  the  tree,  and  a  few  others  which  have  even 
doubled  that  figure,  while  others  have  been  dwarfed  and 
trained  en  espalier.  The  commercial  orchards  are,  how- 
ever, uniformly  of  low  trees,  approximately  of  vase 
form  in  exterior  outline,  and  with  branches  curving 
outward  without  shortening. 

The  Cherry  is  very  readily  grafted  over  by  the  usual 
top-grafting  methods,  and  large  orchards  have  been  thus 
transformed  into  varieties  more  acceptable  for  canning 
or  shipping.  Comparatively  few  varieties  are  grown. 
Early  Purple  Guigne,  Guigne  Marbre,  and  Knight's  Early 
Black  are  grown  in  early  ripeniug  localities.  Black 
Tartarian  and  Lewelling  are  the  main  stay  for  black 
Cherries.  The  Napoleon  Bigarreau  (locally  known  as 
Royal  Ann)  is  the  ideal  for  a  white  Cherry,  and  almost 
excludes  all  others,  though  the  Rockport  Bigarreau  has 
some  standing.  Of  all  the  varieties  grown,  the  Black 
Tartarian  and  Napoleon  Bigarreau,  constitute  70  per 
cent  of  the  crop,  and  probably  90  per  cent  of  the  amount 
marketed. 

California-grown  Cherries  attain  large  size;  the  can- 
ner's  requirement  for  fancy  fruit  is  a  diameter  not  less 
than  %  of  an  inch,  and  for  No.  1,  not  less  than  %  of  an 
inch.  Wholesale  prices  usually  range  from  $40  to  $60 
per  ton  for  black  and  $80  to  $120  for  white,  but  this 


294 


CHERRY 


CHESTNUT 


year  (1899)  canners  have  paid  as  high  as  $160  per  ton 
for  white  Cherries.  The  higher  rates  can  only  be  ex- 
pected during  years  of  short  crops. 

EDWARD  J.  WICKSON. 

CHEEVIL.  A  term  applied  to  two  umbelliferous  plants 
which  produce  edible  parts,  neither  of  which  is  well 
known  in  America.  The  name  is  sometimes  applied,  also, 
to  the  sweet  cicely. 

Salad  Chervil  or  Leaf  Chervil  is  Scandix  cere  folium, 
Linn.,  a  native  of  S.  Eu.  It  is  annual.  The  neat  and 
aromatic  Ivs.  are  used  like  parsley,  which  they  much 
resemble.  The  Ivs.  are  decompound,  with  oval  cut  leaf- 
lets ;  and  there  are  varieties  with  much  cut  and  curled 
foliage.  The  cultivation  of  Salad  Chervil  presents  no 
difficulties.  Leaves  are  ready  to  use  in  6  to  10  weeks 
from  seed  sowing,  and  any  good  garden  soil  is  congenial. 
It  thrives  best  in  the  cooler  and  moister  part  of  the  year. 

Tuberous  or  Turnip-rooted  Chervil  is  Chcerophyllum 
bulbosum,  Linn.,  of  S.  Eu.  It  is  biennial  or  plur-annual, 
like  the  radish  and  carrot.  The  roots  are  like  small 
carrots  in  shape  (4-5  in.  long),  but  are  gray  or  blackish, 
and  the  flesh  is  of  different  flavor.  The  roots  are  eaten 
as  carrots  are,  either  boiled  or  in  stews.  The  one  diffi- 
culty in  the  growing  of  Tuberous  Chervil  is  the  fact  that 
the  seeds  germinate  very  tardily,  or  even  not  at  all,  if 
kept  dry  over  winter.  It  is  customary,  therefore,  to  sow 
them  in  the  fall,  although  they  do  not  germinate  until 
spring.  If  they  are  to  be  reserved  for  spring  growing, 
they  should  be  stratified  (see  Seedage)  or  kept  in  sand. 
In  four  or  five  months  after  germination,  the  roots  are 
fit  to  use,  although  they  improve  in  quality  by  being 
left  in  the  ground. 

L.  H.  B. 

CHESS,  or  CHEAT.   Bromus. 

CHESTNUT.  Three  species  of  tree  or  true  Chestnuts 
are  cultivated  in  this  country  for  fruit,— the  European 
Castanea  saliva,  the  American  Castanea  Americana, 
the  Japanese  Castanea  crenata.  (Sea  Castanea).  The 
horticultural  characters  which  distinguish  these  three 
types  are  as  follows: 

European  Chestnuts.— Tree  large,  with  a  spreading 
but  compact  head,  stocky,  smooth -barked  twigs  and  large 
glossy  buds  of  a  yellowish  brown  color;  leaves  oblong- 
lanceolate,  abrubtly  pointed,  with  coarse  sometimes  in- 
curved serrations,  thick  and  leathery,  generally  pubes- 
cent beneath  when  young,  but  green  on  both  sides  when 
mature.  Burs  very  large,  with  long,  branching  spines, 
and  a  thick,  velvety  lining.  Nut  larger  than  American 
Chestnut,  sometimes  very  large,  shell  dark  mahogany 
brown,  pubescent  at  tip,  thick,  tough  and  leathery;  ker- 
nel enclosed  in  a  thin,  tough  and  astringent  skin  : 
quality  variable  from  insipid,  astringent  to  moderately 


432.  Native  wild  Chestnuts.    Nearly  natural  size. 


sweet.  The  leaves  remain  on  the  trees  until  late  in 
autumn,  but  are  more  susceptible  to  the  attacks  of  fungi 
than  the  American  and  Japanese  species.  At  least  one 
variegated  and  one  cut-leaved  variety  are  grown  as  orna- 
mentals. This  species  is  variously  known  as  European, 
French,  Spanish  and  Italian  Chestnut  ( Castanea  sativa), 


and  Sweet  Chestnut  of  English  writers.  It  is  an  inhabi- 
tant of  mountain  forests  in  the  temperate  regions  of 
western  Asia,  Europe  and  north  Africa.  Esteemed  for 
its  nuts  in  Spain,  France  and  Italy,  where  they  have  con- 
stituted an  important  article  of  food  since  an  early  day. 
Introduced  to  the  United  States  by  Ire"nee  Dupont,  at  Wil- 
mington, Del.,  in  1803,  though  recorded  by  Jefferson, 
under  the  designation  "French  Chestnut, "as  grafted  by 
him  on  native  Chestnut  near  Charlottesville  ( Monticello ) 
Va.,  in  1773. 

American  Chestnut  (C.  Americana).— Fig.  432.  A  tall, 
straight,  columnar  tree,  in  forests  reaching  a  height  of 
100  ft.  and  a  diameter  of  3  to  4  ft. ;  when  grown  in  the 


433.  Japanese  Chestnuts  (X  %). 


open,  forming  a  low,  round-topped  head  of  slightly  pen- 
dulous branches.  Leaves  thinner  than  in  Castanea  sat- 
iva, oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  long  pointed  at  the  apex, 
coarsely  serrate  except  toward  the  wedge-shaped  base, 

green  and  glabrous  on  both  surfaces,  changing  to 
right,  clear  yellow  late  in  autumn.  The  staminate 
flowers  open  in  June  or  July,  after  leaves  have  attained 
full  size,  and  exhale  a  sweet,  heavy  odor,  disagreeable 
to  many  persons,  and  sometimes  causing  symptoms  of 
hay  fever.  The  2-  or  3-flowered  involucres  of  pistil- 
late flowers  are  on  short,  stout  peduncles  at  the  bases 
of  androgynous  aments  which  bear  toward  their  tips 
scattered  clusters  of  staminate  flowers.  Burs  smaller 
and  spines  sharper  than  in  C.  sativa.  The  nuts,  usually 
2  or  3,  rarely  5  to  7,  are  usually  broader  than  long, 
and  much  compressed  by  crowding,  though  some- 
times nearly  oblong  and  approaching  cylindrical.  They 
are  of  a  bright  brown  color,  covered  at  the  apex  with 
thick,  pale  tomentum,  which  sometimes  extends  nearly 
to  the  base  of  the  nut.  The  nuts  are  sweet  and  agree- 
able in  flavor,  the  best  among  Chestnuts,  and  are 
marketed  in  large  quantities  from  the  forests  of  the 
Appalachian  region,  eastern  North  America,  Me.  to 
Ga.,  westward  to  Michigan,  Mississippi  and  Louisiana. 
Gradually  receding  from  its  southern  areas  from  causes 
not  yet  understood.  A  few  selected  forms  have  been 
propagated  by  grafting. 

Japanese*Chestnut  (C.  crenata).  —  Fig.  433.  A  dwarf- 
ish, close-headed  tree  of  slender  growth,  said  to  attain 
a  height  of  50  ft.  in  Japan,  with  small  buds  ;  leaves 
smaller  than  other  Chestnuts,  lanceolate-oblong,  usually 
pointed,  with  a  truncate  or  cordate  base,  finely  serrated, 
with  shallow,  sharp-pointed  indentations,  whitish  tomen- 
tose  beneath,  pale  green  above,  less  subject  to  injury  by 
fungi  than  other  species.  Burs  small,  with  a  thin,  pa- 
pery lining  and  short,  widely  branching  spines.  Nuts 
large  to  very  large,  glossy,  usually  3,  sometimes  5  or 
7  in  a  bur,  usually  inferior  to  the  other  Chestmits 
in  quality,  though  good  when  cooked,  and  in  a  few 
varieties  excellent  in  the  fresh  state.  Many  cultural 
varieties  are  recognized.  Introduced  to  the  United  States 
in  1876  by  S.  B.  Parsings,  Flushing,  N.  Y. 

Aside  from  these  three  types,  there  are  certain  d\varf 
and  small-fruited  Castaneas  known  as  Chinquapins.  The 
two  native  Chinquapins  may  be  contrasted  as  follows  : 


CHESTNUT 


CHESTNUT 


295 


Common  or  Tree  Chinquapin  (Castanea  pnmila).— 
Fig.  434.  A  shrub  4  or  5  feet  tall,  rarely  a  tree,  at- 
taining a  height  of  50  feet,  with  slender  branchlets 
marked  with  numerous  minute  lenticels,  and  coated 
with  a  pale  tomeiitum,  which  disappears  during  the  first 
winter.  Leaves  oblong,  acute  and  coarsely  serrate  at 
apex,  bright  yellowish  green,  changing  to  dull  yellow 
before  fulling  in  autumn.  Flowers  strong-smelling,  the 
catkins  of  staminate  ones  appearing  with  the  unfolding 
leaves  in  May  or  June,  the  spicate,  androgynous  aments 
later,  with  pistillate  flowers  in  spiny  involucres,  produc- 
ing solitary,  cylindrical  nuts  %  to  1  inch  in  length  and 
%  inch  in  diameter,  with  sweet  seeds.  This  species  oc- 
curs in  dry  lands  from  southern  Pennsylvania  to  Florida 
and  Texas,  and  its  nuts,  which  ripen  earlier  than  the 
American  Chestnut,  are  esteemed  for  food  and  marketed 
in  considerable  quantities.  Apparent  intermediates  be- 
tween this  species  and  the  American  Chestnut,  probably 
of  hybrid  origin,  are  reported  from  several  localities 
in  Virginia  and  Tennessee.  This  species  attains  truly 
arborescent  proportions  in  southern  Arkansas  and  east- 
ern Texas.  The  shrub  form  is  sparingly  introduced  to 
cultivation,  and  is  being  somewhat  used  in  its  native 
regions  as  a  stock  on  which  to  graft  improved  Chestnuts. 
It  promises  to  become  useful  for  this  purpose,  but  has 
the  troublesome  habit  of  throwing  up  numerous  suckers 
or  stolons.  One  named  variety,  the  Fuller,  has  been 
published.  Fig.  434  is  adapted  from  the  Nut  Culture 
bulletin  of  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric. 

Bush  Chinquapin  (Castanea  alnifolia).—A.  shrub, 
rarely  more  than  3  ft.  in  height,  forming  small  thickets, 
by  means  of  stolons,  in  sandy  barrens,  South  Atlantic 
states,  westward  to  Lousiana  and  Arkansas.  Distin- 
guished from  C.  pumila  by  larger,  oval-lanceolate, 
mostly  obtuse  leaves,  which  are  but  slightly  tomentose 
beneath,  and  by  its  larger  nuts,  which  ripen  earlier. 

The  cultural  range  of  Castanea  in  America  is  not  well 
denned,  but  extends  from  Florida  and  Texas  to  Massa- 
chusetts and  Wisconsin,  and  on  the  Pacific  slope.  The 
3  species  cultivated  in  America  thrive  best  on  dry, 
rocky  or  gravelly  ridges  or  silicious  uplands,  failing  on 
heavy  clays  and  on  limestone  soils  unless  deep,  dry 
and  rich. 

Propagation  of  species  is  by  seeds.  Certain  types  re- 
produce their  striking  characteristics  in  their  seedlings, 
but  varieties  are  perpetuated  by  grafting;  occasionally 
by  budding.  Seeds  for  planting  should  be  free  from  in- 
sect larvae,  and  should  not  be  allowed  to  dry  out  before 
planting.  They  may  be  planted  in  drills  in  fall  on  deep 
and  well-drained  loam,  or,  to  avoid  damage  by  rodents, 
may  be  stratified  in  damp  sand  until  spring.  Nuts  held 
in  cold  storage  at  15°  F.  from  October  to  April  have 
germinated  well  at  Washington,  D.  C.  Young  trees  des- 
tined for  removal  to  orchard  should  be  transplanted  in 
nursery  at  one  year  old,  to  promote  symmetrical  develop- 
ment of  root  system.  Grafting  may  be  done  on  any  of 
the  species  of  Castanea,  and  on  some  of  the  oaks, 
notably  the  Chestnut  Oak,  Querciis  Prinus,  though  the 
durablity  of  grafts  on  the  oak  is  questionable.  Where 
the  Chestnut  is  indigenous,  bearing  orchards  of  im- 
proved varieties  are  quickly  secured  by  cutting  down 
and  removing  the  timber  and  grafting  the  young  sprouts 
which  spring  up  in  abundance  about  the  Chestnut  stumps 
(Fig.  435).  Recently  the  Chinquapin  has  been  similarly 
used  with  good  success  where  Chestnut  does  not  occur. 
Grafting  may  be  by  splice  method  on  1-year-old  seedling 
roots  ;  by  splice  or  cleft  at  crown  on  2-  or  3-year  trees  in 
place  ;  or  by  veneer,  splice  or  cleft  methods  on  1-  to 
3-year-old  sprouts  or  branches.  Top-working  of  old 
trees  is  uncertain  and  only  practiced  in  special  cases. 
Cions  should  be  dormant,  and  work  may  be  done  at  any 
time  after  freezing  ceases,  but  in  trunk  and  branch 
grafting  best  results  are  obtained  by  most  grafters  if 
work  is  done  alter  leaves  begin  to  unfold.  Two-  or 
3-bud  cions  are  preferred.  The  fitting  of  cion  to  cleft 
or  splice  and  the  waxing  should  be  carefully  done. 
If  strips  of  waxed  muslin  are  wrapped  about  the  stubs 
the  danger  of  loss  by  summer  cracking  of  wax  is 
lessened.  In  cleft-grafting  young  sprouts  or  seedlings, 
the  stub  should  be  cut  2  or  3  inches  above  the  depar- 
ture of  a  branch,  to  prevent  too  deep  splitting  of 
cleft.  Two  or  three  weeks  after  growth  begins  the  wax- 
ing should  be  inspected  and  repaired  if  cracked.  If 


grafts  make  rank  and  brittle  growth  they  should  be 
checked  by  pinching,  and  if  in  exposed  situations,  tied 
to  stakes  to  prevent  breaking  out  of  cions.  Budding 
is  sometimes  practiced,  usually  by  use  of  dormant  buds 
inserted  in  shoots  of  previous  year,  when  the  bark 
"slips  "  after  growth  has  begun  in  spring. 

The  Chestnut  is  admirably  adapted  to  ornamental 
planting,  either  singly  or  in  groups  on  suitable  soils. 
The  native  species  is  successfully  used  as  a  roadside 
tree  in  many  sections  outside  of  its  natural  range.  It  re- 
quires a  space  of  at  least  40  feet  for  development  when 
thus  used  ;  the  European  species  30  feet  and  the 
Japanese  20  feet.  If  in  orchard,  the  last  mentioned  may 
be  planted  as  close  as  20  feet,  and  thinned  when  the 
trees  begin  to  crowd,  thus  securing  several  crops  of 
nuts  from  land  otherwise  unoccupied. 

CAKE  OF  ORCHARDS.  — Planted  orchards  are  yet  few  in 
America,  most  of  the  extensive  commercial  efforts  hav- 
ing consisted  in  the  grafting  of  sprouts  on  rough  lands 
where  the  American  Chestnut  is  indigenous.  On  such 
lands  no  cultivation  is  attempted,  the  brambles  and  un- 
desired  sprouts  being  held  in  check  by  occasional  cut- 
ting in  summer,  or  by  pasturing  with  sheep.  Much  care 
is  necessary  to  protect  against  damage  of  the  sprouts  by 
fire  on  such  land.  Clean  cultivation,  at  least  during  the 


434.  Chinquapin.    Nut  and  bur  natural  size. 

first  few  years,  is  probably  best  in  planted  orchards, 
though  heavy  mulching  may  be  found  a  satisfactory 
substitute.  The  Japanese  and  some  of  the  American 
varieties  of  the  European  species  require  thinning  of 
the  burs  on  young  trees  to  avoid  over-bearing,  with  its 
consequent  injury  to  the  vitality  of  the  tree. 

Leaf  diseases  are  apparently  subject  to  control  by 
Bordeaux  mixture,  but  for  the  weevils,  which  dam- 
age the  nuts  previous  to  maturity,  no  satisfactory  rem- 
edy has  yet  been  discovered. 


296 


CHESTNUT 


CHESTNUT 


The  varieties  of  the  three  species,  though  possessing 
many  points  in  common,  differ  sufficiently  in  important 
.characteristics  to  justify  separate  grouping  for  cultural 
discussion.  As  Chestnut  culture  is  new  in  this  country, 
it  seems  best  to  append  descriptions  of  all  the  varieties 


435.   Chestnut  sprouts  two  years  grafted. 
The  eion  was  inserted  where  branching  begins. 

which  are  in  the  American  trade.  For  fuller  discussion 
of  cultivated  Chestnuts,  see  Nut  Culture  in  the  United 
States  (Bull.  Div.  of  Pomology,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.), 
from  which  Pig.  434  is  adapted  ;  Nut  Culturist,  A.  8. 
Fuller,  1896  ;  European  and  Japanese  Chestnuts  in 
Eastern  U.  S.,  G.  Harold  Powell  (Bull.  Del.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion), 1898;  Nut  Culture  for  Profit,  Jno.  R.  Parry,  1897. 

AMERICAN  GROUP.— Though  the  wild  nuts  exhibit  wide  varia- 
tions in  size,  form,  quality,  productiveness,  and  season  of  ripen- 
ing, but  few  varieties  have  been  dignified  by  names  and  propa- 
gated. Solitary  trees  are  frequently  sterile,  though  producing 
both  staminate  and  pistillate  flowers,  apparently  requiring 
cross-fertilization  to  insure  f  ruitf ulness .  This  is  especially  true 
of  planted  trees  of  this  species  on  the  Pacific  slope,  where  pro- 
ductive trees  are  reported  to  be  rare.  The  susceptibility  of  the 
species  to  injury  by  leaf  diseases,  as  pointed  out  by  Powell,  and 
the  injury  to  nuts  by  larvaa  of  weevils,  are  drawbacks  to  its  ex- 
tensive culture. 

The  following  varieties  are  propagated  to  some  extent : 

Dulaney.— Bowling  Green,  Ky.  Large,  and  of  fine  quality. 
Original  tree  productive,  though  isolated. 

Griffin.— Griffin,  Ga.   A  large,very  downy  nut,  of  good  quality. 

Hathaway.— Little  Prairie  Ronde,  Mich.  A  large,  light 
colored,  sweet  nut,  annually  productive,  frequently  having  5  to 
7  nuts  to  the  bur. 

Ketcham.— Mountainville,  N.  Y.  Above  medium  in  size,  ob- 
long, tomentose,  sweet.  Tree  productive  and.  vigorous  in  heavy 
sod  at  50  years  of  age. 

Murrell.— Coleman's  Falls,  Va.  A  large,  high  flavored  nut, 
bearing  3  nuts  to  the  bur. 

Otto.— Otto,  Teun.  Large,  oblong,  very  downy  at  tip,  very 
sweet,  and  rich. 

Watson.— Fay,  Pa.  Medium  to  large,  slightly  downy,  com- 
pressed, very  good. 

EUROPEAN  GROUP.— It  is  a  significant  fact  that,  during  the 
century  that  has  elapsed  since  the  introduction  of  this  species, 
the  imported  named  varieties  of  Europe  have  not  found  favor 
in  eastern  America.  Seedling  trees  have  been  found  produc- 
tive and  profitable  at  many  points  in  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania, 
Delaware,  and  Maryland,  however,  and  these  form  the  basis  of 
the  culture  of  the  species  east  of  the  continental  divide.  West 
of  the  Rocky  mountains,  several  of  the  choice  French  "  Mar- 


rons"  are  reported  to  succeed  in  California  and  Oregon.  Among 
the  more  important  varieties  of  the  European  group  in  America, 
are  tne  following  : 

Anderson.— Flushing,  N.  J.  Bxir  medium  to  small;  nuts  of 
medium  size,  bright  reddish  brown,  pubescent  at  the  tip  and 
over  half  of  the  nut.  Tree  a  strong  grower,  with  medium  to 
small  leathery  leaves.  Very  productive. 

Bartram.— Milltown,  Pa.  Bur  medium  to  small ;  nut  medium, 
thickly  pubescent  at  tip,  dark,  reddish  mahogany  color;  3  in  a 
bur  ;  unusTially  free  from  insect  attack  ;  quality  good.  Tree 
vigorous,  spreading,  with  large  leaves;  productive. 

Chalon  (syn.,  Marron  Chalon  Early).— France.  Sparingly 
grown  in  California.  Nut  of  medium  size,  early,  productive, 
precocious. 

Combale  (Marron  Combale).— France.  A  large  and  handsome, 
bright  brown  striped  nut,  with  but  little  tomentum  at  tip ;  usu- 
ally 2,  sometimes  but  1,  in  a  bur.  Somewhat  grown  in  Cali- 
fornia, where  it  was  introduced  from  France  about  1870. 

Corson.— Plymouth  Meeting,  Pa.  Bur  large,  with  thin  husk; 
nuts  large,  usually  3  in  a  bur ;  dark  brown,  ridged,  heavily 
pubescent  at  tip;  quality  very  good.  Tree  vigorous,  spreading, 
very  prodiictive. 

Dager.— Camden,  Delaware.  Bur  medium  ;  nut  medium  to 
large,  dark  brown,  thickly  tomentose,  usually  3  in  a  bur ; 
quality  good.  Tree  vigorous,  spreading,  productive;  a  seedling 
of  Ridgely. 

Darlington.— Wilmington,  Del.  Bur  medium  to  small:  nut 
medium  to  large,  usually  3  in  a  bur ;  dark  distinctly  striped, 
thickly  tomentose  at  tip ;  sweet,  good.  Tree  vigorous.  One  of 
the  earliest  to  ripen  of  this  group. 

Lyon  (Marron  de  Lyon)  .—France.  A  large,  round  nut  of  fair 
quality,  grown  in  a  small  way  in  California,  but  less  productive 
than  Combale,  which  it  resembles. 

Marron.— This  term  is  used  by  the  French  to  designate  the 
larger  cultivated  Chestnuts,  most  of  which  have  relatively  few 
nuts,  often  only  1  in  a  bur. 

Moncur. — Dover,  Del.  A  seedling  of  Ridgely.  Bur  medium; 
nuts  medium,  of  light  color,  heavily  tomentose;  tree  vigorous, 
spreading,  very  productive. 

Nouzillard.— France.  A  large,  handsome  variety  from  cen- 
tral France,  and  there  considered  very  productive  and  valuable. 
Has  been  tested  in  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and  California, 
without  marked  success  in  any  locality. 

Numbo.— Morrisville,  Pa.  (Fig.  11,  PI.  14.)  Bur  medium, 
conical ;  nut  large,  from  2  to  3  in  a  bur  :  bright  brown, 
striped,  thinly  tomentose,  of  good  quality.  Tree  compact  and 
drooping ;  rather  uncertain  in  bearing. 

Paragon  (syn.,  Great  American) .— Germantown,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.  Bur  very  large;  nut  large,  usually  3  in  a  bur,  broad, 
plump,  thickly  tomentose  at  the  tip,  and  thinly  over  two-thirds 
of  surface,  color  dull  brown,  quality  very  good.  Tree  hardy, 
spreading,  vigorous,  with  narrow,  coarsely  serrate  leaves  hav- 
ing a  narrow  base;  subject  to  leaf  blight,  but  very  productive. 
The  most  widely  planted  and  most  uniformly  successful  variety 
of  Chestnut  yet  cultivated  in  the  United  States.  Possibly  a 
hybrid  with  C.  dentata.  Fig.  (photo)  4-yr.  grafted  tree  in  fruit. 
Mich. 

Quercy  (syn.,  Marron  Quercy).— France.  A  beautiful,  me- 
dium sized  nut,  commended  in  portions  of  California  for  pre- 
cocity, earliness,  productiveness  and  quality. 

Ridgely  (syn.,  Du  Pont).— Wilmington,  Del.  Bur  medium  ; 
nut  medium  to  large,  moderately  tomentose,  dark,  of  very  good 
quality;  tree  vigorous,  with  narrow  leaves  free  from  blight; 
spreading,  very  productive,  hardy.  (Fig.  12,  PI.  14.) 

Scott.— Burlington,  N.  J.  Bur  medium ;  nut  medium,  slightly 
pointed,  usually  3  in  a  bur ;  glossy,  dark  brown,  slightly 
tomentose  at  the  tip.  Tree  open,  spreading,  very  productive; 
said  to  be  comparatively  free  from  attacks  of  weevil. 

Styer.— Concordville,  Pa.  Bur  medium;  nut  medium  pointed, 
dark  brown,  striped,  tomentose  at  tip,  1  to  3  in  a  bur.  Tree 
very  vigorous,  upright,  with  large,  dark  green  leaves  free  from 


JAPANESE  GROUP.— Though  most  of  the  imported  Japanese 
Chestnuts  have  been  found  of  poor  quality  for  eating  in  the 
fresh  state,  the  product  of  many  imported  seedling  trees,  and  of 
a  number  of  American -grown  seedlings  of  this  type,  is  equal  to 
the  European  nut  in  flavor.  The  Japanese  varieties  in  general 
have  the  advantage,  also,  of  greater  precocity  and  productive- 
ness, larger  size  and  earlier  maturity  of  nut,  greater  freedom 
from  injury  by  leaf  diseases  and  nut-eating  insect  larvae.  As 
productiveness  and  earliness  are  the  most  important  points  in 
Chestnut  culture  at  the  present  time,  this  type  is  the  most 
important  to  commercial  nut  growers.  The  most  important 
named  varieties  are  as  follows : 

Alpha.— New  Jersey.  Bur  medium;  nuts  medium  to  large, 
generally  3  in  a  bur,  dark,  of  fair  quality,  ripening  very  early. 
Tree  upright,  very  vigorous  and  productive. 

Beta.—  New  Jersey.  Bur  small;  nut  medium,  light  brown, 
smooth,  slightly  tomentose  at  tip:  good;  ripening  just  after 
Alpha. 

Biddle.—^QVf  Jersey.  First  fruited  in  Maryland.  Bur  me- 
dium; nut  large,  bright  brown,  broad,  rather  thickly  tomen- 
tose, 2  to  5  in  a  bur ;  of  medium  season  and  fair  quality. 
Tree  regular,  round-headed,  vigorous. 

Blade  (syn.,  Dr.  Black). -New  Jersey.  First  fruited  in 
Maryland.  Bur  large ;  nut  medium  to  large  ;  3  to  7  in  » 
bur,  consequently  irregular  in  shape  ;  dark  brown,  slightly 


CHESTNUT 


CHICORY 


297 


tomentose,  very  early  and  of  good  quality.    Tree  round, 
close-headed,  vigorous,  productive. 

Coe. — California.  A  large,  very  sweet  variety,  but  re- 
cent ly  disM-minatt-d.  Tree  upright,  somewhat  spread- 
ing. 

Felton.— New  Jersey.  First  fruited  in  Delaware.  Bur 
small;  nut  medium,  dark  brown,  slightly  tomentose, 
rather  early  and  of  excellent  Quality.  Tree  round- 
headed  and  fairly  productive. 

(Hunt.— Japan.  A  trade  name,  under  which  a  num- 
ber of  varieties  have  been  imported  from  Japan.  See 
Parry. 

Hale  (syn.,  Eighteen  Mouths). — California.  A  newly 
introduced  variety,  having  a  large,  dark  brown  nut  of 
excellent  quality.  Very  precocious. 

Kent  (syn.,  Extra  Early).— New  Jersey.  First  fruited 
in  Delaware.  Bur  small;  nut  medium  to  large,  dark, 
usually  3  in  a  bur;  very  early,  of  good  quality.  Tree 
round-headed,  precocious,  productive. 

Ki'rr.— New  Jersey.  First  fruited  in  Maryland.  Bur 
small;  nut  medium  to  large,  dark  brown,  broad,  3  in 
a  bur,  early,  and  of  excellent  quality.  Tree  vigorous, 
symmetrical,  round-headed,  very  productive. 

Kitten.— New  Jersey.  First  fruited  in  Delaware.  Biir 
very  large;  nut  very  large,  broad,  light  brown,  slightly 
ridged,  of  excellent  quality,  midseason.  Tree  upright, 
open,  spreading,  moderately  vigorous,  productive.  The 
largest  Chestnut  yet  brought  to  notice. 

Mammoth.— A.  trade  name  for  the  imported  Japanese 
nuts  and  trees,  not  restricted  to  any  particular  variety. 

Martin  (syn.,  Col.  Martin).— New  Jersey.  First 
fruited  in  Maryland.  Bur  large ;  nut  large  to 
very  large,  broad,  bright  reddish  brown,  slightly 
tomentose,  3  to  5  nuts  in  a  bur.  Midseason;  of 
good  quality  for  cop  sing.  Tree  vigorous,  open, 
spreading,  productive. 

McFarland.— California.  Bur  very  large ;  nut 
large,  and  of  fine  quality;  early.  Tree  spread- 
ing, very  productive.  A  newly  disseminated 
variety  of  great  promise. 

Parry.—  Japan.  Bur  very  large  ;  nut  very 
large,  1  to  3  in  a  bur,  broad,  with  apex  some- 
times depressed;  dark  brown,  ridged,  of  fair 
quality.  Tree  moderately  vigorous,  open, spread- 
ing, with  large  leaves.  One  of  the  largest  and 
most  beautiful  of  this  group.  Selected  for  prop- 
agation as  the  best  of  1,000  imported  grafted 
Japanese  Chestnuts.  (Fig.  13,  PL  14.) 

Prolific. —  Japan.  Bur  small ;  nut  medium, 
rather  long,  striped,  3  in  a  bur  ;  early.  Tree 
vigorous,  compact,  with  small  narrow  leaves. 

Reliance. — New  Jersey.  Bur  medium  ;  nut 
medium  to  large,  rather  long,  light  brown, 
ridged;  midseason,  and  of  fair  quality.  Tree 
dwarfish,  spreading,  drooping,  very  precocious 
and  productive;  inclined  to  overbear,  and  needs 
thinning.  Seedling  of  Parry. 

Success.— New  Jersey.  Bur  very  large;  nut 
very  large,  usually  3  in  a  bur  ;  midseason  ;  of 
rather  poor  quality  until  cooked.  Seedling  of 
Parry.  Tree  upright,  productive. 

Superb  (syn.,  Parry's  Superb).— New  Jersey. 
Bur  large;  nut  large,  broad,  brown,  usually  3  in 
a  bur,  early,  and  of  fair  quality.  Tree  vigorous 
and  very  productive.  ^y_  j^  TAYLOR. 

CHE  VA  LIBRA,  CHE  VALERIA, 
CHEVALLIERA,  CHEVALLIERIA.  The 

species  in  the  American  trade  are   Mch- 


CHICK-PEA.    See  Cicer. 


CHICKWEED. 

Stellaria. 


See     Cerastium    and 


CHICORY,  or  SUCCORY  ( Cichorium  In- 
tybus,  Linn.).  Compositce.  Fig.  436.  A 
native  of  Europe,  naturalized  in  America 
and  familiar  to  many  as  a  weed,  is  a  pot- 
herb, a  salad,  and  the  leading  adulterant  of 
coffee.  It  has  come  prominently  before 
the  public  since  1897  as  an  American  farm 
crop.  Prior  to  that  year,  its  cultivation  as 
an  adulterant  and  substitute  for  coffee 
was  largely  prevented  by  the  prejudice  of 
the  principal  consumers,  our  foreign-born 
population,  who  insisted  that  American 
was  inferior  to  European  root,  and  also  by 
the  low  tariff,  which  allowed  the  root  to 
enter  duty  free,  or  with  a  very  small  im- 
post. During  1898  and  1899  advantage  has 
been  taken  of  a  protective  duty,  and  sev-  436.  Flowers 


cral  factories  have  been  erected,  for  which  farm- 
ers have  shown  a  willingness  to  grow  the  roots. 
It  is  probable  that  within  the  next  few  years  our 
home  market  will  be  fully  supplied  from  Ameri- 
can fields,  in  which  development  reliance  is  placed 
in  the  substitution  of  horse-power  for  manual 
labor,  improved  plows  and  cultivating  implements 
for  crude  ones,  machine-digging  of  the  roots  for 
hand-digging,  efficient  slicing  machines,  and  im- 
proved evaporating  kilns. 

Chicory  will   probably  succeed  wherever  the 
sugar  beet  is  grown  in  this  country,  the  climatic 
requirements  being  similar.    In  general,  it  may 
be  said  to  thrive  upon  all    stone-free  soils  that 
will  produce  paying  staple  crops,  except  clays, 
lightest  sands  and  mucks.   The  first  are  too  hard, 
the  second  too  dry,  the  third  too  rich  in  nitrogen 
and  too  sour.   The  surface  layer  of  soil  should  be 
deep,  the  subsoil  open  and  well  drained.    If  the 
water  supply  be  sufficient,  high  land  is  as  good 
as  low  land  of  the  same  texture,  though  if  too 
dry  for  profitable  grain  growing,  the  former  may 
yet  be  made  to  produce  paying  crops  of  Chicory; 
but  if  too  wet  for  cereals,  the  latter  will  generally 
be  found  unsuitable  for  this  root.    The  fertilizing 
of  the  land  should  be  the  same  as  for  other  root 
crops,  nitrogen  being  used  sparingly,  potash  and 
phosphoric  acid  rather  freely  — 134  to  IK 
times  as  much  of 'the  former  and  2 /-a  times 
the  latter  as  has  been  removed  by  the  pre- 
ceding crop.    It   is   best    to   apply  these 
fertilizers  to  preceding  crops  that  do  not 
make  heavy  demands  upon  them.    In  rota- 
tion,Chicory  is  classed  with  root  crops,  and 
should  be  preceded  by  a  small  grain,  since 
this  is  harvested  in  time  for  fall  plowing. 
Clover  should  not  immediately  precede, 
since  it  leaves  too  much  nitrogen  in  the 
soil.  The  ground  being  warm,  fairly  moist, 
thoroughly  prepared  by  deep  plowing,  har- 
rowing and  scarifying  with  a  weeder,  the 
seed,  which  must  be  fresh  and  clean,  is 
sown  rather  thickly  but  covered  thinly,  in 
drills  18  inches  apart. 

There  are  but  few  well-defined  varieties 
of  this  plant  used  for  field  culture,  and 
even  the  garden  sorts  are  not  as  stable  as 
could  be  desired.  Of  the  former  group, 
Magdeburg,  Brunswick  and  Schlesische 
are  the  principal;  of  the  latter,  Witloof 
(so-called),  Red  Italian,  Broad -leaved, 
Improved  Variegated  and  Curled-leave^d 
are  best  known.  Witloof  and  Barbe  de 
Capucin  can  be  produced  from  any  va- 
riety, the  difference  being  brought  about 
by  the  method  of  growing. 

Chicory  has  no  specific  enemies  in  this 
country,  and  is  troubled  by  only  a  few  of 
the  general-feeding  insects,  such  as  cut- 
worms and  wire -worms. 

From  6  to  10  tons  is  the  general  crop  per 
acre,  though  with  good  management,  15 
tons  m\y  be  produced.  The  cost  of  grow- 
ing and  the  returns  are  about  as  follows : 
Rent,  wear  of  tools,  etc.,  $5  ;  preparation 
of  land,  $4.50;  seed,  75  cents;  cultivating 
and  te .iding,  $15 ;  harvesting  and  deliver- 
ing, $12  ;  total,  $37.25.  Average  price  per 
ton,  $7. 

F--om  a  purely  horticultural  standpoint, 
C  licory  is  of  interest  as  a  root,  a  pot-herb, 
and  a  salad  plant.  The  young,  tender  roots 
are  occasionally  boiled  and  served  with 
butter,  pepper  and  salt,  like  young  car- 
rots, but  they  have  never  become  widely 
popular  in  this  form.  As  a  pot-herb,  the 
young  leaves  are  equal  to  those  of  dande- 
lion. They  are  cut  when  6  or  8  inches  long, 
boiled  in  two  waters  to  remove  the  bitter 
flavor,  and  served  like  spinach.  As  a 
salad.  Chicory  is  famous  in  three  forms: 
Common  Blanched,  Barbe  de  Capucin  and 
of  Chicory  (X  %).  WTitloof.  Barbe  de  Capucin  is  comprised 


298 


CHICORY 


CHIOCOCCA 


of  small,  blanched  leaves.  Witloof  is  a  more  solid 
head.  The  pink,  red  and  curled  varieties  make  a  very 
pretty  appearance,  and  if  well  grown  and  served  fresh 
are  delicious,  there  being  only  a  slightly  bitter  flavor. 
The  method  of  growing  is  the  same  as  for  endive. 

For  Barbe  and  Witloof,  well  grown  roots  are  dug  in 
October,  trimmed  of  unnecessary  roots  and  of  all  but  an 
inch  of  top.  For  Barbe,  the  roots  are  laid  horizontally 
in  tiers  in  moist  earth,  the  whole  forming  a  sloping  heap, 
the  crowns  of  the  roots  protruding  an  inch  or  so.  Since 
darkness  is  essential,  a  warm  vegetable  cellar  is  the 
usual  place  selected  to  grow  this  vegetable,  which  re- 
quires 3  or  4  weeks  to  produce  its  fine  white  leaves. 
These  are  cut  when  about  6  inches  long,  eaten  as  a  salad, 
boiled  like  kale  or  cut  up  like  slaw.  If  undisturbed,  the 
roots  will  continue  to  produce  for  some  time.  The  most 
rapid  way  to  produce  Witloof  is  to  plunge  the  roots 
(shortened  to  5  inches)  in  spent  tan  bark,  or  such  ma- 
terial, and  cover  with  2  feet  or  more  of  manure,  the 
space  under  a  greenhouse  bench  being  used.  In  about 
2  weeks,  heads  resembling  cos  lettuce  may  be  dug  up, 
boiled  like  Brussels  sprouts,  or  served  as  salad.  If  the 
roots  be  left  in  place,  protected  from  the  light,  but  un- 
covered, a  crop  of  leaves  resembling  Barbe  may  be  gath- 
ered. Sowing  and  other  cultural  management  is  the  same 
as  for  other  garden  roots,  as  beets  and  carrots.  It  is  a 
pity  that  these  vegetables  are  so  little  known  in  this 
country. 

Chicory  has  run  wild  along  roadsides  and  in  dry  fields 
in  many  parts  of  the  country,  and  is  considered  to  be  a 
bad  weed.  However,  the  handsome  sky-blue  flowers 
(Fig.  436),  which  open  only  in  sunshine,  are  very  at- 
tractive. M.  G.  KAINS. 

CHlLDSIA  WEBCKLEI,    See  ffidalgoa. 

CHILlANTHUS  (a  thousand  flowers).  Loganiacece. 
Pour  or  5  South  African  trees  or  shrubs,  very  closely 
allied  to  Buddleia,  from  which  it  differs  in  having  sta- 
mens exserted  from  the  short  tube:  Ivs. opposite,  entire 
or  dentate:  fls.very  numerous,  in  dense,  terminal  cymes 
or  panicles.  Unknown  to  the  Amer.  trade.  The  plants 
known  as  Buddleia  salicifolia,  Jacq.,  and  B.  saligna, 
Willd.,  are  Chilianthiis  arboreus,  Benth.  (which  is  prob- 
ably identical  with  C.  oleaceus,  Burch.). 

CHILOPSIS  (Greek,  lip -like).  Bignoniacece.  One 
shrub  or  low  tree,  C.  saligna,  Don  (known  also  as  G. 
linedris,  DC.),  growing  in  dry  districts  from  S.  Texas  to 
Calif.,  and  in  Mex.  From  its  narrow-lanceolate  or  linear 
Ivs.,  it  is  known  as  Desert  Willow;  also  called  Flowering 
Willow  and  Mimbres.  It  is  a  continuous-blooming  plant, 
valuable  for  our  extreme  southern  districts.  It  grows 
from  10  to  20  ft.,  bearing  slender  branches,  opposite  or 
verticillate  lower  Ivs.,  and  handsome,  Bignonia-like  fls. 
in  a  short,  terminal  raceme.  The  corolla  is  1-2  in.  long, 
5-lobed  and  crimped,  the  tube  and  throat  lilac,  and  two 
yellow  stripes  inside.  Anthers  4  ;  rudiment  of  a  fifth 
stamen.  L.  H.  B. 

CHIMAFHILA  (Greek,  winter  and  friend;  green  in 
winter).  JSricacece.  PIPSISSEWA.  Half  shrubby  or  her- 
baceous, with  creeping  stem:  Ivs.  evergreen,  serrate,  in 
irregular  whorls:  fls.  nodding,  forming  a  terminal,  few- 
fld.  umbel,  on  a  long,  naked  peduncle;  petals  5,  spread- 
ing; stamens  10:  fr.  a  dehiscent,  5-celled  capsule.  Four 
species  in  N.  America,  Europe,  and  N.  Asia  to  Japan; 
formerly  united  with  Pyrola.  Low,  evergreen  plants, 
with  pretty  white  or  reddish  fls.  in  summer.  They  grow 
best  in  a  light,  sandy  soil,  mixed  with  peat  or  leaf -mold, 
and  prefer  a  half-shady  position.  Prop,  by  division  of  the 
creeping  rootstock.  Useful  in  wild  borders. 

umbell&ta,  Nutt.  (C.  corymbdsa,  Pursh).  Five-8  in.: 
Ivs.  3-6  in  a  whorl,  short-petioled,  cuneate-lanceolate, 
sharply  serrate,  dark  green  and  shining  above,  1-2  in. 
long:  fls.  4-7,  white  or  reddish,  Yi-% in.  wide.  N.  Amer., 
from  Canada  to  Mexico,  Europe,  Japan.  B.M.778.  L.B.C. 
5:463.  Mn.7:161. 

maculata,  Pursh.  Fig.  437.  Lower  and  less  branched 
than  the  foregoing  :  Ivs.  usually  in  3's,  ovate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  sparsely  and  sharply  serrate,  variegated  with 


white  along  the  nerves,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  2-5,  white,  %in. 
wide.    From  Canada  to  Georgia  and  Mississippi.    B.M. 

897'   Mn'9:L  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHIMONANTHUS  is  Cahjcanthus. 

CHINESE  LANTEEN  PLANT.    See  Physalis. 
CHINESE  SACKED  LILY.    Consult  Narcissus. 


437.  Chimaphila  maculata. 
Natural  size. 


CHIOCOCCA.  Rubiacew.  SNOWBERBY  (which  the 
name  means  in  Greek).  Shrubs,  mostly  climbing,  of 
tropical  Amer.,  and  one  in  extreme  S.  Fla.  Fls.  in  axil- 
lary panicles,  the  corolla  funnel-form  and  5-parted ;  sta- 
mens 5,  inserted  on  the  base  of  the  corolla,  the  filaments 
cohering  at  base ;  style  filiform,  the  stigma  club-shaped : 
ovary  2-3-loculed,  becoming  a  small,  globular  drupe. 
C.  racemosa,  Linn.,  of  the  Florida  Keys  and  S.,  is  some- 
times cult,  in  hothouses  for  its  panicles  of  yellowish 


CHIOCOCCA 


CHIONODOXA 


299 


whitv  rts.  and  the  white  frs.  Lvs.  ovate  to  lanceolate, 
thick  and  shining,  entire  :  drupes  J4in.  in  diam.  Twin- 
ing :  glabrous.  L.  H.  B. 

CHlOGENES  (Greek,  snow,  offspring;  referring  to 
the  >no\v-\vhite  berries).  Ericticeoe.  Trailing  evergreen, 
with  small  alternate  Ivs.  and  inconspicuous  axillary  fls.; 
corolla  4-cleft  ;  stamens  8,  included  :  berry  white,  hir- 
sute. Two  species  in  the  colder  regions  of  N.  Amer.  and 
Japan.  Slender  trailing  evergreens,  in  appearance  much 
like  the  cranberry,  rarely  cultivated.  Thriving  best  in 
moist  and  peaty  soil,  in  a  shaded  position,  creeping 
amongst  growing  moss.  Prop,  by  seeds,  by  division  or 
by  cuttings  in  August  under  glass.  The  American  spe- 
cies. C.bispidula.Torr.  &Gra,y(C.serpyllifdlia,  Salisb.), 
has  hirsute  brunches  and  ovate,  %-%in.-long  ciliate 
Ivs.  and  greenish  white  fls.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHIONANTHUS  (Greek  for  snow  and  flower,-  allud- 
ing to  the  abundance  of  snow-white  fls.).  Oledcece. 
FRINGE  TREE.  Shrubs  or  low  trees,  with  deciduous,  op- 
posite and  entire  Ivs. :  fls.  in  loose  panicles  from  lateral 
buds  at  the  end  of  last  year's  branches,  white  ;  corolla 
divided  nearly  to  the  base  in  4  narrow  petals  ;  stamens 
2,  short  :  fr.  a  1-seeded  oval  drupe.  Two  species  in  E. 
N.  Amer.  and  China.  Ornamental  shrubs,  with  large, 
dark  green  foliage,  and  very  showy  white  fls.  in  early 
summer.  The  American  species  is  almost  hardy  north, 
but  requiring  a  somewhat  sheltered  position ;  the  Chinese 
may  be  more  tender,  but  it  thrives  in  W.  New  York. 
They  thrive  best  in  a  somewhat  moist  and  sandy  loam, 
and  in  a  sunny  position.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in  fall 
or  stratified;  increased  also  by  layers  and  by  grafting 
under  glass  or  budding  in  the  open  air  on  ash  seedlings 
(in  Europe  Fraxinus  Ornus  is  preferred);  sometimes 
by  cuttings  from  forced  plants  in  early  spring. 

Virglnica,  Linn.  Fig.  438.  Large  shrub  or  slender 
tree,  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong,  acuminate,  pubes- 
cent beneath  when  young,  mostly  glabrous  at  length, 
4-8  in.  long  :  panicles  4-6  in.  long,  pendulous  ;  petals 
1  in.  long  :  fr.  dark  blue,  oval,  1  in.  long.  May,  June. 
FromPenn.  to  Fla.  and  Tex.  L.B.C.  13:  1264.  Gt.  16:564. 
Mn.  2:154.  G.F.  7:  325.— Variable  in  shape  and  pubes- 
cence of  the  Ivs.,  and  several  varieties  have  been  dis- 
tinguished, but  none  of 
them  sufficiently  distinct 
for  horticultural  uses. 
Handsome  shrubs. 

C.  retiisa,  LindUC.  Chinen- 
sis,  Max.).  Lvs.  obovate,  ob- 
tuse or  acute,  sometimes 
emarginate  :  petals  shorter 
and  broader,  oblong;  panicles 
more  compact,  shorter  and 
erect.  China.  P.F.G.  3,  p.  85. 
G.C.II.23:821.  Gt.  35,  p.  667. 
A.GK  13:374.  Mn.  2:157.  G.F. 
7:327?  A.G.  20:107. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHIONODOXA  (Greek, 
snow  and  glory).  Zfilidcecn. 
A  small  genus  of  hardy 
bulbous  plants.  Natives 
of  Crete  and  Asia  Minor 
(Mt.  Taurus).  Very  closely 
allied  to  Scilla,  but  differs, 
among  other  characters,  in 
having  a  short  tube  to  the 
corolla.  Fls.  small  and 

blue  ( running  into  white  and  red  forms ) ,  with  recurved- 
spreading  acute  segments,  dilated  filaments,  and  small 
or  capitate  stigma.  These  are  among  the  best  of  early- 
flowering  plants,  blooming  in  February,  March  and  April, 
according  to  the  locality,  with  the  early  Snowdrops  and 
Scillas.  Since  their  introduction  to  cultivation  by  Mr.Maw 
in  1877,  they  have  been  widely  cultivated  under  the 
popular  name  of  "Glory  of  the  Snow,"  in  allusion  to  their 
early  blooming  habit.  C.  Luciliae,  is  the  most  widely 
cultivated  species.  This  varies  much  in  color,  the  type 
having  tls.  whose  petals  are  more  or  less  deeply  tipped 


tone  of  blue  and  without  the  white  markings  of  the  petals. 
There  are  two  varieties  of  this,  one  with  white  and 
the  other  with  black  stamens.  Chionodoxas  hybridize 


438.   Chionanthus  Virginica. 


with  blue,  shading  to  white  at  their  bases.    C. 

also   occurs  with  pure   white  fls.,  and  in    reddish    and 

pink  forms.    C.  Sardensis  has  smaller  fls.  of  a  deeper 


439.  Chionodoxa  Luciliae  (X 


with  Scilla,  and  the  hybrids  are  sometimes  known  as 
Chionoscillas. 

Chionodoxas  thrive  in  any  fertile  soil,  well  drained 
and  not  too  heavy,  and  in  any  exposure,  the  main  requi- 
site for  growth  being  that  they  have  light  and  an  ade- 
quate supply  of  moisture  while  growing  and  till  the 
foliage  if  ripened.  The  bulbs  should  be  planted  about 
3  inches  «eep,  and  closely,  say  an  inch  or  two  apart.  Lift 
and  replant  about  third  year.  They  need  no  winter 
covering.  They  flower  well  in  pots  in  winter  in  a  cool- 
house  temperature.  Must  be  forced  only  gently,  and 
given  abundance  of  air,  light  and  moisture.  They  are 
increased  by  offsets  and  seeds,  which  they  produce 
freely.  Under  favorable  conditions,  they  increase  rapidly 
by  self-sown  seeds.  Preferably,  seeds  should  be  sown 
in  a  frame,  and  may  be  expected  to  germinate  the  follow- 
ing winter. 

Luciliae,  Boiss.  GLORY  OP  THE  SNOW.  Fig.  439.  Bulb 
ovoid,  brown-coated:  Ivs.  long  and  narrow,  two  or  three 
with  each  stem:  scape  3-6  in.  high,  bearing  a  dozen  or 
less  bright  blue,  more  or  less  hanging,  white -centered 
fls.  Asia  Minor  and  Crete.  B.M.  6433.  Gn.  28,  p.  179.— 
Runs  into  several  forms,  one  of  which  has  white  fls.  C. 
gigantea,  Hort.,  is  evidently  a  larger  form  of  it.  distinct 
in  habit.  C.  grandifldra,  Hort.,  is  the  same.  C.  Tmolusi, 
Hort.,  is  a  late-b'ooming  form,  bright  blue  and  white. 

Sardensis,  Hort.  Fls.  smaller,  much  darker  blue,  with 
no  white  in  the  eye.  Sardis.  Gn.  28:  505. -Probably  a 
form  of  the  preceding. 


300 


CHIONODOXA 


CHLOROGALUM 


Cr6tica,  Boiss.  &  Held.  Slender  :  fls.  smaller  and 
fewer  (1-2  on  a  scape)  than  C.  Lucilice,  white  or  very 
pale  blue.  Crete.  — Of  little  horticultural  value. 

^Alleni,  Hort.  (Chionoscilla 
Alleni,  Hort.).  Perianth  seg- 
ments cut  to  the  base :  habit  of 
C.  Lucilice,  but  the  white  eye 
is  indistinct.  Supposed  natu- 
ral hybrid  of  Scilla  bifolia  and 
Chionodoxa  JLucilice.  G.C.  III. 
21:191. 

J.  N.  GERARD  and  L.  H.  B. 


CHIONOSCILLA. 

Chionodoxa. 


Consult 


CHINA  ASTEK.    See  Aster. 


CHINA      TEEE. 

Melia. 


Consult 


these  usually  several  together,  and  digitate  at  the  apex 
of  the  culm.  Species  about  40,  widely  distributed  through 
the  warmer  countries  of  the  world.  Several  are  culti- 
vated for  ornament. 

elegans,  HRK.  (C.  alba,  Presl).    Fig.  440.    An  erect 
perennial  2-3  ft.  high,  with  slightly  inflated    sheaths, 


441. 

Chloris  truncata. 
Star  Grass. 


CHINKAPIN,  CHINQUAPIN.  See  Chest- 
nut and  Castanea. 

CHIRITA  (Hindostani  name).  Gesnerctcece. 
Plants  much  like  Gloxinias  and  Streptucar- 
puses;  none  of  them  in  the  Amer.  trade.  They 
are  natives  of  eastern  Asia.  Fls.  in  shades 
of  purple  and  blue,  tubular,  in  clusters  on 
the  tops  of  short  scapes. 

CHIVES.    See  Give. 


CHLIDANTHUS  (delicate  flower,  from  the 
Greek).  Amaryllidacece.  Two  or  three  S. 
Amer.  bulbs,  flowering  in  advance  of  the  Ivs.  Allied  to 
Zephyranthes.  Fls.  yellow,  in  a  small  umbel,  terminat- 
ing a  solid  scape,  long-tubed,  with 
wide-spreading  segments  :  Ivs. 
long  and  strap-shaped.  C.  frfc- 
grans,  Herb.,  is  the  species  in 
cult.  It  bears  fragrant  fls.  3-4  in. 
long,  in  summer,  on  scapes  15-18 
in.  high.  It  is  increased  by  off- 
sets or  by  seeds.  The  bulbs 
should  be  kept  dry  and  cool  dur- 
ing winter  and  in  spring  started 
in  a  moderately  warm  house. 
After  flowering,  care  must  be 
taken  to  have  the  bulbs  make 
their  annual  growth.  They  may 
either  be  grown  in  pots  plunged 
in  ashes,  or  planted  out  where 
they  can  be  watered  occasionally 
during  dry  weather.  Like  other 
similar  plants,  they  will  benefit  by  a 
mulching  of  spent  hops  or  rotted  ma- 
nure. G.  W>  OLIVER  and  L.  H.  B. 

CHLORANTHUS  (green  flower) .  Chlo- 
ranthacece.  The  type  genus  of  a  small 
family  (25  species)  of  tropical  herbs, 
shrubs  or  trees.  Chloranthus  has  about 
8  species.  They  are  perennial  herbs  or 
evergreen  shrubs,  with  jointed  stems, 
opposite,  simple  Ivs.,  and  small,  incon- 
spicuous fls.,  in  slender,  terminal  spikes. 
Perianth  represented  by  a  single  scale, 
in  the  axil  of  which  is  the  1-loculed 
ovary,  and  3  united  stamens  (the  side 
stamens  sometimes  obsolete).  C.  brachy- 
stachys,  Blume,  from  Ind.  and  China,  is 
in  the  Amer.  trade.  It  is  a  shrub  used 
for  pot-growing,  reaching  a  height  of 
1-2  ft.,  bearing  glossy  foliage  and  small, 
yellow  berries  There  is  a  variegated- 
leaved  form.  Lf  jjt  3^ 

440.  Chloris       CHLOBIS   (Greek  for  green).      Gra- 
minece.    FINGER  GRASS.   Usually  peren- 
nial grasses,  with  flat  Ivs.  and  attractive  inflorescence: 
spikelets  1-fld.,  awned,  sessile  in  two  rows  along  one 
side  of  a  continuous  rachis,  forming  unilateral  spikes, 


flat  blades  and  8-12  silky-bearded 
spikes,  clustered  or  umbellate  at 
the  apex  of  the  culms.  —  In  cult,  as 
an  ornamental  grass.  Annual  in 
the  northern  states, 

truncata,  R.  Br.  (C.  barbdta 
vera,  Hort.).  Fig.  441.  A  peren- 
nial with  jointed,  creeping  culms: 
sheaths  compressed  and  hairy  at 
the  apex  :  inflorescence  consist- 
ing of  digitate  spikes,  widely 
spreading  ;  the  spikelets  2-flow- 
ered  and  long-awned.  Austral.— 
In  cult,  as  an  ornamental  grass. 

verticillata.  Nutt.  WINDMILL 
FINGER  GRASS.  A  low,  spread- 
ing perennial  with  upright  culms 
6-20  in.  high.  The  dark  brown, 
awned  spikelets  are  arranged  OD 
slender  spikes,  which  are  in 
whorls  near  the  summit  of  the 
culm..  Both  fl. -glumes  and  empty 
glumes  awned.  — It  is  a  good 
turf -former,  and  is  spoken  of  by 
some  as  a  good  grazing  grass, 
and  one  not  easily  trampled  out.  The  arrangement  of 
the  spikes  gives  it  an  odd  and  pleasing  appearance 
making  it  useful  as  an  ornamental  species  for  gardens. 
The  cult,  form  is  an  improvement  on  the  type. 

C.  polyddctyla,  Swartz.  A  W.  Indian  species  which  has  been 
found  in  southern  Fla.,  is  attractive,  and  has  long  and  graceful 
spikes.—  C.  grdcilis,  Dur.,  a  native  of  Cent.  Amer.  and  Mexv  is 
another  species  occasionally  cult,  for  ornament.—  C.  petrcea, 
Swartz,  found  along  the  coast  from  Fla.  to  N.  Car.,  is  as  at- 
tractive as  many  of  the  grasses  grown  in  gardens  as  ornamen- 
tals.— C.  glauca,  Vasey,  is  a  handsome  species,  well  deserving 
the  attention  of  the  florist,  and  is  found  growing  in  brackish 
marshes  and  along  the  borders  of  cypress  swamps. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

CHLOROCODON  (Greek  for  green  and  bell,  alluding 
to  the  flowers).  Asclepiaddcece.  One  species  from  S. 
Afr.,  C.  Whiteii,  Hook.  f.  B.M.  5898.  G.C.  III.  18:243. 
It  is  now  cult,  in  S.  Fla.  and  S.  Calif.  It  is  a  strong, 
woody  twiner,  with  large  opposite,  cordate-ovate,  thick 
Ivs.  and  axillary  clusters  of  odd  fls.  %-l  in.  in  diam. ; 
corolla  rotate-bell-shaped,  thick,  green  ;  the  segments 
ovate  and  acute,  purple  at  the  base  inside,  and  bearing 
long-notched  lobes ;  anthers  connivent  over  the  capitate 
stigma.  The  roots  are  used  medicinally  in  Natal,  under 
the  name  of  Mundi.  The  plant  is  an  interesting  green- 
house climber,  but  not  handsome.  L.  H.  B. 

CHLOROGALUM  (green  and  milk,  from  the  Greek, 
referring  to  the  juice  of  the  plant).  Lilidcece.  Three 
species  of  California,  allied  to  Camassia  (  C.  -Leichtlinii, 
Baker  — Camassia  jLeichtlinii) .  Bulbous  :  fls.  white  or 
pink,  in  a  panicle  terminating  a  leafy  stem;  segments  of 
perir.nth  3-nerved,  at  length  twisting  over  the  ovary; 
style  long  and  deciduous :  Ivs.  with  wavy  margins.  Plants 
of  earsy  culture,  to  be  treated  like  Camassias  or  Orni- 
thogalums.  Monogr.  by  Baker,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  13 :  291 ; 
Watson,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  14:  242. 


CHLOROGALUM 


CHRYSALIDOCARPUS 


301 


A.    Pedicels  nearly  o.s  lomj  nx  the  fix.:  segments 

,</!>•<  <!'fin tj  from  near  the  ba*>'. 

pomeridianum,  Kuuth.  SOAP-PLANT.  AMOLE.  Ste.n 
reaching  3  ft.,  many-branched,  from  a  very  large  bulb: 
rts.  small  (1  in.  or  less  long) 
and  star-like,  numerous, 
white,  with  purple  veins,  on 
spreading  pedicels,  opening 
in  the  afternoon.  —  Bulb  used 
by  Indians  and  Mexicans 
for  soap-making. 

AA.  Pedicels  very  short: 
segments  spreading 
from  above  the  base. 

parvifldrum,  Wats.  Bulb 
small  ( 1  in.  in  diarn. ) :  stem 
1-3  ft.,  slender  -  branched : 
Ivs.  narrow  and  grass-like: 
fls.  pinkish, %in.  long:  ovary 
broad  and  acute. 

an^ustifdlium,  Kellogg. 
Low,  about  1  ft.  Resembles 
the  last,  but  fls.  white  and 
green-lined  and  somewhat 
larger,  the  ovary  acute 
above.  L>  H.  B> 

CHLOROPHYTUM  (name 
means,     in     Greek,     green 
plant).       Liliacece.       Very 
closely    allied    to    Antheri- 
442.  Chorizema  ilicifolium.    cum,    but   differing    in   the 
(X  y  )  thickened    filaments  of  the 

stamens  and  the3-angled  or 

3-winged  capsule  ;  inflorescence  often  denser ;  Ivs. 
broader,  often  oblanceolate  and  petiolate:  seed  disk- 
like.  About  40  species,  in  Asia,  Africa,  and  S.  Amer. 
Consult  Anthericum  and  Paradisea. 

elatum,  R.  Br.  (Anthericum  variegdtum,vittdtum,pic- 
turAtum,William*ii,Hvrt.).  Root  fleshy  and  white :  Ivs. 
freely  produced  from  the  crown,  often  1  in.  wide,  flattish 
and  bright  green,  or  in  the  garden  varieties  with  white 
lines  along  the  margins,  and  often  (var.  picturatum)  also 
.with  a  yellow  band  down  the  center  :  scape  terete  and 
glabrous,  2-3  ft.  high,  branched  :  fls.  white,  Kin.  long, 
with  revolute,  oblanceolate  segments,  which  are  ob- 
scurely 3-nerved  on  the  back.  S.  Africa.  F.S.  21 :  2240-1. 
—  A  valuable  and  common  plant  for  vases  and  ppts,  and 
sometimes  used  in  summer  borders.  Anthericum  Cali- 
fornicum,  Hort.,  is  perhaps  a  form  of  it.  L.  H.  B. 

CHLOEOPSIS  BLANCHAEDIANA.    See  Trichloris. 
CHOCOLATE.    See  Theobroma. 

CH0ISYA  (J.  D.  Choisy,  Swiss  botanist,  1799-1859). 
Butacece.  One  Mexican  shrub,  C.  ternata,  HBK.,  grown 
in  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla.,  and  sometimes  under  glass.  It 
grows  4-8  ft.  high,  making  a  compact,  free-blooming 
bush,  with  opposite,  ternate  Ivs.,  the  Ifts.  lance-obovate 
or  oblong,  thick  and  entire,  with  pellucid  dots,:  ns.  in  a 
terminal,  forking  cluster,  white,  fragrant,  orange-like 
(whence  the  vernacular  name  Mexican  Orange),  1  in. 
across.  R.H.  1869:  330.  Gn.50,p.203.  J.H.  III.  34:  253. 
—A  handsome  shrub,  worthy  of  greater  popularity.  It 
will  endure  several  degrees  of  frost,  and  should  succeed 
in  the  open  in  many  of  the  southern  states.  Blossoms 


in  summer. 


L.  H.  B. 


CHOKE  CHERRY  is  Prunus  demissa  and  P.  Vir- 
gin id  na . 

CHONDRORYNCHA  (cartilage  and  beak).  Orchidd- 
cece,  tribe  rdndeve.  Three  species  of  S.  Amer.  epiphytal 
orchids.  Cult,  as  for  Odontoglossum  crispum.  They  are 
practically  unknown  in  the  Amer.  trade.  They  are  short- 
stemmed  herbs  without  pseudobulbs,  and  oblong,  plicate, 
petiole. 1  Ivs.,  the  simple  scape  bearing  a  single  large, 
odd.  yellowish  flower.  C.  Chestertoni,  Reichb.  f.,  (7. 
fimbrififa,  Reichb.  f.,  and  C.  rosea.  Lindl.,  are  the  spe- 
cies. Keep  cool  and  moist. 


CHORlSIA  (Greek,  separate  or  distinct).  Malvaceae. 
A  very  few  spiny  trees,  of  tropical  America.  Lvs.  al- 
ternate, digitate,  of  5-7  leaflets:  ns.  large,  with  linear  or 
oblong  petals,  the  peduncles  axillary  or  racemose:  ovary 
5-loculed  and  many-ovuled.  C.  specidsa,  St.  Hil.,  of  Bra- 
zil, the  "Floss  Silk  Tree,"  is  cult,  in  S.  Calif.,  and  is 
adapted  to  warm  glasshouses.  It  is  a  medium-sizt  d 
tree,  allied  to  Eriodendron  and  Bombax.  Lfts.  lanceolate, 
acuminate,  dentate:  calyx  irregular,  shining  outside,  but 
silky  inside:  petals  obtuse,  yellowish  and  brown-striped 
at  the  base,  pubescent  on  the  back.  L  H  B 

CHORIZEMA  (fanciful  Greek  name).  Sometimes 
spelled  Chorozema.  Leguminbsce.  Fifteen  to  20  Aus- 
tralian shrubs,  of  a  diffuse  or  half -climbing  habit,  with 
thick  and  shining  simple  evergreen  Ivs.  and  pea-like 
red  or  yellow  fls. :  ovary  villous.  Handsome  plants  for 
the  cool  greenhouse,  less  popular  in  this  country  than 
abroad.  When  not  grown  too  soft,  they  will  stand  slight 
frost  at  times.  Grown  in  the  open  in  S.  Calif,  and  S. 
Fla.  They  are  grown  in  a  rather  peaty  soil,  after  the 
manner  of  Azaleas.  Usually  rested  in  the  open  in  sum- 
mer. They  are  excellent  for  training  on  pillars  and  raf- 
ters. Prop,  easily  by  cuttings;  also  by  seeds. 

varium,  Benth.  Lvs.  roundish  or  round-ovate,  some- 
what cordate,  spiny-toothed  :  fls.  orange  and  red,  in 
erect  racemes.  — The  commonest  species.  Runs  into 
many  forms,  of  which  C.  Chdndleri  and  C.  grandi- 
fldrum,  Hort.,  are  examples. 

ilicifdlium,  Labill.  Fig.  442.  Lvs.  ovate  or  lance-ovate, 
deeply  repand-spiny-toothed  :  fls.  yellow  and  red. 

macrophyllum,  Hort.    Dwarf  :  fls.  red.         L   H   B 

CHOROOI.    See  Stachys. 

CHRIST-AND-THE-APOSTLES.  Fanciful  name  of 
Crimim  scabrum,  which  sometimes  has  13  flowers. 

CHRYSALIDOCARPUS    (Greek    for    golden    fruit). 
Palmacece,    tribe      Arecew.      Spineless,     stoloniferous 
palms,  with  medium,  fasciculate,  ringed  stems;  Ivs.  pin- 
natisect ;  long-acuminate 
segments  about  100,  bifid 
at  the  apex,  the  lateral 
nerves  remote  from  the 
midrib.    Species  2,   one 
of  them  being  a  popular 
florist's     plant.      Mada- 
gascar. 

lutescens,  H.  Wendl. 
(Hyophdrbe  Indica, 
Gaertn.  H.  Commerson- 
iana,  Mart.  Areca  lutes- 
cens, Bory).  Figs.  443, 
444.  Stem  30  ft.  high, 
4-6  in.  in  diam.,  cylin- 
drical, smooth,  thickened 
at  the  base  ;  Ivs.  very 
long  ;  segments  almost 
opposite,  lanceolate,  2  ft. 
long,  2%  in.  wide,  acute, 
with  3  prominent  pri- 
mary nerves,  which  are 
convex  below  and  acutely 
2-faced  above.  Bourbon. 
A.G.  13:141.  A.F.  4:566. 
-Fig.  443  is  from  Mar- 
tius'  Natural  History  of 
Palms.  In  growing  Chry- 
salidocarpus  (or  Areca) 
lutescens  in  quantity,  it 
will  be  found  a  good  plan 
to  sow  the  seeds  either 
on  a  bench,  in  boxes  or 
seed-pans,  so  prepared 
that  the  seedlings  will 
remain  in  the  soil  in 
which  they  germinate 
until  they  have  made  443.  chrysalidocarpus  lutescens. 
two  or  more  leaves. 

Th"  first    leaf    made   above   the    soil    is    small,  and    if 
plants  are  potted  off  at  this  stage  they  must  be  very 


302 


CHBYSALIDOCARPUS 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


carefully  watered  in  order  not  to  sour  the  soil.  In  the 
preparation  of  the  receptacles  for  the  seed,  a  little  gravel 
in  the  bottom  will  be  found  good,  as  the  roots  work  very 
freely  through  it,  and  when  the  time  comes  to  separate 
the  plants  previous  to  potting,  it  is  an  easy  matter  to 


444.   Chrysalidocarpus 
lutescens. 


disentangle  the  roots  without  bruising  them.  Probably 
the  plan  which  works  best  is  to  wash  the  soil  and  gravel 
entirely  from  among  the  roots.  Pot  in  soil  not  too  dry, 
and  for  the  next  few  days  keep  the  house  extra  warm 
and  humid,  and  the  plants  shaded  from  the  sun  without 
any  moisture  applied  to  the  soil  for  the  first  few  days. 
JABED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM  (Greek,  golden  flower).   Includ- 
ing Pyrethrum.     Compositce.     A  large  genus  of  herba- 
ceous and  sub-shrubby  plants,  mostly  hardy,  and  typi- 
cally with  white  or  yellow  single  fls.,  but  the  more  im- 
portant kinds  greatly  modified  in  form  and  color.    Ben- 
tham  and  Hooker  make  22  subgenera  (of  which  about 
6  include  the  garden  forms ) ,  based  chiefly  on  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  seeds  are  ribbed,  cornered,  or  winged, 
and  the  form  of  the  pappus.    The  garden  Pyrethrum s 
cannot  be  kept  distinct  from  Chrysan- 
themums by  garden  characters.    The 
garden  conception  of   Pyrethrum  is 
a  group  of  hardy  herbaceous  plants, 
with  mostly    single   flowers,    as  op- 
posed to  the  florists'  or  autumn  Chry- 
santhemums, which  reach  perfection 
only  under  glass,  and  the  familiar 
annual  kinds,  which   are   commonly 
called    Summer      Chrysanthemums. 
When  the  gardener  speaks  of  "Pyre- 
thrums, "he  usually  means  P.roseum. 
Many  of  the  species  described  below 
have  been  called  Pyrethrums  at  va- 
rious times,  but  they  all   have  the 
same  specific  name  under  the  genus 
Chrysanthemum,    except    the    most 
important  of  all  garden  Pyrethrums. 
viz.,  P.  roseum,  which  is  C.  coccin- 
eum.     The    Feverfew    and     Golden 
Feather  are  still  sold  as  Pyrethrums, 
and  the  only  other  species  of  impor- 
tance is  P.  uliginosum.  445,  Type  of  single  chrysanthemum 


The  insect  powder  known  as  "Pyrethrum,  "is  produced 
from  the  dried  flowers  of  C.  cinerarice  folium  and  C. 
coccineum.  The  former  species  grows  wild  in  Dalmatia, 
a  long,  narrow,  mountainous  tract  of  the  Austrian  em- 
pire. "Dalmatian  Insect  Powder  "is  one  of  the  com- 
monest insecticides,  especially  for  household  pests.  C. 
cinerarice folium  is  largely  cultivated  in  France.  C.  coc- 
cineum is  cult,  in  Calif.,  and  the  product  is  known  as 
Buhach.  See  Lodeman,  The  Spraying  of  Plants,  and 
Rep.  U.  S.  Com.  Agr.  1881-2,  p.  76. 

There  are  over  one  hundred  books  about  the  Chrysan- 
themum, and  its  magazine  literature  is  probably  ex- 
ceeded in  bulk  only  by  that  of  the  rose.  It  is  the  flower 
of  the  east,  as  the  rose  is  the  flower  of  the  west.  Aside 
from  oriental  literature,  there  were  83  books  mentioned 
by  C.  Harman  Payne,  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  National 
Chrysanthemum  Society  for  189G.  Most  of  these  are 
cheap  cultural  guides,  circulated  by  the  dealers.  The 
botany  of  the  two  common  species  has  been  monographed 
by  W.  B.  Hemsley  in  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  series 
III.,  vol.  6,  pp.  521,  555,  585,  652,  and  in  the  Journal  of 
the  Royal  Horticultural  Society,  vol.  12,  part  I.  The  great 
repositories  of  information  regarding  the  history  of  the 
Chrysanthemum,  from  the  garden  point  of  view,  are  the 
scattered  writings  of  C..  Harman  Payne,  his  Short  His- 
tory of  the  Chrysanthemum,  London,  1885,  and  the  older 
books  of  F.  W.  Burbidge  and  John  Salter.  For  informa- 
tion about  varieties,  see  the  Catalogues  of  the  National 
Chrysanthemum  Society  (England)  and  the  Liste  De- 
scriptive, and  supplements  thereto,  by  O.  Meulenaere, 
Ghent,  Belgium.  The  best  book  written  by  an  American 
is  Chrysanthemum  Culture  for  America,  by  James  Mor- 
ton, N.  Y.,  1891.  There  are  a  number  of  rather  expensive 
art  works,  among  which  one  of  the  most  delightful  is  the 
Golden  Flower  :  Chrysanthemum,  edited  by  F.  Schuyler 
Mathews,  pub,  by  Prang,  Boston,  1890. 

TYPES  OF  THE  COMMON  CHRYSANTHEMUM.  — The  com- 
mon Chrysanthemums  of  the  florists  are  also  called 
"  large-flowering,"  and  "autumn  Chrysanthemums," 
though  neither  of  these  popular  names  is  entirely  accu- 
rate or  distinctive.  They  are  the  blended  product  of  C. 
Lndicum  and  G.  mori  folium  (or  C.  Sinense),tv?o  species 
of  plants  that  grow  wild  in  China  and  Japan.  From  10 
to  15  dominant  types  are  recognized  by  the  National 
Chrysanthemum  Society  of  England. 

The  words  "types,"  "races,"  and  "sections,"  have 
always  been  used  by  horticulturists  to  express  much 
the  same  thing,  but  types  can  always  be  clearly  defined, 
while  sections  cannot,  and  the  word  race  should  be 
restricted  to  cultivated  varieties  that  reproduce  their 
character  by  seed,  which  is  not  the  case  with  the  large- 
flowering  Chrysanthemums.  The  following  explanation 
and  scheme,  it  is  hoped,  will  clearly  set  forth  the  main 
types,  and  explain  some  of  the  many  terms  that  confuse 
the  beginner.  The  horticultural  sections  are  wholly 
arbitrary,  being  chiefly  for  the  convenience  of  competi- 
tors at  exhibitions,  and  therefore  changing  with  the 
fashions.  The  present  classification  is  based  wholly  on 
the  form  of  the  flower,  as  each  type 
vn.  can  be  had  in  any  color  found  in 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


303 


single  forms,  they  are  less  popular  than  the  double 
kinds,  and  the  varieties  are,  therefore,  less  numerous 
and  more  subject  to  the  caprices  of  fashion. 

BB.    Fls.  large,  fewer,  regular. 
4.   The  Large  Anemone  Type.  — Fig.  447.     Fls.  4  in.  or 


more  across  and  fewer.    Gn. 


446-449.   The  anemone -flowered 
types  of  Chrysanthemums. 


446.   The  small  and 
regular  type. 


p.  83. 

BBB.    Fls.  large,  few, 
irregular. 

5.  The     Japanese 
Anemone  Type.  — Figs. 
448,  449.     Fls.  4  in.  or 
more  across,  and  irreg- 
ular   in    outline.       H. 
Rider   Haggard   is    an 
excellent  example.  Gn. 
47,  p.  161;  31:601. 

AAA.  Double-fid  .forms: 
rays  in  many  se- 
ries: disk  absent  or 
nearly  so. 

B.   Fls.  small:  rays 
short. 

6.  The  Pompon  Type. 
-Fig.  450.    Fls.  1-2  in. 
across.      The    outdoor 
kinds  are  likely  to  be 
small,  flat  and  button- 
like,  while  those  cult, 
indoors      are     usually 
nearly  globular.     Fig. 
the    former   condition. 


the  whole  genus. 
S.  catalogues. 


For  examples  of  each  type,  see  N.  C. 


disk 


A.  Single  forms  :  rays  in  1  series,  or  few  series  : 

low  and  flat. 

1.  The  Small  Single  Type.— Fig.  445.   Fls.  about  2  in. 
across,  star-like,  i.e.,  with  the  rays  arranged  in  one  se- 
ries around  the  yellow  disk.    "Single,"  however,  is  a 
relative  term,  and    in  Fig.  445  there  are  really  several 
series  of  rays,  but  they  do  not  destroy  the  "singleness" 
of  effect.     All   fls.  are  either  single,   semi-double,   or 
double,  but  all  the  intermediate  forms  between  the  two 
extremes  of  singleness  and  doubleness  tend  to  disap- 
pear, as  people  usually  do  not  like  them. 

2.  The  Large  Single  Type.— 
Like  Fig.  445,  but  the  fls.  4  in. 
or  more  across,  and  fewer.    The 
difference    between    the    large 
and    small   single  types   is   ad- 
mirably  shown  in  Gn.  37:756. 
These  types  are  practically 
never  grown  outdoors  and 

are  best  suited  for  pot  cul- 
ture, each  specimen  bear- 
ing 20-80  fls. 

AA.    Anemone -fid.  forms: 

rays  as  above:  disk  ^ 
high  and  rounded.    • 

B.  Fls.  small,  numerous,   v 

regular. 

3.  The  Small  Anemone 
Type.— Commonly    called 
"Pompon  Anemone."   Fig.          » 
446.       Fls.  2  or  3  inches          '; 
across,  and  usually  more 
numerous    than    in   the     large 
anemone  type.  All  the  anemone 
forms  are  essentially  single,  but 
the  raised  disk,  with  its  elon- 
gated, tubular  fls.,  usually  yel- 
low but  often  of    other  colors, 
gives    them   a  distinct    artistic 
effect,  and  they  are,  therefore, 
treated     as     intermediates     in 
character   between    the    single 
and    double   forms.     Like    the 


larger  and 

450    shows 

It  is  from  one  of  the   old   hardy 

kinds  long  cultivated  in  the  gar- 
dens as  "Chinese"  or  "small-flowered"  Chrysanthemums, 
and  generally  supposed  to  be  the  product  of  C.  In- 
dicum,  as  opposed  to  the  "Japanese"  or  "large-flow- 
ered" kinds  introduced  in  1862,  which  marked  a  new 
era  by  being  less  formal  and  more  fanciful  than  any  of 
the  preceding  kinds.  Pompons  are  little  cult,  under 
glass  in  Amer.  The  Pompon  section  of  the  N.C.  S.  Cat. 
1896  refers  to  indoor  types,  and  a  separate  section  was 
made  for  the  outdoor  types  under  the  name  of  "Earlies," 
with  two  subgroups,  "Pompons"  and  "Japanese,"  refer- 
ring to  the  old  small-flowered,  hardy  race,  and  the  new 
large-flowered  Japanese  kinds,  which  are  grown  to  per- 
fection only  under  glass,  but  are  sometimes  grown  out- 
doors, though  they  are  usually  less  hardy. 


448.   The  large  and  irregular  type. 
An  early  stage. 


449.   The  large  and  irregular  type. 
At  a  later  stage  of  development. 


304 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


BB.    Fls.  large, 
c.    Blossoms  hairy. 

7.  The  Hairy    Type.  — Also   called  "Ostrich   Plume" 
and  "Japanese   Hairy."    The  famous   prototype   is   the 
variety  Mrs.  Alpheus  Hardy,  pictured  in  Gn.  35,  p.  307, 
which   was    sold   for   $1,500  in   1888,   and    started   the 
American  craze.  White  fls.  with  long  hairs  are  very  deli- 
cate and  pretty,  but  the  hairs  are  often  minute,  and  on 
many  of   the  colored  fls.  they  are  considered  more  cu- 
rious and  interesting  than  beautiful.    So  far,  nearly  all 
hairy  Chrysanthemums  are  of   the  Japanese  Incurved 
type. 

cc.   Blossoms  not  hairy. 
D.    Rays  reflexed. 

8.  The    fie  flexed    Type.— Also     called     "Recurved." 
Fig.  451.     The  reflexed  forms  can  be  easily  broken  up 
into   three   types,   (a)  the   small  and   regular,  (6)   the 
large  and  regular,  and  (c)  the  large  and  irregular  types. 
Lately  the  irregular  kinds  have  been  removed   by  the 
N.  C.  S.    from   a    section   called   "Japanese     Reflexed '' 
into  the  "Japanese"  section,  which  section,  as  explained 
under  No.  11,  means  little  more  than  "miscellaneous." 

DD.    Rays  incurved. 
E.    Form  absolutely  regular. 

9.  The  Incurved  Type.  —  Fig.452  shows  the  general  idea, 
but  such  a  flower  would  hardly  win  a  prize  at  an  Eng- 
lish show,  where  anything  short  of  absolute  regularity 
is  relegated  to  the  "Japanese  Incurved"  section  (No. 
10).    This  type  is  by  far  the  most  clear-cut  ideal  of  any 
of  these  types,  and  for  many  years  this  ideal  of  the 
florists  has  so  completely  dominated  the  English  Chry- 
santhemum shows  that  the  incurved  section  has  come  to 
be  known  there  as  the  "exhibition"  or  "show  type."    In 
Amer.  the  Japanese  types,  which  are  less  formal  and 
fanciful,  prevail,  but  in  England  this  is  the  most  im- 
portant section  of  all.    The  N.C.S.  Cat.  for  1896  says: 
"The  distinguishing  characteristics  of  the  incurved  va- 
rieties are  the  globular  form  and  regular  outline  of  the 


round  at  the  tip,  and  of  sufficient  length  to  form  a 
graceful  curve.  They  ought  to  be  regularly  arranged, 
and  the  color  clear  and  decisive.  A  hollow  center  or  a 


toO.   Type  of  Pompon 

Chrysanthemum. 

Grown  outdoors,  with  no 

special  care. 

blooms.  The  incurved  bloom  should  be  as  nearly  a 
globe  as  possible,  as  '  depth  '  is  an  important  point  in  es- 
timating its  value;  the  florets  should  be  broad,  smooth, 


451.  The  reflexed  types 

of  Chrysanthemum.  „ 

Small  and  regular;  large  and  regular;  large  irregular. 

prominent  eye  is  a  serious  defect,  as  also  are  a  rough- 
ness in  the  blooms  or  unevenness  in  outline,  and  a 
want  of  freshness  in  the  outer  florets."  A  perfect  pic- 
ture of  this  ideal  of  the  florists  may  be  seen  in  Gn.  9,  p. 
269,  or  A.F.  5 :5.  Such  blooms  are  "  dressed"  with  tweezers 
so  that  the  rays  all  overlap  one  another  in  perfect  order. 
Each  flower  is  shown  separately  without  foliage,  while 
the  prevailing  American  idea  in  exhibition  is  a  mass 
effect,  with  a  vase  of  12  or  more  long-stemmed  fls.,  usu- 
ally of  the  same  variety. 

EE.    Form  more  or  less  irregular. 

10.  The  Japanese    Incurved    Type.  — Fig.  452  would 
be  referred  to  this  type  by  the  English  florists,  together 
with  all  of  the  many  other  forms  that  are  not  globular 
and  entirely  regular.    This  section  and  the  next  are  the 
most  important  in  America.    There  are  many  variations 
of  this  type.    It  often  happens  that  the  outer  4  or  5  se- 
ries of  rays  gradually  become  reflexed.  but  if  most  of 
the  rays  are  incurved,  the  variety  may  be  exhibited   in 
this  section. 

DDD.    Hays  of  various  shapes:  forms  various. 

11.  The  Japanese  Types.  —  Plate  VI.    The  word"Japa- 
nese"  was  originally  used  to    designate  the   large-fld. 
fantastic    kinds,  introduced   by   Robert    Fortune  from 
Japan  in  1862.    It  has  never  been  restricted  to  varieties 
imported  directly  from  Japan,  but  has  always  included 
seedlings  raised  in  the  western  world.    Before  1862,  all 
florists'   fls.   in   England    were   relatively   formal   and 
small.    The  informal,  loose,  fantastic,  Japanese   Chry- 
santhemums, introduced  by  Fortune  in  1862,  broke  up 
the  formal  era,  and  the  craze  for  large  specimen  blooms 
which    resulted    in    flower-shows    all    over   the   world 
reached  America  in  1889.    The  "Japanese   section"  of 
the  National  Chrysanthemum  Society  now  means  little 
more   than   miscellaneous.      The    10   types   previously 
mentioned  can  be   rather  accurately  defined,  but   the 
Japanese  section  is  purposely  left  undefined  to  include 
everything  else.    All  the  tubular  and  quilled  sorts  are 
now   included    in    it,   though   formerly   kept   distinct. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 

Marked  forms  are  Laciniatum,  Lillian  B.  Bird,  Mill- 
brook,  Mrs.  W.  H.  Rand,  A.  H.  Wood,  Shavings,  North- 
ern Lights. 

RKLATIVE  IMPORTANCE  AND  USES  OF  THE  TYPES.  — In 
general,  the  large-fld.  forms  are  more  popular  than  the 
small-fid,  forms,  especially  at  exhibitions,  where  great 
size  is  often  the  greatest  factor  in  prize-winning. 
Types  9,  10  and  11  are  the  most  important  in  America, 
especially  the  Japanese  section.  The  fis.  of  types  9  and 
10  are  likely  to  be  more  compact  and  globular,  and  hence 
better  for  long  shipments  than  the  looser  and  more  fan- 
ciful types.  Types  9,  10  and  11  ar6  the  ones  to  which 
most  cure  is  given,  especially  in  disbudding  and  train- 
ing. They  are  the  ones  most  commonly  grown  by  the 
florists  for  cut-tts.  and  whenever  one  large  fl.  on  a  long 
stem  is  desired.  The  anemone-flowered  forms  are  all 
usually  considered  as  curiosities,  especially  the  Japa- 
nese Anemones,  which  are  often  exhibited  as  freaks 
and  oddities.  The  single  and  anemone-flowered  forms 
are  used  chiefly  for  specimens  in  pots  with  many  small 
fls.,  but  all  the  other  types  are  used  for  the  same  pur- 
pose. For  outdoor  culture,  the  hardy  Pompons,  with 
their  numerous  small  fls.,  are  usually  better  than  the 
large-flowering  or  Japanese  kinds.  In  America,  the 
Chrysanthemum  ranks  fourth  in  economic  importance, 
although  its  season  is  practically  only  six  weeks,  while 
the  season  of  the  florists'  roses,  carnations  and  violets 
is  from  six  to -nine  months.  If  one  were  to  put  a  guess 
in  the  form  of  figures,  it  might  be  said  that  possibly 
60  per  cent  of  all  American  Chrysanthemums  are  raised 
for  cut-fls.,  30  per  cent  for  potted  plants,  while  10  per 
cent  are  hardy  old-fashioned  Pompons  cultivated  out- 

W.  M. 

SECTION  I.- CULTURE  OF  THE  LARGE-FLOWERED 
CHRYSANTHEMUMS  GROWN  UNDER  GLASS  (O. 
Indicum  x  morifolium). 

Introduction  and  General  Principles.  — The  first  step 
towards  success  is  good,  healthy  cut- 
tings, and  as  they  become  established 
plants  they  should  receive  generous  cul 
ture  throughout  their  entire  growing 
season.  This  requires  close  attention  to 
watering,  airing,  repotting,  and  a  liberal 
supply  of  nutriment. 

Chrysanthemums  are  propagated  in 
four  ways,— by  cuttings,  division,  seeds, 
and  grafting.  By  far  the  most  important 
is  the  first,  because  it  is  the  most  rapid. 
It  is  the  method  of  the  florists.  In  locali- 
ties where  the  plants  can  remain  out- 
doors over  winter  without  injury,  they 
may  be  increased  by  division.  This  sys- 
tem is  practiced  more  by  amateurs  than 
florists,  being  the  easiest  method  for  the 
home  garden  but  not  rapid  enough  for 
the  florist.  Propagation  by  seeds  is  re- 
sorted to  only  to  produce  new  varieties, 
and  is  discussed  at  length  under  subsec- 
tion IV.  Grafting  is  very  rare.  Skilful 
gardeners  sometimes  graft  a  dozen  or 
more  varieties  on  a  large  plant,  and 
the  sight  of  many  different  colored  fls. 
on  the  same  plant  is  always  interesting 
at  exhibitions. 

Subsection  I.  — Culture  of  Chrysan- 
themums for  cut-flowers. 

This  is  the  method  chiefly  employed 
by  florists,  the  plants  being  grown  in 
benches. 

1.  Propagation  by  Cuttings.  —  Plants 
of  the  preceding  year  afford  stock  from 
which  to  propagate  the  following  season. 
They  produce  quantities  of  stools  or 
suckers,  which  form  excellent  material 
for  the  cuttings.  These  are  generally 
taken  from  1-2%  in.  in  length,  the  lower 
Ivs.  removed,  also  the  tips  of  the  broad 
I  vs..  then  placed  in  propagating  beds  close  together, 
where  they  are  kept  continually  wet  until  rooted.  To  in- 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


305 


should  be  moderately  soft.  If  the  stock  plants  are  al- 
lowed to  become  excessively  dry,  the  cuttings  are  likely 
to  harden,  and  thus  be  very  slow  in  producing  roots. 
Single-eye  cuttings  may  be  used  of  new  and  scarce  va- 
rieties when  necessary.  These  are  fastened  to  a  tooth- 
pick with  fine  stemming-wire,  allowing  half  of  the  tooth- 
pick to  extend  below  the  end  of  the  cutting,  and  when 
inserted  in  the  cutting-bed  the  end  of  the  cutting  should 
rest  upon  the  sand.  It  requires  more  time  to  produce 
good  plants  by  this  system  than  where  fair-sized  cut- 
tings can  be  taken,  but  it  is  often  of  service  where  stock 
is  limited.  The  propagating  house  should  be  well 
aired,  and  it  is  advisable  to  change  the  sand  after  the 
second  or  third  batch  of  cuttings  has  been  removed,  to 
avoid  what  is  termed  cutting-bench  fungus.  The  cuttings 
should  never  be  allowed  to  wilt,  and  this  is  avoided  by 
giving  abundance  of  air,  and  when  the  temperature 
reaches  over  70°  from  sun  heat,  by  shading  with  some 
material,  either  cloth  or  paper. 

2.  Planting.  —  Cuttings  should  not  be  allowed  to  re- 
main in  the  cutting-bench  after  the  roots  are  %  in.  in 
length,  or  they  will  become  hardened,  which  will  check 
the  growth.    As  soon  as  rooted,  they  should  be  potted 
into  2-in.  or  2%-in.  pots,  using  good,  mellow  soil  with  a 
slight  admixture  of  decomposed  manure.    Most  of  the 
large  fls.  are  produced  under  glass,  and  the  bench  sys- 
tem is  generally  employed,  which  consists  of  4  or  5  in. 
of  soil   placed  upon   benches.     In  these   benches   the 
small  plants  are  planted  8-12  in.  apart  each  way,  from 
the  latter  part  of  May  to  the  middle  of  July.    Those 
planted  at  the  first  date  generally  give  the  best  results. 
The  soil  should  be  pounded  rather  firm  either  before 
planting  or  after  the  plants  have  become  established. 

3.  Soil.  —  There  are  many  ideas  as  to  what  soil  is  best 
suited  for  the  Chrysanthemum,  but  good  blooms  may  be 
grown  on  clay  or  light,  sandy  loam,  provided  the  culti- 
vator is  a  close  observer  and  considers  the  condition  of 
the  soil  in  which  they  are  growing.    Clay  soil,  being 
more  retentive  of  moisture,  will  require  less  water  and 


452.  Type  ot  Japanese  Incurved  Chrysanthemum. 

feeding  than  soil  of  a  more  porous  nature.    The  Chry- 


L          -.                  i                    A-          ii                 —  e            '   ovyii  •*•   <*  i""ic   puxuus   tiaiure.      iiie   *_/ury- 

where  they  are  kept  continually  wet  until  rooted.    To  in-  santhemum  is  a  gross  feeder,  and,  therefore,  the  fertility 

large  percentage,  the  condition  of  the  cuttings  of  the  soil  is  very  important  in  the  production  of  fine 
20 


306 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


blooms.  Each  expert  has  a  way  of  his  own  in  preparing 
the  soil,  but  as  equally  good  results  have  been  obtained 
under  varied  conditions,  it  is  safe  to  conclude  that  the 
method  of  preparing  the  soil  has  little  to  do  with  the 
results,  provided  there  is  sufficient  food  within  their 
reach.  All  concede  that  fresh  cut  sod, 
piled  late  the  preceding  fall  or  in  early 
spring,  with  K  to  %  its  bulk  of  half- 
decomposed  manure,  forms  an  excellent 
compost.  Many  use  1  or  2  in.  of  manure 
as  a  mulch  after  the  plants  have  become 
established.  Others  place  an  inch  of 
half-decomposed  manure  in  the  bottom 
of  the  bench.  This  the  roots  find  as  soon 
as  they  require  it.  Good  blooms  have 
been  grown  by  planting  on  decomposed 
sod  and  relying  on  liquid  applications  of 
chemicals. 

4.  Feeding.— No  definite  rule   can  be 
given   for    this   work,   as    so  much  de- 
pends on  the  amount  of  food  incorporated 
453  in  the  soil.    If  the  soil  be  very  rich,  the 

liquid  applications  should  be  only  occa- 
One  kind  of        sional  and  very  dilute.    There  is  more 
Chrysanthemum    danger  of  overfeeding  by  the  use  of 
cutting.  liquids  than  by  using  excessively  rich 

soil.  Each  grower  must  depend  on  his  own  judgment  as 
to  the  requirements,  being  guided  by  the  appearance  of 
the  plants.  When  the  Ivs.  become  dark  colored  and  very 
brittle,  it  is  safe  to  consider  that  the  limit  in  feeding  has 
been  reached.  Some  varieties  refuse  to  bud  when  overfed, 
making  a  mass  of  Ivs.  instead.  Others  show  very  con- 
torted petals,  giving  a  rough,  unfinished  bloom.  Still 
others,  particularly  the  red  varieties,  are  likely  to  be 
ruined  by  decomposition  of  the  petals,  called  burning, 
especially  if  the  atmosphere  is  allowed  to  become  hot 
and  stuffy.  The  same  result  will  follow  in  dark  weather, 
or  when  the  nights  become  cool,  if  the  moisture  of  the 
house  is  allowed  to  fall  upon  the  blooms.  Under  such 
conditions,  the  ventilation  should  remain  on  every  night, 
or  heat  be  turned  in  according  to  the  outside  temperature. 


454.  Crown  bud  of  Chrysanthemum  at  an  early  stage. 

Showing  the  shoots  to  be  removed  if  the  crown 
bud  is  to  be  saved. 

5.  Watering.— Let  the  foliage  be  the  index  to  water- 
ing. If  it  appears  yellow  and  sickly,  use  less  water,  and 
see  that  the  drainage  is  perfect.  There  is  but  little  dan- 


ger of  overwatering  as  long  as  the  foliage  is  bright 
green.  A  little  shading  at  planting  time  is  not  objec- 
tionable, but  it  should  be  removed  as  soon  as  the  plants 
are  established.  It  is  often  necessary  to  shade  the  pink 


A    ~- 

V 


455.  Crown  bud  of  Chrysanthemum  at  a  later  stage. 

Showing  how  its  strength  is  sapped  by  the  shoots  beneath, 
which  are  just  showing  clusters  of  terminal  buds. 

and  red  flowers  if  the  weather  continues  bright  for  some 
time,  to  prevent  their  fading. 

6.  Training.— When  the  plants  are  8  in.  high,  they 
should  be  tied  either  to  stakes  or  to  jute  twine.    In  the 
former  system,  use  one  horizontal  wire  over  each  row, 
tying  the  stake  to  this  after  the  bottom  has  been  in- 
serted into  the  ground.    Two  wires  will  be  necessary 
where  twine  is  used,  one  above  the  plants  and  the  other 
a  few  inches  above  the  soil.    From  the  first  of  August 
until  the  flowers  are  in  color  all  lateral  growths  should 
be  removed  as  soon  as  they  appear,  allowing  only  the 
shoots  intended  for  flowers  to  remain.    The  above  re- 
marks refer  to  the  training  of  benched  Chrysanthemums 
as   grown  by  florists  for  cut-flowers.    Other  kinds  of 
training  are  described  under  Subsection  II. 

7.  Disbudding.— No  special  date  can  be  given  for  this 
work,  as  much  depends  on  the  season  and  the  earliness 
or  lateness  of  the  variety  to  be  treated.    Buds  usually 
begin  to  form  on  the  early  sorts  about  Aug.  15,  or  soon 
after,  and  some  of  the  late  varieties  are  not  in  condition 
before  Oct.'  10.     The  object  of  removing  the  weak  and 
small  buds  and  retaining  the  best  is  to  concentrate  the 
whole  energy  of  the  plant  and  thereby  increase  the  size 
of  the  flower.    There  are  two  forms  of  buds,  crowns  and 
terminals.    A  crown  bud  is  formed  first,  never  comes 
with  other  flower-buds,  and   is  provided  with  lateral 
growths  which,  if  allowed  to  remain,  will  continue  their 
growth  and  produce  terminal  buds  later.   Terminal  buds 
come  later,  always  in  clusters,  are  never  associated  with 
lateral  growths,  and  terminate  the  plant's  growth  for 
that  season.    If  the  crown  bud  is  to  be  saved,  remove 
the  lateral  growths  as  shown  by  the  dotted  lines  in  Fig. 
454,  and  the  operation  is  complete.    If  the  terminal  bud 
is  desired,  remove  the  crown  and  allow  1, 2  or  3  (accord- 
ing to  the  vigor  of  the  plant)  of  the  growths  to  remain. 
In  a  few  weeks  these  will  show  a  cluster  of  buds,  and, 
when  well  advanced,  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  largest 
is  at  the  apex  of  the  growth  (the  one  saved,  if  perfect, 
as  it  usually  is),  and  one  at  each  of  the  leaf  axils  (see 
Fig.  456).    The  rejected  buds  are  easiest  and  safest  re- 
moved with  the  thumb  and  forefinger.    Should  the  biid 
appear  to  be  one-sided  or  otherwise  imperfect,  remove  it 
and  retain  the  next  best.    In  removing  the  buds,  begin  at 
the  top  and  work  down.     By  so  doing  there  are  buds 
in  reserve,  in  case  the  best  one  should  accidentally  be 
broken,  while  if  the  reverse  course  were  taken,  and  the 
best  bud  broken  at  the  completion  of  the  work,  all  the 
labor  would  be  lost.    A  few  hours'  disbudding  will  teach 
the  operator  how  far  the  buds  should  be  advanced  to 
disbud  easily.     Early   and  late  in  the  day,  when   the 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


307 


growths  are  brittle,  are  the  best  times  for  the  work. 
Some  growers  speak  of  first,  second  and  third  buds. 
The  first  is  a  crown,  and  generally  appears  on  early 
propagated  plants  from  July  15  to  August  15.  If  re- 


456.  Terminal  buds  of  Chrysanthemum  at  an  early  stage. 
None  too  early  for  disbudding. 

moved,  the  lateral  growths  push  forward,  forming  an- 
other bud.  In  many  cases  where  the  crowns  are  removed 
early,  the  next  bud  is  not  a  terminal ,  but  a  second  crown, 
which  is  termed  the  second  bud.  Remove  this,  and  the 
third  bud  will  be  the  terminal.  Plants  propagated  in 
May  and  June  generally  give  the  second  and  third  bud, 
not  forming  the  typical  crown.  Those  struck  in  July 
and  planted  late  give  the  terminal  only.  Most  of  the 
best  blooms  are  from  second  crown  and  terminal.  Pink, 
bronze  and  red  flowers  from  first  crowns  are  much 
lighter  in  color  than  those  from  later  buds.  They  are 
large,  but  very  often  abnormal  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
be  decidedly  inferior.  This  is  doubtless  due  to  the  large 
amount  of  food  utilized  in  their  construction,  owing  to 
the  long  time  consumed  in  development.  The  hot 
weather  of  September  and  October  must  have  a  detri- 
mental effect  upon  the  color.  Consult  Figs.  454-457. 

8.  Enemies.  —  Green  and  black  aphis  are  the  most 
destructive  insects.  Through  the  summer  months  to- 
bacco dust  broadcasted  over  the  plants  is  an  effective 
remedy.  At  the  approach  of  cool  weather  it  is  best  to 
resort  to  light  fumigations  of  tobacco.  Grasshoppers  are 
sometimes  very  destructive.  Handpicking  is  conceded 
to  be  the  best  method,  although  if  there  are  quantities 
of  small  ones  a  weak  solution  of  Paris  green  may  be  re- 
sorted to. 

Stibsection  II.  — Culture  of  Chrysanthemums  in  pots. 

The  same  principles  are  employed  in  pot  culture  as 
when  planted  upon  the  bench,  with  the  exception  that 
the  plants  are  generally  allowed  to  produce  more  blooms. 
The  most  popular  type  of  pot  plant  for  home  growing, 
or  for  sale  by  florists  and  intended  for  home  use,  is  a 
compact,  bushy  plant,  l%-2  ft.  high,  branched  at  the 
base,  and  bearing  from  4-20  fls.  averaging  3-4  in.  across. 
They  are  here  called  "market  plants."  "Single-stem 
plants  "  are  also  popular.  Great  quantities  of  large  fls. 
(say  20-100)  are  rarely  grown  on  a  potted  plant,  except 
for  exhibitions.  Such  plants  are  commonly  called  "  speci- 
mens," and  the  three  leading  forms  are  the  bush,  the 
standard  and  the  pyramid. 

1.  Market  Plants.  —  Dwarf  plants  of  symmetrical 
form,  with  foliage  down  to  the  pots,  are  the  most  salable, 
and,  when  thus  grown,  require  constant  attention  as 


to  watering  and  stopping,  allowing  each  plant  plenty  of 
room  to  keep  the  lower  leaves  in  a  healthy  condition. 
Cuttings  taken  June  1  and  grown  in  pots,  planted  on 
old  carnation  benches  or  in  spent  hotbeds  (light  soil 
preferable),  and  lifted  by  August  15,  will  make  very 
nice  plants  1-1K  ft.  high.  The  reason  for  lifting  early 
is  to  have  them  well  established  in  their  flowering  pots 
before  the  buds  are  formed. 

2.  Single-stem    Plants.  —  Same    culture     as    market 
plants,  except  that  they  are  restricted  to  one  stem  and 
flower.    Those  from  1-2  ft.  in  height  are  more  effective 
and  useful  than  tall  ones.    For  this  reason  many  prefer 
plunging  the  pots  out  of  doors  vhere  they  have  the  full 
benefit  of  the  sun  and  air,  making  them  more  dwarf 
than  when  grown  under  glass. 

3.  Pot  Plants  for  Cut- flowers.  — Culture  same  as  for 
specimen  plants,  except  that  the  nipping  should  be  dis- 
continued   July    1    to    give    sufficient    length    to    the 
stems.    If  large  flowers  are  desired,  restrict  the  plants. 
to  8  or  10  growths.    Such  plants  can  be  accommodated 
in  less  space  than  specimens,  where  the  chief  object  is 
symmetry. 

4.  Bush  Plants.— For  large  bush  plants,  the  cuttings 
should  be  struck  early  in  February,  and  grown  along  in 
a  cool,  airy  house,  giving  attention  to  repotting  as  often 
as  necessary.    The  final  potting  into  10-  or  12-inch  pots 
generally  takes  place  in  June.    They  are  potted  moder- 
ately firm,  and  watered  sparingly  until  well  rooted.    As 
soon  as  the  plants  are  5  or  6  in.  high  the  tips  should  be 
pinched  out,  to  induce  several  growths  to  start.    As  the 
season  advances    and   the  plants  make  rapid  growth, 
pinching  must  be  attended  to  every  day  up  to  the  latter 
part  of  July,  to  give  as  many  breaks  as  possible  and 
keep  them  in  symmetrical  form.    By  the  middle  of  Au- 
gust (if  not  previously  attended  to),  staking  and  getting 
the  plants  in  shape  will  be  a  very  important  detail.     If 
stakes  are  used,  they  must  be  continually  tied-out,  as 
the  stems  soon  begin  to  harden,  and  this  work  can  be 
best  accomplished  by  looking  them  over  daily.    Light 


457.  Terminal  buds  at  a  later  stage. 
The  top  one  is  usually  the  strongest,  and  being  re- 
tained, is  called  "the  terminal  hud."  The  others 
should  have  been  removed  long  before  they  were 
as  large  as  here  shown. 

stakes  of  any  material  may  be  used.  Many  other  meth- 
ods are  in  use,  such  as  wire  hoops  and  wire  frame-work, 
to  which  the  growths  are  securely  tied. 


308 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


5.  Standards  differ  from  bush  plants  in  having  one 
stout,   self-supporting   stem,   instead    of   many    stems. 
They  require  the  same  culture  as  bush  plants,  with  the 
exception   that   they  are  not   stopped,  but   allowed   to 
make  one  continuous  growth  until  3,  4  or  5  ft.  high,  and 
are  then  treated  the  same  as  bush  plants.     They  will 
require  the  same  attention  as  to  stopping  and  tying  to 
secure  symmetrical  heads. 

6.  Pyramids  are  only  another  form  of  bush  plants, 
-and  it  is  optional  with  the  grower  which  form  he  prefers. 

.Subsection  III.  — Culture  of  Chrysanthemums  for  the 

production  of  new  varieties. 

The  object  of  seed-saving  is  the  improvement  of  exist- 
ing varieties.  It  is  not  conclusive,  however,  that  all  seed- 
aiiags  will  l>e  improvements  ;  in  fact,  it  is  far  from  this, 
as  the  greater  portion  are  inferior  to  their  antecedents. 
Only  those  who  give  the  most  careful  consideration  to 
cross-fertilization  are  certain  of  marked  success.  Hand- 
hybridized  seeds  possess  value  over  those  haphazardly 
fertilized  by  wind  and  insects  only  according  to  the  de- 
gree of  intelligence  employed  in  the  selection  of  parents. 
What  the  result  will  be  when  a  white  flower  is  fertilized 
with  a  yellow  one,  the  operator  cannot  determine  at  the 
outset.  It  may  be  either  white,  yellow,  intermediate,  or 
jpartake  of  some  antecedent,  and  thus  be  distinct  from 
•either.  Improvements  in  color  can  be  obtained  only  by 
the  union  of  colors,  bearing  in  mind  the  laws  of  nature 
in  uniting  two  to  make  the  third.  Red  upon  yellow,  or 
vice-versa,  may  intensify  the  red  or  yellow— give  orange 
or  bronze,  as  nature  may  see  fit.  The  operator  is  more 
certain  of  improving  along  other  lines,  such  as  sturdi- 
ness  or  dwarfness  of  growth,  earliness  or  lateness  of 

•  bloom,  or  doubleness  of  flowers.    The  selection  of  those 
iinost  perfect  in  these  particulars  is  very  sure  to  give 
tsimilar  or  improved  results.    Always  keep  a  record  of 
it/Ms  work  showing  the  parents  of  a  seedling.    The  satis- 
faction of  knowing  how  a  meritorious  variety  was  pro- 
•dueed  more  than  pays  for  the  trouble,  and  may  lead  to 
further  improvements  in  certain  lines.    The  operation 
begins  when  the  flower  is  half  open,  cutting  the  petals 

•  off  close  to  tiiefe  base  with  a  pair  of  scissors,  until  the 
:  style  i«(«xpo«e<L   Should  the  flower  show  signs  of  having 

•  disk  or  staminate  florets,  remove  these  with  the  points  of 
tthe  scissors  and  tinas  avoid  self-fertilization.    When  the 
styles  are  fully  grown  and  developed,  the  upper  sur- 
face or  stigma  is  in  condition  to  receive  the  pollen.    By 
pushing  aside  (with  the  thumb)  the  ray  florets  of  the 
flower  desired  for  pollen,  the  disk  florets  which  produce 
the  pollen  will  become  visible.    The  pollen  may  be  col- 
lected on  a  camel 's-hair  pencil  or  toothpick  and  applied 
to  the  stigma  of  the  flower  previously  prepared.    If  a 
toothpick  be  used,  never  use  it  for  more  than  one  kind 
of  pfi&len,    By  allowing  the  camel 's-hair  pencil  to  stand 
in  an  opeinraoutihed  vial  of  alcohol  a  few  moments  after 
using,  it  may  l>e  again  used,  when  dry,  upon  another  va- 
riety without  fear  of  the  pollen  of  the  former  operation 
affecting  the  present.    Cuttings  struck  in  June  and  July 
and  grown  to  single  bloom  in  4-inch  pots  are  the  most 
convenient  for  seeding.    Such  flowers,  if  not  given  too 
tntieh  feed,  are  more  natural  and  furnish  abundance  of 
pollen,  as  well  as  being  easier  to  trim  than  the  massive 
blooms  produced  for  the  exhibition  table.  The  pollenizing 
should  be  done  on  bright,  sunny  days,  and  as  early  in  the 
day  as  possible.   As  soon  as  the  seed  plants  are  trimmed, 
they  should  be  placed  by  themselves  to  avoid  fertiliza- 
tion by  insects,  and  should  there  remain  until  the  seeds 
are  ripe.    Keep  the  plants  rather  on  the  dry  side,  and 
give  abundance  of  air.     Seeds,  which  ripen  in  5  to  6 
weeks,  should  be  saved  without  delay,  and  carefully  la- 
belled.   In  sowing  seeds,  they  should  be  covered  very 
lightly  and  kept  in  a  temperature  of  60°.   When  the  seed- 
lings are  large  enough  to  handle  easily,  remove  to  small 
pots,  or  transplant  further  apart  in  shallow  boxes.  Chry- 
santhemums flower  the  first  season  from  seed. 

Subsection  IV.— Varieties. 

Of  the  long  list  of  new  varieties  sent  out  each  year, 
but  few  are  retained  after  the  second  year's  trial.  This 
is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  most  American  growers 
are  more  interested  in  the  commercial  value  of  the  flower 
than  the  curious  forms  or  striking  colors  they  present. 
Exhibitions  have  not  reached  the  hearts  of  the  people 
here  as  in  England  and  France.  There  are  a  few  varie- 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 

ties  that  have  stood  the  test  for  several  years ;  such  as 
Ivory,  1889  ;  W.  H.  Lincoln  and  Minnie  Wanamaker, 
'90;  Mrs.  J.  G.  Whilldin, '91;  Mrs.  Jerome  Jones,  Col. 
W.  B.  Smith,  Mrs.  A.  J.  Drexel,  Margaret  Jeffords,  Jos. 
H.  White,  Geo.  W.  Childs,  Merry  Monarch,  '92  ;  Niveus, 
Maud  Dean,  The  Queen,  Golden  Wedding,  H.  L.  Sunder- 
bruch,  Good  Gracious,  Pres.  W.  R.  Smith,  '9,'{.  There 
are  many  other  varieties  that  have  stood  the  test  for  4 
or  5  years. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  recommend  varie- 
ties of  Chrysanthemums,  but  the  following  list  includes 
the  best  varieties  now  known.  The  list  will  be  valuable 
as  showing  a  serviceable  classification: 

Selection  of  varieties  based  upon  the  main  types.— 

(1)  Incurved:   Belle   Poitevine,  Congo,   Irma,  Lorelei, 
Mrs.  T.  D.  Hatfield,  Mongolian  Prince,  Mrs.  Robt.  Craig, 
Mrs.  L.  C.  Madeira,  Major  Bonnaffon,  Mrs.  R.  C.  Kingston. 

(2)  Japanese:  Chito,  Geo.  W.  Childs,  Golden  Gate,  Gol- 
den Wedding,  Mayflower,   Modesto,  Thornden,  Mutual 
Friend,  Black  Hawk,  Niveus,  Viviand  Morel,  Yanoma. 

(3)  Japanese  Incurved :  Nyanza,  Mrs.  W.  C.  Egan,  Eu- 
gene Dailledouze,  Georgiana   Pitcher,  Good   Gracious, 
Jennie  Falconer,  Mrs.    Geo.   West,  Philadelphia,   The 
Queen,  Mrs.  Jerome  Jones,  Western  King.     (4)  Hairy  : 
Golden  Hair,  Louis  Boehmer,  Mrs.  A.  Hardy,  R.  M.  Grey, 
White  Swan,  Queen  of  Plumes.     (5)  Heflexed :  Culling- 
fordii,  Dorothy  Toler,  Gold  Standard,  Miss  Elma  O'Far- 
rell,    Tuxedo,   Parthenia.      (6)   Large   Anemone:    Ada 
Strickland,    Descartes,    Falcon,   Junon,    Marcia   Jone.s, 
Thorpe,  Jr.   (7)  Japanese  Anemone:  Condor,  Enterprise, 
Mrs.  F.  Gordon  Dexter,  San  Joaquin,  Surprise,  Satisfac- 
tion.   (8)  Pompon:  Black  Douglass,  Golden  Mile.  Mar- 
the,  Mile.  Marthe,  Mrs.  Bateman,  Snowdrop,  Wm.  Ken- 
nedy.   (9)  Pompon  Anemone:  Antonius,  Emily  Rowbot- 
tom,  Marie  Stuart,  Mme.  Chalonge,  Mme.  Sentir,  Queen 
of  Anemones.      (10)  Early   Hardy   Pompons:    Bronze 
Bride,  Flora,  Frederick  Marronet,  Mme.  Jolivart,   Mr. 
Selley,  Miss  Davis,  Mrs.  Cullingford,  Mile.  Elise  Dor- 
dan,  Illustration,  St.  Mary.    (11)  Single  :  Mizpah,  Fram- 
field  Beauty. 

Selection  of  varieties  based  upon  color.— White  — 
Ivory,  Mrs.  M.  A.  Ryerson,  Mrs.  H.  Weeks,  Mrs.  Henry 
Robinson,  Mutual  Friend,  Niveus.  Pink— Merula,  Mme. 
F.  Perrin,  Helen  Bloodgood,  Harry  Balsley,  lora,  Autumn 
Glory.  Amaranth,  Purplish  Crimson,  Magenta,  and  the 
like  —  Casco,  Mrs.  A.  J.  Drexel,  Mrs.  Geo.  West,  Elma 
O'Farrell.  Crimson  —  Shilowa,  Black  Hawk,  Geo.  W. 
Childs,  John  Shrimpton,  Fisher's  Torch,  Defender.  Bed 
and  Yellow,  Bronze,  Buff—  Chito,  Nyanza,  Chas.  Davis, 
Edwin  A.  Kimball,  Buff  Globe,  Rustique,  Hicks  Arnold. 
Yellow— Modesto,  Eugene  Dailledouze,Golden  Wedding, 
Thornden,  Major  Bonnaffon,  Liberty. 

Selection  of  varieties  based  upon  special  uses.  — Bush 
Plants  :  White  -  Mutual  Friend,  Jos.  H.  White  ;  Yel- 
low-W.  H.  Lincoln,  C.  Chalfant ;  Pink— Viviand  Morel, 
lora  ;  Bronze- Col.  W.  B.  Smith,  Hicks  Arnold  ;  Crim- 
son —  Geo.  W.  Childs,  J.  Shrimpton.  Single  Stew  Pot 
Plants  :  White  —  Mrs.  H.  Robinson,  Merza  ;  Yellow- 
Major  Bonnaffon,  H.  L.  Sunderbruch  ;  Pink  — Mme.  F. 
Perrin,  Merula  ;  Bronze  —  Boule  d'Or,  Rinaldo  ;  Crim- 
son —  Geo.  W.  Childs,  John  Shrimpton.  Exhibition 
Blooms:  White— Frank  Hardy,  Fee  du  Champsaur,  Mme. 
Carnot,  Western  King ;  Pink— Viviand  Morel,  lora,  Good 
Gracious  ;  Yellow  — Modesto,  Golden  Wedding,  Eugene 
Dailledouze,  G.  J.  Warren;  Bronze  — Chas.  Davis,  Rus- 
tique, Nyanza;  Crimson— Geo. W.  Childs,  Shilowa,  Black 
Hawk  ;  Miscellaneous  —  Chito,  yellowish  bronze  ;  Lady 
Hanham,  golden  cerise  ;  Mrs.  Geo.  West,  rosy  purple. 
Commercial  Blooms  (based  upon  quality,  and  ease  of  cul- 
ture :  White— Ivory,  Mrs.  Henry  Robinson,  Mrs.  Jerome 
Jones;  Pink-Mrs.  S.  T.  Murdock,  Mme.  F.  Perrin,  Glory 
of  Pacific;  Yellow— Marion  Henderson, Major  Bonnaffon, 
Yellow  Mrs.  Jerome  Jones  ;  Crimson  —  Geo.  W.  Childs, 
Shilowa,  Black  Hawk.  Odd  Varieties  :  Lillian  B.  Bird, 
Mrs. W.  H.  Rand,  Heron's  Plume,  Pitcher  &  Manda.  Best 
Early:  White— Mme.  F.  Bergmann,  Ivory,  Midge, Geo.  S. 
Kalb;  Pink -Glory  of  Pacific,  Pink  Ivory,  Merula,  Lady 
Playfair  ;  Yellow-Harry  Hurrell,  H.  L.  Sunderbruch, 
Marion  Henderson,  Golden  Trophy.  Best  Late  :  White- 
Mrs.  Jerome  Jones,  Yanoma,  Wm.  H.  Chadwick,  Merry 
Christmas;  Pink-Francis  B.Hayes,  Harry  Balsley,  Mrs. 
S.  T.  Murdock,  Maud  Dean.  Yellow— W.  H.  Lincoln,  H. 
W.  Rieman,  Liberty,  Yellow  Mrs.  Jerome  Jones. 


Plate  VI.     Chrysanthemums,  mainly  Japanese  types 

The  two  ball-shaped  flowers  belong  to  the  Chinese  or  Incurved  type.     Specimens  of  the  Single  and  Anemone 

types  are  also  seen 


OF  THE 

(  UNIVERSITY  J 

Of 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


309T 


Many  of  the  midseason  varieties  are  good  for  Thanks- 
giving and  after  if  planted  late.  ELMER  D.  SMITH. 

Subsection  U.—  Culture  of  Chry*ant7itfnni>tis  for 


This  branch  of  cultivation  naturally  requires  more 
care  than  any  other,  and  the  cultural  sjde  counts  for 
very  little  compared  with  the  personal  qualities  of  the 
exhibitor  after  the  fls.  are  delivered  at  the  exhibition 
hall.  Prize-winning  is  more  like  business  than  floricul- 
ture, and  is,  therefore,  largely  a  matter  of  experience. 
It  is  hard  to  extricate  any  fundamental  principles,  but 
some  suggestions  are  made  under  K.rhihiti»n*  .  Many 
towns  have  never  seen  any  kind  of  a  flower  show  but  a 
Chrysanthemum  show.  The  prizes  are  often  larger  and 
more  specialized  than  with  any  other  flower.  As  soon  as 
the  schedule  of  prizes  is  published  the  competitor 
should  pick  out  the  classes  he  intends  to  try  for.  The 
importance  of  strong  stock  can  hardly  be  overstated. 
Novelties  or  highly  forced  plants  are"  more  likely  to 
give  poor  results  than  selected  stock  carefully  grown  by 
the  competitor  himself.  Next  to  a  general  comprehen- 
sion of  Chrysanthemum  culture,  perhaps  the  two  most 
important  factors  in  success  are  the  quality  of  stock  and 
the  choice  of  variety.  In  the  biggest  exhibitions,  novel- 
ties are  classed  by  themselves.  One  of  the  commonest 
mistakes  that  beginners  make  is  to  depend  too  much 
upon  novelties  for  general  prizes.  It  is  desirable  to  ex- 
change visits  with  other  growers,  to  take  the  horticul- 
tural periodicals,  to  master  the  art  of  shipping,  and  to 
study  the  analysis  of  successful  varieties.  To  meet  a  de- 
sired date,  crown  buds  can  be  used  to  hasten  late  varieties. 

As  the  century  closes  the  varieties  that  win  the  most  prizes 
are  :  White—  lairs.  Henry  Robinson,  Mayflower,  Niveus,  The 
Queen,  Mrs.  Jerome  Jones,  Our  Mutual  Friend;  Yellow—  Major 
Bonnaffon,  Modesto.  W.  H.  Lincoln,  Golden  Wedding,  Miss 
Georgiana  Pitcher  ;  Pink—  Viviand-Morel,  Mrs.  Perrin,  Maud 
Dean;  Red—  Geo.  W.  Childs.  W.  M. 

SECTION  II.-CULTURE  OF  MARGUERITES  INDOORS. 
There  are  two  types  of  Marguerites,  the  common  one, 
or  Paris  Daisy,  with  coarser  green  foliage,  and  the 
glaucous  Marguerites,  with  finer  cut,  glaucous  foliage. 
The  former,  C.  frutescens,  is  better  for  cut-flowers. 
The  latter,  C.  anethifolium,  is  probably  better  for  large 
specimens.  Marguerites  are  standard  plants  with  flo- 
rists and  in  the  conservatories  of  amateurs,  being  of 
easy  culture  and  remarkably  free  from  enemies.  They 
are  cultivated  for  two  distinct  purposes,  —  for  cut-flow- 
ers and  for  specimen  plants,  young  plants  being  used 
for  the  former  purpose,  and  older  ones  for  the  lat- 
ter. For  cut-flowers,  the  cuttings  are  rooted  in  spring, 
and  the  florists  usually  keep  the  plants  in  pots  all  sum- 
mer outdoors,  though  this  is  not  necessary  for  amateurs, 
and  rts.  are  produced  during  the  following  winter.  It  is 
sometimes  said  that  Marguerites  do  not  lift  well  in  the 
fall  after  being  planted  out  all  summer  in  the  garden, 
and  that  unrestricted  root-room  makes  the  plants  too 
large  for  the  best  production  of  cut-flowers.  The  prin- 
ciples underlying  the  matter  are  as  follows  :  in  turning 
plants  out  of  pots  into  the  open  ground  in 
spring,  a  plant  that  has  filled  its  pot  well 
with  roots  tends  to  make  a  much  more 
compact  root-system  in  the  garden  than  the 
plant  that  had  but  a  few  roots  in  its  pot, 
and  the  former  plant  is  easily  lifted  in  the 
fall  and  with  less  damage  to  the  roots.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  Marguerites  do  not  belong 
to  the  class  of  plants  that  are  difficult  to  lift 
in  the  fall,  and  it  is  only  a  matter  of  start- 
ing the  cuttings  early  enough  in  spring  to 
get  the  plant  moderately  pot-bound  before 
it  is  planted  out  into  the  open  ground. 
Specimen  plants  are  most  attractive  in  the 
second  winter  following  the  spring  in  which 
cuttings  were  struck.  After  that  they  are 
likely  to  become  too  large  and  straggling. 
While  in  the  garden  the  fls.  should  not  be 
allowed  to  form,  if  the  main  object  is  high- 
grade  cut-flowers  in  quantity  for  the  winter. 
Old  plants  that  are  unfit  for  further  use  in 
the  conservatory  may  be  turned  out  in  sum- 
mer and  will  furnish  scattering  bloom  all 
summer,  though  the  fls.  are  likely  to  be 


rather  small.  If  there  were  sufficient  demand  it  coula 
be  easily  managed  to  have  fls.  in  every  month  of  the 
year.  It  is  a  great  pity  to  cut  Marguerites  without  any 
foliage.  The  rule  is  that  all  fls.  look  best  with  some  fo- 
liage, especially  their  own.  With  a  little  forethought, 
just  as  many  Ms.  can  be  secured,  and  they  will  look 
much  prettier  and  last  longer.  There  are  very  few  con- 
servatories without  some  Marguerites.  An  excellent 
plan  is  to  have  a  number  of  plants  in  6-inch  pots  from 
cuttings  struck  the  previous  spring.  A  plant  looks 
bad  at  first  when  the  fls.  have  been  removed  on  sprays 
a  foot  long,  but  in  a  short  time  they  are  ready  for  cut- 
ting again.  With  a  little  management  a  succession  of 
fls.  can  be  maintained  without  making  all  the  plants 
thin  or  unsightly.  Such  sprays  will  last  a  week  or  two 
in  water,  and  the  opening  of  the  larger  buds  is  an  addi- 
tional feature  of  beauty  which  is  lost  if  fls.  are  cut  with 
short  stems  and  without  foliage.  ROBERT  SHORE. 

SECTION  III.-CULTURE   OF    CHRYSANTHEMUMS 
OUT  OF  DOORS. 

The  oldest  of  the  outdoor  types  are  the  Pompons 
( Fig.  450 ) ,  which  produce  from  40-100  buttons  an  inch 
or  two  across,  with  short  and  regular  rays.  Such  plants 
can  be  left  outdoors  all  winter.  A  selection  of  these  old- 
fashioned  kinds  is  given  on  page  307,  under  head  of  "  (8) 
Pompon."  Since  the  large-flowering  or  Japanese  types 
have  come  in,  numberless  attempts  have  been  made  to 
grow  them  outdoors,  but  with  poor  results.  The  green- 
house varieties  are  not  so  hardy.  In  the  north  they  are 
likely  to  be  killed  by  the  winter.  Their  fls.  usually  lack 
in  size,  depth  and  symmetry,  largely  because  there  are 
more  of  them  on  a  plant  than  a  florist  allows  for  his  best 
blooms,  but  chiefly  because  they  do  not  get  as  much  care 
in  general  as  is  given  to  plants  under  glass,  where 
space  is  precious.  For  the  very  best  results,  Chrysan- 
themums must  be  flowered  under  glass,  and  they  need1, 
the  greatest  care  and  forethought  practically  all  the 
year  round.  Half-way  measures  are  unsatisfactory. 
Thus  it  happens  that  the  Japanese  varieties  are  usually 
unsatisfactory  out  of  doors,  and  the  Pompons  are  eh©sen 
by  those  who  can  give  very  little  care  to  plants  and 
would  rather  have  many  small  fls.  than  a  few  large  ones. 
This  also  partly  explains  why  no  two  dealers  recommend 
anything  like  the  same  list  of  Japanese  varieties  for 
outdoor  culture.  Nevertheless,  it  is  possible  to  grow  ex- 
cellent fls.  4  and  5  or  even  6  in.  across  outdoors,  but  it . 
requires  staking,  disbudding,  and  some  kind  of  tem- 
porary protection,  as  of  a  tent  or  glass,  during  frosty 
weather.  Fig.  458  shows  a  cheap  and  simple  structure- 
of  coldf rame  sashes  resting  on  a  temporary  framework. 
In  severe  weather  a  canvas  curtain  can  be  dropped  in 
front,  and  the  window  of  a  warm  cellar  in  the  rear- 
opened  to  temper  the  air.  Fig.  458  is  taken  from  Gar- 
den and  Forest  1:523,  where  J.  N.  Gerard  has  left  a  de- 
tailed and  delightful  account  of  his  success,  which  is 
sure  to  rouse  the  enthusiasm  of  expert  amateurs.  For 
general  outdoor  culture,  however,  where  no  special  care 


458.  Suggestion  ior  protecting  Chrysanthemums  that  are  to  bloom  outdoor* 


310 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


is  given  to  the  plants,  the  Japanese  kinds  are  usually 
less  satisfactory  than  the  Pompons.  These  Pompons  are 
a  much  neglected  class  since  the  rise  of  the  large-flow- 
ered Japanese  kinds,  but  they  are  unlike  anything  else 
in  our  garden  flora.  Their  vivid  and  sometimes  too 
artificial  colors  harmonize  with  nothing  else  at  Thanks- 
giving time,  and  they  are  so  strong  and  commanding 
that  they  should  have  a  place  by  themselves.  It  is  not 
uncommon  for  the  fls.  to  be  in  good  condition  even  after 
several  light  falls  of  snow,  and  they  may  be  considered 
the  most  resistant  to  frost  of  any  garden  herbs.  In 
fact,  their  peculiar  merit  is  blooming  after  the  landscape 
is  completely  desolated  by  successive  frosts.  The  fls. 
are  not  ruined  until  their  petals  are  wet  and  then 
frozen  stiff.  They  are  essentially  for  mass  effects  of 
color,  and  great  size  is  not  to  be  expected.  Masses  of 
ibrown  and  masses  of  yellow,  side  by  side,  make  rich 
-combinations.  The  whole  tribe  of  crimsons,  amaranths, 
pinks,  and  the  like,  should  be  kept  by  themselves,  be- 
•  cause  their  colors  are  variable  and  because  they  make  a 
violent  contrast  with  yellow,  which  few  persons  can  ren- 
•der  agreeable. 

The  preceding  remarks  have  applied  wholly  to  varie- 
ties of  C.  Indicum  and  C.  morifolium.  The  culture  of 
all  the  other  outdoor  species  is  too  easy  to  need  any  fur- 
ther remarks,  except  in  the  case  of  C.  coccineum,  better 
known  as  Pyrethrum  roseum.  In  the  cultivation  of  or- 
namental plants  in  general,  and  of  hardy,  herbaceous 
plants  in  particular,  few  cases  are  so  striking  as  the 
great  popularity  of  Pyrethrum  roseum  in  the  Old  World, 
.and  the  feeble  and  uncertain  hold  that  it  has  in  America. 

W.  M. 
SECTION  IV.-CULTURE  OF  PYRETHRUM  ROSEUM. 

This  beautiful  late  spring  and  early  summer  flower, 
so  popular  and  extensively  cultivated  in  gardens  abroad, 
has  not  yet  found  much  favor  here.  This  fact  must  be 
attributed  to  the  general  neglect  of  hardy  flowers  that 
prevails  in  most  gardens,  as  it  is  an  easily  grown  flower, 
hardy  enough  to  withstand  our  winters.  As  repre- 
sented to-day  in  the  hundreds  of  varieties  extant,  it 
should  command  attention.  These  varieties  have  every- 
thing to  recommend  them.  First  and  foremost,  they  are 
easy  to  grow.  Any  good  garden  soil  will  suffice  for 
them,  but  they  are  rich  feeders,  and  therefore  the 
ground  should  be  deeply  dug  and  liberally  enriched 
with  manure.  A  cool,  moist  root-run  is  most  conducive 
to  their  flowering,  and  as  they  are  surface-rooting  plants 
(and  by  consequence  liable  to  suffer  soon  from  hot  sun), 
they  are  materially  assisted  by  a  mulch  of  manure,  or 
anything  that  tends  to  conserve  moisture.  Propagation 
is  best  performed  by  division  in  spring.  The  plants 
may  be  lifted,  divided  into  small  pieces  and  potted  up 
separately  or  planted  in  a  bed  of  prepared  soil  in  a  cold- 
frame,  and  in  a  few  weeks  they  will  make  nice  pieces. 
They  can  also  be  rapidly  raised  in  quantity  from  seed, 
which,  sown  in  spring,  will  give  plants  that  will  flower 
the  following  year.  Unless  the  seed,  however,  is  from 
very  fine  varieties,  seedlings  may  result  in  disappoint- 
ment; and,  in  any  case,  they  will  not  give  that  richness 
and  variety  of  form  and  color  as  represented  in  the  best 
named  varieties  of  to-day,  which  are  the  result  of  many 
years  of  patient  labor  and  painstaking  selection  on  the 
part  of  those  who  have  made  Pyrethrums  a  specialty. 
Pyrethrums  are  now  obtainable  with  either  single  or 
double  flowers,  embracing  most  varied  shades  of  color, 
from  purest  white  to  the  richest  of  crimsons,  and  even 
yellow,  though  for  a  long  time  non-existent  in  Pyre- 
thrums, seems  to  be  an  assured  possibility.  This  hue 
is  now  possessed  by  several  of  the  newer  acquisitions. 
To  select  the  best  varieties  and  recommend  them  is  not 
easy,  when  the  list  of  one  specialist  alone  contains  400 
named  varieties,  about  equally  divided  between  single- 
and  double-flowered  kinds,  and  the  best  selection  of  to- 
day is  •  ertain  to  be  superseded  less  than  a  decade  hence. 
A  few,  however,  of  the  very  best  are  :  Lord  Roseberry, 
carmine-red  ;  Primrose,  pale  yellow  ;  Aphrodite,  pure 
white  ;  Alfred  Henderson,  deep  purple  ;  Leonard  Kel- 
way,  clear  rose  ;  Pericles,  bright  yellow,  with  guard 
petals  of  pale  pink  ;  Ne  Plus  Ultra,  white,  and  very 
large;  Melton,  deep  crimson;  Solfaterre,  cream;  Prin- 
cess Beatrice,  bright  pink  ;  King  Oscar,  crimson,  and 
Captain  Nares,  red.  These  are  all  double.  In  singles,  a 


dozen  of  the  best  would  be  :  Ascot,  peach-pink  ;  Apol- 
lyon,  bright  pink ;  James  Kelway,  brilliant  red  ;  Oliver 
Twist,  cream  ;  Mary  Anderson,  flesh-pink  ;  Princess 
Marie,  pure  white;  Ruth,  rose,  tipped  with  white;  Stan- 
ley, deep  carmine-rose;  Merry  Hampton,  dazzling  crim- 
son ;  lanthe,  rose  ;  Ochroleuca,  sulphur,  and  Devon- 
shire Cream,  cream  color.  A.  HERRINGTON. 

Pyrethrum  roseum  in  its  numerous  varieties  possibly 
may  never  become  as  popular  in  America  as  in  England, 
owing  to  the  fact  that  it  is  not  hardy  under  all  soil  and 
exposure  conditions  in  the  climate  of  northern  United 
States.  With  the  proper  soil  conditions  and  such  atten- 
tion as  may  be  necessary, 
it  is  possible  to  raise  Pyre- 
thrums to  the  best  advant- 
age and  with  splendid  flow- 
ering results.  The  ideal 
soil  for  Pyrethrums  is  a 
rich,  sandy  loam  that  is 
sufficiently  porous  to  pre- 
vent stagnant  moisture 
accumulating  about  the 
crowns  of  the  plants.  This 
is  the  first  and  principal 
essential  in  the  culture  of 
Pyrethrums.  While  they 
have  been  grown  to  com- 
paratively good  advantage 
in  soils  of  a  clayey  nature, 
yet  unless  extreme  care  is 
taken  to  prevent  this  ac- 
cumulation of  moisture 
about  the  crowns,  sad 
havoc  is  frequently  made 
during  severe  winters, 
and  especially  during  un- 
usually abundant  rains  in 
the  fall.  While  it  is  pos- 
sible to  grow  Pyrethrums 
even  under  the  adverse 


459.  Leaf  of  Feverfew 
(C.Parthenium.) 


conditions  of  a  retentive  clayey  soil,  yet  in  such  instances, 
coldframe  culture  is  preferable  to  depending  upon  the 
plant  to  take  care  of  itself  under  ordinary  conditions. 
Aside  from  the  danger  of  winter-killing,  there  is  the 
danger  of  crown  rot  during  extremely  wet  periods  in  hot 
weather.  In  many  instances,  valuable  collections  have 
been  quite  lost  owing  to  this  trouble  and  the  lack  of  ap- 
preciation of  the  fact  that  this  trouble  could  be  easily 
remedied  by  cutting  away  the  rotting  foliage  nearly  to 
the  ground,  so  as  to  admit  light  and  air  to  the  center  of 
the  crowns  to  induce  fresh  and  healthy  growth.  In  late 
autumn,  however,  this  would  not  be  a  successful  treat- 
ment, except  in  a  modified  degree.  From  a  commercial 
point  of  view,  Pyrethrums  are  among  the  most  difficult 
of  plants  to  handle  through  the  danger  of  crown  rot, 
which  is  the  most  frequent  cause  of  loss  in  shipping 
plants.  They  are  among  the  most  difficult  plants  to 
import,  and  can  only  successfully  stand  importation  by 
the  utmost  care  in  packing  and  by  shipment  of  the  plants 
in  late  fall  or  very  early  spring;  it  is  also  essential  that 
they  should  be  strong,  well-developed  clumps  in  order 
to  withstand  the  dangers  of  transportation.  A  stock  of 
Pyrethrums  once  established  in  this  country  is  easily 
shipped  by  means  of  our  quick  express  transportation, 
if  a  little  care  is  given  to  ventilation  as  well  as  to  pack- 
ing the  plants  as  dry  as  possible.  The  confusion  in  the 
names  of  the  varieties  offered  by  American  nurserymen 
is  due  to  the  inordinate  desire  on  the  part  of  the  Euro- 
pean dealers  to  produce  a  long  list  of  varieties,  many  of 
which  are  very  similar  in  all  outward  characteristics. 
Some  of  the  leading  dealers  publish  a  list  of  from  50 
to  100  varieties,  and  others  in  still  greater  number. 
At  the  present  time,  over  400  varieties  of  Pyrethrums 
are  catalogued,  which,  while  it  illustrates  the  great  inter- 
est taken  in  this  particular  plant  in  Europe,  is  evidence 
that  many  varieties  must  be  very  similar  where  the  range 
of  color  extends  only  from  pure  white  through  -shades  of 
scarlet  to  purple,  and  with  only  a  few  varieties  that  are 
in  any  way  a  satisfactory  yellow  shade.  The  yellow- 
flowered  forms  at  best  are  hardly  deeper  than  a  rich 
buff  or  light  lemon,  and  while  these  shades  are  distinctly 
yellow  in  their  effect,  still  there  is  no  clear  golden  yellow 
yet  offered  in  the  trade.  j.  WOODWARD  MANNING. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


311 


Alphabetical  list  of  species  of  Chrysanthemums  de- 
scribed below  (many  of  these  names  are  more  familiar 
as  Pyrethrums):  C.  achillesefolium,  1;  anethifolium,  9; 
(itrox(i)t(ji(uieum,  10  ;  aureum,  4  ;  Balsamita,  12  ;  Bur- 
ridtjea mint,  5  ;  carinatum,  5  ;  cinerariaefolium,  11;  coc- 
cineum,  10;  coronarium,  7;  corymbosum,  2;  Dunnetti,5; 
fometttoceum,  9;  frutescens,8;  hybridum,10;  Indicum, 
19  ;  Japonicum,  19  ;  lacustre,  15  ;  latifolium,  15  ;  Leu- 
canthemum,  18;  maximum,  16;  morifolium,  20;  multi- 
caule,  14:  partheni  folium,  4  ;  Parthenium,  3  ;  prtealtum, 
4;  P.  roseum,  10;  C.  segetum,  13;  Sinense,  20;  tri- 
color, 5  ;  Tchihatchewii,  6;  uliginosum,  17;  venustum,  5. 

A.   Lvs.  cut  to  the  midrib  or  nearly  so. 

B.  Fls.borne  incorymbs,  i.e.,  flat-topped,  dense  clusters. 

c.   Mays  yellow. 

1.  achilleaefdlium,  DC.  (Achillea  aurea,  Lam.).    Per- 
ennial, 2  ft.  high:  stem  usually  unbranched,  except  along 
the  creeping  and  rooting  base  :  stems  and  Ivs.  covered 
with  fine,  soft,  grayish  white  hairs,  oblong  in  outline, 
about  1  in.  long,  %in.  wide,  finely  cut:  rays  7-8,  short,  a 
little  longer  than  the  involucre.     Siberia,  Caucusus.— 
Rare  in  cult.   Less  popular  than  the  Achilleas  with  larger 
flower  clusters. 

cc.   Kays  white. 
D.    Stems  grooved,  striate,  or  angled. 

2.  corymbdsum,  Linn.    Robust  perennial,  1-4  ft.  high: 
stem  branched  at  the  apex  :  Ivs.  sometimes  6  in.  long, 
3  in.  wide,  widest  at  middle  and  tapering  both  ways,  cut 
to  the  very  midrib,  the  segments  alternating  along  the 
midrib.     Eu.,  N.  Africa,  Caucasus.     G.  C.  II.  20:201.— 
Rare  in  cult.    Segments  may  be  coarsely  or  finely  cut, 
and  Ivs.  glabrous  or  villous  beneath. 

3.  Parthenium,  Bernh.     FEVERFEW.     Glabrous    per- 
ennial, 1-3  ft.  high  :    stem  usually  branched,  especially 
toward  the  top :  flower  cluster  sometimes  very  open  and 
loose,  especially  in  cultivation:  fls.  %in.  across,  whitish: 
rays  twice  as  long  as  the  involucre  :  pappus  a  minute 
crown.    Naturalized  from  Eu.  and  escaped  from  old  gar- 
dens in  Atlantic  states.— The  single  form  cult,  in  old 
physic  gardens,  and  the  full  double  white  form  com- 
monly cult,  for  ornament.    Foliage  has  a  strong,  bitter 
odor.    The  foliage  plants  commonly  advertised  under 
this  specific  name  belong  to  No.  4. 

DD.    Stems  not  grooved  or  striated. 

4.  praealtum,  Vent.  (P.  partheni folium,  Willd. ) .  Per- 
ennial, 6  in.  high  or  more  :  pubescent,   or    becoming 


nearly  smooth :  rays  thrice  as  long  as  the  involucre.  Asia 
Minor,  Persia.  Var.  aureum,  Hort.  (P.  aureum,  Hort. ),  is 
the  GOLDEN  FEATHER  commonly  used  for 
carpet  bedding.  It  has  yellow  foliage, 
which  becomes  green  later  in  the  season, 
especially  if  flowers  are  allowed  to  form. 


460.   Chrysanthemum  Burridgeanum  (X 
A  popular  strain  of  the  summer-flowering  annual,  C.  carinatum. 


461.  The  Marguerite  or  Paris  Daisy. 
(Chrysanthemum  frutescens.) 


It  is  used  tor  edgings.   Fig.  459.   Var.  aureum  crispum, 
Hort.,  is  dwarf,  compact,  with  foliage  curled  like  parsley. 
Var.  selaglnoides  and  var.  laciniatum,  Hort.,  are  distinct 
horticultural  forms.    Var.  glaucum,  Hort.,  has  dusty 
white  foliage,  and  does  not  flower  until  the  second  year. 
Int.  by  Damman  &  Co.,  1895.    All  these  varieties  are 
prop,  by  seeds.—  This  species  is  considered  not  distinct 
from  No.  3  by  Voss  in  Vilmorin's  Blumengartnerei. 
BB.   Fls.  borne  singly,  on  the  branches  or  stems. 
C.   Disk  dark  purple. 

5.  carinatum,  Schousb.  (C.  tricolor,  And.).     Fig.  460. 
Glabrous  annual,  2  ft.  high  :  stem  much  branched  :  Ivs. 
rather  fleshy:  fls.  about  2  in.  across,  with  typically  white 
rays  and  a  yellow  ring  at  the  base.    Summer.    These  two 
colors  together  with  the  dark  purple  disk  gave  rise  to 
the  name  "tricolor."   The  typical  form  introduced  into 
England  from  Morocco  in  1798  was  pictured  in  B.M.  508 
(1799).     By   1856   signs   of    doubling    appeared    (F.  S. 
11:1099).    In  1858  shades  of  red  in  the  rays  appeared  in 
a  strain  introduced  by  F.  K.  Burridge,  of  Colchester, 
Eng.,  and  known  as  C.  Burridgedmim,  Hort.  (see  B.M, 
5095,  which  shows  the  ring  of  red  on  the  rays,  adding 
a  fourth  color  to  this  remarkably  brilliant  and  varied 
flower,  and  F.S.  13:1313,  which  also  shows  C.  venustum, 
Hort.,  in  which  the  rays  are  entirely  red,  except  the 
original  yellow  circle  at  the  base).    C.  annulatum,  Hort., 
is  another  name  for  the  kinds  with  circular  bands  of  red, 
maroon,  or  purple  (R.H.  1869:  450).    C.  ZHittfMtti/Hort.. 
is  the  name  of  another  seed-grower's  strain.    There  are 
full  double  forms  in  yellow,  margined  red,  and  white, 
margined  red,  the  fls.  3  in.  across  (see  R.H.  1874:410). 
See,  also,  Gn.  26,  p.  440 ;  10,  p.  213,  and  21 :  319.  R.H.  1874, 
p.  412.    S.H.  2:477.  — The  commonest  and  gaudiest  of 
annual  Chrysanthemums,  easily  distinguished  by  the 
keeled  or  ridged  scales  of  involucre  and  the  dark  purple 
disk.   " Carinatum"  means  "keeled." 

cc.  Disk  yellow. 
D.    Height  less  than  1  ft. 

6.  Tchihatchewii,  Hort.    TURFING    DAISY.     Densely 
tufted  plant  for  carpeting  dry,  waste  places.   Height  2-9 


312 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


in.:  stems  numerous,  rooting  at  the  base:  foliage  dark 
green,  finely  cut:  fls.  borne  profusely  for  several  weeks 
in  midsummer  :  rays  white.  Siberia  or  Asia  Minor  ? 
R.H.  1869,  p.  380  and  1897,  p.  470.  Gn.  26,  p.  443. -Prop, 
by  division  of  roots  or  simply  by  cutting  the  rooted 
stems,  but  chiefly  by  seeds.  This  has  never  been  fully 
described,  and  it  is  possible  that  the  Ivs.  may  not  be  cut 
to  the  midrib  or  near  it. 

DD.    Height  more  than  1  ft. 

E.    Plants  annual. 

1.  coronarium,  Linn.  (Anthemis  corondria,  Hort. ). 
Height  3-4  ft. :  Ivs.  bipinnately  parted,  somewhat  clasp- 
ing or  eared  at  the  base,  glabrous,  the  segments  closer 
together  than  in  C.  carinatum:  involucral  scales  broad, 
scarious  :  rays  lemon  colored  or  nearly  white.  July- 
Sept.  Mediterranean.  Gn.  26:467.  G.C.  II.  19:  541.- 
The  full  double  forms, with  rays  reflexed  and  imbricated, 
are  more  popular  than  the  single  forms.  This  and  C. 
carinatum  are  the  common  "  summer  Chrysanthemums." 
This  is  common  in  old  gardens,  and  is  also  slightly  used 
for  bedding  and  for  pot  culture. 

EE.    Plants  perennial. 

F.    Greenhouse  plants,   shrubby  at  the   base :    stems 
branched  at  the  top :  rays  white  or  lemon. 

G.    Foliage  not  glaucous. 

8.  frutescens,    Linn.     MARGUERITE.     PARIS    DAISY. 
Fig.  461.     Usually  glabrous,   3   ft.   high  :    Ivs.   fleshy, 
green  :    fls.  numerous,  always  single  :    rays  typically 
white,   with   a   lemon-colored    (never    pure    yellow   or 
golden)   form.     Canaries.    G.C.  II.  13:561.     Gn.  12,  p. 
255;  17,  p.  5,  and  26,  p.  445. -Int.  into  Eng.  1699.    This 
is  the  popular  florists'  Marguerite,  which  can  be  had  in 
flower   the  year  round,   but    is    especially   grown    for 
winter  bloom.  Var.  grandiflorum,  Hort.,  is  the  large-fld. 
prevailing  form.    The  lemon-colored  form  seems  to  have 
originated  about  1880.    Under  this  name  an  entirely  dis- 
tinct species  has  also  been  passing  for  about  a  century, 
yet  it  has  never  been  advertised  separately  in  the  Amer. 
trade.    See  No.  9. 

GG.    Foliage  glaucous. 

9.  anethifblium,   Brouss.    (C.   fwniciilaceum,    Steud. 
P.  fceniculdceum,va,r.  bipinnatifidum,DC.).   GLAUCOUS 
MARGUERITE.    Pig.  462.   Rarer  in  cult,  than  No.  8  (which 
see),  but  distinguished  by  its  glaucous  hue  and  by  the 
way  in  which  the  Ivs.  are  cut.    The  segments  of  No.  9 
are  narrower,  more  deeply  cut,  and  more  distant.    The 
Ivs.  are  shorter  petioled.    Canaries.  — The  dried  speci- 
men in  the  Garden  Herbarium  of   Cornell  University 


462.  Leaves  of  common  and  glaucous  Marguerites  (Chry- 
santhemum frutescens  and  anethifolium). 
Showing  the  difference.    Glaucous  kind  on  the  right. 

Experiment  Station  from  a  plant  long  cultivated  in 
Sage  conservatories  was  identified  by  L.  H.  B.  with  the 
picture  in  Andrews'  Botanical  Register  272,  published 


early  in  the  century,  since  when  the  plant  has  almost 
never  been  mentioned  in  garden  literature.    This  spe- 
cies is  doubtless  cult,  in  Amer.  greenhouses  as  C '.  fru- 
tescens.    A  lemon-fid,   form 
is    shown   in   R.H.   1845:61 

^-"-'"•li&c^-.  but   erroneously    called    C. 

&^£&S£i^         frutescens. 

FF.     Hardy    herbs :     stems 
usually  unbranched : 
rays    white    or    red, 
never  yellow. 
G.    Foliage  not  glaucous: 
fls.  sometimes  double. 
10.  coccineum,   Willd. 
(Pyrithrum    rbseum,  Bieb. 


463.   Chrysanthemum    coc- 
cineum. 

The  familiar  Pyrethrum  roseum 
of  the  gardens. 


464.  Costmary  or  Mint 
Geranium—  Chrysanthe" 
mum  Balsamita,  var. 
tanacetoides. 


P.  hybridum,  Hort.).  Fig.  463.  Glabrous,  1-2  ft.  high: 
stem  usually  unbranched,  rarely  branched  at  the  top  : 
Ivs.  thin,  dark  green,  or  in  dried  specimens  dark  brown: 
involucral  scales,  with  a  brown  margin  :  rays  white  or 
red  in  such  shades  as  pink,  carmine,  rose,  lilac,  and 
crimson,  and  sometimes  tipped  yellow,  but  never  wholly 
yellow.  Caucasus,  Persia.  F.S.  9:917.  Gn.  26,  pp.  440, 
443.  Gng.  2:7  and  5:309.  R.H.  1897,  p.  521.  Not  B.M. 
1080,  which  is  G.  coronopi folium.  The  first  picture  of  a 
full  double  form  is  R.H.  1864:71.  — This  species  is  the 
most  important  and  variable  of  all  the  hardy  herba- 
ceous kinds.  There  have  been  perhaps  600  named  horti- 
cultural varieties.  There  is  an  anemone-fld.  form  with 
a  high  disk.  The  species  is  also  cult,  in  Calif,  and 
France  for  insect  powder.  C.  atrosanguineum,  Hort.,  is 
said  to  be  a  good  horticultural  variety  with  dark  crim- 
son fls. 

GG.    Foliage  glaucous  :  fls.  never  double. 

11.  cinerariaefolium,  Vis.  Glaucous,  slender,  12-15  in. 
high  :  stems  unbranched,  with  a  few  short,  scattered 
hairs  below  the  fl. :  Ivs.  long-petioled,  silky  beneath, 
with  distant  segments  :  involucral  scales  scarious  and 
whitish  at  the  apex.  Dalmatia.  B.M.  6781. -The  chief 
source  of  Dalmatian  insect  powder.  Rarely  cult,  as  a 
border  plant.  Ccmmon  in  botanic  gardens. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 

AA.    Lvs.  not  cut  to  the  midrib :'  the  primary  incisions 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


313 


B.  Fls.  borne  in  flat-topped  clusters. 
12.  Balsamita,  Willd.  (Tanacetnm  Balsamita, 
Tall  and  stout  :  Ivs.  sweet-scented,  oval  or  oblonir.  ol>- 


465.    Chrysanthemum  lacustre. 


tuse,  margined  with  blunt  or  sharp  teeth,  lower  ones 
petioled,  upper  ones  almost  sessile,  the  largest  Ivs.  5-11 
in.  long,  l%-2  in.  wide.  W.  Asia.  — Typically  with  short 
white  rays,  but  when  they  are  absent  the  plant  is  var. 
tanacetoides,  Boiss.  COSTMARY.  MINT  GERANIUM.  Fig. 
464.  Also  erroneously  known  as  lavender.  This  has  es- 
caped in  a  few  places  from  old  gardens. 

BB.    Fls.  borne  singly  on  the  branches  or  stems. 
c.    Plants  annual :   foliage  glaucous  :  rays  golden 
yellow. 

13.  segetum,  Linn.   CORN  MARIGOLD.  Annual,  1-l^ft. 
high  :    Ivs.  sparse,    clasping,  very    variable,    incisions 
coarse  or  fine,  deep  or  shallow,  but  usually  only  coarsely 
serrate,  with  few  and  distant  teeth.    June-Aug.    Eu., 
N.  Afr.,  W.  Asia.     Gn.  18,  p.  195.     R.H.  1895,  pp.448, 
449.  — Var.  grandiflorum,  Hort.,  is  a  larger-fld.  form  of 
this  weed,  which  is  common  in  the  English  grain  fields. 
The  var.  Cloth  of  Gold,  J.H.  III.  12:445,  is  probably  the 
oest.    This  species  is  much  less  popular  than  P.  carina- 
tum  and  coronarium.   It  is  also  forced  to  a  slight  extent 
for  winter  bloom.  "  Segetum"  means  "  of  the  corn  fields." 

14.  multicaule,  Desf.    Glabrous  and  glaucous  annual, 
6-12  in.  high  :    stems  numerous,  simple  or  branched, 
stout,   terete  :    Ivs.    fleshy,    variable,    usually    linear  - 
spatulate,  1-3  in.  long  and  %-%  in.  broad,  very  coarsely 
toothed  or  lobed,  sometimes  shorter,  with  few  narrow- 
linear,  acute,  entire  segments  about  1  line  broad  :  rays 
much  shorter  and  rounder  than  in   No.   13.     Algeria. 
B.M.  6930.  — Rarer  in  cult,  than  No.  13.    Said  to  be  use- 
less as  a  cut-flower. 

cc.    Plants  perennial  :   foliage  not  glaucous  (except  in 

wild  forms  of  No.  20). 
D.    Rays  always  white:  lls.  never  double:  practically 

never  cult,  under  glass. 

15.  lacustre,   Brot.    (C.   latifblium,  DC.).     Fig.  465. 
This  is  endlessly  confused  with  C.  maximum    in  gar- 
dens, and  the  two  species  are  very  variable  and  difficult 
to  distinguish.   The  fls.  cannot  be  told  apart.    C.  lacustre 
is  a  taller  and  much  more  vigorous  plant,  and  some- 
times it  is  branched  at  the  top,  bearing  3  fls.,  while  C. 
maximum  is  always  1-fld.    Height  3-6  ft. :  stem  sparsely 
branched  :    Ivs.  partly  clasping,  ovate-lanceolate,  with 
coarse,  hard  teeth:  fls.  not  distinguishable  from  No.  16: 
rays   about  1   in.  long  ;    pappus  of  the  ray  2-3-eared. 
Portugal,  along  rivers,  swamps  and  lakes.    R.H.  1857, 
p.  456. -According  to  R.  Irwin  Lynch,  in  Gn.  26,  p.  441, 
C.  lacustre  has  coriaceous;  oval  Ivs.  about  3   times  as 


long  as  broad,  while  in  C.  maximum  the  Ivs.  are  5  times 
as  long  as  broad.  H.  Cannell,  Swanley,  Eng.,  says  that 
C.  lacustre  is  2  ft.  high  and  blooms  3  weeks  before  C. 
inn. rim  um.  With  Woolson,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  it  grows  4-5 
ft.  high.  The  rays  in  Fig.  465  are  rather  shorter  than 
usual. 

16.  maximum,  Ramond.     Fig.  466.     This  species  has 
narrower  Ivs.  than  No.  15,  and  they  are  narrowed  at  the 
base.     Height  1  ft. :  stem  more  angled  than  the  above, 
simple  or  branched  at  the  very  base,  always  1-fld.  and 
leafless  for  3-4  in.  below  the  fl. :  lower  Ivs.   petioled, 
wedge-shaped  at  the  base,  lanceolate,  dentate  from  the 
middle  to  the  apex;  stem-lvs.  sessile,  wide-  or  narrow - 
hmceolate,  typically    serrate    throughout    their    whole 
length,  but  variable,  as  in  Fig.  466  :  pappus  none  :   in- 
volucral   scales  narrower  and   longer,  whitish-transpa- 
rent  at    the   margin,   while   those  of   C.    lacustre    are 
broader,  more  rounded  at  the  apex,  and  with  a  light 
brown,  scarious  margin.    Pyrenees.  — For  other  pictures 
of  these  two  species,  see  J.H.  III.  5:25,  and  Gn.  26,  p.  437. 
Var.  filif6rmis,*Hort.,  "with  long,  narrow,  thread-like 
petals."  Int.  1899.    Var.  Triumph  has  "fls.  4  in.  across, 
with  broad,  overlapping  petals." 

17.  uligindsum,  Pers.(P.  uligindsum,Waldst.).   GIANT 
DAISY.    Stout,  erect  bush,  4-5  ft.  high,  with  light  green 
foliage:  stem  nearly  glabrous,  striate,  branching  above, 
rather   deeply   serrate,   roughish  :    fls.   2-3    in.  across. 
Hungary.    B.M.  2706.    A.F.  4:  523  and  8:  813.   Gng.  2:375- 
and5:183.   A.G.19:403.   R.H.  1894,  p.  82.    Gt.  46,  p.  103. 
G.  C.  II.  10:  493.   Gn.  26,  p.  442  and  38,  p.  523. -Next  to  C. 
coccineum,  this  is  the  most  popular  of  the  hardy  herba- 
ceous kinds.     In  A.F.  4:465  Wm.  Falconer  shows  a  2- 
year-old  plant  6  ft.  high,  17  ft.  in  circumferen'ce   at  a 
point  4  ft.  from  the  ground,  and  carrying  thousands  of 
flowers.    It  blooms  the  first  year  from  seed  or  division, 
and  has  been  forced  for  Easter  somewhat  as  Hydrangea 
paniculata  can  be  treated.     Excellent  for  cut-fls.     The 


466.   Chrysanthemum  maximum. 

blossoms  should  be  cut  soon  after  opening,  as  the  disks 
darken  with  age.  The  plant  needs  a  rich,  moist  soil, 
and  deserves  a  greater  popularity.  "Uliginosum 
"inhabiting  swampy  places." 


314 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSOGONUM 


18.  Leucanthemum,  Linn.  OX-EYE  DAISY.  WHITE- 
WEED.  Fig.  467-  Glabrous  weed,  1-2  ft.  high  :  root-lvs. 
long-petioled,  with  a  large,  oval  blade  and  coarse, 

rounded  notches;  stem- 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  becom- 
ing narrower  toward 
the  top,  serrate,  with 
few  distant  and  sharp- 
er teeth.  June,  July. 
Eu.,  N.  Asia. -One  of 
the  commonest  weeds 
in  the  eastern  states, 
being  the  characteristic 
plant  of  New  England's 
worn  out  meadows. 
The  daisies  are  never 
cultivated,  but  they 
are  often  gathered  for 
decoration,  and  make 
excellent  cut-flowers. 
See,  also,  Daisy. 

DD.  Hays  many-col- 
ored :  fls.  often 
double :  the  com- 
mon "Chrysanthe- 
mums "  of  the  flo- 
rists. 

19.  Indicum,  Linn. 
(C.  Japdnicum, 
Thunb.).  The  wild 
plants  native  to  China 
and  Japan  are  dwarfer 
than  C.  mori  folium, 
with  Ivs.  thinner,  more 
sharply  cut,  and  green 
on  both  sides,  not  glau- 
cous: involucral  scales 
with  wider  and  more 
scarious  margins  :  no 
467.  Ox-eye  Daisy,  or  Whiteweed.  chaff-  fls.  smaller,  nu- 
(Chrysanthemum  Leucanthemum.)  mejous,  and  with  rays 

always      yellow       and 

short,  not  much  longer  than  the  involucre.  For  pictures 
of  wild  plants,  see  G.  C.  III.  8:  565  and  G.  M.  33:729.- 
Neither  this  species  nor  the  next  grows  wild  in  India, 
and  the  name  given  by  Linnaeus  was  inappropriate. 
This  species  has  varied  greatly  in  cultivation,  and  its 

Srogenyhas  been  hybridized  with  that  of  C.  morifolium. 
either  species  in  its  pure  form  is  in  cultivation.  Un- 
fortunately, it  is  not  possible  to  definitely  trace  the 
origin  of  any  of  the  main  horticultural  types,  races  or 
sections.  See  historical  sketch  above.  C.  Indicum  is 
often  used  in  Germany  in  a  wide  sense,  including  G. 


20.  morifdlium,  Ramatuelle  (G.  Sintnse,  Sabine).  The 
wild  plants  in  Japan  and  China  are  more  robust  than  G. 
Indicum,  2-4  ft.  high,  more  or  less  tomentose,  with 
very  variable  Ivs.,  which  are  usually  ovate  in  outline, 
sinuately  cut  and  lobed,  thick,  firm,  leathery,  long-peti- 
oled, and  glaucous  beneath:  fls.  larger  and  fewer,  with 
rays  never  (?)  yellow;  involucral  scales  with  narrower 
scarious  margins:  chaff  present  on  the  disk.  — This  spe- 
cies was  founded  upon  a  cultivated  and  double  form,  and 
there  have  been  different  opinions  as  to  the  original 
wild  progenitor.  The  above  definition  is  an  enlargement 
of  Hemsley's,  in  G.C.  III.  6:  522.  B.M.  327  (erroneously 
named  C.  Indicum).  Fig.  468  is  the  original  double 
purple-flowered,  partly  quilled  variety,  on  which  Rama- 
tuelle, in  1792,  founded  the  species  C.  morifolium. 

C.  inodbrum,  Linn.=Matricaria  inodora.  W.  M. 

CHRYSOBACTRON  (golden  wand,  from  the  Greek). 
Liliacece.  Two  New  Zealand  bulbs,  bearing  many  small 
yellow  fls.  in  a  long  raceme  on  the  top  of  an  elongated 
scape.  Plant  often  dioecious.  Very  closely  allied  to 
Anthericum,  with  which  Baker  unites  it,  whereas 
Bentham  &  Hooker  refer  it  to  Bulbinella.  C.  Hodkeri, 
Colenso,  is  in  cult,  in  this  country.  It  is  a  hardy  plant 
2-3  ft.  high,  with  sword-like  foliage.  B.M.  4602. -Cult, 
in  the  ordinary  border,  and  treated  like  the  Asphodel, 
they  do  well,  but  are  vastly  improved  in  rich,  deep  and 


rather  moist  soil.  Strong  clumps,  4-6  years  old,  are 
then  at  their  best  and  are  very  excellent  plants.  After 
that  they  should  be  divided.  Prop,  by  division  or  seed. 
Blooms  in  June  and  July.  j.  Bi  KELLER  and  L.  H.  B. 

CHRYSOBALANUS  (golden  acorn,  from  the  Greek, 
referring  to  the  fruit).  Rosacece.  Two  species  in  the 
warm  parts  of  Amer.  and  Afr.  The  COCOA  PLUM,  C. 
Icaco,  Linn.,  grows  on  coasts  and  along  streams  in  S. 
Fla.,  in  south  to  S.  Amer.,  and  also  in  Afr.  It  is  some- 
times planted  in  the  extreme  south  (and  in  the  tropics) 
as  an  ornamental  shrub  and  for  its  sweetish  but  insipid 
and  dry  plum-shaped  fruits.  The  Cocoa  Plum  is  a  mere 
bush  on  the  northern  limits  of  its  distribution,  but  in 
extreme  S.  Fla.  it  reaches  a  height  of  25-30  ft.  It  has 
glossy,  thick  obovate  (sometimes  obcordate)  Ivs.:  fls. 
small  and  white,  in  axillary,  erect  racemes  or  cymes  ; 
calyx  5-cleft,  pubescent  ;  petals  5  ;  stamens  about  20  : 
fr.  1-seeded,  often  1  in.  in  diam.,  varying  from  nearly 
white  to  almost  black.  It  is  best  propagated  by  seeds, 
but  may  also  be  had  from  cuttings  of  half -ripened  wood. 

L.  H.  B. 

CHRYSOCOMA.  See  Linosyris,  for  the  only  species 
in  the  American  trade. 


468.  The  famous  "old  purple" 

Chrysanthemum . 

One  of  the  epoch-making  large- 
flowering  forms  of  C.  morifolium. 
From  the  original  picture  in  The 
Botanical  Magazine  for  Feb.  1, 
1796,  plate  327. 


CHKYSODIUM.    See  Acrostichum. 


CHRYSOGONUM  (Greek-made  name,  golden  knee  or 
joint).  Compdsitw.  C.  Virginianum,  Linn.,  is  a  peren- 
nial yellow-fld.  plant  of  S.  Penn.  and  south,  which  is 
sometimes  cult,  as  a  border  plant.  It  blooms  in  spring 
or  early  summer  on  stems  which  become  1  ft.  high,  the 


CHRYSOGONUM 


CHYSIS 


315 


heads  being  solitary  and  peduncled  in  the  axils.  Lvs. 
ovate  and  mostly  obtuse,  crenate.  Prop,  by  creeping 
rootstocks  and  runners.  Of  little  merit  horticulturally. 

CHRYSOPHYLLUM  (Greek,  golden  leaf,  in  reference 
to  the  color  of  the  under  surface  of  the  handsome  leaves) . 
Sai><>tacece.  Many  species  of  trees,  with  milky  juice, 
widfly  distributed  in  the  tropics.  Fls.  small,  solitary  at 
the  nodes  or  in  fascicles ;  calyx  mostly  5-parted ;  corolla 
tubular-campanulate,  usually  5-lobed  or  -parted  ;  sta- 
mens 5,  standing  on  the  corolla  tube :  fr.  usually  fleshy, 
sometimes  edible.  C.  Cainito,  Linn.,  is  the  STAR  APPLE, 
Fig.  469.  The  fruit  is  the  size  of  an  apple,  symmetrically 


469.  Chrysophyllum  Cainito  (X 


globular  and  smooth.  A  cross-section  shows  the  star- 
shaped  core,  whence  the  common  name.  It  varies  from 
white  to  purple  in  color  of  skin  and  also  of  flesh.  The 
pulp  is  delicious  (used  uncooked)  if  the  fruit  is  allowed 
to  remain  on  the  tree  until  ripe.  It  has  large,  pumpkin- 
like  seeds.  The  tree  reaches  a  height  of  25  to  30  ft.  It  is 
very  impatient  of  frost.  It  is  native  to  the  W.  Indies. 
I.H.  32:  567.  A.G.  11:  405.  C.  olivif6rme,Lam.,  is  also  in 
the  Amer.  trade,  but  as  an  ornamental  plant.  It  is  a 
smaller  West  Indian  tree,  native  also  in  extreme  S.  Fla. 
Lvs.  like  those  of  the  last:  stigma  5-crenate  (in  C.  Cai- 
nito 8-10-crenate)  :  fr.  ovoid-oblong  and  small,  1-seeded, 
blackish,  insipid.  These  plants  are  allied  to  the  Sapodillo. 
The  various  species  of  Chrysophyllum  have  beautiful 
broad  green  leaves,  with  under  surfaces  of  a  silky  texture, 
varying  in  color  from  a  silvery  white,  through  golden,  to 
a  russet  brown,  and  are  well  worth  a  place  in  the  con- 
servatory as  ornamental  trees.  By  giving  them  sufficient 
room,  they  will  bear  fruit  in  the  course  of  a  few  years, 
under  glass,  which  in  the  case  of  C.  Cainito,  the  Star 
Apple  of  the  West  Indies,  is  edible,  and  well  liked  even 
by  people  of  a  temperate  clime.  All  species  are  strictly 
tropical,  and  cannot  be  grown  where  frosts  occur  unless 
properly  protected.  Propagation  is  ordinarily  effected 
by  seeds,  which  readily  germinate  if  planted  when  fresh, 
and  it  is  stated  that  all  species  may  be  grown  from  cut- 
tings of  well-ripened  shoots  placed  in  strong,  moist  heat. 
The  soil  most  suited  for  their  growth  is  of  a  sandy  char- 
acter, and  if  not  of  a  good  quality  should  be  well  manured, 
using  a  considerable  proportion  of  potash  in  the  fertilizer 
for  fruiting  specimens.  They  seem  to  do  well  on  a 
great  variety  of  soils,  however,  that  are  sufficiently  well 
drained,  wet  land  not  agreeing  with  them. 

E.  N.  REASONER  and  L.  H.  B. 

CHRYSOPOGON  (golden  beard).  Graminece.  Very 
like  Andropogon,  with  which  some  authors  unite  it  : 
differs  in  having  spikelets  in  pairs  (or  sometimes  in  3's), 
the  lateral  ones  stalked  and  sterile  or  often  reduced  to 
mere  pedicels,  only  the  middle  or  terminal  one  fertile. 
C.  nutans,  Benth.  (Andropdgon  avendceus,  Michx.),  is  in 
the  trade.  It  is  native  on  dry  soils  in  the  eastern  U.  S., 
growing  2-5  ft.  high  :  perennial  :  culm  unbranched, 
terete:  Ivs.  glaucous  and  narrow,  short:  panicle  narrow, 
with  nodding,  shining  yellowish  spikelets.  Useful  for 
the  wild  border.  L.  H.  B. 


CHEYSOPSIS  (golden  appearance, 'from  the  heads). 
Compdsitce.  Allied  to  Solidago  and  Erigeron;  N.  Ameri- 
can. Heads  of  medium  size  and  many-fld.,  usually  with 
numerous  yellow  rays  ;  involucre  bell-shaped  or  hemi- 
spherical, of  imbricated  bracts  :  akenes  compressed, 
bearing  a  pappus  of  numerous  hair-like  bristles.  C.  vil- 
Idsa,  Nutt.,  is  the  only  species  in  the  trade.  It  is  widely 
distributed  from  111.  W.,  N.  and  S. :  1-2  ft.,  grayish 
pubescent :  Ivs.  oblong  to  lanceolate,  entire  or  few- 
toothed  :  heads  usually  at  the  ends  of  leafy  branches, 
aster-like  in  shape.  Extremely  variable,  and  has  several 
named  forms.  Mn.  7:101.  Var.  Rutteri,  Rothr.,  is  larger 
and  later.  Of  value  as  a  border  plant.  Cult,  the  same 
as  Aster.  Perennials,  but  bloom  the  first  year  from 
seed,  if  sown  early.  L.  jj.  B. 

CHRYSOSPLENIUM  AMERICANUM,  Schw.  (name 
from  golden  and  spleen,  referring  to  some  old  medicinal 
tradition).  Saxifragacew.  A  native  plant  creeping 
in  mud,  which  is  sold  for  bog-planting.  Stems  fork- 
ing, bearing  roundish  or  cordate  small  mostly  opposite 
Ivs.,  with  very  small,  nearly  sessile,  greenish,  incon- 
spicuous fls.  Scarcely  known  in  cult. 

CHRYStTRUS  CYNOSUROlDES.    See  Lamarckia. 

CHUFA.  The  edible  subterranean  tubers  of  Cyperus 
esculentus,  Linn.,  much  prized  in  the  S.  They  are  eaten 
raw  or  baked,  or  used  for  the  making  of  coffee.  The  plant 
is  sometimes  cult,  in  the  N.,  but  it  will  not  withstand  the 
winter.  The  tubers  are  oblong,  ^-%  in.  long,  cylindri- 
cal, hard.  The  plant  is  grass-like,  and  in  the  N.  does 
not  flower.  Nuts  are  planted  in  the  spring,  and  the  new 
crop  is  ready  for  digging  in  the  fall. 

CHYSIS  (Greek  for  melting,  alluding  to  the  pollen 
masses).  Orchiddcece,  tribe  Vdndew.  A  genus  of  or- 
chids found  in  Trop.  Amer.,  pendulous  from  trees. 
Pseudobulbs  usually  spindle-shaped,  attenuate  toward 
the  base,  leafy  upwards :  Ivs.  broadly-lanceolate,  plicate, 
conspicuously  nerved,  bases  sheathing:  fls.  fleshy,  few 
to  many,  in  lateral  racemes  from  the  young  growths  ; 
lateral  sepals  adnate  to  base  of  column  ;  labellum  3- 
lobed,  with  5  whitish  callosities  near  the  base.  The 
species  bloom  in  spring  and  early  summer.  Handsome 
orchids,  requiring  tropical  treatment  ;  not  largely 
grown  in  American  collections.  Remove  to  a  lower  or 
intermediate  temperature  when  resting.  Grown  in  pots 
or  baskets,  in  peat  and  moss. 

aurea,  Lindl.  About  1  ft.  high:  Ivs.  about  5, 10-15  in. 
long:  fls.  2  in.  in  diam. ;  petals  and  sepals  oval-oblong, 
reddish  yellow,  pale  yellow  at  the  base:  lateral  lobes  of 
labellum  incurved,  midlobe  roundish,  spotted  with  red 
and  yellow.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  3617.  — There  is  a  var. 
maculata. 

bractescens,  Lindl.  Sepals  and  petals  cuneate-oblong, 
concave ;  labellum  white  outside,  yellow,  streaked  and 
stained  with  red  inside:  fls.  3  in.  in  diam.  From  Mex., 
found  at  an  altitude  of  1,500  ft.  B.M.  5186.  R.H.  1859, 
pp.  294,  295.  I.H.  27:398.  J.H.  III.  28:263.-One  of  the 
most  showy  orchids. 

Isevis,  Lindl.  More  robust  than  the  preceding:  Ivs. 
shorter  than  the  pseudobulbs  :  racemes  9-10-fld.,  from 
among  sheathing  scales  of  new  growth  ;  fls.  2%  in.  in 
diam. ;  sepals  bright  yellow,  upper  one  linear-oblong, 
lateral  ones  acuminate,  about  1  in.  long;  petals  yellow, 
falcate ;  labellum  yellow  with  streaks  and  dots  of 
orange.  Mex.,  1840. 

Limminghei,  Lind.  &  Reichb.  f .  Stems  short  :  ra- 
cemes about  5-fld. ;  sepals  and  petals  oblong-lanceolate, 
blush-white  tipped  with  rosy  mauve  ;  lateral  lobes  of 
labellum  obtuse,  yellow  streaked  with  crimson,  mid- 
lobe  large,  pink-lilac  striped  with  rose-mauve.  From 
Mex.,  near  the  sea-coast.  B.M.  5265. 

Chelsoni,  Hort.  (C.  bractescens  x  C.  Icevis).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  narrow  :  raceme  6  in.  long  and  curved,  with  5-6 
yellow  and  purple-blotched  fls. 

Sedeni,  Hort.  (C.  Limminghei  x  C.  bractescens).  Fls. 
much  like  those  of  C.  bractescens  but  smaller,  white, 
petals  with  mauve  streaks;  lip  more  like  that  of~<7, 
Limminghei,  yellow  or  whitish.  OAKES  AMES. 


316 


CIBOTIUM 


CINCHONA 


CIBOTIUM  (Greek,  a  little  seed-vessel).  Cyathedcece. 
A  small  genus  of  tree-ferns  from  Mexico  and  Polynesia, 
with  copious,  bivalved,  coriaceous  indusia,  differing  from 
Dicksonia  in  having  the  outer  valve  entirely  distinct 
from  the  leaf.  For  culture,  see  Dicksonia. 

C.  Barometz  is  the  plant  that  gave  rise  to  the  wonder- 
ful stories  of  the  Barometz  or  Scythian  Lamb  (Fig.  470), 
which,  according  to  Bauhin,  1650,  had  wool,  flesh  and 


470.  The  Scythian  Lamb.    See  Cibotium  Barometz. 

blood,  and  a  root  attached  to  the  navel.  The  plant  was 
said  to  resemble  a  lamb  in  every  respect,  but  grew  on  a 
stalk  about  a  yard  high,  and  turning  about  and  bending 
to  the  herbage,  consumed  the  foliage  within  reach,  and 
then  pined  away  with  the  failure  of  the  food  until  it 
died.  Wolves  sought  it  and  ate  it  as  if  it  were  a  true 
lamb.  In  1725  Breyne,  of  Dantzig,  declared  that  the 
Barometz  was  only  the  root  of  a  large  fern,  covered  with 
its  natural  yellow  down  and  accompanied  by  stems, 
which  had  been  placed  in  museums  in  an  inverted  posi- 
tion, the  better  to  represent  the  appearance  of  the  legs 
and  horns  of  a  quadruped.  A.G.  12:  258. 

A.    Outer  valve  of  the  indusium  larger,  or  the  valves 
subequal. 

glaucum,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  tripin- 
nate;  pinnules  about  6  in.  long,  taper-pointed;  segments 
close:  outer  valve  of  indusium  larger,  broader  than  the 
inner:  veins  once-  or  twice-forked.  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Barometz,  J.  Sin.  SCYTHIAN  LAMB.  Trunkless  :  Ivs. 
scented,  tripinnate,  the  lower  pinnae  ovate-lanceolate  ; 
pinnules  short- stalked,  4-6  in.  long,  with  falcate  seg- 
ments :  valves  of  the  indusium  nearly  equal  :  veins 
prominent,  rarely  forked.  China. 

AA.    Outer  valve  of  the  indusium  smaller  than 
the  inner. 

Schiedei,  Hook.  Caudex  10-15  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  oblong- 
deltoid,  tripinnate,  with  pinnae  1-2  ft.  long  ;  segments 
falcate,  sharp-pointed:  sori  sparse:  veins  forked,  on  the 
lowest  pinnate.  Mexico. 

regale,  Linden.  Caudex  10-12  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  oblong- 
deltoid,  tripinnate,  with  pinnse  18-24  in.  long  ;  pinnules 
sessile,  with  close,  falcate,  deeply  incised  segments  : 
veins  pinnate  in  the  lobes.  Mex.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CIBOULE.    Consult  Onion. 

ClCCA.    Now  combined  with  Phyllanthus. 

CICER  (old  Latin  name  for  the  Vetch).  Leguminbsce. 
Pea-like  plants,  with  5-parted  calyx,  oblong  turgid 
2-seeded  pod,  mostly  1-fld.  peduncles,  odd-pinnate  Ivs. 
and  toothed  leaflets.  Small  genus,  with  a  Mediterranean- 
Asian  range.  C.  arietinum,  Linn., the  CHICK-PEA, is  some- 
times cult,  in  vegetable  gardens  for  the  edible  ripe  seeds. 
It  is  an  annual  and  is  cult,  the  same  as  bush  beans. 
Withstands  dry  weather  well.  It  grows  2  ft.  high,  making 
a  bushy,  hairy  plant.  Lvs.  with  small,  roundish  leaflets : 
fls.  white  or  reddish,  small,  axillary.  Seed  roundish,  but 
flattened  on  the  sides,  with  a  projection  on  one  side. 
Little  known  in  Amer.,  but  much  cult,  in  S.  Eu.  and  Asia. 

L.  H.  B. 


CICHORIUM  (Arabic  name).  Composite.  A  very  few 
Old  World  herbs,  with  ligulate  corollas,  double-rowed 
scales  to  the  involucre,  angled  akenes,  bristly  or  chaffy 
pappus,  and  blue  fls.  Two  species  are  of  interest  to  the 
horticulturist,  C.  Intybus,  Linn.  (Fig.  436),  the  Chicory, 
and  C.  Endivia,  Linn.,  the  Endive.  See  those  entries  for 
fuller  information. 

CIENKOWSKIA,    See  Kcempferia. 

CIMIClFUGA,  Linn,  (cimex,  a  bug  ;  fugere,  to  drive 
away).  Banunciildcece .  BUGBANE.  Allied  to  Actcea. 
Tall,  hardy,  herbaceous  perennials,  ornamental,  but  bad- 
smelling,  suited  for  the  back  of  borders  or  for  partially 
shaded  places  in  the  wild  garden.  About  10  species,  na- 
tives of  the  north  temperate  zone.  Lvs.  large,  decom- 
pound: fls.  white,  in  racemes  ;  sepals  2-5,  petaloid,  de- 
ciduous; petals  1-8,  small,  clawed,  2-lobed  or  none:  fol- 
licles 1-8,  many-seeded,  sessile  or  stalked  ;  stigma 
broad  or  minute.  Half  shady  or  open  places  ;  any  good 
garden  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  division  of  roots,  in  fall 
or  early  spring. 

Americana,  Michx.  ( Actcea  prodocdrpa,  DC.) .  Slender, 
2-4  ft.  high:  Ivs.  pale  beneath:  fls.  in  elongated  raceme; 
petals  2-horned;  pedicels  nearly  as  long  as  the  fl.:  fol- 
licles 3  or  5,  stalked  :  seeds  in  1  row,  chaffy  :  stamens 
and  pistils  usually  in  same  fl.  Aug.-Sept.  Moist  woods 
of  Alleghanies. 

fdetida,  Linn.  Lvs.  bipinnate,  terminal  1ft.  3-lobed  : 
petals  of  the  white  fls.  often  tipped  with  anthers  ;  no 
staminodia  :  follicles  3-5  ;  seeds  very  chaffy.  Summer. 
Siberia. —Following  var.  only  is  cult. 

Var.  simplex,  Reg.  (C.  simplex,  Wormsk.).  Tall  and 
'handsome  :  fls.  short-pedicelled,  forming  a  fine,  dense 
raceme,  and  at  first  pubescent  :  follicles  short-stalked. 
Kamtschatka. 

racemdsa,  Nutt.  (C.  serpentdria,  Pursh).  Fig.  471. 
Stem  3-8  ft,  high  :  Ivs.  2-3  times  3-4-parted  ;  Ifts. 
mostly  ovate,  firm  texture:  racemes  few,  rigidly  erect, 
often  becoming  2  ft.  long*  follicles  rather  shorter  than 
the  pedicel,  nearly  %  in.  long,  short  style  abruptly  re- 
curved. Very  pretty  in  f r. , with  its  two  rows  of  oval  fol- 
licles always  extending  upward  from  the  lateral 
branches.  July-Aug.  Georgia  to  Canada  and  westward. 
Int.  1891.  Gt."  13:  443.  Gn.  46,  p.  269.  G.C.  II.  10:  557. 
D.  79.  — The  commonest  in  gardens. 

Var.  diss6cta,  Gray  (C.  spicdta,  Hort.).  Lvs.  more 
compound  than  the  type:  small  white  fls.  closely  packed 
on  lateral  and  terminal  branches.  Lasting  until  Sept. 
Del.  and  S.  Penn.  J.H.  III.  33:381. 

C.  cordifblia,  Pursh.  Lvs.  very  broadly  ovate  or  orbicular. 
B.M.  2069.—  C.  eldta,  Nutt.  (C.  fcetida,  Pursh.  Actaea  Cimieif- 
uga,  Linn.).  Used  in  medicine.  Reg.  Veg.  Med.  1:37.—  C.  Ja- 
pdnica,  Spreng.  Three  ft.  high:  Ivs.  very  large.  F.S.  22:2363  (as- 
Pithyrosperma  "acerinum).—  C.  palmdta,  Miohx.  =  Trautvet- 
teria  Carolinensis,  Vail.  j£_  (\  DAVIS. 

CINCHONA  (from  Countess  Chinchon).  Rubidcece. 
This  genus  of  plants  contains,  according  to  Index 
Kewensis,  67  species,  some  of  which  yield  bark  con- 
taining quinine.  The  species  grow  isolated  in  various 
districts  of  the  Andes,  at  elevations  ranging  from  2,300' 
to  9,000  ft.,  and  between  22°  S.  and  10°  N.  latitude. 
Some  of  the  species  are  lofty  trees,  others  are  mere 
shrubs.  The  Ivs.  are  opposite,  with  deciduous  stip- 
ules. The  fls.  are  fragrant,  much  frequented  by  hum- 
ming birds,  white  and  pink  in  color,  growing  in  ter- 
minal panicles.  The  calyx  is  small,  5-toothed,  and 
persistent.  The  corolla  has  a  long  tube  with  5  short, 
spreading,  valvate  lobes,  hairy  at  the  margins.  The  sta- 
mens are  5,  included  in  the  corolla.  The  ovary  is  2- 
celled,  with  very  numerous  ovules  inserted  on  linear 
axile  placentae.  The  capsule  opens  septicidally  from 
the  base  upwards.  The  seeds  are  small,  numerous, 
flat  and  surrounded  with  a  wing. 

Commercial  Cinchona  bark  is  known  under  the  fol- 
lowing names:  "Crown,"  "Loxa,"  or  "Pale  bark,"  yielded 
by  Cinchona  officinalis  and  its  varieties  Condaminea, 
Uritusinqa,  crispa;  "Red  bark,"  from  C.  succirubra  ; 
"Hybrid  bark,"  from  hybrids  of  C.  officinalis  and  C. 
succirubra;  "Royal, "or "Yellow bark, "from  C.  Calisaya 


CINCHONA 


CINCHONA 


317 


and  its  varieties  Ledgeriana   and  rerdf  ;  "Carthftgena 

bark."  from  ('.  landfolia  ;  "Columbian  bark, "from  6'. 
(•>,!•(/:  f»/ia  and  ('.  la  nri  folia  ,-  "(tray  bark,"  from  C. 
inicra  nt/id ,  C.  nitida  and  C.  Per uviana . 

Certain  alkaloids,  namely,  quinine,  quinidine,  cincho- 
nine  and  cinchonidine,  occur  in  these  barks  in  varying 
quantities  in  different  species.  These  alkaloids  possess 
powerful  antiperiodic,  tonic  and  antiseptic  properties. 
In  the  I'.-irks  there  are  also  quinovic  and  other  acids, 
and  other  substances  possessing  astringent  properties 
which  render  them  useful  in  certain  cases,  where  the 
alkaloids  hav»-  failed  to  give  relief. 

The  bark  was  introduced  into  Europe  in  1640,  by  the 
Countess  of  Chinchon,  wife  of  the  Viceroy  of  Peru; 
hence  it  was  called  Countess'  powder  and  Peruvian 
bark,  and  also  Jesuits'  bark,  from  the  knowledge  of  it 
spread  by  that  religious  order.  The  word  quinine  is  de- 
rived from  the  name  by  which  it  was  known  in  Peru, 
<jui>t«<jnina,  or  "bark  of  barks." 

Dr.  Ainslie,  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century,  and 
Dr.  Forbes  Royle,  in  his  work  on  Himalayan  botany  in 
1839.  advocated  the  introduction  of  the  trees  into  India. 
At  length,  in  1859,  Clements  Markham  was  entrusted  by 
the  government  of  India  with  the  task  of  collecting 
plants  and  seeds  on  the  Andes,  and  establishing  them 
in  India.  In  his  book  "Peruvian  Bark  :  a  popular  ac- 
count of  the  introduction  of  Cinchona  cultivation  into 
British  India,"  Markham  recounts  the  difficulties  in  S. 


471.    Cimicifuea 
racemosa. 


Amer.  and  his  final  success.  The  object  of  the  govern- 
ment was  to  put  it  within  the  power  of  the  poorest  na- 
tive to  purchase  a  dose,  and  this  aim  has  been  accom- 
plished. At  any  post  office  in  India,  a  5-grain  dose  may 
be  bought  for  three  pice  (\%  farthings).  The  gov- 
ernment not  only  uses  bark  from  its  own  plantations, 
but  buys  bark  from  Cinchona  planters  at  a  good  price, 


and  is  now  extending  its  own  cultivation  with  seed 
procured  from  Jamaica.  In  Ceylon  the  cultivation  was 
altogether  in  private  hands,  ami  has  been  abandoned  for 
tea.  In  .lava,  the  Dutch  have  been  most  successful,  as 
the  variety  Lr<l(/t'riftnft,  which  is  very  rich  in  quinine, 
is  particularly  well  suited  to  the  climate,  In  Jamaica, 
the  government  plantations  had  realized  by  sales  from 
1880  to  1887,  £17,000  (about  $85,000;,  and  then  the  price 
of  bark  fell  considerably  and  no  more  has  since  been 
exported.  C.  officinalis  has  become  thoroughly  natur- 
alized, and  is  reproducing  itself,  as  if  it  were  in  its  na- 
tive home. 

Culture.  —  The  seedlings  may  be  raised  either  in  boxes 
or  in  beds.  The  boxes  should  not  be  more  than  3  or  4 
in.  deep.  Three-quarter-inch  drainage  holes  should  bo 
made  in  the  bottom,  about  G  in.  apart.  Whitewash  the 
boxes  or  dust  them  inside  with  lime.  Put  pieces  of 
broken  flower-pots  over  the  drainage  holes,  and  cover 
the  bottom  with  gravel  to  a  depth  of  1  in.  The  soil 
should  be  made  up  of  one-third  leaf-mold,  one-third 
good  soil  and  one-third  fine  river  gravel.  These  should 
be  thoroughly  mixed  and  passed  through  a  quarter  - 
inch  sieve.  Fill  the  boxes  to  within  one-quarter  of 
an  inch  of  the  top,  and  slightly  water.  Sow  the  seed 
evenly,  and  sprinkle  over  it  some  of  the  sifted  soil,  only 
just  covering  it.  The  boxes  should  be  under  shade, 
sheltered  from  rain,  and  watered  every  day  with  a  verj 
fine  spray  from  a  watering  can.  The  seedlings  will  ap- 
pear above  the  ground  in  3  or  4  weeks.  If  the  seeds  are 
sown  in  beds,  they  require  the  protection  of  a  roof  slop- 
ing south,  and  supported  by  posts  4  ft.  6  in.  high  on  the 
north,  and  3  ft.  3  in.  on  the  south  side.  The  sides  may 
also  have  to  be  covered  in.  The  breadth  of  the  beds  is 

3  ft.,  and  these  should  be  made  up  of  soil  as  for  the 
boxes.    The  roof  projects  beyond  the  south  posts  suffi- 
ciently to  keep  off  direct  sunlight,  and  in  the  summer 
time,  at  any  rate,  a  narrow  north- roof  must  be  added  at 
right  angles.    If  the  sheds  are  built  under  the  shade  of 
tall  trees  that  keep  off  direct  sunlight,  the  roof  is  only 
needed  for  shelter  from  rain,  and  can  be  constructed 
solely  for  that  purpose.    The  shed  may  run  as  tar  as 
convenient  east  and  west,  and    others  may  be  added 
2K-3  ft.  on  either  side. 

When  the  seedlings  are  13^-2  in.  high,  they  should  be 
transplanted  into  nursery  beds,  made  up  in  the  same 
way  as  for  seeds.  In  transplanting,  use  a  wooden  peg 

4  or  5  in.  long,  %  in.  thick  at  one  end  and  tapering  to  a 
dull  point.    A  seedling  is  picked  up  with  the  left  hand 
from  a  bundle  brought  from  the  seed-beds,  a  hole  is 
made  with  the  peg  in  the  right  hand,  big  enough  to  re- 
ceive the  roots  without  bending  or  crushing  them.    The 

soil  is  then  pressed  closely  over  the  rootlets  with  the 
'peg.  Two  inches  between  each  plant  is  enough 
room.  At  first  the  plants  should  be  shaded,  but  when 
they  are  twice  or  thrice  as  high  as  when  transplanted, 
the  shading  may  be  gradually  removed  to  harden 
them  for  putting  out  in  their  permanent  positions. 

The  soil  and  subsoil  should  be  free  and  open  to 
insure  good  drainage ;  newly  cleared  forest  land  on  a 
hillside  is  the  best  for  Cinchona  trees.  In  Jamaica, 
Cinchona  officinalis  flourishes  best  at  an  elevation  of 
about  5,500  ft.,  with  a  mean  annual  temperature  of 
about  60°  F. ,  ranging  from  a  minimum  of  46°  to  a 
maximum  of  75°,  and  with  a  total  annual  rainfall  of 
120  to  150  inches. 

The  distance  when  planted  out  in  their  permanent 
positions  is  3  ft.  by  3,  and  as  soon  as  they  begin  to  in- 
terfere with  each  other's  growth,  they  should  be  thinned 
out  just  sufficiently  at  first  to  prevent  this.  The  bark  of 
those  cut  down  may  be  worth  stripping  if  the  price  of 
bark  is  high. 

In  taking  the  bark  from  the  trees,  there  are  several 
methods  that  have  been  used.  In  S.  Amer.  the  tree  is 
uprooted,  and  the  whole  of  the  bark  may  be  taken  from 
both  root  and  stem.  A  second  plan  is  used  if  shoots 
spring  from  the  root ;  the  trunk  is  cut  through  above 
the  ground,  the  bark  stripped,  and  the  stump  left  to 
coppice,  one  or  two  of  the  shoots  being  allowed  to  grow. 
The  third  method  is  to  make  the  same  tree  yield  bark 
in  successive  seasons  ;  for  this  purpose  longitudinal 
layers  of  the  bark  are  removed  from  the  trunk,  and  the 
exposed  surface  is  sometimes  covered  with  moss;  the 
bark  renews  itself,  and  the  « renewed  bark"  is  as  rich  or 


318 


CINCHONA 


CINERARIA 


richer  in  alkaloids  than  the  original.  In  this  way,  by 
taking  successive  strips  of  bark  in  different  years,  the 
tree  yields  a  continuous  supply  of  bark. 

WM.  FAWCETT. 

Cinchonas  are  sometimes  seen  in  collections  of  eco- 
nomic plants,  but  only  one  of  them  seems  to  be  regu- 
larly in  the  trade  at  this  time.  This  is  C.  officinalis, 
var.  Gondaminea,  which  Franceschi  says  is  "probably 
the  least  delicate  and  most  easily  grown  of  all  Cinchonas." 

L.  H.  B. 

CINERARIA  (ash-colored,  from  the  Latin,  referring 
to  the  gray  foliage ) .  Composite^.  Herbs  or  under-shrubs, 
closely  allied  to  Senecio,  from  which  they  are  separated 
chiefly  by  technical  characters  of  the  akene.  The  genus 
is  variously  understood  by  different  authors.  As  limited 
by  Bentham  &  Hooker,  it  comprises  about  25  South 
African  species,  and  the  common  garden  Cineraria  be- 
comes a  Senecio.  The  Cineraria  of  the  florists  (Fig. 
472)  is  now  much  modified  by  cultivation.  There  are 
two  views  of  its  origin,  one  holding  that  it  is  a  direct 
development  of  C.  cruenta,  Mass.,  the  other  that  it  is  a 
hybrid,  into  which  C.  cruenta,  C.  Heritieri,  C.  populi- 
folia,  and  perhaps  others,  have  probably  blended.  These 
are  all  natives  of  the  Canary  Islands.  The  writer  is  in- 
clined to  believe  that  it  is  a  direct  evolution  from  C. 
cruenta.  This  species  is  figured  in  B.  M.  406.  For  the 
more  important  literature  of  the  recent  discussion  re- 
specting the  origin  of  the  garden  Cineraria,  see  Nature, 
51:461,  605  ;  52:3,29,  5^,78, 103, 128  ;  55:341.  G.C.  III. 
3:654  and  657;  17:588,  655,  742;  18:89, 186. 

See  Senecio  for  Cineraria  acanthifolia,  C.  candidis- 
sima,  and  C.  maritima.  To  the  garden  or  florist's  Cine- 
raria (C.  cruenta)  belong  the  horticultural  names  C. 
hijbrida,  C.grandiflora,  C,  Kewensis,  (7.  nana,  and  the 
like.  There  are  full-double  forms  (see  R.  H.  1874,  p.  47; 
1886,  p.  41.  F.  8.22:2347-8.  I.H.32:556).  L.  H.  B. 

The  single  hybrid  Cinerarias  are  among  the  most  use- 
ful and  beautiful  of  all  greenhouse  flowering  plants. 
The  ease  with  which  they  can  be  raised,  the  little  heat 
required,  together  with  their  free-blooming  qualities, 
brilliant  and  various-colored  flowers,  which  last  for  a 
considerable  time  in  blossom,  make  them  popular  with 
most  people  possessing  even  only  a  small 
greenhouse.  Though  they  are  herbaceous  in 
character  and  may  be  propagated  by  cuttings 
or  division  of  the  roots,  the  single  varieties 
are  best  treated  as  annuals,  raising 
them  from  seed  each  year  and 
throwing  away  the  plants  after  flow- 
ering. Though  anyone  may  save 
one's  own  seed,  the  Cineraria,  like 
most  hybrids,  will  deteriorate  both 
in  size  and  quality  of  the  flower 
after  one  or  two  generations  un- 
lays they  are  hybridized  ;  therefore,  unless 
one  cares  to  hybridize  his  own  plants,  it  is 
best  to  purchase  fresh  seed  from  some  re- 
liable firm  who  obtain  their  stock  from  hy- 
bridists. For  florists'  use,  or  where  a  suc- 
cession of  these  flowers  is  required,  two 
sowings  of  seed  should  be  made  ;  the  first  about  the 
middle  of  August,  and  the  second  a  month  later.  The 
seed  should  be  sown  in  pans  or  shallow  boxes  one  foot 
square  ;  these  should  be  well  drained,  and  the  soil 
should  consist  of  one  part  fine  loam,  one  part  leaf- 
mold,  and  one  part  clean,  sharp  silver  sand.  The  sur- 
face should  be  made  very  fine  and  pressed  down  evenly. 
The  seed  should  then  be  sown  evenly  and  rather  thinly, 
and  covered  with  sand  about  the  eighth  part  of  an 
inch.  This  will  in  a  great  measure  prevent  the  seedlings 
from  what  gardeners  term  "damping-off,"  which  they  are 
very  apt  to  do  if  the  atmospheric  conditions  become  at 
all  stagnant.  The  seed-pans  or  boxes  should  be  care- 
fully watered  with  a  fine  rose  and  then  placed  in  some 
cool,  shaded  place,  such  as  a  frame  placed  on  sifted  coal 
ashes  on  the  north  side  of  a  wall  or  building,  where  they 
will  germinate  in  about  a  week  or  ten  days.  As  soon  as 
large  enough  to  conveniently  handle,  the  seedlings 
should  be  potted  into  thumb-pots  and  grown  on  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  shifting  on  into  larger  size  pots  as 
often  as  required,  never  allowing  them  to  become  the 


least  pot-bound,  or  suffer  in  any  way  during  the  season 
of  growth.  The  soil  should  consist  of  half  leaf-mold 
and  half  fine  fibrous  loam,  with  a  good  sprinkling  of  sil- 
ver sand,  until  the  final  shift  into  their  flowering  pots, 
when  the  soil  should  be  three  parts  fibrous  loam  and 
one  part  well-decayed  cow -manure  or  pulverized  sheep- 
manure.  About  the  first  of  October  the  plants  should 
all  be  removed  to  the  greenhouse,  where  the  atmosphere 
should  be  kept  cool  and  moist,  but  not  stagnant.  If  a 
rainy  spell  should  set  in,  a  little  artificial  heat  should 
be  given  to  cause  a  circulation  of  the  atmosphere,  and 
as  the  fall  advances  the  temperature  should  be  kept 
about  45°  at  night,  with  a  rise  of  ten  degrees  by  day. 
Liquid  stimulants  should  not  be  given  until  the  flower 
buds  begin  to  appear,  when  they  are  greatly  benefited  by 
an  occasional  watering  of  clear,  liquid  cow-  or  sheep- 
manure  water.  Cinerarias  are  very  subject  to  the 
attacks  of  green-fly.  To  keep  these  in  check,  the  house 
in  which  they  are  grown  should  be  fumigated  with  to- 
bacco about  once  in  ten  days,  or  tobacco  stems  placed 
among  the  plants  if  fumigating  is  objectionable. 

Double-flowered  varieties  of  Cineraria  are  not  com- 
monly grown,  neither  are  they  as  beautiful  as  the  single 
varieties.  They  may  be  propagated  by  seed  or  by  cut- 
tings, the  latter  being  the  best  method,  as  a  large  per- 
centage of  seedlings  are  sure  to  turn  out  single,  which 
will  be  inferior  in  size  of  flower  as  compared  with  the 
best  single  varieties.  Double-flowering  varieties  must 
be  propagated  each  year  to  obtain  the  best  results.  As 
soon  as  the  plants  have  finished  blossoming,  the  flower 
stalks  should  be  cut  away  to  induce  the  plants  to  make 


472.   The  florists'  Cineraria— C.  cruenta. 


fresh  growth,  which,  as  soon  as  large  enough  for  cut- 
tings, should  be  taken  off  and  inserted  in  an  ordinary 
propagating  bed,  where  they  will  soon  root,  after  which 
they  should  be  potted  and  shifted  on  as  often  as  re- 
quired, growing  them  during  the  hottest  months  in  as 


CINERARIA 


CISSAMPELOS 


319 


cool  and  shaded  a  position  as  can  be  provided.  Of  the 
different  species  of  Cineraria  from  S.  Europe,  C.  tnuri- 
tima  is  perhaps  the  best.  It  is  of  dwarf  habit,  with 
tomentose,  silvery,  pinnatifid  leaves,  and  is  a  most  use- 
ful subject  for  edging  flower  beds.  It  is  not  hardy  in 
this  climate,  consequently  must  be  treated  as  an  annual, 
sowing  the  seeds  early  in  March  in  the  greenhouse, 
afterwards  treating  them  as  ordinary  summer  bedding 
plants.  The  other  species  from  south  and  eastern 
Europe  do  not  prove  hardy  here,  and  if  grown  should 
be  treated  as  tender  annuals,  planting  them  in  the  her- 
baceous borders  for  the  summer.  The  species  from  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope  require  greenhouse  treatment,  the 
culture  being  the  same  as  for  the  common  Cineraria, 
though,  from  an  ornamental  point  of  view,  they  would 
hardly  pay  for  the  room  they  would  occupy. 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

ClNNA  (old  Greek  substantive).  Graminece.  Peren- 
nial woods  grasses  allied  to  Agrostis  and  Calamagrostis, 
with  1-fld.,  much-flattened  spikelets,  1-nerved  palet,  1 
stamen,  and  a  loose  open  panicle.  The  two  northern 
species  are  offered  by  collectors:  C.  arundinacea,  Linn., 
with  the  branches  of  the  panicle  ascending  or  erect ; 
C.  p^ndula,  Trin.,  with  the  branches  very  slender  and 
drooping.  These  grasses  (growing  3-7  ft.)  are  useful  in 
wild  borders. 

CINNAMOMUM  (the  ancient  Greek  name).  Laura- 
cece.  Fifty  or  more  trees  and  shrubs  of  Asia,  mostly 
tropical,  of  which  2  or  3  are  cult,  in  the  extreme  south- 
ern U.S.  The  Ivs.  are  thick  and  ribbed,  mostly  opposite: 
fls.  usually  perfect,  with  9  perfect  stamens  in  3  rows  and 
a  row  of  imperfect  ones  :  fr.  a  small,  1-seeded  berry,  in 
a  cup-like  calyx  :  buds  not  scaly.  The  Cinnamon  of 
commerce  is  mostly  the  bark  of  C.  Zeylanicum,  Nees  ; 
and  this  is  sparingly  cult,  in  S.  Pla.  and  S.  Calif.  It  is 
cult,  in  Ceylon  and  other  oriental  countries.  It  is  a 
small  tree,  with  ovate-oblong,  shining,  3-5-nerved  Ivs., 
and  small,  yellow-white  fls.,  in  terminal,  loose  clusters. 
It  is  native  to  E.  Ind.  and  Malaya.  C,  Camphora,  T. 
Nees  and  Eberm.,  is  the  Camphor  tree.  By  some  it  is 
retained  in  the  genus  Camphora,  and  it  will  be  found 
there  in  this  book.  C.  Cassia,  Blume,  of  Burma  and 
China,  furnishes  Cassia  bark  or  "Cassia  lignea"  of  com- 
merce. It  is  hardier  than  the  C.  Zeylanicum.  It  is  a 
handsome  tree,  with  stiff,  long-oblong,  acutish,  3-ribbed 
shining  Ivs.,  and  small  ;fls.  in  tomentose  terminal  or 
axillary  panicles.  The  bark  is  thicker  and  coarser  than 
that  of  C.  Zeylanicum,  and  is  used  to  adulterate  Cin- 
namon. The  unexpanded,  clove-like  flower-buds  are 
often  sold  as  Cassia  buds.  C.  Loureirii,  Nees.  A  mid- 
dle-sized tree  of  Cochin  China,  is  rarely  sold  as  a  glass- 
house plant.  It  has  an  aromatic  odor.  Lvs.  opposite  or 
alternate,  rigid,  elliptic  or  oblong.  Petiole  %-%  in.  long. 
There  is  a  form  with  variegated  Ivs.  C.  pedunculatum, 
Presl,  from  Japan,  is  also  sold  as  a  glasshouse  subject. 
It  is  a  glabrous  tree,  with  thick,  petioled,  oblong-lanceo- 
late, 3-nerved  Ivs.,  which  are  shining  above.  Petiole 
Y<t-%  in.  long. 

The  genus  embraces  tropical  and  semi-tropical  shrubs 
and  trees,  which  are  mostly  of  economic  value,  and  in 
one  or  more  cases  are  valuable  shade  trees  for  lawn 
and  street  planting.  The  Ivs.  are  evergreen,  usually  of 
a  rich,  shining  green,  and  in  C.  Camphora  have  a 
silvery  blue  color  on  the  under  surfaces.  C.  Camphora, 
the  Camphor  tree,  is  hardy  in  the  lower  Gulf  states,  and 
is  now  being  extensively  planted,  both  for  shade  and 
extraction  of  gum  (see  Camphora).  C  Cassia  is  not 
quite  so  hardy,  but  withstands  a  temperature  of  20°  Fahr. 
without  injury,  and  has  been  planted  in  Florida  for 
manufacture  of  its  various  products,  — oil,  gum,  buds  and 
cinnamon  bark.  The  true  Cinnamon  of  commerce  is 
prepared  from  the  bark  of  C.  Zeylanicum,  a  tropical 
species,  likely  to  be  extensively  grown  in  Mexico  and 
the  West  Indies.  The  various  species  are  usually  propa- 
gated by  seeds,  which  are  sown  as  soon  as  ripe  in  a  shaded 
bed,  the  seedlings  being  transplanted  when  very  small 
into  pots  and  kept  thus  growing  until  permanent  plant- 
ing out.  The  species,  without  exception,  are  very  diffi- 
cult to  transplant  from  the  open  ground,  and  hence  pot- 
grown  plants  are  almost  a  necessity.  Cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  wood  of  some  species  may  be  rooted  in  the 
spring  in  moderate  heat,  following  the  usual  method  of 


preparation,  and  planting  in  coarse  sand.  The  soil  best 
suited  to  Cinnamomums  in  general,  and  C.  Camphora 
in  particular,  is  sandy  loam,  although  a  heavy  loam, 
where  well  prepared,  answers  fairly  well.  The  sandy 
soil  of  Florida,  when  moderately  manured,  suits  all  spe- 
cies so  far  tried  admirably. 

E.  X.  REASONER  and  L.  H.  B. 
CINNAMON  VINE.   A  name  for  species  of  Dioscorea. 

ClNQUEFOIL.    A  species  of  Potentilla. 

CIRC  JE  A  ( Circe,  the  enchantress ) .  Onagracece.  A  few 
species  of  low  woods  herbs  in  N.  Amer.  and  Eu.,  two 
of  which  are  in  the  trade  for  growing  in  shady  places  and 
about  garden  bogs.  They  are  interesting  little  plants, 
but  not  showy.  Of  easy  culture  in  shady,  damp  spots. 
Lvs.  opposite  and  stalked:  fls.  perfect,  small,  and  white, 
in  terminal  and  lateral  racemes  ;  calyx  tube  hairy  :  fr.  a 
small,  bristly  bur. 

Lutetiana,  Linn.  Erect  and  branching,  1-2  ft. ,  the  stem 
swollen  at  the  nodes :  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  more  or  less 
rounded  at  the  base:  pedicels  slender, reflexed  in  fruit: 
fr.  2-celled.  Woods,  E. 

Pacifica,  Asch.  &  Mag.  From  6-12  in. ;  smaller  than 
the  above,  Ivs.  less  acuminate,  fls.  smaller,  fr.  1-celled 
and  less  bristly.  Col.,  N.  and  W.  ^  H  g 

CIBRHOPETALUM  (tendril  petal,  alluding  to  the  nar- 
row lateral  sepals).  Orchidacece,  tribe  Epidendrece. 
Nearly  50  Old  World  tropical  orchids,  none  of  which  are 
in  the  American  trade.  The  tail-like  lateral  sepals  give 
the  fls.  an  odd  appearance.  Allied  to  Bulbophyllum 
They  are  epiphytes,  and  are  grown  in  baskets  or  on  blocks 
in  a  warmhouse.  Leading  species  are  :  C.  Cumingiif 
Lindl.  (B.M.  4996);  C.  Medusae,  Lindl.  (B.M.4977.  I.H. 
39:154.  G.C.  Ill,  21:25);  C.  picturatum,  Lodd.  (B.  M. 
6802) ;  C.  pulchrum,  N.  E.  Brown  (I.  H.  33:  608.  A.  F. 
6:609);  C.  Thouarsii,  Lindl.  (B.M.  4237).  C.  Sinense 
is  evidently  a  trade  name. 

Being  of  rambling  habit,  with  creeping  rhizomes,  Cir- 
rhopetalums  should  be  grown  in  baskets,  sufficiently  large 
to  afford  plenty  of  growing  surface,  and  suspended  from 
the  roof,  where  they  will  get  plenty  of  light  and  free 
access  of  air  to  the  roots,  which  is  equally  essential. 
Liberal  allowance  must  be  made  for  drainage,  which 
should  consist  of  either  broken  potsherds  or  charcoal, 
the  latter  being  preferable,  as  it  is  light,  durable  and  con 
tains  nothing  detrimental.  Two-thirds  osmunda,  or  other 
clean  fiber,  and  one-third  chopped  live  sphagnum  moss, 
well  mixed  together,  afford  a  good  compost ;  and  after 
this  has  been  carefully  tucked  in  about  the  roots  and 
interstices,  the  plant  should  be  held  firm  with  brass  or 
copper  wire  until  reestablished.  The  compost  should  be 
used  rather  sparingly  to  prevent  over-watering.  Many 
of  the  smaller-growing  species  do  very  well  on  orchid 
blocks,  firmly  attached,  with  a  small  quantity  of  compost 
beneath  them.  During  the  winter  months,  little  or  no 
shade  is  required.  The  temperature  may  range  from 
58°  to  65°  F.  by  night,  with  about  10°  rise  through  the 
day,  or  even  a  little  more, with  sun -heat,  will  do  no  injury. 
No  artificial  heat  is  necessary  in  summer,  except  in  ex- 
treme cold  or  wet  weather,  but  a  shaded,  moist  location 
should  be  selected,  such  as  is  afforded  in  the  cattleya 
or  palm  department.  When  the  plants  are  dormant, 
light  syringing  overhead  will  keep  the  compost  moist 
and  the  plants  in  healthy  condition,  but  as  the  growing 
season  advances,  a  liberal  quantity  of  water  and  copious 
syringing  in  bright  weather  will  be  necessary.  The  stock 
is  increased  by  division,  the  most  judicious  method 
being  to  cut  nearly  through  the  rhizome  with  a  sharp 
knife,  about  three  pseudobulbs  behind  the  lead,  just  be- 
fore growth  action,  allowing  the  part  to  remain  until  the 
dormant  eyes  start  to  grow,  when  it  may  be  removed  and 
treated  as  an  established  plant.  A  little  extra  heat  and 
moisture  at  this  period  will  prove  beneficial  with  the 
weak  plants.  All  are  of  moderately  easy  culture. 

ROBT.  M.  GREY. 

ClESIUM.    Refer  to  Cnieus. 

CISSAMPELOS  (Greek  for  ivy  and  vine).  Menisper- 
macece.  Vines  :  fls.  in  axillary  racemes  or  clusters,  the 
plant  dioecious ;  sterile  fls.  with  4  or  2  sepals  and  as  many 


320 


CISSAMPELOS 


CIST  US 


petals  united,  the  anthers  2-4,  on  a  staminal  column  ; 
fertile  fls.  with  2  united  fleshy  sepals,  subtended  by  a 
sepal-like  bract,  and  solitary  ovary,  with  3  styles  :  fr.  a 
subglobose  drupe,  with  a  flattened  and  tuberculate  stone. 
Many  species  or  distinct  forms  in  tropical  regions,  but 
many  of  them  are  evidently  forms  of  the  widely  dis- 
tributed C.  Pareira,  Linn.  This  plant,  as  C.  heterophylla, 
DC.,  and  under  other  names  is  cult,  in  S.  Fla.  and  the 
tropics.  It  is  known  as  VELVET-LEAF  and  PAREIRA 
BRAVA.  It  is  an  exceedingly  variable  vine,  with  downy, 
round-cordate  or  peltate  Ivs.,  the  sterils  fls.  in  stalked 
corymbs  and  the  fertile  in  large-bracted  racemes,  and  a 
hairy,  nearly  globular,  red  fruit.  It  occurs  in  all  tropical 
countries.  L_  jj  g 

ClSSUS  (Greek  name  of  ivy).  Vitdcece.  Very  like 
Vitis,  but  differing  in  having  the  parts  of  the  flower  in 
4's,  the  corolla  not  falling  off  as  a  cap,  and  the  disk 
about  the  ovary  ring-like  or  cup-like.  Ampelopsis  is 
distinguished  by  5-merous  fls.  and  the  absence  of  a  disk. 


473.   Cissus  discolor. 


However,  certain  5-merous,  disk-bear- 
ing species  are  referred  in  this  book  to 
Ampelopsis  (C.  Ampelopsis=A.  cor- 
data,  G.  stans=A.  arborea).  Cissus 
has  a  wide  range  and  many  species 
1  in  warm  countries.  The  latest  mono- 
grapher (Planchon,  DC.  Monogr. 
Phaner.  5)  recognizes  212  species.  Foli- 
age often  fleshy,  but  in  most  of  the  cult. 
species  usually  thin  and  handsomely 
colored  or  variegated.  The  species  of 
Cissus  are  handsome,  tall-climbing, 
tendril-bearing  vines,  of  easy  cultiva- 
tion. 

A.    Lvs.  fleshy,  3-lobed  or  3-foliolate. 

acida,  Linn.  Low  climber,  with  slender  and  striate 
somewhat  fleshy  glabrous  branches  :  Ifts.  or  leaf  -divi- 
sions rather  small,  broad-cuneate  and  sharply  toothed 
near  the  apex  :  fls.  small,  in  corymb-like  or  umbel-like 
clusters:  fr.  an  ovoid  and  mucronate  dark  purple  berry, 
with  1  or  2  large  seeds,  the  pedicel  being  recurved  at 
maturity.  Key  West  and  S.;  also,  in  Ariz,  and  S.— 
Sometimes  planted. 

incisa,  Desm.  (C.  Rochedna,  Planchon).  Climbing 
20-30  ft.,  the  stems  very  fleshy  and  the  tendrils  root- 


<\ 


like  :  Ivs.  pale  green,  very  fleshy  ;  Ifts.  or  divisions 
wedge-ovate,  notched  on  both  sides  and  top,  the  middle 
one  sometimes  again  lobed  :  inflorescence  umbel-like: 
fr.  an  obovoid  blackish  berry,  with  1  or  2  seeds,  the 
pedicel  being  strongly  recurved.  Fla.,  to  Ark.  and  Tex. 
R.H.  1884,  pp.  272-3. -Often  planted  in  the  extreme  S. 
Sometimes  called  "Marine  Ivy." 

AA.    Lvs.  not  fleshy,  not  lobed. 

discolor,  Blume.  Fig.  473.  Lvs.  oblong-ovate,  acumi- 
nate, cordate  at  base,  bristly  serrate,  reddish  beneath, 
velvety  green  and  mottled  with  silvery  white  above: 
both  Ivs.  and  stems  glabrous,  the  latter  red  and  more  or 
less  angled:  fls.  small  and  yellowish,  in  dense  and  very 
short,  axillary  clusters.  Java.  B.M.4763.  L.  13.  F.  S. 
8:804-5.  — One  of  the  best  of  all  warmhouse  foliage 
plants.  Easily  grown.  Prop,  by  ciittings.  Must  have  a 
season  of  rest,  usually  in  spring  or  early  summer.  If 
wanted  for  winter  growth,  temperature  must  be  about 
75°.  ,  Known  to  some  as  "Trailing  Begonia." 

Antarctica,  Vent.  ( C.  Baudinidna,  Brouss. ) .  KANGA- 
ROO VINE.  Lvs.  rather  thick,  glossy,  ovate  to  oblong, 
very  short-acuminate,  rounded  at  base,  mostly  strongly 
toothed  or  notched,  green:  fls.  green,  in  few-fld.,  axillary 
clusters  :  fr.  a  globular  berry.  Austral.  B.  M.  2488.— 
Valuable  for  cool  greenhouses,  but  does  not  withstand 
frost.  Grows  well  on  walls  in  darkish  and  neglected 
places. 

Amazonica,  Linden.  Lvs.  glabrous  and  glaucous,  oval- 
acuminate  and  narrower,  reddish  beneath  and  silvery 
veined  above.  Brazil.— Warmhouse  climber. 

albo-nitens,  Hort.  Lvs.  oblong-acuminate,  more  or 
less  cordate  at  base,  silvery  white  and  shining  over  the 
upper  surface.  Brazil.— Warmhouse  climber. 

sicyoides,  Linn.  Branches  terete  or  compressed,  tu- 
berculate or  smooth,  striate:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong,  often 
cordate  at  base,  margin  more  or  less  serrate  or  even 
cut,  thickish,  green:  inflorescence  corymb-like,  opposite 
the  Ivs.,  the  fls.  small,  and  varying  from  greenish  to 
white  and  purplish  :  fr.  an  obovoid,  1-seeded  berry. 
Very  widely  distributed  in  trop.  Amer.,  and  exceedingly 
variable.  One  form  (var.  Floriddna,  Planch.),  occurs  in 
S.  Fla.,  but  is  not  in  the  trade.  The  C.  argSntea  of  hor- 
ticulturists is  var.  ovata,  Planch.,  which  has  glabrous 
ovate  or  ovate-oblong  remotely  serrate  and  somewhat 
glaucous  Ivs.  Called  "Season  Vine"  in  tropics. 

C.  Davidiana,Ca,TT.,  is  a  Vitis  (which  see).— C.  Lindeni,  Andre 
(I.H.  17:2),  is  perhaps  an  offshoot  of  C.  sicyoides.  It  has  large 
ovate-cordate  silver-blotched  Ivs.— C.  Japonica,  Willd.  Her- 
baceous, glabrous:  Ivs.  5-foliolate,  with  serrate-oblong  Ifts.: 
fls.  greenish  ;  cymes  many-fld.  Jap.,  Java,  Austr.  The  only 
species  hardy  north.— C.  porphyrophylla,  Lindl.,  is  a  Piper 
(which  see).—  C.  striata,  Ruiz.  &  Pav.  (Ampelopsis  sempervi- 
rens,  Hort.).  Low,  shrubby  evergreen  vine:  Ivs.  small,  5-folio- 
late, with  cuneate-oblong  Ifts.,  serrate  above  the  middle  :  fls. 
yellowish,  in  many-fld.  cymes.  Chile,  S.  Braz.  Graceful  small 
climber  for  the  cool  greenhoxise.—  C.  Veitchii,  Hort.=Ampe- 
lopsis  tricuspidata.  L.  H.  B. 


ClSTUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Cistcicece.  ROCK  ROSE. 
Shrubs,  usually  with  villous  and  glandular  tomentum, 
aromatic :  Ivs.  opposite,  mostly  persistent,  entire,  the  op- 
posite petioles  connate  at  the  base:  fls.  large,  in  terminal 
and  axillary  cymes  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  rarely 
solitary,  white  to  purple  ;  petals  5 ;  stamens  numerous  ; 
capsule  many-seeded,  splitting  into  5  valves.  About  30 
species  in  the  Mediterranean  region.  Ornamental,  free- 
flowering  shrubs,  usually  only  a  few  feet  high,  with  very 
.showy  purple  or  white  fls.,  similar  to  a  small  single  rose, 
appearing  in  early  summer.  They  are  only  hardy  in 
warmer  temperate  regions,  but  many  of  them  will  stand 
10°  of  frost  without  injury,  and  C.  laurifolius  even  more. 
They  thrive  best  in  a  well  drained,  light  soil,  mostly 
preferring  limestone  soil,  and  in  a  sunny  position  ;  the 
dwarf er  species  are  well  adapted  for  rockeries  with  south- 
ern aspect.  The  Cistuses  do  not  bear  transplanting  well, 
and  should  be  grown  in  pots  until  planted  out.  Some 
species  yield  ladamim,  a  resin,  used  in  perfumery.  -Prop, 
by  seeds  sown  in  spring  in  pans  or  boxes  and  the  young 
seedlings  shaded ;  increased  also  by  layers  and  cuttings 
in  spring  or  late  summer,  inserted  in  sandy  peat  under 
glass.  Illustrated  monograph:  R.  Sweet,  Cistinese  (S.C. 
of  the  following  pages).  In  the  Old  World,  tbe  Cistuse<? 


CISTUS 


CITRON 


321 


are  important  garden  plants,  but  they  are  little  known 
in  America. 

A.   Fls.  purple  or  red. 
B.   fls.  l%-2  in.  wide;  petals  imbricate. 
villosus,  Linn.  (C.  incdmis,  Linn.).    Erect  shrub,  3-4 
ft.,  villous  or  tomentose  :    Ivs.  penninerved,  roundish- 
ovate  or  oblong,  narrowed   into   a  very   short  petiole, 
rugose  above  and  grayish  green,  tomentose  or  villous 
beneath,  1-2  in.  long  :   tts.  1-3,  long-peduncled,  reddish 
purple,  2  in.  wide ;  petals  light  pink  or  yellowish  at  the 
base.    May,  June.     Mediterr.  region.     B.M.  43.     S.C.  35. 

—  A  very  variable  species.    Var.  Creticus,  Boiss.    Lvs. 
smaller,    more   spatulate  at  the  base  :    fls.  purple.    Fl. 
Grteca5:495.    S.C.  112.    Var.  canescens,  Nichols.     Lvs. 
elliptic-oblong  or  narrow-oblong,  obtuse :  fls.  dark  purple. 
S.c.  4.").    Var.  rotundifolius,  Loud.    Dwarfer,  with  more 
roundish  Ivs.  S.C. 7.").   Var.  undulatus.Willk.  Lvs.  linear- 
oblong,  acute,  undulate:  fls.  solitary.    S.C.  63. 

crispus,  Linn.  Compact  shrub,  to  2  ft.,  villous  :  Ivs. 
sessile.  3-nerved,  linear-lanceolate  or  oblong-elliptic,  un- 
duhite,  rugose  above,  villous  beneath  :  fls.  3-4,  nearly 
sessile,  l%-2  in.  wide,  deep  rose-colored.  June-August. 
S.W.Europe.  S.C.  22. 

heterophyllus,  Desf .  Erect,  to  2  ft. :  Ivs.  short-peti- 
oled,  elliptic- or  oval-lanceolate,  green  on  both  sides  and 
slightly  hairy,  %-l  in.  long  :  fls.  1-3,  2  in.  wide  ;  petals 
red,  yellow  at  the  base.  N.  Africa.  S.C.  6. —More  tender. 

BB.   Fls.  1  in.  ivide,  petals  not  imbricate. 

parviflorus,  Lam.  Much  branched  shrub,  1-2  ft. ;  to- 
mentose: Ivs.  3-nerved,  elliptic-ovate,  undulate  rugose 
above,  reticulate  beneath,  twisted,  1  in.  long  :  fls.  3-5  ; 
petals  pale  rose,  yellow  at  the  base.  June.  Greece, 
Crete.  S.C.  14. 

AA.   -Fls.  white  :  Ivs.  3-nerved. 

Cyprius,  Lam.  Erect  shrub,  to  6  ft.,  glutinous  :  Ivs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  glabrous  above,  villous-tomentose  be- 
neath: fls.  5-7,  nearly  3  in.  wide;  petals  blotched  purple 
at  the  base.  June.  Cyprus.  S.C.  39. 

ladanif enis,  Linn.  Shrub,  to  4  ft. ,  glutinous :  Ivs.  short  - 
petioled,  lanceolate,  glabrous  and  viscid  above,  whitish 
tomentose  beneath,  l%-4  in.  long  :  fls.  usually  solitary, 
long-peduncled,  3-3%in.  wide;  petals  yellow  at  the  base. 
June.  S.W.Europe.  S.  C.  84.  —  Var.  maculatus,  Sweet. 
Petals  with  a  dark  brownish  crimson  spot  above  the  base. 
B.M.  112.  Gn.  30:552.  S.C.I.  Probably  the  most  beauti- 
ful of  all  Cistus. 

laurifdlius,  Linn.  Shrub,  to  6  ft. :  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  glabrous  above,  whitish  or  brownish 
tomentose  beneath,  l-2%in.  long  :  fls.  3-8,  2-3  in.  wide; 
petals  with  yellow  blotch.  June-August.  S.  W.  Europe. 
Gn.  53,  p.  131..  S.C.  52. -The  hardiest  species. 

C.  dlbidus.  Linn.  To  4  ft. :  Ivs.  sessile,  whitish  tomentose:  fls. 
3-8,  lilac  or  rosy,  2%  in.  S.W.  Europe.  S.C.  31.—  C.  Algarvensis, 
Sims  =  Helianthemum  ocyimoides.  —  C.  candidissimus,  Dun. ; 
S.C.  3  =  C.vaginatus,var.—  C.Corbariensis,  Pourr.  (C.  populifo- 
liasXsalvifolius).  To  5  ft.:  Ivs.  slightly  cordate,  glutinous:  fls. 
1-5.  white,  l^ain.  S.C.  8.—  C.  Cupanianus,  Presl.  To  3  ft.:  Ivs. 
oordate-ovate:  fls  2-3,  white.  Sicily.  S.C.  70.—  C.  Florentlnus, 
Lam.  (C.  MonspeliensisXsalvifolius).  Dwarf  :  Ivs.  lanceolate  : 
fls.  white,  2  in.  Gn.  27:497,  and  53,  p.  134.  S.C.  59.—  C.formbsus, 
Curt.  =  Helianthemum  formosum. —  C.  glaucus,  Pourr. =  C.  Le- 
don.—  C.  hirsutus,  Lam.  One  to  3  ft.,  clothed  with  spreading  and 
glandular  hairs:  Ivs.  sessile,  lanceolate:  fls.  1-5,  white.  S.W.Eu- 
rope. S.C.  19.-C.  latifblius.  Sweet;  S.C.  15  =  C. populifolius.var. 

—  C.  Idxus,  Ait.=  C.  longifolius.—  C. Ledon,  Lam.    One  to  2  ft.: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  glossy  above:  fls.  5-10,'  white,  l>^in.  S.  France.— 
C.  longifblins,  Lam.   Two  to  4  ft.,  glandular:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late, glossy  above:   fls.  white,  l^in.     S.W.Europe.     S.C.  12. 
Variable.—  C.  Mnnspeliensis,  Linn.   To  5  ft. :  Ivs.  sessile,  lanceo- 
late: fls.  white,  cymose,  1  in.    S.  Europe.    S.C.  27.—  C.  oblongi- 
/dlius.  Sweet;  S.C.67=C.  longifolius.var.— (7.o&fam7oZiMS, Sweet; 
S.C.  42  =  C.  longifolius,  var.—  C.  populifblius,  Linn.    To  6  ft., 
glutinous:  Ivs.  petioled,  cordate,  acuminate,  rugose  above  :  fls. 
white, cymose, 2 in.  S.W.Europe.  S.C. 23.—  C.purpureus,  Lam. 
Three  to  4  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate; rugose  above:  fls.  1-6,  red- 
dish purple  :   petals  yellow  at  the  base  and  with  maroon  blotch 
above.   Orient.    Gn.  31: 591;  45,  p.  33.    B  R.  5:408.    S.C.  17.—  C. 
S'lli-ff'iUn.s.  Linn.   To  2  ft.:  Ivs.  oval,  obtuse,  tomentose,  small: 
fls.  1-2.  white,  l%in.    S.  Eu.,  Orient.    S.C.  54.—  C.  vagindtus, 
Linn.  ( Rhodocistus    Berthelotianus,    Spach).    To  2  ft.:    Ivs. 
petioled,  ovate,  acuminate  :  fls.  cymose.  deep  rose-colored,  yel- 
iow  in  center.  Canary  Islands.  S.C.  9.   B.R.  3:225.  F.S.  15:1501. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 
CITRON.     A  form  of  Watermelon. 

21 


CITEON  (Citrus  M«dica:\ax.  genulna).  See  Citrus. 
Fig.  474.  —A  large,  thick-rinded,  lemon-like  fr.,  some- 
what cult,  in  Flor.  and  Calif.  The  rind  is  used  in  the 
making  of  preserves  and  confections. 

The  Citron  is  propagated  by  cuttings,  layers,  budding, 
and  grafting.  The  usual  method  of  propagating  is  by 
budding  on  a  vigorous  stock,  in  Florida  preferably  the 


474.   Citrus  Medica.  the  Citron  (X 


rough  lemon  ("French  lemon  "  or  "  oranged  loomie"), 
but  also  on  the  sour  orange.  Grafting  is  so  uncertain, 
owing  to  the  prevailing  high  temperature,  that  it  is  sel- 
dom attempted.  Cuttings  of  ripe  wood  root  readily, 
both  in  the  open  ground  and  the  propagating  house. 
For  open  ground,  select  wood  thoroughly  ripe  in  De- 
cember, and  cut  in  lengths  about  6  to  10  inches  ;  clip 
off  all  but  the  top  leaf,  and  insert  in  rows  in  well-drained 
soil,  leaving  the  top  bud  exposed  to  the  air.  Watering 
must  be  thoroughly  kept  up  until  the  succeeding  rainy 
season.  A  shade  of  lath  or  brush  should  be  provided 
the  rows  of  cuttings.  By  November  of  the  following 
year,  the  young  plants  will  be  sufficiently  well  rooted 
to  transplant.  By  making  short  cuttings,  2  or  3 
inches  long,  of  ripe  wood,  and  inserting  in  the  moist 
sand  of  the  propagating  house,  less  wood  is  necessary 
and  a  higher  percentage  of  rooted  plants  will  result  in  a 
shorter  period.  These  cuttings  may  be  inserted  at  any 
time  of  year,  but  winter  and  early  spring  are  preferable. 
The  young  rooted  plants  may  be  grown  into  large  size 
in  the  nursery,  until  wanted  for  orchard  setting.  Layers 
are  easily  rooted  by  pegging  down  low  branches  of  the 
Citron  during  the  rainy  season.  They  do  not  make  such 
symmetrical  trees  as  those  grown  from  cuttings,  or  by 
budding. 

The  site  for  the  Citron  orchard  should  be  on  well- 
drained  land,  either  naturally,  or  otherwise,  of  the  best 
quality,  similar  to  that  selected  for  the  lemon  In  or- 
chard planting,  the  trees  should  be  set  about  15x24 
feet  apart  (although  this  is  not  arbitrary),  as  sufficient 
room  should  be  allowed  for  cultivation,  hauling  ferti- 
lizer and  fruit,  and  plenty  of  sunlight  and  air.  An 
abundance  of  sunshine  and  breezes  are  the  greatest  aids 
in  keeping  down  insect  pests  and  fungous  troubles.  The 
Citron  is  rather  low-growing  and  inclined  to  make  long 
lateral  branches,  which,  if  not  cut  back  occasionally, 
touch  the  ground  and  form  roots,  rendering  cultivation 
and  fruit-gathering  difficult.  Cultivation  is  essentially 
the  same  as  for  the  orange  and  lemon  :  shallow  plowing 
in  December  at  the  time  of  applying  fertilizer,  followed 
by  thorough  harrowing  every  two  or  three  weeks  until 
the  latter  part  of  June.  This  keeps  the  top  soil  loose, 
conserving  the  moisture,  and  keeping  down  weeds  and 
grass  during  the  dry  season.  After  the  rains  set  in 


322 


CITRON 


CITRUS 


during  the  summer  all  cultivation  is  stopped,  and  grass, 
beggar-weed,  or  field-peas  allowed  to  cover  the  ground, 
preventing  sunburning  and  providing  a  source  of 
humus  so  necessary  in  keeping  up  proper  fertility  and 
texture  of  the  sandy  soil  of  Florida. 

E.  N.  REASONER. 

CITKtJLLUS  (from  Citrus).  Cucurbitdcece.  The  ge- 
nus which  includes  the  Watermelon.  Cogniaux,  the 
latest  monographer  (DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  3),  recog- 
nizes three  species,  all  of  the  Old  World,  with  the  larg- 
est dispersion  in  Africa.  Plant  monoecious,  the  two 
kinds  of  fls.  solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs. :  Us.  with  a 
short,  bell-like  calyx  tube  and  a  deeply  5-cleft,  yel- 
low corolla.  C.  vulgaris,  Schrad.,  is  the  Watermelon 
(which  see),  native  to  tropical  and  south  Africa.  C. 
Colocyntliis,  Schrad.,  is  the  Colocynth,  extract  from  the 
fruit  of  which  furnishes  a  well-known  purgative  drug. 
It  is  native  to  the  Mediterranean  region  and  tropical 
Africa.  The  fruit  is  small  and  globular,  gourd-like, 
smooth  and  partly  colored,  the  flesh  very  bitter  :  Ivs. 
deeply  divided.  L.  H.  B. 

ClTB9S(  ancient  name  for  Citron).  Rutdcece.  ORANGE, 
LEMON,  CITRON,  etc.  Aromatic,  glandular  shrubs  or 
small  trees,  mostly  thorny:  Ivs.  alternate,  with  more  or 
less  winged  petioles,  compound,  mainly  unifoliolate 
(appearing  as  a  simple  leaf  but  really  compound,  as 
shown  by  the  joint  between  the  petiole  and  lamina, 
Fig.  475),  in  one  species  trifoliolate:  fls.  hermaphrodite; 
calyx  cupulate,  3-5-toothed  ;  petals  4-8,  linear-oblong, 
thick,  glandular,  imbricated  in  the  bud  ;  stamens  nu- 
merous, 20-60,  occasionally  only  5  ;  filaments  more  or 
less  united ;  disk  cushion-shaped ;  ovary  compound, 
composed  of  5  to  many  united  carpels,  with  a  single 
style  and  stigma,  and  central  axial  placenta;  ovules  4-8 
in  each  carpel,  arranged  in  two  rows  :  fr.  a  round,  ob- 
long or  pear-shaped  berry  with  leathery  rind,  containing 
numerous  oil  glands  and  juicy,  aromatic  pulp  :  seeds 
white,  exalbuminous,  with  leathery  coats,  frequently 
containing  2  or  more  embryos.  Native  of  tropical  and 
subtropical  Asia.  Several  -species  are  extensively  culti- 
vated and  have  given  rise  to  numerous  cultivated  forms. 
The  so-called  navel  oranges  have  a  second  series  of 
cells  developing  in  the  center  of  the  fr.,  this  being  an 
incidental  variation  (Cf.  Fig.  476).  See  Citron,  Lemon, 
Lime,  Orange,  Pomelo. 

A.  PSEUDO-JEGLE.  —  Lvs.  trifoliolctte,  decidttous,  with 
elliptical,  dentate  or  crenate  Ifts.:  fls.  white,  l-2in 
the  axil  of  each  leaf,  opening  before  the  Ivs.  appear 
in  spring ;  petals  spatulate :  ovary  and  disk 
hairy. 

trifoliata,  Linn.  (C.  triptera,  Desf.  JSgle  sepidria, 
DC.).  TRIFOLIATE  ORANGE.  Figs.  477,  478,  479.  A 
small  tree  armed  with  very  strong,  stiff  thorns,  1-1%  in. 
long:  fr.  golden  yellow,  about  the  size  of  a  walnut,  cov- 
ered with  short  hairs ;  pulp  rather  dry,  sour  and  bitter. 
Jap.,  and  cult,  widely  in  the  United  States.  R.H.  1869, 
p.  15  ;  1877,  p.  73  ;  1885:  516  ;  1886,  p.  533.  Gn.  46:980 
and  p.  273.  Mn.  3 : 101.  —  The  fr.  of  the  Trifoliate  Orange 


475.   Leaf  of  Orange. 


is  worthless  as  a  whole,  but  is  sometimes  used  for  pre- 
serves. The  plant  is  largely  used  for  hedges,  for  which 
it  is  well  adapted,  forming  a  close,  compact  growth  that 
nothing  can  penetrate.  It  is  also  used  as  a  hardy  stock 
on  which  to  bud  certain  oranges  and  lemons,  particu- 
larly the  Satsuma  and  Kumquat.  It  is  said  to  have  the 
effect  of  somewhat  dwarfing  the  more  robust  orange  va- 


rieties budded  on  it,  and  of  making  them  more  hardy  by 
rendering  them  dormant  earlier  in  the  fall,  and  retard- 
ing them  from  starting  early  in  the  spring.  The  Tri- 
foliate Orange  is  hardy  as  far  north  as  Philadelphia  and 
New  York.  It  is  propagated  by  seeds,  which  are  very 
numerous.  Hybrids  have  been  made  between  this  and 
the  common  orange.  The  Trifoliate  Orange  is  frequently 
listed  in  trade  catalogues  under  the  names  Limonia  tri- 
foliata and  Triphasia  aurantiola.  These  are  tender, 


476.  Normal  orange  on  the  right ;  abnormal  or  navel  orange 
on  the  left,  showing  the  adventitious  cells  in  the  center. 

tropical  shrubs,  and  should  not  be  confused  with  the 
hardy  C.  trifoliata. 

AA.    EUCITRUS.  —  Lvs.  unifoliolate,  evergreen  :  petals 
oblong:  ovary  and  disk  glabrous. 

Aurantium,  Linn.  (C.  vulgaris,  Risso).  ORANGE. 
Figs.  476, 480.  A  small  tree  or  shrub:  young  shoots  light- 
green,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  elliptical  or  ovate,  acute,  obtuse, 
or  acuminate;  petiole  narrowly  or  broadly  winged  :  fls. 
hermaphrodite,  pure  white :  fr.  oblate-spherical  or  ellip- 
tical, not  mamillate. 

Var.  amara,  Linn.  (C.  Bigarddia,  Duham.).  SOUR, 
BITTER,  or  SEVILLE  ORANGE.  Lvs.  deep  green,  ovate, 
pointed,  very  aromatic  ;  petiole  broadly  wing-mar- 
gined: fls.  white,  sweet-scented:  fr.  round,  dark  orange, 
frequently  with  tinge  of  red,  very  aromatic;  rind  some- 
what rough;  pulp  sour  and  bitter.  Southeastern  Asia, 
and  cult,  in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  throughout 
the  world.  — There  are  very  few  cultivated  sorts  of  this 
variety  or  subspecies  grown  in  the  United  States,  and 
of  these  only  the  two  following  are  well  kr.own  :  Sour 
("sour  orange") :  Fr.  deep  orange  or  orange-red  ;  pulp 
very  sour.  This  is  grown  very  extensively  as  a  stock  on 
which  to  bud  varieties  of  the  sweet  orange,  lemon, 
pomelo,  etc.  Very  valuable  as  a  stock  because  resistant 
to  the  serious  disease  mal-di-gomma  or  foot-rot.  —  Bitter 
Sweet :  Fr.  of  same  external  appearance  as  the  Sour 
Orange  but  mildly  acid  and  pleasant  to  the  taste.  Culti- 
vated mainly  for  home  use.  The  Sour  Orange  was  evi- 
dently introduced  into  Florida  very  early  by  the  Span- 
iards, and  escaped  from  cultivation,  becoming  estab- 
lished as  a  wild  species  here  and  there  throughout  the 
peninsular  portion  of  the  state.  In  this  wild  state  it  was 
limited  to  moist  lands  near  streams  and  lakes,  in  the  so- 
called  hammocks  ;  and  in  some  instances  grew  abun- 
dantly among  the  larger  forest  trees,  over  areas  of  100 
acres  or  more.  The  fls.  of  this  var.  Amara  are  slightly 
bitter,  and  are  the  officinal  Folia  aurantii  or  Folia  citri 
vulgaris.  An  ethereal  oil  is  manufactured  from  the  fls., 
young  sprouts  and  unripe  fr.  The  pleasant-smelling, 
bitter  Bigaradia  oil  is  taken  from  the  rind  of  the  ripe  fr. 
Large  quantities  of  oil  for  perfume  are  manufactured 
from  the  fls.  in  southern  France.  The  fr.  is  used  for 
marmalade,  and  makes  a  very  refreshing  drink  known  in 
Florida  as  "orangeade." 

Var.  Bergamia,  Wight.  &  Arn.  BERGAMOT  ORANGE. 
A  bush  or  small  tree  :  Ivs.  oblong  ;  petiole  wing-mar- 


CITRUS 


CITRUS 


323 


gined,  of  medium  width  :  fls.  small,  white,  sweet-smell- 
ing: fr.  medium  size,  pear-shaped,  smooth,  light  yellow, 
pulp  subacid.  greenish  yellow.  Cult,  in  Eu.  since  the 
M-veiiteenth  century.  Only  rarely  cult,  in  the  United 
States.  B.M.  71!»4.  —  Bergamot  oil  is  manufactured  from 
the  rind  of  this  subspecies. 

Y;ir.  Sinensis,  Engler.  (C.  Aurdntium,  var.  (Juh-in, 
Linn.  C.  ZYifctt&Mt*,  Hort.).  COMMON  SWEET  ORANGE, 
including  the  MALTA  or  PORTUGAL  ORANGE.  Tree,  20-35 
ft.:  young  branches  pale  green,  angular,  glabrous:  Ivs. 
oblong-ovate,  pointed  ;  petiole  narrowly  winged  :  fls. 
large,  white:  fr.  mainly  round,  occasionally  elliptical  or 
ovate,  orange  or  yellowish  ;  pulp  when  ripe  sweet  or 
slightly  acid.  India.  Cultivated  extensively  in  all  tropi- 
cal and  subtropical  regions  of  the  world.  — The  Sweet 
Orange  is  valued  mainly  for  its  sweet,  delicious  fruit, 
which  is  eaten  raw  or  made  into  marmalades,  wine,  etc. 
The  rind  is  sweet  and  aromatic,  and  is  used  for  culinary 
purposes.  The  extensive  cultivation  of  the  orange  has 
led  to  the  development  of  numerous  variations,  some 
70  varieties  being  cultivated  in  the  United  States. 
Some  of  these  forms  are  propagated  fairly  true  to  seed, 
but  the  majority  are  not,  and  must  be  propagated  by 
budding  or  grafting.  The  following  is  a  list  of  some  of 
the  most  highly  prized  of  the  cultural  forms  :  Bahia 
| also  known  as  Washington  Navel  and  Riverside  Navel) : 
Fig.  47G.  Fr.  large,  solid  and  heavy,  seedless,  with 
prominent  navel  mark  at  apex;  pulp  juicy  and  of  fine 
texture.  Introduced  from  Brazil.  The  most  popular 
variety  cultivated  in  California,  where  it  bears  heavily. 
In  Florida  it  is  a  shy  bearer.  —  Boone  (Boone  Early): 
Fr.  round,  medium  size,  fair  quality ;  very  early.  Florida. 
—  Centennial  :  Fr.  round,  medium  size,  early  medium, 
quality  excellent.  Florida.  — Du  Roi  :  Fr.  round,  small 
or  medium  size,  late  medium;  seeds  ribbed:  thorns  few. 
An  excellent  fruit  in  Florida,  but  has  not  given  satis- 
faction in  Cal.  Foreign.— Hart  Late  (Tardive,  Excel- 


pulp  reddish  or  streaked  with  red.  Foreign.  — St. 
Michael  :  Fr.  round,  medium  size,  quality  fair,  midsea- 
son.  Foreign. —  St.  Michael  Blood:  Fr.  round,  medium 


sior):  Fr.  oval,  medium 
size,  solid,  pale  yellow. 
One  of  the  best  late  sorts, 
holding  on  tree  in  Florida 
until  May.  Foreign.  — Ho- 
mosassa  :  Fr.  round,  of 
good  quality,  midseason. 
Florida.  —  Jaffa:  Fr. 
round,  heavy,  juicy  and 
of  very  best  quality,  mid- 
season  ;  skin  thin  :  tree 
nearly  thornless.  Foreign.  —  Jaffa  Blood:  Fr.  oval, 
small,  of  excellent  quality.  Florida.  — Lamb  Summer: 
Fr.  oval,  medium  size,  of  good  quality,  very  late;  one  of 
the  best  late  sorts,  ranking  with  the  Hart  Late.  Florida.  — 
Majorca:  Fr.  round,  medium  size,  heavy  and  very  juicy; 
skin  smooth  and  thin;  quality  excellent.  Foreign.  One 
of  the  very  best  late  midseason  sorts.— Maltese  Blood  : 
Fr.  oval,  small,  orange  red,  juicy  and  sweet,  of  very  best 
quality;  pulp  reddish  or  streaked  with  red;  midseason. 
Foreign.  Mediterranean  Sweet:  Fr.  large,  oval,  of  good 
quality,  late.  Foreign. — Parson  (Parson  Brown):  Fr. 
round,  medium  size,  of  fair  quality ;  very  early.  Florida. 
Very  extensively  planted  as  an  early  variety  in  Florida. 
—  Ruby:  Fr.  medium  size,  round,  of  excellent  quality; 


478.   Citrus 

trifoliata. 


size,  quality  the  very  best ;  pulp  reddish  or  streaked 
with  red.  Foreign.  This  Orange  seems  to  the  writer 
superior  in  flavor  to  any  he  has  ever  tested,  though 
there  is  but  little  noticeable  difference  between  any  of 
the  best  sorts,  much,  doubtless,  depending  on  the  con- 
ditions under  which  the  fruit  is  grown.  — Valencia 
(Valencia  Late) :  Fr.  large,  oval,  light  orange,  of  good 
quality,  very  late.  Foreign.  One  of  the  most  highly 
prized  varieties  in  California. 

The  so-called  Otaheite  Orange  (C.  Aurant ium,  var. 
Otaitense,  Risso  &  Poit.)  is  probably  to  be  considered  a 
variety  of  C.  Aurantium,  var.  Sinensis.  Reasoner 
thinks  it  is  Gallesio's  «  C.  Aurantium  Sinense  pumilum 
fructu  dulci."  The  foliage  resembles  that  of  a  lemon, 
and  the  flowers  are  pinkish.  The  fruit  is  small,  slightly 
flattened,  rough,  and  reddish  orange  in  color  ;  pulp 
mainly  sweetish,  sometimes  sour.  It  may  be  a  hybrid  of 
orange  and  lemon.  It  is  used  extensively  as  a  dwarf 
pot  plant,  for  which  it  is  well  suited. 

nbbilis.  Lour.  MANDARIN,  or  KID-GLOVE  ORANGE. 
Shrubs  or  very  small  trees,  with  dense  foliage  :  Ivs. 
small,  lanceolate,weakly  crenate;  petioles  short,  scarcely 
winged  :  fls.  small,  white,  fascicled  ;  filaments  only 
slightly  united:  fr.  compressed,  spherical,  or  somewhat 
pyriform,  5-6  cm.  in  diameter  ;  rind  orange-yellow  or 
reddish,  loose,  baggy, and  easily  removed;  segments  9-10, 
loosely  adherent ;  pulp  sweet ;  seeds  ovate  or  oblong, 
green  when  cut:  odor  of  leaves,  twigs,  fruit,  etc.,  very 
characteristic  in  all  varieties  and  easily  recognizable. 
Cochin  China  or  China.  Cultivated  extensively  in 
tropical  and  subtropical  regions  free  from  hot  winds,  to 
which  it  is  said  to  be  very  sensitive.— The  principal 
horticultural  varieties  grown  in  the  United  States  are 
the  following :  China  ("Mandarin,"  "Willow-leaved 
Mandarin,"  etc. ) :  Fr.  small,  light  orange,  early  medium, 
excellent  quality  :  Ivs.  small,  myrtle-like.  Foreign.— 
Dancy  Tangerine  :  Lvs.  larger,  nearly  the  size  of  those 
of  the  common  orange:  fr.  dark  orange  or  reddish,  early 
medium,  quality  excellent.  Florida.  The  most  prized 
of  any  of  the  Mandarin  Oranges  cultivated  in  the  United 
States.  — King  :  Fr.  large  and  rough,  dark  orange,  late: 
young  twigs  blackish.  A  good  late  sort.  Foreign.— 
Satsuma  (Oonshiu):  Fr.  medium  size,  flattened  at  the 
ends,  orange,  early,  quality  fair.  Foreign.  A  much 
valued  early  ripening  sort,  which  is  somewhat  more 
hardy  than  the  common  sweet  orange,  particularly  when 


324 


CITRUS 


CITRUS 


budded  on  the  hardy  trifoliata  orange  stock.  — Tan- 
gerine :  Fr.  very  early,  light  orange,  medium  size. 
Foreign. 

Decumana,   Linn.    (C.  Pomeldnus,    Hort.).   POMELO, 
PUMELO,  SHADDOCK, GRAPE-FRUIT,  POMPELMOS,  etc.  Tree 


479.  Citrus  trifoliata.    Natural  size. 

small, 25-30  feet  high:  young  shoots  slightly  pubescent, 
finally  becoming  smooth:  Ivs.  large,  ovate  or  ovate- 
oblong,  obtuse,  frequently  emarginate  ;  petiole  broadly 
winged:  fls.  large,  white;  stamens  16-24:  fr.  pale  lemon- 
yellow,  or  in  some  cases  reddish  or  flesh  colored,  globose 
or  pyriform,  very  large,  in  hort.  vars.  reaching  6-7  in.  in 
diameter  and  weighing  8-12  Ibs.;  rind  smooth,  thick, 
very  bitter;  pulp  pale  yellow,  in  some  reddish,  sweet  or 
acid.  Malayan  and  Polynesian  Islands.  Extensively 
cultivated  in  India,  Florida  and  California,  and  in  most 
tropical  and  subtropical  countries.  A. G.  11:717.  Mn.9:47. 
—  The  Pomelo  is  an  excellent  dessert  fruit,  and  is  being 
very  extensively  planted,  particularly  in  Florida.  The 
majority  of  the  horticultural  varieties  cultivated  in 
America  have  originated  in  Florida,  though  some  valu- 
able sorts  have  been  introduced.  The  round-fruited 
sorts,  commonly  called  Pomelos  or  Grape-fruits,  are  the 
most  valuable  commercially.  The  pear-shaped  sorts,  or 
Shaddocks,  are  cultivated  more  as  curiosities,  and  are 
seldom  found  in  the  markets.  Hound  varieties  — Pomelos: 


Aurantium  :  Fr.  late  medium,  size  medium.  Florida.— 
Josselyn:  Fr.  large,  late  medium,  quality  good;  prolific. 
Florida.  — Hart  :  Fr.  late  medium,  large,  of  very  good 
quality.  Florida.— Marsh  (Marsh's  Seedless):  Fr.  with 
very  few  seeds,  said  to  be  of  good  quality  and  prolific, 
of  recent  origin.  Florida.  —  Pernambuco  :  Prolific  :  fr. 
late,  large:  thorns  short.  South  America.  — Royal:  Fr. 
small,  early  medium,  only  slightly  bitter ;  prolific. 
Florida.  — Tresca  :  Pulp  rose-colored,  said  to  be  of  ex- 
cellent quality.  Bahama  Islands.  — Triumph:  Fr.  small, 
late  medium,  quality  very  good.  Florida.  — Walter:  Fr. 
late  medium,  large,  of  recent  origin.  Florida.  Pear- 
shaped  varieties  —  Shaddocks  :  Blood:  Fr.  large  ;  pulp 
reddish  or  flesh-colored,  of  fair  quality.  —Mammoth :  Fr. 
very  large,  but  practically  worthless.  — "Forbidden 
Fruit":  Fr.  small,  orange-colored,  of  fair  quality.  The 
so-called  "  Bell  Grape-fruit "  is  probably  identical  with 
this. 

Japdnica,  Thunb.    KUMQUAT,  KIN-KAN,  KIN-KITS,  etc. 
Fig.  481.    Alow  bush,  with  smooth,  angular  branches: 
Ivs.  small,  linear-lanceolate,  slightly  serrate,  pointed  or 
blunt,   wedge-shaped   at   the    base  ; 
petioles    narrowly     wing-margined: 
fls.  small,  solitary  or  in  clusters,  in 
the  axils  of  the  Ivs.;  petals  5;  sta- 
mens about  20,  filaments  united:  fr. 
small,  often  only  %  of  an  in.  in  diam., 
ovate,  oblong   or  spherical,    orange- 
colored,  5-6-celled  ;   pulp  sour;  rind 
sweet.    Cochin  China  or  China.    Cul- 
tivated extensively  in  Japan,  Florida 
and   California.    R.  H.    1875,  p.  209. 
The  following  are  the  two  cultivated 
varieties    commonly    grown   in    the 
United  States :  Marumi  (Round  Kum- 
quat) :    Fr.   round,  small,  %-!%  in. 
in  diam.:  tree  slightly  thorny.— Na- 
gami  (oval  or  oblong  Kumquat) :    Fr. 
ovate  or  oblong,  %-l  in.  in  diam.  and 
l%-2  in.  long  :   tree  thornless.  — The 
fruit  of  the  Kumquat,  as  it  is  most 
commonly  called  in  America,  is  com- 
ing to  be  much  prized  for  preserving, 
and  is  also  used  fresh  to  considerable  extent,  the 
sweet  rind,  as  well  as  the  pulp,  being  eaten.    Both 
the    round    and    the    oval    sorts    have    beautiful 
dense,    dark    green   foliage,    and    form    excellent 
orange  trees  of  dwarf  habit  for  pot  culture.    They 
are  commonly  budded  or  grafted  on  trifoliata  or 
sweet  orange  stocks. 

Medica,  Linn,  (named  for  the  country  Media).  Fig. 
474.  CITRON,  in  the  broadest  sense,  including  citron, 
lemon  and  lime.  Bush  or  small  tree  :  young  shoots 
glabrous,  mostly  reddish  or  purplish,  in  some  yellowish 
green  :  Ivs.  smooth,  oblong,  acute  :  fls.  hermaphrodite 
or  frequently  unisexual, 
mostly  reddish  or  tinged 
with  red  without  :  fr. 
spherical,  ovate  or  oblong, 
often  mamillate  at  apex. 
India.  —  A  very  variable 
species,  much  modified  by 
cultivation  and  apparently 
mixed  by  hybridization,  so 
that  it  is  almost  impossi- 
ble to  determine  the  rela- 
tionship of  the  different 
forms. 

Var.    genuina,    Engler. 
CITRON  proper.    Lvs.    ob-    A0n    OMT 
long,  serrate  or   crenate  ;     48,°'  °ran£e 
petiole    short,     wingless  :          °wers. 
fr.  large,  frequently  3-4  in. 
in  diam.  and  6-7  in.  long, 
mostly  ovate-oblong,  mam- 
illate ;     rind    very    thick, 
tender,  aromatic,  more  or 

less  rough  and  warted  (rugose);  pulp  but  slightly 
developed,  dry  (lacking  in  juice),  acid  or  sub-acid.— 
The  Citron  is  cultivated  to  some  extent  in  Florida  and 
California,  but  not  so  extensively  as  in  Italy  and  the 
Mediterranean  region.  All  varieties  are  very  tender, 


CITRUS 


GIVE 


325 


probably  being  the  most  easily  injured  by  cold  of  any 
of  the  citrous  fruits.  It  is  prop,  by  seeds,  cuttings,  lay- 
ering, etc.  The  cultivated  varieties  do  not  propagate 
true  to  seed,  and  must  be  budded  or  grafted.  The  fr.  is 
prized  for  the  thick,  tender,  aromatic  rind,  which  is  pre- 
served or  candied,  and  used  extensively  for  culinary 
and  confectionary  purposes.  Many  forms  and  horticul- 
tural varieties  are  grown  in  Florida  and  California,  but 
none  have  thus  far  proved  of  noteworthy  commercial 
value.  The  Corsican,  a  variety  recently  introduced  by 
the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  from  Corsica,  has 
given  evidence  of  being  a  desirable  commercial  sort  for 
cultivation  in  this  country. 

Var.  Limon,  Linn.  LEMON.  Small,  spreading  trees 
or  shrubs  :  young  branches  smooth,  yellowish  green: 
Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  crenate  or  serrate ;  petiole  short,  mar- 
ginless  or  slightly  winged  :  fr.  medium  sized,  yellow, 
round,  ovate  or  elliptical,  mostly  mamillate  ;  rind  thin, 
aromatic  ;  pulp  abundant,  very  juicy  and  acid.  India. 
Cultivated  extensively  in  all  tropical  and  subtropical 
regions  of  the  world."— The  Lemon  is  one  of  our  most 
important  commercial  fruits,  and  is  grown  extensively 
in  California  and  Florida.  Large  quantities  of  the  fruit 
are  also  imported,  mainly  from  Italy.  The  Lemon  is 
not  so  easily  injured  by  cold  as  the  citron,  but  is  more 
tender  than  the  orange  or  pomelo.  The  entire  fruit, 
rind  and  pulp,  is  used  extensively  for  culinary  and  con- 
fectionary purposes,  for  the  manufacture  of  citric  acid 
and  for  lemonade,  etc.  It  is  commonly  prop,  by  seeds, 
but  may  also  be  readily  grown  from  cuttings.  The  cul- 
tivated varieties  must  be  prop,  by  budding  or  grafting, 
or  by  cuttings,  as  they  do  not  come  true  to  seed.  The 
following  are  the  most  important  horticultural  varie- 
ties :  Belair  :  Fr.  lemon-shaped,  blunt.  Foreign.— Eu- 
reka: Fr.  early,  few-seeded :  tree  thornless.  Foreign.— 
Genoa:  Fr.  medium  size,  early,  oval,  nearly  seedless: 
tree  everbearing,  thornless.  Foreign. — Lisbon  :  Fr.  me- 
dium size,  fine  grained,  strongly  acid;  few  seeds:  tree 
thorny.  Foreign.— Villa  Franca:  Fr.  medium  size,  qual- 


are  separated  above,  is  an  interesting  and  striking  mon- 
strosity. (See  Fig.  482,  which  is  taken  from  a  Japanese 
fruit  known  locally  as  the  Bushiukan.)  The  Florida 
Rough  Lemon,  or  simply  "Rough  Lemon,  "as  it  is  called, 


481.   Kumquat  -  Citrus  Japonica  (XX). 

ity  excellent ;  rind  smooth,  thin  ;  seeds  few  or  none. 
One  of  the  finest  Lemons  grown.  —  The  so-called  Fingered 
Citron  or  Lemon,  var.  digitata,  Risso  (or  var.  chiro- 
carpa),  in  which  the  individual  carpels  of  the  fruit 


is  a  fruit  of  doubtful  relationship.  Its  appearance  sug- 
gests that  it  may  be  a  hybrid  between  the  Citron  and 
Lemon.  It  is  a  strong,  vigorous  grower,  and  forms  an 
excellent  stock,  in  warm  localities,  for  the  various 
orange  varieties.  It  is  the  best  stock  for  the  Bahia 
navel  orange,  usually  increasing  its  fruitfulness. 

Var.  acida,  Hook.  (C.  Medica,  var.  Limttta  of  trade 
catalogues,  etc.).  LIME.  A  bush  or  small  tree,  10-20  ft. 
high  :  Ivs.  oval  or  elliptical,  small,  crenate  or  serrate; 
petiole  wing-margined,  but  not  as  broadly  so  as  in  the 
sour  orange  and  pomelo  :  fls.  small,  white  or  with  a 
slight  pinkish  tinge  without;  petals  normally  5,  but 
often  4  :  fr.  small,  spherical,  ovato  or  elliptical  ;  rind 
thin,  light  lemon-yellow,  bitter  ;  pulp  very  sour  and 
somewhat  bitter,  juicy.  India.  Extensively  cultivated 
in  the  West  Indies  and  Florida,  where  it  has  escaped 
from  cultivation  and  grows  abundantly  wild,  frequently 
forming  dense  thickets.  B.  M.  6745.  The  horticultural 
varieties  commonly  cultivated  in  the  United  States 
are:  Mexican  (West  Indian):  Fr.  small,  oblong. 
Escaped  from  cultivation  in  South  Florida  and  the  West 
Indies.  Supposed  to  have  been  introduced  from  Mex.— 
Persian:  Fr.  larger  than  in  the  preceding;  said  to  be  of 
excellent  quality.  Introduced  from  Persia.— Rangpur 
(Mandarin  Lime):  Fr.  resembling  a  mandarin  orange 
in  having  easily  removable  rind  and  separable  segments 
or  carpels ;  said  to  be  of  excellent  quality.  Introduced 
from  India.— Tahiti:  Fr.  large,  early,  nearly  seedless, 
of  fine  quality:  tree  nearly  thornles's  ;  prolific.  Intro- 
duced from  Tahiti.  This  is  probably  the  most  highly 
prized  variety  of  Lime  grown.  Until  recently,  the  Lime 
had  been  used  mainly  for  the  manufacture  of  lime  juice, 
which  had  become  a  standard  article  of  commerce,  and 
citric  acid.  Recently,  limeade  has  became  very  popular 
at  the  soda  fountains  throughout  the  country,  and  this 
use  is  so  rapidly  extending  that  in  a  few  years  it  will 
doubtless  make  Lime-growing  an  important  industry. 

H.  J.  WEBBER. 

GIVE  (written  also  Chive).  Allium  Schoendprasum, 
Linn.,  a  perennial  plant  native  to  Europe  and  the  north- 
ern borders  of  the  U.  S.  and  northward.  See  Allium. 
The  leaves  of  Give  are  used  green  as  seasoning  in  soups, 
salads  and  stews;  but,  like  other  vegetables  of  this  class, 
it  is  little  known  in  America.  Give  grows  6  to  8  inches 
high,  making  dense  mats  of  narrow,  hollow  leaves,  and 


326 


GIVE 


CLARKIA 


blooming  freely  in  violet-colored  heads,  which  scarcely 
overtop  the  foliage.  The  plant  makes  an  excellent  per- 
manent edging,  and  is  worth  growing  for  this  purpose 
alone.  It  is  easily  propagated  by  dividing  the  clumps; 
but,  like  other  tufted  plants,  it  profits  by  having  the 
stools  broken  up  and  replanted  every  few  years.  It  rarely 
seeds.  It  thrives  in  any  garden  soil.  The  leaves  may  be 
cut  freely,  for  they  quickly  grow  again.  jj<  jj.  B. 

CLADANTHUS  (Greek,  klados,  branch,  and  anthos, 
flower  ;  alluding  to  the  branching,  which  distinguishes 
this  monotypic  genus  from  Anthemis ).  Compdsltce.  An 
annual,  yellow-rayed  herb,  branched  from  the  base  in  a 
forking  manner.  A  flower  terminates  each  branch,  where- 
upon two  new  branches  start  from  directly  beneath  the 
flower.  Each  of  these  is  temporarily  stopped  by  a  flower, 
and  so  on.  A  free-flowering,  hardy  annual,  requiring  no 
special  care. 

proliferus,  DC.  (Anthemis  Ardbica,  Linn.).  Annual: 
glabrous,  2-3%  ft.  high:  Ivs.  alternate,  pinnately  parted; 
lobes  linear,  trifid:  fls.  solitary,  bracted.  N.  Africa,  not 
Arabia.  W.  M. 

CLADOTHAMNUS  (klados,  branch,  and  thamnos, 
bush,  from  the  Greek).  Ericaceae.  Erect  shrubs,  with 
many  virgate  branches :  Ivs.  deciduous,  alternate,  entire : 
fls.  pink,  terminal,  1-3,  nodding  ;  corolla  divided  to  the 
base  or  nearly  so  into  5  oblong  petals ;  stamens  10 ;  cap- 
sule 5-6-celled.  Two  species  in  Pacific  N.  America,  from 
Alaska  to  Washington.  Hardy  deciduous  shrubs,  with 
handsome,  rather  large,  pink  fls.  in  summer;  rarely  cul- 
tivated. They  will  probably  grow  best  in  peaty  and  sandy 
soil,  in  a  half-shady  position  ;  prop,  by  seeds  or  by 
cuttings  of  soft  wood  under  glass,  and  by  layers. 

C.  pyrolceflbrus,  Bong.  Shrub,  4-10  ft. :  Ivs.  nearly  sessile,  obo- 
vate-lanceolate,  mucronulate,  glabrous,  pale  green,  1/^-2%  in. 
long :  fls.  solitary,  with  5  separate  petals,  1  in.  across,  Alaska. 
G.F.  10:215.—  C.  campanulatus,  Greene.  Lvs.  smaller  :  fls.  1-3, 
with  the  petals  united  into  a  short  tube.  Washington. 

ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CLADRASTIS  (Greek,  brittle  branch).  Virgilia  of 
gardens.  Leguminosce.  Deciduous  trees :  Ivs.  alternate, 
odd-pinnate,  with  few,  rather  large,  entire,  short-stalked 
leaflets :  fls.  in  long,  often  panicled  racemes, white,  papil- 
ionaceous ;  calyx  campanulate,  5-toothed ;  stamens  10, 
free  or  connate  only  at  the  base:  pod  linear,  compressed, 
with  3-6  seeds.  Two  species  in  N.  Amer.  and  E.  Asia. 
Hardy  ornamental  trees  of  medium  size,  with  showy  fls. 
and  handsome  foliage,  turning  bright  yellow  in  fall.  They 
thrive  in  almost  any  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring, 
or  by  root  cuttings,  dug  up  in  fall  and  kept  in  sand  or 
moss,  moderately  moist  and  cool,  until  spring. 

tinctoria,  Raf .  (C.  lutea,  Koch.  Virgilia  lutea,  Michx.). 
Tree,  with  yellow  wood  and  smooth  bark,  sometimes  50  ft. : 
leaflets  7-9,  oval  or  ovate,  glabrous,  bright  green,  3-4  in. 
long:  panicles  loose,  drooping,  10-20  in.  long:  fls.  white, 
fragrant,  over  1  in.  long.  June.  Kentucky,  Tennessee 
and  N.  Carolina.  S.S.  3 : 119-20.  Mich.  Hist.  Arb.  III.  266. 
Gng.  2:401;  5:98.  F.E. 8:427.  G.F.  1:  92. -One  of  the 
most  beautiful  flowering  native  trees,  with  wide,  graceful 
head  and  a  short  trunk,  well  adapted  as  single  tree  on 
the  lawn.  Hardy  north  to  NewEng.  and  Ont.  The  wood 
yields  a  clear  yellow  dye.  Known  as  Yellow-wood. 

Amur6nsis,  Koch  ( MadcMa  Amurensls,  Rupr. ) .  Tree, 
to  40  ft. :  leaflets  7-11,  elliptic-  or  oblong-ovate,  rounded 
at  the  base,  glabrous,  2-3  in.  long:  racemes  erect,  dense- 
fid.,  often  panicled  at  the  base,  4-8  in.  long:  fls.  whitish, 
about  %in.  long.  July,  Aug.  Manchuria.  B.M.  6551.— 
Var.  Buergeri,  Maxim.,  from  Japan,  has  the  Ivs.  pubes- 
cent beneath.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CLARKIA  ( Captain  Wm.  Clark,  companion  of  Lewis, 
explorer  of  the  Rocky  Mt.  region).  Onagrdcece.  Herbs 
of  western  N.  Amer.,  with  alternate,  mostly  entire  Ivs. 
and  showy  fls.  in  the  upper  axils  or  in  terminal  racemes. 
Fls.  regular,  the  calyx  tubular,  the  petals  4,  narrow  at 
the  base  and  entire  or  lobed,  wide-spreading  ;  stamens 
8,  the  alternate  ones  shorter;  stigmas  4,  large  :  pod  ob- 
long or  linear,  4-sided.  Clarkias  are  hardy  annuals  of 
easy  cult.  They  thrive  in  a  warm,  light  soil,  either  fully 
exposed  to  the  sun  or  in  partial  shade.  Useful  for  low 
masses  or  for  edgings  ;  also  for  vases  and  baskets. 
They  have  been  much  improved  by  domestication. 


A.   Petals  entire,  or  at  least  not  lobed. 

61egans,  Dougl.  (C.  neriifdlia,~H.ort.).  Fig.  483.  From 
1-3  ft.  high  in  cult.,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  the  stems 
reddish  and  glaucous,  simple  or  sparingly  branched  : 
Ivs.  broad -ovate  to  linear,  remote-dentate:  fls.  purple  or 
rose-colored,  running  into  white  vars.;  double  forms 
in  cult. :  claw  of  the  petal  about  as  long  as  its  rhom- 
boidal  limb:  capsule  sessile.  B.M.  3592.  R.H.  1845:385. 
Mn.  1:22.  — One  of  the  commonest  annual  fls. 

rhomboidea,  Dougl.  Not  so  tall  and  more  slender  : 
Ivs.  ,thin,  lance-oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  entire  :  claw 
often  toothed,  shorter  than  the  rhomboidal  limb:  capsule 
stalked.  R.H.  1864: 151? -Perhaps  not  in  cult. 

AA.   Petals  deeply  3-lobed. 

pulch611a,  Pursh.  Fig.  484.  One  ft.  to  18  in.  high, 
branchy,  often  tufted  and  dwarf,  the  stems  mostly  pu- 
berulent:  Ivs.  narrowly  lance-oblong  to  linear,  narrowed 


Clarkia  elegans. 
Showing  double  flowers  and  the  capsules  (X  %). 

into  a  petiole,  entire:  fls.  lilac,  running  into  white  vars. : 
capsule  stalked.  B.  M.  2918.  R.  H.  1845:385  ;  1886,  p. 
557.  — Common  in  cult.  There  are  semi-double  forms. 

L.  H.  B 


CLARY 


CLEMATIS 


327 


CLARY.  The  dried  Ivs.  of  Salvia  Sclarea,  which  are 
used  for  seasoning.  Other  species  of  Salvia  have  been 
used  fo~  the  same  purpose.  See 


484.   Clarkia  pulchella.    Natural  size 


CLAYTONIA  (after  John  Clayton,  of  Virginia,  one  of 
the  earliest  American  botanists.  From  his  collections 
Gronovius  edited  the  Flora  Virginica).  Portulacdcea '. 
SPRING  BEAUTY.  Small,  hardy,  glabrous,  succulent, 
perennial  herbs,  with  slender,  2-leaved  stems  from  a 
deep,  globular  corm,  and  loose  racemes  of  white  or  rose- 
colored  fls.  with  deeper  veins,  appearing  among  the  first 
wild  fls.  and  lasting  only  a  few  days.  The  genus  has 
about  25  species,  mostly  N.  Amer.,  and  is  characterized 
by  its  oval,  persistent  sepals  and  5  stamens.  Plants  can 
be  obtained  from  dealers  in  native  plants.  They  can  be 
naturalized  in  moist  places,  and  do  well  in  half-shady 
spots  at  the  bottom  of  a  rockery.  For  C.parvifolia, 
parviflora  smdperfoliata,  see  Montia. 

Virginica,  Linn.  Plant  4-8  in.  long,  often  forcing  an 
irregular  way  through  the  leaf -mold  of  damp,  rich 
woods:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  or  linear,  2-6  in.  long,  in- 
cluding the  gradually  tapering  base  :  fls.  larger  and 
more  numerous  than  in  C.  Caroliniana.  Colo,  to  At- 
lantic and  S.  to  Gulf.  B.M.  941.  L.B.C.  7:643.  D.  33. 

Caroliniana,  Michx.  Lower  and  fewer-fld.:  Ivs.  1-2  in. 
long,  oblong,  oblong-lanceolate,  or  somewhat  spatulate, 
with  a  blade  1-2  in.  long,  abruptly  contracted  into  a 
marginal  petiole.  Minn,  to  Atlantic  and  S.  to  Mts.  of 
North  Carolina. 

lanceolata,  Pursh.  About  4  in.  high  :  Ivs.  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  %-!%  in.  long,  sessile,  the  base  broad  or 
narrow:  raceme  short-peduncled  :  petals  emarginate  or 
almost  obcordate.  Utah  and  Calif.  w  M. 

CLEISOSTOMA  (Greek,  closed  mouth,  referring  to  the 
structure  of  the  spur).  Orchiddcece,  tribe  Vdndece. 
Epiphytes  :  stems  leafy  :  Ivs.  coriaceous,  flat  or  nearly 
terete :  sepals  and  petals  adnate  to  the  column,  spread- 
ing; labellum  with  a  large  saccate  spur;  column  short, 
thick  ;  pollinia  2.  From  eastern  Asia  and  Austral.  A 
genus  comprising  in  this  neighborhood  40  species, 
which  suggest  Saccolabium.  The  plants  are  little 
known  in  Amer.  The  leading  species  are  C.  crassifo- 
Hum,  Lindl.,  and  C.  ringens,  Reich'b.  f.  C.  Dawsonia- 


i,   Reichb.   f.,is    a  Trichoglottis  ;     C.  muUifloriim, 
Hort.,  is  probably  brides  muUiflovum. 

OAKES  AMES. 

CLEMATIS  (Greek  name  of  a  climbing  plant).  Ra~ 
iuniciil«<-<'<r:.  Climbing  vines,  or  erect  or  ascending  per- 
ennial herbs,  more  or  less  woody  :  Ivs.  opposite,  slen- 
der petioled,  pinnately  compound,  lobed,  or  in  some 
species  entire:  sepals  usually  4  or  5,  sometimes  more, 
valvate  in  the  bud:,  petaloid  ;  petals  none  (or  small  in 
Atragene  section) ;  stamens  many;  pistils  many;  akenes 
in  a  head,  1-seeded  ;  style  persistent,  long,  plumose, 
silky  or  naked.  Fig.  492.  About  150  species  of  very 
wide  geographical  distribution,  most  abundant  in  tem- 
perate regions.  About  20  species  found  native  in 
North  America. — Les  Clematites,  Alphonse  Lavall^e, 
Paris,  1884  ;  referred  to  below  by  "Lav."— The  Clema- 
tis as  a  Garden  Flower,  Thomas  Moore  and  George 
Jackman,  London,  1872  ;  referred  to  below  by  «M.  &  J." 
—  Clematises,  Df.  Jules  le  Bele,  in  Bull,  de  la  Societe 
d'Hort.  de  la  Sarthe  ;  republished  in  The  Garden  (vol. 
53),  June-Oct.  1898.  — O.  Kuntze,  Monogr.  der  Gattung 
Clematis  in  Verh.  Bot.  Ver.  Brandenb.  26  (1885).— A. 
Gray,  Fl.N.  Am.  1:4-9,  1895. 

A  rich  soil  of  a  light,  loamy  character  is  the  best  for 
Clematises,  and  a  little  mixture  of  lime  will  make  it 
better.  The  soil  must  be  well  drained,  and  must  be  kept 
rich  by  at  least  annual  applications  of  horse-  or  cow-ma- 
nure. On  dry,  hot  soils  cow-manure  is  best,  while  on 
heavy  soils  a  thorough  dressing  of  rich  leaf-mold 
would  best  serve  the  purpose.  Mulching  with  half -rot- 
ted manure  on  the  approach  of  winter  tends  to  increase 
the  strength  of  the  plants  and  the  size  of  the  flowers. 
In  dry  seasons,  spraying  is  always  helpful  during  the 
growing  season. 

Clematises  belonging  to  the  Montana,  Caerulea,  Florida, 
and  Lanuginosa  types  should  be  pruned  in  February  or 
March,  by  cutting  away  all  weak,  straggling  and  over- 
crowded branches.  The  first  three  mentioned  flower 
from  the  ripened  wood  ;  it  is  essential,  therefore,  that 
in  order-to  secure  blossoms,  enough  of  the  strong  one- 
year-old  wood  should  be  retained.  Viticella,  Jack- 
mani  and  Lanuginosa  should  be  vigorously  cut  back, 
say  in  November  ;  they  blossom  from  the  new  shoots. 
Those  of  the  Caerulea  type  should  be  pruned  very  little, 
soon  after  the  flowers  have  disappeared,  by  simply  trim- 
ming off  useless  branches  and  seed-bearing  peduncles. 

Clematises  of  the  vigorous  climbing  varieties  are  used 
in  many  places  to  cover  walls,  root  fences,  mounds, 
arbors,  balconies,  trellises,  small  buildings,  and,  in  fact, 
many  other  places  the  ingenious  gardener  will  think  of. 
For  pot  culture  in  the  greenhouse,  and  for  conservatory 
walls,  the  less  vigorous  species  are  best  suited.  All  the 
many  varieties  and  hybrids  of  the  Caerulea  and  Lanu- 
ginosa types,  including  Henryi  and  the  forms  of  Jack- 
mani,  are  well  adapted  to  this  use,  as  well  as  for  out- 
door purposes.  The  dwarf er  and  more  bushy  species 
are  used  in  greenhouses  to  some  extent,  but  are  found 
principally  in  borders  or  on  large  rockeries.  Of  the 
latter  J.  B.  Keller  says  :  "Their  flowers  are  not  so 
large  as  we  see  them  in  most  of  the  climbers,  yet  they 
are  indispensable  in  the  flower  garden,  being  prolific 
bloomers  and  free  growers  in  ordinarily  rich,  deep  gar- 
den soil.  There  is  room  for  improvement  in  this  class. 
however,  and  specialists  who  hitherto  have  done  so 
much  for  the  climbers,  ought  to  direct  their  efforts  now 
to  the  long-neglected  bush  Clematises.  A  noble  begin- 
ning has  been  made,  resulting  in  the  large-flowering 
C.  integrifolia,  var.  Durandi,  but  we  expect  more  of 
them  in  the  future."  See  special  notes  on  culture  and 
hybrid-forming  qualities  after  the  descriptions  of  some 
of  the  species  and  varieties. 

The  most  common  method  of  propagation  is  by  graft- 
ing. Roots  of  C.  Flammnla  or  C.  Viticella  are  used  ; 
the  cions  are  taken  from  plants  that  have  been  grown 
under  glass,  and  are  used  before  the  wood  is  entirely 
ripe.  Cions  taken  from  plants  grown  in  the  garden  in 
summer  are  rarely  successful.  The  grafts,  in  pots  or 
trays,  are  grown  in  a  moist  coolhouse,  over  gentle  bot- 
tom heat.  Another  method  of  propagation,  involving 
less  labor  but  usually  successful,  is  to  take  cuttings  of 
nearly  ripe  wood,  grown  under  glass,  and  treat  them  as 
the  cions  first  above  mentioned,  without  the  roots.  The 
latter  method  is  practiced  preferably  in  summer  in 


328 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


gentle  hotbeds ;  shading,  spraying,  and  later  on  airing, 
must  be  strictly  attended  to.  Layering  is  practiced 
where  large  old  stools  are  at  hand.  The  knife  is  not  used 
in  the  operation,  but  a  twist  of  the  stem  will  split  the 
inner  bark  lengthwise.  Every  other  joint  is  thus  treated, 
pegged  down,  and  covered  with  soil.  It  is  best  to  leave 
the  layers  undisturbed  until  the  following  spring.  Many 
of  the  species  are  often  propagated  by  seed,  and  many 
new  varieties  have  thus  been  formed.  The  number  of 
hybrids  is  almost  countless  ;  in  this  account  are  care- 
fully recorded  all  those  in  the  American  trade  which  are 
traceable  to  their  origin. 

The  Clematis  is  subject  to  a  very  serious  disease,  due 
to  the  depredations  of  a  nematode  worm  in  the  roots. 
This  trouble  is  most  serious  under  glass  and  alongside 
buildings  where  the  ground  does  not  freeze  deep.  The 
parasite  is  probably  distributed  in  the  soil  adhering  to 
pot-grown  plants.  It  is  probable  that  hard  freezing  kills 
the  parasite.  There  is  no  remedy,  so  far  as  known,  for 
affected  plants.  Using  only  soil  which  has  been  frozen  is 
to  be  recommended  to  the  propagator.  j^  Q_  DAVIS. 

The  hybrid  varieties  of  Clematis,  commonly  known  as 
the  large-flowering  sorts,  are,  when  successfully  grown, 
among  the  most  beautiful  of  hardy  climbing  plants.  The 
commercial  propagation  and  growing  of  most  of  the 
large-flowering  varieties,  however,  is  attended  with  so 
many  difficulties  and  disappointments  that  it  has  never 
been  very  generally  attempted  by  nurserymen  or  florists 
in  this  country.  At  the  present  time  there  are  scarcely 
half  a  dozen  houses  on  this  continent  who  attempt  the 
propagation  of  Clematis  to  any  considerable  extent,  and 
it  is  only  within  the  past  fifteen  years  that  Clematises 
have  been  commercially  grown  even  by  this  limited 
number.  Prior  to  that,  practically  all  of  the  large-flower- 
ing Clematis  planted  in  this  country  were  imported  from 
Europe,  the  major  part  being  supplied  by  Holland, 
whose  moist  atmosphere  and  black  soil  produces  large, 
vigorous  plants,  but  whose  climatic  conditions  are  so 
entirely  different  from  those  usually  found  in  this 
country  that  the  plants  often  failed  to  adapt  themselves 
to  their  new  surroundings,  and  did  not  thrive  to  the  ex- 
tent that  their  good  size  and  vigorous  condition  seemed 
to  give  promise. 

The  propagation  of  Clematis  throughout  Europe  is 
usually  effected  by  grafting  pieces  of  well-ripened,  year- 
old  wood  upon  roots  of  almost  any  of  the  more  vigorous 
growing  species,  Clematis  Flammula  being  most  com- 
monly used.  In  this  country,  on  the  contrary,  the  method 
commonly  pursued  is  by  means  of  cuttings  from  young 
wood,  struck  in  sand,  with  gentle  bottom  heat,  usually 
during  May  or  June.  So  far  as  concerns  the  comparative 
vigor  and  desirability  of 
plants  produced  by  these  two 
methods,  there  is  small  choice 
between  them.  It  has  been 
our  experience  that  propaga- 
tion by  cuttings  is,  in  this 
country,  the  more  rapid  and 
economical  way,  and,  further, 
it  removes  the  possibility, 
sometimes  realized  in  grafted 
plants,  of  sprouts  being 
thrown  up  from  the  roots, 
and,  if  in  the  hands  of  an  un- 
informed amateur,  entirely 
"running  out"  the  variety 
grafted  in. 

Clematises  hybridize  so 
readily  that  the  number  of 
varieties  resultant  from  va- 
rious crosses  forms  a  long 
list.  But  while  so  many  have 
been  dignified  with  names  and 
places  in  the  catalogues  of 
nurserymen,  yet  the  varieties 
of  large-flowering  Clematis 
that  have  proved  so  valuable 
as  to  secure  permanent  places 
for  themselves  in  popular 

demand  can  almost  be  counted  upon  one's  fingers. 
There  are  many  varieties  possessing  most  beautiful 
shades  and  variations  of  coloring  that  fail  to  attain 
popularity,  chiefly  on  account  of  deficiency  in  two  es- 


sential characteristics,— vigorous  habit  of  growth  and 
abundance  of  bloom.  Clematis  Jackmani,  purple, 
originated  in  1862,  by  Mr.  George  Jackman,  was  one  of 
the  first  hybrid  Clematises  introduced,  and  still  stands 
as  the  most  popular,  and,  of  its  color,  the  most  valuable 
variety  yet  known.  The  new  variety,  Madame  Edouard 
Andre,  a  deep,  rich  crimson,  is  distinct  and  novel,  being 
at  this  time  the  only  large-flowering  sort  of  a  truly 
crimson  shade.  It  is  of  fully  as  vigorous  habit  as  the 
Jackmani,  and  its  flowers  are  similarly  massed,  though 
not  produced  in  quite  such  profusion.  Clematis  Madame 
Baron  Veillard  is  another  new  and  distinct  variety  that 
promises  to  prove  a  valuable  acquisition.  It  is  of  ex- 
ceedingly vigorous  habit,  and  the  flowers  are  quite 
freely  produced,  though,  being  more  dispersed  over  the 
plant,  they  do  not  malie  so  much  of  a  show  as  do  varie- 
ties whose  flowers  are  closely  massed.  The  flowers  are 
of  very  large  size  and  of  a  light  rose  color,  shaded  with 
lilac.  Of  white  varieties,  Henryi,  Mrs.  George  Jack- 
man and  Lanuginosa  Candida,  all  of  them  introduced 
long  ago,  still  remain  about  the  most  desirable  ones 
known.  Bamona,  deep  sky-blue,  is  a  variety  which 
originated  on  our  grounds  some  ten  years  ago.  It  is  of 
extra  large  size,  often  9  to  10  inches  across,  of  very 
vigorous  habit  and  free -flowering. 

Of  double-flowered  varieties,  Duchess  of  Edinburgh, 
white,  is  the  best  known  in  this  country,  and  about  the 
most  desirable,  though  a  new  double  white  variety,  called 
"Snowdrift, "originated  by  the  famous  Luther  Burbank, 
and  now  being  propagated  by  us,  promises  to  excel  it 
in  both  floriferousness  and  vigor  of  growth.  John  Gould 
Veitch  is  a  double  sort  with  flowers  of  lavender-blue, 
but,  with  us  at  least,  has  seemed  a  shy  bloomer  and  of 
weak  habit.  Mme.  Grange  (purplish  violet),  Star  of 
India  (purple),  Velutine  Purpurea  (purple),  and  Viti- 
cella  Venosa  (reddish purple),  are  all  desirable  varieties. 

Although  they  are  in  reality  slightly  less  hardy  than 
the  Florida  and  Patens  types,  we  would  recommend  for 
northern  localities  varieties  of  the  Lanuginosa,  Viticella 
and  Jackmani  types,  which  produce  their  flowers  from 
young  growing  wood.  Plants  of  these  types,  even  if 
frozen  back  to  the  ground,  will  still  produce  a  good  show 
of  flowers,  since,  as  stated,  they  bloom  from  the  young 
growing  wood.  Indeed,  they  need  to  be  pruned  back 
considerably  anyway  to  induce  a  free  growth  of  young 
wood.  With  plants  of  the  Patens  and  Florida  types, 
which  blossom  from  year-old  wood,  a  severe  freezing 
back  of  the  plants  would  destroy  the  crop  of  flowers  for 
the  year. 

Of  the  small-flowering  varieties,  Clematis  paniculata 
(white),  introduced  from  Japan,  has  proved  a  wonderfully 


485.   Spray  of  Clematis  paniculata. 

valuable  acquisition  in  this  country,  and  has  already 
become  exceedingly  popular.  It  is  of  remarkably 
vigorous  habit,  often  making  a  growth  of  20  to  25  feet 
in  a  season.  It  seems  thus  far  to  be  entirely  free  from 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


329 


disease,  is  delightfully  fragrant,  and  so  floriferous  that 
the  blossoms  form  a  dense  sheet  of  bloom,  remaining  in 
full  beauty  for  several  weeks.  The  foliage  is  very  thick 
and  heavy,  thus  making  it  very  desirable  for  covering 
porches  and  arbors. 

Crispa  (blue)  and  Coccinea  (red)  are  varieties  with 
very  pretty,  bell-shaped  flowers.  They  are  easily  grown 
and  do  well  in  almost  all  situations. 

The  perennial,  non-climbing  varieties  of  Clematis  are 
most  pleasing  border  plants,  succeeding  well  in  all  ordi- 
nary soils  and  making  a  rich  show  of  bloom  at  their 
flowering  season.  Davidiana  (blue)  and  Recta  (white) 
are  about  the  best  known  and  most  desirable  varieties 
of  this  class. 

To  grow  Clematis  most  successfully,  they  should  be 
given  a  good  depth  of  loamy  soil,  with  a  fair  supply  of 
well  rotted  manure  spaded   in  and  thoroiighly  distrib- 
uted through  the  soil.    In  hot,  dry  weather,  the  plants 
s"hould   be   regularly  watered    in  order   to   obtain   the 
greatest  number  of  fls.  possible,  for  the  plants  are  very 
susceptible  to  injury  by  drought.    A  point  of  great  im- 
portance,   especially    in   caring    for    newly    set 
plants,  is  to  provide  a  firm  support   for  them  to 
climb  upon.     A  solid  wooden  or  metal  trellis  is 
preferable,  for  the  reason  that  it  prevents   the 
plants  from  being  whipped  about  by  the  winds,  which 
often  results  either  in  breaking  the  stalks  just  above  the 
ground  or  else  in  cracking  the  outer  bark  of  the  stalks 
and  rendering  them   more  liable  to   the  attacks  of  in- 
sects and  fungous  diseases.     Training  the  vines  upon 
strings,  or  a  pliable  support  of  any  kind,    is  not  to  be 
advised   for  this   reason.     Propagation  of  the    hybrid 
varieties    is  effected  both  by  cuttings    and  by  grafts. 
All  of  the  type  varieties  grow  readily  from  seed. 

JACKSON  &  PERKINS  Co. 

Index:  alpina,  32;  aristata,  9;  aromatica,  29;  azurea, 
14.  bicolor,  20  ;  brevicaudata,  6  ;  caerulea,  14  ;  Califor- 
nica,  8  ;  campaniflora,  19  ;  Candida,  12  ;  Catesbyana,  7  ; 
cirrhosa,  15;  coccinea,  21;  Columbiana,  31  ;  crassifolia, 
9«-  crispa,  22;  Davidiana,  25;  Douglasi,  26;  Drummondi, 
3;  erecta,  1  ;  eriostemon,  18  ;  excelsior,  12  ;  Flammula, 
2  ;  floribunda,  19  ;  florida,  20  ;  Fortunei,  20  ;  Fremonti, 
27  ;  fulgens,  18  ;  grandiflora,  14.  15  ;  graveolens,  11 ; 
Hendersoni,  18;  Henryi,  12;  heraclesefolia,  25;  Hookeri, 
25  ;  indivisa,  17  ;  integrifolia,  28  :  Jackmani,  12  ;  Ker- 
raesinus,  18  ;  lanuginosa,  12  ;  ligusticifolia,  8  ;  lilicina- 
floribunda,  18;  marmorata,  18;  Meyeriana,  10;  modesta, 
18;  montana,  15;  nivea,  12;  occidentalis,  32 ;  ochroleuca, 
30  ;  odorata,  15  ;  orientalis,  11  ;  paniculata,  5  ;  patens, 
14  ;  Pieroti,  16  ;  Pitcheri,  24  ;  purpurea-hybrida,  18  ; 
net*,  1  ;  reticulata  23  ;  rubella,  2  :  Sargenti,  24  ;  Si- 
biri'-a,  32  ;  Sieboldi,  20  ;  Standishii,  14  ;  Stanleyi,  13  ; 
stans,  25;  tubulosa,  25;  Tunbridgensis,  12;  verticillaris, 
31;  Viorna,  21;  Virginiana,  7;  Vitalba,  4;  Viticella,  18. 

A.    True  petals  none;  sepals  petaloid.    Clematis  proper. 
B.    Styles  of  fruit  very  long  and  plumose  (Fig.  492). 

C.  Fls.  on  the  new  growth,  numerous,  small,  appear- 
ing in  the  last  half^of  the  season,  often  in  pani- 
cles. Flammula  section. 

D.    Herbaceous,  nearly  erect. 

1.  r6cta,  Linn.  (C.  ere"cta,  Linn.).  Herbaceous,  some- 
what tufted,  2-3  ft.  long  : 
Ivs.  pinnate  ;  Ifts.  stalked, 
ovate,  acuminate,  entire:  fls. 
numerous, on  a  large,  branch - 
ing,terminal  corymb;  white, 
sweet-scented,  1  in.  across. 
June-Aug.  S.  Eu.  Gn.  52, 
•  p.  510;  53,  p.  547.-Var. 
plena,  Lemoine.  Fully  dou- 
bled, button-like  blossoms. 

DD.     Woody   or  half-woody, 

climbing. 
E.    Fls.  usually  perfect, 

nearly  u'hite. 
2.  Flammula,    Linn.    (C. 
Pdllasi,   J.   F.    Gmel.).     A 

slender  but  vigorous  climber,  reaching  10-15  ft. :  dark 
green  Ivs.,  remaining  fresh  till  midwinter;  Ifts.  vari- 
able but  usually  bipinnate,  small,  ovate,  oblong  or 


linear  :  fls.  small,  numerous  in  axillary  and  terminal 
panicles;  sepals  4,  linear-oblong  white;  stamens  white; 
fr.  bearing  white  plumes.  Aug.-Oct.  Mediterranean 
region.  Gn.  52,  p.  499.  — Must  have  a  sunny  exposure  ; 

very  beautiful. 

Var.  rubella, 
Bele  (C.  rubella, 
Pers.,  not  Hort.). 
Differs  from  the 

487  \*'-  w.^lv\     type  in  having  the 

Leaf  of  Clematis      -  &'»**      "s.  red  outside. 

Virginiana. 


486. 
Flower  of 

Clematis  paniculata. 
Natural  size. 


3.  Drummondi,    Torr.    & 
Gray.    Allied  to   C.  Flam-      . 
mula:  stem  and  Ivs.    ashy 
pubescent ;    Ivs.  finely  pin- 
nate :    fls.  white,  much  less 
abundant ;  styles  becoming 

2-3  in.  long.    Sept.    Dry  ground,  Tex.  to  Ariz. 

4.  Vitalba,  Linn.    In  Europe  called  Traveller's  Joy. 
The  most  vigorous  climber  of  the  genus,  ascending  20- 
30  ft.:  Ivs.  pinnate;  Ifts.  ovate- lanceolate,  acuminate, 
cordate  at  the  base,  partly  cut:  fls.  numerous,  in  axillary 
panicles,  dull  white,  %  in.  across,  with  a  faint  odor  of 
almonds :  styles  of  fr.  long  and  feathery,  from  which  it 
is  given  the  name  Old  Man's  Beard.    July-Sept.    Eu., 
N.  Afr.,  Caucasus  region.    Gn.  53,  p.  546.    S.H.  2:540. 

5.  paniculata,  Thunb.     Figs.  485.  486.     A  vigorous 
climber :  Ifts.  3-5,  often  lobed,  acuminate,  1-4  in.  long, 
g'.xbrous  :  fls.  fragrant,  1-1/^in.  across,  in  axillary  and 
terminal  panicles  ;  sepals  4,  dull  white.     Sept.    Japan. 
G.F.  3:621;  5:91;  9:75and  185.    F.B.2.-581.    Mn.7:113; 
Gng.  1:101  and   165;    6:291;    4:229.     A.F.  13: 1314.- 
Prop.  by  seed.     By  fai  the  most  common  of  the  fall- 
blooming  species  in  American  gardens.    Thrives  best  in 
sunny  situations.— Will  stand  severe  pruning  in  winter. 

6.  brevicaudata,  DC.  (C.  brevicorddta,  Hort.).    Climb- 
ing vigorously  :    Ivs.  pinnate  to  bipinnate  ;    segments 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  coarsely  toothed,  nearly  gla- 
brous: fls.  in  axillary  panicles,  white.  Aug.-Oct.   China. 
G.  F.  5:139.- Very  little  used. 

EE.    Fls.  mono2cious  or  dioecious,  white  or  whitish. 

7.  Virginiana,  Linn.    Fig.  487.    Climbing  12  to  15  ft.: 
Ivs.ternate;  Ifts.  glabrous,  cut -toothed,  bases  often  cor- 
date :  flj.  white,  in  leafy  panicles,  often  monoecious  or 
dioecious,  about  1  in.  across  when  expanded  :    plumose 
styles  1  in.  or  more  in  length.    July-Sept.    Nova  Scotia 
to  Ga.,  westward  to  Kans.    G.W.F.A.  12.    D.  103. 

Var.  Catesbyana,  Britton  (C.  Catesbyana,  Pursh). 
Lvs.  somewhat  pubescent,  often  biternate.  S.  E.  states. 
F1.736  (1814).  Int.  1883. 

8.  ligusticifdlia,  Nutt.    Allied  to  C.  Virginiana,  but 
having  5-7  Ifts.,  of  firmer  texture,  rather  more  pubes- 
cent, variable  in  form  and  margin,  but  usually  3-lobed  or 
coarsely  toothed:  fls.  white,  %in.  across,  in  terminal  and 
axillary  panicles  ;  styles  densely  silky-pubescent,  with 
long,  straight  hairs.    Aug.    Missouri  to  N.  Mexico  and 
Brit.  Columbia.    Int.  1881.    Var.  Calif6rnica,  Wats.,  has 
no  marked  difference  :  Ivs.  usually  smaller  and  perhaps 
more  tomentose. 


330 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


9.  crassifdlia,  Benth.  Climbing  :  Ivs.  coriaceous, 
3-parted;  segments  nearly  entire,  ovate-acuminate,  with 
bases  cuneate :  fls.  in  small,  axillary  panicles ;  sepals  4, 
spreading,  dull  or  white  ;  anthers  shorter  than  the  fila- 
ments. Late  summer.  China. —  Suitable  for  greenhouse 
use,  but  not  yet  well  introduced.  G.  aristata,  of  B.  R. 
3:238,  is  a  fair  representation  of  this  plant. 


488.  Clematis  Henryi.    One-fourth  size. 

10.  Meyeniana,  Walp.    Climbing  rapidly,  more  hardy 
than  C.  crassifolia :  Ivs.  much  the  same,  but  with  the 
segments  obtuse  or  cordate  at  the  base  :  fls.  much  as  in 
that  species,  but  with  the  anthers  longer  than  the  fila- 
ments.   Late  summer.    China. 

EBB.    Fls.  perfect,  yellow,  and  more  spreading  than 
the  preceding. 

11.  orientalis,  Linn.  (C.  graveolens,  Lindl.).    A  rapid 
climber,  reaching  12-15  ft. :  Ivs.  thin,  glaucous  and  shiny, 
twice  or  thrice  ternate  ;  Ifts.  3-parted  or  -lobed,  with 
small,  ovate,  entire  or  cut-toothed  divisions :  fls.  solitary, 
becoming  erect  or  nearly  so,  1%  in.  across;  sepals  4,  yel- 
low, tinted  with  green,  somewhat  reflexed  ;  styles  plu- 
mose.  Aug.- Sept.    Himalaya  region.   Lav.  21.    Figured 
as  C.  graveolens  in  the  following  :  B.M.  4495.  Gn.  45 : 954, 
p.  240.    P.S.4:374b;  6:548. 

CC.   Fls.  on  the  new  growth,  appearing  successively 

throughout  the  summer. 

D.    Climbing  plants. 

12.  lanuginosa,  Lindl.  (including  var.  pdllida,  Hort. ) . 
Climbing  only  5  or  6  ft. :  Ivs.  simple  or  of  3  Ifts.,  cordate- 
acuminate,  woolly  beneath:  fls.  erect,  woolly  in  the  bud, 
the  largest  of  the  wild  species,  being  6  in.  across;  sepals 
5  or  6,  broadly  ovate,  leathery,  rather  flat,  overlapping, 
lavender  or  bluish  gray;  center  of  stamens  pale  reddish 
brown;  styles  plumose.    Summer.    Native  near  Ningpo, 


China.  F.S.  8:811.  I. H.  1:14.  Lav.  1.  M.  &J.4.-Itia 
to  this  species,  more  than  to  any  other,  that  the  beauty 
and  popularity  of  the  garden  varieties  and  hybrids  are 
due.  The  finest  hybrids,  including  C.  Jackmani  and  its 
section,  and  C.  Henryi,  contain  more  or  less  of  the  blood 
of  C.  lanuginosa. 

Var.  Candida,  Lemoine  (C.  Candida,  Hort.).  Like  the 
type,  except  that  the  simple  Ivs.  and  Ifts.  of  the  compound 
Ivs.  are  much  larger,  and  the  fls.  are  larger,  being  7-8  in. 
across.  — Perhaps  a  hybrid  of  G.  ccerulea. 

Var.  nivea,  Lemoine  (C.  nivea,  Hort.).  Sepals  6-8, 
narrowish,  pure  white :  anthers  pale  brown.  —  Thought  to 
be  of  the  same  origin  as  the  above  var. 

Othei  forms  of  C.  lanuginosa  are  : 

Lady  Caroline  Nevill  (C.  Lady  Caroline  Nevill,  Hort.).  Fls. 
often  7  in.  across  ;  sepals]6,  nearly  white,  with  mauve-colored 
stripe  down  center  of  each.  Gn.  46  p.  33.— One  of  the  finest 
light-colored  varieties. 

Marie  Lefebvre  (C.Marie  Lefebvre,  Hort.).  Resembles  the 
last,  but  has  8  sepals,  more  pointed,  and  darker  in  shade. 

Sensation  (C.  Sensation,  Hort.).  Fls.  like  the  type,  but  with 
6~7  grayish  blue  sepals;  tis.  6  in.  across. 

Madame]Van  Houtte  (C.  Madame  VanHoutte,  Hort.).  Late- 
blooming  ;  sepals  pale  ..blue,  becoming  white. 

Madame  Thibaut  (C.  Madame  Thibaut,  Hort.).  Fls.  very 
abundant.-Thought  to  be  a  hybrid  with  C.  ViticeUa. 

The  President  (C.  The  President,  Hort.).  A  rich  violet-blue 
flower. 

Excelsior  (V.  Excelsior,  Hort.).  Fls.  double  ;  sepals  grayish 
purple,  with  a  reddish  bar  down  the  center  of  each.  F.S. 
20:1995. 

Of  the  more  certain  hybrids  of  this  group,  some  of  which  are 
so  closely  allied  to  C.  lanuginosa  as  to  be  considered  varieties  of 
it,  the  following  are  the  best  in  the  American  trade  : 

E.    Fls.  white  or  whitish. 

Oloire  de  St.  Julien,  Carre.  (X  C.  crarulea,  var.  plena).  Plant, 
much  like  C.  lanuginosa,  but  with  larger  fls. ;  sepals  6-8,  white 
or  pale  gray  at  first ;  stamens  yellow. 

Henryi,  Anderson-Henry  (XC.  florida,var.  Fortunei).  Fig.  488. 
Robust  plant:  free  bloomer;  fls.  creamy  white,  becoming  fully 
expanded  when  grown  in  the  open  sun  or  under  glass.  Aug.-Nov. 
—It  resembles  more  the  lanuginosa  parent. 

Otto  Froebel,  Lemoine  (X  C.  caerulea).  Lvs.  leathery,  simple 
or  3-parted:  fls.  of  fleshy  texture,  grayish  white,  sometimes  be- 
coming bluish;  sepals  8,  blunt,  broad;  anthers  brownish. 

Imperatrice  Eugenie,  Carre.  (C.  1.  var.  pallidaX  C.  caerulea). 
Lvs.  simple  or  3-parted;  Ifts.  broad  and  woolly:  fls.k8-9  in. 
across,  with  8  broad,  white  sepals. 

Jeanne'  d'Arc,  Dauvesse.  Same  cross  as  last  and  much  like  it, 
but  the  sepals  are  grayish  white,  with  3  blue  bars  down  the 
center  of  each. 

BE.    Fls.  some  shade  of  blue,  lavender,  purple,  etc., 
except  in  some  vars.  of  C.  Jackmani. 

Lawsonidna,  Anderson-Henry  (X  C.  florida,  var.  Fortunei). 
Fls.  very  large ;  sepals  6-8,  broad,  rose-purple,  marked  with 
darker  veins.  Aug.-Nov. 

rubro-violacea,  Jackman  (X  C.  ViticeUa,  var.  atrorubens). 
Lvs.  pinnate,  with  ovate- acuminate  or  sometimes  ovate-lanceo- 
late Ifts.:  sepals  4-6,  maroon-purple  ;  stamens  greenish.  F.S. 
16:1630.  F.M.  1876:217.  Var.  Prince  of  Wales,  Hort.,  has  fls.  of 
lighter  tint. 

La  France,  Hort.  (X  C.  Jackmani).  Lvs.  smooth;  buds 
woolly:  sepals  deep  cobalt-blue,  pointed,  with  wavy  edges. 

Reine  des  Bleues,  Boisselot  (same  cross  as  the  last) .  Fls.  large, 
blue,  with  broad,  recurved  sepals. 

Devoniensis,  Hort.  (same  cross).  Fls.  8-9 in.  across  ;  sepals^, 
delicate  lavender-blue.  Gn.  9,  p.  563  (note). 

Symesiana,  Anderson-Henry  (XC.  florida,  var.  Fortunei). 
Fls.  7  in.  across;  sepals  6-8,  pale  mauve;  a  profuse  bloomer. 

Gem,  Baker  (X  C.'Standishi).  Lvs.  3-parted  or  simple:  fls. 
like  C.  lanuginosa  in  form;  grayish  blue. 

Jackmani,  Jackman  (X  C.  Hendersoni,  1858-60).  Habit  and 
Ivs.  of  C.  lanuginosa :  fls.  flat,  5-6  in.  broad ;  sepals  4-6,  very 
broad,  velvety  purple,  with  a  ribbed  bar  down  the  center;  broad, 
central  tuft  of  pale  green  stamens.  M.  &  J.  5,  6,  9, 10, 11, 12, 14. 
I.H.  11:414.  F.S.  16:1629.  Gn.  22:349;  53,  p.262.  A.G.19:269.  A.F. 
10:1329.  R.H.  1868:  390.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  Fls.  nearly  pure  white. 
Gn.  25:  427.  Var.  superba,  Hort.  Fls.  violet-purple,  resembling 
C.  Madame  Grange.  See  Fig.  489. 

Other  hybrids  or  varieties  of  C.  Jackmani  are  :  Var.  Gipsy 
Queen,  Cripps  (C.  Gipsy  Queen,  Hort.),  deep  violet.  Var.  Alex- 
dndra,  Jackman  (C.Alexandra,  Hort.),  reddish  violet.  Var.  Star 
of  India,  Cripps  (C.  Star  of  India,  Hort.),  5  in.  across,  purple, 
barred  with  red.  Var.  Tunbridgensis,  Cripps  (C.  Tunbridgensis, 
Hort. ) ,  reddish  purple,  barred  with  light  blue.  Var.  magnified. 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


331 


.Jackman  (C.  magnifica,  Hort.),  rich  purple,  shaded  with  crim- 
son, X  bars  of  red  in  each  sepal.  Var.  Madame  Grange,  Hort. 
(C  Madame  <i  range,  Hort. ),  sepals  very  concave,  purple  crim- 
son. Var.  Mrs. .lames  liatemaii.  Noble  U'.  .Mrs.. lames  Hateman, 
Hort.),  pale  lavender  :  a  probable  cross  of  C.  J.  with  C.  lanugi- 
nosa  ;  M.  «.V-  J.  '_',  t'.  1:  F.S. 20:1779.  Var.  Mrs.  Moore,  Jackman 
(('.  Mrs.  Moon-.  Hort.),  8-9  in.  across,  sepals  rather  narrow, 
white.  Var  Thomas  Moore,  Jackman  (C.  Thomas  Moore,  Hort.), 
aslar«t-;^:he  last,  rich  violet, with  white  stamens.  Var. Madame 
Karon  Veillard,  Baron  Veil.  (C.  Madame  Baron  Veillard,  Hort.), 
rose-lilac.  Var.  Madame  Andre,  Baron  Veil.  (C.  Madame  Andre, 
Hort.), carmine- violet.  R.H.  189:5:180.  Vnr.velutlna-purpurea, 
Jackman  (('.  velntina-purpurea,  Hort.),  fls.  4-6  in.  across,  usu- 
ally 4,  sometimes  .">  or  tj  sepals,  blackish  purple. 

DD.   Herbaceous,  erect. 

T.I.  Stanley!,  Hook.  (C.  Stanley  ana,  Hort.).  Erect, 
robust  herbs.  ;{  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  biternate  ;  Ifts.  sessile  or 
petioled,  variable  in  size,  cuneate,  silky  :  fls.  1-3  in. 
ucn>^.  white  to  piuk-purple;  sepals  becoming  widely  ex- 
panded; stamens  yellow;  styles  becoming  very  plumose, 
white.  July-Oct.  "Transvaal.  Int.  1893.  B.M.  7166.  Gn. 
39:789.  G*  F.  3:513.  G.C.  III.  8:  327.— Suitable  for 
greenhouse  culture  ;  in  the  northern  states  it  is  apt  to 
winter-kill  if  left  unprotected. 

OOP.    Fls.  on  the  year-old  ripened  wood,  appearing  in 
late  winter,  spring,  or  early  summer. 
D.   Sepals  more  than  4,  usually  6-9. 

14.  caerulea,  Lindl.  (C.  patens,  Morr.  &  Decne.  C.  azu-. 
rea,  Hort.,  ex.  Turcz.).  Taller  and  more  slender,  and 
Ifts.  smaller  and  narrower  than  C.  lanuginosa :  fls. 
spreading;  sepals  about  8,  rather  narrow,  delicate  lilac; 
stamens  purple.  Spring.  Isle  of  Nippon,  Japan.  M.&J. 
3.  Lav.  2  and  3.  B.R.23:1955.  P.M.  4:193.  B. 3:126.- 
Should  be  grown  on  a  northern  exposure  to  preserve  the 
•color  of  the  flowers.  It  is  almost  as  prolific  as  C.  lanugi- 
nosa in  producing  garden  varieties  and  hybrids,  and  it 
is  the  most  likely  of  all  to  produce  double-flowered  forms. 

Var.  grandifldra,  Hook.  (C.  azurea,  var.  grandifldrat 
Hort. ) .  Fls.  larger  than  the  type.  B.M.  3983. 

Var.  Standishi,  Moore  (C.  Stdndishi,  Hort.).  Fls. 
about  5  in.  across  ;  sepals  light  purple,  of  metallic 
luster.  — A  fine  variety  from  Japanese  gardens. 

The  following  other  garden  varieties : 

Mrs.  James  Baker  (C.  Mrs.  James  Baker,  Hort.).  Sepals 
nearly  white,  ribbed  with  dark  carmine, 

Miss  Bateman,  Noble  (C.  Miss  Bateman,  Hort.).  Fls.  more 
compact  than  the  type,  6  in.  across;  sepals  ovate,  shortly  acumi- 
nate, pure  white,  with  cream-colored  bars  ;  anthers  brown. 
Probably  of  hybrid  origin  ;  allied  to  var.  Standishi. 

Stella,  Jackman  (C.  Stella,  Hort.).  Fls.  not  so  large  as  the 
last ;  sepals  deep  mauve,  with  a  red  bar  down  the  center  of  each. 
F.S.  22:  2341. 

Amalia,  Siebold  (C.  Amalia,  Hort. ) .  Sepals  6  or  more,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  light  lilac.  From  Japanese,  gardens..,  F.S.  10:1051. 

Lord  Lanesborough,  Noble  (C.  Lord  Lanesborough,  Hort.). 
Sepals  bluish  lilac,  each  with  a  metallic  purple  bar.— A  good  va- 
riety to  gradually  force  to  blossom  in  the  greenhouse  by  March. 

Lady  Lanesborough.  Noble  (C.  Lady  Lanesborough,  Hort.). 
Sepals  silver-gray,  the  bar  being  lighter  colored.— It  will  blos- 
som in  March  in  the  greenhouse. 

Marie,  Simon-Louis  (C.  Marie,  Hort.).  Fls.  darker  than 
the  type. 

The  Queen,  Jackman  (C.  The  Queen,  Hort.).  Fls.  rather  com- 
pact, the  sepals  being  broader  than  the  type. 

John  Murray,  Jackman  (C.  John  Murray,  Hort.).  Habit  and 
foliage  bolder  than  the  type:  fls.  somewhat  later.  Gn.  46:  970. 

Fair  Rosamond,  Jackman  (C.  Fair  Rosamond,  Hort. ) .  Sepals 
apiculate,  broader  than  the  type,  and  of  the  same  color.  F.S. 
22:2342. 

Countess  of  Lovelace,  Jackman  (C.  Countess  of  Lovelace, 
Hort.).  Fls.  double,  blue- violet ;  sepals  much  imbricated.  In 
the  second  crop  of  blooms  the  fls.  are  single,  as  is  often  the  case 
in  other  double  varieties. 

Albert  Victor,  Noble  ( C.  Albert  Victor,  Hort. ) .  Fls.  much  like 
the  type,  but  large  and  more  compact.—  Suitable  for  forcing 
under  glass. 

Duchess  of  Edinburgh,  Jackman  (C.  Duchess  of  Edinburgh, 
Hort. ) .  Fls.  double,  white,  strongly  imbricated. 

Louis  van  Houtte,  Hort.  (C.  Louis  van  Houtte,  Hort.).  Semi- 
double,  rosy  white. 

Vesta, Endlicher  (C.Vesta, Hort.).  Sepals  gray;  anthers  red. 
Gt.  39:1333.  Gn.9:18. 

Helena,  Siebold  (C.Helena, Hort.).  Fls. pure  white, with  yel- 
low stamens.  F.S.  11:1117.  I.H.  1:21. 


monstrosa.  Van  Houtte  (C.  monstrosa,  Hort.).  Fls.  semi- 
double,  pure  white.  F.S.  9:  960. 

Sophia,  Siebold  (C.  Sophia,  Hort.).  Sepals  deep  lilac-purple 
on  the  edges,  with  light  green  bars.  F.S.  8:  852.  I.H.  1:21. 
B.H.1:97. 

DD.    Sepals  4. 

15.  montana,    Buch.-Ham.    (C.    odordta,    Hort.,   not 
Wall.).    A  vigorous  climber,  often  reaching  a  height  of 
15-20  ft. :  Ivs.  ternate,with  oblong-acuminate  cut-toothed 
Ifts.:  fls.  several  in  each  axil,  following  each  other  in 
succession  of  time,  resembling  white  anemone  blossoms, 
sweet-scented  ;    sepals    4,   elliptic-oblong,   1   in.    long, 
spreading,  becoming  pink  ;  stamens  conspicuous,  yel- 
low.   May.    Himalaya   region.     B.  R.  26:53.     M.  &  J.  8. 
Gn.  49,  p.  39;  51,  p.  349.    A.  G.  19:391.    R.  H.  1856:161.- 
The  species  prefers   a  mild  climate.     The   section  of 
Clematises  to  which  it  belongs  includes  the  evergreen 
forms,  such  as  C.  cirrhdsa,  Linn.,  of  the  Mediterranean 
region. 

Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.   Fls.  3-4  in.  across.   B.M.  4061. 

16.  Pierdti,  Miq.    Closely  allied  to  the  last:  Ivs,  and 
Ifts.  shaggy-hairy,  much  toothed,  veins  prominent :  fls. 
small.    Early  summer.   Japan. 


489.  Clematis  Jackmani.  var.  alba. 

17.  indivisa,Willd.  Much  like  C.  montana  :  fls.white; 
requires  cool  greenhouse  culture,  and  is  then  very  beau- 
tiful :  Ivs.  evergreen.  G.  F.  6:167.  A.  F.  13:879.  Gn. 
53,  p.  546.  —  Indivlsa,  var.  lobdta,  Hook.,  differs  very 
little  from  the  type.  B.M.  4398.  R.H.  1853:241.  Gn.  53 
p.  547.  F.S.  4:402. 


332 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


BB.  Styles  of  fr.  usually  rather  short,  often  becoming 
plumose,  but  not  so  much  as  in  B.— Viticella 
Section. 

c.    Climbing  plants. 
D.    Fls.  large,  expanded  when  mature. 

18.  Vitic611a,  Linn.  Climbing  8-12  ft.:  Ivs.  some- 
times entire,  but  usually  divided  into  3  nearly  entire 
Ifts.:  fls.  l%-2  in.  in  diam.,  growing  singly  on  pedun- 
cles; sepals  4,  blue,  purple  or  rosy  purple,  obovate, 
pointed,  reflexed ;  stamens  yellow :  fr.  with  rather  short 
tails,  devoid  of  plumes.  June- Aug.  S.  Eu.  to  Persia. 
R.H.  1860,  p.  183;  1876:110;  1879:350  (vars.).  B.M.  565. 
Lav.  7.  — This  is  the  type  of  one  of  the  leading  groups 
of  garden  Clematises,  and  is  one  of  the  parents  of  the 
Jackmani  type  of  hybrids. 

The  four  following  are  garden  varieties  : 

Kermeslmis,  Hort.  (C.  Kermesinus,  Hort.).  Fls.  of  bright 
wine- red  color,  purple  being  absent.  Gn.  39:787. 

Liliclna-floribunda,  Hort.  (C.  lilicina-floribunda,  Hort.  C. 
floribuiida,  Hort.).  Fls.  pale  gray-lilac,  conspicuously  veined. 
Gn.  18,  p.  389  (note).— An  abundant  bloomer.  Produced  in  an 
English  garden  in  1880. 

Lady  Bovill,  Jackman  (C.  Lady  Bovill,  Hort.).  Fls.  cup- 
formed,  sepals  being  concave  and  little  or  not  at  all  recurved 
at  the  ends,  fls.  4  in.  across;  sepals  4-6,  grayish  blue;  stamens 
light  brown.  M.  &  J.  15. 

Marmordta,  Jackman  (C.  marmorata,  Hort.).  Fls.  rather 
small,  with  4  broad  sepals,  grayish  blue,  3  longitudinal  bars. 
M.  &  J.  1,  f.  2;  same  plate  in  F.  S.  20:2008  (opp.  p.  17.) 

Hybrids  of  C.  Viticella  which  are  closely  allied  to  that  type: 

Hendersoni,  Henderson  (C.  eri6stemon,  Dene.  =C.V.XC. 
integrifolia) .  Stem  and  habit  of  C.  Viticella:  Ifts.  and  fls.  much 
like  C.  integrifolia:  climbing  8-10  ft.:  4  blue  sepals,  spreading, 
reflexed  at  the  tips.  R.H.  1852:341.  F.S.  13:1364  (as  var.venosa) . 

Othello,  Cripps.  (=*C.  V.,var. 

rubra  X  C.  Flammula) .    Fls.  of  ,-'"  .     / 

medium  size,  of  a  deep  velvety 
purple ;  continues  blooming  un- 
til October. 

Purpiirea-hybrida,  Modeste- 
Guerin  (=  C.V.X  C.  Jackmani) . 
Fls.  4-6  in.  across,  deep  purple 
violet,  with  red  veins,  but  not 
barred. 


490.  Clematis  florida,  van  bicolor. 

Modesta,  Modeste-GuSrin  (=C.  V.X  C.  lanuginosa) .  Fls.  well 
expanded,  large,  bright  blue,  bars  deeper  colored. 

Fulgens,  Simon-Louis  (=  C.  V.,var  grandiflora.XC.  lanugi- 
nosa). Sepals  5-6,  rather  narrow,  dark  purple  to  blackish  crim- 
son, velvety,  edges  somewhat  serrate. 


Boskoop,  Hort.  (C.  Boskoop  Seedling,  Hort.  =C.V.XC.  in- 
tegrifolia). A  new  race  in  1892:  growing  3-5  ft.:  fls.  blue,  lav- 
ender, rose  or  reddish  rose. 

19.  campanifldra,  Brot.    Climbing  10-15  ft.:    fls.  re- 
flexed  and  bell-shaped  as  in  the  above  type  or  more  so; 
purple    or   whitish.     June,  July.     Native    of    Portugal. 
L. B.C.  10:987.     Lav.  8. -This  has  been  called  C.  Viti- 
cella because  of  its  close  resemblance  in  flower,  fruit 
and  leaf;  but  the  Ivs.  are  often  twice  ternate,  and  the 
plant  is  much  more  slender  in  habit. 

20.  H6rida,Thunb.  A  slen- 
der plant,  climbing  9-12  ft. : 
Ivs.  variable,  more  or  less 
ternate   or   biternate;    Ifts. 
small,  ovate -lanceolate:   fls. 
2-4  in.  across,  flat  when  ex- 
panded ;     the     5-6     broad, 
ovate  sepals  creamy  white, 
barred  with  purple  beneath ; 
stamens     purplish.       May, 
June.      Japan.      B.  M.  834. 
R.H.  1856:41. 

Var.  bicolor,  Steud.  (C. 
Sieboldi,  D.  Don).  Fig.  490. 
Like  the  type,  but  with  the 
purple  stamens  somewhat 
petal-like,  and  forming  a 
dense,  purple  head  in  the 
center.  F.  S.  5:487.  Lav. 
5.  M.  &J.  16.  B.  R.  24:25. 
P.M.  4:147.  Gn.  22:349.  R. 

H. 1856:401. 

491.  Clematis  Viorna. 

Var.  F6rtunei,  Moore  (C. 

F6rtunei,Hort.).  Fls.  large,  very  much  doubled;  se- 
pals creamy  white,  becoming  pink.  F.  S.  15 :  1553. 
G.  C.  1863:  676.  I.  H.  10,  p.  86.  M.  &  J.  13. 

Belle  of  Woking  (C.  Belle  of  Woking,  Hort.) ,  A  hybrid  form: 
fls.  very  full  and  double ;  sepals  purple. 

John  Gould  Veitch  (C.  John  Gould  Veitch,  Hort.  C.  Veitchii, 
Hort.).  Fls.  velvet,  double,  resembling  var.  Fortunei,  except  in 
the  color  of  the  sepals.  From  Japanese  gardens.  F.S.  18: 1875-6. 

L>D.    Fls.  smaller,  pitcher-shaped  or  tubular. 

21.  Vidrna,  Linn.     Fig.  491.    Climbing  8-10  ft.:  Ivs. 
not  glaucous  nor  coriaceous  ;  Ifts.  subcordate -ovate  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  slightly  reticulated  :  fls.   solitary,   on 
long  peduncles,   pitcher-shaped  ;  sepals  4,   1  in.  long, 
variable  in  color,  often  dull  purple,  thick  and  leathery, 
tips    often    recurved  ;     styles   plumose   when    mature. 
June-Aug.    Penn.  to  Alabama  and  westward.    Lav.  17. 

Var.  coccinea,  A.  Gray  (C.  coccinea,  Eng-elm.).  Lvs. 
glaucous,  subcoriaceous ;  Ifts.  broader  than  the  type, 
often  obtuse  or  retuse  :  sepals  carmine  or  scarlet. 
Texas.  Lav.  19  (as  C.Texensis).  B.M.  6594.  Gn.  19:275. 
Gt.32:86.  R.H.  1878:10;  1888:  348. -Much  superior  to 
the  type,  because  of  its  beautiful  flowers.  Some  of  the 
garden  forms  of  this  variety,  which  have  probably  been 
produced  by  crossing  it  with  hardier  Clematises,  are 
found  under  the  names :  Countess  of  Onslow,  deep  scar- 
let, G.C.  III.  16:9;  Countess  of  York,  white,  tinted  with 
pink  ;  Duchess  of  Albany,  clear  pink,  Gn.  52:1140. 

22.  crispa,  Linn.   A  slender  climber,  reaching  3-4  ft. : 
Ivs.  very  thin;  Ifts.  3-5  or  more,  variable  in  outline  and 
sometimes  undivided,  often  3-5-lobed:  fls.  purple,  vary- 
ing to  whitish,  cylindrical  or  bell-shaped,  1-2  in.  long; 
points  of  sepals  recurved:    styles  of  fr.  hairy  but  not 
plumose.    June-Sept.    Virginia  to  Texas.    B.  R.  32:60. 
Lav.  14.  — This  and  the  allied  species  are  fragrant. 

23.  reticulata,  Walt.    A  slender  climber,  allied  to  the 
last  :    Ivs.  much  reticulated   and  very  coriaceous  :  fls. 
solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.,  nodding,  bell-shaped; 
sepals  recurved,  crispy  at  the  margin:  mature  fr.  with 
plumose  tails.     June,  July.     S.  Car.  to  Ala.  and  Fla. 
B.M.  6574;   1892   (as   C.  crispa);  1816   (as   C.  cordata). 
Lav.  16. 

24.  Pitcheri,  Torr.  &  Gray.    Lvs.  of  3-4  pairs  of  Ifts. 
and  a  terminal  1ft.  reduced  almost  to  a  midrib;    Ifts. 
coarsely  reticulated  :  fls.  1  in.  long  and  %in.  in  diam.t 
with  swollen  base  ;  sepals  dull  purple,  recurved  at  the 
tips:  akenes  pubescent,  styles  not  plumose.   June-Aug. 
S.  Ind.  to  Mo.,  southward  to  Mex.    Lav.  15. 


CLEMATIS 


CLERODENDRON 


333 


Var.  Sargenti,  Lavall4e  1C.  Sargenti,  Hort.).  Fls. 
smaller.  Lav.  18. 

cc.    Herbaceous,  erect,  or  somewhat  climbing  in  case  of 

C.  aromatica. 
D.    Sepals  some  shade  of  blue. 

•17}.  heracleaefdlia,  DC.  (C.  tubuldsa,  Hook.).  Stout, 
«rect.  woody  only  at  the  base:  Ivs.  ternate,  large,  bright 
green  :  Ifts.  mucronately  toothed  :  fls.  numerous  in 
corymbs,  cither  axillary  or  terminal,  tubular  in  form, 
with  4  light  blue  sepals,  becoming  reflexed  ;  peduncles 
and  pedicels  downy  ;  recurved  stigmas  club-shaped. 
Aug.-Sept.  China.  M.  &  J.  17.  B.M.4269;  6801  (as 
v*r.Ho6keri\.  P.M.  14:31.  F.S.  3: 195. -Prop,  by  root 
division. 

Var.  Davidiana,  Bean  (C.  Davididna,  Decne.).  About 
4  ft.  high,  hardly  strong  enough  to  stand  without  sup- 
port: ivs.  larger  than  any  other  cultivated  Clematis  : 
Hs.  in  clustered  heads,  6-15  together,  and  also  singly 
or  clustered  in  the  leaf  axils.  R.H.  1867,  p.  90.  Gn.  49, 
p.  91). 

Var.  stans,  Hook.  (C.  stdns,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Herba- 
ceous, non-climbing,  4-5  ft.  long  :  Ivs.  pubescent :  fls. 
less  dense  than  the  above  variety,  in  terminal  panicles 
and  in  close  clusters  in  the  leaf-axils,  tubular  in  form; 
the  blue  sepals  revolute  from  near  the  middle.  Sept.- 
Oct.  Jap.  B.M.  6810.  — Used  chiefly  because  of  the 
striking  foliage  and  its  late-blooming  qualities. 

26.  Douglasi,   Hook.     Has   habit   of    C.  integrifolia, 
about  2  ft.  high:  stem  and  petioles  angled  and  ribbed: 
Ivs.  twice  pinnately  or  ternately  compound;  Ifts.  narrow- 
linear  or  lanceolate:  fls.  tubular  or  bell-shaped,  1  in. 
long;  sepals  recurved,  deep  purple  within,  paler  with- 
out.   June.   In  Mts.,  Montana  to  N.  Mex.— Int.  1881. 

27.  Fremonti,  Watson.   Closely  allied  to  C.  ochroleuca, 
but  with  Ivs.  3-4  in.  long,  nearly  sessile,  either  entire  or 
with  a  few  coarse  teeth  :    fls.  often  drooping  ;  sepals 
thick,  purple,  nearly   glabrous,  except  the    tomentose 
edges ;  styles  when  young  downy  rather  than  feathery. 
July- Aug.    Mo.  to  Colo.    G.  F.  3:381. 

28.  integrifolia,  Linn.    Herbaceous,  erect,  becoming 
2  ft.  high:   Ivs.  rather  broad,  entire,  ovate-lanceolate: 
fls.  solitary,  nodding;  sepals  4,  rather  narrow,  blue,  cori- 
aceous. 1-2  in.  long.    Juue-Aug.   E-u.  and  Asia.    B.M.  65. 
Var.  diversifolia,  Hort.     Lvs.  sometimes  divided.     Var. 
Durandi,  Hort.  (C.integrifoliaxlanuginosa).  Taller  and 
fls.  larger  than  in  the  type ;  sepals  recurved.  Gn.49 : 1052. 
Ong.  5:276. -Very  beautiful. 

29.  aromatica,  Lenn6  &  C.   Koch  (C.  ccerulea,  var. 
odorata,    Hort.).      Slender,   herbaceous    or    somewhat 
climbing,  reaching  6  ft.  high  if  supported  :  Ivs.  of  3-7 
ovate,  nearly  entire  Ifts.:    fls.  solitary,  terminal,  very 

fragrant,  l%-2  in.  across;  se- 
pals 4,  spreading,  reflexed, 
reddish  violet;  stamens  white. 

492.  Akene  of  J'         July-Sept.  Nativity,  perhaps, 

Clematis verticillaris.     \  S.France.     It   is   thought  by 

some  to  be  an  old  garden  hy- 
brid of  the  Viticella  type,  or 
C.  integrifolia  x  C.  recta,  or  C. 
Flammula  x  integrifolia.  R. 
H.  1877,  p.  15. 

DD.    Sepals  yelloic. 

30.  ochroleuca,  Ait.  Herba- 
ceous, 1-2  ft.  high,  silky-pu- 
bescent, becoming  glabrate  : 
Ivs.  ovate,  entire  :  fls.  erect, 
solitary,  terminal;  sepals  yel- 
low outside,  cream-colored 
within:  styles  becoming  some- 
what plumose.  July -Aug. 
Dry  grounds,  N.  Y.  to  Ga. 
L.B.C.  7:661. -Int.  1883. 

AA.    True  petals   small,  spatulate ;    sepals  petaloid ; 

involucre  none.    Atragene  section. 
31.  verticillaris,  DC.    Fig.  492.    Trailing  or  sometimes 
climbing.  8-10  ft.:  usually  4  trifoliate  Ivs.  from  each 
node  :  Ifts.  thin,  ovate,  aiute,  toothed  or  entire,  some- 
what cordate  ;  fls.  solitary,  blue  or  purple,  nodding  at 


first,  2-4  in.  broad  when  expanded  ;  4  thin  sepals,  silky 
along  the  margins  and  veins  ;  petals  %-%  in.  long. 
May-June.  Woodlands,  Va.  to  Hudson  Bay,  west  to 
Minn.  B.M.  887  (as  Atragene  Americana).  — Int.  1881. 

Var.  Columbiana,  Gray.  Sepals  narrower  and  more 
pointed  than  in  the  type.  Rocky  Mts. 

32.  alpina,  Mill.  (Atragene  alpina,  Linn.).  Stems  3-5 
ft.,  slender,  with  prominent  joints  becoming  swollen 
with  age:  Ivs.  once  or  twice  ternate,  with  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate  Ifts.,  serrate  or  incised  :  many  petal-like  sta- 
mens, which  are  devoid  of  anthers :  sepals  4,  bright  blue. 
Spring.  Northwestern  N.  Amer.,  Siberia  to  south  and 
central  Eu.  B.M.  530  (as  var.  Anstriaca).  Gn.  46:982.— 
A  very  hardy  climber,  preferring  a  northern  exposure. 

Var.  Alba,  Hort.  (Atragene  Sibirica,  Linn.).  Fls. 
white  or  nearly  so.  B.M.  1951. 

Var.  occidentalis,  Gray.  Petal-like  stamens  very  few, 
and  often  bearing  rudimentary  anthers.  Rocky  Mts. 

The  following  are  well  worthy  of  cultivation,  but  are  not  at 
present  found  in  the  American  trade  :  C.  Addisoni,  Britton. 
More  bushy  and  less  spreading  than  C.  Viorna.  G.  F.  9:325.— 
C  cethuscefdlia,  Turcz.  Bushy;  fls.  tubular,  white.  Gn.  45:241. 
R.H.  1869,  p.  10.  B.M.  6542  (var.  latisecta,  Hook.) .—C.  apilfolia, 
DC.  Allied  to  C.Virginiana:  Ifts.  smaller  and  narrower,  coarsely 
incisely-serrate,  often  3-lobed  or  serrate,  pubescent  beneath. 
Japan.  Graceful  species,  hardy.— C.  barbelldta,  Edgew.  Differs 
from  C.  montana  mainly  in  wanting  the  involucre.  Himalaya 
region.  R.H.  1858,  p. 407.  B.M.  4794.  F.S.  9:956.—  C.  cirrhbsa, 
Linn.  Allied  to  C.  montana.  Fls.  greenish  white,  yellow,  or 
red,  bell-shaped.  Gn.  45,  p.240.  L. B.C.  19: 1806  ;  8:720  (as  C. 
calycina).  B.M.  1070:959  (as  C.  calycina).  K.C.DAVIS. 

CLEMATIS,  MOCK.  Agdestis  clematidea,  which  Is 
cult,  in  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla. 

CLEOME  (meaning  unknown).  Capparidacece.  A 
large  and  mostly  tropical  genus  of  sub-shrubs  or  annual 
herbs,  simple  or  branched,  glabrous  or  glandular,  with 
simple  Ivs.  or  3-7  Ifts.,  and  white,  yellow  or  purplish 
fls.  borne  singly  or  in  racemes.  The  genus  is  dis- 
tinguished from  Gynandropsis  by  its  short  torus,  which 
often  bears  an  appendage,  and  by  the  4-6,  rarely  10, 
stamens."  The  garden  Cleomes  are  chiefly  interesting 
for  their  long,  purple,  spidery  stamens  and  showy  rose- 
colored  petals.  They  succeed  in  sandy  soils  and  sunny 
situations,  and  can  be  used  like  castor-oil  plants  to  fill 
up  large  gaps  in  a  border.  C.  spinosa  is  the  best,  and 
has  lately  been  planted  considerably  in  public  parks 
amongst  shrubbery.  Prop,  by  seeds,  which  are  produced 
freely  in  long,  slender  pods  borne  on  long  stalks.  For 
C.  speciosa,  see  Gynandropsis. 

spinosa,  Jacq.  (C.  ptingens,  Willd.).  GIANT  SPIDER 
PLANT.  Clammy,  strong-scented,  3-4  ft.  high  :  Ifts. 
usually  5,  sometimes  7,  oblong-lanceolate,  with  a  pair  of 
short,  stipular  spines  under  the  petioles  of  most  of  the 
Ivs.,  and  in  the  tropics  some  little  prickles  on  the  petioles 
also:  fls.  rose-purple,  varying  to  white  ;  petals  4,  obo- 
vate,  clawed,  %  in.  long;  stamens  2-3  in.  long,  blue  or 
purple.  N.  C.  to  La.  (nat.  from  Trop.  Amer.)  and  es- 
caped from  gardens.  B.M.  1640.— A  tender  biennial 
north,  but  annual  in  the  tropics. 

integrifolia,  Torr.  &  Gray.  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  BEE- 
PLANT.  Glabrous,  2-3  or  even  6-ft.  high:  Ifts.  3,  lanceo- 
late to  obovate-oblong,  entire,  or  rarely  with  a  few  mi- 
nute teeth:  bracts  much  narrower  than  in  C.  spinosa; 
petals  rose,  rarely  white,  3-toothed:  receptacle  with  a 
flat,  conspicuous  appendage.  Along  streams  in  saline 
soils  of  prairies.  — In  cult,  about  20  years  as  a  bee  plant. 

speciosissima,  Deppe.  Annual  or  half-shrubby,  some- 
times 5  ft.  high:  stems  strongly  hairy:  Ifts.  5-7,  lanceo- 
late, dentate,  narroVed  at  the  base,  conspicuously  hairy 
on  both  sides:  fls.  light  purple  or  purplish  rose.  July 
to  fall.  — Said  to  be  the  showiest  of  Cleomes.  Under 
this  name  a  very  different  plant  is  passing,  the  Ifts.  of 
which  have  only  minute  hairs  but  rather  numerous 
spines.  w  M. 

CLERODENDRON  (Greek,  chance  andtree:  of  no  sig- 
nificance). Includes  Siphonantha  and  Volkameria. 
i'erbendcece.  Many  species  in  the  tropics,  and  also  in 
China  and  Jap.  Some  of  them  are  greenhouse  climbers ; 
others  are  hardy  shrubs ;  others  are  almost  herbaceous. 


334 


CLERODENDRON 


CLERODENDRON 


Calyx  cflmpanulate  or  rarely  tubular,  5-toothed  or  5- 
lobed:  corolla  tube  usually  slender  and  cylindrical,  the 
limb  5-parted  and  spreading  :  stamens  4,  affixed  on  the 
corolla-tube,  lorig-exserted  and  curved  :  style  exserted, 
2-cleft  at  the  end:  ovary  4-loculed:  fr.  a  drupe  enclosed 
in  the  calyx.  Lvs.  opposite  or  in  3's,  usually  entire, 
never  compound. 

A.    Climbing  shrubs. 

Th6mpsonae,  Balfour  (G.  Bdlfouri,  Hort.).  Fig.  493. 
Tall,  twining,  glabrous  evergreen:  Ivs.  opposite,  oblong- 
ovate  and  acuminate,  strongly  several- 
nerved:  fls.  in  axillary  and  terminal  fork- 
ing panicles  ;  calyx  strongly  angled,  nar- 
rowed at  the  apex,  white  ;  corolla-limb 
red  and  spreading.  W.  Afr.  B.M.  5313. 
R.  H.  1867:310.— A  warmhouse  plant  of 
great  merit,  and  the  most  popular  of  the 
tender  species.  Blooms  profusely  on  the 
young  wood.  Var.  delectum,  Hort.  (C. 
delectum  and  C.  delicdtum,  Hort.).  Pani- 
cles very  large :  calyx  pure  white  or  green- 
tinged  :  corolla  large,  rose  magenta. 

AA.    Erect  shrubs  or  sub-shrubs. 

B.  Corolla-tube  little  if  any  longer  than  the  large  calyx : 
fls.  ivhite  or  light  blush. 

fragrans,  Vent.  (C.  coronaria,  Hort.  ?).  Pubescent, 
half  shrubby,  with  angled  branches,  3-5  ft. :  Ivs.  broadly 
ovate,  with  truncate  or  cordate  base,  acuminate,  coarsely 
toothed:  fls.  white  or  blush,  in  terminal,  compact,  hy- 
drangea-like corymbs,  usually  double.  China,  Japan. 
B.  M.  1834.— Very  desirable  and  fragrant  plant  for  the 
coolhouse.  Hardy  in  Fla.  Lvs.  ill-scented. 

viscdsum,Vent.  Height  5-7  ft.,  pubescent,with  square 
branches  :  Ivs.  opposite  and  stalked,  cordate -ovate, 
toothed:  fls.  in  a  loose  terminal  panicle,  white,  with  a 
flesh-colored  center,  flaring,  the  tube  projecting  beyond 
the  loose,  hairy,  large,  5-angled  calyx.  E.  Ind.  B.  M. 
1805.  — Fls.  sweet-scented.  Greenhouse.  C.  infortu- 
natum,  Gsertn.,  is  said  to  be  the  same  species  (and  the 
name  is  older),  but  it  has  scarlet  fls.  — perhaps  a  result 
of  domestication.  Even  if  the  same  species,  it  is  better 
to  keep  the  forms  separate  for  horticultural  purposes. 

trichdtomum,  Thunb.  (C.  serdtinum,  Carr.  Volka- 
meria  Japonica,  Hort.,  not  Thunb.).  Fig.  494.  Slender 
but  erect,  graceful,  pubescent  sub-shrub,  4—10  ft.  high  or 
even  higher  :  Ivs.  mostly  opposite,  soft  and  flaccid, 
ovate-acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  very  closely  ser- 
rate or  entire,  hairy:  fls.  white,  with  a  reddish  brown 
calyx,  on  forking,  slender,  reddish  peduncles,  the  corolla- 
tube  sometimes  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Japan.  B.M. 
6561.  Gn.43:914;  51,  p.  320.  .R.  H.  1867,  p.  351. -A  very 
handsome,  hardy  shrub,  fn  th.e  N.  it  kills  to  the  ground, 
but  sprouts  up  if  the  crown  is  protected. 

BB.    Corolla-tube  flirdcv  or  more  longer  than  the 
small  calyx. 

c.   Fls.  white. 

tomentosum,  R.  Br.  Shrubby  and  erect,  pubescent, 
3-5  ft.  and  more,  often  purplish:  Ivs.  opposite  and  peti- 
oled,  ovate-oblong,  entire  or  sparingly  toothed,  pubes- 
oent  on  both  sides,  but  thickly  so  on  the  under  side: 


fls.  in  few-fld.  opposite,  forking  cymes,  the  calyx  not  en- 
larged, the  slim  corolla-tube  long-exserted  (3-4  times 


493.   Clerodendron  Thomsonae  (X 


494.   Clerodendron 

trichotomum  (X  %). 


length  of  calyx),  and  the  clear  white  corolla-lobes  re- 

flexed-curled  ;  anthers  yellow.     Austral.     B.M.  1518.— 

Cult,  in  S.  Calif. 
macrosiphon,   Hook,  f .     Elegant   erect   shrub,    finely 

pubescent :  Ivs.  opposite,  oblanceolate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, notched:  tts.  in  a  nearly  sessile  terminal  cyme, 
pure  white  ;  calyx  green,  very  small  ;  corolla-tube 
very  narrow,  4-5  in.  long,  hairy,  the  limb  1-sided. 
Zanzibar.  B.M.  6695.— Warmhouse  plant  of  merit. 

Siphonanthus,  R.Br.  ( Siphondnthus  /ndtea,Linn. ) . 
TURK'S  TURBAN.  Shrub,  2-6  ft.  high  :  fls.  long- 
tubed  and  white,  in  very  large  terminal  racemes, 
but  small  and  not  showy :  fr.  a  very  showy,  red  and 
purple  berry,  which  persists  a  long  time,  and  for 
which  the  plant  is  chiefly  grown.  E.  Ind.  — Hardy 
in  Fla. 

cc.  Fls .  red  or  distinctly  lilac. 

squamatum,  Vahl.  (C.  Kcempferi,  Sieb.).  Grows 
6-10  ft.  high,  pubescent:  Ivs.  opposite,  round -cordater 
entire,  abruptly  pointed  :  inflores- 
cence and  fls.  brilliant  scarlet;  fls. 
with  small  red  calyx  and  reflexed, 
spreading,  unequal  corolla  -  lobes. 


CLERODENDRON 


CLIDEMIA 


335 


China.  R.B.  22:253.  Gn.  42:  889.-  Very  showy.  Cult,  in 
warm  greenhouses  or  in  the  open  in  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla. 

foitidum,  Bunge  (C.  BAnyei,  Steud.).  Grows  3-6  ft., 
making  a  Imsh;  pubescent,  spiny:  Ivs.  opposite,  broad- 
ovate  and  acuminate,  stalked,  coarsely  toothed  :  fls. 
lilac-purple,  tube  3-4  times  as  long  as  calyx,  in  a  dense 
capitate  corymb  4-8  in.  across.  China.  B.M.  4880.  Gn. 
5:  2.").  — Cool  greenhouse.  Hardy  in  middle  and  southern 
states.  Killed  to  the  ground  in"  the  latitude  of  Philadel- 
phia, but  sprouts  up  and  blooms.  Blooms  in  August. 
Fls.  not  foetid,  but  name  given  because  of  the  odor  of 
the  bruised  Ivs.  Spreads  by  the  root. 

Yolkmnt'rin  odnrutn,  offered  in  the  Amer.  trade,  is  a  climb- 
ing Clerodendron.  V.  odorata  of  the  botanists  is  a  bushy  Cary- 
opteris  (,('.  Wallichiana).  V.odorata  of  Siebrecht  &  W;idley 
is  not  a  vine,  as  described,  but  "a  shrub,  which  grows  from  2-4 
ft.  high,  with  soft,  hairy  stems,  broad,  oval,  opposite  Ivs.  with 
acute  point  and  glaucous-hairy  or  almost  woolly,  compact  clus- 
ters of  white  fls.,  shading  to  pink  on  the  outside  of  the  petals, 
the  clusters  \Vf-'A  in.  across.  Indigenous  to  several  of  the  West 
Indian  islands,  particularly  to  Dominica,  Martinique  and 
Guadaloupe."  It  is  not  now  in  the  American  trade. 

L.  H.  B. 

CLETHRA  (ancient  Greek  name  of  the  Alder,  trans- 
ferred to  this  genus  on  account  of  the  resemblance  of 
the  Ivs.).  Ericclcece.  WHITE  ALDER.  Shrub  or  small 
trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  usually  serrate,  deciduous  or  per- 
sistent: fls.  white,  in  terminal,  often  panicled  racemes; 
petals  5,  erect ;  stamens  10  ;  capsule  splitting  into  3 
valves,  many-seeded.  About  25  species  in  America,  E. 
Asia,  Madeira.  Only  a  few  hardy,  deciduous  species  are 
generally  cultivated ;  valuable  for  their  showy  spikes  of 
white,  fragrant  fls.,  appearing  late  in  summer.  They 
grow  best  in  a  moist,  peaty  or  sandy  soil.  Prop,  by 
seeds,  sown  in  spring  in  pans  in  sandy  and  peaty  soil, 
and  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass,  growing  best  if 
taken  from  forced  plants  in  early  spring  and  placed  in 
slight  bottom  heat  ;  also,  increased  by  layers  and  by 
division  of  large  plants.  Handsome  when  forced  under 
glass. 

A.    Lvs.  deciduous  :  stamens  exserted. 

alnifolia,  Linn.  SWEET  PEPPERBUSH.  Shrub,  3-10  ft. : 
Ivs.  short -petioled,  cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong,  sharply 
serrate,  mostly  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  2-4  in.  long:  fls. 
fragrant,  in  erect,  usually  panicled  racemes.  July-Sept. 
Maine-Florida.  M.D.G.  1895:65.  J.H.  III.  31:375. 
G.W.P.A.  22.  Em.  426.— Very  variable.  The  following 
forms  are  often  described  as  species  :  Var.  paniculata, 
Arb. Kew.  ( C. paniculcita,Ait. ) .  Lvs.  cuneate-lanceolate, 
less  toothed,  green  and  glabrous  on  both  sides:  racemes 
panicled.  Var.  scabra,  Arb.  Kew.  ( C.  scdbra,  Ait.).  Lvs. 
scabrous  above,  pubescent  beneath :  panicles  with  fewer 
racemes.  Var.  tomentosa.  Michx.  (C.  tomentosa,Lsaai.). 
Lvs.  canescent  beneath:  racemes  solitary  or  few,  larger, 
and  appearing  later  than  the  foregoing.  B.M.  3743. 
G.F.  4:65. 

acuminata,  Michx.  Tall  shrub  or  small  tree,  to  15  ft. : 
Ivs.  petioled,  oval  or  oblong,  acuminate,  sharply  serrate, 
almost  glabrous,  3-7  in.  long:  racemes  usually  solitary, 
nodding.  July-Sept.  AlleghanyMts.  Virginia  to  Georgia. 
L.B.C.  15:  1427, 

can6scens,  Reinw.  (C.  barbine"rvis ,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.). 
Shrub  or  tree,  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  petioled,  cuneate,  obovate 
or  elliptic,  acuminate,  sharply  dentate-serrate,  pubescent 
beneath,  3-6  in.  long  :  racemes  panicled  ;  fls.  fragrant; 
pedicels  about  as  long  as  the  fls.  July-Sept.  E.  Asia, 
Philippine  Isl.,  Java.  Gt.  19:  654. 

AA.  Lvs.  evergreen:  stamens  included. 
arbdrea,  Ait.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
cuneate,  narrow-elliptic,  acuminate,  serrate,  almost  gla- 
brous, shining  above,  3-4  in.  long:  racemes  panicled; 
fls.  fragrant.  Aug.-Oct.  Madeira.  B.M.  1057.  — It  stands 
only  a  few  degrees  of  frost. 

C.  fjuercifolia,  Schlecht.  Shrub:  Ivs.  obovate-oblong,  tomen- 
tose  beneath:  racemes  panicled.  Mexico.  B.R.  28:23.— C.  tini- 
fblia,  Swartz.  Shrub:  Ivs.  oblong,  entire,  tomentose  beneath: 
racemes  panicled.  Jamaica.  These  two  only  hardy  in  subtropi- 
cal  regions.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CLEYERA  (after  Andrew  Cleyer,  Dutch  physician  of 
the  seventeenth  century).  Ternstrb'midcete.  C.ochnacea 
is  a  tender  shrub  rarely  cult,  in  northern  greenhouses. 


In  the  south  it  is  cult,  outdoors.  It  has  glossy  foliage, 
numerous  creamy  white,  fragrant  fls.,  borne  in  June, 
and  red  berries,  which  last  all  winter.  The  genus  has 
about  nine  species,  and  is  distinguished  by  its  petals 
free  or  scarcely  coalesced,  its  pilose  anthers,  numerous 
ovules,  and  scarcely  bracted  flowers.  Sepals  5,  with  2 
bractlets:  petals  5:  stigmas  2-3:  berries  2-3-celled. 

ochnacea,  DC.  (C.  Japonica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Height 
about  6  ft. :  Ivs.  oval-oblong,  acute  at  both  ends,  veined 
above,  entire.  Himalayas.  — C.  Japonica  was  distin- 
guished by  DeCandolle  by  its  oblong-lanceolate  lvs.r 
which  are  veinless,  and  minutely  serrate  at  the  apex.  Var. 
tricolor,  Hort.,  has  dark  green  Ivs.,  with  greyish  mark- 
ings, and  a  margin  of  white  and  rose,  the  variegation 
being  more  brilliant  in  younger  Ivs.  ^  M. 

CLIANTHUS  (Greek,  glory -flower).  GLORY  PEA. 
GLORY  VINE.  PARROT'S  BILL.  Legumindsce.  About  five 
species  of  tender,  half-trailing  shrubs,  with  large,  showy 
flowers  of  unique  appearance.  See  Fig.  495.  Swainsona 
is  an  allied  genus,  but  its  general  appearance  is  very 
different.  Interesting  plants,  with  pinnate  Ivs.  of  many 
Ifts.,  and  fls.  in  racemes.  Fls.  scarcely  papilionaceous. 
Pod  stalked,  many-seeded.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  cuttings. 

Clianthus  Dampieri  is  anything  but  easy  to  grow 
in  the  latitude  of  Washington.  Red  spider  is  its  greatest 
enemy,  but  too  much  moisture  in  the  soil,  followed  by 
hot  sun,  proves  equally  fatal  to  it.  In  a  sandy  soil, 
when  the  seeds  are  sown  early  in  spring,  the  plants, 
during  ordinary  summers,  make  a  very  fine  display. 
The  plants  will  not  bear  transplanting.  Even  when  they 
are  grown  in  pots,  it  is  a  risky  piece  of  work  to  shift 
from  small  pots  into  larger  ones.  C.puniceus  is  an  old- 
fashioned  greenhouse  plant,  grown  sometimes  to  cover 
rafters  or  trellis  work,  but  more  frequently  trained 
around  sticks  placed  around  the  edge  of  the  pot.  The 
flowers,  not  very  unlike  those  of  the  common  Erythrina, 
are  freely  produced  in  hanging  clusters.  Cuttings 
rooted  in  early  spring  may  be  grown  into  good-sized 
plants  during  the  summer.  Water  should  be  given  spar- 
ingly during  the  dull  months.  Pruning,  repotting  and 
tying  the  shoots  should  be  done  just  before  the  growth 
begins.  A  sharp  lookout  should  be  kept  for  the  red 
spider,  frequent  syringings  being  the  only  remedy  for 
this  pest. 

Dampieri,  A.  Cunn.  GLORY  PEA.  Fig.  495.  Height 
2-4  ft. :  plant  glaucous  and  hoary,  with  long,  whitish, 
silky  hairs:  stems  slightly 
tinged  with  red  :  peti- 
oles longer  than  in  C. 
puniceus :  Ifts.  about  15, 
nearly  opposite,  sessile, 
usually  acute  :  stipules 
larger  than  in  C.puniceus: 
fls.  4-6  in  a  raceme,  large, 
drooping,  about  3  in.  long, 
rich  crimson  or  scarlet, 
with  a  handsome  velvety, 
purple-black  area  on  the 
raised  center.  Austral. 
B.M.  5051.  R.H.  1868:230. 
Gt.  48,  p.  272.  Gn.  20:294. 
—Var.  Germanicus,  Hort., 
is  also  sold,  and  is  proba- 
bly var.  marginatU8,Hort. , 
which  has  one  petal  white, 
margined  scarlet.  See  Gn. 
37:746  and  p.  299  for  an  ac- 
count of  grafting  this  spe- 
cies on  stocks  of  C.  pu- 
niceus. 

puniceus,  Banks  &  Soland.  PARROT'S  BILL.  Height 
about  3ft.:  plant  glabrous :  Ifts.  19-21,  each  with  a  very 
short  petiole,  alternate  (at  least  towards  the  end  of  the 
leaf),  blunt  or  slightly  notched:  fls.  8  or  more  in  a  ra- 
ceme, crimson,  fading  with  age.  New  Zealand.  B.M. 
3584.  — Cult,  in  eastern  greenhouses,  and  a  favorite  Cali- 
fornian  outdoor  shrub.  Blooms  all  winter  in  Golden 
Gate  Park,  San  Francisco.  Q.  w.  OLIVER  and  W.  M. 

CLIDEMIA  (old  Greek  name).  MelastomcLcece.  An 
unimportant  group  in  a  family  famous  for  its  foliage 
plants.  C.  vittata,  Linden  and  Andre",  once  offered  by 


495.  Clianthus  Dampieri. 

(X  2-5.) 


336 


CLIDEMIA 


OLIVIA 


John  Saul,  has  large,  oval,  pointed  Ivs.  with  5  strong 
nerves,  and  a  narrow  band  of  white  down  each  side  of 
the  midrib.  I.H.  22:219.  R.H.  1876,  p.  233. 

CLIFF  BRAKE.    See  PeUcea. 

CLIMBERS  are  distinguished  from  twiners  by  having 
some  means  of  attachment,  as  tendrils  or  other  special 
devices,  while  twiners  rise  by  twisting  their  stems  round 
their  support.  In  a  wider  sense  the  word  is  often  used 
synonymously  with  "vines."  By  "trailers, "nurserymen 
commonly  mean  low-growing  vines,  and  by  "climbers," 
taller-growing  vines.  See  Vines. 

CLIMBING  FERN.  See  Lygodium.  Climbing  Fumi- 
tory is  Adlumia  cirrhosa.  Climbing  Hempweed,  Mika- 
nia  scandens.  Climbing  Lily,  Gloriosa  superba. 

CLINOSTlGMA  (Greek,  inclined  stigma).  Palmacece, 
tribe  Areeece.  Spineless,  with  low  or  tall,  prominently 
or  obscurely  ringed  trunks:  Ivs.  terminal,  equally  pin- 
natisect  ;  segments  somewhat  falcate-lanceolate,  broad 
at  the  base,  plicate,  acuminate,  the  apex  bifid  or  obliquely 
truncate  and  dentate,  the  thick  margins  scarcely  re- 
curved at  the  base  ;  rachis  scaly,  convex  on  the  back, 
obtusely  keeled  above  :  spadix  long  :  fertile  branches 
long,  thick,  the  floral  areas  distant  :  spathes  2-3:  fr. 
globose  or  subglobose,  small,  red  at  maturity.  Species 
3.  Australasia  and  Samoa. 

This  graceful  and  recent  palm  resembles  Howea  For- 
steriana  somewhat  in  habit  of  growth,  but  its  arching 
Ivs.  spread  wider,  and  its  stems  are  dark  purplish,  and 
its  pinnae  tough  and  leathery.  The  palm  is  free  and 
clean  in  growth. 

Mooreanum,  F.  Muell.  (Kentia  Mooreana,  F.  Muell.). 
Dwarf  palm,  3-4  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  3-4  ft.  long  ;  segments 
About  1  ft.  long,  longitudinally  plicate  when  young. 
New  South  Wales. 

JAKED  G.  SMITH  and  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 

CLINTONIA  (after  DeWitt  Clinton,  the  famous  Gov- 
ernor of  New  York  and  promoter  of  the  Erie  canal). 
Liliacece.  A  small  genus  of  low-growing,  hardy,  herba- 
ceous plants  with  a  few,  tufted,  dark  green,  broad,  shin- 
ing Ivs.,  and  usually  umbels  of  fls.  They  grow  in  cool, 
moist  woods,  and  fanciers  can  obtain  them  from  some 
dealers  in  native  plants.  It  is  difficult  to  tell  the  species 
apart  by  the  Ivs.  S.  Watson,  in  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  14:271 
(1879).  For  C.  pulchella  and  other  species  of  the  aban 
doned  genus  Clintonia  of  Douglass,  see  Doicningia 

A.    Scape  bearing  an  umbel  of  fls. 

B.  Fls.  greenish  yellow. 
borealis,  Eaf .  Height  1-2  ft. :  fls.  3-6,  nodding,  green, 
margined  yellow.  Labrador  to  Winnipeg  and  south  to 
N.  C.  D.  123.  B.M.  1403  as  Smilacina  borealis. -This 
is  one  of  the  choicer  plants  of  cool,  moist  woods,  known 
to  plant  lovers  chiefly  by  its  handsome  umbels  of  blue 
berries  found  in  autumn,  which  are  borne  above  the 
large,  dark  green,  shining  Ivs.  The  commonest  species. 

BB.    Fls.  white,  with  green  spots. 

umbellata,  Torr.  Fls.  10-20  or  more,  smaller  than  in 
C.  borealis,  erect  or  nearly  so,  white  with  a  green  or 
purplish  spot  at  the  tip  of  each  segment.  Allegheny 
Mts.  from  N.  Y.  to  Ga.  B.M.  1155. -This  species  has 
the  smallest  fls.  of  the  group,  and  is  the  only  one  that 
has  but  a  single  pair  of  ovules  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary. 

BBB.    Fls.  deep  rose. 

Andrewsifcna,  Torr.  Fls.  20  or  more,  nearly  erect. 
California,  in  deep,  cool  woods,  in  clayey  soil  rich  in 
moid.  B.M.  7092.  — The  showiest  of  the  group.  Cult,  by 
C.  Purdy,  Ukiah,  Calif. 

AA.    Scape  bearing  1  white  flower. 
unifldra,  Kunth.    The  only  species  in  which  the  scape 
is  shorter  than  the  Ivs. :  fi.  nearly  erect.    Rarely  there 
are  2  fls.    Calif,  to  Brit.  Columb.  ^   %[ 

CLITdRIA  (derivation  recondite).  Leguminbsce. 
BUTTERFLY  PEA.  A  wide-spread  and  variable  genus  al- 
lied to  Centrosema,  and  characterized  by  the  calyx  tube 
-being  cylindrical  and  longer  than  the  lobes  :  standard 


narrowed  at  the  base,  not  appendaged  on  the  back  ; 
style  often  bearded.  The  most  important  garden  plant 
is  C.  Ternatea,  a  warmhouse  annual  twiner,  reaching 
15  ft.,  and  requiring  no  special  culture.  It  has  very 
showy  blue  fls.,  and  lately  interest  in  it  has  revived. 

A.    Leaflets  5. 

Ternatda,  Linn.  (C.  ccerulea,  Hort. ).  Annual  warm- 
house  climber  :  Ifts.  5,  oblong,  obtuse,  short-petioled  : 
fls.  1  in.  or  more  long,  rich  blue,  with  beautiful  and  va- 
riable markings,  especially  on  the  standard.  B.M.  1542. 
Gn.  38:765.  P.M.  7:147  and  13:79. -Name  fromTernate, 
one  of  the  Molucca  Islands,  and  not  from  ternate,  mean- 
ing 3-leafleted.  Prop,  by  seeds.  C.  alba,  Hort.,  is  a 
white  form.  More  or  less  double  forms  have  been  known 
for  over  a  century. 

AA.    Leaflets  3. 

Mariana,  Linn.  Hardy,  perennial,  smooth,  erect,  or 
slightly  twining,  1-3  ft.  high:  Ifts.  3,  obovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate:  fls.  light  blue,  2  in.  long,  on  short  peduncles : 
pod  straight,  few-seeded.  Summer.  Dry  banks,  N.  Y. 
to  Fla.  and  west  to  Mo.  Also  India  and  Burma.  —  Rarely 
sold  by  dealers  in  native  plants.  -^  -^ 

CLlVIA  (after  a  Duchess  of  Northumberland  and 
member  of  the  Clive  family).  Syn.,  Imantophyllum. 
Amaryllidacece.  A  genus  of  3  species  of  tender, 
bulbous  plants  from  South  Africa,  with  handsome  ever- 
green foliage  and  showy,  bright  red  fls.  in  large  umbels. 
C.  miniata  is  the  best  species,  and  perhaps  a  dozen 
varieties  and  hybrids  of  it  have  been  offered  at  various 
times.  The  genus  is  distinguished  by  its  fruit  being  a 
berry,  its  several  ovules,  and  imperfect  bulb.  J.  G. 
Baker,  Amaryllidese,  p.  61.  Clivias  make  excellent 
house  plants,  but,  like  Amaryllis,  they  are  too  costly  to 
be  very  popular.  They  have  the  advantage  over 
Amaryllis  of  having  attractive  foliage  all  the  year 
round,  and  are  more  certain  to  bloom  well.  They  have 
thick,  fleshy  roots,  like  an  Agapanthus. 


496.   Clivia  miniata. 

All  of  the  species  are  well  worth  growing,  because  of 
their  handsome  umbels  of  flowers,  produced  during  the 
spring  and  early  summer  months.  They  are  evergreen 
plants  of  the  Amaryllis  family,  with  thick,  leathery, 
strap-shaped  leaves.  Clivia  miniata  is  the  species  most 
commonly  grown.  There  are  several  distinct  forms  of 


CLIVIA 


CLOVES 


337 


this,  with  larger  and  deeper  colored  flowers.  Established 
plants  may  be  grown  in  the  san:e  pots  for  several  years, 
if  the  plants  are  feci  during  the  growing  period  with 
weak  liquid  manure.  In  potting,  the  soil  given  should 
be  of  a  lasting  nature,  not  easily 
soured,  nor  apt  to  become  sodden.  In 
arranging  the  drainage,  place  one 
large  piece,  concave  side  down,  over 
:he  hole,  and  around  this  arrange 
several  smaller  pieces.  Over  these 
place  one  or  two  handfuls  of  pieces 
small  enough  to  go  through  a  No.  2 
sieve.  The  best  time  to  pot  is  after 
the  flowers  have  been  produced. 
The  plants  should  then  be  kept  for 
some  time  in  a  humid  atmosphere 
to  encourage  growth,  receiving  an 
abundance  of  water  after  they  are 
well  started.  Aftergrowth  has  been 
completed,  they  will  winter  safely 
in  an  ordinary  greenhouse  tempera- 
ture (not  under  40°),  if  kept  rather 
dry  at  the  root.  For  propagation, 
select  old  plants  which  have  become 
crowded  in  their  pots,  so  that  the 
entire  plant  can  be  pulled  to  pieces. 
After  trimming  the  roots,  put  the 
growths  in  small  pots  and  keep  in 
heat,  to  encourage  root  action.  Cliv- 
ias  are  well  suited  for  planting  per- 
manently in  the  front  part  of  green- 
house borders.  The  soil  for  this  pur- 
pose should  be  rich  and  well  firmed 
about  the  roots.  Withhold  water  as 
much  as  possible  during  the  resting 
period,  or  the  plants  will  produce 
leaves  at  the  expense  of  the  flowers. 

A.   Fls.  erect;  perianth  broadly 
funnel-shaped. 

miniata,  Regel  (Imantojphyllum 
miniatum,  Hook.).  Fig.  496.  Lvs.  16-20,  in  a  tuft, 
sword-shaped,  tapering  to  a  point,  l%ft.  long,  l%-2  in. 


497. 

Trifolium  pratense. 
Root-system. 


perianth  erect,  bright 
tube  broadly  funnel  - 
segments  about  2  in. 


broad  :  fls.  12-20,  in  an  umbel 
scarlet,  with  a  yellow  throat 
shaped,  longer  than  C.  nobilis , 
long,  the  inner  ones  broader  than  the  outer  ;  stamens 
shorter  than  the  segments;  style  not  exserted  :  berries 
ovoid,  bright  red,  1  in.  long.  Natal.  B.M.  4783.  R.H. 
1851),  pp.  126,  127.  F.S.  9:949;  23:2373.  I.  H.  26:343; 
36:80;  37:102;  40:177.  R.H.  1869:  250,  and  1894,  p.  572.- 
/.  cyrtanthiflbrum,  Van  Houtte  (F.S.  18:1877),  is  a 
hybrid  between  this  species  and  the  next. 

AA.  Fls.  pendulous  ;  perianth  narrowly  funnel-shaped. 
ndbilis,  Lindl.  (Imantophyllum  Aitoni,  Hook.).  Lvs. 
about  12,  strap-shaped,  very  obtuse,  with  a  roughish 
edge :  fls.  40-60,  in  an  umbel ;  perianth  curved  and  droop- 
ing ;  tube  narrowly  funnel-shaped,  shorter  than  in  C. 
tninittta  ;  segments  tipped  with  green,  about  1  in.  long; 
stamens  as  long  as  the  segments;  style  exserted.  Cape 
Colony.  B.M.  2856.  L.B.C.  20:1906.  Int.  to  cult.  1828. 
f.  •  •i/i:tanthifldrum,  Van  Houtte  (F.S.  18:1877),  said  to 
be  a  hybrid  between  this  and  the  above,  shows  little  if 
any  influence  of  C.  miniata.  It  has  the  narrow-tubed, 
pendulous  fls.  and  the  greenish  tinge  of  C.  nobilis. 


R.H.  1894,  p.  573. 


G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W. 


CLOUDBERRY.    See  Rubus. 


CLOVE    PINK. 

phylltia. 


The    Carnation,    Dianthus    Caryo- 


CLOVER,  Species  of  Trifolium  (Leguminosae),  par- 
ticularly those  which  are  useful  in  agriculture.  The 
word  is  also  applied  to  species  of  related  genera,  as 
Medicago.  The  Sweet  Clover  is  Melilotus.  Bush  and 
Japan  Clover  are  Lespedezas.  Prairie  Clover  is  a 
Petalostemon. 

Of  Trifolium  there  have  been  described  about  300 
species.  These  are  widely  dispersed  in  temperate  cli- 
mates. The  fls.  are  papilionaceous  but  small,  and  are 
disposed  in  dense  heads  or  spikes.  Lvs.  are  digitately 


or  palmately  3-foliolate.  The  common  Red  Clover  is  T. 
/>  ruts  use,  Linn.,  now  thoroughly  naturalized  in  N. 
America,  but  supposed  not  to  be  native  here.  It  is  Eu- 
ropean. It  is  valuable  both  for  stock  feed  (as  pastur 
age  and  hay),  and  also  as  a  irivrn  manure.  As  a  manure 
crop,  it  is  particularly  valuable  because  of  its  deep  root- 
system  and  its  power  (in  common  with  other  leguminous 
plants)  of  fixing  the  nitrogen  of  the  air  by  means 
of  its  subterranean  parts.  Fig.  497  illustrates  the  root- 
system.  Fig.  498  shows  the  root  of  a  15-months'  old 
plant  which  grew  in  hard  clay  soil.  It  is  22  inches  long, 
and  some  of  the  root  was  left  in  the  ground.  The  Mam- 
moth Red  Clover  (T.  medium,  Linn.),  is  probably  an  off- 
shoot of  T.  pratense.  It  is  usually  a  larger  plant,  with 
zigzag  stem,  entire  and  spotted  Ifts.  and  longer-stalked 
head.  White  Clover,  or  Shamrock,  is  T.  repens,  Linn., 
intr.  from  Europe,  and  supposed  to  be  native  to  N. 
America  as  well.  Alsike  Clover,  T.  hybridum,  Linn.,  is 
of  European  nativity.  The  Crimson  or  Scarlet  Clover 
(Fig.  499),  an  annual  from  S.  Eu.,  is  now  much  grown 
as  a  catch-  or  cover-crop  in  or- 
chards. See  Cover-crops.  It  is 
also  highly  ornamental,  and  is 
worthy  the  attention  of  the  florist. 
L.  H.  B. 


498.  The  penetrating  root 
of  the  Red  Clover. 


499.   Crimson  Clover  — 
Trifolium  incarnatum  (X 


CLOVES  are  the  dried  flower-buds  (Fig.  500)  of  a  hand- 
some tree  of  the  myrtle  family,  Eugenia  caryophyllata, 
better  known  as  Caryophyllus  aromaticus,  a  native  of 
the  Spice  Islands,  but  now  cultivated  in  the  West  Indies 
and  elsewhere.  Caryophyllus,  the  ancient  name  of  the 
Clove,  means  nut-leaf.  The  carnation,  or  "clove  pink," 
was  named  Dianthus  Caryophyllus  because  of  its  clove- 


338 


CLOVES 


COBBETT 


like  odor,  and  it  has  become  the  type  of  the  great  order 
Caryophyllaceaa,  which,  however,  is  far  removed  botani- 
cally  from  the  Myrtacea?.  The  word  "gilliflower "  is  a 
corruption  of  caryophyllus.  and,  until  Shakespeare's  time 


500.  Clove. 

Spray  of  leaves  and  flowers  (1) ;  an  unopened  bud  or  clove  (3) ; 
the  expanded  flower  (2). 

and  after,  was  applied  to  the  carnation,  but  now-a-days 
it  usually  refers  to  several  cruciferous  plants  of  the 
genus  Cheiranthus  and  Matthiola. 

CLUB  MOSS.   See  Lycopodium. 

CNlCUS  (Greek,  knizein,  to  injure).  Compdsitce. 
THISTLE.  A  genus  of  perhaps  200  species,  containing 
many  much-hated  weeds,  especially  the  common  Thistle, 
C.  lanceolatus,  and  the  Canada  Thistle,  C.  arvensis,  Fig. 
501.  About  a  dozen  species  have  been  slightly  culti- 
vated in  rockeries  and  wild  gardens.  The  genus  Chamae- 
peuce,  now  referred  to  Cnicus,  contains  3  plants  slightly 
used  abroad  in  subtropical  and  carpet  bedding:  C.Afer, 
C.  Casabonm,  and  C.  Diacantha,  which  are  cult,  for 
their  rosettes  of  prickly  Ivs.  The  fls.  appear  the  second 
year.  C.  benedictus  is  an  old  name  of  the  Blessed  This- 
tle, for  which  see  Carbenia. 


COBBETT,  WILLIAM  (1762-1835).  The  once 
famous  English  author  had  two  periods  of  en- 
forced residence  in  America,  and  wrote  "The 
American  Gardener,"  which  is  one  of  the  spiciest 
books  in  the  whole  history  of  American  horti- 
culture. Plate  II.  He  was  of  thorough  Saxon 
ancestry,  and  while  a  gardener's  lad  and  during 
eight  years  of  military  service,  made  strenuous  efforts  at 
self-education.  In  1792  his  personal  liberty  was  endan- 
gered by  the  publication  of  "The  Soldier's  Friend"  (an 
appeal  for  an  increase  of  pay),  and  he  came  to  Phila- 
delphia in  the  autumn  of  that  year.  His  first  success 


was  a  pamphlet  entited,"  Observations  on  Dr.  Priestly  s 
Emigration,"  a  bitter  attack  on  the  French  Revolution. 
He  took  the  loyalist  side  in  American  politics,  and  is  re- 
garded as  the  founder  of  the  American  party  press. 
His  attack  on  Benjamin  Rush,  the  leading  physician  of 
Philadelphia,  for  his  advocacy  of  unlimited  bleeding 
for  yellow-fever,  resulted  in  a  libel  suit,  and  damages 
of  $5,000,  which  nearly  ruined  Cobbett,  and  sent  him  to 
England  in  June,  1800.  In  1802  he  began  "Cobbett' 8 
Weekly  Political  Register,"  which  he  edited  for  33  years, 
and  until  his  death,  except  during  an  interval  of  im- 
prisonment and  a  second  withdrawal  to  America.  His 
real  work  was  domestic  reform,  and  the  circulation  and 
influence  of  his  journal  were  immense.  In  1801-2  he 
reprinted  his  American  writings  in  12  volumes,  entitled, 
"Porcupine's  Works."  After  1804  he  usually  lived  on 
his  farm  at  Botley,  in  Hampshire,  where  he  conducted 
many  experiments.  In  1817  he  was  again  compelled  to 
leave  England,  and  for  the  next  two  years  he  lived  in 
America.  His  life  was  one  incessant  conflict.  He  lived 
to  see  the  reform  of  1832,  and  his  work  was  fittingly  re- 
warded by  a  place  in  Parliament,  but  he  was  then  too 
old  to  do  much  damage,  and  he  died  within  three  years 
thereafter.  Cobbett's  faults  are  all  obvious,  his  egotism 
towering  above  the  rest,  and  barely  falling  short  of  sub- 
limity. He  was  not  a  genius,  but  his  talents  were  extra- 
ordinary, and  his  versatility  amazing.  His  "English 
Grammar"  (London,  1818),  written  from  Long  Island  in 
the  form  of  letters  to  his  15-year-old  son,  was  said  by 
Bulwer  Lytton  to  be  the  only  amusing  grammar  in  the 
world.  Hazlitt  declared  that  it  is  as  interesting  as  a 
story-book,  and  Alfred  Ayers,  in  his  admirable  edition 
(New  York,  1883),  declares  that  it  is  probably  the  most 
readable  grammar  ever  written,  and  that  for  purposes  of 
self-education  it  is  unrivalled.  (For  a  list  of  Cobbett's 
writings,  see  Edward  Smith's  excellent  sketch  in  the 
Dictionary  of  National  Biography.)  After  Cobbett's 
death,  his  sons  published  in  6  volumes  (beginning  1857) 
"  Selections  from  Cobbett's  Political  Works ;  being  a  com- 
plete abridgment  of  the  100  volumes  which  comprise  the 
writings  of  'Porcupine, 'and  'The  Weekly  Political  Regis- 
ter.'" These  100  volumes,  of  course,  do  not  take  into 
account  his  non-political  writings,  nor  his  editorial  work 
in  the  36  volumes  of  "Cobbett's  Parliamentary  History 
of  England  from  the  Norman  Conquest,  in  1066,  to  the 
year  1803"  (continued  as  Hansard's  Parliamentary  De- 
bates), nor  Cobbett's  Complete  Collection  of  State 
Trials  (afterwards  known  as  Howell's),  nor  many  other 
works  which  he  either  edited,  translated,  or  published. 
The  anti-Cobbett  literature  is  exceedingly  voluminous, 
and  almost  every  charge  has  been  made  against  the 
man,  except  that  of  being  uninteresting.  According 
to  Henry  Cabot  Lodge  (whose  masterly  appreciation  in 
"Studies  in  History"  [Boston,  1885],  should  be  consulted 
by  the  student  immediately  after  direct  contact  with 
Cobbett's  writings),  Cobbett's  true  value  is  understood 
by  his  thoroughly  representative  character  as  a  type 
of  his  time  and  people.  As  historical  documents,  his 
works  are  indispensable. 

Cobbett's  horticultural  writings  of  chief  interest  to  us 
are  "Cottage  Economy,"  "A  Year's  Residence  in  the 
United  States  of  America,  and,  most  of  all  "The  Ameri- 
can Gardener  "  ( 1821 ) ,  which  was  reproduced  with  con- 
siderable modifications  as  "The  English  Gardener,"  in 


501.  Leaf  of  Canada  Thistle  (X  %). 

London,  1827.  The  American  edition  of  Wm.  Forsyth's 
excel  lent  "Treatise  on  the  Culture  and  Management  of 
Fruit  Trees,"  was  published  at  New  York  and  Phila- 
delphia in  1802,  and  in  Albany  in  1803,  and  was  one  of 
the  most  influential  books  on  fruit  growing  in  the 


COIWKTT 


COCCOLOBA 


339 


period  before  orcharding  over  large  areas  gave  rise  to 
i  --cutially  American  horticultural  writings.  Unfortu- 
tiiiiatt'ly  for  horticulturists  of  the  present  day,  Cobbett's 
thunder  seems  forever  silenced.  He  has  the  fatal 
faults  of  being  old  and  amusing.  Yet,  to  the  discrimi- 
nating mind.  Cobbett's  horticultural  writings,  especially 
"The  American  (Jardener"  (which  is  still  not  uncommon 
in  second-hand  book  stores),  are  full  of  suggestiveness 
and  refreshment.  \\r_  ]yf 

COBOEA  (after  Father  Cobo,  Spanish  Jesuit  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  naturalist,  and  resident  of  America 
for  many  years).  Polemoniacece.  A  genus  of  6  tropical 
American  climbers,  of  which  C.  scdndens,  a  tender  per- 
ennial plant,  is  amongst  the  dozen  most  popular  vines 
commonly  treated  as  annuals.  This  is  the  only  genus  of 
climbers  in  the  order.  Prop,  by  seeds,  which  should  be 
placed  in  moist  earth,  edge  down.  It  is  a  rapid  grower. 


COCCfNEA  (Latin,  scarlet;  referring  to  the  orna- 
mental gourds).  ('/«•« r/i it dcew.  Thirteen  species  of 
tender  perennial  vines,  from  the  tropics  of  Asia  and 
Africa,  usually  with  tuberous  roots.  Lvs.  angled  or 


502.   Cobcea  scandens  (X 


scandens,  Cav.  Figs.  502,  503,  504.  Height  10-20  ft.  : 
Ifts.  in  2  or  3  pairs,  the  lowest  close  to  the  stem,  and 
more  or  less  eared  :  Us.  bell-shaped,  1-1%  in.  across, 
light  violet  or  greenish  purple,  with  protruding  style 
and  stamens:  tendrils  branched.  Mex.  B.M.  851.  There 
is  a  white-fld.  form  (C.  alba,  Hort.  ),  and  one  with  varie- 
gated Ivs.,  var.  variegata,  Hort.  —  The  terminal  1ft.  is 
represented  by  a  tendril  (Fig.  502).  Sometimes  there 
are  indications  of  tendrils  on  other  Ifts.  (Fig.  504),  mak- 
ing the  plant  an  interesting  one  for  students  of  mor- 
phology. 

macrostemma,  Pav.  Taller,  later-flowering,  the  stems 
and  foliage  not  purple-tinged  :  fls.  yellow-green,  with 
exserted  stamens.  Guatemala.  ^y  ^ 

COBNUT.    Consult  Cory  Jus. 
COBURGIA.    See  Stenomesson. 

COCA.  The  Ivs.  of  Erythroxylon  Coca,  used  in 
licine.  Sold  chiefly  as  a  fluid  extract.  Cocaine  is  the 
aous  local  anaesthetic. 


503.  Normal  leaf  of  Cobcea  scandens. 

lobed,  sometimes  glandular  :  fls.  white  or  yellowish, 
large  :  fr.  a  small,  scarlet  gourd,  sometimes  marbled, 
with  an  insipid  pulp.  A.  Coigneaux  in  DC.,  Mon.  Phan. 
3:528.  C.cordifolia  is  treated  as  a  tender  annual,  re- 
quiring an  early  start  and  no  special  culture. 

A.    Tendrils  simple :  male  fls .  solitary  :  Ivs.  small. 

cordifdlia,  Cogn.  (C.  Indica,  Wight  &  Arn.).  Height 
about  10  ft.:  Ivs.  small,  1-2  in.  long,  glossy,  ivy-like, 
short-petioled,  obtusely  5-angled:  fls.white,  bell-shaped: 
fr.  roundish  at  both  ends,  about  2  in.  long,  1  in.  thick. 
India. 

AA.  Tendrils  bifid:  male  fls.  in  racemes:  Ivs.  large. 
palmata,  Cogn.  (Cephaldndra  palmdta,  Lond.).  At- 
taining 30  ft. :  Ivs.  large,  3-4  in.  long  and  wide,  long- 
petioled,  palmately  5-lobed  :  fls.  yellowish  :  fr.  ovate, 
acute.  Natal.  Int.  by  P.  Henderson  &  Co..  1890. -A  rare 
greenhouse  plant.  -^  ]yj 

COCC6LOBA  (Greek,  lobed  berry;  referring  to  the 
ends  of  the  pear-shaped  fr.).  Polygonacece.  This  genus, 
which  contains  the  2  interesting  fruits  described  below, 
consists  of  about  80  tropical  trees  and  shrubs,  some- 
times tall  climbers,  with  alternate,  usually  leathery,  en- 
tire Ivs.,  which  are  sometimes  very  large,  sometimes 
very  small:  sheath  or  ocrea  various:  fls.  in  racemes,  on 
short  pedicels  between  small,  ocrea-like  bracts.  For  C. 
platyclada,  see  Muehlenbeckia. 


504.   Monstrous  or  abnormal  leaf  of  Cobcea. 

Coccoloba  is  a  genus  of  tropical  evergreen  shrubs  and 
trees,  mostly  of  an  ornamental  character.  C.  uvifera, 
the  Sea-grape  or  Shore-grape  of  the  West  Indies,  bears 
an  edible  fruit,  and  has  particulary  beautiful  foliage. 
This  species  is  the  most  important  of  the  genus,  and  is 


340 


COCCOLOBA 


COCHLEARIA 


worthy  of  a  place  among  ornamental  plants  under  glass. 
As  it  will  withstand  but  slight  frost,  its  cultivation  out- 
doors in  the  United  States  is  limited  to  warmer  parts  of 
Florida  and  California,  but  it  may  be  bedded  outdoors 
during  the  summer,  in  temperate  latitudes  forming  a 


505.  Coccoloba  uvifera  (X  %). 

fine  addition  to  the  list  of  plants  more  commonly  em- 
ployed. All  species  are  easily  propagated  by  seeds, 
which  germinate  freely  when  not  too  old.  Some  species 
may  be  quickly  increased  by  cuttings  of  ripe  wood, 
which  root  readily  in  sand  under  usual  conditions,  in  a 
frame  or  propagating  house.  Layering  may  also  be  em- 
ployed to  increase  a  stock.  The  various  species  grow 
naturally  in  both  clayey  and  sandy  soils,  revelling  in 
moist,  rich  earth  and  a  high  temperature.  C.  uvifera 
frequents  the  seashore,  and  is  found  growing  in  sand 
and  broken  shells,  apparently  lacking  altogether  in 
plant-food.  Rich,  sandy  soil  of  a  light  character  seems 
to  be  the  best  for  all  species  so  far  known.  Plants  are 
readily  transplanted  from  open  ground,  but  pot-grown 
plants  are  to  be  preferred.  cult>  by  E.  N.  REASONER. 
uvifera,  Linn.  SEA-GRAPE.  SHORE-GRAPE.  Fig.  505. 
Tree,  reaching  20  ft.  or  more,  with  many  flexuous 
branches  :  Ivs.  large,  often  5  in.  long  by  7  in.  wide, 
broadly  heart-shaped,  wavy  margined,  glossy,  leathery, 
midrib  red  at  the  base ;  petioles  short,  with  sheathing 


stipules  at  the  base  :  racemes  6  in.  long,  erect,  in  fl. 
nodding  in  fr. :  fls.  IK  in.  across,  white,  fragrant  ;  pet- 
als 5;  stamens  8;  styles  3:  berries  9  or  more  in  a  ra- 
ceme, small,  about  Kin.  long,  pear-shaped,  reddish  pur- 
ple, dotted  green,  sweetish  acid:  nut  roundish,  with  a 
short,  sharp  point  on  top,  and  vertical  wrinkles. 
Sandy  seashores  of  Trop.  Amer.,  especially  S. 
Fla.  and  West  Indies.  B.M.  3130. -The  wood 
is  used  in  cabinet  work,  and,  when  boiled, 
gives  a  red  color.. 

Floridana,  Meissn.  PIGEON  PLUM. 
Tree,  25-30  ft.:  Ivs.  1^-3  in.  long, 
1-2  in.  wide,  ovate  or  elliptical,  nar- 
rowed at  both  ends,  obtuse,  margin 
slightly  recurved:  berries  small,  %m. 
long,  pear-shaped,  edible,  but  not 
marketable.  S.  Fla.  — This  has  lately 
been  considered  a  synonym  of  C. 
la^irifolia,  but  the  two  species  are 
well  distinguished  in  DC.  Prod. 
U:165.  W.M. 

COCCULUS  (diminutive  of  kokkos, 
berry;    the   fr.    being    berry -like). 
(Cebatha.)    Henispermacea>.    Twin- 
ing or  erect  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate, 
petioled,  entire  or  lobed,  with  entire 
margin,     deciduous     or    persistent, 
palminerved:  fls.  inconspicuous,  dioa- 
cious,  in  axillary  panicles  or  racemes, 
sometimes  terminal  ;    sepals,  petals 
and  stamens  6:  carpels  3-6,  distinct,  developing  into 
berry-like,  1-seeded  drupes  ;  seed  reniform.    About 
25  species  in  America,  Asia,  Africa  and  Australia, 
chiefly  in  trop.  and  subtrop.  regions.    Only  a  few  spe- 
cies  are  cultivated,  thriving   in  almost  any   somewhat 
moist  soil  ;  the  evergreen  kinds  are  sometimes  grown 
in  pots,  in  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  loam.     Prop, 
by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  half -ripened  wood  in  summer, 
under  glass,  with  bottom  heat. 

"Cocculus  Indicus"is  the  trade  name  of  the  berries 
used  by  the  Chinese  in  catching  fish.  The  berries  con- 
tain an  acrid  poison,  which  intoxicates  or  stuns  the  fish 
until  they  can  be  caught.  The  berries  are  imported 
from  the  East  Indies  to  adulterate  porter,  and"Cocculus 
Indicus  "  is  a  trade  name  with  druggists,  not  a  botanical 
one,  just  as  "Cassia  lignea"is  a  trade  name  of  a  kind  of 
Cinnamon  bark,  derived,  not  from  a  Cassia,  but  from  a 
species  of  Cinnamomum.  The  name  "  Cocculus  Indicus  " 
was  given  by  Bauhin,  but  binomial  nomenclature  began 
later,  with  Linnsetis,  in  1753.  The  plant  which  produces 
the  berries  is  Anamirta  Cocculus. 

Carolinus,  DC.  A  rapid-growing,  twining  shrub,  at- 
taining 12  ft.,  with  pubescent  branches:  Ivs.  long-peti- 
oled,  usually  ovate,  sometimes  cordate,  obtuse,  entire  or 
3-,  rarely  5-lobed,  pubescent,  glabrous  above  at  length, 
1K-3  in.  long  :  fr.  red,  Kin.  in  diam.  Along  streams, 
from  Va.  and  111.  to  Fla.  and  Tex.  — Decorative  in  fall, 
with  its  bright  red  fr.  Not  hardy  N.  of  New  York. 

C.  Japdnicus,  DC.=Stephania  hernandifolia.— C.  laurifblius, 
DC.  Erect  shrub,  to  15  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  evergreen,  oblong, 
acute  at  both  ends.  Himal.  Decorative,  with  its  bright  green, 
shining  foliage.  Only  hardy  in  subtropical  regions.— C.  ThUn- 
bergi,  DC.  Similar  to  C.  Carolinus,  but  fr.  bluish  black.  Har- 
dier. Japan.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

COCHLEARIA  (Latin,  cochlear,  a  spoon;  referring  to 
the  Ivs.).  Cruciferce.  This  genus,  which  includes  the 
Horse  Radish  and  Scurvy  Grass,  is  composed  of  glabrous 
herbs,  mostly  perennial,  of  various  habit,  with  Ivs.  alter- 
nate or  in  rosettes :  fls.  mostly  white,  racemose,  bractless : 
pods  various,  but  never  winged.  The  word  cochlear  is 
a  technical  term  used  in  describing  alstivation,  and  refers 
to  one  piece  which  is  larger  than  the  others,  hollow  like 
a  bowl  or  helmet,  and  including  the  rest,  as  in  Aconitum. 

Armoracia,  Linn.  (JYa shirt i um  Armor&cia,  Fries). 
HORSE  RADISH.  Hardy  perennial,  2  ft.  high :  roots  large 
and  fleshy,  furnishing  the  familiar  condiment:  root-lvs. 
very  large,  more  or  less  cordate  or  oblong  ;  stem-lvs. 
lanceolate,  uppermost  linear,  entire  :  fls.  white.  May. 
Naturalized  from  Eu.  and  escaped.  — It  flowers  fre- 
quently, and  very  rarely  perfects  any  seeds.  For  cul- 
ture, see  Horse  Radish. 


COCHLEARIA 


COCOS 


341 


officinalis,  Linn.  SCURVY  GRASS.  Hardy  biennial, 
2-12  in.  high,  but  cult,  as  an  annual  :  root-lvs.  petioled, 
cordate;  stem-lvs.  sessile,  oblong,  more  or  less  toothed: 
Us.  early  spring;  calyx  lobes  erect.  Arctic  regions.  Vil- 
morin,  Veg.  Gard.  515.—  Prop,  by  seed,  which  is  small, 
oval,  slightly  angular,  rough-skinned,  reddish  brown. 
The  germinating  power  lasts  4  years.  The  green  parts 
of  the  plant  are  strongly  acrid,  and  have  a  tarry  flavor. 
The  seed  is  sown  in  a  cool,  shady  position,  where  the 
plants  are  to  stand.  The  Ivs.  are  rarely  eaten  as  salad, 
but  the  plant  is  mostly  grown  for  its  anti-scorbutic 
properties.  \y.  •&. 

COCHLIODA  (Greek  for  spiral,  in  reference  to  the 
structure  of  the  lip).  Orchidacece ,  tribe  Vdndeve.  A 
small  genus  of  orchids  found  at  high  elevations  in  South 
America.  Pseudobulbous.  Flowers  bright  rose-color  or 
scarlet.  Some  of  the  species  are  retained  by  various 
authors  in  Odontoglossum  and  Mesopinidium.  Culture 
of  Odontoglossums. 

Noetzliana,  Rolfe.  Pseudobulbs  ovate-oblong,  com- 
pressed, about  2  in.  long,  monodiphyllous  :  Ivs.  linear, 
peduncles  arcuate  :  fls.  numerous,  in  graceful  racemes, 
orange-scarlet,  about  1  in.  across;  sepals  oblong;  petals 
rather  ovate  ;  labellum  3-lobed,  disk  yellow,  otherwise 
similar  in  color  to  the  petals.  Andes.  B.M.  7474.  Gt. 
43:1403.  G.C. III.  16:71. 

rosea,  Hort.  Plants  similar  to  C.  Noetzliana  :  fls.  rose 
color.  Peru.  B.M.  6084.  I. H.  18:66. 

vulcanica,  Benth.  &  Hook.  Peduncles  more  or  less 
erect:  fls.  larger  than  in  the  preceding,  bright  rose-color; 
labellum  3-lobed,  provided  with  4  ridges.  Peru.  B.M. 6001. 

OAKES  AMES. 

COCHLIOSTfiMA  (Greek,  spiral  stamens}.  Commeli- 
nacece.  A  genus  of  2  species,  which  are  among  the 
most  curious  and  gorgeous  plants  cultivated  under  glass. 
They  are  epiphytes,  with  the  habit  of  Billbergia  and 
great  axillary  panicles  of  large  flowers  of  peculiar  struc- 
ture and  beauty.  They  are  stemless  herbs  from  Equa- 
dor,  with  large,  oblong-lanceolate  Ivs.,  sheathing  at  the 
base,  and  fls.  which  individually  last  only  a  short  time, 
although  a  succession  is  kept  up  for  several  weeks; 
sepals  3,  oblong,  obtuse,  concave;  petals  3,  nearly  equal, 
wider  than  the  sepals,  niargined  with  long  hairs;  stami- 
nodes  3,  villous,  2  erect,  linear,  the  third  short,  plumose; 
staminal  column  hooded,  with  incurved  margins,  enclos- 
ing 3  spirally  twisted  anthers  ;  style  slender,  curved. 
For  an  interesting  theory  of  the  peculiar  staminodes, 
see  G.C,  1868:323,264. 

Cochliostemas  are  handsome  stove-flowering  perennial 
plants,  closely  related  to  the  Commelinas,  and  are  of 
comparatively  easy  culture,  thriving  well  in  ordinary 
stove  temperature  in  a  mixture  of  2  parts  loam  and  1 
part  fibrous  peat,  with  a  little  well-decayed  cow- or  sheep- 
manure  added  when  potting  mature  plants.  They  like  a 
copious  supply  of  water  at  the  roots  during  the  summer 
months,  and  at  no  season  must  they  be  allowed  to  become 
dry.  Propagation  is  effected  by  division  of  the  plants  in 
early  spring,  or  by  seeds,  to  obtain  which  the  flowers 
must  be  artificially  fertilized.  The  seeds  should  be  sown 
as  soon  as  ripe  in  shallow  pans  of  light,  peaty  soil,  and 
placed  in  a  warm,  close  atmosphere  until  germinated. 
As  soon  as  the  seedlings  are  large  enough,  they  should 
be  potted  singly  into  thumb-pots,  and  shifted  on  as 
often  as  they  require  it,  when  they  will  flower  in  about  12 
months.  The  chief  reason  why  Cochliostemas  are  grown 
in  America  so  little  is,  probably,  that  we  have  to  keep  a 
much  more  humid  atmosphere  in  stove-houses  here  than 
in  England,  and  that  is  very  much  against  all  stove- 
flowering  plants,  causing  the  season  of  blossoming  to  be 
very  short. 
A.  Lvs.  red  beneath:  panicle  hairy :  fls.  very  fragrant. 

Odoratissimum,  Lemaire.  Lvs.  lighter  green  above  than 
in  C.Jacobiannm,  and  deep  purplish  red  beneath,  nar- 
rower, and  with  a  similar  margin  :  fls.  very  numerous; 
sepals  more  leaf-like,  hairy,  green,  with  a  reddish  tip. 
I.H.  6 :  217.  R.H.  1869,  p.  170.  -Not  advertised  at  present, 
but  fully  as  interesting  as  the  next. 

AA.   Lvs.  green  beneath:  panicle  not  hairy :  fls.  less 
fray  rant. 

Jacob'.anum,  C.  Koch  and  Linden.  Height  1-3 ft.:  Ivs. 
in  a  rosette,  spreading  or  recurved,  dilated  and  sheath- 


ing at  the  base,  margined  brown  or  purplish,  3-4  ft.  long, 
6  in.  broad  at  the  base,  4  in.  broad  at  the  middle  :  pe- 
duncles stout,  white,  tinged  purple,  1  ft.  long  :  bracts 
large,  opposite  and  whorled,  3-4  in.  long,  acuminate, 
concave:  panicle  branches  4-6  in.  long:  tts.  2-2%  in. 
across;  sepals  purplish;  petals  violet-blue.  Autumn. 
B.M.  5705.  R.H.  1868:71. 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING  and  W.  M. 

Cochliostema  odornHtsimum  is  much  like  C.  Jacobi- 
anum.  Is  a  very  interesting  plant  of  rapid  growth  and 
easy  culture.  It  is  raised  from  seed.  It  seeds  freely 
when  fertilized  at  the  proper  time.  Only  a  few  of  the 
stronger  or  larger  flowers  should  be  allowed  to  bear  seed. 
Sometimes  a  simple  shaking  of  the  flower  stalk  will  ac- 
complish the  necessary  work  of  fertilizing,  but  it  is 
safer  to  employ  the  regular  method  to  insure  thorough 
impregnation.  The  seeds  ripen  within  6  weeks'  time,  and 
they  can  be  sown  soon  thereafter.  In  5  or  6  months  from 
seed  the  plants  will  bloom.  The  flowers,  while  not  very 
showy,  are  fragrant  and  interesting.  The  plant  itself  is 
ornamental  by  reason  of  its  curiously  marked,  striped 
and  veined  leaves.  The  plant  thrives  best  in  rich,  light, 
loamy  soil.  First  sow  in  boxes  or  seed  pans  in  light, 
sandy  soil ;  then  transplant  into  small  pots  ;  keep  the 
young  plants  in  a  warm,  moist  place  and  repot  before 
the  pot  is  filled  with  roots,  never  allowing  the  plant  to 
get  "hard,"  as  it  is  called,  but  keep  it  growing  continu- 
ously, and  when  in  6-  or  7-inch  pots,  allow  the  plant  to 
get  somewhat  pot-bound  and  give  more  air,  and  it  will 
soon  set  flower  buds.  Then  place  a  mulch  of  old  cow-  or 
sheep-manure  on  the  top  of  the  pot,  or  use  liquid  manure 
once  or  twice  a  week,  keeping  the  plant  in  a  cool  posi- 
tion. The  above  treatment  will  secure  numerous  flowers 
over  a  long  period.  Fall  and  winter,  jj  ^.  SIEBRECHT. 

COCKSCOMB.    See  Celoxia. 

COCKSFOOT  GRASS.  Same  as  Barnyard  Grass,  Pani- 
cum  Crus-GaUi. 

COCOA.    Seeds  of  Theobroma  Cacao. 
COCOA  PLUM.    Cliryuobalanus  Icaco. 

COCOS  (Portuguese,  monkey,  from  the  nut,  which  sug- 
gests a  monkey's  face).  Palmaceoe,  tribe  Cocoinece. 
This  genus  inchides  the  Cocoanut  tree,  C.  nucifera,  and 
a  few  palms  that  are  cultivated  for  ornament  in  the 
north  under  gtess,  and  in  S.  Fla.  and  S.  Calif,  as  ave- 
nue and  ornanjental  trees.  Of  the  species  cult,  for  or- 
nament, C.  Weddelliana  is  by  far  the  most  important. 
It  is  sold  in  great  quantities  from  3-  and  4-inch  pots 
when  the  plants  are  12-15  in.  high.  They  are  favorite 
house-plants,  a?  their  culture  is  easy,  and  they  grow 
slowly  and  retain  their  beauty  a  long  while.  They  are 
much  used  in  fern  dishes.  As  a  house-plant,  C.  Wed- 
delliana is  probably  the  most  popular  species  of  all  the 
smaller  palms.  It  is  especially  suitable  for  table  deco- 
ration. The  genus  is  allied  to  Maximiliana  and  Attalea, 
and  distinguished  by  its  male  fls.  having  lanceolate 
petals,  6  included  stamens,  and  a  1 -seeded  fruit. 

Low  or  tall  spineless  palms,  with  slender  or  robust 
ringed  trunks,  often  clothed  with  the  bases  of  the  Ivs. 
Lvs.  terminal,  pinnatisect;  segments  ensiform  or  lanceo- 
late, equidistant  or  in  groups,  1-  to  many-nerved,  entire 
at  the  apex,  or  with  1  lateral  tooth,  or  more  or  less 
deeply  lobed,— the  margins  smooth,  recurved  at  the 
base:  rachis  3-sided,  acute  above,  convex  on  the  back: 
petiole  concave  above,  smooth  or  spiny  on  the  margins : 
sheath  short,  open,  fibrous  ;  spadices  erect,  at  length 
drooping,  the  branches  erect  or  drooping;  spathes  2,  the 
lower  one  the  shorter,  split  at  the  apex,  the  upper  one 
fusiform  or  clavate,  woody,  furrowed  on  the  back  ; 
bracts  variable  ;  fls.  white  or  yellow  :  fr.  large  or  me- 
dium, ovoid  or  ellipsoidal,  terete  or  obtusely  3-angled. 
Species  about  30.  Tropical  and  sub-tropical  S.  Amer., 
1  in  the  tropics  around  the  world. 

J.  G.  SMITH  and  W.  M. 

The  Cocoanut  Palm  naturally  grows  on  the  seashore, 
or  in  its  immediate  vicinity,  and  does  not  bear  well 
when  at  a  great  distance  from  salt  water,  although  its 
growth  may  be  strong.  In  cultivation,  this  fact  is  kept 


342 


cocos 


cocos 


in  mind  and  plantations  are  laid  out  on  sandy  or  shelly 
tracts  of  land  bordering  the  sea,  where  it  is  almost  im- 
possible to  raise  anything  else  of  value.  This  soil  con- 
sists of  coarse  sand,  broken  shells  and  litter  of  the  sea, 
and  is  apparently  very  poor  in  quality,  yet  the  Cocoanut 
thrives  on  it  and  bears  abundantly.  Propagation  is  by 
seeds  only.  These  are  selected  from  the  most  desired 
strains,  as  the  nuts  vary  greatly  in  size,  shape,  and 
quantity  and  quality  of  the  meat.  They  must  be  per- 
fectly ripe  before  planting,  which  is  usually  done  with- 
out removing  the  outer  husk.  A  shallow  trench  is 
scooped  out  of  the  sand,  the  nuts  are  laid  in  thickly  on 
their  sides  and  then  the  sand  is  thrown  back  over  them 
to  a  depth  of  from  4-10  in.,  according  to  the  moisture  of 
the  soil.  After  some  months,  when  they  have  germi- 
nated and  the  seed  leaf  is  well  developed,  they  are  usu- 
ally dug  and  planted  out  permanently  about  20  ft.  apart. 
The  young  palms  are  kept  free  from  weeds  and  en- 
croaching beach  creepers  for  3  or  4  years,  until  they 
reach  a  considerable  size,  after  which  they  seldom  get 
any  cultivation.  A  mulching  of  seaweed  and  other  veg- 
etable matter  proves  of  much  benefit,  but  as  the  profit 
is  so  small  in  Cocoanut  culture,  thorough  manuring  is 
not  attempted.  Cocoanut  Palms  are  of  tropical  growth, 
yet  may  be  grown  outside  the  tropics  to  a  slight  extent, 
as  in  southern  Florida,  where  occasional  light  frosts 
<>ccur-  E.  N.  REASONEK. 

As  a  decorative  subject  under  glass,  Cocos  nucifera 
is  but  little  grown,  owing  to  its  large  size,  but  when 
given  an  abundance  of  water,  a  rich,  loamy  soil,  and  a 
night  temperature  of  70°,  it  is  not  especially  difficult  to 
manage,  and  while  the  young  plants  do  not  give  a  proper 
idea  of  the  mature  Cocoanut  Palm,  their  development 
is  interesting  to  watch. 

The  most  valuable  Cocos  to  the  florist  is  the  Dwarf 
Cocoanut,  C.  Weddelliana,  the  seeds  of  which  are  sent 
from  Brazil  to  the  large  American  and  European  palm 
growers  by  the  million  each  season.  These  seeds  are 
about  half  an  inch  thick.  They  usually  arrive  in  the 
spring,  and  should  be  sown  at  once  in  a  warm  green- 
house and  kept  continually  moist,  and  if  they  are  in 
good  condition  and  kept  at  a  temperature  of  about  75°, 
they  frequently  begin  to  germinate  in  6  to  8  weeks. 

A  light  and  rather  open  soil  is  preferable  for  Cocos 
seeds,  some  growers  using  pure  peat  for  this  purpose 
with  good  results.  When  the  seedlings  are  making  their 
second  leaf  they  may  be  potted  off,  and  this  is  one  of 
the  critical  periods  in  the  culture  of  C.  Weddel  liana, 
the  young  roots  being  so  stiff  and  brittle  that  much  care 
is  needed  to  get  them  into  a  2-  or  2%-inch  pot,  and  if 
the  main  root  is  broken  the  seedling  seldom  recovers. 

Deep  pots  are,  therefore,  best  for  this  purpose.  The 
seedlings  should  be  kept  rather  close  during  the  day  for 
the  first  few  weeks  after  potting,  and  then  may  be  aired 
quite  liberally,  and  also  syringed  freely.  A  night  tem- 
perature of  65-70°  will  answer  very  well  for  the  young 
plants,  and  they  should  never  be  allowed  to  become 
very  dry,  or  a  yellow  and  unhealthy  condition  is  liable 
to  follow.  Through  the  summer  the  plants  may  be  re- 
potted as  they  may  need  it,  but  it  is  not  wise  to  disturb 
the  roots  after  the  middle  of  October,  the  root  action  of 
these  plants  being  rather  sluggish  during  the  winter 
months. 

Soil  should  be  well-drained,  rather  sandy  in  texture, 
and  may  be  enriched  with  some  dry  cow-dung,  or  a 
moderate  quantity  of  bone  dust. 

Cult,  by  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

The  Cocoanut  is  the  example  most  commonly  cited  of 
dispersal  of  seeds  by  water.  Its  buoyant,  impervious 
husk  is  said  to  enable  it  to  cross  an  ocean  without 
losing  its  germinating  power.  Its  structure  is  interest- 
ing and  at  first  puzzling.  Although  it  is  a  dry,  indehis- 
cent,  1-seeded  fruit,  it  seems  very  unlike  an  akene,  as 
for  instance,  in  the  Composite.  Structurally,  it  is  more 
like  a  drupe,  for  the  fibrous  husk  is  formed  from  the 
outer  part  of  the  pericarp,  and  the  hard  shell  enclosing1 
the  meat  from  the  inner.  In  other  words  the  husk  is 
exocarp  and  the  shell  endocarp.  The  milk  of  the  Cocoa- 
nut  is  unsolidified  endosperm.  In  the  cereal  grains  it  is 
the  endosperm  which  affords  most  of  the  material  used 
for  human  food.  Only  a  part  of  the  liquid  matter  of  the 
Cocoanut  solidifies,  and  the  milk  is  left  in  the  center. 


The  eyes  of  the  Cocoanut  (Fig.  506)  mark  the  positions 
of  the  micropyles,  and  germination  takes  place  only 
through  the  larger  one.  Palm  pistils  are  3-carpelled  and 
each  carpel  in  Cocos  has  1  ovule.  The  marks  of  the  3 
carpels  are  seen  in  Fig.  506,  but  only  1  ovule  develops 


506.   End  of  a  mature  cocoanut. 
The  nut  sprouts  usually  from  the  largest  eye. 


into  a  seed.  Fig.  507  tells  the  story  of  the  growth  of  a 
Cocoanut.  In  a,  the  young  nut  is  enveloped  by  3  petals 
and  3  sepals.  At  &,  the  pericarp  has  far  outgrown  the 
sepals  and  petals.  The  floral  envelopes  remain  upon  the 
tree  when  the  nut  is  picked.  Cocoanuts,  like  many  other 
fruits,  often  grow  to  a  considerable  size  without  pollina- 
tion, and  then  perish. 

In  distinguishing  tropical  from  subtropical  regions, 
the  Cocoanut  is  an  excellent  guide.  It  flourishes  best 
where  frost  is  never  known.  The  oil  extracted  from  the 
nuts  is  an  important  article  of  commerce.  The  fiber  re- 
fuse is  much  used  by  florists  and  gardeners.  Being 
open,  spongy,  very  retentive  of  moisture,  clean  and 
easily  handled,  it  is  a  favorite  material  in  which  to  root 
bedding  plants  and  to  start  very  small  seeds  ;  but  it  is 
not  used  for  permanent  potting.  L.  H.  B 

A.    Filaments  present  on  the  rachis. 

eriospatha,  Mart.  Stem  9-15  ft.  high,  10-14  in.  thick, 
capitately  thickened  with  the  persistent  bases  of  the 
petioles;  Ivs.  ample,  glaucous,  finely  pectinate :  margins 
of  the  rachis  with  excurrent  filaments ;  segments  about 
1  in.  apart,  the  lower  elongated,  linear,  20-24  in.  long, 
very  long-acuminate,  the  upper  narrowly  linear,  short, 
attenuate,  1  ft.  long,  2  lines  wide,  all  rigid,  faintly  ner- 
vose-striate  S.  Braz.— "The  hardiest  of  the  genus  and 
one  of  the  hardiest  palms  in  southern  Calif.  Fronds 
bluish:  fr.  pulp  tastes  like  apricots."—  F.  Franceschi, 
Santa  Barbara.  Rather  coarse  for  cultivation  under 
glass. 

AA.    Flaments  absent. 

B.    Rachis  abruptly  contracted  above  the  insertion  of 
the  lowest  Ifts. 

flexudsa,  Mart.  Stem  9-12  ft,  high,  2-3 H  in.  in  diam., 
arcuate-ascending,  naked  just  above  the  base,  thence 
densely  clothed  with  dead  petiole  bases;  Ivs.  lax,  3-6  ft. 
long:  petiole  flat  above,  arcuate,  at  first tomentose,  later 
smooth  :  rachis  abruptly  narrowed  above  the  insertion 
of  the  lowest  leaf-segment,  thence  linear-filiform  at  the 
apex,  excurrent  ;  segments  70-90  on  each  side,  rigid  in 
opposite  groups,  the  middle  10-14  in.  long,  %  in.  wide, 
the  upper  4  in.  long,  l-12in.  wide.  Braz.  —  Cult,  in  north- 
ern greenhouses.  An  avenue  tree  in  S.  Fla.  and  S. 
Calif.  "Similar  in  habit  to  S.plumosa,  but  with  more 
finely  cut  Ivs.,  and  in  S.  Eu.  considered  to  stand  more 
frost.  "—Francesch  i . 


cocos 


cocos 


343 


BB.    Rachis  not  abruptly  contracted. 

c.    Leaflets  fhn-<-i<l. 

D.    Form  of  Ifts.  litn-ar. 

E.    Arr«)ii/<'»ic)it  of  I  ft  a.  equidistant. 

Weddelliana,  H.  Wendl.  Fig.  508.  Stem  4-7  ft.  high, 
\y±  in.  in  diam.,  densely  covered  with  persistent  sheaths : 
Ivs.  equally  pectinate-pinnatisect,  3-3%  ft.  long:  petiole 
8-20  in. :  sheath  coriaceous-fibrous,  glabrous  or  tomen- 
tose,  with  slender  brown  .hairs,  at  length  evanescent  : 
blade  2-3  ft. :  segments  about  50  on  each  side,  widely 
spreading,  the  middle  5  in.  long,  2  lines  wide,  subequi- 
distant,  glaucous  beneath:  rachis  filiform  at  the  apex, 
brown-scaly.  Trop.  Braz.  R.  H.  1879,  p.  434.  I.H. 
22:220.  A.(i.  1<;:345.  —  The  most  important  of  small  or- 
namental palms  for  the  north. 

EE.    Arrangement  of  Ifts.  in  groups  of  2-4. 

plumosa,  Hook.  Stem  30-36  ft.  high,  10-12  in.  thick, 
ringed  at  intervals  of  a  foot,  clothed  near  the  apex  with 
remnants  of  the  dead  petioles;  Ivs.  erect-spreading,  12- 
15  ft.  long,  recurving :  petiole  %-K  as  long  as  the 
blade  :  segments  linear  acuminate,  sparse,  solitary  or 
mostly  in  groups  of  2-4,  \YZ  ft.  long,  deflexed  near  the 
apex.  Cent.  Braz.  B.M.  5180.  — The  chief  avenue  palm 
of  the  genus.  A  quick-grower,  ultimately  50  ft.  high  in 
S.  Fla.  and  Calif. 

cc.    Leaflets  rigid. 

butyracea,  Linn.  Stems  very  tall,  naked  :  Ivs.  pin- 
nate ;  Ifts.  simple  ;  spathe  cylindrical-oblong,  4-6  ft. 
Venezuela.  — Rare  and  perhaps  confused  with  Scheelea 
butyracea.  Little  known. 

D.    Form  of  Ifts.  sivord-shaped. 

Romanzoffiana,  Cham.  Stems  30-40  ft.  high,  some- 
what fusiform  above:  Ivs.  about  half  as  long  as  the  cau- 
dex,  the  withered  ones  deflexed,  pendent,  the  upper 
spreading,  incurved,  segments  conduplicate  at  the  base, 
ensiform.  S.  Braz.,  near  the  sea. 

DD.    Form  of  Ifts.  linear:  apex  obtuse:  petiole  glaucous. 

australis,  Mart.  PJNDO  PALM.  Height  8  ft.:  stem 
erect,  columnar,  equal,  strongly  annular  above  ;  petiole 
naked  ;  segments  linear,  glaucous,  rather  rigid  :  fr.  as 
large  as  a  pigeon's  egg,  outer  pulp  sweet,  edible,  seed 
oily.  Paraguay.  G.C.  III.  18:739.  A.F.  5,  515,  and  7:805. 
R.H.  1876,  p.  155.— A  slow  grower.  Cult,  under  glass 
and  outdoors  in  Fla.  and  Calif. 

nucifera,  Linn.  Ceco  PALM.  COCOANUT  TREE.  Figs. 
507,  508.  Caudex  40-100  ft.  high,  flexuous,  thickened  at 
the  base:  Ivs.  12-18  ft.  long  ;  Ifts.  linear-lanceolate,  2-3 
ft.,  coriaceous,  flaccid:  petiole  3-5  ft.,  stout.  Seashores 
within  the  tropics.  Indigenous  to  Cocos  or  Keeling 
Islands  of  the  Indian 
ocean.  R.  H.  1895, 
p.  457.  Mn.  2:  171. 
(.i.F.  7: 15. -Produces 
the  cocoanuts  of  com- 
merce. Rarely  cult, 
in  northern  green- 
houses. 


the  mouth  ;  petiole  1%  ft.  long,  spinose-serrate  ;  seg- 
ments 50-60  on  a  side,  crowded  below,  then  equidistant, 
linear-lanceolate,  the  uppermost  long-setaceous  filiform, 


(Nat.  size  at  this  stage.)  (Nat.  size.) 

507.   Stages  in  the  growth  of  a  cocoanut. 

DDD.    Form  of  Ifts.  narrowly  lanceolate. 

E     Li's,  long,  6-15  ft.  in  mature  specimens. 

F.    Petiole  spinose-serrate:  segments  of  leaf  less 

numerous. 

Yatay,  Mart.  Stem  12-15  ft.  high,  over  1  ft.  in  diam., 
naked  below,  covered  with  dead  sheaths  above:  Ivs.  re- 
curved, spreading  6-9  ft, :  sheath  1  ft.  long,  fibrous  at 


508.  Cocos  Weddelliana. 

the  middle  ones  2%  ft.  long,  2-5  in.  wide,  the  upper  20 
in.  long,  Kin.  wide,  all  rigid,  glaucous  beneath.  Brazil, 
Argentina. 

FF.  Petiole  not  spinose-serrate:  segments  of  leaf 
very  numerous. 

Datil,  Drude  &  Griseb.  Stem  30  ft.  high,  8-12  in.  diam. : 
Ivs.  12-15  ft.  long;  sheath  about  16  in.  long;  petiole  1% 
ft.  long,  1%  in. wide,  %in.  thick ;  segments  linear-acumi- 
nate, glaucous,  densely  crowded  in  groups  of  3  or  4, 
150-160  on  each  side,  the  lowest  2  ft.,  middle  2%  ft.  and 
apical  1  ft.,  the  uppermost  filiform,  all  narrow,  stiff  and 
rigid,  the  dried  Ivs.  glaucous  green  or  whitish.  Argen- 
tina; islands  and  river  banks.  The  fruits  are  edible, 
resembling  those  of  the  date  palm.  Hardier  in  S.  Calif, 
than  C. plumosa,  flexuosa,  and  Romanzoffiana. 

coronata,  Mart.  Trunk  at  length  18-30  ft.  high,  8  in. 
in  diam.,  erect,  deeply  ringed:  Ivs.  erect-spreading,  6-9 
ft.  long,  short-petioled,  arranged  in  a  close,  5-ranked 
spiral,  the  long-persistent  bases  of  the  petioles  forming 
a  spiral -twisted  column  below  the  crown;  leaf -segments 
in  groups  of  2  or  3,  folded  together  from  the  base  (con- 
duplicate),  linear  lanceolate,  acute,  coriaceous,  densely 
crowded,  about  100  on  each  side;  midrib  4-sided  below, 
3-sided  above.  Brazil. 

EE.    Lvs.  shorter,  8-4%  ft.  in  mature  specimens. 

F.    Apex  of  Ifts.  obtuse. 

campSstris,  Mart.  Stem  8-10  ft.  high,  thickened,  scaly: 
Ivs.  spreading-recurved,  rigid,  3-4 %  ft.  long:  rachis  ele- 
vated, triangular  above,  convex  below  :  segments  nar- 
rowly lanceolate,  30-40  on  each  side,  obtuse  at  the  apex 
and  shortly  cordate-acuminate.  Brazil.— Hardier  than 
C.  nucifera. 

FF.    Apex  of  Ifts.  acuminate. 

insigrnis,  Mart.  (Glazibva  insignis,  Hort.).  Stem  3-6  ft. 
high,  \%  in.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  4%-6  ft.  long;  sheath  densely 


344 


cocos 


CODLEUM 


brown  -  lanate ;  petiole  shorter  than  or  equaling  the 
sheath,  a  fourth  or  fifth  as  long  as  the  rachis;  segments 
equidistant,  50  on  each  side,  narrowly  lanceolate,  obliquely 
acuminate  and  caudate,  silvery  glaucous  beneath.  Braz. 

The  following  are  obscure  trade  names  of  rare  plants  not 
sufficiently  described  :  C.  Alphonsei,  C,  Bonneti,  C.  Gaertneri, 
C.  Maximiliana  and  C.  Yurumagnas. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  W.  M. 

CODI.ZEUM  (Malayan  name).  EupTiorMcLcece.  CROTON 
of  florists.  Four  or  5  Malayan  species  of  shrubs  or 
trees.  Plants  mono3cious  :  racemes  axillary,  long  and 
slender:  pistillate  fls.  with  small  5-lobed  calyx  and  no 
petals,  the  ovary  3-loculed  :  stamens  15-30,  surrounded 
by  calyx  and  5-6  small  petals:  Ivs.  alternate  and  petio- 
late,  normally  entire,  thick,  more  or  less  Aucuba-like. 
Differs  from  Croton  in  the  absence  of  petals  from  the 
pistillate  fls.,  and  in  technical  characters  of  stamens. 

The  Codiaeums  of  gardens  are  of  many  widely  differ- 
ent kinds,  and  many  of  these  forms  have  Latin-made 
names.  They  are  all  derived,  however,  from  one  poly- 
morphous natural  group,  which  J.  Miiller,  the  latest 
monographer  (DC.  Prodr.  15:  pt.  2, 1119),  considers  to  be 
one  species  (C.variegatiim).  This  plant  is  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  Malayan  region,  and  is  commonly 
planted  in  the  Moluccas  and  other  parts.  The  Crotons 
or  Codiaeums  of  horticulturists  fall  into  three  groups,— 
those  with  ovate,  short-stalked  Ivs.,  those  with  narrower 
and  spatulate  Ivs.,  and  those  with  very  narrow  and  often 
twisted  Ivs.  These  correspond  with  Miiller 's  three  nat- 
ural divisions  : 

variegatum,  Linn.,  var.  pictum,  Miiller  (C.  pictum, 
Hook.).  Fig.  509.  Lvs.  short-petioled,  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate,  more  or  less  cordate  at  the  base,  l%-3  times 
longer  than  wide,  beautifully  and  variously  marked  with 
red,  yellow  and  green.  L.B.C.  9:870.  B.M.  3051. 

Var.  Moluccanum,  Muller.  Fig.  510.  Lvs.  long-  or 
short-petioled,  widely  or  narrowly  spatulate,  acute  at 
base,  and  short-acuminate. 


509.   Codiaeum  Baronne  de  Rothschild  (var.  pictum}. 

Var.  genuinum,  Muller  (Croton  variegdtus,  Linn.). 
Figs.  511,  512.  Lvs.  broad-  or  narrow-lanceolate,  equally 
narrowed  at  both  ends,  acutish  or  obtuse,  never  cordate 
at  base. 

The  Codiaeums  of  gardens  are  prized  chiefly  for  the 
varied  and  brilliant  markings  of  the  Ivs.  The  colors  are 
in  shades  of  red,  yellow,  orange  and  purple,  and  the 
markings  often  run  into  white.  The  plants  have  been 


modified  almost  endlessly  by  domestication.  Some  of 
the  modification  is  the  result  of  crossing.  The  Codiaeums 
are  prized  both  as  indoor  foliage  plants  and  as  subjects 
for  massing  in  the  open.  In  the  open  air  they  develop 
most  brilliant  colors  in  our  bright,  hot  summers.  The 
plants  will  not  stand  frost.  Specimens  which  are  be- 
coming too  large  for  the  greenhouse  may  be  placed  in 
the  center  of  the  bed  for  summer  and  thrown  away  after 
frost.  With  Crotons  it  is  especially  desirable  to  have 
the  ball  of  roots  well  developed.  The  smallest  sized 
plants,  which  naturally  form  the  outer  ring  in  the  sum- 
mer bed,  may  be  plunged  in  their  pots  into  the  soil,  and 
are  easily  removed  in  the  fall  to  the  greenhouse.  Such 
plants,  when  taken  up  in  the  fall  and  brought  indoors, 
should  be  cut  back  at  the  time  of  potting.  They  do  not 
make  the  best  subjects  for  winter  decoration,  although 
good  results  may  be  got  from  them  by  the  exercise  of 
care.  L.  H.  B. 

Codiaeums  (or  Crotons,  as  they  are  popularly  known 
in  America)  are  beautiful  plants,  with  many  forms  of 
handsome  and  odd  foliage  of  the  most  brilliant  coloring. 
The  colors  range  from  almost  pure  white  to  light  and 
deep  yellow,  orange,  pink,  red  and  crimson,  in  the  most 
charming  combinations.  In  some  cases  one  color  pre- 
dominates, as  in  Carrierei  (yellow),  Czar  Alexander 
III.  (crimson),  Hawkerii  (light  yellow).  These  varie- 
ties of  distinct  coloring  make  beautiful  specimen  plants 
for  jardinieres ;  and  their  beauty  is  enhanced  when  used 
in  jardinieres  of  appropriate  color.  As  exhibition  plants 
they  are  very  effective,  and  may  be  grown  to  specimens 
5  or  6  feet  high,  or  even  larger.  In  smaller  sizes, 
Codiaeums  are  much  used  as  table  plants,  for  which 
purpose  well  colored  tops  are  rooted  and  grown  on  until 
they  are  from  12  to  15  inches  high.  The  narrow-leaved 
varieties  are  most  used  for  this  purpose.  Codiaeums 
are  also  very  attractive  in  vases  and  window  boxes 
and  for  mantel  and  table  decorations.  They  are  also 
very  valuable  as  bedding  plants.  Planted  in  clumps  or 
masses,  the  effect  of  the  combination  of  rich  colors  is 
charming.  They  should  be  planted  in  only  good,  rich, 
not  too  heavy  soil,  and  regularly  syringed  to  keep  down 
red  spider.  They  color  best  when  fully  exposed  to  the 
sun,  and  should  not  be  planted  out  until  about  the  10th 
of  June  in  the  neighborhood  of  New  York  and  Phila- 
delphia. If  something  is  needed  to  make  the  beds  look 
attractive  early  in  the  season,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  plant 
pansies  in  April,  to  remain  until  it  is  time  to  plant  the 
Codiaeums.  Some  of  the  tender  varieties,  such  as  Reedii, 
Albicans,  and  a  few  others,  are  inclined  to  burn  in  the 
extremely  hot  weather,  but  nearly  all  the  sorts  do  well 
bedded  out.  Among  the  very  best  for  this  purpose  are 
Queen  Victoria,  Dayspring,  Baron  Rothschild,  An- 
dreanum,  Lady  Zetland,  Carrierei,  Barryi,  Hawkerii, 
Fasciatum,  Anietumense. 

The  house  culture  of  Codiaeums  is  very  simple.  It  is 
necessary  that  a  night  temperature  be  maintained  of  70° 
to  75°,  and  that  the  air  be  kept  moist  by  frequent 
syringings.  Cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  may  be 
easily  rooted  at  any  time  from  October  until  J*une,  a 
bottom  heat  of  80°  being  just  what  they  need.  When 
very  fine  specimens  are  desired,  root  strong  and  shapely 
tops  by  making  an  incision  in  the  stem  and  tying 
moss  around  the  wounded  part;  it  will  be  rooted  ready 
to  pot  in  about  three  weeks.  By  this  method  all  the  foli- 
age may  be  retained,  and  a  perfect  plant  be  the  result. 
The  more  light  the  plant  gets,  the  better  will  be  the 
color;  but  with  some  kinds  of  glass  it  is  necessary  to 
shade  lightly  to  prevent  burning  of  the  leaves.  They 
may  be  grown  finely  in  a  house  glazed  with  ground 
glass,  which  admits  the  light  and  does  not  require 
shading.  It  is  well  to  syringe  two  or  three  times  a  week 
with  tobacco  water,  to  kill  mealy  bug  and  red  spider. 
Little's  Antipest,  or  any  emulsion  of  coal-oil,  is  a  good 
insecticide  for  Codia?ums.  New  varieties  from  seed  (the 
result  of  crossing  existing  sorts)  are  continually  being 
raised.  Seed  ripens  freely  under  glass  in*  North 
America,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  list  of  about 
eighty  choice  varieties  now  in  cultivation  will  be  largely 
extended  in  the  near  future. 

The  following  horticultural  varieties  are  in  the  American 
trade  : 

Aigberth  Gem. 
Albo-lineatum . 


CODLKT.M 


CODLKr.M 


345 


Albicans.  Lvs.  broad-lanceolate,  18  in.  or  less  long,  shining 
green,  variegated  ivory-white,  tinted  crimson  beneath :  dense 
grower. 

Andreanum.  Lvs.  broad-oblong,  deep  green,  with  yellow  and 
crimson  vein-markings.  R.H.  1876,  p.  234.  I.H.  22.  201. 


510.  Codiaeum  Disraeli  (var.  Moluccanum). 

Angustissimum  (angustifolium).  Lvs.  1-1%  ft.  long,  linear, 
drooping,  yellow-margined  and  -ribbed. 

Anietumense. 

Aucubcefolium.  Lvs.  short  and  broad,  green,  blotched  with 
yellow  and  crimson. 

Aureo-maculatum.   Lvs.  long  and  narrow,  yellow-spotted. 

Aureum.  Lvs.  beautifully  and  symmetrically  marked  with 
rich  yellow. 

Baron  Adolph  Seilliere.  Strong  and  robust  growth.  Large, 
brilliant  green  Ivs.,  with  pale  yellow  nerves,  which  soon  become 
ivory-white,  the  contrast  of  color  producing  a  striking  effect. 

Baronne  de  Rothschild  (Fig.  509).  Lvs.  broad,  olive-green 
and  yellow,  changing  to  crimson. 

Barryi. 

Beauty.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  profusely  and. strikingly  variegated 
with  golden  yellow  on  a  rich  green  ground  ;  as  they  attain  age 
the  green  ground  color  gradually  becomes  a  deep  bronze,  while 
the  yellow  variegation  develops  into  a  rich,  rosy  crimson. 

Bergmani.  Lvs.  short,  broad-oblong,  cream-yellow,  with  green 
blotches.  I.H.  27:  389. 

Brilliantissinium. 

Burtonii.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  16  in.  or  less,  shining  green,  mar- 
bled with  golden  yellow. 

Carrierei. 

Challenger  (Imperator).  Long  Ivs.;  midribs  at  first  creamy 
white,  suffused  with  red,  deepening  to  bright  carmine.  One  of 
the  best. 

Chelsonii.  Lvs.  narrow  and  drooping,  more  or  less  twisted, 
salmon-tinted  and  -blotched. 

Chrysophyllum.   Lvs.  small,  yellow-tinted. 

Compte  de  Qerminy. 

Cooperii.   Lvs.  yellow-veined  and  -blotched,  changing  to  red. 

Cornutum.  Lvs.  oblong  and  obtuse,  lobed,  rounded  at  the 
base,  wavy-margined,  dark,  shining  green  and  mottled  with  yel- 
low, the  midrib  projecting  at  the  tip. 

Cronstadtii.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  twisted  and  crisped,  tapering  to 
a  sharp  point,  glossy  green,  variegated  with  light  golden  yellow. 

Croirti  Prince.  Lvs.  lanceolate  and  acuminate,  18  in.  or  less 
long,  shining  green,  with  golden  veins. 

Czar  A  lexander  111. 


Dayspring.   Orange-yellow,  edged  green  and  tinged  red. 

Delight.  Lvs.  oblong  acute,  bright  yellow,  margined  with 
green,  the  veins  cream-color,  the  bright  central  variegation 
changing  to  clear  ivory-white,  with  here  and  there  a  few  dots  of 
the  same  color  scattered  through  the  margin  of  the  leaf. 

Disraeli  ( Fig.  510).  Lvs.  rather  narrow,  variously  lobed,  dark 
green,  with  yellow  veins,  changing  to  crimson. 

Dodgsonce.  Lvs.  lance-linear,  1  ft.  or  less  long,  sometimes 
twisted,  green,  with  golden  rib  and  margins. 

Earlseotirt. 

Elegans.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  but  short  (about  6  in.),  green 
above,  with  yellow  or  crimson  rib  and  margins,  dull  green  and 
mottled  purple  beneath. 

Elegantissimum.  Lvs. narrow, of  considerable  length;  variega- 
tion of  a  rich,  bright  golden  color,  which  contrasts  strongly  with 
the  bright  red  tint  of  the  petioles,  producing  a  very  pretty  effect. 

Evansianum.  Lvs.  3-lobed,  veined  with  yellow  and  mottled 
with  yellow,  bronze  and  orange. 

Excelsior. 

Fasciatum.   Deep  green,  with  yellow  veins. 

Flambeau. 

Flamingo. 

Gloriosum  (Prince  of  Wales).  Lvs.  long,  narrow  and  droop- 
ing, variously  spotted  with  creamy  yellow. 

Golden  Ring. 

Goldiei.  Lvs.  spatulate,  3-lobed,  12  in.  or  less  long,  olive-green, 
with  golden  veins. 

Grande.   Dark  green,  with  yellow  spots. 

Hanburyanum.  Lvs.  oblong,  18  in.  or  less,  olive-green,  with 
golden  and  rose  markings. 

Harwoodianum  (Triumphans  Harwoodianum).  Lvs.  oblong, 
ribbed  with  gold  and  crimson. 

Hawkerii.  Lvs.  broad-lanceolate,  %ft.  long,  light  yellow,  with 
green  margins. 

Henryanum.  Lvs.  ovate-oblong  and  pointed,  10  in.,  mottled 
or  overspread  with  golden  yellow. 

Hilleanum.  Lvs.  broad-oblong  or  spatulate,  9  in.  or  less,  wavy- 
margined,  purplish  green,  marked  with  crimson. 

Hookerianum.  Lvs.  lance-ovate,  dark,  shining  green,  with 
golden  blotches. 

Ulustris.  Lvs.  with  3  narrow-oblong  lobes,  golden  barred  and 
variegated. 

Imperator.   See  Challenger. 

Interruptum  (Fig.  511).  Lvs.  very  narrow,  with  notched 
places,  twisted,  with  crimson  rib. 

Irregulare.  Lvs.  oblong  and  tapering  at  base,  contracted  be- 
low the  middle,  acute  at  apex,  shining  green,  with  yellow  spots 
and  ribs. 

Jamesii.  Lvs.  ovate,  10  in.  or  less,  dark  green,  irregularly 
blotched  with  whitish  and  yellow. 

Johannis.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  tapering  at  each  end,  chan- 
nelled above,  ribbed  and  margined  yellow.  A.F.  13:1070. 


511.  Codiaeum  interruptum 
(var.  genuinum). 

Katoni.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  bright  green,  with  circular  yellow 
spots. 

Lady  Zetland.  Graceful  habit. 

Lord  Derby. 

Macfarlanei.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  drooping,  1  ft.  long,  green 
and  yellow  blotched,  but  becoming  bright  crimson. 

Magnolifolium. 


346 


CODLSIUM 


CCELOGYNE 


Majesticutn.  Lvs.  narrow  and  long,  mottled  green  and  yellow, 
and  shaded  with  crimson. 

Marquis  de  Castellane. 

Mortfortiense. 

Mortii. 

Mrs.  Chas.  Heine. 

Mrs.  Dorman.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  1  ft.,  with  scarlet  rib 
and  green  margins. 

Mrs.  H.  F.  Watson.  Large-lvd. :  green,  but  as  they  mature  the 
green  deepens  and  changes  to  a  bright,  bronzy  crimson,  striped, 
spotted  and  blotched  with  rich  golden  yellow  and  edged  with 
salmon,  the  midribs  and  veins  bright  red. 

Mrs.  Swan.  Lvs.  broad-lanceolate  and  acuminate,  golden  yel- 
low in  the  center  and  on  the  margins  and  petiole. 

Multicolor.  Lvs.  like  Irregulare,  but  blotched  and  veined  with 
yellow,  changing  to  orange  and  crimson. 

Musaicum.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  wavy,  acuminate,  green, 
crimson  and  cream-color.  R.H.  1882:  240. 


512.    Codiaeum  spirale 
(var.  genuinum). 


Nestor.  Lvs.  large,  lanceolate,  with  a  broad  crimson  midrib, 
spotted  margin,  and  bright  yellow  central  variegation. 

Nevillioe.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  barred  and  marked  yellow, 
changing  to  orange  and  metallic  crimson. 

Nobile. 

Orvilla. 

Ovalifolium. 

Pictum.  Lvs.  broad-oblong  and  acuminate,  less  than  10  in. 
long,  crimson,  with  irregular  blotches  of  green  and  blackish. 
Old  but  good.  B.M.3051. 

Picturatum.   Lvs.  similar  to  Interruptum,  highly  colored. 

Pilgrimii.  Lvs.  ovate  and  pointed,  10  in.,  green,  overspread 
with  pink,  golden-blotched. 

Prince  of  Wales.  See  Gloriosum. 

Princeps.  Lvs.  broad-linear,  with  yellow  rib  and  margins,  the 
green  becoming  bronze  and  the  yellow  becoming  crimson. 

Princess  Matilda. 

Punctatum. 

Queen  Victoria.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  12  in.  or  less,  golden 
yellow  blotched  and  magenta  ribs. 

Recurvifolium.  Lvs.  broad  and  heavy,  recurved,  veined  with 
crimson  and  yellow,  and  handsomely  blotched. 

Reedii. 

Roseo-pictum. 

Ruberrimum.  Lvs.  crimson,  narrow,  drooping,  marked'  with 
creamy  white. 

Rubro  -  lineatum 

Eubro-striatum. 


Senitzianum. 

Sollerii. 

Spirale  (Fig.  512).  Lvs.  long,  narrow-oblong,  twisted,  striped 
and  marked  with  yellow,  changing  to  crimson. 

Stewartii.  Lvs.  obovate,  blunt  at  base,  olive  green,  with  red- 
dish rib  and  petiole  and  orange  bands  and  margin. 

Sunbeam.  Dark,  bronzy  Ivs.,  from  9  to  10  in.  long  and  about 
2  in.  wide,  in  the  young  state  freely  blotched  with  yellow,  gradu- 
ally changing  into  rosy  crimson,  which  in  turn,  as  the  leaf  ar- 
rives at  maturity,  becomes  of  a  rich  blood-red. 

Sunshine. 

Superbissimum. 

Thompsonii. 

Tricolor.  Lvs.  oblong-spatulate,  very  acute,  gradually  tapering 
from  the  upper  third  to  the  base  ;  margin  sinuous  ;  upper  sur- 
face dark,  shining  green,  central  part  and  midrib  golden  yellow, 
lower  surface  dull,  reddish  green. 

Triumphans.  Lvs.  oblong,  deep  green  and  crimson,  changing 
to  greenish  bronze  and  rosy  crimson. 

Undulatum.  Lvs.  broad  and  long,  undulated  or  crimped,  with 
claret,  crimson  and  purplish  veins. 

Victory.  Lvs.  of  deep  orange-yellow,  blotched  with  crim- 
son, changing  with  age  to  deep  olive-green,  with  crimson  veins 
and  costa,  and  a  blotching  of  red. 

Veitchii.  Lvs.  lance-oblong,  rounded  at  base,  bright  green, 
mottled  yellow  and  crimson.  R.H.  1867,  p.  190. 

Volutum.   Lvs.  broad,  rolled  at  tip,  golden  veined. 

Warrenii.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  2-3  ft.  long,  twisted,  dropp- 
ing, overspread  and  mottled  with  orange  and  crimson,  changing 
to  crimson. 

Weismanii.  Lvs.  lance-Tinear,  12  in.  or  less  long,  very  acute  at 
tip,  more  or  less  undulate-margined,  shining  green  and  golden- 
blotched. 

Williamsii.  Lvs.  ovate-oblong,  1%  ft.  or  less  long  and  4  in.  or 
less  broad,  undulated,  magenta,  crimson  and  yellow. 

Wilsonii.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  1-2  ft.,  drooping,  bright 
green,  overspread  with  yellow. 

Touiiffii.  Lvs.  long,  nearly  1  in.  wide,  dark  green,  irregularly 
blotched  with  yellow  and  rose-red.  ROBERT  CRAIG. 

GODLIN,  or  CODLING.  Used  in  England  to  mean  a 
small,  green,  half -wild,  inferior  apple.  It  is  used  in  dis- 
tinction from  grafted  or  dessert  fr.  It  is  about  equiva- 
lent to  our  use  of  the  word  "crab." 

CCELIA  (Greek,  koilos,  hollow:  referring  to  the  pol- 
len masses).  Orchiddcece,  tribe  Vdndece.  Six  species  of 
central  and  South  American  epiphytic  orchids,  divided 
into  2  strongly  marked  groups  with  widely  different 
kinds  of  inflorescence.  C.  macrostachya  is  a  type  of 
the  first  section,  with  long  racemes  of  numerous  small, 
horizontal  fls.,  which  are  much  exceeded  by  the  long 
spreading  bracts,  and  the  base  of  the  column  short. 
C.  bella  is  typical  of  the  second  section,  with  the  fls. 
few,  larger,  erect,  in  groups  of  about  3,  longer  than  their 
bracts,  and  the  base  of  the  column  produced  to  twice  its 
own  length,  which  gives  the  fls.  a  tubular  appearance. 
Cffilias  are  of  minor  importance.  They  grow  best  in 
pots  of  peat  and  sphagnum,  with  a  little  charcoal. 

A.  fls.  rosy  red,  numerous,  small,  in  a  long  raceme. 
macrostachya,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  2%  in.  long,  almost 
round,  with  brown  scales  at  the  base:  Ivs.  about  3,  from 
the  top  of  the  pseudobulb,  1  ft.  or  more  long,  lanceolate, 
arching,  broader  than  in  C.  bella,  and  not  channeled: 
sepals  red;  petals  white.  Mexico.  R.H.  1878:  210.  B.M. 
4712  shows  a  dense  raceme  8  in.  long,  with  more  than 
75  fls. 

AA.  fls.  white,  tipped  purple,  few,  large. 
bella,  Keichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  smaller  and  more  con- 
stricted at  the  top  :  Ivs.  6-10  in.  long,  narrower,  chan- 
neled above,  arching  :  fls.  2  in.  long,  erect,  3  or  4  in 
number,  with  the  midlobe  of  the  lip  orange-colored. 
Guatemala.  B.M.  6628. 

CCELOGYNE  (hollow  pistil).  Orchidacece,  tribe  Epi- 
dSndrece.  A  genus  of  useful  plants,  all  pseudobulbous, 
found  in  tropical  Asia  growing  on  trees  and  on  rocks. 
Sepals  and  petals  membranaceous,  labellum  large,  cucul- 
late  with  2,  3  or  more  longitudinal  ridges ;  column  erect, 
winged,  membranaceously  margined  at  and  toward  the 
apex;  pollinia  4.  The  botanical  details  of  Ccelogyne  spe- 
ciosa  are  shown  in  Fig.  513.  At  the  top  is  a  general 


CCELOGYNE 


CCELOOYNE 


view  of  the  flower.  Below,  on  the  left,  is  the  column, 
front  and  side  view.  In  the  center  is  the  lip,  with  the 
column  lying  along  its  top.  Below  the  lip,  on  the  left, 
is  flic  stiirma.  To  the  right,  on  the  bottom  row,  are  the 
polliuia.  front  ami  back  view;  and  at  the  right  center 
are  separate  pollen  masses. 

( 'ielou-yiifs  may  be  grown  in  pots,  pans  or   baskets, 
but  it  is  hardly  advisable  to  undertake  growing  them  on 


513.   Details  of  Ccelogyne  speciosa. 

blocks,  as  they  are  a  thirsty  class  of  plants  when  grow- 
ing, and,  in  fact,  when  at  rest  should  not  be  -allowed  to 
become  very  dry.  Ccelogynes,  as  a  rule,  do  not  care  to 
be  disturbed ;  therefore,  it  is  a  good  plan  not  to  repot 
until  the  plants  have  outgrown  the  pots  or  baskets,  or 
the  old  compost  has  become  exhausted.  They  should  be 
potted  then  in  a  compost  consisting  of  equal  parts. fresh 
sphagnum  moss  and  fibrous  peat,  to  which  maybe  added 
a  little  broken  charcoal.  The  pots  or  baskets  to  be  used 
should  have  a  good  supply  of  crocks,  so  that  the  water 
may  pass  away  freely,  otherwise  the  compost  would  soon 
become  sour.  A  good  time  to  repot  or  top-dress  is  just 
after  the  flowering  season.  When  repotted,  the  plants 
should  be  kept  in  a  rather  moist,  shady  place  until  the 
«e\v  roots  commence  to  take  hold  of  the  fresh  compost. 
They  may  then  be  put  in  their  growing  quarters  and 
given  a  good  supply  of  water  all  through  the  growing 
season ;  but  after  the  growth  is  completed  they  will  re- 
quire only  enough  water  to  keep  the  bulbs  in  a  plump 
condition.  Manure  water  applied  once  a  week  when 
growing  will  be  found  beneficial,  but  should  be  given  in 
a  weak  form  to  begin  with. 

There  are  about  50  kinds  of  Coelogynes,  a  number  of 
which  are  well  worth  a  place  in  the  most  select  collec- 
tions. One  of  the  most  beautiful  species  is  C.  cristata, 
with  its  varieties  hololeuca,  Chatsworthii,  Lemoniana 
and  maxima.  To  insure  a  good  crop  of  fls.,  the  above 
should  all  have  a  good  supply  of  light  and  air  when 
•Crowing,  only  a  very  light  shading  being  necessary. 
They  also  may  be  syringed  overhead  once  or  twice  a  day 
in  bright  weather  to  keep  down  red  spider  and  other  in- 
sect pests.  In  the  winter  they  may  be  rested  in  any  cool 
greenhouse  in  which  the  temperature  does  not  fall  be- 
low 40°  C.  corrugftta,  C.  flaccida,  C.  ocellata  and  C. 
Massangeana  will  all  do  nicely  in  an  intermediate  house, 
while  C.  Da  if  ana  and  C.  Sanderiana  should  be  grown  in 
a  warmhouse  where  the  night  temperature  in  winter  is 
not  below  60°.  Coelogynes  may  be  propagated  by  divid- 
ing the  plants,  always  being  careful  to  get  one  or  more 
leading  growths  with  each  piece. 

Cult,  by  ALBERT  J.  NEWELL. 

A.    Racemes  pendulous  or  drooping. 

B.    Fls.  green  or  yellow. 

pandurata,  Lindl.  Fls.  large:  sepals  and  petals  green, 
iabellum  fiddle-shaped,  with  black  veins  and  stains  on  a 


yellowish  green  ground ;  central  disk  3-ribbed;  pseudo- 
bulbs  oval  oblong,  4  in.  long  ;  Ivs.  rather  oblong,  15  or 
more  in.  in  length:  racemes  many-fld.  Borneo.  B.M. 
5084.  F.S.  20:2139.  J.H.  III.  30:37*7.  A.F.  6:633. 

Dayana,  Reichb.  f .  Pseudobulbs  pyriform,  cylindric, 
ftbont  6  in.  long:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate:  fls.  numerous; 
sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  margins  reflexed;  petals 
much  narrower  than  sepals  ;  Iabellum  with  6  erect 
ridges  fringed  with  brown:  racemes  2  ft.  or  more  long. 
Borneo.  G.C.  III.  15:695. 

Massangeana,  Reichb.  f .  Pseudobulbs  pyriform,  about 
3%-4  in.  long,  Ivs.  elliptical,  large,  tapering  toward  the 
base  ;  the  long  racemea  many-fld. ;  sepals  and  petals 
equal,  pale  yellow,  lateral  lobes  of  Iabellum  brownish 
within,  lined  or  streaked  with  yellow  ;  mid-lobe  with  a 
verrucose  brown  and  yellow  disk  :  raceme  sometimes  2 
ft,  long.  Assam.  B.M.  6979. 

BB.    Fls.  white  or  cream-colored. 

cristata,  Lindl.  A  free  -  flowering  species,  with 
large  white  flowers  :  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate-ob- 
long, undulate  ;  lateral  lobes  of  Iabellum  slightly  in- 
curved ;  mid-lobe  provided  at  the  center  with  5  bright 
yellow  fringes  and  3  ridges.  Nepal.  J.H.  111.31:349. 
P.  G.  1:55.  A.  G.  14:331;  15:513.  A.F.  4:497;  6:87; 
9:1111;  13:1133.  F.E.  9:331.  Gng.  2:393  ;  4:225. -Var. 
hololeuca,  Hort.  (var.  alba),  has  white  fls.,  Iabellum 
without  yellow.  Var.  Lemoniana,  Hort.,  has  citron -yel- 
low fringes.  Var.  Chatsworthi,  Hort.,  has  large  pseudo- 
bulbs  and  large  fls.  of  good  substance.  Var.  maxima, 
Hort,,  has  very  large  fls.  Cozlogyne  cristata  is  one  of 
the  best  and  most  popular  of  orchids.  It  is  one  of  the 
easiest  to  grow.  Can  be  grown  with  Cattleyas. 

flaccida,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  angulate,  2-3 
in.  long  Ivs.  lanceolate,  about  8  in.  long:  raceme  7-10- 
fld.,  often  more:  fls.  IK  in.  across:  sepals  and  petals 
whitish:  Iabellum  with  3  ridges,  bright  yellow  blotch  on 
the  disk.  Nepal.  B.M.  3318. 

Gardneriana,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  long  and  tapering, 
flask-shaped  :  Ivs.  2,  thin,  18  in.  or  less  long  :  raceme 
many-fld. :  fls.  large,  long-petaled,  pure  white  except  the 
lemon-yellow  lip,  not  opening  wide.  Ind.  P.M.  6:73. 

asperata,  Lindl.  (C.  Ldwii,  Paxt.).  Large  species 
(18-24  in.  high) :  pseudobulbs  large  and  oblong,  each 
bearing  a  pair  of  broad,  dull  green  Ivs. :  raceme  1  ft. 
long,  many-fld. :  fls.  3  in.  across,  cream-colored,  but  the 
lip  with  an  orange  crest  and  radiating  brown  and  yellow 
streaks.  Borneo.  P.M.  16:227. 

Sanderiana,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  ovate  and 
wrinkled  or  costate,  2  in.  long,  each  bearing  a  pair  of 
Ivs.  a  foot  long  :  fls.  about  6  in  a  raceme,  3  in.  across, 
snow-white ;  sepals  narrow  and  pointed,  keeled ;  petals 
broader;  lip  3-lobed, the  side  lobes  striped  with  brown 
and  the  middle  lobe  blotched  with  yellow.  E.  Ind.— 
Distinct  and  handsome.  C.  Sander  ae,  Kriinzlin  (G.C. 
III.  13:361.  J.H.  III.  35:451),  is  probably  the  same.  It 
is  described  as  having  the  "disk  of  the  lip  deep  orange 
in  front,  much  paler  behind,  and  with  three  parallel 
keels,  covered  with  long  dark  hairs"  (G.C.  III.  13, 
p.  392). 

AA.    Racemes  erect. 

barbata,  Griffith.  Pseudobulbs  about 2  in.  long,  ovate: 
Ivs.  broadly  lanceolate,  about  1ft.  long:  fls.  large,  petals 
linear,  whitish ;  sepals  ovate-oblong,  white ;  mid-lobe  of 
Iabellum  brownish  inside,  curiously  fringed  with  brown; 
crests  3.  Khasia  hills. 

ocellata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  pyriform  or  nearly  so: 
Ivs.  about  1  ft.  long,  narrowly  lanceolate;  racemes  6  in. 
long  :  fls.  large,  white,  with  two  bright  orange-yellow 
spots  on  each  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  Iabellum,  and 
two  smaller  spots  at  the  base  of  the  midlobe  ;  also 
brown  lateral  streaks  ;  cohimn  bordered  with  yellow. 
E.  Ind.  Found  at  an  elevation  of  7,000  feet.  B.M.  3767. 

speciosa,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  distinctly  angled, 
2  or  3  in.  long,  monophyllous ;  racemes  short:  fls.  1,  2  or 
3,  on  short  peduncles,  which  emerge  from  imbricated 
scales  directly  below  the  fls.;  sepals  oblong-ovate, 
translucent,  dull  salmon-pink;  petals  linear  reflexed; 
lateral  lobes  of  Iabellum  erect,  slightly  incurved,  reticu- 
lated, with  dull  copper-brown  on  a  blush-salmon  ground, 
midlobe  roundish,  partly  broad-margined  with  white  ; 


348 


CCELOGYNE 


COFFEA 


disk  with  two  fringed  ridges  and  umber-brown  mark- 
ings. Inner  surface  of  column  brownish.  Java.  B.M. 
4889.  Gn.  49,  p.  62. 

corrugata,  Wight.  Pseudobulbs  ovate-pointed,  in 
tufts,  with  Ivs.  3  in.  long:  racemes  3-6-fld.:  fls.  white  ; 
sepals  and  petals  nearly  equal,  oblong  and  acute;  lip  3- 
lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  smaller  and  blunter  than  the 
central  one.  E.  Ind.  B.M.  5601. 

Parishii,  Hook.  f.  Like  C.  pandurata,  but  racemes 
not  drooping,  the  pseudobulb  4-angled  and  narrow, 
bearing  a  pair  of  stout  broad  Ivs.,  the  fls.  about  6,  and 
smaller.  A  small  species.  Burma.  B.M.  5323. 

Fderstermanni,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  cylindrical  or 
fusiform,  producing  1-  or  2-sheathed  peduncles  from  the 
side:  fls.  large,  snow-white;  sepals  and  petals  lanceo- 
late, the  former  keeled  outside;  lip  3-lobed,  the  middle 
lobe  rounded  and  minute-pointed,  the  side  lobes  rounded, 
the  disk  marked  with  yellowish  brown  :  Ivs  3-4  in. 
wide  and  18  in.  long,  very  short-stalked.  E.  Ind. 

OAKES  AMES. 

COFFfiA  (from  the  Arabian  name  for  the  drink,  itself 
conjecturally  derived  from  Caffa,  a  district  in  southern 
Abyssinia).  Rubi&cece.  A  genus  of  about  20  Old  World 
species,  mostly  natives  of  tropical  Africa.  Shrubs  or 
small  trees,  usually  glabrous,  with  slender  branches  : 
Ivs.  elliptical,  pointed,  glossy,  coriaceous,  mostly  oppo- 
site, rarely  in  whorls  of  3:  fls.  creamy  white,  tuberose- 
like,  delicately  fragrant,  subsessile,  clustered  in  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs.  The  genus  is  technically  distinguished 
by  the  short  calyx  limb  :  corolla  throat  villous  or  gla- 
brous: style  branches  2,  linear.  The  fr.  is  a  berry  con- 
taining 2  horny  seeds,  which  afford  the  Coffee  of  com- 
merce. For  Coffee  production,  two  species,  C.  Arabica 
and  C.  Liberica,  are  now  extensively  cultivated  through- 
out the  tropics,  and  are  occasionally  to  be  found  in  con- 
servatories; also  in  gardens  in  Florida  and  California. 

The  Coffee  of  commerce  consists  of  the  seeds  of  these 
two  species  of  Coffea,  C.  Arabica  and  C.  Liberica,  the 
cultivation  of  which  is  one  of  the  most  important  agri- 
cultural industries  of  the  tropics,  the  annual  production 
reaching  1,500,000,000  pounds,  valued  at  $150,000,000. 
Of  this  amount,  Brazil  lurnishes  over  70  per  cent.  A 
new  Coffee  from  the  Congo  is  receiving  much  attention 
in  Europe,  —C.  Maragogipe.  It  is  very  vigorous  grow- 
ing- W.  M. 

Climate  and  soil.— Although  C,  Arabica  will  endure 
alow  temperature,  and  has,  with  slight  protection,  sur- 
vived the  winter  in  Germany,  successful  commercial 
culture  requires  a  rainfall  of  from  100-150  in.  and  an 
equable  temperature,  having  an  average  minimum  of 
not  less  than  60°.  The  Liberian  species  is  at  home  un- 
der thoroughly  tropical  conditions,  and  endures  expo- 
sure to  the  sun  at  low  elevations,  where  for  C.  Arabica 
shade  trees  are  commonly  supplied.  Coffee  thrives  in  a 
great  variety  of  soils,  but  those  containing  a  large 
amount  of  humus  are  preferable  and  volcanic  deposits 
are  also  excellent.  The  use  of  fertilizers  is  increasing, 
but  the  requirements  of  particular  localities  must  be 
carefully  considered. 

Cultivation.— The  seed  germinates  in  from  4  to  6 
weeks  after  ripening,  and  will  endure  only  partial  dry- 
ing. Seedlings  are  raised  in  shaded  seed-beds  or  flower- 
pots, whence  they  are  transplanted  at  the  beginning  of 
the  rainy  season,  preferably  when  2  years  old,  to  their 
permanent  places.  The  distance  between  trees  is  deter- 
mined by  the  soil  and  climatic  conditions,  varying  from 
6  ft.  for  C.  Arabica,  under  circumstances  unfavorable 
to  the  growth  of  wood,  to  15  ft.  or  more  for  C.  Liberica 
in  fertile  ground.  For  the  reception  of  the  seedlings, 
large  holes  are  dug  in  order  to  insure  loose  soil  and  avoid 
injuring  or  bending  the  long  tap-root.  Subsequent  cul- 
ture consists  largely  in  the  frequent  removal  of  all 
weeds,  by  means  of  hoes  or  other  implements,  which 
also  stir  the  surface  soil.  Trees  are  headed  or  pruned 
to  a  height  of  from  3-6  ft.  in  order  to  keep  the  berries 
within  easy  reach,  and  after  each  harvest  the  old  twigs 
are  removed,  also  the  epiphytes  and  parasites.  Spray- 
ing with  fungicides  and  insecticides  is  also  practiced 
when  necessary. 

Harvest.  —  Production  begins,  under  favorable  circum- 


stances, the  second  or  third  year  from  transplanting* 
but  a  paying  crop  can  scarcely  be  expected  before  the 
fifth  or  sixth  year.  The  berries  ripen  unevenly,  requir- 
ing two  or  more  visits  to  each  tree.  The  yield  is  esti- 
mated in  general  at  1  pound  of  dry  Coffee  per  tree,  but 
careful  methods  increase  this  to  3  or  4  pounds,  while  in 
exceptional  cases  from  6  to  12  and  even  25  pounds  have 
been  reported.  The  life  of  the  Coffee  tree  has  been 
stated  at  20  or  30  years,  but  with  good  care  production 
may  be  maintained  for  50  years  or  more.  The  berries 
may  be  dried  as  picked  and  the  seeds  afterward  ex- 
tracted by  machines  called  "hullers;"  or,  by  means  of  a 
"pulper,"  the  outer  fleshy  material  is  removed  before 
drying.  For  the  latter  process,  running  water,  cisterns, 
buildings  and  machinery  are  necessary.  After  being 
"pulped, "the  Coffee  is  fermented  in  order  to  further  dis- 
integrate the  saccharine  matter  of  the  external  coat ; 
it  is  then  dried  in  the  sun  or  by  artificial  heat,  after 
which  the  tough  inner  integument,  the  so-called  "parch- 
ment," is  removed  by  other  machines  and  the  "beans" 
are  polished,  graded  and  sent  to  the  market. 

In  all  of  the  recently  acquired  tropical  territories  of 
the  United  States,  Coffee  culture  may  become  an  im- 
portant industry,  the  excellence  of  the  Porto  Rican  prod- 
uct being  already  well  known.  From  the  agricultural 
standpoint,  little  has  been  attempted  in  the  selection  of 
superior  seed  or  the  application  of  scientific  methods  of 
propagation.  Grafting  has  recently  been  accomplished 
in  Java. 

Boo ks.—  Coffee,  Its  Culture  and  Commerce,  edited 
by  C.  G.  Warnford  Loch,  264  pages,  1888,  contains  a 
compilation  of  nearly  all  the  literature  then  existing, 
but  the  article  in  German  in  Semler's  Tropische  Agri- 
kultur  contains  more  recent  and  original  matter.  A 
French  work,  Culture  du  Cafeier,  by  C.  Raoul,  Paris, 
1897,  is  the  latest  important  contribution  to  the  subject. 

O.  F.  COOK. 
A.    Corolla  5-parted,  sometimes  4-parted. 

B.    Segments  of  corolla  narrow:  Ivs.  oblong,  4-5  in.  longf 

1%  in.  wide. 

Arabica,  Linn.  COMMON  or  ARABIAN  COFFEE.  Fig. 
514.  Lvs.  3-6  in.  long,  rather  thin,  oblong,  nearly  three 
times  as  long  as  broad,  more  or  less  abruptly  contracted 
near  the  apex  to  a  point  about  %  in.  long:  fls.  in  axillary 
clusters  of  3-5;  segments  of  corolla  four  times  as  long 
as  wide:  fr.  a  2-seeded,  deep  crimson  berry,  but  the  "ber- 
ries "or  beans  of  commerce  are  the  seeds.  The  commer- 
cial varieties  of  Coffee  are  based  largely  on  the  size, 
shape,  color  and  flavor  of  the  seeds,  and  hence  the  fr.  is 
very  variable,  but  the  typical  fr.  may  be  considered  to 
be  oval  and  half  an  inch  long.  Indigenous  in  Abyssinia, 
Mozambique  and  Angola;  supposed 
to  have  been  introduced  in  early 
Mohammedan  times  from  Abys- 
sinia to  Arabia,  whence  it  became 


known  to  Europeans  in  the  sixteenth  century.  This 
species  furnished  until  recently  the  entire  commercial 
product.  B.M.  1303.  Gng.  6:55.-As  it  grows  wild  in 
Afr.  it  is  a  small  tree  10-15  ft.  high,  with  the  trunk  9-12 
in.  thick  at  the  base,  and  with  horizontal  or  even  nod- 
ding branches,  which  in  old  age  become  one-sided. 
Often  cult,  under  glass  in  the  north  for  its  economic 
interest,  and  in  S.  Calif,  it  is  a  good  outdoor  orna- 
mental shrub,  esteemed  for  its  shining  Ivs.,  fragrant 
white  fls.,  and  red  berries. 


COFFEA 


COLAX 


349 


BB.  Segments  of  corolla  wide:  Ivs.  ovate. 
Beugalensis,  Roxb.  BENGAL  COFFEE.  Lvs.  ovate, 
barely  twice  as  long  as  broad,  acute,  but  not  having  n 
Ion  .;.  abrupt  point  :  fls.  in  2's  or  3's  ;  segments  of  co- 
rolla barely  twice  as  long  as  wide.  E.  Ind.,  Malaya. 
B.M.  4917.  —  This  has  much  showier  fls.  than  C.  Arabic*. 
A  small  shrub  with  glabrous,  dichotomous  branches.  A 
native  of  the  mountains  of  northeastern  India,  whence 
it  was  brought  to  Calcutta  and  much  cult,  there  tor  a 
time.  It  is  now  neglected,  the  berries  being  of  inferior 
quality  and  the  plants  not  productive  enough. 

AA.    Corolla  6-,  7-,  or  8-parted. 

B.  fls.  in  dense  clusters  or  glomes  :  Ivs.  short-pointed, 

6-12  in.  long. 

Liberica,  Hiern.  LIBERIAN  COFFEE.  Lvs.  longer  than 
in  C.  Arabica,  and  wider  above  the  middle,  with  a  pro- 
portionately shorter  and  less  abruptly  contracted  point: 
rts.  If)  or  more  in  a  dense  cluster;  corolla  segments  usu- 
ally 7.  Trop.  Afr.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  II.  1:171  (1876). 
G.T.  II.  6:105.  R.H.  1890,  pp.  104,  105. -Said  to  be  more 
robust  and  productive  than  C.  Arabica,  with  berries 
larger  and  of  finer  flavor.  It  is  a  more  tropical  plant 
than  the  common  Coffee,  and  can  be  grown  at  much 
lower  levels.  "It  is  a  small  tree,  similar  in  general  to 

C.  Arabica,  but  of  more  vigorous  and  upright  habit,  and 
larger  in  all  its  parts.    Lvs.  6-12  in.  long:  corolla  6-8- 
parted:    berries  dull  crimson,  larger,  more  numerous, 
and  more  nearly  spherical  than  those  of  most  forms  of 
C ' .  Arabica.    In  its  native  forests  in  W.  Afr.  it  attains 
a  height  of  30  ft.  or  more,  and  flourishes  near  sea  level. 
Owing  to  its  greater  size,  vigor  and  productiveness,  it 
is  now  being  extensively  planted  in  coffee-growing  re- 
gions,  particularly  in  the  E.  Ind.,  where   it  has  been 
found  resistant  to  a  rust  fungus,  Hemileia  vastatrix, 
which  had  destroyed  the  plantations  of  C.  Arabica.   In 
cultivation,  both  species  are  pruned  low  to  facilitate 
the  picking  of  the  berries."—  O.  F.  Cook. 

BB.    Fls.  solitary  or  in  3's  :    Ivs.  long-pointed,  2%-5  in. 

long. 

stenophylla,  G.  Don.  Lvs.  4-6  in.  long,  1-1%  in.  broad, 
narrower  than  in  C.  Arabica,  with  a  relatively  longer 
and  more  tapering  point :  corolla  segments  usually  9. 
W.  Afr.  B.M.  7475.  — This  is  said  to  yield  berries  of 
even  finer  flavor  than  the  Liberian  Coffee,  and  quite  as 
freely,  but  the  bush  is  longer  in  coming  into  bearing. 
This  is  a  promising  rival  to  the  C.  Arabica  of  com- 
merce. Seeds  have  been  distributed  by  British  botani- 
cal gardens,  but  are  not  known  to  be  for  sale  at  present 
in  America.  ^  j^ 

COFFEE.    See  Coffea. 

COFFEE  BEERY.  A  name  of  Glycine  hispida,  which 
should  be  abandoned  in  favor  of  Soy  Bean. 

COFFEE  PEA.  A  western  name  for  the  Chick  Pea, 
Cicer  arietimnn ,  which  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  coffee. 


COHOSH. 

phyllum. 


See  Actcea.    The  Blue  Cohosh  is  a  Caulo- 


COlX  (old  Greek  name).  Graminece.  A  genus  some- 
what closely  related  to  Indian  Corn,  and  similar  to  it  in 
leaf  structure.  A  hardy  annual.  2-3  ft.  high,  with  broad 
Ivs.  and  a  curious  nodding  inflorescence.  The  female 
fls.  are  inclosed  in  a  nearly  globular,  capsule-like  cover- 
ing, which  is  very  hard.  This  capsule  (or  involucre)  is 
at  first  green,  then  a  jet  black,  becoming  nearly  white 
with  age.  Southern  Asia. 

Lacryma-Jobi,  Linn.  JOB'S  TEARS.  TEAR-GRASS. 
CORN-BEADS.  Fig.  515.  So  called  from  the  resemblance  of 
the  inflorescence  to  a  tear-drop.  In  cult,  as  an  ornament 
or  as  a  curiosity.  In  India  it  is  cultivated  for  food  by  some 
of  the  hill  tribes  of  that  country.  Var.  aurea  zebrina. 
Hort.,  has  yellow-striped  Ivs.  P.B.KENNEDY. 

COLA  (native  name).  Sterculiacece .  COLA.  Also 
called  Kola,  Korra,  Gorra.  This  genus  of  perhaps 
14  species  of  tropical  African  trees  is  chiefly  interesting 
for  the  Cola  nuts,  which  are  said  to  sustain  the  natives 
in  great  feats  of  endurance.  The  tree  grows  on  the  east 


coast  of  Africa,  but  is  very  abundant  on  the  west  coast, 
and  is  now  cultivated  in  the  West  Indies.  Within  the 
tropics  the  trade  in  this  nut  is  said  to  be  immense.  It 
has  lately  become  famous  in  the  U.  S.  through  many 
preparations  for  medicinal  purposes  and  summer  drinks. 
The  seeds  are  about  the  size  and  appearance  of  a  horse 
chestnut,  and  have  a  bitter  taste.  Although  repeatedly 
introduced  to  Kew,  England,  the  plant  never  flowered 
there  until  1868.  Consult  Stewart's  Monograph  on  Kola. 
Colas  are  tropical  African  trees,  requiring  a  rich,  well- 
drained  soil.  Those  introduced  into  West  Indies  and 
other  parts  of  America,  especially  C.  acuminata,  thrive 
best  on  a  sandy  loam.  The  trees  are  grown  from  seeds, 
which  are  large  and  fleshy,  keeping  well  for  some  weeks 
after  ripening.  As  the  tree  is  difficult  to  transplant,  the 
seeds  may  be  planted  singly  in  small  pots,  and  the  young 


515. 

Coix  Lacryma-Jobi. 
(XX.) 


trees  kept  growing  thus  until  wanted  for  permanent 
planting.  Propagation  may  also  be  effected  by  cuttings 
of  ripe  wood,  which  should  be  placed  in  bottom  heat,  and 
treated  in  the  usual  way. 

acuminata,  Schott  and  Endl.  About  40  ft.  high  in 
Africa,  resembling  an  apple  tree:  Ivs.  alternate;  petiole 
K-6  in.  long;  blade  4-6  in.  long,  leathery,  with  promi- 
nent ribs  below ;  older  Ivs.  entire,  obovate,  acute ; 
younger  Ivs.  often  once  or  twice  cut  near  the  base  about 
half  way  to  the  midrib:  fls.  yellow,  15  or  more  in  a  clus- 
ter, about  1  in.  across,  with  a  slender  green  tube  and  a 
showy  yellow,  6-  or  5-cut  limb,  which  is  a  part  of  the 
calyx,  as  the  petals  are  absent  in  the  tribe  Sterculise, 
E.  N.  REASONER  and  W.  M. 

COLAX.   Now  referred  to  Lycaste. 


350 


COLCH1CUM 


COLCHICUM 


COLCHICUM  ( from  Colchis,  a  country  in  Asia  Minor) . 
Liliacece.  MEADOW  SAFFRON.  AUTUMN  CROCUS.  A 
tribe  of  fall-  (rarely  spring-)  blooming  bulbous  plants. 
Perianth  crocus-like  but  much  larger,  long  and  tubular, 
varying  from  rosy  purple  to  white,  with  one  yelK  w- 
flowered  species:  Ivs.  long  and  broad,  appearing  in 
early  spring  and  dying  down  in  June  :  stamens  six  ; 
styles  three  and  very  long  ;  ovary  a  round,  3-celled 
pod  :  corm  long,  solid,  with  a  brittle  skin.  "Colchicum 
root  "and  seed  are  employed  in  gout  and  rheumatism. 
They  are  narcotic  poisons.  Colchicums  are  natives  of 
Europe  and  the  Mediterranean  region.  They  are  most 
charming  and  interesting  plants  of  easy  culture.  The 
bloom  comes  in  August  and  September,  at  a  season 
when  the  herbaceous  beds  begin  to  lose  their  freshness, 
and,  although  individual  flowers  are  fugacious,  others 
follow  in  quick  succession,  thus  prolonging  the  time  of 
flowering.  Opening,  as  they  do,  without  foliage,  some 
help  is  required  from  the  greenery  of  other  plants;  for 
this  purpose  any  low-growing,  not  too  dense  kind,  can 
be  used,  such  as  the  dwarf  Artemesias,  Sedums,  Phlox 
subulata,  etc.  Colchicums  are  most  effective  in  masses, 
which  can  be  established  by  thick  planting,  or  as  the  re- 
sult of  many  years'  growth.  They  can  be  grown  in  rock- 
work,  in  beds,  or  in  grass  which  is  not  too  thick  nor  too 
often  mown;  they  will  thrive  in  partial  shade,  but  suc- 
ceed best  in  an  open,  sunny  border.  They  should  be 
planted  in  August  or  early  September,  in  deep,  well-en- 
riched soil,  a  light,  sandy  loam,  with  the  tip  of  the  long 
bulbs  2  to  3  inches  below  the  surface  ;  some  protection 
should  be  given  in  winter.  They  remain  in  good  condition 
for  many  years,  and  should  not  be  disturbed  unless  they 
show  signs  of  deterioration,  fewer  flowers  and  poor 
foliage.  Then  they  should  be  lifted  and  separated,  just 
after  the  leaves  die,  end  of  June  or  early  July.  This 
is  the  usual  method  of  propagation,  but  they  can 
also  be  increased  from  seeds,  sown  just  after  ripening, 
June-July  ;  the  seedlings  may  not  appear  until  the 
following  spring.  Seedlings  bloom  when  3  to  5  years 
old.  The  bulbs  are  obtainable  from  the  Dutch  growers 
at  moderate  prices,  and  they  must  be  imported  early; 
otherwise  they  are  apt  to  bloom  in  the  cases.  C.  autum- 
nale,  with  rosy  purple  flowers,  is  a  well-known  and  the 
most  commonly  cultivated  species.  There  are  numerous 
varieties,  of  which  the  best  are  the  white,  the  double 
white  and  the  double  purple.  Belonging  to  this  same 
group  and  not  differing  much  except  in  size  and  shad- 
ing of  the  flower,  are  C.  Byzantinum,  C.  montanum, 
and  C.  umbrostim.  C.  speciosum,  a  native  of  the  Cau- 
casus, is  the  finest  in  every  way  of  the  genus.  The 
flowers  are  much  larger  and  of  better  shape,  and  the 
color,  a  rosy  pink,  is  much  more  delicate;  the  habit  of 
growth  is  robust,  and  the  plant  is  most  easily  handled. 

C.  Parkinsoni  (a  form  of  C .  variegatum)  is  distinct 
from  the  above  varieties  inasmuch  as  the  flowers  are 
tessellated,  purple  and  white,  giving  a  curious  checker- 
board appearance  which  is  unique;  the  leaves  are  much 
smaller  and  are  wavy.  C.  Aggripinum,  C.  Bironce, 
C.  Cilicicum  and  C.  Sibthorpi,  are  other  species  having 
checkered  flowers  more  or  less  similar  to  Parkinsoni. 
C.  Bulbocodium=Bulbocoditim  vernum.  Monograph  by 
J.  G.  Baker  in  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.,  vol.  17  (1880). 

B.  M.  WATSON. 

Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  below:  Aggripi- 
num, 5  ;  alpinum,  13  ;  autumnale,  10  ;  Bertolonii,  1  ; 
Bivonse,  6  ;  Byzantinum,  9  ;  Cilicicum,  9  ;  luteum,  3  ; 
montanum,  1 ;  Parkinsoni, 4;  Sibthorpi,  7;  speciosum,  8; 
Steveni,  2;  Troodi,  11;  umbrosum,  12;  variegatum,  4. 

A.   Blooming  in  spring :  Ivs.  appearing  with  the  fls. 
B.    Color  rosy  lilac  :  size  of  anthers  small. 

C.   Anthers  oblong,  purple. 

1.  montanum,  Linn.  (C.  Bertolonii,  Stev.).  An  im- 
portant and  variable  species,  with  many  synonyms  and 
variations.  Baker  makes  7  forms.  Corm  ovoid,  1-K  in. 
thick,  the  tunics  brown,  membranaceous,  the  inner 
ones  produced  to  a  point  2-4  in.  above  the  neck :  Ivs.  2-3, 
rarely  4-6,  linear  or  lanceolate,  about  2-3  in.  long  at  the 
time  of  flowering,  finally  6-9 in.  long:  fls.  1-4,  in  spring 
and  autumn.  Oct. -June.  Mediterranean  region,  from 
Spain  to  Persia.  B.M.  6443. -It  appears  in  early  spring 
with  the  snowdrops  and  crocuses. 


cc.    Anthers  linear,  yellow. 

2.  Steveni,  Kunth.      Corm  narrower  than  in  No.  1, 
about    %-%in.  thick  :    Ivs.  at  length  4-5  in.  long  :    fls. 
Oct.-Jari.     Syria,  Arabia,  Persia.  — Less   popular  than 
No.  1. 

BB.    Color  yellow  :  sise  of  anthers  large. 

3.  luteum,  Baker.  v  This  is  the  only  yellow-flowered 
form  in  the  genus,  all  the  others  ranging  from  purple 
to  white.     Although   it    belongs  to  the    Mediterranean 
group,  with  Ivs.  and  fls.  produced  at  the  same  time  and 
in  spring,  it  is  a  native  of  western  India  at  an  elevation 
of  7,000-8,000  ft.    Corm  tunics  dark  brown,  sometimes 
almost  black:  Ivs.  3  or  4,  wider  and  less  tapering  than 
in  No.  1,  at  the  time  of  flowering  3-4  in.  long,  finally  6-7 
in.  long.    B.  M.  6153.  — Not  advertised  in  American  trade, 
but  very  desirable. 

AA.    Blooming  in  autumn  :  Ivs.  appearing  after  the  fls. 
B.    Perianth  tessellated  or  checkered 

c.    Tessellation  distinct. 
D.    Lvs.  spreading  or  prostrate. 

4.  variegatum,  Linn.    Lvs.  2-3,  lanceolate,  about  6  in. 
long,  12-15  lines  wide, lying  flat  on  the  ground;  margins 
wavy  :    fls.  2-3  from  each  spathe,  4  in.  across,  with  a 
white  tube.     Islands  of   the   Levant  and  Asia  Minor. 
B.  M.  1028. 

C.  Parkinsoni,  Hook.  f.  (B.  M.  6090),  is  the  best  of  all 
the  tessellated  forms,  the  tessellation  being  more  sharply 
defined  and  more  delicate  than  the  type.  It  is  a  smaller 
plant,  and  has  shorter  and  more  strongly  undulated  Ivs., 
which  lie  closer  to  the  ground.  Of  this  plant  Parkinson 
said  in  his  Paradisus  Terrestris,  1629:  "This  most 
beautiful  saffron  flower  riseth  up  with  his  flowers  in 
the  Autumn,  as  the  others  before  specified  do,  although 
not  of  so  large  a  size,  yet  far  more  pleasant  and  delight- 
ful in  the  thick,  deep  blew  or  purple-colored  beautiful 
spots  therein,  which  make  it  excel  all  others  whatsoever. 
The  leaves  rise  up  in  the  Spring,  being  smaller  than  the 
former,  for  the  most  part  3  in  number,  and  of  a  paler 
or  fresher  green  colour,  lying  close  upon  the  ground, 
broad  at  the  bottom,  a  little  pointed  at  the  end,  and 
twining  and  folding  themselves  in  and  out  at  the  edges 
as  if  they  were  indented.  I  have  not  seen  any  seed  it 
hath  borne.  The  root  is  like  unto  the  others  of  this  kinde, 
but  small  and  long,  and  not  so  great  ;  it  flowreth  later 
for  the  most  part  than  any  of  the  other,  even  not  until 
November,  and  is  very  hard  to  be  preserved  with  us,  in 
that  for  the  most  part  the  root  waxeth  lesse  and  lesse 
every  year,  our  cold  country  being  so  contrary  unto  his 
natural  that  it  will  scarce  shew  his  flower;  yet  when  it 
flowereth  anything  earlie,  that  it  may  have  any  comfort 
of  a  warm  Sun,  it  is  the  glory  of  all  these  kindes." 

DD.    Lvs.  ascending. 
E.   Margin  of  Ivs.  wavy. 

5.  Aggripinum,  Baker  ( C.  tessellatum,  Hort. ) .   Corms 
a  trifle  thicker  than  in  No.  4:  Ivs.  3-4,  6-9  in.  long,  12-15 
lines  wide,  margin  wavy:    fls.  2-4  from  each  spathe. 
F.S.  11:1153.  — This  is  a  marked  form  of  C.  variegatum, 
of  garden  origin,  which  has  similar  fls.,  but  a  more  ro- 
bust habit  and  more  nearly  erect  Ivs. 

EE.    Margin  of  Ivs.  flat,  not  wavy. 

6.  Bivdnse,   Guss.    Lvs.  6-9,  nearly  1   ft.  long,  9-15 
lines  wide,  rather  hooded  at  the  apex,  margin  flat,  not 
wavy:  fls.  1-6 from  each  spathe.    Sicily. 

cc.    Tessellation  less  distinct. 

7.  Sibthorpi,  Baker.    Easily  distinguished  from  Nos. 
4,  5,  and  6  by  the  much  broader  segments  of  the  peri- 
anth, and  by  the  Ivs.,  which  are  nearly  erect,  obtuse, 
and  not  at  all  wavy:  Ivs.  5-6,  dull  green   finally  1  ft.  or 
more  long,  l%-2%  wide,  narrowed  gradually  to  the  base: 
spathe  striped  with  green,  and  tinged  with  lilac  at  the 
tip  :    fls.  1-5   from  each  spathe  ;    perianth  tube  often 
6  in.  long.     Mts.  of  Greece.     B.  M.  7181.— A  large,  cup- 
shaped   flower,  showing  no  open  spaces  between   the 
broad,  overlapping  segments.    Very  handsome. 


COLCH1CUM 


COLEUS 


351 


BB.    Perianth  not  tessellated. 

C.    Size  of  fls.  large,  S  in.  or  more  across. 

D.    Lvs.  broad,  3-4  in.  wide. 

E.    .To.  of  fls.  1-4. 

8.  speciosum,  Steven.    Corm  2  in.  thick,  the  largest  of 
the  genus:   stein  1   ft.  high:   Ivs.  4-5,  12-15  in.  long,  3-4 
in.  wide,  narrowed  from  the  middle  to  the  base,  shining 
green:  fls.  1-4  from  each  spathe,  violet,  with  a  white 
eye,  but  varying  almost  to  pure  pink,  often  6  in.  across. 
Caucasus     B.  M.  6078.     F.  8.23:2385.     F.  M.  1876:  235. 
On.  11 : 80.  — Generally  considered  the  finest  species  of 
the  genus. 

EE.    No.  of  fls.  12-20. 

9.  Byzantinum,  Ker-Gawl.  Closely  allied  to  the  above, 
but  with  wider  Ivs.,  smaller  and  paler  fls.,  and  broad, 
short  anthers  :  stem  6  in.  high  :  Ivs.  5-6,  oblong,  dark 
green,  striate,  9-12  in.  long,  3-4  in.  wide:  fls.  smaller 
than  in  No.  8,  usually  3-4  in.  across,  lilac-purple,  and 
often  12-20  from  each  spathe.    Transylvania  and  Con- 
stantinople.   B.M.  1122.    C.  Cilicicum,  Hort.,  has  rosy 
fls.,  somewhat  tessellated.    G.C.  III.  23:  35. 

DD.    Lvs.  narrow,  1-2  in.  wide. 

10.  autumnale,  Linn.    Fig.  516.    Stem  3-4  in.  high: 
Ivs.  3-4,  rarely  5-6,  9-12  in.  long,  l%-2  in.  wide:  fls.  1-4, 
rarely  5-6,  from  each  spathe,  purple,  with  a  white  va- 


516.   Colchicum  autumnale  (X 


riety,  about  4  in.  across:  perianth  veined.  Europe  and 
N.  Africa.  B.M.  2673,  as  C.  crociflorum.—  Possibly  the 
commonest  in  the  American  trade.  It  has  beautiful 
double  forms  in  purple  and  pure  white.  F.S.  19:  1936. 

cc.    Size  of  fls.  small,  about  2  in.  across. 

D.   No.  of  fls.  from  each  spathe  more  than  1  or  2. 

E.    Perianth  segments  acute. 

11.  Troddi,  Kotschy.     Corm  medium-sized:  Ivs.  3-4, 
6-12  in.   long,  9-12  lines  wide,  dark  green  above:  fls. 
4-5  or  even  12,  lilac-purple,  about  2  in.  across;  perianth 
segments  lanceolate-acute.    Cyprus.    B.M.  6901  shows  a 
pure  white  variety. 

EE.   Perianth  segments  obtuse. 

12.  umbrdsum,  Steven.    Corm  small:  Ivs.  4-5,  6-9  in. 
long,  9-12  lines  wide:  fls.  1-5   from  each  spathe,  lilac, 
about  2  in.  across;  perianth  segments  oblanceolate,  ob- 
tuse, with  8-12  veins.     Caucasus. 

DD.    No.  of  fls.  from  each  spathe  1  or  2. 

13.  aipinum,  DC.      Lvs.  -,  rarely  3,  nearly  erect  or 
preading,  4-8   in.  long,  3-6  lines  wide,  obtuse,  chan- 


517.  Coleus  cutting. 


neled,  shining  green,  narrowed  from  the  middle  to  the 
base:  fls.  1  or  2  from  each  spathe,  about  2  in.  across, 
lilac ;  segments  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  3-4  lines  wide,  with 
10-15  veins.  Mts.  of  France  and  Switzerland.  -^  ]\j 

COLEUS  (Greek  for  slieulh,  referring  to  the  mona- 
delphous  stamens).  Labiatw.  Nearly  50  species  in 
Trop.  Afr.  and  Asia,  some  of  which  are  cult,  for  the 
very  showy  colored  foli- 
age. The  culti  va  t  e  d 
kinds  are  herbs,  but 
some  of  the  wild  species 
are  shrubs.  Lvs.  oppo- 
site, dentate  or  serrate: 
stem  4-angled  :  fls.  in  a 
terminal  spike-like  ra- 
ceme, small  and  usually 
bluish,  the  5 -toothed 
calyx  deflexed  in  fr. ;  co- 
rolla bilabiate,  the  lower 
lobes  longer  and  con- 
cave, and  inclosing  the 
essential  organs. 

Coleuses  are  of  most  easy  culture.  They  root  readily 
from  short  cuttings,  cut  either  to  a  joint  or  in  the  middle 
of  an  internode  (Fig.  517).  No  plant  is  more  easy  to 
root  than  this.  They  may  be  rooted  at  any  time  of  the 
year  when  new  wood  is  to  be  obtained.  Formerly 
Coleuses  were  much  used  for  bedding,  but  the  introduc- 
tion of  better  plants  for  this  purpose  has  lessened  their 
popularity.  They  require  a  long  season;  they  are  apt 
to  burn  in  the  hot  summers  of  the  interior  country ; 
they  have  a  weedy  habit.  However,  they  withstand 
shearing  and  are,  therefore,  useful  for  carpet-bedding. 
The  leading  variety  for  this  purpose  is  still  the  old 
Golden  Bedder,  whose  golden  yellow  foliage  is  used  as 
filling  for  fancy  designs.  Coleus 
plants  make  excellent  speci- 
mens for  the  window-garden 
and  conservatory.  Best  results 
are  obtained  when  new  plants 
are  started  from  cuttings  each 
spring.  The  old  plants  become 
leggy,  lose  their  Ivs.,  and  lack 
brightness  of  color.  They  are 
very  subject  to  mealy  -  bug. 
They  are  also  liable  to  root- 
gall  (the  work  of  a  nematode 
worm),  as  shown  in  Fig.  518. 
When  plants  are  thus  affected, 
take  cuttings  and  burn  the  old 
plants,  and  either  bake  or 
freeze  the  soil  in  which  they 
grew. 

The  garden  varieties  of 
leus  are  legion.     These 
are     the     issue    of     C. 
Blumei,  Benth.,  of  Java 
(B.M.  4754.   l.H.  27:377; 
35:  46;     39:  164.      F.  S. 
22:  2287-8).      This   is  a 
soft    perennial    herb 
growing    2-3    ft.     high,     little 
branched:  Ivs.  ovate,  narrowed 
or   broad     at   base    and    long- 
acuminate,  sharply  and  nearly 
regularly     toothed,      variously 
colored   with   yellow,   dull   red 
and  purplish.  An  extreme  form 
of   this   is  var.   Verschaffeltii, 
Lena.  (C.  Verschaffeltii,  Lem.), 
Fig.  519,  which  is  more  robust 
and    branchy,    the    Ivs.    more 
brilliantly    colored,    acute    but 
not  acuminate,  truncate  or  even 
cordate  at  base,  and  irregularly 
cut-dentate, with  rounded  teeth, 
giving  the  margin  a  crispy  ef- 
fect   (I.   H.   8:293).     In    some   518-  A  Coleus  attacked 
forms,  the  Ivs.  are  laciniate.  by  root-galls. 

C.  thyrsoideus.  Hook.,  is  a  recent  novelty,  but  is  upt  yet  in  the 
Amer.  trade.  Unlike  the  other  well  known  species,  its  foliage  is 
not  brilliantly  colored  and  its  flowers  are  conspicuous.  Tender 


352 


COLEUS 


COLLOMIA 


shrub,  2-3  ft.  high:  stems  ptibescent:  Ivs.  cordate,  coarsely  cre- 
nate,  lower  ones  7  in.  long:  fls.  blue,  in  racemes  which  contain  as 
many  as  18  forking  cymes  with  about.  10  fls.  in  each.  B.M.7672. 

L.  H.  B. 


Corolla  less  strongly  declined;  throat  much  longer 
than  broad. 


519.   Coleus  Blumei,  var.  Verschaffeltii. 
COLIC -KOOT.   Aletrls  farinosa. 

COLLAEDS.  A  kind  of  kale.  In  the  south,  a  form  of 
the  plant  known  as  Georgia  Collards  is  much  grown  for 
domestic  use  and  the  southern  market.  The  plant  grows 
to  2-3  ft.  high  and  forms  no  head,  but  the  central  Ivs. 
often  form  a  kind  of  loose  rosette.  These  tender  Ivs. 
are  eaten  as  a  pot-herb,  as  all  other  kales  are.  Fig.  295, 
page  199,  shows  a  Georgia  Collard,  although  the  rosette 
is  not  well  marked.  The  seeds  may  be  started  in  a 
frame  under  glass,  or  in  a  seed-bed  in  the  open.  As  far 
south  as  the  orange-belt,  they  are  usually  started  in 
February  and  March,  in  order  that  the  plants  may  ma- 
ture before  the  dry,  hot  weather.  Farther  north  they  are 
started  in  July  or  August,  and  the  plants  are  ready  for 
use  before  cold  weather.  Transplant  to  rows  3>a-4  ft. 
apart,  and  3  ft.  apart  in  the  row.  Till  as  for  cabbage. 

Young  cabbage  plants  are  sometimes  eaten  as  «  greens" 
under  the  name  of  Collards ;  and  cabbage  seeds  are  sown 
for  this  specific  purpose.  In  the  north,  where  heading 
cabbages  can  be  raised,  Collards  of  whatever  kind  are 
not  greatly  prized.  Li  H-  B> 

COLLINSIA  (after  Zaccheus  Collins,  American  phi- 
lanthropist and  promoter  of  science,  Philadelphia,  1764- 
1831).  Scrophularidcece.  About  18  species  of  hardy  an- 
nuals from  California  and  western  North  America,  not 
far  removed  botanically  from  Pentstemon  and  Chelone. 
They  are  free-flowering  and  of  the  easiest  culture. 
They  may  be  sown  outdoors  in  the  fall  in  well-drained 
soil,  and  will  bloom  earlier  than  if  sown  in  spring. 
Their  fls.,  borne  in  midsummer,  range  in  color  from 
white  through  lilac  and  rose  to  violet,  with  clear,  bright 
blue  also,  at  least  on  one  lip  of  the  fl.  There  is  no  yel- 
low. All  those  described  below  have  fls.  in  whorls. 
Lvs.  opposite,  rarely  in  whorls  of  3,  entire,  or  toothed, 
the  lower  Ivs.  rarely  3-cut. 

A.    PL-stalks  very  short,  giving  the  clusters  a  dense 

appearance. 
B.    Corolla  strongly  declined:  throat  as  wide  as  long. 

bicolor,  Benth.  Fig.  520.  Height  1  ft.,  hairy,  glabrous, 
or  sticky  :  stems  weak  and  bending  :  Ivs.  more  or  less 
toothed,  and  oblong  or  lanceolate,  sessile,  opposite  or  in 
3's  :  fls.  typically  purple  and  white,  with  5  or  6  well 
marked  color  varieties.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  (Fig.  521),  has 
pure  white  fls.,  or  the  lower  lip  greenish  or  yellowish. 
Va-.  multicolor,  Voss.  (C.  multicolor,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.), 
has  variegated  fls.,  the  same  fl.  being  white,  lilac,  rose 
or  violet  on  either  lip  or  both.  Var.  multicolor  marmo- 
rata,  Hort.,  has  the  lower  lip  white,  suffused  lilac,  and 
upper  lip  light  lilac,  spotted  and  striped  carmine. 
Calif.  B.M.  3488.  P.M.  3:195.-This  is  the  most  widely 
distributed  and  variable  species,  and  the  one  on  which 
the  genus  was  founded.  California,  mostly  in  moist 
ground. 


bartsiaefdlia,  Benth.  Height  1%  ft.:  sticky  and  some- 
what glandular,  rarely  hairy:  Ivs.  from  ovate-oblong  to 
linear  :  fls.  purplish  or  whitish  :  seeds  not  wrinkled. 
Calif. 

AA.    Fl.  -stalks  %in.  long  or  more,  giving  the  clusters 
a  looser  look. 

v6rna,  Nutt.  Height  about  6  in.  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong, 
or  the  lowest  rounded  and  slender-stalked,  arid  the  up- 
per ovate-lanceolate  and  partly  clasping:  whorls  about 
6-fld.  :  fl.  -stalks  longer  than  the  fls.:  throat  of  the  co- 
rolla as  long  as  the  calyx  lobes  ;  lower  lip  bright  blue; 
upper  lip  white  or  purplish:  seeds  thick,  not  flattened, 
oblong,  arched.  Moist  woods,  western  New  York  and 
Penna.  to  Wis.  and  Ky.  B.M.  4927. 

grandifldra,  Dougl.  Height  4-12  in.  :  Ivs.  thickish,  the 
lowest  roundish  and  stalked;  whorls  3-9-fld.:  fl.  -stalks 
about  as  long  as  the  fls.  :  lower  lip  deep  blue  or  violet; 
upper  lip  white  or  purple  :  throat  of  the  corolla  sac-like, 
as  broad  as  long,  or  as  long  as  the  upper  lip  :  seeds 
roundish,  smooth.  Shady  hills  of  Calif.  ^  jyj 

COLLLNSONIA  (after  Peter  Collinson,  the  friend  of 
Linnaeus  and  John  Bartram,  a  most  interesting  man). 
Labiatce.  HORSE-BALM.  HORSE-WEED.  STONE-ROOT. 
A  genus  of  4  species  confined  to  Atlantic  N.  Amer. 
Hardy  perennial  herbs  with  large,  odorous,  ovate,  ser- 
rate, mostly  long-stalked  Ivs.,  thick  roots,  and  simple  or 
panicled,  naked,  terminal  racemes  of  yellow  or  whitish 
fls.  The  following  is  of  the  easiest  culture  and  may  be 

obtained    from    dealers 
in  native  plants  : 

CanadSnsis,  Linn. 
Height  2-4  ft.  :  Ivs.  4-9 
in.  long,  broadly  ovate  to 
oblong  :  racemes  pani- 
c-led :  calyx  in  fl.  1  line, 
in  fr.  4  or  5  lines  long: 
corolla  lemon  -  yellow, 
lemon  -  scented,  %  in. 
long.  Rich  woods,  Can- 
ada to  Wis.,  and  south  to 
Florida. 


520. 
Collinsia  bicolor. 


521.   Collinsia  bicolor. 
var.  alba  (X  %). 


COLLOMIA.  This  genus  is  included  by  Gray  in  Gilia, 
which  see.  Collomia  is  derived  from  kolla,  glue,  from 
the  large  quantity  of  mucus  in  the  outer  covering  of 
the  seed.  When  these  seeds  are  placed  in  water,  the 
mucous  matter  dissolves  and  forms  a  cloud  about  them. 
This  cloud,  according  to  Lindley,  "depends  upon  the 
presence  of  an  infinite  multitude  of  exceedingly  delicate 
and  minute  spiral  vessels  lying  coiled  up,  spire  within 
spire,  on  the  outside  of  the  testa,  and  the  instant  water 


COLLOM1A 


COLOR 


353 


is  applied  they  dart  forward  at  right  angles  with  the 
testa,  each  carrying  with  it  a  sheath  of  mucus,  in  which 
it  for  a  long  time  remains  enveloped  in  a  membranous 
,case." 

COLOCASIA  (old  Greek  substantive  name).  Arbidece. 
Perennial  herbs  with  cordate-peltate  Ivs.,  which  are 
often  handsomely  colored  in  cultivation.  Differs  from 
Alocasia  and  Caladium  in  floral  characters:  spadix  ter- 
minating in  a  club-shaped  or  subulate  appendage  desti- 
tute of  stamens.  Species 5.  Tropics.  Monogr.  by  Engler, 
DC.  Phaner.  Monogr.  2:  490. 

Colocasia  includes  the  plants  known  as  Caladium  es- 
cn/i  ittum,  which  are  much  grown  for  subtropical  bed- 
ding. C.  odorata  (which  is  an  Alocasia)  has  very  large, 
thick  stems,  which  may  be  wintered  over  safely  without 
Ivs.,  or  at  most  with  1  or  2,  the  stems,  to  save  space, 
being  placed  close  together  in  boxes.  C.  esculenta  rests 
during  the  winter  and  is  kept  under  a  greenhouse  bench 
or  anywhere  out  of  the  reach  of  frost  or  damp.  Rich, 
damp  ground  suits  both  kinds.  Of  easy  culture.  Con- 
sult Caladium  for  treatment. 

Colocasias  furnish  the  much-cultivated  Taro  of  the 
Pacific  tropics,  this  edible  product  being  the  large, 
starchy  roots.  From  it  is  made  the  Poi  of  Hawaii.  In 
Japan  and  other  countries  the  tubers  of  Colocasias  are 
much  cultivated,  and  are  handled  and  eaten  much  as  we 
use  potatoes  (see  Georgeson,  A.G.  1892:81),  The  young 
Ivs.  of  some  kinds  are  boiled  and  eaten. 

antiqudmm,  Schott.  Lvs.  peltate-ovate  :  basal  lobes 
half  as  long  as  the  apical  one,  connate  %-%  their  length, 
separated  by  a  broad,  triangular,  obtusish  sinus.  India. 
B.M.  7364. 

Var.  euchldra,  Schott  (C.  euchldra,  C.  Koch).  Petioles 
violet ;  blade  black-green,  with  violet  margins. 

Var.  Fdntanesii,  Schott  (Alocasia  violacea,  Hort. 
Caladium  violaceum,  Hort.  C.  albo-violaceum,  Hort.?). 
Petioles  violet  ;  blade  dull  green,  with  violet  margins. 

Var.  illustris,  Engl.  (C.  illustris ,  Hort. ).  Petioles  vio- 
let ;  blade  more  oblong-ovate,  with  black-green  spots 
between  the  primary  veins. 

Var.  escu!6nta,  Schott  (Caladium  escuUntum,  Vent. 
Colocasia  escuUnta,  Schott).  ELEPHANT'S  EAR.  Fig. 
522.  Spadix  with  an  appendage  half  as  long  as  the 
staminate  inflorescence  ;  Ivs.  bright  green,  often  3  ft. 
or  more  long,  nearly  as  wide.  Hawaii  and  Fiji. 

affinis,  Schott.  Blade  thin,  membranaceous,  rounded- 
ovate  or  ovate,  the  apical  lobe  scarcely  M  or  %  longer 
than  wide  ;  basal  lobes  connate  nearly  their  entire 
length,  bright  green  above,  glaucous  beneath  ;  blade 
only  4-6  in.  long.  Himalaya. 

Var.  J6nningsii,  Engl.  (Alocasia  Jenningsii,  Veitch). 
Petiole  purplish,  with  transverse  purple  lines  ;  blade 
cordate,  emarginate,  with  large,  oblong  or  triangular 
black-green  or  black-violet  spots  between  the  primary 
lateral  veins.  I. H.  16:585.  F.S.  17:1818-19. 

Neo-Guinensis,  Lind.   Remarkable  for  its  tufted  habit, 
the  shortness  of  the  leaf-stalks,  its  short-stalked 
inflorescence,  and  the  beautiful  green  tone  of  its 
smooth  and  shiny  Ivs.,  spotted  with  creamy  white. 
New  Guinea.    I. H.  27:380. 

Marchalli,  Engler  (Alocasia  Mdrehalli,  Hort. 
A.  hf/brida,  Bull).  Hybrid,  probably  of  C. affinis 
and  C.  antiquorum.  Larger  in  all  parts  than  C. 
affinis,  the  petioles  pale  green,  very  slightly 
emarginate,  with  large,  confluent  spots. 

C.   Bataviensis  =  Alocasia  Bataviensis  ?  —  C.    Cara- 
casdna,     Engler  =  Xanthosoma.—  C.   Javdnica,    Hort. 
=  ?  —  C.  Mafaffa,  Hort.=Xanthosoma.— C.  margindta, 
Hort.  —Caladium  bicolor.—  C.  odora,  Brongn.=Alocasia 
odora,  Koch.  Tree-like,  the  stem  or  caudex  3-6  ft.  and  6 
in.  in  diam. ;  Ivs.  green,  cordate,  stalked,  bearing  pe-  - 
duncles    in  pairs  in  their  axils.   E.  Asia.    B.M.    3935.  . 
—  C.  odorata,  Hort.=Alocasia  macrorrhiza. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

COLOCYNTH.    See  Citrullus. 


red,  crimson,  magenta,  purple,  violet,  and  ultramarine 
blue.  The  variation  of  these  hues  is,  however,  mani- 
fold. Diluted  with  white,  or  mixed  with  one  another, 
colors  assume  an  infinite  number  of  phases  not  easily 
described  ( Fig.  523 ) .  But  the  generic  character  of  flower 
colors  is  certainly  comprehended  in  the  few  names 
given  above.  Color-names  are  of  little  consequence  so 
long  as  the  color  is  identified.  Unfortunately,  scien- 
tists and  artists  have  not  yet  established  a  standard  no- 
menclature of  color,  so  that  the  name  of  a  particular  hue 
is  largely  determined  by  popular  opinion,  and  that,  of 
course,  is  not  always  unanimous. 

It  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  accept  both  popular  and 
scientific  estimates  of  color  if  colors  are  to  be  considered 
in  relation  to  flowers.  The  scientific  definition  of  a  color 
like  scarlet,  magenta,  or  violet  amounts  to  its  identifica- 
tion with  certain  lines  in  the  spectrum.  Such  definitions 
are  properly  given  in  the  Century  Dictionary.  They  are 
satisfactory  so  far  as  they  go,  but  the  relation  of  colors 
in  the  spectrum  to  flower  petals  or  artists'  pigments  is 
not  so  satisfactorily  determined.  Apparently  the  stan- 
dard of  the  spectrum  must  be  supplemented  by  another  of 
a  more  tangible  nature— that  is,  a  standard  of  pigment 
color.  But  it  is  just  as  well  to  substitute  a  flower  petal 
for  a  pigment,  and  if  this  is  done,  the  result  would  be 
about  this  : 

Yellow.  — Evening  primrose. 

Gold-yellow.  —  Pure  gold  calendula  or  deep  yellow 
calendula. 

Orange.— Deep-hued  eschscholtzia  and  orange  nas- 
turtium. 

Scarlet.  — Mme.  Crozy  canna. 

Red.  — Portia  carnation. 

Crimson.  — Deep-hued  sweet-william  and  paeony. 

Magenta.  — Deep  purplish  red  cineraria. 

Purple.  — Deep-toned  larkspur,  aster,  and  cineraria. 

Violet.  — Deep-toned  English  violets. 

Ultramarine  blue.  — New  compact  blue  delphinium. 

Pure  green  is  best  represented  by  the  artists'  pigment 
called  emerald-green ;  it  is  rarely  present  in  foliage,  ex- 
cept perhaps  in  spring. 

If  the  simple  colors,  yellow,  orange,  red,  purple,  blue, 
and  green,  are  arranged  in  a  circle  (Fig.  524),  the  colors 
opposite  each  other  harmonize  by  reason  of  absolute 
contrast.  i 

If  these  simple  colors  are  subdivided  into         £jt 
intermediate  hues   (Fig.  525),  so  that  about 


COLOR.    The  range  of  simple  colors  common  Colocasia  antiquorum,     \   -. 

among  flowers  is  not  a  very  extensive  one.     It  var.  esculenta.       .    li^s^L 

comprises  yellow,  gold-yellow,  orange,  scarlet,  (Caladium  esculentum.) 

23 


5M. 


354 


COLOR 


COLORADO 


three  of  the  latter  lie  between  the  six  original  colors,  the 
result  will  be  a  circle  of  twenty-four  divisions,  having 
the  effect  of  a  rainbow.  This  will  perfectly  illustrate  the 
principle  of  color  harmony  and  color  discord.  Besides 

WITH  SLACK    WITH  WHITE   CLEARCOLOR 


OLD  COLD 

SULPHUR 

YELLOW 

OCHRE 

STRAW  Y. 

COLD  Y. 

BURNT 
ORANGE 

SALMON 

ORANCE. 

TERRA 
COTTA 

5HR1MPR 

SCARLET 

CARDINAL 

FINK 

RED 

MAROON 

C.PlNK 

CRIMSON 

PLUM 

P.  LI  LAC 

MAGENTA 

DARK 

B.  PLUM 

LI'LAC 

PUKPLE 

LOGWOOD 
VIOLET 

B.LI  LAC 

VIOLET 

INDIGO 

V.  BLUE. 

ULTRAM'? 

523.   Color  phases  in  flowers. 

the  opposing  colors  which  harmonize  by  contrast,  there 
are  neighboring  colors  which  harmonize  by  analogy  or 
harmony.  For  instance,  any  four  or  five  colors  lying 
side  by  side  in  the  circle  are  bound  together  harmoni- 
ously by  reason  of  their  near  relationship.  Therefore, 
all  these  four  or  five  colors  may  be  combined— and  na- 
ture does  combine  them -with  aesthetic  results.  But 
skip  over  four  of  the  colors  and  attempt  a  combination 
of  the  first  and  sixth,  and  the  result  will  prove  a  discord, 
the  bond  of  relationship  is  broken,  and  the  eye  is  dis- 
turbed by  the  aggressiveness  of  two  colors  between 
which  there  is  evidently  no  bond  of  sympathy.  It  would 
be  safe  to  say,  therefore,  that  the  circle  demonstrates  the 
fact  that  its  colors  situated  at  right  angles  with  each 
other  are  discordant,  and  those  lying  nearly  parallel 
with  each  other  are  harmonious. 

This  is  the  theoretical  side  of  color  harmony.  The 
practical  side  is  scarcely  different;  it  simply  modifies  the 
theory.  Brilliant  blue  and  orange,  which  are  theoretically 
harmonious,  are  scarcely  as  agreeable  in  each  other's 
company  as  the  rule  would  imply.  The  trouble,  however, 
lies  with  the  brilliancy.  The  golden  calendula  and  the 
deep  blue-purple  aster  in  association  are  rather  violent 


analogy;  hyacinths,  sweet  peas,  and  nasturtiums  repre- 
sent families  with  most  extraordinarily  near-related 
colors.  There  is  a  predominating  force  of  crimson  in  the 
sweet  pea,  and  a  predominating  force  of  orange  in  the 
nasturtium.  It  is  rather  a  nice  bit  of  color  adjustment 
in  either  family  to  choose  flowers  which  excel  in  harmony 
of  color  the  careless  grouping  together  of  flowers  picked 
at  random. 

But  the  theory  that  analogous  colors  harmonize  is  cor- 
rect only  if  it  is  not  carried  to  excess.  Attempts  to  force 
deep-hued  flowers  into  harmony  often  lead  to  contrary 
results.  A  range  of  color  from  crimson  to  ultramarine 
depends  for  its  harmony  upon  the  simplicity  or  the  deli- 
cacy of  the  hues.  Such  colors,  in  full  force,  would  do 
violence  to  each  other.  It  is  tempting  the  hardness  of  a 
diamond  to  pound  it  with  a  sledge  hammer.  It  is  taxing 
crimson  too  heavily  to  expect  it  to  show  its  strength  in 
the  presence  of  strong  violet !  If  the  effort  is  to  merge 
the  personality  of  the  crimson  flower  into  the  purple  one, 
and  effect  a  play  of  color  between  the  two,  the  combina- 
tion of  strong  hues  thus  is  justifiable. 

The  theory  that  colors  at  right  angles  on  the  wheel  are 
discordant  is  also  subject  to  some  modification.  Rela 
tively  the  right-angled  colors  must  be  crude  and  strong 
to  objectionably  affect  the  eye.  Yellow  and  red  in  the 
rose  is  an  agreeable  color  combination.  Yellow  and  red 
dahlias  crowded  together  are  abominably  harsh  under  a 
sensitive  eye. 

A  country  bouquet  of  asters,  marigolds,  fuchsias  and 
dahlias  is  bad,  because  the  country  garden  is  not  a  part 
of  it.  A  few  feet  of  air  and  space  and  a  stretch  of  green 
foliage  make  a  world  of  difference. 

It  is  wisest  to  try  the  effect  of  one  color  upon  another 
before  allowing  two  or  three  strong  hues  to  wage  war 


524.  Harmony  by  contrast. 

and  aggressive.  Remove  the  one  or  the  other  and  sub- 
stitute a  pale-tinted  flower  of  either  hue.  and  the  result 
will  be  a  harmonious  one. 

Flower  families  are  very  apt  to  sustain  harmonies  of 


525,  The  intermediate  hues. 


with  each  other.  It  will  be  quickly  found  that  white  is  a 
peacemaker,  and  green  is  an  invaluable  mediator.  With 
these  colors  at  command,  the  chances  of  color  discord 
are  reduced  to  a  minimum.  Everything  also  depends 
upon  simplicity  in  color  combinations.  It  is  questionable 
whether  a  combination  of  more  than  two  colors  can  ever 
oe  aesthetically  a  success.  The  adjustment  of  many  colors 
needs  the  hand  of  an  expert.  F-  SCHUYLER  MATHEWS. 

COLOKADO,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  The  state  of 
Coloi-ado  includes  the  territory  lying  between  the  par- 
allels 37°  and  41°  north  latitude,  and  between  the  me- 
ridians 102°  and  109°  west  longitude.  Its  surface  is  di- 
versified by  mountains,  high  table  lands,  plains  and  val- 
leys, with  a  range  above  tide-water  of  from  3,400  feet  on 
the  eastern  border  to  over  14,000  feet  in  many  snow-clad 
peaks.  It  is  traversed  from  north  to  south  by  the  great 
Rocky  mountain  range,  and  thus  divided  into  two  well 
marked  though  unequal  divisions'!  The  main  "conti- 
nental divide"  is  supplemented  by  several  well-defined 
ranges,  and  by  numerous  mountain  spurs,  between 
which,  and  at  altitudes  ranging  from  7,000  to  10,000  feet, 
lie  the  four  large  and  several  smaller  parks  or  valleys, 


COLORADO 


COLORADO 


355 


which  are  in  great  part  utilized  as  hay  ranches  and  for 
stock  ranges.  The  following  figures  regarding  acreage 
are  from  the  report  of  the  state  engineer  for  the  year 
1890.  The  total  is  given  as  approximately  fiii.r.iiii.ooi) 
acres.  East  of  the  continental  divide  lie  40,800.000 
acres,  and  on  the  west  25,760,000  acres.  Of  the  area  east 
of  the  divide,  one-third,  or  10.200,000  acres,  lies  within 
tae  mountains  and  the  remainder,  30,600,000  acres,  con- 
sists of  plain  and  valley 
lands.  On  the  western  slope 
the  proportion  of  mountain 
and  plain  is  reversed,  there 
being  16,360,000  acres  within 
the  mountains  and  about 
9,400,000  acres  of  plain  and 
valley  lands. 

For  the  western  slope  the 
rainfall  is  given  as  33  inches 
for  the  mountains  and  10.7 
for  the  plains  and  valleys, 
and  for  the  eastern  slope  as 
30  inches  for  the  mountains 
and  15  inches  for  the  plains. 
The  tillable  lands  of  the 
state  are  in  the  main  out- 
side the  mountains,  and 
the  average  annual  rainfall 
on  these  lands  is  near  13 
inches  for  the  whole  state. 
This  rainfall  comes  mainly 
in  the  months  of  April,  May 
and  June,  the  precipitation 
for  the  other  months  being 
usually  very  small.  It  fol- 
lows, from  the  small  rainfall , 
that  crops  can  only  be  suc- 
cessfully grown  by  irriga- 
tion, and  it  is  this  idea  that 
has  dominated  the  agricul- 
ture and  horticulture  of  the 
state  ever  since  the  begin- 
ning, nearly  forty  years  ago. 


torn  lands  along  Clear  creek,  between  Denver  and 
Golden,  planted  a  number  of  apple  trees  which  he 
hauled  in  a  wagon  from  Iowa  City,  la.  In  the  fall  of  the 
same  year,  Messrs.  Perrin  and  Wolff,  of  Denver,  hauled 
a  load  of  trees  from  Des  Moines,  la.,  and  such  as  sur- 
vived the  journey  were  planted  on  ranches  about  Den- 
ver. In  1866,  a  representative  of  a  Kansas  nursery  sold 
trees  and  plants  to  many  of  the  farmers  along  the  St. 


( 

•  .       I        ' 

526.   To  show  horticultural  regions  of  Colorado. 


COLORADO! 


Irrigation  being  a  necessity,  the  lands  useful  for  ag- 
ricultural purposes  would  be  those  reasonably  level 
tracts  bordering  the  streams,  and  extending  back  only 
as  far  as  the  water  can  be  carried.  The  first  ditches 
were  constructed  cheaply,  and  for  the  irrigation  of  first 
bottom  lands  only.  A  little  later  the  idea  of  utilizing 
the  higher  mesas  gave  rise  to  canal  systems  of  great 
magnitude,  that  have  made  productive  vast  tracts  of 
fertile  soil.  The  period  of  canal  construction  east  of 
the  continental  divide  has  about  ended,  there  being  now 
as  many  ditches  as  the  streams  can  supply,  or  possibly 
more.  On  the  western  slope,  where  the  water  supply 
is  greater,  additional  systems  may  yet  be  constructed. 
The  present  most  pressing  problem  on  the  eastern  slope 
is  the  conservation  of  the  available  water.  Attention  is 
being  given  to  the  construction  of  reservoirs,  and  this, 
coupled  with  that  economy  in  the  use  of  water  which 
experience  is  gradually  teaching,  will  go  far  toward 
solving  the  problem,  and  it  may  yet  be  possible  to  con- 
siderably extend  the  area  now  irrigated.  Owing  to  dif- 
ferences in  latitude,  altitude,  and  climatic  conditions, 
the  irrigable  regions  of  the  state  are  naturally  separable 
into  three  divisions,  and  in  considering  the  horticultural 
features,  it  is  best  to  recognize  these  divisions  because 
they  differ  in  the  range  of  horticultural  productions. 
The  divisions  are : 

1.  The  Northern,  which  embraces  the  drainage  basin 
of  the  South   Platte  and  its  tributaries,  Clear   creek, 
Boulder  creek,  St.  Vrain,  Little  Thompson,  and  Cache 
la  Poudre. 

2.  The  Southern,  embracing  the  valley  of  the  Arkan- 
sas and  its  tributaries. 

3.  The  Western,  embracing  all  the  cultivated  valleys 
of  the   western    s.ope   lying  along  the  Uncompahgre, 
Gunnison,  and  Grand   rivers  and   their   branches,  and 
being  mainly  in   the  counties  of  Montrose,  Delta  and 
Mesa. 

THE  NORTHERN  DISTRICT.— From  such  statistical  in- 
formation as  is  at  hand,  it  appears  that  the  commence- 
ment of  fruit  planting  in  Colorado  dates  from  1863.  In 
that  year  William  Lee,  who  owned  a  ranch  on  the  bot- 


Vrain,  and  about  the  same  time  a  few  trees  were 
planted  on  the  ranches  along  the  Thompson.  These 
early  attempts  to  start  fruit  culture  in  the  northern 
district  were  practically  failures,  for  very  few  of  the 
trees  lived.  The  long  journey  from  the  nursery  to 
the  farm,  improper  preparation  of  the  ground,  lack  of 
care  in  the  application  of  water,  and  in  protecting  from 
stock,  and  the  sentiment  commonly  expressed  by  the 
majority  of  the  inhabitants,  that  fruit  could  not  be 
grown  in  Colorado,  were  obstacles  hard  to  overcome.  A 
few  of  the  early  settlers,  however,  having  hope  of  ulti- 
mate success,  made  a  second  attempt  in  1870,  and  from 
the  plantings  of  that  year  have  grown  the  many  fine 
orchards  that  dot  the  northern  valleys.  In  the  most 
northern  vailey,  that  of  the  Cache  la  Poudre,  planting 
did  not  commence  until  about  1873,  and  except  with 
small  fruits,  very  little  was  done  in  the  10  or  12  years 
following,  or  until  the  success  of  the  pioneers  in  plant- 
ing demonstrated  that  the  hardier  fruits  could  be  grown. 
During  the  past  5  years  the  area  in  fruit  has  increased 
rapidlv,  until  now  the  farm  without  its  orchard  is  the 
exception.  The  apple  is  here,  as  in  the  other  fruit  dis- 
tricts, the  principal  fruit,  covering  the  greatest  number 
of  acres  and  receiving  more  attention  than  all  other 
fruits.  All  standard  varieties  are  grown,  and  the  pro- 
duct meets  a  ready  sale.  Plums  are  successfully  grown, 
and  prove  profitable,  but  the  range  of  varieties  is  re- 
stricted to  those  derived  from  Primus  Americana  and 
a  few  of  the  hardier  varieties  of  Primus  domestica. 
Cherries  of  the  Morello  class  are  very  productive,  and 
the  demand  for  the  fruit  is  encouraging  growers  to 
plant  freely.  Throughout  the  district  munh  attention  is 
given  to  the  growing  of  small  fruits  and  vegetables. 
All  kinds  of  berries  find  a  ready  tn-irket  in  the  cities 
and  mountain  towns,  and  the  staple  vegetables,  such  as 
onions,  cabbages  and  celery,  are  shipped  in  large  quan- 
tities to  southern  points. 

THE  SOUTHERN  DISTRICT.  — Here  the  counties  most 
prominent  in  fruit  culture  are  Fremont,  Pueblo  and 
Otero.  The  first  planting  was  done  in  Fremont  county, 
and  the  following  concerning  the  circumstances  I  quote 


356 


COLORADO 


COLQUHOUNIA 


from  an  address  by  Judge  W.  B.  Felton  before  the 
State  Horticultural  Society,  as  published  in  the  report 
for  1887-8  :  "The  first  fruit  trees  were  set  out  in  Fre- 
mont county  in  1867.  W.  C.  Catlin  went  to  Pueblo 
for  an  invoice  of  trees  which  had  been  ordered  by  him- 
self and  by  Governor  Anson  Rudd,  W.  A.  Helm  and 
Jesse  Frazier.  They  had  been  brought  across  the 
plains  in  a  wagon  to  Pueblo,  and  Mr.  Catlin  brought 
them  to  Canon,  something  over  $500  worth  of  trees  oc- 
cupying a  small  space  in  his  wagon.  A  few  of  these 
trees,  and  only  a  few,  are  still  living.  After  his  first  at- 
tempt, which  was  almost  a  total  failure,  Jesse  Frazier 
procured  several  thousand  root  grafts  and  set  them  out 
in  nursery  rows.  When  they  became  large  enough  he 
transplanted  them  into  his  orchard."  By  the  year  1879, 
Mr.  Frazier  had  an  orchard  of  15  acres,  the  older  portion 
of  which  produced  3,000  bushels  of  apples.  Since  1880, 
the  yearly  additions  to  the  orchard  area  of  this  county 
have  steadily  increased,  and  fruit-growing  is  now  recog- 
nized as  one  of  the  leading  industries  of  the  county. 
As  in  the  other  districts,  the  apple  receives  the  most  at- 
tention, but  pears,  plums,  and  the  small  fruits  are  grown 
in  quantity.  Peaches  have  been  raised,  but  are  not  a 
sure  crop,  owing  to  the  liability  to  late  spring  frosts. 
Farther  down  the  Arkansas  valley,  in  Otero  county, 


(X 


the  first  fruit  trees  were  planted  about  1882,  but  general 
interest  in  orchard  planting  did  not  develop  until 
some  years  later.  During  the  past  5  years  the  area 
planted  has  rapidly  increased,  and  the  county  now 


stands  about  fourth  in  orchard  acreage.  The  growing 
of  melons  has  within  a  few  years  brought  this  county 
into  prominence.  Started  in  a  small  way  by  farmers 
near  the  town  of  Rocky  Ford,  the  business  has  spread 
into  a  great  industry,  and  Rocky  Ford  melons  and  can- 
taloupes have  found  their  way  into  all  the  large  markets 
of  the  country. 

THE  WESTERN  DISTRICT.  — The  valleys  constituting 
this  were  included  in  the  Ute  Reservation,  which  was  first 
opened  for  white  settlement  in  the  fall  of  1881.  The 
first  fruit  trees  were  planted  the  next  spring  by  Messrs. 
Hotchkiss  and  Wade,  on  their  ranches  lying  along  the 
North  Fork  of  the  Gunnison  in  Delta  county.  In  the 
spring  of  1883  W.  S.  Coburii  began  planting  what  is  now 
one  of  the  finest  orchards  in  the  state  ;  others  followed, 
and  soon  the  fame  of  the  "North  Fork"  as  a  fruit  region 
went  abroad  and  served  as  a  stimulus  to  planting  in 
other  sections.  It  was  not,  however,  until  1886  that 
planting  became  general.  In  that  year  orchard  planting 
about  Grand  Junction,  in  Mesa  county,  began  in  earnest, 
and  at  the  same  time  the  farmers  of  Montrose  turned 
their  attention  in  the  same  direction.  The  development 
of  the  industry  from  1886  down  to  the  present  time  has 
been  phenomenal.  There  appears  to  be  no  limit  to  the 
successful  culture  of  all  temperate  region  fruits.  On 
the  low  bottom  lands  along  the  streams,  the  earlier 
blooming  varieties  have  occasionally  been  subjected  to 
injury  from  late  frosts,  but  on  the  mesas  this  trouble  is 
never  experienced,  and  here  the  tender  varieties  of  Eu- 
ropean grapes  are  successfully  grown  without  winter 
protection.  The  "peach  belt"  of  the  state  lies  within 
this  western  district  in  the  three  counties  — Montrose, 
Delta  and  Mesa.  The  experimental  stages  of  culture 
have  been  passed,  success  is  assured,  and  the  business 
of  growing  this  fruit  is  in  a  fair  way  to  become  a  large 
one. 

The  number  of  acres  planted  with  orchard  and  small 
fruits  that  received  water  from  the  ditches  during  the 
year  1896  is  given  in  the  report  of  the  state  engineer  as 
follows  :  Northern  district,  15,025  acres;  Southern  dis- 
trict, 8,456  acres;  Western  district,  22,162  acres.  The 
State  Horticultural  Society,  which  was  organized  in 
September,  1880,  has  done  much  by  its  meetings  and 
exhibits  to  advance  the  horticultural  interests  of  the 
state,  -and  its  work  has  been  supplemented  by  several 
active  county  societies. 

From  the  present  state  of  advancement,  which  has 
been  reached  within  a  comparatively  short  time,  it  seems 
certain  that  the  fruit  industry  of  the  state  has  before 
it  a  promising  future.  a  s>  CRANDALL. 

COLTSFOOT.  See  Tussilago  Farfara.  Sweet  Colts- 
foot is  Petasites,  formerly  called  Nardosma. 

COLUMBINE.   SeeAquilegia. 

COLQUHOtTNIA  (after  Sir  Robert 
Colquhoun).  Labicitce.  Tender  plants 
with  dense  whorls  of  gaping  fls.  an 
inch  long  or  more,  colored  scarlet  and 
yellow.  The  genus  has  5  species,  all 
from  the  Himalayas  and  Burma. 
Erect  or  twining  shrubs,  woolly  in 
all  parts  when  young  :  Ivs.  large, 
crenate  :  whorls  few-fid.,  axillary  or 
crowded  into  a  terminal  spike. 

coccinea,  Wall.  Tall  climber,  with 
very  long  branches  :  Ivs.  stalked, 
ovate,  acuminate,  3-5  in.  long,  crenate,  dark  green  above, 
roughish,  typically  with  scarcely  any  Woolliness  except 
when  young:  corolla  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  B.  M. 
4514.  G.  tomentbsa,  Houll.,  is  probably  identical.  The 
dense  woolliness  is  probably  temporary.  R.H.  1873:130 
shows  a  handsome  terminal  spike  in  addition  to  axillary 
clusters,  containing  about  20  fls.— Not  advertised,  but 
probably  as  worthy  as  the  next. 

vestita,  Wall.  Very  similar  to  C.  coccinea,  except 
that  it  is  a  low-growing,  erect  plant,  and  more  densely 
and  permanently  woolly  on  the  stem,  calyx  and  under 
side  of  Ivs.  Cult,  outdoors  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  but 
not  promising.  ^  ^ 


COLUMN 


COM  ME  LIN  A 


357 


COLUMN.  A  solid  central  body  formed  of  stamens 
and  styles  grown  together,  as  in  orchids. 

COLUMNEA  (after  Columnaor  Colonna,  Italian  writer 
on  plants,  sixteenth  century).  Gesn<>riice<.t>.  Tropical 
American  shrubs  and  climbers,  with  widely  gaping, 
showy  Us.  often  2  in.  long:  Ivs.  opposite,  nearly  equal  or 
widely  unlike:  fls.  solitary  or  numerous,  axillary,  stalked 
or  not,  without  bracts  or  with  bracts  in  an  involucre  ; 
corollas  scarlet,  carmine  or  yellowish.  Half  a  dozen 
species,  mostly  red  or  orange-fld.,  are  cult,  abroad  and 
may  be  known  to  a  few  fanciers  at  home,  but  none  are 
advertised  by  the  dealers. 

COLUTEA  (  Koluittea,  ancient  Greek  name).  Legumi- 
nosce.  BLADDER  SENNA.  Deciduous  shrubs,  with  al- 
ternate, odd-pinnate  Ivs.;  Ifrs.  many,  rather  small:  fls. 
papilionaceous,  in  axillary,  few-fld.,  long-peduncled  ra- 
cemes, yellow  to  brownish  red  :  pod  inflated,  bladder- 
like,  many-seeded.  About  8  species  in  the  Mediterra- 
nean region  to  Himal.  Ornamental  free-flowering  shrubs 
of  rapid  growth,  with  pale  green  or  glaucous  foliage  and 
yellow  or  brownish  red  fls.  during  summer,  followed  by 
large,  usually  reddish-coloring  and  decorative  pods. 
They  grow  in  almost  any  soil,  but  prefer  a  tolerably  dry 
and  sunny  position  ;  not  quite  hardy  north.  Prop,  by 
seeds  sown  in  spring  or  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in- 
serted in  fall  in  sandy  soil;  rarer  species  and  varieties 
are  sometimes  grafted  on  C.  arborescens  in  spring  un- 
der glass. 

A.   Fls,  yellow:  pod  closed  at  the  apex. 

arborescens,  Linn.  Pig.  527.  Shrub,  to  15  ft. :  Ifts.  9- 
13,  elliptic,  dull  green,  mucronulate,  usually  slightly 
pubescent  beneath,  %-l  in.  long  :  fls.  3-8,  about  %  in. 
long;  wings  nearly  as  long  as  the  keel,  flat.  June-Sept. 
S.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  N.  B.M.  81.— Var.  crispa,  Hort.  Dwarf, 
with  crisped  Ivs. 

AA.    Fls.  orange-yellow  or  brownish  red;  wings  shorter 
than  the  keel. 

m£dia,  Willd.  Shrub,  to  10  ft, :  Ifts.  7-13,  obovate, 
grayish  green  or  glaucous,  %-%  in.  long,  nearly  gla- 
brous: tis.  3-6,  orange  or  reddish  yellow:  pod  closed  at 
the  apex.  June-Sept.  Probably  hybrid  of  garden  ori- 
gin between  the  former  and  the  following,  often  cult, 
under  the  names  of  the  following  species: 

orientalis,  Mill.  (C.  crutnta,  Ait.).  Shrub,  to  6  ft.: 
Ifts.  7-11,  obovate.  glaucous,  thickish,  Y^-Yz  in.  long, 
nearly  glabrous  :  fls.  3-5,  reddish  yellow  or  brownish 
red  :  pod  open  at  the  apex.  June-Sept.  S.  E.  Eu., 
Orient.  — Often  cult,  under  the  name  of  C.  Halepiea  or 
C.  I  stria. 

C.  Halepiea, Lam.  (C.  Istria,  Mill.).  To  4  ft.:  Ifts.  glaucous, 
small  and  numerous:  fls.  yellow,  nearly  1  in.  long;  wing  longer 
than  the  keel.—  C.  longialdta,  Koehne  (C.  melanocalyx,  Hort., 
notBoiss.).  Similar  to  C.  arborescens:  wings  longer  than  the 
keel.  G.C.  III.  16: 155  as  C.  melanocalyx.—  C.  Nepalensis,  Hook. 
Similar  to  C.  arborescens:  racemes  drooping.  B.M.  2622.  B.B. 
20:1727.  Tender.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

COLVfLLEA  fafter  Sir  Charles  Colville,  governor  of 
Mauritius).  Leguminosos.  The  gorgeous  fls.  of  this 
tropical  tree  are  a  worthy  rival  of  the  Royal  Poinciana, 
which  is  closely  allied,  but  easily  distinguished.  It  has 
drooping  racemes  1%  ft.  long,  densely  crowded  with 
perhaps  200  fls.  of  curious  shape  and  of  a  splendid 
scarlet.  The  fls.  open  at  the  stem-end  of  the  pendent 
dense  raceme,  and  display  masses  of  long,  showy,  yellow 
stamens.  The  unopened  fls.  are  about  the  size  and  shape 
of  a  filbert,  and  these  are  gradually  smaller  towards 
the  end  of  the  raceme.  The  genus  has  only  this  one  spe- 
cies, and  is  characterized  by  its  large,  oblique,  colored 
calyx,  having  4  segments,  the  standard  being  the  small- 
est instead  of  the  largest  part;  the  wings  very  long, 
narrow,  erect,  obovate,  the  pod  2-valved.  Supposed  to 
be  a  native  of  E.  Afr.,  but  discovered  in  1824  by  Bojer 
on  the  west  coast  of  Madagascar,  where  a  single  tree 
was  cult,  by  the  natives.  It  flowered  there  in  April  or 
May.  Its  culture  is  similar  to  that  of  Csesalpinia.  Prop, 
in  the  south  only  by  seeds. 

racemosa,  Boj.  Tree,  40-50  ft.  high,  with  the  general 
aspect  of  Poinciana  regia  but  with  a  thicker  trunk  and 
ampler  foliage:  branches  very  long  and  spreading:  Ivs. 
about  3  ft.  long,  alternate,  remote,  twice  pinnate,  with 


20-30  pairs  of  pinnae  which  are  opposite,  4  in.  long,  and 
have  20-28  pairs  of  Ifts.,  each  %  in.  long  :  keel  very 
small,  almost  covered  by  the  wings:  free  stanitns  10,  3 
inserted  below  the  standard,  2  under  the  wings,  1  under 
the  keel,  and  4  under  the  ovary.  B.M.  3325-6. 

W.  M. 

COMAEOSTAPHYLIS  is  included  with  Arcto- 
staphylos. 

COMAEUM  (an  old  Greek  name),  ftosacea.  One 
species  allied  to  Pot^ntilla,  and  often  referred  to  that 
genus  C.  palustre,  Linn.,  the  Marsh  Cinquefoil,  is  a 
decumbent  herb  growing  in  swales  in  the  N.  states  (also 
in  the  Old  World),  with  pinnate,  3-7-foliolate  Ivs.  (Ifts. 
dentate),  and  solitary  or  cymose  purple  fls.  1  in.  across: 
petals  shorter  than  the  calyx  lobes,  acute  ;  stamens  nu- 
merous. An  odd  and  interesting  but  not  showy  plant, 
sometimes  planted  in  bogs.  Mn.  3:97. -The  fr.  some- 
what resembles  a  strawberry,  but  is  spongy  instead  of 
juicy.  In  some  parts  of  Scotland,  it  is  said,  they  are 
called  Cowberries,  and  are  rubbed  on  the  inside  of  milk 
pails  to  thicken  the  milk. 

COMBEETUM  (old  Latin  name).  Combretacece,  Many 
tropical  shrubs  and  trees  in  Asia,  Africa  and  America, 
particularly  in  S.  Africa.  Many  of  them  are  climbers,  by 
means  of  the  persistent  leaf-stalks.  Lvs.  mostly  opposite, 
entire  :  fls.  in  spikes,  polygamous  ;  calyx  bell-shaped  ; 
petals  usually  4;  stamens  usually  8:  fr.  winged  and  in- 
dehiscent,  1-seeded.  The  Combretums  are  warmhouse 
plants,  little  known  in  this  country.  Prop,  by  cuttings  of 
firm  wood.  One  climbing  species  is  in  the  Amer.  trade : 
C.  coccineum,  Lam.  (C.  purpureum,  Vahl.  Poivrea  coc- 
cinea,DG.),  from  Mada- 
gascar. Lvs.  oblong-lan- 
ceolate, acuminate,  ever- 
green: fls.  small, brilliant 
red,  with  long-exserted 
stamens,  the  handsome 
loose  spikes  often  in  pan- 
icles ;  parts  of  the  fl.  in 
5's.  B.M.  2102.  L.B.C. 
6:  563.  — Handsome. 

COMFEEY.    SeeSt/m- 
phytum. 


COMMELlNA  (to  the  early  Dutch  botanists,  J.  and 
K.  Commelin.  A  third  brother  published  nothing.  Lin- 
naeus is  said  to  have  meant  to  designate  the  two  authors 
by  the  fully  developed  petals,  and  the  third  by  the  small 
petal).  Also  written  Commelyna.  Commelinacece.  About 
100  widely  dispersed  perennial  herbs,  of  which  a  very 


358 


COMMELINA 


CONIFERS 


few  are  cult,  for  their  interesting  flowers.  Fls.  irregular, 
the  calyx  often  colored,  with  unequal  sepals  ;  petals  3, 
the  2  lateral  ones  rounded  or  reniforrn  and  long-clawed ; 
stamens  6,  3  shorter;  capsule  3-loculed.  There  are  sev- 
eral native  tradescantia-like  species,  some  erect  and 
others  creeping.  These  are  not  in  the  trade.  The  cult, 
species  are  erect  warmhouse  plants.  Some  are  tuberous- 
rooted.  In  the  Amer.  trade,  only  C.  coel6stis,  Willd.,  is 
offered.  Fig.  528.  It  grows  10-18  in.  high,  branching, 
with  clasping,  long,  broad-lanceolate  pointed  Ivs.  and 
blue  fls.  (2-10  together)  on  elongating  axillary  pedun- 
cles. Var.  Alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls.  Var.  variegata, 
Hort.,  has  fls.  blue  and  white.  Mex.  Prop,  by  seed, 
cuttings  and  tubers.  The  native  C.  nudifldra,  Linn,  (as 
C.  Sellowiana,  Schlecht. ) ,  is  in  cult.  It  ranges  all  around 
the  world.  It  is  a  creeping  plant,  rooting  at  the  joints, 
with  lanceolate  Ivs.,  and  small  irregular  blue  fls.  in  the 
axils.  Commelina  is  monographed  by  C.  B.  Clarke  in 
DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  3. 

Commelinas  are  mostly  of  easy  culture,  thriving 
well  in  any  light,  rich  soil.  The  evergreen  stove  and 
greenhouse  species  are  readily  propagated  in  March  or 
April  by  cuttings  inserted  in  an  ordinary  propagating 


529.   A  Compost  heap. 

bed  and  kept  close  for  a  few  days  ;  while  the  tuberous- 
rooted  half-h*»rdy  herbaceous  species  may  be  propagated 
either  by  division  of  the  tubers  or  by  seeds  sown  in  a 
frame  early  in  April  and  afterwards  transplanting  the 
seedlings  in  the  herbaceous  border.  In  the  fall,  they 
should  be  lifted  and  the  tubers  stored  away  in  the  same 
manner  as  Dahlias.  Of  the  tuberous-rooted  species,  C. 
coelestis  is  perhaps  the  best,  its  bright  blue  flowers  being 
very  effective,  especially  when  planted  in  masses. 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING  and  L.  H.  B. 

COMPARETTIA  (Andreas  Comparetti,  1746-1811, 
Italian  botanist).  Orchidacew,  tribe  Vdndece.  A  small 
genus  of  graceful  epiphytes,  found  in  equatorial  Amer- 
ica. Pseudobulbs  monophyllous,  racemes  simple  or 
branched:  fls.  small,  lateral  sepals  united  in  a  single 
piece,  lengthened  at  the  base  into  a  conspicuous  horn  ; 
lateral  petals  converging;  labellum  large,  produced  into 
a  double  spur,  which  is  hidden  in  the  horn  made  by  the 
sepals  ;  column  free,  semi-terete,  erect ;  pollinia  2. 
Grown  on  blocks  or  in  baskets  in  a  light  intermediate 
or  warmhouse. 

coccinea,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  small,  bearing  lanceo- 
late, coriaceous  Ivs.,  purple  beneath  :  racemes  several- 
fld.,  fls.  2  in.  across;  petals  and  sepals  yellowish,  label- 
lum large,  broader  than  long,  crimson.  Braz. 

falcata,  Poep.  et  Endl.  (C.  rdsea,  Lindl.).  Similar  in 
habit  1o  C.  coccinea:  fls.  deep  crimson;  labellum  broad; 
racem-s  pendent.  Peru.  B.M.  4980.  A.F.  6:609. 

macroplectron,  Reichb.  f.  Fls.  10  or  more,  dorsal  se- 
pal whitish,  often  spotted  with  purple  ;  midlobe  of  la- 
bellum cleft,  suborbicular,  magenta-rose,  dotted  at  the 
angled  base;  spurs  conspicuous.  New  Grenada.  B.M. 
6679.  L.  H.  B. 


COMPASS  PLANT.  Celebrated  by  Longfellow.  It 
tends  to  turn  the  edges  of  its  root-lvs.  north  and  south. 
Rosin  Weed  is  the  prairie  name  for  it.  See  Silphium. 

COMPOST.  Mixed  and  rotted  vegetable  matter,  par- 
ticularly manure  and  litter.  The  mixture  of  bulky  fer- 
tilizing materials,  known  as  Compost,  while  of  little  im- 
portance to  the  general  farmer,  plays  an  important  part 
in  garden  practices.  Many  of  the  garden  crops  must  be 
made  in  a  very  short  time,  or  are  of  delicate  feeding 
habits.  Their  food,  therefore,  must  be  easily  assimilable. 
It  is  good  practice  to  pile  all  coarse  manures,  sods, 
weeds,  or  any  rubbish  available  for  the  purpose,  in  big 
flat  heaps  (Fig.  529),  to  ferment  and  rot  before  being 
applied  to  the  garden  soil.  If  desired,  chemical  manures, 
especially  superphosphate  (dissolved  bone  or  South 
Carolina  rock)  and  potash  (muriate  or  kainit),  may  be 
added  to  make  the  Compost  the  richer.  By  spading  or 
forking  the  heaps  over  a  few  times  at  reasonable  inter- 
vals, a  homogeneous  mass  is  easily  obtained,  which  can 
be  applied  in  greatest  liberality  without  fear,  or  more 
sparingly,  in  accordance  with  the  needs  of  the  particu- 
lar crop.  Of  equal,  if  not  still  greater  importance,  is 
the  Compost  heap  which  gives  soil  for  greenhouse 
benches,  flats,  hotbeds  and  coldframes.  This  Compost 
is  principally  made  of  sods  shaved  off  a  rich  pasture  or 
meadow  and  piled  in  alternate  layers  with  stable  ma- 
nure, more  of  the  latter  being  used  for  forcing  succu- 
lent crops,  and  less  in  growing  plants  which  should  be 
short  and  stocky,  like  cabbage  or  tomato  plants.  Garden 
litter  maybe  added  to  the  pile,  as  leaves  and  trimmings. 
All  Compost  heaps,  during  dry  weather,  need  frequent 
and  thorough  moistening  with  water,  or,  better,  with 
liquid  manure.  Turn  several  times  during  the  year,  to 
ensure  thorough  rotting  of  the  materials. 

T.  GREINER. 

COMPTONIA  (after  Henry  Compton,  Bishop  of  Lon- 
don, patron  of  horticulture,  d.  1713).  Myricacece.  One 
species,  by  some  authors  united  with  Myrica,  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  pinnatifld,  stipulate  Ivs.  and  8  linear, 
persistent  bractlets  subtending  the  ovary.  C.  aspleni- 
folia,  Gsertn.  (C.  peregrlna,  Coulter.  Myrica  aspleni- 
folia,  Linn.),  the  Sweet  Fern,  grows  in  dry,  sterile  soil 
in  the  eastern  U.  S.,  and  is  also  in  the  trade.  It  is  an 
attractive  undershrub  (1-3  ft.)  with  fern-like,  scented 
foliage  and  brownish,  axillary  heads  of  imperfect  fls. 
Lvs.  linear,  pinnatifid :  roots  long  and  cord-like.  Useful 
for  foliage  masses  on  rocky  or  barren  places. 

L.  H.  B. 

CONE-FLOWER.  The  genus  Riidbeckia.  The  Purple 
Cone-flower,  however,  belongs  to  the  allied  genus 
Echinacea. 

CONANDRON  (cone-shaped  anther}.  Gesneracece. 
C.  ramondioides,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.,  of  Japanese  mountains, 
is  the  only  species.  It  is  an  interesting  little  tuberous- 
rooted  herb,  with  oblong,  rugose,  serrate  root-lvs.  and 
scapes  bearing  6-12  white  or  purple,  nodding  Dodo- 
catheon-like  fls.  It  is  one  of  several  groups  of  rare  and 
widely  scattered  herbs,  of  which  Ramondia,  Haberlea, 
Wulfenia,  Didymocarpus,  Shortia  and  Schizocodon  are 
examples.  Conandron  is  adapted  to  growing  in  shady 
rockeries.  Scapes  less  than  1  ft.  high.  Little  known  in 
cult.,  but  is  in  the  trade.  B.M.  6484. 

CONIFERS.  The  cone-bearing  trees  (Coniferce)  are 
decidedly  the  most  important  order  of  forest  trees  in 
the  economy  of  civilized  man.  They  have  furnished  the 
bulk  of  the  material  of  which  our  civilization  is  built. 
The  remarkable  combination  of  strength  and  stiffness 
with  the  smallest  weight  compatible,  and  the  abundance 
and  gregariousness  of  their  occurrence,  gives  them  this 
important  position.  From  the  standpoint  of  the  horti- 
culturist, they  also  take  a  prominent  place  among  the 
materials  for  landscape  gardening  effects,  and,  in  the 
more  practical  use,  as  windbreaks.  Their  evergreen 
habit— for  all  except  the  larch  and  gink  go  tribes  are  ever- 
green—and their  conical  form,  especially  in  earlier 
periods  of  life,  with  a  branch  system  persisting  to  the 
base  for  a  long  time,  are  the  elements  which  make  them 
desirable.  To  these  graces  may  be  added  the  peculiar 
form  and  striking  coloring  of  their  foliage,  which,  in 


CONIFERS 


CONIFERS 


359 


combination  with  deciduous  trees  or  in  clumps,  by  them- 
selves or  in  single  specimens,  offer  striking  effects. 

There  are  two  types  of  natural  or  native  bea.uty  in  the 
Conifers  — the  symmetrical  and  verdurous  beauty  of  the 
young  specimen  (Figs.  530,  531  ;  Fig.  1,  p.  1),  and  the 
picturesque  and  fugged  beauty  of  the  old  and  time- 
worn  tree  (Figs.  532,  533).  Aside  from  these,  there  are 
also  odd,  grotesque  and  formal  cultivated  varieties, 
as  typified  in  the  weeping  spruce  (Fig.  534),  the  colum- 
nar "junipers  (Fig.  535),  and  the  various  dwarf  pines  and 
spruces  (Fig.  536). 

The  majority  of  the  species  belonging  to  this  group, 
as  well  as  their  greatest  numerical  development,  is 
found  in  the  temperate  zones,  only  a  few  belonging  to 
subtropical  or  tropical  countries,  among  which  are  the 
Araucarias,  from  South  America;  theDammara,  Dacryd- 
ium.  and  Phyllocladus,  from  Australia,  etc. 

The  order  Coniferse  comprises  nearly  40  genera,  and 
about  300  species.  Our  own  native  flora,  with  15  genera 
and  not  less  than  100  species  and  subspecies,  is  among 
the  richest,  the  bulk  of  these  being  found  on  the 
Pacific  coast.  The  Atlantic  side  offers  28  species,  repre- 
senting the  genus  Pinus  with  12  species  out  of  39;  1 
Larix  out  of  3;  3  Piceas  out  of  7;  2  Tsugas  out  of  5;  2 
Abies  out  of  12;  1  Taxodium;  1  Thuja  out  of  2;  1 
Chamsecyparis  out  of  3 ;  3  Juniperus  out  of  11 ;  1  Tumion 
(Torreya)  out  of  2;  1  arborescent  Taxus  out  of  2:  being 
without  representatives  of  the  genus  Pseudotsuga,  Se- 
quoia, Libocedrus,  and  Cupressus.  There  are  to  be 
added  a  large  number  (not  less  than  400)  of  nursery- 
men's varieties,  which  have  been  enumerated  in  Bull. 
17  of  the  Division  'of  Forestry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agricul- 
ture. 

There  are  also  a  number  of  exotic  Conifers  which 
promise  satisfactory  results  if  used  in  suitable  locali- 
ties, climate  and  soil.  The  Norway  Spruce  (Picea  ex- 
celsa )  recommends  itself  by  its  elegant  gothic  form, 
often  with  pendulous  branchlets,  its  very  rapid  growth, 
and  its  wide  adaptation  to  soils  and  climates,  together 
with  its  ease  of  propagation  and  cheapness.  It  excels 
in  form  and  rapidity  of  growth  most  of  the  American 
spruces.  Like  all  Conifers,  after  the  25th  to  40th  year  it 
must  pass  through  a  period  of  change  in  form,  during 
which  it  loses,  for  a  time,  its  shapeliness.  The  Scotch 
Pine  (Finns  sylvestris)  has  nothing  to  recommend  it 
which  may  not  be  found  in  native  species,  except,  per- 
haps, adaptation  to  the  dry  climate  of  the  west,  and 
cheapness.  The  Austrian  Pine,  on  the  other  hand,  is  an 


531.  A  good  spruce  tree. 


530.    The  beauty  of  young  evergreens  lies  in  their  symmetry 
and  the  preservation  of  the  lower  limbs. 

acquisition  by  its  stout  growth  in  its  youth,  although  the 
Red  Pine  (Pinus  resinosa)  would  probably  do  as  well; 
so  far,  its  small  cones  and  seed  have  made  the  latter  ex- 
pensive. The  European  Larch  outgrows  the  native  nor- 
thern one  easily,  but  Larix  occiclentalis, from  the  interior 


basin,  will  probably  do  as  well  or  better.  There  is  no 
particular  commendation  for  the  Europe  Fir,  but  the 
Nordmann  Fir,  from  the  Caucasus,  is  a  most  decided 
aquisition,  by  its  beauty  and  adaptation;  so  is  the  most 
graceful  of  all 
spruces,  Picea  orien- 
tali.s,  while  the  Span- 
ish Abies  Pinsiijiu 
will  always  attract  at 
tention  by  its  pecu 
liar  shape  and  foliage 

Of  other  ornamen 
tal  forms  which  art 
without  representa- 
tives in  the  U.S.,  and 
hence  fill  vacancies, 
may  be  mentioned,  as 
capable  of  adapta- 
tion, and,  more  or 
less  in  use,  from 
South  America,  the 
Araucarias;  from 
Africa  and  Eastern 
Asia,  Cedrus  Deo- 
dara,  Libani,  Allan- 
tica,  Abies  Appoli- 
nisa.udCilicica;  from 
Korea,  the  promis- 
ing, more  densely  fo- 
liaged  White  Pine,  P. 
Kara ie ns  is  ;  from 
China,  Cunning- 
hamia,  Biota,  Glyp- 
tostrobus,  Cephalo- 
taxus,  Podocarpus, 
Pseudolarix,  and, 
above  all,  that  inter- 
esting remnant  of 
former  ages,  the 
Maidenhair-  tree, 
Gingko  biloba,  which 
will  maintain  itself  anywhere  along  the  Atlantic  coast  if 
propagated  from  seed  of  the  proper  localities.  Japan 
has  furnished  a  number  of  additions,  especially  Reti- 
nosporas,  Torreyas,  Taxus,  various  Pinus,  Piceas  and 
Tsugas,  with  the  peculiar  Sciadopitys  verticillala,  the 
Umbrella  Pine,  and,  the  most  acceptable  of  all,  the 
graceful  Cryptomeria  Japonica. 

As  with  all  introductions  from  one  country  to  another, 
nay,  from  one  climatic  region  to  another,  caution  is  ad  - 
vised,  so  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  rule,  that  exotics 
should  be  used  with  great  discretion,  and,  until  their 
adaptation  is  amply  demonstrated,  only  in  a  subordinate 
manner.  If  it  is  in  general  true  that  perennial  plants 
can  only  be  transplanted  with  permanent  success  into 
similar  climatic  conditions,  it  must  be  especially  true 
with  the  conifers,  which  do  not  lose  their  foliage,  and 
hence  must  be  able  to  bear  summer  as  well  as  winter  con- 
ditions. The  Long-leaf  Pine  of  the  south,  most  striking 
of  our  pines,  may,  therefore,  not  be  transplanted  far  be- 
yond its  northern  limit,  and,  if  we  desire  to  utilize  any 
of  the  Pacific  coast  species  in  the  east,  we  will  have  to 
secure  them  at  least  from  the  highest  and  driest  alti- 
tudes and  exposures  or,  if,  as  in  the  case  of  some  spe- 
cies, like  the  Douglas  Fir  and  Engelmann  Spruce,  their 
field  of  distribution  covers  the  dry  slopes  of  the  Rocky 
mountains  as  well  as  the  moist  slopes  of  the  coast 
ranges,  we  may  be  successful  if  we  choose  our  plant 
material  from  these  drier  slopes. 

Of  the  many  native  species,  we  may  discard  a  num- 
ber that  are  not  of  any  particular  value,  although  the 
distinction  could  be  more  readily  accomplished  from 
the  economic  point  of  view  than  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  horticulturist  and  landscape  gardener,  for  almost 
every  one  has  a  distinctive  feature  of  either  form  or 
adaptation  to  soil  or  other  interest.  For  each  climatic 
region  the  choice  must  be  different;  hence  it  would  be 
impossible  to  give,  in  the  brief  space  of  an  article,  in- 
telligent advice  as  to  best  selections.  In  general,  be- 
sides climatic  limitations,  the  following  considerations 
may  serve  in  the  choice  of  native  species.  The  pines, 
as  a  rule,  are  not  to  be  placed  on  compact,  clay  soil,  and, 
on  account  of  their  taproot,  not  on  shallow  soils,  on 


360 


CONIFERS 


CONIFERS 


which  they  soon  become  spindly;  they  thrive  best  on 
loose,  sandy  soils,  and  can  endure  dry  soils,  the  White 
Pine  adapting  itself  perhaps  best  to  the  clay  soils  with- 
out detriment  to  its  development.  On  wet  soils  pines 
are,  as  a  rule,  decidedly  out  of  place,  although  the  Red 
Pine  (P.  resinosa),  of  the  north,  and  the  Loblolly  (P. 
Tceda),  and  some  other  southern  species  are  capable  of 
supporting  such  conditions.  For  such  situations  here, 
however,  the  cedar  tribe  furnishes  better  material,— the 
Chamsecyparis,  Thuyas  and  Taxodium.  These  trees  of 
the  bog  and  swamp  are,  however— it  should  not  be  over- 
looked—capable  of  thriving  even  better  on  drier  soils. 
They  are  merely  indifferent  to  moisture  conditions  at 
the  foot. 

The  shallow-rooted  spruces  are  trees  of   the  higher 
mountain  ranges,  and  are,  therefore,  more  adapted  to 


532.  A  lone  field  pine,  remnant  of  a  forest. 

moist  and  cool  situations,  although  some  of  them,  the 
Norway  Spruce,  the  Blue  Spruce  of  Colorado  and  the 
northern  White  Spruce  will— the  former,  at  least,  during 
its  juvenile  period— endure  more  droughty  situations. 
The  firs,  too,  are  rather  more  species  of  northern 
climates  and  high  altitudes,  the  Red  Fir,  so-called 
(Pseudotsuga  taxifolia),  which  is  not  a  fir  proper,  be- 
ing, perhaps,  best  capable  of  supporting  drier  and  hot- 
ter situations.  The  most  ornamental,  and,  in  many  re- 
spects, most  serviceable  of  the  firs,  Abies  Nordmanni- 
ana,  from  the  Caucasus,  develops  its  magnificent  dense 
and  dark  green  foliage  in  the  warm  but  moist  climate  of 
Washington,  while  our  most  ornamental  Abies  concolor 


from  Colorado  will  thrive  even  in  our  drier  atmos- 
pheres of  the  Middle  states.  The  fine  firs  of  the  Pacific 
coast  will  probably  not  thrive  anywhere  in  our  drier  and 
hotter  eastern  climates  for  any  length  of  time,  unless 
placed  in  cool  and  shady  situations. 

The  Douglas  Fir  (Pseudotsuga  taxifolia)  is,  perhaps, 
most  readily  acclimated  if  seed  is  secured  from  the  dry 
slopes  of  Colorado.  The  Lawson  Cypress  (Chamcecyp- 
aris  Lawsoniana),  with  its  graceful  pendulous  branches 
and  foliage,  and  the  pyramidal  Libocedrus  decurrens  are 
unquestionably  desirable  additions  to  our  ornamental 
stock,  while  the  Sequoias,  especially  Washingtoniana, 
the  Big  Tree,  has  shown  itself  capable  of  thriving  in  the 
latitude  of  Rochester. 

One  important  feature  which  enters  into  consideration 
when  grouping  Conifers,  is  the  relative  endurance  of 
shade  or  tolerance  which  the  species  exhibit,  thereby 
indicating  their  use  in  various  positions.  The  yews  and 
firs  are  the  most  tolerant  of  shade,  together  with  the  hem- 
locks; next  may  be  placed  the  spruces,  Arborvita3(  Thuya), 
and  Juniperus,  while  the  pines  are  mostly  intolerant  of 
shade,  excepting  the  White  Pine,  which  is  the  most  shade- 
enduring  of  the  pines  ;  the  larch  and  the  bald  cypress 
are  the  most  light-needing  of  all,  and  will  perish  soon  if 
placed  under  the  shade  of  any  other  trees.  All  species, 
to  be  sure,  are  capable  of  more  shade-endurance  when 
young  and  on  deep,  moist  soil.  Their  relative  shade-en- 
durance under  the  same  conditions  remains,  however,  the 
same,  and  may  be  studied  in  the  forest  by  observing  the 
density  of  the  individual  crowns,  the  capacity  of  main- 
taining a  thrifty  foliage  under  the  shade  of  different 
species,  and  especially  of  young  plants  to  persist  in 
such  shade. 

Propagation.— Most  Conifers  ripen  their  fruit  in  the 
fall,  September  to  November,  and  are  best  gathered  soon 
after  or  before  ripening.  The  pines  take  two  years  to  ma- 
ture their  cones.  White  Pines  ripen  fruit  in  the  first  two 
weeks  of  September,  and  the  cones  opening,  shed  the 
seeds  at  once,  the  empty  cones  remaining  on  the  branches. 
The  cones  of  the  firs  fall  apart  upon  ripening,  hence 
must  be  gathered  before  being  quite  ripe.  Spruces  and 
hemlocks  shed  seeds  from  time  to  time,  opening  and 
closing  into  next  spring.  Some  pines,  like  Pinus  pun- 
gens  and  serotina,  keep  their  cones  closed  for  years,  and 
artificial  heat  must  be  employed  to  make  them  open  and 
give  up  their  seed.  In  gathering  seeds  for  the  trade,  such 
artificial  heat  is  frequently  applied  with  pines  in  specially 
constructed  seed  roasters;  such  seed  should  be  carefully 
inspected,  as  it  sometimes  suffers  from  improper  use  of 
the  heat. 

The  proportion  of  germinating  seeds,  and  the  vitality, 
i.  e.,  the  ability  of  retaining  germinative  power,  varies 
greatly  not  only  with  the  seasons  in  the  same  species, 
but  from  species  to  species. 

The  lowest  germination  percentage  and  vitality  is  found 
in  firs  and  larch,  which  show  rarely  more  than  50  per 
cent  of  good  seed,  and  soon  lose  their  vitality,  while 
spruce  and  pine,  when  entirely  fresh,  may  show  as  much 
as  95  to  100  per  cent  germination,  an  1  retain  vitality  for 
2  to  5  years,  losing  each  year  a  proportion,  Norway 
Spruce  5  years  old  still  having  10  per  cent  germination. 

In  trade,  a  germination  percentage  for  spruce  of  75  to 
80;  pine,  70  to  75;  fir,  30  to  50;  larch,  20  to  40,  should  be 
acceptable. 

Seeds  are  best  kept  in  a  dry,  cool  garret  in  tight  bags 
or  boxes,  excluding  the  air  as  much  as  possible. 

All  seeds  require  a  short  rest  or  after-ripening  of  two 
to  four  weeks  before  they  are  ready  to  germinate,  and 
some,  like  the  Taxus  and  Juniper,  lie  over,  even  in  nature, 
for  a  year  or  more  before  they  germinate.  The  latter 
should  be  prepared  for  sowing  by  macerating  them,  and 
removing  the  pulp  in  hot  water,  then  mixing  with  sharp 
sand  in  bags,  and  by  friction  freeing  the  seed  from  the 
pulp. 

In  the  seed-bed  somewhat  more  care  is  required  than 
with  most  other  species  of  trees.  A  thoroughly  mellow, 
well  pulverized  seed-bed  of  light,  loamy  sand,  possibly 
enriched  with  well  decomposed  manure  (cow-dung  better 
than  horse-dung),  is  required,  the  covering  of  the  seed 
varying,  according  to  size,  from  a  mere  sprinkling  for 
larch  to  one-quarter  inch  for  the  heavy-seeded  pines. 
They  may  be  sown  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled,  in 
northern  latitudes  the  second  or  third  week  in  May,  best 


CONIFERS 


CONIFERS 


361 


in  rows  not  more  than  6  inches  apart,  and  preferably  in 
dry  weather,  when  the  soil  does  not  clog,  which  some- 
times prevent  seeds  from  germinating,  and  can  be  rolled 
over  them.    Mulch  between 
the  rows  with  pine  needles 
or  sphagnum  moss,  or  other 
fine  mulch,   to    reduce   ne- 
cessity    of      watering     and 
weeding.  Conifer  seeds  need 
very  little  water  for  germi- 
nation.   The  seeedlings,  on 


533.   Picturesque  old  hemlock  spruces. 

the  other  hand,  for  the  first  three  months,  until  they 
have  made  their  crown  bud,  need  to  be  either  kept  well 
watered  or  else  protected  against  the  drying  effects  of 
sun  and  wind  by  shading,  for  which  purpose  lath  screens 
are  best.  These  latter  must  be  lifted  for  airing  after  the 
sun  is  gone,  especially  in  muggy  weather,  to  avoid  "  damp- 
ing-off."  For  wintering,  a  covering  with  conifer  branches 
or  very  clean  meadow  hay  is  advisable  (the  latter  is  apt 
to  bring  in  weeds). 

For  growing  small  quantities,  the  use  of  boxes,  as 
described  by  Jackson  Dawson,  of  the  Arnold  Arbore- 
tum, in  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Horticultural 
Society,  is  highly  commendable.  In  well  drained  boxes, 
sow  the  seed  soon  after  gathering,  pile  four  or  five  deep 
in  a  pit  or  sheltered  place,  cover  with  boards,  and  when 
cold  weather  comes,  cover  up  with  leaves  or  hay.  About 
the  middle  of  April,  move  them  into  a  place  where  they 
get  the  early  morning  sun.  Keep  the  seedlings  well 
watered  and  free  from  weeds,  and  shaded  as  described. 
Winter  the  seedlings  in  same  manner  as  the  seed-boxes, 
well  covered  up.  They  are  ready  for  transplanting  next 
sprftig,  when  they  are  making  their  first  or  second  set 
of  rough  leaves. 

Since  pine  and  spruce  seedlings  take  about  7  to  10 
pounds  of  phosphoric  acid,  10  to  20  pounds  of  potash 
and  15  to  30  pounds  of  lime,  besides  20  pounds  of  ni- 
trogen, per  acre  from  the  soil,  for  continuously  used 
nurseries  the  addition  of  mineral  materials  in  the  shape 
of  bone-meal  and  wood-ashes  may  become  desirable. 

A  large  number  of  seedlings  may  be  grown  in  a  small 
space;  thus  30,000  Norway  spruce  may  be  grown  on  a 
square  rod,  requiring  about  2  pounds  of  seed.  The 
quantity  of  seed  sown  depends,  in  part,  upon  the  length 
of  time  it  is  expected  to  leave  seedlings  in  the  seed-bed, 
besides  size  and  quality  of  seed ;  the  quantities  vary  from 
K  to  %  pound  per  100  square  feet  if  sown  in  drills,  and 


the  yield  of  seedlings  will  vary  from  200  to  15,000  seed- 
lings, according  to  species  and  seasons. 

Conifers,  like  any  other  trees,  may  be  transplanted  at 
any  time  of  the  year,  provided  the  necessary  care  is 
taken  in  moving  the  plant.  This  care  is  least  required, 
as  with  other  trees,  in  the  fall  and  early  spring,  when 
activities  of  root  and  foliage  are,  if  not  at  rest,  at  least 
reduced.  Which  of  these  seasons  is  preferable  depends 
on  the  locality,  and  the  dependent  character  of  the  sea- 
son. On  the  whole,  spring  planting  will  probably  be 
preferable  in  most  parts  of  the  United  States  which  do 
not  suffer  from  dry  spring  winds.  In  localities  of  the 
southwest,  which  have  commonly  a  dry  spring  followed 
by  a  rainy  season  in  July,  this  latter  time  should  be 
chosen.  There  is  a  belief  that  planting  in  August  is 
specially  favorable.  We  see  no  reason  for  this  belief, 
unless  favorable  weather  (a  rainy  season)  follows. 

Conifers  may  be  transplanted  later  than  deciduous 
trees,  even  after  the  buds  have  started,  excepting  the 
larch,  which  buds  out  very  early;  with  this  species,  fall 
planting  may  be  recommended.  Cloudy  weather,  rather 
than  rainy  or  very  dry,  should  be  chosen,  especially 
when  transplanting  into  nursery  rows. 

Young  trees  are  naturally  more  readily  and  success- 
fully transplanted  than  older  ones,  with  which  there  is 
more  difficulty  in  securing  the  whole  root-system  when 
taking  them  up.  Since,  however,  the  seedlings  develop 
slowly  for  the  first  one  or  two  to  three  years,  they  should 
be  left  in  the  seed-bed  for  that  length  of  time,  root-pruned, 
and  then  transplanted  into  nursery  rows.  Although 
those  with  a  shallow  root-system,  like  spruces  and  firs, 
may  be  moved  even  when  30-40  feet  in  height,  it  is  best, 
even  for  ornamental  purposes,  not  to  take  them  more 
than  3-4  feet  in  height.  In  forestry,  1-  to  4-year-old 
plants,  according  to  species,  from  2-12  or  15  inches  in 
height,  are  preferred  for  reasons  of  economy. 


534.  A  weeping  Norway  spruce. 

Much  greater  care  than  with  deciduous  trees  is  nec- 
essary, when  transplanting  without  an  earth-ball,  in 
keeping  the  root  fibers  from  drying  out;  a  large  amount 


362 


CONIFERS 


CONIFERS 


of  loss  in  transplanting  is  explained  from  neglect  in 
this  respect.  As  soon  as  taken  up,  the  roots  should  be 
immersed  into  a  loam-puddle  and  kept  protected  by  wet 
sphagnum  moss  or  canvas  until  set  into  their  new 
place. 

The  question  of  trimming  when  transplanting  must  be 
considered  with  more  care  than  is  necessary  with  broad- 
leaved  trees,  which  possess  much  greater  recuperative 
power.  It  should  be  confined  to  the  smallest  amount, 
smoothing  bruised  roots,  and  if  for  proper  proportion- 
ing pruning  at  the  top  becomes  absolutely  necessary, 
shortening  the  leader  rather  than  branches.  Larch  will 
stand  more  severe  pruning  than  most  other  Conifers. 
From  the  artistic  as  well  as  physiological  point  of  view, 
it  is  barbarism  to  remove  the  lower  branches,  which  the 
tree  needs  to  shade  its  trunk  and  standing  room,  and  of- 
ten, when  deprived  of  the  same,  will  replace  first  before 
starting  again  in  its  height  growth.  Attention  should, 
however,  be  especially  paid  to  preventing  double  leaders, 
which  are  detrimental  to  future  form-development;  cut 
them  out  as  early  as  possible,  preferably  in  the  bud. 
Laterals  may  be  somewhat  shortened-in  while  standing 
in  the  nursery,  to  lengthen  the  time  during  which  the 
lower  branches  are  to  persist.  Breaking  out  buds  is,  as 
with  all  trees,  the  best  method,  provided  the  pruner  has 
an  eye  for  his  business.  Even  in  after-life,  when  prun- 
ing is  done  to  keep  the  tree  shapely,  the  minimum  use 
of  the  pruning-knife  should  be  the  rule. 

There  are  three  marked  periods  in  the  development  of 
Conifers  — the  juvenile  period,  when  the  entire  tree  is  a 
crown,  branched  symmetrically  to  the  base,  the  perfec- 
tion of  symmetry  ;  then  follows  the  adolescent  stage, 
when  the  lower  branches  die  out,  a  period  of  unshape- 
liness ;  followed  by  the  virile 
stage,  when  the  straight,  cylin- 
drical shaft  bears  the  crown  at 
one-third  or  one-half  of  the  up- 
per length  of  the  bole.  The 
trimming  during  the  adolescent 
stage  requires  most  considera- 
tion. It  is,  in  most  cases,  best 
only  to  take  off  the  lowest, 
ing  or  dead  branches,  as  it  be- 
comes necessary. 

In  pruning,  cut  as  closely  as 
possible  to  the  trunk,  even  cut- 
ting into  the  bark,  also  remov- 
ing the  swelled  portion  on 
which  the  branches  are  ustially 


inserted,  when  the  callusing  will    be  more  rapid  and 
satisfactory  in  shape. 

If  at  this  stage  or  at  any  time  the  trees  show  trouble 
at  the  top  by  drying  (becoming  "stag-headed"),  it  is  a 
sign  that  they  suffer  at  the  root  from  lack  of  moisture. 


535.   Pyramidal  evergreens.    Junipers. 

Trimming  off  a  few  tiers  of  lower  branches,  loosening 
the  soil  as  far  as  the  ambitus  of  the  crown,  and  mulch- 
ing will  largely  correct  this.  When  used  for  hedges,  the 
treatment  is,  of  course,  different.  For  such  a  purpose 
the  shade-enduring  species,  spruces  and  hemlocks,  are 
best,  since  they  are  capable  of  preserving  a  dense  inte- 
rior foliage,  while  the  pines  are  bound  to  thin  out. 

There  are  a  number  of  dangers  and  damage  from  in- 
sects to  which  Conifers  are  exposed.  Drought  and  frost 
are  most  dangerous  to  seedlings  in  the  seed-bed.  These 
are  obviated  by  proper  location  of  the  seed-bed  (protec- 
tion against  sun  and  wind),  by  covering  with  a  mulch  of 
moss,  straw,  pine-straw  or  the  like  (which  also  prevents 
the  heaving  out  by  frost  and  the  washing  out  by  rain, 
to  which  the  young  seeds  are  liable).  By  shading  and 
watering  the  danger  of  drought  is  overcome,  although 
at  the  same  time  that  of  "damping-off"  is  invited.  The 
cause  of  this  disease,  consisting  in  the  reddening  of  the 
needles  and  their  falling  off,  is  as  yet  undiscovered,  a 
fungus  being  held  responsible  by  some.  Birds  may  be 
kept  away  from  the  seeds  by  mixing  them  with  red 
oxide  of  lead,  by  lath  screens,  and  the  usual  methods. 

Various  fungi  and  insects,  too  many  to  mention,  some 
polyphagous,  more  or  less  specific,  are  at  work  dur- 
ing the  various  stages  of  development.  A  host  of  leaf- 
miners,  saw-flies  and  caterpillars  destroy  the  foliage, 


w'W U.JL-. 

536.   Dwarf  conifers,  of  horticultural  origin.    Pines  and  spruces. 


CONIFERS 


CONNECTICUT 


363 


and  weevils  sap  the  young  shoots.  Bostrichi,  or  bark- 
beetles,  mine  under  the  bark,  mostly  of  trees  which  are 
sickly  from  other  causes;  borers  enter  the  wood  of  the 
boles.  Tortrices  bore  into  the  base  of  leaders  and  cause 
them  to  break  off.  The  best  remedies  against  most  of 
these  are  preventives,  namely:  providing  the  trees  with 
such  chances  of  vigorous  growth,  or  satisfactory  soil 
conditions,  that  they  are  able  to  ward  off  or  overcome 
the  enemies.  Otherwise,  watching  and  destroying  the 
enemies  in  time,  and  the  usual  remedies  to  kill  them, 
may  be  employed.  Literature:  Veitch,  Manual  of  Coni- 
fers :  Carriere,  Traite  des  Coniferes  ;  Beissner,  Hand- 
buch  der  Nadelholzkunde.  g  j-.  pERNOW< 

CONlUM  maculatum,  Linn.  Umbellifer<e.  The 
POISON  HEMLOCK,  "by  which,"  as  Gray  writes,  "crimi- 
nals and  philosophers  were  put  to  death  at  Athens." 
It  is  a  rank,  much-branched  European  herb  which  has 
run  wild  in  eastern  N.  America,  and  which  is  offered  in 
the  trade  as  a  border  plant.  It  is  biennial,  rank-smell- 
ing, and  poisonous,  and  is  scarcely  worth  cultivating, 
although  the  finely  cut  dark  foliage  is  highly  ornamen- 
tal. It  grows  from  2-4  ft.  high,  and  has  large  umbels  of 
small  white  fls.  An  extract  is  sold  in  drug  stores  for  a 
sedative.  For  this  purpose  the  fruit  is  gathered  while 
green. 

CONNECTICUT,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Fig.  537. 
While  one  of  the  smallest  states  and  covering  but 
one  degree  of  latitude  (41  to  42),  owing  to  the  great 
diversity  of  soil  and  varying  elevations  from  the  sea 
level,  along  the  whole  southern  border,  to  900  and  1,200 
feet  in  sections  of  Tolland  county,  and  1,200  and  1,500  in 
portions  of  Litchfield,  Connecticut  is  adapted  to  as  wide 


53'-   The  horticultural  regions  of  Connecticut. 


a  range  of  horticultural  productions  as  any  state  out- 
side of  the  semi-tropic  fruit  belt.  The  "  season  "  of  many 
of  the  quick-maturing  species  and  varieties  of  fruits, 
flowers  and  vegetables  is  often  entirely  over  on  the 
light  soil  in  the  Connecticut  valley  and  along  the  Sound 
shore  when  like  species  and  varieties  are  but  just  be- 
ginning to  ripen  on  the  cooler,  moist  soils  of  the  hills 
of  Tolland  and  Litchfield  counties.  Strawberries  and 
green  peas  from  East  Hartford  and  Glastonbury  supply 
the  Hartford  market,  while  on  the  Bolton  hills,  only  12 
miles  away,  the  blooming  vines  give  promise  of  the  crop 
that  is  to  come  after  the  valley  season  is  entirely  over; 
so  that  "home-grown"  strawberries  are  usually  to  be 
had  in  the  Hartford  market  for  a  period  of  six  or  seven 
weeks.  The  Sound  shore,  Housatonic  valley  and  Litch- 
field hills  supply  New  Haven,  Bridgeport  and  other 
cities  of  the  state  through  equally  long  seasons. 

From  the  earliest  settlement  of  the  state,  fruit-grow- 
ing for  the  family  home-supply  has  been  a  prominent 
feature  of  Connecticut  agriculture,  the  apple  being 
a  main  reliance.  The  old  seedling  trees  scattered 
over  all  our  farms  to-day  are  plain  evidence  that  our 
ancestors  took  their  apple  juice  through  the  spigot  of 
the  cider  barrel  rather  than  fresh  from  the  pulp  of  the 
ripe  fruit  of  some  finer  variety.  A  hundred  years  ago 


every  farm-house  cellar  wintered  from  30  to  50  barrels 
of  cider,  while  to-day  it  is  hardly  respectable  to  have 
any.  ;ind  probably  not  one  family  in  ten  now  has  even 
one  single  barrel  on  tap  as  a  beverage.  Yet  in  quantity 
and  variety  the  family  fruit  supply  has  wonderfully  in- 
creased and  a  daily  supply  of  fresh  home-grown  fruit  is 
the  rule  rather  than  the  exception  in  most  farm  homes, 
—  small  fruits  in  variety,  apples,  pears,  peaches,  plums 
(both  European  and  Japan),  cheiries  and  quinces,  in 
all  the  best  standard  varieties,  coming  to  their  highest 
perfection  in  every  section  of  the  state  where  rational 
methods  of  culture  are  followed.  The  topography  of  the 
state  is  such,  and  soils  are  so  varied  within  short  dis- 
tances, that  it  is  difficult  to  district  the  state,  except  in  the 
most  general  way.  Aside  from  the  alluvial,  most  of  the 
light  sandy  and  sandy  loam  lands  are  alongthe  river  val- 
leys and  the  Sound  shore;  while  in  "the  hill  towns"  and 
alongthe  ridges  the  soils  are  heavier,  with  more  or  less 
mixtures  of  clay,  and  many  of  the  hilltops  are  moist  and 
springy.  Rocks  are  very  abundant  nearly  all  over  the 
state  except  in  the  valleys,  while  the  natural  timber 
and  semi-abandoned  farm  and  pasture  lands,  growing 
up  to  brush  and  timber,  cover  fully  one-half  the  acreage 
of  the  state.  Acting  at  present  as  wind-breaks  and  cli- 
matic equalizers,  th^y  will  in  the  future  furnish  the 
"new  lands"  for  extensive  horticultural  enterprises. 
Lying  midway  between  New  York  and  Boston,  — the 
greatest  horticultural  markets  of  America— Connecticut 
is  better  situated  than  any  other  state  in  the  Union  to 
realize  quick  cash  returns  from  her  horticulture.  Every 
farm  is  within  driving  distance  of  some  one  or  more 
of  her  own  busy  manufacturing  towns  and  villages, 
whose  people  are  appreciative  of  choice  fruits  and  are 
able  to  pay  for  them. 

District  No.  i.  — This  comprises  the  Connecticut  river 
valley  and  adjacent  hills,  along  the  Northampton  branch 
and  the  main  line  of  railroad  from  Hartford  to  New 
Haven,  and  all  of  the  shore  towns.  This  district  con- 
tains most  of  the  sandy  plain  lands  of  the  state,  and  the 
loams  and  clay  most  free  from  rocks  and  stones.  On 
the  hills  back  from  the  river,  on  the  ridges  either  side 
of  the  railroads,  and  a  few  miles  back  from  the  Sound 
shore,  there  are  many  places  where  soil  and  topograph- 
ical conditions  are  much  the  same  as  in  districts  Nos. 
2  and  3;  but,  having  much  larger  tracts  of  easily  culti- 
vated lands  and  being  better  located  as  to  market  con- 
ditions, this  district  is  more  highly  developed  horticul- 
turally  than  either  of  the  others.  Here  are  the  great 
market-gardens  and  small-fruit  farms,  peach  orchards, 
vineyards  and  melon  fields. 

District  No.  2.  —  This  district  comprises  Tolland  and 
Windham  counties  and  all  of  Middlesex  and  New  London 
counties  except  Cromwell  and  the  shore  towns,  and  is 
particularly  well  suited  to  apple  and  peach  culture,  ow- 
in<r  to  the  rolling  condition  of  the  country  and  natural 
fertility  of  many  of  the  hills.  Every  few  miles  are  lit- 
tle valleys  and  pockets  suited  to  the  production  of  small 
fruits  and  vegetables  in  variety.  A  few  townships  in 
the  northeast  grow  apples  quite  extensively,  while  in 
the  west  and  southwest  commercial  peach  orchards  are 
found  to  considerable  extent. 

District  No.  3.  —  This  district  comprises  western  Hart- 
ford, northwestern  New  Haven,  northern  Fairfield,  and 
all  of  Litchfield  counties,  and  is  somewhat  similar  to 
district  No.  2,  except  that  the  soil  is  generally  heavier, 
with  rather  more  mixture  of  clay  and  the  hills  are 
more  abrupt  and  rocky.  Some  sections  of  Litchfield 
county  are  too  cold  and  bleak  for  any  but  the  most  hardy 
fruits. 

Apples  grow  freely  everywhere,  and,  while  always  of 
eood  quality,  the  brightest  colors,  firmest  texture  and 
highest  quality  of  fruit  is  produced  on  the  rocky  hills, 
at  an  elevation  of  from  400  to  1,000  feet.  Baldwin,  Rhode 
Island  Greening,  Roxbury  Russet  and  Spy  are  the  lead- 
ing varieties,  al'hough  all  the  varieties  that  thrive  well 
in  the  northeastern  U.  S.  grow  to  perfection  here  when 
properly  cared  for.  Old  commercial  orchards  have  al- 
ways been  profitable,  and  just  at  this  time  large  plant- 
ings are  being  made,  the  largest  orchard  in  the  state 
containing  about  4,000  trees. 

Peach  culture  on  an  extended  scale  is  a  recent  devel- 
opment. Eighteen  years  aero  the  only  commercial  orchard 
in  the  state  contained  about  2,000  trees.  ;uid  probably 


364 


CONNECTICUT 


CONOCLINIUM 


5,000  trees  would  be  a  liberal  estimate  for  the  state; 
now  upwards  of  2,000,000  peach  trees  are  in  the  state  — 
many  orchards  of  5,000  and  6,000  trees,  quite  a  number 
with  10,000  to  15,000  trees,  and  at  least  one  with  nearly 
50,000.  While  many  varieties  are  grown  to  some  extent, 
the  main  plantings  are  of  Mountain  Rose,  Oldmixon, 
Crawford  Early,  Crawford  Late  and  Stump.  More  re- 
cently, however,  Waddell,  Carman,  Champion  and  El- 
berta  have  been  heavily  planted.  High  culture,  close 
pruning  and  a  thinning  of  the  fruit  are  generally  prac- 
ticed, and  fruit  of  brightest  color,  largest  size  and  high 
quality  is  thus  secured.  In  the  markets  of  this  and 
neighboring  states,  "Connecticut  peaches"  usually  sell 
at  a  much  higher  price  than  those  from  any  other  sec- 
tion. The  only  serious  drawback  is  the  winter-killing 
of  the  fruit-buds  in  the  valleys,  this  happening  proba- 
bly three  years  out  of  five,  while  on  many  hillsides  and 
hilltops  at  least  two  crops  out  of  three  are  assured;  but 
there  are  many  favorable  localities  where  annual  crops 
are  almost  a  certainty. 

Japanese  plums  were  early  planted  in  this  state,  and 
so  quickly  proved  their  adaptability  to  soil  and  climate 
that  they  are  now  planted  in  a  small  way  in  every  sec- 
tion of  the  state,  fruiting  almost  as  freely  as  the  apple, 
for  family  supply,  while  in  a  commercial  way  they  are 
being  quite  largely  planted  in  district  No.  1.  Several 
orchards  have  from  2,000  to  4,000  trees  each.  Of  varie- 
ties longest  tested,  Burbank,  Abundance  and  Chabot 
are  most  satisfactory  and  profitable.  Red  June  and 
Satsuma  are  rapidly  growing  in  favor,  the  latter  com- 
manding extremely  fancy  prices  for  canning  purposes. 

Raspberries,  blackberries,  currants  and  gooseberries 
grow  and  produce  freely  all  over  the  state,  and  all  local 
markets  are  abundantly  supplied  in  season. 

Grapes  can  be  grown  successfully  all  over  the  state, 
except  on  the  highest  and  coldest  hills  ;  and  on  the 
sandy  plains  and  warm,  rocky  hillsides  all  the  best 
standard  varieties  can  be  produced  in  perfection.  There 
are  a  number  of  small  vineyards  in  district  No.  1,  and 
home-grown  grapes  sell  for  double  the  price  of  those 
coming  from  the  outside  ;  yet,  on  the  whole,  the  grape 
industry  is  but  lightly  thought  of. 

Pears  thrive  and  fruit  well  except  on  the  lighter 
lands,  and  nearly  every  home  garden  has  from  one  to 
half  a  dozen  trees.  There  are  a  few  small  commercial 
orchards  in  district  No.  1,  Bartlett  and  Clapp  being 
most  largely  grown  at  Hartford  and  the  adjoining 
towns.  On  the  west  side  of  the  river  the  Bosc  is  pro- 
duced in  its'  highest  perfection. 

Cherries  have  been  steadily  failing  in  the  state  for 
twenty-five  years  past.  Not  enough  for  home  supply 
are  grown.  Newly  planted  trees  soon  die  out,  and  there 
is  a  general  discouragement.  They  seem  to  do  best  in 
the  vicinity  of  Middletown  and  Meriden,  and  the  few 
commercial  orchards  there  are  quite  profitable. 

Quinces  are  grown  all  over  the  state  for  home  supply, 
but  thrive  best  along  the  Sound  shore,  where  there  are 
a  lar^re  number  of  small  commercial  orchards. 

Strawberries  are  very  largely  grown,  both  for  home 
and  outside  markets,  mostly  in  medium  matted  rows, 
with  an  average  yield  of  80  to  90  bushels  per  acre. 
Some  cultivators,  who  follow  the  hill  system  or  grow  in 
narrow,  thinly  matted  rows,  secure  150  or  more  bushels 
per  acre.  A  number  of  the  berry  farmers  have  systems 
of  irrigation  which  add  greatly  to  the  surety  of  the 
crop,  besides  increasing  the  size  and  appearance  of  the 
fruit.  The  rolling  character  of  the  country  and  vast 
number  of  small  streams  abundantly  supplied  with 
water  make  it  possible,  at  moderate  expense,  to  irrigate 
many  thousands  of  acres  in  this  state,  and  the  time  is 
not  far  distant  when  the  streams  of  Connecticut  will 
be  more  valuable  to  her  horticulturists  than  they  ever 
were  to  her  manufacturers  in  the  old  days  of  many 
small  factories  and  water-wheels. 

Almost  from  the  earliest  settlement,  small  local  nur- 
series have  abounded  in  the  state,  and  are  here  to-day 
to  the  number  of  53.  An  extensive  general  nursery  at 
New  Canaan,  in  Fairfield  county,  is  much  the  largest  of 
any  in  New  England,  while  the  small  fruit  and  specialty 
nursery  at  South  Glastonbury,  Hartford  county,  dis- 
tributes plants  by  the  million  all  over  the  world.  At 
Cromwell,  Middlesex  county,  is  a  floricultural  estab- 
lishment which,  with  one  exception,  has  the  largest 


area  under  glass  of  any  such  establishment  in  America, 
and  surpasses  all  others  in  the  annual  production  of 
superb  roses. 

The  late  Judge  A.  J.  Coe,  of  Meriden,  was  one  of  the 
first  men  in  America  to  take  up  the  new  chestnut  cul- 
ture by  the  importation  of  the  best  foreign  varieties  and 
the  selection  of  the  best  natives  and  their  crosses.  He 
commenced  the  grafting  on  native  sprouts  and  seed- 
lings, and  stimulated  quite  a  general  chestnut  grafting, 
so  that  a  goodly  number  of  chestnut  orchards  are  being 
established  on  land  too  rough  for  cultivation,  yet 
strong  in  its  ability  to  grow  the  chestnut  tree  and  nut 
to  perfection. 

At  Wethersfield,  in  Hartford  county,  Orange  and  Mil- 
ford,  in  New  Haven  county,  and  Southport,  in  Fairfi.  Id 
county,  are  many  farms  devoted  to  seed-growing. 
Onion  seed  and  sweet  corn  are  the  great  specialties,  but 
a  great  variety  of  other  seeds  are  also  grown,  especially 
at  Wethersfield  and  Orange. 

Market-gardening  is  carried  on  quite  extensively  by 
specialists  near  all  large  towns  and  cities,  while,  with 
so  many  good  markets  always  close  at  hand,  vegetables 
and  fruits  are  sold  in  moderate  quantities  from  nearly 
every  farm.  The  largest  general  market-garden  farm  is 
at  New  Haven,  where  over  400  acres  are  under  annual 
cultivation  with  vegetables  and  small  fruits.  At  South- 
port,  Fairfield  and  Westport  there  are  many  farms, 
both  large  and  small,  devoted  entirely  to  the  production 
of  onions.  "Southport  onions  "are  famous  for  fine  ap- 
pearance and  quality,  and  nowhere  in  America  is  the 
annual  yield  so  great  or  price  received  so  high  as  in  this 
district.  Marketing  is  done  in  sailing  vessels  direct 
from  the  farms  to  the  dock  markets  in  New  York,  where 
the  onions  are  sold  direct  to  retail  dealers,  boat  captains 
acting  as  salesmen  without  commission  for  the  sake  of 
carrying  the  freight. 

Trolley  car  lines  are  widely  extended  through  many 
farming  sections  of  the  state,  and.  running  express  cars 
at  certain  hours  of  the  day  with  freight  movements  at 
night,  they  are  proving  quite  a  factor  in  the  distribution 
of  horticultural  products.  The  Hale  peach  farms, at  South 
Glastonbury,  were  the  first  in  America  to  use  this  new 
electric  power  in  the  marketing  of  their  products.  Fruit 
is  loaded  at  the  farm  side-track  as  gathered  during  the 
day,  and  transported  to  market  at  night,  after  passenger 
service  has  closed  for  the  day.  It  is  unloaded  in  the 
city  from  the  main-line  tracks  directly  in  front  of  the 
stores  in  the  early  morning  hours  before  the  tracks  are 
again  required  for  passenger  service,  and  the  empty 
cars  are  retiirned  to  the  farm  side-track  before  a  new 
day's  work  in  the  orchard  has  begun. 

The  Connecticut  Pomological  Society,  organized  some 
ten  years  ago,  is  a  prominent  feature  in  the  lively  fruit 
interests  of  the  state.  It  has  a  large,  active  member- 
ship, and,  aside  from  its  annual  winter  meeting  it 
holds  each  summer  three  or  more  "field  meetings,"  on 
fruit  farms  in  different  sections  of  the  state,  and  there, 
around  tree,  plant  and  vine,  the  members  meet  and 
discuss  the  live  topics  of  the  hour,  gathering  inspira- 
tion which,  carried  to  their  homes,  is  pushing  Con- 
necticut into  the  very  front  rank  of  horticultural  states. 

J.  H.  HALE. 

CONOCfiPHALUS  (Greek,  cone  head).  One  of  the 
liverworts  (Marchantiacese),  with  broad,  flat,  forking 
evergreen  thallus,  growing  on  moist  banks,  like  a  moss, 
C.  conicus,  Dumort.,  is  offered  by  collectors  as  a  plant 
for  rockeries. 

CONOCLlNIUM  (Greek,  cone  and  bed).  Composites. 
Differs  from  Eupatorium  in  having  a  conical  receptacle 
and  the  somewhat  imbricated  involucral  scales  nearly 
equal.  Most  authors  now  unite  the  species  with  Eupa- 
torium (which  see). 

coelestinum,  DC.  (Eupatdrium  coelestlnum,  Linn.). 
MIST  FLOWER.  Perennial,  1-2  ft.  high,  somewhat  pubes- 
cent :  Ivs.  opposite,  stalked,  triangular-ovate  and  some- 
what cordate,  coarse-toothed  :  heads  in  compact  cymes, 
many-fid.,  blue  or  violet.  Mich,  and  111.,  toN.  J.  andS.— 
Late-blooming  heliotrope-fld.  plant,  very  useful  for  low 
borders. 

Lasseauxii,  Dur.  (Agercitum  Lasseduxii.  Cam). 
Spreading  pubescent  perennial,  with  habit  of  Agera- 


CONOCLIN1UM 


CONVALLAKIA 


365 


tutu  conyzoides  :  Ivs.  lance-elliptic,  obtuse-toothed, 
long-attenuate,  short-stalked  or  somewhat  decurrent  : 
heads  numerous,  handsome  rose-color  Uruguay.  R.H. 
1870:90. -Handsome  plant  for  bedding.  Grows  1-2  ft. 
high.  Not  hardy.  L  H  B 

CONOPHALLUS  Kbnjak,  Schott,  is  Amorphophal- 
lus  Jtivieri,  var  Konjac,  Eugler.  The  great  tuber  is 
much  grown  in  Japan  for  the  making  of  flour  (see  George- 
son,  A.G.  13:79).  Amorphophallus  Revieri  is  figured 
on  p.  59  ;  also  in  R.H.  1871,  p.  573  ;  and  in  B.M.  6195 
(as  Proteinophalliis  Mevieri).  Konjak  is  offered  by  im- 
porters of  Japanese  plants. 

CONSERVATORY.  Literally,  a  place  in  which  things 
are  kept  or  preserved.  Used  to  designate  a  glass  house 
in  which  plants  are  kept  for  display,  rather  than  for 
propagating  or  growing. 

Every  well-ordered  private  establishment  should  have 
a  Conservatory  wherein  to  display  to  the  best  advantage 
the  plants  which  have  been  brought  to  their  attractive 
state  in  the  greenhouses  and  hothouses  thereon,  and  the 
nearer  it  is  located  to  the  residence,  all  other  things 
being  equal,  the  better.  It  would  be  best  if  it  were  a 
part  of  it.  Many  architects,  in  preparing  plans  and  ar- 
ranging for  the  erection  of  Conservatories,  look  more  to 
the  architectural  beauty  of  the  structure  rather  than  to 
the  well-being  of  the  plants  to  be  grown  therein.  One 
of  the  worst  faults  hitherto  has  been  inadequate  ventila- 
tion. A  practical  grower  of  plants  should  always  be 
consulted  upon  this  essential  point  before  definite  ar- 
rangements for  building  are  made.  In  addition  to  a 
generous  opening  in  the  roof,  which  should,  in  all  cases, 
be  operated  by  one  of  the  most  approved  lifters  to  be 
had,  the  sides  also  should  have  door  openings  that 
may  be  easily  manipulated.  The  foundations  may 
be  made  of  any  substantial  material,  either  of  stone, 
brick  or  concrete,  and  the  wall  should  extend  2  ft.  6  in. 
or  3  ft.  high  above  the  ground-line  and  up  to  where  the 
•glass  begins.  Hollow  brick  walls  are  considered  the 
most  satisfactory,  if  the  house  to  which  the  Conserva- 
tory is  to  be  attached  be  built  of  stone  or  brick,  being 
less  amenable  to  the  winter  extremes  in  temperature, 
when  outside  the  thermometer  may  register  zero,  and  in- 
side 55°  or  60°.  The  glass  from  the  wall  to  the  eaves 
should  be  of  good  quality,  and  as  transparent  as  possi- 
ble, but  that  on  the  roof  should  be  the  translucent, 
"frosted"  or  ground  glass.  Contrary  to  the  general  be- 
lief, rose  blooms  of  as  fine  quality  have  been  produced 
under  ground  glass  in  the  climate  of  the  United  States 
as  have  been  grown  under  glass  of  the  clearest  trans- 
parency, and  that  fact  is  here  stated  so  that  the  glass 
recommended  may,  without  hesitation,  be  used ;  besides, 
it  is  better  for  nearly  all  plants  grown  for  their  foliage; 


servatory,  should  be  high  enough  to  give  a  pleasing 
general  effect  and  yet  such  that  each  individual  plant 
may  be  examined  at  pleasure;  and  at  the  same  time  the 
table  should  be  low  enough  that  the  pots  in  which  the 
plants  are  growing  may  not  be  seen  through  the  glass 
from  tlie  outside. 

Some  large  plants  may  find  a  permanent  home  in  the 
Conservatory,  such  as  vines,  to  be  trained  on  the  rafters 
and  girders,  if  the  size  and  style  of  the  building  will 
allow  of  their  training  and  proper  care.  Other  large 
plants,  as  palms  of  the  various  species  and  varieties, 
can  aiso  be  used  to  advantage.  The  great  trouble  with 
many  or'  the  vines  and  other  plants  growing  permanently 
herein,  is  their  proneness  to  insects  in  such  structures, 
and  the  methods  genera1  ly  in  use  for  their  extermina- 
tion, put  into  operation  in  aConservatory  attached  to  a 
residence,  are  out  of  the  question  in  most  cases.  We  re- 
fer principally  to  the  old  style  method  of  fumigation  by 
burning  tobacco  for  the  destruction  of  aphis.  Experi- 
ments are  being  made  in  the  uses  of  different  gases, 
and  by  vaporizing  insecticides,  which  may  allow  of  this 
part  of  the  cultivation  of  flowers  and  plants  under  glass 
to  be  made  less  disagreeable  for  the  operators  and  for 
the  owners  of  Conservatories  in  the  future  than  it  has 
been  in  the  past.  For  the  destruction  of  the  various 
scale  insects  and  mealy  bug,  sponging  by  hand  is  gener- 
ally resorted  to,  but  it  is  a  slow  and  tedious  process. 
Syringing  with  a  weak  solution  of  tobacco  water  once  or 
twice  a  week  will  kill  the  scale,  and  aid  in  keeping  down 
mealy  bug,  especially  if  a  strong  pressure  of  water, 
when  syringing,  can  be"  brought  into  requisition.  The 
aphis,  before  referred  to,  or  what  is  generally  called 
"green-fly,"  affects  only  what  are  termed  soft-wooded 
plants,  and  as  they  are  only  brought  in  when  at  their 
best,  should  be  entirely  free  from  that  pest  before  they 
leave  the  greenhouse,  in  which  they  have  been  brought 
to  their  most  interesting  and  showy  stage.  Sometimes, 
however,  no  matter  how  much  care  has  been  exercised, 
some  of  these  pests  will  be  found  on  the  plants,  and  as 
they  increase  very  rapidly,  some  means  will  have  to  be 
resorted  to  for  their  extermination.  Fumigation,  by 
burning  tobacco  stems,  is  out  of  the  question,  but  to- 
bacco dust,— the  sweepings  of  a  cigar  factory,  — when 
burning  is  not  at  all  disagreeable,  leaving  little  more 
smell  than  the  burning  of  a  good  cigar.  Liquid  tobacco 
extract  is  often  used  with  good  effect  by  evaporation, 
using  hot  irons  in  the  liquid.  This  has  its  objections, 
being  somewhat  clumsy  to  operate.  Evaporating  pans 
attached  to  the  heating  pipes,  in  which  the  liquid,  some- 
what diluted,  is  placed,  tire  effective,  and  are  not  at  all 
disagreeable.  Cleanliness  and  neatness  are  the  great  es- 
sentials in  a  Conservatory  with  interesting  plants  well 
grown,  to  make  it  a  source  of  pleasure  to  the  owners, 
and  must  at  all  times  be  kept  in  view.  For  further  infor- 
mation, see  Glasshouses.  EDWIN  LONSDALB. 


538.   Spray  of  Lily-of -the- valley  (X%). 


and  the  beauty  of  flowering  plants  in  bloom  may  be  con- 
served much  longer  than  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  they 
would  be  under  the  more  or  less  glaring  unobstructed 
sunlight. 

The  interior  arrangement  of  aConservatory  is  a  ques- 
tion to  be  decided  largely  by  the  owner  and  gardener  in 
charge,  and  is  largely  a  matter  of  taste,  although 
convenience  in  operating  must  never  be  lost  sight 
of.  The  former  depends  upon  the  individuality  of 
those  most  interested,  and  the  latter  must,  in  all  cases, 
be  provided  for,  if  the  best  success  in  plant-growing  is 
to  be  achieved.  The  table  or  stage  along  what  might  be 
termed  the  front,  or  nearest  to  the  outside  of  the  Con- 


CONVALLARIA  (old  Latin  name,  derived  ultimately 
from  convallis,  a  valley).  Lili&cece.  LILY-OF-THE-VAL- 
LEY.  Fig.  538  One  dainty  herb  in  temperate  Europe 
and  Asia,  and  native  also  in  the  high  mountains  from 
Va.  to  S.  Car.  Lvs.  radical,  from  an  upright  rootstock 
or  pip  (Fig.  539):  fls.  white  (sometimes  pink-tinged), 
small  and  tubular,  nodding,  in  a  short,  radical  raceme 
(Fig.  540),  the  stamens  6  and  style  1  (Fig.  541).  Much 
prized  for  its  delicate,  sweet-scented  fls.  The  rhizome 
and  roots  are  sold  in  drug  stores.  They  are  poisonous 
in  large  doses  ;  in  small  doses  used  as  a  heart  tonic. 
The  plant  is  popularly  supposed  to  be  the  one  referred 
to  in  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  but  this  is  not  to  be 


366 


CONVALLARIA 


CONVALLARIA 


determined.  It  is  essentially  a  shade-loving  plant. 
The  species  is  C.  majalis,  Linn.  R.H.  1886:84.  Gn.  47, 
p.  179;  52:1134  and  p.  319  (the  latter  in  fruit).  A.F. 
13:402.  Gng  5:56-7.  F.R.  2:4.  G.C.  III.  23:149  (var. 
grandi  flora ),  Lowe,  42  (var.  variegata). 

Lily-of-the-Valley  is  hardy,  and  is   easily  grown  in 
partially  shaded   places  and  moderately  rich   ground. 
Old  beds  are    liable  to  run 
out.    The  roots  and  runners 
become    crowded,   and    few 
good   flower-stems   are  pro- 
duced.   It  is  best  to  replant 
the   beds    every   few   years 
with  vigorous,  fresh  clumps, 


539.  Lily-of -the- valley 
pip. 


540.   Raceme  of 

Lily-of-the  -valley. 

Natural  size. 


which  have  been  grown  for  the  purpose  in  some 
out-of-the-way  place.  Five  or  6  strong  pips, 
with  their  side  growths,  planted  close  together, 
will  form  a  good  clump  in  two  years  if  not  al- 
lowed to  spread  too  much.  The  mats  of  clean 
foliage  make  attractive  carpets  under  trees  and 
in  other  shady  places.  If  the  bed  is  made  rich 
and  top-dressed  every  fall,  it  may  give  good  re- 
sults for  4  or  5  years  ;  and  plants  in  such  beds  thrive 
in  full  sunshine.  One  form  has  prettily  striped  foliage, 
very  ornamental  in  the  early  part  of  the  season.  Lilies- 
of-the-valley  bloom  early  in  spring.  They  run  wild  in 
many  old  yards,  in  cemeteries,  and  along  shady  road- 
sides. There  are  double-fld.  forms;  also  one  (var.  pro- 
lificans)  with  racemes  2  ft.  long. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  L.  H.  B. 

Few  cultivated  plants  give  so  much  satisfaction  at  so 
little  cost  as  the  Lily-of-the-Valley.  It  is  one  of  our 
earliest  spring  flowers.  Its  time  of  blooming  is  always 
a  subject  of  note  to  the  household.  It  succeeds  best  in 
partial  shade,  and  may  be  planted  in  the  wild  garden 
wirh  good  effect.  It  is  especially  appropriate  for  plant- 
ing in  irregular  patches  along  the  borders  of  wooded 
drives.  The  Lily  of-the-Valley  is  one  of  the  few  flowers 
we  seldom  tire  of.  In  and  out  of  season,  there  is  always 
a  demand  for  its  flowers.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of 
crowns  are  specially  grown  and  matured  in  France, 
Germany  and  Holland  for  early  forcing.  They  are  de- 
tachod  from  the  clumps,  grown  separately  for  two 
years,  sorted  before  shipment,  and  known  as  "pips." 
Berlin  pips  are  considered  best  for  early  forcing.  They 
usually  come  in  bundles  of  25,  and  to  have  them 
force  evenly  it  is  considered  essential  to  freeze  them 
for  a  week  or  two.  This  may  be  effected  by  leaving 


tham  in  the  packing  case,  moss  and  all,  in  some  open 
shed,  taking  them  out  as  required.  They  are  often 
placed  in  ice-houses,  and  frequently  kept  in  cold  stor- 
age for  summer  use.  In  forcing,  no  new  roots  are 
made.  \n  ordinary  propagating  bed,  with  bottom  heat, 
answers  the  purpose,  and  sand  or  sphagnum  moss  is 
the  plunging  medium  in  most  general  use.  The  bundles 
of  crowns  are  given  time  to  thaw  out,  the  pips  separa- 
ted, and  the  crowns  set  in  as  thickly  as  possible.  The 
frame  is  covered  to  exclude  light  until  growth  com- 
mences. The  crowns  are  often  put  at  once  into  a  strong 
bottom  heat  of  85°  F.  or  thereabouts,  but  a  better  way 
is  to  start  with  50°  and  gradually  increase  the  tempera- 
ture. Batches  intended  for  Christmas  and  New  Year's 
Day  often  fail  because  there  has  not  been  sufficient 
preparation  for  the  final  high  temperature.  It  is  seldom 
that  any  leaves  appear,  even  if  the  flowers  come.  In 
such  cases,  it  is  customary  to  put  in  a  few  leaf-eyes 
from  the  clumps.  Later  and  more  carefully  prepared 
batches  usually  come  well  and  with  abundance  of  leaves, 
without  which  the  flowers  lose  half  their  charm.  Bun- 
dles of  25  pips  are  often  potted  in  6-  or  7-inch  pots, 
for  Easter  sales.  As  the  natural  season  approaches, 
less  preparation  is  required.  The  pots  are  usually  set 
under  greenhouse  benches,  with  a  sprinkling  of  moss 
over  them,  away  from  heating  pipes,  until  some 
growth  is  made,  and  afterwards  finished  in  better  light, 
but  not  bright  sunlight.  Clumps  are  potted  and  treated 
in  the  same  way.  As  there  is  a  large  percentage  of  non- 
blooming  buds  in  the  clumps,  they  lose  in  effectiveness. 
There  are  rose-colored  varieties,  double  varieties,  and 
varieties  with  foliage  striped  with  white. 

T.  D.  HATFIELD. 

Millions  of  the  single  crowns,  commercially  called 
"pips, "are  grown  on  the  European  continent  and  ex- 
ported for  forcing.  One  English  firm  alone  forces  dur- 
ing the  year  upwards  of  seven  millions.  We  usually 
receive  the  pips  during  the  early  part  of  November. 
They  should  be  unpacked  at  once,  the  best  pips  selected 
for  the  earliest  forcing,  and  the  smallest  kept  for  the 
latest  forcing.  The  pips  are  tied  in  bundles  of  25.  If 
one  forces  a  limited  number,  say  500  to  1,000  per  week, 
then  put  the  bundles  in  8-  or  10-inch  deep  boxes,  in 
any  quantity  he  may  choose,  place  a  little  soil  between  the 
bundles,  and  give  them  a  good  soaking.  Then  place 
the  boxes  in  a  coldframe  or  some  place  where  the  rains 
can  be  kept  off— this  is  important— cover  the  tops  of 
pips  with  a  few  inches  of  hay  or  straw.  Frost  does  not 
hurt  the  pips  in  the  least,  but  it  is  not  essential.  Never 
try  to  force  the  newly  imported  pips  before  New  Year's. 
The  cold  storage  pips  are  much  best  for  the  December 
crop.  In  keeping  them  in  cold  storage  they  should  be 
removed  from  the  frames  and  put  into  cold  storage  be- 
fore there  is  the  slightest  movement  of  growth  in  the 
spring.  The  boxes 
should  be  covered 
with  slats,  so  that 
one  box  can  be 
put  on  another, 
or  charge  for  stor- 
age will  be  exces 
sive.  The  tem- 
perature should 
be  from  28°  to  30° 
Fahr. 

The  principal 
thing  in  forcing 
Lily-of-the-Valley 
is  to  obtain  a 
strong  bottom 
heat  with  a  cool 
atmosphere.  So, 
to  obtain  this,  the 
bed  for  forcing 
should  have  a 
slate  bottom  with 
6  inches  of  sand  on  it  and  be  over  some  hot  water 
or  steam  pipes.  The  temperature  of  the  sand  should 
be  80°  to  90°  and  the  atmosphere  50°.  As  spring  ap- 
proaches less  bottom  heat  will  be  needed.  A  copious 
watering  should  be  given  the  sand  daily,  but  when  the 
bells  are  showing  color  they  should  not  be  wet.  Keep  a 
covering  of  boards  or  cloth  over  the  pips  for  the  first  10 


541.    Section  of  flower  of  Lily-of- 
the-valley  (X4). 


CONVALLARIA 


CONVOLVULUS 


367 


days  ;  after  that  admit  the  light  gradually,  and  when 
in  full  flower  give  them  the  full  light,  but  never  much 
sunlight,  and  avoid  draughts.  A  dozen  or  20  pips  can 
be  forced  the  same  way  in  a  5-  or  6-inch  pot.  The 
flowers  should  be  cut  about  24  hours  before  using,  and 
placed  in  jars  of  cold  water.  This  prevents  wilting 
when  used.  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 

CONVOLVULUS  ( Latin,  convolvo,  to  entwine).  Convol- 
viilacne.  Includes  Calystegia.  BINDWEED.  A  genii* 
of  about  175  species,  widely  distributed 
intemperate  and  tropical  regions.  Annual 
or  perennial  herbs,  sometimes  suffrutes- 
cent,  twining,  trailing,  erect  or  ascend- 
ing, with  filiform,  creeping  rootstocks  : 
Ivs.  petiolate,  entire,  toothed  or  lobed, 
generally  cordate  or  sagittate  :  fls.  axil- 
lary, solitary  or  loosely  cymose,  mostly 
opening  only  in  early  morning  ;  corolla 
campauulate  or  funnel-form,  the  limb 
plaited,  5-angled,  5-lobed  or  entire.  The 
botanical  distinction  between  Convolvulus 
and  Calystegia  is  not  sufficiently  well 
marked  to  warrant  retaining  the  latter  as 
a  separate  genus.  When  the  fls.  of  C.  oc- 
cidental! s  are  borne  singly,  the  calyx 
bracts  are  broad  and  Calystegia  -  like  : 
when  borne  in  clusters  the  bracts  are 
greatly  reduced.  3.  W.  FLETCHER. 

The  species  thrive  in  a  variety  of  soil:? 
without   especial  care.     The    greenhouse 
species  do  best  in  a  soil  with  considerable 
fiber.    The  hardy   perennials  are  usually 
prop,  by  dividing  the  roots,  otherwise  by 
cuttings  or  seeds,  the  tender  species  pre- 
ferably by  cuttings.  C.  tricolor  is  the  most 
important  of  the  hardy  annuals.    It  may  also  be  started 
in  the  greenhouse,  and  makes   an    excellent  plant  for 
the    hanging  basket.    All  are    vigorous   growers,    and 
may  become  troublesome  weeds  in  some  places  if  not 
kept    within    bounds.    C.   Japonicus    and   C.    Sepium 
should  be  used  with  caution.     This  is  the  chief  reason 
why  the  hardy  perennials  are  not  often  found  in  well- 
kept    gardens,    except    along    wire    fences    or    lattice 
screens,  where  the  turf  is  laid   up  close  so  as  to  allow 
only  a  narrow  border  for  the  roots.  The  double-flowered 
form  of  C.  Japonicus  is  seen  to  best  advantage  in  half- 
wild  places,  or  on  rocky  banks,  where  shrubs  make  but 
a  stunted  growth.    Here  it  will  grow  luxuriantly,  form- 
ing graceful  festoons  from  branch  to  branch,  and  cover- 
ing the  ground  with  a  pretty  mantle  of  green. 

Cult,  by  J.  B.  KELLER. 

A.   Calyx  with  2  membranaceous  bracts  at  the  base: 

peduncles  usually  l-fld.  (Calystegia.) 

B.    Stem  prostrate,  8  in.  to  2  ft.  high  :  peduncle  usually 

shorter  than  the  Ivs. 

villdsus,  Gray  (Calystegia  villosa,  Kellogg).  Plant 
densely  white-villose  throughout :  stem  prostrate, 
scarcely  twining  :  Ivs.  slender-petioled,  reniform-has- 
tate  to  sagittate,  the  upper  acuminate,  1  in.  or  less 
long,  the  basal  lobes  often  coarsely  toothed:  bracts  oval 
or  ovate,  completely  enclosing  the  calyx:  fls.  cream-yel- 
low, 1  in.  long.  Calif.  Perennial. 

BB.    Stem  twining  or  trailing,  3-10  ft.  high  :  peduncle 

exceeding  the  Ivs. 

Japdnicus,  Thunb.  (Calystegia  pubescens,  Lindl.). 
CALIFORNIA  ROSE.  Fig.  542.  Hardy  perennial,  herba- 
ceous twiner:  growth  very  vigorous,  often  20  ft.:  whole 
plant  more  or  less  densely  and  minutely  pubescent: 
Ivs.  hastate,  lanceolate,  obtuse  or  broadly  acute,  with 
angular  or  rounded  lobes  at  the  base  ;  variable,  oc- 
casionally without  lobes,  rarely  sharp  lanceolate  :  fls. 
brigut  pink,  1-2  in.  broad,  produced  freely  during  the 
summer  months  and  remaining  expanded  for  several 
days.  Japan  and  E.  Asia.  The  double  form  is  now 
naturalized  from  southeastern  N.  Y.  to  D.  C.  and 
Mo.  P.  M.  13:  243.  F.  S.  2  :  172.  B.  R.  32  :  42.- 
The  double  form  is  completely  sterile,  with  narrow, 
wavy  petals,  irregularly  arranged,  the  outer  somewhat 
lacerate.  A  valuable  "decorative  plant  for  covering 


stumps  and  walls.  In  rich  soil  the  roots  spread  rapidly, 
and  will  smother  out  all  other  plants  unless  confined  in 
tubs.  The  Calystegia  pubescent  of  Lindley  has  been 
wrongly  referred  to  fpomcea  hederacea,  but  the  two 
plants  are  very  different,  the  former  being  perennial 
and  the  latter  annual.  See  Journ.  Hort.  Soc.  1:70  (1846). 
The  plant  is  commonly  confounded  with  C.  S'vium. 

occidentals,  (jray.  Hardy  perennial,  herbaceous  or 
with  suffrutescent  base:  stem  twining,  several  ft.  high, 
glabrous  or  minutelv  pubescent  :  Ivs.  from  angulate- 


542.    Convolvulus  Japonicus. 


,.    y/fY 

cordate,  with  a  deep  and  narrow  sinus.  1    •', 

to  lanceolate  -  hastate,   the    posterioi        •';'      \  '  1     I 
lobes  often  1-2-toothed :  peduncle  l-fld.  \  \  f 

or  proliferously  2-3-fld. :  bracts  ovate  ^    V 

or  lanceolate,  usually  completely  enclosing  the  calyx, 
variable  :  corolla  white  or  pinkish,  1-2  in.  long  ;  stig- 
mas linear.  Dry  hills,  Calif.-lnt.  1881,  by  Gillett.  An 
admirable  plant  for  rockeries. 

Sepium,  Linn.  (Calystegia  Sepium, R.  Br. ).  RUTLAND 
BEAUTY.  Fig.  543.  Perennial  trailer,  3-10  ft.  long,  gla- 
brous or  minutely  pubescent:  Ivs.  round-cordate  to  del- 
toid-hastate, the  basal  lobes  divaricate,  entire  or  a^gu- 
late:  fls.  white,  rose  or  pink,  with  white  stripes.  F.S. 
8:826.  B.M.  732.  A. G.  12:638.  Gn.  50:  1098. -A  very 
variable  species.  Cosmopolitan  in  temperate  regions. 
An  insidious  weed  in  moist  soil. 

AA.    Calyx  without  bracts  :  peduncle  l-6-fld.  (Eucon- 

volvulus.) 
B.    Stem  prostrate,  trailing,  glabrous  or  minutely 

pubescent. 

Mauritanicus,  Boiss.  Strong  perennial  roots :  stem  her- 
baceous, slender,  prostrate,  rarely  branched,  minutely 
villose:  Ivs.  alternate,  round-ovate,  obtuse,  short-peti- 
oled:  fls.  blue  to  violet-purple,  with  a  lighter  throat, 
1-2  in.  across,  very  handsome.  Africa.  B.M.  5243.  F.S. 
21:  2183.  Gn.  39:7*88.  -A  free  bloomer  through  the  sum- 
mer. On  dry  banks  each  plant  forms  a  aer  >e  tuft  which 
throws  up  many  graceful  shoots.  iNot  nardy  north  o{ 
Phila. 


368 


CONVOLVULUS 


COOPERIA 


Scammdnia,  Linn.  Hard}'  perennial  trailer,  decidu- 
ous .  stem  angular,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  cordate-sagittate, 
grey-green,  the  lobes  entire  or  dentate:  sepals  glabrous, 
ovate,  obtuse;  corolla  white,  creamy  or  light  pink.  Asia 
Minor.  — The  large  tap-roots  supply  the  resinous  cathar- 
tic drug  scammony. 

BB.    Stem  erect  or  ascending,  silky. 

Cneorum,  Linn.  Stem  shrubby,  half-hardy,  1-4  ft. 
high :  Ivs.  persistent,  lanceolate  or  spatulate,  silky  grey : 
inflorescence  a  loose  panicle,  1-6-fld. :  fls.  white  or 
tinged  with  pink,  borne  freely  during  the  summer.  S. 
Eu.  — Valuable  as  a  pot-plant  for  greenhouse  or  window 
decoration,  or  trained  to  a  warm  wall.  Confused  with 
C.  olecefolins. 

oleaefdlius,  Desr.  Tender  perennial:  Ivs.  linear-lanceo- 
late, acute,  slightly  villose:  fls.  bright  pink,  borne  freely 
in  loose,  umbellate  panicles  in  the  summer.  Greece. 
B.M.  289  (as  C.  linearis).  —  Many  plants  now  passing  as 
G.  olecefolius  are  C.  Cneorum.  The  latter  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  its  broader,  blunter,  silvery-villose  Ivs. 
and  lighter  colored  blossoms. 

tricolor,  Linn.  (G.  minor,  Hort.).  Fig.  544.  Hardy 
annual  :  stem  trailing,  ascending  6-12  in.,  angulate., 
densely  covered  with  long  brownish  hairs:  Ivs.  linear- 
oblong  or  subspatulate,  obtuse  or  rounded  at  the  apex, 
usually  pubescent  but  sometimes  glabrous,  the  margin 
ciliate  towards  the  base:  peduncle  3-fld.,  exceeding  the 
Ivs. :  sepals  ovate,  lanceolate,  villose,  acute :  limb  of  the 
corolla  azure-blue,  throat  yellow,  margined  with  white. 
S.  Eu.  B.M.  27.  — One  of  the  best  annuals  for  the  home 
border.  Each  plant  covers  a  ground  space  of  2  ft.,  and 
blooms  continuously  throughout  the  summer.  Flowers 
remain  open  all  day  during  pleasant  weather.  There 
are  many  variously  striped  and  spotted  forms  of  this 
popular  annual,  none  of  which  surpasses  the  type  in 
beauty.  A  variety  with  pure  white  fls.  is  attractive. 
Other  well  marked  horticultural  forms  are  :  Var.  vit- 
tata,  prettily  striped  with  blue  and  white.  F.S.3:298. 


from  seed  :  stem  trailing  or  twining,  4-5  ft.  long  :  fls. 
golden.  Valuable  as  a  greenhouse  climber  and  for 
hanging  baskets.— Not  sufficiently  described  for  identi- 
fication. 

C.  althceoldes,  Linn.  (C.  Italicus,  Roem.  &  Schult.).     Stem 
prostrate,  scarcely  twining :  upper  Ivs.  pedatifid;  lower  ovate- 


543.    Convolvulus  Sepium 


R.H.  1848:121.  Var.  compactus.  Dwarf,  and  valuable 
for  pot  culture.  Gt.  47,  p.  635.  A  5-petaled  form  is  also 
recorded.  F.S.8:116. 

aureus  superbus,  Hort.    A  tender  perennial,  but  may 
be  treated  as  an  annual,  since  it  flowers  the  first  season 


544.    Convolvulus  tricolor.    Natural  size. 

cordate,  crenate,  silvery:  Us.  pink.  May- Aug.  Mediterranean 
region.  B.M.359.  F.S.10:1021(as  var.argyreus).  R.H.  1864:  111.— 
C.  arvensis,  Linn.  Slender  perennial  trailer,  1-3  ft.  long,  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  ovate-sagittate  or  hastate,  variable: 
fls.  white  or  pink.  Eu.  and  E.  Asia.  Naturalized  in  old  fields 
through  the  Atlantic  states  and  Calif.  A  troublesome  weed.— 
C.  Dahiiricus,  Herb.  (Calystegia  Dahuricus,  Fisch.).  Hardy  de- 
ciduous twiner,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs. oblong-cordate,  shortly  acute:  fls. 
pink  or  rose-violet.  June,  July.  N.  Eu.  B.  M.  2609.  F.  S. 
10:1075.— G.  Canariensis,  Linn.  Greenhouse  evergreen:  Ivs. 
oblong-cordate,  acute,  villose  :  fls.  violet-purple  :  peduncle  1-6- 
fld.  Canary  Islands.  B.  M.  1228.—  C.  erubescens,  Sims  (C. 
acaulis,  Choisy).  Tender  biennial:  Ivs.  oblong,  hastate,  the 
basal  lobes  toothed:  fls.  small,  5-lobed,  rose-pink.  Australia, 
B.M.  1067.— C.  macrostegius,  Greene.  The  plants  in  the  trade 
under  this  name  may  be  referred  to  C.  occidentalis.— C.  major. 
Hort.,  not  Gilib.=  Ipomosa  purpurea.—  C.  ocelldtus,  Hook. 
Stove  evergreen :  limb  of  the  corolla  white,  5-angled  :  throat 
reddish  purple  :  Ivs.  sessile,  linear,  acute,  1-veined,  villose.  S. 
Afr.  B.M.  4065.  g<  W.  FLETCHER. 

COONTIE  of  S.  Fla.  is  Zamia  integri  folia. 

COOPERIA  (after  Joseph  Cooper,  English  gardener). 
Amaryllidacece.  A  genus  of  only  two  or  three  species 
of  tender,  bulbous  plants  from  Texas,  with  the  habit  of 
Zephyranthes  but  night-blooming  (which  is  anomalous 
in  the  order),  and  with  erect  anthers,  while  those  of  the 
latter  are  versatile.  The  fls.  are  fragrant,  solitary,  2  in. 
or  more  across,  waxy-white,  tinged  red  outside,  and 
more  or  less  green  within.  The  Ivs.  appear  with  the  fls. 
in  summer.  They  are  long,  narrow,  flat  and  twisted. 
The  bulbs  should  be  taken  up  in  autumn  and  stored 
during  the  winter  in  dry  soil.  Culture  easy  and  like 
Zephyranthes.  Lately  a  new  and  little-known  plant 
has  been  offered  by  the  trade,  C.  Oberwetteri,  with 
"  bright  green  "  fls. 

A.  Neck  of  bulb  short:  perianth  tube  long. 
Drummondii,  Herb.  EVENING  STAR.  Bulb  roundish, 
1  in.  thick,  with  a  short  neck  :  Ivs.  narrowly  linear, 
erect,  1  ft.'  long  :  peduncle  slender,  fragile,. hollow  %-l 
ft.  long  :  spathe  l%-2  in.  long,  2-valved  at  the  tip  : 
perianth  tube  3-5  in.  long  ;  limb  %-l  in.  long,  white, 
tinged  with  red  outside  :  segments  oblong,  cuspidate. 
Var.  chlorosolen,  Baker,  has  a  perianth  tube  stouter  and 
tinged  with  green :  limb  longer  and  less  wheel-shaped  : 
Ivs.  a  little  broader.  B.M.  3482. 


COOPERIA 


CORDYLINE 


369 


AA.  Neck  r>f  bulb  long:  perianth  tube 
pedunculata,  Herb.  GIANT  FAIRY  LILY.  More  robust 
than  C.  Dnutiniondii :  bull)  with  a  longer  neck,  2-3  in. 
lonir:  Ivs.  about  6,  1  ft.  long,  y±  in.  broad  :  peduncle 
about  1  ft.  long  :  spathe  1-2-vnlved  at  the  tip:  perianth 
tube  shorter,  1/^in.  long  :  limb  nearly  as  long  as  the 
tube,  tinged  red  outside.  B.M.  3727.  R.H.  1853:  401.- 
Thebest  species.  Fls.  larger,  of  purer  color,  and  remain- 
ing open  a  day  or  two  longer.  \y0  jyj^ 

COPR6SMA  (Greek  name  referring  to  the  fetid  odor 
of  the  plants).  li'nl>i<)cetv.  Shrubs  or  small  trees,  often 
trailing,  of  New  Zealand,  Australia  and  Hawaii.  Cult, 
for  their  pretty  fr.  or  variegated  Ivs.  Lvs.  opposite, 
mostly  small.  Fls.  small,  solitary  or  fascicled,  white  or 
greenish,  polygamous  dioecious;  corolla-limb  4-6-lobed, 
the  lobes  revolute ;  stamens  4-6 :  fr.  an  ovoid  or  globose 
drupe.  Coprosmas  are  greenhouse  plants  in  the  north, 
but  they  are  rarely  cult.  In  S.  Calif.  2  species  are  cult, 
in  the  open.  Prop,  by  hardened  cuttings.  The  soil 
which  is  found  among  Kalmia  roots,  mixed  with  good 
loam  and  sand,  if  necessary,  will  suit  these  plants. 
Cuttings  should  be  rooted  in  moderate  heat  in  spring, 
before  growth  commences.  If  placed  under  a  handlight 
or  propagating  frame,  care  must  be  taken  to  prevent 
damping,  to  which  the  cuttings  are  liable. 
Baueri,  Endl.  ( C.  Baueriana,  Hook,  f . 
C.  Stdckii,  Hort.).  Trailing  plant,  with 
oval-obtuse  or  rounded  entire  Ivs.,  which 
are  oddly  blotched  with  yellow  and  whit- 
ish or  even  almost  wholly  yellow.  New 
Zealand.— With  age  it  forms  a  compact 
shrub.  Vars.  picturata,  Hort.,  and  varie- 
gata,  Hort.,  are  the  common  forms. 

acerosa,  A.  Cunn.  Low  and  spreading, 
with  minute  Ivs.,  small  white  fls.,  and 
pretty  sky-blue  drupes  or  berries.  New 
Zealand.  G.  W>  OLIVER  and  L.  H.  B. 


C6PTIS  (Greek,  to  cut,  from  the  cut 
leaves).  Ranunculacece.  Eight  species  of 
hardy  perennial  herbs  of  the  cooler  parts 
of  the  northern  hemisphere.  Low,  stem- 
less  plants,  with  slender  rootstocks  :  Ivs. 
radical,  compound  or  divided,  lasting 
over  winter  :  fls.  white  or  yellow,  sea- 
pose  ;  sepals  5-7,  petal-like  ;  petals  5-6, 
small,  linear,  hood-like;  stamens  numer- 
ous: carpels  stalked,  few,  becoming  an 
umbel  of  follicles.  The  bitter  roots  yield 
the  tonic  medicine  known  as  "gold  thread;" 
also  a  yellow  dye.  The  plants  should  have 
peaty  soil,  with  a  little  sand,  and  prefer 
shade  in  damp  situations.  They  require 
some  protection  in  winter,  as  in  a  cold 
pit.  Prop,  by  root  division  and  seed. 

trifdlia,  Salisb.  No  stem  :  rootstock 
yellow  :  Ivs.  compound,  long-petioled  ; 
Ifts.  broadly  obovate,  cuneate,  obtuse,  the 
teeth  mucronate :  fl. -stem  slender  ;  sepals 
white,  with  yellow  base  ;  petals  small, 
club-shaped  :  follicles  3-7,  spreading, 
equaled  by  their  stalk;  seeds  black.  May- 
July.  Adirondacks  and  westward.  L.B.C. 
2:173.— Neat  and  pretty, 
with  shining  Ivs. 

K.  C.  DAVIS. 

CORAL  BERRY.    Sym- 
j)Jtoricarpus  vulgaris. 


CORAL    DROPS. 

sera  elegans. 


Bes- 


545.   Corallorhiza  multiflora. 


CORALLORHlZA(Greek 

for  coral-root).  Orchidd- 
(X  %.)  cece,  tribe  Epid6ndrece. 

CORAL  ROOT.  Low  native 

orchids,  growing  in  woods  and  parasitic  on  roots,  des- 
titute of  green  foliage,  the  plant  usually  brownish  or 
yellowish  and  inconspicuous.  Fl.  small,  somewhat  2- 

24 


lipped,  usually  obscurely  spurred  at  the  base  ;  sepals 
and  petals  nearly  alike;  lip  small,  slightly  adherent  to 
the  base  of  the  column  ;  pollinia  4.  Species  few,  in  N. 
Amer.,  Eu.  and  Asia.  The  Coral-roots  have  little  merit 
as  garden  plants,  although  very  interesting  to  the  stu- 
dent. They  may  be  grown  in  rich,  shady  borders.  Two 
species  have  been  offered  by  dealers  in  native  plants  : 
C.  multifldra,  Nutt.  (Fig.  545),  is  purplish,  l^ft.  or  less 
high,  10-30-fld.,  lip  deeply  3-lobed:  grows  in  dry  woods 
in  northern  states;  C.  Mertensiana,  Bong.,  scape  many 
fid.,  8-15  in.  high,  the  lip  entire  and  broadly  oblong: 


L.  H.  B, 


occurs  in  Brit.  Col.  and  N.  to  Alaska. 
CORAL -ROOT.    Corallorhiza. 
CORAL-TREE.    Erytlirina. 

CORCHORUS  Jap6nicug.  See  Kerria.  The  genus 
contains  the  two  plants  that  furnish  Jute,  C.  capsularis 
(which  yields  most)  and  G.  olitorius.  They  are  annual 
plants,  natives  of  Asia  but  cultivated  throughout  the 
tropics,  growing  10  or  12  ft.  high,  with  a  straight  stem 
as  thick  as  the  little  finger  and  branched  only  at  the  top. 
The  young  shoots  of  both  are  used  as  pot  herbs.  C.  oli- 
torius is  much  grown  for  this  purpose  in  Egypt,  and  is 
known  as  Jews'  Mallow.  They  belong  to  the  Tiliacece. 

CORDIA  (an  early  German  botanist,  Valerius  Cordus). 
BorragindceoR.  Warm-climate  trees  or  shrubs,  mostly 
American.  Calyx  tubular  or  campanulate,  toothed  or 
lobed  :  corolla  tubular,  lobed,  the  parts  and  the  stamens 
4  or  more:  style  2-lobed:  fr.  a  drupe  which  is  4-loculed 
and  usually  4-seeded  :  Ivs.  entire  or  toothed.  The 
Cordias  are  greenhouse  plants  with  showy  fls.,  of  easy 
cult.  Grown  in  the  open  in  the  extreme  S.  Prop,  by 
cuttings  of  firm  wood  and  by  seeds. 

Sebestena,  Linn.  (C.  specidsa,Wi\ld.).  GEIGER  TREE. 
Tall  shrub  or  small  tree,  hairy,  with  rough,  broad-ovate, 
large-stalked  Ivs. :  fls.  1-2  in.  long,  scarlet,  stalked,  in 
large,  open,  terminal  clusters,  the  crumpled  corolla- 
lobes  and  stamens  5-12  :  drupe  enclosed  in  the  hazel- 
like  husk  formed  by  the  persistent  calyx.  Keys  of  Fla. 
and  S.  B.M.  794. 

Francisi,  Tenore.  Tall:  Ivs.  dark  green:  fls.  white. 
S.  Amer. 

Other  Cordias,  of  which  there  are  many,  are  likely  to  come 
into  cult,  in  the  southern  country.  C.  Greggii,Torr.,  var.  Pal- 
meri,  Wats.  (G.F.  2:233).  of  Mexico,  "in  the  size  and  beauty  of 
its  fls.  equals  the  C.  Sebestena." — C.  Myxa,  Linn.,  from  trop. 
Asia  and  Austral.,  is  one  of  the  best  woods  for  kindling  fire  by 
friction,  and  is  useful  in  many  other  ways.  L  H.  B. 

CORDYLINE  (club-like:  referring  to  the  fleshy  roots). 
Liliacece.  DRACAENA.  A  genus  of  greenhouse  plants 
closely  related  to  Dracaena,  but  the  ovary  contains  sev- 
eral ovules  in  each  cell,  and  the  solitary  pedicels  are 
provided  with  a  3-bracted  involucre  :  stem  tall,  often 
woody,  bearing  large,  crowded  Ivs.,  to  the  striking  varie- 
gation of  which  the  group  owes  its  value:  fls.  panicled; 
stamens  6  :  pedicels  articulated  :  perianth  6-parted  : 
ovary  3-celled  :  fr.  a  berry.  Cultivated  for  the  orna- 
mental foliage.  The  horticultural  forms  and  names  have 
become  very  numerous.  The  various  species  are  in  the 
trade  under  Dracaena,  which  see  for  a  key  to  the  species 
of  both  genera  combined.  In  the  following  paragraphs, 
the  initial  D  indicates  that  the  plant  in  question  is 
known  in  the  trade  as  a  Dracaena,  and  C  that  it  is  known  as 
a  Cordyline  ( see  Dracaena ) .  For  a  monograph,  see  Baker, 
Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  14:538  (1875).  g.  M.  WIEGAND. 

Of  Cordylines  or  Dracaena,  propagation  is  generally 
effected  by  cutting  the  ripened  stems  or  trunks,  from 
which  all  Ivs.  have  been  removed,  into  pieces  from  2-4 
in.  long.  These  are  laid  either  in  very  light  soil  or  in 
sand  in  the  propagating  bed,  where  they  receive  a  bot- 
tom heat  of  about  80°  ,  being  barely  covered  with  sand 
or  moss  (Fig.  546).  The  eyes  soon  start  into  growth, 
and,  as  soon  as  they  have  attained  a  height  of  3-4  in., 
are  cut  off  with  a  small  heel  and  again  placed  in  the 
propagating  bed  until  rooted,  after  which  they  are 
potted  off  into  small  pots  in  light  soil,  kept  close  until 
they  become  established.  They  are  then  shifted  on  into 
larger  pots  as  soon  as  well  rooted.  They  delight  in  a 
mixture  of  3  parts  good,  turfy  loam  and  1  part  well- 


370 


CORDYLINE 


CORDYLINE 


decayed  cow-manure,  with  a  liberal  sprinkling  of  sharp 
sand.  A  warm,  moist  atmosphere  suits  them  best  while 
growing,  but  towards  fall  the  finished  plants  must  be 
gradually  exposed  to  full  sunshine  and  a  dry  atmos- 
phere, which  develops  their  high  colors. 

The  kinds  enumerated  below  are  such  as  are  mainly 
grown  in  large  quantities  for  decorative  purposes,  and 


546.  Stem-cutting  of  Cordyline. 

are  sold  principally  during  the  winter  months,  especially 
during  the  holiday  season,  when  plants  with  bright 
colored  foliage  are  always  in  strong  demand:  Cordyline 
amabilis.—A  strong-growing  species  with  broad  green 
foliage,  which  is  prettily  variegated  with  white  and  deep 
rose.  One  of  the  hardiest  varieties,  either  for  decorations 
in  winter  or  for  outdoor  work,  vases,  etc.,  in  summer. 
C,  imperia Us.— Another  strong-growing  species,  with 
deep  olive-green  foliage,  which  changes  to  deep  rose 
with  white  edge.  D.  fragrans.  —  An  African  species  with 
broad,  massive,  deep  green  foliage  which  makes  noble 
decorative  plants,  being  frequently  grown  into  speci- 
mens from  6-8  ft.  high.  Its  foliage  is  cf  heavy  texture, 
making  it  a  useful  plant  for  the  dry  atmosphere  of  a 
living-room.  Two  handsomely  variegated  forms  of  the 
above  are  D.  Lindeni  and  D.  Massangeana,  both  very 
desirable  varieties.  C.  terminalis.—  This  is  the  most 
popular  variety,  and  is  grown  in  immense  quantities. 
The  foliage  on  well-  matured  plants  is  of  an  intense 
rich  crimson  marked  with  lighter  shadings.  C.  australis 
(commonly  called  C.  indivisa).  — Used  principally  as  an 
outdoor  decorative  plant  in  summer,  but  extensively  used 
for  furnishing  vases,  window-boxes,  etc.  It  succeeds  best 
when  planted  out  in  the  open  border  during  summer, 
potted  in  the  fall  and  stored  during  winter  in  a  cool 
greenhouse.  It  is  propagated  almost  exclusively  from 
seed,  which  germinates  freely  if  sown  during  the  early 
spring  months  in  sandy  soil,  in  a  temperature  of  60  to 
65°,  growing  them  on  during  the  first  season  in  small 
pots.  These,  if  planted  in  the  open  border  the  second 
season,  make  fine  plants  for  6-  or  7-inch  pots.  There 
are  a  number  of  varieties  of  Indivisa,  among  them  sev- 
eral handsomely  variegated  forms,  which,  however,  are 
but  little  distributed  yet. 

Among  the  principal  varieties  and  species  besides  the 
above  which  are  grown  to  some  extent  in  a  commercial 
way  are  :  Baptistii,  Cooperi,  Porphyrophylla,  Shep- 
herdi,  Stricta  grandis,  Youngi,  Goldieana,  Congesta, 
Bruanti,  Marginata  and  Lord  Wolseley,  the  latter  a  most 
beautiful,  graceful,  high-colored  variety,  undoubtedly 
the  most  distinct  and  useful  commercial  sort  yet  intro- 
duced and  which,  as  soon  as  it  becomes  more  plentiful, 
is  certain  to  be  very  popular.  j.  D.  EISELE. 

Cordyline  australis  and  its  allied  forms  are  easily 
raised  from  seed,  which  is  readily  obtainable  in  a  fresh 
state.  The  seed  should  be  sown  rather  thinly  in  a  light, 
sandy  soil,  and,  as  there  is  little  danger  of  the  seedlings 
damping  off,  they  may  be  allowed  to  grow  in  the  recep- 
tacles in  which  they  are  sown  until  large  enough  to  go 
into  3-in.  pots.  If  sown  early  in  spring,  the  plants  will 


be  large  enough  for  6-in.  pots  by  the  end  of  the  follow- 
ing September. 

Dracaena  Knerckii,  C.  canncefolia,  D.  Lindenii  and 
D.  Massangeana  are  among  the  best  decorative  plants 
for  the  dwelling  house.  D.  Knerckii  and  the  two  varie- 
gated forms  of  D.  fragrans  are  rooted  from  cuttings 
taken  from  headed -back  plants.  In  propagating  C.  can- 
ncefolia, when  seed  cannot  be  obtained,  old  plants 
should  be  mossed  so  as  to  produce  roots  before  the  top 
is  taken  off,  as  it  is  a  shy-rooting  species  from  cuttings. 
D.  Goldieana  should  be  topped  and  rooted  in  a  good 
bottom  heat,  and  the  stems  cut  into  pieces  small  enough 
to  be  put  in  pots  when  the  shoot  is  of  sufficient  length, 
instead  of  cutting  off  the  shoots  and  rooting  afresh.  D. 
Godseffiana  and  D.  maculata  evidently  belong  to  the 
same  section  ;  every  little  branch  of  these  will  root  in 
sharp  sand.  Long  stems  of  D.  ensifolia  and  D.  Bcer- 
havii,  when  cut  in  sections  of  from  4  to  6  in.,  with  the 
leaves  kept  on,  will  root  quickly  and  may  be  used  as 
stock  plants.  C.  Brasiliensis,  an  elegant  species  with 
broad  green  Ivs.,  is  best  propagated  by  adopting  the 
method  practiced  on  the  colored-lvd.  kinds,  of  which  C. 
terminalis  is  perhaps  the  best  known.  This  method 
consists  of  cutting  up  the  stems  into  small  pieces  and 
placing  them  in  sand,  with  a  brisk  bottom  heat.  Small 
shoots  are  developed  in  a  short  time,  which  will  fre- 
quently be  found  to  have  small  roots  at  their  bases,  but 
they  are  of  little  use  for  the  subsequent  nutriment  of 
the  plantlet.  The  shoot,  when  large  enough,  should  be 
separated  from  the  piece  of  stem  and  inserted  in  the 
sand-bed,  where  it  will  develop  thick  feeding  roots. 
Afterwards  they  are  potted  and  kept  in  a  warm,  moist 
atmosphere.  Cuttings  may  be  put  in  at  any  time  when 
bottom  heat  is  at  command.  The  soil  used  should  be 
light  and  enriched  with  rotted  cow -manure. 

G.  W.  OLIVER. 

A.    Foliage  of  sessile,  thick,  sword-shaped  Ivs. 
B.   Lvs.  glaucous  beneath,  broad. 

indivisa,  Kunth.  Arborescent,  10-20  ft.  high  :  Ivs. 
dark  green,  densely  crowded,  2-4  ft.  long,  4-5  in.  broad 
at  the  middle,  1K-2  in.  at  the  base,  rigid,  coriaceous  ; 
midrib  stout,  colored  red  and  white,  veins  on  each  side 
of  it  40-50  :  panicle  nodding  :  pedicels  .5-1  line  long  ; 
bracteoles  lanceolate,  3-4  lines  long,  membranous ;  peri- 
anth 3-4  lines  long,  white  ;  tube  very  short,  campanu- 


547.  Cordyline  australis— C.  indivisa  of  the  trade. 

late  ;  segments  equal,  spreading  :  ovules  5-6  in  each 
cell.  New  Zealand.  Gn.  49,p.86.  Lowe,  52.-Coolhouse  ; 
valuable  for  vases.  Rare  in  cult. 

BB.    Lvs.  green  on  both  sides,  narrower. 
stricta,  Endl.  (D.  congesta,Hori.).    Slender,  6-12  ft. 
high :  Ivs.  less  crowded  than  in  the  next,  acuminate, 1-2  ft. 


CORDYLINE 


CORDYLINE 


371 


long,  9-15  lines  wide,  base  3-6  lines  wide,  scarcely  costate ; 
veins  scarcely  oblique,  margins  obscurely  dentate :  pani- 
cle terminal  and  lateral,  erect  or  cernuous  :  pedicels 
.5-1  line  long  ;  lower  bracteoles  lanceolate  ;  perianth 
lilac,  3-4  lines  long,  campanulate,  interior  segments 
longer  than  the  outer  :  ovules  6-10  in  each  cell.  Aus- 
tralia. B.M.  2575.  G.C.  III.  17:207  (D.  congesta). -Cool- 
house  ;  vases,  etc.  Var.  grandis,  Hort.  Large,  highly 
colored.  Var.  discolor,  Hort.  Like  var.  grand  is,  but 
with  foliage  dark  bronzy  purple. 

australis,  Hook.    (D.  indivlsa,  Hort.     1).    calocdma, 
Wend.).     Fig.   547.     Arborescent,  20-30  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
densely  rosuhite.  :*-4  ft.  long,  12-18  lines  wide;  base  6-9 
lines  wide,  acuminate,  green  ;    midrib  firm,  prominent, 
nerves  on  each  side  of  it  12-20,  scarcely  oblique :  panicle 
erect,  terminal,  ample:  pedicels  very  short  ;  bracteoles 
deltoid,  .5  line    long  ;  perianth  white,  3-4  lines    long  ; 
tube  short,  campanulate,  segments  nearly  equal,  spread- 
ing: mature  seeds  often  solitary.  New  Zealand.  B.M. 5636. 
U.C.III.23:153.  Gn.  47,  p.  312;  48,  p.  197.  I. H.  35:40  (var. 
Doitcetifata);  37:114  (var.  Dalleriana] ;  40:190 
(lineata,  var.  purpurdscens).     S.M,  1,  p.  487, 
f.  189.  — Coolhouse  ;    vases,  etc.     Var.    aurea- 
striata,   Hort.    Variegated  with  a  number  of 
longitudinal  yellow  stripes.   Var.  atropurptirea, 
Hort.    Base  of  leaf  and  under  side  of  midrib  i1 
purple.    Var.  lineata.  Hort.    Lvs.  broader,  the 
sheathing  base  stained  with  purple.   Var.  Veitchii,  Hort. 
(D.    Veitchii,  Hort.).    Base  of  leaf  and  under  side  of 
midrib  bright  crimson.    C.  Hodkeri,  Hort.,  is  a  garden 
form. 

AA.    Foliage  of  petioled  Ivs. 
B.    Lvs.  oblanceolate  ;  petioles  broad. 

rubra,  Hugel.  Slender,  10-15  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  contigu- 
ous, ascending,  12-15  in.  long,  18-21  lines  wide  above 
the  middle,  thick,  dull  green  both  sides,  distinctly  cos- 
tate ;  veins  oblique  ;  petiole  broad,  deeply  grooved,  4-6 
in.  long:  panicle  lateral,  nodding:  pedicels  very  short; 
bracteoles  small,  deltoid  ;  perianth  lilac,  4.5-5  lines 
long,  inner  segments  longer  than  the  outer  :  ovules  6-8. 
Country  unknown.  G.C.  III.  22:285.  — Coolhouse;  vases, 
etc.  D.  Bruanti,  Hort.,  is  a  garden  form.  R.H.  1897, 
pp.  514,  515.  G.C.  111.22:285. 

BB.    Lvs.  lanceolate;  petioles  narrow,  nearly  terete. 

Haageana,  Koch  (C.  Murchisonice,  F.  Muell.).  Slen- 
der and  small :  Ivs.  contiguous,  ascending,  oblong-fal- 
cate, 4—8  in.  long,  2-2%  in.  wide  at  the  middle,  acute, 
base  rounded  or  deltoid,  thick,  dull  green  throughout, 
distinctly  costate  ;  veins  slender,  oblique  ;  petiole  3-4 
in.  long,  deeply  channelled  :  panicle  lateral :  pedicels 
1.5-2  lines  long  ;  perianth  4-4.5  lines  long,  tinged  with 
lilac  ;  segments  spreading  :  ovules  6-8  in  each  cell  : 
berry  with  a  dry  pericarp.  Australia. 

terminalis,  Kunth  (C.  canncefdlia,  F.  Muell.).  Low 
and  slender,  stem 3-6 lines  thick:  Ivs. contiguous,  ascend- 
ing, green  or  rarely  colored,  12-18  in.  long,  2-3%  in.  wide, 
acute,  thickish,  distinctly  costate ;  veins  frequently 
unequal,  strongly  oblique  ;  petiole  4-6  in.  long,  deeply 
channelled  :  pedicels  very  short  or  none  ;  bracteoles 
deltoid,  membranous  ;  perianth  5-6  lines  long,  white, 
lilac  or  reddish,  segments  short :  ovules  6-10  :  berry 
large,  red.  East  Indies.  A.G.  16:361.  B.R.  21:1749. -The 
varieties  in  cultivation  are  almost  innumerable.  Those 
in  the  American  trade  are  the  following  (all  stove 
plants),  usually  considered  as  horticultural  species  : 
amabilis.  Lvs.  broad,  shining  deep  green,  in  age  be- 
coming spotted  and  suffused  with  rose  and  white.  Am- 
boyensis.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  recurved,  deep  bronze- 
green  edged  with  rose-carmine  below  ;  petioles  tinged 
with  purple.  Anerliensis.  Lvs.  very  broad,  deep  bronze- 
red,  with  some  white.  Baptistii.  Fig.  548.  Lvs.  broad, 
recurved,  deep  green,  with  some  pink  and  yellow  stripes ; 
stem  also  variegated.  I. H.  26:334.  Bausei.  Lvs.  broad, 
dark  green,  with  some  white,  bella.  Lvs.  small,  pur- 
plish marked  with  red.  Brasiliensis,  Schult.  Lvs. 
broad.  Cantrelli.  Lvs.  dark  metallic  crimson,  young 
ones  bright  carmine.  Codperi.  Lvs.  deep  wine-red, 
gracefully  recurved  :  common  in  cult,  ferrea,  Baker. 
Lvs.  narrow  and  somewhat  oblanceolate,  5-7,  bright  or 
dark  crimson  ;  petiole  short.  Lowe  3  (var.  versicolor] ; 
29.  B.M.  2053.  L.B.C.  13:1224.  Fraseri.  Lvs.  somewhat 


erect,  broad,  oblong,  abruptly  acute,  blackish  purple 
with  bloom,  margin  below  with  a  deep  rosy  lake  stripe 
extending  down  the  petiole.  Gladstone!.  Lvs.  broad, 
brilliant  crimson.  Guilfoylei.  Lvs.  long  and  narrow, 
tapering  both  ways,  recurved,  striped  with  red,  pink  or 
white,  white  on  lower  part  of  leaf  and  margin  of  peti- 


548.  Cordyline  terminalis, 
var.  Baptistii. 

ole.  I. H.  19,  p.  249.  hybrida,  Lvs.  broad,  variegated, 
deep  green  margined  with  rose,  in  age  deep  rose,  creamy- 
white  in  young  Ivs.  imperialis.  Lvs.  arching  or  erect, 
oblong,  thick,  deep  metallic  green,  rayed  all  over  with? 
bright  crimson  or  pink,  handsome.  Jardiniere  (ter- 
minalis alba  x  Guilfoylei).  Lvs.  very  small  and  com- 
pact, narrow,  green  broadly  margined  with  white,  me- 
tallica.  Lvs.  erect-arching,  oblong,  when  young  uni- 
form rich  coppery  purple,  in  age  dark  purple-bronze  ; 
petioles  same.  F.M.  1872:24.  nigro-rubra.  Lvs.  narrow, 
linear-lanceolate,  dark  brown  with  rosy  crimson  cen- 
ters, young  often  entirely  rose.  Norwoodiensis.  Lvs. 
striped  with  yellow,  green  and  crimson,  last  color  prin- 
cipally confined  to  the  margin  ;  petioles  brilliant.  Ee- 
gina.  A  broad-lvd.  form.  Robinsoniana.  Lvs.  long, 
lanceolate-acuminate,  arched,  light  green,  striped  with 
bronze-green  and  brownish  crimson.-  I.H.  26:342. 
Schiildii.  Lvs.  broad,  variegated.  F.E.  7:961.  Sc6ttii. 
Lvs.  broad,  arching,  deep  green,  crimson  edged ;  said  to 
be  ahybrid.  Youngii.  Lvs.  broad,  spreading,  when  young 
bright  green  streaked  with  deep  red  and  tinged  with 
rose,  in  age  bright  bronze.  Youngii,  var.  rosea,  Hort. 
Green,  tinged  with  pink,  white  or  carmine.  Youngii, 
var.  alba,  Hort.  Variegated  with  white  instead  of  red. 
Crosses  with  Scottii  are  known  as  Stricta,  Albo-lineata, 
Mrs.  George  Pullman,  Mrs.  Terry;  with  Norwoodiensis, 
as  Little  Gem. 

List  of  synonyms,  unidentified  trade  names  and  others : 
C.  angiista,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  var.).  Lvs.  narrow,  arch- 
ing, dull  dark  green  above,  purplish  beneath.  A  slender 
form.—  C.  angustifolia,  Kunth  =  C.  stricta.—  O.  aurantlaca, 
Hort.=? — C.  Balmoredna,  Hort.  Lvs.  bronzy,  with  white  and 
pinkish  stripes.—  C.  Sdnksii,  Hook.  Lvs.  very  long,  linear- 
lanceolate,  3-5  ft,  long,  2-3  in.  wide,  petioled,  green,  glaucous 
beneath;  veins  conspicuous.  G.C.  III.  18:613.—  C.  JBerheleyi, 
Hort.=?—  O.  Cassandvce,  Hort.=?—  C.  Chelsoni,  Hort.  (form 
of  C.  terminalis).  Lvs.  large,  glossy  dark  green,  almost  black, 
becoming  suffused  and  edged  with  crimson.  I.H.  19,  p.  90.—  O. 
compdcta,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Lvs.  recurved,  broad, 
dull  green,  with  bronze  and  rose  stripes  in  age.— C.  Dennisoni* 
Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Dwarf:  Ivs.  broad,  bronzy  purple* 


"372 


COBDYLINE 


COREOPSIS 


—  C.  Elizabethice,  Hort.=  ?  -  C.  Eschscholtziana,  Mart.=  C. 
terminalis.—  C.  excelsa,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Lvs. 
broad,  arching,  bronzy,  margined  with  crimson.—  C.  Frederlca 
=  ?—  C.  fru.teseens  =  t.  —  C.  gloribsa,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form). 
Lvs.  very  large  and  broad  green,  with  a  peculiar  bronze-orange 
hue.—  C.  heljjchioldes,  F.  Muell.=  C.  terminalds.—  C.  heliconice- 
fdlia,  Ott.  et  Diet.=C.  terminalis.—  C.  Hendersoni,  H"ort.=?— 
C.  magnified,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Lvs.  large  and 
•  broad,  bronzy  pink,  becoming  darker.—  C.  Manners-Suttonioe, 
F.  Muell.=  C.  terminalis.—  C.  porphyrophylla,  Hort.  (C.  termi- 
nalis form).  Lvs.  deep  bronzy  purple,  glaucous  beneath.  =  G. 
Rex,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Lvs.  medium  width,  bronzy 

g-een,  flushed  purple  and  streaked  with  carmine.—  C.  rosdcea, 
ort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Lvs.  recurved,  broad,  dark  bronzy 
green  margined  with  pmk.—  C.  Salmbnea=i,—  C.  sepiaria, 
Seem=C.  terminalis.—  C.  Sieberi,  Kunth=C.  terminalis.—  C. 
•splendens,  Hort.  (C.  terminalis  form).  Lvs.  dense,  short,  ovate- 
acute,  bronzy  green,  shaded  with  rose-carmine.—  G.  Zeeldn- 
.dica,  Hort.=  C.  rubra.  K  M 


COREOPSIS  (Greek,  signifying  bug-like,  from  the 
fruit).  Compdsitce.  TICKSEED.  Annual  or  perennial 
herbs,  flowering  in  summer  and  autumn.  Nearly  all  na- 
tives of  eastern  N.  Amer.  Lvs.  either  opposite  or  alter- 
nate :  heads  pedunculate  and  radiate  ;  the  broad  in- 
volucre with  bracts  of  two  kinds,  the  outer  narrower  and 
greener,  receptacle  chaffy  ;  rays  very  showy,  yellow 
particolored  or  rarely  rose,  neutral  :  disk  fls.  yellow, 
brown  or  dark.  The  genus  differs  from  Bidens  only  in 
the  broad,  flat  and  winged  akenes,  with  short  or  obso- 
lete pappus.  Many  of  the  species  are  in  the  trade  under 
the  name  Calliopsis.  All  the  kinds  are  of  easiest  cul- 
ture. The  perennials  are  hardy  border  plants.  The  an- 
nuals are  raised  in  any  garden  soil,  and  bloom  freely 
,.with  little  care.  They  are  all  showy  plants. 


549.   Coreopsis  tinctoiia — Calliopsis  elegans  of 
gardens  (X  %). 

Index:  angustif olia, 2 ;  aristosa,  16;  aurea,  17;  auricu- 
lata,  6;  bicolor,  4;  cardaminefolia,  3;  coronata,  8;  del- 
phinifolia,  13;  Drummondii,  5;  elegans,  4;  grandiflora, 
9;  lanceolata,  7;  major,  10;  marmorata,  4;  palraata,  12; 
pubescens,  6;  rosea,  1;  tinctoria,  4;  trichosperma,  15; 
tripteris,  11;  verticillata,  14. 


A.    Disk  yellow  :  rays  rose-purple. 

1.  rosea,  Nutt.   Perennial  :    diffusely  branched  from 
slender,  creeping rootstocks  1-2 ft.  high,  smooth:  Ivs.  op- 
posite and  sm^Jl  (1-1.5  in.  long),  all  narrowly  linear-en- 
tire or  rarely  toothed  or  lobed :  heads  small,  %  in.  broad 
or  less,  short-peduncled  ;  rays  wedge-shaped,  lobed  at 
the  apex  :  akene  oblong,  wingless  ;  pappus  an  obscure 
border.    Southeastern  U.  S. 

AA.    Disk  and  involucre  dark  purple  :  rays  yellow  or 

parti-colored,  wedge-shaped  and  lobed. 
B.    Outer  involucral  bracts  very  short,  triangular. 

2.  angustifdlia,  Ait.    Perennial  :    strict  and  tall, -1-3 
ft.  high,  glabrous,  sparsely  branched  at  the  summit  : 
Ivs.  alternate,  entire,  thickish,  basal  few  or  wanting, 
lower  cauline  elliptical  on  long  petioles,  upper  narrowly 
spatulate,  sessile  or  reduced  to  bracts  :  heads  1-1.5  in. 
broad;  rays  entirely  yellow:  akene  with  lacerate  wings 
and  setiform  awns.    Southern  U.  S. 

3.  Cdrdaminefolia,  Torr.  &  Gray.    Annual :   low  and 
diffusely  much  branched  from  the  base,  6-18  in.  high, 
glabrous  :  basal   Ivs.  numerous-petioled,  pinnatifid,  di- 
visions narrowly  elliptical,  becoming  linear  in  the  upper 
Ivs. :  heads  as  in  the  next,  but  smaller,  and  often  en- 
tirely dark  :    akenes  winged,   smooth  ;    pappus   none. 
Southern  U.  S. 

4.  tinctdria,  Nutt.   (C.   bicolor,   Reich.     C.   elegans, 
Hort.    Calliopsis  marmorata,  Hort. ).  Fig.  549.  Annual: 
stem  strict,  1-3  ft.  high,  branched  only  at. the  summit, 
glabrous:  basal  Ivs.  wanting,  cauline  opposite,  sessile, 
pinnatifid,  divisions  all  long  and  narrowly  linear:  heads 
%-l^in.  broad,  small  ;    rays  with  dark  purple  base  : 
akenes   oblong,  wingless,  smooth.     Cent.  U.  S.     B.M. 
2512.   B.R.  10:846.   Mn.  1:85.— A  common  garden  annual; 
showy  and  good.    Var.  nana,  Hort.    Dwarf,  low  and  com- 
pact.   Tom  Thumb  varieties. 

Var.  atropurpurea,  Hook.  (C.  nlgra,  Hort.).  Rays  al- 
most entirely  dark.  B.M.  3511. 

BB.    Outer  involucral  bracts  narrowly  linear, 
equalling  the  inner. 

5.  Drummondii,  Torr.  &  Gray  (C.  diversifblia,  Hook. 
C.  plcta,  Hort.).    GOLDEN  WAVE.    Annual:  stem  strict, 
branched  above,  10-18  in.  high,  sparsely  hirsute  below: 
basal  Ivs.  wanting,  cauline  petioled,  pinnatifid,  divisions 
short,  broadly  elliptical,  those  of  the  upper  Ivs.  linear: 
heads    1-2  in.  broad,  large  ;  rays  usually  dark  at   the 
base:  akene  oval,  thick,  wingless,  smooth;  pappus  none. 
Tex.    B.M.  3474.   S.B.F.G.  II.  4:  315. 

AAA.    Disk  yellow  or  brown:  rays  entirely  yellow 
(except  rarely  No.  8). 

B.    Bays  wedge-shaped,  lobed  at  the  apex:  peduncles 

6-16  in.  long,  naked. 
C.    Lvs.  all  entire  or  with  a  few  basal  lobes  :   large. 

6.  pubescens,  Ell.  (C.  auriculdta,  Schk.  and  Hort.). 
Perennial:  tall,  1-4  ft.  high,  branched  above,  pubescent 
or  nearly  glabrous,  more  leafy  than  the  following  species : 
Ivs.  thickish,  basal  wanting,  obovate-oval   to    oblong- 
lanceolate,  very  acute,  petioled  or  nearly  sessile,  entire 
or  with  small,  acute,    lateral    lobes;    outer   involucral 
bracts  lanceolate,  nearly  as  long  as  the  inner  :  akenes 
similar  to  those  of  the  next  species.    Southern  U.  S. 

7.  lanceolata,  Linn.    Fig.  550.    Perennial  :    low,   1-2 
ft.  high,  sparingly  branched,  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  Ivs. 
few,  opposite,  mostly  near  the  base,  oblong-spatulate  to 
linear,  petioled,  mostly  obtuse,  entire  (rarely  with  a  few 
lateral  lobes) :  heads  1.5-2.5  in.  broad  ;  peduncles  very 
long,  outer  involucre  equaling  the  inner:   akenes  orbic- 
ular, papillose,  broadly  winged;  pappus  minute  or  obso- 
lete.   Eastern  U.  S.— Used  extensively  for  cut  fls. 

Var.  angustifdlia,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Low  :  stems  scapi- 
form:  Ivs.  narrow  and  crowded,  2-4  lines  wide. 

Var.  villdsa,  Michx.  Lvs.  spatulate-obovate  to  ob- 
long, villous,  as  is  also  the  stem,  with  jointed  hairs. 

cc.    Lvs.  mostly  pinnatifid,  small. 

8.  coronata,  Hook.    Annual:  low  and  often  weak,  12- 
18  in.  high,  much  branched  from  the  base,  sparsely  hir- 
sute: Ivs.  opposite,  basal  numerous  petioled,  pinnatifid, 
divisions  ovate,  lateral  much  smaller  ;  cauline  few,  re- 


COREOPSIS 


CORIARIA 


373 


duced,  spatulate,  often  entire  :  heads  1.5-2  in.  broad; 
rays  often  with  a  few  dark  spots  above  the  orange  base; 
outer  involuqre  K  shorter  than  the  inner  :  akene  orbic- 
ular, broadly  winged ;  pappus  very  minute.  Tex.  B.M. 
3460.  S.H.  1:270. 


550.   Coreopsis  lanceolata.     Single  flower  natural  size. 

9.  grandiflora,  Nutt.  ( C.  Ungipes,  Hook. ) .   Perennial : 
simple  or  few-fld.,  glabrous,  1-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  opposite, 
basal  wanting,  lower  eauline  spatulate  or  lanceolate,  en- 
tire, upper  divided  into  several  linear  entire  divisions  : 
heads  1-2. 5  in.  broad:  akene  orbicular,  papillose,  broadly 
winged  ;    pappus  paleaceous.     Southern  U.  S.     Sweet, 
B.F.G.  175.   B.M.  3586.    Gn.  47:995.   Mn.  5:201. 

BB.    Rays  elliptical,  entire  or  nearly  so. 

c.    Leaf  divisions  entire. 
D.    Divisions  lanceolate,  large. 

10.  major,  Walt.   (C.senifblia,  Michx.).    Perennial: 
tall  and  stout,  2-3  ft.  high,  pubescent,  much  branched 
above  :    Ivs.  opposite,    basal    wanting,   lower    eauline 
small,  upper  sessile,  2-3  in.  long,  palmately  3-divided, 
divisions  equal,  broadly  lanceolate,  acute :  heads  l%-2  in. 
broad  :    akenes  obovate-elliptical,   winged,    summit  2- 
toothed.    Southeastern  U.  S. 

Var.  (Emleri,  Britton.  Smooth,  leaf -divisions  more 
attenuate  at  the  base.  B.M.  3484  as  C.  senifolia. 

Var.  linearis.  Small.  Smooth:  leaf-divisions  narrow, 
2-4  lines  wide. 

11.  tripteris,  Linn.    Perennial  :   very  large  and  stout, 
4-8  ft.  high,  branched  above,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  opposite, 
petioled,  4-6  in.  long,  pinnatifid,  divisions   broadly   or 
narrowly  lanceolate  :    heads  medium,  pale  :  akene  ob- 
long, narrowly  winged;  pappus  wanting.    Cent.  U.  S. 


DD.    Division.*  broadly  linear  to  filiform. 

12.  palmata,   Nutt.   ( ('.  pnccojr,  Fres.).     Perennial: 
tall  and  stout,  l%-3  ft.  high,  sparingly  branched  at  the 
summit :  Ivs.  opposite,  thick,  cuneate,  2.5  in.  long,  3- 
cleft  to  the  middle,  divisions  broadly  linear,  midrib  3- 
nerved  below:  heads  l>2-2Kin.  broad  :  akenes  oblong, 
narrowly  winged  ;   pappus  minute  or  obsolete.     Cent. 
U.S.    R.H.  1845:265. 

13.  delphinifolia,  Lam.   Perennial:  glabrous,  branched 
above,  1-3  ft.  high  :    Ivs.  opposite,  sessile,  2-3  in.  long, 
the    basal  wanting,  pinnatifid,   divisions   3-7,   broadly 
linear ;    disk    dark  brown  :    akene    obovate,   narrowly 
winged;  pappus  teeth  short.    Southeastern  U.  S. 

14.  verticillata,  Linn.  (C.  tenuifblia,  Ehrh.).    Peren- 
nial:  sparingly  branched,  1-3  ft.  high:   basal  Ivs.  want- 
ing, eauline  opposite,  sessile,  1-2-ternately  divided,  di- 
visions linear-filiform  :    heads  1-1  %  in.  broad:    akenes 
obovate-wedge-shaped,  narrowly  winged;  pappus  nearly 
obsolete.    Eastern  U.  S. 

cc.    Leaf-divisions  coarsely  serrate  or  incised. 

15.  trichosp6rma,  Michx.    Annual  :  tall,  2-5  ft.  highr 
branched  near  the  summit,  glabrous:  Ivs.  2-4  in.  long, 
the  lower    wanting,  pinnatifid,  on  very  short  petioles, 
divisions  narrowly  lanceolate,  acute,  serrate  or  incised; 
rays  pale  :    akene  4  lines  long,  cuneate,  flat,  wingless, 
ciliate  and  hairy;  awns  2,  very  short.    Eastern  U.  S. 

Var.  tenuiloba,  Gray.    Leaf-segments  linear. 

16.  aristdsa,  Michx.    Annual  :  like  the  last,  but  Ivs. 
slightly  pubescent  beneath  :  akenes  broader,  with  slen- 
der awns  as  long  as  the  body.     Cent.  U.  S.    B.M.  6462. 
R.H.  1869:72. 

17.  aurea,  Ait.    Annual:    glabrous,  1-3  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
pinnatifid,  the  upper  sometimes  simple;  divisions  from 
lanceolate  to  linear,  sparingly  incised;  outer  involucral 
bracts  narrowly  linear,  inner   black-punctate  :    akenes 
broadly  cuneate,  very    small    (1-2    lines    long),  nearly 

§labrous;  pappus  of  two  blunt,  chaffy,  very  short  teethu 
outheastern  U.  S.— Very  variable. 

C.  aristdsa,  Michx.,  C.  involucrata,  Nutt.,  and  C.  tn'cfio- 
sperma,  Michx.,  are  now  usually  placed  under  Bidens.—  C.  At-- 
kinsoniana,  Dougl.,  differs  from  C.  tinctoria  in  its  larger  size* 
and  winged  akenes.  Annual.  Western  U.  S.—  C.  auriculata, . 
Linn.  Perennial :  low,  stoloniferous,  hirsute :  Ivs.  petioled, . 
short,  oval,  mostly  entire:  heads  large,  very  long,  peduncled: 
probably  not  in  the  trade.  Southern  U.  S.—  C.  involucrata, . 
Nutt.  Annual :  like  C.  aristosa,  but  heads  larger,  involucral 
bracts  more  numerous,  awns  shorter.  Cent.  U.  S.—  C.  Leaven- 
worthii,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Annual:  leaf-divisions  linear-spatulste:. 
rays  cuneate,  lobed,  yellow;  awns  2,  slender:  akene  winged. 
Southern  U.  S.—  C.  nudata,  Nutt.  Perennial  :  rush-like,  Ivs. 
mostly  basal,  long,  filiform  ;  rays  rose-colored:  wing  of  akene' 
pectinate.  Southern  U.  S. 

C.  arguta,  Pursh=C.  aurea,  Ait.—  C.  atropurpurea,  Hort.^ 
Thelesperma,  sp.—  C.  Boykiniana,  Nutt.=C.  grandiflora.—  C'. 
dichotoma,  Michx.=C.  angustifolia.—  C.  diversifolia,  DC.=C. 
auriculata.— C.  linifdlia,  Nutt.=C.  angustifolia.—  C.  marmo- 
rata,  Hort.=C.  tinctoria.—  C.  oblongifdlia.'Kiitt.—Q.  lanceolata. 

K.  M.  WIEGAND. 

CORIANDER  is  the  seed-like  fruit  of  Coriandrum 
sativum,  Linn.,  an  umbelliferous  annual  of  S.  Europe. 
The  plant  grows  2-3  ft.  high,  glabrous,  strong-smelling, 
with  Ivs.  divided  into  almost  thread-like  divisions,  and 
small-white  fls.  The  plant  is  easily  grown  in  garden 
soil.  It  occasionally  becomes  spontaneous  about  old 
yards.  The  seeds  (or  fruits)  are  used  as  seasoning  and 
flavoring  in  pastries,  confections  and  liquors,  although 
they  are  less  known  in  this  country  than  caraway.  The 
plant  is  occasionally  cultivated  in  Amer.  gardens  along 
with  sweet  herbs. 

CORIANDRUM.    See  Coriander. 

CORIARIA  (corium,  skin,  leather  ;  as  frutex  coria- 
rius,  a  shrub  used  for  tanning  leather,  was  described  by 
Pliny).  Coriariacece.  Shrubs  or  perennial  herbs  : 
Ivs.  deciduous,  entire,  3-9-nerved,  opposite  and  disti- 
chous :  fls.  polygamous-monoecious  in  slender  racemes, 
small;  petals  and  sepals  5;  stamens  10:  fr.  berry-like, 
consisting  of  5  1-seeded  nutlets  enclosed  by  the  en- 
larged and  colored  petals.  About  8  species  in  Himal. 
and  E.  Asia,  Mediterranean  region,  N.  Zealand  and  S. 
Amer.  Ornamental  shrubs  or  herbs,  with  slender,  arch,- 


374 


CORIARIA 


CORN 


ing  branches  imitating  pinnate  Ivs.,  and  with  very 
showy  yellow,  red  or  black  fr.  The  Ivs.  of  some  species 
are  used  for  tanning  leather  ;  the  frs.  are  poisonous. 
C.  Japdnica  has  proved  hardy  with  slight  protection  in 
Massachusetts,  and  C.  terminalis  seems  to  be  of  the 
same  hardiness  ;  the  other  species  are  more  tender. 
They  grow  in  almost  any  good  garden  soil,  and  prefer 
sunny  position.  Prop,  readily  by  seeds  and  greenwood 
cuttings  in  summer  under  glass  ;  also  by  suckers  and 
layers. 

Jap6nica,  Gray.  Shrub,  2-3,  sometimes  to  10  ft.: 
branches  quadrangular  :  Ivs.  nearly  sessile,  ovate  or 
ovate-lanceolate,  3  nerved,  smooth,  2-4  in.  long  :  fls.  in 
axillary  racemes  from  the  branches  of  last  year:  fr.  be- 
coming bright  red  in  summer,  changing  to  violet-black 
when  ripe.  Jap.  B.M.  7509.  G.F.  10:343. 

terminalis,  Hemsl.  Herbaceous  or  suffruticose,  2-3 
ft.:  branches  quadrangular  :  Ivs.  nearly  sessile,  broad- 
<ovate  to  ovate -lanceolate,  5-9-nerved,  scabrous  on  the 
veins  beneath,  1-3  in.:  fls.  in  terminal  racemes  on 
shoots  of  the  current  year  :  fr.  bright  yellow.  Sikkim, 
•  China. — A  very  ornamental  plant,  keeping  its  yellow  fr. 
from  July  until  late  in  fall  ;  being  herbaceous,  it  is 
easier  to  protect  from  frost  than  the  former.  Recently 
introduced  into  cult,  as  C.  Nepale 


C.myrtifblia,~L\rm..  Shrub,  4-10  ft.:  Ivs.  3-nerved,  glabrous: 
fls.  greenish,  from  the  old  wood:  fr.  black,  poisonous.  Medi- 
terranean region.  Yields  a  black  dye.—  C.  Nepalensis,  Wall. 
Shrub,  8-10  ft.:  Ivs.  3-5-nerved,  glabrous  :  fls.  brownish  :  fr. 
black.  Himal.—  C.  sarmentbsa,  Forst.  Suffruticose,  procum- 
bent :  racemes  axillary,  on  young  branches.  B.M.  2470.  The 
Wineberry  shrub  of  the  natives.  The  berries  yield  a  pleasant 
idrink,  but  the  seeds  are  poisonous.  ALFRED  REHDER 


551.   Kernels  of  Corn  on  the  cob— Sweet  Corn  behind, 
Pop  Corn  in  front  (X  >£). 

CORK  is  the  name  applied  to  the  outer  impervious 
part  of  the  bark  in  plants.  In  JSuonymus  Thunbergi- 
anus,  the  English  maple,  the  corky  barked  elm,  and 
other  trees  and  shrubs,  it  forms  wings  on  the  branches. 
The  cork  of  commerce  comes  from  the  bark  of  Quercus 
Ilex  (better  known  as  Q.  Suber),  plantations  of  which 
grow  in  southwestern  Eu.  The  cork  tree  of  the  cata- 
logues, Phellodendron  Armirense,  is  a  curious  tree,  cult, 
solely  for  ornament.  w  w<  ROWLEE. 

CORN,  MAIZE  (SWEET  and  POP).  A  tender  annual, 
cultivated  in  America  from  prehistoric  times.  The 
word  Maize,  Spanish  Maiz,  is  derived  from  the  name 
Malm,  which  Columbus  adopted  for  this  cereal  from  the 
Haytians.  Maize  has  not  yet  been  found  truly  wild. 
Its  close  relation  to  Teosinthe,  Euchlcena  Mexicana, 
Schrad.,  is  indicated  by  the  known  fertile  hybrids,  or 


cross-breeds  between  Teosinthe  and  Maize.  Teosinthe 
and  the  only  other  species  which  show  close  botanical 
relationship  to  Maize  are  indigenous  to  Mexico.  Bota- 
nists now  almost  unanimously  concede  that  Maize  origi- 
nated in  America,  and  it  is  probable  that  it  is  indige- 
nous to  Mexico.  See  Zea. 

The  white  settlers  early  learned  from  the  American 
Indians  the  use  of  Maize  as  an  article  of  food.  Several 
Indian  names  for  certain  preparations  which  they 
adopted  or  adapted,  have  passed  into  the  language  of 
the  American  people,  as,  for  example,  samp,  hominy, 
succotash.  They  cultivated  Maize  both  as  a  staple  field 
crop  and  in  the  garden  under  the  name  of  Indian  Corn, 
which  name,  or  the  simple  name  of  Corn,  remains  to  the 
present  time  its  almost  exclusive  designation  through- 
out the  English-speaking  portions  of  the  continent.  It 
now  holds  first  rank  among  the  agricultural  products  of 
the  United  States  in  the  area  devoted  to  its  cultivation, 
and  in  the  value  of  the  annual  crop.  The  kinds  now 
commonly  found  in  garden  culture  are  sweet  Corns  and 
pop  Corns.  The  other  kinds,  which  are  more  strictly 
agricultural,  are  called  field  Corns,  but  in  some  locali- 
ties sweet  Corn  and  pop  Corn  are  also  found  under  field 
culture,  the  former  either  as  a  truck  crop  or  for  can- 
neries, the  latter  to  supply  the  comparatively  limited 
demand  in  domestic  markets.  Sweet  Corn  and  Pop 
Corn  only  will  receive  special  attention  in  this  article. 
BOTANICAL  CLASSIFICATION.  — Zea  almost  uniformly 
has  been  called  by  botanists  a  monotypic  genus,  its  one 
species  being  Maize.  But  Maize  is  an  extremely  vari- 
able species,  including  groups  which  are  separated  by 
definite  characteristics.  As  a  working  classification, 
that  proposed  by  Sturtevant  is  the  best  which  has  yet 
appeared.  He  describes  7 "agricultural  species." 
These  are  Zea  tunicata,  the  pod  Corns  ;  Z. 
everta,  the  Pop  Corns  (Fig.  551);  Z.  indurata, 
the  Flint  Corns;  Z.  indentata,  the  Dent  Corns; 
Z,  amylacea,  the  soft  Corns;  Z.  saccharata,  the 
sweet  or  sugar  Corns  (Figs.  551, 552) ;  Z.  amylea- 
saccharata,  the  starchy  Sweet  Corns.  Zea  Mays, 
Linn.,  belongs  to  the  natural  order  of  grasses 
or  Gramineae.  Culms  1  or  more,  solid,  erect, 
1^-15  ft.  tall,  or  more,  terminated  by  a  panicle 
of  stamiriate  fls.  (the  tassel) ;  internodes  grooved 
on  one  side:  branches  ear-bearing  or  obsolete: 
Ivs.  long,  broad,  channeled,  tapering  to  the  pen- 
dulous tips,  with  short,  hyaline  ligules  and 
open,  embracing  sheaths:  fls.  monoecious,  awn- 
less,  usually  proterandrous  ;  staminate  fls.  in 
clusters  of  2  to  4,  often  overlapping  ;  one  fl. 
usually  pediceled,  the  other  sessile  or  all  ses- 
sile: glumes  herbaceous ;  paleamembranaceous; 
anthers  3,  linear.  The  ear  contains  the  pistillate 
fls.  on  a  hard,  thickened,  cylindrical  spike  oj 
spadix  (cob),  which  is  enclosed  in  many  spatha- 
ceous  bracts  (husks);  spikelets  closely  sessile. 
in  longitudinal  rows,  paired  in  alveoli  with 
hard,  corneous  margin;  2  fls.  on  a  spikelet,  the 
lower  abortive  ;  glumes  membranaceous ;  style 
single,  filiform,  very  long  (silk) ;  ovary  usually 
sessile.  Ear  variable  in  length  and  size,  often 
distichous;  grain  variable  in  shape,  size  and 
color.  See  Plate  VII. 

SWEET  CORN  (Zea  saccharata,  Sturt.  Figs. 
551,552.).— A  well-defined  species-group, charac- 
terized by  horny,  more  or  less  crinkled, wrinkled 
or  shriveled  kernel,  having  a  semi-transparent  or  trans- 
lucent appearance.  Sturtevant  in  1899  lists  61  distinct 
varieties.  He  gives  the  first  variety  of  Sweet  Corn  re- 
corded in  American  cultivation  as  being  introduced 
into  the  region  about  Plymouth,  Mass.,  from  the  In- 
dians of  the  Susquehanna  in  1779.  Schenck,  in  1854, 
knew  two  varieties.  It  appears,  therefore,  that  the  dis- 
tribution of  Sweet  Corn  into  cultivation  made  little  pro- 
gress prior  to  the  last  half  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
green  field  Corn  having  largely  occupied  its  place  prior 
to  that  period. 

Sweet  Corn  is  preeminently  a  garden  vegetable,  al- 
though the  large  kinds  are  sometimes  grown  for  silage 
or  stover.  As  a  garden  vegetable,  it  is  used  when  it  has 
reached  the  "roasting  ear"  stage,  the  kernel  then  being 
well  filled  and  plump  but  soft,  and  "in  the  milk."  The 
kernel  is  the  only  part  used  for  human  food.  When 


8 


if 


CORN 

Sweet  Corn  is  used  as  a  fresh  vegetable  it  is  often  cooked 
and  served  on  the  cob.  In  preparing  it  for  canning  or 
drying,  it  is  always  c.ut  from  the  cob.  Dried  Sweet  Corn, 
though  never  an  article  of  commerce,  was  formerly  much 
used,  especially  by  the  rural  population.  It  is  gradually 
being  abandoned  for  canned  Corn,  for  other  cereal  prep- 
arations, or  for  other  vegetables.  It  is  practically  un- 
known as  human  food  outside  North  America. 

Canned  Sweet  Corn  has  come  to  be  an  important 
article  of  domestic  commerce  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  A  considerable  amount  goes  to  Alaska,  but  at 
the  present  time  very  little  is  exported.  The  American 
Grocer  states  that  the  annual  Corn  pack  for  the  United 
States  and  Canada  for  the  year  1898  was  4,398,563 
cases,  each  containing  2  dozen  2-pound  tins.  New  York 
leads  with  the  production  of  1,410,569  cases.  Maine, 
Illinois  and  Iowa  follow  in  rank  in  the  order  named. 
These  four  states  now  pack  80  per  cent  of  the  Corn 
which  is  canned  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 
While  these  figures  are  not  strictly  accurate,  they  are 
the  best  obtainable,  and  give  a  general  idea  of  the  ex- 
tent and  distribution  of  this  industry.  No  better  canned 
Corn  is  put  on  the  market  than  that  produced  in  Maine, 
where  it  is  largely  grown  in  localities  having  a  season 
too  short  to  mature  the  seed. 

As  a  rule,  Sweet  Corn  is  grown  for  the  canneries  un- 
der contract.  The  canning  company  supplies  the  seed, 
guaranteeing  it  to  be  good  and  true  to  name.  The 
farmer  agrees  to  grow  a  certain  number  of  acres  and 
deliver  the  whole  crop  to  the  cannery  at  a  stipulated 
price.  The  price  now  paid  in  western  New  York  is 
about  $10  per  ton  of  good  ears,  after  deducting  the  as- 
certained average  percentage  of  husks  and  rejected  ears. 
Three  tons  per  acre  of  good  ears  is  considered  a  good 
yield.  The  ears  are  snapped  from  the  stalks  with  the 
husks  on  and  hauled  in  deep  wagon  boxes  to  the  can- 
neries. The  stalks,  when  preserved  either  as  ensilage 
or  as  stover,  make  excellent  fodder.  The  overripe  and 
inferior  ears,  being  unmarketable,  are  left  on  the  stalks 
and  materially  increase  their  value  as  a  food  for  stock. 
The  stover  keeps  best  in  loose  shocks.  It  is  liable  to 
heat  or  mold  when  closely  packed  in  large  stacks  or 
bays. 

As  a  field  crop,  Corn  is  grown  most  extensively  on 
medium  heavy  loams.  It  luxuriates  in  rich,  warm  soils. 
The  crop  rotation  should  be  planned  so  as  to  use  the 
coarse  manures  with  the  Corn,  which  is  a  gross  feeder. 
On  the  more  fertile  lands  of  the  central  plain,  nitroge- 
nous manures  may  not  always  be  used  to  advantage 
with  Corn,  but  in  the  eastern  and  southern  states,  where 
the  soil  has  lost  more  of  its  original  fertility,  stable 
manure  may  often  be  used  profitably  with  this  crop  at 
the  rate  of  from  8  to  10  cords  per  acre,  or  possibly  more. 
Plowing.  — In  the  northern  part  of  the  Corn  belt  in 
the  central  and  western  states,  that  is  to  say  north  of 
the  Ohio  and  Missouri  rivers,  deep  fall  plowing  of  Corn 
land  is  generally  favored,  but  in  experiments  at  the 
Illinois  and  Indiana  experiment  stations,  the  depth  of 
plowing  has  had  little  influence  on  the  crop.  In  sections 
of  the  eastern  states,  shallow  plowing  late  in  spring  is 
favored,  especially  if  the  land  be  in  sod.  In  warmer, 
drier  regions,  as  in  parts  of  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  list- 
ing has  been  much  practiced  on  stubble  ground.  The 
listing  plow,  having  a  double  mold-board,  throws  the 
soil  into  alternate  furrows  and  ridges,  the  furrows  being 
S  or  9  inches  deeper  than  the  tops  of  the  ridges.  The 
Corn  is  planted  in  the  bottom  of  the  furrow,  either  by 
means  of  a  1-horse  Corn-drill  or  by  a  Corn-drill  attach- 
ment to  the  lister  plow,  consisting  of  a  subsoil  plow, 
through  the  hollow  leg  of  which  the  Corn  is  dropped. 

Great  care  should  be  used  to  secure  seed-corn  having 
high  vitality  as  a  precaution  against  the  rotting  of  the 
seed  in  the  soil  should  the  season  be  cold  and  wet  after 
planting.  Select  ears  for  seed  as  soon  as  the  Corn  is 
well  ripened.  Dry  them  at  once  by  artificial  heat  so  that 
the  seed  may  better  withstand  unfavorable  conditions 
of  temperature  or  moisture.  In  many  localities  so-called 
kiln-dried  seed  is  much  in  favor.  In  selecting  seed  for 
a  field  crop,  seek  systematically  for  stalks  having  little 
or  no  growth  of  stools  a,nd  bearing  single  large  ears. 
For  garden  use,  seed  from  more  productive  stalks  is  de- 
sirable, even  though  the  ears  be  smaller. 
In  the  north,  Sweet  Corn  should  be  planted  as  early  as 


CORN 


375 


can  be  done  without  involving  great  risk  of  loss  from 
frosts  or  from  rotting  of  seed  in  the  soil.  In  New  York, 
field -planting  is  generally  done  from  May  10  to  May  20; 
in  central  Minnesota  from  May  10  to  May  30.  The 
ground  having  been  plowed  and  prepared  so  as  to  make 
a  seed-bed  of  fine,  loose  soil  3  inches  deep,  the  seed 
should  be  planted  to  a  depth  of  from  1  to  3  inches.  The 
drier  and  looser  the  soil  the  greater  should  be  the  depth 
of  planting.  In  planting  small  fields,  the  ground  may 
be  marked  in  check  rows  so  that  the  hills  planted  at  the 
intersection  of  the  rows  will  stand  about  3^  feet  apart 
each  way,  and  the  Corn  planted  by  a  hand-planter, 


552.   Early  Marblehead  Sweet  Corn. 

which  drops  the  desired  number  of  kernels  each  time  it 
is  thrust  into  the  ground.  For  large  fields,  the  check- 
row type  of  planter  may  be  used.  These  planters  drop 
and  cover  the  seed  in  hills  at  uniform  distances  apart, 
planting  two  rows  at  one  trip  across  the  field.  Field 
Corn  is  often  planted  in  drills  by  machines  adapted  to 
this  purpose,  but  Sweet  Corn  should  be  grown  under  in- 
tensive culture/and  should  be  in  hills,  so  that  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground  may  be  kept  loose  and  entirely  free 
from  weeds. 

Till  for  the  purpose  of  retaining  soil  moisture  as  well 
as  to  kill  weeds.  This  requires  frequent  shallow  tillage, 
pulverizing  the  surface  of  the  soil  so  that  it  will  act  as 
a  mulch  and  retard  the  evaporation  of  soil  moisture. 
Begin  tillage  as  soon  as  the  planting  is  done,  using  the 
slanting-tooth  harrow  and  Breed's  weeder  types  of  im- 
plements till  the  Corn  is  6  inches  high,  after  which  use 
spring-tooth  cultivators  or  2-horse  cultivators  of  the 
type  having  several  shovels  on  each  side.  These  are 
preferable  to  the  double-shovel  type,  formerly  much 
used.  The  type  having  revolving  disks,  which  throw  the 
earth  towards  the  Corn,  is  objectionable  because  the 
center  of  the  furrow  is  left  bare  of  loose  soil,  which 
should  cover  all  the  ground  as  a  mulch. 

Till  at  intervals  of  from  7  to  10  days.  At  first  the  cul- 
tivator may  run  from  2  inches  deep  near  the  plant  to  4 
inches  deep  midway  between  the  rows.  Each  successive 
cultivation  should  gradually  increase  in  depth  between 
the  rows ;  throw  a  half  inch  or  more  of  earth  towards  the 
Corn  and  cover  the  weeds.  At  the  last  cultivation  the 
cultivator  may  be  kept  a  little  farther  from  the  Corn. 
It  should  leave  the  soil  pulverized  to  a  depth  of  from 
2  to  3  inches  over  the  entire  field.  The  earlier  cultiva- 
tion may  be  deepened,  if  necessary,  to  kill  weeds,  even 
though  some  Corn  roots  are  severed,  but  cutting  the 
roots  by  deep  cultivation  late  in  the  season  is  to  be  es- 
pecially avoided.  Till  the  soil  until  the  Corn  gets  so 
large  as  to  prevent  the  use  of  a  2-horse  cultivator.  Oc- 
casionally a  later  cultivation,  with  a  1-horse  cultivator, 
may  be  necessary  if  heavy  rains  leave  the  surface  soil 
hard  and  start  the  weeds.  Often  catch  crops  for  late 
pasturage,  cover-crops  or  crops  of  winter  wheat  or  rye 
are  sown  in  the  cornfield  and  cultivated  in  with  the 
last  cultivation.  The  seed  is  covered  deeply  by  culti- 
vating it  in  because  the  weather  is  apt  to  be  dry  at  this 
period.  The  lower  part  of  the  furrow-slice  is  thus  left 
compact,  furnishing  a  compact  seed-bed,  in  which  small 
grains  delight. 

The  cultivation  of  Sweet  Corn  in  the  garden  should 
follow  the  general  lines  advocated  for  field  culture,  but 
stable  manure  and  commercial  fertilizers  may  be  used 
more  liberally.  It  is  well  to  put  a  small  amount  of  a  com- 


376 


CORN 


CORNUS 


plete  commercial  fertilizer  in  each  hill,  and  mix  it  well 
with  the  soil  before  planting  the  Corn.  A  fertilizer  which 
has  a  large  amount  of  nitrogen  in  quickly  available  form 
should  be  chosen  for  this  purpose.  Dwarf  early  maturing 
varieties  may  be  planted,  for  early  use,  as  soon  as  the 
ground  is  sufficiently  dry  and  warm.  A  little  later,  when 
the  ground  is  warmer,  the  second  early  main  crop  and 
late  varieties  may  be  planted.  Later  successional  plant- 
ings insure  a  supply  of  green  Corn  till  frost  kills  the 
plants. 

Corn  is  not  grown  commercially  as  a  forcing  crop. 
Attempts  to  force  it  in  winter  have  not  given  encourag- 
ing results,  but  it  may  be  successfully  forced  in  spring, 
following  any  of  the  crops  of  vegetables  which  are  grown 
under  glass,  providing  the  houses  are  piped  so  as  to 
maintain  the  night  temperature  at  65°  F.  Provide  good 
drainage.  Give  a  liberal  application  of  stable  manure, 
and  thoroughly  mix  it  with  the  soil.  In  the  latitude  of 
New  York  the  planting  may  be  made  as  early  as  the  1st 
of  March.  As  soon  as  the  first  leaf  has  unfolded  the 
temperature  may  be  allowed  to  run  high  in  the  sun,  if 
the  air  is  kept  moist  by  wetting  the  floors  and  walls.  The 
glass  need  not  be  shaded.  Keep  night  temperature  close 
to  65°  F.,  not  lower  and  not  much  higher.  After  the  silk 
appears,  jar  the  stalks  every  two  or  three  days,  when  the 
atmosphere  is  dry,  and  thus  insure  abundant  pollination. 
Early  maturing  varieties,  like  Cory,  give  edible  Corn  in 
about  60  days  when  thus  treated.  Corn  may  be  forced 
in  the  same  house  with  tomatoes,  egg-plant,  and  other 
vegetables  which  require  similar  range  of  temperature. 

VARIETIES.— Some  of  the  desirable  varieties  for  the 
garden,  the  market  and  for  canning  are  listed  below. 
These  varieties  are  named  for  the  purpose  of  showing 
the  range  of  variation  and  of  indicating  the  leading 
groups  or  types,  not  to  recommend  these  particular  kinds. 
New  varieties  are  continually  supplanting  the  old. 

For  the  home  garden.— Extra-early :  Early  Marblehead 
(Fig.  552) ,  Burbank  Early.  Second  Early :  Crosby  Early. 
Main  Crop  :  Large  Eight -Rowed,  Hickox  Improved, 
Stowell  Evergreen.  Late  :  Black  Mexican,  Country 
Gentleman. 

For  market.— Extra-early:  Early  Cory,  Perry  Hybrid; 
Extra-early  Adams,  though  not  a  sweet  Corn,  is  largely 
grown  for  early  use.  Second  Early  :  Shaker  Early, 
Crosby  Early;  Early  Adams  is  grown  extensively  for 
market,  though  not  a  sweet  Corn.  Main  Crop  and  Late : 
Mammoth,  Stowell  Evergreen,  Egyptian,  Country 
Gentleman. 

For  canning.— Hickox  Improved,  Crosby  Early,  Potter 
Excelsior,  Country  Gentleman,  Egyptian,  Old  Colony, 
Stowell  Evergreen. 

DISEASES  AND  PESTS.  — The  most  widespread  and  de- 
structive disease  of  Corn  in  the  United  States  is  the 
smut  produced  by  the  parasitic  smut-fungus,  Ustilago 
Zece.  The  sorghum -head  smut,  Ustilago  Reiliana, 
also  attacks  Maize.  Smut  causes  most  injury  when  it 
attacks  the  ears.  The  grains  are  transformed  into  a 
mass  of  dark-colored  smut  spores,  and  become  ex- 
ceedingly swollen  and  distorted  out  of  all  semblance 
to  their  normal  outlines.  Infection  may  take  place  at 
any  growing  point  of  the  plant  from  early  till  late  in  the 
season,  hence  treatment  of  seed  Corn  by  fungicides  is  of 
no  value  as  a  remedy  for  Corn  smut.  The  destruction 
of  smutted  parts  of  the  plants,  and  taking  especial  care 
that  the  smut  does  not  become  mixed  with  manure  which 
is  used  for  the  Corn  crop,  are  measures  which  may  be 
expected  to  lessen  the  prevalence  of  the  disease.  No 
remedy  is  known. 

The  only  other  disease  of  Sweet  Corn  which  is  known 
to  be  of  economic  importance  in  the  United  States  is  the 
bacterial  blight  caused  by  Pseudomonas  Stewarti.  It  has 
been  found  in  New  York,  New  Jersey  and  Michigan,  but 
thus  far  has  been  seriously  destructive  only  on  Long 
Island  on  early  dwarf  varieties  of  Sweet  Corn.  It  is  char- 
acterized by  wilting  and  complete  drying  of  the  whole 
plant,  as  if  affected  by  drought,  except  that  the  leaves  do 
not  roll  up.  The  fibro-vascular  bundles  become  distinctly 
yellow,  and  are  very  noticeable  when  the  stalk  is  cut 
open.  The  disease  attacks  the  plant  at  any  period  of 
growth,  but  is  most  destructive  about  the  time  the  silk 
appears.  No  remedy  is  known. 

Over  200  species  of  insects  are  known  to  be  injurious 
to  Corn,  either  to  some  part  of  the  growing  plant  or  to 


the  stored  product.  The  Corn  worm  is  also  known  south 
as  the  cotton-boll  worm.  It  is  destructive  to  Sweet  Corn 
especially,  for  it  burrows  into  the  ear  and  feeds  on  the 
tender  green  Corn,  rendering  the  ear  unacceptable  either 
at  canneries  or  in  market.  It  is  known  to  do  serious  dam- 
age as  far  north  as  western  New  York.  The  best  known 
method  of  fighting  this  insect  is  the  breaking  of  the 
pupae  cells  in  the  earth  by  shallow  fall  plowing,  which, 
at  best,  is  but  a  partial  remedy.  Wire-worms,  northern 
corn-root  worms,  white  grubs,  and  certain  other  grass 
insects  attack  Corn  plants.  One  of  the  best  preventive 
measures  is  to  plan  the  rotation  so  that  Corn  does  not 
immediately  follow  any  cereal  or  grass  crop. 

POP  CORN  (Zea  everta,  Sturt.).  — Characterized  by  the 
excessive  proportion  of  the  corneous  endosperm,  and 
the  small  size  of  the  kernels  and  ear.  The  kernel  split 
laterally  shows  the  chit  and  corneous  matter  enveloping, 
and  in  some  cases  a  fine,  starchy  line.  The  small  size  of 
the  kernel  and  the  property  of  popping  makes  identifica- 
tion certain.  This  species-group  extends  throughout 
North  and  South  America,  and  has  claims  for  prehis- 
toric culture. 

The  preparation  of  soil,  planting,  and  tillage  recom- 
mended for  Sweet  Corn  apply  equally  well  to  Pop  Corn. 

Varieties.  —  Sturtevant,  in  1899,  describes  26  varieties. 
The  following  kinds  are  popular : 

Dwarf  Golden.  — Ear  1  to  3  inches  long.  An  early -ma- 
turing sort,  with  broad,  golden  yellow  kerncis. 

Rice,  White  Rice. —  Ear  4  to  8  inches  long.  This  vigor- 
ous late  variety  is  widely  cultivated..  This  and  other 
Rice  Corns  are  characterized  by  deep,  tapering,  beaked 
kernels. 

Pearl.  — Ear  4  to  8  inches  long.  Matures  somewhat 
earlier  than  Rice  and  later  than  Dwarf  Golden.  Kernels 
rounded  and  silvery  white.  g  ^  BEACH. 

CORN,  BEOOM.    See  Sorghum. 

COEN  COCKLE.    Lychnis  Githago. 

COENEL,  COENELIAN  CHEEEY.    See  Cornus.  Mas. 

COEN  FLAG,    Gladiolus. 

COENFLOWEE.    Centaurea  Cyanus. 

COEN,  INDIAN.    The  common  name  for  Zea  Mays. 

COEN,  KAFFIR.    See  Sorghum  vulgare,  var.  Durra. 

COEN  POPPY  of  Europe  is  the  weed  of  the  grain 
fields  from  which  some  of  the  garden  poppies  have  been 
raised,  Papaver  Rhwas. 

COEN  SALAD  (  Valerianella  olitoria,  Pall.).  Valeri- 
anacece.  Known  also  as  Lamb's  Lettuce,  Fetticus,  and 
Vetticost.  It  is  a  native  of  Europe.  Sow  the  seed  in 
early  spring,  at  the  time  of  the  first  sowing  of  lettuce, 
and  make  successional  plantings  as  often  as  desired.  For 
very  early  salads  the  seeds  are  planted  in  September, 
and  the  young  plants  are  covered  with  a  light  mulch  and 
wintered  exactly  as  spinach  is  often  managed.  Sow  in 
drills  a  foot  or  18  inches  apart  and  cover  lightly.  Work 
the  ground  thoroughly,  and  give  an  abundance  of  water. 
The  leaves  maybe  blanched,  but  are  usually  eaten  green. 
It  matures  in  60-65  days  during  good  spring  weather. 
Only  one  variety  is  offered  by  most  American  seedsmen, 
but  several  sorts  are  known  to  European  gardeners.  It  is 
sometimes  used  for  a  pot-herb,  being  served  like  spinach, 
but  is  chiefly  valuable  for  salads.  It  is  rather  tasteless, 
and  is  not  so  popular  as  cress  or  lettuce  on  that 
account,  but  persons  who  prefer  a  very  mild  salad,  or 
who  would  rather  taste  the  salad  dressing,  will  doubtless 
fancy  Corn  Salad.  It  is  best  served  in  mixture  with 
other  herbs,  as  lettuce,  water  cress  or  white  mustard.  It 
is  easy  to  grow.  There  are  no  special  enemies. 

F.  A.  WAUGH. 

COENUS  (ancient  Latin  name  of  Cornus  Mas).  Corna- 
cece.  DOGWOOD.  Shrubs  or  trees,  rarely  herbs:  Ivs.  op- 
posite, rarely  alternate  or  whorled,  deciduous,  entire  : 
fls.  small,  4-merous,  usually  white,  in  terminal  cymes 
(Fig.  553)  or  heads:  fr.  a  drupe,  with  2-celled  stone.  Over 
30  species  in  the  temperate  regions  of  the  northern 
hemisphere  and  one  in  Peru.  Hardy  ornamental  shrubs 


CORN US 


CORN US 


377 


with  handsome  foliage,  often  assuming  a  brilliant  fall 
coloring,  and  with  attractive  fls.  and  frs.  Nearly  all  are 
very  desirable  for  plaining  in  shrubberies.  They  grow 
nearly  as  well  in  shady  places 
under  large  trees  as  in  sunny 
exposed  situations,  and  thrive  in 
almost  any  soil.  One  of  the  most 
beautiful  in  bloom  is  C.  florida, 


553. 

Cornus  winter  shoots. 

Showing  the  opposite 
bud  and  terminal 
flower-clusters.  Cor- 
nus Baileyi. 


554.   Cutting  of  Cornus. 


with  extremely  showy  fls.  in  spring.  C.  candidissima  is 
one  of  the  best  for  shrubberies,  blooming  profusely  in 
June.  The  red-branched  species,  as  C.  alba,  C.Amomum, 
C.  Baileyi,  C.  sanguinea,  are  very  attractive  in  winter. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  which  usually  do  not  germinate  until  the 
second  year.  The  species  with  willow-like  soft  wood,  as 
C.  alba  and  its  allies,  grow  readily  from  cuttings  of  ma- 
ture wood,  while  the  others  are  sometimes  increased  by 
layers.  Horticultural  varieties  are  mostly  budded  in  sum- 
mer on  seedlings  of  the  type,  or  grafted  in  early  spring 
in  the  propagating  house.  They  are  often  grown  in  this 
country  from  nearly  ripened  cuttings  (Fig.  554),  handled 
in  frames  in  summer. 

Various  species  of  Cornus  have  many  interesting  uses. 
Our  native  C.  florida,  which  in  flower  is  the  showiest 
member  of  the  genus,  furnishes  a  useful  substitute  for 
quinine.  The  bark  of  all  parts  contains  the  same  sub- 
stances found  in  Cinchona,  but  in  different  proportions. 
It  is  inferior  in  effectiveness  and  more  difficult  to  obtain 
in  large  quantities.  It  is  sometimes  possible  to  ward  off 
fevers  by  merely  chewing  the  twigs.  The  powdered  bark 
makes  a  good  tooth-powder,  and  the  fresh  twigs  can  be 
used  for  the  same  purpose.  The  bark  mixed  with  sul- 
fate  of  iron  makes  a  good  black  ink.  The  bark  of  the 
roots  yields  a  scarlet  dye.  The  wood,  being  hard,  heavy, 
and  close  grained,  is  good  for  tool  handles.  The  Cornelian 
Cherry  has  pulpy  fruits  resembling  cornelian  in  color 
and  about  the  size  and  shape  of  olives,  for  which  they 
can  be  substituted.  The  ripe  fruits  are  soft  and  rather 


sweet.  The  name  Dogwood  comes  from  the  fact  that  a 
decoction  of  the  bark  of  C.  sanguinea  was  used  in  Eng- 
land to  wash  mangy  dogs.  The  small  red  berries  of  C. 
Suecica  (not  in  the  trade)  are  eaten  by  the  Esquimaux. 

Index:  alba,  3  and  4;  alternifolia,  1;  Amomum,  7; 
Baileyi,  5;  brachypoda,  2  and  suppl.;  Canadensis,  17; 
candidissima,  9  ;  capitata,  16  ;  circinata,  6  ;  coerulea,  7; 
fastigiata,  10  ;  femina,  10  ;  florida,  13  ;  Japonica,  15  ; 
Kousa,  15  ;  macrophylla,  2  ;  Mas,  11;  mascula,  11;  Nut- 
talli,  14  ;  oblongata,  9  ;  officinalis,  12  ;  paniculata,  9  ; 
sanguinea,  8;  sericea,  7;  Sibirica,  4;  stolonffera,  3; 
stricta,  10;  Tat&rica,  4. 

A.    Shrubs  or  trees. 

B.   Fls.  in  cymes  or  panicles  without  involucre. 

c.   Foliage  alternate:  fls.  in  umbel-like  cymes, 

cream-colored. 

1.  alternifdlia,  Linn.   Fig.  555.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  to 
25  ft.:   Ivs.  slender-petioled,  elliptic  or  ovate,  usually 
cuneate,  acuminate,  nearly  glabrous  above,  pale  or  whit- 
ish beneath  and  appressed  pubescent,  3-5  in.  long:  cymes 
D-2-2%  in.  wide:  fr.  dark  blue,  globular,  %in.  across,  on 
red  peduncles.   May,  June.   N.  Brunswick  to  Georgia  and 
Alabama,  west  to  Minnesota.    S.S.  5:  216.    Em.  463.  — Of 
very  distinct    habit,   the  branches  being  arranged    in 
irregular  whorls,  forming  flat,  horizontally   spreading 
tiers,  as   in  the  picture.    A  variety  which   shows  this 
habit  more  distinctly  than  the  common  form   is  var. 
umbraculifera,  Dieck.     Var.  argentea,  Hort.,  is  a  form 
with  white-marked  foliage. 

2.  macrophylla,  Wall.  ( C.  brachypoda,  Auth.,  not  C.  A. 
Mey. ).     Tree,  to  60   ft.:    Ivs.  slender-petioled,  broadly 
ovate  or  elliptic  ovate,  usually  rounded   at  the  base, 
abruptly  acuminate,  whitish  and  slightly  hairy  beneath, 
3-5  in.  long:  cymes  3-4  in.  wide:  fr.  bluish  black.    June. 
Himalayas  to  Japan.— With  the  habit  of  the  former,  but 
of  more  vigorous  growth ;  not  hardy  north.    Var.  varie- 
gata,  Hort.   Lvs.  edged  white.    Gng.  3:67. 

cc.   Foliage  opposite. 

D.   Fls.  in  umbel-like,  flat  cymes. 

E:   Lvs.  whitish  and  with  straight  appressed  hairs 

beneath:  fr.  white  or  light  bhiish. 

3.  stoloniiera,  Michx.  (C.  dlba,  Wangh).    RED-OSIER 
DOGWOOD.    Fig.  556.    Shrub,  to  8  ft.,  usually  with  dark 
blood -red  branches  and  prostrate  stem,  stoloniferous  : 
Ivs.  obtuse  at  the  base,  ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, 2-5  in.  long:  cymes  dense,  1-2  in.  wide;  disk  usually 
red  :  fr.  white,  with  the  stone  broader  than  high.    May, 
June.    From  Brit.  N.  Amer.  to  Illinois  and  California. 
B.B.  2:545.     G.C.  II.  8:679.-Var.   flaviramea,  Spath. 
Branches  yellow.    There  are  also  varieties  with  varie- 
gated Ivs.    Habit  bush-like,  as  in  the  picture. 


555.   Cornus  alternifolia. 


378 


CORNUS 


COENUS 


4.  alba,  Linn.  (C.  Tatdrica,  Mill.)-  Shrub,  to  10  ft., 
with  usually  erect  stem  and  bright  blood-red  branches, 
mostly  with  glaucous  bloom  when  young:  Ivs.  obtuse  at 
the  base,  ovate  or  elliptic,  somewhat  bullate  or  rugose 
above,  acute,  1  %-3%  in.  long:  cymes  dense,  small;  disk 


556.  Cornus  stolonifera. 


yellow:  fr.  light  bluish,  sometimes  whitish;  stone  usually 
higher  than  broad,  flat.  Siberia,  N.  China.—  Var.  argen- 
teo-marginata,  Hort.  Lvs.  edged  white.  Var.  Spaethi, 
Hort.  Lvs.  broadly  edged  yellow.  Var.  Sibirica,  Lodd. 
Branches  bright  coral-red.  There  are  also  some  other 
varieties  with  variegated  Ivs. 

EE.   Lvs.  with  woolly  pubescence  beneath, 
rarely  nearly  glabrous. 

F.   Fruit  white. 

5.  Baileyi,  Coult.  &  Evans.     Fig.  553.     Erect  shrub, 
with  reddish  branches  :  Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  acute  or 
acuminate,  white  beneath,  with  woolly  and  with  appressed 
hairs,  2-5  in.  long  :  fls.  in  small  rather  compact  woolly 
<;ymes  :  stone  of  the  fruit  much  broader  than  high,  com- 
pressed and  flat-topped.    Pa.  to  Minn,  and  Wyoming. 
G.F.  3  :  465.  —A  very  handsome  species  of  upright  growth, 
with  dark  red  branches,  blooming  nearly  all  summer,  and 
•of  a  distinct  grayish  hue,  due  to  the  slightly  upward 
curled  Ivs.   The  fall  color  of  foliage  and  winter  color  of 
twigs  are  unequaled.     Not  as  yet  in  the  trade.     Well 
adapted  for  sandy  soil. 

FF.   Fr.  black,  blue  or  bluish  or 
greenish  white. 

6.  circinata,L'Herit.  Shrub,3-10  ft.  ; 
the   young   branches   green,   blotched 
purple,  older  ones  purplish  :    Ivs.  or- 
bicular or  broadly  ovate,  acute  or  short- 

acuminate,  slightly  pubescent  above,  pale  and  densely 
pubescent  beneath,  2-6  in.  long:  cymes  rather  dense:  fr. 
light  blue  or  greenish  white.  May,  June.  Em.  464. 

7.  Amdmum,Mill.  (  C.  sericea,  Linn.  C.  coerulea,  Lam.  )  . 
Shrub,  3-10  ft.,  with  purple  branches  :  Ivs.  rounded  or 
narrowed  at  the  base,  elliptic-ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate, 
dark  green  and  nearly  glabrous  above,  pale  or  whitish 
beneath,  usually  with  brownish  hairs  on  the  veins,  2-4  in. 
long  :   cyme  compact  :  fr.  blue  or  bluish  white.    June, 
July.    N.  Brunswick  to  Florida,  west  to  Texas  and  Da- 
kota.   Em.  466.    R.H.  1888:444  (as  C.  stolonifera}.—  Var. 
variegata,  Hort.    Lvs.  variegated  with  yellowish  white. 

8.  sanguinea,  Linn.    Shrub,  to  12  ft.,  with  purple  or 
dark  blood-red  branches  :  Ivs.  broad-elliptic  or  ovate, 
rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  usually  pubescent  on 
both  sides,  pale  green  beneath,  lK-3%in.  long:  fls.  green- 
ish white,  in  dense  cymes:  fr.  black.    May,  June.    Eu., 
Orient.  —  Var.  variegata,  Hort.     Lvs.  variegated  with 
yellowish  white.    Var.  viridissima,  Dieck.   With  green 
**~**chefl  and  green  fruit. 


DD.   Fls.  in  short  panicles  :  fr.  white  or  pale  blue. 

9.  candidissima,  Marsh.  (C.  paniculata,  L'He"rit.    C. 
oblongata,  Hort.).    Shrub,  6-15  ft.,  with  gray  branches: 
Ivs.  cuneate,  ovate-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
appressed-pubescent  or  nearly  smooth,  whitish  beneath, 
l%-4  in.  long:  petals  white,  lanceolate:  fr.  white.    May, 
June.    Maine  to  N.  Carolina,  west  to  Minnesota  and  Ne- 
braska.   B.B.  2:  545.  —  Free-flowering  ;  very  handsome 
when  in  bloom,  and  with  its  white  fruits  on  red  pedun- 
cles in  fall. 

10.  stricta,  L'He"rit.  (C.  fastigidta,M.ichx.  C.  fcemina, 
Mill.).     Shrub,  to  15  ft.,  with  purplish  branches:   Ivs. 
ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  sparingly  and  minutely  ap- 
pressed-pubescent, green  on  both  sides,  1/^-3  in.  long  : 
petals  white,  ovate-lanceolate:  fr.  pale  blue.   April,  May. 
Virginia  to  Georgia  and  Florida.    B.B.  2:  546.  — Tender 

.,  north.    Closely  allied  to  the  former,  and  perhaps  only 
$?>  variety. 

3B.   Fls.  in  dense  heads  or  umbels,  with  an  involucre. 

c.    Fls.  yellow;  involucre  yellowish,  not 

exceeding  the  fls. 

11.  Mas,   Linn.    (C.    mdscula,   Hort.).      CORNELIAN 
^s.; CHERRY.    Fig.  557.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
;„]  ovate  or  elliptic,  acute,  appressed-pubescent,  and  green 

on  both  sides,  l%-3%  in.  long  :  fls.  in  sessile  opposite 
umbels,  before  the  Ivs. ;  pedicels  not  exceeding  the  invo- 
lucre: fr.  oblong,  scarlet,  %in.  long,  edible.  March,  April. 
S.  Eu.,  Orient.  Mn.  5:192.  — Handsome  shrub  of  dense 
growth  with  glossy  foliage,  very  attractive  in  early 
spring  with  its  yellow  fls.,  and  again  in  fall  with  its 
shining  scarlet  frs.  There  are  varieties  with  variegated 
Ivs.  and  with  yellow  fr. 

12.  officinalis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  to 
15  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic,  acuminate,  pale  green  beneath  and 
with  large  tufts  of  dark  brown  hairs  in  the  axils  of  the 
veins:  fls.  like  those  of  the  former;  pedicels  longer  than 
the  involucre :  fr.  scarlet,  oblong.  Japan,  China.   S.Z.  50. 
—  Very  similar  to  the  last. 

CO.    Fls.  greenish  yellow,  sessile,  with  a  showy  white  in- 
volucre, much  exceeding  the  fls. 

D.    Frs.  in  dense  clusters,  ~but  individually  distinct. 
(Benthamidia.) 

13.  fldrida,  Linn.    FLOWERING  DOGWOOD.    Fig.  558. 
Shrub  or  small  tree  with  spreading  branches,  10-15  ft., 


557.  Cornus  Mas  ( sprays  X%). 

rarely  to  40  ft. :  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate,  acute,  dark  green  and 
glabrous  above,  glaucous  or  whitish  beneath,  usually 
only  pubescent  on  the  veins,  3-6  in.  long:  involucre  white 


CORNUS 


CORREA 


379 


or  pinkish,  3-4  in.  wide;  bracts  4,  obovate,  emarginate: 
fr.  Kin.  long,  scarlet.  May.  Massachusetts  to  Florida, 
west  to  Ontario  and  Texasj  also  E.  and  S.  Mexico.  S.S. 
5:112-13.  Em.  408.  G.F.  3:431.  B.M.  526.  Gn.  52,  p.  177; 
53,  p.  222.  J.H.  III.  28:  453. -One  of  the  most  beautiful 
American  flowering  trees  ;  hardy  north.  Var.  pendula, 
Hort.  With  pendulous  branches. 
Var.  riibra.  Hurt.  With  pink  in- 
volucre, but  less  free-flowering 
than  The  type.  R.  H.  1894:500. 
A.<J.  lb:44l'.  F.  E.  9:572.  Neither 
variety  as  hardy  as  the  type. 

14.  Nuttalli,  And.    Tree,  to 
ft.:     Ivs.  ovate  or    obovate,  usu- 
ally  pubescent    beneath,  4-5   in. 
long:    involucre  white  or  tinged 
with    pink,    4-6   in. 
across;   bracts  4-6,  ob- 
long or  obovate,  some- 
times roundish,  mostly 
acute  :    fr.   bright  red 
ororange, crowned  with 
the    broad,    persistent 

s>nlw>  13**i+        I   ',  tli-it-tilii  11     ^ 


pinnate  Ivs.,  and  purple  or  yellow  fls.  in  peduncled 
heads  or  umbels  ;  pod  jointed.  Separated  from  Orni- 
thopus  by  floral  and  fruit  characters.  Species  25-30, 
Mediterranean  region.  The  shrubby  C.  JSmerus  and  C. 
glauca  are  useful  in  southern  California  and  the  south- 
ern states.  The  species  are  occasionally  grown  in  bor- 
ders. C,  glauca  is  sometimes  grown  under  glass 
for  spring  bloom,  after  the  manner  of  Cytisus. 
All  are  of  easv  culture. 


calyx.    Brit.  Columbia  to  S.  Calif. 

S.S. 5:214-15.  Gng.  6:  274. -This 

species  surpasses  the  former  in 

beauty. but  is  more  tender  and  has  not  yet  been 

successfully  cultivated  outside   of   its  native 

country,  though  introduced  at  several  times 

into  different  American  and  European  gardens. 

DD.   Frs.  connate  into  a  globular  fleshy 
head.     (Benthamia.) 

15.  Kousa,  Buerg.  (Benthamia  Japdnica,  Sieb. &  Zucc. 
C.  Japon  ica ,  Koehne,  not  Thunbg. ) .  Shrub  or  small  tree, 
to  20  ft.:   Ivs.  cuneate,  elliptic-ovate,  acuminate,  dark 
green  above,  glaucous  and  appressed-pubescent  beneath, 
2-4  in.  long  :   involucre  creamy  white,  2%-3  in.  wide  ; 
bracts  ovate,  acute :  frs.  forming  a  globular  head.    June. 
Japan,  China.     S.Z.  16.     Gn.  43:  898     G.C.  III.  19:783. 
A.  G.  13:674.     Gng.    3:149.     J.H.   III.   35:9.     M.D.G. 
1899:328-9.  — Fls.  very  showy,  appearing  after  the  Ivs.  in 
June  and  contrasting  well  with  the  bright  green  foliage ; 
hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.    Sometimes  variegated. 

16.  capitata.  Wall.    (Benthamia    frag  if  era,    Lindl.). 
Tree  :  Ivs.  coriaceous,  elliptic-oblong,  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  appressed-pubescent  above  and  more  densely  and 
whitish  beneath,  2-4  in. :  involucre  about  2%-3  in.  wide, 
creamy  white;  bracts  ovate,  acute:  fruit-head  over  1  in. 
across,  scarlet.  June.  Himalayas.  B.R.  19:1579.  Gn.  54, 
p.  310.     G.C.  III.  16 :  501.    J.H.  III.  30 :  213.  -  Evergreen 
tree,  with  showy  fls.  and  frs. ;  hardy  only  south. 

AA.   Low  herbs:  fls.  in  dense  heads,  with  a  white  (or 
pinkish)   involucre. 

17.  Canadensis,  Linn.   Herb,  %-%  ft.  high,  with  creep- 
ing rootstock  :  Ivs.  whorled,  sessile,  elliptic  or  obovate, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so,  1-3  in.  long:  head  greenish,  long- 
peduncled  ;  involucre  white,  1-1%  in.  wide  :  fr.  bright 
red,  globose.     May-July.     N.  Amer.,  south  to  Indiana, 
Colorado  and   Calif.     B.  M.  880.—  Handsome  plant  for 
half-shady  places. 

C.  asperifolia,  Michx.  Shrub,  8-15  ft.;  branches  reddish 
brown:  Ivs.  rough  above,  woolly-pubescent  beneath:  fr.  white. 
Ontario  to  Florida,  west  to  Texas.  G.F.  10:105.—  C.  brachypoda, 
C.  A.  Mey.  Shrub:  Ivs.  opposite,  glaucous  and  appressed-pubes- 
cent beneath:  panicles  large,  loose.  See  C.  macrophylla  in  the 
main  list.  Japan,  China.—  C. g labrata,  Benth.  Shrub,  to  10  ft. ; 
branches  gray :  Ivs.  small,  nearly  glabrous,  green  and  shining  on 
both  sides  :  fr.  white.  Oregon  to  Calif.—  C.  Hessei,  Koehne. 
Allied  to  C.  all»u.  Dwarf,  dense  shrub:  Ivs.  crowded,  small:  fr. 
bluish  white.  Probably  from  E.Asia.—  C.oblonga,  Wall.  Shrub 
or  tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ivs.  narrow-oblong,  nearly  glabrous,  glaucous 
beneath,  coriaceous  :  fls.  white,  fragrant,  in  cymose  panicles. 
Himalayas.—  C.  pubescens,  Nutt.  Shrub,  to  15  ft.,  with  purple 
branches  :  Ivs.  nearly  glabrous  above,  glaucous  and  woolly-pu- 
bescent beneath :  fr.  white.  Brit.  Columbia  to  Calif.—  C.  Suecica, 
Linn.  Allied  to  C.  Canadensis:  Ivs.  all  opposite:  fl.-head  purple, 
the  white  involucre  1  in.  or  less  wide.  Arctic  Amer.,  N.  Eu., 
N.Asia.  B.B.2:543.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CORONA.    Same  as  crown. 

CORONlLLA  (Latin,  a  little  crown:  from  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  fls.).  Leguminosoi,  tribe  Hedysarece. 
CROWN  VETCH.  Perennial  shrubs  or  herbs,  with  odd- 


A.    Flou-ers  yellow. 

B.   Herbs. 

Cappaddcica,  Willd.  (C.  Iberica,  Bieb.).  Low  peren- 
nial herb,  about  1  ft.  high:  Ifts.  9-11,  obcordate,  ciliate: 
umbels  7-8-fld. :  fls.  yellow,  large,  July-Aug. :  stipules 
membranaceous,  rounded,  ciliate -toothed.  Asia  Minor. 
L.B.C.  8:789.  B.M.  2646.— A  good  trailer  for  rockeries 
and  the  margins  of  borders. 

BB.    Shrubs. 

EmSrus,  Linn.  SCORPION  SENNA.  Dense,  symmetrical 
shrub,  4-6  ft.  high:  Ivs.  deep,  glossy  green  ;  Ifts.  5-7, 
obovate  ;  stipules  small  :  peduncles  3-fld. :  fls.  large, 
yellow,  tipped  with  red.  Blooms  freely,  May  and  June. 
Showy,  half-hardy.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  445.  Gng.  5:36. - 
Evergreen  in  S.  states. 

glauca,  Linn.  Glabrous  shrub  2-4  ft.  high  :  stipules 
small,  lanceolate  :  Ifts.  5-7,  obovate,  very  blunt,  glau- 
cous :  fls.  7-8  in  each  umbel,  yellow,  fragrant  by  day  but 
not  at  night.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  13.  — One  of  the  common 
garden  shrubs  of  S.  Calif.,  flowering  all  the  year. 

AA.    Flowers  white  and  pink. 

viminalis,  Salisb.  Trailing  shrub  :  stipules  soon  de- 
ciduous, ovate,  membranaceous  :  Ifts.  13-21,  obovate, 
notched,  glaucous  :  umbels  6-10-fld. :  fls.  pale  red  or 
white  with  a  red  stripe  on  the  banner.  Algeria.  —  Prom- 
ising as  a  florists'  plant  for  cut  fls.  Fls.  all  the  year  in 
S.  Calif. 

varia,  Linn.  CROWN-VETCH.  Fig.  559.  Straggling  or 
ascending,  smooth  herb,  1-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  sessile  ;  Ifts. 
11-25,  oblong  or  obovate,  blunt  and  mucronate,  %-%  in. 
long:  peduncles  longer  than  Ivs.:  fls.  in  dense  umbels, 
%  in.  long,  pinkish  white.  June  to  Oct.  Eu.  B.M.  258. 
Gng.  5:337.— Trailing  plant  for  hardy,  herbaceous 
border.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

CORREA  (after  Jose  Francesco  Correa  de  Serra, 
Portuguese  author,  1750-1823).  Rutdcece.  Seven  spe- 
cies of  tender  Australian  shrubs,  rarely  cultivated  un- 
der glass  for  their  pendulous,  tubular  fls.  an  inch  or  two 


380 


CORREA 


CORYDALIS 


long,  usually  bright  scarlet,  but  also  white  or  yellow. 
Shrubs,  usually  with  dense,  minute,  stellate  hairs:  Ivs. 
opposite,  stalked,  entire,  and  with  transparent  dots.  C. 
speciosa  is  probably  the  best  and  most  variable  species. 
It  is  a  native  of  barren,  sandy  plains,  and  belongs  to  the 
large  and  much-neglected  class  of  Australian  shrubs. 


559.  Coronilla  varia. 

(X5t) 

(See  p.  379.) 


Specidsa,  Ait.  (C.  cardindlis,  F.  Muell.).  Tender 
shrub,  2-3  ft.  high:  branches  slender,  brown,  opposite, 
covered  with  minute  rusty  hairs:  Ivs.  opposite,  about  1 
in.  long,  elliptic,  about'a  fourth  as  wide  as  long,  wrinkled, 
dark  green  above,  whitish  below,  margin  entire,  re- 
curved :  peduncles  opposite,  axillary,  longer  than  the 
Ivs.,  1-fld.,  with  a  pair  of  leafy  bracts:  fls.  1%  in.  long, 
pendent,  tubular,  bright  scarlet,  with  a  very  short  limb 
of  4  spreading,  greenish  yellow  segments ;  calyx  small, 
cup-shaped,  with  4  almost  obsolete  teeth  ;  stamens  8, 
exserted,  about  34  in.  B.M.  4912.  — There  are  several 
varieties.  -^  jyj> 

CORTADfiRIA.    See  Gynerium. 

CORTtTSA  (named  by  the  herbalist  Matthiolus  after 
his  friend  Cortusus,  professor  of  botany  at  Padua). 
Prlmulacece.  A  genus  of  possibly  4  species  of  which 
C.  Matthioli,  Linn.,  from  the  Swiss  Alps,  has  long  been  a 
choice  and  delicate  but  not  very  popular  plant,  suited 
for  shady  parts  of  the  rockery.  It  was  long  considered 
the  only  species  of  the  genus.  It  is  an  herbaceous 


perennial,  about  G  in.  high,  pubescent,  rhizomatous,. 
with  a  few  long-stalked,  cordate,  7-9-lobed,  dentate  Ivs.,, 
and  a  slender  scape  bearing  an  umbel  of  about  7  small, 
rosy  purple,  drooping  fls.,  which  appear  in  summer.  It 
has  some  resemblance  to  Primula  cortusioides.  The 
genus  has  possibly  4  species,  and  is  distinguished  from 
Primula  and  Androsace  by  its  stamens  attached  to  the 
base  of  the  corolla,  and  its  long-acuminate  anthers. 
According  to  J.  B.  Keller,  its  culture  is  similar  to  that 
of  the  hardy  Primulas,  but  it  needs  winter  protection  in 
the  northern  states. 

CORYANTHES  (Greek,  korys,  helmet,  and  anthos, 
flower,  referring  to  the  shape  of  the  lip).  Orchiddcece, 
tribe  Vdndece.  This  complex  genus,  which  is  closely  re- 
lated to  Stanhopea,  is  represented  by  several  interesting 
species  inhabiting  tropical  America.  Sepals  spreading, 
dilated,  flexuose,  conduplicate,  lateral  ones  largest,  dis- 
tinct at  the  base  :  petals  small,  erect  :  labellum  large, 
tridentate,  basal  portion  forming  a  hood,  continued  into 
the  column;  distal  portion  bucket  or  pouch -like:  column 
pointing  downwards,  elongated,  terete,  bicornute  at  the 
base,  apex  recurved  :  pollinia  2,  compressed,  caudicle 
linear,  arcuate.  Pseudobulbous  :  Ivs.  plicate,  lanceo- 
late, about  1  ft.  long.  The  bucket  part  of  the  labellum 
is  provided  with  a  spout-like  structure,  by  means  of 
which  the  bucket  overflows  when  about  half  full  of  a. 
secretion  which  drops  from  a  pair  of  glands  near  the 
base  of  the  column.  The  fls.  of  the  species  known  are 
not  lasting,  the  sepals  being  of  such  delicate  texture 
that,  though  at  first  they  fully  expand,  they  soon  collapse 
and  become  unsightly.  Although  much  interest  attaches 
to  the  species  of  Coryanthes,  the  genus  is  not  generally 
cultivated,  since  the  fls.  last  too  short  a  time  and  are 
not  particularly  brilliant.  For  culture,  see  Stanhopea. 

macrantha,  Hook.  Ground  color  rich  yellow  dotted 
with  red.  Hood  and  part  of  bucket  brownish  red  :  fls. 
few,  in  drooping  racemes.  Caracas.  P.M.  5:31. 

maculata,  Hook.  Sepals  and  petals  dull,  pale  yellow, 
bucket  blotched  on  the  inside  with  dull  red.  B.M.  3102. 
— Var.  punctata  has  the  petals  and  sepals  bright  yellow, 
speckled  with  red,  the  hood  yellow,  blotched  with  red- 
dish orange,  the  pouch  pale,  speckled  and  spotted  with 
red.  Demerara.  OAKES  AMES. 

CORYDALIS  (Greek,  lark,  the  spur  of  the  flower  re- 
sembling a  lark's  spur).  Fumariacece.  A  large  genus 
of  hardy  plants  allied  to  the  Dutchman's  Breeches,  and 
with  finely  cut  foliage  of  a  similar  character,  but  weedier 
and  less  delicate  than  the  Dicentras.  They  are  all  of 
easy  culture.  They  prefer  full  sunlight  but  will  grow  in 
half-shade.  Prop,  by  division  or  seed. 

A.    Fls.  chiefly  purple  or  rose,  sometimes  tipped  yellow. 
B.    Plant  perennial :  root  tuberous  :  stem -Ivs.  few. 

bulbosa,  DC.  (C.  s6lida,  Sw.).  Erect,  6  in.  high  :  Ivs. 
3-4,  stalked,  biternately  cut,  segments  wedge-shaped  or 
oblong:  root  solid:  fls.  large,  purplish.  Spring. 

BB.    Plant  annual:  root  fibrous:  stem-lvs.  many. 

glauca,  Pursh.  Annual,  1-2  ft.  high,  very  glaucous  : 
lobes  of  the  Ivs.  mostly  spatulate  :  racemes  short,  pani- 
cled  at  the  naked  summit  of  the  branches  :  fls.  barely 
%  in.  long,  rose  or  purple  with  yellow  tips  ;  spur  short 
and  round  :  capsule  slender,  linear;  seeds  with  minute, 
transverse  wrinkles.  Summer.  Rocky  or  sterile  ground, 
Nova  Scotia  to  Rocky  Mts.,  and  even  Arctic  coast, 
south  to  Texas.  B.M.  179.— Not  advertised  for  sale,  but 
probably  worth  cult.  \ 

AA.    Fls.  chiefly  yellow.        ^ 

B.    Plant  perennial :  root  tuberous :  stem-lvs.  few. 

n6bilis,  Pers.  Perennial,  erect :  Ivs.  bipinnately  cut ; 
segments  wedge-shaped  and  lobed  at  the  apex  :  fls. 
white,  tipped  with  yellow,  and  a  dark  purple  spot;  spur 
1  in.  long.  Spring.  Siberia.  B.M.  1953,  as  Fumaria 
nobilis.  G.C.  II.  19:725. 

BB.    Plant  annual  or  biennial :  root  fibrous  :  stem- 
lvs.  numerous. 

aurea,  Willd.  Annual,  6  in.  high,  commonly  low  and 
spreading  :  fls.  golden  yellow,  about  %  in:  long,  on 
rather  slender  pedicels  in  a  short  raceme  ;  spur  barely 


CORYDALIS 


CORYLUS 


381 


half  the  length  of  the  body,  somewhat  decurveci  :  cap- 
sules spreading  or  pendulous,  about  1  in.  long  ;  seeds 
10-12,  turgid,  obtuse  at  margin,  the  shining  surface  ob- 
scurely netted.  Rocky  banks  of  Lower  Canada  and  N. 
New  England,  northwest  to  latitude  64°,  west  to  Brit. 
Col.  and  Ore.,  south  to  Tex.,  Ariz,  and  Mex.;  not  Jap.— 
The  western  forms  have  the  spur  almost  as  long  as  the 
body  of  the  corolla  and  pass  into 

Var.  occidentalis,  Engelm.  More  erect  and  tufted, 
from  a  stouter  and  someiimes  more  enduring  root  :  fls. 
larger  :  spur  commonly  ascending  :  capsules  thicker; 
seeds  less  turgid,  ncutish  at  margins.  Colo.,  New  Mex., 
W.  Tex.,  Ariz.  Cult,  by  D.M.  Andrews,  Boulder,  Colo., 
who  considers  it  biennial. 

curvisiliqua,  Engelm.  Probably  a  biennial.  Com- 
monly more  robust  than  C.  aurea,  ascending  or  erect, 
1  ft.  high  or  less:  fls.  golden  yellow,  over  %  in.  long,  in 
a  spike-like  raceme  ;  spur  as  long  as  the  body,  com- 
monly ascending  :  capsules  quadrangular,  \%  in.  long  ; 
seeds*  turgid  to  lens-shaped,  with  acute  margins  densely 
and  minutely  netted.  Woods  in  Tex.  Cult,  by  D.  M. 
Andrews,  Boulder,  Colo. 

lutea,  DC.  Erect  or  spreading,  6-8  in.  high,  annual,  or 
forming  a -tufted  stock  of  several  years' duration  :  Ivs. 
delicate,  pale  green,  much  divided  ;  segments  ovate  or 
wedge-shaped,  and  2-3-lobed  :  fls.  pale  yellow,  about 
J^in.  long,  in  short  racemes;  spur  short  :  pod  a  fourth 
or  third  of  an  inch  long.  Stony  places  of  S.  Eu.,  and 
runs  wild  in  Eu. 

C.cdva,  Schweigg.  &  Kort.  (probaoly  a  form  of  C.  tuberosa, 
DC.)  is  somewhat  larger  than  C.  bulbosa,  with  pretty  fls.  vary- 
ing into  purplish  and  white.  Eti.— <?.  Scouleri.  Hook.,  grows  3 
ft.,  and  is  cult,  in  some  European  gardens.  W.  Amer. 

W.  M. 

CORYLOPSIS  (Corylus  and  opsis,  likeness;  in  foliage 
resembling  the  Hazel).  Hamamelidacece.  Deciduous 
shrubs,  rarely  trees  :  Ivs.  alternate,  deciduous,  dentate  : 
fls.  in  nodding  racemes,  appearing  before  the  Ivs.,  yel- 
low ;  petals  and  stamens  5  :  f r.  a  2-celled,  dehiscent 
capsule,  with  2  shining  black  seeds.  Six  species  in  E. 
Asia  and  Himal.  Low  ornamental  shrubs,  with  slender 
branches  and  pale  bluish  green,  distinct  foliage  ;  very 
attractive  in  early  spring,  when  covered  with  yellow, 
fragrant  fls.  Not  hardy  north  of  New  York.  They  grow 
best  in  peaty  and  sandy  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring,  best  with  slight  bottom  heat,  and  by  cuttings  of 
half -ripened  wood  in  summer  under  glass;  also  by  lay- 
ers, rooting  readily  in  moderately  moist,  peaty  soil. 

paucifldra,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Low,  much-branched  shrub, 
2-3  ft.  r  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate,  ovate,  sinuate-dentate, 
ciliate,  pubescent  and  glaucous  beneath,  1-2  in.  long  : 
racemes  2-3-fld.,  %-%  in.  long  :  fls.  light  yellow.  Jap. 
S.Z.  20.  G.F.  5:342.  Gt.  48:1467. 

spicata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Shrub,  to  4  ft. :  Ivs.  oblique  and 
rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base,  roundish  ovate  or  obo- 
vate,  sinuate-dentate,  glaucous  beneath  and  pubescent, 
2-334  in.  long:  racemes  7-10-fld.,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  bright 
yellow.  Jap.  S.Z.  19.  B.M.  5458.  F.S.  20:2135.  R.H. 
1869.  p.  230  ;  1878,  p.  198.  — This  species  has  larger  and 
handsomer  foliage  and  fls.  of  a  deeper  yellow,  in  longer 
racemes,  but  C.  pauci  flora  flowers  more  profusely  and 
is  somewhat  hardier. 

C.  Himalayana,  Griff.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
cordate-ovate,  4-7  in.:  racemes  1-2%  in.  long.  Himal.  B.M. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

C6KYLUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Cupuliferce,  tribe 
Betulacete.  HAZEL.  FILBERT.  COBNUT.  Shrubs,  rarely 
trees  :  Ivs.  alternate,  deciduous,  stipulate,  petioled,  ser- 
rate and  more  or  less  pubescent :  fls.  monoecious,  ap- 
pearing before  the  Ivs.,  staminate,  in  long,  pendulous 
catkins,  formed  the  previous  year,  and  remaining  naked 
during  the  winter  (Fig.  560),  each  bract  bearing  4  di- 
vided stamens ;  pistillate  included  in  a  small,  scaly  bud 
with  only  the  red  styles  protruding  (Fig.  561) :  fr.  a  nut, 
included  or  surrounded  by  a  leafy  involucre,  usually  in 
clusters  at  the  end  of  short  branches.  Eleven  species  in 
N.  Amer..  Eu.  and  Asia  are  described.  Numerous  va- 
rieties are  cult,  in  Eu.  for  their  edible  nuts.  They  are 
also  valuable  for  planting  shrubberies,  and  thrive  in  al- 
most any  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in  fall,  or  stratified 


and  sown  in  spring  ;  the  varieties  usually  by  suckers, 
or  by  layers,  put  down  in  fall  or  spring  :  they  will  be 
rooted  the  following  fall.  Budding  in  summer  is  some- 
times practiced  for  growing  standard  trees,  ana  grafting 
in  spring  in  the  greenhouse  for  scarce  varieties.  They 
may  also  be  increased  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  taken 
off  in  fall,  kept  during  the  winter  in  sand  or  moss  in  a 
cellar  and  planted  in  spring  in  a  warm  and  sandy  soil. 
Illustrated  monograph  of  the  cultivated  varieties  by 
Franz  Goeschke,  Die  Haselnuss 
(1887).  See,  also,  bulletin  on  Nut- 
culture  by  the  IT.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr. 


560.  Winter  catkins 
of  Filbert. 


561.  Pistillate 

flowers  of 

Corylus  rostrata. 

Natural  size. 


A.    Husk  or  involucre  consisting  of  two  distinct  bracts 
(sometimes  partly  connate). 

B.  Involucre  deeply  divided  into  many  linear,  nearly 
entire  segments,  densely  beset  with  glandular 
hairs.  Tree. 

Colurna,  Linn.  Tree,  to  70  ft.:  Ivs.  deeply  cordate, 
roundish  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  slightly  lobed  and 
doubly  crenate-serrate,  at  length  nearly  glabrous  above, 
pubescent  beneath,  3-7  in.  long:  nut  roundish  ovate, 
4-5  in.  long.  From  S.  Eu.  to  Himal.  — Ornamental  tree, 
with  regular  pyramidal,  head,  not  quite  hardy  north. 
Rarely  cult,  for  the  fr.  under  the  name  of  Filbert  of 
Constantinople  or  Constantinople  nut. 

B.  Involucre  sparingly  glandular,  with  lanceolate  or 
triangular-dentate  lobes:  nut  slightly  compressed. 
Shrubs. 

Americana,  Walt.  Fig.  562.  Shrub,  3-8  ft.:  Ivs. 
slightly  cordate  or  rounded  at  the  base,  broadly  ovate 
or  oval,  irregularly  serrate,  sparingly  pubescent  above, 
finely  tomentose  beneath,  3-6  in.  long  :  involucre  com- 
pressed, exceeding  the  nut,  the  2  bracts  sometimes  more 
or  less  connate,  with  rather  short,  irregular,  toothed 
lobes  :  nut  roundish  ovate,  about  %  in.  high.  From 
Canada  to  Fla.  west  to  Ontario  and  Dak.  B.B.  1:507.— 
Two  forms  of  involucre  are  shown  in  Fig.  562.  This 
figure  is  adapted  from  the  bulletin  of  the  Dept.  of  Agr. 
on  Nut-culture. 

Avellana,  Linn.  Figs.  560,  562.  Shrub,  to  15  ft.:  Ivs. 
slightly  cordate,  roundish  oval  or  broadly  obovate, 
doubly  serrate  and  often  slightly  lobed,  at  length  nearly 
glabrous  above,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  :  in- 
volucre shorter  than  the  nut,  deeply  and  irregularly  in- 
cised: nut  roundish  ovate,  %-%  in.  high.  Eu.,  N.  Afr., 
W.  Asia.— Var.  aurea,  Hort.  Lvs.  yellow.  Var.  laciniata, 
Hort.  (var.  heterophylla,  Loud.).  Lvs.  laciniately  in- 
cised or  lobed.  Var.  pendula,  Hort.  With  pendulous 
branches.  There  are  also  many  varieties  cultivated  for 
their  fruit. 


382 


CORYLUS 


AA.    Husk  tubular,  of  connate 
bracts. 

B.  Involucre    campanulate,    with 

large,  dentate,  spreading  lobes. 

Pontica,  Koch.  Shrub:  Ivs.  cor- 
date, roundish  ovate  or  broad-oval, 
doubly  serrate  :  involucre  finely 
pubescent,  with  few  glandular  hairs 
at  the  base:  nut  large,  broad -ovate. 
W.  Asia.  P.S.  21:2223-4  as  C. 
Column.  — From  this  species  the 
Cob  Nuts  seem  to  have  originated; 
also  the  Spanish  Nuts  are  probably 
mostly  cross-breeds  between  this 
species  and  C.  Avellana  or  C. 
maxima,  or  between  the  two  latter 
species. 

BB.    Involucre  narrowed  above 
the  nut  into  a  beak. 

maxima,     Mill.      (C.     tubulbsa, 
Willd.).    Shrub,   sometimes  small 
tree,  to  30  ft. :    Ivs.  cordate,  round- 
ish-ovate, slightly  lobed  and  doubly 
serrate,   3-6    in.   long  :     involucre 
finely  pubescent  outside:  nut  ob- 
long, large ;  kernel  with  thin  red  or 
white  skin.    S.  Eu.-Var.  pur- 
purea,  Hort.   (C.  Avellana  pur  - 
purea,  Hort.).   Lvs.  deep  pur- 
plish red.    Many  varieties,  with 
large   nuts,  known  as  Filberts 
or  Lambert's  Filberts. 

rostrata,  Ait.     Figs.  561,  562. 
Shrub,  2-6  ft. :    Ivs.  rounded  or 
slightly  cordate  at  the  base,  oval 
or  obovate,  densely  serrate  and 
sometimes  slightly  lobed,  nearly 
glabrous  at  length,  except  spar- 
ingly pubescent  on  the  veins  be- 
neath, 2>£-4  in.  long  :  involucre 
densely  beset  with   bristly 
hairs,  beak  long  and  narrow : 
nut  ovoid,  %  in.  long.   East- 
ern N.  Amer.,  west  to  Minn, 
and  Colo.    G.F.  8:345.    B.B. 
1:508. 

Calif 6rnica,  Rose.  Fig. 
562.  Allied  to  G.  rostrata. 
Shrub,  to  20  ft. :  Ivs.  more 
villous  beneath  :  involucre 
with  a  short  beak,  which  is 
often  flaring  and  sometimes 
torn. 

C.  heterophylla,  Fisch.  Allied 
to  C. Avellana.  Lvs.  more  lobed: 
involucre  large,  spreading,  longer  than  the 
fr.,  with  large,  triangular,  nearly  entire 
teeth.  N.  China,  Jap.  (Offered  by  import- 
ers.)—O.Mandsfttirica.Maxim.  Allied  toC. 
rostrata.  Lvs.  large  and  broad:  involucre  thickly 
beset  with  strong  brown  bristles  ;   tube  slightly 
enlarged  at  the  apex,  and  laciniately  divided  into 
narrow,  entire  segments.    Amurland,  Jap.—  C. 
Sieboldi,  Blume.  Allied  to  C.  rostrata.  Lvs.  nar- 
rower: involucre  densely  coated  with  loosely  ap- 
pressed,  less  bristly  hairs;  beak  long  and  nar- 
rowed toward  the  end.  A.G.  12:267.        ALFRED  REHDER. 

CULTURE  FOR  THE  NUTS.— Hazel,  Filbert,  Cobnut. 
The  three  native  Hazels,  C.  Americana,  C.  Califor- 
nica  and  C.  rostrata,  have  been  sparingly  introduced 
to  cultivation,  but  have  not  developed  varieties 
worthy  of  naming  or  propagating.  The  foreign  species, 

C.  Avellana,  C.  Pontica   and   C.  maxima,  were  intro- 
duced along  the  Atlantic  seaboard  at  an  early  day,  and 
are  maintained  in  gardens  throughout  the  New  England 
and  Middle  Atlantic  states.    Efforts  to  make  extensive 
culture  profitable   in   the    eastern  United   States   have 
hitherto  failed,  probably  from  attacks  of  a  fungous  dis- 
ease, Cryptospora  anomala,  common  on  C.  Americana, 
but  not  specially  injurious  to  that  species.    It  attacks 
and  destroys  the  young  branches,  and  later  the  older 
branches  and  trunk,  without  killing  the  root.    Bordeaux 


562. 

Filberts  and 
Hazels. 

Natural  size. 

1,  American-grown 
Filbert;  2,  Cory- 
lus  Americana, 
form  with  open  invo- 
lucre; 3,  (7.  Americana, 
closed  involucre;  4.C. 
Califomica;  5,  C.  ros- 
trata. 


CORYLUS 

mixture  has  been  suggested  as  a 
preventive,  but  recorded  success- 
ful experiments  are  lacking.  Ex- 
perimental plantings  on  the  Pacific 
slope  indicate  greater  success  with 
imported  Hazels  there  than  in  the 
east,  but  they  have  not  developed 
commercial  importance. 

The  requirements  of  the  Hazel  in 
America,    so   far   as    known,    are: 
moderately  rich,  well-drained  soil; 
absence  of  C.  Americana  from  vi- 
cinity ;  freedom  from  mild  periods 
in   winter    and    late    frosts    in 
spring.     It  is  specially  subject 
to  frost  injury,  as  both  stami- 
nate   and  pistillate  catkins  de- 
velop in   fall  and  quickly  swell 
and  open  under  the  influence  of 
mild   weather  in  winter.     The 
staminate     catkins     commonly 
bloom   first.     If   they    are    de- 
stroyed  by   frost,    fertilization 
can  be    accomplished    by    sus- 
pending   branches   from    trees 
from  other   localities,   even  of 
other  species  of  Corylus. 

Propagation  by  seeds  is  easily 
done  by  stratifying  in  fall  and 
planting    in    nursery    rows    in 
early    spring.     Seedlings    vary 
exceedingly,   and  varieties   are 
perpetuated  by  budding,  graft- 
ing, suckers   or  layers  ;    com- 
monly by  the  last  two  methods. 
A  considerable   supply  of  well 
rooted  suckers  can  be  obtained 
from  fruiting  trees  by  banking 
in    summer  with    rich    soil    or 
stable  manure  to  promote  root 
formation.       Stools     for    layering 
should  be  heavily  manured  to  force 
long   and    slender   shoots  suitable 
for    bending.      These    should    be 
staked  down  in  winter  or   spring 
and  covered  wifh  earth.   They  may 
be    removed   to    nursery   rows   or 
orchard  at  end  of  first  season. 

Planting  should  be  at  a  distance 
of  10  to  20  feet  in  well  prepared  soil, 
in  fall  or  spring.  Ground  may  be 
cropped  with  low  growing,  culti- 
vated plants  while  trees  are  young, 
but  should  be  maintained  in  good 
tilth  and  fertility. 

Pruning  is  of  special  importance 
with  this  nut.     Trees  are   usually 
headed   at   height  of  1  or  2  feet, 
though  often  permitted  to  take  nat- 
ural form,  which  is  that  of  a  many- 
stemmed  bush, designated  a"stool." 
Trees   are  classified   according   to 
height   of   clear  trunk  into  "stan- 
dard,""half  standard,"  and  "dwarf 
standard."     A    short    trunk,    with 
vase-form    head    of    six    or    more 
branches,    is    preferred.     Suckers 
should  be  kept  down,  unless  desired 
for  propagation.  Both  sexes  of  blos- 
soms are  borne  on  1-year-old  lateral 
twigs   or  spurs.     March  or  April, 
after  flowers  of  both  sexes  have 
bloomed,    is    considered     best 
time  for  pruning,  as  unneces- 
sary sacrifice  of  pollen 
can    thus   be  avoided. 
Strong    shoots    should 
be     headed     back     to 
promote    spur    forma- 
tion,    and     old     wood 
that    has    borne    fruit 
should      be     removed 
annually. 


CORYLUS 

The  nuts  should  not  be  gathered  until  ripe,  a  condition 
indicated  by  the  browning  of  the  edges  of  the  husk.  If 
left  until  fully  ripe,  many  of  the  nuts  will  rattle  out  and 
be  lost.  The  highest  prices  are  obtained  for  freshly 
gathered  nuts  in  the  husks.  To  prevent  husks  from 
molding,  they  should  be  well  dried  or  slightly  sulphured. 
Hazelnuts  may  he  held  for  considerable  periods  in  tig) it 
receptacles,  as  casks  or  jars,  by  sprinkling  salt  over  them 
and  storing  them  in  a  cool,  dry  place,  or  in  a  refriger- 
ated compartment. 

Few  insects  trouble  the  European  Hazelnuts  in 
America,  the  nut  weevil  of  Europe,  Bal<ininnx  nucum, 
not  having  yet  been  naturalized.  />'.  tutsi'-nx  sometimes 
does  considerable  injury  to  the  native  species. 

Nuts  and  Filberts  are  terms  loosely  used  abroad,  espe- 
cially in  England,  to  designate  certain  rather  indefinite 
forms  of  ('.  Arellano,  and  C.  maxima.  In  general,  such 
varieties  as  have  husks  shorter  than  their  fruits  are 
termed  Nuts,  while  such  as  have  husks  as  long  as  or 
longer  than  their  fruits  are  designated  Filberts. 

But  few  varieties  are  known  in  America,  most  of  the 
Hazels  grown  being  seedlings  from  imported  nuts.  Va- 
rieties of  C.  Arellano,  and  C.  maxima  are  not.  clearly 
distinguishable,  but  in  general  those  with  husks  longer 
than  the  nuts  are  assigned  to  C.  maxima,  and  those  with 
short  husks  to  C.  Avellana. 

Alba  (White  Filbert) .  Regarded  in  England  as  one  of  the  best 
varieties.  Can  be  kept  in  husk  longer  than  most  others  because 
of  constricted  form  of  husk.  Kernel  covered  with  a  white  skin. 
Known  as  Avelinier  Blanche,  Wrotham  Park,  etc.  Succeeds  in 
California. 

Cosford  (Miss  Young's,  Thin-shelled).  Nut  oblong,  thin- 
shelled,  of  excellent  quality;  in  a  hirsute,  laciniated  husk,  about 
the  same  length  as  nut. 

Crispa  (Cape  Nut,  Frizzled  Filbert).  Nut  thin-shelled,  some- 
what flattened,  late;  in  husks  curiously  frizzled  throughout  and 
wide  open  at  the  mouth.  Very  productive. 

Downton  Large  Square.  Nut  very  large,  semi-square,  thick- 
shelled  and  well  filled,  of  the  highest  quality ;  husk  smooth, 
shorter  than  nut. 

Du  Chilly.  A  fine,  large,  compressed-cylindrical  variety,  with 
moderately  thick  shell,  and  of  fine  quality.  Introduced  from 
France  by  Felix  Gillet,  of  California.  The  largest  Filbert  grown 
in  America  so  far  as  known. 

Grandis  (Round  Cobnut).  Nut  large,  short,  slightly  com- 
pressed, of  good  quality  when  fresh,  with  a  thick  and  hard  shell; 
in  a  short  husk,  much  frizzled  and  hairy.  One  of  the  best  varie- 
ties ;  considered  the  true  Barcelona  nut  of  commerce.  Also 
known  as  Downton,  Dwarf  Prolific,  Great  Cob,  Pearson's  Pro- 
lific and  Round  Cob. 

Jones.  A  short,  roundish  nut,  of  medium  size.and  good  quality, 
somewhat  grown  for  several  years  in  central  Delaware.  Bush 
hardy  and  vigorous,  producing  suckers  freely,  and  thus  far  free 
from  disease. 

Lambert  (Lambert's  Filbert,  Lambert's  Nut,  Filbert  Cob; 
Kentish  Cob,  erroneously).  Nut  large,  oblong,  somewhat  com- 
pressed; shell  rather  thick;  kernel  plump  and  of  rich  flavor;  an 
excellent  keeper.  Husk  quite  smooth,  longer  than  nut  and  but 
slightly  cut  in  margin.  Tree  productive.  Considered  the  best 
variety  grown  in  England,  where  it  has  been  known  since  1812. 

Purple-leaved.  Nut  large  and  of  excellent  quality;  in  a  husk 
longer  than  the  fruit.  Planted  for  ornament,  and  productive  of 
good  nuts  under  proper  treatment.  The  leaves  and  husks  are 
of  a  deep  purple"  color,  which  is  retained  until  frost.  The  stami- 
nate  catkins  are  tender  and  often  injured  by  frosts  in  winter, 
but  when  supplied  with  pollen  from  some  more  hardy  variety 
it  yields  large  crops. 

Red  Aveline  (Avelineer  Rouge,  Red  Hazel).  Nut  large,  ovate, 
thin-shelled,  with  a  smooth,  red-skinned  kernel,  and  of  sweet 
nutty  flavor.  This  variety  is  prized  in  eastern  California  as  a 
productive  sort  of  good  quality. 

Spanish.  Nut  very  large,  oblong,  thick-shelled,  with  a  smooth 
husk  longer  than  the  fruit.  Sometimes  confounded  with  Gran- 

W.  A.  TAYLOR. 

CORYN6STYLIS  (Greek,  describing  the  club-shaped 
style).  Violacece.  Woody  climbers,  with  alternate  Ivs. 
and  racemes  of  long-stalked  violet-like  fls.  C.  Hybanthus, 
Mart.  &  Zucc.  (Calyptrion  Aubletii,  Ging.  Coryn6stylis 
Aubletii,  Hort.),  is  native  of  trop.  America.  The  Ivs. 
are  large,  ovate,  serrate  :  fls.  white,  in  short  axillary 
fascicles,  which  are  contiguous  along  the  stem,  long- 
spurred,  2  or  3  times  as  large  as  a  violet.  F.S.  21:  2213. 
—A  handsome,  vigorous  warmhouse  climber,  and  cult,  in 
the  open  in  S.  California.  Prop,  by  cuttings  and  seeds. 


COSMIDIUM 


383 


CORYPHA  (Greek  for  *tuntnit  or  top,  —  where  the  Ivs. 
grow).  I'(il»incc(p,  tribe  Cor  ft  phew.  Tall,  spineless, 
monocarpic  palms  :  trunk  stout,  ringed  :  Ivs.  terminal, 
I  a  rift-,  orbicular,  flabellately  divided  to  the  middle  into- 
numerous  linear-lanceolate  segments;  segments  indupli- 
cate  in  the  bud;  rachis  none;  ligule  small:  petiole  long, 
stout,  concave  above,  spiny  on  the  margins  :  sheaths 
split;  spadix  solitary. erect,  paniculately  much  branched; 
spathes  many,  tubular,  sheathing  the  peduncle  and 
branches:  fls!!  green:  frs.  as  large  as  a  cherry,  with  a 
fleshy  pericarp.  Species  6;  tropical  Asia  and  Malay  Archi- 
pelago. These  fan-palms  are  cultivated  the  same  as  Cham- 
serops  and  Livistona.  They  are  warmhouse  plants,  prop, 
by  seeds.  Large  fans,  umbrellas  and  tents  are  made  of 
the  Talipot  palm  by  the  natives  of  Ceylon. 

Coryphas  are  but  little  grown  commercially,  the  growth 
of  young  plants  being  slow.  Good  loam  well  enriched 
with  stable  manure,  a  night  temperature  of  65°  and 
abundant  moisture,  are  the  chief  requisites  in  their  cul- 
ture, with  a  moderately  shaded  house  during  th& 
summer. 

elata,  Koxb.  (C.  Gebdnga,  Blume).  Trunk  straight, 
60-70  ft.  high,  2  ft.  in  diam.,  spirally  ridged:  Ivs.  lunate, 
8-10  ft.  in  diam. :  segments  80-100,  separated  nearly  to  the 
middle,  ensiform,  obtuse  or  bifid  :  petioles  6-12  ft., 
with  black  margins  and  curved  spines.  Bengal  and 
Burma. 

umbraculifera,  Linn.  TALIPOT  PALM.  Fig.  563.  Trunk 
annulate,  60-80  ft. :  Ivs.  sub-lunate,  6  ft.  long  by  13  ft. 
wide,  palmately  pinnatifid,  conduplicate  above  the  mid- 
dle :  segments  obtusely  bifid  :  petiole  7  ft.,  the  spines 


563.   Corypha  umbraculifera. 

along  its  margins  often  in  pairs.  Malabar  coast  and 
Ceylon.  A.F.  12:313.  Gng.  5:213.  The  picture  (Fig.  563) 
is  adapted  from  Martins'  Natural  History  of  Palms. 

C.  australis,  R.  Br.  See  Livistona.— C.  macrophylla,Hort.=1— 
C.  minor,  Jacq.  See  Sabal.— C.  Wogani,  Hort.,  is  a  dwarf  round- 
Ivd.  plant.  A. G.  15:  307. 

JARED  G.  SMITH,  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

COSMANTHUS.   All  included  in  Phacelia. 
COSMlDIUM  is  Thelesperma. 


384 


COSMOS 


COSMOS 


C6SMOS  (from  the  Greek  word  with  a  root  idea  of 
orderliness;  hence  an  ornament  or  beautiful  thing, 
which  fits  the  present  case ;  finally  and  usually  the  uni- 
verse, because  of  its  orderliness).  Compdsitce.  A  ge- 
nus of  at  most  20  species  of  annual  or  perennial  herbs, 
all  tropical  American,  mostly  Mexican,  often  tall,  usu- 
ally glabrous:  Ivs.  opposite,  pinnatelycut  in  the  garden 
kinds,  in  some  others  entire  or  lobed:  fls.  typically 
shades  of  rose,  crimson  and  purple,  with  one  yellow 
species,  and  white  horticultural  varieties,  long  pedun- 
cled,  solitary  or  in  a  loose, corymbose  panicle:  akenes  gla- 
brous :  chaff  of  the  receptacle  in  C.  bipinnatus  with  a  long 
and  slender  apex,  in  other  species  with  a  blunt  and  short 
apex.  The  genus  is  distinguished  from  Bidens  chiefly 
by  the  seeds,  which  are  beaked  in  Cosmos  but  not  dis- 
tinctly so  in  Bidens,  and  by  the  color  of  the  rays,  which 
in  Cosmos  is  typically  some  form  of  crimson,  while  in 
Bidens  the  rays  are  yellow  or  white. 

The  "Black  Cosmos"  (C.  diversifolius)  is,  perhaps, 
better  known  to  the  trade  as  a  Bidens  or  Dahlia.  It  has 
the  dwarf  habit  and  dark  red  early  fls.  of  some  Dahlias, 
but  the  akenes  are  very  puzzling.  They  resemble  those 
•of  Bidens  in  being  4-angled,  and  not  distinctly  beaked. 
They  are  unlike  Bidens,  and  like  Cosmos,  in  being  not 
distinctly  compressed  on  the  back.  They  resemble  both 
genera  in  having  2  rigid  persistent  awns,  but,  unlike 
these  genera,  the  awns  have  no  retrorse  barbs  or  prickles. 
The  akenes  are  linear,  as  in  Cosmos  and  all  our  native 
tropical  species  of  Bidens;  but,  although  narrowed  at 
the  apex,  they  are  not  distinctly  beaked,  as  in  most  spe- 
cies of  the  genus  Cosmos.  The  plant  is,  perhaps,  near- 
est to  Bidens. 

Among  the  garden  annuals  that  have  come  into  promi- 
nence in  recent  years,  the  Cosmos  has  a 
most  brilliant  future.  Until  1895  there 
were  in  the  two  leading  species  only  three 
strongly  marked  colors:  white,  pink  and 
•crimson.  These  and  the  less  clearly  de- 
fined intermediate  shades  have  all  come 
from  C.  bipinnatus ;  the  yellow  forms  have 
•come  from  C.  sulphureits, which  was  intro- 
duced in  1896.  Although  Cosmos  has  been  vastly  im- 
proved within  the  last  five  years,  it  still  leaves  much  to 
foe  desired  and  offers  a  most  promising  field  to  the  plant- 
breeder.  The  two  species  are  still  too  late  in  coming  into 
bloom  and  too  tall  and  weedy  looking  in  their  habit  of 
growth,  but  the  season  is  being  gradually  shortened,  with 
dwarfer  forms  continually  coming  on,  and  it  is  neces- 
sary to  be  patient  while  this  interesting  evolution  is  tak- 
ing place.  The  chief  improvement  so  far  has  been  made 
in  California  and  in  Georgia.  In  the  east,  for  best  results 
it  is  still  necessary  to  sow  seed  indoors  in  April  and 
transplant  outdoors  us  soon  as  danger  of  frost  is  past. 
Seed  sown  in  the  open  ground  often  fails  to  produce 
flowers  in  some  northern  localities  before  frost.  The 
slightest  frost  kills  the  typical  species,  but  some  of  the 
new  strains  are  said  to  resist  a  degree  or  two  of  frost. 
At  first  Cosmos  flowers  were  only  an  inch  or  two  across. 
The  best  varieties  now  average  3  inches,  and  some- 
times reach  4  and  5  without  thinning  or  disbudding. 
Pure  white  flowers  of  Cosmos  are  rarely  if  ever  found 
wild,  but  some  of 'the  cultivated  varieties  are  nearly  pure. 
The  group  is  totally  lacking  in  bright  reds.  It  would  be 
interesting  to  try  for  shades  of  red  by  crossing  with 
the  dark  blood-red  C.  diversifoliiis  (known  as  the 
Black  Cosmos,  Dahlia  Zimapani  and  Bidens  atrosan- 
guinea),  which,  however,  would  be  a  somewhat  violent 
cross,  as  that  is  a  low-growing,  early-flowering,  tuberous- 
rooted  perennial.  However,  Cosmos  is  closely  related  to 
Dahlia,  Coreopsis,  and  Bidens,  the  first  two  being  of 
great  garden  importance  and  the  latter,  though  weedy, 
having  possibilities.  The  rays  of  Cosmos  bipinnatus  are 
typically  obcordate  in  outline,  narrow  at  the  base,  broad 
at  the  apex  and  with  three  strongly  marked  teeth,  which, 
as  in  Coreopsis,  are  a  great  part  of  the  characteristic 
beauty  of  the  flower.  In  the  wild  single  Dahlia  these 
teeth  are  so  short  that  they  serve  only  to  mar  the  sym- 
metry of  outline,  and  in  the  high-bred,  cultivated  varie- 
ties of  single  Dahlias  these  teeth  are  practically  if  not 
wholly  obliterated.  This  will  perhaps  never  happen  to 
the  Cosmos,  at  least  in  America.  On  the  contrary,  the 
rays  of  the  Cosmos  sometimes  have  an  extra  number  of 
teeth,  often  6  or  7  altogether,  and  the  effect  is  very 


attractive  and  individual.  Moreover,  these  teeth  are  often 
somewhat  wavy,  giving  the  whole  flower  a  frilled  appear- 
ance. The  wild  Cosmos  is  a  stellate  flower;  that  is,  it  has 
open  spaces  between  its  rays.  These  rays  in  cultivation 
have  broadened  and  rounded  in  outline  and  have  over- 
lapped, so  that  the  new  forms  do  not  show  any  vacant 
spaces  between  the  rays  but  present  a  solid  unbroken 
face.  This  same  tendency 
has  prevailed  in  the  garden 
evolution  of  many  other  fa- 
vorites, notably  the  "shoul- 
dered" Tulips,  "rose-pet- 
aled  Geraniums, "and  single 
Dahlias.  The  named  varie- 
ties of  Cosmos  may  always 


564.  Cosmos  bipinnatus. 


A  cultivated  form.  The  rays  of  wild 
flowers  have  only  three  teeth  and 
they  are  much  more  pronounced. 


COSMOS 


COTONEASTER 


385 


be  expected  to  have  more  symmetrical  and  perfectly 
formed  flowers  than  the  mixed  and  nameless  varie- 
ties, much  as  the  highest  bred  single  Dahlias  always 
have  8  rays  all  exactly  alike,  while  it  is  a  mark  of  Dah- 
lias of  low  degree  to  have  more  than  8  rays  or  an  unsym- 
metrical  arrangement  of  them.  A  new  feature,  too,  is 
the  advent  of  a  distinct  ring  of  color  formed  by  a  dash 
of  crimson  at  llie  base  of  each  ray.  The  wild  Cosmos 
is  not  troubled  by  a  spot  of  yellow  at  the  base  of  each 
ray,  as  is  the  wild  Dahlia.  In  the  case  of  the  single 
Dahlia,  the  yellow  color  at  the  base  of  the  ray  never  be- 
comes definite  and  conspicuous  enough  to  form  an  addi- 
tional attractive  feature,  as  it  does  in  Chrysanthemum 
carlnatniH,  but  it  often  spoils  the  unity  of  effect  and 
fails  to  harmonize  with  the  chief  color  of  the  flower, 
especially  when  the  latter  is  magenta,  crimson,  rose, 
or  any  allied  shade.  There  are  no  full  double  forms  of 
Cosmos  as  yet,  and,  as  regards  strongly  marked  types 
of  doubling,  the  Cosmos  may  be  decades  behind  the 
€hina  Asters.  In  the  single  forms,  flat,  incurved  or 
cupping,  and  reflexed  flowers  are  to  be  looked  for,  and 
can  be  fixed  if  there  is  sufficient  demand  for  mainte- 
nance of  the  three  types. 

It  is  a  mistake  to  grow  Cosmos  in  too  rich  soil,  as  one 
.gets  too  vigorous  growth  and  too  few  flowers,  which  are 
also  late.  A  sandy  soil  is  to  be  preferred  as  being  earlier, 
and  not  too  rich.  It  is  well  to  pinch  out  the  leading 
shoots  of  young  plants  in  order  to  make  them  bushy  and 
symmetrical,  instead  of  tall  and  straggling.  ^y  -^ 

Cosmos  bipinnatus  has  many  varieties  as  to  shapes, 
and  its  colors  run  through  white, "  washed  "  or  faded 
pinks,  and  reds.  The  plants  grow  7-10  ft.,  and  bloom 
in  fall  only.  A  dwarf  variety  of  this  species,  and  start- 
ing out  with  Dawn  (white  shaded  to  pink  at  center)  has 
developed  colors  until  it  now  includes  white,  pink  and 
crimson.  The  plants  are  some  4%  ft.  high,  and  bloom  in 
July.  The  seed  is  only  one-half  the  length  of  the  typical 
C.  bipin  natus.  This  selection  was  continued  until  double 
blooms  were  secured,  but  double  blooms  perfected  no 
seed. 

C.  sulphureus  is  entirely  distinct  from  the  above, the 
foliage  being  broad  and  handsomely  cut,  whilst  the 
flowers  vary  from  sulfur-yellow  of  the  typical  species, 
to  the  rich  orange-yellow  of  Klondyke,  and  a  tall, 
late  variety.  Cosmos  sulphureus  shows  an  inferior 
bloom  \Yz  in.  in  diameter,  rather  meager  foliage,  and 
grows  about  3  ft.  high.  The  tall,  late  variety  has  fine, 
rich  orange  fls.  2%-3%  in.  in  diameter,  with  very  heavy, 
coarse  and  dense  foliage,  grows  7-12  ft.  high,  and 
blooms  in  Georgia  after  October  15.  The  Klondyke,  a 
hybrid  of  my  own  from  Cosmos  sulphureus,  and  the  tall, 
late-blooming  variety,  has  rich  orange-yellow  blooms, 
2%-3%  in.  in  diameter,  with  foliage  a  happy  medium  be- 
tween its  two  parents,  grows  3%-4  ft.  high,  begins  to 
bloom  in  Georgia  from  field-grown  seed  April  15,  and  by 
May  15  is  a  plant  2%  ft.  tall,  covered  with  blooms  from 
base  to  top,  which  continue  without  cessation  until 
killed  by  frost,  when  plant  is  3%  ft.  high  and  of  the  same 
spread.  The  culture  of  all  varieties  is  simple,  and  only 
requires  well-prepared  soil,  not  too  rich,  early  planting 
of  seed,  and  the  keeping  of  young  plants  free  of  weeds 
until  they  shade  the  ground.  C.  bipinnatus  and  the  tall, 
late  variety  should  be  planted  in  rows  6  ft.  apart  and  4 
ft.  in  a  row. 

The  variety  Dawn  and  its  companions  in  white,  pink 
and  crimson,  and  Klondyke  should  be  planted  in  3-foot 
rows,  3  ft.  apart.  Neither  of  the  above  yellow  varieties 
should  be  confounded  with  the  worthless  Bidens  offered 
as  Cosmos  sulphureus.  The  earlier  Cosmos  seed  is 
planted  after  danger  of  frost  the  better,  as  it  germinates 
unsatisfactorily  when  the  weather  is  warm.  When  cab- 
bage seed  can  be  sown  in  the  field  with  safety,  Cosmos 
can  also  be  sown.  Cult,  by  A.  W.  SMITH. 

A.    Rays  white,  pink  or  crimson:  disk  yellow. 

bipinaatus,  Cav.  Fig.  564.  Glabrous  annual  V-10  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  bipinnately  cut,  lobes  linear,  remote,  entire: 
involucral  scales  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  white, 
pink  or  crimson  :  seeds  smooth,  with  an  abrupt  beak- 
much  shorter  than  the  body.  Mex.  B.M.1535.  Gn.  41:838. 
R.H.  1892 :372.  —The  older  and  commoner  species.  C.  hy- 
bridns,  Hort..  is  presumably  a  trade  name  for  mixed 
varieties  of  C.  bipinnatus.  but  see  G.F.  1:475. 


AA.   Rays  yellow:  disk  yellow. 

sulphureus,  Cav.  Pubescent,  4-7  ft.  high,  much 
branched:  Ivs.  often  1  ft.  or  more  long,  2- or  3-pinnately 
cut,  lobes  lanceolate,  mucronate,  with  rachis  and  midrib 
ciliate  or  hispid ;  pinnae  alternate,  entire  or  2-3-toothed : 
peduncles  7-10  in.  long,  naked:  outer  involucral  bracts 
8,  linear,  acuminate,  green,  2  lines  long  ;  inner  ones 
8,  oblong,  obtuse,  scarious,  5  lines  long  :  fls.  2-3  in. 
across,  pale,  pure  or  golden  yellow:  rays  8,  broadly  obo- 
vate,  strongly  3-toothed  at  the  apex,  ribbed  beneath: 
anthers  of  the  disk  exserted,  black,  with  orange  tips: 
seeds  linear,  1  in.  long,  including  the  slender  beak. 
Mex.  G.F.  8:485.— Int.  1896;  parent  of  all  yellow  forms. 
AAA.  Rays  dark  red:  disk  red. 

diversifolius,  Otto  (Bidens  atrosangitinea,  Ortg.  B. 
dahlio ides,  S.Wats.  Dahlia  Zimapani,  Roezl).  BLACK 
COSMOS.  Tender  annual,  12-16  in.  high,  with  tubers  more 
slender,  and  requiring  more  care  in  winter,  than  those  of 
common  Dahlias:  Ivs.  pinnateiy  parted;  Ifts.  5-7,  entire 
or  slightly  serrate,  the  terminal  Ifts.  largest:  peduncles 
each  bearing  1  head  6  in.  or  more  above  foliage:  rays 
dark  velvety  red,  sometimes  tinged  dark  purple.  Mex. 
B.M.  5227.  Gt.  1861:347.  F.C.  2:47.  J.H.  III.  33:  403. 
Var.  superba,  Hort.,  is  sold.  — Prop,  almost  exclusively 
by  seeds.  w.  M. 

COSTMABY.  The  rayless  form  of  Chrysanthemum 
Balsamita,  known  as  var.  tanacetoides. 

CdSTUS  (old  classical  name).  Scitamindcece.  SPIRAL 
FLAG.  About  30  perennial  thick-rooted  herbs,  in  the 
tropics  of  America,  Africa,  Asia  and  Australia,  cult,  for 
their  flowing-limbed  showy  fls.,  which  are  in  termi- 
nal, bracteate  spikes.  Corolla  tubular,  equally  cleft,  not 
showy:  one  staminodium,  enlarged  and  bell-shaped,  usu- 
ally with  a  crispy  limb,  and  forming  the  showy  part  of 
the  flower  (called  the  lip),  cleft  down  the  back:  ovary 
3-loculed:  filaments  petaloid.  More  or  less  fleshy  plants, 
prized  in  warmhouses,  and  grown  in  the  open  in  S.  Fla. 

This  interesting  genus  of  tropical  herbs  thrives  in  any 
rich,  moist  soil,  but  luxuriates  in  that  of  a  gravelly  or 
sandy  character,  when  under  partial  shade.  The  plants 
are  readily  propagated  by  cutting  the  canes,  or  stalks, 
into  short  pieces  of  an  inch  or  two  in  length,  and  plant- 
ing in  sifted  peat,  or  fine  moss  and  sand,  covering  but 
lightly.  The  roots  may  also  be  divided,  but  this  is  a  slow 
means  of  propagation.  Specimen  plants  require  rather 
high  tamperature  to  bring  out  the  rich  colors  of  the 
leaves,  which  in  some  species  are  prettily  marked  with  a 
purplish  tint,  and  are  usually  arranged  spirally  on  the  as- 
cending stem.  This  gives  rise  to  the  name,  "Spiral  Flag." 
A.  Leaves  green  and  plain. 
B.  Flower  ivhite. 

specidsus,  Smith.  Four-5  ft.,  stout,  erect:  Ivs.  ovate  or 
lance-ovate,  nearly  1  ft.  long,  silky  beneath:  bracts  red: 
fl.  large,  with  a  flowing  white  limb  and  pink  center, 
3-4  in.  across,  not  lasting.  E.  Ind.  I.H.  43:56.  Gn. 
47:1004. 

BB.   Flower  red. 

igneus,  N.  E.  Brown.  One-3  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceo- 
late, 4-6  in.  long:  bracts  not  colored  nor  conspicuous: 
fls. clustered, orange-red.  Brazil.  I.H.31:511.  B.M.6821. 
J.H.  III.  28:11. 

AA.  Leaves  party-colored. 

musaicus,  Hort.  Lvs.  obliquely  lanceolate,  4-5  in.  long, 
dark  green,  marked  and  tessellated  with  silvery  gray. 
W.Africa.  —  C. zebrina  is  very  likely  the  same. 

E.  N.  REASONEB  and  L.  H.  B. 

COTINUS.  A  section  of  Rhus. 

COTONEASTEK  (cotoneum,  quince,  and  aster,  simi- 
lar; the  Ivs.  of  some  species  resemble  those  of  the 
Quince).  Rosdcece,  subfamily  Pdweqg.  Shrubs,  rarely 
small  trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  deciduous  or  persistent,  short- 
petioled,  entire,  stipulate:  fls.  solitary  or  in  cymes,  ter- 
minal, on  short  lateral  branchlets,  white  or  pinkish; 
petals  5;  stamens  about  20:  fr.  a  black  or  red  pomaceous 
drupe,  with  2-5  stones.  About  25  species,"  in  the  tem- 
perate regions  of  Europe  and  Asia,  also  in  N.  Africa,  but 
none  in  Japan.  Ornamental  shrubs,  many  of  them  with 
decorative  frs.,  remaining  usually  through  the  whole 


386 


COTONEASTER 


COTTON 


winter,  while  only  a  few,  like  the  hardy  C.  multi  flora  and 
the  tender  C.  frigida,  are  conspicuous  with  abundant 
white  fls.  Of  the  species  with  decorative  red  frs.,  C. 
tomeniosa,  C.  mimmularia  and  C.  vulgaris  are  quite 
hardy,  and  C.  Simonsi.  C.  acuminata,  C.  rot  itndi  folia, 
C.  microphylla  and  others  are  hardy  at  least  as  far  north 
as  New  York,  while  C '.  frigida  and  its  allies  are  the  most 
tender.  The  half -evergreen  or  evergreen  C.  horizon- 
tails  and  C.  microphylla,  with  its  allied  species,  are  well 
adapted  for  rockeries  on  account  of  their  low  almost 
horizontal  growth.  Cotoneasters  thrive  in  any  good,  well- 
drained  garden  soil,  but  dislike  very  moist  and  shady 
positions.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  fall  or  stratified;  the 
evergreen  species  grow  readily  from  cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  wood  in  August  under  glass ;  increased  also  by 
layers,  put  down  in  fall,  or  by  grafting  on  C.  vulgaris, 
hawthorn,  mountain  ash  or  quince.  Monogr.  by  H. 
Zabel,  Mitteil.  Deutsch.  Dendrol.  Gesellsch.,  1897:14-32; 
1898:37-38. 

A.   Foliage  deciduous  or  semi-persistent:  fls.  usually 
in  cymes. 

B.   Fls.  with  erect  petals,  usually  in  few-fid,  cymes. 
c.   Lvs.  whitish  tomentose  beneath,  deciduous. 

vulgaris.  Lindl.  ( C.  integerrima,  Med. ) .  Shrub, to  4  ft. : 
Ivs.  ovate  or  oval,  acute  or  obtuse  and  mucronulate,  gla- 
brous and  dark  green  above,  whitish  and  at  length 
greenish  tomentose  beneath,  %-2  in.  long:  cymes  nod- 
ding, 2-4-fld.:  fls.  pale  pinkish;  calyx  glabrous  outside: 
fr.  globular,  bright  red.  May,  June.  Europe,  W.  Asia, 
Siberia. 

tomentosa,  Lindl.  Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  Ivs.  broadly  oval, 
obtuse,  dull  green  above  and  pubescent  when  young, 
whitish  tomentose  beneath,  1-2%  in.  long  :  fls.  3-12, 
white;  calyx  tomentose  outside  :  fr.  bright  brick-red. 
June.  Eu.,  W.  Asia.  — Sometimes  cult,  as  C.  speciosa, 
Hort. 

CO.   Lvs.  green  beneath,  with  appressed  hairs,  semi- 
persistent  or  nearly  so:  calyx  appressed -hairy 
outside. 

acuminata,  Lindl.  Erect  shrub,  to  6  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong  to 
ovate-oblong,  acute,  appressed-hairy  on  both  sides,  dull 
above,  l%-3  in.  long:  cymes  2-5-fld.,  nodding:  fls.  white 
or  slightly  pinkish :  fr.  deep  red,  oblong.  June.  Hima- 
layas. L.B.C.  10:919  (as  Mespilus}.  R.H.  1889:348, 
Fig.  5  (as  C.  Nepalensis). 

Simonsi,  Bak.  Shrub,  with  spreading  branches,  to  4  ft. : 
Ivs.  roundish  oval,  acute,  glabrous  above,  %-l  in.  long, 
semipersistent:  cymes  2-5-fld.:  fls.  white,  slightly  pink- 
ish :  fr.  bright  red.  June,  July.  Himalayas.  —  One  of  the 
best  red-fruiting,  species,  often  under  the  name  C.  Si- 
mondsii  or  Symonsi. 

horizontalis, Dene.  Low  shrub;  branches  almost  hori- 
zontal and  densely  distichously  branched :  Ivs.  round- 
oval,  acute  at  both  ends,  glabrous  above,  sparingly 
setosely  hairy  beneath,  %-%in.  long:,, fls.  erect,  1-2,  pink: 
fr.  oblong,  bright  red.  June.  China.  R.  H.  1889:  348, 
Fig.  1.—  One  of  the  most  effective  fruiting  shrubs  for 
rockeries. 

BB.   Fls.  with  spreading  petals,  in  erect,  usually 
many-fid,  cymes,  white. 

c.   Lvs.  obtuse  or  acute,  %-!%  in.  long,  deciduous. 

nummularia,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  Shrub,  to  4  ft.,  with  erect 
or  spreading  branches,  rarely  prostrate:  Ivs.  roundish 
or  broad  ovate,  whitish  or  grayish  tomentose  beneath, 
glabrous  above :  cymes  very  short-peduncl^d,  3-12-fld. : 
peduncle  and  calyx  tomentose:  fr.  red.  May,  June.  From 
N.  Africa  and  W.  Asia  to  Himalayas  and  Turkestan.— 
Var.  racemiilora,  Wenz.  (C.  Fontanesi,  Spach).  Lvs. 
acute  at  both  ends:  cymes  5-12-fld.  R.H.  1867:  31.  Very 
decorative  and  hardy.  Var.  orbicularis,  Wenz.  Low 
and  divaricate:  Ivs.  roundish  or  obovate,  %-/4  in-  long: 
cymes  3-6-fld. 

multifldra,  Bunge  ( C.  refUxa,  Carr. ) .  Shrub,  to  6  ft., 
with  usually  slender,  arching  branches :  Ivs.  broad  ovate, 
usually  acute,  slightly  tomentose  beneath,  soon  becoming 
glabrous:  cymes  very  numerous,  6-20-fld.:  calyx  and 
peduncles  glabrous:  fr.  red.  May.  Spain,  W.  Asia  to 
Himalayas  and  China.  R.H.  1892,  p.  327. -Very  decora- 
tive in  bloom,  and  hardy,  but  less  free  fruiting. 


CO.  Lvs.  acute,  2-5  in.  long,  semipersistent. 
frigida,  Wall.  Large  shrub,  to  20  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong,  acute 
at  both  ends,  glabrous  above,  tomentose  beneath  when 
young:  cymes  long-peduncled,  very  many-fld.,  pubes- 
cent: fr.  scarlet.  April,  May.  Himalayas.  B.R.  15:1229. 
L.B.C.  16:1512.  — One  of  the  most  beaiitiful  in  fl.  and  fr.r 
but  not  hardy  north. 

AA.    Foliage  persistent,  small,  %-%  in.,  re  volute  at  the 
margin:  fls.  1-3,  with  spreading  petals,  white. 

microphylla,  Wall.  Low,  prostrate  shrub,  densely 
branched:  Ivs.  cuneate  oblong  or  obovate,  acute,  shining 
above,  densely  pubescent  beneath:  fls.  usually  solitary; 
calyx  pubescent:  fr.  bright  red.  May,  June.  Himalayas. 
B.R.  13:1114.  L.B.C.  14:1374.  R.H.  1889:  348,  Fig.  3. 

buxifolia,  Wall.  Low  shrub,  similar  to  the  former:  Ivs. 
elliptic-ovate  or  broad  oval,  acute,  dull  and  sometimes 
pubescent  above,  tomentose  beneath,  %-%  in.  long: 
cymes  1-3-fld.:  calyx  pubescent:  fr.  bright  red.  Hima- 
layas. R.H.  1889:  348,  Fig.  4. 

C.  acutifolia,  Lindl.  Allied  to  C.  acuminata.  Lvs.  oval,  acute, 
glabrous  and  somewhat  shining  above:  fr.  black.  Dahuria  to 
N.  China.  Hardy.—  C.  affinis,  Lindl.  Allied  to  C.  frigida.  Lvs. 
broad-elliptic:  fr.  dark  brown,  globose.  L.B.C.  16:1522.—  C.  an- 
gustifblia,  Franch.  Low,  often  spiny:  Ivs.  linear •  lanceolate, 
tomentose  beneath,  persistent.  Yunnan.—  C.  arborescens,  Zab., 
not  Wenz.  Allied  to  C.  nummularia.  Fr.  black.  Himalayas.— 
C.  badlldris,  Wall.  Allied  to  C.  frigida.  Lvs.  smaller,  usually 
glabrous  beneath  at  length:  fr.  dark  brown.  Himalayas.—  O. 
laxiflbra,  Jacq.=C.  nigra,  var.  laxiflora.— C.  melanocdrpa,  Lodd. 
*=C.  nigra.—  C.  nigra,  Wahlenh.  Allied  to  C.  vulgaris.  Cymes 
erect, 2-10-fld. :  fr. black.  Europe,  Siberia.  L.B.C.  16:1531.— Var. 
laxiflora,  Koehne.  Cymes  many-fld.,  nodding.  B.M.3519.  B.R. 
14:1305.  Hardy.—  O.  pannbsa,  Franch.  Three  ft.:  Ivs.  oval- 
lanceolate  or  elliptic,  whitish  beneath,  persistent :  fr.  red.  Yun- 
nan.—  C.  Pekinensis,  Zab.  Allied  to  C.  acuminata.  Lvs.  dull 
and  sparingly  hairy  above:  calyx  densely  pubescent:  fr.  black. 
N.  China.— C.  Pyracdntha,  Spach=Pyracantha  coccinea.— C.  ro- 
tundifdlia,  Wall.  (C.  microphylla,  var.  Uva-ursi,  Lindl.) .  Allied 
to  C.  buxifolia,  but  of  more  upright  growth.  Lvs.  nearly  orbicu- 
lar, appressed-hairy  beneath:  fls.  1-3;  calyx  glabrous:  fr.  red. 
Himalayas.  B.R.  14:1187.— C.  Sinensis,  Hort.=C.  acutifolia.— C. 
thymifblia,  Bak.  Allied  to  C.  microphylla.  Lvs.  cuneate,  linear- 
oblong,  obtuse.  R.H.  1889:348,  Fig.2.— C.  uniflbra,  Bunge.  Allied 
to  C.  vulgaris.  Lvs.  glabrous:  fls.solitory:  fr.  red.  Songaria.— 
C.  Wheeleri,  Hort.^3  C.  buxifolia,  or  C.  nummularia,  var.  or- 
bicularis. ALFRED  REHDER, 

COTTON  belongs  to  the  genus  Gossypium  (name  used 
by  Pliny),  of  the  Malvaceae.  The  species  are  now  much 
confused,  but  it  is  generaly  agreed  that  the  Sea  Island 
Cotton  is  of  the  species  O.  ^Barbadense,  Linn.  The  up- 


565.  A  Cotton  boll. 

land  Cotton  is  probably  derived  chiefly  or  wholly  from 
G.  herbaceum,  Linn.  The  former  is  native  in  the  West 
Indies.  The  nativity  of  the  latter  is  in  dispute,  but  it 
is  probably  Asian.  The  Cotton  flower  is  mallow-like,  with 
a  subtending  involucre  of  3  large  heart-shaped  bracts. 


COTTON 


COTYLEDON 


387 


The  carpels  or  cells  of  the  pod  are  3-5.  These  carpels 
break  open,  and  the  cotton  covering  of  the  seeds  makes 
a  globular  mass,  — the  Cotton  boll  (Fig.  565).  Cotton  is 
not  a  horticultural  crop,  and  is  therefore  not  considered 
in  this  work.  The  reader  will  find  "The  Cotton  Plant" 
(published  by  the  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Bull.  33),  a  useful 
monograph. 

COTTONWOOD.     Species  of  Populus. 

COTYLEDON  (a  name  used  by  Pliny).  Crassulacece. 
Includes  Eclu'i-i  ri<i .  Succulent  herbs  or  shrubs,  rarely 
annual:  branches  and  leaves  thick  and  fleshy:  Ivs.  oppo- 
site or  alternate,  petiolate  or  sessile:  calyx  5-parted,  as 
long  as  or  shorter  than  the  corolla  tube;  petals  5,  erect 
or  spreading,  connate  to  the  middle,  longer  than  the  10 
stamens.  Differs  from  Sedum  in  the  connate  petals. 
Species  60  or  more.  Calif,  and  Mex.,  Afr.,  As.  and  Eu. 
See  I.H.  10:76  for  an  account  of  many  of  the  species. 

Large-growing  Cotyledons,  such  as  C.  gibbiflora,\ar. 
tn<-ttillica,  should  be  increased  by  cuttings  taken  after 
the  bedding  season  is  over.  The  best  method  is  to  cut 
off  the  top  of  the  plant,  dress  the  bottom  part,  and  place 
the  cuttings  in  empty  4-inch  pots,  the  bottom  leaves 
resting  on  the  rim  of  the  pot  until  the  cut  heals  over  and 
a  few  small  roots  are  formed.  They  may  then  be  potted 
off  into  suitably  sized  pots,  using  sandy  loam.  No  water 
will  be  needed  for  several  days,  and  when  given  it  must 
be  only  sparingly.  The  old  stems  should  be  placed  rather 
close  together  in  shallow  boxes  and  kept  in  a  warm,  dry 
place,  where  they  will  form  small  growths  along  the 
stems;  these,  when  large  enough,  may  be  put  into  boxes 
of  dry  sand,  and  potted  in  thumb-  or  3-inch  pots 
when  they  have  made  a  sufficient  quantity  of  roots. 
When  it  is  desired  to  increase  the  low-growing  bedding 
kinds  on  a  larger  scale,  the  plants  should  be  lifted  before 
the  ground  gets  too  wet  and  cold.  They  may  either  be 
boxed  in  dry  soil  and  kept  in  a  cool,  dry  house,  or  placed 
thickly  together  in  a  frame,  taking  care  that  no  drip  is 
allowed  on  the  plants,  and  giving  no  water.  The  most 
convenient  time  for  propagation  by  leaves  is  during  the 
months  of  November  and  December,  when  the  fall  work 
of  rooting  soft-wooded  plants  is  over.  Leaves  rooted  at 
this  time  will  make  plants  large  enough  for  planting  out 
the  following  season.  They  will  take  from  three  to  four 
weeks  to  root,  according  to  the  kind.  The  leaves  must 
be  taken  from  the  plant  as  follows :  Grasp  each  leaf  be- 
tween the  thumb  and  forefinger,  give  a  gentle  twist  first 
to  one  side  then  to  the  other  until  the  leaf  comes  off, 
taking  care  that  the  dormant  bud  in  the  axil  of  the  leaf 
accompanies  it,  otherwise  the  leaf  will  root  but  a  plant 
will  not  form  from  it.  Make  a  depression  about  two 
inches  deep  in  the  center  and  four  inches  wide  across 
the  sand  bed,  in  this  lay  two  rows  of  leaves  with  their 
bases  touching  each  at  the  bottom  of  the  depression  ; 
give  no  water  until  the  small  roots  make  their  appear- 
ance, and  only  slightly  afterwards.  When  the  little 
plants  are  large  enough  they  should  be  boxed,  using 
sandy  loam,  and  kept  in  a  temperature  of  not  less  than 
60°F~at  night. 

For  bedding  purposes  the  following  have  been  em- 
ployed very  successfully:  C.  atropurpurea,  Callfornica, 
clavifolia,  coccinea,  fascicularis,  gibbiflora  var.  metal- 
lica,  Pachyphytiim,  Peacockii,  rosea,  jectinda,  secunda 
var.  (jlftuca,  imbricata,  Mexicana,  eximia,  globosa,  glo- 
bosa  var.  extensa,  Scheideckerii,  miicronata,  mirabilis, 
parvifolla.  Some  of  these  are  not  offered  in  the  Ameri- 
can trade.  Several  of  the  kinds  make  verv  ornamental 
winter  flowering  plants ;  among  them  are  "C.  gibbiflora 
and  its  forms,  C.  fulgeus  and  C.  coccinea.  For  this  pur- 
pose the  large  plants  should  be  lifted  from  the  beds  and 
carefully  potted,  as  they  make  a  much  finer  growth  in 
the  open  ground  than  when  grown  in  pots. 

Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

A.   Lvs.  crowded  in  a  rosette  at  the  base  of  the  stem. 
B.    Fls.  white,  tinged  with  green. 

edulis,  Brewer  (Sedum  edule,  Nutt.).  Stems  cespi- 
pitose,  very  short  and  thick:  Ivs.  cylindrical  or  obtusely 
3-sided,  3-4  in.  long,  erect,  whitish  or  glaucous-green, 
not  mealy:  fls.  white,  resembling  those  of  Sedum,  %  in. 
in  diam.,  short-pedicelled,  along  the  upper  sides  of  the 


flexuous  branches  of  the  cymose  panicle  ;    scape  1  ft. 
high.    San  Diego,  Calif. -Int.  1883. 

BB.    Fls.  pale  yellow. 

Califdrnica,  Baker  (C.  Idxa,  B.  &  H.).  Lvs.  in  a  ro- 
sette, concave,  ligulate,  lanceolate,  acute,  glaucous, 
mealy,  slightly  yellowish,  8  in.  long:  fls.  pale  yellow,  on 
weak  lateral  flowering  stems  1-2  ft.  long,  with  short, 
ovate,  clasping  Ivs.  or  bracts  and  bi-  or  trifid  racemes. 
Calif. 

BBB.    Fls.  pale  flesh  color. 

pulveru!6nta,  Baker  (Echeveria  pulvernlenta,  Nutt.). 
Lvs.  in  a  rosette,  silvery  green,  very  mealy,  spatulate, 
acute,  the  tips  reflexed,  the  cauline  Ivs.  gradually  di- 
minishing into  broadly  cordate,  clasping  bracts:  pani- 


566.    A  species  of  Cotyledon. 

cles  dichotomously  branched  ;  pedicels  slightly  longer 
than  the  pale  flesh-colored  fls.  Plants  1  ft.  in  diam. 
S.  Calif.  F.S.  19:1927,  1928. -A  fine  plant  for  carpet- 
bedding. 

BBBB.    Fls.  red  and  green  or  red  and  yellow. 

secunda,  Baker  (Echeveria  sectinda,  Booth).  Stem- 
less:  Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  crowded,  cuneiform,  mucronate, 
glaucous,  curving  upward  :  fls.  in  a  1-sided,  recurved 
spike,  reddish  yellow  :  peduncle  long,  6-12  in.  high. 
June-Aug.  Mex.  — Fine  for  borders  or  carpet-bedding. 
There  is  a  var.  glauca,  Hort. 

lanceolata,  B.  &  H.  (Echeveria  lanceolata,  Nutt.). 
Lvs.  in  a  rosette,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  slightly  mealy; 
stem-lvs.  or  bracts  small,  cordate,  clasping,  distant  : 
panicle  narrow,  dichotomous:  fls.  red  and  yellow.  Calif. 

Barbeyi,  Schw.    Whole  plant  hoary-white:  Ivs  thick, 
fleshy,  shovel-shaped :  fls.  olive-green  and  red.    Flowers 
freely  in  spring  and  summer.   Abyssinia.    Gt.  45,  p.  465. 
—An  exquisite  plant  for  carpet-bedding. 
AA.    Lvs.  scattered  along  the  erect  or  branching  stems. 

fascicularis,  Soland.  Smooth,  1-2  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  pale 
greenish  white  with  a  yellowish  margin,  glaucous,  few, 


388 


COTYLEDON 


COWPEA 


sessile,  cuneate-obovate,  thick,  flattened,  slightly  con- 
cave, cuspidate  ;  panicle  branches  long,  scorpioid:  fls. 
large,  1  in.  long,  pendent  ;  calyx  lobes  short,  broadly 
ovate-acute ;  corolla  tube  much  longer  than  the  calyx,  yel- 
low-green and  dull  red;  corolla-lobes  reflexed.  S.  Afr. 
B.M.  5602.  J.H.  III.  29:443. 

orbiculata,  Linn.  Plant  erect,  2-4  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
opposite,  flat,  obovate-spatulate,  obtuse,  mucronate, 
glaucous  and  mealy,  with  red  margins :  fls.  large,  reddish, 
panicled.  Fls.  June-Sept.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  321.  R.H. 
1857,  p.  347.  — Grows  well  from  cuttings. 

Hispanica,  Linn.  (Pistorinia  Hispdnica,  DC.).  An- 
nual or  biennial,  branched,  6  in.  high,  erect:  Ivs.  small, 
nearly  cylindrical,  oblong,  few,  sessile  :  fls.  erect,  in 
cymes,  reddish;  corolla  trumpet-shaped,  lobes  spread- 
ing. Spain,  Morocco.  R.H.  1895,  p.  472. 

AAA.  Lvs.  crowded  at  the  ends  of  the  branches. 
reticulata,  Thunb.  Stems  much-branched,  fleshy : 
Ivs.  few  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  cylindrical,  acute, 
/erect,  fleshy,  soft,  smooth:  fls.  in  an  erect,  dichotomous 
panicle.  The  wiry  fl.  -stalks  remain  on  the  plant  and  give 
it  the  appearance  of  being  enclosed  in  a  network.  G.C. 
:IIL  21:282. 

gibbifldra,  Moc.  (Echeveria  gibbi  flora,,  DC.).  Stems 
1-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  flat,  wedge-shaped,  acutely  mucronate, 

•  crowded  at  the  ends  of  the  branches:  fls.  short-petioled : 
panicle  branches  1-sided,  spreading;  corolla  gibbous  at 
the  base  between  the  calyx  lobes,  the  tube  white,  the 

:  tips  touched  with  crimson.    Mex.    B.R.  1247. 

Var.  metallica,  Hort.  (Echeveria  metallica,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  large,  obovate-spatulate,  6  in.  wide  by  7  in,  long,  a 
beautiful  glaucous  purple  with  metallic  reflections:  fls. 

;  yellowish  with  red  tips.    Mex.    Saunders'  Ref.  Bot.  65.— 

-  An  excellent  bedding  plant. 

The  following  are  doubtful  species  :  Echeveria  Mexicdna, 
'.  Hort.  Stems  8-12  in.  high  :  fls.  pink  and  yellow.  Blooms  in 
'Tex.  all  winter.  Beautiful  for  borders.— Echeveria  superba, 
-Hort.  Annual,  with  yellow  fls.,  used  for  carpet-bedding. 

<7.  atropurpurea,  Baker  (E.  sanguinea,  Hort.),  and  C.  re- 
*A»a,  Baker,  have  been  catalogued  in  this  country.  The  former 
lias  red  fls.  and  dark  purple  spotted  Ivs.;  the  latter  has  yellow- 
ish fls.  and  glaucous  green  more  or  less  retuse  Ivs. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

COUCH  GBASS.   Agropyrum  repens. 

COVER-CROPS.  The  use  of  Cover-crops  in  orchard- 
ing marks  a  specific  advance  brought  about  by  changed 
soil  conditions.  The  term  is  less  than  10  years  old,  hav- 
ing been  first  applied  in  this  connection  by  Bailey,  in 
Bulletin  61,  Cornell  (N.  Y.)  Experiment  Station,  p.  333, 
December,  1893,  though  Cover-crops  were  used  previous 
to  that  date.  In  the  early  days  of  orcharding  in  this 
country,  the  soil,  rich  in  humus  and  undepleted  of  its 
natural  resources,  gave  satisfactory  crops  of  fruit  with 
trees  growing  in  sod.  As  time  went  on,  the  waning 
vigor  of  the  trees  was  stimulated  by  breaking  up  the 
sod,  adding  barnyard  manure  to  the  soil  and  giving 
thorough  cultivation  throughout  the  season.  This  sys- 
tem gave  unsatisfactory  results  in  many  instances,  par- 
ticularly in  the  north,  as  it  appeared  to  prevent  the 
trees  from  ripening  their  wood  sufficiently  to  enable 
them  to  endure  the  winters  without  frost-injury  to  the 
tips;  root-killing  was  also  noted  as  being  occasionally 
severe  on  soils  uncovered  with  vegetation  during  the 
winter.  About  this  time  the  value  of  the  members  of 
the  pea  and  bean  tribe,  as  enrichers  of  the  soil,  became 
recognized  more  fully  than  formerly  through  the  dis- 
covery of  the  nitrogen-collecting  agents  housed  in  the 
nodules  borne  by  the- roots  of  legumes.  The  best  or- 
chard practice  of  the  present  day,  whether  in  the  peach- 
growing  areas  of  the  south  or  the  apple  districts  of 
the  north,  consists  in  giving  the  most  thorough  culti- 
vation possible  during  the  wood-producing  period  of 
the  year,— that  is,  till  about  the  time  the  fruit  trees' 
terminal  buds  are  formed,  —then  seeding  this  thoroughly 
pulverized  surface  with  a  suitable  Cover-crop,  which 
is  plowed  under  early  the  following  spring. 

Cover- cropping  is  the  raising  of  a  crop  in  the  orchard 
after  cultivation  should  cease  (about  midsummer),  that 
Will  protect  the  roots  of  the  trees  by  preventing  alternate 
freezing  and  thawing  and  deep  freezing  of  the  ground ; 


that  will  add  something  to  the  fertility  of  the  soil  when 
turned  under  in  spring;  that  will  improve  the  physical 
condition  of  the  soil ;  that  will  occupy  the  ground  to  the 
exclusion  of  weeds.  In  the  south  the  considerations  are 
practically  identical,  except  that  the  contingency  of 
root  injury  from  frost  is  not  weighed. 

There  are  two  classes  of  Cover-crops:  the  nitrogenous 
and  the  non-nitrogenous.  Of  the  latter,  rye,  buck- 
wheat, oats,  millet,  corn  (maize),  rape  and  turnips  are 
principally  used.  These  plants  should  be  sown  much  later 
in  the  season  than  the  clovers,  cowpeas  or  most  nitrogen- 
ous covers.  They  are  valuable  where  the  soil  is  hard  and 
tough  in  texture,  as  advance  agents  of  the  legumes  which 
may  be  used  when  an  improved  physical  condition  is  se- 
cured. Buckwheat  is  particularly  useful  in  ameliorat- 
ing hard  soils.  It  should  not  be  sown  early  enough  to 
allow  seed  to  form  before  frost.  These  add  compara- 
tively little  nitrogen  to  the  soil.  Among  nitrogenous 
Cover-crops,  crimson  clover,  red  clover,  cowpeas,  soy 
beans,  field  pea,  and  vetch  are  the  most  prominent.  In 
the  south,  crimson  clover  and  cowpea  (of  which  there 
are  many  varieties)  are  much  in  vogue.  Cowpeas  are  un- 
satisfactory, however,  north  of  the  peach  belt,  owing  to 
their  sensitiveness  to  light  autumn  frosts.  In  apple- 
growing  sections  where  the  soil  is  mellow,  red  clover 
does  well.  A  mixture  of  crimson  clover  and  oats  is  used 
in  peach  sections  in  Michigan  with  success  ;  12  quarts 
of  the  former  to  3  pecks  of  the  latter  per  acre  are  sown 
about  the  middle  of  August.  The  Geneva  Experiment 
Station  recommends  a  mixture  of  %  bushel  of  buck- 
wheat to  1  bushel  of  field  peas  per  acre  for  clay  soils. 

The  question  of  what  Cover-crops  to  use  is  best  deter- 
mined by  an  examination  of  the  character  of  the  soil, 
and  the  condition  of  the  orchard  trees.  If  the  trees  are 
growing  slowly  on  mellow  and  friable  soil,  it  will  prob- 
ably be  advisable  to  use  a  nitrogenous  Cover-crop.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  trees  are  making  a  luxuriant 
growth,  and  the  soil  is  of  the  heavy  order,  a  member  of 
the  non -nitrogenous  group  should  be  tried. 
Kinds  of  Cover-crops. 

1.  Non-nitrogenous— 

a.  Rye,  two  bushels  per  acre. 

b.  Buckwheat,  /^  bushel  per  acre. 

c.  Oats,  2%  bushels  per  acre. 

d.  Corn,  broadcast  1  bushel  per  acre. 

e.  Rape  or  turnips,  3  pounds  per  acre. 

2.  Nitrogenous— 

a.  Crimson  clover,  16  pounds  per  acre. 

b.  Red  clover,  14  pounds  per  acre. 

c.  Sand  vetch,  1%  bushels  per  acre. 

d.  Soy  beans,  2  bushels  per  acre. 

e.  Cowpeas,    2  bushels  per  acre. 

/.    Field  peas,  1%  bushels  per  acre. 

3.  Mixtures  of  Nos.  1  and  2— 

a.  Buckwheat,  l/^  bushels  per  acre. 
Field  peas,  1  bushel  per  acre. 

b.  Crimson  clover,  12  pounds  per  acre. 
Oats,  three  pecks  per  acre. 

c.  Oats,  1  bushel  per  acre. 
Vetch,  1  bushel  per  acre. 

JOHN  CRAIG. 

COWBERRY.  Usually  means  Vaccinium  Vitis-Idcea. 
In  parts  of  Scotland,  Comarum  palustre. 

COW-HERB.     Saponaria  Vaccaria;  not  cult. 

COWPEA.  Fig.  567.  The  American  name  for  Vigna 
Cdtjang,  Walp.  (  V.  Sinensis  Endl.),one  of  the  Legu- 
minossB  allied  to  Dolichos  and  Phaseolus.  From  Phaseo- 
lus  (the  common  bean),  Vigna  differs  in  not  having  a 
spiral  keel,  style  hairy  above,  stigma  oblique  or  in- 
trorse,  and  other  minor  technical  characters-  In  other 
than  American  literature,  the  Cowpea  is  known  as  China 
Bean  and  Black-Eyed  bean.  In  the  S.  it  is  commonly 
known  as  Black  Pea.  Botanically  it  is  a  bean  rather 
than  a  pea.  The  Cowpea  is  a  rambling,  tender  annual, 
native  to  China  and  Japan.  In  this  country  it  is  exten- 
sively grown  in  the  southern  states,  as  a  hay  crop.  It 
is  also  invaluable  as  a  green-manure  crop  (see  Cover- 
crop).  It  is  to  the  south  what  clover  is  to  the  north 
and  Alfalfa  is  to  the  west.  It  is  sown  broadcast  after 
the  manner  of  field  peas.  From  3  to  5  pecks  of  seed  are 
used  per  acre.  See  Cowpeas,  Farmers'  Bull.  89,  Dept. 
of  Agric.,  by  Jared  G,  Smith,  L»  H  B 


COWSLIP 


CRANBERRY 


389 


567.  Cowpea 
Peas  natural  size 


COWSLIP,     The      true 
English   Cowslip   is    Pri- 
mula officinalis.     The  plant  wrongly 
called  Cowslip  in  America  is  the  Marsh 
Marigold,     Caltha      palustris.      The 
"American  Cowslip  "  is  a  popular  name 
for  Dodecatheon  Meadia.      The   Vir- 
ginian Cowslip  is  sometimes  used  for 
Mertensia  Virginica. 


COXE,  WILLIAM,  of  Burlington, 
N.  J.,  was  a  pioneer  pomologist.  He 
was  born  in  Philadelphia,  May  3,  1762, 
and  died  on  his  farm  on  the  Delaware 
river  near  Burlington,  Feb.  25,  1831. 
He  deserves  special  remembrance  for 
his  excellent  and  now  scarce  book,  "A 
View  of  the  Cultivation  of  Fruit  Trees, 
and  the  Management  of  Orchards  and 
Cider,  with  accurate  descriptions  of  the 
most  estimable  varieties  of  native  and 
foreign  apples,  pears,  peaches,  plums 
and  cherries  cultivated  in  the  Middle 
States  of  America— illustrated  by  cuts 
of  two  hundred  kinds  of  fruits  of  the 
natural  size."  This  was  printed  at  Bur- 
lington, and  published  at  Philadelphia 
in  1817.  Grapes  and  small  fruits  were 
not  included  in  the  scope  of  his  book, 
but  an  article  of  his  in  the  American 
Farmer  for  July,  1828,  shows  that  he 
was  acquainted  with  many  varieties  of  grapes,  and  had 
done  much  grafting.  His  book  was  a  standard  until  the 
time  of  the  Downings,  and  was  freely  used  by  other  au- 
thors. The  illustrations  were  excellent  for  their  time, 
but  show  only  the  size  and  outline  of  a  fruit,  and 
whether  it  was  dotted,  splashed  or  streaked. 

Coxe  said,  1817,  that  he  had  been  "for  many  years 
actively  engaged  in  the  rearing,  planting  and  cultivat- 
ing of  fruit  trees  on  a  scale  more  extensive  than  has  been 
attempted  by  any  other  individual  of  this  county."  He 
also  had  a  national  reputation  for  his  cider  at  an  age 
when  it  was  the  most  famous  and  characteristic  bever- 
age of  the  people,  and  when  apple  trees  were  cultivated 
more  for  cider  than  for  a  table  fruit. 

William  Coxe  belonged  to  one  of  the  most  refined  fam- 
ilies of  Philadelphia.  His  early  education  was  some- 
what meager  by  reason  of  the  Revolutionary  war,  but 
he  became  a  cultured  gentleman.  John  Jay  Smith  gives 
this  pleasant  picture  of  him:  "Well  do  we  remember  his 
extensive  library  in  his  fine  mansion  on  the  'Bank'  at 
Burlington,  when  as  a  little  boy  we  were  assigned  the 
duty  of  bringing  away,  or  taking  home,  some  book  or  pam- 
phlet from  his  ever  open  stores  of  information.  *  *  * 
His  person  was  handsome,  and  his  bearing  that  of  the 
'old-fashioned  gentleman,  improved  by  mixing  in  the 
best  society,  but  retaining  the  forms  of  the  greatest  po- 
liteness and  suavity,  that  modern  usages  are  too  rapidly 
casting  off.  An  errand  to  Mr.  Coxe's  was  a  cherished 
privilege;  never  was  the  opportunity  neglected  by  him 
to  place  in  the  hand  of  his  visitor  some  fruit  that  he  so 
well  knew  would  be  appreciated  by  a  youthful  appetite. 
The  finest  Seckel  pears  we  have  ever  seen  were  not  un- 
frequent  deposits.  He  had  an  especial  fondness  for  the 


Seckel  pear,  which  is  certainly  among  the  half  dozen 
most  famous  pears  of  American  origin,  and  which  was 
pronounced  by  Downing  to  be  the  finest  flavored  of  all 
pears."  Coxe  was  made  an  honorary  member  of  the  Hor- 
ticultural Society  of  London  for  making  known  the  mer- 
its of  this  pear  through  Dr.  Hosack.  The  city  of  Bur- 
lington has  exceptional  interest,  both  natural  and  his- 
torical, and  has  a  beauty  of  its  own.  Either  the  first 
willow  or  the  first  poplar  planted  there  is  said  to  have 
been  brought  from  Halifax  in  the  hand  of  William  Coxe. 
He  planted  many  trees  to  beautify  the  town  and,  in  par- 
ticular, extended  the  front  of  the  "Green  Bank."  It  is 
pleasant  to  think  of  William  Coxe  in  connection  with 
the  willow-fringed  bank  of  the  Delaware.  Biographi- 
cal details  are  unfortunately  only  too  meager.  A  few 
other  details  may  be  gleaned  from  the  Horticulturist 
11:304-307  (1856).  W>  M<  * 

CRAB'S- EYE  VINE.    See  Abrus. 

CRAB -APPLE  in  its  widest  sense  means  a  small 
apple.  The  Crab-apples  of  history  are  fruits  of  Pyrus 
baccata.  For  more  restricted  uses  of  the  word  crab,  see 
Pyrus. 

CRAB -GRASS.  One  of  several  names  for  Eleusine 
Indica;  also  for  certain  Panicums,  as  P.  sanguinale. 

CRAMBE  (old  Greek  substantive).  Cruciferce.  Per- 
ennial hardy  herbs,  with  small  white,  fragrant  fls.  in 
panicled  racemes:  Ivs.  mostly  thick  and  large,  more  or 
less  cut  or  lyrate.  Of  easy  culture.  Little  known  in  this 
country.  C.  maritima,  Linn. ,  is  the  Sea  Kale  (which 
see).  C.  cordifdlia,  Stev.,  of  the  Caucasian  region,  is 
cult,  as  a  border  plant.  It  is  an  excellent  foliage  plant, 
withstanding  the  winters  in  the  northern  states.  Lvs. 
very  large  and  heavy,  cordate  and  ovate,  toothed,  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so:  fls.  small  but  very  numerous,  in  great 
branchy  panicles  5-7  ft.  high  and  nearly  as  broad.  Gn. 
50,  p.  349.  Gng.  4:291.  — For  the  first  two  years  from 
seed  the  plant  makes  only  Ivs. ;  but  the  third  year  it 
may  be  expected  to  bloom,  after  which  the  plant  usu- 
ally becomes  weak  and  dies.  £,  jj  g 

CRANBERRY.  A  name  applied  to  trailing  species  of 
the  genus  Vaccinium  (Ericaceae).  Of  the  true  Cranber- 
ries there  are  two  species  in  North  America,— the  snial) 
(  Vaccinium  Oxy coccus ) ,  and  the  large  (  V.  macrocar- 
pon).  These  are  native  to  swamps,  where  they  trail; 
their  slender  stems  and  little  oval  evergreen  leaves  over 
the  sphagnum  and  boggy  turf.  The  red,  firm  berries 
ripen  late,  in  fall,  and  often  persist  on  the  vines  until 
spring,  when  well  protected  with  snow.  Each  berry  is 
borne  on  a  slender  pedicel ;  and  the  curve  of  this  pedi- 
cel in  the  European  species  is  said  to  have  suggested 
the  name  Craneberry,  which  is  now  shortened  to  Cran- 
berry. See  Vaccinium. 

The  large  Cranberry,  Vaccinium  macrocarpon,  is  now- 
cultivated  on  hundreds  of  acres  in  the  United  States;, 
and  this  Cranberry  culture  is  one  of  the  most  special 
and  interesting  of  all  pomological  pursuits.  This  Cran- 
berry grows  only  in  North  America;  and  North  America 
is  the  only  country  which  has  a  domestic  pr  cultivated 
Cranberry.  Because  Cranberry-growing  is  such  an  un- 
usual type  of  horticulture,  it  is  thought  advisable  to 
devote  considerable  space  to  it  in  this  Cyclopedia. 

Cranberries  may  be  grown  on  land  both  low  and  high; 
but  it  is  the  general  experience  that  low,  boggy  lands 
are  the  only  ones  which  give  permanently  good  results. 
In  the  winter,  the  natural  Cranberry  bogs  are  usually 
flooded,  and  in  summer  they  are  free  of  standing  water. 
The  flowers  are  often  caught  by  the  late  frosts  of  spring,, 
and  the  fruit  may  be  injured  by  the  early  frosts  of  falL 
Bogs  are  often  ruined  by  fire  in  times  of  drought.  In- 
sects and  fungi  often  play  havoc  with  the  crop. 

The  ideal  bog  for  Cranberry  culture  is  the  one  in 
which  the  natural  environments  of  the  plant  are  most 
nearly  imitated,  and  in  which  the  grower  can  have  the 
greatest  control  over  the  difficulties  mentioned  above. 
It  should  have  the  following  qualifications  :  ( 1 )  Capa- 
bility of  being  drained  of  all  surface  water,  so  that  frea 
water  does  not  stand  higher  than  one  foot  below  tha 


390 


CRANBERRY 


CRANBERRY 


surface  in  the  growing  season.  (2)  Soil  which  retains 
moisture  through  the  summer,  for  Cranberries  suffer 
greatly  in  drought.  (3)  Sufficient  water  supply  to  en- 
able it  to  be  flooded.  (4)  A  fairly  level  or  even  surface, 
so  that  the  flooding  will  be  of  approximately  uniform 
depth  over  the  entire  area.  (5)  Not  over-liable  to  frosts. 
Bogs  which  contain  moss  or  sphagnum  and  which  have 
a  peaty  or  mucky  soil  are  usually  chosen.  If  heath-like 
shrubs  grow  naturally  in  the  bog,  the  indications  are  all 
the  better.  The  presence  of  the  Cassandra  or  Leather- 
leaf  is  regarded  as  a  good  augury.  Black  ash,  red 
maple,  swamp  huckleberry,  and  white  cedar  swamps  are 
often  very  satisfactory.  Old  mill-ponds  often  give  good 
results. 

Before  the  Cranberries  are  planted,  the  bog  must  be 
cleaned  of  trees,  bushes,  moss  and  roots.  This  may 
be  done  by  "turfing,"  which  is  the  digging  out  of  the 


flood  in  spring  or  fall,  to  kill  insects  or  to  protect 
from  frosts.  The  objects  of  flooding  are  as  follows:  (1) 
to  protect  the  plants  from  heaving  in  winter  ;  (2)  to 
avoid  late  spring  and  early  fall  frosts  ;  (3)  to  drown  in- 
sect?; (4)  to  protect  from  drought;  (5)  to  guard  against 
fire.  Unless  serious  contingencies  arise,  the  bog  is 
flooded  only  in  winter.  A  flooded  bog  looks  like  a  lake 
(Fig.  568).  Good  results  are  obtained  now  and  then  in 
"dry" or  upland  bogs,  which  cannot  be  flooded;  but  such 
bogs  or  meadows  rarely  give  uniform  results,  and  they 
are  less  advised  than  formerly. 

There  are  three  centers  of  Cranberry  growing  in  North 
America,  — Cape  Cod  peninsula,  New  Jersey,  Wisconsin. 
Each  has  methods  peculiar  to  itself.  It  was  in  the  Cape 
Cod  region  that  Cranberry  culture  began.  The  first  at- 
tempts were  made  early  in  this  century.  William  Ken- 
rick,  writing  in  1832  in  this  "Orchardist,"  says  that 
"Capt.  Henry  Hall,  of  Barnstable,  has  cultivated  the 
Cranberry  twenty  years;"  "Mr.  F.  A.  Hayden,  of  Lin- 
coln, Mass.,  is  stated  to  have  gathered  from  his  farm  in 
1830,  400  bushels  of  Cranberries,  which  brought  him  in 
Boston  market  $600."  In  the  second  and  subsequent  edi- 
tions, Kenricks  makes  the  figure  $400.  It  is  not  said 
whether  Mr.  Hayden's  berries  were  wild  or  cultivated. 
At  the  present  day,  with  all  the  increase  in  production, 


568.   Cranberry-picking  scene  on  a  Cape  Cod  bog. 

In  the  upper  corner  is  a  bog  in  full  flood  (in  winter).   In  the  lower 
is  the  flume  or  outlet  dam. 


swamp  growth,  or  by  "drowning,"  which  is  deeply 
flooding  the  place  for  a  year.  The  method  of  preparing 
the  surface  for  receiving  the  plants  varies  in  different 
regions.  Open  ditches  are  run  through  the  place  in 
sufficient  number  to  carry  off  the  surface  water.  They 
are  usually  made  2  to  4  feet  deep.  If  some  water  stands 
in  them  during  the  summer,  better  results  are  expected. 
These  ditches  usually  feed  into  one  main  or  central 
ditch;  and  this  main  ditch  is  preferably  the  one  which, 
when  dammed  at  its  lower  end,  floods  the  bog  by  back- 
ing up  the  water.  Growers  prefer,  if  possible,  to  divert 
a  living  brook  through  the  bog,  or  to  straighten  and 
deepen  one  which  may  exist  there  ;  but  in  the  absence 
of  a  brook,  a  reservoir 
may  be  constructed  above 
the  bog.  Sufficient  water 
supply  should  be  had  to 
cover  the  entire  area  from 
December  until  April  or 
early  May,  to  a  depth  of  at 
least  one  foot.  The  lower 
places  will  have  a  deeper 
covering,  but  4  or  5  feet 
in  places  usually  does  no 
harm  in  the  winter.  It 
569.  Cranberry  hand-picker,  also  may  be  necessary  to 


prices  are  higher  than  those 
received  by  Mr.  Hayden. 
In  the  third  (1841)  and  subsequent  editions,  it  is  said 
that  "an  acre  of  Cranberries  in  full  bearing  will  produce 
over  200  bushels  ;  and  the  fruit  generally  sells,  in  the 
markets  of  Boston,  for  $1.50  per  bushel,  and  much  higher 
than  in  former  years."  It  was  as  late  as  1850,  however, 
that  Cranberry  culture  gained  much  prominence.  It  was 
in  1856  that  the  first  treatise  appeared  :  B.  Eastwood's 
"Complete  Manual  for  the  Cultivation  of  the  Cranberry." 
About  1845,  Cranberry  culture  began  to  establish  itself 
in  New  Jersey. 

In  the  Cape  Cod  region,  the  bogs  are  "turfed."  The 
surface  covering  is  cut  into  small  squares  and  hauled 
off.  The  object  is  to  obtain  a  uniform  surface  in  order 
that  all  plants  may  have  equal  opportunity.  The  bog  is 
then  "sanded."  Rather  coarse,  clean  sand  is  spread  over 
the  entire  area  to  the  depth  of  about  4  inches.  In  this 
covering,  the  vines  are  planted.  The  sand  keeps  down 
weeds  and  thereby  lessens  subsequent  labor;  it  affords 
a  moisture-holding  mulch  for  the  muck ;  it  renders  the 
plantation  easier  to  be  worked  in  wet  weather,  and  it  pre- 
vents the  too  vigorous  growth  of  the  vine.  Every  four 
of  five  years  a  fresh  sanding,  to  the  depth  of  an  inch  or 
less,  is  given.  This  keeps  the  vines  short  and  close. 
Formerly,  whole  roots  or  "sods "of  Cranberry  were  used 


CRANBERRY 


CRANBERRY 


391 


for  planting,  but  now  cuttings  are  employed.  These  cut- 
tings are  6-  or  8-inch  pieces  of  vigorous  runners,  — **• 
the  leaves  on.  They  are  thrust  obliquely  throng! 
sand,  only  an  inch  or  two  of  the  top  remaining  un- 
covered. They  are  set  about  14  inches  apart  each  way. 
In  three  or  four  years  a  full  crop  is  obtained.  The  bogs 
are  kept  clean  bymeana  of  hand  weeding.  At  Cape  Cod, 
it  is  estimated  that  the  sum  of  $300  to  $500  per  acre  is 
required  to  fit  and  plant  a  bog.  A  good  yield  from  a 
bog  in  full  bearing  is  50  barrels  to  the  acre  ;  but  200 
barrels  have  been  grown. 

In  New  Jersey,  the   general  tendency  is  to  omit  the 
sanding.     The  bogs  are  not  cleared  so  carefully.     The 
plants  are    often  set    directly   in 
the  earth  bottom,  after  the  heavy 
turf  is   removed.     The  bogs  — or 
meadows,    as    they    are    usually 
called  — are  not   kept    so   scrupu- 
lously clean.  It  is  thought 
that  a  reasonable  quan- 
tity  of    grass    prevents 
scalding  of 
the     berries. 
If    the    vines 
become    too 


570.    Early  Black  Cranberry. 

Natural  size. 
Type  of  the  Bell  Cranberries. 


by  the  form  of  the  berry,— the  bell-shaped  (Fig.  570), 
with  the  bugle-shaped  (Fig.  571),  and  the  cherry-shaped 
i  the  (Fig.  572).  There  are  many  named  varieties  in  each  of 
these  classes,  differing  in  size,  color,  firmness,  keeping 
qualities,  productiveness.  These  varieties  have  been 
selected  from  plants  which  have  appeared  naturally  in 
the  bogs.  Some  of  them  have  been  discovered  in  wild 
bogs.  The  demands  of  the  market,  as  respects  varie- 
ties, are  constantly  changing.  In  Massachusetts,  the  fol- 
lowing varieties  are  now  popular:  Early  Black,  Howe, 

Matthews,  McFarlin. 

S  The  Cranberry  is  now  a  staple  article  of 
^X*^  food  in  North  America.  "Turkey  and  Cran- 
berry sauce"  may  be  said  to  be  the  national 
dish.  The  berries  are  used  in  great  va- 
riety of  dishes.  An  effort  has  been  made  to 
open  an  European  market,  and  an  agent 
was  sent  abroad  in  1893  for  that  purpose  by 
the  American  Cranberry  Trade  Company. 
The  export  trade  has  now  assumed  some 
importance,  and  is  growing.  The  approxi- 
mate Cranberry  crops  for  a  series  of  years 
are  shown  below,  in  bushels: 


571.   Dennis  Cranberry. 

Natural  size. 
Type  of  the  Bugle  Cranberries 


deep,  they  are  mown  or  burned  in  order  to 
secure  a  fresh  growth  from  the  roots. 

The  gathering  of  the  crop  is  done  preferably  by 
hand-picking,  particularly  in  plantations  which  are 
well  cared  for.  In  some  cases  the  berries  are  raked 
off  with  a  steel  garden  rake,  but  many  of  them  are 
lost  and  bruised,  and  the  vines  may  be  injured.  It 
is  said  by  some  that  the  tearing  out  of  the  old  and 
large  vines  in  the  raking  tends  to  renew  the  plants, 
and  this  is  undoubtedly  true ;  but  there  are  better 
ways  of  keeping  the  vines  young  and  short,  as  by 
sanding  or  mowing.  In  the  East,  raking  is  now 
rarely  employed,  unless  the  crop  is  very  poor  or 
prices  very  low;  or  unless  hard  frost  is  expected, 
in  which  case  the  berries  may  be  raked,  the  bog 
flooded,  and  the  berries  caught  at  the  flume.  Some- 
times the  bog  is  flooded  when  hard  frost  is  threatened 
and  the  water  is  allowed  to  remain  all  winter,  and 
the  berries  are  harvested  in  the  spring  ;  but  such 
early  flooding  may  injure  the  vines.  The  price  paid 
for  the  picking  of  Cranberries  is  usually  about  40  to 
50  cts.  a  bushel.  Three  to  four  bushels  is  considered  to 
be  an  average  day's  picking.  There  are  various  devices 
to  facilitate  the  picking.  On  Cape  Cod  a  popular  im- 
plement is  the  Lumber*;  picker  (Fig.  569).  The  machine 
is  thrust  into  the  vines,  and  the  operater  closes  the  lid 
by  bearing  down  with  his  thumb;  drawing  it  backward 
pulls  off  the  berries.  Usually  the  pickers  are"lined-off  " 
(Fig. 568)  by  cords  stretched  across  the  bog,  thus  limiting 
each  one  to  a  particular  area,  which  he  is  required  to 
pick  clean.  The  berries  are  cleaned  by  running  them 
through  a  separator,  by  passing  them  over  a  screen, 
by  floating  off  the  litter  by  dowsing  them  in  water,  and 
by  other  means.  Dowsing  usually  reduces  the  market 
value.  They  are  then  marketed  in  barrels  or  crates. 
Of  varieties  there  are  three  general  types,  determined 


572.   Makepeace  Cranberry. 
Natural  size.    Type  of  the  Cherry  Cranberries. 

CRANBERRY  CROPS,  IX  BUSHELS 

1877           1878           1879  1880  1881 

NewEngland 250,500  160,825 

NewJersey 128,700  157,014 

TheWest 113,430  143,186 

Totals 400,828     295,760      233,000  492,630  461,025 

1882          1883          1884  1885  1886 

NewEngland...        193,664      141,964      130,583  280,879  274,799 

NewJersey 78,507      118,524      124,648  198,125  234,254 

TheWest 50,000      135,507       24,783  264,432  31,396 

Totals...                 322,171      395,995      280,014  743,436  540,449 


392 


New  England . 
New  Jersey... 
The  West 


CRANBERRY 

1887    1888    1889    1890    1891 

307,563   260,000   350,000  375,000  480,000 

163,788   225,000   200,000  200,000  250,000 

140,672   100,000   70,000  225,000   30,000 


Totals. 


New  England. 
New  Jersey . . . 
The  West..., 


612,023  585,000  620,000  800,000  760,000 

1892          1893  1894          1895          1896 

375,000  575.000  185,000  420,000  600,000 

160,000  325,000  200,000  200,000  200,000 

65,000  100,000  25,000  10,000  30,000 


Totals 600,000  1,000,000  410,000  650,000     830,000 

1897          1898          1899 

New  England....      400,000  425,000  425,000 

New  Jersey 250,000  300,000  175,000 

The  West 50,000       75,000  85,000 


Totals . 


700,000      800,000      685,000 


Average  prices  for  Cranberries  of  good  quality  now 
range  from  $4.50  to  $6  per  barrel.  The  following  table 
(by  Rider)  gives  a  summary  of  "opening "and  "closing" 
prices  per  bushel  for  18  Cranberry  seasons : 


YEAR 

OCTOBER 

MAY 

1877... 

$2 

00 

@$2 

50 

$4 

00  fa) 

$4 

50 

1878  , 

2 

00 

fa) 

2 

25 

2 

25  fa) 

2 

50 

1879  

1 

75 

(a) 

2 

00 

5 

00  fa) 

0 

00 

1880  

1 

50 

fa) 

2 

00 

50  fa) 

1 

00 

1881  

1 

50 

fa) 

2 

00 

2 

00  (S) 

8 

00 

1882  

2 

75 

(a) 

3 

00 

2 

00  © 

3 

50 

1883  

2 

75 

(jj) 

B 

00 

5 

25  fa) 

5 

50 

1884  

2 

75 

fa) 

3 

00 

2 

50  ro> 

2 

75 

1885  

1 

50 

rfi) 

1 

70 

50  (a> 

75 

1886  

1 

1 

50 

3 

75  © 

4 

00 

1887  

1 

75 

(n- 

2 

00 

2 

75  © 

8 

00 

1888  

1 

:r> 

m 

2 

00 

75  (Si 

1 

00 

1889  

1 

50 

2 

00 

4 

00  6> 

5 

00 

1890  

2 

00 

fa) 

2 

25 

3 

00  fa) 

8 

50 

1891  

1 

50 

2 

00 

1 

25  © 

1 

00 

1892  

1 

25 

(a) 

1 

50 

2 

00  © 

3 

00 

1893  

1 

26 

fa) 

1 

50 

2 

00  fa) 

a 

00 

1894  

2  00  © 

2 

50 

50  © 

75 

The  Low-bush  Cranberry,  or  Wolfberry  ( F.  Vitis- 
Idcea),  is  much  used  in  Nova  Scotia  and  other  parts,  and 
is  gathered  and  shipped  in  large  quantities  to  Boston; 
but  it  is  not  cultivated.  This  berry  is  also  common  in 
Europe,  where  it  is  much  prized.  The  quantities  of  this 
fruit  imported  into  theU.  S.  from  various  sources  is  con- 
siderable. For  example,  between  July  24  and  Dec.  31, 
1897,  the  following  imports  were  received  (as  compiled 
by  Rider) : 

From  Nova  Scotia 31,748  qts.  fa)  $1,284 

Sweden  and  Norway 19,905  qts.  fa)    1,014 

Newfoundland 7,256  qts.  (a)      279 

Germany 1,500  qts.  @       180 

Denmark 864  qts.  (a> 27 

61,273  qts.       $2,784 
or  1,915  bu. 

The  Cranberry  is  subject  to  the  attacks  of  various 
insects,  for  most  of  which  the  best  remedy  is  flooding, 
although  the  fruit-worm  is  probably  best  destroyed  by 
spraying  with  arsenites.  There  are  also  fungous  troubles. 
For  information  on  all  these  difficulties,  the  bulletins 
of  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Station  are  the  best 
literature. 

The  best  literature  on  the  Cranberry  is  comprised  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  American  Cranberry  Growers' 
Association,  with  headquarters  at  Trenton,  N.  J.  This 
society  holds  an  "  annual  meeting "  in  January,  and  an 
"  annual  convention  "  in  August.  Beginning  with  1880, 
it  has  published  regular  reports  of  each  of  these  gather- 
ings. The  standard  books  are  White's  "Cranberry  Cul- 
ture," largely  from  the  New  Jersey  standpoint,  and 
Webb's  "Cape  Cod  Cranberries."  L.  H.  B. 

NOTES  BY  A  WISCONSIN  GROWER.  — Cranberries  are 
raised  mainly  in  the  states  of  Massachusetts,  New  Jer- 
sey, Wisconsin,  Michigan  and  Minnesota.  The  eastern 
marshes  are  mostly  "made,"  while  in  Wisconsin  there 
are  thousands  of  acres  of  natural  marsh  as  yet  entirely 
uncultivated,  as  well  as  much  that  is  cultivated. 

The  natural  soil  for  the  Cranberry  is  peat.  Sand  is 
also  good,  but,  when  used  alone,  must  have  a  new  coat 
of  it  spread  over  the  ground  every  few  years,  as  it  be- 
comes exhausted  and  the  vines  become  woody  and  cease 


CRANBERRY 

to  bear.  The  ideal  soil  seems  to  be  a  foundation  of 
peat,  with  from  2  to  4  inches  of  sand  spread  over  it. 
It  is  very  desirable  that  the  surface  should  be  level,  so 
that  it  can  all  be  kept  equally  moist.  The  leveling  is 
usually  done  by  "scalping,"  i.  e.,  taking  off  the  sod  and 
carrying  it  away.  This  also  removes  the  moss  and 
other  foul  vegetation,  and  gives  the  vines  a  chance 
to  take  full  possession  of  the  ground.  If  scalping  is 
considered  too  expensive,  the  moss  may  be  killed  by 
flooding  in  winter  and  drawing  the  water  off  in  spring  ; 
but  it  takes  two  or  three  years  for  it  to  rot  sufficiently 
to  allow  vines  to  do  well.  Plowing  is  sometimes  resorted 
to  where  it  can  be  done,  or  the  sods  turned  upside  down 
by  some  other  means. 

The  best  sites  for  Cranberry  raising  are  those  which 
afford  a  perfect  water  supply.  There  should  be  a  reser- 
voir of  water  on  the  upper  side  of  the  marsh  (and  if  it 
is  on  the  north  or  northwest  so  much  the  better,  as  it 
will  then  be  more  sure  protection  from  frost),  which  can 
be  emptied  on  to  the  marsh  at  short  notice ;  and  there 
must  also  be  good  drainage,  to  carry  it  away  from  the 
marsh  quickly  when  desired.  A  level  piece  of  marsh 
which  has  vines  already  growing  on  it  looks  very  tempt- 
ing to  the  uninitiated,  but,  if  it  has  not  a  good  water 
supply,  it  is  better  to  leave  it  in  the  natural  state  and 
take  the  crops  which  grow  in  favorable  seasons,  than 
to  spend  money  improving  it. 

A  good  sand  marsh  may  be  made  near  any  stream  in 
a  sandy  region  by  selecting  a  spot  where  water  can  be 
drawn  from  the  stream,  but  there  should  also  be  a  reser- 
voir to  hold  water  in,  as  that  which  comes  directly  from 
a  running  stream  is  sometimes  too  cold  for  Cranberries. 

If  dams  are  built  from  the  sods  thrown  from  the 
ditches,  it  is  desirable,  at  least  for  the  reservoir  dams, 
to  cover  them  with  sand.  This  should  be  put  mostly  on 
the  top  and  upper  side,  and  should  slope  from  the  top  of 
the  dam  to  the  center  of  the  ditch.  This  prevents  musk- 
rats  from  doing  very  much  damage,  and  the  dam  is  not 
so  apt  to  be  washed  out  by  high  water  as  when  built  in 
a  perpendicular  wall.  The  cheapest  way  to  move  sand 
to  build  dams  or  for  spreading  on  the  marsh  is  to  haul 
it  on  sleighs  in  the  winter.  A  platform  is  built  on  rock- 
ers, so  that  the  load  may  be  dumped  at  one  side  of  the 
sleigh  ;  and  two  loads  in  a  place  on  a  good  peat  dam 
will  make  a  heavy  reservoir  dam.  The  pit  from  which 
sand  is  taken  should  be  well  protected  with  snow  or 
sawdust  to  prevent  its  freezing  badly.  One  of  the  best 
ways  of  making  waste-gates  is  to  place  three  joists 
lengthwise  of  the  dam  a  little  below  the  bottom  of  the 
ditch,  and  a  platform  built  upon  them,  and  the  whole 
settled  down  as  firmly  as  possible;  then  the  dam  is  built 
right  onto  the  platform  for  3  or  4  feet  on  each  side,  and 
then  the  sideboards  put  in  place,  and  cleats  nailed  up 
and  down  into  which  to  slip  the  sluice  boards.  It  is  a 
good  plan  to  have  an  outside  ditch,  which  will  carry  sur- 
plus water  around  the  marsh  instead  of  across  it,  in  wet 
seasons. 

Planting.  —  There  are  several  methods  of  planting 
vines.  One  way  is  to  sort  the  vines  and  then  cut  them  up, 
roots  and  all,  in  pieces  about  eight  inches  in  length,  lay- 
ing them  down  three  or  four  in  a  place,  pushing  the  lower 
end  into  the  ground  by  means  of  a  stick  shaped  like  a 
paddle;  or  it  is  sometimes  done  by  a  piece  of  iron  fast- 
enened  to  the  bottom  of  a  shoe.  This  method  leaves 
the  plants  in  an  upright  position,  and  they  do  not  grow  so 
rapidly  as  when  pushed  into  the  ground  obliquely  or 
laid  on  top  of  the  ground,  as  their  first  growth  is  to  make 
runners.  Sometimes  the  vines  are  cut  in  a  hay  cutter, 
sown  by  hand  like  wheat,  and  then  rolled.  A  good 
method  of  planting  in  the  west  is  to  take  vines  without 
cutting  and  drop  two  or  three  in  a  place  and  step  on 
them ;  if  put  a  foot  apart,  they  will  soon  cover  the  ground, 
and  will  bear  a  good  crop  in  three  years.  The  greatest 
care  must  be  taken,  while  sorting  vines,  that  they  do  not 
dry  out,  for  if  they  do  they  are  worthless. 

In  subsequent  culture  is  when  water  comes  into  use. 
The  ditches  should  be  about  ten  rods  apart,  each  ditch 
having  a  dam  built  below  it  of  the  material  thrown  from 
the  ditch  ;  the  drain  ditches  running  down  through  the 
marsh  need  not  be  quite  so  close  together.  To  promote 
the  growth  of  vines,  it  is  only  desired  to  hold  the  ditches 
about  half  full,  so  that  the  ground  may  be  moist,  but  if 
water  is  kept  up  onto  vines  at  this  time  thev  will  be 


CRANBERRY 


CRASSULA 


393 


drowned  and  do  nothing.  When  frosty  nights  come, 
after  vines  have  begun  to  grow,  water  should  be  drawn 
from  the  reservoir  to  cover  them,  and  let  off  the  next 
morning.  If  the  ends  of  the  new  shoots  get  frozen,  it  is 
a  decided  set-back,  and  especially  so  when  the  vines 
have  reached  the  bearing  age,  as  then  it  cuts  off  the  crop 
and  hurts  the  prospect  for  the  coming  year  by  taking 
the  terminal  bud.  The  vines  do  throw  out  side  shoots, 
however,  and  sometimes  the  second  season's  crop  does 
not  seem  to  be  much  affected  by  it.  When  the  plants 
are  in  blossom  (which  is  all  through  July)  the  ground 
must  not  get  too  dry,  or  the  blossoms  will  blast.  This 
trouble  was  experienced  in  many  places  during  the  sum- 
mers of  '8G  and  '87,  when  it  was  so  dry  that  nothing  but 
a  stream  fed  by  springs  could  begin  to  furnish  a  supply 
of  water.  Through  the  most  of  the  summer,  it  is  best 
to  keep  the  water  from  4  to  8  inches  below  the  surface, 
but  before  the  spring  frosts  are  over  it  is  better  to  keep 
it  nearly  to  the  surface,  and  if  it  is  a  season  of  drought, 
draw  water  down  over  the  marsh  about  once  a  week. 
After  the  fruit  has  set,  if  obliged  to  flood  as  a  protection 
against  frost,  be  sure  to  draw  the  water  off  quickly  the 
next  morning,  or  the  berries  will  be  scalded. 

The  marsh  should  not  be  flooded  for  winter  till  quite 
late,  some  time  in  November,  generally,  as  the  fall 
frosts  do  not  injure  the  vines,  but  help  them  harden,  so 
that  they  will  endure  the  winter's  snow  and  ice  without 
injury.  Sometimes  during  the  late  winter,  a  rain  or 
thaw  will  let  surplus  water  on  the  marsh  and  this  may 
lift  the  ice,  and  that  will  take  the  vines  with  it,  right  out 
of  the  ground.  This  should  be  guarded  against  by  open- 
ing waste-gates  and  drawing  off  the  extra  water.  The 
flood  should  be  left  on  the  marsh  in  the  spring  until  the 
spring  frosts  are  over  ;  in  Wisconsin  the  time  for  draw- 
ing off  the  water  is  generally  about  the  20th  of  May,  and 
it  must  be  closely  watched  afterwards,  as  the  vines  are 
then  very  tender  and  will  not  bear  as  hard  a  frost  as 
they  will  after  they  have  been  uncovered  a  few  weeks. 

Berries  are  gathered  in  two  different  ways  :  one  is  to 
pick  them  by  hand,  the  other  to  rake  them.  The  hand- 
picking  is  mostly  done  by  women  and  children  or  In- 
dians. Every  thirty  pickers  should  have  an  overseer, 
whose  duty  it  is  to  see  that  the  vines  are  picked  clean 
and  that  no  refuse  is  allowed  to  go  into  the  box ;  also  to 
give  a  check  for  every  bushel  box  filled,  and  to  carry 
the  full  boxes  to  the  wagon,  car  or  boat.  The  pickers 
in  the  west  use  shallow  peck  boxes  to  pick  in,  and  when 
these  are  filled  they  empty  them  into  the  bushel  box. 
The  pickers  are  placed  in  a  row,  thirty  of  them  occupy- 
ing from  80  to  90  feet,  and  a  rope  should  be  stretched 
each  side  of  them  to  keep  them  going  straight  ahead,  or 
else  they  are  very  apt  to  turn  to  the  right  or  left  for 
better  picking. 

The  cheapest  way  of  gathering  berries  is  to  rake  them 
with  what  is  called  a  "  scoop  rake  "( Fig.  573 ).   It  needs 
stout  men  to  use  these  to  advantage,   at  least 
those   who  are  not  troubled  with  backache,   as 
they  must  keep  a  stooping  position  almost  con- 
stantly.     Rakes    should 
not   be    used   in    young 
vines  where  there  are  a 
great  many   runners,  as 
they  would  pull  them  up 
by  the  roots   too   much, 
but  as  the  vines  get  older 
and     the      fruit     shoots 
stand  up  out  of  the  way 
of   the   runners,    raking 
does  not  seem  to  injure 
them.  The  rakers  should 
have  ropes  stretched  be- 
tween  them,   each    man 
being  given  a  space  from 
one  to  three  rods  wide, 
*.nd    every    ten     should       573.  The  hand  scoop  rake, 
nave   an   overseer,    who 

will  also  rake  most  of  the  time.  Rakers  are  hired  by  the 
day,  but  hand  pickers  pick  by  the  box.  The  rake  is 
much  used  in  the  west. 

If  the  berries  can  be  taken  to  the  warehouse  in  a  boat 
along  the  ditches,  it  is  the  best  way,  as  they  bruise 
easily  and  should  be  carefully  handled  :  but  if  that  is 
not  practicable,  then  they  must  be  taken  in  wagons 


which  are  driven  as  clcse  to  the  picking  ground  as  pos, 
sible  ;  or  a  portable  track  may  be  laid  onto  the  marsh- 
and  a  car  used.  The  bushel  boxes  which  are  used  have 
the  sides  and  bottom  made  of  lath,  with  small  spaces 
between;  and  these  boxes  are  used  to  cure  the  berries 
in,  being  piled  up  in  tiers,  so  that  the  air  can  circulate  be- 
tween them.  The  berry-house  should  be  built  with  dead 
air  spaces  in  the  walls,  and  windows  should  be  darkened 
and  building  kept  closed  during  the  day.  See  Storage. 

Cranberries  are  generally  shipped  in  barrels,  but  some 
use  bushel  crates,  though  in  whatever  they  are  packed, 
the  greatest  care  should  be  taken  to  put  them  up  in 
good  shape.  If  picked  before  they  begin  to  ripen, 
and  then  packed  so  that  when  they  reach  their  destina- 
tion they  are  settled  from  one  to  three  inches  in  the  barrel, 
dealers  will  not  want  them,  and  this  kind  of  manage- 
ment has  much  to  do  with  low  prices.  Before  putting 
into  barrels,  the  berries  are  put  through  a  Cranberry 
mill,  and  then,  if  there  are  still  a  few  bad  berries, 
they  are  put  on  tables  made  for  the  purpose,  and  the 
rest  of  the  bad  ones  picked  out  by  hand. 

The  profits  of  the  business  depend  so  much  upon  the 
amount  of  expense  which  has  been  necessary  to  improve 
the  marsh  that  it  is  impossible  to  give  any  exact  figures. 
The  smaller  the  marsh,  the  quicker  it  can  be  improved 
and  made  to  begin  to  pay  a  profit.  Anyone  who  under- 
takes to  improve  a  large  marsh  ought  not  to  expect 
much  from  it  short  of  ten  or  fifteen  years,  though,  if 
carefully  managed,  it  may  be  made  to  pay  cost  of  im- 
proving after  three  or  four  years. 

There  is  a  small  sand  marsh  in  Wisconsin,  made  after 
an  attempt  to  farm  the  land  had  utterly  failed  because 
the  soil  was  so  poor,  which  has  yielded  a  better  income 
for  several  years  than  the  best  farm  in  the  county.  It. 
is  a  profitable  business  when  honest  work  and  careful 
management  are  united  in  it,  but  not  otherwise. 

H.  B.  TUTTLE. 

CRANBERRY  TREE.  Same  as  High-bush  Cran- 
berry, Viburnum  Opulus. 

CRANESBILL.  Loosely  applied  to  the  whole  genus 
Geranium.  In  America  it  usually  means  G.  maculatum. 

CRASSULA  (Latin,  thickish;  referring  to  the  thick 
leaves  and  stems).  Crassulacece.  This  genus  gives  the 
name  to  the  order  Crassulacese,  which  contains  many 
cultivated  succulent  plants,  and  also  others  of  widely 
different  habit,  — about  400  species  altogether.  The  order 
is  closely  related  to  the  Saxifragaceae,  and  differs  in 
having  the  carpels  of  the  ovary  entirely  free  and  equal 
in  number  to  the  petals,  but  the  forms  pass  easily  into 
the  Saxifragaceee  through  Francoa  and  Tetilla,  and 
back  again  through  Triactina.  The  genera  are  ill  defined, 
and  certain  species  of  Sedum  cross  over  the  lines  of 
Crassula,  Cotyledon  aud  Sempervivum,  while  between 
Crassula  and  Tilleea  no  good  distinction  can  be  made. 
For  these  reasons  it  seems  best  to  give  a  key  to  the 
genera  of  garden  importance. 

A.    Stamens  as  many  as  the  petals. 
B.    Petals  free,  or  connate  only  at  the  base. 

1.  CRASSULA.     Floral  parts  in  5's:    calyx  shorter  than 

the  corolla. 

BB.   Petals  often  connate  to  the  middle  or  beyond. 

2.  ROCHEA.     Calyx  many  times  shorter  than  the  tube  of 

the  corolla. 

AA.    Stamens  normally  twice  as  many  as    the  petals 
(sometimes  equal  in  number,  especiallg  in  JVos. 
3,6,8). 
B.    Petals  free,  or  connate  only  at  the  very  base. 

3.  SEDUM.     Floral  parts  usually  4-5 :  scales  small. 

4.  SEMPERVIVUM.     Floral  parts  6  to  many  (rarely  5): 

scales  small. 

5.  MONANTHES.     Floral  parts  6-12:  scales  petal -like. 

BB.    Petals  often  connate  to  the  middle  or  beyond. 

6.  KALANCHOE.     Calyx  4-parted. 

7.  BRYOPHYLLUM.     Calyx  large,  inflated,  shortly  4-cut. 

8.  COTYLEDON.     Calyx  5-parted. 

The  floral  parts  of  Crassula  are  normally  5,  rarely  6-9, 


394 


CRASSULA 


CKAT^GUS 


but  cultivation  probably  changes  the  number  of  parts 
not  infrequently.  Crassulas  are  herbs  or  shrubs,  rarely 
annuals,  usually  thick  and  fleshy:  Ivs.  opposite,  rarely 
stalked,  often  grown  together  at  the  base,  entire  or  with 
a  cartilaginous  margin:  fls.  small,  white,  rose,  or  rarely 
yellow,  usually  in  cymes,  rarely  in  heads.  For  C.  coc- 
cinea  and  jasminea,  see  Rochea.  \\T>  ]\j< 

Crassulas  are  greenhouse  plants  requiring  a  dry  atmos- 
phere during  the  resting  period.  While  making  growth, 
they  may  be  treated  like  other  greenhouse  plants  in  the 
way  of  watering,  placing  them  in  the  lightest  and  airiest 
part  of  the  house.  The  pots  must  be  drained  so  that  any 
surplus  moisture  will  easily  pass  through.  The  soil 
should  consist  of  sand,  loam,  broken  brick,  and  a  very 
small  quantity  of  leaf-soil  or  thoroughly  rotted  cow- 
manure.  Propagation  is  usually  from  cuttings.  Some 
of  the  species,  such  as  C.  falcata,  do  not  give  much 
material  for  this  purpose,  and  they  should,  there- 
fore, be  headed  over  and  the  tops  put  in  dry  sand 
in  the  spring,  allowing  water  only  when  they  show 
signs  of  shrivelling.  The  cut -over  plants  should 
be  encouraged  to  make  side  shoots,  which  may  be 
rooted  after  they  are  large  enough. 

Cult,  by  G.  W.  OLIVER. 
A.    Floral  parts  normally  in  5's. 

B.    Lvs.  petioled. 

cordata,  Soland.  Height  1-3  ft. :  stem  shrubby:  Ivs. 
flat,  wide,  stalked,  cordate,  obtuse,  entire,  glabrous, 
spotted  above  :  cymes  panicle-like  :  fls.  reddish,  some- 
times pure  white.  Winter.  — Closely  allied  to  C.  spathu- 
lata. 

spathulata,  Thunb.     Glabrous  herb  :    stem  somewhat 
shrubby,  decumbent,  branching:   Ivs.  stalked,  roundish, 
crenate,  glabrous,  shining  above :  corymbs  panicle-like: 
fls.  rosy;  petals  acute.  L.  B. 
C.   4:359   as    C.  cordata.— 
Not  advertised  for  sale,  but 
likely  to  be  cultivated  as  C. 
cordata. 

BB.  Lvs.  not  petioled. 
c.  Foliage  glaucous. 
falcata,  Wendl.  Height 
3-8  ft. :  Ivs.  grown  together 
at  the  base,  thick,  glaucous, 
oblong,  falcate':  fls.  small, 
numerous  (50  or  more),  in 
a  crimson,  rarely  white, 
dense,  terminal  corymb : 
corolla  tube  %  of  an  in.  long, 
as  long  as  the  limb  or 
shorter.  B.M.  2035. 

cc.  Foliage  not  glaucous. 
lactea,  Soland.  Height  1-2 
ft. :  stem  shrubby,  branch- 
ing, tortuous  below :  Ivs. 
ovate,  narrowed  and  grown 
together  at  the  base,  gla- 
brous, spotted  along  the 
margin :  cymes  panicle-like, 
many-fld. :  fls.  white,  small. 
Winter.  B.M.  1771.  L.B.C. 
8 :  735.  —  A  free  -  flowering 
window  plant  of  easy  cul- 
ture. There  is  a  form  with 
variegated  leaves. 

AA.    Floral  parts  in  4's. 

quadrifida,  Baker.  Fig. 
574.  Perennial:  Ivs.  oblong- 
spatulate,  the  upper  ones 
rounder,  decussate:  fls.  with 
their  parts  in  4's,  panicled, 
white,  tinged  red.  ^.  ]yj 


574.   Crassula  quadrifida. 
(XH-) 


CRAT.EGUS  (ancient  Greek  name,  derived  from  kratos, 
strength,  on  account  of  the  hardiness  of  the  wood ) .  Rosd- 
cece,  suborder  PbmecK.  HAW.  HAWTHORN.  Shrubs  or 
small  trees,  usually  spiny:  Ivs.  alternate,  deciduous, 
stipulate,  serrate,  often  lobed  or  pinnatifid:  fls.  white,  in 


some  varieties  red,  in  corymbs,  rarely  solitary;  petal  - 
and  calyx-lobes  5;  stamens  many,  rarely  less  than  10; 
styles  1-5 :  f r.  a  drupe-like  pome,  with  1-5  1-seeded  bony 
stones.  About  70  species,  in  the  temperate  regions  of 
the  northern  hemisphere,  most  abundant  in  N.  America. 
Hardy  ornamental  shrubs  and  trees,  mostly  of  dense  and 
low  growth,  with  handsome  foliage,  turning,  in  most 
species,  to  a  brilliant  coloring  in  the  fall;  many  have 
very  decorative  frs.,  and  also  handsome  fls.  Some  of  the 
best,  with  showy  frs.,  are  C.  Crus-galli,  C.  Lavallei, 
C.  cordata,  C.  pinnatifida  major,  C.  mollis,  but  the  frs. 
of  the  last  drop  very  early,  while  in  most  of  the  others 
the  frs.  remain  a  long  time  on  the  branches.  Some  varie- 
ties of  C.  monogyna  have  very  decorative  fls. ;  also  C. 
mollis,  C.  Cms-galli  and  others  are  handsome  in  bloom. 
For  the  S.  states,  C.  cestivaUs  and  the  blue-fruited  C. 
brachyacantha  are  among  the  most  decorative.  Well 
adapted  for  hedges  are  C.  monogyna,  C.  Oxyacantha, 
C.  Crus-galli,  C.  cordata  and  many  others.  The  Haw- 
thorns grow  in  almost  any  soil  and  position;  best  in  a 
rich,  loamy,  somewhat  moist  one,  and  also  in  strong  clay. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  in  fall  or  stratified;  before  stratify- 
ing, most  of  the  pulp  may  be  removed  by  laying  the  frs. 
in  shallow  piles  and  allowing  them  to  decay.  Then  they 
are  mixed  with  sand  or  sifted  soil  and  buried  in  the 
ground  or  kept  in  boxes  in  a  cool  cellar.  Some  species, 
as  C.  cordata,  C.  coccinea,  C.  Crus-galli,  germinate  the 
first  year  and  are  sown  in  spring,  while  others,  especially 
C.  Oxyacantha  and  its  allies,  do  usually  not  germinate 
until  the  second  year,  and  may  be  kept  stratified  until 
the  following  fall  or  the  second  spring.  If  sown  at  once, 
the  seed-beds  must  be  heavily  mulched  during  the  first 
summer  to  prevent  drying.  The  young  plants  should  not 
be  allowed  to  remain  over  one  year  in  the  seed-beds,  as 
they  form  long  tap-roots  and  are  then  difficult  to  trans- 
plant. Varieties  and  rarer  kinds  are  easily  budded  or 
grafted  on  seedling  stock  of  C.  Oxyacantha,  or  other 
common  strong-growing  species. 

Index  :  aceri folia,  13  and  suppl. ;  apiifolia,  14  and 
suppl. ;  Aronia,  18;  Azarolus,  18;  Carrieri,  7;  coccinea, 
3;  cordata,  13;  Crus-galli,  5;  Douglasi,  12,  10;  flava,  2; 
Lavallei,  7;  leucophlceos ,  9;  lucida,  5;  macracantha,  10; 
mollis,  4;  monogyna,  16;  nigra,  21;  odoratissima,  19; 
orientalis,  19:  Oxyacantha,  15, 1C;  parvifolia,  1;  pinnati- 
fida, 17:  populifolia,  13  and  suppl. ;  prunifolia,  6 ;  punc- 
tata,  8;  pyrifolia,  9;  sanguiiiea,  11;  siibvillosa,^;  tana- 
cetifolia,  20;  tomentosa,  9:  uniflora,  1. 

A.   Foliage  of  the  flowering  branches  not  at  all  or  very 

slightly  lobed;  no  veins  going  to  the  sinuses. 

B.     Fls.  1-3,  rarely  more. 

1.  unifldra,  Moench  (C.  parvifblia,  Ait.)^  Dense,  low 
shrub,  with  numerous  slender  spines,  rarely  spineless, 
3-8  ft.:  Ivs.  on  short  not  glandular  petioles,  cuneate, 
obovate  or  oblong-obovate,  irregularly  or  doubly  crenate- 
serrate,  pubescent  on  both   sides,  at  length   glabrous 
above,  %-!%  in.  long:  calyx  pubescent,  with  large  ser- 
rate lobes:  fr.  pyriform  or  globose,  yellow,  /-sin.  across, 
with  2-5  stones.    May,  June.    N.  Jersey  to  Arkansas  and 
Florida.    8.8.4:191. 

2.  flava,  Ait.     Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft.,  usually 
very  spiny:  Ivs.  on  short  glandular  petioles,  cuneate, 
obovate,  glandular-dentate,  pubescent,  at  length  glabrous 
and  shining  above:  fr.  globular  or  pyriform,  greenish, 
yellow  or  red,  %  in.  across.    Va.  to  Florida.    S. 8.  4:189. 
B.R.  23  =  1932,1939. 

BB.   Fls.  in  6-many-fld.  corymbs. 

c.  Lvs.  on  slender,  often  glandular  petioles,  usually 
broadly  ovate  and  truncate  at  the  base,  slightly 
lobed:  calyx  lobes  dentate. 

3.  coccinea,  Linn.    SCARLET  THORN.     Shrub  or  tree, 
rarely  to  25  ft.,  with  short  spines:  Ivs.  broadly  ovate, 
sharply  doubly  serrate,  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  spar- 
ingly appressed-pubescent  above,  2-3  in.  long:  corymbs 
usually  slightly  villous:  fr.  red,  globose  or  oval,  %-%  in. 
across.     April,  May.      Newfoundland   to    Florida    and 
Texas,  west  to  Manitoba.  8.8.4:180.  Em.  493.  B.M.  3432. 
—  There  are  a  number  of  allied  forms  which  have  been 
considered  usually  as  mere  varieties,  but  may  be  per- 
haps distinct  species.   None  of  them,  however,  surpasses 
the  true  C.  coccinea  in  decorative  value,  and  they  are 
only  of  botanical  interest. 


CRAT.EGUS 


CRAT^GUS 


395 


4.  mbilis,  Scheelo  (  C.  subvilldsa,  Schrad.  C.  coccinea, 
vskr.mollin,  Torr.  &  Gr.).  Fig.  575.  Tree,  to  HO  ft.,  with 
short,  stout  thorns  :  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  sharply  and 
doubly  serrate,  densely  pubescent  beneath,  .'5-4  in.  long: 
corymbs  densely  villous-pubescent :  Us.  with  red  disk:  t'r. 
about  %  in.  across,  usually  pear-shaped.  April,  May. 
Quebec  to  Pa.,  west  to  Nebraska.  S.S. 4:182.  Em. 494  (as 
C.  tomentosa).  G.F.  5:  221.  — One  of  the  most  decorative 
species,  with  large,  bright  green  foliage  and  showy  tts. 
and  frs.,  ripening  in  September,  but  dropping  soon  after 
maturity. 

Var.  tiliifolia,  Koehne.  Lvs.  more  pubescent,  petioles 
not  glandular:  stamens  20. 


veins  beneath  when  young,  2-3  in.  long:  corymbs  pubes- 
cent: fr.  red;  stones  with  two  furrows  on  the  inner  side. 
May-June.  — Probably  hybrid  between  C.  Crus-galli  and 
('.  nMcracantha.  B.R.  22:1868. 

7.  Lavallei,  Herincq.  (C.  Carritri,  Vauv.).  Small  tree 
to  20  ft.,  with  spreading  branches,  nearly  unarmed, 
when  older:  Ivs.  elliptic  or  oblong-obovate,  acute,  pu- 
bescent, glabrous  above  at  length,  irregularly  serrate, 
3-4  in.  long  :  corymbs  rather  few-fld.,  pubescent  ;  fls. 
large,  with  red  disk  :  fr.  bright  orange  or  brick-red, 
ovoid  or  globular.  %  in.  across.  May.  R.H.  1883:  108. 
G.C.  III.  21:118,  119.-Probably  hybrid  between  C. 
Crus-galli  and  C.  Mexicana;  originated  in  France. 


575.  Crataegus  mollis  (X  K).     One  of  the  best  native  thorns. 


OC.  Lvs.  on  rather  short  and  stout,  not  glandular,  peti- 
oles, cuneate  and  usually  entire  at  the  base,  and 
mostly  broadest  aboi'e  the  middle. 

D.    Fr.  red  or  yellow,  not  shining. 
E.    Habit  of  fr.  nodding  or  pendulous:  rather  hard. 

F.    Color  of  Ivs.  dark  green  and  shining  above,  char- 
taceous:  calyx  lobes  erect  on  the  fr. 

5.  Crus-galli,  Linn.   Shrub  or  tree,  to  40  ft. ;  branches 
wide-spreading,  rigid,  often  pendulous,  with  numerous 
slender  spines:  Ivs.  obovate  or  oblanceolate,  irregularly 
and  sharply  serrate,  quite  glabrous,  1-2%  in.  long,  often 
semi-persistent:  corymbs  glabrous :  fr.  usually  globose, 
red.    May-June.    Quebec,  south  to  Fla.  and  Tex.    S.S. 
4:178.    Em.  492.    R.B.  1:116.    G.F.  7:  295. -A  very  deco- 
rative species  of  distinct  habit,  handsome  in  bloom  and 
with  showy,  bright  red  fr.,  remaining  on  the  branches 
often  until  spring  ;   the  Ivs.  assume  a  brilliant  orange 
and  scarlet  color  in  fall.    Var.  inermis,  Lge.    Spineless 
form.    Var.  linearis,  Ser.    Lvs.  linear-lanceolate.    Var. 
nana,  Nichols.     Dwarf    form.     Var.  ovalifolia,   Lindl. 
Lvs.  elliptic.     B.R.  22:1860.    Var.  pyracanthifolia,  Ait. 
(var.  salicifdlia,  Ait. ).     Lvs.  oblanceolate.    Var.  splen- 
dens,  Ait.  (var.   lucida,  Hort.).    Lvs.  elliptic-oblanceo- 
late,  very  shining. 

6.  prunifdlia,  Pers.    Shrub  or  tree,  to  30  ft. :  branches 
spreading  or  somewhat  ascending,  spiny:  Ivs.  obovate, 
or  roundish  obovate,  doubly  serrate,  pubescent  on  the 


FF.    Color  of  Ivs.  dull  above,  with  impressed  veins, 
pubescent. 

8.  punctata,  Jacq.    Fig.  576.    Tree,  to  25  ft.:  branches 
horizontally  spreading,  with  short,  stout  spines  or  un- 
armed: Ivs.  broadly  obovate,  obtuse  or  acute,  narrowed 
at  the  base  into  a  rather  long-margined  petiole,  irregu- 
larly  serrate  :    corymbs  pubescent :    fls.  large  ;    calyx 
lobes  entire  :    fr.  pyriform  or  subglobose,  red,  dotted, 
about  Yz  in.  across.     May.     From  Quebec  to  Ont.  ana 
Ga.    S.S.  4:184.    Var.  aurea,  Ait.    (var.    xanthocdrpa, 
Roem.).    Fr.  yellow:  Ivs.  sometimes  slightly  lobed. 

EE.   Habit  of  fr.  erect,  becoming  soft:   corymbs 
many -fid.,  large. 

9.  tomentosa,  Linn.  (C.  pyrildlia,A.it.  C.  leucophloeos , 
Moench).     Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.,  with  spreading 
branches  unarmed  or  with  short  spines:  Ivs.  cuneate, 
obovate-oblong    or    elliptic,   acute,   serrate   and    often 
slightly  lobed,  pubescent,  2-5  in.  long:  corymbs  pubes- 
cent; fls.  rather  small;  calyx  lobes  serrate:  fr.  usually 
oval,  dull  or  yellowish  red,  %-%  in.  across;  stones  with 
2  furrows  on  the  inner  side.    June.    From  Hudson  Bay 
to  Ga.,west  to  Mich,  and  Mo.    8.8.4:183.    G.F.  2:425. 
B.R.  22:1877.— Var.  aurantiaca,  Lge.    Fr.  yellow. 

DD.  Fr.  shining,  blood-red  or  scarlet,  rarely  yellow, 
globose,  with  soft  and  juicy  flesh  ;  stones  with  2 
furrows  on  the  inner  side  (plain  in  all  the  fore- 
going except  Nos.  6  and  9). 

10.  macracantha,  Lodd.  (C.  coccinea,  var,  macracdn 


396 


CRAT.EGUS 


CRAT.EGUS 


tha,  Dudl.).  Fig.  577.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.,  of 
dense  growth,  with  numerous  long  and  slender  spines: 
Ivs.  rather  slender-petioled,  broadly  elliptic  or  ovate, 
doubly  serrate,  glabrous,  shining  and  dark  green  above, 
almost  glabrous  beneath  :  corymbs  more  or  less  vil- 


576.  Crataegus  punctata. 

lous;  fls.  fragrant;  calyx-teeth  glandular-serrate:  fr. 
%  in.  in  diam.  May,  June.  Quebec  to  Va.,  west  to  Mo. 
and  Dak.  S.S.  4:181.  B.R.  22:1912.  L.B.C.  11:1012  (as 
C.  glandulosa).  A.G.  11:509.  — Sometimes  cultivated 
under  the  name  of  C.  Douglasi.  Var.  succulenta,  Rehd. 
(C.  succuUnta,  Schrad.).  Lvs.  pubescent  beneath: 
pedicels  and  calyx  densely  villous. 

11.  sanguinea,  Pall.    Shrub   or  small  tree,  with  up- 
right, spreading  branches  and  short  spines:  Ivs.  ovate 
or  broadly  ovate,  narrowed  into  the  petiole,  irregularly 
serrate  and  slightly  lobed,  more  deeply  lobed  on  vigor- 
ous shoots,  nearly  glabrous,  l%-3  in.  long  :    corymbs 
pubescent  or  glabrous;  fls.  large;  stamens  20,  with  pur- 
ple anthers  :    fr.  %  in.  in  diam.     Siber.,  Dahur.,  Amur- 
land.    Var.  Altaica,  Loud.   (var.  xanthocdrpa,  Regel). 
Fr.  yellow,  smaller  :  anthers  whitish:  Ivs.  more  deeply 
lobed. 

DDD.    Fr.  black,  shining  ;    stones  with  2  furrows. 

12.  Douglasi,  Lindl.    (6.  sanguinea,  var.   Douglasi, 
Torr.  &  Gr. ) .    Tree,  to  40  ft.,  with  slender,  often  pendu- 
lous branches,  unarmed  or  with  short  spines :  Ivs.  short- 
petioled,   broadly   ovate   or   oblong-ovate,   serrate   and 
slightly  lobed,  nearly  glabrous,  pubescent  on  the  mid- 
rib above,  chartaceous,  1-4  in.  long:  corymbs  glabrous: 
calyx  lobes  triangular-ovate  :    fr.  ripening  in  Aug.  or 
Sept.    May.    Brit.  Columb.  to  Calif.    S.S.  4:175.    B.R. 
21:1810. 

AA.  Foliage  distinctly  lobed,  with  veins  going  from 
themidrib  to  the  sinuses  (see  also  No.l);  stones 
plain  on  the  inner  side  except  No.  15. 

B.  Fr.  very  small,  about  Y6in.  across:  calyx  lobes 
separated  by  a  distinct  line  from  the  fr.  and  fall- 
ing off  at  length. 

13.  cordata,.Ait.  (C.  acerifdlia,  Mnch.    C.  populifdlia, 
Walt.).    WASHINGTON   THORN.     Tree,   to  30   ft.,  with 
slender  spines  :    Ivs.   slender,   petioled,  triangular    or 
broadly  ovate,  usually  truncate  at  the  base,  3-5-lobed, 
sharply  serrate,  134-2Kin.  long  :     corymbs  many-fld., 
glabrous  :     styles   5  :     fr.  depressed-globose,    shining, 
bright  coral-red.   June.    111.  to  Ala.  and  Va.    8.8.4:186. 
B.R.  14:1151.— A  very  desirable  species,  with  beautiful 
fall-coloring  and  large  clusters  of  bright  red  fr.  remain- 
ing a  long  time  on  the  branches. 

14.  apiif  dlia,  Michx.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  rarely  20  ft. , 
with  stout  spines  and  the  branchlets  pubescent  when 
young:    Ivs.  slender,  petioled,  broadly  ovate,  pinnately 
5-7-cleft,  serrate,  glabrous  or  pubescent,  %-\%  in.  long: 
corymbs  few-fid.,  villous,  pubescent;  styles  1-3:  fr.  oval, 
1-4-1-5  in.  high.    May.    Va.  and  Fla.  to  Tex.    S.S.  4:188. 
—A  handsome   species  with  graceful   foliage   and   an 
abundance  of  white  fls.  in  spring  and  small  but  bright- 
colored  frs.  in  fall. 

BB.    Fr.  %  in.  or  more  across  :  calyx  not  separated. 

C.   Fr.  red  or  yellow. 
D.    Branches  and  Ivs.  glabrous. 

15.  Oxyacantha,  Linn.   HAWTHORN  or  MAY  of  English 


literature.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  15  ft.,  with  spreading 
branches  and  stout  spines:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  cuneate 
or  truncate  at  the  base,  roundish  or  broadly  ovate,  3-5- 
lobed,  with  incisely  serrate  lobes,  1-2  in.  long:  corymbs 
5-10-fld.,  glabrous:  fr.  globular  or  roundish  oval,  K-^in. 
high,  scarlet;  stones  2,  with  2  furrows  on  the  inner  side. 
May.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.  B.R.  13:1128  (as  C.  oxyacanthoides). 
Var.  xanthocarpa,  Roem.  Has  yellow  fr.,  very  distinct 
and  showy.  — Often  confounded  with  the  following,  and 
less  commonly  cultivated. 

16.  mon6gyna,  Jacq.  (C.  Oxyacantha,  Hort.).  Shrub 
or  tree,  to  20  ft.,  with  stout  spines :  Ivs.  on  rather  slender 
petioles,  ovate,  3-7-lobed,  lobes  with  few  teeth  at  the 
apex,  1-2  in.  long:  corymbs  many-fid.,  with  usually  hairy 
pedicels:  fr.  oval,  with  usually  1  stone,  %-%  in.  high. 
May,  June.  Eu.  and  N.  Africa  to  Himalayas.  —  Many  gar- 
den forms  are  cultivated ;  some  of  the  most  distinct  are 
the  following.  With  single  fls.:  Var.  bicolor, Hort.  (var. 
Gumpperi  bicolor).  Fls.  white,  edged  pink.  F.S.  16:1651. 
Var.  punicea,  Hort.  Fls.  deep  red.  F.S.  15:1509,  Fig.  1. 
L.B.C.  14:1363.  Var.  rdsea,  Hort.  Fls.  pink,  petals  with 
white  claw.  With  double  fls. :  Var.  alba  plena,  Hort. 
With  white  double  fls.  F.S.  15:1509,  Fig.  2.  Var.  Pauli, 
Hort.  (var.  coccinea,  Hort.  Var.  Paul's  New  Double 
Scarlet).  Fig.  578.  Bright  scarlet,  one  of  the  most 
showy.  I. H.  14:536.  Var.  punicea  plena,  Hort.  Scarlet- 
red.  R.B.  24:161.  Var.  rubr a  plena,  Hort.  Red.  F.S. 
15:1509,  Fig.  3.  Varieties  differing  in  Ivs.  and  habit: 
Var.  laciniata,  Loud.  Lvs.  deeply  pinnatifld  with  incised 
serrate  lobes.  Var.  pteridiidlia,  Loud.  (var.  filici folia , 
Hort. ) .  Similar,  but  Ivs.  longer,  with  narrower  and  more 
incised  lobes.  F.S.  20:2076.  Var.  quercifdlia,  Loud. 
Lvs.  with  broad,  rounded  and  crenate  lobes.  Var.  h6rridat 
Carr.  Branches  with  fascicles  of  numerous  stout  spines. 
F.S.  14:1468.  G.C.  III.  24:13.  Var.  pendula,  Hort.  With 
pendulous  branches.  Var.  pendula  rdsea,  Hort.  A  pen- 
dulous form,  with  pink  fls.  Var.  stricta,  Loud.  (var. 
pyramidalis,~H_ort.).  Of  fastigiate,  upright  habit.  Var. 
semperfldrens,  Andre*  (var.  Bruanti,  Carr.).  Low,  grace- 
ful shrub,  flowering  until  fall.  R.H.  1883,  p.  140.  There 
are  also  some  vars.  with  variegated  Ivs. 


577.  Crataegus  macracantha  (X 


17.  pinnatifida,  Bunge.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft. : 
Ivs.  slender-petioled,  cuneate,  elliptic-ovate,  pinnately 
5-9-cleft,  incisely  serrate:  corymbs  many-fld.,  usually 
pubescent:  fr.  globular  or  pyriform,  dark  red,  punctate, 


CRATJEGUS 


CREPIS 


397 


K-3i  in. high:  stones  3-.").  June.  Amurland,  N.  China, 
Japan.  Gt.  1862: 366. —Var.  nUtfar,  N.  E,  Brown.  Lvs. 
larirrr.  less  deeply  lobed  :  fr.  oval,  1  in.  long.  G.C.  II. 
26:620. 

DD.    liran<'lil<-ts  and  Int.pulH-srriit.  run-?!/  Irs.  glabrous: 

fr.  Idrye,  often  j>i(hcs<-i  nt . 

18.  Azarolus.  Linn.  (C.  Ardnia,  Se"r.).  Shrub  or  tree, 
to  IT.  ft.:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  cuneate-obovate,  deeply 
3-5-lobed.  with  the  lobes  nearly  entire  or  incised  at  the 
apex,  grayish  green,  pubescent,  l%-2% in.  long:  corymbs 
few-fid.,  densely  tomentose:  fr.  orange-red  or  yellow, 
globular  or  .ovoid.  %-l  in.  across.  May.  N.  Africa, 
W.  Asia.  H.H.  22:1897  (as  C.  Aronia).  R.H.  1856:441. 
—  Var.  Sinaica,  Boiss.  Lvs.  glabrous:  fr.  smaller,  reddish 
yellow.  B.R.  22:1855  (as  C.  Maroccana). 


578.   Paul's  Tkorn  —  Crataegus  monogyna,  var.  Pauli. 

19.  orientalis,  Pall.  (C.  odoratissima,  Lindl.).    Shrub 
or  small  tree,  with  spreading,  almost  unarmed  branches : 
Ivs.  short-petioled,  cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong,  pinnately 
3-5-cleft,  with  the  lobes  incisely  serrate   at  the  apex, 
tomentose  pubescent,  1-2  in.  long:  corymb  dense,  tomen- 
tose :  calyx  lobes  entire :  fr.  depressed  globose,  brick-  or 
orange-red,  %-l  in.  across.    June.     S.  E.  Eu.,  W.  Asia. 
B.M.  2314.     B.R.  22:1885  (as  C.  odoratissima).  —  Var. 
sanguinea,  Schrad.   Fr.  dark  red.    B.R.  22:1852. 

20.  tanacetifolia,  Pers.   Shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  cune- 
ate, obovate,  pinnately  5-7-cleft,  withthe  lobes  glandular- 
serrate,  villous-pubescent,  1-2  in.  long:  corymb  dense, 
.5-7-fld. :  calyx  lobes  large,  deeply  glandular  serrate:  fls. 
large:    fr.  pubescent,  yellow,  1  in.  or  more  across,  with 
laciniate   bracts    at   the   base.     May,  June.     W.  Asia. 
B.R.  22:1884.    Gt.  43,  p.  215. 

CC.   Fr.  black,  shining,  globular. 

21.  nlgra,  Kit.    Shrub  or  small  tree;  branches  pubes- 
cent, with   short   spines:    Ivs.  short-petioled,  ovate  or 
ovate-elliptic,  deeply  pinnately  5-9-lobed  with    serrate 
lobes,  slightly  pubescent  above,  densely  pubescent  be- 
neath:  corymbs   dense,  10-15-fld.,  tomentose;   pedicels 
short :  fls.  white,  becoming  slightly  red :  fr.  Kin.  across. 
S.  E.Eu.    L.B.C.  11:1021. 

C.  acerifblia,  Mnch.=  C.  cordata.—  C.  acerifolia,  Hort.=  C. 
mollis.—  C.  cesticalis,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Tree,  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate- 
oblong,  erenate-serrate,  pubescent  below:  corymbs  few-fld.,  gla- 
brous: fr.  large,  red.  S.  states.  S.S.  4:192.—  C.  apiifblia,  Hort. 
=  C.  orientalis.  —  C.  arborescens,  Ell.=  C.  viridis.—  C.  berberi- 
f dtta,  Tor  r.&  Gray.  Allied  to  C.Crus-galli.  Lvs.  obovate,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  pubescent  as  are  the  corymbs.  S.  states.  S.S.  4:179. 

—  C.  brachyacantha,  Sarg.  &  Engelm.  Tree,  to  50  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  rarely  3-lobed,  glabrous  at  length:  corymbs 
many-fld.:  fr.  large,  bright  blue.    Louisiana,  Texas.    S.S.  4:177. 

—  C.  Californica,  Hort.=  C.  pinnatifida  major.—  C.  Carpdthica, 
Lodd.=  C.  nigra.—  C.  Celsidna,  Bosc.    Shrub  :   Ivs.  pinnately 
lobed,  slightly  pubescent  beneath:  corymbs  many-fld.:  fr.  ovoid, 
red.    Origin  unknown.—  C.  chlorosdrca,  Maxim.    Allied  to  C. 
sanguinea.    Lvs.  pinnately  lobed,  glabrous  at  length:  corymbs 
many-fld. :  fr.  black,  with  green  flesh.  Manchuria.—  C.  coccinea, 
var.  viridis,  Torr.  &  Gray.=  C.  pruinosa. —  C.  crenulata,  Roxb. 
=  Pyracantha  cremilatai—  C.  cuneata,  Miq.    Low  shrub:  Ivs. 
cuneate,  obovate-oblong,  serrate  or  slightly  lobed :  corymbs  few- 
fld.:  fr.  large,  red.  Japan.—  C.  Dahurica,  Hort.=  C.  pinnatifida. 

—  C.  Douglasi,  Hort.,  not  Lindl.=  C.  macracantha.—  C.  Floren- 
tlna,  Zucc.=  Pyrus  (Malus)  crataegifolia.—  C.  flbrida,  Loud.=« 
C.  uniflora.—  C.  Fontanesiana,  Spach.    Allied  to  C.  Crus-galli. 
Lvs.  elliptic  or  elliptic-lanceolate,  almost  glabrous,    shining 
above:  corymbs  many-fld.,  pubescent:  fr.  red.   Probably  hybrid 
and  belonging  to  C.  prunifolia.—  C.  gldbra,  Hort.,  not  Thbg.= 


C.  cordata.—  C.  glandulbsa,  Mnch.  (C.  flava,  var.  pubescens, 
Gray) .  Allied  to  C.  flava.  Lvs.  broader,  of  firmer  texture,  more 
pubescent  andglandaUr:  fr.subglobose,  red  or  yellow.  S.  states. 
S.S.  4:190  (as  0.  flava  elliptica).  B.R.  212:1890  (as  C.  spathulata). 
—  C.  grandiflbra,  Koch.  Small  trees:  Ivs.  elliptic,  serrate,  often 
slightly  lobed  toward  the  apex,  pubescent:  fls.  1-3,  large:  fr. 
brown,  glolose,  large.  Supposed  to  bo  a  hybrid  between  Mes- 
pilus  Germanica  and  a  Cratsegus.  G.F.  10:  35.  R.H.  1869,  p.  80 
(as  C.  lobata) .—  C.  heteroptiylla,  Fluegge.  Allied  to  C.monogyna. 
Lvs  larger,  usually  trifid:  fr.  larger,  bright  red:  corymbs  many- 
fld.  B.R.  14;11G1  and  22:1847.—  C.  E"oroZA-6m,Hort.=C.pinnati- 
tida,  var.  major;  also  C.  chlorosarca  and  C.  sanguinea,  var. 
Altaica  are  cultivated  sometimes  under  this  name.—  C.  lobata, 
Bosc.=  0.  grandiflora.—  C.  lucida,  Mill.=  C.  Crus-galli,  var. 
splendens.—  C.  Matira,  Linn,  f .=C.  Azarolus.—  C.  melanocdrpa, 
Bieb.=  C.  pentagyna.—  C.  Mexicdna,  Sess.&  MOQ.  Small  tree, 
to  20  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate-obkmg, coarsely  serrate  or  slightly  lobed, 
pubescent:  corymbs  3-10-fld.,  tomentose:  fr.  large,  red  or  yellow. 
Mexico.  B.R.  22: 1910.  S.B.F.G. II, 3:300.— C. microcdrpa,  Lindl. 
=  C.  spathulata.—  C.  odoratissima,  Lindl.=  C.  orientalis.—  C. 
Oliveridna,  Dum.-Cours.=  C.  pentagyna.—  C.  pentagyna,  Kit. 
Shrub  or  small  tree :  Ivs.  pinnately  5-7-cleft,  pubescent:  corymbs 
many-fld.:  fr.  pyriform,  black,  dull,  small.  B.R.  22:1874; 
23:1933.— C.  populifblia,  Ell.  Allied  to  C.  coccinea.  Lvs.  smaller, 
glabrous:  fr.  green-purple  or  dull  purple,  glaucous.  N.  Eng.  to 
Fla.— (7..pnmu>sa,Wendl.=C.populifolia.— C.purptirea,T$osc.= 
C.  sanguinea.— C.  Pyracdntha,  Pers.=Pyracantha  coccinea.— C'. 
pyrifblia,  Ait.=  C.  tomentosa.—  C.  rivuldris,  Nutt.  Allied  to  C. 
Douglasi.  Shrub :  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  serrate,  glabrous  at 
length.  Oregon  to  N.  Mexico  and  Calif.  S.S.  4:176.—  C.  spathu- 
lata, Mchx.  Shrub  or  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs.  ctineate.oblanceolate, 
crenately  serrate  or  3-lobed  at  the  apex:  corymbs  many-fld.: 
fr.  scarlet,  globular,  %in.  across.  S.  states.  S.S. 4:185.  B.R. 
22:1846  (as  C.  microcarpa).—  C.  succulenta,  Schrad. =  C.  macra- 
cantha.— C.  Tatdrica,  Hort.=  C.  pinnatifida,  var.  major.—  C. 
tomentbsa,\a,r.  mollis,  Hort.=C.  mollis.— C.  Tournefbrti,  Griseb. 
=C.  orientalis,  var.  sanguinea.— G.  Virginica,  Lodd.=C.  glandu- 
losa.—  C.  viridis,  Linn.  Tree,  to  35  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong-obo- 
vate,  irregularly  serrate,  often  slightly  lobed,  glabroxis:  corymbs 
many-fld.,  glabrous  or  sparingly  villous :  fr.  scarlet  or  orange. 
S.Caro. and  Fla.  to  Texas.  S.S.  4:187.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CRATJ5VA  (after  Cratevas,  an  obscure  writer  on 
medical  plants,  not,  as  sometimes  stated,  at  the  time  of 
Hippocrates,  but  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  century 
B.  C.,  since  he  named  a  plant  after  Mithridates).  Cap- 
pariddcece.  A  genus  of  14  species  of  tropical  trees  and 
shrubs:  leaflets  3:  fls.  in  corymbs,  usually  polygamous, 
with  the  odor  of  garlic :  sepals  and  petals  4 :  stamens 
8-23:  torus  elongated:  berries  ovate-globose,  with  a  slen- 
der stripe.  The  bark  of  the  Garlic  Pear,  C.  gynapdra, 
blisters  like  Cantharides.  C.  religiose,  from  Malabar 
and  the  Society  Islands,  is  a  sacred  tree,  and  is  planted 
in  native  graveyards.  The  bitter,  aromatic  leaves  and 
bark  are  used  by  them  in  stomach  troubles.  The  above 
and  some  other  species  are  cultivated  in  Europe  as 
ornamental  greenhouse  shrubs. 

religidsa, Forst. t.\C.  Nurvdla ,  Buch.-Ham. ) .  Leaflets 
2K  to  3  times  as  long  as  broad :  stamens  20-28.  —  Cult,  by 
Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

CEEAM  NUT.     See  Bertholletia. 

CREEPING  CHARLIE.  A  children's  name  for  the 
fragrant  little  blue-flowered  weed,  Malva  rottmdi  folia, 
which  bears  the  "cheeses"  dear  to  boyhood's  memory. 
The  name  is  hardly  dignified  enough  for  most  botanies. 
This  name  is  sometimes  applied  to  Lysivnachia  nummu- 
laria. 

CREPIS  (the  application  of  this  name  is  obscure). 
Compdsitce.  This  variable  genus  contains  a  few  hardy 
annual  and  perennial  herbs,  especially  C.  Sibirica, 
which  resembles  a  sow-thistle  in  habit,  and  has  corymbs 
of  reddish  blue  flowers,  about  the  size  of  a  hawkweed, 
or  a  small  dandelion.  It  is  one  of  the  coarser  border 
plants,  and  rare.  Rather  light,  sandy  soil,  and  full  ex- 
posure to  the  sun  are  essentials  to  the  welfare  of  this 
plant.  It  is  contented  in  a  rather  dry  position,  either  in 
the  rockery,  or  in  the  border.  It  is  prop,  by  division.  A 
common  plant  on  the  moss  of  English  thatched  cot- 
tages is  C.  virens,  a  yellow-fld.  plant,  resembling  a 
dandelion. 

Sibirica,  Linn.  Perennial,  2-3  ft.  high,  and  at  least  as 
wide  when  in  bloom:  plant  covered  with  short  rough 
hairs:  root,  large,  fleshy:  Ivs.  rough,  wrinkled,  coarsely 
dentate,  somewhat  cordate,  12  in.  long,  including  a  pet- 
iole half  as  long:  fls.  bright  yellow:  involucre  loose, 


398 


CREPIS 


hairy.  July,  Eu.,  Asia,  Minor,  Himalayas.  Gn.  53,  p. 
493.  — The  tallest  and  largest-fld.  of  the  genus.  Its 
white,  plumy  masses  of  seeds  are  also  attractive. 

C.  aiirea,  Reichb.  Height  1ft.,  fls.  orange.  June.  Eu.  The 
commonest  perennial  species  of  the  genus  abroad.  Repays  rich 
soil.—  C.  riibra,  Linn.  Annual  height  6-32  in.:  fls.  red,  usually 
solitary.  Italy.  Greece.  The  commonest  of  the  annual  species 
abroad. 

CRESCENTIA  (after  Crescenzi,  thirteenth  century 
Italian  agricultural  writer).  Bignonidcece.  This  genus 
is  chiefly  interesting  for  the  Calabash  tree,  and  has  no 
near  allies  of  horticultural  importance.  It  consists  of 
tropical  trees,  glabrous:  Ivs.  alternate,  solitary  or  clus- 
tered in  nodes  :  fls.  large,  tubular,  with  a  fluted  5-cut 
limb,  yellowish,  with  red  or  purple  veins :  calyx  2-parted 
or  deeply  5-cut.  The  Calabash  tree  is  a  native  of  tropi- 
cal America,  is  especially  familiar  in  the  West  Indies, 
and  can  be  grown  outdoors  in  extreme  S.  Fla.,  S.  Calif. 
The  outer  skin  of  the  fruit  is  removed,  and  the  seeds 
and  pulp  from  within,  and  the  hard,  woody  shell  is 
used  for  water-gourds  and  for  all  sorts  of  domestic  ves- 
sels, according  to  size  and  shape.  The  growing  fruit 
can  be  made  to  assume  various  forms  by  skillful  tying. 
It  is  a  tree,  20  ft.  high,  and  readily  distinguished  from 
all  others  by  its  peculiar  habit  of  growth,  as  it  bears 
large,  horizontal,  scarcely  divided  branches,  which  bear 
clusters  of  leaves  at  intervals. 

Cujete,  Linn.  Lvs. 4-6  in. long,  broadly  lanceolate,taper- 
ing  at  the  base :  fls.  solitary,  pendulous ;  calyx  2-parted 
corolla  constricted  below  the  middle,  and  then  swelled 
above,  malodorous  when  decaying;  stamens  4,  some- 
times 5.  B.M.  3430. 

CRESS,  The  ordinary  garden  Cress  (Lepidium  sati- 
vum),  sometimes  called  peppergrass,  is  still  absent  in 
the  majority  of  American  gardens,  although  its  leaves 
have  the  pleasant  pungency  of  the  Water  Cress,  and 
might  be  used  more  freely  as  a  condiment,  to  be  served 
with  salads,  or  for  garnishing.  The  quick  sprouting 
habit  of  the  seed  is  proverbial.  If  Cress  is  wanted  in 
its  prime  continuously,  seed  must  be  sown  every  few 
days.  The  young  plants,  which  may  be  left  thickly  in 
drills,  need  protection  from  the  flea  beetle,  as  this  is  as 
fond  of  Cress  pungency  as  any  gourmand.  For  winter 
use,  garden  Cress  may  be  grown  in  large  flower  pots, 
boxes,  or  on  a  bench,  in  any  light  and  reasonably  warm 
place.  There  are  curled  and  broad-leaved  types.  Aus- 
tralian or  Golden  Cress  is  a  broad,  yellowish-leaved  va- 
riety. Water  Cress  (Nasturtium  officinale),  a  hardy 
perennial  and  important  market  crop,  can  be  grown  in 
moist  soil  in  the  greenhouse,  or  in  almost  any  ditch, 
pool,  or  shallow  water  course.  Covered  with  water,  it 
winters  well.  To  introduce  it  in  any  suitable  place,  all 
that  is  necessary  is  to  scatter  seed  or  a  few  freshly-cut 
branches,  and  it  will  soon  spread  and  flourish.  "Erfurt 
Sweet"  is  a  superior  strain.  Similar  to  Water  Cress  in 
form  of  leaf  and  in  taste  is  the  Upland  Cress  (Barba- 
rea  vulgaris),  a  hardy  biennial  which  can  easily  be 
.jrown  from  seed.  T.  GBEINER. 

CRIMSON  FLAG,    Schizostylis  coccinea. 

CRINKLE  BOOT.  One  of  the  names  of  Dentaria 
diphylla. 

CRlNUM  (Greek  name  for  a  lily).  Amaryllidacea >. 
A  rather  large  and  cosmopolitan  genus  of  splendid  flow- 
ering bulbs,  mostly  tender,  closely  allied  to  Amaryllis, 
and  distinguished  by  the  longer  perianth  tube.  Lvs. 
mostly  persistent,  usually  broad;  fls.  few  or  many  in  an 
umbel,  often  very  fragrant  and  with  three  types  of 
coloring,  pure  white,  banded  red  or  purplish  down  the 
center,  or  flushed  with  the  same  colors  ;  perianth 
spreading  or  funnel  shaped;  tube  straight  or  curved; 
segments  linear,  lanceolate  or  oblong. 

The  species  of  Crinum  require  widely  different  cul- 
ture, and  their  geographical  distribution  furnishes  an 
important  clue  as  to  their  rarity  and  the  degree  of 
warmth  required.  There  are  only  two  hardy  species,  C. 
longifolium  and  C.  Moorei,  the  latter  being  less  hardy 
than  the  former,  but  with  finer  flowers.  These  two 


CRINUM 

species  differ  from  all  others  in  blooming  all  summer  in- 
stead of  during  a  short  period,  and  in  the  greater  lasting- 
qualities  of  their  flowers.  An  interesting  hybrid  between 
the  two,  C.  Powellii,  is  hardier  than  C.  Moorei,  and  the 
flower,  though  better  than  C.  longifolium,  is  not  quite  as 
showy  as  that  of  C.  Moorei.  The  hybrid  has  three  well 
marked  colors,  white,  rose  and  purplish.  A  single  bulb 
of  the  white  variety  has  given  fifty  flowering  bulbs  in 
four  years.  W.  Watson  says  that  this  cross  can  easily  be 
repeated  by  amateurs.  The  outdoor  kinds  require  a  deep, 
well  drained  soil  and  plenty  of  moisture  during  the  grow- 
ing season.  Speaking  of  C.  Moorei,  W.  Watson,  Lon- 
don, says:  "For  placing  in  conspicous  positions  on  ter- 
races or  lawns,  or  in  corners  where  flowers  are  wanted  to 
combine  with  architecture  or  statuary  for  summer  effect, 
they  are  of  the  greatest  value.  The  Agapanthus  is  fre- 
quently grown  for  such  purposes,  but  the  Crinum  is 
scarcely  known  in  this  character.  Of  course  large  speci- 
mens are  needed,  but  once  obtained  they  are  not  easily 
lost."  The  bulbs  of  Crinums  are  mostly  grown  in  Hol- 
land and  in  Florida.  The  only  native  species,  C.  Ameri- 
canum,  the  "Swamp  Lily  of  Florida,"  makes  a  brilliant 
and  striking  spectacle  when  seen  in  dismal  places  far 
from  civilization.  It  is  no  wonder  that  it  is  cherished  in 
Florida  gardens. 

Of  the  greenhouse  Crinums  some  are  evergreen,  others 
decidous;  some  warmhouse,  others  coolhouse  species. 
Like  Pancratiums,  they  require  too  much  space  to  be  as 
popular  here  as  in  the  Old  World.  Speaking  especially 
of  C.  amabile  and  C.  Asiaticum,  Robert  Cameron  says 
(G.  F.  10:  217) :  "Crinums  thrive  in  a  compost  of  turfy 
loam,  dry  cow-manure  and  a  little  charcoal.  When  they 
are  grown  in  large  pots  they  do  not  require  annual  re- 
potting; in  fact,  our  large  plants  have  not  been  shifted 
for  the  past  five  years.  A  top-dressing  of  good,  rich  soil 
is  all  that  is  necessary,  and  when  they  are  well  estab- 
lished liquid  manure  is  very  beneficial."  C.  amabile 
may  be  taken  as  a  type  of  the  coolhouse  and  C.  gigan- 
teum  of  the  warmhouse  kind.  Of  the  latter  species,  W. 
Watson  says  (G.  F.  4:  221) :  "It  is  gigantic  only  in  the 
size  of  its  flowers.  The  erect  scapes  are  produced  sev- 
eral times  a  year  at  varying  seasons.  The  flowers  are 
powerfully  and  deliciously  fragrant,  and  last  about  a- 
week.  This  species  requires  plenty  of  moisture  all  the 
year  round,  and  it  is  happiest  when  planted  in  a  large  pot 
of  rich  soil,  or  better  still,  in  a  bed  under  the  shade  of 
palms."  \v.  M. 

Among  the  great  family  of  large-flowering  Amaryllids 
I  do  not  recall  any  more  beautiful  in  bloom  than  Crinum 
Moorei  and  its  hybrid  C.  Powellii.  The  culture  of  the 
former  is  of  the  simplest.  It  requires  potting,  and  is  not 
fastidious  as  to  soil.  It  is  well  to  grow  it  along  into  a 
fair-sized  tub  with  its  offsets,  of  which  it  is  prolific,  until 
it  makes  a  good  specimen,  as  it  will  then  be  more  effective 
in  the  garden  when  in  flower.  In  late  fall  it  should  be 
removed  to  a  coolhouse  and  kept  fairly  dry  till  new 
leaves  appear  in  midwinter,  when  it  may  have  more 
moisture,  the  supply  being  increased  on  removal  out- 
doors in  spring.  C.  Powellii  has  a  shorter  necked  bulb 
and  drooping  channelled  leaves  sometimes  4  feet  long, 
while  G.  Moorei  has  spreading  leaves  2  feet  or  more 
long.  G.  Powellii  is  especially  valuable  for  its  hardi- 
ness. In  a  sheltered  place  at  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  it  is 
cut  to  the  ground,  but  reappears  in  the  spring,  being 
protected  only  by  a  small  mound  of  ashes  or  earth,  which 
serves  to  throw  off  moisture. 

J.  N.  GERARD. 

Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  below:  C.  Abys- 
sinicum,  10  ;  amabile,  3  ;  Americanum,  4  ;  aquaticum, 
15;  Asiaticum,  1;  augustum,  6;  australe,  2;  campanu- 
latum,  15;  Capense,  9;  cappedum,  1;  Colensoi,  10;  eras  • 
sifolium,  13:  Eboraci,  1;  erubescens,  Ait.,  7;  erubes- 
cews,HBK.,8;  fimbriatulum,  20;  giganteum,  21;  grandi- 
florum,  9;  Herbert!,  19;  Herbertianum,  19;  hybridum,  1; 
Kirkii,  11;  Kunthianum,  Hort.,19;  Kunthianum, 
Roem.,  8  ;  lineare,  17  ;  longifolium,  9  ;  Mackenii,  10  ; 
Makoyanum,  10;  Moorei,  10  ;  Natalense,  10  ;  ornatum,. 
14  ;  pedunculatum,  R.Br.,  2  ;  pedunculatum,  Hort.,  1  ; 
Powellii,  18;  pratense,  5;  riparium,  9;  scabro-Capense, 
19;  scabrum,  19;  Schmidtii,  W',  Sinico-scabrum,  1;  va- 
riabile,  13  ;  Sanderianum,  14 ;  virgineum,  22  ;  Virgini- 
cum,  19  ;  Zeylanicum,  12. 


CRINUM 


CRINUM 


399 


A.    Perianth    erect,    with    spreading,  linear  segments  : 


B.    Color  white  :   tube  greenish. 

1.  AsUiieum,  Linn.    Bulb  4-5  in.  thick;  neck  6-9  in. 
\ong  :  Ivs.  20-30  to  a  bulb,  3-4  ft.  long,  3-4  in.  broad  : 
pedun  ;le  l%-2  ft.  long,  1  in.  thick:  fls.  20-50  in  an  um- 
bel;   spathe  valves  '2-4  in.  long  ;  pedicels  %-l  in.  long: 
perianth  white;  tube   erect,  tinged  with  green,  3-4  in. 
long;  segments  2^-3  in.  long:  filaments  tinged  red,  2 
in.  long:    ovule  1  in  a  cell.    Trop.  Asia.     B.M.  1073.— 
Baker  gives  5  botanical  varieties,  of  which  the  most  im- 
portant in  the  American  trade  is  probably  var.  Sinicum, 
Baker  (O.pedwneul&tum,  Hort.,  notR.Br.).   ST.  JOHN'S 
LILY.    Bulb  6  in.  thick,  18  in.  long  :  Ivs.  5  in.  broad, 
with  undulated  edges,  forming  a  massive  crown  4-5  ft. 
high  :  peduncle  2-3  ft.  long:  fls.  20  or  more  :  perianth 
white.     China.     The  bulb  usually  divides   into  two  of 
equal  size,  small  offsets  are  rarely  produced.    Seedlings 
flower  in  5  years.    Var.  declinatum,  Baker,  has  a  sloping 
instead  of  erect  fl.  ;  perianth  segments  tinged  red  at  tip. 
Sillet.    B.M.  2231.    Var.  prdcerum,  Baker,  is  larger  than 
the  type,  with  Ivs.  5  ft.  long,  6  in.  wide:  perianth  tube 
and  limb  5  in.  long,  the  latter  tinged  red  outside.    Ran- 
goon.   B.M.  2684.    Var.  andmalum,  Baker,  is  freakish 
looking,  its  Ivs.  being  expanded  into  a  broad,  membra- 
nous, striated  and  plaited  wing.    There  is  nothing  like 
it  in  the  genus.    Var.  angustifdlium,  Hort.,  is  dwarf,  2  ft. 
high.    China.     B.M.  2908.    C.  Eboraci,  Herbert  (C.  hy- 
bridum   Todbrce,  Hort.).    Similar  to  the  variety  next 
mentioned,  but  half  the  size.    Garden  hybrid  between  a 
small  form  of  C.  Asiatictim  and  C.  longifolium.     C. 
Eboraci,  var.  cappedum,  Reasoner  (C.  cappedum,  Rea- 
soner).    Habit  much  like  C.  Asiaticum,  but  Ivs.  taper- 
ing to  a  slender  point,  semi-erect,  4  ft.  high:  fls.  about 
20,  segments  4  in.  long,  %  in.  broad,  spreading,  white, 
sometimes  changing  to  pink.    Garden  hybrid  between 
C.  Asiaticum,  var.  Sinicum,   and   C.  longifolium.     In- 
creases both  by  offsets  and  splitting  of  the  bulb  into 
two.    C.  Sinico-scdbrum,  Hort.,  hybrid  of  C.  Asiaticum 
var.  crossed  with  C.  scabrum,  and  intermediate  in  as- 
pect and  fl. 

2.  pedunculatum,    R.   Brown    (C.    austrdle,    Herb.). 
Bulb  4  in.  thick  ;  neck  6  in.  long:  Ivs.  25-30  to  a  bulb: 
fls.  20-30  in  an  umbel;  spathe  valves  3-4  in.  long;  pedi- 
cels 1-1%  in.  :  perianth  greenish  white,  not  tinged  with 
red  outside  :  filaments  short,  bright  red  :  style  shorter 
than  the  filaments  :  ovules  3  in  a  cell.    Austral.    B.R. 
52.—  The  bulb  grows  above  ground  on  a  large  rootstock. 

BB.    Color  purplish  red  outside:  tube  purplish  red. 

3.  amabile,  Don.     Bulb   large  ;    neck  1  ft.  or  more 
long  :  Ivs.  25-30  to  a  bulb  :  peduncle  2-3  ft.  long  :  fls. 
20-30  in  an  umbel,  very  fragrant;  spathe  valves  4-5  in. 
long  ;  pedicels  %-l  in.  long  :  perianth  with  a  crimson 
center  band,  tinged  outside  bright  purplish  red  ;    tube 
bright  red  ;  segments  4-5  in.  long  :    stamens   an  inch 
shorter  than  the  segments.    Sumatra.    B.M.  1605.    R.H. 
1856:241.  —  Supposed  by  Herbert    to  be  a  spontaneous 
hybrid  between  C.  Asiaticum,  var.  procerum   and    C. 
Zeylanicum:  fls.  sterile,  bulb  increases  by  small  offsets. 
A  stately  ornament  of   most   Florida  gardens  ;    often 
sold  under  the  name  of  C.  augustum,  which  is  a  similar 
but  smaller  natural  hybrid  presumably  between  C.  brac- 
teatum  and  C.  Zeylanicum,  and  has  more  obtuse  Ivs. 
than  C.  amabile* 

AA.    Perianth  erect,  with  spreading,  lanceolate  seg- 

ments :  stamens  spreading.    Platyaster. 

B.    Lvs.  few,  6-10  to  a  bulb. 

4.  Americanum,   Linn.     Fig.  579.     FLORIDA    SWAMP 
LILY.    Bulb   stoloniferous,  ovoid,  3-4  in.  thick  ;    neck 
short:  Ivs.  1^-2  in.  broad:  fls.  3-6,  usually  4  ;  pedicels 
none  or  very  short:  perianth  creamy  white;  tube  green- 
ish.   Native  in  river  swamps,  Fla.  and  westward.    B.M. 
1034. 

5.  prat6nse,  Herb.    Bulb  ovoid,  4-5  in.  thick  ;    neck 
short:  Ivs.  6-8,  1^-2  ft.  long,  l%-2  in.  wide,  channeled, 
margin  entire:  fls.  6-12;  perianth  white.    Var.  elegans, 
Carey,  has  a  longer  necked  bulb,  decumbent  peduncle, 
and  tube  an  inch  shorter  than  the  segments.    B.M.  2592. 
Var.  veiiustum,  Carey,  has   about  30  fls.  in  an  umbel. 
Ind. 


BB.    Lvs.  numerous,  20  or  more  to  a  bulb. 
c.    Bulb  conical,  largt',  with  a  long  neck. 

6.  augustum.  Roxb.  (C.  amdbile,  var.  augustum^ 
(iawl ).  Bulb  conical,  6  in.  thick;  neck  long:  Ivs.  20-30, 
3-4  in.  broad:  peduncle  much  compressed:  fls.  12-20; 
pedicels  sometimes  an  inch  long  ;  color  strong  purplish 
red  outside,  banded  within  :  tube  purplish.  Mauritius. 
Seychelles.  B.  M.  2397.  B.R.  8:679. 


579.   The  Swamp  Lily  of  Florida— Crinum  Americanum. 

A  type  of  the  subgenus  with  wide-spreading  perianth  and 

lanceolate  segments. 

cc.    Bulb  ovoid,  3-4  in.  thick  ;  with  a  short  neck. 

7.  erubescens,  Ait.    Bulb  ovoid,  3-4  in.  thick  ;   neck 
short:  Ivs.  2-3  in.  broad,  slightly  rough  :  fls.  4-12  ;  pedi- 
cels none  or  very  short  ;  color  reddish  outside,  white 
within  :    tube   bright   red.      Trop.  Amer.     B.  M.  1232. 
L.  B.C.  1:31. 

8.  Kuntbianum,    Roem.    (C.   erubescens,   HBK.,  not 
Aiton).    Lvs.  wavy:    fls.  4-5  in  an  umbel;  tube  longer 
than  in   No.  6,  7-8   in.  long  ;  color   pure   white.     New 
Granada.     Var.  Nicaragu6nse,  Baker,  is  purple  outside, 
the  segments  longer  and  Ivs.  longer  and  narrower. 

AAA.  Perianth  funnel-shaped;  tube  permanently  curved; 
segments  oblong  ascending:  stamens  and  style 
contiguous  and  declined.  (Codonocrinum.) 

B.    Bulbs  long -necked. 
c.    Filaments  red. 

9.  longifolium,  Thunb.  (C.  Capense,  Herb.    Amaryl- 
lis longifolia,  Linn.    C.  riparium,  Herb.).    Lvs.  2-3  ft. 
long,  2-3  in.  wide;   margins   rough:   fls.  6-12,  pedicel* 
1-2  in.  long  ;  perianth  tinged  red  on  the  back,  and  some- 
times on  the  face,  with  a  white  variety.    Cape  Colony. 
Natal.  B.M.  661.   Var.  album,  Hort.  Gn.  52,  p.  123. -The 
hardiest   Crinum,  enduring  the  winter  of   the   middle 
states,  if    protected  with    litter  during  cold  weather. 
Propagation    by   offsets   or   seed,   which    is    produced 
abundantly.     C.   grandifldrum,  Hort.,  is  a  new  hybrid 
with  C.  Careyanum,  said  to  partake  of  the  hardiness  of 
C,  longifolium. 


400 


CRINUM 


cc.    Filaments  white  or  pinkish. 
D.    Margin  of  Ivs.  entire  :  peduncle  3-3  ft.  lonq. 

10.  Modrei,  Hook,  f .   (C.  Makoydnum,  Carr.    C.  Co- 
Unsoi,    C.    Mackenii,    and    C.  Natalense,    Hort.      C. 
Schmidtii,   Regel).      Fig.   580.      Bulb 

ovoid,  neck  12-18  in.  long  :  Ivs.  2-3  ft. 
long,  3-4  in.  wide,  margin  entire,  veins 
rather  distant,  distinct:  fls.  6-12;  ped- 
icels IK  to  3  in.  long;  perianth  flushed 
with  rose  on  both  sides,  with  a  white 
variety ;  segments  wide.  Natal  and 
Kaffraria.  B.M.  6113.  G.C.  III.  2:499. 
R.H.  1877,  p.  417.  R.H. 1887:  300.  R.B. 
22:  196;  23:61.  Var.  album,  Hort.  Gt. 
1072.  Gn.  52,  p.  122,  and  var.  platy- 
petalum,  Hort.,  are  cultivated.  C. 
Colensoi  has  a  longer  tube,  smaller 
flower,  with  a  paler  and  narrower  limb. 

DD.    Margin  of  Ivs.  ciliated  :  peduncle 
12-18  in.  long. 

11.  Kirkii,  Baker.    Bulb  globose,  6-8 
in.  thick,   sometimes  6  in.  long  :     Ivs. 
3%-4  ft.  long,  4-4%  in.  wide,  margin 
rough,  veins  close:  fls.  12-15  ;  pedicels 

none  or  very  short;    color  white,  with  a    Quite  weaned  from 
very  distinct  crimson  band  down  the       its  seed  and  begm- 
oenter.  Zanzibar.    B.M.  6512. - Recog-       nmg  lts  own  hfe' 
nized  at  a  glance  by  its  short,  very  stout  peduncle  and 
very  large  acuminate   Ivs.,  with  a  distinctly    ciliated 
•edge.— A  warmhouse  species. 

BB.   Bulbs  short-necked, 
c.   Fls.  numerous,  usually  more  than  8  in  an  umbel. 

12.  Zeylanicum,  Linn.  (Amaryllis  orndta,  B.  M.  1171). 
Bulb   globose,  5-6  in.  thick  :  Ivs.  10-12,  2-3  ft.  long,  3-4 
in.  wide,  wavy,  margin  roughish ;  peduncle  stout,  purple : 
fls.  10-20  ;   perianth  bright  red  outside  in  the  middle 


580. 

A  young    plant    of 
Crinum  Moorei. 


581.  Crinum  Powellii. 

third  ;  segments  oblong  lanceolate,  3^  in.  long,  1  in. 
broad.  Midsummer.  Tropical  Asia  and  Africa.— A 
"warmhouse  species.  The  most  commonly  cultivated 
species  of  the  genus.  Native  throughout  tropical  Asia 
and  Africa.  Usually  sold  as  C.  Kirkii,  which  is  an  allied 


CRINUM 

species  from  Zanzibar,  probably  not  known  outside  of 
one  or  two  botanical  gardens. 

13.  variabile,  Herb.  (C.  crassifdlium,  Herb.).     Bulb 
ovoid,  3-4  in.  thick  :   Ivs.  1/-2-2  ft.  long,  2  in.  wide,  weak: 
fls.  10-12  ;  perianth  flushed  red  outside  :  filaments  red. 
Cape  Colony.  — A  rare  species. 

.cc.    Fls.  fewer,  usually  less  than  8  in  an  umbel. 

D.   Bulbs  small. 

E.    Tube  long,  5-6  in.:  stamens  nearly   as  long  as  the 
perianth  segments. 

14.  Sanderianum,  Baker   (C.  orndtum,  Bury).     Bulb 
globose,  2  in.  thick  ;  neck  2-3  in.  long  :  Ivs.  10-12,  thin, 
l%-2  ft.  long,  IK  in.  broad,  margin   much  crisped:  fls. 
3-6  ;    perianth  with   a   distinct    band    of    bright   red. 
Corisco  island.     Sierra  Leone.     Gn.  52:  1131.— Closely 
allied  to  C.  scabrum. 

EE.    Tube  short:    stamens  much  shorter  than  the 

segments. 
F.  Lvs.  8-4  ft.  long. 

15.  campanulatum,  Herb.    (C.  aqudticum,  Burchell). 
Lvs.  linear,  deeply  channelled,  3-4  ft. :  fls.  6-8:  perianth 
rosy  red.    Cape  colony.    Kaffraria.     B.M.  2352.— A  very 
distinct  species. 

FF.    Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long. 
G.    Pedicels  very  short  or  none. 

16.  Abyssinicum,  Hochst.   Bulb  ovoid,  3  in.  thick :  Ivs. 
about   6,  1  ft.  long,  %-l  in.  wide,  veins  close,  margin 
rough  :    fls.  4-6,  pedicels  very  short  or  none.    Mts.  of 
Abyssinia. 

GG.    Pedicels  %  in.  long. 

17.  lineare,  Linn.  f.    Lvs.  linear,  l%-2  ft.  long,  %  in. 
broad,  glaucous,  channelled  :    fls.  5-6  ;    pedicels  >£  in. 
long ;    perianth    tinged    red    outside  ;    filaments    red. 
Cape  colony.  — Rare. 

DD.    Bulbs  large. 
E.    Pedicels  1-1%  in.  long. 

18.  Pdwellii,  Hort.   Fig.  581.    Bulb  short-necked:  Ivs. 
about  20,  spreading,  ensiform,  acuminate,  3-4  ft.  long, 
3-4  in.  broad  near  the  base,  margin  smooth:  fls.  about  8: 
perianth  peach  blossom  color,  with  white  and  purplish 
varieties.  — Garden   hybrid   of    C.    longifolium    and    C. 
Moorei.     According  to  Baker,  the  bulb  is  globose,  but 
J.  N.  Gerard  says  it  is  long,  like  a  leek. 

EE.    Pedicels  very  short  or  none. 

F.    Margin  of  Ivs.  rough. 

19.  scabrum,  Herb.  Lvs.  2-3  ft,  long,  1^-2  in. 
wide,  closely  veined,  margin  scabrous:  fls.  4-8:  pedi- 
cels none  or  very  short : 
perianth  banded  bright  red. 
Apr.,  May.  Tropical  Africa 
from  Guinea  to  Abyssinia. 
B.M.  2180.  F.S.  21:2216.- 
Common  in  Florida  gardens, 
a  very  showy  and  easily  cul- 
tivated species.  C.  H6rberti, 
Sweet  (C.  scabro-Capense, 
Hort.  C.  Kunthi  dnum  , 
Hort.,  notRoem.).  Fls.  sim- 
ilar to  C.  scabrum,  but  color 
lighter,  the  plant  taller  and 
larger.  Garden  hybrid  be- 
tween C.  scabrum  and  (J. 
longifolium.  This  is  a  doubt- 
ful name.  C.  Herbertianum, 
Wall.  =  C.  Zeylanicum..  C. 
Herbertiamim,Hort.  Roem. 
&  Schultes=(7.  strictum  C. 
Virginicum,  Garden  hybrid, 
resembles  C.  Herberti,  but 
the  plant  is  smaller  and  the 
flowers  larger  and  brighter 
in  color.  See  also  No.  22. 

20.  fimbriatulum,  Baker.  Lvs.  as  in  C.  scabrum,  but 
margins  ciliated  with  small  membranous  scales  :  peri- 
anth banded  red.  Angola.  Gn.  55,  Feb.  11.  Allied  to 
C'.  scabrum.— A.  wholly  different  plant  is  passing  in  the 
trade  under  this  name. 


CRINUM 


CROCUS 


401 


FF.    Margin  of  7r.s.  smooth. 

21.  gigantSum,  And.     Bulb  5-6  in.  thick  :    Ivs.  12  or 
more,  2-3   ft.  long,  3—4  in.  broad,  narrowed   toward   the 
base;  veins  distant,  with  distinct  cross  veinlets  :  fls.  4-6, 
rarely  8-12  :  tube  4-7  in.  long  ;  perianth  pure  white  ;  seg- 
ments much  imbricated.   So.  Afr.  B.M.923.  F.S.  23:2443. 
G.  F.  4:  223.     I.  H.  33:  617.-  A  very  fragrant  species. 

22.  virgineum,  Mart.    Foliage  as  in  G.  giganteum  :  fls. 
about  (i  ;   tube  3-4  in.  long  ;  perianth  pure  white.  South 
Brazil.     Sec  also  (\  \'l  njinicnin  ,  under  No.  19. 

In  addition  to  the  above  species  the  following  are  advertised, 
but  not  sufficiently  described  :  C.  nobile,  C.  Temense,  and  C. 
Zanzibarcnsc. 


CROC6SMIA  (Greek,  odor  of  saffron,  which  is  perceiv- 
able when  the  dried  tts.  are  placed  in  warm  water).  Iri- 
da<-«i  .  This  genus  has  only  one  species,  and  is  not 
clearly  distinguished  by  Baker  from  the  closely  allied 
Tritonia,  but  according  to  the  author  of  the  genus,  it 
differs  in  the  stamens  being  separated  at  equal  dis- 
tances instead  of  grouped  at  one  side,  the  form  of  the 
limb,  the  tube  not  swelled  at  the  top,  and  the  fruit 
3-seeded  instead  of  many-seeded.  The  name  of  this 
genus  is  spelled  Crocosma  by  Baker,  but  it  was  first 
spelled  Crocosmia. 

Crocosmia  aurea  is  a  showy  bulbous  autumn  bloom- 
ing plant,  which  is  hardy  south  of  Washington,  D.  C., 
with  slight  protection,  and  in  the  north  is  treated  like 
Gladiolus,  the  bulbs  being  set  out  in  the  spring,  after 
danger  of  frost,  and  lifted  in  the  fall  for  winter  storage. 
It  is  of  easy  culture,  and  is  propagated  by  offsets  or  by 
seeds.  Bulbs  should  be  stored  in  peat  or  sphagnum  to 
prevent  them  from  becoming  too  dry. 

aurea,  Planch.  (  Tritonia  aurea,  Pappe.  )  .  Height-2  ft.  : 
bulb  globose,  emitting  offsets  from  clefts  in  the  side: 
scape  l>2-2  ft.  high,  leafy  below,  naked  or  only  bracted 
above,  compressed,  2-winged  :  Ivs.  distichous,  shorter 
than  the  scape,  linear,  ensiform,  striated,  but  with  a 
distinct  midrib  :  fls.  sessile  in  the  panicle,  perhaps  25 
scattered  over  a  long  season,  with  buds,  flowers  and 
seeds  at  the  same  time  ;  perianth  bright  orange-yellow 
toward  center;  tube  slender,  curved,  1  in.  long;  segments 
longer  than  the  tube,  capsule  3-celled.  Trop.  and  S.  Afr. 
July-Oct.  F.  S.  7:  702.  B.  M.  4335.  Also  interesting  as 
one  parent  of  a  bigeneric  cross  resulting  in  Tritonia 
crocosmi  flora.  Var.  imperialis,  Hort.  (Fig.  582),  grows 
about  4  ft.  high.  Var.  maculata,  Baker,  has  dark 
blotches  above  the  base  of  the  3  inner  segments.  J.  H. 
III.  33:  567.  j.  x.  GEKARD  and  W.  M. 

CROCUS  (Greek  name  of  Saffron).  Iriddcece.  Stem- 
less  plants  (the  grass-like  Ivs.  rising  from  the  ground  or 
corm),  with  solid  bulbs  or  corms.  Fls.  showy,  in  many 
colors,  funnel-shaped  and  erect,  with  a  very  long  tube 
and  6  nearly  or  quite  equal  segments.  Stamens  3. 
Ovary  3-loculed:  seeds  many,  nearly  globular.  The 
flowers  open  in  sunshine.  They  come  in  fall  or  spring,  * 
but  the  best  known  species  are  spring-flowering,  which 
are  amongst  the  earliest  of  spring  bloom.  The  new 
corm  usually  grows  on  top  of  the  old  one  each  vear, 
so  that  the  plants  tend  to  rise  out  of  the  ground.  "The 
corms,  therefore,  should  be  lifted  and  replanted  every 
three  or  four  years.  Crocuses  force  easily  (see  Bulb). 
A  half  dozen  corms  may  be  planted  in  a  4-inch  pot  for 
this  purpose.  The  genus  Crocus  is  S.  European  and 
Southwestern  Asian.  It  has  about  70  recognized  species. 
The  best  account  of  the  Crocuses  is  G.  Maw's  superb 
Monograph  of  the  Genus  Crocus,  1886.  A  popular  ac- 
count of  the  history  and  species,  by  Baker,  will  be  found 
in  Gardeners'  Chronicle  for  1873,  pp.  107,  179,  291,  434, 
542,  609,  680,  1402,  1431,  1466,  1533,  1633.  A  condensed 
account  is  contained  in  Baker's  Handbook  of  the  Irideae, 
1892-  L.  H.  B. 

Many  forms  of  Crocus  are  well  known  in  gardens, 
where  they  are  justly  valued  as  among  the  showiest 
and  brightest  of  winter  and  spring  flowers.  About  two- 
thirds  of  the  species  are  classed  as  vernal  and  the  bal- 
ance as  autumnal  flowering;  but  the  various  members  of 
the  tribe  would  furnish  nearly  continuous  bloom  from 
August  to  May  were  the  season  open.  While  there  are 
numerous  species  interesting  to  a  botanist  or  a  collector, 

26 


practically  the  best  for  general  cultivation  are  C.  Im- 
perati,  C.  Snxi<tnux  (Cloth  of  Gold  Crocus)  and  the 
Dutch  hybrids,  mostly  of  C.  Mcesiacus.  These  flower  in 
about  the  order  named.  The  rosy  flowers  of  C.  Imperati 
may  be  expected  with  the  earliest  snowdrops.  The 
named  species,  having  shorter  flower  tubes  than  the 
Dutch  hybrids,  are  not  as  liable  to  injury  by  the  severe 
weather  of  the  early  year.  The  autumnal  species  are  not 
satisfactory  garden  plants,  the  flowers  mostly  appearing 
before  the  leaves,  and  being  easily  injured.  C.  speciosus 
and  C.  sativus  are  probably  the  most  satisfactory.  The 
latter  species  has  been  cultivated  from  time  imme- 
morial, the  stamens  having  a  medicinal  reputation,  and 
being  a  source  of  color  ( saffron).  The  cultivation  of  this 
species  is  a  small  industry  in  France,  Spain  and  Italy. 
The  corms  should  be  planted  about  3  inches  deep, 
in  a  well-worked  and  perfectly  drained  soil  which  is  free 
from  clay  or  the  decaying  humus  of  manure,  etc.  They 
should  be  carefully  examined  and  all  bruised  and  imper- 


582.   Crocosmia  aurea,  var.  imperalis  (X 


feet  ones  rejected,  as  they  are  very  susceptible  to  attacks 
of  fungi,  which,  gaining  a  footing  on  decrepit  corms,  will 
spread  to  others.  The  careful  gardener  will  examine  all 
exotic  small  bulbs  annually,  or  at  least  biennally,  until 
they  show  by  the  perfection  of  their  new  bulbs  that  they 
have  become  naturalized,  or  are  suited  to  their  new  en- 
vironment. In  this  case  they  may  be  allowed  to  remain 
until  crowding  requires  their  division.  This  examina- 
tion should  take  place  after  the  leaves  are  matured  and 
dried  up.  Increase  may  be  had  from  new  corms  which 
are  produced  more  or  less  freely  in  different  species  over 
or  on  the  sides  of  old  corms.  Seeds  are  often  produced 
freely,  but  are  apt  to  be  overlooked,  as  they  are  formed  at 
the  surface  of  the  soil.  These  germinate  readily  and 
most  freely  at  the  growing  time  of  the  plant.  They 
should  preferably  be  germinated  in  seed  pans,  which 
should  be  exposed  to  freezing  before  the  natural  germi- 


402 


CROCUS 


CROCUS 


nating  time.  They  usually  form  flowers  the  third  season. 
The  Crocus,  as  is  well  known,  is  amenable  to  modern, 
forcing.  It  is  also  useful  for  naturalizing  in  the  lawn, 
although  the  grass  will  run  out  the  plants  in  a  few  years, 
if  the  bulbs  are  not  replaced  by  strong  ones. 

J.  N.  GERARD. 

Crocuses  are  scarcely  known  in  the  Amer.  trade  under 
their  species  names.  They  have  been  much  hybridized 
and  varied.  The  common  Crocuses  of  the  trade  have 
descended  from  C.  vernus  chiefly,  but  C.  Susianus,  C. 
Mcesiacus,  C.  stellaris,  C.  biflorus  and  C.  sativus  are 
frequent.  The  Dutch  bulb-growers  cultivate  many 
species,  and  these  are  offered  for  sale  in  their  American 
lists;  the  species  are  therefore  included  in  the  following 
synopsis. 

Index:  Ancyrensis,  4;  asturicus,  26;  aureus,  2;  Ban- 
aticus,  8;  biflorus,  6;  Boryi,  24;  Byzantinus,  29;  chrysan- 
thus,  5,  15  ;  etruscus,  13;  Hadriaticus,  18;  Imperati,  14; 
iridiflous,  29;  lacteiis,  2;  longiflorus,  20;  medius,  25; 
Moesiacus,  2;  nudiflorus,  23;  Olivieri,  15;  Orphanidis, 
24:  pulchellus,  28;  reticulatus,  12;  Salzmanni,  22;  sati- 
vus, 17;  serotinus,  21;  Sieberi,  11;  speciosus,  27;  stel- 
laris, 3;  Susianus,!;  Suterianus,  15 ;  Syriaciis,9',  Tom- 
masinianus,  10;  Tourneforti,  24  ;  vernus,  9  ;  versicolor, 
7;  vitellinus,  16;  zonatus,  19. 

A.    Blooming  in  spring. 
B.    Style-branches  entire  or  merely  toothed. 

c.    Fls.  yellow,  at  least  inside. 

1  Susianus,  Ker.  CLOTH  OF  GOLD  CROCUS.  Corm%in. 
in  diam. :  Ivs.  6-8  in  a  tuft,  reaching  to  the  fl.,  narrow- 
linear,  with  revolute  edges  and  a  central  band  of  white : 
perianth  segments  1%  in.  or  less  long,  orange-yellow, 
becoming  reflexed,  the  outer  ones  brownish  or  striped 
on  the  outside  ;  anthers  orange,  longer  than  the  fila- 
ments ;  style-branches  long  and  spreading.  Crimea. 
B.M.  652.— Blooms  very  early. 

2.  Moesiacus,  Ker  (C.  aureus,  Sibth.  &  Sm.).    DUTCH 
CROCUS.    Later,  corm  larger:  Ivs.  6-8  in  a  tuft,  overtop- 
ping thefl.,  narrow-linear,  with  reflexed  edges  and  white 
central   band  :     segments  very  obtuse,  bright   yellow, 
1%  in.  long,  %  to  %  the  length  of  the  tube  :    anthers 
pale  yellow,  hastate  at  the  base,'  somewhat  longer  than 
the  filaments  ;    style-branches  overtopped   by  the   an- 
thers.   Transylvania  to  Asia  Minor.     B.M.  2986.— Va- 
riable.   A  sulfur-yellow   form  is  C.  sulphuretis,   Ker, 
B.M.  1384.    There  is  a  striped  form.    B  M.  938.  A  cream- 
white  form  is  C.  Idcteus,  Smith. 

3.  stellaris,  'Haw.     Supposed  to  be  a  hybrid  of  the 
above,  and  known  only  in  cult.     Blooms  with  No.  2. 
Lvs.  only   4-6,    narrow-linear,    reflexed    edges,  white- 
banded  :    perianth-tube  short,  the   segments    1-1%  in. 
long,  bright  orange,  the  outer  ones  striped  and  feath- 
ered with  brown  on  the  back  ;  anthers  pale  orange,  a 
little  longer  than  the  filaments  ;    style-branches  some- 
what overtopping  the  anthers. 

4.  Ancyre'nsis,  Maw.   Corm  %  in.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  3-4,  as 
tall  as  the  fl.,  very  narrow  :   perianth -tube   exserted  ; 
segments  bright  orange-yellow,  1  in.  or  less  long,  not 
striped,  nor  colored   outside  ;    anthers  orange-yellow, 
much  longer  than  the  filaments  ;    style-branches  red- 
orange.    Asia  Minor.  —  Blooms  early. 

5.  chrys&nthus,  Herb,  (not  B.R.  33:4.    Fig.  1,  which= 
C.  Olivieri,  var.    Suterianus).     Corm    small  :    Ivs.  as 
high  as  the  fl.,  very  narrow:  perianth-tube  2-3  times  as 
long  as  the  segments,  the  latter  134  in.  or  less  long,  and 
plain  orange-yellow  (varying  tinted  or  striped  on  the 
outside,  or  even  nearly  white);  throat  glabrous;    an- 
thers orange,  twice  as  long  as  the  roughened  filaments ; 
style-branches  red-orange.    Macedonia  and  Asia  Minor. 

cc.   Fls.  lilac  or  white. 

6.  bifldrus,  Mill.    SCOTCH  CROCUS.    Corm  %  in.  or  less 
in  diam. :    Ivs.  4-6,  overtopping  the  fls.,  very  narrow, 
with  deflexed  edges  and  a  white  central  band :  perianth- 
tube  exserted,  the  segments  1%  in.  long,  purple  tinged, 
the   outer   ones   3-striped   down  the  back,   the  throat 
bearded  and  yellowish  ;  anthers  orange,  exceeding  the 
filaments  ;    style-branches  orange-red.     S.  and    south- 
western Eu.    B.M.  845.-  Runs  into  many  forms,  some 
of  them  almost  white 


7.  versicolor,  Ker.    Corm  %  in.  or  less  in  diam. ;  Ivs. 
4-5,  as  high  as  the  fls.,  otherwise  like  the  last;  perianth- 
tube  exserted:  segments  1%  in.  long,  pale  or  dark  pur- 
ple,  often    striped    and   feathered    with    dark   purple; 
throats  glabrous,  whitish  or  yellowish;  anthers  yellow, 
twice    as  long  as  the  filament;  st pie-branches,  orange- 
yellow,    equalling     or    overtopping     the    anthers.    S. 
France.    B.M.  1110. 

8.  Banaticus,  Heuff.    Corm  globular,  %  in.  in  diam. : 
Ivs.  usually  2,  thin  and  flattish,  and    becoming  %  in. 
broad,  glaucous    beneath:  perianth-tube    scarcely   ex- 
serted; segments  l/^  in.  or  less  long,  bright  purple,  and 
never  striped,    but   often    dark-blotched    towards   the 
tip;  throat  glabrous;  anthers  orange,  a  little  longer  than 
the  white  filaments;   style-branches  short,  orange-yel- 
low, somewhat  fringed  at  the  tip.   Hungary. 

9.  v6rnus,    All.     Fig.    583.     Corm   1  in.    or    less   in 
diam.:  Ivs.  2-4,  as    high   as  the  fl.,  often  %  in.  broad, 
glaucous  beneath,  but  green  above,  with  reflexed  edges, 
and  a  central  white  band;  perianth  segments  1-1  %  in. 


583.  Crocus  vernus 


long,  lilac,  white  or  purple-striped;  throat  pubescent, 
never  yellow  ;  anthers  lemon-yellow,  exceeding  the  fila- 
ments; style-branches  orange-yellow.  S.  Eu.  B.M. 
860,  2240.  R.H.  1869,  p.  331.  Gn.  54,  p.  79.  The  com- 
monest garden  Crocus. 

10.  Tommasinianus,  Herb.    Corm  globular,  %  in.  in 
diam.:   Ivs.   appearing    with    the   fls.,   narrow    (%   in. 
broad):  perianth-tube  little  exserted;  segments  1%  in. 
or  less  long,  pale  red-bluish,  sometimes  dark  blotched 
at  the    tip  ;  throat   glabrous  ;   anthers  pale  orange,   a 
little  longer  than  the  white  glandular  filaments  ;  style- 
branches  short,  orange-yellow.    Dalmatia  and  Servia.— 
Distinguished  from  C.  vernus  by  its  glabrous  throat. 

11.  Sidberi,  Gay.    Corm  globular,  %  in.  diam.  ;  Ivs.  4- 
6,  as  high  as  the  fl.,  glaucous  beneath,  %  in.  broad:  per- 
ianth-tube   short-exserted  ;    segments   1-1  %   in.    long, 
color  of  C.  vernus  ;  throat  yellow  and  glabrous  ;  anthers 
orange,  twice     as     long  as    filaments;    style-branches 
nearly  entire,  orange-red.    Greece,  Crete. 

12.  reticulatus,  Bieb.    Corm  Min.in  diam.,  covered  with 
honey-combed  fibers:  Ivs.  3-5,  as  high   as  the  fl.,  very 
narrow,  with  reflexed  edge  and  a  white  band  :  perianth- 
tube  much  exserted;  segments  1-1%  in.  long,  white  to 
purple,  the  three  outer  ones  striped;  throat   glabrous; 
anthers  orange,  twice  the  length  of  the  orange  filaments  ; 
style-branches  scarlet,  overtopping  the  anthers.    S.  E. 
Eu.—  Varies  to  white. 

13.  Etruscus,  Parl.    Corm  1  in.  or  less  in  diam.  :  Ivs. 
about  3,  very  narrow,  as  tall  as  the  fl.  :  perianth-tube 
short  exserted;  segments  1-%  in.  long,  lilac,  or  the  outer 


CROCUS 

ones  cream  colored  and  sometimes  purple-feathered 
outside;  throat  yellow,  slightly  pubescent;  anthers  or- 
ange, twice  as  long  as  the  glabrous  filaments;  style- 
branches  nearly  entire,  orange.  Italy. 

BB.    Style-brandies  fimbriate,  branched,  or  cut  into  very 
narrow  divisions. 

14.  Imperati.  Ten.     Corm    nearly   or   quite    1    in.   in 
diam.:  Ivs.  4-6,   exceeding  the   fls.,  very  narrow;    per- 
ianth-tube little  exserted ;  segments  1-1  %  in.  long,  lilac 
or  even  white,  the  outer  ones  buff  and  3-striped  on  the 
outside;  anthers  yellow,  exceeding  the  filaments;  style- 
branches  firabriate.    Italy.    B.R.  23:1993.    Gn.  54,  p.  79. 

15.  Olivieri,  Gay.  Corm  nearly  globose,  %-%  in.  in 
diam. :  Ivs.  4-5,  as  tall  as  the  fl.,  becoming  34  in.  broad: 
perianth  tube  little  exserted ;  segments  bright  orange  yel- 
low and  never  striped,  1>2  in.  or  less  long  ;  throat  gla- 
brous ;   anthers  orange,  twice  the  length  of  the  roughish 
filaments;  style-branches  orange,  slender-forked.     Var. 
Suterianus,  Baker  (G.  chrysdnthus,  Bot.  Reg.)  has  nar- 
rower and  more  rolled  Ivs.    Greece  to  Asia  Minor. 

16.  vitellinus,  Wahl.    (C.  Syrlacus,  Boiss  &  Gaill.). 
Corm  %  in.  or  less  in  diam. :  Ivs.  4-6,  as  high  as  the  fls., 
narrow-linear;  perianth  tube  short,  exserted;  segments 
1  in.  or  less  long,  orange-yellow,  the  outer  brown-tinged 
outside  ;    style-branches   divided   into   many    capillary 
parts.     Asia  Minor.    B.M.  6416.  — Rare  in  culture. 

AA.     Blooming  in  fall. 
B.     Style-branches  entire. 

17.  sativus,  Linn.     SAFFRON  CROCUS.     Corm  1  in.  or 
more  in  diam. :  Ivs.  6-10,  as  tall  as  the  fl.,  very  narrow, 
ciliate-edged  ;  perianth-tube  little  exserted  ;   segments 
oblong  and  obtuse,  bright  lilac  or  even  white;   throat 
pubescent ;  anthers  yellow,  longer  than  filaments ;  style- 
tranches  1  in.  or  more  long,  bright  red  (the  source  of 
Saffron).    Asia  Minor.    R.  H.   1895,   p.  573.— The  com- 
monest fall-blooming  species. 

18.  Hadriaticus,  Herb.    Much  like  C.  sativus:  usually 
Bmaller-fld..  pure  white,  the  segments  pubescent  at  base; 
anthers  bright  orange,  more  than  twice  longer  than  the 
white  or  purple  filaments.     Greece,  etc.  — Runs  into  sev- 
eral forms, 

19.  zonatus,  Gay.     Corm  somewhat  flattened  or  de- 
flexed,  %-%in.  in  diam.:  Ivs.  appearing  after  the  fls., 
narrow-linear:  perianth -tube  exserted,  2-3  in.;  segments 
1-2  in.  long,  rose-lilac,  purple-veined  and  orange-spotted 
within  ;  throat  yellow,   pubescent ;  anthers  white,  2-3 
times  longer  than  the  yellow  filaments :  style-branches 
short  and  yellow.     Cilicia.    G.C.  III.  23:85. 

BB.    Style-branches  fimbriated  or  forked  at  the  top. 

20.  longifldrus,  Rafin.    Corm  %in.  diam. :  Ivs.  3-4,  very 
short  at  flowering  time,  very  narrow :  perianth-tube  much 
exserted;  segments  oblong  and  bright  lilac,  1%  in.,  never 
striped  ;    throat   slightly    pubescent,    yellow ;     anthers 
orange,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  filaments :   style- 
branches  scarlet,  slightly  compound.     S.  Eu.  — Not  fre- 
quent. 

21.  serdtimis,  Salisb.     Corm  1  in.  or  less:  Ivs.  4-6,  as 
high  as  the  fl.,  very  narrow:  perianth -tube  little  exserted ; 
segments  oblong,  1%  in.,  lilac  or  purple,  indistinctly  or 
not  at  all  striped ;  throat  glabrous ;  anthers  yellow,  much 
exceeding  the  filaments :  style-branches  orange-yellow, 
fimbriated.     Spain.  — Not  frequent. 

22.  Salzmanni,    Gay    (C.   tingitanus,    Herb.).   Corm 
somewhat  depressed,  1  in.  in  diam. :   Ivs.  about  6,  not 
prominent  at  flowering  time,  very  narrow:  perianth-tube 
much  exserted;  segments  1%  in.  long,  plain  lilac ;  throat 
pubescent,  yellowish;  anthers  orange,  longer  than  the 
filaments:  style-branches  slender,  orange.     Morocco. 

BBB.    Style-branches  capillary -divided. 

23.  nudif  lorus,  Smith.    Corm  very  small,  stolonif  erous : 
Ivs.  3-4,  appearing  after  the  fls.,  very  narrow:  perianth- 
tube  much  exserted  ;   segments   l%-2  in.,  lilac  :   throat 
glabrous ;  anthers  large  and  yellow,  twice  as  long  as  the 
filaments.     Mts.  S.  France  and  Spain.— Long  known  in 
cult.,  but  not  common. 

24.  Bdryi,  Gay.   Corm  globular,  ^  in.  or  less  in  diam. : 
Ivs.  3-6,  narrow-linear,  as  high  as  the  fls. :  perianth-tube 
short-exserted;  segments  1-lKin.  long,  white,  sometimes 


CROTALARIA 


403 


lilac-lined  at  the  base  outside;  throat  yellow,  glabrous ; 
anthers  white,  somewhat  longer  than  the  orange  fila- 
ments: style-branches  scarlet,  divided  into  many  capil- 
lary segments.  Var.  Touraefdrtii,  Baker  (C.  Orphan- 
\dis,  Hook.  f.  B.M.  5776)  has  lilac  fls.  Greece. 

25.  medius,  Balbis.   Corm  globular,  lin.or  less  in  diam.: 
Ivs.  'J-3,  appearing  in  spring,  narrow,  becoming  a  ft.  or 
more  high:  perianth -tube  much  exserted;  segments  1%- 
2  in.  long,  bright  lilac;  throat  glabrous,  whitish;  anthers- 
pale  orange,  twice  the  length  of  the  yellow  filaments: 
style-branches  scarlet,  with  many  capillary  divisions. 
S.  France,  Italy. 

26.  Asturicus,  Herb.     Corm  globular,  %  in.  or  less  in 
diam. :  Ivs.  about  3,  appearing  in  fall  but  not  maturing 
till  spring :    perianth-tube  short-protruded ;    segments 
1/^in.  long,  lilac;  throat  pubescent ;  anthers  bright  yel- 
low, longer  than  the  white  filaments  :    style-branches 
orange,  with  many  capillary  divisions.     Spain. 

27.  specidsus,  Bieb.     Corm  not  stolonif  erous,  lin.  or 
less:  Ivs.  usually  3,  developing  after  the  fls.,  thin,  very 
narrow,   becoming  1  ft.  long  :   perianth-tube  much   ex- 
serted ;  segments  l%-2  in.,  lilac  and  feathered  with  darker 
color;  anthers  very  large,  bright  orange,  much  exceeding 
the  filaments.     S.  E.  Eu.  and  Asia.    B.M.  3861.     B.R. 
25:40.— Handscma. 

28.  pulchellus,    Herb.     Corm    small,    somewhat    de- 
pressed :    Ivs.   produced  after   flowering,   maturing   in 
spring:  perianth-tube  much  exserted ;  segments  1-1%  in. 
long,  bright  lilac,  more   or    less   indistinctly   striped; 
throat  glabrous,  bright  yellow  ;  anthers  white,  longer 
than  the   pubescent   yellow  filaments  :    style-branches 
orange,  with  many  capillary  branches.     Greece  to  Asia 
Minor.    B.R.  30:3. 

29.  Byzantinus,  Ker  (C.  iridifldrus,  Heuff.).    Corm 
K  in.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  2-4,  developing  after  the  fls. :  peri- 
anth-tube much  exserted;  segments  2  in.,  or  less  long, 
the  outer  ones  dark  lilac   and   acute,  the   inner  ones 
shorter  and  pale  lilac  or  white ;  anthers  orange,  longer 
than  the  filaments.     S.  E.  Eu.    B.M.  6141.    B.R.  33:4.— 
An  old  garden  plant,  but  rarely  seen  in  this  country. 

L.  H.  B. 
CBOSNES.     See  Stachys  Sieboldi. 

CROSS.  The  offspring  of  any  two  flowers  that  have 
been  cross-fertilized.  A  cross-breed  is  a  cross  between 
varieties  of  the  same  species.  Synonyms  are  half- 
breed,  mongrel,  variety-hybrid.  Crossing  is  the  opera- 
tion of  cross-pollinating.  Cross-pollination  is  the  trans- 
fer of  the  pollen  of  one  flower  to  the  pistil  of  another. 

CROSSANDRA  (Greek,  fringed  anthers).  Acantha- 
cece.  Greenhouse  evergreen  shrubs  of  minor  impor- 
tance, comprising  9  species  from  India,  tropical  Africa, 
and  Madagascar.  The  one  in  the  trade  has  handsome  4- 
sided  spikes  or  scarlet-orange  fls.  The  perianth  has  5- 
segments,  the  2  upper  ones  being  smaller.  It  is  culti- 
vated south  outdoors  to  a  slight  extent,  and  also  rarely 
in  northern  greenhouses. 

undulaefdlia,  Salisb.  (C.  infundibulifdrmis,  Nees). 
Height  1  ft.,  rarely  3  ft. :  Ivs.  often  in  4's,  especially  be- 
low, but  also  opposite,  ovate  acuminate,  stalked:  fls. 
scarlet-orange,  overlapping  one  another  in  dense  spikes, 
2-3  in.  long.  Ind.  B.M.  2186.  R.H.  1891:156. 

C.  flcbva,  Hook.  Unbranched  shrub,  6-8  in.  high:  stem  green, 
glabrous:  Ivs.  opposite,  close  together,  large  for  the  size  of  the 
plant,  6  in.  long,  obovate  lanceolate,  dark  green  above,  paler  be- 
neath, wavy,  more  obtuse  than  in  the  above;  lower  Ivs.  stalked, 
upper  ones  sessile:  spike  4-sided,  spiny:  fls.  yellow;  tube 
much  exserted,  jointed.  Trop.  W.  Afr.  B.M.  4710.—  C.  Gui- 
neensis,  Nees.  Height  2-6  in.:  stem  light  red,  rusty  pubescent: 
Ivs.  2-4  pairs,  3-5  in.  long,  elliptic,  green  above,  with  golden 
netted  nerves,  reddish  beneath :  spike  solitary,  terminal,  slen- 
der, 3-5  in.  high:  fls.  numerous,  small,  pale  lilac,  with  2-darker 
spots  on  the  2  smallest  segments,  and  a  white  eye.  Guinea, 
B.M.  6346.— A  handsome  foliage  plant. 

CROSSWORT.  Properly  Crucianella.  Loosely,  the 
crucifers. 

CROTALARIA  (Greek,  rattle,  castanet;  from  the  rat- 
tling of  the  seeds  in  the  pod).  RATTLE-BOX.  A  very 
large,  tropical  genus,  of  which  the  most  interesting 


404 


CROTALARIA 


CRYPTOGAMS 


species  is  C.  retusa,  a  hardy,  yellow-fld.  rnnual,  which 
has  been  compared  to  a  dwarf  sweet  pea.  For  best  re- 
sults, the  seed  should  be  started  early  indoors,  after  be- 
ing soaked  in  warm  water.  The  name  is  commonly  mis- 
spelled Crotolaria.  Greenhouse  kinds  are  subject  to  red 
spider.  O.juncea,  yields  the  Sunn  hemp  of  India. 

A.     Lvs.  simple. 

retusa,  Linn.  Annual,  \%  ft.  high:  branches  few, 
short:  Ivs.  entire,  very  various  in  shape,  but  typically 
obovate  with  a  short  mucro,  clothed  beneath  with  short 
appressed  hairs  :  -fls.  about  12  in  a  raceme,  yellow, 
streaked  or  blotched  with  purple;  standard  roundish, 
notched.  Cosmop.  June-Aug.  —  Introduced  1896,  as  a 
novelty  and  called  "dwarf  golden  yellow-flowering  pea," 
"golden  yellow  sweet  pea,"  etc.  The  flowers  are  mur;h 
less  fragrant  than  the  true  sweet  pea. 

AA.     Lvs.  foliolate. 

longirostrata,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Greenhouse  plant,  her- 
baceous or  somewhat  shrubby,  much  branched,  3  ft. 
high:  branches  long,  slender,  glabrous;  petioles  IK  in. 
long;  leaflets  3,  oblong,  with  a  minute  mucro,  glabrous 
above,  hoary  beneath,  with  very  short,  appressed,  silky 
hairs:  racemes  erect:  calyx  with  2  upper  lobes  ovate, 
the  3  lower  ones  lanceolate:  tts.  as  many  as  25  in  a  ra- 
ceme, yellow  with  reddish  stripe  along  the  back  of  the 
unopened  flower;  standard  wider  than  long,  reflexed, 
notched.  W.  Mex.,  Guat.  B.M.  7306.  F.R.  1:809. 

CapSnsis,  Jacq.  Stout,  much  branched  shrub,  4-5  ft. 
high:  branches  terete,  appressedly  silky;  stipules  when 
present  petiolulate,  obovate  and  leaf-like,  obsolete  or 
wanting  on  many  petioles;  leaflets  broadly  obovate,  ob- 
tuse or  mucrbnulate,  glabrous  or  minutely  pubescent  on 
one  or  both  sides:  racemes  terminal  or  opposite  the 
Lvs.,  loose,  many-fld.:  calyx  and  pod  pubescent;  wings 
transversely  wrinkled  and  pitted.  S.  Afr. — Cult,  in  Fla. 
toy  Reasoner  Bros.  \\r  ]\j_ 

CROTON  (Greek  name  of  another  plant).  Eiiphorbi- 
•aceoe.  Some  500  species  of  trees,  shrubs,  or  herbs, 
widely  distributed.  They  are  sometimes  dioecious,  but 
commonly  the  fls.  are  monoecious  and  mostly  in  terminal 
spikes  or  racemes.  Calyx  of  sterile  fls.  4-6  (usually  5) 
parted,  the  stamens  5  or  more;  petals  usually  present, 
but  small.  Calyx  of  fertile  fls.  5-10  parted,  petals  none 
or  mere  rudiments,  the  ovary  3-loculed.  Lvs.  usually 
alternate.  A  few  species  are  native  to  the  U.  S. ;  they 
are  mostly  annual  herbs  of  no  horticultural  value.  The 
Crotons  of  florists  are  Codiwums,  which  see. 

C.  Tiglium,  Linn.,  is  the  only  species  known  to  be  in 
the  Amer.  trade.  The  seeds  yield  the  Croton  oil  of  com- 
merce, one  of  the  most  powerful  of  purgatives.  It  is  a 
small  tree  of  Southeastern  Asia.  Lvs.  ovate-acumi- 
nate, serrate,  stalked,  varying  in  hue  from  metallic  green 
to  bronze  and  orange.  Offered  in  South  Cal.  as  an  orna- 
mental and  curious  plant.  Lt  jj.  g. 

CROWFOOT.     See  Ranunculus. 

CROWN,  or  CORONA.  Any  outgrowth  from  the  throat 
of  the  perianth,  as  the  trumpet  of  a  Narcissus,  or  the 
fringe  of  a  Passion  Flowei\  Crown  is  also  applied  to 
the  top  of  a  bulb,  corrn,  or  upright  rootstock:  also  that 
part  of  a  plant  at  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

CROWN  BEARD.     Verbesina. 

CROWN  IMPERIAL.    Fritillaria  Imperialis. 

CROWN  OF  THORNS.    Euphorbia  splendens. 

CROWN-TUBER.  A  tuber  of  which  the  top  is  stem 
and  the  lower  part  root,  as  the  radish. 

CRUCIANELLA  (Latin,  a  little  cross  ;  from  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  Ivs.).  Hubiacece.  CROSS-WORT.  This 
genus  contains  a  hardy  rock  plant  of  minor  importance. 
Not  more  than  21  species,  of  herbs  often  woody  at  the 
base;  branches  usually  long,  slender,  4-cornered:  upper 
Ivs.  opposite,  without  stipules:  lower  Ivs.  or  all  in 
whorls  of  3  or  more,  linear  or  lanceolate,  rarely  ovate  or 
obovate:  fls.  small;  white,  rosy  or  blue.  Natives  of  the 


Mediterranean  region  and  western  Asia.  The  genus  is 
closely  related  to  Asperula,  and  is  distinguished  by  tne 
flowers  having  bracts,  not  an  involucre,  and  the  style 
branches  distinctly  unequal  instead  of  nearly  equal. 
The  species  below  has  lately  been  referred  to  Asperula. 
It  is  of  easy  culture,  preferring  light,  moderate  loam  and 
partial  shade.  A  delicate  plant  for  the  front  of  borders, 
and  capital  for  the  rockery.  Prop,  chiefly  by  division, 
and  also  by  seeds. 

styldsa,  Trin.  (Asperiila  cilidta,  Rochel).  Pros- 
trate, 6-9  in.  high:  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  8  or  9,  lanceolate, 
hispid:  fls.  small,  crimson-pink,  in  round  terminal  heads 
half  an  inch  in  diam.;  floral  parts  in  5's;  style  club- 
shaped,  long  exserted,  very  shortly  twice  cut  at  the  top. 
June-Aug.  Persia.  j  R  KBLIjEB  and  w  M 

CRUEL  PLANT.  Same  as  Mosquito  Plant,  Cijnan- 
chum  acuminati  folium . 

CRYPTANTHUS  (Greek,  for  hidden  flower:  the 
flowers  concealed  beneath  the  bracts).  Bromeliacece. 
Brazilian  epiphytal  Bromeliads,  differing  from  ^chmea 
and  Billbergia  (which  see  for  culture)  in  the  tubular 
calyx  and  the  dense  heads  of  fls.  nearly  sessile  amongst 
the  Ivs.  Mongr.  by  Mez  (who  recognizes  8  species)  in 
DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  9  (1896). 

A.    Lvs.  not  narrowed  or  petiolate  above  the  sheath. 

acaulis,  Beer  (Tilldndsia  acaulis,  Lindl.  G.  undula- 
tus,  Otto  &  Dietr.).  A  few  inches  high,  suckering 
freely:  Ivs.  sea-green,  long-pointed  and  spreading,  weak- 
spiny:  fls.  white,  nestling  deep  in  the  foliage.  B.R. 
14:1157.— A  very  variable  plant,  of  which  Mez  recog- 
nixes  the  following  leading  types : 

Var.  genuina,  Mez.  Stemless  or  very  nearly  so  :  Ivs. 
sub-elliptic-lanceolate,  strongly  undulate,  gray-scurfy 
beneath,  scurfy  above. 

Var.  discolor,  Mez  ( C. discolor,  Otto  &  Dietr. ) .  Stem- 
less  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  elongated,  scarcely  undulate,  sil- 
very-scurfy below,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  above. 

Var.  ruber,  Mez  ( C.  riiber,  Beer) .  Produces  a  branch- 
ing stem  or  trunk :  Ivs.  short,  strongly  undulate,  reddish. 

Var.  bromelioides,  Mez  (C.  bromelioides,  Otto  & 
Dietr. ) .  Stem  tall :  Ivs.  much  elongated,  scarcely  undu- 
late, remotely  sDinulose. 

Var.  diversifdlius,  Mez  (C.  diversifolius ,  Beer).  Stem- 
bearing:  Ivs.  elongate -Ungulate,  deep  green  above,  sil- 
very-scurfy beneath. 

zonatus,  Beer.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  the  margin 
undulate  and  densely  serrate-spinulose,  marked  with 
transverse  bands  of  white:  fls.  white. 

bivittatus,  Regel  (BillUrgia  bivittdta,  Hook.  B. 
vittata,  Hort. ).  Nearly  or  quite  stemless:  Ivs.  long-ob- 
long, curving,  long-pointed,  somewhat  undulate,  spiny, 
dull  brown  beneath,  green  above  and  with  two  narrow 
buff  or  reddish  bars  extending  the  length  of  the  leaf: 
fls.  white.  B.M.  5270. 

AA.   Lvs.  narrowed  or  petiolate  above  the  sheath. 

Beuckeri,  Morr.  Lvs.  10-20,  oblong,  pointed,  canalicu- 
late at  base,  very  finely  spiny,  brownish  green  or  rosy 
and  spotted  or  striped  with  light  green :  fls.  white. 

L.  H.  B. 

CRYPTOGAMS  are  flowerless  plants,  and  they  produce 
not  seeds  but  spores.  The  whole  vegetable  kingdom  has 
been  split  into  two  vast  classes,  the  flowering  plants  or 
phanerogams  and  the  flowerless  ones  or  cryptogams. 
Cryptogam  means  "concealed  nuptials, "and  phanerogam 
means  "visible  nuptials."  These  names  were  given  when 
it  was  thought  that  the  sexual  parts  of  the  flowerless 
plants  were  very  minute  or  even  wanting.  The  word  is 
now  falling  into  disfavor  with  botanists.  Cryptogams 
are  of  less  horticultural  interest  than  the  flowering 
plants,  although  they  include  the  Ferns,  and  some  inter- 
esting smaller  groups,  as  Selaginellas,  Lycopods  or  Club 
Mosses.  Two  other  vast  groups  are  the  Seaweeds  or 
Algae,  and  the  Fungi.  For  the  edible  Fungi,  see  Mush- 
rooms. For  parasitic  Fungi,  see  Diseases  and  Fungus. 
For  a  general  sketch  of  the  Ferns  and  their  allies,  see 
Ferns. 


CBYPTOGRAMMA 


CUCUMBER 


405 


CKYPTOGRAMMA  (Greek,  a  concealed  line,  alluding 
to  the  sub-marginal  sori).  Polypodidcece.  A  small  genus 
of  subalpine  Ferns  of  both  hemispheres.  Lvs.  of  two 
sorts,  the  sporophylls  contracted  and  the  sori  covered 
by  the  infolded  margin  of  the  segments,  forming  pod- 
like  bodies.  Resides  our  native  species,  a  second  one, 
(\  <-rixp<i,  is  found  in  Europe,  and  a  third  in  the  Hima- 
layas. Name  often  incorrectly  written  CryptogrammJ. 
Culture  easy. 

acrostichoides,  R.  Br.  ROCK-BRAKE.  Height  about 
8  in.:  Ivs.  4-0  in.  long,  on  tufted  straw-colored  stalks, 
tri-quadripinnalirid,  with  Toothed  or  incised  segments, 
the  sporophylls  with  longer  stalks,  less  divided  and  with 
pod -like  segments.  Canada  to  Colorado,  California  and 
northward.  L.  ^.  UNDERWOOD. 

CRYPT6LEPIS  (Greek,  hidden  scale).  Asclepiada- 
<•<  'i .  Glabrous  shrubs,  erect  or  twining,  of  tropical 
Asia  and  Africa.  Lvs.  opposite.  Fls.  in  a  loosely  fork- 
ing, few-fld.  cyme.  Calyx  deeply  5-parted,  with  5  scales 
at  base.  Corolla  with  spreading  limb,  the  tube  short- 
cylindrical  or  campanulate,  the  lobes  5  and  linear, 
spreading  or  deflexed  and  twisted  ;  corona  of  5  scales 
attached  at  or  near  the  middle  of  the  tube.  Follicles 
terete  and  smooth,  spreading.  Only  cult.  inS.  Calif,  and 
S.  Fla.  C.  Buchanan!,  Roem.  &  Schult.  A  twining 
shrub  with  yellow  fls.,  resembling  those  of  an  Echites. 
C.  longiflora,  Regel.  Dwarf  and  compact,  growing  with 
long  Ivs.  tinted  with  red;  tubular  white  fls.,  as  in  Bou- 
vardia  jasmini flora.  Both  species  are  from  India. 

CRYPTOMERIA  (Greek,  kryptos,  hidden,  meros,  part; 
meaning  doubtful).  Conifers.  Large  pyramidal  tree, 
with  a  straight  slender  trunk,  covered  with  reddish 
brown  bark  and  with  verticillate  spreading  branches, 
ascending  at  the  extremities  :  Ivs.  spirally  arranged, 
linear-subulate,  acute,  slightly  curved,  decurrent  at  the 
base :  fls.  monoecious ;  staminate  oblong,  yellow,  forming 
short  racemes  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  pistillate 
globular,  solitary,  at  the  end  of  short  branchlets:  cone 
globular,  with  thick,  wedge  -  shaped  scales, 
furnished  with  a  recurved  point  on  the  back 
and  with  pointed  lobes  at  the  apex,  each  scale 
with  3-5  narrow-winged,  erect  seeds.  One  spe- 
cies in  China  and  Japan,  extensively  planted 
for  avenues,  and  as  timber  trees  in  the  latter 
country,  where  the  light  and  easily  worked  but 
durable  wood  is  much  used.  It  is  hardy  as  far 
north  as  New  York,  and  thrives  in  sheltered 
positions  even  in  New  England.  It  seems,  how- 
ever, in  cultivation,  not  to  assume  the  beauty 
it  possesses  in  its  native  country.  With  us,  it 
looks  best  as  a  young  plant,  when  it  much  re- 
sembles the  Ardncarla  excelsa.  It  is  therefore 
sometimes  grown  in  pots.  It  thrives  best  in  a 
rich,  loamy  and  moist  soil  and  sheltered  posi- 
tion. Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  growing 
wood,  especially  var.  elegans,  which  grows  very 
readily.  The  horticultural  varieties  are  also 
sometimes  increased  by  grafting. 

Japonica,  Don.  Tree,  attaining  125  ft. :  Ivs. 
linear-subulate,  compressed  and  slightly  4-  or  3- 
angled,  bluish  green,  K-l  in.  long:  cone  brown- 
ish red,  %-l  in.  across.  S.Z.  124.  R,  H.  1887, 
p.  392.  Gng.  4:197.  F.E.  10:510.  G. F.  6:440. - 
Of  the  garden  forms,  the  most  desirable  is  var. 
elegans,  Beissn.(C'.  elegans,Veitch).  Low,dense 
tree,  with  horizontal  branches  and  pendulous  branchlets : 
Ivs.  linear,  flattened,  soft,  spreading,  longer  than  in  the 
type,  bright  green,  changing  to  bronzy  red  in  fall  and 
winter.  \Yi-y  handsome  when  young,  but  short-living. 
Var.  araucaroides,  Carr.  Of  regular  pyramidal  habit, 
with  short,  thick  falcate  Ivs.,  resembling  Aram-n r'm 
excelsa.  Var.  compacta,  Hort.  Of  very  compact  habit, 
with  bluish  green  foliage.  Var.  L6bbi,  Carr.  Of  com- 
pact habit,  with  shorter  and  more  ap'pressed  bright  and 
deep  green  Ivs.  Var.  nana,  Knight.  Dwarf  and  pro- 


CRYPTOPYRUM  (Greek,  iiitl,lc,t  tHteaf).  Gramineoe. 
This  genus  includes  a  plant  sometimes  catalogued  with 
ornamental  grasses,  but  it  is  no  more  ornamental  than 
a  long-awned  form  of  quack -grass  would  be.  C.  Richard- 
soni, Schrad.  (Agropf/rton  /i'/V/w/Yf.sowi,  Schrad.),  is  simi- 
lar to  Agropyron  canininn.  but  has  longer  awns.  It  is 
leafy,  and  grows  1-1%  ft.  high.  P  B  KENNEDY. 

CRYPTOSTEGIA.  (Greek,  krupto,  conceal,  and  stego, 
cover;  referring  to  the  5-scaled  crown  in  the  corolla  tube, 
which  is  not  exposed  to  view).  Asclepiadacece.  A  genus  of 
only  two  species  of  tropical  climbers,  one  from  tropical 
Africa  and  one  from  Madagascar.  The  juice  of  C.  gran- 
diflora,w\\en  exposed  to  the  sunshine,  produces  caout- 
chouc. The  plant  is  cultivated  in  India  for  this  pur- 
pose. It  is  rarely  cultivated  in  Old  World  greenhouse ; 
for  ornament.  It  is  said  to  be  of  easy  culture  in  a  warm 
house  and  propagated  by  cuttings. 

grandifldra,  R.  Br.  Stem  erect,  woody,  branches  twin- 
ing :  Ivs.  opposite,  short-stalked,  oblong,  entire,  3  in. 
long,  1%  in.  wide  :  fls.  in  a  forked  raceme,  reddish  pur- 
ple, becoming  lilac  or  pale  pink,  about  2  in.  across, 
twisted  in  the  bud.  Trop.  Afr.  B.  R.  5:  435.  — Once  cul- 
tivated at  Oneco,  Fla.,  by  Reasoner. 

CUCKOO  FLOWER.     Cardamine  pratensis . 
CUCKOO  PINT.     See  Arum. 

CUCUMBER.  Plate  VIII.  The  common  Cucumbers  are 
derived  from  a  South  Asian  species,  Cucumis  sativus  ( see 
Cucumis),  which  has  long  been  known  in  cultivation. 
The  so-called  West  India  Gherkin,  which  is  commonly 
classed  with  the  Cucumbers,  is  Cucumis  Anguria.  The 
Snake,  or  Serpent  Cucumber  is  more  properly  a  musk- 
melon,  and  should  be  designated  botanically  as  Cucumis 
Melo,  var.  flexuosus  (cf.  Am.  Gar.  xiv.  206).  The  "Musk 
Cucumber  "is  Cucumis  moschata,  Hort.  Probably  this 
is  identical  with  Concombre  musque,  referred  to  Sicana 
odorifera  by  Le  Potager  d'un  Curieux,  known  in  this 
country  as  Cassabanana.  The  Mandera  Cucumber  ia 


cumbent,  densely  branched  form;  adapted  for  rockeries.       creasing 


584.    House  of  English  Cucumbers. 

Cticumis  Sacleuxii,  Paill.  et  Bois.  (Pot.  d'un  Curieux), 
but  it  is  not  in  cultivation  in  this  country.  None  of  these 
is  of  any  particular  importance  except  the  common  types 
of  Cucumis  sativus.  These  are  extensively  cultivated 
in  all  civilized  countries  as  field  and  as  garden  crops. 
They  come  into  commerce  as  pickles  packed  in  bottles 
and  barrels,  and  are  very  extensively  used  in  this 
form.  Of  late,  the  forcing  of  Cucumbers  under  glass 
has  come  to  be  an  important  industry  in  the  eastern 
states  ;  and  this  industry  seems  to  be  rapidly  in- 


Var.  spiralis,  Veitch.  Slender  shrub,  with  strongly 
falcate  Ivs.,  twisted  spirally  around  the  branchlets. 
S.Z.  124,  Fig.  4.  ALFRED  REHDER. 


Cucumbers  will  thrive  in  any  good  soil  not  extremely 
heavy  nor  sandy.  Good  corn  or  wheat  land,  if  in  garden- 
ing condition  with  respect  to  tilth  and  drainage,  will 


406 


CUCUMBER 


CUCUMBER 


answer.  Or  for  the  earliest  crop,  a  situation  with  a  more 
pronouncedly  sandy  soil  may  serve  best.  In  most  parts 
of  America  the  field  crop  of  Cucumbers  may  be  grown 
from  seed  planted  in  the  open  ground  after  danger  of 
frost  is  past.  Put  6  to  12  seeds  in  the  hill  (having  enough 
to  provide  against  the  ravages  of  insects) ,  the  hills  being 
4  by  6  feet  apart.  The  early  crop  may  often  be  planted 


585.    Three  prominent  varieties  of  English  or 

Forcing  Cucumber. 
S,  Sion  House  ;  E,  Duke  of  Edinburgh;  T,  Telegraph. 

in  the  same  way,  and  protected  for  a  time  by  a  sash- 
covered  frame  placed  over  each  hill.  Plants  are  some- 
times started  in  greenhouses  or  hotbeds,  to  be  set  later  in 
the  open  ground ;  but  this  method  is  unsatisfactory  unless 
great  pains  be  taken.  The  method  outlined  by  Hender- 
son (Gardening  for  Profit) ,  of  starting  plants  on  inverted 
sods  in  hotbeds  and  greenhouses,  has  proved  successful 
with  some  gardeners,  but  is  not  capable  of  wide  use. 
Early  cultivation  should  be  sufficient  and  timely,  and  ac- 
companied by  very  careful  combative  operations  against 
insects,  for  the  first  month  is  the  most  critical  in  the 
life  of  the  Cucumber  plant.  When  the  vines  begin  to 
•cover  the  ground,  cultivation  may  be  discontinued. 

Cucumbers  are  often  forced  in  warmhouses  (Fig.  584) 
in  winter  and  spring.  The  large  English  forcing  varie- 
ties, as  Telegraph  and  Sion  House  (Fig.  585),  are  preferred 
by  some  growers,  but  the  White  Spine  varieties  are  more 
popular  in  America,  especially  for  spring  forcing  after 
lettuce  or  flowering  plants.  The  plants  are  started  in 
3-inch  pots,  and  transferred  directly  to  the  benches  at 
intervals  of  2%  to  3  feet.  They  are  then  trained  on  wire 
trellises  near  the  roof.  The  English  Cucumbers  like  a 
night  temperature  of  60°  to  65°,  and  a  day  temperature 
of  70°  to  75°.  The  White  Spine  varieties  are  less  fastid 
ioiis,  and  will  take  a  somewhat  lower  temperature.  In 
forcing  Cucumbers,  it  is  very  important  that  the  young 
plants  should  suffer  no  check  from  germination  to  fruit- 
age. (Consult  Bailey,  Forcing-Book,  and  Cornell  Bull. 
31,  and  Munson,  Me.  Exp.  Sta.  Rept.  1896.) 

Cucumbers  for  pickling  should  be  gathered  when 
quite  small.  In  fact,  their  value  as  pickles  seem  to 


stand  pretty  much  in  inverse  ratio  to  their  size.  Vines 
on  which  fruits  are  allowed  to  ripen  cease  bearing 
almost  immediately.  The  young  fruits  may  be  success- 
fully preserved  in  brine,  from  which  they  are  soaked  out 
with  fresh  water  as  wanted,  and  put  into  vinegar,  which 
they  readily  absorb. 

There  are  a  great  many  varieties  of  Cucumbers  in  cul- 
tivation. This  means  that  the  group  is  variable,  the  va- 
rieties comparatively  unstable,  and  varietal  distinctions 
somewhat  uncertain.  Nevertheless,  there  are  certain 
dominant  types  which  may  be  separated,  and  around 
which  most  of  the  varieties  may  be  conveniently  classi- 
fied. The  principal  types  are  the  following  : 
Common  Cucumber,  Cucumis  sativus. 

I.  English  forcing  ty~e  (var.  Anglica):  Fig.  585.  Large- 
leaved,  strong-growing,  slow-maturing  plants,  not  suited 
to  outdoor  culture ;  fr.  large,  long,  smooth,  usually 
green,  with  few  or  early-deciduous  black  spines.  Tele- 
graph, Sion  "House,  Noa's  Forcing,  Tailby's  Hybrid, 
Kenyon,  Lome,  Edinburgh,  Blue  Gown,  etc. 

II.  Field  varieties  (Hill  or  Ridge  Cucumbers). 
a.  Black  Spine  varieties. 

1.  Netted  Russian  type  :  Small,  short-jointed  vines, 

bearing  more  or  less  in  clusters,  small,  ellipsoi- 
dal fr.  covered  with  many  small,  black,  decidu- 
ous spines;  fr.  green,  ripening  to  dark  reddish 
yellow,  on  a  cracking,  chartaceous  skin.  Early- 
maturing  and  prolific.  Netted  Russian,  Ever- 
bearing, New  Siberian,  Parisian  Prolific  Pickle. 

2.  Early  Cluster  type  :    Small  or  medium  vines  :   fr. 

small,  usually  less  than  twice  as  lon£  as  thick, 
indistinctly  ribbed,  green,  ripening  yeL^w,  with 
scattered,  large,  black  spines.  Eariy  Cluster, 
Early  Frame,  Green  Prolific. 

3.  Medium  Green  type :  Intermediate  in  size  of  vine 

and  f r.  .between  the  last  and  next :  fr.  about  twice 
as  long  as  thick,  green,  ripening  yellow,  with 
scattering,  large  black  spines.  Nichol's  Medium 
Green,  Chicago  Pickle. 

4.  Long  Green  type:  One  of  the  best  fixed  types,  rep- 

resenting, perhaps,  one  of  the  more  primitive 
stages  in  the  evolution  of  the  group.  Vines  large, 
long  and  free-growing:  fr.  large  and  long,  green, 
ripening  yellow,  with  scattered,  large,  black 
spines.  Long  Green,  Japanese  Climbing. 

6.  White  Spine  varieties. 

5.  White  Spine  type:  A  strong  and  important  type: 

plants  medium  large,  vigorous :  fr.  medium  large, 
about  thrice  as  long  as  thick,  green,  ripening 
white,  with  scattering,  large,  white  spines. 
There  are  many  selected  strains  of  White  Spine. 
Cool  and  Crisp  seems  to  belong  here. 

6.  Giant  Pera  type :     Mostly  poorly  fixed  varieties, 

having  large,  rather  unthrifty  vines,  bearing 
large  t'rs.  tardily  and  sparsely,  which  are  white  or 
whitish,  smooth  or  with  scattering,  deciduous, 
usually  white  spines.  Chicago  Giant,  Goliath, 
Giant  Pera,  White  Wonder,  Long  Green  China. 

Sikkim  Cucumber,  Cucumis  sativus,  var.  Sikkimensis.  Plant 
small  and  stocky,  much  like  the  common  Cucumber:  fr. 
large,  reddish  brown  marked  with  yellow.  (The  Egyp- 
tian Hair  Cucumber,  of  Haage  &  Schmidt,  as  we  have 
grown  it,  is  apparently  an  odd  form  of  Cucumis  sativus, 
and  may  belong  here.  It  has  a  medium-sized  white  fr., 
densely  covered  with  soft,  white  hair.  The  plant  resembles 
the  Sikkim  Cucumber. )  Not  in  general  cult. 

Snake  or  Serpent  Cucumber,  Cucumis  Melo,  var.  flexuosus. 
Vines  resembling  those  of  muskmelon  :  f  r.  very  long , 
twisted,  ribbed -cylindrical,  green,  tardily  yellowing,  covered 
with  dense,  woolly  hairs. 


586.   Staminate  flower  of  Cucumis  Melo. 


CUCUMBER 

West  India  Gherkin,  Cucumis  Anguria :  Figs.  590,  591.  Vines 
small  and  slender,  somewhat  resembling  a  slender  water- 
melon plant :  fr.  very  abundant,  small,  ellipsoid,  covered 
v.-ith  warts  and  spines,  green,  tardily  whitening.  Good  for 
pickles. 

These  varieties  are  mostly  all  good  for  one  purpose 
or  another.  The  small  sorts  are  natur- 
ally preferred  for  pickling,  the  medium 
sorts  for  slicing,  and  the  large,  late  va- 
rieties for  ripe  fruits.  The  White 
Spine  varieties  are  great  favorites  for 
slicing,  and  only  less  so  for  pickling. 

The  unrelenting  enemies  of  the  Cucumber 
in  the  field  are  the  Cucumber  beetles  (Dia- 
brotica,  spp.)  and  the  squash  bug  (Anasa 
trial  in).  No  effectual  preventive  measures 
are  known  except  to  cover  the  young  plants 
with  small  wire  or  hoop  frames,  over  which 
fine  netting  is  stretched.  If  the  plants  are 
kept  quite  free  from  attack  till  these  protec- 
tors are  outgrown,  they  will  usually  suffer  lit- 
tle damage.  Plants  started  in  hotbeds  or  green- 
houses (see  above)  may  usually  be  kept  free  at  first,  and 
this  is  the  chief  advantage  of  such  practices.  The  Cu- 
cumber beetles  are  kept  away  somewhat  at  times  by 
strewing  tobacco  stems  thickly  under  the  plants  ;  and 
kerosene  emulsion  will  sometimes  discommode  the 
young  squash  bugs  without  killing  the  vines,  but  usu- 
ally not.  "In  the  greenhouse,  Cucumbers  are  liable  to 
damage  from  mite,  aphis,  root-gall  and  mildew.  For  the 


587.   Pistillate  flower  of 

Cucumis  Melo. 

Natural  size. 


CUCUMIS 


407 


bed  in  which  the  temperature  of  the  soil  is  70  to  80°. 
Place  them  3  or  4  inches  apart.  In  about  ten  days  they 
will  be  large  enough  to  transplant  into  pots.  Six-inch 
pots  are  preferred,  two  plants  in  each.  In  two  weeks 


mite,  syringe  the  plant  and  pick  off  the  infested  Ivs.; 
for  aphis,  use  tobacco  fumigation  and  pick  infested  Ivs. ; 
for  root-gall,  use  soil  which  has  been  thoroughly  frozen; 
for  mildew,  improve  the  sanitary  conditions,  and  then 
use  sulfur."— Bailey,  Forcing-Book.  p\  A.  WAUGH. 

FORCING  OF  CUCUMBERS.  — The  growing  of  Cucumbers 
under  glass  has  become  a  large  industry.  Some  years 
ago  they  were  forced  only  in  the  spring,  but  to-day  they 
are  grown  all  the  year  round.  The  most  difficult  time 
is  in  the  short  days  of  winter.  At  such  times  there  is 
always  a  good  price  for  them  and  a  brisk  demand,  and 
the  prospect  is  as  good  for  the  future.  The  house  may  be 
even  span  and  run  either  way,  but  many  use  two-thirds 
span,  with  the  long  way  to  the  south.  When  they  are 
continually  grown  year  after  year,  it  would  be  best  to 
have  double  glass  and  double  thick,  but  for  early  fall 
and  late  spring,  one  thickness  of  double  glass  is  suffi- 
cient. The  house  may  be  any  length  desired.  For  heat- 
ing, steam  is  the  best,  with  pipes  arranged  so  that  they 
shall  not  be  over  3%  ft.  from  either  side  of  the  house. 
Pipes  \y±  in.  in  diameter  are  large  enough.  Larger 
pipes  give  too  much  heat  in  one  place. 

The  soil  should  be  good  loam,  new  soil  preferred,  from 
sod  land.  The  plants  are  started  in  a  box  or  small  bed, 
where  the  temperature  can  be  run  to  about  90  .  In 
four  or  five  days  they  will  be  ready  to  transplant  into  a 


588.   Flowers  of  Cucumis  sativus. 


they  will  be  large  enough  to  set  in  the  house  where  they 
are  to  grow.  The  plants  are  set  3%  feet  apart  in  the 
row  and  rows  6  to  7  feet,  according  to  the  size  of  the 
house.  The  vines  should  bear  in  four  weeks.  The  crop 
depends  upon  the  season.  The  spring-grown  plants  will 
produce  double  the  crop  of  the  fall-  or  winter-grown. 
The  pollinating  may  be  done  with  bees.  One  hive  in  a 
house  of  24  by  100  feet,  or  in  that  proportion,  will  be 
sufficient.  In  midwinter,  hand-pollination  may  be  neces- 
sary. 

If  grown  properly,  house  Cucumbers  are  not  often 
troubled  with  insects,  but  sometimes  the  green-fly  comes 
upon  them.  In  such  cases,  spray  well  with  water,  and 
smoke  often.  The  mildew  or  spot  sometimes  appears, 
but  never  if  the  house  has  been  taken  care  of  properly. 
There  is  no  real  cure  for  these  fungous  diseases  but  to 
pull  up  the  plants  and  begin  again.  Radishes  or  to- 
matoes can  be  grown  with  Cucumbers.  If  radishes  are 
sown  or  transplanted  in  the  house  when  the  Cucumbers 
are  set  out,  they  will  be  off  before  the  Cucumbers  begin 
to  bear;  but  all  crops  should  be  out  of  the  house  when 
the  Cucumbers  are  bearing. 

In  this  country,  the  White  Spine  type  of  Cucumber  is 
mostly  used  for  forcing,  although  the  long  English  kinds 
are  sometimes  grown  (particularly  for  home  use). 

W.  W.  RAWSON. 

CUCUMBER  BOOT.  Same  as  Indian  Cucumber, 
Medeola  Virginica. 

CUCUMBER  TREE.    See  A verrhoa  and  Magnolia. 

CtTCUMIS  (old  Latin  name).  Cucurbitacece.  Sterile 
fls.  in  clusters,  not  long  stalked,  the  fertile  ones  solitary 


589.   Spray  of  Cucumis 
sativus. 


'/ 

and  mostly  short-stalked  in  the  axils :  corolla  of  5  deep, 
acute  lobes  :  stamens  not  united  :  stigmas  3,  obtuse : 
tendrils  simple.  Herbaceous  vines,  of  nearly  30  tropi- 


408 


CUCUMIS 


cal  species,  mostly  African  and  East  Indian.  The  cult, 
species  are  annual.  Monogr.  by  Cogniaux,  DC.  Monogr. 
Phaner.  3.  See,  also,  Naudin,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  (Bot.)  IV. 
11:9;  12:  108. 


530.   Spray  of  Cucumis 
Anguria. 


A.    Fr.  smooth  (not  spiny  nor  tuberculate)  at  maturity. 

Melo,  Linn.  (C.  Momordica,  Roxb.  C.  utilissimus, 
Roxb.).  MELON.  MUSKMELON.  Figs.  586, 587.  Long-run- 
ning, hairy,  prickly  :  Ivs.  round-heart-shaped  or  reni- 
form,  sometimes  rounded-lobed  :  fr.  in  many  sizes  and 
shapes,  the  inner  part  being  edible.  S.  Asia. —When 
forced  under  glass,  the  Ivs.  are  usually  more  lobed.  See 
Melon. 

Var.Cantalup6nsis,  Naud.  CANTALOUPE.  ROCK  MELONS. 
Fruits  mostly  hard-rinded,  more  or  less  warty,  scaly  or 
rough,  often  deeply  furrowed  or  grooved.— Name  de- 
rived from  Cantaluppi,  near  Rome,  a  former  country 
seat  of  the  Pope,  whither  this  type  of  melons  was  brought 
from  Armenia.  In  the  U.  S.  the  word  Cantaloupe  is  often 
used  as  a  generic  name  for  Muskmelon,  but  it  is  prop- 
erly a  name  of  only  one  group  of  muskmelons— the  hard 
and  scaly-rinded  (see  Waugh,  G.  F.  8:183). 

Var.  reticulatus,  Naud.  NUTMEG  or  NETTED  MELONS. 
Fruits  softer  rinded,  more  or  less  netted,  or  sometimes 
almost  plain  or  smooth.  — Comprises  the  common  musk- 
melons,  aside  from  Cantaloupes. 

Var.  saccharinus,  Naud.  PINEAPPLE  MELONS.  Com- 
prising varieties  of  oblong  shape  and  very  sweet  flesh. 
Not  sufficiently  distinct  from  the  last. 

Var.  inoddrus,  Naud.  WINTER  MELONS.  Lvs.  lighter 
colored,  less  hairy,  narrower  :  frs.  possessing  little  or 
none  of  the  common  muskmelon  odor,  and  keeping  long. 
The  winter  muskmelons  are  little  known  in  this  country, 
although  they  are  worthy  of  popularity.  Much  cult,  in 
parts  of  the  Mediterranean  region.  See  Bull.  96,  Cor- 
nell Exp.  Sta. 

Var.  flexudsus,  Naud.  (C.  flexudsus,  Linn.).  SNAKE 
MELON.  SNAKE  CUCUMBER.  Fr.  many  times  longer 
than  broad,  greenish  at  maturity,  variously  curved  and 
furrowed.  A.  G.  14:  203. -Fr.  often  2-3  ft.  long,  and  1-3 
in.  in  diameter.  Grown 
mostly  as  an  oddity,  but 
it  is  useful  for  the  mak- 
ing of  conserves.  The  hard- 
shelled  Snake  Gourd  is  a 
Lagenaria  (which  see). 


591.    Fruit  of  Cucumis  Anguria. 

Var.  acidulus,  Naud.  CUCUMBER  MELON.  Frs.  oblong 
or  cylindrical,  mottled  or  unicolored,  the  flesh  white  and 
cucumber-flavored.  No  varieties  in  the  Amer.  trade  are 
of  this  group,  but  they  are  occasionally  seen  in  botanical 
gardens  and  experimental  grounds,  which  import  seeds 
of  oriental  plants. 

Var.  Chito,  Naud.  (C.  Chlto,  Morr.).  ORANGE  MELON. 
MANGO  MELON.  MELON  APPLE.  VINE  PEACH.  GARDEN 


CUCUMIS 

LEMON.  VEGETABLE  ORANGE.  Vine  less  robust  than 
that  of  the  Muskmelon,  and  Ivs.  smaller  :  fr.  size,  shape 
and  color  of  an  orange  or  lemon,  without  markings,  with 
a  white  or  pale  yellow  cucumber-like  flesh,  with  no  musk- 
melon odor.  — Not  edible  in  its  natural  state,  but  useful 
for  the  making  of  preserves  (or"mangoes  ")  and  pickles. 
Name  pronounced  keeto.  Cf.  Bull. 
15,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.;  A.  G.  14:206. 
Var.  Dudaim,  Naud.  (C.  Dudaim, 
Linn.  C.  odoratissimus,  Moench). 
DUDAIM  MELON.  POMEGRANATE. 
MELON.  QUEEN  ANNE'S  POCKET 
MELON.  Vine  small,  as  in  the  last: 
fr.  size  and  shape  of  an  orange,  some- 
what flattened  at  the  ends,  very  reg- 
ular and  smooth,  marbled  with  longi- 
tudinal markings  of  cinnamon-brown 
overlying  yellow,  exceedingly  fragrant.  — A  most  hand- 
some gourd-like  fruit,  and  highly  and  deliciously  per- 
fumed. Not  eaten.  A  nearly  odorless  and  scarlet-rinded 
form  is  separated  by  Naudin  as  var.  erythrceus. 

AA.     Fruit  spiny  or  tuberculate. 

sativus,  Linn.  CUCUMBER.  Figs.  588,  589.  Long- 
running,  prickly  :  Ivs.  usually  3-lobed  ( or  strongly 
angled),  the  middle  lobe  most  prominent  and  often 
pointed:  fr.  prickly  or  muricate,  at  least  when  young, 
but  in  some  varieties  becoming  smooth,  mostly  oblong, 
the  flesh  white.  S.  Asia.  See  Cucumber. 


592.  Young  turban  Squash,  on  which  the  remains 

of  the  corolla  still  persist. 
The  central  part  of  the  fruit  is  the  ovary. 

Var.  Anglicus.  Figs.  584,  585.  ENGLISH  or  FORCING 
CUCUMBER.  A  product  of  cultivation  and  selection, 
within  the  last  century  (see  Forcing-Book,  pp.  192-4), 
distinguished  from  the  common  or  field  Cucumbers  as 
follows:  fruits  (and  ovaries)  very  long  and  slender,  little 
if  any  furrowed,  spineless  or  nearly  so  at  maturity, 
nearly  or  quite  green  at  maturity,  comparatively  few- 
seede"d:  fls.  very  large:  Ivs.  very  broad  in  proportion  to 
their  length,  with  shallower  sinuses:  vines  very  vig- 
orous, with  long  and  thick  tendrils. 

Var.  Sikkim6nsis,  Hook.f.,  cult,  in  the  Himalayan 
Mts.,  but  not  known  to  be  in  this  country;  has  large  7-9- 
lobed  Ivs.  and  cylindrical-club-shaped  fr.  B.M.  6206. 

dipsaceus,  Ehr.  (C.  erinaceus,  Hort.),  DIPSACEOUS 
GOURD.  OSTRICH-EGG  GOURD.  HEDGEHOG  GOURD. 
Plant  and  foliage  like  that  of  C.  Melo:  fls.  long- 
stalked:  fr.  1-2  in.  long,  oblong  or  nearly  spherical, 
becoming  hard  and  dry,  densely  beset  with  long  scales 
or  hairs,  and  looking  like  a  bur.  Arabia,  Afr.  R.H. 
1860,  p.  210.  Cult,  as  an  ornamental  Gourd. 

Anguria,  Linn.  (C.  grossularicefdrmis,  Hort.).  BUR 
CUCUMBER..  WEST  INDIAN  GHERKIN.  GOOSEBERRY 
GOURD.  Figs.  590,  591.  Stems  slender,  hispid  :  Ivs. 
deeply  cut  into  3-5  narrow  obovate  or  spatulate  divisions. 


CUCUMIS 


CUCURBITA 


409 


water-melon  like:  Us.  small,  the  pistillate  long-stalked: 
fr.  1-3  in.  long,  cucumber-like  but  more  spiny.  Supposed 
to  be  native  to  the  Amer.  tropics.  B.M.  5817.  — Cult,  both 
for  the  oddity  of  its  frts.  and  for  the  making  of  pickles. 
The  (Jherkius  of  mixed  pickles,  however,  are  young 
Cucumbers. 

C.aciitdni/tilntt,  Hort.=Luffa.—  C.perennis,  James=Cu- 
eurbita.  L.  H.  B. 

CUCURBIT.  A  plant  of  the  genus  Curcur- 
bita.    Sometimes  shortened  to  Cucurb. 


peduncle  very  hard  and  deeply  furrowed  when  mature, 
not  enlarging  next  the  fr. :  the  fr.  very  various  in  form, 
color,  season,  size.  — Probably  native  to  trop.  Amer.,  but 
unknown  wild.  Cult,  by  the  Indians  when  Amer.  was 


CUCURBITA  (classical  name).  Cucur- 
bit acece.  GOUKD.  PUMPKIN.  SQUASH.  Vine- 
like  herbs,  tendril-bearing,  inhabitants  of 
warm  countries.  Fls.  monoecious, large, 
yellow,  solitary  in  the  axils,  the  stam- 
inate  long  stalked,  the  pistillate  short- 
stalked  :  corolla  5-lobed  :  stamens  3. 
arising  from  the  bottom  of  the  fl.,  and  united  in  a 
column  :  stigmas  3,  but  2-lobed  :  ovary  inferior,  en- 
closing a  hollow  receptacle:  tendrils  2-3  forked.  About 
10  species.  The  morphology  of  the  Pepo  or  Gourd-fruit 
may  be  illustrated  by  the  Turban  Squash.  (Figs.  592,  593, 
594.)  In  this  fruit,  there  is  a  '•  squash  inside  a  squash." 
The  inner  part  bears  the  corolla  and  the  styles.  It  is  the 
ovary.  The  corolla  is  attached  about  the  edge  of  the 


593.  Young  Turban  Squash,  in  which  the  withered 
corolla  has  become  detached,  but  hangs  on 
the  remains  of  the  styles  and  stigmas. 

inner  Squash,  as  the  withered  remains  in  Fig.  592  show. 
Sometimes  the  withered  corolla  becomes  detached,  but 
hangs  onto  the  withered  remains  of  the  stigmas,  as  in 
Fig.  593.  The  longitudinal  section  of  the  flower  (Fig. 
594)  explains  the  structure.  The  corolla  is  shown  at  c  d. 
The  top  of  the  ovary  is  at  O.  The  stigmas  are  on  the 
ovary.  The  part  encircling  the  ovary  (outside  of  O)  is 
the  hollowed  receptacle.  Ordinarily  the  receptacle  is 
closed  at  the  top,  completely  confining  the  ovary;  but 
in  the  Turban  Squashes  the  receptacle  does  not  extend 
over  the  top  of  the  ovary,  and 
the  ovary  therefore  protrudes. 
The  older  morphologists  held 
this  outer  part  of  the  Squash  to 
be  adnate  calyx,  rather  than  re- 
ceptacle. The  Cucurbits  are 
monographed  by  Cogniaux,  DC. 
Monogr.  Phaner.  3.  Also  by 
Naudin,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  (Bot.) 
IV.  vol.  6.  See  Pumpkin  and 
Squash. 

A.    Li's,  lobed :  stalks  of  fruits 

strongly  ridged. 
Pepo,    Linn.     ( C.    Melopepo, 
Linn.).     PUMPKIN.     Figs.    595, 
596.      Annual:      long -running, 


594.   Section  of  Flower  of 

Turban  Squash. 
Showing  the  ovary  inside 
the  hollowed  receptacle. 


prickly  on  stems  and  petioles  : 
Ivs.  3-5-lobed,  dark  dull  green: 
corolla-tube  widening  upwards, 
the  pointed  lobes  erect  :  calyx- 
lobes  narrow,  not  leaf  -  like  : 


595.   Plant  of  Cucurbita  Pepo. 


discovered,  in  fields  of  maize.  For  studies  in  the  nativity 
of  the  Pumpkins  and  Squashes,  see  De  Candolle,  Origin 
of  Cultivated  Plants ;  Gray  and  Trumbull,  Amer.  Journ. 
Sci.  25 :  372  ;  Sturtevant,  Amer.  Nat.  1890  :  727  ;  Witt- 
mack,  Ber.  der  Deutscheu  Bot.  Gesell.  6:  378  (1888). 

Var.  condensa.  BUSH  PUMPKINS.  SCALLOP  and  SUM- 
MER CROOKNECK  SQUASHES.  Plant  compact,  little  or  not 
at  all  running.  Of  horticultural  origin. 

Var.  ovifera.  (C.ovifera,  Linn.).  GOURD.  Fig.  597. 
Plant  slender,  running:  Ivs.  smaller  than  in  C.  Pepo, 
usually  very  prominently  lobed :  fr.  small,  hard  and  in- 
edible, egg-shaped,  globular,  pear-shaped,  oblate,  often 
striped.  R.H.  1894,  p.  429.  — Sold  in  many  vars.  by  seeds- 
men, under  the  names  of  C.  Pepo  vars.  pyriformis, 
depressa,  annulata,  etc.  See  Gourd. 

moschata,  Duchesne  (C.  melonceformis,  Carr. ). 
CUSHAW.  CHINA,  CANADA  CROOKNECK  and  WINTER 
CROOKNECK  SQUASHES.  Figs.  598,  599,  600.  Annual : 
long-running,  less  prickly  and  sometimes  soft-hairy: 
Ivs.  more  rounded  than  those  of  C.  Pepo,  but  lobed,  often 
grayish :  fl.  with  a  widening  tube,  and  large,  erect  lobes : 
calyx-lobes  large,  often  leaf -like:  peduncle  becoming- 
deeply  ridged  and  much  enlarged  next  the  fr.  Possibly 
of  East  Asian  origin. 


596.  Stem  of  Cucurbita  Pepo— Early  Sugar  Pumpkin. 

AA.   Lvs.  not  lobed  (except  sometimes  on  young  shoots): 

stalks  of  fruits  not  prominently  ridged. 
maxima,  Duchesne.  SQUASH.  Figs.  601-604.  Annual: 
long-running,  the  stems  nearly  cylindrical,  little  prickly 
and  often  hairy:  Ivs.  orbicular  or  kidney-shaped,  com- 
monly not  lobed,  the  basal  sinus  wide  or  narrow,  the 
margin  shallowly  apiculate-sinuate :  corolla-tube  nearly 


410 


CUCURBITA 


the  same  diam.  at  top  and  bottom  (Figs.  602,  603),  the 
corolla-lobes  large  and  soft,  and  wide-spreading  or  droop- 
ing: peduncle  at  maturity  soft  and  spongy,  not  ridged 


597.   Cucurbita  Pepo,  var.  ovifera. 


nor  prominently  enlarged  next  the  fr. :  fr.  very  various, 
but  not  light  yellow  nor  warty  nor  crookneck-shaped, 
usually  late-ripening,  the  flesh  orange  and  not  stringy. 
Probably  American. 

foetidissima,  Kunth  (C.per6nnis, 
Gray.  Cucumis  pertnnis,  James). 
Fig.  605.  Perennial :  long-running, 
scarcely  prickly:  Ivs.  large,  cordate  - 
triangular,  grayish  pubescent,  the 
margin  shallowly  apiculate-cre- 
nate  :  fl.  nearly  as  large  as  in  C ' . 
Pepo  and  similar  in  shape,  the  pis- 
tillate on  a  peduncle  2-3  in.  long: 
fr.  size  and  shape  of  an  orange, 
smooth,  green  and  yellow  splashed, 
not  edible.  Sandy,  arid  wastes, 
Neb.  and  Colo,  to  Tex.  and  Mex. 
and  westward  to  Calif.  R.  H.  1855: 
61 ;  1857,  p. 54. —In  its  native  haunts, 
the  root  is  tuberous,  4-7  in.  in  diam. 
and  penetrating  the  earth  4-6  ft. 
Roots  at  the  joints.  The  plant  has 
a  fetid  odor.  Sold  by  seedsmen  as 
a  gourd,  but  the  fruit  does  not  often 
ripen  in  the  northern  states.  Use- 


CUNNINGHAMIA 

Japanese  Crookneck,  Dunkard,  and  Sweet  Potato  Pump- 
kins (or  Squashes)  are  C.  moschata.  The  fruit  stem  (as 
shown  in  Figs.  596,  599,  604)  is  a  distinguishing  charac- 
teristic of  the  ripe  fruits.  C.  Pepo  and  C.  maxima,  and 
C.  maxima  and  C.  moschata  do  not  intercross.  C.  Pepo 
and  C.  moschata  have  been  crossed,  but  it  is  doubtful  if 
they  intermix  when  left  to  themselves.  In  Europe,  the 
word  Gourd  (or  its  equivalent  in  various  languages)  is 
used  generically  for  Cucurbitas;  but  in  this  country  it  is 
restricted  mostly  to  the  small,  hard-shelled  forms  of 
C  Pepo  (var.  ovifera}  and  to  JJagenaria  milgaris. 

L.  H.  B. 

CUBE ANI A  (derivation unknown).  Urticacece.  Trees 
or  shrubs,  with  deciduous,  alternate,  stipulate  petioled 
Ivs. :  fls.  dioecious,  in  globular  heads :  collective  fr.  globu- 
lar. About  3  species,  in  S.  and  E.  Asia  and  trop.  Austr., 
of  which  only  one  is  sometimes  cultivated.  It  requires 
protection  in  the  north,  and  is  usually  prop,  by  green- 
wood cuttings  in  summer  under  glass. 

tricuspidata,  Bureau  (Madura  tricuspidata,  Carr. ). 
Shrub,  with  slender,  spiny  branches:  Ivs.  elliptic-ovate, 
acuminate,  entire,  sometimes  3-lobed  at  the  apex,  nearly 

flabrous,  l>2-3  in.  long:  fl. -heads  axillary,  on  short  pe- 
uncles:  fr.  globose,  about  1  in.  across.    China.    R.  H. 
1864,   p.  390.—  Much   resembling   Maclura,  and   of  no 
special  decorative  value.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CULM.    The  stem  of  a  grass. 

CULVER'S  BOOT.  Veronica  Vir- 
ginica. 

CUMIN,  or  CUMMIN,  the  seeds  of 
Cuminum  Cyminum ;  Black  Cumin, 
Nigella  sativa  ;  Sweet  Cumin,  or 
Anise,  Pimpinella  Anisum. 


599.  Stem  of  Cucurbita  moschata— Large  Cheese  Pumpkin. 


ful  on  arbors  and  small  trees,  when  coarse  vines  are 
wanted 

The  terms  Squash  and  Pumpkin  are  much  confused. 
In  Europe,  the  large  varieties  of  Curcubita  maxima  are 
known  as  Pumpkins,  but  in  this  country  the  fruits  of 
this  species  are  known  usually  as  Squashes.  In  America, 
the  words  Pumpkin  and  Squash  are  used  almost  indis- 
criminately, some  varieties  in  all  species  being  known 


by  those  names.  The  field  or  common  pie 
Pumpkins  are  C.  Pepo  ;  so  are  vegetable 
marrows  ;  also  the  summer  Squashes,  as 
the  Scallop,  Pattypan  and  Crookneck  va- 
rieties. The  Hubbard,  Marblehead,  Sibley  and  Turban 
kinds  are  C..  maxima.  The  Cushaws,  Canada  Crookneck, 


CUNILA  (origin  unknown).  JJabidtce.  This  genus 
contains  a  low-growing,  tufted,  hardy,  native  perennial 
plant,  rarely  cultivated  in  borders  for  its  profusion  of 
small,  white  or  purplish,  2-lipped  flowers,  which  are 
borne  in  corymbed  cymes  or  clusters.  The  genus  con- 
tains not  more  than  16  species,  2  North  American,  2 
Mexican,  and  the  rest  Brazilian.  They  are  somewhat 
woody,  and  usually  have  small  Ivs. :  the  whorls  of  flowers 
are  sometimes  loosely  corymbose, 
sometimes  axillary,  few-fld.,  much 
shorter  than  the  Ivs.,  sometimes  many- 
fid.,  in  dense  spikes  or  terminal  heads; 
calyx  10-13-nerved,  5-toothed;  perfect 
stamens  2. 

Mariana,  Linn.  MARYLAND  DITTANY. 
Height  1  ft. :  Ivs.  smooth,  ovate,  ser- 
rate, rounded  or  heart-shaped  at  the 
base,  nearly  sessile,  dotted,  1  in.  long. 
Dry  hills,  southern  N.  Y.  to  S.  Ind., 
south  to  Ga.  and  Ark.  J.H.  III.  35 :  321. 
Mn.  7:  201.  See  also  Dittany. 

CUNNINGHAMIA  (after  J.  Cunningham,  botanical 
collector,  who  discovered  this  Conifer  1702  in  China). 
Coniferce.  Tree,  with  stout  trunk  and  verticillate, 
spreading  branches,  pendulous  at  the  extremities :  Ivs. 


CUNNINGHAMIA 


CUPHEA 


411 


linear-lanceolate,  rigid,  densely  spirally  arranged  and 
2-rowed  in  direction:  fls.  monoecious;  staminate  oblong, 
pistillate  globose,  in  small  clusters  at  the  end  of  the 
branches  :  cones  roundish-ovate.  1-2  in.  long,  with  round- 


600.   Fruit  of  Cucurbita  moschata— Tonasu,  a  Japanese  variety. 

ish-ovate.  serrate  and  pointed,  coriaceous  scales,  each 
with  3  narrow-winged  seeds  at  the  base.  One  species,  in 
China.  A  very  decorative  Conifer  for  warmer  temperate 
regions,  much  resembling  the  Araucaria  Urasiliensis. 
It  prefers  a  half-shaded  position  and  sandy  and  loamy, 
humid  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  cutting  of  half-hardy 
wood  in  late  summer  under  glass;  short  sprouts  from 
the  old  wood  of  the  trunk  or  larger  branches  are  the 
best ;  cuttings  from  lateral  branches  grow  into  weak  and 
one-sided  plants. 

Sinensis,  R.  Br.  (C.  lanceoldta,  Lamb.).  Tree,  attain- 
ing 80  ft. :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  with  broad,  decurrent 
base,  sharply  pointed,  finely  serrulate,  light  green  and 
shining  above  and  with  two  broad,  whitish  bands  be- 
neath, 1K-2K  in.  long:  cones  1-2  in.  high.  China,  cult, 
in  Japan.  B.M.  2743.  S.Z.104,105.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CUPANIA  (after  Francis  Cupani,  Italian  monk,  author 
of  Hortus  Catholicus,  died  1710) .  Sapindacece .  A  rather 
large  and  ill-defined  genus  of  trees  and  shrubs,  the 
most  important  of  which  is  the  Akee  tree,  naturalized  in 
the  West  Indies  from  western  Africa,  which  has  rich, 
red  edible  fruits  that  are  much  improved  by  cooking. 
The  flowers  are  so  fragrant  as  to  deserve  distilling.  The 
tree  reaches  a  height  of  30  ft.,  and  is  cultivated  in  Ja- 
maica to  a  height  of  only  3,000  ft.,  but  can  endure  a 
slight  frost.  It  is  also  cult,  in  So.  Fla.  C.  sapida  is 
now  referred  to  Blighia  by  reason  of  its  long-exserted 
stamens  and  scale  longer  than  the  petals.  C.  anacardi- 
oldes,  a  rapid-growing  tree  with  edible  fruit,  has  been 
introduced  into  S.  Calif,  by  Franceschi. 

s&fida.,Voigt(Snghiasdpida,Kon.).  AKEE  TREE.  Leaf- 
lets 3  or  4  pairs,  ovate-lanceolate,  veined:  fls.  whitish. 

C.  elegantissima,  Hort.,  was  once  advertised  by 
Pitcher  &  Manda  as  an  ornamental  warmhouse  plant 
"with  handsome  leaves  and  racemes  of  white  flowers." 

C0PHEA  (Greek,  curved;  referring  to  the  prominent 
protuberance  at  the  base  of  the  calyx  tube).  Lythrdcece. 


An  exceedingly  interesting  genus  of  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical American  herbs  and  shrubby  plants,  with  re- 
markable variations  in  the  petals.  In  C.  ignea,  per- 
haps the  most  attractive  of  the  group,  the  petals  are  en- 
tirely absent,  and  the  showy  part  is  the  brilliantly 
colored  calyx  tube.  At  the  other  extreme  is  C.  hyssopi- 
folid  with  G  petals  (the  normal  number  in  the  genus), 
and  all  of  equal  size.  Between  these  two  extremes 
(shown  in  Figs.  606  and  608)  are  at  least  two  well 
marked  intermediate  types.  One  of  these  (exemplified 
in  C.  procumbens)  has  2  large  and  4  small  petals:  the 
other,  (C.  Llavea),  has  2  conspicuous  petals,  and  the 
other  4  are  completely  abortive.  These  two  types  are 
unique  among  garden  plants.  The  series  of  intergra- 
dient  forms  is  completed  by  C.  cyanea,  in  which  there 
are  only  2  petals,  and  these  minute,  and  C.  micropetala, 
in  which  there  are  12  barely  visible  petals,  alternating 
with  and  shorter  than  the  calyx  teeth.  The  genus  is 
badly  in  need  of  thorough  botanical  revision.  The  plants 
are  often  clammy:  Ivs.  opposite,  rarely  whorled  or  alter- 
nate, ovate,  lanceolate,  or  linear,  entire.  The  flowers 
are  often  borne  in  one-sided  racemes,  and  some  of  the 
species  have  a  very  odd  look  from  the  bold  angle  made  by 
the  slender  ascending  pedicel  and  the  descending  calyx 
tube,  with  its  queer  projection  at  the  base.  The  purple 
stamens  add  to  the  interest.  Nearly  all  Cupheas  are 


601.  Cucurbita  maxima, 


602.  Staminate  flower  of  Cucurbita  maxima— 
Hubbard  Squash  (X  %). 

grown  from  seed  and  treated  as  tender  annuals,  but  C. 
ignea  is  chiefly  prop,  by  cuttings.  They  are  of  easy  cul- 
ture, and  the  whole  series  is  worth  growing.  In  addition 
to  the  species  described  below,  C.  Hookeridna.  Walp., 
is  cult,  as  C.  Rcezlii,  Carr.  It  has  lanceolate  Ivs.,  with 
vermilion  and  orange  calyx.  R.H.  1877:470. 

A.    Petals  6,  but  very  minute  and  inconspicuous. 

microp6tala, HBK.  (C.eminens, 
Planch.  &  Linden).    Stem  shrub- 
by, more  or  less   branched  :  1-2 
ft.  high:  branches  and  calyx  sca- 
brous :     Ivs.    oblong  -  lanceolate, 
acute  at  both    ends,  but  without  a  dis- 
tinct petiole,  rigid,  scabrous :  fls.   borne 
singly   in   succession  at   a  point  above 
the  axils,  which  distinguishes  this  spe- 
cies  from   all    others    here    described  ; 
petals  6,  minute,  borne  between  the  calyx 
teeth,  and  shorter  than  them  ;  calyx  12- 


412 


CUPHEA 


CUPHEA 


toothed,  scarlet  at  the  base,  yellow  towards  the  top, 
greenish  at  the  mouth;  stamens  and  filaments  red: 
ovary  2-celled,  many-seeded.  Mex.  HBK.  Nov.  Gen. 


.     Pistillate 

flower  of  Cucurbita  maxima  — 
Hubbard  Squash  (X%). 


Sp.  6,  p.  209,  t.  551.     R.H. 


(1854).  — The  picture  first  cited  shows  a  1-sided  raceme, 
the  second  a  panicle  and  the  third  a  common  raceme. 
In  this  species  the  calyx  tube  is  the  attractive  portion, 
while  the  petals  are  inconspicuous.  The  tube  is  not  2- 
lipped,  but  almost  regular. 

AA.  Petals  6,  all  conspicuous,  but  2  of  them  much 
larger  than  the  rest. 

procumbens.  Cav.  Annual,  herbaceous,  1  in.  high, 
procumbent,  sticky-pubescent,  with  characteristic  pur 
plish  hairs:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  with  white  hairs,  1  %- 


604.   Stem  of  Cucurbita  maxima— Hubbard  Squash. 
1857,  p.  151.     F.S.  10:994 


3  in.  long,  gradually  decreasing  in  size  until  they  be- 
come bract-like,  petiole  short:  tts.  numerous,  peduncles, 
longer  than  the  petioles,  2  or  3  times  shorter  than  the 
calyx;  calyx  6- toothed,  purplish  at  the  base,  green  at  the 
tip',  with  12  raised  streaks,  and  a  pubescence  like  that, 
of  the  stem;  petals  6,  the  2  larger  ones  on  the  upper  lip 
of  the  calyx  purple;  filaments  included.  Mex.  B.R. 
3:182.  C.'purpurea,  Hort,  F.S.  4:412.  R.B.  22:85; 
said  to  be  a  hybrid  between  C.  miniata  and  C.  r/.s-ro.s- 
sima,  is  probably  not  distinct. 

AAA.    Petals  6,  all  of  the  same  size. 
hyssopifolia,  HBK.    Fig.  606.    Stem  shrubby;  branches 
numerous,  strigose:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  rather  acute,  obtuse 
at  the   base,  glabrous   above,  strigose-pilose  along  the 
midrib  and  veins,  as  may  be  seen  with  a  hand  lens:  fls. 
with  their  slender  pedicels  scarcely  longer  than  the  Ivs.; 
calyx  glabrous;  petals  6,  somewhat  unequal,  dilute  vio- 
let; stamens  11  included;  fila- 
ments   villous  :      ovary     5-6- 
seeded.      Mex.  —  C.   Ityssopi- 
phylla,     Hort.,       Pitcher     & 
Manda,  is  presumably  a  typo- 
graphical error.     This   is  the 
least  attractive  of  the  species 
here     described,    and    is    no- 
longer  advertised,  but  it  still 
lingers   in  a  few  conservato- 
ries.   It  is  easily  told  from  its 
showier  relatives  by  its  much 
smaller  Ivs.  (less  than  %  in. 
long)  and  much  branched  and 
very  woody  appearance. 

AAAA.     Petals  normally  #, 
the  other  4  abortive. 

B.    Size  of  petals  very  small. 

cyanea,  Moc.  &  Sesse.  (C. 
strignlbsa,  Hort.,  not  HBK.). 
Stem  herbaceous,  erect  : 
branchlets  hispid:  Ivs.  oppo- 
site, stalked,  ovate,  cordate, 
acuminate,  villous  on  both 

sides:  peduncles  alternate,  racemose  :  calyx  slightly 
hispid,  scarlet  at  the  base,  yellow  at  the  top :  petals  2, 
clawed,  spatulate;  anthers  and  petals  violet-blue.  Mex. 
B.R.  32:14  (1846)  as  C.  strigillosa,  Lindl.  F.S.  1:15  & 
P.M.  11:241  as  B.  strigulosa,  but  neither  of  these  plates, 
is  the  C.  strigulosa,  HBK.,  which  is  a  different  species, 
with  a  shrubby  stem:  branches  and  calyx  clammy-his- 
pid: Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  acute  at  both  ends,  clammy,  gla- 
brous above,  strigose-scabrous  below  :  petals  nearly 
equal :  ovary  about  8-ovuled. 


605.  Cucurbita  foetidissima. 


CTPHEA 


CUPRESSUS 


413 


BB.    Size  of  petals  larger. 

C.    Calyx  6-tootlied. 

Llavea,  Lindl.  RED,  WHITE-AND-BLUE  FLOWER.  Fig. 
i<>07.  Stems  numerous,  herbaceous,  hispid:  branches 
ascending:  Ivs.  almost  sessile,  especially  near  the  top, 
ovate-lanceolate,  strigose :  racemes  short,  few-fid. :  ca- 
lyx green  on  the  ventral  side,  purple  on  the  back  and  at 
the  oblique-6-toothed  mouth;  petals  2  large,  scarlet, 
obovate.  the  other  4  abortive;  stamens  11.  Guatemala. 
B.R.  Hi: 1380.  J.H.  III.  31:305. -It  is  doubtful  whether 
the  plant  described  by  Lindley  is  the  same  as  the  Mex- 
ican plant  originally  described  by  Lexarsa,  which  was 
said  to  have  petals  of  "dilute  scarlet."  Lind- 
ley's  plant  had  a  green  calyx,  but  the  plant 
in  the  trade  is  colored.  Used  for  baskets 
and  bedding.  Often  misspelled  LI  a  vie. 

CC.  Cnli/t  12-toothed. 
miniata.  Brongn.  Stem  shrubby,  erect: 
branches  few,  hispid:  Ivs.  opposite,  the  up- 
per ones  not  quite  opposite,  with  a  very 
^hort  petiole,  ovate,  acute,  entire,  with 
white,  silky  hairs  which  are  denser  beneath: 
fis.  solitary,  subsessile,  axillary,  the  pedun- 
cle adnate  to  the  branch  in  such  a  way  as 
to  appear  between  and  below  the  petioles : 
raceme  few-fld.,  one  sided.  F.S.  2:73.  P.M. 
14:101.  R.  H.  1845:225.  R.  B.  22:85. -Var. 
compacta.  Hort.  S.H.  2:43.  Gt.  46,  p.  637. 
This  is  referred  to  C.  Llavea,  Lex.,  by  Index 
Kewensis.  The  above  description  is  from 
the  original  one  in  F.S.  2:73.  Van  Houtte 
describes  several  hybrid  varieties  in  F.S. 
5,  p.  487,  which  differ  chiefly  in  size,  color, 
and  marking  of  petals.  Calyx  1  in.  long,  his- 
pid, green  at  the  base,  purple  above,  12-toothed  at  the 
tip:  petals  2.  scarlet,  wavy.  The  specific  name  miniata 
means  cinnabar-red,  and  refers  to  the  petals. 

AAAAA.    Petals  none. 

ignea,  DC.  (C.  platycentra,  Hort.,  not  Benth.).  Fig. 
{>08.  Branches  somewhat  angled:  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  lightly 
scabrous:  flower  stalks  2-4  times  longer  than  the  leaf 
stalks:  calyx  glabrous,  shortly  6-toothed,  bright  red  ex- 
cept at  the  tip,  which  has  a  dark  ring  and  a  white  mouth : 


linear-subulate  and  spreading:  fls.  monoecious,  minute, 
solitary  on  short  branehlets;  staminate  ovate  or  oblong, 
yellow;  pistiiiate  subglobose:  cones  globular  or  nearly 
so,  consisting  of  3-7  pairs  of  ligneous,  peltate  scales, 
with  a  mucro  or  boss  on  the  flattened  apex,  each  bearing 


606.    Cuphea  hyssopifolia 


petals  none:  stamens  11  or  12,  glabrous.  Mex.  F.S 
2:180  (1846).  P.M.  13:267  (1846).  -This  is  sold  only 
as  C.  platycentra,  although  De  Candolle  corrected  the 
error  in  1849  (F.S.  5:500  C.).  This  is  a  remarkable  in- 
stance of  the  persistence  of  erroneous  trade  names. 

W.  M. 

CUPULE.  The  husk  or  cup  of  an  acorn.  The  oak  be- 
longs to  the  Cupulifer». 

CUPRESSUS  (ancient  Latin  name  from  Greek,  Kti- 
parissos).  CYPRESS.  Trees,  rarely  shrubs,  with  aro- 
matic evergreen  foliage  :  branehlets  quadrangular  or 
nearly  so:  Ivs.  opposite,  small,  scale-like,  appressed,  mi- 
nutely denticulate-ciliate,  on  young  seedling  plants 


607.   Cuphea  Llavea. 

Natural  size. 


many  or    mimerous    seeds,    but 
the  lower   scales   usually  sterile 

and  smaller ;  they  ripen  the  second  year.  About 
10  species  in  C.  Amer.,  north  to  Calif,  and  Ariz.,  and 
from  S.  Eu.  to  S.  E.  Asia.  By  some  botanists,  the  allied 
genus  Chamaecyparis  is  included.  Highly  ornamental 
evergreen  trees,  greatly  varying  in  habit,  only  hardy  in 
Calif,  and  the  Gulf  states.  The  hardiest  seems  to  be 
C.  Macnabiana,  which  will  stand  many  degrees  of  frost 
in  a  sheltered  position;  also  C.  macrocarpa,  C.  Arizo- 
nica,  C.  sempervirens,  funebris  and  torulosa  are  of 
greater  hardiness  than  the  others.  They  stand  pruning 
well,  and  some  species  are  valuable  for  hedges,  C.  mac- 
rocarpa being  especially  extensively  planted  for  this  pur- 
pose in  Calif.  The  Cupressus  seems  to  be  less  particu- 
lar in  regard  to  soil  and  situation,  but  prefers  a  deep, 
sandy-loamy  soil.  For  prop.,  see  Chamcvcyparis.  The 
young  plants  should  be  removed  several  times  in  the 
nursery  to  secure  a  firm  root-ball,  otherwise  they  will 
not  bear  transplanting  well.  Monogr.  by  M.  T.  Masters 
in  Journ.  of  Linn.  Soc.  31:312-351  (1895). 

Index:  Arizonica,  5;  Benthami,  6;  Corneyana,  7;  fas- 
tigiata,  1;  funebris,  9  ;  Goveniana,  4  ;  Guadalupensis, 
2;  horizontalis,  1;  Knightiana,  6;  Lambertiana,  2 ;  Law- 
soniana,  see  Chamaecyparis  ;  Lindley  i,  6  ;  Lusitanica, 
8  ;  Macnabiana,  3  ;  macrocarpa,  2  ;  majestica,  7;  sem- 
pervirens, 1 ;  torulosa,  7. 

A.    Branches  and  brdnchlets  erect  or  spreading;  branch- 
lets  short  and  usually  rather  stout. 
B.    Cones  l-lVi  in.  across,  with  8-14  scales. 

I.  sempervirens,  Linn.  Tree,  to  80  ft.,  with  erect  or 
horizontal  branches  and  dark  green  foliage:  Ivs.  closely 
appressed,  ovate,  obtuse, 
glandular  :  cones  oblong  or 
nearly  globose;  scales  8-14, 
with  a  short  boss  on  the 
back.  S.  Eu.,  W.Asia.  Var. 
fastigiata,  Beissn.  (C.  fas- 
tigidta,  DC.).  With  erect 
branches,  forming  a  narrow, 
columnar  head.  The  classi- 
cal Cypress  of  the  Greek 
and  Roman  writers,  much 
planted  in  S.  Eu.  Var.  hor- 
izontalis, Gord.  (C.  horizon - 
talis,  Mill.).  Branches 
horizontally  spreading, 
forming  a  broad,  pyramidal 
head. 

•J.    macrocarpa,       Hartw. 
MONTEREY  CYPRESS.     Tree,      608.  Cuphea  ignea  (X 


414 


CUPRESSUS 


to  40  ft.,  occasionally  to  70  ft.,  with  horizontal  branches, 
forming  a  broad,  spreading  head:  branchlets stout:  Ivs. 
rhombic  ovate, obtuse,  closely  appressed,  not  or  obscurely 
glandular,  dark  or  bright  green:  cones  globular  or  ob- 
long; scales  8-12,  with  a  short,  obtuse  boss  on  the  back. 
Calif,,  south  of  Bay  of  Monterey.  S.S.  10:525.  P.F.G. 
I.,  p.  167.  F.S.  7,  p.  192  (as  (7.  torulosa).  G.C.  III.  22:53. 
Gn.  53,  p.  219.  G.F.  7:245.  Var.  Crippsi,  Mast.  Lvs. 
spreading,  light  glaucous.  A  juvenile  form.  Var.  fastigi- 
ata,  Knight.  Of  narrow,  pyramidal,  fastigiate  habit. 
Var.  Guadalupensis,  Mast.  (C.  Guadaluptnais,  Wats.). 
Branches  spreading:  Ivs.  very  glaucous :  cones  subglo- 
bose.  Guadalupe  Isl.  G.C.  III.  18:62.  Var.  Lambertiana, 
Mast.  (C.  Lambertiana,  Carr.).  Dark  green  form  with 
spreading  branches.  Var.  lutea,  Hort.,  has  yellow 
foliage. 

BB.  Cones  Vi-1  in.  across,  with  6-8  scales. 
3.  Macnabiana,  Murray.  Fig.  609.  Shrub  with  sev- 
eral stems,  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.,  forming  a  dense, 
pyramidal  head  :  Ivs. 
ovate,  obtuse,  thickened 
at  the  apex,  glandular, 
dark  green  or  glaucous : 
cones  oblong,  %-\  in. 
high  ;  scales  usually  6, 
with  prominent  conical 
and  curved  bosses  on 
the  back.  Calif.  S.  S. 
10:528.  R.H.  1870,  p.  155. 
G.C.  III.  9:403. 

4.  Goveniana,     Gord. 
Tree,  to  50  ft.,  with  slen- 
der, erect   or   spreading 
branches,      forming      a 
broad,  open  or  pyramidal 
head  :    branchlets    slen- 
der :    Ivs.   ovate,    acute, 
closely  appressed,  incon- 
spicuously     glandular  : 
abundant   staminate  fls. 
in   spring :    cones    sub- 
globose  or  oblong ;  scales 
6-8,    with    short,     blunt 
bosses.       Calif.       S.  S. 
10:527.     Var.  compacta, 
Andre.  Of  compact,  pyr- 
amidal habit.  K.H.  1896, 
p.  9.   Var.  glauca,  Carr., 
with  glaucous,  and  var. 
viridis,  Carr., with  bright 
green  foliage. 

5.  Ariz6nica,   Greene. 
Tree,to  40, rarely  to  70  ft. , 

with  horizontal  branches,  forming  a  narrow,  pyramidal 
or  broad,  open  head  :  branchlets  stout :  Ivs.  ovate,  ob- 
tuse, thickened  at  the  apex,  inconspicuously  glandular, 
very  glaucous :  cones  subglobose,  %-l  in.  across ;  scales 
6-8,  with  stout,  pointed,  often  curved  bosses.  Ariz., 
Calif.  S.S.  10:526.  G.C.  III.  18:63. 

6.  Benthami,  Endl.    Tree,  to  70  ft.,  with  horizontal 
branches,  forming  a   pyramidal  head:  branchlets  slen- 
der: Ivs.  ovate-obtuse  or  acute,  keeled  and   somewhat 
thickened  at  the  apex,  inconspicuously  glandular,  bright 
green:  cones  globular,  %-% in.  across;  scales  6-8,  with 
short- pointed  bosses.    Mex.    Var.  Lindleyi,  Mast.    (C. 
Lindleyi,  Klotzsch).    Branchlets  regularly  arranged,  of 
nearly  equal  length  :    cones  small,  with  small-pointed 
bosses.    Var.  Knightiana,  Mast.    Branchlets  very  regu- 
larly arranged,  fernlike,  drooping,  glaucous :  cones  with 
stout,  conical-pointed  bosses.    G.C.  III.  16:669. 

AA.  Branchlets  slender,  more  or  less  pendulous  :  Ivs. 
usually  acute  and  keeled,  not  thickened  at  the 
apex:  cones  about  %in.  or  less  across  (see 
also  C.  Benthami). 

7.  toruldsa,  Don.    Tall,  pyramidal  tree,  to  150  ft.,  with 
short,  horizontal  branches,  ascending  at  the  extremities: 
branchlets  slender,  drooping:  Ivs.  rhombic-ovate,  acute, 
appressed  or  slightly  spreading  at  the  apex,  bright  or 
bluish  green:  cones  globular,  nearly  sessile,  about  %  in. 
across ;  scales  8-10,  mucronate.  Himal.  Var.  Corneyana, 
Mast.  (C.  Corneyana,  Knight),    With  distinctly  pendu- 


609.  Cupressus  Macnabiana. 
From  a  cultivated  tree. 


CURCUMA 

lous  branches  :  cones  oblong,  larger,  Var.  maj6stica, 
Gord.  (C.  majestica,  Knight).  Of  more  vigorous  growth, 
with  drooping  branchlets,  greyish  green. 

8.  Lusitanica,  Mill.    Tree,  to  50  ft.,  with  spreading 
branches  and  more  or  less  pendulous  branchlets:    Ivs. 
ovate,  acute,  glaucous  :    cones   pedicelled,  about  %  in. 
across,  covered  with  glaucous  bloom  ;    scales  6-8,  with 
conical  pointed  bosses.    Habitat  unknown;  much  cult, 
in  southwestern  Eu.     G.C.  III.  10:761. -With   several 
varieties. 

9.  funebris,  Endl.  Tree,  to  60  ft.,  with  wide-spreading, 
pendulous  branches  and  branchlets,  branchlets  slightly 
flattened  :    Ivs.  deltoid-ovate,  acute,  light   green,  often 
slightly  spreading  at  the  apex:  cones  short,  peduncled, 
globose,  about   %  in.  across  ;     scales   8,  with    a   short 
mucro.    China.    P.F.G.  I.  p.  47,  fig.  31.    G.C.  1850: 439. 
F.S.  6,  p.  91. 

C.  Californica,  Carr.=C.  Goveniana.—  C.  Cashmeridna,  Hort. 
=0.  torulosa.—  C.  elegans,  Hort.=C.  Benthami,  var.  Knighti- 
ana.—  C.  ericoldes,  Hort.=Thuya  orientalis,  var.  ericoides.—  (7. 
glandulbsa,  Hook.=  C.  Macnabiana.—  C.  glauca,  Lam.^  C. 
Lusitanica.—  C.  Hdrtwegi,  Cai-r.  =  C.  macrocarpa.—  C.  Kar- 
winskydna,  Regel=C.  Benthami. —  C.  Nepalensis,  Loud.=  C. 
torulosa. —  C.  pendula,  L'Her.  =  C.  Lusitaniea.  —  C.  pendula, 
Staunt.=C.  funebris.—  C.  Sinensis,  Hort.=C.  Lusitanica.—  C. 
thurlfera,1£KK.  Tree  with  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate,  upright-spreading,  not  closely  appressed :  cones 
globose,  about  1  in.  across,  with  slightly  mucronate  scales.— 
C.  thurifera,  Auth.=C.  Benthami.  ALFRED  RBHDER. 

CURCULlGO  (Latin,  curculio,  weevil ;  referring  to 
the  beak  of  the  ovary).  Amaryllidacece.  This  genus 
contains  an  uncommon  foliage  plant  with  the  habit  of  a 
young  palm  and  a  curious  floral  structure.  The  genus 
is  closely  related  to  Hypoxis,  but  differs  in  its  succulent 
indehiscent  fruit,  and  because  in  many  species  the  ovary 
has  a  long  beak  which  looks  like  a  perianth  tube,  but 
this  beak  is  always  solid,  and  bears  upon  its  summit  the 
style,  which  is  in  the  center  of  the  perianth.  The  follow- 
ing species  is  grown  south  and  north,  being  used  by 
florists  for  vases,  jardinieres,  and  general  decorative 
work,  and  also  used  outdoors  in  summer.  It  is  of  easy 
culture,  but  requires  perfect  drainage,  and  is  prop,  by 
suckers  or  division. 

The  Curculigos  are  exceedingly  ornamental  plants  for 
large  greenhouses,  where  a  high  temperature  is  main- 
tained. To  have  them  looking  their  best  they  should,  if 
possible,  be  planted  out  in  a  bed,  where  they  will  attain 
a  height  of  5  feet.  Their  gracefully  arching  leaves  are 
so  constructed  that  they  move  continually  from  side  to 
side  with  the  slightest  movement  of  the  air.  The  va- 
riety variegata  is  one  of  the  best  variegated-leaved 
plants.  While  not  so  robust  as  the  green  form,  it  is 
more  adapted  to  pot-culture.  The  soil  should  be  two 
parts  loam  and  another  of  rotted  cow-manure  and  sand. 
Drainage  must  be  carefully  arranged,  as  the  plants  need 
an  abundance  of  water.  The  green-leaved  kind  stands 
the  summers  well  in  the  neighborhood  of  Washington, 
if  protected  from  the  sun  and  afforded  an  abundant  sup- 
ply of  water. 

Propagation  is  by  division.  The  pieces,  before  pot- 
ting, will  make  new  roots  rapidly  if  placed  in  the  sand 
bed  of  a  warm  propagating  house  for  a  few  days. 

recurvata,  Dryand.  Height  2%  ft.  or  more  :  root 
tuberous:  Ivs.  from  the  root,  1-3  ft.  long,  2-6  in.  wide, 
with  a  channelled  stalk  one-third  or  one-fourth  the 
length,  the  blade  lanceolate,  recurved,  plated  :  scapes 
about  as  long  as  the  leaf -stalks,  covered  with  long,  soft 
brown  hairs,  recurved  at  the  end,  bearing  a  head  of 
drooping  yellow  fls.,  each  %  in.  across  :  bracts  one  to 
each  fl.,  and  about  as  long.  Trop.  Asia,  Australia.  B.R. 
9:770.  Var.  striata,  Hort.,  has  a  central  band  of  white. 
Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  has  longitudinal  bars  of  white. 
G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W.  M. 

CtJRCUMA  (Arabic  name).  Scitaminacece.  A  much 
neglected  group  of  curious  and  showy  warmhouse  her- 
baceous plants  with  great  spikes  composed  of  large  con- 
cave or  hooded  bracts,  from  which  the  flowers  scarcely 
protrude  their  gaping  mouths.  These  fleshy  bracts  are 
perhaps  the  showiest  feature  of  the  plant,  the  topmost 
ones  being  colored  with  gorgeous  tropical  hues.  One 
species  was  once  advertised  by  John  Saul,  but  all  the 
others  mentioned  below  are  equally  interesting.  These 


CURCUMA 


CURRANT 


415 


curious  subjects  are  almost  unknown  in  American  con- 
servatories, but  with  the  spread  of  private  greenhouses 
in  America  they  will  siirely  be  grown,  at  least  in  some 
of  the  finer  fanciers'  collections.  The  following  cultural 


610.   Common  Currant— Ribes  rubrum,  in  bloom  (X 

points  are  taken  from  B.  M.  4435,  where  it  is  said  that 
these  plants  are  of  ornamental  appearance,  even  when 
not  in  flower.  In  spring  the  tubers  should  be  deprived 
of  last  year's  mold  and  repotted  in  a  fresh  mixture  of 
light  loam,  leaf -mold  and  turfy  peat,  the  pots  being  well 
drained,  and  placed  in  a  warm  pit  or  frame  in  bottom 
heat.  Water  should  be  given  sparingly  until  after  the 
plant  has  made  some  growth.  The  young  roots  are  soft 
and  succulent,  and  are  likely  to  rot  if  the  soil  remains 
wet  for  a  long  time.  After  flowering,  the  leaves  soon  show 
signs  of  decay,  and  water  should  be  gradually  with- 
drawn. During  the  resting  period  the  soil  should  not 
be  allowed  to  get  dust-dry,  or  the  tubers  are  likely  to 
shrivel.  The  plants  are  propagated  by  dividing  the 
tubers  in  spring.  The  flowers  of  Curcuma  are  large  and 
gaping,  hooded  above,  and  with  a  3-toothed  lower  lip. 
In  the  throat  are  seen  2  teeth,  which  are  the  tips  of  the 
anthers.  Curcumas  are  essen- 
tially tropical  plants,  and  the 
great  difficulty  is  said  to  be  to 
maintain  sufficient  heat  while  al- 
lowing them  enough  air. 

cordata,  Wall.  Lvs.  1  ft.  long, 
sheathing,  ovate-cordate,  acumi- 
nate, the  same  color  on  both  sides, 
obliquely  penninerved  :  bracts  in 
a  cylindical  spike,  the  upper 
part  forming  a  sterile  portion 
called  a  coma,  which  is  a  rich 
violet,  with  a  large  blood-colored 
spot  :  fls.  yellow,  with  a  pink 
hood.  Burma.  B.  M.  4435. -This 
is  now  referred  to  C.  petiolata, 
Roxb.,  but  B.  M.  5821  seems  at 
least  horticulturally  distinct,  with 
its  rose-pink  bracts. 

C.  albiflbra,  Thwaites,  differs  from 
the  others  here  described  in  having  its 
spikes  sunk  below  the  Ivs.,  instead  of 


standing  high  above  the  Ivs.,  and  all  the  bracts  have  fls.,  while 
the  others  have  a  sterile  portion  of  the  spike  which  is  brightly 
colored.  In  this  species  the  spike  is  short  and  green  and 
the  fls.  are  prominent  and  white.  Ceylon.  B.M. 5909.— C.Austra- 
ldsica,Hook..  f.,  has  its  upper  bracts  soft,  rosy  pink  and  the  fls. 
pale  yellow.  Australia.  B.  M.  5620.—  C.  Ifo.scoedna,  Wall.,  has- 
a  long  and  splendid  spike,  with  bracts  gradually  changing  from 
green  to  the  vividest  scarlet-orange:  fls.  pale  yellow.  Burma. 
B.M.  4667.—  C.  Zedodria,  Roxb.,  has  the  upper  bracts  white, 
tinged  with  carmine,  and  handsomely-variegated  Ivs.,  which, 
with  the  green  of  the  lower  bracts  and  the  yellow  of  the  flow- 
ers, makes  a  striking  picture  of  exotic  splendor.  Himalayas. 
B.M.  1546.  W-  M> 

CUBLED  LEAVES  are  often  caused  by  aphids  or 
plant  lice.  For  remedies,  see  Spraying.  The  leaf-curl 
of  the  peach  is  a  fungous  disease.  See  Diseases. 

CURMERIA.    All  referred  to  Homalomena. 

CURRANT.  Four  species  of  Currant  are  known  to 
American  gardeners  as  fruit-bearing  plants.  Kibes 
rubrum  (Fig.  610)  includes  all  the  red  and  white  varie- 
ties. This  species  is  found  wild  both  in  Europe  and 
North  America.  Kibes  nigrum  (Fig.  611),  the  European 
black  Currant,  although  well  known  in  America,  has 
never  become  generally  popular,  although  it  is  much 
prized  by  the  foreign  population.  Kibes  Americanum 
(Fig.  612),  more  commonly  known  as  Kibes  floridum,  is. 
the  wild  black  Currant  of  America.  It  is  very  similar  in 
character  to  the  European  black  Currant,  and  is  now 
and  then  transferred  to  gardens.  Kibes  aureum  (Fig. 
613),  oftener  grown  for  ornament,  has  also  been  planted 
for  fruit,  having  been  sold  from  time  to  time  under 
various  varietal  names,  the  most  recent  being  the  Cran- 
dall.  See  Ribes.  To  the  commercial  fruit-grower  only 
the  first  of  these  species  is  of  great  importance.  It  is  a 
native  of  cool  climates,  and  its  profitable  culture  is  con- 
fined to  northern  latitudes.  It  does  not  thrive  in  the  Gulf 
states  and,  except  under  irrigation  or  in  specially  favor- 
able locations,  makes  but  a  partial  success  in  the  drier 
region  of  the  Plains. 

Both  experience  and  the  natural  habitat  of  the  plant 
indicate  that  a  cool,  moist  soil  is  best  adapted  to  its 
growth.  Strong,  moist  loams,  with  a  considerable  ad- 
mixture of  clay,  are  preferable.  Even  a  stiff  clay,  well 
drained  and  in  good  tilth,  will  give  good  results.  In 
small  supply  for  the  home  garden,  it  may  be  grown  in 
almost  any  soil.  A  cool  northern  exposure  or  partial 
shade  is  always  desirable,  and  the  more  unfavorable  the 
soil,  or  the  more  nearly  does  the  location  approach  the 
southern  range  of  adaptation,  the  more  important  does 
this  become.  For  this  reason  western  growers  often  find 
the  best  results  to  come  from  planting  in  orchards,  and 


611.   Black  Currant-Ribes  nigrum. 


416 


CURRANT 


CURRANT 


the  home  grower  may  attain  the  same  end  by  utilizing 
the  north  side  of  buildings  or  fences.  Elevation  may 
aid  in  offsetting  the  unfavorable  influence  of  lower  lati- 
tude. It  is  an  extremely  hardy  fruit  so  far  as  cold  is 
concerned,  but  cannot  endure  continuous  high  tempera- 
ture. 

The  Currant  needs  a  rich  soil  and  an  abundance  of 
plant-food.  It  will  endure  much  neglect,  but  responds 
quickly  to  liberal  treatment.  Stable  manure,  applied  in 
the  fall,  is  excellent,  and  this  maybe  supplemented  with 
applications  of  potash,  which  will  improve  the  quality 
of  the  fruit. 

Propagation  is  best  effected  by  means  of  long  hard- 
wood cuttings  (Fig.  614),  taken  either  in  fall  or  spring. 
In  nursery  practice  they  are  common ly  taken  about  Sep- 
tember 1,  as  soon  as  the  leaves  fall.  The  leaves  are 
sometimes  stripped  from  the  plants  a  week  or  so  before 
taking  the  cuttings,  if  they  have  not  already  fallen.  The 
cuttings  may  be  planted  at  once,  or  tied  in  bundles 
and  buried  upside  down,  with  2  or  3  inches  of  soil 
over  the  butts.  This  is  thought  to  favor  the  production 
of  the  callus  and  to  aid  the  formation  of  roots.  At  the 
approach  of  cold  weather,  they  may  be  taken  up  and 
planted  in  nursery  rows  and  covered  with  a  mulch  of 
soil  or  other  material  during  the  winter,  this  mulch  being 
raked  away  to  expose  the  tips  early  in  spring.  Planting 
may  be  delayed  until  spring,  the  bundles  being  taken 
up  and  stored  in  sand  or  moss  in  the  cellar,  or  being  more 
deeply  covered  and  allowed  to  remain  where  they  are. 
The  commoner  practice  is  to  plant  the  cuttings  in  nur- 
sery rows  soon  after  they  are  taken.  They  are  said  to 
root  more  quickly  if  packed  in  damp  moss  a  week  or  two 
before  planting.  Mulching  of  some  sort  is  essential  dur- 
ing the  winter.  Probably  nothing  surpasses  the  soil 
itself  for  this  purpose,  certainly  not  in  the  drier  climate 
of  the  Plains.  If  the  cuttings  are  kept  until  spring, 


the  climate  and  the  lighter  the  soil  the  longer  should 
the  cutting  be.  In  planting,  only  1  or  2  buds  are 
left  above  the  surface,  and  the  soil  should  be  pressed 


612.  Native  Black  Currant-Ribes  Americanum  (X 

The  fruit  is  immature. 

planting  must  be  done  very  early,  as  growth  begins  at  a 
low  temperature.  This  makes  spring  planting  undesir- 
able in  nursery  practice.  Cuttings  vary  in  length  from 
6  to  10  inches,  according  to  soil  and  climate  ;  the  drier 


613.   Buffalo  Currant  (X 


firmly  about  the  base.  Rich,  moist  soil  should  be  se- 
lected. A  former  practice  was  to  cut  out  all  lower  buds 
in  order  to  insure  a  tree  form  of  growth.  This  is 
seldom  practiced  now,  and  never  for  commercial  plant- 
ing. Single-eye  cuttings  under  glass,  greenwood  cut- 
tings and  layers  may  be  employed,  but  have  little  to 
recommend  them.  Seeds  may  be  used  as  a  source  of 
new  varieties,  and  are  best  sown  or  stratified  as  soon  as 
taken  from  the  pulp. 

For  the  final  planting  either  1-  or  2-year-old  plants 
may  be  used,  set  at  distances  varying  to  suit  the  con- 
venience of  the  cultivator.  Four  by  6  feet  is  a  con- 
venient combination,  allowing  cross  cultivation  at  inter- 
vals. The  land  should  be  in  fine,  mellow  tilth  as  deep 
as  plowed,  and  if  the  underlying  layers  are  hard  and 
impervious,  it  should  be  subsoiled.  Setting  is  most  con- 
veniently done  by  marking  the  land  in  each  direction, 
plowing  furrows  one  way  and  planting  at  intersections. 
The  soil  should  be  closely  firmed  about  the  roots,  with  a 
loose  layer  left  at  the  surface  to  act  as  a  mulch.  Where 
fall  planting  succeeds  it  is  desirable,  since  the  Currant 
starts  so  early  into  growth  in  the  spring.  In  many  parts 
of  the  country  fall  planting  is  too  uncertain,  while  spring 
planting,  if  done  early  enough,  is  always  safe. 

Subsequent  tillage  should  be  frequent  but  shallow,  as 
the  roots  run  near  the  surface  and  are  easily  injured  by 
deep  cultivation.  Good  results  are  obtained  by  mulch- 
ing, which  is  sometimes  more  convenient  in  garden  cul- 
ture. Refuse  material  of  any  sort  may  be  used  ;  even 
coal  ashes,  especially  on  heavy  soil,  give  good  results. 
Mulching  is  seldom,  if  ever,  desirable  in  commercial 
work. 

Pruning  is  simple,  but  important.  Fruit  is  borne  on 
both  old  and  young  wood,  but  the  best  of  it  is  near  the 
base  of  1  -year-old  shoots  and  on  short  1-year-old 
spurs.  The  younger  the  wood  the  finer  the  fruit,  but  a 
fair  supply  of  old  wood  must  be  left  to  insure  produc- 
tiveness. From  4  to  8  main  stems  are  desirable,  and 
these  should  be  frequently  renewed.  No  wood  over  three 
years  old  should  be  allowed  to  remain.  Superfluous 
young  shoots  should  be  cut  away,  though  the  buds  at 
their  base  may  be  left  to  develop  fruit-bearing  spurs. 
Shortening-in  vigorous,  straggling  shoots  may  be  called 
for,  especially  with  young  plants,  but  the  most  important 
thing  is  a  judicious  thinning  out  of  the  old  wood,  and 


CURRANT 


CURRANT 


417 


replacing  it  with  young  (Fig.  615).  The  older  plan  of 
training  to  a  tree  form  (Fig.  616)  gave  less  productive 
plants,  more  subject  to  damage  from  the  Currant  borer, 
with  no  opportunity  for  renewal.  Experiments  in  thin- 
ning the  fruit  by  clipping  oft'  the  outer  end  of  the  clus- 
ters have  shown  an  increase  in  size  and  in  yield. 

The  fruit  should  be  picked  when  dry,  taking  especial 
care  t^o  prevent  crushing  the  berries  or  tearing  them 
from  the  stems.  If  properly  picked  it  stands  shipment 
well,  but  if  carelessly  picked  it  will  quickly  spoil.  For 
shipping  purposes  it  must  be  picked  while  still  hard  and 
tirin.  though  for  home  use  or  near  market  it  will  be  bet- 
ter if  allowed  to  remain  longer,  especially  for  dessert 
use.  If  protected  with  netting,  it  will  remain  on  the 
bushes  until  autumn.  The  fruit  is  commonly  marketed 
in  quart  baskets,  shipped  in  crates,  like  any  other  ber- 
ries, though  the  9-pound  grape  basket  is  now  largely 
used.  This  is  a  convenient  package,  both  for  the  ship- 
per and  the  consumer. 

Plantations  may  be  kept  in  bearing  for  many  years 
with  good  care,  liberal  feeding  and  continuous  renewing 
of  the  wood,  but  practical  growers  generally  find  it  ad- 
visable to  replant  after  eight  or  ten  years  of  fruiting. 
The  cost  of  replanting  is  light,  and  is  more  than  repaid 
by  the  advantage  of  young,  vigorous  plants  in  fresh 
soil.  Yields  vary  greatly.  Many  growers  doubtless  do 
not  average  50  bushels  per  acre,  while  others  may  secure 
as  high  as  250  bushels.  With  good  care  Currants  should 
yield  from  100  to  150  bushels  per  acre,  though  even  this 
amount  will  be  obtained  only  by  good  culture  and  care- 
ful attention  to  details.  In  garden  culture  2  to  4  pounds 
per  bush  may  be  expected,  though  many  neglected  plants 
scarcely  yield  as  many  ounces.  Under  favorable  condi- 
tions they  are  usually  a  profitable  crop,  though, 
like  all  other  fruits,  they  are  subject  to  fluctua- 
tions in  price  and  market  demands. 

Red  varieties  are  most  profitable.  Some  of  the 
white  sorts  are  sweeter,  but  find  little  demand 
in  market.  Victoria  is  one  of  the  most  popular 
all-round  varieties.  Cherry  and  Versailles  are 
probably  more  largely  grown  than  any  others. 
Fay  is  capricious,  succeeding  remarkably  well  in 
some  locations,  but  proving  unsatisfactory  in 
others  ;  its  habit  of  growth  is  straggling  and 
undesirable.  Red  Dutch,  though  small,  is  still 
highly  prized  on  the  Plains  ;  Prince  Albert,  a 
very  productive  late  variety,  is  popular  with 
canners  and  for  jelly.  Among  newer  varieties 
the  Wilder  is  promising.  White  Grape  and  the 
newer  White  Imperial  are  popular  white  vari- 
eties. Black  Currants  are  little  grown  in  the 
United  States  but  are  popular  in  Canada.  Black 
Naples  (Fig.  611)  is  the  most  popular  kind. 

The  best-known  insect  enemy  is  the  imported 
Currant  worm  (Pteronus  JRibesii),  which  never 
fails  to  strip  the  leaves  from  neglected  bushes 
throughout  the  eastern  United  States,  though  as 
yet  unknown  on  the  Plains.  It  begins  feeding 
on  the  clusters  of  leaves  close  to  the  ground, 


and  if  taken  in  time  may  be  poisoned  with  arsenites, 
though  powdered  hellebore,  at  the  rate  of  a  teaspoon- 
ful  to  a  gallon  of  water,  is  the  common  remedy,  and 
the  one  which  should  be  used  after  the  fruit  sets  and 


614. 

Currant 
•cutting. 


615.  To  illustrate  the  pruning  of  a  Currant  bush. 
The  old  cane,  a,  is  to  be  cut  away.    The  straight  new  canes  at  left  are  to  remain. 


616.   Tree-form  training  of  Currant. 

the  insects  have  scattered  over  the  bushes.  The  im- 
ported and  native  Currant  borers  also  cause  damage. 
They  can  only  be  controlled  by  cutting  out  and  destroying 
infested  canes  early  in  spring,  before  the  perfect  insects 
emerge.  The  Currant  fly  (Epochra  Canadensis)  some- 
times causes  serious  injury  to  the  fruit,  depositing  its 
egg  just  beneath  the  skin,  where  the  presence  of  the  larva 
causes  the  fruit  to  turn  red  and  fall  prematurely.  No 
practicable  remedy  has  yet  been  suggested.  Among 
fungous  diseases,  there  are  several  which  prey  upon  the 
leaves,  causing  them  to  fall  prematurely,  but  they  all 
yield  to  thorough  treatment  with  fungicides.  The  Cur- 
rant tubercle,  a  disease  which  has  recently  proved  inju- 
rious in  New  York  and  New  Jersey,  threatens  to  be  a 
serious  enemy  and  a  difficult  one  to  fight.  It 
is  first  shown  by  wilting  of  the  leaves  and  pre- 
mature coloring  of  the  fruit.  The  clusters  are 
small  and  straggling,  and,  together  with  the 
leaves,  soon  shrivel  and  fall,  which  is  followed 
by  the  death  of  the  canes.  Digging  and  burn- 
ing affected  plants  is  the  only  rem- 
edy thus  far  suggested.  The  dis- 
ease may  be  transmitted  in  appar- 
ently healthy  cuttings,  so  that  fields 
known  to  be  affected 
should  not  be  used  as 
a  source  from  which 
to  propagate. 

The  treatment  of 
black  Currants  does 
not  differ  materially 
from  that  of  reds,  ex- 
cept that  the  plants, 
being  larger,  require 
somewhat  more  room. 
The  fruit,  though  pos- 
sessing a  most  un- 
pleasant odor  and  fla- 
vor, becomes  agree- 


27 


418 


CURRANT 


able  if  scalded  for  a  few  minutes  in  boiling  water,  and 
£nen  transferred  to  fresh  water  for  cooking.  It  is  much 
esteemed  by  those  who  have  learned  to  use  it,  and  is 
credited  with  medicinal  qualities  of  value  in  bowel  and 
throat  affections.  The  plants  are  exempt  from  attacks 
of  the  Currant  worm.  FRED  W.  CARD. 

CUSCUTA  (origin  of  name  obscure) .  Convolvul&cece. 
DODDER.  A  genus  of  degenerate  parasitic  twiners, 
bearing  clusters  of  small  fls.  They  are  leafless  annuals, 
with  very  slender  yellow  or  red  stems,  which  become 
attached  to  the  host-plant  by  means  of  root-like  suckers. 
The  seeds  fall  to  the  ground  and  germinate  in  the  spring. 
As  soon  as  the  young  shoot  finds  an  acceptable  host,  the 
root  dies  and  the  plant  becomes  parasitic.  Failing  to 
find  a  host,  the  plant  dies.  Dodders  are  common  in  low, 
weedy  places.  Some  species  are  also  serious  pests,  as 
the  Clover  Dodder  and  Flax  Dodder.  One  of  the  com- 
mon species  (C.  Gronovii,  Willd.),  of  low  grounds,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  617. 


CUSHAW. 

moschata. 


One  of  the  many   names  of 


CUSTARD  APPLE.     Species  of  Anona. 

CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY  IN  THE  UNITED 
STATES,  Fifty  years  ago  it  would  not  have  been  pos- 
sible to  purchase  Cut-flowers  during  the  winter  season 
in  any  of  the  large  cities  of  this  country.  Today  there 
is  scarcely  a  village  of  2,000  to  3,000  population  that  does 
not  boast  of  its  florist,  whose  revenues  are  largely  aug- 
mented by  the  sale  of  Cut-flowers.  Millions  of  dollars 
are  invested  in  the  cultivation  and  sale  of  Cut-flowers  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  large  cities  of  the  United  States. 
The  growth  and  evolution  of  the  business  has  been  very 
rapid  in  the  past  25  years.  From  1860  to  1875  the  ca- 
mellia was  the  most  valued  of  all  Cut-flowers,  either  for 
personal  adornment  or  bouquets,  as  much  as  $1,  $2  and 
even  $3  having  been  obtained  for  a  single  flower  at  the 
holiday  season.  At  the  present  time  they  are  almost 
forgotten,  and  are  only  to  be  found  in  private  collections 
and  in  the  south,  where  the  plants  will  live  out  during 
the  winter  season.  The  principal  flowers  forced  at  that 
time,  in  addition  to  the  camellia,  were  daphne,  bou- 
vardia,  abutilon,  nasturtium,  callas,  sweet  alyssum, 
poinsettia,  carnations  and  a  few  LaMarque,  Bon  Silene 
and  Safrano  ^roses.  The  taste  was  for  set  designs.  All 
flowers  were  picked  with  short  stems,  or  none  at  all,  only 
the  open  portions  of  cluster  flowers  being  taken,  and  the 
buds  left  to  open.  These  small  pieces  were  bound  with 
wire  to  wooden  sticks  for  basket  work  or  to  broom  corn 
straws  for  making  into  bouquets.  The  popular  table  de- 
sign was  called  a  pyramid.  It  consisted  of  a  number  of 
bouquets  each  with  one  camellia  in  the  center  and  a 
single  row  of  smaller  flowers  around,  backed  up  with 
lycopodium  green.  The  smaller  bouquets  were  then 
arranged  in  a  wire  frame,  the  sticks  on  which  they  were 
made  serving  to  hold  them  in  the  desired  position.  The 
top  of  the  pyramid  was  a  bouquet  with  a  calla  lily  in 
the  center.  These  table  pieces  frequently  cost  from 
$35  to  $75,  and  sometimes  $100  was  asked  for  a  particu- 
larly fine  design.  The  small  bouquets  were  distributed 
to  the  guests  at  the  close  of  the  entertainment. 

Only  small  quantities  of  roses  were  forced  for  winter 
cutting  at  this  time,  a  few  florists  in  Boston  and  New 
York  being  engaged  in  their  cultivation  in  the  same 
houses  with  other  flowers.  Competition  and  a  demand 
for  better  buds,  together  with  the  good  prices  obtained 
for  the  best,  caused  growers  to  give  the  "  queen  of  flowers" 
more  attention,  and  the  result  was  that  the  rose  steadily 
grew  in  favor  and  people  began  to  wonder  what  they 
saw  in  the  camellia  to  admire.  A  demand  for  larger 
roses  than  the  small  Teas  resulted  in  a  trial  of  some  of  the 
Hybrid  Remontants.  General  Jacqueminot  was  found 
to  force  well  and  soon  became  a  great  favorite,  bringing 
from  $1  to  $2  a  bud  for  the  first  cutting.  The  beau- 
tiful yellow  Marechal  Niel  was  also  forced.  The  flow- 
ers sold  well,  but  it  was  scarcely  prolific  enough  to  be 
profitable,  and  the  advent  of  the  yellow  Tea  Perle  des 
Jardins,  an  Everbloomer,  very  prolific  and  of  easy  culti- 
vation, soon  drove  it  from  the  market.  The  next  rose 
sensation,  and  the  most  important  addition  that  has  been 


CUT  -  FLOWERS 

made  to  American  forcing  roses  even  to  the  present  day, 
was  the  introduction  of  the  Catherine  Mermet.  This 
beautiful  variety,  which  sprang  into  great  popularity  at 
once  with  the  flower-buying  public,  was  found  very  profit- 
able by  the  growers,  who,  by  careful  cultivation  and  the 
incentive  of  the  high  prices  realized  for  choice  flowers, 


617.   Dodder, 

twining  on  its  host— 

Cuscuta  Gronovii- 


soon  elevated  the  standard  of  cut  roses  to  a  higher  level, 
and  attracted  new  capital  to  what  had  now  become  a 
thriving  and  lucrative  business.  While  so  famous  in  it- 
self, Catherine  Mermet  will,  however,  probably  be  longer 
remembered  as  the  parent  of  those  truly  grand  Teas 
now  so  universally  grown,  the  Bride  and  Bridesmaid, 
the  standard  pink  and  white  roses  of  to-day.  Many  vari- 
eties for  which  special  claims  were  made  have  been  in- 
troduced from  time  to  time,  but,  for  the  most  part,  they 
have  proved  vexatious  and  expensive  experiments. 
Next  to  the  Catherine  Mermet  in  importance  is  the 
American  Beauty  (Mme.  Ferdinand  Jamin),the  finest  of 
all  the  forcing  roses.  The  introduction  of  this  variety 
by  the  Fields  Brothers,  of  Washington,  produced  a  great 
stir  in  rose  circles.  Fine  as  it  appeared  at  first,  how- 
ever, its  after  development  surprised  even  the  most  san- 
guine, and  to-day  it  stands  unrivaled  as  the  most  profit- 
able and  at  the  same  time  the  most  popular  with  the 
wealthy  classes  of  flower-btiyers. 

While  the  development  of  the  rose  was  taking  place, 
the  carnation,  ever  popular,  was  receiving  the  attention 
of  the  breeder,  and  new  varieties  showing  great  im- 
provement in  form,  color  and  productiveness  were  in- 
troduced annually.  It  was  soon  found  that  roses  and 
carnations  did  not  give  best  results  when  grown  together 
in  the  same  house.  They  required  different  treatment. 
Roses  thrive  better  in  a  warmer  atmosphere  than  car- 
nations. Different  forms  of  greenhouse  structures  were 
also  found  necessary.  The  original  means  of  heating  was 
by  brick  furnaces  and  flues.  Hot  water  and  steam  gen- 
erated in  iron  boilers  and  distributed  through  pipes, 
although  more  expensive  to  install,  were  found  much 
more  efficient,  and  withal  the  most  economical  plan. 

In  the  early  growth  of  the  business  the  grower  was 
also  the  retailer.  The  rapidly  increasing  demand,  how- 
ever, ushered  in  the  middle  man  or  retail  florist,  who  re- 
lieved the  grower  of  his  stock  as  soon  as  it  was  ready 


CUT  -  FLOWERS 

for  the  market,  and  enabled  him  to  devote  his  entire  at- 
tention to  cultivation.  From  this  period,  the  business 
began  its  most  rapid  development,  as  the  more  con- 
venient location  of  the  flower  stores  in  the  populous 
centers  induced  a  better  patronage  and  consequent  love 
for  flowers,  and  enabled  the  grower,  by  reason  of  his  un- 
divided attention,  to  produce  more  perfect  stock  and  in- 
crease the  productiveness  of  his  plant. 

It  was  soon  found  that  by  giving  attention  to  but  one 
kind  of  flower,  better  results  were  obtained,  and  many 
rose,  violet,  and  carnation  specialists  were  developed. 
The  success  of  one  grower  often  induced  his  neighbors 
to  follow  his  example.  Two  or  three  successful  men  in 
a  locality  gave  rumor  to  the  place  being,  by  reason  of 
its  soil,  climate,  etc.,  particularly  adapted  for  the  pro- 
duction of  a  certain  flower,  and  a  colony  of  such  grow- 
ers would  soon  spring  up.  Note  the  violet  growers  of 
the  Hudson,  in  New  York  ;  the  rosarians  of  Madison, 
N.  J.,  and  the  carnation  belt  of  Chester  county,  Pa.  As 
the  business  has  developed  and  grown  all  over  the 
United  States,  it  has  been  found  that  it  is  not  so  much 
in  the  locality  as  in  the  methods  of  culture  that  success 
is  attained.  With  the  great  expansion  of  the  industry, 
the  handling  of  the  large  quantities  of  flowers  thrown 
on  the  market  became  a  difficult  problem.  The  Thirty- 
fourth  St.  cut-flower  market,  in  New  York,  originated 
from  the  retail  dealers  meeting  the  Long  Island  grow- 
ers every  morning  at  the  ferry.  A  convenient  restaurant 
opened  its  doors  during  inclement  weather,  where  for 
years  a  large  business  was  carried  on.  An  association 
of  growers  was  finally  formed,  which  established,  in  an 
adjoining  commodious  building,  a  market,  which  has 
since  been  very  successful  and  a  great  convenience  to 
both  branches  of  the  trade. 

The  wholesale  handling  of  flowers  on  commission  was 
commenced  in  New  York  city  in  1878,  by  J.  K.  Allen.  This 
plan  soon  became  popular,  numerous  houses  were  es- 
tablished, and  the  stock  coming  to  the  New  York  mar- 
ket, particularly  that  of  the  large  growers,  is  mainly 
disposed  of  through  these  channels.  The  excellence  of 
the  flowers  supplied  and  the  better  market  of  the  large 
cities  caused  a  considerable  shipping  demand,  which 
provided  a  much-needed  outlet  for  the  immense  quanti- 
ties of  stock  that  at  times  were  greatly  in  excess  of  the 
local  needs.  With  the  present  complete  shipping  facili- 
ties, together  with  the  improved  methods  of  packing, 
Cut-flowers  are  now  shipped  long  distances,  arriving  at 
their  destination  in  a  satisfactory  condition  after  jour- 
neys of  from  36  to  48  hours'  duration. 

The  final  distribution  of  the  flowers  through  the  ave- 
nues of  the  retail  florist  engages  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  men  in  all  the  large  cities  of  the  country.  Many 
of  the  establishments  compare  favorably  with  the  finest 
stores  of  other  lines,  while  the  delivery  service,  with  its 
fancy  wagons  and  liveried  attendants,  is  especially  nota- 
ble. Great  attention  is  paid  to  the  decorative  features 
of  these  high-class  establishments.  Their  show  win- 
dows contain  at  all  times  samples  of  the  finest  plants 
or  flowers  in  season,  or  examples  of  their  artistic 
arrangement.  The  evolution  of  the  business  during 
the  past  twenty  years  has  been  gradual,  but  has 
moved  steadily  onward.  Wire  and  sticks  have  almost 
entirely,  or  as  much  as  possible,  been  displaced  by  the 
improved  and  natural  stems  of  the  flowers  themselves. 
The  arranged  basket  of  flowers,  once  so  popular  as  a 
gift,  has  now  given  way  to  the  box  of  long-stemmed 
roses  or  cluster  arrangement  of  the  same,  to  which  are 
added  orchids,  violets,  or  other  choice  flowers,  as  pre- 
ferred. The  custom  of  sending  flowers  to  young  lady 
debutantes,  which  has  become  fashionable  the  past  few 
years,  has  become  an  important  feature  of  the  trade, 
and  atones  in  a  measure  for  the  discontinuance  of  the 
ball  bouquet,  once  so  popular  but  now  almost  obsolete. 

Christmas  and  New  Year  holidays  were  at  one  time 
equal  factors  in  taxing  the  florists  to  the  utmost  to  sup- 
ply the  demand  for  their  goods,  but  of  late  years  the 
1st  day  of  January  has  lost  this  floral  feature,  and  is 
no  longer  considered  of  importance.  The  Easter  holi- 
day trade  has  grown,  however,  from  scarcely  any  busi- 
ness in  the  early  days,  to  be  the  most  important  event 
of  the  year  ;  in  fact,  with  many  growers  it  is  the  great- 
est harvest,  as  almost  all  their  winter  season  is  given 
to  preparing  plants  and  flowers  for  the  Easter  demand. 


CUT -FLOWERS 


413 


Since  the  introduction  of  the  Lilmm  Harrisii,  or  Ber- 
muda-grown JLilinni  lonyiflorum,  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  these  bulbs  are  forced  for  this  festival. 
Azaleas  are  probably  next  in  demand,  large  quantities 
being  annually  imported  for  forcing.  It  would  be  diffi- 
cult to  estimate  with  any  accuracy  the  amount  of  busi- 
ness transacted  by  the  florists  of  this  country  for  the 
Easter  festival,  but  the  sum  total  must  be  enormous. 

The  old-time  florist  was  satisfied  with  one  crop  from 
his  greenhouses— that  of  bedding  plants  for  spring 
planting.  During  the  summer  the  houses  stood  empty, 
and  for  a  large  part  of  the  winter  contained  dormant  or 
semi-dormant  stock.  The  wide-awake  grower  of  to-day 
never  allows  any  portion  of  his  plant  to  remain  idle  even 
for  a  week,  one  crop  being  arranged  to  follow  another  in 
close  rotation. 

As  flowers  are  very  perishable  articles,  and  depend 
for  their  existence  on  certain  conditions  of  light  and 
heat,  there  are  times  when  the  supply  is  not  sufficient 
for  the  demand;  and  again  when  the  quantity  coming 
into  the  market  is  more  than  can  be  disposed  of  at  the 
current  rates.  Of  late  years  over-production  has  been 
the  bugbear  of  the  business.  Half  of  the  season  the 
market  has  been  over-stocked.  Consignment  follows 
consignment,  until  the  commission  houses  are  at  their 
wits'  ends  to  dispose  of  them.  Here  an  important  fac- 
tor was  introduced.  The  fakir,  or  street  man,  became  a 
customer  for  job  lots  at  low  prices.  Through  him  im- 
mense quantities  of  flowers,  for  which  no  other  avenue 
was  open,  have  been  sold  daily  in  all  the  large  cities. 
Their  plate  glass  cases  in  doorways  or  by  blank  walls 
are  to  be  seen  throughout  the  shopping  districts  filled, 
as  a  rule,  with  good  flowers,  with  few  exceptions. 

The  principal  and  most  popular  Cut-flowers  grown  in 
this  country  are  distinctively  American.  The  Bride  and 
Bridesmaid  roses  are  American  sports  of  the  Catherine 
Mermet.  The  American  Beauty,  as  it  is  grown  here,  is 
vastly  different  from  Mme.  Ferdinand  Jamin  of  Europe. 
The  Kaiserin  Augusta  Victoria  and  Meteor  are  Euro- 
pean sorts.  The  carnations  grown  are  of  an  entirely 
different  type  from  the  European  varieties,  and  are  all 
American  seedlings.  The  evolution  that  is  taking  place 
in  this  flower  is  wonderful,  as  the  standard  is  being  so 
constantly  raised  that  varieties  that  were  considered  su- 
perior ten  years  ago  are  now  scarcely  known.  Th& 
American  Carnation  Society,  composed  largely  of  com- 
mercial carnation  specialists,  has  done  much  to  advance 
the  quality  and  general  excellence  of  this  superb  flower. 
Chrysanthemums  that  produce  best  results  here  are- 
nearly  all  of  American  origin,  from  plants  imported 
from  Japan.  New  varieties  are  introduced  each  year, 
some  of  which  show  improvement  and  spur  hybridizers; 
on  to  renewed  efforts. 

The  demand  for  palms  and  decorative  foliage  plants; 
has  kept  pace  with  that  of  flowers,  if,  indeed,  it  has  not 
taken  the  lead.  The  increase  in  the  greenhouse  space- 
given  up  to  the  growth  of  palms  is  at  least  threefold 
within  the  past  ten  years,  and  it  may  be  said  that  the 
demand  exceeds  the  supply,  although  the  stock  is  aug- 
mented largely  each  year  by  importations  from  Europe. 
Whole  houses  are  given  up  to  the  production  of  Ficus 
elastica,  which  plant  is  a  great  favorite  with  the  masses. 
Great  quantities  of  ferns  for  table  decorations  are  now 
used,  the  little  fernery  being  considered  as  indispensa- 
ble as  the  china  to  the  setting. 

The  public  taste  at  the  present  day  is  mostly  for  loose 
arrangements  of  long-stemmed  flowers.  Stiff,  formal 
designs  are  tabooed.  The  popular  funeral  emblem  is 
forms  of  the  wreath,  which  is  made  with  a  great  variety 
of  flowers,  often  all  of  one  kind.  Loose  clusters  tied 
with  ribbons,  and  palm  leaves  (sago  palms)  crossed  and 
tied  with  ribbons  and  flowers,  are  also  favorites.  House 
decorations  are  largely  composed  of  long-stemmed  roses, 
carnations,  etc.,  placed  in  vases,  but  few,  if  any,  set 
pieces  being  allowed.  Table  decorations  for  dinners 
are  also  confined  to  the  use  of  long-stemmed  flowers  in 
vases,  and  others  arranged  on  the  cloth  with  ferns. 
Churches  are  trimmed  with  palms,  plants  in  flower 
and  long-stemmed  flowers  in  tall  vases,  all  being  done, 
as  in  other  instances,  to  show,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
natural  grace  of  the  flower.  Bridal  bouquets  are  also 
arranged  loosely,  some  with  shower  effect,  by  means 
of  flowers  tied  to  narrow  ribbons  ;  others  tied  with 


420 


CUT -FLOWERS 


CUTTAGE 


broad  ribbons,  to  be  carried  in  the  hand  or  over  the 
arm.  The  flowers  mostly  used  are  roses  and  lilies-of- 
the-valley.  Tastes  differ'but  little  in  the  various  cities, 
there  being  a  similarity  in  all  the  first-class  work.  There 
is  no  essentially  eastern  or  western  flower.  With  the 
possible  exception  of  some  varieties  of  carnations,  the 
assortment  of  flowers  will  be  found  the  same  the  country 
over.  In  the  census  of  1890  Cut-flowers  were  estimated 
to  make  more  than  one-half  of  the  florist's  business. 
One  good  book  especially  devoted  to  the  business  has 
been  produced,— the  late  M.  A.  Hunt's  "How  to  Grow 
Cut-flowers. '  ROBERT  KIFT. 

CUTICLE.  The  outer  surface  of  herbaceous  parts  of 
plants.  It  consists  of  the  outer  walls  of  the  epidermal 
cells.  These  walls  are  much  thickened  and  cutinized. 
Minute  waxy  rods  upon  the  cuticularized  surface  of 
many  fruits,  such  as  the  grape  and  plum,  give  to  them 
their  peculiar  bloom.  The  Cuticle  is  nearly  impervious 
-to  water.  The  preservation  of  fruits  depends  in  large 
measure  upon  the  retention  of  moisture  by  the  -Cuticle. 
-Cacti  and  other  desert  plants  have  their  epidermis  re- 
markably cuticularized.  ^  ^  ROWLEE. 

CUTTAGE.  The  operation  and  practice  of  growing 
plants  from  severed  parts.  A  cutting  is  the  gardener's 
name  for  a  piece  of  the  stem,  root,  rootstock  or  leaf, 
which,  if  cut  off  and  planted  under  suitable  conditions, 
will  form  new  roots  and  buds,  reproducing  the  parent 
plant.  This  term  is  usually  given  to  parts  of  the 
stem;  a  part  or  the  whole  of  the  leaf,  when  so  used,  is 
•called  a  leaf -cutting;  a  piece  of  root  or  rootstock  is  called 
.a  root-cutting.  The  scales  of  some  bulbous  plants,  e.  g., 
the  lily,  can  also  be  used  as  cuttings.  A  cion  used  in 
grafting  might  be  called  a  cutting  which  unites  and 
grows  on  the  roots  of  another  plant.  See  Graftage. 
Plants  obtained  by  division  or  layering  are  provided 
•with  roots  before  they  are  detached  from  the  parent 
plants,  and,  therefore,  are  not  properly  cuttings. 

Multiplication  by  cuttings  is  a  form  of  bud-propagation 
in  contradistinction  to  sexual  reproduction,  i.  e.,  propa- 
gation by  seeds.  It  is  a  cheap  and  convenient  way  to  obtain 
plants.  All  plants  cannot  be  profitably  increased  by  these 
means.  Why  they  differ  we  do  not  know;  the  gardener 
learns  by  experience  what  species  yield  a  good  per- 
centage of  healthy  plants,  and  acts  accordingly. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  different  ways  in 
which  cuttings  are  made: 


Cuttings 


Stem 


Growing 
wood.. 

Soft 
e.  g.,  Verbena 

Hardened 
.      e.  g.,  Tea-roses 

(Long,  in  open  air 
e.  g.,  Grape 
Short,  under  glass 
e.  g.,  Japanese  cedar 

(Short,  under  glass 
e.g.,  Anemone  Japonica 
Long,  in  open  air 
e.  g.,  Blackberry 


Leaf... 


(  Entire 

e.  g.,  Echeveria 

Divided 
e.  g.,  Begonia  Rex 

Bulb-scales 
e.  g.,  Lilies 

(1)  Cuttings  of  Growing  Wood.  — Fig.  618.  These  are 
made  either  of  the  soft  growing  tips,  as  in  coleus,  salvia, 
verbena,  etc.,  or,  of  the  same  wood  in  more  mature  con- 
dition, but  by  no  means  ripe,  as  in  tender  roses,  Azalea 
Indica,  etc.  The  cuttings  of  plants  like  Euphorbia 
pulcherrima,  erica,  epacris,  etc.,  are  used  in  the  soft 
growing  state,  if  a  well  built  propagating  house  is  obtain- 
able; but  in  an  ordinary  house,  a  part  of  which  is  used 
for  other  purposes,  the  older  and  better  ripened  wood 
will  be  more  successful.  It  is  generally  true  that  cut- 
tings of  hardened  wood  will  always  root,  although  they 
require  more  time  and  may  not  m&ke  the  best  plants, 


618.  Cutting  of  soft 
growing  wood. 
(Coleus.) 


but  it  is  not  true  that  cuttings  of  the  soft  wood  will 
always  root.  In  many  cases,  as  in  the  rose,  they  succumb 
before  they  callus,  much  less  produce  roots.  In  plants 
of  rapid  growth  and  good  vitality,  the  proper  condition 
of  the  soft  growing  wood  for  cuttings  can  be  determined 
by  its  readiness  to  snap,  not  bend, 
when  bent  back :  the  hardened  wood 
is  in  the  right  state  as  long  as  it  con- 
tinues to  grow. 

The  treatment  of  cuttings  in  both 
classes  is  practically  the  same. 
They  should  be  planted  in  sand  un- 
der glass.  Large  establishments 
have  one  or  more  houses  set  apart 
for  this  and  similar  purposes.  In 
smaller  places  a  propagating  bed  or 
bench  can  be  made  at  the  warmest 
end  of  the  warmest  house.  It 
should  be  placed  over  the  pipes 
where  they  leave  the  boiler,  and,  in 
order  to  secure  bottom  heat  when 
needed,  the  space  between  the  bench  and  the  floor 
should  be  boarded  up,  having  a  trap  door  to  open  on 
cold  nights  (Fig.  619).  Cutting-frames  inside  a  green- 
house are  also  shown  in  Fig.  620.  Side  partitions 
should  also  be  provided  to  box  in  all  the  heat  from  the 
pipes  under  that  part  of  the  bench.  Good  dimen- 
sions for  such  a  bed  are,  width  3  feet,  length  6  feet  or 
any  multiple  of  6,  thus  making  it  simple  to  use  a  hotbed 
sash  wnen  confined  air  is  wanted.  The  depth  of  the 
frame  should  be  from  6  to  10  inches  in  front  and  from  12 
to  15  inches  behind.  The  bottom  of  the  bed  may  be 
either  wood,  slate  or  metal  and  should  be  well  drained : 
place  a  layer  of  potsherds  first,  then  moss,  and  from  2  to 
3  inches  of  sand  on  top.  The  sand  should  be  clean, 
sharp  and  well  compacted:  before  planting  it  should  be 
watered  if  at  all  dry.  It  is  sometimes  advisable  to 
have  the  bed  filled  with  moss  (sphagnum),  into  which 
pots  or  boxes  containing  cuttings  are  plunged  :  the 
moss  should  be  moist,  neither  too  wet  nor  dry,  and  well 
packed. 

In  many  cases,  when  large  quantities  of  one  sort  of 
cuttings   are  to  be  planted,  the  ordinary  greenhouse 


619.  Section  of  propagating  bed. 

Shows  four  pipes  beneath,  the  door  on  the  side,  and 

the  frame  cover. 

bench  covered  with  sand  is  sufficient  (Fig.  621).     Other 

forms  of  propagating  beds  are  shown  in  Figs.  622,  623, 

624.    See,  also,  Bailey's  Nursery  Book,  3d  ed.,  pp.  44-53. 

The  wood  for  cuttings  should  be  fresh,  and  precau- 


CUTTA<;I: 


CUTTAGE 


421 


tions  shotild  be  taken  to  prevent  wilting  during; 
making  and  planting:  if  the  weather  is  hot,  sprinkle  the 
floor  and  bench  of  the  work  room:  if  they  are  delicate, 
and  exposed  for  an  hour  or  more,  lay  them  between  folds 


620.   Permanent  propagating  frames  in  a  greenhouse 

of  moistened  paper.  The  average  length  of  these  cut- 
tings is  from  1  to  3  inches,  but  they  can  be  made  longer 
or  shorter;  much  depends  upon  the  nature  of  the  plant. 
The  best  growers  prefer  short  cuttings ;  the  advantage 
of  a  long  piece  to  begin  with  is  more  than  offset  by 
greater  danger  of  wilting  and  consequent  retrogression. 
It  is  not  necessary  to  cut  to  a  bud,  i.  e.,  at  the  node, 
in  the  more  easily  handled  plants  except  in  some  her- 
baceous tuberous-rooted  plants,  like  dahlia  ( see  Fig.  625 ) , 
and  Sal  via  patens,  in  which  a  crown  must  be  formed  to 
insure  future  growth.  Make  the  cut  where  it  will  give  the 
proper  length.  A  part  of  the  leaves  should  be  removed, 
always  enougn  to  secure  a  clean  stem  for  planting,  and 
as  many  more  as  are  needed  to  prevent  disastrous  wilt- 
ing: this  factor  varies  greatly.  In  a  hardwood  cutting 
of  lemon  verbena  all  leaves  are  taken  off,  in  zonale 
geraniums  from  the  open  ground  few  if  any  are  left,  in 
coleus  and  verbena  about  one  half  are  removed,  while 
in  Olea  fragrans,  Daphne  odora,  heath,  etc.,  only  enough 
for  planting.  Use  a  sharp  knife ;  but  scissors  are  handy 
for  trimming  and  sometimes  for  making  cuttings  of 
those  small  wooded  plants  which  root  easily. 

The  cuttings  of  plants  with  milky  juice 
should  be  washed  before  planting.  Some- 
times the  lower  ends  are  allowed  to  dry  for 
several  hours,  the  tops  being  protected 
against  wilting.  Large  and  succulent  cut- 
tings, e.  g.,  of  pineapple,  cotyledon,  cac- 
tus, etc.,  should  be  dried  before  planting 
by  letting  them  lie  on  the  surface  of  the 
propagating  bed  for  several  days,  or  they 
may  be  planted  in  dry  sand  at  first.  Under 
these  conditions  a  callus  forms  which  tends 
to  prevent  decay;  but  the  wood  must  not 
shrivel. 

Peter  Henderson  has  introduced  a  method 
which  is  likely  to  increase  the  percentage 
of  rooted  plants,  and  which  is  desirable  in 
slow  -  growing  varieties,  like  the  tricolor 
geraniums.  He  advises  that  the  cutting 
should  be  partly  severed  and  allowed  to 
hang  to  the  parent  plant  for  a  few  days; 
this  results  in  a  partial  callus,  or  even  roots, 
before  the  cutting  is  entirely  removed. 

In  planting  cuttings,  use  a  dibble  or  open 
a  V-shaped  trench.    Never  thrust  the  cut- 
ting  directly    into    the    soil.     Plant    deep 
enough  to  hold  the  cutting  upright  and  no 
deeper,  making  due  allowance  for  the  sand 
settling  ;  the  distance  apart  should  be  just 
enough    to    prevent    them    from    pressing 
against   each    other.      It  must  be   remem- 
bered that  they  stay  in  the  bed  only  until  rooted.    As 
soon  as  growth  begins,  they  are  potted  off.    When  the 
cuttings  are  inserted,  the  sand  should  be  firmly  pressed 
about  them,  and  they  should  be  watered  with  a  syringe 


or  with  a  fine  rose;  the  forcible  application  of  uuiei 
compacts  the  sand,  thus  excluding  air,  and  prevents  un- 
due wilting. 

Give  shade  inmn-diately,  using  lath  shutters  outside, 
or  paper  or  cloth  screens  within,  and  attend 
to  this  very  carefully  for  the  first  few  days. 
Lift  the  shades  early  in  the  afternoon,  and 
put  them  on  late  in  the  morning,  but  keep 
them  on  during  the  middle  of  the  day,  thus 
gradually  accustoming  them  to  full  light. 

Cuttings  should  never  suffer  from  dry- 
ness.  The  sand  should  always  be  kept  moist 
to  the  verge  of  wetness.  Ventilation  should 
be  given  on  bright  days,  but  all  exposure  to 
draft  avoided.  A  good  temperature  for  prop- 
agating is  from  60°  to  65°  F.,  increasing 
these  figures  for  tropical  plants  and  reduc- 
ing them  for  more  hardy  kinds.  It  is  de- 
batable whether  bottom  heat  and  confined 
air  are  advisable  for  cuttings  of  growing 
wood.  The  older  gardeners  employed  both, 
but  now  neither  is  commonly  used, except 
for  tropical  plants,  like  croton,  or  when  a 

constant  succession  of  crops  of  cuttings  is 

required.  There  is  no  doubt  that  with  this 
aid  cuttings  will  root  more  quickly,  but 
more  skill  and  care  are  required,  neglect 
bringing  on  fungous  disease,  which  results  in  unhealthy 
plants  or  total  loss.  If  bottom  heat  is  used,  the  average 
temperature  of  the  bed  should  be  10°  or  so  above  that 
of  the  air,  but  less  will  suffice.  Indeed,  in  beds  made  as 
described  above,  in  good  weather  the  sand  is  enough 
warmer  than  the  greenhouse  atmosphere  to  answer  every 
purpose.  If  a  confined  air  is  used,  ventilation  and  shad- 
ing must  be  carefully  looked  after,  and  precautions 
taken  against  the  accumulation  of  condensed  moisture 
within  the  bell-glass  or  frame. 

Sand  is  the  medium  commonly  employed  for  the  root- 
ing of  cuttings,  selecting  the  coarser  kinds  for  plants 
like  geraniums  and  finer  for  heaths.  Brick  dust  and 
powdered  charcoal  are  sometimes  recommended,  and 
"Jadoo  fiber"  is  now  on  trial.  Sphagnum  is  useful  in 
rooting  Ficus  elastica,  the  base  of  the  cutting  being- 
wrapped  in  a  ball  of  moss  and  plunged  in  a  bed  of 
moss.  English  ivy,  oleander  and  other  plants  can  be 
struck  in  water,  but  this  method  is  cumbersome.  Peter- 
Henderson's  saucer  method  is  valuable  in  hot  weather  : 
the  cuttings  are  planted  in  sand,  kept  saturated  and 


621.   Cutting  bench  shaded  with  lath. 

fully  exposed  to  the  sun.  Large  cuttings  can  be  planted 
singly  in  2-  or  3-inch  pots,  the  pots  then  being  plunged 
in  the  cutting  bed.  In  such  cases  some  well  rotted  leaf- 
mold,  less  than  one-half,  can  be  added  to  the  sand. 


422 


CUTTAGE 


CUTTAGE 


Although  it  is  tender  plants,  in  the  main,  which  are 
propagated  by  cuttings  of  growing  wood,  the  above 
methods  can  be  practiced  advantageously  with  some 
hardy  plants.  The  wood, 
which  is  invariably 
more  successful  if  hard- 
ened, is  obtained  either 
from  plants  forced  for 
this  purpose,  e.  g.,  spi- 
rea,  Deutzia  gracilis, 
etc.,  or  it  is  gathered  in 
June  and  July  out  of 
doors,  e.  g.,  lilac,  hy- 
drangea,  etc.  Cuttings  of 
growing  wood  should  be 

622.  Propagating-box.  potted    in    2-    or   3-inch 

pots,  in    a  rather  sandy 

soil,  when  the  roots  are  from  %-%  inches  long.  It  is 
sometimes  good  economy  to  box  them,  i.  e.,  plant  them 
a  few  inches  apart  in  flats,  when  not  immediately  re- 
quired. 

(2)  Long  Cuttings  of  Ripened  Wood  in  Open  Air.— 
This  method  is  used  to  propagate  many  hardy  trees  and 
shrubs,  e.  g.,  willows,  currants,  grapes,  forsythia,  etc. 
Wood  of  the  current  year's  growth  is  gathered  in  au- 
tumn or  early  winter,  before  severe  frost,  and  either 
stored  in  a  cool  cellar,  covering  with  moss  or  fresh  earth 
to  prevent  drying,  or  immediately  made  into  cuttings. 
These  (see  Fig.  626)  should  be  made  6  inches  or  more 
Jong  and  should  contain  at  least  2  buds.  It  is  not  neces- 


The  excrescences,  knots  or  knaurs,  which  are  found  on 
the  trunks  and  the  main  limbs  of  olive  trees,  are  some- 
times used  as  cuttings  for  propagation. 

(3 )  Short  cuttings  of  ripened  icood  ( Fig. 
627)  are  used  under  glass  with  tender  or 
half -hardy  species,  with   new  introduc- 
tions, in  cases  where  the  grower  is  short 
of  stock,  and  when  the  plant  is  delicate 
and  small.  The  wood  should  be  gathered 
before    severe    frost   and    the   cuttings 
made  and   planted   directly   in    October 
and    November.      Make  them  from  2-4 
inches  long  (sometimes  a  single  eye  only 
is  used),    and   plant  \vith    a  dibble,  in 
pure  sand  in   pots,  pans  or  flats  (boxes 
about   16   inches    square   and   3   inches 
deep ) .    If  a  layer  of  potting  soil  is  placed 
under  the   sand,  the  young  plants  have    625.  Hardened- 
something  to  feed  upon  and  do  not  need       wood  cutting 
to  be  potted  so  soon  after  rooting  ;     if        Of  dahlia, 
this  is  done,  drainage  should  be  given. 
It  is  important  to  keep  them  cool  until  a  callus  is  formed 
or  roots  produced.    If  the  buds  start  into  growth  before 
this,  the  cuttings  become  exhausted  and  are  likely  to 
die.     After    rooting,— the  time   required    varies    from 
one  to  six  months— they  can  either   be   potted   or   the 


623.  Small  propagating-box,  adapted 
to  a  window. 

sary  to  cut  to  a  bud  at  the  base,  but  the  upper  cut 
should  be  just  above  one.  They  should  be  tied  in 
bundles  with  tarred  rope,  taking  care  to  have  them  lie 
w heads  and  tails"  to  facilitate  planting,  and  with  the 
butts  on  the  same  level,  to  promote  callusing.  They 
should  then  be  buried  in  sandy  soil,  with  the  butts 
down  and  protected  against  frost.  In  early  spring 
they  should  be  firmly  planted  in  V-shaped  trenches 
in  well  prepared  soil  :  set  an  inch  or  so  apart,  with 
the  rows  1  or  1%  feet  apart.  The  upper  bud  should 
be  just  at  the  surface  ;  to  prevent  suckers  the  lower 
buds  may  be  removed.  In  autumn  they  should  be  dug, 
graded  and  heeled-in  for  winter.  Some  varieties  will 


624.   Propagating-box  or  hood. 

require  a  second  or  third  year's  growth  in  the  nursery; 
others  are  ready  for  permanent  planting,  as  willows 
and  poplars,  which  often  grow  6  feet  the  first  year. 
This  is  one  of  the  very  cheapest  ways  of  propagating, 
and  will  pay  where  only  25  per  cent  root.  This  method 
is  generally  used  with  deciduous-leaved  plants,  but 
some  conifers,  e.  g.,  Siberian  arborvitw,  will  strike. 
Remove  enough  twigs  to  get  a  clean  stem  for  plant- 
ing, and  allow  2  or  3  inches  of  top  above  ground. 


626.    Long  cuttings  of  ripened  wood. 

strong-growing  sorts  be  planted  out  in  well  pre- 
pared beds  in  May  or  June,  where  they  are  likely  to 
make  a  satisfactory  growth.  The  weaker  kinds  can  re- 
main a  year  in  pots  or  flats,  be  wintered  in  a  pit,  and 
planted  out  the  next  spring.  Some  greenhouse  plants, 
e.  g.,  Camellia  Laurestinus,  tender  grapes,  etc.,  are 
propagated  in  this  way  with  cuttings  of  fully  ripened 
wood,  and  others,  as  cactus,  dracsena,  etc.,  with  wood 
which  is  much  older.  They  should  be  given  the  care 
described  under  the  head  of  (1)  Cuttings  of  Growing 
Wood,  but  they  must  not  be  forced  too  hard  at  first. 
The  temperature  should  be  regulated  by  the  nature  of 
the  plant.  The  safest  rule  to  follow  is  to  give  a  few  de- 
grees more  heat  for  propagating  than  the  plant  received 
when  the  cutting  was  removed. 

(4)  Hoot-cuttings  (Fig.  628)  are  made  of  either  root 
or  rootstock  and  are  useful  in  propa- 
gating some  plants,  either  in  the 
greenhouse  or  in  the  open  air.  Ten- 
der plants,  like  bouvardia,  and  those 
which  are  hardy  but  of  delicate 
growth,  e.  g.,  Anemone  Japonica,&re 
handled  under  glass  ;  blackberries, 
horseradish,  etc..  out  of  doors.  The 
cuttings  are  made  in  autumn  or  win- 
ter, the  roots  of  hardy  plants  being 
gathered  before  severe  frost  and 
either  planted  directly  or  kept  in 
moss  until  spring.  This  process  of 
storing  develops  a  callus  and  has  a 
tendency  to  produce  buds.  For  green-  627.  Short  cuttings 
house  work,  the  cuttings  are  made  of  ripened  wood. 


COTTAGE 


CYATHEA 


423 


628.  Root-cutting  of  blackberry  (X  / 


from  1-2  inches  long,  the  larger  roots  being  selected, 
although  the  small  ones  will  grow.  They  are  planted 
in  pans  or  flats,  in  soil  composed  of  equal  parts  sand 
and  well  rotted  leaf-mold.  Ordinarily  they  are  set  hori- 
zontally. If  planted  vertically,  in  cuttings  from  the 
true  root  the  end  which  was  nearest  the  crown  should 
be  uppermost;  but  if  made  from  the  rootstock,  that  end 
should  be  uppermost  which  grew  farthest  from  the 
crown.  In  either  case  they  should  be  covered,  as 

seeds  are  covered, 
and  the  whole 
made  firm.  Root- 
cuttings  of  hardy 
plants  should  be 
kept  cool  at  first 
and  brought  into 
heat  only  when 
ready  to  grow.  They 
may  be  kept  in  a  pit  or  cool  cellar.  Tender  plants 
require  the  same  or  a  little  higher  temperature  than 
that  in  which  they  thrive. 

In  sweet  potato,  the  tuber  is  cut  lengthwise  and  laid, 
with  the  cut  side  down,  on  moist  sand  or  moss,  the 
edges  being  slightly  covered.  Buds  develop  on  these 
edges  and  are  removed  when  of  proper  size  and  treated 
as  cuttings  of  growing  wood,  or  allowed  to  remain  until 
rooted.  In  dracaena  (see  Fig.  546,  page  370)— and  this 
applies  to  stem-  as  well  as  root-cuttings— the  buds  are 
rust  taken  off  until  rooted  ;  the  original  cutting  remains 
in  the  sand  and  sometimes  produces  a  second  or  even  a 
third  crop.  The  tuberous  rootstock  of  Arum  macula- 
turn,  and  plants  of  like  nature,  can  be  cut  into  pieces, 
remembering  that  the  bud-producing  portion  of  arum  is 
the  top,  and  each  part  will  grow  successfully.  Exercise 
care  in  watering  and  maintain  a  good  temperature. 

Boot-cuttings  for  planting  in  the  open  ground  are 
made  from  4  to  6  inches  long,  and  are  planted  firmly  in 
V-shaped  trenches  or  furrows  in  spring,  being  covered 
2  inches  or  more  deep.  Roots  as  large  as  one's  little 
finger  are  chosen,  and  good  results  are  obtained  with 
plants  of  vigorous  growth.  In  plants  like  lily-of-the- 
valley,  common  lilac,  calycanthus,  Scotch  and  moss 
roses,  etc.,  unless  short  of  stock,  it  is  better  to  encour- 
age the  natural  growth  of  the  suckers  and  propagate  by 
division,  but  these  can  be  multiplied  as  above  described. 
Variegation,  curiously  enough,  is  not  always  repro- 
duced by  means  of  root-cuttings. 

(5)  Leaf-cuttings.— Many  leaves  are  capable  of  pro- 
ducing roots.  Some  have  the  further  power  of  develop- 
ing buds  after  rooting,  and  of 
these  last  a  few  furnish  an  eco- 
nomical means  of  bud-propaga- 
tion, particularly  where  the  stem 
growth  is  insufficient.  In  coty- 
ledon (echeveria)  the  whole 
leaf  is  used,  the  smaller  ones 
from  the  flower  -  stalk  being 
often  the  best.  Choose  those 
which  are  fully  matured,  and,  if 
large  and  succulent,  expose 
them  for  a  few  days  on  the  sur- 
face of  dry  sand,  but  do  not  let 
them  shrivel.  The  treatment, 
othewise,  is  as  given  above  for 
cuttings  of  growing  wood.  In 
gloxinia  and  other  Gesneracese, 
the  whole  leaf  (Fig.  629),  half  a 
leaf,  or  even  a  lesser  portion, 
is  used.  When  enough  clear 
petiole  is  obtainable,  no  further 
preparation  is  needed.  When  a 
part  only  of  the  leaf  is  planted, 
some  of  the  blade  must  be  cut 
away.  As  a  rule,  no  bud  is  de- 
veloped the  first  season :  a  tuber 
is  formed,  which  will  grow  in 
due  time. 

Begonia  Rex  is  increased  by  leaves  in  various  ways. 
The  whole  leaf  may  be  planted  as  a  cutting,  keeping 
the  petiole  entire  or  cutting  it  off  where  it  unites  with 
the  blade  ;  or  the  whole  leaf  can  be  pinned  or  weighted 
to  the  surface  of  moist  sand  (Fig.  203,  page  142),  and, 
if  the  principal  veins  are  severed  at  intervals  of  an 


629.  Leaf-cutting  of 
gloxinia. 


inch,  a  plantlet  will  appear  at  every  cut.  The  best  way 
is  to  divide  the  leaf  into  somewhat  triangular  pieces 
•  (see  Fig.  204,  page  142),  each  part  having  a  strong  vein 
near  the  center.  Plant  in  sand,  in  good  temperature, 
and  treat  precisely  as  if  they  were  cuttings  of  growing 
wood.  Roots  and  buds  will  soon  grow,  and  a  good  plant 
will  result  within  a  reasonable  time.  Pot  off  when  roots 
are  %  in.  long. 

The  thickened  scales  of  bulbs,  like  lilies,  can  be  used 
for  propagation.    Remove  the  scales   intact  and  plant 
upright,  like  seeds,  in  soil  made  of  equal  parts  of  sand 
and  rotted  leaf -mold  (Fig.  630) :  September  and  October 
are   the   usual   months   for  this   work.     If 
they   are    kept  in  a  cool   greenhouse,   the 
young  bulblets  will  appear  in  the  course  of 
the  winter,  but  top  growth  will  come  later, 
in  summer.    This  is  a  slow,  laborious  pro- 
cess,   and   is    seldom    practiced   except   in 
propagating  new  varieties.     The  granular 
scales   of    achimenes   and    plants    of    like 
nature  can  be  used  for   propagating,  sow- 
ing them    in    a   sandy    soil   as    seeds   are 
sown  ;    but  this   method  is  not  a  good  one 
in   ordinary   cases.     The  scales   of  Zamia 
horrida  have   been  made   to   produce  new 
plants,  and  also  the  tunicated  scales  of  an  Lily  scale 
amaryllis.      See  Transactions  of  Horticul-   producing 
tural  Society  [London],  6,  p.  501.  bulblets. 

True  variegation,  that  which  comes  from 
lack  of   chlorophyll  matter,  is  not   always  reproduced 
by   leaf -cuttings.     The   characteristic   coloring   in   the 
foliage  of  Begonia  Rex  is  never  lacking  in  plants  ob- 
tained  by  these  means. 

For  further  details  of  Cuttage,  consult  Lindley's  The- 
ory and  Practice  of  Horticulture,  2d  ed.;  Burbidge, 
The  Propagation  and  Improvement  of  Cultivated  Plants ; 
Peter  Henderson's  Practical  Floriculture  ;  Bailey's 
Nursery  Book,  3d  ed.  R  M  WATSON< 

CYANOPHYLLUM.     Consult  Miconia. 

CYATHEA  (Greek,  a  cup,  alluding  to  the  indusia). 
Cyathedcece.  A  large  genus  of  tree  ferns  found  in  both 
hemispheres,  with  a  globose  indusium  which  ultimately 
ruptures  at  the  apex  and  becomes  cup-shaped.  All  the 
species  in  cultivation  have  decompound  Ivs.  Many 
other  species  from  Columbia  and  the  West  Indies 
besides  those  described  below  are  well  worthy  of  cul- 
tivation. L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

This  genus  includes  some  of  the  most  beautiful  of  all 
tree  ferns.  The  species  offer  a  great  variety  in  size  of 
trunks.  Those  of  temperate  regions  are  mostly  stout 
and  not  spiny ;  the  tropical  species  are  more  slender  and 
in  many  cases  densely  armed  with  stout  spines.  All 
species  are  evergreen.  Their  culture  is  simple  but  ex- 
acting. They  require  an  abundance  of  water  at  the  roots 
and  the  trunks  should  be  kept  constantly  moist.  By 
these  means  only  can  a  vigorous  growth  and  fine  heads 
of  fronds  be  secured.  The  foliage  lasts  longer  if  it  has 
been  inured  to  the  sun  during  summer.  Like  all  other 
tree  ferns,  Cyatheas  need  little  pot-room.  None  of  the 
species  produces  adventitious  growths  along  the  trunk 
or  at  the  base  and  none  is  proliferous.  The  plants  are, 
therefore,  usually  prop,  by  spores,  which  are  produced 
abundantly  and  germinate  freely,  making  attractive 
young  plants  in  two  seasons.—  A  bridged  from  Schnei- 
der's Book  of  Choice  Ferns. 

A.    Rachides  unarmed;  Ivs.  white  beneath. 
dealbata,  Swz.     Rachides  with  pale  rusty  wool  when 
young;  Ivs.firm,  bi-tripinnate,almost  pure  white  beneath. 
N.  Zealand.     C.  Smithii,  Hort.,  is  regarded  by  some  as 
a  horticultural  variety. 

AA.   Rachides  unarmed;  Ivs.  green  beneath. 

Burkei,  Hook.  Stalks  with  tubercles  near  the  base 
bearing  large,  glossy  rusty  scales :  Ivs.  bipinnate,  with 
broad  pinnules.  S.  Africa. 

merid6nsis,  Karst.  Figs.  631,  632.  Lvs.  tripinnati- 
fid,  with  oblong-lanceolate  pinnae  and  rather  narrow 
lanceolete  pinnules;  segments  scaly  on  the  ribs  beneath. 
U.  S.  Columbia. 


424 


CYATHEA 


CYCLAMEN 


AAA.   Rachldes 

Ivs.  green  beneath. 

medullaris,  Swz.  Lvs. 
bi-tripinnate, densely  scaly 
when  young,  with  soft,  de- 
ciduous hair-like  scales  ; 
segments  coarsely  serrate 
or  pinnatifld,  on  spore- 
bearing  Ivs.  N.  Zealand. 
L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CYCAS  (classical  Greek 
name).       Cycadacece. 

Twenty  or  fewer  species  of  widely  distributed  tropi- 
cal or  warm-temperate  palm-like  plants.  Plants  dioe- 
ceous.  The  fls.  appear  in  a  mass  in  the  bosom  of 
the  great  crown  of  Ivs.  Staminate  tts.  are  anthers 
borne  beneath  a  scale  ;  the  pistillate  fls.  are  naked 
ovules  borne  in  the  angles  of  rusty-fuzzy,  pinnatifld 
Ivs.  They  have  striking  analogies  with  the  gym- 
nosperms  and  ferns.  Cycads  are  popular  conserva- 
tory plants,  for  they  are  of  easy  culture,  and  the 
crowns  of  Ivs.  withstand  much  neglect,  or  even 
abuse.  Cycas  stems  and  leaves  are  imported  in 
vast  quantities  directly  from  Japan.  Staminate 
plants  are  rare  in  cultivation.  For  a  horticultural 
synopsis  of  the  genus,  see  I.H.  11,  under  tab.  405. 
A  running  sketch,  by  W.  Watson,  is  in  G.F.  4 :  113. 

Cycads  in  the  various  species  are  among  the  most 
popular  decorative  plants  for  both  house  and  garden. 
Their  culture  is  comparatively  simple,  as  they  suc- 
ceed in  varying  temperature  and  any  well  drained 
soil.  C.  revoluta  is  probably  the  most  hardy  spe- 
cies, withstanding  the  trying  climate  of  the  upper 
coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  where  it  occasionally 
loses  its  entire  crown  of  leaves  during  severe 
freezes,  but  is  seldom  killed  outright.  It  usually 
stands  well  at  Savannah.  Plants  are  propagated  by 
seeds,  which  keep  well  for  a  month  or  more  after 
ripening.  They  should  be  sown  in  shallow  boxes  or 
the  greenhouse  bench,  lightly  covered  with  sand, 
and,  after  germination,  potted  off  in  small  pots  of 
moderately  rich,  light  soil.  The  growing  plants  do 
their  best  in  partial  shade,  where  they  should  have 
proper  attention  in  watering  and  weeding.  The  old 
plants  frequently  send  up  suckers  around  the  base  of 
the  trunk,  which  may  be  cut  off  and  rooted,  if  taken 
in  a  dormant  state.  The  leaves,  if  any  have  formed, 
should  be  cut  off  at  the  time  of  its  removal,  as  other- 
wise they  would  dry  up  the  sucker  before  it  was  es- 
tablished. The  large  stems,  or  trunks,  are  safely 
shipped  from  their  native  home  to  most  distant 
countries,  after  cutting  off  leaves  and  roots  and  pack- 
ing in  cases  in  a  dry  condition.  Upon  arrival  at  their 
destination,  the  stems  are  planted  in  as  small  pots 
as  possible  and  kept  close  and  moist  until  new 
leaves  form,  when  a  cooler  and  drier  air  will  answer 
for  them.  Their  use  as  decorative  specimens  for  the 
home  is  increasing,  although  many  failures  result 
from  lack  of  moisture  and  sunshine.  The  soil  which 
suits  them  best  is  a  sandy  or  gravelly  loam,  and 
should  never  be  allowed  to  get  quite  dry,  but  be  kept 
in  a  moderately  moist  condition  at  all  seasons.  When 
dormant,  they  may  be  placed  in  the  most  shaded 
positions  occasionally,  but  ought  to  have  sunshine 
daily,  when  possible,  for  at  least  an  hour.  During 
their  periodical  growth,  they  should  have  a  great  deal 
of  sunshine  to  insure  a 
stocky  and  vigorous  growth ; 
otherwise  the  leaves  will  be 
drawn  to  an  unnatural 
length,  with  few  pinnae, 
ruining  their  symmetrical 
form. 

Cult,  by  E.  N.  REASONER. 

revoluta,  Thunb.  SAGO 
PALM.  Figs.  633,  634.  Be- 
coming 6-10  ft.  high,  and 
then  branching  :  Ivs.  long 
and  recurved  at  the  end 
(2-7  ft.),  the  many  pinnae 
curved  downward,  narrow, 


sharp -pointed  and  stiff , 
dark,     shining    green. 
Japan.      B.  M.   2963-4. 
J.H.  III.  29:379.    R.B. 
21:  163.     R.  H.  1896,  p. 
369.  A.G.  13:141 ;  18:1; 
19:  436.        Mn.     2:  88  ; 
6:134.  —  The    common- 
est    species      in    cult. 
Produces    a   handsome 
crest  or  crown  of  out- 
ward-flowing Ivs.,  which  remains  in  per- 
fection for  months  and  years.    The  fruit 
is  densely  tomentose,  but  is   not  often 
seen  in  cultivated  plants.    Much  use<?  at 
funerals. 

~  circinalis,  Linn.  ( C.  Thoudrsii,  R.  Br. ) . 
Taller,  rarely  branching  :  Ivs.  twice 
longer  than  those  of  C.  revoluta,  gracefully  arching, 
the  pinnae  afoot  or  less  long,  falcate, dark  green  above 
and  pale  beneath.  Moluccas.  B.  M.  2826-7.  F.  S. 
20:  2118-19.— Fruit  glabrous  at  maturity.  Not  un- 
common in  good  collections.  Rapid  grower  as  com- 
pared with  some  other  species. 

Rumphii,  Miq.  Usually  low,  but  said  to  be  tall  in 
the  wild  :  crown  large  and  full  :  the  Ivs.  3-6  ft. 
long  and  12-18  in.  wide  ;  pinnae  pale,  thin,  lanceo- 
late, 12-14  in.  long  and  %  in.  wide  ;  petiole  spiny. 
E.  Ind. 

Bellef6nti,  Lintl.  &  Rod.  Stem  short,  cylindrical 
and  erect :  Ivs.  long  and  graceful,  recurved,  the 
linear-lanceolate  slightly  falcate,  sessile  pinnae  en- 
tire and  plane  on  the  border,  somewhat  glaucous  ; 
petioles  spinulose  at  the  base.  China.  I.H.  33 :  586. 

m§dia,  R.  Br.  Tall  ( 10-15  ft. ) ,  the  trunk  cylindrical, 
bearing  a  large  crown  :  Ivs.  curved  downwards, 
4  ft.  or  more  long,  elliptic  or  lanceolate  ;  pinnae 
numerous,  linear  and  pointed  ;  petiole  convex  below, 
flat  or  nearly  so  on  top.  Australia.  I.H.  26:368. 

Names  which  have  appeared  in  the  Araer.  trade  are : 
C.  Comoriensis^t  —  C.  Lehmanni  =  Encephalartos  Leh- 
manni.— C.  Neo-Caledonica,  Lind.  Much  like  C.  circinalis, 
but  the  fronds  narrower  and  the  pinnae  closer,  C.  San- 
deriana  =  ? 

Other  cultivated  Cycads  are  :  C.  Beddo'mei,  Dyer.  Per- 
haps a  small  form  of  C.  circinalis.  E.  Ind.—  C.  Norman- 
byana,  Muell.  Lvs.  oblong-ovate,  with  numerous  linear 
pinnae  6  in.  long.  Australia.—  C.  pectindta,  Griff.  Stem 
short,  sending  up  very  long,  rich  green,  plume-like,  semi- 
erect  Ivs.,  with  long,  thin,  blunt-tipped  pinnaa.  Ind.  G.F. 
4:114.  Said  to  be  the  finest  species.— C.  Riuminiana, 
Regel.  Stem  rather  stout :  Ivs.  bright  green,  erect,  spread- 
ing in  a  vase-form  crown,  the  pinnae  fine-pointed.  Philip- 
pines. I.  H.  11:  405.— C.  Siamensis,  Miq.  Much  like  C.  cir- 
cinalis: Ivs.  2-4  ft.  long,  bright  green,  graceful :  trunk  much 
swollen  at  the  base.  Siam  and  Cochin  China.  I.H. 


28:433.   R.H.  1881,  p.  397. 


L.  H.  B. 


632.    Fruiting   pinnule  of 
Cyathea  meridensis. 


631.   Cyathea  meridensis. 


CYCLAMEN  (classical 
name,  probably  from  the 
Greek  word  for  circle,  in 
allusion  to  the  spirally 
twisted  peduncles). 
Primiilacece .  A  dozen  or 
more  species,  mostly  of 
the  Mediterranean  re- 
gion and  the  Caucasus. 
Herbaceous  and  low, 
from  a  flattish  tuber  or 
corm  :  fl.  single,  on  a  scape, 
with  usually  5-parted  calyx  and 
corolla  (the  parts  strongly  re- 
flexed),  5  connivent  stamens, 
with  pointed,  sessile  anthers, 
1  style  and  stigma,  and  a  5-split- 
ting  capsule.  C.  latifolium  is 
the  source  of  the  standard  flo- 
rists' Cyclamens.  Most  of  the 
other  species  are  grown  only 
as  curiosities  in  this  country; 
and  they  are  essentially  out- 
door plants.  Old  English  name 
Sowbread,  from  the  tubers  be- 
ing sought  by  swine.  Con- 


CYCLA.MKN 


CYCLAMEN 


425 


suit  Fr.  Hildebrand,  Die  Gattung  Cyclamen,  Jena, 
1898-  L.  H.  B. 

All  Cyclamens  are  very  beautiful,  and  would  be  much 
more  popular  were  they  hardy  in  our  eastern  climate. 
On  the  Pacific  slope  many  of  them  probably  would  be 
perfectly  at  home  as  outdoor  plants,  producing  a  great 
number  of  flowers  above  the  bare  soil  in  the  depth  of 
winter  before  the  leav«  s  are  developed.  It  is,  however, 
with  the  Persian  Cyclamen,  which  is  tender,  that  florists 
have  had  the  greatest  success.  There  is  no  common 
winter-flowering  subject  of  as  much  value  for  duration 
in  bloom,  variety  of  coloring,  or  wealth  of  color. 

It  is  preferable  at  all  times  to  begin  the  culture  of 
Persian  Cyclamen  with  seeds,  sown  in  the  early  winter 
months.  Grow  on  without  any  check  for  the  following 
year.  They  should  bloom  freely  about  fifteen  months 
from  planting.  Old  tubers,  such  as  are  offered  in  fall 
with  other  florists'  bulbs,  rarely  give  any  satisfaction  as 
compared  with  a  packet  of  seeds.  It  is  not  the  nature 
of  the  plant  to  have  all  its  roots  dried  off,  as  if  it  were 
a  Hyacinth  or  Tulip.  Our  summers  are  rather  too  warm 
to  suit  Cyclamen  perfectly,  and  it  will  be  found  that  the 
most  growth  is  made  in  the  early  autumn.  It  is  best  to 
give  them  a  little  shade  in  the  hot  months,  such  as  a 
frame  outdoors  near  the  shade  of  overhanging  trees  at 
midday.  This  is  better  than  growing  them  under  painted 
glass,  as  more  light  is  available,  together  with  plenty  of 
fresh  air  on  hot  days.  It  will  be  found  that  Cyclamen 
seeds  require  a  long  time  in  which  to  germinate,  — often 
two  months.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  seed  pro- 
duces a  bulb  or  corni  before  leaf  growth  is  visible.  As 
soon  as  two  leaves  are  well  developed,  place  the  plants 
around  the  edge  of  4-  or  5-inch  pots  until  every  one  is 
large  enough  for  a  3-inch  pot.  The  roots  are  produced 
sparingly  in  the  initial  stages,  and  too  much  pot  room 
would  be  fatal  at  the  start.  By  the  middle  of  summer 
another  shift  may  be  given,  and  in  September  all  will 
be  ready  for  the  pots  in  which  they  are  to  flower,  — 5-  or 
6-inch  pots,  according  to  the  vigor  of  the  plants.  It 
will  always  be  found,  however,  that  there  will  be  a  cer- 
tain percentage  that  will  not  grow,  no  matter  how  much 
persuasion  is  used.  These  may  be  thrown  away  to  save 
time  and  labor  early  in  the  season.  The  Giganteum 


named  varieties  that  will  reproduce  themselves  almost 
to  a  certainty. 

Of  recent  years  cultivators  have  had  much  trouble 
with  a  tiny  insect  or  mite  that  attacks  the  plants  and 
renders  them  useless  for  bloom.  Its  work  is  done  mostly 


633.   Cycas  revoluta. 
Specimen  grown  in  partial  shade. 

strains  produce  the  largest  blooms,  but  at  the  expense 
of  quantity.  For  the  average  cultivator  it  is  better  to 
try  a  good  strain  that  is  not  gigantic.  There  is  a  recent 
departure  in  the  form  of  crested  flowers.  Cyclamens 
come  true  to  color  from  seeds,  and  one  can  now  buy 


after  the  plants  are  taken 
into   the   greenhouse   and 
when  about  to  mature  into 
blooming   specimens.      If 
the  first  flowers  come  deformed,  or 
abnormally    streaked    with   colors 
that  are  darker   in  shade,    it  is    a 
sure    indication   that    the   pest   is 
present.    No  other  treatment  can 
be    recommended    but   to   destroy 
the  infected  plants  and   keep  the 
stock  clean,  for  the  pest  has  not  yet  been 
studied  carefully. 

Cult,  by  E.  O.  OBPET. 

Cyclamens  should   be  removed  to  the 
greenhouse  about  the  end  of  September, 
or  before  any  danger  of  frost.    In  the 
house   they  should  always    have    the  lightest 
bench.     It  is  impossible   to   grow  them  in    a 
warm,  shady  house.    About  50°  at  night  is  the 
ideal   temperature    when  in   flower.    The   soil 
best   suited  to   them   is    a  fresh,  tufty  loam, 
with   a  fourth   or   fifth  of  well  rotted  horse- 
manure,  to  which  add  some  clean  sand  if  the 
soil  is  heavy.    At  all  times,  the  pots  should  be 
well  drained.     Greenfly  is  sure  to  attack  the 
plants  at  all  stages  of*  their   growth.     In  the 
frames  the  plants  can  be  plunged  in  tobacco 
stems,  and  in  the  greenhouse  they  must  be  fumigated- 
or,  what  is    better  still,  vaporized  with   some   of   the- 
nicotine  extracts.  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 

A.   Fall-blooming  species. 

Africanum,  Boiss.  &  Reut.  The  largest  of  Cyclamens: 
tubers  often  as  large  as  a  turnip  (4-10  in.  across) :  Ivs. 
ovate-cordate,  coarsely  toothed,  pale  beneath,  dull  and 
pale  green  marbled  above:  calyx  pubescent,  the  lobes 
broadly  ovate-acuminate:  corolla  nearly  white,  faintly 
rose-  or  purple-tinged,  the  segments  1  in.  long  and  deep 
purple  at  the  base.  Algeria.  B.M.  5758.  F.S.  8:841. — 
Little  known  in  this  country,  but  sold  by  the  American 
agencies  of  the  Dutch  bulb  houses.  The  same  remark 
will  apply  to  most  other  species,  except  C.  latifolium. 
Perhaps  a  form  of  the  next. 

Neapolitanum,  Ten.  Tuber  very  large,  black,  thick- 
rinded:  Ivs.  variable,  from  hastate  to  round-reniform, 
more  or  less  wavy-plaited  on  the  edges,  green  or  some- 
what parti-colored :  calyx  small :  corolla  pink  or  rarely 
white,  the  segments  short  and  twisted  and  the  edges, 
raised  and  white-edged  at  the  base.  S.  Eu.  B.R.  24: 49. 
Gn.  51,  p.  37.  R.H.  1855:  21.  as  C.  hederce folium. 

Europaeum,  Linn.  (C.  Ciusii,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  ovate-or- 
bicular, entire  or  nearly  so,  with  a  deep  and  narrow 
basal  sinus,  more  or  less  white-marbled  above,  purple- 
tinted  beneath :  fls.  on  scapes  4-5  in.  high,  bright  red  and 
very  fragrant,  the  corolla-segments  oblong-spatulate 
(%in.  or  less  long) ;  calyx  glabrous.  Central  and  S.  Eu. 
B.R.  12 : 1013.  —Lvs.  appearing  with  the  fls.  Variable. 

Cilicicum,  Roiss.  &  Heldr.  Much  like  C.  Europamm: 
fls.  white,  with  purple  at  the  mouth,  about  twice  larger; 
calyx  puberulent.  Sicily  G.C.  III.  23:  81. 


426 


CYCLAMEN 


AA.    Spring -blooming  species. 

latifdlium,  Sibth.  &  Sm.  (C.  Persicum,  Mill.).  Fig. 
635.  The  common  greenhouse  or  Persian  Cyclamen,  in 
many  forms:  Ivs.  appearing  with  the  fls.,  ovate,  crenate- 
dentate,  usually  marbled  or  variegated  with  white:  fls. 
on  scapes  6-7  in.  high,  large,  scentless,  white,  purple- 
blotched  at  the  mouth,  but  varying  into  rose-colored, 
purple  and  spotted  forms,  oblong-spatulate  in  shape,  not 
eared  or  lobed  at  the  base. 
Greece  to  Syria.—  C.  gi- 
ganteum,  Hort.,  is  the 
common  large -fld.,  im- 
proved form  of  this  spe- 
cies. There  are  also  dou- 
ble-fld.  forms  (R.  H.  1886, 
p.  250);  also  fimbriate  or  J 


CYDONIA 

triangular,  dark  green  above,  a  little  paler  below ; 
slightly  3-lobed  ;  lobes  triangular  or  ovate-oblong,  the 
middle  one  acute,  the  side  lobes  much  shorter,  obtuse, 
acute  or  almost  wanting  ;  margin  of  Ivs.  with  minute, 
remote  teeth  :  male  fls.  minute,  crowded  into  few-fld. 
racemes,  which  are  usually  shorter  than  the  petiole:  fr. 
ovate-reniform,  obtuse,  with  a  few  short  spines  in  the 
back;  seeds  small,  black,  narrowly  winged.  New  Gran- 
ada. 

CYCLANTHUS  (flowers  in  a  circle}.  Cyclanthacece. 
A  small  tropical  American  genus,  giving  name  to  a 
small  order  which  is  allied  to  the  palms.  The  species 

are  not  in   the  Amer.  trade.     Culture  of  Carlu- 

dovica  (which  see). 

CYCLOBOTHRA  (name  referring  to   the  nec- 
taries).   Jjiliacece.   A  small  group  of  west  Amer- 
ican plants,  now  referred  to  Calochortus  (which 
see).    The  fls.  are  open-campanulate,  with  naked 
or  only  sparsely  hairy  nectar  glands,  the  sepals 
more  or  less  pitted.    C.  fldva,  Lindl.  (now  known 
as  Calochortus  flavus,  Schult.),  is  in  the  trade 
as  YELLOW   SHELL-FLOWER.     Stem  rather  tall, 
branching,  with  small,  yellow  black-dotted 
fls. :    Ivs.  narrow-linear.    Mex. 


635. 

Cyclamen  latifolium. 
Showing  a  flower  of  perfect 
form,  and  the  crested  va- 
riety (XK). 


crested  forms,  C.  Papilio  (I.H.  43:63.  G.F.  5:235.  G.C. 
III.  21:71;  23:173).  C.  Aleppicum,  Fisch.,  is  a  form  of 
it.  F.S.  22:2345.  Other  portraits  of  C.  latifolium  are  : 
I.H.  35:43.  Gn.  47:1016;  48:1030.  J.H.  III.  34:578.  Gt. 
1895,  p.  203  ;  1896,  p.  164.  F.S.  22:2345.  A.G.  14:390- 
392;  17:261.  A. F.  7:521-525;  11:1176-9;  12:499. 

Cdum,  Mill.  Tuber  smaller  than  in  the  last:  Ivs.  with 
the  fls.,  nearly  orbicular,  entire,  firm,  not  marbled  nor 
variegated  :  fls.  small,  deep  red,  scentless,  half  or  less 
as  large  as  those  of  the  last.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  4.  F.S.  22: 
2345.— There  is  a  white-fld.  form  (C.  album,  Hort.). 

Ibericum,  Goldie.  Dwarf  :  Ivs.  appearing  with  the 
fls.,  ovate-orbicular  and  rounded  at  the  apex,  entire  or 
obscurely  undulate,  more  or  less  zoned  with  white 
above:  fls.  red,  with  a  purple  mouth.  Caucasus.  — Per- 
haps a  geographical  form  of  C.  Coum.  C.  Atkinsii. 
Hort.,  is  a  form  (perhaps  a  hybrid)  with  larger  white 
fls.  F.S.  23:2425. 

C.  hedercefolium,  Hort.  (and  Ait.?),  is  C.  Neapolitanum.— C. 
Libandticum,  Hild.,  is  a  new  hardy  species  from  Lebanon,  with 
"large,  rosy  fls.,  with  T-form  deep  carmine  markings  at  the 
base  of  the  petals"  (see  Bot.  Jahrb.  25:477).— C.  repdndum, 
Hort.  (not  Sibth.  &  Sm.)=C.  Coum?— C.  v&rnum,  Sweet=C. 
Voum.  L.  H.  B. 

CYCLANTHfiRA  (Greek,  anthers  in  a  circle).  Cucur- 
bitacece.  This  genus  is  interesting  as  a  plant  with  a 
fruit  that  explodes  with  a  considerable  noise  when  ripe. 
The  plant  is  a  climbing  half-hardy  annual  of  easy  cul- 
ture. The  seed  should  be  started  indoors  early.  The 
genus  is  near  Echinocystis  and  Elaterium,  and  has  30 
or  more  species,  all  from  tropical  America.  They  are 
annual,  climbing  herbs,  glabrous  or  pubescent,  with  a 
perennial  root :  Ivs.  entire,  lobed  or  5-7  foliolate  :  fls. 
minute,  yellow,  greenish  or  white,  with  their  parts  in 
6's.  Monograph  by  Coigneaux  in  DC.  Mon.  Phan.  3:822 
(1881). 

explodens,  Naud.  Stem  slender,  branched,  angled  or 
furrowed,  slightly  villous,  especially  at  the  joints,  6-8 
ft.  long  :  Ivs.  2K-3  in.  long,  and  about  as  wide,  ovate- 


CYCLOLOMA  (Greek  for   circle  and  bor- 
der, from  the  encircling  wing  of  the  calyx). 
Chenopodiacece.     One  weedy  herb  (C.pla- 
typhyllum,    Moq.)    of    sandy     soils     from 
Minn.,  west  and  south,  which  was  once  in- 
troduced   as  the   Cyclone  Plant,   since   the 
plant  is  a  tumble-weed  or  rolls  before  the  wind  when 
it  is  matured  and  becomes  detached  from  the  soil.    The 
plant  is  annual,  1-2  ft.  high,  pubescent  or   nearly  gla- 
brous, with  narrow,  but  flat  and  sinuate  Ivs.,  and  bract- 
less  fls.  in  an  open  panicle.     The  fls.  are  very  small, 
perfect  or  sometimes  lacking  the  stamens  ;     calyx  5- 
cleft,   the  lobes  strongly  keeled  and  becoming  winged 
and  inclosing  the  seed.    Plant  not  fleshy  nor  jointed. 

CYCNOCHES  (swan's  neck,  from  the  Greek,  referring 
to  the  curved  column).  Orchidacece,  tribe  Vdndece. 
SWAN  ORCHID.  An  interesting  genus  of  deciduous 
orchids  found  in  tropical  America.  Pseudobulbs  long, 
fusiform:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  plicate,  labellum  continuous 
with  column;  column  arcuate,  terete,  flattening  out  and 
becoming  clavate  at  the  apex;  pollinia  2.  The  flowers 
are  of  different  sexes.  The  same  plant  may  produce 
male  and  female  flowers.  One  kind  of  flower  may  be 
fragrant, the  other  kind  scentless.  Staminate  flowers  usu- 
ally smaller  than  pistillate  flowers;  ovary  of  pistillate 
flowers  thickish.  Staminate  flowers  more  numerous  than 
pistillate  flowers.  About  a  dozen  species.  Cult,  like  Cat- 
asetum,  either  in  'pots  or  baskets.  Prop,  by  dividing  the 
pseudo-bulbs  just  as  growth  begins.  Very  few  forms  are 
in  cultivation  in  America,  due  to  the  want  of  brilliancy 
in  the  flowers.  Some  of  the  species  produce  varying 
flowers  on  different  racemes  on  the  same  plant. 

aureum,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.  Fls.  numerous,  large  and  yel- 
low, drooping ;  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate,  purple- 
dotted,  the  petals  curved;  lip  small  and  much  divided, 
the  column  purple -dotted.  Cent.  Amer. 

chlorochilon,  Lindl.  Racemes  about  3-flowered:  fls. 
large,  nodding,  5-8  in.  across,  green;  sepals  oval-oblong; 
petals  falcate,  slightly  larger,  labellum  subsessile  rather 
obovate  and  concave  at  base,  yellowish  green  except  at 
the  base;  column  slender,  with  a  wide  base,  greenish. 
Venezuela.  I.H.  35:  65.  J.H.  III.  35:  285.  Gn.49,p.403; 
51:  1108  and  p.  173. 

pent  adacty  Ion,  Lindl.  Fls.  greenish  or  white,  barred 
or  blotched  with  brown;  labellum  partly  white,  spotted 
with  crimson ;  column  purple  below  the  anther.  Rio  de 
Janeiro.  B.R.  29:  22. 

ventricdsum,  Batem.  Raceme  (often  2)  about  5-fld. : 
fls.  greenish  yellow,  fragrant;  lip  white,  with  a  black 
callous  spot  on  the  claw.  Guatemala.  ~  KEg  ^MES 

CYDONIA  (the  fruits  known  to  the  Romans  as  mala 
Cydonia,  apples  from  Cydon,  now  Canea,  in  Crete). 
Rosacece,  sub-family  Pomacece.  QUINCE.  Shrubs  or  small 


CYDONIA 


CYMBIDIUM 


427 


trees,  sometimes  spiny  :  Ivs.  petioled,  deciduous  or 
semi-persistent,  alternate,  stipulate,  serrate  or  entire  : 
Us.  white  or  red.  rather  large,  solitary  or  in  few-fld. 
clusters:  petals  r, ;  stamens  numerous:  fr.  aromatic,  a 
larire  .Veiled  pome,  each  cell  containing  many  seeds. 
Four  species  in  Asia  from  Turkestan  to  Jap.  Ornamen- 
tal shrubs,  nearly  hardy  north  except  V.  Sinensis, 
whirh  can  only  be  grown  south.  <".  ,/<,•/>"»"'«  and  Mau- 
h'i.  with  handsome  glossy  foliage  and  abundant  fls.  111 
early  sprint?,  varying  in  all  shades  from  pure  white  to 
deep  scarlet,  are  highly  decorative,  and  especially 
adapte.l  lor  borders  of  shrubberies  and  for  low  ornamen- 
tal hedges.  The  fr.  of  all  species  can  be  made  into  con- 
serves, but  usually  only  ('.  vulgaris,*  species  of  less 
decorative  value,  "is  grown  for  this  purpose.  The 
Quinces  thrive  in  almost  any  soil,  but  require  sunny 
position  to  bloom  abundantly.  Prop,  by  seeds  usually 
stratified  and  sown  in  spring;  C.  Japonica  and  C. 
Hid  tt  I t-i  are  readily  increased  by  root-cuttings  made  in 
fall  or  early  spriuV,  and  rarer  kinds  or  less  vigorous* 
growing  varieties  are  grafted  in  the  greenhouse  in  early 
spring,  on  stock  of  the  Japanese  or  common  Quince; 
they  grow  also  from  cuttings  of  half -ripened  or  nearly 
mature  wood,  under  glass  and  from  layers.  C.  rulgaris 
(the  Quince)  is  mostly  increased  by  cuttings  of  1-4- 
year-old  wood,  taken  in*  fall  and  stored  until  spring  in 
sand  or  moss  in  a  cellar  or  frame;  also  by  layers  and 
budding,  or  by  grafting  on  vigorous  growing  varieties. 
See  Qnina  . 

A.  Fls.  solitary,  on  short  leafy  branchlets,  with  re- 
flexed  serrate  calyx  lobes:  stipules  small.  (Cydo- 
H  ia  proper. ) 

vulgaris,  Pers.  (Pyrus  Cydonia,  Linn.).  QUINCE. 
Fig.  630.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  slender,  spineless 
branches:  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong,  rounded  or  slightly  cor- 
date at  the  base,  acute,  entire,  villous-pubescent  be- 
neath. 2-4  in.  long:  fls.  white  or  light  pink,  2  in.  across : 
fr.  large,  yellow,  villous,  pyriform  or  globular.  May. 
Cent,  and"  E.  Asia.— Var.  Lusitanica,  Mill.,  is  of  more 
vigorous  growth,  with  larger  Ivs.  and  fr.  pear-shaped 
and  ribbed.  Var.  malifbrmis  has  apple-shaped,  and  var. 
pyrifdrmis  pear-shaped  fr.  Var.  marmorata,  Hort.,  has 
whitish  and  yellow  variegated  Ivs.  See  also  Quince. 

Sin6nsis,  Thouin  (Pyrus  Cathay ens is,Hemsl.).  Shrub 
or  small  tree:  Ivs.  elliptic-ovate  or  elliptic-oblong,  acute 
at  both  ends,  sharply  and  finely  serrate,  villous  beneath 
when  young,  2-3  in.  long  :  fls.  light  pink,  about  l%in. 
across  :  fr.  dark  yellow,  oblong,  4-6  in.  long.  May. 
China.  B.R,  11:905.  R.H.  1889:228.  A.G.  12: 16. -The 
Ivs.  assume  a  scarlet  fall  coloring.  Not  hardy  north  of 
Philadelphia,  except  in  favored  localities.  See  Quince. 


635.    Twig  of  Common  Quince— 

Cydonia  vulgaris  (X  %). 
Showing  where  the  fruit  was  borne  at  A  and  "B. 


AA.  Fls.  in  leafless  clusters,  nearly  sessile,,  before  or 
with  the  Ivs.:  calyx  lobes  erect,  entire :  stipules 
large.  (Chcenomeles.) 

Jap6nica,  Pers.  (Pyrns  Japdnica,  Thunbg.  Chceno- 
meles Japdnica,  Lindl.).  JAPAN  QUINCE.  JAPONICA. 
Fig.  637.  Shrub,  3-6  ft. ,  with  spreading,  spiny  branches : 
Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong,  acute,  sharply  serrate,  glabrous, 
glossy  above,  1X-3  in.  long:  fls.  in  2-6-fld.  clusters, 
scarlet-red  in  the  type,  l%-2  in.  across:  fr.  globular  or 


ovoid,  1/^-2  in.  high,  yellowish  green.  March,  April. 
China,  Jap.  R.B.  1:260.  L.B.C.  16:1594.  Gn.  50:106.- 
Many  garden  forms  in  all  shades  from  white  to  deep 
scarlet,  and  also  with  double  fls.  Some  of  the  best  are 
the  following  :  Var.  alba,  Lodd.,  fls.  white,  blushed. 
L.B.C.  6:541.  Var.  atroeanguinea  plena,  deep  scarlet, 


— --v.          tot:*1 


637.  Cydonia  Japonica  (X%). 


double.  Var.  Candida,  pure  white.  Var.  cardinalis,  deep 
scarlet.  R.H.  1872:330  f.  1.  Var.  Gaujardi,  salmon- 
orange.  Var.  grandiflora,  nearly  white,  large  fls.  R.H. 
1876:410.  Var.  Mallardi,  fls.  rose,  bordered  white.  Var. 
pendula,  Hort.,  with  slender,  pendulous  branches.  Var. 
rdsea  plena,  rose,  semi-double.  Var.  rtibra  grandiflora, 
fls.  large,  deep  crimson.  Var.  sangninea  plena,  scarlet, 
double.  Var.  umbilicata,  with  rose-red  fls.,  and  large 
frs.  umbilicate  at  the  apex. 

Maulei,  Nichols.  (Pyrus  Maulei,  Mast.  Chcenomeles 
alplna,  Koehne).  Low  shrub,  1-3  ft.:  branches  spiny, 
with  short,  rough  tomentum  when  young:  Ivs.  round- 
ish oval  to  obovate,  obtuse  or  acute,  coarsely  crenate- 
serrate,  glabrous,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  bright  orange-scarlet, 
1-1%  in.  across :  fr.  yellow,  nearly  globular,  about  1%  in. 
across.  March,  April.  Jap.  B.M.  6780.  G.C.  II.  1:757 
and  2:741. —A  very  desirable  hardy  shrub,  with  abun- 
dant fls.  of  a  peculiar  shade  of  red.  Var.  alpina,  Rehder 
(Chcenomeles  Japdnica,  var.  alplna,  Maxim.  Cyddnia 
Sdrgenti,  Lem. ).  Dwarf  spiny  shrub,  with  procumbent 
stems  and  ascending  branches :  Ivs.  roundish  oval,  %-l 
in.  long:  flowering  and  fruiting  profusely.  Var.  superba, 
Hort.  Fls.  deeper  red.  Var.  tricolor,  dwarf  shrub,  with 
pink  and  white  variegated  Ivs.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CYMBlDIUM  (boat,  from  the  Greek,  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  lip).  Orchiddcece,  tribe  Vdndece.  Plants 
epiphytal,  rarely  terrestrial,  stems  pseudobulbous  or 
not  so:  leaves  coriaceous,  long,  rarely  short,  persistent: 
sepals  and  petals  sub-equal,  labellum  usually  tri-lobed, 
adnate  to  the  base  of  the  column;  column  erect;  pollinia 
2.  Species,  tropical,  sub-tropical,  found  on  mountains  at 
high  elevations  in  Asia.  A  few  species  are  found  in  Af- 
rica and  Australia.  For  horticultural  purposes  this 
genus  is  of  comparatively  little  value.  QAKES  AMES. 

No  difficulty  will  be  experienced  in  growing  the  several 
species  of  Cymbidium  under  one  method  of  treatment. 
A  shaded  position  in  the  Mexican  house  or  cool  end  of  the 
Cattleya  department,  where  the  temperature  ranges  be- 
tween 50°  and  55°  Fahr.  at  night  and  about  65°  or  with  sun 
heat  70°  through  the  day  will  be  found  suitable.  During 
the  warm  summer  months  they  must  be  kept  shaded  in 
a  cool,  moist  atmosphere  with  a  free  circulation  of  air. 
As  they  are  robust  growing  plants,  pot  culture  will  suit 
them  best,  but  those  with  pendulous  inflorescence,  such 
as  C.  Findlaysoniamim ,  C.  pendulum,  etc.,  may  be 
grown  in  baskets  if  desired.  Repotting  and  top-dress- 
ing should  be  attended  to  in  soring  at  the  commence- 


428 


CYMBIDIUM 


CYNODON 


ment  of  the  growing  season,  and  should  be  executed  with 
judgment,  so  that  it  will  last  three  or  four  years,  as  the 
roots  dislike  being  disturbed.  The  potting'  soil  should 
consist  of  one-half  chopped  sod,  the  balance  of  equal 
parts  leaf-mold,  peat  and  live  chopped  sphagnum  moss, 
well  mixed  together;  about  one-third  of  the  pot  room 
should  be  devoted  to  drainage— potsherds  or  charcoal, 
covering  the  same  with  a  little  rough  material  to  keep  it 
open.  When  the  large,  fleshy  roots  are  carefully  dis- 
tributed the  material  should  be  worked  in  firmly  about 
them,  leaving  the  base  of  the  plant  on  a  level  with  the 
rim  of  the  pot  when  finished.  Water  sparingly  until 
the  new  growths  appear,  when  a  more  liberal  supply  will 
be  necessary,  but  never  enough  to  keep  the  soil  con- 
stantly wet,  or  the  new  roots  are  liable  to  decay  and  the 
foliage  to  become  spotted.  Stock  is  increased  by  remov- 
ing the  old  pseudobulbs,  potting  them  up  in  small  pots  and 
giving  them  a  little  more  heat  and  moisture  until  they 
start  new  growth  action,  when  they  may  be  removed  to 
their  proper  department.  ROBERT  M.  GREY. 

A.    Inflorescence  erect. 

ebiirneum,  Lindl.  Stems  tufted  :  Ivs.  dis- 
tichous at  base,  1  or  2  ft.  long,  linear  or  lo- 
rate,  bifid  at  apices :  peduncles  not  as  long  as 
the  Ivs.,  few-fid. :  fls.  about  3  in.  across,  ivory 
white,  sometimes  tinged  with  rose  ;  sepals 
and  petals  oblong  -  lanceolate  ;  labellum  3- 


lobed,  with  a  golden  yellow  ridge 
running  down  the  center.  Khasia 
Hills,  at  an  elevation  of  from  5,000 
to  6,000  ft.  B.E.  33:67.  B.M.  5136. 
Gn.  46,  p.  398. 

AA.    Inflorescence  arching, 

not  pendent. 
B.    Sepals  and  petals  veined  with 

red,  brown  or  purple. 
Lowianum,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  oblong  :  Ivs.  2-3 
ft.  long,  linear-acute,  recurved :  racemes  many-fid. :  se- 
pals and  petals  oblong-lanceolate  (lateral  ones  sub-fal- 
cate), greenish  yellow  marked  with  brown;  lateral  lobes 
of  labellum  yellowish ;  midlobe  reflexed,  margined  with 
yellow,  the  front  blotched  with  brown-crimson  ;  fls. 
about  20  in  number,  several  inches  across.  Burma. 
Gn.  48,  p.  263.  Gng.  5:73.-Var.  Mandaianum,  Hort. 
( C.  Mandaianum,  Hort.),  has  yellow  fls.  A  beautiful 
hybrid  of  G.  eburneum  and  C.  Lowianum  is  shown  in 
Gn.  48:1034. 

giganteum,  Wall.  Fig.  638.  Fls.  dull  purple  (brown- 
ish, or  yellowish  green  striped  with  purple) ;  sepals  and 
petals  oblong,  the  petals  narrow  and  shorter ;  midlobe  of 
labellum  reflexed,  yellow,  spotted  with  red;  lateral  lobes 
yellowish  green.  Nepal.  B.M.  4844.  P.M.  12:241. 

longifdlium,  Don.  Lvs.'  linear-acuminate  :  peduncle 
stout,  sub-erect,  then  drooping:  fls.  about  12;  sepals 
sub-equal,  oblong,  the  upper  one  broadest  and  incurved; 
both  sepals  and  petals  green  striped  with  brownish  pur- 


ple ;  disk  and  midlobe  of  labellum  white,  spotted  with 
purple;  lateral  lobes  with  purple  lines.    Ind. 

ensifolium,  Swartz.  Lvs.  ensiform,  acute  :  peduncle 
many-ttd. :  fls.  greenish  yellow,  veined  with  purple  ; 
sepals  and  petals  linear-oblong,  aciite;  labellum  spotted. 
Ind.,  Jap.  B.M.  1751. 

Huttonii,  Hook.  f.  Plant  about  2  ft.  high:  fls.  10,  in 
drooping  racemes ;  sepals  yellow,  striated  with  brown  ; 
petals  brown  ;  labellum  greenish,  dotted  with  brown. 
Java.  B.M.  5676. 

BB.    Sepals  and  petals  not  veined  with  purple  or  brown. 

tigrinum,  Parish.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate:  peduncles 
slender,  3-6-fld. :  sepals  and  petals  linear-oblong,  acute, 
green  spotted  at  base;  petals  often  paler  and  with  more 
spots  than  the  sepals;  labellum  with  yellow,  red-brown 
striped  lateral  lobes  ;  midlobe  white,  transversely 
streaked  with  purple.  Burma.  B.M.  5457. 

Hookerianum,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  about  2  ft.  long,  acute: 
peduncle  arching  above,  erect  at  base  :  fls.  from  6-12, 
large ;  sepals  and  petals  oblong,  greenish ;  labellum  yel- 
low, spotted  with  purple.  Sikkim.  B.M.  5574. 

BBB.    Sepals  and  petals  whitish. 

Mastersii,  Griff.  (Cyperorchis  Mastersii ,  Benth.). 
Lvs.  linear,  acuminate:  peduncle  stout,  longer  than  the 
raceme:  sepals  and  petals  sub-equal,  oblong-lanceolate, 
white,  flushed  with  rose  at  the  apices  ;  labellum  mi- 
nutely pubescent  ;  lamellae  orange-yellow.  Sikkim. 
B.R.  31:50.  Var.  album,  Hort.,  has  white  fls.  C.  alba- 
flora,  of  Amer.  trade,  is  equivalent  to  C.  Mastersii,  var. 
album. 

AAA.    Inflorescence  pendent. 

pendulum,  Swartz.  The  leathery  Ivs.  distichous,  2-3 
ft.  long,  broadly  linear  :  fls.  yellowish;  side  lobes  and 
midlobe  of  labellum  rose-color;  the  disk  more  or  less 
white  with  yellow  crests;  sepals  and  petals  narrowly 
oblong,  with  a  purple  median  line.  E.  Ind. 

Finlaysonianum,  Lindl.  (C,  pendulum,  Lindl.).  Lvs. 
ensiform:  raceme  many-fld:  sepals  and  petals  linear- 
oblong,  obtuse,  dull  yellow  sometimes,  with  a  reddish 
median  line  ;  lateral  lobes  of  labellum  crimson  ;  mid- 
lobe  white,  tipped  with  crimson.  Malaysia. —  Var.  atro- 
purpftreum,  Hort.  Lvs.  narrower,  racemes  longer,  with 
larger  fls. :  sepals  and  petals  purplish,  front  lobe  of  la- 
bellum white,  spotted  with  purple.  Borneo. 

C.  aloifblium,  Swz.,  with  pale  purple  fls.,  and  C.  virescens, 
Lindl.  (C.  virens,  Reichb.  f.),  with  greenish  sepals  and  petals 
aud  yellow,  red-blotched  lip,  are  offered  by  importers  of  Japa- 
nese plants.— C.  Undleyi  is  a  name  which  has  appeared  in  the 
Amer.  trade,  but  which  is  not  identified.— For  C.  Sandersoni 
seeAnseUia.  OAKES  AMES. 

CYNANCHUM  (Greek,  dog  poison).  Asclepiaddcece. 
About  20  species  in  S.  Eu.,  Africa,  Asia  and  Australia, 
herbaceous  or  sometimes  half  woody  at  the  base,  twin- 
ing. Lvs.  opposite,  entire.  Plant  very  like  Vincetoxi- 
cum,  but  the  fls.  differ  in  having  a  scale  or  ligule  on  the 
inside  of  each  of  the  5  parts  of  the  crown. 

acuminatifdlium,  Hemsl.  (  Vincetdxicum  acumindtum, 
Decne.  V.  Japdnicum,  Hort. ).  MOSQUITO  PLANT.  CRUEL 
PLANT.  Perennial :  erect  or  nearly  so,  or  the  tips  show- 
ing a  somewhat  twining  habit:  the  stems  grayish  and 
more  or  less  angular:  Ivs.  opposite,  broadly  ovate  and 
acuminate,  short-petioled,  strongly  pinnate-veined,  en- 
tire, usually  conspicuously  gray-pubescent  beneath  : 
fl. -clusters  lateral  (1-2  between  the  Ivs.),  shorter  than 
the  Ivs. :  fls.  white,  small,  in  umbel-like  cymes :  fr.  a  milk- 
weed-like follicle.  Japan.  — In  the  flowers,  mosquitoes 
and  other  insects  are  caught,  much  as  they  are  in  other 
asclepiadaceous  plants.  The  native  Amsonia  Tabernce- 
montana  is  sometimes  sold  as  this  plant,  and  it  has 
been  figured  as  such.  L.  H.  B. 

CYNARA  (involucre  spines  likened  to  a  dog's  tooth). 
Comp6sit(e.  A  half-dozen  S.  European  species,  of  which 
the  Artichoke  and  Cardoon  (which  see)  are  cultivated. 

CYNODON.    See  Capriola. 


CYNOGLOSSUM 

CYNOGLOSSUM    (Greek,  Jmnml'x    tmiiftie,  from    the 
shape  and  soft    surface  of   the  Ivs.  of     the  commonest 
species).    Borra<ju>n<«>.     A  largr  and  widely  dispersed 
group  of  little  horticultural  interest,  being  mostly  tall, 
coarse,  weedy  herbs.     C.  offici- 
n ale,  Linn,,  Fig.  639,  has  a  bur 
that  becomes  attached  to  cloth- 
ing and  to  the  fleece  of  sheep. 
It  is  a  biennial    weed,  natural- 
ized    from     the     Old    World, 
grows  about  '2  ft.  high  in  pas- 
tures and  waste  places  of  the 
Atlantic  states,    and   has    soft- 
pubescent,  lanceolate  Ivs.,  and 
dull      red-purple      ( sometimes 
white)  fls.  in  panicled  racemes. 
C.  grdnde,  Dougl.     Once   cult, 
from    California    as    a    hardy 
639  border  perennial ;  grows  about 

Bur  of  Hound's-tongue  2  ft.  high,  with  lower  Ivs.  ovate- 

or  stick  tio-ht  oblong,     or    somewhat    heart- 

ick-tieht.  ghaped   at  tbe    base>   acute   or 

acuminate,  4-8  in.  long,  on  mar- 
gined petioles  of  about  the  same  length  :  upper  Ivs. 
smaller,  ovate  to  lanceolate,  abruptly  contracted  into 
shorter  winged  petioles:  fls.  violet  or  blue.  For  C.  Ap- 
ponnnum,  Linn.,  see  Solenanthus . 

CYN6RCHIS  (Greek  for  dog  orchid).  Orchiddcece, 
tribe  Ophrydece.  A  dozen  Habenaria-like  African  or- 
chids, not  in  the  Am.  trade.  Culture  of  Bletia.  Not  to 
be  confused  with  Cycnoches. 

CYNOSURUS  (Greek,  dog's  tail).  Graminew.  An- 
nual or  perennial,  cespitose  grasses,  with  flat  leaves. 
Spikelets  of  two  forms  in  small  fascicles,  these  forming 
a  dense  somewhat  unilateral,  spike-like  panicle;  termi- 
nal spikelets  of  the  fascicles  2-4  fld.,  hermaphrodite; 
lower  spikelets  sterile,  consisting  of  many  empty 
glumes:  flowering-glumes  mucronate  or  awn-pointed: 
stamens  3.  Species  4  or  5,  in  the  north  temperate  -re- 
gions of  the  Old  World. 

cristatus,  Linn.  CRESTED  DOG'S-TAIL.  A  slightly 
tufted  perennial  grass,  1-2  ft.  high,  with  narrow  Ivs. 
and  a  rather  slender,  erect,  spike-like  panicle.  Int. 
from  Europe.  —Well  adapted  for  shaded  lawns  and  wood- 
lands. Also  recommended  for  mixed  pastures,  espe- 
cially in  hilly  regions.  The  mature  stems  are  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  Leghorn  hats. 

Slogans,  Desf.  SILKY-AWNED  DOG'S-TAIL.  A  pretty 
perennial  grass  varying  in  height  from  6  in.-l  %  ft. : 
Ivs.  small  and  scarce:  panicle  one-sided  and  spike-like: 
spikelets  with  long  white  silky  awns  %-l  in.  long.  Int. 
from  Europe.— Handsome  for  dry  bouquets. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

CYNTHIA.    All  referred  to  Krigia. 

CYPfcLLA  (application  obscure).  Iriddcece.  Eight 
species  of  South  American  bulbs,  inferior  to  Iris  for 
general  culture  because  not  hardy,  and  also  less  showy. 
The  genus  differs  from  Iris  and  Moreea  in  its  stigmas, 
which  are  neither  petal-like  nor  filiform,  but  erect,  and 
in  the  anthers,  which  are  broad,  erect,  not  sloped,  bear- 
ing the  pollen  on  their  edges,  also  in  the  plaited  leaves. 
C.  Herberti  is  the  only  species  offered  by  the  American 
trade,  and  the  catalogues  say  it  comes  from  Peru,  but, 
according  to  Baker  (Iridese,  p.  62),  the  only  species  from 
the  western  coast  of  South  America  is  C.  Peruviana. 
The  bulbs  should  be  set  out  in  spring,  lifted  in  fall  and 
stored  over  winter.  Prop,  by  offsets  or  by  seed,  which 
should  be  sown  as  soon  as  ripe.  The  blue-flowered  spe- 
cies are  presumably  equally  worthy  of  culture,  though 
C.  plumbea,  Lindl.,  from  S.  Brazil  and  Argentine,  is 
shown  in  B.M.  3710,  with  dull,  lead-colored  fls.  In  F.S. 
4:  395  and  14:  1466  the  colors  are  showier,  the  latter  be- 
ing a  variety  with  handsome  purple  streaks.  For  the 
still  showier  C.  ccerulea,  Seub.,  see  Marica. 
A.  Style  appendages  spur-like. 

H6rberti,  Herb.  Lvs.  about  1  ft.  long,  linear,  acumi- 
nate, twice  plaited,  the  angles  of  the  plaits  winged  : 
scape  2-3  ft.  high,  erect,  flexuose,  glaucous,  branched, 


CYPEBUS 


429 


many-fld. :  fls.  3  in.  across,  chiefly  yellow,  odorless,  soon 
withering  ;  outer  segments  bearing  a  rather  long  cusp 
or  tail.  South  Brazil.  Uruguay.  Argentine.  B.  R. 
11:949  and  B.M.  2~>99  show  utterly  distinct  colors,  but 
Baker  says  there  is  a  lilac  variety. 

AA.    Style  appendages  petal-like,  flat. 

Peruviana,  Baker.  Lvs.  6-9  in.  long,  linear,  narrowed 
gradually  from  the  middle  both  ways,  glabrous,  plaited  : 
fls.  2-3  in  a  solitary  stalked  cluster,  soon  withering, 
chiefly  yellow  ;  segments  with  a  distinct  long  claw  and 
a  proportionately  shorter  and  broader  blade  and  a  shorter 
cusp,  at  the  base  spotted  brown.  Peru.  B.M.  6213. 

W.  M. 

CYPER6RCHIS  (Cyperus  and  OrcTh's,  from  the  sedge- 
like  appearance).  Orchiddcece,  tribe  Vdndece.  Very 
closely  allied  to  Cymbidium,  which  see.  There  are  only 
three  species,  of  which  C.  Mdstersii,  Benth.  (Cymbidium 
Mastersii,  Griff.,  of  this  work,  and  C.  elegans,  Blume 
(Cymbidium  elegans,  Lindl.,  B.M.  7007)  are  cult.  The 
latter  does  not  appear  in  the  Amer.  trade. 

CYPERUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Cyperdcece.  A  large 
genus  of  the  Sedge  family,  inhabiting  both  tropical  and 
temperate  regions.  The  species  in  cultivation  are  all 
perennials  from  rootstocks  or  tubers:  leaves  grass-like; 
stem  simple  and  mostly  naked  above :  flowers  perfect, 
without  perianth,  borne  in  small,  compressed  spikes, 
which  are  variously  aggregated  in  compound  umbels, 
the  latter  surrounded  by  foliaceous  bracts;  styles  and 
stamens  3.  A  few  are  cultivated  in  jardinieres,  aquatic 
gardens  and  aquaria.  Several  others  are  pests  in  culti- 
vated fields. 

A.   Basal  leaf-sheaths  without  blades. 

alternifdlius,  Linn.  UMBRELLA  PLANT.  UMBRELLA 
PALM.  Fig.  640.  Strict,  lK-3%  ft.  high:  stem  nearly 
terete,  ribbed,  smooth  and  slender:  involucral  Ivs.  very 
numerous,  spreading  or  slightly  drooping,  linear,  8  In. 
long,  M-%  in.  broad,  dark  green,  acute,  rough -margined : 
umbel  rays  only  1-2  in.  long,  nearly  simple:  spikes  few, 
in  a  cluster,  ovate,  very  flat,  2  lines  long,  pale  brown: 


640.  Cyperus  alternifolius.  or  Umbrella  Plant. 

scale  acute:  rachis  winged  and  pitted.  Madagascar.  - 
Much  used  for  aquaria  and  jardinieres.  Var.  variegatus, 
Hort.  Stem  and  Ivs.  striate,  sometimes  entirely  white. 
Var.  gracilis,  Hort.  Involucral  Ivs.  much  narrower  and 
not  so  spreading. 


430 


CYPERUS 


CYPRESS 


Papyrus,  Linn.  ( Papyrus  Antiqudritm,Willd. ) .  EGYP- 
TIAN PAPER-PLANT.  Strict,  tall  and  stout,  4-8  ft.  high, 
dark-green:  stem  obtusely  3-angled,  smooth:  involucral 
Ivs.  only  3-10,  small,  3-6  in.  long,  %->a  in.  wide,  linear, 
acute :  primary  rays  of  the  umbel  very  numerous,  terete, 
slender,  equal  and  drooping,  10-16  in.  long:  secondary 
bracts  prominent,  filiform,  2-6  in.  long:  spikes  clustered 
and  sessile,  pale  chestnut :  rachis  wingless.  Egypt, 
Palestine.  — For  aquaria  and  damp  soil.  Not  hardy. 

AA.   Basal  sJieaths  blade-bearing. 
B.   Lower  Ivs.  few,  very  broad  and  conduplicate. 

Natalensis,  Hochst.  Stem  2%  ft.  high,  smooth,  with 
1-3  leaf -bearing  sheaths  and  several  leafless  ones  at  the 
base:  involucre  2-3-lvd.,  short:  rays  of  the  umbel  short, 
unequal  :  spikes  much  congested,  numerous,  linear- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  pale  brown,  10-12-fld. :  rachis 
winged:  scales  oblong-ovate,  obtuse.  South  Africa.— 
Decorative.  Not  hardy. 

!6rtilis,  Borck.  Stem  short,  slender,  4-5  in.  high, 
3-angled:  Ivs.  numerous,  thin  and  broad,  4-9  lines  wide, 
6  in.  long,  equaling  the  stem,  linear-lanceolate,  folded 
below,  dotted,  margin  denticulate:  umbel  simple,  5-7- 
rayed:  rays  elongated,  pendulous,  often  rooting  at  the 
apex,  1-2  ft.  long:  involucral  bracts  short:  spikelets 
crowded,  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse,  slightly  compressed, 
white.  Central  Africa.  —  Recently  introduced,  and  fine 
for  hanging  baskets ;  the  umbel-rays  often  bear  plantlets 
instead  of  flowers. 

lucidus,  R.  Br.  Rather  stout:  stem  1-2  ft.  high,  terete 
above :  Ivs. numerous,  large  and  broad,  spongy-thickened 
at  the  base,  spinulose-margined :  umbel  spherical,  6-8  in. 
in  diam. :  spikelets  dense,  digitate,  long  and  linear: 
scales  persistent:  axis  continuous.  Australia. 

BB.    Lower  Ivs.  numerous,  narrow  and  grass-like, 
flat  or  nearly  so. 

61egans,  Linn.  (C.  Idxus,  Lam.  and  Hort).  Stem 
3-angled,  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  large,  broadly  linear,  numer- 
ous, spreading,  half  as  long  as  the  culm:  involucre  short-, 
spreading,  few-lvd. :  rays  long  and  slender,  unequal, 
compound:  spikes  small, distant,  oblong,  greenish  brown, 
blunt,  6-11-fld. :  scales  round-elliptic,  mucronate.  West 
Indies,  Brazil.  G.  C.  II.  2 :  99  ;  III.  13 :  41 .  -  For  table 
decoration. 

strigdsus,  Linn.  Stout,  1-3  ft.  high,  sharply  3-angled, 
base  bulbous  :  Ivs.  numerous,  long  and  grass-like, 
smooth,  2-4  lines  wide;  involucral  similar,  6-12  in.  long: 
rays  very  unequal,  6  in.  or  less  long:  spikes  4-10-fld., 
awl-shaped,  chestnut-brown,  densely  clustered,  at  the 
spike-like  (1-1%  in.  long)  tips  of  the  rays.  N.  Amer.— 
Hardy  perennial,  used  for  the  borders  of  aquatic  gardens. 

escul6ntus,  Linn.  CHUFA.  Much  like  the  last:  root- 
stock  slender  and  bearing  little  tubers :  spikes  pale : 
akene  obovoid.  Tropics.— Sometimes  a  weed  in  sandy 
fields;  also  cult,  south  for  the  edible  tubers.  Not  hardy. 

pungens,  Borck.  Stem  very  short  and  thick,  1-2  in. 
long,  angled  below:  Ivs.  equaling  the  stem,  rigid:  umbel 
simple,  contracted  or  capitate:  spikelets  linear-lanceo- 
late, compressed,  shining,  straw-colored,  10-18-fld. :  invo- 
lucral bracts  2-4,  scarcely  1  in.  long.  North  Africa.— 
Recently  introduced.  May  be  used  for  hanging  baskets. 

C.  compressus.  Linn.  Umbel  lax:  spikes  linear-oblong:  scales 
acuminate.  Trop.  —  C.  flabelliformis,  Rottb.  tRare  in  Amer. 
trade.  Central  Africa.— Tall  and  palm-like,  used  by  natives  for 
wickerwork;  very  ornamental  in  water  gardens.—  C.  rotundus, 
Linn.  NUT-GRASS.  COCO-GRASS.  Like  C.esculentus,  but  spikes 
darker  and  akene  linear.  Weed  in  cult,  fields.  —  C.  strictus, 

K.  M.  WlEGAND. 

CYPHOMANDRA  (from  the  Greek,  referring  to  the 
humpishaped  anthers).  Solanacece.  Two  dozen  S. 
American  spineless  shrubs  or  small  trees  (essentially 
herbs  in  culture  in  the  north),  distinguished  from  So- 
lanum  chiefly  by  the  thickened  anthers.  The  large  Ivs. 
are  entire,  3-lobed,  or  pinnatisect. 

betacea,  Sendt.  (Solanum  frdgrans,  Hook.).  TREE 
TOMATO.  Fig.  641.  Cult,  occasionally  for  the  egg- 
shaped,  reddish  brown,  faintly  striped  fruits,  and  un- 
der such  conditions  it  becomes  a  tree-shaped,  half- 
woody  plant  6-10  ft.  high:  Ivs.  large,  soft-pubescent, 
cordate-ovate;  more  or  less  acuminate,  entire:  fls.  small, 


pinkish,  fragrant,  in  small  axillary  or  super-axillary  clus- 
ters: fr.  about  2  in.  long,  on  slender  stalks,  2-loculed 
and  seedy,  musky-acid  and  tomato-like  in  flavor,  agree- 
able to  those  who  like  tomatoes.  Brazil.  B.M.  3684.  J. 
H.  III.  31:470.  G.C.  III.  25:105.  A.G.  11:409.— Bears 


641.  Cyphomandra  betacea  (X 


the  second  and  third  year  from  seed,  under  glass  (where 
it  must  be  grown  in  the  northern  states  )  .  For  further 
notes,  see  Bailey,  Forcing-Book.  ^  jj_  B. 

CYPHOPHffiNIX,  (hump  and  Phoenix,  a  palm).  Pal- 
mdcce,  tribe  Arecece.  A  genus  of  only  2  species  of 
palms  of  minor  importance.  Spineless  palms  with  a  stout, 
ringed  caudex.  Leaves  terminal,  pinnatisect,  the  seg- 
ments coriaceous,  elongated,  sword-shaped,  narrowed  to- 
ward the  apex,  the  margins  thickened,  plicate,  recurved  at 
the  base  ;  the  prominent  nerves  and  midrib  sparsely  scaly 
beneath;  rachis  stout,  rather  broad,  slightly  convex  on 
the  back,  acute  above:  spadices  glabrous,  the  branches 
long,  stout  :  bracts  short;  bractlets  scaly  ;  fr.  dark 
brown,  medium,  long-ovoid  or  ellipsoid,  lentiform.  Spe- 
cies 2.  New  Caledonia. 

elegans,  Benth.  &  [Hook.  (Kentia  tlegans,  Brongn. 
&Gris.).  Rachis  convex  below,  flat  above;  leaflets 
alternate,  approximate,  scaly  along  the  mid-nerve  below: 
fr.  oblong-elliptical,  acute. 

fulclta,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Kentia  fulclta,  Brongn.). 
Stem  clothed  at  the  base  with  smooth  aerial  roots  :  fr. 
ovoid,  attenuate  above. 

CYPHOSPERMA  (Greek,  hump  and  seed).  Palma- 
cece,  tribe  Arecece.  Two  Australian  warmhouse  palms, 
scarcely  known  in  this  country.  C.  Viellardii,  Benth. 
&  Hook.,  with  pinnatisect  Ivs.,  and  long-ensiform  cori- 
aceous segments,  is  sometimes  known  as  Kentia  robttsta 
and  K.  Viellardii.  Culture  of  Areca  and  Ptychosperma. 

CYPRESS.  See  Chamcecyparis,  Cupressus  and  Taxo- 
dium. 

CYPRESS  VINE.    See  Ipomcea. 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


431 


CYPRIPfiDIUM  (  IY«M.S'  slipper).  LADY'S  SLIPPER. 
MOCCASIN  FLOWER.  OrcJiidctcece,  tribe  Ct/i»-i/>;<ii«i . 
The  genus  Cypripediiim  is  widely  distributed,  being  found 
in  both  South  and  North  America,  Asia,  Europe.  Japan, 
and  the  Malay  Archipelago.  At  present  no  species  are 
reported  from  Australia  or  Africa.  Scapes  usually  1-fld. : 
floral  segments  fleshy:  upper  sepal  usually  larger  than 
the  petals:  ovary  1 -celled:  fertile  stamens  2;  interme- 
diate stamen  sterile  and  petaloideous :  column  short,  cer- 
nuate:  apex  trifld:  lateral  lobes  anther-bearing:  pollen 
viscid  or  mealy,  not  compound:  stigma  deltoid,  on  front 
of  column  beneath  the  stamens:  capsule  slender,  pubes- 
cent: placentation  parietal:  the  lower  sepals  commonly 
coalescent:  labellum  cup-form,  inflated:  Ivs.  usually  lig- 
ulate,  either  tessellated  or  uniform  green.  The  structure 
of  the  column  (or  essential  organs)  of  a  Cypripedium  is 
shown  in  Fig.  642.  The  two  anthers  are  at  a  a .  The  third 
stamen  is  represented  by  the  body,  ?>.  The  stigma  is  at  c. 
The  floral  envelopes  are  torn  away  beneath.  The  ma- 
jority of  Cypripediums  grow  well,  and  increase  in  value 
from  year  to  year.  They  do  not  require  a  period  of  rest 
like  species  of  Cattleya.  The  hardy  species,  such  as 
C.  acaule  and  C.  pubescens,  are  well  worthy  of  a  place  in 
gardens.  C.  spectabile,  for  color  and  form,  ranks  among 
the  finest  species.  It  is  a  valuable  orchid  for  forcing  in 
the  greenhouse.  As  yet,  no  hybrids  have  resulted  from 
the  intercrossing  of  our  native  Cypripediums.  Inter- 
crossing of  tropical  with  hardy  species  has  proved  fruit- 
less. There  is  a  tendency  to  resolve  Cypripedium  into 
several  genera.  For  the  purposes  of  this  work  the 
old  classification  will  be  observed. 

The  genus  is  closely  akin  to  Selenipedium,  which  see 
for  C.  caudatum,  C.  palmi  folium,  C.  Hcezlii,  C.  Lind- 
leyanum,  C.  Sargeutianitm,  C.  Schlimii,  C.  Schombtirg- 
kianum,  C.  vittatum,  and  the  like.  See,  also,  Houlletia. 
Selenipedium  differs  from  Cypripedium  in  having  a 
3-loculed  and  3-ribbed  ovary.  Figs.  643  and  644  con- 
trast some  of  the  structural  points  in  the  two  genera. 
The  genus  Cypripedium  is  naturally  not  a  large  one.  Ben- 
tham  and  Hooker  think  that  the  species  are  less  than  40. 
The  species  have  been  much  hybridized  and  modified 
by  cultivation,  however,  so  that  the  garden  forms  are 
legion.  Most  of  the  names  represent  horticultural  vari- 
eties ;  and  these  names  may  be  expected  to  increase.  One 
section  of  the  genus  has  been  separated  recently  as  a 
genus,  Papliiopedilum.  Monogr.  of  Cypripedium  and 
related  genera  by  F.  Desbois,  Ghent,  1898. 

OAKES  AMES. 

Nearly  all  Cypripediums  are  of  easy  culture  and  may 
be  readily  grown  in  one  department,  by  devoting  the 
cooler  portion  to  C.  barbatum,  C.  insigne,  C.  Javanicum, 
C.  venustum  and  the  Selenipedium  group.  The  coria- 
ceous-leaved evergreen  species  are  all  in  more  or  less 


a  week  will  be  found  of  great  assistance  to  keep  the 
plants  in  health.  The  hygrometer  should  never  register 
below  60,  nor  often  above  80,  as  moisture  in  excess  of  80  is 
liable  to  damp-off  the  young  growths.  Ventilation  reg- 


642.  Structure  of  column  of  Cypripedium  (X  %), 
C.  Dormanianum. 

active  growth  the  year  round ;  therefore  a  liberal  supply 
of  water  must  be  given  at  all  seasons,  only  allowing  the 
compost  to  become  dry  occasionally  to  prevent  stagnation. 
Light  syringing  should  be  frequent  in  bright  weather, 
and  an  application  of  weak  liquid  manure  once  or  twice 


643.  Cypripedium  Charlesworthii. 

Shows  section  of  ovary ;  of  labellum  or  lip  on  the  right ;  stigma 
on  the  left ;  column  on  the  right  below. 

ulated  according  to  external  conditions  is  essential  at  all 
times  to  maintain  atmospheric  action. 

During  the  winter  months  the  thermometer  should 
register  from  60°  F.  to  65°  F.  by  night  and  about  70°  F.  by 
day.  With  sun  heat  a  few  degrees  more  will  do  no  harm. 
On  the  approach  of  spring  the  temperature  should  be 
advanced  to  prepare  the  plants  for  summer  heat,  and  ac- 
cordingly decreased  on  the  approach  of  fall.  About  the 
middle  of  February  a  light  shading  will  be  necessary  to 
prevent  excessive  heat  and  sunburn,  with  heavier  shad- 
ing toward  midsummer,  this  to  be  gradually  removed  in 
the  fall  and  entirely  dispensed  with  during  the  winter. 

The  greater  part  of  the  species  grow  best  in  pots  in  a 
compost  of  two  parts  peat- fiber  to  one  part  chopped  liv- 
ing sphagnum  moss,  one-half  of  the  pot  room  being  de- 
voted to  clean  drainage.  The  compost  should  be  pressed 
in  rather  firmly  about  the  roots,  and  the  surface  left 
convex  to  discard  surplus  water  and  to  insure  the  base 
of  the  plant  against  decay  during  dull  weather.  A  few 
heads  of  living  moss  pricked  in  over  the  surface  will 
give  a  neat  appearance. 

Cypripedium  insigne  and  kindred  species  should  have 
one-third  chopped  sod  added  to  the  above  mixture  (see 
note  on  culture  in  Veitch's  Orchid  Manual  2:  34). 
C.  villosum  and  C.  Exul  sometimes  suffer  under  pot  cul- 
ture from  fungi,  which  attack  the  base  of  the  plant  dur- 
ing sultry  summer  weather.  Basket  culture  will  obviate 
this,  as  it  allows  a  better  circulation  of  air  through  the 
compost.  C.  .Lowei,  C.  Parishii,  C.  Philippinense 
and  allied  species,  together  with  Selenipedium  cau- 
datum,  are  truly  epiphytic  and  preferably  should  be 
grown  in  baskets.  By  this  method  the  roots  are  better 
preserved  and  less  liable  to  decay  during  the  winter 
season. 


432 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


The  Concolor  section  requires  a  warm,  moist  location 
with  free  access  to  the  air.  The  species  should  be  grown 
in  rather  small  pots,  with  at  least  half  the  space  devoted 
to  drainage  of  broken  charcoal  or  other  free  material. 
The  potting  compost  should  consist  of  equal  parts 
chopped  sod,  peat-fiber  and  living  sphagnum.  Lime- 
stone is  often  recommended  as  essential  in  the  culture 
of  this  section,  but,  the  conditions  being  equal,  I  have 
never  noticed  any  beneficial  results  from  it  (Orchid 
Review  4:  45;  Veitch's  Manual  2:  19-20). 

The  deciduous  tropical  species,  of  which  C.Irapeanum, 
'C.Thibeticum  and  Selenipedium  palmifolium  afford  good 


644.    Selenipedium  Schlimii. 

The  picture  shows  on  the  left  a  section  of  the  labellum;  on  the 
right,  a  section  of  the  ovary. 

examples,  require  similar  treatment  to  the  evergreen 
kinds.  They  have  a  long  dormant  period  during  which 
they  should  be  rested  in  a  temperature  of  50°  F.,  with 
sufficient  water  to  keep  the  compost  moist  until  growth 
starts,  when  they  must  be  returned  to  their  proper  de- 
partment and  enjoy  a  liberal  supply  of  water  until  after 
the  flowering  season,  when  they  must  be  ripened  off 
and  the  water  supply  gradually  withheld. 

The  hardy  species  do  better  planted  out  in  the  open 
ground  or  in  rockeries,  where  they  should  be  so  situated 
as  to  obtain  good  drainage  and  shade.  The  soil  must  be 
free  and  porous  and  consist  of  three  parts  chopped  turf 
and  equal  parts  of  peat  and  sphagnum.  They  require  a 
liberal  amount  of  water  and  frequent  syringing  over  the 
foliage  while  growing,  but  the  supply  should  be  grad- 
ually reduced  after  the  flowering  period  until  only 
enough  water  is  given  to  keep  the  soil  moist.  During 
the  winter  the  plants  should  be  protected  with  leaves  or 
pine  boughs.  C.  spectabile  and  C.  pubescens  grow  well 
under  pot  culture.  A  7-10-inch  pot  will  hold  eight  or  a 
dozen  crowns,  which  should  be  planted  2  inches  below 
the  surface.  Two  inches  of  drainage  are  sufficient.  The 
pots  should  be  filled  with  soil  (firmly  pressed  in)  to  % 
inch  below  the  rim.  After  a  thorough  watering  they 
should  be  stored  in  a  coldframe  and  protected  with 
leaves  and  boughs.  About  the  middle  of  February  they 
may  be  removed  to  a  coolhouse,  where  they  should  re- 
main for  a  week,  and  then  be  placed  in  the  cool  end  of 
the  Cypripedium  house,  where  they  should  be  watered 
sparingly  until  growth  action  starts.  These  plants  make 
strong  growths  under  this  treatment,  and  the  flowers  are 
a  decided  improvement  over  those  produced  normally 
outside. 

All  Cypripediums  are  propagated  by  division. 

ROBERT  M.  GREY. 

Index  to  species  described  in  the  main  list:  Abbotia- 
num,  5;  acaule,  40;  albens,  25;  Amesianum,  25;  Apple- 
tonianum,  16;  Argus,  6;  arietinum,  43;  Arnoldianum, 
25;  atropurpureum,  5;  aureum,25;  auriculum,  5;  bar- 
batum,  1;  bellatulum,  20;  biflorum,  1;  Boxalli,  28; 


Breevisianum,  25;  Brownii,  25  ;  Bullenianum,  15  ;  Cal- 
ceolus,  48;  candidum,  46;  Californicum,  52;  callosum, 
4;  caudatum  is  a  Selenipedium;  Chamberlainianum,  38  ; 
Chantinii,  25;  Charlesworthii,  24;  ciliolare,  7;  caerules- 
cens,  1  ;  coloratum,  5  ;  concolor,  17  ;  corrugatum,  25  ; 
Coulsonianum,  25;  Cowperianum,  25;  Crossianum,  1; 
Curtisii,  9;  Cuttingianum,  25;  Dayanum,  12;  Dominia- 
num,  25  ;  Dormanianum,  25  ;  Druryi,  27  ;  elegans,  41  ; 
Elliottianum,  37;  Ernestii,25;  Exul,  26;  Eyermanianum, 
25;  Fairieanum,  21;  Foerstermanni,  25;  fuscatum,  25; 
giganteum,  1,  5;  Gilmoreianum,  25;  glanduliferum,  35; 
Godefroyse,  19;  gracile,  1,  25;  grandiflorum,  1;  grande, 
5;  guttatum,  25;  Haynaldianum,  31;  Hendersonianum, 
1  ;  Himalaicum,  44  ;  hirsutissinmm,  22  ;  Hookerse,  15  ; 
Horsmanianum,  25;  Hyeanum,  5;  illustre,  25;  insigne, 
25;  Irapeanum,  54;  Javanicum,  13;  Japonicum,  42;  Kim- 
ballianum,  25,  35,  37;  laevigatum,  34;  Lawrenceanum,  5; 
leucochilum,19;  Lindeni,5;  longisepalum,25;  Lowei,  30; 
Lutwycheanum,  25  ;  Macfarlanei,  25  ;  macranthum,  51  ; 
maculatum,  25;  magnificum,  5;  majus,  1;  Mandevillea- 
num,  25;  marmoratum,  5;  Mastersianum,  14  ;  Maulei, 
25;  maximum,  25;  montanum,  53;  Mooreanum,  25;  mo- 
saicum,  1;  Moulmeinense,  25;  nanum,  1;  Neo-Guineense, 
35;  nigritum,  2;  nigrum,  1,  5;  Nilssonii,  25;  nitens,  25; 
niveum,  18  ;  nobile,  1  ;  O'Brienianum,  1;  Parishii,  32  ; 
parviflorum,  49  ;  Petri,  12  ;  Philippense,  34  ;  pictum, 
1,  5;  Pitcherianum,  5,  6;  pleioleucum,  5;  plumosum,  1; 
prsestans,  35;  pubescens,  47;  pulcherrimum,  1;  purpu- 
rascens,  5;  purpuratum,  3;  purpureum,  1;  Pynaerti,25; 
roseum,  5;  Rothschildianum,  37;  Sallieri,  29;  Sanderse, 
4,  25  ;  Sanderianum,  36  ;  spectabile,  50  ;  Spicerianum, 
23;  Stonei,  33;  Studleyanum,  25 ;  superbiens,  8,  25;  su- 
perbum,  1,  5;  Sylhetense,  25;  Thibeticum,  45;  tonsum, 
10;  Veitchianum,  8  ;  venustum,  11;  Victoria-Marie,  39; 
villosum,  28;  virens,  13;  virescens,  5;  volonteanum,  15  ; 
Warnerianum,  1.  Many  other  names  are  accounted  for 
in  the  supplementary  lists. 

A.    Leaves  tesselated  (or  checkered  in  squares). 

B.  Petals    more   or   less    ligulate,   smaller   than   the 

upper  sepil. 

C.  Upper  sepal  veined  with  green  and  purple :  spots 

on  the  petals  marginal. 

1.  barbatum,  Lindl.    Lvs.  oblong,  about  6  in.  long,  pale 
beneath,  upper  surface  dull   green  with  darker  green 
markings:  scape  long,  reddish  brown:  ovary    slender, 
subtended    by  a  small    bract;  upper    sepal    orbicular, 
evenly  reflexed,  white,  with  a  green  translucent  base; 
veins   green  part  way,  becoming  deep    purple:  petals 
green  at  the  base,  finely  dotted,  gradually  passing  into 
brown-pink  at  the  apices,  upper  margin  provided  with 
several  blackish  warts;  labellum  brown-purple,  infolded 
portion  yellowish  or  purplish  with   raised  dots;  lower 
sepal  narrow,  greenish,  veined  with  green:  staminode 
pubescent,  broadly    crescent-shaped.     June  and  July. 
Malay  Peninsula.     B.M.  4234.  — Of  this  useful  species 
there  are  many  excellent  varieties  in  which  the  flowers 
are  larger  or  more  richly  colored.    The  variation  in  foli- 
age is  very  remarkable.     In   general    appearance  this 
species   resembles    C.  Lawrenceanum.     Many  vars.  in 
cult. 

The  following  are  varieties  of  C.  barbatum :  JBifldrum.  A 
chance  variation,  due  undoubtedly  in  most  cases  to  vigor.  See 
Crossianum  below.—  Ccerulescens .  —  Crossianum.  Same  as 
Crossii.  —  Crossii.  Upper  sepal  very  large,  round-orbicular, 
white,  veined  with  green  and  apparently  transversed  by  a  band 
of  crimson;  petals  much  deflexed.  I. H. 35:72;  36:  81.  A.F.6:555. 
—  Giganteum=*nigmm.—  Gracile.—  Grandiflorum.  Upper  sepal 
unusually  large.— Hendersonianum.— Majus.  A  richly  colored 
and  vigorous  form.—  Mosdicum.—  Nanum.—  Nigrum.  A  dark 
flower,  the  labellum  of  a  very  deep  brown-purple.—  Nobile.— 
O'Brienianum,  or  O'Brieni.—  Pictum.— Plumosum.  This  is  not 
a  permanent  variety.  It  does  not  maintain  the  characters  to 
which  it  owes  its  name.—  Pulcherrimum.—  Purpureum.—  Su- 
perbum.  Almost  any  good  form  of  the  type  is  called  by  this 
name.—  Warnerianum,  or  Warnerii.  See  Crossii. 

2.  nigritum,  Reichb.  f.  Probably  identical  with  C.  pur- 
puratum, var.  obscurum.    Dorsal  sepal  resembles  that  of 
C.  purpuratum,  in  other  respects  very  similar  to  C. 
barbatum. 

3.  purpuratum,  Lindl.    Lvs.  elliptic-oblong  to  narrowly 
ovate,  4-5  inches  long,  glaucous,  pale  green  tesselated 
with   darker  dull   green,    pale   beneath  :    scapes   short 
(about  5  in.  long),  purplish  :    ovary  subtended  by  a 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


433 


small  bract  ;  upper  sepal  white,  4-angled,  appearing  as 
if  inserted  at  one  of  its  angles,  about  15-nerved,  outer 
nerves  carmine-purple,  others  metallic  green;  margins 
strongly  reflexed;  lower  sepal  greenish  with  white  mar- 
gins, veined  with  green:  petals  subspatulate,  greenish 
a~  base,  dotted,  becoming  purplish  toward  the  apices, 
veined  with  deep  metallic  jrreen ;  labellum  brown-purple, 
infolded  portion  with  raised  dots  ;  staminode  crescent 
shape.  Autumn.  China.  B.  M.  4901.  R.  H.  1858,  p,  182  : 

1883,  p.  :;:>:;. 

4.  callosum,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.  ovate-oblong,  obscurely 
tesselated,  pale  beneath:  scapes  reddish  brown;  upper 
sepal  about  3  in.  across,  unevenly  reflexed,  slightly  con- 
cave at    base,    and   translucent  ;    blush    ground    color 
veined  with  green,  upper  part  white-margined,  suffused 
with  rose  mauve  ;  veins  carmine -purple  toward  the  apex; 
petals  oblique,  recurving,  pale  green  at  base,  pale  rose- 
mauve  at  and  toward  the  extremities,  upper  margin  with 
several  blackish  warts,  ciliate  ;    labellum  dull   reddish 
brown,  infolded  lobes  greenish,  with  red-brown,  shiny 
warts  ;    staminodium    crescent-shaped.    February    and 
March  ;  also  at  other  seasons.    Siam.    R,  H.    1888:252. 

Var.  Sander ae,  Hort.  An  albino  form  of  the  species, 
with  no  trace  of  rose-mauve  or  purple.  The  fls.  are 
white  and  delicate  green.  'J.  H.  III.  28:  423. 

5.  Lawrenceanum,  Reichb.  f .   Lvs.  oval-oblong,  nearly 
1  ft.  long,  tessellated  with  yellowish  and  dark  green: 
scapes  tall,  reddish  brown,  sometimes  2-fld. :  fls.  large; 
upper  sepal  orbicular,  white,  with  broad  carmine -purple 
veins,  which   are   greenish  at  the  base;    lower    sepal 
small;  ovary  long,  subtended  by  a  small  bract;  petals 
purplish  at  and  toward  the  apices,  otherwise  greenish, 
provided  with  black  warts  along  the  margins ;  labellum 
dull  brown-purple;   staminode  broadly  crescent-shape. 
April-July.     Borneo.     B.  M.  6432.     I.  H.  30:478.     F.  S. 
23:2372.   G.C.  III.  21:  291. 

The  following  are  forms  of  C.  Lawrenceanum: .  Abbotidnum. 
Fls.  large,  with  deep  crimson  veins  on  the  upper  sepal.—  Atro- 
purpureum.  A  dark  form,  upper  sepal  with  deeply  colored 
veins.—  A urtculum.—  Colordtum.  Veins  deep  colored,  the  inter- 
spaces suffused.—  Giganteum.  A  variation  from  the  type  in  the 
large  size  of  the  fls.—  Grande.—  Hyednum.  Upper  sepal  veined 
with  green;  petals  green;  labellum  green.  G.C.  III.  21:  37.— 
Lindeni.—  Magnificum.—  Marmordtum.—Nlgrum.—  Pictum.— 
Pitcheridnum. —  Pleioleucum.  Upper  sepal  white,  with  only  a 
few  colored  veins.  —  Purpurdscens.—  Rbseum.—  Superbum.  — 
Virescens. 

cc.  Upper  sepal  veined  with  green,  but  slightly  if  at 
all  veined  with  crimson;  petals  more  or  less 
spotted  or  dotted. 

6.  Argus,  Reichb.  f.  (C.  barbatum,  var.  Argun,  Hort. 
C.  Pitcheridnum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  about 
6  in.  long,  pale  green  mottled  with  deeper  green:  scape 
long,  reddish  brown:  ovary  subtended  by  a  small  bract; 
upper   sepal  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  dotted  at  base, 
veined  with  green,  the  longer  veins  sometimes  purplish: 
petals  oblong,  undulate,  deflexed,  pale  green  tinged  with 
purple  at  the   apices,  irregularly  spotted  with  blackish 
warts:    labellum  dull  brown-purple,  greenish  beneath; 
infolded  lobes  purplish,  spotted  with  deeper  purple; 
staminode    crescent  -  shaped.      March,   April.      Luzon, 
Philippines.    B.M.  6175.    A.F.  3:179. 

7.  ciliolare,  Reichb.  f.    Lvs.  oblong,  pale  green,  tessel- 
lated with  dark  green:  scapes  tall,  reddish  brown:  ovary 
subtended  by  a  small  bract;  upper  sepal  broadly  ovate, 
acuminate,  ciliate  on  the  margins,  blush  white  at  base, 
otherwise  white,  veined  with  green;  petals  ligulate,  de- 
flexed,  recurved,  with  long  marginal  hairs,  greenish  at 
base,  becoming  pale  mauve  at  and  toward  the  extremi- 
ties, thickly  dotted  with  blackish  warts;  labellum  dull 
brown-purple;  infolded   lobes  yellowish,  with   reddish 
brown    warts;    staminode    reniform.      April-July    and 
even  later.    Philippine  Islands.     I.H.  31:530.    G.C.  III. 
21:348. 

8.  supSrbiens,  Reichb. f.  (C.  Veitchidnum,  Lena.).  Lvs. 
oval-oblong,  about  6  in.  in  length,  yellowish  green,  mot- 
tled with  deeper  green,  pale  beneath:  scapes  tall,  green- 
ish: ovary   subtended   by  a  small  bract;    upper   sepal 
broadly  ovate,  whitish,  evenly  veined  with  green;  petals 
deflexed,    almost     drooping,    ligulate,    hairy-margined, 
white,  suffused   with    pale    rose,  tinged    with    reddish 
brown  at  base,  veined  with  green  and  copiously  dotted 

28 


with  reddish  brown;  labellum  dull  brown-purple;  in- 
folded lobes  brighter,  with  raised  dots;  staminode  reni- 
form-subrotund,  horns  straight.  June,  July.  Malay 
Peninsula.  I.H.  12:429.  F.S.  19:1996.  A.F.  7:707.  R, 
H.  1871,  p.  596. 

9.  Curtisii,  Reichb.  f .    Lvs.  broadly    oval   oblong    or 
narrowly    oblong,  pale  green   tessellated   with    darker 
green,  pale   beneath:  scapes    about  1  ft.  high,  reddish 
brown:  ovary  subtended  by  a  small  bract;  upper  sepal 
iisproportionately  large,  broadly  ovate,  greenish  with  a 
white  margin,  tinged  with  brown-purple  at  the  base,  green 
veined  with  brown  and  green:  petals  ligulate,  deflexed, 
dull  brown-purple  or  brownish  green  at  the  base,  veined 
with  green,  pale  along  the  median  vein,  and  thickly 
dotted  with  red -brown;  margins  ciliate;  labellum  large, 
dull  reddish  brown,  infolded  lobes  paler,  dotted ;  stami- 
node reniform.    May-July.    Sumatra.  A.F.  6:557.  Gng. 
1:  41.  —  C.  ciliolare  and  C.  superbiens  are  very  closely 
related. 

10.  tonsum,  Reichb.  f.    Lvs.   ovate-oblong,  pale  green 
conspicuously  maculate  with  dark  green,  pale  beneath 
or  spotted  toward  the  base :  scapes  12  in.  or  more  long, 
brownish  green:  ovary  pale  green,  subtended  by  a  small 
bract ;  upper  sepal  broadly  obovate,  with  wide  base,  ab- 
ruptly acuminate,  whitish,  often  with  blush  rose  suffu- 
sion; veins  green;  petals  broad,  devoid  of  marginal  hairs, 
oblong  ovate  or  subspatulate,  green,  median  nerve  paler 
green,  with  a  row  of  large  reddish  brown  spots,  other 
veins  brownish,  giving  a  tinge  of  brown  to  adjacent 
tissue  ;     labellum     large,    compressed     dorsiventrally, 
brownish;    infolded   lobes   pale   yellowish   green,  with 
raised  pale  dots;  staminode  crescent-shaped,  the  horns 
strongly  oblique.    Autumn.    Mountains  of  Sumatra. 

11.  venustum,  Wall.    Lvs.  oblong,  dull  purple  beneath, 
upper  surface  pale  green,  marbled  with  dark  green: 
scapes   about  8  in.  tall:    ovary   subtended  by   a  bract 
which  sheaths  it  for  half  its  length;  dorsal  sepal  ovate, 
white  veined  with  green;  petals    green  at   base,  dull 
purple  toward  the  extremities,  provided  with   several 
blackish  warts ;  labellum  pale  green, conspicuously  veined 
with  emerald -green,  infolded   lobes   paler  ;    staminode 
crescent-shaped.    January-March.    India.    B.M.  2129. 

ccc.    Upper  sepal  distinctly  veined  with  green:    spots 
on  the  petals,  if  any,  few. 

12.  Dayanum,  Reichb.  f.  (C.  Petri,  Reichb.  f.).    Lvs. 
oblong,   pale   green,  remotely   cross-veined  with   dark 
green,  pale  beneath :  scapes  reddish  brown ;  upper  sepal 
ovate,   acuminate,  whitish,   veined  with   green,   upper 
margin  recurved;  petals  brownish  green  at  base,  salmon- 
pink  toward  the  apices,  upper  margins  obscurely  spotted, 
ciliate  with  dull  crimson  hairs ;  labellum  roughish,  dusty- 
looking,  infolding  portion  greenish,  with  dull  crimson- 
brown   warts  ;  staminode  oblong.    Borneo.    May,  June. 
F.S.  15:1527. 

13.  Javanicum,  Reinw.     Lvs.  oblong,  pale,  maculate 
with  dark  green:  scape  greenish,  1-or  2-flowered:  ovary 
subtended  by  a  small  bract ;  upper  sepal  ovate  acuminate, 
greenish  white  veined  with  green,  lower  margin  reflexed ; 
petals  oblong,  greenish,  with  fine  blackish  dots,  becom- 
ing purplish  or  pale  rose  color  at  the  apices,  ciliate  on 
the  margins;  labellum  darker  green  than  the  petals,  in- 
folded lobes  pale  green,  but  variously  dotted;  staminode 
reniform -subrotund.     Java.— Var.     virens,    Hort.,     is 
smaller,  the  green  color  more  pronounced. 

cccc.    Upper  sepal  not  distinctly  veined  with  green,  but 
more  or  less  with  purple. 

14.  Mastersianum,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.  oblong,  remotely 
tessellated:  scape  tall,  brown-purple,  ovary  subtended 
by  a  short  bract;  upper  sepal  orbicular,  acute,  bright 
green  with  a  greenish  white  or  yellowish  border,  veined 
with  greenish  brown;  petals  spreading,  brownish,  paler 
at   and  toward  the  base,  and   provided  with   blackish 
warts  on  the  upper  margin  and  median  vein;  labellum 
large,  brownish,  infolded  lobes  paler,  with  dull  purple 
spots  ;    staminode   crescent-shaped,  horns   converging. 
Java.    G.C.  III.  15:  593;  25:  274.    B.M.  7629,  as  a  Paphio 
pedilum. 

15.  Hodkerae,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.  variegated  dull   green 
and  greenish  white,  pale  beneath,  ovate  oblong:  scapes 
tall,  slender:  upper  sepal  rotund,  acuminate,  green,  with 


434 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


a  cream-colored  margin;  petals  subspatulate,  purplish 
at  the  apices,  with  a  green  stripe  toward  the  base; 
labellum  greenish  brown,  infolded  portion  greenish, 
with  a  few  raised  warts:  staminode  oval.  Borneo.  B.M. 
5362. 

Var.  Bullenianum,  Hort.  ( C.  Bullenianum,  Reichb.  f . ) . 
Lvs.  not  so  strikingly  mottled :  fls.  smaller,  upper  sepal 
streaked  at  the  base.    Borneo. 

Var.  volonteanum,  Hort.  Fig. 
645.  Pis.  larger  than  in  the 
type  ;  petals  oblong  spatulate, 
green,  except  at  extremities, 
where  they  are  pale  mauve, 
median  portion  richly  dotted 
with  crimson-brown  ;  labellum 
greenish  brown.  June  and  July, 
and  earlier.  Borneo. 

16.  Appletonianum,       Rolfe 
(C1.  Bullenianum,  var.  Apple- 
tonianum,    Hort.).      Lvs.    less 
tessellated  than  in  the  preced- 
ing ;  staminodium   very  small, 
greenish.    This  form   is  some- 
times considered  as  a  sub-variety 
of  C.  Bullenianum.    Borneo. 

BB.   Petals  and  sepals  nearly 
equal :  fls.  fleshy. 

17.  cdncolor,    Batem.      Lvs. 
oval-oblong,  mottled,  dull  pur- 

645.  Cypripedium          pie  beneath:    scape  short:    up- 

Hookerae,  var.  volonte-      per    sepal    yellow,  dotted   with 

anutn  (X  %).  purple,   similar  to  the   petals; 

labeilum    yellow,    compressed. 

Autumn.    Burma.    B.M.  5513. 

18.  niveum,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.  oval-oblong  to  oblong, 
short,  mottled :  fls.  white;  petals  and  upper  sepal  nearly 
equal,  finely  dotted  at  base  with  purple,  dots  variable  in 
number  and  distribution.    Burma.    B.M.  5922. 

19.  G6defroyae,  Leb.    Lvs.  narrower  than  in  the  pre- 
ceding: scape  short:   fls.  whitish  to  pale  yellow,  spotted 
with  purple-magenta  ;  petals   deflexed.     Early,  and   as 
late  as  July.    Cochin  China.    B.M.  6876.    Gn.  25,  p.  396. 

Var.  leucochilum,  Hort.  Upper  sepal  white,  blotched 
with  deep  purple;  labellum  white;  petals  like  the  upper 
sepal,  spots  smaller.  G.C.  III.  15 :  815.  J.H.  III.  30 :  423. 
F.R.  1:371. 

20.  bellatulum,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.   broad,   rounded    at 
apices,  slate-green,  mottled  with  darker  green,  thickly 
dotted  beneath  with  brownish  purple,  except  in  var. 
album,  when  the  Ivs.are  pale  beneath:  scapes  very  short: 
upper    sepal    concave,    roundish,  white,  spotted    with 
brown-purple;  lower  sepal  also  spotted;  petals  orbicu- 
lar, tending  to  be  concave,  spotted  with  large,  irregu- 
lar, brown-purple  spots;    labellum  ovate,  finely  dotted 
with    brown-purple.      Fls.   in   summer;    also   at   other 
seasons.  Shan  States.  G.C.  III.  21:320.  J.H.  III.  30:513. 
A.F.6:557;  13:77,  622;  14:  675.    Gng.  7:129.- Var.  album, 
Hort.    Has  white  fls.  devoid  of  spots:  Ivs.  not  brown- 
purple  beneath. 

AA.   Lvs.  coriaceous,  ligulate,  not  tessellated  or  only 
obscurely  so. 

B.   Fls.  not  more  than  2,  except  in  vigorous  plants. 

C.    Staminodium  without  a  protuberance  or  horn 
from  its  center. 

21.  Fairieanum,  Lindl.    Upper  sepal  sub-rotund,  whit- 
ish, veined  with  dark  carmine-purple;   petals  oblong, 
deflexed,  recurved  at  the  apices,  whitish,  veined  with 
green  and  purple ;  labellum  brownish  green,  reticulated ; 
staminodium  orbicular,  with  a  pronounced  beak  or  tooth 
from  the  lower  margin,  white,  with  green  veins.   Habitat 
unknown,  1857. -The  only  living  records  of  this  species 
in  America  are  found  in  several  splendid  hybrids,  such 
as  C.  x  Niobe,  C.  x  vexillarium,  C.  x  Arthurianum,  C. 
•xAmes'E  and  C.xff.  Ballantine.     There  are  several 
plants  in  English  collections.    There  are  no  living  plants 
in  America.    The  species  is  not  vigorous  enough  to  be 
worth  the  growing. 


22.  hirsutissimum,     Lindl.      Lvs.    ligulate,    uniform 
green:    scape  greenish:   ovary  and  bracts  clothed  with 
shaggy    hairs  ;    upper    sepal   narrow    at   base,  broader 
toward  the  summit,  nearly  ovate,  brownish,  with  a  green 
margin,  finely  dotted  at  base;  petals  green  at  base,  finely 
dotted,  becoming  purplish;   margin  sinuate,   undulate; 
labellum  green,  finely  dotted,  downy  and  ciliate;  stami- 
node bluntly  quadrate   or   spade-shaped,  with   2  white 
eyes.    March,  April  and  May.    Java.     B.M.  4990.    R.H. 
1859,  pp.  182-3.—  Int.  at  same  time  as  C.  Fairieanum 
(1857). 

23.  Spicerianum,  Reichb.  f.    Lvs.  linear-oblong,  dark 
green:   scape  about  8  in.  long:  ovary  subtended  by  a 
spotted  bract;  upper  sepal  white,  strongly  reflexed  so  as 
to  have  a  narrow  base  and  broad,  incurved   summit, 
median  line  carmine-purple;   petals   short,  wavy  mar- 
gined, yellowish  green,  with  conspicuous  mid-veins  of 
reddish  brown;  labellum  green  or  brownish;   stamino- 
dium white-margined,  otherwise  pale  mauve.   Oct.  -Dec. 
Assam.     B.M.  6490.     I.  H.  30:473.     Gn.  48,  p.  304.     A.G. 
11:159.    A.  F.  3:226.    Gng.  1:242.    F.  E.  9:  329.  -Habitat 
unknown  when    first   plants  were   introduced.      Many 
varieties. 

cc.  Staminodium  provided  with  a  protuberance  or  horn. 

24.  Charles  wortMi,  Rolfe.      Lvs.  ligulate,  obscurely 
tessellated,  heavily  spotted  beneath  throughout  or  only 
at  the  base  :  scapes  short,  spotted  like  the  Ivs.  :  ovary 
spotted,  subtended  by  a  small,  spotted 

bract;  upper  sepal  orbicular,  white, 
mottled  and  suffused  with  pale  carmine, 
purple  rose,  brownish  at  base  or  clear; 
petals  short,  rarely  wavy  margined, 
yellowish  or  brownish,  veined  with 
brown;  labellum  similar  in  color  to  the 
petals  (variable),  spread- 
in at  the  aerture 


ng 
small 


aperture, 
in  comparison 
with  the  upper  sepal  ; 
staminode  shiny,  pure 
white,  with  an  orange- 
yellow  tipped  process. 
Autumn.  E.  Indies.  B.M. 
7416.  R.B.  20:241.  Gn. 
47:1009  and  p.  425.  A.F. 
13:  430. -A  very  varia- 
ble and  beautiful  spe- 
cies, which  should  give 
rise  to  interesting  hy- 
brids. 

25.  insigne.Wall.  Lvs. 
linear-ligulate,  uniform 
green,  usually  finely 
spotted  at  the  base  :  scape  reddish 
brown,  about  1  ft.  high  :  upper  sepal 
oval,  arching  at  the  summit,  mainly 
green,  upper  margin  white,  surface 
covered  with  brownish  spots  ;  petals 
pale  greenish  brown,  veined  with 
deeper  brown  ;  labellum  also  brown- 
ish; staminodium  longer  than  broad, 
rough  and  pubescent,  with  a  yellow 
projection.  Autumn.  India.  'B.  M. 
3412.  G.  C.  III.  18:  763.  A.  F.  7:  633. 
F.  E.  9:327.  Gng.  1:243.  A.G.  16:73; 
19:825. 

Var.  Chantinii,  Hort.  Habit  as  in 
type  :  dorsal  sepal  larger  with  larger 
spots,  broad  toward  the  summit, 
mainly  green,  heavily  spotted  with 
brown,  except  on  the  upper  portion, 
where  it  is  white,  with  several  pale 
mauve  spots  ;  labellum  colored  like 
the  spots,  deep  polished  brown.  R.  H.  var.  Sanderae. 
1878:130.  (X  %.) 

Var.  ISrnestii,  Hort.,  is  a  yellow  form  with  faint  spots 
on  the  upper  sepal,  which  lack  the  characteristic  brown 
and  are  called  "false  spots." 

Var.  Sanderae,  Hort.  Fig.  646.  Foliage  pale  to  the 
base :  scape  very  pale  green :  upper  sepal  white  above, 
otherwise  primrose-yellow,  with  minute  reddish  brown 
dots,  which  vary  in  number  from  season  to  season,  and 


645. 

Cypripedium 

insigne. 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


435 


in  different  fls.  on  the  same  plant;  petals  colored  like 
upper  sepal;  labellum  waxy  yellow,  spreading  at  aper- 
ture; staraiuode  yellow,  with  an  orange-yellow  projec- 
tion. Gng.  7:196.  — The  most  beautiful  Cypripedium. 

C.  insiane  runs  into  many  forms.  Following  are  some  of 
them:  Albo-manjinatuin.  Fls.  yellowish;  upper  sepal  bordered 
all  round  with  white;  spots  light  colored,  found  only  on  the 
greenish  yellow  disk. —J-Mens.  Color  of  fls.  soft  greenish  yellow; 
upper  sepal  half  white.—  Anu'siitnam.  Fls.  rather  large;  upper 
sepal  brownish,  with  a  white  margin,  not  spotted,  suffused  with 
rich  brown.— .1  rnoldianum.  Fls.  larger  than  in  var.  Maulei;  up- 
per sepal  with  a  broad,  white  margin,  spots  confined  to  the  green- 
ish yellow  disk.  G.F.7:425.  A. F. 6:115.—  Aureum.  Upper  sepal 
pale  yellow;  petals  and  labellum  brownish.—  Breevesianum. 
Upper  sepal  oblong,  upper  third  white,  otherwise  yellowish 
green,  with  regular  lines  of  brown  dots ;  petals  reddish  brown. 
—Brbwnii.  Fls.  green ;  tipper  sepal  heavily  blotched  or  spotted ; 
petals  spotted.  A.F.7:  65.—  Corrugdtum.  Labellum  corrugated, 
otherwise  typical.— Coulsonidnum.  A  very  large  flower,  with  a 
broad  upper  sepal.  Closely  allied  to  var.  Schroederianum  (?). 
—  Cowperianum.  Upper  sepal  spotted  at  base,  similar  to  that 
of  var.  albo-marginatum  ;  petals  rather  longer  than  usual; 
labellum  large.—  Cutting idniim.  Fls.  large,  greenish;  upper 
sepal  broad,  with  violet-purple  spots  on  the  white.—  Dommid- 
num.—  Dormanianum .—  Eyermanidnum.  Fls.  light  yellow, 
with  several  light  brown  spots  at  base  of  upper  sepal.— Fcer- 
stermanni.  Upper  sepal  with  a  broad  white  border;  petals 
distinctly  veined  with  brown.— Fuscdtum.  R.B.20:25.— Gracile. 
Upper  sepal  narrow.—  Gilmorednum.  Fls.  rather  large;  upper 
sepal  spotted  with  brown.—  Guttdtum.  R.H.  1851:  201.—  H ors- 
manidnum.  Sepals  long  and  narrow.—  Illustre.  Yellowish  va- 
riety; sepals  and  petals  spotted.—  Kimballidnum.  Upper  sepal 
flat,  reflexed  at  the  summit,  yellowish  green;  spots  running  in 
lines  into  the  white  border;  petals  strongly  veined.—  Longisb- 
pahim.  Long,  narrow  sepals;  upper  sepal  brownish  below, 
greenish  above,  not  spotted.  —  Lutwychednum.  Upper  sepal 
somewhat  narrower  than  usual,  basal  margins  wavy;  upper 
margin  white,  passing  to  pale  yellow;  spots  hardly  visible,  same 
color  as  the  sepal.  Belongs  to  the  Ernesti  group  of  varieties.— 
Maculdtum.  An  obscure  variety  ?  —  Mandevillidnum.  Form 
same  as  Albo-marginatum.  Petals  thickly  covered  with  spots  in 
regular  lines.—  Maulei.  White  portion  of  the  upper  sepal  pre- 
dominating, extending  to  the  base  on  either  side  of  the  green 
disk;  uppermost  spots  violet-purple,  otherwise  the  spots  are 
larger  brownish  and  few.—  Maximum.  Upper  sepal  large,  deep 
green.—  Mdcfarlanei.  Allied  to  var.  Sanderse.  Sepal  and  pet- 
als narrower;  deeper  yellow.—  Moorednum.  Fls.  pale  yellow; 


petals  pale  greenish  yellow;  upper  sepal  margined  with  white; 
broadly  ovate ;  basal  margins  finely  dotted;  spots  largest  at  the 
center;  petals  brown-veined;  stamiriode  with  a  mucro.—  Stud- 
bydnum  —  Superbiens.— -Sylhetense.  Large  dark'spot,  somewhat 
confluent,  in  lines  along  the  middle  of  the  upper  scpul. 


647.   Cypripedium  Rothschildianum  (X  %). 

spots  large.— Moulmeinense.—  Nilssoni.—  Nltens.— Larger  than 
the  type, stronger  in  growth:  fls.  very  large;  upper  sepal  white- 
margined  ;  spots  in  irregular  rows.  —  Pynaerti.  —  Schroederi- 
dnum.  Fls.  extremely  large;  upper  sepal  nearly  orbicular,  or 


648.  Cypripedium  acaule  (X 


26.  Exul,  Rolfe.    Lvs.  narrower  and  more  rigid  than  in 
the  preceding  species:  upper  sepal  greenish  yellow  at 
the  base,  spotted  with  brown,  upper  part  white  ;    petals 
and  labellum'  similar  to  those  of  C.Druryi.  Siam.  B.M. 
7510.  —  Considered  by  some  to  be  a  form  of  C.  insigne. 

27.  Druryi,  Beddome.    Lvs.   ligulate,  uniform  green: 
scape   about  1  ft.  high  :    ovary  subtended  by  a  small 
bract  ;    upper  sepal  arching  at  the  summit,  yellowish 
with  a  dark  median  band  ;  petals  ligulate,  yellow,  with 
a  dark  median  band  ;    labellum  yellowish.    May,  June. 
India     I.  H.  24:265.    A.  F.  6:555. 

28.  villdsum,    Lindl.     Lvs.    linear-ligulate,    uniform 
green  spotted  with  brown-purple  at  the  base  :  scapes   co- 
piously long-hairy  :  ovary  subtended  by  a  bract  nearly 
as  long  as   itself  :    upper   sepal    narrow    at    the   base, 
broader  above,  brownish  at  the  base,  otherwise  greenish 
yellow,  finely  margined  with  white  ;    petals  spatulate, 
broad  at  apices,  wavy-margined,  oblique,  with  a  con- 
spicuous brown   mid  vein,  otherwise  brownish   yellow  ; 
labellum  brownish  yellow;  staminode  large,  oblong,  yel- 
lowish.   Jan.,  Feb.    India.   I.  H.  4:126.   A.  F.  6:555. 

Var.  B6xaUi.  Hort.  (C.  B6xalli,  Reichb.  f.).  Upper 
sepal  spotted  with  blackish  spots,  which  are  more  or 
less  confluent  along  the  median  line.  Burma.  I.H. 
26:345. 

29.  Sallieri,    Godef.     Petals    somewhat     resembling 
those  of  the  above  ;  upper  sepal  large,  broad  at  and  to- 
ward the  summit,  yellowish  green,  spotted  with  brown, 
and  provided  with  a  broad  white  border  round  the  up- 
per half.    Supposed  natural  hybrid  between  C.  villosum 
and  C.  insigne. 


436 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


BB.    fls.  more  than  2. 
C.    Petals  spatulate. 

30.  Ldwei,  Lindl.  Lvs.  ligulate,  uniform  green:  scapes 
often  more  than  3  ft.  long,  arching,  bearing  several  fls. : 
upper  sepal  yellowish  veined  with  brownish  purple  at 
the  base,  broadly  oval,  basal  margins  revolute  ;  petals 
fully  3  in.  long,  deflexed,  twisted,  spatulate,  yellowish, 
with  numerous  brown-purple  spots  at  and  toward  the 
base,  the  spoon-shaped  extremities  dull  crimson-purple; 
labellum  brown,  infolded  lobes  paler;  staminodium  ob- 
cordate,  with  a  horn-like  projection  at  base.    April,  May. 
Borneo.    F.S.  4:375.    A. F.  11:1349.    R.H.  1857,  p.  402; 
1883,  p.  352;   1885,  p.  473. 

31.  Haynaldianum,  Reichb.  f .    Lvs.  ligulate,  leathery, 
uniform  green :  scapes  about  20  in.  long,  villose,  green- 
ish brown,  1-5-fld. :    upper  sepal   oval,  lower  margins 
revolute,  cream-white  above,  purplish  at   the  margins, 
the  base  yellowish,  spotted  with  reddish  brown;  petals 
linear,  broad  at  the  extremities,  and  of  a  dull  purple 
color,  yellowish  from   the   base  about  half  way,  with 
several   large,   reddish  brown  spots  ;    labellum   green 
tinged  with  dull  purple ;   staminodium  similar  to  that  of 
preceding,  but  narrower.    Jan.-May.    Philippine  Isls. 
B.M.  6296. 


649.    Cypripedium 
pubescens  (X 


cc.  Petals  linear,  usually  drooping  and  twisted. 
32.  Parish!!,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs. coriaceous, thick,  ligulate: 
scapes  arching,  pale  green,  bearing  several  fls. :  upper 
sepal  yellowish,  with  green  veins,  narrowly  oval,  basal 
margins  reflexed;  petals  linear,  twisted,  obliquely  pen- 
dent, greenish  yellow  at  and  toward  the  base,  with  sev- 
eral blackish  spots  and  a  row  of  marginal  dots  ;  distal 
ends  dull,  glossy,  brownish  purple  ;  labellum  dark 
green,  usually  tinged  with  brown-purple;  staminodium 


obcordate,  with  a  tooth  at  base.  Autumn.  India.  B.M. 
5791.  Gt.  47:25.  I.H.  22:214.-Not  a  free-blooming 
species. 

33.  Stdnei,  Hooker.    Lvs.  ligulate,  uniform  green,  de- 
cidedly coriaceous  :   scapes  long,  greenish   brown,  3-5- 
fld. :  upper  sepal  nearly  orbicular,  white,  with  4  crimson- 
magenta  veins  or  streaks,  2  on  each  side  near  the  upper 
margin,  suffused  behind  with  crimson;  lower  sepal  nar- 
rower, with  several  streaks,  similar  in  color  to  those  on 
the  upper  sepal;  petals  linear,  at   first  spreading,  then 
drooping,  twisted  at  the  extremities,  pale  yellow  at  the 
base,  becoming  deeper  and  finally  reddish  brown  at  and 
near  the  apices,  spotted  with  crimson-brown;   labellum 
calceiform,  dull  rose  on  the  front,  paler  beneath,  finely 
veined  with  deeper  rose.    Autumn.  Borneo.    B.M.  5349. 
—  One  of  the  finest  in  the  genus. 

34.  PMlippin6nse,  Reichb.  f.  (C.  lazvigatum,  Batem  ). 
Lvs.  thick,  ligulate-oblong,  uniform  green:  scape  brown- 
ish, bearing  from  2-5  fls. :  upper  sepals  whitish,  broadly 
ovate,    striped    with     crimson-magenta  ;     lower     sepal 
striped  with  green;  petals  linear,  twisted,  drooping  ob- 
liquely, greenish  at  base,  becoming  pale  brown -purple 
toward    the    extremities;    labellum    small,   yellowish; 
staminodium    sub-cordiform.     April,   May.     Philippine 
Isls.,  1864.    B.M.  5508.    G.F.  3:309. 

35.  prsestans,  Reichb.  f.   (C.  glandiiliferum,  Blume. 
C.  Neo-Guineense,  Hort. ) .   Lvs.  coriaceous,  deep  green : 
peduncle    longer   than   the    Ivs. :    sepals    about    equal, 
broadly   ovate,   yellowish   white,   veined   with  reddish 
brown;    petals  with  marginal  warts,  twisted,  yellowish 
green  ;    labellum  calceiform,  yellowish  ;    staminodium 
nearly   quadrangular,  lateral    margins   inflexed.     Aug. 
New  Guinea.  I.H.  34:26.  R.H.  1896,  p.  421.  —  C.  prcestans, 
var.  Kimballianum,  Hort.,  is  another  form.    This  is  not 
to  be  confounded  with  C.  Kimballianum  (see  No.  37). 

36.  Sanderianum,  Reichb.  f.    Lvs.  ligulate,  thick,  uni- 
form green:  scape  long,  reddish  brown,  bearing  several 
fls. :  upper  sepal  narrowly  ovate,  yellowish,  striped  with 
brown;  petals  linear,  about  18  in.  long,  yellowish  at  the 
base,   marked   with   reddish   brown,  the    middle    part 
barred  with  reddish  brown  and  yellow,  purplish  brown 
at  and  toward   the  blunt   apices  ;    labellum  brownish. 
Feb. -May.    Habitat  known  but  not  revealed:    perhaps 
north  Borneo.    G.C.  III.  19:329.  Gt.  43:520. 

37.  Bothschildianum,  Reichb.  f.   Fig.  647.  Lvs.  thick: 
scape  reddish  brown,  bearing  several  fls. :  upper  sepal 
ovate,  acute,  striped  with  brownish  (almost  black)  veins, 
ground  color   yellowish  ;    petals  linear,   spreading,  ob- 
lique, yellowish,  striped  and  spotted  with  dark  brown- 
purple";    labellum  slipper-form,   brownish,  margin  pale 
yellow,  whitish  beneath  ;    staminode  with  a  projecting 
beak.    Winter  months.    Borneo.    B.M.  7102.    G.F.  6:145. 
—C.  Elliottianum,  O'Brien,  is  a  variety  of  the  above,  or 
at  least  very  closely  allied  to  it.    J.H.  III.  32:55.    A.F. 
6:557;   7:855.  —  C.  Kimballianum,  from  Borneo,  is  a  nat- 
ural hybrid  of  C.  Rothscliildianum  x  C.  Dayanum:    see 
A.G.  20:719,  Fig.  186. 

ccc.    Petals  much  twisted,  not  drooping. 

38.  Chamberlainianum,   O'Brien.     Lvs.   dark    green, 
ligulate:  scape  arching,  bearing  several  fls.  that  open  in 
succession:  ovary  not  conspicuously  ribbed;  upper  se- 
pal pale  green,  brownish  at  base,  with  about  12  veins 
which,  brown  at  first,  terminate  green;  margin  whitish, 
ciliate,  dorsal  surface  hairy;  petals  narrow,  spreading, 
reflexed,  twisted,  green,  with  lines  of   numerous  red- 
brown    spots,    tinged     rose-pink     near    the     column  ; 
labellum  pale  rosy  mauve,  copiously  dotted  with  deeper 
mauve  ;  infolded  lobes  pale  green  :   staminodium  oval. 
Sumatra.     B.M.  7578,  as  a  Paphiopedilum.    R.H.  1892, 
pp.  104-5.    G.F.  5:413. 

39.  Victdria-Mariae,  Rolfe.    Similar  to  the  above:  la- 
bellum dull  purple  ;    petals  and  upper  sepal  not  lined 
with  brown  spots.     Perhaps  only  a  variety  of  C.  Chant - 
berlainianum.  Sumatra.  B.M.  7573,  as  a  Paphiopedilum. 

AAA.    Lvs.  membranaceous ,  plicate. 
B.    Foliage  of  two  Ivs.  upon  the  ground,  or  nearly  so. 

40.  acaule,  Ait.      Fig.  648.     Lvs.  ovate,  oblong  oval: 
scape  naked,  tall  :    upper  sepal    and  petals   brownish, 
lanceolate  ;    labellum   pink-purple   to  white  (variable), 


CYI'KIPKDirM 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


437 


with  a  fissure  in  front:  staniinodium  sputuliform.  May 
and  June.  Newfoundland  to  N.  C.,  west  to  Ind.,  .Mich. 
and  Minn.  G.W.F.  11.  A.G.  13:514;  14:405.  Gng. 
4:263.  A.  F.  11:1049. 

BB.'  Foliage  of  two  Ivs.  above  the  ground. 

41.  elegans,  Reichb.  f.    Plant  about  4   in.  high:   Ivs. 
opposite,  borne  on  an  elongated  annual  stem:  upper  se- 
pal narrowly  ovate,  veined  with  reddish  brown;  petals 
lanceolate,  similar  in  color  to  the  sepals;  labellura  brown- 
ish, corrugated;    staminode  elliptic.    July.     Sikkim.— 
Probably  not  in  cultivation  in  this  country. 

42.  Jap6nicum.  Thunb.  Lvs.  nearly  opposite,  roundish, 
undulately  plicate:   bract  longer  than  the  ovary,  fl.  ter- 
minating the  scape:  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, greenish,  dotted  with  red;  labellum  white-pink; 
staminodium  cordate,  channeled.    April,  May.    Japan. 

BBB.    Foliage  of  several  or  many  Ivs.  on  the  stem. 
c.    Lower  sepal  divided. 

43.  arietinum,  R.  Brown.    Plant  about  6  in.  high,  slen- 
der: Ivs.  lanceolate:  fls.  small,  terminal,  solitary;  upper 
sepal  ovate-lanceolate,  brownish  green  ;    petals  linear; 
labellum  tapering  at  the  apex,  white  veined  with  red- 
dish purple,  clothed  with  white,  woolly  hairs  near  the 
aperture  ;    starainodium  nearly  round.     May.    Maine  to 
N.  Y.,  Mich,  and  Minn.,  and   northward.     B.M.   1569. 
L.B.C.  13:1240.    F.S.  20:2095.-Fls.  curiously  irregular 
in  shape,  resembling  a  ram's  head. 

44.  Himalaicum,  Rolfe.    Plant  8-12  in.  high:  Ivs.  3, 
elliptic-oblong :    upper    sepal    ovate,    brownish,    with 
deeper  colored  veins ;  petals  narrow,  oblong,  paler  than 
the  upper  sepal ;  labellum  purple-brown,  many-nerved; 
staminode  heart-shape.    July.     Bhotan.  — Probably  not 
cultivated  in  this  country. 

45.  Thib6ticum,  King.    Lvs.  3,  close  together  on  the 
stem :  labellum  larger  than  in  the  preceding,  and  not  de- 
pressed, brown-purple;    petals  pale  brown;    staminode 
oval -cordate,  angled  at  the  base.    July.    Sikkim.  — Prob- 
ably not  in  cultivation. 

cc.    Lower  sepal  little  or  not  at  all  divided. 

46.  candidum,  Muhl.    Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate:  fls.  ter- 
minal, solitary;  sepals   broader  than  the  petals,  ovate- 
lanceolate;  petals  spreading  like  the  sepals,  greenish  ; 
labellum  white,  striped  inside  with  purple;  staminodium 
lanceolate.     May  and  June.    N.  Y.,  Penn.,  Minn.,  Mo. 
and  Ky. 

47.  pub6scens,   Willd.     Fig.  649.     Lvs.   oval,  acute  : 
petals  usually  twisted,  much  narrower  than  the  ovate- 
lanceolate  sepals  ;  labellum  pale  yellow;  staminodium 
triangular.     Same   range    as   No.   49.    May  and  June. 
B.M.  911,  as  C.  parviflorum.    A.G.  13:513.    Mn.  7:5. 

48.  Calcedlus,  Linn.     Fls.  usually  solitary;    labellum 
yellow,  slightly  compressed,  shorter  than  the  lower  se- 
pal; sepals  and  petals  deep,  rich  brown;  staminodium 
triangular.    Yorkshire  and  other   northern  counties  of 
Eng.,Eu.    R.H.  1892,  p.  392.    R.B.  21:210. 

49.  parvifldrum,  Salisb.  Lvs.  ovate,  acute:  fls.  smaller 
than  in  C.  pubescens;  labellum  flattened  from  above  and 
below,  not  laterally,  bright  yellow;  staminodium  trian- 
gular.   May   and  June.     Newfoundland   to    Ga.,    west 
to  Minn,  and  E.  Kans.    A.G.  13:515. 

50.  spectabile,  Swartz.    Fig.  650.     Plants  stout:    Ivs. 
oval,  acute:  sepals  ovate,  rather  roundish,  white;  petals 
oblong,  white  ;    labellum  white   or   pale   pink-purple  ; 
staminodium  oval-cordate.    June.    Maine,  western  New 
Eng.  to  Minn,  and  Mo.,  mountains  of  N.  Car.     R.H. 
1868:410.    Gn.  53,  p.  77.     R.B.  20,  p.  198.    A.F.  11:1048. 
Gng.  4:262,  327. 

51.  macranthon,    Swartz.     Lvs.    oblong,   acute  :     fls. 
purple,  not  spotted  ;  upper  sepal  oblong,  acute  ;    lower 
sepal  smaller  ;   petals  ovate-lanceolate  ;    labellum  con- 
tracted at  the  aperture.    Moist,  shady  places,  northern 
Asia,  Siberia.    R.H.  1877:310. 

52.  Calif draicum,  Gray.  Plants  either  slender  or  stout, 
varying  in  height,  sometimes  exceeding  2ft.:  Ivs.  ovate- 
alternate  :    floral  bracts  very  large,  becoming  narrowly 
ovate:  fls.  small,  from  6-12  open  at  the  same  time,  an 
inch  or  more  apart  on  the  stem;  labellum  whitish;  se- 


pals oval,  yellowish  green;  petals  narrowly  oblong,  col- 
ored like  the  sepals.    Calif.    B.M.  7188.    G.F.  1:281. 

53.  montanum,  Dougl.  One  to  2  ft.,  leafy,  pubescent: 
Ivs.  ovate  to  broad -lanceolate,  4-6  in.  lo'ng  :  fls.  1-3, 
short-pedicelled,  the  wavy-twisted  petals  brownish,  the 


650.  Cypripedium  spectabile.    Natural  size. 

inch-long  lip  dull  white  veined  with  purple  ;  capsule 
erect  or  nearly  so.  Calif,  to  Wash.  B.M.  7319. -Fra- 
grant. Grows  in  clumps.  Handsome. 

54.  Irapeanum,  Llave  et  Lex.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate: 
fls.  large,  several,  sepals  and  petals  about  equal ;  label- 
lum very  large,  much  inflated,  suggesting  the  inflated 
petal  of  a  Calceolaria.  Mex.— This  species  has  not  as 
yet  been  successfully  cultivated. 

Supplementary  list,  comprising  hybrid  Cypripediums  (for 
catalogues  of  hybrids,  see  G.C.  III.  17: 199  and  A.G.  16: 118): 
Ads  =  Lawrenceanum  X  insigne,  var.  Maulei.  —  Adrastus  — 
Leeanum  X  villosum,  var.  Boxallii.  —  A Icides  =  insigne  X  hir- 
sutissimum.—  Alfred  Hollington  =  c\liol&reX  Philippinense.— 
Allanianum—  Spicerianum  X  Curtisii.—  Almum  —  barbatumX 
Lawrenceanum.  —  Amandum=  insigne  X  venustum.  —  Amesi- 
anum  =  villosum  X  venustum  (see  Measuresianum).—  Apicu- 
latum  =  barbatum  X  villosum,  var.  Boxallii.—  Artemis  =  Day- 
anum  X  Swanianum.  —  Arthurianum  =*  insigne  X  Fairieanum. 


438 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYPRIPEDIITM 


A.  F.  6:557.—  Arthurianum,  var.  pulchellum  =  insigne  Chan- 
tini  X  Fairieanum.  —  Ashburtonice  (C.  obscurum)  =  barba- 
turn  X  insigne.  I.H.  35:  61.  —  Ashburtonice,  var.  expansum 
—  same.  —  Aspasia  =  selligerum  majus  X  tonsum.—  Aureum 
=nitens,  var.  Sallierii  X  Spicerianum.  Dist.  Icon,  des  O.  — 
Auroreum—  LawrenceanumXvenustum.—  -Z?ea£rice=Boxallii  X 
Lowii.—  jBer#0rCTMa/mm=DauthieriiXinsigne.—  Hryanii  CBur- 
f  ordense)  =  Philippinense  X  Argus.—  Buchanianum  =  Druryi  X 
Spicerianum.—  G1a£an£/mm.  =  barbatum  CrossiiX  Lowii.—  Cali- 
gare  =  venustum  X  Dayanum.—  Callo-Rothschildianum  =  callo- 
sumX  Rothschildianum.—  Calypso.  See  Lathamianum.—  Cau- 
hamii  (Chas.  Cauham)=villosumXsuperbiens.  —  Carnusianum 
=HaynaldianumXSpicerianum.  —  Oer  es=  Spicerianum  Xhirsu- 
tissimum.  —  Chelsiense  =  Lowii  X  barbatirm,  var.  Warnerii.— 


=  Argus  X  Curtisii.  —  Hybridum  =  villosum  X  barbatum.  — 
7wo=HaynaldianumX  Mrs.  Cauham.—  Intermedium.  See  Hy- 
bridum. —  lo  =  Lawrenceanum  X  Argus.  —  Javanico  -  Spiceri- 
anum. See  Lutescens.—  Javanico-superbiens.—  Joseph  Donat=* 


XHookeraB.—  OKnfca£err2/<mwM=PhilippinenseXCurtisii.—  Clo- 
tilde  Moens=Leeanum,  var.  superbum  XHaynaldianum.—  Con- 
cinnwm=villosumXpurpuratum.  —  Gyo?ispim«TO=Harrisianum 
X  villosum.—  Constance  =  Curtisii  X  Stonei.—  Cooksonianum  = 
almum.  —  (7ram  =  Harrisianum,  var.  superbum  X  cenanthum, 
var.  superbum.—  CVe£/ms=SpicerianuinXArgus.—  Crossianum 
=  insigne  X  venustum.  —  Cybele  =  Lawrenceanum  X  Druryi.— 
Dauthierii.  See  Harrisianum.  —  Dibdin,  var.  Davisianum  = 
villosum,  var.  Boxallii  X  Argus,  var.  ~M.oerisu.—  Dilectum  =  vil- 
losum, var.  BoxalliiX  hirsutissimum.—  ZH'scoZor=venustumX  ? 

—  J>ona£Mpiwm=iiisigne,var.WiotiXHarrisiantim.—  Doncasteri- 
<mttm=hirsutissimumXcallosum.—  -Doris=venitstumX  Stonei. 

—  Drurio-Hookerce—DruryiX.  Hookerae.—  Ulectra^cenanihum, 
var.  eleetra.—  ^Jw/!ieWense=LawrencearumXHooker8B.—  Ephi- 
altes  =  insigne,  var.  Chantini  X  auroreum.  —  Euryale  =  Law- 
renceanum Xsuperbiens.—  Euryandrum='barl>a,t\imX  Stonei.— 
Eurylochus  =  ciliolare  X  hirsutissimum.  —  Excelsior  =  Roth- 
schildianumXHarrisianum.—  J?Tair2/Queen=CurtisiiXDruryi.— 
Finetianum  =  Philippinense,  var.  Roabbelenii  X  barbatum.  — 
Fitchianum  =  Hookersa  X  barbatum.  —  Frau  Ida  Brandt  =  lo, 
var.  grandeX  Youngianuni.—  Galatea  =  Harrisianum  X  insigne 
Maulei.  —  Gemmiferum  =  Hookerae  X  purpuratuni.  —  Germiny- 
anum,  var.  Godseffianum  =  villosum,  var.  BoxalliiX  hirsutissi- 
mum. —  Germinyanum  ==  villosum  X  hirsutissimum.  —  Gigas= 
Harrisianum,  var.  superbum  X  Lawrenceanum.—  Gowerianum 

—  Lawrenceanum  X  Curtisii.  —  Greyanum  =  Druryi  X  cilio- 
lare. —  Harrisianum  =  barbatum  X  villosum.    F.  S.  22  :  2289-90. 
R.B.  22:148.     A.  F.  6:  557.  —  Nnrrisianum,  var.   superbum  = 
barbatum  X  villosum.  —  Harrisianum,  var.  Dauthierii  =  bar- 


651.    Cypripedium  Lathamianum  (X 
Hybrid.     (See  supplementary  list.) 

batum  X  villosum.  —  H.  Ballantine  =  purpuratum  X  Fairie- 
anum. —  Hephaestus  =  callosum  X  ?  —  Hobsonii  =  Lawrence- 
anum (pistillate)  X  Philippense.  A.F.  14:1094.  Gng.  7:242.— 
Hornianum  =  Spicerianum  X  superbiens.  —  Hurrellianum 


652.   Cypripedium  Niobe  (X  %).     Hybrid. 
(See  supplementary  list.) 

AshburtonaB  X  Spicerianum.  —  Josephianum  =  Druryi  X  Ja- 
vanico-superbiens.  A.F.  7:707.—  Jwno=callosumX  Fairieanum. 

—  Kimballianum  =  Rothschildianum  X  Dayanum.  —  Krameri- 
anMJW=oenanthumX  villosum.  —  .K>is/ma=insigneXtonsum.— 
Laforcadei  =  barbatum  X  insigne,  var.    Chantini.  —  Lathami- 
anum (Fig.  651)  =  Spicerianum  X  villosum.  —  Lathamianum, 
var.  CW2/pso=SpicerianumXvillosum,  var.  Boxallii.— Leeanum 
=insigne  X  Spicerianum.—  Leeanum,  var.  giganteum  =  insigne 
X  Spicerianum.  A.F.  9 : 765.  —  Leeanum,  var.  Masareelianum= 
insigne,  var.  Chantini  X  Spicerianum.    I.  H.  36:77.   A.  F.  6:  555. 
A.G.  12:  65.  —  Leeanum,  var.  superbum  is  a  good  form  raised 
by   Veitch.  —  Loewegrenianum  =  Spicerianum  X  lo  grandis.— 
iMcidttm=LowiiX  villosum.  —  _Lwridttm=LawreneeanumXvil- 
losum,  var.  superbum.—  Z/wtesce7is=SpicerianumXJavanicum. 

—  Lynchianum  =  Spicerianum  X  sellegerum.  —  Macropterum  =* 
Lo  wiiX  superbiens .  —  Marmorophy  I  lum=fLoo  ker  se  X  barbatum . 

—  Marshallianum  =  venustum,  var.  pardinum  X  concolor.  — 
Masereelianum.     See  Leeanum.—  Mass«mmtm  =  superciliare 
X  Rothschildianum.—  Maynardi  =  purpviratumX  Spicerianum. 

—  Measuresianum  =  villosum  X  venustum.  —  Measuresianum, 
var.  paroninum= villosum,  var.  BoxalliiX  venustum.— Horgance 
=superbiensX Stonei.  I.H.  34:  5.—  Mrs.  (7aw/iam=superbiensX 
villosum.—  Mrs.  G.D.  0w;e/-  =  superciliareXvillosum.—  Mulus 
=  hirsutissimum X  Lawrenceanum.—  Niobe  (Fig.  652)  =  Spiceri- 
anumX  Fairieanum.— Ar^ens=villosumXinsigne,  var.  Maulei.— 
Nitens,  var.  /S'aWterw=insigneX  villosum. —Nitens,  var.  Sallierii, 
sub-var.  H yeanum  —  insigne X villosum.—  Nitens,  var.  Schlesin- 
flrerianttm=villosum ,  var.  BoxalliiX  insigue.— Nitens, var.  Monsde 
(7iirte=Boxallii  X  insigne  Chantini.— Arwwia=LawrenceanumX 
Stonei. — Oakes  J.mes=ciliolareX  Rothschildianum . — Obscurum 
=oenanthum.—  CBnan,^M77i=HarrisianumXinsigne.—  Olivia— 
tonsum X niveum.  —  .Orestes  —  oenanthum,  var.  Orestes.  — . Or- 
phanum  =  barbatum  X  Druryi.—  Osbornei  =  Harrisianum,  var. 
superbumX  Spicerianum.—  Pa#eanwm=superbiensXHooker8e. 

—  Fallens  =  Spicerianum  X  Dayanum.  —  Patersonii  =  Lowii  X 
Lawrenceanum.—  Pavoninum.  See  Measureianum.  A.F.  7: 707. 

—  jFWias=HaynaldianumXinsigne.—  Peiop«=NiobeX  Javanico- 
superbiens.—  Pellucidum  =  insigne,  var.  Maulei  X  Dayanum.— 
Pic«Mra<Mm=SpicerianumXsuperbiens.  —  Pitcherianum=*Rax- 
risianum,  var.  superbumX  Spicerianum.—  Pleistochlorum=\)ar- 
batum  X  javanicum,  var.  virens.  —  Pleuroneuron  =  vemistumX 
villosum.—  Plunerum  =  villosum  X  venustum  ( ?) .—  Politum  = 
barbatum  X  venustum.  —  Pollettianum  =*  calophyllum  X  oenan- 
thum, var.  superbum.  —  Prewettii  =  HarrisianumXvillosum.— 
Radiosum  =  LawrenceanumXSpicerianum.—  Regale  =  insigne, 
var.  MauleiXpurpuratum.  —  Rowallianum  =  vittosumXvenns- 
tum  (see  Measureianum).—  Rubescens  =  oenanthum,  var.  su- 
perbumX villosum,  var.  Boxallii.—  <Sa#aflreanttm=Harrisianum 
X  Spicerianum.  —  Selligerum  =  barbatum  X  Philippense.  —  Sel- 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CVRTOMIUM 


439 


liaerum.  var.  m«j?/s  =  barbatumX  Philippinense.   A. F.  11:1.349. 

—  Seegerianitin  =  HarrisianuinX  Spicerianum. —  Superciliare  = 
barbatum  X  superbieus.  —  Susan   A  im-tt  —  Leeanum  X  nitons. 

—  Srciui-lintiin  ••  Lowei  X  Curtisii.—  Sn-uniiinniH  =I)ayanuni 
Xbarbatum. —  Sirinburnci  =  insigni',   var.    Maulei  X  Argus. — 
T.   B.    Ilayu'ood  =  Druryi  X  superbiens.  —  Tesselatum  —  eon- 
colorXbarbatum.    A. F. 7:707.—  Tlmin-ritui !<m=Lawrenceamun 
Xvillosum,  var.  Boxallii. —  Thib<intianu)n  =  HarrisiamimXin- 
signt',  var.  Maulri.—  rAo/-/ifrmu=suiM>rbu>nsXinsigiie.—  Thorn- 
tonii.  var".  />V(u/;^c/-y//=iusigneXsuporl>iens.  —  7'(7i//is=Spiceri- 
amnnXu'iianthum,  var.  superbum.—  To;(.v--r///o,svnn=tonsumX 
villosum.—  Tit /•/><?  =  barbatumX Argus.  —  T.  W.  U(w<i=hirsutis- 
simumXSwanianum.—  Uinlanftianum=*insigne,  var.  Chantini 
X  Lawrenoeanxtm.  —  Van  Houteanuin  =  niveum  X  Dauthieri. 
A.F.  U:  f>.~>7.  —  Ycrnixuni  =  Argiis  X  villosum.  —  Vexillarium  = 
barbatum  X  Fairieanum.—  Wallcertianum  =  Harrisianum  X  vil- 
losum. —  }\'i<ratti<tnu)n  =  Harrisiaimm  or  Hookeraa  X  Ashbur- 
tona>.—  ]r/7/m/;t.s'm/n/;/i=HarrisianumXvemistum  or  villosum. 

('.  </.'.';//<•.  Reichb.  f.,a  small  Japanese  species,  is  offered  by 
importers  of  Japanese  plants.  It  is  the  C.  cardlophyllum, 
Franch.  &  Sav.  Fls.  very  small,  not  much  larger  than  those  of 
Calypso  borealis.—C.  fasciculatum  is  offered  by  importers  of 
Dutch  bulbs.  The  C.  fasdculatum,  Kellogg,  is  Californian: 
2-6  in.,  bearing  a  pair  of  nearly  opposite,  ovate,  somewhat  acute 
Ivs. :  fls.  solitary  or  several,  greenish,  the  depressed  lip  greenish 
yellow  with  a  purplish  margin.  OAKES  AMES. 

CTBlLLA  (after  Dominico  Cyrillo,  professor  of  medi- 
cine at  Naples,  1734-1799).  Cyrillacece.  Shrub,  rarely 
tree:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  entire,  glabrous,  deciduous  or 
nearly  persistent:  fls.  small,  white,  in  narrow  slender 
racemes,  5-merous:  fr.  a  small  indehiscent  2-celled  cap- 
sule with  2  seeds.  Probably  one  variable  species  from 
N.  Carolina  to  Florida,  west  to  Texas,  and  in  W.  India 
and  S.  America.  Ornamental  shrub,  rarely  cultivated, 
with  handsome  bright  green  foliage,  and  graceful  ra- 
cemes of  white  fls.,  hardy  north  to  New  York. 
Thrives  best  in  humid  sandy  soil  and  shady  position. 
Prop,  by  seeds  and  cuttings  under  glass,  with  slight  bot- 
tom heat. 

racemiflora,  Linn.  LEATHERWOOD.  Shrub,  occa- 
sionally tree  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  oblanceo- 
late,  usually  obtuse,  reticulate-veined,  2-3  in.  long, 
bright  green,  turning  orange  and  scarlet  in  fall,  but  in 
tropical  climates  evergreen:  racemes  4-6 in.  long,  erect, 
at  length  nodding.  B.M.  2456.  8.S.  2:51.— The  variety 
from  W.  India  has  been  described  as  C.  Antillana, 
Michx.,  and  that  of  Brazil  as  C.  racemifera,  Vandelli. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CYRTANTHUS  (Greek,  curved  flowers;  from  their 
pendulous  habit).  Amarylliddcece.  Twenty  species  of 
tender  bulbs  from  South  Africa,  known  only  in  a  few 
American  greenhouses.  Their  culture  is  presumably 
like  that  of  many  other  bulbs  from  the  same  region. 
They  are  suitable  for  pot  culture,  or  for  planting  out  in 
summer.  The  following  analytical  key  gives  an  idea  of 
the  group,  and  its  three  subgenera. 

A.    Fls.  many  in  an  umbel,  pendulous. 
B.    Lvs.  strap-shaped.    (Cyrtanthus  proper.) 

obliquus,  Ait.  Bulb  ovoid,  3-4  in.  thick :  Ivs.  10-12, 
strap-shaped,  distichous,  produced  after  the  fls.,  1  %-2 
ft.  long  :  scape  1-2  ft.  long,  stout,  mottled :  fls.  10-12  in 
an  umbel,  entirely  drooping,  odorless,  bright  red,  with 
more  or  less  yellow,  and  greenish  tips  2-3  in.  long;  pedi- 
cels %-\  in.  long:  style  not  exserted.  Cape  Colony.  B. 
M.  1K33. 

BB.    Lvs.  linear.  (Monella.) 

Mickenii,  Hook.  f.  Bulb  1  %  in.  thick:  Ivs.  2-6,  ap- 
pearing with  the  fls.,  linear,  1  ft.  long:  scape  slender, 
slightly  glaucous:  fls.  4-10  in  an  umbel,  pure  white, 
2  in.  long;  style  ex.serted.  Natal.  G.C.  I.  29:641.  Gn. 
50,  p.  63. 

AA.    Flu.  single,  or  feiv  in  an  umbel,  erect  or   slightly 

curved  downward.  (Gastronema.) 
sanguineus,  Hook.  Bulb  2  in.  thick :  Ivs.  3-4,  appear- 
ing with  the  fls.,  lanceolate,  petioled,  1ft.  long:  scape 
slender,  6-9  in.  long:  fls.  1-3,  bright  red,  3-4  %  in.  long, 
wider  funnel-shaped  than  in  the  two  preceding  species, 
with  a  throat  1  in.  across.  Caffraria,  Natal.  B.M.  5218. 

C.  Hiittoni,  Baker,  belongs  to  Cyrtanthus  proper,  but  its  Ivs. 
appear  with  the  fls.,  and  it  has  6-8  or  even  12  pale  red  fls.  about 
1  in.  long,  and  a  much  shorter  style  than  in  C.  obliquus.  Cape 
Colony.  B.M.  7488.  Gn.  50:1076.  W.  M. 


CYRTOCARPA  (Greek,  curved  fruit).  Anacardiacece. 
Two  Mexican  trees,  of  which  one  bears  a  small  fruit, 
likened  to  a  cherry  by  tin-  natives  of  Lower  Calif.  In- 
troduced into  S.  Calif,  by  F.  Franceschi.  Santa  Bar- 
bara. 

procera,  HBK.  Very  tall  tree,  with  slender,  terete, 
dark  purplish,  resinous  branches  :  Ivs.  alternate,  odd- 
pinnate:  leaflets  5-7  or  9,  oblong,  entire,  with  a  very 
slight  silkiness,  especially  below,  very  shortly  stalked, 
1  in.  or  more  long,  half  as  wide:  fls.  white,  inconspic- 
uous, in  panicles  1-2  in.  long;  calyx  5-parted,  villous, 
persistent  ;  segments  roundish  ;  petals  5,  elliptic  ;  sta- 
mens 10;  style  1:  fr.  the  size  of  an  olive,  edible.  Mex. 
HBK.  6,  t.  609. 

CYRTOCHlLUM.     Referred  to  Oncidium. 
CYRTODElRA.     See  Episcia. 

CYRTdMIUM  (Greek,  a  bow).  Polypodiacece.  A 
genus  of  Asiatic  half-hardy  or  greenhouse  ferns  of 
rigid  habit,  with  simply  pinnate  Ivs.,  anastomosing 
veins  and  firm  indusia  fixed  by  the  depressed  center. 
Culture  as  for  Polystichum,  to  which  it  is  closely  allied. 


653.    Cyrtomium  falcatum. 
(Leaf  X  Y*.) 


A.    Margins  of  pinnce  entire  or  slightly  undulate. 

falcatum,  J.  Sm.  Fig.  653.  Pinnae  ovate,  falcate  ; 
the  lower  rounded  or  obliquely  truncate  at  the  base,  4-6 
in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide.  Japan  and  India.— The  large  thick, 
glossy  foliage  makes  it  an  excellent  fern  for  decorations. 

Fortunei,  J.  Sm.  Pinnae  lanceolate,  opaque,  2—4  in. 
long,  %-l  in.  wide.  Japan. 

B.    Margins  of  pinnae  toothed  or  sometimes  lobed. 

caryotideum,  J.  Sm.  Pinnae  larger,  5-7  in.  long,  \%- 
2%  wide,  often  auricled  on  both  sides  at  the  base, 
sharply  toothed.  India.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


440 


CYRTOPERA 


CYTISUS 


CYRTOPERA.     Consult  Cyrtopodiiun   Woodfordii. 

C  YRTOPODIUM  ( Greek  for  curved  foot,  from  the  shape 
of  the  lip).  OrchidacecK,  tribe  Vdndeve.  Epiphytes: 
stems  fusiform,  bearing  plicate  leaves :  sepals  and  petals 
equal,  free  ;  column  semiterete  :  pollinia  2,  caudicle 
short,  gland  ovate:  scapes  radical,  bearing  numerous 
flowers,  pure  yellow  or  spotted  with  crimson.  Probably 
two  dozen  species,  widely  distributed  in  the  tropics. 
They  are  large-growing  plants,  with  large  and  showy 
flowers.  They  need  a  rich,  fibrous  soil  with  manure. 
Grow  in  a  warm  or  tropical  house. 

Andersonii,  R.  Br.  Stems  5  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  long,  lan- 
ceolate, sheathing  at  the  base:  scape  often  3  ft.  high, 
branching,  bearing  many  yellow  flowers:  sepals  and 
petals  broad,  bright  yellow,  the  labellum  brighter,  front 
lobe  slightly  concave.  Specimens  with  over  100  fls.  have 
been  recorded.  Tropical  Amer.  B.M.  1800. 

punctatum,  Lindl.  Habit  as  above :  scape  from  2-3  ft. 
high,  branching  about  midway,  dotted  with  dull  purple, 
the  branches  subtended  by  membranaceous  sheathing 
bracts,  which  are  lanceolate,  undulating,  and  dotted 
with  crimson :  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  undulate, 
greenish  yellow  blotched  with  crimson;  petals  similar, 
spotted  at  the  base;  labellum  %  in.  long,  fleshy,  bright 
yellow,  lateral  lobes  crimson,  midlobe  spotted  and 
margined  with  crimson ;  column  green.  Extensively  dis- 
tributed through  S.  Amer.  B.M.  3507.  F.S.  22:  2352.- 
Var.  Saintlegerianum,  Hort.  (C.  Saintlegeridnum, 
Reich,  f.).  Has  brighter  markings  on  the  bracts  and 
flowers. 

Woddfordii,  Sims  (Cyrtopera  Woddfordii,  Lindl.). 
Stems  fusiform:  Ivs.  lanceolate:  scape  radical,  bearing 
a  many -flowered  raceme :  fls.  greenish,  with  a  purple  la- 
bellum; sepals  linear  lanceolate ;  petals  oblong.  Trinidad, 
Martinique.  B.M.  1814.  OAKES  AMES. 

CYRTOSPfiRMA  (Greek,  curved  seed).  Aroldeoe. 
This  genus  includes  a  handsome  warmhouse  tuberous 
foliage  plant,  with  large,  hastate  red-veined  leaves, 
resembling  an  Alocasia,  but  easily  distinguished  by  its 
spiny  stems.  It  was  introduced  into  cult,  in  1880  from 
the  Solomon  Islands  as  Alucasia  J6hnstoni,  but  two 
years  later  it  flowered,  and  it  became  evident  that  the 
plant  was  a  Cyrtosperma.  This  plant  was  once  adver- 
tised by  Pitcher  &  Manda  as  Cyrtemeria,  apparently  a 
typographical  error,  as  there  is  no  such  genus.  Cyrto- 
sperma has  9  species,  remarkably  scattered  in  the  tropics. 
They  are  herbs  with  tubers  or  long  rhizomes :  leaf  and 
flower-stalks  often  spiny  or  warty:  Ivs.  hastate  or  sagit- 
tate; petioles  long,  sheathing  at  the  base.  Culture 
presumably  same  as  Alocasia. 

J61mstoni,  N.  E.  Br.  (Alocasia  Jdhnstoni,  Hort.). 
Tuberous:  petiole  2-254  ft.  long,  olive  green,  spotted 
rose,  covered  with  fleshy,  spine-like  warts:  Ivs.  sagit- 
tate, depressed  in  the  middle,  l%-2  ft.  long,  olive-green, 
with  prominent  and  beautiful  red  veins  above.  I.H. 
27:395. 

C.  ferox,  Lind.  &  N.  E.Br.,  is  a  second  species  of  this  genus, 
figured  in  I.H.  39:153,  but  not  known  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade. 
It  has  narrow-sagittate  Ivs.  on  slender,  very  prickly  petioles  : 
spathe  rather  large,  reflexed,  greenish  white.  Borneo. 

CYRT6STACHYS  (Greek  for  arched  spike).  Pal- 
mdcece,  tribe  Arecece.  Three  Malayan,  spineless,  pin- 
nate-leaved palms,  sometimes  seen  in  choice  collections. 
They  thrive  on  the  treatment  given  to  Areca  and  Chrys- 
alidocarpus.  Spadix  large,  branching  and  pendent:  fls. 
monoecious,  the  two  kinds  in  one  spadix— each  pistillate 
accompanied  by  two  staminates  with  6  stamens.  Two 
species  are  offered  in  this  country  : 

Renda,  Blume.  Height  25-30  ft.  :  leaflets  linear  or 
ensiform,  obtuse,  unequally  2-toothed,  delicate  gray  be- 
neath, the  petioles  dark,  brownish  red. 

Lakka,  Becc.  Petioles  green  :  Ivs.  broad,  boldly 
arched,  the  leaflets  unequally  2-toothed. 

CYSTACANTHUS  (Greek  for  bladder  Acanthus,  be- 
cause the  flowers  are  inflated ).  Acanthacece.  Five  erect, 
evergreen  herbs  of  Burma  and  Cochin  China,  with 
showy,  sessile  fls.  in  the  axils  of  bracts,  the  entire  in- 


florescence more  or  less  crowded  into  a  terminal  panicle 
or  thyrse.  Corolla-limb  spreading,  unequally  5-lobed,  the 
lobes  short-rotund :  stamens  2:  style  filiform,  the  stigma 
2-toothed:  Ivs.  entire.  One  species  is  cult,  in  the -Old 
World,  but  is  not  known  to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade.  This 
is  C.  tiirgida,  Nicholson,  B.M.  6043  as  Meninia  turgida, 
Fua.  It  comes  from  Cochin  China;  2  ft.  or  less  high, 
with  prominently  jointed  stems  and  opposite,  elliptic- 
lanceolate  Ivs.:  fls.  white,  yellow  in  the  throat  and  pink- 
reticulated  on  the  lobes.  Cult,  as  other  warmhouse 
Acanthads.  (See  Aphelandra  for  example.)  Prop,  by 
cuttings  of  young  wood. 

CYSTOPTERIS  (Greek,  bladder-fern).  Polypodia- 
cece.  A  small  genus  of  hardy  native  ferns,  with  deli- 
cate foliage,  and  round  sori,  covered  by  a  delicate  indu- 
sium  which  is  attached  under  one  side  and  opens  at  the 
other,  becoming  hood-like  in  appearance  and  finally 
disappearing.  The  5  species  all  grow  in  the  north  tem- 
perate zone.  Of  easy  culture  in  shady,  rich  borders. 

C.  bulbifera,  Bernh.  Lvs.  8-24  in.  long,  widest  at  the 
base,  tripinnatifid,  bearing  on  the  under  surface  of  the 
rachis  a  series  of  bulb-like  bodies,  which  germinate  and 
propagate  new  plants.  Thrives  best  on  lime-bearing 
rocks.  Canada  to  North  Carolina. 

C.  fragilis,   Bernh.     Fig.    654.     Lvs.  clus- 
tered, 4-8  in.  long  besides  the  slender  stalks, 
tripinnatifid,  widest  above  the  base.    Widely 
distributed  over  the  world  at  all  altitudes. 
L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CtTISUS    (Greek   name  for 
a      kind      of     clover).      Legu- 
mindsce.     BROOM.     Mostly   low 
shrubs,     rarely    small      trees  : 
Ivs.  trifoliolate,  sometimes  uni- 
foliolate,    rather     small,    alter- 
nate,  deciduous   or  persistent, 
sometimes  few  and  minute  and 
branches    almost   leafless  :    fls. 
papilionaceous,    axillary   or    in 
terminal  heads  or  racemes,  yel- 
low, white  or  purple;  sta- 
mens 10,  connate  ;    style 
curved  :  pod  flat,  dehis- 
cent, with  few  or  many 
seeds  ;  seeds  with  a  cal- 
lose    appendage    at   the 
base.     About  45  species 
in  S.  and  M.  Europe,  Ca- 
nary Isl.,  N.  Africa  and 
W.    Asia.       Ornamental 
free  -  flowering     shrubs, 
blooming  most   in  early 
spring    and    summer. 
Nearly   hardy  north  are 
C.  hirsutus,C.  capitatus, 
C.  scoparius,    C.  nigri- 
cans  ,C  .leucanthus ,  while 
the  evergreen  species  C. 
Canariensis,    C.   candi- 
cans,  C.  filipes  are  hardy 
(X  yz.)  only  south.    Most  of  the 

species  are  well  adapted 

for  borders  of  shrubberies,  and  thrive  in  almost  any 
well  drained  soil  and  in  sunny  position;  they  naturalize 
themselves  often  very  quickly  in  dry,  gravelly  soil, 
where  few  other  plants  will  grow;  C.  scoparius  espe- 
cially does  so.  The  Cytisus  ought  to  be  transplanted 
carefully  and  when  young,  as  they  do  not  bear  trans- 
planting well  as  older  plants.  Some  dwarf  species  like 
C.  Ardoini,  Kewensis,  glabrescens,  purpureus  and 
leucanthus  are  very  handsome  for  rockeries.  The  ever- 
green C.  Canariensis  and  racemosus  are  much  grown 
in  the  north  as  greenhouse  shrubs,  blooming  profusely 
in  early  spring  ;  also  the  white-flowering  C.  albus  and 
filipes  make  handsome  pot-plants,  and  may  be  had 
in  bloom  in  February  with  gentle  forcing.  For  pot- 
plants,  a  light  sandy  loam  with  peat  added  forms  a  suit- 
able compost.  After  flowering  the  plants  should  be  cut 
back  and  repotted  as  soon  as  they  start  into  new  growth. 


654.   Cystopteris  fragilis. 


CYTISUS 

After  repotting;  they  are  kept  close  and  often  syringed 
until  they  are  established ;  then  they  ought  to  have  plenty 
of  air  and  only  slight  shade.  When  the  new  growth  has 
been  finished  they  may  be  put  in  the  open  air  until  frost 
is  threatening.  During  the  winter  they  should  be  kept 
in  a  cool  greenhouse  with  plenty  of  light  and  carefully 
and  moderately  watered.  From  January  they  may  be 
transferred  gradually  in  a  warmer  house  for  forcing. 


CYTISUS 


441 


655.   Cytisus  Canariensis. 

(XK.) 


Cuttings  started  in  early  spring,  transplanted  several 
times  and  then  gradually  hardened  off,  can  be  grown  into 
flowering  specimens  for  the  following  spring.  Prop,  by 
seeds  sown  in  spring  and  by  greenwood  cuttings  under 
glass ;  they  are  also  sometimes  increased  by  layers  or  by 
grafting.  As  stock  C.  nigricans  is  much  used,  or  La- 
burnum vulgare  for  small  standard  trees  ;  for  plants 
grown  in  the  greenhouse  or  south,  C.  Canariensis  is  a 
good  stock.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

Of  Cytisus,  the  young  growths  root  readily  in  Decem- 
ber and  January  in  the  ordinary  way.  They  should  be 
shifted  on  as  they  grow.  Good  sized  plants  can  be  pro- 
duced if  shifting  and  pinching  is  not  neglected.  By  the 
following  winter,  the  winter-propagated  plants  should 
be  in  5-in.  pots,  in  which  size  they  are  most  useful. 
Keep  very  cool  during  winter  and  withhold  any  forcing. 
They  flower  in  March,  or,  if  kept  at  a  night  temperature 
of  45°,  as  late  as  April.  Syringe  at  all  times  to  prevent 
red  spider.  To  produce  good  sized  plants  in  one  year, 
it  is  best  to  keep  them  plunged  on  a  bench  under  the 
glass  the  entire  summer,  with  little  shade.  Older  plants 
can  be  plunged  out  of  doors  during  July,  August  and 
September.  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 

Index  :  albus,  2  ;  Andreanus,  1;  atropurpureus,  5  ; 
Canariensis,  10;  candicans,  8;  capitatus,  7;  carneus,  5  ; 
elongatus,  14,  and  suppl.  list ;  Everestianus,  11  ;  falca- 
tus,  6;  filipes,  3;  hirsutus,  6  ;  incarnatus,  2;  Linkii,  2  ; 
linifolius,  13;  Maderensis,  9;  nigricans,  14;  Palmensis, 
3;  pendulus,  5;  proliferus,  4;  purpureus,  5;  racemosus, 
11,  12;  ramosissimus,  10;  Schipkeensis  (which  is  offered 
in  the  trade  as  this  page  goes  to  press)  will  be  found  in 
the  supplementary  list  under  C.  leucanthus;  scoparius, 
1;  stenopetalus,  12.  See  Laburmtm  and  Adenocarpus. 

A.    Fls.  lateral  along  the  branches. 

B.    Style  very  long,  spirally  incurved  at  the  apex: 
fls.  large,  yellow  or  partly  crimson. 

1.  scoparius,  Link.  (Sarothdmnus  scoparius,  Wimm. 
Spdrtium  scoparlum,  Linn.).  SCOTCH  BROOM.  Shrub, 
to  10  ft.,  with  erect,  slender  branches :  Ivs.short-petioled, 
1-3-foliolate  ;  Ifts.  obovate  or  oblanceolate,  sparingly 
appressed-pubescent,  Y±-%  in.  long:  fls.  usually  solitary, 
'%  in.  long  ;  calyx  and  pedicels  nearly  glabrous  :  pod 
brownish  black,  glabrous,  villous  only  at  the  margin. 
.May.  June.  M.  and  S.  Europe.  — Var.  Andreanus,  Dipp. 
(Genista  Andredna,  Puissant).  Fls.  yellow  with  dark 
crimson  wings.  R.H.  1886:373.  Gt.  40:1342.  R.B.  19: 
129.  J.H.  III.  32:402.  There  are  also  varieties  with 
double  and  with  yellowish  white  fls.  and  a  form  with 
pendulous  branches.  All  the  vars.  are  more  tender  than 
the  type.— The  Scotch  Broom,  C.  scoparius,  has  become 
established  in  this  country,  as  a  naturalized  plant,  in 
waste  places  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Virginia;  and  it  is 
also  reported  from  Vancouver  Island.  It  is  also  recom- 
mended by  landscape  gardeners  for  covering  raw  and 
broken  places.  Its  yellow  fls.  and  nearly  bare  stems 
make  a  unique  combination  in  the  American  landscape. 


Even  when  it  kills  to  the  ground  in  winter,  it  throws 
up  its  stems  again  in  The  spring. 

BB.    Style  not  or  not  much  longer  than  the  keel, 

slightly  cum  <l . 

c.    Color  of  fls.  white  or  purple. 

D.    Calyx  short  campanulate,  not  longer  than  wide: 

foliage  scarce. 

2.  albus,  Link. (C.  Linkii,  Janka.  Genista  alba,  Lam.). 
Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  slender,  erect,  grooved  branches  : 
Ivs.  short-petioled,  1-  to  3-foliolate;  Ifts.  obovate-oblong 
to   linear-oblong,  M-%  in.   long,  sparingly   appressed- 
pubescent:  fls.  axillary.  1-3,  white,  Yz-Y*  in.  long:  pod 
appressed-pubescent,    usually    2-seeded.     May,     June. 
Spain,  N.  Africa. -Var.  incarnatus,  Dipp.    Fls.  white, 
slightly  blushed.    L.B.C.  11:1052  as  a  Spartina. 

3.  niipes,  Webb  ( Spartocytisus  filipes, \\ebb).    Shrub, 
with  slender,  angulate,  thread-like  branches  :   Ivs.  slen- 
der-petioled,  3-foliolate,  nearly   glabroxis  ;  Ifts.  linear- 
lanceolate  :    fls.   axillary,    1-2,    fragrant,    pure   white ; 
wings  much  longer  than   the   keel.    Feb.-May.    Tene- 
riffa.— As  C.  Palmensis,  Hort.,  in  the  Amer.  trade. 

DD.    Caylx  tubular,  longer  than  wide  :   Ivs.  always  3-fo- 
liolate :  branches  terete. 

4.  proliferus,  Linn.   Shrub,  to  12  ft., with  long  and  slen- 
der pubescent  branches  :    Ifts.  oblanceolate,  silky  pu- 
bescent beneath,  green  and  sparsely  pubescent  above, 
1-1%  in.  long  :  fls.  white,  3-8  on  rather  long  tomentose 
pedicels  ;  calyx  tomentose  ;  standard  pubescent  outside; 
pod  densely  tomentose-villous,  l%-2  in.  long.  May,June. 
Canary  Isl.    B.R.  2:121.    L.B.C.  8:761.  — Recommended 
as  a  fodder  plant  for  California. 

5.  purpureus,  Scop.  Procumbent  or  erect  shrub,  to  2  ft., 
quite  glabrous  :  Ivs.  rather  long  petioled  ;  Ifts.  oval  or 
obovate,  dark  green  above,  %-l  in.  long  :  fls.  1-3,  purple; 
calyx  reddish  :    pod  black,  1-1 Y*  in.  long.     May,  June. 
S.Austria,  N.  Italy.     B.M.  1176.     L.B.C.  9:  892. -Var. 
albus,  Hort.    Fls.  white.    Var.  carneus,  Hort.    Fls.  light 
pink.   Var.  atropurpureus,  Hort.  Fls.  dark  purple.   Var. 
pendulus,  with  slender,  pendulous   branches,  is  some- 
times grafted  high  on  Laburnum. 

CC.    Color  ot  fls.  yellow. 

6.  hirsutus,  Linn.    Shrub, 
to  3  ft., with  erect  or  procum- 
bent,villous, terete  branches: 
Ifts.  obovate  or  obovate-ob- 
long, villous   pubescent  be- 
neath,  K-%   in.  long  :     fls. 
2-3,    short,-  petioled  ;    calyx 
villous  pubescent:  pod  1  in. 
long,    villous.     May,   June. 
M.  and  S.  Europe,  Orient. 
B.  M.    6819    (leaflets     erro- 
neously shown  as  serrate). 
L.B.C.  6:520  (as   C.  falca- 
tus)    B.  R.  14:1191    (as    C. 
multiflorus). 

AA.  Fls.  in  terminal  heads, 
with  bracts  at  the  base. 

7.  capitatus,  Scop.  Shrub, 
to  3  ft.,  with  erect,  terete, 
villous   branches:    Ifts.   ob- 
ovate   or    oblong  -  obovate, 
sparingly  appressed  pubes- 
cent above, villous  pubescent 
beneath,  %-l  in.  long  :    fls. 
yellow,  brownish  when  fad- 
ing, nearly  1  in.  long  :    pod 
villous,  \-\Yi  in.  long.    July, 
Aug.    M.  and  S.  Europe.  L. 

B.C.  5:4*7.    I.H.  III.  31:161  (X  Y*.) 

(as  Genista). 

AAA.   Fls.  in  terminal  racemes. 
B.    Foliage    persistent :    branches    grooved  or  striped. 

c.    Lvs.  distinctly  petioled. 
D.  Racemes  rather  short  and  dense. 

8.  candicans,  Linn.    Shrub,  to  10  ft. :  branches  villous- 
pubescent  when  young:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  usually  gla- 


656.   Cytisus  racemosus. 


442 


CYl'ISUS 


CYTISUS 


brous  above,  pubescent  beneath;  Ifts.  obovate  or  obo- 
vate-oblong,  niucronulate,  %-%  in.  long:  racemes  3-9- 
fld.,  short,  leafy  at  the  base:  fls.  fragrant,  bright  yellow: 
pod  rufous- villous,  slightly  torulose.  May,  June.  Medi- 
terranean region,  Canary  Isl. 

9.  MaderSnsis,   Voss     (Genista  Maderensis,  Webb). 
Large  shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.,  closely  allied  to  C. 
candicans  and  chiefly  distinguished  by  the  rufous  woolly 
tomentum   covering  the   young  branches,  petioles  and 
pedicels,  and  by  the  longer  petioles.    Lvs.  crowded ;  Ifts. 
obovate,  acute  or  mucronulate,  often  almost  glabrous 
above,  scabby  beneath,  %-%  in.  long,  about  as  long  as 
petioles:    racemes  6-12-fld.,    short:    fls.  bright   yellow, 
slightly  fragrant:  pod  5-7-seeded.  May,  June.    Madeira. 

10.  Canari6nsis,   Linn.    GENISTA  of  florists.    Fig.  655. 
Much-branched   shrub,  to  6  ft.,  with  villous-pubescent 
branches:  petioles  at  least  half  as  long  as  the  Ifts. ;  Ifts. 
cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong-obovate,  pubescent  on  both 
sides,  34-K  in.  long:  racemes  usually  many-fld.,  secund: 
fls.  fragrant,  bright  yellow.    May-July.    Canary  Isl.   A. 
F.  6:802.— Var.   ramosissimus,  Behder  (C.  ramosissi- 
mus,  Poir.     C.  Attleyanus,  Hort.).     Lfts.  very  sniall: 
racemes   short,   but  numerous.     L.B.C.  13:1201.     B.E. 
3:217. 

DD.    Racemes  elongated. 

11.  racemdsus,  Nichols.,  not Marn.   Fig.  656.   Shrub,  to 
6  ft. :  branches  pubescent:  Ivs.  rather  long  petioled;  Ifts. 
oblong-obovate,  mucronulate,  %-%  in.  long,  silky    pu- 
bescent  on   both   sides:  racemes   elongated,  many-fld., 
secund  and  rather  loose,  3-5  in.  long.    Probably  of  gar- 
den origin  and  hybrid  between  C.  Canariensis  and  C '. 
stenopetalus.      A.F.  6:802  ;     13: 1136. -Better    florists' 
plant  than  the  last.    Var.  Everestianus,  Hort.    Fls.  of  a 
deeper    shade    of    yellow,    very    free-flowering.     R.H. 
1873:390. 

12.  stenopetalus,  Voss  (C.  racemdsus,  Marn.).    Shrub, 
to  6  ft.,  with  silky  pubescent  branches  :    Ivs.   slender 
petioled;  Ifts.  cuneate,  oblong  or  narrow-oblong,  obtuse, 
silky  pubescent  on  both  sides,  %-!%  in.  long:  racemes 
many-fld.,  loose:  fls.  large,  bright  yellow.     May,  June. 
Canary  Isl.  B.R.  26:23  (as  Genista  bracteoldta).—  Some- 
times cultivated  as  C.  splendens,  but  less  desirable  as  a 
greenhouse  plant  than  the  two  former. 

cc.    Lvs.  nearly  sessile. 

.13.  linifdlius,  Lam.  Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  erect,  ap- 
pressed-silky  tomentose  branches:  Ifts.  linear  orlineai- 
lanceolate,  acute,  revolute  at  the  margin,  nearly  gla- 
brous and  shining  above,  silvery  pubescent  beneath,  %- 
1  in.  long:  racemes  short  and  compact:  fls.  bright  yel- 
low: pod  torulose.  April-June.  Spain,  N.  Afr.,  Canary 
Isl.  B.M.442, 


BB.  Foliage  deciduous:  branches  quite  terete. 
14.  nigricans,  Linn.  Shrub,  1-A  ft.,  with  erect,  ap- 
pressed-pubescent  branches  :  Ivs.  long  petioled;  Ifts. 
obovate  or  oblong-obovate,  glabrous  above,  appressed- 
pubescent  beneath,  /£-!  in.  long:  racemes  very  long  and 
slender,  3-8  in.  long.  June,  July.  Germany,  N.  Italy, 
Hungary.  L.B.C.  6:570.  B.R.  10:802.  Var".  elongatus, 
Borkh.  Blooming  again  in  fall  at  the  top  of  the  elon- 
gated fruiting  racemes.  R.H.  1891,  p.  149  (as  var. 
Carlieri). 

C.  Adami,  Poir.^Laburnum  Adami.—  C.  dlbus,  Hacqu.=  C. 
leucanthus.—  C.  alplnus,  Mill.  =  Laburnum  alpinum.—  C.  Ar- 
dbini,  Fourn.  Prostrate  shrub,  to  1  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  trifoliate, 
silky:  fls.  1-6,  axillary,  yellow;  calyx  campanulate.  Apr.,  May. 
Southeastern  France.—  C.  Austrlacus,  Linn.  Allied  to  C.  capi- 
tatus.  Lfts.  narrow,  oblanceolate,  silky  pubescent  on  both  sides: 
fls.  yellow;  calyx  densely  villous.  Southeastern  Eu.,  Caucasus. 
—  C.  biflorus,  L'Herit.  =  C.  Ratisboneiisis.—  C.  Cantdbricus , 
Willd.  Allied  to  C.  scoparius,  but  prostrate,  with  silky  Ivs.  and 
large  bright  yellow  fls.:  pod  villous.  May.  Spain.—  C.  Cantd- 
bricus, Hort.=  C.  scoparius,  var.  pendulus.—  C.  congestus,  Voss 
(Teline  congesta,  Webb) .  Allied  to  C.  Canariensis.  Densely  vil- 
lous-tomentose,  small-leaved:  racemes  short.  Teneriffa.—  C. 
decumbens,Wali>.  Prostrate:  Ivs.  simple,  oblanceolate,  loosely 
villous:  fls.  yellow,  axillary,  1-2.  S.Eu.  L.B.C.  8:718.— C.  elon- 
gdto-purpureus,  Hort.=C.  versicolor.— C.  elongatus,  Waldst.  & 
Kit.=C.  Ratisbonensis,  var.  elongatus. —  C.  elongatus,  Hort.= 
C.  hirsutus.—  C.  frdgrans,  Lam.  Allied  to  C.  filipes.  Petioles 
short :  Ifts.  densely  pubescent :  fls.  fragrant,  white.  Spring. 
Teneriffa.— C.  glabrescens,  Sartor.  Procumbent,  sparingly  ap- 
pressed-pubescent :  Ivs.  3-foliolate:  fls.  lateral,  yellow  :  pod 
glabrous.  JN.  Italy. —  C.  Kewensis,  Bean  (C.  albusX  Ardoini). 
Prostrate:  Ivs.  3-foliolate,  pubescent:  fls.  creamy  white.  Origi- 
nated at  Kew.—  C.  Laburnum,  Linn.=Laburnum  vulgare.—  C. 
leucanthus,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  Allied  to  C.  capitatus.  Lfts.  nearly 

flabrous  above,  acute :  fls.  white  or  yellowish  white.  June, 
uly.  Southeastern  Eu.  Var.  Schipkaensis,  Dipp.  Dwarf  :  fls. 
pure  white.  Balkan.—  C.  nubigenus,  Link  =  C.  fragrans.—  O. 
prcecox,  Hort.  (C.  albus  X  purgans).  Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  erect 
branches  :  Ivs.  1-3-foliolate  :  fls.  yellowish  white.  Of  garden 
origin.—  C.  polytrichus,  Bieb.=C.  hirsutus.—  C.  purgans,  Willd. 
Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  appressed-pubescent :  branches  striped  :  Ivs. 
1-3-foliolate,  oblong  or  linear-lanceolate  :  fls.  axillary,  yellow, 
fragrant :  pod  glabrous.  May- July.  Spain,  S.  France.—  C. 
ramentdceus,  Sieb.=Petteria  ramentacea.—  C.  Ratisbonensis, 
Schaeff.  Allied  to  C.  hirsutus.  To  3  ft.:  branches  slender,  ap- 
pressed-pubescent: Ifts.  glabrous  above,  silky  beneath:  fls.  1-2, 
yellow ;  calyx  with  appressed,  yellowish,  silky  hairs.  April- 
June.  M.  Eu.,W.  Asia.  Var.  elongatus,  Koch.  More  erect: 
fls.  larger,  3-5 ;  calyx  with  somewhat  spreading  hairs.  B.R. 
4:308  (as  C.  biflorus).- O.  Ruthenicus,  Hort.,  not  Fisch.  =  C. 
hirsutus.—  C.  sessilifblius ,  Linn.  Allied  to  C.  nigricans.  Quite 
glabrous:  Ivs.  nearly  sessile,  with  roundish-obovate  Ifts.:  ra- 
cemes short,  4-11-fld.  May,  June.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  255.—  C.  triflorus, 
L'Herit.  Similar  to  C.  hirsutus.  Fls.  long-pedicelled,  yellow; 
calyx  tube  short,  not  tubular.  April,  May.  S.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.  Ten- 
der.—(7.  versicolor,  Dipp.  (C.  hirsutus  Xpurpureus).  Low 
shrub,  with  sparingly  villous  Ivs. :  fls.  yellowish  white  and  pale 
purple.  Sometimes  cult,  as  C.  incarnatus. — C.  Weldeni,  Vis.3* 
Petteria  ramentacea.  ALFRED  EEHDER. 


D 


DABCECIA  (after  its  Irish  name  St.  Dabeoc's  Heath). 
If  ore  commonly  spelled  DaboiVia.  S'-ri.,  Boretta.  Erica- 
ceae. Low  ever.irn-en  shrub  with  alternate  entire  1  vs.  and 
drooping  pedicelled  fis.  in  long  terminal  racemes :  corolla 
ovoid,  contracted  at  the  mouth  and  shortly  4-lobed,  with 
recurved  lobes  ;  stamens  8,  included  :  capsule  4-celled, 
dehiscent.  One  species  in  western  Europe.  Very 
pretty  heath-like  shrub,  with  purple  or  white  fls.  in  ele- 
gant 'loose  racemes,  well  adapted  for  rockeries  or  bor- 
ders of  evergreen  shrubberies.  Requires  protection 
north  during  the  winter,  and  thrives  best  in  a  peaty, 
sandy  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  treated  like  those  of  Erica, 
and  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass. 

polifdlia,  Don  (D.  Cantdbrica,  Koch.  Menziesia poli- 
fdlia,  Juss. ) .  IRISH  HEATH.  To  2  ft. :  branchlets  glandu- 
lar pubescent  :  Ivs.  elliptic,  the  uppermost  narrower, 
revolute  at  the  margin,  whitish  tomentose  beneath, 
shining  and  dark  green  above,  %— %  in.  long:  racemes 
many-lid. :  corolla  %—%  in.  long,  purple  in  the  type. 
June-Oct.  Ireland,  W.  France,  N.  Spain.  Gn.  52 : 1142. 
Gt.  47:1450.  L.  B.  C.  20: 1907.  S.  B.  F.  G.  2:  276.  There 
are  many  varieties,  as  alba,  with  white  fls.;  bicolor,with 
white  and  purple  striped  fls. ;  rdsea,  with  pink  fls. ;  gran- 
difldra,  with  larger  purple  fls.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

DACTYLIS  ( Greek,  finger,  from  the  size  of  the  spikes ) . 
Gram  in«i .  COCK'S-FOOT.  A  perennial  tufted  grass  with 
flat-keeled  or  folded  leaf -blades,  and  narrow  panicles 
which  expand  when  in  flower :  spikelets  several-flowered, 
much  flattened,  sessile,  and  densely  crowded  in  thick 
one-sided  clusters.  A  single  species  in  Eu.,  Asia  and 
N.  Africa,  also  naturalized  in  Australia  and  N.  America. 

glomerata,  Linn.  ORCHARD  GRASS.  Fig.  657.  A  some- 
what coarse  grass  forming  dense  tufts.  Culms  2-3  ft. 
high,  very  leafy:  Ivs.  flat,  spreading  :  spikelets  com- 
pressed, 3-5  fld.:  fl. -glumes  lanceolate,  very  acute  or 
short  awn-pointed,  ciliate  on  the  keel  above.  — One  of  the 
best  known  and  most  useful  pasture  grasses,  and  useful 
for  lawns  under  trees. 

Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  is  a  dwarf  form  of  neat,  com- 
pact habit,  with  beautifully  variegated  silver  and  green 
foliage.— Well  adapted  for  forming  edgings.  It  grows 
1/-2-2  ft.  high,  and  is  prop,  by  divisions. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

DACTYLOCTfiNIUM  (Greek,  daktylos,  finger,  and 
kteniov.  comb).  FINGER- COMB  GRASS.  This  genus 
closely  resembles  Eleusine,  from  which  it  differs  chiefly 
in  having  the  terminal  spikes  shorter  and  each  tipped 
with  a  sharp  prolongation  of  the  axis.  Annual,  with 
culms  tufted  or  creeping,  and  rooting  at  the  joints,  1%- 
2  ft.  high.  Spikes  usually  3-5  in  number,  digitate,  about 
2  in.  long;  spikelets  several-fld.,  crowded  in  two  rows 
along  one  side  of  a  continuous  axis.  Species  2,  one  in 
Australia,  and  the  other  appearing  as  a  weed  in  all  the 
warmer  countries  of  the  world. 

JEgyptiacum,  Willd.  (Eleusine  ^Egyptica.  Cynosurus 
jEgyptius,  Linn.).  CROW- FOOT.  Spikelets  very  closely 
packed,  spreading  at  right  angles  to  the  rachis,  2  fld., 
with  rudiments  of  two  other  fls.— An  ornamental  grass 
introduced  into  N.  Anier.  from  Asia  or  Africa.  Mojave 
Indians  of  S.  California  use  the  grain  for  food.  In  Africa 
a  decoction  is  prepared  from  the  seeds  for  inflam- 
mation of  the  kidneys.  P.  g,  KENNEDY. 

D.ffiDALACANTHUS  (Greek  words,  meaning  an  A  can- 
thad  of  curious  structure).  Acanthdcecv.  This  genus 
contains  some  tender  shrubs  of  difficult  culture  under 
glass,  but  great  favorites  in  the  tropics,  particularly  in 
India.  D.  nervosics  is  a  popular  winter  and  spring- 
blooming  shrub  in  S.  Fla.  It  has  blue  flowers,  an  inch 
across,  5-lobed,  and  shaded  purple  at  the  mouth  of  the 
tube.  The  names  are  much  confused  with  those  of 
Eranthemum.  The  kinds  mentioned  below  are,  how- 
ever, very  distinct,  from  the  garden  standpoint,  from 
any  given  in  this  work  under  Eranthemum  by  the  color 


of  their  fls.  and  the  great  size  and   relative   showiness 
of  their  bracts.    For  culture,  see  Justicia. 

A.   Fls.  dark  blue. 

nervdsus,  T.  Anders.  (Eranthemum  pulchellum, 
Andrews  and  some  dealers,  while  that  of  others  is  E. 
bicolor,  and  of  Roxburgh  is  D.  purpurascens.  E.  ner- 
vdsum,  R.  Br. ).  Fig.  658.  Lvs.  ovate  or  elliptical,  acumi- 
nate at  both  ends,  somewhat  crenate  or  entire  :  spikes 
axillary,  opposite,  overlapping:  bracts  elliptical,  acute: 
limb  of  the  corolla  as  wide  as  the  tube  is  long.  India. 
B.M.  1358  as  Justicia  nervosa.  Gn.  51:1118.  G.C.  II. 


657.  Dactylis  glomerata-  Orchard  Grass  (X  %). 

21:415.— A  very  pretty  shrub  for  the  wannhouse,  its  fls. 
being  of  a  color  that  is  not  very  common  in  winter- 
blooming  plants.  It  is  an  easy  subject  to  manage,  re- 
quiring a  light,  rich  soil,  full  sunlight  and  plenty  of 
water.  Cuttings  of  young  growth  root  readily  in  a  warm- 
house. 

AA.    Fls.  purple. 

purpurascens,  T.  Anders.  (E.  purpurascens,  Wight. 
E.  pulchellum,  Roxb.,  not  Hort.).     Lvs.  broadly  ovate, 


(443) 


444 


D^DALACANTHUS 


cuspidate-acuminate,  repand-crenate  :  spikes  as  above 
bracts  ovate-rhombic,  with  a  slender  beak,  ciliate.     In- 
serted for  contrast.   Probably  not  cult.    India. 

W.  H.  TAPLIN  and  W.  M. 


658.   Daedalacanthus  nervosus  (X  / 


D&M6NOBOPS  (probably  means  God-like,  of  divine 
appearance).  Palmacece,  tribe  Lepidocdrpece.  Slender 
palms,  differing  from  Calamus  in  the  deciduous,  cymbi- 
form  or  open  spathes.  Species  about  40.  Tropical 
Asia.  Same  culture  as  Calamus.  D.  Draco  produces 
some  of  the  "Dragon's  Blood"  of  commerce. 

calicarpus,  Mart.  ( Calamus  calicdrpus,  Griff. ) .  Stem 
erect  or  climbing,  1  in.  diam. :  Ivs.  6-8  ft.  long,  upper 
small  with  long  flagella  ;  Ifts.  very  many,  12-13  in.  long, 
Yz~^A  in.  wide  ;  petiole  1  ft.,  base  not  gibbous  or  puck- 
ered. Malacca. 

Lewisianus,  Mart.  (Calamus  Lewisianus,  Griff.). 
Stem  climbing,  1  in.  diam.:  petiole  1  ft.,  base  much 
swollen,  armed  below  with  scattered,  short,  deflexed 
spines,  and  above  with  straight  and  hooked  spines  134 
in.  long  ;  Ifts.  13-15  in.  long,  %-l  in.  wide ;  sheath  armed 
with  solitary  or  seriate  flat  back  spines.  Penang. 

Palembanicus,  Blume.  Stem  erect  :  Ivs.  pinnate, 
broadly  ovate,  bright  cinnamon-brown  when  young,  and 
Ifts.  many,  long,  narrow  ;  petioles  erect,  with  stout 
spines  on  the  back,  which  are  deflexed  and  not  thick- 
ened at  the  base.  Sumatra. 

periacanthus,  Miq.  Height  15  ft.  Resembles  D.  Pa- 
lembanicus, but  the  young  Ivs.  are  nearly  straw-colored, 
and  the  spines  are  placed  in  irregular  rings.  Sumatra. 
—A  most  graceful  species. 

melanochaetes,  Blume.  Stem  erect :  Ivs.  pinnate,  the 
pinnae  long  and  narrow,  dark  green  and  drooping,  the 
petioles  sharp-spined  at  the  sheathing  base.  Malaya. 
—  Very  decorative.  A  small  form  is  Var.  microcarpus. 

intermedius,  Mart.  Lvs.  long-petioled,  4-6  ft.  long  : 
Ifts.  opposite  or  scattered,  18-20  in.  long,  1-1%  in.  wide, 
linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  margins  and  3-5  costee 
bristly  above  and  below;  rachis  semi-cylindrical,  spa- 
ringly armed  ;  petiole  1  ft.  long,  with  flattened  spines ; 
stems  at  length  15-20  ft.  long,  %in.  in  diam.  Malaya. 

plumosus,  Hort.  Graceful  plume-like  Ivs., 'with  pinnae 
4  ft.  or  less  long,  petioles  with  rigid  black  spines  with 
white  bases.  India.  JARED  G  gMITH. 

DAFFODIL.     See  Narcissus. 


DAHLIA 

DAHLIA  (named  after  Professor  Andreas  Dahl,  a 
Swedish  pupil  of  Linnaeus,  and  author  of  Observationes 
Botanicse,  a  work  of  minor  importance).  Composites. 
Dahlias  are  amongst  the  commonest  and  most  im- 
portant garden  plants.  The  spelling  of  the  word  Dahlia 
shows  that  the  a  should  be  given  the  broad  sound,  but  in 
England, it, u, everywhere  given  the  long  sound,  and  in 
America  it  }s  often  given  the  short  sound.  The  long 
sound  of  a  make1  ^e  word  indistinguishable  from  the 
leguminous  get  alea,  named  after  Dale.  In  Germany 
Dahlias  are  stili  c^nnmonly  called  Georginen,  because  in 
1803  WilMeno\v  -ja>^  V  name  Georgina  to  these  plants 
under  the  mistaken  f,  ssion  that  some  very  different 
plants  had  been  previously  described  as  Dahlia.  Prac- 
tically all  of  the  naTtied  /varieties  of  Dahlias  have  come 
from  one  immensely  variable  species,  usually  known 
as  D.  variabilis.  For  garden  purposes,  however,  a 
second  form  of  gre^t  .importance,  D.  Juarezii,  the 
parent  of  the  cactus  forms,  must  be  kept  distinct, 
as  will  be  explained  later.  There  are  5  other  species 
cultivated  to  a  slight  extent.  The  genus  has  many 
names  of  species,  but  most  of  them  are  synonymous 
and  ill-understood  names.  There  are  perhaps  8  or  9 
fairly  distinct  species  altogether,  Mexican  almost  ex- 
clusively, with  a  very  few  in  Central  and  South 
America.  It  is  curious  that  these  showy  plants  should 
be  closely  related  to  a  common  weed,  the  beggar's  tick, 
of  the  genus  Bidens  ;  but  other  species  of  Dahlia  have 
leaves  whose  forms  pass  gradually  into  those  of  Bidens. 
Other  close  allies  are  Cosmos  and  Coreopsis.  Cosmos 
flowers  are  some  shade  of  purple,  rarely  white  in  wild 
nature,  and  only  one  species  has  yellow  fls. ;  Core- 
opsis has  yellow  fls.  only;  Bidens  yellow  or  white;  and 
none  of  these  genera  have  produced  double-flowered 
forms  of  the  first  importance.  Dahlia  has  all  these  col- 
ors and  more,  being  far  richer  in  bright  reds,  and  lack- 
ing only  sky  blue  and  its  closely  related  hues,  which  are 
seen  to  perfection  in  the  China  Asters.  Few  cultivated 
plants  have  such  a  wide  range  of  colors  as  the  Dahlia; 
even  the  Chrysanthemum  is  distinctly  inferior  in  range, 
as  it  lacks  the  brilliant  and  vivid  scarlet,  vermilion,  and 
other  shades  of  red. 

Although  Dahlias  are  popular  plants,  especially  in  old 
gardens,  they  are  destined  to  still  greater  popularity 
from  the  new  "Cactus  "  and  "Decorative "  types.  There 
exists  a  prejudice  against  Dahlias  in  many  locali- 
ties where  these  new  types  have  never  been  seen.  This 
prejudice  is  part  of  a  reaction  against  formal  and 
artificial  flowers  in  general.  The  old  -time  Dahlias  were 
as  round  and  hard  and  stiff  as  a  ball.  The  new-time 
Dahlias  are  flatter,  and  tend  towards  loose,  free,  fluffy 
chrysanthemum-like  forms.  The  possibilities  of  the 
old  form  have  been  practically  exhausted;  those  of  the 
new  form  seem  to  be  almost  as  boundless  as  those  of 
the  Chrysanthemum— which  is  the  most  fertile  in  new 
forms  of  all  the  garden  composites. 


659.  Dahlia  roots. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DAHLIA.  — Of  the  important  and  very 
variable  florists'  flowers  the  Dahlia  was  one  of  the  latest 
to  come  into  cultivation.  The  first  break  of  considerable 
importance  in  the  wild  type  occurred  about  1814.  Up  to 
that  time  there  were  perhaps  a  dozen  well-marked  colors 
in  good  single-flowered  varieties.  Dahlias  had  been  cul- 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


445 


tivated  in  Europe  since  1789,  and  it  is  a  curious  fact  that 
they  showed  signs  of  doublin.tr  the  very  first  year  of  their 
European  residence;  but  it  was  not  until  25  years  later 
that  a  marked  gain  in  doubling  was  made.  The  Dahlia 
seemed  to  be  undeveloped  until  1814,  when  the  era  of 
doubling  began.  Before  another  2">  years  had  passed 
the  Dahlia  hud  sprung  into  the  front  iaua>  <  f  garden 
plants.  In  1826  there  were  already  GO  varieties  cultivated 
by  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society.  1^4!  one  English 
dealer  hud  over  1,200  varieties.  Tc  it  is  not  uncom- 

mon for  the  leading  tradesmen  vo  \ee;>  ;"n-  >-l  ,000  distinct 
varieties.  In  the  absence  of  w  iec  >ras  it  is  conjec- 
tured that  over  .'{,000  diil'eren  .ey  rf  varieties  have 
been  published  in  the  catalogues.  Most  of  the  varieties 
are  the  Show  and  Fancy  types,  '"hi".'  are  as  spherical  and 
regular  as  possible,  and  differ  only  in  color.  At  first  the 
distinction  between  the  two  types  seems  to  have  been 
the  same  as  that  between  "self  tv^red"  and  "variegated" 
flowers  in  general,  the  former  presenting  to  the  view 
only  one  color,  while  the  latter  presents  two  or  more 
colors.  Lately,  for  purposes  of  exhibition  in  prize  com- 
petitions, the  following  arbitrary  distinction  has  been 
adopted:  A  Show  Dahlia  is  often  of  one  color;  but  if 
the  edges  of  the  rays  are  darker  than  the  ground  color 
the  variety  can  be  exhibited  in  the  Show  section.  A 
Fancy  Dahlia  always  has  two  or  more  colors,  and  if  the 
rays  are  striped  or  if  the  edges  are  lighter  than  the 
ground  color  the  variety  must  be  exhibited  in  the  Fancy 
section.  The  two  types  reached  full  perfection  certainly 
by  1840,  and  after  that  date  the  improvements  made  were 
mostly  in  matters  of  secondary  importance.  The  im- 
mense distance  the  Dahlia  had  travelled  can  be  seen  in 
Fig.  663.  These  types  held  full  sway  until  about  1879, 
when  the  first  Cactus  Dahlia  appeared  in  England  with 
a  promise  of  new  and  freer  forms.  Most  of  the  longest- 
lived  varieties  belong  to  the  Show  and  Fancy  type. 
This  form  is  the  one  which  is  perhaps  farthest  removed 
from  nature,  and  it  is  probably  so  highly  esteemed 
largely  because  the  most  work  has  been  spent  on  it. 

A  reaction  against  formalism  in  all  departments  of 
life  and  thought  set  in  about  the  time  of  our  own  Civil 
War.  It  was  in  the  sixties  that  the  Japanese  Chrysan- 
themums did  nmch  to  emancipate  the  floral  world. 
With  Dahlias  the  reaction  came  much  later  and  has  pro- 
ceeded more  slowly,  because  the  new  forms  did  not  come 
to  us  ready  made,  but  had  to  be  slowly  evolved  against 
long-standing  prejudice.  The  first  Cactus  Dahlia  was 
so  called  because  of  its  resemblance  in  form,  but  chiefly 
in  color,  to  the  brilliant  crimson-flowered  Cereus  spe- 
ciosissimus,  a  well-known  garden  plant.  The  name  is 
now  highly  inappropriate  because  the  color  range  of  the 
pure  Cactus  type  has  been  extended  to  include  all  of 
the  important  well-defined  colors  of  which  the  Dahlia 
seems  capable.  The  original  Cactus  Dahlia  was  named 
Dahlia  Juarezii,  after  President  Juarez,  the  "Wash- 
ington of  Mexico."  It  was  pictured  for  the  first  time  in 
the  Gardeners'  Chronicle  for  1879,  and  this  interesting 
picture  is  here  reproduced  in  a  reduced  size  in  Fig.  665. 
The  type  is  still  cultivated  under  the  same  name,  and  in 
all  essentials  seems  to  be  unchanged. 

The  origin  of  the  Cactus  type,  as  of  all  the  other 
types  of  Dahlias,  is  wrapped  in  uncertainty,  and  our 
efforts  to  get  full  and  definite  information  upon  some 
of  the  most  interesting  points  may  perhaps  always  be 
baffled.  A  Dutch  dealer  got  a  root  from  Mexico 
that  produced  one  plant,  which  is  the  parent  of  all 
the  Cactus  forms.  It  is  not  known  whether  the  seed 
which  may  have  produced  the  original  root  came 
from  a  wild  or  a  cultivated  flower.  Neither  is  it 
known  whether  any  wild  single-flowered  Dahlia  of 
the  Juarezii  type  has  been  found.  To  prove  that  D. 
Juarezii  is  at  best  only  a  variety  of  D.  variabilis,  it 
has  been  said  that  seedlings  of  the  former  have  pro- 
duced in  cultivation  forms  approximating  the  Show 
type  of  D.  variabilis.  The  reverse  process  is  also  said 
to  have  tuken  place,  but  full,  authoritative  and  convinc- 
ing statements  are  lamentably  wanting.  In  the  garden 
D.  JiHtrtzii  is  exceedingly  distinct  from  the  florists' 
forms  of  D.  variabilis.  It  is  usually  a  slenderer,  taller 
and  longer  jointed  plant,  with  much  handsomer  and 
*nore  delicate  foliage,  the  leaves  being  narrower  than 
in  the  coarse  and  almost  ugly  foliage  of  the  old  forms. 
It  has  another  peculiarity  of  growth,  which  is  still  one 


of  the  most  serious  defects  in  the  pure  Cactus  type. 
The  plants  tend  to  hide  some  of  their  flowers  beneath 
their  foliage.  This  comes  about  in  a  curious  way.  At 
a  node  between  2  young  leaves  there  commonly  appear, 
at  about  the  same  time,  3  new  growths.  The  middle 
one  develops  into  a  flower  with  a  naked  stalk  only  2  or 
3  inches  long,  while  the  side  shoots  quickly  overtop  it 
and  repeat  the  same  3-fold  story  indefinitely.  The  other 
most  serious  objection  to  the  pure  Cactus  type  is  that  it 


660.  A  single  Dahlia  with  rounder  rays  than  the 
wild  prototype. 

does  not  stand  shipment  well,  and  does  not  last  as  long 
as  a  cut-flower  as  the  Show  Dahlias. 

The  Decorative  or  Cactus  Hybrid  types  are  numerous, 
and  their  popularity  comparatively  recent.  They  have 
been  largely  seedlings  from  Show  fls.  Their  rays  are 
rarely,  if  ever,  recurved  at  the  margins.  All  the  other 
types  of  Dahlias  are  well  defined,  and  a  single  picture  of 
each  one  will  represent  its  type  with  sufficient  exactness. 
No  one  picture,  however,  can  give  any  conception  of  the 
great  variety  of  forms  included  in  this  horticultural  sec- 
tion. The  name  Cactus  Hybrids  means  practically  "mis- 
cellaneous," and  is  analogous  to  the  "Japanese"  section  of 
Chrysanthemums,  which  is  purposely  left  by  the  National 
Chrysanthemum  Society  as  vague  and  undefined  as  pos- 
sible. It  is  on  this  section  and  the  pure  Cactus  type  that 
the  greatest  hopes  for  the  future  of  the  Dahlia  are  based. 

The  Pompon  type  is  a  small  brother  of  the  Show  and 
Fancy  types.  It  has  the  same  colors  and  the  same  form, 
but  the  flowers  are  smaller  and  more  abundant.  As 
a  rule  the  smaller  the  flowers  the  prettier  and  more 
individual  they  are.  The  larger  they  are,  the  more  they 
suffer  by  comparison  with  the  Show  type.  Perhaps 
their  greatest  point  is  their  productiveness.  When  pro- 
fusion is  the  main  idea,  not  great  size  and  quality,  the 
Pompons  are  the  favorite  type  of  Dahlia  for  cut-flowers. 
The  single  flowers  may  be  just  as  freely  produced,  but 
they  are  not  so  lasting  as  cut-flowers. 

The  Single  type  has  had  many  ups  and  downs.  In 
the  reaction  against  formalism  it  came  to  the  front 


446 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


about  1881,  and  for  several  years  thereafter  several 
hundred  forms  were  kept  distinct,  and  they  were  made 
the  chief  feature  of  the  European  shows.  It  is  exceed- 
ingly interesting  to  get  seeds  of  wild  Dahlias  from 
Mexico.  They  give  flowers  like  the  star-shaped  one  in 
Fig.  663.  When  the  Dahlia  first  came  into  cultivation 
its  rays  were  relatively  long,  slender,  acuminate, 
notched  at  the  end,  and  with  such  wide  spaces  between 
the  tips  of  the  rays  as  to  give  the  flower  the  stellate 
appearance  seen  in  Fig.  663.  In  the  course  of  the  evo- 
lution of  the  single  type,  the  gardeners  retained  the 
most  regular  and  symmetrical  forms.  Single  Dahlias 
with  always  and  only  8  rays  were  preserved.  The  rays 
of  Dahlias  became  broader  and  rounder,  as  in  Fig.  06*0, 
until  finally  in  pedigree  varieties  they  closed  up  the 
vacant  spaces,  and  the  flower  presents  to  the  eye  one 
unbroken  picture— one  concentrated  impression  of  a 
single  color.  The  same  mental  ideals  have  produced  the 


661.  A  Dahlia  of  the  Single  Cactus  type  (X  %)• 

rose-petaled  Geraniums  and  the  shouldered  Tulips.  In 
a  high  bred  single  Dahlia  there  are  no  minute  teeth  or 
notches  at  the  tips  of  the  rays. 

In  the  wild  Dahlia,  no  matter  what  the  color  of  the 
ray  may  be,  the  base  of  the  ray  is  usually  yellow;  some- 
times this  yellow  is  very  objectionable.  Two  different 
policies  have  been  pursued  in  the  matter— suppression 
and  encouragement.  Most  of  the  single  Dahlias  of  high 
pedigree  have  rays  of  uniform  coloration  with  no  sec- 
ondary color  at  the  base,  but  a  few  have  a  distinct  ring 
of  color  at  the  base,  often  called  an  "eye  or  crown," 
which  is  sometimes  yellow  and  rarely  red  or  some  other 
.color.  Usually  the  rays  of  a  single  Dahlia  are  spread 
out  horizontally,  sometimes  they  bend  back,  and  rarely 
they  bend  inwards  and  form  a  cup-shaped  flower.  These 
three  forms  can  doubtless  be  separated  and  fixed  dur- 
ing those  periods  when  the  interest  in  the  Single  type 
warrants  it. 

Single  Dahlias  are  likely  to  lose  some  of  their  rays 
after  a  day  or  two  in  a  vase.  In  cutting  them  it  is  well 
to  select  the  younger  flowers.  A  vigorous  shake  often 
makes  the  older  ones  drop  their  rays.  It  is  an  easy 
matter  to  keep  the  seeds  from  forming  and  save  the 
strength  of  the  plant  for  the  production  of  flowers. 


There  are  three  modern  types  of  minor  importance,— 
the  Single  Cactus,  Pompon  Cactus  and  Tom  Thumb. 
The  Single  Cactus  type  differs  from  the  common  single 
type,  in  having  rays  with  recurved  margins,  which  give 
a  free  and  spirited  appearance  to  the  tis.  Instead  of 
spreading  out  horizontally,  the  rays  often  curve  inward, 
forming  a  cup-shaped  flower.  This  type  originated  with 
E.  J.  Lowe,  Chepstow.  Eng.,  was  developed  by  Dobbie 
&  Co.  about  1891,  and  was  first  disseminated  in  1894. 
The  Single  Cactus  Dahlias  are  very  novel,  interesting 
and  pretty.  There  should  be  a  Pompon  Cactus  form  to 
connect  the  Single  Cactus  and  Cactus  types,  just  as  the 
Pompon  is  intermediate  between  the  Single  and  Show 
types.  The  writer  has  seen  only  two  varieties  of  this 
type,  "Pompon  Cactus"  and  "Little  Cactus."  They  have 
small  fls.,  with  flat,  reflexed  rays.  The  Tom  Thumb 
type  is  a  miniature  race  of  round-rayed  single  Dahlias, 
which  grow  from  12-18  inches  high,  and  are  used  for 
bedding.  The  type  originated  in  England  with  T.  W. 
Girdlestone,  and  was  developed  and  introduced  by  Cheal 
&  Sons.  The  "green"  Dahlia  can  hardly  be  called  an 
important  type,  but  it  is  an  interesting  abnormal 
form,  in  which  the  rays  are  partially  or  wholly  sup- 
pressed, and  the  chief  feature  of  interest  is  a  confused 
mass  of  green  stuff,  not  resembling  petals  at  all,  but 
evidently  a  multiplication  of  the  outer  involucral  scales, 
which,  in  the  Dahlia,  are  green,  leafy  bracts.  This  form 
is  essentially  unstable  and  unhealthy.  It  can  never  be 
propagated  extensively.  This  freak  was  pictured  as 
long  ago  as  1845  in  G.C.,  p.  626.  Several  different  varie- 
ties have  probably  degenerated  into  this  condition.  See 
F.S.  19:1994.  Another  interesting  variation,  which 
hardly  ranks  in  present  importance  with  the  9  types 
contrasted  below,  is  the  laciniated  form,  which  makes  a 
very  pretty  and  novel  though  rather  formal  effect. 
Examples  are  Germania  Nova,  Mrs.  A.  W.  Tait  and  its 
yellow  variety  among  large  double  forms,  and  White 
Aster  among  the  Pompons.  In  these  cases,  the  notches 
at  the  tips  of  the  rays,  instead  of  being  minute  and  in- 
conspicuous, are  deepened  so  much  that  they  give  the 
laciniated  effect.  At  present  this  form  is  available  in  a 
very  narrow  range  of  colors.  It  is  not  probable  that  it 
will  be  an  important  factor  in  producing  chrysanthe- 
mum-like forms.  Another  form  which  baffles  descrip- 
tion, but  is  nevertheless  very  distinct,  is  that  of  Grand 
Duke  Alexis.  It  is  nearer  the  Show  type  than  any  other, 
but  is  perhaps  best  classed  with  the  Cactus  Hybrid  sec- 
tion, simply  because  it  seems  advisable  to  keep  the 
Show  type  the  most  sharply  defined  of  all.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  the  form  of  Grand  Duke  Alexis  can  be  re- 
peated in  all  the  leading  colors.  Grand  Duke  Alexis  is 
a  very  flat  flower,  and  the  rays  are  remarkably  folded, 
leaving  a  round  hole  at  the  top  of  each.  About  midway 
between  Grand  Duke  Alexis  and  the  show  or  cupped  type 
is  an  interesting  form,  the  "quilled"  Dahlia,  a  name 
which  is  necessary,  perhaps,  though  unfortunate.  In 
A.  D.  Livoni  (which  is  one  of  the  most  popular  of  all 
Dahlias,  and  the  nearest  approach  to  a  pure  pink  un- 
tainted by  any  suggestion  of  purple  derivation)  the  rays 
are  rather  tightly  folded  for  about  two-thirds  of  their 
length,  leaving  a  round  hole  at  the  tip  as  in  Grand  Duke 
Alexis,  but  giving  a  peculiar  whorled  effect,  which 
plainly  shows  the  spiral  arrangement  of  the  successive 
tiers  of  rays.  Among  Pompons,  Blumenf alter  is  an  ex- 
ample of  this  rosette-like  or  quilled  form,  and  many 
colors  are  procurable.  However,  the  word  "quilled"  usu- 
ally suggests  a  long  tube  with  a  flared  opening,  whereas 
in  the  form  described  above  the  margins  of  the  ray  are 
merely  rolled  tightly  together,  but  not  grown  together 
into  a  thin,  seamless  tube.  Perhaps  the  most  important 
variation  that  has  not  yet  appeared  in  the  Dahlia,  is  the 
wonderful  elongation  of  the  disk  florets  into  long,  thin, 
variously  colored  tubes  which  have  produced  such 
charming  effects  in  the  China  Aster  and  have  culmi- 
nated in  the  marvelous  grace  of  such  Chrysanthemums 
as  lora,  Northern  Lights  and  Lillian  B.  Bird.  The  Dah- 
lia may  not  be  denied  such  possibilities,  for  in  G.C.  III. 
20:339  (1896)  anew  Dahlia  was  described  in  which  the 
quills  are  really  tubes  for  two-thirds  of  their  length. 
May  we  hope  for  some  striking  development  of  this 
form  within  our  generation  ? 

The  main  types  of  Dahlias  may  perhaps  be  distin- 
guished more  clearly  by  the  following  scheme  : 


OF    THE 

I   UNIVERSITY 

OF 


Plate  IX.    A  modern  Dahlia 
One  of  the  decorative  or  Cactus  Hybrid  section 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


447 


A.   Wants  not  very  dwarf. 

B.    Fls.  single. 
c.    Rays  flat,  not  recurved  at  tlic  margins. 

1.  THE  SINGLE  TYPE.    Fig.  6GO. 

CO.    Bays  with  recurved  margins. 

2.  THE  SINGLE  CACTUS  TYPE.    Fig.  661. 

BB.    Fls.  double. 

c.    Size  of  fls.  small,  1-3  in.  across. 
D.    Says  cupped. 

3.  THE  POMPON  TYPE.    Fig.  662.    Also  called  "Bouquet" 

and  "Lilliputian." 

DD.    Rays  flat. 

4.  THE  POMPON  CACTUS  TYPE. 

cc.    Size  of  fls.  large,  3-3  in.  across,  averaging  4  in. 

D.    Rays  cupped. 

E.    Colors  single,  or  the  edges  darker  than  the  ground 
color. 

5.  THE  SHOW  TYPE.    Fig.  663. 

EE.    Colors  2  or  more,  striped,   or  with  edges   lighter 
than  the  ground  color. 

6.  THE  FANCY  TYPE. 

DD.    Rays   not  cupped,  but   long  and   flat,  or  with  re- 
curved margins. 

7.  THE  CACTUS  TYPE.    Figs.  665,  666. 

DDD.    Rays  various  in  form. 

8.  THE  CACTUS  HYBRID  TYPES.     Also   called  "Decora- 

tive" Dahlias. 

AA.    Plants  very  dwarf. 

9.  THE  TOM  THUMB  TYPES. 

SOCIETIES  AND  SHOWS.  — The  Dahlia  is  one  of  about  a 
dozen  genera  of  plants  whose  horticultural  value  has 
been  attested  by  permanently  successful  special  socie- 
ties. There  are  national  Dahlia  societies  in  England  and 
America.  Dahlia  shows  are  usually  held  the  second  or 
third  week  of  September.  With  the  growing  interest  in 
nature-study,  attempts  are  being  made  to  make  a  per- 
manent institution  of  local  fall  flower  shows,  which 
shall  come  at  a  sufficient  interval  before  the  Chrysan- 
themum shows,  and  in  which  the  children  may  exhibit 
their  own  products.  The  Dahlia  and  China  jAster  are 
especially  suited  for  such  shows. 

GARDEN  EVOLUTION  OF  DAHLIAS.  — In  the  evolution 
of  Dahlias  in  general,  some  of  the  great  changes  are 
as  follows:  (1)  The  growing  season  has  been  greatly 
shortened  and  the  flowering  season  .lengthened.  In 
these  and  in  all  other  particulars  Dahlias  were  wonder- 
fully variable  even  in  the  first  decade  of  their  European 
culture,  but  in  general  they  bloomed  for  only  a  few  days 
before  frost.  Nowadays,  the  Dahlia  season  is  in  full 
force  a  month  and  a  half  or  two  months  before  frost 
with  a  good  show  of  blooms  in  favored  localities  for  In- 
dependence Day;  and  June  loth  is  a  record  of  extreme 
earliness  for  Wm.  Agnew,  after  six  weeks'  growth  from 
tubers  planted  out  of  doors.  (2)  The  colors  of  the  flow- 
ers have  been  greatly  improved,  as  even  the  most  senti- 
mental objector  to  the  idea  of  "improvement"  in  flow- 
ers would  have  to  acknowledge  if  confronted  with  wild 
and  cultivated  plants.  The  number  of  colors  has  been 
greatly  increased  and  the  vividness  of  the  colors  inten- 
sified. Most  people  can  distinguish  and  enjoy  from  12 
to  30  colors,  and  these  colors  have  occurred  in  each  type 
and  been  carefully  saved,  purified  and  strengthened. 
Dull  and  intermediate  shades  tend  to  drop  out.  (3)  Im- 
mense numbers  of  variegated  forms  are  produced. 
Broadly  speaking,  variegation  is  perhaps  later  to  appear 
than  pure  colors,  and  is  conserved  by  a  formality-loving 
class.  It  is  said  that  the  Fancy  Dahlia  originated  later 
than  the  Show  Dahlia,  and  was  for  many  years  inferior 
in  size  and  outline.  It  is  also  said  by  botanical  collectors 
in  Mexico  that  wild  Dahlias  are  mostly  self-colored, 
rarely  variegated.  Among  the  bewildering  variety  of 
variegated  Dahlias  the  leading  types  of  variegation  are 


perhaps  only  5:  (a)  the  "tipped"  or  "shaded"  Dah- 
lias, a  very  common  form,  in  which  the  upper  part 
of  the  ray  is  evenly  painted  with  another  color,  the 
former  term  being  used  for  the  smaller,  and  the  latter  for 
the  greater  amount  of  secondary  color;  (6)  the  "edged" 
Dahlias,  in  which  the  secondary  color  is  confined  to  the 
sides  of  the  rays,  does  not  affect  the  tip,  and  is  usually 
a  broad  strip;  (c)  the  "margined"  Dahlias,  with  a  very 
narrow  strip  of  color  which  outlines  the  whole  margin  of 
the  rays,  and  often  gives  a  very  delicate  and  dainty  effect; 
(d)  the  "striped  and  banded "  Dahlias,  with  broad  bands 
down  the  middle,  and  often  merging  into  the  "  edged  " 
forms;  (e)  the  "mottled"  Dahlias,  which  are  variously 
dotted  and  splashed.  (4)  Returning  now  to  the  broad  fea- 
tures in  the  evolution  of  the  Dahlia,  a  fourth  is  the  pro- 
duction of  varieties  with  long  flowering  stems  suitable 
for  cut-flowers.  Many  of  the  old  sorts  have  thick,  short 
stems  with  superabundant  foliage,  which  requires 
thinning.  (5)  The  process  of  doubling  has  been  carried 
to  an  extraordinary  degree.  The  "  yellow  center "  has 
been  the  one  thing  about  a  forming  variety  that  the 
florist  has  hated  most  and  has  most  relentlessly  sup- 
pressed. It  is  often  a  sign  of  poor  stock.  The  tempta- 
tion to  over-propagate  novelties  is  almost  irresistible,  and 
the  appearance  of  a  disk  is  usually  taken  as  a  symptom 
of  over-propagation  or  deficient  culture.  A  yellow  center 
is  considered  objectionable  by  most  people  when  it 
occurs  with  rays  of  magenta  or  allied  shades,  as  the 
colors  conflict.  There  is  no  question  that  it  breaks  the 
absolute  regularity  and  unity  of  a  perfect  show  flower, 
but  it  is  a  question,  especially  with  white  and  yellow- 
rayed  forms,  if  the  yellow  disk  does  not  often  add  a 
pleasant  variation.  Aside  from  matters  of  taste,  it  is 
probable  that  no  other  florists'  flower  has  had  more  full, 
precise  and  minute  rules  laid  down  for  its  perfect  form 
than  the  Show  Dahlia.  The  process  of  doubling  seems 
to  be  associated  with  a  cool  climate.  Dahlias  soon  de- 
generate to  a  relatively  single  condition  in  our  southern 
states,  and  new  stock  of  desired  varieties  has  to  be  se- 
cured from  the  north.  (6)  The  habit  has  been  vastly  im- 


662.   The  Pompon  type  (X  K). 

This  Is  really  a  Fancy  variety,  but  the  only  distinction  is  one  of 
size,  and  compared  with  Fig.  663  this  is  a  Pompon. 


448 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


proved.  Wild  Dahlias,  when  brought  into  cultivation, 
soon  grew  too  tall  to  be  self-supporting.  An  old-fashioned 
unbranched  Dahlia  tied  to  a  large  and  ugly  stake  was 
often  a  hopeless  and  helpless  object.  Many  varieties  of 
Dahlias  can  be  made  to  branch  at  the  ground  and  be- 
come self-supporting  by  successive  early  pinchings  of 


663.  A  Show  Dahlia  and  its  wild  progenitor  (X%). 

the  leading  shoots,  but  some  varieties  seem  to  be  too 
firmly  set  in  the  old  tree-like  habit  to  submit  to  pinch- 
ing. In  the  early  days  the  average  height  of  plants 
may  have  been  5  ft.  Nowadays  3  ft.  is  perhaps  the 
average,  but  the  tendency  to  retain  only  dwarf  forms 
still  continues,  and  the  Dahlia  must  ultimately  be  freed 
from  stakes.  The  main  thing  is  to  secure  the  good 
flower  first  and  improve  the  habit  la*er,  if  possible.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  the  coarser  kinds  of  foliage  will  give 
way  to  more  graceful  and  attractive  forms.  The  "fern- 
leaved"  type  is  a  much  cut  and  delicate  kind.  Ami 
Barillet  has  handsome  dark  purple,  finely  cut  foliage. 
All  the  above  features  represent  general  tendencies 
which,  however,  work  out  very  differently  in  each  im- 
portant case. 

The  Dahlia  has  had  one  difficulty  as  peculiar  to  it- 
self as  the  calyx  bursting  of  the  Carnation,  or  the  differ- 
ent values  of  crown  and  terminal  buds  of  Chrysanthe- 
mums. They  are  often  troubled  with  a  "green  eye." 
This  is  a  hard  round  button  in  the  center  of  a  blossom 
formed  by  the  inner  involucral  bracts,  which,  at  that 
stage,  are  longer  than  the  unopened  rays  which  they 
protect.  Oftener  still,  this  "green  eye  "  is  followed  by  a 
yellow  center.  This  "green  eye  "is  still  considered  to 
destroy  the  unity  of  a  flower,  and  in  exhibitions  is  often 
surreptitiously  removed.  The  yellow  disk  can  be  cut 
out  with  a  knife  and  the  innermost  rays  carefully  re- 
placed. A  fundamental  difficulty  associated  with  this 
matter  is  the  slowness  with  which  some  Dahlias  open. 
The  outer  rays  open  first,  and  in  Fig.  663  ,  where  the  suc- 
cessive stages  are  shown:  the  outer  ones  are  the  most 
expanded  ;  then  comes  a  series  of  cupped  rays  ;  then 
some  that  are  tightly  folded  with  two  creases,  and  finally 
the  hard  green  eye.  A  poor  Show  Dahlia  opens  slowly, 
and  shows  an  eye  while  the  outer  rays  are  tumbling  out, 
withering,  or  being  burned  by  the  sun.  A  good  Show 
Dahlia  opens  its  tiers  in  rapid  succession,  and  shows  no 
green  eye. 

Literature.— As  in  many  other  cases,  the  magazine 
literature  of  the  Dahlia  is  the  most  bulky,  and,  in  some 
respects,  more  important  than  the  books  on  the  subject. 


The  latest  bibliography  is  that  by  C.  Harman  Payne 
in  G.C.  III.  21:  329  (1897).  There  have  been  about  25 
books  devoted  to  the  Dahlia,  many  of  them  pamphlets 
and  cheap  cultural  manuals.  These  books  were  mostly 
published  from  1828  to  1857,  with  none  at  all  for  nearly 
40  years  after  that  date  until  1896,  when  Lawrence  K. 
Peacock's  book,  The  Dahlia,  which  is  the  best  American 
book,  made  its  appearance.  The  first  American  treatise 
was  by  E.  Sayers,  published  at  Boston,  1839,  and  now 
forgotten.  Many  interesting  facts  came  out  in  1889,  the 
centennial  year  of  the  Dahlia.  A  report  of  the  National 
Dahlia  Conference  is  reprinted  from  the  Joxirnal  of  the 
Royal  Horticultural  Society  for  1890,  but  Shirley  Hib- 
berd's  statements  therein  regarding  the  botany  of  the 
Dahlia  agree  very  poorly  with  Hemsley's  revision  of 
the  genus  in  G.  C.  II.  12 :  437,  524,  557  ( 1879) ,  which  is  the 
latest  botanical  monograph. 

A.   Height  tall,  tree-like. 
B.   Fls.  nodding, 'bell-shaped. 

imperialis,  Eoezl.  Height  6-18  ft. :  stem  usually  un- 
branched, knotty,  4-6-angled :  Ivs.  2-3-pinnately  parted ; 
leaflets  ovate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  acuminate,  toothed, 
with  a  few  short  scattered  soft  hairs :  fls.  nodding,  4-7  in. 
across,  white,  more  or  less  tinged  with  blood  red,  espe- 
cially at  the  base:  rays  sterile  or  pistillate,  lanceolate, 
sharp-pointed,  not  3-toothed  at  the  apex.  Gt.  1863:  407. 
G.C.  1870 :  459 ;  II.  12 :  437.  B.  M.  5813.  Gn.  12 :  95 ;  33, 
p.  527.  R.H.  1872:170.  A.G.  15:313.  Mn.  8:  61. -As  few 
conservatories  can  make  room  for  so  large  a  plant,  it  is 
common  to  graft  this  species  on  dwarf  varieties  of  D. 
rosea.  The  inflated  and  pointed  fl.-buds  (3-4  in.  long) 
are  very  characteristic.  It  is  not  known  whether  the 
original  plant  collected  by  Roezl  was  found  in  wild  or 
cultivated  surroundings.  This  species  and  the  next 
are  mostly  cultivated  under  glass ;  the  others  are  grown 
outdoors  in  summer,  and  the  roots  stored  in  winter. 

BB.  Fls.  erect,  not  bell-shaped,  but  opening  out  flat. 

exc61sa,  Benth.  (D.  arborea,  Regel).  Height  20  ft.  or 
more:  stem  usually  unbranched,  glaucous,  marked  with 
horizontal  rings  made  by  the  stem-clasping  base  of  the 
petioles  as  the  lower  Ivs.  fall  away:  Ivs.  bipinnate,  as 
much  as  2%  ft.  long,  2  ft.  wide;  leaflets  as  many  as  25, 
ovate,  those  of  the  upper  Ivs.  often  contracted  at  the  base, 
acuminate,  toothed,  pale  green  beneath,  with  a  few  short 
scattered  hairs  or  none:  fls.  4%  in.  across,  dilute  purple, 


664.   A  semi-double  form  of  Dahlia 
This  is  one  of  many  that  have  been  crowded  out  in  the 
struggle  to  perfect  the  Show  and  Fancy  types. 

crimson -pink.  Maund,  Botanist  2:  88  (1838  ?).  G.C.  II. 
19:  80.—  This  was  described  from  a  cultivated  plant  with 
8  rays  in  a  single  row,  but  with  considerably  elongated 
disk  fls.  It  was  almost  an  anemone-flowered  type,  and 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


449 


All  the  florets  were  sterile.  D.  arborea  has  never  been 
sufficiently  described,  but  plants  have  been  cultivated 
for  many  yt-ars  under  this  name.  The  tree  forms  of 
Dahlias  are  not  sufficiently  known. 

AA.    Height  medium,  averaging  3  ft., commonly  from 

%-5  ft.,  rarely  exceeding  these  extremes. 
B.    Lvx.  once  pinnate:  stem  not  branching  from  the  ba  °,: 

habit  erect. 

c.    Stems  not  glaucous  :  rays  fertile. 
D.    Ray*  of  the  single  fix.  not  recurved  at  the  margins  ; 

of  the  double  fls.  never  flat,  but  cupped. 
rdsea.Cav.  (D.  variabilix,  Desf.  ).  Fig.  663.  Theorigi- 
nal  of  practically  all  the  old-fashioned  Dahlias,  particu- 
larly the  Single,  Pompon,  Show  and  Fancy 
types.  It  is  therefore  the  parent  of  the  vast 
majority  of  the  horticultural  varieties.  Lvs. 
typically  once  pinnate,  sometimes  bipinnate: 
leaflets  ovate,  toothed,  broader  and  coarser 
than  in  the  other  species.  B.R.  1:55.  B.M. 
1885.— This  is  a  wonderfully  variable  species. 
Some  plants  are  densely  hairy,  others  scarcely 
at  all.  The  Ivs.  are  sometimes  bipinnate  in 
parts  of  plants  or  throughout  an  entire  plant. 
In  double  forms  the  rays  usually  have  abor- 
tive pistils.  Many  garden  forms  have  glau- 
cous stems.  Some  authors  have  doubted 
whether  this  species  is  distinct  from  D.  coc- 
cinea,  but  the  two  types  are  very  distinct, 
particularly  in  the  garden,  although  there  are 
intermediate  forms  in  nature. 

DD.    Hays  of  the  single  fls.  with  recurved  mar- 
gins; of  the  double  fls.  not  cupped,  but 
long,  flat  and  pointed,   and  some   at 
least  with  recurved  margins. 
Juarezii,  Hort.  ( />.  Yuarezii,  Hort. ) .    Figs. 
663,  666.  The  parent  of  the  pure  Cactus  Dah- 
lias.    These   all   originated  from   one   plant, 
which  was  flowered  in  Europe  for  the  first 
time  in   1864,  and  first  pictured  in  G.  C.  II. 
12:433  (1879).  F.M.  1879:  383.    Gn.  18,  p.  589: 
19:283;  50,  p.  236. 

CC.    Stems  glaucous  :  rays  not  fertile. 
coccinea,    Cav.    Fig.    667 ;    see    B.  M.   762 
(1804).    Always  more  slender  than  D.  rosea, 
with   narrower    leaflets,  and    in  the  wild,  at 
least,    dwarf er     than    the     D.    rosea.     The 
color  range  is  much  smaller,  and  does  not  in- 
clude white  or  any  shade  of  purple  or  crim- 
son.    The  colors  vary  from   scarlet,  through 
orange  to  yellow.  There  are  no  double  forms, 
and  it  has  been  frequently  said  that  this,  spe- 
cies will  not  hybridize   with   D.  rosea.    The 
named  varieties  pictured  in  I.H.  31:515  and 
533  (1881),  which  are  emphatically  declared  to 
be  varieties  of  D.  coccinea,  are  probably  gar- 
den forms  of  D.  rosea.     The  only  characters  that  cer- 
tainly distinguish  D.  coccinea   from   D.  rosea   are  the 
glaucous   stems  and  infertile  rays  of  the  former,   but 
these  characters  break  down  in  garden  forms.    B.  M. 
762.    Gn.  19:270.   G.C.  II.  12:525. 

BB.    Lvs.  twice  pinnate :  stems  branched  from  the  base: 

habit  spreading. 

Merckii,  Lehm.  (D.  glabrata,  Lindl.).  Fig.  668; 
confer  B.M.  3878  (1841).  Height  2-3  ft.:  roots  much 
more  slender  than  those  of  D.  rosea:  stem  and  Ivs. 
wholly  devoid  of  hairs  :  Ivs.  bipinnate:  floral  bracts 
linear:  fls.  typically  lilac ;  rays  pistillate:  outer  in volu- 
cral  bracts  linear.  B.R.  26:  29  (1840).  Gn.  19:  270  (1881). 
—  This  is  a  very  distinct  garden  plant,  and  is  worth 
growing  merely  as  a  foliage  plant.  Seeds  of  species 
gathered  from  wild  plants  in  Mexico  by  Pringle  have 
been  grown  at  the  Cornell  Experiment  Station  lately. 
The  fine-cut  character  of  the  foliage  makes  it  vastly 
more  attractive  than  the  coarse  foliage  of  most  of  the 
varieties  of  D.  rosea.  Several  of  these  seedlings  had 
beautiful  dark  red  or  purple  foliage.  The  plants  are 
much  dwarf  er  and  wider  spreading  than  most  florists' 
Dahlias,  and  show  no  stem  while  growing.  The  branched 
flowering  stems  are  remarkably  long,  slender  and  wiry, 

29 


often  rising  2-3  ft.  above  the  foliage.  The  rays  are  very 
short  and  often  roundish,  with  a  short  sharp  point  in- 
stead of  3  minute  teeth.  There  are  no  red,  yellow  or 
white  forms  in  nature.  The  roots  of  this  and  D.  coccinea, 
being  slenderer  than  those  of  D.  rosea,  must  be  pre- 
served with  greater  care  during  winter. 

D.  Zimapani.  See  Cosmos  diversifolius.  \V.M. 

PROPAGATION.— There  are  four  methods  by  which 
Dahlias  are  propagated  :  by  cuttings  (an  important 
commercial  method) ;  by  division  of  roots  (the  amateur's 


665.  The  original  Cactus  Dahlia 
Photographed  and  reduced  from  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle, 
where  it  was  first  pictured. 

method ) ;  by  grafting  to  perpetuate  rare  kinds ;  and  by 
seeds,  to  produce  new  varieties. 

Division  of  Hoots.— This  is  the  easiest  and  most  sat- 
isfactory to  amateurs.  As  the  eyes  are  not  on  the 
tubers,  but  on  the  crown  to  which  the  tubers  are  at- 
tached, care  must  be  taken  that  each  division  has  at 
least  one  eye,  otherwise  the  roots  will  never  grow.  It 
is,  therefore,  best  to  start  the  eyes  by  placing  the  roots 
in  a  warm,  moist  place  a  short  time  before  dividing. 
The  roots  are  sometimes  placed  in  a  hotbed,  and  shoots 
grown  to  considerable  size,  then  set  out  as  plants  ;  but 
this  plan  has  many  drawbacks,  and  is  not  advised. 

Cuttings.  — This  method  is  used  mainly  by  commercial 
growers,  and  though  the  amateur  may  propagate  plants 
successfully,  the  attention  a  few  cuttings  would  require 
would  be  so  great  that  it  would  be  cheaper  to  buy  plants. 
The  roots  are  planted  closely  in  benches  in  the  green- 
house early  in  January,  and  cuttings  are  made  from  the 


450 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


young  shoots  as  fast  as  they  form  ,the  third  or  fourth 
set  of  leaves.  These  cuttings  are  carefully  trimmed 
and  placed  in  pure  sand  in  the  propagating  bench,  using 
a  dibble,  and  putting  the  cuttings  in  rows  about  3  in. 
apart  and  K-l  in.  between  the  cuttings. 

The  propagating  bench  is  made  by  running  a  flue,  hot 
water  or  steam  pipes  beneath  an  ordinary  bench,  and 
boarding  up  the  side  to  confine  the  heat.  Although 
there  maybe  a  difference  of  opinion  among  propagators, 
yet  a  bottom  of  sand  heat  of  65°,  with  the  temperature 
of  the  jiouse  from  5-10°  less,  will  give  the  best  practical 
results.  With  this  temperature,  the  cuttings  will  root 
in  about  two  weeks,  and  will  be  far  stronger  than  if 
rooted  in  less  time  with  greater  heat.  As  soon  as  cut- 
tings are  rooted,  they  are  potted  off  into  small  pots  and 
grown  in  a  cool  greenhouse  until  danger  of  frost  is  over, 
when  they  are  planted  out  in  the  open  ground.  Cuttings 
made  too  far  below  a  joint,  or  too  late  in  summer,  will 
produce  flowering  plants  but  no  tubers. 

Grafting.— This  is  a  very  interesting,  though  not 
profitable,  mode  of  propagation.  The  top  of  the  tuber  is 
cut  slantingly  upward,  and  the  cutting  slantingly  down- 
ward, placed  together  and  tied  with  raffia  or  any  soft, 
handy  material.  They  are  then  planted  in  a  pot  deep 
enough  to  cover  the  lower  part  of  the  graft  with  earth, 
and  they  will  soon  adhere  if  placed  under  a  hand  glass 
or  in  a  frame.  Grafting  is  practiced  only  for  the  pres- 
ervation of  rare  and  weak-growing  sorts. 

Seeds.  —  The  chief  use  of  seeds  is  the  production  of 
new  varieties.  Seeds  are  also  used  by  those  who  chiefly 
desire  a  mass  of  color,  and  are  not  particularly  desirous 
of  finely  formed  blooms.  If  planted  early  enough  in- 
doors and  transplanted  to  the  open  as  soon  as  safe,  fine 
masses  of  color  can  be  secured  before  frost,  and  the 
roots  of  the  more  desirable  kinds  can  be  saved,  and  will 
give  even  better  results  the  next  season. 

POSITION.  — Dahlias  are  easily  destroyed  by  high 
winds  unless  they  are  given  a  protected  position,  and 
they  need  plenty  of  air  and  sunlight  for  best  results.  In 
shaded,  close,  airless  quarters  the  growth  is  sappy  and 
the  flowers  are  poorly  colored. 

SOIL  —The  soil  is  not  so  important,  except  in  its 
ability  to  hold  moisture  during  severe  droughts.  Any 
rich  soil  that  will  grow  corn  will  also  grow  Dahlias  to 
perfection,  if  all  other  conditions  are  favorable.  They 
will  grow  equally  well  in  clear  sand,  clay  or  gravel,  if 
the  proper  kinds  and  quantities  of  plant-food  are  added 
and  well  and  thoroughly  worked  in.  It  is,  however,  un- 
reasonable to  expect  Dahlias  or  any  garden  plants  to 
succeed  in  a  hard  clay,  devoid  of  humus,  easily  baked 
and  never  tilled. 

FEEDING.— It  is  always  best  to  broadcast  the  manure 
and  plow  or  spade  it  into  the  soil;  thorough  spading  is 
absolutely  necessary  if  the  manure  is  not  well  decom- 
posed.   On  heavy  clay  or  gravelly  soils,  loose,  coarse 
manure  may  be  used,  but  on  light  or  sandy  soils,  ma- 
nure should  always   be  fine  and  well -rotted. 
Commercial  fertilizers  are  also  largely  vised, 
and  are  most  valuable  when  used  in  connec- 
tion with  manure.    Any  good  fertilizer,  rich 
in   ammonia    and    phosphoric    acid,   with    a 
liberal  amount  of  potash,  will  answer  at  the 
time  of  planting,  out  as  a  top-dressing  later,  - 
nothing  equals  pure   bone  meal  and  nitrate  *» 
of  soda,  4  parts  bone  to  1  part  soda. 

KINDS  OF  STOCK.  —  Dahlias  are  offered  in 
five  forms:  large  clumps,  ordinary  field  roots, 
pot  roots,  green  plants  and  seeds.  The  clumps', 
give  the  best  satisfaction  the  first  year,  but 
are  entirely  too  large  and  unwieldy  for  any- 
thing but  a  local  trade  and  exchange  among 
amateurs.  The  ordinary  field  roots  are  the 
most  valuable,  as  they  can  be  easily  and  safely 
handled,  and  always  give  satisfactory  results. 
Pot  roots  are  largely  used  in  the  mailing 
trade,  and,  while  they  will  not  always  give  as 
good  results  the  first  year,  are  valuable  for 
shipping  long  distances,  where  larger  roots 
could  not  be  profitably  used  owing  to  heavy 
transportation  charges.  Green  plants  are 
mainly  used  to  make  up  any  deficiency  in  the 
field  crops,  owing  to  unfavorable  seasons,  or 
an  unusual  demand  for  certain  varieties. 


PLANTING.  — There  is  a  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  trie 
proper  time  to  plant  Dahlias,  but  the  writer  has  always 
found  it  best  to  plant  early,  and  would  advise  planting 
large,  strong  roots  about  two  weeks  before  danger  of 
frost  is  over.  This  would  be,  in  the  vicinity  of  Phila- 
delphia, about  April  15 ;  and  as  it  takes  from  two  to  three 
weeks  for  the  plants  to  get  up  through  the  ground,  there 
will  be  no  danger,  while  the  plants  will  bloom  that  much 
earlier.  It  is  best,  however,  not  to  plant  small  roots  or 
green  plants  until  danger  of  frost  is  over— in  the  vicinity 
of  Philadelphia,  about  May  1  to  10,  according  to  the  sea- 
son. A  good  rule  to  follow  everywhere  would  be  to 
plant  small  roots  and  green  plants  as  soon  as  danger  of 
frost  is  over,  and  large  roots  about  three  weeks  earlier. 

TILLAGE.  — The  first  reqxiisite  of  successful  garden 
cultivation  is  to  thoroughly  stir  the  soil  to  considerable 
depth  and  enrich  it,  if  it  is  not  already  rich,  by  broad- 
casting and  plowing  or  spading  in  a  good  coat  of  well 
rotted  manure.  Too  nmch  stress  cannot  be  placed  upon 
the  thorough  preparation  of  the  soil,  as  it  not  only  allows 


666.   Matchless.    Half  size.     A  velvety  maroon  Cactus  Dahlia. 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


451 


the  roots  to  go  down  deep  after  the  moisture  more  readily 
during  dry  weather,  but  affords  good  drainage  during 
excessive  rains.  Having  prepared  the  soil  as  above, 
mark  out  rows  4  ft.  apart  and  (i  to  8  in.  deep,  and  phmt 
the  roots  from  18  in.  to  ^  ft.  apart  in  the  row,  according 
as  solid  rows  or  specimen  plants  are.  desired. 

During  its  early  stage  of  development,  the  Dahlia 
grows  very  rapidly,  and  should  be  kept  thoroughly 
tilled.  But  while  deep  tillage  is  beneficial  during  its 
early  stages  of  development,  it  is  almost  fatal  to  the 
production  of  flowers  if  practiced  after  the  plants  come 
into  bloom.  Therefore,  when  the  plants  commence  to 
bloom,  cease  deep  tillage  and  stir  the  soil  to  the  depth 
of  1  to  IJ  in.  only,  but  stir  it  often,  and  never  allow  the 
surface  to  become  hard  and  baked.  This  will  not  only 
prevent  excessive  evaporation  of  moisture  and  keep  the 
under  soil  cool  and  moist,  but  will  also  prevent  the  de- 
struction of  immense  quantities  of  feeding  roots. 

As  long  as  the  roots  supply  more  nourishment  than  is 
needed  to  support  the  plant,  both  the  plant  and  the 
Mowers  increase  in  size  and  beauty;  but  as  the  supply 
crnidually  becomes  exhausted,  the  plants  cease  growing 
and  the  flowers  become  much  smaller.  This  condition  is 
what  is  generally  called  "bloomed  out,"  but  what  is  really 
'starved  out, "and  can  easily  be  prevented  if  the  proper 
attention  is  given  to  the  plants.  As  soon  as  the  flowers 
commence  to  grow  smaller,  broadcast  around  each  plant 
a  small  handful  of  pure  bone  meal  and  nitrate  of  soda, 
in  proportion  four  parts  bone  to  one  part  soda,  and  care- 
fully work  it  into  the  soil. 

WATERING. -This  is  a  debatable  subject,  and,  al- 
though a  judicious  application  of  water  during  a  severe 
dry  spell  is  very  beneficial,  yet  in  nine  cases  out  of 
every  ten  where  water  is  applied  a  thorough  stirring  of 
the  surface  soil  would  give  better  results. 

Many  people  believe  Dahlias  should  be  watered  every 
evening,  and  as  soon  as  they  are  up  commence  watering 
them  daily  unless  it  rains.  This  practice  is  very  inju- 
rious, as  it  causes  a  rapid  but  soft  growth,  and  as  the 
soil  is  seldom  stirred,  the  roots  become  so  enfeebled  for 
want  of  air  that  they  are  unable  to  supply  the  needs  of 
the  plant ;  as  a  consequence,  but  few  buds  are  formed, 
and  they  generally  blast  before  developing  into  flowers. 
In  other  cases,  as  the  enthusiasm  wears  off,  watering  is 
stopped,  probably  right  at  the  beginning  of  a  severe 
drought,  and  the  weak,  pampered  plants  are  fortunate 
to  survive,  much  less  to  bloom. 

If  large,  strong  roots  are  planted  and  the  soil  is  kept 
thoroughly  stirred,  there  will  be  little  need  of  artificial 
watering  until  after  the  plants  come  out  in  full  bloom. 
However,  if  it  should  become  hot  and  dry  after  the 
Dahlias  come  into  bloom,  it  would  be  very  beneficial  to 
give  them  a  thorough  watering  once  each  week  or  ten 
(Jays  during  the  continuance  of  the  drought.  But  care 
should  be  taken  to  stir  the  soil  to  the  depth  of  1-2  in. 
the  next  day,  carefully  pulverizing  it  later,  in  order  to 
seal  the  natural  capillary  tubes  by  which  the  moisture 
is  evaporated. 

The  best  rule  to  follow  is  not  to  allow  the  plants  to 
suffer  for  want  of  moisture,  nor  to  water  them  except 
where  they  need  it,  but  to  water  them  thoroughly  when 
necessary,  and  not  to  allow  excessive  evaporation  for 
want  of  frequent  stirring  of  the  soil. 

TRAINING.  — In  planting  the  roots  or  tubers,  place 
them  on  their  sides  with  the  eye  as  near  the  bottom  as 
possible,  and  cover  only  2-3  in.  deep.  As  soon  as  the 
shoots  appear,  remove  all  but  the  strongest  one,  and 
pinch  out  the  center  of  that  one  as  soon  as  two  or  three 
pairs  of  leaves  have  formed,  thus  forcing  it  to  branch 
below  the  level  of  the  ground.  As  the  plants  develop, 
the  soil  is  filled  in  gradually  by  subsequent  hoeings.  By 
this  method  the  entire  strength  of  the  root  and  the  soil 
is  concentrated  on  the  one  shoot,  causing  it  to  grow 
vigorously;  while  the  pinching  back  not  only  causes  it 
to  branch  below  the  surface  of  the  soil,  and  thus  brace 
it  against  all  storms,  but  also  removes  all  of  those  im- 
perfect, short-stemmed  flowers  that  appear  on  some 
varieties.  If  the  plants  are  pinched  back  low, as  described, 
there  is  no  danger  of  the  branches  splitting  down,  as  the 
soil  around  themwill  hold  them  securely  in  place.  How- 
ever, where  they  branch  above  ground  and  are  inclined 
to  split  down,  drive  a  short,  stout  stake  near  the  stem 
and  tie  the  branches  to  it.  These  short  stakes  are  not  to 


hold  the  plants  up, "but  to  prevent  the  branches  splitting 
down  where  the  above  directions  have  not  been  followed 
closely. 

The  writer  was    the   first  to  use  and   advocate  this 
method  of  training,  and  by  its  practice  has  grown  many 
thousands  of  Dahlia  blooms 
on  stems  from  18  in.  to  2  ft. 
long,  selling  them  to  florists 
by  the  thousands    for   four 
times    the   ruling   price    of 
carnations,  and  higher  than 
that  asked  for  roses. 


667.   Dahlia  coccinea. 

See  the  Botanical  Magazine, 

1804,  plate  762. 


STORING  THE  ROOTS.  — As  soon  as  the  plants  are  killed 
by  frost,  lift  the  roots,  and,  after  removing  all  the  soil 
from  them  possible,  allow  them  to  dry  in  the  air  for  a 
few  hours,  when  they  should  be  stored  in  the  cellar  or 
some  other  cool  place  secure  from  frost.  If  the  cellar  is 
very  dry  or  is  not  frost  proof,  put  the  roots  in  a  barrel 
or  box  and  cover  completely  with  dry  sand  or  some 
other  suitable  and  convenient  material,  such  as  sawdust 
or  tanbark,  to  prevent  freezing  or  loss  of  vitality  by 
drying  or  shriveling. 

VARIETIES.  —  For  cut-flowers,  the  Decorative  or  Cactus 
hybrid  kinds  are  the  most  valuable,  and  the  following 
are  among  the  very  best :  Nympheea,  Clifford  W. 
Bruton,  Henry  Patrick,  Grand  Duke  Alexis,  Wm.  Agnew, 
Perle  de  la  Tete  d'Or,  Evadne,  Orange  King,  Sundew, 
Mrs.  E.  C.  Monroe.  The  Cactus  Dahlias  are  beautiful 
and  artistic,  but  will  not  last  long  after  being  cut.  The 
best  are  :  Aiger,  Austin  Cannell,  Strohlein  Kronne, 
Henry  F.  Michell,  Mrs.  Bennett,  John  W.  Roach,  Geo. 
Marlow,  Loreley,  Beatrice  and  Mrs.  Peart. 

Of  the  Show  Dahlias,  among  the  best  are  :  Miss  May 
Lomas,  A.  D.  Livoni,  Storm  King,  Emily,  Ruby  Queen, 
Arabella,  Constancy,  Queen  of  Yellows,  Willie  Garrett, 
Lady  Maud  Herbert. 

Fancy :  Frank  Smith,  Miss  Browning,  Penelope, 
American  Flag,  Lottie  Eckford,  Uncertainty.  Of  the 
Pompon  or  Bouquet  Dahlias,  the  best  are  Snowclad, 
Fairy  Queen,  Daybreak,  Eleganta,  Little  Prince,  Le  Petit 
Jean,  Carol,  Little  Beauty,  Yellow  Bird  and  Red  Piper. 
The  Single  varieties  are  especially  adapted  for  cutting, 
but  should  be  cut  as  soon  as  opened,  otherwise  the 
petals  will  fall. 

For  bedding,  the  plants  must  be  dwarf,  of  branching 
habit,  and  profuse  bloomers.  A  few  desirable  kinds  are: 
Marg.  Bruant,  Magnificent,  Triomphe  de  Solferino, 
Colibre,  Snowclad,  Sunbeams,  Mrs.  Dodd  and  Bloom- 
enfalter. 

For  Massing  and  Banking.  — Cactus :  Aegir,  Stroh- 
lein Kronne,  Mrs.  A.  Beck,  Cyclops,  Baron  Schroeder. 

Decorative:    Wm.  Agnew.  C.    W.   Bruton,  Perle  de 


452 


DAHLIA 


DAIS 


la  Tete  d'Or,  Evadne,  Mrs.  E.  C.  Monroe,  Indescent, 
Wilhelm  Miller,  Black  Beauty,  Grand  Duke  Alexis, 
Nymphsea,  Oriental,  Orange  Scarlet. 

Show  :  Storm  King,  A.  D.  Livoni,  Model  of  Perfec- 
tion, Willie  Garrett,  Honest  John,  Ernest  Krebig, 
Psyche,  Bird  of  Passage,  Oakfleld,  Arabella,  La  France, 

Princess  Bonnie, 
Queen  of  Yel- 
lows. 

Pompon:  Klein 
Domitea,  Snow- 
clad,  Carol,  Fairy 
Queen, Catherine, 
Sunshine,  Little 
Beatrice,  Ele- 
ganta,  Elfin,  Miss 
Lou  Kramer,  Le 
Petit  Jean,  Bes- 
sie, Tom  and 
Teddy. 

Singles  are  val- 
uable for  this  pur- 
pose, especially 
St.  George,  Ami 
Barrillet,  Ada, 
John  D  o  w  n  i  e , 
Evelyn,  Isaac  Pit- 
man,  Painted 
Lady,  Corinne, 
Brilliant  and 
Nance. 

For  Borders 
and  Hedges.— No 
special  list  of  va- 
rieties can  be  re- 
commended for 
this  purpose,  as 
it  is  largely  a 
matter  01  taste. 
OTHER  PURPOSES.  — Dahlias  are  used  for  many  other 
purposes,  and  are  grown  in  many  other  forms  with 
pleasing  effect.  Some  train  the  tall  varieties  on  trel- 
lises in  espalier  form;  many  train  them  to  tall  supports, 
while  others  spread  them  out  on  the  ground  and  peg 
them  fast,  to  give  the  appearance  of  a  bed  of  large- 
flowering  pigmies.  The  latter  form  is  quite  unique  and 
satisfactory,  as  plants  of  some  of  the  varieties  grow  un- 
usually well  and  bloom  profusely.  The  Fancy  Dahlia 
Uncertainty  and  Cactus  Dahlia  Delicata  are  typical 
varieties  that  seem  to  do  better  in  this  form  than  any 
other. 

Enemies.— Dahlias  are  generally  remarkably  free  from 
enemies,  but  in  some  localities  the  tarnished  plant  bug 
(Lygus  pratensis)  makes  success  impossible,  as  there 
is  no  practical  remedy.  This  bug  is  chiefly  responsible 
for  the  blasted  buds  and  one-sided  flowers.  It  pierces 
tue  young  buds,  shoots,  and 
sucks  the  sap.  The  shoots 
curl  over,  blacken,  check  the 
growth  of  the  plant,  and 
new  side  shoots  are  stimu- 
lated which  often  meet  the 
same  fate.  Consult  Bulletin 
47,  Mo.  Exp.  Sta. 

LAWRENCE  K.  PEACOCK. 

Varieties      recommended 
by  Lothrop  and  Higgins  : 
For  General  Purposes.— 


668.   Dahlia  Merckii. 
See  the  Botanical  Magazine,  1841, 
plate  3878. 


Show 
Maid 


669.  Bellis  perennis. 


Dawn,  Robin  Adair, 
of  Athens,  Madam 
Zuies,  Madge  Wild- 
fire, Miss  Miller,  A. 
D.  Livoni,  Mary  D. 
Halleck,  Snow,  Bird 
of  Passage,  Cham- 
pion Rollo,  Dr.  J.  P. 
Kirtland. 

Fancy :  Rev  C. 
W.  Solton,  Young 
America,  Mrs.  J. 


Downie,  Rev.  J.  B.  McCamm,  John  Forbes,  Mrs.  Brown- 
ing, Keystone,  Frank  Smith. 

Pompon:  Burning  Coal,  Eurydice,  Daybreak,  Phoebe, 
Lillian,  Purity,  Sunbeam,  Little  Bessie,  Brunette,  Fash- 
ion, Snowclad,  Virginale,  Rosalie,  Hedwig  Polwig,  Cath- 
erine, Guiding  Star,  Aillet's  Imperial,  Alewine,  Vivid. 

Decorative  :  Grand  Duke  Alexis,  Wm.  Agnew,  Juno, 
Bowery  Girl,  Josephine,  Lyndhurst,  Perle  de  la  Tete 
d'Or. 

Cactus:  Matchless,  Bertha  Mawley,  Mrs.  Bennett, 
Harmony,  Edelcactus. 

For  Exhibition.  — Show:  Miss  Cannell,  Wm.  Powell, 
Duchess  of  York,  Harrison  Weir,  John  Walker,  R.  T. 
Rawlings,  Kaiser  Wilhelm,  Muriel,  Pearl,  Alice  Emily, 
James  Vick,  Emily  Edwards,  A.  D.  Livoni,  Wm.  Faw- 
cett,  James  Service,  Madge  Wildfire,  Mrs.  Langtry, 
Hector,  John  Lamont,  J.  T.  Saltmarsh. 

Fancy:  S.  Mortimer,  Dorothy,  Sunset,  Young  Amer- 
ica, Champion  Rollo,  General  Grant,  Mrs.  J.  Downie, 
Lottie  Eckford,  Salamander,  Prince  Henry,  Matthew 
Campbell,  Duchess  of  Albany, 
Rev.  J.  B.  McCamm,  John 
Forbes,  Frank  Smith,  Key- 
stone. 

Cactus :  Matchless,  Ernest 
Glasse,  Mrs.  Bennett,  John 
Welch,  Harmony,  Gloriosa, 
Mary  Hillier,  Beatrice, 
Prince  of  Orange,  Mrs.  A. 
Peart,  Starfish,  Green's  Gem, 
John  Roach. 

Decorative :  May  Pictor, 
Wm.  Agnew,  Oban,  Juno, 
Lancelot,  Amphion,  Bowery 
Girl,  White  Swan, Marchioness 
of  Bute,  Perle  de  la  Tete  d'Or, 
Rayon  d'Or,  Wilhelm  Miller. 

Pompon:  Burning  Coal,Eu- 
rydice  ,Phcebe,  Eleganta,  Min- 
nie, Lillian,  Hilda  Searl,  Hen- 
rietta, Mars,  Purity,  Ernest, 
Sunbeam,  Mattie  Mourey, 
Snowclad,  Virginale,  Rosalie, 
lolanthe,  Hedwig  Polwig,  Lit- 
tle Hermon,  Golden  Gem, 
Raphael,  Alewine,  Aillet's  Im- 
perial. 

For  Cut- flowers.  —  Cactus  : 
Beatrice,  Ernest  Glasse,  John 
Roach,  Harmony,  Matchless, 
Edelcactus,  Starfish,  Green's 
Gem. 

Decorative :  Grand  Duke 
Alexis,  C.  W.  Bruton,  Alpha, 
Wm.  Agnew,  Nympheea,  Jose- 
phine, White  Swan,  Lynd- 
hurst, Bowery  Girl,  Oban, 
Perle  de  la  Tete  d'Or,  Rayon 
d'Or,  Bennett  Goldney. 

Pompon:  Alewine,  Purity, 
Eurydice,  Sunbeam,  Rosalie, 
Guiding  Star,  Phoebe,  lolan- 
the, Minnie,  Lillian,  Golden 
Gem. 

DAHOON  HOLLY.  Ilex 
Dahoon 

DAIS  (Greek,  pine   torch,- 
application  not  obvious). 
ThymelceacecK.       This    genus 
contains  a  tree  that  yields  a 
strong  fiber,  and  is  also  rarely 
cult,  for  ornament,  especially 
in  Fla.  and  S.  Calif.,  and  pos- 
sibly in  one  or  two  northern 
conservatories.      It    has   Ivs. 
resembling  the   Smoke  Tree, 
Rhus  Cotinus,&nd  bears  long- 
stalked   umbel-like     heads  of 
starry    pink    fls.,   with    floral  670.  Ox-Eye  Daisy  or  White 
parts  in  5's.    The  genus  has     Weed-Chrysanthemum 
half  a  dozen  species,  all  from      Leucanthemum  (X  %). 


DAIS 


DAMASK   VIOLET 


453 


S.  Africa  or  Madagascar.  Tender  deciduous  shrubs:  Ivs. 
opposite,  often  crowded  at  the  ends  of  branches:  fls.  in 
terminal  heads;  perianth  tube  cylindrical,  often  curved; 
stamens  10,  in  adouble  series,  the  alternate  ones  shorter, 
upper  or  all  exserted  ;  style  exserted.  The  plants  are 
prop,  by  cuttings  of  half  ripened  wood. 

cotinifolia,  Linn.  Lvs.  oppo- 
site and  alternate,  oblong  or 
obovate,  acute  at  both  ends:  in- 
volucre a  half  shorter  than  the 
fls. :  head  about  15-fld. :  fls.  Kin. 
across ;  fragrant.  South  Africa. 
B.  M.  147, 


672.   Wild  Aster,  or 
Michaelmas  Daisy. 


DAISY  (i.  e.,  day's  eye,  in 
allusion  to  the  sun-like  form  of 
the  flower).  A  name  which 
properly  belongs  to  the  Bellis 
perennis  of  Europe,  a  low 
early  -  flowering  composite, 
which,  in  its  double  foims 
(Fig.  669),  is  widely  known  as 
a  garden  plant  (see  .fie His).  The 
American  congener  is  B.  in- 
tegri folia,  Michx.,  an  annual 
or  biennial,  very  like  the  Old 
World  species,  ranging  south- 
westward  from  Kentucky;  it  is  not  domesticated.  In 
N.  America,  the  word  Daisy  is  applied  to  many  field  com- 
posites, particularly  to  those  of  comparatively  low  growth 
and  large  flower-heads.  Unqualified,  the  word  is  com- 
monly understood  to  mean  Chrysanthemum  Leucanthe- 
mum  (Fig.  670),  an  Old  World  plant  which  has  become 
an  abundant  field  weed  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  coun- 
try. This  plant  is  also  commonly  known  as  the  Ox -Eye 
Daisy,  although  in  parts  of  New  England  it  is  known  as 
Whiteweed,  and  the  term  Ox-Eye  is  applied  to  Rudbecltia 
hirta  (Fig.  671),  which  has  a  yellow-rayed  head.  Kin  to 
the  Chrysanthemum  Leucanthemum  are  the  Paris  Dai- 
sies, or  Marguerites,  of  the  conservatories  (see  Chry- 
santhemum). The  wild  Asters  (Fig.  672)  are  called 
Daisies,  especially  Michaelmas  Daisies,  in  many  parts 
of  the  country,  particularly  west  of  New  York.  Spring- 
flowering  Erigerons  also  are  called  Daisies.  The  Swan 
River  Daisy  is  Brachycome  iberidifolia  (Figs.  255,  256). 
The  African  Daisy  is  a  species  of  Lonas.  L  H.  B. 

DALBERGIA  (N.  Dalberg,  a  Swedish  botanist,  1730  to 
1820).  Legumindsw.  About  60  species  of  trees,  shrubs, 
or  climbers,  belonging  to  tropical  regions  all  over  the 
world.  One  species  only  introduced  to  S.  Calif.,  and 
most  likely  to  prove  of  great  interest  as  a  timber  tree. 
Experiments  in  Egypt  have  shown  its  most  remarkable 
property  of  standing  severe  droughts,  as  well  as  sub- 
mersion for  a  long  period.  Lvs.  alternate,  odd-pinnate, 
without  stipules :  fls.  small,  numerous,  purple,  violet  or 
white,  in  forking  cymes  or  irregular  cyme-like  panicles. 

The  Sissoo  tree  is  worth  trial  in  nearly  frostiess  dis- 
tricts, especially  along  sandy  river  banks.  It  improves 


sterile  lands.  The  wood  is  very  elastic,  seasons  well, 
does  not  warp  or  split,  is  easily  worked,  and  takes  a  fine 
polish.  It  is  also  a  durable  wood  for  boats.  The  tree  is 
raised  easily  from  seeds  or  cuttings,  and  is  of  quick 
growth.  The  demand  is  greater  than  the  supply  in 
India,  and  the  tree  is  cult,  for  timber.  (F.  von  Mueller, 
Extra  Trop.  Plants. )  Other  species  of  Dalbergia  are  of 
economic  value. 

Sissoo,  Roxb.  A  good  sized  tree,  80  ft.  high  in  India: 
Ivs.  pinnate;  leaflets  5,  alternate,  stalked,  obovate,  ab- 
ruptly acuminate,  pubescent  beneath :  fls.  white,  in  short, 
axillary  panicles.— In  India  considered  one  of  the  best 
timbers,  whenever  elasticity  and  durability  are  required. 
F.  FRANCESCHI  and  W.  M. 

DALECHAMPIAi  after  the  French  savant, Dalechamps, 
1513-1588).  Euphorbiacew.  This  genus  contains  a  tropi- 
cal shrub  rarely  cultivated  for  its  showy  rose-red  bracts. 
In  1867,  Hooker  said  it  was  one  of  the  noblest  plants 
introduced  for  many  years,  comparable  only  with  the 
Bougainvilleas,  and  surpassing  them  in  size  of  bracts 
and  brilliancy  of  color.  It  is  presumably  inferior  to 
Euphorbia  pulcherrima  as  a  florists'  plant,  but  is  worth 
trial  in  the  finer  conservatories.  The  genus  has  about 
50  species  widely  scattered  in  warm  regions,  shrubs, 
twiners  or  tall  climbers,  some  of  which  have  white  bracts. 
Cult,  in  a  warm  house.  Prop,  by  cuttings. 

Koezliana,  Muell.  Arg.  Erect  shrub,  3-4  ft.  high,  much 
branched,  leafy:  Ivs.  6  in.  long,  sessile,  obovate -lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  entire,  or  with  coarse  obtuse  teeth  above 
the  middle,  narrowed  to  a  cordate  base:  bracts  2-2%  in. 
long,  broadly  heart-shaped,  sessile,  toothed,  membra- 
nous, nerved,  rose-red,  with  other  smaller  bracts:  fls. 
small,  yellow,  clustered.  Mex.  B.M.  5640.  Var.  alba, 
Hort.,  has  white  bracts. 

DALIBAED A  (after  Thomas  Dalibard,  French  bota- 
nist). Rosacece.  A  low-growing,  native,  hardy  her- 
baceous perennial  plant,  with  foliage  resembling  a 
violet  and  fls.  like  those  of  a  strawberry.  It  is  a  shy, 
modest  plant,  flowering  from  June  to  August  in  shady 
woods.  It  is  rarely  cultivated  in  alpine  gardens  and 
rockeries,  being  a  slow-growing  plant,  liking  a  deep 
fibrous  soil  and  a  sheltered  position.  Prop,  by  cuttings. 
The  genus  has  lately  been  referred  to  Rubus,  but  it 
differs  utterly  in  habit,  in  the  carpels  being  usually  well 
defined  instead  of  indefinite  and  the  akenes  dry  instead 
of  drupaceous. 

repens,  Linn.  (Rubus  Dalibdrda,  Linn.).  Fig.  673. 
Tufted,  creeping:  Ivs.  heart-shaped,  wavy-toothed:  fls. 
white,  1  or  2  on  each  scape;  calyx  5-6-parted,  3  of  the 
divisions  larger  and  toothed ;  petals  5 ;  stamens  numer- 
ous; pistils  5-10.  Common  in  northern  woods.  D.  85. 
In  Fig.  673,  a  shows  the  perfect  flower;  b,  c,  akenes  of 
the  cleistogamous  fls. 

DAMASK  ROSE.    Rosa  Damascena. 
DAMASK  VIOLET.    Hesperis  matronalis. 


671.  Yellow  field  Daisy,  or  Brown-eyed  Susan- Rudoeckia  hirta. 


454 


DAMES     ROCKET 


DANDELION 


DAME'S  ROCKET  and  DAME'S  VIOLET,  ffesperis 
matronalis. 

DAMMAKA.    SeeAgathis. 

DAMNACANTHUS  (Greek,  powerful  spines).  Rubi- 
ctcece.  This  monotypic  genus  contains  a  tender,  ever- 
green, Japanese  shrub,  chiefly  valued  for  its  coral-red 
berries,  which  remain  on  the  bush  until  the  fls.  of  the 
next  season  are  produced.  Branches  numerous,  spiny: 
Ivs.  small,  opposite,  leathery,  nearly  sessile,  broadly 
ovate,  acuminate  :  fls.  small,  axillary,  in  1's  or  2's, 
white,  fragrant;  calyx  tube  obovoid,  limb  4-5-cut;  co- 
rolla funnel-shaped.  Prop,  by  cuttings.  This  plant  may 
be  obtained  from  dealers  in  Japanese  plants. 

fndicus,  Gsertn.  (D.  major,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Described 
above.  Himalayas  and  Jap.  — Var.  submitis  is  not  so 
spiny. 

DAMPING-OFF.  A  gardeners'  phrase  for  a  disas- 
trous rotting  of  plants,  especially  of  seedlings  and  cut- 
tings, and  generally  at  the  surface  of  the  ground.  It  is 
usually  associated  with  excessive  moisture  in  the  soil 
and  air,  with  high  and  close  temperatures,  and  some- 
times poor  light.  Such  conditions  weaken  the  plants 
and  allow  them  to  fall  a  prey  to  the  minute  parasitic 
fungi  which  live  upon  the  decaying  vegetable  matter  in 
the  soil,  and  can  remain  alive  for  months,  even  if  the 
«oil  is  thoroughly  dry  or  frozen.  As  soon  as  the  disease 
is  noticed,  the  healthy  plants  should  be  removed  to 
fresh  soil,  as  the  disease  spreads  rapidly.  A  whole 
bench  of  cuttings  may  be  ruined  in  a  night.  The  skill- 
ful propagator  takes  every  possible  precaution.  His 
benches  have  perfect  drainage,  he  uses  fresh  sharp 
sand,  and  sometimes  sterilizes  it  with  steam  heat  for 
several  hours.  Damping-off  is  one  of  the  most  trying 
experiences  of  the  beginner,  and  nothing  can  prevent  it 


673.   Dalibarda  repens. 
With  perfect  and  cleistogainous  flowers. 

but  a  thorough  grasp  of  the  principles  of  Greenhouse 
Management  in  general,  and  Watering  in  particular. 
(Consult  articles  on  these  subjects.)  The  terms  Damp- 


ing-off and  Burning  are  also  used  for  ruined  flowers. 
Burning  is  often  caused  by  sunlight  or  by  imperfections 
in  glass,  but  a  flower  spoiled  by  dripping  cold  water,  or 
by  some  unknown  cause,  is  said  to  have  a  burned  look. 

One  of  the  commonest  occasions  of  Damping-off  is  the 
sudden  flooding  of  a  bed  or  bench  after  leaving  it  too 
dry  for  a  long  time. 


674.  Floret  of  Dandelion  ; 
enlarged. 

DAMSON.    See  Plum. 


675.    Mature  fruit  of 
Dandelion. 


DAN2EA  (a  personal  name).  Marattid&eae.  A  small 
genus  of  fern-like  plants,  with  synangia  sessile,  ar- 
ranged in  rows,  and  covering  the  entire  under  surface 
of  the  leaf.  They  are  rarely  seen  in  cultivation  in  Amer. 

DANDELION  (i.  e.,  dent  de  lion,  French  for  lion's 
tooth;  referring  to  the  teeth  on  the  Ivs.).  The  vernacu- 
lar of  Taraxacum  officindle,  Weber,  a  stemless  peren- 
nial or  biennial  plant  of  the  Composites.  It  is  native  to 
Europe  and  Asia,  but  is  naturalized  in  all  temperate 
countries.  On  the  Rocky  Mts.  and  in  the  high  north 
are  forms  which  are  apparently  indigenous.  A  floret  from 
the  head  of  a  Dandelion  is  shown  in  Fig.  674.  The  ovary 
is  at  e;  pappus  (answering  to  calyx)  at  a;  ray  of  corolla 
at  c;  ring  of  anthers  at  b;  styles  at  d.  The  constricted 
part  at  e  elongates  in  fruit,  raising  the  pappus  on  a  long 
stalk,  as  shown  in  Fig.  675;  and  thus  is  the  balloon  of  the 
Dandelion  formed.  A  Dandelion  plant,  with  its  scattering 
fruits,  is  shown  in  Fig.  676.  There  is  another  species  of 
Dandelion  in  this  country,  but  evidently  not  common. 
It  is  the  Red-seeded  Dandelion  (T.  erytJirosptrnntm, 
Andrz.),  with  red  seeds,  not  reflexed  involucral  scales, 
and  shorter  beak. 

The  Dandelion  is  much  prized  for  "greens."  For  this 
purpose  it  is  cultivated  in  parts  of  Europe  ;  also  about 
Boston  and  in  a  few  other  localities  in  this  country. 
There  are  several  improved  large-leaved  varieties, 
mostly  of  French  origin.  Some  of  these  named  forms 
have  beautiful  curled  Ivs.  Seeds  are  sown  in  the  spring, 
and  the  crop  is  gathered  the  same  fall  or  the  following 
spring,— usually  in  the  spring  in  this  country.  Com- 
monly the  seeds  are  sown  where  the  plants  are  to  stand, 
although  the  plantlets  may  be  transplanted.  The  plants 
should  stand  about  1  foot  apart  each  way,  and  a  good 
crop  will  cover  the  land  completely  when  a  year  old. 
Sandy  or  light  loamy  soil  is  preferred.  The  crop  is  har- 
vested and  marketed  like  spinach.  The  Ivs.  or  heads 
are  often  blanched  by  tying  them  up,  covering  with 
sand  or  a  flower-pot.  The  plants  are  sometimes  grown 
more  closely  in  beds,  and  frames  are  put  over  them  to 
force  them.  Roots  are  sometimes  removed  from  the 
field  to  the  hotbed  or  house  for  forcing.  When  treated 
like  chicory  (which  see),  the  roots  will  produce  a  win- 


DANDELION 

ter  salad  very  like  Ixtr/x  <l<'  cit/mri  it.  knots  ting  in 
fall  and  dried  are  sold  for  medicinal  purposes  in  drug 
stores  under  the  name  of  Taraxacum.  j^  jj  g 

DANGLEBERRY  or  BLUE  TANGLEBERRY.  Gay- 

luxxnfin  fnniilnxn . 

DAPHNE  (Greek  name  of  Laurus  nobilis).  Thy- 
melo <)<'«r.  Ornamental  evergreen  or  deciduous  shrubs, 
with  handsome  foliage  and  sweet-scented,  white,  purple, 
lilac  or  rarely  greenish  Us.,  which,  in  warmer  climates. 
often  appear  during  the  winter.  Lvs.  alternate,  rarely 
opposite,  entire,  short-petioled  :  fls.  in  clusters,  short 
racemes  or  umbels,  apetalous,  mostly  fragrant;  perianth 
tubular  cr  campanulate,  4-lobed,  corolla-like,  usually 
clothed  with  silky  hairs  outside  ;  stamens  8,  included; 
stigma  capitate,  'sessile  or  nearly  so  :  fr.  a  fleshy  or 
leathery  1-seeded  drupe.  About  40  species  in  Eu.'and 
Asia.  Only  D.  Mezereum,  with  very  early  lilac,  fra- 
grant fls.  and  decorative  scarlet  fr.,  and  some  low  ever- 
green species,  like  D.  Cneorum  and  D.  Blagayana,  are 
hardy  north,  while  most  of  the  evergreen  species  can  be 
recommended  only  for  warmer  climates.  D.  Pontica  and 
D.  Laureola,  with  large  evergreen  Ivs.,  are  hardy  as  far 
north  as  New  York.  Daphnes  thrive  best  in  a  well 
drained,  light  soil  and  in  a  partly  shaded  position,  but 
some,  as  D.  Cneorum  and  D.  Blagayana,  which  are  ex- 
ceedingly pretty  plants  for  rockeries,  do  better  in  sunny 
situations.  In  the  north,  D.  odora  and  its  varieties  are 
often  grown  in  pots  for  their  sweet-scented  and  hand- 
some fls.  appearing  during  the  winter.  A  sandy  com- 
post of  peat  and  loam  in  equal  proportions  will  suit  them; 
they  require  a  good  drainage  and  careful  watering  dur- 
ing the  winter,  and  pots  not  larger  than  just  necessary 
should  be  given ;  they  may  also  be  planted  out  in  a  cool 
greenhouse  and  trained  as  a  wall  plant.  D.  Genku-a, 
with  abundant  lilac  fls.  before  the  Ivs.,  is  sometimes 
forced.  Prop,  by  seeds,  sown  after  maturity  or  strati- 
fied, but  germinating  very  slowly  ;  also  by  layers  put 
down  in  spring  and  taken  off  the  following  year.  The 
evergreen  species  may  be  increased  by  cuttings  of  ma- 
ture wood  in  fall  under  glass,  and  kept  in  a  cool  green- 
house during  the  winter.  If  gentle  bottom  heat  can  be 
given  in  early  spring,  it  will  be  of  advantage  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  roots  ;  softwood  cuttings  taken  from 
forced  plants  may  also  be  used.  D.  odora  is  often 
veneer-grafted  on  seedling  stock  of  D.  Lanreola  in  win- 
ter, or  on  roots  of  D.  Mezereum.  D.  Cneorum  and 
probably  its  allies  are  readily  increased  in  spring  by  re- 
moving the  earth  around  the  plant,  pegging  down  the 
branches  and  filling  with  fine  compost  almost  to  the 
tops  of  the  branches.  Next  spring,  if  the  compost  is 
carefully  removed,  a  large  number  of  little  buds,  each 
supplied  with  a  white  root,  are  found  along  the  branches ; 
they  are  easily  detached  and  planted  in  pans  or  boxes. 

In  California,  according  to  Franceschi,  the  species 
most  commonly  grown  is  D.  odora,  the  plants  being 
mostly  imported  from  Japan.  Many  plants  are  also  sent 
from  Japan  for  eastern  greenhouse  culture.  A  decoction 
of  the  bark  of  D.  Mezereum  is  sold  in  drug  stores  under 
the  name  of  Mezereum.  It  is  stimulant  and  diuretic.  It 
is  also  known  as  Olive  Spurge.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

Although  hardy  Daphnes  are  generally  recommended 
to  be  planted  in  partial  shade,  they  invariably  succeed 
in  open,  sunny  places,  and  even  in  dry  spots  when  the 
start  is  made  with  strong,  well-rooted  plants.*  They 
grow  very  freely  in  a  light,  open,  well  drained  soil,  en- 
riched with  thoroughly  decayed  manure.  An  annual  top- 
dressing  of  the  same  material  is  of  great  benefit  to  the 
plants,  young  or  old. 

For  propagation  by  cuttings,  half-ripened  wood  is 
best.  Layers  should  not  be  separated  until  early  in  the 
following  spring,  and  it  is  advisable  to  shade  the  young 
plants  in  their  new  quarters  for  a  few  weeks  until  the 
roots  have  taken  hold  in  the  ground  and  growth  has 
started.  Cuttings  should  not  be  subjected  to  a  very 
strong  bottom  heat  before  a  good  callus  has  formed,  as 
they  are  slow  to  emit  roots,  and  free  growth  can  not  be 
expected  until  the  young  plants  attain  the  age  of  2 
years.  The  commonest  of  the  hardy  kinds  is  D.  Cneo- 
rum; but  D.  Blagayana,  which  is  still  very  rare  in 
America,  is  a  charming  species,  worthy  of  greater  popu- 
larity. Grafts  of  this  species  are  likely  to  die  without 


DAPHNE 


455 


apparent    cause.      D.  Neapolitana   needs    a   sheltered 
')ositi""-  J.  B.  KELLER. 

Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  below  :  D.  au- 
tumnalis,  1:  Blagayana,  5;  buxifolia,  7;  Cneorum,  4; 
cn/liiKt,  C>;  I)ani>hini,  8;  Delphini,  8;  Fioniana,  7:  /•'<»•- 
tune <',  3;  Genkwa,  3;  Houtteana.  .'!:  hybrida.  H:  Indica, 
9;  Japonica,  9;  Jenkwa,  3;  Laureola,  10;  Mazeli,  9; 
Mezereum,  1,  2;  odora,  9;  odorata,  9;  oleoides,  7;  Pon- 
tica, 10;  sericea,  6;  Van  Houttei,  2. 

A.    Lvs.  deciduous  :   fin.  axillary  along  the  branches  of 

the  previous  year,  appearing  before  the  Ivs. 
1.  Mezereum,  Linn.  Erect  shrub,  with  stout  branches, 
to  4  ft. :  Ivs.  alternate,  cuneate,  oblong  or  oblanceolate, 
glabrous,  grayish  beneath,  1-3  in.  long:  fls.  usually  3, 
sessile,  silky  outside,  fragrant,  lilac-purple,  appearing 
much  before  the  Ivs. :  fr.  roundish  ovoid,  scarlet.  Feb.- 
Apr.  Eu.  to  Altai  and  Caucasus.  Gn.  29:550.-Var. 


676.   The  Dandelion 


456 


DAPHNE 


DARL1NGTONIA 


Alba,  Ait.,  has  white  fls.  and  yellow  fr.  Gn.  29:550. 
G.C.  III.  21:183,  185.  Var.  alba  plena,  Hort.,  has  double 
white  fls.  Gn.  29:550.  Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.  (var. 
autumnalis,  Hort.).  With  larger,  very  early  fls.,  some- 
times blooming  in  fall. 

2.  Houtteana,  Planch.  (D.  Mezereum,  var.  atropurpu- 
rea,  Dipp.).    Shrub,  to  4  ft.,  with  erect,  stout  branches: 
Ivs.   alternate,    cuneate,     oblong-lanceolate,     glabrous, 
coriaceous  and  often  persistent,  purple  :  fls.  appearing 
before  the  Ivs.,  lilac-violet,  2-4,  in  short-peduncled  clus- 
ters.   Apr.    F.S.  6:592.  — Of  garden  origin,  and  probably 
hybrid  between  D.  Laureola  and  Hezereum. 

3.  G6nkwa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (D.  Fdrtunei,  Lindl.    D. 
Jenkwa,  Hort.).    Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  slender  branches : 
Ivs.  opposite,   oblong-elliptic,  appressed-pubescent   on 
the  ve4ns  beneath,  l%-2  in.  long:  fls.  lilac,  3-7,  in  short- 
stalked  clusters,  scentless,  densely  silky,  villous  outside. 
Mar.,  Apr.    Jap.    S.Z.  75.    Gt.  15:499.    F.S.  3:208.    Gn. 
42:868.    R.B.  10:73. 

AA.    Lvs.  evergreen,  alternate  (see  No.  2). 

B   fls.  in  terminal  heads,  rarely  axillary  and  pinkish. 

c.    Habit  low,  procumbent  or  trailing. 

4.  Cneorum,  Linn.    Fig.  677.    With  long,  trailing,  pu- 
bescent branches  :    Ivs.  crowded,  cuneate,  oblanceolate, 

mucronulate,  finally  gla- 
brous, dark  green  and 
glossy  above,  glaucescent 
beneath,  %-l  in.  long:  fls. 
in  sessile,  many-fld.  heads, 
pink,  fragrant.  Apr.,  May, 
and  often  again  in  sum- 
mer. Mts.  of  M.  Eu.  B. 
M.  313.  L.  B.  C.  18:1800. 
Gn.  45,  p.237.-Var.  majus, 
Hort.  Of  more  vigorous 
growth.  Gn.  51,  p.  358. 
Var.  maximum  of  Euro- 
pean nurseries  =Z>.  Nea- 
politana. 

5.  Blagayana,  Freyer. 
Branches  often  ascending, 
glabrous  :  Ivs.  cuneate, 
obovate  or  oblong,  gla- 
brous, l-l%in.  long:  heads 
many  -  fld. :  fls.  white  or 
yellowish  white,  fragrant, 
nearly  glabrous  outside, 
almost  1  in.  long.  Apr., 

May.  Mts.  of  southeastern  Eu.  B.M.  7579.  F.S.  22:2313. 

Gt.  29:1020.    Gn.  14:143.    G.C.  II.  13:245  ;  17:505  ;    III. 

11:491. 

cc.    Habit  erect,  1-4  ft.  high. 
D.    Perianth  densely  pubescent  outside. 

6.  sericea,  Vahl  (D.  colllna,  Sm.).     Height  1-3  ft.: 
branches  pubescent :  Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  oblanceo- 
late, obtuse,  slightly  revolute  at  the  margin,  glabrous 
and     shining     above,     appressed-pubescent     beneath, 
1-1%  in.  long:  fls.  fragrant,  infew-fld.  heads,  with  bracts, 
purple,  densely   pubescent   outside,  with   ovate-obtuse 
lobes,  3A  in.  long.    Spring.    Italy  to  W.  Asia.    B.M.  428. 
B.R.  24:56.    L.B.C.  14:1348. 

7.  decides,  Schreb.  (D.  buxifolia,  Vahl).    Shrub,  to 
3ft.:  branches  pubescent:  Ivs.  obovate-elliptic  to  obo- 
vate-lanceolate,  usually  mucronulate  or  acute,  villous- 
pubescent    beneath,    sometimes     glabrous    at    length, 
1-1 /^  in.  long:    fls.   in   few-fld.  heads   without   bracts, 
white  or  pale  lilac,  with  ovate-lanceolate,  pointed  lobes, 
1A  in.  long.    Southeastern  Eu.    L.B.C.  3:299.    B.M.  1917. 
—  Very  variable  in  shape  and  pubescence  of  Ivs.    Var. 
Fioniana,  Hort.,  with  obovate-lanceolate,  obtuse  Ivs.  and 
lilac  fls.,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid  between  this  species  and 
the  former. 

8.  hybrida,  Lindl.  (D.  Dauphini,  Hort.   D.  Dtlphini, 
Lodd.).    Garden  hybrid  of  D.  collina  x  odora.    Similar 
to  D.  odora,  but  hardier.    Erect  shrub,  to  4  ft. :  Ivs.  cu- 
neate, oblong-elliptic,  dark  green   and   shining  above, 
glabrous  or  slightly  hairy  along  the  veins  beneath  when 
young,  2-3  in.  long  :  fls.  reddish  purple,  very  fragrant, 
rather  large,  in  few-fld.  heads.    B.R.  14:1177. 


677.   Daphne  Cneorum. 


DD.    Perianth  glabrous  outside,  or  nearly  so. 

9.  oddra,  Thunbg.  (D.  Japdnica,  Thunbg.    D.lndica, 
Loisel.,  not    Linn.).     Shrub,    to   4    ft.,   with    glabrous 
branches  :    Ivs.    oblong-elliptic,    acute    at    both    ends, 
bluntly  pointed,  glabrous,  2-3  in.  long  :    fls.  in  dense, 
terminal  heads,  very  fragrant,  white  to  purple:   ovary 
glabrous.    Winter  and  spring.    China,  Jap.    Gn.  28:499. 
Gng.  2:211. -Var.  alba,  Hort.    Fls.  white.     Gn.  28:499. 
Var.  Mazeli,  Hemsl.    Fls.  in  peduricled,  axillary  clusters 
along  the  branches,  pink    outside,  white  within.     Gn. 
14:154.  R.H.  1872:392.  Hardier  than  the  type.  Var.  punc- 
tata,  Hemsl.    Fls.  in  dense  heads,  white,  spotted  out- 
side with  red.    B.M.  1587.    Var.  marginata,  Hort.     Lvs. 
bordered  yellow:  fls.  red.    P.M.  8:175.    R.H.  1866:251. 
Var.   rubra,  Don.      Fls.    purple.      S.B.F.G.    II.   4:320. 
G.C.  III.  21:173.    D.  odordta,  Hort.,  is  a  common  mis- 
print in  catalogues  for  D.  odora.     D.  odorata,  Lam.= 
D.  Cneorum. 

BB.    Fls.  axillary,  yellowish  or  greenish  white,  glabrous 
outside. 

10.  Laureola,  Linn.    Shrub,  to  4  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obo- 
vate-lanceolate, acute,  shining  and  dark  green   above, 
glabrous,  2-3%  in.  long  :  fls.  in  5-10-fld.,  nearly  sessile 
racemes,  yellowish  green,  scentless  :    fr.  black.    Mar.- 
May.     S.  Eu.,  W.  Asia.— Var.  purpurea  of    the   Kew 
Arboretum  =  Z>.  Houtteana. 

11.  Pontica,  Linn.    Shrub,  to  5  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obo- 
vate or  obovate-lanceolate,  acute,  shining,  glabrous,  2-3 
in.  long:  fls.  in  long-peduncled,  1-3-fld.  clusters,  green- 
ish yellow,  fragrant,  with  linear-lanceolate  lobes.    Apr., 
May.     Southeastern   Eu.,  W.  Asia.     B.M.  1282.     G.C. 
II.  14:209. 

D.  alplna,  Linn.  Erect  shrub,  to  2  ft.:  Ivs.  deciduous,  cu- 
neate-lanceolate,  sparingly  silky:  fls.  white  or  blushed,  termi- 
nal, fragrant.  May,  June.  S.Eu.  L.B.C.  1:66.—  D.  Altdica,P&}l. 
Shrub,  to  4  ft.:  Ivs.  deciduous,  cuneate,  oblong-lanceolate, 
glabrous:  fls.  white,  in  terminal,  1-5-fld.  heads,  fragrant.  May, 
June.  Altai,  Songaria,  Mongolia.  B.M.  1875.  L.B.C.  4:399.— D. 
australis,  Cyrill.=C.  sericea.— D.  Caucdsica,  Pall.  Allied  to  D. 
Altaica.  Lvs.  narrower:  fls.  in  3-20-fld.  heads.  Caucasus.  B.M. 
7388.— D.  Delahayana,  Hort.=D.  Neapolitana.— D.  glomerata, 
Lam.  Allied  to  D.  Pontica.  Low:  fls.  light  pink,  fragrant,  the 
clusters  crowded  at  the  end  of  the  branches.  May.  W.Asia.— 
D.  Qnidium,  Linn.  Evergreen  shrub,  to  2ft.:  Ivs.  linear-lanceo- 
late, acute,  glabrous:  fls.  yellowish  white,  fragrant,  in  terminal 
racemes  or  panicles.  S.  Eu.  L.B.C.  2:150.— D.  Neapolitana, 
Lodd.  (D.  Cneorum  X  sericea).  Evergreen  shrub,  to  2  ft. :  Ivs. 
cuneate-oblong,  obtuse,  nearly  glabrous :  fls.  in  terminal  heads, 
rosy  purple,  fragrant.  May,  sometimes  again  in  fall.  L.B.C. 
8:719.— D.  papyrlf era,  Sieb.=Edgeworthia  Gardner!.—  D.  pe- 
trcea,  Leyb.  Dwarf  evergreen  shrub  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
small,  obtuse:  fls.  light  pink,  in  terminal,  3-6-fld.  heads,  fra- 
grant. June,  July.  S.  Tyrol.— D.  rupestris,  Facch.=petrsea.— 
D.  salicifolia,  Lam.=D.  Caucasica.— D.  striata,  Tratt.  Dwarf 
evergreen  shrub  :  Ivs.  small,  cuneate,  linear-lanceolate,  gla- 
brous: fls.  in  terminal,  many-fld.  heads,  pink.  June,  July. 
Switzerland  and  Carpath.  Mts.  ALFRED  REHDER.  ' 

DAPHNlDIUM.    See  Benzoin. 

DAPHNIPHtLLUM  (Greek,  literally  a  laiirel-leaf). 
JEuphorbiacece.  A  genus  of  oriental  trees,  perhaps  15 
species.  The  following  species  are  very  rare  in  cultiva- 
tion, and  are  obtained  through  dealers  in  Japanese 
plants.  The  genus  has  no  near  allies  of  horticultural 
value.  Tropical  glabrous  trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  entire, 
stalked,  leathery,  usually  narrow,  feather-veined  :  ra- 
cemes axillary,  short  :  bracts  minute  or  none  :  fls. 
stalked,  dioecious,  without  petals  :  fr.  an  olive-shaped 
drupe. 

macropodum.  Miq.  Lvs.  leathery;  petiole  2  in.  long; 
blade  about  8  in.  long,  2  Vz  in.  wide,  elliptic-oblong,  with 
a  very  short,  hard,  abrupt  point:  racemes  of  female  fls. 
3  in.  long,  slender;  pedicels  distant.  Japan. 

glaucSscens,  Blume.  Tree,  often  20-30  ft.  high,  in  In- 
dia, Java  and  Corea:  petiole  three  to  four-fifths  in.  long 
in  the  pistillate  plant;  in  the  staminate  8-13  tenths  of 
an  inch  long;  Ivs.  obovate-lanceolate,  rounded  at  the 
tip;  blade  3-4 in.  long,  12-16-tenths  of  an  inch  wide. 
—  There  is  a  variegated  form.  w.  ]yfp 

DARLINGTONIA  (after  William  Darlington,  the 
American  botanist,  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  the  de- 
lightful Memorials  of  Bartram  and  Marshall).  Sarrace- 
niaceoB.  One  of  the  most  interesting  and  distinct  of  all 


DARLINGTONIA 


DASYLIR10N 


457 


pitcher  plants.  There  is  only  one  species  in  this  genus. 
The  plant  was  first  collected  near  Mt.  Shasta  by  the 
Wilkes  Exploring  Expedition.  Indians  attacked  the 
party,  and  as  the  explorers  retreated  to  their  ramp  W.  1). 
Brackenridge  grabbed  something,  which  turned  out  to 
be  fragments  of  this  exciting  plant.  The  Darlingtonia 
grows  at  an  altitude  of  5,000  feet  on  the  Sierra  Nevadas 
of  California,  in  sphagnum  bogs  along  with  sundews 
and  rushes.  The  pitchers  grow  in  clusters,  and  are  a 
foot  or  two  high.  The  pitcher  is  slender,  erect,  spirally 
twisted  and  rounded  at  the  top,  something  like  a  fiddle 
head.  Prom  this  hangs  a  curious  reddish  structure 
with  two  long  flaps.  Underneath  the  rounded  top  is 
seen  the  entrance  to  the  trap,  which  means  death  to  all 
sorts  of  insects,  big  and  little.  How  the  plant  attracts 
them  is  not  obvious,  but  the  fate  of  the  insects  is  clear. 
They  climb  down  a  long,  narrow  funnel,  guided  by  nee- 
dle-like downward-pointing  hairs.  Arrived  at  the  bot- 
tom, the  insects  find  these  needles  numerous  and  con- 
verging. As  they  attempt  to  escape  they  are  confronted 
by  an  impassable  array  of  lances.  The  manner  of  their 
death  can  be  easily  imagined.  They  sink  into  the  bot- 
tom in  a  putrid,  sticky  mass,  and  the  products  of  de- 
composition are  presumably  absorbed  by  the  plant. 

Darlingtonias  have  been  grown  outdoors  in  the  east 
the  year  round  in  a  few  special  localities.  Edward  Gil- 
lett,  at  South  wick,  Mass.,  grows  them  in  a  favored  spot 
without  artificial  protection.  F.  H.  Horsford  can  pre- 
serve them  at  Charlotte,  Vt.,  with  the  aid  of  a  winter 
mulch. 

Calif6rnica,  Torr.  Fig.  678.  Rootstock  horizontal:  Ivs. 
forming  pitchers  as  described  above,  which  are  curi- 
ously veined,  and  have  a  wing  on  the  ventral  surface 
and  a  crest  on  top,  green,  finally  becoming  a  pear  yel- 
low: scape  erect,  %-l  %  ft.  high,  clothed  with  obtuse, 
erect,  concave,  half -clasping  bracts:  fls.  solitary,  nod- 
ding, 3  in.  across;  sepals  5,  pale  green;  petals  shorter 
than  the  sepals,  about  1  in.  long,  converging,  greenish 
yellow,  with  broad  reddish  brown  veins,  contracted 
above  the  middle;  stigmas  5;  ovary  cylindrical  below, 
dilated  into  a  broad  5-lobed  top  with  a  deep  depression 
in  the  center,  5-celled:  seeds  obovate-club-shaped.  B.M. 
5920.  I.H.  18:75.  F.S.  14:1440.  G.C.  III.  7:84,  85; 
17:304;  24:339.  — Int.  to  cult,  about  1861.  w.  M. 

As  greenhouse  plants,  Darlingtonias  require  the  same 
treatment  as  their  allies,  Sarracenias,  Dioneas  and  Dro- 
seras.  A  well  grown  collection  of  these  plants  is  not 
only  very  interesting  and  curious,  but  also  very  beauti- 
ful. To  succeed,  they  must  occupy  a  shaded  position, 
and  never  be  allowed  to  become  dry.  Give  a  cool,  moist, 
even  temperature.  If  possible  a  glass  case  should 
be  provided  for  them,  with  provision  made  for  ven- 
tilation; a  constant  moist  atmosphere  can  be  more 
easily  maintained,  and  at  the  same  time  the  green- 
house in  which  they  are  grown  may  be  freely  ven- 
tilated without  injury  to  these  plants.  The  material 
in  which  they  grow  best  is  two-thirds  fern  root  fiber 
with  the  dust  shaken  out,  and  one-third  chopped  sphag- 
num moss  and  silver  sand,  with  a  few  nodules  of  char- 
coal added.  About  the  first  week  in  July  is  perhaps  the 
best  time  for  potting,  though  one  must  be  guided  by  the 
condition  of  the  plants,  choosing  a  time  when  they 
are  the  least  active.  When  well  established  they  will 
only  require  potting  once  in  two  years.  The  pots  should 
be  placed  in  pot  saucers  as  a  safeguard  against  their 
ever  becoming  dry,  and  all  the  space  between  the  pots 
should  be  filled  with  sphagnum  moss  up  to  the  rims  of 
the  pots.  A  temperature  of  40°  to  45°  during  winter,  with 
a  gradual  rise  as  the  days  lengthen  in  spring,  will  suit 
them  admirably.  During  the  summer  they  should  be 
kept  well  shaded,  or  they  may  be  removed  to  a  well 
shaded  frame  outside,  in  some  secluded  position  free 
from  hot,  drying  winds.  Propagation  of  these  plants  is 
effected  by  division  of  the  roots,  or  by  seeds  sown  on 
live  sphagnum  moss  in  pans,  the  moss  being  made  very 
even  and  the  pans  placed  either  under  a  bell  jar  or  glass 
case  in  a  cool,  moist  atmosphere.  [For  detailed  English 
experience,  see  G.C.  III.  24:338.] 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

Darlingtonia  Court ii  was  named  after  William  Court, 
for  many  years  hybridizer  and  traveler  for  James 
Veitch  &  Son.  Some  say  it  is  a  hybrid  between  a 


Nepenthes  and  Uurlingtonia  Culifornicn.  Its  Ivs.  or 
pitchers  are  shorter  and  stouter  than  those  of  D.  Cali- 
fornica,  and  more  rounded  at  the  mouth.  The  stalks  of 
the  pitchers  bend  out  almost  horizontally  from  the  base 
or  crown  of  the  plant  and  then  be- 
come erect.  The  treatment  is  much 
the  same  as  for  J).  Californica,  ex- 
cept that  it  must  be  kept  indoors  in 
winter.  It  thrives  well  in  a  house 
with  Odontoglossum  crispum  and  W 
Masdevallia.  It  is  generally  sus- 
pended like  Nepenthes.  The  writer 
has  successfully  grown  it  when  it 
was  potted  in  peat  or  sphagnum,  in  a 


I 
678.  Young  leaves  of  Darlingtonia. 

small  pot  which  was  inverted  into  a  larger  pot,  with  a 
layer  of  sphagnum  packed  in  between,  and  the  whole 
kept  constantly  moist.  It  is  an  interesting  and  attrac- 
tive plant,  and  enjoys  considerable  popularity  in  Eng- 
land. HENRY  A.  SIEBRECHT. 
DARNEL.  Lolium  perenne. 

DASYLlRION  (Greek,  tufted  lily).  Liliacece.  Highly 
ornamental  plants,  well  adapted  for  rockeries,  for  iso- 
lated specimens  on  lawns,  decoration  of  conservatories, 
staircases,  etc.,  and  eminently  suitable  for  terraces  and 
vases,  in  the  formal  style  of  gardening.  Trunk  short  or 
missing  altogether  :  Ivs.  in  large  number,  inserted  in  a 
symmetrical  way,  so  as  to  form  a  dome  or  globe-shaped, 
regular  head,  more  or  less  serrulated,  and  in  some 
species  ending  in  a  brush-like  tuft  of  dried  fibers.  The 
tall  panicles  of  numberless  whitish  green,  minute  flow- 
ers are  also  a  striking  feature.  Dasylirions  generally 
branch  after  blooming.  They  are  of  the  easiest  pos- 
sible culture,  and  will  stand  some  degrees  of  frost,  par- 
ticularly if  kept  dry.  Easily  propagated  from  seeds 
and  from  cuttings  of  the  branches  when  produced,  as 
they  do  not  sucker  as  a  rule.  Six  or  perhaps  more 
species  altogether.  Natives  of  the  arid  region  com- 
prising southwestern  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona 
and  northern  Mexico.  The  following  are  grown  in  south- 
ern gardens  and  in  conservatories  up  north,  but  not  as 
much  as  they  deserve.  p.  FRANCESCHI. 

These  plants  are  inferior  to  Yucca  filamentosa  in 
hardiness  and  in  showiness  and  regularity  of  flowering, 
but  they  have  an  individuality  of  their  own  which  should 
commend  them  to  amateurs  who  like  things  that  every- 
body doesn't  have.  They  are  especially  esteemed  in 
California,  where  the  great  flower-stalks,  8  or  10  ft.  high, 


458 


DASYLIRION 


DATE 


give  a  strong  impression  of  the  desert,  which  contrasts 
forcibly  with  civilized  surroundings.  The  individual 
flowers  are  not  highly  colored,  but  the  spikes  are 
several  feet  long.  Three  plants  sold  as  Dasylirions  be- 
long to  Nolina,  a  closely  related  genus,  which  is  chiefly 
distinguished  by  fruit  characters.  In  Dasylirion  the 
ovary  has  3  ovules,  and  the  fruit  is  dry  and  indehiscent, 
or  splits  through  the  partitions  and  between  the  cells. 
In  Nolina  the  ovary  has  2  ovules,  and  the  fruit  is  dry, 
often  3-winged,  and  bursts  in  an  irregular  fashion.  The 
latest  monograph  is  in  Latin  by  J.  G.  Baker  in  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  Vol.  18(1881). 

A.  Stems  4-angled,  square  in  section. 
quadrangnlatum,  S.  Watson.  Trunk  3  ft.  high  :  Ivs. 
drooping,  dark  green,  2  ft.  or  more  long,  2-3  lines  broad 
at  the  base,  soon  narrower  and  quadrangular,  the  mar- 
gin rough  but  not  toothed.  Mex.  Discovered  in  1878.— 
This  is  the  only  species  with  entire,  not  toothed,  leaf- 
margins.  With  Franceschi  the  trunk  is  so  short  as  to 
be  almost  globular  ;  the  Ivs.  are  4-6  ft.  long,  slightly 
arching,  and  not  splitting  into  fibers. 

AA     Stems  not  4-angled. 
B.    Tips  of  Ivs.  not  splitting  into  fibers. 
glaucophyllum,  Hook.  (D,  glaucum,  Carr.).     Recog- 
nized by  the  above  character  and  by  the  very  glaucous, 
bluish  green  Ivs.,  of  which  the  inner  ones  are  strict  and 
rigid,  not  gracefully  drooping,  the  outer  ones  recurved, 
2-3  ft.  long,  8-9  lines  wide  above  the  base.    Mex.    B.M. 
5041.    R.  H.  1872,  p.  435.    G.C.  II.  13:  205. 

BB.    Tips  of  Ivs.  splitting  into  fibers. 

c.    Trunk  long,  2-5  ft. 
D.    Teeth  on  the  leaf-margins  yellowish. 
Texanum,  Scheele.    Lvs.  light  green,  3-4  ft.  long,  5-6 
lines  wide  above   the   base  ;    margin   serrulate,  armed 
with    hooked  teeth   1  line  long    and   3-6   lines   apart; 
flower-stalk  8-10  ft.  high.    Tex.  and  New  Mex. 

DD.  Teeth  on  the  leaf-margins  brown. 
Wheeleri,  S.Wats.  Lvs.  very  similar  to  those  of  D. 
Texanum,  7-9  lines  wide.  The  Ivs.  are  shorter  than  in 
D.  glaiicophyllum,  and  they  usually  have  a  spiral  twist, 
which  gives  the  plant  a  remarkable  appearance.  Ariz 
and  N.  Mex. 

cc.    Trunk  short. 
D.    Racemes  short,  densely  fid. 

E.    Length  of  Ivs.  3-4  ft. 

graminifdlium,  Zucc.  Trunk  very  short :  rosette  of 
Ivs.  4-5  ft.  across  :  Ivs.  3-7  lines  wide  above  the  base, 
tipped  with  6-8  spreading  fibers.  Mex.  Int.  into  cult, 
about  1835.  — This  name  and  D.  serratifolium  were  given 
by  Zuccarini  without  description,  and  are  greatly  con- 
fused in  botanical  literature  and  perhaps  also  in  gardens. 

EE.    Length  of  Ivs.  2-3  ft. 

acrdtrichum,  Zucc.  (D.  grdcile,  Zucc.).  Trunk  in  gar- 
dens unbranched,  finally  4-5  ft.  high :  Ivs.  6-8  lines  wide, 
pale  green,  hardly  glaucous,  splitting  at  the  tip  into 
20-30  fibers,  the  outer  Ivs.  recurved.  Mex.  B.M.  5030. 
F. 8.14:1448.  G.C.  III.  19:  204. 

DD.    Racemes  long,  loosely  fid. 

serratifolium,  Zucc.  Lvs.  exactly  as  in  D.  acrotrichum, 
7-8  lines  wide  above  the  base.  Mex.— Can  be  distin- 
guished only  in  flower.  -yy  -^ 

DATE.  A  palm,  Phwnix  dactylifera,  Linn.,  native 
to  N.  Africa  and  Arabia,  and  extensively  planted  in 
countries  under  Arabic  control.  It  is  also  grown  to  some 
extent  in  southern  Asia  and  southern  Europe  and  in 
other  tropical  and  subtropical  countries.  The  pulpy 
fruits  constitute  one  of  the  most  important  articles  of 
food  of  the  Arabs ;  and  the  leaves  and  other  parts  of  the 
plant  afford  materials  for  dwellings  and  many  domestic 
uses.  Nearly  all  parts  of  the  plant  are  utilized  in  some 
way.  The  Date  palm  reaches  a  height  of  100  ft.,  mak- 
ing a  straight,  shaggy  trunk,  and  it  continues  to  bear 
for  one  or  two  centuries.  It  is  dioacious.  See  Phoenix. 

The  Date  palm  has  been  grown  in  parts  of  the  United 
States  and  adjacent  Mexico  for  many  years.  In  Florida, 
California,  and  restricted  areas  of  a  few  other  states, 


it  has  been  grown  for  decorative  purposes  for  more  than 
a  century.  At  the  missions  founded  by  the  Spaniards 
at  St.  Augustine,  and  other  places  in  Florida,  and  that 
long  line  of  missions  extending  from  far  iato  Mexico, 
northward  and  westward  through  southern  New  Mexico, 
Arizona  and  California,  it  is  probable  that  the  Date  was 
planted  wherever  the  climatic  conditions  \vere  favor- 
able. Within  the  borders  of  the  United  States  the 
greater  number  of  these  early  plantings  were  in  Florida 
or  along  the  coast  of  southern  California,  regions  where 
the  sum  total  of  summer  heat  is  not  siifftcientto  perfectly 
develop  the  Date  fruit.  The  Date,  as  a  fruit  producer, 
being  indigenous  to  a  desert  environment,  does  not  take 
kindly  to  humid  regions,  even  where  it  is  not  sufficiently 
cold  to  prohibit  the  growth  of  the  tree.  For  this  reason 
the  greater  number  of  the  early  plantings  in  this  country 
matured  little  fruit,  while  that  produced  was  of  poor 
quality,  although  in  many  instances  the  trees  grew  luxu- 
riantly and  to  large  size.  In  the  more  arid  portions  of 
Lower  California  and  Sonora,  where  there  is  sufficient 
water  for  irrigation,  the  early  plantings  have  been  con- 
tinued down  to  the  present  time,  and  Dates  of  fair 
quality  have  been  grown  for  many  years.  Moreover, 
each  year  the  area  devoted  to  Dates  is  increasing.  Not 
only  have  sufficient  Dates  been  grown  in  Sonora  to  sup- 
ply the  local  markets  and  the  markets  of  the  larger 
cities,  Hermosillo,  Guaymas  and  Altar,  but  during  the 
past  year  a  surplus  has  been  shipped  from  the  state. 

The  part  of  the  United  States  suitable  for  growing 
the  Date  tree,  for  the  profitable  production  of  fruit,  is 
confined  to  rather  narrow  limits;  viz.,  the  irrigable  por- 
tion of  southern  Arizona  below  an  altitude  of  2,500  feet 
and  the  somewhat  similar  area  of  southern  California 
east  of  the  coast  ranges  of  mountains,  where  the.  sum- 
mer temperature  is  not  lowered  by  proximity  to  the  sea. 
As  a  tree,  however,  it  will  make  excellent  growth  over 
a  much  larger  area,  including  the  semi- arid  regions  of 
central  and  southern  California.  Over  the  larger  area 
it  will  occasionally  bloom  and  the  earlier  varieties  ma- 
ture fruit,  but  the  summer  heat  will  rarely  be  sufficient 
to  bring  it  to  a  high  degree  of  perfection.  In  recent 
years  Dates  have  matured  in  favorable  localities  in 
California,  in  both  the  San  Joaquin  and  Sacramento 
valleys,  but  it  is  only  east  of  the  mountains  in  the  irri- 
gable regions  of  the  Mojave  desert  that  there  is  suffi- 
cient summer  heat  to  mature  an  annual  crop.  In  the 
strictly  desert  regions  of  southern  Arizona  and  south- 
eastern California  the  planting  of  seedling  Dates  is 
rapidly  increasing,  and  the  time  is  not  far  distant  when 
in  this  region  not  a  little  attention  will  be  given  to  the 
production  of  this  fruit.  Among  the  older  trees  may  be 
mentioned  those  on  a  ranch  owned  by  Hall  Hanlon, 
situated  on  the  California  side  of  the  Colorado  river  a 
few  miles  below  Yuma.  In  1875  Mr.  Hanlon  received  a 
box  of  Dates  from  La  Paz,  Lower  California,  which  were 
grown  at  that  place,  and  planted  the  seed  the  same  year. 
From  these  seeds  12  pistillate  and  several  staminate 
trees  were  raised,  the  trees  beginning  to  bloom  at  the 
age  of  5  years.  All  the  pistillate  trees  have  fruited 
abundantly  each  year  since  7  years  of  age,  and  now  vary 
in  height  from  20  to  50  feet,  each  tree  producing  yearly 
from  6  to  17  bunches  of  fruit,  the  bunches  varying  in 
weight  from  20  to  38  pounds. 

In  resent  years  many  seedling  palms  have  come  into 
bearing  in  southern  Arizona,  particularly  in  Salt  river 
valley.  On  the  Bartlett,  Adams  &  Go's,  ranch  at  Glen- 
dale,  several  seedling  Dates  were  in  bearing  in  the 
fall  of  1898,  at  which  time  one  tree,  8  years  from  seed, 
bore  an  estimated  crop  of  more  than  400  pounds.  On 
a  ranch  owned  by  E.  L.  Arthur,  in  the  vicinity  of 
Tempe,  a  dozen  or  more  palms  were  in  bearing  the  same 
year,  several  of  which  bore  one  or  more  bunches  of  fruit 
the  fourth  year  after  planting.  In  addition  to  those 
cited  above,  many  seedling  palms  bore  during  the  fall 
of  1898  at  Phoenix,  Tempe,  Glendale,  Mesa,  Arizola, 
Florence,  Yuma,  Tucson,  and  other  points  in  southern 
Arizona,  and  a  number  of  localities  in  California. 

An  impetus  was  given  to  Date  culture  in  this  country  by 
the  importation  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
in  the  spring  of  1891  and  1892,  of  74  rooted  suckers,  68  of 
which  were  supposed  to  have  been  taken  from  female 
trees  of  approved  varieties,  while  the  remaining  six  were 
labeled  male.  These  tre<?s  were  distributed  to  various 


DATE 


DATE 


459 


679.   An  American 
seedling  Date. 


points  in  New  Mexico,  Arizona  and  California.  Those 
planted  on  the  Experiment  Station  farm  at  1  Mid-nix 
have  made  a  much  better  growth  and  bloomed  more 
freely  than  tiie  plants  sent  elsewhere,  some  of  the  speci- 
mens at  this  Station,  in  the  fall  of  18!)«,  measuring  more 
than  20  feet  to  the  topmost  leaf  and 
producing  100  to  200  pounds  of 
fruit  to  the  tree.  A  sufficient  num- 
ber of  the  imported  palms  have 
blossomed  to  indicate  that  they 
are  not  true  to  name,  more  than 
one-half  of  those  blossoming  to 
date  being  staminate.  while  those 
that  have  fruited  are  inferior  to  a 
number  of  the  choicer  seedlings 
grown  in  Arizona.  It  yet  remains 
for  another  importation  to  be  made, 
when  greater  care  may  be  taken 
that  the  imported  plants  are  suck- 
ers from  trees  of  recognized  merit 
and  approved  varieties. 

An  examination  of  specimens  of 
fruit  from  many  of  the  seedling 
Dates  grown  in  the  United  States, 
as  well  as  in  the  state  of  Sonora, 
Mexico,  during  the  season  of  1898, 
and  also  an  examination  of  the 
fruit  of  the  imported  Dates  at  the 
Experiment  Station  farm  at  Phoe- 
nix, showed  considerable  variation 
in  the  size,  flavor,  shape,  color,  and 
general  desirability  of  the  differ- 
ent specimens.  Only  about  50  per  cent  of  the  trees  ex- 
amined bore  edible  Dates,  the  remainder  being  astrin- 
gent even  when  fully  ripe,  and  little  more  than  a  skin 
over  a  pit.  Of  the  remaining  50  per  cent  only  about 
one-fifth  were  especially  desirable  and  worthy  of  per- 
petuating by  growing  suckers.  It  must  be  remembered 
in  this  connection  that  Dates,  like  most  other  fruits,  do 
not  come  true  to  seed ;  hence,  it  is  not  reasonable  to  ex- 
pect a  very  large  percentage  of  desirable  Dates  as  a  re- 
sult of  growing  seedlings.  Some  of  the  best  seedling 
Dates  grown  in  Arizona  in  1898  were  light  in  color  and 
varied  in  weight  from  two-sevenths  to  one-fourth  ounce 
to  the  specimen,  with  from  10  to  11  parts  in  weight  of 
flesh  (mesocarp)  to  one  part  of  pit.  The  largest  of  the 
imported  Dates;  viz.,  the  variety  labelled  "Seewah,"  pro- 
duced Dates  averaging  nearly  one-third  ounce  to  the 
specimen.  Although  this  is  the  largest  Date  yet  pro- 
duced in  Arizona,  and  probably  in  the  United  States, 
the  pit  is  extremely  large,  there  being  but  8  parts  of 
flesh  to  one  of  pit.  Furthermore,  the  flesh  is  covered 
with  a  thick  skin  (epicarp),  and  there  is  a  firm  papery 
covering  (endocarp)  over  the  pit.  An  excessive  develop- 
ment of  either  epicarp  or  endocarp  is  undesirable. 
Choice  varieties  of  Dates  should  have  thin  skins  and 
small  seeds  surrounded  by  a  thin,  papery  covering.  The 
flesh  should  be  thick,  of  medium  firmness,  sweet,  and  of 
agreeable  flavor.  The  Date  industry  in  the  United 
States  is  in  its  infancy.  Approved  varieties  have  not  as 
yet  been  introduced  and  the  quantity  of  fruit  produced 
has  not  reached  sufficient  magnitude  to  give  it  a  com- 
mercial rating. 

The  Date  palm  grows  upon  nearly  all  kinds  of  soil.  If 
it  be  sufficiently  irrigated  and  has  the  requisite  amount 
of  heat,  the  soil  seems  to  be  a  secondary  consideration. 
In  general  it  may  be  said,  however,  that  lean,  sandy  soils 
of  the  desert,  with  a  small  percentage  of  clay  and 
charged  with  alkaline  salts,  are  preferable  to  rich  and 
heavy  soils,  suitable  for  growing  ordinary  crops.  The 
question  of  water  is  of  great  importance  in  the  culture 
of  Dates,  as  it  is  necessary  that  the  roots  of  the  Date 
palm  be  in  moist  earth  throughout  the  year.  In  general, 
the  amount  of  water  required  for  successful  culture  is 
considerable.  If  sufficient  water  cannot  be  supplied  by 
natural  methods,  we  must  resort  to  irrigation.  Water 
should  be  supplied  at  frequent  intervals  throughout  the 
year.  However,  the  most  should  be  supplied  in  the 
spring  before  blooming,  and  in  the  fall  prior  to  the 
ripening  of  the  fruit.  The  amount  of  water  for  each 
palm  depends  so  much  upon  soil  and  local  conditions 
that  an  estimate  would  be  worthless.  Care  should  be 
taken  not  to  irrigate  to  excess  at  the  time  of  blooming 


and  immediately  after,  as  it  will  militate  against  the 
successful  setting  of  the  fruit.  The  Date  seems  not  only 
to  enjoy  a  high  atmospheric  temperature,  but  a  high 
temperature  of  the  water  supplied  in  irrigation  as  well. 
In  irrigating  small  crops  by  flooding,  it  is  necessary  in 
midsummer  to  irrigate  late  in  the  afternoon  or  at  night 
in  order  to  prevent  scalding.  Care  should  be  taken,  dur- 
ing the  warmer  portion  of  the  year,  that  the  Date  palm 
is  not  subjected  to  hot  water  about  the  roots,  rising 
above  the  soil  for  a  considerable  length  of  time,  and 
later  left  until  the  soil  becomes  exceedingly  dry  and 
baked  by  the  sun.  Such  extremes  may  sometimes  seri- 
ously injure  or  destroy  the  tree. 

Dates  are  propagated  either  by  seeds  or  suckers.  As 
with  the  apple  and  most  other  fruits,  Dates  do  not  come 
true  to  seed,  hence  the  only  sure  way  to  obtain  good 
Dates  is  to  secure  a  sucker  from  a  tree  of  established 
excellence.  Propagation  from  seed  is  of  little  value 
when  we  desire  to  obtain  Dates  of  the  same  quality  as 
those  from  which  the  seeds  were  obtained,  or  when  we 
wish  a  correct  proportion  of  male  to  female  trees. 
Again,  seedling  palms  are  usually  very  much  later  in  ma- 
turing their  fruit,  and  generally  the  fruit  from  such 
trees  have  large  seeds  and  little  flesh.  It  is  always 
preferable  to  propagate  Dates  from  suckers  unless  one 
desires  to  originate  new  varieties,  not  only  on  account 
of  the  knowledge  of  the  sex  (it  being  hardly  necessary 
to  state  that  the  sex  of  a  sucker  is  the  same  as  that  of 
the  plant  from  which  it  is  taken),  but  on  account  of  the 
ability  to  make  a  selection  in  the  variety  and  quality  of 
the  fruit. 

All  species  belonging  to  the  genus  Phoenix  are  diffi- 
cult to  transplant  with  uniform  success.  Frequently  as 
high  as  50  per  cent  of  transplanted  Dates  die  even 
when  watered  daily  and  given  the  best  of  care.  In  plant- 
ing suckers,  with  the 
best  of  attention,  a 
large  percentage  die; 
while  without  care  not 
one  in  a  hundred  will 
grow.  It  is  due  not  so 
much  to  the  lack  of  ex- 
perience in  removing 
the  suckers  as  to  lack 
of  proper  care  after 
removal,  that  so  large 
a  percentage  fail  to 
grow.  Suckers  may  be 
removed  at  any  time 
during  the  spring  or 
early  summer,  or  even 
in  the  winter,  if  proper 
care  be  given  them 
after  removal.  If  they 
are  to  be  planted  in  the 
open  ground  it  is  advis- 
able to  remove  them 
during  the  spring  or 
early  summer,  April 
probably  being  the  best 
month.  In  winter, when 
the  plants  are  at  a 
standstill,  the  suckers 
may  be  removed  with 
comparatively  small 
loss,  if  the  biilbs  be 
not  less  than  4  inches 
in  diameter  and  have 
a  few  roots.  It  is  nec- 
essary, when  suckers 
are  removed  at  this  sea- 
son, to  set  them  in 
rather  small  pots,  so 
that  the  earth,  which 
should  be  given  a  daily 
soaking,  may  have  a 
chance  to  get  warm 
quickly.  The  pots 


).   Fruit  clusters  of  Date, 
as  grown  in  Arizona, 


should  be  kept  in  a  greenhouse,  or,  better  yet,  imbedded 
in  a  hotbed  of  manure,  covered  with  the  customary 
frame  and  glass.  In  all  cases  the  leaves  should  be 
cut  back  to  (>  to  12  inches  in  length.  If  proper  atten- 
tion can  be  given  it  is  best  to  plant  the  suckers  where 


460 


DATE 


DATURA 


they  are  to  remain,  as  a  second  chance  for  loss  occurs 
when  they  are  planted  in  a  nursery  and  later  moved  to 
the  position  that  they  are  finally  to  occupy.  A  2-inch 
chisel,  well  sharpened,  and  an  appropriate  mallet  are 
the  important  tools  to  use  in  removing  suckers.  The 
leafstalks  should  be  cut  away,  exposing  the  bulb  of  the 
sucker,  care  being  taken  not  to  injure  the  bulb  in  re- 
moving. One  should  cut  in  rather  deeply  at  either  side, 
not  being  afraid  of  injuring  the  old  plant,  cutting  out  a 
V-shaped  portion  extending  from  the  base  of  the  bulb 
downward  for  a  foot  or  more,  and  being  careful  to  se- 
cure in  uninjured  condition  all  the  attached  roots.  If 
the  position  of  the  sucker  be  not  too  high  above  the 
ground  the  V-shaped  portion  should  be  continued  down- 
ward into  the  soil,  that  all  established  roots  be  obtained. 

Under  proper  cultivation  the  Date  palm  should  pro- 
duce from  10  to  14  leaves  each  year.  A  well  developed 
tree  will  have  at  one  time  from  30  to  60  leaves,  the  old 
ones  dying  away  below  while  new  ones  are  forming  at 
the  top.  The  different  varieties  show  great  variation  in 
rapidity  of  growth,  form  and  length  of  leaves,  size  of 
stem,  and  general  aspect  of  plant.  The  stem  of  the 
Date  palm  is  very  elastic,  and  when  it  reaches  a  height 
of  10  or  more  feet  it  is  frequently  necessary  to  tie  the 
growing  bunches  of  Dates  securely  to  the  lower  leaf- 
stalks, that  they  be  not  broken  and  injured  by  the  wind 
before  maturity. 

For  further  information,  consult  Bull.  29,  Arizona 
ExP-  Sta.  j.  w.  TOUMEY. 

A  successful  method  of  propagation  of  Date  trees  is 
to  bank  up  earth  about  the  base  of  the  parent  tree  and 
above  the  base  of  the  suckers,  and  keep  moist  by  wa- 
tering daily  to  induce  formation  of  roots.  Suckers  may  be 
partially  severed  from  the  old  stock  before  the  banking 
is  done,  or  after  the  roots  have  started.  When  the  roots 
are  well  grown,  the  suckers  may  be  transplanted  with 
little  loss. 

For  purposes  of  pollination  the  Arabs  usually  plant 
about  one  male  tree  to  25  female  or  fruit-bearing  trees. 
In  order  to  secure  perfect  pollination,  they  cut  sprays 
of  male  blossoms,  when  the  pollen  is  in  the  best  condi- 
tion, and  tie  them  to  the  leaf -stems  above  the  pistillate 
flowers  at  the  time  they  are  opening.  If  this  were  done 
in  cases  where  isolated  female  Date  trees  are  growing 
in  America,  there  would  be  much  perfect  and  delicious 
fruit  where  now  there  is  that  which  is  worthless,  be- 
cause of  the  lack  of  pollination. 

In  the  earlier  importations  the  agents  were  imposed 
upon  by  either  ignorant  or  designing  natives  of  Egypt, 
by  sending  seedlings  instead  of  rooted  suckers,  which 
were  specifically  ordered.  The  varieties  from  Algeria 
and  Arabia  were  suckers  from  the  best  varieties,  but  un- 
fortunately, most  of  them  have  died.  At  least  two  are 
yet  living  at  the  Calif ornia  Experiment  Station  atTulare. 
This  year,  1899,  the  Department  of  Agriculture  at  Wash- 
ington has  succeeded  in  importing,  through  a  special 
agent  sent  to  Algeria,  a  number  of  suckers  from  the  best 
bearing  trees  in  that  country,  and  further  efforts  are  be- 
ing made  to  secure  more  plants  from  there,  and  from 
other  famous  Date-growing  countries. 

H.  E.  VAN  DEMAN. 

DATE  PLUM.     Another  name  of  Persimmon. 

DATURA  (Arabic  name).  Includes  Brugmansia. 
Solanacece.  This  genus  contains  the  widespread  James- 
town Weed  and  several  plants  cultivated  for  their 
huge  trumpet-like  flowers,  which  have  an  odor  that  is 
very  pleasant  to  some.  The  genus  has  perhaps  25 
species,  widely  dispersed  in  warm  and  temperate  re- 
gions. Herbs,  shrubs  and  trees  :  Ivs.  large,  entire  or 
wavy-toothed:  fls.  large,  solitary,  erect  or  pendulous, 
mostly  white,  with  more  or  less  violet,  rarely  red  or 
yellow:  fr.  spiny.  The  most  popular  kind  in  northern 
gardens  is  commonly  called  D.  cornucopia  (Fig.  681), 
which  is  especially  interesting  when  its  flowers  develop 
2  or  3  well-defined  trumpets,  one  within  another.  Some- 
times, however,  these  double  flowers  are  a  confused 
mass  of  petalage.  Double  and  triple  forms  are  likely  to 
occur  in  any  of  the  species  described  below.  The  Horn 
of  Plenty,  D.  cornucopia,  has  been  especially  popular 
in  America  since  about  1895,  when  it  was  found  in  South 
America  by  an  orchid  collector  of  the  United  States 


Nursery  Company,  and  soon  became  widely  distributed 
in  "yellow,  white,  blue  and  deep  carmine,"  all  double 
forms.  The  "yellow"  was  probably  a  dull,  creamy  shade, 
and  the  "blue,"  a  violet.  The  disseminators  assert 
that  seeds  started  in  January,  February  or  March  will 
produce  200-300  fragrant  flowers  in  a  season. 

Daturas  contain  strong  narcotics.  Large  doses  are  poi- 
sonous, small  doses  medicinal.  Separate  preparations  of 
Stramonium  seed  and  leaves  are  commonly  sold  in  the 
drug  stores.  D.  Stramonium  (Fig.  682)  is  the  Thorn 
Apple  or  Jamestown  Weed,  the  latter  name  being  cor- 
rupted into  Jimpson  Weed.  Its  foul,  rank  herbage  and 
large  spiny  fruits  are  often  seen  in  rubbish  heaps.  At 
the  first  successful  settlement  in  America— Jamestown, 
Va.,  1607— it  is  said  that  the  men  ate  these  thorn  apples 
with  curious  results.  Capt.  John  Smith's  account  of  their 
mad  antics  is  very  entertaining.  It  has  been  conjectured 
that  this  same  plant  was  used  by  the  priests  at  Delphi  to 
produce  oracular  ravings.  The  seeds  of  D.  sangttinea 
are  said  to  have  been  used  by  Peruvian  priests  that  were 
believed  to  have  prophetic  power.  The  Arabs  of  central 
Africa  are  said  to  smoke  parts  of  the  dried  plant  for 
asthma  and  influenza. 

Daturas  are  of  easy  culture.  Some  are  treated  as 
tender  annuals.  In  the  north  the  woody  species  can  be 
grown  outdoors  in  summer,  and  stored  in  cellars  during 
the  winter;  in  the  south  and  in  S.  California  they  are 
almost  everblooming.  Daturas  are  sometimes  kept 
in  cool  conservatories  the  year  round,  in  which  case 
they  should  be  planted  in  the  border,  as  Daturas  rarely 
flower  well  in  pots,  their  roots  being  large  and  spread- 
ing and  requiring  a  constant  supply  of  moisture.  This 
method  produces  great  quantities  of  bloom  in  spring. 
After  flowering,  the  plants  should  be  cut  in  to  the  main 
limbs,  or  a  very  straggling  and  unsightly  growth  will 
result. 

A.    Flowers  red. 

sanguinea,  Ruiz.  &  Pav.  Tree-like  shrub,  4-12  ft.  high : 
branches  fragile,  leafy  at  the  apex:  Ivs.  clustered,  5-7 
from  the  same  point,  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  almost 
7  in.  long,  2K-2/4  in.  wide,  pubescent  on  both  sides, 
shining  green  above,  paler  beneath,  the  lower  Ivs.  wavy 
or  angled,  upper  one  entire;  petioles  2%  in.  long,  chan- 
neled, pubescent :  peduncles  terminal :  fls.  pendulous, 
brilliant  orange  red,  about  8  in.  long;  calyx  ovate,  5- 
angled,  variegated,  inflated.  Peru.  B.R.  20:1739.  F.S. 
18: 1883.— Franceschi  says  it  is  more  erect-growing 
than  D.  cornigera  and  D.  suaveolens,  with  smaller,  less 
open  and  not  fragrant  fls.  All  the  other  species  are 
said  to  be  easily  raised  from  cuttings,  but  this  is  very 
slow  to  take  root. 


681.   A  triple  form  of  Datura  fastuosa,  commonly  known 
as  D.  cornucopia. 

AA.  Flowers  yellotc. 

chlorantha,  Hook.  Shrub,  glabrous  throughout:  Ivs. 
broadly  ovate,  almost  triangular;  margin  wavy,  with 
short,  rather  sharp,  very  distinct  teeth:  peduncles  axil- 
lary, very  short:  fls.  pendulous,  yellow;  calyx  tubular, 
with  5  nearly  uniform,  short,  triangular  teeth.  Habitat 
unknown.  B.M.  5128.  Gn.  46:  988  and  49,  p.  379. -Datura 
"Golden  Queen"  is  presumably  a  horticultural  variety 
of  this  species.  While  this  species  is  horticurally  dis- 
tinct by  reason  of  its  yellow  fls.,  it  is  a  very  doubtful 


DATURA 


DAVALLIA 


461 


species  botanioally,  being  founded  on  a  very  double 
garden  form  of  unknown  origin.  In  Vilraorin's  Blumen- 
gartnerei  it  is  referred  to  D.  hitmilix.  Desf.,  but  />.  /n<- 
milix,  according  to  Index  Kewensis,  is  to  be  referred  to 
D. 


682.  Pods  of  Datura  Stramonium  (X 


AA.    Fls.  white,  sometimes  touched  with  violet. 

B.    Plants  tall,  7-15  ft.  high  :  blossoms  pendulous. 

c.  Calyx  tubular,  with  5  obscure  teeth. 
suaveolens,  Hunib.  &  Bonpl.  (D.  Gdrdneri,  Hook.). 
ANGEL'S  TRUMPET.  This  is  the  plant  which  is  usually 
cultivated  as  D.  arborea.  It  is  said  to  be  very  distinct 
from  the  true  D.  arborea  of  Linn.,  but  it  can  be  sepa- 
rated with  certainty  only  by  the  calyx.  Tree-like  shrub, 
10-15  ft.  high:  Ivs.  ovate  oblong,  6-12  in.  long,  2%-4  in. 
wide,  entire,  glabrous,  petioled,  often  unequal  at  the 
base:  fls.  9-12  in.  long;  calyx  inflated,  angled,  glabrous, 
with  5  obscure  teeth;  corolla  tube  plaited,  the  limb  with 
5  short  lobes;  anthers  crowded  together.  Mex.  G.C.  III. 
11:593;  23:71.  S.H.  2:  433.  —  Franceschi  says  it  resem- 
bles D.  cornigera  in  habit  and  fls.,  but  the  Ivs.  and 
steins  are  almost  glabrous,  and  the  calyx  lacks  the  char- 
acteristic spur-like  appendage  of  D.  cornigera.  The 
double  form  is  much  commoner  in  the  gardens  than  the 
single. 

cc.    Calyx  spathe-like,  not  toothed. 

arborea,  Linn.  (Bntgmdnsia  arbdrea,  Steud.). 
ANUKL'S  TRUMPET.  Small  tree:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate, 
margin  entire,  never  wavy  or  angled,  pubescent,  in 
pairs,  one  a  third  shorter  than  the  other;  petioles  1  in. 
or  more  lon#:  fls.  with  a  musk-like  odor;  calyx  tubular, 
entire,  spathe-like,  acuminate;  corolla  tube  terete,  the 
lol»es  of  the  limb  very  long;  anthers  distinct,  not  con- 
glomerate. Peru  and  Chile.  G.C.  II.  11:  141.—  Most  of 
the  plants  cult,  under  this  name  are  presumably  D.  sua- 
veolens. The  extent  to  which  the  true  D.  arborea  is 
cultivated  is  undetermined. 

BB.    Plants  less  tall,  only  2-5  ft  high. 

c.    Blossoms  erect:  calyx  not  spurred. 

D.    Corolla  5-toothed. 

fastuosa,  Linn.  (D.  and  B.  cornucopia,  Hort.  )  .  Fig.  681. 
Annual,  4-5  ft.  high,  herbaceous:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  acute  and  unequal  at  the  base,  toothed  or 
wavy,  glabrous  on  both  sides,  solitary,  upper  ones  in 
pairs,  one  of  which  is  hir«rer,  7-8  in.  long,  2/^-3/4  >n. 
wide:  petioles  1^-2%  in.  long:  fls.  6^-7  in.  long,  violet 
outside,  whitish  within;  calyx  purple,  angled,  2  in.  long, 


5-toothed,  the  teeth  triangular  lanceolate,  acuminate,  5 
lines  long,  2-3  lines  wide.  Native  of  India.  Naturalized 
in  the  tropics  of  both  worlds.  F.S.  14:1457.  Gn.  4(J:  978 
and  I.H.  42:  25.— There  is  a  variety  Huberiana.  This  is 
the  commonest  of  all  Daturas  in  eastern  gardens. 

DD.    Corolla  10-toothed. 

meteloides,  DC.  (D.  Wright ii,  Hort.).  Perennial  (cult, 
as  an  annual  north):  branches  slender,  forked:  Ivs. 
ovate  oblong,  almost  entire,  acuminate,  acute  at  both 
ends,  not  cordate  or  angled,  upper  leaves  often  in  pairs, 
the  larger  2-2%  in.  long,  8-9  lines  wide;  petioles  thick- 
ened at  the  base,  4-5  lines  wide :  calyx  tubular,  the  teeth 
large,  5-10  in.  long,  very  acute,  unequal;  corolla  about 
4-8  in.  long,  or  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  10-toothed, 
the  teeth  short.  California.  Gt.  1859:260.  R.H.  1857, 
p.  571.— Misspelled  metalioides,  etc.  The  name  means 
"like  D.  Metel"  which  is  a  common  plant  in  S.  Europe. 
"/>.  meteloides  is  a  perennial,  spreading  over  the  ground 
in  large  clumps:  Ivs.  greyish  dull  green  color:  fls.  stand- 
ing erect,  white,  delicately  tinged  with  light  violet- 
purple,  not  quite  as  fragrant  as  D.  suaveolens.  This  can 
be  grown  also  as  an  annual,  easily  blooming  the  first 
year  from  seed.  The  common  statements  that  this  plant 
is  an  annual  are  incorrect."—  Franceschi. 

cc.    Blossoms  pendulous  :  calyx  with  a  long  spur. 

cornigera,  Hook.  (D.  and  B.  Knlghtii,  Hort.).  Height 
3-4  ft.,  branches  downy  :  Ivs.  chiefly  at  the  ends  of 
branches,  ovate,  petioled,  acuminate,  margin  entire, 
wavy  or  angled:  fls.  pendulous,  white  or  creamy  white, 
very  fragrant  at  night,  striated,  5-lobed,  the  lobes  ter- 
minated by  a  long  awl-shaped  spreading  or  recurved 
point;  stamens  included.  Mex.  B.M.  4252.  B.  Knightii 
seems  to  be  only  a  trade  name  for  the  double  form.  Gn. 
45:  p.  549.  — Cornigera  means  horned  or  spurred,  referring 
to  the  character  of  the  calyx,  which  easily  separates  this 
species.  "This  and  D.  suaveolens  are  known  as  '  Flori- 
pondio'  to  the  Spanish -Americans,  perhaps  no  other 
plant  being  more  popular  with  them."— F.  Franceschi. 

W.  M. 

DAUCUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  LTmbelliferce.  Per- 
haps 25  annual  and  biennial  herbs  of  very  wide  distribu- 
tion. One  or  2  species  are  native  to  N.  Amer.,  and  the 
wild  Carrot  is  an  abundant  old-field  weed  in  the  north- 
eastern states.  See  Carrot. 

DAVALLIA  (a  personal  name).  Polypodiacece.  A 
large  genus  of  mostly  tropical  ferns,  usually  with  firm, 
somewhat  finely  divided  foliage  and  coriaceous  semi- 
cylindric  indusia,  which  are  attached  at  both  the  base 
and  sides.  Some  of  the  smaller  species  are  largely  used 
for  hanging  baskets.  For  D.  concinna  and  D.  fcenicu- 
lacea,  see  Loxoscaphe  ;  D.  parvula,  see  Leucostegia  : 
D.  platyphylla,  see  Microlepia  ;  D.  stricta,  see  Steno- 
loma;  D.  temiifolia,  see  Stenoloma;  D.  Tyermanni,  see 
Humata.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

The  diverse  habits  of  growth  of  the  many  different 
species  of  Davallias,  and  their  good  lasting  qualities, 
peculiarly  fit  them  under  ordinary  care  for  decorative 
purposes,  where  delicate  and  graceful  plants  are  desired. 
Among  the  many  species,  the  following  are  most  often 
seen  and  best  adapted  for  commercial  purposes:  D.  bul- 
lata,  D.  parvula,  very  dwarf  ;  D.  pentaphylla,  young 
fronds  of  a  dark  bronzy  green,  and  D.  Tyermanni,  are 
well  adapted  for  hanging  baskets.  D.  dissecta  and  var. 
elegans,  D.  concinna,  D.  Fijiensis  and  vars.  plumosa  and 
majus,  D.  foeniculacea,  D.  solida,  D.  pallida  (syn., 
Mooreana)  and  D.  pyjridata  are  adapted  for  large  speci- 
men plants.  D.  tenui folia  and  vars.  stricta  and  Veitchi- 
ana  are  desirable  for  fern  dishes,  because  of  their 
dwarfish  habit  of  growth  and  the  ease  with  which  they 
may  be  raised  from  spores. 

Old  plants  of  Davallia  may  be  cut  into  a  number  of 
smaller  ones  with  a  sharp  knife.  Planted  firmly  into 
shallow  pans  and  placed  in  a  temperature  of  60-65°  F., 
they  soon  develop  into  symmetrical  plants.  The  rhizomes 
should  be  firmly  fastened  to  soil  by  strong  copper-wire 
staples,  where  they  will  root  in  a  short  time.  To  gain 
a  large  number  of  small  plants,  the  rhizomes  should  be 
detached,  cleaned  from  all  soil  and  roots,  laid  on  sand 
and  thinly  covered  with  moss.  Placed  in  a  shaded  posi- 


462 


DAVALLIA 


DEARBORN 


tion  in  a  temperature  of  65-70°  and  kept  moderately 
moist,  a  number  of  small  plants  will  develop  from  the 
dormant  eyes,  which  may  be  separately  potted  as  soon 
as  of  sufficient  size.  Spores  of  Davallia  should  be  sown 
on  a  fine  compost  of  soil,  leaf -mold  or  peat  and  sand  in 
equal  parts,  and  placed  in  a  shaded  position  in  a  tem- 
perature of  60-65°  F.  All  the  operations  of  propagation 
of  Davallias  will  be  most  successful  if  carried  on  during 
the  spring  months.  All  Davallias  delight  in  a  rich  and 
open  compost,  an  abundance  of  light  and  air,  and  moisture 
at  their  roots,  a  temperature  of  60-65°  F.  and  a  thorough 
syringing  every  bright  day.  jj.  N.  BRUCKNER. 

A.    Lvs.  once  pinnate,  with  few  linear  segments. 
pentaphylla,   Blume.      Lvs.   scattered   from   a   stout 
fibrillose   rootstock,   with   1   terminal    and    4-6    lateral 
pinnae ,  4-6  in.  long,  %in.  broad;  sori  in  marginal  rows. 
Java  and  Polynesia. 

AA.  Lvs.  tri-quadri-pinnatifid,  deltoid. 
B.    Length  of  Ivs.  usually  less  than  1  ft. 

bullata,  Wall.  Fig.  683.  Lvs.  scattered  from  a  creep- 
ing rootstock,  which  is  clothed  with  light  brown  fibrillose 
scales,  often  whitish  when  young ;  8-10  in.  long, 
4-6  in.  wide,  quadri-pinnatifid,  with  deeply  incised  seg- 
ments; texture  firm.  India  to  Java  and  Japan.  F.E. 
11 : 543. 


683.   Davallia  bullata. 


Mariesii,  Moore.  Rootstock  stout,  with  brownish 
scales,  which  are  lanceolate  from  a  broad  dilated  base: 
Ivs.  deltoid,  4-6  in.  each  way,  with  the  pinnae  cut  away  at 
the  lower  side  at  base;  segments  short-linear,  1-nerved; 
sori  intramarginal.  Japan.  G.C.  III.  13:  571. 

BE.    Length  of  Ivs.  1-2  it. 
c.    Foliage  commonly  tri-pinnatifid. 
(jlegans,  Swz.    Rootstock  clothed  with  woolly  fibers: 
Ivs.  9-15  in.  wide,  with  the  main  rachis  slightly  winged 


toward  the  apex  ;  indusia  several  to  a  segment,  with  the 
sharp  teeth  projecting  beyond  the  cups.    Ceylon  to  Aus 
tralia  and  Polynesia. 

sdlida,  Swz.  (D.  ornata,  Wall.).  Rootstock  clothed 
with  appressed  scales  or  fibers  :  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  12-15 
in.  wide,  the  center  of  the  apex  broad  and  undivided  ; 
segments  broad  and  slightly  cut ;  indusia  marginal. 
Malaya. 

cc.    Foliage  commonly  quadri-pinnatifid. 

pyxidata,  Cav.  Rootstock  clothed  with  pale  brown 
linear  scales  :  Ivs.  tri-quadri-pinnatifid,  6-9  in.  broad, 
with  oblong  segments  ;  sori  with  a  broad  space  outside, 
which  is  extended  into  a  horn-like  projection.  Australia. 

Fijiensis,  Hook.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  broad,  with  the  lower 
pinnae  deltoid  and  the  segments  cut  into  narrow,  linear 
divisions  %-Min.  long  ;  sori  on  the  dilated  apices  of 
the  segments,  with  no  horn.  Fiji  Islands.  A. F.  6:900; 
9:233.  G.C.  III.  23:  323. -One  of  the  finest  species,  with 
numerous  varieties. 

diss6cta,  J.  Sm.  Rootstock  stout,  with  dense,  rusty 
scales  :  Ivs.  10-12  in.  broad,  on  straw-colored  stalks  ; 
segments  oblong,  cuneate  at  base,  with  simple  or  bifid 
lobes  ;  sori  minute,  often  with  two  projecting  horns. 
Java. 

BBB.    Length  of  Ivs.  2-3  ft. 

divaricata,  Blume  (D.  polydntha,  Hook.).  Rootstock 
with  linear  rusty  scales  :  Ivs.  tri-pinnatifid,  sometimes 
2  ft.  broad,  with  deltoid  segments  cut  into  linear  oblong 
lobes  ;  sori  at  some  distance  from  the  edge.  India  to 
Java  and  Hong  Kong. 

pallida,  Mett.  (D.  Mooredna,  Masters).  Rootstock 
stout,  with  lanceolate  dark  brown  scales :  Ivs.  with  straw- 
colored  stalks  12-18  in.  long,  quadri-pinnatifid,  with  del- 
toid, stalked  segments,  the  ultimate  obovate-cuneate, 
bearing  the  sorus  on  the  upper  side  at  the  base.  Anei- 
teum  and  Borneo.  A.F.  6:  901;  9:  231.  A.G.  13: 143. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DAY  FLOWER.     See  Commelina. 

DAY  LILY.     Funkia  and  Hemerocallis. 
DEAD  NETTLE.     Lamium. 

DEANE,  REV.  SAMUEL,  poet  and  agricultural  writer, 
was  born  at  Dedham,  Mass.,  July  30,  1733,  and  died  at 
Falmouth  (now  Portland),  Maine,  Nov.  12,  1814,  where 
he  had  been  pastor  since  Oct.  17, 1764.  While  vice-presi- 
dent of  Bowdoin  College,  he  published,  in  1790,  his  "New 
England  Farmer,  or  Georgical  Dictionary,  "the  first  Ameri- 
can encyclopedic  work  on  agriculture.  This  had  a  much 
wider  circulation,  probably,  than  Jared  Eliot's  "Essays 
upon  Field-Husbandry,"  1747.  Its  influence  may  be  traced 
to  the  middle  of  the  present  century.  Dearie's  work  was 
freely  quoted  by  F.  G.  Fessenden  until  his  death,  in  1837. 
The  second  edition,  1797,  was  entitled  The  Georgical 
Dictionary.  A  third  edition  was  published  in  1822. 

Deane  and  Eliot  were  the  chief  writers  in  that  early 
stage  of  American  horticulture  when  it  was  hardly  im- 
portant enough  to  be  considered  distinct  from  general 
agriculture.  For  biographical  details,  see  Drake's  Dic- 
tionary of  American  Biography. 

DEARBORN,  HENRY  ALEXANDER  SCAMMELL, 

soldier,  statesman  and  author  (1783-1851),  was  also  an 
ardent  horticulturist.  He  was  a  moving  spirit  in  the  or- 
ganization of  the  Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society, 
and  was  elected  its  first  president  on  the  17th  of  March, 
1829.  He  was  partly  instrumental  in  the  establishment 
of  an  "experimental  garden  and  cemetery  at  Mount 
Auburn, "the  parent  of  rural  cemeteries.  The  plan  of 
the  cemetery  was  largely  his  ( cf .  Bigelow ).  He  "  devoted 
himself  to  this  work  most  assiduously,"  writes  the 
chronicler  of  the  society,  "spending  the  greater  part  of 
the  autumn  [1831]  at  Mount  Auburn,  in  laboring  with 
hands  as  well  as  mind, without  money  and  without  price." 
The  Abbe  Berlese's  Monography  of  the  Camellia  was 
translated  by  him,  and  published  in  Boston  in  1838.  He 
also  translated  from  the  French,  in  1830,  an  account  of 
the  since  famous  Morus  multicaulis.  He  left  MS. 
writings  on  horticulture.  For  notes  on  his  horticultural 


DEARBORN 


DELAWARE 


463 


labors,  see  "History  of  the  Mass.  Horticultural  Society," 
1880,  which  contains  a  portrait  ;  also  John  B.  Basse! 
in  Tilton's  .Journ.  Hurt.  7:SS,  1.17,  L'TtJ.  Gen.  H.  A.  S. 
Dearborn  was  son  of  Gen.  Henry  Dearborn,  of  Revolu- 
tion and  later  fame.  L  H  B 

DECODON  (Greek,  ten-toothed).  LytJin}ct>w.  A  hardy 
perennial  herb  rarely  cultivated  by  dealers  in  native 
plants.  It  has  opposite  or  whorled  Ivs.,  the  upper  with 
axillary,  short-stalked  clusters  of  fls.  Abroad  Decodon 
is  usually  considered  a  subgenus  of  Nesa>a.  It  is  dis- 
tinguished from  Ly  thrum  by  having  5  (rarely  4)  petals 
instead  of  0,  and  8-10  stamens,  while  Lythrum  has 
mostly  6  or  12. 

verticillatus,  Ell.  (Nescea  verticillata,  HBK. ).  SWAMP 
LOOSE-STRIFE.  Smooth  or  downy:  stems  recurved,  2-8 
ft.  long,  4-6-sided:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  nearly  sessile:  pet- 
als .").  cuneate-lanceolate,  rose-purple, %in.  long;  stamens 
10,  half  of  them  shorter.  Swampy  grounds,  N.  E.  to 
Fla.,  west  to  Minn,  and  La.  — Int.  by  H.  P.  Kelsey. 

DECUMABIA  (  Latin,  (Jecumus,  tenth,  referring  to  the 
number  of  the  parts  of  the  fl.).  Saxifragacece.  Shrubs 
climbing  by  aerial  rootlets  :  Ivs.  deciduous,  opposite, 
petioled  :  fls.  in  terminal  peduncled  corymbs,  small, 
white,  perfect ;  sepals  and  petals  7-10  ;  stamens  20-30: 
fr.  a  5-10-celled  ribbed  capsule  opening  between  the 
ribs,  with  numerous  minute  seeds.  Two  species  in  E. 
N.  Ame^.  and  China,  of  which  only  the  American  species 
is  in  cultivation.  Ornamental  climbing  shrub,  with 
handsome  glossy  foliage  and  fragrant  white  fls.,  forming 
a  corymb  of  feathery  appearance,  well  adapted  for  cover- 
ing walls,  rocks,  trellis  work  and  trunks  of  trees,  but 
not  hardy  north.  Thrives  in  almost  any  humid  soil. 
Prop,  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  summer  under  glass, 
rarely  by  seeds. 

barbara,  Linn.  (Z>.  sarmentdsa,  Bosc).  Climbing  to 
30  ft.,  but  usually  less  high  :  Ivs.  ovate,  obtuse  or  acute, 
remotely  denticulate  or  entire,  glabrous  and  shining 
above,  2-4  in,  long  :  corymbs  2-3  in.  broad,  semiglobose. 
May,  June.  Va.  to  Fla.,  west  to  La.  B.B.2:185.  Mn.  1:41. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

DEEEBEEEY.    Vaccinium  stamineum. 

DEEEGEASS.     JRhexia. 

DELAEBEEA  (after  a  French  naturalist).  Araliacece. 
A  genus  of  two  species  of  tall,  tender  shrubs  from  New 
Caledonia,  distinguished  from  Aralia  by  the  fruits. 
Culture  same  as  Aralia. 

spectabilis,  Linden  &  And.  (Aralia  concinna,  Nichol- 
son). Stem  ashy  grey,  with  brown,  warty  spots  :  Ivs. 
odd-pinnate,  Ifts.  in  8-10  pairs,  each  1ft.  3-toothed  or 
twice  cut,  sometimes  so  deeply  cut  as  to  make  3  entirely 
free  segments.  New  Caledonia.  I.H.  25: 314.— Under 
the  name  of  Aralia  spectabilis,  two  different  plants 
have  been  sold.  The  English  dealer  Bull's  plant  was 
Aralia  filicifolia.  The  Belgian  dealer  Linden's  plant 
was  Delarbrea  'spectabilis.  (See  I.H.  23,  p.  72.  G.C.  II. 
5 :  603. )  The  two  plants  can  be  distinguished  at  a  glance. 
The  primary  division  of  the  leaf  in  A.  filicifolia  is  long 
and  narrow,  thrice  as  long  as  in  D.  spectabilis,  and 
tapering  to  a  long  point,  while  in  D.  spectabilis  the  pri- 
mary division  of  the  leaf  is  short  and  has  3  well-marked 
segments.  In  A.  filicifolia  the  secondary  divisions  are 
deeply  and  irregularly  cut ;  in  D.  spectabilis  they  are 
merely  serrate.  The  two  plants  are  also  immediately 
distinguished  by  the  spots  on  the  stem. 

DELAWAEE,  HOETICULTUEE  IN.  The  state  of 
Delaware  (Fig.  684)  is  situated  close  to  the  largest  fruit- 
consuming  cities  of  the  New  World.  An  emphatic  com- 
mercial advantage  in  the  development  of  a  diversified 
horticulture  arises  from  the  modifying  climatic  influence 
of  the  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  bays;  from  a  variety  of 
fertile  soils ;  and  from  the  ripening  of  its  fruits  and  vege- 
tables between  the  products  of  the  North  and  South. 
There  is  probably  no  area  in  the  United  States  which,  in 
its  natural  commercial  advantages,  in  its  climatic  en- 
vironment, and  in  the  diversity  of  its  soils,  is  so  pre- 
eminently fitted  for  the  development  of  an  extensive 
and  diversified  horticulture  as  the  peninsula  to  which 
Delaware  belongs. 


New  Castle,  the  northern  county,  is  hilly  and  rolling, 
and  varies  from  a  dense  clay  to  a  clay  loam.  Horticul- 
turally,  it  is  well  adapted  to  plum,  pear,  apple  and  bush- 
fruit  culture,  and,  in  restricted  areas,  to  the  cherry, 
peach  and  trucking  industries.  But  the  production  of 


PHILADELPHIA 


684.    Delaware,  to  illustrate  the  horticulture. 

hay,  grain,  and  dairy  products  is  the  leading  feature  in 
New  Castle's  rural  activities.  Kent,  the  central  county, 
is  gently  undulating.  The  soil  varies  from  a  clay  loam 
in  the  northern  part  to  a  sandy  loam  along  the  southern 
border.  The  most  diversified  horticulture  of  the  state, 
including  tree  fruits,  bush  fruits,  strawberries,  grapes, 
and  vegetable  products,  has  been  developed  here.  In 
Sussex,  the  southern  county,  which  is  mostly  level,  a 
sandy  soil  predominates,  although  the  underlying  clay 
frequently  approaches  the  surface  and  forms  local  areas 
of  clay  loam.  The  peach,  strawberry,  and  bush  fruits 
are  most  prominently  developed  in  Sussex,  the  horti- 
cultural areas  lying  in  the  western  half  of  the  county. 
Delaware  horticulture  was  born  in  1832,  with  the  peach 
industry,  when  the  first  extensive  orchard  was  set  near 
Delaware  City.  In  a  single  year  the  value  of  its  peach 
crop  was  $16,000.  Then  an  era  of  the  most  rapid  horti- 
cultural extension  was  inaugurated.  By  1840,  half  a 
million  baskets  of  peaches  were  shipped  from  the  county. 
But  in  1842  the  peach-yellows  broke  out  near  Delaware 
City,  and  by  1867  more  than  one-half  of  the  crop  of  three 
million  baskets  was  grown  in  southern  New  Castle 
county.  The  orchards  of  New  Castle  had  largely 
disappeared  in  1870,  and  in  1890  it  contained  less 
than  5,000  acres.  Kent  county,  however,  in  1890  had 
23,000  acres,  and  Sussex  county  20,000  acres.  In  1899, 
extensive  orchards  were  being  planted  again  in  New- 
castle county  and  northern  Kent  county. 


464 


DELAWARE 


DELPHINIUM 


The  center  of  the  peach  belt  in  1890  was  along  the 
southern  border  of  Kent  county,  where  the  trees  were 
comparatively  healthy,  but  in  1890  the  yellows  had  ex- 
tended into  northern  Sussex,  where  it  has  remained  sta- 
tionary for  several  years.  In  1896  the  Delaware  division 
of  the  Philadelphia,  Wilmington  &  Baltimore  railroad 
carried  over  two  million  baskets  of  Delaware  peaches, 
which  was  over  90  per  cent  of  the  total  crop,  and  esti- 
mated that  there  were  between  four  and  five  million 
bearing  trees  in  the  state. 

The  peach -yellows  has  been  responsible,  primarily,  for 
the  shifting  of  the  peach-growing  centers.  No  sys- 
tematic, cooperative  effort  has  been  made  to  suppress 
the  disease.  Yellows  legislation  is  inoperative  from 
a  lack  of  public  and  political  support.  Intelligent  grow- 
ers remove  trees  at  the  first  indication  of  infection,  but 
the  efforts  of  a  few  individuals  have  not  been  effective 
in  checking  the  progress  of  the  disease.  The  ultimate 
remedy  for  the  yellows  in  Delaware  lies  in  a  more 
diversified  horticulture. 

The  principal  varieties  of  peaches  are  :  Hale  Early, 
Foster,  Crawford  Early,  Oldmixon,  Moore  Favorite, 
Mountain  Rose,  Reeves  Favorite,  Elberta,  Brandywine, 
Crawford  Late,  Stump,  and  Smock. 

Next  to  the  peach  in  commercial  importance  are  the 
small  fruit  interests,  which  are  most  extensively  de- 
veloped in  the  southern  half  of  Kent  and  the  western 
half  of  Sussex.  There  are  between  7,000  and  8,000  acres 
of  strawberries,  raspberries,  and  blackberries  in  these 
counties,  and  in  1896  the  Delaware  Division  of  the  P.  W. 
&  B.  R.  R.  carried  9,500,000  quarts,  or  over  90  per  cent 
of  the  total  product  of  the  state.  In  1898,  this  road  car- 
ried over  24,000,000  quarts  of  berries,  and  a  still  larger 
quantity  in  1899. 

Since  1896,  the  Lucretia  dewberry  has  been  set  out  in 
large  quantities  in  both  Kent  and  Sussex  counties,  while 
the  blackberry  acreage  has  fallen  off  in  consequence^ 

Among  the  principal  varieties  of  strawberries  are  Bu- 
bach,  Tennessee  Prolific,  Gandy,  Greenville,  Michel  and 
Haverland.  The  Souhegan,  Palmer  and  Mills  com- 
prise the  prominent  black  raspberries  ;  the  Miller, 
Cuthbert,  London  and  Brandywine  the  red  varieties  ; 
and  Early  Harvest  and  Wilson  the  blackberries. 

In  Kent  county  the  pear  industry  is  a  prominent 
horticultural  feature.  The  Kieffer  is  the  leading  va- 
riety. Its  adaptability  to  various  soils,  its  early  and 
precocious  bearing  tendencies,  and  the  cheapness  of  its 
production  give  it  unusual  commercial  value  throughout 
the  state.  In  the  fall  of  1897  more  than  40,000  Kieffer 
trees  were  sold  in  central  and  southern  Kent  county, 
and  young  orchards  are  not  infrequently  seen  in  Sussex 
and  New  Castle  counties.  Sussex  county  will  develop  the 
Kieffer  to  a  large  extent  in  the  near  future.  In  1899, 
there  were  about  100,000  Kieffer  trees  under  3  years 
old  and  60,000  trees  over  3  years  old  in  the  state. 

Previous  to  the  advent  of  the  Kieffer,  the  Bartlett, 
Duchess,  Lawrence  and  Anjou  were  the  leading  kinds, 
the  orchards  existing  in  the  two  upper  counties. 

The  introduction  of  the  Japanese  plum  has  opened 
the  way  to  plum  culture.  Scattering  orchards  of  Bur- 
bank  and  Abundance  have  been  set  in  Sussex  and  New 
Castle  counties,  but  an  extensive  development  is  under 
way  in  Kent.  In  the  vicinity  of  Clayton  and  Smyrna 
there  were  6,000  trees  in  bearing  in  1897,  since  when 
10,000  trees  have  been  set.  There  were  32,000  trees  in 
the  state  in  1899.  The  Japanese  plums,  as  a  class,  are 
well  adapted  to  the  state.  They  are  destined  to  prove 
an  increasingly  important  factor  in  the  horticulture  in 
the  future,  but  with  their  concentration  in  neighbor- 
hoods, their  weak  points  may  be  expected  to  show  more 
prominently.  Burbank,  Abundance  and  Ogon  have  been 
the  leading  varieties,  and  Red  June,  Chabot  and  Hale 
are  growing  in  popularity. 

The  native  plums  of  the  Hortulana  and  Chickasaw 
groups,  which  ripen  before  the  northern  Domestica  va- 
rieties, are  rapidly  attaining  deserved  prominence.  They 
are  hardy,  easily  grown,  and  generally  command  re- 
munerative prices.  Milton,  Whitaker,  Newman,  Smiley 
and  Wild  Goose  comprise  the  bearing  orchards,  but 
other^varieties  are  growing  in  favor.  The  later  ripen- 
ing natives  are  worthless  for  Delaware,  as  the  markets 
are  then  supplied  with  Domestica  plums. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Smyrna  and  Clayton  there  are  from 


150  to  200  acres  of  grapes,  where  the  history  of  viticul- 
ture began  about  1855.  Grape  culture  has  been  a 
profitable  industry  in  this  neighborhood,  the  net  income 
frequently  exceeding  $100  per  acre.  Recently,  however, 
the  profits  have  been  somewhat  less  on  account  of  the 
lower  prices  and  the  grape  diseases.  Many  of  the  vine- 
yards are  models  of  intelligent  tilling,  pruning,  spray- 
ing and  training.  The  principal  varieties  are  Niagara, 
Moore's  Early,  Concord,  Brighton,  Agawam  and  Wyom- 
ing Red. 

Delaware  is  widely  known,  not  only  through  her  ex- 
tensive orchards  and  small  fruit  plantations,  but  also 
through  the  products  of  her  canning  factories.  In  1895 
the  tomato  output  amounted  to  280,000  cases  ;  peaches 
to  50,000  cases  ;  peas  to  nearly  a  like  quantity;  corn  to 
over  50,000  cases  ;  and  a  large  amount  of  berries,  pears 
and  other  fruits,  not  separately  classified.  Since  1895, 
the  amount  of  the  various  canned  goods  has  not  fluctu- 
ated widely,  except  with  canned  peas,  which  in  1898  had 
reached  144,000  cases;  and  with  tomatoes,  which  have 
steadily  increased. 

Although  Delaware  is  preeminently  a  horticultural 
state,  its  capabilities  in  horticulture  are  largely  unde- 
veloped. Its  physical  environment  makes  it  a  natural 
fruit  garden.  There  are  several  industries  that  could 
be  profitably  introduced  or  extended  to  larger  acreages. 
Apple  culture  ;  plum  culture,  of  the  Japanese  and  early 
native  types  ;  sour  cherry  culture,  especially  for  can- 
ning ;  nut  culture,  on  cheap  land  ;  vegetable  growing, 
and  glass-house  gardening— all  offer  opportunities  for  a 
greater  horticultural  diversity.  The  various  fruit  inter- 
ests are  gradually  extending  over  wider  areas,  and  it 
may  be  expected  that  Delaware  will  not  only  maintain 
its  present  horticultural  prestige,  but  will  be  an  in- 
creasingly potent  factor  in  American  horticulture  in  the 


future. 


G.  HAROLD  POWELL. 


DELPHINIUM  (Greek,  a  dolphin,  from  the  resem- 
blance of  the  flower).  Ranuuculacece .  LARKSPUR.  A 
genus  of  beautiful  hardy  plants,  with  large,  irregular 
flowers.  About  60  species,  native  of  the  north  temperate 


i, 


m 


685.   Single  Larkspur.— 
D.  grandiflorum. 


j.   Double  Larkspur.— 
D.  grandiflorum. 


zone.  Annual  or  perennial,  erect,  branching  herbs:  Ivs. 
palmately  lobed  or  divided:  fls.  in  a  showy  raceme  or 
panicle;  sepals  5,  petal-like,  the  posterior  one  prolonged 
into  a  spur;  petals  2  or  4,  small,  the  two  posterior  ones 
spurred,  the  lateral  ones  small,  if  present;  the  few  car- 
pels always  sessile,  forming  many-seeded  follicles.  Full 
double  forms  are  very  common  in  a  number  of  the  spe- 
cies (compare  Figs.  685,  686). 

Delphiniums  thrive  in  any  good  garden  soil,  but  are 
improved  by  a  deep,  rich,  sandy  loam,  exposed  to  the  sun. 
Deep  preparation  of  the  soil  is  very  important.  The 
annuals  are  propagated  from  seed,  which  are  very  slow 
in'germinating,  and  often  should  be  sown  in  the  fall  to  pro- 
duce flowers  early  the  next  season.  The  perennials  may  be 
prop. :  (1)  By  root  division  in  the  fall  or  spring.  (2)  By 
cuttings,  about  which  J.  B.  Keller  says :  "Take  a  few  cut- 
tings from  each  plant  in  early  spring,  when  growth  is 
about  3  or  4  inches  long,  or  else  use  the  second  growth, 
which  has  come  after  the  flower-stems  have  been  re- 
moved. Cuttings  root  readily  in  a  shaded  frame,  no 
bottom  heat  being  required,  but  an  occasional  sprinkling 
during  dry  and  hot  weather  is  necessary.  When  rooted 


DELPHINIUM 


DELPHINIUM 


465 


they  are  treated  like  seedlings."  (3)  By  seeds,  started 
in  f!u>  greenhouse  or  hotbed  in  March  or  even  earlier. 
The  young  seedlings  should  be  given  plenty  of  room  by 
transplanting  as  they  grow,  and  may  be  set  in  the  open 
garden  by  .June.  It'"  started  thus  early  they  flower  the 
first  autumn,  but  the  seed  may  be  planted  in  late  spring 
or  summer,  care  being  taken  to  water  well  during  dry 
weather,  and  flower*  will  come  the  next  summer.  To  get 
the  best  results,  the  perennials  should  be  transplanted 
every  2  or  .'?  years.  Two  good  crops  of  blossoms  may 
be  secured  in"  one  season  by  cutting  away  the  flower- 
stems  of  the  first  crop  as  soon  as  the  flowers  have 
faded;  of  course  no  seeds  will  be  produced  in  this  way. 
The  Delphiniums  are  much  grown  in  the  open  garden 
and  border,  and  are  of  great  value  for  cut-flower  pur- 
poses. Four  species  are  of  much  greater  popularity  than 
the  others:  the  annual,  D.  Ajacix,  and  the  perennials, 
D.  grun'iiflorttm,  D.  hybridinn  and  D.  formosum.  The 
last  three  have  been  especially  prolific  in  named  va- 
rieties. 

Rocket  and  Candelabrum  are  names  used  to  designate 
the  forms  of  inflorescence  in  the  two  annual  species.  The 
"  Rocket "  or  spike-like  form  is  more  commonly  found  in 
the  Ajacis  type,  and  the  "Candelabrum,"  with  a  number 
of  short  spike-like  heads  of  different  heights,  is  found 
more  often  in  Consolida.—  A.  Gray,  An  attempt  to  dis- 
tinguish between  the  Amer.  Delphiniums,  Bot.  Gaz. 
12:49-54,  1887.  E.  Huth,  Monographic  der  Gattung 
Delphinium,  in  Eng.  Bot.  Jahrb.  20:  322-499,  1895. 

Alphabetical  list  of  species  described  below:  Ajacis, 
1;  alpinum,  16;  altissimum,  14;  azureum,  18;  bicolor,  7; 
Breckii,  17;  Brunonianum,  8  ;  cardinale,4;  Carolinia- 
num,  18;  Cashmerianum,  10;  cheilanthum,  24 ;  Chinense, 
17;  Columbianum,22;  Consolida, 2;  decorum, 9;  elatum, 
16;  exaltatum,15;  formosum, 25;  grandiflorum,17;  hybri- 
dum,27;  Maackianum,26;  Menziesii,12;  mesoleucum,19; 
nudicaule,  3;  Nuttallii,  22;  occidentale,23',  pauciflomm, 
13  ;  Prseicalskianum,  5  ;  Przewalskii,  5;  pyramidale, 
16;  scopulorum, 23 ;  simplex,  21  ;  Sinense,  17;  sulphu- 
•reum,  6  ;  tricorne,  11  ;  trolliifolium,  20  ;  virescens,  18; 
Zalil,  6. 

A.    Annuals:  petals  only  2,  united:  follicle  1. 

1.  Ajacis,  Linn.     Fig.  687.     An  erect  annual,  about 
18  in.  high,  with  a  few  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  of  stem 
sessile,  deeply  cut  into  fine,  linear  segments;   root-lvs. 
similar,  but  short-petioled :    fls.  showy,  blue  or  violet, 
varying  to  white,  more  numerous  than  in  D.  Consolida,  in 
a  spicate   raceme;   petals  2,  united;    calyx-spur  about 
equaling  the  rest  of  the  flower:   follicle  only  1,  pubes- 
cent;  seeds  with  wrinkled,  broken  ridges.     May-Aug. 
Eu.    R.H.  1893,  p.  228.    Same  figure  in  S.H.  2:  282. 

2.  Consolida,  Linn.     An  erect,  hairy  annual,  1-1%  ft. 
high :  Ivs.  similar  to  D.  Ajacis:  fls.  few,  loosely  panicled, 
pedicels  shorter  than  the  bracts,  blue  or  violet  or  white; 
petals  2,  united:  follicle  1,  glabrous;  seeds  with  broken, 
transverse  ridges.   June-Aug.    Eu.    Baxter  Brit.  Bot.  4, 
t.  297.     R.H.  1893,  p.  228  (var.  orndtum  Candelabrum}. 
Var.  imperialis,  Hort.  (D.  imperialis  ft. pi.,  Hort.).    Fls. 
double.    From  the  English  gardens. 

AA.    Perennials:  petals  4:  follicles  S-5. 
B.    Sepals  red. 

3.  nudicaule,  Torr.  &  Gray.    Stem  1-1%  ft.  high,  gla- 
brous, branched,  few-lvd.:  Ivs.  rather  succulent,  1-3  in. 
across,  lobed  to  the  middle  or  farther  3-7  times,  the 
secondary  lobes  rounded  and  often  mucronate;  petioles 
3-5  in.  long,  dilated  at  the  base:  fls.  panicled;  sepals 
bright  orange-red,  obtuse,  scarcely  spreading,  shorter 
than  the  stout  spur;  petals  yellow,  nearly  as  long  as 
sepals:  follicles  3,  spreading  and  recurved,  soon  becom- 
ing glabrous;    seeds  thin-winged.     April-July.     Along 
mountain    streams,   northern   Calif.      B.M.  5819.      F.S. 
19: 1949.    R.H.  1893,  p.  259.    A  good  perennial  in  the  E. 

4.  cardinale,  Hook.    Stem  erect,  2-3%  ft.  high,  partly 
pubescent:  Ivs.  smooth,  fleshy,  deeply  5-parted,  the  parts 
cut  into  long,  linear  lobes:  raceme  elongated,  many-fld. : 
fls.  bright   red,  with  petal  limbs  yellow:  follicles  gla- 
brous, usually  3;  seeds  smooth.   July,  Aug.   Calif.   B.M. 
4887.    Gt,  208.    F.S. 11:1105.    R.B.  6:101.    Gn.  19:273. 

BB.    Sepals  clear  yellow  or  tipped  with  blue. 

5.  Przewalskii,  Huth.  (D.  Prsewalskidnum,  Hort.). 
Nearly  glabrous,  often  branched  at  base,  erect,  varying 

30 


much  in  height:  Ivs.  3-5  times  deeply  parted,  parts  di- 
vided into  narrow,  obtuse  lobes:  fls.  clear  yellow,  or 
sometimes  tipped  with  blue;  spur  equaling  the  sepals: 
follicles  3,  densely  hairy.  July,  Aug.  Asia.  Int.  1892. 

6.  Zalil,    Aitch.    &    Hems. 
(D.    suIjthin-t'Htn,    Hort.     D. 
hybridum,   var.  sulphureum, 
Hort.).    Stem  nearly  simple, 
erect,  1-2  ft.  high,  rather  gla- 
brous, or   becoming  so:    Ivs. 
of     several     narrow,     linear 
lobes,  dark  green,  petioles  not 
dilating  at  the  base :  fls.  large, 
light  yellow,  in  long  racemes: 
follicles  3,  longitudinally  fur- 
rowed and  ribbed;  seeds  with 
transverse,      fibrous     plates. 
June,  July.   Persia.  Int.  1892. 
B.M.  7049.     Gn.  50:  1094;   54, 
p.  347.  G.C.  III.  20:247.  Seed- 
lings from  tubers  and  plants 
die  down  as  if  dead;  but  they 
make   a  second   growth  after 
a  short  period  of  rest. 

BBS.    Sepals  blue  or  varying 
to  white. 

c.    Height  1%  ft.  or  less. 

D.    Petioles  dilating  at  the 
base. 

7.  bicolor,     Nutt.      Erect, 
rather    stout,    %-l   ft.    high, 
from    fascicled    roots  :      Ivs. 

687.  Delphinium  Ajacis -The  small,    thick,    deeply    parted 

common  annual  Larkspur,    and    divisions     cleft,    except 

perhaps    in    the   upper  Ivs.; 

segments  linear  and  obtuse:  raceme  rather  few  fld.,  the 
lower  pedicels  ascending  1-2  in. :  spur  and  sepals  nearly 
equal,  %  in.  long  or  more,  blue ;  upper  petals  pale  yel- 
low or  white,  blue-veined  ;  lower  petals  blue:  follicles 
glabrous  or  becoming  so.  May-Aug.  Dry  woods,  Colo., 
west  and  north  to  Alaska. 

8.  Brunonianum,    Royle.    MUSK    LARKSPUR.     Stems 
erect,  %-l%ft.  high:  plant  somewhat  pubescent:  upper 
Ivs.  3-parted,  lower  ones  reniform,  5-parted  ;  segments 
deeply   cut,  musk-scented  :    fls.  large,  light  blue   with 
purple  margins,  center  black  ;  spur  very  short ;  sepals 
1  in.  long,  membranous   and   often  clinging  until  the 
fr.  is  mature:  follicles  3  or  4,  villose.  June,  July.  China. 
B.M.  5461.    R.B.  1863:34. 

9.  decorum,   Fischer   &   Meyer.     Stem    slender    and 
weak,  %-!%  ft.  high,  smooth  or  nearly  so  :  Ivs.  few, 
bright  green;  upper  ones  small,  3-5-parted  into  narrow 
lobes ;  lower  and  radical  ones  somewhat  reniform  in  out- 
line and  deeply  3-5-parted,  lobes  often  differing  widely: 
fls.  in  a  loose   raceme,  or  somewhat  panicled;    sepals 
blue,  %  in.  long,  equaling  the  spurs;   upper  petals  at 
least  tinged  with  yellow:  follicles  3,  thickish,  glabrous. 
Spring.    Calif.    Int.  1881.    B.R.  26:64. 

DD.    Petioles  hardly  dilating  at  the  base. 
E.    Upper  petals  never  yellow. 

10.  Cashmerianum,  Royle.    Plant  pubescent,  not  very 
leafy:  stem, simple,erect,slender.lO-18 in.  high:  root-lvs. 
orbicular,  2-3  in.  in  diameter,  5-7-lobed,  coarsely,  acutely 
toothed  and  cut;  petiole  5-8  in.  long;  stem-lvs.  short- 
petioled,  3-5-lobed,  cut  like  the  radical  ones,  all  rather 
thick,  and  bright  green  :    inflorescence  corymbose,  the 
branches  rather  spreading:  fls.  2  in.  long,  deep  azure 
blue;  spur  broad,  obtuse,  inflated,  decurved,  little  over 
half  as  long  as  sepals ;  upper  petals  almost  black,  2-lobed, 
lateral  ones  greenish:    follicles  3-5,  hairy.    July-Sept. 
Himalayas.     B.M.    6189.    Gt.  1105.    Gn.  18:261.    R.H. 
1893,  p.  259.    Hardy  in  Mass.,  and  choice. 

Var.  Walkeri,  Hook.  Stem  very  short,  leafy,  many- 
fld.:  upper  Ivs.  less  lobed  or  almost  entire,  small,  long- 
petioled:  fls.  very  large,  light  blue  with  yellow  petals. 
Suited  to  rockwork.  B.M.  6830. 

EE.    Upper  petals  yellow  or  striped  with  yellow. 

11.  tricdrne,  Michx.    Stem  succulent,  about  1  ft.  high : 
Ivs.   3-5-parted,  with    3-5-cleft    linear   lobes  ;    petioles 


466 


DELPHINIUM 


DELPHINIUM 


smooth,  hardly  dilating  at  the  base  :  fls.  large,  blue, 
rarely  whitish  ;  upper  petals  sometimes  yellow,  with  blue 
veins,  lower  ones  white-bearded ;  sepals  nearly  equaling 
the  spur  :  follicles  3-4,  very  long,  becoming  glabrous, 
strongly  diverging ;  seeds  smooth.  May.  Northern 
states.  L.B.C.  4:306.—  Very  beautiful  and  much  used. 
Best  for  rockwork.  The  foliage  dies  down  in  midsum- 
mer and  the  plant  appears  as  if  dead. 

12.  Menziesii,  DC.    Plant  sparingly  pubescent :  stem 
simple,  slender,   %-lK  ft.  high,  few-lvd. :    Ivs.   small, 
3-5-parted,  the  divisions  mainly  cleft  into  linear  or  lan- 
ceolate lobes ;  petioles  hardly  dilating  at  the  base :  fls.  in 
simple,  conical  racemes;  sepals  blue,  somewhat  pubes- 
cent   outside,   nearly    equaling   the    spurs    in   length; 
upper  petals  yellowish :  follicles  3,  pubescent,  or  some- 
times glabrous ;  seeds  black,  winged  on  the  outer  angles. 
April-June.    On  hills,  Calif,  and  northward  to  Alaska. 
B.R.  14:  1192. 

13.  paucifldrum,  Nutt.    Roots  oblong  or  fusiform,  fas- 
ciculate-tuberous :  stems  slender,  nearly  glabrous,  K-l 
ft.  high  :  Ivs.  small,  parted  into  narrow,  linear  lobes; 
petioles  not  dilating  at  base:  fls.  and  fr.  similar  to  those 
of  D.  Menziesii,  but  on  shorter   pedicels.    May,  June. 
Colo,  to  Wash,  and  Calif.    Int.  1892. 

cc.    Height  usually  more  than  lYz  ft. 

D.    Seeds  wrinkled  or  smooth,  not  winged  nor  scaly. 
E.    Follicles  always  3. 

14.  altissimum,  Wallich.     Plant  shaggy-hairy  above: 
stem  tall  and  slender,  branched:  Ivs.  palmately  5-parted, 
the  divisions  3-lobed  and  toothed :  bracts  long-lanceolate : 
fls.  blue  or  purple,  in  long,  branching  racemes  ;    spur 
straight  or  slightly  incurved,  equaling  the  sepals;  petals 
2-lobed  :  follicles  3,  erect ;  seeds  not  winged  or  scaly. 
Aug.,  Sept.     Himalayas. 

15.  exaltatum,    Aiton.     Stem     stout,   2-4    ft.    high, 
smoothish:  Ivs.  flat,  nearly  glabrous,  deeply  cleft   into 
3-7  wedge-shaped  lobes,  which  are  often  trifld;  petioles 
usually  not  dilated  at  the  base:  fls.  blue,  with  yellow  on 
the  upper  petals,  medium   in  size,  on   long,  crowded, 
erect,  pyramidal  racemes  ;  sepals  nearly  equaling   the 
spur  in  length  :  follicles  3,  pubescent  or  smooth  ;  seed 
coats    irregularly    wrinkled.     June-Aug.     Borders    of 
woods,  Ala.  to  Minn. 

16.  elatum,    Linn.    (D.     alplnum,    Waldst.    &    Kit. 
D.   pyramidale,   Royle).     BEE    LARKSPUR.     Glabrous, 
2-6  ft.   high  :    Ivs.    somewhat  pubescent,     5-7-parted, 
parts  rather  narrow,  cut-lobed  ;  upper  Ivs.  3-5-parted; 
petioles  not  dilated  at  the  base:  raceme  much  like  D. 
exaltatum  or  more  spike-like:  fls.  blue,  with  dark  violet 
petals  ;    sepals   ovate,   glabrous,   nearly   equaling    the 
spurs  :    follicles   3;    seeds   transversely   wrinkled,   not 
scaly.  June-Aug.   B.R.  23:1963.    Gt.  736  b.  &c.  (vars.) 
F.S.  12:1287.  (var.  fl.  pi.).    R.H.  1859,  p.  529;  1893,  p.  258 
—A  polymorphous  and  complex  species  of  Europe.    It  is 
probable   that   all  or  nearly  all   the  plants   sold    here 
under  this  name  should  be  called  D.  exaltatum,  which 
is  a  closely  allied  species. 

17.  grandifldrum,  Linn.  (D.  Sintnse,  Fischer).   Figs. 
685-6.    Stem  rather   slender,    2-3 ft.  high:    Ivs.    rather 
small,  many  times  parted  into  nearly  distinct,  narrow, 
linear  lobes :  fls.  large,  blue,  varying  to  white,  the  spur 
and   lower  petals  often  violet,  upper  petals  often  yellow; 
spurs  long  and  taper   pointed:  follicles  3,  pubescent; 
seeds  triangular,  coats  wrinkled,  not  scaly.    July,  Aug. 
Siberia.    Int.  1880.    B.M.  1686.     Gn.  46:991  and  p.  484. 
Var.  album,  Hort.     Fls.  pure  white.     Var.  albo-pleno, 
Hort.     Fls.  double  and   pure  white.    Var.    flore-pleno, 
Hort.  (var.  hybrldum  fl.-pl.,  Hort.).    Fls.  double,  blue, 
very  pretty.    R.H.  1893,  p.  259;  1895,  p.  379  (same). 

Var.  Chinense,  Fischer.  Stem  very  slender,  not  much 
branched:  Ivs.  and  fls.  like  the  type,  but  fls.  more  nu- 
merous. China.  L.B.C.  1:71.— A  favorite  garden  form. 
The  double  blue  form  has  been  known  as  D.  Brtckii, 
Hort. 

EE.   Follicles  varying  from  8  to  5. 

18.  Carolinianum,  Walt.    (D.   azureum,    Michx.     D. 
virtscens,  Nutt.).  Plant  somewhat  pubescent :  stem  1%- 
2Y*  ft.  high,  not  much  branched:  Ivs.  3-5-parted,  the  di- 
visions 3-5-clef t  into  usually  linear  lobes :  racemes  spi- 
cate,  usually  many-fld. :  fls.  azure  blue,  but  varying  to 


whitish  or  white  ;  sepals  often  with  a  brownish  spot: 
follicles  3-5,  oblong,  erect  ;  seeds  transversely  wrinkled. 
July.  N.  C.  to  111.,  west  and  south.  P.M.  16:258.  Var. 
album,  Hort.  (var.  dlbidum,  Hort.).  Steins  2-3  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  larger  than  the  type  and  with  broader  divisions: 
fls.  creamy  white.  —  The  double  form  of  this  is  not  much 
used. 

Var.  vimineum,  Gray.  Stem  2-4  ft.  high,  sometimes 
branched,  broader-]  vd.,  looser-fld.  :  fls.  violet  or  white. 
Tex.  B.M.  3593.  B.R.  23:1999  (as  D.  azureum). 

19.  mesoleucum,   Link.     Stem   3  ft.  high,  pubescent 
above:  Ivs.  3-5-parted,  the  segments  wedge-shaped  and 
deeply  serrated;  petioles  somewhat  dilated  at  the  base: 
fls.  blue,  with  pale  yellow  or  whitish  petals  :    seeds  not 
seen.   June.    Nativity  not  known. 

DD.    Seed  winged. 
E.    Upper  petals  never  yellow. 

20.  trolliifdlium,  Gray.    Stem  2-5  ft.,  leafy,  often  re- 
clining :  Ivs.  thinnish,  large,  often  reniform   at  base, 
3-7-parted;    lobes  wedge-shaped,  incised  :    racemes   in 
larger  plants  1-2  ft.  long  and  very  loose:  fls.  blue,  with 
upper  petals  white;  spur  and  sepals  each  %  in.  long  : 
follicles  glabrous  ;  seeds  with  thin  wing  or  crown  at  the 
end.   Apr.    Moist  grounds,  Columbia  river.    Int.  1881. 

EE.    Upper  petals  often  yellow. 

21.  simplex,  Dougl.    Stem  nearly  simple,  2-3  ft.  high, 
soft  -  pubescent    throughout  : 

Ivs.  many-parted,  into  linear 
divisions  and  lobes:  racemes 
dense,  little  branched  :  fls.  pale 
blu'e,with  upper  petals  yellow, 
lower  petals  white  -  bearded  ; 
sepals  equaling  the  spur:  fol- 
licles 3,  pubescent  ;  seeds 
dark,  with  margins  white- 
winged.  June.  Mountains  of 
Idaho  and  Oregon.  Int.  1881. 

22.  Nuttallii,  Gray  (D.  Co- 
lumbianum,    Greene).     Stem 
erect,  simple,  nearly  glabrous, 
leafy,  lK-2%  ft.:    Ivs.  thin- 
nish, 3-5-parted,  parts  divided 
into  many  linear-oblong  lobes  : 
racemes  long,  many-fld.:    se- 
pals deep  blue,  ovate, 
sparingly      pubescent, 
shorter  than  the  spur  ; 
petals   blue   or    upper 

ones  yellow,  lower  ones 
white  -  bearded  :  fol- 
licles 3,  pubescent, 
rather  erect  ;  seeds 
thin,  dark,  with  yel- 
low wings.  Summer. 
Low,  open  woods,  Co- 
lumbia river.  Int.  1892. 

23.  scopuldrum,Gray. 
Stem  2-5  ft.,  glabrous, 
at  least  below  :  Ivs.  5- 
7  -parted,    the     upper 
ones     the    more     nar- 
rowly  cleft  ;     petioles 
dilating  at  the   base  : 
racemes  simple,  dense- 
ly many-fld.:  fls.  blue 
or  purple,  rarely  white, 
upper  petals  often  yel- 
low  ;   spur  ^A  in.  long, 
equaling    the    sepals  : 
follicles  3,  pubescent; 
seeds      large  -  winged. 
Aug.,     Sept.      Moist 
ground,  west  of  Rock- 
ies.— A   polymorphous 
species. 

Var.  subalpinum, 
Gray  (D.  occidentale, 
Wats.).  A  smaller 
plant,  pubescent  above  : 


688.  Delphinium  formosum. 
broader   divisions    of    Ivs., 


shorter  racemes,  larger   and    deeper-colored  fls.:    fol- 
licles glabrous,   Wasatch  mountains. 


DELPHINIUM 

24.  cheilanthum,    Fischer.     Stem    erect,    simple     or 
branched,  2-3  ft.:    Ivs.  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent, 
5-parted,  the  lobes  pointed,   sub-trifld~  and   somewhat 
toothed:  fls.  dark  blue,  the  upper  petals  sometimes  pale 
yellow,  the   lower   ones   inflexed,  ovate,   entire  ;    spur 
rather  long,  straight  or  somewhat  curved  :    follicles  3, 
either    glabrous    or    pubescent ;    seeds   3-cornered,  3- 
winged,  not  scaly.    June,  July.    Siberia.    B.R.  6:473. 
Gt.  13:253.    P.M.  16:258  (as D.'magnificum). 

DDD.    Seeds  scaly. 

25.  formdsum,  Boiss.  &  Hult.    Fig.  688.    Stem  strong, 
2-3  ft.,  hairy  below,  rather  glabrous  above  :  lower  Ivs. 
5-7-parted,  long-petioled ;  upper  ones  3-5-parted,  short- 
petioled  or  sessile,  all  alternate  :    racemes  many-fld.  : 
fls.  blue,  with  indigo  margins;  spur  long,  violet,  bifid  at 
the  tip:  follicles  3,  pubescent ;  seeds  scaly.    June,  July. 
Asia  Minor  perhaps,  but   its  origin  is  disputed.     F.S. 
12:1185.    Vick'sMag.  2305.   R.H.  1859,  p.  528. -The  most 
permanent  form  for  naturalizing. 

26.  Maackianum,  Regel.    Erect,  3  ft.  high,  pubescent 
or  glabrous,  branched  above  :    Ivs.  pubescent  on  both 
sides,  base  often  truncate  or  reniform,  3-5-parted,  the 
parts    serrate ;  petioles  dilated  at   the  base  :  peduncles 
yellow-hairy,  with  the  bracts  often  inserted  above   the 
base:  fls.  in  loose  panicles,  sepals  blue,  %  as  long  as  the 
spurs;  petals  dark  violet:  follicles  often  glabrous,  %  in. 
long;  seeds  small,  distinctly  scaly. 

July.    Siberia.    Gt.  344. 

27.  hybridum,  Steph.    Stem  3-4 
ft.,  pubescent  above  :    root   some- 
what      bulbous  :      Ivs.      5-many- 
parted  ;    lobes  linear  ;  petioles  di- 
lated  and   sheathing  at  the  base  : 
racemes  dense:  fls. blue, lower  limbs 
white-bearded ;        spur      straight, 
longer  than  the  sepals :   follicles  3, 
hairy ;  seeds  ovate,  with  transverse 
scales.    June- Aug.     Mountains  of 
Asia.    R.H.  1893,  p.  258  ;   same  cut 
in   S.H.  2:282.— There   are   many 
double   and    semi-double   vars.   of 
this  type. 

Var.  Barlowi,  Paxt.  Very  large, 
semi-double  fls.,  deep  blue,  with 
brownish  center.  A  supposed  hy- 
brid with  D.  grandiflorum.  B.  R. 
23:1944.  Int.  1892. 

D.  ccerulescens,  Freyn.   A  fine  Asiatic 
species,  with  single  and  double  forms. 
P.M.  16:258.— D.  Whetlerii  is  listed  in 
the  trade,  but  is  of  unknown  origin. 
K.  C.  DAVIS. 

DEMAZEBIA  (Desmazeria) . 
Graminece.  Annuals  or  peren- 
nials, with  narrow,  involute  leaf- 
blades  :  spikelets  peculiarly  dis- 
tichous on  two  sides  of  a  3-sided 
rachis,  many-fld.,  sessile,  or  some 
of  the  lower  spikelets  pedicellate.  689'  Dema«»a  Sicula. 
Four  species  known.  Mediterra-  (X  3»J 

nean  and  S.  African. 

sicula,  Dum.  (Brizopyrum  Siculum,  Link.).  SPIKE 
GRASS.  Fig.  689.  A  smooth,  erect  annual,  8  in.  to  1  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  few:  panicle  spike-like,  2-3  in.  long  ;  spike- 
lets  ovate  to  linear,  8-20-fld.  Mediterranean.— Fre- 
quently used  for  edging.  P>  B<  KENNEDY. 

DEMEBABA  ALMOND.    Consult  Terminalia. 

DENDBOBIIJM  (tree  and  life:  they  are  epiphytes). 
Orchid&ceve,  tribe  Epid6ndrece.  A  genus  containing  many 
species  of  great  horticultural  merit.  Flowers  racemose, 
fasciculate  or  solitary ;  perianth  usually  spreading; 
labellum  articulate  or  connate  with  the  base  of  the 
column;  column  short,  semiterete;  base  produced  con- 
spicuously ;  pollinia  4 :  stems  cane-like,  in  some  species 
deciduous,  so  that  during  the  resting  season  the  plants 
appear  like  a  group  of  dried  sticks.  The  species  (more 
than  300)  are  distributed  through  the  tropical  countries 
of  the  eastern  hemisphere,  Australia,  Japan,  China, 
India  and  the  Philippine  Islands  furnishing  a  large 


DENDROBIUM 


467 


number.  They  are  particularly  abundant  in  parts  of 
India.  No  species  are  known  in  Africa.  The  term 
pseudobulbs  has  been  used  throughout  this  article  for 
the  sake  of  uniformity,  but  these  members  are  very 
variable  in  the  genus,  ranging  from  very  large  (several 
feet  long)  to  very  small  and  thin.  The  flowers  are  of 
many  sizes,  forms  and  colors.  Some  of  the  species  re- 
semble Epidendrums,  Cattleyas,  and  other  genera. 

OAKES  AMES. 

The  growing  of  most  of  the  commercial  Dendrobiums 
can  generally  be  understood  and  accomplished  in  observ- 
ing three  steps:  (1)  The  season  of  rain,  that  produces 
the  abundance  of  growth.  (2)  The  season  of  colder 
temperature,  to  ripen  the  wood.  (3)  The  dry  season,  pro- 
ducing the  flowers. 

In  the  selection  of  varieties,  there  are  very  few  that 
will  not  respond  to  the  treatment  suggested  by  this 
scheme.  D.  thrysiflorum,  fimbriatum,  chrysotoxum, 
Farmerii,  and  all  varieties  of  this  group,  respond  most 
generously  to  this  treatment  in  the  warm  glasshouse. 
There  are  no  plants  more  beautiful  in  the  orchid  family. 

The  soil  required  is  equal  parts  of  clean  peat  and 
moss.  Fix  the  plants  very  firmly  in  pots  or  baskets. 
While  growing,  an  abundance  of  water  must  be  given, 
with  syringing  on  all  fine  days.  When  the  growth  is 
well  made  and  developed,  then  comes  the  season  of  rest, 
and  water  can  be  withheld  gradually,  until  finally  none 
is  given.  Commercially  speaking,  Dendrobiums  can  be 
flowered  in  any  ordinary  glasshouse,  and  with  only 
partial  shade.  Another  method  is  to  give  more  shade  at 
the  growing  season,  and  more  air  at  the  resting  period. 

The  propagation  of  these  species  is  by  division  of 
the  growths, .either  in  the  resting  season  or  the  starting 
of  the  growing  season.  Pruning  is  not  to  be  practiced, 
as,  being  of  slow  growth,  they  require  the  leaves  for  the 
furnishing  of  the  plant.  Shading  should  be  adopted. 
With  all  Dendrobiums,  care  should  be  taken  not  to  over- 
pot.  Grow  in  small  pots  or  baskets,  so  as  to  confine  the 
roots.  D.  Dearei  may  be  grown  continuously,  with- 
out rest. 

The  commoner  conservatory  Dendrobiums,  as  D. 
Phalcenopsis ,  D.  Ainsworthii,  etc.,  are  propagated  by- 
lay  ing  the  stems  flat  on  baskets,  attaching  them  firmly 
by  means  of  wire.  Pruning  of  these  varieties  was  once 
practiced  extensively,  but  when  there  is  plenty  of 
growth  the  stem  and  flowers  can  be  cut  at  the  same 
time;  this  adds  more  beauty  to  the  flower.  D.  nobile 
and  D.  Wardianum  are  easy  to  grow,  only  care  should, 
be  taken  not  to  be  too  severe  on  all  classes  of  this  sec- 
tion, after  the  growth  is  made,  until  midwinter.  They 
bloom  best  when  the  late  autumn  sun  partially  ripens; 
the  stems.  See  Orchids.  COLIN  OGSTON. 

Index:  aggregatum,  14;  Ainsworthii,  43;  albiflorum,. 
10;  albo-sanguineum,  48;  amoenum,  58;  anosmum,  68;. 
Aphrodite,  63;  aqueum,  53;  aureo-flavum,  10;  aureum,, 
50;  Balleanum,  43;  Barberianum,  60;  barbatulum,  19; 
Bensonise,  67;  bicameratum,  12 ;  bigibbum,  22;  Boxallii, 
61;  Brymerianum,  16;  Calceolaria,  30;  Calceolus,  30; 
capillipes,  41 ;  carinif erum,  32 ;  chrysanthum,  54 ;  Chry- 
sotis,27;  chrysotoxum,  17;  clavatum,  24;  Cooksonianum, 
43;  crassinode,  60;  crepidatum,  66;  cretaceum,  74;  cm- 
entum,  33;  crumenatum,  6;  cumulatum,  2;  crystallinum, 
65 ;  Dalhousianum,  31 ;  Dayanum,  18 ;  Dearei,  3 ;  densi- 
florum,  8;  Devonianum,  57;  dixanthum,  29;  Draconis, 
37;  erythroxanthum,  13;  Falconeri,  62;  Farmerii,  10; 
Findleyanum,  46;  fimbriatum,  25;  formosum,  35;  Free- 
manii,  69;  fuscatum,  26;  Fytchianum,  19;  Gibsonii,  28; 
giganteum,  62, 68,  71 ;  gratiosissimum,  64;  Griffithianum, 
9;  heterocarpum,  49;  hololeuca,  23;  Hookerianum,  27;  in- 
fundibulum,  36;  Jamesianum,  36;  Japonicum,  40;  Jen- 
kinsii,  15;  lasioglossum,  52;  leucolophotum,  4;  Linawi- 
anum,  44;  lituiflorum,  69;  Loddigesii,  56 ;  longicornu,  34 ;, 
Lowii,39;  luteolum,  50;  Macf arlanei,  20 ;  macrophyllum,. 
18,68;  McCarthiffi,  70 ;  monili forme,  40;  moschatum,  30; 
nobile,  43;  nobilius,  43;  ochreatum,  55;  oculatum,  25; 
Palpebrse,  5;  Parishii,  45;  Paxtoni,  25,  54 ;  Phaleenopsis^ 
23;  Pierardi,  73;  primulinum,  72;  pulchellum,  56;  rho- 
dopterygium,  49;  Ruckeri,  51;  scabrilingue,  38;  Schroe- 
derianum,23;  Schroaderi,  8 ;  secundum,!;  suavissimum, 
17;  sulcatum,  11;  superbiens,  21;  superbum,  68;  thyrsi- 
florum,7;  tortile,  47;  transparens,  71;  Veitchianum,l&}, 
Wardianum,  59. 


468 


DENDKOBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


A.   Inflorescence  racemose  (fl.  usually  solitary  in  Jen- 
kins ii). 

B.    Racemes  densely  flowered. 
c.    Petals  pinkish  or  purplish. 

.  i.  secundum,  Wall.  Pseudobulbs  terete,  nearly  2  ft. 
long:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong:  fls.  all  on  one  side  of  peduncle, 
crowded  ;  petals  smaller  than  sepals,  rose-mauve ,  IP 
bellum  paler,  with  an  apical  blotch  of  orange.  Sumatra. 

2.  cumulatum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs   tufted,    slender, 
erect,  about  18  in.  long:  Ivs.  oblong:    fls.  1  in.  across, 
purplish,  suffused  with  white;    inflorescence    globose. 
Burma. 

cc.    Petals  white. 

3.  Dearei,  Reichb.  f.    Fig.  690.   Pseudobulbs  tall:  Ivs. 
about   2  in.  long,  oval-oblong  :     fls.  about  2  in.  across, 
white;  sepals  lanceolate;  petals  nearly  orbicular ;  label- 
lum  oblong,  with  a  pale,  yellowish  green  blotch  in  the 
throat.   Philippine  Isls.    Gn.  54,  p.  237.    G.C.  III.  24:193. 

4.  leucolophdtum,  Reichb.  f .  Pseudobulbs  stout,  erect: 
racemes  many-fld.:  fls.  white,  lateral  lobes  of  labellum 
greenish;  midlobe  narrowly  oblong.   Malay  archipelago. 

5.  Palpebrae,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  clavate,  4-angled: 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  :  raceme  loosely  lid. :  fls.  white, 
with  a  yellowish  disk  near  the  base  of  the  labellum. 
Burma. 

6.  crumenatum,  Swartz.  Pseudobulbs  erect:  Ivs.  ovate- 
oblong:  raceme  terminal,  many-fld.:  sepals  ami  petals 
•ovate;  labellum  white.   Malay  archipelago. 

7.  thyrsifldrum,    Reichb.  f.        Pseudobulbs      terete, 
jointed:  Ivs.  oblong:  racemes  pendulous,  ample:  sepals 
and  petals  white  ;   labellum  yellow,  downy-pubescent. 
Burma.     B.M.  5780.     I.  H.  22:207.     Gn.  50,  p.  28.     A.F. 
:3:155.    F.E.  9:329.    J.H.  III.  31:229.    G.C.  II.  15:463.- 
JVIuch  like  the  next,  and  by  some  united  with  it. 


ccc.    Petals  yellow. 

8.  densiflonim,  Wall.  Pseudobulbs  jointed,  about  15 
in.  high:  Ivs.  oblong  :  racemes  pendulous,  ample:  fls. 
l%-2  in.  across  ;  sepals  and  petals  yellow  ;  labellum 
orange-yellow,  downy-pubescent.  Nepal.  B.M.  3418. 
G.C.  11.  17:737;  III.  14:123  and  24:185. 


Var.  Schrdederi,  Hort.  (var.  album,  Hort.),  has  whitish 
sepals  and  petals.    A.G.  20:5. 

9.  Griff  ithianum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  clavate  :    Ivs. 
lanceolate-oblong  :  fls.  in  drooping,  flexuose  racemes  ; 
petals  ciliate,  yellow.    Burma. 

10.  Farmerii,  Paxt.   Pseudobulbs  round,  attenuate  at 
base,  thickening  above  :  Ivs.  oblong  :  racemes  ample, 
pendulous:  fls.  2  in.  across,  tinged  with  pink;  throat  of 
labellum  orange-yellow  ;    sepals  oblong ;    petals  oval. 
Khasia  Hills.    B.M.  4659.  — Var.  albiflorum,  Hort.  (var. 
album   of  catalogues),   has   white    tts.,   the     labellum 
marked  with  yellow.    F.S.  23:2461.    Var.  aureo-flavum, 
Hort.  (aurea  of  catalogues  1).    Fls.  golden  yellow;  disk 
of  labellum  deeper  yellow. 

11.  sulcatum,    Lindl.      Pseudobulbs     clavate,     com- 
pressed: Ivs.  ovate-oblong:  racemes  10  or  more  fld. :  fls. 
yellow,  crowded.    Khasia  Hills.    B.M.  6962. 

12.  bicameratum,   Lindl.     (D.   breviflbrum    of   cata- 
logues).  Pseudobulbs  fusiform  or  clavate,  about  18  in. 
long:  Ivs.  elliptic,  oblong:  fls.  yellow,  marked  with  red, 
clustered  on  a  short  rachis,  forming  a  capitate  raceme. 
Sikkim. 

13.  erythroxanthum,  Reichb.  f .   Fls.  in  dense  racemes, 
yellowish  striped  with  crimson-purple.    Philippine  Isls. 

BB.   Racemes  loosely  flowered, 
c.    Pseudobulbs  one-leaved. 

14.  aggregatum,  Roxb.  Lvs.  oblong,  coriaceous,  at  the 
summits  of  ovate  pseudobulbs :  fls.  yellow,  numerous,  in 
lateral  drooping  racemes ;  sepals  ovate;  petals  broadly 
ovate;  labellum  broader  than  long,  with  orange  throat; 
disk    pubescent.      Burma.      B.M.    3643.  — Var.    majus, 
Hort.,  is  a  larger-fld.  form. 

15.  Jenkinsii,  Wall.    Pseudobulbs  short,  compressed: 
Ivs.  oblong,  coriaceous:  fls.  orange-yellow,  solitary;  se- 
pals oval;  petals  broadly  ovate,  ^ssam.    B.R.  25:37.— 
Very  like  D.  aggregatum. 

cc.   Pseudobulbs  leafy  at  summit. 

D.    flowers  yellow. 
E.   Labellum  pectinately  fringed. 

16.  Brymerianum,  Reichb.  f.     Pseudobulbs  jointed, 
slender,  about  2%  ft.  high,  sometimes  much   shorter: 
Ivs.  several,  lanceolate:  fls.  fleshy,  golden  yellow;  upper 
sepal  oblong;  petals  and  lateral  sepals  very  similar;  la- 
bellum reflexed  at  apex,  disk  downy;  margin  provided 
with  a  conspicuously  long  and  pectinate  fringe.     Burma. 
B.M. 6383.     A.F.6:609.    G.C.  II.  11:  475;  16:  689. 

EE.   Labellum  not  pectinately  fringed. 

17.  clirysotdxiim,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  clavate  :    Ivs. 
several,  4  in.  long,  coriaceous:  racemes  arching,  many- 
fld.  :  petals  and  sepals  about  equal,  golden  yellow  ;  la- 
bellum of  similar  color,  deeper  in  the  throat.     Burma. 
B.M.  5053.    G.F.  5:533.    Gn.  48,  p.  239.- Var.  suavissi- 
mum,  Hort.    Pseudobulbs  stout :  fls.  delightfully  fra- 
grant; labellum  with  blotch  deeper-colored  than  in  the 
type.    Burma,  1847. 

DD.    Flowers  greenish. 

18.  macrophyllum,  Rich.  (D.    Veitchianum,  Lindl.). 
Pseudobulbs  clavate,  compressed:  Ivs.  oblong:  racemes 
many-fld.:    fls.  large;    sepals  greenish,  hairy  behind; 
petals   whitish  ;    lateral   lobes   of    labellum    greenish, 
shaded  with  purple;    midlobe  greenish,   with  purple- 
dotted  lines.    I. H.  35:57.  — Sold  as  D.  Veitchianum ,  not 
D.  macrophyllum  of  gardens  (see  D.  superbum).   Java. 
Dayanum,  Hort.,  is  said  to  be  a  better  form  than  the 
type. 

ccc.   Pseudobulbs  more  or  less  leafy  to  base. 
r>.    Flowers  white. 

19.  Fytchiamun,    Batem.    (D.    barbdtulum,    Hort.). 
Pseudobulbs    slender:    Ivs.    oblong -lanceolate,    acute: 
racemes  10-15-fld. :  fls.  white;  lateral  lobes  of  the  label- 
lum tinted  with  purple.    Burma.    B.M.  5444. 

20.  Macfarlanei,  Reichb.  f .   Fls.  several  inches  across, 
white;   labellum  marked  with  purple,  3-lobed;    sepals 
lanceolate;  petals  narrowly  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate. 
New  Guinea. 


DKNDROBir.M 


DENDROB1UM 


469 


DL>.    Flo tc ''ft  juirple. 

21.  superbiens,  Reichb.  f.   Pseudobulbs  cylindric:  Ivs. 
linear-oblong:  racemes  remotely  fld.:  fls.  rich  magenta- 
purple;  sepals  and  petals  undulate-margined;  labellum 
similar  in  color,  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes  incurved;   disk 
with  raised  white  lamellae.    North  Queensland. 

22.  bigibbum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  elongated,  erect, 

1  ft.  or  more  high:  Ivs.  obiong-la-iceolate:  racemes  sub- 
erect:    fls.  magenta-purple;    sepals    oblong-lanceolate; 
petals  spreading,  reflexed ;  labellum  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes 
incurved,  deeper  colored  than  the  petals,  with  a  white 
crest.    Torres  Straits.   B.M.  4898.    I. H.  30:  476. 

23.  Phalaen6psis,  Fitzg.    Pseudobulbs  tall,  terete:  Ivs. 
lanceolate:  fls.  on  slender  pedicels,  pale  mauve;  sepals 
lanceolate,   spreading,   paler   than  the   petals  ;    petals 
orbicular,  spreading ;    labellum  3-lobed,   lateral   lobes 
incurved.  Australia.  B.M.  6817.  A.G.20:5.  G.F.5:440. 
A.F.  13:1224.     For  var.  Schroederianum,  see  G.C.  III. 
10 :  642-3 ;  15 :  339.    R.B. 23:85.    A.F.  10:401.     For  var. 
hololeuca,  see  G.C.  III.  18:  397.  J.H.  III.  31: 149. -One  of 
the  most  useful  Dendrobiums  for  cut-flower  purposes. 
There   are  many    fine  varieties,  pale  in  color  or  even 
white. 

DDD.    Flowers  yellow. 

E.    Labellum  not  slipper-like. 

24.  clavatum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs   cylindric,  20   or 
more  in.  long:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate:  racemes  few-fld.:v 
fls.  orange-yellow  ;    labellum   brighter  yellow,  with  a 
maroon    blotch,   denticulate    on    the    margin.      Nepal. 
B.M.  6993. 

25.  f  imbriatum,  Hook.  Pseudobulbs  2  or  more  ft.  high, 
slender:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  dark  green:  racemes  lax,  pen-% 
dulous:  sepals  and  petals  orange-yellow,  ciliate;  label- 
lum yellow,  with  an  orange-yellow  throat,  margin  irregu- 
larly fringed.    Nepal.    G.C.  III.  25:305.    Var.  oculatum, 
Hort.  (D.  Pdxtoni,  Paxt. ) ,  has  smaller  fls.,  with  a  deeper 
colored  blotch  on  the  labellum.  B.M.4160.  G.C. III. 14:97. 

26.  fuscitum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  cylindric  or  nearly 
so:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate:  racemes  with  a  zigzag  rachis, 
drooping:  fls,  yellow,  with  2  maroon  spots  on  the  label- 
lum.   Sikkim,  Himalayas. 

27.  Hookerianum,  Lindl.  (D.  Chrysotis,  Reichb.  f.). 
Pseiidobulbs  slender,  swollen  at  the  base :  Ivs.  lanceolate 
to  oblong:  fls.  larere,  in  pendulous  racemes,  golden  yel- 
low ;    labellum  with  2  deep  maroon   blotches,  margin 
fringed.     Sikkim.   B.M.  6013.   J.H.  III.  33:  221. 

28.  Gibsonii,  Paxt.   Lvs.  lanceolate:  racemes  from  the 
upper  nodes  of  the  stems:  fls.  5  or  more,  yellow,  with 
maroon  spots  on  the  labellum.    Khasia  Hills. 

29.  dixanthnm,  Reichb.  f .    Pseudobulbs  clavate,  about 

2  ft.  long:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  fls.  yellow,  in  racemes 
from  the  upper  part  of  the  stems.    Burma. 

EE.    Labellum  slipper-like. 

30.  moschatum,  Wall.    Pseudobulbs  several  ft.  high, 
leafy  from  the  base:  Ivs.  oblong-linear,  striate:  fl.-stem 
radical,  longer  than  the  pseudobulbs:  racemes  pendu- 
lous: fls.  2-4  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  about  equal, 
oblong,  orange-yellow;   labellum  inflated,  colored  like 
the  petals,  with  crimson  markings  at  the  base.    Burma. 
B.M.  3837.  Var.  Calceolaria,  Hort.  (D.  Calceolus,  Hort.). 
Fls.  smaller,  orange-yellow. 

31.  Dalhousianum,  Wall.   Pseudobulbs  elongated,  rod- 
iike,  spotted  with  purple  when  young:   Ivs.  clasping, 
narrowly  ovate  :   racemes  pendulous,  lax  :   fls,   large  ; 
sepals  spreading,  yellow,  tinted  with  rose;  labellum  con- 
cave, orbicular,  blotched  at  base  with  maroon-purple. 
Burma.     B,R.  32:10.     I. H.  28:423.     Gn.  48:1032,  p.  223. 
G.C  111.21:1.". 

A  A.    Inflorescence  not  racemose. 

B.    Pseudobulbs  black-hairy. 

c.   Leaves  deciduous. 

32.  cariniferum,  Reichb.  f.   Pseudobulbs  subcylindric, 
6-9  in.  long:  ivs.  narrowly  oblong:  fls.  IJ^in.  across,  soli- 
tary or  in  2's  or  3's,  near  apex  of  stem;  sepals  lanceo- 
late, acute,  strongly  keeled  at  back,  pale  fawn-yellow, 
fading  to  ivory  white;   petals  ovate,  white;   labellum 
3-lobed,  spum;d  at  base,  side  lobes  triangular,  reddish 


orange,  midlolu;  spreading,  undulate,  tufted,  with  long 
woolly  hairs  along  the  veins  on  the  upper  surface,  red- 
dish orange  at  base,  usually  white  at  apex.  Burma. 
B.M.  6715  (var.  Wattii). 

33.  cruentum,  Reichb.  f.     Pseudobulbs  erect,  terete, 
1  ft.  long,  swollen  at  base:  Ivs.  elliptic-oblong,  decidu- 
ous: fls.  solitary  or  in  pairs,  l%-2  in.  across;  sepals  tri- 
angular-ovate, keeled  at  back,  pale  green,  longitudinally 
veined  with  darker  green;   petiils  linear-acute,  colored 
like  the  sepals;  labellum  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes  oblong, 
erect,  crimson-scarlet,   midlobe   ovate,  apiculate,  pale 
green,  with  red  border,  and  a  large  warty  crest,  below 
which  are  5  raised  red  lines,  the  2  outermost  being  most 
developed.    Malay  Isl.   G.C.  III.  18:  91. 

34.  longicdrnu,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  slender,  8-12  in. 
high:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  2-2%  in.  lone::  fls.  solitary 
or  in  2's  or  3's,  not  fully  expanding;  sepals  and  petals 
sub-equal,  elliptic-oblong,  transparent  white;  labellum 
funnel-shaped,  anterior  portion  fimbriate,  white,  with  a 
broad  raised  orange-red  central  band,  with  divergent 
lateral  streaks  of  same  color;  spur  slender.    Burma. 

cc.   Lvs.  not  deciduous. 

35.  formosum,  Roxb.     Pseudobulbs  stout,  erect:  Ivs. 
ovate-oblong:  peduncle  from  the  summit  of  the  stem, 
3-5-fld. :  fls.  3-4  in.  across,  white;  sepals  oblong-lanceo- 
late, apiculate;  petals  nearly  orbicular;  labellum  large, 
the  small  basal  lobes  clasping  the  column,  throat  with  a 
yellow  band,  which  expands  in  a  large  yellow  blotch 
near  the  distal  end.    Khasia  Hills.    B.R. 25:64.    Var. 
giganteum,  Hort.    Fls.  measure  4-5  in.  across.    G.C.  111. 
24:471.    Gng.  1:118-9.    F.E.  10:1240. 

36.  iniundibulum,  Lindl.     Fls.  white;  sepals  spread- 
ing, elliptic-oblong;  petals  broad;  labellum  large,  with 
an  orange-yellow  blotch  in  the  throat;  basal  lobes  infold- 
ing the  column.    Burma.    B.M.  5446.    I. H.  21:172.    Var. 
Jamesianum,  Hort.   Pseudobulbs  stouter  and  more  rigid : 
labellum  of  flower  differently  formed,  especially  the  side 
lobes,  which  are  roughened  on  their  inner  surface;  disk 
cinnamon  red. 

37.  Dracdnis,  Reichb.   f.     Pseudobulbs    stout,  erect,. 
12-18  in.  long:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  3-4  in.  long:  fls.  in  fas- 
cicles from  the  uppermost  joints  of  the  stem,  l%in.  in 
diam.,  ivory  white,  striped  with  orange-red  at  base  of 
labellum;  sepals  lanceolate,  acute;  petals  oblong-lanceo- 
late, reflexed  at  tips  ;    labellum   3-lobed,  lateral  lobes 
small,  rotund;  midlobe  oval,  oblong,  crisped  and  mi- 
nutely toothed  on  the  margin,  with  3  longitudinal  raised 
lines.   India.    B.M.  5459. 

38.  scabrilingue,   Lindl.     Pseudobulbs   stout,   erect, 
slightly  attenuated  below,  9-12  in.  high:    Ivs.  oblong: 
fls.  1%  in.  in  diam.,  in  fascicles  from  the   uppermost 
joints  of  the  stems;  sepals  and  petals  similar,  sub-equal, 
ovate-lanceolate,  ivory  white;  labellum  3-lobed;  lateral 
lobes  oblong,  erect,  yellow-green ;  midlobe  oval-oblong, 
reflexed,  yellow,  with  5-7  orange-yellow  sunken  lines  on 
disk;  spur  small,  conical.    Burma. 

39.  L6wii,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  slender:    sepals  and 
petals  pale  yellow;  labellum  marked  on  the  side  lobes 
and  midlobe  with  crimson.   Borneo.     B.M.  5303.    F.S. 
23:2395. 

BB.    Pseudobulbs  not  black-hairy,  upright. 

c.   Leaves  persistent. 
D.    Petals  and  sepals  white, 

40.  Jap6nicum,    Lindl.    (D.   monilifdrme,     Swartz). 
Pseudobulbs  tufted,  6-12  in.  long,  attenuated   below  : 
Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  acute:  fls.  fragrant,  IK  in.  across, 
solitary   or  in   pairs,  white,  dotted   or   speckled   with 
mauve  at  the  base  of  the  labellum.    S.  Jap. 

DD.    Petals  and  sepals  yellow. 

41.  capillipes,  Reichb.  f.    Dwarf,  tufted  plants,  with 
fusiform  pseudobulbs:  Ivs.  lanceolate:  fls.  in  pairs  or 
solitary,  golden  yellow,   with  a  deeper  blotch   on  the 
labellum.    India. 

42.  lutdolum,  Batem.    Pseudobulbs  erect,  about  1%  ft. 
long:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  acute:  fls.  about 2  in.  across, 
yellowish  or  cream-white  ;  labellum  with  a  few  reddish 
lines.    Burma.   J.H.  III.  32:143.     G.C.  II.  19:340  (var. 
chlorocentrum) . 


470 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


DDD.    Petals  and  sepals  rose-color. 

43.  n6bile,  Lindl.  Fig.  691.  Stems  stout:  Ivs.  oblong: 
sepals  and  petals  white,  suffused  with  rose  at  the  apices ; 
labellum  white,  with  a  blotch  of  amethyst-purple  at  dis- 
tal end,  throat  dark  crimson.  Himal.,  China.  G.C.  II. 
11:565;  III.  23:341.  J.H.  III.  34:295.  R.B.  23:25.  A.F. 
4:415;  13:620. 

Var.  nobilius,  Hort.,  has  larger  fls.,  which  are  more 
intense  in  color,  the  sepals  and  petals  pale  only  at  the 
base.  I.H.  42:36. 

Var.  Cooksonianum,  Hort.,  is  a  pelorian  form,  the 
petals  having  acquired  at  the  base  the  rich  coloring  so 
characteristic  of  the  labellum.  Gn.  55,  p.  445. 

Var.  Balleanum,  Hort.  Sepals  and  petals  white;  la- 
bellum yellowish,  with  pale  crimson  blotches  on  either 
side  of  the  throat.  Sikkim. 


691.  Dendrobium  nobile. 

D.  Ainsworthii,  Moore,  is  a  beautiful  and  popular  hy- 
brid of  D.  heterocarpum  and  D.  nobile.  Blossoms  in 
small,  lateral  racemes  ;  sepals  and  petals  white  ;  lip 
with  a  feathered,  purple  blotch,  white.  Gn.  51,  p.  338. 
G.C.  II.  16:624. 

44.  Linftwianum,  Reichb.  f.  Stems  long,  clavate:  Ivs. 
narrow,  several  inches  long:  sepalsoblong;  petalsovate, 
white  at  base,  otherwise  rosy  mauve;  distal  end  of  la- 
bellum pale  mauve,  anterior  portion  white,  with  2  mauve 
spots.  China,  Jap.  B.M.  4153. 


45.  Parishii,  Reichb.  f.     Stems  thick  :    Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate:  sepals  and  petals  rose-mauve;  labellum  or- 
bicular, amethyst-purple,  blotched  on  each  side  with 
maroon.    Burma.    B.M.  5488. 

46.  Findleyanum,  Parish  &  Reichb.  f .    Stems  shining, 
yellowish,  internodes  slender  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  •. 
fls.  large,  in  pairs ;  lateral  sepals  and  petals  overlapping, 
pale  pink-lilac;  labellum  yellow  margined  with  white- 
Burma.    B.M.  6438.    Gn.  49:1070. 

47.  tdrtile,  Lindl.    Stems  clavate,  irregular  when  old: 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  about  3  in.  long:  fls.  3  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  pink-lilac;  labellum  pale  yellow,  with 
a  deep  crimson  blotch  in  the  throat.  Burma.    B.M.  4477. 
—  Var.  roseum,  Hort.    Fls.  delicate  rose  color.    The  next 
is  very  similar. 

cc.    Lvs.  deciduous. 

48.  albo-sanguineum,  Lindl.    Stems  about  1  ft.  high, 
stout:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  fls.  2  or  3  together,  2-3  in. 
across,  whitish;  petals  streaked  with  red  at  the  base  ; 
labellum  with  2  blotches  in  the  middle.    Burma.   A.F. 
11:1350.    B.M.  5130. 

49.  rhodopter^gium,  Reichb.  f .  Pseudobulbs  cylin- 
dric,  erect,  about  1  ft.  long  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  : 
fls.  about  2  in.  across  ;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate  ; 
petals  ovate,  both  pale  purple  mottled  with  white; 
labellum  crimson-purple,  striated,  bordered  with 
white.  Burma.  — Supposed  natural  hybrid  between 
D.  Parishii  and  D.  Pierardi. 

BBS.    Pseudobulbs  drooping. 
c.   Lvs.  persistent :  fls.  yellow. 

50.  heterocarpum,     Wall.     (D.    aureum, 
Lindl.).     Stems  erect,  attenuated  at  base, 
or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate:  sepals 
and  petals  pale  yellow  ;    labellum  orange- 
yellow,  blotched  and  streaked  with  crimson. 
Assam,    Khasia    Hills,    Nepal,    Philippine 
Isls.  B.M.  4708. 

51.  Ruckeri,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  slender, 
about  1%  ft.  long,  attenuated  below:    Ivs. 
linear-lanceolate  :    fls.  either  solitary  or  in 
pairs;  lateral  sepals  triangular;  sepals  and 
petals  yellowish;  labellum  with  white  lateral 
lobes  streaked  with  rose,  yellow.    Philip- 
pine Isls. 

52.  Iasiogl6ssum,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs 
about  \%  ft.  long,  attenuate  above  and  be- 
low: Ivs.  lanceolate  :    fls.  1%  in.  across,  in 
2's  or  3's,  white  ;  lateral  lobes  of  labellum 
lined  with  red.    Burma. 

53.  aqueum,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  decumbent:  Ivs. 
ovate-oblong :  fls.  solitary  or  in  pairs,  yellowish 
white,  with  a  yellow  disk  on  the  labellum;  upper 
sepal  elliptic-oblong,  acute;  lateral  sepals  falcate; 
petals  ovate.  Nilghri  Hills,  India. 

cc.   Leaves  deciduous. 
D.  Flowers  yellow. 

54.  chrysanthum,  Lindl.  (D.  Pdxtonii,  Lindl.).    Pseu- 
dobulbs slender,  tall,  flexuose,  leafy  to  the  base:  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate  :    fls.   yellow  ;    sepals   oblong ;    petals 
broader,  oval,  denticulate ;  labellum  orbicular,  fringed, 
throat    maroon-purple,   base     infolding    the     column. 
Burma.    B.R.  15:1299.    G.C.  III.  15:565. 

55.  ochreatum,    Lindl.       Pseudobulbs    with    swollen 
joints  :    Ivs.  narrowly-ovate  :  fls.  in  pairs;  sepals  and 
petals  about  equal,  golden  yellow  ;  labellum  orbicular- 
concave,   yellow,   with   maroon-purple    blotch.      India. 
B.M.  4450. 

DD.   Fls.  white  or  pinkish. 
E.   Labellum  glandular,  dilate. 

56.  L6ddigesii,  Rolfe  (D.  pulchtllum,  Lodd.).    Habit 
dense,  dwarf:  stems  very  slender,  3-4  in.  long:  Ivs.  ob- 
long-lanceolate:   fls.  on  slender  pedicels,  solitary  ;    se- 
pals and  petals  pale  pink  or  rose-lilac  ;  labellum  with 
an  orange-yellow  disk  bordered  with  rose-lilac.    India. 
NotD.  pulchellum,  Roxburgh,  for  which  species  it  often 
passes  in  gardens.    B.M.  5037. 

57.  Devonianum,  Paxt.   Stems  pendulous,  about  3  ft. 
long:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  :    sepals  and  petals  white, 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROPANAX 


471 


tipped  with  amethyst-purple;  labellum  cordate,  with  an 
amethyst-purple  blotch  in  front,  otherwise  white,  with 
2  orange-yellow  blotches  in  the  throat,  the  margin  deli- 
cately fringed.  Khasia  Hills.  B.M.  4429.  J.H.  III.  34: 
197.  G.C.  III.  7:680. 

EE.    Labellum  not  glandular,  ciliate. 
F.    Psexdobulbs  conspicuously  nodose. 

58.  amoenum,  Lindl.   Pseudobulbs  slender:  Ivs.  linear- 
lanceolate:  Hs.  usually  solitary,  otherwise  in  2's  or  3's; 
sepals   and  petals  white,  tipped  with  violet-purple;  la- 
bellum violet-purple  bordered  with  white  and  blotched 
with  yellow.    Nepal.    B.M.  6199.    G.C.  II.  16:625. 

59.  Wardianum,  Warner.    Stems  2,  3  or  more  ft.  high, 
pendent  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  :  fls.  usually  2  or  3  to- 
gether, 3-4  in.  across  ;    sepals  and  petals  tipped  with 
rose-mauve  (amethyst-purple) ;  labellum  with  an  apical 
blotch  of  same  color,  otherwise   yellow   shading  into 
white  at  the  margin,  and  blotched  with  maroon  in  the 
throat.    There  is  a  variety  in  w'uch  the  apical  blotches 
are  wanting.    Burma.    B.M.  5Uo8.     I.H.  24:277.     F.R. 
1:231.     Gn.  47,  p.   84.     R.B.  23:25.     J.H.  III.   30:454: 
32:237. 

60.  crassinode.  Reichb.  f.    Stems  pendulous  or  nearly 
so,  1-2  ft.  long,  swollen  conspicuously  at  the  contiguous 
internodes  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  fls.  2  or  3  together, 
about  2  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  white,  tipped  with 
rose-mauve:  labellum  similarly  tipped  with  rose-mauve, 
otherwise  yellow  with  a  white   border.    Burma.    B.M. 
5766.  — Var.  Barberianum,  Hort.,  is  a  stronger-growing 
form  of  the  species,  with  brighter  colored  fls.,  the  col- 
oring at  the  tips  of  the  petals  covering  more  surface. 

61.  B6xallii,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  pendulous,  about 
30  in.  long:    Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,   acute:    fls.  2%in. 
across,  usually  \n  pairs;  sepals  and  petals  white,  tipped 
with  pale  mauve  ;    labellum  yellowish,  bordered   with 
white,  tipped  with  pale  mauve.   Burma. 

62.  Falconer!,  Hook.   Stems  slender,  knotted,  branch- 
ing above  :   Ivs.  linear:  fls.  solitary,  about  3  in.  across  ; 
sepals  and  petals  white,  tinged  with  rose  and  tipped 
with  amethyst-purple;  labellum  spreading  in  front,  ma- 
roon-purple, with  2  deep  orange  blotches,  tipped  with 
amethyst-purple, bordered  with  white.  India.   B.M.  4944 
I.H.  23:243.- Var.  giganteum,  Hort.,  is  a  stronger-grow 
ing  form  of  the  species,  with  larger  fls. 

63.  Aphrodite,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  6-12  in.  tall 
Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  :  fls.  2  in.  across,  often  in  pairs 
sepals  whitish;  petals  similarly  colored;  midlobe  of  la 
bellum  large,  yellowish,  with  2  maroon  blotches  at  base. 
Burma. 

FF.    Pseudobulbs  not  conspicuously  nodose. 
G.   Lip  yellow  at  base. 

64.  gratiosissimum,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  slender 
at  base,  thickened  above,  swollen  at  the  nodes  :  Ivs. 
lanceolate  :  fls.  in  2's  or  3's,  from  the   leafless  stem, 
about  2  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  white,  tipped  with 
pale   crimson-purple  ;    labellura   white,  blotched    with 
crimson-purple  at  the  apex  and  marked  with  yellow  on 
the  disk.    Burma. 

65.  crystallinum,  Reichb.  f.    Stems  about  1  ft.  long, 
slender,  striated,  nearly  pendulous:  Ivs.  narrow:  fls.  in 
pairs  or  solitary ;  sepals  and  petals  white,  with  amethyst- 
purple  apices;  labellum  yellow,  with  an  amethyst  blotch 
on  front,  margin  whitish.    Burma.    B.M.  6319. 

66.  crepidatum,   Lindl.     Stems   1   ft.  long,  slender, 
striated:    Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  fls.  2  or  3  in  a  group, 
about  1  in.  across,  white,  tinted  with   lilac  ;  labellum 
yellow,  with  a  white  border.    Assam.    B.M.  4993.  — Var. 
rdseum,  Hort.,  occurs  in  catalogues. 

67.  Bensoniae,  Reichb.  f.    Pseiidobulbs  cylindric :  Ivs. 
linear:  fls.  2%  in.  across,  in  2's  or  3's,  white,  disk  of 
labellum  orange-yellow,  with  2  maroon  spots  at  base. 
British   Burma.     B.M.  5679.    I.H.  35:47. -Var.  majus, 
Hort.,  is   a  larger-fld.  form. 

GG.    Lip  not  yellow  at  base. 

68.  superbum,  Reichb.  f.  (D.  macrophyllum,  Hort.). 
Stems  stout,  pendent  :    Ivs.  ovate  :    sepals  lanceolate  ; 
petals  ovate-lanceolate,  delicate  rose-mauve  ;  labellum 
of  same  color,  with  deep  crimson-purple  throat.   Philip- 


pine Isls.  B.M.  3970.  — Var.  anosmum,  Hort.  Fls.  scent- 
less or  nearly  .so,  mostly  solitary  ;  sepals  and  petals 
shorter,  not  undulate.  J.H.  III.  28:275  (var.  Houttoni). 
Var.  giganteum,  Hort.  Fls.  larger. 

69.  lituifldrum.  Lindl.    Stems  about  2ft.  long,  grey- 
ish: Ivs.  linear:  tts.  in  pairs  or  sometimes  4  or  more  in 
each  group,  amethyst-purple  ;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate; 
petals  ovate-oblong;  labellum  funnel  or  trumpet-shaped, 
deep   maroon,  anterior  portion   white.     Burma.     B.M. 
6050.— Var.  Freemanii,  Hort.    Labellum  with  a  pale  yel- 
low zone,  sepals  and  petals  deeper  colored  than  in  the 
type.    Very  similar  in  habit  to  Dendrobium  nobile,  but 
more  slender. 

70.  MacCarthiae,    Thwaites.      Fls.    bell-shaped,   rosy 
mauve   and    white;    sepals    and    petals   only    slightly 
spreading;  labellum  pale  mauve,  striped   and   blotched 
with  purple,  a  maroon  spot  on  the  disk:  racemes  pendu- 
lous.   India.    B.M.  4886. 

71.  transparens,  Wall.    Pseudobulbs  slender:  Ivs.  lin- 
ear-lanceolate: fls.  1  %  in.  across,  in  2's  and  3's;  sepals 
white,  tinted  with  pale  mauve;  petals  similarly  colored; 
labellum  white  with  mauve  spots,  tinted  with  mauve  at 
the  apex.   India.   B.M.  4663. 

BEE.   Labellum  cucullate,  wholly  or  in  part,  pale  sulfur 
yellow. 

72.  primulinum,    Lindl.     Stems    drooping,    slender, 
about  1  ft.  long,  greyish :  sepals  and  petals  about  equal, 
pink-lilac;  labellum  yellow  with  deep  crimson  margin. 
Nepal.     B.M.   5003  (as   D.  nobile,  var.).— Var.  gigan- 
teum.  Hort.    Pseudobulbs  longer  and  more  slender:  fls. 
much  larger. 

73.  Pierardi,  Roxb.    Stems  long,  slender,  pendulous : 
Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  :  sepals  and  petals  pink-lilac  ;  la- 
bellum yellow,  marked  with  deep    crimson  at   base. 
Burma.     B.M.  2584.     Gn.  55,  p.  405.-Var.  latifdlium, 
Hort.,  is  very  similar  to  this. 

74.  cretaceum,  Lindl.    Stems  about  1  ft.  long:  Ivs.  ob- 
long-lanceolate :  fls.  solitary,  whitish,  disk  of  labellum 
yellowish,  with   crimson    marking,    margin    fringed. 
Khasia  Hills. 

Hybrids  :  D.  Ain8worthii  =  T>.  heterocarpum  XD.  nobile  (see 
No. 42).— D.  Dominianum  =  D .  nobileXD.  Linawianum.— D. 
Cassiope=D.  JaponicumXD.  nobile,  var.  albinorum.— D.  splen- 
didissimum  =  D.  aureum  X  nobile.—  Var.  grandiflorum  =D. 
aureumXnobile. 

D.  Johannis,  Reichb.  f.,  and  D.  robustum  are  not  in  cult,  in 
the  United  States,  but  have  appeared  in  trade  catalogues. 

OAKES  AMES. 

DENDROCALAMUS.    Consult  Bamboo. 

DENDROCHtLUM.    Compare  Platyclinis. 

DENDROMECON(Greekdewdron,tree;  mecon, poppy). 
The  only  genus  of  Papaveracece  known  to  have  woody 
stems.  California.  Probably  only  one  species.  D.  rigi- 
dum,  Benth.  Dry,  rocky  hills  of  the  Coast  Range,  mainly 
in  the  south  :  3-10  ft.  high  :  stems  up  to  1  in.  thick: 
bark  whitish  :  branches  stiff,  erect:  Ivs.  linear-lanceo- 
late, not  cut,  coriaceous,  reticulately  veined,  very  acute 
and  mucronate  :  fls.  bright  yellow,  1-3  in.  in  diam.,  on 
pedicels  1-4  in.  long :  capsules  linear,  nerved,  l>2-2% 
in.  long;  seeds  black,  almost  globular.  Hardy  in  some 
parts  of  England.  Propagated  from  seeds,  that  take 
very  long  to  germinate.  B.M.  5134.  F.S.  14:1411.  Gn. 
50:1087.  J.H.  III.  29:92. -D.  Harfordii,  Kell.,  and  D. 
flexile,  Greene,  from  Santa  Cruz  and  Santa  Rosa  Islands, 
are  now  considered  as  forms  of  above,  varying  mainly 
in  the  habit,  more  drooping  and  graceful,  and  in  the 
much  larger,  ovate,  more  glaucous  leaves.  These  differ- 
ent forms  occur  also  in  the  mountains  near  Santa  Bar- 
bara. Considerable  variation  in  size  of  flowers  appears 
to  depend  mostly  upon  the  conditions  where  plants  are 
growing.  Outdoor  shrubs.  p.  FRANCESCHI. 

DENDROPANAX  (Greek,  tree  Panax).  Araliacece. 
A  genus  of  about  20  trees  and  shrubs  from  tropical 
America  and  Asia,  also  China  and  Japan.  D.  Japonicus, 
Seem.,  may  be  obtained  from  dealers  in  Japanese  plants. 
The  leaves  have  been  compared  to  Fatsia  Japonica,  but 
are  smaller  and  mostly  3-lobed.  The  floral  parts  are  in 
5's.  Berry  globose. 


472 


DENDROPHYLAX 


DESCHAMPSIA 


DENDROPHYLAX  (Greek,  growing  on  a  tree).  Orchi- 
ddcew,  tribe  Vdndece.  Epiphytes  :  sepals  and  petals 
spreading,  labellum  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes  small,  angular, 
middle  one  with  spreading  lobes;  spur  long,  filiform: 
column  short;  pollinia  2.  Near  Phalaenopsis.  The  fol- 
lowing are  introduced  into  American  horticulture: 

Lindenii,  Reichb.  f .  Scape  leafless,  bearing  a  single 
white  flower  :  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate  ;  divisions 
of  midlobe  of  labellum  lanceolate:  capsule  smooth.  On 
Oreodoxa  JRegia,  and  live  oaks,  S.  Florida. 

funalis,  Hort.  ((Ecoclddes  funalis,  Lindl.  Angrcecum 
hincLle,  Lindl.).  Leafless,  roots  numerous,  fleshy:  pe- 
duncles 2-fld.:  fls.  white;  sepals  and  petals  oblong-lan- 
ceolate ;  labellum  3-lobed,  with  a  long  horn.  Mts.  of 


Jamaica. 


OAKES  AMES. 


DENNST2EDTIA  (a  personal  name).  Polypodiacece. 
A  genus  of  hardy  or  greenhouse  ferns  of  wide  distri- 
bution, often  referred  to  Dicksonia,  but  belonging  to  a 
different  family  from  the  antarctic  or  southern  hemi- 
sphere tree  ferns  of  the  latter  genus.  Indusium  inferior 
cup-shaped.  For  culture,  see  Dicksonia 

puncti!6bula,  Moore  (Dicksonia  pilosius- 
cula,  Willd.).     Figs.   692,  693.     Lvs.  light 
green,  from  a  slender,  creeping  rootstock, 
1-2%    ft.    long,    5-9  in.    wide,  usually   tri- 
pinuatifid,  under  surface  minutely  glandu- 
lar, giving  the  dried  Ivs.  a  somewhat  pleas- 
ant   fragrance  ;      sori    minute,     on 
small,    recurved  teeth.     Canada   to 
Tennessee. 


692.  Tip  of  leaf  of  Dennstaedtia 
punctilobula. 


693.  Fruiting  lobe  of 
Dennstaedtia  punc- 
tilobula. 


Smithii,  Moore.  Lvs.  thick,  the  under  surface  almost 
woolly,  glandular,  tripinnate;  lower  pinnae  9-12  in.  long, 
3-4  in.  wide;  sori  2-8  to  each  segment.  Philippines. 

dissecta,  from  the  West  Indies,  often  6-7  ft.  high, 
with  broad  (2-4  ft.)  Ivs.  is  sometimes  seen  in  cultivation, 
and  is  well  worth  a  place  in  the  trade. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DENTARIA  (Latin,  dens,  tooth  ;  referring  to  the 
toothed  rootstocks).  Cruciferce.  TOOTHWORT.  Dealers 
in  native  plants  sometimes  cultivate  a  few  of  these  hardy 
herbaceous  perennials,  which  have  pleasant  tasting  root- 
stocks,  2  or  3  Ivs.,  mostly  with  3  leaflets,  and  corymbs 
or  racemes  of  large  white  or  purplish  fls.  in  spring. 
The  European  and  eastern  American  species  are  readily 
told  from  Cardamine  by  habit  and  many  obvious  differ- 
ences, but  the  western  American  of  the  two  genera 
converge  so  that  some  botanists  have  merged  Dentaria 
into  Cardamine.  ( See  E.  L.  Greene,  Pittonia,  3:117-124.) 
The  genus  contains  no  arctic  or  alpine  forms.  About  9 
species  are  cultivated  in  Old  World  rockeries.  They  are 
of  easy  culture  in  light,  rich  soil  and  moist,  shady  posi- 
tions. Usually  prop,  by  division,  as  seeds  are  not 
abundant. 

A.   Hootstock  not  tuberous. 

diphylla,  Michx.  PEPPER-ROOT.  Rootstock  several 
in.  long,  often  branched,  strongly  toothed  at  the  many 
nodes  :  stem-lvs.  2,  similar  to  the  root-lvs.,  close  to- 
gether ;  leaflets  3,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  coarsely  cre- 


nate,  the  teeth  abruptly  acute:  petals  white  inside,  pale 
piirple  or  pinkish  outside.  Nova  Scotia  to  S.  C. ,  \\t-st 
to  Minn,  and  Ky.  B.M.  1465. — Rootstocks  5-10  in.  long, 
crisp,  tasting  like  water-cress.  Pretty  spring  flower. 

AA.  Kootstock  tuberotis. 

B.  Lvs.  3-parted,  but  not  into  distinct  leaflets. 
c.  Tubers  usually  not  jointed  or  prominently  tubercled. 
laciniata,  Muhl.  Tubers  deep-seated :  stem-lvs.  2  or  3, 
with  lateral  segments  often  2-lobed,  all  broadly  oblong 
to  linear,  more  or  less  sharply  toothed:  petals  pale  rose 
to  white.  Quebec  to  Minn.,  south  to  Fla.  and  La. 

cc.    Tubers  with  joints  about  1  in.  long. 

macrocarpa,  Nutt.  (C.  gemmata,  Greene).  Lvs.  1-3, 
palmately  or  pinnately  3-5-parted  or  divided,  segments 
linear  to  oblong,  entire  :  fls.  purple  or  rose.  N.  Calif, 
to  B.  C. 

BB.   Lvs.  cut  into  3  distinct  leaflets. 
c.    Leaflets  linear,  entire. 

ten611a,  Pursh.  Tubers  small,  irregular:  stem-lvs.  1 
or  2,  nearly  sessile,  sometimes  bulbiferous  ;  leaflets 
linear-oblong  or  linear,  obtuse,  entire  :  petals  rose. 
Washington. 

cc.    Leaflets  not  linear  or  entire. 

Califbrnica,  Nutt.  Tubers  mostly  small:  stem  %-2  ft. 
high  :  Ivs.  very  variable  ;  stem-lvs.  2-4,  mostly  short- 
petiolate,  and  above  the  middle  of  the  stem,  with  3-5 
leaflets,  rarely  simple  or  lobed;  leaflets  mostly  short- 
petiolulate,  ovate  to  lanceolate  or  linear,  entire  or 
toothed:  petals  white  or  rose.  Mts.  of  Calif,  and  Ore. 

maxima,  Nutt.  Tubers  near  the  surface  jointed, 
strongly  tubercled  :  stem-lvs.  2  or  3,  usually  alternate; 
leaflets  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  coarsely  toothed  and 
somewhat  cleft  or  lobed.  Vt.  to  western  N.  Y.  and 
Penna.  w.  M. 

DEODAR.    Cedrus  Deodara. 

DEPARIA  (Greek,  depas,  a  beaker  or  chalice;  refer- 
ring to  the  form  of  the  involucre).  A  small  genus  of 
Hawaiian  and  South  American  ferns  related  to  Denn- 
staBdtia,  rarely  seen  in  cultivation  in  America.  The 
sori  are  marginal  and  usually  on  stalked  projections 
from  the  margin  of  the  leaf.  L>  M>  UNDERWOOD. 

DERRIS  (Greek,  a  leather  covering).  Legumindscf. 
A  genus  of  tropical,  tall,  woody  climbers,  one  of  which  is 
cult,  in  S.  Calif.  About  35  species,  mostly  Asian.  Lvs. 
alternate;  Ifts.  opposite,  the  odd  one  distant;  stipules 
none:  fls.  violet,  purple  or  white,  never  yellow. 

scandens,  Benth.  Climbing:  Ifts.  9-13,  l%-2  in.  long, 
oblong,  obtuse,  muticous  or  retuse,  glabrous  or  minutely 
pilose  beneath:  racemes  4-6  in.  long,  unbranched:  fls. 
purple:  pod  long,  lanceolate  acute  at  both  ends,  narrowly 
winged  at  the  base  ;  ovules  6-8.  S.  Asia  and  Indian  Ar- 
chipelago.— It  has  been  offered  in  this  country,  but  has 
not  been  successfully  cultivated.  The  above  description 
is  made  from  specimens  contributed  by  Dr.  Franceschi, 
Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

DESCHAMPSIA  (after  Deschamps,  a  French  bota- 
nist). Perennial  grasses  with  small,  shining  spikelets, 
like  Trisetum  and  Aira.  The  plants  are  usually  stouter 
and  the  spikelets  longer  than  in  Aira,  from  which  it  dif- 
fers in  the  prolongation  of  the  rachilla.  Lvs.  flat  or  con- 
volute: spikelets  2-  (rarely  3-)  fld.,  in  terminal,  usually 
spreading  panicles  :  awn  slender,  twisted  below.  Spe- 
cies about  20,  inhabiting  cold  and  temperate  regions,  a 
few  occurring  in  the  high  mountains  of  the  tropics. 
About  8  species  are  found  in  N.  America. 

caespitosa,  Beauv.  (Aira  cwspitbsa,  Linn.).  TUFTED 
HAIR-GRASS.  HASSOCK-GRASS.  A  native  perennial  hav- 
ing a  tendency  to  form  tufts  or  tussocks.  Panicle 
pyramidal  or  oblong,  2  in.  long  ;  rays  slender,  bearing 
spikelets  above  the  middle  ;  awn  variable  in  length.— 
Abundant  in  the  Rocky  Mt.  region,  where  the  tufts 
help  to  bind  the  spongy  soil  and  prevent  land-slides. 
In  England  it  is  sometimes  used  by  the  farmers  to 
make  door  mats.  Also  used  for  ornament. 


DESCHAMPSIA 


DEUTZIA 


473 


flexudsa,  Trin.  (Alra  flexubsa,  Linn.).  WOOD  HAIR- 
GRASS.  A  slender,  perennial  grass,  1-2  ft.  high,  with 
numerous  very  fine  root-lvs.,  and  a  delicate  capillary 
panicle.  It  grows  in  tufts  like  the  above,  and  cau  be 
distinguished  by  the  much  longer  and  twisted  awn.  N. 
Amer.,  En.— Valuable  for  woodland  pastures,  as  it  will 
grow  well  in  the  shade.  Also  used  for  ornament. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

DESIGN.  The  "design-work''  of  florists  refers  to 
formal  arrangement  of  material  as  opposed  to  informal 
arrangement  of  cut-flowers.  Funeral  designs  are  per- 
haps tne  commonest.  Dried  grasses  and  everlasting 
flowers  are  used  in  funeral  designs.  The  term  design 
is  borrowed  from  the  language  of  art,  and  can  also  be 
applied  to  formal  styles  of  bedding  as  opposed  to  the 
informal  border.  Design  work  is  less  popular  in  America 
than  in  parts  of  the  Old  World,  the  distinguishing 
feature  of  our  floriculture  being  the  general  taste  for 
cut-flowers  and  for  their  free  arrangement.  Many  pic- 
tures of  designs  may  be  seen  in  the  florists'  trade 
papers. 

DESMAZEEIA.    See  Demazeria. 

DESMODIUM  (Greek,  a  b(«nd  or  chain;  referring  to 
the  jointed  pods).  By  some  called  Meibomia.  Legumi- 
nds(e.  TICK  TREFOIL.  Mostly  herbs,  of  150  or  more 
species,  in  temperate  and  warm  regions  of  America, 
Asia,  Africa  and  Australia.  Lvs.  pinnate,  with  3-5 
(rarely  1)  leaflets:  tts.  small  and  papilionaceous,  in  ter- 
minal or  axillary  racemes  in  summer,  mostly  purple: 
pod  flat,  deeply  lobed  or  jointed,  the  joints  often  break- 
ing apart  and  adhering  to  clothing  and  to  animals  by 
means  of  small  hooked  hairs.  Fig.  694.  A  number  of 
species  are  native  to  N.  America,  and  are  sometimes 
grown  in  the  hardy  border,  where  they  thrive  under  or- 
dinary conditions.  One  hothouse  species,  D.  gyrans, 
is  sometimes  cult,  for  its  odd  moving  leaflets.  D.  pen- 
duliflorum  and  D.Japonicuin  will  be  found  under  Les- 
pedeza.  Several  of  the  native  species  are  worthy  of 
cult.,  but  are  practically  unknown  in  the  trade.  The 
following  have  been  offered  by  collectors  :  Canadense, 
DC.;  cuspidatum,  Hook.;  Dillenii,  Darl.;  Marilandi- 
cum,  Boott;  nudiflorum,  DC. ;  paniculatum,  DC. ;  pauci- 
florum,  DC.;  sessiliflorum,  Torr.  &  Gray.  The  Florida 


694.   Loments  or  pods  of  Desmodium  Canadense. 

Beggar-weed  is  Desmndium  tortuosum,  DC.,  of  the  W. 
Indies.  It  is  coming  into  prominence  in  the  south  as  a 
forage  plant  (see  Farmers'  Bull.  102,  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agric.). 


gyrans,  DC.  TELEGRAPH  PLANT.  From  2-3  ft.  high, 
with  3  oblong  or  elliptic  leaflets,  the  small  lateral  ones 
i  which  are  almost  linear)  moving  in  various  directions 
when  the  temperature  is  congenial,  and  especially  in 
the  sunshine  :  fls.  purple  or  violet,  in  a  many  fld. 
panicle.  S.  Asia.  Grown  occasionally  as  a  curiosity, 
particularly  in  botanical  collections.  See  Darwin's 
Power  of  Movement  in  Plants,  and  various  botanical 
treatises,  for  fuller  accounts. 

Dcuntnd'nini  gi/r<inx  in  of  tolerably  easy  culture.  It 
requires  stove  temperature,  and,  although  a  perennial, 
it  is  best  treated  as  an  annual.  The  best  method  of 
propagation  is  by  seeds.  These  should  be  sown  in  Feb- 
ruary in  a  light,  sandy  soil,  in  4-in.  pots,  and  placed  in  a 
warm,  close  atmosphere,  where  they  will  soon  germi- 
nate. The  seedlings  should  be  potted  singly  into  small 
pots  as  soon  as  large  enough  to  handle,  and  be  grown  on 
as  rapidly  as  possible,  using  a  mixture  of  good,  fibrous 
loam  and  leaf  soil  in  about  equal  proportions.  By  mid- 
summer they  will  be  bushy  plants,  and,  though  not 
showy, 'they  will  be  very  interesting. 

L.  H.  B.  and  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

DEUTZIA  (named  by  Thunberg  in  honor  of  his  friend 
and  patron,  Johann  van  der  Deutz).  Saxifragdcefe. 
Very  ornamental  shrubs  with  showy  white  or  blush  fls. 
appearing  in  spring  or  early  summer.  Lvs.  deciduous, 
opposite,  petioled,  serrate,  usually  with  rough  stellate 
pubescence  :  fls.  in  racemes  or  corymbs,  white,  some- 
times purplish,  epigynous;  calyx-teeth  5;  petals  5;  sta- 
mens 10,  rarely  more,  shorter  than  the  petals;  filaments 
usually  winged  and  toothed  at  the  apex  :  capsule  3-5- 
celled,  with  numerous  minute  seeds.  About  15  species  in 
E  ,Asia  and  Himalayas  and  1  in  Mexico.  D.  parvi  flora  and 
D.  Lemoinei  are  the  hardiest,  but  D.  scabra ,  Sieboldiana 
and  gracilis  are  also  hardy  north  in  somewhat  sheltered 
positions  or  with  slight  protection,  while  most  of  the 
others  are  more  tender  and  can  not  be  grown  safely 
north  of  New  York.  The  Deutzias  thrive  in  almost  any 
well  drained  soil,  and  are  well  adapted  for  borders  of 
shrubberies.  Potted  plants  forced  with  a  temperature 
not  exceeding  50°  develop  into  beautiful  specimens  for 
the  decoration  of  greenhouses  and  conservatories,  es- 
pecially D.  Lemoinei,  D.  gracilis  and  discolor.  The 
same  plants  cannot  be  forced  again.  Prop,  readily  by 
greenwood  and  hardwood  cuttings,  also  by  seeds  sown 
in  pans  or  boxes  in  spring. 

A.   Fls.  in  racemes  or  panicles:   petals  valvate  in 

the  bud. 

B.    Longer  filaments  narrowed  toward  the  apex, 
without  teeth. 

Sieboldiana,  Maxim.  (D.  scabra,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Low 
shrub,  to  2  ft.  :  Ivs.  short-petloled,  the  pair  below  the 
panicle  sessile,  ovate  or  ovate-elliptic,  rounded  or  cor- 
date at  the  base,  rough  and  rugose  above,  stellate-pubes- 
cent beneath,  light  green,  1-2  in.  long:  panicles  erect, 
loose,  2-3  in.  long:  fls.  white,  rather  small,  with  spread- 
ing petals;  calyx  lobes  persistent.  June.  Japan.  S.Z.  7. 
-Graceful  low  shrub,  but  less  showy  than  the  two  fol- 
lowing species. 

BB.  .All  filaments  with  2  large  teeth  below  the 
anthers. 

scabra,  Thunb.  Shrub,  to  6  ft. :  Ivs.  all  petioled,  ovate 
to  ovate-lanceolate,  rounded  at  the  base,  crenate-dentate, 
with  rough  pubescence  on  both  sides,  dull  green,  1-3  in. 
long:  panicles  erect,  2-4  in.  long:  fls.  white  or  blushed, 
with  erect  petals;  calyx  lobes  deciduous.  June,  July. 
Japan,  China.  S.Z.  6.  B.M.  3838.  B.R.  20:1718.  S.B.F.G. 
11.4:393.  A. G.  18:356.  Var.  angustifdlia,  Voss.  Branches 
reddish  brown :  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  rougher.  Var. 
crenata,  Voss  (D.  crenata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Branches 
brown :  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  less  rough.  This  var. 
is  less  common  in  cultivation  than  the  former.  Var. 
marmorata,  Hort.  Lvs.  spotted  with  yellowish  white. 
Var.  plena,  Maxim.  With  double  fls.  R.H.  1867:70.  F.S. 
17:1799;  18:1850.  I. H.  11:389.  — Cult,  in  different  forms 
as  Candidissima,  with  pure  white  double  fls.  (A.F. 
6:263.  J.H.  III.  34:153.  G.C.  II.  18:173) ;  Pride  of  Roches- 
ter, with  very  large  white  double  fls.;  Purpurea  Plena, 
double  outside  purplish  ;  Watereri,  with  large  double 
fls.,  tinged  rose. 


474 


DEUTZIA 


DEWBERRY 


695.   Deutzia  gracilis  (X  K). 

gracilis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Fig.  695.  Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with 
slender,  often  arching  branches:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  sharply  serrate,  with  sparse  stellate  hairs 
above,  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  bright  green,  1-2  in. 
long:  fls.  pure  white,  in  racemes;  petals  erect  or  some- 
what spreading,  oblong;  stamens  much  shorter  than  the 
petals;  calyx-teeth  persistent.  May,  June.  Japan.  S.Z.8. 
P.F.G.  2,p.  7.  F.S. 6:611.  R.H.  1891,p.203.  Thereare 
vars.  with  yellow  and  with  variegated  Ivs.;  see,  also, 
D.rosea  (Suppl.  list). 

AA.    Fls.  in  corymbs. 

discolor,  Hemsl.  Shrub,  to  7  ft.  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late, denticulate,  dark  green  above,  much  paler  beneath, 
coated  with  stellate  hairs,  sparingly  above,  densely  be- 
neath: corymbs  loose,  10-20  fld. :  fls.  white,  with  spread- 
ing petals,  valvate  in  the  bud ;  filaments  with  large  teeth. 
€hina.  Var.  purpurascens,  Franch.  Three-4  ft.  :  Ivs. 
ovate,  less  stellate-hairy,  1-2  in.  long  :  corymbs  rather 
few-fld. :  petals  pinkish  outside  ;  calyx  red,  with  large 
teeth.  June.  China.  R.H.  1895:64.  G.F.  7:287.  G.C. 
III.  26:45. 

Lem6inei,  Hort.  (D.  grdcilis  x  parvifldra).  Fig.  696. 
Spreading  shrub,  to  3  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceolate,  finely 
serrate  with  appressed  teeth,  with  sparse  stellate  hairs 
above,  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  l%-3  in.  long:  fls.  in 
large  corymbs  or  broad  panicles,  pure  white  ;  petals 
broadly  ovate,  spreading,  partially  valvate  and  partially 
imbricate  in  the  bud;  filaments  with  large  teeth.  G.F. 
9:285.  A.F.  11:457.  Gt.  44,  p.  567  and  46,  p.  383.  Gng. 
4:135.  J.H.  III.  34:77.  G.C.  III.  18:389.  Gn.  48,  p.  317. 
—A  very  desirable  shrub,  more  vigorous  and  with 
showier  fls.  than  D.  gracilis.  Excellent  for  forcing. 

parvifldra,  Bunge.  Shrub,  to  6  ft. ,  with  erect  branches : 
Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  finely  serrate,  with  stellate 
hairs  on  both  sides,  often  grayish  green  beneath,  2-3  in. 
long:  fls.  in many-fld.  corymbs;  petals  roundish  obovate, 
spreading,  imbricate  in  the  bud;  longer  filaments  with- 
out teeth.  June.  N.  China,  Mongolia.  G.F.  1:365.  Gt. 
11:370;  43,  p.  65  and  46,  p.  382.  R.H.  1892,  p.  223.  G.C. 
111.14:153. 

D.  angustifblia,  Dipp.=D.  Lemoinei.— D.  Brunonidna,  R.  Br. 
=D.  staminea  var.— D.  corymbifldra,  Lem.  Shrub,  to  4  ft. :  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  denticulate,  pubescent  beneath :  corymbs 
many-fld.:  petals  spreading.  June,  July.  China.  R.H.  1897,  p. 
466  (as  D.  corymbosa)  and  1898  p.  402.  G-.C.  III.  24:267.  A  F. 
14:166.  Gng.  7:2.— D.  corymbosa,  R.  Br.  Allied  to  D.  parviflora: 


Ivs.  ovate  or  lanceolate, 
long  acuminate:  fls.  larger; 
all  filaments  toothed. 
Himalayas.  —  D.  dentdta, 
Hort.=D.  scabra.— D.  For- 
tunei,  Hort.  (D.  scabra  X 
Sieboldiana) .  Lvs.  ovate- 
oblong:  fls.  large,  pure 
white  :  filaments  partly  in- 
distinctly toothed.  Usually 
a  variety  of  D.  scabra  is 
cult,  under  this  name.— D. 
mltis,  Hort.=D.scabra,var. 
crenata.  —  D.  rbsea,  Hort. 
(D. gracilis  rosea,Lemoine). 
Hybrid  between  D.  discolor 
purpurascens  and  D.  gra- 
cilis, with  campanulate 
blush  fls.  in  panicles.  Of 
the  same  parentage  as  are 
var.  campanulata  and  var. 
venusta,  with  white,  and 
var.  grandiflora  with  large 
blushed  fls.  These  vars.  are 
described  by  Lemoine  as 
forms  of  D.  gracilis,  except 
var.  grandiflora,  which  he 
has  under  D.  discolor.— D. 
staminea,  B.  Br.  Shrub,  to 
3  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate,  with  whitish 
stellate  pubescence  be- 
neath: corymbs  many-fld. : 
fls.  white,  fragrant ;  fila- 
ments with  large  teeth. 
Himalayas.  B.R.  33:13. 
Var.  Brunoniana,  Hook.  f. 
&  Thorns.  Lvs.  less  densely 
pubescent:  fls.  larger.  B.R. 
26:5  (as D. corymbosa).—!). 
Setchuensis, Branch.  Shrub: 
Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  bright 

green  above,  whitish  beneath,  with  appressed  stellate  hairs  : 
corymbs  few-fld.;  filaments  toothed,  half  as  long  as  petals. 
China.— D.  Wdtsoniand  Wellsi,  Hort.=D.  scabra  vars. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 
DEVIL-IN-A-BI7SH.   Nigella. 

DEWBERRY.  The  Dewberry  is  one  of  the  most  recent 
acquisitions  among  garden  fruits.  As  a  cultivated  fruit, 
it  is  American,  and  the  varieties  are  forms  of  native 
species.  It  is  distinguished  from  the  blackberry  chiefly 
by  its  low,  trailing  habit,  its  method  of  propagating  by 
tips  instead  of  suckers,  and  its  few-flowered  cymose 
clusters.  Four  distinct  species  are  found  in  cultivation. 
(1)  The  northern  Dewberry  (Rubus  villosus,  Ait.,  until 


696.  Deutzia  Lemoinei  (X 


lately  known  as  R.  Canadensis).  In  this  species  the 
leaflets  are  thin  and  deciduous,  the  stems  sparsely  and 
lightly  prickly,  and  the  flower-stalk  slightly  fuzzy  but 
not  glandular.  A  well  marked  sub-type  has  been  set  off 
from  this  species,  comprising  the  Lucretia  Dewberry 


DEWBERRY 


DIANELLA 


47.") 


(var.  roribaccus,  Bailey),  which  is  a  stronger  plant, 
with  wedge-ovate,  jagged  leaflets,  long  flower  stalks, 
large  flowers  and  leaf-like  sepals.  Pigs.  697,  698.  (2) 


697.   Lucretia  Dewberry  (X 


The  Bartel  type  (R.  invisus,  Bailey),  with  stout,  stiff 
stems,  straight,  reflexed  prickles,  large  leaflets  with 
simple  teeth,  and  having  the  unopened  buds  surmounted 
by  a  tip  formed  by  the  sepals  which  clasp  around  it. 
(3)  The  southern  Dewberry  (R.  trivialis,  Michx.).  This 
has  round,  shrubby,  trailing  stems,  bearing  strongly  re- 
curved or  reflexed  prickles,  glandular-tipped  hairs  and 
bristles.  The  leaves  are  evergreen,  leathery  and 
smooth,  with  numerous  stout,  recurved  or  reflexed 
prickles  on  the  veins  and  petioles  as  well  as  on  the 
flower-stems.  It  is  represented  in  cultivation  by  the 
Manatee  and  a  .few  others.  (4)  The  western  Dewberry 
(R.  vitifolius,  Cham.  &  Schlecht.).  This  has  round, 
woody  stems,  usually  weak  and  trailing  but  sometimes 
upright,  the  fruiting  branches  numerous,  armed  with 
slender  prickles,  often  rendering  the  smaller  parts 
densely  setose.  It  includes  the  Skagit  Chief  and  others. 
Still  another  species,  better  known  as  the  cut-leaved 
blackberry,  has  been  long  in  cultivation,  chiefly  for  or- 
nament. Its  stems  are  armed  with  strong,  recurved 
prickles  and  its  leaves  are  much  parted  and  divided. 

The  culture  of  the  Dewberry  is  much  the  same  as 
that  of  the  blackberry,  except  in  the  matter  of  training, 
though  it  is  thought  to  thrive  better  on  light  and 
sandy  soils  than  the  blackberry.  No  summer  pruning 
of  the  canes  is  needed,  although  the  old  canes  may  be 
removed  as  soon  as  done  fruiting.  Various  meth- 
ods of  training  are  employed,  the  object  of  all  be- 
ing to  keep  the  bearing  canes  off  the  ground,  so  that 
they  will  not  interfere  with  cultivation  and  the  fruit  will 
be  kept  clean.  For  this  purpose  the  single  stake  and 
the  wire  trellis  methods  are  best  known.  Tying  the 
canes  to  stakes  (Fig.  699)  is  perhaps  the  best  method. 
The  fruiting  canes  are  tied  to  the  stake  or  trellis  in 
spring,  being  shortened  to  from  3  to  5  feet  in  length. 
The  young  canes  are  allowed  to  grow  upon  the  ground 
at  will,  or  at  most  are  turned  in  the  direction  of  the  row 
if  they  interfere  with  cultivation.  They  remain  in  this 
position  during  winter,  where  they  can  be  very  con- 
veniently protected,  and  take  their  place  upon  the  trellis 
or  stakes  the  following  summer. 

The  Dewberries  have  proved  successful  and  profitable 
with  some  and  a  failure  with  others.  Different  varieties 
should  be  planted  together  to  insure  proper  fecundation 
of  the  blossoms.  Their  chief  value  lies  in  their  season 
of  ripening,  which  is  in  advance  of  the  blackberries. 
Lucretia  and  Bartel  are  the  most  important  varieties. 

For  histovy  and  botany,  see  Bailey,  Evolution  of  Our 


Native  Fruits;  for  culture,  see  Card's  Bush-Fruits,  and 
Cornell  Bulletins  34  and  117.  Consult  Blackberry,  Lo- 
ganberry and  Rubus.  FRED  w  CARD. 

DlACRIUM  (through  and  point;  the  stems  are  sur- 
rounded by  sheaths).  Ore hiddceie,  tribe  tipidendrece. 
Four  tropical  Aruer.  epiphytes,  closely  allied  to  Epi- 
dendrum,  with  which  they  have  been  included.  Differs 
from  that  genus  in  the  fact  that  the  column  and  lip  are 
not  united.  Fls.  showy,  in  loose  racemes  :  Ivs.  few, 
sheathing  :  pseudobulbs  slender.  Culture  of  Epiden- 
drum  and  Cattleya. 

bicornutum,  Benth.  (Epidendrum  bicornutum,  Hook.). 
Pseudobulbs  1-2  ft.  long,  hollow,  bearing  dry  sheaths: 
Ivs.  short  and  leathery  :  raceme  slender,  3-12-fld. :  the 
fls.  white,  with  small  crimson  spots  on  the  3-lobed  lip, 
fragrant.  B.M.  3332.  G.C.  III.  16:337.  J.H.  III.  33:29. 
— A  handsome  orchid,  requiring  high  temperature. 

D.  bidentatum,  Hemsl.  (Epidendrum  bidentatum,  Lindl.), 
of  Mexico,  has  been  listed  in  trade  catalogues,  but  it  is  practi- 
cally unknown  to  cult.,  and  is  probably  not  now  in  the  Amer. 
trade.  L.  H.  B. 

DIAMOND  FLOWEB.    See  lonopsidium. 

DIANELLA  (diminutive of  Diana).  Lilidcece.  Tender 
perennial  fibrous-rooted  plants,  with  hard,  linear,  sheath- 
ing, grass-like  Ivs.,  often  2-3  ft.  long,  large,  loose 
panicles  of  blue  fls.  on  delicate,  pendent  pedicels,  and 
great  numbers  of  pretty  blue  berries,  which  remain  at- 
tractive for  several  weeks,  and  are  the  chief  charm  of 
the  plant.  There  are  about  a  dozen  species  of  world- 
wide distribution.  They  perhaps  succeed  best  in  the 
open  border  of  a  cool  greenhouse.  Prop,  by  divisions, 
or  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  in  mild  heat.  A  few  plants 
have  lately  been  imported,  but  the  species  are  not  ad- 
vertised. Latest  monograph  by  J.  G.  Baker,  in  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  14:574  (1875). 

A.    Stems  entirely  wanting. 

B.  Anthers  1  line  long. 

Tasmanica,  Hook.  Height  4-5  ft. :  Ivs.  numerous,  in 
a  rosette,  broadly  ensiform,  2-4  ft.  long,  %-l  in.  wide, 
margined  with  small  reddish  brown 
spines,  that  cut  the  hand  if  the  leaves  are 
carelessly  grasped  :  panicle  very  lax,  sur- 
passing the  Ivs.  1-2  ft.,  with  as  many  as 
60  fls. :  fls.  pale  blue,  nodding,  >£-%  in. 
across,  segments  finally  refexed.  Tas- 
mania and  Australia.  B.M.  £551. 


698.  Lucretia  Dewberry. 
Natural  size. 


Training  Dewberry 
to  stakes. 


BB.   Anthers  1%  lines  long. 
Ot    Veins  of  the  outer  perianth-segments  rather  distant. 

laevis,  B.  Br.  Lvs.  1-1%  ft.  long,  6-9  lines  wide,  less 
leathery  and  paler  than  in  D.  ccerulea  and  at  first  slightly 
glaucous :  panicle  deltoid,  the  branches  more  compound 
than  in  D.  revoluta:  outer  segments  of  the  perianth  with 
5  distant  veins,  inner  ones  densely  3-veined  in  the 
middle  third.  Eastern  temperate  parts  of  Australia. 
B.R.  9:751.  L.B.C.  12:1136. 


476 


DIANELLA 


DIANTHUy 


oc.    Veins  of  the  perianth-segments  crowded  into  a 

central  space. 

revoKita,  R.  Br.  Height  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  1- 
1%  ft.  long,  3-4  lines  wide,  dark  green,  purplish  at  the 
base  and  margin,  not  spiny  at  the  margin  :  panicle 
branches  short,  ascending  :  fls.  later  than  D.  ccerulea. 
W.  and  E.  Australia  in  temperate  parts.  Tasmania. 
B.R.  9: 734  and  13:1120. 

AA.    Stems  present  but  short. 

caerulea,  Sims.  Subshrubby,  with  a  short  stem  in  age, 
branching:  Ivs.  about  6,  clustered  at  the  ends  of  branches, 
9-12  in.  long,  0-9  lines  wide,  dark  green,  rough  on  the 
back  and  margin :  outer  perianth -segments  with  5  distant 
veins,  inner  ones  with  3  closer  veins.  Eastern  temper- 
ate Australia.  B.M.  505. 

ensifdlia,  Red.  Caulescent  herb,  3-6  ft.  high,  the  Ivs. 
never  in  a  rosette,  numerous,  hard,  linear,  1-2  ft.  long, 
9-12  lines  wide,  lighter  colored  on  the  keel  and  margin: 
fls.  blue  or  greenish  white.  Trop.  Asia,  China,  Aus- 
tralia, Hawaiian  Islands.  B.M.  1404.  ^.  M. 

DIANTHUS  (Greek  for  Jove's  flower).  Caryophylld- 
cece.  PINK.  About  200  species  of  Old  World  small  herbs, 
many  of  them  prized  for  their  rich  and  showy  flowers. 
Nearly  all  of  them  are  perennials ;  they  form  tufts  and 
have  grass-like  Ivs.,  and  jointed  stems  with  terminal 
fls.  and  opposite  Ivs.  From  kindred  genera  Dianthus 
is  distinguished  by  the  sepal-like  bracts  at  the 
base  of  a  cylindrical  calyx  (cf.  Figs.  366,  367) ;  petals 
without  a  crown;  styles  2.  They  are  temperate-region 
plants.  The  flowers  are  usually  pink  or  red,  but  in 
garden  forms  white  and  purple  are  frequent  colors. 
Most  of  the  cult,  species  are  hardy  in  the  north  and  are 
easy  of  culture.  The  perennial  species  are  excellent 
border  plants.  The  chief  care  required  in  their  cultiva- 
tion is  to  see  that  the  grass  does  not  run  them  out. 
Best  results  in  flowering  are  obtained  usually  from  2- 
year-old  seedling  plants.  Two  weedy  species,  D.  pro- 
lifer,  Linn.,  and  D.  Armeria,  Linn.,  are  naturalized  in 
the  eastern  states.  Monogr.  by  F.  N.  Williams,  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  29  (1891-3).  L<  H>  B> 

Dianthus  is  essentially  a  European  genus,  there  being 
butone  species  found  native  on  this  continent(Z>.ofyn«MS, 
found  in  high  northern  regions  and  in  Europe),  though 
others  are  escapes  from  gardens,  such  as  D.  deltoides 
and  D.  barbatus.  Among  the  gems  of  the  genus  are 
various  pretty  little  alpine  tufted  sorts  as  D.  neglectus, 
D.  glacialis  and  D.  alpinus ,  all  of  which  are  of  dwarf, 
close  habit,  not  exceeding  3  in.  in  height  and  having 
very  iarge  single  flowers  of  brightest  colors.  These  are 
suited  only  for  rock  gardening,  as  on  level  ground  they 
often  become  smothered  with  weeds  or  swamped  with 
soil  after  a  heavy  rain  storm,  and  to  these  two  causes 
are  attributable  the  failures  tocultivate  them.  Dianthuses 
like  a  warm  soil,  and  one  that  will  not  become  too  wet 
at  any  time,  especially  in  winter,  where  the  perennial 
kinds  are  grown,  as  they  are  often  killed  not  so  much 
from  cold  as  from  too  much  ice  round  them.  Snow  is  the 
best  possible  protection,  but  ice  is  the  reverse. 

All  Dianthuses  are  readily  propagated  from  seeds 
sown  in  rich  soil,  but  the  double  kinds  are  reproduced 
from  cuttings  alone  to  be  sure  to  have  them  true,  and  in 
the  fall  months  cuttings  are  easily  rooted  if  taken  with 
a  "heel"  or  a  part  of  the  old  stem  adhering  to  the 
base  of  the  shoot;  so  that  to  make  cuttings  it  is  best  to 
strip  them  off  rather  than  to  make  them  with  a  knife.  It 
will  be  found  also  that,  if  cuttings  made  from  plants 
growing  in  the  open  ground  do  not  root  readily  but  seem 
to  dry  up  in  the  cutting  bench,  if  the  plants  to  be  in- 
creased are  carefully  lifted  and  potted,  placed  in  a  tem- 
perature of  say  50°  until  young  growth  shows  signs 
of  starting,  every  cutting  taken  off  at  this  stage  will 
root  easily.  The  transition  from  outdoors  to  the  propa- 
gating house  should  not  be  too  abrupt.  Another  method 
of  propagation  is  by  layering,  and  with  the  garden 
Pinks,  or  forms  of  D.  piumarius,  it  is  the  easiest  and 
surest.  After  hot  weather  is  past  stir  the  soil  round 
the  parent  plant,  take  the  branches  that  have  a  portion 
of  bare  stem,  make  an  incision  half  way  through  and 
along  the  stem  for  an  inch,  and  peg  this  down  in  the  soil 
without  breaking  the  shoot  off  (Fig.  370).  Roots  will  be 


formed  and  good  strong  plants  be  the  result  before* 
winter.  The  layering  method  is  specially  suitable  to  such 
species  as  D.  piumarius,  D.  Caryophyllus  and  double 
forms  of  others,  such  as  Sweet  William.  g  Q  QRPET. 

Index:  alpinus,  11;    atrorubens,  2;  barbatus,  5;   capi- 
tatus,3;  Carthusianorum,2;  Caryophyllus,  8;  Chinensis,, 


700.  Sweet  William -Dianthus  barbatus  (X 


13;  Cincinnatus,  13;  cinnabarimis,  1;  cruentus,  4;  del 
toides,  10;  dentosiis,  13;  diadematus,  13;  glacialis,  12; 
Heddewigi,  13;  hybridus,  13;  imperialis,  13;  laciniatus, 
13;  latifolius,  14;  macrosepalus,  13;  piumarius,  6;  punc- 
tatus,  8  ;  semperflorens,  13;  Sinensis,  13;  superbus,  7; 
sylvestris,9;  viscordalis,  sub  14. 

A.    flowers  in  dense  cymes  or  in  heads,  the  cluster  often 

subtended  by  involucre-like  Ivs. 
B.   Petals  not  bearing  hairs  or  barbs  :  bracts  dry. 

1.  cinnabar inus,  Sprun.    A  ft.   high,  woody  at  base, 
perennial,   blooming  in  Aug.    and    Sept. :    Ivs.   linear, 
sharp-pointed  and  rigid  :  petals  fiery  red  above,  paler 
beneath,  glandular:  stamens  included.    Greece.  — Hand- 
some little  species;  useful  for  hardy  border  or  rockery. 

BB.    Petals  with  hairs  or  barbs  on  the  lower  part  of  the 
blade. 

2.  Carthusiandrum,    Linn.    (D.    atrdrubens,  Willd.)- 
Hardy  perennial  or  biennial,  glabrous,  scarcely  glaucous, 
12-18  in.  high,  the  stem  angled:  Ivs.  short,  linear  and 
pointed,  without  prominent  nerves  when  fresh  :  fls.  in 
a  dense,  6-20-fld.  head,  in  shades  of   red,   the  petals 
sharply  but  not  deeply  toothed,  the  cluster  subtended 


DIAXTHUS 


DIANTHUS 


47' 


by  very  narrow  or  even  a\vl-like  Ivs.  Denmark  to  Portu- 
gal and  Egypt.  B.M.  1775,  2039. -Very  variable.  Little 
known  in  Amer.  gardens. 

3.  capitatus,  Balb.   Much  like  the  last:  plant  glaucous, 
conspicuously  pubescent,  taller:  petals  purple-spotted. 
Siberia,  Scrvia. 

4.  cruentus,  Griseb.     Cespitose,  glaucous,  glabrous  : 
stem  1-2  ft..  Terete,  forking:  Ivs.  linear  or  lance-linear, 
sharp  acuminate:  fls.  deep  blood-red,  small,  numerous 
in  a  contracted   cyme  ;    petals  red-hairy  towards  the 
base.    July.  Greece. 

5.  barbatus,  Linn.    SWEET  WILLIAM.    Fig.  700.     Per- 
ennial, but  readily  grown  from  seed,  and  flowering  well 
the  second  year,  glabrous,  the  stems  4-angled,  10-18  in. 
high:   Ivs.  broad  and  flat  or  conduplicate,  5-nerved:  fls. 
several  to  many  in  a  round-topped,  dense  cyme,  in  many 
colors,  the  petals  not  hairy.    Russia  to  China  and  S.  to 
the  Pyrenees.    B.M.  207. -The  Sweet  William  is  one  of 
the  oldest  garden  flowers.    It  is  sure  to  be  found  in  the 
old-fashioned  gardens.     The  cult,  forms  run  into  many 
colors.    Sometimes  found  along  roadsides  as  an  escape. 
There  are  double-fld.  forms.    R.H.  1894,  p.  277. 

AA.    Floicers  solitary,  or  in  2's  or  S's. 

B.    Calyx-bracts  short  and  broad,  appressed. 

C.    Petals  fimbriate. 

6.  plumarius,  Linn.   COMMON  GRASS  or  GARDEN  PINK. 
SCOTCH  PINK.    PHEASANT'S  EYE  PINK.   Low,  tufty,  1  ft., 
blooming  in  spring  and  early  summer,  very  fragrant: 
Ivs.  narrow  and  short,  blue-glaucous  :  fls.  medium  size, 

pink,  purplish  and  white, 
the  blade  of  the  petal 
fringed  one-fourth  or  one- 
fifth  its  depth;  calyx  cylin- 
drical, with  short,  broad- 
topped  mucronate  bracts. 
Austria,  Siberia.— A  uni- 
versal favorite.  Hardy. 
Much  used  in  old-fash- 
ioned gardens  as  edging 
for  beds.  There  are  double- 
fld.  forms. 

7.  superbus,  Linn.  Fig.  701. 
Taller,  the  stems  forking,  less 
tufted, later-fld.,  broader-lvd. ; 
calyx  longer:  petals  lilac,  dis- 
sected below  the  middle.  Nor- 
way to  Japan  and  Spain.  Vari- 
able. B.M.  297.— A  handsome 
species,  growing  16-24  in., 
fragrant.  Perennial. 


distinguished  by  very  long  stems  and  a  continuous 
blooming  habit.  Garden  varieties  of  J).  Caryophyllus 
are  numberless,  and  they  often  pass  under  Latinized 
names  (D.pmi'-tntux.  Hort.,  is  one  of  these  names).  For 
studies  in  the  history  and  evolution  of  the  Carnation, 
see  Bailey,  Survival  of  theUnlike,  Essay28.  See  Carna- 
tion. 


cc.  Petals  only  dentate  (ex- 
cept in  some  garden 
forms). 

8.  Caryophyllus,  Linn.  CAR- 
NATION. CLOVE  PINK.  PICO- 
TEE.  GRENADINE.  Figs.  360-8, 
370-5.  Plate  IV.  Cespitose, 
glabrous,  1-3  ft.,  the  stems 
hard  or  almost  woody  below, 
the  nodes  or  joints  conspicu- 
ous :  Ivs.  long-linear,  very 
glaucous:  fls.  on  long  stems, 
particularly  inAmerican  cult. ; 
calyx  -  bracts  very  broad, 
abruptly  pointed  :  Vars.  soli- 
tary, large,  very  variable  in 
size,  form  and  color,  but  origi- 
nally pale  lilac,  fragrant. 
B.M.  39  (Bizarre  Carnation); 
1622  (var.  imbricatus);  2744 
(Pieotees).  —  Generally  sup- 
posed to  be  native  to  the 
Mediterranean  region,  but 
Williams  gives  its  geograph- 
ical limits  as  "north  and  west  Normandy"  and  "south 
and  east  Punjab"  (northwestern  Hindoostan).  Long 
cultivated.  In  Europe  it  is  largely  grown  as  an  outdoor 
Pink,  but  in  this  country  it  is  chiefly  known  as  the 
greenhouse  Carnation.  The  American  forcing  type  is 


-M&} 


701.   Dianthus  superbus. 
(XX.) 


702.   Dianthus  Chinensis(X  %). 

9.  sylv6stris,  Wulf  (D.  virgineus,  Hort.).     Slender, 
1  ft.  high,  the  stem  angular  compressed  and  bearing  1-3 
odorless    fls.:    Ivs.   tufted,   linear  and   sharp-pointed, 
scabrous   on  the   margins  :  fls.  rather  small,  red,  the 
petals  obovate  and  shallow-toothed.    Eu.     B.M.  1740.— 
Pretty  perennial  border  plant. 

BB.  Calyx-bracts  lialf  the  length  of  the  calyx,  mostly 
narrow-pointed:  Ivs.  short  and  spreading,  the 
radical  ones  obtuse  or  nearly  so. 

10.  deltoides,  Linn.    MAIDEN  PINK.    Tufted,  6-10  in., 
blooming  in  spring  and  early  summer,  creeping:  stems 
ascending,  forking,  with  solitary  tts.  on  the  branchlets: 
stem  Ivs.  an  inch  long,  sharp-pointed  :  fls.  small  (%-% 
in.  across),  the  petals  toothed,  deep  red  with  a  crimson 
eye,  the  petals  bearing  an  inverted  V-shaped  pocket  at 
their  base  (whence  the  name  deltoid t-s).     Scotland  to 
Norway  and  Japan. -One  of  the  prettiest  border  Pinks, 
making  neat  mats  of  foliage  and  bearing  profusely  of 
the  little  bright  fls.    There  is  a  white-fld.  variety. 


478 


DIANTHUS 


DICENTRA 


11.  alpinus,  Linn.    Very  dwarf,  the  1-fld.  stems  rarely 
reaching  more  than  3-4  in.  high,  more  or  less  prostrate: 
foliage  dark  shining  green :  fl.  1  in.  or  more  across,  deep 
rose  or  purplish  and  crimson  spotted,  a  darker  ring 
around  the  eye.   Russia  to  Greece  and  Swiss  Alps.  B.M. 
1205.  Gn.  26:455;  47,  p.  292;  45,  p.  53. -One  of  the  choic- 
est of  alpine  and  rockwork  plants. 

BBS.    Calyx-bracts  leafy  and  spreading. 

12.  glacialia,  Haenke.    Three  to  4  in.  high,  the  stems 
tufted  and  usually  1-fld. :  Ivs.  green,  narrow-linear  and 
pointed,    somewhat  serrulate:  fls.  small  and  odorless, 
red-purple;  the  petals  toothed.   Mts.  of  S.  Eu.    G.C.  II. 
21:809. —A  pretty  species,   but   difficult   to   establish. 
Grown  among  alpine  plants. 

13.  CMnensis,  Linn.  (D.  Sintnsis,  Hort.).     Fig.  702. 
Perennial,  cespitose,  glabrous,  more  or  less  creeping  at 
base:  stem  forking,  angled  and  more  or  less  grooved, 
pubescent:  Ivs.  broad  and  nearly  flat  or  slightly  trough- 
shaped,  3-5-nerved:  fls.  large,  solitary  or  more  or  less 
clustered,  pink  or  lilac;  the  petals  (at  least  in  the  wild) 
barbed  or  hairy  towards  the   base;  calyx-bracts  4,  in 
some  cult.  vars.  short.  — China  and  Japan;  but  recent  au- 
thorities consider  a  European  Pink  to  be  but  a  form  of 
it,  and  thereby  extend  its  range  west  to  Portugal.    The 
Amoor  Pink  (D.  dentdsus,  Fisch.)  is  a  form  known  as 
var.  macrosepalus,  Franch.:  it  is  a  hardy  border  plant, 
1  ft.  high,  with  bright  red  fls.  and  a  spot  at  base  of  each 
petal.    D.    semperflorens,  Hort.,  is    a  hardy  perennial 
form,  12-18  in.,  with  silvery  foliage  and  deep  pink,  red- 
eyed,  fragrant  fls.     D.  Chinensis  has  given  rise  to  a 
beautiful  and  variable  race  of  garden  Pinks,  var.  Hed- 
dewigi,  Regel   (D.  Htddewigi,  Hort.).    These  are  ex- 
tensively   grown  from    seeds,  and  are  practically    an- 
nuals, although  plants  may  survive  the  winter  and  give 
a  feeble  bloom  in   the  spring  in  mild  climates.    The 
flowers  are   scarcely  odorous.    They    are    single   and 
double,  of  many  vivid  colors;  and  many  of  the  garden 
forms  have  bizarre  markings.    In  some  forms,  var.  la- 
ciniatus,  Regel  (D.  laciniatus,  Hort.),  the   petals    are 
slashed  and  cut.  D.  imperialis,  Hort.,  is  a  name  applied 
to  a  strain  with  strong  habit  and  rather  tall  growth, 
mostly  double.   C.  diadematus,  Hort.,  is  another  garden 
strain.     D.   Cincinnatus,    Lem.,   is   a    red    form  with 
shredded  petals.    I.H.   11:388.    D.  hybridus,  Hort.,  is 


13:1380-1.  Gn.  49:1051.  The  garden  Pinks  are  of 
easy  culture.  Seeds  may  be  sown  in  the  open  where 
the  plants  are  to  stand,  but  better  results  are  obtained r 
at  least  in  the  north,  if  plants  are  started  in  the  house. 


703.  Dicentra  spectabilis-Bleeding  Heart  (X  %). 


another  set.  This  name  (D.  hybridus)  is  also  applied 
to  a  dentosus-like  form,  which  some  regard  as  a  hybrid 
of  dentosus  and  some  other  species.  For  portraits  of 
garden  Pinks,  see  B.M.  5536;  F.S.  11:1150;  12:1288-9; 


704.  Dicentra  formosa  (X  %). 

Plants  bloom  after  the  first  fall  frosts.  They  grow  10- 
16  in.  high,  and  should  be  planted  6-8  in.  apart.  They 
are  very  valuable  for  borders  and  flower  gardens. 

14.  latifdlius,  Hort.  Perennial,  6-12  in.  high,  of  doubt- 
ful origin,  but  in  habit  intermediate  between  D,  Chi- 
nensis and  D.  barbatus.  Fls.  large,  double,  in  close 
clusters  or  even  heads:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate.  — A  good 
border  plant. 

D.  mscordalis  is  a  name  which  once  was  advertised  by  Man- 
ning, but  is  not  now  in  the  trade.  The  seed  was  obtained  from 
an  English  firm.  It  is  probably  a  garden  form  of  some  old 
species.  L.  H.  B. 

DIClSNTRA  (Greek,  dis,  kentron,  two-spurred,  but 
originally  misprinted  Diclytra,  and  then  supposed  to  be 
Dielytra).  Fumariacece.  A  genus  of  charming  hardy 
perennial  plants  with  much  cut  foliage,  and  rose,  white 
or  yellow  fls.  of  interesting  structure.  The  Squirrel 
Corn  and  Dutchman's  Breeches  are  two  of  our  daintiest 
native  springtime  flowers,  and  the  Bleeding  Heart  is 
one  of  the  choicest  memories  of  old-fashioned  gardens : 
it  is  also  the  most  widely  cultivated  of  all  the  plants  of 
this  delightful  order.  Though  long  known  to  herbaria, 
plants  of  Bleeding  Heart  were  not  introduced  to  western 
cultivation  from  Japan  until  the  late  forties.  Robert  For- 
tune saw  it  on  the  Island  of  Chusan,  where  he  also  got 
Diervilla  rosea  and  the  epoch-making  "Chusan  Daisy," 
the  parent  of  pompon  Chrysanthemums.  The  first  live 
plants  seen  in  England  flowered  in  May,  1847.  It  rapidly 
spread  into  every  garden  in  the  land,  and  is  now  rich 
in  home  associations.  It  is  an  altogether  lovely  plant. 
There  are  about  15  species  of  Dicentra,  mostly  N. 
American.  Sepals  2,  scale-like  :  petals  united  into  a 
2-spurred  or  heart-shaped  nectariferous  corolla :  stamens 
diadelphous. 

Dicentras  are  easily  cultivated  in  borders  and  wild  gar- 
dens. Two  kinds  can  be  readily  secured  from  the  woods 
in  the  E.  Try  to  reproduce  the  natural  conditions,  espe- 
cially the  degree  of  shade,  They  like  a  rich,  light  soil. 
Prop,  by  dividing  crowns  or  roots.  It  is  a  singular  fact 
that  the  forcing  of  Bleeding  Hearts,  though  practically 
unknown  in  America,  is  said  to  be  commoner  in  England 
than  outdoor  culture.  According  to  Nicholson,  the  foro- 


DICENTRA 


DICHORISANDRA 


479 


ing  must  be  very  gentle  and  the  plants  kept  as  near  the 
glass  as  possible.  It  is  best  to  have  fresh  plants  each 
year,  and  return  the  forced  ones  to  the  border. 

A.  Fls.  rose-purple. 

B.  Racemes  simple. 

spectabilis,    Hem.    (Dielytra     sneetdbilis,    G.  Don). 
BLEEDING  HEART.    Fig.  703.    Height  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  and 

Ifts.  broadest  of  the 
group:  fls.  largest,  deep, 
rosy  red;  corolla  heart- 
shaped  ;  inner  petals 
white,  protruding.  Late 
spring.  Jap.  F.S.  3:258. 


705.   Leaf  of   Dicentra 
Canadensis— Squirrel  Corn 


B.M.  4458.   R.H.  1847:461.    Gn.  40:820. -The  white-fid, 
variety  has  a  weak  growth  and  sickly  appearance. 

BB.   Racemes  compound. 
c.    Inner  petals  protruded. 

eximia,  Torr.  Fls.  deep  rose,  heart-shaped,  tapering 
to  a  neck,  which  is  longer  and  narrower  than  in  D.  for- 
mosa,  the  tips  of  the  outer  petals  much  longer.  Rocks 
of  western  N.  Y.  and  Mts.  of  Va.  Var.  multipinnata, 
Hort.,has  Ivs.  still  more  finely  cut.  "The  handsomest 
foliaged  hardy  plant  in  our  entire  collection."— «7.  W. 
Manning. 

CC.  Inner  petals  scarcely  protruded. 
formdsa,  Wai  p.  Fig.  704.  Fls.  pale  rose,  with  a  short, 
thick  neck,  the  tips  of  the  outer  petals  shorter  than  in 
D.  eximia.  According  to  Gray,  Syn.  Flora,  the  fls.  are 
cordate,  but  B.M.  shows  2  pronounced  spurs,  with  tips 
pointing  toward  each  other.  Mn.  8:17.  B.M.  1335  (as 
Fumaria  formosa).  Calif,  north. 

AA.    Flowers  yellow. 

chrysantha,  Walp.  Pale  and  glaucous:  inflorescence 
thyrsoid-paniculate:  fls.  numerous,  as  many  as  50  in  a 
thyrse,  erect,  golden  yellow;  corolla  deciduous;  outer 
petals  hardly  larger  than  the  inner,  the  tips  soon  recurv- 
ing to  below  the  middle.  Dry  hills,  Calif.  F.S.  8:820  (as 
Capndrchis  chrysantha).  —  Rare  in  cult. 

AAA.   Flowers  chiefly  white. 
B.    Corolla  merely  heart-shaped,  the  spurs  being  short 

and  rounded. 

Canadensis,  Walp.  (Ditlytra  Canadensis,  G.  Don). 
SQUIRREL  CORN,  from  the  scattered  tubers  resembling 
grains  of  maize.  Fig.  705.  Lvs.  finely  cut  :  raceme 
simple,  few-fid. :  fls.  white,  tipped  with  rose;  crest  of 
the  inner  petals  conspicuous,  projecting.  Nova  Scotia 
to  Mich.,  south  to  Penn.  and  Ky.,  but  chiefly  northward 
in  the  vegetable  mold  of  rich  woods.  B.M.  3031. 

BB.    Corolla  not  heart-shaped,  the  spurs  longer  and 
divergent. 

Cucullaria,  Bern.  (Dielytra  Cucullaria,  G.  Don). 
DUTCHMAN'S  BREECHES.  Fig.  706.  Easily  told  from  D. 
Canadensis  by  its  loose,  granular  cluster  of  tubers:  Ivs. 
finely  cut  :  racemes  simple,  few-fld. :  fls.  white,  tipped 


creamy  yellow;  crest  of  the  inner  petals  minute.  Nova 
Scotia  to  L.  Huron,  S.  C.  to  Mo.  I.H.  6:215.  Mn.  6:41. 
A.G.  13:516.  D.  35.  B.M.  1127  (as  Fumaria  Cucullaria). 

W.  M. 

DICHORISANDKA  (Greek  words  referring  to  the  di- 
vision of  the  stamens  into  two  series).  Commeli- 
nacea>.  About  28  species  of  tropical  perennial  herbs, 
with  handsome  foliage,  often  beautifully  variegated, 
and  rich  blue  fls.  borne  in  thyrse-like  panicles.  Sepals 
distinct,  ovate  or  oblong,  green  or  colored,  about  equal; 
petals  distinct,  wider  than  the  sepals;  stamens  6.  C.  B. 
Clarke  in  DC.  Mon.  Phan.  3:272  (1881).  The  following 
are  in  the  trade  but  not  sufficiently  described  :  D. 
amcena,  D.  variegata,  2).  Zanoni.  ^y  jyj 

Dichorisandra   thyrsi  flora  is  a  sat- 
isfactory plant  of  unusual  and  inter- 
esting appearance,  which  requires  lit- 
tle   attention   when   once  well   estab- 
lished,   and    may   be   relied   upon    to 
flower  regularly  year  after  year.     It 
needs  careful  repotting  every  year  at 
first  until  a  good-sized  pot  (say  8  in.) 
is  well  filled  with  roots.  It  then  throws 
up  a  strong  shoot  each  year  about  6  ft. 
high,  unbranched,  and  with  perhaps  8- 
or  9  Ivs.  near  the  top.    The  handsome 
thyrse  of  dark  blue  fls.  gives  a  color 
that  is  rare  in  the  greenhouse.    This 
plant  may  be  the  only  representative 
of  its  interesting  order  in  a  private  collection.  It  is  wil- 
ling to  be  crowded  into  the  background,  where  its  bare 
stem  is  hidden,   and  where  the  light  may  be  poorest. 
The  stem  dies  down  in  the  winter  time,  when  water 
should  be  gradually  withdrawn.   Water  should  be  given 
liberally   during  the   growing  season.     Of  the  foliage 
plants  of  this  genus,  D.  mosaica  is  commonest.    It  is 
dwarfer, and  does  not  flower  so  regularly* 

Cult,  by  ROBERT  SHORE. 
A.    Foliage  not  variegated. 

thyrsifldra,  Mikan.  Distinguished  by  its  large  lvs.r 
which  are  lanceolate,  narrowed  into  a  distinct  petiole, 
glabrous,  6-10  in.  long,  2  in.  wide,  green  on  both  sides: 
stem  about  3  ft.  high,  scarcely  branched,  robust,  gla- 
brous :  racemes  subpanicled,  pubescent :  sepals  glabrous, 
blue  or  somewhat  herbaceous.  Braz.  B.R.  8:682.  L. B.C. 
12:1196.  P.M.  3: 127. 


706.   Dicentra  Cucullaria— Dutchman's  Breeches  (X%). 


AA.   Foliage  variegated. 

mosaica,  Linden  (D.  musdica,  Koch  &  Lind.).  Dis« 
tinguished  by  its  large,  broadly  elliptical  Ivs.,  which  are 
roundish  at  the  base,  sessile,  glabrous,  about  6  in.  long, 


480 


DICHORISANDRA 


DICTAMNUS 


3-4  in.  wide,  with  a  short,  sharp,  rather  abrupt  point: 
stem  unbranched,  robust,  spotted :  raceme  short,  densely 
thyrsoid:  sepals  white  or  greenish.  Gt.  1808:593.  F.S. 
16:1711.  — Its  chief  beauty  is  the  mosaic  appearance  of 
the  foliage,  due  to  numberless  short,  transverse,  whitish 
lines,  which  do  not  pass  by  the  longitudinal  veins  of  the 
leaf.  The  under  side  of  the  Ivs.  is  a  rich  purplish  color. 
Var.  gigantea,  Hort.,  is  cult,  abroad. 

Var.  undata  (D.  \mdata,  C.  Koch  &  Linden).  Foliage 
without  any  mosaic  appearance,  the  variegation  being 
entirely  longitudinal.  Each  parallel  vein  lies  in  the  mid- 
dle of  a  long,  whitish  band  extending  the  full  length  of 
the  leaf.  F.S.  17:1763. -Clarke  refers  D.  undata  to  D. 
mosaica,  but  horticulturally  they  are  very  distinct. 

Si§bertii,  Hort.  A  little  known  plant  with  white  mid- 
rib and  margins. 

D.  acafilis,  Cogn.  Stemless:  Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  almost  sessile, 
narrowly  oblong,  wavy,  acutish,  short-cuiieate  at  the  base, 
sparsely  pilose  on  both  sides:  panicles  terminal,  sessile,  much 
shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Braz.  I.H.  41:19.  Handsomely  varie- 
gated with  countless  short,  longitudinal  lines.— D.  angustifblia, 
Lind.  &  Rod.  Stem  purple,  spotted  green:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late, sessile,  glabrous,  roundish  at  the  base,  acute,  about  6  in. 
long,  2  in.  wide  at  the  middle,  purple  below,  marked  above  with 
short,  transverse,  white  lines.  Equador.  I.H.  39:158.— D.  leu- 
cophthalmos,'H.ook.,  differs  from  all  here  described  in  having 
radical  inflorescence,  its  fls.  lying  flat  on  the  ground.  Lvs.  el- 
liptic, acuminate,  green  on  both  sides:  fls.  blue,  with  a  white 
eye;  stamens  6.  Braz.  B.M.  4733.— D.  oxypetala,  Hook.,  is  in- 
stantly recognized  by  its  acute  petals,  which  are  purple.  Lvs. 
green  on  both  sides.  Braz.  B.M.  2721.— D.  picta,  Lodd.,  has 
narrower  petals  than  usual,  with  a  white  spot  at  the  base,  but 
is  told  from  all  others  here  described  by  the  irregular  blotches 
of  purple  on  the  upper  side  of  the  Ivs.  The  purple  is  the  same 
color  as  that  on  the  under  surface.  Braz.?  B.M.  4760.  L.B.C. 
17:1667.— D.  Saundersi,  Hook.,  differs  from  all  others  here  de- 
scribed in  the  extreme  density  of  its  head-like  inflorescence. 
Lvs.  green  on  both  sides,  lanceolate:  sepals  white,  tinged  blue. 
Braz.  B.M.  6165.  ^r  ]yj 

DIGHEOA  (Greek,  dis,  two,  and  chros,  color).  In- 
cludes Adamia.  Saxifragacece.  This  genus  contains  a 
rare  greenhouse  shrub  in  habit  resembling  a  Hy- 
drangea, with  violet-blue  fls.  in  a  pyramidal  panicle  a 
foot  across,  and  handsome  blue  berries,  instead  of  the 
capsular  fruit  of  Hydrangea.  Lvs.  persistent,  alternate, 
stalked,  widest  at  middle,  tapering  both  ways,  serrate: 
panicles  terminal,  many-fld.:  fls.  blue,  lilac,  or  violet; 
petals  5  or  6,  valvate  ;  styles  3-5,  club-shaped.  The 
genus  has  only  2  species,  the  commoner  and  more  vari- 
able one,  D.  febrifuga,  which  is  glabrous,  being  found 
in  the  Himalayas,  Malaya,  and  China,  while  D.pubescens 
is  native  to  Malaya  only. 

febrifuga,  Lour.  (Adamia  versicolor,  Hort.).  Later 
writers  also  include  Adamia  cyanea,  Wall.,  which 
Lindley  distinguished  by  its  smaller  Ivs.  and  fls.,  5 
petals,  and  10  stamens,  while*  A.  versicolor  had  7,  or 
sometimes  6  petals,  and  20  stamens.  Plants  are  still 
cultivated  abroad  under  the  name  of  A.  cyanea,  but  it 
cannot  be  stated  here  how  distinct  they  are  for  horti- 
cultural purposes.  A.  versicolor,  P.M.  16:322.  A.  cy- 
anea, B.M.  3046.  iff  M. 

DICKSONIA  (named  for  James  Dickson,  an  English 
botanist,  1738-1822).  Cyallieacece.  Tree  ferns  with  a 
distinctly  2-valved  inferior  indusium,  the  outer  valve 
formed  by  the  apex  of  the  leaf  segment.  A  small  genus, 
mostly  of  the  southern  hemisphere.  For  D.  pilosius- 
cula,  punctilobula  and  Smithii,  see  Dennstcedtia. 

Dicksonias  are  amongst  the  most  important  tree  ferns, 
both  for  their  beauty  arid  because  of  their  relative  hardi- 
ness. In  their  native  countries  some  of  them  are  occa- 
sionally weighted  with  snow,  and  D.  antarctica  has  to 
endure  frosts.  They  can  be  grown  in  coolhouses,  and 
should  be  tried  southward  outdoors  in  sheltered  places. 
Their  trunks  are  more  fibrous  than  those  of  most  tree 
ferns,  and  hence  more  retentive  of  moisture,  so  that 
they  need  less  care.  A  good  trunk  produces  30-40  fronds 
a  year,  and  retains  them  until  the  next  set  is  matured, 
unless  the  trees  suffer  for  moisture  in  winter.  Although 
they  rest  in  winter,  the  fronds  soon  shrivel  up  if  the 
trunks  are  allowed  to  get  too  dry.  Dicksonias  should 
have  their  trunks  thoroughly  watered  twice  a  day  dur- 
ing the  growing  season.  These  waterings  should  be 


gradually  decreased  until  winter,  when  the  trunks 
should  be  kept  inerely  moist  all  the  time.  Only  in  the 
hottest  summer  days  is  slight  shade  needed.  It  is  a 
pity  to  grow  tree  ferns  in  pots,  but  if  this  must  be  done 
several  principles  should  be  observed.  The  lapse  of  a 
single  day's  watering  will  often  cause  serious  damage. 
As  a  rule,  the  pots  should  be  of  the  smallest  size  con- 
sistent with  the  size  of  the  trunk.  Three  or  four  inches 
of  soil  all  round  the  trunks  is  enough.  The  above  points 
are  taken  from  Schneider's  Book  of  Choice  Ferns,  as 
tree  ferns  are  little  grown  in  America. 

antarctica,  Labill.  Scales  of  the  short  leaf-stems 
dense,  dark  purplish  brown  :  Ivs.  5-6  ft.  long,  the  central 
pinnae  12-18  in.  long  ;  segments  oblong,  the  sterile  in- 
cised. Australia  and  Tasmania.  G.C.  III.  9:81.  — Trunk 
sometimes  30-35  ft.  high.  A  very  useful  decorative 
plant. 

squarrdsa,  Swz.  Scales  of  the  short  leaf -stem  fibril- 
lose,  light  colored:  Ivs.  3-4  ft.  long,  the  pinnae  9-15  in. 
long;  segments  lanceolate,  the  sterile  toothed,  the  ribs 
scabrous.  New  Zealand  and  Chatham  Island. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD  and  W.  M. 

DICLYTKA.  This  ancient  typographical  error  for 
Dielytra  seems  to  be  immortal.  See  Dicentra. 

DICTAMNUS  (old  Greek  name,  supposed  to  indicate 
foliage  like  the  ash :  hence  Fraxinella,  diminutive  of  the 
Latin  Fraxinus,  an  ash).  Itutacece.  GAS  PLANT.  BURN- 
ING BUSH.  FRAXINELLA.  DITTANY.  This  genus  includes 
an  old  garden  favorite  which  has  a  strong  smell  of 
lemon,  and  will  sometimes  give  a  flash  of  light  on  sultry 
summer  evenings  when  a  lighted  match  is  held  near 
the  flowers.  It  is  also  one  of  the  most  permanent  and 
beautiful  features  of  the  hardy  herbaceous  border.  In- 
stances are  known  in  which  it  has  outlived  father,  son 
and  grandson  in  the  same  spot.  The  genus  has  only 
2  species,  and  is  distinguished  from  allied  genera  (none 
of  which  have  garden  value)  by  the  5  unequal  petals, 


707.  The  Gas  Plant— Dictamnus  albus. 

10  declined  stamens,  and  short  stipe,  on  which  the  ovary 
is  raised. 

The  Gas  Plant  makes  a  sturdy,  bold,  upright  growth, 
and  a  clump  3  feet  high  and  as  much  in  thickness  makes 
a  brave  sight  when  in  flower.  A  strong,  rather  heavy 
soil,  moderately  rich,  is  best  for  these  plants.  They  are 
not  fastidious  as  to  situation,  succeeding  as  well  in  par- 
tial shade  as  when  fully  exposed  to  the  sun,  and  drought 
will  not  effect  them  wThen  once  fairly  established.  Old, 
strong  clumps  are  good  subjects  as  isolated  specimens 
on  a  lawn,  and  a  large  patch,  planted  in  the  border,  is  not 
only  effective  while  in  full  flower,  but  the  dark,  persis- 
tent foliage  is  ornamental  throughout  the  season.  It  is 
not  advisable  to  disturb  the  plants  very  often,  as  they 
improve  with  age,  producing  taller  flower-stems  and 
more  of  them  as  they  grow  older.  They  are  excellent  for 
cutting,  especially  the  white  variety.  Prop,  with  diffi- 
culty by  division,  but  easily  by  seeds,  which  are  sown  in 
the  open  ground  in  fall  as  soon  as  ripe,  and  covered  an 
inch  or  so.  They  will  germinate  the  next  spring,  and, 
when  two  years  old,  the  seedlings  may  be  removed  to 
their  permanent  positions,  where  they  will  flower  the  fol- 
lowing year. 


DICTAMNUS 


DIDTMO8PEBMA 


481 


albus,  Linn.  (D.  FrujrinJlIn,  Pers.l.  Fig.  707.  A  vig- 
orous, symmetrical,  hardy  herb,  with  glossy,  leathefy 
foliage  surmounted  by  long,  showy  terminal  racemes  of 
good-sized,  fragrant  tis.  Lvs.  alternate,  odd-pinnate; 
Ifts.  ovate,  serrulate,  dotted  with  oil  glands:  Ms.  white. 
Eu. .X.Asia.  On.  35:701.  A.F.  5:328.  Gng.  5:321.  Var. 
rubra,  Hurt.,  lias  rosy  purple  fls.,  the  veins  deeper 
colored.  Var.  gigante'us,  Hort.  ( />.  uiijautenit,  Hort.), 
was  recently  introduced.  j.  B<  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

DICTYOGRAMMA  (Greek,  netted  lines).  Polypodia- 
cetf.  A  genus  of  a  few  Japanese  and  Pacific  Island 
ferns,  with  nuked  sori,  which  follow  the  course  of  the 
reticulated  veins.  The  species  are  sometimes  referred 
to  Gymnogramma.  Strong-growing  indoor  fern,  useful 
for  specimen  plants. 

Jap6nica,  Fee.  Lvs.  simply  pinnate  or  bipinnate  at  the 
base,  IS -2  ft.  high,  the  pinnae  6-12  in.  long  and  an  inch 
wide  ,•  sori  extending  from  the  midrib  to  the  edge. 
Japan  and  Formosa.  Also  known  as  Gymnoyramma 
J<ijxni  n-n .  An  interesting  fern  of  rather  strong  growth, 
and  very  distinct  in  appearance.  Grows  best  in  a  mod- 
erate temperature  — for  example,  55-60°  — and  requires 
an  open  and  well-drained  soil  of  peaty  character. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

DICTYOSPERMA  (Greek,  netted  seed).  Palmacece, 
tribe  Arlcew.  This  genus  of  Areca-like  palms  contains 
a  few  species  of  considerable  commercial  importance, 
the  young  plants  being  used  chiefly  for  house  and  table 
decoration.  Slender  spineless  palms,  with  a  ringed 
trunk:  Ivs.  equally  pinnatisect;  segments  linear-lanceo- 
late, acuminate  or  bifid,  the  apical  ones  confluent;  mar- 
gins thickened,  recurved  at  the  base;  midrib  and  nerves 
prominent,  sparsely  clothed  with  persistent  scales 
beneath,  or  naked;  rachis  and  petiole  slender,  scaly, 
3-sided,  furrowed,  sheath  elongated,  entire:  spadix  on  a 
short  glabrous  or  tomentose  peduncle,  the  branches  erect 
or  spreading  and  flexuose,  the  lower  ones  with  mem- 
branaceoiis  bracts  at  the  base:  spathes  2,  complete,  dor- 
sally  compressed,  papery,  the  lower  one  2-crested ; 
flower-bearing  areas  much  depressed:  bracts  and  bract- 
lets  scaly :  pistillate  fls.  rather  large,  white  or  yellowish  : 
fr.  scaly,  small,  olive-shaped  or  subglobose.  Species  2 
or  3.  Indian  Archipelago.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

Dictyosperma  is  a  genus  of  medium-sized  palms  of 
slender  habit,  and  having  pinnate  leaves.  At  least  two 
s-pecies  of  Dictyosperma  (rubra  and  alba)  have  been 
included  among  commercial  palms  for  some  years  past, 
though  not  grown  in  such  quantities  as  the  popular 
Kentias.  Arecas  and  Latanias.  D.  aurea  is  also  occa- 
sionally seen  in  commercial  collections. 

The  cultivation  of  these  palms  does  not  present  any 
great  difficulties,  similar  conditions  to  those  required  by 
Ohrysalidocarpus  lutescens  answering  well.  These 
conditions  may  be  briefly  summarized  as  follows:  A  soil 
consisting  of  well  rotted  sod,  to  which  has  been  added 
about  one-sixth,  in  bulk,  of  good  stable  manure,  firm 
potting,  and  an  abundance  of  water  both  at  the  root  and 
overhead,  a  night  temperature  during  the  winter  of  60 
to  65°  F.,  and  moderate  shade  on  the  glass  from  March  1 
to  Xovember  1.  This  treatment  applies  especially  to 
young  stock,  and  may  be  modified  somewhat  with  old 
and  well  established  specimens,  the  latter  enduring  a 
slightly  lower  temperature  without  injury,  providing 
they  are  not  overwatered.  Dictyospermas  are  rather 
susceptible  to  the  attacks  of  some  insects,  notably  red 
spider  and  various  scale  insects,  and,  if  allowed  to  be- 
come very  dry,  are  liable  to  lose  their  lower  leaves,  the 
most  satisfactory  species  being  D.  rubra.  Propagation 
by  seeds,  which  germinate  in  6  to  8  weeks,  when  sown  in 
a  warm  greenhouse.  -\y  H  TAPLIN 

alba,  \Vendl.  &  Drude  (Areca  alba,  Bory.  Ptycho- 
sperma  >ilba,  Scheff. ).  Distinguished  by  the  whitish 
petioles  and  the  whitish  green  veins  of  the  Ivs.  Caudex 
40-50  ft.  high,  8-9  in.  in  diarn.,  dilated  at  the  base:  Ivs. 
8-12  ft.  long;  petiole  6-18  in.  long,  grooved  down  the 
face;  segments  2^-3  ft.  long,  2-3  in.  wide,  7-nerved; 
veins  and  margins  green  or  reddish:  branches  of  the 
spadix  6-18  in.  long,  erect  or  slightly  reflexed,  zigzag 
when  young. 

31 


aurea,  Wendl.  <fc  Drude  (Areca  aurea,  Hort.).  Dis- 
tinguished by  the  yellow  or  orange  petioles  and  veins 
of  young  plants.  Caudex  about  30  ft.  high,  smaller  and 
more  slender  than  the  preceding:  Ivs.  4-8  ft.  long;  peti- 
ole 8  in.  long;  segments  1^-2  ft.  long,  1  in.  wide;  sec- 
ondary veins  scarcely  visible:  branches  of  the  spadix 
rigidly  erect,  9-11  in.  long. 

furfuracea,  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Areca  furfuracea, 
Hort.).  Like  D.  rubra,  but  the  petiole  and  leaf-sheath 
of  the  young  plant  tomentose. 

rubra,  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Areca  rubra,  Hort.).  Re- 
sembling D.  alba,  but  the  Ivs.  of  the  young  plants 
darker  green,  the  primary  veins  and  margins  dark  red, 
the  redness  disappearing  very  much  in  adult  plants: 
branches  of  the  spadix  longer  and  more  reflexed. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

DICYRTA  is  a  gesneraceous  genus  closely  allied  to 
Achimenes,  but  with  smaller  fls.  and  different  anthers. 
It  has  2  species,  both  from  Guatemala.  D.  Candida  is 
cult,  abroad  as  Achimenes  Candida. 

DIDlSCUS.     See  Trachymene. 

DID YMOCHL.ffiNA(  Greek,  twin  cloak;  alluding  to  the 
indusium).  Poly  pod  iacecp.  A  small  genus  of  greenhouse 
ferns  of  rather  coarse  foliage.  Indusium  elliptical, 
emarginate  at  the  base,  attached  along  a  central  vein, 
free  all  round  the  margin. 

lunulata,  Desv.  (D.  trunculata,  Hort.).  Lrs.  clustered 
from  an  erect  caudex,  bipinnate,  3-6  ft.  long  ;  pinnules 
almost  quadrangular  %-l  in.  broad,  entire  or  slightly  sin- 
uate, each  bearing  2-6  sori.  Cuba  to  Brazil ;  the  same 
or  an  allied  species  in  Madagascar  and  Malaya.  —D.  lu- 
nulata is  a  very  attractive  fern  while  in  a  small  state, 
but  its  articulated  pinnules  are  a  drawback  as  a  com- 
mercial species,  rendering  it  of  little  value  for  house 
decoration.  L>  M>  UNDERWOOD  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

The  following  points  are  condensed  from  Schneider's 
admirable  work,  The  Book  of  Choice  Ferns:  D.  lunulata 
is  one  of  the  most  distinct  ferns  in  cultivation.  It  looks 
like  a  tree  maidenhair,  but  the  stems,  instead  of  being 
black  and  slender,  are  thick  and  fleshy  and  the  leaves 
are  fleshier  than  any  Adiantum.  In  cult,  the  trunk  is 
only  a  few  inches  high,  but  the  fronds  are  4-6  ft.  long 
and  densely  covered  with  long,  brown,  chaffy  scales. 
The  metallic  color  of  its  young  fronds  is  a  fine  feature. 
This  is  a  warmhouse  fern,  and  may  be  used  for  subtropical 
bedding.  It  has  a  bad  trick  of  dropping  its  pinnules  if 
allowed  to  get  too  dry  at  the  root,  but  soon  rallies  under 
liberal  treatment. 

DIDYMOSPERMA  (Greek,  double-seeded).  Palmacea?, 
tribe  Arecece.  Low  or  erect  palms  with  slender  trunks. 
Leaves  terminal,  unequally  pinnatisect,  silvery-scaly  be- 
low ;  segments  opposite,  alternate,  solitary,  or  the 
lower  ones  in  groups,  cuneate  at  the  base;  obovate-ob- 
long  or  oblanceolate,  sinuate-lobed  and  erose,  the  ter- 
minal one  cuneate;  margins  recurved  at  the  base;  mid- 
nerve  distinct,  nerves  flabellate;  sheath  short,  fibrous: 
spadices  with  a  short,  thick  peduncle  and  thick  branches : 
spathes  numerous,  sheathing  the  spadix:  fls.  rather 
large:  fr.  ovoid  or  oblong.  Species  6.  India  and  Malay 
Archipelago. 

porphyrocarpon,  Wendl.  &  Drude  (  Wallichia  por- 
phyrocdrpa,  Mart.).  Stems  reedy,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs.  5-8  ft. 
long  ;  leaflets  9-15  in.  long,  distant,  narrowly  oblong, 
long  cuneate,  blunt,  or  sinuately2-3-lobed,  truncate,  den- 
ticulate, glaucous  beneath.  Java. 

Didymosperma.  is  a  genus  of  East  Indian  palms  of 
moderate  growth,  containing  possibly  8  species,  most 
of  which  are  stemless  or  else  forming  but  a  short  trunk, 
the  pinnate  leaves  rising  from  a  mass  of  coarse  brown- 
ish fibers  that  surround  the  base  of  the  plant.  The  leaf- 
lets are  of  irregular  shape,  bearing  some  resemblance  to 
those  of  Caryota,  and  the  plants  frequently  throw  up 
suckers  from  the  base.  The  members  of  this  genus  are 
not  very  common  in  cultivation.  The  species  that  is  most 
frequently  seen  is  the  plant  known  to  the  trade  as 
D.  caryofnides,  an  attractive  warmhouse  palm  that  has 
also  appeared  under  the  synonym  Banna  caryotoides, 


482 


DIDYMOSPERMA 


DIEFFENBACHIA 


and  has  lately  been  referred  to  Wallichia,  which  see. 
While  young,  at  least,  the  Didymospermas  enjoy  a  warm 
house  and  moist  atmosphere  with  shading  from  full  sun- 
shine, though  we  are  told  that  one  species,  D.  oblongi- 
folla  (or  Wallichia),  is  frequently  found  in  Sikkim  at 
an  elevation  of  3,000  feet  above  the  sea.  Prop,  usually 
by  seeds;  occasionally  by  suckers,  which  are  kept  rather 
close  for  a  time  after  their  removal  from  the  parent 
Plant-  JARED  G.  SMITH  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

DIEFFENBACHIA  (Dieffenbach,  a  German  botanist). 
Aroldece.  Low,  shrubby  perennials:  stems  rather  thick, 
inclined  or  creeping  at  the  base,  then  erect,  with  a  leafy 
top :  petioles  half  cylindrical,  sheathed  to  above  the  mid- 
dle, long,  cylindrical  at  the  apex  ;  blade  oblong,  with  a 
thick  midrib  at  the  base;  veins  very  numerous,  the  first 
and  second  parallel,  ascending,  curving  upwards  at  their 
ends  :  peduncle  shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Differs  from 
Aglaonema  in  floral  characters.  Central  and  South 
America.  Perhaps  a  dozen  species.  Engler  (in  DC. 
Monogr.  Phaner.  vol.  2)  recognizes  6  species,  with  many 
varieties.  Dieffenbachias  are  popular  hothouse  plants, 
being  grown  for  their  handsome  and  striking  foliage. 

For  Dieffenbachias,  similar  rooting  material  to  that 
mentioned  for  Anthuriums,  combined  with  a  high  and 
moist  atmosphere,  will  produce  a  very  healthy  and 
luxuriant  growth  of  foliage,  especially  after  the  plants 
have  made  their  first  few  leaves  in  ordinary  light  pot- 
ting soil.  Unless  it  be  the  very  large-leaved  kinds,  like 
triumphans,  nobilis  and  Baiimanni,  three  or  four  plants 
may  be  placed  together  in  large  pots,  keeping  the  balls 
near  the  surf  ace  in  potting.  Jenmani,  Shuttleworthiana , 
Leopoldii  and  eburnea  are  all  well  suited  for  mass- 
ing together  in  large  pots.  When  above  a  certain 
height,  varying  in  different  species,  the  plants  come  to 
have  fewer  leaves,  and  those  that  remain  are  small; 
they  should  then  be  topped,  retaining  a  considerable 
piece  of  the  stem,  and  placed  in  the  sand  bed,  where 
they  will  throw  out  thick  roots  in  a  week  or  two. 
The  remaining  part  of  the  stems  should  then  be  cut 
up  into  pieces  2  or  3  inches  long,  dried  for  a  day  or 
so,  and  then  put  into  boxes  of  sand,  where,  if  kept  warm 


picta,  Schott.  Blade  oblong,  or  oblong-elliptical,  or 
oblong-lanceolate,  2%-4  times  longer  than  wide,  rounded 
or  acute  at  the  base,  gradually  narrowing  to  the  long 
acuminate  cuspidate  apex,  green,  with  numerous  irregu- 
lar oblong  or  linear  spots  between  the  veins ;  veins  15-20 
on  each  side,  ascending.  L.B.C.  7:  608. 


709.  Dieffenbachia  Seguine,  var.  nobilis. 


708.   Dieffenbachia  picta,  var.  Bausei. 

and  only  slightly  moist,  every  piece  will  send  out  a 
shoot,  and  from  the  base  of  this  shoot  roots  will  be  pro- 
duced. These  can  be  potted  up  as  soon  as  roots  have 
formed. 


Var.  Bausei,  Engl.  (J9.  #awsei,Regel).  Fig.708.  Blade 
nearly  or  completely  yellowish  green,  with  obscurely 
green-spotted  margins  and  scattered  white  spots.  I.H. 
26:338. 

Var.  Shuttleworthiana,  Engl.  (D.  Shuttleworthiana, 
Bull).  Blade  pale  green  along  the  midrib. 

Seguine,  Schott.  Lvs.  green,  with  white,  more  or  less 
confluent  stripes  and  spots,  oblong  or  ovate  oblong, 
rounded  or  slightly  cordate  or  subacute  at  the  base,  nar- 
rowed toward  the  apex,  short  cuspidate;  primary  veins 
9-15,  the  lower  spreading,  the  upper  remote  and  as- 
cending. Lowe  14  (as  var.  maculata).  W.  Indies.— 
Called  "Dumb  Plant  "  because  those  who  chew  it  some- 
times lose  the  power  of  speech  for  several  days. 

Var.  Barraquiniana,  Engl.  (D.  Barraquiniana  ,Versch. 
&  Lem.  C.giganlea,  Versch.).  Petioles  and  midribs  al- 
most entirely  white;  blade  with  scattered  white  spots. 
I.H.  11:387;  13:470,471. 

Var.  n6bilis,  Engl.  (D.  ndbile,  Hort.  )  .  Fig.  709.  Blade 
elliptical,  acute,  dull  green  with  dirty  green  spots. 
Brazil. 

Var.  liturata,  Engl.  (D.  Leopoldii,  Bull.  D.  Wallisi, 
Lind.).  Blade  dark  green,  with  a  rather  broad,  yellowish 
green,  ragged-margined  stripe  along  the  midrib;  spathe 
glaucous.  I.H.  17:  11.  S.H.I,  p.  455. 

Var.  irrorata,  Engl.  (D.  irrorata,  Schott.  D.  Bau- 
manni,  Hort.).  Lvs.  large  and  bright  green,  blotched 
and  sprinkled  with  white.  Brazil. 

The  above  are  the  recognized  type  species.  The  fol- 
lowing are  in  the  Amer.  trade.  Probably  some  or  all  of 
them  belong  to  the  foregoing  species: 

Chelsoni,  Bull.  Lvs.  deep,  satiny  green,  the  middle 
gray-feathered,  and  the  blade  also  blotched  yellow-green. 
Colombia. 

C6rsii,  Hort.    See  D.  Parlatorei. 

eburnea,  Hort.  Compact  :  Ivs.  light  green,  freely 
spotted  with  white,  the  stems  reddish  and  white-ribbed. 
Brazil. 

illustris,  Hort.    See  D.  late-maculata. 

imperator,  Hort.  Lvs.  16-18  in.  in  length,  5-6  in.  wide, 
olive-green,  fantastically  blotched,  marbled  and  spotted 
with  pale  yellow  and  white.  Colombia. 

insignis,  Hort.  Lvs.  dark  green,  with  irregular, 
angular  blotches  of  pale  yellowish  green,  6  or  more  in. 
wide.  Colombia. 


DIEFFENBACH1A 


DIERVILLA 


483 


late -maculata,  Lind.  &  Andre"  (D.  Hliixtrix.  Hort.). 
Lvs.  glaucous-green,  profusely  white-barred  and  white- 
spotted.  Brazil.  I. H.  23:  2:54. 

Jenmani,  Veitch.  Lvs.  rich,  bright,  glossy  green,  re- 
lieved by  a  milk-white  band  at  every  lateral  nerve,  and 
by  a  few  white  spots  interspersed  between  the  bands. 
Guiana. 

magnifica,  Lind.  &  Rod.  Lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  large, 
dark  green,  blotched  and  spotted  with  white  along  the 
veins.  Venezuela.  I. H.  30:  482.  S.H.2,  p.  383. 

marmorea,  Hort.    See  Parlatorei. 

Parlatdrei,  Lind.  &  Andre",  var.  marmdrea,  Andre 
(D.  me  mo  rin  and  tnorm»ra  and  Corsii,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
long-oblong,  acuminate,  the  midrib  white  and  the  blades 
blotched  white,  the  green  deep  and  lustrous.  Colombia. 
I.H.  24:  291.—  Engler  refers  this  plant  to  the  genus 
Philodendron.  * 

Regina,  Bull.  Lvs.  oblong-elliptical,  greenish  white, 
mottled  and  blotched  with  alternate  light  and  green 
tints.  S.  Amer. 

K6x,  Hort.  Compact:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  the  two 
sides  not  equal,  deep  gr*?en,  but  the  white  angular 
blotches  and  midrib  occupying  more  space  than  the 
green.  S.  Amer. 

splgndens,  Bull.  Stem  faintly  mottled  with  dark  and 
light  green:  Ivs.  have  a  thick  ivory  white  midrib,  and 
the  ground  color  is  of  a  deep,  rich,  velvety  bottle  green, 
with  a  resplendent,  lustrous  surface,  freely  marked 
with  whitish  striate  blotches.  Colombia. 

triumphans,  Bull.  Lvs.  dark  green,  ovate-lanceolate 
and  acuminate,  a  ft.  long,  irregularly  marked  with  angu- 
lar yellowish  blotches.  Colombia. 

JABED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

DltLYTRA.    SeeDicentra. 

DIERVfLLA  (after  Dierville,  a  French  surgeon,  who 
took  D.  Lonicera  to  Europe  early  in  the  eighteenth 
century).  Capri  folidcece.  WEIGELA.  Shrubs  of  spread- 
ing habit,  with  more  or  less  arching  branches,  and,  es- 
pecially the  Asiatic  species,  with  very  showy  fls.  from 
pure  white  to  dark  crimson,  appearing  late  in  spring. 
Lvs.  opposite,  petioled,  serrate  :  fls.  in  1  to  several-fld. 
axillary  cymes,  often  panicled  at  the  end  of  the  branches, 
yellowish  white,  pink  or  crimson,  epigynous  ;  calyx  5- 
parted;  corolla  tubular  or  campanulate,  5-lobed,  some- 
times slightly  2-lipped  ;  stamens  5  :  fr.  a  slender,  2- 
,celled  capsule,  with  numerous  minute  seeds.  About  10 
species  in  E.  Asia  and  N.  Amer.  They  thrive  in  any 
common  humid  garden  soil,  the  Amer.  species  pre- 
ferring moist  and  partly  shaded  positions.  The  Asiatic 
species  require  protection  north  during  the  winter,  or 
sheltered  positions.  Prop,  readily  by  greenwood  cut- 
tings or  hardwood  cuttings ;  the  Amer.  species  usually  by 
suckers  and  by  seeds  sown  in  spring. 

Index  of  species  (some  of  the  names  in  italics  were 
described  under  Weigela):  amabilis,  3;  arborea,  4; 
arborescens,  6  ;  Canadensis,  1  ;  Coraeensis,  4  ;  flori- 
bunda,  6  ;  florida,  3  ;  grandiflora,  4  ;  Groenewegeni,  7  ; 
hortensis,  5;  hybrida,  7;  Japonica,  5;  Lonicera,!;  Mid- 
dendorflana,  8  ;  multiflora,  6;  rosea,3;  sessilifolia,  2  ; 
Steltzneri,  7;  trifida,  1;  Van  Houttei,  7. 

A.   Fls.  yellow,  slightly  2-lipped,  small,  %-%in.  long. 
I  iervilla  proper. 

1.  Lonicera,  Mill.  (D.  trifida,  Mceuch.  D.  Canadensis, 
Willd.).     Shrub,   to    3  ft.:    branchlets    nearly  terete, 
glabrous:  Ivs.  distinctly  petioled,  ovate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, serrate,  nearly  glabrous,  finely  ciliate,  3-4  in.  long: 
cymes  usually  3-fld.;     limb  nearly  equal  to  the  tube. 
June,  July.    Newfoundland  to  Saskatschewan,  south  to 
Ky.  and  N.  C.    B.M.  1796.    D.  44. 

2.  sessilifdlia,  Buckl.    Shrub,  to  5  ft. :  branchlets  quad- 
rangular :  Ivs.  nearly  sessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  serrate, 
nearly  glabrous,  of  firmer  texture,  3-6  in.  long:  cymes 
3-7-fld.,  often  crowded    into  dense,  terminal  panicles: 
limb  shorter  than  the  tube.  June,  July.  Carol,  and  Tenn. 
G.C.  III.  22: 14. -Hardy  in  Canada. 


AA.    Fls.  showy,  while,  pink  or  crimson,  rarely 


B.    Anthers  not  connected  w  ith  each  other.   (Weigela.) 

c.    Calyx  lobes  lanceolate,  connate  at  the  base,  often  to 

the  middle:  stigma  2-lobed:  seeds  wingless. 

3.  !16rida,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.   (  Weigela  rdsea,  Lindl.     W. 
mini  hi  Us,  Hort.).     Shrub,  to  6  ft.:    branchlets  with  2: 
hairy  stripes  :  Ivs.  short-petioled,  elliptic  or  ovate-ob- 
long, serrate,  glabrous  above  except  at  the  midrib,  to- 
mentose  on  the  veins  beneath:  calyx  nearly  glabrous: 
ovary  slightly  hairy:  fls.  1-3,  pale  or  deep  rose,  l%in. 
long;  corolla  broadly  funnel-shaped,  abruptly  narrowed 
below  the  middle.    May,  June.   N.  China.    B.M.  4396. 
F.S.  3:211.    B.H.  l:577.-This  is  one  of  the  most  culti- 
vated  species,  very  free-flowering  and   rather   hardy. 
Var.  alba.    Fls.  white,  changing  to  light  pink.     R.H. 
1861:331.    Var.  Candida.    Fls.  pure  white.    Var.  Isoline. 
Fls.  white  or  slightly  pink  outside,  with  yellowish  spot 
in   throat.     F.S.  14:1445.     Var.  Kosteriana  variegata. 
Dwarf:  Ivs.  bordered  yellow  :  fls.  deep  rose.    Var.  8i6- 
boldi  alba-marginata.   Lvs.  bordered  white  :  fls.  rose. 
Var.  nana  variegata.    Dwarf.     Lvs.  variegated   with 
white:  fls.  nearly  white. 

cc.    Calyx  lobes  linear,  divided  to  the  base:  seeds 
winged  :  stigma  capitate. 
D.   Plant  nearly  glabrous. 

4.  grandifldra,   Sieb.  &  Zucc.    (D.   Coraeensis,   DC. 
D.  amabilis,  Carr.).    Shrub,  5-10  ft.  :  Ivs.  rather  large, 
obovate  or  elliptic,  abruptly  acuminate,  crenately  ser- 
rate, sparingly  hairy  on  the  veins  beneath  and  on  the 
petioles  :    fls.  in   1-3-fld.,    peduncled   cymes  ;    corolla 
broadly  funnel  form,  abruptly  narrowed  below  the  mid- 
dle, changing  from  whitish  or   pale  pink  to  carmine.. 
May,  June.  Jap.  S.Z.  31.   F.S.  8:855.  —  Vigorously  grow- 
ing shrub,  with  large  Ivs.  and  fls.,  but  less  free-flower- 
ing, and   the   type  not  common  in  cultivation.     Var.. 
arborea,  Hort.  (  W.  arbbrea  grandifldra,  Hort.).    Fls. 
yellowish  white,  changing  to  pale  rose  ;    of  vigorous. 
growth. 

DD.   Plant  more  or  less  pubescent  :  corolla  finely 
pubescent  outside. 

5.  Japonica,  DC.    Shrub,  to  6  ft.  :  Ivs.  oblong-obovate 
or    elliptic,    acuminate-serrate,    sparingly    pubescent. 


above,  tomentose  beneath:  fls.  usually  in  3-fld.,  shori- 
peduncled  cymes,  often  crowded  at  the  end  of  short 
branchlets;  corolla  broadly  funnel  form,  narrowed  below 
the  middle,  whitish  at  first,  changing  to  carmine;  style 


484 


OIERVILLA 


DIGITALIS 


somewhat  exserted.  May,  June.  Jap.,  China.  G.F. 
9:405.  — Var.  hortensis,  Rehder  (D.  hortensis,  Sieb.  & 
Zucc.).  Lvs.  nearly  glabrous  above,  densely  grayish 
tomentose  beneath  :  cymes  usually  rather  long-pe- 
riuncled:  fls.  white  or  carmine.  S.Z.  29,  30.  More  tender 
and  slower-growing  than  the  type.  Offsprings  of  this 
variety  are  the  following:  Var.  gratissima.  Fls.  light 
pink.  Var.  nivea.  Pure  white  fls.  Var.  Looymansi 
aftrea,  with  yellow  Ivs. :  of  slow  growth. 

6.  floribiinda,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (D.  multiflbra,  Lemaire). 
Shrub,  to  8  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate  or  elliptic,  acuminate, 
serrate,   sparingly  pubescent  above,  more  densely  be- 
neath: fls.  1-3,  usually  sessile,  mostly  crowded  at  the 
end  of  short  branchlets;  corolla  rather  gradually  nar- 
rowing toward  the  base,  brownish  crimson  in  the  bud, 
changing  to  dark  or  bright  crimson;  lobes  about  5  times 
shorter  than  the  tube ;  style  exserted.    May,  June.    Jap. 
S.Z.  32.     I.H.  10:383.— Vigorously  growing  shrub,  with 
rather  small  but  abundant  fls.    Var.  grandifldra,  Hort. 
(  W.  arborescens,  Hort.).    Fls.  rather  large,  brownish 
crimson.    Var.  Lavallei,  Hort.    Fls.  bright,  deep  crim- 
son,  smaller.    Var.   Lowei,   Hort.     Fls.   dull,   purplish 
crimson,  small.    Var.  versic61or,  Rehder  (D.  versicolor, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.).    Fls.  greenish  white  at  first,  changing 
to  crimson.    S.Z.  33. 

7.  hybrida,  Hort.  (Fig.  710),  may  be  used  as  a  collec- 
tive name  for  the  different  hybrids  between  D.  florida, 
floribunda,  Japonica   and  grandi  flora,  which  are  now 
more   commonly  cultivated  than   the   typical   species. 
Some  of  the  best  and  most  distinct  are  the  following: 
A.  Oarriere,  rose-carmine,  changing  to  red,  with  yellow 
spot  in  throat;   Congo,  of  vigorous  growth,  with  abun- 
dant large,  purplish  crimson  fls. ;   Conquete,  very  large, 
deep  pink  fls.— the  largest  fls.  of  all  varieties;  Desboisi, 
fls.   deep  rose,   abundant ;    E.   Andre,   fls.  very  dark, 
brownish  purple;    Eva  Rathke,  fls.  deep  carmine-red, 
erect,  very  free-flowering,  R.B.  19:126;    Groenewegeni, 
fls.  red  outside,  whitish  within,  somewhat  striped  with 
yellowish  red;   Gustav  Mallet,  fls.  light  pink,  bordered 
white;    Mad.  Coutourier,  yellowish  white,  changing  to 
pink  ;     Mad.    Lemoine,    white,    with    delicate    blush, 
changing  to  pink;  Mad.  Tellier,  large  white   fls.,  with 
delicate  blush;   Othello,  fls.  carmine,  brownish  outside; 
P.    Duchartre,   fls.    deep    amaranth,  very   dark,    free; 
PecTfieur  fils,  fls.  violet-red,  abundant;    Van  Houttei,  fls. 
carmine,  F.S.  14:1447;  Steltzneri,  fls.  dark  red,abundant. 

BB.  Anthers  connected  with  each  other.    (Calyptro- 
stiyma.) 

8.  Middendorffiana,  Carr.    Shrub,  to  3  ft. :  Ivs.  short- 
petioled,    ovate-oblong    or    oblong-lanceolate, ,  serrate, 
glabrous  at  length:  fls.  in  2-3-fld.  axillary  and  terminal 
clusters  ;    corolla  campanulate,  funnel   form,  yellowish 
white,  spotted  orange  or  purplish  inside  ;    calyx-teeth 
partially  connate.    May,  June.    E.  Siber.,  N.  China,  Jap. 
Gt.  6:183.     R.H.  1854:261.     F.S.  11:1137.      I.H.   4:115. 
G.C.  III.  7:581. 

D.  arbbrea,  Hort.  =  D.  floribunda.—  D.  pautiflbra,  Carr.  D. 
florida.— D.  prcecox,  Lemoine.  Allied  to  D.  florida.  Fls.  large, 
pink,  with  yellow  in  throat ;  early  and  free-flowering.  Jap. 
Gt.  46:1441.— D.  rivularis,  Gattinger.  Allied  to  D.  sessilifolia. 
Lvs.  and, branchlets  pubescent:  tts.  in  large,  terminal  panicles. 
Georgia.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

DIETES.    See  Morcea. 

DIGITALIS  (Latin,  digitus,  a  finger;  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  flowers).  Scrophulariacece.  FOXGLOVE. 
A  fine  genus,  numbering  several  species  and  some  hy- 
brids of  hardy  or  half-hardy  herbaceous  plants,  famous 
for  their  long  racemes  of  inflated  flowers,  which  suggest 
spires  or  towers  of  bells.  They  are  old-fashioned  and 
dignified,  clean  of  growth  and  wholesome  company  in 
the  choicest  garden.  The  strong,  vertical  lines  of  their 
flower-stalks,  rising  from  rich  and  luxuriant  masses  of 
cauline  leaves,  give  always  an  appearance  of  strength  to 
the  rambling  outlines  of  the  usual  herbaceous  border. 
The  genus  is  a  very  distinct  one,  its  nearest  ally  being 
Isoplexis,  which  contains  a  few  greenhouse  plants  rarely 
cultivated.  About  18  species,  natives  of  Europe  and 
middle  and  western  Asia.  The  flowers  are  companulate 
or  ventricose,  4-5-lobed ;  calyx  5-parted :  seed  pod  ovate, 
2-valved;  seeds  numerous.  For  a  week  or  two  the  Fox- 


gloves usually  dominate  the  whole  border.  The  com- 
monest species  in  cultivation  is  D.  purpurea,  which  is 
one  of  the  commonest  English  wild  flowers.  The  name 
"Foxglove"  is  so  inappropriate  that  much  ingenious 
speculation  has  been  aroused,  but  its  origin  is  tost  in 
antiquity.  The  word  "fox "is  often  said  to  be  a  corrup- 
tion of  "folk,"  meaning  the  "little  folk"  or  fairies.  Un- 
fortunately.etymologists  discredit  this  pretty  suggestion. 
In  the  drug  stores,  several  preparations  of  D.  purpurea 
are  sold.  They  are  diuretic,  sedative,  narcotic.  For 
medicinal  purposes,  the  leaves  of  the  second  year's 
growth  are  used. 

Foxgloves  are  of  the  easiest  culture.  The  common 
species  and  hybrids  can  be  grown  as  biennials  from 
seed.  The  perennial  species  are  propagated  by  seeds  or 
by  division.  J.  B.  Keller  says:  "A  light,  well  enriched 
soil,  not  too  dry,  suits  them  admirably.  They  succeed 
in  partial  shade  or  in  open  places." 

A.    Middle  lobe  of  the  lower  lip  longer  than  the  others. 

B.    Fls.  rusty  red. 

ferruginea,  Linn.  (D.  aiirea,  Lindl.).  Biennial,  4-6  ft. 
high  :  stems  densely  leafy  :  Ivs.  glabrous  or  ciliate  : 
racemes-  long,  dense  :  fls.  rusty  yellow,  reticulate- 
marked,  downy  outside  ;  lower  lip  of  corolla  ovate,  en- 
tire, bearded.  July:  S.  Eu.  B.M.  1828. 

BB.    Fls.  gray  or  creamy  yellow. 

lanata,  Ehrh.  Perennial,  2-3  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  oblong, 
ciliate :  fls.  rather  small,  1-1>2  in.  long,  grayish  or  creamy 
yellow,  sometimes  whitish  or  purplish,  downy,  in  a 
dense,  many-fld.  raceme,  with  bracts  shorter  than  the  fls. 
July,  Aug.  Danube  river  and  Greece.  B.M.  1159  (poor 
figure).  — A  fine  species. 


711.  Digitalis  purpurea,  var.  gloxiniaeflora. 

Sibirica,  Lindl.  Has  the  habit  of  D.  ambigua,  with  fls. 
like  those  of  D.  lanata.  Lvs.  downy,  ovate-lanceolate: 
fls.  ventricose,  villose  ;  calyx  segments  linear,  villose. 
Siberia.— This  is  a  rare  trade  name,  and  it  is  doubtful  if 
this  little  known  plant  is  really  in  cultivation. 


DIGITALIS 


DIMORPHOTHECA 


485 


BBB.      r  It, 

Thapsi,  Linn.  Plant  much  like  D.  pnr/>nr<-<i.  Peren- 
nial, 12-4  ft.  high:  Ivs.  oblong,  rugose,  decurrent:  Ms. 
purple,  throat  paler,  marked  with  red  dots.  June-Sept. 
Spain. 

AA.    Middle  lobe  of  the  loir  a-  lip  shorter  or  hardly 
loHfU'r  than  the  otln  /•*. 

B.    fls.  yi'llo  H-ish. 

ambigua,  Murr.  (D.  grandiflbra.  Lam.  D.  ochro- 
Ititca,  Jacq.>.  Perennial,  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  toothed,  sessile,  downy  below  :  fls. 
large,  2  in.  long,  yellowish,  marked  with  brown; 
lower  bracts  about  as  long  as  the  fls.  Eu.,  W.  Asia. 
B.R.  1:64. 

BB.    Fix.   white  to  purple,  st Idom  yellowish. 

purpurea,  Linn.  (D.  tomentbsa,  Link.  & 
Hoffmgg.).  COMMON  FOXGLOVE.  The  species  most 
commonly  cultivated.  Mostly  biennial,  but  some- 
times perennial.  Height  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  rugose,  some- 
what downy  :  fls.  large,  2  in.  long,  ranging  from 
purple  to  white  and  more  or  less  spotted,  rather 
obscurely  lobed.  Gn.  34:676.  Var.  gloxiniaeflora. 
Hort.  (D.  glojrinio}(Ies,  Carr.  D.  gloxinia? flora, 
Hort.).  Figs.  711,  712.  Of  more  robust  habit, 
longer  racemes,  larger  fls.,  which  open  wider, 
nearly  always  strongly  spotted,  though  a  sub- 
variety,  gloxinia? flora  alba,  is  offered.  D.  alba  and 
pntiftata  of  the  seed  trade  are  presumably  white 
and  spotted  varieties.  D.  alba,  Schrank  =1>.  pur- 
purea. 

D.  lacinidta,  Lindl.  Perennial,  2  ft.  high :  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
jagged:  fls.  yellow,  downy,  with  ovate,  bearded  segments;  bracts 
much  shorter  than  the  pedicels.  Spain.  B.R.  14 : 1201.—  D.  Icevi- 
gdta,  Waldst.  &°Kit.  Perennial,  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  linear-lanceo- 
late, radical  ones  obovate-lanceolate :  fls.  scattered,  glabrous, 
yellow.  Danube  and  Greece.—  D.  Mariana.  Boiss.  Lvs.  radical, 
very  downy,  ovate-oblong:  fls.  rose:  corolla  bearded.  Spain. — 
D.  monstrbsa,  Hort.  An  interesting  abnormal  form  of  D.  pur- 
purea. P.G.  4:151.  Monstrosities  are  common  in  this  genus. — 
D.  purpiirdscenfs.Rofh.  Biennial:  fls.  yellow  or  sometimes  pur- 
plish, pale  inside,  spotted  at  the  mouth;  lower  lobe  of  corolla 
short.  Eu.  F.  A.WAUGH. 

DILIVARIA.    See  Acanthus. 

DILL  (Anethum  graveolens,  Linn.),  an  annual  or 
biennial  plant  of  the  Umbelli ferae.  Native  of  S.  Eu., 
the  seeds  of  which  are  used  as  a  seasoning,  as  seeds  of 
Caraway  and  Coriander  are.  It  is  of  the  easiest  culture 
from  seeds.  It  should  have  a  warm  position.  The  plant 
grows  2-3  ft.  high:  the  Ivs.  are  cut  into  thread-like  di- 
visions: the  stem  is  very  smooth:  the  fls.  are  small  and 
yellowish,  the  little  petals  falling  early.  It  is  a  hardy 
plant.  The  foliage  is  sometimes  used  In  flavoring,  and 
medicinal  preparations  are  made  from  the  plant.  The 
seeds  are  very  flat  and  bitter-flavored. 

DILL&NIA  (named  by  Linnaeus  for  J.  J.  Dillenius, 
botanist  and  professor  at  Oxford).  Dilleniacece.  A  ge- 
nus of  handsome  East  Indian  trees,  thought  by  some  to 
be  as  showy  as  a  magnolia.  One  species  is  cult,  in  S. 
Fla.  and  S.  Calif  ,  but  it  takes  too  much  room  and 
flowers  too  rarely  for  northern  conservatories.  It  has 
gorgeous  white  fls.  fully  9  in.  across.  Tall  tropical  trees 
from  Asia,  Indian  Archipelago  and  Australia.  Lvs. 
large,  with  pronounced  pinnate,  parallel  venation:  fls. 
white  or  yellow,  lateral,  solitary  or  clustered.  D.  Indica 
is  said  to  be  the  showiest  of  the  whole  order,  being  at- 
tractive in  foliage,  flower  and  fruit.  Dillenias  may  be 
grown  in  light,  sandy  loam.  Prop,  readily  by  seeds,  but 
with  difficulty  from  cuttings. 

tndica,  Linn.  (D.  specibsa,  Thunb. ).  Trunk  stout, 
not  high:  branches  numerous,  spreading,  then  ascend- 
ing: Ivs.  confined  to  the  ends  of  branches,  on  short, 
broad,  channelled  sheathing  petioles,  the  blade  6-12  in. 
long,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  narrowed 
at  the  base,  strongly  serrate:  sepals  5,  thick,  fleshy,  en- 
larging and  inclosing  the  fr. ;  petals  obovate,  white;  sta- 
mens very  numerous,  forming  a  large  yellow  globe 
crowned  by  the  white,  slender,  spreading  rays  of  the 


stigma:  fr.  edible,  acid,  the  size  of  an  apple,  many  celled 
and  many  ovnlcd.  Trop.  Asia.  B.M.  5016  (B.M.  449= 
J/idticrfni  rolnfiifix).  ^y  j^ 

DIMORPHANTHUS.    Included  in  Aralia. 


712.   Border  of  Foxgloves. 

DIMORPHOTHfiCA  (Greek,  two-formed  receptacle; 
the  disk  florets  of  two  kinds).  Compdsitce.  Acharming 
genus  of  plants  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  which  is 
almost  totally  neglected  here,  largely  because  the  cli- 
matic conditions  of  that  wonderful  region  are  not  gen- 
erally understood.  This  genus  contains  about  20  spe- 
cies, some  of  which  rival  the  Paris  Daisy  and  others  vie 
with  Cinerarias.  Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  or  even 
somewhat  shrubby:  Ivs  alternate  or  radical,  entire, 
toothed,  or  incised,  often  narrow:  heads  long-peduncle*' 
rays  yellow,  orange,  purple  or  white:  disk  fls.  same 
colors  except  white.  The  genus  is  closely  allied  to  Ca- 
lendula,but  has  straight  instead  of  incurved  seeds.  The 
fls.  are  usually  said  to  close  up,  like  those  of  Gazania, 
unless  they  have  sunlight.  Their  backs  have  as  great 
a  variety  of  coloring  as  their  faces.  The  fls.  are  often  3 
in.  across,  and  their  long,  slender  rays  (20  or  more)  give 
a  distinct  and  charming  effec*  A  dozen  kinds  are  grown 
abroad,  representing  a  wide  r«ijge  of  colors  and  foliage. 
They  are  wintered  in  coolhouses  and  flowered  in  spring, 
or  else  transplanted  to  the  open,  where  they  flower  freely 
during  summer.  The  shrubby  kind,  D.  Ecklonis,  has 
been  grown  at  Kew  as  a  summer  bedding  plant,  flower- 
ing from  July  to  frost,  and  was  a  surprising  success  as 
a  coolhouse  plant,  making  a  much  branched  plant  3  ft. 
high,  and  flowering  freely  all  spring.  Monograph  by 
Harvey  and  Sonder,  Flora  Capensis  3:417  (1864-65). 
Sometimes  called  Cape  Marigolds. 

annua,  Less.  (Calendula  pluvialis,  Linn.).  This  is 
the  only  white-fld.  annual  kind  and  the  only  species 
sold  in  America  at  present.  Erect  or  diffuse,  simple  or 
branched,  rough  with  jointed  and  gland-tipped  hairs 
(seen  with  a  small  lens):  Ivs.  narrowly  oblong  or  obo- 
vate-oblong,  tapering  to  the  base,  with  a  few  distant 


486 


DIMORPHOTHECA 


DIOQN 


teeth,  pilose,  the  uppermost  smaller  and  narrower:  pe- 
duncles terminal,  nodding  in  fr. :  fls.  white  above,  pur- 
ple or  discolored  beneath.  Var.  liguldsa,  Voss  (CaUn- 
dula  Pdngei,  Hort. ),  is  a  double  form— the  heads  full  of 
rays  — with  heads  white  on  upper  side  and  yellow  or 
violet  beneath. 

Seven  species  have  been  pictured  under  various 
names  in  the  Botanical  Magazine — all  perennials,  and 
worth  importation. 

D.  aurantlaca,  DC.  Lvs.  slender,  entire:  fls.  yellow.  B.M. 
408.—  D.  Bdrberice,  Haw.  Perennial:  Us.  purple  above,  paler  be- 
neath; disk  all  purple,  with  corollas  of  a -forms.  B.M.  5337.— 
D.  chrysanthemifolia,  DC.  Lvs.  cut  like  a  Chrysanthemum: 
fls.  yellow,  reverse  reddish.  B.M.  2218.— D.  cunedta,  DC.  Lvs. 
strongly  cut:  fls.  scarlet-orange.  B.M.  1343.— D.  Ecklonis,  DC. 
Differs  from  all  in  its  shrubby  stem  and  branches,  and  is  per- 
haps the  most  promising  of  all.  Fls.  white,  violet-blue,  and 
strongly  veined  on  the  back;  the  disk  azure-blue.  B.M.  7535.— 
D.  nudicaulis,  var.  grammifblia,  Harv.  &  Sond.  Fls.  white, 
with  a  purple  ring  at  the  base,  and  orange-brown  on  the  back, 
the  disk  purple.  B.M.  5252.— D.  Tragus,  DC.  Lvs.  narrower 
than  in  D.  Ecklonis,  linear:  fls.  white,  veined  purple,  the  rays 
narrower  at  the  base,  reverse  orange  purplish,  the  disk  pur- 
Dlish.  B.M.  1981.  w.  M. 

DIOCLfiA  (after  Diocles  Carytius,  said  to  be  second 
*only  to  Hippocrates  among  the  ancients  for  his  knowl- 
•edge of  plants).  Leguminosce.  About  16  species  of  tender 
shrubby  twiners,  mostly  tropical  American,  with  delicate 
'trifoliolate  leaves  and  blue,  violet,  scarlet  or  white  fls., 
^sometimes  nearly  an  inch  long,  and  borne  in  clusters 
which  have  been  roughly  compared  to  Wistaria.  Calyx 
bell-shaped,  4-cut,  2  lobes  shorter  and  narrower,  stan- 
•dard  wider  than  long:  ovary  nearly  sessile;  pod  wide, 
the  upper  suture  thickened  or  2-winged.  The  following 
species  is  cult,  in  S.  Calif.,  where  it  has  a  moderate 
growth,  shining  foliage,  and  clusters  of  10  or  more  large 
fls.  of  a  splendid  scarlet. 

glycinoides,  DC.,  from  Rio  de  la  Plata  basin,  is  prob- 
ably the  only  species  grown  in  European  gardens  and 
in  California.  Fls.  1  in.  long,  bright  scarlet,  in  racemes, 
somewhat  like  Wistaria:  will  stand  some  cold.  Propa- 
;gated  by  seeds,  cuttings,  or  suckers,  freely  produced 
•on  grown  up  plants.  (Syn.  Camptosema  rubictindum, 
iHook.  &  Arn. )  p.  FRANCESCHI  and  W.  M. 

DION.     See  Dioon. 

DION2EA  (an  unusual  name  for  Venus).  Droserdcece. 
VENUS'  FLY-TRAP.  This  insectivorous  plant  is  one  of 
the  wonders  of  the  vegetable  kingdom.  See  Fig.  713. 
It  closes  its  trap  with  remarkable  quickness.  The  plant 
grows  wild  only  in  the  sandy  savannas  of  North  Carolina. 
It  is  a  perennial  herb,  the  Ivs.  all  radical  and  in  a  rosette, 
the  spatulate  portion  being  regarded  as  petiole,  and  the 
trap  as  the  blade:  fls.  good  sized,  white,  in  a  bracted 
corymb,  borne  on  a  leafless  scape.  It  is  allied  to  the 
sundews,  other  famous  insectivorous  plants  which  are 
also  cultivated,  but  has  about  15  stamens,  a  columnar 
style,  and  seeds  at  the  base  of  the  pod.  Many  famous 
naturalists  have  studied  and  written  about  this  plant, 
and  it  has  a  large  special  literature.  At  times  it  is  sold 
widely  throughout  the  north,  often  at  high  prices,  but 
the  plants  are  soon  w  worked  to  death."  It  is  difficult  to 
keep  it  more  than  a  year  in  the  north,  but  it  ought  to  be 
furnished  in  large  quantities  at  low  rates,  so  that  all  the 
•school  children  may  see  it.  It  is  mostly  grown  in  con- 
servatories associated  with  botanical  institutions. 

« It  is  seldom  that  this  wonderful  little  plant  is  seen  in  a  good 
state  of  cultivation  any  length  of  time  after  removal  from  its 
native  haunts.  Its  cultivation  in  a  greenhouse  is  usually  at- 
tended with  more  or  less  difficulty,  owing  to  unsuitable  condi- 
tions, such  as  too  much  dry  air,  shade  or  unfriendly  soil.  It 
delights  in  full  sunshine,  with  a  very  humid  atmosphere. 
When  the  plants  can  be  secured  and  transplanted  with  con- 
siderable of  the  soil  in  which  they  grow  attached  to  the  bulb- 
like  root-stalks,  they  are  quite  easily  dealt  with,  and  may  be 
kept  in  a  healthy  growing  state  for  years.  I  find  a  round  hang- 
ing earthenware  receptacle  most  useful  to  grow  them  in;  the 
bottom  is  carefully  drained,  first  with  large  pieces  of  broken 
pots,  then  smaller  pieces,  and  the  upper  layer  is  quite  fine. 
Some  chopped  fibrous  peat  is  placed  above  this,  when  the  plants 
are  built  in,  with  live  sphagnum  moss  used  to  fill  the  spaces 
between  the  clumps.  Arranged  in  this  way,  it  is  hardly  possible 
to  give  them  too  much  water,  and  they  revel  in  abundant  sup- 


plies. If  kept  in  the  sun  the  leaves  take  on  a  reddish  tinge,  but 
when  grown  in  the  shade  they  are  always  green.  Flowers  will 
develop  about  the  middle  of  June,  but  they  should  be  nipped  off 
as  they  make  their  appearance,  for  they  are  apt  to  weaken  the 
plant. 

"The  Dionsea  has  been  grown  successfully  in  a  dwelling 
house  by  a  very  different  method.  The  plants  were  in  a  wide, 
shallow  dish,  without  any  drainage,  and  simply  placed,  not  too 


713.  The  Venus'  Fly-trap— Dionaea  tnuscipula 

firmly,  in  loose  live  sphagnum  moss,  with  a  glass  covering. 
Water  was  given  every  other  day  by  filling  the  space  above  the 
plants  until  the  dish  was  filled,  and  then  it  was  poured  off.  In 
this  way  the  potting  material  never  became  sour.  From  the 
luxuriant  condition  in  which  these  plants  remained  for  years, 
I  am  inclined  to  think  this  was  a  close  imitation  of  the  condi- 
tions under  which  they  thrive  in  a  wild  state.  Some  ye:.rs  ago, 
owing  to  Professor  Asa  Gray's  endeavor  to  have  the  Govern- 
ment purchase  a  strip  of  land  on  which  this  plant  grows,  there 
existed  a  widespread  idea  that  it  was  gradually  becoming  ex- 
tinct. There  seems  to  be  little  likelihood  of  this  calamity,  how- 
ever, as  Dionsea  is  found  abundantly  in  some  places  all  the  way 
from  Wilmington  to  Fayetteville,  in  North  Carolina.  Its  per- 
manency is  all  the  more  assured  seeing  that  the  plants  thrive 
on  soil  which  is  of  little  use  for  agricultural  purposes."—  G.W. 
Oliver,  in  Garden  and  Forest,  10:337  (1897). 

muscipula,  Ellis.  Fig.  713.  Described  above.  B.M. 
785.  F.S.  3:280.  Mn.  1:69.  — The  genus  has  only  one 
species.  w>  M> 

DlOON  (Greek,  two  and  egg;  each  scale  covers  two 
ovules  and  the  seeds  are  in  pairs).  Cycaddcece.  Hand- 
some foliage  plants  suitable  for  warm  or  temperate  palm 
houses.  This  once  powerful  order  is  now  nearly  extinct, 
and  the  few  remaining  species  are  of  the  greatest  scien- 
tific interest  and  also  decorative  value.  D.  edule  has  a 
flat,  rigid  frond  which  is  more  easily  kept  free  from 
scale  insects  than  Cycas  revoluta,  the  commonest  species 
of  the  order  in  cultivation.  A  specimen  at  Kew  had  a 
trunk  3-4  ft.  high  and  8-10  in.  thick,  the  crown  spread- 
ing 8-10  ft.  and  containing  50  fronds,  each  4-5  ft.  long 
and  6-9  in.  wide.  Both  sexes  make  cones  frequently, 
the  male  cone  being  9-12  in.  long  and  the  female  7-12  in. 
The  seeds,  which  are  about  the  size  of  Spanish  chest- 
nuts, are  eaten  by  the  Mexicans.  Many  Cycads  yield 
arrowroot.  This  genus  is  said  to  be  the  closest  to  the 
fossil  forms  of  any  living  representative  of  the  order. 
The  genus  has  the  cones  and  twin  seeds  of  Zamia  and 
Encephalartus,  with  the  flat,  woolly  scales  of  Cycas,  but 
without  the  marginal  seeds  and  loose  inflorescence  of 
the  latter.  Prop,  by  seeds.  Culture  same  as  Cycas. 

edule,  Lindl.  Lvs.  pilose  when  young,  finally  gla- 
brous, 3-5  ft.  long,  pinnatifid,  rigid,  narrowly  lanceolate 
segments,  about  100  on  each  side,  linear-lanceolate,  sharp- 
pointed,  widest  at  the  base,  rachis  flat  above,  convex 
beneath:  male  cones  cylindrical,  female  cones  ovoid. 
Mex.  B.  M.  6184.  Gn.  55,  p.  365.  Gt.  48,  p.  157.  Var. 


D1OON 


DIOSMA 


487 


lanugindsum,  Hort.,  is  a  very  woolly  kind.  Gt.  48,  pp. 
154,  155.— A  variable  species.  D,  tomentdsum,  once  sold 
by  Pitcher  and  Manda,  was  probably  woollier  than  the 
type.  D.  spinuldsnm,  Dyer,  dift'ers  mainly  in  having  the 
segments  margined  with  small  sharp  points.  Mex.  A.F. 
7:461.  W.  M. 

DIOSCOREA  (Dioscorides,  the  Greek  naturalist). 
Dioscoreacete.  The  type  genus  of  a  small  family  (of 
about  8  genera)  allied  to  Liliaceee.  It  contains  upwards 
of  150  widely  dispersed  and  confused  species,  most  of 
them  native  to  tropical  regions.  Stems  herbaceous  and 
twining  or  long-procumbent,  usually  from  a  large  tuber- 
ous root,  and  sometimes  bearing  tubers  in  the  axils. 
Lvs.  broad,  ribbed  and  netted-veined,  petiolate,  alternate 
or  opposite,  sometimes  compound.  Dioecious.  Fls. 
small;  calyx  6-parted,  anthers 6;  styles  3,  ovary  3-loculed 
and  calyx  adherent  to  it.  Fr.  a  3-winged  capsule.  Seeds 
winged.  The  great  subterranean  tubers  of  some  species 
are  eaten  in  the  manner  of  potatoes.  For  an  inquiry  into 
the  prehistoric  cultivation  of  Dioscoreas  in  America, 
see  Gray  &  Trumbull,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  25:250. 

A.    Stems  strongly  winged. 

alata,  Linn.  Fig.  714.  Stem  4-winged  or  angular:  Ivs. 
opposite,  cordate-oblong  or  cordate-ovate,  with  a  deep, 
basal  sinus,  glabrous,  devoid  of  pellucid  dots,  7- 
nerved  ( sometimes  9-nerved) ,  with  the  outer  pair  united : 
staminate  spikes  compound,  special  ones  whorled,  short, 
flexuose  :  pistillate  spikes  simple  :  fls.  distant,  anthers 
subglobose,  about  as  long  as  the  filament :  capsule 
leathery,  elliptical.  India  and  the  S.  Sea  Islands. 
—Widely  cult,  in  the  tropics  under  many  vernacular 
names.  Tubers  reach  a  length  of  6-8  ft.,  and  some- 
times weigh  100  Ibs. ;  edible.  The  roots  continue  to 
ijrow  for  years.  Variable. 


714.   Dioscorea  alata. 
Showing  foliage  (X  K)  and  a  small  tuber. 

AA.    Stems  terete  (cylindrical). 

B.   Lvs.  plain  green. 

divaricata,  Blanco.  (D.  Batatas,  Decne.).  YAM.  CHI- 
NESE YAM.  CHINESE  POTATO.  CINNAMON  VINE.  Very  tall 
climbing  (10-30  ft.),  the  Ivs.  7-9  ribbed,  cordate-ovate 
and  shining,  short-petioled,  bearing  small  clusters  of 
cinnamon-scented  white  fls.  in  the  axils:  root  tubers 


deep  in  the  ground,  2-3  ft.  long,  usually  larger  at  the 
Lower  end.  Philippines.  F.S.  10:971.  R.H.  1854,  p. 
247,  451-2.  — This  is  often  grown  in  the  tropics  for  its 
edible  tubers,  which,  however,  are  difficult  to  dig.  In 
this  country  the  word  Yam  is  commonly  applied  to  a 
tribe  of  sweet  potatoes  (see  Sweet  Potato).  The  Yam 
is  hardy.  The  root  will  remain  in  the  ground  over 
winter  in  New  York,  and  send  up  handsome  tall,  twining 
shoots  in  the  spring.  The  plant  bears  little  tubers  in 
the  leaf-axils,  and  these  are  usually  planted  to  produce 
the  Cinnamon  Vine;  but  it  is  not  until  the  second  year 
that  plants  grown  from  these  tubercles  produce  the 
large  or  full  grown  Yams.  A  form  with  short  and  potato- 
like  tubers  is  D.  Decnism'fimi,  Carr.  (R.H.  1865:110). 


715.  Air  Potato—  ^Erial  tuber  of   Dioscorea  bulbifera  (X 


bulbil  era,  Linn.  AIR  POTATO.  Fig.  715.  Tall-climbing: 
Ivs.  alternate,  cordate-ovate  and  cuspidate,  7-9-nerved, 
the  stalks  longer  than  the  blade  :  fls.  in  long,  lax,  droop- 
ing, axillary  racemes.  Tropical  Asia.  G.C.  II.  18:49.— 
Somewhat  cult.  S.  as  an  oddity  and  for  the  very  large 
angular  axillary  tubers  (  which  vary  greatly  in  size  and 
shape.  )  These  tubers  sometimes  weigh  several  pounds. 
They  are  palatable  and  potato-like  in  flavor.  The  root 
tubers  are  usually  small  or  even  none. 

villdsa,  Linn.  Stems  slender,  from  knotted  rootstocks  : 
Ivs.  cordate-ovate,  cuspidate-attenuate,  9-11-ribbed, 
somewhat  pubescent  or  downy  beneath,  alternate,  oppo- 
site or  whorled:  fls.  greenish,  the  staminate  in  drooping 
panicles,  the  pistillate  in  drooping,  simple  racemes:  cap- 
sules very  strongly  winged.  —  Common  in  thickets  from 
N.  Eng.  to  Fla.  Perennial.  Twining  8-10  or  even  15  ft. 
Offered  in  the  trade  as  a  hardy  border  and  arbor  plant. 

BB.    Lvs.  variously  marked  and  colored,  at  least  beneath. 

discolor,  Hort.  Lvs.  large,  cordate  -ovate,  cuspidate, 
with  several  shades  of  green,  white-banded  along  the 
midrib  and  purplish  beneath  :  fls.  greenish  and  incon- 
spicuous: root  tuberous.  S.  Amer.  Lowe  54.  —  Useful 
for  the  conservatory.  Suggestive  of  Cissus  discolor. 

multicolor,  Lind.  &  Andre".  Probably  only  a  form  of 
the  last:  Ivs.  variously  marked  and  blotched  and  veined 
with  silvery  white,  red,  green  and  salmon.  S.  Amer. 
I.H.  18:53.—  Very  decorative  glasshouse  plant. 

Other  species  are  cult,  in  the  Gulf  region.  One,  with  2- 
winged  stem  and  3-lobed  Ivs.  (the  "Yampie"),  is  perhaps  D. 
triloba,  Linn.  One  with  prickly  cylindrical  stems  and  opposite 
oblong-ovate  Ivs.  may  be  D.  nummuldria,  Lam. 

D.  satlva,  Linn.,  was  founded  upon  a  number  of  tropical  cul- 
tivated species,  and  the  name  should  be  dropped.—  For  Japanese 
cultivated  species,  see  Georgeson,  A.G.  13:80,  with  illustrations. 

L.  H.  B. 

DI6SMA  (Greek,  divine  odor).  Rutacece.  Small,  ten- 
der, heath-like  shrubs  from  southwestern  Africa.  Of 
the  228  species  described,  barely  a  dozen  now  remain  in 
this  genus,  the  rest  being  mostly  referred  to  allied 
genera,  especially  Adenandra,  Agathosma  and  Barosma. 
Lvs.  alternate  or  opposite,  linear-acute,  channeled,  ser- 
rulate or  sometimes  ciliate,  glandular  dotted:  fls.  white 
or  reddish,  terminal,  subsolitary  or  corymbose,  pedicel- 
late ;  calyx  5-parted;  hypogynous  disk,  5-sinuate,  5- 
plaited;  petals  5;  style  short  ;  stigma  capitate.  Latest 
monograph  in  Flora  Capensis,  vol.  1  (  1859-60)  .  "W".  ]£. 

Diosma  ericoides  is  more  or  less  well  known  in 
America,  and  is  put  to  various  uses  in  floral  decora- 
tions, in  spray,  or  branchlets  cut  to  the  required  length, 
and  stuck  in  formal  designs  as  a  setting  for  other  flow- 


488 


DIOSMA 


DIOSPYROS 


ers  in  the  same  manner  and  for  the  same  purpose  as 
Stevia  is  used,  to  give  that  necessary  grace  and  artistic 
effect  to  the  whole.  This  species,  like  most  of  the  genus, 
has  an  agreeable  aromatic  fragrance  in  the  foliage.  It 
is  a  strong  grower,  loose  and  heath-like  in  habit  and 


716.   Native  Persimmon— 

Diospyros  Virginiana. 
Nearly  natural  size. 


foliage,  as  the  specific  name  indicates ;  flowers  white  and 
small,  one  or  more  on  the  points  of  tiny  branchlets.  While 
Diosmas  undoubtedly  do  best  in  Boil  suitable  for  heaths, 
that  is,  soil  composed  largely  of  fibrous  peat,  they  are  not 
nearly  so  exacting  in  their  requirements  in  this  respect, 
and  can  be  grown  in  good  fibrous  loam  and  leaf -mold  in 
equal  parts,  with  considerable  clean,  sharp  sand  added 
thereto. 

The  plants  should  be  cut  back  rather  severely  after 
flowering  to  keep  them  low  and  bushy;  this  refers  more 
particularly  to  the  above  species,  other  members  of  the 
genus  being  of  more  compact  growth  and  needing 
very  little  corrective  cutting  to  keep  them  in  shape. 
Diosma  capitata  (now  Ardouinia  capitata)  is  a  fine  ex-' 
ample  of  the  latter  class,  and  is  a  much  better  one  than 
D.  ericoides  for  exhibition  and  show  purposes;  flowers 
pinkish  lilac,  in  corymbs  of  many  flowers. ,  The  propa- 
gation of  Diosmas  by  cuttings  is  similar  to  that  of 
heaths,  but  much  easier  with  the  same  amount  of  care. 
The  best  material  for  cuttings  is  young  wood,  when  not 
too  soft  or  too  hard.  KENNETH  FINLAYSON. 

The  Diosma  capitata  referred  to  above  was  described 
by  Linnaeus,  but  is  now  referred  to  Ardouinia  capitata, 
Brongn.,  which  belongs  in  a  different  order (Bruniacece) 


and  even  in  a  different  subclass  of  the  Dicotyledons.  It 
is  a  heath-like  shrub  2-3  ft.  high,  with  erect  branches, 
and  somewhat  whorled,  mostly  clustered  branches:  Ivs. 
spirally  arranged, stalkless, overlapping,  linear,3-angled, 
roughish,  with  2  grooves  beneath:  fls.  crimson  (accord- 
ing to  Flora  Capensis),  crowded  into  oblong,  spike-litfe, 
terminal  heads.  Generic  characters  are  calyx  adhering 
totheovary,  5-cleft,  segments  large,  overlapping:  petals 
with  a  long,  2-keeled  claw,  and 
a  spreading,  roundish  limb  ; 
stamens  included:  ovary  half 
inferior, 3-celled,  cells  2-ovuled ; 
style  3-angled,  with  3  small, 
papilla-like  stigmas.  This  plant 
is  not  advertised  for  sale  in  America. 

ericoides,  Linn.    Much-branched:  branches 
and    twigs    quite   glabrous  :    Ivs.    alternate, 
crowded,  recurved-spreading,  oblong,  obtuse, 
keeled,    pointless,    glabrous  :    fls.    terminal, 
2-3  together,  with  very  short  pedicels;   calyx 
lobes  ovate,  obtuse;  petals  elliptic-oblong,  ob- 
tuse.   B.M.  2332  under  this  name  is  in  realty  D.  vul- 
garis,  var.  longifolia. 

D.  fragrans,  Sims.  =  Adenandra  fragrans.—  D.  vulgaris, 
Schlecht.,  has  narrower  Ivs.  than  D.  ericoides,  and  they  are 
acute:  branchlets  minutely  pubescent:  Ivs.  scattered,  rarely 
opposite,  linear,  convex-carinate,  subulate-acuminate.  There 
are  5  well-marked  botanical  varieties.  -^y  ]yj 

DlOSPtHOS  (Dios,  Jove's,  pyros,  grain;  alluding  to 
its  edible  fruit).  Ebenacece.  PEKSIMMON.  EBONY. 
Trees  or  shrubs,  with  alternate,  rarely  opposite,  entire 
Ivs.,  deciduous  or  persistent,  without  stipules:  fls.  dioe- 
cious or  polygamous  in  few  ormany-fld.,  axillary  cymes, 
the  pistillate  often  solitary,  yellowish  or  whitish;  calyx 
and  corolla  3-7-,  ustially  4-lobed  ;  stamens  usually  8-16, 
included:  fr.  a  large,  juicy  berry,  1-10-seeded,  bearing 
usually  the  enlarged  calyx  at  the  base;  seed  flat,  rather 
large.  About  180  species  in  the  tropics,  few  in  colder 
climates.  The  few  cultivated  species  are  ornamental 
trees,  with  handsome,  lustrous  foliage,  rarely  attacked 
by  insects  and  with  decorative  and  edible  fr.  The  only 
species  which  is  tolerably  hardy  north  isD.  Virginiana, 
while  D.  Kaki,  much  cultivated  in  Japan  for  its  large, 
edible  fruits,  is  hardy  only  in  the  southern  states. 
Most  species  have  valuable  hard  and  close-grained-wood, 
and  that  of  some  tropical  species  is  known  as  ebony. 
They  thrive  in  almost  any  soil,  but  require,  in  cooler 
climates,  sheltered  and  sunny  positions.  Prop,  by  seeds 
and  by  ctittings  of  half-ripened  wood  or  layers  ;  the 
tropical  species  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  spring, 
with  bottom  heat;  the  fruit-bearing  varieties  are  usually 
grafted  or  budded  on  seedling  stock  of  D.  Virginiana. 
See  Persimmon. 

Virginiana,  Linn.  COMMON  PERSIMMON.  Fig.  716. 
Tree,  to  50  ft.,  rarely  to  100  ft.,  with  round-topped  head 
and  spreading,  often  pendulous  branches :  Ivs.  ovate  or 
elliptic,  acuminate,  shining  above,  glabrous  at  length  or 
pubescent  beneath,  3-6  in.  long  :  fls.  short-stalked, 
greenish  yellow,  staminate  in  3's,  %  in.  long,  with  16 
stamens;  pistillate  solitary,  larger, with 4  2-lobed  styles, 
connate  at  the  base:  fr.  globose  or  obovate,  plum-like, 
with  the  enlarged  calyx  at  the  base,  1-1%  in.  in  diam., 
pale  orange,  often  with  red  cheek,  edible,  varying  in 
size,  color  and  flavor.  June.  Conn,  to  Fla.,  west  to 
Kans.  and  Tex.  8.8.6:252,253.  G.F.  8:265.  Mn.  4:21. 

Ldtus,  Linn.  Round-headed  tree,  to  40  ft.:  Ivs.  ellip- 
tic or  oblong,  acuminate,  pubescent,  often  glabrous  above 
at  length,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  reddish  white,  staminate  in 
3's,  with  16  stamens,  pistillate  solitary:  fr.  black  when 
ripe,  globular,  %-%  in.  in  diam.,  edible.  June.  W.  Asia 
to  China.  A.G.  12:460. 

Kaki,  Linn.  f.  KAKI.  Fig.  717.  Tree,  to  40  ft.,  with 
round  head :  Ivs.  ovate-elliptic,  oblong-ovate  or  obovate, 
acuminate,  subcoriaceous,  glabrous  and  shining  above, 
sparingly  hairy  or  glabrous  beneath,  3-7  in.  long  :  fls. 
yellowish  white,  staminate  with  16-24  stamens,  pistil- 
late to  %  in.  long;  styles  divided  to  the  base,  pubescent: 
fr.  large,  1K-3  in.  across,  very  variable  in  shape  and 
size,  mostly  resembling  a  tomato.  June.  Jap.,  China. 
R.H.  1870,  pp.  412,  413  ;  1872,  pp.  254,  255  (as  D.  Sox- 


DIOSPYROS 


DIPLADENIA 


489 


burghi).  —  Var.  costata,  Mast.  Fr.  large,  depressed, 
globular,  orange-red,  with  4  furrows.  R.H.  1870:410. 
G.C.  11.4:777;  III.  9:171  ;  13:51.  On.  49,  p.  171.  Var. 
Mazeli,  Mouillef.  Fr.  orange-yellow,  with  8  furrows. 
R.H.  1874:70.  Other  varieties  are  figured  in  R.H. 
1872,  p.  254;  1878:470;  1887; 348;  1888:60,  and  A.G. 
12:331-8,459-62.  A  very  desirable  and  beautiful  fruit- 
bearing  tree  for  the  southern  stales,  where  a  number  of 
different  varieties  introduced  from  .lap.  art-  cultivated, 
but  the  hardier  varieties  from  the  north  of  Jap.  and 
China, which  are  likely  to  be  hardy  north  to  New  England, 
seem  hitherto  not  to  have  been  introduced.  Fig.  715  is 
from  Georgeson's  articles  in  A.G.  1891. 

AA.    Lrx.  xitiull,  obtuse  or  emarginate :  corolla  and 
calyx  5-lobed. 

Texana,  Scheele  (D.  Jtfcj^ic<)na,  Scheele  MS.).  Small 
tree,  intricately  branched,  rarely  to  40  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate, 
oblong  or  obovate,  pubescent  below,  1-2  in.  long:  fls. 
with  the  Ivs.,  pubescent,  on  branches  of  the  previous 
year,  staminate  with  16  stamens,  pistillate  with  4  pu- 
bescent styles,  connate  at  the  base:  fr.  black,  %-\  in. 
indiam.  Spring.  Tex.,  N.  Mex.  S.S.  6:254. 

D.  Ebenum,  Koenig.  Tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic-oblong, 
bluntly  acuminate,  glabrous:  fls.  white,  staminate,  in  short  ra- 
cemes. E.  Ind.,  Ceylon.  For  cult,  in  hothouses  or  tropical  cli- 
mates. This  species  is  said  to  yield  the  best  ebony. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


717.   A  cultivated  fruit  of  Kaki. 
Nearly  natural  size. 


DIPCADI  (meaning  uncertain).  Liliacece.  Tender 
bulbous  plants  of  minor  importance,  allied  to  Galtonia, 
with  radical,  thickish,  narrowly  linear  Ivs.  and  loose 
racemes  of  odd-colored  fls.  on  leafless  scapes.  About  20 
species  in  southern  Europe,  tropical  and  south  Africa 
and  India.  During  the  winter,  their  resting  time,  the 
bulbs  should  be  kept  dry.  A  compost  of  light,  sandy 
loam  and  leaf -mold  has  been  recommended.  Latest  mon- 
ograph in  Latin,  1871,  hy  J.  G.  Baker,  in  Journ.  Linn. 
Soc.  11:395:  the  South  African  species  in  English  by 
Baker,  in  Flora  Capensis,  vol.  6  (1896-7). 

A.    All  perianth-segments  equally  long.    (Tricharis.) 

serbtinum,  Medic.  Lvs.  5-6,  fleshy-herbaceous,  gla- 
brous, narrowly  linear,  6-12  in.  long,  2-3  lines  wide  near 
the  base,  channeled  on  the  face:  scape  4-12  in.  long:  ra- 
ceme loose,  4-12-fld.:  bracts  lanceolate,  4-6  lines  long, 
longer  than  the  pedicels:  perianth  greenish  brown,  5-6 
lines  long:  ovary  sessile  or  subsessile.  S.  Eu.,  N.  Afr. 
B.M.  859. 


AA.  Outer  perianth-gegmenh  longer  titan  tltr  inner  and 
tailed. 

filamentosum,  Medic.  (D.  vlride,  Moeuch).  Lvs.  5-6, 
fleshy-herbaceous,  narrowly  linear,  glabrous,  1  ft.  long, 
1K-3  lines  wide  near  the  base  :  scape  1-2  ft.  high: 
raceme  loose,  6-15-fld. :  bracts  linear-acuminate,  4-6  lines 
long:  perianth  green,  12-15  lines  long,  outer  segments 
4-i.  lines  longer  than  the  inner:  capsule  sessile.  S.  Afr. 

W.  M. 

DIPHYLLfilA  (Greek,  double  leaf).  Berberidacece- 
UMBRELLA  LEAF.  An  interesting  hardy  perennial  herb 
with  thick,  creeping,  jointed,  knotty  rootstocks,  send- 
ing up  each  either  a  huge  peltate,  cut-lobed,  umbrella- 
like,  radical  leaf  on  a  stout  stalk,  or  a  flowering  stem 
bearing  two  similar  (but  smaller  and  more  2-cleft)  alter- 
nate Ivs.,  which  are  peltate  near  one  margin,  and  a 
terminal  cyme  of  white  fls.:  sepals  6,  fugacious:  petals 
and  stamens  6:  ovules  5  or  6:  berries  globose,  few- 
seeded.  This  is  one  of  many  genera  having  only  2  spe- 
cies, one  of  which  is  found  in  N.  E.  North  America,  the 
other  in  Japan.  There  is  a  wonderful  similarity  between 
the  floras  of  these  2  regions,  and  few  areas  have  pro- 
duced so  many  plants  esteemed  in  cultivation. 

cyrndsa,  Michx.  Root- Ivs.  1-2  ft.  across,  2-cleft,  each 
division  5-7-lobed;  lobes  toothed:  berries  blue.  May. 
Wet  or  springy  places  in  Alleghanies  from  Va.  south. 
B.M.  1666.  — Int.  into  general  trade  by  H.  P.  Kelsey. 
Grows  readily  in  dry  soil  under  cultivation,  but  is  dwarf. 

DIPLADENIA  (Greek,  double  gland,  referring  to  the 
two  glands  of  the  ovary,  which  distinguish  this  genus 
from  Echites).  Apocynacea? .  A 
charming  genus  of  coolhouse  twiners, 
mostly  from  Brazil,  with  large,  showy 
more  or  less  funnel-shaped  fls.  having 
a  remarkable  range  of  color,  rarely 
white  or  dark  red,  but  especially  rich 
in  rosy  shades  and  with  throats  often 
brilliantly  colored  with  yellow.  The 
buds,  too",  are  charming.  The  genus  is 
fully  as  interesting  as  Allamanda, 
which  belongs  to  another  tribe  of  the 
same  order.  Other  allied  genera  of 
great  garden  interest  are  Echites, 
Ontadenia,  Mandevilla  and  Urechites. 
Some  species  are  naturally  erect 
bushes,  at  least  when  young,  and 
many  can  be  trained  to  the  bush 
form.  The  group  is  a  most  tempting 
one  to  the  hybridizer.  An  all-yellow- 
flowered  kind  is  desirable.  Many  names 
appear  in  European  catalogues,  but 
?Jr  they  are  badly  mixed,  as  the  genus- 

greatly  needs  a  complete  botanical  re- 
vision. Very  many  pictures  are  found 
in  the  European  horticultural  periodi- 
cals. Several  prizes  for  American  seed- 
lings have  been  taken  at  Boston, by  Geo. 
McWilliam,  Whitinsville,  Mass.,  who- 
has  jriven  a  full  account  of  his  cultural 
methods  in  Gardening,  5:18  (1896). 
W.  M. 

Although  Dipladenias  are  natives  of  the  tropics,  they 
grow  at  high  altitudes,  and  it  is  a  mistake  to  keep  them 
in  close,  steaming  hothouses,  as  many  gardeners  do  in 
the  Old  World.  The  writer  has  kept  them  in  a  house 
whose  temperature  was  never  above  50°  F.,  and  fre- 
quently went  down  to  40°  on  winter  nights.  Cuttings 
should  be  rooted  in  winter,  and  the  young  plants  planted 
outdoors  during  the  summer,  being  careful  not  to  bury 
the  crowns  deep  in  the  soil.  They  can  endure  5  degrees 
of  frost  without  losing  their  foliage,  but  even  after  7 
degrees  of  frost  and  complete  loss  of  foliage,  the  plants 
have  been  lifted,  brought  into  the  greenhouse,  and 
flowered  with  success.  A  good  specimen  will  have 
50-80  open  fls.  at  one  time.  Tufts  of  fern  root  are  ex- 
cellent for  potting  soil,  with  some  sharp  sand  added.  A 
fine  specimen  may  be  grown  in  a  pan  2  ft.  across  and 
9  in.  deep.  Plants  never  need  shading.  In  late  fall,  as 
the  nights  get  cooler,  the  water  supply  may  be  gradually 
reduced  until  the  middle  of  November,  when  water  is. 


490 


DIPLADENIA 


DIPLADENIA 


used  sparingly  until  it  is  desired  to  start  the  plants  into 
fresh  growth.  For  points  concerning  training  and 
pruning,  consult  Gn.  5:18.  GEO.  McWiLLiAM. 

Few  tropical  plants  excel  the  Dipladenias  as  green- 
house twining  plants,  their  handsome  sprays  of  flowers 
being  produced  in  profusion  from  May  to  November, 
when  well  grown.  The  usual  method  of  propagation  is 
by  1-  or  2-jointed  cuttings  of  the  well  ripened  growths 
inserted  in  sand  with  brisk  bottom  heat,  when  they  will 
usually  root  very  readily.  Seeds  are  not  often  produced 
in  this  genus,  though  occasionally  well  grown  plants 
will  produce  seeds,  which  should  be  sown  as  soon  as  ripe, 
in  pans  of  light,  peaty  soil,  with  a  goodly  proportion  of 
silver  sand  mixed  with  it,  and  the  pans  placed  in  a 
warm,  moist  atmosphere.  If  given  good  attention  the 
seedlings  will  flower  the  first  year.  Dipladenias  thrive 
best  when  potted  in  fern  or  kalmia  root  fiber  only.  The 
potting  should  be  attended  to  in  early  spring,  just  before 
active  growth  commences.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to 
injure  their  tuberous  roots,  as  this  will  result  in  weak- 
ening very  materially  the  vitality  of  the  plants.  Great 
care  must  also  be  exercised  in  watering  until  the  plants 
are  in  active  growth,  when  they  will  require  an  abun- 
dance of  water  at  the  roots;  they  are  also  greatly  bene- 
fited by  an  occasional  watering  of  clear  liquid  cow-  or 
sheep-manure  water.  Frequent  spraying  of  the  foliage 
will  also  be  necessary  to  keep  down  the  attacks  of  in- 
sects. Dipladenias  do  best  when  grown  in  full  sunlight, 
the  roof  of  an  unshaded  greenhouse  being  well  suited 
to  them.  The  pots  should  be  covered  with  some  non- 
conducting material,  however,  such  as  sphagnum  moss, 
to  prevent  injury  to  the  roots  by  the  heat  of  the  sun. 
As  soon  as  the  season  of  blossoming  is  past,  the  plants 
should  be  cut  back,  and  allowed  to  rest  by  gradually 
withholding  the  water,  keeping  them  during  the  winter 
almost  dry  in  a  temp,  of  55°.  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

The  following  kinds  sold  in  America  are  presumably 
horticultural  varieties  which  have  been  insufficiently 
described : 

D.  amabilis.  Lvs.  short-stalked,  oblong,  acute:  fls.  rosy  crim- 
son, 4-5  in.  across ;  corolla  lobes  very  round  and  stiff.  See  Gn. 
51,  p.  227.  Said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  D.  crassinoda  and  D.  splen- 
dens.— D.  Brearleyana.  Lvs.  oblong,  acute,  dark  green:  fls. 
pink  at  first,  changing  to  rich  crimson,  very  large.  Gn.  51,  p. 
226.— D.  eximia.  A  recent  hybrid.— Z).  hfibrida.  Lvs.  large, 
stout,  bright  green :  fls.  flaming  crimson  red. — D.  insignis. 
Stout  growing;  foliage  strong;  fls.  rosy  purple. 

A.    Fls.  dark  purple. 

atropurpurea,  DC.  Glabrous,  Ivs.  ovate,  acute:  ra- 
cemes axillary,  2-fld. :  peduncles  a  little  longer  than  the 
Ivs.;  pedicels  twisted,  bracted;  calyx  lobes  lanceolate- 
acuminate,  a  little  shorter  than  the  pedicel,  and  a  third 
as  long  as  the  cylindrical  part  of  the  corolla;  corolla 
tube  funnel-shaped  above  the  middle ;  lobes  triangular, 
wavy,  spreading,  shorter  than  the  dilated  part  of  the 
tube.  Brazil.  B.R.  29:27.  Gn.  44:937.  I.H.  42:33.  Gt. 
43,  p.  548.  — Lvs.  about  2  in.  long,  acute  at  the  very  base: 
petiole  %  in.  long;  corolla  dark  purple  inside  and  out; 
tube  2  in.  long.  None  of  the  pictures  cited  above  show 
the  fleshy,  spreading,  scale-like  stipules  nearly  as  long 
as  the  petioles  which  De  Candolle  says  are  characteristic 
of  the  subgenus  Micradenia.  F.S.  1:33  is  said  to  be  D. 
atroviolacea  of  the  subgenus  Eudipladenia,  in  which  the 
stipules  are  absent  or  else  small  and  erect.  The  plate 
shows  a  strongly  ribbed  corolla-tube  and  Ivs.  cordate  at 
the  base. 

AA.   Fls.  white:  throat  yellow  inside. 

Bolivi6nsis,  Hook.  Glabrous:  stems  slender:  Ivs.  pe- 
tioled,  2-3  K  in.  long,  oblong,  acuminate,  acute  at  base, 
bright  green  and  glossy  above,  pale  beneath;  stipules 
none:  racemes  axillary,  3-4-fld. :  peduncles  much  shorter 
than  the  Ivs.,  about  as  long  as  petioles  and  pedicels: 
bracts  minute  at  the  base  of  the  twisted  pedicels :  calyx 
lobes  ovate,  acuminate,  3  lines  long:  corolla  almost  sal- 
ver-shaped, tube  and  throat  slender  and  cylindrical,  the 
former  %  in.  long,  the  latter  twice  as  long  and  half  as 
broad  again:  limb  1%  in.  across;  lobes  broadly  ovate, 
more  acuminate  than  in  D.  atropurpurea.  Bolivia. 
B.M,  5783.  Gn.  44:922.  Gng.  7:342. 


AAA.    Fls.  rose:  throat  deep  rose  or  purple  within, 
whitish  outside. 

splendens,  DC.  Fig.  718.  Stem  glabrous:  Ivs.  sub- 
sessile,  elliptic-acuminate,  cordate  at  the  base,  wavy, 
pubescent,  especially  beneath,  veins  elevated,  numer- 
ous: racemes  axillary,  longer  than  the  Ivs.,  4-6-fld.: 
calyx  lobes  red-tipped,  awl-shaped,  as  long  as  the  cylin- 
drical part  of  the  corolla  tube,  which  is  half  the  length 
of  the  funnel-shaped  portion  :  lobes  of  the  limb  rotund, 
subacute,  almost  as  long  as  the  tube.  Brazil.  Lvs.  4-8 
in.  long,  1  %-3  in.  wide,  pedicels  K-l  in.  long:  corolla 
tube  1 K  in.  long,  white  outside,  lobes  rosy,  throat 
deeper,  almost  purple.  Brazil.  B.M.  3976.  F.S.  1:34 
shows  a  yellow  throated  form.  Var.  profusa,  Rod.  (D. 
profusa,  Hort.),  has  larger  and  brighter  rosy  fls.,  lined 
with  yellow  inside,  the  outside  of  the  tube  rosy  except 


718.   Dipladenia  splendens  (X%). 

at  the  base,  which  is  yellow.  I.H.  30:491.  — Int.  by  B,  S. 
Williams.  D.  amabilis,  Hort.,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid  of 
D,  crassinoda  andZ>.  splendens.  I.H.  27:396,  shows  a 
12-fld.  raceme  with  exceptionally  bright  red  fls. 

AAAA.    Fls.  salmon-colored:  throat  yellow    inside  and 

out. 

urophylla,  Hook.  Named  for  the  long,  narrow  apex  of 
the  leaf.  Glabrous,  erect  bush,  not  a  vine  :  branches 
numerous,  swollen  at  the  joints:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  ob- 
tuse at  the  base,  suddenly  narrowed  at  the  apex  into  a 
narrow  point  %  in.  long;  peduncles  long,  drooping,  flex- 
uose:  racemes  axillary,  4-6-fld.:  calyx  segments  awl- 
shaped:  corolla  dull  yellow  outside,  deeper  and  brighter 
yellow  within;  tube  cylindrical  in  lower  third,  then 
swelling  into  an  almost  bell-shaped  throat;  lobes  of  the 
limb  salmon  inclined  to  purple,  acute.  Brazil.  B.M. 
4414.  P.M.  16:66.  F.S.  5:425. 

D.  crassinbda,  DC.  Glabrous:  stem  much  branched,  with 
many  nodes:  1  vs.  lanceolate,  acute  or  almost  acuminate,  acute 
at  the  base,  shining  and  leathery  on  both  sides :  racemes  axil- 
lary, about  6-fld.:  calyx  lobes  lanceolate,  acuminate,  a  little 
shorter  than  the  cylindrical  part  of  the  corolla  tube,  2  or  3 
times  shorter  than  the  pedicel;  corolla  tube  bell-shaped  above 
the  middle ;  lobes  obovate-orbicular.  The  above  is  the  original 
description  by  De  Candolle,  who  adds  that  the  Ivs.  are  3-3%  in. 
long,  %-lin.  wide,  petiole  2-3  lines  long:  stipules  interpetiolar, 
with  4  short  cuspidate  teeth.  The  plant  pictured  in  B.R.  30:64 
was  renamed  D.  Lindleyi  by  Lemaire  chiefly  for  its  pilose  stem 
and  stellate-lobed  stipules.  Later  authorities  refer  B.R.  30:64 


DIPLADENIA 


DIPSACUS 


491 


to  D.  Martiana.  F.S.  ±!:'j:no  may  be  the  same  plant  as  B.R. 
30-64,  but  with  variable  Ivs.  and  stipules.  The  plant  was  prized 
fo\  its  delicate  colors,  being  white  at  first,  then  shot  with  soft 
rose  like  a  flame  tulip,  and  finally  a  deep  rose.  Only  one  flower 
in  a  raceme  was  open  at  a  time,  and  each  lasted  8  or  9  days, 
throat  orange  inside.  I),  crassinoda  is  said  to  be  a  parent, 
with  I),  splendens,  of  D.  amabilis.  ((in.  44,  p.  141.)  D.  Hdr- 
riaii,  Hook.=Odontadema  speciosa. --./>.  illtistris,  DC.  Gla- 
brous or  pubescent:  Ivs.  oblong  or  rotund,  obtuse  or  nearly 
acute,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  many  nerved;  stipules 
none;  petiole  short:  racemes  terminal,  4-8-ttd.:  fls.  rosy,  throat 
yellow  inside,  purple  at  the  mouth:  corolla  tube  cylindrical  to 
the  middle,  then  funnel-shaped;  limb  3-3%  in.  across,  lobes 
rosy,  orbicular-ovate,  obtuse.  Brazil.  F.S.  3:256.  Var.  glabra, 
Muell.  Arg.  B.M.  71f>(5.-/>.  Sdnfori,  Hems.,  has  flesh-colored 
fls.  with  throat  yellow  inside,  and  outside  at  the  base  has  smaller 
Ivs.  than  D.  illustris,  and  no  circle  of  purple  at  the  mouth  of  the 
tt.  Gn.  51:1111.  iff  j\j 

DIPLARRHfiNA  (Greek,  two  anthers;  the  third  being 
imperfect).  Iridacece.  Only  2  species  of  tender  plants 
from  Australia  and  Tasmania.  They  belong  to  the  same 
subtribe  with  our  native  Blue-eyed  Grass,  Sisyrinchium. 
Rhizomes  short:  stems  terminal,  erect,  simple  or  some- 
what branched:  Ivs.  in  a  tuft,  narrow,  rigid,  acuminate, 
equitant:  spathe terminal,  rigid,  acuminate:  fls.  whitish; 
perianth  without  any  tube  ever  the  ovary;  segments  un- 
equal, inner  ones  shorter,  connivent:  upper  stamen  im- 
perfect. This  plant  is  advertised  in  the  American  edi- 
tion of  a  Dutch  bulb  dealer's  catalogue. 

Moraea,  Labill.  Stems  l%-2  ft.  long,  with  a  single 
terminal  cluster,  and  several  sheathing  bracts:  Ivs.  6-8 
in  a  tuft,  1-1  ^  ft.  long,  %-K  in.  wide:  spathes  cylindri- 
cal, 2-3  fld.,  2  in.  long. 

DIPLAZIUM  (Greek,  doubled).  Polypodidcece.  A 
genus  of  rather  large,  coarse  ferns  allied  to  Asplenium, 
but  with  the  indusia  often  double,  extending  to  both 
sides  of  some  of  the  veins,  which  are  unconnected. 
Eighty  or  more  species  are  found,  mostly  in  the  warmer 
portions  of  the  world.  For  culture,  see  ferns. 

A.    Lvs.  simple:  low  plants. 

lanceum,  Thunb.  Lvs.  6-9  in.  long,  %-l  in.  wide, 
narrowed  upward  and  downward,  the  margin  mostly  en- 
tire; sori  reaching  nearer  to  the  edge  than  the  midrib. 
India,  China,  Japan. 

AA.   Lvs.  pinnate,  with  the  pinnce  deeply  lobed:  rootstock 
not  rising  to  form  a  trunk. 

arbbreum,  Willd.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  6-8  in.  wide, 
with  a  distinct  auricle  or  lobe  at  the  base.  The  habit  is 
not  arboreous,  as  originally  supposed,  and  as  the  name 
would  indicate;  quite  near  the  next,  but  less  deeply  cut. 
West  Indies  and  Venezuela. 

Shepherd!,  Spreng.  (Asplenium  She'pherdi,  Spreng.). 
Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  6-9  in.  broad,  deeply  lobed,  the  lobes 
at  the  base  sometimes  reaching  down  to  the  rachis,  some- 
what toothed  and  often  %  in.  broad  ;    sori 
long-linear.    Cuba  and  Mexico  to  Brazil. 

AAA.    Lvs.  bipinnate:  trunk  someu-Jmt 
arborescent. 

latifolium,  Moore  (Asplenium  latifdliiim, 
Don).  Caudex  erect,  somewhat  arborescent: 
Ivs.  3-4  ft.  long,  12-18  in.  wide,  with  about 
12  pinnae  on  either  side.    India,  China  and  the  Philip- 
Pines-  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DIPLOTHfiMIUM  (Greek,  double  sheathed).  Pal- 
macece,  tribe  Cocoinece.  Spineless  palms,  low  or  stem- 
less,  or  often  with  ringed,  stout,  solitary  or  fascicled 
trunks.  Lvs.  terminal,  pinnatisect;  segments  crowded, 
lanceolate  or  ensiform,  acuminate,  glaucous  or  silvery 
beneath,  margins  recurved  at  the  base,  midnerve  promi- 
nent :  rachis  2-faced,  strongly  laterally  compressed  ; 
petiole  concave  above  :  sheath  fibrous,  open:  spadices 
erect,  long  or  short-peduncled,  strict,  thickish:  spathes 
2,  the  lower  coriaceous,  the  upper  cymbiform,  beaked, 
ventrally  dehiscent:  bracts  short,  coriaceous :  fls.  rather 
large,  cream  colored  or  yellow:  fr.  ovoid  or  obovoid, 
small.  Species  5.  Brazil. 

Diplothemium  is  a  small  genus  of  very  handsome 
palms.  In  size  the  members  of  this  genus  seem  to  vary 
as  much  as  those  included  in  the  Cocos  group.  D.  mariti- 


mum,  which  is  found  along  the  coast  of  Brazil,  is  but  10 
feet  in  height  when  fully  developed.  This  genus  is  with- 
out spines,  the  leaves  being  pinnate,  very  dark  green  on 
the  upper  side  and  usually  covered  with  white  tomentum 
on  the  under  side,  the  pinna?  being  clustered  along  the 
midrib  in  most  instances.  In  a  very  young  plant  of  this 
genus  the  ultimate  character  is  not  a't  all  apparent  from 
the  fact  that  the  seedling  plants  have  undivided  or  simple 
leaves,  this  characteristic  frequently  obtaining  in  the 
case  of  D.  cat«l<'si-<'nx  until  the  plant  is  strong  enough 
to  produce  leaves  4  or  5  feet  long.  A  warm  greenhouse, 
rich  soil  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  water  are  among  the 
chief  requisites  for  the  successful  culture  of  Diplothe- 
miums.  D.  caudexcens  is  the  best  known  of  the  genus, 
and  where  space  may  be  had  for  its  free  development  it 
is  one  of  the  handsomest  palms  in  cultivation. 

caudescens,  Mart.  (Ceroxylon  niveum,  Hort.).  WAX 
PALM.  Stem  12-20  ft.  high,  10-12  in.  thick,  remotely 
ringed,  often  swollen  at  the  middle:  Ivs.  9-12  ft.,  short 
petioled;  segments  70-90  on  each  side,  ensiform.  densely 
waxy  white  below,  the  middle  ones  24-28  in.  long,  1% 
in.  wide,  the  upper  and  lower  ones  shorter  and  narrower, 
all  obtuse  at  the  apex.  Brazil.  R.H.  1876,  p.  235. 

JARED  G.  SMITH  and  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

DIPSACUS  (to  thirst,  from  the  Greek:  the  bases  of 
the  connate  Ivs.  in  some  species  hold  water).  Dipsacece. 
TEASEL.  Perhaps  15  species  of  tall,  stout  biennial  or 


719.  Fuller's  Teasel— Dipsacus 
Fullonum  (X 


perennial  herbs  of  the  Old  World.  The  fls.  are  small 
and  in  dense  heads,  like  those  of  compositous  plants, 
but  the  anthers  are  not  united  (or  syngenesious)  as  they 
are  in  the  Composite?.  One  species,  D.  sylre'stris, 
Mill.,  is  an  introduced  weed  along  roadsides  in  the 
northeastern  states  and  Ohio  valley.  It  is  biennial, 
the  stem  arising  the  second  year  and  reaching  a  height 
of  5  or  6  ft.  It  is  said  to  be  a  good  bee  plant.  The  Fuller's 
Teasel,/).  Fullonum,  Linn.  (Fig.  719),  is  probably  de- 
rived from  the  former,  and  differs  from  it  chiefly  in  the 
very  strong  and  hooked  floral  scales.  These  scales  give 
the  head  its  value  for  the  teasing  or  raising  the  nap  on 
woolen  cloth,  for  which  no  machinery  is  so  efficient.  This 
plant  is  grown  commercially  in  a  limited  area  in  central 
New  York.  L.  Hi  B. 


492 


DIBCA 


DISEASES 


DlKCA  (Greek,  from  dirke,  a  fountain;  referring  to 
the  plant  as  growing  in  moist  places*.  Thymelcedcece. 
Two  species  of  North  American  shrubs,  with  tough, 
fibrous  bark,  alternate,  thin,  short,  entire,  petiolate,  de- 
ciduous Ivs.,  apetalous  perfect  fls.  in  peduncled  fascicles 
of  the  previous  season's  growth,  the  branches  develop- 
ing subsequent!  y  from  the  same  nodes :  calyx  corolla-like, 
yellowish,  campanulate,  undulately  obscurely  4-toothed, 
bearing  twice  as  many  exserted  stamens  as  its  lobes 
(usually  8) :  ovary  nearly  sessile,  free,  1-loculed,  with  a 
single  hanging  ovule;  style  exserted,  filiform:  fr.  berry- 
like,  oval-oblong.  Hardy  deciduous  branching  shrubs, 
often  with  the  habit  of  miniature  trees.  Bark  of  inter- 
laced, strong  fibers,  and  branches  so  tough  and  flexible 
that  they  may  be  bent  into  hoops  and  thongs  without 
breaking.  So  used  by  tne  Indians  and  early  settlers. 
The  Leatherwood  is  not  one  of  the  showiest  of  hardy 
shrubs,  but  its  small,  yellowish  flowers  are  abundant 
enough  to  make  it  attractive,  and  it  deserves  cultivation 
especially  for  the  earliness  of  its  bloom  in  spring.  It  is 
of  slow  growth,  and,  when  planted  singly,  makes  a  com- 
pact miniature  tree;  planted  in  masses  or  under  shade 
it  assumes  a  straggling  habit.  It  thrives  in  any  moist 
loam.  Prop,  by  seeds,  which  are  abundant  and  germi- 
nate readily:  also  by  layers. 


720.   Leatherwood—  Dirca  palustris  (X 


paliistris,  Linn.  LEATHERWOOD.  MOOSEWOOD.  Pig. 
720.  A  shrub,  2-6  ft.  high,  with  numerous  branches 
having  scars  which  make  them  appear  as  if  jointed,  at 
the  beginning  of  each  annual  growth,  and  with  yellow- 
brown  glabrous  twigs:  Ivs.  oval  or  obovate,  with  obtuse 
apex,  2-3  in.  long,  green  and  smooth  above,  whitish  and 
downy  below,  becoming  smooth,  the  base  of  the  petiole 
covering  buds  of  the  next  season:  fls.  yellowish,  abun- 
dant enough  to  be  attractive,  nearly  sessile,  %in.  long, 
falling  as  the  Ivs.  expand:  fr.  hidden  by  the  abundant 
foliage,  egg-  or  top-shaped,  %  in.  long,  reddish  or  pale 
green.  Woods  and  thickets,  mostly  in  wet  soil  N.  and  S. 
B.R.  4:292.  —  Common. 

D.  occidentdlis,  A.  Gray.  A  similar  species  found  on  the  Pacific 
coast,  differs  mainly  in  the  deeper  calyx-lobes,  lower  insertion 
of  the  stamens,  sessile  flowers,  and  white  involucre.  Not  in  the 
trade,  hut  worthy  of  cult.  A.  PHELPS  WYMAN. 

DISA  (origin  of  name  unknown).  Orchidctceoe,  tribe 
Ophrydece.  One  hundred  or  more  terrestrial  orchids, 
mostly  S.  African,  of  which  several  are  known  to  fan- 
ciers, but  only  one  of  which  is  in  the  Amer.  trade. 
Sepals  free,  spreading,  upper  one  galeate,  produced  in  a 
horn  or  spur  at  the  base;  petals  inconspicuous,  small, 
adnate  to  the  base  of  the  column.  The  species  described 
below  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  known 
orchids,  but  as  yet  difficult  to  manage  under  artificial 
conditions. 

grandifldra,  Linn.  FLOWER  OF  THE  GODS.  Rootstock 
tuberous:  stems  1  ft.  or  more  high,  unbranched:  Ivs. 
dark  green:  fls.  several;  upper  sepal  hood-like  or  gale- 
ate,  3  in.  long,  rose-color,  with  branching  crimson  veins; 
lateral  sepals  slightly  shorter,  brilliant  carmine-red; 
petals  and  labellum  orange,  inconspicuous.  S.  Afr. 
B.M.4073.  G.C.  II.  18:  521;  111.9:365.  OAKES  AMES. 


William  Watson,  in  Garden  and  Forest  9:  284,  says  of 
Disa :  "They  all  require  cool-greenhouse  treatment, 
plenty  of  water,  an  open,  peaty  soil  and  shade  from  direct 
sunshine.  As  soon  as  the  plants  have  flowered,  they  are 
shaken  out  of  the  soil,  the  suckers  taken  off,  and  potted 
singly  in  small  pots  and  watered  liberally.  In  November 
they  are  again  potted  into  3-inch  pots,  in  which  they 
remain  until  they  flower.  They  make  a  display  of  flowers 
for  about  two  months."  In  G.F.  7:  324,  Watson  writes  of 
D.  Kewense:  "This  is  a  beaxitiful  hybrid,  which  is  as 
easily  grown  as  any  orchid  I  know  of,  and  multiplies 
itself  by  means  of  offsets  with  all  the  prodigality  of 
Couch  Grass.  Many  connoisseurs  declare  it  is  the  best 
of  all  Disas.  ***!>.  Veitcliii  is  a  noble  plant,  and 
almost  as  free  as  D.  Kewense.  I  would  recommend  all 
growers  of  orchids  to  procure  both  and  propagate  them 
as  rapidly  as  possible.  *  *  *  The  Kew  plants  are  in 
4-inch  pots,  and  each  bears  a  spike  18  inches  high  with 
from  10  to  20  flowers,  each  2  inches  across."  For  portrait 
of  D.  Kewense,  see  G.C.  III.  18:  273. 

DISANTHUS  (Greek,  dis,  twice,  and  anthos,  flower; 
the  fls.  being  in  2-fld.  heads),  ffamameliddcece.  Shrub,, 
with  alternate,  deciduous,  entire,  long-petioled  Ivs.:  fls. 
similar  to  those  of  Hamamelis,  but  borne  in  pairs  on 
erect  axillary  peduncles  and  connate  back  to  back:  cap- 
sule 2-celled,  with  several  seeds  in  each  cell.  The  only 
species,  D.  cercidifdlius,  Maxim.,  is  a  shrub,  with  slender 
branches,  8-10  ft.  high:  Ivs.  roundish-ovate,  palmately 
nerved,  3-4  in.  long:  fls.  dark  purple,  in  October.  G.F. 
6:215.  Hardy  ornamental  shrub  of  elegant  habit,  with 
distinct,  handsome  foliage,  turning  to  a  beautiful  claret- 
red  or  red  and  orange  in  fall.  Prop,  by  seeds,  germi- 
nating very  slowly,  and  by  layers  ;  probably  also  by 
grafting  on  Hamamelis.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

DISEASES  of  plants  are  of  many  classes.  The  word 
disease  as  applied  to  plants  is  commonly  associated  with 
those  manifestations  which  are  the  result  of  seriously 
disturbed  nutrition,  rather  than  with  mere  attacks  of 
devouring  insects.  We  might  classify  diseases,  for  hor- 
ticultural purposes,  as  those  due  to  parasitic  fungi  (or 
fungous  diseases),  those  due  to  bacteria  or  germs,  those 
due  to  nematodes  or  eel  worms,. and  those  which  are  as- 
sociated with  disturbed  or  imperfect  nutrition.  To 
these  four  classes  we  shall  now  give  our  attention: 

FUNGOUS  DISEASES  are  those  that  are  due  to  the  inva- 
sion of  tissue  by  fungi  (see  Fungus).  All  crop  plants 
are  more  or  less  subject  to  the  attack  of  these  insidious 
foes,  and  the  havoc  they  bring  is  rarely  fully  appre- 
ciated. 

The  chief  lines  of  treatment  with  plants  subject  to 
injury  from  fungi  are,  first,  to  reduce  the  number  of 
spores  to  a  minimum,  and,  secondly,  to  surround  the 
plants  with  conditions  unfavorable  for  their  develop- 
ment and  yet  not  to  interfere  with  the  growth  of  the  plant 
itself.  Fungi  as  a  rule  are  fond  of  moisture  and,  there- 
fore, dry  weather  is  an  ally  of  the  cultivator,  while  a  sea- 
son with  high  humidity  and  a  large  rainfall  is  asso- 
ciated with  an  abundance  of  plant  diseases.  So  long, 
therefore,  as  the  weather  is  without  man's  control  there 
will  be  an  uncertain  quantity  in  the  problem  of  plant 
healthfulness. 

The  growing  season  for  crop  plants  is  practically  the 
same  as  that  for  fungi,  and  during  the  winter  inactivity 
prevails  for  both  host  and  parasite.  In  other  words, 
there  are  several  months  of  the  year  when  the  fungi  are 
either  inactive  in  the  host  plant  or  lying  dormant  out- 
side of  it,  ready  to  begin  their  destructive  work.  When 
the  plant  is  a  perennial,  the  fungus  may  live  over  winter 
in  its  tissue,  as  is  well  illustrated  in  the  black-knot,  Plow- 
rightia  morbosa,  of  the  plum  and  cherry.  The  swellings 
upon  the  twigs  increase  from  year  to  year  until  the  stem 
is  girdled  or  otherwise  destroyed.  The  fungus  is  peren- 
nial, and  every  knot,  unless  the  branch  is  dead,  is  the  di- 
rect starting  point  for  new  growth.  Along  with  this 
fact  is  the  equally  important  one  that  in  the  hard,  black 
crust  of  the  excrescence  there  are  innumerable  spheri- 
cal pits  in  which  countless  spores  pass  the  winter,  and 
are  ready  to  spread  the  disease  to  new,  healthy  twig*  as 
the  knot  breaks  up  and  fresh  growth  starts  in  the  tree 
in  spring.  In  the  light  of  the  above  facts  there  are 
many  reasons  for  destroying  the  knots  upon  a  plum  or 


DISEASES 


DISEASES 


493 


Colony  of  apple-scab. 
Natural  size. 


•cherry  tree.  The  limbs  affected  are  practically  worth- 
ies^ ;unl  l>y  destroying  them  the  disease  is  kept  from 
•preading  further  in  the  branch  and  the  forming  spores 
art-  destroyed  before  they  have  an  opportunity  of  get- 
ting a  foothold  elsewhere. 

It'  the  horticulturistunderstands  the  methods  of  growth 
and  propagation  of  a  destructive  fungus,  he  is  better 
able  to  take  the  step  that  may  lead  to  the  eradication  of 
the  pest.  Let  another  example 
be  taken,  namely,  the  apple- 
leaf  rust,  which  in  some  parts 
of  the  country  is  a  serious 
menace  to  the  orchardist.  It 
is  recognized  as  yellow 
blotches  upon  the  foliage,  fol- 
lowed by  groups  of  deep  cups 
in  the  under  half  of  the  leaf 
tissue,  where  orange-colored 
spores  are  produced  in  great 
abundance.  The  life  cycle  of 
this  fungus,  Gymnosporan- 
ijinnt  macropus,  involves  two 
hosts;  that  is,  it  lives  in  one 
stage  upon  the  common  red 
•iedar  and  in  the  next  it  infests 
the  apple  tree.  Upon  the  cedar  the  fungus,  forms  galls 
of  a  chocolate  color  half  an  inch  or  more  in  diameter, 
which  during  the  spring  rains  become  swollen  and  have 
a  gelatinous  exterior.  In  this  jelly  the  spores  are  pro- 
duced that  find  their  way  to  the  apple  tree  and  there 
form,  after  vegetating  for  a  few  days,  the  destructive 
rust.  It  is  seen  that  in  a  case  like  this  the  most  impor- 
tant thing  is  to  destroy  the  cedar-galls,  for  in  them  the 
fungus  passes  the  winter;  and  this  can  be  done 
by  picking  and  burning.  To  those  who  do  not 
set  a  high  value  upon  their  cedar  trees,  the  end 
may  be  accomplished  by  removing  the  cedar 
trees  that  stand  at  all  near  the  infested 
orchard. 

But  there  are  many  destructive  fungi 
that   pass    their    whole    life    upon    the 
same  plant,  and  the  method  men- 
tioned for  the  apple  rust  would  not 
obtain.     In   many   such   cases  the 
use  of   fungicides  has  proved   ef- 
fective.   The  apple-scab  (Fig.  721), 
due  to  a  fungus    (Fusicla- 
dinm  dendriticum),is  a  good 
case  in  point.  It  infests  both 
the  leaf  and  the  fruit,  caus- 
irregular  blotches  upon 


722.    Peaches  of  last  year's  crop   still  hanging  on  the  tree, 

attacked  by  monilia  (X  %). 
The  branch  is  dead  from  the  effects  of  the  fungus. 

both,  and  frequently  destroying  the  crop.  Many  ex- 
periments have  demonstrated  that  this  scab-produc- 
ing fungus  can  be  kept  down  by  the  nse  of  the  Bordeaux 
mixture  and  various  other  similar  substances.  The  fun- 


gus thrives  below  the  skin  of  the  fruit  and  the  epider- 
mis of  the  leaf,  producing: spores  in  abundance  upon  the 
surface.  The  fungicide,  when  left  in  a  thin  film  upon  the 
susceptible  surface,  prevents  the  germination  of  the 
spores  and  the  extrance  of  the  fungus.  It  likewise  may 
kill  the  spores  in  the  places  where  they  are  formed  and 
before  they  have  been  transplanted  to  another  part  of 
the  plant.  The  fungicide  cannot  act  as  a  cure  in  the 
sense  of  replacing  the  diseased, by  healthy  tissue,  but 
may,  by  destroying  the  spores, so  prevent  the  spread  that 
the  healthy  parts  may  predominate.  In  the  case  of  foli- 
age, the  spraying  is  "chiefly  preventive,  and  should  be 
particularly  directed  to  the  younger  leaves,  the  older 
ones,  with  the  fungus  already  established  in  them,  in 
time  falling  away.  With  the  ordinary  fruits  there  is  no 


723.  Effects  of  the  leaf-curl  fungus  on  peach  foliage  (X  %). 

such  succession,  and  the  aim  is  to  have  each  apple  or 
pear  coated  with  the  fungicide. 

As  a  rule  a  fungus  that  attacks  the  fruit  also  infests  the 
leaves,  and  may  likewise  thrive  in  the  stems.  From  this 
it  is  gathered  that  the  spray  should  be  very  thoroughly 
applied  to  all  parts  of  the  plant,  in  order  that  the  foliage 
may  be  kept  in  vigor  and  make  the  required  food  sub- 
stances for  the  growth  of  the  fruit,  and  the  latter  saved 
from  decay  due  to  direct  attack  of  the  fungous  germs. 
But  this  is  not  enough.  From  what  has  been  remarked 
concerning  the  hibernation  of  fungi,  it  goes  without  long 
argument  that  much  can  be  done  by  thorough  sanitation 
in  the  orchard  and  fruit  garden  when  the  crop  is  off  and 
the  plants  are  at  rest.  In  short,  the  foliage  of  a  blighted 
orchard  or  vineyard  is  too  important  to  be  overlooked 
in  considering  the  subject  of  fungous  diseases.  The  pear 
leaves,  for  example,  may  be  infested  with  the  leaf-spot, 
Entomosporium  maculatum,  and  spraying  may  have  kept 
them  from  falling  prematurely  and  a  good  crop  saved 
thereby,  but  the  old  leaves,  as  they  drop  in  autumn,  are 
more  or  less  infested  with  the  disease,  and,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, should  be  destroyed  before  the  winds  have  scat, 
tered  them.  In  the  same  way  the  black-rot  of  the  grape 
(L&stadia  BidwcUii}  maybe  carried  over  in  the  foli- 
age and  the  mummy  berries  that  are  left  upon  the  vines. 
Here,  again,  the  spray  pumps  can.be  largely  supple- 
mented by  picking,  pruning  and  burning.  In  the  winter 
care  of  vineyards  we  can  take  a  lesson  from  the  grape 
growers  of  Europe,  where  much  care  is  taken  to  clean 
up  after  every  crop.  They  do  not  stop  with  the  gather- 
ing of  the  refuse,  but  spray  the  leafless  vines  in  win- 
ter, and  the  trel  ises  as  well,  with  Bordeaux  or  plain 
solution  of  cupric  sulfate.  The  subject  of  remedies  for 
fungous  diseases  would  be  slighted  were  not  emphatic 
words  used  in  this  connection.  It  is  folly  to  delay  the 


494 


DISEASES 


DISEASES 


use  of  remedial  measures  until  after  the  fungi  are  in 
evidence.  With  many  quick-acting  diseases  it  is  then 
too  late,  and  in  fact  with  some  the  spray  pump,  when  the 
trees  are  in  full  leaf  and  fruit,  is  of  secondary  impor- 
tance. The  fruit-rot  or  gray  mold  (Manilla  fructigena) 
of  the  cherry,  plum  and  peach  is  of  this  type.  To  eradi- 
cate this  pest,  it  is  not  enough  to  wait  until  the  disease 
is  in  the  trees,  for  then,  if  the  weather  is  warm  and 
moist,  the  crop  is  destroyed.  Here,  again,  the  work  of 
prevention  should  begin  the  winter  before;  by  destroy- 
ing all  mummy  fruit  (Fig.  722)  and  blighted  branches 
the  disease  is  attacked  at  its  weakest  point. 

Another  point  in  this  connection  that  must  be  kept  in 
mind  is  the  general  health  of  the  plant.  Every  tree  or 
shrub  should  be  well  nourished  and  come  to  its  ap- 
pointed task  in  good  health.  This  means  the  best 
form  of  the  plant  for  the  purposes  intended,  obtained 
by  the  use  of  the  pruning  knife  or  other  means.  Fungi 
do  not  love  the  sunshine  half  as  well  as  the  shade,  and 
an  open-topped  tree  needs  less  spraying  than  one  with 
the  branches  crowded.  This  will  also  obviate  in  some 
measure  another  point  of  weakness,  namely,  overload- 
ing. A  peach  tree  attempting  to  carry  a  double  comple- 
ment of  fruit  will  breed  more  decayed  fruit  and  foliage 
than  many  that  are  not  overloaded.  Thinning,  in  other 
words,  is  often  as  essential  to  healthfulness  as  spraying, 
and  a  congenial  soil  and  situation  are  more  important 
than  either.  Naturally,  the  question  of  remedies  for  fun- 
gous diseases  comes  in  only  after  all  the  conditions  for 
the  best  growth  of  the  plants  have  been*  met. 

The  number  of  fungi  injurious  to  the  horticulturist  is 
large,  and  space  permits  of  the  mention  of  but  a  few 
under  the  several  crops.  Apples:  Aside  from  the  rust 
and  scab  used  above  for  general  illustration,  there  are 
the  ripe-rot  ( GloBosporium  fructigenum) ;  powdery  mil- 
dew (Podosphcera  Oxyacanthce) ,  and  the  fire-blight  (Ba- 
cillus amylovorus) .  The  first  of  the  three  grows  also 
upon  the  grape,  and  the  fire-blight  attacks  the  pear  and 
the  quince,  upon  the  former  being  a  serious  enemy.  In 
this  fire-blight  we  have  a  bacterial  disease  in  plants, 
that  resides  during  the  winter  in  the  twigs,  and  is  con- 
veyed to  flowers  by  insects  which  gather  on  the  ooze  of 
cracked,  blighted  stems  in  spring.  All  such  diseased 
branches  should  have  been  previously  removed. 
Quinces:  The  black-rot  (Spliceropsis  malorum)  and 
rust  (Rozstelia  aurantiaca,  are  often  destructive. 
Plums,  in  addition  to  the  black-knot,  have  leaf-blight 
( CylindrosporiumPadi ) ,  while  the  cherry  has  the  "  shot- 
hole"  fungus  (Septoria  cerasina).  Peaches  are  some- 
times much  afflicted  with  the  leaf -curl  (JSxoascus  deform- 
ans,  Fig.  723),  and  the  scab  or  "gray  back"  (Cladospo- 


The  affected  trees  produce  tufts  of  small  branches  upon 
the  older  branches,  with  slender  leaves,  known  as  "Pen- 
nyroyal sprouts"  or  "willow  shoots."  Trees  with  these 
"bushes"  are  fit  subjects  for  the  burn  heap. 

Of  the  small  fruits,  the  grape  leads  in  the  number  of 
fungi,  the  black-rot  and  ripe-rot  previously  mentioned 
being  among  the  chief ,  while  the  anthracnose  (Sphace- 


724.  Currant  foliage  attacked  by  the  leaf-spot  fungus  (X  %). 

rium  carpophilum).  The  most  obscure  disease  of  the 
peach  is  the  "yellows, "a  name  given  to  a  contagious 
disorder  that  manifests  itself  in  a  premature  ripening  of 
thefruit,  which  takes  on  an  unnatural  spotting  of  red  or 
purple,  with  the  flesh  streaked  and  the  taste  insipid. 


725.  Strawberry  leaf  rolled  up  from  the  attack 
of  the  leaf-blight.      Natural  size. 

loma  ampelinum)  and  downy  mildew  (Plastnopara  viti- 
cola)  are  quite  destructive.  Blackberries  and  raspber- 
rise  suffer  from  similar  diseases,  the  leading  ones  be- 
ing the  rust  (Puccinia  Peckiana),  requiring  the  destruc- 
tion, root  and  branch,  of  the  infested  plants,  and  the  an- 
thracnose (Gloeosporium  venetum),  amenable  to  spray- 
ing. Currants  and  gooseberries  are  similarly  akin,  and 
have  nearly  the  same  fungi , as  le&f-spot(  Septoria  Jtibis, 
Fig.  724)  and  anthracnose  (Gloeosporium  Ribis),  in  ad- 
dition to  which  the  gooseberry  is  badly  troubled  with  a 
mildew  (Sphcerotheca  Mors-Uvce),  that  may  be  kept  off 
by  sulfide  of  potassium,  one  ounce  to  two  gallons  of 
water,  as  a  spray.  Strawberries  have  the  leaf -blight 
(Sphcerella  Fragaricv,  Fig.  725)  as  the  leading  fungous 
trouble,  and  this  sometimes  requires  heroic  treatment, 
even  to  the  burning  over  of  the  bed  in  autumn  to  de- 
stroy the  infested  leaves  and  the  germs  they  contain. 

Annual  Plants.  In  the  previous  discussion,  peren- 
nial crop  plants  only  have  been  considered.  With  the 
annuals  the  treatment  is  in  large  part  the  same,  except 
that  there  are  no  live  plants  in  winter  to  be  considered, 
no  stems  and  branches  to  be  cleansed,  and  there  is  the 
very  important  difference  that  it  is  possible  to  grow  the 
annuals  upon  new  ground  each  season.  While  it  is  im- 
possible to  move  the  vineyard  or  fruit  garden,  it  should 
be  the  rule  not  to  grow  an  annual  upon  the  same  piece 
of  soil  continuously.  In  one  sense  the  grower  can  move 
away  from  his  troubles  by  practicing  a  judicious  rota- 
tion of  crops.  However,  the  truck  grower  and  the  gar- 
dener in  a  small  way  should  not  trust  entirely  to  this; 
itinerancy,  but  instead  should  place  the  spraying  ma- 
chine upon  the  same  footing  as  the  plow  or  planter  as  a 
necessary  implement;  and  as  insects  compete  with  fungi 
for  the  possession  of  his  crops  he  should  spray  for  both, 
and  usually  this  can  be  done  at  the  same  time.  The 


DISEASES 


DISEASES 


495 


spraying  of  crops  like  potatoes,  beans,  egg-plants  and 
celery,  can  be  done  with  great  rapidity  with  the  cart 
machines. 

With  the  annual  crops  the  idea  of  cleaning  up  and 
burning  the  rubbish  should  be  enforced  us  thoroughly 
as  with  the  tree  crops.  The  burn  heap  is  a  successful 
ally  of  the  spray  pump,  and  with  the  rotation  suggested, 
growers  of  vegetables  and  vegetable  fruits  should  hope 
to  be  exempt  from  serious  fungous  attacks,  except  when 
the  weather  is  unusually  favorable  for  the  excessive  de- 
velopment of  blights  and  rots. 

Some  of  the  leading  fungous  enemies  upon  the  vege- 
table fruit  plants  are  the  anthracnose  ( Colletotrichum 
Lagenarium)  and  bacteriosis  (Bacillus  Phaseoli)  of  the 
bean,  both  held  in  check  by  Bordeaux;  the  leaf-spot 
(Ascochyta  Pisi)  and  mildew  (Erysiphe  Martii)  of  the 
pea;  leaf -spot  (Stptoria  Lycopersici) ,  black-rot  (Mac- 
rosporium  Tomato)  and  bacteriosis  (Bacillus  Solance- 
arum)  of  the  tomato;  leaf-spot  (Phyllosticta  hortorum) 
and  stem-rot  (Nectria  Ipomcea)  of  the  egg-plant;  and 
anthracnose  ( Colletotrichum  Lagenarium)  of  melons  and 
cucumbers. 

Among  vegetables  strictly  so-called,  there  is  the  leaf- 
blight  (Cercospora  Apii)  and  bacteriosis  of  celery;  mil- 
dew (Peronospora  effusa)  of  spinach;  smut  (  Urocystis 
Cepulce)  of  onions;  rust  (Puccinia  Asparagi)  of  aspara- 
gus; club-root  ( Pa  Is  mod  iophora  Brassicce)  of  cabbage, 
and  mildew  (Bremia  Lactucce)  of  lettuce. 

The  root  crops  have  their  subterranean  fungous  ene- 
mies, and  for  these  a  soil  treatment  is  necessary.  For 
the  club-root  of  turnips  and  cabbage,  named  above,  and 
allied  plants,  lime  is  a  preventive  when  added  to  the 
soil,  35  bushels  per  acre;  while  the  scab  (Oospora 
scabies)  of  the  round  potato  is  checked  by  soaking  the 
seed  in  a  weak  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate,  or  by 
flowers  of  sulfur  added  to  the  soil,  300  pounds  per 
acre.  The  same  treatment  is  effective  for  onion  smut 
and  the  fungous  diseases  of  the  sweet  potato.  Use  a 
new  field  each  year  whenever  possible.  In  short,  feed 
and  care  for  the  crops  well,  so  that  the  plants  will  be 
perfectly  at  home  in  the  place  assigned  them,  and  then 
use  fungicides  as  an  enlightened  judgment  dictates, 
not  forgetting  to  destroy  the  autumn  rubbish,  the  win- 
ter hiding  places  of  the  insidious  germs  of  disease.  See 
Fungicide. 

BACTERIAL  DISEASES.  — There  is  much  damage  done 
to  higher  plants  by  infesting  bacteria.  These  low  or- 
ganisms may  flourish  in  leaf,  stem  or  root,  and  with 
some  crops  they  are  widespread  and  destructive.  One 
of  the  most  prominent  of  the  bacterial  diseases  is  the 
fire-blight  of  the  pear,  apple  and  quince,  due  to  the 
Bacillus  amylovorus,  the  germs  of  which  multiply  in 
the  nectar  of  the  blooms  with  great  rapidity,  and  are 
carried  from  one  flower  to  another  by  insects,  and  in 
this  way  an  orchard  may  become  infected.  From  the 
blossoms  the  disease  extends  downward  into  the 
branches  or  runs  in  from  lateral  fruit-spurs  and  girdles 
the  limbs.  The  blight  also  enters  through  the  tips  of 
growing  branches,  as  in  the  nursery  when  plants  are  too 
young  to  bear  flowers.  This  is  "twig-blight,"  as  dis- 
tinguished from  "flower-blight,"  while  a  third  form  is 
a  "body-blight,"  where  the  germs  attack  the  main 
stem  of  the  tree  through  the  buds  that  may  be  found 
there.  Warm,  moist  weather,  with  frequent  showers, 
favor  the  spread  of  the  disease,  and  with  opposite  con- 
ditions the  germs  may  die  out,  even  when  in  the  cam- 
bium and  protected  by  the  bark.  The  germs,  when  they 
live  over  winter  in  the  branch,  may  reach  the  surface  as 
ooze  from  the  blighted  parts  in  spring  and  be  carried 
by  insects  to  the  flower  and  other  buds.  As  yet  there  is 
nothing  better  for  a  remedy  than  the  removal  of  the 
blighted  twigs,  cutting  well  below  where  the  dead  ad- 
joins the  living  bark.  Trees  highly  fertilized  with  ni- 
trogenous manures  are  especially  subject  to  blight  and, 
therefore,  over-stimulation  with  manure  is  to  be  avoided, 
and  upon  very  rich  soil  an  orchard  may  do  better  in  sod. 

The  above  is  a  fair  type  of  the  bacterial  diseases  of 
ligneous  plants.  Among  the  many  upon  herbs,  there  is 
one  that  is  very  destructive  to  tomatoes,  the  Bacillus 
solanaceartim,  which  is  recognized  by  a  sudden  wilting 
of  the  foliage,  followed  by  a  yellow  or  brown  color. 
Here,  again,  the  germs  are  transmitted  by  insects  as 
Colorado  and  flea  beetles.  One  of  the  chief  preventive 


measures,  therefore,  is  to  protect  the  tomatoes  by  insec* 
ticides,  and  when  any  plant  is  diseased  it  should  be  de- 
stroyed. Other  plants  allied  to  the  tomato,  as  potato, 
egg-plant,  petunias  and  the  common  weeds,  as  James- 
town weed,  nightshade  and  ground  cherry,  are  affected 
with  the  same  disease;  and,  therefore,  clean  culture  is 
demanded,  and  also  a  wide  rotation  of  crops  upon  soil 
liable  to  bear  infected  plants. 

A  similar  bacterial  disease  is  met  with  in  sweet  corn, 
due  to  Pseudomonas  Steicarti;  while  other  species  at- 
tack sorghum  and  a  long  list  of  field  and  garden  crops, 
particularly  the  roots  like  beet,  carrot,  turnip  and  simi- 
lar plants,  as  the  bean,  onion  and  celery.  Sprays  do  not 
seem  to  materially  check  these  diseases,  and  the  chief 
means  of  combating  them  are  through  soil  sanitation 
and  a  judicious  rotation. 

NEMATODES.  — There  are  many  troubles  experienced 
by  plants  that  are  due  to  animals.  None  of  these  are 
more  abundant  and  destructive  than  the  nematodes, 
namely,  microscopic  worms,  that  infest  various  parts  of 
plants,  but  the  roots  in  particular,  when  they  cause  en- 
largements known  as  root-galls.  As  the  conditions  of 
continued  warmth  and  moisture  favor  these  eel  worms, 
they  are  more  frequently  found  in  destructive  numbers 
in  the  plant  house.  Roses  are  particularly  subject  to 
nematodes,  which  upon  their  roots  cause  a  multitude 
of  small  swellings.  The  same  is  true  of  violets,  with 
which  they  have  been  very  serious  at  times.  Cucumber, 
tomato,  cyclamen,  coleus  (see  Fig.  518,  p.  351),  and 
other  plants  are  likewise  attacked. 

It  is  thought  that  lime  added  to  the  soil  has  been  bene- 
ficial, but  the  most  effective  method  of  exterminating 
these  pests  is  by  heating  the  soil  by  steam  up  to  at  least 
180°-212°  F.  for  one  hour  or  more  before  being  used  in 
the  pots  or  benches.  The  nematodes  are  killed  by  freez- 
ing, and  probably  on  this  account  the  number  of  these 
worms  in  field  crops  is  kept  within  bounds  at  the  north, 
while  they  are  a  menace  to  field  crops  at  the  south.  In 
greenhouse  work,  take  care  that  no  soil  is  used  which 
has  not  been  thoroughly  frozen  since  it  bore  a  crop  of 
indoor  stuff. 

IMPERFECT  NUTRITION.  — There  are  doubtless  many 
ills  of  plants  due  directly  to  lack  of  proper  physical  con- 
ditions. Some  are  overfed,  others  are  starved,  some  are 


726.   Disease  of  Cucumber  leaf  (X  %). 

The  dying  margin  indicates  that  the  trouble  is  due  to  some 

interference  with  the  food  supply. 

drowned,  and  many  perish  from  protracted  thirst.  Aside 
from  all  this,  plants  will  sicken  even  when  the  ordinary 
conditions  seem  satisfactory.  For  some  reason  not 
easily  assigned,  a  change  will  come  over  the  plant,  the 
activities  of  growth  are  checked  or  cease,  and  the  plant 
dies  and  without  any  cause  that  falls  under  the  previous 
heads.  Some  physiological  defect  is  charged  with  the 
cause,  and  various  terms  have  been  used  to  conceal  the 
manifest  ignorance.  The  "yellows"  of  the  peach  seems. 


496 


DISEASES 


DiSPORUM 


to  be  one  of  this  class,  and  is  as  interesting  co  the  vege- 
table pathologist  as  it  is  destructive  to  the  orchardist. 
T!>e  latest  view  of  this  particular  form  of  disorder  is 
that  of  the  unorganized  ferment,  which  by  causing  cer- 
tain chemical  changes  in  the  substances  of  the  cells  brings 
about  the  peculiar  and  well  marked  malady  of  the  "yel- 
lows." If  we  start  with  the  premise  that  there  is  a  cer- 
tain small  amount  of  chemical  ferment  in  all  plants,  it 
is  only  necessary  to  have  this  increased  to  get  the  re- 
sults in  question;  and  how  to  prevent  this  augmentation 
is  the  practical  point  at  issue.  This  ferment  in  active 
form  might  be  communicated  from  one  plant  to  another 
by  budding  or  grafting,  and,  instead  of  introducing  liv- 
ing germs,  it  is  a  transmission  of  a  germless  ferment 
like  diastase,  that  is  found  in  seeds,  and  does  its  ap- 
pointed work  as  a  solvent,  in  the  period  of  germination. 
There  are  other  disorders  that  are  called  "CEdenia,"  or 
a  dropsical  form  of  disease.  The  tomato  is  subject  to 
this,  and  pelargoniums  likewise.  Tumors  are  formed,  or 
the  leaves  bear  translucent  dots  along  the  veins.  This 
trouble  is  most  apt  to  appear  with  greenhouse  plants  in 
early  spring,  and  may  be  favored  by  lack  of  sun- 
shine, especially  if  the  warm  soil  is  wet  and  root  action 
is  excessive.  The  remedy  lies  in  furnishing,  so  far  as 


possible,  the  conditions  opposite  to  these  above  named. 
In  general,  it  may  be  said  that  diseases  which  are 
due  to  germs  or  to  malnutrition  show  the  disorder 
more  or  less  generally  spread  over  the  plant,  rather  than 
confined  to  local  areas.  For  example,  if  the  foliage 
shows  a  general  wilting,  it  is  evident  that  the  trouble 
lies  farther  back  than  the  leaves  themselves.  If  one 
leaf  begins  to  die  all  around  the  edge  (as  in  Fig.  726),  it 
is  indication  that  the  trouble  is  a  cutting  off  of  food 
supply  in  the  entire  leaf;  the  trouble  may  be  near  the 
base  of  the  leaf,  or  farther  back.  After  a  time,  the  leaf 
becomes  dry  and  brittle,  and  the  winds  break  it.  In  Fig. 
727  it  is  evident  that  the  trouble  is  in  the  whole  branch. 


DISHCLOTH  GOURD. 


BYRON  D.  HALSTED. 
See  Luffa. 


727.  A  blight  of  grapes  due  to  some  constitutional  disorder. 
Notice  that  the  leaves  die  first  at  the  edges  (X  %). 


DISPORUM  (Greek,  double  pored).  Liliacece.  Per- 
ennial herbs  with  the  appearance  of  our  much-loved 
eastern  Bellwort  or  Uvularia,  but  distinguished  by  an 
indehiscent  berry,  while  Uvularia  has  a  capsule  that 
splits  down  the  back  of  each  cell.  In  1879,  Bentham  and 
Hooker  proposed  to  include  Prosartes  in  this  genus. 
The  American  species  of  Prosartes  are  said  by  S.  Watson 
to  differ  from  the  Asian  ones  in  having  their  ovules  hung 
from  the  top  of  the  cell  instead  of  ascending  from  the 
base,  but  in  one  American  species,  D.  trachycarpa,  they 
are  fixed  on  the  sides,  as  they  are  also  in  one  Himalayan 
species.  The  habit  of  all  is  said  to  be  alike.  Latest 
monograph  of  both  genera  by  Baker  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc. 
14:586,  588  (1875) ;  of  the  American  species  of  Prosartes 
by  S.  Watson,  in  Proc.  Am.  ^ad.  14:270  (1879). 

These  plants  have  been  little  tried  in  the  eastern 
states,  and  are  probably  not  hardy  without  some  winter 
covering. 

A.    Lvs.  rarely  cordate  at  base:  stigma  S-cleft. 

B.    Perianth  very  broad  and  unequally  rounded  at 
the  base. 

Menziesii,  Nicholson  (P.  Menziesii,  Don).  More  or 
less  woolly-pubescent:  stem  2-3  ft.  long,  forking,  arch- 
ing above :  Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  narrowly  acu- 
minate or  the  lowest  acute,  sessile,  2-3  in.  long,  often 
resin-dotted:  fls.  1-3,  greenish,  from  the  topmost  axils, 
nodding,  7-9  lines  long;  pedicels  puberulous;  perianth 
segments  nearly  erect,  acute,  6-11  lines  long;  stamens 
a  third  shorter  ;  anthers  included,  l%-2  times  shorter 
than  the  filaments:  berry  3-0  seeded:  cells  1-2-seeded: 
fr.  oblong-obovate,  narrowed  to  a  short  beak.  Calif, 
to  B.  C. 

BB.    Perianth  narrow  and  more  wedge-shaped  at  the  base. 

lanugindsum,  Nicholson.  Woolly-pubescent:  Ivs.  ob- 
long-lanceolate, narrowly  acuminate :  perianth-segments 
greenish,  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  spreading,  6  or  7 
lines  long,  stamens  a  third  shorter;  style  and  narrow 
ovary  glabrous:  capsule  oblong-ovate,  obtusish  or  with 
a  very  short,  stout  beak,  glabrous  ;  cells  1-2-seeded. 
W.  N.  Y.  to  Ga.  and  Tenn.  B.M.  1490.  — Int.  by  H.  P. 
Kelsey. 

trachyc&rpum,  Hook.  &  Jack.  (P.  trachycdrpa,Wa,t6.). 
More  or  less  pubescent :  stem  1-1  %  ft.  high,  forking, 
with  foliage  on  the  upper  half:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-lan- 
ceolate, acute  or  rarely  acuminate,  2-4  in.  long:  pedicels 
pilose  ;  perianth-segments  whitish,  slightly  spreading, 
more  narrowly  oblanceolate  than  in  D.  Menziesii,  acute, 
4-6  lines  long,  about  as  long  as  the  stamens :  berry 
many-seeded;  cells  2-6-seeded:  fr.  broadly  obovate,  ob- 
tuse, rather  deeply  lobed,  papillose.  Saskatchewan  to 
N.  Idaho,  Utah  and  Colo. 

AA.    Lvs.  mostly  cordate-clasping. 

Oreg^num  (P.  Oregana,  S.  Wats.).  More  or  less 
woolly-pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  long- 
acuminate:  perianth  segments  spreading,  acute,  nar- 
rowed below,  very  distinctly  net- veined,  5-7  lines  long, 
as  long  as  or  shorter  than  the  stamens  :  fr.  ovate, 
acutish,  somewhat  pubescent;  cells  1-2-seeded.  Oreg. 
and  Idaho  to  B.  C. 

The  following  kinds  are  cult,  abroad:  D.  Hobkeri,  Nicholson 
(P.  lanuginosa,  var.  Hookeri,  Baker).  Before  D.  Oreganumin 
the  key.  More  or  less  rongh-pubescent,  with  short,  usually 
spreading  hairs  :  Ivs.  ovate  or  sometimes  oblong  :  perianth 
rather  broad  at  the  base:  fr.  obovate,  obtuse;  cells  usually  2- 
seeded.  Calif.  Baker  regards  this  as  a  more  robust  form  of 


DISPORUM 


DODECATHEON 


497 


D.  lanuginosum,  less  puberulous,  with  Ivs.  wider,  more  deeply 
cordate  at  the  base,  and  clasping  the  branches.— D.  Leschenaul- 
tidnum,  D.  Don,  differs  from  the  others  here  described  by  hav- 
ing white  fls.  India,  Ceylon.  B.M.  6935.— D.  pullum,  Salisb. 
Readily  told  from  American  forms  by  its  brown  or  purplish 


green  fls.    India,  Java,  China.     B.M.  916. 


W.  M. 


DtSTICHLIS( Greek,  two-ranked).  Graminece.  SALT- 
GRASS.  MARSH  SPIKE-GRASS.  D.  spicAta,  Greene,  is  an 
upright,  wiry  grass,  10-20  in.  high,  with  strong,  exten- 
sively creeping  rootstocks.  A  Salt-grass  found  on  the 
coast  of  both  continents,  and  thrives  even  in  ground 
heavily  crusted  with  alkali  and  other  salts.  Prospectors 
and  miners  consider  its  presence  a  sure  sign  of  water 
near  the  surface.  Good  grass  for  binding  loose  sands  or 
soils  subject  to  wash.  Not  cult.  P.B.KENNEDY. 

DISrfrLIUM:( Greek,  two  styles).  Hamamelidacece. 
An  oriental  genus  of  two  species  of  evergreen  trees,  one 
of  which  has  variegated  foliage,  and  is  used  for  hedges 
in  China  and  Japan.  The  genus  is  very  unlike  our  Witch 
Hazel,  as  it  has  no  petals,  a  superior  ovary  and  2-8 
stamens.  Lvs.  alternate,  thick,  leathery,  ovate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  entire  :  fls.  small,  polygamous.  Seeds  and 
young  plants  of  D.  racemosum,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.,  may  be 
obtained  through  dealers  in  Japanese  plants. 

DITTANY  is  an  old  English  word  which  in  England 
often  means  Dictamnus  albus,  a  plant  of  the  rue  family. 
The  name  is  supposed  to  be  derived  from  Mt.  Dicte,  in 
Crete,  where  the  ancient  Dittany  grew.  The  Cretan  Dit- 
tany is  supposed  to  be  Origanum  Dictamnus,  a  plant  of 
the  mint  family,  and  of  the  same  genus  with  the  wild 
marjoram.  The  plant  commonly  called  Dittany  in  the 
eastern  U.  S.  is  Cunila  Mariana,  Linn.  (C.  origa- 
noides,  Britton),  another  mint.  It  has  been  used  as  a 
substitute  for  tea,  and  is  a  gentle  aromatic  stimulant. 
All  these  plants  yield  an  oil  used  as  a  mild  tonic. 

DOCK.  A  name  applied  to  various  species  of  Rumex 
(of  the  Polygonacece) .  The  commonest  species— grow- 
ing in  fields  and  yards— are  the  Curled  or  Narrow-leaved 
Dock(  R.  crisp^ls,  Linn. ),  and  the  Bitter  or  Broad-leaved 


728. 
Spinage  Dock. 


729. 
Belleville  Dock. 


Dock  (R.  obtusifoliiis,  Linn.).     These  are  introduced 
from  the  Old  World.    Several  species  are  native. 

Various  species  of  Docks  and  Sorrels  have  long  been 
cultivated  as  pot-herbs.  Some  of  them  are  very  desir- 
able additions  to  the  garden  because  they  yield  a  pleas- 
ant food  very  early  in  spring,  and,  once  planted,  they 
remain  for  years.  The  Spinage  Dock  and  the  Large 

32 


Belleville  are  amongst  the  best  kinds.  The  former 
(Fig.  728)  is  the  better  of  the  two,  perhaps,  and  it  has 
the  advantage  of  being  a  week  or  10  days  earlier.  The 
crisp  leaves  (blade  1  ft.  long)  appear  early  in  April,  when 
there  is  nothing  green  to  be  had  in  the  open,  and  they 
can  be  cut  continuously  for  a  month  or  more.  This  Dock 
is  the  Herb  Patience  (Rumex  Patientia,  Linn.).  It  has 
long  been  an  inhabitant  of  gardens,  and  it  has  sparingly 
run  wild  in  some  parts  of  this  country.  It  is  a  native  of 
Europe.  The  Belleville  (Fig.  729)  is  also  a  European 
plant,  and  is  really  a  Sorrel  (Rumex  Acetosa,  Linn.). 
It  has  also  become  spontaneous  in  some  of  the  eastern 
portions  of  the  country.  It  has  thinner,  lighter  green 
and  longer-stalked  leaves  than  the  Spinage  Dock,  with 
spear-like  lobes  at  the  base.  The  leaves  are  very  sour, 
and  will  probably  not  prove  to  be  so  generally  agreeable 
as  those  of  the  Spinage  Dock  ;  but  they  are  later,  and 
afford  a  succession.  In  some  countries  this  Sorrel  yields 
oxalic  acid  sufficient  for  commercial  purposes.  The 
round-leaved  or  true  French  Sorrel  (Riimex  scutatus, 
Linn. )  would  probably  be  preferable  to  most  persons. 
All  these  Docks  are  hardy  perennials,  and  are  very  ac- 
ceptable plants  to  those  who  are  fond  of  early  "greens." 
Some,  at  least,  of  the  cultivated  Docks  can  be  procured 
of  American  seedsmen.  L  H  B 

DOCKMACKIE.     Viburnum  acerifolium. 
DODDER.    See  Cuscuta. 

DODECATHEON  (Greek,  twelve  gods).  Primulacece. 
SHOOTING  STAR.  AMERICAN  COWSLIP.  Hardy  herba- 
ceous plants,  with  flowers  that  are  never  forgotten  after 
the  first  sight.  Shooting  Star  is  a  capital  name.  The 
flowers  have  been  compared  to  a  diminutive  cyclamen, 
for  they  are  pendulous  and  seem  to  be  full  of  motion 
(see  Fig.  730).  The  stamens  in  D.  Meadia  and  all  east- 
ern species  come  to  a  sharp  point  and  seem  to  be  shoot- 
ing ahead,  while  the  petals  stream  behind  like  the  tail 
of  a  comet.  The  fls.  represent  every  shade  from  pure 
white,  through  lilac  and  rose,  to  purple,  and  they  all  have 
a  yellow  circle  in  the  middle,  i.  e.,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
corolla.  Dodecatheon  is  a  most  puzzling  genus  to  sys- 
tematic botanists.  It  is  found  from  Maine  to  Texas  and 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific ;  and  along  the  Pacific 
slope,  from  the  islands  of  Lower  California  to  those 
of  Behring  straits.  In  this  vast  region,  it  varies 
immensely.  It  is  also  found  in  Asia,  especially  north- 
eastward. This  wonderful  distribution  and  variability 
is  all  the  more  remarkable  if,  as  Gray  believed,  it  is 
all  one  species,  because  monotypic  genera  are  con- 
sidered, as  a  rule,  to  be  comparatively  inflexible  or 
invariable.  Dodecatheon  belongs  to  the  same  order 
with  Primula  and  Cyclamen,  but  in  a  different  tribe 
from  the  latter,  while  its  reflexed  corolla  lobes  dis- 
tinguish it  from  the  10  other  genera  of  its  own  tribe. 
For  the  honor  of  American  horticulture,  it  is  a 
pity  that  the  improvement  of  these  charming  Ameri- 
can plants  should  have  been  left  to  English  and 
French  horticulturists.  An  important  era  in  their 
amelioration  was  probably  begun  with  the  introduction 
of  the  D.  Jeffreyi  from  the  Rocky  Mts.,  first  pictured 
about  1866,  which  was  stronger-growing  than  the  com- 
mon or  Atlantic  type,  with  longer  and  erect  Ivs.  (not 
crowded  in  a  flat  rosette),  and  with  larger  fls.  and  more 
of  them.  The  improvement  of  the  Shooting  Stars  is 
very  recent.  Twenty-six  horticultural  varieties  are  given 
in  1897  in  R.H.,p.  380.  The  best  kinds  are  robust  in 
habit,  with  12-16  large  fls.,  the  main  colors  being  white, 
lilac,  rose,  violet,  and  deep  purplish  red,  with  many  deli- 
cate intermediate  shades.  After  the  fls.  are  gone  the 
pedicels  become  erect.  Some  species  have  all  their 
parts  in  4's.  The  best  picture  of  the  most  advanced 
types  is  R.H.  1898:  552.  For  other  pictures,  see  B.M.  12. 
Gn.  10:  41  and  24:414.  Gng.5:295.  Mn.4:65. 

Of  their  culture,  J'.  B.  Keller  says  :  "All  they  require 
is  an  open, well  drained  soil,  not  too  dry,  and  moderately 
rich,  and  a  shady  or  partially  shady  position.  In  a  sunry 
border  the  fls.  are  of  short  duration.  The  rockery  with 
a  northern  or  eastern  aspect  suits  them  to  a  dot.  They 
are  prop,  by  division  of  the  crowns,  or  by  seeds,  the 
latter  method  being  rather  slow."  J.  W.  Manning  ad- 
vises a  cool  spot  in  rich  loam.  The  Ivs.  disappear 


498 


DODECATHEON 


DODECATHEON 


after  flowering  and  do  not  appear  again  until  the  next 
spring.  Shooting  Stars  are  said  to  be  easily  forced.  The 
best  varieties  at  present  are  obtained  from  Europe. 

The  genus  Dodecatheon  is  much  confused  :  that  is, 
it  is  differently  understood  by  different  authors.  In 
the  Synoptical  Flora,  1878,  Gray  accepted  but  one  spe- 
cies, D.  Meadia,  and  referred  all  the  known  forms  to 


730.  Shooting  Star— Dodecatheon  pauciflorum  (X%). 

six  varieties  of  it.  Later  (Botanical  Gazette  11:231)  he 
revised  his  view  of  the  genus,  and  recognized  five  spe- 
cies. A  synopsis  of  this  latter  view  is  here  given,  and 
it  is  followed  by  a  conspectus  of  the  latest  view  of  the 
genus  by  Professor  Greene.  Various  garden  names  are 
not  accounted  for  in  either  sketch,  nor  is  it  possible  to 
refer  them  to  their  proper  places  without  studying  the 
plants  themselves ;  and  these  forms  are  Old  World  pro- 
ductions, and  are  not  known  to  be  in  the  American  trade. 

A.    Anthers  on  evident  filaments,  the  latter  being  in- 
serted at  the  very  orifice  of  the  short  corolla-tube 
and  distinctly  monadelphous :  Ivs.  with  taperina 
base. 
B.    Capsule  acute,  opening  at  the  apex  by  valves. 

Meadia,  Linn.  COMMON  or  EASTERN  SHOOTING  STAR. 
Roots  fibrous  :  Ivs.  3-9  in.  long,  crowded  on  a  thickish 
crown,  spatulate  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  entire  or  nearly 
so,  sometimes  repand  obtuse,  below  tapering  into  more 
or  less  of  a  margined  petiole:  scape  9-24  in.  high:  fls. 
few  to  many  in  an  umbel.  Penna.  south  and  west.  —  D. 
integrifolium,  Michx.  (B.M.  3622)  is  regarded  by  Gray  as 
probably  synonymous,  but  in  European  horticulture  it 
seems  to  be  loosely  used  to  distinguish  an  entire-lvd. 
from  a  dentate  form. 

BB.    Capsule  obtuse,  opening  at  or  from  the  apex  by 
valves. 

J6ffreyi,  Moore.  Large  :  Ivs.  from  narrowly  or  elon- 
gated to  obovate-spatulate:  capsule  oblong  or  cylindri- 
cal, usually  much  surpassing  the  calyx.  Pacific  .coast. 
F.S.  16:1662,  which  represents  a  strong  plant  with  erect 
root-lvs.  1  ft.  long,  and  purplish  red  fls.  twice  as  large 
as  any  cultivated  before  1865-7.  The  name  is  sometimes 
spelled  Jeffrayi  and  Jeffreyanum.  To  this  species, 
Gray  provisionally  referred  his  vars.  alplnum  and 
frigidum.  The  former  appears  to  be  the  D.  alpinum, 
Hort. 

ellipticum,  Nutt.  (D.  Meadia,  var.  brevifdlium,  Gray). 
Distinguished  by  its  globular  or  short-ovoid  capsule, 
barely  equaling  or  slightly  surpassing  the  calyx  ;  also 
by  the  short  and  blunt  anthers  :  Ivs.  short,  obovate  or 
oval,  with  cuneate  base.  Cal.  and  north. 


BBB.  Capsule  obtttse,  thin,  more  or  less  cylindrical^ 
surpassing  the  calyx,  dehiscent  by  a  circum- 
scission  of  the  apex. 

Henderson!,  Gray.  About  a  foot  high :  Ivs.  small,  obo- 
vate: fls.  like  those  of  D.  ellipticum.  Idaho  to  Calif, 
and  north. 

AA.    Anthers  seemingly  sessile,  the  very  short  filaments 

inserted  below  the  orifice  of  the  corolla. 
frigidum,  Cham.  &  Schlecht.  (D.  Meadia,  var. 
frigidum,  Gray).  Lvs.  obovate  to  oblong,  very  ob- 
tuse, mostly  entire  :  calyx-lobes  longer  than  the  tube  : 
capsule  oblong.  Behring  straits  to  Rockies  and  Sierras. 
B.M.  5871. 

Var.  dentatum,  Gray  (D.  dentdtum,  Hook.  D.  Meadia, 
var.  latilobum,  Gray).  Larger:  Ivs.  with  blade  1-4  in. 
long,  oval  or  ovate  to  oblong,  repand  or  sparingly  den- 
tate, abruptly  contracted  into  long  winged  petioles. 
Utah,  west  and  north. 

Following  are  mostly  Old  World  horticultural  forms : 
D.  Lemoinei,  Hort.  Said  to  be  a  hybrid  between  D.  integri- 
folium and  D.  Jeffreyi,  and  intermediate  in  character.— D. 
Lemoinei,  var.  robustum,  is  like  D.  integrifolium,  but  more  ro- 
bust and  erect,  with  larger  fls.,  which  are  purplish  rose,  circled 
with  white.— D.  maximum,  Hort.  Fls.  rose.— D.  Meadia,  var. 
elegans,  Hort.  Lvs.  wider  and  shorter  :  scape  shorter :  fls. 
more  numerous,  dark  colored.— D.  Meadia,  var.  giganteum, 
Hort.  Much  larger  than  the  type  in  all  its  parts:  Ivs.  paler:  fls. 
a  little  earlier.  There  is  a  white-fld.  variety  of  it.— D.  Meadia. 
var.  splendidum,  Hort.  Fls.  4-10,  crimson,  with  a  yellow  circle, 
— D.  tetrdndrum,  Suksdorf,  has  the  general  aspect  of  D.  Jef- 
freyi, but  the  lys.  are  ampler  and  relatively  broader.  Roots, 
as  in  D.  Jeffreyi,  are  abundant,  fleshy-fibrous,  persistent:  roots, 
Ivs.  and  scapes  form  a  short,  vertical  crown  :  whole  plant 
glabrous  :  corolla  purplish,  with  a  yellow  ring  near  the  base; 
segments  and  stamens  usually  only  4:  capsule  circumscissile 
very  near  the  apex.  Mountains,  apparently  throughout  east- 
ern Washington  and  Oregon.  Quite  distinct  from  D.  Jeffreyi, 
though  it  is  the  nearest  ally  of  that  species;  but  it  belongs  to 
another  tract  of  country.  Fully  described  by  E.  L.  Greene  in 
Erythea,  3:40  (1895).  Introduced  to  cultivation  in  the  east  by 
F.  H.  Horsford  in  1899.  ^  ]yj 

ANOTHER  VIEW  OF  DODECATHEON.  — The  species  fall 
into  two  well-marked  groups  :  lowland  species,  which 
flower  in  winter  and  rest  during  the  long,  dry  summer; 
and  subalpine  species,  whicb  rest  in  winter  and  flower 
in  the  subalpine  spring  of  July  and  August.  Species  of 
the  lowland  group  propagate  by  bulblets  formed  on  the 
crown  of  the  root.  In  the  following  notes,  only  some  of 
the  leading  species  of  different  regions  are  taken  up. 
They  are  not  all  in  commerce. 

A.    Lvs.,  roots  and  scapes  from  a  short,  vertical  crown. 

B.  Anthers  long,  sharp,  convergent;  capsules  valvately 

opening  from  the  top. 

Meadia,  Linn.  Lvs.  oblanceolate  or  spatulate-oblong, 
6-9  in.  long,  toothed  more  or  less  irregularly,  of  a  light 
green:  fls.  from  deep  lilac-purple  to  pinkish.  Ranges 
from  Maine  to  perhaps  Texas,  east  of  the  mountains.— 
The  Allegheny  mountain  plant  is  entire-leaved,  and  is  the 
D.  integrifolium  of  Michx. 

crenatum,  Raf.  Stouter,  and  of  more  fleshy  texture 
than  the  last  ;  foliage  deep  green,  crenate  rather  than 
dentate:  fls.  more  numerous  in  the  umbels,  equally  va- 
riable in  color.  Inhabits  either  low  prairies  or  moist 
woodland  borders  of  the  upper  Mississippi  prairie 
region. 

cordatum,  Raf.  Very  light  green,  thin  foliage,  each 
leaf  made  up  of  broad,  subcordate,  crenate  blade  and 
distinct  though  broad  petiole  twice  the  length  of  the 
blade  :  fls.  very  few  in  the  umbel,  pale  pink  or  white, 
but  with  very  dark  purple  ring  at  base.  Cult,  at  Phila- 
delphia early  in  the  nineteenth  century,  and  named  and 
described  by  Rafinesque,  the  habitat  not  then  known, 
but  it  is  now  known  to  inhabit  the  limestone  region  of 
southern  Illinois  and  adjacent  Missouri,  along  with  a 
few  other  equally  rare  and  local  plants.  A  most  distinct 
species  by  its  foliage. 
BB.  Anthers  obtuse,  forming  a  column  (not  convergent). 

C.  Capsules  opening  valvately  :   alpine  species,  or  at 

least  subalpine,  blooming  in  summer,  resting  in 
winter. 

paucifldrum,  Greene.  Fig.  730.  Variable  in  size,  6-18  in. 
high,  but  slender:  hairs  oblanceolate,  entire,  suberect, 


DODECATHEON 

3-5  in.  long:  fls.  often  few  in  the  umbel,  sometimes  many, 
half  the  size  of  those  of  D.  Meadia ,  usually  deep  purple : 
filaments  long,  united  into  a  slender  tube  ;  column  of 
blunt  anthers  relatively  short.  Exclusively  of  the  Rocky 
mountain  region  and  subalpine. 

alpinum,  Greene.  Smaller  than  the  last,  but  with  fls. 
twice  as  large  and  always  with  parts  in  4's;  filaments 
very  short,  wholly  disconnected  :  Ivs.  narrowly  ob- 
lanceolate  or  almost  linear:  corolla  of  a  rich,  dark  pur- 
ple. Peculiar  to  the  high  Sierra  Nevada  and  Cascades. 

J6ffreyi,  Moore.  Lvs.  oblanceolate,  erect,  entire,  mu- 
cronate,  5-10 in.  long:  scape  1-1%  ft.  high:  fls.  4-merous ; 
pedicels  and  calyx  hairy  and  glandular  :  segments  of 
the  large  corolla  dark  purple;  stamens  disconnected, 
dark  purple  :  capsule  not  exceeding  the  calyx.  High 
Sierra  Nevada  and  Cascades. 

CC.  C(i)>*ul<'»  r!r<-t<»i*<-;«xile  at  top,  this  part  falling  off 
as  a  lid.  Califomian  lowland,  winter-blooming 
species,  with  broad,  depressed  Ivs.  except  in*D. 
CleveUtndi. 

Henderson!,  Gray.  Lvs.  obovoid,  very  obtuse,  entire, 
depressed,  thick  and  glossy:  scapes  8-12  in.  high:  seg- 
ments of  corolla  rose-purple,  the  base  dark  maroon  en- 
circled by  a  band  of  yellow :  capsule  oblong,  twice  the 
length  of  the  calyx.  Calif,  to  Brit.  Columbia. 

cruciatum,  Greene.  Foliage  as  in  the  last  :  scapes 
taller,  more  slender,  few-fld. ;  parts  of  fl.  in  4's;  corolla 
of  a  darker  purple  ;  anthers  more  elongated  ;  capsule 
longer.  Coast  Range  of  Calif. 

patulum,  Greene.  Lvs.  as  in  the  foregoing,  nearly, 
but  stout  scapes  only  3-7  in.  high  :  umbel  very  many- 
fid.  :  corolla  large,  with  pale  cream-colored  segments, 
sometimes  purplish  tinged :  tube  of  a  dark,  velvety  ma- 
roon-purple :  anthers  very  short  and  broad,  of  a  deep 
blue-purple :  capsule  subglobose,  hardly  surpassing  the 
calyx.  Plains  of  the  interior  of  middle  Calif. 

These  three  species  have,  among  other  peculiarities, 
that  of  propagating  by  their  roots.  Each  root,  after 
flowering  time,  thickens  and  shortens,  detaches  itself 
from  the  ground  and  forms  a  bud  at  the  end,  thus  be- 
coming a  new  plant. 

Cleveland!,  Greene.  Lvs.  more  elongated,  not  de- 
pressed :  scape  tall  and  stout;  umbel  very  many-fld.; 
corolla  usually  rose-purple,  with  yellow  base  and  some 
dark  velvety  spots  next  the  stamens,  these  very  short 
and  broad,  purple.  Dry  hills  of  southern  Calif.  — Most 
beautiful  species;  winter-blooming  like  the  foregoing, 
but  not  propagating  by  root-metamorphosis. 

AA.    Lvs.  and  scapes  from  a  horizontal   rootstock,  this 

rooting  from  beneath.  Far  northwestern  species. 
dentatum,  Hooker.  Pale  green,  white-fld.  species, 
with  broad,  subcordate  Ivs.  as  in  D.  cordatum  of  the 
southeastern  states,  but  anthers  blunt  :  Ivs.  coarsely 
dentate,  but  the  horizontal  rootstock  must,  as  well  as 
the  blunt  stamens,  prevent  its  being  confused  with  D. 
cordatum.  Washington  and  Brit.  Columbia.— Appa- 
rently rare. 

frigidum,  Cham.  &  Schlecht.,  is  a  similarly  rhizoma- 
tous  species,  but  with  purple  fls. ,  from  the  shores  of 
Behring  sea.  Is  not  in  cult.,  nor  likely  to  be. 

viviparuin,  Greene,  is  a  very  large  and  handsome, 
purple-fld.  species  ;  subalpine  on  Mt.  Rainier.  In  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs.,  along  the  thick  rootstock,  bulblets  are 
produced,  by  which  it  propagates.  Its  capsule  opens  by 
a  lid,  as  in  many  far-western  species,  g.  L.  GREENE. 

DODON2EA  (from  the  Greek  name  of  a  famous  oracle 
of  Jupiter).  Sapindacece.  About  50  species  of  trees  and 
shrubs,  widely  scattered,  but  especially  abundant  in 
Australia.  Lvs.  alternate,  without  stipules,  simple  or 
abruptly  pinnate,  inconspicuous,  solitary,  or  in  racemes, 
corymbs  or  panicles.  Reasoner  Bros.,  Oneco,  Fla.,  in- 
troduced D.  remotiflora  and  D.  divia,  Switch  Sorrel,  from 
Australia,  in  1889.  These  names  are  not  found  in  Index 
Kevvensis. 

DOGBANE  is  Apocynum. 

DOG'S-TAIL  GEASS.     Eleusine  Indica. 


DOMBEYA  499 

DOGTOOTH  VIOLET.     See  Erythronium. 
DOGWOOD.     Cornus,  especially  Cornus  Mat. 

DOLICHOS  (old  Greek  name).  Legumindsce.  Differs 
from  Phaseolus  in  technical  characters:  keel  of  the  co- 
rolla narrow  and  bent  inwards  at  a  right  angle,  but  not 
distinctly  coiled;  style  bearded  under  the  stigma,  which 
is  terminal;  stipules  small.  Tropical  twining  beans  of 
perhaps  40-50  species,  of  which  a  few  forms  are  in  cult, 
in  this  country.  D.  Japonicus,  a  most  worthy  orna- 
mental vine,  will  be  found  under  Pueraria.  For  the 
Velvet  or  Banana  Bean,  D.  multiflorus,  see  Mucuna. 
For  D.  unguiculatus,  see  Vigna. 

Lablab.Linn.  (D.cultrdtus,Thunb. 
D.  purpureus,  Lindl.).  HYACINTH 
BEAN.  Tall-twining  (often  reaching 
10-20  ft.):  leaflets  broad -ovate, 
rounded  below  and  cuspidate-pointed 
at  the  apex,  often  crinkly  :  fls.  pur- 
ple, rather  large,  2-4  at  the  nodes,  in 
a  long,  erect  raceme :  pods  small 
(2-3  in.  long)  and  flat,  usually 
smooth,  conspicuously  tipped  with 
the  persistent  style  ;  seed  black, 
small.  Tropics.  B.  M.  896.  B  R 
10:830.  A.  G.  14:  84.  -  Cult,  in  this 
country  as  an  ornamental  climbing 
bean,  but  in  the  tropics  the  seeds 
are  eaten.  Annual.  It  is  easily 
grown  in  any  good  garden  soil.  Like 
common  beans,  it  will  not  endure 
frost.  It  is  very  variable.  A  form 
with  white  fls.  and  seeds  is  D.  albus, 
Hort.  A  form  of  very  large  growth, 
also  white-fld.,  is  D.  Qtganteus,  Hort. 
(Fig.  731).  A  perennial  form  (per- 
haps a  distinct  species)  is  D.  lig- 
ndsus,  Linn.,  the  Australian  Pea 
B.M.  380. 

sesquipedalis,  Linn.  ASPARAGUS 
BEAN.  FRENCH  YARD-LONG.  TAU- 
KOK.  Fig.  194.  Long- 
rambling  or  twining  an- 
nual plant,  with  deltoid- 
ovate  or  deltoid-oblong 
blunt  -  pointed  leaflets : 
fls.  rather  large,  1-3  in 
the  axils,  the  peduncles 
elongating  and  bearing 
the  pods  at  their  sum- 
mits :  pods  compressed 
or  nearly  terete,  slender 
and  very  long(often  2  ft. ) 
and  sometimes  curiously 
twisted;  seeds  small,  ob- 
long, more  or  less  trun- 
cate or  squared  at  the 
ends,  usually  reddish  or 
dim-colored.  S.Amer.— 
Cult,  as  a  vegetable  gar- 
den esculent,  the  green 
pods  and  dry  beans  being  eaten.  As  easily  grown  as 
other  beans.  L  H  B 

DOMBEYA  (after  Joseph  Dombey,  (1742-1793), 
French  botanist  and  companion  of  Ruiz  and  Pavon  in 
Peru  and  Chile).  Sterculiacece.  About  24  species  of 
shrubs  or  small  trees  of  minor  importance  from  Africa  or 
Madagascar:  Ivs.  often  cordate,  palmately  nerved:  fls. 
rosy  or  white,  numerous,  in  loose  axillary  or  terminal 
cymes  or  crowded  into  dense  heads;  calyx  5-parted,  per- 
sistent ;  petals  5  ;  stamens  15-20,  5  sterile,  the  rest 
shorter:  ovary  3- 5-celled. 

Natalensis,  Sond.  Distinguished  by  its  cordate,  acute 
Ivs.  and  the  narrowly  awl-shaped  leaflets  of  the  invo- 
lucre. Lvs.  long,  petioled,  somewhat  angular,  toothed, 
with  minute  stellate  pubescence,  5-7-ribbed  :  umbels 
4-8-fld.  Natal.  — Cult,  in  S.  Fla.  and  north  under  glass. 
"  Very  rapid  growing,  foliage  poplar-like :  fls.  pure  white, 
larsre,  sweet-scented  ;  a  very  good  winter  blooming 
plant.  "—Franceschi. 


731.   Dolichos  Lablab  (form 
Biganteus).   (X  %.) 


500 


DOMBEYA 


DORSTENIA 


D.  acutdngula,  Cav.  Height 9  ft. :  Ivs.  glabrous,  heart-shaped, 
long-acuminate,  serrate,  deeply 3-5-lobed  or  cleft:  fls.  few,  large, 
pink,  in  compact,  forking  corymbs.  Mauritius.  B.M.  2905 
shows  a  form  with  entire  Ivs.— D.  Burgessice,  Gerrard.  Lvs. 
pubescent,  cordate,  but  with  2  deep,  wide  cuts,  and  2  shallow 
ones  besides  the  basal  one:  fls.  numerous,  large,  white,  rosy  at 
center  and  along  veins;  petals  rounded.  S.  Africa.  B.M.  5487. 
— D.  Mdstersii,  Hook.  Shrub,  4-5  ft.  high:  Ivs.  velvety,  heart- 
shaped,  serrate:  fls.  fragrant,  white,  with  thinner  veins  of  rose 
than  in  D.  Burgessige;  petals  acute.  Trop.  Afr.  B.M.  5639.— 
D.  viburniflora,  Boj.,  has  very  numerous  white  fls.  with  nar- 
rower petals  than  any  here  described:  Ivs.  cordate,  3-lobed,  the 
cuts  not  as  wide  as  in  D.  Burgessise.  Comoro.  B.M.  4568. 

DOODIA  (after  Samuel  Doody).  Polypodiacece.  A 
small  genus  of  greenhouse  ferns  from  Ceylon,  Malaya 
and  New  Zealand.  Sori  curved,  placed  in  one  or  more 
rows  between  the  midribs  and  the  margins  of  the  pinnae. 

A.   Lvs.  pinnatifid. 

aspera,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  6-18  in.  long,  2-4  in.  wide, 
pinnatifid,  the  lower  pinnae  gradually  becoming  smaller: 
sori  in  1  or  2  rows.  Australia.  Crested  varieties  occur  in 
cultivation. 

AA.    Lvs.  pinnate  in  the  lower  half. 

media,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  with  pinnae  1-2  in. 
long,  the  lower  ones  gradually  smaller.  Australia  and 
New  Zealand.  D.  Kunthld.ua,  Gaud.,  from  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  has  close  central  pinnae.  D.  supfoba,  Hort.,  is 
a  larger  garden  form. 

caudata,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  with  pinnae  about 
an  inch  long,  the  spore-bearing  ones  shorter;  apex  of  ten 
terminating  in  a  long  point.  Australia  and  New  Zealand. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

According  to  Schneider's  Book  of  Choice  Ferns,  all 
Doodias,  except  D.  blechnoides,  are  of  dwarf  habit,  and 
are  useful  for  fern-cases  and  for  edgings  of  window 
boxes,  especially  for  northern  aspects,  where  flowering 
plants  do  not  prosper.  Cool  and  intermediate  tempera- 
tures are  best.  They  are  excellent  for  forming  an  under- 
growth in  cool  houses,  as  they  are  seldom  infested  with 
insects,  endure  fumigation,  and  do  not  care  whether  their 
taller  neighbors  are  syringed  or  not.  Schneider  recom- 
mends 3  parts  of  peat  and  one  of  silver  sand.  Loam 
does  not  help,  but  a  little  chopped  sphagnum  does.  They 
are  very  sensitive  to  stagnant  water,  and  do  not  like 
full  exposure  to  sunlight.  Always  prop,  by  spores,  but 
division  is  possible. 

In  the  American  Florist  12:142,  " A. H."  writes:  «/>. 
aspera  and  its  crested  variety  are  most  useful,  but  they 
can  hardly  be  recommended  as  market  ferns.  They  re- 
quire similar  treatment  to  the  Blechnums,  and  are  seen 
at  their  best  in  a  4-inch  pot.  The  young  fronds  have  a 
very  bright  tint,  which  livens  up  the  more  somber  hue 
of  the  older  fronds.  They  lose  the  bright  tint  much  more 
quickly  when  allowed  to  get  too  dry.  Being  of  slender 
growth,  care  should  be  taken  not  to  over-pot.  They  like 
plenty  of  leaf -mold  and  peat  in  the  compost,  and  good 
drainage." 

DOOR-WEED.     Polygonum  aviculare. 

DOR6NICUM  (Latinized  Arabic  name).  Compdsitce. 
LEOPARD'S  BANE.  Hardy  herbaceous  plants,  1-2  ft. 
high,  with  yellow  flowers,  mostly  one  on  a  stem  and 2-3 
in.  across,  borne  high  above  the  basal  crown  of  foliage, 
from  April  to  June.  From  10-24  species,  natives  of 
Europe  and  temperate  Asia.  Stems  little  branched  or 
not  at  all:  Ivs.  alternate,  radical  ones  long-stalked,  stem- 
Ivs.  distant,  often  clasping  the  stem.  The  genus  is  al- 
lied to  Arnica, and  distinguished  by  the  alternate  Ivs.  and 
by  the  style.  The  plants  are  of  easy  culture  in  rich  loam. 
The  flowers  are  numerous  and  good  for  cutting.  Doroni- 
cums  have  been  strongly  recommended  for  forcing. 

A.  Root-lvs.  not  notched  at  the,  base,  ovate. 
plantagineum,  Linn.  Glabrous,  but  woolly  at  the  neck, 
with  long,  silky  hairs:  root-lvs.  ovate  or  oval,  wavy- 
toothed  :  stem-lvs.  nearly  entire,  the  lower  ones  narrowed 
into  a  petiole  and  not  eared,  the  upper  ones  sessile,  ob- 
long, acuminate.  Sandy  woods  of  Eu.  Rhizome  tuberous, 
roundish,  or  creeping  obliquely.  Stalk  of  the  root-lvs. 
about  3  in.  long.  Typically  about  2  ft.  high.  G.C.  III. 


17:229.  Var.  excSlsum,  Hort.  (D.  excelsum,  Hort.  D. 
"Harpur  Crewe,"  Hort.),  is  more  robust,  grows  about 
5  ft.  high  and  is  probably  more  cult,  than  any  other 
kind  of  Doronicum.  Fls.  sometimes  4  in.  across.  Gn. 
47,  p.  269,  and  28:518.  G.C.  II.  20:297. 

Clusii,  Tausch.  Lvs.  ovate  or  oblong;  stem-lvs.  half 
clasping,  with  distant  teeth  or  many  small  ones.  One 
subvariety  has  long,  silky  hairs  on  its  Ivs.,  while  another 
has  none.  Swiss  and  Austrian  Alps. — "  Soft,  downy  foli- 
age," J.  W.  Manning.  "Grows  2  ft.  high,".  Woolson. 
"Larger  and  later  fls.  than  D.  Caucasicum,"  Ellwanger 
and  Barry. 

AA.    Root-lvs.  notched  at  the  base,  heart-shaped. 
B.    Hoot  tuberous. 

Pardalianches,  Linn.  Hairy :  Ivs.  toothed ;  lower  stem- 
lvs.  eared  at  the  base  of  the  stalk,  sub-ovate,  upper  ones 
spatulate-cordate,  highest  ones  cordate-clasping,  acute. 
Woods  of  lower  mts.  of  Eu.— While  all  species  are  typi- 
cally 1-fld.,  any  of  them  may  have  now.  and  then  more 
than  1  fl.  on  a  stem,  and  this  species  particularly  may 
have  1-5  fls. 

BB.    Root  not  tuberous. 

Caucasicum,  Bieb.  Glabrous  except  as  noted  above: 
Ivs.  crenate-dentate,  lower  stem-lvs.  eared  at  the  base 
of  the  stalk,  the  blade  subcordate,  highest  ones  cordate 
to  half -clasping.  Shady  woods  of  Caucasus,  Sicily,  etc. 
B.M.  3143,  which  shows  stems  with  1  fl.  and  1  If.  — Fls. 
2  in.  across. 

Austriacum,Jacq.  A  trifle  hairy:  Ivs.  minutely  toothed, 
lower  stem-lvs.  spatulate-ovate,  abruptly  narrowed  at 
the  base,  half-clasping,  highest  ones  cordate-clasping, 
lanceolate.  Subalpine  woods,  Eu.  ^.  M. 


732.  Dorstenia  Contrajerva  (X%). 

DORSTENIA  (an  early  German  botanist,  Theodor 
Dorsten).  Urtlcacece  (or  Moracece).  Between  40  and 
50  tropical  herbs,  remarkable  for  the  dilated  receptacle 


DORSTENIA 


DOWNING 


501 


in  which  the  unisexual  fls.  are  borne.  The  plants  are 
not  in  the  Amer.  trade,  but  they  are  often  grown  in 
botanical  establishments  to  illustrate  morphology.  The 
fig  is  a  hollow  receptacle;  the  Dorstenia  bears  a  flattened 
or  cup-like  receptacle,  and  is  an  intermediate  stage  be- 
tween the  fig  and  other  plants.  One  of  the  common  spe- 
cies is  D.  Contr(tjt>rvn ,  Linn.  (  Fi ^.  ~'^-),  which  is  native 
to  trop.  Amer.  Both  staminate  and  pistillate  fls.  are 
without  perianth  ;  stamens  1  or  2  :  ovary  1-loculed  ; 
stigma  2-Jobed.  Dorstenias  are  easily  grown  in  warm, 
shady  glasshouses.  L.  H.  B. 

DORYANTHES  (Greek,  spear-flower;  the  flowering 
stem  8-25  ft.  high,  crowned  by  a  spike  of  fls.  3  ft.  high). 
Aimiryllidacece.  A  genus  of  4  species  of  gigantic  desert 
plants  from  Australia,  with  100  or  more  Ivs.  6  ft.  long 
when  full  grown.  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif., 
writes, "They  are  impressive  plants  for  large  conserva- 
tories, or  for  open  ground  in  the  South,  where  they  will 
stand  slight  frosts."  They  belong  to  the  same  family 
with  the  Century  Plants,  and  are  the  only  ones  in  the 
tribe  outside  of  America.  The  roots  are  fibrous  and 
clustered.  The  ovules  and  seeds,  though  inserted  in  two 
series,  are  so  placed  abov«j  one  another  as  to  form  one 
row  in  each  cell.  The  Ivs.  have  a  curious  brown  tubular 
tip,  which  is  especially  long  in  D.  Palmeri.  Franceschi 
says,  "/>.  Gtiilfoylei  and  D.  Larkini,  recently  described 
from  Queensland,  are  yet  to  be  introduced  to  this  coun- 
try." A  plant  of  D.  Palmeri  remained  at  Kew  16  years 
before  flowering.  Plants  of  Doryanthes  are  prop,  by 
suckers,  which  are  produced  only  after  flowering.  The 
process  is  very  slow.  The  young  plants  must  be  repotted 
for  several  years  until  they  have  attained  a  large  size. 
They  are  said  to  do  best  in  a  compost  of  loam  and  leaf- 
mold  in  equal  parts. 

A.   Lvs.  not  ribbed. 

excelsa,  Correa.  Lvs.  sword-shaped,  smooth,  entire, 
with  a  very  narrow  cartilaginous  margin,  lower  ones  re- 
ourved.  others  erect:  scape  clothed  with  lanceolate  Ivs., 
whic-h  sheath  the  stem  at  their  base:  fls.  in  a  globular 
head,  deep  crimson  or  maroon  inside  and  out.  B.M.  1685. 
R.H.  1865,  pp.  466,  471  ;  1891,  p.  548.  G.C.  II.  11:339. 

AA.   Lvs.  slightly  ribbed. 

Palmeri,  W.  Hill.  Even  more  gigantic  than  D.  excelsa, 
Ivs.  longer  and  broader,  and  a  longer  brown  point:  fls. 
in  a  thyrsoid  panicle,  bright  scarlet  outside,  whitish 
within.  B.M.  6665.  F.S.  20:2097.  R.H.  1891:548.  G.C. 
II.  17:409.— "This  has  been  flowering  and  fruiting  sev- 
eral times  in  southern  California."—  Franceschi. 

W.  M. 

DORY6PTERIS  (Greek,  lance-fern).  Polypodiacece. 
A  genus  of  small  sagittate  or  pedate  greenhouse  ferns, 
with  continuous  marginal  sori  and  copiously  anas- 
tomosing veins.  Sometimes  joined  to  Pteris,  which  see 
for  culture.  Not  to  be  confused  with  Dryopteris. 

palmata,  J.  Sm.  Lvs.  4-9  in.  each  way,  with  5  or  more 
triangular  lobes  or  the  fertile  still  more  divided;  ribs 
black.  West  Indies  to  Brazil. 

nobilis,  J.  Sm.  Larger:  Ivs.  sometimes  1  ft.  long,  pe- 
dately  bipinnatifid;  ribs  chestnut.  South  Brazil. 

D.  decipiens,  with  Ivs.  resembling  a  geranium  leaf,  3-6  in.  each 
way,  is  sometimes  cultivated,  as  is  D.  decora,  with  more  divided 
Ivs.  Both  are  natives  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DOSSfNIA  (E.  P.  Dossin,  Belgian  botanist,  1777-1852) . 
Orchiddcece.  A  genus  of  2  species  of  terrestrial  orchids, 
allied  to  Ancectochilus,  but  lacking  the  bearded  fringe 
on  the  lower  part  of  the  labellum.  The  species  described 
below  may  possibly  be  cult,  by  a  few  amateurs  who 
are  skilled  in  the  cultivation  of  dwarf  warmhouse  foli- 
age plants. 

D.  marmordta,  C.  Morr.  (Anoectochilus  Lowei,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
golden-veined  or  marbled,  4-5  in.  long,  elliptic:  scape  pubescent, 
10  in.  high:  spike  5  in.  long,  with  many  white,  pubescent  fls. 
Java.  F.S.  4:370.— There  is  a  stronger-growing  var.,  with 
foliage  better  colored. 

DOUGLASIA  (after  David  Douglas,  the  tireless  Scotch 
botanist,  who  explored  California.  Oregon  and  British 
Columbia  in  1823  and  1829,  introduced  many  splendid 
plants  to  cultivation,  and  perished  in  the  Hawaiian 


Islands,  at  the  age  of  34,  by  falling  into  a  pitfall  made  for 
wild  animals).  Primulacece.  Five  species  of  tiny  prim- 
rose-like plants,  one  of  which  has  yellow  fls.  and  dwells 
in  the  mountains  of  middle  Europe;  the  rest  have  rosy 
purple  fls.  and  are  found  in  the  Rocky  mountains  and 
the  shores  of  the  Arctic  ocean.  The  genus  is  closely 
allied  to  Androsace  and  Primula,  but  in  those  two  genera 
all  the  Ivs.  come  from  the  root,  while  Dcuglasia  has 
branches,  though  very  short  ones,  which  are  densely 
clothed  with  Ivs.  Douglasia  has  a  corolla-tube  longer 
than  the  calyx,  and  the  capsule  is  1-2-seeded.  Androsace 
has  a  corolla  tube  as  long  as  or  shorter  than  the  calyx, 
and  its  capsule  may  have  few  or  many  seeds.  Primula 
is  usually  long-tubed,  always  many-seeded.  The  secret 
in  the  culture  of  alpine  plants  is  a  steady  supply  of 
moisture.  "Like  all  the  hardy  Primulacese, "  writes  J.  B. 
Keller,  "Douglasia  requires  half  shade  and  a  certain 
amount  of  moisture  during  the  hot  summer  months. 
Frequent  and  copious  waterings  must  be  administered. 
A  light  mulch  will  assist  in  keeping  the  ground  from 
drying  out  too  fast.  A  winter  protection  of  evergreen 
boughs  is  indispensable.  The  plants  are  prop,  by  division 
or  by  seed."  Some  of  the  American  species  can  be  ob- 
tained of  foreign  dealers. 

Vitaliana,  Benth.  and  Hook.  (Aretia  Vitaliana,  Willd. 
Gregdria  Vitaliana,  Duby).  Height  2  in. :  stems  numer- 
ous, prostrate,  somewhat  woody:  branches  denuded  of 
Ivs.  at  the  base,  but  at  the  tips  clothed  with  overlapping, 
linear,  entire,  pilose  Ivs. :  fls.  nearly  stalkless,  solitary, 
yellow,  rather  large;  corolla  tube  2  or  3  times  longer 
than  the  calyx,  not  dilated  at  the  throat,  the  lobes  ovate- 
lanceolate,  obtuse.  Alps,  Pyrenees. 

DOUGLAS  SPRUCE.  Pseitdotsuga  Douglasii. 

DOWNING,  ANDREW  JACKSON  (Plate  II),  the  first 
great  landscape  gardener  of  America,  was  born  at  New- 
burg,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  30, 1815,  and  perished  by  drowning  July 
28,  1852,  at  the  early  age  of  37.  As  a  boy,  he  was  quiet, 
sensitive,  and  much  alone  with  himself  and  nature.  The 
Catskills,  the  Hudson,  and  his  father's  nursery  had  much 
to  do  with  his  development.  His  "  Treatise  on  the  Theory 
and  Practice  of  Landscape  Gardening,"  published  1841, 
when  he  was  but  26  years  old,  is,  in  many  respects,  a 
unique  production.  It  was  the  first,  and  is  to-day  one  of 
the  best  American  books  on  the  subject,  and  has  exerted  a 
greater  influence  upon  American  horticulture,  it  is  said, 
than  any  other  volume.  "Cottage  Residences,"  1841.  also 
had  great  popularity.  In  1845  appeared  simultaneously 
in  London  and  New  York  the  first  edition  of  "Fruits  and 
Fruit  Trees  of  America,"  and  in  1846  he  founded,  at  Al- 
bany, "The  Horticulturist,"  which  he  edited  from  his 
home  at  Newburg  until  his  untimely  death.  His  edi- 
torials in  this  excellent  periodical  (now  represented  in 
succession  by  American  Gardening)  were  republished 
after  his  death,  with  a  letter  to  his  friends  by  Frederika 
Bremer,  and  a  memoir  by  George  William  Curtis,  under 
the  title  of  "Rural  Essays."  It  was  not  until  1850  that 
he  had  an  opportunity  to  visit  the  great  estates  of  Eng- 
land, and  to  see  with  his  own  eyes  the  landscape  garden- 
ing of  Europe.  On  hia  return  in  1851,  he  was  engaged  to 
lay  out  the  grounds  near  the  Capitol,  White  House,  and 
Smithsonian  Institution  at  Washington.  On  July  28, 
1852.  he  left  Newburg  on  the  steamer  Henry  Clay  for  New 
York.  The  Clay  took  fire  near  Yonkers,  while  it  was 
racing,  and  Downing's  life  was  lost  in  an  attempt  to 
save  others.  It  would  be  difficult  to  overestimate  the 
influence  of  Downing.  He  created  American  landscape 
gardening.  His  only  predecessor,  Andr6  Parmentier,  is 
little  known,  and  his  influence  was  not  of  a  national 
character.  Downing's  quickening  influence  affected 
country  life  in  its  every  aspect.  He  stood  for  the  simple, 
natural,  and  permanent  as  opposed  to  the  intricate, 
artificial,  and  ephemeral.  He  was  the  first  great  Ameri- 
can practitioner  of  what  is  known  in  polite  and  technical 
literature  as  the  English  or  natural  school  of  landscape 
gardening  in  distinction  from  all  artificial  schools,  as 
the  Italian  and  Dutch.  Downing's  pupils  are  many,  and 
his  spirit  still  lives.  He  gave  inspiration  to  Frederick 
Law  Olmsted.  our  next  great  genius  in  landscape  gar- 
dening, who,  by  his  early  work  in  Central  Park,  New 
York,  aroused  that  popular  enthusiasm  which  has  culmi- 
nated in  the  American  idea  of  great  municipal  park  sys- 


602 


DOWNING 


DBABA 


terns,  as  opposed  to  the  earlier  Old  World  idea  of  exclu- 
sive pleasure  grounds  and  private  parks.  Downing's 
books  have  had  large  sales,  and  have  gone  through  many 
editions.  His  intellectual  successor  in  his  purely  porno- 
logical  work  was  his  brother  Charles,  whose  modest 
labors  in  the  revision  of  the  Fruits  and  Fruit  Trees 
of  America  have  brought  him  little  popular  fame,  but 
much  sincere  admiration  from  students.  Most  horti- 
cultural writings  are,  in  reality,  only  records  of  progress ; 
they  do  not  create  progress.  Few  of  our  horticultural 
books  are  epoch-making.  Downing's  writings,  however, 
started  a  great  popular  movement  in  America  toward 
beautiful  homes  and  home  grounds.  By  many  persons, 
Andrew  Jackson  Downing  is  considered  the  greatest 
single  figure  in  the  history  of  American  horticulture, 
and  one  of  the  few  persons  who  can  be  said  to  have  had 
real  genius.  An  appreciation  of  Downing's  personality 
will  be  found  in  Frederika  Bremer's  "Homes  of  the 
New  World."  (See  Downingia,  for  the  genus  of  plants 
named  after  him.)  W.  M. 

DOWNING,  CHARLES  (Plate  II),  distinguished  po- 
mologist  and  elder  brother  of  Andrew  Jackson  Downing, 
the  landscape  gardener,  was  born  at  Newburg.  N.  Y., 
July  9,  1802.  He  was  educated  at  the  local  academy, 
.and  from  the  age  of  13  to  18  worked  part  of  the  time  in 
his  father's  nursery.  At  the  age  of  20  he  started  in  the 
nursery  business  on  his  own  account.  From  1834  to 
1839  his  brother  Andrew  was  a  partner  in  this  busi- 
ness. About  1850,  he  sold  out  his  nursery  business  and 
devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  varieties  of  fruits,  on 
which  subject  he  was  the  leading  authority  until  his 
death.  The  Fruits  and  Fruit  Trees  of  America  is  the 
monumental  American  work  on  varieties  of  fruits.  The 
book  was  projected  by  Andrew,  but  the  great  bulk  of  the 
work  was  done  by  Charles  in  continuing  and  revising  it. 
His  test  orchard  contained  trees  and  grafts  of  1,800  va- 
rieties of  apples,  1,000  pears,  and  other  fruits  in  pro- 
portion. In  1869  a  city  street  was  put  through  it.  Charles 
Downing  was  very  modest  and  retiring.  He  would  never 
make  a  public  speech,  but  he  wrote  many  pomological 
articles  over  the  signature  "C.  D."  All  his  work  is  marked 
by  conscientious  accuracy.  He  was  married,  but,  like  his 
brother,  had  no  children.  He  died  Jan.  18, 1885. 

W.  M. 

DOWNfNGIA  (after  Andrew  Jackson  Downing,  of 
whom  a  sketch  is  given  above).  Lobeliacece.  Three 
species  of  annual  herbs,  2  from  western  America,  1  from 
Chile,  much  branched,  diffuse,  with  pretty  and  charac- 
teristic fls.  Lvs.  alternate,  entire,  passing  above  into 
bracts  :  fls.  blue  or  violet,  marked  with  yellow  and 
white;  corolla  2-lipped,  the  upper  lobes  much  narrower 
than  the  3  lower  ones;  tube  of  stamens  free  from  the  co- 
rolla: seeds  numerous,  small,  oblong  to  spindle-shaped. 
This  genus  has  no  near  allies  of  much  garden  value.  It  is 
still  known  to  the  trade  as  Clintonia.  David  Douglas 
(see  Douglasia)  named  it  after  DeWitt  Clinton  in  1829, 
but  in  1818  a  genus  of  the  lily  family  had  been  named 
after  the  celebrated  Governor  of  New  York  and  projector 
of  the  Erie  canal. 

In  1836  Lindley  wrote,  in  the  Botanical  Register,  of  C. 
pulchella :  "I  figure  this  little  plant  more  for  the  sake 
of  recording  its  existence  than  from  any  expectation 
that  it  will  ever  become  an  object  of  horticultural  inter- 
est, for  since  C.  elegans,  a  far  hardier  and  more  cultiva- 
ble plant,  has  disappeared,  there  can  be  little  hope  that 
this,  beautiful  as  it  is,  will  be  preserved."  Nevertheless, 
pulchella  is  still  cultivated,  while  elegans  is  unknown  to 
the  American  trade.  In  Lindley's  time,  pulchella  was 
grown  in  a  flower  pot  and  treated  as  a  tender  plant. 
Nowadays  it  is  considered  perfectly  hardy,  the  seed  be- 
ing sown  in  the  open  ground.  The  credit  of  simplifying 
the  culture  of  this  plant  is  given  to  Haage  &  Schmidt, 
Erfurt,  Germany,  who  have  fixed  varieties  that  are 
chiefly  blue  and  chiefly  violet,  though  in  each  case  the  3 
lower  lobes  of  the  corolla  have  a  3-lobed  spot  of  white 
in  the  middle,  and  a  3-lobed  spot  of  yellow  at  the  base. 
The  plants  grow  about  6  in.  high,  and  have  been  recom- 
„  mended  for  edgings.  For  culture,  see  Annuals. 
A.  Fls.  large,  with  a  3-lobed  spot  of  yellow  :  Ivs.  obtuse, 
narrow. 

pulch611a,  Torr.  (Cllntbnia  pulchella,  Lindl.).  The 
lower  lip  more  dilated  and  more  deeply  3-lobed.  The  2 


divisions  of  the  upper  lip  ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong  and 
strongly  diverging.  Calif.  B.R.  22:1909.  R.H.  1861: 171. 
R.H.  1895,  p.  19,  shows  its  straggling  habit  as  a  pot-plant. 
Many  of  the  branches  fall  below  the  top  of  the  pot. 

AA.   Fls.  half  as  large  as  the  above,  and  no  yellow  spot: 

Ivs.  acute,  broader. 

elegans,  Torr.  (C.  Slegans,  Doug.).  Lvs.  ovate  to  lan- 
ceolate ;  the  broad  lip  moderately  3-lobed ;  the  2  divisions 
of  the  smaller  lip  lanceolate,  parallel;  lower  lip  with  a 
white,  but  no  yellow  spot.  Calif.  B.R.  15:  1241. 

W.  M. 

DBABA  (Greek,  acrid,  from  the  taste  of  the  Ivs.). 
Cruciferce.  WHITLOW  GRASS.  One  of  the  most  impor- 
tant groups  of  spring-flowering  plants  for  the  alpine 
garden.  It  is  a  large  and  widely  scattered  genus  of 
tufted,  hardy  herbs,  with  stellate  hairs:  Ivs.  often  in  a 
rosette,  mostly  uncut:  scapes  or  stems  leafy  or  not:  ra- 
cemes short  or  long  :  fls.  without  bracts,  small,  white, 
yellow,  rosy  or  purple. 

Drabas  are  very  pretty,  dwarf,  compact  alpine  plants, 
with  small  but  numerous  fls. ;  admirably  adapted  for  the 
rockery  or  front  part  of  a  sunny  border.  They  require 
a  sunny  position  and  an  open  soil.  It  is  important 
that  they  be  well  matured  by  the  autumn  sun.  The 
plant  forms  a  dense  little  rosette  of  Ivs.,  and  has  a  neat 
appearance  at  all  times.  In  spring,  Drabas  are  thickly 
covered  with  their  little  fls.,  and  when  planted  in  masses 
are  decidedly  effective.  Prop,  chiefly  by  division;  also 
by  seed,  which  may  be  sown  in  the  fall  if  desired. 

Cult,  by  J.  B.  KELLER. 

Of  the  species  described  below,  only  the  first,  second, 
fourth  and  sixth  are  advertised  in  Amer.  at  present. 
The  rest  are  worth  introduction,  and  can  be  procured 
abroad  under  their  names  or  synonyms. 

A.    Flowers  yellow. 
B.    Lvs.  rigid,  keeled,  ciliate. 

c.    Scape  not  hairy. 
D.    Style  as  long  as  the  pod  is  wide. 
aizoides,  Linn.    About  2-3  in.  high  :    Ivs.  lanceolate- 
linear  :    stamens  nearly  as  long  as  the  petals.    March. 
Eu.   B.M.  170. 

DD.    Style  half  as  long  as  the  pod  is  wide. 
Aizoon,  Wahl.    About  3  in.  high  :    Ivs.  linear.    April. 
Europe. 

cc.    Scape  hairy  (villous  or  pubescent). 

D.    Pod  lanceolate,  bristly. 

cuspidata,  Bieb.  Lvs.  linear  :  style  a  little  shorter 
than  the  pod.  Asia  Minor. 

DD.    Pod  oval,  pubescent. 

Olympica,  Sibth.  (D.  brunicefblia,  Stev.).  About  4  in. 
high:  Ivs.  linear,  a  trifle  keeled:  petals  twice  as  long  as 
the  calyx  and  stamens :  style  very  short.  June.  Greece, 
Orient. 

BB.    Lvs.  not  rigid  or  keeled. 

c.    Scape  not  hairy. 

hispida,  Willd.  (D.  tridentata,  DC.).  About  3  in. 
high  :  Ivs.  obovate,  narrowed  into  a  long  petiole,  ob- 
ecurely  3-toothed  at  the  apex,  somewhat  bristly:  pods 
oblong,  not  hairy.  Scotland,  Caucasus. 

cc.    Scape  more  or  less  hairy. 
D.    Hairs  long,  soft  and  slender,  i.e.,  pilose. 
alpina,  Linn.    Lvs.  lanceolate,  flat:  pods  oblong:  style 
very  short.   April.    Arctic  regions. 

DD.    Hairs  short,  soft  and  downy,  i.e.,  pubescent. 
aurea,  Vahl.    Doubtfully  perennial  or  biennial:  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  remotely  serrate  :    pods  ob- 
long-lanceolate.   Arctic  regions.    B».M.  2934. 

AA.   Flowers  white. 
B.    Plants  biennial  or  annual. 

cinerea,  Adams.  Lvs.  oblong-linear:  pods  oblong,  pu- 
bescent, shorter  than  the  pedicel.  Early  spring.  Siberia. 
—  Closely  related  to  D.  rnnfnsa,  but  has  a  looser,  weaker, 
less  leafy  stem,  the  steju-lvs.  5-6,  scattered,  entire. 


DEABA 


DRACAENA 


503 


BB.    Plantx  perennial, 
c.    Leaves  rigid. 

Mawii.  Hook.  Forming  low,  densely  tufted,  bright 
green  patches  :  stem  much  branched,  densely  clothed 
with  spreading,  rosulate  Ivs. :  Ivs.  linear-oblong,  ob- 
tuse, bristly,  with  a  prominent  midrib  below:  scape  very 
short,  woolly,  2-4-fld.,  very  short-pedicelled  :  petals 
thrice  as  large  as  the  sepals,  obcordate,  white:  pods  el- 
lipsoid, compressed.  Spain.  B.M.  6186. 
cc.  Lvs.  not  rigid. 

Fladniz6nsis,  Wulf  (D.  nivalis,  DC.  D.  Lappdnica, 
Willd.).  Lvs.  oblong-linear  to  lanceolate,  ciliate :  pods 
elliptic-oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate,  not  hairy.  Arctic  re- 
gions.—According  to  De  Candolle,  these  three  names 
were  distinct  species. 

A  A  A.    Fls.  rose  or  purple. 

Pyrenaica,  Linn.  Height  2-3  in. :  Ivs.  inversely  wedge 
shaped,  3-lobed  at  apex:  fls.  white  at  first,  changing  to 
rosy  pink.  May.  Pyrenees.  B.M.  713.  — Said  to  be 
easily  prop,  by  cuttings. 

violacea,  DC.  Lvs.  obovate-oblong,  obtuse,  equally 
woolly  on  both  sides  :  scapes  leafy:  petals  obovate, 
dark  purple.  Andes  of  Equador  at  elevations  of  13,000- 
15,000  ft.  B.M.  5650.  w.  M. 

DRAC2ENA  (female  dragon;  the  dried  juice  supposed 
to  resemble  dragon's  blood).  Liliacece.  A  genus  of 
tropical  plants  of  which  but  few  are  in  cultivation.  They 
are  all  woody,  often  arborescent,  with  sword-shaped  or 
broad  Ivs.,  mostly  crowded  at  the  summit  of  the  stem: 
fls.  clustered  in  panicles  or  heads,  greenish  white  or  yel- 
lowish ;  perianth  salver-form  or  companulate  ;  lobes 
spreading;  stamens  6:  fr.  a  3-celled  berry.  Differs  from 
Cordyline  in  having  larger  fls.,  and  solitary  instead  of 
many  ovules  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary.  All  ornamental 
stove  plants,  frequently  with  variegated  Ivs.  See  Baker, 
Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  vol.  14,  for  a  monograph  of  the  genus. 
Dracaena  Draco,  of  the  Canaries,  is  the  Dragon  Tree.  It 
reaches  a  height  of  30-60  ft.,  branching  when  of  great 
age.  The  Dragon  Tree  of  Teneriffe,  famous  for  centuries, 
is  70  ft.  high,  and  one  of  the  oldest  of  known  trees. 

Some  American  trade  names  not  referable  to  species 
aie  :  alba-marginata,  argenteo-striata,  DeSmetiana, 
ISlizabethice ,  Frederica,  Hendersoni,  imperator,  Sal- 
tionea,  Alexandria,  recurva,  spectabilis.  See  Cordy- 
line for  other  names  not  found  in  this  article;  also  for 
culture.  D.  Nova-Caledonica  is  probably  Cordyline  Neo- 
Caledonica,  Linden,  with  bronze  Ivs. 

The  following  is  a  key  to  the  cultivated  species  of 
both  Dracaena  and  Cordyline,  based  upon  the  Ivs. : 
A.  Lvs.  long  and  sword-shaped,  sessile. 

B.  Glaucous  beneath,  2-5  in.  wide.    C.  indivisa. 
BB.  Both  faces  similar,  narrower. 

c.  Of  mature  plants  quite  narrow  (6-15  lines 

broad).    C.  stricta. 

cc.  Of  mature  plants  broader  (1-2  in.). 
D.  Margins  green. 

Glaucous  green,  costate,  l%-2  ft. 

by  15-21  lines.   D.  Draco. 
Green,  costate,  undulate  below, 
2-3%  ft.  by  l%-2  in.   D.  um- 
braculifera. 
Green,  costa  obscure,  3-4  ft.  by 

13-18  lines.    C.  australis. 
DD.  Margins  white-pellucid.    D.  Hook- 

eriana. 
AA.  Lvs.  oblanceolate,  broadly  petioled  or  sessile. 

B.  3-4  in.  by  l%-2  in.,  opposite  or  whorled.    D. 

Godseffiana. 

BB.  12-15  in.  by  18-21  lines,  alternate.    C.  rubra. 

BBB.  l%-3  ft.  by  2%-4  in.,  alternate.  D.  fragrans. 

AAA.  Lvs.  ovate,  lanceolate,  or  elliptical,  petioles  narrow. 

Lvs.  4-8  in.  by  2-2%  in.,  oblong-falcate,  green. 

C.  Haageana. 

Lvs.  7-8  in.  by  4-5  in.,  oblong,  white-spotted. 

D.  Goldieana. 

Lvs.  7-10   in.  by  %-!%  in.,  lanceolate,  white- 
margined.    D.  Sanderiana. 

Lvs.  10-18  in.  by  1-3%  in.,  elliptical.    C.  termi- 
nal! s. 
The  following  Dracaenas  are  in  the  American  trade: 


Boerhavii,  1;  Draco,  1;  fragrans,  4;  Godseffiana,  7; 
Goldieana,  5;  Hookeriana,  3;  Knerkii,  4;  latifolia,  3; 
Lindeni,  4;  Massangeana,  4;  Rothiana,  4;  Sanderiana,  6; 
umbraculifera,  2. 

1.  Draco,  Linn.    DRAGON  TREE.    Arborescent  (60  ft. 
high),  branched  :  Ivs.  very  numerous,  crowded,  sword- 
shaped,  erect  or  the  outer  recurved  ( l%-2  ft.  x  15-21  in. ) , 
scarcely  narrowed  below,  long-attenuate  at  the   apex, 
glaucous-green:  pedicels  3-6  lines  long:  bracts  minute, 
lanceolate  :  perianth  4  lines  long,  greenish;    filaments 
flat:    berries  orange.     Canary  Isl.     B.M.   4571.     R.H. 
1869,  p.  416;  1880,  p.  196.    G.C.  II.  14: 749. -Fine  for  con- 
servatory.    D,  Boerhavii,  Tenore,  is    a    garden    form, 
with  elongated  Ivs.  all  recurved. 

2.  umbraculifera,  Jacq.   Arborescent  (3-10  ft.  high), 
simple  :    Ivs.   very   numerous,  crowded,  sword-shaped 
(2-3%  ft.  x  l%-2  in. ) ,  outer  recurved,  all  green  and  shin- 
ing, attenuate  at  the  apex,  scarcely  narrowed  toward  the 
conspicuously  undulate   base,  costa   distinct    on   both 
faces:    pedicels  4-6  in.  long:    bracts   minute,  deltoid: 
perianth  large,  2  in.  long,  white,  tinged  with  red ;    fila- 
ments filiform.    Mauritius.    L.B.C.  3:289. 

3.  Hookeriana,  Koch.    Trunk  3-6  ft.  high,  sometimes 
branched  :    Ivs.  numerous,  densely    clustered,   sword- 
shaped  (2-2%  ft.xl%-2  in.),  outer  reflexed,  all  long  at- 
tenuate at  the  apex,  scarcely  narrowed  below,  margin 
white-pellucid,  lower  face  concave,  indistinctly  costate 
beneath:  bracts  l%-3  in.  long,  white:  pedicels  3-4  in. 
long;  perianth  greenish,  12-15  in.  long;  filaments  fili- 
form: berries  orange.    Cape  Good   Hope.     D,  latifolia, 
Regel,   is  a  horticultural   variety,  with   Ivs.  3-3%    in. 
wide.     G.C.  20:305  (var.  latifdlia).  B.M.  4279  as  Cordy- 
line Rumphii. 

4.  fragrans,  Ker-Gawl.  (Aletris  fragrans,  Linn.  San- 
seviera  fragrans,  Jacq.).     Arborescent  (20  ft.  high  or 
more),  sometimes  branched:  Ivs.  (l%-3  ft.x2%-4  in.), 
sessile,  oblanceolate,  lax   and   spreading  or   recurved, 
flaccid,  green  and  shining,  acute,  indistinctly  costate  : 
bracts  minute,  scarious,  deltoid:  pedicels  1-1%  in.  long: 


733.   Dracaena  fragrans,  var.  Lindeni. 

fls.  glomerate  ;  perianth  6-8  in.  long,  yellow  :  berry 
orange-red.  Guinea.  B.M.  1081.  A.G.  18:389.  F.R, 
4:189.  — Much  used  for  greenhouse  and  table  decoration. 
D.  Knerkii,  Hort.  Form  with  glossy  light  green,  less 
pendulous  Ivs.  D.  Rothiana,  Hort.  A  garden  form.  I.H. 
43,  p.  97.  R.H.  1877,  p.  68.  Var.  Lindeni,  Hort.  (D.  Lin- 
deni, Hort.).  Fig.  733.  Lvs.  recurved,  traversed  from 
base  to  apex  by  creamy  white  bands.  Very  decorative. 
I.H.  27:384.  F.R.  4:19i.  Var.  Massangeana,  Hort.  (D. 
Massangeana,  Hort.).  A  broad,  yellow  stripe  along 
the  center  of  the  leaf  throughout  its  entire  length- 
F.R.  4:193. 


504 


DRACAENA 


DRACOCEPHALUM 


5.  Goldieana,  Hoi't.    Trunk  simple,  slender:  Ivs.  dis- 
tant, spreading,  thick-oblong  (7-8  in.  x  4-5  in.),  cuspi- 
dately  pointed,  base  broadly  rounded  or  cordate,  glossy 
green,  conspicuously  white-spotted  and  banded,  young 
Ivs.  often  tinged  with  red;  petioles  erect  (2-3  in.  long), 
deeply  grooved:   fls.  unknown  (?).    W.  Trop.  Afr.    B.M. 
6630.    R.H.  1878,  p.  15.    I. H.  25:300;    42,  p.  257.    G.C.  II. 
17:49.— A  fine  foliage  plant. 

6.  Sanderiana,   Hort.   (D.  thaloides,   var.   variegdta, 
Hort.  ?».    Slender:  Ivs.  distant,  alternate,  spreading  or 
recurved  ( 7-10  in.  x  K-1/-2  in. ) ,  narrowly  lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, on  rather  broad  petioles  (1-3  in.  long),  glossy- 
green,  broadly  margined  with  white.     Congo.    A.F.   8: 
1281;    11:235.     I. H.  40:175.      G.C.  III.  13:445. -Int.  by 
Sander  &  Co.  in  1893. 

7.  Godseffiana,  Hort.    Woody,  but  very  slender,  rather 
diffuse:  Ivs.  at  many  nodes  small,  erect,  scale-like  and 
lanceolate,  the  others  opposite  or  in  whorls  of  3,  oblong 
or  obovate,  spreading,  cuspidate,  sessile  (3-4  in.  x  l%-2 
in.),  firm,  green,  with    copious  white    spots  :    raceme 
short-peduncled;  bracts   small  :    fr.  globular,  greenish 
yellow  or  red,  nearly  1  in.  in  diam.     Congo.    G.C.  III. 
21:347.    Gn.  50,  p.  276;  51:1115,  and  p.  299.    A.F.  13:1340. 
F.E.  10,  supp.  2:12.    Gng.  6:294.— Int.  by  Sander  &  Co. 
Fine  for  decorative  purposes. 

D.  arborea,  Link.  Lvs.  green,  sword-shaped,  dense,  sessile. 
Gt.  46,  p.  226  and  1438.-I>.  Broomfieldi,  Hort.  J.H.  III.  33:541. 
G.C.  III.  20:667;  23:249.— D.  concinna,  Kunth.  Lvs.  oblanceo- 
late,  green,  purple  on  the  margin,  green-petioled.  Gt.  441:1864. 
— D.  cylindrica.  Hook.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  or  obovate-lanceo- 
late,  bright  green,  spreading.  B.M.  5846.— D.  elliptica,  Thunb. 
Lvs.  spreading,  petioled,  thickish,  elliptic-lanceolate,  glossy, 
acute,  longitudinally  striate.  B.M.  4787  and  G.C.  II.  17:261 
(var.  maculata) .— D.  Eeckhanti,  Hort.  F.R.  446: 1899. —D.  ensi- 
fdlia,  Hort.  Amer.  =Dianella  ensifolia.— D.  marginata.  Lam. 
Lvs.  sword-shaped,  dense,  spreading,  green  margined  and 
veined  with  red.— D.  marmordta,  Hort.  B.M.  7078.— D.  phry- 
nioldes,  Hook.  Lvs.  petioled,  mostly  oval,  acuminate,  coria- 
ceous, spotted  with  yellowish  white,  pale  beneath.  B.M.  5352. 
— D.  reflexa,  Lam.  Lvs.  lanceolate  or  sword-shaped,  acute,  con- 
tracted into  a  petiole.— D.  Saposchnikowi,  Regel.  Lvs.  sword- 
shaped,  crowded, green.  Gt.  705.— D.  Smithii,  Baker.  Lvs.  large, 
narrowly  sword-shaped,  crowded  bright  green.  B.M.  6169. 

K.  M.  WlEGAND. 

Dracaenas  should  be  divided  into  two  sections  or 
types  for  practical  purposes : 

(1)  The  Tropical  type:     This  includes  the  colored  fo- 
liage sorts  and  the  garden  hybrids,  all  of  which  can  be 
propagated  from  both  root  and  stem -cuttings  or  joints. 
All  of  them  require  a  stove  or  warmhouse  temperature, 
and  must  be  grown  quick,  and  never  allowed  to  get  pot- 
bound  until  they  are  as  large  as  required ;  then  they  can 
be  allowed  to  get  pot-bound,  and  with  liquid  or  other 
stimulant  and  plenty  of  light  will  color  well. 

(2)  The  Cordyline  or  Subtropical  or  Australian  type: 
This  embraces  the  kinds  known  to  gardeners  as  aus- 
tralis,     indivisa,    lineata,     sanguined,    aurea-striata, 
Doucetiana,timbraculifera,JRumphii.  Nearly  all  of  these 
are  propagated  from  seeds,  and  require  a  cooler  tem- 
perature. 

Following  are  some  popular  current  Dracaenas :  San- 
deriana makes  not  only  a  perfect  center  plant  for  table 
jardinieres  with  small  ferns  and  selaginellas,  but  it  also 
makes  a  fine  large  decorative  plant  by  putting  from  3- 
5  in  a  4-5  in.  pot,  and  letting  them  get  fairly  well  pot- 
bound  until  each  plant  throws  up  shoots  from  the  base ; 
then  repot,  and  one  will  have  a  fine,  large  specimen  in  a 
short  time.  Godseffiana  is  a  valuable  plant  for  a  hang- 
ing basket,  easily  propagated  from  top  shoots.  Other 
popular  kinds  are:  Norwoodiensis ,  albo-marginata, 
terminalis  alba,  Gladstonei  (one  of  the  most  brilliantly 
colored  of  the  broad-leaved  type),  Guilfoylei,  Aner- 
leyensis,  Scottii,  hybrida,  metallica,  ferrea,  De-Smet- 
iana,  Victorice-Regince,  Sanderiana,  Godseffiana, 
gracilis.  H.  A.  SIEBBECHT. 

DRACOCEPHALUM  (Greek,  dragon's  head,  from  the 
wide-open  mouths  of  the  flowers).  Labiate.  This 
genus  contains  a  few  hardy  herbaceous  perennial  plants 
of  the  mint  family,  of  easy  culture  and  of  minor  im- 
portance. The  whorls  of  fls.  are  distant  or  crowded  into 
spikes  or  heads,  the  colors  blue  or  some  shade  of  pur- 
ple. The  genus  has  altogether  about  30  species,  from 
Europe,  especially  the  Mediterranean  region;  also  Asia 
outside  the  tropics.  All  the  species  described  below  are 


erect,  but  some  others  are  diffuse  :  uppermost  Ivs.  like 
the  lower  ones  or  reduced  to  bracts.  Very  closely  allied 
to  Nepeta.  Sandy  loam,  moderately  rich,  and  a  rather 
moist,  partially  shaded  situation  will  suit  these  plants 
best.  In  a  sunny,  dry  border  they  are  never  very 
showy;  the  fls.  are  of  short  duration,  and  are  seldom  at 
their  best  except  in  very  moist  seasons.  Prop,  by  di- 
vision or  seeds. 


734.   Dracunculus  vulgaris  (X%). 

A.  Lvs.  entire,  not  cut  in  any  way. 
Ruyschianum,  Linn.  Stems  slightly  pubescent:  Ivs. 
linear-lanceolate,  glabrous:  bracts  ovate-lanceolate,  en- 
tire; whorls  in  somewhat  interrupted  spikes:  fls.  1  in. 
long,  purplish  blue  or  purple;  anthers  villous.  Siberia. 
Var.  Japdnicum,  Hort.,  has  white  fls.  shaded  with  blue, 
and  is  a  distinct  improvement.  G.C.  II.  12:167.— Ac- 
cording to  Vilmorin,  this  species  has  been  sold  as  D. 
Altaiense  (see  D.  grandiflorum). 

AA.    Lvs.  deeply  3-5-cleft. 

Austriacum,  Linn.,  has  the  habit  of  the  above,  and  be- 
longs to  the  same  subgenus  Ruyschiana,  but  the  Ivs. 
are  divided  and  more  distinctly  re  volute  at  the  margin. 
About  1-1%  ft.  high  :  fls.  blue,  l>£in.  long  and  more. 
July,  Aug.  Eu.,  Caucasus. 

AAA.    Lvs.  cut  only  at  the  margin,  mostly  crenate. 
B.    Whorls  crowded  together  into  spikes  or  heads. 

c.  Color  of  fls.  blue:  Ivs.  not  wrinkled. 
grandiflorum,  Linn.  (D.  Altaiense,  Laxm.,  but  plants 
in  trade  under  this  name  are  said  to  be  D.  Ruyschiana). 
About  1  ft.  high.  Root-lvs.  long-stalked,  oblong,  notches 
at  base:  stem-lvs.  few,  short-stalked,  ovate,  not  notched 
at  base,  the  uppermost  still  more  rounded:  whorls  in 
spikes  2-3  in.  long,  the  lowest  whorl  usually  at  some  dis- 
tance: fls.  2  in.  long.  June,  July.  Siberia.  B.M.  1009. 
P.M.  13:51. 

cc.    Color  of  fls.  purple:   Ivs.  wrinkled. 
specidsum,   Benth.     Allied   to  D.   grandiflorum,   but 
stem  pubescent  instead  of  pilose  above,  root-lvs.  more 


DRACOCEPHALUM 


DRAINAGE 


505 


broadly  heart-shaped,  and  all  Ivs.  pubescent  beneath  in- 
stead of  nearly  glabrous:  fls.  purplish  to  deep  purple. 
June,  July.  Himalayas.  B.M.  6281. 

B.     Whorls  distant,  in  long  racemes. 

c.    Flowers  erect. 

Molda  victim,  Linn.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  ineiso-crenate, 
the  floral  ones  narrower  and  saw-toothed  at  the  base. 
Eu.,  N.  Asia. 

Ruprechtii,  Regel.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  variously 
incised  and  toothed:  Hs.  rosy  purple  or  lilac,  about  1  in. 
long,  in  axillary  clusters.  Turkestan.  Gt.  1018. 

cc.    Fls.  somewhat  nodding. 

nutans,  Linn.  Lvs.  ovate,  crenate,  the  floral  ones  ob- 
long-lanceolate and  more  nearly  entire:  fls.  blue.  May- 
July.  N.Asia.  Mn.  4:137.  B.R.  10:841. -Var.  alpina, 
Hort.,  is  commoner. 

D.  Virginianum,  Linn.  See  Physostegia.—  D.  Canadense  of 
Bridgeman's  Catalogue  is  a  misprint  for  D.  Canariense=Ce- 
droneUa  triphylla.  j.  B>  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

DRACtfNCULUS  (Latin,  a  little  dragon).  Aracece. 
This  genus  contains  the  rdant  pictured  in  Fig.  734.  It 
has  uncanny,  draeron-nngered  Ivs.  and  a  terrifying  odor 
when  in  flower.  Its  tubers  are  sold  by  bulb  dealers  un- 
der the  name  of  Arum  Dracunculus.  The  latest  monog- 
rapher of  this  order  (Engler,  in  DC.  Mon.  Phan.,  vol. 
2,  1879)  puts  this  plant  into  the  genus  Dracunculus  be- 
cause the  ovules  are  attached  to  the  base  of  the  ovary, 
while  in  Arum  they  are  attached  to  the  side.  The  Ivs. 
of  the  true  Arums  are  always  arrow-shaped,  while  in  Dra- 
cunculus they  are  sometimes  cut  into  finger-like  lobes. 
For  culture,  see  Arum. 

There  are  only  2  species.  The  common  one  is  an  en- 
tertaining, not  to  say  exciting,  plant.  When  it  flowered 
in  the  forcing-houses  at  Cornell  University,  innocent 
visitors  thought  there  must  be  a  dead  rat  under  the  floor. 
It  is  well  worth  growing  for  the  experience,  though  its 
stench  is  not  quite  as  bad  as  that  of  a  Helicosideros, 
sold  as  Arum  crinitum,  which  makes  any  house  un- 
bearable in  which  it  flowers.  Nearly  all  Arums  are  ill- 
smelling. 

vulg&ris,  Schott.  Fig.  734.  Sheath  of  Ivs.  livid,  spot- 
ted :  stalks  green  :  blades  with  10  fingers  projecting 
from  a  bow-shaped  base  :  tube  of  spathe  streaked  with 
purple  except  at  the  bottom :  spathe  purple  all  over  and 
much  darker  along  the  wavy  border.  Mediterranean 
regions.  w>  M> 

DRAGON  PLANTS.  The  Dragon  Arum,  Dragon  Root 
or  Green  Dragon,  is  the  native  Ariscema  Dracontium. 
The  Dragon  Plant  of  Europe  is  Dracunculus  vulgaris. 
The  Dragon's  Head  is  not  an  Aroid,  but  a  Dracocepha- 
lum,  a  genus  of  mints.  False  Dragon's  Head  is  Physo- 
stegia. The  Dragon's  Blood  of  commerce  is  a  dark  red, 


astringent,  resinous  secretion  of  the  fruits  of  a  palm, 
Dcemonorops  Draco.  Other  kinds  of  Dragon's  Blood 
are  produced  by  I>r<tc<t  IKI  Dr«<-<>  and  Gcastttphj/llwH 
Mtnti-tnria.  "Sticks,"  "reeds,"  "tears  "  and  "lumps"  of 
Dragon's  Blood  are  known  to  commerce.  The  resin  is 
used  in  coloring  varnishes,  dyeing  horn  in  imitation  of 
tortoise  shell,  and  n  the  composition  of  tooth-powders 
and  various  tinctures. 

DRAINAGE.  Underground  or  sub-drains  serve  to  re- 
lieve the  land  of  free  water,  which  is  harmful  to  most 
plants  if  left  to  stagnate  in  the  surface  soil  or  subsoil. 
They  serve  not  only  to  dry  the  land  in  early  spring,  but  in- 
directly to  warm  it,  for  if  the  water  is  removed  the  sun's 
heat  warms  the  soil  instead  of  cooling  it  by  evaporating 


735.  Diagrams  showing  the  effect  of  lowering  the  water-table  by  means 

of  under-draining. 

On   the  undrained  soil,  the  roots  do  not    penetrate  deep  ;    and  when 
droughts  come,  the  plants  suffer. 


736.     Old-fashioned  dram  tile. 

the  surplus  water.  Tenacious  lands  devoted  to  garden- 
ing and  small  fruits  are  made  more  productive,  warmer 
and  earlier  by  sub-drainage.  Drains  promote  nitrifica- 
tion, assist  in  liberating  mineral  plant-food  and  cheapen 
tillage.  They  serve  not  only  to  remove  deleterious  stag- 
nant water,  but  they  promote  aeration  as  well,  and  this 
hastens  beneficial  chemical  changes  in  the  soil.  Drainage 
promotes  the  vigor,  healthfulness  and  fruitfulness  of 
plants.  Tenacious  soils  are  made  more  friable  by  drains, 
thereby  giving  easier  access  to  plant  roots,  while  the 
percolation  through  the  soil  of  rainwater,  which  carries 
some  plant-food,  is  hastened.  Rainwater  in  the  spring 
is  warmer  than  the  soil;  in  midsummer  it  is  cooler  than 
the  soil:  therefore,  percolation  of  rainwater  warms  the 
soil  in  the  spring  and  cools  it  in  extremely  hot  weather. 
Drains  serve  not  only  to  relieve  land  of  free  water,  but 
they  impart  to  it  power  to  hold  additional  available  mois- 
ture, which  materially  benefits  plants  during  droughts. 
Drainage  is  of  two  kinds,  surface  and  sub-drainage. 
On  land  on  which  large  outlays  of  money  are  to  be  ex- 
pended, as  in  horticultural  plantations,  it  is  of  the 
utmost  importance  that  the  soil  be  freed  to  considerable 
depths  from  stagnant  water.  Trees,  many  shrubs,  and 
even  some  garden  crops  send  their  roots  deeper  into  the 
subsoil  than  most  of  the  cereals,  hence  they  require  a 
greater  depth  of  drained  feeding  ground.  In  horticul- 
ture the  planting  may  often  precede  the  harvest  by  5  to 
10  years,  while  with  many  farm  crops  the  harvest  fol- 
lows the  planting  in  a  few  months.  If  the  grain  raiser 
loses  one  crop,  an  annual,  by  planting  on  wet  land,  the 
loss  is  not  great,  but  if  the  orchardist  loses  15  to  20  years 
of  labor  by  planting  on  undrained  lands,  before  the 
mistake  is  discovered,  the  losses  are  seri- 
ous. Some  lands  require  little  more  than 
to  be  relieved  from  surplus  surface  water 
in  early  spring.  This  may  be  accomplished 
by  forming  ridges  and  open  furrows  as 
far  asunder  as  the  rows  of  trees  are  to  be 
placed.  But  it  is  only  rarely  that  surface 
drainage  fully  prevents  serious  damage 
from  surplus  moisture.  Surface  drainage 
may  be  considered  a  cheap  way  of  tem- 
porarily alleviating  undesirable  condi- 
tions. It  does  not  always  eradicate  them . 
Fig.  735  illustrates  how  sub-drainage  low 
ers  the  water-table  (or  the  area  of  stand 
ing  water),  and  thereby  ameliorates  tb<^ 
soil. 

Sub-drainage  consists  in  placing  con- 
duits of  tile  or  other  material  in  the 
ground  at  depths  varying  from  2%-4  feet, 
and  at  such  distances  apart  as  will  serve  to 
relieve  the  subsoil  of  deleterious  stagnant 
water.  When  suitable  stones  are  at  hand 
they  are  sometimes  used  instead  of  tile 
for  forming  drainage  conduits.  If  such 
use  is  made  of  them,  the  drains  should  be 
somewhat  deeper  than  tile  drains,  since 
the  stones  which  form  the  drain  occupy 


506 


DRAINAGE 


DREER 


nearly  a  foot  of  the  depth  of  the  ditch  and  are  more 
likely  to  become  obstructed,  especially  if  placed  near 
the  surface,  than  are  tile  drains.  The  throats  or  open- 
ings of  stone  drains  are  irregular  in  size,  while  those  of 
tile  drains  are  smooth  and  uniform  in  size,  and  are, 
therefore,  most  desirable.  Years  ago,  various  flat-bot- 
tomed tiles  (Fig.  736)  were  used,  but  the  only  style  in 
general  use  at  present  is  the  cylindrical  unglazed  tile 
shown  in  Fig.  737. 

In  some  sections  drains  are  placed  200  to  300  feet  apart, 
and  serve  their  purpose  well.  In  others  they  should  not 
be  placed  farther  apart  than  from  20  to  30  feet.  Where- 
ever  the  subsoil  is  composed  of  tenacious,  fine  clay, 
through  which  the  water  moves  upwards  or  downwards 
with  difficulty,  the  narrower  in- 
tervals are  necessary.  In  some 
instances  the  surplus  water  in 
the  subsoil  is  underpressure  by 
reason  of  water  which  finds  its 
way  into  it  from  higher  levels, 
and  if  this  is  not  removed,  the 
water  has  a  constant  tendency 
to  rise  to  the  surface.  In  many 
such  cases  drains  placed  at  wide 
intervals  may  serve  to  relieve 
the  pressure  and  drain  the  land. 
Since  sub-drains  are  designed 
to  be  permanent,  are  expensive 
to  construct  and  difficult  to  re- 
pair, the  principles  of  drainage 
should  be  well  understood,  and 
the  work  should  be  undertaken 
only  after  a  most  careful  inspec- 
tion of  the  land  and  after  the 
fundamental  principles  of  the 
subject  have  been  mastered. 

Mains  and  sub-mains  should 
be  avoided  so  far  as  possible, 
since  they  greatly  increase  cost, 
tend  to  become  obstructed,  and 
are  often  unnecessary.  The 
three  long  mains  in  Fig.  738  are 
not  drains,  strictly  speaking, 


may  be  more  outlets  to  construct  and  maintain  than  is 
desirable ;  if  so,  the  system  might  be  modified  by  con- 
structing a  sub-main,  one  side  of  which  will  serve  also 


737.   Common  cylindrical  drain-tile ;  and  a  scoop  for 
preparing  the  bed  for  the  tile. 

since  the  land  may  be  as  fully  drained  without  them,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  739  ;  therefore,  they  only  serve  to  conduct 
the  water  of  the  drains  proper.  Tiles  of  3  to  4  and  5  inches 
diameter  should  be  used  when  the  drains  are  infrequent 
and  the  flow  of  water  considerable.  Smaller  ones,  2  to  3 
inches  in  diameter,  will  suffice  when  the  intervals  be- 
tween the  drains  are  narrow.  Drains  should  have  as 
uniform  a  fall  as  possible,  and  no  abrupt  lateral  curves 
or  sharp  angles  should  occur  as  are  seen  in  many  places 
in  Fig.  738.  If  the  drain  has  a  rapid  fall  in  its  upper 
reaches,  as  is  often  the  case,  and  but  slight  fall  in  the 
lower,  a  silt  basin  should  be  constructed  at  the  point 
at  which  the  rapid  changes  into  the  slight  fall,  if  obstruct- 
ing silt  is  present.  All  drains  which  may  be  necessary 
should  be  placed  before  the  planting  occurs.  Orchard 
lands  may  be  drained  in  the  spring,  fallowed  in  the  sum- 
mer, and  planted  in  the  fall  or  the  following  spring. 
Drains  placed  at  frequent  intervals  because  of  the  te- 
nacity of  the  soil  should  be  comparatively  shallow,  for 
if  placed  deep  or  at  wide  intervals,  the  water  will  be  too 
long  reaching  them.  If  drains  are  placed  at  wide  inter- 
vals they  should  be  at  least  3%  feet  deep  to  be  most  effi- 
cient. If  the  parallel  system  is  adopted  (Fig.  739),  there 


738.   Improper  method  of  draining  a  field. 


as  a  drain,  and  but  one  outlet  will  be  required  (Fig,  740). 
Drains  through  which  water  runs  for  the  greater  part 
of  the  year  are  likely  to  become  obstructed  by  roots,  if 
water-loving  trees,  such  as  the  willow,  soft  maple  and 
elm,  are  allowed  to  grow  near  them.  If  floating  silt  is 
present  the  joints  of  the  tiles  should  be  protected  for 
two-thirds  of  their  upper  circumferences  by  a  narrow 
strip  of  tarred  building  paper,  or  collars  should  be  used. 
Stone  drains  should  receive  a  liberal  covering  of  straw 
before  they  are  filled.  i.  p.  ROBERTS. 

DKEER,  HENKY  A.  Seedsman,  and  founder  of  one 
of  the  oldest  American  horticultural  establishments; 
was  born  in  Philadelphia,  Aug.  24, 1818,  and  died  there 
Dec.  22,  1873,  at  the  age  of  fifty-five.  His  parents  were 
Frederick  Dreer,  of  Hanover,  and  Fredericka  Augusta 
Nolthenius,  of  Grossakenheim,  Germany.  They  we,re 
married  in  America.  The  Nolthenius  family  emigrated 
to  the  United  States  in  the  last  decade  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century,  and  were  closely  connected  with  the 
Lutheran  Church.  Henry  A.  Dreer's  education  was 
largely  in  German,  and  obtained  in  Philadelphia.  He  was 
fond  of  gathering  seeds  and  plants  in  the  country,  and 
would  bring  them  home  to  cultivate.  He  was  trained  in 
his  father's  business,  that  of  a  cabinet-maker.  In  1838,  at 
the  solicitation  of  a  friend,  he  began  as  a  florist  in  a 
small  way,  near  Front  and  Chester  Sts.  About  1870  he 
removed  to  Seventh  and  Chestnut.  In  1869  he  enjoyed 
a  5  months'  trip  to  Europe,  where  he  met  business  cor- 
respondents of  30  years'  standing.  He  was  married 
June  22,  1847,  to  Mary  Leavenworth,  of  Reading,  Pa., 


739.  Best  method  of  drain  ina  a  field. 


DREER 


DRYMOPHLCEUS 


507 


and  had  six  children.  Of  the  two  sons,  one  died  in  infancy, 
and  the  other,  William  P.  Dreer,  conducts,  at  714  Chest- 
nut street,  the  business  which  is  incorporated  in  the 
name  of  his  father.  Henry  A.  Dreer  died  of  a  nervous  af- 
fection of  the  heart.  He  was  of  modest  temperament 
and  frail  constitution,  and  confined  himself  to  business 
rather  closely.  He  was  liberal  in  public  matters,  but 
always  kept  out  of  political  life.  He  compiled  several 
small  works  in  connection  with  the  business,  and  wrote 
frequently  for  the  Weekly  Saturday  Evening  Post,  of 
Philadelphia,  and  for  Godey's  Ladies'  Magazine. 

W.  M. 


740.  Showing  how  the  drains  may  be  gathered  into 
one  when  there  is  only  one  place  at  which  an 
outlet  can  be  secured. 


Filipendula;    also  Potentilln 


DROPWORT.    Spiraea 
Filipendula. 

DR6SERA  (Greek,  dew;  referring  to  the  dew-like 
drops  on  the  glandular  leaves).  DroseracecB.  SUNDEW. 
DEW  PLANT.  A  very  interesting  group  of  insectivorous 
plants.  About  100  species  scattered  throughout  the 
world,  except  the  Pacific  islands,  and  most  common  in 
Australia  outside  the  tropics.  Perennial  bog  herbs  with 
basal  Ivs.  clothed  with  glandular  hairs,  which  secrete  a 
fluid  that  holds  insects  fast.  Foliage  and  inflorescence 
differ  widely.  The  3  species  described  below  may  be  ob- 
tained through  dealers  in  native  plants.  For  culture, 
see  Darlingtonia. 

A.    Lvs.   thread-like,    with    no    distinct    stalk:  petals 
purple. 

filiformis,  Rafin.  Lvs.  6-15  in.  long,  glandular-pubes- 
cent throughout,  at  the  very  base  woolly  with  brown 
hairs:  racemes  1-sided,  10-30-fld.: 
fls.  4-12  lines  broad.  July-Sep. 
Wet  sand  near  the  coast.  Mass,  to 
Fla. 

AA.    Lvs.  with  an  oblong  blade: 
petals  white, 

longifolia.  Linn:  Lvs.  long-pet- 
ioled;  blade  8-15  lines  long,  1  %-2 
lines  wide,  the  petiole  glabrous. 
Summer.  Bogs,  northern  and  arc- 
tic regions. 

AAA.     Lvs.   with   a    blade   that   is 

wider  than  long :  petals  white. 

rotundifolia,  Linn.  Fig.  741.  Lvs. 
with   a  blade  3-6  lines  long,  glan- 
dular above,  petiole  %-2  in.  long, 
pubescent  but  not  glandular  :    ra- 
cemes  4-12-fld. :  fls.  about  2   lines 
broad,  opening   in   sun- 
shine. July,  Aug.  Bogs, 
Labrador    to   Alaska, 
south  to  Fla.  and  Ala., 
and    in   the    Sierra  Ne- 
vada to  Calif. 

Other  Droseras  are  to  be 
expected  in  fine  collections, 
and  some  of  them  are  more 
showy    than    those     men- 
tioned above.    Some  of  the  „ 
best  are  as  follows:  D.  «•                       741-  Sundew- 
ndta,    Labill.,    of   Austral.           Drosera  rotundifolia  (X}fc). 


and  N.  Zeal.,  with  Ivs.  deeply  parted  into  2  long,  linear  lobes. 
Prop,  by  root-cuttings.  B.M.  ;{<)*•_'.  —  D.  Capensis,  Linn.,  of  S. 
Afr.,  has  linear  or  strap-shape  leaf-blades  as  long  as  the  petiole, 
and  large  (1  in.  in  diam.),  rosy  ml  Us.  Prop.  l>y  root-cuttings. 
H.M.  (>.">K{.  —  D  dichntoma,  Hort.  =  D.  binata.  —  D.  liiixiris, 
Goldie,  Lake  Superior  and  W.,  has  linear-obtuse  Ivs.  on  naked, 
erect  petioles,  and  purple  fls.— D.  spathuldta,  Labill.,  Austral., 
N.  Zeal.,  has  short,  oblong-spatulate  Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  narrowed 
into  short  petioles,  and  purplish  fls.  G.C.  1881, 16:852. 

W.  M. 

DRUPE.  A  fleshy  fruit  containing  a  single  seed  with 
a  bony  covering  or  "stone," 
as  a  plum.  Fig.  742.  A  Drupe 
resembles  an  akene  in  being 
1-sided,  and  not  splitting,  but 
an  akene  is  dry  instead  of 
pulpy  or  fleshy.  The  most 
important  drupaceous  or  stone 
fruits  are  peaches,  plums, 
apricots,  cherries  and  rasp- 
berries. Each  of  the  fleshy 
parts  of  a  raspberry  is  a 
drupelet. 


742.  Young  drupes  Upri- 
cots),  cut  in  two,  show- 
ing ovules.  Nat.  size. 

In  drupes  of  the  genus 
Prunus  there  are  two 
ovules,  but  usually  only 
one  matures. 


DRYAS  (Greek,  wood- 
nymph).  Hosacece.  A  genus  of 
2  or  3  species  of  dwarf,  hardy, 
tufted,  evergreen,  somewhat 
shrubby  plants  with  oblong  Ivs.  half  an  inch  long, 
recurved  at  the  margins,  shining  above,  snowy  white 
beneath,  and  large  white  or  yellow  fls.  borne  singly  on 
slender  scapes :  calyx  glandular-hairy  :  petals  8-9, 
broadly  obovate:  stamens  many.  The  genus  is  close  to 
Geum,  but  the  species  of  Geum  are  herbs  with  deeply 
cut  foliage.  J.  W.  Manning  recommends  a  soil  well 
furnished  with  peat. 

Dry  as  octopetala  requires  a  well  drained,  porous  soil,  a 
sunny  but  not  dry  position.  It  is  well  to  shade  the  foli- 
age from  bright  sun  during  the  winter  months  with 
evergreen  branches  to  prevent  the  foliage  from  having  a 
scorched  appearance.  A  capital  plant  for  the  rockery. 
Prop,  by  cuttings,  division,  or  by  seed. 

octopStala,  Linn.  Lvs.  oblong,  deeply  and  regularly 
crenate,  downy  beneath:  scapes  2-3  in.  long:  fls.  white: 
seeds  with  a  feathered  awn  over  1  in.  long.  North  tem- 
perate and  arctic  regions.  j.  3.  KELLER. 

DRYMOGL6SSUM.  A  genus  of  small  ferns  from 
Japan,  with  wide  creeping  rootstalks,  and  small,  entire 
leaves  :  sori  resembling  those  of  Polypodium.  None 
are  advertised  in  America.  Three  or  four  kinds  are 
cult,  abroad.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DRYMOPHLCEUS  (Greek  words  meaning  oak  and 
smooth  inner  bark).  Palmacete,  tribe  Arecece.  This 
genus  contains  a  tropical  palm,  with  very  distinct  wedge- 
shaped  leaflets  and  ornamental  scarlet  fruits,  borne 
every  year.  It  flowers  when  only  a  few  feet  high,  and 
is  suitable  for  pot  culture.  Spineless  palm,  with  slender, 
medium  caudex:  Ivs.  terminal,  equally  pinnatisect,  the 
segments  cuneate-oblong  or  linear,  broadly  oblique,  sub- 
membranaceous,  3-  to  many-nerved,  the  margins  re- 
curved at  the  base:  rachis  scaly,  3-sided :  sheath  long: 
spadix  with  a  short  peduncle  and  slender  branches  : 
spathes  2  or  many,  the  lower  one  2-crested.  Species  12. 
Australasia  and  the  Pacific  islands. 

The  chances  are  that  most  of  the  plants  now  known  to 
the  American  trade  as  D.  olivceformis  are  really  D.  ap- 
pendiculata. The  true  D.  olivceformis  is  said  to  have 
been  offered  by  a  few  dealers  as  Ptychosperma  Htnnphii. 
D.  appendiculata  was  described  and  figured  by  William 
Watson,  in  Garden  and  Forest,  erroneously  as  D.  olivce- 
formis, as  explained  in  B.M.  7202.  He  adds,  "Like 
all  the  palms  of  this  section  of  the  order,  Drymophlceus 
requires  a  tropical  moist  house  with  abundance  of  water 
at  all  times."  The  plant  figured  was  about  14  years  old, 
3  ft.  high,  with  Ivs.  about  3  ft.  long.  The  plant  takes 
about  six  months  to  matiire  its  fruits. 

appendiculata,  Scheff.  (Areca  grdcilis,  Griseke,  not 
Roxb.  or  Thou.).  Leaflets  wedge-shaped,  raggedly  cut, 
serrate.  Moluccas,  New  Guinea.  B.M.  7202.  G.F.  4:331. 

D.  olivceformis.  Mart.,  has  narrower  leaflets  than  the  above, 
and  the  fruit  half  immersed  in  the  greatly  enlarged  perianth. 
JARED  G.  SMITH  and  W.  M. 


508 


DRYNARIA 


DRYOPTERIS 


DHYNARIA  (Greek,  oak-like).  Polypodiacece.  A 
genus  of  10  or  more  East  Indian  ferns,  with  round  naked 
sori,  allied  to  Polypodium,  but  with  a  fine  net-work  of 
veins,  with  free  included  veinlets,  and  with  either  a 
separate  oak-like  leaf  or  with  the  lower  portion  of  the 
spur-bearing  leaf  deeply  pimiatifid  like  an  oak  leaf.  D. 
quercifolia,  with  two  sorts  of  Ivs..  the  spore-bearing 
2-3  ft.  long,  is  the  commonest  species.  D.  rigidula, 
Sw.  (D.  diversifblia,  R.  Br.),  a  similar  but  larger 
species  from  the  same  region,  also  appeared  at  one  time 
in  the  American  trade,  but  the  species  are  seldom  seen 
in  cultivation  in  this  country.  D.  muscefblia  is  occa- 
sionally seen  in  fine  collections,  where  it  is  grown 
for  its  striking,  simple  foliage,  which  reminds  one 
of  the  Bird's  Nest  Fern  (Thamnopteris).  It  is  really  a 
Polypodium,  which  see  for  description. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DRY6PTEKIS  (Greek,  oak-fern).  Polypodiacece. 
WOOD  FERN.  A  widely  distributed  genus  of  handsome 
ferns  with  dissected  foliage  and  bearing  round  sori 
covered  with  heart-shaped  or  reniform  indusia,  which 
are  fixed  at  the  center  or  along  the  sinus.  The  veins 
are  either  wholly  free  or  the  lowest  united.  A  consider- 
able number  of  our  common  wood  ferns  belong  to  this 
genus.  The  species  have  been  variously  known  under 
the  names  Lastrea,  Aspidium,  and  Nephrodium.  Other 
species  sometimes  referred  to  under  this  genus  may  be 
found  under  Polystichum.  For  D.  acrostichoides,  see 
Polystichum  ;  for  D.  decurrens,  see  Sagenia.  In  North 
America,  known  mostly  as  Aspidiums.  For  culture,  see 
Ferns.  Not  the  same  as  Doryopteris. 

A.    Veins  entirely  free. 
B.    Pinnce  lobed  less  than  one-third  to  midrib. 

hirtipes,  Kuntze  (Nephrbdium  hirtipes,  Hook.).  Lvs. 
2-3  ft.  long,  8-16  in.  broad,  on  stalks  clothed  with  dense 
black  scales  ;  pinnae  with  broad,  blunt  lobes,  the  lower 
ones  not  reduced  in  size  :  sori  medial  on  the  lobes.  In- 
dia. 

BB.    Pinnce  cleft  nearly  to  midrib,  or  Ivs.  bipinnate 

or  tripinnatifid. 
C.    Texture  thin,  membranous  ;  veins  simple  or  once 

forked. 
D.    Lower  pinnce  gradually  reduced  to  mere  lobes. 

Noveborac6nsis,Gray(.4sp{cZnm  Noveboractnse,  Sw. ). 
Lvs.  somewhat  clustered  from  creeping  rootstocks,  pale 
green,  1-2  ft.  long,  tapering  both  ways  from  the  middle. 
Canada  to  N.  C.  and  Ark. 

Fischeri,  Mett  (Lastrea  opdca,  Mett).  Lvs.  6-8  in. 
long,  2-3  in.  wide,  bipinnatifid,  cut  into  close,  entire 
lobes,  the  lowest  much  reduced;  surfaces  smooth.  Braz. 

DD.    Lower  pinnce  scarcely  smaller  than  those  above. 
E.    Veins  forked. 

Thelypteris,  Gray  (Aspidium  Thelypteris,  Sw.). 
MARSH  FERN.  Lvs.  scattered  on  wide  creeping  black 
rootstocks,  1-2  ft.  long  ;  margins  of  the  spore-bearing 
pinnae  often  strongly  convolute:  sori  10-12  to  each  seg- 
ment. Canada  to  Fla.  and  Tex. 

EE.    Veins  simple. 

simulata,  Dav.  Lvs.  scattered  from  a  creeping  root- 
stock,  8-20  in.  long,  2-7  in.  wide,  with  12-20  pairs  of 
lanceolate  pinnae  :  sori  rather  large,  somewhat  distant, 
4-10  to  each  segment.  Native  in  N.  Y.  and  N.  Eng., 
where  it  is  often  confused  with  D.  Thelypteris.  G.F. 
9:485. 

patens,  Kuntze.  Lvs.  clustered  at  the  end  of  a  thick 
rootstock,  2-3  ft.  long,  4-10  in.  wide,  soft-hairy  be- 
neath ;  pinnae  cut  three-fourths  to  the  midrib,  the  basal 
segments  usually  longer.  Fla.  to  Tex.  and  Trop.  Amer. 
A.G.  20:25. 

CO     Texture  firm  or  subcoriaceous  ;  veins  2-4  times 

forked. 

D.    Lvs.  bipinnatifid  or  nearly  bipinnate:  indusia 
large,  mostly  flat. 

cristata,  Gray  (Aspidium  cristdtum,  Sw.).  Lvs.  1-2 
ft.  iong,  with  short,  triangular  pinnae  2-3  in.  long,  which 


are  much  wider  at  base.  Var.  Clintoniana  is  larger, 
with  pinnae  4-6  in.  long,  and  with  the  sori  rather  near 
the  midvein.  Canada  to  Ark.;  also  in  N.  Eu.  Hybrids 
are  described  with  D.  marginalis.  G.F.  9:445. 

Goldieana,  Gray  (Aspid ium  Goldieanum,Svf.).  Lvs. 
growing  in  large  crowns,  2-4  ft.  long,  12-18  in.  wide,  the 
pinnae  broadest  at  the  middle  :  indusia  very  large. 
Canada  to  Ky.  — One  of  our  largest  and  most  stately  na- 
tive species. 

DD.    Lvs.  mostly  bipinnate:   indtisia  convex,  rather 
firm. 

Filix-mas,  Schott  (Aspidium  Fllix-mds,  Sw.).  MALE 
FERN.  Lvs.  growing  in  crowns,  1-3  ft.  long,  sori  near 
the  midvein.  Used  as  a  vermifuge,  as  is  also  the  next 
species.  N.  Eu.,  Canada  and  Colo. 


743.   Dryopteris  marginalis. 

marginalis,  Gray  (Aspidium  marginale,  Sw.).  Fig. 
743.  Lvs.  6  in.  to  2  ft.  long,  growing  in  crowns,  mostly 
in  rocky  places:  sori  close  to  the  margin.  Canada  and 
southward.  — One  of  our  commonest  ferns. 

DDD.    Lvs.  mostly  tripinnatifid  ;  segments  spinulose- 
toothed :  indusia  shriveling  at  maturity. 

E.   Leaf-stalks  naked,  polished.  ^ 

virid6scens,  Kuntze.  Lvs.  18-24  in.  long,  on  stalks 
two-thirds  as  long;  lower  pinnae  largest:  sori  near  the 
midribs.  Japan. 

EE.    Leaf-stalks  scaly. 

spinuldsa,  Kuntze  (Aspidium  spinulbsum,  Sw.). 
Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  with  a  few  pale,  deciduous  scales 
at  the  base  :  indusia  smooth,  without  marginal  glands. 
Var.  intermedia,  Underw.,  has  more  persistent  scales, 
with  a  brown  center,  and  the  margins  of  the  indusia 
with  stalked  glands.  One  of  our  commonest  wood  ferns 
in  the  northern  states.— Var.  dilatata,  Underw.,  has 
similar  scales  to  the  last  and  tripinnate  Ivs.  In  woods, 
from  Canada  to  Ore. ;  also  in  Europe. 

Bodttii,  Underw.  (Aspidium  Bobttii,  Tuckm.).  Lvs. 
elongate-lanceolate,  with  broadly  oblong  pinnules  :  in- 
dusia minutely  glandular.  Canada,  N.  Y.  and  N.  Eng. 

DDDD.    Lvs.  ample,  4-5-pinnatifid. 

effusa,  Kuntze.  Lvs.  3-4  ft.  long,  2  ft.  or  more  wide,, 
with  polished  stems  and  short,  creeping  rootstocks  : 
sori  abundant,  scattered,  often  without  indusia.  Cuba 
to  Brazil. 

dissecta,  Kuntze  (Lastrea  membranifblia,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  1-5  ft.  long,  1-3  ft.  wide,  membranous,  decompound; 
segments  broad  and  blunt;  surfaces  nearly  naked:  sori 
near  the  margin,  abundant.  India  and  Madagascar  to 
Australia. 

AA.     Veins  not  entirely  free,  the  lower  veinlets  of  adjoin- 
ing segments  united. 

Otaria,  Kuntze  (Lastrea  aristata,  Hort.).  Lvs.  1  ft. 
long,  with  a  long  terminal  pinnae  an  inch  or  more  wide, 
with  lanceolate  lobes,  and  6-12  similar  lateral  pinnae; 
texture  thin  ;  surfaces  naked  ;  veins  united  half  way' 
from  the  midrib  to  the  edge.  Ceylon  to  the  Philippines. 
—  Good  for  table  ferneries,  but  slow  of  growth. 


DRYOPTERIS 


DYPSIS 


509 


mollis,  Kuntze.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  8-12  in.  wide,  bipin- 
natifid,  the  pinnse  cut  into  blunt  lobes;  lower  pinnae  dis- 
tant from  the  others  and  somewhat  shorter  ;  surfaces 
finely  villose.  Trop.  regions  of  both  hemispheres. 
Probably  several  species  are  confused  under  this  name. 

Philippinensis,  Baker.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  12-18  in.  wide, 
bipinnatifld,  smooth,  with  a  naked  rachis;  lower  pin  mo 
scarcely  smaller:  sori  midway  from  midrib  to  margin, 
with  tirm,  smooth  indusia.  Philippines. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

DUCHESNEA.    See  Fragaria. 

DUCK- WEED.    Lemna. 

BUCKWHEAT.  Some  years  ago,  as  the  story  goes, 
a  man  in  New  England  shot  a  wild  duck,  and  in  the 
crop  found  strange  seeds.  These  seeds  were  planted, 
and  the  flour  from  the  grain  was  found  to  make  good 
pancakes.  He  increased  his  stock  to  hundreds  of 
bushels.  The  grain  was  offered  by  seedsmen  as  Duck- 
wheat.  It  seems  not  to  have  had  great  popularity,  and 
for  the  past  2  or  3  years  it  evidently  has  not  appeared 
in  catalogues.  It  turns  out  that  this  grain  is  the  India 
wheat  or  Tartarian  buckwheat,  Fcgopyrum  Tataricum, 
an  Asian  grain,  which '  has  been  known  in  this  country 
for  some  time.  It  is  earlier  than  buckwheat,  but  is  very 
similar  to  it.  See  Buckwheat  and  Fagopyrum. 

T     TT    R 

DUDAIM  MELON.    See  Cucumis. 

DUFOUR,  JOHN  JAMES.  A  Swiss  vigneron,  who  was 
»t  the  head  of  a  colony  to  grow  the  wine  grape  in  Ken- 
tucky, and  the  author  of  "Vine  Dresser's  Guide,"  pub- 
lished in  Cincinnati  in  1826.  The  Kentucky  experiment 
failed,  and  the  colony  then  settled  in  southern  Indiana, 
on  the  banks  of  the  Ohio  river;  and  this  settlement  is 
now  the  city  of  Vevay.  Here  Dufour  died  in  1827.  This 
Indiana  experiment  brought  out  the  merits  of  the 
Alexander  grape,  a  native,  and  thereby  did  much  to  es- 
tablish an  American  viticulture.  For  detailed  account 
of  the  Dufours  and  their  associates,  and  the  results  of 
their  work,  see  Bailey,  Evolution  of  our  Native  Fruits. 

DUGUETIA  (probably  made  from  a  personal  name) . 
Anondcece.  A  dozen  South  American  trees  differing 
from  Anona  in  technical  characters,  particularly  in  the 
imbricated  petals,  which  are  wide-spreading  in  flower 
(in  Anona  the  petals  are  valvate).  D.  longifdlia,  Baill. 
(Anona  longifdlia,  Aubl.),  is  a  small  tree:  Ivs.  oblong- 
acuminate,  mucronate  and  smooth  :  fls.  axillary  and 
stalked,  the  2  series  of  petals  much  alike;  inflorescence 
lateral;  outer  stamens  sterile  and  petaloid:  fr.  ovate- 
globose,  dotted  and  reticulated,  nearly  smooth,  flesh- 
colored.  Guiana  and  Peru.  Recently  introduced  into 
southern  Florida  as  a  fruit-plant,  but  very  little  known. 

L.  H.  B. 

DULlCHIUM  (old  Latin  name).  Cyperacece.  One 
perennial  species  (D.  Spathdceum,  Pers.),  in  eastern 
N.  Amef.  Grass-like,  with  terete  leafy  culms,  2-3  ft. 
tall:  grows  in'  ponds  and  swales.  Has  been  offered  by 
collectors  as  a  bog  plant. 

DURANTA  (after  Castor  Durantes,  physician  and 
botanist,  died  1590).  Verbenacece.  About  10  species  of 
tropical  American  shrubs,  of  which  2  kinds  are  culti- 
vated outdoors  in  Florida  and  California,  and  in  a  few 
northern  greenhouses.  The  best  known  kind  has  long 
racemes  of  blue,  5-lobed  fls.,  followed  by  yellow  berries 
which  remain  all  winter.  It  is  said  to  be  used  for  orna- 
mental hedges  in  warm  regions.  Shrubs,  glabrous  or 
woolly,  often  armed  with  axillary  spines:  Ivs.  opposite 
or  in  whorls,  entire  or  toothed:  racemes  long  and  ter- 
minal or  short  and  axillary:  fls.  small,  short-pedicelled 
in  the  axis  of  a  small  bract;  corolla  limb  of  5  spreading 
oblique  or  equal  lobes;  stamens  4,  didynamous. 
A.  Stems  without  prickles . 

Plumidri,  Jacq.  GOLDEN  DEW  DROP.  Shrub,  6-15  ft. 
high:  branches  ash-colored,  villous:  Ivs.  opposite,  ellip- 
tic, acute,  entire  or  obtusely  and  unequally  saw-toothed 
above  the  middle:  fls.  pale  blue  or  lilac,  with  2  purple 
streaks  down  the  middle  of  the  2  smaller  and  narrower 
lobes.  The  above  description  is  from  B.R.  3:244,  where 
it  is  said  that  another  plant  was  cultivated  which  had 
long  lanceolate  Ivs.,  with  deep,  close  saw-teeth  and  green 
branches.  There  is  a  white-fld.  variety. 


AA.  Stems  with  a  few  prickles  or  spines. 
Ellisia,  Jacq.  This  is  at  least  horticulturally  distinct 
from  the  above  by  reason  of  the  lighter  color  of  its  fls., 
but  it  has  been  lately  referred  to  D.  Phimieri.  B.M. 
1759  shows  the  lower  half  of  each  lobe  white,  and  a  few 
short  spines  on  the  stem.  It  adds,  "two  kinds  [of 
Duranta],  one  with  thorns  and  one  constantly  without, 
are  *  *  *  cultivated.  The  Ivs.  of  the  smooth  are  larger 
and  more  coarsely  serrated,  and  the  branches  more 
rounded  than  in  the  prickly  Duranta."  \y.  M. 

DUSTY  MILLER.  Lychnis  coronaria  ;  also  species 
of  Centaurea  and  Senecio. 

DUTCHMAN'S  BREECHES.     Dicentra  Cucullaria. 
DUTCHMAN'S  PIPE  is  Aristolochia. 
DUVAUA.    A  synonym  of  Schinus. 

DYCKIA  (after  Prince  Salm-Dyck,  German  botanist, 
and  author  of  a  great  work  on  succulent  plants). 
Bromeliacece.  About  57  species  of  succulent  plants 
from  South  America,  somewhat  resembling  century 
plants,  but  with  smaller  spines,  as  a  rule,  and  flowering 
regularly.  They  are  usually  stemless,  and  the  Ivs.  form 
dense  rosettes.  For  culture,  see  Agave.  They  are 
rarely  cultivated  in  Florida  and  California,  and  in  a  few 
northern  collections.  The  following  have  showy  yellow 
fls.  Latest  monograph  in  Latin  by  C.  Mez  in  DC. 
Monogr.  Phan.  vol.  9  (1896). 

A.    Inflorescence  amply  branched  or  panicled. 

altissima,  Lindl.  Lvs.  spiny  at  the  margin  :  floral 
bracts  small,  all  manifestly  shorter  than  the  fls.  Braz. 
Baker's  plant  of  this  name  is  really  J}.  encholirioides , 
Mez,  which  is  distinguished  by  the  filaments.  Beyond 
the  tube  they  are  free  in  the  tree  D.  altissima,  while  in 
Baker's  plant  they  are  grown  together  about  a  twelfth 
of  an  inch.  The  sepals  are  obtuse  in  Lindley's  plant,  but 
acute  in  Mez's. 

AA.    Inflorescence  not  branched,  a  raceme  or  spike. 

B.    Fls.  with  scarcely  any  pedicel;  filaments  forming 

a  tube. 

rarifldra,  Schult.  Lvs.  with  small  spines  on  the  mar- 
gin, shorter  than  in  D.  altissima :  sepals  not  emargi- 
nate  at  the  apex  :  upper  sheaths  of  the  scape  shorter 
than  the  internodes.  Braz.  B.M.  3449.  B.R.  21:1782. 

BB.    Fls.  with  a  short  but  conspictious  pedicel;    fila- 
ments not  forming  a  tube  all  the  way. 

c.    Fls.  loosely  disposed,  erect. 

gemellaria,  Morr.  This  is  the  plant  which  Baker  calls 
D.  sulphurea,  not  Koch's  plant. 

CO.  Fls.  more  densely  disposed,  spreading. 
sulphurea,  C.  Koch,  not  Baker.  Lvs.  with  small  spines 
at  the  margin :  sheaths  of  the  scape  longer  than  the  in- 
ternodes, the  higher  ones  entire :  bracts  lanceolate,  the 
lowest  conspicuously  longer  than  the  pedicelled  fls. : 
blades  of  the  petals  wide  and  longer  than  the  stamens. 
Brazil.  W.  M. 

DYER'S  WEED.    Reseda  Luteola. 

DYPSIS  (obscure  name).  Palmacece,  tribe  Arecece. 
Perhaps  half  a  dozen  species  of  Madagascar  palms  that 
have  been  poorly  described  and  are  little  known.  They 
are  all  small,  unarmed  palms,  with  reed-like  stems.  Lvs. 
terminal,  entire,  bifid  at  the  apex  or  pinnatisect ;  seg- 
ments split  at  the  apex  or  irregularly  toothed,  the  apical 
ones  confluent :  sheath  short:  spadices  long,  loosely  fld. : 
fruit  small,  oblong  or  ovoid,  straight  or  curved,  oblique 
at  the  base. 

No  species  of  Dypsis  are  common  in  cultivation,  as 
they  possess  but  little  beauty.  They  are  among  the 
easiest  and  quickest  to  germinate.  All  of  them  require 
a  stove  temperature.  D.  Madagascariensis,  Nicholson, 
is  also  known  as  Areca  Madagascariensis,  Mart.  D. 
pinnatifrons,  Mart.  (A.  gracilis,  Thou.),  is  one  of  sev- 
eral plants  that  have  been  known  as  Areca  gracilis.  It 
is  a  pretty  palm,  now  grown  in  large  quantities  by  some 
dealers.  JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 


• 


The  Rural  Science  Series 


EACH  BOOK  IS  THE  WORK  OF  A 
COMPETENT  SPECIALIST,  UNDER 
THE  EDITORIAL  SUPERVISION  OF 


PROFESSOR  L.  H.  BAILEY,  of  Cornell  University 


The  following  volumes  are  now  ready: 

THE    SOIL.     By  F.  H.  KING,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin.     303  pp.     75  cts. 
THE  SPRAYING  OF  PLANTS.     By  E.  G.  LODEMAN,  late  of  Cornell  University. 

399  pp.     $1. 

MILK  AND  ITS  PRODUCTS.     By  H.  H.  WING,  of  Cornell  Univ.     311  pp.     $1. 
THE   FERTILITY   OF  THE   LAND.     By  I.  P.  ROBERTS,  of  Cornell   University. 

421  pp.     $1.25. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  FRUIT-GROWING.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     516  pp.     $1.25. 
BUSH-FRtflTS.     By  F.  W.  CARD,  R.  I.  Agric.  College.     537  pp.     $1.50. 
FERTILIZERS.      By   E.    B.   VOORHEES,    N.   J.    Exp.    Sta.    and    Rutgers    College. 

335   pp.     $1. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  AGRICULTURE.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     300  pp.     $1.25. 
IRRIGATION  AND  DRAINAGE.     By  F.  H.  KING,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin. 

502  pp.     $1.50. 

THE  FARMSTEAD.     By  I.  P.  ROBERTS,  of  Cornell  University.     350  pp.     $1.25. 
RURAL  WEALTH  AND  WELFARE.     By  GEORGE  T.  FAIRCHILD,  Ex-President 

of  the  Agricultural  College  of  Kansas.     381  pp.     $1.25. 
PRINCIPLES    OF    VEGETABLE -GARDENING.      By  L.  II.  BAILEY.      458  pp. 

$1.25. 
FEEDING  OF  ANIMALS.      By   W.  H.  JORDAN,  of  New  York  State  Experiment 

Station.     $1.25  net. 
FARM    POULTRY.     By  G.  C.  WATSON,  of  Pennsylvania  State  College.     $1.25  net. 

So  long  as  the  demand  warrants,  new  volumes  will  be  added  to  the    RURAL 
SCIENCE  SERIES.     Definite  arrangements  have  been  completed  for  the  following : 

PHYSIOLOGY  OF  PLANTS.     By  J.  C.  ARTHUR,  Purdue  University. 

PLANT  PATHOLOGY.     By  B.  T.  GALLOWAY  and  associates,  of  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr. 

THE  POME  FRUITS  (Apples,  Pears,  Quinces).     By  L.  H.  BAILEY. 

THE  CARE  OF  STOCK.     By  X.  S.  MAYO,  Kansas  State  Agriculture  College. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  STOCK-BREEDING.     By  W.  H.  BREWER,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University. 


"The  'Rural  Science  Series,'  representing  the  truly  scientific  spirit  which  now  pervades  our  leading  schools 
ot  agriculture,  is  an  attempt  to  popularize  fundamental  agricultural  laws,  and  at  the  same  time  to  inculcate 
practical  lessons  in  the  art  of  tilling  the  soil."— Review  of  Jteviews. 


THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  BOSTON  SAN  FRANCISCO 


The  Garden- Craft  Series 

WRITTEN    BY 

PROFESSOR   L.  H.  BAILEY 

Of  Cornell  University,  Editor  of  the   Cyclopedia  of   American  Horticulture 


handbooks  for  the  horticulturist,  explaining  and 
illustrating  in  detail  the  various  important  methods.  They 
may  be  called  manuals  of  practice,  and,  although  nearly  all  are 
written  by  Professor  BAILEY,  of  Cornell  University,  they  include 
the  opinions  and  methods  of  successful  specialists  in  many  lines. 
The  fact  should  be  emphasized  that  the  GARDEN  -  CRAFT  MANUALS 
are  summaries  of  principles  and  of  the  best  practice  in  the  lead- 
ing American  horticulture  methods. 

The  volumes  are  compact,  uniform,  and  are  illustrated  as  the 
subject  demands.  They  are  of  convenient  shape  for  the  pocket, 
and  are  bound  in  flexible  green  cloth. 

THE  HORTICULTURIST'S   RULE  BOOK.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY      312  pp.     75  cts. 
THE  NURSERY-BOOK.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     3G5  pp.     $1. 
PLANT-BREEDING.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     293  pp.     $1. 
THE  FORCING-BOOK.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     266  pp.     $1. 
GARDEN-MAKING.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     417  pp.     $1. 
THE  PRUNING-BOOK.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY.     545  pp.     $1.50. 

THE     PRACTICAL    GARDEN -BOOK.      By    C.    E.    HUNN    and   L.    H.    BAILEY. 
250  pp.     $1. 

Other  Works  by  Professor  Bailey 

THE  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  AMERICAN  HORTICULTURE.     4  vols.     Sold  by  sub- 
scription.    $20  net. 

THE   EVOLUTION   OF  OUR  NATIVE   FRUITS.     472  pp.     $2. 
THE   SURVIVAL  OF  THE   UNLIKE.     515  pp.     $2. 
LESSONS   WITH   PLANTS.     491  pp.     $1.10  net. 
FIRST  LESSONS  WITH  PLANTS.     117  pp.     40  cts.  net. 
BOTANY:    AN  ELEMENTARY  TEXT  FOR  SCHOOLS.     372  pp.     $1.10  net- 


THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

NEW   YORK  CHICAGO  BOSTON  SAN    FRANCISCO 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  PINE  OP  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK^ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL-I^CR^ASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  ANp  TO  $t.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE.' 


YE   1^048 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRAR 


